<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?><usfx xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="https://eBible.org/usfx.xsd"><languageCode>swh</languageCode>
<book id="GEN"><id id="GEN">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Mwanzo
</h><toc level="1">Mwanzo
</toc><toc level="2">Mwanzo
</toc><toc level="3">Mwa
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Mwanzo
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Siku Sita Za Uumbaji Na Sabato
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.1.1" />Hapo mwanzo Mungu aliumba mbingu na dunia.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.1.2" />Wakati huu dunia ilikuwa haina umbo, tena ilikuwa tupu. Giza lilikuwa juu ya uso wa vilindi vya maji, naye Roho wa Mungu alikuwa ametulia juu ya maji.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="GEN.1.3" />Mungu akasema, “Iwepo nuru,” nayo nuru ikawepo.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.1.4" />Mungu akaona ya kuwa nuru ni njema, ndipo Mungu akatenganisha nuru na giza.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.1.5" />Mungu akaiita nuru “mchana,” na giza akaliita “usiku.” Ikawa jioni, ikawa asubuhi, siku ya kwanza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.1.6" />Mungu akasema, “Iwepo nafasi kati ya maji igawe maji na maji.”
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.1.7" />Kwa hiyo Mungu akafanya nafasi, akatenganisha maji yaliyo chini ya hiyo nafasi na maji yaliyo juu yake. Ikawa hivyo.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="GEN.1.8" />Mungu akaiita hiyo nafasi “anga.” Ikawa jioni, ikawa asubuhi, siku ya pili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="GEN.1.9" />Mungu akasema, “Maji yaliyopo chini ya anga na yakusanyike mahali pamoja, pawepo na nchi kavu.” Ikawa hivyo.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GEN.1.10" />Mungu akaiita nchi kavu “ardhi,” nalo lile kusanyiko la maji akaliita “bahari.” Mungu akaona kuwa ni vyema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="GEN.1.11" />Kisha Mungu akasema, “Ardhi na itoe mimea: miche itoayo mbegu, miti juu ya nchi itoayo matunda yenye mbegu ndani yake, kila mmea kulingana na aina zake mbalimbali.” Ikawa hivyo.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GEN.1.12" />Ardhi ikachipua mimea: Mimea itoayo mbegu kulingana na aina zake, na miti itoayo matunda yenye mbegu kulingana na aina zake. Mungu akaona ya kuwa hili ni jema.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GEN.1.13" />Ikawa jioni, ikawa asubuhi, siku ya tatu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="GEN.1.14" />Mungu akasema, “Iwepo mianga kwenye nafasi ya anga ili itenganishe usiku na mchana, nayo iwe alama ya kutambulisha majira mbalimbali, siku na miaka,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GEN.1.15" />nayo iwe mianga kwenye nafasi ya anga ya kutia nuru juu ya dunia.” Ikawa hivyo.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GEN.1.16" />Mungu akafanya mianga miwili mikubwa: mwanga mkubwa utawale mchana, na mwanga mdogo utawale usiku. Pia Mungu akafanya nyota.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="GEN.1.17" />Mungu akaiweka katika nafasi ya anga iangaze dunia,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GEN.1.18" />itawale usiku na mchana, na ikatenganishe nuru na giza. Mungu akaona kuwa hili ni jema.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="GEN.1.19" />Ikawa jioni, ikawa asubuhi, siku ya nne.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="GEN.1.20" />Mungu akasema, “Kuwepo na viumbe hai tele kwenye maji, nao ndege waruke juu ya dunia katika nafasi ya anga.”
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GEN.1.21" />Kwa hiyo Mungu akaumba viumbe wakubwa wa baharini na kila kiumbe hai kiendacho majini kulingana na aina zake, na kila ndege mwenye mabawa kulingana na aina yake. Mungu akaona kuwa hili ni jema.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="GEN.1.22" />Mungu akavibariki, akasema, “Zaeni mwongezeke, mkayajaze maji ya bahari, nao ndege waongezeke katika dunia.”
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="GEN.1.23" />Ikawa jioni, ikawa asubuhi, siku ya tano.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="GEN.1.24" />Mungu akasema, “Ardhi na itoe viumbe hai kulingana na aina zake: wanyama wa kufugwa, viumbe vitambaavyo ardhini na wanyama pori, kila mnyama kulingana na aina yake.” Ikawa hivyo.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="GEN.1.25" />Mungu akafanya wanyama pori kulingana na aina zake, wanyama wa kufugwa kulingana na aina zake, na viumbe vyote vitambaavyo juu ya ardhi kulingana na aina zake. Mungu akaona kuwa hili ni jema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="GEN.1.26" />Ndipo Mungu akasema, “Tufanye mtu kwa mfano wetu, kwa sura yetu, wakatawale juu ya samaki wa baharini na ndege wa angani, juu ya mifugo, juu ya dunia yote, na juu ya viumbe wote watambaao juu ya nchi.”
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="GEN.1.27" />Kwa hiyo Mungu akamuumba mtu kwa mfano wake mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mfano wa Mungu alimuumba;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwanaume na mwanamke aliwaumba.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="GEN.1.28" />Mungu akawabariki na akawaambia, “Zaeni na mkaongezeke, mkaijaze tena dunia na kuitiisha. Mkatawale samaki wa baharini, ndege wa angani, na kila kiumbe hai kiendacho juu ya ardhi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="GEN.1.29" />Kisha Mungu akasema, “Nimewapa kila mche utoao mbegu juu ya uso wa dunia yote, na kila mti wenye matunda yenye mbegu ndani yake. Vitakuwa chakula chenu.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="GEN.1.30" />Nao wanyama wote wa dunia, ndege wote wa angani, na viumbe vyote viendavyo juu ya ardhi: yaani kila kiumbe chenye pumzi ya uhai, ninawapa kila mche wa kijani kuwa chakula.” Ikawa hivyo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="GEN.1.31" />Mungu akaona vyote alivyoumba, na tazama, ilikuwa vizuri sana. Ikawa jioni, ikawa asubuhi, siku ya sita.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />

<c id="2" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.2.1" />Kwa hiyo mbingu na dunia zikakamilika, pamoja na vyote vilivyomo.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="GEN.2.2" />Katika siku ya saba Mungu alikuwa amekamilisha kazi aliyokuwa akiifanya, hivyo siku ya saba akapumzika kutoka kazi zake zote.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GEN.2.3" />Mungu akaibariki siku ya saba akaifanya takatifu, kwa sababu katika siku hiyo alipumzika kutoka kazi zote za kuumba alizokuwa amefanya.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Adamu Na Eva
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="GEN.2.4" />Haya ndiyo maelezo ya mbingu na dunia wakati zilipoumbwa.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu alipoziumba mbingu na dunia,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.2.5" />hapakuwepo na mche wa shambani uliokuwa umejitokeza ardhini, wala hapakuwepo na mmea wa shamba uliokuwa umeota, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu alikuwa hajanyeshea mvua juu ya nchi, na hapakuwepo mtu wa kuilima ardhi,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="GEN.2.6" />lakini umande ulitokeza kutoka ardhini na kunyesha uso wote wa nchi:
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.2.7" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu alimuumba mtu kutoka mavumbi<f caller="+"><fr>2:7
</fr><ft>Neno la Kiebrania la mavumbi ya ardhi ndilo kiini cha jina Adamu.</ft></f> ya ardhi, akampulizia pumzi ya uhai puani mwake, naye mtu akawa kiumbe hai.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="GEN.2.8" />Basi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu alikuwa ameotesha bustani upande wa mashariki, katika Edeni, huko akamweka huyo mtu aliyemuumba.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GEN.2.9" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu akafanya aina zote za miti ziote kutoka ardhini, miti yenye kupendeza macho na mizuri kwa chakula. Katikati ya bustani ulikuwepo mti wa uzima na mti wa kujua mema na mabaya.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="GEN.2.10" />Mto wa kunyeshea bustani ulitiririka toka Edeni, kuanzia hapa ukagawanyika kuwa mito minne.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.2.11" />Mto wa kwanza uliitwa Pishoni, nao huzunguka nchi yote ya Havila ambako kuna dhahabu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GEN.2.12" />(Dhahabu ya nchi hiyo ni nzuri, bedola na vito shohamu pia hupatikana huko.)
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GEN.2.13" />Jina la mto wa pili ni Gihoni, ambao huzunguka nchi yote ya Kushi.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GEN.2.14" />Jina la mto wa tatu ni Tigrisi, unaopita mashariki ya Ashuru. Mto wa nne ni Frati.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="GEN.2.15" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu akamchukua huyo mtu, akamweka kwenye Bustani ya Edeni ailime na kuitunza.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GEN.2.16" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu akamwagiza huyo mtu, akamwambia, “Uko huru kula matunda ya mti wowote katika bustani,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="GEN.2.17" />lakini kamwe usile matunda ya mti wa kujua mema na mabaya, kwa maana siku utakapokula matunda yake, hakika utakufa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="GEN.2.18" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu akasema, “Si vyema huyu mtu awe peke yake. Nitamfanyia msaidizi wa kumfaa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="GEN.2.19" />Basi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu alikuwa amefanyiza kutoka ardhi wanyama wote wa porini na ndege wote wa angani. Akawaleta kwa huyu mtu aone atawaitaje, nalo jina lolote alilokiita kila kiumbe hai, likawa ndilo jina lake.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.2.20" />Hivyo Adamu akawapa majina wanyama wote wa kufugwa, ndege wa angani, na wanyama wote wa porini.
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini kwa Adamu hakupatikana msaidizi wa kumfaa.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GEN.2.21" />Hivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu akamfanya Adamu kulala usingizi mzito, naye alipokuwa amelala akachukua moja ya mbavu zake, akapafunika mahali pale kwa nyama.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="GEN.2.22" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu akamfanya mwanamke kutoka kwenye ule ubavu aliouchukua kutoka kwa huyo mwanaume, akamleta huyo mwanamke kwa huyo mwanaume.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="GEN.2.23" />Huyo mwanaume akasema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Huyu sasa ni mfupa wa mifupa yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nyama ya nyama yangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">ataitwa ‘mwanamke,’<f caller="+"><fr>2:23
</fr><ft>Jina la Kiebrania la mwanamke linafanana na lile la mwanaume.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa alitolewa katika mwanaume.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="24" bcv="GEN.2.24" />Kwa sababu hii mwanaume atamwacha baba yake na mama yake na kuambatana na mkewe, nao watakuwa mwili mmoja.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="GEN.2.25" />Adamu na mkewe wote wawili walikuwa uchi, wala hawakuona aibu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Kuanguka Kwa Mwanadamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.3.1" />Basi nyoka alikuwa mwerevu kuliko wanyama wote wa porini ambao
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu aliwafanya. Nyoka akamwambia mwanamke, “Ati kweli Mungu alisema, ‘Kamwe msile matunda ya mti wowote wa bustanini’?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="GEN.3.2" />Mwanamke akamjibu nyoka, “Tunaweza kula matunda ya miti iliyoko bustanini,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GEN.3.3" />lakini Mungu alisema, ‘Kamwe msile tunda la mti ulio katikati ya bustani, wala kuugusa, la sivyo mtakufa.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="GEN.3.4" />Lakini nyoka akamwambia mwanamke, “Hakika hamtakufa.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.3.5" />Kwa maana Mungu anajua ya kuwa wakati mtakapoyala, macho yenu yatafumbuliwa, nanyi mtakuwa kama Mungu, mkijua mema na mabaya.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.3.6" />Mwanamke alipoona ya kuwa tunda la mti huo lilikuwa zuri kwa chakula na la kupendeza macho, tena linatamanika kwa kujipatia hekima, basi akachuma katika matunda yake, akala, pia akampa mumewe, aliyekuwa pamoja naye, naye akala.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.3.7" />Ndipo macho yao wote wawili yakafumbuliwa, wakajiona kwamba walikuwa uchi; hivyo wakashona majani ya mtini, wakajifunika.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="GEN.3.8" />Ndipo yule mwanaume na mkewe, waliposikia sauti ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu alipokuwa akitembea bustanini jioni, wakajificha kutoka mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu katikati ya miti ya bustani.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GEN.3.9" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu akamwita Adamu, “Uko wapi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="GEN.3.10" />Naye akajibu, “Nilikusikia katika bustani nikaogopa kwa sababu nilikuwa uchi, hivyo nikajificha.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="GEN.3.11" />Mungu akamuuliza, “Ni nani aliyekuambia ya kuwa ulikuwa uchi? Je, umekula matunda ya mti niliokuamuru usile?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="GEN.3.12" />Adamu akasema, “Huyu mwanamke uliyenipa awe pamoja nami alinipa sehemu ya tunda kutoka kwenye huo mti, nami nikala.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="GEN.3.13" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu akamuuliza mwanamke, “Ni nini hili ambalo umelifanya?” Mwanamke akajibu, “Nyoka alinidanganya, nami nikala.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="GEN.3.14" />Hivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu akamwambia nyoka, “Kwa kuwa umefanya hili,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Umelaaniwa kuliko wanyama wote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wa kufugwa na wa porini!
</q>
<q style="q1">Utatambaa kwa tumbo lako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kula mavumbi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku zote za maisha yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="GEN.3.15" />Nami nitaweka uadui
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kati yako na huyo mwanamke,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kati ya uzao wako na wake,
</q>
<q style="q1">yeye atakuponda kichwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe utamuuma kisigino.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="GEN.3.16" />Kwa mwanamke akasema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Nitakuzidishia sana utungu wakati wa kuzaa kwako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa utungu utazaa watoto.
</q>
<q style="q1">Tamaa yako itakuwa kwa mumeo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atakutawala.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="GEN.3.17" />Kwa Adamu akasema, “Kwa sababu umemsikiliza mke wako na ukala kutoka kwenye mti niliokuamuru, ‘Msile tunda lake,’
</p>
<q style="q1">“Ardhi imelaaniwa kwa sababu yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kazi ngumu utakula chakula kitokacho humo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku zote za maisha yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="GEN.3.18" />Itazaa miiba na mibaruti kwa ajili yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe utakula mimea ya shambani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="GEN.3.19" />Kwa jasho la uso wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utakula chakula chako
</q>
<q style="q1">hadi utakaporudi ardhini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa ulitwaliwa kutoka humo,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa wewe u mavumbi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mavumbini wewe utarudi.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="GEN.3.20" />Adamu akamwita mkewe Eva, kwa kuwa atakuwa mama wa wote walio hai.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="GEN.3.21" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu akawatengenezea Adamu na mkewe mavazi ya ngozi, akawavika.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="GEN.3.22" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu akasema, “Sasa mtu huyu amekuwa kama mmoja wetu, kwa kujua mema na mabaya. Sharti asiruhusiwe kunyoosha mkono wake na kuchuma pia kutoka mti wa uzima akala, naye akaishi milele.”
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="GEN.3.23" />Hivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu akamfukuzia mbali kutoka Bustani ya Edeni, akalime ardhi ambamo alitolewa.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="GEN.3.24" />Baada ya kumfukuzia mbali Adamu, Mungu akaweka makerubi mashariki ya Bustani ya Edeni, pamoja na upanga wa moto ukimulika huku na huko kulinda njia ya kuuendea mti wa uzima.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Kaini Na Abeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.4.1" />Adamu akakutana kimwili na mkewe Eva, naye akapata mimba, akamzaa Kaini. Eva akasema, “Kwa msaada wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> nimemzaa mwanaume.”
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.4.2" />Baadaye akamzaa Abeli ndugu yake.
</p>
<p style="p">Basi Abeli akawa mfugaji, na Kaini akawa mkulima.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GEN.4.3" />Baada ya muda Kaini akaleta baadhi ya mazao ya shamba kama sadaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.4.4" />Lakini Abeli akaleta fungu nono kutoka baadhi ya wazaliwa wa kwanza wa mifugo yake.
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamkubali Abeli pamoja na sadaka yake,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.4.5" />lakini Mungu hakumkubali Kaini pamoja na sadaka yake. Kwa hiyo Kaini akakasirika sana, uso wake ukawa na huzuni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.4.6" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Kaini, “Kwa nini umekasirika? Kwa nini uso wako una huzuni?
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.4.7" />Ukifanya lililo sawa, je, hutakubalika? Lakini usipofanya lililo sawa, dhambi inakuvizia mlangoni mwako, inakutamani wewe, lakini inakupasa uishinde.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="GEN.4.8" />Basi Kaini akamwambia ndugu yake Abeli, “Twende shambani.” Walipokuwa shambani, Kaini akamshambulia Abeli ndugu yake, akamuua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="GEN.4.9" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamuuliza Kaini, “Ndugu yako Abeli yuko wapi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akamjibu, “Sijui, je, mimi ni mlinzi wa ndugu yangu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="GEN.4.10" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, “Umefanya nini? Sikiliza! Damu ya ndugu yako inanililia mimi kutoka ardhini.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.4.11" />Sasa umelaaniwa na umehamishwa kutoka ardhi, ambayo imefungua kinywa chake na kupokea damu ya ndugu yako kutoka mkononi mwako.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GEN.4.12" />Utakapoilima ardhi, haitakupa tena mazao yake. Utakuwa mtu wa kutangatanga duniani asiye na utulivu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="GEN.4.13" />Kaini akamwambia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Adhabu yangu ni zaidi ya niwezavyo kustahimili.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GEN.4.14" />Leo unanifukuza kutoka nchi, nami nitafichwa mbali na uwepo wako. Nitakuwa mtu wa kutangatanga asiyetulia duniani na yeyote anionaye ataniua.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="GEN.4.15" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia, “La sivyo, ikiwa mtu yeyote atamuua Kaini atalipizwa kisasi mara saba zaidi.” Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwekea Kaini alama ili mtu yeyote ambaye angemwona asimuue.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GEN.4.16" />Kwa hiyo Kaini akaondoka mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaenda kuishi katika nchi ya Nodi, iliyoko mashariki ya Edeni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="GEN.4.17" />Kaini akakutana kimwili na mkewe, naye akapata mimba na akamzaa Enoki. Wakati huo Kaini alikuwa anajenga mji, akauita Enoki jina la mtoto wake.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GEN.4.18" />Enoki akamzaa Iradi, Iradi akamzaa Mehuyaeli, Mehuyaeli akamzaa Methushaeli, na Methushaeli akamzaa Lameki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="GEN.4.19" />Lameki alioa wanawake wawili, mmoja aliitwa Ada, na mwingine Sila.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.4.20" />Ada akamzaa Yabali ambaye ni baba wa wale walioishi katika mahema na kufuga wanyama.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GEN.4.21" />Kaka yake aliitwa Yubali, aliyekuwa baba wa wote wapigao zeze na filimbi.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="GEN.4.22" />Pia Sila alikuwa na mtoto wa kiume aliyeitwa Tubali-Kaini ambaye alifua vifaa vya aina mbalimbali vya shaba na chuma. Naama alikuwa dada wa Tubali-Kaini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="GEN.4.23" />Lameki akawaambia wake zake,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Ada na Sila nisikilizeni mimi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wake wa Lameki sikieni maneno yangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nimemuua mtu kwa kunijeruhi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kijana mdogo kwa kuniumiza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="GEN.4.24" />Kama Kaini atalipizwa kisasi mara saba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">basi Lameki itakuwa mara sabini na saba.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="GEN.4.25" />Adamu akakutana kimwili na mke wake tena, akamzaa mwana, akamwita Sethi, akisema, “Mungu amenijalia mwana mwingine badala ya Abeli, kwa kuwa Kaini alimuua.”
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="GEN.4.26" />Naye Sethi akamzaa mwana, akamwita Enoshi.
</p>
<p style="p">Wakati huo watu wakaanza kuliitia jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Kutoka Adamu Hadi Noa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Nyakati 1:1-4)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.5.1" />Hii ni orodha iliyoandikwa ya vizazi vya Adamu.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p">Wakati Mungu alipomuumba Adamu, alimfanya kwa sura ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.5.2" />Aliwaumba mwanaume na mwanamke, akawabariki. Walipokwisha kuumbwa, akawaita “mwanadamu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="GEN.5.3" />Adamu alipokuwa ameishi miaka 130, alikuwa na mwana aliyekuwa na sura yake, mwenye kufanana naye. Akamwita Sethi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.5.4" />Baada ya Sethi kuzaliwa, Adamu aliishi miaka 800, akawa na watoto wengine wa kiume na wa kike.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.5.5" />Adamu aliishi jumla ya miaka 930, ndipo akafa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.5.6" />Sethi alipokuwa ameishi miaka 105, akamzaa Enoshi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.5.7" />Baada ya kumzaa Enoshi, Sethi aliishi miaka 807, akawa na watoto wengine wa kiume na wa kike.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="GEN.5.8" />Sethi aliishi jumla ya miaka 912, ndipo akafa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="GEN.5.9" />Enoshi alipokuwa ameishi miaka tisini, akamzaa Kenani.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GEN.5.10" />Baada ya kumzaa Kenani, Enoshi aliishi miaka 815, naye alikuwa na watoto wengine wa kiume na wa kike.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.5.11" />Enoshi aliishi jumla ya miaka 905, ndipo akafa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="GEN.5.12" />Kenani alipokuwa ameishi miaka sabini, akamzaa Mahalaleli.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GEN.5.13" />Baada ya kumzaa Mahalaleli, Kenani aliishi miaka 840, akawa na watoto wengine wa kiume na wa kike.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GEN.5.14" />Kenani aliishi jumla ya miaka 910, ndipo akafa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="GEN.5.15" />Mahalaleli alipokuwa ameishi miaka sitini na mitano, akamzaa Yaredi.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GEN.5.16" />Baada ya kumzaa Yaredi, Mahalaleli aliishi miaka 830, akawa na watoto wengine wa kiume na wa kike.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="GEN.5.17" />Mahalaleli aliishi jumla ya miaka 895, ndipo akafa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="GEN.5.18" />Yaredi alipokuwa ameishi miaka 162, akamzaa Enoki.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="GEN.5.19" />Baada ya kumzaa Enoki, Yaredi aliishi miaka 800, naye akawa na watoto wengine wa kiume na wa kike.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.5.20" />Yaredi aliishi jumla ya miaka 962, ndipo akafa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="GEN.5.21" />Enoki alipokuwa ameishi miaka sitini na mitano, akamzaa Methusela.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="GEN.5.22" />Baada ya kumzaa Methusela, Enoki alitembea na Mungu miaka 300, na akawa na watoto wengine wa kiume na wa kike.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="GEN.5.23" />Enoki aliishi jumla ya miaka 365.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="GEN.5.24" />Enoki akatembea na Mungu, kisha akatoweka, kwa sababu Mungu alimchukua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="GEN.5.25" />Methusela alipokuwa ameishi miaka 187, akamzaa Lameki.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="GEN.5.26" />Baada ya kumzaa Lameki, Methusela aliishi miaka 782, akawa na watoto wengine wa kiume na wa kike.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="GEN.5.27" />Methusela aliishi jumla ya miaka 969, ndipo akafa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="GEN.5.28" />Lameki alipokuwa ameishi miaka 182, alimzaa mwana.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="GEN.5.29" />Akamwita jina lake Noa, akasema, “Yeye ndiye atakayetufariji katika kazi na maumivu makali ya mikono yetu yaliyosababishwa na ardhi iliyolaaniwa na
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="GEN.5.30" />Baada ya Noa kuzaliwa, Lameki aliishi miaka 595, akawa na watoto wengine wa kiume na wa kike.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="GEN.5.31" />Lameki aliishi jumla ya miaka 777, ndipo akafa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="GEN.5.32" />Baada ya Noa kuishi miaka 500, aliwazaa Shemu, Hamu na Yafethi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Gharika Kuu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.6.1" />Watu walipoanza kuongezeka idadi katika uso wa dunia na watoto wa kike wakazaliwa kwao,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.6.2" />wana wa Mungu wakawaona kuwa hao binti za wanadamu walikuwa wazuri wa sura, wakaoa yeyote miongoni mwao waliyemchagua.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GEN.6.3" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, “Roho yangu haitashindana na mwanadamu milele, kwa kuwa yeye ni wa kufa, siku zake zitakuwa miaka 120.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="GEN.6.4" />Wanefili walikuwako duniani siku hizo, na baadaye, hao wana wa Mungu walipoingia kwa binti za wanadamu na kuzaa nao. Wanefili walikuwa mashujaa na watu waliojulikana wa zamani hizo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="GEN.6.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akaona jinsi uovu wa mwanadamu ulivyokuwa mkubwa duniani, na ya kuwa kila mwelekeo wa mawazo ya moyo wake wakati wote ulikuwa mbaya tu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="GEN.6.6" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akasikitika kwamba alimuumba mwanadamu duniani, moyo wa Mungu ukajaa masikitiko.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.6.7" />Kwa hiyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, “Nitamfutilia mbali mwanadamu niliyemuumba kutoka kwenye uso wa dunia, wanadamu na wanyama, pamoja na viumbe vitambaavyo na ndege wa angani. Kwa maana nasikitika kuwaumba.”
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="GEN.6.8" />Lakini Noa akapata kibali machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="GEN.6.9" />Hivi ndivyo vizazi vya Noa.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p">Noa alikuwa mtu wa haki, na mkamilifu miongoni mwa watu wa wakati wake, tena alitembea na Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GEN.6.10" />Noa alikuwa na wana watatu: Shemu, Hamu na Yafethi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="GEN.6.11" />Wakati huu dunia ilikuwa imejaa uharibifu na ukatili machoni pa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GEN.6.12" />Mungu akaona jinsi dunia ilivyoharibika, kwa maana watu wote duniani walikuwa wameharibu njia zao.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GEN.6.13" />Kwa hiyo Mungu akamwambia Noa, “Nitawaangamiza watu wote, kwa kuwa dunia imejaa ukatili kwa sababu yao. Hakika mimi nitaangamiza watu pamoja na dunia.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GEN.6.14" />Kwa hiyo jitengenezee safina kubwa kwa mbao za mvinje, tengeneza vyumba ndani yake na uipake lami ndani na nje.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GEN.6.15" />Hivi ndivyo utakavyoitengeneza: Safina iwe na urefu wa dhiraa 300,<f caller="+"><fr>6:15
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 300 ni sawa na mita 135.</ft></f> upana wake dhiraa hamsini<f caller="+"><fr>6:15
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 50 ni sawa na mita 22:5.</ft></f> na kimo chake dhiraa thelathini.<f caller="+"><fr>6:15
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 30 ni sawa na mita 13:5.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GEN.6.16" />Itengenezee paa na umalizie safina kwa kuacha nafasi ya dhiraa moja<f caller="+"><fr>6:16
</fr><ft>Dhiraa moja ni sawa na sentimita 45.</ft></f> juu. Weka mlango ubavuni mwa safina, na uifanye ya ghorofa ya chini, ya kati na ya juu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="GEN.6.17" />Nitaleta gharika ya maji juu ya nchi ili kuangamiza uhai wote chini ya mbingu, kila kiumbe chenye pumzi ya uhai ndani yake. Kila kitu juu ya nchi kitaangamia.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GEN.6.18" />Lakini Mimi nitaweka Agano langu na wewe, nawe utaingia ndani ya Safina, wewe pamoja na mke wako, wanao na wake zao.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="GEN.6.19" />Utaingiza ndani ya Safina kila aina ya kiumbe hai wawili wawili, wa kiume na wa kike, ili kuwahifadhi hai pamoja na wewe.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.6.20" />Wawili wa kila aina ya ndege, wa kila aina ya mnyama na wa kila aina ya kitambaacho ardhini watakuja kwako ili wahifadhiwe hai.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GEN.6.21" />Utachukua kila aina ya chakula kitakacholiwa, na ukiweke akiba kama chakula kwa ajili yako na yao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="GEN.6.22" />Noa akafanya kila kitu kama vile Mungu alivyomwamuru.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="7" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.7.1" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Noa, “Ingia katika safina wewe na jamaa yako yote, kwa sababu katika kizazi hiki nimeona ya kuwa wewe ni mwenye haki.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.7.2" />Uchukue wanyama saba walio safi wa kila aina, wa kiume na wa kike, na wanyama wawili wawili wa kila aina walio najisi wa kiume na wa kike.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GEN.7.3" />Pia uchukue ndege saba walio safi wa kila aina, wa kiume na wa kike, ili kuhifadhi aina zao mbalimbali katika dunia yote.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.7.4" />Siku saba kuanzia sasa nitaleta mvua juu ya nchi kwa siku arobaini usiku na mchana, nami nitafutilia mbali kutoka uso wa nchi kila kiumbe hai nilichokiumba.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="GEN.7.5" />Noa akafanya yote kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwamuru.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.7.6" />Noa alikuwa na miaka 600 gharika ilipokuja juu ya dunia.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.7.7" />Noa na mkewe na wanawe na wake zao wakaingia katika safina ili waepuke ile gharika.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="GEN.7.8" />Jozi ya wanyama walio safi na walio najisi, ndege na viumbe vitambaavyo,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GEN.7.9" />wa kiume na wa kike, walikuja kwa Noa wakaingia katika safina kama Mungu alivyomwamuru Noa.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GEN.7.10" />Baada ya siku saba, maji ya gharika yakaja juu ya dunia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="GEN.7.11" />Katika siku ya kumi na saba ya mwezi wa pili mwaka wa 600 wa kuishi kwake Noa, siku hiyo ndipo chemchemi zote hata zilizo chini sana ya ardhi zilibubujika kwa nguvu, na malango ya mafuriko ya mbinguni yakafunguliwa.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GEN.7.12" />Mvua ikanyesha juu ya nchi siku arobaini usiku na mchana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="GEN.7.13" />Siku hiyo Noa, na mkewe, na wanawe Shemu, Hamu na Yafethi pamoja na wake zao wakaingia katika ile safina.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GEN.7.14" />Nao walikuwa pamoja na kila mnyama wa mwituni kufuatana na aina yake, wanyama wote wafugwao kufuatana na aina zao, kila kiumbe kitambaacho juu ya ardhi kwa aina yake, na kila ndege kufuatana na aina yake, naam kila kiumbe chenye mabawa.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GEN.7.15" />Viumbe vyote vyenye pumzi ya uhai ndani yake vikaja kwa Noa viwili viwili, vikaingia katika safina.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GEN.7.16" />Wanyama walioingia katika safina walikuwa wa kiume na wa kike, wa kila kiumbe chenye uhai kama Mungu alivyomwamuru Noa, ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamfungia ndani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="GEN.7.17" />Kwa siku arobaini mafuriko yaliendelea kujaa duniani na maji yalivyozidi kuongezeka, yaliinua safina juu sana kutoka kwenye uso wa nchi.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GEN.7.18" />Maji yakajaa na kuongezeka sana juu ya nchi, na safina ikaelea juu ya uso wa maji.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="GEN.7.19" />Maji yakazidi kujaa juu ya nchi, yakaifunika milima yote mirefu chini ya mbingu yote.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.7.20" />Maji yakaendelea kujaa yakaifunika milima kwa kina cha zaidi ya dhiraa kumi na tano.<f caller="+"><fr>7:20
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 15 ni sawa na mita 7.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GEN.7.21" />Kila kiumbe hai kitambaacho juu ya nchi kikaangamia: Ndege, wanyama wa kufugwa, wanyama pori, viumbe vyote juu ya nchi na wanadamu wote.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="GEN.7.22" />Kila kiumbe juu ya nchi kavu chenye pumzi ya uhai kikafa.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="GEN.7.23" />Kila kitu chenye uhai juu ya uso wa nchi kilifutiliwa mbali, watu, wanyama, viumbe vitambaavyo na ndege warukao angani wakafutiliwa mbali toka duniani. Waliobaki ni Noa peke yake na wale waliokuwa pamoja naye ndani ya safina.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="GEN.7.24" />Maji yakaifunika dunia kwa siku 150.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Mwisho Wa Gharika
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.8.1" />Mungu akamkumbuka Noa na wanyama wote wa porini na wa kufugwa waliokuwa naye ndani ya safina, akatuma upepo ukavuma katika dunia, nayo maji yakaondoka.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.8.2" />Zile chemchemi zilizo chini sana ya ardhi pamoja na malango ya mafuriko ya mbinguni yakawa yamefungwa nayo mvua ikawa imekoma kunyesha kutoka angani.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GEN.8.3" />Maji yakaendelea kupungua taratibu katika nchi. Kunako mwisho wa siku ya 150, maji yalikuwa yamepungua,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.8.4" />katika siku ya kumi na saba ya mwezi wa saba, safina ikatua katika milima ya Ararati.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.8.5" />Maji yakaendelea kupungua hadi mwezi wa kumi, na siku ya kwanza ya mwezi wa kumi, vilele vya milima vikaonekana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.8.6" />Baada ya siku arobaini Noa akafungua dirisha alilokuwa amelifanya katika safina
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.8.7" />na akamtoa kunguru, akawa akiruka kwenda na kurudi mpaka maji yalipokwisha kukauka juu ya nchi.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="GEN.8.8" />Kisha akamtoa hua ili aone kama maji yameondoka juu ya uso wa ardhi.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GEN.8.9" />Lakini hua hakupata mahali pa kutua kwa kuwa maji yalienea juu ya uso wa dunia yote, kwa hiyo akarudi kwa Noa ndani ya safina. Noa akanyoosha mkono akamchukua yule hua akamrudisha ndani ya safina.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GEN.8.10" />Noa akangojea siku saba zaidi kisha akamtoa tena hua kutoka safina.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.8.11" />Wakati hua aliporejea kwa Noa jioni, alikuwa amechukua katika mdomo wake jani bichi la mzeituni, lililochumwa wakati ule ule! Ndipo Noa akajua ya kuwa maji yameondoka juu ya uso wa dunia.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GEN.8.12" />Akangojea siku saba zaidi na akamtuma tena hua, lakini wakati huu hua hakurudi tena kwa Noa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="GEN.8.13" />Katika siku ya kwanza ya mwezi wa kwanza ya mwaka 601, wa kuishi kwake Noa, maji yalikuwa yamekauka duniani. Kisha Noa akafungua mlango wa safina akaona ya kuwa uso wa ardhi ulikuwa umekauka.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GEN.8.14" />Katika siku ya ishirini na saba ya mwezi wa pili dunia ilikuwa imekauka kabisa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="GEN.8.15" />Ndipo Mungu akamwambia Noa,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GEN.8.16" />“Toka ndani ya safina, wewe na mkeo na wanao na wake zao.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="GEN.8.17" />Utoe nje kila aina ya kiumbe hai aliye pamoja nawe: Ndege, wanyama na viumbe vyote vitambaavyo juu ya ardhi, ili wakazae, na kuongezeka na kuijaza tena dunia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="GEN.8.18" />Kwa hiyo Noa akatoka nje pamoja na mkewe, wanawe na wake zao.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="GEN.8.19" />Wanyama wote na viumbe vyote vitambaavyo juu ya ardhi na ndege wote, kila kitu kiendacho juu ya nchi, aina moja baada ya nyingine vikatoka katika safina, kila aina ya kiumbe, kimoja baada ya kingine.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Noa Atoa Dhabihu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="GEN.8.20" />Kisha Noa akamjengea
<nd>Bwana</nd> madhabahu, akachukua baadhi ya wale wanyama na ndege wote walio safi, akatoa sadaka za kuteketezwa juu ya madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GEN.8.21" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akasikia harufu nzuri ya kupendeza, naye akasema moyoni mwake, “Kamwe sitailaani tena ardhi kwa sababu ya mwanadamu, hata ingawa kila mwelekeo wa moyo wake ni mbaya tangu ujana. Kamwe sitaangamiza tena viumbe hai vyote kama nilivyofanya.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="GEN.8.22" />“Kwa muda dunia idumupo,
</q>
<q style="q1">wakati wa kupanda na wa kuvuna,
</q>
<q style="q1">wakati wa baridi na wa joto,
</q>
<q style="q1">wakati wa kiangazi na wa masika,
</q>
<q style="q1">usiku na mchana
</q>
<q style="q1">kamwe havitakoma.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Mungu Aweka Agano Na Noa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.9.1" />Ndipo Mungu akambariki Noa na wanawe, akiwaambia, “Zaeni mkaongezeke kwa idadi na mkaijaze tena dunia.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.9.2" />Wanyama wote wa duniani, ndege wote wa angani, kila kiumbe kitambaacho juu ya ardhi, na samaki wote wa baharini wamekabidhiwa mikononi mwenu, nao watawaogopa na kuwahofu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GEN.9.3" />Kila kitu chenye uhai kiendacho kitakuwa chakula chenu. Kama vile nilivyowapa mimea mbalimbali, sasa nawapa kila kitu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="GEN.9.4" />“Lakini kamwe msile nyama ambayo bado ina damu ya uhai wake, kwa maana damu ni uhai.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.9.5" />Hakika damu ya uhai wenu nitaidai. Nitaidai kutoka kwa kila mnyama. Kutoka kwa kila mwanadamu pia nitaidai kwa ajili ya uhai wa mtu mwenzake.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.9.6" />“Yeyote amwagaye damu ya mwanadamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">damu yake itamwagwa na mwanadamu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa katika mfano wa Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu alimuumba mwanadamu.
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="7" bcv="GEN.9.7" />Kuhusu ninyi, zaeni mwongezeke kwa wingi, mzidi katika dunia na kuijaza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="GEN.9.8" />Ndipo Mungu akamwambia Noa na wanawe pamoja naye:
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GEN.9.9" />“Sasa mimi ninaweka Agano langu nanyi, pamoja na uzao wenu baada yenu,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GEN.9.10" />pia na kila kiumbe hai kilichokuwa pamoja nanyi: Ndege, wanyama wa kufugwa na wanyama wote wa porini, wale wote waliotoka katika safina pamoja nanyi, kila kiumbe hai duniani.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.9.11" />Ninaweka Agano nanyi: Kamwe uhai hautafutwa tena kwa gharika, kamwe haitakuwepo tena gharika ya kuangamiza dunia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="GEN.9.12" />Mungu akasema, “Hii ni ishara ya Agano ninalofanya kati yangu na ninyi na kila kiumbe hai kilicho pamoja nanyi, Agano kwa vizazi vyote vijavyo:
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GEN.9.13" />Nimeweka upinde wangu wa mvua mawinguni, nao utakuwa ishara ya Agano nifanyalo kati yangu na dunia.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GEN.9.14" />Wakati wowote ninapotanda mawingu juu ya dunia na upinde wa mvua ukijitokeza mawinguni,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GEN.9.15" />nitakumbuka Agano langu kati yangu na ninyi na viumbe vyote vilivyo hai vya kila aina. Kamwe maji hayatakuwa tena gharika ya kuangamiza uhai wote.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GEN.9.16" />Wakati wowote upinde wa mvua unapotokea mawinguni, nitauona na kukumbuka Agano la milele kati ya Mungu na viumbe vyote vilivyo hai vya kila aina duniani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="GEN.9.17" />Hivyo Mungu akamwambia Noa, “Hii ndiyo ishara ya Agano ambalo nimelifanya kati yangu na viumbe vyote vilivyo hai duniani.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wana Wa Noa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="GEN.9.18" />Wana wa Noa waliotoka ndani ya safina ni: Shemu, Hamu na Yafethi. (Hamu ndiye alikuwa baba wa Kanaani.)
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="GEN.9.19" />Hawa ndio waliokuwa wana watatu wa Noa, kutokana nao watu walienea katika dunia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="GEN.9.20" />Noa akawa mkulima, akawa mtu wa kwanza kupanda mizabibu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GEN.9.21" />Alipokunywa huo mvinyo wake akalewa na akalala uchi kwenye hema lake.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="GEN.9.22" />Hamu, baba wa Kanaani, akauona uchi wa baba yake na kuwaeleza ndugu zake wawili waliokuwa nje.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="GEN.9.23" />Lakini Shemu na Yafethi wakachukua nguo wakaitanda mabegani mwao wote wawili, kisha wakaenda kinyumenyume, wakaufunika uchi wa baba yao. Nyuso zao zilielekea upande mwingine ili wasiuone uchi wa baba yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="GEN.9.24" />Noa alipolevuka kutoka kwenye mvinyo wake na kujua lile ambalo mwanawe mdogo kuliko wote alilokuwa amemtendea,
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="GEN.9.25" />akasema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Alaaniwe Kanaani!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Atakuwa mtumwa wa chini sana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko watumwa wote kwa ndugu zake.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="GEN.9.26" />Pia akasema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Abarikiwe
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Shemu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kanaani na awe mtumwa wa Shemu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="GEN.9.27" />Mungu na apanue mipaka ya Yafethi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yafethi na aishi katika mahema ya Shemu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Kanaani na awe mtumwa wake.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="GEN.9.28" />Baada ya gharika Noa aliishi miaka 350.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="GEN.9.29" />Noa alikuwa na jumla ya miaka 950, ndipo akafa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="10" />
<s style="s1">Mataifa Yaliyotokana Na Noa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Nyakati 1:5-23)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.10.1" />Hawa ndio wazao wa Noa: Shemu, Hamu na Yafethi, ambao walizaa wana baada ya gharika.
<ve />
</p>
<s level="2" style="s2">Wazao Wa Yafethi
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="2" bcv="GEN.10.2" />Wana wa Yafethi walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Gomeri, Magogu, Madai, Yavani, Tubali, Mesheki na Tirasi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="3" bcv="GEN.10.3" />Wana wa Gomeri walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Ashkenazi, Rifathi na Togarma.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="4" bcv="GEN.10.4" />Wana wa Yavani walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Elisha, Tarshishi, Kitimu na Rodanimu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.10.5" />(Kutokana na hawa mataifa ya Pwani yalienea katika nchi zao, kwa koo zao katika mataifa yao, kila moja kwa lugha yake.)
<ve />
</p>
<s level="2" style="s2">Wazao Wa Hamu
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.10.6" />Wana wa Hamu walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Kushi, Misraimu,<f caller="+"><fr>10:6
</fr><ft>Yaani
</ft><fqa>Misri</fqa><ft>.</ft></f> Putu na Kanaani.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="7" bcv="GEN.10.7" />Wana wa Kushi walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Seba, Havila, Sabta, Raama na Sabteka.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Wana wa Raama walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Sheba na Dedani.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="GEN.10.8" />Kushi akamzaa Nimrodi, ambaye alikua akawa mtu shujaa duniani.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GEN.10.9" />Alikuwa mwindaji hodari mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Ndiyo sababu watu husema, “Kama Nimrodi, hodari wa kuwinda mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GEN.10.10" />Vituo vyake vya kwanza katika ufalme wake vilikuwa Babeli, Ereki, Akadi na Kalne katika Shinari.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.10.11" />Kutoka nchi ile alikwenda Ashuru, ambako alijenga Ninawi, Rehoboth-iri, Kala,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GEN.10.12" />na Reseni, iliyo kati ya Ninawi na Kala; huo ndio mji mkubwa.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="13" bcv="GEN.10.13" />Misraimu alikuwa baba wa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Waludi, Waanami, Walehabi, Wanaftuhi,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GEN.10.14" />Wapathrusi, Wakasluhi (hao ndio asili ya Wafilisti), na Wakaftori.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="15" bcv="GEN.10.15" />Kanaani alikuwa baba wa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Sidoni mzaliwa wake wa kwanza, Hethi,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GEN.10.16" />Wayebusi, Waamori, Wagirgashi,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="GEN.10.17" />Wahivi, Waariki, Wasini,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GEN.10.18" />Waarvadi, Wasemari na Wahamathi.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p">Baadaye koo za Wakanaani zilitawanyika,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="GEN.10.19" />na mipaka ya Kanaani ilienea kutoka Sidoni kuelekea Gerari hadi Gaza, kisha kuelekea Sodoma, Gomora, Adma na Seboimu, hadi kufikia Lasha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="GEN.10.20" />Hawa ni wana wa Hamu kwa koo zao na lugha zao, katika nchi zao na mataifa yao.
<ve />
</p>
<s level="2" style="s2">Wazao Wa Shemu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="GEN.10.21" />Shemu ambaye ni ndugu mkubwa wa Yafethi, kwake kulizaliwa wana pia. Shemu alikuwa baba wa wana wote wa Eberi.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="22" bcv="GEN.10.22" />Wana wa Shemu walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Elamu, Ashuru, Arfaksadi, Ludi na Aramu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="23" bcv="GEN.10.23" />Wana wa Aramu walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Usi, Huli, Getheri na Mesheki.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="24" bcv="GEN.10.24" />Arfaksadi alikuwa baba wa Shela,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">naye Shela akamzaa Eberi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="25" bcv="GEN.10.25" />Eberi akapata wana wawili:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Mmoja wao aliitwa Pelegi, kwa kuwa wakati wake ndipo dunia iligawanyika; nduguye aliitwa Yoktani.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="26" bcv="GEN.10.26" />Yoktani alikuwa baba wa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Almodadi, Shelefu, Hasarmawethi, Yera,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="GEN.10.27" />Hadoramu, Uzali, Dikla,
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="GEN.10.28" />Obali, Abimaeli, Sheba,
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="GEN.10.29" />Ofiri, Havila na Yobabu. Hawa wote walikuwa wana wa Yoktani.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="30" bcv="GEN.10.30" />Nchi waliyoishi ilienea toka Mesha kuelekea Sefari kwenye nchi ya vilima iliyoko mashariki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="GEN.10.31" />Hao ndio wana wa Shemu kwa koo zao na lugha zao, katika nchi zao na mataifa yao.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="GEN.10.32" />Hizi ndizo koo za wana wa Noa, kufuatana na vizazi vyao, katika mataifa yao. Kutokana na hawa mataifa yalienea duniani kote baada ya gharika.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="11" />
<s style="s1">Mnara Wa Babeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.11.1" />Wakati huo dunia yote ilikuwa na lugha moja na msemo mmoja.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.11.2" />Watu walipoelekea upande wa mashariki, wakafika kwenye tambarare katika nchi ya Shinari<f caller="+"><fr>11:2
</fr><ft>Shinari ndio Babeli.</ft></f> nao wakaishi huko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="GEN.11.3" />Wakasemezana wao kwa wao, “Njooni, tufyatue matofali na tuyachome vizuri kwa moto.” Walitumia matofali badala ya mawe, na lami kwa ajili ya kushikamanishia hayo matofali.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.11.4" />Ndipo wakasema, “Njooni, tujijengee mji wenye mnara ambao utafika hadi mbinguni, ili tujipatie jina tusije tukatawanyika usoni pa dunia yote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="GEN.11.5" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> akashuka ili auone mji na mnara ambao wanadamu waliokuwa wanaujenga.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="GEN.11.6" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, “Ikiwa kama taifa moja wanaozungumza lugha moja wameanza kufanya hili, basi hakuna lolote watakalopanga kufanya ambalo halitawezekana kwao.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.11.7" />Njooni, tushuke tuvuruge lugha yao ili wasielewane wao kwa wao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="GEN.11.8" />Hivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawatawanya kutoka mahali pale kwenda katika dunia yote, nao wakaacha kuujenga huo mji.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GEN.11.9" />Ndiyo maana pakaitwa Babeli, kwa sababu hapo ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alipoivuruga lugha ya dunia nzima. Kutoka hapo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawatawanya katika uso wa dunia yote.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Shemu Hadi Abramu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Nyakati 1:24-27)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="GEN.11.10" />Hivi ndivyo vizazi vya Shemu.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p">Miaka miwili baada ya gharika, Shemu alipokuwa na miaka 100, akamzaa Arfaksadi.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.11.11" />Baada ya kumzaa Arfaksadi, Shemu aliishi miaka 500, akazaa watoto wengine wa kiume na wa kike.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="GEN.11.12" />Wakati Arfaksadi alipokuwa na miaka thelathini na mitano, akamzaa Shela.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GEN.11.13" />Baada ya Arfaksadi kumzaa Shela, aliishi miaka 403, akazaa watoto wengine wa kiume na wa kike.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="GEN.11.14" />Shela alipokuwa na miaka thelathini, akamzaa Eberi.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GEN.11.15" />Shela baada ya kumzaa Eberi, aliishi miaka 403, akazaa watoto wengine wa kiume na wa kike.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="GEN.11.16" />Eberi alipokuwa na miaka thelathini na minne, akamzaa Pelegi.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="GEN.11.17" />Baada ya Eberi kumzaa Pelegi, aliishi miaka 430, akazaa watoto wengine wa kiume na wa kike.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="GEN.11.18" />Pelegi alipokuwa na miaka thelathini, akamzaa Reu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="GEN.11.19" />Baada ya Pelegi kumzaa Reu, aliishi miaka 209, akazaa watoto wengine wa kiume na wa kike.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="GEN.11.20" />Reu alipokuwa na miaka thelathini na miwili, akamzaa Serugi.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GEN.11.21" />Baada ya Reu kumzaa Serugi, aliishi miaka 207, akazaa watoto wengine wa kiume na wa kike.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="GEN.11.22" />Serugi alipokuwa na miaka thelathini, akamzaa Nahori.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="GEN.11.23" />Baada ya Serugi kumzaa Nahori, aliishi miaka 200, akazaa watoto wengine wa kiume na wa kike.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="GEN.11.24" />Nahori alipokuwa na miaka ishirini na tisa, akamzaa Tera.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="GEN.11.25" />Baada ya Nahori kumzaa Tera, aliishi miaka 119, akazaa watoto wengine wa kiume na wa kike.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="GEN.11.26" />Tera alipokuwa na miaka sabini, akamzaa Abramu, Nahori na Harani.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wazao Wa Tera
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="GEN.11.27" />Hawa ndio wazao wa Tera.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p">Tera aliwazaa Abramu, Nahori na Harani. Harani akamzaa Loti.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="GEN.11.28" />Tera alipokuwa bado hai, Harani akafa huko Uru ya Wakaldayo, nchi alimozaliwa.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="GEN.11.29" />Abramu na Nahori walioa. Mke wa Abramu aliitwa Sarai, na mke wa Nahori aliitwa Milka; Milka na Iska walikuwa watoto wa Harani.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="GEN.11.30" />Sarai alikuwa tasa, hakuwa na watoto.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="GEN.11.31" />Tera akamchukua Abramu mwanawe, Loti mwana wa Harani mwanawe, na Sarai mkwewe, mke wa Abramu mwanawe, wakatoka kwa pamoja katika Uru ya Wakaldayo kwenda nchi ya Kanaani. Lakini walipofika Harani, wakaishi huko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="GEN.11.32" />Tera alikufa huko Harani akiwa na miaka 205.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Wito Wa Abramu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.12.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akawa amemwambia Abramu, “Ondoka kutoka nchi yako, uache jamii yako na nyumba ya baba yako, uende hadi nchi nitakayokuonyesha.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="GEN.12.2" />“Mimi nitakufanya taifa kubwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nitakubariki,
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitalikuza jina lako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe utakuwa baraka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="GEN.12.3" />Nitawabariki wale wanaokubariki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na yeyote akulaaniye nitamlaani;
</q>
<q style="q1">na kupitia kwako mataifa yote duniani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yatabarikiwa.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="GEN.12.4" />Hivyo Abramu akaondoka kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyokuwa amemwambia; naye Loti akaondoka pamoja naye. Wakati Abramu alipoitwa aondoke Harani, alikuwa na miaka sabini na mitano.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.12.5" />Abramu akamchukua Sarai mkewe pamoja na Loti mwana wa ndugu yake, mali zote walizokuwa nazo pamoja na watu aliokuwa amewapata huko Harani, wakasafiri mpaka nchi ya Kanaani, wakafika huko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.12.6" />Abramu akasafiri katika nchi hiyo akafika huko Shekemu, mahali penye mti wa mwaloni ulioko More. Wakati huo Wakanaani walikuwa wanaishi katika nchi hiyo.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.12.7" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamtokea Abramu, akamwambia, “Nitawapa uzao wako nchi hii.” Hivyo hapa akamjengea madhabahu
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyekuwa amemtokea.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="GEN.12.8" />Kutoka huko Abramu akasafiri kuelekea kwenye vilima mashariki ya Betheli, naye akapiga hema huko, Betheli ikiwa upande wa magharibi na Ai upande wa mashariki. Huko alimjengea
<nd>Bwana</nd> madhabahu na akaliitia jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GEN.12.9" />Kisha Abramu akasafiri kuelekea upande wa Negebu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Abramu Katika Nchi Ya Misri
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="GEN.12.10" />Basi kulikuwako na njaa katika nchi, naye Abramu akashuka kwenda Misri kukaa huko kwa muda, kwa maana njaa ilikuwa kali.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.12.11" />Alipokuwa karibu kuingia Misri, akamwambia Sarai mkewe, “Ninajua ya kwamba wewe ni mwanamke mzuri wa sura.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GEN.12.12" />Wakati Wamisri watakapokuona, watasema, ‘Huyu ni mke wake.’ Ndipo wataniua, lakini wewe watakuacha hai.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GEN.12.13" />Sema wewe ni dada yangu, ili nitendewe mema kwa ajili yako, na maisha yangu yatahifadhiwa kwa sababu yako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="GEN.12.14" />Abramu alipoingia Misri, Wamisri wakamwona Sarai kuwa ni mwanamke mzuri sana wa sura.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GEN.12.15" />Maafisa wa Farao walipomwona, wakamsifia kwa Farao; ndipo Sarai akapelekwa kwa nyumba ya mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GEN.12.16" />Kwa ajili ya Sarai, Farao akamtendea Abramu mema, naye Abramu akapata kondoo, ngʼombe, punda, ngamia na watumishi wa kiume na wa kike.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="GEN.12.17" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwadhibu Farao na nyumba yake kwa maradhi ya kufisha kwa sababu ya kumchukua Sarai, mke wa Abramu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GEN.12.18" />Ndipo Farao akamwita Abramu, akamuuliza, “Umenifanyia nini? Kwa nini hukuniambia ni mke wako?
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="GEN.12.19" />Kwa nini ulisema, ‘Yeye ni dada yangu,’ hata nikamchukua kuwa mke wangu? Sasa basi, mke wako huyu hapa. Mchukue uende zako!”
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.12.20" />Kisha Farao akawapa watu wake amri kuhusu Abramu, wakamsindikiza pamoja na mke wake na kila alichokuwa nacho.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="13" />
<s style="s1">Abramu Na Loti Watengana
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.13.1" />Hivyo Abramu akakwea kutoka Misri kwenda Negebu, yeye na mkewe na kila kitu alichokuwa nacho, pia Loti akaenda pamoja naye.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.13.2" />Wakati huo Abramu alikuwa tajiri sana wa mifugo, fedha na dhahabu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="GEN.13.3" />Kutoka Negebu, akapita mahali hadi mahali, hadi akafika Betheli, mahali hapo ambapo mwanzoni alipiga hema lake kati ya Betheli na Ai
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.13.4" />hapo ambapo alikuwa amejenga madhabahu ya kwanza. Huko Abramu akaliitia jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="GEN.13.5" />Basi Loti, ambaye alikuwa anafuatana na Abramu, alikuwa pia na makundi ya mbuzi, kondoo, ngʼombe na mahema.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="GEN.13.6" />Lakini nchi haikuwatosha kukaa pamoja kwa ajili ya wingi wa mali zao.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.13.7" />Ukazuka ugomvi kati ya wachunga mifugo wa Abramu na wale wa Loti. Wakati huo, Wakanaani na Waperizi ndio waliokuwa wenyeji wa nchi hiyo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="GEN.13.8" />Hivyo Abramu akamwambia Loti, “Pasiwe na ugomvi wowote kati yangu na wewe, wala kati ya wachungaji wangu na wako, kwa kuwa sisi ni ndugu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GEN.13.9" />Je, nchi yote haiko mbele yako? Tutengane. Kama ukielekea kushoto, nitakwenda kulia; kama ukielekea kulia, mimi nitakwenda kushoto.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="GEN.13.10" />Loti akatazama akaona lile bonde lote la Yordani kuwa lilikuwa na maji tele, kama bustani ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kama nchi ya Misri, kuelekea Soari. (Hii ilikuwa kabla
<nd>Bwana</nd> hajaharibu Sodoma na Gomora.)
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.13.11" />Hivyo Loti akajichagulia bonde lote la Yordani, akaelekea upande wa mashariki. Watu hao wawili wakatengana:
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GEN.13.12" />Abramu akaishi katika nchi ya Kanaani, wakati Loti aliishi miongoni mwa miji ya lile bonde na kupiga mahema yake karibu na Sodoma.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GEN.13.13" />Basi watu wa Sodoma walikuwa waovu, wakifanya sana dhambi dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="GEN.13.14" />Baada ya Loti kuondoka
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Abramu, “Ukiwa hapo ulipo, inua macho yako utazame kaskazini na kusini, mashariki na magharibi.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GEN.13.15" />Nchi yote unayoiona nitakupa wewe na uzao wako hata milele.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GEN.13.16" />Nitaufanya uzao wako uwe mwingi kama mavumbi ya nchi, hivyo kama kuna yeyote awezaye kuhesabu mavumbi, basi uzao wako utahesabika.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="GEN.13.17" />Ondoka, tembea katika marefu na mapana ya nchi, kwa maana ninakupa wewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="GEN.13.18" />Basi Abramu akaondoa mahema yake, akaenda kuishi karibu na mialoni ya Mamre huko Hebroni, huko akamjengea
<nd>Bwana</nd> madhabahu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="14" />
<s style="s1">Abramu Amwokoa Loti
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.14.1" />Wakati huu Amrafeli mfalme wa Shinari, Arioko mfalme wa Elasari, Kedorlaoma mfalme wa Elamu, na Tidali mfalme wa Goimu
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.14.2" />kwa pamoja walikwenda kupigana vita dhidi ya Bera mfalme wa Sodoma, Birsha mfalme wa Gomora, Shinabu mfalme wa Adma, Shemeberi mfalme wa Seboimu, na mfalme wa Bela (yaani Soari).
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GEN.14.3" />Hawa wote waliotajwa mwishoni waliunganisha majeshi yao kutoka Bonde la Sidimu (yaani Bahari ya Chumvi).
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.14.4" />Walikuwa wametawaliwa na Mfalme Kedorlaoma kwa miaka kumi na miwili, lakini mwaka wa kumi na tatu waliasi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="GEN.14.5" />Mnamo mwaka wa kumi na nne, Mfalme Kedorlaoma na wafalme waliojiunga naye walikwenda kupigana na kuwashinda Warefai katika Ashtaroth-Kanaimu, Wazuzi katika Hamu, Waemi katika Shawe-Kiriathaimu,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="GEN.14.6" />na Wahori katika nchi ya kilima cha Seiri, hadi El-Parani karibu na jangwa.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.14.7" />Kisha wakarudi wakaenda En-Misfati (yaani Kadeshi), wakashinda nchi yote ya Waamaleki, pamoja na Waamori waliokuwa wakiishi Hasason-Tamari.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="GEN.14.8" />Ndipo mfalme wa Sodoma, mfalme wa Gomora, mfalme wa Adma, mfalme wa Seboimu, na mfalme wa Bela (yaani Soari) wakatoka kupanga majeshi yao kwenye Bonde la Sidimu
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GEN.14.9" />dhidi ya Kedorlaoma, mfalme wa Elamu, Tidali mfalme wa Goimu, Amrafeli mfalme wa Shinari, na Arioko mfalme wa Elasari, yaani wafalme wanne dhidi ya wafalme watano.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GEN.14.10" />Basi Bonde la Sidimu lilikuwa limejaa mashimo ya lami, nao wafalme wa Sodoma na wa Gomora walipokimbia, baadhi ya watu walitumbukia huko na wengine wakakimbilia vilimani.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.14.11" />Wale wafalme wanne wakateka mali yote ya Sodoma na Gomora pamoja na vyakula vyao vyote, kisha wakaenda zao.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GEN.14.12" />Pia walimteka Loti mwana wa ndugu yake Abramu pamoja na mali zake, kwa kuwa alikuwa akiishi Sodoma.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="GEN.14.13" />Mtu mmoja aliyekuwa ametoroka akaja kumpa Abramu Mwebrania taarifa. Wakati huu Abramu alikuwa anaishi karibu na mialoni ya Mamre Mwamori, aliyekuwa ndugu yake Eshkoli na Aneri, ambao wote walikuwa wameungana na Abramu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GEN.14.14" />Abramu alipopata habari kwamba jamaa yake amechukuliwa mateka, akawaita watu 318 wa nyumbani mwake waliokuwa wamefunzwa kupigana vita, wakawafuatilia hadi Dani.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GEN.14.15" />Wakati wa usiku Abramu aliwagawa watu wake katika vikosi ili awashambulie, na akawafuatilia, akawafukuza hadi Hoba, kaskazini ya Dameski.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GEN.14.16" />Akarudisha mali zote, na akamrudisha Loti jamaa yake na mali zake, pamoja na wanawake na watu wengine.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="GEN.14.17" />Abramu aliporudi baada ya kumshinda Mfalme Kedorlaoma na wale wafalme waliojiunga naye, mfalme wa Sodoma akatoka kwenda kumlaki katika Bonde la Shawe (yaani Bonde la Mfalme).
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="GEN.14.18" />Ndipo Melkizedeki mfalme wa Salemu alipoleta mkate na divai. Alikuwa kuhani wa Mungu Aliye Juu Sana.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="GEN.14.19" />Naye akambariki Abramu, akisema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Abarikiwe Abramu na Mungu Aliye Juu Sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Muumba wa mbingu na nchi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="GEN.14.20" />Abarikiwe Mungu Aliye Juu Sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye amewaweka adui zako mkononi mwako.”
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Ndipo Abramu akampa Melkizedeki sehemu ya kumi ya kila kitu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="GEN.14.21" />Mfalme wa Sodoma akamwambia Abramu, “Nipe hao watu na hizo mali uchukue wewe mwenyewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="GEN.14.22" />Lakini Abramu akamwambia mfalme wa Sodoma, “Nimeinua mkono wangu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu Aliye Juu Sana, Muumba wa mbingu na dunia, na nimeapa
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="GEN.14.23" />kwamba sitapokea kitu chochote kilicho chako, hata kama ni uzi au gidamu ya kiatu, ili kamwe usije ukasema, ‘Nimemtajirisha Abramu.’
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="GEN.14.24" />Sitapokea chochote, ila kile tu watu wangu walichokula na sehemu ambayo ni fungu la watu waliokwenda pamoja nami, ambao ni Aneri, Eshkoli na Mamre. Wao na wapewe fungu lao.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="15" />
<s style="s1">Agano La Mungu Na Abramu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.15.1" />Baada ya jambo hili, neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamjia Abramu katika maono:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Usiogope, Abramu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mimi ni ngao yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na thawabu yako kubwa sana.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="GEN.15.2" />Lakini Abramu akasema, “Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, utanipa nini na mimi sina hata mtoto na atakayerithi nyumba yangu ni huyu Eliezeri Mdameski?”
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GEN.15.3" />Abramu akasema, “Hukunipa watoto, hivyo mtumishi katika nyumba yangu ndiye atakuwa mrithi wangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="GEN.15.4" />Ndipo neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilipomjia: “Mtu huyu hatakuwa mrithi wako, bali mwana atakayetoka katika viuno vyako mwenyewe ndiye atakayekuwa mrithi wako.”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.15.5" />Akamtoa nje na kusema, “Tazama juu kuelekea mbinguni na uhesabu nyota, kama hakika utaweza kuzihesabu.” Ndipo akamwambia, “Hivyo ndivyo uzao wako utakavyokuwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.15.6" />Abramu akamwamini
<nd>Bwana</nd>, naye kwake hili likahesabiwa kuwa haki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="GEN.15.7" />Pia akamwambia, “Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, niliyekutoa toka Uru ya Wakaldayo nikupe nchi hii uimiliki.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="GEN.15.8" />Lakini Abramu akasema, “Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, nitawezaje kujua kwamba nitapata kuimiliki?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="GEN.15.9" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia, “Niletee mtamba wa ngʼombe, mbuzi na kondoo dume, kila mmoja wa miaka mitatu, pamoja na hua na kinda la njiwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="GEN.15.10" />Abramu akamletea hivi vyote, akampasua kila mnyama vipande viwili, akavipanga kila kimoja kuelekea mwenzake, lakini hata hivyo ndege, hakuwapasua vipande viwili.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.15.11" />Kisha ndege walao nyama wakatua juu ya mizoga, lakini Abramu akawafukuza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="GEN.15.12" />Wakati jua lilipokuwa linatua, Abramu akashikwa na usingizi mzito, giza nene na la kutisha likaja juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GEN.15.13" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia, “Ujue hakika kwamba wazao wako watakuwa wageni kwenye nchi ambayo si yao, nao watafanywa watumwa na kuteswa kwa miaka mia nne.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GEN.15.14" />Lakini nitaliadhibu taifa lile watakalolitumikia kama watumwa, na baadaye watatoka huko na mali nyingi.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GEN.15.15" />Wewe, hata hivyo utakwenda kwa baba zako kwa amani na kuzikwa katika uzee mwema.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GEN.15.16" />Katika kizazi cha nne wazao wako watarudi hapa, kwa maana dhambi ya Waamori bado haijafikia kipimo kilichojaa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="GEN.15.17" />Wakati jua lilipokuwa limezama na giza limeingia, tanuru la moshi na mwali wa moto unaowaka vikatokea na kupita kati ya vile vipande vya nyama.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GEN.15.18" />Siku hiyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akafanya Agano na Abramu, na kumwambia, “Nitawapa wazao wako nchi hii, kuanzia Kijito cha Misri<f caller="+"><fr>15:18
</fr><fq>Kijito cha Misri
</fq><ft>hapa ina maana
</ft><fqa>Wadi-el-Arish
</fqa><ft>kwenye mpaka wa kusini wa Yuda.</ft></f> hadi mto ule mkubwa, Frati,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="GEN.15.19" />yaani nchi ya Wakeni, Wakenizi, Wakadmoni,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.15.20" />Wahiti, Waperizi, Warefai,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GEN.15.21" />Waamori, Wakanaani, Wagirgashi na Wayebusi.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="16" />
<s style="s1">Hagari Na Ishmaeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.16.1" />Basi Sarai, mkewe Abramu, alikuwa hajamzalia watoto. Lakini alikuwa na mtumishi wa kike Mmisri jina lake Hagari,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.16.2" />hivyo Sarai akamwambia Abramu, “<nd>Bwana</nd> amenizuilia kupata watoto. Nenda, ukakutane kimwili na mtumishi wangu wa kike, huenda nitaweza kupata watoto kupitia kwake.”
</p>
<p style="p">Abramu akakubaliana na lile Sarai alilosema.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GEN.16.3" />Hivyo baada ya Abramu kuishi katika nchi ya Kanaani miaka kumi, Sarai akamchukua mtumishi wake wa kike wa Kimisri, Hagari na kumpa mumewe awe mke wake.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.16.4" />Akakutana kimwili na Hagari, naye akapata mimba.
</p>
<p style="p">Hagari alipojua kuwa ana mimba, alianza kumdharau Sarai.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.16.5" />Ndipo Sarai akamwambia Abramu, “Unawajibika na manyanyaso ninayoyapata. Nilimweka mtumishi wangu mikononi mwako, sasa kwa vile anajua kwamba ana mimba, ananidharau mimi.
<nd>Bwana</nd> na aamue kati yako na mimi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.16.6" />Abramu akamwambia, “Mtumishi wako yuko mikononi mwako. Mtendee lolote unalofikiri ni bora zaidi.” Ndipo Sarai akamtesa Hagari, hivyo akamtoroka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="GEN.16.7" />Malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamkuta Hagari karibu na chemchemi huko jangwani; ilikuwa chemchemi ile iliyokuwa kando ya barabara iendayo Shuri.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="GEN.16.8" />Malaika akamwambia, “Hagari, mtumishi wa Sarai, umetokea wapi, na unakwenda wapi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akamjibu, “Ninamkimbia bibi yangu Sarai.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="GEN.16.9" />Ndipo malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia, “Rudi kwa bibi yako ukajishushe chini yake.”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GEN.16.10" />Malaika akaendelea akasema, “Nitazidisha wazao wako, hivi kwamba watakuwa wengi mno wasiohesabika.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="GEN.16.11" />Pia malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Wewe sasa una mimba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe utamzaa mwana.
</q>
<q style="q1">Utamwita jina lake Ishmaeli,<f caller="+"><fr>16:11
</fr><ft>Ishmaeli maana yake Mungu husikia.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> amesikia juu ya huzuni yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="GEN.16.12" />Atakuwa punda-mwitu katikati ya wanadamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkono wake utakuwa dhidi ya kila mtu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mkono wa kila mtu dhidi yake,
</q>
<q style="q1">naye ataishi kwa uhasama
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ndugu zake wote.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="GEN.16.13" />Hagari akampa
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyezungumza naye jina hili: “Wewe ndiwe Mungu unionaye mimi,” kwa maana alisema, “Sasa nimemwona yeye anayeniona mimi.”
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GEN.16.14" />Ndiyo sababu kisima kile kikaitwa Beer-Lahai-Roi,<f caller="+"><fr>16:14
</fr><ft>Beer-Lahai-Roi maana yake Yeye Aliye Hai Anionaye Mimi.</ft></f> ambacho bado kipo huko hata leo kati ya Kadeshi na Beredi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="GEN.16.15" />Hivyo Hagari akamzalia Abramu mwana, naye Abramu akamwita huyo mwana Hagari aliyemzalia, Ishmaeli.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GEN.16.16" />Abramu alikuwa na umri wa miaka themanini na sita wakati Hagari alipomzalia Ishmaeli.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="17" />
<s style="s1">Agano La Tohara
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.17.1" />Abramu alipokuwa na miaka tisini na tisa,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamtokea akamwambia, “Mimi ndimi Mungu Mwenyezi;<f caller="+"><fr>17:1
</fr><ft>Mungu Mwenyezi hapa ni jina la Kiebrania, El-Shaddai (yaani Mungu Mwenye utoshelevu wote).</ft></f> enenda mbele zangu na uishi kwa unyofu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.17.2" />Nami nitafanya Agano langu kati yangu na wewe, nami nitakuzidisha sana sana.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="GEN.17.3" />Abramu akaanguka kifudifudi, naye Mungu akamwambia,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.17.4" />“Kwa upande wangu, hili ndilo Agano langu na wewe: Wewe utakuwa baba wa mataifa mengi.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.17.5" />Jina lako hutaitwa tena Abramu, bali jina lako litakuwa Abrahamu,<f caller="+"><fr>17:5
</fr><ft>Abrahamu maana yake Baba wa watu wengi.</ft></f> kwa maana nimekufanya wewe baba wa mataifa mengi.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="GEN.17.6" />Nitakufanya uwe na uzao mwingi sana, kwako yatatoka mataifa nao wafalme watatoka kwako.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.17.7" />Nitalithibitisha Agano langu kama Agano la milele kati yangu na wewe na wazao wako baada yako na vizazi vijavyo niwe Mungu wako na Mungu wa wazao wako.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="GEN.17.8" />Nchi yote ya Kanaani, unakoishi sasa kama mgeni, nitakupa kuwa milki yako milele, na uzao wako, nami nitakuwa Mungu wao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="GEN.17.9" />Ndipo Mungu akamwambia Abrahamu, “Kwa upande wako, lazima ushike Agano langu, wewe na wazao wako kwa ajili ya vizazi vijavyo.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GEN.17.10" />Hili ni Agano langu na wewe pamoja na wazao wako baada yako, Agano mtakalolishika: Kila mwanaume miongoni mwenu atatahiriwa.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.17.11" />Mtafanyiwa tohara na hii itakuwa ni alama ya Agano kati yangu na ninyi.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GEN.17.12" />Kwa vizazi vijavyo, kila mwanaume miongoni mwenu mwenye siku nane ni lazima atahiriwe, pamoja na watakaozaliwa nyumbani mwako au walionunuliwa kwa fedha kutoka kwa mgeni, wale ambao sio watoto wako.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GEN.17.13" />Awe amezaliwa nyumbani mwako au amenunuliwa kwa fedha yako, ni lazima watahiriwe. Agano langu katika mwili wako litakuwa ni Agano la milele.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GEN.17.14" />Kila mwanaume asiyetahiriwa, ambaye hajapata tohara ya mwilini, atatengwa na watu wake, amelivunja Agano langu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="GEN.17.15" />Pia
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Abrahamu, “Kwa upande wa Sarai mkeo, hutamwita tena Sarai bali jina lake litakuwa Sara.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GEN.17.16" />Nitambariki na hakika nitakupatia mwana kwake. Nitambariki na kwamba atakuwa mama wa mataifa, wafalme wa mataifa watatoka kwake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="GEN.17.17" />Abrahamu akaanguka kifudifudi, akacheka na kusema moyoni mwake, “Je, mtu wa miaka mia moja aweza kuzaa mwana? Je, Sara atazaa mtoto katika umri wa miaka tisini?”
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GEN.17.18" />Abrahamu akamwambia Mungu, “Laiti Ishmaeli naye angeshiriki baraka yako!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="GEN.17.19" />Ndipo Mungu akasema, “Ndiyo, lakini mkeo Sara atakuzalia wewe mwana, nawe utamwita jina lake Isaki.<f caller="+"><fr>17:19
</fr><ft>Isaki maana yake Kucheka.</ft></f> Nitalithibitisha Agano langu naye kama Agano la milele kwa ajili yake na wazao wake baada yake.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.17.20" />Kwa upande wa Ishmaeli, nimekusikia: hakika nitambariki, nitamfanya awe na uzao mwingi na nitaongeza sana idadi yake. Atakuwa baba wa watawala kumi na wawili, nami nitamfanya awe taifa kubwa.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GEN.17.21" />Lakini Agano langu nitalithibitisha kwa Isaki, ambaye Sara atakuzalia mwaka ujao majira kama haya.”
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="GEN.17.22" />Wakati alipomaliza kuzungumza na Abrahamu, Mungu akapanda juu akaondoka kwa Abrahamu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="GEN.17.23" />Siku ile ile, Abrahamu akamchukua Ishmaeli mwanawe na wote waliozaliwa nyumbani mwake pamoja na walionunuliwa kwa fedha zake, kila mwanaume wa nyumbani mwake, akawatahiri, kama Mungu alivyomwagiza.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="GEN.17.24" />Abrahamu alikuwa na umri wa miaka tisini na tisa alipotahiriwa,
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="GEN.17.25" />naye Ishmaeli mwanawe alitahiriwa akiwa na umri wa miaka kumi na mitatu.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="GEN.17.26" />Abrahamu na Ishmaeli mwanawe walitahiriwa siku ile ile,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="GEN.17.27" />Kila mwanaume nyumbani mwa Abrahamu, pamoja na wote waliozaliwa nyumbani mwake au aliyenunuliwa kwa fedha kutoka kwa mgeni, alitahiriwa pamoja naye.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="18" />
<s style="s1">Wageni Watatu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.18.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamtokea Abrahamu karibu na mialoni ya Mamre wakati alipokuwa ameketi kwenye ingilio la hema lake wakati wa adhuhuri.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.18.2" />Abrahamu akainua macho akaona watu watatu wamesimama karibu naye. Alipowaona, aliharakisha kutoka kwenye ingilio la hema lake kuwalaki na kuwasujudia hadi nchi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="GEN.18.3" />Akasema, “Kama nimepata kibali machoni penu, ee bwana wangu, usimpite mtumishi wako.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.18.4" />Acha yaletwe maji kidogo, kisha ninyi nyote mnawe miguu yenu na mpumzike chini ya mti huu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.18.5" />Niruhusuni niwapatie chakula kidogo mle, ili mpate nguvu mwendelee na safari yenu, kwa kuwa mmekuja kwa mtumishi wenu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Nao wakamjibu, “Vema sana, fanya kama unavyosema.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.18.6" />Hivyo Abrahamu akaharakisha akaingia hemani kwa Sara, akamwambia, “Chukua vipimo vitatu vya unga laini haraka, ukande na uoke mikate.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="GEN.18.7" />Kisha Abrahamu akakimbia kwenda kwenye kundi, akachagua ndama mzuri, laini na akampa mtumishi, ambaye aliharakisha kumtayarisha.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="GEN.18.8" />Kisha akaleta jibini, maziwa na nyama ya yule ndama iliyoandaliwa, akaviweka mbele ya wageni. Walipokuwa wakila, alisimama karibu nao chini ya mti.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="GEN.18.9" />Wakamuuliza, “Yuko wapi Sara mkeo?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akasema, “Yuko huko, ndani ya hema.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="GEN.18.10" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, “Hakika nitakurudia tena majira kama haya mwakani na Sara mkeo atakuwa ana mwana.”
</p>
<p style="p">Sara alikuwa akiwasikiliza kwenye ingilio la hema, lililokuwa nyuma yake.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.18.11" />Abrahamu na Sara walikuwa wazee tena waliosogea miaka, naye Sara alikuwa amekoma katika desturi ya wanawake.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GEN.18.12" />Hivyo Sara akacheka kimoyomoyo alipokuwa akiwaza, “Baada ya mimi kuwa mkongwe hivi na bwana wangu amezeeka, je, nitaweza kufurahia jambo hili?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="GEN.18.13" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Abrahamu, “Kwa nini Sara amecheka na kusema, ‘Kweli nitazaa mtoto nami sasa ni mzee?’
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GEN.18.14" />Je, kuna jambo lolote gumu lisilowezekana kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>? Nitakurudia mwakani majira kama haya, naye Sara atakuwa na mwana.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="GEN.18.15" />Sara akaogopa kwa kuwa alidanganya na kusema, “Mimi sikucheka.”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini Bwana akasema, “Ndiyo, ulicheka!”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Abrahamu Aiombea Sodoma
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="GEN.18.16" />Wakati watu hao waliposimama ili waondoke, walielekeza nyuso zao Sodoma, Abrahamu akawatoa kitambo kidogo ili awasindikize.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="GEN.18.17" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, “Je, nimfiche Abrahamu jambo ninalokusudia kufanya?
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GEN.18.18" />Hakika Abrahamu atakuwa taifa kubwa na lenye nguvu, kupitia kwake mataifa yote ya dunia yatabarikiwa.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="GEN.18.19" />Kwa maana nimemchagua yeye, ili awaongoze watoto wake na jamaa yake kufuata njia ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa kuwa waadilifu na kutenda haki, ili
<nd>Bwana</nd> atimize ahadi yake kwa Abrahamu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="GEN.18.20" />Basi
<nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, “Kilio dhidi ya Sodoma na Gomora ni kikubwa sana na dhambi yao inasikitisha sana,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GEN.18.21" />kwamba nitashuka nione kama waliyoyatenda ni mabaya kiasi cha kilio kilichonifikia. Kama sivyo, nitajua.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="GEN.18.22" />Basi wale watu wakageuka wakaenda kuelekea Sodoma, lakini Abrahamu akabaki amesimama mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="GEN.18.23" />Ndipo Abrahamu akamsogelea akasema: “Je, utawaangamiza wenye haki na waovu?
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="GEN.18.24" />Je, ikiwa watakuwepo watu wenye haki hamsini katika mji huo, hivi kweli utauangamiza na wala hutauacha kwa ajili ya hao watu hamsini wenye haki waliomo ndani yake?
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="GEN.18.25" />Hilo na liwe mbali nawe, kufanya jambo kama hilo, kuwaua wenye haki pamoja na waovu, kuwatendea wenye haki sawasawa na waovu. Iwe mbali nawe! Je, Mwamuzi wa dunia yote hatafanya lililo sawa?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="GEN.18.26" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, “Kama nikipata watu hamsini wenye haki katika mji wa Sodoma, nitausamehe huo mji wote kwa ajili yao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="GEN.18.27" />Kisha Abrahamu akasema tena: “Sasa kwa kuwa nimekuwa na ujasiri wa kuzungumza na Bwana, ingawa mimi si kitu bali ni mavumbi na majivu;
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="GEN.18.28" />je, kama hesabu ya wenye haki imepungua watano katika hamsini, utauangamiza huo mji wote kwa ajili ya hao watano waliopungua?”
</p>
<p style="p">Bwana akamwambia, “Kama nikiwakuta huko watu arobaini na watano, sitauangamiza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="GEN.18.29" />Abrahamu akazungumza naye kwa mara nyingine, “Je, kama huko watapatikana watu arobaini tu?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akamjibu, “Kwa ajili ya hao arobaini, sitauangamiza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="GEN.18.30" />Ndipo akasema, “Bwana na asikasirike, lakini niruhusu nizungumze. Je, kama huko watakuwepo thelathini tu?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akajibu, “Sitapaangamiza ikiwa nitawakuta huko watu thelathini.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="GEN.18.31" />Abrahamu akasema, “Sasa kwa kuwa nimekuwa na ujasiri sana kuzungumza na Bwana, je, kama wakipatikana huko watu ishirini tu?”
</p>
<p style="p">Bwana akajibu, “Kwa ajili ya hao ishirini, sitauangamiza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="GEN.18.32" />Abrahamu akasema, “Bwana na asikasirike, lakini niruhusu nizungumze tena mara moja tu. Itakuwaje kama watapatikana huko watu kumi tu?”
</p>
<p style="p">Bwana akajibu, “Kwa ajili ya hao kumi, sitauangamiza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="GEN.18.33" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alipomaliza kuzungumza na Abrahamu, akaondoka, naye Abrahamu akarudi nyumbani kwake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="19" />
<s style="s1">Kuangamizwa Kwa Sodoma Na Gomora
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.19.1" />Malaika wale wawili wakafika Sodoma wakati wa jioni, naye Loti alikuwa ameketi kwenye lango la mji. Wakati alipowaona, aliondoka kwenda kuwalaki na kuwasujudia hadi chini.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.19.2" />Akasema, “Bwana zangu, tafadhali karibuni kwenye nyumba ya mtumishi wenu. Mnaweza kunawa miguu na kulala hapa kisha asubuhi na mapema mwendelee na safari yenu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Wakamjibu, “La hasha, tutalala hapa nje uwanjani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="GEN.19.3" />Lakini akasisitiza kwa nguvu kwamba waingie pamoja naye nyumbani kwake. Akawaandalia chakula, mikate isiyotiwa chachu, nao wakala.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.19.4" />Kabla hawajaenda kulala, watu wote kutoka kila sehemu ya mji wa Sodoma, vijana kwa wazee, waliizunguka nyumba.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.19.5" />Wakamwita Loti wakisema, “Wako wapi wale watu ambao walikuja kwako jioni hii? Watoe nje kwetu ili tuweze kuwalawiti.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.19.6" />Loti akatoka nje kuonana nao, akaufunga mlango nyuma yake,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.19.7" />akasema, “La hasha, rafiki zangu. Msifanye jambo hili ovu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="GEN.19.8" />Tazama, ninao binti wawili ambao kamwe hawajakutana kimwili na mwanaume. Acha niwatoe nje kwenu, nanyi mnaweza kuwafanyia lolote mnalotaka. Lakini msiwafanyie chochote watu hawa, kwa sababu wako kwenye ulinzi chini ya dari langu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="GEN.19.9" />Wakamjibu, “Tuondokee mbali.” Wakaendelea kusema, “Huyu mtu alikuja hapa kama mgeni na sasa anataka kuwa mwamuzi wetu! Tutakutenda vibaya kuliko wao.” Waliendelea kumlazimisha Loti na kusonga mbele ili kuvunja mlango.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="GEN.19.10" />Lakini watu wale waliokuwa ndani wakanyoosha mkono wakamvuta Loti ndani ya nyumba na kufunga mlango.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.19.11" />Kisha wakawapiga kwa upofu wale watu waliokuwa mlangoni mwa ile nyumba, vijana kwa wazee, hivyo hawakuweza kuupata mlango.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="GEN.19.12" />Wale watu wawili wakamwambia Loti, “Una mtu mwingine yeyote hapa, wakwe zako, wana au binti, ama yeyote mwingine aliye wako katika mji huu? Waondoe hapa,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GEN.19.13" />kwa sababu tunapaangamiza mahali hapa. Kilio kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> dhidi ya watu wa hapa ni kikubwa kiasi kwamba ametutuma kupaangamiza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="GEN.19.14" />Kwa hiyo Loti alitoka ili kuzungumza na wakwe zake, waliokuwa wamewaposa binti zake. Akawaambia, “Fanyeni haraka kuondoka mahali hapa, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> yu karibu kuangamiza mji huu!” Lakini wakwe zake walifikiri kwamba alikuwa akitania.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="GEN.19.15" />Kunako mapambazuko, malaika wakamhimiza Loti, wakamwambia, “Fanya haraka! Mchukue mke wako na binti zako wawili walioko hapa, la sivyo utaangamizwa wakati mji utakapoadhibiwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="GEN.19.16" />Alipositasita, wale watu wakamshika mkono wake na mikono ya mke wake na binti zake wawili na kuwaongoza salama nje ya mji, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa na huruma kwao.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="GEN.19.17" />Mara walipokwisha kuwatoa nje, mmoja wao akawaambia, “Mkimbie kwa usalama wenu! Msitazame nyuma, wala msisimame popote katika nchi tambarare! Kimbilieni milimani, ama sivyo mtaangamizwa!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="GEN.19.18" />Lakini Loti akawajibu, “La hasha, bwana zangu, tafadhalini!
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="GEN.19.19" />Mtumishi wenu amepata kibali mbele ya macho yenu, nanyi mmeonyesha wema mkubwa kwangu kwa kuokoa maisha yangu. Lakini siwezi kukimbilia milimani, janga hili litanikumba, nami nitakufa.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.19.20" />Tazama, hapa kuna mji karibu wa kukimbilia, nao ni mdogo. Niruhusuni nikimbilie humo, ni mdogo sana, ama sivyo? Ndipo maisha yangu yatasalimika.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="GEN.19.21" />Akamwambia, “Vema sana, nitalikubali hili ombi pia, sitauangamiza mji ulioutaja.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="GEN.19.22" />Lakini ukimbilie huko haraka, kwa sababu sitaweza kufanya lolote mpaka ufike huko.” (Ndiyo maana mji huo ukaitwa Soari.<f caller="+"><fr>19:22
</fr><ft>Soari maana yake Mdogo.</ft></f>)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="GEN.19.23" />Wakati Loti alipofika Soari, jua lilikuwa limechomoza katika nchi.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="GEN.19.24" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akanyesha moto wa kiberiti uliotoka mbinguni kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> juu ya Sodoma na Gomora.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="GEN.19.25" />Hivyo akaiteketeza miji ile na eneo lote la tambarare, pamoja na wote waliokuwa wanaishi katika miji, hata pia mimea yote katika nchi.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="GEN.19.26" />Lakini mke wa Loti akatazama nyuma, hivyo akawa nguzo ya chumvi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="GEN.19.27" />Asubuhi na mapema siku iliyofuata, Abrahamu akaamka na kurudi mahali pale aliposimama mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="GEN.19.28" />Akatazama upande wa Sodoma na Gomora, kuelekea nchi yote ya tambarare, akaona moshi mzito ukipanda kutoka kwenye nchi, kama moshi utokao kwenye tanuru.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="GEN.19.29" />Kwa hiyo Mungu alipoiangamiza miji ya tambarare alimkumbuka Abrahamu, akamtoa Loti kutoka kwenye lile janga lililoharibu miji ile ambamo Loti alikuwa ameishi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Loti Na Binti Zake
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="GEN.19.30" />Loti na binti zake wawili waliondoka Soari na kufanya makao yao kule milimani, kwa maana aliogopa kukaa Soari. Yeye na binti zake wawili waliishi katika pango.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="GEN.19.31" />Siku moja binti mkubwa akamwambia yule mdogo, “Baba yetu ni mzee na hakuna mwanaume mahali hapa atakayekutana na sisi kimwili, kama ilivyo desturi ya mahali pote duniani.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="GEN.19.32" />Tumnyweshe baba yetu mvinyo kisha tukutane naye kimwili ili tuhifadhi uzao wetu kupitia baba yetu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="GEN.19.33" />Usiku ule walimnywesha baba yao mvinyo, alipolewa binti yake mkubwa akaingia na kukutana naye kimwili. Baba yao hakujua wakati binti yake alipoingia kulala naye wala alipotoka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="GEN.19.34" />Siku iliyofuata binti mkubwa akamwambia yule mdogo, “Usiku uliopita mimi nilikutana kimwili na baba yangu. Tumnyweshe divai tena, usiku huu nawe ukutane naye kimwili ili tuweze kuhifadhi uzao wetu kupitia baba yetu.”
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="GEN.19.35" />Kwa hiyo wakamnywesha baba yao mvinyo tena usiku ule, naye binti yake mdogo akaingia, akakutana naye kimwili. Kwa mara nyingine baba yao hakujua binti yake alipolala naye wala alipoondoka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="GEN.19.36" />Hivyo binti wawili wa Loti wakapata mimba kwa baba yao.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="GEN.19.37" />Binti mkubwa akamzaa mwana, akamwita jina lake Moabu; ndio baba wa Wamoabu hata leo.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="GEN.19.38" />Binti mdogo naye pia akamzaa mwana, naye akamwita Benami; ndiye baba wa Waamoni hata leo.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="20" />
<s style="s1">Abrahamu Na Abimeleki
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.20.1" />Basi Abrahamu akaendelea mbele kutoka huko hadi nchi ya Negebu na akaishi kati ya Kadeshi na Shuri. Kwa muda mfupi alikaa Gerari kama mgeni,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.20.2" />huko Abrahamu akasema kuhusu Sara mkewe, “Huyu ni dada yangu.” Kisha Abimeleki mfalme wa Gerari akatuma Sara aletwe, naye akamchukua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="GEN.20.3" />Lakini Mungu akamjia Abimeleki katika ndoto wakati wa usiku na kumwambia, “Wewe ni kama mfu kwa sababu ya huyu mwanamke uliyemchukua; yeye ni mke wa mtu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="GEN.20.4" />Wakati huo Abimeleki alikuwa bado hajamsogelea, kwa hiyo akasema, “Je, Bwana utaliharibu taifa lisilo na hatia?
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.20.5" />Hakusema kwangu, ‘Huyu ni dada yangu,’ naye Sara pia hakusema, ‘Huyu ni kaka yangu’? Nimefanya haya kwa dhamiri njema na mikono safi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.20.6" />Kisha Mungu akamwambia katika ndoto, “Ndiyo, najua ya kwamba umefanya haya kwa dhamiri safi, kwa hiyo nimekuzuia usinitende dhambi. Ndiyo sababu sikukuacha umguse.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.20.7" />Sasa umrudishe huyo mke wa mtu, kwa maana ni nabii, naye atakuombea nawe utaishi. Lakini kama hutamrudisha, ujue kwa hakika kuwa wewe na watu wako wote mtakufa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="GEN.20.8" />Kesho yake asubuhi na mapema Abimeleki akawaita maafisa wake wote, na baada ya kuwaambia yote yaliyotokea, waliogopa sana.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GEN.20.9" />Kisha Abimeleki akamwita Abrahamu na kumwambia, “Wewe umetufanyia nini? Nimekukosea nini hata ukaleta hatia kubwa namna hii juu yangu na ufalme wangu? Umenifanyia mambo ambayo hayakupasa kufanyika.”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GEN.20.10" />Abimeleki akamuuliza Abrahamu, “Ulikuwa na kusudi gani kufanya hivi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="GEN.20.11" />Abrahamu akajibu, “Niliwaza kwamba, ‘Hakika hakuna hofu ya Mungu mahali hapa, nao wataniua kwa sababu ya mke wangu.’
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GEN.20.12" />Pamoja na hayo, ni kweli kwamba yeye ni dada yangu, binti wa baba yangu ingawa si mtoto wa mama yangu; basi akawa mke wangu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GEN.20.13" />Wakati
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliponifanya nisafiri mbali na nyumbani mwa baba yangu, nilimwambia, ‘Hivi ndivyo utakavyoonyesha pendo lako kwangu: Kila mahali tutakapokwenda, kuhusu mimi sema, “Huyu ni kaka yangu.” ’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="GEN.20.14" />Kisha Abimeleki akatwaa kondoo na ngʼombe, na watumwa wa kiume na wa kike akampa Abrahamu, akamrudisha Sara kwa mumewe.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GEN.20.15" />Abimeleki akasema, “Nchi yangu iko mbele yako, ishi popote unapotaka.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="GEN.20.16" />Akamwambia Sara, “Ninampa kaka yako shekeli elfu moja za fedha. Hii ni kufidia kosa lililofanyika dhidi yako mbele ya wote walio pamoja nawe; haki yako imethibitishwa kabisa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="GEN.20.17" />Kisha Abrahamu akamwomba Mungu, naye Mungu akamponya Abimeleki, mke wake, na watumwa wake wa kike kwamba waweze kupata watoto tena,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GEN.20.18" />kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa ameyafunga matumbo ya wote katika nyumba ya Abimeleki kwa sababu ya Sara, mke wa Abrahamu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="21" />
<s style="s1">Kuzaliwa Kwa Isaki
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.21.1" />Wakati huu
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamrehemu Sara kama alivyokuwa amesema, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamtendea Sara kile alichokuwa ameahidi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.21.2" />Sara akapata mimba, akamzalia Abrahamu mwana katika uzee wake, majira yale ya Mungu aliomwahidi.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GEN.21.3" />Abrahamu akamwita Isaki yule mwana ambaye Sara alimzalia.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.21.4" />Isaki alipokuwa na umri wa siku nane, Abrahamu akamtahiri, kama Mungu alivyomwamuru.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.21.5" />Abrahamu alikuwa na miaka 100 wakati Isaki mwanawe alipozaliwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.21.6" />Sara akasema, “Mungu ameniletea kicheko, kila mmoja atakayesikia jambo hili atacheka pamoja nami.”
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.21.7" />Akaongeza kusema, “Nani angemwambia Abrahamu kuwa Sara angenyonyesha watoto? Tena nimemzalia mwana katika uzee wake.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Hagari Na Ishmaeli Wafukuzwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="GEN.21.8" />Mtoto akakua, akaachishwa kunyonya. Siku hiyo Isaki alipoachishwa kunyonya, Abrahamu alifanya sherehe kubwa.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GEN.21.9" />Lakini Sara aliona kuwa mwana ambaye Hagari, Mmisri, aliyemzalia Abrahamu alikuwa anadhihaki,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GEN.21.10" />Sara akamwambia Abrahamu, “Mwondoe mwanamke huyo mtumwa pamoja na mwanawe, kwa kuwa mwana wa mwanamke mtumwa kamwe hatarithi pamoja na mwanangu Isaki.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="GEN.21.11" />Jambo hili lilimhuzunisha sana Abrahamu kwa sababu lilimhusu mwanawe.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GEN.21.12" />Lakini Mungu akamwambia, “Usihuzunike hivyo kwa sababu ya kijana na mtumishi wako wa kike. Sikiliza lolote Sara analokuambia, kwa sababu uzao wako utahesabiwa kupitia kwake Isaki.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GEN.21.13" />Nitamfanya huyu mwana wa mtumishi wako wa kike kuwa taifa pia, kwa sababu naye ni uzao wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="GEN.21.14" />Kesho yake asubuhi na mapema, Abrahamu akachukua chakula na kiriba cha maji, akampa Hagari. Akaviweka mabegani mwa Hagari, akamwondoa pamoja na kijana. Hagari akashika njia, akatangatanga katika jangwa la Beer-Sheba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="GEN.21.15" />Maji yalipokwisha kwenye kiriba, akamwacha kijana chini ya mojawapo ya vichaka.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GEN.21.16" />Kisha akajiendea zake akaketi karibu, umbali wa kutupa mshale, akawaza, “Siwezi kumwangalia kijana akifa.” Ikawa alipokuwa ameketi pale karibu, akaanza kulia kwa huzuni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="GEN.21.17" />Mungu akamsikia kijana akilia, malaika wa Mungu akamwita Hagari kutoka mbinguni na kumwambia, “Kuna nini Hagari? Usiogope, Mungu amesikia kijana analia akiwa amelala pale.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GEN.21.18" />Mwinue kijana na umshike mkono, kwa maana nitamfanya kuwa taifa kubwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="GEN.21.19" />Ndipo Mungu akamfumbua Hagari macho yake naye akaona kisima cha maji. Hivyo akaenda akajaza kiriba maji na kumpa kijana anywe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="GEN.21.20" />Mungu akawa pamoja na huyu kijana alipokuwa akiendelea kukua. Aliishi jangwani na akawa mpiga upinde.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GEN.21.21" />Alipokuwa akiishi katika Jangwa la Parani, mama yake akampatia mke kutoka Misri.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mapatano Katika Beer-Sheba
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="GEN.21.22" />Wakati huo Abimeleki na Fikoli mkuu wa majeshi yake wakamwambia Abrahamu, “Mungu yu pamoja nawe katika kila kitu unachofanya.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="GEN.21.23" />Sasa niapie hapa mbele za Mungu kwamba hutanitenda hila mimi, watoto wangu wala wazao wangu. Nitendee mimi na nchi ambayo unaishi kama mgeni wema ule ule ambao nimekutendea.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="GEN.21.24" />Abrahamu akasema, “Ninaapa hivyo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="GEN.21.25" />Ndipo Abrahamu akalalamika kwa Abimeleki kuhusu kisima cha maji ambacho watumishi wa Abimeleki walikuwa wamekinyangʼanya.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="GEN.21.26" />Lakini Abimeleki akasema, “Sijui ni nani ambaye amefanya hili. Hukuniambia, leo tu ndipo ninasikia habari zake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="GEN.21.27" />Hivyo Abrahamu akaleta kondoo na ngʼombe, akampa Abimeleki, nao watu hawa wawili wakafanya mapatano.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="GEN.21.28" />Abrahamu akatenga kondoo wa kike saba kutoka kwenye kundi,
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="GEN.21.29" />Abimeleki akamuuliza Abrahamu, “Ni nini maana ya hawa kondoo wa kike saba uliowatenga peke yao?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="GEN.21.30" />Abrahamu akamjibu, “Upokee hawa kondoo wa kike saba kutoka mkononi mwangu kama ushahidi kuwa nilichimba kisima hiki.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="GEN.21.31" />Hivyo mahali pale pakaitwa Beer-Sheba, kwa sababu watu wawili waliapiana hapo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="GEN.21.32" />Baada ya mapatano kufanyika huko Beer-Sheba, Abimeleki na Fikoli mkuu wa majeshi yake wakarudi katika nchi ya Wafilisti.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="GEN.21.33" />Abrahamu akapanda mti wa mkwaju huko Beer-Sheba, na hapo akaliitia jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa milele.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="GEN.21.34" />Naye Abrahamu akakaa katika nchi ya Wafilisti kwa muda mrefu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="22" />
<s style="s1">Kujua Uthabiti Wa Abrahamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.22.1" />Baadaye Mungu akamjaribu Abrahamu. Akamwambia, “Abrahamu!”
</p>
<p style="p">Abrahamu akajibu, “Mimi hapa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="GEN.22.2" />Kisha Mungu akamwambia, “Umchukue mwanao, mwana wako wa pekee, Isaki umpendaye, uende katika nchi ya Moria. Mtoe huko kama sadaka ya kuteketezwa juu ya mlima mmojawapo nitakaokuambia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="GEN.22.3" />Abrahamu akaamka asubuhi na mapema siku iliyofuata, akamtayarisha punda wake. Akawachukua watumishi wake wawili pamoja na Isaki mwanawe. Baada ya kuchanja kuni za kutosha kwa ajili ya hiyo sadaka ya kuteketezwa, akaondoka kuelekea mahali Mungu alipokuwa amemwambia.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.22.4" />Siku ya tatu Abrahamu akainua macho, akapaona mahali pale kwa mbali.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.22.5" />Akawaambia watumishi wake, “Kaeni hapa pamoja na punda, wakati mimi na kijana tunakwenda kule. Tutakwenda kuabudu na kisha tutawarudia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.22.6" />Abrahamu akachukua kuni kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa, akamtwika Isaki mwanawe, yeye mwenyewe akachukua moto na kisu. Walipokuwa wakienda pamoja,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.22.7" />Isaki akanena akamwambia Abrahamu baba yake, “Baba yangu!”
</p>
<p style="p">Abrahamu akaitika, “Mimi hapa, mwanangu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Isaki akasema, “Moto na kuni zipo, Je, yuko wapi mwana-kondoo kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="GEN.22.8" />Abrahamu akajibu, “Mwanangu, Mungu mwenyewe atajipatia mwana-kondoo kwa ajili ya hiyo sadaka ya kuteketezwa.” Nao hawa wawili wakaendelea mbele pamoja.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="GEN.22.9" />Walipofika mahali pale alipokuwa ameambiwa na Mungu, Abrahamu akajenga madhabahu hapo, akaziweka kuni juu yake. Akamfunga Isaki mwanawe na akamlaza kwenye madhabahu, juu ya zile kuni.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GEN.22.10" />Kisha akanyoosha mkono wake na akachukua kisu ili amchinje mwanawe.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.22.11" />Lakini malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwita kutoka mbinguni, akamwambia, “Abrahamu! Abrahamu!”
</p>
<p style="p">Akajibu, “Mimi hapa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="GEN.22.12" />Akamwambia, “Usimdhuru kijana, wala usimtendee jambo lolote. Sasa ninajua kwamba unamcha Mungu, kwa sababu hukunizuilia mwanao, mwana wako wa pekee.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="GEN.22.13" />Abrahamu akainua macho yake, akaona kondoo dume amenaswa pembe zake nyuma yake katika kichaka. Akaenda akamchukua huyo kondoo dume, akamtoa awe sadaka ya kuteketezwa badala ya mwanawe.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GEN.22.14" />Abrahamu akapaita mahali pale Yehova-Yire.<f caller="+"><fr>22:14
</fr><ft>Yehova-Yire maana yake
<nd>Bwana</nd> atatupa.</ft></f> Mpaka siku ya leo inasemekana, “Katika mlima wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> itapatikana.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="GEN.22.15" />Basi malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwita Abrahamu kutoka mbinguni mara ya pili,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GEN.22.16" />akasema, “Ninaapa kwa nafsi yangu, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwamba kwa sababu umefanya jambo hili na hukunizuilia mwanao, mwana wako wa pekee,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="GEN.22.17" />hakika nitakubariki, na nitauzidisha uzao wako kama nyota za angani na kama mchanga ulioko pwani. Wazao wako watamiliki miji ya adui zao,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GEN.22.18" />na kupitia uzao wako mataifa yote duniani yatabarikiwa, kwa sababu umenitii.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="GEN.22.19" />Ndipo Abrahamu akawarudia watumishi wake, wakaondoka wakaenda wote pamoja mpaka Beer-Sheba. Abrahamu akaishi huko Beer-Sheba.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wana Wa Nahori
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="GEN.22.20" />Baada ya muda, Abrahamu akaambiwa, “Milka pia amepata watoto, amemzalia ndugu yako Nahori wana:
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GEN.22.21" />Usi mzaliwa wake wa kwanza, Buzi nduguye, Kemueli (baba wa Aramu),
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="GEN.22.22" />Kesedi, Hazo, Pildashi, Yidlafu na Bethueli.”
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="GEN.22.23" />Bethueli akamzaa Rebeka. Milka alimzalia Nahori nduguye Abrahamu hao wana wanane.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="GEN.22.24" />Suria wake Nahori aliyeitwa Reuma pia alikuwa na wana: Teba, Gahamu, Tahashi na Maaka.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="23" />
<s style="s1">Kifo Cha Sara
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.23.1" />Sara aliishi akawa na umri wa miaka mia na ishirini na saba.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.23.2" />Sara akafa huko Kiriath-Arba (yaani Hebroni) katika nchi ya Kanaani, Abrahamu akamwombolezea na kumlilia Sara.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="GEN.23.3" />Ndipo Abrahamu akainuka kutoka pale penye maiti ya mke wake. Akazungumza na Wahiti, akasema,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.23.4" />“Mimi ni mpitaji na mgeni miongoni mwenu. Niuzieni sehemu ya ardhi yenu ili niweze kumzika maiti wangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="GEN.23.5" />Wahiti wakamjibu Abrahamu,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="GEN.23.6" />“Bwana, tusikilize. Wewe ni mtawala mkuu sana miongoni mwetu. Zika maiti wako katika kaburi unalolipenda kati ya makaburi yetu. Hakuna mtu wa kwetu atakayekuzuia kaburi lake ili kuzika maiti wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="GEN.23.7" />Abrahamu akainuka na akasujudu mbele ya wenyeji wa nchi, yaani Wahiti.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="GEN.23.8" />Akawaambia, “Kama mnaniruhusu kumzika maiti wangu, basi nisikilizeni mkamsihi Efroni mwana wa Sohari kwa niaba yangu
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GEN.23.9" />ili aniuzie pango la Makpela, lililo mali yake, nalo liko mwisho wa shamba lake. Mwambieni aniuzie kwa bei kamili atakayosema ili liwe mahali pangu pa kuzikia miongoni mwenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="GEN.23.10" />Efroni Mhiti alikuwa ameketi miongoni mwa watu wake, akamjibu Abrahamu mbele ya Wahiti wote waliokuwepo katika lango la mji.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.23.11" />“La hasha, bwana wangu, nisikilize, nakupa shamba, pia nakupa pango lililomo ndani yake. Nakupa mbele ya watu wangu. Uzike maiti wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="GEN.23.12" />Abrahamu akasujudu tena, mbele ya wenyeji wa nchi,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GEN.23.13" />akamwambia Efroni wale watu wakiwa wanasikia, “Tafadhali nisikilize. Nitakulipa fedha za hilo shamba. Kubali kuzipokea ili niweze kumzika maiti wangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="GEN.23.14" />Efroni akamjibu Abrahamu,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GEN.23.15" />“Nisikilize, bwana wangu, thamani ya ardhi hiyo ni shekeli 400 za fedha,<f caller="+"><fr>23:15
</fr><ft>Shekeli 400 za fedha ni sawa na kilo 4.5.</ft></f> lakini hiyo ni nini kati yako na mimi? Mzike maiti wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="GEN.23.16" />Abrahamu akakubali masharti ya Efroni, akampimia ile fedha aliyotaja masikioni mwa Wahiti: Shekeli 400 za fedha kulingana na viwango vya uzito vilivyokuwa vikitumika wakati huo na wafanyabiashara.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="GEN.23.17" />Hivyo shamba la Efroni huko Makpela karibu na Mamre, yaani shamba pamoja na pango lililokuwamo, nayo miti yote iliyokuwamo ndani ya mipaka ya shamba hilo, vilikabidhiwa,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GEN.23.18" />kwa Abrahamu kuwa mali yake mbele ya Wahiti wote waliokuwa wamekuja kwenye lango la mji.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="GEN.23.19" />Baada ya hayo Abrahamu akamzika Sara mkewe kwenye pango ndani ya shamba la Makpela karibu na Mamre (huko Hebroni) katika nchi ya Kanaani.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.23.20" />Hivyo Wahiti wakamkabidhi Abrahamu shamba pamoja na pango lililokuwa humo kuwa mahali pa kuzikia.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="24" />
<s style="s1">Isaki Na Rebeka
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.24.1" />Wakati huu Abrahamu alikuwa mzee mwenye miaka mingi, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amembariki katika kila njia.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.24.2" />Akamwambia mtumishi wake mkuu wa vitu vyote katika nyumba yake, yule aliyekuwa msimamizi wa vitu vyote alivyokuwa navyo, “Weka mkono wako chini ya paja langu,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GEN.24.3" />Ninataka uape kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa mbingu na Mungu wa nchi, kwamba hutamtwalia mwanangu mke kutoka binti za Wakanaani, ambao ninaishi miongoni mwao,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.24.4" />bali utakwenda katika nchi yangu na jamaa zangu umpatie Isaki mwanangu mke.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="GEN.24.5" />Yule mtumishi akamuuliza, “Je, kama huyo mwanamke atakataa kuja nami katika nchi hii? Je, nimpeleke mwanao katika hiyo nchi uliyotoka?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.24.6" />Abrahamu akasema, “Hakikisha kwamba hutamrudisha mwanangu huko.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.24.7" /><nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa mbingu, aliyenitoa nyumbani kwa baba yangu na nchi yangu niliyozaliwa na aliyesema nami na akaniahidi kwa kiapo, akisema, ‘Nitawapa watoto wako nchi hii,’ atatuma malaika wake akutangulie ili umpatie mwanangu mke kutoka huko.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="GEN.24.8" />Kama huyo mwanamke asipokubali kufuatana nawe, basi utafunguliwa kutoka kiapo nilichokuapisha. Ila usimrudishe mwanangu huko.”
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GEN.24.9" />Basi yule mtumishi akaweka mkono wake chini ya paja la bwana wake Abrahamu akamwapia kuhusu shauri hili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="GEN.24.10" />Ndipo huyo mtumishi akachukua ngamia kumi miongoni mwa ngamia za bwana wake, akaondoka, akiwa amechukua aina zote za vitu vizuri kutoka kwa bwana wake. Akaelekea Aramu-Naharaimu<f caller="+"><fr>24:10
</fr><ft>Yaani Mesopotamia ya Kaskazini-Magharibi.</ft></f> na kushika njia kwenda mji wa Nahori.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.24.11" />Akawapigisha ngamia magoti karibu na kisima cha maji nje ya mji, ilikuwa inaelekea jioni, wakati ambapo wanawake wanakuja kuteka maji.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="GEN.24.12" />Kisha akaomba, “Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa bwana wangu Abrahamu, nipatie ushindi leo, uonyeshe huruma kwa bwana wangu Abrahamu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GEN.24.13" />Tazama, nimesimama karibu na kisima hiki cha maji, nao binti za watu wa mji huu wanakuja kuteka maji.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GEN.24.14" />Basi na iwe hivi, nitakapomwambia binti mmojawapo, ‘Tafadhali tua mtungi wako nipate kunywa maji,’ naye akisema, ‘Kunywa, nitawanywesha na ngamia wako pia.’ Basi na awe ndiye uliyemchagua kwa ajili ya mtumishi wako Isaki. Kwa hili nitajua umemhurumia bwana wangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="GEN.24.15" />Ikawa kabla hajamaliza kuomba, Rebeka akatokea akiwa na mtungi begani mwake. Alikuwa binti wa Bethueli. Bethueli alikuwa mwana wa Milka aliyekuwa mke wa Nahori ndugu wa Abrahamu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GEN.24.16" />Huyu msichana alikuwa mzuri sana wa sura, bikira, ambaye hakuna mtu aliyekuwa amekutana naye kimwili. Aliteremka kisimani, akajaza mtungi wake akapanda juu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="GEN.24.17" />Ndipo yule mtumishi akaharakisha kukutana naye akamwambia, “Tafadhali nipe maji kidogo katika mtungi wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="GEN.24.18" />Yule msichana akasema, “Kunywa, bwana wangu.” Akashusha kwa haraka mtungi mkononi mwake na akampa, akanywa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="GEN.24.19" />Baada ya kumpa yule mtumishi yale maji, akamwambia, “Nitateka maji kwa ajili ya ngamia zako pia mpaka wote watosheke.”
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.24.20" />Akafanya haraka kumimina maji kwenye birika ya kunyweshea wanyama, akakimbia kisimani kuteka maji mengine na akateka ya kuwatosha ngamia wake wote.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GEN.24.21" />Pasipo kusema neno, yule mtumishi akamtazama kwa makini aone kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameifanikisha safari yake, au la.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="GEN.24.22" />Ikawa ngamia walipokwisha kunywa wote, yule mtumishi akampa huyo msichana pete ya puani ya dhahabu yenye uzito wa beka moja<f caller="+"><fr>24:22
</fr><ft>Beka moja ya dhahabu ni sawa na gramu 5.5.</ft></f> na bangili mbili za dhahabu zenye uzito wa shekeli kumi.<f caller="+"><fr>24:22
</fr><ft>Shekeli 10 za dhahabu ni sawa na gramu 110.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="GEN.24.23" />Kisha akamuuliza, “Wewe ni binti wa nani? Tafadhali uniambie, je, kuna nafasi katika nyumba ya baba yako tutakapoweza kulala?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="GEN.24.24" />Yule msichana akamjibu, “Mimi ni binti wa Bethueli, mwana wa Milka aliyemzalia Nahori.”
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="GEN.24.25" />Akaendelea kusema, “Kwetu kuna majani mengi na malisho, tena kuna nafasi kwa ajili yenu kulala.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="GEN.24.26" />Yule mtumishi akasujudu na kumwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="GEN.24.27" />akisema, “Atukuzwe
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa bwana wangu Abrahamu, ambaye hakuondoa wema na uaminifu wake kwa bwana wangu. Mimi nami,
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameniongoza safarini akanifikisha nyumbani kwa jamaa za bwana wangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="GEN.24.28" />Yule msichana akakimbia akawaeleza watu wa nyumbani mwa mama yake kuhusu mambo haya.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="GEN.24.29" />Rebeka alikuwa na kaka aliyeitwa Labani, huyo akaharakisha kukutana na yule mtumishi kule kisimani.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="GEN.24.30" />Mara alipoiona ile pete puani, na bangili mikononi mwa dada yake na kusikia yale maneno Rebeka aliyoambiwa na huyo mtumishi, alimwendea huyo mtumishi, akamkuta amesimama karibu na ngamia wake pale karibu na kisima.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="GEN.24.31" />Akamwambia, “Karibu nyumbani wewe uliyebarikiwa na
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa nini unasimama huko nje? Mimi nimekuandalia nyumba na mahali kwa ajili ya ngamia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="GEN.24.32" />Hivyo yule mtumishi akaenda nyumbani, mizigo ikaondolewa juu ya ngamia. Majani na malisho yakaletwa kwa ajili ya ngamia na maji kwa ajili yake na watu wake ili kunawa miguu.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="GEN.24.33" />Ndipo chakula kikaandaliwa kwa ajili yake, lakini akasema, “Sitakula mpaka niwe nimewaambia yale niliyo nayo ya kusema.”
</p>
<p style="p">Labani akasema, “Basi tuambie.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="GEN.24.34" />Hivyo akasema, “Mimi ni mtumishi wa Abrahamu.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="GEN.24.35" /><nd>Bwana</nd> amembariki sana bwana wangu, amekuwa tajiri. Amempa kondoo na ngʼombe, fedha na dhahabu, watumishi wa kiume na wa kike, ngamia na punda.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="GEN.24.36" />Sara mkewe bwana wangu amemzalia mwana katika uzee wake, naye amempa kila kitu alichokuwa nacho.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="GEN.24.37" />Naye bwana wangu ameniapisha na akasema, ‘Kamwe usimtwalie mwanangu mke katika binti za Wakanaani, ambao ninaishi katika nchi yao,
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="GEN.24.38" />ila uende mpaka kwa jamaa ya baba yangu na ukoo wangu mwenyewe, ukamtwalie mwanangu mke huko.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="GEN.24.39" />“Kisha nikamuuliza bwana wangu, ‘Je, kama huyo mwanamke hatakubali kurudi nami?’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="GEN.24.40" />“Akanijibu, ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> ambaye nimetembea mbele zake, atatuma malaika wake pamoja nawe, na kuifanikisha safari yako, ili uweze kupata mke kwa ajili ya mwanangu katika ukoo wangu na kutoka jamaa ya baba yangu.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="GEN.24.41" />Kisha, utakapokwenda kwenye ukoo wangu, utakuwa umefunguliwa kutoka kiapo changu hata kama wakikataa kukupa huyo binti, utakuwa umefunguliwa kutoka kiapo changu.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="GEN.24.42" />“Nilipokuja kisimani leo nilisema, ‘Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa bwana wangu Abrahamu, ikikupendeza, naomba uifanikishe safari niliyoijia.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="GEN.24.43" />Tazama, ninasimama kando ya kisima hiki, kama mwanamwali akija kuteka maji nami nikimwambia, tafadhali niruhusu ninywe maji kidogo kutoka kwenye mtungi wako,
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="GEN.24.44" />naye kama akiniambia, “Kunywa, nami nitateka maji kwa ajili ya ngamia wako pia,” basi huyo awe ndiye mke ambaye
<nd>Bwana</nd> amemchagulia mwana wa bwana wangu.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="45" bcv="GEN.24.45" />“Kabla sijamaliza kuomba moyoni mwangu, Rebeka akatokea, amebeba mtungi begani mwake. Akashuka kisimani akateka maji, nami nikamwambia, ‘Tafadhali nipe maji ninywe.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="46" bcv="GEN.24.46" />“Akafanya haraka kushusha mtungi wake begani na kusema, ‘Kunywa na nitawanywesha ngamia wako pia,’ basi nikanywa, akawanywesha na ngamia pia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="47" bcv="GEN.24.47" />“Nikamuuliza, ‘Wewe ni binti wa nani?’
</p>
<p style="p">“Akasema, ‘Mimi ni binti wa Bethueli, mwana wa Nahori, Milka aliyemzalia.’
</p>
<p style="p">“Ndipo nilipotia pete puani mwake na bangili mikononi mwake,
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="GEN.24.48" />nikasujudu na nikamwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Nikamtukuza
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa bwana wangu Abrahamu, aliyeniongoza katika njia sahihi ili nimtwalie mwana na bwana wangu mke katika jamaa zake.
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="GEN.24.49" />Ikiwa mtaonyesha wema na uaminifu kwa bwana wangu, mniambie, la sivyo, mniambie, ili niweze kujua njia ya kugeukia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="50" bcv="GEN.24.50" />Labani na Bethueli wakajibu, “Jambo hili limetoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, hatuwezi kukuambia jambo lolote baya au jema.
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="GEN.24.51" />Rebeka yuko hapa, mchukue na uende, awe mke wa mwana wa bwana wako, sawasawa na
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyoongoza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="52" bcv="GEN.24.52" />Ikawa huyo mtumishi wa Abrahamu aliposikia waliyosema, alisujudu mpaka nchi mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="GEN.24.53" />Ndipo huyo mtumishi akatoa vitu vilivyotengenezwa kwa dhahabu na kwa fedha pamoja na mavazi, akampa Rebeka, pia akawapa zawadi za thamani kubwa nduguye na mamaye.
<ve />
<v id="54" bcv="GEN.24.54" />Kisha yeye na wale watu waliokuwa pamoja naye wakala, wakanywa na kulala palepale.
</p>
<p style="p">Walipoamka asubuhi, yule mtumishi, akasema, “Nipeni ruhusa nirudi kwa bwana wangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="55" bcv="GEN.24.55" />Lakini ndugu yake Rebeka pamoja na mama yake wakajibu, “Acha binti akae kwetu siku kumi au zaidi, ndipo mwondoke.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="56" bcv="GEN.24.56" />Lakini yule mtumishi akawaambia, “Msinicheleweshe, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> amefanikisha safari yangu, nipeni ruhusa nirudi kwa bwana wangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="57" bcv="GEN.24.57" />Ndipo wakasema, “Acha tumwite huyo binti tumuulize, tusikie atakavyosema.”
<ve />
<v id="58" bcv="GEN.24.58" />Kwa hiyo wakamwita Rebeka na kumuuliza, “Je, utakwenda na mtu huyu?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akasema, “Nitakwenda.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="59" bcv="GEN.24.59" />Hivyo wakamwaga ndugu yao Rebeka aondoke, pamoja na mjakazi wake, mtumishi wa Abrahamu na watu wake.
<ve />
<v id="60" bcv="GEN.24.60" />Wakambariki Rebeka, wakamwambia,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Ndugu yetu, uwe wewe kumi elfu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mara elfu nyingi,
</q>
<q style="q1">nao wazao wako wamiliki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">malango ya adui zao.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="61" bcv="GEN.24.61" />Rebeka na vijakazi wake wakajiandaa, wakapanda ngamia zao wakafuatana na yule mtu. Hivyo yule mtumishi akamchukua Rebeka akaondoka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="62" bcv="GEN.24.62" />Basi Isaki alikuwa ametoka Beer-Lahai-Roi, kwa kuwa alikuwa anaishi nchi ya Negebu.
<ve />
<v id="63" bcv="GEN.24.63" />Isaki akatoka kwenda shambani kutafakari wakati wa jioni, alipoinua macho yake, akaona ngamia wanakuja.
<ve />
<v id="64" bcv="GEN.24.64" />Rebeka pia akainua macho akamwona Isaki. Akashuka kutoka kwenye ngamia wake
<ve />
<v id="65" bcv="GEN.24.65" />na akamuuliza yule mtumishi, “Ni nani mtu yule aliye kule shambani anayekuja kutulaki?”
</p>
<p style="p">Yule mtumishi akajibu, “Huyu ndiye bwana wangu.” Hivyo Rebeka akachukua shela yake akajifunika.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="66" bcv="GEN.24.66" />Kisha yule mtumishi akamweleza Isaki mambo yote aliyoyatenda.
<ve />
<v id="67" bcv="GEN.24.67" />Ndipo Isaki akamwingiza Rebeka katika hema la Sara mama yake, Isaki akamchukua Rebeka, hivyo akawa mke wake. Isaki akampenda, akafarijika baada ya kifo cha mama yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="25" />
<s style="s1">Kifo Cha Abrahamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.25.1" />Abrahamu alioa mke mwingine, ambaye jina lake aliitwa Ketura.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.25.2" />Huyu alimzalia Zimrani, Yokshani, Medani, Midiani, Ishbaki na Shua.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GEN.25.3" />Yokshani alikuwa baba wa Sheba na Dedani, wazao wa Dedani walikuwa Waashuri, Waletushi na Waleumi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.25.4" />Wana wa Midiani walikuwa Efa, Eferi, Hanoki, Abida na Eldaa. Hawa wote walikuwa uzao wa Ketura.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="GEN.25.5" />Abrahamu akamwachia Isaki kila kitu alichokuwa nacho.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="GEN.25.6" />Lakini Abrahamu alipokuwa bado hai, akawapa watoto wa masuria wake zawadi, kisha akawaondoa waende kuishi pande za mashariki mbali na mwanawe Isaki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="GEN.25.7" />Kwa jumla, Abrahamu aliishi miaka 175.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="GEN.25.8" />Ndipo Abrahamu akapumua pumzi ya mwisho na akafa akiwa mwenye umri mzuri, mzee aliyeshiba siku, naye akakusanywa pamoja na watu wake.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GEN.25.9" />Watoto wake Isaki na Ishmaeli wakamzika katika pango la Makpela karibu na Mamre, katika shamba lililokuwa la Efroni mwana wa Sohari Mhiti,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GEN.25.10" />Shamba ambalo Abrahamu alilinunua kwa Wahiti. Hapo ndipo Abrahamu alipozikwa pamoja na mkewe Sara.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.25.11" />Baada ya kifo cha Abrahamu, Mungu akambariki mwanawe Isaki, ambaye baadaye aliishi karibu na Beer-Lahai-Roi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wana Wa Ishmaeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="GEN.25.12" />Hivi ndivyo vizazi vya Ishmaeli mtoto wa Abrahamu, ambaye mjakazi wake Sara, Hagari Mmisri, alimzalia Abrahamu.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="GEN.25.13" />Haya ndiyo majina ya wana wa Ishmaeli, yaliyoorodheshwa kulingana na jinsi walivyozaliwa: Mzaliwa wa kwanza wa Ishmaeli ni Nebayothi, akafuatia Kedari, Adbeeli, Mibsamu,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GEN.25.14" />Mishma, Duma, Masa,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GEN.25.15" />Hadadi, Tema, Yeturi, Nafishi na Kedema.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GEN.25.16" />Hawa walikuwa wana wa Ishmaeli na haya ni majina ya viongozi wa makabila kumi na mawili kulingana na makao yao na kambi zao.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="GEN.25.17" />Kwa jumla Ishmaeli aliishi miaka 137. Akapumua pumzi ya mwisho, akafa, naye akakusanywa pamoja na watu wake.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GEN.25.18" />Wazao wa Ishmaeli waliishi kuanzia nchi ya Havila hadi Shuri, karibu na mpaka wa Misri, unapoelekea Ashuru. Hao waliishi kwa uhasama na ndugu zao wote.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yakobo Na Esau
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="GEN.25.19" />Hivi ndivyo vizazi vya Isaki mwana wa Abrahamu.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p">Abrahamu akamzaa Isaki,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.25.20" />Isaki alikuwa na umri wa miaka arobaini alipomwoa Rebeka binti Bethueli Mwaramu kutoka Padan-Aramu, nduguye Labani Mwaramu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="GEN.25.21" />Isaki akamwomba
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa ajili ya mke wake, kwa sababu alikuwa tasa.
<nd>Bwana</nd> akajibu maombi yake na Rebeka mkewe akapata mimba.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="GEN.25.22" />Watoto wakashindana tumboni mwake, akasema, “Kwa nini haya yanatokea kwangu?” Kwa hiyo akaenda kumuuliza
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="GEN.25.23" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamjibu,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Mataifa mawili yamo tumboni mwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mataifa hayo mawili
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka ndani yako watatenganishwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mmoja atakuwa na nguvu zaidi kuliko mwingine,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na yule mkubwa atamtumikia yule mdogo.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="GEN.25.24" />Wakati wake wa kujifungua ulipotimia, walikuwepo mapacha wa kiume tumboni mwake.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="GEN.25.25" />Wa kwanza kuzaliwa alikuwa mwekundu, mwili wake wote ulikuwa kama mtu aliyevaa vazi lenye nywele; wakamwita jina lake Esau.<f caller="+"><fr>25:25
</fr><ft>Esau maana yake Mwenye nywele nyingi.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="GEN.25.26" />Baadaye, ndugu yake akatoka, mkono wake ukiwa umemshika Esau kisigino; akaitwa jina lake Yakobo.<f caller="+"><fr>25:26
</fr><ft>Yakobo maana yake Ashikaye kisigino, au Atwaaye mahali pa mwingine, au Mdanganyaji, au Mwenye hila, au Mlaghai, au Mjanja.</ft></f> Isaki alikuwa mwenye miaka sitini Rebeka alipowazaa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="GEN.25.27" />Watoto wakakua, naye Esau akakuwa mwindaji hodari, mtu wa mbugani, wakati Yakobo alikuwa mtu mtulivu, mwenye kukaa nyumbani.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="GEN.25.28" />Isaki, ambaye alikuwa anapendelea zaidi nyama za porini, alimpenda Esau, bali Rebeka alimpenda Yakobo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="GEN.25.29" />Siku moja Yakobo alipika mchuzi wa dengu, Esau akarudi kutoka porini akiwa na njaa kali.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="GEN.25.30" />Esau akamwambia Yakobo, “Haraka, nipe huo mchuzi mwekundu! Nina njaa kali sana!” (Hii ndiyo sababu pia aliitwa Edomu.)<f caller="+"><fr>25:30
</fr><ft>Edomu maana yake Mwekundu.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="GEN.25.31" />Yakobo akamjibu, “Niuzie kwanza haki yako ya mzaliwa wa kwanza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="GEN.25.32" />Esau akasema, “Tazama, mimi niko karibu ya kufa, itanifaa nini haki ya mzaliwa wa kwanza?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="GEN.25.33" />Yakobo akamwambia, “Niapie kwanza.” Hivyo Esau akamwapia, akamuuzia Yakobo haki yake ya kuzaliwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="GEN.25.34" />Ndipo Yakobo akampa Esau mkate na ule mchuzi wa dengu. Akala na kunywa, kisha akainuka akaenda zake.
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa hiyo Esau alidharau haki yake ya mzaliwa wa kwanza.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="26" />
<s style="s1">Isaki Na Abimeleki
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.26.1" />Basi njaa kubwa ikawa katika nchi hiyo, kuliko ile njaa iliyotangulia iliyotokea wakati wa Abrahamu. Isaki akamwendea Abimeleki mfalme wa Wafilisti huko Gerari.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.26.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamtokea Isaki, akamwambia, “Usiende Misri, bali ukae katika nchi nitakayokuambia.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GEN.26.3" />Kaa katika nchi hii kwa kitambo, mimi nitakuwa pamoja na wewe na nitakubariki. Kwa maana nitakupa wewe na uzao wako nchi hizi zote na nitatimiza kiapo nilichomwapia Abrahamu baba yako.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.26.4" />Nitafanya wazao wako kuwa wengi kama nyota za angani, nami nitawapa nchi hizi zote na kutokana na uzao wako mataifa yote yatabarikiwa,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.26.5" />kwa sababu Abrahamu alinitii mimi akatunza kanuni zangu na maagizo yangu, amri zangu pamoja na sheria zangu.”
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="GEN.26.6" />Hivyo Isaki akaishi huko Gerari.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="GEN.26.7" />Watu wa mahali pale walipomuuliza habari za mke wake, akasema, “Huyu ni dada yangu,” kwa sababu aliogopa kusema, “Huyu ni mke wangu.” Alifikiri, “Watu wa mahali pale wataweza kumuua kwa sababu ya Rebeka, kwa kuwa alikuwa mzuri wa sura.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="GEN.26.8" />Wakati Isaki alipokuwa amekaa huko siku nyingi, Abimeleki mfalme wa Wafilisti akachungulia dirishani, akaona jinsi Isaki alivyomkumbatia Rebeka mke wake.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GEN.26.9" />Abimeleki akamwita Isaki akamwambia, “Hakika huyu ni mke wako! Mbona uliniambia, ‘Huyu ni dada yangu?’ ”
</p>
<p style="p">Isaki akamjibu, “Kwa sababu nilifikiri ningeweza kuuawa kwa sababu yake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="GEN.26.10" />Ndipo Abimeleki akamjibu, “Ni nini hiki ulichotufanyia? Ingewezekana mtu yeyote akawa amekutana kimwili na mke wako, nawe ungeleta hatia juu yetu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="GEN.26.11" />Hivyo Abimeleki akatoa amri kwa watu wote, akisema, “Yeyote atakayemnyanyasa mtu huyu au mkewe hakika atauawa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="GEN.26.12" />Isaki akapanda mazao katika nchi hiyo, kwa mwaka huo huo, akavuna mara mia, kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alimbariki.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GEN.26.13" />Isaki akawa tajiri, mali zake zikaendelea kuongezeka mpaka akawa tajiri sana.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GEN.26.14" />Akawa na mifugo ya kondoo na ngʼombe, na watumishi wengi sana, kiasi kwamba Wafilisti wakamwonea wivu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GEN.26.15" />Kwa hiyo visima vyote vilivyochimbwa na watumishi wakati wa Abrahamu baba yake, Wafilisti wakavifukia, wakavijaza udongo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="GEN.26.16" />Ndipo Abimeleki akamwambia Isaki, “Ondoka kwetu, kwa maana umetuzidi nguvu sana.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="GEN.26.17" />Basi Isaki akatoka huko akajenga kambi katika Bonde la Gerari, akaishi huko.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GEN.26.18" />Ndipo Isaki akavichimbua tena vile visima vya maji ambavyo vilichimbwa siku zile za Abrahamu baba yake, ambavyo Wafilisti walivifukia baada ya kufa Abrahamu, akavipa majina yale yale ambayo baba yake alikuwa amevipa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="GEN.26.19" />Watumishi wa Isaki wakachimba katika lile bonde wakagundua huko kisima chenye maji safi.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.26.20" />Lakini wachungaji wa Gerari wakagombana na wachungaji wa Isaki wakisema, “Maji haya ni yetu!” Ndipo akakiita kile kisima Eseki,<f caller="+"><fr>26:20
</fr><ft>Eseki maana yake ni Ugomvi.</ft></f> kwa sababu waligombana naye.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GEN.26.21" />Kisha wakachimba kisima kingine, lakini hata hicho pia wakakigombania, akakiita Sitna.<f caller="+"><fr>26:21
</fr><ft>Sitna maana yake Upinzani.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="GEN.26.22" />Akaondoka huko, akachimba kisima kingine, wala hakuna yeyote aliyekigombania. Akakiita Rehobothi,<f caller="+"><fr>26:22
</fr><ft>Rehobothi maana yake ni Mungu ametufanyia nafasi.</ft></f> akisema, “Sasa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ametufanyia nafasi, nasi tutastawi katika nchi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="GEN.26.23" />Kutoka pale akaenda Beer-Sheba.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="GEN.26.24" />Usiku ule
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamtokea, akamwambia, “Mimi ndimi Mungu wa Abrahamu baba yako. Usiogope, kwa maana mimi niko pamoja nawe, nitakubariki na kuongeza idadi ya wazao wako kwa ajili ya Abrahamu mtumishi wangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="GEN.26.25" />Isaki akajenga madhabahu huko, akaliitia jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Akapiga hema lake huko, nao watumishi wake wakachimba kisima.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="GEN.26.26" />Wakati huo, Abimeleki alikuwa amemjia kutoka Gerari, akifuatana na Ahuzathi mshauri wake, pamoja na Fikoli jemadari wa majeshi yake.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="GEN.26.27" />Isaki akawauliza, “Mbona mmekuja kwangu na ninyi mlinichukia na kunifukuza?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="GEN.26.28" />Wakamjibu, “Tuliona wazi kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa pamoja nawe, kwa hiyo tukasema, ‘Inabidi kuwe na kiapo cha mapatano kati yetu, kati yetu na wewe. Na tufanye mkataba pamoja nawe
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="GEN.26.29" />kwamba hutatudhuru, kama jinsi nasi hatukuwanyanyasa bali tuliwatendea mema wakati wote na kuwaondoa kwetu kwa amani. Tena sasa umebarikiwa na
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="GEN.26.30" />Basi Isaki akawaandalia karamu, nao wakala na kunywa.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="GEN.26.31" />Kesho yake asubuhi na mapema, wakaapizana wao kwa wao. Kisha Isaki akawaruhusu waende zao, wakamwacha Isaki kwa amani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="GEN.26.32" />Siku hiyo watumishi wa Isaki wakaja wakampa habari kuhusu kisima walichokuwa wamekichimba, wakamwambia, “Tumepata maji!”
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="GEN.26.33" />Naye akakiita Shiba,<f caller="+"><fr>26:33
</fr><ft>Shiba kwa Kiebrania maana yake ni Saba.</ft></f> mpaka leo mji huo unaitwa Beer-Sheba.<f caller="+"><fr>26:33
</fr><ft>Beer-Sheba maana yake ni Kisima cha wale saba, yaani wale kondoo saba ambao Abrahamu aliwatoa kama ushahidi kati yake na Abimeleki.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="GEN.26.34" />Esau alipokuwa na umri wa miaka arobaini, akamwoa Yudithi binti Beeri Mhiti, kisha akamwoa Basemathi binti Eloni Mhiti.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="GEN.26.35" />Hawa walikuwa chanzo cha huzuni ya Isaki na Rebeka.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="27" />
<s style="s1">Yakobo Anaipata Baraka Ya Isaki
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.27.1" />Isaki alipokuwa mzee na macho yake yalipokuwa yamekosa nguvu asiweze kuona tena, akamwita Esau mwanawe mkubwa, akamwambia, “Mwanangu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Akajibu, “Mimi hapa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="GEN.27.2" />Isaki akasema, “Mimi sasa ni mzee na sijui siku ya kifo changu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GEN.27.3" />Sasa basi, chukua silaha zako, podo na upinde, uende nyikani, ukawinde nyama pori kwa ajili yangu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.27.4" />Uniandalie aina ya chakula kitamu nikipendacho uniletee nile, ili niweze kukubariki kabla sijafa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="GEN.27.5" />Basi Rebeka alikuwa akisikiliza Isaki alipokuwa akizungumza na mwanawe Esau. Esau alipoondoka kwenda nyikani kuwinda nyama pori na kuleta,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="GEN.27.6" />Rebeka akamwambia Yakobo mwanawe, “Tazama, nimemsikia baba yako akimwambia ndugu yako Esau,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.27.7" />‘Niletee mawindo, kisha ukaniandalie chakula kitamu nile, ili niweze kukubariki mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kabla sijafa.’
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="GEN.27.8" />Sasa, mwanangu, nisikilize kwa makini na ufanye yale ninayokuambia:
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GEN.27.9" />Nenda sasa katika kundi ukaniletee wana-mbuzi wawili wazuri, ili niandalie chakula kitamu kwa ajili ya baba yako, kama vile anavyopenda.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GEN.27.10" />Kisha umpelekee baba yako ale, ili apate kukubariki kabla hajafa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="GEN.27.11" />Yakobo akamwambia Rebeka mama yake, “Lakini ndugu yangu Esau ana nywele mwilini, mimi nina ngozi nyororo.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GEN.27.12" />Itakuwaje kama baba yangu akinigusa? Itaonekana kwake kama niliyemfanyia ujanja na kuleta laana juu yangu badala ya baraka.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="GEN.27.13" />Mama yake akamwambia, “Mwanangu, laana na iwe juu yangu. Fanya tu ninalokuambia, nenda ukaniletee hao wana-mbuzi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="GEN.27.14" />Kwa hiyo alikwenda akawaleta, akampa mama yake, akaandaa chakula kitamu, kama vile alivyopenda baba yake.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GEN.27.15" />Kisha Rebeka akachukua nguo nzuri za Esau mwanawe wa kwanza, alizokuwa nazo nyumbani, akamvika Yakobo mwanawe mdogo.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GEN.27.16" />Pia akamfunika mikononi na sehemu laini ya shingo kwa ngozi za mbuzi.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="GEN.27.17" />Hatimaye akampa Yakobo hicho chakula kitamu pamoja na mkate aliouoka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="GEN.27.18" />Akamwendea baba yake akasema, “Baba yangu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Akajibu, “Naam, mwanangu, wewe ni nani?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="GEN.27.19" />Yakobo akamwambia baba yake, “Mimi ni Esau mzaliwa wako wa kwanza. Nimefanya kama ulivyoniambia. Tafadhali uketi, ule sehemu ya mawindo yangu ili uweze kunibariki.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="GEN.27.20" />Isaki akamuuliza mwanawe. “Umepataje haraka namna hii, mwanangu?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akajibu, “<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako amenifanikisha.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="GEN.27.21" />Kisha Isaki akamwambia Yakobo, “Mwanangu tafadhali sogea karibu nami ili nikupapase, nione kama hakika ndiwe Esau mwanangu, au la.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="GEN.27.22" />Yakobo akasogea karibu na baba yake Isaki, ambaye alimpapasa na kusema, “Sauti ni ya Yakobo, bali mikono ni ya Esau.”
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="GEN.27.23" />Hakumtambua, kwa sababu mikono yake ilikuwa na nywele kama ya ndugu yake Esau, kwa hiyo akambariki.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="GEN.27.24" />Akamuuliza, “Hivi kweli wewe ni mwanangu Esau?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akajibu, “Mimi ndiye.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="GEN.27.25" />Kisha akasema, “Mwanangu, niletee sehemu ya mawindo yako nile, ili nipate kukubariki.”
</p>
<p style="p">Yakobo akamletea naye akala, akamletea na divai akanywa.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="GEN.27.26" />Kisha Isaki baba yake akamwambia, “Njoo hapa, mwanangu, unibusu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="GEN.27.27" />Kwa hiyo akamwendea akambusu. Isaki aliposikia harufu ya nguo zake, akambariki, akasema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Aha, harufu ya mwanangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni kama harufu ya shamba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> amelibariki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="GEN.27.28" />Mungu na akupe umande kutoka mbinguni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na utajiri wa duniani:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wingi wa nafaka na divai mpya.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="GEN.27.29" />Mataifa na yakutumikie
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mataifa yakusujudie.
</q>
<q style="q1">Uwe bwana juu ya ndugu zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wana wa mama yako wakusujudie.
</q>
<q style="q1">Walaaniwe wale wakulaanio,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wale wakubarikio wabarikiwe.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="GEN.27.30" />Baada ya Isaki kumaliza kumbariki na baada tu ya Yakobo kuondoka kwa baba yake, ndugu yake Esau akaingia kutoka mawindoni.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="GEN.27.31" />Naye pia akaandaa chakula kitamu akamletea baba yake. Kisha akamwambia, “Baba yangu, keti ule sehemu ya mawindo yangu, ili upate kunibariki.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="GEN.27.32" />Isaki baba yake akamuuliza, “Wewe ni nani?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akajibu, “Mimi ni mwanao, mzaliwa wako wa kwanza, Esau.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="GEN.27.33" />Isaki akatetemeka kwa nguvu sana, akasema, “Alikuwa nani basi, ambaye aliwinda mawindo akaniletea? Nilikula kabla tu hujaja na nikambariki, naye hakika atabarikiwa!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="GEN.27.34" />Esau aliposikia maneno haya ya baba yake, akalia sauti kubwa na ya uchungu, na kumwambia baba yake, “Nibariki mimi, mimi pia, baba yangu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="GEN.27.35" />Lakini akasema, “Ndugu yako amekuja kwa udanganyifu na akachukua baraka yako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="GEN.27.36" />Esau akasema, “Si ndiyo sababu anaitwa Yakobo? Amenidanganya mara hizi mbili: Alichukua haki yangu ya kuzaliwa na sasa amechukua baraka yangu!” Kisha akauliza, “Hukubakiza hata baraka moja kwa ajili yangu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="GEN.27.37" />Isaki akamjibu Esau, “Nimemfanya yeye kuwa bwana juu yako, pia nimewafanya ndugu zako wote kuwa watumishi wake, nimemtegemeza kwa nafaka na divai mpya. Sasa nitaweza kukufanyia nini, mwanangu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="GEN.27.38" />Esau akamwambia baba yake, “Je, baba yangu una baraka moja tu? Unibariki mimi pia, baba yangu!” Kisha Esau akalia kwa sauti kubwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="GEN.27.39" />Baba yake Isaki akamjibu, akamwambia,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Makao yako yatakuwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbali na utajiri wa dunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbali na umande wa mbinguni juu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="40" bcv="GEN.27.40" />Utaishi kwa upanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe utamtumikia ndugu yako,
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini wakati utakapokuwa umejikomboa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utatupa nira yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka shingoni mwako.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Yakobo Anakimbilia Kwa Labani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="GEN.27.41" />Esau akawa na kinyongo dhidi ya Yakobo kwa ajili ya baraka ambazo baba yake alikuwa amembariki. Akasema moyoni mwake, “Siku za kuomboleza kwa ajili ya baba yangu zimekaribia, ndipo nitamuua ndugu yangu Yakobo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="GEN.27.42" />Rebeka alipokwisha kuambiwa yale aliyoyasema Esau mwanawe mkubwa, alimwita Yakobo mwanawe mdogo, akamwambia, “Ndugu yako Esau anajifariji kwa wazo la kukuua.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="GEN.27.43" />Sasa basi, mwanangu, fanya nisemalo: Kimbilia haraka kwa Labani ndugu yangu kule Harani.
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="GEN.27.44" />Ukae naye kwa muda mpaka ghadhabu ya ndugu yako itulie.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="GEN.27.45" />Wakati ndugu yako atakapokuwa hana hasira nawe tena na amesahau uliyomtendea, nitakupelekea ujumbe urudi. Kwa nini niwapoteze wote wawili kwa siku moja?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="46" bcv="GEN.27.46" />Kisha Rebeka akamwambia Isaki, “Nimechukia kuishi kwa sababu ya hawa wanawake wa Kihiti. Ikiwa Yakobo ataoa mke miongoni mwa wanawake wa nchi hii, wanawake wa Kihiti kama hawa, sitakuwa na faida kuendelea kuishi.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="28" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.28.1" />Basi Isaki akamwita Yakobo, akambariki na akamwamuru, akisema, “Usioe mwanamke wa Kikanaani.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.28.2" />Nenda mara moja mpaka Padan-Aramu, kwenye nyumba ya Bethueli baba wa mama yako. Uchukue mke kati ya binti za Labani ambaye ni ndugu wa mama yako.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GEN.28.3" />Mungu Mwenyezi<f caller="+"><fr>28:3
</fr><ft>Mungu Mwenyezi hapa ni jina la Kiebrania, El-Shaddai (yaani Mungu Mwenye utoshelevu wote).</ft></f> na akubariki uwe na uzao uongezeke idadi yako upate kuwa jamii kubwa ya watu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.28.4" />Na akupe wewe na uzao wako baraka aliyopewa Abrahamu, upate kumiliki nchi unayoishi sasa kama mgeni, nchi ambayo Mungu alimpa Abrahamu.”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.28.5" />Kisha Isaki akamuaga Yakobo, naye akaenda Padan-Aramu, kwa Labani mwana wa Bethueli Mwaramu, ndugu wa Rebeka, aliyekuwa mama wa Yakobo na Esau.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.28.6" />Sasa Esau akajua kuwa Isaki amembariki Yakobo na kumtuma kwenda Padan-Aramu ili achukue mke huko na kwamba alipombariki alimwamuru akisema, “Usioe mke katika binti za Wakanaani,”
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.28.7" />tena kwamba Yakobo amewatii baba yake na mama yake naye amekwenda Padan-Aramu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="GEN.28.8" />Esau akatambua jinsi ambavyo baba yake Isaki anavyowachukia binti za Wakanaani.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GEN.28.9" />Ndipo Esau akaenda kwa Ishmaeli, akamwoa Mahalati, ndugu wa Nebayothi na binti wa Ishmaeli mwana wa Abrahamu, kuongezea wale wake wengine aliokuwa nao.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ndoto Ya Yakobo Huko Betheli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="GEN.28.10" />Yakobo akatoka Beer-Sheba kwenda Harani.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.28.11" />Alipofika mahali fulani, akalala hapo kwa sababu jua lilikuwa limetua. Akachukua jiwe moja la mahali pale, akaliweka chini ya kichwa chake akajinyoosha akalala usingizi.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GEN.28.12" />Akaota ndoto ambayo aliona ngazi imesimamishwa juu ya ardhi, ncha yake ikiwa imefika mbinguni na malaika wa Mungu wakawa wakipanda na kushuka juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GEN.28.13" />Juu yake alisimama
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akasema, “Mimi ni
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba yako Abrahamu na Mungu wa Isaki. Nchi ambayo umelala juu yake, nitakupa wewe na uzao wako.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GEN.28.14" />Uzao wako utakuwa kama mavumbi ya nchi, nawe utaenea upande wa magharibi na mashariki, kaskazini na kusini. Kupitia wewe na uzao wako mataifa yote ya duniani yatabarikiwa.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GEN.28.15" />Niko pamoja nawe nami nitakulinda kila uendako na nitakurudisha katika nchi hii. Sitakuacha mpaka nitakapofanya hayo niliyokuahidi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="GEN.28.16" />Yakobo alipoamka kutoka usingizini, akawaza, “Hakika
<nd>Bwana</nd> yuko mahali hapa, wala mimi sikujua.”
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="GEN.28.17" />Kwa hiyo akaogopa, akasema, “Mahali hapa panatisha kama nini! Bila shaka hapa ndipo nyumba ya Mungu ilipo, hili ni lango la mbinguni.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="GEN.28.18" />Asubuhi yake na mapema, Yakobo akalichukua lile jiwe aliloliweka chini ya kichwa chake, akalisimamisha kama nguzo na kumimina mafuta juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="GEN.28.19" />Mahali pale akapaita Betheli,<f caller="+"><fr>28:19
</fr><ft>Betheli maana yake Nyumba ya Mungu.</ft></f> ingawa mji ule hapo kwanza uliitwa Luzu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="GEN.28.20" />Kisha Yakobo akaweka nadhiri, akisema, “Kama Mungu akiwa pamoja nami na kunilinda katika safari niendayo, akinipa chakula nile na nguo nivae
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GEN.28.21" />na nirudi salama nyumbani kwa baba yangu, hapo ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakuwa Mungu wangu,
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="GEN.28.22" />nalo jiwe hili nililolisimamisha kama nguzo litakuwa nyumba ya Mungu na katika yote utakayonipa nitakutolea wewe sehemu ya kumi.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="29" />
<s style="s1">Yakobo Awasili Padan-Aramu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.29.1" />Kisha Yakobo akaendelea na safari yake na akafika kwenye nchi za mataifa ya mashariki.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.29.2" />Huko akaona kisima katika shamba, pamoja na makundi matatu ya kondoo yamelala karibu na kisima hicho kwa sababu walikuwa wanakunywa maji kutoka kwenye kisimani hicho. Jiwe lililokuwa mdomoni mwa kisima lilikuwa kubwa.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GEN.29.3" />Wakati kondoo wanapokuwa wamekusanyika hapo, wachungaji huvingirisha jiwe hilo kutoka kwenye mdomo wa kisima na kunywesha kondoo. Kisha hulirudisha jiwe mahali pake juu ya mdomo wa kisima.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="GEN.29.4" />Yakobo aliwauliza wachungaji, “Ndugu zangu, ninyi mmetoka wapi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Wakamjibu, “Tumetoka Harani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="GEN.29.5" />Aliwaambia, “Je, mnamjua Labani, mjukuu wa Nahori?”
</p>
<p style="p">Wakamjibu, “Ndiyo, tunamfahamu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.29.6" />Kisha Yakobo akawauliza, “Je, yeye ni mzima?”
</p>
<p style="p">Wakasema, “Ndiyo, ni mzima, na hapa yuaja Raheli binti yake akiwa na kondoo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="GEN.29.7" />Akasema, “Tazama, jua bado liko juu, si wakati wa kukusanya mifugo. Nywesheni kondoo na mwarudishe malishoni.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="GEN.29.8" />Walijibu, “Haiwezekani, mpaka kondoo wote wakusanyike na jiwe liwe limevingirishwa kutoka mdomo wa kisima. Ndipo tutanywesha kondoo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="GEN.29.9" />Alipokuwa akizungumza nao, Raheli akaja pamoja na kondoo wa baba yake, kwa maana alikuwa mchunga kondoo.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GEN.29.10" />Yakobo alipomwona Raheli binti Labani, ndugu wa mama yake, pamoja na kondoo wa Labani, alikwenda na kulivingirisha jiwe kutoka mdomoni mwa kisima na kuwanywesha kondoo wa mjomba wake.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.29.11" />Kisha Yakobo akambusu Raheli na akaanza kulia kwa sauti.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GEN.29.12" />Yakobo alikuwa amemwambia Raheli kuwa yeye alikuwa jamaa ya baba yake, na kwamba ni mwana wa Rebeka. Basi Raheli alikimbia na kumweleza baba yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="GEN.29.13" />Mara Labani aliposikia habari kuhusu Yakobo, mwana wa ndugu yake, aliharakisha kwenda kumlaki. Akamkumbatia na kumbusu, halafu akamleta nyumbani kwake, kisha Yakobo akamwambia mambo yote.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GEN.29.14" />Ndipo Labani akamwambia, “Wewe ni nyama yangu na damu yangu mwenyewe.”
</p>
<s style="s1">Yakobo Awaoa Lea Na Raheli
</s>
<p style="p">Baada ya Yakobo kukaa kwa Labani mwezi mzima,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GEN.29.15" />Labani akamwambia, “Kwa vile wewe ni jamaa yangu, ndiyo sababu unifanyie kazi bila ujira? Niambie ujira wako utakuwa nini.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="GEN.29.16" />Labani alikuwa na binti wawili, binti mkubwa aliitwa Lea na binti mdogo aliitwa Raheli.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="GEN.29.17" />Lea alikuwa na macho dhaifu, lakini Raheli alikuwa na umbo la kupendeza na mzuri wa sura.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GEN.29.18" />Yakobo akampenda Raheli, akamwambia Labani, “Nitakutumikia kwa miaka saba kwa ajili ya kumpata Raheli binti yako mdogo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="GEN.29.19" />Labani akasema, “Ni bora zaidi nikupe Raheli kuliko kumpa mtu mwingine yeyote. Kaa pamoja na mimi hapa.”
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.29.20" />Kwa hiyo Yakobo akatumika miaka saba ili kumpata Raheli, lakini ilionekana kwake kama siku chache tu kwa sababu ya upendo wake kwa Raheli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="GEN.29.21" />Ndipo Yakobo akamwambia Labani, “Nipe mke wangu. Muda wangu umekamilika, nami nataka nikutane naye kimwili.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="GEN.29.22" />Basi Labani akaalika watu wote wa mahali pale na akafanya karamu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="GEN.29.23" />Lakini ilipofika jioni, akamchukua Lea binti yake akampa Yakobo, naye Yakobo akakutana naye kimwili.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="GEN.29.24" />Naye Labani akamtoa Zilpa, mtumishi wake wa kike, kuwa mtumishi wa Lea, binti yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="GEN.29.25" />Kesho yake asubuhi, Yakobo akagundua kuwa amepewa Lea! Basi Yakobo akamwambia Labani, “Ni jambo gani hili ulilonitendea? Nilikutumikia kwa ajili ya Raheli, sivyo? Kwa nini umenidanganya?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="GEN.29.26" />Labani akajibu, “Si desturi yetu kumwoza binti mdogo kabla ya kumwoza binti mkubwa.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="GEN.29.27" />Maliza juma la arusi ya binti huyu, kisha pia nitakupa huyu binti mdogo, kwa kutumika miaka mingine saba.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="GEN.29.28" />Naye Yakobo akafanya hivyo. Akamaliza juma na Lea, kisha Labani akampa Raheli binti yake kuwa mke wake.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="GEN.29.29" />Labani akamtoa Bilha mtumishi wake wa kike kwa Raheli ili kuwa mtumishi wake.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="GEN.29.30" />Pia Yakobo akakutana na Raheli kimwili, naye akampenda Raheli zaidi kuliko Lea. Yakobo akamtumikia Labani kwa miaka mingine saba.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wana Wa Yakobo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="GEN.29.31" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alipoona kwamba Lea hapendwi, akampa watoto, lakini Raheli alikuwa tasa.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="GEN.29.32" />Lea akapata mimba akazaa mwana. Akamwita Reubeni,<f caller="+"><fr>29:32
</fr><ft>Reubeni maana yake Ona mwana, yaani Yehova ameangalia taabu yangu.</ft></f> kwa maana alisema, “Ni kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameona huzuni yangu. Hakika mume wangu sasa atanipenda.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="GEN.29.33" />Akapata tena mimba, naye alipozaa mwana, akasema, “Kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alisikia kwamba sipendwi, amenipa tena huyu mwana.” Kwa hiyo akamwita Simeoni.<f caller="+"><fr>29:33
</fr><ft>Simeoni maana yake Anasikia, yaani sasa ataungana nami kama Raheli.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="GEN.29.34" />Akapata tena mimba, naye alipozaa mwana, akasema, “Sasa afadhali mume wangu ataambatana na mimi, kwa sababu nimemzalia wana watatu.” Kwa hiyo akamwita Lawi.<f caller="+"><fr>29:34
</fr><ft>Lawi maana yake Nimeunganishwa, yaani na mume wangu.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="GEN.29.35" />Akapata tena mimba, naye alipozaa mwana, akasema, “Wakati huu nitamsifu
<nd>Bwana</nd>.” Kwa hiyo akamwita Yuda.<f caller="+"><fr>29:35
</fr><ft>Yuda maana yake Sifa, yaani Nitamsifu Yehova.</ft></f> Kisha akaacha kuzaa watoto.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="30" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.30.1" />Raheli alipoona hamzalii Yakobo watoto, akamwonea ndugu yake wivu. Hivyo akamwambia Yakobo, “Nipe watoto, la sivyo nitakufa!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="GEN.30.2" />Yakobo akamkasirikia, akamwambia, “Je, mimi ni badala ya Mungu, ambaye amekuzuia usizae watoto?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="GEN.30.3" />Ndipo Raheli akamwambia, “Hapa yupo Bilha, mtumishi wangu wa kike. Kutana naye kimwili ili aweze kunizalia watoto na kwa kupitia yeye mimi pia niweze kuwa na uzao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="GEN.30.4" />Hivyo Raheli akampa Yakobo Bilha awe mke wake. Yakobo akakutana naye kimwili,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.30.5" />Bilha akapata mimba, naye akamzalia Yakobo mwana.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="GEN.30.6" />Ndipo Raheli akasema, “Mungu amenipa haki yangu, amesikiliza maombi yangu na kunipa mwana.” Kwa sababu hiyo akamwita Dani.<f caller="+"><fr>30:6
</fr><ft>Dani maana yake Anahukumu, yaani Mungu amenipa haki yangu.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="GEN.30.7" />Bilha mtumishi wa kike wa Raheli akapata mimba tena, akamzalia Yakobo mwana wa pili.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="GEN.30.8" />Ndipo Raheli akasema, “Nilikuwa na mashindano makubwa na ndugu yangu, nami nimeshinda.” Kwa hiyo akamwita Naftali.<f caller="+"><fr>30:8
</fr><ft>Naftali maana yake Nimeshindana nami nimeshinda.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="GEN.30.9" />Lea alipoona kuwa amekoma kuzaa watoto, alimchukua mtumishi wake wa kike Zilpa, naye akampa Yakobo awe mke wake.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GEN.30.10" />Mtumishi wa Lea yaani Zilpa, akamzalia Yakobo mwana.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.30.11" />Ndipo Lea akasema, “Hii ni bahati nzuri aje!” Kwa hiyo akamwita Gadi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="GEN.30.12" />Mtumishi wa kike wa Lea akamzalia Yakobo mwana wa pili.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GEN.30.13" />Ndipo Lea aliposema, “Jinsi gani nilivyo na furaha! Wanawake wataniita furaha.” Kwa hiyo akamwita Asheri.<f caller="+"><fr>30:13
</fr><ft>Asheri maana yake Nimefurahi, yaani Mungu amenifurahisha.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="GEN.30.14" />Wakati wa kuvuna ngano, Reubeni akaenda shambani akakuta tunguja, ambazo alizileta kwa Lea mama yake. Raheli akamwambia Lea, “Tafadhali nakuomba unipe baadhi ya tunguja za mwanao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="GEN.30.15" />Lakini Lea akamwambia, “Haikukutosha kumtwaa mume wangu? Je, utachukua na tunguja za mwanangu pia?”
</p>
<p style="p">Raheli akasema, “Vema sana! Yakobo atakutana nawe kimwili leo usiku, kwa malipo ya tunguja za mwanao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="GEN.30.16" />Kwa hiyo Yakobo alipokuja kutoka shambani jioni ile, Lea akaenda kumlaki, akamwambia, “Lazima ukutane nami kimwili. Nimekukodisha kwa tunguja za mwanangu.” Kwa hiyo akakutana naye kimwili usiku ule.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="GEN.30.17" />Mungu akamsikiliza Lea, naye akapata mimba akamzalia Yakobo mwana wa tano.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GEN.30.18" />Ndipo Lea akasema, “Mungu amenizawadia kwa kumpa mume wangu mtumishi wangu wa kike.” Kwa hiyo akamwita Isakari.<f caller="+"><fr>30:18
</fr><ft>Isakari maana yake Zawadi, yaani Mungu amenizawadia.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="GEN.30.19" />Lea akapata mimba tena akamzalia Yakobo mwana wa sita.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.30.20" />Ndipo Lea aliposema, “Mungu amenizawadia kwa zawadi ya thamani sana. Wakati huu mume wangu ataniheshimu kwa sababu nimemzalia wana sita.” Kwa hiyo akamwita Zabuloni.<f caller="+"><fr>30:20
</fr><ft>Zabuloni maana yake Heshima.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="GEN.30.21" />Baadaye akamzaa mtoto wa kike akamwita Dina.<f caller="+"><fr>30:21
</fr><ft>Dina maana yake Tetea haki, yaani Mungu amenitetea katika mashindano yangu.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="GEN.30.22" />Ndipo Mungu akamkumbuka Raheli, akasikia maombi yake na akafungua tumbo lake.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="GEN.30.23" />Akapata mimba na akamzaa mwana na kusema, “Mungu ameniondolea aibu yangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="GEN.30.24" />Akamwita Yosefu<f caller="+"><fr>30:24
</fr><ft>Yosefu maana yake Yeye na aongeze, yaani Mungu na aniongezee.</ft></f> na kusema, “<nd>Bwana</nd> na anipe mwana mwingine.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Makundi Ya Yakobo Yaongezeka
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="GEN.30.25" />Baada ya Raheli kumzaa Yosefu, Yakobo akamwambia Labani, “Nipe ruhusa nirudi katika nchi yangu.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="GEN.30.26" />Nipe wake zangu na watoto, ambao nimetumika kuwapata, nami niende zangu. Unajua ni kazi kiasi gani ambayo nimekufanyia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="GEN.30.27" />Lakini Labani akamwambia, “Ikiwa nimepata kibali machoni pako, tafadhali ukae. Nimegundua kwa njia ya uaguzi kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> amenibariki kwa sababu yako.”
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="GEN.30.28" />Akaongeza kumwambia, “Taja ujira wako nami nitakulipa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="GEN.30.29" />Yakobo akamwambia, “Unajua jinsi ambavyo nimekutumikia na jinsi ambavyo wanyama wako walivyolishwa vizuri chini ya uangalizi wangu.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="GEN.30.30" />Kidogo ulichokuwa nacho kabla sijaja kimeongezeka sana, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> amekubariki popote nilipokuwa. Lakini sasa, ni lini nitashughulikia mambo ya nyumba yangu mwenyewe?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="GEN.30.31" />Labani akamuuliza, “Nikupe nini?”
</p>
<p style="p">Yakobo akamjibu, “Usinipe chochote lakini kama utanifanyia jambo hili moja, nitaendelea kuchunga na kuyaangalia makundi yako.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="GEN.30.32" />Niruhusu nipite katika makundi yako yote leo niondoe humo kila kondoo mwenye mabakabaka au madoadoa, kila mwana-kondoo mweusi na kila mbuzi mwenye madoadoa au mabakabaka. Hawa watakuwa ujira wangu.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="GEN.30.33" />Uadilifu wangu utanishuhudia siku zijazo, kila utakapochunguza ujira ambao umenilipa mimi. Mbuzi yeyote wangu ambaye hana mabakabaka wala madoadoa, au mwana-kondoo ambaye si mweusi, atahesabika ameibwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="GEN.30.34" />Labani akasema, “Ninakubali na iwe kama ulivyosema.”
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="GEN.30.35" />Siku ile ile Yakobo akawaondoa beberu wote waliokuwa na mistari au madoadoa na mbuzi wake wote waliokuwa na mistari au madoadoa (wote waliokuwa na alama nyeupe juu yao) na wana-kondoo weusi wote, akawaweka chini ya uangalizi wa wanawe.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="GEN.30.36" />Kisha Labani akamwacha Yakobo kwa mwendo wa safari ya siku tatu kati yake na Yakobo, wakati Yakobo akiendelea kuchunga lile kundi la Labani lililobaki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="GEN.30.37" />Hata hivyo, Yakobo, akachukua fito mbichi zilizokatwa wakati huo huo za miti ya mlubna, mlozi na mwaramoni akazibambua ili mistari myeupe ionekane katika fito hizo.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="GEN.30.38" />Kisha akaweka fito alizozibambua kwenye mabirika yote ya kunyweshea mifugo, ili ziwe mbele ya makundi walipokuja kunywa maji. Wanyama walipokuja kunywa maji, hali wakiwa wanahitaji mbegu,
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="GEN.30.39" />wakapandwa hizo fito zikiwa mbele yao. Wanyama waliopata mimba mbele ya hizo fito walizaa wanyama wenye mistari, madoadoa na mabakabaka.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="GEN.30.40" />Yakobo akawatenga wadogo wa kundi peke yao, lakini akazielekeza nyuso za hao waliobaki kwenye wale wenye mistari na weusi waliokuwa mali ya Labani. Hivyo akatenga makundi yake mwenyewe, na wala hakuwachanganya na wanyama wa Labani.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="GEN.30.41" />Kila mara wanyama wenye nguvu walipohitaji mbegu, Yakobo aliweka zile fito kwenye mabirika mbele ya hao wanyama, ili wapandwe karibu na hizo fito,
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="GEN.30.42" />lakini ikiwa wanyama walikuwa wadhaifu hakuziweka hizo fito. Hivyo wanyama wadhaifu wakawa wa Labani, na wanyama wenye nguvu wakawa wa Yakobo.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="GEN.30.43" />Kwa njia hii Yakobo akastawi sana, tena akawa na makundi makubwa, watumishi wa kike na wa kiume na ngamia na punda.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="31" />
<s style="s1">Yakobo Akimbia Kutoka Kwa Labani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.31.1" />Yakobo akawasikia wana wa Labani wakisema, “Yakobo amechukua kila kitu kilichokuwa cha baba yetu naye amepata utajiri huu wote kutokana na vile vilivyokuwa mali ya baba yetu.”
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.31.2" />Yakobo akatambua kwamba moyo wa Labani kwake haukuwa kama ulivyokuwa mwanzo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="GEN.31.3" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Yakobo, “Rudi katika nchi ya baba zako na kwa watu wako, nami nitakuwa pamoja nawe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="GEN.31.4" />Hivyo Yakobo akatuma ujumbe kwa Raheli na Lea waje machungani yalikokuwa makundi yake.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.31.5" />Akawaambia, “Naona moyo wa baba yenu kwangu sivyo kama ulivyokuwa mwanzoni, lakini Mungu wa baba yangu amekuwa pamoja nami.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="GEN.31.6" />Mnajua kwamba nimemtumikia baba yenu kwa nguvu zangu zote,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.31.7" />hata hivyo baba yenu amenidanganya kwa kubadilisha ujira wangu mara kumi. Hata hivyo, Mungu hakumruhusu kunidhuru.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="GEN.31.8" />Kama alisema, ‘Wenye madoadoa watakuwa ujira wako,’ basi makundi yote yalizaa wenye madoadoa, kama alisema, ‘Wenye mistari watakuwa ujira wako,’ basi makundi yote yalizaa wenye mistari.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GEN.31.9" />Hivyo Mungu amechukua mifugo ya baba yenu na amenipa mimi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="GEN.31.10" />“Wakati fulani majira ya kuzaliana niliota ndoto ambayo niliinua macho na kuona kwamba wale mabeberu waliokuwa wakipanda kundi walikuwa wa mistari, madoadoa na mabakabaka.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.31.11" />Malaika wa Mungu akaniambia katika ndoto, ‘Yakobo.’ Nikamjibu, ‘Mimi hapa.’
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GEN.31.12" />Akasema, ‘Inua macho yako uone wale mabeberu wote wanaopanda kundi wana mistari, madoadoa au mabakabaka, kwa maana nimeona yale yote ambayo Labani amekuwa akikutendea.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GEN.31.13" />Mimi ndiye Mungu wa Betheli, ulikomiminia ile nguzo mafuta na pale mahali uliponiwekea nadhiri. Sasa ondoka katika nchi hii mara moja urudi katika nchi uliyozaliwa.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="GEN.31.14" />Ndipo Raheli na Lea wakajibu, “Je bado tu tunalo fungu lolote katika urithi wa nyumba ya baba yetu?
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GEN.31.15" />Je, yeye hatuhesabu sisi kama wageni? Sio kwamba ametuuza tu, bali ametumia hata na vile vilivyolipwa kwa ajili yetu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GEN.31.16" />Hakika utajiri wote ambao Mungu ameuchukua kutoka kwa baba yetu ni mali yetu na watoto wetu. Hivyo fanya lolote lile Mungu alilokuambia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="GEN.31.17" />Ndipo Yakobo akawapandisha watoto wake na wake zake juu ya ngamia,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GEN.31.18" />naye akawaswaga wanyama wote mbele yake pamoja na vitu vyote alivyokuwa amechuma huko Padan-Aramu kwenda kwa baba yake Isaki katika nchi ya Kanaani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="GEN.31.19" />Labani alipokuwa amekwenda kukata kondoo wake manyoya, Raheli aliiba miungu ya nyumba ya baba yake.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.31.20" />Zaidi ya hayo, Yakobo alimdanganya Labani Mwaramu kwa kutokumwambia kwamba anakimbia.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GEN.31.21" />Hivyo akakimbia pamoja na vitu vyote alivyokuwa navyo na kuvuka Mto Frati akaelekea nchi ya vilima katika Gileadi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Labani Amfuatilia Yakobo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="GEN.31.22" />Siku ya tatu Labani akaambiwa kwamba Yakobo amekimbia.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="GEN.31.23" />Akiwachukua jamaa zake, akamfuatia Yakobo kwa siku saba na kumkuta kwenye nchi ya vilima katika Gileadi.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="GEN.31.24" />Ndipo Mungu akamjia Labani Mwaramu katika ndoto usiku na kumwambia, “Jihadhari usiseme neno lolote kwa Yakobo, liwe zuri au baya.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="GEN.31.25" />Yakobo alikuwa amepiga hema lake katika nchi ya vilima katika Gileadi wakati Labani alipomkuta, Labani na jamaa yake wakapiga kambi huko pia.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="GEN.31.26" />Ndipo Labani akamwambia Yakobo, “Umefanya nini? Umenidanganya na umewachukua binti zangu kama mateka katika vita.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="GEN.31.27" />Kwa nini ulikimbia kwa siri na kunidanganya? Kwa nini hukuniambia ili nikuage kwa furaha na nyimbo za matari na vinubi?
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="GEN.31.28" />Hata hukuniruhusu niwabusu wajukuu zangu na kuwaaga binti zangu. Umefanya kitu cha kipumbavu.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="GEN.31.29" />Nina uwezo wa kukudhuru, lakini usiku uliopita Mungu wa baba yako alisema nami, akaniambia, ‘Jihadhari, usiseme neno lolote kwa Yakobo liwe zuri au baya.’
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="GEN.31.30" />Sasa umeondoka kwa sababu umetamani kurudi nyumbani kwa baba yako. Lakini kwa nini umeiba miungu yangu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="GEN.31.31" />Yakobo akamjibu Labani, “Niliogopa, kwa sababu nilifikiri ungeweza kuninyangʼanya binti zako kwa nguvu.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="GEN.31.32" />Lakini kama ukimkuta yeyote aliye na miungu yako, hataishi. Mbele ya jamaa yetu, angalia mwenyewe uone kama kuna chochote chako hapa nilicho nacho, kama kipo, kichukue.” Basi Yakobo hakujua kwamba Raheli alikuwa ameiba hiyo miungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="GEN.31.33" />Kwa hiyo Labani akaingia ndani ya hema la Yakobo na ndani ya hema la Lea na ndani ya hema la watumishi wawili wa kike, lakini hakukuta chochote. Baadaye alipotoka katika hema la Lea, akaingia hema la Raheli.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="GEN.31.34" />Basi Raheli ndiye alikuwa amechukua ile miungu ya nyumbani kwao na kuiweka katika matandiko ya ngamia na kukalia. Labani akatafuta kila mahali kwenye hema lakini hakupata chochote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="GEN.31.35" />Raheli akamwambia baba yake, “Usikasirike, bwana wangu kwa kuwa siwezi kusimama ukiwepo, niko katika hedhi.” Labani akatafuta lakini hakuweza kuipata miungu ya nyumbani kwake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="GEN.31.36" />Yakobo akakasirika na kumshutumu Labani, akisema, “Uhalifu wangu ni nini?” Akamuuliza Labani, “Ni dhambi gani niliyofanya hata unaniwinda?
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="GEN.31.37" />Sasa kwa kuwa umepekua vitu vyangu vyote umepata nini kilicho cha nyumbani mwako? Kiweke hapa mbele ya jamaa yako na yangu, nao waamue kati yetu sisi wawili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="GEN.31.38" />“Mpaka sasa nimekuwa pamoja nawe miaka ishirini. Kondoo wako na mbuzi wako hawajaharibu mimba, wala sijala kondoo dume kutoka makundi yako.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="GEN.31.39" />Sikukuletea mfugo aliyeraruliwa na wanyama pori, nilibeba hasara mimi mwenyewe. Tena ulinidai malipo kwa chochote kilichoibwa mchana au usiku.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="GEN.31.40" />Hii ndiyo iliyokuwa hali yangu: Niliumia kwa joto la mchana na baridi usiku, pia usingizi ulinipa.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="GEN.31.41" />Ilikuwa hivi kwa miaka ile ishirini niliyokuwa nyumbani kwako. Nilikutumikia miaka ile kumi na minne kwa ajili ya binti zako wawili, miaka sita kwa ajili ya makundi yako, nawe ulibadilisha ujira wangu mara kumi.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="GEN.31.42" />Kama Mungu wa baba yangu, Mungu wa Abrahamu na Hofu ya Isaki, hakuwa pamoja nami, hakika ungenifukuza mikono mitupu. Lakini Mungu ameona taabu yangu na kazi ngumu ya mikono yangu, naye usiku uliopita amekukemea.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="43" bcv="GEN.31.43" />Labani akamjibu Yakobo, “Wanawake hawa ni binti zangu, watoto hawa ni watoto wangu na makundi haya ni makundi yangu. Vyote unavyoviona ni vyangu. Lakini hata hivyo ninaweza kufanya nini kuhusu hawa binti zangu, au kuhusu watoto waliowazaa?
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="GEN.31.44" />Njoo sasa na tufanye agano, wewe na mimi, na liwe kama shahidi kati yetu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="45" bcv="GEN.31.45" />Hivyo Yakobo akachukua jiwe, akalisimamisha kama nguzo.
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="GEN.31.46" />Akawaambia jamaa yake, “Kusanyeni mawe.” Hivyo wakachukua mawe na kuyakusanya yakawa lundo, wakala chakula hapo karibu na hilo lundo.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="GEN.31.47" />Labani akaliita Yegar-Sahadutha<f caller="+"><fr>31:47
</fr><ft>Yegar-Sahadutha maana yake ni Lundo la ushahidi kwa Kiaramu.</ft></f> na Yakobo akaliita Galeedi.<f caller="+"><fr>31:47
</fr><ft>Galeedi maana yake ni Lundo la ushahidi kwa Kiebrania.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="48" bcv="GEN.31.48" />Labani akasema, “Lundo hili ni shahidi kati yako na mimi leo.” Ndiyo maana likaitwa Galeedi.
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="GEN.31.49" />Pia liliitwa Mispa,<f caller="+"><fr>31:49
</fr><ft>Mispa maana yake Mnara wa ulinzi.</ft></f> kwa sababu alisema, “<nd>Bwana</nd> na aweke ulinzi kati yako na mimi wakati kila mmoja akiwa mbali na mwingine.
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="GEN.31.50" />Kama ukiwatenda mabaya binti zangu au ukioa wake wengine zaidi ya binti zangu, hata ingawa hakuna hata mmoja aliye pamoja nasi, kumbuka kwamba Mungu ni shahidi kati yako na mimi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="51" bcv="GEN.31.51" />Pia Labani akamwambia Yakobo, “Hili ndilo lundo, na hii ndiyo nguzo niliyoisimamisha kati yako na mimi.
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="GEN.31.52" />Lundo hili ni shahidi na nguzo hii ni shahidi, kwamba sitavuka lundo hili kuja upande wako kukudhuru, nawe kwamba hutavuka lundo hili na nguzo hii kuja upande wangu kunidhuru.
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="GEN.31.53" />Mungu wa Abrahamu na Mungu wa Nahori, Mungu wa baba zao, aamue kati yetu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Hivyo Yakobo akaapa kwa jina la Hofu ya baba yake Isaki.
<ve />
<v id="54" bcv="GEN.31.54" />Yakobo akatoa dhabihu juu ya kilima na akawaalika jamaa zake kula chakula. Baada ya kula, wakalala huko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="55" bcv="GEN.31.55" />Kesho yake asubuhi na mapema, Labani akawabusu wajukuu zake, binti zake na kuwabariki. Kisha akaondoka, akarudi nyumbani.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="32" />
<s style="s1">Yakobo Ajiandaa Kukutana Na Esau
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.32.1" />Yakobo pia akaondoka akaenda zake, nao malaika wa Mungu wakakutana naye.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.32.2" />Yakobo alipowaona, akasema, “Hii ni kambi ya Mungu!” Kwa hiyo akapaita mahali pale Mahanaimu.<f caller="+"><fr>32:2
</fr><ft>Mahanaimu maana yake Kambi mbili.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="GEN.32.3" />Yakobo akatuma wajumbe kumtangulia kwa Esau ndugu yake huko Seiri, katika nchi ya Edomu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.32.4" />Akawaagiza akisema: “Hili ndilo mtakalomwambia bwana wangu Esau: ‘Mtumishi wako Yakobo anasema, nimekuwa nikiishi pamoja na Labani na nimekuwako huko mpaka sasa.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.32.5" />Ninao ngʼombe na punda, kondoo na mbuzi, watumishi wa kiume na wa kike. Sasa ninatuma ujumbe huu kwa bwana wangu, ili nipate kibali machoni pako.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.32.6" />Wajumbe waliporudi kwa Yakobo, wakamwambia, “Tulikwenda kuonana na ndugu yako Esau, naye sasa anakuja kukulaki akifuatana na wanaume 400.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="GEN.32.7" />Kwa hofu kuu na huzuni, Yakobo akagawanya watu aliokuwa nao katika makundi mawili, pia akagawanya makundi ya kondoo na mbuzi, na vilevile ngʼombe na ngamia.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="GEN.32.8" />Yakobo alifikiri, “Kama Esau akija na kushambulia kundi moja, kundi lililobaki litaweza likanusurika.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="GEN.32.9" />Ndipo Yakobo akaomba, “Ee Mungu wa baba yangu Abrahamu, Mungu wa baba yangu Isaki, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ambaye uliniambia, ‘Rudi katika nchi yako na jamaa yako, nami nitakufanya ustawi,’
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GEN.32.10" />mimi sistahili fadhili na uaminifu wako wote ulionitendea mimi mtumishi wako. Nilikuwa na fimbo tu mkononi mwangu nilipovuka mto huu wa Yordani, lakini sasa ninayo makundi mawili.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.32.11" />Nakuomba, uniokoe na mkono wa ndugu yangu Esau, kwa maana ninaogopa kuwa atakuja kunishambulia, pia mama pamoja na watoto wao.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GEN.32.12" />Lakini umeshasema, ‘Hakika nitakufanya ustawi na kuufanya uzao wako kuwa mwingi kama mchanga wa baharini ambao hauwezi kuhesabika!’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="GEN.32.13" />Akalala pale usiku ule, miongoni mwa vitu alivyokuwa navyo, akachagua zawadi kwa ajili ya Esau ndugu yake:
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GEN.32.14" />Mbuzi waume ishirini na mbuzi wake 200, kondoo dume ishirini na kondoo wake 200.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GEN.32.15" />Ngamia wake thelathini pamoja na ndama zao, ngʼombe wake arobaini na mafahali kumi, punda wake ishirini na punda waume kumi.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GEN.32.16" />Akaviweka chini ya uangalizi wa watumishi wake, kila kundi peke yake na kuwaambia, “Nitangulieni na kuacha nafasi kati ya makundi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="GEN.32.17" />Akamwagiza yule aliyetangulia kuwa, “Ndugu yangu Esau atakapokutana nawe na kukuuliza, ‘Wewe ni wa nani? Unakwenda wapi? Wanyama hawa wote mbele yako ni mali ya nani?’
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GEN.32.18" />Ndipo utakaposema, ‘Ni mali ya mtumishi wako Yakobo. Ni zawadi ambazo zimetumwa kwa bwana wangu Esau, naye anakuja nyuma yetu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="GEN.32.19" />Akamwagiza pia yule mtumishi wa kundi la pili, la tatu na yale mengine yote yaliyofuata akiwaambia, “Mtamwambia Esau maneno hayo hayo mtakapokutana naye.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.32.20" />Hakikisheni mmesema, ‘Mtumishi wako Yakobo anakuja nyuma yetu.’ ” Kwa kuwa alifikiri, “Nitaweza kumtuliza kwa zawadi hizi ninazotanguliza, hatimaye, nitakapomwona, huenda atanikubali.”
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GEN.32.21" />Kwa hiyo zawadi za Yakobo zilitangulia mbele yake, lakini yeye mwenyewe alilala kambini usiku ule.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yakobo Ashindana Mweleka Na Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="GEN.32.22" />Usiku ule Yakobo akaamka akawachukua wake zake wawili, watumishi wake wawili wa kike na wanawe kumi na mmoja na akavuka kivuko cha Yaboki.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="GEN.32.23" />Baada ya kuwavusha ngʼambo ya kijito, alivusha pia mali zake zote.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="GEN.32.24" />Kwa hiyo Yakobo akaachwa peke yake na mtu mmoja akashikana naye mweleka mpaka mapambazuko.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="GEN.32.25" />Yule mtu alipoona kuwa hawezi kumshinda, aligusa kiungio cha nyonga ya Yakobo kwa hiyo nyonga yake ikateguka wakati alipokuwa akishikana mweleka na yule mtu.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="GEN.32.26" />Ndipo yule mtu akasema, “Niache niende, kwa kuwa ni mapambazuko.”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini Yakobo akajibu, “Sitakuacha uende usiponibariki.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="GEN.32.27" />Yule mtu akamuuliza, “Jina lako nani?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akajibu, “Yakobo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="GEN.32.28" />Ndipo yule mtu akasema, “Jina lako halitakuwa tena Yakobo, bali Israeli,<f caller="+"><fr>32:28
</fr><ft>Israeli maana yake Yeye ashindanaye na Mungu.</ft></f> kwa sababu umeshindana na Mungu na watu pia, nawe umeshinda.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="GEN.32.29" />Yakobo akasema, “Tafadhali niambie jina lako.”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini akajibu, “Kwa nini kuniuliza Jina langu?” Ndipo akambariki huko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="GEN.32.30" />Kwa hiyo Yakobo akapaita mahali pale Penieli,<f caller="+"><fr>32:30
</fr><ft>Penieli maana yake Uso wa Mungu, ambalo ni sawa na Penueli kwa Kiebrania.</ft></f> akasema, “Ni kwa sababu nimemwona Mungu uso kwa uso na bado maisha yangu yameokoka.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="GEN.32.31" />Jua lilikuwa linachomoza Yakobo alipoondoka Penueli, naye alikuwa akichechemea kwa sababu ya nyonga yake.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="GEN.32.32" />Kwa hiyo mpaka leo Waisraeli hawali mshipa ulioungana na kiungio cha nyonga, kwa sababu kiungio cha nyonga ya Yakobo kiliteguliwa karibu na mshipa huo.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="33" />
<s style="s1">Yakobo Akutana Na Esau
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.33.1" />Yakobo akainua macho akamwona Esau akija na watu wake 400, kwa hiyo akawagawanya watoto kati ya Lea, Raheli na wale watumishi wake wawili wa kike.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.33.2" />Akawaweka wale watumishi wa kike na watoto wao mbele, Lea na watoto wake wakafuata, Raheli na Yosefu wakaja nyuma.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GEN.33.3" />Yeye mwenyewe akatangulia mbele na kusujudu mara saba alipomkaribia ndugu yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="GEN.33.4" />Lakini Esau akamkimbilia Yakobo kumlaki na kumkumbatia, akamwangukia shingoni na kumbusu. Nao wakalia.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.33.5" />Esau akainua macho akawaona wale wanawake na watoto. Akauliza, “Hawa uliofuatana nao ni nani?”
</p>
<p style="p">Yakobo akamjibu, “Ni watoto ambao Mungu amempa mtumishi wako kwa neema.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.33.6" />Kisha wale watumishi wa kike na watoto wao wakakaribia na kusujudu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.33.7" />Kisha Lea na watoto wake wakaja na kusujudu. Mwisho wa wote wakaja Yosefu na Raheli, nao pia wakasujudu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="GEN.33.8" />Esau akauliza, “Una maana gani kuhusu makundi hayo yote niliyokutana nayo?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akasema, “Ni ili kupata kibali machoni pako, bwana wangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="GEN.33.9" />Lakini Esau akamwambia, “Ndugu yangu, tayari nina wingi wa mali. Ulivyo navyo viwe vyako mwenyewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="GEN.33.10" />Yakobo akasema, “La hasha! Tafadhali, kama nimepata kibali machoni pako, upokee zawadi hii kutoka kwangu. Kwa maana kuuona uso wako, ni kama kuuona uso wa Mungu, kwa kuwa umenipokea kwa takabali kubwa.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.33.11" />Tafadhali ukubali zawadi iliyoletwa kwako, kwa kuwa Mungu amenineemesha na ninavyo vyote ninavyohitaji.” Kwa sababu Yakobo alisisitiza, Esau akapokea.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="GEN.33.12" />Ndipo Esau akasema, “Na tuendelee na safari, nitakuwa pamoja nawe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="GEN.33.13" />Lakini Yakobo akamwambia, “Bwana wangu unajua kwamba watoto ni wachanga na kwamba ni lazima nitunze hawa kondoo wake na ngʼombe wanaonyonyesha. Wakipelekwa kwa haraka hata kama ni kwa siku moja tu, wanyama wote watakufa.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GEN.33.14" />Hivyo bwana wangu umtangulie mtumishi wako, wakati mimi nikija polepole kwa mwendo wa makundi yaliyo mbele yangu na mwendo wa watoto, mpaka nifike kwa bwana wangu huko Seiri.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="GEN.33.15" />Esau akamwambia, “Basi na niwaache baadhi ya watu wangu pamoja nawe.”
</p>
<p style="p">Yakobo akauliza, “Lakini kwa nini ufanye hivyo, niache tu nipate kibali machoni pa bwana wangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="GEN.33.16" />Hivyo siku hiyo Esau akashika njia akarudi Seiri.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="GEN.33.17" />Pamoja na hayo, Yakobo akaenda Sukothi,<f caller="+"><fr>33:17
</fr><ft>Sukothi maana yake Vibanda.</ft></f> mahali alipojijengea makazi kwa ajili yake na mabanda kwa ajili ya mifugo yake. Hii ndiyo sababu sehemu ile inaitwa Sukothi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="GEN.33.18" />Baada ya Yakobo kutoka Padan-Aramu, alifika salama katika mji wa Shekemu huko Kanaani na kuweka kambi yake karibu na mji.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="GEN.33.19" />Akanunua kiwanja kutoka kwa wana wa Hamori, baba wa Shekemu, kwa bei ya vipande mia vya fedha, ambapo alipiga hema lake.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.33.20" />Pale akajenga madhabahu na kupaita El-Elohe-Israeli.<f caller="+"><fr>33:20
</fr><ft>El-Elohe-Israeli maana yake Mungu, Mungu wa Israeli au Mwenye Nguvu ni Mungu wa Israeli.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="34" />
<s style="s1">Dina Na Washekemu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.34.1" />Basi Dina, binti wa Yakobo aliyezaliwa na Lea, akatoka nje kuwatembelea wanawake wa nchi ile.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.34.2" />Ikawa Shekemu mwana wa Hamori Mhivi, mtawala wa eneo lile alipomwona, akamchukua na kumnajisi.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GEN.34.3" />Moyo wake ukavutwa sana kwa Dina binti Yakobo, akampenda huyu msichana na akazungumza naye kwa kumbembeleza.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.34.4" />Shekemu akamwambia baba yake Hamori, “Nipatie msichana huyu awe mke wangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="GEN.34.5" />Yakobo aliposikia kwamba binti yake Dina amenajisiwa, wanawe walikuwa mashambani wakichunga mifugo yake, kwa hiyo akalinyamazia jambo hilo mpaka waliporudi nyumbani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.34.6" />Kisha Hamori baba yake Shekemu akaenda kuzungumza na Yakobo.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.34.7" />Basi wana wa Yakobo walikuwa wamerudi kutoka mashambani mara tu waliposikia kilichotokea. Walikuwa wamejawa na huzuni na ghadhabu, kwa sababu Shekemu alikuwa amefanya jambo la aibu katika Israeli kwa kukutana kimwili na binti wa Yakobo, kitu ambacho hakingepasa kufanyika.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="GEN.34.8" />Lakini Hamori akawaambia, “Moyo wa mwanangu Shekemu umeelekea kwa binti yenu. Tafadhali mpeni awe mke wake.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GEN.34.9" />Oaneni na sisi, tupeni binti zenu, nanyi mchukue binti zetu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GEN.34.10" />Mwaweza kuishi katikati yetu, nchi ni wazi kwenu. Ishini ndani yake, fanyeni biashara humu na mjipatie mali.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="GEN.34.11" />Kisha Shekemu akamwambia baba yake Dina pamoja na ndugu zake, “Na nipate kibali machoni penu, nami nitawapa chochote mtakachosema.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GEN.34.12" />Niambieni kiasi cha mahari na zawadi nitakayoileta, hata iwe kubwa kiasi gani, nami nitawalipa chochote mtakachodai. Nipeni tu huyu msichana awe mke wangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="GEN.34.13" />Kwa sababu ndugu yao Dina alikuwa amenajisiwa, wana wa Yakobo wakajibu kwa udanganyifu walipozungumza na Shekemu pamoja na baba yake Hamori.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GEN.34.14" />Wakawaambia, “Hatuwezi kufanya jambo kama hili, hatuwezi kumtoa dada yetu kwa mtu ambaye hakutahiriwa. Hiyo itakuwa aibu kwetu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GEN.34.15" />Tutakuruhusu kwa sharti moja tu, kwamba mtakuwa kama sisi kwa kuwatahiri wanaume wenu wote.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GEN.34.16" />Kisha tutawapa binti zetu na sisi tutawachukua binti zenu. Tutaishi kwenu na tutakuwa watu wamoja nanyi.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="GEN.34.17" />Lakini mkikataa kutahiriwa, tutamchukua ndugu yetu na kuondoka.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="GEN.34.18" />Pendekezo lao likawa jema kwa Hamori na Shekemu mwanawe.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="GEN.34.19" />Kijana mdogo, ambaye alikuwa ameheshimiwa kati ya wote walioishi nyumbani mwa baba yake, hakupoteza muda kufanya waliyoyasema, kwa sababu alikuwa amependezwa sana na binti Yakobo.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.34.20" />Kwa hiyo Hamori na Shekemu mwanawe walikwenda kwenye lango la mji kuzungumza na wenzao wa mjini.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GEN.34.21" />Wakasema, “Hawa watu ni marafiki kwetu, tuwaruhusu waishi katika nchi yetu na kufanya biashara ndani yake, nchi ina nafasi tele kwa ajili yao. Tunaweza kuoa binti zao. Nao wanaweza kuoa binti zetu.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="GEN.34.22" />Lakini watu hao watakuwa tayari kukubali kuishi nasi kama watu wamoja nao kwa sharti kwamba wanaume wetu watahiriwe, kama wao.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="GEN.34.23" />Je, si mifugo yao, mali zao na wanyama wao wengine wote watakuwa wetu? Basi na tuwape kibali, nao wataishi miongoni mwetu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="GEN.34.24" />Wanaume wote waliotoka nje ya lango la mji walikubaliana na Hamori na Shekemu mwanawe na kila mwanaume katika mji ule akatahiriwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="GEN.34.25" />Baada ya siku tatu, wakati wote wakiwa wangali katika maumivu, wana wawili wa Yakobo, yaani Simeoni na Lawi, ndugu zake Dina, wakachukua panga zao na kuvamia mji ambao haukutazamia vita, wakaua kila mwanaume.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="GEN.34.26" />Wakawaua Hamori na Shekemu mwanawe kwa upanga kisha wakamchukua Dina kutoka nyumba ya Shekemu na kuondoka.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="GEN.34.27" />Wana wa Yakobo walipita juu ya maiti katika kuteka nyara mji ule ambamo dada yao alikuwa amenajisiwa.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="GEN.34.28" />Wakachukua kondoo na mbuzi, ngʼombe, punda na kila kitu kilichokuwa chao ndani ya mji ule na mashambani.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="GEN.34.29" />Walichukua utajiri wao wote pamoja na wanawake na watoto wao, wakachukua nyara kila kitu ndani ya nyumba zao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="GEN.34.30" />Kisha Yakobo akawaambia Simeoni na Lawi, “Mmeleta taabu kwangu kwa kunifanya ninuke kama uvundo kwa Wakanaani na Waperizi, watu waishio katika nchi hii. Sisi ni wachache, kama wakiunganisha nguvu zao dhidi yangu na kunishambulia, mimi na nyumba yangu tutaangamizwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="GEN.34.31" />Lakini wakamjibu, “Je, ilikuwa vyema kumtendea dada yetu kama kahaba?”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="35" />
<s style="s1">Yakobo Arudi Betheli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.35.1" />Kisha Mungu akamwambia Yakobo, “Panda uende Betheli ukakae huko na ukamjengee Mungu madhabahu huko, Yeye aliyekutokea ulipokuwa unamkimbia Esau ndugu yako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="GEN.35.2" />Hivyo Yakobo akawaambia watu wa nyumbani mwake pamoja na wote waliokuwa naye, “Iondoeni miungu ya kigeni ile iliyoko katikati yenu, jitakaseni na mkabadilishe nguo zenu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GEN.35.3" />Kisha njooni, twende Betheli, mahali nitakapomjengea Mungu madhabahu, aliyenijibu katika siku ya shida yangu, ambaye amekuwa pamoja nami popote nilipokwenda.”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.35.4" />Kwa hiyo wakampa Yakobo miungu yote ya kigeni waliyokuwa nayo, pamoja na pete zilizokuwa masikioni mwao. Yakobo akavizika chini ya mti wa mwaloni huko Shekemu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.35.5" />Kisha wakaondoka, na hofu ya Mungu ikawapata miji yote iliyowazunguka. Kwa hiyo hakuna aliyewafuatia wana wa Yakobo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.35.6" />Yakobo na watu wote waliokuwa pamoja naye wakafika Luzu (ndio Betheli), katika nchi ya Kanaani.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.35.7" />Huko akajenga madhabahu na akapaita mahali pale El-Betheli,<f caller="+"><fr>35:7
</fr><ft>El-Betheli maana yake Mungu wa Betheli.</ft></f> kwa sababu mahali pale ndipo Mungu alipojifunua kwake alipokuwa akimkimbia ndugu yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="GEN.35.8" />Wakati huu Debora, mlezi wa Rebeka, akafa na akazikwa chini ya mti wa mwaloni ulioko chini ya Betheli. Kwa hiyo pakaitwa Alon-Bakuthi.<f caller="+"><fr>35:8
</fr><ft>Alon-Bakuthi maana yake Mwaloni wa Kilio.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="GEN.35.9" />Baada ya Yakobo kurudi kutoka Padan-Aramu, Mungu alimtokea tena na kumbariki.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GEN.35.10" />Mungu akamwambia, “Jina lako ni Yakobo, lakini hutaitwa tena Yakobo, jina lako utakuwa Israeli.” Kwa hiyo akamwita Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="GEN.35.11" />Mungu akamwambia, “Mimi ndimi Mungu Mwenyezi,<f caller="+"><fr>35:11
</fr><ft>Mungu Mwenyezi hapa ni jina la Kiebrania, El-Shaddai (yaani Mungu Mwenye utoshelevu wote).</ft></f> ukazae na kuongezeka. Taifa na jamii ya mataifa itatoka kwako, nao wafalme watatoka viunoni mwako.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GEN.35.12" />Nchi niliyowapa Abrahamu na Isaki nakupa wewe pia, nami nitawapa wazao wako baada yako.”
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GEN.35.13" />Kisha Mungu akapanda juu kutoka kwake mahali pale alipozungumza naye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="GEN.35.14" />Yakobo akasimamisha nguzo ya jiwe mahali pale Mungu alipozungumza naye, akamimina sadaka ya kinywaji juu yake, pia akamimina mafuta juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GEN.35.15" />Yakobo akapaita mahali pale Mungu alipozungumza naye Betheli.<f caller="+"><fr>35:15
</fr><ft>Betheli maana yake Nyumba ya Mungu.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Vifo Vya Raheli Na Isaki
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="GEN.35.16" />Kisha wakaondoka Betheli. Walipokuwa umbali fulani kabla ya kufika Efrathi, Raheli akaanza kusikia uchungu na alipata shida kuu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="GEN.35.17" />Alipokuwa katika shida hii katika kujifungua, mkunga akamwambia, “Usiogope, kwa sababu umempata mwana mwingine.”
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GEN.35.18" />Hapo alipopumua pumzi yake ya mwisho, kwa maana alikuwa akifa, akamwita mwanawe Benoni.<f caller="+"><fr>35:18
</fr><ft>Benoni maana yake Mwana wa huzuni yangu.</ft></f> Lakini babaye akamwita Benyamini.<f caller="+"><fr>35:18
</fr><ft>Benyamini maana yake Mwana wa mkono wangu wa kuume.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="GEN.35.19" />Kwa hiyo Raheli akafa, akazikwa kando ya njia iendayo Efrathi (ndio Bethlehemu).
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.35.20" />Juu ya kaburi lake, Yakobo akasimamisha nguzo, ambayo mpaka leo inatambulisha kaburi la Raheli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="GEN.35.21" />Israeli akaendelea tena na safari yake na kupiga hema mbele mnara wa Ederi.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="GEN.35.22" />Wakati Israeli alipokuwa akiishi katika nchi ile, Reubeni mwanawe alikutana kimwili na suria wa baba yake aitwaye Bilha, naye Israeli akasikia jambo hili.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m">Yakobo alikuwa na wana kumi na wawili:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="23" bcv="GEN.35.23" />Wana wa Lea walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Reubeni mzaliwa wa kwanza wa Yakobo,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Simeoni, Lawi, Yuda, Isakari na Zabuloni.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="24" bcv="GEN.35.24" />Wana wa Raheli walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yosefu na Benyamini.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="25" bcv="GEN.35.25" />Wana waliozaliwa na Bilha mtumishi wa kike wa Raheli walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Dani na Naftali.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="26" bcv="GEN.35.26" />Wana waliozaliwa na Zilpa mtumishi wa kike wa Lea walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Gadi na Asheri.
</p>
<p style="p">Hawa walikuwa wana wa Yakobo, waliozaliwa kwake akiwa Padan-Aramu.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="GEN.35.27" />Yakobo akarudi nyumbani kwa baba yake Isaki huko Mamre, karibu na Kiriath-Arba (yaani Hebroni), ambapo walikuwa wameishi Abrahamu na Isaki.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="GEN.35.28" />Isaki aliishi miaka 180.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="GEN.35.29" />Kisha Isaki akapumua pumzi yake ya mwisho akafa, akakusanywa pamoja na watu wake akiwa mzee wa miaka mingi. Nao wanawe Esau na Yakobo wakamzika.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="36" />
<s style="s1">Wazao Wa Esau
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Nyakati 1:34-42)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.36.1" />Hivi ndivyo vizazi vya Esau (yaani Edomu).
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="2" bcv="GEN.36.2" />Esau akaoa wake kutoka miongoni mwa wanawake wa Kanaani: Ada binti wa Eloni Mhiti, Oholibama binti wa Ana, mjukuu wa kike wa Sibeoni Mhivi,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GEN.36.3" />pia akaoa Basemathi binti wa Ishmaeli, dada yake Nebayothi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="4" bcv="GEN.36.4" />Ada akamzalia Esau Elifazi, Basemathi akamzaa Reueli,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.36.5" />Oholibama akamzaa Yeushi, Yalamu na Kora. Hawa ndio wana wa Esau waliozaliwa kwake huko Kanaani.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.36.6" />Esau akawachukua wake zake, watoto wake wa kiume na wa kike na wote wa nyumbani mwake, mifugo yake pamoja na wanyama wake wengine wote na mali yake yote ambayo alikuwa ameipata akiwa Kanaani, akahamia katika nchi iliyo mbali na Yakobo ndugu yake.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.36.7" />Mali zao zilikuwa nyingi sana kiasi kwamba haikuwa rahisi wao kuishi pamoja, nchi waliyokuwa wakiishi isingewatosha wote kwa ajili ya mifugo yao.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="GEN.36.8" />Kwa hiyo Esau (ambaye ni Edomu) aliishi katika nchi ya kilima huko Seiri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="GEN.36.9" />Hawa ndio wazao wa Esau, baba wa Waedomu, katika nchi ya kilima cha Seiri.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="10" bcv="GEN.36.10" />Haya ndiyo majina ya wana wa Esau:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Elifazi, mwana wa Esau ambaye mkewe Ada alimzalia; na Reueli, mwana wa Esau ambaye mkewe Basemathi alimzalia.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="11" bcv="GEN.36.11" />Wana wa Elifazi ni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Temani, Omari, Sefo, Gatamu na Kenazi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="12" bcv="GEN.36.12" />Elifazi mwana wa Esau alikuwa pia na suria aliyeitwa Timna, ambaye alimzalia Amaleki. Hawa ndio waliokuwa wajukuu wa Ada mke wa Esau.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="13" bcv="GEN.36.13" />Wana wa Reueli ni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Nahathi, Zera, Shama na Miza. Hawa ndio waliokuwa wajukuu wa Basemathi mkewe Esau.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="14" bcv="GEN.36.14" />Wana wa Oholibama binti Ana, mkewe Esau, aliyekuwa mjukuu wa Sibeoni, aliomzalia Esau ni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yeushi, Yalamu na Kora.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="GEN.36.15" />Hawa ndio waliokuwa wakuu miongoni mwa wazao wa Esau:
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Wakuu wa wana wa Elifazi, mzaliwa wa kwanza wa Esau ni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Temani, Omari, Sefo, Kenazi,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GEN.36.16" />Kora, Gatamu na Amaleki. Hawa ndio waliokuwa wakuu waliotoka kwa Elifazi huko Edomu, waliokuwa wajukuu wa kiume wa Ada.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="17" bcv="GEN.36.17" />Wakuu wa wana wa Reueli, mwana wa Esau ni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Nahathi, Zera, Shama na Miza. Hawa ndio wakuu waliotoka kwa Reueli huko Edomu, waliokuwa wajukuu wa kiume wa Basemathi mkewe Esau.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="18" bcv="GEN.36.18" />Wakuu wa wana wa Esau ambao mkewe Oholibama alimzalia ni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yeushi, Yalamu na Kora. Hawa ndio wakuu waliotoka kwa mke wa Esau, Oholibama binti Ana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="GEN.36.19" />Hawa ndio waliokuwa wana wa Esau (ndiye Edomu), na hawa ndio waliokuwa wakuu wao.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="GEN.36.20" />Hawa ndio walikuwa wana wa Seiri, Mhori, waliokuwa wakiishi katika nchi ile:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Lotani, Shobali, Sibeoni, Ana,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GEN.36.21" />Dishoni, Eseri na Dishani. Hawa ndio wana wa Seiri huko Edomu waliokuwa wakuu kwa Wahori.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="22" bcv="GEN.36.22" />Wana wa Lotani walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Hori na Homamu. Timna alikuwa dada yake Lotani.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="23" bcv="GEN.36.23" />Wana wa Shobali walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Alvani, Manahathi, Ebali, Shefo na Onamu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="24" bcv="GEN.36.24" />Wana wa Sibeoni walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Aiya na Ana. Huyu Ana ndiye aligundua chemchemi ya maji moto jangwani alipokuwa akichunga punda za Sibeoni baba yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="25" bcv="GEN.36.25" />Watoto wa Ana walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Dishoni na Oholibama binti wa Ana.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="26" bcv="GEN.36.26" />Wana wa Dishoni walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Hemdani, Eshbani, Ithrani na Kerani.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="27" bcv="GEN.36.27" />Wana wa Eseri walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Bilhani, Zaavani na Akani.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="28" bcv="GEN.36.28" />Wana wa Dishani walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Usi na Arani.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="29" bcv="GEN.36.29" />Hawa ndio waliokuwa wakuu wa Wahori:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Lotani, Shobali, Sibeoni, Ana,
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="GEN.36.30" />Dishoni, Eseri na Dishani. Hawa ndio walikuwa wakuu wa Wahori, kufuatana na makundi yao, katika nchi ya Seiri.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Watawala Wa Edomu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Nyakati 1:43-54)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="GEN.36.31" />Wafuatao ni wafalme waliotawala Edomu kabla ya mfalme yeyote wa Israeli kutawala:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="32" bcv="GEN.36.32" />Bela mwana wa Beori alikuwa mfalme wa Edomu. Mji wake uliitwa Dinhaba.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="33" bcv="GEN.36.33" />Bela alipofariki, Yobabu mwana wa Zera kutoka Bosra akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="34" bcv="GEN.36.34" />Yobabu alipofariki, Hushamu kutoka nchi ya Watemani akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="35" bcv="GEN.36.35" />Hushamu alipofariki, Hadadi mwana wa Bedadi, aliyeshinda Midiani katika nchi ya Moabu, akawa mfalme baada yake. Mji wake uliitwa Avithi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="36" bcv="GEN.36.36" />Hadadi alipofariki, Samla kutoka Masreka akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="37" bcv="GEN.36.37" />Samla alipofariki, Shauli kutoka Rehobothi ngʼambo ya Mto Frati akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="38" bcv="GEN.36.38" />Shauli alipofariki, Baal-Hanani mwana wa Akbori akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="39" bcv="GEN.36.39" />Baal-Hanani mwana wa Akbori alipofariki, Hadadi akawa mfalme baada yake. Mji wake uliitwa Pau, na mkewe aliitwa Mehetabeli binti Matredi, binti Me-Zahabu.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="GEN.36.40" />Hawa ndio wakuu waliotokana na Esau, kwa majina, kufuatana na koo zao na nchi zao:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Timna, Alva, Yethethi,
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="GEN.36.41" />Oholibama, Ela, Pinoni,
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="GEN.36.42" />Kenazi, Temani, Mibsari,
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="GEN.36.43" />Magdieli na Iramu. Hawa ndio walikuwa wakuu wa Edomu, kufuatana na makazi yao katika nchi waliyoimiliki.
</p>
<p style="p">Huyu ndiye alikuwa Esau, baba wa Waedomu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="37" />
<s style="s1">Ndoto Za Yosefu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.37.1" />Yakobo akaishi Kanaani katika nchi ambayo baba yake alikuwa ameishi.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="GEN.37.2" />Zifuatazo ni habari za Yakobo.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p">Yosefu, kijana wa miaka kumi na saba, alikuwa akichunga makundi ya kondoo na mbuzi pamoja na ndugu zake wa mama wengine, yaani wana wa Bilha na wana wa Zilpa wake za baba yake, naye akawa akimletea baba yake taarifa mbaya kuhusu hao ndugu zake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="GEN.37.3" />Basi, Israeli akampenda Yosefu kuliko yeyote miongoni mwa kaka zake, kwani ni mwanawe wa uzeeni, akamshonea joho lililorembwa vizuri sana.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.37.4" />Ndugu zake walipoona kwamba baba yao anampenda Yosefu kuliko yeyote mwingine miongoni mwao, walimchukia na hawakusema naye neno lolote jema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="GEN.37.5" />Yosefu akaota ndoto, naye alipowaeleza ndugu zake, wakamchukia zaidi.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="GEN.37.6" />Akawaambia, “Sikilizeni ndoto niliyoota:
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.37.7" />Tulikuwa tukifunga miganda ya nafaka shambani, ghafula mganda wangu ukasimama wima, wakati miganda yenu ikiuzunguka na kuuinamia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="GEN.37.8" />Ndugu zake wakamwambia, “Wewe unakusudia kututawala? Hivi kweli wewe utatutawala sisi?” Wakaongeza kumchukia zaidi kwa sababu ya ndoto yake pamoja na yale aliyowaambia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="GEN.37.9" />Kisha akaota ndoto nyingine, akawaambia ndugu zake akisema, “Sikilizeni, nimeota ndoto nyingine, wakati huu jua, mwezi na nyota kumi na moja zilikuwa zinanisujudia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="GEN.37.10" />Alipomwambia baba yake pamoja na ndugu zake, baba yake akamkemea akisema, “Ni ndoto gani hii uliyoota? Hivi kweli mama yako na mimi na ndugu zako tutakuja kukusujudia wewe hadi nchi?”
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.37.11" />Ndugu zake wakamwonea wivu, lakini baba yake akaliweka jambo hilo moyoni.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yosefu Auzwa Na Ndugu Zake
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="GEN.37.12" />Basi, ndugu zake walikuwa wamekwenda kuchunga makundi ya baba yao karibu na Shekemu,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GEN.37.13" />naye Israeli akamwambia Yosefu, “Kama ujuavyo, ndugu zako wanachunga makundi huko karibu na Shekemu. Njoo, nitakutuma kwao.”
</p>
<p style="p">Yosefu akajibu, “Vema sana, niko tayari.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="GEN.37.14" />Kwa hiyo akamwambia, “Nenda uone kama mambo yote ni salama kwa ndugu zako na makundi, kisha uniletee habari.” Ndipo akamtuma Yosefu kutoka Bonde la Hebroni.
</p>
<p style="p">Yosefu alipofika Shekemu,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GEN.37.15" />mtu mmoja akamkuta akizungukazunguka mashambani na akamuuliza, “Unatafuta nini?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="GEN.37.16" />Akajibu, “Ninawatafuta ndugu zangu. Unaweza kuniambia wanachunga wapi makundi yao?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="GEN.37.17" />Yule mtu akajibu, “Wamehama hapa. Nilisikia wakisema, ‘Twende Dothani.’ ”
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa hiyo Yosefu akawafuatilia ndugu zake na kuwakuta karibu na Dothani.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GEN.37.18" />Ndugu zake walipomwona akiwa mbali, kabla hajawafikia, wakapanga shauri baya la kumuua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="GEN.37.19" />Wakaambiana, “Yule mwota ndoto anakuja!
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.37.20" />Njooni sasa, tumuue na kumtupa katika shimo mojawapo na tuseme kwamba mnyama mkali amemrarua. Kisha tutaona matokeo ya ndoto zake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="GEN.37.21" />Reubeni aliposikia jambo hili, akajaribu kumwokoa kutoka mikononi mwao akasema, “Tusiutoe uhai wake.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="GEN.37.22" />Tusimwage damu yoyote. Mtupeni katika shimo lililoko hapa jangwani, lakini msimguse.” Reubeni alisema hivyo ili amwokoe kutoka mikononi mwao, kisha amrudishe nyumbani kwa baba yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="GEN.37.23" />Kwa hiyo Yosefu alipowafikia ndugu zake, walimvua lile joho lake, lile joho lililorembwa vizuri alilokuwa amevaa.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="GEN.37.24" />Kisha wakamchukua wakamtupa katika shimo. Wakati huo shimo lilikuwa tupu, halikuwa na maji ndani yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="GEN.37.25" />Walipokaa ili wale chakula chao, wakainua macho wakaona msafara wa Waishmaeli ukija kutoka Gileadi. Ngamia wao walikuwa wamepakizwa mizigo ya vikolezo, uvumba na manemane, nao walikuwa njiani kuvipeleka Misri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="GEN.37.26" />Yuda akawaambia ndugu zake, “Tutafaidi nini ikiwa tutamuua ndugu yetu na kuificha damu yake?
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="GEN.37.27" />Njooni, tumuuze kwa hawa Waishmaeli. Tusimguse, kwa kuwa hata hivyo yeye ni ndugu yetu, nyama yetu na damu yetu wenyewe.” Ndugu zake wakakubali.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="GEN.37.28" />Kwa hiyo wale wafanyabiashara Wamidiani walipofika pale, ndugu zake wakamtoa Yosefu kutoka kwenye lile shimo, na kumuuza kwa shekeli ishirini<f caller="+"><fr>37:28
</fr><ft>Shekeli 20 ni sawa na gramu 200.</ft></f> za fedha kwa wale Waishmaeli, ambao walimpeleka Misri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="GEN.37.29" />Reubeni aliporudi kutazama kwenye lile shimo na kuona kwamba Yosefu hayupo, alirarua nguo zake.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="GEN.37.30" />Akawarudia ndugu zake na kusema, “Kijana hayuko mle! Nielekee wapi sasa?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="GEN.37.31" />Kisha wakalichukua lile joho la Yosefu, wakachinja mbuzi na kulichovya katika damu.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="GEN.37.32" />Wakalichukua lile joho lililorembwa vizuri na kulipeleka kwa baba yao na kusema, “Tumeliokota hili joho. Uchunguze uone kama ni la mwanao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="GEN.37.33" />Baba yao akalitambua akasema, “Hili ni joho la mwanangu! Mnyama mkali amemrarua. Hakika Yosefu ameraruliwa vipande vipande.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="GEN.37.34" />Kisha Yakobo akararua nguo zake, akavaa nguo ya gunia na kumwombolezea mwanawe kwa siku nyingi.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="GEN.37.35" />Wanawe wote na binti zake wakaja kumfariji, lakini hakukubali kufarijiwa. Akasema, “Hapana, nitamwombolezea mwanangu mpaka nimfikie kaburini.” Kwa hiyo baba yake akaendelea kumlilia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="GEN.37.36" />Wakati ule ule, Wamidiani wakamuuza Yosefu huko Misri kwa Potifa, mmojawapo wa maafisa wa Farao, aliyekuwa mkuu wa ulinzi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="38" />
<s style="s1">Yuda Na Tamari
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.38.1" />Wakati ule, Yuda akawaacha ndugu zake, akaenda kuishi na Hira Mwadulami.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.38.2" />Huko Yuda akakutana na binti wa Kikanaani aitwaye Shua, akamwoa na akakutana naye kimwili,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GEN.38.3" />akapata mimba, akamzaa mwana, ambaye alimwita Eri.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.38.4" />Akapata mimba tena, akamzaa mwana na kumwita Onani.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.38.5" />Akamzaa mwana mwingine tena, akamwita Shela. Huyu alimzalia mahali paitwapo Kezibu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.38.6" />Yuda akampatia Eri, mzaliwa wake wa kwanza, mke aitwaye Tamari.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.38.7" />Lakini Eri, mzaliwa wa kwanza wa Yuda, alikuwa mwovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa hiyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamuua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="GEN.38.8" />Kisha Yuda akamwambia Onani, “Kutana kimwili na mke wa ndugu yako, na utimize wajibu wako kwake kama mke wa ndugu yako, ili umpatie ndugu yako uzao.”
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GEN.38.9" />Lakini Onani alijua kwamba uzao haungekuwa wake, kwa hiyo kila alipokutana kimwili na mke wa ndugu yake, alimwaga chini mbegu za kiume ili asimpatie ndugu yake uzao.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GEN.38.10" />Alichofanya kilikuwa kiovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, hivyo, pia
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamuua Onani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="GEN.38.11" />Kisha Yuda akamwambia Tamari mkwewe, “Ishi kama mjane nyumbani mwa baba yako mpaka mwanangu Shela atakapokua.” Kwa maana alifikiri, “Angeweza kufa pia kama ndugu zake.” Kwa hiyo Tamari alikwenda kuishi nyumbani kwa baba yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="GEN.38.12" />Baada ya muda mrefu mke wa Yuda binti wa Shua akafariki. Baada ya msiba, Yuda alikwenda Timna, kwa watu waliokuwa wakikata kondoo wake manyoya, naye alifuatana na rafiki yake Hira Mwadulami.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="GEN.38.13" />Tamari alipoambiwa, “Baba mkwe wako yuko njiani kwenda Timna kukata kondoo wake manyoya,”
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GEN.38.14" />alivua mavazi yake ya ujane, akajifunika kwa shela ili asifahamike, akaketi kwenye mlango wa Enaimu, ambao upo njiani kuelekea Timna. Akafanya hivyo kwa sababu aliona kwamba, ingawa Shela amekua, lakini alikuwa hajakabidhiwa kwake kuwa mkewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="GEN.38.15" />Yuda alipomwona alifikiri ni kahaba, kwa sababu alikuwa amefunika uso wake.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GEN.38.16" />Pasipo kutambua kwamba alikuwa mkwe wake, akamwendea kando ya njia na kumwambia, “Njoo sasa, nikutane na wewe kimwili.”
</p>
<p style="p">Yule mkwewe akamuuliza, “Utanipa nini nikikutana nawe kimwili?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="GEN.38.17" />Akamwambia, “Nitakutumia mwana-mbuzi kutoka kundi langu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Akamuuliza, “Utanipa kitu chochote kama amana mpaka utakapompeleka?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="GEN.38.18" />Akamuuliza, “Nikupe amana gani?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akamjibu, “Pete yako na kamba yake pamoja na fimbo iliyo mkononi mwako.” Kwa hiyo akampa vitu hivyo kisha akakutana naye kimwili, naye akapata mimba yake.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="GEN.38.19" />Tamari akaondoka, akavua shela yake akavaa tena nguo zake za ujane.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="GEN.38.20" />Wakati ule ule, Yuda akamtuma rafiki yake Mwadulami apeleke yule mwana-mbuzi ili arudishiwe amana yake kutoka kwa yule mwanamke, lakini yule rafiki yake hakumkuta yule mwanamke.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GEN.38.21" />Akawauliza watu wanaoishi mahali pale, “Yuko wapi yule kahaba wa mahali pa kuabudia miungu aliyekuwa kando ya barabara hapa Enaimu?”
</p>
<p style="p">Wakamjibu, “Hajawahi kuwepo mwanamke yeyote kahaba wa mahali pa kuabudia miungu hapa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="GEN.38.22" />Kwa hiyo akamrudia Yuda na kumwambia, “Sikumpata. Zaidi ya hayo, watu wanaoishi mahali pale walisema ‘Hapakuwahi kuwepo mwanamke yeyote kahaba wa mahali pa kuabudia miungu hapa.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="GEN.38.23" />Kisha Yuda akasema, “Mwache avichukue vitu hivyo, ama sivyo tutakuwa kichekesho. Hata hivyo, nilimpelekea mwana-mbuzi, lakini hukumkuta.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="GEN.38.24" />Baada ya miezi mitatu Yuda akaambiwa, “Tamari mkweo ana hatia ya kuwa kahaba, na matokeo yake ana mimba.”
</p>
<p style="p">Yuda akasema, “Mtoeni nje na achomwe moto hadi afe!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="GEN.38.25" />Alipokuwa akitolewa nje, akatuma ujumbe kwa baba mkwe wake kusema, “Nina mimba ya mtu mwenye vitu hivi.” Akaongeza kusema, “Angalia kama utatambua kwamba pete hii na kamba yake pamoja na fimbo hii ni vya nani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="GEN.38.26" />Yuda akavitambua na kusema, “Yeye ana haki kuliko mimi, kwa kuwa sikumkabidhi kwa mwanangu Shela ili awe mkewe.” Tangu hapo hakukutana naye kimwili tena.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="GEN.38.27" />Wakati ulipofika wa kujifungua, kukawa na wana mapacha tumboni mwake.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="GEN.38.28" />Alipokuwa akijifungua, mmoja akatoa mkono wake nje, kwa hiyo mkunga akachukua uzi mwekundu na kuufunga mkononi mwa yule mtoto, akasema, “Huyu ametoka kwanza.”
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="GEN.38.29" />Lakini alipourudisha mkono wake ndugu yake akaanza kutoka, naye akasema, “Hivi ndivyo ulivyotoka kwa nguvu!” Akaitwa Peresi.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="GEN.38.30" />Kisha ndugu yake, aliyekuwa na uzi mwekundu mkononi, akatoka, naye akaitwa Zera.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="39" />
<s style="s1">Yosefu Na Mke Wa Potifa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.39.1" />Wakati huu Yosefu alikuwa amechukuliwa mpaka Misri. Mmisri aliyeitwa Potifa aliyekuwa mmojawapo wa maafisa wa Farao, mkuu wa ulinzi, akamnunua Yosefu kutoka kwa Waishmaeli waliomleta Misri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="GEN.39.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa pamoja na Yosefu, naye akastawi, Yosefu akaishi nyumbani kwa bwana wake Mmisri.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GEN.39.3" />Potifa alipoona kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa pamoja na Yosefu na kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> alimfanikisha kwa kila kitu alichokifanya,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.39.4" />Yosefu alipata kibali machoni pa Potifa, akamfanya mhudumu wake. Potifa akamweka kuwa msimamizi wa nyumba yake, naye akamkabidhi kuwa mwangalizi wa kila kitu alichokuwa nacho.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.39.5" />Kuanzia wakati huo Potifa alipomweka Yosefu kuwa msimamizi wa nyumba na mali zake zote alizokuwa nazo,
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliibariki nyumba ya Mmisri huyo kwa sababu ya Yosefu. Baraka ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ilikuwa juu ya kila kitu alichokuwa nacho Potifa, nyumbani na shambani.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="GEN.39.6" />Kwa hiyo Potifa akamwachia Yosefu uangalizi wa kila kitu alichokuwa nacho, Yosefu alipokuwa katika uongozi, Potifa hakuwa na sababu ya kujishughulisha na kitu chochote isipokuwa chakula alichokula.
</p>
<p style="p">Yosefu alikuwa mwenye umbo zuri na sura ya kuvutia;
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.39.7" />baada ya kitambo mke wa Potifa akamtamani Yosefu, akamwambia, “Njoo, ukutane nami kimwili!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="GEN.39.8" />Lakini Yosefu akakataa. Akamwambia yule mwanamke, “Mimi nikiwa katika uongozi, bwana wangu hahusiki na kitu chochote katika nyumba hii, kila kitu alicho nacho amenikabidhi.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GEN.39.9" />Hapa nyumbani hakuna aliye mkuu kuliko mimi. Bwana wangu hakunizuilia kitu chochote isipokuwa wewe, kwa kuwa wewe ni mke wake. Nitawezaje basi kufanya uovu huu na kutenda dhambi dhidi ya Mungu?”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GEN.39.10" />Ingawa yule mwanamke aliendelea kumshawishi Yosefu siku baada ya siku, Yosefu alikataa kukutana naye kimwili wala kukaa karibu naye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="GEN.39.11" />Siku moja Yosefu akaingia ndani ya nyumba kufanya kazi zake, wala hapakuwepo na mfanyakazi yeyote ndani ya nyumba.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GEN.39.12" />Mke wa Potifa akashika vazi Yosefu alilokuwa amevaa, akamwambia, “Njoo tukutane kimwili!” Lakini Yosefu akaacha vazi lake mkononi mwa huyo mwanamke, akatoka nje ya nyumba akikimbia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="GEN.39.13" />Yule mwanamke alipoona kwamba Yosefu amemwachia vazi lake mkononi na kukimbilia nje ya nyumba,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GEN.39.14" />akawaita watumishi wake wa nyumbani, akawaambia, “Tazameni! Huyu Mwebrania ameletwa hapa kutudhihaki! Aliingia hapa ndani ili akutane nami kimwili, lakini nikapiga kelele.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GEN.39.15" />Aliposikia kelele za kuomba msaada, akaacha vazi lake kando yangu akakimbilia nje.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="GEN.39.16" />Yule mwanamke akaliweka lile vazi karibu naye mpaka Potifa aliporudi nyumbani.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="GEN.39.17" />Ndipo akamweleza kisa hiki, akisema: “Yule mtumwa wa Kiebrania uliyetuletea alinijia ili kunidhihaki.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GEN.39.18" />Lakini mara nilipopiga kelele kuomba msaada, akaliacha vazi lake kando yangu akakimbia nje ya nyumba.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="GEN.39.19" />Potifa aliposikia kisa hiki mkewe alichomweleza, akisema, “Hivi ndivyo mtumwa wako alivyonitenda.” Hasira ya Potifa ikawaka.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.39.20" />Potifa akamchukua Yosefu na kumweka gerezani, mahali ambapo wahalifu wa mfalme walikuwa wamefungwa.
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini wakati Yosefu alipokuwa huko gerezani,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GEN.39.21" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa pamoja naye, akamhurumia na kumpa kibali mbele ya msimamizi wa gereza.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="GEN.39.22" />Kwa hiyo msimamizi wa gereza akamweka Yosefu awe mkuu wa wafungwa pamoja na kusimamia yote ambayo yalitendeka mle gerezani.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="GEN.39.23" />Msimamizi wa gereza hakujishughulisha tena na kitu chochote kilichokuwa chini ya uangalizi wa Yosefu, kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa pamoja na Yosefu akimfanikisha kwa kila alichofanya.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="40" />
<s style="s1">Mnyweshaji Na Mwokaji
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.40.1" />Baada ya muda, mnyweshaji na mwokaji wa mfalme wa Misri, wakamkosea bwana wao, mfalme wa Misri.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.40.2" />Farao akawakasirikia hawa maafisa wake wawili, mnyweshaji mkuu na mwokaji mkuu,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GEN.40.3" />akawaweka chini ya ulinzi katika nyumba ya mkuu wa kikosi cha ulinzi katika gereza lile lile alimofungwa Yosefu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.40.4" />Mkuu wa kikosi cha ulinzi akawakabidhi kwa Yosefu, naye akawahudumia.
</p>
<p style="p">Walipokuwa wamekaa chini ya ulinzi kwa muda,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.40.5" />kila mmoja wa hao wawili waliokuwa wamewekwa gerezani, yaani mnyweshaji na mwokaji wa mfalme wa Misri, waliota ndoto usiku mmoja, na kila ndoto ilikuwa na maana yake tofauti.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.40.6" />Yosefu alipowajia asubuhi yake, akawaona kwamba walikuwa na huzuni.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.40.7" />Ndipo Yosefu akawauliza maafisa hao wa Farao waliokuwa chini ya ulinzi pamoja naye nyumbani mwa bwana wake, akasema, “Mbona nyuso zenu zimejaa huzuni leo?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="GEN.40.8" />Wakamjibu, “Sisi sote tuliota ndoto, lakini hapakuwa na mtu yeyote wa kuzifasiri.”
</p>
<p style="p">Ndipo Yosefu akawaambia, “Je, kufasiri ndoto si kazi ya Mungu? Niambieni ndoto zenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="GEN.40.9" />Basi mkuu wa wanyweshaji akamweleza Yosefu ndoto yake. Akamwambia, “Katika ndoto yangu niliona mzabibu mbele yangu,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GEN.40.10" />nao mzabibu ulikuwa na matawi matatu. Mara tu ulipoanza kuchipua, maua yalichanua na vishada vyake vikawa zabibu zilizoiva.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.40.11" />Kikombe cha Farao kilikuwa mkononi mwangu, nikazitwaa zabibu, nikazikamua katika kikombe cha Farao, na nikaweka kikombe mkononi mwake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="GEN.40.12" />Yosefu akamwambia, “Hii ndiyo maana yake: Matawi matatu ni siku tatu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GEN.40.13" />Katika siku hizi tatu, Farao atakutoa gerezani na kukuweka tena kwenye nafasi yako, nawe utaweka kikombe cha Farao mikononi mwake, kama vile ulivyokuwa unafanya ulipokuwa mnyweshaji wake.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GEN.40.14" />Lakini wakati mambo yatakapokuwia mazuri, unikumbuke, unifanyie wema, useme mema juu yangu kwa Farao ili niondoke huku gerezani.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GEN.40.15" />Kwa maana nilichukuliwa kwa nguvu kutoka nchi ya Waebrania, na hata hapa nilipo sikufanya lolote linalostahili niwekwe gerezani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="GEN.40.16" />Yule mwokaji mkuu alipoona kuwa Yosefu amefasiri ikiwa na maana nzuri, akamwambia Yosefu, “Mimi pia niliota ndoto: Kichwani mwangu kulikuwepo vikapu vitatu vya mikate.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="GEN.40.17" />Katika kikapu cha juu kulikuwa na aina zote za vyakula vilivyookwa kwa ajili ya Farao, lakini ndege walikuwa wakivila kutoka kwenye kikapu nilichokuwa nimebeba kichwani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="GEN.40.18" />Yosefu akamwambia, “Hii ndiyo maana yake: Vikapu vitatu ni siku tatu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="GEN.40.19" />Katika siku hizi tatu, Farao atakata kichwa chako na kukutundika juu ya mti. Nao ndege watakula nyama ya mwili wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="GEN.40.20" />Mnamo siku ya tatu, ilikuwa kumbukumbu ya kuzaliwa kwa Farao, naye akawaandalia maafisa wake wote karamu. Akawatoa gerezani mnyweshaji mkuu na mwokaji mkuu, akawaweka mbele ya maafisa wake:
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GEN.40.21" />Ndipo akamrudisha mnyweshaji mkuu kwenye nafasi yake, ili aweke kikombe mikononi mwa Farao tena,
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="GEN.40.22" />lakini akamwangika yule mwokaji mkuu, sawasawa na jinsi Yosefu alivyowaambia katika tafsiri yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="GEN.40.23" />Pamoja na hayo, mnyweshaji mkuu hakumkumbuka Yosefu, bali alimsahau.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="41" />
<s style="s1">Ndoto Za Farao
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.41.1" />Baada ya miaka miwili kamili kupita, Farao aliota ndoto: Tazama alikuwa amesimama kando ya Mto Naili,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.41.2" />wakati ngʼombe saba, wazuri na wanono, walitokea mtoni wakajilisha kwenye matete.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GEN.41.3" />Baada yao ngʼombe wengine saba, wabaya na waliokonda, wakatokea mtoni Naili wakasimama kando ya wale wanono ukingoni mwa mto.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.41.4" />Wale ngʼombe wabaya na waliokonda wakawala wale saba wazuri na wanono. Kisha Farao akaamka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="GEN.41.5" />Farao akaingia usingizini tena akaota ndoto ya pili: Akaona masuke saba ya nafaka, yenye afya na mazuri, yanakua katika bua moja.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="GEN.41.6" />Baadaye, masuke mengine saba yakachipua, yakiwa membamba yaliyonyaushwa na upepo wa mashariki.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.41.7" />Masuke yale membamba yakameza yale masuke saba yenye afya na yaliyojaa. Basi Farao akaamka kutoka usingizini, kumbe ilikuwa ndoto.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="GEN.41.8" />Asubuhi yake, alifadhaika akilini, hivyo akawaita waaguzi wote pamoja na watu wenye busara wa Misri. Walipokuja, Farao akawaeleza ndoto zake, lakini hakuna hata mmoja aliyeweza kumfasiria.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="GEN.41.9" />Ndipo mnyweshaji mkuu alipomwambia Farao, “Leo nimekumbushwa kuhusu kosa langu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GEN.41.10" />Wakati fulani Farao aliwakasirikia watumishi wake, akanifunga mimi na mwokaji mkuu katika nyumba ya mkuu wa ulinzi.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.41.11" />Kila mmoja wetu aliota ndoto katika usiku mmoja na kila ndoto ilikuwa na maana yake tofauti.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GEN.41.12" />Basi kijana wa Kiebrania aliyekuwa pamoja nasi huko, alikuwa mtumishi wa mkuu wa kikosi cha ulinzi. Tulimweleza ndoto zetu, naye akatufasiria, akitupa kila mtu tafsiri ya ndoto yake.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GEN.41.13" />Nayo mambo yakawa sawa kabisa na jinsi alivyotufasiria ndoto zetu: Mimi nilirudishwa kazini mwangu na huyo mtu mwingine akaangikwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="GEN.41.14" />Basi, Farao akatuma Yosefu aitwe, naye akatolewa kifungoni haraka. Baada ya kunyoa na kubadilisha nguo zake akaenda mbele ya Farao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="GEN.41.15" />Farao akamwambia Yosefu, “Nimeota ndoto, wala hakuna mtu hata mmoja anayeweza kuifasiri. Lakini nimesikia ikisemwa kwa habari yako kwamba unapoelezwa ndoto waweza kuifasiri.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="GEN.41.16" />Yosefu akamjibu Farao, “Siwezi kuifasiri, lakini Mungu atampa Farao jibu analolihitaji.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="GEN.41.17" />Kisha Farao akamwambia Yosefu, “Katika ndoto yangu nilikuwa nimesimama ukingoni mwa Mto Naili,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GEN.41.18" />nikawaona ngʼombe saba, wazuri na wanono, wakijitokeza kutoka mtoni wakaja kujilisha kwenye matete.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="GEN.41.19" />Baada ya hao, ngʼombe wengine saba wadhaifu wakatokea, wabaya sana na waliokonda. Kamwe sikuwahi kuona ngʼombe wabaya jinsi hiyo katika nchi yote ya Misri.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.41.20" />Hao ngʼombe waliokonda na wabaya sana wakawala wale ngʼombe saba walionona waliojitokeza kwanza.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GEN.41.21" />Lakini hata baada ya kuwala, hakuna mtu ambaye angeweza kusema kwamba wamekula, bado walionekana wabaya kama mwanzoni. Kisha nikaamka kutoka usingizini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="GEN.41.22" />“Pia katika ndoto zangu niliona masuke saba ya nafaka, yamejaa na mazuri, yanakua katika bua moja.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="GEN.41.23" />Baada ya hayo masuke mengine saba yakachipua, yaliyonyauka, membamba na yamekaushwa na upepo wa mashariki.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="GEN.41.24" />Yale masuke membamba ya nafaka yakayameza yale masuke saba mazuri yaliyojaa nafaka. Nimewaeleza waaguzi, wala hakuna yeyote aliyeweza kunifasiria.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="GEN.41.25" />Ndipo Yosefu akamwambia Farao, “Ndoto za Farao ni ndoto iyo hiyo moja. Mungu amemfunulia Farao jambo analokusudia kufanya karibuni.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="GEN.41.26" />Ngʼombe saba wazuri ni miaka saba, nayo masuke saba mazuri yaliyojaa nafaka ni miaka saba, ni ndoto iyo hiyo moja.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="GEN.41.27" />Ngʼombe saba waliokonda na wabaya wale waliojitokeza baadaye ni miaka saba, vivyo hivyo masuke saba ya ngano yaliyodhoofika na kukaushwa na upepo wa mashariki, ni miaka saba ya njaa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="GEN.41.28" />“Ni kama vile nilivyomwambia Farao: Mungu amemwonyesha Farao jambo analokusudia kufanya karibuni.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="GEN.41.29" />Miaka saba ya neema inakuja katika nchi yote ya Misri,
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="GEN.41.30" />lakini itafuata miaka saba ya njaa. Ndipo neema yote ya Misri itasahaulika na njaa itaikumba nchi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="GEN.41.31" />“Neema iliyokuwa katika nchi haitakumbukwa, kwa sababu njaa itakayofuata itakuwa kali mno.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="GEN.41.32" />Sababu ya ndoto kumjia Farao kwa namna mbili ni kwamba jambo hilo Mungu ameshaamua kwa hakika, naye Mungu atalifanya karibuni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="GEN.41.33" />“Basi sasa Farao na atafute mtu mwenye akili na hekima ili amweke kuwa msimamizi wa nchi ya Misri.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="GEN.41.34" />Farao na aweke wenye amri nchini kote wakusanye sehemu ya tano ya mavuno ya Misri katika miaka hii saba ya neema.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="GEN.41.35" />Wakusanye chakula chote katika miaka hii saba ya neema inayokuja na kuhifadhi nafaka chini ya mamlaka ya Farao, iwe akiba ya chakula katika miji.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="GEN.41.36" />Chakula hiki kitakuwa akiba ya tahadhari kwa ajili ya nchi, ili kitumike katika ile miaka saba ya njaa itakayokuja Misri, ili nchi isiharibiwe na njaa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="GEN.41.37" />Mpango huu ulionekana mzuri kwa Farao na kwa maafisa wake wote.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="GEN.41.38" />Hivyo Farao akawauliza, “Je tunaweza kumpata yeyote kama mtu huyu, ambaye Roho wa Mungu yumo ndani yake?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="GEN.41.39" />Ndipo Farao akamwambia Yosefu, “Maadamu Mungu amekufunulia yote haya, hakuna mwingine yeyote mwenye akili na hekima kama wewe.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="GEN.41.40" />Wewe utakuwa msimamizi wa jumba langu la kifalme, na watu wangu wote watatii amri zako. Ni kuhusu kiti cha ufalme tu nitakuwa mkuu kuliko wewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yosefu Msimamizi Wa Misri
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="GEN.41.41" />Kwa hiyo Farao akamwambia Yosefu, “Sasa nakuweka uwe msimamizi wa nchi yote ya Misri.”
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="GEN.41.42" />Ndipo Farao akaivua pete yake ya muhuri kutoka kidoleni mwake na kuivalisha katika kidole cha Yosefu. Akamvika majoho mazuri ya kitani safi na mkufu wa dhahabu shingoni mwake.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="GEN.41.43" />Akampandisha katika gari lake la farasi kama msaidizi wake, watu wakatangulia wakishangilia, wakisema, “Fungueni njia!” Ndivyo Farao alivyomweka Yosefu kuwa msimamizi wa nchi yote ya Misri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="44" bcv="GEN.41.44" />Kisha Farao akamwambia Yosefu, “Mimi ni Farao, lakini pasipo neno lako, hakuna mtu mwenye ruhusa kuinua mkono au mguu katika nchi yote ya Misri.”
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="GEN.41.45" />Farao akamwita Yosefu Safenath-Panea, pia akampa Asenathi binti Potifera, kuhani wa mji wa Oni,<f caller="+"><fr>41:45
</fr><ft>Yaani Heliopoli (Mji wa Jua).</ft></f> kuwa mke wake. Ndipo Yosefu akaitembelea nchi yote ya Misri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="46" bcv="GEN.41.46" />Yosefu alikuwa na miaka thelathini alipoingia katika utumishi wa Farao mfalme wa Misri. Naye Yosefu akatoka mbele ya Farao akasafiri katika nchi yote ya Misri.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="GEN.41.47" />Katika ile miaka saba ya neema nchi ilizaa mazao kwa wingi sana.
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="GEN.41.48" />Yosefu akakusanya chakula chote kilichozalishwa katika ile miaka saba ya neema nchini Misri, akakihifadhi katika ghala za miji. Katika kila mji kulihifadhiwa chakula kilichozalishwa katika mashamba yaliyouzunguka mji huo.
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="GEN.41.49" />Yosefu alihifadhi nafaka nyingi, mfano wa mchanga wa bahari, ilikuwa nyingi mno kiasi kwamba walishindwa kuweka kumbukumbu kwa sababu akiba ilizidi sana kupita kipimo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="50" bcv="GEN.41.50" />Kabla ya miaka ya njaa kuanza, Asenathi binti Potifera, kuhani wa mji wa Oni, alikuwa amemzalia Yosefu wana wawili wa kiume.
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="GEN.41.51" />Yosefu akamwita mzaliwa wake wa kwanza Manase, akisema, “Ni kwa sababu Mungu amenifanya nisahau taabu zangu zote pamoja na jamaa yote ya nyumba ya baba yangu.”
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="GEN.41.52" />Mwana wa pili akamwita Efraimu, akisema, “Ni kwa sababu Mungu amenistawisha katika nchi ya mateso yangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="53" bcv="GEN.41.53" />Ile miaka saba ya neema huko Misri ikaisha,
<ve />
<v id="54" bcv="GEN.41.54" />nayo miaka ile saba ya njaa ikaanza, sawasawa na alivyosema Yosefu. Kulikuwa na njaa katika nchi nyingine zote, bali katika nchi yote ya Misri kulikuwa na chakula.
<ve />
<v id="55" bcv="GEN.41.55" />Wakati nchi yote ya Misri ilipopatwa na njaa, watu wakamlilia Farao ili awape chakula. Ndipo Farao alipowaagiza Wamisri wote, akisema, “Nendeni kwa Yosefu, nanyi mfanye anachowaambia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="56" bcv="GEN.41.56" />Wakati njaa ilipokuwa imeenea katika nchi yote, Yosefu akafungua ghala za vyakula na kuwauzia Wamisri nafaka, kwa sababu njaa ilikuwa kali mno katika nchi yote ya Misri.
<ve />
<v id="57" bcv="GEN.41.57" />Pia nchi nyingine zote zilikuja Misri kununua nafaka kutoka kwa Yosefu, kwa sababu njaa ilikuwa kali mno duniani kote.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="42" />
<s style="s1">Ndugu Za Yosefu Waenda Misri
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.42.1" />Wakati Yakobo alipofahamu kuwa kuna nafaka huko Misri, akawaambia wanawe, “Mbona mnakaa tu hapa mnatazamana?”
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.42.2" />Akaendelea kuwaambia, “Nimesikia kuwa huko Misri kuna nafaka. Telemkeni huko mkanunue chakula kwa ajili yetu, ili tuweze kuishi wala tusife.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="GEN.42.3" />Ndipo wale ndugu kumi wa Yosefu, wakateremka huko Misri kununua nafaka.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.42.4" />Lakini Yakobo hakumtuma Benyamini, ndugu yake Yosefu, pamoja na wengine, kwa sababu aliogopa asije akapatwa na madhara.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.42.5" />Hivyo wana wa Israeli walikuwa miongoni mwa wale waliokwenda Misri kununua nafaka, kwani njaa ilikuwa katika nchi ya Kanaani pia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.42.6" />Wakati huo Yosefu alikuwa mtawala wa nchi ya Misri, naye alikuwa ndiye aliwauzia watu wote nafaka. Kwa hiyo wakati ndugu zake Yosefu walipofika, wakamsujudia hadi nyuso zao zikagusa ardhi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.42.7" />Mara Yosefu alipowaona ndugu zake, akawatambua, lakini akajifanya mgeni na kuzungumza nao kwa ukali, akiwauliza, “Ninyi mnatoka wapi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Wakamjibu, “Tumetoka katika nchi ya Kanaani kuja kununua chakula.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="GEN.42.8" />Ingawa Yosefu aliwatambua ndugu zake, wao hawakumtambua.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GEN.42.9" />Ndipo Yosefu alipokumbuka ndoto zake kuwahusu wao, akawaambia, “Ninyi ni wapelelezi! Mmekuja kuangalia mahali ambapo nchi yetu haina ulinzi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="GEN.42.10" />Wakamjibu, “Sivyo bwana wangu. Watumishi wako wamekuja kununua chakula.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.42.11" />Sisi sote ni wana wa baba mmoja. Watumishi wako ni watu waaminifu, wala sio wapelelezi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="GEN.42.12" />Akawaambia, “La hasha! Mmekuja kuangalia mahali ambapo nchi yetu haina ulinzi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="GEN.42.13" />Lakini wakamjibu, “Watumishi wako walikuwa kumi na wawili, wana wa mtu mmoja ambaye anaishi katika nchi ya Kanaani. Sasa mdogo wetu wa mwisho yupo na baba yetu na mwingine alikufa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="GEN.42.14" />Yosefu akawaambia, “Ni sawa kabisa kama nilivyowaambia: Ninyi ni wapelelezi!
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GEN.42.15" />Na hivi ndivyo mtakavyojaribiwa: Hakika kama Farao aishivyo, hamtaondoka mahali hapa mpaka ndugu yenu mdogo aje hapa.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GEN.42.16" />Tumeni mmoja wenu akamlete huyo ndugu yenu, wengine mtawekwa gerezani, ili maneno yenu yajaribiwe kuona kama mnasema kweli. La sivyo, hakika kama Farao aishivyo ninyi ni wapelelezi!”
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="GEN.42.17" />Akawaweka wote chini ya ulinzi kwa siku tatu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="GEN.42.18" />Siku ya tatu Yosefu akawaambia, “Fanyeni hili nanyi mtaishi, kwa maana namwogopa Mungu:
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="GEN.42.19" />Ikiwa ninyi ni watu waaminifu, mmoja wa ndugu zenu na abaki kifungoni, nanyi wengine pelekeni nafaka kwa jamaa yenu wanaoteseka kwa njaa.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.42.20" />Lakini ni lazima mniletee ndugu yenu mdogo hapa, ili maneno yenu yathibitike na kwamba msife.” Wakakubali kufanya hivyo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="GEN.42.21" />Wakaambiana wao kwa wao, “Hakika tunaadhibiwa kwa sababu ya ndugu yetu. Tuliona jinsi alivyohuzunika alipokuwa anatusihi kuponya maisha yake, lakini hatukumsikiliza, hiyo ndiyo sababu dhiki hii imetupata.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="GEN.42.22" />Reubeni akawajibu, “Sikuwaambieni msitende dhambi dhidi ya kijana? Lakini hamkunisikiliza! Sasa ni lazima tuadhibiwe kwa ajili ya damu yake.”
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="GEN.42.23" />Hawakujua kuwa Yosefu angewaelewa, kwa sababu alitumia mkalimani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="GEN.42.24" />Yosefu akajitenga nao akaanza kulia, kisha akawarudia na kuzungumza nao tena. Akataka Simeoni akamatwe na kufungwa mbele yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="GEN.42.25" />Yosefu akatoa amri ya kujaza magunia yao nafaka na kuweka fedha ya kila mmoja ndani ya gunia lake, kisha wapewe mahitaji ya njiani. Baada ya kufanyiwa hayo yote,
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="GEN.42.26" />wakapakiza nafaka juu ya punda zao, wakaondoka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="GEN.42.27" />Walipofika mahali pa kulala huko njiani mmoja wao akafungua gunia lake ili amlishe punda wake, akakuta fedha yake kwenye mdomo wa gunia lake.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="GEN.42.28" />Akawaambia ndugu zake, “Fedha yangu imerudishwa. Iko ndani ya gunia langu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Mioyo yao ikazimia, na kila mmoja akamgeukia mwenzake wakitetemeka, wakaulizana, “Ni nini hiki Mungu alichotufanyia?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="GEN.42.29" />Walipofika kwa Yakobo baba yao katika nchi ya Kanaani, wakamweleza mambo yote yaliyowapata. Wakasema,
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="GEN.42.30" />“Huyo mtu ambaye ndiye bwana katika nchi hiyo alisema nasi kwa ukali, akatutendea kana kwamba sisi tulikuwa tunaipeleleza nchi.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="GEN.42.31" />Lakini tulimwambia, ‘Sisi ni watu waaminifu, sio wapelelezi.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="GEN.42.32" />Tulizaliwa ndugu kumi na wawili, wana wa baba mmoja. Mmoja alikufa, na mdogo wetu wa mwisho yupo na baba yetu huko Kanaani.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="GEN.42.33" />“Ndipo huyo mtu aliye bwana katika nchi hiyo alipotuambia, ‘Hivi ndivyo nitafahamu kuwa ninyi ni watu waaminifu: Mwacheni mmoja wa ndugu zenu pamoja nami hapa, kisha nendeni mpeleke chakula kwa ajili ya jamaa yenu inayoteseka kwa njaa.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="GEN.42.34" />Lakini mleteni huyo ndugu yenu mdogo kwangu, ndipo nitajua kuwa ninyi sio wapelelezi, ila ni watu waaminifu. Kisha nitamrudisha ndugu yenu, nanyi mtaweza kufanya biashara katika nchi hii.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="GEN.42.35" />Walipokuwa wanamimina nafaka kutoka kwenye magunia yao, ndani ya gunia la kila mtu kulikuwa na mfuko wa fedha! Wakati wao na baba yao walipoona mifuko ya fedha, wakaogopa.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="GEN.42.36" />Yakobo baba yao akawaambia, “Ninyi mmenipokonya watoto wangu. Yosefu hayupo na Simeoni hayupo tena na sasa mnataka kumchukua Benyamini. Kila kitu ni kinyume nami!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="GEN.42.37" />Ndipo Reubeni akamwambia baba yake, “Waweza kuwaua wanangu wote wawili, ikiwa sitamrudisha Benyamini kwako. Mkabidhi Benyamini katika uangalizi wangu, nami nitamrudisha.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="GEN.42.38" />Lakini Yakobo akasema, “Mwanangu hatashuka huko pamoja nanyi; ndugu yake amekufa naye ndiye peke yake aliyebaki. Ikiwa atapatwa na madhara katika safari mnayoiendea, mtashusha kichwa changu chenye mvi kaburini kwa masikitiko.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="43" />
<s style="s1">Safari Ya Pili Ya Kwenda Misri
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.43.1" />Wakati huu njaa ilikuwa bado ni kali mno katika nchi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.43.2" />Hivyo wakati walikuwa wamemaliza kula nafaka yote waliyoileta kutoka Misri, Yakobo baba yao akawaambia, “Rudini Misri mkatununulie chakula kingine zaidi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="GEN.43.3" />Lakini Yuda akamwambia, “Mtu yule alituonya kwa msisitizo, ‘Hamtauona uso wangu tena mpaka mje na ndugu yenu.’
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.43.4" />Kama utakubali ndugu yetu aende pamoja nasi, tutakwenda kuwanunulia chakula.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.43.5" />Lakini ikiwa hutamruhusu aende, hatutakwenda, kwa sababu mtu yule alituambia, ‘Hamtauona uso wangu tena mpaka mje pamoja na ndugu yenu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.43.6" />Israeli akauliza, “Kwa nini mkaniletea taabu hii kwa kumwambia yule mtu mlikuwa na ndugu mwingine?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="GEN.43.7" />Wakamjibu, “Yule mtu alituhoji kwa undani sana habari zetu na za jamaa yetu. Alituuliza, ‘Je, baba yenu bado yungali hai? Je mnaye ndugu mwingine?’ Sisi tulimjibu maswali yake tu. Tungewezaje kujua kwamba angesema, ‘Mleteni mdogo wenu hapa’?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="GEN.43.8" />Ndipo Yuda akamwambia baba yake Israeli, “Mtume kijana pamoja nami, nasi tutaondoka mara, ili sisi na wewe pamoja na watoto wetu tuweze kuishi, wala tusife.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GEN.43.9" />Mimi mwenyewe nitakuhakikishia usalama wake, mimi mwenyewe nitawajibika kumrudisha. Ikiwa sitamrudisha kwako na kumweka mbele yako, nitakuwa mwenye lawama mbele yako maisha yangu yote.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GEN.43.10" />Hakika, kama hatukuchelewa kuondoka, tungekuwa tumekwenda na kurudi mara mbili.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="GEN.43.11" />Basi baba yao Israeli akawaambia, “Kama ni lazima iwe hivyo, basi fanyeni hivi: Wekeni baadhi ya mazao bora ya nchi katika mifuko yenu na mpelekeeni yule mtu kama zawadi, zeri kidogo, asali kidogo, vikolezo, manemane, kungu na lozi.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GEN.43.12" />Chukueni fedha mara mbili, kwa kuwa mtazirudisha zile fedha zilizowekwa midomoni mwa magunia yenu. Labda ziliwekwa kwa makosa.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GEN.43.13" />Mchukueni ndugu yenu pia mrudi kwa huyo mtu mara moja.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GEN.43.14" />Naye Mungu Mwenyezi<f caller="+"><fr>43:14
</fr><ft>Mungu Mwenyezi hapa ni jina la Kiebrania, El-Shaddai (yaani Mungu Mwenye utoshelevu wote).</ft></f> awajalieni rehema mbele ya huyo mtu ili apate kumwachia yule ndugu yenu na Benyamini mweze kurudi pamoja. Kwangu mimi kama nikufiwa nimefiwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="GEN.43.15" />Basi hao watu wakazichukua zile zawadi na zile fedha mara mbili pamoja na Benyamini. Wakafanya haraka kwenda Misri na walipofika wakajionyesha kwa Yosefu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GEN.43.16" />Yosefu alipomwona Benyamini pamoja nao, akamwambia msimamizi wa nyumba yake, “Wachukue watu hawa nyumbani kwangu, mchinje mnyama na kuandalia chakula kwa kuwa watakula chakula cha mchana pamoja nami.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="GEN.43.17" />Yule Msimamizi akafanya kama Yosefu alivyomwambia na akawachukua wale watu nyumbani kwa Yosefu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GEN.43.18" />Basi watu hao wakaogopa walipopelekwa nyumbani kwa Yosefu. Wakafikiri, “Tumeletwa hapa kwa ajili ya zile fedha zilizorudishwa katika magunia yetu mara ile ya kwanza. Anataka kutushambulia na kutushinda, atuchukue sisi kama watumwa, na atwae hawa punda zetu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="GEN.43.19" />Hivyo wakamwendea msimamizi wa nyumba wa Yosefu na kuzungumza naye kwenye ingilio la nyumbani.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.43.20" />Wakasema, “Tafadhali bwana, tulikuja hapa mara ya kwanza kununua chakula.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GEN.43.21" />Lakini mahali pale tulipotua wakati wa jioni tulifungua magunia yetu, na kila mmoja wetu akakuta fedha zake, kwenye mdomo wa gunia lake kiasi kile kile tulicholeta. Kwa hiyo tumezirudisha.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="GEN.43.22" />Pia tumeleta fedha nyingine kwa ajili ya kununulia chakula. Hatujui ni nani aliziweka fedha hizo katika magunia yetu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="GEN.43.23" />Akawaambia, “Vema, msiogope. Mungu wenu, Mungu wa baba yenu, amewapa ninyi hazina katika magunia yenu; mimi nilipokea fedha yenu.” Ndipo akawaletea Simeoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="GEN.43.24" />Msimamizi akawapeleka wale watu katika nyumba ya Yosefu, akawapa maji ya kunawa miguu na kuwapa punda wao majani.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="GEN.43.25" />Wakaandaa zawadi zao ili wampe Yosefu wakati atakapofika adhuhuri, kwa kuwa walikuwa wamesikia kwamba watakula chakula huko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="GEN.43.26" />Yosefu alipokuja nyumbani, walimkabidhi zile zawadi walizokuwa nazo, ambazo walikuwa wamezileta mle nyumbani, nao wakamsujudia hadi nchi.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="GEN.43.27" />Akawauliza kuhusu hali yao, kisha akawaambia, “Yule baba yenu mzee mliyeniambia habari zake, yu hali gani? Je, bado yu hai?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="GEN.43.28" />Wakamjibu, “Mtumishi wako baba yetu bado anaishi na ni mzima.” Kisha wakainama chini kumpa heshima.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="GEN.43.29" />Alipotazama na kumwona Benyamini ndugu yake, mwana wa mama yake hasa, akauliza, “Je, huyu ndiye ndugu yenu wa mwisho, ambaye mlinieleza habari zake?” Ndipo akasema, “Mungu na akufadhili, mwanangu.”
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="GEN.43.30" />Akiwa ameguswa sana kwa kumwona ndugu yake, Yosefu akatoka nje kwa haraka na kutafuta mahali pa kulilia. Akaingia kwenye chumba chake cha pekee na kulilia humo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="GEN.43.31" />Baada ya kunawa uso wake, akatoka nje na huku akijizuia akasema, “Pakueni chakula.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="GEN.43.32" />Wakampakulia Yosefu peke yake, ndugu zake peke yao na Wamisri waliokula pamoja naye peke yao, kwa sababu Wamisri wasingeweza kula pamoja na Waebrania, kwa maana ilikuwa ni chukizo kwa Wamisri.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="GEN.43.33" />Watu hao walikuwa wameketi mbele yake kwa mfuatano wa umri wao, kuanzia mzaliwa wa kwanza hadi mzaliwa wa mwisho, wakatazamana wao kwa wao kwa mshangao.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="GEN.43.34" />Wakati walipelekewa sehemu ya chakula kutoka mezani mwa Yosefu, sehemu ya Benyamini ilikuwa mara tano zaidi ya sehemu ya wale wengine. Kwa hiyo wakanywa na kufurahi pamoja naye.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="44" />
<s style="s1">Kikombe Cha Fedha Ndani Ya Gunia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.44.1" />Kisha Yosefu akampa yule msimamizi wa nyumbani mwake maagizo haya: “Jaza magunia ya watu hawa kiasi cha chakula ambacho wanaweza kuchukua, na uweke fedha ya kila mtu kwenye mdomo wa gunia lake.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.44.2" />Kisha weka kikombe changu kile cha fedha kwenye mdomo wa gunia la yule mdogo wa wote pamoja na fedha zake ambazo angenunulia nafaka yake.” Naye akafanya kama Yosefu alivyosema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="GEN.44.3" />Kulipopambazuka, hao watu wakaruhusiwa kuondoka pamoja na punda zao.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.44.4" />Kabla hawajafika mbali kutoka mjini, Yosefu akamwambia mtumishi wake, “Wafuatilie wale watu mara moja, utakapowakuta, waambie, ‘Kwa nini mmelipiza wema kwa ubaya?
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.44.5" />Je, kikombe hiki sicho anachonywea bwana wangu na pia hukitumia kwa kutabiri mambo yajayo? Hili ni jambo ovu mlilolitenda.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.44.6" />Alipowafikia, akarudia maneno haya kwao.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.44.7" />Lakini wakamwambia mtumishi, “Kwa nini bwana wangu anasema maneno kama haya? Liwe mbali na watumishi wako wasije wakafanya jambo kama hilo!
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="GEN.44.8" />Hata hivyo tulikurudishia zile fedha kutoka nchi ya Kanaani ambazo tulizikuta kwenye midomo ya magunia yetu. Hivyo kwa nini tuibe fedha au dhahabu kutoka nyumbani kwa bwana wako?
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GEN.44.9" />Ikiwa yeyote miongoni mwa watumishi wako atapatikana nacho, auawe, na sisi wengine tutakuwa watumwa wa bwana wangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="GEN.44.10" />Akajibu, “Vema sana; na iwe kama msemavyo. Yeyote atakayekutwa nacho atakuwa mtumwa wangu, lakini ninyi wengine mtakuwa hamna lawama.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="GEN.44.11" />Kila mmoja wao akafanya haraka kushusha gunia lake chini na kulifungua.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GEN.44.12" />Ndipo msimamizi akaendelea kutafuta, akianzia kwa mkubwa wa wote na akaishia kwa mdogo wa wote. Basi kikombe kikapatikana katika gunia la Benyamini.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GEN.44.13" />Kwa jambo hili, wakararua nguo zao. Ndipo wote wakapakiza mizigo yao juu ya punda zao na kurudi mjini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="GEN.44.14" />Yosefu alikuwa bado yuko nyumbani mwake wakati Yuda na kaka zake walipoingia, wote wakajitupa chini mbele yake.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GEN.44.15" />Yosefu akawaambia, “Ni jambo gani hili mlilolifanya? Hamjui kuwa mtu kama mimi anaweza kufahamu mambo kwa njia ya kutabiri?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="GEN.44.16" />Yuda akajibu, “Tutaweza kusema nini kwa bwana wangu? Tutaweza kuzungumza nini? Tutawezaje kuthibitisha kwamba hatuna hatia? Mungu amefunua hatia ya watumishi wako. Sasa sisi tu watumwa wa bwana wangu, sisi wenyewe pamoja na yule aliyepatikana na kikombe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="GEN.44.17" />Lakini Yosefu alisema, “Liwe mbali nami kufanya jambo kama hili! Mtu yule tu aliyekutwa na kikombe ndiye atakayekuwa mtumwa wangu. Ninyi wengine, rudini kwa baba yenu kwa amani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="GEN.44.18" />Ndipo Yuda akamwendea na kumwambia: “Tafadhali bwana wangu, mruhusu mtumishi wako aseme neno kwa bwana wangu. Usimkasirikie mtumishi wako, ingawa wewe ni sawa na Farao mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="GEN.44.19" />Bwana wangu aliwauliza watumishi wake, ‘Mnaye baba au ndugu?’
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.44.20" />Nasi tukakujibu, ‘Tunaye baba yetu ambaye ni mzee; pia yupo mwanawe mdogo aliyezaliwa katika uzee wake. Ndugu yake amekufa, na huyu mdogo ndiye mwana pekee kwa mama yake aliyebaki, naye baba yake anampenda.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="GEN.44.21" />“Ndipo ulipowaambia watumishi wako, ‘Mleteni kwangu ili niweze kumwona kwa macho yangu mwenyewe.’
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="GEN.44.22" />Nasi tukamwambia bwana wangu, ‘Kijana hawezi kumwacha baba yake; akimwacha, baba yake atakufa.’
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="GEN.44.23" />Lakini ukawaambia watumishi wako, ‘Ndugu yenu mdogo asiposhuka pamoja nanyi, hamtauona uso wangu tena.’
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="GEN.44.24" />Tuliporudi nyumbani kwa mtumwa wako baba yangu, tulimwambia lile bwana wangu alilokuwa amesema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="GEN.44.25" />“Ndipo baba yetu aliposema, ‘Rudini Misri mkanunue chakula kingine.’
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="GEN.44.26" />Lakini tukamwambia, ‘Hatuwezi kushuka Misri mpaka ndugu yetu mdogo awe pamoja nasi ndipo tutakapokwenda. Hatutaweza kuuona uso wa yule mtu mpaka ndugu yetu mdogo awe pamoja nasi.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="GEN.44.27" />“Mtumwa wako baba yangu alituambia, ‘Mnajua mke wangu alinizalia wana wawili.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="GEN.44.28" />Mmojawapo alipotea, nami nikasema, “Hakika ameraruliwa vipande vipande.” Nami sijamwona tangu wakati huo.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="GEN.44.29" />Ikiwa mtaniondolea huyu tena na akapatwa na madhara, mtashusha kichwa changu chenye mvi kaburini nikiwa mwenye huzuni.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="GEN.44.30" />“Hivyo sasa, kama kijana hatakuwa pamoja nasi nitakaporudi kwa mtumishi wako baba yangu, na kama baba yangu, ambaye maisha yake yamefungamanishwa na uhai wa kijana huyu,
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="GEN.44.31" />akiona kijana hayupo nasi, atakufa. Watumishi wako watashusha kichwa chenye mvi cha baba yetu kaburini kwa huzuni.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="GEN.44.32" />Mtumwa wako alimhakikishia baba yangu usalama wa kijana. Nikamwambia, ‘Kama sikumrudisha kwako nitakuwa mwenye lawama mbele yako, baba yangu, maisha yangu yote!’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="GEN.44.33" />“Sasa basi, tafadhali mruhusu mtumishi abaki hapa kama mtumwa wa bwana wangu badala ya kijana, naye kijana umruhusu arudi na ndugu zake.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="GEN.44.34" />Ninawezaje kurudi kwa baba yangu kama kijana hatakuwa pamoja nami? La hasha! Usiniache nikaone huzuni ile itakayompata baba yangu.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="45" />
<s style="s1">Yosefu Anajitambulisha
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.45.1" />Hapo Yosefu hakuweza kujizuia zaidi mbele ya wote waliokuwa wamesimama karibu naye, akapaza sauti, akasema, “Mwondoeni kila mtu mbele yangu!” Kwa hiyo hapakuwepo mtu yeyote pamoja na Yosefu alipojitambulisha kwa ndugu zake.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.45.2" />Naye akalia kwa sauti kubwa kiasi kwamba Wamisri walimsikia, hata watu wa nyumbani mwa Farao wakapata hizo habari.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="GEN.45.3" />Yosefu akawaambia ndugu zake, “Mimi ni Yosefu! Je, baba yangu angali hai bado?” Lakini ndugu zake hawakuweza kumjibu, kwa sababu walipatwa na hofu kuu mbele yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="GEN.45.4" />Ndipo Yosefu akawaambia ndugu zake, “Sogeeni karibu nami.” Waliposogea, akasema, “Mimi ni ndugu yenu Yosefu, yule ambaye mlimuuza Misri!
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.45.5" />Sasa, msihuzunike wala msijichukie wenyewe kwa kuniuza huku, kwa sababu ilikuwa ni ili kuokoa maisha ya watu ndiyo sababu Mungu alinituma niwatangulie ninyi.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="GEN.45.6" />Kwa miaka miwili sasa imekuwepo njaa katika nchi, pia kwa miaka mitano ijayo hapatakuwepo kulima wala kuvuna.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.45.7" />Lakini Mungu alinitanguliza mbele yenu ili kuhifadhi mabaki kwa ajili yenu katika nchi, na kuokoa maisha yenu kwa wokovu mkuu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="GEN.45.8" />“Kwa hiyo basi, si ninyi mlionileta huku, bali ni Mungu. Alinifanya kuwa baba kwa Farao, bwana wa watu wa nyumbani mwake wote, na mtawala wa Misri yote.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GEN.45.9" />Sasa rudini haraka kwa baba yangu na mwambieni, ‘Hili ndilo mwanao Yosefu asemalo: Mungu amenifanya mimi kuwa bwana wa Misri yote. Shuka uje kwangu, wala usikawie.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GEN.45.10" />Nawe utaishi katika nchi ya Gosheni na kuwa karibu nami, wewe, watoto wako na wajukuu wako, makundi yako ya kondoo, mbuzi na ngʼombe, pamoja na vyote ulivyo navyo.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.45.11" />Nitawatunza huko, kwa sababu bado iko miaka mingine mitano inayokuja ya njaa. La sivyo, wewe na nyumba yako na wote ulio nao mtakuwa fukara.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="GEN.45.12" />“Mnaweza kujionea wenyewe, hata ndugu yangu Benyamini, kwamba hakika ni mimi ninayezungumza nanyi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GEN.45.13" />Mwambieni baba yangu juu ya heshima yote niliyopewa huku Misri, na kuhusu kila kitu mlichokiona. Mleteni baba yangu huku haraka.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="GEN.45.14" />Ndipo akamkumbatia Benyamini ndugu yake na kulia, naye Benyamini akamkumbatia akilia.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GEN.45.15" />Pia akawabusu ndugu zake wote, huku akilia. Baada ya hayo ndugu zake wakazungumza naye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="GEN.45.16" />Habari zilipofika kwenye jumba la Farao kwamba ndugu zake Yosefu wamefika, Farao na maafisa wake wote wakafurahi.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="GEN.45.17" />Farao akamwambia Yosefu, “Waambie ndugu zako, ‘Fanyeni hivi: Pakieni wanyama wenu mrudi mpaka nchi ya Kanaani,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GEN.45.18" />mkamlete baba yenu na jamaa zenu kwangu. Nitawapa sehemu nzuri sana ya nchi ya Misri nanyi mtafurahia unono wa nchi.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="GEN.45.19" />“Mnaagizwa pia kuwaambia, ‘Fanyeni hivi: Chukueni magari ya kukokotwa kutoka Misri, kwa ajili ya watoto wenu na wake zenu, mkamchukue baba yenu mje.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.45.20" />Msijali kamwe kuhusu mali zenu, kwa sababu mema yote ya Misri yatakuwa yenu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="GEN.45.21" />Hivyo wana wa Israeli wakafanya hivyo. Yosefu akawapa magari ya kukokotwa, kama Farao alivyoagiza, pia akawapa mahitaji kwa ajili ya safari yao.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="GEN.45.22" />Kila mmoja mavazi mapya, lakini Benyamini akampa shekeli 300<f caller="+"><fr>45:22
</fr><ft>Shekeli 300 za fedha ni sawa na kilo 3.4.</ft></f> za fedha, na jozi tano za nguo.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="GEN.45.23" />Hivi ndivyo vitu alivyotuma kwa baba yake: punda kumi waliochukua vitu vizuri vya Misri, punda wake kumi waliobeba nafaka, mikate na mahitaji mengine ya safari.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="GEN.45.24" />Akaagana na ndugu zake walipokuwa wakiondoka, akawaambia, “Msigombane njiani!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="GEN.45.25" />Basi wakatoka Misri na kufika kwa baba yao Yakobo katika nchi ya Kanaani.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="GEN.45.26" />Wakamwambia baba yao, “Yosefu angali hai! Ukweli ni kwamba yeye ndiye mtawala wa Misri yote.” Yakobo akapigwa na bumbuazi; hakuwasadiki.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="GEN.45.27" />Lakini walipokwisha kumweleza kila kitu ambacho Yosefu alikuwa amewaambia, na alipoona magari ya kukokotwa Yosefu aliyokuwa amempelekea ya kumchukua aende Misri, roho ya baba yao Yakobo ikahuishwa.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="GEN.45.28" />Ndipo Israeli akasema, “Nimesadiki! Mwanangu Yosefu bado yu hai. Nitakwenda nikamwone kabla sijafa.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="46" />
<s style="s1">Yakobo Aenda Misri
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.46.1" />Hivyo Israeli akaondoka na vyote vilivyokuwa mali yake, naye alipofika Beer-Sheba, akamtolea dhabihu Mungu wa Isaki baba yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="GEN.46.2" />Mungu akanena na Israeli katika maono usiku na kusema, “Yakobo! Yakobo!”
</p>
<p style="p">Akajibu, “Mimi hapa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="GEN.46.3" />Mungu akamwambia, “Mimi ndimi Mungu wa baba yako, usiogope kushuka Misri, kwa maana huko nitakufanya taifa kubwa.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.46.4" />Nitashuka Misri pamoja nawe, nami hakika nitakurudisha tena Kanaani. Mikono ya Yosefu mwenyewe ndiyo itakayofunga macho yako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="GEN.46.5" />Ndipo Yakobo akaondoka Beer-Sheba nao wana wa Israeli wakamchukua baba yao Yakobo na watoto wao na wake zao katika magari ya kukokotwa yale Farao aliyokuwa amempelekea kumsafirisha.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="GEN.46.6" />Wakachukua pia mifugo yao na mali walizokuwa wamezipata Kanaani, Yakobo na uzao wake wote wakashuka Misri.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.46.7" />Akawachukua wanawe na binti zake, wajukuu wake wa kiume na wa kike, yaani uzao wake wote mpaka Misri.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="GEN.46.8" />Haya ndiyo majina ya wana wa Israeli (Yakobo na wazao wake), waliokwenda Misri:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Reubeni mzaliwa wa kwanza wa Yakobo.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="9" bcv="GEN.46.9" />Wana wa Reubeni ni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Hanoki, Palu, Hesroni na Karmi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="10" bcv="GEN.46.10" />Wana wa Simeoni ni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yemueli, Yamini, Ohadi, Yakini, Sohari na Shauli mwana wa mwanamke Mkanaani.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="11" bcv="GEN.46.11" />Wana wa Lawi ni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Gershoni, Kohathi na Merari.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="12" bcv="GEN.46.12" />Wana wa Yuda ni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Eri, Onani, Shela, Peresi na Zera (lakini Eri na Onani walifariki katika nchi ya Kanaani).
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Wana wa Peresi ni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="3" style="li3">Hesroni na Hamuli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="13" bcv="GEN.46.13" />Wana wa Isakari ni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Tola, Puva, Yashubu na Shimroni.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="14" bcv="GEN.46.14" />Wana wa Zabuloni ni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Seredi, Eloni na Yaleeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="GEN.46.15" />Hawa ndio wana wa Lea aliomzalia Yakobo huko Padan-Aramu pamoja na binti yake Dina. Jumla ya wanawe na binti zake walikuwa thelathini na watatu.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="16" bcv="GEN.46.16" />Wana wa Gadi ni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Sefoni, Hagi, Shuni, Esboni, Eri, Arodi na Areli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="17" bcv="GEN.46.17" />Wana wa Asheri ni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Imna, Ishva, Ishvi na Beria.
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Dada yao alikuwa Sera.
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Wana wa Beria ni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Heberi na Malkieli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="GEN.46.18" />Hawa ndio watoto Zilpa aliomzalia Yakobo, ambao Labani alimpa binti yake Lea; jumla yao walikuwa kumi na sita.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="19" bcv="GEN.46.19" />Wana wa Raheli mke wa Yakobo ni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yosefu na Benyamini.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.46.20" />Huko Misri, Asenathi binti wa Potifera, aliyekuwa kuhani wa mji wa Oni,<f caller="+"><fr>46:20
</fr><ft>Yaani Heliopoli (Mji wa Jua).</ft></f> alimzalia Yosefu wana wawili, Manase na Efraimu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="21" bcv="GEN.46.21" />Wana wa Benyamini ni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Bela, Bekeri, Ashbeli, Gera, Naamani, Ehi, Roshi, Mupimu, Hupimu na Ardi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="GEN.46.22" />Hawa ndio wana wa Raheli aliomzalia Yakobo; jumla yao ni kumi na wanne.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="23" bcv="GEN.46.23" />Mwana wa Dani ni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Hushimu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="24" bcv="GEN.46.24" />Wana wa Naftali ni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yaseeli, Guni, Yeseri na Shilemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="GEN.46.25" />Hawa walikuwa wana wa Bilha aliomzalia Yakobo, ambaye Labani alikuwa amempa Raheli binti yake; jumla yao walikuwa saba.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="GEN.46.26" />Wote waliokwenda Misri pamoja na Yakobo, waliokuwa wazao wake hasa pasipo kuhesabu wakwe zake, walikuwa watu sitini na sita.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="GEN.46.27" />Pamoja na wana wawili waliozaliwa na Yosefu huko Misri, jumla yote ya jamaa ya Yakobo, waliokwenda Misri, walikuwa sabini.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="GEN.46.28" />Basi Yakobo akamtanguliza Yuda aende kwa Yosefu ili amwelekeze njia ya Gosheni. Walipofika nchi ya Gosheni,
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="GEN.46.29" />gari kubwa zuri la Yosefu liliandaliwa, naye akaenda Gosheni kumlaki baba yake Israeli. Mara Yosefu alipofika mbele yake, alimkumbatia baba yake, akalia kwa muda mrefu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="GEN.46.30" />Israeli akamwambia Yosefu, “Sasa niko tayari kufa, kwa kuwa nimejionea mwenyewe kwamba bado uko hai.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="GEN.46.31" />Ndipo Yosefu akawaambia ndugu zake na watu wa nyumbani mwa baba yake, “Nitapanda kwa Farao na kumwambia, ‘Ndugu zangu na watu wa nyumbani mwa baba yangu, waliokuwa wakiishi katika nchi ya Kanaani, wamekuja kwangu.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="GEN.46.32" />Watu hao ni wachunga mifugo, huchunga mifugo, wamekuja na makundi ya kondoo, mbuzi na ngʼombe pamoja na kila kitu walicho nacho.’
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="GEN.46.33" />Farao atakapowaita na kuwaulizeni, ‘Kazi yenu ni nini?’
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="GEN.46.34" />Mjibuni, ‘Watumwa wako wamekuwa wachunga mifugo tangu ujana wetu mpaka sasa, kama baba zetu walivyofanya.’ Ndipo mtakaporuhusiwa kukaa katika nchi ya Gosheni, kwa kuwa wachunga mifugo wote ni chukizo kwa Wamisri.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="47" />
<s style="s1">Yakobo Ambariki Farao
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.47.1" />Yosefu akaenda na kumwambia Farao, “Baba yangu na ndugu zangu wamekuja kutoka nchi ya Kanaani wakiwa na makundi yao ya kondoo, mbuzi na ngʼombe, pamoja na kila kitu walicho nacho, nao sasa wapo huko Gosheni.”
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.47.2" />Akachagua ndugu zake watano na kuwaonyesha kwa Farao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="GEN.47.3" />Farao akawauliza hao ndugu zake, “Kazi yenu ni nini?”
</p>
<p style="p">Wakamjibu, “Watumishi wako ni wachunga mifugo, kama vile baba zetu walivyokuwa.”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.47.4" />Pia wakamwambia Farao, “Tumekuja kukaa huku kwa muda mfupi, kwa sababu njaa ni kali huko Kanaani, na mifugo ya watumishi wako haina malisho. Kwa hiyo sasa, tafadhali uruhusu watumishi wako wakae huko Gosheni.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="GEN.47.5" />Farao akamwambia Yosefu, “Baba yako na ndugu zako wamekuja kwako,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="GEN.47.6" />nayo nchi ya Misri ipo mbele yako, uwakalishe baba yako na ndugu zako katika sehemu iliyo bora kupita zote katika nchi. Na waishi Gosheni. Kama unamfahamu yeyote miongoni mwao mwenye uwezo maalum, waweke wawe wasimamizi wa mifugo yangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="GEN.47.7" />Ndipo Yosefu akamleta Yakobo baba yake na kumtambulisha mbele ya Farao. Baada ya Yakobo kumbariki Farao,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="GEN.47.8" />Farao akamuuliza, “Je una umri gani?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="GEN.47.9" />Naye Yakobo akamwambia Farao, “Siku za miaka ya kusafiri kwangu ni miaka 130. Miaka yangu imekuwa michache na ya taabu, wala haikufikia miaka ya kusafiri ya baba zangu.”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GEN.47.10" />Kisha Yakobo akambariki Farao, naye akaondoka mbele ya uso wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="GEN.47.11" />Ndipo Yosefu akawakalisha baba yake na ndugu zake katika nchi ya Misri na kuwapa milki katika sehemu bora sana ya nchi, wilaya ya Ramesesi, kama Farao alivyoelekeza.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GEN.47.12" />Pia Yosefu akampa baba yake, na ndugu zake na wote wa nyumbani mwa baba yake vyakula, kwa kulingana na hesabu ya watoto wao.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Uongozi Wa Yosefu Wakati Wa Njaa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="GEN.47.13" />Hata hivyo, hapakuwepo chakula katika sehemu yote kwa kuwa njaa ilikuwa kali sana; Misri na Kanaani zote zikaharibiwa kwa sababu ya njaa.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GEN.47.14" />Yosefu akakusanya fedha zote zilizopatikana kutoka mauzo ya nafaka huko Misri na Kanaani, akazileta kwenye jumba la kifalme la Farao.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GEN.47.15" />Fedha za watu wa Misri na Kanaani zilipokwisha, Wamisri wote wakamjia Yosefu na kumwambia, “Tupatie chakula. Kwa nini tufe mbele ya macho yako? Fedha zetu zimekwisha.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="GEN.47.16" />Yosefu akawaambia, “Basi leteni mifugo yenu, nitawauzia chakula kwa kubadilisha na mifugo yenu, kwa kuwa fedha zenu zimekwisha.”
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="GEN.47.17" />Kwa hiyo wakaleta mifugo yao kwa Yosefu, naye akawapa chakula kwa kubadilishana na farasi zao, kondoo na mbuzi zao, ngʼombe na punda zao. Katika mwaka huo wote Yosefu akawapa chakula kwa kubadilishana na mifugo yao yote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="GEN.47.18" />Mwaka ule ulipokwisha, wakamjia mwaka uliofuata na kumwambia, “Hatuwezi kuficha ukweli mbele za bwana wetu kwamba, kwa kuwa fedha zetu zimekwisha na wanyama wetu ni mali yako, sasa hakuna chochote kilichosalia kwa ajili ya bwana wetu isipokuwa miili yetu na ardhi yetu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="GEN.47.19" />Kwa nini tuangamie mbele ya macho yako, sisi pamoja na nchi yetu? Utununue sisi pamoja na ardhi yetu ili kubadilishana kwa chakula. Nasi pamoja na nchi yetu tutakuwa watumwa wa Farao. Tupe sisi mbegu ili tuweze kuishi wala tusife, nchi yetu isije ikawa ukiwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="GEN.47.20" />Kwa hiyo Yosefu akamnunulia Farao nchi yote ya Misri. Wamisri, mmoja baada ya mwingine, waliuza mashamba yao, kwa sababu njaa ilikuwa kali sana kwao. Nchi ikawa mali ya Farao,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GEN.47.21" />naye Yosefu akawafanya watu watumike kama watumwa, kuanzia upande mmoja wa Misri hadi upande mwingine.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="GEN.47.22" />Hata hivyo, hakununua nchi ya makuhani, kwa sababu walikuwa wanapata mgawo wao wa kawaida kutoka kwa Farao, nao walikuwa na chakula cha kuwatosha kutokana na mgawo waliopewa na Farao. Hii ndiyo sababu hawakuuza ardhi yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="GEN.47.23" />Yosefu akawaambia watu, “Kwa vile nimewanunua ninyi pamoja na nchi yenu leo kuwa mali ya Farao, hapa kuna mbegu kwa ajili yenu ili mweze kuziotesha.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="GEN.47.24" />Lakini wakati mazao yatakapokuwa tayari, mpeni Farao sehemu ya tano. Sehemu hizo nne zitakazobaki mtaziweka kama mbegu kwa ajili ya mashamba na kwa ajili ya chakula chenu wenyewe na cha watu wa nyumbani mwenu na watoto wenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="GEN.47.25" />Wakamwambia, “Umeokoa maisha yetu. Basi na tupate kibali mbele ya macho ya bwana wetu; tutakuwa watumwa wa Farao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="GEN.47.26" />Basi Yosefu akaiweka iwe sheria kuhusu nchi ya Misri, ambayo inatumika mpaka leo, kwamba, sehemu ya tano ya mazao ni mali ya Farao. Ni nchi ya makuhani tu ambayo haikuwa ya Farao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="GEN.47.27" />Basi Waisraeli wakaishi Misri katika nchi ya Gosheni. Wakapata mali huko wakastawi na kuongezeka kwa wingi sana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="GEN.47.28" />Yakobo akaishi Misri miaka kumi na saba, nayo miaka ya maisha yake ilikuwa 147.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="GEN.47.29" />Wakati ulipokaribia wa Israeli kufa, akamwita mwanawe Yosefu na kumwambia, “Kama nimepata kibali machoni pake, weka mkono wako chini ya paja langu na uniahidi kuwa utanifanyia fadhili na uaminifu. Usinizike Misri,
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="GEN.47.30" />lakini nitakapopumzika na baba zangu, unichukue kutoka Misri, ukanizike walipozikwa.”
</p>
<p style="p">Yosefu akamwambia, “Nitafanya kama unavyosema.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="GEN.47.31" />Akamwambia, “Niapie.” Ndipo Yosefu akamwapia, naye Israeli akaabudu, akiwa ameegemea juu ya kichwa cha fimbo yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="48" />
<s style="s1">Manase Na Efraimu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.48.1" />Baada ya muda Yosefu akaambiwa kwamba, “Baba yako ni mgonjwa.” Kwa hiyo akawachukua wanawe wawili Manase na Efraimu, pamoja naye.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.48.2" />Yakobo alipoambiwa, “Mwanao Yosefu amekujia kukuona,” Israeli akakusanya nguvu zake, akaketi kitandani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="GEN.48.3" />Yakobo akamwambia Yosefu, “Mungu Mwenyezi<f caller="+"><fr>48:3
</fr><ft>Mungu Mwenyezi hapa ni jina la Kiebrania, El-Shaddai (yaani Mungu Mwenye utoshelevu wote).</ft></f> alinitokea huko Luzu katika nchi ya Kanaani, huko akanibariki,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GEN.48.4" />naye akaniambia, ‘Nitakufanya ustawi na kuongezeka hesabu yako, nitakufanya kuwa jamii ya mataifa, nami nitakupa nchi hii uimiliki milele wewe na wazao wako baada yako.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="GEN.48.5" />“Sasa basi, wanao wawili waliozaliwa kwako huku Misri kabla sijaja hapa kwako watahesabiwa kuwa ni wangu; Efraimu na Manase watakuwa wangu, kama vile Reubeni na Simeoni walivyo wangu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="GEN.48.6" />Lakini watoto utakaowazaa baada yao watakuwa wako. Katika nchi watakayoirithi, watatambuliwa kwa jina la ndugu zao.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GEN.48.7" />Nilipokuwa ninarudi kutoka Padani, katika huzuni yangu Raheli alifariki katika nchi ya Kanaani tulipokuwa tungali tukisafiri, tukiwa karibu kufika Efrathi. Kwa hiyo nilimzika huko, kando ya njia iendayo Efrathi” (yaani Bethlehemu).
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="GEN.48.8" />Wakati Israeli alipowaona wana wa Yosefu, akauliza, “Hawa ni nani?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="GEN.48.9" />Yosefu akamjibu baba yake, “Hawa ni wana ambao Mungu amenipa nikiwa huku.”
</p>
<p style="p">Ndipo Israeli akasema, “Walete kwangu ili niwabariki.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="GEN.48.10" />Basi macho ya Israeli yalikuwa hayaoni vizuri kwa sababu ya uzee, naye aliona kwa shida. Kwa hiyo Yosefu akawaleta wanawe karibu na baba yake, Israeli akawabusu na akawakumbatia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="GEN.48.11" />Israeli akamwambia Yosefu, “Kamwe sikutazamia kuuona uso wako tena, lakini sasa Mungu ameniruhusu kuwaona watoto wako pia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="GEN.48.12" />Ndipo Yosefu akawaondoa wanawe magotini mwa Israeli naye akasujudu hadi nchi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GEN.48.13" />Yosefu akachukua wale wana wawili, Efraimu kwenye mkono wake wa kuume akimwelekeza kwenye mkono wa kushoto wa Israeli, na Manase katika mkono wake wa kushoto akimwelekeza kwenye mkono wa kuume wa Israeli, akawaleta karibu na babu yao.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GEN.48.14" />Lakini Israeli akaupeleka mkono wake wa kuume, akauweka juu ya kichwa cha Efraimu, ingawa alikuwa ndiye mdogo, na mkono wake wa kushoto akaukatisha, akauweka juu ya kichwa cha Manase, ingawa Manase alikuwa ndiye mzaliwa wa kwanza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="GEN.48.15" />Ndipo akambariki Yosefu akisema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Mungu ambaye baba zangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Abrahamu na Isaki walimtii,
</q>
<q style="q1">Mungu ambaye amekuwa mchungaji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wa maisha yangu yote mpaka leo hii,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="GEN.48.16" />Malaika ambaye aliniokoa kutoka madhara yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye na awabariki vijana hawa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Na waitwe kwa jina langu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa majina ya baba zangu Abrahamu na Isaki,
</q>
<q style="q1">wao na waongezeke kwa wingi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika dunia.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="GEN.48.17" />Yosefu alipoona baba yake akiweka mkono wa kuume juu ya kichwa cha Efraimu, hakupendezwa, kwa hiyo akauchukua mkono wa baba yake kutoka kichwa cha Efraimu na kuuweka juu ya kichwa cha Manase.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GEN.48.18" />Yosefu akamwambia, “Hapana, baba yangu, huyu ndiye mzaliwa wa kwanza; uweke mkono wako wa kuume juu ya kichwa chake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="GEN.48.19" />Lakini baba yake akakataa, akasema, “Ninajua, mwanangu, ninajua. Yeye pia atakuwa taifa, naye pia atakuwa mkuu. Hata hivyo, ndugu yake mdogo atakuwa mkuu kuliko yeye, nao wazao wake watakuwa kundi la mataifa.”
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.48.20" />Akawabarikia siku ile na kusema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kwa jina lenu Israeli watatamka baraka hii:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Mungu na awafanye kama Efraimu na Manase.’ ”
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Kwa hiyo akamtanguliza Efraimu mbele ya Manase.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="GEN.48.21" />Ndipo Israeli akamwambia Yosefu, “Mimi ninakaribia kufa, lakini Mungu atakuwa pamoja nanyi, na atawarudisha katika nchi ya baba zenu.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="GEN.48.22" />Kwako wewe, kama aliye juu ya ndugu zako, ninakupa sehemu moja zaidi ya ndugu zako, lile eneo nililoteka kwa Waamori kwa upanga wangu na upinde wangu.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="49" />
<s style="s1">Yakobo Abariki Wanawe
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.49.1" />Ndipo Yakobo akawaita wanawe na kusema: “Kusanyikeni kunizunguka ili niweze kuwaambia lile litakalowatokea siku zijazo.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="GEN.49.2" />“Kusanyikeni na msikilize, enyi wana wa Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msikilizeni baba yenu Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="GEN.49.3" />“Reubeni, wewe ni mzaliwa wangu wa kwanza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nguvu zangu, tunda la kwanza la nguvu zangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umepita kwa heshima, umepita kwa uwezo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="GEN.49.4" />Usiyezuiwa kama maji, basi hutakuwa mkuu tena,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa ulipanda kwenye kitanda cha baba yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye kitanda changu na kukinajisi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="GEN.49.5" />“Simeoni na Lawi ni wana ndugu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">panga zao ni silaha za jeuri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.49.6" />Mimi na nisiingie katika baraza lao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nisiunganike katika kusanyiko lao,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa wamewaua watu katika hasira yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walikata mishipa ya miguu ya mafahali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama walivyopenda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="GEN.49.7" />Hasira yao na ilaaniwe, kwa kuwa ni kali mno,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo ghadhabu yao ni ya ukatili!
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitawatawanya katika Yakobo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Na kuwasambaza katika Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="GEN.49.8" />“Yuda, ndugu zako watakusifu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkono wako utakuwa shingoni mwa adui zako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wana wa baba yako watakusujudia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="GEN.49.9" />Ee Yuda, wewe ni mwana simba;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unarudi toka mawindoni, mwanangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kama simba hunyemelea na kulala chini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama simba jike: nani athubutuye kumwamsha?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="GEN.49.10" />Fimbo ya ufalme haitaondoka kwa Yuda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala fimbo ya mtawala kati ya miguu yake,
</q>
<q style="q1">hadi aje yeye ambaye milki ni yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye utii wa mataifa ni wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="GEN.49.11" />Atamfunga punda wake katika mzabibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye mwana-punda wake kwenye tawi lililo bora zaidi;
</q>
<q style="q1">atafua mavazi yake katika divai,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">majoho yake katika damu ya mizabibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="GEN.49.12" />Macho yake yatakuwa mekundu kwa divai,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">meno yake yatakuwa meupe kwa maziwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="GEN.49.13" />“Zabuloni ataishi pwani ya bahari
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwa bandari za kuegesha meli;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpaka wake utapanuka kuelekea Sidoni.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="GEN.49.14" />“Isakari ni punda mwenye nguvu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye amelala kati ya mizigo yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="GEN.49.15" />Aonapo palivyo pazuri mahali pake pa kupumzika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na jinsi nchi yake inavyopendeza,
</q>
<q style="q1">atainamisha bega lake kwenye mzigo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kujitolea kwa ajili ya kazi ngumu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="GEN.49.16" />“Dani atahukumu watu wake kwa haki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mmoja wa makabila ya Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="GEN.49.17" />Dani atakuwa nyoka kando ya barabara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyoka mwenye sumu kando ya njia,
</q>
<q style="q1">yule aumaye visigino vya farasi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili yule ampandaye aanguke chali.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="GEN.49.18" />“Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nautafuta wokovu wako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="GEN.49.19" />“Gadi atashambuliwa ghafula na kundi la washambuliaji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini yeye atawageukia na kuwashinda kabisa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="GEN.49.20" />“Chakula cha Asheri kitakuwa kinono,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atatoa chakula kitamu kimfaacho mfalme.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="GEN.49.21" />“Naftali ni kulungu jike aliyeachiwa huru
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">azaaye watoto wazuri.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="GEN.49.22" />“Yosefu ni mzabibu uzaao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mzabibu uzaao ulio kando ya chemchemi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao matawi yake hutanda ukutani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="GEN.49.23" />Kwa uchungu wapiga mshale walimshambulia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakampiga mshale kwa ukatili.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="GEN.49.24" />Lakini upinde wake ulibaki imara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mikono yake ikatiwa nguvu,
</q>
<q style="q1">na mkono wa Mwenye Nguvu wa Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya Mchungaji, Mwamba wa Israeli,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="GEN.49.25" />kwa sababu ya Mungu wa baba yako, anayekusaidia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya Mwenyezi,<f caller="+"><fr>49:25
</fr><ft>Mwenyezi hapa ina maana ya Shaddai kwa Kiebrania.</ft></f> yeye anayekubariki
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa baraka za mbinguni juu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">baraka za kilindi kilichoko chini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">baraka za matitini na za tumbo la uzazi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="GEN.49.26" />Baraka za baba yako ni kubwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko baraka za milima ya kale,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyingi kuliko vilima vya kale.
</q>
<q style="q1">Baraka hizo zote na zikae juu ya kichwa cha Yosefu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya paji la yule mkuu miongoni mwa ndugu zake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="GEN.49.27" />“Benyamini ni mbwa mwitu mlafi mwenye njaa kuu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asubuhi hurarua mawindo yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jioni hugawa nyara.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="GEN.49.28" />Haya yote ndiyo makabila kumi na mawili ya Israeli, na hivi ndivyo baba yao alivyowaambia alipowabariki, akimpa kila mmoja baraka inayomfaa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kifo Cha Yakobo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="GEN.49.29" />Ndipo alipowapa maelekezo haya: “Mimi niko karibu kukusanywa kwa watu wangu. Mnizike pamoja na baba zangu kwenye pango katika shamba la Efroni, Mhiti,
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="GEN.49.30" />pango lililoko katika shamba la Makpela, karibu na Mamre huko Kanaani, ambalo Abrahamu alinunua kwa ajili ya mahali pa kuzikia kutoka kwa Efroni, Mhiti, pamoja na shamba.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="GEN.49.31" />Huko ndiko Abrahamu na Sara mkewe walikozikwa, huko akazikwa Isaki na Rebeka mkewe, na huko nilimzika Lea.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="GEN.49.32" />Shamba hilo na pango lililoko ndani yake lilinunuliwa kutoka kwa Wahiti.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="GEN.49.33" />Baada ya Yakobo kumaliza kutoa maelekezo hayo kwa wanawe, akarudisha miguu yake kitandani, akapumua pumzi ya mwisho, na akakusanywa kwa watu wake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="50" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GEN.50.1" />Basi Yosefu akamwangukia baba yake, akalilia juu yake na akambusu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GEN.50.2" />Ndipo Yosefu akawaagiza matabibu waliokuwa wakimhudumia, wamtie baba yake Israeli dawa ili asioze. Hivyo matabibu wakamtia dawa asioze,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GEN.50.3" />wakatumia siku arobaini, kwa maana ndio muda uliotakiwa wa kutia dawa ili asioze. Nao Wamisri wakamwombolezea Yakobo kwa siku sabini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="GEN.50.4" />Siku za kumwombolezea zilipokwisha, Yosefu akawaambia washauri wa Farao, “Kama nimepata kibali machoni penu semeni na Farao kwa ajili yangu. Mwambieni,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GEN.50.5" />‘Baba yangu aliniapisha na kuniambia, “Mimi niko karibu kufa; unizike katika kaburi lile nililochimba kwa ajili yangu mwenyewe katika nchi ya Kanaani.” Sasa nakuomba uniruhusu niende kumzika baba yangu, nami nitarudi.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GEN.50.6" />Farao akasema, “Panda, uende kumzika baba yako, kama alivyokuapiza kufanya.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="GEN.50.7" />Hivyo Yosefu akapanda kwenda kumzika baba yake. Maafisa wote wa Farao wakaenda pamoja naye, watu mashuhuri wa baraza lake na watu mashuhuri wote wa Misri.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="GEN.50.8" />Hawa ni mbali na watu wote wa nyumbani kwa Yosefu, na ndugu zake, na wale wote wa nyumbani mwa baba yake. Ni watoto wao, makundi yao ya kondoo, mbuzi na ngʼombe tu waliobakia katika nchi ya Gosheni.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GEN.50.9" />Magari makubwa na wapanda farasi pia walipanda pamoja naye. Likawa kundi kubwa sana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="GEN.50.10" />Walipofika kwenye sakafu ya kupuria nafaka ya Atadi, karibu na Yordani, wakalia kwa sauti na kwa uchungu; Yosefu akapumzika huko kwa siku saba kumwombolezea baba yake.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GEN.50.11" />Wakanaani walioishi huko walipoona maombolezo yaliyofanyika katika sakafu ile ya kupuria ya Atadi, wakasema, “Wamisri wanafanya maombolezo makubwa.” Kwa hiyo mahali pale karibu na Yordani pakaitwa Abel-Mizraimu.<f caller="+"><fr>50:11
</fr><ft>Abel-Mizraimu maana yake Maombolezo ya Wamisri.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="GEN.50.12" />Hivyo wana wa Yakobo wakafanya kama baba yao alivyowaagiza:
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GEN.50.13" />Wakamchukua mpaka nchi ya Kanaani, wakamzika kwenye pango katika shamba la Makpela, karibu na Mamre, ambalo Abrahamu alilinunua kutoka kwa Efroni, Mhiti, pamoja na shamba liwe mahali pa kuzikia.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GEN.50.14" />Baada ya Yosefu kumzika baba yake, akarudi Misri pamoja na ndugu zake na wale wote waliokuwa wamekwenda naye kumzika baba yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yosefu Awaondolea Ndugu Zake Mashaka
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="GEN.50.15" />Ndugu zake Yosefu walipoona kwamba baba yao amekufa, wakasema, “Itakuwaje kama Yosefu ataweka kinyongo dhidi yetu na kutulipa mabaya yote tuliyomtendea?”
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GEN.50.16" />Kwa hiyo wakampelekea Yosefu ujumbe, wakasema, “Kabla baba yako hajafa aliacha maagizo haya:
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="GEN.50.17" />‘Hili ndilo mtakalomwambia Yosefu: Ninakuomba uwasamehe ndugu zako dhambi na mabaya kwa vile walivyokutenda vibaya.’ Sasa tafadhali samehe dhambi za watumishi wa Mungu wa baba yako.” Ujumbe huu ulipomfikia, Yosefu akalia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="GEN.50.18" />Ndipo ndugu zake wakaja na kujitupa chini mbele yake. Wakasema, “Sisi ni watumwa wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="GEN.50.19" />Lakini Yosefu akawaambia, “Msiogope. Je, mimi ni badala ya Mungu?
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GEN.50.20" />Mlikusudia kunidhuru, lakini Mungu alikusudia mema, ili litimie hili linalofanyika sasa, kuokoa maisha ya watu wengi.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GEN.50.21" />Hivyo basi, msiogope. Mimi nitawatunza ninyi nyote pamoja na watoto wenu.” Akawahakikishia na kusema nao kwa wema.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kifo Cha Yosefu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="GEN.50.22" />Yosefu akakaa katika nchi ya Misri, yeye pamoja na jamaa yote ya baba yake. Akaishi miaka 110,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="GEN.50.23" />naye akaona kizazi cha tatu cha watoto wa Efraimu. Pia akaona watoto wa Makiri mwana wa Manase, wakawekwa magotini mwa Yosefu walipozaliwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="GEN.50.24" />Ndipo Yosefu akawaambia ndugu zake, “Mimi ninakaribia kufa. Lakini kwa hakika Mungu atawasaidia na kuwachukueni kutoka nchi hii na kuwapeleka katika nchi aliyomwahidi kwa kiapo Abrahamu, Isaki na Yakobo.”
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="GEN.50.25" />Naye Yosefu akawaapisha wana wa Israeli na kuwaambia, “Hakika Mungu atawasaidia, nanyi ni lazima mhakikishe mmepandisha mifupa yangu kutoka mahali hapa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="GEN.50.26" />Kwa hiyo Yosefu akafa akiwa na umri wa miaka 110. Baada ya kumtia dawa ili asioze, akawekwa kwenye jeneza huko Misri.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="EXO"><id id="EXO">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Kutoka
</h><toc level="1">Kutoka
</toc><toc level="2">Kutoka
</toc><toc level="3">Kut
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Kutoka
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Waisraeli Waonewa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.1.1" />Haya ndiyo majina ya wana wa Israeli ambao walikwenda Misri na Yakobo, kila mmoja akiwa pamoja na jamaa yake:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EXO.1.2" />Reubeni, Simeoni, Lawi na Yuda;
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.1.3" />Isakari, Zabuloni na Benyamini;
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EXO.1.4" />Dani na Naftali, Gadi na Asheri.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EXO.1.5" />Wazao wote wa Yakobo walikuwa watu sabini; Yosefu alikuwa tayari yuko Misri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EXO.1.6" />Basi Yosefu na kaka zake wote na kizazi kile chote walikufa,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EXO.1.7" />lakini Waisraeli walikuwa wamezaana na kuongezeka sana, idadi yao ikawa kubwa mno, kwa hiyo wakaijaza nchi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EXO.1.8" />Kisha mfalme mpya ambaye hakufahamu habari za Yosefu akatawala Misri.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EXO.1.9" />Akawaambia watu wake, “Tazameni, Waisraeli wamekuwa wengi mno kwa idadi kutuliko sisi.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EXO.1.10" />Njooni, ni lazima tuwashughulikie kwa uangalifu, la sivyo watazidi kuwa wengi zaidi, na ikiwa patatokea vita, watajiunga na adui zetu kupigana dhidi yetu na kuondoka katika nchi hii.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="EXO.1.11" />Basi Wamisri wakaweka wasimamizi wa kuwasimamia na kuwatesa Waisraeli kwa kazi ngumu, nao wakajenga miji ya Pithomu na Ramesesi ya kuweka akiba ya Farao.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EXO.1.12" />Lakini walivyozidi kuteswa ndivyo walivyozidi kuongezeka na kuenea katika nchi; Wamisri wakawaogopa Waisraeli,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EXO.1.13" />kwa hiyo wakawatumikisha kwa ukatili.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EXO.1.14" />Wakafanya maisha ya Waisraeli kuwa machungu kwa kufanya kazi ngumu ya kutengeneza lami na kufyatua matofali, na kazi zote za mashambani; katika kazi zao zote ngumu, Wamisri waliwatumia Waisraeli kwa ukatili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EXO.1.15" />Mfalme wa Misri akawaambia wakunga wa Kimisri waliowazalisha wanawake wa Kiebrania, ambao majina yao ni Shifra na Pua,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EXO.1.16" />“Mtakapowazalisha wanawake wa Kiebrania, chunguzeni wanapojifungua. Ikiwa ni mtoto wa kiume, muueni, lakini ikiwa ni msichana, mwacheni aishi.”
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EXO.1.17" />Lakini hao wakunga walimcha Mungu na hawakufanya kile mfalme wa Misri alichowaambia kufanya, bali wakawaacha watoto wa kiume waishi.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EXO.1.18" />Ndipo mfalme wa Misri akawaita hao wakunga, akawauliza, “Kwa nini mmefanya hivi? Mbona mmeacha watoto wa kiume waishi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EXO.1.19" />Wakunga wakamjibu Farao, “Wanawake wa Kiebrania ni tofauti na wanawake wa Kimisri; wao wana nguvu, nao hujifungua watoto kabla wakunga hawajafika.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EXO.1.20" />Kwa hiyo Mungu akawatendea mema wakunga hao. Waisraeli wakaongezeka na kuendelea kuwa wengi zaidi.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EXO.1.21" />Kwa vile hao wakunga walimcha Mungu, Mungu akawajalia kuwa na jamaa zao wenyewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="EXO.1.22" />Kisha Farao akatoa agizo hili kwa watu wake wote: “Kila mtoto wa kiume atakayezaliwa kwa Waebrania lazima atupwe katika Mto Naili, bali kila mtoto wa kike aachwe aishi.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Kuzaliwa Kwa Mose
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.2.1" />Basi mtu mmoja wa nyumba ya Lawi akaoa mwanamke Mlawi,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EXO.2.2" />naye mwanamke huyo akapata mimba, akazaa mtoto wa kiume. Alipoona mtoto huyo ni mzuri, akamficha kwa miezi mitatu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.2.3" />Lakini alipoona hawezi kumficha zaidi, akamtengenezea kisafina cha mafunjo, akakipaka lami. Kisha akamweka huyo mtoto ndani yake, akakificha katikati ya matete kando ya ukingo wa Mto Naili.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EXO.2.4" />Dada ya huyo mtoto akasimama mbali ili kuona kitakachompata mtoto.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EXO.2.5" />Ndipo binti Farao akateremka mtoni Naili kuoga, nao wahudumu wake wakawa wanatembea ukingoni mwa mto. Binti mfalme akaona kisafina katikati ya manyasi, akamtuma mmoja wa watumwa wake wa kike kukichukua.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EXO.2.6" />Alifungua kisafina akaona mtoto ndani yake. Mtoto alikuwa akilia, akamhurumia. Akasema, “Huyu ni mmoja wa watoto wa Kiebrania.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EXO.2.7" />Ndipo dada wa huyo mtoto akamuuliza binti Farao, “Je, niende nikakutafutie mmoja wa wanawake wa Kiebrania akulelee huyu mtoto?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EXO.2.8" />Binti Farao akamjibu, “Ndiyo, nenda.” Yule msichana akaenda akamleta mama wa mtoto.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EXO.2.9" />Binti Farao akamwambia, “Mchukue huyu mtoto unisaidie kumlea, nami nitakulipa.” Basi yule mwanamke akamchukua mtoto na kumlea.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EXO.2.10" />Mtoto alipokua, akampeleka kwa binti Farao, naye akawa mwanawe. Akamwita jina lake Mose akisema, “Nilimtoa kwenye maji.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mose Akimbilia Midiani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="EXO.2.11" />Siku moja, baada ya Mose kukua, akaondoka kwenda walikokuwa watu wake, na akachunguza jinsi walivyokuwa wakifanya kazi ngumu. Akamwona Mmisri akimpiga Mwebrania, mmojawapo wa watu wake.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EXO.2.12" />Mose akatazama huku na huko asione mtu yeyote, akamuua yule Mmisri, akamficha mchangani.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EXO.2.13" />Kesho yake akatoka, akaona Waebrania wawili wakipigana. Akamuuliza yule aliyekosa, “Mbona unampiga Mwebrania mwenzako?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="EXO.2.14" />Yule mtu akamjibu, “Ni nani aliyekufanya mtawala na mwamuzi juu yetu? Je, unataka kuniua kama ulivyomuua yule Mmisri?” Ndipo Mose akaogopa na kuwaza, “Jambo lile nililofanya lazima limefahamika.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EXO.2.15" />Farao aliposikia jambo hili, alijaribu kumuua Mose, lakini Mose akamkimbia Farao na kwenda kuishi katika nchi ya Midiani, akaketi kando ya kisima.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EXO.2.16" />Kuhani wa Midiani alikuwa na binti saba, nao wakaja kisimani ili kuchota maji na kujaza hori kwa ajili ya kunyweshea mifugo ya baba yao.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EXO.2.17" />Baadhi ya wachungaji wakaja wakawafukuza hao wasichana. Ndipo Mose akainuka, akawasaidia na kunywesha mifugo yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="EXO.2.18" />Hao wasichana waliporudi nyumbani kwa Reueli baba yao, akawauliza, “Imekuwaje leo mmerudi mapema hivyo?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EXO.2.19" />Wakamjibu, “Mmisri mmoja alituokoa kutoka mikononi mwa wachungaji. Pia mtu huyo alituchotea maji na kunywesha mifugo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EXO.2.20" />Akawauliza binti zake, “Yuko wapi? Mbona mmemwacha? Mkaribisheni ale chakula.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EXO.2.21" />Mose akakubali kukaa kwa huyo mtu, ambaye alimpa Mose binti yake aliyeitwa Sipora amwoe.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EXO.2.22" />Sipora alizaa mtoto wa kiume, naye Mose akamwita Gershomu, akisema, “Nimekuwa mgeni katika nchi ya kigeni.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="EXO.2.23" />Baada ya muda mrefu, mfalme wa Misri akafa. Waisraeli wakalia kwa huzuni katika utumwa wao, walilia na kilio chao cha kutaka msaada kwa ajili ya utumwa kikamfikia Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EXO.2.24" />Mungu akasikia kilio chao cha huzuni, akakumbuka Agano alilofanya na Abrahamu pamoja na Isaki na Yakobo.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EXO.2.25" />Kwa hiyo Mungu akawaangalia Waisraeli na kuwahurumia.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Mose Na Kichaka Kinachowaka Moto
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.3.1" />Basi Mose alikuwa anachunga mifugo ya Yethro mkwewe, kuhani wa Midiani. Mose akapeleka mifugo mbali nyuma ya jangwa, naye akafika Horebu, mlima wa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EXO.3.2" />Huko malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamtokea Mose katika mwali wa moto kutoka kichakani. Mose akaona kwamba ingawa kile kichaka kilikuwa kinawaka moto, kilikuwa hakiteketei.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.3.3" />Ndipo Mose akawaza, “Nitageuka sasa nione kitu hiki cha ajabu, nami nione ni kwa nini kichaka hiki hakiteketei.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="EXO.3.4" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alipoona kuwa amegeuka ili aone, Mungu akamwita kutoka ndani ya kile kichaka, “Mose! Mose!”
</p>
<p style="p">Naye Mose akajibu, “Mimi hapa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EXO.3.5" />Mungu akamwambia, “Usikaribie zaidi. Vua viatu vyako, kwa maana mahali unaposimama ni patakatifu.”
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EXO.3.6" />Kisha akamwambia, “Mimi ni Mungu wa baba yako, Mungu wa Abrahamu, Mungu wa Isaki, na Mungu wa Yakobo.” Mose aliposikia hayo, akafunika uso wake kwa sababu aliogopa kumtazama Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EXO.3.7" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia, “Hakika nimeona mateso ya watu wangu katika Misri. Nimesikia kilio chao kwa sababu ya wasimamizi wao, nami naguswa na mateso yao.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EXO.3.8" />Basi nimeshuka niwaokoe kutoka mkono wa Wamisri, niwatoe na kuwapandisha kutoka nchi hiyo, niwapeleke katika nchi nzuri na kubwa, nchi itiririkayo maziwa na asali, nchi ya Wakanaani, Wahiti, Waamori, Waperizi, Wahivi na Wayebusi.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EXO.3.9" />Sasa kilio cha Waisraeli kimenifikia, nami nimeona jinsi Wamisri wanavyowatesa.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EXO.3.10" />Basi, sasa nenda. Ninakutuma kwa Farao ili kuwatoa watu wangu Waisraeli kutoka Misri.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="EXO.3.11" />Lakini Mose akamwambia Mungu, “Mimi ni nani hata niende kwa Farao kuwatoa Waisraeli nchini Misri?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="EXO.3.12" />Naye Mungu akasema, “Mimi nitakuwa pamoja nawe. Hii itakuwa ishara kwako kwamba ni Mimi nimekutuma: Hapo utakapokuwa umewatoa watu Misri, mtamwabudu Mungu katika mlima huu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EXO.3.13" />Mose akamwambia Mungu, “Ikiwa nitawaendea Waisraeli na kuwaambia, ‘Mungu wa baba zenu amenituma kwenu,’ nao wakiniuliza, ‘Jina lake ni nani?’ Nitawaambia nini?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="EXO.3.14" />Mungu akamwambia Mose, “<nd>Mimi niko ambaye niko</nd>. Hivyo ndivyo utakavyowaambia Waisraeli: ‘<nd>Mimi niko</nd> amenituma kwenu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EXO.3.15" />Vilevile Mungu akamwambia Mose, “Waambie Waisraeli, ‘<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zenu, Mungu wa Abrahamu, Mungu wa Isaki, na Mungu wa Yakobo amenituma kwenu.’ Hili ndilo Jina langu milele, Jina ambalo mtanikumbuka kwalo kutoka kizazi hadi kizazi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="EXO.3.16" />“Nenda, ukawakusanye wazee wa Israeli, uwaambie, ‘<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zenu, Mungu wa Abrahamu, Isaki na Yakobo, alinitokea akaniambia: Nimewatazama, nami nimeona mliyofanyiwa katika Misri.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EXO.3.17" />Nami nimeahidi kuwapandisha kutoka mateso yenu katika nchi ya Misri, niwapeleke nchi ya Wakanaani, Wahiti, Waamori, Waperizi, Wahivi na Wayebusi, nchi itiririkayo maziwa na asali.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="EXO.3.18" />“Wazee wa Israeli watakusikiliza. Kisha wewe na wazee mtakwenda kwa mfalme wa Misri na kumwambia, ‘<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Waebrania ametutokea. Turuhusu twende safari ya siku tatu huko jangwani kutoa dhabihu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu.’
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EXO.3.19" />Lakini nafahamu kwamba mfalme wa Misri hatawaruhusu kwenda, mpaka mkono wenye nguvu umlazimishe.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EXO.3.20" />Kwa hiyo nitaunyoosha mkono wangu na kuwapiga Wamisri kwa maajabu yote nitakayofanya miongoni mwao. Baada ya hayo, atawaruhusu mwondoke.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EXO.3.21" />“Nami nitawapa hawa watu upendeleo mbele ya Wamisri, kwa hiyo mtakapoondoka nchini hamtaondoka mikono mitupu.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EXO.3.22" />Kila mwanamke Mwisraeli atamwomba jirani yake Mmisri na mwanamke yeyote anayeishi nyumbani kwake ampe vyombo vya fedha, dhahabu na nguo, ambavyo mtawavika wana wenu na binti zenu. Hivyo mtawateka nyara Wamisri.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Ishara Za Mose
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.4.1" />Mose akamjibu, “Itakuwaje kama hawataniamini au kunisikiliza, waseme, ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> hakukutokea’?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="EXO.4.2" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia, “Ni nini hicho kilicho mkononi mwako?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akajibu, “Fimbo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="EXO.4.3" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, “Itupe chini.”
</p>
<p style="p">Mose akaitupa chini hiyo fimbo nayo ikawa nyoka, naye akaikimbia.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EXO.4.4" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia, “Nyoosha mkono wako umkamate mkiani.” Basi Mose akanyoosha mkono akamkamata yule nyoka, naye akabadilika tena kuwa fimbo mkononi mwake.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EXO.4.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, “Hivi ndivyo Waisraeli watakavyoamini kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zao, Mungu wa Abrahamu, Mungu wa Isaki, na Mungu wa Yakobo, amekutokea wewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EXO.4.6" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia, “Weka mkono wako ndani ya joho lako.” Basi Mose akaweka mkono wake ndani ya joho lake, naye alipoutoa, ulikuwa na ukoma, mweupe kama theluji.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EXO.4.7" />Mungu akamwambia, “Sasa urudishe tena huo mkono ndani ya joho lako.” Basi Mose akaurudisha mkono wake ndani ya joho lake na alipoutoa, ulikuwa mzima, kama sehemu zingine za mwili wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EXO.4.8" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia, “Kama hawatakuamini wewe, au kutojali ishara ya kwanza, wataamini ishara ya pili.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EXO.4.9" />Lakini kama hawataamini ishara hizi mbili au hawatawasikiliza ninyi, chukua kiasi cha maji kutoka Mto Naili uyamimine juu ya ardhi kavu. Maji mtakayotoa mtoni yatakuwa damu juu ya ardhi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EXO.4.10" />Mose akamwambia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Ee Bwana, kamwe sijapata kuwa msemaji kwa ufasaha wakati uliopita wala tangu ulipoanza kuzungumza na mtumishi wako. Ulimi wangu ni mzito kuzungumza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="EXO.4.11" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia, “Ni nani aliyempa mwanadamu kinywa? Ni nani aliyemfanya mtu kuwa kiziwi au bubu? Ni nani anayempa mtu kuona au upofu? Je, si mimi,
<nd>Bwana</nd>?
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EXO.4.12" />Sasa nenda, nitakusaidia kusema, nami nitakufundisha jambo la kusema.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EXO.4.13" />Lakini Mose akasema, “Ee Bwana, tafadhali mtume mtu mwingine kufanya kazi hiyo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="EXO.4.14" />Ndipo hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ikawaka dhidi ya Mose, akamwambia, “Vipi kuhusu ndugu yako, Aroni Mlawi? Ninajua yeye anaweza kuzungumza vizuri. Naye yuko tayari njiani kukulaki, na moyo wake utafurahi wakati atakapokuona.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EXO.4.15" />Utazungumza naye na kuweka maneno kinywani mwake. Nitawasaidia ninyi wawili kusema, nami nitawafundisha jambo la kufanya.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EXO.4.16" />Aroni ataongea na watu badala yako na itakuwa kwamba yeye amekuwa kinywa chako nawe utakuwa kama Mungu kwake.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EXO.4.17" />Lakini chukua fimbo hii mkononi mwako ili uweze kuitumia kufanya ishara hizo za ajabu.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mose Anarudi Misri
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="EXO.4.18" />Kisha Mose akarudi kwa Yethro mkwewe akamwambia, “Niruhusu nirudi kwa watu wangu Misri kuona kama yuko hata mmoja wao ambaye bado anaishi.”
</p>
<p style="p">Yethro akamwambia, “Nenda, nami nakutakia mema.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EXO.4.19" />Basi
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amemwambia Mose huko Midiani, “Rudi Misri kwa maana watu wote waliotaka kukuua wamekufa.”
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EXO.4.20" />Basi Mose akamchukua mkewe na wanawe, akawapandisha juu ya punda na kuanza safari kurudi Misri. Naye akaichukua ile fimbo ya Mungu mkononi mwake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EXO.4.21" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Utakaporudi Misri, hakikisha kwamba utafanya mbele ya Farao maajabu yote niliyokupa uwezo wa kuyafanya. Lakini nitafanya moyo wake kuwa mgumu ili kwamba asiwaruhusu watu waende.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EXO.4.22" />Kisha mwambie Farao, ‘Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Israeli ni mwanangu mzaliwa wa kwanza,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EXO.4.23" />nami nilikuambia, “Ruhusu mwanangu aondoke, ili aweze kuniabudu mimi.” Lakini ukakataa kumruhusu kwenda, basi nitaua mwana wako mzaliwa wa kwanza.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="EXO.4.24" />Mose alipokuwa mahali pa kulala wageni akiwa njiani kurudi Misri,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akakutana naye, akataka kumuua.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EXO.4.25" />Lakini Sipora akachukua jiwe gumu, akakata govi la mwanawe na kugusa nalo miguu ya Mose. Sipora akasema, “Hakika wewe ni bwana arusi wa damu kwangu.”
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EXO.4.26" />Sipora alipomwita Mose, “Bwana arusi wa damu,” alikuwa anamaanisha ile tohara. Baada ya hayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwacha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="EXO.4.27" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Aroni, “Nenda jangwani ukamlaki Mose.” Basi akakutana na Mose kwenye mlima wa Mungu, akambusu.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EXO.4.28" />Kisha Mose akamwambia Aroni kila kitu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alichomtuma kusema, vilevile habari za ishara na maajabu alizokuwa amemwamuru kufanya.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="EXO.4.29" />Mose na Aroni wakawakusanya wazee wote wa Waisraeli,
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="EXO.4.30" />naye Aroni akawaambia kila kitu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alichokuwa amemwambia Mose. Pia akafanya ishara mbele ya watu,
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="EXO.4.31" />nao wakaamini. Nao waliposikia kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> anajishughulisha nao, na kwamba ameona mateso yao, walisujudu na kuabudu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Matofali Bila Nyasi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.5.1" />Baadaye Mose na Aroni wakaenda kwa Farao, wakamwambia, “Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli: ‘Waruhusu watu wangu waende, ili waweze kunifanyia sikukuu huko jangwani.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="EXO.5.2" />Farao akasema, “Huyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni nani, hata nimtii na kuruhusu Israeli uende? Simjui huyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> wala sitawaruhusu Israeli waende.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="EXO.5.3" />Ndipo Mose na Aroni wakasema, “Mungu wa Waebrania amekutana nasi. Sasa turuhusu tuwe na safari ya siku tatu ya jangwani ili tukamtolee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu dhabihu, la sivyo aweza kutupiga sisi kwa tauni au kwa upanga.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="EXO.5.4" />Lakini mfalme wa Misri akasema, “Mbona ninyi Mose na Aroni mnawachukua watu waache kazi zao? Rudini kwenye kazi zenu!”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EXO.5.5" />Kisha Farao akasema, “Tazama, sasa watu hawa ni wengi, nanyi mnawazuia kufanya kazi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EXO.5.6" />Siku iyo hiyo Farao akatoa amri hii kwa viongozi wa watumwa na wasimamizi wa watu akawaambia:
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EXO.5.7" />“Tangu sasa msiwape hawa watu nyasi za kutengenezea matofali. Wao wakusanye nyasi zao wenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EXO.5.8" />Lakini watakeni kutengeneza matofali kiasi kile kile cha mwanzo, kiwango kisipunguzwe. Wao ni wavivu, ndiyo sababu wanalia, wakisema, ‘Turuhusiwe twende kumtolea Mungu wetu dhabihu.’
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EXO.5.9" />Fanyeni kazi kuwa ngumu zaidi kwa watu hao ili kwamba wakazane na kazi na kuacha kusikiliza uongo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EXO.5.10" />Basi viongozi wa watumwa na wasimamizi wakaenda kuwaambia watu, “Hivi ndivyo Farao asemavyo: ‘Sitawapa tena nyasi.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.5.11" />Nendeni mkatafute nyasi wenyewe popote mnapoweza kuzipata, lakini kazi yenu haitapunguzwa hata kidogo.’ ”
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EXO.5.12" />Basi watu wakatawanyika kote nchini Misri kukusanya mabua ya kutumia badala ya nyasi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EXO.5.13" />Viongozi wa watumwa wakasisitiza, wakisema, “Timizeni kazi mnayotakiwa kwa kila siku, kama wakati ule mlipokuwa mkipewa nyasi.”
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EXO.5.14" />Wasimamizi wa Kiisraeli waliochaguliwa na viongozi wa watumwa wa Farao walipigwa na kuulizwa, “Kwa nini hamkutimiza kiwango chenu cha kutengeneza matofali jana na leo, kama mwanzoni?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EXO.5.15" />Ndipo wasimamizi wa Kiisraeli wakaenda kumlilia Farao, wakisema: “Mbona umewatendea watumishi wako hivi?
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EXO.5.16" />Watumishi wako hawapewi nyasi, hata hivyo tumeambiwa, ‘Tengenezeni matofali!’ Watumishi wako wanapigwa, lakini kosa ni la watu wako wenyewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EXO.5.17" />Farao akasema, “Ninyi ni wavivu ndiyo sababu mnasema, ‘Turuhusu twende tukamtolee
<nd>Bwana</nd> dhabihu.’
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EXO.5.18" />Sasa nendeni kazini. Hamtapewa nyasi zozote, nanyi ni lazima mtengeneze matofali.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EXO.5.19" />Wasimamizi wa Kiisraeli walitambua kuwa wako taabani walipoambiwa, “Hamtakiwi kupunguza idadi ya matofali mliotakiwa kutengeneza kila siku.”
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EXO.5.20" />Walipoondoka kwa Farao, wakawakuta Mose na Aroni wakingojea kukutana nao,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EXO.5.21" />wakawaambia Mose na Aroni, “<nd>Bwana</nd> na awaangalie awahukumu ninyi! Mmetufanya tunuke kwa Farao na maafisa wake, nanyi mmeweka upanga mikononi mwao ili kutuua sisi.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mungu Anaahidi Ukombozi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="EXO.5.22" />Mose akarudi kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kumwambia, “Ee Bwana, mbona umewaletea watu hawa taabu? Kwa nini basi ukanituma mimi?
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EXO.5.23" />Tangu nilipomwendea Farao kuzungumza naye kwa jina lako, amewaletea taabu watu hawa, nawe kamwe hujawakomboa watu wako.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.6.1" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Sasa utaona kitu nitakachomfanyia Farao: Kwa sababu ya mkono wangu wenye nguvu atawaachia watu waende; kwa sababu ya mkono wangu wenye nguvu atawafukuza waondoke nchini mwake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="EXO.6.2" />Pia Mungu akamwambia Mose, “Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.6.3" />Nilimtokea Abrahamu, Isaki na Yakobo kama Mungu Mwenyezi,<f caller="+"><fr>6:3
</fr><ft>Mungu Mwenyezi hapa ni jina la Kiebrania, El-Shaddai (yaani Mungu Mwenye utoshelevu wote).</ft></f> ingawa sikuwajulisha Jina langu, Yehova, Mimi mwenyewe sikujitambulisha kwao.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EXO.6.4" />Pia niliweka Agano langu nao kuwapa nchi ya Kanaani, ambako waliishi kama wageni.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EXO.6.5" />Zaidi ya hayo, nimesikia kilio cha huzuni cha Waisraeli ambao Wamisri wamewatia utumwani, nami nimelikumbuka Agano langu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EXO.6.6" />“Kwa hiyo, waambie Waisraeli: ‘Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nami nitawatoa mtoke katika kongwa la Wamisri. Nitawaweka huru mtoke kuwa watumwa wao, nami nitawakomboa kwa mkono ulionyooshwa pamoja na matendo makuu ya hukumu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EXO.6.7" />Nitawatwaa mwe watu wangu mwenyewe, nami nitakuwa Mungu wenu. Ndipo mtajua kuwa mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, niliyewatoa chini ya kongwa la Wamisri.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EXO.6.8" />Nami nitawaleta mpaka nchi niliyoapa kwa mkono ulioinuliwa kumpa Abrahamu, Isaki na Yakobo. Nitawapa iwe milki yenu. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EXO.6.9" />Mose akawaarifu Waisraeli jambo hili, lakini hawakumsikiliza kwa sababu ya maumivu makuu ya moyoni na utumwa wa kikatili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EXO.6.10" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.6.11" />“Nenda, mwambie Farao mfalme wa Misri awaachie Waisraeli waondoke nchini mwake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="EXO.6.12" />Lakini Mose akamwambia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Ikiwa Waisraeli hawatanisikiliza, kwa nini yeye Farao anisikilize mimi, ambaye huzungumza kwa kigugumizi?”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Orodha Ya Jamaa Ya Mose Na Aroni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EXO.6.13" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akanena na Mose na Aroni kuhusu Waisraeli na Farao mfalme wa Misri, naye akawaamuru wawatoe Waisraeli kutoka Misri.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="mi" style="mi"><v id="14" bcv="EXO.6.14" />Hawa walikuwa wakuu wa jamaa zao:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1">Wana wa Reubeni mzaliwa wa kwanza wa kiume wa Israeli walikuwa Hanoki, Palu, Hesroni na Karmi. Hawa walikuwa ndio koo za Reubeni.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="15" bcv="EXO.6.15" />Wana wa Simeoni walikuwa Yemueli, Yamini, Ohadi, Yakini, Sohari na Shauli mwana wa mwanamke Mkanaani. Hawa walikuwa ndio koo za Simeoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="16" bcv="EXO.6.16" />Haya ndiyo majina ya wana wa Lawi kufuatana na orodha zao: Gershoni, Kohathi na Merari. Lawi aliishi miaka 137.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="17" bcv="EXO.6.17" />Wana wa Gershoni kwa koo, walikuwa Libni na Shimei.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="18" bcv="EXO.6.18" />Wana wa Kohathi walikuwa Amramu, Ishari, Hebroni na Uzieli. Kohathi aliishi miaka 133.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="19" bcv="EXO.6.19" />Wana wa Merari walikuwa Mahli na Mushi.
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1">Hizi ndizo zilizokuwa koo za Lawi kufuatana na orodha zao.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="20" bcv="EXO.6.20" />Amramu akamwoa Yokebedi, shangazi yake, ambaye alimzalia Aroni na Mose. Amramu aliishi miaka 137.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="21" bcv="EXO.6.21" />Wana wa Ishari walikuwa Kora, Nefegi na Zikri.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="22" bcv="EXO.6.22" />Wana wa Uzieli walikuwa Mishaeli, Elisafani na Sithri.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="23" bcv="EXO.6.23" />Aroni akamwoa Elisheba binti wa Aminadabu ndugu yake Nashoni, naye akamzalia Nadabu, Abihu, Eleazari na Ithamari.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="24" bcv="EXO.6.24" />Wana wa Kora walikuwa Asiri, Elikana na Abiasafu. Hawa walikuwa ndio koo za Kora.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="25" bcv="EXO.6.25" />Eleazari mwana wa Aroni akamwoa mmoja wa binti za Putieli, naye akamzalia Finehasi.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1">Hawa walikuwa ndio wakuu wa jamaa za Walawi, ukoo kwa ukoo.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="EXO.6.26" />Hawa walikuwa Aroni na Mose wale wale ambao
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliwaambia, “Watoeni Waisraeli katika nchi ya Misri kwa vikosi vyao.”
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EXO.6.27" />Ndio hao hao waliozungumza na Farao mfalme wa Misri kuhusu kuwatoa Waisraeli Misri. Ilikuwa ni huyo Mose na huyo Aroni.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Aroni Kuzungumza Badala Ya Mose
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="EXO.6.28" /><nd>Bwana</nd> aliponena na Mose huko Misri,
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="EXO.6.29" />akamwambia, “Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Mwambie Farao mfalme wa Misri kila kitu nikuambiacho.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="EXO.6.30" />Lakini Mose akamwambia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Kwa kuwa mimi huzungumza kwa kigugumizi, Farao atanisikiliza mimi?”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="7" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.7.1" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Tazama, nimekufanya kuwa kama Mungu kwa Farao, naye Aroni, huyo ndugu yako, atakuwa nabii wako.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EXO.7.2" />Utasema kila kitu nitakachokuagiza, naye Aroni ndugu yako atamwambia Farao awaachie Waisraeli watoke katika nchi yake.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.7.3" />Lakini nitaufanya moyo wa Farao kuwa mgumu. Ingawa nitazidisha ishara na maajabu katika Misri,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EXO.7.4" />hatawasikiliza. Kisha nitaupeleka mkono wangu juu ya Misri, na kwa matendo makuu ya hukumu nitavitoa vikundi vyangu, watu wangu Waisraeli.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EXO.7.5" />Nao Wamisri watajua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> nitakapounyoosha mkono wangu dhidi ya Misri na kuwatoa Waisraeli watoke humo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EXO.7.6" />Mose na Aroni wakafanya sawasawa kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyowaagiza.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EXO.7.7" />Mose alikuwa na umri wa miaka themanini na Aroni alikuwa na umri wa miaka themanini na mitatu walipozungumza na Farao.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Fimbo Ya Aroni Yawa Nyoka
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EXO.7.8" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose na Aroni,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EXO.7.9" />“Farao atakapowaambia, ‘Fanyeni muujiza,’ basi mwambie Aroni, ‘Chukua fimbo yako na uitupe chini mbele ya Farao,’ nayo fimbo itakuwa nyoka.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EXO.7.10" />Ndipo Mose na Aroni wakaenda kwa Farao wakafanya sawasawa kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyoagiza. Aroni akaitupa ile fimbo yake chini mbele ya Farao na maafisa wake, nayo ikawa nyoka.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.7.11" />Farao naye akawaita watu wenye maarifa na wachawi na waganga wa Kimisri, nao wakafanya vivyo hivyo kwa siri ya uganga wao.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EXO.7.12" />Kila mmoja alitupa fimbo yake chini, nayo ikawa nyoka. Lakini fimbo ya Aroni ikazimeza zile fimbo zao.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EXO.7.13" />Hata hivyo moyo wa Farao ukawa mgumu, naye hakuwasikiliza Mose na Aroni, sawasawa kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyokuwa amesema.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Pigo La Kwanza: Damu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="EXO.7.14" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Moyo wa Farao ni mgumu, anakataa kuwaachia watu kuondoka.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EXO.7.15" />Nenda kwa Farao asubuhi wakati anapokwenda mtoni. Ngoja ukingoni mwa Naili ili uonane naye, na uchukue mkononi mwako fimbo ile iliyobadilishwa kuwa nyoka.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EXO.7.16" />Kisha umwambie, ‘<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Waebrania, amenituma nikuambie: Waachie watu wangu waende, ili wapate kuniabudu jangwani. Lakini hadi sasa hujasikiliza.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EXO.7.17" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemalo: Kwa hili utajua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Fimbo iliyo mkononi mwangu nitapiga nayo maji ya Naili nayo yatabadilika kuwa damu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EXO.7.18" />Samaki waliomo katika Mto Naili watakufa, nao mto utanuka vibaya, Wamisri hawataweza kunywa hayo maji yake.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EXO.7.19" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Mwambie Aroni, ‘Chukua ile fimbo yako unyooshe mkono wako juu ya maji ya Misri, juu ya chemchemi na mifereji, juu ya madimbwi na mabwawa yote,’ navyo vitabadilika kuwa damu. Damu itakuwa kila mahali katika Misri, hata kwenye vyombo vya miti na vya mawe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EXO.7.20" />Mose na Aroni wakafanya kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyokuwa amewaagiza. Akainua fimbo yake machoni pa Farao na maafisa wake na kuyapiga maji ya Mto Naili, na maji yote yakabadilika kuwa damu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EXO.7.21" />Samaki katika Mto Naili wakafa, nao mto ukanuka vibaya sana kiasi kwamba Wamisri hawakuweza kunywa maji yake. Damu ilikuwa kila mahali katika nchi ya Misri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="EXO.7.22" />Lakini waganga wa Misri kwa kutumia siri ya uganga wao wakafanya vivyo hivyo, nao moyo wa Farao ukawa mgumu, hakuwasikiliza Mose na Aroni, kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyokuwa amesema.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EXO.7.23" />Badala yake, Farao akageuka, akaenda kwenye jumba lake la kifalme, wala hakulitia hili moyoni.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EXO.7.24" />Nao Wamisri wote wakachimba kandokando ya Mto Naili kupata maji ya kunywa, kwa sababu hawakuweza kunywa maji ya mto.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Pigo La Pili: Vyura
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="EXO.7.25" />Zilipita siku saba baada ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuyapiga maji ya Mto Naili.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.8.1" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Nenda kwa Farao ukamwambie, ‘Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Waachie watu wangu waende, ili wapate kuniabudu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EXO.8.2" />Kama ukikataa kuwaruhusu kuondoka, basi nitaipiga nchi yako yote kwa kuwaletea vyura.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.8.3" />Mto Naili utafurika vyura. Watakuja kwenye jumba lako la kifalme na katika chumba chako cha kulala na kitandani mwako, katika nyumba za maafisa wako na kwa watu wako, vyura hao wataingia katika meko yenu na kwenye vyombo vya kukandia unga.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EXO.8.4" />Vyura watapanda juu yako, juu ya watu wako na maafisa wako wote.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EXO.8.5" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Mwambie Aroni, ‘Nyoosha mkono wako ukiwa na ile fimbo yako juu ya vijito, mifereji na madimbwi, fanya vyura waje juu ya nchi ya Misri.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EXO.8.6" />Ndipo Aroni akaunyoosha mkono wake juu ya maji ya Misri, nao vyura wakatokea na kuifunika nchi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EXO.8.7" />Lakini waganga wakafanya vivyo hivyo kwa siri ya uganga wao, nao pia wakafanya vyura kuja juu ya nchi ya Misri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EXO.8.8" />Ndipo Farao akamwita Mose na Aroni na kusema, “Mwombeni
<nd>Bwana</nd> awaondoe vyura kutoka kwangu na kwa watu wangu, nami nitawaachia watu wenu waende kumtolea
<nd>Bwana</nd> dhabihu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EXO.8.9" />Mose akamwambia Farao, “Ninakupa heshima ya kuamua ni wakati gani wa kukuombea wewe, maafisa wako na watu wako ili kwamba vyura watoke kwenu na kwenye nyumba zenu. Isipokuwa wale walio katika Mto Naili.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EXO.8.10" />Farao akasema, “Kesho.”
</p>
<p style="p">Mose akamjibu, “Itakuwa kama unavyosema, ili upate kujua kwamba hakuna yeyote kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.8.11" />Vyura wataondoka kwako na katika nyumba zako, kwa maafisa wako na kwa watu wako, ila watabakia katika Mto Naili tu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="EXO.8.12" />Baada ya Mose na Aroni kuondoka kwa Farao, Mose akamlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuhusu vyura aliokuwa amewaleta kwa Farao.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EXO.8.13" />Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akafanya lile Mose alilomwomba. Vyura wakafia ndani ya nyumba, viwanjani na mashambani.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EXO.8.14" />Wakayakusanya malundo, nchi nzima ikanuka.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EXO.8.15" />Lakini Farao alipoona pametokea nafuu, akaushupaza moyo wake na hakuwasikiliza Mose na Aroni, kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyokuwa amesema.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Pigo La Tatu: Viroboto
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="EXO.8.16" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Mwambie Aroni, ‘Nyoosha fimbo yako uyapige mavumbi ya ardhi,’ nayo nchi yote ya Misri mavumbi yatakuwa viroboto.”
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EXO.8.17" />Wakafanya hivyo, Aroni aliponyoosha mkono wake wenye fimbo na kuyapiga mavumbi ya nchi, viroboto wakawajia watu na wanyama. Mavumbi yote katika nchi ya Misri yakawa viroboto.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EXO.8.18" />Lakini waganga walipojaribu kutengeneza viroboto kwa siri ya uganga wao, hawakuweza. Nao viroboto walikuwa juu ya watu na wanyama.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EXO.8.19" />Waganga wale wakamwambia Farao, “Hiki ni kidole cha Mungu.” Lakini moyo wa Farao ukawa mgumu naye hakuwasikiliza, kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyosema.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Pigo La Nne: Mainzi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EXO.8.20" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Amka mapema asubuhi na usimame mbele ya Farao wakati anapokwenda mtoni nawe umwambie, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemalo: Waachie watu wangu waende, ili wapate kuniabudu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EXO.8.21" />Kama hutawaachia watu wangu waondoke nitakupelekea makundi ya mainzi juu yako, kwa maafisa wako, kwa watu wako na kwenye nyumba zenu. Nyumba za Wamisri zitajazwa mainzi, hata na ardhi yote ya Misri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="EXO.8.22" />“ ‘Lakini siku ile nitafanya kitu tofauti katika nchi ya Gosheni, ambapo watu wangu wanaishi, hapatakuwepo na makundi ya mainzi, ili mpate kujua kwamba Mimi,
<nd>Bwana</nd>, niko katika nchi hii.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EXO.8.23" />Nitaweka tofauti kati ya watu wangu na watu wenu. Ishara hii ya ajabu itatokea kesho.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="EXO.8.24" />Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akafanya hivyo. Makundi makubwa ya mainzi yalimiminika katika jumba la kifalme la Farao na katika nyumba za maafisa wake, pia nchi yote ya Misri ikaharibiwa na mainzi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="EXO.8.25" />Ndipo Farao akamwita Mose na Aroni na kuwaambia, “Nendeni mkamtolee Mungu wenu dhabihu katika nchi hii.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="EXO.8.26" />Lakini Mose akamwambia, “Hilo halitakuwa sawa. Dhabihu tutakazomtolea
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu zitakuwa chukizo kwa Wamisri. Kama tukitoa dhabihu ambazo ni chukizo mbele yao, je, hawatatupiga mawe?
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EXO.8.27" />Ni lazima twende mwendo wa siku tatu mpaka tufike jangwani ili tumtolee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu dhabihu, kama alivyotuagiza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="EXO.8.28" />Farao akamwambia, “Nitawaruhusu mwende kumtolea
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu dhabihu huko jangwani, lakini hamna ruhusa kwenda mbali sana. Sasa mniombee.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="EXO.8.29" />Mose akajibu, “Mara tu nitakapoondoka, nitamwomba
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kesho mainzi yataondoka kwa Farao, kwa maafisa wake na kwa watu wake. Hakikisha tu kwamba Farao hatatenda kwa udanganyifu tena kwa kutokuwaachia watu waende kumtolea
<nd>Bwana</nd> dhabihu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="EXO.8.30" />Ndipo Mose akamwacha Farao na kumwomba
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="EXO.8.31" />naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akafanya lile Mose alilomwomba. Mainzi yakaondoka kwa Farao, kwa maafisa wake na kwa watu wake, wala hakuna hata inzi aliyebakia.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="EXO.8.32" />Lakini wakati huu pia Farao akaushupaza moyo wake, wala hakuwaruhusu Waisraeli waondoke.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Pigo La Tano: Vifo Vya Mifugo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.9.1" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Nenda kwa Farao ukamwambie, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Waebrania asemalo: “Waachie watu wangu waende ili wapate kuniabudu.”
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EXO.9.2" />Kama ukikataa kuwaachia waende, nawe ukiendelea kuwashikilia,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.9.3" />mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> utaleta pigo baya kwa mifugo yako, juu ya farasi wako, punda, ngamia, ngʼombe wako, kondoo na mbuzi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EXO.9.4" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> ataweka tofauti kati ya mifugo ya Israeli na ile ya Misri, kwamba hakuna mnyama wa Mwisraeli atakayekufa.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EXO.9.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akaweka wakati na kusema, “Kesho
<nd>Bwana</nd> atalitenda hili katika nchi.”
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EXO.9.6" />Siku iliyofuata
<nd>Bwana</nd> akalitenda: Mifugo yote ya Wamisri ikafa, lakini hakuna hata mnyama mmoja wa wana wa Israeli aliyekufa.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EXO.9.7" />Farao akatuma watu kuchunguza, nao wakakuta kuwa hakuna hata mnyama mmoja wa Waisraeli aliyekufa. Lakini moyo wa Farao haukukubali kuwaachia watu waende.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Pigo La Sita: Majipu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EXO.9.8" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose na Aroni, “Chukueni majivu ya tanuru, naye Mose ayarushe angani mbele ya Farao.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EXO.9.9" />Yatakuwa vumbi jepesi juu ya nchi yote ya Misri, pia yatatokea majipu yenye kufura juu ya watu na wanyama katika nchi yote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EXO.9.10" />Basi wakachukua majivu kwenye tanuru na kusimama mbele ya Farao. Mose akayarusha hewani, nayo majipu yenye kufura yakatokea miilini mwa watu na wanyama.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.9.11" />Waganga hawakuweza kusimama mbele ya Mose kwa sababu ya majipu yale yaliyokuwa miilini mwao na juu ya miili ya Wamisri wote.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EXO.9.12" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaufanya moyo wa Farao kuwa mgumu, naye hakuwasikiliza Mose na Aroni, sawasawa kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyokuwa amemwambia Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Pigo La Saba: Mvua Ya Mawe
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EXO.9.13" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Amka mapema asubuhi, usimame mbele ya Farao, umwambie, ‘Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Waebrania: Waachie watu wangu waende, ili kwamba waweze kuniabudu,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EXO.9.14" />au wakati huu nitaleta mapigo yangu yenye nguvu dhidi yako, maafisa wako na watu wako, ili upate kujua kuwa hakuna mwingine kama Mimi katika dunia yote.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EXO.9.15" />Kwa kuwa mpaka sasa ningelikuwa nimenyoosha mkono wangu na kukupiga wewe na watu wako kwa pigo ambalo lingekufutilia mbali juu ya nchi.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EXO.9.16" />Lakini nimekuinua wewe kwa kusudi hili hasa, ili nipate kukuonyesha uwezo wangu, na ili Jina langu lipate kutangazwa duniani yote.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EXO.9.17" />Bado unaendelea kujiinua juu ya watu wangu, wala hutaki kuwaachia waende.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EXO.9.18" />Kwa hiyo, kesho wakati kama huu nitaleta mvua mbaya sana ya mawe ambayo haijapata kunyesha katika nchi ya Misri, tangu siku ilipoumbwa mpaka leo.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EXO.9.19" />Sasa toa amri urudishe wanyama wote watoke malishoni na chochote ambacho kipo mashambani waje mpaka mahali pa usalama, kwa sababu mvua ya mawe itanyesha juu ya kila mtu na kila mnyama ambaye hajaletwa ndani ambao bado wako nje mashambani, nao watakufa.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EXO.9.20" />Wale maafisa wa Farao ambao waliliogopa neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> wakafanya haraka kuwaleta watumwa wao na mifugo yao ndani.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EXO.9.21" />Lakini wale waliopuuza neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> wakawaacha watumwa wao na mifugo yao shambani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="EXO.9.22" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Nyoosha mkono wako kuelekea angani ili kwamba mvua ya mawe inyeshe juu ya Misri yote, juu ya watu, wanyama na juu ya kila kitu kiotacho katika mashamba ya Misri.”
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EXO.9.23" />Mose alipoinyoosha fimbo yake kuelekea angani,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akatuma ngurumo na mvua ya mawe, umeme wa radi ulimulika hadi nchi. Kwa hiyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaifanya mvua ya mawe kunyesha juu ya nchi ya Misri,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EXO.9.24" />mvua ya mawe ikanyesha na radi ikamulika pote. Ikawa dhoruba ya kutisha ambayo haijakuwako katika nchi ya Misri, tangu nchi hiyo iwe taifa.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EXO.9.25" />Mvua ya mawe ikaharibu kila kitu katika nchi ya Misri kilichokuwa katika mashamba, watu na wanyama, ikaharibu kila kitu kinachoota mashambani na kuvunja kila mti.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EXO.9.26" />Mahali pekee ambapo mvua ya mawe haikunyesha ni nchi ya Gosheni, ambako Waisraeli waliishi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="EXO.9.27" />Ndipo Farao akawaita Mose na Aroni akawaambia, “Wakati huu nimetenda dhambi.
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni mwenye haki, mimi na watu wangu ni wakosaji.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EXO.9.28" />Mwombeni
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa kuwa tumepata ngurumo na mvua za mawe za kututosha. Nitawaachia mwondoke; hamtahitaji kungoja zaidi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="EXO.9.29" />Mose akamjibu, “Nitakapokuwa nimetoka nje ya mji, nitanyoosha mikono yangu juu kumwomba
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Ngurumo zitakoma na hapatakuwepo mvua ya mawe tena, ili upate kujua kuwa, nchi ni mali ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="EXO.9.30" />Lakini ninajua kuwa wewe na maafisa wako bado hammwogopi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="EXO.9.31" />(Kitani na shayiri viliharibiwa, kwa kuwa shayiri ilikuwa na masuke, na kitani ilikuwa katika kutoa maua.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="EXO.9.32" />Hata hivyo, ngano na jamii nyingine ya ngano hazikuharibiwa kwa sababu zilikuwa hazijakomaa bado.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="EXO.9.33" />Kisha Mose akaondoka kwa Farao akaenda nje ya mji. Mose akanyoosha mikono yake kuelekea kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ngurumo na mvua ya mawe vikakoma, mvua haikuendelea tena kunyesha nchini.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="EXO.9.34" />Farao alipoona kwamba mvua ya mawe na ngurumo zimekoma, akafanya dhambi tena. Yeye na maafisa wake wakafanya mioyo yao kuwa migumu.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="EXO.9.35" />Kwa hiyo moyo wa Farao ukawa mgumu, wala hakuwaachia Waisraeli waende, kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyokuwa amesema kupitia Mose.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="10" />
<s style="s1">Pigo La Nane: Nzige
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.10.1" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Nenda kwa Farao, kwa kuwa nimeufanya moyo wake kuwa mgumu na mioyo ya maafisa wake ili kwamba nipate kutenda ishara hizi zangu za ajabu miongoni mwao
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EXO.10.2" />ili upate kuwaeleza watoto wako na wajukuu wako jinsi nilivyowatendea Wamisri kwa ukali na jinsi nilivyofanya ishara zangu miongoni mwao, nanyi mpate kujua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="EXO.10.3" />Kwa hiyo Mose na Aroni wakaenda kwa Farao na kumwambia, “Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Waebrania, asemalo: ‘Utaendelea hata lini kukataa kunyenyekea mbele yangu? Waachie watu wangu waende, ili wapate kuniabudu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EXO.10.4" />Kama ukikataa kuwaachia waende, kesho nitaleta nzige katika nchi yako.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EXO.10.5" />Nao watafunika uso wa ardhi hata usionekane. Watatafuna mabaki machache yaliyobakizwa baada ya ile mvua ya mawe, yaani pamoja na kila mti unaoota katika mashamba yenu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EXO.10.6" />Nzige hao watajaza nyumba zako, za maafisa wako wote na za Wamisri wote. Jambo ambalo baba zenu wala babu zenu hawajapata kuona tangu siku ile walipoanza kuishi katika nchi hii mpaka leo hii.’ ” Ndipo Mose akageuka na kumwacha Farao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EXO.10.7" />Maafisa wa Farao wakamwambia, “Mpaka lini huyu mtu atakuwa tanzi kwetu? Waachie hao watu waende zao, ili wapate kumwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao. Je, bado hutambui kuwa Misri imeangamia?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EXO.10.8" />Ndipo Mose na Aroni wakaletwa kwa Farao. Farao akawaambia, “Nendeni, mkamwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu. Lakini ni nani hasa watakaokwenda?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EXO.10.9" />Mose akajibu, “Tutakwenda na vijana wetu na wazee, pamoja na wana wetu na binti zetu, pia pamoja na kondoo zetu, ngʼombe, mbuzi, farasi na punda kwa sababu tutaadhimisha sikukuu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EXO.10.10" />Farao akasema, “<nd>Bwana</nd> awe pamoja nanyi, kama nikiwaruhusu mwondoke pamoja na wanawake wenu na watoto wenu! Ni wazi kwamba mna makusudi mabaya.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.10.11" />La hasha! Wanaume peke yao na waende, wakamwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa kuwa hilo ndilo mmekuwa mkiomba.” Kwa hiyo Mose na Aroni wakaondolewa mbele ya Farao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="EXO.10.12" />Basi
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Nyoosha mkono wako juu ya Misri ili kundi la nzige liweze kuingia juu ya nchi na kutafuna kila kitu kiotacho katika mashamba na kila kitu kilichosazwa na ile mvua ya mawe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EXO.10.13" />Kwa hiyo Mose akanyoosha fimbo yake juu ya Misri,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akauleta upepo wa mashariki ukavuma katika nchi yote mchana wote na usiku kucha, kufikia asubuhi upepo ukawa umeleta nzige.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EXO.10.14" />Wakaivamia Misri yote na kukaa kila eneo la nchi kwa wingi. Kamwe hapajapata kuwepo pigo la nzige kama hilo, wala halitakuwepo tena.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EXO.10.15" />Wakafunika ardhi yote mpaka ardhi ikawa nyeusi. Wakatafuna kile chote kilichokuwa kimebakizwa na ile mvua ya mawe, kila kitu kiotacho mashambani pamoja na matunda kwenye miti. Hakuna kitu chochote cha kijani kilichosalia katika miti au mmea katika nchi yote ya Misri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="EXO.10.16" />Farao akawaita Mose na Aroni kwa haraka na kuwaambia, “Nimetenda dhambi dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu na dhidi yenu pia.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EXO.10.17" />Sasa unisamehe dhambi yangu mara moja tena na umwombe
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako aondoe pigo hili baya kwangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="EXO.10.18" />Kisha Mose akaondoka kwa Farao akamwomba
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EXO.10.19" />Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaugeuza upepo ukavuma kutoka magharibi, wenye nguvu nyingi, ambao uliwaondoa wale nzige na kuwapeleka kwenye Bahari ya Shamu. Hakuna nzige hata mmoja aliyebaki popote katika nchi ya Misri.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EXO.10.20" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaufanya moyo wa Farao kuwa mgumu, wala hakuwaachia Waisraeli waondoke.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Pigo La Tisa: Giza
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EXO.10.21" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Nyoosha mkono wako kuelekea angani ili giza litande katika nchi ya Misri, giza ambalo watu wanaweza kulipapasa na kulihisi.”
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EXO.10.22" />Kwa hiyo Mose akaunyoosha mkono wake kuelekea angani, na giza nene likafunika pote katika nchi ya Misri kwa muda wa siku tatu.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EXO.10.23" />Hakuna mtu yeyote aliyeweza kumwona mwenzake, wala kuondoka mahali alipokuwa kwa muda wa siku tatu. Lakini Waisraeli wote walikuwa na mwanga katika maeneo yao waliyokuwa wanaishi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="EXO.10.24" />Ndipo Farao akamwita Mose na kusema, “Nendeni, mkamwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Hata wanawake na watoto wenu mwaweza kwenda nao pia, lakini kondoo, mbuzi na ngʼombe wenu waacheni.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="EXO.10.25" />Lakini Mose akasema, “Huna budi kuturuhusu tuwe na dhabihu na sadaka za kuteketezwa za kutoa mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EXO.10.26" />Sisi ni lazima tuondoke na mifugo yetu pia, wala hakuna ukwato utakaoachwa nyuma. Inatupasa kutumia baadhi ya hiyo mifugo katika kumwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu, kwa kuwa mpaka tutakapofika huko hatutakuwa tumefahamu ni nini tutakachotumia katika kumwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="EXO.10.27" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaufanya moyo wa Farao kuwa mgumu, hakuwa radhi kuwaachia waondoke.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EXO.10.28" />Farao akamwambia Mose, “Ondoka mbele yangu! Hakikisha kuwa hutakuja mbele yangu tena! Siku ile utakapouona uso wangu utakufa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="EXO.10.29" />Mose akamjibu, “Iwe kama ulivyosema! Kamwe sitauona uso wako tena.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="11" />
<s style="s1">Pigo La Kumi: Kuuawa Wazaliwa Wa Kwanza
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.11.1" />Basi
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amemwambia Mose, “Nitaleta pigo moja zaidi kwa Farao na katika nchi ya Misri. Baada ya hilo, atawaacha mwondoke hapa na atakapofanya hivyo, atawafukuza mtoke kabisa.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EXO.11.2" />Waambie watu wote waume kwa wake wawaombe majirani zao vitu vya fedha na vya dhahabu.”
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.11.3" />(<nd>Bwana</nd> akawafanya Wamisri wawe na moyo wa ukarimu kwa Waisraeli, naye Mose mwenyewe akaheshimiwa sana na maafisa wa Farao na watu wote katika nchi ya Misri.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="EXO.11.4" />Kwa hiyo Mose akasema, “Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemalo: ‘Panapo usiku wa manane Mimi nitapita katika nchi yote ya Misri.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EXO.11.5" />Kila mwanaume kifungua mimba katika Misri atakufa, kuanzia mzaliwa wa kwanza wa kiume wa Farao, aketiye penye kiti cha ufalme, hadi mzaliwa wa kwanza wa kiume wa mtumwa wa kike, anayesaga nafaka kwa jiwe, pamoja na kila mzaliwa wa kwanza wa mifugo.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EXO.11.6" />Patakuwepo kilio kikubwa katika nchi yote ya Misri, kilio kibaya ambacho hakijakuwepo wala kamwe hakitakuwepo tena.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EXO.11.7" />Lakini miongoni mwa Waisraeli hakuna hata mbwa atakayembwekea mwanadamu wala mnyama yeyote.’ Ndipo mtakapojua kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> huweka tofauti kati ya Misri na Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EXO.11.8" />Maafisa hawa wako wote watanijia, wakisujudu mbele yangu, wakisema, ‘Ondoka, wewe pamoja na watu wako wote wanaokufuata!’ Baada ya haya nitaondoka.” Kisha Mose, huku akiwa amewaka hasira, akamwacha Farao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EXO.11.9" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amemwambia Mose, “Farao atakataa kukusikiliza, ili maajabu yangu yapate kuongezeka katika nchi ya Misri.”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EXO.11.10" />Mose na Aroni wakafanya maajabu haya yote mbele ya Farao, lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaufanya moyo wa Farao kuwa mgumu, wala hakuwaachia Waisraeli waondoke katika nchi yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Pasaka
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.12.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose na Aroni katika nchi ya Misri,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EXO.12.2" />“Mwezi huu utakuwa mwanzo wa miezi kwenu, yaani mwezi wa kwanza wa mwaka wenu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.12.3" />Iambie jumuiya yote ya Israeli kwamba katika siku ya kumi ya mwezi huu, kila mtu atatwaa mwana-kondoo mmoja kwa ajili ya familia yake, mmoja kwa kila nyumba.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EXO.12.4" />Ikiwa nyumba yoyote ina watu wachache wasioweza kumaliza huyo mwana-kondoo mzima, nyumba hiyo itabidi ishirikiane na nyumba ya jirani wa karibu, baada ya kuzingatia idadi ya watu waliomo. Mtaangalia ni kiasi gani cha nyama kitahitajika kulingana na mahitaji ya kila mtu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EXO.12.5" />Wanyama mtakaowachagua, lazima wawe wa kiume wa umri wa mwaka mmoja wasiokuwa na dosari, mwaweza kuwachukua kati ya kondoo au mbuzi.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EXO.12.6" />Tunzeni wanyama hao mpaka siku ya kumi na nne ya mwezi, ambapo lazima watu wa jumuiya yote ya Israeli wachinje wanyama hao wakati wa jioni.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EXO.12.7" />Ndipo watakapochukua baadhi ya hiyo damu na kuipaka kwenye vizingiti vya juu na miimo ya milango ya nyumba ambamo watakula wana-kondoo hao.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EXO.12.8" />Usiku huo huo watakula nyama iliyookwa kwenye moto, pamoja na mboga chungu za majani na mikate isiyotiwa chachu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EXO.12.9" />Msile nyama mbichi wala iliyochemshwa, lakini iwe imeokwa kwenye moto, kichwa, miguu na nyama zake za ndani.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EXO.12.10" />Msibakize nyama yoyote mpaka asubuhi; nazo kama zitabakia mpaka asubuhi, lazima mziteketeze kwa moto.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.12.11" />Hivi ndivyo mtakavyokula: Mtajifunga mikanda viunoni, mtakuwa mmevaa viatu vyenu miguuni na kushika fimbo zenu mkononi mwenu. Mle kwa haraka; hii ni Pasaka ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="EXO.12.12" />“Usiku huo huo nitapita katika nchi yote ya Misri na kumuua kila mzaliwa wa kwanza, wa wanadamu na wa wanyama, nami nitaihukumu miungu yote ya Misri. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EXO.12.13" />Damu itakuwa ishara kwa ajili yenu ya kuonyesha nyumba ambazo mtakuwamo; nami nitakapoiona damu, nitapita juu yenu. Hakuna pigo la uharibifu litakalowagusa ninyi nitakapoipiga Misri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="EXO.12.14" />“Siku hii itakuwa kumbukumbu kwenu, mtaiadhimisha kuwa sikukuu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, katika vizazi vyenu vyote: mtaishika kuwa amri ya kudumu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EXO.12.15" />Kwa siku saba mtakula mikate isiyotiwa chachu. Katika siku ya kwanza mtaondoa chachu yote ndani ya nyumba zenu, kwa maana yeyote atakayekula chochote chenye chachu kuanzia siku ya kwanza hadi ya saba lazima akatiliwe mbali kutoka Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EXO.12.16" />Katika siku ya kwanza mtakuwa na kusanyiko takatifu, na kusanyiko jingine katika siku ya saba. Katika siku hizo msifanye kazi kamwe isipokuwa kutayarisha chakula cha kila mmoja; hilo ndilo tu mtakalofanya.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EXO.12.17" />“Mtaadhimisha Sikukuu ya Mikate Isiyotiwa Chachu, kwa sababu hiyo ndiyo siku ile niliyovitoa vikosi vyenu kutoka Misri. Mtaiadhimisha siku hii kwa vizazi vyenu vyote kuwa amri ya kudumu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EXO.12.18" />Katika mwezi wa kwanza mtakula mikate isiyotiwa chachu, kuanzia jioni ya siku ya kumi na nne hadi jioni ya siku ya ishirini na moja.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EXO.12.19" />Kwa muda wa siku saba isionekane chachu yoyote katika nyumba zenu. Yeyote alaye chochote chenye chachu ndani yake, lazima akatiliwe mbali kutoka jumuiya ya Israeli, akiwa ni mgeni au mzawa.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EXO.12.20" />Msile chochote kilichotiwa chachu. Popote muishipo, ni lazima mle mikate isiyotiwa chachu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EXO.12.21" />Ndipo Mose akawaita wazee wote wa Israeli na kuwaambia, “Nendeni mara moja mkachague wanyama kwa ajili ya jamaa zenu, mkachinje mwana-kondoo wa Pasaka.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EXO.12.22" />Chukueni kitawi cha hisopo, kichovyeni kwenye damu iliyopo kwenye sinia na kuipaka baadhi ya hiyo damu kwenye vizingiti na kwenye miimo yote miwili ya milango. Mtu yeyote asitoke nje ya mlango wa nyumba yake mpaka asubuhi.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EXO.12.23" /><nd>Bwana</nd> apitapo katika nchi yote kuwapiga Wamisri, ataiona damu juu ya vizingiti na kwenye miimo ya milango, naye atapita juu, wala hatamruhusu mwangamizi kuingia katika nyumba zenu na kuwapiga ninyi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="EXO.12.24" />“Shikeni maagizo haya yawe kanuni ya kudumu kwenu na kwa ajili ya wazao wenu.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EXO.12.25" />Mtakapoingia katika nchi
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakayowapa kama alivyoahidi, shikeni desturi hii.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EXO.12.26" />Watoto wenu watakapowauliza, ‘Sikukuu hii ina maana gani kwenu?’
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EXO.12.27" />Basi waambieni, ‘Hii ni dhabihu ya Pasaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ambaye alipita juu ya nyumba za Waisraeli katika nchi ya Misri na hakudhuru nyumba zetu alipowapiga Wamisri.’ ” Ndipo watu wa Israeli waliposujudu na kuabudu.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EXO.12.28" />Waisraeli wakafanya kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza Mose na Aroni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="EXO.12.29" />Ilipofika usiku wa manane,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawapiga wazaliwa wa kwanza wote katika Misri, kuanzia mzaliwa wa kwanza wa Farao, mrithi wa kiti cha ufalme, hadi mzaliwa wa kwanza wa mfungwa, aliyekuwa gerezani, na wazaliwa wa kwanza wa mifugo yote pia.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="EXO.12.30" />Farao, na maafisa wake wote, na Wamisri wote wakaamka usiku, na kulikuwa na kilio kikubwa katika nchi ya Misri, kwa kuwa haikuwepo nyumba ambayo hakufa mtu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kutoka
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="EXO.12.31" />Wakati huo Farao akawaita Mose na Aroni na kuwaambia, “Ondokeni! Tokeni kwa watu wangu, ninyi pamoja na Waisraeli! Nendeni mkamwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd> kama mlivyoomba.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="EXO.12.32" />Chukueni makundi yenu ya kondoo na mbuzi pamoja na ngʼombe, kama mlivyosema, nanyi mwende zenu. Nanyi pia mnibariki.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="EXO.12.33" />Wamisri wakawahimiza Waisraeli waondoke kwa haraka na kuacha nchi yao. Kwa kuwa walisema, “La sivyo, tutakufa wote!”
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="EXO.12.34" />Hivyo watu wakachukua donge lao la unga kabla ya kutiwa chachu, wakaweka ndani ya mabakuli ya kukandia, wakayaviringisha katika vitambaa na kuyabeba mabegani mwao.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="EXO.12.35" />Waisraeli wakafanya kama Mose alivyowaelekeza, nao wakawaomba Wamisri wawapatie vitu vya fedha, dhahabu na nguo.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="EXO.12.36" />Basi
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amewafanya Wamisri kuwa wakarimu kwa hawa watu, wakawapatia Waisraeli vile walivyotaka kwao; kwa hiyo wakawateka nyara Wamisri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="EXO.12.37" />Waisraeli wakasafiri kutoka Ramesesi mpaka Sukothi. Walikuwepo wanaume wapatao 600,000 waendao kwa miguu bila kuhesabu wanawake na watoto.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="EXO.12.38" />Watu wengine wengi wakafuatana nao, pamoja na makundi makubwa ya mifugo wakiwemo kondoo, mbuzi na ngʼombe.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="EXO.12.39" />Wakatengeneza maandazi yasiyotiwa chachu kwa ule unga uliokandwa waliokuwa wameutoa Misri, donge hilo la unga halikuwa limetiwa chachu, kwa kuwa walikuwa wameondolewa Misri kwa haraka nao hawakuwa na muda wa kuandaa chakula chao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="EXO.12.40" />Waisraeli walikuwa wameishi Misri kwa muda wa miaka 430.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="EXO.12.41" />Ilikuwa ni siku ya mwisho ya hiyo miaka 430, vikosi vyote vya
<nd>Bwana</nd> vilipokuwa vimeondoka Misri.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="EXO.12.42" />Kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliutenga usiku ule ili kuwatoa Waisraeli katika nchi ya Misri, katika usiku huu Waisraeli wote wanapaswa kuadhimisha kwa kukesha ili kumheshimu
<nd>Bwana</nd> katika vizazi vijavyo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Masharti Kwa Ajili Ya Pasaka
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="43" bcv="EXO.12.43" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose na Aroni, “Haya ndiyo masharti kwa ajili ya Pasaka:
</p>
<p style="p">“Mgeni hataruhusiwa kula Pasaka.
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="EXO.12.44" />Mtumwa yeyote ambaye mmemnunua aweza kuila kama mmemtahiri,
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="EXO.12.45" />lakini kibarua yeyote au msafiri haruhusiwi kula.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="46" bcv="EXO.12.46" />“Sharti iliwe ndani ya nyumba; msichukue nyama yoyote nje ya nyumba hiyo. Msiuvunje mfupa wowote.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="EXO.12.47" />Jumuiya yote ya Israeli ni lazima waiadhimishe Pasaka hiyo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="48" bcv="EXO.12.48" />“Mgeni aishiye miongoni mwenu ambaye anataka kuadhimisha Pasaka ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni lazima wanaume wote waliomo nyumbani mwake wawe wametahiriwa, ndipo aweze kushiriki kama mzawa. Mwanaume yeyote asiyetahiriwa haruhusiwi kuila.
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="EXO.12.49" />Sheria iyo hiyo itamuhusu mzawa na mgeni anayeishi miongoni mwenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="50" bcv="EXO.12.50" />Waisraeli wote walifanya kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza Mose na Aroni.
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="EXO.12.51" />Siku ile ile
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawatoa Waisraeli katika nchi ya Misri kwa vikosi vyao.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="13" />
<s style="s1">Kuwekwa Wakfu Kwa Wazaliwa Wa Kwanza
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.13.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EXO.13.2" />“Niwekeeni wakfu kila mzaliwa wa kwanza wa kiume. Kila mtoto wa kwanza aliye kifungua tumbo miongoni mwa Waisraeli ni mali yangu, akiwa wa mwanadamu au wa mnyama.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="EXO.13.3" />Ndipo Mose akawaambia watu, “Ikumbukeni siku hii, siku ambayo mlitoka katika nchi ya Misri, katika nchi ya utumwa, kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliwatoa humo kwa mkono wenye nguvu. Msile chochote kilichotiwa chachu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EXO.13.4" />Leo, katika mwezi wa Abibu,<f caller="+"><fr>13:4
</fr><ft>Abibu ni jina la mwezi wa kwanza kwa Wayahudi, ambao ni mwezi wa nne katika kalenda yetu.</ft></f> mnatoka.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EXO.13.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atakapokuleta katika nchi ya Wakanaani, Wahiti, Waamori, Wahivi na Wayebusi, nchi aliyowaapia baba zako kukupa, nchi itiririkayo maziwa na asali, utaiadhimisha sikukuu hii katika mwezi huu:
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EXO.13.6" />Kwa siku saba utakula mikate isiyotiwa chachu na katika siku ya saba utamfanyia
<nd>Bwana</nd> sikukuu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EXO.13.7" />Kwa muda wa siku saba utakula mikate isiyotiwa chachu, pasionekane kitu chochote kilicho na chachu miongoni mwako, wala chachu yoyote isionekane popote ndani ya mipaka yako.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EXO.13.8" />Siku ile utamwambia mwanao, ‘Nafanya hivi kwa sababu ya jambo ambalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alinitendea nilipotoka katika nchi ya Misri.’
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EXO.13.9" />Adhimisho hili, litakuwa kama alama kwenye mkono wako na ukumbusho katika paji lako la uso, kwamba sheria ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> inapaswa iwe kinywani mwako. Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikutoa katika nchi ya Misri kwa mkono wake wenye nguvu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EXO.13.10" />Ni lazima uishike amri hii kwa wakati uliopangwa mwaka baada ya mwaka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="EXO.13.11" />“Baada ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kukuingiza katika nchi ya Wakanaani na kukupa nchi hiyo, kama alivyokuahidi kwa kiapo na kwa baba zako,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EXO.13.12" />inakupasa kumtolea
<nd>Bwana</nd> mzaliwa wa kwanza wa kila tumbo. Wazaliwa wote wa kwanza wa kiume wa mifugo yako ni mali ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EXO.13.13" />Kila mzaliwa wa kwanza wa punda utamkomboa kwa mwana-kondoo, lakini kama hukumkomboa, utamvunja shingo yake. Kila mzaliwa wa kwanza mwanaume miongoni mwa wana wenu utamkomboa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="EXO.13.14" />“Katika siku zijazo, mwanao akikuuliza, ‘Hii ina maana gani?’ Mwambie, ‘Kwa mkono wenye nguvu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alitutoa katika nchi ya Misri, kutoka nchi ya utumwa.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EXO.13.15" />Farao alipokataa kwa ukaidi kuturuhusu kuondoka,
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliua kila mzaliwa wa kwanza wa Wamisri, mwanadamu na wa mnyama. Hii ndiyo sababu ninatoa dhabihu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> mzaliwa wa kwanza wa kiume, wa kila tumbo na kumkomboa kila mzaliwa wa kwanza wa wana wangu.’
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EXO.13.16" />Jambo hili litakuwa kama ishara kwenye mkono wako na kama alama kwenye paji la uso wako, kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikutoa katika nchi ya Misri kwa mkono wake wenye nguvu.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Nguzo Ya Wingu Na Moto
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EXO.13.17" />Farao alipowaachia watu waende, Mungu hakuwaongoza kufuata njia ipitiayo katika nchi ya Wafilisti, ingawa njia hiyo ilikuwa fupi zaidi. Kwa maana Mungu alisema, “Wakikabiliana na vita, wanaweza kubadili mawazo yao na kurudi Misri.”
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EXO.13.18" />Kwa hiyo Mungu akawaongoza watu kupitia njia ya kuzunguka kupitia jangwani, kuelekea Bahari ya Shamu. Waisraeli walipanda kutoka nchi ya Misri wakiwa wamejiandaa kwa vita.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EXO.13.19" />Mose akachukua mifupa ya Yosefu kwa sababu Yosefu alikuwa amewaapisha wana wa Israeli. Alikuwa amewaambia, “Hakika Mungu atakuja kuwasaidia, nanyi ni lazima mwiichukue mifupa yangu mwende nayo kutoka mahali hapa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EXO.13.20" />Baada ya Waisraeli kuondoka Sukothi wakapiga kambi huko Ethamu pembeni mwa jangwa.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EXO.13.21" />Wakati wa mchana
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliwatangulia kwa nguzo ya wingu kuwaongoza katika njia yao, na wakati wa usiku aliwatangulia kwa nguzo ya moto kuwaangazia, ili waweze kusafiri mchana au usiku.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EXO.13.22" />Ile nguzo ya wingu wakati wa mchana au ile nguzo ya moto wakati wa usiku haikuondoka mahali pake mbele ya watu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="14" />
<s style="s1">Kuvuka Bahari Ya Shamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.14.1" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EXO.14.2" />“Waambie Waisraeli wageuke nyuma na wapige kambi karibu na Pi-Hahirothi, kati ya Migdoli na bahari. Watapiga kambi kando ya bahari, mkabala na Baal-Sefoni.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.14.3" />Farao atafikiri kwamba, ‘Hao Waisraeli wanatangatanga katika nchi kwa kuchanganyikiwa, nalo jangwa limewafungia.’
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EXO.14.4" />Nami nitaufanya moyo wa Farao mgumu, naye atawafuatilia. Lakini nitajipatia utukufu kwa ajili yangu mwenyewe kupitia Farao na jeshi lake lote, nao Wamisri watajua kuwa mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.” Kwa hiyo Waisraeli wakafanya hivyo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EXO.14.5" />Mfalme wa Misri alipoambiwa kuwa Waisraeli wamekimbia, Farao na maafisa wake wakabadili nia zao kuhusu Waisraeli, wakasema, “Tumefanya nini? Tumewaachia Waisraeli waende zao na tumeukosa utumishi wao!”
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EXO.14.6" />Kwa hiyo akaandaliwa gari lake la vita, naye akaenda pamoja na jeshi lake.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EXO.14.7" />Akachukua magari bora mia sita, pamoja na magari mengine yote ya Misri, pamoja na maafisa wa magari hayo yote.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EXO.14.8" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akaufanya mgumu moyo wa Farao, mfalme wa Misri, kwa hiyo akawafuatia Waisraeli, waliokuwa wakiondoka Misri kwa ujasiri.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EXO.14.9" />Nao Wamisri, yaani farasi wote wa Farao na magari ya vita, wapanda farasi na vikosi vya askari, wakawafuatia Waisraeli, wakawakuta karibu na Pi-Hahirothi, mkabala na Baal-Sefoni walipokuwa wamepiga kambi kando ya bahari.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EXO.14.10" />Farao alipokaribia, Waisraeli wakainua macho yao, wakawaona Wamisri wakija nyuma yao. Wakashikwa na hofu, wakamlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.14.11" />Wakamwambia Mose, “Je, ni kwamba hayakuwako makaburi huko Misri hata umetuleta tufe huku jangwani? Umetufanyia nini kututoa Misri?
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EXO.14.12" />Hatukukuambia tulipokuwa huko Misri, tuache tuwatumikie Wamisri? Ingekuwa vyema zaidi kwetu kuwatumikia Wamisri kuliko kufa jangwani!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EXO.14.13" />Mose akawajibu Waisraeli, “Msiogope. Simameni imara, nanyi mtauona wokovu
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakaowapatia leo. Hao Wamisri mnaowaona leo kamwe hamtawaona tena.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EXO.14.14" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atawapigania ninyi, nanyi mnatakiwa kutulia tu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EXO.14.15" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Kwa nini wewe unanililia? Waambie Waisraeli waendelee mbele.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EXO.14.16" />Inua fimbo yako na unyooshe mkono wako juu ya bahari ili kuyagawa maji, hivyo kwamba Waisraeli wapate kupita mahali pakavu baharini.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EXO.14.17" />Nitaifanya mioyo ya Wamisri kuwa migumu kusudi waingie baharini wakiwafuatia. Nami nitajipatia utukufu kupitia Farao pamoja na jeshi lake lote, kupitia magari yake ya vita na wapanda farasi wake.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EXO.14.18" />Nao Wamisri watajua kwamba Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> nitakapojipatia utukufu kupitia Farao, magari yake ya vita na wapanda farasi wake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EXO.14.19" />Ndipo malaika wa Mungu, aliyekuwa akisafiri mbele ya jeshi la Israeli, akaondoka akakaa nyuma yao. Pia ile nguzo ya wingu ikaondoka hapo mbele yao na kusimama nyuma,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EXO.14.20" />ikakaa kati ya majeshi ya Misri na Israeli. Usiku kucha wingu likaleta giza upande mmoja na nuru kwa upande mwingine, kwa hiyo hakuna aliyemkaribia mwenzake usiku kucha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EXO.14.21" />Ndipo Mose akanyoosha mkono wake juu ya bahari, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akayasukuma maji ya bahari nyuma kwa upepo mkali wa mashariki usiku ule wote na kupafanya nchi kavu. Maji yakagawanyika,
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EXO.14.22" />nao Waisraeli wakapita baharini mahali pakavu, maji yakiwa ukuta upande wao wa kuume na upande wao wa kushoto.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="EXO.14.23" />Wamisri wakawafuatia ndani ya bahari, pamoja na farasi wote wa Farao, magari ya vita na wapanda farasi.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EXO.14.24" />Karibia mapambazuko,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaliangalia jeshi la Wamisri kutoka ile nguzo ya moto na ya wingu, akalifadhaisha.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EXO.14.25" />Mungu akayaondoa magurudumu ya magari yao, kwa hivyo wakayaendesha kwa shida. Nao Wamisri wakasema, “Tuachane na Waisraeli!
<nd>Bwana</nd> anawapigania dhidi ya Misri.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wafuatiaji Wazama
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="EXO.14.26" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Nyoosha mkono wako juu ya bahari ili maji yarudiane yawafunike Wamisri, magari yao ya vita na wapanda farasi wao.”
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EXO.14.27" />Mose akanyoosha mkono wake juu ya bahari, wakati wa mapambazuko bahari ikarudiana na kuwa kama kawaida. Wamisri wakajaribu kuyakimbia maji, lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawasukumia ndani ya bahari.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EXO.14.28" />Maji yakarudiana na kuyafunika magari ya vita na wapanda farasi pamoja na jeshi lote la Farao lililokuwa limewafuata Waisraeli ndani ya bahari. Hakuna hata mmoja wao aliyenusurika.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="EXO.14.29" />Lakini Waisraeli wakapita baharini mahali pakavu, ukiwepo ukuta wa maji upande wao wa kuume na upande wao wa kushoto.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="EXO.14.30" />Siku ile
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawaokoa Waisraeli kutoka mikononi mwa Wamisri, nao Waisraeli wakawaona Wamisri wamelala ufuoni mwa bahari wakiwa wamekufa.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="EXO.14.31" />Basi Waisraeli walipoona uwezo mkubwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliodhihirisha dhidi ya Wamisri, watu wakamwogopa
<nd>Bwana</nd> na wakaweka tumaini lao kwake na kwa Mose mtumishi wake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="15" />
<s style="s1">Wimbo Wa Mose Na Miriamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.15.1" />Ndipo Mose na Waisraeli wakamwimbia
<nd>Bwana</nd> wimbo huu:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Nitamwimbia
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa ametukuzwa sana.
</q>
<q style="q1">Farasi na mpanda farasi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amewatosa baharini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="EXO.15.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ni nguvu zangu na wimbo wangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amekuwa wokovu wangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Yeye ni Mungu wangu, nami nitamsifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu wa baba yangu, nami nitamtukuza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="EXO.15.3" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ni shujaa wa vita;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> ndilo jina lake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="EXO.15.4" />Magari ya vita ya Farao na jeshi lake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amewatosa baharini.
</q>
<q style="q1">Maafisa wa Farao walio bora sana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamezamishwa katika Bahari ya Shamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="EXO.15.5" />Maji yenye kina yamewafunika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamezama mpaka vilindini kama jiwe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="EXO.15.6" />“Mkono wako wa kuume, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulitukuka kwa uweza.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mkono wako wa kuume, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukamponda adui.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="EXO.15.7" />Katika ukuu wa utukufu wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukawaangusha chini wale waliokupinga.
</q>
<q style="q1">Uliachia hasira yako kali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ikawateketeza kama kapi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="EXO.15.8" />Kwa pumzi ya pua zako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maji yalijilundika.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mawimbi ya maji yakasimama imara kama ukuta,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vilindi vikagandamana ndani ya moyo wa bahari.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="EXO.15.9" />“Adui alijivuna,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Nitawafuatia, nitawapata.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitagawanya nyara;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitajishibisha kwa wao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitafuta upanga wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mkono wangu utawaangamiza.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="EXO.15.10" />Lakini ulipuliza kwa pumzi yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bahari ikawafunika.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wakazama kama risasi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye maji makuu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="EXO.15.11" />“Ni nani miongoni mwa miungu aliye kama wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani kama Wewe:
</q>
<q level="3" style="q3">uliyetukuka katika utakatifu,
</q>
<q level="3" style="q3">utishaye katika utukufu,
</q>
<q level="3" style="q3">ukitenda maajabu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="EXO.15.12" />Uliunyoosha mkono wako wa kuume
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nchi ikawameza.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="EXO.15.13" />“Katika upendo wako usiokoma utawaongoza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu uliowakomboa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Katika nguvu zako utawaongoza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpaka makao yako matakatifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="EXO.15.14" />Mataifa watasikia na kutetemeka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uchungu utawakamata watu wa Ufilisti.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="EXO.15.15" />Wakuu wa Edomu wataogopa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">viongozi wa Moabu watatetemeka kwa hofu,
</q>
<q style="q1">watu wa Kanaani watayeyuka,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="16" bcv="EXO.15.16" />vitisho na hofu vitawaangukia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa nguvu ya mkono wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watatulia kama jiwe,
</q>
<q style="q1">mpaka watu wako waishe kupita, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpaka watu uliowanunua wapite.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="EXO.15.17" />Utawaingiza na kuwapandikiza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya mlima wa urithi wako:
</q>
<q style="q1">hapo mahali, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ulipopafanya kuwa makao yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahali patakatifu, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ulipopajenga kwa mikono yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="EXO.15.18" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atatawala
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">milele na milele.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EXO.15.19" />Farasi wa Farao, magari yake ya vita na wapanda farasi wake walipoingia baharini,
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyarudisha maji ya bahari yakawafunika, lakini wana wa Israeli walipita baharini mahali pakavu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EXO.15.20" />Kisha Miriamu yule nabii mke, ndugu yake Aroni, akachukua matari mkononi mwake na wanawake wote wakamfuata na matari yao wakicheza.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EXO.15.21" />Miriamu akawaimbia:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Mwimbieni
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana ametukuka sana.
</q>
<q style="q1">Farasi na mpanda farasi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amewatosa baharini.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Maji Ya Mara Na Elimu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="EXO.15.22" />Kisha Mose akawaongoza Israeli kutoka Bahari ya Shamu na kuingia katika Jangwa la Shuri. Kwa siku tatu walisafiri jangwani bila kupata maji.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EXO.15.23" />Walipofika Mara, hawakuweza kunywa maji yake kwa sababu yalikuwa machungu. (Ndiyo sababu mahali hapo panaitwa Mara<f caller="+"><fr>15:23
</fr><ft>Mara maana yake ni Chungu.</ft></f>)
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EXO.15.24" />Kwa hiyo watu wakamnungʼunikia Mose, wakisema, “Tunywe nini?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="EXO.15.25" />Ndipo Mose akamlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwonyesha kipande cha mti. Akakitupa ndani ya maji, nayo maji yakawa matamu.
</p>
<p style="p">Huko
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawapa amri na sheria na huko akawajaribu.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EXO.15.26" />Mungu akasema, “Kama mkisikiliza kwa bidii sauti ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu na kuyafanya yaliyo sawa machoni pake, kama mkiyatii maagizo yake na kuzishika amri zake zote, sitaleta juu yenu ugonjwa wowote niliowaletea Wamisri, kwa kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, niwaponyaye.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="EXO.15.27" />Kisha wakafika Elimu, mahali palipokuwa na chemchemi kumi na mbili, na miti sabini ya mitende, wakapiga kambi huko karibu na maji.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="16" />
<s style="s1">Mana Na Kware
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.16.1" />Jumuiya yote ya Kiisraeli ikaondoka Elimu, wakafika Jangwa la Sini, lililokuwa kati ya Elimu na Sinai, siku ya kumi na tano ya mwezi wa pili baada ya kutoka Misri.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EXO.16.2" />Huko jangwani hiyo jumuiya yote wakawanungʼunikia Mose na Aroni.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.16.3" />Waisraeli wakawaambia, “Laiti tungelikufa kwa mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> huko Misri! Huko tuliketi tukizunguka masufuria ya nyama na tukala vyakula tulivyovitaka, lakini ninyi mmetuleta huku jangwani ili mpate kuua mkutano huu wote kwa njaa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="EXO.16.4" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Nitanyesha mikate kutoka mbinguni kwa ajili yenu. Watu watatoka kila siku na kukusanya kitakachowatosha kwa siku ile, kwa njia hii, nitawajaribu nione kama watafuata maelekezo yangu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EXO.16.5" />Siku ya sita watatayarisha kile waletacho ndani, nacho kitakuwa mara mbili kuliko ya kile walichokusanya kila siku.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EXO.16.6" />Kwa hiyo Mose na Aroni wakawaambia Waisraeli wote, “Jioni mtajua kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndiye aliwatoa Misri,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EXO.16.7" />kisha asubuhi mtauona utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa sababu amesikia manungʼuniko yenu dhidi yake. Sisi ni nani hata mtunungʼunikie?”
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EXO.16.8" />Pia Mose akasema, “Mtajua kuwa alikuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> wakati atakapowapa nyama mle ifikapo jioni na mikate yote mtakayohitaji asubuhi kwa sababu amesikia manungʼuniko yenu dhidi yake. Sisi ni nani? Hamnungʼuniki dhidi yetu, bali dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EXO.16.9" />Kisha Mose akamwambia Aroni, “Iambie jumuiya yote ya Waisraeli kwamba, ‘Mje mbele zake
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa maana amesikia manungʼuniko yenu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EXO.16.10" />Aroni alipokuwa akizungumza na jumuiya yote ya Waisraeli, wakatazama kuelekea jangwani, na huko wakaona utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ukitokeza katika wingu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="EXO.16.11" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EXO.16.12" />“Nimesikia manungʼuniko ya Waisraeli. Waambie, ‘Jioni mtakula nyama, na asubuhi mtashiba mikate. Ndipo mtajua ya kwamba Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EXO.16.13" />Jioni ile kware wakaja wakaifunika kambi na asubuhi kulikuwa na tabaka la umande kuzunguka kambi.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EXO.16.14" />Wakati umande ulipoondoka, vipande vidogo vidogo kama theluji vilionekana juu ya uso wa jangwa.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EXO.16.15" />Waisraeli walipoona, wakaambiana, “Hiki ni nini?” Kwa kuwa hawakujua kilikuwa kitu gani.
</p>
<p style="p">Mose akawaambia, “Huu ndio mkate ambao
<nd>Bwana</nd> amewapa mle.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EXO.16.16" />Hivi ndivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyoamuru: ‘Kila mmoja akusanye kiasi anachohitaji. Chukueni pishi<f caller="+"><fr>16:16
</fr><ft>Pishi ni kipimo cha ujazo, kwa Kiebrania ni omeri, ambacho ni sawa na kilo mbili.</ft></f> moja kwa kila mtu mliye naye katika hema yenu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EXO.16.17" />Waisraeli wakafanya kama walivyoambiwa, baadhi yao wakakusanya zaidi, wengine pungufu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EXO.16.18" />Nao walipopima katika pishi, yule aliyekusanya zaidi hakuwa na ziada, wala aliyekusanya kidogo hakupungukiwa. Kila mmoja alikusanya kiasi alichohitaji.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EXO.16.19" />Kisha Mose akawaambia, “Mtu yeyote asibakize chochote mpaka asubuhi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EXO.16.20" />Hata hivyo, wengine hawakuzingatia aliyosema Mose, wakahifadhi kiasi fulani mpaka asubuhi, lakini kile alichohifadhi kikajaa mabuu na kuanza kunuka. Kwa hiyo Mose akawakasirikia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EXO.16.21" />Kila asubuhi, kila mmoja alikusanya kiasi alichohitaji na jua lilipokuwa kali, iliyeyuka.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EXO.16.22" />Siku ya sita, wakakusanya mara mbili, kiasi cha pishi mbili kwa kila mtu, nao viongozi wa jumuiya wakaja kumwarifu Mose.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EXO.16.23" />Mose akawaambia, “Hivi ndivyo alivyoagiza
<nd>Bwana</nd>: ‘Kesho itakuwa siku ya mapumziko, Sabato takatifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Kwa hiyo okeni kile mnachotaka kuoka na mchemshe kile mnachotaka kuchemsha. Hifadhini chochote kinachobaki na mkiweke mpaka asubuhi.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="EXO.16.24" />Kwa hiyo wakavihifadhi mpaka asubuhi, kama Mose alivyoagiza, na havikunuka wala kuwa na mabuu.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EXO.16.25" />Mose akawaambia, “Kuleni leo, kwa sababu leo ni Sabato kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Hamtapata chochote juu ya nchi leo.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EXO.16.26" />Kwa siku sita mtakusanya, lakini siku ya saba, yaani Sabato, hakutakuwepo chochote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="EXO.16.27" />Hata hivyo, baadhi ya watu wakatoka kwenda kukusanya siku ya saba, lakini hawakupata chochote.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EXO.16.28" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Je, mtaacha kushika maagizo na maelekezo yangu mpaka lini?
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="EXO.16.29" />Fahamuni kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> amewapa ninyi Sabato, ndiyo sababu katika siku ya sita amewapa mikate ya siku mbili. Kila mmoja inampasa kukaa pale alipo katika siku ya saba. Hata mmoja haruhusiwi kutoka.”
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="EXO.16.30" />Kwa hiyo watu wakapumzika siku ya saba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="EXO.16.31" />Watu wa Israeli wakaita ile mikate mana<f caller="+"><fr>16:31
</fr><ft>Mana maana yake ni mkate kutoka mbinguni.</ft></f> Ilikuwa myeupe kama mbegu za mtama na ladha yake ilikuwa kama mkate mwembamba uliotengenezwa kwa asali.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="EXO.16.32" />Mose akasema, “Hivi ndivyo alivyoagiza
<nd>Bwana</nd>: ‘Chukueni pishi ya mana na kuhifadhi kwa ajili ya vizazi vijavyo ili vione mikate niliyowapa mle jangwani nilipowatoa katika nchi ya Misri.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="EXO.16.33" />Kwa hiyo Mose akamwambia Aroni, “Chukua gudulia na uweke pishi moja ya mana ndani yake. Kisha uweke mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> ili kihifadhiwe kwa ajili ya vizazi vijavyo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="EXO.16.34" />Kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza Mose, hatimaye Aroni alikuja kuihifadhi ndani ya Sanduku la Ushuhuda.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="EXO.16.35" />Waisraeli wakala mana kwa miaka arobaini, mpaka walipofika katika nchi iliyokaliwa na watu; walikula mana hadi walipofika mpakani mwa Kanaani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="EXO.16.36" />(Pishi moja ni sehemu ya kumi ya kipimo cha efa.<f caller="+"><fr>16:36
</fr><ft>Efa moja ni sawa na kilo 22.</ft></f>)
<ve />
</p>

<c id="17" />
<s style="s1">Maji Kutoka Kwenye Mwamba
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Hesabu 20:1-13)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.17.1" />Jumuiya yote ya Israeli ikaondoka kutoka Jangwa la Sini, ikisafiri kutoka sehemu moja hadi nyingine kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyoagiza. Wakapiga kambi huko Refidimu, lakini hapakuwa na maji ya watu kunywa.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EXO.17.2" />Kwa hiyo wakagombana na Mose wakisema, “Tupe maji ya kunywa.”
</p>
<p style="p">Mose akajibu, “Mbona mnagombana nami? Kwa nini mnamjaribu
<nd>Bwana</nd>?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="EXO.17.3" />Lakini watu walikuwa na kiu huko, wakanungʼunika dhidi ya Mose, wakisema, “Kwa nini ulitutoa kule Misri, ukatuleta hapa utuue kwa kiu sisi, watoto wetu na mifugo yetu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="EXO.17.4" />Kisha Mose akamlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akasema, “Niwafanyie nini watu hawa? Sasa wanakaribia kunipiga kwa mawe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EXO.17.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamjibu Mose, “Pita mbele ya watu. Wachukue pamoja nawe baadhi ya wazee wa Israeli, ichukue mkononi mwako ile fimbo uliyopiga nayo Mto Naili, nawe uende.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EXO.17.6" />Huko nitasimama mbele yako karibu na mwamba wa Horebu. Uupige mwamba na maji yatatoka ndani yake kwa ajili ya watu kunywa.” Kwa hiyo Mose akafanya haya mbele ya wazee wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EXO.17.7" />Naye akapaita mahali pale Masa,<f caller="+"><fr>17:7
</fr><ft>Masa maana yake ni Kujaribu.</ft></f> na Meriba<f caller="+"><fr>17:7
</fr><ft>Meriba maana yake ni Kugombana.</ft></f> kwa sababu Waisraeli waligombana na kumjaribu
<nd>Bwana</nd> wakisema, “Je,
<nd>Bwana</nd> yu pamoja nasi au la?”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Vita Na Waamaleki
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EXO.17.8" />Waamaleki wakaja na kuwashambulia Waisraeli huko Refidimu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EXO.17.9" />Mose akamwambia Yoshua, “Chagua baadhi ya watu wetu na uende kupigana na Waamaleki. Kesho nitasimama juu ya kilima nikiwa na fimbo ya Mungu mkononi mwangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EXO.17.10" />Kwa hiyo Yoshua akapigana na Waamaleki kama Mose alivyomwagiza, nao Mose, Aroni na Huri wakapanda juu ya kilima.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.17.11" />Ikawa wakati wote Mose alipokuwa amenyanyua mikono yake, Waisraeli walikuwa wakishinda, lakini kila aliposhusha mikono yake Waamaleki walishinda.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EXO.17.12" />Mikono ya Mose ilipochoka, wakachukua jiwe na kumpa alikalie. Aroni na Huri wakaishikilia juu mikono ya Mose, mmoja upande huu na mwingine upande huu. Wakaitegemeza mikono yake ikabaki thabiti mpaka jua lilipozama.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EXO.17.13" />Kwa hiyo Yoshua akalishinda jeshi la Waamaleki kwa upanga.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="EXO.17.14" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Andika mambo haya katika kitabu ili yakumbukwe, na uhakikishe kwamba Yoshua amesikia, kwa sababu nitafuta kabisa kumbukumbu la Amaleki chini ya mbingu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EXO.17.15" />Mose akajenga madhabahu na kuiita Yehova Nisi.<f caller="+"><fr>17:15
</fr><ft>Yehova Nisi maana yake ni
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni Bendera yangu.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EXO.17.16" />Mose akasema, “Kwa maana mikono iliinuliwa mpaka kwenye kiti cha enzi cha
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakuwa na vita dhidi ya Waamaleki kutoka kizazi hata kizazi.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="18" />
<s style="s1">Yethro Amtembelea Mose
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.18.1" />Basi Yethro, kuhani wa Midiani, baba mkwe wa Mose, akawa amesikia kila kitu Mungu alichomfanyia Mose na watu wake wa Israeli, pia jinsi
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyowatoa Israeli Misri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="EXO.18.2" />Baada ya Mose kumrudisha mkewe Sipora, Yethro baba mkwe wake alimpokea
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.18.3" />pamoja na wanawe wawili. Jina la mmoja aliitwa Gershomu, kwa kuwa Mose alisema, “Nimekuwa mgeni katika nchi ya kigeni.”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EXO.18.4" />Mwingine aliitwa Eliezeri, kwa kuwa alisema, “Mungu wa baba yangu alikuwa msaada wangu, akaniokoa kutoka upanga wa Farao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EXO.18.5" />Yethro, baba mkwe wa Mose, pamoja na wana wawili wa Mose na mkewe, wakamjia Mose huko jangwani, mahali alipokuwa amepiga kambi karibu na mlima wa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EXO.18.6" />Yethro alikuwa ametuma ujumbe kwake Mose, kusema, “Mimi Yethro baba mkwe wako ninakuja kwako pamoja na mke wako na wanao wawili.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EXO.18.7" />Kwa hiyo Mose akatoka kumlaki baba mkwe wake, akainama na kumbusu. Wakasalimiana, kisha wakaingia hemani.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EXO.18.8" />Mose akamwambia baba mkwe wake kuhusu kila kitu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alichomfanyia Farao na Wamisri kwa ajili ya Israeli, na pia kuhusu shida zote walizokutana nazo njiani na jinsi
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyowaokoa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EXO.18.9" />Yethro akafurahishwa sana kusikia juu ya mambo yote mazuri
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyowatendea Waisraeli kuwaokoa kutoka mkono wa Wamisri.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EXO.18.10" />Yethro akasema, “Sifa na ziwe kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, aliyekuokoa wewe kutoka mikononi mwa Wamisri na Farao, na aliyewaokoa watu kutoka mikononi mwa Wamisri.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.18.11" />Sasa najua ya kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni mkuu kuliko miungu mingine yote, kwa kuwa amewatendea hivi wale waliowatenda Israeli kwa ujeuri.”
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EXO.18.12" />Kisha Yethro, baba mkwe wa Mose, akaleta sadaka ya kuteketezwa na dhabihu nyingine kwa Mungu, naye Aroni pamoja na wazee wote wa Israeli wakaja kula chakula pamoja na baba mkwe wa Mose mbele za Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ushauri Wa Yethro
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kumbukumbu 1:9-18)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EXO.18.13" />Siku iliyofuata, Mose akachukua nafasi yake kama hakimu wa watu, nao wakasimama kumzunguka kuanzia asubuhi hadi jioni.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EXO.18.14" />Baba mkwe wake alipoona yote Mose anayowafanyia watu, akasema, “Ni nini hiki unachowafanyia watu? Kwa nini wewe unakuwa mwamuzi wa watu hawa peke yako, wakati watu hawa wamesimama wakikuzunguka tangu asubuhi mpaka jioni?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EXO.18.15" />Mose akamjibu, “Kwa sababu watu wananijia kutaka mapenzi ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EXO.18.16" />Kila wakiwa na shauri huletwa kwangu, nami huamua kati ya mtu na mwenzake na kuwajulisha juu ya amri na sheria za Mungu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EXO.18.17" />Baba mkwe wa Mose akamjibu, “Unachofanya sio kizuri.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EXO.18.18" />Wewe pamoja na watu hawa wanaokujia mtajichosha bure. Kazi ni nzito sana kwako, huwezi kuibeba mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EXO.18.19" />Sasa nisikilize mimi, nitakupa shauri, naye Mungu na awe pamoja nawe. Yapasa wewe uwe mwakilishi wa watu mbele za Mungu na ulete mashauri yao kwake.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EXO.18.20" />Uwafundishe amri na sheria, tena uwaonyeshe namna ya kuishi na kazi zinazowapasa wao kufanya.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EXO.18.21" />Lakini uchague watu wenye uwezo miongoni mwa watu wote, watu wanaomwogopa Mungu, watu waaminifu wanaochukia mali ya dhuluma, uwateuwe wawe maafisa juu ya maelfu, mamia, hamsini na makumi.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EXO.18.22" />Waweke wawe waamuzi wa watu kwa wakati wote, lakini waambie wakuletee kila shauri lililo gumu; yale yaliyo rahisi wayaamue wao wenyewe. Hii itafanya mzigo wako kuwa mwepesi, kwa sababu watashirikiana nawe.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EXO.18.23" />Kama ukifanya hivi, na ikiwa Mungu ameagiza hivyo, utaweza kushinda uchovu, nao watu hawa wote watarudi nyumbani wameridhika.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuchaguliwa Kwa Waamuzi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="EXO.18.24" />Mose akamsikiliza baba mkwe wake na kufanya kila kitu alichosema.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EXO.18.25" />Mose akawachagua watu wenye uwezo kutoka Israeli yote, akawafanya kuwa viongozi wa watu, maafisa juu ya maelfu, mamia, hamsini na makumi.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EXO.18.26" />Wakatumika kama waamuzi wa watu kwa wakati wote. Mashauri magumu wakayaleta kwa Mose, lakini yale yaliyo rahisi wakayaamua wenyewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="EXO.18.27" />Kisha Mose akaagana na Yethro baba mkwe wake, naye akarudi kwa nchi yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="19" />
<s style="s1">Waisraeli Kwenye Mlima Sinai
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.19.1" />Mnamo mwezi wa tatu baada ya Waisraeli kuondoka Misri, siku kama iyo hiyo, wakafika katika Jangwa la Sinai.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EXO.19.2" />Baada ya kuondoka Refidimu, waliingia katika Jangwa la Sinai na Israeli wakapiga kambi pale jangwani mbele ya mlima.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="EXO.19.3" />Kisha Mose akakwea kwenda kwa Mungu, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwita kutoka kwenye ule mlima akasema, “Hivi ndivyo utakavyosema na nyumba ya Yakobo na utakachowaambia watu wa Israeli:
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EXO.19.4" />‘Ninyi wenyewe mmeona nililofanya huko Misri, jinsi nilivyowabeba kwenye mbawa za tai na kuwaleta kwangu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EXO.19.5" />Sasa kama mkinitii kikamilifu na kutunza Agano langu, basi ninyi mtakuwa mali yangu ya thamani kubwa miongoni mwa mataifa yote. Ijapokuwa dunia yote ni mali yangu,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EXO.19.6" />ninyi mtakuwa kwangu ufalme wa makuhani na taifa takatifu.’ Haya ndiyo maneno utakayosema kwa wana wa Israeli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EXO.19.7" />Kwa hiyo Mose akarudi, akawaita wazee wa watu na kuwaambia maneno yote ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amemwamuru ayaseme.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EXO.19.8" />Watu wote wakajibu kwa pamoja, “Tutafanya kila kitu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alichokisema.” Naye Mose akarudisha majibu yao kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EXO.19.9" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Nitakujia katika wingu zito, ili watu wanisikie nikinena nawe na kila mara waweke tumaini lao kwako.” Kisha Mose akamwambia
<nd>Bwana</nd> yale ambayo watu walikuwa wamesema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EXO.19.10" />Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Nenda kwa watu ukawaweke wakfu leo na kesho. Waambie wafue nguo zao
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.19.11" />na wawe tayari siku ya tatu, kwa sababu siku hiyo,
<nd>Bwana</nd> atashuka juu ya mlima Sinai machoni pa watu wote.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EXO.19.12" />Weka mipaka kuzunguka mlima kwa ajili ya watu, uwaambie, ‘Mwe waangalifu, msije mkapanda mlimani au kuugusa. Yeyote atakayeugusa mlima hakika atauawa.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EXO.19.13" />Hakika atapigwa mawe au kupigwa mishale; mkono wa mtu hautamgusa. Akiwa mwanadamu au mnyama, hataruhusiwa kuishi.’ Ila tu wakati baragumu itakapopigwa kwa mfululizo, ndipo watu wote watakapopanda mlimani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="EXO.19.14" />Baada ya Mose kushuka kutoka mlimani akawaendea watu na kuwaweka wakfu, wakafua nguo zao.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EXO.19.15" />Kisha akawaambia watu, “Jitayarisheni kwa ajili ya siku ya tatu. Mwanaume yeyote asimkaribie mwanamke.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="EXO.19.16" />Asubuhi ya siku ya tatu kulikuwa na ngurumo na radi pamoja na wingu nene juu ya mlima na mlio mkubwa sana wa tarumbeta. Kila mmoja aliyekuwa kambini akatetemeka.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EXO.19.17" />Kisha Mose akawaongoza watu kutoka kambini kukutana na Mungu, nao wakasimama chini ya mlima.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EXO.19.18" />Mlima Sinai ulikuwa umefunikwa na moshi, kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alishuka juu yake katika moto. Moshi wa moto huo ulipanda juu kama moshi kutoka kwenye tanuru kubwa na mlima wote ukatetemeka kwa nguvu nyingi,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EXO.19.19" />nayo sauti ya tarumbeta ikawa kubwa zaidi na zaidi. Kisha Mose akazungumza na sauti ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ikamjibu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EXO.19.20" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akashuka juu ya Mlima Sinai na akamwita Mose apande juu mlimani. Kwa hiyo Mose akapanda juu,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EXO.19.21" />naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Shuka ukawaonye watu ili wasijipenyeze kutafuta kumwona
<nd>Bwana</nd> na wengi wao wakafa.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EXO.19.22" />Hata makuhani, watakaomkaribia
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni lazima wajiweke wakfu, la sivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> atawaadhibu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="EXO.19.23" />Mose akamwambia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Watu hawawezi kupanda mlima Sinai kwa sababu wewe mwenyewe ulituonya ukisema, ‘Wekeni mipaka kuuzunguka mlima na kuutenga kama patakatifu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="EXO.19.24" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akajibu, “Shuka ukamlete Aroni pamoja nawe. Lakini makuhani pamoja na watu wasije wakalazimisha kuja kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nisije nikawaadhibu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="EXO.19.25" />Basi Mose akashuka kwa watu na kuwaambia lile aliloambiwa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="20" />
<s style="s1">Amri Kumi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kumbukumbu 5:1-21)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.20.1" />Ndipo Mungu akasema maneno haya yote:
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="2" bcv="EXO.20.2" />“Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako, niliyekutoa Misri, kutoka nchi ya utumwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="3" bcv="EXO.20.3" />Usiwe na miungu mingine ila mimi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="4" bcv="EXO.20.4" />Usijitengenezee sanamu katika umbo la kitu chochote kilicho juu mbinguni, au duniani chini, au ndani ya maji.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EXO.20.5" />Usivisujudie wala kuviabudu; kwa kuwa Mimi,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako, ni Mungu mwenye wivu, ninayewaadhibu watoto kwa ajili ya dhambi za baba zao hadi kizazi cha tatu na cha nne cha wanichukiao,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EXO.20.6" />lakini ninaonyesha upendo kwa maelfu ya vizazi vya wale wanipendao na kuzishika amri zangu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="7" bcv="EXO.20.7" />Usilitaje bure jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> hataacha kumhesabia hatia yeye alitajaye jina lake bure.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="8" bcv="EXO.20.8" />Ikumbuke siku ya Sabato, uitakase.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EXO.20.9" />Kwa siku sita utafanya kazi na kutenda shughuli zako zote,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EXO.20.10" />lakini siku ya saba ni Sabato kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako. Siku hiyo hutafanya kazi yoyote, wewe, wala mwanao au binti yako, wala mtumishi wako wa kiume au wa kike, wala wanyama wako, wala mgeni aliye ndani ya malango yako.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.20.11" />Kwa kuwa kwa siku sita,
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliumba mbingu na nchi, bahari na vyote vilivyomo, lakini akapumzika siku ya saba. Kwa hiyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaibariki siku ya Sabato na kuifanya takatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="12" bcv="EXO.20.12" />Waheshimu baba yako na mama yako, ili upate kuishi siku nyingi katika nchi anayokupa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="13" bcv="EXO.20.13" />Usiue.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="14" bcv="EXO.20.14" />Usizini.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="15" bcv="EXO.20.15" />Usiibe.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="16" bcv="EXO.20.16" />Usimshuhudie jirani yako uongo.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="17" bcv="EXO.20.17" />Usiitamani nyumba ya jirani yako. Usimtamani mke wa jirani yako, wala mtumishi wake wa kiume au wa kike, wala ngʼombe wake au punda wake, wala chochote kile alicho nacho jirani yako.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Watu Wanaogopa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kumbukumbu 5:22-33)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="EXO.20.18" />Watu walipoona ngurumo na radi, na kusikia mlio wa tarumbeta, na kuuona mlima katika moshi, walitetemeka kwa woga. Wakasimama mbali
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EXO.20.19" />na wakamwambia Mose, “Sema nasi wewe mwenyewe, nasi tutakusikiliza. Lakini usimwache Mungu aseme nasi, la sivyo tutakufa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EXO.20.20" />Mose akawaambia watu, “Msiogope! Mungu amekuja kuwajaribu, ili kwamba hofu ya Mungu iwakalie, msitende dhambi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EXO.20.21" />Watu wakabaki mbali, wakati Mose alipolisogelea lile giza nene mahali pale Mungu alipokuwa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sanamu Na Madhabahu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="EXO.20.22" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Waambie Waisraeli hivi: ‘Mmejionea wenyewe kwamba nimesema nanyi kutoka mbinguni:
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EXO.20.23" />Msijifanyizie miungu yoyote na kuilinganisha nami, msijitengenezee miungu ya fedha wala miungu ya dhahabu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="EXO.20.24" />“ ‘Utanitengenezea madhabahu ya udongo, na juu yake utoe sadaka za kuteketezwa kwa moto na sadaka za amani, kondoo zako, mbuzi na ngʼombe zako. Popote nitakapofanya Jina langu liheshimiwe, nitakuja kwenu na kuwabariki.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EXO.20.25" />Ikiwa unanitengenezea madhabahu ya mawe, usiijenge kwa mawe ya kuchonga, maana mkitumia chombo cha kuchongea mtaitia unajisi.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EXO.20.26" />Msitumie ngazi kupandia kwenye madhabahu yangu, uchi wako usije ukadhihirika kwa chini.’
<ve />
</p>

<c id="21" />
<s style="s1">Watumishi Wa Kiebrania
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kumbukumbu 15:12-18)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.21.1" />“Hizi ndizo sheria utakazoweka mbele ya Waisraeli:
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="EXO.21.2" />“Kama ukimnunua mtumwa wa Kiebrania, atakutumikia kwa miaka sita. Lakini katika mwaka wa saba, atakuwa huru naye atakwenda zake pasipo kulipa chochote.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.21.3" />Kama akija peke yake, atakwenda huru peke yake, lakini kama akija na mke, ataondoka pamoja naye.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EXO.21.4" />Kama bwana wake alimpatia mke naye akamzalia wana au binti, mwanamke pamoja na watoto wake watakuwa mali ya bwana wake na huyo mwanaume ataondoka peke yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EXO.21.5" />“Lakini kama mtumishi akisema, ‘Ninampenda bwana wangu, mke wangu pamoja na watoto na sitaki kuwa huru,’
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EXO.21.6" />ndipo bwana wake atakapolazimika kumpeleka mbele ya waamuzi. Kisha atampeleka kwenye mlango au kizingiti na kutoboa sikio lake kwa shazia. Naye atamtumikia bwana wake maisha yake yote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EXO.21.7" />“Kama mtu akimuuza binti yake kuwa mtumwa, hataachwa huru kama watumwa wa kiume waachiwavyo.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EXO.21.8" />Kama hakumpendeza bwana wake aliyemchagua, huyo bwana atamwacha akombolewe. Hatakuwa na haki ya kumuuza kwa wageni, kwa sababu huyo bwana atakuwa amekosa uaminifu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EXO.21.9" />Kama akimchagua aolewe na mwanawe, ni lazima ampe haki za kuwa binti yake.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EXO.21.10" />Ikiwa huyo mwana aliyeozwa mtumwa mwanamke ataoa mwanamke mwingine, ni lazima aendelee kumtosheleza huyo mke wa kwanza kwa chakula, mavazi na haki zote za ndoa.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.21.11" />Iwapo hatamtosheleza kwa mambo hayo matatu, huyo mke wa kwanza ataondoka na kuwa huru bila malipo yoyote ya fedha.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Majeraha Ya Mwilini
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="EXO.21.12" />“Yeyote ampigaye mtu na kumuua ni lazima auawe hakika.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EXO.21.13" />Hata hivyo, kama hakumuua kwa makusudi, lakini Mungu akaruhusu itendeke, basi atakimbilia mahali nitakapomchagulia.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EXO.21.14" />Lakini kama mtu akipanga na kumuua mwingine kwa makusudi, mwondoe katika madhabahu yangu na kumuua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EXO.21.15" />“Yeyote amshambuliaye baba yake au mama yake ni lazima auawe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="EXO.21.16" />“Yeyote amtekaye nyara mwingine akamuuza au akamweka kwake, akikamatwa ni lazima auawe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EXO.21.17" />“Yeyote atakayemlaani baba yake au mama yake ni lazima auawe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="EXO.21.18" />“Kama watu wakigombana na mmoja akimpiga mwingine kwa jiwe au kwa ngumi yake na hakufa bali akaugua na kulala kitandani,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EXO.21.19" />yule aliyempiga ngumi hatahesabiwa kuwa na hatia kama mwenzake ataamka na kujikongoja kwa fimbo yake, lakini hata hivyo, ni lazima amlipe fidia ya muda wake aliopoteza na awajibike mpaka apone kabisa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EXO.21.20" />“Kama mtu akimpiga mtumwa wake wa kiume au wa kike kwa fimbo na mtumwa huyo akafa papo hapo, ni lazima aadhibiwe
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EXO.21.21" />lakini ikiwa mtumwa ataamka baada ya siku moja au mbili, hataadhibiwa, kwa sababu yule mtumwa ni mali yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="EXO.21.22" />“Ikiwa watu wawili wanapigana na wakamuumiza mwanamke mjamzito, naye akazaa kabla ya wakati lakini hakuna majeraha makubwa, mhalifu atatozwa mali kiasi cha madai ya mume wa yule mwanamke, na jinsi mahakama itakavyoamua.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EXO.21.23" />Lakini kukiwa na jeraha kubwa, ni lazima ulipe uhai kwa uhai,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EXO.21.24" />jicho kwa jicho, jino kwa jino, mkono kwa mkono, mguu kwa mguu,
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EXO.21.25" />kuchomwa moto kwa kuchomwa moto, jeraha kwa jeraha, mchubuko kwa mchubuko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="EXO.21.26" />“Ikiwa mtu atampiga mtumwa mwanaume au mwanamke kwenye jicho na kuliharibu, ni lazima amwache huru yule mtumwa kama fidia ya hilo jicho.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EXO.21.27" />Kama akimvunja jino mtumwa wa kiume au wa kike, ni lazima amwache huru huyo mtumwa kwa kufidia hilo jino.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="EXO.21.28" />“Kama fahali akimuua mwanaume au mwanamke kwa kumpiga kwa pembe, fahali huyo ni lazima auawe kwa kupigwa mawe, na nyama yake haitaliwa. Lakini mwenye fahali huyo hatawajibika.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="EXO.21.29" />Lakini hata hivyo, ikiwa huyo fahali amekuwa na tabia ya kupiga kwa pembe, na mwenyewe ameonywa na hakutaka kumfungia naye akamuua mwanaume au mwanamke, huyo fahali ni lazima auawe kwa mawe na mwenye fahali pia auawe.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="EXO.21.30" />Lakini ikiwa malipo yatatakiwa kwake, basi anaweza kulipa kinachodaiwa ili kuukomboa uhai wake.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="EXO.21.31" />Sheria hii pia itatumika ikiwa fahali atampiga kwa pembe mwana au binti.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="EXO.21.32" />Ikiwa fahali atampiga mtumwa wa kike au wa kiume, mwenye fahali atalipa shekeli thelathini<f caller="+"><fr>21:32
</fr><ft>Shekeli 30 ni sawa na gramu 300.</ft></f> za fedha kwa bwana mwenye mtumwa, na fahali ni lazima auawe kwa mawe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="EXO.21.33" />“Kama mtu akiacha shimo wazi, ama akachimba shimo kisha asilifukie, na ngʼombe au punda akatumbukia ndani yake,
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="EXO.21.34" />mwenye shimo ni lazima alipe hasara iliyotokea; ni lazima amlipe mwenye mnyama. Mnyama aliyekufa atakuwa wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="EXO.21.35" />“Kama fahali wa mtu fulani atamuumiza fahali wa mtu mwingine na akafa, watamuuza yule aliye hai na wagawane sawa fedha pamoja na mnyama aliyekufa.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="EXO.21.36" />Hata hivyo, kama ikifahamika kwamba fahali huyo alikuwa na tabia ya kupiga kwa pembe na mwenyewe hakumfunga, ni lazima mwenye fahali alipe mnyama kwa mnyama, na mnyama aliyekufa atakuwa wake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="22" />
<s style="s1">Ulinzi Wa Mali
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.22.1" />“Kama mtu akiiba maksai au kondoo na kumchinja au kumuuza, ni lazima alipe ngʼombe watano badala ya maksai mmoja na kondoo wanne badala ya kondoo mmoja.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="EXO.22.2" />“Kama mwizi akishikwa anavunja nyumba akapigwa hata akafa, aliyemuua hana hatia ya kumwaga damu;
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.22.3" />lakini jambo hilo likitokea wakati jua limechomoza, huyo mtu atakuwa na hatia ya kumwaga damu.
</p>
<p style="p">“Mwizi huyo sharti alipe, lakini kama hana kitu, lazima auzwe ili alipe kwa ajili ya wizi wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="EXO.22.4" />“Kama mnyama aliyeibwa akikutwa hai mikononi mwake, ikiwa ni maksai au punda au kondoo, lazima alipe mara mbili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EXO.22.5" />“Kama mtu akichunga mifugo yake katika shamba au shamba la mizabibu, na akawaachia wajilishe katika shamba la mtu mwingine, ni lazima alipe vitu bora kutoka kwenye shamba lake mwenyewe au kutoka shamba lake la mizabibu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EXO.22.6" />“Kama moto ukiwaka na kuenea kwenye vichaka vya miiba na kuteketeza miganda ya nafaka au nafaka ambayo haijavunwa, au kuteketeza shamba lote, mtu yule aliyewasha moto lazima alipe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EXO.22.7" />“Kama mtu akimpa jirani yake fedha au mali nyingine amtunzie, na kama vikiibwa kutoka nyumba ya huyo jirani, kama mwizi atashikwa, lazima alipe mara mbili.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EXO.22.8" />Lakini mwizi asipopatikana, mwenye nyumba atafika mbele ya waamuzi ili kuthibitisha kuwa hakuchukua mali ya mwenzake.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EXO.22.9" />Pakiwepo jambo lolote la mali isiyo halali, ikiwa ni maksai, punda, kondoo, mavazi, ama mali yoyote iliyopotea ambayo fulani atasema, ‘Hii ni mali yangu,’ pande zote mbili wataleta mashauri yao mbele ya waamuzi. Yule ambaye waamuzi watamwona kuwa na hatia atamlipa jirani yake mara mbili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EXO.22.10" />“Kama mtu akimpa jirani yake punda, ngʼombe, kondoo au mnyama mwingine yeyote amtunzie, akifa au akijeruhiwa au akichukuliwa wakati haonekani na mtu yeyote,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.22.11" />jambo hili kati yao wawili litaamuliwa kwa kuapa kiapo mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwamba huyo jirani hakuhusika na wizi wa mali ya jirani yake. Mwenye mali itampasa akubali jambo hili, na hakuna malipo yatakayohitajika.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EXO.22.12" />Lakini kama mnyama aliibwa kwa jirani, itampasa amlipe mwenye mnyama.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EXO.22.13" />Kama ameraruliwa na mnyama pori, ataleta mabaki ya mnyama kama ushahidi, naye hatadaiwa kulipa mnyama aliyeraruliwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="EXO.22.14" />“Kama mtu akimwazima mnyama kutoka kwa jirani yake, na kama akiumia au akafa na mwenye mnyama hayupo, lazima amlipe huyo mnyama.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EXO.22.15" />Lakini mwenye mnyama akiwa angalipo na mnyama wake, mwazimaji hatalazimika kumlipa. Kama mnyama alikuwa amekodishwa, fedha iliyolipwa kwa kukodisha inatosha kwa kufidia hasara.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Uwajibikaji Wa Kijamii
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="EXO.22.16" />“Kama mtu akimshawishi bikira ambaye hajaposwa na akilala naye, lazima alipe mahari, kisha atamwoa msichana huyo.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EXO.22.17" />Baba wa msichana akikataa katakata kumpa huyo mtu huyo msichana wake, bado ni lazima huyo mtu atalipa mahari kama inavyostahili malipo ya ubikira.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="EXO.22.18" />“Usiruhusu mwanamke mchawi aishi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EXO.22.19" />“Mtu yeyote aziniye na mnyama lazima auawe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EXO.22.20" />“Mtu awaye yote anayemtolea mungu mwingine dhabihu isipokuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, lazima aangamizwe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EXO.22.21" />“Usimtendee mgeni vibaya au kumwonea, kwa kuwa nanyi mlikuwa wageni huko Misri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="EXO.22.22" />“Usimdhulumu mjane wala yatima.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EXO.22.23" />Kama ukifanya hivyo nao wakinililia, hakika nitasikia kilio chao.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EXO.22.24" />Hasira yangu itawaka, nami nitawaua kwa upanga, wake zenu watakuwa wajane na watoto wenu watakuwa yatima.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="EXO.22.25" />“Kama ukimkopesha mmojawapo wa watu wangu fedha ambaye ni mhitaji, usiwe kama mtu mkopesha fedha; usimtoze riba.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EXO.22.26" />Kama ukichukua vazi la jirani kama rehani, ulirudishe kwake kabla jua kuzama,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EXO.22.27" />kwa kuwa vazi lake ndilo pekee alilo nalo la kumfunika mwili wake. Ni nini kingine atajifunika nacho? Atakaponililia, nitasikia, kwa kuwa nina huruma.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="EXO.22.28" />“Usimkufuru Mungu au kumlaani mtawala wa watu wako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="EXO.22.29" />“Usiache kutoa sadaka kutoka ghala lako au mapipa yako.
</p>
<p style="p">“Lazima unipe mzaliwa wa kwanza wa wana wako.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="EXO.22.30" />Ufanye vivyo hivyo kwa ngʼombe wako na kwa kondoo wako. Waache wakae na mama zao kwa siku saba, lakini siku ya nane unipe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="EXO.22.31" />“Ninyi mtakuwa watu wangu watakatifu. Kwa hiyo msile nyama ya mnyama aliyeraruliwa na wanyama pori; mtupieni mbwa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="23" />
<s style="s1">Sheria Za Haki Na Rehema
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.23.1" />“Usieneze habari za uongo. Usimsaidie mtu mwovu kwa kuwa shahidi mwenye nia ya kudhuru wengine.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="EXO.23.2" />“Usifuate umati wa watu katika kutenda mabaya. Unapotoa ushahidi kwenye mashtaka, usipotoshe haki ukijumuika na umati wa watu,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.23.3" />nawe usimpendelee mtu maskini katika mashtaka yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="EXO.23.4" />“Kama ukikutana na maksai au punda wa adui yako anapotea, hakikisha umemrudisha kwake.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EXO.23.5" />Ukiona punda wa mtu anayekuchukia ameanguka na mzigo wake, usimwache hapo alipoangukia; hakikisha kuwa umemsaidia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EXO.23.6" />“Usiwanyime haki watu wako walio maskini katika mashtaka yao.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EXO.23.7" />Ujiepushe na mashtaka ya uongo, wala usimuue mtu asiye na hatia au mtu mwaminifu, kwa maana sitamhesabia hana hatia yeye aliye na hatia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EXO.23.8" />“Usipokee rushwa, kwa kuwa rushwa hupofusha wale waonao, na kupinda maneno ya wenye haki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EXO.23.9" />“Usimwonee mgeni; ninyi wenyewe mnajua jinsi mgeni anavyojisikia, kwa sababu mlikuwa wageni Misri.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sheria Za Sabato
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EXO.23.10" />“Kwa muda wa miaka sita mtapanda mashamba yenu na kuvuna mazao,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.23.11" />lakini katika mwaka wa saba usiilime ardhi wala kuitumia, ili watu walio maskini miongoni mwenu waweze kupata chakula kutoka kwenye hayo mashamba, nao wanyama pori wapate chakula kwa yale mabaki watakayobakiza. Utafanya hivyo katika shamba lako la mizabibu na la mizeituni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="EXO.23.12" />“Kwa siku sita fanya kazi zako, lakini siku ya saba usifanye kazi, ili maksai wako na punda wako wapate kupumzika, naye mtumwa aliyezaliwa nyumbani mwako, pamoja na mgeni, wapate kustarehe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EXO.23.13" />“Uzingatie kutenda kila kitu nilichokuambia. Usiombe kwa majina ya miungu mingine, wala usiyaruhusu kusikika kinywani mwako.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sikukuu Tatu Za Mwaka
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 34:18-26; Kumbukumbu 16:1-17)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="EXO.23.14" />“Mara tatu kwa mwaka utanifanyia sikukuu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EXO.23.15" />“Utaadhimisha Sikukuu ya Mikate Isiyotiwa Chachu; kwa siku saba utakula mikate isiyotiwa chachu kama nilivyokuagiza. Fanya jambo hili kwa wakati uliopangwa katika mwezi wa Abibu, ndio mwezi wa nne, kwa sababu katika mwezi huo ulitoka Misri.
</p>
<p style="p">“Mtu yeyote asije mbele yangu mikono mitupu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="EXO.23.16" />“Utaadhimisha Sikukuu ya Mavuno kwa malimbuko ya mazao yako uliyopanda katika shamba lako.
</p>
<p style="p">“Utaadhimisha Sikukuu ya Kukusanya mavuno mwishoni mwa mwaka, unapokusanya mavuno yako toka shambani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EXO.23.17" />“Mara tatu kwa mwaka wanaume wote watakuja mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="EXO.23.18" />“Msitoe damu ya dhabihu kwangu pamoja na kitu chochote kilicho na chachu.
</p>
<p style="p">“Mafuta ya mnyama wa sadaka ya sikukuu yangu yasibakizwe mpaka asubuhi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EXO.23.19" />“Utaleta malimbuko bora ya ardhi yako katika nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako.
</p>
<p style="p">“Usimchemshe mwana-mbuzi katika maziwa ya mama yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Malaika Wa Mungu Kuandaa Njia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EXO.23.20" />“Tazama, ninamtuma malaika akutangulie mbele yako akulinde njiani na kukuleta mpaka mahali nilipoandaa.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EXO.23.21" />Mtamtii na kusikiliza kile anachokisema. Usiasi dhidi yake; hatakusamehe uasi wako, kwa maana Jina langu limo ndani yake.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EXO.23.22" />Kama ukitii kweli kweli kile asemacho na kufanya yote nisemayo, nitakuwa adui wa adui zako, na nitawapinga wale wakupingao.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EXO.23.23" />Malaika wangu atatangulia mbele yako na kukuleta katika nchi ya Waamori, Wahiti, Waperizi, Wakanaani, Wahivi na Wayebusi, nami nitawafutilia mbali.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EXO.23.24" />Usiisujudie miungu yao, au kuiabudu, wala kufuata desturi yao. Utayabomoa kabisa na kuvunjavunja mawe yao ya ibada vipande vipande.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EXO.23.25" />Utamwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako, na baraka zake zitakuwa juu ya vyakula vyako na maji yako. Nami nitaondoa maradhi miongoni mwako,
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EXO.23.26" />na hakuna atakayeharibu mimba wala atakayekuwa tasa katika nchi yako. Nami nitakupa maisha makamilifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="EXO.23.27" />“Nitapeleka utisho wangu mbele yako na kufadhaisha kila taifa utakalolifikia. Nitafanya adui zako wote wakupe kisogo na kukimbia.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EXO.23.28" />Nitatanguliza manyigu mbele yako kuwafukuza Wahivi, Wakanaani na Wahiti waondoke njiani mwako.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="EXO.23.29" />Lakini sitawafukuza kwa mara moja, kwa sababu nchi itabaki ukiwa na wanyama pori watakuwa wengi mno kwako.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="EXO.23.30" />Nitawafukuza kidogo kidogo mbele yako, mpaka uwe umeongezeka kiasi cha kutosha kuimiliki nchi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="EXO.23.31" />“Nitaweka mipaka ya nchi yako kuanzia Bahari ya Shamu hadi Bahari ya Wafilisti, na kuanzia jangwani hadi Mto Frati. Nitawatia watu wanaoishi katika nchi hizo mikononi mwako, nawe utawafukuza watoke mbele yako.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="EXO.23.32" />Usifanye agano lolote nao wala na miungu yao.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="EXO.23.33" />Usiwaache waishi katika nchi yako, la sivyo watakusababisha utende dhambi dhidi yangu, kwa sababu ibada ya miungu yao hakika itakuwa mtego kwako.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="24" />
<s style="s1">Agano Lathibitishwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.24.1" />Kisha Mungu akamwambia Mose, “Njooni huku juu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wewe na Aroni, Nadabu na Abihu, pamoja na wazee sabini wa Israeli. Mniabudu kwa mbali,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EXO.24.2" />lakini Mose peke yake ndiye atakayemkaribia
<nd>Bwana</nd>; wengine wasije karibu. Nao watu wasije wakapanda pamoja naye.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="EXO.24.3" />Mose alipokwenda na kuwaambia watu maneno yote na sheria zote za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wakaitikia kwa sauti moja, “Kila kitu alichosema
<nd>Bwana</nd> tutakifanya.”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EXO.24.4" />Ndipo Mose akaandika kila kitu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alichokuwa amesema.
</p>
<p style="p">Akaamka kesho yake asubuhi na mapema na kujenga madhabahu chini ya mlima na kusimamisha nguzo kumi na mbili za mawe kuwakilisha makabila kumi na mawili ya Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EXO.24.5" />Kisha akawatuma vijana wanaume wa Kiisraeli, nao wakatoa sadaka za kuteketezwa na dhabihu za mafahali wachanga kuwa sadaka za amani kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EXO.24.6" />Mose akachukua nusu ya damu ya wale wanyama na kuiweka kwenye mabakuli na nusu nyingine akainyunyiza juu ya madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EXO.24.7" />Kisha akachukua kile Kitabu cha Agano na kuwasomea watu. Nao wakajibu, “Tutafanya kila kitu alichosema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nasi tutatii.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EXO.24.8" />Ndipo Mose akachukua ile damu, akawanyunyizia wale watu, akasema, “Hii ni damu ya agano ambalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> amelifanya nanyi kufuatana na maneno haya yote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EXO.24.9" />Mose na Aroni, Nadabu na Abihu, pamoja na wazee sabini wa Israeli wakapanda mlimani,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EXO.24.10" />nao wakamwona Mungu wa Israeli. Chini ya miguu yake kulikuwa na kitu kama sakafu ya mawe ya yakuti samawi, iliyo safi kama anga angavu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.24.11" />Lakini Mungu hakuinua mkono wake dhidi ya hawa viongozi wa Waisraeli; walimwona Mungu, nao wakala na kunywa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="EXO.24.12" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Panda uje kwangu huku mlimani na ukae hapa, nami nitakupa vibao vya mawe, vyenye sheria na amri ambazo nimeziandika ziwe mwongozo wao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EXO.24.13" />Basi Mose akaondoka na Yoshua mtumishi wake, naye Mose akapanda juu kwenye mlima wa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EXO.24.14" />Mose akawaambia wazee wa Israeli, “Tungojeni hapa mpaka tutakapowarudia. Aroni na Huri wako pamoja nanyi, na kila aliye na neno aweza kuwaendea wao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EXO.24.15" />Mose alipopanda juu mlimani, wingu liliufunika huo mlima,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EXO.24.16" />nao utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ukatua juu ya Mlima Sinai. Kwa muda wa siku sita wingu lilifunika mlima, na siku ya saba
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwita Mose kutoka katikati ya lile wingu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EXO.24.17" />Kwa Waisraeli utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ulionekana kama moto uteketezao juu ya mlima.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EXO.24.18" />Kisha Mose akaingia ndani ya lile wingu alivyokuwa akipanda mlimani. Naye akakaa huko mlimani kwa muda wa siku arobaini, usiku na mchana.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="25" />
<s style="s1">Sadaka Kwa Ajili Ya Maskani Ya Mungu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 35:4-9)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.25.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EXO.25.2" />“Waambie Waisraeli waniletee sadaka. Utapokea sadaka kwa niaba yangu kutoka kwa kila mtu ambaye moyo wake wapenda kutoa.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.25.3" />Hizi ndizo sadaka utakazozipokea kutoka kwao: dhahabu, fedha na shaba;
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EXO.25.4" />nyuzi za rangi ya buluu, za zambarau, za rangi nyekundu, pamoja na kitani safi; singa za mbuzi;
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EXO.25.5" />ngozi za kondoo dume zilizopakwa rangi nyekundu, na ngozi za pomboo;<f caller="+"><fr>25:5
</fr><fq>Pomboo
</fq><ft>hapa ina maana ya mnyama mwenye ngozi laini aishiye kwenye milima yenye misitu, au pengine nguva au sili.
</ft></f> mbao za mshita;
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EXO.25.6" />mafuta ya zeituni kwa ajili ya taa; vikolezi kwa ajili ya mafuta ya upako, pamoja na uvumba wa harufu nzuri;
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EXO.25.7" />na vito vya shohamu na vito vingine vya thamani vya kuweka kwenye kisibau na kile kifuko cha kifuani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EXO.25.8" />“Kisha uwaamuru wanitengenezee mahali patakatifu, nami nitakaa miongoni mwao.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EXO.25.9" />Tengeneza hema hili na vyombo vyake vyote sawasawa na kielelezo nitakachokuonyesha.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sanduku La Agano
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 37:1-9)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EXO.25.10" />“Nao watatengeneza Sanduku la mbao za mshita, lenye urefu wa dhiraa mbili na nusu,<f caller="+"><fr>25:10
</fr><ft>Dhiraa mbili na nusu ni sawa na sentimita 112.5.</ft></f> upana wa dhiraa moja na nusu,<f caller="+"><fr>25:10
</fr><ft>Dhiraa moja na nusu ni sawa na sentimita 67.5.</ft></f> na kimo cha dhiraa moja na nusu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.25.11" />Utalifunika hilo Sanduku kwa dhahabu safi ndani na nje, na kulifanyia ukingo wa dhahabu juu yake kulizunguka.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EXO.25.12" />Utalisubu kwa pete nne za dhahabu na kuzifungia kwenye miguu yake minne, pete mbili kwa upande mmoja na pete mbili kwa upande mwingine.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EXO.25.13" />Kisha utatengeneza mipiko ya mti wa mshita na kuzifunika kwa dhahabu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EXO.25.14" />Utaiingiza hiyo mipiko kwenye zile pete katika pande mbili za Sanduku ili kulibeba.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EXO.25.15" />Hiyo mipiko itabakia daima katika hizo pete za hilo Sanduku; haitaondolewa.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EXO.25.16" />Kisha weka ndani ya hilo Sanduku ule Ushuhuda nitakaokupa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EXO.25.17" />“Tengeneza kifuniko cha upatanisho cha dhahabu safi, chenye urefu wa dhiraa mbili na nusu, na upana wa dhiraa moja na nusu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EXO.25.18" />Tengeneza makerubi wawili wa dhahabu iliyofuliwa katika miisho ya hicho kifuniko.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EXO.25.19" />Tengeneza kerubi mmoja kwenye mwisho mmoja, na kerubi mwingine kwenye mwisho mwingine; watengeneze makerubi hao wawe kitu kimoja na hicho kifuniko katika miisho hiyo miwili.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EXO.25.20" />Makerubi hao watakuwa wametandaza mabawa kuelekea juu, yakitia kivuli hicho kifuniko. Makerubi hao wataelekeana, wakitazama hicho kifuniko.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EXO.25.21" />Weka huo Ushuhuda nitakaokupa ndani ya hilo Sanduku la Agano, na uweke hicho kifuniko juu ya hilo Sanduku.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EXO.25.22" />Hapo juu ya hicho kifuniko, kati ya hao makerubi wawili walioko juu ya hilo Sanduku la Ushuhuda, hapo ndipo nitakapokutana nawe na kukupa maagizo yangu kwa ajili ya Waisraeli.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Meza Ya Mikate Ya Wonyesho
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 37:10-16)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="EXO.25.23" />“Tengeneza meza ya mbao za mshita yenye urefu wa dhiraa mbili,<f caller="+"><fr>25:23
</fr><ft>Dhiraa mbili ni sawa na sentimita 90.</ft></f> upana wa dhiraa moja, na kimo cha dhiraa moja na nusu.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EXO.25.24" />Ifunike kwa dhahabu safi, na kuitengenezea ukingo wa dhahabu kuizunguka pande zote.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EXO.25.25" />Kisha tengeneza upapi wenye upana wa nyanda nne,<f caller="+"><fr>25:25
</fr><ft>Nyanda nne ni sawa na sentimita 8.</ft></f> na ufanyie ule upapi ukingo wa dhahabu kuuzunguka pande zote.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EXO.25.26" />Tengeneza pete nne za dhahabu kwa ajili ya meza hiyo, na uzifungie kwenye pembe nne, pale penye miguu yake minne.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EXO.25.27" />Pete hizo zitakuwa karibu na ukingo ule ili kuishikilia ile mipiko itakayotumika kuibebea hiyo meza.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EXO.25.28" />Tengeneza mipiko hiyo kwa mbao za mshita, uifunike na dhahabu, uitumie kubeba hiyo meza.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="EXO.25.29" />Tengeneza sahani zake na masinia yake kwa dhahabu safi, pamoja na bilauri na bakuli zake kwa ajili ya kumiminia sadaka.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="EXO.25.30" />Utaweka mikate ya Wonyesho juu ya meza hii iwe mbele yangu daima.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kinara Cha Taa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 37:17-24)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="EXO.25.31" />“Tengeneza kinara cha taa cha dhahabu safi iliyofuliwa vizuri katika kitako chake na ufito wake; vikombe vyake vinavyofanana na ua, matovu yake na maua yake viwe kitu kimoja.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="EXO.25.32" />Matawi sita yatatokeza kuanzia ule ufito wa katikati wa kinara cha taa: matawi matatu upande mmoja na matatu upande mwingine.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="EXO.25.33" />Vikombe vitatu vya mfano wa maua ya mlozi yenye matovu na maua vitakuwa katika tawi moja, vikombe vitatu katika tawi jingine, na vivyo hivyo kwa matawi yote sita yanayotokeza kwenye kile kinara cha taa.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="EXO.25.34" />Juu ya kinara chenyewe vitakuwepo vikombe vinne vya mfano wa maua ya mlozi yakiwa na matovu yake na maua yake.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="EXO.25.35" />Tovu moja litakuwa chini ya jozi ya kwanza ya matawi yaliyotokeza kwenye kinara cha taa, tovu la pili chini ya jozi ya pili, nalo tovu la tatu chini ya jozi ya tatu, yaani matawi sita kwa jumla.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="EXO.25.36" />Matovu na matawi yote yatakuwa kitu kimoja na kile kinara cha taa, yakifuliwa kwa dhahabu safi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="EXO.25.37" />“Kisha tengeneza taa zake saba na uziweke juu ya kinara hicho ili ziangaze mbele yake.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="EXO.25.38" />Mikasi ya kusawazishia tambi, pamoja na masinia, zote zitakuwa za dhahabu safi.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="EXO.25.39" />Utatumia talanta moja<f caller="+"><fr>25:39
</fr><ft>Talanta moja ya dhahabu ni sawa na kilo 34.</ft></f> ya dhahabu safi kutengeneza hicho kinara na vifaa vyake vyote.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="EXO.25.40" />Hakikisha kuwa umevitengeneza sawasawa na ule mfano ulioonyeshwa kule mlimani.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="26" />
<s style="s1">Maskani Ya Mungu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 36:8-38)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.26.1" />“Tengeneza maskani kwa mapazia kumi ya kitani iliyosokotwa vizuri na nyuzi za rangi ya buluu, za zambarau, na za rangi nyekundu, naye fundi stadi atatarizi makerubi kwenye mapazia hayo.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EXO.26.2" />Mapazia yote yatatoshana kwa ukubwa: kila moja litakuwa na urefu wa dhiraa ishirini na nane,<f caller="+"><fr>26:2
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 28 ni sawa na mita 13.</ft></f> na upana wa dhiraa nne<f caller="+"><fr>26:2
</fr><ft>Dhiraa nne ni sawa na mita 1.8.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.26.3" />Unganisha mapazia matano pamoja; fanya vivyo hivyo kwa hayo mengine matano.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EXO.26.4" />Tengeneza vitanzi vya kitambaa cha buluu kwenye upindo wa pazia la mwisho la fungu la kwanza, na ufanye vivyo hivyo na pazia la fungu la mwisho.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EXO.26.5" />Fanya vitanzi hamsini katika pazia mmoja, na vitanzi vingine hamsini kwenye pazia la mwisho la fungu hilo lingine, nazo vitanzi vyote vielekeane.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EXO.26.6" />Kisha tengeneza vifungo hamsini vya dhahabu ili vitumike kufunga na kuunganisha mapazia pamoja kufanya Hema liwe kitu kimoja.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EXO.26.7" />“Tengeneza mapazia kumi na moja ya singa za mbuzi kwa ajili ya kufunika maskani.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EXO.26.8" />Mapazia hayo kumi na moja yatakuwa na kipimo kimoja, yaani urefu wa dhiraa thelathini,<f caller="+"><fr>26:8
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 30 ni sawa na mita 13.5.</ft></f> na upana wa dhiraa nne.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EXO.26.9" />Unganisha hayo mapazia matano yawe fungu moja, na hayo mengine sita yawe fungu lingine. Kunja hilo pazia la sita mara mbili mbele ya maskani.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EXO.26.10" />Tengeneza vitanzi hamsini kwenye upindo wa pazia la mwisho la fungu moja, na vivyo hivyo kwenye upindo wa pazia la mwisho la fungu hilo lingine.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.26.11" />Kisha tengeneza vifungo hamsini vya shaba, uviingize katika vile vitanzi ili kukaza hema pamoja kuwa kitu kimoja.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EXO.26.12" />Kuhusu kile kipande cha ziada cha pazia la Hema, nusu ya hilo pazia lililobaki litaningʼinizwa upande wa nyuma wa Hema.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EXO.26.13" />Mapazia ya hema yatakuwa na urefu wa dhiraa moja zaidi pande zote, sehemu itakayobaki itaningʼinia pande zote za Hema ili kuifunika.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EXO.26.14" />Tengeneza kifuniko cha hema kwa ngozi za kondoo dume zilizotiwa rangi nyekundu, na juu yake kifuniko cha ngozi za pomboo.<f caller="+"><fr>26:14
</fr><fq>Pomboo
</fq><ft>hapa ina maana ya mnyama mwenye ngozi laini aishiye kwenye milima yenye misitu, au pengine nguva au sili.
</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EXO.26.15" />“Tengeneza mihimili ya kusimamisha ya mti wa mshita kwa ajili ya maskani.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EXO.26.16" />Kila mhimili uwe na urefu wa dhiraa kumi<f caller="+"><fr>26:16
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 10 ni sawa na mita 4.5.</ft></f> na upana wa dhiraa moja na nusu,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EXO.26.17" />zikiwa na ndimi mbili zilizo sambamba kila mmoja na mwingine. Tengeneza mihimili yote ya maskani jinsi hii.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EXO.26.18" />Tengeneza mihimili ishirini kwa ajili ya upande wa kusini wa maskani,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EXO.26.19" />kisha tengeneza vitako arobaini vya fedha vya kuweka chini ya hiyo mihimili, vitako viwili kwa kila mhimili, kimoja chini ya kila ulimi.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EXO.26.20" />Kuhusu upande wa kaskazini wa maskani, tengeneza mihimili ishirini
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EXO.26.21" />na vitako arobaini vya fedha, viwili chini ya kila mhimili.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EXO.26.22" />Kisha tengeneza mihimili sita kwa mwisho ulio mbali, yaani upande wa magharibi wa maskani,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EXO.26.23" />na pia utengeneze mihimili miwili ya pembe za upande ulio mbali.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EXO.26.24" />Katika pembe hizi mbili ni lazima mihimili yake iwe miwili kuanzia chini mpaka juu, na iingizwe kwenye pete moja; mihimili ya pembe hizi mbili itafanana.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EXO.26.25" />Kwa hiyo itakuwepo mihimili minane, na vitako kumi na sita vya fedha, viwili chini ya kila mhimili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="EXO.26.26" />“Pia tengeneza mataruma ya mti wa mshita: matano kwa ajili ya mihimili ya upande mmoja wa maskani,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EXO.26.27" />matano kwa ajili ya mihimili ya upande mwingine, na matano kwa ajili ya mihimili ya upande wa magharibi, mwisho kabisa mwa maskani.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EXO.26.28" />Taruma la katikati litapenya katikati ya mihimili kutoka mwisho mmoja hadi mwisho mwingine.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="EXO.26.29" />Funika hiyo mihimili kwa dhahabu, kisha tengeneza pete za dhahabu ambazo zitashikilia hayo mataruma. Pia funika hayo mataruma kwa dhahabu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="EXO.26.30" />“Simamisha Hema sawasawa na mfano ulioonyeshwa kule mlimani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="EXO.26.31" />“Tengeneza pazia la nyuzi za rangi ya buluu, za zambarau, na za rangi nyekundu na kitani safi iliyosokotwa vizuri, naye fundi stadi atirizi makerubi kwenye hilo pazia.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="EXO.26.32" />Litundike kwa kulabu za dhahabu kwenye nguzo nne za mti wa mshita ambazo zimefunikwa kwa dhahabu, zikiwa zimesimamishwa kwenye vitako vinne vya fedha.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="EXO.26.33" />Ningʼiniza pazia hilo kwenye vifungo, kisha weka Sanduku la Ushuhuda nyuma ya pazia. Pazia litatenganisha Mahali Patakatifu kutoka Patakatifu pa Patakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="EXO.26.34" />Weka kifuniko cha kiti cha rehema juu ya Sanduku la Ushuhuda ndani ya Patakatifu pa Patakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="EXO.26.35" />Weka meza nje ya pazia upande wa kaskazini wa Hema, kisha weka kinara cha taa upande wa kusini wa Hema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="EXO.26.36" />“Kwa ajili ya ingilio la hema, tengeneza pazia la nyuzi za rangi ya buluu, za zambarau, na za rangi nyekundu na kitani safi iliyosokotwa vizuri, kazi ya mtarizi.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="EXO.26.37" />Tengeneza kulabu za dhahabu kwa ajili ya hilo pazia, na nguzo tano za mshita zilizofunikwa kwa dhahabu. Kisha mimina vitako vitano vya shaba kwa ajili yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="27" />
<s style="s1">Madhabahu Ya Sadaka Ya Kuteketezwa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 38:1-7)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.27.1" />“Jenga madhabahu ya mbao za mti wa mshita, kimo chake kiwe dhiraa tatu;<f caller="+"><fr>27:1
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 3 ni sawa na mita 1.35.</ft></f> itakuwa mraba, urefu wake dhiraa tano,<f caller="+"><fr>27:1
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 5 ni sawa na mita 2.25.</ft></f> na upana wake dhiraa tano.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EXO.27.2" />Tengeneza upembe kwenye kila pembe ya hizo pembe nne, ili zile pembe na madhabahu ziwe zimeungana, na ufunike madhabahu kwa shaba.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.27.3" />Tengeneza vyombo vyake vyote kwa shaba: vyungu vyake vya kuondolea majivu, masepetu, mabakuli ya kunyunyizia, uma za nyama, na vyombo vya kuchukulia moto.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EXO.27.4" />Kisha tengenezea hayo madhabahu wavu wa shaba, na utengeneze pete za shaba kwenye kila moja ya hizo pembe nne za huo wavu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EXO.27.5" />Weka wavu huo chini ya ukingo wa madhabahu ili ufikie nusu ya kimo cha madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EXO.27.6" />Tengeneza mipiko ya mti wa mshita kwa ajili ya madhabahu, na uifunike kwa shaba.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EXO.27.7" />Hiyo mipiko itaingizwa kwenye zile pete ili iwe pande mbili za madhabahu inapobebwa.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EXO.27.8" />Tengeneza madhabahu yawe na uvungu ndani yake ukitumia mbao. Utaitengeneza sawasawa na vile ulivyoonyeshwa mlimani.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ua Wa Kukutania
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 38:9-20)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EXO.27.9" />“Tengeneza ua kwa ajili ya Hema la Kukutania. Upande wa kusini utakuwa na urefu wa dhiraa mia moja,<f caller="+"><fr>27:9
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 100 ni sawa na mita 45.</ft></f> na utakuwa na mapazia ya kitani iliyosokotwa vizuri,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EXO.27.10" />pamoja na nguzo ishirini na vitako vya shaba ishirini, na kulabu na tepe za fedha juu ya hizo nguzo.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.27.11" />Upande wa kaskazini utakuwa na urefu wa dhiraa mia moja, nao utakuwa na mapazia, pamoja na nguzo ishirini na vitako vya shaba ishirini, pamoja na kulabu na tepe za fedha juu ya hizo nguzo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="EXO.27.12" />“Upande wa magharibi wa ua utakuwa na upana wa dhiraa hamsini,<f caller="+"><fr>27:12
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 50 ni sawa na mita 22.5.</ft></f> nao utakuwa na mapazia, na nguzo kumi na vitako vyake kumi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EXO.27.13" />Upande wa mwisho wa mashariki jua linakochomoza, ua pia utakuwa na upana wa dhiraa hamsini.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EXO.27.14" />Mapazia yenye urefu wa dhiraa kumi na tano yatakuwa upande mmoja wa ingilio, pamoja na nguzo tatu na vitako vitatu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EXO.27.15" />Kutakuwepo tena na mapazia ya dhiraa kumi na tano<f caller="+"><fr>27:15
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 15 ni sawa na mita 6.75.</ft></f> kwa upande mwingine wa ingilio, pamoja na nguzo tatu na vitako vitatu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="EXO.27.16" />“Kuhusu ingilio la ua, weka pazia lenye urefu wa dhiraa ishirini<f caller="+"><fr>27:16
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 20 ni sawa na mita 9.</ft></f> la nyuzi za rangi ya buluu, za zambarau, na za rangi nyekundu pamoja na kitani iliyosokotwa vizuri, kazi ya mtarizi. Pazia hilo litashikiliwa na nguzo nne na vitako vinne.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EXO.27.17" />Nguzo zote zinazozunguka ua zitakuwa na tepe na kulabu za fedha, na vitako vya shaba.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EXO.27.18" />Ua wa kukutania utakuwa na urefu wa dhiraa mia moja na upana wa dhiraa hamsini, ukiwa na mapazia ya kitani yaliyosokotwa vizuri yenye urefu wa dhiraa tano kwenda juu na vitako vya shaba.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EXO.27.19" />Vyombo vingine vyote vinavyotumika katika maskani kwa shughuli yoyote, pamoja na vigingi vyote na hata vile vya ua, vitakuwa vya shaba.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mafuta Ya Kinara Cha Taa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Walawi 24:1-4)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EXO.27.20" />“Utawaamuru Waisraeli wakuletee mafuta safi ya zeituni yaliyokamuliwa kwa ajili ya mwanga ili zile taa ziwake mfululizo.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EXO.27.21" />Katika Hema la Kukutania, nje ya pazia lililo mbele ya Sanduku la Ushuhuda, Aroni na wanawe watahakikisha kuwa taa hizo zinawaka kuanzia jioni mpaka asubuhi mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Hili litakuwa agizo la milele miongoni mwa Waisraeli kwa vizazi vyote vijavyo.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="28" />
<s style="s1">Mavazi Ya Kikuhani
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 39:1-7)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.28.1" />“Mtwae Aroni ndugu yako aliyeletwa kwako kutoka miongoni mwa Waisraeli, pamoja na wanawe Nadabu, Abihu, Eleazari na Ithamari, ili wanitumikie katika kazi ya ukuhani.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EXO.28.2" />Mshonee Aroni ndugu yako mavazi matakatifu ili yampe ukuu na heshima.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.28.3" />Waambie mafundi stadi wote niliowapa hekima katika shughuli hiyo wamtengenezee Aroni mavazi hayo, ili awekwe wakfu, anitumikie katika kazi ya ukuhani.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EXO.28.4" />Haya ndiyo mavazi watakayoshona: kifuko cha kifuani, kisibau, kanzu, joho lililorembwa, kilemba na mshipi. Mavazi haya yatashonwa kwa ajili ya ndugu yako Aroni na wanawe ili wanitumikie katika kazi ya ukuhani.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EXO.28.5" />Waambie watumie dhahabu na nyuzi za rangi ya buluu, za zambarau, na za rangi nyekundu pamoja na kitani safi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kisibau
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EXO.28.6" />“Tengeneza kisibau cha dhahabu, na nyuzi za rangi ya buluu, za zambarau, za rangi nyekundu na kitani safi iliyosokotwa, kazi ya fundi stadi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EXO.28.7" />Kitakuwa na vipande viwili vya mabegani vilivyoshikizwa kwenye pembe zake mbili ili kufungia kisibau.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EXO.28.8" />Mshipi wa kiunoni uliofumwa kwa ustadi utafanana nacho: utakuwa kitu kimoja na hicho kisibau, nao utengenezwe kwa dhahabu na nyuzi za rangi ya buluu, za zambarau, na nyekundu na kwa kitani iliyosokotwa vizuri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EXO.28.9" />“Chukua vito viwili vya shohamu, na uchore juu yake majina ya wana wa Israeli
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EXO.28.10" />kufuatana na walivyozaliwa: majina sita katika kito kimoja, na mengine sita katika kito kingine.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.28.11" />Yachore majina ya wana wa Israeli juu ya vito hivyo viwili kama vile sonara anavyochonga muhuri. Kisha uvitie vito hivyo katika vijalizo vya dhahabu,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EXO.28.12" />na uvifungie juu ya vipande vya mabega ya kisibau yawe kama vito vya ukumbusho kwa wana wa Israeli. Aroni atavaa majina hayo mabegani mwake kama kumbukumbu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EXO.28.13" />Tengeneza vijalizo vya dhahabu
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EXO.28.14" />na mikufu miwili ya dhahabu safi iliyosokotwa kama kamba, na uifunge mikufu hiyo kwenye vijalizo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kifuko Cha Kifuani
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 39:8-21)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EXO.28.15" />“Fanyiza kifuko cha kifuani kwa ajili ya kufanya maamuzi, kazi ya fundi stadi. Kitengeneze kama kile kisibau: cha dhahabu, na nyuzi za rangi ya buluu, za zambarau, na za rangi nyekundu, cha kitani safi iliyosokotwa.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EXO.28.16" />Kitakuwa cha mraba, chenye urefu wa shibiri moja<f caller="+"><fr>28:16
</fr><ft>Shibiri moja ni sawa na sentimita 22.</ft></f> na upana wa shibiri moja, na kikunjwe mara mbili.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EXO.28.17" />Kisha weka safu nne za vito vya thamani juu yake. Safu ya kwanza itakuwa na akiki, yakuti manjano na zabarajadi;
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EXO.28.18" />katika safu ya pili itakuwa na almasi, yakuti samawi na zumaridi;
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EXO.28.19" />safu ya tatu itakuwa na hiakintho, akiki nyekundu na amethisto;
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EXO.28.20" />na safu ya nne itakuwa na krisolitho, shohamu na yaspi. Yote yatiwe kwenye vijalizo vya dhahabu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EXO.28.21" />Patakuwa na vito kumi na viwili, kila kimoja kwa jina mojawapo la wana wa Israeli, kila kimoja kichorwe kama muhuri kikiwa na jina mojawapo la yale makabila kumi na mawili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="EXO.28.22" />“Kwa ajili ya kile kifuko cha kifuani, tengeneza mikufu ya dhahabu safi, iliyosokotwa kama kamba.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EXO.28.23" />Tengeneza pete mbili za dhahabu kwa ajili yake, uzifungie kwenye pembe mbili za hicho kifuko cha kifuani.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EXO.28.24" />Funga ile mikufu miwili ya dhahabu kwenye hizo pete zilizo katika pembe za hicho kifuko cha kifuani,
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EXO.28.25" />nazo zile ncha nyingine za mkufu zifunge kwenye vile vijalizo viwili, na uzishikamanishe na vile vipande vya mabega vya kile kisibau upande wa mbele.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EXO.28.26" />Tengeneza pete mbili za dhahabu, uzishikamanishe kwenye pembe mbili za chini, upande wa ndani wa kifuko cha kifuani karibu na kisibau.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EXO.28.27" />Tengeneza pete nyingine mbili za dhahabu, na uzishikamanishe sehemu ya chini ya vipande vya mabega upande wa mbele wa kile kisibau, karibu na pindo juu kidogo ya mshipi wa kiunoni wa kisibau.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EXO.28.28" />Pete za kifuko cha kifuani zitafungwa kwenye pete zile za kisibau kwa kamba ya buluu, ziunganishwe na ule mshipi wa kiunoni, ili kifuko cha kifuani kisisogee kutoka kwenye kile kisibau.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="EXO.28.29" />“Wakati wowote Aroni aingiapo Mahali Patakatifu, atakuwa na yale majina ya wana wa Israeli moyoni mwake juu ya kile kifuko cha kifuani cha uamuzi kama kumbukumbu ya kudumu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="EXO.28.30" />Pia weka Urimu na Thumimu<f caller="+"><fr>28:30
</fr><ft>Urimu na Thumimu maana yake ni Nuru na Kweli; vifaa hivi viliwekwa kwenye kifuko cha juu cha kisibau cha kuhani mkuu ili kujua mapenzi ya Mungu kwenye mambo ya kutatanisha.</ft></f> ndani ya kifuko cha kifuani, yawe juu ya moyo wa Aroni kila mara aingiapo mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Kwa hiyo siku zote Aroni atakuwa na uwezo kufanya maamuzi kwa ajili ya wana wa Israeli mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mavazi Mengine Ya Kikuhani
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 39:22-31)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="EXO.28.31" />“Shona joho la kisibau lote kwa kitambaa cha rangi ya buluu tupu,
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="EXO.28.32" />na katikati uweke nafasi ya kuingizia kichwa. Kutakuwa na utepe uliofumwa, unaofanana na ukosi kuizunguka nafasi hiyo, ili isichanike.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="EXO.28.33" />Tengeneza makomamanga ya nyuzi za rangi ya buluu, za zambarau, na za rangi nyekundu kuzunguka pindo la hilo joho, na uweke pia vikengele vya dhahabu kati ya hayo makomamanga.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="EXO.28.34" />Hivyo vikengele vya dhahabu na makomamanga vitapishana kuzunguka upindo wa joho lile.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="EXO.28.35" />Ni lazima Aroni alivae anapofanya huduma. Sauti ya hivyo vikengele itasikika anapoingia na kutoka Mahali Patakatifu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ili asije akafa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="EXO.28.36" />“Tengeneza bamba la dhahabu safi na uchore juu yake maneno haya kama vile muhuri huchorwa:
<sc>Mtakatifu kwa Bwana</sc>.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="EXO.28.37" />Lifunge hilo bamba kwa kamba ya buluu kwenye kilemba, nalo ni lazima liwe mbele ya kilemba.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="EXO.28.38" />Aroni alivae bamba hilo kwenye paji la uso wake, naye atachukua hatia kuhusu sadaka takatifu za Waisraeli wanazoweka wakfu, sadaka za aina yoyote. Litakuwa kwenye paji la uso wa Aroni daima ili zikubalike kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="EXO.28.39" />“Fuma koti la kitani safi na ufanye kilemba cha kitani safi. Mshipi uwe ni kazi ya mtarizi.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="EXO.28.40" />Watengenezee wana wa Aroni makoti, mishipi na kofia, ili kuwapa ukuu na heshima.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="EXO.28.41" />Baada ya kumvika Aroni ndugu yako pamoja na wanawe nguo hizi, watie mafuta na kuwabariki. Waweke wakfu ili wanitumikie katika kazi ya ukuhani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="EXO.28.42" />“Watengenezee nguo za ndani za kitani zitakazofunika mwili, kutoka kiunoni hadi mapajani.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="EXO.28.43" />Aroni na wanawe ni lazima wavae haya kila wanapoingia katika Hema la Kukutania au wanaposogelea madhabahu wakati wa kutoa huduma katika Mahali Patakatifu, ili wasije wakafanya kosa wakafa.
</p>
<p style="p">“Haya yawe maagizo ya kudumu kwa Aroni na vizazi vyake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="29" />
<s style="s1">Kuweka Wakfu Makuhani
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Walawi 8:1-36)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.29.1" />“Hili ndilo utakalofanya ili kuwaweka wakfu makuhani ili wanitumikie mimi katika kazi ya ukuhani: Chukua fahali mchanga mmoja na kondoo dume wawili wasio na dosari.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EXO.29.2" />Kutokana na unga laini wa ngano usiotiwa chachu, tengeneza mikate na maandazi yaliyokandwa kwa mafuta, pamoja na mikate midogo myembamba.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.29.3" />Viwekwe vyote ndani ya kikapu na kuvitoa pamoja na yule fahali na wale kondoo dume wawili.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EXO.29.4" />Kisha mlete Aroni na wanawe kwenye lango la Hema la Kukutania na uwaoshe kwa maji.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EXO.29.5" />Chukua yale mavazi na umvike Aroni koti, joho la kisibau na kisibau chenyewe pamoja na kile kifuko cha kifuani. Mfungie hicho kisibau kwa ule mshipi wa kiunoni uliosukwa kwa ustadi.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EXO.29.6" />Weka kilemba kichwani mwake na kuweka taji takatifu ishikamane na hicho kilemba.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EXO.29.7" />Chukua yale mafuta ya upako umimine juu ya kichwa chake.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EXO.29.8" />Walete wanawe na uwavike makoti,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EXO.29.9" />pia uwavike zile tepe za kichwani. Ndipo uwafunge Aroni na wanawe mishipi. Ukuhani ni wao kwa agizo la kudumu. Kwa njia hii utamweka wakfu Aroni na wanawe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EXO.29.10" />“Mlete yule fahali mbele ya Hema la Kukutania, naye Aroni na wanawe wataweka mikono yao juu ya kichwa chake.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.29.11" />Mchinje huyo fahali mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwenye mlango wa Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EXO.29.12" />Chukua sehemu ya damu ya huyo fahali na kuipaka kwenye pembe za hayo madhabahu kwa kidole chako, na damu iliyobaki uimwage sehemu ya chini ya madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EXO.29.13" />Kisha chukua mafuta yote ya huyo mnyama ya sehemu za ndani, yale yanayofunika ini, figo zote mbili pamoja na mafuta yake, uviteketeze juu ya madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EXO.29.14" />Lakini nyama ya huyo fahali na ngozi yake na matumbo yake utavichoma nje ya kambi. Hii ni sadaka ya dhambi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EXO.29.15" />“Chukua mmoja wa wale kondoo dume, naye Aroni na wanawe wataweka mikono yao juu ya kichwa chake.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EXO.29.16" />Mchinje huyo kondoo dume, chukua damu yake na uinyunyize pande zote za hayo madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EXO.29.17" />Mkate huyo kondoo dume vipande vipande na usafishe sehemu za ndani pamoja na miguu, ukiviweka pamoja na kichwa na vipande vingine.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EXO.29.18" />Kisha mteketeze huyo kondoo dume mzima juu ya madhabahu. Hii ni sadaka ya kuteketezwa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, harufu ya kupendeza, sadaka iliyotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moto.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EXO.29.19" />“Mchukue yule kondoo dume mwingine, naye Aroni na wanawe waweke mikono yao juu ya kichwa chake.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EXO.29.20" />Mchinje, uchukue sehemu ya damu yake na kuipaka kwenye masikio ya Aroni na wanawe, kwenye vidole gumba vya mikono yao ya kuume, pia kwenye vidole gumba vya miguu yao ya kuume. Kisha nyunyiza hiyo damu pande zote za madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EXO.29.21" />Pia chukua sehemu ya damu iliyo juu ya madhabahu na sehemu ya mafuta ya upako, umnyunyizie Aroni na mavazi yake, pia wanawe na mavazi yao. Ndipo Aroni na wanawe pamoja na mavazi yao watakuwa wamewekwa wakfu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="EXO.29.22" />“Chukua mafuta ya huyu kondoo dume, mafuta ya mkia, mafuta ya sehemu za ndani yale yanayofunika ini, figo zote mbili na mafuta yake, pamoja na paja la kulia. (Huyo ndiye kondoo dume kwa ajili ya kuwaweka wakfu.)
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EXO.29.23" />Kutoka kwenye kile kikapu chenye mikate iliyotengenezwa bila chachu, kilichoko mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, chukua mkate, andazi lililokandwa kwa mafuta na mkate mdogo mwembamba.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EXO.29.24" />Viweke vitu hivi vyote mikononi mwa Aroni na wanawe na uviinue mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuwa sadaka ya kuinuliwa.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EXO.29.25" />Kisha vichukue vitu hivyo kutoka mikononi mwao, uviteketeze juu ya madhabahu pamoja na sadaka ya kuteketezwa kuwa harufu nzuri ya kupendeza kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, sadaka iliyotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moto.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EXO.29.26" />Baada ya kuchukua kidari cha huyo kondoo dume wa kuwekwa wakfu kwa Aroni, kiinue mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuwa sadaka ya kuinuliwa, nayo itakuwa fungu lako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="EXO.29.27" />“Weka wakfu zile sehemu za kondoo dume aliyetumika kwa kumweka wakfu Aroni na wanawe: kidari kile kilichoinuliwa na lile paja lililotolewa.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EXO.29.28" />Siku zote hili litakuwa fungu la kawaida kutoka kwa Waisraeli kwa ajili ya Aroni na wanawe. Hili ni toleo la Waisraeli watakalotoa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kutoka sadaka zao za amani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="EXO.29.29" />“Mavazi matakatifu ya Aroni yatakuwa ya wazao wake ili kwamba waweze kutiwa mafuta na kuwekwa wakfu wakiwa wameyavaa.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="EXO.29.30" />Mwana atakayeingia mahali pake kuwa kuhani na kuja kwenye Hema la Kukutania kuhudumu katika Mahali Patakatifu atayavaa kwa siku saba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="EXO.29.31" />“Chukua nyama ya huyo kondoo dume wa kuwaweka wakfu uipike katika Mahali Patakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="EXO.29.32" />Aroni na wanawe wataila ile nyama ya huyo kondoo dume pamoja na ile mikate iliyo kwenye hicho kikapu wakiwa hapo ingilio la Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="EXO.29.33" />Watakula sadaka hizi ambazo upatanisho ulifanywa kwazo kwa ajili ya kuwaweka wakfu na kuwatakasa. Lakini hakuna mtu mwingine yeyote anayeruhusiwa kuvila, kwa sababu ni vitakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="EXO.29.34" />Ikiwa nyama yoyote ya huyo kondoo dume iliyotumika kwa kuwaweka wakfu au mkate wowote umebaki mpaka asubuhi, vichomwe. Kamwe visiliwe, kwa sababu ni vitakatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="EXO.29.35" />“Hivyo utamfanyia Aroni na wanawe kila kitu kama vile nilivyokuamuru: Utachukua muda wa siku saba kuwaweka wakfu.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="EXO.29.36" />Utatoa dhabihu ya fahali kila siku kuwa sadaka ya dhambi ili kufanya upatanisho. Takasa madhabahu kwa kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili yake, nayo uitie mafuta na kuiweka wakfu.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="EXO.29.37" />Kwa muda wa siku saba fanya upatanisho kwa ajili ya madhabahu na kuiweka wakfu. Ndipo madhabahu itakuwa takatifu sana na chochote kitakachoigusa kitakuwa kitakatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="EXO.29.38" />“Kwa kawaida hiki ndicho utakachotoa juu ya madhabahu kila siku: wana-kondoo wawili wenye umri wa mwaka mmoja.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="EXO.29.39" />Utamtoa mmoja asubuhi na huyo mwingine jioni.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="EXO.29.40" />Pamoja na mwana-kondoo wa kwanza utatoa efa moja<f caller="+"><fr>29:40
</fr><ft>Efa moja ni sawa na kilo 22.</ft></f> ya unga wa ngano laini uliochanganywa na robo ya hini<f caller="+"><fr>29:40
</fr><ft>Robo ya hini ni sawa na lita moja.</ft></f> ya mafuta yaliyokamuliwa, pamoja na robo ya hini ya divai kuwa sadaka ya kinywaji.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="EXO.29.41" />Huyo mwana-kondoo mwingine mtoe dhabihu wakati wa machweo pamoja na sadaka za unga na za kinywaji kama vile ulivyofanya asubuhi, kuwa harufu ya kupendeza, sadaka iliyotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moto.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="EXO.29.42" />“Kwa vizazi vijavyo itakuwa kawaida kutoa sadaka hii ya kuteketezwa kila mara kwenye ingilio la Hema la Kukutania mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Hapo ndipo nitakapokutana na ninyi na kusema nanyi,
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="EXO.29.43" />Huko ndipo nitakapokutana na Waisraeli, nalo Hema la Kukutania litatakaswa na utukufu wangu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="44" bcv="EXO.29.44" />“Kwa hiyo nitaliweka wakfu Hema la Kukutania pamoja na madhabahu, nami nitamweka wakfu Aroni na wanawe ili wanitumikie mimi katika kazi ya ukuhani.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="EXO.29.45" />Ndipo nitakapofanya makao miongoni mwa Waisraeli na kuwa Mungu wao.
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="EXO.29.46" />Nao watajua kuwa Mimi Ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao, aliyewatoa Misri ili nipate kufanya makao miongoni mwao. Mimi Ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="30" />
<s style="s1">Madhabahu Ya Kufukizia Uvumba
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 37:25-28)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.30.1" />“Tengeneza madhabahu kwa mbao za mshita kwa ajili ya kufukizia uvumba.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EXO.30.2" />Madhabahu hayo yawe mraba, urefu na upana wake dhiraa moja,<f caller="+"><fr>30:2
</fr><ft>Dhiraa moja ni sawa na sentimita 45.</ft></f> na kimo cha dhiraa mbili,<f caller="+"><fr>30:2
</fr><ft>Dhiraa mbili ni sawa na sentimita 90.</ft></f> nazo pembe zake zitakuwa kitu kimoja nayo.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.30.3" />Funika hayo madhabahu juu na pande zote na pia pembe zake kwa dhahabu safi, na uifanyizie ukingo wa dhahabu kuizunguka.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EXO.30.4" />Tengeneza pete mbili za dhahabu kwa ajili ya madhabahu chini ya huo ukingo, ziwe mbili kila upande, za kushikilia hiyo mipiko itumikayo kuibebea madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EXO.30.5" />Tengeneza mipiko kwa miti ya mshita na uifunike kwa dhahabu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EXO.30.6" />Weka hayo madhabahu mbele ya lile pazia lililo mbele ya Sanduku la Ushuhuda, lililo mbele ya kiti cha rehema kilicho juu ya Sanduku la Ushuhuda, mahali ambapo nitakutana nawe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EXO.30.7" />“Itampasa Aroni kufukiza uvumba wenye harufu nzuri juu ya madhabahu kila siku asubuhi wakati anapowasha zile taa.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EXO.30.8" />Itampasa afukize uvumba tena wakati anapowasha taa wakati wa machweo ili uvumba ufukizwe daima mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa vizazi vijavyo.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EXO.30.9" />Usifukize uvumba mwingine wowote juu ya madhabahu haya au sadaka nyingine yoyote ya kuteketezwa wala sadaka ya nafaka, wala usimimine sadaka ya kinywaji juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EXO.30.10" />Mara moja kwa mwaka Aroni atafanya upatanisho juu ya pembe za hayo madhabahu. Upatanisho huu wa mwaka lazima ufanywe kwa damu ya sadaka ya upatanisho kwa ajili ya dhambi kwa vizazi vijavyo. Ni takatifu sana kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Fedha Ya Upatanisho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="EXO.30.11" />Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EXO.30.12" />“Utakapowahesabu Waisraeli, kila mmoja lazima alipe kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> fidia kwa ajili ya nafsi yake wakati wa kuhesabiwa kwake. Ndipo hakutakuwa na pigo juu yao unapowahesabu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EXO.30.13" />Kila mmoja anayekwenda upande wa wale waliokwisha hesabiwa atatoa nusu shekeli,<f caller="+"><fr>30:13
</fr><ft>Nusu shekeli ni sawa na gramu 6.</ft></f> kulingana na shekeli ya mahali patakatifu, ambayo ina uzito wa gera ishirini.<f caller="+"><fr>30:13
</fr><ft>Gera 20 ni sawa na shekeli moja au gramu 12.</ft></f> Hii nusu shekeli ni sadaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EXO.30.14" />Wote wale wanaovuka, wenye umri wa miaka ishirini au zaidi, watatoa sadaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EXO.30.15" />Matajiri hawatalipa zaidi ya nusu shekeli, nao maskini hawatatoa pungufu wakati mnatoa sadaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa kufanya upatanisho wa nafsi zenu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EXO.30.16" />Utapokea fedha ya upatanisho kutoka kwa Waisraeli na uzitumie kwa ajili ya huduma ya Hema la Kukutania. Itakuwa ni ukumbusho kwa Waisraeli mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili ya nafsi zenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sinia La Kunawia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EXO.30.17" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EXO.30.18" />“Tengeneza sinia la shaba lenye kitako cha shaba kwa ajili ya kunawia. Liweke kati ya Hema la Kukutania na madhabahu, kisha uweke maji ndani yake.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EXO.30.19" />Aroni na wanawe watanawa mikono na miguu yao kwa maji yatokayo katika hilo sinia.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EXO.30.20" />Wakati wowote wanapoingia katika Hema la Kukutania, watanawa kwa maji ili kwamba wasije wakafa. Pia, wanapokaribia madhabahu ili kuhudumu kwa kuleta sadaka zilizotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moto,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EXO.30.21" />watanawa mikono na miguu yao ili kwamba wasije wakafa. Hii itakuwa ni amri ya kudumu kwa ajili ya Aroni na wazao wake kwa vizazi vijavyo.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mafuta Ya Upako
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="EXO.30.22" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EXO.30.23" />“Chukua vikolezi bora vifuatavyo: shekeli 500<f caller="+"><fr>30:23
</fr><ft>Shekeli 500 ni sawa na kilo 6.</ft></f> za manemane ya maji, shekeli 250<f caller="+"><fr>30:23
</fr><ft>Shekeli 250 ni sawa na kilo 3.</ft></f> za mdalasini wenye harufu nzuri, shekeli 250 za miwa yenye harufu nzuri,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EXO.30.24" />shekeli 500 za aina nyingine ya mdalasini, vyote kulingana na shekeli ya mahali patakatifu, pia hini<f caller="+"><fr>30:24
</fr><ft>Hini moja ni sawa na lita 4.</ft></f> ya mafuta ya zeituni.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EXO.30.25" />Vitengeneze vikolezi hivi kuwa mafuta matakatifu ya upako yenye harufu nzuri, kazi ya mtengeneza manukato. Yatakuwa mafuta matakatifu ya upako.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EXO.30.26" />Kisha yatumie kupaka hilo Hema la Kukutania, Sanduku la Ushuhuda,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EXO.30.27" />meza na vifaa vyake vyote, kinara cha taa na vifaa vyake vyote, madhabahu ya kufukizia uvumba,
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EXO.30.28" />madhabahu ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa na vyombo vyake vyote na sinia pamoja na kitako chake.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="EXO.30.29" />Utaviweka wakfu ili viwe vitakatifu sana na kila kitakachoigusa kitakuwa kitakatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="EXO.30.30" />“Mtie Aroni na wanawe mafuta na uwaweke wakfu ili waweze kunitumikia katika kazi ya ukuhani.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="EXO.30.31" />Waambie Waisraeli, ‘Haya yatakuwa mafuta matakatifu yangu ya upako kwa vizazi vijavyo.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="EXO.30.32" />Usiyamimine juu ya miili ya wanadamu wala usitengeneze mafuta ya aina nyingine kwa utaratibu huu. Ni mafuta matakatifu na ni lazima myaone kuwa ni matakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="EXO.30.33" />Mtu yeyote atakayetengeneza manukato kama hayo na yeyote atakayeyamimina juu ya mtu yeyote ambaye si kuhani atakatiliwa mbali na watu wake.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Uvumba
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="EXO.30.34" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Chukua vikolezi vyenye harufu nzuri vifuatavyo: natafi, shekelethi, kelbena na uvumba safi vyote vikiwa na vipimo sawa,
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="EXO.30.35" />pia tengeneza mchanganyiko wa uvumba wenye harufu nzuri, kazi ya mtengeneza manukato. Utiwe chumvi ili upate kuwa safi na mtakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="EXO.30.36" />Saga baadhi yake kuwa unga na uweke mbele ya Sanduku la Ushuhuda ndani ya Hema la Kukutania, mahali ambapo nitakutana nawe. Itakuwa takatifu sana kwenu.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="EXO.30.37" />Msitengeneze uvumba mwingine wowote wa namna hii kwa ajili yenu wenyewe; uoneni kuwa ni mtakatifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="EXO.30.38" />Yeyote atakayetengeneza uvumba kama huu ili kufurahia harufu yake nzuri lazima akatiliwe mbali na watu wake.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="31" />
<s style="s1">Bezaleli Na Oholiabu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 35:30–36:1)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.31.1" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EXO.31.2" />“Tazama, nimemchagua Bezaleli mwana wa Uri, mwana wa Huri, wa kabila la Yuda,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.31.3" />nami nimemjaza Roho wa Mungu, pamoja na ustadi, uwezo na ujuzi katika aina zote za ufundi,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EXO.31.4" />ili kubuni michoro ya kupendeza katika ufundi wa dhahabu, fedha na shaba,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EXO.31.5" />kuchonga vito na kuvitia mahali, kufanya ufundi kwa mbao, na kujishughulisha na aina zote za ufundi.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EXO.31.6" />Tena nimemteua Oholiabu mwana wa Ahisamaki, wa kabila la Dani, ili kumsaidia. Pia mafundi wote nimewapa ustadi wa kutengeneza kila kitu nilichokuamuru wewe:
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EXO.31.7" />Hema la Kukutania, Sanduku la Ushuhuda pamoja na kiti cha rehema juu yake, pia na vifaa vyote vya kwenye hema,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EXO.31.8" />meza na vifaa vyake, kinara cha taa cha dhahabu safi na vifaa vyake vyote, madhabahu ya kufukizia uvumba,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EXO.31.9" />madhabahu ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa na vyombo vyake vyote, sinia na kinara chake,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EXO.31.10" />pamoja na mavazi matakatifu yaliyofumwa ya kuhani Aroni, na mavazi kwa ajili ya wanawe wakati wanahudumu katika kazi ya ukuhani,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.31.11" />pia mafuta ya upako na uvumba wenye harufu nzuri kwa ajili ya Mahali Patakatifu. Watavitengeneza sawasawa kama vile nilivyokuagiza wewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sabato
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="EXO.31.12" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EXO.31.13" />“Waambie Waisraeli, ‘Ninyi ni lazima mzishike Sabato zangu. Hii itakuwa ni ishara kati yangu na ninyi kwa ajili ya vizazi vijavyo, ili mpate kujua kwamba Mimi Ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, niwafanyaye ninyi watakatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="EXO.31.14" />“ ‘Mtaishika Sabato, kwa sababu ni takatifu kwenu. Yeyote atakayeinajisi lazima auawe, yeyote atakayefanya kazi siku hiyo lazima akafie mbali na watu wake.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EXO.31.15" />Kwa siku sita, mtafanya kazi, lakini siku ya saba ni Sabato ya kupumzika, takatifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Yeyote afanyaye kazi yoyote siku ya Sabato ni lazima auawe.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EXO.31.16" />Waisraeli wataishika Sabato, kuiadhimisha kwa vizazi vijavyo kuwa Agano la milele.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EXO.31.17" />Itakuwa ishara kati yangu na Waisraeli milele, kwa kuwa kwa muda wa siku sita
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliumba mbingu na dunia, na siku ya saba akaacha kufanya kazi, akapumzika.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="EXO.31.18" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alipomaliza kusema na Mose juu ya Mlima Sinai, Mungu akampa vile vibao viwili vya Ushuhuda, vibao vya mawe vilivyoandikwa kwa kidole cha Mungu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="32" />
<s style="s1">Ndama Wa Dhahabu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kumbukumbu 9:6-29)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.32.1" />Watu walipoona kuwa Mose amekawia sana kushuka kutoka mlimani, walimkusanyikia Aroni na kumwambia, “Njoo, tutengenezee miungu itakayotutangulia. Kwa maana huyu jamaa yetu Mose aliyetupandisha kutoka Misri, hatujui jambo lililompata.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="EXO.32.2" />Aroni akawajibu, “Vueni vipuli vya dhahabu ambavyo wake zenu, wana wenu na binti zenu wamevaa, mkaniletee.”
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.32.3" />Kwa hiyo watu wote wakavua vipuli vyao, wakavileta kwa Aroni.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EXO.32.4" />Akavichukua vile vitu walivyomkabidhi, akavifanyiza kwa kusubu sanamu yenye umbo la ndama, akaichonga kwa kutumia chombo. Kisha wakasema, “Hii ndiyo miungu yenu, ee Israeli, iliyowapandisha kutoka Misri.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EXO.32.5" />Aroni alipoona hili, akajenga madhabahu mbele ya yule ndama na kutangaza, “Kesho kutakuwa na sikukuu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EXO.32.6" />Kwa hiyo siku iliyofuata watu wakaamka asubuhi na mapema na kutoa sadaka za kuteketeza na sadaka za amani. Baadaye watu wakaketi kula na kunywa, nao wakasimama, wakajizamisha katika sherehe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EXO.32.7" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Shuka, kwa sababu watu wako, uliowatoa Misri, wamepotoka.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EXO.32.8" />Wamekuwa wepesi kugeuka na kuacha niliyowaamuru, na wamejitengenezea sanamu ya kuyeyusha yenye umbo la ndama. Wameisujudia na kuitolea dhabihu, nao wamesema, ‘Hii ndiyo miungu yenu, ee Israeli iliyokupandisha kutoka Misri.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EXO.32.9" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Nimeona watu hawa, nao ni watu wenye shingo ngumu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EXO.32.10" />Sasa niache ili hasira yangu ipate kuwaka dhidi yao, nami nipate kuwaangamiza. Kisha nitakufanya wewe kuwa taifa kubwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="EXO.32.11" />Lakini Mose akamsihi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wake, akasema, “Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa nini hasira yako iwake dhidi ya watu wako, wale uliowatoa Misri kwa uweza mkuu na mkono wenye nguvu?
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EXO.32.12" />Kwa nini Wamisri waseme, ‘Ni kwa nia mbaya aliwatoa Misri, ili awaue milimani na kuwafuta usoni mwa dunia’? Achilia mbali hasira yako kali, waonee huruma na usilete maafa juu ya watu wako.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EXO.32.13" />Wakumbuke watumishi wako Abrahamu, Isaki na Israeli, ambao uliwaapia kwa nafsi yako mwenyewe: ‘Nitawafanya uzao wako kuwa wengi kama nyota za angani, nami nitawapa wazao wako nchi hii yote ambayo niliwaahidia, nayo itakuwa urithi wao milele.’ ”
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EXO.32.14" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawaonea huruma, wala hakuleta juu ya watu wake maafa aliyokuwa amekusudia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EXO.32.15" />Mose akageuka, akashuka kutoka mlimani akiwa na vibao viwili vya Ushuhuda mikononi mwake. Vilikuwa vimeandikwa pande zote mbili, mbele na nyuma.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EXO.32.16" />Vibao hivyo vilikuwa kazi ya Mungu; maandishi yalikuwa mwandiko wa Mungu, yaliyochorwa kama muhuri juu ya vibao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EXO.32.17" />Yoshua aliposikia sauti za watu wakipiga kelele, akamwambia Mose, “Kuna sauti ya vita kambini.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="EXO.32.18" />Mose akajibu:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Si sauti ya ushindi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala si sauti ya kushindwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni sauti ya kuimba ninayosikia.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EXO.32.19" />Mose alipoikaribia kambi na kuona yule ndama na ile michezo, hasira yake ikawaka, akatupa vile vibao vilivyokuwa mikononi mwake, akavipasua vipande vipande pale chini ya mlima.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EXO.32.20" />Kisha akamchukua yule ndama waliokuwa wamemtengeneza na kumchoma kwenye moto, kisha akamsaga kuwa unga, akanyunyiza kwenye maji na kuwafanya Waisraeli wanywe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EXO.32.21" />Mose akamwambia Aroni, “Watu hawa walikufanyia nini, hata ukawaongoza kufanya dhambi kubwa hivyo?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="EXO.32.22" />Aroni akamwambia, “Usikasirike bwana wangu. Unajua jinsi watu hawa walivyo tayari kwa maovu.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EXO.32.23" />Wao waliniambia, ‘Tufanyie miungu itakayotuongoza. Kwa kuwa huyu jamaa yetu Mose aliyetupandisha kutoka Misri, hatufahamu yaliyompata.’
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EXO.32.24" />Kwa hiyo nikawaambia, ‘Yeyote aliye na kito chochote cha dhahabu avue.’ Kisha wakanipa hiyo dhahabu, nami nikaitupa motoni, akatokea huyu ndama!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="EXO.32.25" />Mose akaona kuwa watu wameasi, kwa kuwa Aroni alikuwa amewaacha waasi, na hivyo kuwa kichekesho kwa adui zao.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EXO.32.26" />Kwa hiyo Mose akasimama kwenye ingilio la kambi, akasema, “Yeyote aliye upande wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, aje upande wangu.” Walawi wote wakamjia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="EXO.32.27" />Ndipo alipowaambia, “Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli asemalo: ‘Kila mmoja wenu ajifunge upanga wake kiunoni aende huku na huko kambi yote mwisho hadi mwisho mwingine, kila mmoja amuue ndugu yake, na rafiki yake na jirani yake.’ ”
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EXO.32.28" />Walawi wakafanya kama Mose alivyoamuru, siku ile wakafa watu wapatao 3,000.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="EXO.32.29" />Kisha Mose akasema, “Leo mmewekwa wakfu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa kuwa mlikuwa kinyume na wana wenu wenyewe na ndugu zenu, naye Mungu amewabariki leo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="EXO.32.30" />Siku iliyofuata Mose akawaambia watu, “Mmefanya dhambi kubwa. Lakini sasa nitapanda juu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, labda nitaweza kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili ya dhambi yenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="EXO.32.31" />Hivyo Mose akarudi kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kumwambia, “Lo! Hawa watu wamefanya dhambi kubwa namna gani! Wamejitengenezea miungu ya dhahabu.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="EXO.32.32" />Lakini sasa nakusihi, wasamehe dhambi yao; lakini kama sivyo, basi nifute kutoka kwenye kitabu ulichoandika.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="EXO.32.33" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamjibu Mose, “Yeyote aliyenitenda dhambi ndiye nitakayemfuta kutoka kwenye kitabu changu.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="EXO.32.34" />Sasa nenda, uongoze hao watu mpaka mahali nilipokuambia, naye malaika wangu atakutangulia. Pamoja na hayo, wakati utakapofika wa mimi kuwaadhibu, nitawaadhibu kwa ajili ya dhambi yao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="EXO.32.35" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawapiga watu kwa ugonjwa wa tauni kwa sababu ya yale waliyoyafanya kwa ndama yule ambaye alitengenezwa na Aroni.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="33" />
<s style="s1">Amri Ya Kuondoka Sinai
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.33.1" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Ondoka mahali hapa, wewe pamoja na hao watu uliowapandisha kutoka Misri, mpande mpaka nchi niliyomwahidi Abrahamu, Isaki na Yakobo kwa kiapo, nikisema, ‘Nitawapa wazao wenu nchi hii.’
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EXO.33.2" />Nitamtuma malaika mbele yenu, naye atawafukuza Wakanaani, Waamori, Wahiti, Waperizi, Wahivi na Wayebusi.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.33.3" />Pandeni mwende katika nchi itiririkayo maziwa na asali. Lakini mimi sitakwenda pamoja nanyi, kwa sababu ninyi ni watu wenye shingo ngumu, nisije nikawaangamiza njiani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="EXO.33.4" />Watu waliposikia habari hizo za huzuni, wakaanza kuomboleza wala hakuna mtu aliyevaa mapambo yoyote.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EXO.33.5" />Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amemwambia Mose, “Waambie Waisraeli, ‘Ninyi ni watu wenye shingo ngumu. Kama ningefuatana nanyi hata kwa muda mfupi, ningewaangamiza. Sasa vueni mapambo yenu, nami nitaamua nitakalowatendea.’ ”
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EXO.33.6" />Hivyo Waisraeli wakavua mapambo yao katika Mlima wa Horebu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Hema La Kukutania
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EXO.33.7" />Basi Mose alikuwa na desturi ya kuchukua hema na kuliweka wakfu nje ya kambi umbali kiasi, akaliita “Hema la Kukutania.” Kila aliyekuwa akiulizia shauri kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, angelikwenda katika Hema la Kukutania nje ya kambi.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EXO.33.8" />Wakati wowote Mose alipokwenda kwenye Hema, watu wote waliinuka na kusimama kwenye maingilio ya mahema yao, wakimwangalia Mose mpaka aingie kwenye Hema.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EXO.33.9" />Kila mara Mose alipoingia ndani ya hema, nguzo ya wingu ingeshuka chini na kukaa kwenye ingilio, wakati Mungu akizungumza na Mose.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EXO.33.10" />Kila mara watu walipoona hiyo nguzo ya wingu ikiwa imesimama kwenye ingilio la hema, wote walisimama wakaabudu, kila mmoja kwenye ingilio la hema lake.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.33.11" /><nd>Bwana</nd> angezungumza na Mose uso kwa uso, kama vile mtu azungumzavyo na rafiki yake. Kisha Mose angerudi kambini, lakini msaidizi wake kijana Yoshua mwana wa Nuni hakuondoka mle Hemani.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mose Na Utukufu Wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="EXO.33.12" />Mose akamwambia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Umekuwa ukiniambia, ‘Ongoza watu hawa,’ lakini hujanifahamisha ni nani utakayemtuma pamoja nami. Umesema, ‘Ninakujua wewe kwa jina lako, nawe umepata kibali mbele zangu.’
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EXO.33.13" />Ikiwa umependezwa nami, nifundishe njia zako ili nipate kukujua, nami nizidi kupata kibali mbele zako. Kumbuka kuwa taifa hili ni watu wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="EXO.33.14" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akajibu, “Uso wangu utakwenda pamoja nawe, nami nitakupa raha.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EXO.33.15" />Kisha Mose akamwambia, “Kama Uso wako hauendi pamoja nasi, usituondoe hapa.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EXO.33.16" />Mtu yeyote atajuaje kuwa mimi pamoja na watu wako tumepata kibali mbele zako, usipokwenda pamoja nasi? Ni nini kingine kitakachoweza kututofautisha mimi na watu wako miongoni mwa watu wengine wote walio katika uso wa dunia?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EXO.33.17" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Nitakufanyia jambo lile uliloomba, kwa sababu ninapendezwa nawe, nami ninakujua kwa jina lako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="EXO.33.18" />Kisha Mose akasema, “Basi nionyeshe utukufu wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EXO.33.19" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, “Nitapitisha wema wangu wote mbele yako, nami nitalitangaza Jina langu,
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mbele ya uso wako. Nitamrehemu yeye nimrehemuye, na pia nitamhurumia yeye nimhurumiaye.”
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EXO.33.20" />Lakini Mungu akasema, “Hutaweza kuuona uso wangu, kwa kuwa hakuna mtu yeyote awezaye kuniona akaishi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EXO.33.21" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, “Kuna mahali karibu nami ambapo unaweza kusimama juu ya mwamba.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EXO.33.22" />Utukufu wangu unapopita, nitakuweka gengeni kwenye mwamba na kukufunika kwa mkono wangu mpaka nitakapokwisha kupita.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EXO.33.23" />Kisha nitaondoa mkono wangu nawe utaona mgongo wangu; lakini kamwe uso wangu hautaonekana.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="34" />
<s style="s1">Vibao Vipya Vya Mawe
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kumbukumbu 10:1-5)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.34.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Chonga vibao viwili vya mawe kama vile vya kwanza, nami nitaandika juu yake maneno yale yaliyokuwa kwenye vile vibao vya kwanza, ulivyovivunja.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EXO.34.2" />Uwe tayari asubuhi, kisha upande juu ya Mlima Sinai. Uje mbele zangu kukutana nami huko juu ya mlima.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.34.3" />Mtu yeyote asije pamoja nawe, wala asionekane mtu popote juu ya mlima, wala kondoo na mbuzi au ngʼombe wasilishe karibu mbele ya huo mlima.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="EXO.34.4" />Kwa hiyo Mose akachonga vibao viwili vya mawe kama vile vya kwanza, naye akapanda juu ya Mlima Sinai asubuhi na mapema, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyokuwa amemwagiza, akachukua vile vibao viwili vya mawe mikononi mwake.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EXO.34.5" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akashuka katika wingu akasimama pamoja naye huko, akalitangaza jina lake,
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EXO.34.6" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akapita mbele ya Mose, akitangaza, “<nd>Bwana</nd>,
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu mwenye huruma na neema, asiye mwepesi wa hasira, mwingi wa upendo na uaminifu,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EXO.34.7" />akidumisha upendo kwa maelfu, pia akisamehe uovu, uasi na dhambi. Lakini haachi kuadhibu mwenye hatia; huwaadhibu watoto na watoto wao kwa ajili ya dhambi ya baba zao hata katika kizazi cha tatu na cha nne.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EXO.34.8" />Mara Mose akasujudu na kuabudu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EXO.34.9" />Mose akasema, “Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kama nimepata kibali mbele zako, basi
<nd>Bwana</nd> uende pamoja nasi. Ingawa watu hawa ni wenye shingo ngumu, samehe uovu wetu na dhambi yetu, tuchukue kuwa urithi wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kufanya Agano Upya
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 23:14-19; Kumbukumbu 7:1-5; 16:1-17)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EXO.34.10" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akasema: “Tazama ninafanya Agano mbele ya watu wako wote. Mbele ya watu wako wote nitafanya maajabu ambayo hayajafanyika katika taifa lolote katika ulimwengu wote. Watu wale mnaoishi miongoni mwao wataona jinsi ilivyo ya kushangaza ile kazi nitakayowafanyia mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> wenu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.34.11" />Tii yale ninayokuamuru leo. Tazama nawafukuza mbele yako Waamori, Wakanaani, Wahiti, Waperizi, Wahivi na Wayebusi.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EXO.34.12" />Uwe mwangalifu, usifanye agano na wale wanaokaa katika nchi ile unayoiendea, la sivyo watakuwa mtego katikati yako.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EXO.34.13" />Bomoa madhabahu yao, vunja mawe yao ya kuabudia na ukatekate nguzo zao za Ashera.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EXO.34.14" />Usiabudu mungu mwingine, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ambaye jina lake ni Wivu, ni Mungu mwenye wivu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EXO.34.15" />“Uwe mwangalifu usifanye agano na wale watu wanaoishi katika nchi, kwa maana wakati wanapojifanyia ukahaba kwa miungu yao na kuwatolea kafara, watakualika wewe nawe utakula sadaka za matambiko yao.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EXO.34.16" />Unapowachagua baadhi ya binti zao kuwa wake wa wana wenu na binti hao wakajifanyia ukahaba kwa miungu yao, watawaongoza wana wenu kufanya vivyo hivyo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EXO.34.17" />“Usijifanyie sanamu za kusubu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="EXO.34.18" />“Utaadhimisha Sikukuu ya Mikate Isiyotiwa Chachu. Kwa siku saba mtakula mikate isiyotiwa chachu, kama nilivyokuamuru. Fanya hivi kwa wakati ulioamriwa, katika mwezi wa Abibu, ndio mwezi wa nne, kwa kuwa katika mwezi huo ndipo wewe ulipotoka Misri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EXO.34.19" />“Mzaliwa wa kwanza wa kila tumbo ni mali yangu, pamoja na wazaliwa wa kwanza wote wa kiume wa mifugo yako, ikiwa ni wa ngʼombe au wa kondoo au mbuzi.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EXO.34.20" />Utakomboa mzaliwa wa kwanza wa punda kwa mwana-kondoo, lakini kama humkomboi, utavunja shingo yake. Utakomboa wazaliwa wako wa kwanza wote wa kiume.
</p>
<p style="p">“Mtu yeyote asije mbele zangu mikono mitupu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EXO.34.21" />“Kwa siku sita utafanya kazi, lakini siku ya saba utapumzika, hata ikiwa ni majira ya kulima au ya kuvuna lazima upumzike.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="EXO.34.22" />“Utaadhimisha Sikukuu ya Majuma kwa malimbuko ya mavuno ya ngano, na Sikukuu ya Mavuno mwishoni mwa mwaka.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EXO.34.23" />Mara tatu kwa mwaka wanaume wako wote watakuja mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, Mungu wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EXO.34.24" />Nitawafukuza mataifa mbele yako na kupanua mipaka ya nchi yako, wala hakuna mtu yeyote atakayeitamani nchi yako wakati unapokwenda mara tatu kila mwaka kuonana na
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="EXO.34.25" />“Usinitolee damu ya dhabihu pamoja na kitu chochote chenye chachu, wala usibakize dhabihu yoyote ya Sikukuu ya Pasaka mpaka asubuhi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="EXO.34.26" />“Leta matunda ya kwanza yaliyo bora zaidi ya ardhi yako katika nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako.
</p>
<p style="p">“Usimchemshe mwana-mbuzi katika maziwa ya mama yake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="EXO.34.27" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Andika maneno haya, kwa maana kulingana na maneno haya, nimefanya Agano na wewe pamoja na Israeli.”
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EXO.34.28" />Mose alikuwa huko pamoja na
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa siku arobaini usiku na mchana bila kula chakula wala kunywa maji. Naye akaandika juu ya vibao maneno ya Agano, yaani zile Amri Kumi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mngʼao Wa Uso Wa Mose
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="EXO.34.29" />Mose alipoteremka kutoka Mlima Sinai akiwa na vile vibao viwili vya Ushuhuda mikononi mwake, hakujua kuwa uso wake ulikuwa ukingʼaa, kwa sababu alikuwa amezungumza na
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="EXO.34.30" />Aroni na Waisraeli wote walipomwona Mose, kuwa uso wake unangʼaa, waliogopa kumkaribia.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="EXO.34.31" />Lakini Mose akawaita, kwa hiyo Aroni na viongozi wote wa jumuiya wakarudi, naye akazungumza nao.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="EXO.34.32" />Baadaye Waisraeli wote wakamkaribia, naye akawapa amri zote
<nd>Bwana</nd> alizompa katika Mlima wa Sinai.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="EXO.34.33" />Mose alipomaliza kuzungumza nao, akaweka utaji kwenye uso wake.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="EXO.34.34" />Lakini kila wakati Mose alipoingia mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuzungumza naye, aliondoa ule utaji mpaka alipotoka nje. Naye alipotoka nje na kuwaambia Waisraeli lile ambalo ameagizwa,
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="EXO.34.35" />waliona kuwa uso wake unangʼaa. Kisha Mose angeliweka tena utaji juu ya uso wake mpaka alipokwenda kuzungumza na
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="35" />
<s style="s1">Masharti Ya Sabato
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.35.1" />Mose akakusanya jumuiya yote ya Waisraeli na kuwaambia, “Haya ndiyo mambo ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> amewaamuru ninyi mfanye:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EXO.35.2" />Kwa siku sita, mtafanya kazi, lakini siku ya saba itakuwa takatifu kwenu, Sabato ya kupumzika kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Yeyote atakayefanya kazi yoyote siku hiyo ni lazima auawe.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.35.3" />Msiwashe moto mahali popote katika makazi yenu siku ya Sabato.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Vifaa Kwa Ajili Ya Maskani Ya Mungu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 25:1-9)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="EXO.35.4" />Mose akaiambia jumuiya yote ya Waisraeli, “Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliloamuru:
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EXO.35.5" />Toeni sadaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kutoka mali mliyo nayo. Kila mmoja aliye na moyo wa kupenda atamletea
<nd>Bwana</nd> sadaka ya dhahabu, fedha na shaba;
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EXO.35.6" />nyuzi za rangi ya buluu, za zambarau, za rangi nyekundu na kitani safi; singa za mbuzi;
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EXO.35.7" />ngozi za kondoo dume zilizopakwa rangi nyekundu, na ngozi za pomboo;<f caller="+"><fr>35:7
</fr><fq>Pomboo
</fq><ft>hapa ina maana ya mnyama mwenye ngozi laini aishiye kwenye milima yenye misitu, au pengine nguva au sili.
</ft></f> mbao za mshita;
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EXO.35.8" />mafuta ya zeituni kwa ajili ya taa; vikolezi kwa ajili ya mafuta ya upako, pamoja na uvumba wa harufu nzuri;
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EXO.35.9" />vito vya shohamu, na vito vingine vya thamani vya kuweka kwenye kisibau na kile kifuko cha kifuani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EXO.35.10" />“Wote wenye ujuzi miongoni mwenu inawapasa kuja na kutengeneza kila kitu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alichoamuru:
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.35.11" />Maskani pamoja na hema lake na kifuniko chake, vibanio, mihimili, mataruma, nguzo na vitako;
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EXO.35.12" />Sanduku la Agano pamoja na mipiko yake, kifuniko cha kiti cha rehema na pazia linalokizuia;
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EXO.35.13" />meza na mipiko yake pamoja na vyombo vyake vyote, mikate ya Wonyesho;
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EXO.35.14" />kinara cha taa kwa ajili ya mwanga pamoja na vifaa vyake vyote, taa na mafuta kwa ajili ya mwanga;
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EXO.35.15" />madhabahu ya kufukiza uvumba pamoja na mipiko yake, mafuta ya upako na uvumba wenye harufu nzuri; pazia la mlangoni mahali pa kuingilia ndani ya maskani;
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EXO.35.16" />madhabahu ya sadaka za kuteketeza pamoja na wavu wake wa shaba, mipiko yake pamoja na vyombo vyake vyote; sinia la shaba pamoja na tako lake;
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EXO.35.17" />pazia la eneo la ua pamoja na nguzo zake na vitako vyake, pazia la ingilio la kwenye ua;
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EXO.35.18" />vigingi vya hema kwa ajili ya maskani pamoja na ua na kamba zake;
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EXO.35.19" />mavazi yaliyofumwa yanayovaliwa wakati wa huduma katika mahali patakatifu, yaani mavazi matakatifu kwa ajili ya kuhani Aroni, na mavazi kwa ajili ya wanawe watakapokuwa wakihudumu katika kazi ya ukuhani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EXO.35.20" />Ndipo jumuiya yote ya Waisraeli ilipoondoka mbele ya Mose,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EXO.35.21" />na kila mmoja aliyependa na ambaye moyo wake ulimsukuma alikuja na kuleta sadaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa ajili ya kazi katika Hema la Kukutania, kwa ajili ya huduma yake yote na kwa ajili ya mavazi matakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EXO.35.22" />Wote waliokuwa na utayari, wanaume kwa wanawake, wakaja wakaleta vito vya dhahabu vya kila aina: vipini, vipuli, pete na mapambo. Wote wakatoa dhahabu zao kama sadaka ya kuinuliwa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EXO.35.23" />Kila mmoja aliyekuwa na nyuzi za rangi ya buluu, za zambarau, au za rangi nyekundu au kitani safi, au singa za mbuzi, ngozi za kondoo dume zilizotiwa rangi nyekundu, au ngozi za pomboo, wakavileta.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EXO.35.24" />Wale waliotoa sadaka ya fedha au shaba wakavileta kama sadaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na kila aliyekuwa na mti wa mshita kwa ajili ya kazi yoyote ile akauleta.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EXO.35.25" />Kila mwanamke aliyekuwa na ujuzi alisokota kwa mikono yake na alileta kile alichosokota, iwe ni nyuzi za rangi ya buluu, za zambarau, au za rangi nyekundu au kitani safi.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EXO.35.26" />Wanawake wote waliopenda na waliokuwa na ujuzi wakasokota singa za mbuzi.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EXO.35.27" />Viongozi wakaleta vito vya shohamu pamoja na vito vingine vya thamani kwa ajili ya kuweka kwenye kisibau na kwenye kifuko cha kifuani.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EXO.35.28" />Wakaleta pia vikolezi na mafuta ya zeituni kwa ajili ya mwanga, kwa ajili ya mafuta ya upako na kwa ajili ya uvumba wenye harufu nzuri.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="EXO.35.29" />Waisraeli wote waume kwa wake waliokuwa wanapenda wakaleta mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa hiari yao wenyewe sadaka kwa ajili ya kazi yote ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyokuwa amewaagiza kuifanya kupitia kwa Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Bezaleli Na Oholiabu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 31:1-11)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="EXO.35.30" />Kisha Mose akawaambia Waisraeli, “Tazameni,
<nd>Bwana</nd> amemchagua Bezaleli mwana wa Uri, mwana wa Huri, wa kabila la Yuda,
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="EXO.35.31" />naye amemjaza Roho wa Mungu, pamoja na ustadi, na uwezo na ujuzi katika aina zote za ufundi,
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="EXO.35.32" />ili kubuni michoro ya kupendeza katika ufundi wa dhahabu, fedha na shaba,
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="EXO.35.33" />kuchonga vito na kuvitia mahali, kufanya ufundi kwa mbao, na kujishughulisha na aina zote za ufundi wa kupendeza.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="EXO.35.34" />Tena amempa yeye pamoja na Oholiabu, mwana wa Ahisamaki, wa kabila la Dani, uwezo wa kufundisha wengine.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="EXO.35.35" />Amewajaza ustadi wa kufanya kazi za aina zote zifanywazo na mafundi, na wenye kubuni michoro, pia na watarizi kwa rangi za buluu, zambarau, nyekundu na kitani safi, na wafumaji: wote wakiwa mafundi na wabunifu hodari.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="36" />
<p sfm="nb" style="nb"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.36.1" />Kwa hiyo Bezaleli, Oholiabu na kila mtu
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyempa ustadi na uwezo wa kujua jinsi ya kufanya kazi zote za kujenga mahali patakatifu wataifanya hiyo kazi kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyoagiza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="EXO.36.2" />Ndipo Mose akawaita Bezaleli na Oholiabu na kila mtu mwenye ustadi ambaye
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amempa uwezo na mwenye kupenda kuja na kufanya kazi.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.36.3" />Wakapokea kutoka kwa Mose sadaka zote ambazo Waisraeli walikuwa wameleta ili kuifanya kazi ya ujenzi wa Mahali Patakatifu. Nao watu wakaendelea kuleta sadaka za hiari kila asubuhi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EXO.36.4" />Ikafika wakati mafundi wote wenye ujuzi waliokuwa wakiifanya kazi yote ya mahali patakatifu wakasimamisha kazi zao,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EXO.36.5" />wakaja na kumwambia Mose, “Watu wanaleta vitu vingi kuliko tunavyohitaji kwa ajili ya kazi hii ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameagiza ifanyike.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EXO.36.6" />Ndipo Mose akatoa agizo, nao wakapeleka neno hili katika kambi yote: “Mtu yeyote mwanaume au mwanamke asilete tena kitu chochote kwa ajili ya sadaka ya mahali patakatifu.” Hivyo watu wakazuiliwa kuleta zaidi,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EXO.36.7" />kwa sababu walivyokuwa navyo tayari vilitosha na kuzidi kuifanya kazi yote.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maskani Ya Mungu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 26:1-37)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EXO.36.8" />Watu wote wenye ustadi miongoni mwa wafanyakazi wote wakatengeneza maskani kwa mapazia kumi ya kitani iliyosokotwa vizuri, na nyuzi za rangi ya buluu, za zambarau, na za rangi nyekundu, naye fundi stadi akatirizi makerubi kwenye mapazia hayo.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EXO.36.9" />Mapazia yote yalitoshana kwa ukubwa: kila moja lilikuwa na urefu wa dhiraa ishirini na nane,<f caller="+"><fr>36:9
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 28 ni sawa na mita 12.6.</ft></f> na upana wa dhiraa nne<f caller="+"><fr>36:9
</fr><ft>Dhiraa nne ni sawa na mita 1.8.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EXO.36.10" />Wakayaunganisha mapazia matano pamoja, pia wakafanya vivyo hivyo kwa hayo mengine matano.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.36.11" />Kisha wakatengeneza vitanzi vya kitambaa cha buluu kwenye upindo wa pazia la mwisho la fungu la kwanza, pia wakafanya vivyo hivyo na pazia la fungu la mwisho.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EXO.36.12" />Wakatengeneza pia vitanzi hamsini katika pazia mmoja, na vitanzi vingine hamsini kwenye pazia la mwisho la fungu hilo lingine, nazo vitanzi vyote vikaelekeana.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EXO.36.13" />Kisha wakatengeneza vifungo hamsini vya dhahabu, na wakavitumia kufunga na kuunganisha zile fungu mbili za mapazia pamoja ili maskani ipate kuwa kitu kimoja.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="EXO.36.14" />Wakatengeneza mapazia kumi na moja ya singa za mbuzi kwa ajili ya kufunika maskani.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EXO.36.15" />Mapazia hayo kumi na moja yalikuwa na kipimo kimoja, yaani urefu wa dhiraa thelathini,<f caller="+"><fr>36:15
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 30 ni sawa na mita 13.5.</ft></f> na upana wa dhiraa nne.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EXO.36.16" />Wakaunganisha mapazia matano kuwa fungu moja, na hayo mengine sita kuwa fungu lingine.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EXO.36.17" />Kisha wakatengeneza vitanzi hamsini kwenye upindo wa pazia la mwisho la fungu moja, na vivyo hivyo kwenye upindo wa pazia la mwisho la fungu hilo lingine.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EXO.36.18" />Wakatengeneza vifungo hamsini vya shaba ili kukaza hema pamoja kuwa kitu kimoja.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EXO.36.19" />Kisha wakatengeneza kifuniko cha hema kwa ngozi za kondoo dume zilizotiwa rangi nyekundu, na juu yake kifuniko cha ngozi za pomboo.<f caller="+"><fr>36:19
</fr><fq>Pomboo
</fq><ft>hapa ina maana ya mnyama mwenye ngozi laini aishiye kwenye milima yenye misitu, au pengine nguva au sili.
</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EXO.36.20" />Wakatengeneza mihimili ya kusimamisha ya mti wa mshita kwa ajili ya maskani.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EXO.36.21" />Kila mhimili ulikuwa na urefu wa dhiraa kumi,<f caller="+"><fr>36:21
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 10 ni sawa na mita 4.5.</ft></f> na upana wa dhiraa moja na nusu,<f caller="+"><fr>36:21
</fr><ft>Dhiraa moja na nusu ni sawa na sentimita 67.5.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EXO.36.22" />zikiwa na ndimi mbili zilizokuwa sambamba kila mmoja na mwingine. Wakatengeneza mihimili yote ya maskani jinsi hii.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EXO.36.23" />Wakatengeneza mihimili ishirini kwa ajili ya upande wa kusini wa maskani,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EXO.36.24" />na wakatengeneza vitako arobaini vya fedha vya kuweka chini ya hiyo mihimili, vitako viwili kwa kila mhimili, kimoja chini ya kila ulimi.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EXO.36.25" />Kwa upande wa kaskazini wa maskani wakatengeneza mihimili ishirini
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EXO.36.26" />na vitako arobaini vya fedha, viwili chini ya kila mhimili.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EXO.36.27" />Wakatengeneza mihimili sita kwa mwisho ulio mbali, yaani upande wa magharibi wa maskani,
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EXO.36.28" />na mihimili miwili ikatengenezwa kwa ajili ya pembe za maskani za upande uliokuwa mbali.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="EXO.36.29" />Katika pembe hizi mbili mihimili yake ilikuwa miwili kuanzia chini mpaka juu, na ikaingizwa kwenye pete moja; mihimili ya pembe hizi mbili ilifanana.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="EXO.36.30" />Kwa hiyo kulikuwa na mihimili minane, na vitako kumi na sita vya fedha, viwili chini ya kila mhimili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="EXO.36.31" />Wakatengeneza pia mataruma kwa mti wa mshita: matano kwa ajili ya mihimili ya upande mmoja wa maskani,
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="EXO.36.32" />matano kwa ajili ya mihimili ya upande mwingine, na matano kwa ajili mihimili ya upande wa magharibi, mwisho kabisa mwa maskani.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="EXO.36.33" />Wakatengeneza taruma la katikati, likapenya katikati ya mihimili kutoka mwisho mmoja hadi mwisho mwingine.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="EXO.36.34" />Wakaifunika hiyo mihimili kwa dhahabu, na wakatengeneza pete za dhahabu za kushikilia hayo mataruma. Pia wakayafunika hayo mataruma kwa dhahabu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="EXO.36.35" />Wakatengeneza pazia la nyuzi za rangi ya buluu, za zambarau, na za rangi nyekundu na kitani safi iliyosokotwa vizuri, naye fundi stadi akatirizi makerubi kwenye hilo pazia.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="EXO.36.36" />Wakatengeneza nguzo nne za mti wa mshita kwa ajili yake na kuzifunika kwa dhahabu. Wakatengeneza kulabu za dhahabu kwa ajili ya nguzo hizo, na kusubu vitako vinne vya fedha.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="EXO.36.37" />Kwa ajili ya ingilio la hema wakatengeneza pazia la nyuzi za rangi ya buluu, za zambarau, na za rangi nyekundu na kitani safi iliyosokotwa vizuri, kazi ya mtarizi.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="EXO.36.38" />Pia wakatengeneza nguzo tano zenye kulabu. Wakafunika ncha za juu za hizo nguzo pamoja na tepe zake kwa dhahabu, na pia wakatengeneza vitako vyake vitano vya shaba.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="37" />
<s style="s1">Sanduku La Agano
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 25:10-22)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.37.1" />Bezaleli akatengeneza Sanduku la mbao za mshita: urefu wake ulikuwa dhiraa mbili na nusu,<f caller="+"><fr>37:1
</fr><ft>Dhiraa moja na nusu ni sawa na mita 1.13.</ft></f> upana wake dhiraa moja na nusu, na kimo chake dhiraa moja na nusu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EXO.37.2" />Akalifunika kwa dhahabu safi ndani na nje, na kulizungushia ukingo wa dhahabu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.37.3" />Akasubu pete nne za dhahabu na kuzifungia kwenye miguu yake minne, pete mbili kwa upande mmoja na pete mbili kwa upande mwingine.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EXO.37.4" />Kisha akatengeneza mipiko ya mti wa mshita na kuzifunika kwa dhahabu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EXO.37.5" />Akaiingiza hiyo mipiko kwenye zile pete katika pande mbili za Sanduku ili kulibeba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EXO.37.6" />Akatengeneza kifuniko cha upatanisho kwa dhahabu safi: urefu wake ulikuwa dhiraa mbili na nusu, na upana wake dhiraa moja na nusu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EXO.37.7" />Kisha akatengeneza makerubi wawili wa dhahabu iliyofuliwa katika miisho ya hicho kifuniko.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EXO.37.8" />Akatengeneza kerubi mmoja kwenye mwisho mmoja, na kerubi mwingine kwenye mwisho mwingine; akawatengeneza kuwa kitu kimoja na hicho kifuniko katika miisho hiyo miwili.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EXO.37.9" />Makerubi hao walikuwa wametandaza mabawa kuelekea juu, wakitia kivuli hicho kifuniko. Makerubi hao walielekeana, wakitazama hicho kifuniko.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Meza
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 25:23-30)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EXO.37.10" />Akatengeneza meza ya mbao za mshita yenye urefu wa dhiraa mbili,<f caller="+"><fr>37:10
</fr><ft>Dhiraa mbili ni sawa na sentimita 90.</ft></f> upana wa dhiraa moja,<f caller="+"><fr>37:10
</fr><ft>Dhiraa moja ni sawa na sentimita 45.</ft></f> na kimo cha dhiraa moja na nusu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.37.11" />Kisha akaifunika kwa dhahabu safi, na kuitengenezea ukingo wa dhahabu kuizunguka pande zote.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EXO.37.12" />Pia akatengeneza upapi wenye upana wa nyanda nne,<f caller="+"><fr>37:12
</fr><ft>Nyanda nne ni sawa na sentimita 8.</ft></f> na kuufanyia ule upapi ukingo wa dhahabu kuuzunguka pande zote.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EXO.37.13" />Akasubu pete nne za dhahabu kwa ajili ya meza hiyo, na kuzifungia kwenye pembe nne, pale penye miguu yake minne.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EXO.37.14" />Pete hizo ziliwekwa karibu na ukingo ule ili kuishikilia ile mipiko iliyotumika kuibebea hiyo meza.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EXO.37.15" />Mipiko hiyo ya kubebea meza ilitengenezwa kwa mti wa mshita, na ilikuwa imefunikwa kwa dhahabu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EXO.37.16" />Vyombo vyote vya mezani vilitengenezwa kwa dhahabu safi: yaani sahani zake, masinia, na bakuli na bilauri zake kwa ajili ya kumiminia sadaka za vinywaji.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kinara Cha Taa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 25:31-40)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EXO.37.17" />Akatengeneza kinara cha taa cha dhahabu safi iliyofuliwa vizuri katika kitako chake na ufito wake; vikombe vyake vilivyofanana na ua, matovu na maua vilikuwa kitu kimoja.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EXO.37.18" />Matawi sita yalitokeza kuanzia ule ufito wa katikati wa kinara cha taa: matawi matatu upande mmoja na matatu upande mwingine.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EXO.37.19" />Vikombe vitatu vya mfano wa maua ya mlozi yenye matovu na maua vilikuwa katika tawi moja, vikombe vitatu katika tawi jingine, na vivyo hivyo kwa matawi yote sita yaliyotokeza kwenye kile kinara cha taa.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EXO.37.20" />Juu ya kinara chenyewe kulikuwepo na vikombe vinne vya mfano wa maua ya mlozi yakiwa na matovu yake na maua yake.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EXO.37.21" />Tovu moja lilikuwa chini ya jozi ya kwanza ya matawi yaliyotokeza kwenye kinara cha taa, tovu la pili chini ya jozi ya pili, nalo tovu la tatu chini ya jozi ya tatu, yaani, matawi sita kwa jumla.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EXO.37.22" />Matovu na matawi yote yalikuwa kitu kimoja na kile kinara cha taa, yakiwa yamefuliwa kwa dhahabu safi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="EXO.37.23" />Akatengeneza taa zake saba, na pia mikasi ya kusawazishia tambi, pamoja na masinia, zote kwa dhahabu safi.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EXO.37.24" />Akatengeneza kinara hicho cha taa pamoja na vifaa vyake vyote kutumia talanta<f caller="+"><fr>37:24
</fr><ft>Talanta moja ya dhahabu ni sawa na kilo 34.</ft></f> moja ya dhahabu safi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Madhabahu Ya Kufukizia Uvumba
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 30:1-5)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="EXO.37.25" />Akatengeneza madhabahu ya kufukizia uvumba kwa mbao za mshita. Ilikuwa ya mraba, urefu na upana wake dhiraa moja, na kimo cha dhiraa mbili, nazo pembe zake zilikuwa kitu kimoja nayo.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EXO.37.26" />Akafunika hayo madhabahu juu na pande zote na pia zile pembe zake kwa dhahabu safi, na akayafanyizia ukingo wa dhahabu kuizunguka.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EXO.37.27" />Akatengeneza pete mbili za dhahabu kwa ajili ya madhabahu chini ya huo ukingo, zikiwa mbili kila upande, za kushikilia hiyo mipiko iliyotumika kuyabebea madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EXO.37.28" />Akatengeneza mipiko kwa miti ya mshita na kuifunika kwa dhahabu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="EXO.37.29" />Pia akatengeneza mafuta matakatifu ya upako, na uvumba safi wenye harufu nzuri, kazi ya mtengeneza manukato.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="38" />
<s style="s1">Madhabahu Ya Sadaka Ya Kuteketezwa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 27:1-8)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.38.1" />Akatengeneza madhabahu ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa kwa mbao za mti wa mshita, kimo chake dhiraa tatu;<f caller="+"><fr>38:1
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 3 ni sawa na mita 1.35.</ft></f> nayo ilikuwa mraba, urefu wake dhiraa tano, na upana wa dhiraa tano<f caller="+"><fr>38:1
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 5 ni sawa na mita 2.25.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EXO.38.2" />Akatengeneza upembe kwenye kila pembe ya hizo pembe nne, ili zile pembe na madhabahu zikawa zimeungana, akafunika madhabahu kwa shaba.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.38.3" />Akatengeneza vyombo vyake vyote kwa shaba: vyungu vyake vya kuondolea majivu, masepetu, mabakuli ya kunyunyizia, uma za nyama na vyombo vya kuchukulia moto.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EXO.38.4" />Akatengeneza wavu wa shaba chini ya ukingo wa madhabahu ili ufikie nusu ya kimo cha madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EXO.38.5" />Akasubu pete za shaba za kushikilia ile mipiko kwa ajili ya zile pembe nne za huo wavu wa shaba.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EXO.38.6" />Akatengeneza mipiko ya mti wa mshita na kuifunika kwa shaba.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EXO.38.7" />Akaiingiza ile mipiko kwenye zile pete, ili iwe pande mbili za madhabahu kwa ajili ya kuibeba. Akaitengeneza madhabahu yenye uvungu ndani yake akitumia mbao.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sinia La Kunawia
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 30:18)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EXO.38.8" />Akatengeneza sinia la shaba lenye kitako cha shaba kutoka kwa vioo vya shaba vilivyotolewa na wanawake waliohudumu pale ingilio la Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ua Wa Hema La Kukutania
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 27:9-19)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EXO.38.9" />Kisha akatengeneza ua. Upande wa kusini ulikuwa na urefu wa dhiraa mia moja,<f caller="+"><fr>38:9
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 100 ni sawa na mita 45.</ft></f> na ulikuwa na mapazia ya kitani iliyosokotwa vizuri,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EXO.38.10" />pamoja na nguzo ishirini na vitako vya shaba ishirini, na kulabu na tepe za fedha juu ya hizo nguzo.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.38.11" />Upande wa kaskazini ulikuwa na urefu wa dhiraa mia moja, pamoja na nguzo ishirini na vitako vya shaba ishirini, pamoja na kulabu na tepe za fedha juu ya hizo nguzo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="EXO.38.12" />Upande wa mwisho wa magharibi ulikuwa na upana wa dhiraa hamsini<f caller="+"><fr>38:12
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 50 ni sawa na mita 22.5.</ft></f> na ulikuwa na mapazia, na nguzo kumi na vitako vyake kumi, pamoja na kulabu na tepe za fedha juu ya hizo nguzo.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EXO.38.13" />Upande wa mwisho wa mashariki jua linakochomoza, pia ulikuwa na upana wa dhiraa hamsini.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EXO.38.14" />Mapazia yenye urefu wa dhiraa kumi na tano<f caller="+"><fr>38:14
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 15 ni sawa na mita 6.75.</ft></f> yalikuwa upande mmoja wa ingilio, pamoja na nguzo tatu na vitako vitatu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EXO.38.15" />Mapazia yenye urefu wa dhiraa kumi na tano yalikuwa upande mwingine wa ingilio la ua, pamoja na nguzo tatu na vitako vitatu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EXO.38.16" />Mapazia yote yaliyozunguka ua yalikuwa ya kitani iliyosokotwa vizuri.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EXO.38.17" />Vitako vya nguzo vilikuwa vya shaba. Kulabu na tepe juu ya nguzo zilikuwa za fedha, na ncha zake zilifunikwa kwa fedha. Kwa hiyo nguzo zote za ua zilikuwa na tepe za fedha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="EXO.38.18" />Pazia la ingilio la ua lilikuwa la nyuzi za rangi ya buluu, za zambarau, na za rangi nyekundu pamoja na kitani iliyosokotwa vizuri, kazi ya mtarizi. Pazia hilo lilikuwa na urefu wa dhiraa ishirini kama zile za kwenye ua, na kimo chake kilikuwa dhiraa tano,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EXO.38.19" />likiwa na nguzo nne na vitako vinne vya shaba. Kulabu zake na tepe zake zilikuwa za fedha, na ncha zake zilikuwa zimefunikwa kwa fedha.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EXO.38.20" />Vigingi vyote vya maskani na vya ua ulioizunguka vilikuwa vya shaba.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Vifaa Vilivyotumika
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EXO.38.21" />Ifuatayo ni orodha ya vifaa vilivyotumika kwa ajili ya ujenzi wa maskani, maskani ya Ushuhuda, ambavyo vilitayarishwa na Walawi kama alivyoagiza Mose, chini ya usimamizi wa Ithamari, mwana wa kuhani Aroni.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EXO.38.22" />(Bezaleli mwana wa Uri, mwana wa Huri, wa kabila la Yuda, alifanya kila kitu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alichomwamuru Mose,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EXO.38.23" />akiwa pamoja na Oholiabu mwana wa Ahisamaki, wa kabila la Dani, fundi stadi wa kutia nakshi, kubuni michoro, mtarizi kwa rangi ya buluu, ya zambarau, nyekundu na kitani safi.)
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EXO.38.24" />Jumla ya dhahabu iliyopatikana kutokana na sadaka ya kuinuliwa kwa ajili ya kazi ya mahali patakatifu ilikuwa na uzito wa talanta 29 na shekeli 730,<f caller="+"><fr>38:24
</fr><ft>Talanta 29 na shekeli 730 ni sawa na tani moja.</ft></f> kulingana na shekeli ya mahali patakatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="EXO.38.25" />Fedha iliyopatikana kutokana na jumuiya ya watu waliohesabiwa ilikuwa yenye uzito wa talanta mia moja na shekeli 1,775,<f caller="+"><fr>38:25
</fr><ft>Talanta 100 na shekeli 1,775 za fedha ni sawa na tani 3.4.</ft></f> kulingana na shekeli ya mahali patakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EXO.38.26" />Kila mtu alitoa beka moja, ambayo ni sawa na nusu shekeli ya fedha, kwa kazi ya mahali patakatifu, kutoka kwa kila mtu aliyekuwa amehesabiwa mwenye umri wa miaka ishirini au zaidi, ambao jumla yao walikuwa wanaume 603,550.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EXO.38.27" />Talanta hizo 100 za fedha zilitumika kusubu vile vitako mia moja kwa ajili ya mahali patakatifu na pazia: vitako mia moja kwa talanta mia, yaani, talanta moja kwa kila kitako.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EXO.38.28" />Akatumia zile shekeli hizo 1,775 kutengeneza kulabu za nguzo, kufunika ncha za nguzo na kutengeneza vitanzi vyake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="EXO.38.29" />Shaba iliyopatikana kutokana na sadaka ya kuinuliwa ilikuwa na uzito wa talanta 70 na shekeli 2,400.<f caller="+"><fr>38:29
</fr><ft>Talanta 70 na shekeli 2,400 ni sawa na tani 2.4.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="EXO.38.30" />Akaitumia hiyo shaba kutengeneza vitako vya ingilio la Hema la Kukutania, madhabahu ya shaba pamoja na ule wavu wake na vyombo vyake vyote,
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="EXO.38.31" />vile vitako vya ule ua uliozunguka na vile vya ingilio, na vigingi vyote vya Maskani pamoja na ule ua uliozunguka.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="39" />
<s style="s1">Mavazi Ya Kikuhani
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 28:1-14)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.39.1" />Kutokana na nyuzi za rangi ya buluu, ya zambarau na nyekundu akatengeneza mavazi yaliyofumwa kwa ajili ya kuhudumu katika mahali patakatifu. Pia akamshonea Aroni mavazi matakatifu, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kisibau
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="EXO.39.2" />Akatengeneza kisibau cha dhahabu, na nyuzi za rangi ya buluu, za zambarau, na nyekundu na kitani iliyosokotwa vizuri.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.39.3" />Akafua vipande vyembamba vya dhahabu kwa nyundo na kutengeneza nyuzi nyembamba ili kuzifuma pamoja na hizo nyuzi za rangi ya buluu, za zambarau, na za rangi nyekundu na kitani safi, kazi ya fundi stadi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EXO.39.4" />Akatengeneza vipande vya mabegani vya kisibau, vilivyoshikizwa kwenye pembe zake mbili ili kukifungia kisibau.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EXO.39.5" />Mshipi wa kiunoni uliofumwa kwa ustadi ulifanana nacho: ulikuwa kitu kimoja na hicho kisibau, nao ulitengenezwa kwa dhahabu na nyuzi za rangi ya buluu, za zambarau, na nyekundu na kwa kitani iliyosokotwa vizuri, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EXO.39.6" />Akatengeneza vito vya shohamu vilivyowekwa katika vijalizo vya dhahabu, navyo vilichorwa na majina ya wana wa Israeli kama vile muhuri huchorwa.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EXO.39.7" />Kisha akavifungia kwenye vipande vya mabega ya kisibau kuwa vito vya ukumbusho kwa wana wa Israeli, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kifuko Cha Kifuani
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 28:15-30)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EXO.39.8" />Akafanyiza kifuko cha kifuani, kazi ya fundi stadi. Akakitengeneza kama kile kisibau: cha dhahabu, na nyuzi za rangi ya buluu, za zambarau, na za rangi nyekundu, cha kitani safi iliyosokotwa.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EXO.39.9" />Kifuko hicho kilikuwa cha mraba, chenye urefu wa shibiri moja<f caller="+"><fr>39:9
</fr><ft>Shibiri moja ni sawa na sentimita 22.</ft></f> na upana wa shibiri moja, nacho kilikunjwa mara mbili.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EXO.39.10" />Kifuko hicho kilipambwa kwa safu nne za vito vya thamani. Safu ya kwanza ilikuwa na akiki, yakuti manjano na zabarajadi;
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.39.11" />safu ya pili ilikuwa na almasi, yakuti samawi na zumaridi;
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EXO.39.12" />safu ya tatu ilikuwa na hiakintho, akiki nyekundu na amethisto;
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EXO.39.13" />katika safu ya nne ilikuwa na krisolitho, shohamu na yaspi. Vito hivyo vilitiwa kwenye vijalizo vya dhahabu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EXO.39.14" />Palikuwa na vito kumi na viwili, kila kimoja kikiwa na jina mojawapo la wana wa Israeli; kila kimoja kilichorwa kama muhuri kikiwa na jina mojawapo la yale makabila kumi na mawili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EXO.39.15" />Kwa ajili ya kile kifuko cha kifuani akakitengenezea mikufu ya dhahabu safi, iliyosokotwa kama kamba.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EXO.39.16" />Akatengeneza vijalizo viwili vya dhahabu na pete mbili za dhahabu, na kuzifungia pete hizo kwenye pembe mbili za hicho kifuko cha kifuani.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EXO.39.17" />Akafunga hiyo mikufu miwili ya dhahabu kwenye hizo pete katika pembe za hicho kifuko cha kifuani,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EXO.39.18" />nazo zile ncha nyingine za mkufu akazifunga kwenye vile vijalizo viwili, na kuzishikamanisha na vile vipande vya mabega vya kile kisibau upande wa mbele.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EXO.39.19" />Akatengeneza pete mbili za dhahabu na kuzishikamanisha kwenye pembe mbili za chini, upande wa ndani wa kifuko cha kifuani karibu na kisibau.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EXO.39.20" />Kisha akatengeneza pete nyingine mbili za dhahabu na kuzishikamanisha sehemu ya chini ya vipande vya mabega upande wa mbele wa kile kisibau, karibu na pindo juu kidogo ya mshipi wa kiunoni wa kisibau.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EXO.39.21" />Akafunga pete za hicho kifuko cha kifuani kwenye pete za kisibau kwa kamba ya buluu, wakiziunganisha na ule mshipi wa kiunoni, ili kifuko cha kifuani kisisogee kutoka kwenye kile kisibau, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mavazi Mengine Ya Kikuhani
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 28:31-43)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="EXO.39.22" />Akashona joho la kisibau lote kwa kitambaa cha rangi ya buluu tupu, kazi ya mfumaji,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EXO.39.23" />na lilikuwa na nafasi ya shingo katikati ya joho lile iliyofanana na ukosi, na utepe ulioshonwa kuizunguka nafasi hiyo ili isichanike.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EXO.39.24" />Akatengeneza makomamanga ya nyuzi za rangi ya buluu, za zambarau, na nyekundu na ya kitani iliyosokotwa vizuri kuzunguka pindo la hilo joho.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EXO.39.25" />Kisha akatengeneza vikengele vya dhahabu safi na kuvishikamanisha kuzunguka pindo hilo kati ya hayo makomamanga.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EXO.39.26" />Hivyo vikengele na makomamanga vilipishana kuzunguka upindo wa joho ili livaliwe kwa kuhudumu, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="EXO.39.27" />Pia akamtengenezea Aroni na wanawe makoti ya kitani safi, kazi ya mfumaji,
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EXO.39.28" />na kilemba cha kitani safi, tepe za kichwani za kitani, na nguo za ndani za kitani iliyosokotwa vizuri.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="EXO.39.29" />Mshipi ulikuwa wa kitani iliyosokotwa vizuri ya rangi ya buluu, na zambarau, na nyekundu, kazi ya mtarizi, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="EXO.39.30" />Kisha akatengeneza lile bamba, taji takatifu, kwa dhahabu safi na kuchora juu yake maneno haya kama vile muhuri huchorwa:
<sc>Mtakatifu kwa Bwana</sc>.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="EXO.39.31" />Kisha wakalifunga kwa kamba ya rangi ya buluu ili kulishikamanisha na kile kilemba kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mose Akagua Maskani Ya Mungu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 35:10-19)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="EXO.39.32" />Kwa hiyo kazi yote ya maskani, Hema la Kukutania ikakamilika. Waisraeli wakafanya kila kitu sawasawa kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza Mose.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="EXO.39.33" />Ndipo wakaleta maskani kwa Mose: hema pamoja na vifaa vyake vyote, vibanio vyake, mihimili yake, mataruma yake, nguzo na vitako vyake;
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="EXO.39.34" />kifuniko cha ngozi za kondoo dume kilichotiwa rangi nyekundu, kifuniko cha ngozi za pomboo,<f caller="+"><fr>39:34
</fr><fq>Pomboo
</fq><ft>hapa ina maana ya mnyama mwenye ngozi laini aishiye kwenye milima yenye misitu, au pengine nguva au sili.
</ft></f> pazia la kufunikia;
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="EXO.39.35" />Sanduku la Ushuhuda pamoja na mipiko yake na kiti cha rehema,
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="EXO.39.36" />meza pamoja na vyombo vyake vyote na mikate ya Wonyesho;
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="EXO.39.37" />kinara cha taa cha dhahabu safi, safu zake za taa pamoja na vifaa vyake vyote pamoja na mafuta kwa ajili ya taa;
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="EXO.39.38" />madhabahu ya dhahabu, mafuta ya upako, uvumba wenye harufu nzuri na pazia la ingilio la hema;
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="EXO.39.39" />madhabahu ya shaba, pamoja na wavu wa shaba, nguzo zake na vyombo vyake vyote, sinia, na tako lake;
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="EXO.39.40" />mapazia ya ua pamoja na nguzo na vitako vyake, pia na pazia kwa ajili ya ingilio la kwenye ua; kamba zake na vigingi vya hema kwa ajili ya ua; vyombo vyote vilivyohitajiwa kwa ajili ya maskani, Hema la Kukutania;
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="EXO.39.41" />na mavazi yaliyofumwa yanayovaliwa wakati wa huduma katika mahali patakatifu, yaani mavazi matakatifu ya kuhani Aroni na mavazi kwa ajili ya wanawe watakapokuwa wakihudumu katika kazi ya ukuhani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="EXO.39.42" />Waisraeli walikuwa wamefanya kazi yote sawasawa na vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyokuwa amemwagiza Mose.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="EXO.39.43" />Mose akakagua kazi na kuona kuwa walikuwa wameifanya sawasawa kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyokuwa ameagiza. Kwa hiyo Mose akawabariki.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="40" />
<s style="s1">Kuweka Wakfu Maskani Ya Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EXO.40.1" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EXO.40.2" />“Simika Maskani ya Mungu, yaani Hema la Kukutania, katika siku ya kwanza ya mwezi wa kwanza.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EXO.40.3" />Weka Sanduku la Ushuhuda ndani yake na ulifunike kwa pazia. Ingiza meza na kupanga vitu vyake juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EXO.40.4" />Kisha ingiza kinara cha taa na uweke taa zake juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EXO.40.5" />Weka madhabahu ya dhahabu ya kufukizia uvumba mbele ya Sanduku la Ushuhuda kisha uweke pazia kwenye lango la Maskani ya Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EXO.40.6" />“Weka madhabahu ya sadaka za kuteketezwa mbele ya lango la Maskani ya Mungu, yaani Hema la Kukutania;
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EXO.40.7" />weka sinia kati ya Hema la Kukutania na madhabahu, na uweke maji ndani yake.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EXO.40.8" />Fanyiza ua kuzunguka maskani na uweke pazia penye ingilio la ua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EXO.40.9" />“Chukua mafuta ya upako, ipake Maskani ya Mungu pamoja na kila kitu kilichomo ndani yake; iweke wakfu pamoja na vitu vyote vilivyomo ndani mwake, nayo itakuwa takatifu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EXO.40.10" />Kisha yapake mafuta hayo madhabahu ya kuteketezea sadaka pamoja na vifaa vyake vyote; weka wakfu madhabahu nayo yatakuwa takatifu sana.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EXO.40.11" />Paka sinia mafuta pamoja na kishikilio chake na uviweke wakfu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="EXO.40.12" />“Mlete Aroni na wanawe kwenye ingilio la Hema la Kukutania na uwaoshe kwa maji.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EXO.40.13" />Kisha mvike Aroni yale mavazi matakatifu, umtie mafuta na kumweka wakfu ili apate kunitumikia katikati ya ukuhani.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EXO.40.14" />Walete wanawe na uwavike makoti.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EXO.40.15" />Kisha watie mafuta kama ulivyomtia baba yao, ili nao pia wanitumikie katika kazi ya ukuhani. Kutiwa mafuta kwao kutakuwa kwa ajili ya ukuhani utakaoendelea kwa vizazi vyote vijavyo.”
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EXO.40.16" />Mose akafanya kila kitu sawa kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EXO.40.17" />Kwa hiyo Maskani ya Mungu ilisimikwa katika siku ya kwanza ya mwezi wa kwanza, katika mwaka wa pili.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EXO.40.18" />Mose alipoweka wakfu Maskani ya Mungu, aliweka vitako mahali pake, akasimamisha mihimili, akatia mataruma na kusimamisha nguzo.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EXO.40.19" />Kisha akalitandaza hema juu ya Maskani ya Mungu na kuifunika hema, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EXO.40.20" />Akachukua ule Ushuhuda na kuuweka ndani ya Sanduku la Agano, akaweka ile mipiko ya kubebea hilo Sanduku na kuweka kiti cha rehema juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EXO.40.21" />Kisha Mose akalileta Sanduku ndani ya Maskani ya Mungu, akatundika pazia ili kulifunika Sanduku la Ushuhuda, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="EXO.40.22" />Mose akaweka meza ndani ya Hema la Kukutania, upande wa kaskazini ya Maskani ya Mungu nje ya pazia
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EXO.40.23" />na kupanga mikate juu yake mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="EXO.40.24" />Akaweka kinara cha taa ndani ya Hema la Kukutania mkabala na meza upande wa kusini mwa Maskani ya Mungu
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EXO.40.25" />na kuziweka taa mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="EXO.40.26" />Mose akaweka madhabahu ya dhahabu ndani ya Hema la Kukutania mbele ya pazia
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EXO.40.27" />na kufukiza uvumba wenye harufu nzuri, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EXO.40.28" />Kisha akaweka pazia kwenye ingilio la Maskani ya Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="EXO.40.29" />Mose akaweka madhabahu ya sadaka za kuteketezwa karibu na ingilio la Maskani ya Mungu, yaani Hema la Kukutania, na kutoa juu yake sadaka za kuteketezwa na sadaka za nafaka kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="EXO.40.30" />Akaweka sinia kati ya Hema la Kukutania na madhabahu, akaweka maji ndani yake kwa ajili ya kunawia,
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="EXO.40.31" />Naye Mose, Aroni na wanawe wakayatumia kwa kunawia mikono na miguu yao.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="EXO.40.32" />Wakanawa kila walipoingia katika Hema la Kukutania au walipoikaribia madhabahu kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="EXO.40.33" />Kisha Mose akafanya ua kuizunguka Maskani ya Mungu na madhabahu, pia akaweka pazia kwenye ingilio la huo ua. Hivyo Mose akaikamilisha kazi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Utukufu Wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Hesabu 9:15-23)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="EXO.40.34" />Ndipo wingu likafunika Hema la Kukutania, na utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ukaijaza Maskani ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="EXO.40.35" />Mose hakuweza kuingia ndani ya Hema la Kukutania kwa sababu wingu lilikuwa limetua juu ya Hema, nao utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ukaijaza Maskani ya Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="EXO.40.36" />Katika safari yote ya Waisraeli, kila wakati wingu lilipoinuka kutoka juu ya Maskani ya Mungu, wangeondoka;
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="EXO.40.37" />lakini kama wingu halikuinuka, hawakuondoka, mpaka siku lilipoinuka.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="EXO.40.38" />Kwa hiyo wingu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilikuwa juu ya maskani mchana, na moto ulikuwa katika hilo wingu wakati wa usiku, machoni pa nyumba yote ya Israeli siku zote za safari zao.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="LEV"><id id="LEV">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Mambo Ya Walawi
</h><toc level="1">Mambo Ya Walawi
</toc><toc level="2">Walawi
</toc><toc level="3">Law
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Mambo Ya Walawi
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Sadaka Ya Kuteketezwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LEV.1.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwita Mose na kusema naye kutoka kwenye Hema la Kukutania, akamwambia,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LEV.1.2" />“Sema na Waisraeli na uwaambie, ‘Yeyote miongoni mwenu aletapo sadaka ya mnyama kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, alete mnyama kama sadaka yake kutoka kundi lake la ngʼombe au la kondoo na mbuzi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="LEV.1.3" />“ ‘Kama sadaka hiyo ni ya kuteketezwa kutoka kwenye kundi la ngʼombe, atamtoa ngʼombe dume asiye na dosari. Ni lazima amlete kwenye ingilio la Hema la Kukutania ili aweze kukubalika kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LEV.1.4" />Ataweka mkono wake juu ya kichwa cha sadaka ya kuteketezwa, nayo itakubaliwa kwa niaba yake ili kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili yake.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LEV.1.5" />Atamchinja yule fahali mchanga mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kisha wana wa Aroni walio makuhani wataleta damu na kuinyunyiza pande zote za madhabahu yaliyo penye ingilio la Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LEV.1.6" />Ataichuna hiyo sadaka ya kuteketezwa na kuikata vipande vipande.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LEV.1.7" />Wana wa Aroni kuhani wataweka moto juu ya madhabahu na kupanga kuni juu ya huo moto.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LEV.1.8" />Kisha wana wa Aroni walio makuhani watapanga vile vipande vya nyama, pamoja na kichwa na mafuta ya huyo mnyama juu ya zile kuni zinazowaka juu ya madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="LEV.1.9" />Ataziosha sehemu za ndani na miguu yake kwa maji, naye kuhani atavichoma vyote juu ya madhabahu. Hii ni sadaka ya kuteketezwa, sadaka iliyotolewa kwa moto, yenye harufu nzuri ya kumpendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="LEV.1.10" />“ ‘Kama sadaka ni ya kuteketezwa kutoka kwenye kundi la kondoo au mbuzi, atamtoa mnyama dume asiye na dosari.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LEV.1.11" />Atamchinjia upande wa kaskazini wa madhabahu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nao wana wa Aroni walio makuhani watanyunyizia damu yake pande zote za madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LEV.1.12" />Atamkata vipande vipande, naye kuhani atavipanga, pamoja na kichwa na mafuta ya mnyama juu ya zile kuni zinazowaka juu ya madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="LEV.1.13" />Ataosha sehemu za ndani na miguu kwa maji, naye kuhani atavileta vyote na kuvichoma juu ya madhabahu. Hii ni sadaka ya kuteketezwa, sadaka iliyotolewa kwa moto, harufu nzuri ya kumpendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="LEV.1.14" />“ ‘Kama sadaka ya kuteketezwa inayotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni ndege, atamtoa hua au kinda la njiwa.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LEV.1.15" />Kuhani atamleta kwenye madhabahu, naye atamvunja shingo na kumnyofoa kichwa na kumchoma juu ya madhabahu. Damu yake itachuruzishwa ubavuni mwa madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LEV.1.16" />Ataondoa kifuko cha chakula pamoja na uchafu wake na kuvitupa upande wa mashariki wa madhabahu, mahali pale penye majivu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LEV.1.17" />Atampasua na kumweka wazi katika mabawa yake, lakini asimwachanishe kabisa, kisha kuhani ataichoma juu ya zile kuni zinazowaka juu ya madhabahu. Hii ni sadaka ya kuteketezwa, sadaka iliyotolewa kwa moto, harufu nzuri ya kumpendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Sadaka Ya Nafaka
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LEV.2.1" />“ ‘Mtu yeyote aletapo sadaka ya nafaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, sadaka yake itakuwa ya unga laini. Atamimina mafuta juu yake, aweke uvumba juu yake,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LEV.2.2" />naye atapeleka kwa makuhani wana wa Aroni. Kuhani atachukua konzi moja iliyojaa unga laini na mafuta pamoja na uvumba wote, na kuuteketeza kama sehemu ya kumbukumbu juu ya madhabahu, sadaka iliyotolewa kwa moto, harufu nzuri ya kumpendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LEV.2.3" />Sadaka ya nafaka iliyobaki ni ya Aroni na wanawe, ni sehemu ya sadaka iliyo takatifu sana iliyotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moto.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="LEV.2.4" />“ ‘Kama utaleta sadaka ya nafaka iliyookwa jikoni, itakuwa ya unga laini: maandazi yaliyotengenezwa bila kutiwa chachu, yaliyochanganywa na mafuta, au mikate myembamba iliyotengenezwa bila kutiwa chachu, na iliyopakwa mafuta.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LEV.2.5" />Iwapo sadaka yako ya nafaka imeandaliwa kwenye kikaango, itakuwa ni ya unga laini uliochanganywa na mafuta, bila chachu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LEV.2.6" />Ukande na kumimina mafuta juu yake; hii ni sadaka ya nafaka.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LEV.2.7" />Kama sadaka yako ya nafaka imepikwa kwenye sufuria, itatengenezwa kwa unga laini na mafuta.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LEV.2.8" />Ilete hiyo sadaka ya nafaka iliyotengenezwa kwa vitu hivi kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>; mkabidhi kuhani ambaye ataipeleka madhabahuni.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="LEV.2.9" />Naye atatoa ile sehemu ya kumbukumbu kutoka kwenye hiyo sadaka ya nafaka na kuiteketeza juu ya madhabahu kuwa sadaka iliyotolewa kwa moto, harufu nzuri ya kumpendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LEV.2.10" />Sadaka ya nafaka iliyobaki ni ya Aroni na wanawe; ni sehemu ya sadaka iliyo takatifu sana ya sadaka iliyotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moto.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="LEV.2.11" />“ ‘Kila sadaka ya nafaka unayoleta kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni lazima ifanywe bila kutiwa chachu, kwa kuwa huna ruhusa kuchoma chachu yoyote au asali katika sadaka itolewayo kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moto.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LEV.2.12" />Unaweza kuzileta kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kama sadaka ya malimbuko, lakini haziwezi kutolewa juu ya madhabahu kama harufu nzuri ya kupendeza.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="LEV.2.13" />Koleza sadaka zako zote za nafaka kwa chumvi. Usiache kuweka chumvi ya Agano la Mungu wako katika sadaka zako za nafaka; weka chumvi kwenye sadaka zako zote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="LEV.2.14" />“ ‘Kama ukileta malimbuko ya sadaka ya nafaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, utatoa masuke yaliyopondwa ya nafaka mpya iliyookwa kwa moto.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LEV.2.15" />Weka mafuta na uvumba juu yake; ni sadaka ya nafaka.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LEV.2.16" />Kuhani atateketeza ile sehemu ya kumbukumbu kutoka kwenye hiyo sadaka ya nafaka iliyopondwa kwa mafuta, pamoja na uvumba wote, kama sadaka iliyotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moto.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Sadaka Ya Amani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LEV.3.1" />“ ‘Kama sadaka ya mtu ni sadaka ya amani, naye akatoa ngʼombe kutoka kundi, akiwa dume au jike, atamleta mnyama asiye na dosari mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LEV.3.2" />Ataweka mkono wake juu ya kichwa cha sadaka yake na kumchinja penye ingilio la Hema la Kukutania. Ndipo makuhani wana wa Aroni watanyunyiza damu yake pande zote za madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LEV.3.3" />Kutoka kwenye hiyo sadaka ya amani ataleta sadaka iliyotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moto: mafuta yote ya mnyama yafunikayo sehemu za ndani, ama yanayoungana na hizo sehemu za ndani,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LEV.3.4" />figo zote pamoja na mafuta yote yanayozizunguka karibu na kiuno na yale yanayofunika ini, ambayo atayaondoa pamoja na figo.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LEV.3.5" />Kisha wana wa Aroni wataiteketeza juu ya madhabahu, juu ya ile sadaka ya kuteketezwa iliyoko juu ya kuni zinazowaka, kama sadaka ya kuteketezwa kwa moto, harufu nzuri ya kumpendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="LEV.3.6" />“ ‘Kama akitoa kondoo au mbuzi kutoka kundi kama sadaka ya amani kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, atamtoa dume au jike asiye na dosari.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LEV.3.7" />Kama akimtoa mwana-kondoo, atamleta mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LEV.3.8" />Ataweka mkono wake juu ya kichwa cha sadaka yake, naye atamchinja mbele ya Hema la Kukutania. Kisha wana wa Aroni watanyunyiza damu yake kwenye madhabahu pande zote.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="LEV.3.9" />Kutoka kwenye hiyo sadaka ya amani ataleta dhabihu iliyotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moto: mafuta yake, mafuta yote ya mkia uliokatwa karibu na uti wa mgongo, mafuta yote yanayofunika sehemu za ndani au yale yanayounganika nazo,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LEV.3.10" />figo mbili pamoja na mafuta yanayozizunguka yaliyo karibu na kiuno na yale yanayofunika ini, ambayo atayatoa pamoja na figo.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LEV.3.11" />Kuhani ataviteketeza juu ya madhabahu kama chakula, sadaka iliyotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moto.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="LEV.3.12" />“ ‘Kama sadaka yake ni mbuzi, ataileta mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="LEV.3.13" />Ataweka mkono wake juu ya kichwa chake na kumchinja mbele ya Hema la Kukutania. Kisha wana wa Aroni watanyunyiza damu yake kwenye madhabahu pande zote.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="LEV.3.14" />Kutokana na ile sadaka anayotoa, atatoa sadaka hii kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moto: mafuta yote yanayofunika sehemu za ndani na yale yanayoungana nazo,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LEV.3.15" />figo zote mbili pamoja na mafuta yaliyo juu yake karibu na kiuno na yanayofunika ini, ambayo atayaondoa pamoja na figo.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LEV.3.16" />Kuhani ataviteketeza juu ya madhabahu kama chakula, sadaka iliyotolewa kwa moto, harufu nzuri. Mafuta yote ya mnyama ni ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="LEV.3.17" />“ ‘Hii ni kanuni ya kudumu kwa vizazi vijavyo, popote muishipo: Msile mafuta yoyote ya mnyama wala damu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Sadaka Ya Dhambi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LEV.4.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LEV.4.2" />“Waambie Waisraeli: ‘Mtu yeyote afanyapo dhambi bila kukusudia na akatenda lile lililokatazwa katika amri yoyote ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="LEV.4.3" />“ ‘Ikiwa kuhani aliyetiwa mafuta amefanya dhambi na kuwaletea watu hatia, lazima alete kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> fahali mchanga asiye na dosari, kuwa sadaka ya dhambi kwa ajili ya dhambi aliyotenda.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LEV.4.4" />Atamkabidhi huyo fahali kwenye ingilio la Hema la Kukutania mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Ataweka mkono wake juu ya kichwa cha huyo fahali na kumchinja mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LEV.4.5" />Kisha kuhani huyo aliyetiwa mafuta atachukua sehemu ya damu ya huyo fahali na kuileta katika Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LEV.4.6" />Atachovya kidole chake katika hiyo damu na kuinyunyiza sehemu yake mara saba mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> mbele ya pazia la mahali patakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LEV.4.7" />Kisha kuhani atatia sehemu ya hiyo damu juu ya pembe za madhabahu ya kufukizia uvumba wenye harufu nzuri iliyoko mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> katika Hema la Kukutania. Damu iliyobaki ya huyo fahali ataimwaga chini ya hayo madhabahu ya kuteketezea sadaka kwenye ingilio la Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LEV.4.8" />Atayaondoa mafuta yote ya fahali huyo wa sadaka ya dhambi, mafuta yale yanayofunika sehemu za ndani au zile zinazounganika nazo,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="LEV.4.9" />figo zote mbili na mafuta yaliyo juu yake karibu na kiuno na yale yanayofunika ini ambayo atayaondoa pamoja na figo zote,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LEV.4.10" />kama vile mafuta yanayoondolewa kutoka kwenye maksai aliyetolewa sadaka ya amani. Kisha kuhani ataviteketeza juu ya madhabahu ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LEV.4.11" />Lakini ngozi ya huyo fahali na nyama zake zote, pamoja na kichwa na miguu yake, sehemu za ndani na matumbo,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LEV.4.12" />yaani sehemu nyingine zote zilizobaki za huyo fahali, lazima azitoe nje ya kambi mpaka mahali palipo safi kiibada, ambapo majivu hutupwa, naye atamchoma kwa moto juu ya kuni zilizoko juu ya lundo la majivu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="LEV.4.13" />“ ‘Ikiwa jumuiya yote ya Israeli watatenda dhambi pasipo kukusudia na kufanya lile lililokatazwa katika amri yoyote ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, hata kama jumuiya haifahamu juu ya jambo hilo, wana hatia.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="LEV.4.14" />Wanapotambua kuhusu dhambi waliyoitenda, lazima kusanyiko lilete fahali mchanga kuwa sadaka ya dhambi na kuikabidhi mbele ya Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LEV.4.15" />Wazee wa jumuiya wataweka mikono yao juu ya kichwa cha huyo fahali aliye mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, naye fahali atachinjwa mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LEV.4.16" />Kisha kuhani aliyetiwa mafuta ataiingiza sehemu ya damu ya huyo fahali ndani ya Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LEV.4.17" />Atachovya kidole chake kwenye damu na kuinyunyiza mara saba mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> mbele ya hilo pazia.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="LEV.4.18" />Atatia sehemu ya hiyo damu juu ya pembe za madhabahu yaliyo mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> katika Hema la Kukutania. Damu iliyobaki ataimwaga chini ya madhabahu ya kuteketezea sadaka, penye ingilio la Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="LEV.4.19" />Atayaondoa mafuta yote ya yule fahali na kuyateketeza juu ya madhabahu,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="LEV.4.20" />naye atamfanyia fahali huyu kama alivyomfanyia yule fahali mwingine wa sadaka ya dhambi. Kwa njia hii kuhani atawafanyia watu upatanisho, nao watasamehewa.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="LEV.4.21" />Kisha atamchukua yule fahali nje ya kambi na kumteketeza kama alivyomteketeza yule wa kwanza. Hii ni sadaka ya dhambi kwa ajili ya jumuiya.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="LEV.4.22" />“ ‘Wakati kiongozi ametenda dhambi bila kukusudia na kufanya yaliyokatazwa katika amri yoyote ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wake, ana hatia.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="LEV.4.23" />Atakapofahamishwa dhambi aliyotenda, ni lazima alete mbuzi dume asiye na dosari kama sadaka yake.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="LEV.4.24" />Ataweka mkono wake juu ya kichwa cha yule mbuzi na kumchinja mahali pale ambapo sadaka za kuteketezwa huchinjiwa mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Hii ni sadaka ya dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="LEV.4.25" />Kisha kuhani atachukua sehemu ya damu ya sadaka ya dhambi kwa kidole chake na kuitia kwenye pembe za madhabahu ya sadaka ya kuteketeza, na kuimwaga damu iliyobaki chini ya madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="LEV.4.26" />Atayateketeza mafuta yote juu ya madhabahu, kama alivyoteketeza mafuta ya sadaka ya amani. Kwa njia hii kuhani atafanya upatanisho wa dhambi kwa ajili ya yule mtu, naye atasamehewa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="LEV.4.27" />“ ‘Kama mtu katika jumuiya ametenda dhambi pasipo kukusudia na kufanya lile lililokatazwa katika amri yoyote ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, yeye ana hatia.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="LEV.4.28" />Atakapofahamishwa dhambi yake aliyoitenda, ni lazima alete mbuzi jike asiye na dosari kama sadaka yake kwa ajili ya dhambi aliyotenda.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="LEV.4.29" />Ataweka mkono wake juu ya kichwa cha sadaka ya dhambi na kumchinjia mahali pa kuteketezea sadaka.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LEV.4.30" />Kisha kuhani atachukua sehemu ya ile damu kwa kidole chake na kuitia kwenye pembe za madhabahu ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa na kuimwaga damu iliyobaki chini ya madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="LEV.4.31" />Atayaondoa mafuta yote, kama vile mafuta yaondolewavyo kwenye sadaka ya amani, naye kuhani atayateketeza juu ya madhabahu kama harufu nzuri ya kumpendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Kwa njia hii kuhani atafanya upatanisho kwa ajili yake, naye atasamehewa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="LEV.4.32" />“ ‘Ikiwa ataleta mwana-kondoo kama sadaka yake ya dhambi, atamleta jike asiye na dosari.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="LEV.4.33" />Ataweka mkono wake juu ya kichwa cha huyo mwana-kondoo na kumchinja kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi mahali sadaka ya kuteketezwa huchinjiwa.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="LEV.4.34" />Kisha kuhani atachukua sehemu ya damu ya sadaka ya dhambi kwa kidole chake na kuitia juu ya pembe za madhabahu ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa, na ile damu iliyobaki ataimwaga chini ya madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="LEV.4.35" />Ataondoa mafuta yote, kama vile mafuta yaondolewavyo kutoka kwenye mwana-kondoo wa sadaka ya amani, naye kuhani atayateketeza juu ya madhabahu juu ya zile sadaka zilizotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moto. Kwa njia hii kuhani atafanya upatanisho kwa ajili yake kwa dhambi aliyoitenda, naye atasamehewa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Sadaka Zingine Za Kuondoa Dhambi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LEV.5.1" />“ ‘Ikiwa mtu atakuwa ametenda dhambi kwa sababu hakusema alipotakiwa kutoa ushahidi hadharani kuhusu jambo aliloona au kujua habari zake, yeye anastahili adhabu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="LEV.5.2" />“ ‘Au kama mtu akigusa kitu chochote ambacho ni najisi, iwe ni mizoga ya wanyama pori walio najisi, au ya wanyama wafugwao walio najisi, au ya viumbe vitambaavyo ardhini, hata akiwa hana habari, amekuwa najisi na mwenye hatia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="LEV.5.3" />“ ‘Au kama akigusa kitu kilicho kichafu kinachotokana na binadamu, kitu chochote kile kinachoweza kumfanya awe najisi, hata akiwa hana habari, atakapofahamu atakuwa na hatia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="LEV.5.4" />“ ‘Au kama mtu ameapa kufanya kitu chochote bila kufikiri, kiwe chema au kibaya, kwa vyovyote mtu aweza kuapa bila kujali, hata akiwa hana habari, atakapofahamu atakuwa na hatia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="LEV.5.5" />“ ‘Wakati mtu yeyote atakapokuwa na hatia katika mojawapo ya haya, lazima akiri ni kwa njia gani ametenda dhambi,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LEV.5.6" />na kama adhabu ya dhambi aliyoitenda, lazima alete kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kondoo jike au mbuzi jike kutoka kwenye kundi lake kama sadaka ya dhambi; naye kuhani atafanya upatanisho kwa ajili yake kwa dhambi yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="LEV.5.7" />“ ‘Lakini huyo mtu kama hataweza kumtoa mwana-kondoo, ataleta hua wawili au makinda mawili ya njiwa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuwa adhabu kwa ajili ya dhambi yake, mmoja wa hao ndege kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi, na wa pili kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LEV.5.8" />Atawaleta kwa kuhani, ambaye atamtoa kwanza ndege mmoja kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi. Atamvunja shingo na kuacha kichwa chake kikiningʼinia,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="LEV.5.9" />naye atanyunyiza sehemu ya hiyo damu ya sadaka ya dhambi kwenye pembe za madhabahu. Damu iliyobaki lazima ichuruzwe chini ya madhabahu. Hii ni sadaka ya dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LEV.5.10" />Kisha kuhani atamtoa yule ndege wa pili kama sadaka ya kuteketezwa kwa kufuata utaratibu uliowekwa, na hivyo kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili yake kwa dhambi aliyoitenda, naye atasamehewa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="LEV.5.11" />“ ‘Ikiwa basi, hawezi kupata hua wawili au makinda mawili ya njiwa, ataleta sehemu ya kumi ya efa<f caller="+"><fr>5:11
</fr><ft>Sehemu ya kumi ya efa ni sawa na kilo moja.</ft></f> ya unga laini kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi. Kamwe asiweke mafuta wala uvumba juu yake, kwa sababu ni sadaka ya dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LEV.5.12" />Atauleta unga kwa kuhani, ambaye atachukua konzi moja kama sehemu ya kumbukumbu na atauteketeza kwenye madhabahu juu ya sadaka zilizotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moto. Hii ni sadaka ya dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="LEV.5.13" />Kwa njia hii kuhani atafanya upatanisho kwa ajili yake kwa dhambi yoyote ya hizo alizotenda, naye atasamehewa. Sadaka iliyobaki itakuwa ya kuhani, kama ilivyokuwa ile sadaka ya nafaka.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sadaka Ya Hatia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="LEV.5.14" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose:
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LEV.5.15" />“Mtu anapokiuka na kutenda dhambi pasipo kukusudia kuhusu mojawapo ya mambo matakatifu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, huyo mtu ataleta kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kama adhabu kondoo dume mmoja kutoka kundi lake, asiye na dosari na mwenye thamani halisi kifedha, kulingana na shekeli ya mahali patakatifu. Hii ni sadaka ya hatia.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LEV.5.16" />Ni lazima alipe kwa yale aliyoshindwa kufanya kuhusu vitu vitakatifu, kwa kuongeza sehemu ya tano ya thamani ile na kuitoa yote kwa kuhani, ambaye atamfanyia upatanisho kwa huyo kondoo dume kama sadaka ya dhambi, naye atasamehewa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="LEV.5.17" />“Kama mtu akifanya dhambi na kufanya yale yaliyokatazwa katika mojawapo ya amri za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, hata ikiwa hajui, yeye ana hatia na anastahili adhabu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="LEV.5.18" />Atamletea kuhani kama sadaka ya hatia kondoo dume kutoka kundi lake, kondoo asiye na dosari na mwenye thamani halisi kifedha. Kwa njia hii kuhani atafanya upatanisho kwa ajili yake kwa kosa alilotenda bila kukusudia, naye atasamehewa.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="LEV.5.19" />Hii ni sadaka ya hatia; amekuwa na hatia kwa kufanya kosa dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Kurudisha Kilichochukuliwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LEV.6.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LEV.6.2" />“Kama mtu yeyote akitenda dhambi, naye si mwaminifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa kumdanganya jirani yake kuhusu kitu fulani alichokabidhiwa, au kimeachwa chini ya utunzaji wake, au kimeibwa, au kama akimdanganya,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LEV.6.3" />au akiokota mali iliyopotea na akadanganya, au kuapa kwa uongo, au kama akitenda dhambi yoyote ambayo watu waweza kuitenda;
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LEV.6.4" />wakati akitenda dhambi hizo na kuwa mwenye hatia, ni lazima arudishe kile alichokuwa amekiiba au amekichukua kwa dhuluma, au alichokuwa amekabidhiwa, au mali iliyokuwa imepotea akaipata,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LEV.6.5" />au chochote alichokuwa amekiapia kwa uongo. Lazima akirudishe kikamilifu, na aongeze sehemu ya tano ya thamani yake, vyote ampe mwenye mali siku ile anapeleka sadaka yake ya hatia.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LEV.6.6" />Kisha kama adhabu lazima amletee kuhani, yaani kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kama sadaka yake ya hatia, kondoo dume asiye na dosari na mwenye thamani kamili kutoka kundi lake.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LEV.6.7" />Kwa njia hii kuhani atafanya upatanisho kwa ajili yake mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, naye atasamehewa kwa kosa lolote katika mambo hayo aliyoyatenda yaliyomfanya kuwa na hatia.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sadaka Ya Kuteketezwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="LEV.6.8" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose:
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="LEV.6.9" />“Mpe Aroni na wanawe agizo hili: ‘Haya ndiyo masharti kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa: Sadaka ya kuteketezwa itabaki kwenye moto juu ya madhabahu usiku kucha, mpaka asubuhi, nao moto lazima uwe unaendelea kuwaka juu ya madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LEV.6.10" />Kisha kuhani atavaa mavazi yake ya kitani, pamoja na nguo za ndani za kitani mwilini wake, na aondoe majivu ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa ambayo moto umeteketeza juu ya madhabahu, na kuyaweka kando ya madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LEV.6.11" />Kisha atayavua mavazi haya na kuvaa mengine, naye achukue yale majivu nje ya kambi na kuyapeleka mahali palipo safi kwa kawaida ya ibada.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LEV.6.12" />Moto ulio juu ya madhabahu lazima uwe unaendelea kuwaka, kamwe usizimike. Kila asubuhi kuhani ataongeza kuni na kupanga sadaka ya kuteketezwa juu ya moto, na kuteketeza mafuta ya sadaka za amani juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="LEV.6.13" />Moto lazima uendelee kuwaka juu ya madhabahu mfululizo, kamwe usizimike.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sadaka Ya Nafaka
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="LEV.6.14" />“ ‘Haya ndiyo masharti ya sadaka ya nafaka: Wana wa Aroni wataileta mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mbele za madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LEV.6.15" />Kuhani atachukua konzi ya unga laini na mafuta, pamoja na uvumba wote ulioko juu ya sadaka ya nafaka, ateketeze sehemu ya kumbukumbu juu ya madhabahu kama harufu nzuri ya kumpendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LEV.6.16" />Aroni na wanawe watakula sehemu iliyobaki, lakini italiwa bila kutiwa chachu mahali patakatifu, nao wataila kwenye ua wa Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LEV.6.17" />Kamwe haitaokwa na chachu; nimewapa kama fungu lao la sadaka iliyotolewa kwangu kwa moto. Ni takatifu sana, kama vile ilivyo sadaka ya dhambi na ya hatia.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="LEV.6.18" />Kila mwanaume mzao wa Aroni aweza kuila. Ni fungu lake la kawaida la sadaka zilizotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moto kwa vizazi vijavyo. Chochote kinachozigusa kitakuwa kitakatifu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="LEV.6.19" />Tena
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="LEV.6.20" />“Hii ni sadaka ambayo Aroni na wanawe wanapaswa kuleta kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> siku atakapotiwa mafuta: sehemu ya kumi ya efa<f caller="+"><fr>6:20
</fr><ft>Sehemu ya kumi ya efa ni sawa na kilo moja.</ft></f> ya unga laini kama sadaka ya kawaida ya nafaka. Nusu yake ataitoa asubuhi na nusu nyingine jioni.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="LEV.6.21" />Iandae kwa mafuta kwenye kikaango; ilete ikiwa imechanganywa vizuri, na utoe hiyo sadaka ya nafaka ikiwa imevunjwa vipande vipande kuwa harufu nzuri ya kumpendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="LEV.6.22" />Mwanawe atakayeingia mahali pake kama kuhani aliyetiwa mafuta ndiye atakayeiandaa. Ni fungu la kawaida la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nalo litateketezwa kabisa.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="LEV.6.23" />Kila sadaka ya nafaka ya kuhani itateketezwa kabisa; kamwe haitaliwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sadaka Ya Dhambi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="LEV.6.24" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="LEV.6.25" />“Mwambie Aroni na wanawe: ‘Haya ndiyo masharti kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi: Sadaka ya dhambi itachinjiwa mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> mahali sadaka ya kuteketezwa huchinjiwa, ni takatifu sana.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="LEV.6.26" />Kuhani anayeitoa ndiye atakayeikula; itakuliwa katika mahali patakatifu, katika ua wa Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="LEV.6.27" />Chochote kitakachogusa nyama yoyote ya hiyo sadaka kitakuwa kitakatifu, na kama hiyo damu itadondokea juu ya vazi, lazima uifulie mahali patakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="LEV.6.28" />Chungu cha udongo kitakachopikiwa nyama lazima kivunjwe, lakini kama imepikiwa kwenye chombo cha shaba, chombo hicho kitasuguliwa na kusuuzwa kwa maji.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="LEV.6.29" />Kila mwanaume katika familia ya kuhani aweza kula nyama hiyo; ni takatifu sana.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LEV.6.30" />Lakini kila sadaka ya dhambi ambayo damu yake imeletwa ndani ya Hema la Kukutania kufanya upatanisho katika Mahali Patakatifu kamwe haitaliwa; lazima iteketezwe.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Sadaka Ya Hatia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LEV.7.1" />“ ‘Haya ndiyo masharti kwa ajili ya sadaka ya hatia, ambayo ni takatifu sana:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LEV.7.2" />Sadaka ya hatia itachinjiwa mahali pale ambapo sadaka ya kuteketezwa huchinjiwa, nayo damu yake itanyunyizwa pande zote za madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LEV.7.3" />Mafuta yake yote yatatolewa sadaka: mafuta ya mkia na mafuta yale yanayofunika sehemu za ndani,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LEV.7.4" />figo zote mbili pamoja na mafuta yanayozizunguka yaliyo karibu na kiuno na yale yanayofunika ini, ambayo yataondolewa pamoja na hizo figo.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LEV.7.5" />Kuhani atayateketeza juu ya madhabahu kuwa sadaka iliyotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moto. Hii ni sadaka ya hatia.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LEV.7.6" />Mwanaume yeyote katika jamaa ya kuhani aweza kuila, lakini lazima iliwe mahali patakatifu; ni takatifu sana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="LEV.7.7" />“ ‘Sheria hii ya sadaka ya hatia ni sawasawa na ile ya sadaka ya dhambi: Nyama ya yule mnyama aliyetolewa sadaka ni ya yule kuhani anayesimamia ibada ya upatanisho.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LEV.7.8" />Kuhani anayetoa sadaka ya kuteketezwa kwa ajili ya mtu yeyote anaweza kuichukua ngozi ya mnyama yule aliyetolewa iwe yake.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="LEV.7.9" />Kila sadaka ya nafaka iliyookwa jikoni au kupikwa katika sufuria au katika kikaangio itakuwa ya kuhani anayeitoa.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LEV.7.10" />Nayo kila sadaka ya nafaka, iwe imechanganywa na mafuta au iko kavu, itakuwa ya wana wa Aroni, nayo itagawanywa sawa kati yao.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sadaka Ya Amani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="LEV.7.11" />“ ‘Haya ndiyo masharti kwa ajili ya sadaka ya amani ambayo mtu aweza kuileta kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="LEV.7.12" />“ ‘Ikiwa mtu atatoa sadaka ya amani kwa ajili ya kuonyesha shukrani, pamoja na sadaka hii ya shukrani, atatoa maandazi yasiyotiwa chachu yaliyochanganywa na mafuta, mikate myembamba isiyotiwa chachu iliyopakwa mafuta, maandazi ya unga laini uliokandwa vizuri na kuchanganywa na mafuta.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="LEV.7.13" />Pamoja na sadaka hii ya amani ya shukrani ataleta sadaka ya maandazi yaliyotengenezwa kwa chachu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="LEV.7.14" />Ataleta moja ya kila aina ya andazi kama sadaka, matoleo kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>; hii ni ya kuhani anayenyunyiza damu ya sadaka ya amani.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LEV.7.15" />Nyama ya sadaka ya amani kwa ajili ya shukrani lazima iliwe siku iyo hiyo inapotolewa; hutabakiza kitu chochote mpaka asubuhi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="LEV.7.16" />“ ‘Lakini kama sadaka yake ni kwa ajili ya nadhiri au ni sadaka ya hiari, sadaka hiyo italiwa siku hiyo inapotolewa, lakini chochote kinachobakia kinaweza kuliwa kesho yake.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LEV.7.17" />Nyama yoyote ya sadaka inayobaki mpaka siku ya tatu lazima iteketezwe kwa moto.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="LEV.7.18" />Kama nyama yoyote ya sadaka ya amani italiwa siku ya tatu,
<nd>Bwana</nd> hataikubali. Haitahesabiwa kwake huyo aliyeitoa, kwa kuwa ni najisi. Mtu atakayekula sehemu yake yoyote atahesabiwa hatia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="LEV.7.19" />“ ‘Nyama ile inayogusa chochote ambacho ni najisi kwa kawaida ya ibada kamwe haitaliwa, ni lazima iteketezwe kwa moto. Kuhusu nyama nyingine, mtu yeyote aliye safi kwa kawaida ya ibada anaweza kuila.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="LEV.7.20" />Lakini kama mtu yeyote najisi akila nyama yoyote ya sadaka ya amani iliyotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, huyo mtu lazima akatiliwe mbali na watu wake.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="LEV.7.21" />Kama mtu yeyote akigusa kitu kilicho najisi, iwe ni uchafu wa mwanadamu, au mnyama najisi, au kitu chochote kilicho najisi, kitu cha kuchukiza, kisha akala nyama yoyote ya sadaka ya amani iliyotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mtu huyo ni lazima akatiliwe mbali na watu wake.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kula Mafuta Na Kunywa Damu Kwakatazwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="LEV.7.22" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="LEV.7.23" />“Waambie Waisraeli: ‘Msile mafuta yoyote ya ngʼombe, kondoo wala mbuzi.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="LEV.7.24" />Mafuta ya mnyama aliyekutwa amekufa au ameraruliwa na mnyama pori yanaweza kutumika kwa kazi nyingine yoyote, lakini kamwe msiyale.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="LEV.7.25" />Mtu yeyote alaye mafuta ya mnyama ambaye ametolewa sadaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moto ni lazima akatiliwe mbali na watu wake.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="LEV.7.26" />Popote mtakapoishi, kamwe msinywe damu ya ndege yeyote wala ya mnyama.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="LEV.7.27" />Ikiwa mtu yeyote atakunywa damu, mtu huyo lazima akatiliwe mbali na watu wake.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Fungu La Makuhani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="LEV.7.28" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="LEV.7.29" />“Waambie Waisraeli: ‘Mtu yeyote aletaye sadaka ya amani kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ataleta sehemu ya sadaka hiyo kama dhabihu yake kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LEV.7.30" />Ataleta sadaka kwa mikono yake mwenyewe iliyotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moto; ataleta mafuta ya huyo mnyama pamoja na kidari, naye atainua hicho kidari mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuwa sadaka ya kuinuliwa.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="LEV.7.31" />Kuhani atayateketeza hayo mafuta juu ya madhabahu, lakini kidari kitakuwa cha Aroni na wanawe.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="LEV.7.32" />Paja la kulia la sadaka zako za amani utampa kuhani kama matoleo.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="LEV.7.33" />Mwana wa Aroni atoaye damu na mafuta ya sadaka ya amani ndiye atakayepewa paja hilo la kulia kuwa fungu lake.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="LEV.7.34" />Kutoka kwenye sadaka za amani za Waisraeli, mimi Mungu nimepokea kidari kile kilichoinuliwa pamoja na lile paja lililotolewa, nami nimevitoa kwa kuhani Aroni na wanawe kuwa fungu lao la kawaida kutoka kwa Waisraeli.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="LEV.7.35" />Hii ndiyo sehemu ya sadaka zilizotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moto, ambazo zilitengwa kwa ajili ya Aroni na wanawe siku ile walipowekwa wakfu ili kumtumikia
<nd>Bwana</nd> katika kazi ya ukuhani.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="LEV.7.36" />Siku ile walipotiwa mafuta,
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliagiza kwamba Waisraeli wawape hili kama fungu lao la kawaida kwa vizazi vijavyo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="LEV.7.37" />Basi haya ndiyo masharti kuhusu sadaka ya kuteketezwa, sadaka ya nafaka, sadaka ya dhambi, sadaka ya hatia, sadaka ya kuwekwa wakfu, na sadaka ya amani,
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="LEV.7.38" />ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alimpa Mose juu ya Mlima Sinai siku ile alipowaagiza Waisraeli walete sadaka zao kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, katika Jangwa la Sinai.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Kuwekwa Wakfu Kwa Aroni Na Wanawe
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 29:1-37)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LEV.8.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LEV.8.2" />“Waletee Aroni na wanawe mavazi yao, mafuta ya upako, fahali kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi, kondoo dume wawili na kikapu chenye mikate iliyotengenezwa bila chachu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LEV.8.3" />Kisha kusanya mkutano wote kwenye ingilio la Hema la Kukutania.”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LEV.8.4" />Mose akafanya kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza, na mkutano ukakusanyika kwenye ingilio la Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="LEV.8.5" />Mose akaliambia kusanyiko, “Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameagiza lifanyike.”
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LEV.8.6" />Kisha Mose akamleta Aroni na wanawe mbele, akawaosha kwa maji.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LEV.8.7" />Akamvika Aroni koti, akamfunga mshipi, akamvika joho na kumvalisha kisibau. Pia akafunga kisibau juu yake na kukifunga kiunoni mwake kwa mshipi wake uliosokotwa kwa ustadi.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LEV.8.8" />Akaweka kifuko cha kifuani juu yake, na kuweka Urimu na Thumimu<f caller="+"><fr>8:8
</fr><ft>Urimu na Thumimu maana yake ni Nuru na Kweli; vifaa hivi viliwekwa kwenye kifuko cha juu cha kisibau cha kuhani mkuu ili kujua mapenzi ya Mungu kwenye mambo ya kutatanisha.</ft></f> kwenye hicho kifuko.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="LEV.8.9" />Kisha akamvika Aroni kilemba kichwani pake, akaweka lile bamba la dhahabu, yaani ile taji takatifu, upande wa mbele wa kilemba, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="LEV.8.10" />Ndipo Mose akachukua mafuta ya upako na kuipaka maskani na kila kitu kilichokuwamo ndani yake, kisha akaviweka wakfu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LEV.8.11" />Akanyunyiza baadhi ya mafuta juu ya madhabahu mara saba, akaipaka madhabahu mafuta na vyombo vyake vyote pamoja na sinia na kinara chake, ili kuviweka wakfu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LEV.8.12" />Akamimina sehemu ya hayo mafuta ya upako kichwani mwa Aroni, akamtia mafuta ili kumweka wakfu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="LEV.8.13" />Kisha akawaleta wana wa Aroni mbele, akawavika makoti, akawafunga mishipi na kuwavika vilemba, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="LEV.8.14" />Kisha akamtoa fahali kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi, nao Aroni na wanawe wakaweka mikono yao juu ya kichwa chake.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LEV.8.15" />Mose akamchinja yule fahali na akachukua sehemu ya hiyo damu, kisha kwa kidole chake akaitia kwenye pembe zote za madhabahu ili kutakasa madhabahu. Akaimwaga damu iliyobaki chini ya madhabahu. Kwa hiyo akayaweka wakfu ili kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili ya madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LEV.8.16" />Pia Mose akachukua mafuta yote yanayozunguka sehemu za ndani, mafuta yanayofunika ini, figo zote mbili pamoja na mafuta yake, akayateketeza juu ya madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LEV.8.17" />Lakini fahali, ikiwa pamoja na ngozi yake na nyama yake na sehemu zake za ndani na matumbo, akaiteketeza nje ya kambi, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="LEV.8.18" />Kisha Mose akamleta kondoo dume kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa, naye Aroni na wanawe wakaweka mikono yao juu ya kichwa chake.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="LEV.8.19" />Ndipo Mose akamchinja yule kondoo dume na kunyunyiza damu yake pande zote za madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="LEV.8.20" />Mose akamkata yule kondoo dume vipande vipande na kukiteketeza kichwa, vile vipande na yale mafuta.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="LEV.8.21" />Kisha akamsafisha sehemu za ndani na miguu kwa maji, na kumteketeza yule kondoo dume mzima juu ya madhabahu kuwa sadaka ya kuteketezwa, harufu nzuri ya kupendeza, sadaka iliyotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moto, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="LEV.8.22" />Kisha akaleta kondoo dume mwingine, ndiye kondoo dume kwa ajili ya kuwaweka wakfu, naye Aroni na wanawe wakaweka mikono yao juu ya kichwa chake.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="LEV.8.23" />Mose akamchinja yule kondoo dume, akaichukua sehemu ya damu yake na kuipaka juu ya ncha ya sikio la kuume la Aroni, na juu ya kidole gumba cha mkono wake wa kuume na juu ya kidole kikubwa cha mguu wake wa kuume.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="LEV.8.24" />Pia Mose akawaleta hao wana wa Aroni mbele, akaipaka sehemu ya hiyo damu kwenye ncha za masikio yao ya kuume, juu ya vidole gumba vya mikono yao ya kuume, na juu ya vidole vikubwa vya miguu yao ya kuume. Kisha akanyunyiza damu pande zote za madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="LEV.8.25" />Akachukua mafuta ya mnyama, mafuta ya mkia, mafuta yote yanayozunguka sehemu za ndani, mafuta yanayofunika ini, figo zote mbili pamoja na mafuta yake, na paja la kulia.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="LEV.8.26" />Kisha kutoka kwenye kikapu cha mikate iliyotengenezwa bila chachu, kilichokuwa mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akachukua andazi moja, na jingine lililotengenezwa kwa mafuta, na mkate mwembamba; akaviweka hivi vyote juu ya mafungu ya mafuta ya mnyama, na juu ya lile paja la kulia.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="LEV.8.27" />Akaviweka hivi vyote mikononi mwa Aroni na wanawe, na kuviinua mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuwa sadaka ya kuinuliwa.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="LEV.8.28" />Kisha Mose akavichukua kutoka mikononi mwao na kuviteketeza juu ya madhabahu ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa kuwa sadaka ya kuwekwa wakfu, harufu nzuri ya kupendeza, sadaka iliyotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moto.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="LEV.8.29" />Kisha akachukua kidari, kilicho fungu la Mose la kondoo dume kwa ajili ya kuwekwa wakfu, na kukiinua mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kama sadaka ya kuinuliwa, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="LEV.8.30" />Kisha Mose akachukua sehemu ya mafuta ya upako, na sehemu ya damu kutoka kwenye madhabahu, na kuvinyunyiza juu ya Aroni na mavazi yake, na juu ya wanawe na mavazi yao. Kwa hiyo akamweka Aroni na mavazi yake wakfu, pamoja na wanawe na mavazi yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="LEV.8.31" />Kisha Mose akamwambia Aroni na wanawe, “Pika hiyo nyama kwenye ingilio la Hema la Kukutania, na uile hapo pamoja na mkate kutoka kwenye kikapu cha sadaka ya kuweka wakfu, kama nilivyoagiza, nikisema, ‘Aroni na wanawe wataila.’
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="LEV.8.32" />Kisha teketeza nyama na mikate iliyobaki.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="LEV.8.33" />Msitoke kwenye ingilio la Hema la Kukutania kwa muda wa siku saba, mpaka siku zenu za kuwekwa wakfu ziwe zimetimia, kwa kuwa muda wenu wa kuwekwa wakfu utakuwa siku saba.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="LEV.8.34" />Lile lililofanyika leo liliagizwa na
<nd>Bwana</nd> ili kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili yenu.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="LEV.8.35" />Lazima mkae kwenye ingilio la Hema la Kukutania usiku na mchana kwa siku saba, na kufanya lile
<nd>Bwana</nd> analolitaka, ili kwamba msife; kwa kuwa hilo ndilo nililoamriwa.”
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="LEV.8.36" />Kwa hiyo Aroni na wanawe wakafanya kila kitu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alichoamuru kupitia kwa Mose.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Makuhani Waanza Huduma Yao
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LEV.9.1" />Katika siku ya nane, Mose akawaita Aroni na wanawe, na wazee wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LEV.9.2" />Akamwambia Aroni, “Chukua ndama dume kwa ajili ya sadaka yako ya dhambi, na kondoo dume kwa sadaka yako ya kuteketezwa, wote wawili wasiwe na dosari, nao uwalete mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LEV.9.3" />Kisha waambie Waisraeli: ‘Chukueni mbuzi dume kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi, na ndama na mwana-kondoo, wote wawili wawe wa umri wa mwaka mmoja, na wasio na dosari, kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LEV.9.4" />na pia maksai na kondoo dume kwa ajili ya sadaka ya amani, ili kutoa dhabihu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, pamoja na sadaka ya nafaka iliyochanganywa na mafuta. Kwa kuwa leo
<nd>Bwana</nd> atawatokea.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="LEV.9.5" />Wakavileta vile vitu Mose alivyowaagiza mbele ya Hema la Kukutania, nalo kusanyiko lote likakaribia na kusimama mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LEV.9.6" />Ndipo Mose akasema, “Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alilowaagiza mlifanye, ili utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> upate kuonekana kwenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="LEV.9.7" />Mose akamwambia Aroni, “Njoo madhabahuni ili utoe dhabihu yako ya sadaka ya dhambi na sadaka yako ya kuteketezwa, ufanye upatanisho kwa ajili yako mwenyewe na kwa ajili ya watu. Kisha utoe sadaka ya upatanisho kwa ajili ya watu, kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyoagiza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="LEV.9.8" />Hivyo Aroni akaja madhabahuni na kumchinja yule ndama kuwa sadaka ya dhambi kwa ajili yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="LEV.9.9" />Wanawe wakamletea damu, naye akachovya kidole chake katika hiyo damu, akaitia kwenye pembe za madhabahu, nayo damu iliyobaki akaimwaga chini ya madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LEV.9.10" />Juu ya madhabahu akateketeza mafuta, figo na mafuta yanayofunika ini kutoka kwenye hiyo sadaka ya dhambi, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza Mose.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LEV.9.11" />Akateketeza nyama na ngozi nje ya kambi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="LEV.9.12" />Kisha Aroni akachinja sadaka ya kuteketezwa. Wanawe wakamletea damu, naye akainyunyiza pande zote za madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="LEV.9.13" />Wakamletea sadaka ya kuteketezwa kipande kwa kipande, pamoja na kichwa, naye akaviteketeza juu ya madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="LEV.9.14" />Akasafisha sehemu za ndani na miguu, akaviteketeza juu ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa juu ya madhabahu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="LEV.9.15" />Kisha Aroni akaleta sadaka ile iliyokuwa kwa ajili ya watu. Akachukua yule mbuzi wa sadaka ya dhambi kwa ajili ya watu, akamchinja na kumtoa kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi, kama alivyofanya kwa ile ya kwanza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="LEV.9.16" />Aroni akaleta sadaka ya kuteketezwa na kuitoa kama ilivyoelekezwa.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LEV.9.17" />Pia akaleta sadaka ya nafaka, akachukua konzi moja na kuiteketeza juu ya madhabahu, pamoja na sadaka ya kuteketezwa ya asubuhi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="LEV.9.18" />Akachinja maksai na kondoo dume kama sadaka ya amani kwa ajili ya watu. Wanawe Aroni wakampa ile damu, naye akainyunyiza kwenye madhabahu pande zote.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="LEV.9.19" />Lakini sehemu zile za mafuta ya yule maksai na kondoo dume, yaani mafuta ya mkia, mafuta yaliyofunika tumbo, ya figo na yaliyofunika ini,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="LEV.9.20" />hivi vyote wakaviweka juu ya vidari, kisha Aroni akayateketeza hayo mafuta ya wanyama juu ya madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="LEV.9.21" />Aroni akaviinua vile vidari na paja la kulia mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> ili viwe sadaka ya kuinuliwa, kama Mose alivyoagiza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="LEV.9.22" />Kisha Aroni akainua mikono yake kuwaelekea watu na kuwabariki. Naye baada ya kutoa dhabihu ya sadaka ya dhambi, sadaka ya kuteketezwa, na sadaka ya amani, akashuka chini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="LEV.9.23" />Kisha Mose na Aroni wakaingia kwenye Hema la Kukutania. Walipotoka nje, wakawabariki watu. Nao utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ukawatokea watu wote.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="LEV.9.24" />Moto ukaja kutoka uwepo wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ukairamba ile sadaka ya kuteketezwa, pamoja na sehemu ya mafuta yaliyokuwa juu ya madhabahu. Watu wote walipoona jambo hili, wakapiga kelele kwa furaha na kusujudu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="10" />
<s style="s1">Kifo Cha Nadabu Na Abihu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LEV.10.1" />Nadabu na Abihu, wana wa Aroni, wakachukua vyetezo vyao, wakaweka moto ndani yake na kuongeza uvumba; kisha wakamtolea
<nd>Bwana</nd> moto usio halali, kinyume na agizo la Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LEV.10.2" />Hivyo moto ukaja kutoka kwa uwepo wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kuwaramba, nao wakafa mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LEV.10.3" />Kisha Mose akamwambia Aroni, “Hili ndilo alilonena
<nd>Bwana</nd> wakati aliposema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Miongoni mwa wale watakaonikaribia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitajionyesha kuwa mtakatifu;
</q>
<q style="q1">machoni pa watu wote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitaheshimiwa.’ ”
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Aroni akanyamaza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="LEV.10.4" />Mose akawaita Mishaeli na Elisafani, wana wa Uzieli mjomba wake Aroni, akawaambia, “Njooni hapa. Ondoeni miili ya binamu zenu mbele ya mahali patakatifu, mkaipeleke nje ya kambi.”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LEV.10.5" />Hivyo wakaja na kuwaondoa, wakiwa bado wamevalia makoti yao ya ibada, wakawapeleka nje ya kambi, kama Mose alivyoamuru.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="LEV.10.6" />Ndipo Mose akamwambia Aroni pamoja na wanawe, Eleazari na Ithamari, “Msifunue vichwa vyenu wala msirarue mavazi yenu, la sivyo mtakufa na
<nd>Bwana</nd> ataikasirikia jumuiya nzima. Lakini ndugu zenu, nyumba yote ya Israeli, wanaweza kuwaombolezea wale ambao
<nd>Bwana</nd> amewaangamiza kwa moto.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LEV.10.7" />Msitoke nje ya ingilio la Hema la Kukutania, la sivyo mtakufa, kwa sababu mafuta ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ya upako yako juu yenu.” Hivyo wakafanya kama vile Mose alivyosema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="LEV.10.8" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Aroni,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="LEV.10.9" />“Wewe na wanao msinywe mvinyo wala kinywaji kingine kilichochachuka wakati mwingiapo katika Hema la Kukutania, la sivyo mtakufa. Hili litakuwa Agizo la kudumu kwa vizazi vijavyo.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LEV.10.10" />Ni lazima mtenganishe kilicho kitakatifu na kile kilicho cha kawaida, kati ya yaliyo najisi na yaliyo safi,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LEV.10.11" />na lazima mwafundishe Waisraeli amri zote ambazo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliwapa kupitia Mose.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="LEV.10.12" />Mose akamwambia Aroni pamoja na wanawe waliosalia, Eleazari na Ithamari, “Chukueni sadaka ya nafaka iliyobaki kutoka sadaka zilizotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moto, muile hapo kando ya madhabahu ikiwa imeandaliwa bila chachu, kwa sababu ni takatifu sana.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="LEV.10.13" />Mtaila katika mahali patakatifu kwa sababu ni fungu lenu na fungu la wana wenu la sadaka zilizotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moto, kwa maana hivyo ndivyo nilivyoamriwa.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="LEV.10.14" />Lakini wewe na wanao na binti zako mwaweza kula kidari kile kilichoinuliwa na paja lile lililotolewa. Mtavila mahali safi pa kawaida ya ibada; mmepewa wewe na watoto wako kuwa fungu lenu la sadaka za amani za Waisraeli.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LEV.10.15" />Paja lile lililotolewa na kidari kile kilichoinuliwa lazima viletwe pamoja na sehemu za mafuta ya sadaka za kuteketezwa kwa moto, ili kuinuliwa mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kama sadaka ya kuinuliwa. Hili litakuwa fungu lako la kawaida na wanao, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyoagiza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="LEV.10.16" />Mose alipouliza kuhusu mbuzi atolewaye kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi, na kukuta kwamba ameteketezwa, aliwakasirikia Eleazari na Ithamari, wana wa Aroni waliobaki, akawauliza,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LEV.10.17" />“Kwa nini hamkula sadaka ya dhambi katika eneo la mahali patakatifu? Ni takatifu sana. Mlipewa ninyi ili kuondoa hatia ya jumuiya kwa ajili ya kuwafanyia upatanisho mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="LEV.10.18" />Kwa kuwa damu yake haikuletwa ndani ya Mahali Patakatifu, mngemla mbuzi huyo katika sehemu ya mahali patakatifu kama nilivyoagiza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="LEV.10.19" />Aroni akamjibu Mose, “Leo wanangu wametoa sadaka zao za dhambi na sadaka zao za kuteketezwa mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, lakini mambo kama haya yamenitokea mimi. Je,
<nd>Bwana</nd> angependezwa kama ningekuwa nimekula sadaka ya dhambi leo?”
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="LEV.10.20" />Mose aliposikia haya, akaridhika.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="11" />
<s style="s1">Vyakula Najisi Na Visivyo Najisi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kumbukumbu 14:3-21)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LEV.11.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akawaambia Mose na Aroni,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LEV.11.2" />“Waambieni Waisraeli: ‘Kati ya wanyama wote waishio juu ya nchi, hawa ndio mtakaowala:
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LEV.11.3" />Mwaweza kula mnyama yeyote mwenye kwato zilizogawanyika sehemu mbili na ambaye hucheua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="LEV.11.4" />“ ‘Kuna wanyama wengine ambao hucheua tu au wenye kwato zilizogawanyika tu, lakini hao kamwe msiwale. Ngamia ingawa hucheua hana kwato zilizogawanyika; kwa kawaida ya ibada hiyo ni najisi kwenu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LEV.11.5" />Pelele ingawa hucheua hana kwato zilizogawanyika; huyo ni najisi kwenu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LEV.11.6" />Sungura ingawa hucheua hana kwato zilizogawanyika; huyo ni najisi kwenu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LEV.11.7" />Naye nguruwe ingawa anazo kwato zilizogawanyika sehemu mbili, hacheui; huyo ni najisi kwenu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LEV.11.8" />Kamwe msile nyama yao wala kugusa mizoga yao; wao ni najisi kwenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="LEV.11.9" />“ ‘Kuhusu viumbe wote wanaoishi ndani ya maji ya bahari na vijito, mtakula wale wote wenye mapezi na magamba.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LEV.11.10" />Lakini viumbe wote ndani ya bahari au vijito wasio na mapezi na magamba, wakiwa miongoni mwa makundi au viumbe wote ndani ya maji, hao ni machukizo kwenu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LEV.11.11" />Nao watakuwa machukizo kwenu. Msile nyama yao, nayo mizoga yao itakuwa machukizo.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LEV.11.12" />Chochote kinachoishi ndani ya maji ambacho hakina mapezi na magamba kitakuwa chukizo kwenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="LEV.11.13" />“ ‘Wafuatao ndio ndege watakaokuwa machukizo kwenu, hivyo msiwale kwa sababu ni chukizo: tai, furukombe, kipungu,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="LEV.11.14" />mwewe mwekundu, aina zote za mwewe mweusi,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LEV.11.15" />aina zote za kunguru,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LEV.11.16" />mbuni, kiruka-njia, dudumizi, kipanga, shakwe, aina zote za kipanga,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LEV.11.17" />bundi, mnandi, bundi mkubwa,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="LEV.11.18" />mumbi, mwari, nderi,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="LEV.11.19" />korongo, koikoi wa aina yoyote, hudihudi na popo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="LEV.11.20" />“ ‘Wadudu wote warukao ambao hutembea kwa miguu minne watakuwa chukizo kwenu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="LEV.11.21" />Lakini wako viumbe wenye mabawa ambao hutembea kwa miguu minne mtakaowala: wale wenye vifundo katika miguu yao ya kurukaruka juu ya ardhi.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="LEV.11.22" />Miongoni mwa hawa, mtakula nzige wa aina zote, senene, parare au panzi.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="LEV.11.23" />Lakini viumbe wengine wote wenye mabawa na wenye miguu minne ni machukizo kwenu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wanyama Ambao Ni Najisi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="LEV.11.24" />“ ‘Mtajinajisi kwa wanyama hawa. Yeyote agusaye mizoga yao atakuwa najisi mpaka jioni.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="LEV.11.25" />Yeyote atakayebeba mizoga ya viumbe hawa ni lazima afue nguo zake, naye atakuwa najisi mpaka jioni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="LEV.11.26" />“ ‘Kila mnyama mwenye ukwato ulioachana lakini haukugawanyika kabisa, au yule asiyecheua, huyo ni najisi kwenu; yeyote agusaye mzoga wowote wa hao atakuwa najisi.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="LEV.11.27" />Miongoni mwa wanyama wote watembeao kwa miguu minne, wale watembeao kwa vitanga vyao ni najisi kwenu; yeyote agusaye mizoga yao atakuwa najisi mpaka jioni.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="LEV.11.28" />Yeyote atakayebeba mizoga yao ni lazima afue nguo zake, naye atakuwa najisi mpaka jioni. Wanyama hawa ni najisi kwenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="LEV.11.29" />“ ‘Kuhusu wanyama watambaao juu ya ardhi, hawa ni najisi kwenu: kicheche, panya, aina yoyote ya mijusi mikubwa,
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LEV.11.30" />guruguru, kenge, mijusi ya ukutani, goromoe na kinyonga.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="LEV.11.31" />Hao wote watambaao juu ya ardhi ni najisi kwenu. Yeyote agusaye mizoga yao atakuwa najisi mpaka jioni.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="LEV.11.32" />Ikiwa mmoja wao atakufa na kuangukia juu ya kitu fulani, chombo hicho, hata kikiwa cha matumizi gani, kitakuwa najisi, kiwe kimetengenezwa kwa mti, nguo, ngozi au gunia. Kiweke ndani ya maji; kitakuwa najisi mpaka jioni, kisha kitakuwa safi tena.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="LEV.11.33" />Ikiwa mmoja wa wanyama aliyekufa ataangukia ndani ya chungu, kila kilichomo katika chungu hicho kitakuwa najisi, nawe ni lazima uvunje chungu hicho.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="LEV.11.34" />Chakula chochote ambacho chaweza kuliwa lakini kikawa kimeingia maji kutoka kwenye chungu hicho ni najisi, na kitu chochote cha majimaji ambacho chaweza kunyweka kutoka kwenye chungu hicho ni najisi.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="LEV.11.35" />Chochote ambacho mzoga wa mmojawapo utaangukia kitakuwa najisi. Jiko au chungu cha kupikia ni lazima kivunjwe. Ni najisi, nawe ni lazima uvihesabu kuwa najisi.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="LEV.11.36" />Lakini chemchemi au kisima, mahali pa kuchota maji, patakuwa safi, lakini yeyote atakayegusa moja ya mizoga hii ni najisi.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="LEV.11.37" />Kama mzoga ukianguka juu ya mbegu zozote ambazo ni za kupanda, zinabaki safi.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="LEV.11.38" />Lakini kama mbegu imetiwa maji na mzoga ukaanguka juu yake, hiyo mbegu ni najisi kwenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="LEV.11.39" />“ ‘Kama mnyama ambaye mnaruhusiwa kumla akifa, yeyote atakayeugusa mzoga wake atakuwa najisi mpaka jioni.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="LEV.11.40" />Yeyote atakayekula sehemu ya mzoga huo ni lazima afue nguo zake, naye atakuwa najisi mpaka jioni. Yeyote atakayebeba mzoga huo ni lazima afue nguo zake, naye atakuwa najisi mpaka jioni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="LEV.11.41" />“ ‘Kila kiumbe kitambaacho juu ya ardhi ni chukizo; kisiliwe.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="LEV.11.42" />Msile kiumbe chochote kitambaacho juu ya ardhi, kiwe kitambaacho kwa tumbo lake, au kitambaacho kwa miguu minne au kwa miguu mingi; ni chukizo.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="LEV.11.43" />Msijitie unajisi kwa chochote katika viumbe hivi. Msijitie unajisi kwa viumbe hivyo au kutiwa unajisi navyo.
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="LEV.11.44" />Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu; jitakaseni mwe watakatifu, kwa sababu mimi ni mtakatifu. Msijitie unajisi wenyewe kwa kiumbe chochote kile kiendacho juu ya ardhi.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="LEV.11.45" />Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> niliyewapandisha mtoke Misri ili niwe Mungu wenu. Kwa hiyo kuweni watakatifu kwa sababu Mimi ni mtakatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="46" bcv="LEV.11.46" />“ ‘Haya ndiyo masharti kuhusu wanyama, ndege, kila kiumbe hai kiendacho ndani ya maji, na kila kiumbe kiendacho juu ya ardhi.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="LEV.11.47" />Ni lazima mpambanue kati ya kilicho najisi na kilicho safi, kati ya viumbe hai vinavyoweza kuliwa na vile visivyoweza kuliwa.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Utakaso Baada Ya Kuzaa Mtoto
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LEV.12.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LEV.12.2" />“Waambie Waisraeli: ‘Mwanamke ambaye atapata mimba na kuzaa mtoto wa kiume atakuwa najisi kwa kawaida ya ibada kwa siku saba, kama anavyokuwa najisi wakati wa siku zake za hedhi.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LEV.12.3" />Mvulana atatahiriwa siku ya nane.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LEV.12.4" />Kisha ni lazima huyo mwanamke asubiri kwa siku thelathini na tatu, ndipo atakaswe kutoka damu kwake. Hataruhusiwa kugusa kitu chochote kilicho kitakatifu au kuingia mahali patakatifu, mpaka siku za kutakaswa kwake zimetimia.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LEV.12.5" />Kama akimzaa mtoto wa kike, mwanamke huyo atakuwa najisi kwa majuma mawili, kama wakati wake wa hedhi. Kisha atasubiri kwa siku sitini na sita, ndipo atatakaswa kutoka damu kwake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="LEV.12.6" />“ ‘Siku zake za utakaso kwa ajili ya mwana au binti zitakapotimia, mwanamke huyo atamletea kuhani kwenye ingilio la Hema la Kukutania mwana-kondoo mwenye umri wa mwaka mmoja kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa, na kinda la njiwa au hua kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LEV.12.7" />Atavitoa mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> ili kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili yake, na kisha atakuwa safi kwa desturi ya ibada kutokana na kutokwa damu kwake.
</p>
<p style="p">“ ‘Haya ndiyo masharti kwa ajili ya mwanamke atakayezaa mtoto wa kiume au wa kike.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LEV.12.8" />Kama huyo mwanamke hana uwezo wa kumpata mwana-kondoo, ataleta hua wawili au makinda mawili ya njiwa, moja kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa na mwingine kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi. Kwa njia hii, kuhani atafanya upatanisho kwa ajili yake, naye atakuwa safi.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="13" />
<s style="s1">Masharti Kuhusu Magonjwa Ya Ngozi Yaambukizayo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LEV.13.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akawaambia Mose na Aroni,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LEV.13.2" />“Iwapo mtu yeyote atakuwa na uvimbe au upele au alama nyeupe juu ya ngozi yake ambayo yaweza kuwa ugonjwa wa ngozi wa kuambukiza,<f caller="+"><fr>13:2
</fr><ft>Ugonjwa wa ngozi wa kuambukiza, yaani ukoma, ni neno lililotumika kwa Kiebrania kueleza magonjwa mbalimbali ya ngozi ambayo si lazima yawe ni ukoma halisi.</ft></f> ni lazima aletwe kwa Aroni kuhani ama kwa wanawe, kuhani mmojawapo.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LEV.13.3" />Kuhani atachunguza hicho kidonda kilichopo juu ya ngozi yake, na kama nywele za mahali palipo na kidonda zimebadilika kuwa nyeupe, na ikiwa kidonda kimeingia ndani ya ngozi, basi ni ugonjwa wa ngozi wa kuambukiza, yaani ukoma. Kuhani atakapomchunguza, atamtangaza mtu huyo kuwa ni najisi kwa kawaida ya ibada.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LEV.13.4" />Kama alama juu ya ngozi yake ni nyeupe, lakini haionekani kuwa imeingia ndani zaidi ya ngozi, na nywele kwenye alama hiyo hazijageuka kuwa nyeupe, kuhani atamtenga mtu huyo mahali pa pekee kwa siku saba.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LEV.13.5" />Siku ya saba, kuhani atamchunguza, na kama hakuona badiliko kwenye kile kidonda na hakijaenea juu ya ngozi, atamtenga kwa siku nyingine saba.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LEV.13.6" />Siku ya saba kuhani atamchunguza tena, na kama kidonda kimepungua na hakijaenea juu ya ngozi, kuhani atamtangaza mtu huyo kuwa ni safi, ni upele tu. Ni lazima mtu huyo afue mavazi yake, naye atakuwa safi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LEV.13.7" />Lakini ikiwa ule upele utaenea juu ya ngozi yake baada ya yeye kujionyesha kwa kuhani na kutangazwa kuwa safi, ni lazima aende tena kwa kuhani.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LEV.13.8" />Kuhani atamchunguza, na kama upele umeenea kwenye ngozi, atamtangaza kuwa najisi, kwani ni ugonjwa wa ngozi wa kuambukiza, yaani ukoma.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="LEV.13.9" />“Wakati mtu yeyote ana ugonjwa wa ngozi wa kuambukiza, ni lazima aletwe kwa kuhani.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LEV.13.10" />Kuhani atamchunguza na kama kuna uvimbe mweupe juu ya ngozi ambao umefanya nywele kuwa nyeupe, na kama kuna nyama mbichi ndani ya uvimbe,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LEV.13.11" />ni ugonjwa sugu wa ngozi, na kuhani atamtangaza kuwa najisi. Hatamtenga tena kwa sababu ni najisi tayari.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="LEV.13.12" />“Ikiwa ugonjwa utakuwa umeenea kwenye ngozi yake yote kwa kadiri kuhani atakavyoweza kuona, kwamba umeenea kwenye ngozi yote ya huyo mgonjwa kutoka kichwani mpaka wayo,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="LEV.13.13" />kuhani atamchunguza, na kama ugonjwa umeenea mwili mzima, atamtangaza huyo mtu kuwa safi. Kwa kuwa mwili wote umekuwa mweupe, yeye ni safi.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="LEV.13.14" />Lakini itokeapo nyama mbichi kwenye ngozi yake, atakuwa najisi.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LEV.13.15" />Kuhani atakapoiona hiyo nyama mbichi, atamtangaza mtu huyo kuwa najisi. Hiyo nyama mbichi ni najisi, ana ugonjwa wa kuambukiza.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LEV.13.16" />Hiyo nyama mbichi ikigeuka na kuwa nyeupe, ni lazima amwendee kuhani.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LEV.13.17" />Kuhani atamchunguza, na kama vidonda vimekuwa vyeupe, kuhani atamtangaza mgonjwa huyo kuwa safi; kisha atakuwa safi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="LEV.13.18" />“Wakati mtu ana jipu juu ya ngozi yake nalo likapona,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="LEV.13.19" />napo mahali palipokuwa na jipu pakatokea uvimbe mweupe, au alama yenye wekundu na weupe, ni lazima akajionyeshe kwa kuhani.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="LEV.13.20" />Kuhani atapachunguza, na kama uvimbe umezama ndani ya ngozi, na nywele zimegeuka kuwa nyeupe, kuhani atamtangaza mtu huyo kuwa najisi. Ni ugonjwa wa ngozi wa kuambukiza uliojitokeza pale jipu lilipokuwa.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="LEV.13.21" />Lakini ikiwa wakati kuhani anapopachunguza pakawa hapana nywele nyeupe ndani yake, wala hakuna shimo bali pamepungua, basi kuhani atamtenga mtu huyo kwa siku saba.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="LEV.13.22" />Kama unaenea kwenye ngozi, kuhani atamtangaza kuwa najisi; ni ugonjwa wa ngozi wa kuambukiza.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="LEV.13.23" />Lakini ikiwa ile alama haijabadilika wala kuenea, ni kovu tu kutokana na jipu, kuhani atamtangaza kuwa safi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="LEV.13.24" />“Wakati mtu ameungua kwenye ngozi yake, pakatokea alama yenye wekundu na weupe, au alama nyeupe ikaonekana penye nyama mbichi pale palipoungua,
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="LEV.13.25" />kuhani ataichunguza ile alama, na kama nywele zilizoko juu yake zimegeuka kuwa nyeupe, napo pametokea shimo, basi huo ni ugonjwa wa ngozi wa kuambukiza ambao umetokea juu ya jeraha la moto. Kuhani atamtangaza kuwa najisi; ni ugonjwa wa ngozi wa kuambukiza.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="LEV.13.26" />Lakini kama kuhani akichunguza na kuona kwamba hakuna nywele nyeupe kwenye alama ile, wala hakuna shimo napo pameanza kupungua, basi kuhani atamtenga kwa siku saba.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="LEV.13.27" />Siku ya saba kuhani atamchunguza tena, na kama unaenea kwenye ngozi, kuhani atamtangaza kuwa najisi; ni ugonjwa wa ngozi wa kuambukiza.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="LEV.13.28" />Lakini, kama alama ile haikubadilika na wala haijaenea kwenye ngozi, napo pamepungua, ni uvimbe kutokana na jeraha la moto, na kuhani atamtangaza kuwa safi; ni kovu tu kutokana na kuungua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="LEV.13.29" />“Ikiwa mwanaume au mwanamke ana kidonda juu ya kichwa au juu ya kidevu,
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LEV.13.30" />kuhani atakichunguza kile kidonda, na kama ataona kuwa kimeingia ndani, na nywele zilizoko juu yake ni njano na nyembamba, kuhani atamtangaza mtu huyo kuwa najisi, kwani ni upele; ni ugonjwa wa ngozi wa kuambukiza wa kichwa au kidevu.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="LEV.13.31" />Lakini kama kuhani akichunguza aina hii ya kidonda, kionekane kuwa hakina shimo na hakuna nywele nyeusi juu yake, basi atamtenga mtu huyo kwa siku saba.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="LEV.13.32" />Siku ya saba kuhani atachunguza kidonda kile, na kama upele haujaenea, na hakuna nywele za manjano juu yake, wala hakuna shimo lolote,
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="LEV.13.33" />mtu huyo ni lazima anyolewe, isipokuwa mahali palipo na ugonjwa, naye kuhani atamtenga kwa siku nyingine saba.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="LEV.13.34" />Siku ya saba kuhani atachunguza tena ule upele; ikiwa haujaenea kwenye ngozi na hakuna shimo mahali pale, kuhani atamtangaza kuwa safi. Lazima afue nguo zake, naye atakuwa safi.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="LEV.13.35" />Lakini ikiwa upele utaenea juu ya ngozi baada ya kutangazwa kuwa safi,
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="LEV.13.36" />kuhani atamchunguza, na kama upele umeenea kwenye ngozi, kuhani hana haja ya kutazama kama kuna nywele za manjano, mtu huyo ni najisi.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="LEV.13.37" />Hata hivyo, katika uchunguzi wake akiona hapajabadilika, na nywele nyeusi zimeota juu yake, upele umepona. Yeye si najisi, kuhani atamtangaza kuwa safi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="LEV.13.38" />“Ikiwa mwanaume au mwanamke ana alama nyeupe juu ya ngozi yake,
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="LEV.13.39" />kuhani atamchunguza, na kama alama hizo zina weupe uliofifia, ni vipele visivyo na madhara vilivyojitokeza kwenye ngozi; mtu huyo ni safi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="LEV.13.40" />“Wakati mwanaume hana nywele naye ana upaa, yeye ni safi.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="LEV.13.41" />Ikiwa hana nywele kwenye ngozi ya kichwa chake, na ana upaa tangu kwenye paji, ni safi.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="LEV.13.42" />Lakini kama ana kidonda chenye wekundu na weupe kwenye kichwa chake chenye upaa, au kwenye paji la uso, ni ugonjwa wa ngozi wa kuambukiza unaojitokeza kichwani au kwenye paji lake la uso.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="LEV.13.43" />Kuhani atamchunguza, na kama kidonda kilichovimba juu ya kichwa chake au kwenye paji la uso ni chekundu au cheupe kama ugonjwa wa ngozi wa kuambukiza,
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="LEV.13.44" />mtu huyo ni mgonjwa, na ni najisi. Kuhani atamtangaza kuwa najisi kwa sababu ya kidonda kwenye kichwa chake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="45" bcv="LEV.13.45" />“Mtu mwenye ugonjwa kama huo wa kuambukiza ni lazima avae nguo zilizoraruka, awachilie nywele zake bila kuzichana, afunike sehemu ya chini ya uso wake, na apige kelele, ‘Najisi! Najisi!’
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="LEV.13.46" />Kwa muda wote atakaokuwa na ugonjwa huo wa kuambukiza atabaki kuwa najisi. Ni lazima aishi peke yake; ni lazima aishi nje ya kambi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Masharti Kuhusu Upele
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="47" bcv="LEV.13.47" />“Kama vazi lolote lina maambukizo ya upele: likiwa ni vazi la sufu au kitani,
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="LEV.13.48" />lolote lililofumwa au kusokotwa likiwa la kitani au la sufu, ngozi yoyote au chochote kilichotengenezwa kwa ngozi,
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="LEV.13.49" />tena kama maambukizo kwenye vazi, au ngozi, au lililofumwa au kusokotwa, au kifaa chochote cha ngozi, ni rangi ya kijani au nyekundu, huo ni upele unaoenea na ni lazima kuhani aonyeshwe.
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="LEV.13.50" />Kuhani atachunguza upele huo na kukitenga kifaa hicho kwa siku saba.
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="LEV.13.51" />Siku ya saba atakichunguza, na kama upele umeenea kwenye nguo, au kifaa kilichofumwa au kusokotwa, au ngozi, kwa vyovyote vile itumikavyo, ni upele uangamizao, kifaa hicho ni najisi.
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="LEV.13.52" />Ni lazima aichome hiyo nguo, ikiwa ni ya sufu ama kitani iliyofumwa ama kusokotwa, ama chombo chochote cha ngozi chenye maambukizo, kwa kuwa ni upele unaoangamiza; chombo chote ni lazima kichomwe moto.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="53" bcv="LEV.13.53" />“Lakini wakati kuhani atakapokichunguza na kuona kuwa ule upele haujaenea kwenye nguo iliyofumwa au kusokotwa, au vifaa vya ngozi,
<ve />
<v id="54" bcv="LEV.13.54" />ataagiza kwamba kifaa chenye maambukizo kisafishwe. Kisha atakitenga kwa siku saba.
<ve />
<v id="55" bcv="LEV.13.55" />Baada ya kifaa chenye maambukizo kusafishwa, kuhani atakichunguza, na kama upele haujaonyesha badiliko lolote, hata kama haujaenea, ni najisi. Kichome kwa moto, iwe upele umeenea upande mmoja au mwingine.
<ve />
<v id="56" bcv="LEV.13.56" />Kama kuhani ataona kuwa ile alama imefifia baada ya kuoshwa, basi atararua sehemu iliyo ambukizwa ya nguo au ngozi au kifaa kilichofumwa au kusokotwa.
<ve />
<v id="57" bcv="LEV.13.57" />Lakini kama ikijitokeza tena kwenye nguo au kitu kilichofumwa au kusokotwa, ama kifaa cha ngozi, kwamba ule upele unaenea, chochote chenye upele ni lazima kichomwe kwa moto.
<ve />
<v id="58" bcv="LEV.13.58" />Nguo, au kitu kilichofumwa au kusokotwa, au kifaa chochote cha ngozi ambacho kimesafishwa na kuondolewa upele, ni lazima kioshwe tena, nacho kitakuwa safi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="59" bcv="LEV.13.59" />Haya ni masharti kuhusu maambukizo ya upele kwenye mavazi ya sufu au kitani, yaliyofumwa ama kusokotwa, ama kifaa chochote cha ngozi, kwa ajili ya kuvitangaza kuwa safi au najisi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="14" />
<s style="s1">Kutakasa Kutoka Maambukizo Ya Magonjwa Ya Ngozi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LEV.14.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LEV.14.2" />“Haya ndiyo masharti yamhusuyo mtu mgonjwa wakati wa kufanyiwa ibada ya utakaso wakati aletwapo kwa kuhani:
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LEV.14.3" />Kuhani atakwenda kumchunguza nje ya kambi. Kama mtu huyo atakuwa amepona ugonjwa wake wa ngozi wa kuambukiza,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LEV.14.4" />kuhani ataagiza vitu vifuatavyo viletwe kwa ajili ya mtu atakayetakaswa: ndege wawili safi walio hai, mti wa mwerezi, kitani nyekundu, na hisopo.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LEV.14.5" />Kisha kuhani ataagiza kwamba mmoja wa ndege wale achinjwe kwenye chungu chenye maji safi.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LEV.14.6" />Kisha kuhani atamchukua ndege aliye hai na kumtumbukiza pamoja na mti wa mwerezi, kitani nyekundu na hisopo ndani ya damu ya yule ndege aliyechinjiwa kwenye maji safi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LEV.14.7" />Atamnyunyizia yule mwenye ugonjwa wa kuambukiza maji hayo mara saba, na kumtangaza kuwa safi. Kisha atamwachia yule ndege aliye hai aende zake kwenye mashamba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="LEV.14.8" />“Huyo mtu atakayetakaswa ni lazima afue nguo zake, anyoe nywele zake zote, na aoge kwa maji; ndipo atakapokuwa safi kwa desturi ya ibada. Baada ya hili anaweza kuingia kambini, lakini ni lazima akae nje ya hema lake kwa siku saba.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="LEV.14.9" />Siku ya saba ni lazima anyoe nywele zake zote; yaani anyoe nywele za kichwa, ndevu zake, kope zake na nywele nyingine zote. Ni lazima afue nguo zake, na aoge kwa maji, naye atakuwa safi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="LEV.14.10" />“Siku ya nane, ni lazima alete kondoo dume wawili na kondoo jike mmoja, wote wa mwaka mmoja na wasio na dosari, pamoja na sehemu tatu za kumi za efa<f caller="+"><fr>14:10
</fr><ft>Sehemu tatu za kumi za efa ni sawa na kilo 3.</ft></f> za unga laini uliochanganywa na mafuta, kwa ajili ya sadaka ya nafaka, na logi moja<f caller="+"><fr>14:10
</fr><ft>Logi ni kipimo cha ujazo ambacho ni sawa na lita 0.3.</ft></f> ya mafuta.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LEV.14.11" />Kuhani atakayemtangaza kuwa safi atahitaji kumkabidhi mgonjwa aliyepona pamoja na sadaka zake zote mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> katika ingilio la Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="LEV.14.12" />“Kisha kuhani atamchukua mmoja wa wale kondoo dume na kumtoa kuwa sadaka ya hatia, pamoja na ile logi moja ya mafuta; ataviinua mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuwa sadaka ya kuinuliwa.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="LEV.14.13" />Atamchinja huyo kondoo katika mahali patakatifu ambapo sadaka ya dhambi na ile ya kuteketezwa huchinjiwa. Kama ilivyo sadaka ya dhambi, sadaka ya hatia ni ya kuhani; nayo ni takatifu sana.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="LEV.14.14" />Kuhani atachukua sehemu ya damu ya sadaka ya hatia na kuitia kwenye ncha ya sikio la kuume la yule atakayetakaswa, kwenye kidole gumba cha mkono wake wa kuume, na kidole kikubwa cha mguu wake wa kuume.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LEV.14.15" />Kuhani atachukua sehemu ya ile logi ya mafuta, ayamimine kwenye kiganja cha mkono wake mwenyewe wa kushoto,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LEV.14.16" />na achovye kidole chake cha shahada cha mkono wake wa kuume kwenye mafuta yaliyoko kwenye kiganja chake, na kwa kidole hicho anyunyize mafuta hayo mara saba mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LEV.14.17" />Kuhani atampaka yule anayetakaswa sehemu ya mafuta yaliyobaki kiganjani kwenye ncha ya sikio lake la kuume, kwenye kidole gumba cha mkono wake wa kuume, na kidole kikubwa cha mguu wake wa kuume, mahali palepale alipompaka damu ya sadaka ya kuondoa hatia.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="LEV.14.18" />Kuhani atayapaka mafuta yaliyobaki kwenye kiganja chake juu ya kichwa cha yule anayetakaswa, na kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili yake mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="LEV.14.19" />“Kisha kuhani atatoa dhabihu ya sadaka ya dhambi na kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili ya yule atakayetakaswa kutoka unajisi wake. Baada ya hayo, kuhani atachinja sadaka ya kuteketezwa
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="LEV.14.20" />na kuitoa juu ya madhabahu, pamoja na sadaka ya nafaka ili kumfanyia upatanisho, naye atakuwa safi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="LEV.14.21" />“Hata hivyo, kama ni maskini na hawezi kupata vitu hivi, lazima achukue mwana-kondoo mmoja kama sadaka ya hatia ipate kuinuliwa ili kumfanyia upatanisho, pamoja na sehemu ya kumi ya efa<f caller="+"><fr>14:21
</fr><ft>Sehemu ya kumi ya efa ni sawa na lita 2.</ft></f> ya unga laini uliochanganywa na logi moja ya mafuta kwa ajili ya sadaka ya nafaka,
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="LEV.14.22" />na hua wawili au makinda mawili ya njiwa, kile atakachoweza kupata, mmoja kwa sadaka ya dhambi, na mwingine kwa sadaka ya kuteketezwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="LEV.14.23" />“Katika siku ya nane, lazima avilete vitu hivyo kwa kuhani, kwa ajili ya kutakaswa kwake kwenye ingilio la Hema la Kukutania mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="LEV.14.24" />Kuhani atamchukua mwana-kondoo kwa ajili ya sadaka ya hatia, pamoja na ile logi ya mafuta ya kuinuliwa mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuwa sadaka ya kuinuliwa.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="LEV.14.25" />Atamchinja huyo mwana-kondoo kwa ajili ya sadaka ya hatia. Pia ataichukua sehemu ya damu yake na kuipaka kwenye ncha ya sikio la kuume la yule anayetakaswa, na aipake pia kwenye kidole gumba cha mkono wa kuume wa huyo mtu, na kidole kikubwa cha mguu wake wa kuume.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="LEV.14.26" />Kuhani atamiminia sehemu ya mafuta kwenye kiganja chake cha mkono wa kushoto,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="LEV.14.27" />na kwa kidole chake cha shahada cha mkono wa kuume, atamnyunyizia yule anayetakaswa yale mafuta yaliyo kwenye kiganja chake mara saba mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="LEV.14.28" />Atampaka mafuta yaliyobaki kwenye kiganja chake katika sehemu zote, kama alivyompaka damu ya sadaka ya hatia: yaani, kwenye ncha ya sikio la kuume la yule anayetakaswa, kwenye kidole gumba cha mkono wake wa kuume, na kidole kikubwa cha mguu wake wa kuume.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="LEV.14.29" />Kuhani atayapaka mafuta yaliyobaki katika kiganja chake kwenye kichwa cha yule anayetakaswa, na kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili yake mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LEV.14.30" />Kisha atatoa dhabihu wale hua ama yale makinda ya njiwa ambayo mtu ataweza kuwapata,
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="LEV.14.31" />mmoja kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi, na mwingine kuwa sadaka ya kuteketezwa, pamoja na sadaka ya nafaka. Kwa njia hii kuhani atafanya upatanisho mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa ajili ya yule anayetakaswa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="LEV.14.32" />Haya ndiyo masharti kwa mtu yeyote mwenye ugonjwa wa ngozi wa kuambukiza, na ambaye hana uwezo wa kutoa sadaka za kawaida kwa ajili ya kutakaswa kwake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kutakaswa Upele
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="LEV.14.33" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akawaambia Mose na Aroni,
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="LEV.14.34" />“Mtakapoingia katika nchi ya Kanaani ambayo ninawapa kuwa milki yenu, nami nikaweka upele ueneao kwenye nyumba katika nchi ile,
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="LEV.14.35" />ni lazima mwenye nyumba hiyo akamwambie kuhani, ‘Nimeona kitu fulani kinachofanana na upele kwenye nyumba yangu.’
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="LEV.14.36" />Kuhani ataagiza vitu vyote vitolewe ndani ya nyumba, kabla hajaenda kuchunguza kama ina ugonjwa huo, ili kitu chochote ndani ya nyumba kisitangazwe kuwa najisi. Baada ya hili, kuhani ataingia ndani na kuikagua hiyo nyumba.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="LEV.14.37" />Atachunguza upele huo katika kuta za nyumba hiyo, nazo kama zina rangi ya kijani kibichi au wekundu, na kuna mibonyeo ndani ya ukuta,
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="LEV.14.38" />kuhani atatoka na kufunga mlango wa nyumba hiyo kwa siku saba.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="LEV.14.39" />Siku ya saba, kuhani atarudi kuikagua nyumba. Kama upele umeenea juu ya kuta,
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="LEV.14.40" />ataagiza kwamba mawe yote yaliyoambukizwa yaondolewe na kutupwa katika eneo lililo najisi nje ya mji.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="LEV.14.41" />Kuta zote za ndani ya nyumba hiyo ni lazima zikwanguliwe, na kifusi chake kitupwe mahali najisi nje ya mji.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="LEV.14.42" />Kisha watachukua mawe mengine na kujenga palipobomolewa kwa udongo mpya wa mfinyanzi, na kuipiga nyumba hiyo lipu mpya.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="43" bcv="LEV.14.43" />“Ikiwa upele huo utatokea tena ndani ya ile nyumba baada ya mawe kuondolewa na nyumba kukwanguliwa na kuwekwa lipu mpya,
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="LEV.14.44" />kuhani atakwenda kuikagua, na kama upele umeenea ndani ya nyumba, basi ni upele uharibuo; nyumba hiyo ni najisi.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="LEV.14.45" />Ni lazima ibomolewe: mawe yake, mbao na lipu yake, vyote vikatupwe nje ya mji mahali palipo najisi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="46" bcv="LEV.14.46" />“Yeyote atakayeingia katika nyumba hiyo ikiwa imefungwa, atakuwa najisi mpaka jioni.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="LEV.14.47" />Yeyote atakayelala au kula ndani ya nyumba hiyo ni lazima afue nguo zake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="48" bcv="LEV.14.48" />“Lakini ikiwa kuhani atakuja kuikagua na kukuta kuwa upele haujaenea tena baada ya nyumba kupigwa lipu, ataitangaza nyumba ile kuwa safi, kwa sababu upele umekwisha.
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="LEV.14.49" />Ili kuitakasa nyumba hiyo, mwenye nyumba ataleta ndege wawili, mti wa mwerezi, kitani nyekundu na hisopo.
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="LEV.14.50" />Atamchinja mmoja wa wale ndege kwenye chungu chenye maji safi.
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="LEV.14.51" />Kisha atachukua mti wa mwerezi, hisopo, kitani nyekundu na ndege aliye hai, na kuvitumbukiza ndani ya damu ya ndege aliyechinjwa pamoja na maji safi, na kuinyunyizia nyumba ile mara saba.
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="LEV.14.52" />Ataitakasa nyumba kwa damu ya yule ndege, maji safi, ndege aliye hai, mti wa mwerezi, hisopo na kitani nyekundu.
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="LEV.14.53" />Kisha atamwachia yule ndege aliye hai huru mashambani nje ya mji. Kwa njia hii atafanya upatanisho kwa ajili ya nyumba ile, nayo itakuwa safi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="54" bcv="LEV.14.54" />Haya ndiyo masharti kuhusu aina yoyote ya ugonjwa wa ngozi wa kuambukiza, mwasho wowote,
<ve />
<v id="55" bcv="LEV.14.55" />upele ndani ya nguo au ndani ya nyumba,
<ve />
<v id="56" bcv="LEV.14.56" />kwa uvimbe, vipele au kipaku kingʼaacho,
<ve />
<v id="57" bcv="LEV.14.57" />kupambanua wakati kitu fulani ni safi au najisi.
</p>
<p style="p">Haya ndiyo masharti kuhusu magonjwa ya ngozi ya kuambukiza na upele.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="15" />
<s style="s1">Kutokwa Na Umajimaji Usababishao Unajisi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LEV.15.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akawaambia Mose na Aroni,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LEV.15.2" />“Semeni na Waisraeli mwaambie: ‘Wakati mtu yeyote anapotokwa na usaha mwilini, usaha huo ni najisi.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LEV.15.3" />Iwe unaendelea kutiririka kutoka mwilini mwake au umeziba, utamfanya kuwa najisi. Hivi ndivyo usaha wake utakavyomletea unajisi:
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="LEV.15.4" />“ ‘Kitanda chochote atakacholalia mtu mwenye kutokwa na usaha kitakuwa najisi, na chochote atakachokalia kitakuwa najisi.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LEV.15.5" />Yeyote atakayegusa kitanda chake ni lazima afue nguo zake na aoge kwa maji, naye atakuwa najisi mpaka jioni.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LEV.15.6" />Yeyote atakayeketi juu ya kitu chochote alichokalia mwenye kutokwa na usaha, ni lazima afue nguo zake, na aoge kwa maji, naye atakuwa najisi mpaka jioni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="LEV.15.7" />“ ‘Yeyote atakayemgusa mtu mwenye kutokwa na usaha, ni lazima afue nguo zake na aoge kwa maji, naye atakuwa najisi mpaka jioni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="LEV.15.8" />“ ‘Ikiwa mtu mwenye kutokwa na usaha atamtemea mate mtu yeyote ambaye ni safi, mtu huyo ni lazima afue nguo zake na aoge kwa maji, naye atakuwa najisi mpaka jioni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="LEV.15.9" />“ ‘Kila tandiko ambalo mtu huyo atalikalia wakati wa kupanda mnyama litakuwa najisi,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LEV.15.10" />na yeyote atakayegusa kitu chochote alichokuwa amekalia atakuwa najisi mpaka jioni. Yeyote atakayeinua vitu hivyo ni lazima afue nguo zake na aoge kwa maji, naye atakuwa najisi mpaka jioni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="LEV.15.11" />“ ‘Yeyote atakayeguswa na mtu anayetokwa na usaha bila kunawa mikono yake kwa maji, ni lazima afue nguo zake na aoge kwa maji, naye atakuwa najisi mpaka jioni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="LEV.15.12" />“ ‘Chungu cha udongo kitakachoguswa na mtu huyo ni lazima kivunjwe, na kifaa chochote cha mbao kitaoshwa kwa maji.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="LEV.15.13" />“ ‘Wakati mtu atakapotakasika kutoka usaha wake, anapaswa kuhesabu siku saba kwa utakaso wake. Ni lazima afue nguo zake na aoge kwa maji safi, naye atatakasika.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="LEV.15.14" />Siku ya nane, atachukua hua wawili au makinda mawili ya njiwa, aje mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwenye ingilio la Hema la Kukutania, na kumpa kuhani.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LEV.15.15" />Kuhani atavitoa dhabihu, mmoja kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi na huyo mwingine kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa. Kwa njia hii atafanya upatanisho mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa ajili ya huyo mtu kwa sababu ya kutokwa usaha kwake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="LEV.15.16" />“ ‘Wakati mtu akitokwa na shahawa, ni lazima aoge mwili mzima kwa maji, na atakuwa najisi mpaka jioni.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LEV.15.17" />Vazi lolote ama ngozi yoyote yenye shahawa juu yake ni lazima ioshwe kwa maji, na itakuwa najisi mpaka jioni.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="LEV.15.18" />Ikiwa mtu atalala na mwanamke, na kukawa na kutoka kwa shahawa, ni lazima wote waoge kwa maji, nao watakuwa najisi mpaka jioni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="LEV.15.19" />“ ‘Ikiwa mwanamke atatokwa na damu ya kawaida ya mwezi, atakuwa najisi kwa siku saba, na yeyote atakayemgusa atakuwa najisi mpaka jioni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="LEV.15.20" />“ ‘Chochote atakacholalia wakati wake wa hedhi kitakuwa najisi, na chochote atakachokikalia kitakuwa najisi.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="LEV.15.21" />Yeyote atakayegusa kitanda chake ni lazima afue nguo zake na aoge kwa maji, naye atakuwa najisi mpaka jioni.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="LEV.15.22" />Yeyote atakayegusa chochote atakachokalia ni lazima afue nguo zake na aoge kwa maji, naye atakuwa najisi mpaka jioni.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="LEV.15.23" />Kiwe ni kitanda ama chochote alichokuwa amekikalia, ikiwa mtu yeyote atakigusa, atakuwa najisi mpaka jioni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="LEV.15.24" />“ ‘Ikiwa mwanaume atalala naye na ile damu ya mwezi ikamgusa, atakuwa najisi kwa siku saba; kitanda chochote atakachokilalia huyo mwanaume kitakuwa najisi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="LEV.15.25" />“ ‘Ikiwa mwanamke atatokwa na damu kwa siku nyingi zaidi ya siku zake za mwezi, au amekuwa na damu inayoendelea zaidi ya kipindi chake, atakuwa najisi kwa kipindi chote cha shida hiyo, kama ilivyokuwa katika siku za hedhi yake.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="LEV.15.26" />Kitanda chochote atakachokilalia huyo mwanamke wakati anaendelea kutokwa na damu kitakuwa najisi, kama kilivyokuwa kitanda chake wakati wa siku zake za hedhi, na chochote atakachokalia kitakuwa najisi, kama wakati wake wa hedhi.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="LEV.15.27" />Yeyote agusaye vitu hivyo atakuwa najisi; ni lazima afue nguo zake na kuoga kwa maji, naye atakuwa najisi mpaka jioni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="LEV.15.28" />“ ‘Wakati atakapotakasika kutoka hedhi yake, ni lazima ahesabu siku saba, na baada ya hapo atakuwa safi kwa kawaida ya ibada.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="LEV.15.29" />Siku ya nane ni lazima achukue hua wawili au makinda mawili ya njiwa, na kumletea kuhani kwenye mlango wa Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LEV.15.30" />Kuhani atatoa dhabihu, mmoja kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi, na huyo mwingine kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa. Kwa njia hii, atafanya upatanisho kwa ajili yake mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa sababu ya unajisi wa kutokwa damu kwake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="LEV.15.31" />“ ‘Ni lazima uwatenge Waisraeli kutokana na vitu ambavyo vinawafanya najisi, ili wasife katika unajisi wao kwa kunajisi makao yangu,<f caller="+"><fr>15:31
</fr><ft>Yaani
</ft><fqa>maskani ya Mungu</fqa><ft>.
</ft></f> ambayo yapo katikati yao.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="LEV.15.32" />Haya ni masharti kwa ajili ya mtu mwenye kutokwa na usaha, kwa ajili ya yeyote atakayetokwa na shahawa,
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="LEV.15.33" />kwa ajili ya mwanamke katika siku zake za hedhi, kwa ajili ya mwanaume au mwanamke atokwaye na usaha, na kwa ajili ya mwanaume alalaye na mwanamke ambaye ni najisi kwa kawaida ya ibada.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="16" />
<s style="s1">Siku Ya Upatanisho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LEV.16.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akasema na Mose baada ya kifo cha wale wana wawili wa Aroni waliokufa walipokaribia mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LEV.16.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose: “Mwambie ndugu yako Aroni asije wakati wowote atakavyo yeye ndani ya Patakatifu pa Patakatifu, nyuma ya pazia pale mbele ya kiti cha rehema kile kilichoko juu ya Sanduku la Agano, la sivyo atakufa, kwa sababu huwa ninatokea ndani ya wingu juu ya kile kiti cha rehema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="LEV.16.3" />“Hivi ndivyo Aroni atakavyoingia katika mahali patakatifu: atachukua fahali mchanga kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi, na kondoo dume kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LEV.16.4" />Atavaa koti takatifu la kitani, pamoja na nguo za ndani za kitani; atafunga mshipi wa kitani kiunoni, na kuvaa kilemba cha kitani. Haya ni mavazi matakatifu, kwa hiyo ni lazima aoge kwa maji kabla ya kuyavaa mavazi hayo.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LEV.16.5" />Atachukua mbuzi dume wawili kutoka kwa jumuiya ya Israeli kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi, na kondoo dume kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="LEV.16.6" />“Aroni atamtoa huyo fahali kwa ajili ya sadaka yake ya dhambi ili afanye upatanisho kwa ajili yake mwenyewe na nyumba yake.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LEV.16.7" />Kisha atawachukua wale mbuzi dume wawili na kuwaleta mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwenye ingilio la Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LEV.16.8" />Aroni atapiga kura kwa ajili ya hao mbuzi wawili, mmoja kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> na mwingine kwa ajili ya kubebeshwa dhambi.<f caller="+"><fr>16:8
</fr><ft>Yaani
</ft><fqa>Azazeli</fqa><ft>, maana yake
</ft><fqa>mbuzi wa ondoleo la dhambi</fqa><ft>; pia ms. 10, 26.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="LEV.16.9" />Aroni atamleta yule mbuzi ambaye kura ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> imemwangukia na kumtoa dhabihu kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LEV.16.10" />Lakini mbuzi aliyechaguliwa kwa kura kuwa wa kubebeshwa dhambi atatolewa akiwa hai mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, atumike kwa kufanya upatanisho kwa kumwacha aende jangwani akiwa amebebeshwa dhambi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="LEV.16.11" />“Aroni atamleta yule fahali kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi yake mwenyewe, ili kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili yake na nyumba yake, naye atamchinja huyo fahali kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LEV.16.12" />Atachukua chetezo kilichojaa makaa yanayowaka kutoka madhabahuni mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na konzi mbili za uvumba laini uliosagwa vizuri wenye harufu, na kuvipeleka nyuma ya pazia.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="LEV.16.13" />Ataweka uvumba juu ya moto mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na moshi wa uvumba utafunika kile kiti cha rehema kilicho juu ya Ushuhuda, ili asife.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="LEV.16.14" />Atachukua sehemu ya damu ya fahali, na kwa kidole chake atanyunyiza sehemu ya mbele ya kiti cha rehema; kisha atanyunyiza sehemu ya hiyo damu kwa kidole chake mara saba mbele ya kiti cha rehema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="LEV.16.15" />“Kisha atamchinja mbuzi wa sadaka ya dhambi kwa ajili ya watu, na kuichukua damu yake nyuma ya pazia, na aifanyie kama alivyofanya kwa damu ya fahali: Atanyunyiza juu ya kiti cha rehema na mbele yake.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LEV.16.16" />Kwa njia hii atafanya upatanisho kwa ajili ya Patakatifu pa Patakatifu kwa sababu ya unajisi na uasi wa Waisraeli, kwa dhambi zao zozote. Atafanya hivyo kwa ajili ya Hema la Kukutania, ambalo liko miongoni mwao katikati ya unajisi wao.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LEV.16.17" />Mtu yeyote haruhusiwi kuwa ndani ya Hema la Kukutania, kuanzia wakati Aroni anapoingia kufanya upatanisho katika Patakatifu pa Patakatifu, hadi atakapotoka nje, baada ya kujifanyia upatanisho yeye mwenyewe na nyumba yake, pamoja na jumuiya yote ya Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="LEV.16.18" />“Kisha atatoka aje kwenye madhabahu yaliyo mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili yake. Atachukua sehemu ya damu ya fahali na sehemu ya damu ya mbuzi, na kuiweka kwenye pembe za madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="LEV.16.19" />Atanyunyiza baadhi ya hiyo damu juu ya madhabahu kwa kidole chake mara saba, ili kuitakasa na kuiweka wakfu kutokana na unajisi wa Waisraeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="LEV.16.20" />“Aroni atakapokuwa amemaliza kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili ya Patakatifu pa Patakatifu, Hema la Kukutania na madhabahu, atamleta mbele yule mbuzi aliye hai.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="LEV.16.21" />Aroni ataweka mikono yake miwili juu ya kichwa cha mbuzi aliye hai na kuungama juu yake uovu wote na uasi wa Waisraeli, yaani dhambi zao zote, ili kuziweka juu ya kichwa cha huyo mbuzi. Atamwachia huyo mbuzi akimbilie jangwani kwa uangalizi wa mtu aliyepewa wajibu huo.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="LEV.16.22" />Yule mbuzi atachukua juu yake dhambi zao zote mpaka mahali pasipo na watu; naye yule mtu atamwachia akimbilie jangwani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="LEV.16.23" />“Kisha Aroni ataenda ndani ya Hema la Kukutania na kuvua yale mavazi ya kitani aliyoyavaa kabla ya kuingia katika Patakatifu pa Patakatifu, naye atayaacha pale.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="LEV.16.24" />Ataoga kwa maji katika mahali patakatifu na kuvaa mavazi yake ya kawaida. Kisha atatoka na kutoa dhabihu ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa kwa ajili yake na sadaka ya kuteketezwa kwa ajili ya watu, ili kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili yake mwenyewe, na kwa ajili ya watu.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="LEV.16.25" />Pia atachoma mafuta ya mnyama wa sadaka ya dhambi juu ya madhabahu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="LEV.16.26" />“Yule mtu anayemwachia yule mbuzi wa kubebeshwa dhambi ni lazima afue nguo zake na kuoga kwa maji; baadaye anaweza kuingia kambini.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="LEV.16.27" />Yule fahali na mbuzi waliotolewa kwa ajili ya sadaka za dhambi, ambao damu yao ilikuwa imeletwa Patakatifu pa Patakatifu kwa ajili ya kufanya upatanisho, ni lazima watolewe nje ya kambi. Ngozi zao, nyama, na matumbo pamoja na mavi vitateketezwa kwa moto.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="LEV.16.28" />Mtu atakayevichoma ni lazima afue nguo zake na aoge kwa maji; baadaye ataweza kuingia kambini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="LEV.16.29" />“Hili litakuwa agizo la kudumu kwa ajili yenu: Katika siku ya kumi ya mwezi wa saba ni lazima mfunge, wala msifanye kazi yoyote, iwe mzawa au mgeni anayeishi miongoni mwenu,
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LEV.16.30" />kwa sababu siku hii upatanisho utafanyika kwa ajili yenu ili kuwatakasa. Kisha mtakuwa safi mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kutokana na dhambi zenu zote.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="LEV.16.31" />Ni Sabato ya mapumziko, na lazima mfunge; ni agizo la kudumu.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="LEV.16.32" />Kuhani ambaye ametiwa mafuta na kuwekwa wakfu ili kuingia mahali pa baba yake kama kuhani mkuu atafanya upatanisho. Atavaa mavazi matakatifu ya kitani,
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="LEV.16.33" />na kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili ya Patakatifu pa Patakatifu, Hema la Kukutania na madhabahu, na pia kwa ajili ya makuhani, pamoja na jumuiya yote ya watu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="LEV.16.34" />“Hili litakuwa agizo la kudumu kwa ajili yenu: Upatanisho utafanywa mara moja tu kwa mwaka kwa ajili ya dhambi zote za Waisraeli.”
</p>
<p style="p">Ndivyo ilivyofanyika, kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwamuru Mose.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="17" />
<s style="s1">Kunywa Damu Kumekatazwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LEV.17.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LEV.17.2" />“Sema na Aroni na wanawe, pamoja na Waisraeli wote, uwaambie: ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliloagiza:
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LEV.17.3" />Mwisraeli yeyote atakayetoa dhabihu ya maksai, mwana-kondoo au mbuzi ndani ya kambi au nje yake,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LEV.17.4" />badala ya kuileta kwenye ingilio la Hema la Kukutania ili kuileta kama sadaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> mbele ya Maskani ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mtu huyo atahesabiwa kuwa na hatia ya kumwaga damu; ni lazima akatiliwe mbali na watu wake.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LEV.17.5" />Hii ni ili Waisraeli wamletee
<nd>Bwana</nd> dhabihu wanazozifanya sasa mahali pa wazi mashambani. Ni lazima wazilete kwa makuhani, yaani kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, katika ingilio la Hema la Kukutania, na kutoa dhabihu kama sadaka za amani.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LEV.17.6" />Kuhani atanyunyiza damu kwenye madhabahu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> katika ingilio la Hema la Kukutania, na kuyateketeza mafuta ya hiyo dhabihu kuwa harufu nzuri ya kumpendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LEV.17.7" />Hawatatoa kamwe dhabihu zao kwa sanamu za mbuzi ambazo wamekuwa wakijifanyia nazo ukahaba. Hili litakuwa agizo la kudumu kwao na kwa ajili ya vizazi vijavyo.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="LEV.17.8" />“Waambie: ‘Mwisraeli yeyote au mgeni yeyote anayeishi miongoni mwao atakayetoa sadaka ya kuteketezwa au dhabihu
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="LEV.17.9" />bila kuileta kwenye ingilio la Hema la Kukutania ili kutoa dhabihu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mtu huyo ni lazima akatiliwe mbali na watu wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="LEV.17.10" />“ ‘Mwisraeli yeyote au mgeni anayeishi miongoni mwao ambaye atakunywa damu yoyote, nitakuwa kinyume cha mtu huyo atakayekunywa damu na kumkatilia mbali na watu wake.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LEV.17.11" />Kwa kuwa uhai wa kiumbe uko ndani ya damu, nami nimewapa hiyo damu ili mfanyie upatanisho kwa ajili yenu wenyewe juu ya madhabahu; damu ndiyo ifanyayo upatanisho kwa ajili ya maisha ya mtu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LEV.17.12" />Kwa hiyo, ninawaambia Waisraeli, “Hakuna hata mmoja wenu anayeruhusiwa kunywa damu, wala mgeni anayeishi miongoni mwenu haruhusiwi kunywa damu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="LEV.17.13" />“ ‘Mwisraeli yeyote au mgeni anayeishi miongoni mwenu ambaye atamwinda mnyama au ndege anayeruhusiwa kuliwa ni lazima aimwage damu na kuifunika kwa udongo,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="LEV.17.14" />kwa sababu uhai wa kila kiumbe ni katika damu yake. Ndiyo sababu nimewaambia Waisraeli, “Kamwe msinywe damu ya kiumbe chochote, kwa sababu uhai wa kila kiumbe ni katika damu yake; yeyote atakayekunywa damu ni lazima akatiliwe mbali.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="LEV.17.15" />“ ‘Mtu yeyote, awe mzawa au mgeni, ambaye atakula mzoga wa kitu chochote ama kilichouawa na wanyama mwitu ni lazima afue nguo zake na aoge kwa maji, naye atakuwa najisi kwa kawaida ya ibada mpaka jioni, kisha atakuwa safi.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LEV.17.16" />Lakini kama hakufua nguo zake na kuoga, atakuwa na hatia kwa kosa hilo.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="18" />
<s style="s1">Uhusiano Wa Kukutana Kimwili Kinyume Cha Sheria
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LEV.18.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LEV.18.2" />“Sema na Waisraeli uwaambie: ‘Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LEV.18.3" />Msifanye kama wafanyavyo huko Misri, mahali mlipokuwa mnaishi, wala msifanye kama wanavyofanya katika nchi ya Kanaani, mahali ninapowapeleka. Msifuate matendo yao.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LEV.18.4" />Ni lazima mzitii sheria zangu, na mwe waangalifu kuzifuata amri zangu. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LEV.18.5" />Zishikeni amri zangu na sheria zangu, kwa maana mtu anayezitii ataishi kwa hizo. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="LEV.18.6" />“ ‘Hakuna mtu awaye yote atakayemsogelea ndugu wa karibu ili kukutana naye kimwili. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="LEV.18.7" />“ ‘Usimvunjie heshima baba yako kwa kukutana kimwili na mama yako. Yeye ni mama yako; usiwe na mahusiano kama hayo naye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="LEV.18.8" />“ ‘Usikutane kimwili na mke wa baba yako; hiyo itamvunjia heshima baba yako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="LEV.18.9" />“ ‘Usikutane kimwili na dada yako, wala binti wa baba yako, au binti wa mama yako, awe amezaliwa katika nyumba hiyo au mahali pengine.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="LEV.18.10" />“ ‘Usikutane kimwili na binti wa mwanao ama binti wa binti yako; utajivunjia heshima.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="LEV.18.11" />“ ‘Usikutane kimwili na binti wa mke wa baba yako, aliyezaliwa na baba yako; huyo ni dada yako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="LEV.18.12" />“ ‘Usikutane kimwili na dada wa baba yako; ni ndugu wa karibu wa baba yako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="LEV.18.13" />“ ‘Usikutane kimwili na dada wa mama yako, kwa sababu ni ndugu wa mama yako wa karibu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="LEV.18.14" />“ ‘Usimvunjie heshima ndugu wa baba yako, kwa kukutana kimwili na mke wake; yeye ni shangazi yako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="LEV.18.15" />“ ‘Usikutane kimwili na mkwe wako, yeye ni mke wa mwanao; usiwe na mahusiano kama hayo naye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="LEV.18.16" />“ ‘Usikutane kimwili na mke wa kaka yako; utamvunjia heshima kaka yako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="LEV.18.17" />“ ‘Usikutane kimwili na mwanamke kisha na binti yake. Usikutane kimwili na binti wa mwanawe au binti wa binti yake; hao ni ndugu zake wa karibu. Huo ni uovu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="LEV.18.18" />“ ‘Usimchukue dada wa mke wako kuwa mke mwenza, na kukutana naye kimwili wakati bado mke wako anaishi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="LEV.18.19" />“ ‘Usimsogelee mwanamke ili kukutana naye kimwili wakati wa unajisi wa siku zake za mwezi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="LEV.18.20" />“ ‘Usikutane kimwili na mke wa jirani yako na kujitia naye unajisi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="LEV.18.21" />“ ‘Usimtoe mtoto wako yeyote awe kafara kwa mungu Moleki, kwani hutalinajisi kamwe jina la Mungu wako. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="LEV.18.22" />“ ‘Usikutane kimwili na mwanaume kama mtu akutanaye na mwanamke; hilo ni chukizo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="LEV.18.23" />“ ‘Usikutane kimwili na mnyama na kujitia unajisi kwake. Mwanamke asijipeleke kwa mnyama ili kukutana naye kimwili; huo ni upotovu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="LEV.18.24" />“ ‘Msijitie unajisi kwa njia yoyote katika hizi, kwa sababu hivi ndivyo mataifa nitakayoyafukuza mbele yenu yalivyojitia unajisi.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="LEV.18.25" />Hata nchi ilitiwa unajisi, hivyo nikaiadhibu kwa dhambi zake, nayo nchi ikawatapika wakazi wake.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="LEV.18.26" />Lakini ni lazima uzitunze amri zangu na sheria zangu. Mzawa na wageni waishio miongoni mwenu kamwe wasifanye mambo yoyote ya machukizo haya,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="LEV.18.27" />kwa kuwa mambo haya yote yalifanywa na watu walioishi katika nchi hii kabla yenu, na nchi ikawa najisi.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="LEV.18.28" />Kama mkiinajisi nchi, itawatapika kama ilivyowatapika mataifa yaliyowatangulia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="LEV.18.29" />“ ‘Kila mtu atakayefanya mojawapo ya machukizo haya, watu hao ni lazima wakatiliwe mbali na watu wao.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LEV.18.30" />Shikeni maagizo yangu, wala msifuate desturi za machukizo yoyote yaliyofanywa kabla hamjafika katika nchi hii, na kujitia unajisi kwa hayo. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="19" />
<s style="s1">Sheria Mbalimbali
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LEV.19.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LEV.19.2" />“Sema na kusanyiko lote la Israeli na uwaambie: ‘Kuweni watakatifu, kwa kuwa mimi,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, ni mtakatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="LEV.19.3" />“ ‘Kila mmoja wenu ni lazima amheshimu mama yake na baba yake, na pia ni lazima kuzishika Sabato zangu. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="LEV.19.4" />“ ‘Msiabudu sanamu, wala msijitengenezee miungu ya shaba. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="LEV.19.5" />“ ‘Mnapotoa dhabihu ya sadaka ya amani kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, toeni kwa namna ambayo itakubaliwa kwa niaba yenu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LEV.19.6" />Sadaka hiyo italiwa siku iyo hiyo mnayoitoa, au kesho yake; chochote kitakachobaki hadi siku ya tatu lazima kiteketezwe kwa moto.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LEV.19.7" />Kama sehemu yoyote ya sadaka hiyo italiwa siku ya tatu, itakuwa si safi, nayo haitakubaliwa.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LEV.19.8" />Yeyote atakayekula atawajibishwa, kwa sababu amenajisi kitu kilicho kitakatifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>; mtu huyo lazima akatiliwe mbali na watu wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="LEV.19.9" />“ ‘Wakati uvunapo mavuno ya nchi yako, usivune hadi kwenye mipaka ya shamba lako, wala usikusanye mabaki ya mavuno yako.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LEV.19.10" />Usirudi mara ya pili katika shamba lako la mizabibu, wala usiokote zabibu zilizoanguka chini. Ziache kwa ajili ya maskini na mgeni. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="LEV.19.11" />“ ‘Usiibe.
</p>
<p style="p">“ ‘Usiseme uongo.
</p>
<p style="p">“ ‘Msidanganyane.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="LEV.19.12" />“ ‘Usiape kwa uongo kwa Jina langu, na hivyo kulinajisi jina la Mungu wako. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="LEV.19.13" />“ ‘Usimdhulumu wala kumwibia jirani yako.
</p>
<p style="p">“ ‘Usishikilie mshahara wa kibarua usiku kucha hadi asubuhi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="LEV.19.14" />“ ‘Usimlaani kiziwi, wala usiweke kikwazo mbele ya kipofu, lakini umche Mungu wako. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="LEV.19.15" />“ ‘Usipotoshe haki; usionyeshe kumpendelea maskini, wala upendeleo kwa mwenye cheo, bali mwamulie jirani yako kwa haki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="LEV.19.16" />“ ‘Usieneze uchochezi miongoni mwa watu wako.
</p>
<p style="p">“ ‘Usifanye kitu chochote kile kinachohatarisha maisha ya jirani yako. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="LEV.19.17" />“ ‘Usimchukie ndugu yako moyoni mwako. Karipia jirani yako kwa uwazi ili usishiriki hatia yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="LEV.19.18" />“ ‘Usijilipizie kisasi wala kuwa na kinyongo dhidi ya mmoja wa jamaa yako, lakini mpende jirani yako kama unavyojipenda wewe mwenyewe. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="LEV.19.19" />“ ‘Mtazishika amri zangu.
</p>
<p style="p">“ ‘Usiwaache wanyama wako wa kufugwa wakazaana na wengine wa aina tofauti.
</p>
<p style="p">“ ‘Usipande mbegu za aina mbili katika shamba lako.
</p>
<p style="p">“ ‘Usivae nguo iliyofumwa kwa nyuzi za aina mbili tofauti.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="LEV.19.20" />“ ‘Kama mwanaume anakutana kimwili na mwanamke ambaye ni msichana mtumwa aliyeposwa na mwanaume mwingine, lakini ambaye hajakombolewa wala hajapewa uhuru, lazima iwepo adhabu inayofaa. Hata hivyo hawatauawa, kwa sababu msichana alikuwa bado hajaachwa huru.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="LEV.19.21" />Lakini huyo mtu lazima alete kondoo dume kwenye ingilio la Hema la Kukutania kwa ajili ya sadaka ya hatia kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="LEV.19.22" />Kupitia kwa huyo kondoo dume wa sadaka ya hatia, kuhani atafanya upatanisho kwa ajili yake mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa ajili ya dhambi aliyotenda, naye atasamehewa dhambi yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="LEV.19.23" />“ ‘Mtakapoingia katika hiyo nchi na kupanda aina yoyote ya mti wa matunda, hesabuni matunda yake kama yaliyokatazwa. Kwa miaka mitatu mtayahesabu kwamba yamekatazwa; hayaruhusiwi kuliwa.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="LEV.19.24" />Katika mwaka wa nne matunda yote ya mti huo yatakuwa matakatifu, sadaka ya sifa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="LEV.19.25" />Bali katika mwaka wa tano mnaweza kula matunda ya mti huo. Kwa njia hii mavuno yenu yataongezewa. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="LEV.19.26" />“ ‘Msile nyama yoyote yenye damu ndani yake.
</p>
<p style="p">“ ‘Msifanye uaguzi wala uchawi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="LEV.19.27" />“ ‘Msikate nywele za kichwa denge, wala kunyoa pembe za ndevu zenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="LEV.19.28" />“ ‘Msichanje chale miili yenu kwa ajili ya mfu, wala msijichore alama juu ya miili yenu. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="LEV.19.29" />“ ‘Usimdhalilishe binti yako kwa kumfanya kahaba, la sivyo nchi itageukia ukahaba na kujaa uovu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="LEV.19.30" />“ ‘Shika Sabato zangu na kuheshimu mahali pangu patakatifu. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="LEV.19.31" />“ ‘Msiende kwa waaguzi, wala msitafute wapunga pepo, kwa maana watawanajisi. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="LEV.19.32" />“ ‘Uwapo mbele ya mzee, simama ili kuonyesha heshima kwa wazee, nawe umche Mungu wako. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="LEV.19.33" />“ ‘Wakati mgeni anaishi pamoja nawe katika nchi yako, usimnyanyase.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="LEV.19.34" />Mgeni anayeishi pamoja nawe ni lazima umtendee kama mmoja wa wazawa wa nchi yako. Mpende kama unavyojipenda mwenyewe, kwa maana ulikuwa mgeni katika nchi ya Misri. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="LEV.19.35" />“ ‘Usitumie vipimo vya udanganyifu unapopima urefu, kupima uzito, wala kupima wingi.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="LEV.19.36" />Tumia mizani halali, mawe ya kupimia uzito halali, efa<f caller="+"><fr>19:36
</fr><ft>Efa kilikuwa kipimo cha vitu vikavu.</ft></f> halali, na hini<f caller="+"><fr>19:36
</fr><ft>Hini kilikuwa kipimo cha vitu vimiminika.</ft></f> halali. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako, ambaye alikutoa katika nchi ya Misri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="LEV.19.37" />“ ‘Shika amri zangu zote na sheria zangu zote, nawe uzifuate. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="20" />
<s style="s1">Adhabu Kwa Ajili Ya Dhambi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LEV.20.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LEV.20.2" />“Sema na wana wa Israeli: ‘Mwisraeli yeyote au mgeni anayeishi katika Israeli ambaye atamtoa yeyote miongoni mwa watoto wake kuwa sadaka kwa mungu Moleki, mtu huyo lazima auawe. Watu wa jumuiya hiyo watampiga kwa mawe.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LEV.20.3" />Mimi nitauelekeza uso wangu dhidi ya mtu huyo, nami nitamkatilia mbali na watu wake. Kwa maana kwa kumtoa mmoja wa watoto wake kwa mungu Moleki, amenajisi madhabahu yangu na kulinajisi Jina langu takatifu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LEV.20.4" />Ikiwa watu wa jumuiya watafumba macho wakati mtu huyo anapomtoa mmoja wa watoto wake kwa mungu Moleki, nao wakaacha kumuua,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LEV.20.5" />mimi nitauelekeza uso wangu dhidi ya mtu huyo pamoja na jamaa yake, nami nitawakatilia mbali yeye na watu wote waliofanya ukahaba na Moleki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="LEV.20.6" />“ ‘Mimi nitauelekeza uso wangu dhidi ya mtu anayeenda kwa waaguzi na wenye pepo, na hivyo kujifanyia ukahaba kwa kuwafuata, nami nitamkatilia mbali na watu wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="LEV.20.7" />“ ‘Jitakaseni basi, nanyi kuweni watakatifu, kwa sababu mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LEV.20.8" />Shikeni amri zangu na kuzifuata. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, niwafanyaye ninyi watakatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="LEV.20.9" />“ ‘Ikiwa mtu yeyote atamlaani baba yake au mama yake, lazima auawe. Amemlaani baba yake au mama yake, nayo damu yake itakuwa juu ya kichwa chake mwenyewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="LEV.20.10" />“ ‘Ikiwa mtu atazini na mke wa mtu mwingine, yaani mke wa jirani yake, wazinzi hao wawili lazima wauawe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="LEV.20.11" />“ ‘Kama mtu atakutana kimwili na mke wa baba yake, hakumheshimu baba yake. Mwanaume huyo na mwanamke huyo wote wauawe; damu yao itakuwa juu ya vichwa vyao wenyewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="LEV.20.12" />“ ‘Ikiwa mtu atakutana kimwili na mke wa mwanawe, lazima wote wawili wauawe. Walichokifanya ni upotovu; damu yao itakuwa juu ya vichwa vyao wenyewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="LEV.20.13" />“ ‘Kama mwanaume akikutana kimwili na mwanaume mwenzake kama vile mwanaume afanyavyo na mwanamke, wanaume hao wawili wamefanya lililo chukizo sana. Lazima wauawe; nayo damu yao itakuwa juu ya vichwa vyao wenyewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="LEV.20.14" />“ ‘Ikiwa mwanaume ataoa binti pamoja na mama yake, huo ni uovu. Wote watatu ni lazima wachomwe moto, ili kwamba pasiwepo na uovu katikati yenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="LEV.20.15" />“ ‘Kama mwanaume akikutana kimwili na mnyama, ni lazima auawe, na pia ni lazima mnyama huyo auawe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="LEV.20.16" />“ ‘Kama mwanamke atamsogelea mnyama kukutana naye kimwili, muueni mwanamke huyo pamoja na mnyama pia. Lazima wauawe; damu yao itakuwa juu ya vichwa vyao wenyewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="LEV.20.17" />“ ‘Ikiwa mtu anamwoa dada yake, binti aliyezaliwa na baba yake au mama yake, nao wakakutana kimwili, ni aibu. Lazima wakatiliwe mbali machoni pa watu wao. Huyo mwanaume amemwaibisha dada yake, hivyo atawajibika kwa ajili ya uovu huo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="LEV.20.18" />“ ‘Ikiwa mwanaume atalala na mwanamke aliye katika hedhi yake na kukutana naye kimwili, amefunua mtiririko wa hedhi yake, naye huyo mwanamke amejifunua uchi wake. Wote wawili lazima wakatiliwe mbali na watu wao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="LEV.20.19" />“ ‘Usikutane kimwili na dada wa mama yako wala wa baba yako, kwa maana hilo litamwaibisha jamaa wa karibu; ninyi wawili mtawajibika kwa ajili ya uovu huo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="LEV.20.20" />“ ‘Ikiwa mwanaume atakutana kimwili na shangazi yake, amemwaibisha mjomba wake. Nao watawajibika kwa ajili ya uovu huo; watakufa bila kuzaa mtoto.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="LEV.20.21" />“ ‘Ikiwa mwanaume ataoa mke wa ndugu yake, hili ni tendo chafu; amemwaibisha ndugu yake. Nao hawatazaa mtoto.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="LEV.20.22" />“ ‘Zishikeni amri na sheria zangu zote na kuzifuata, ili nchi ninayowaleta kuishi isiwatapike.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="LEV.20.23" />Kamwe msiishi kwa kufuata desturi za mataifa nitakayoyafukuza mbele yenu. Kwa sababu walifanya mambo haya yote, nami nikachukizwa sana nao.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="LEV.20.24" />Lakini niliwaambia ninyi, “Mtaimiliki nchi yao; nitawapa ninyi kuwa urithi, nchi inayotiririka maziwa na asali.” Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, ambaye amewatenga kutoka mataifa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="LEV.20.25" />“ ‘Kwa hiyo, ninyi lazima mweze kutofautisha kati ya wanyama walio safi na wasio safi, pia kati ya ndege wasio safi na walio safi. Msijitie unajisi kutokana na mnyama yeyote, au ndege, wala kitu chochote kitambaacho juu ya ardhi, vile ambavyo nimevitenga kuwa najisi kwa ajili yenu.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="LEV.20.26" />Mtakuwa watakatifu kwangu, kwa sababu Mimi,
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ni mtakatifu, nami nimewatenga kutoka mataifa kuwa wangu mwenyewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="LEV.20.27" />“ ‘Mwanaume au mwanamke ambaye ni mchawi, mwaguzi au mwenye kupunga pepo miongoni mwenu lazima auawe. Mtawapiga kwa mawe; nayo damu yao itakuwa juu ya vichwa vyao wenyewe.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="21" />
<s style="s1">Sheria Kwa Ajili Ya Makuhani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LEV.21.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Sema na makuhani, wana wa Aroni, uwaambie: ‘Kamwe kuhani asijitie unajisi kwa utaratibu wa kiibada kwa ajili ya mtu wake yeyote anayekufa,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LEV.21.2" />isipokuwa jamaa wake wa karibu, kama vile mama yake au baba yake, mwanawe au binti yake, ndugu yake,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LEV.21.3" />au dada yake asiyeolewa ambaye anamtegemea kwa kuwa hana mume, kwa ajili ya hao aweza kujitia unajisi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LEV.21.4" />Kamwe asijitie unajisi mwenyewe kutokana na wale watu ambao anahusiana nao kwa kuoana, na hivyo kujitia unajisi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="LEV.21.5" />“ ‘Kamwe makuhani wasinyoe nywele za vichwa vyao wala wasinyoe pembeni mwa ndevu zao, au kuweka chale kwenye miili yao.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LEV.21.6" />Lazima wawe watakatifu kwa Mungu wao, na kamwe wasilinajisi jina la Mungu wao. Kwa sababu ndio wanaotoa sadaka za kuteketezwa kwa moto kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, chakula cha Mungu wao, hivyo lazima wawe watakatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="LEV.21.7" />“ ‘Kamwe wasioe wanawake waliojinajisi kwa ukahaba, au waliopewa talaka na waume wao, kwa sababu makuhani ni watakatifu kwa Mungu wao.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LEV.21.8" />Waoneni kuwa watakatifu, kwa sababu ndio wanaotoa chakula cha Mungu wenu. Kumbukeni kuwa ni watakatifu, kwa sababu Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni mtakatifu, Mimi niwafanyaye ninyi kuwa watakatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="LEV.21.9" />“ ‘Ikiwa binti wa kuhani anajitia unajisi kwa kufanya ukahaba, anamwaibisha baba yake; lazima achomwe kwa moto.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="LEV.21.10" />“ ‘Kuhani mkuu, yule miongoni mwa ndugu zake ambaye amekwisha kutiwa mafuta kwa kumiminiwa juu ya kichwa chake, na ambaye amewekwa wakfu kuvaa mavazi ya ukuhani, kamwe asiache nywele zake bila kufunikwa, wala asirarue nguo zake.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LEV.21.11" />Kamwe asiingie mahali palipo maiti ndani. Kamwe asijitie unajisi, hata kwa ajili ya baba yake au mama yake,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LEV.21.12" />wala asiondoke mahali patakatifu pa Mungu wake au kupanajisi, kwa sababu amewekwa wakfu kwa mafuta ya Mungu wake. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="LEV.21.13" />“ ‘Mwanamke kuhani atakayemwoa lazima awe bikira.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="LEV.21.14" />Kamwe asimwoe mjane, au mwanamke aliyepewa talaka, wala mwanamke aliyejinajisi kwa ukahaba, bali atamwoa tu bikira kutoka miongoni mwa watu wake,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LEV.21.15" />na hivyo hatawatia unajisi watoto wake miongoni mwa watu wake. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nimfanyaye mtakatifu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="LEV.21.16" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LEV.21.17" />“Mwambie Aroni: ‘Kwa vizazi vijavyo, hakuna mzao wako mwenye dosari atakayekaribia kutoa chakula cha Mungu wake.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="LEV.21.18" />Hakuna mtu mwenye dosari yoyote awezaye kukaribia: hakuna mtu aliye kipofu au kiwete, au aliyeharibika uso au asiye na viungo kamili,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="LEV.21.19" />hakuna mtu mwenye mguu au mkono uliolemaa,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="LEV.21.20" />au mwenye kibiongo au aliyedumaa, au aliye na tatizo la macho, au aliye na uvimbe wenye usaha au majipu, au aliyehasiwa.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="LEV.21.21" />Hakuna mzao wa kuhani Aroni mwenye kilema chochote atakayekaribia kutoa sadaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ya kuteketezwa kwa moto. Kama ana kilema, kamwe asikaribie kutoa chakula cha Mungu wake.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="LEV.21.22" />Anaweza kula chakula kitakatifu sana cha Mungu wake, pia hata chakula kitakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="LEV.21.23" />Lakini kwa sababu ya kilema chake, kamwe asikaribie karibu na pazia wala kukaribia madhabahu, asije akanajisi mahali patakatifu pangu. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, niwafanyaye watakatifu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="LEV.21.24" />Basi Mose akamwambia Aroni jambo hili na wanawe, pamoja na Waisraeli wote.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="22" />
<s style="s1">Matumizi Ya Sadaka Takatifu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LEV.22.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LEV.22.2" />“Mwambie Aroni na wanawe kushughulikia kwa uangalifu sadaka takatifu Waisraeli wanazoziweka wakfu kwangu, ili wasilinajisi Jina langu takatifu. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="LEV.22.3" />“Waambie: ‘Katika vizazi vijavyo, ikiwa yeyote wa wazao wako ni najisi kwa taratibu za kiibada, naye akakaribia sadaka takatifu zile Waisraeli wanazoweka wakfu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mtu huyo lazima akatiliwe mbali na uso wangu. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="LEV.22.4" />“ ‘Ikiwa mzao wa Aroni ana ugonjwa wa ngozi unaoambukiza au anatokwa na usaha mwilini, hawezi kula sadaka takatifu mpaka atakasike. Pia atakuwa najisi ikiwa atagusa kitu chochote kilicho najisi kwa kugusa maiti au mtu aliyetokwa na shahawa,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LEV.22.5" />au ikiwa atagusa kitu chochote kitambaacho kimfanyacho mtu najisi, au mtu yeyote awezaye kumtia unajisi, hata unajisi uwe gani.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LEV.22.6" />Mtu anayegusa kitu chochote cha aina hiyo atakuwa najisi mpaka jioni. Kamwe hatakula sadaka yoyote takatifu mpaka yeye mwenyewe awe ameoga kwa maji.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LEV.22.7" />Wakati jua linapotua, atakuwa safi, na baadaye anaweza kula sadaka takatifu, kwa kuwa ni vyakula vyake.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LEV.22.8" />Kamwe asile nyama ya mzoga wala iliyoraruliwa na wanyama pori, naye akatiwa unajisi kwa hilo. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="LEV.22.9" />“ ‘Makuhani lazima washike maagizo yangu ili wasiwe na hatia, wakafa kwa kuyadharau. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> ninayewafanya watakatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="LEV.22.10" />“ ‘Hakuna mtu yeyote asiye wa jamaa ya kuhani anayeruhusiwa kula sadaka takatifu, hata mgeni wa kuhani au mfanyakazi wake haruhusiwi kuila.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LEV.22.11" />Lakini ikiwa kuhani amenunua mtumwa kwa fedha, au mtumwa amezaliwa katika nyumba ya kuhani huyo, mtumwa huyo aweza kula chakula cha huyo kuhani.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LEV.22.12" />Ikiwa binti wa kuhani ameolewa na mtu asiye kuhani, binti huyo haruhusiwi kula chochote cha matoleo matakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="LEV.22.13" />Lakini ikiwa binti wa kuhani amekuwa mjane au amepewa talaka, naye hana watoto, na akarudi kuishi na jamaa ya baba yake kama wakati wa usichana wake, binti huyo anaweza kula chakula cha baba yake. Hata hivyo, mtu asiyeruhusiwa hawezi kula chochote katika chakula hiki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="LEV.22.14" />“ ‘Ikiwa mtu yeyote amekula sadaka takatifu kwa makosa, lazima atoe malipo ya sadaka hiyo kwa kuhani na kuongeza sehemu ya tano ya thamani ya sadaka hiyo.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LEV.22.15" />Kamwe makuhani wasiinajisi sadaka takatifu ambayo Waisraeli wameitoa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LEV.22.16" />kwa kuwaruhusu kuzila sadaka hizo takatifu, na hivyo kuwaletea hatia ya kudaiwa malipo. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> niwafanyaye watakatifu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Dhabihu Zisizokubalika
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="LEV.22.17" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="LEV.22.18" />“Sema na Aroni na wanawe, na Waisraeli wote uwaambie: ‘Ikiwa mmoja wenu, aliye Mwisraeli au mgeni anayeishi katika nchi ya Israeli, atatoa matoleo kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa kwa moto kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, iwe kutimiza nadhiri au kuwa sadaka ya hiari,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="LEV.22.19" />lazima mtoe mnyama dume asiye na dosari, akiwa ngʼombe, mbuzi au kondoo, ili aweze kukubalika kwa niaba yako.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="LEV.22.20" />Kamwe usitoe kitu chochote chenye dosari kwa sababu hakitakubaliwa kwa niaba yako.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="LEV.22.21" />Mtu yeyote aletapo sadaka ya amani kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kutoka kundi la ngʼombe au mbuzi ili kutimiza nadhiri maalum au sadaka ya hiari, lazima sadaka hiyo isiwe na dosari au waa ili ikubalike.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="LEV.22.22" />Kamwe usimtolee
<nd>Bwana</nd> mnyama aliye kipofu, aliyejeruhiwa wala aliye kilema, au chochote kilicho na uvimbe, au chenye upele au vidonda vinavyotoka usaha. Kamwe chochote cha aina hii kisiwekwe juu ya madhabahu kuwa sadaka iliyotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ya kuteketezwa kwa moto.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="LEV.22.23" />Lakini waweza ukatoa ngʼombe au kondoo mwenye kilema au aliyedumaa kama sadaka ya hiari, lakini hii haitakubalika kuwa sadaka ya kutimiza nadhiri.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="LEV.22.24" />Kamwe usimtolee
<nd>Bwana</nd> mnyama ambaye mapumbu yake yamejeruhiwa, au kuhasiwa, au kuraruliwa au kukatwa. Kamwe usifanye hivi katika nchi yako mwenyewe,
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="LEV.22.25" />na kamwe usikubali wanyama wa aina hii kutoka mkono wa mgeni ili kuwatoa wanyama hao kuwa chakula kwa Mungu wako. Wanyama hao hawatakubaliwa kwa niaba yako, kwa sababu wana vilema, nao wana dosari.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="LEV.22.26" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="LEV.22.27" />“Wakati ndama, mwana-kondoo au mwana-mbuzi azaliwapo, atabaki na mama yake kwa siku saba. Kuanzia siku ya nane na kuendelea anaweza kukubaliwa kuwa sadaka iliyotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa kuteketezwa kwa moto.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="LEV.22.28" />Usimchinje ngʼombe na ndama wake, au kondoo na kitoto chake siku moja.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="LEV.22.29" />“Unapomtolea
<nd>Bwana</nd> dhabihu ya shukrani, itoe kwa namna ambayo itakubalika kwa niaba yako.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LEV.22.30" />Ni lazima iliwe siku iyo hiyo, pasipo kubakiza chochote mpaka asubuhi. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="LEV.22.31" />“Shikeni maagizo yangu na kuyafuata. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="LEV.22.32" />Msilinajisi Jina langu takatifu. Lazima nikubalike kuwa mtakatifu kwa Waisraeli. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> ninayewafanya watakatifu,
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="LEV.22.33" />na niliyewatoa katika nchi ya Misri niwe Mungu wenu. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="23" />
<s style="s1">Sikukuu Zilizoamriwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LEV.23.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LEV.23.2" />“Sema na Waisraeli na uwaambie: ‘Hizi ndizo sikukuu zangu zilizoamriwa, sikukuu zilizoamriwa za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ambazo mtazitangaza kuwa makusanyiko matakatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sabato
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="LEV.23.3" />“ ‘Kuna siku sita mnazoweza kufanya kazi, lakini siku ya saba ni Sabato ya kupumzika, siku ya kusanyiko takatifu. Hamtafanya kazi yoyote. Popote mnapoishi, ni Sabato kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Pasaka Na Mikate Isiyotiwa Chachu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Hesabu 28:16-25)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="LEV.23.4" />“ ‘Hizi ni sikukuu za
<nd>Bwana</nd> zilizoamriwa, makusanyiko matakatifu mtakayoyatangaza kwa nyakati zilizoamriwa:
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LEV.23.5" />Pasaka ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> huanza jioni ya siku ya kumi na nne ya mwezi wa kwanza.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LEV.23.6" />Siku ya kumi na tano ya mwezi huo wa kwanza, Sikukuu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ya Mikate Isiyotiwa Chachu huanza; kwa siku saba, mtakula mikate isiyotiwa chachu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LEV.23.7" />Katika siku ya kwanza, mtakuwa na kusanyiko takatifu, na msifanye kazi zenu za kawaida.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LEV.23.8" />Kwa siku saba mtamletea
<nd>Bwana</nd> sadaka ya kuteketezwa kwa moto. Kwenye siku hiyo ya saba mtafanya kusanyiko takatifu, na msifanye kazi zenu za kawaida.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Malimbuko
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="LEV.23.9" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LEV.23.10" />“Sema na Waisraeli na uwaambie: ‘Mtakapoingia katika nchi nitakayowapa na kuvuna mazao ya nchi hiyo, leteni kwa kuhani mganda wa nafaka ya kwanza mtakayovuna.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LEV.23.11" />Naye atauinua huo mganda mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> ili ukubaliwe kwa niaba yenu; kuhani ataupunga siku inayofuata Sabato.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LEV.23.12" />Siku hiyo mtakapoinua huo mganda, lazima mtoe kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> dhabihu ya kuteketezwa kwa moto ya mwana-kondoo wa mwaka mmoja asiye na dosari,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="LEV.23.13" />pamoja na sadaka yake ya nafaka ya sehemu mbili za kumi za efa<f caller="+"><fr>23:13
</fr><ft>Sehemu mbili za kumi za efa ni sawa na kilo mbili.</ft></f> za unga laini uliochanganywa na mafuta, sadaka iliyotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa kuteketezwa kwa moto, harufu nzuri ya kupendeza, na sadaka yake ya kinywaji ya robo ya hini<f caller="+"><fr>23:13
</fr><ft>Robo ya hini ni sawa na lita moja.</ft></f> ya divai.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="LEV.23.14" />Kamwe msile mkate wowote, au nafaka iliyokaangwa au nafaka mpya, mpaka siku ile mtakayomletea Mungu wenu sadaka hii. Hili litakuwa agizo la kudumu kwa vizazi vijavyo, popote mnapoishi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sikukuu Ya Majuma
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Hesabu 28:26-31)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="LEV.23.15" />“ ‘Tangu siku ile iliyofuata Sabato, siku mliyotoa sadaka ya mganda wa kuinuliwa, hesabuni majuma saba kamili.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LEV.23.16" />Mtahesabu siku hamsini mpaka siku inayofuata Sabato ya saba, ndipo mtatoa sadaka ya nafaka mpya kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LEV.23.17" />Kutoka popote mnapoishi, mtaleta mikate miwili ya unga laini, sehemu mbili za kumi za efa, uliookwa kwa chachu, kuwa sadaka ya kuinuliwa ya malimbuko kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="LEV.23.18" />Toeni pamoja na hiyo mikate wana-kondoo saba, kila mmoja wa mwaka mmoja asiye na dosari, na fahali mchanga, na kondoo dume wawili. Watakuwa sadaka ya kuteketezwa kwa moto iliyotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, pamoja na sadaka za nafaka na sadaka za vinywaji, sadaka iliyotolewa kwa moto yenye harufu nzuri ya kumpendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="LEV.23.19" />Kisha toeni dhabihu ya mbuzi dume mmoja kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi, na wana-kondoo wawili, kila mmoja wa mwaka mmoja, kwa ajili ya sadaka ya amani.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="LEV.23.20" />Kuhani atawainua hao wana-kondoo wawili mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuwa sadaka ya kuinuliwa, pamoja na mkate wa malimbuko. Ni sadaka takatifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa ajili ya kuhani.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="LEV.23.21" />Siku iyo hiyo mtatangaza kusanyiko takatifu, na msifanye kazi zenu za kawaida. Hili litakuwa agizo la kudumu kwa vizazi vijavyo, popote mnapoishi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="LEV.23.22" />“ ‘Mnapovuna mavuno ya ardhi yenu, msivune hadi mpakani mwa shamba lenu, au kukusanya masazo ya mavuno yenu. Hayo utayaacha kwa ajili ya maskini na mgeni. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sikukuu Ya Tarumbeta
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Hesabu 29:1-6)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="LEV.23.23" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="LEV.23.24" />“Waambie Waisraeli: ‘Katika siku ya kwanza ya mwezi wa saba mtakuwa na siku ya mapumziko, kusanyiko takatifu la ukumbusho litakaloadhimishwa kwa kupiga tarumbeta.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="LEV.23.25" />Msifanye kazi zenu zozote za kawaida, lakini toeni sadaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> iliyoteketezwa kwa moto.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Siku Ya Upatanisho
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Hesabu 29:7-11)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="LEV.23.26" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="LEV.23.27" />“Siku ya kumi ya mwezi huu wa saba ni Siku ya Upatanisho. Mtafanya kusanyiko takatifu, mfunge, nanyi mtoe sadaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ya kuteketezwa kwa moto.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="LEV.23.28" />Msifanye kazi siku hiyo, kwa sababu ni Siku ya Upatanisho, ambapo upatanisho unafanyika kwa ajili yenu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="LEV.23.29" />Mtu yeyote ambaye hatafunga siku hiyo ni lazima akatiliwe mbali na watu wake.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LEV.23.30" />Mtu yeyote atakayefanya kazi siku hiyo nitamwangamiza kutoka miongoni mwa watu wake.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="LEV.23.31" />Hamtafanya kazi kamwe. Hili litakuwa agizo la kudumu kwa vizazi vijavyo popote mnapoishi.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="LEV.23.32" />Ni Sabato ya mapumziko kwenu ninyi, na lazima mfunge. Tangu jioni ya siku ya tisa ya mwezi hadi jioni inayofuata, mtaishika Sabato yenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sikukuu Ya Vibanda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Hesabu 29:12-40)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="LEV.23.33" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="LEV.23.34" />“Waambie Waisraeli: ‘Katika siku ya kumi na tano ya mwezi wa saba, Sikukuu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ya vibanda itaanza, nayo itaadhimishwa kwa siku saba.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="LEV.23.35" />Siku ya kwanza ni kusanyiko takatifu, msifanye kazi zenu za kawaida.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="LEV.23.36" />Kwa siku saba toeni sadaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> za kuteketezwa kwa moto. Kwenye siku ya nane fanyeni kusanyiko takatifu, na mtoe sadaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ya kuteketezwa kwa moto. Ni kusanyiko la mwisho, msifanye kazi zenu za kawaida.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="LEV.23.37" />(“ ‘Hizi ni sikukuu za
<nd>Bwana</nd> zilizoamriwa, ambazo mtazitangaza kuwa makusanyiko matakatifu kwa kuleta sadaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> za kuteketeza kwa moto: sadaka za kuteketezwa na sadaka za nafaka, dhabihu na sadaka za vinywaji zitahitajika kila siku.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="LEV.23.38" />Sadaka hizi ni nyongeza ya zile mnazozitoa katika Sabato za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na pia ni nyongeza ya matoleo yenu ya chochote mlichoweka nadhiri, na sadaka zenu zote za hiari mnazozitoa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="LEV.23.39" />“ ‘Basi kuanzia siku ya kumi na tano ya mwezi wa saba, baada ya kuvuna mazao yote ya nchi, mtaadhimisha sikukuu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa siku saba; siku ya kwanza ni mapumziko, pia siku ya nane ni mapumziko.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="LEV.23.40" />Siku ya kwanza mtachukua matunda mazuri ya miti, matawi ya mitende, matawi yenye majani mengi, na matawi ya mirebi, nanyi mtashangilia mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu kwa siku saba.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="LEV.23.41" />Mtaadhimisha siku hii kuwa sikukuu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa siku saba kila mwaka. Hili litakuwa agizo la kudumu kwa vizazi vijavyo; iadhimisheni mwezi wa saba.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="LEV.23.42" />Mtaishi katika vibanda kwa siku saba: Wazawa wote wa Waisraeli wataishi katika vibanda,
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="LEV.23.43" />ili wazao wenu wajue kuwa niliwafanya Waisraeli waishi kwenye vibanda nilipowatoa Misri. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="44" bcv="LEV.23.44" />Kwa hiyo Mose akawatangazia Waisraeli sikukuu zilizoamriwa na
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="24" />
<s style="s1">Mafuta Na Mikate Mbele Za
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LEV.24.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LEV.24.2" />“Waagize Waisraeli wakuletee mafuta safi ya zeituni yaliyokamuliwa kwa ajili ya mwanga ili taa ziwe zinawaka daima.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LEV.24.3" />Nje ya pazia la Ushuhuda ndani ya Hema la Kukutania, Aroni ataziwasha taa mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuanzia jioni hadi asubuhi bila kuzima. Hili litakuwa agizo la kudumu kwa vizazi vijavyo.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LEV.24.4" />Taa zilizo juu ya kinara cha dhahabu safi mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> lazima zihudumiwe daima.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="LEV.24.5" />“Chukua unga laini, uoke mikate kumi na miwili, ukitumia sehemu mbili za kumi za efa<f caller="+"><fr>24:5
</fr><ft>Sehemu mbili za kumi za efa ni sawa na kilo mbili.</ft></f> za unga kwa kila mkate.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LEV.24.6" />Iweke katika mistari miwili, kila mstari mikate sita, uiweke mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> juu ya meza iliyotengenezwa kwa dhahabu safi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LEV.24.7" />Kando ya kila mstari, weka uvumba safi kama sehemu ya kumbukumbu ili kuwakilisha mikate kuwa sadaka iliyotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa kuteketezwa kwa moto.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LEV.24.8" />Mikate hii itawekwa mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kila wakati, Sabato baada ya Sabato, kwa niaba ya Waisraeli, kuwa Agano la kudumu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="LEV.24.9" />Hii ni mali ya Aroni na wanawe, watakaoila katika mahali patakatifu, kwa sababu ni sehemu takatifu sana ya fungu lao la kawaida la sadaka iliyotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa kuteketezwa kwa moto.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mwenye Kukufuru Apigwa Mawe
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="LEV.24.10" />Basi mwana wa mama Mwisraeli na baba Mmisri alikwenda miongoni mwa Waisraeli, nayo mapigano yakatokea ndani ya kambi kati yake na Mwisraeli.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LEV.24.11" />Huyu mwana wa mwanamke Mwisraeli akalikufuru Jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa kulaani; kwa hiyo wakamleta kwa Mose. (Jina la mama yake aliitwa Shelomithi binti wa Dibri, wa kabila la Dani.)
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LEV.24.12" />Nao wakamweka mahabusu mpaka mapenzi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> yawe wazi kwao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="LEV.24.13" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose:
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="LEV.24.14" />“Mchukue huyo aliyekufuru nje ya kambi. Wale wote waliomsikia akikufuru wataweka mikono juu ya kichwa chake, kisha kusanyiko lote litampiga mawe.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LEV.24.15" />Waambie Waisraeli: ‘Ikiwa mtu yeyote atamlaani Mungu wake, atakuwa na hatia kwa uovu wake;
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LEV.24.16" />yeyote atakayekufuru Jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni lazima auawe. Kusanyiko lote litampiga kwa mawe. Iwe ni mgeni au mzawa, atakapolikufuru Jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ni lazima auawe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="LEV.24.17" />“ ‘Kama mtu yeyote atamuua mtu mwingine, ni lazima auawe.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="LEV.24.18" />Mtu yeyote auaye mnyama wa mtu mwingine lazima afidie, uhai kwa uhai.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="LEV.24.19" />Ikiwa mtu yeyote atamjeruhi jirani yake, chochote alichomtenda naye atatendewa:
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="LEV.24.20" />iwapo amemvunja mfupa atavunjwa mfupa, jicho kwa jicho, jino kwa jino. Kama alivyomjeruhi mwenzake, vivyo hivyo ndivyo atakavyojeruhiwa.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="LEV.24.21" />Yeyote auaye mnyama wa mtu lazima alipe fidia, lakini yeyote auaye mtu, lazima auawe.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="LEV.24.22" />Mtakuwa na sheria iyo hiyo kwa mgeni na kwa mzawa. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="LEV.24.23" />Kisha Mose akasema na Waisraeli, nao wakamchukua yule aliyekufuru nje ya kambi na kumpiga mawe. Waisraeli wakafanya kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza Mose.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="25" />
<s style="s1">Mwaka Wa Sabato
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kumbukumbu 15:1-11)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LEV.25.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose katika Mlima Sinai,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LEV.25.2" />“Sema na Waisraeli uwaambie: ‘Mtakapoingia katika nchi ninayowapa ninyi, nchi yenyewe ni lazima ishike Sabato kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LEV.25.3" />Kwa miaka sita mtapanda mazao katika mashamba yenu, nanyi kwa miaka sita mtaikata mizabibu yenu matawi na kuvuna mazao yake.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LEV.25.4" />Lakini mwaka wa saba nchi lazima iwe na Sabato ya mapumziko, Sabato kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Msipande mbegu katika mashamba yenu, wala msikate mizabibu yenu matawi.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LEV.25.5" />Msivune na kuweka akiba kinachoota chenyewe, wala kuvuna na kusindika zabibu ambayo hamkuhudumia mashamba yake. Nchi lazima iwe na mwaka wa mapumziko.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LEV.25.6" />Chochote nchi itoacho katika mwaka wa Sabato kitakuwa chakula chenu wenyewe, watumishi wenu wa kiume na wa kike, mfanyakazi aliyeajiriwa, na mkazi wa muda anayeishi miongoni mwenu,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LEV.25.7" />vilevile malisho ya mifugo yenu na wanyama pori katika nchi yenu. Chochote nchi itakachozalisha kinaweza kuliwa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mwaka Wa Yubile
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="LEV.25.8" />“ ‘Hesabu Sabato saba za miaka, yaani miaka saba mara saba, ili Sabato saba za miaka utakuwa muda wa miaka arobaini na tisa.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="LEV.25.9" />Ndipo tarumbeta itapigwa kila mahali katika siku ya kumi ya mwezi wa saba. Katika Siku ya Upatanisho, piga tarumbeta katika nchi yako yote.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LEV.25.10" />Mwaka wa hamsini mtauweka wakfu na kutangaza uhuru katika nchi kwa wakazi wake wote. Itakuwa ni yubile<f caller="+"><fr>25:10
</fr><ft>Yubile ni baragumu iliopigwa kila mwaka wa hamsini; ni Sabato ya nchi ya kila mwaka wa hamsini uliokuwa mwaka wa ukombozi, yaani kuachia huru.</ft></f> kwenu; kila mmoja wenu atairudia mali ya jamaa yake, na kila mmoja kurudi kwenye ukoo wake.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LEV.25.11" />Mwaka wa hamsini utakuwa yubile kwenu, msipande wala msivune kile kiotacho chenyewe, au kuvuna zabibu zisizohudumiwa.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LEV.25.12" />Kwa kuwa ni yubile, nayo itakuwa takatifu kwenu; mtakula tu kile kilichotoka moja kwa moja mashambani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="LEV.25.13" />“ ‘Katika huu Mwaka wa Yubile, kila mmoja atarudi kwenye mali yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="LEV.25.14" />“ ‘Ikiwa utauza ardhi kwa mmoja wa wazawa wa nchi yako, au ukinunua ardhi kutoka kwake, mmoja asimpunje mwingine.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LEV.25.15" />Utanunua ardhi kwa mzawa wa nchi yako kwa misingi ya hesabu ya miaka baada ya Yubile. Naye ataiuza kwako kwa misingi ya hesabu ya miaka iliyobaki kwa kuvuna mavuno.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LEV.25.16" />Miaka inapokuwa mingi, utaongeza bei, nayo miaka ikiwa michache, utapunguza bei, kwa sababu kile anachokuuzia kwa hakika ni hesabu ya mazao.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LEV.25.17" />Mmoja asimpunje mwingine, bali utamcha Mungu wako. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="LEV.25.18" />“ ‘Fuateni amri zangu, mwe waangalifu kutii amri zangu, nanyi mtaishi salama katika nchi.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="LEV.25.19" />Kisha nchi itazaa matunda yake, nanyi mtakula na kushiba na kuishi humo kwa salama.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="LEV.25.20" />Mwaweza kuuliza, “Tutakula nini katika mwaka wa saba ikiwa hatutapanda wala kuvuna mazao yetu?”
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="LEV.25.21" />Nitawapelekeeni baraka ya pekee katika mwaka wa sita, kwamba nchi itazalisha mazao ya kutosha kwa miaka mitatu.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="LEV.25.22" />Mnapopanda mwaka wa nane, mtakula mavuno ya miaka iliyopita. Pia mtaendelea kuyala mazao hayo hadi mvune mavuno ya mwaka wa tisa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="LEV.25.23" />“ ‘Kamwe ardhi isiuzwe kwa mkataba wa kudumu, kwa sababu nchi ni mali yangu, nanyi ni wageni na wapangaji wangu.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="LEV.25.24" />Katika nchi yote mtakayoshika kuwa milki yenu, ni lazima mtoe ukombozi wa ardhi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="LEV.25.25" />“ ‘Ikiwa mmoja wa wazawa wa nchi yako amekuwa maskini na akauza baadhi ya mali yake, ndugu yake wa karibu atakuja na kukomboa kile ndugu yako alichokiuza.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="LEV.25.26" />Iwapo mtu huyo hana jamaa wa karibu wa kukomboa mali hiyo kwa ajili yake, lakini yeye mwenyewe akafanikiwa na kupata mali itoshayo kuikomboa,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="LEV.25.27" />ataamua tena thamani yake kwa miaka tangu alipoiuza, na kurudisha kiasi kilichobaki cha thamani kwa mtu ambaye alikuwa amemuuzia mali hiyo, naye ataweza kuirudia mali yake.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="LEV.25.28" />Lakini kama hatapata njia ya kumlipa mnunuzi, ile mali aliyouza itabaki kumilikiwa na mnunuzi mpaka Mwaka wa Yubile. Mali hiyo itarudishwa mwaka wa Yubile, naye ataweza kuirudia mali yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="LEV.25.29" />“ ‘Ikiwa mtu atauza nyumba iliyo ndani ya mji uliozungukwa kwa ukuta, yeye anayo haki ya kuikomboa mwaka mzima baada ya mauzo ya hiyo nyumba. Wakati huo anaweza kuikomboa.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LEV.25.30" />Ikiwa haikukombolewa kabla ya mwaka mmoja kamili kupita, nyumba iliyo ndani ya mji uliozungukwa kwa ukuta itakuwa mali ya kudumu ya mnunuzi na wazao wake. Haitarudishwa mwaka wa Yubile.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="LEV.25.31" />Lakini nyumba zilizo vijijini bila ya kuwa na kuta zilizozizunguka zitahesabiwa kama mashamba. Zinaweza kukombolewa, nazo zirudishwe katika mwaka wa Yubile.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="LEV.25.32" />“ ‘Walawi siku zote wana haki ya kukomboa nyumba zao katika miji ya Walawi wanayoimiliki.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="LEV.25.33" />Kwa hiyo mali ya Mlawi inaweza kukombolewa, yaani nyumba iliyouzwa katika mji wowote wanaoushikilia itarudishwa mwaka wa Yubile, kwa sababu nyumba zilizo katika miji ya Walawi ni mali yao miongoni mwa Waisraeli.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="LEV.25.34" />Lakini nchi ya malisho iliyo mali ya miji yao kamwe isiuzwe, ni milki yao ya kudumu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="LEV.25.35" />“ ‘Ikiwa mmoja wa wazawa wa nchi yako amekuwa maskini, naye akashindwa kujitegemeza mwenyewe katikati yako, msaidie kama vile ambavyo ungelimsaidia mgeni au kama mkazi wa muda, ili aweze kuendelea kuishi katikati yako.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="LEV.25.36" />Usichukue riba wala faida yoyote kutoka kwake, bali utamwogopa Mungu wako, ili mzawa wa nchi yako aweze kuendelea kuishi katikati yako.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="LEV.25.37" />Usimkopeshe fedha ili alipe na riba, wala usimuuzie chakula kwa faida.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="LEV.25.38" />Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako, niliyekuleta kutoka nchi ya Misri nikupe nchi ya Kanaani, nami niwe Mungu wako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="LEV.25.39" />“ ‘Ikiwa mmoja wa wazawa wa nchi yako amekuwa maskini katikati yako, naye akajiuza kwako, usimfanye atumike kama mtumwa.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="LEV.25.40" />Atatendewa kama mfanyakazi aliyeajiriwa, au kama mkazi wa muda katikati yako, naye atatumika mpaka Mwaka wa Yubile.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="LEV.25.41" />Ndipo yeye na watoto wake wataachiwa, naye atarudi kwa watu wa ukoo wake, na kwenye mali ya baba zake.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="LEV.25.42" />Kwa sababu Waisraeli ni watumishi wangu niliowaleta kutoka nchi ya Misri, kamwe wasiuzwe kama watumwa.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="LEV.25.43" />Usiwatawale kwa ukatili, lakini utamcha Mungu wako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="44" bcv="LEV.25.44" />“ ‘Watumwa wako wa kiume na wa kike watatoka katika mataifa yanayokuzunguka; kutoka kwao waweza kununua watumwa.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="LEV.25.45" />Pia waweza kununua baadhi ya wakazi wa muda wanaoishi katikati yako, na jamaa ya koo zao waliozaliwa katika nchi yako, nao watakuwa mali yako.
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="LEV.25.46" />Hao waweza kuwarithisha watoto wako kuwa urithi wao, na wanaweza kuwafanya watumwa maisha yao yote, lakini usiwatawale ndugu zako Waisraeli kwa ukatili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="47" bcv="LEV.25.47" />“ ‘Ikiwa mgeni au mkazi wa muda katikati yako atakuwa tajiri, na mmoja wa wazawa wa nchi yako akawa maskini, naye akajiuza kwa yule mgeni anayeishi katikati yako, au kwa mmoja wa jamaa wa koo za wageni,
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="LEV.25.48" />anayo haki ya kukombolewa baada ya kujiuza. Mmoja wa jamaa zake aweza kumkomboa:
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="LEV.25.49" />Mjomba wake, au binamu yake, au yeyote aliye ndugu wa damu katika ukoo wake aweza kumkomboa. Au ikiwa atafanikiwa, anaweza kujikomboa mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="LEV.25.50" />Yeye na huyo aliyemnunua watahesabu muda kuanzia mwaka aliojiuza hadi Mwaka wa Yubile. Mahali pa kuanzia bei ya kuachiwa kwake itakadiriwa kwa ujira unaolipwa mfanyakazi aliyeajiriwa kwa idadi ya hiyo miaka.
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="LEV.25.51" />Ikiwa imebaki miaka mingi, ni lazima atalipia ukombozi wake fungu kubwa la bei iliyolipwa kumnunua yeye.
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="LEV.25.52" />Ikiwa miaka iliyobaki ni michache kufikia Mwaka wa Yubile, atafanya hesabu yake, naye atalipa malipo yanayostahili kwa ajili ya ukombozi wake.
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="LEV.25.53" />Atatendewa kama mtu wa kuajiriwa mwaka hadi mwaka; lazima uone kwamba yule aliyemnunua hamtawali kwa ukatili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="54" bcv="LEV.25.54" />“ ‘Hata ikiwa hakukombolewa kwa njia mojawapo ya hizi, yeye na watoto wake wataachiwa katika Mwaka wa Yubile,
<ve />
<v id="55" bcv="LEV.25.55" />kwa maana Waisraeli ni mali yangu kama watumishi. Wao ni watumishi wangu, niliowatoa kutoka nchi ya Misri. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="26" />
<s style="s1">Thawabu Ya Utii
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kumbukumbu 7:12-24; 28:1-14)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LEV.26.1" />“ ‘Msijitengenezee sanamu au kusimamisha kinyago cha kuchonga, au mnara, wala jiwe la kuabudia, na pia msijiwekee jiwe lililochongwa katika nchi yenu na kusujudu mbele yake. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="LEV.26.2" />“ ‘Zishikeni Sabato zangu na kuheshimu mahali patakatifu pangu. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="LEV.26.3" />“ ‘Ikiwa mtafuata amri zangu na kuwa waangalifu kutii maagizo yangu,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LEV.26.4" />nitawanyeshea mvua katika majira yake, nayo ardhi itatoa mazao yake, na miti ya mashambani itazaa matunda yake.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LEV.26.5" />Kupura nafaka kwenu kutaendelea mpaka wakati wa kuvuna zabibu. Pia kuvuna zabibu kutaendelea mpaka wakati wa kupanda mbegu, nanyi mtakula na kushiba, na mtaishi salama katika nchi yenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="LEV.26.6" />“ ‘Nitawapa amani katika nchi, mpate kulala pasipo kutiwa hofu na yeyote. Nitawaondoa wanyama wakali watoke kwenye nchi, nao upanga hautapita katika nchi yenu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LEV.26.7" />Mtawafukuza adui zenu, nanyi mtawaua kwa upanga mbele yenu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LEV.26.8" />Watu wenu watano watafukuza adui mia, watu wenu mia watafukuza adui elfu kumi, nao adui zenu wataanguka kwa upanga mbele yenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="LEV.26.9" />“ ‘Nitawaangalia kwa upendeleo na kuwafanya mzae na kuzidisha idadi yenu, nami nitalishika Agano langu na ninyi.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LEV.26.10" />Wakati wa kuvuna mtakuwa bado mnakula mavuno ya mwaka uliopita, na itawalazimu kuyaondoa ghalani ili mpate nafasi ya mavuno mapya.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LEV.26.11" />Nitafanya makao yangu miongoni mwenu, nami sitawachukia.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LEV.26.12" />Nitatembea katikati yenu niwe Mungu wenu, nanyi mtakuwa watu wangu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="LEV.26.13" />Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, niliyewatoa katika nchi ya Misri ili msiendelee kuwa watumwa wa Wamisri, nikavunja kongwa lenu, na kuwawezesha kutembea mkiwa mmeinua vichwa vyenu juu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Adhabu Ya Kutokutii
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kumbukumbu 28:15-68)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="LEV.26.14" />“ ‘Lakini kama hamtanisikiliza na kutimiza maagizo haya yote,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LEV.26.15" />nanyi kama mtazikataa amri zangu na kuzichukia sheria zangu, tena mkishindwa kutimiza amri zangu na hivyo mkavunja agano langu,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LEV.26.16" />ndipo nitakapowafanyia hili: Nitawaletea juu yenu hofu ya ghafula, magonjwa ya kufisha, na homa itakayopofusha macho yenu na kuwaondolea uhai wenu. Mtapanda mbegu bila mafanikio, kwa sababu adui zenu wataila.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LEV.26.17" />Nitauelekeza uso wangu dhidi yenu ili mshindwe na adui zenu; wale wanaowachukia watawatawala, nanyi mtakimbia ingawa hakuna mtu anayewafukuza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="LEV.26.18" />“ ‘Kama baada ya haya yote hamtanisikiliza, nitawaadhibu mara saba zaidi kwa ajili ya dhambi zenu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="LEV.26.19" />Nitakivunja kiburi chenu cha ukaidi na kuifanya anga iliyo juu yenu iwe kama chuma, na ardhi yenu kama shaba.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="LEV.26.20" />Nguvu zenu zitatumika bila ya mafanikio, kwa sababu ardhi yenu haitawazalia mazao yake, wala miti ya nchi yenu haitazaa matunda yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="LEV.26.21" />“ ‘Kama mtaendelea kuwa na uadui nami, na kukataa kunisikiliza, nitawazidishia mateso yenu mara saba zaidi, kama dhambi zenu zinavyostahili.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="LEV.26.22" />Nitawatuma wanyama mwitu dhidi yenu, nao watawaibieni watoto wenu, watawaangamiza ngʼombe wenu, na kuifanya idadi yenu kuwa ndogo, hivi kwamba barabara zenu zitakuwa hazina watu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="LEV.26.23" />“ ‘Ikiwa pamoja na mambo haya hamtakubali maonyo yangu lakini mkaendelea kuweka uadui nami,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="LEV.26.24" />mimi mwenyewe nitaweka uadui nanyi, na kuwatesa kwa ajili ya dhambi zenu mara saba zaidi.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="LEV.26.25" />Nitawaletea upanga juu yenu ili kuwapatiliza kwa kuvunja Agano langu. Mtakapokimbilia mijini mwenu, nitatuma tauni katikati yenu, nanyi mtatiwa mikononi mwa adui zenu.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="LEV.26.26" />Nitakapowaondolea upatikanaji wa mkate wenu, wanawake kumi wataoka mkate wenu katika tanuru moja, nao wataugawa mkate kidogo kwa kupima. Mtakula, lakini hamtashiba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="LEV.26.27" />“ ‘Kama hata baada ya haya bado hamtanisikiliza lakini mkaendelea kuweka uadui nami,
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="LEV.26.28" />ndipo katika hasira yangu nitaweka uadui nanyi, nami mwenyewe nitawaadhibu mara saba kwa ajili ya dhambi zenu.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="LEV.26.29" />Mtakula nyama ya wana wenu na nyama ya binti zenu.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LEV.26.30" />Nitapaharibu mahali penu pa juu pa kuabudia miungu, nibomoe madhabahu zenu za kufukizia uvumba, na kuzilundika maiti zenu juu ya sanamu zenu zisizo na uhai, nami nitawachukia ninyi sana.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="LEV.26.31" />Nitaifanya miji yenu kuwa magofu, na kuharibu mahali patakatifu penu pa kuabudia, nami sitapendezwa na harufu nzuri ya sadaka zenu.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="LEV.26.32" />Nitaiharibu nchi, ili adui zenu watakaokuja kuishi humo washangae.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="LEV.26.33" />Nitawatawanya ninyi miongoni mwa mataifa, na kuufuta upanga wangu na kuwafuatia. Nchi yenu itaharibiwa, nayo miji yenu itakuwa magofu.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="LEV.26.34" />Ndipo nchi itafurahia Sabato zake muda wote ule itakapokuwa ukiwa, nanyi mkiwa katika nchi ya adui zenu. Ndipo nchi itapumzika na kufurahia Sabato zake.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="LEV.26.35" />Wakati wote nchi itakapobaki ukiwa, itapumzika na kufurahia Sabato zake ambazo haikuzipata mlipokuwa mnaishi humo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="LEV.26.36" />“ ‘Kwa habari ya wenzenu wale watakaobaki, nitaifanya mioyo yao kuwa na hofu kuu katika nchi za adui zao, kiasi kwamba sauti ya jani linalopeperushwa na upepo itawafanya wakimbie. Watakimbia kana kwamba wanakimbia upanga, nao wataanguka, ingawa hakuna anayewafukuza.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="LEV.26.37" />Watajikwaa mmoja juu ya mwingine kama wakimbiao upanga, hata ingawa hakuna anayewafuatia. Hivyo hamtaweza kusimama mbele ya adui zenu.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="LEV.26.38" />Mtaangamia katikati ya mataifa; nchi ya adui zenu itawala.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="LEV.26.39" />Wale wenu watakaobaki wataangamia katika nchi za adui zao kwa sababu ya dhambi zao; pia kwa sababu ya dhambi za baba zao wataangamia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="LEV.26.40" />“ ‘Lakini kama watatubu dhambi zao na dhambi za baba zao, udanganyifu wao dhidi yangu na uadui wao kwangu,
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="LEV.26.41" />ambao ulinifanya niwe na uadui nao hata nikawapeleka katika nchi ya adui zao, wakati mioyo yao isiyotahiriwa itanyenyekea na kutubu dhambi yao,
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="LEV.26.42" />nami nitakumbuka agano langu na Yakobo, na agano langu na Isaki, na agano langu na Abrahamu, nami nitaikumbuka nchi.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="LEV.26.43" />Kwa kuwa wataiacha nchi ukiwa, nayo itafurahia Sabato zake wakati itakuwa ukiwa bila wao. Wataadhibiwa kwa ajili ya dhambi zao, kwa sababu walizikataa sheria zangu na kuzichukia amri zangu.
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="LEV.26.44" />Lakini pamoja na hili, wakati watakuwa katika nchi ya adui zao, sitawakataa wala kuwachukia kiasi cha kuwaharibu kabisa na kuvunja agano langu nao. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="LEV.26.45" />Lakini kwa ajili yao nitalikumbuka agano langu na baba zao, ambao niliwatoa Misri mbele ya mataifa ili niwe Mungu wao. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="46" bcv="LEV.26.46" />Hizi ndizo amri, sheria na pia masharti ambazo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alifanya kati yake mwenyewe na Waisraeli katika Mlima Sinai kupitia kwa Mose.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="27" />
<s style="s1">Kukomboa Kile Kilicho Cha
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LEV.27.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LEV.27.2" />“Sema na Waisraeli uwaambie: ‘Kama mtu yeyote ataweka nadhiri maalum ili kuweka watu wakfu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa kutoa kiasi cha thamani inayolingana,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LEV.27.3" />thamani ya kukomboa mwanaume mwenye kati ya umri wa miaka ishirini na miaka sitini itakuwa shekeli hamsini<f caller="+"><fr>27:3
</fr><ft>Shekeli 50 za fedha ni sawa na gramu 600.</ft></f> za fedha, kulingana na shekeli ya mahali patakatifu;
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LEV.27.4" />ikiwa ni mwanamke, weka thamani yake kwa shekeli thelathini.<f caller="+"><fr>27:4
</fr><ft>Shekeli 30 za fedha ni sawa na gramu 360.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LEV.27.5" />Kama ni mtu mwenye umri wa miaka kati ya mitano na ishirini, weka thamani ya mwanaume kuwa shekeli ishirini,<f caller="+"><fr>27:5
</fr><ft>Shekeli 20 za fedha ni sawa na gramu 240.</ft></f> na mwanamke shekeli kumi.<f caller="+"><fr>27:5
</fr><ft>Shekeli 10 za fedha ni sawa na gramu 120.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LEV.27.6" />Kama ni mtu mwenye umri kati ya mwezi mmoja na miaka mitano, weka thamani ya mwanaume kuwa shekeli tano za fedha, na ile ya mwanamke kuwa shekeli tatu<f caller="+"><fr>27:6
</fr><ft>Shekeli tatu za fedha ni sawa na gramu 36.</ft></f> za fedha.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LEV.27.7" />Kama ni mtu mwenye miaka sitini na zaidi, weka thamani ya mwanaume kuwa shekeli kumi na tano,<f caller="+"><fr>27:7
</fr><ft>Shekeli 15 za fedha ni sawa na gramu 180.</ft></f> na mwanamke shekeli kumi.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LEV.27.8" />Kama mtu yeyote anayeweka nadhiri ni maskini mno kuweza kulipa kiasi kilichowekwa, atampeleka huyo mtu kwa kuhani, ambaye ataweka thamani yake kulingana na kile mweka nadhiri anachoweza kulipa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="LEV.27.9" />“ ‘Kama kile mtu alichokiwekea nadhiri ni mnyama anayekubalika kama sadaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mnyama wa namna hiyo aliyetolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> anakuwa mtakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LEV.27.10" />Mtu haruhusiwi kumbadilisha au kutoa mnyama mzuri kwa mbaya, au mnyama mbaya kwa mzuri. Kama atatoa mnyama badala ya mwingine, wanyama wote wawili, yaani yule aliyetolewa na yule aliyebadiliwa, ni watakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LEV.27.11" />Kama alichokiwekea nadhiri ni mnyama aliye najisi kiibada, yaani yule asiye kubalika kuwa sadaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, huyo mnyama lazima aletwe kwa kuhani,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LEV.27.12" />ambaye ataamua ubora wa mnyama huyo, kama ni mzuri au mbaya. Thamani yoyote atakayoweka kuhani, hivyo ndivyo itakavyokuwa.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="LEV.27.13" />Kama mwenye mnyama atapenda kumkomboa mnyama huyo, lazima aongeze sehemu ya tano ya thamani yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="LEV.27.14" />“ ‘Kama mtu ataweka nyumba yake wakfu kama kitu kitakatifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kuhani ataamua ubora wa nyumba hiyo, kama ni nzuri au mbaya. Thamani yoyote kuhani atakayoweka, basi hivyo ndivyo itakavyokuwa.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LEV.27.15" />Kama mtu aliyeweka nyumba yake wakfu ataikomboa, lazima aongeze sehemu ya tano ya thamani yake, nayo nyumba itakuwa yake tena.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="LEV.27.16" />“ ‘Kama mtu anaweka sehemu ya ardhi ya jamaa yake wakfu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, thamani yake itawekwa kulingana na kiasi cha mbegu inayohitajiwa kupandwa katika ardhi hiyo, yaani homeri<f caller="+"><fr>27:16
</fr><ft>Homeri moja ni sawa na efa 10, ambazo ni sawa na kilo 100.</ft></f> moja ya mbegu za shayiri kwa shekeli hamsini za fedha.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LEV.27.17" />Kama akiweka shamba lake wakfu katika Mwaka wa Yubile, ile thamani iliyokwisha wekwa itakuwa iyo hiyo.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="LEV.27.18" />Lakini kama akiweka shamba lake wakfu baada ya Yubile, kuhani ataweka thamani kulingana na idadi ya miaka iliyobaki kufikia Mwaka wa Yubile unaofuata, na thamani yake iliyoamuliwa itapunguzwa.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="LEV.27.19" />Kama mtu anayeweka wakfu shamba anataka kulikomboa, lazima aongeze sehemu ya tano ya thamani yake, nalo shamba litakuwa lake tena.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="LEV.27.20" />Kama pengine halikomboi shamba hilo, au kama ameliuza kwa mtu mwingine, kamwe haliwezi kukombolewa.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="LEV.27.21" />Shamba hilo litakapoachiwa mwaka wa Yubile, litakuwa takatifu, kama shamba lililotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nalo litakuwa mali ya makuhani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="LEV.27.22" />“ ‘Kama mtu ameweka wakfu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> shamba alilonunua, ambalo si sehemu ya ardhi ya jamaa yake,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="LEV.27.23" />kuhani ataamua thamani yake hadi Mwaka wa Yubile, naye huyo mtu atalazimika kulipa thamani yake siku hiyo kama kitu kitakatifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="LEV.27.24" />Katika Mwaka wa Yubile, shamba litarudishwa kwa mtu yule ambaye lilinunuliwa kutoka kwake, yule ambaye ardhi ilikuwa mali yake.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="LEV.27.25" />Kila thamani lazima iwekwe kulingana na shekeli ya mahali patakatifu,<f caller="+"><fr>27:25
</fr><ft>Shekeli moja ya mahali patakatifu ni sawa na gramu 11.</ft></f> gera ishirini kwa shekeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="LEV.27.26" />“ ‘Lakini hakuna mtu atakayeweka wakfu mzaliwa wa kwanza wa mnyama, kwa kuwa mzaliwa wa kwanza tayari ni mali ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>; awe ngʼombe au kondoo, ni wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="LEV.27.27" />Kama ni mmoja wa wanyama walio najisi, aweza kumnunua kwa bei iliyowekwa, akiongeza sehemu ya tano ya thamani yake. Kama hatamkomboa, mnyama huyo atauzwa kwa bei iliyowekwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="LEV.27.28" />“ ‘Lakini chochote kile mtu alicho nacho na akakiweka wakfu<f caller="+"><fr>27:28
</fr><fq>Akakiweka wakfu
</fq><ft>ina maana ya kumpa Mungu kabisa, daima, bila kurudiwa.</ft></f> kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, iwe ni binadamu, au mnyama, au ardhi ya jamaa, hakiwezi kuuzwa au kukombolewa. Chochote kilichowekwa wakfu ni kitakatifu sana kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="LEV.27.29" />“ ‘Mtu yeyote aliyewekwa wakfu ili kuangamizwa, hawezi kukombolewa. Mtu kama huyo lazima auawe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="LEV.27.30" />“ ‘Zaka ya kila kitu kutoka shambani, iwe ni nafaka kutoka kwa ardhi, au tunda kutoka kwa miti, ni mali ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>; ni takatifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="LEV.27.31" />Kama mtu akikomboa chochote cha zaka yake, lazima aongeze sehemu ya tano ya thamani yake.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="LEV.27.32" />Zaka yote ya kundi la ngʼombe au la kondoo na mbuzi, kila mnyama wa kumi apitaye chini ya fimbo ya yule awachungaye, atakuwa mtakatifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="LEV.27.33" />Yule mnyama wa kumi hatachaguliwa kwa kigezo cha uzuri au ubaya, naye haruhusiwi kubadiliwa. Ikiwa atabadiliwa, basi mnyama yule wa kwanza na huyo aliyebadiliwa wote watahesabiwa kuwa watakatifu, na haiwezekani kuwakomboa.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="LEV.27.34" />Haya ndiyo maagizo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyompa Mose juu ya Mlima Sinai kwa ajili ya Waisraeli.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="NUM"><id id="NUM">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Hesabu
</h><toc level="1">Hesabu
</toc><toc level="2">Hesabu
</toc><toc level="3">Hes
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Hesabu
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Watu Wahesabiwa Kwa Mara Ya Kwanza
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.1.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alisema na Mose katika Jangwa la Sinai, katika Hema la Kukutania, siku ya kwanza ya mwezi wa pili, katika mwaka wa pili baada ya Waisraeli kutoka nchi ya Misri. Akamwambia,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.1.2" />“Hesabu watu wa jumuiya yote ya Waisraeli kwa kufuata koo zao na jamaa zao, ukiorodhesha kila mwanaume kwa jina lake, mmoja mmoja.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NUM.1.3" />Wewe na Aroni mtawahesabu kwa migawanyo yao wanaume wote katika Israeli wenye miaka ishirini na kuendelea ambao wanaweza kutumika katika jeshi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="NUM.1.4" />Mwanaume mmoja kutoka kila kabila, kila aliye kiongozi wa jamaa yake, atawasaidia.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NUM.1.5" />Haya ndiyo majina ya wanaume watakaowasaidia:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1">“kutoka Reubeni, ni Elisuri mwana wa Shedeuri;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="6" bcv="NUM.1.6" />kutoka Simeoni, ni Shelumieli mwana wa Surishadai;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="7" bcv="NUM.1.7" />kutoka Yuda, ni Nashoni mwana wa Aminadabu;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="8" bcv="NUM.1.8" />kutoka Isakari, ni Nethaneli mwana wa Suari;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="9" bcv="NUM.1.9" />kutoka Zabuloni, ni Eliabu mwana wa Heloni;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="10" bcv="NUM.1.10" />kutoka wana wa Yosefu:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">kutoka Efraimu, ni Elishama mwana wa Amihudi;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">kutoka Manase, ni Gamalieli mwana wa Pedasuri;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="11" bcv="NUM.1.11" />kutoka Benyamini, ni Abidani mwana wa Gideoni;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="12" bcv="NUM.1.12" />kutoka Dani, ni Ahiezeri mwana wa Amishadai;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="13" bcv="NUM.1.13" />kutoka Asheri, ni Pagieli mwana wa Okrani;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="14" bcv="NUM.1.14" />kutoka Gadi, ni Eliasafu mwana wa Deueli;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="15" bcv="NUM.1.15" />kutoka Naftali, ni Ahira mwana wa Enani.”
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="NUM.1.16" />Hawa walikuwa wanaume walioteuliwa kutoka jumuiya, viongozi wa makabila ya baba zao. Walikuwa wakuu wa koo za Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="NUM.1.17" />Mose na Aroni wakawachukua wanaume hao waliokuwa wamepewa majina yao,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="NUM.1.18" />wakaita jumuiya yote pamoja katika siku ya kwanza ya mwezi wa pili. Watu wakaonyesha nasaba zao kwa koo zao na jamaa zao, nao wanaume waliokuwa na miaka ishirini au zaidi waliorodheshwa kwa majina, mmoja mmoja,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="NUM.1.19" />kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza Mose. Hivyo aliwahesabu katika Jangwa la Sinai:
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="20" bcv="NUM.1.20" />Kutoka wazao wa Reubeni, mzaliwa wa kwanza wa kiume wa Israeli:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Wanaume wote waliokuwa na miaka ishirini au zaidi ambao waliweza kutumika katika jeshi waliorodheshwa kwa majina, mmoja mmoja, kufuatana na kumbukumbu za koo zao na jamaa zao.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="NUM.1.21" />Idadi kutoka kabila la Reubeni ilikuwa watu 46,500.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="22" bcv="NUM.1.22" />Kutoka wazao wa Simeoni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Wanaume wote waliokuwa na miaka ishirini au zaidi ambao waliweza kutumika katika jeshi walihesabiwa na kuorodheshwa kwa majina, mmoja mmoja, kufuatana na kumbukumbu za koo zao na jamaa zao.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="NUM.1.23" />Idadi kutoka kabila la Simeoni walikuwa watu 59,300.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="24" bcv="NUM.1.24" />Kutoka wazao wa Gadi:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Wanaume wote waliokuwa na miaka ishirini au zaidi ambao waliweza kutumika katika jeshi waliorodheshwa kwa majina, kufuatana na kumbukumbu za koo zao na jamaa zao.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="NUM.1.25" />Idadi kutoka kabila la Gadi walikuwa watu 45,650.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="26" bcv="NUM.1.26" />Kutoka wazao wa Yuda:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Wanaume wote waliokuwa na miaka ishirini au zaidi ambao waliweza kutumika katika jeshi waliorodheshwa kwa majina, kufuatana na kumbukumbu za koo zao na jamaa zao.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="NUM.1.27" />Idadi kutoka kabila la Yuda walikuwa watu 74,600.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="28" bcv="NUM.1.28" />Kutoka wazao wa Isakari:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Wanaume wote waliokuwa na miaka ishirini au zaidi ambao waliweza kutumika katika jeshi waliorodheshwa kwa majina, kufuatana na kumbukumbu za koo zao na jamaa zao.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="NUM.1.29" />Idadi kutoka kabila la Isakari walikuwa watu 54,400.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="30" bcv="NUM.1.30" />Kutoka wazao wa Zabuloni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Wanaume wote waliokuwa na miaka ishirini au zaidi ambao waliweza kutumika katika jeshi waliorodheshwa kwa majina, kufuatana na kumbukumbu za koo zao na jamaa zao.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="NUM.1.31" />Idadi kutoka kabila la Zabuloni walikuwa watu 57,400.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="32" bcv="NUM.1.32" />Kutoka wana wa Yosefu:
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Kutoka wazao wa Efraimu:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Wanaume wote waliokuwa na miaka ishirini au zaidi ambao waliweza kutumika katika jeshi waliorodheshwa kwa majina, kufuatana na kumbukumbu za koo zao na jamaa zao.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="NUM.1.33" />Idadi kutoka kabila la Efraimu walikuwa watu 40,500.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="34" bcv="NUM.1.34" />Kutoka wazao wa Manase:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Wanaume wote waliokuwa na miaka ishirini au zaidi ambao waliweza kutumika katika jeshi waliorodheshwa kwa majina, kufuatana na kumbukumbu za koo zao na jamaa zao.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="NUM.1.35" />Idadi kutoka kabila la Manase walikuwa watu 32,200.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="36" bcv="NUM.1.36" />Kutoka wazao wa Benyamini:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Wanaume wote waliokuwa na miaka ishirini au zaidi ambao waliweza kutumika katika jeshi waliorodheshwa kwa majina, kufuatana na kumbukumbu za koo zao na jamaa zao.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="NUM.1.37" />Idadi kutoka kabila la Benyamini walikuwa watu 35,400.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="38" bcv="NUM.1.38" />Kutoka wazao wa Dani:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Wanaume wote waliokuwa na miaka ishirini au zaidi ambao waliweza kutumika katika jeshi waliorodheshwa kwa majina, kufuatana na kumbukumbu za koo zao na jamaa zao.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="NUM.1.39" />Idadi kutoka kabila la Dani walikuwa watu 62,700.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="40" bcv="NUM.1.40" />Kutoka wazao wa Asheri:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Wanaume wote waliokuwa na miaka ishirini au zaidi ambao waliweza kutumika katika jeshi waliorodheshwa kwa majina, kufuatana na kumbukumbu za koo zao na jamaa zao.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="NUM.1.41" />Idadi kutoka kabila la Asheri walikuwa watu 41,500.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="42" bcv="NUM.1.42" />Kutoka wazao wa Naftali:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Wanaume wote waliokuwa na miaka ishirini au zaidi ambao waliweza kutumika katika jeshi waliorodheshwa kwa majina, kufuatana na kumbukumbu za koo zao na jamaa zao.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="NUM.1.43" />Idadi kutoka kabila la Naftali walikuwa watu 53,400.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="44" bcv="NUM.1.44" />Hawa walikuwa wanaume waliohesabiwa na Mose, Aroni na viongozi kumi na wawili wa Israeli, kila mmoja akiwakilisha jamaa yake.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="NUM.1.45" />Wanaume wote Waisraeli waliokuwa na miaka ishirini au zaidi ambao waliweza kutumika katika jeshi la Israeli walihesabiwa kufuatana na jamaa zao.
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="NUM.1.46" />Jumla ya hesabu yao ilikuwa watu 603,550.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="47" bcv="NUM.1.47" />Hata hivyo, jamaa ya kabila la Lawi hawakuhesabiwa pamoja na wengine.
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="NUM.1.48" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amemwambia Mose:
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="NUM.1.49" />“Kamwe usihesabu kabila la Lawi wala kuwaweka pamoja katika hesabu ya Waisraeli wengine.
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="NUM.1.50" />Badala yake, waweke Walawi kuwa viongozi wa Maskani ya Ushuhuda, juu ya samani zake na kila kitu kilichomo ndani yake. Wao watabeba Maskani na samani zake zote; wataitunza na kupiga kambi kuizunguka.
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="NUM.1.51" />Wakati wowote Maskani inapohamishwa, Walawi wataifungua, na wakati wowote maskani inapotakiwa kusimamishwa, Walawi watafanya kazi hiyo. Mtu yeyote mwingine ambaye atasogea karibu nayo atauawa.
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="NUM.1.52" />Waisraeli watapiga mahema yao kwa makundi makundi, kila mwanaume katika kambi yake mwenyewe chini ya bendera yake.
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="NUM.1.53" />Hata hivyo, Walawi watapiga mahema yao kuzunguka Maskani ya Ushuhuda ili ghadhabu isiipate jumuiya ya Waisraeli. Walawi watawajibika kwa utunzaji wa Maskani ya Ushuhuda.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="54" bcv="NUM.1.54" />Waisraeli walifanya yote haya sawasawa kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwamuru Mose.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Mpangilio Wa Kambi Za Makabila
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.2.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> aliwaambia Mose na Aroni:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.2.2" />“Waisraeli watapiga kambi zao kuzunguka Hema la Kukutania kwa umbali fulani kutoka kwenye hema, kila mwanaume chini ya alama yake pamoja na bendera ya jamaa yake.”
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="3" bcv="NUM.2.3" />Kwa upande wa mashariki kuelekea mawio ya jua, kambi ya makundi ya Yuda watapiga kambi chini ya alama yao. Kiongozi wa watu wa Yuda ni Nashoni mwana wa Aminadabu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="NUM.2.4" />Kundi lake lina watu 74,600.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="5" bcv="NUM.2.5" />Kabila la Isakari watapiga kambi karibu na Yuda. Kiongozi wa watu wa Isakari ni Nethaneli mwana wa Suari.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="NUM.2.6" />Kundi lake lina watu 54,400.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="7" bcv="NUM.2.7" />Kabila la Zabuloni litafuata. Kiongozi wa watu wa Zabuloni ni Eliabu mwana wa Heloni.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="NUM.2.8" />Kundi lake lina watu 57,400.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="9" bcv="NUM.2.9" />Wanaume wote walio katika kambi ya Yuda, kufuatana na makundi yao, ni 186,400. Wao watatangulia kuondoka.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="10" bcv="NUM.2.10" />Kwa upande wa kusini kutakuwa kambi ya makundi ya Reubeni chini ya alama yao. Kiongozi wa watu wa Reubeni ni Elisuri mwana wa Shedeuri.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NUM.2.11" />Kundi lake lina watu 46,500.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="12" bcv="NUM.2.12" />Kabila la Simeoni watapiga kambi karibu na Reubeni. Kiongozi wa watu wa Simeoni ni Shelumieli mwana wa Surishadai.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="NUM.2.13" />Kundi lake lina watu 59,300.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="14" bcv="NUM.2.14" />Kabila la Gadi litafuata. Kiongozi wa watu wa Gadi ni Eliasafu mwana wa Deueli.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="NUM.2.15" />Kundi lake lina watu 45,650.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="16" bcv="NUM.2.16" />Wanaume wote walio katika kambi ya Reubeni, kufuatana na makundi yao, ni 151,450. Nao watakuwa nafasi ya pili kuondoka.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="17" bcv="NUM.2.17" />Kisha Hema la Kukutania na kambi ya Walawi vitakuwa katikati ya kambi zote. Wao watasafiri kwa utaratibu ule ule kama walivyopiga kambi, kila mmoja mahali pake mwenyewe chini ya alama yake.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="18" bcv="NUM.2.18" />Upande wa magharibi kutakuwepo na kambi ya makundi ya Efraimu chini ya alama yao. Kiongozi wa watu wa Efraimu ni Elishama mwana wa Amihudi.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="NUM.2.19" />Kundi lake lina watu 40,500.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="20" bcv="NUM.2.20" />Kabila la Manase litafuata baada ya Efraimu. Kiongozi wa watu wa Manase ni Gamalieli mwana wa Pedasuri.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="NUM.2.21" />Kundi lake lina watu 32,200.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="22" bcv="NUM.2.22" />Kabila la Benyamini litafuata baada ya Manase. Kiongozi wa watu wa Benyamini ni Abidani mwana wa Gideoni.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="NUM.2.23" />Kundi lake lina watu 35,400.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="24" bcv="NUM.2.24" />Wanaume wote walio katika kambi ya Efraimu kufuatana na makundi yao ni 108,100. Nao watakuwa nafasi ya tatu kuondoka.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="25" bcv="NUM.2.25" />Upande wa kaskazini kutakuwa na makundi ya kambi ya Dani, chini ya alama yao. Kiongozi wa watu wa Dani ni Ahiezeri mwana wa Amishadai.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="NUM.2.26" />Kundi lake lina watu 62,700.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="27" bcv="NUM.2.27" />Kabila la Asheri watapiga kambi karibu na Dani. Kiongozi wa watu wa Asheri ni Pagieli mwana wa Okrani.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="NUM.2.28" />Kundi lake lina watu 41,500.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="29" bcv="NUM.2.29" />Kabila la Naftali litafuata. Kiongozi wa watu wa Naftali ni Ahira mwana wa Enani.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="NUM.2.30" />Kundi lake lina watu 53,400.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="31" bcv="NUM.2.31" />Wanaume wote walio katika kambi ya Dani ni 157,600. Wao watakuwa wa mwisho kuondoka chini ya alama yao.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="32" bcv="NUM.2.32" />Hawa ndio Waisraeli, wakiwa wamehesabiwa kufuatana na jamaa zao. Wote walio kambini kwa makundi yao ni watu 603,550.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="NUM.2.33" />Hata hivyo, Walawi hawakuhesabiwa pamoja na Waisraeli wengine, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="NUM.2.34" />Kwa hiyo Waisraeli wakafanya kila kitu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alichomwamuru Mose. Hivyo ndivyo walivyopiga kambi chini ya alama zao, pia hivyo ndivyo walivyoondoka, kila mmoja akiwa na ukoo wake na jamaa yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Walawi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.3.1" />Hii ni hesabu ya jamaa ya Aroni na Mose kwa wakati ambao
<nd>Bwana</nd> alizungumza na Mose katika Mlima Sinai.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="NUM.3.2" />Majina ya wana wa Aroni yalikuwa: Nadabu mzaliwa wa kwanza na Abihu, Eleazari na Ithamari.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NUM.3.3" />Hayo yalikuwa majina ya wana wa Aroni, makuhani wapakwa mafuta, waliokuwa wamesimikwa kuhudumu kama makuhani.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="NUM.3.4" />Hata hivyo Nadabu na Abihu walikufa mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> walipotoa sadaka kwa moto usioruhusiwa mbele zake katika Jangwa la Sinai. Hawakuwa na wana; kwa hiyo Eleazari na Ithamari walihudumu peke yao kama makuhani wakati wote wa maisha ya Aroni baba yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="NUM.3.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="NUM.3.6" />“Walete watu wa kabila la Lawi mbele ya Aroni kuhani ili wamsaidie.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="NUM.3.7" />Watafanya huduma kwa ajili yake na kwa jumuiya yote katika Hema la Kukutania kwa kufanya kazi za Maskani.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="NUM.3.8" />Watatunza samani zote za Hema la Kukutania, wakitimiza wajibu wa kuhudumia Waisraeli kwa kufanya kazi ya Maskani.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="NUM.3.9" />Wakabidhi Walawi kwa Aroni na wanawe; hao ndio Waisraeli ambao wanakabidhiwa kwake kabisa.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="NUM.3.10" />Waweke Aroni na wanawe kuhudumu kama makuhani; mtu mwingine yeyote atakayesogea mahali patakatifu ni lazima auawe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="NUM.3.11" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="NUM.3.12" />“Nimewatwaa Walawi kutoka miongoni mwa Waisraeli badala ya mzaliwa wa kwanza wa kiume wa kila mwanamke wa Mwisraeli. Walawi ni wangu,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="NUM.3.13" />kwa kuwa wazaliwa wote wa kwanza ni wangu. Nilipowaua wazaliwa wa kwanza huko Misri, nilimtenga kila mzaliwa wa kwanza katika Israeli awe wangu, akiwa mwanadamu au mnyama. Watakuwa wangu. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="NUM.3.14" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose katika Jangwa la Sinai,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="NUM.3.15" />“Wahesabu Walawi kwa jamaa zao na koo zao. Mhesabu kila mwanaume mwenye umri wa mwezi mmoja au zaidi.”
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="NUM.3.16" />Kwa hiyo Mose akawahesabu, kama alivyoamriwa na neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="17" bcv="NUM.3.17" />Haya yalikuwa majina ya wana wa Lawi:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Gershoni, Kohathi na Merari.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="18" bcv="NUM.3.18" />Haya ndiyo yaliyokuwa majina ya koo za Wagershoni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Libni na Shimei.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="19" bcv="NUM.3.19" />Koo za Wakohathi zilikuwa ni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Amramu, Ishari, Hebroni na Uzieli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="20" bcv="NUM.3.20" />Koo za Wamerari zilikuwa ni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Mahli na Mushi.
</p>
<p style="p">Hizi ndizo zilizokuwa koo za Walawi, kufuatana na jamaa zao.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="NUM.3.21" />Kulikuwa na koo za Walibni na Washimei kwa Gershoni; hizi ndizo zilizokuwa koo za Wagershoni.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="NUM.3.22" />Idadi ya waume wote waliokuwa na mwezi mmoja au zaidi waliohesabiwa walikuwa 7,500.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="NUM.3.23" />Ukoo wa Wagershoni walitakiwa kuweka kambi zao upande wa magharibi, nyuma ya Maskani.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="NUM.3.24" />Kiongozi wa jamaa za Wagershoni alikuwa Eliasafu mwana wa Laeli.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="NUM.3.25" />Katika Hema la Kukutania, Wagershoni walikuwa na wajibu wa kutunza Maskani na hema, vifuniko vyake, pazia katika mlango wa kuingilia ndani ya Hema la Kukutania,
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="NUM.3.26" />mapazia ya ua, pazia katika ingilio la ua unaozunguka Maskani na madhabahu, pamoja na kamba, na kila kinachohusika kwa matumizi yake.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="NUM.3.27" />Kwa Kohathi kulikuwepo koo za Waamramu, Waishari, Wahebroni na Wauzieli; hizi ndizo zilizokuwa koo za Wakohathi.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="NUM.3.28" />Hesabu ya waume wote wenye mwezi mmoja au zaidi ilikuwa watu 8,600. Wakohathi waliwajibika kutunza mahali patakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="NUM.3.29" />Koo za Wakohathi zilitakiwa kuweka kambi zao upande wa kusini wa Maskani.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="NUM.3.30" />Kiongozi wa jamaa za koo za Wakohathi alikuwa Elisafani mwana wa Uzieli.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="NUM.3.31" />Waliwajibika kutunza Sanduku la Agano, meza, kinara cha taa, madhabahu, na vile vyombo vya mahali patakatifu vinavyotumika kuhudumu, pazia, na kila kitu kinachohusika na matumizi yake.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="NUM.3.32" />Kiongozi mkuu wa Walawi alikuwa Eleazari mwana wa kuhani, Aroni. Aliwekwa juu ya wale waliowajibika kutunza mahali patakatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="NUM.3.33" />Kwa Merari kulikuwa na koo za Wamahli na Wamushi; hizi zilikuwa koo za Merari.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="NUM.3.34" />Hesabu ya waume wote wenye umri wa mwaka mmoja au zaidi waliohesabiwa walikuwa 6,200.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="NUM.3.35" />Kiongozi wa jamaa za koo za Wamerari alikuwa Surieli mwana wa Abihaili; hawa walitakiwa kuweka kambi zao upande wa kaskazini mwa Maskani.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="NUM.3.36" />Wamerari waliwekwa kutunza miimo ya Maskani, mataruma yake, nguzo, vitako na vifaa vyake vyote na kila kitu kilichohusika na matumizi yake,
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="NUM.3.37" />na pia nguzo za ua unaozunguka pamoja na vitako vyake, vigingi vya hema na kamba zake.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="NUM.3.38" />Mose, na Aroni na wanawe walitakiwa kuweka kambi zao mashariki mwa Maskani, kuelekea mawio ya jua, mbele ya Hema la Kukutania. Wao walihusika na utunzaji wa mahali patakatifu kwa niaba ya Waisraeli. Mtu mwingine yeyote aliyepasogelea mahali patakatifu angeuawa.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="NUM.3.39" />Jumla ya hesabu ya Walawi waliohesabiwa na Mose na Aroni kwa amri ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kufuatana na koo, pamoja na kila mume mwenye umri wa mwezi mmoja au zaidi, walikuwa 22,000.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="NUM.3.40" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Wahesabu wazaliwa wa kwanza wa kiume wote wa Waisraeli wenye umri wa mwezi mmoja au zaidi na uorodheshe majina yao.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="NUM.3.41" />Nitwalie Walawi badala ya wazaliwa wa kwanza wa Waisraeli, nayo mifugo ya Walawi badala ya wazaliwa wa mifugo ya Waisraeli. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="NUM.3.42" />Hivyo Mose akawahesabu wazaliwa wa kwanza wote wa Waisraeli, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwamuru.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="NUM.3.43" />Jumla ya hesabu ya wazaliwa wa kwanza waume wenye umri wa mwezi mmoja au zaidi, walioorodheshwa kwa majina, walikuwa 22,273.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="44" bcv="NUM.3.44" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="NUM.3.45" />“Watwae Walawi badala ya wazaliwa wa kwanza wote wa Israeli, nayo mifugo ya Walawi badala ya mifugo yao. Walawi watakuwa wangu. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="NUM.3.46" />Ili kukomboa wazao wa kwanza 273 wa Waisraeli ambao wamezidi hesabu ya Walawi,
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="NUM.3.47" />kusanya shekeli tano<f caller="+"><fr>3:47
</fr><ft>Shekeli tano ni sawa na gramu 55.</ft></f> kwa kila mmoja, kufuatana na shekeli ya mahali patakatifu, ambayo ina uzito wa gera ishirini.<f caller="+"><fr>3:47
</fr><ft>Gera 20 ni sawa na gramu 11.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="NUM.3.48" />Mpe Aroni na wanawe hizo fedha kwa ajili ya ukombozi wa idadi ya Waisraeli waliozidi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="49" bcv="NUM.3.49" />Kwa hiyo Mose akakusanya fedha za ukombozi kutoka kwa wale ambao hesabu yao ilizidi wale waliokombolewa na Walawi.
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="NUM.3.50" />Kutokana na wazaliwa wa kwanza wa Waisraeli alikusanya fedha yenye uzito wa shekeli 1,365<f caller="+"><fr>3:50
</fr><ft>Shekeli 1,365 ni sawa na kilo 15.5.</ft></f> kufuatana na shekeli ya mahali patakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="NUM.3.51" />Mose akampa Aroni na wanawe ile fedha ya ukombozi, kama alivyoamriwa na neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Wakohathi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.4.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akawaambia Mose na Aroni,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.4.2" />“Wahesabu Wakohathi walio sehemu ya Walawi kwa koo zao na jamaa zao.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NUM.4.3" />Wahesabu wanaume wote wenye umri wa miaka thelathini hadi hamsini wanaokuja kutumika katika kazi ya Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="NUM.4.4" />“Hii ndiyo kazi ya Wakohathi katika Hema la Kukutania: Watatunza vitu vilivyo vitakatifu sana.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NUM.4.5" />Wakati kambi inapohamishwa, Aroni na wanawe wataingia ndani na kushusha lile pazia la kuzuilia na kufunika nalo Sanduku la Ushuhuda.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="NUM.4.6" />Kisha watafunika juu yake na ngozi za pomboo,<f caller="+"><fr>4:6
</fr><fq>Pomboo
</fq><ft>hapa ina maana ya mnyama mwenye ngozi laini aishiye kwenye milima yenye misitu, au pengine nguva au sili.
</ft></f> na kutandaza juu yake kitambaa cha rangi ya buluu iliyokolea na kuingiza mipiko mahali pake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="NUM.4.7" />“Juu ya meza ya mikate ya Wonyesho watatandaza kitambaa cha buluu na waweke sahani juu yake, masinia, bakuli na magudulia kwa ajili ya sadaka za kinywaji; mkate ule ambao upo hapa daima utabaki juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="NUM.4.8" />Juu ya hivyo vitu watatandaza kitambaa chekundu na kufunika kwa ngozi za pomboo na kuweka mipiko yake mahali pake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="NUM.4.9" />“Watachukua kitambaa cha buluu na kufunika kinara cha taa kilicho kwa ajili ya nuru, pamoja na taa zake, mikasi yake, sinia zake, magudulia yake yote yaliyotumika kuwekea mafuta.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="NUM.4.10" />Kisha watakisokotea pamoja na vifaa vyake vyote katika ngozi za pomboo na kukiweka kwenye jukwaa lake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="NUM.4.11" />“Juu ya madhabahu ya dhahabu watatandaza kitambaa cha buluu na kukifunika kwa ngozi za pomboo na kuweka mipiko yake mahali pake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="NUM.4.12" />“Watavichukua vyombo vyote vinavyotumika kuhudumia mahali patakatifu, watavisokotea kwenye kitambaa cha buluu na kufunika kwa ngozi za pomboo, na kuviweka juu ya miti ya kuchukulia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="NUM.4.13" />“Wataondoa majivu kutoka madhabahu ya shaba na kutandaza kitambaa cha zambarau juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="NUM.4.14" />Kisha wataweka vyombo vyote juu yake vinavyotumika kwa kuhudumia madhabahuni pamoja na vyombo vya kutolea moto, nyuma, miiko na mabakuli ya kunyunyizia. Juu yake watatandaza ngozi za pomboo ya kufunika, na kuweka mipiko mahali pake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="NUM.4.15" />“Baada ya Aroni na wanawe kumaliza kazi ya kufunika samani takatifu na vyombo vyake vyote, watu watakapokuwa tayari kungʼoa kambi, Wakohathi watakuja kufanya kazi ya kubeba. Lakini wasije wakagusa vitu vitakatifu la sivyo watakufa. Wakohathi ndio watakaobeba vile vitu vilivyomo katika Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="NUM.4.16" />“Eleazari mwana wa Aroni, kuhani, ndiye atakayesimamia mafuta kwa ajili ya taa, uvumba wenye harufu nzuri, sadaka za kila siku za nafaka na mafuta ya upako. Ndiye atakayekuwa msimamizi wa maskani yote ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kila kitu kilichomo ndani mwake pamoja na samani takatifu na vyombo vyake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="NUM.4.17" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akawaambia Mose na Aroni,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="NUM.4.18" />“Hakikisheni kwamba koo za kabila la Wakohathi hawatengwi kutoka Walawi.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="NUM.4.19" />Ili wapate kuishi wala wasife wanapokaribia vitu vitakatifu sana, uwafanyie hivi: Aroni na wanawe watakwenda mahali patakatifu na kumgawia kila mtu kazi yake, na kwamba ni nini atakachochukua.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="NUM.4.20" />Lakini Wakohathi hawaruhusiwi kuingia ndani ili kuangalia vitu vitakatifu, hata kwa kitambo kidogo, la sivyo watakufa.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wagershoni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="NUM.4.21" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="NUM.4.22" />“Wahesabu pia Wagershoni kwa jamaa zao na koo zao.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="NUM.4.23" />Wahesabu wanaume wote wenye umri wa miaka thelathini hadi hamsini ambao huja kutumika katika Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="NUM.4.24" />“Hii ndiyo huduma ya koo za Wagershoni wakati wanapofanya kazi na kubeba mizigo.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="NUM.4.25" />Watabeba mapazia ya maskani. Hema la Kukutania, kifuniko chake na kifuniko cha nje cha ngozi za pomboo, mapazia ya maingilio ya Hema la Kukutania,
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="NUM.4.26" />mapazia ya ua unaozunguka Maskani na madhabahu, pazia la maingilio, kamba na vifaa vyote vinavyotumika katika huduma yake. Wagershoni watafanya yote yatakiwayo kufanyika na vitu hivi.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="NUM.4.27" />Utumishi wao wote ukiwa ni kuchukua au wa kufanya kazi nyingine, utafanyika chini ya maelekezo ya Aroni na wanawe. Mtawapangia kama wajibu wao yote watakayoyafanya.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="NUM.4.28" />Hii ndiyo huduma ya koo za Wagershoni katika Hema la Kukutania. Wajibu wao utakuwa chini ya maelekezo ya Ithamari mwana wa kuhani Aroni.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wamerari
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="NUM.4.29" />“Wahesabu Wamerari kwa koo zao na jamaa zao.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="NUM.4.30" />Wahesabu wanaume wote kuanzia umri wa miaka thelathini hadi hamsini ambao watakuja kutumika katika Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="NUM.4.31" />Huu ndio wajibu wao wanapofanya huduma katika Hema la Kukutania: kubeba miimo ya Maskani, mataruma yake, nguzo na vitako,
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="NUM.4.32" />nguzo za ua unaozunguka pamoja na vitako vyake, vigingi vya hema, kamba, vifaa vyake vyote na kila kitu kinachohusiana na matumizi yake. Kila mtu mpangie vitu maalum vya kubeba.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="NUM.4.33" />Huu ndio utumishi wa koo za Merari kama watakavyofanya kazi katika Hema la Kukutania, chini ya maelekezo ya Ithamari mwana wa kuhani, Aroni.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuhesabiwa Kwa Koo Za Walawi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="NUM.4.34" />Mose, Aroni na viongozi wa jumuiya wakawahesabu Wakohathi kwa koo zao na jamaa zao.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="NUM.4.35" />Wanaume wote kuanzia umri wa miaka thelathini hadi hamsini ambao walikuja kutumika katika Hema la Kukutania,
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="NUM.4.36" />waliohesabiwa kwa koo zao, walikuwa 2,750.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="NUM.4.37" />Hii ilikuwa ndiyo jumla ya wote wale wa koo za Wakohathi ambao walitumika katika Hema la Kukutania. Mose na Aroni waliwahesabu kufuatana na amri ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kupitia kwa Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="NUM.4.38" />Wagershoni walihesabiwa kwa koo zao na jamaa zao.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="NUM.4.39" />Watu wote kuanzia umri wa miaka thelathini hadi hamsini ambao walikuja kutumika katika Hema la Kukutania,
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="NUM.4.40" />waliohesabiwa kwa koo zao na jamaa zao, walikuwa 2,630.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="NUM.4.41" />Hii ilikuwa ndiyo jumla ya wale wa koo za Gershoni ambao walitumika katika Hema la Kukutania. Mose na Aroni waliwahesabu kufuatana na amri ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="NUM.4.42" />Wamerari walihesabiwa kwa koo zao na jamaa zao.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="NUM.4.43" />Wanaume wote kuanzia umri wa miaka thelathini hadi miaka hamsini ambao walikuja kutumika katika Hema la Kukutania,
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="NUM.4.44" />waliohesabiwa kwa koo zao, walikuwa 3,200.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="NUM.4.45" />Hii ilikuwa ndiyo jumla ya wale wa koo za Wamerari. Mose na Aroni waliwahesabu kufuatia amri ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kupitia kwa Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="46" bcv="NUM.4.46" />Hivyo Mose, Aroni na viongozi wa Israeli waliwahesabu Walawi wote kwa koo zao na jamaa zao.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="NUM.4.47" />Wanaume wote wenye umri kuanzia miaka thelathini hadi hamsini waliokuja kufanya kazi ya kuhudumu na kubeba Hema la Kukutania
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="NUM.4.48" />walikuwa watu 8,580.
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="NUM.4.49" />Kwa amri ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kupitia Mose, kila mmoja aligawiwa kazi yake na kuambiwa kitu cha kubeba.
</p>
<p style="p">Hivyo ndivyo walivyohesabiwa kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwamuru Mose.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Utakaso Wa Kambi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.5.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.5.2" />“Waamuru Waisraeli kumtoa nje ya kambi mtu yeyote ambaye ana ugonjwa wa ngozi uambukizao,<f caller="+"><fr>5:2
</fr><ft>Ugonjwa wa ngozi uambukizao hapa ina maana ya ukoma.</ft></f> au anayetokwa na majimaji ya aina yoyote, au ambaye ni najisi kwa utaratibu wa ibada kwa sababu ya maiti.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NUM.5.3" />Hii itakuwa ni kwa wote, yaani, wanaume na wanawake; watoeni nje ya kambi ili wasije wakanajisi kambi yao, ambamo ninaishi miongoni mwao.”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="NUM.5.4" />Waisraeli wakafanya hivyo; wakawatoa nje ya kambi. Wakafanya kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyokuwa amemwelekeza Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Malipo Kwa Ajili Ya Makosa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="NUM.5.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="NUM.5.6" />“Waambie Waisraeli, ‘Wakati mwanaume au mwanamke akimkosea mwenzake kwa njia yoyote, na kwa hivyo akawa si mwaminifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mtu huyo ana hatia,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="NUM.5.7" />na ni lazima atubu dhambi aliyoifanya. Ni lazima atoe malipo kamili kwa ajili ya kosa lake, aongeze sehemu ya tano juu ya malipo hayo na kutoa yote kwa mtu aliyemkosea.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="NUM.5.8" />Lakini ikiwa mtu huyo hana jamaa ya karibu ambaye malipo yanaweza kufanywa kwa ajili ya kosa, malipo yatakuwa mali ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nayo ni lazima apewe kuhani, pamoja na kondoo dume ambaye anatumika kufanyia upatanisho kwa ajili yake.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="NUM.5.9" />Matoleo yote matakatifu ya Waisraeli wanayoleta kwa kuhani yatakuwa yake.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="NUM.5.10" />Kila kitu cha mtu kilichowekwa wakfu ni chake mwenyewe, lakini kile atoacho kwa kuhani kitakuwa cha kuhani.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Jaribio Kwa Ajili Ya Mke Asiye Mwaminifu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="NUM.5.11" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="NUM.5.12" />“Nena na Waisraeli uwaambie: ‘Ikiwa mke wa mtu amepotoka na si mwaminifu kwa mumewe,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="NUM.5.13" />kwa kukutana kimwili na mwanaume mwingine, tendo hili likafichika kwa mumewe na unajisi wake usigundulike (kwa kuwa hakuna ushahidi dhidi yake, naye hakukamatwa katika tendo hilo),
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="NUM.5.14" />nazo hisia za wivu zikamjia mumewe na kumshuku mkewe, naye mke yule ni najisi, au mumewe ana wivu na akamshuku ingawa si najisi,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="NUM.5.15" />basi atampeleka mkewe kwa kuhani. Huyo mume itampasa apeleke pia sadaka ya unga wa shayiri kiasi cha sehemu ya kumi ya efa<f caller="+"><fr>5:15
</fr><ft>Sehemu ya kumi ya efa ni sawa na kilo moja.</ft></f> kwa niaba ya mkewe. Huyo mwanaume kamwe asimimine mafuta juu ya huo unga wala asiweke uvumba juu yake, kwa sababu ni sadaka ya nafaka kwa ajili ya wivu, sadaka ya ukumbusho ili kukumbushia uovu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="NUM.5.16" />“ ‘Kuhani atamleta huyo mwanamke na kumsimamisha mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="NUM.5.17" />Kisha kuhani atachukua sehemu ya maji matakatifu ndani ya gudulia la udongo na kuchanganya na baadhi ya vumbi kutoka sakafu ya Maskani.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="NUM.5.18" />Baada ya kuhani kumsimamisha huyo mwanamke mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, atazifungua nywele za huyo mwanamke na kuweka sadaka ya ukumbusho mikononi mwake, ile sadaka ya nafaka kwa ajili ya wivu, huku kuhani mwenyewe akishikilia yale maji machungu yaletayo laana.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="NUM.5.19" />Kisha kuhani atamwapiza huyo mwanamke, akimwambia, “Ikiwa hakuna mwanaume mwingine aliyekutana kimwili nawe, wala hujapotoka na kuwa najisi wakati ukiwa umeolewa na mumeo, maji haya machungu yaletayo laana na yasikudhuru.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="NUM.5.20" />Lakini ikiwa umepotoka wakati ukiwa umeolewa na mume wako na umejinajisi mwenyewe kwa kukutana kimwili na mwanaume mwingine asiyekuwa mumeo”;
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="NUM.5.21" />hapa kuhani atamweka huyo mwanamke chini ya laana ya kiapo akisema: “<nd>Bwana</nd> na awafanye watu wako wakulaani na kukukataa, wakati
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakapolifanya paja lako kupooza na tumbo lako kuvimba.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="NUM.5.22" />Maji haya yaletayo laana na yaingie ndani ya mwili wako ili tumbo lako livimbe na paja lako lipooze.”<f caller="+"><fr>5:22
</fr><ft>Paja lipooze hapa ina maana ya kuwa tasa au kuharibu mimba.</ft></f>
</p>
<p style="p">“ ‘Kisha mwanamke atasema, “Amen. Iwe hivyo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="NUM.5.23" />“ ‘Kuhani ataandika laana hizi kwenye kitabu, kisha atazioshea laana hizo kwenye yale maji machungu.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="NUM.5.24" />Kuhani atamnywesha yule mwanamke yale maji machungu yaletayo laana, nayo maji haya yatamwingia na kumsababishia maumivu makali.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="NUM.5.25" />Kuhani atachukua sadaka ya nafaka kwa ajili ya wivu kutoka mikononi mwa huyo mwanamke, naye ataipunga mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kuileta madhabahuni.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="NUM.5.26" />Kisha kuhani atachota sadaka ya nafaka mkono uliojaa kama sehemu ya kumbukumbu na kuiteketeza juu ya madhabahu, baada ya hayo, atamtaka huyo mwanamke anywe yale maji.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="NUM.5.27" />Kama amejitia unajisi na kukosa uaminifu kwa mumewe, wakati anapotakiwa anywe maji yale yaletayo laana, yatamwingia na kusababisha maumivu makali; tumbo lake litavimba na paja lake litapooza, naye atakuwa amelaaniwa miongoni mwa watu wake.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="NUM.5.28" />Hata hivyo, ikiwa huyo mwanamke hakujitia unajisi, naye ni safi, atasafishwa hatia na ataweza kuzaa watoto.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="NUM.5.29" />“ ‘Basi, hii ndiyo sheria ya wivu mwanamke anapopotoka na kujitia unajisi akiwa ameolewa na mumewe,
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="NUM.5.30" />au hisia za wivu zinapomjia mwanaume kwa sababu ya kumshuku mkewe. Kuhani atamfanya huyo mwanamke kusimama mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> na atatumia sheria hii yote kwa huyo mwanamke.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="NUM.5.31" />Mume atakuwa hana hatia ya kosa lolote, bali mwanamke atayachukua matokeo ya dhambi yake.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Mnadhiri
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.6.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.6.2" />“Sema na Waisraeli na uwaambie: ‘Ikiwa mwanaume au mwanamke anataka kuweka nadhiri maalum, nadhiri ya kutengwa kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kama Mnadhiri,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NUM.6.3" />ni lazima ajitenge na mvinyo na kinywaji kingine chochote chenye chachu, na kamwe asinywe siki itokanayo na mvinyo au itokanayo na kinywaji kingine chenye chachu. Kamwe asinywe maji ya zabibu wala kula zabibu mbichi au kavu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="NUM.6.4" />Kwa muda wote atakaokuwa Mnadhiri, kamwe hatakula chochote kitokanacho na mzabibu, sio mbegu wala maganda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="NUM.6.5" />“ ‘Kwa muda wote wa nadhiri yake ya kujitenga kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wembe hautapita kichwani mwake. Ni lazima awe mtakatifu mpaka kipindi cha kujitenga kwake kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kiishe; ni lazima aache nywele za kichwa chake zirefuke.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="NUM.6.6" />Kwa kipindi chochote cha kujitenga kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> hatakaribia maiti.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="NUM.6.7" />Hata kama baba yake mwenyewe au mama au kaka au dada akifa, hatajinajisi mwenyewe kwa taratibu za ibada kwa ajili yao, kwa sababu ishara ya kujiweka wakfu kwake kwa Mungu ipo katika kichwa chake.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="NUM.6.8" />Kwa kipindi chote cha kujitenga kwake yeye ni wakfu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="NUM.6.9" />“ ‘Kama mtu yeyote akifa ghafula karibu naye, atakuwa ametiwa unajisi nywele zake alizoziweka wakfu, hivyo ni lazima anyoe nywele zake siku ya utakaso wake, yaani siku ya saba.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="NUM.6.10" />Kisha siku ya nane ni lazima alete hua wawili au makinda mawili ya njiwa kwa kuhani katika mlango wa Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NUM.6.11" />Kuhani atatoa mmoja kama sadaka ya dhambi, na mwingine kama sadaka ya kuteketezwa ili kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili yake kwa sababu ametenda dhambi kwa kuwepo mbele ya maiti. Siku iyo hiyo atakiweka wakfu kichwa chake.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="NUM.6.12" />Ni lazima ajitoe kabisa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa kipindi cha kujitenga kwake, na ni lazima atoe mwana-kondoo wa mwaka mmoja kama sadaka ya hatia. Siku zilizopita hazitahesabiwa kwa sababu alijitia unajisi katika siku zake za kujitenga.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="NUM.6.13" />“ ‘Basi hii ndiyo sheria kwa ajili ya Mnadhiri baada ya kipindi chake cha kujitenga kupita. Ataletwa kwenye ingilio la Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="NUM.6.14" />Hapo atatoa sadaka zake kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>: yaani, mwana-kondoo wa mwaka mmoja asiye na waa kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa, kondoo mke wa mwaka mmoja asiye na waa kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi, kondoo dume asiye na waa kwa ajili ya sadaka ya amani,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="NUM.6.15" />pamoja na sadaka zake za nafaka na za vinywaji, na kikapu cha mikate isiyotiwa chachu, yaani maandazi yaliyotengenezwa kwa unga laini uliochanganywa na mafuta, na mikate myembamba iliyopakwa mafuta.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="NUM.6.16" />“ ‘Kuhani atavileta vitu hivyo mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kufanya sadaka ya dhambi na sadaka ya kuteketezwa.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="NUM.6.17" />Ataleta pia kikapu cha mikate isiyotiwa chachu, na atatoa dhabihu kondoo dume kama sadaka ya amani kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, pamoja na sadaka yake ya nafaka na sadaka ya kinywaji.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="NUM.6.18" />“ ‘Kisha kwenye ingilio la Hema la Kukutania, Mnadhiri ni lazima anyoe nywele zake ambazo alikuwa ameziweka wakfu. Atazichukua hizo nywele na kuziweka ndani ya moto ulio chini ya dhabihu ya sadaka ya amani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="NUM.6.19" />“ ‘Baada ya Mnadhiri kunyoa hizo nywele zake za kujitenga kwake, kuhani atampa mikononi mwake bega la kondoo dume lililochemshwa, na pia andazi na mkate mwembamba kutoka kwenye kikapu, vyote vikiwa vimetengenezwa bila kuwekwa chachu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="NUM.6.20" />Kisha kuhani ataviinua mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kama sadaka ya kuinua; ni vitakatifu na ni mali ya kuhani, pamoja na kile kidari kilichoinuliwa na lile paja lililotolewa. Baada ya hayo, Mnadhiri anaweza kunywa divai.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="NUM.6.21" />“ ‘Hii ndiyo sheria ya Mnadhiri ambaye anaweka nadhiri kwa matoleo yake kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kufuatana na kujitenga kwake, zaidi ya chochote kile anachoweza kupata. Ni lazima atimize nadhiri aliyoiweka kufuatana na sheria ya Mnadhiri.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Baraka Ya Kikuhani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="NUM.6.22" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="NUM.6.23" />“Mwambie Aroni na wanawe, ‘Hivi ndivyo mtakavyowabariki Waisraeli. Waambieni:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="NUM.6.24" />“ ‘ “<nd>Bwana</nd> akubariki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukulinda;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="NUM.6.25" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akuangazie nuru ya uso wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukufadhili;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="NUM.6.26" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akugeuzie uso wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukupa amani.” ’
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="NUM.6.27" />“Hivyo wataliweka Jina langu juu ya Waisraeli, nami nitawabariki.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Sadaka Wakati Wa Kuweka Wakfu Maskani Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.7.1" />Mose alipomaliza kuisimamisha Maskani, aliitia mafuta na kuiweka wakfu pamoja na samani zake zote. Pia alitia madhabahu mafuta na kuiweka wakfu, pamoja na vyombo vyake vyote.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.7.2" />Ndipo viongozi wa Israeli, wale wakuu wa jamaa waliokuwa viongozi wa kabila wasimamizi wa wale waliohesabiwa, wakatoa sadaka.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NUM.7.3" />Walizileta kama matoleo yao mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>: magari sita ya kukokotwa yaliyofunikwa, pamoja na maksai kumi na wawili; yaani maksai mmoja kutoka kwa kila kiongozi, na gari moja la kukokotwa kutoka kwa kila viongozi wawili. Haya waliyaleta mbele ya Maskani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="NUM.7.4" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NUM.7.5" />“Vikubali vitu hivi kutoka kwao, ili viweze kutumika katika kazi kwenye Hema la Kukutania. Wapatie Walawi kama kazi ya kila mtu itakavyohitaji.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="NUM.7.6" />Hivyo Mose akachukua yale magari ya kukokotwa pamoja na maksai, na kuwapa Walawi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="NUM.7.7" />Aliwapa Wagershoni magari mawili ya kukokotwa na maksai wanne, kama walivyohitaji kwa kazi yao,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="NUM.7.8" />na pia aliwapa Wamerari magari manne ya kukokotwa na maksai wanane, kama kazi yao ilivyohitaji. Wote walikuwa chini ya maelekezo ya Ithamari mwana wa kuhani, Aroni.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="NUM.7.9" />Lakini Mose hakuwapa Wakohathi chochote kati ya hivyo, kwa sababu walitakiwa kubeba vitu vitakatifu mabegani mwao, vile walikuwa wanawajibika.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="NUM.7.10" />Wakati madhabahu yalitiwa mafuta, viongozi walileta sadaka zao kwa ajili ya kule kuwekwa wakfu kwake na kuziweka mbele ya madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NUM.7.11" />Kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amemwambia Mose, “Kila siku kiongozi mmoja ataleta sadaka yake ili kuwekwa wakfu madhabahu.”
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="12" bcv="NUM.7.12" />Yule ambaye alileta sadaka yake siku ya kwanza alikuwa Nashoni, mwana wa Aminadabu, wa kabila la Yuda.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="mi" style="mi"><v id="13" bcv="NUM.7.13" />Sadaka yake ilikuwa sahani moja ya fedha yenye uzito wa shekeli 130,<f caller="+"><fr>7:13
</fr><ft>Shekeli 130 za fedha ni sawa na kilo 1.5.</ft></f> na bakuli moja la fedha la kunyunyizia lenye uzito wa shekeli sabini,<f caller="+"><fr>7:13
</fr><ft>Shekeli 70 za fedha ni sawa gramu 800.</ft></f> vyote kulingana na shekeli ya mahali patakatifu, vikiwa vimejazwa unga laini uliochanganywa na mafuta kama sadaka ya nafaka;
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="NUM.7.14" />sinia moja la dhahabu lenye uzito wa shekeli kumi,<f caller="+"><fr>7:14
</fr><ft>Shekeli 10 za dhahabu ni sawa na gramu 110.</ft></f> likiwa limejazwa uvumba;
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="NUM.7.15" />fahali mmoja mchanga, kondoo dume mmoja na mwana-kondoo dume mmoja wa mwaka mmoja, kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa;
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="NUM.7.16" />mbuzi dume mmoja kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi;
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="NUM.7.17" />maksai wawili, kondoo dume watano, mbuzi dume watano na wana-kondoo dume watano wa mwaka mmoja, ili vitolewe dhabihu kama sadaka ya amani. Hii ndiyo ilikuwa sadaka ya Nashoni mwana wa Aminadabu.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="18" bcv="NUM.7.18" />Siku ya pili yake Nethaneli mwana wa Suari, kiongozi wa kabila la Isakari, alileta sadaka yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="mi" style="mi"><v id="19" bcv="NUM.7.19" />Sadaka aliyoleta ilikuwa sahani moja ya fedha yenye uzito wa shekeli 130, na bakuli moja la fedha la kunyunyizia lenye uzito wa shekeli sabini, vyote kulingana na shekeli ya mahali patakatifu, vikiwa vimejazwa unga laini uliochanganywa na mafuta kama sadaka ya nafaka;
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="NUM.7.20" />sinia moja la dhahabu lenye uzito wa shekeli kumi, likiwa limejazwa uvumba;
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="NUM.7.21" />fahali mmoja mchanga, kondoo dume mmoja na mwana-kondoo dume mmoja wa mwaka mmoja, kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa;
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="NUM.7.22" />mbuzi dume mmoja kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi;
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="NUM.7.23" />maksai wawili, kondoo dume watano, mbuzi dume watano na wana-kondoo dume watano wa mwaka mmoja, ili vitolewe dhabihu kama sadaka ya amani. Hii ndiyo ilikuwa sadaka ya Nethaneli mwana wa Suari.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="24" bcv="NUM.7.24" />Siku ya tatu Eliabu mwana wa Heloni, kiongozi wa kabila la Zabuloni, alileta sadaka yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="mi" style="mi"><v id="25" bcv="NUM.7.25" />Sadaka aliyoleta ilikuwa sahani moja ya fedha yenye uzito wa shekeli 130, na bakuli moja la fedha la kunyunyizia lenye uzito wa shekeli sabini, vyote kulingana na shekeli ya mahali patakatifu, vikiwa vimejazwa unga laini uliochanganywa na mafuta kama sadaka ya nafaka;
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="NUM.7.26" />sinia moja la dhahabu lenye uzito wa shekeli kumi, likiwa limejazwa uvumba;
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="NUM.7.27" />fahali mmoja mchanga, kondoo dume mmoja na mwana-kondoo dume mmoja wa mwaka mmoja, kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa;
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="NUM.7.28" />mbuzi dume mmoja kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi;
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="NUM.7.29" />maksai wawili, kondoo dume watano, mbuzi dume watano na wana-kondoo dume watano wa mwaka mmoja, ili vitolewe dhabihu kama sadaka ya amani. Hii ndiyo ilikuwa sadaka ya Eliabu mwana wa Heloni.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="30" bcv="NUM.7.30" />Siku ya nne Elisuri mwana wa Shedeuri, kiongozi wa kabila la Reubeni, alileta sadaka yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="mi" style="mi"><v id="31" bcv="NUM.7.31" />Sadaka aliyoleta ilikuwa sahani moja ya fedha yenye uzito wa shekeli 130, na bakuli moja la fedha la kunyunyizia lenye uzito wa shekeli sabini, vyote kulingana na shekeli ya mahali patakatifu, vikiwa vimejazwa unga laini uliochanganywa na mafuta kama sadaka ya nafaka;
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="NUM.7.32" />sinia moja la dhahabu lenye uzito wa shekeli kumi, likiwa limejazwa uvumba;
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="NUM.7.33" />fahali mmoja mchanga, kondoo dume mmoja na mwana-kondoo dume mmoja wa mwaka mmoja, kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa;
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="NUM.7.34" />mbuzi dume mmoja kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi;
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="NUM.7.35" />maksai wawili, kondoo dume watano, mbuzi dume watano na wana-kondoo dume watano wa mwaka mmoja, ili vitolewe dhabihu kama sadaka ya amani. Hii ndiyo ilikuwa sadaka ya Elisuri mwana wa Shedeuri.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="36" bcv="NUM.7.36" />Siku ya tano Shelumieli mwana wa Surishadai, kiongozi wa watu wa Simeoni, alileta sadaka yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="mi" style="mi"><v id="37" bcv="NUM.7.37" />Sadaka aliyoleta ilikuwa sahani moja ya fedha yenye uzito wa shekeli 130, na bakuli moja la fedha la kunyunyizia lenye uzito wa shekeli sabini, vyote kulingana na shekeli ya mahali patakatifu, vikiwa vimejazwa unga laini uliochanganywa na mafuta kama sadaka ya nafaka;
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="NUM.7.38" />sinia moja la dhahabu lenye uzito wa shekeli kumi, likiwa limejazwa uvumba;
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="NUM.7.39" />fahali mmoja mchanga, kondoo dume mmoja na mwana-kondoo dume mmoja wa mwaka mmoja, kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa;
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="NUM.7.40" />mbuzi dume mmoja kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi;
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="NUM.7.41" />maksai wawili, kondoo dume watano, mbuzi dume watano na wana-kondoo dume watano wa mwaka mmoja, ili vitolewe dhabihu kama sadaka ya amani. Hii ndiyo ilikuwa sadaka ya Shelumieli mwana wa Surishadai.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="42" bcv="NUM.7.42" />Siku ya sita Eliasafu mwana wa Deueli, kiongozi wa watu wa Gadi, alileta sadaka yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="mi" style="mi"><v id="43" bcv="NUM.7.43" />Sadaka aliyoleta ilikuwa sahani moja ya fedha yenye uzito wa shekeli 130, na bakuli moja la fedha la kunyunyizia lenye uzito wa shekeli sabini, vyote kulingana na shekeli ya mahali patakatifu, vikiwa vimejazwa unga laini uliochanganywa na mafuta kama sadaka ya nafaka;
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="NUM.7.44" />sinia moja la dhahabu lenye uzito wa shekeli kumi, likiwa limejazwa uvumba;
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="NUM.7.45" />fahali mmoja mchanga, kondoo dume mmoja na mwana-kondoo dume mmoja wa mwaka mmoja, kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa;
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="NUM.7.46" />mbuzi dume mmoja kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi;
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="NUM.7.47" />maksai wawili, kondoo dume watano, mbuzi dume watano na wana-kondoo dume watano wa mwaka mmoja, ili vitolewe dhabihu kama sadaka ya amani. Hii ndiyo ilikuwa sadaka ya Eliasafu mwana wa Deueli.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="48" bcv="NUM.7.48" />Siku ya saba Elishama mwana wa Amihudi, kiongozi wa watu wa Efraimu, alileta sadaka yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="mi" style="mi"><v id="49" bcv="NUM.7.49" />Sadaka aliyoleta ilikuwa sahani moja ya fedha yenye uzito wa shekeli 130, na bakuli moja la fedha la kunyunyizia lenye uzito wa shekeli sabini, vyote kulingana na shekeli ya mahali patakatifu, vikiwa vimejazwa unga laini uliochanganywa na mafuta kama sadaka ya nafaka;
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="NUM.7.50" />sinia moja la dhahabu lenye uzito wa shekeli kumi, likiwa limejazwa uvumba;
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="NUM.7.51" />fahali mmoja mchanga, kondoo dume mmoja na mwana-kondoo dume mmoja wa mwaka mmoja, kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa;
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="NUM.7.52" />mbuzi dume mmoja kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi;
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="NUM.7.53" />maksai wawili, kondoo dume watano, mbuzi dume watano na wana-kondoo dume watano wa mwaka mmoja, ili vitolewe dhabihu kama sadaka ya amani. Hii ndiyo ilikuwa sadaka ya Elishama mwana wa Amihudi.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="54" bcv="NUM.7.54" />Siku ya nane Gamalieli mwana wa Pedasuri, kiongozi wa watu wa Manase, alileta sadaka yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="mi" style="mi"><v id="55" bcv="NUM.7.55" />Sadaka aliyoleta ilikuwa sahani moja ya fedha yenye uzito wa shekeli 130, na bakuli moja la fedha la kunyunyizia lenye uzito wa shekeli sabini, vyote kulingana na shekeli ya mahali patakatifu, vikiwa vimejazwa unga laini uliochanganywa na mafuta kama sadaka ya nafaka;
<ve />
<v id="56" bcv="NUM.7.56" />sinia moja la dhahabu lenye uzito wa shekeli kumi, likiwa limejazwa uvumba;
<ve />
<v id="57" bcv="NUM.7.57" />fahali mmoja mchanga, kondoo dume mmoja na mwana-kondoo dume mmoja wa mwaka mmoja, kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa;
<ve />
<v id="58" bcv="NUM.7.58" />mbuzi dume mmoja kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi;
<ve />
<v id="59" bcv="NUM.7.59" />maksai wawili, kondoo dume watano, mbuzi dume watano na wana-kondoo dume watano wa mwaka mmoja, ili vitolewe dhabihu kama sadaka ya amani. Hii ndiyo ilikuwa sadaka ya Gamalieli mwana wa Pedasuri.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="60" bcv="NUM.7.60" />Siku ya tisa Abidani mwana wa Gideoni, kiongozi wa watu wa Benyamini, alileta sadaka yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="mi" style="mi"><v id="61" bcv="NUM.7.61" />Sadaka aliyoleta ilikuwa sahani moja ya fedha yenye uzito wa shekeli 130, na bakuli moja la fedha la kunyunyizia lenye uzito wa shekeli sabini, vyote kulingana na shekeli ya mahali patakatifu, vikiwa vimejazwa unga laini uliochanganywa na mafuta kama sadaka ya nafaka;
<ve />
<v id="62" bcv="NUM.7.62" />sinia moja la dhahabu lenye uzito wa shekeli kumi, likiwa limejazwa uvumba;
<ve />
<v id="63" bcv="NUM.7.63" />fahali mmoja mchanga, kondoo dume mmoja na mwana-kondoo dume mmoja wa mwaka mmoja, kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa;
<ve />
<v id="64" bcv="NUM.7.64" />mbuzi dume mmoja kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi;
<ve />
<v id="65" bcv="NUM.7.65" />maksai wawili, kondoo dume watano, mbuzi dume watano na wana-kondoo dume watano wa mwaka mmoja, ili vitolewe dhabihu kama sadaka ya amani. Hii ndiyo ilikuwa sadaka ya Abidani mwana wa Gideoni.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="66" bcv="NUM.7.66" />Siku ya kumi Ahiezeri mwana wa Amishadai, kiongozi wa watu wa Dani, alileta sadaka yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="mi" style="mi"><v id="67" bcv="NUM.7.67" />Sadaka aliyoleta ilikuwa sahani moja ya fedha yenye uzito wa shekeli 130, na bakuli moja la fedha la kunyunyizia lenye uzito wa shekeli sabini, vyote kulingana na shekeli ya mahali patakatifu, vikiwa vimejazwa unga laini uliochanganywa na mafuta kama sadaka ya nafaka;
<ve />
<v id="68" bcv="NUM.7.68" />sinia moja la dhahabu lenye uzito wa shekeli kumi, likiwa limejazwa uvumba;
<ve />
<v id="69" bcv="NUM.7.69" />fahali mmoja mchanga, kondoo dume mmoja na mwana-kondoo dume mmoja wa mwaka mmoja, kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa;
<ve />
<v id="70" bcv="NUM.7.70" />mbuzi dume mmoja kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi;
<ve />
<v id="71" bcv="NUM.7.71" />maksai wawili, kondoo dume watano, mbuzi dume watano na wana-kondoo dume watano wa mwaka mmoja, ili vitolewe dhabihu kama sadaka ya amani. Hii ndiyo ilikuwa sadaka ya Ahiezeri mwana wa Amishadai.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="72" bcv="NUM.7.72" />Siku ya kumi na moja Pagieli mwana wa Okrani, kiongozi wa watu wa Asheri, alileta sadaka yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="mi" style="mi"><v id="73" bcv="NUM.7.73" />Sadaka aliyoleta ilikuwa sahani moja ya fedha yenye uzito wa shekeli 130, na bakuli moja la fedha la kunyunyizia lenye uzito wa shekeli sabini, vyote kulingana na shekeli ya mahali patakatifu, vikiwa vimejazwa unga laini uliochanganywa na mafuta kama sadaka ya nafaka;
<ve />
<v id="74" bcv="NUM.7.74" />sinia moja la dhahabu lenye uzito wa shekeli kumi, likiwa limejazwa uvumba;
<ve />
<v id="75" bcv="NUM.7.75" />fahali mmoja mchanga, kondoo dume mmoja na mwana-kondoo dume mmoja wa mwaka mmoja, kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa;
<ve />
<v id="76" bcv="NUM.7.76" />mbuzi dume mmoja kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi;
<ve />
<v id="77" bcv="NUM.7.77" />maksai wawili, kondoo dume watano, mbuzi dume watano na wana-kondoo dume watano wa mwaka mmoja, ili vitolewe dhabihu kama sadaka ya amani. Hii ndiyo ilikuwa sadaka ya Pagieli mwana wa Okrani.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="78" bcv="NUM.7.78" />Siku ya kumi na mbili Ahira mwana wa Enani, kiongozi wa watu wa Naftali, alileta sadaka yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="mi" style="mi"><v id="79" bcv="NUM.7.79" />Sadaka aliyoleta ilikuwa sahani moja ya fedha yenye uzito wa shekeli 130, na bakuli moja la fedha la kunyunyizia lenye uzito wa shekeli sabini, vyote kulingana na shekeli ya mahali patakatifu, vikiwa vimejazwa unga laini uliochanganywa na mafuta kama sadaka ya nafaka;
<ve />
<v id="80" bcv="NUM.7.80" />sinia moja la dhahabu lenye uzito wa shekeli kumi, likiwa limejazwa uvumba;
<ve />
<v id="81" bcv="NUM.7.81" />fahali mmoja mchanga, kondoo dume mmoja na mwana-kondoo dume mmoja wa mwaka mmoja, kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa;
<ve />
<v id="82" bcv="NUM.7.82" />mbuzi dume mmoja kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi;
<ve />
<v id="83" bcv="NUM.7.83" />maksai wawili, kondoo dume watano, mbuzi dume watano na wana-kondoo dume watano wa mwaka mmoja, ili vitolewe dhabihu kama sadaka ya amani. Hii ndiyo ilikuwa sadaka ya Ahira mwana wa Enani.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="84" bcv="NUM.7.84" />Hizi ndizo zilikuwa sadaka za viongozi wa Israeli madhabahu yalipowekwa wakfu, wakati yalitiwa mafuta: sahani kumi na mbili za fedha, bakuli kumi na mbili za fedha za kunyunyizia, na masinia kumi na mawili ya dhahabu.
<ve />
<v id="85" bcv="NUM.7.85" />Kila sahani ya fedha ilikuwa na uzito wa shekeli 130, na kila bakuli la fedha la kunyunyizia lilikuwa na uzito wa shekeli sabini. Masinia yote kumi na mawili yalikuwa na uzito wa shekeli 2,400<f caller="+"><fr>7:85
</fr><ft>Shekeli 2,400 za fedha ni sawa na kilo 28.</ft></f>kulingana na shekeli ya mahali patakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="86" bcv="NUM.7.86" />Sahani kumi na mbili za dhahabu zilizojazwa uvumba zilikuwa na uzito wa shekeli kumi kila moja, kulingana na shekeli ya mahali patakatifu. Kwa jumla, sahani za dhahabu zilikuwa na uzito wa shekeli 120.<f caller="+"><fr>7:86
</fr><ft>Shekeli 120 za dhahabu ni sawa na kilo 1.4.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="87" bcv="NUM.7.87" />Jumla ya wanyama waliotolewa kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa walikuwa fahali kumi na wawili wachanga, kondoo dume kumi na wawili na wana-kondoo dume kumi na wawili wa mwaka mmoja, pamoja na sadaka zao za nafaka. Mbuzi waume kumi na wawili walitolewa kwa ajili ya sadaka za dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="88" bcv="NUM.7.88" />Jumla ya wanyama kwa ajili ya dhabihu ya sadaka ya amani walikuwa maksai ishirini na wanne, kondoo dume sitini, mbuzi dume wa mwaka mmoja sitini na wana-kondoo dume wa mwaka mmoja sitini. Hizi ndizo zilikuwa sadaka zilizoletwa kwa ajili ya kuwekwa wakfu kwa madhabahu baada ya kutiwa mafuta.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="89" bcv="NUM.7.89" />Mose alipoingia kwenye Hema la Kukutania kuzungumza na
<nd>Bwana</nd>, alisikia sauti ikisema naye kutoka kati ya wale makerubi wawili waliokuwa juu ya kile kiti cha rehema, juu ya Sanduku la Ushuhuda. Mose akazungumza naye.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Kuwekwa Kwa Taa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.8.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.8.2" />“Sema na Aroni umwambie, ‘Wakati utakapoziweka zile taa saba, zinatakiwa kuangaza eneo lililo mbele ya kinara cha taa.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="NUM.8.3" />Aroni akafanya hivyo; akaziweka zile taa ili zielekee mbele kwenye kinara cha taa, kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwamuru Mose.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="NUM.8.4" />Hivi ndivyo kinara cha taa kilivyotengenezwa: Kilitengenezwa kwa dhahabu iliyofuliwa, kuanzia kwenye kitako chake hadi kwenye maua yake. Kinara cha taa kilitengenezwa sawasawa kabisa na kielelezo ambacho
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amemwonyesha Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kutengwa Kwa Walawi Kwa Ajili Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="NUM.8.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose:
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="NUM.8.6" />“Watwae Walawi kutoka miongoni mwa Waisraeli wengine na uwatakase kwa kawaida ya ibada.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="NUM.8.7" />Ili kuwatakasa fanya hivi: Nyunyizia maji ya utakaso juu yao; kisha uwaambie wanyoe nywele kwenye mwili mzima, wafue nguo zao na hivyo wajitakase wenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="NUM.8.8" />Waambie wamchukue fahali mchanga pamoja na sadaka yake ya nafaka ya unga laini uliochanganywa na mafuta; kisha utamchukua fahali mchanga wa pili kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="NUM.8.9" />Walete Walawi mbele ya Hema la Kukutania na ukusanye jumuiya yote ya Waisraeli.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="NUM.8.10" />Utawaleta Walawi mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na Waisraeli wataweka mikono yao juu ya Walawi.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NUM.8.11" />Aroni atawaweka Walawi mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kama sadaka ya kuinua kutoka kwa Waisraeli, ili kwamba wawe tayari kuifanya kazi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="NUM.8.12" />“Baada ya Walawi kuweka mikono yao juu ya vichwa vya hao mafahali wawili, tumia mmoja kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na mwingine kuwa sadaka ya kuteketezwa, ili kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili ya Walawi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="NUM.8.13" />Waambie hao Walawi wasimame mbele ya Aroni na wanawe, kisha wawatoe kama sadaka ya kuinuliwa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="NUM.8.14" />Kwa njia hii utakuwa umewatenga Walawi kutoka kwa Waisraeli wengine, nao Walawi watakuwa wangu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="NUM.8.15" />“Utakapokuwa umekwisha kuwatakasa Walawi na kuwatoa kama sadaka ya kuinuliwa, watakuja kufanya kazi yao katika Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="NUM.8.16" />Wao ndio Waisraeli ambao watatolewa kabisa kwangu. Nimewatwaa kama mali yangu mwenyewe badala ya mzaliwa wa kwanza, mzaliwa wa kwanza wa kiume kutoka kwa kila mwanamke wa Kiisraeli.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="NUM.8.17" />Kila mzaliwa wa kwanza wa kiume katika Israeli, awe wa mwanadamu au mnyama, ni wangu. Wakati nilipowaua wazaliwa wote wa kwanza huko Misri, niliwatenga kwa ajili yangu mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="NUM.8.18" />Nami nimewatwaa Walawi badala ya wazaliwa wote wa kwanza wa kiume katika Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="NUM.8.19" />Kati ya Waisraeli wote, nimempa Aroni na wanawe Walawi kama zawadi ili wafanye kazi katika Hema la Kukutania kwa niaba ya Waisraeli, na kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili yao ili pasiwepo na pigo lolote litakalowapata Waisraeli wakati watakapokaribia mahali patakatifu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="NUM.8.20" />Mose, Aroni na jumuiya yote ya Waisraeli wakawafanyia Walawi kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwamuru Mose.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="NUM.8.21" />Walawi wakajitakasa wenyewe na wakafua nguo zao. Kisha Aroni akawasogeza mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuwa sadaka ya kuinuliwa, na kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili yao ili kuwatakasa.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="NUM.8.22" />Baada ya hayo, Walawi walikuja kufanya kazi yao katika Hema la Kukutania chini ya usimamizi wa Aroni na wanawe. Waliwafanyia Walawi kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwamuru Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="NUM.8.23" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="NUM.8.24" />“Hili linawahusu Walawi: Wanaume wenye umri wa miaka ishirini na mitano au zaidi watakuja kushiriki katika kazi kwenye Hema la Kukutania,
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="NUM.8.25" />lakini watakapofika umri wa miaka hamsini, ni lazima waache kazi zao za kawaida wala wasiendelee.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="NUM.8.26" />Wanaweza kuwasaidia ndugu zao kufanya wajibu wao katika Hema la Kukutania, lakini wao wenyewe kamwe hawatafanya hiyo kazi. Basi, hivi ndivyo utakavyogawa wajibu kwa Walawi.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Pasaka Huko Sinai
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.9.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akasema na Mose katika Jangwa la Sinai katika mwezi wa kwanza wa mwaka wa pili baada ya Waisraeli kutoka Misri. Akasema,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.9.2" />“Waamuru Waisraeli waadhimishe Pasaka katika wakati ulioamriwa.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NUM.9.3" />Adhimisheni wakati ulioamriwa, yaani wakati wa kuzama jua siku ya kumi na nne ya mwezi huu, kufuatana na desturi zake zote na masharti yake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="NUM.9.4" />Hivyo Mose akawaambia Waisraeli waiadhimishe Pasaka,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NUM.9.5" />nao wakafanya hivyo kwenye Jangwa la Sinai wakati wa kuzama jua siku ya kumi na nne ya mwezi wa kwanza. Waisraeli wakafanya kila kitu kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwamuru Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="NUM.9.6" />Lakini baadhi yao hawakuweza kuadhimisha Pasaka siku ile kwa sababu walikuwa najisi kwa taratibu za kiibada kwa ajili ya kugusa maiti. Kwa hiyo wakamwendea Mose na Aroni siku ile ile,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="NUM.9.7" />wakamwambia Mose, “Tumekuwa najisi kwa sababu tumegusa maiti, lakini kwa nini tuzuiliwe kumtolea
<nd>Bwana</nd> sadaka yake pamoja na Waisraeli wengine katika wakati ulioamriwa?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="NUM.9.8" />Mose akawajibu, “Ngojeni mpaka nitafute kile
<nd>Bwana</nd> anachoagiza kuwahusu ninyi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="NUM.9.9" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="NUM.9.10" />“Waambie Waisraeli: ‘Wakati mmoja wenu au wazao wenu wanapokuwa najisi kwa sababu ya maiti au wakiwa safarini, hata hivyo wanaweza kuadhimisha Pasaka ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NUM.9.11" />Wataiadhimisha wakati wa kuzama jua siku ya kumi na nne ya mwezi wa pili. Watamla mwana-kondoo, pamoja na mkate usiotiwa chachu, na mboga chungu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="NUM.9.12" />Wasibakize chochote hadi asubuhi wala wasivunje mifupa ya mwana-kondoo. Wakati wanapoadhimisha Pasaka, hawana budi kufuata masharti yote.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="NUM.9.13" />Lakini kama mtu ni safi kwa taratibu za kiibada naye hayuko safarini, asipoadhimisha Pasaka, mtu huyo hana budi kukatiliwa mbali na watu wake kwa sababu hakutoa sadaka ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa wakati ulioamriwa. Mtu huyo atawajibika kubeba matokeo ya dhambi yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="NUM.9.14" />“ ‘Mgeni anayeishi miongoni mwenu ambaye anataka kuadhimisha Pasaka ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, lazima afanye hivyo kwa kufuata desturi na masharti. Lazima masharti yawe sawasawa kwa mgeni na mzawa.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wingu La Moto Juu Ya Maskani
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 40:34-38)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="NUM.9.15" />Katika siku hiyo ambayo Maskani, Hema la Ushuhuda, iliposimamishwa, wingu liliifunika. Kuanzia jioni mpaka asubuhi wingu lililokuwa juu ya Maskani lilionekana kama moto.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="NUM.9.16" />Hivyo ndivyo lilivyoendelea kuwa; wingu liliifunika wakati wa mchana, na usiku lilionekana kama moto.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="NUM.9.17" />Wakati wowote wingu lilipoinuka kutoka juu ya Hema, nao Waisraeli waliondoka; mahali popote wingu liliposimama, Waisraeli walipiga kambi.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="NUM.9.18" />Kwa amri ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Waisraeli waliondoka, na kwa amri yake walipiga kambi. Kwa muda wote wingu liliposimama juu ya Maskani, Waisraeli walibaki wamepiga kambi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="NUM.9.19" />Wakati wingu lilipobaki juu ya Maskani kwa muda mrefu, Waisraeli walitii amri ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> nao hawakuondoka.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="NUM.9.20" />Wakati mwingine wingu lilikuwa juu ya Maskani kwa siku chache tu; kwa amri ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> wangelipiga kambi na kisha kwa amri yake wangeliondoka.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="NUM.9.21" />Wakati mwingine wingu lilikuwepo kuanzia jioni mpaka asubuhi tu, na lilipoinuka asubuhi, nao waliondoka. Ikiwa ni mchana au usiku, wakati wowote wingu lilipoinuka, waliondoka.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="NUM.9.22" />Ikiwa wingu lilikaa juu ya Maskani kwa siku mbili au mwezi au mwaka, Waisraeli wangebaki wamepiga kambi na hawakuondoka; lakini lilipoinuka, wangeondoka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="NUM.9.23" />Kwa amri ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> walipiga kambi, na kwa amri ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> waliondoka. Walitii amri ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kufuatana na agizo lake kupitia Mose.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="10" />
<s style="s1">Tarumbeta Za Fedha
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.10.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.10.2" />“Tengeneza tarumbeta mbili za fedha ya kufua, uzitumie kwa kuita jumuiya pamoja na wakati wa kuvunja makambi ili kuondoka.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NUM.10.3" />Tarumbeta zote mbili zikipigwa, jumuiya yote itakusanyika mbele yako katika ingilio la Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="NUM.10.4" />Kama tarumbeta moja tu ikipigwa, viongozi, yaani wakuu wa koo za Israeli, ndio watakaokusanyika mbele yako.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NUM.10.5" />Wakati mlio wa kujulisha hatari ukipigwa, makabila yaliyo na makambi upande wa mashariki yataondoka.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="NUM.10.6" />Ukisikika mlio wa pili wa jinsi hiyo, walioko kwenye makambi ya kusini wataondoka. Mlio huo wa kujulisha hatari utakuwa ishara ya kuondoka.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="NUM.10.7" />Ili kukusanya kusanyiko, piga tarumbeta zote, lakini siyo kwa mlio wa kujulisha hatari.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="NUM.10.8" />“Wana wa Aroni, makuhani, ndio watakaopiga hizo tarumbeta. Hili litakuwa agizo la kudumu kwa ajili yenu na kwa vizazi vijavyo.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="NUM.10.9" />Wakati mtakapopigana vita katika nchi yenu wenyewe dhidi ya adui anayewaonea, piga tarumbeta kwa mlio wa kujulisha hatari. Ndipo utakumbukwa na
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu na kuokolewa kutoka kwa adui zenu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="NUM.10.10" />Pia nyakati za furaha yenu, yaani sikukuu zenu zilizoamriwa na sikukuu za Mwezi Mwandamo, mtapiga tarumbeta juu ya sadaka zenu za kuteketezwa na sadaka zenu za amani, nazo zitakuwa ukumbusho kwa ajili yenu mbele za Mungu wenu. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Waisraeli Waondoka Sinai
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="NUM.10.11" />Katika siku ya ishirini ya mwezi wa pili wa mwaka wa pili, wingu liliinuka kutoka juu ya maskani ya Ushuhuda.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="NUM.10.12" />Ndipo Waisraeli wakaondoka kutoka Jangwa la Sinai wakasafiri kutoka sehemu moja hadi nyingine mpaka wingu lilipotua katika Jangwa la Parani.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="NUM.10.13" />Waliondoka kwa mara ya kwanza kwa agizo la
<nd>Bwana</nd> kupitia kwa Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="NUM.10.14" />Vikosi vya kambi ya Yuda vilitangulia kwanza chini ya alama yao. Nashoni mwana wa Aminadabu alikuwa kiongozi wao.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="NUM.10.15" />Nethaneli mwana wa Suari alikuwa kiongozi wa kabila la Isakari,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="NUM.10.16" />naye Eliabu mwana wa Heloni alikuwa kiongozi wa kabila la Zabuloni.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="NUM.10.17" />Ndipo Maskani iliposhushwa, nao wana wa Gershoni na wana wa Merari ambao waliibeba wakaondoka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="NUM.10.18" />Vikosi vya kambi ya Reubeni vilifuata, chini ya alama yao. Elisuri mwana wa Shedeuri alikuwa kiongozi wao.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="NUM.10.19" />Shelumieli mwana wa Surishadai aliongoza kikosi cha kabila la Simeoni,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="NUM.10.20" />naye Eliasafu mwana wa Deueli aliongoza kikosi cha kabila la Gadi.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="NUM.10.21" />Kisha Wakohathi wakaondoka, wakichukua vitu vitakatifu. Maskani ilikuwa isimamishwe kabla wao hawajafika.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="NUM.10.22" />Vikosi vya kambi ya Efraimu vilifuata, chini ya alama yao. Elishama mwana wa Amihudi alikuwa kiongozi wao.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="NUM.10.23" />Gamalieli mwana wa Pedasuri aliongoza kikosi cha kabila la Manase,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="NUM.10.24" />naye Abidani mwana wa Gideoni alikuwa kiongozi wa kikosi cha kabila la Benyamini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="NUM.10.25" />Mwishowe, kama kikosi cha nyuma cha ulinzi wa vikosi vyote, vikosi vya kambi ya Dani viliondoka chini ya alama yao. Ahiezeri mwana wa Amishadai alikuwa kiongozi wao.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="NUM.10.26" />Pagieli mwana wa Okrani aliongoza kikosi cha kabila la Asheri,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="NUM.10.27" />naye Ahira mwana wa Enani aliongoza kikosi cha kabila la Naftali.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="NUM.10.28" />Huu ndio ulikuwa utaratibu wa kuondoka wa vikosi vya Waisraeli walipokuwa wanaondoka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="NUM.10.29" />Basi Mose akamwambia Hobabu mwana wa Reueli, Mmidiani, mkwewe Mose, “Tunaondoka kwenda mahali ambapo
<nd>Bwana</nd> amesema ‘Nitawapa ninyi mahali hapo.’ Twende pamoja nasi tutakutendea mema, kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameahidi mambo mema kwa Israeli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="NUM.10.30" />Akajibu, “Hapana, sitakwenda; nitarudi kwenye nchi yangu mwenyewe na watu wangu mwenyewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="NUM.10.31" />Lakini Mose akasema, “Tafadhali usituache. Wewe unajua mahali ambapo yatupasa kupiga kambi jangwani, nawe unaweza kuwa macho yetu.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="NUM.10.32" />Ikiwa utafuatana nasi, tutashirikiana nawe mema yoyote tutakayopewa na
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="NUM.10.33" />Hivyo waliondoka kutoka mlima wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nao wakasafiri kwa siku tatu. Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd> liliwatangulia kwa zile siku tatu ili kuwatafutia mahali pa kupumzika.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="NUM.10.34" />Wingu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilikuwa juu yao wakati wa mchana walipoondoka kambini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="NUM.10.35" />Wakati wowote Sanduku lilipoondoka, Mose alisema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, inuka!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Watesi wako na watawanyike;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">adui zako na wakimbie mbele zako.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="NUM.10.36" />Wakati wowote Sanduku liliposimama, alisema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, rudi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maelfu ya Waisraeli wasiohesabika.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="11" />
<s style="s1">Moto Kutoka Kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.11.1" />Basi watu wakalalamika kwa habari ya taabu zao masikioni mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, naye alipowasikia, hasira yake ikawaka. Ndipo moto kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ukawaka miongoni mwao na kuteketeza baadhi ya viunga vya kambi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.11.2" />Watu walipomlilia Mose, akamwomba
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nao moto ukazimika.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NUM.11.3" />Hivyo mahali pale pakaitwa Tabera,<f caller="+"><fr>11:3
</fr><ft>Tabera maana yake Kunaungua.</ft></f> kwa sababu moto kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> uliwaka miongoni mwao.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kware Kutoka Kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="NUM.11.4" />Umati wa watu wenye zogo waliokuwa miongoni mwao walitamani sana chakula kingine, Waisraeli wakaanza kulia tena na kusema, “Laiti tungekuwa na nyama tule!
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NUM.11.5" />Tunakumbuka wale samaki tuliokula huko Misri bila gharama, pia yale matango, matikitimaji, mboga, vitunguu, na vitunguu saumu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="NUM.11.6" />Lakini sasa tumepoteza hamu ya chakula; hatuoni kitu kingine chochote isipokuwa hii mana!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="NUM.11.7" />Mana ilifanana kama mbegu za giligilani, nayo ilikuwa na rangi ya manjano iliyopauka.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="NUM.11.8" />Hao watu walikwenda kukusanya, kisha waliisaga kwa mawe ya kusagia ya mkono au kuitwanga kwenye vinu. Waliipika vyunguni au kutengeneza maandazi. Ladha yake ilikuwa kama kitu kilichotengenezwa kwa mafuta ya zeituni.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="NUM.11.9" />Umande ulipoanguka kambini wakati wa usiku, pia mana ilianguka pamoja nao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="NUM.11.10" />Mose akasikia watu wa kila jamaa wakilia, kila mmoja kwenye mlango wa hema lake.
<nd>Bwana</nd> akakasirika mno, naye Mose akafadhaika.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NUM.11.11" />Akamuuliza
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Kwa nini umeleta taabu hii juu ya mtumishi wako? Nimekufanyia nini cha kukuchukiza hata ukaweka mzigo huu wa watu hawa wote juu yangu?
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="NUM.11.12" />Je, watu hawa wote mimi ndiye niliyewatungisha mimba? Je, ni mimi niliyewazaa? Kwa nini unaniambia niwachukue mikononi mwangu, kama vile mlezi abebavyo mtoto mchanga, hadi kwenye nchi uliyowaahidi baba zao?
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="NUM.11.13" />Nitapata wapi nyama kwa ajili ya watu wote hawa? Wanaendelea kunililia wakisema, ‘Tupe nyama tule!’
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="NUM.11.14" />Mimi siwezi kuwabeba watu hawa wote peke yangu, mzigo ni mzito sana kwangu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="NUM.11.15" />Kama hivi ndivyo unavyonitendea, uniue sasa hivi, yaani kama nimepata kibali machoni pako, wala usiniache nione maangamizi yangu mwenyewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="NUM.11.16" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose: “Niletee wazee sabini wa Israeli, unaowafahamu kama viongozi na maafisa miongoni mwa watu. Walete katika Hema la Kukutania, ili waweze kusimama huko pamoja nawe.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="NUM.11.17" />Nami nitashuka na kusema nawe huko. Nami nitachukua sehemu ya Roho iliyo juu yako na kuiweka juu yao. Watakusaidia kubeba mzigo wa watu hao ili usije ukaubeba peke yako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="NUM.11.18" />“Waambie hao watu: ‘Jiwekeni wakfu wenyewe kwa ajili ya kesho, wakati mtakapokula nyama.
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliwasikia mlipolia, mkisema, “Laiti tungekuwa na nyama tule! Tulikuwa na hali nzuri zaidi katika nchi ya Misri!” Sasa
<nd>Bwana</nd> atawapa nyama, nanyi mtaila.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="NUM.11.19" />Hamtaila kwa siku moja tu, au siku mbili, au tano, kumi au siku ishirini,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="NUM.11.20" />bali kwa mwezi mzima mpaka iwatokee puani, nanyi mtaichukia kabisa, kwa kuwa mmemkataa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ambaye yupo miongoni mwenu, nanyi mmelia mbele zake, mkisema, “Hivi kwa nini tulitoka Misri?” ’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="NUM.11.21" />Lakini Mose alisema, “Mimi niko hapa miongoni mwa watu 600,000 wanaotembea kwa miguu, nawe umesema, ‘Nitawapa nyama ya kula kwa mwezi mzima!’
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="NUM.11.22" />Je, wangeweza kupata nyama ya kuwatosha hata kama makundi ya kondoo na ya ngʼombe yangechinjwa kwa ajili yao? Je, wangetosheka hata kama samaki wote wa baharini wangevuliwa kwa ajili yao?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="NUM.11.23" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamjibu Mose, “Je, mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni mfupi sana? Sasa utaona kama jambo nililolisema litatimizwa kwa ajili yako au la.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="NUM.11.24" />Kwa hiyo Mose akatoka na kuwaambia watu lile ambalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amesema. Akawakusanya wazee wao sabini, akawasimamisha kuzunguka Hema.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="NUM.11.25" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akashuka katika wingu na kunena na Mose, naye akachukua sehemu ya Roho iliyokuwa juu ya Mose na kuiweka juu ya wale wazee sabini. Roho aliposhuka juu yao, wakatoa unabii, lakini hawakufanya hivyo tena.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="NUM.11.26" />Lakini, watu wawili, ambao majina yao ni Eldadi na Medadi, walibaki kambini. Walikuwa wameorodheshwa miongoni mwa wale wazee sabini, lakini hawakutoka kwenda kwenye Hema. Lakini Roho pia alishuka juu yao, nao wakatabiri huko kambini.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="NUM.11.27" />Mwanaume mmoja kijana alikimbia na kumwambia Mose, “Eldadi na Medadi wanatoa unabii kambini.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="NUM.11.28" />Yoshua mwana wa Nuni, ambaye alikuwa msaidizi wa Mose tangu ujana wake, akajibu akasema, “Mose bwana wangu, wanyamazishe!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="NUM.11.29" />Lakini Mose akajibu, “Je, unaona wivu kwa ajili yangu? Ningetamani watu wote wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> wangekuwa manabii na kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> angeweka Roho yake juu yao!”
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="NUM.11.30" />Ndipo Mose na wale wazee wa Israeli wakarudi kambini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="NUM.11.31" />Kisha ukatokea upepo kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nao ukawaletea kware kutoka baharini. Ukawaangusha kwenye eneo lote linalozunguka kambi na kujaa ardhini kimo cha mita moja hivi kutoka ardhini kwenye eneo la umbali wa mwendo wa siku moja kila upande.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="NUM.11.32" />Mchana kutwa na usiku kucha pamoja na siku nzima iliyofuata watu walitoka kwenda kuokota kware. Hakuna mtu yeyote aliyekusanya chini ya homeri kumi.<f caller="+"><fr>11:32
</fr><ft>Homeri 10 ni sawa na kilo 1,000.</ft></f> Kisha wakazianika kuzunguka kambi yote.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="NUM.11.33" />Lakini walipokuwa wakila nyama, ilipokuwa ingali kati ya meno yao na kabla hawajamaliza kula, hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ikawaka dhidi ya watu, naye akawapiga kwa tauni.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="NUM.11.34" />Kwa hiyo mahali hapo pakaitwa Kibroth-Hataava,<f caller="+"><fr>11:34
</fr><ft>Kibroth-Hataava maana yake Makaburi ya wenye tamaa nyingi.</ft></f> kwa sababu huko ndiko walipowazika watu ambao walitamani sana chakula kingine.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="NUM.11.35" />Kutoka Kibroth-Hataava watu wakasafiri mpaka Haserothi na kukaa huko.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Miriamu Na Aroni Wampinga Mose
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.12.1" />Miriamu na Aroni walianza kuzungumza dhidi ya Mose kwa sababu ya mke wake Mkushi, kwa kuwa alikuwa ameoa Mkushi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.12.2" />Waliuliza, “Je,
<nd>Bwana</nd> amesema kupitia Mose peke yake? Je, hajasema kutupitia sisi pia?” Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akasikia hili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="NUM.12.3" />(Basi Mose alikuwa mtu mnyenyekevu sana, mnyenyekevu kuliko mtu mwingine yeyote katika uso wa dunia.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="NUM.12.4" />Ghafula
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawaambia Mose, Aroni na Miriamu, “Njooni katika Hema la Kukutania, ninyi nyote watatu.” Kwa hiyo wote watatu wakaenda.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NUM.12.5" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akashuka katika nguzo ya wingu, akasimama kwenye ingilio la Hema, akawaita Aroni na Miriamu. Wakati wote wawili waliposogea mbele,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="NUM.12.6" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, “Sikilizeni maneno yangu:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Akiwapo nabii wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> miongoni mwenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitajifunua kwake kwa maono,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitanena naye katika ndoto.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="NUM.12.7" />Lakini sivyo kwa mtumishi wangu Mose;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ni mwaminifu katika nyumba yangu yote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="NUM.12.8" />Kwake nitanena naye uso kwa uso,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waziwazi wala si kwa mafumbo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ataona umbo la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa nini basi ninyi hamkuogopa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuzungumza kinyume cha mtumishi wangu Mose?”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="NUM.12.9" />Hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ikawaka dhidi yao, akawaacha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="NUM.12.10" />Wakati hilo wingu liliinuka kutoka juu ya Hema, Miriamu akawa tayari ana ukoma, mweupe kama theluji. Aroni akamgeukia, akaona ana ukoma.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NUM.12.11" />Kisha Aroni akamwambia Mose, “Tafadhali, bwana wangu, usituhesabie dhambi hii ambayo tumeifanya kwa upumbavu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="NUM.12.12" />Usimwache awe kama mtoto mchanga aliyezaliwa akiwa mfu, ambaye nusu ya mwili wake imeharibika hapo atokapo katika tumbo la mama yake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="NUM.12.13" />Hivyo Mose akamlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd> akisema, “Ee Mungu, nakuomba umponye!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="NUM.12.14" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamjibu Mose, “Je, kama baba yake angemtemea usoni, asingeona aibu kwa siku saba? Mfungie nje ya kambi kwa siku saba; baada ya hapo anaweza kurudishwa kambini.”
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="NUM.12.15" />Kwa hiyo Miriamu akafungiwa nje ya kambi kwa siku saba, nao watu hawakuendelea na safari mpaka aliporudishwa kambini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="NUM.12.16" />Baada ya hayo, watu waliondoka Haserothi, wakapiga kambi katika Jangwa la Parani.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="13" />
<s style="s1">Kupeleleza Kanaani
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kumbukumbu 1:19-33)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.13.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.13.2" />“Watume baadhi ya watu wakaipeleleze nchi ya Kanaani, ambayo ninawapa Waisraeli. Kutoka kwa kila kabila la baba zao, tuma mmoja wa viongozi wao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="NUM.13.3" />Hivyo kwa agizo la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mose akawatuma kutoka Jangwa la Parani. Wote walikuwa viongozi wa Waisraeli.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="NUM.13.4" />Haya ndiyo majina yao:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kabila la Reubeni, Shamua mwana wa Zakuri;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="5" bcv="NUM.13.5" />kutoka kabila la Simeoni, Shafati mwana wa Hori;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="6" bcv="NUM.13.6" />kutoka kabila la Yuda, Kalebu mwana wa Yefune;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="7" bcv="NUM.13.7" />kutoka kabila la Isakari, Igali mwana wa Yosefu;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="8" bcv="NUM.13.8" />kutoka kabila la Efraimu, Hoshea mwana wa Nuni;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="9" bcv="NUM.13.9" />kutoka kabila la Benyamini, Palti mwana wa Rafu;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="10" bcv="NUM.13.10" />kutoka kabila la Zabuloni, Gadieli mwana wa Sodi,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="11" bcv="NUM.13.11" />kutoka kabila la Manase (kabila la Yosefu), Gadi mwana wa Susi;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="12" bcv="NUM.13.12" />kutoka kabila la Dani, Amieli mwana wa Gemali;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="13" bcv="NUM.13.13" />kutoka kabila la Asheri, Sethuri mwana wa Mikaeli;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="14" bcv="NUM.13.14" />kutoka kabila la Naftali, Nabi mwana wa Wofsi;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="15" bcv="NUM.13.15" />kutoka kabila la Gadi, Geueli mwana wa Maki.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="16" bcv="NUM.13.16" />Haya ndiyo majina ya watu ambao Mose aliwatuma kuipeleleza nchi. (Mose akampa Hoshea mwana wa Nuni jina Yoshua.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="NUM.13.17" />Mose alipowatuma wakaipeleleze Kanaani, alisema, “Pandeni kupitia Negebu, mwende mpaka nchi ya vilima.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="NUM.13.18" />Mwone nchi ni ya namna gani, na kama watu waishio humo wana nguvu au ni wadhaifu, iwapo ni wachache au wengi.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="NUM.13.19" />Wanaishi katika nchi ya namna gani? Je, ni nzuri au mbaya? Wanaishi katika miji ya namna gani? Je, haina kuta au ngome?
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="NUM.13.20" />Ardhi iko aje? Ina rutuba au la? Je, kuna miti ndani yake au la? Jitahidini kadiri mwezavyo kuleta baadhi ya matunda ya nchi.” (Ulikuwa msimu wa kuiva zabibu za kwanza.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="NUM.13.21" />Hivyo wakapanda na kuipeleleza nchi kutoka Jangwa la Sini hadi Rehobu, kuelekea Lebo-Hamathi.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="NUM.13.22" />Wakapanda kupitia Negebu hadi wakafika Hebroni, mahali ambapo Ahimani, Sheshai na Talmai, wazao wa Anaki, waliishi. (Hebroni ulikuwa umejengwa miaka saba kabla ya mji wa Soani ulioko Misri.)
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="NUM.13.23" />Walipofika katika Bonde la Eshkoli, walivunja tawi lililokuwa na kishada kimoja cha zabibu. Wawili wao wakalichukua lile tawi kwenye mti, pamoja na komamanga na tini.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="NUM.13.24" />Eneo lile likaitwa Bonde la Eshkoli kwa sababu ya kile kishada cha zabibu ambacho Waisraeli walikikata huko.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="NUM.13.25" />Mwishoni mwa siku arobaini wakarudi kutoka kuipeleleza nchi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Taarifa Juu Ya Upelelezi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="NUM.13.26" />Wakarudi kwa Mose, Aroni na jumuiya yote ya Waisraeli huko Kadeshi kwenye Jangwa la Parani. Hapo ndipo walipotoa habari kwao na kwa kusanyiko lote na kuwaonyesha matunda ya hiyo nchi.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="NUM.13.27" />Wakampa Mose taarifa hii: “Tuliingia katika nchi uliyotutuma, nayo inatiririka maziwa na asali! Hili hapa tunda lake.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="NUM.13.28" />Lakini watu wanaoishi huko ni wenye nguvu, na miji yao ina ngome na ni mikubwa sana. Huko tuliona hata wazao wa Anaki.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="NUM.13.29" />Waamaleki wanaishi Negebu; Wahiti, Wayebusi na Waamori wanaishi katika nchi ya vilima; nao Wakanaani wanaishi karibu na bahari na kando ya Yordani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="NUM.13.30" />Kisha Kalebu akawanyamazisha watu mbele ya Mose na kusema, “Imetupasa kupanda na kuimiliki nchi, kwa maana hakika tunaweza kufanya hivyo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="NUM.13.31" />Lakini watu waliokuwa wamepanda pamoja naye wakasema, “Hatuwezi kuwashambulia wale watu; wana nguvu kutuliko sisi.”
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="NUM.13.32" />Wakaeneza taarifa mbaya miongoni mwa Waisraeli kuhusu nchi waliyoipeleleza. Wakasema, “Nchi tuliyoipeleleza hula watu waishio ndani yake. Watu wote tuliowaona huko ni majitu.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="NUM.13.33" />Tuliwaona Wanefili huko (wazao wa Anaki wanatokana na Wanefili.) Tulijiona kama panzi machoni petu wenyewe, nao ndivyo walivyotuona.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="14" />
<s style="s1">Watu Wanaasi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.14.1" />Usiku ule watu wote wa jumuiya walipaza sauti zao na kulia kwa sauti kuu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.14.2" />Waisraeli wote wakanungʼunika dhidi ya Mose na Aroni, nalo kusanyiko lote wakawaambia, “Laiti tungekuwa tumefia humo nchi ya Misri! Au humu kwenye hili jangwa!
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NUM.14.3" />Kwa nini
<nd>Bwana</nd> anatuleta katika nchi hii ili tufe kwa upanga? Wake zetu na watoto wetu watachukuliwa kama nyara. Je, isingekuwa bora kwetu kurudi Misri?”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="NUM.14.4" />Wakasemezana wao kwa wao, “Inatupasa kumchagua kiongozi na kurudi Misri.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="NUM.14.5" />Ndipo Mose na Aroni wakaanguka kifudifudi mbele ya kusanyiko lote la Kiisraeli lililokusanyika hapo.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="NUM.14.6" />Yoshua mwana wa Nuni na Kalebu mwana wa Yefune, waliokuwa miongoni mwa watu wale waliokwenda kuipeleleza nchi, wakararua nguo zao,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="NUM.14.7" />wakasema na kusanyiko lote la Kiisraeli, wakawaambia, “Nchi tuliyopita katikati yake na kuipeleleza ni nzuri sana sana.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="NUM.14.8" />Ikiwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> anapendezwa nasi, atatuongoza kuingia katika nchi ile, nchi itiririkayo maziwa na asali, naye atatupa nchi hiyo.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="NUM.14.9" />Ila tu msimwasi
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Wala msiwaogope watu wa nchi hiyo, kwa sababu tutawameza. Ulinzi wao umeondoka, lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> yupo pamoja nasi. Msiwaogope.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="NUM.14.10" />Lakini kusanyiko lote likazungumza juu ya kuwapiga kwa mawe. Ndipo utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ukaonekana katika Hema la Kukutania kwa Waisraeli wote.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NUM.14.11" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Watu hawa watanidharau mpaka lini? Wataendelea kukataa kuniamini mimi mpaka lini, ingawa nimetenda ishara za miujiza miongoni mwao?
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="NUM.14.12" />Nitawapiga kwa tauni na kuwaangamiza, lakini nitakufanya wewe kuwa taifa kubwa lenye nguvu kuliko wao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="NUM.14.13" />Mose akamwambia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Ndipo Wamisri watasikia juu ya jambo hili! Kwa uweza wako uliwapandisha watu hawa kutoka miongoni mwao.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="NUM.14.14" />Nao watawaambia wenyeji wa nchi hii jambo hili. Wao tayari wameshasikia kwamba wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, upo pamoja na watu hawa, na kuwa wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, umeonekana uso kwa uso, nalo wingu lako hukaa juu yao. Tena wewe unawatangulia kwa nguzo ya wingu mchana na kwa nguzo ya moto usiku.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="NUM.14.15" />Ikiwa utawaua watu hawa wote mara moja, mataifa ambayo yamesikia taarifa hii kukuhusu wewe watasema,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="NUM.14.16" />‘<nd>Bwana</nd> alishindwa kuwaingiza watu hawa katika nchi aliyowaahidi kwa kiapo; hivyo akawaua jangwani.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="NUM.14.17" />“Basi sasa nguvu za Bwana na zionekane, sawasawa na vile ulivyosema:
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="NUM.14.18" />‘<nd>Bwana</nd> si mwepesi wa hasira, ni mwingi wa upendo na mwenye kusamehe dhambi na uasi. Lakini haachi kumwadhibu mwenye hatia, huadhibu watoto kwa ajili ya dhambi ya baba zao hata kizazi cha tatu na cha nne.’
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="NUM.14.19" />Kwa kadiri ya upendo wako mkuu, usamehe dhambi ya watu hawa, kama vile ulivyowasamehe tangu wakati walitoka Misri mpaka sasa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="NUM.14.20" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akajibu, “Nimewasamehe kama ulivyoomba.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="NUM.14.21" />Hata hivyo, kwa hakika kama niishivyo, na kwa hakika kama utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> uijazavyo dunia yote,
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="NUM.14.22" />hakuna hata mmoja wa watu hawa ambao waliuona utukufu wangu na ishara za miujiza niliyotenda huko Misri na huko jangwani, lakini ambaye hakunitii na akanijaribu mara hizi kumi,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="NUM.14.23" />hakuna hata mmoja wao atakayeona nchi niliyowaahidi baba zao kwa kiapo. Hakuna hata mmoja ambaye amenidharau atakayeiona.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="NUM.14.24" />Lakini kwa sababu mtumishi wangu Kalebu ana roho ya tofauti na ananifuata kwa moyo wote, nitamwingiza katika nchi aliyoiendea, nao wazao wake watairithi.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="NUM.14.25" />Kwa kuwa Waamaleki na Wakanaani wanaishi katika mabonde, kesho geukeni mwelekee jangwani kwa kufuata njia iendayo Bahari ya Shamu.”<f caller="+"><fr>14:25
</fr><ft>Yaani Bahari Nyekundu au Bahari ya Mafunjo.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="NUM.14.26" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose na Aroni:
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="NUM.14.27" />“Jumuiya hii ovu itanungʼunika dhidi yangu hadi lini? Nimesikia malalamiko ya hawa Waisraeli wanaonungʼunika.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="NUM.14.28" />Hivyo waambie, ‘Hakika kama niishivyo, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nitawafanyia vitu vilevile nilivyosikia mkisema:
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="NUM.14.29" />Kila mmoja wenu mwenye umri wa miaka ishirini au zaidi ambaye alihesabiwa na amenungʼunika dhidi yangu, miili yenu itaanguka katika jangwa hili.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="NUM.14.30" />Hakuna hata mmoja wenu atakayeingia katika nchi niliyoapa kwa mkono ulioinuliwa kuwa makao yenu, isipokuwa Kalebu mwana wa Yefune, na Yoshua mwana wa Nuni.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="NUM.14.31" />Lakini watoto wenu ambao mlisema watachukuliwa kama mateka, nitawaingiza humo ili waifurahie nchi ambayo ninyi mmeikataa.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="NUM.14.32" />Lakini ninyi, miili yenu itaanguka katika jangwa hili.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="NUM.14.33" />Watoto wenu watakuwa wachungaji wa mifugo hapa kwa miaka arobaini, wakiteseka kwa ajili ya kukosa uaminifu kwenu, hadi mwili wa mtu wenu wa mwisho ulale katika jangwa hili.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="NUM.14.34" />Kwa miaka arobaini, mwaka mmoja kwa kila siku katika zile siku arobaini mlizoipeleleza nchi, mtateseka kwa ajili ya dhambi zenu, na kujua jinsi ilivyo vibaya kunifanya mimi kuwa adui yenu.’
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="NUM.14.35" />Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> nimesema, na hakika nitafanya mambo haya kwa jumuiya hii yote ovu, ambayo imefungamana pamoja dhidi yangu. Watakutana na mwisho wao katika jangwa hili; hapa ndipo watafia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="NUM.14.36" />Hivyo watu wale ambao Mose alikuwa amewatuma kuipeleleza nchi, waliorudi na kuifanya jumuiya nzima kunungʼunika dhidi ya Mose kwa kueneza taarifa mbaya kuhusu hiyo nchi:
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="NUM.14.37" />watu hawa waliohusika kueneza taarifa mbaya kuhusu hiyo nchi walipigwa na kuanguka kwa tauni mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="NUM.14.38" />Miongoni mwa watu waliokwenda kuipeleleza hiyo nchi, ni Yoshua mwana wa Nuni, na Kalebu mwana wa Yefune peke yao waliosalia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="NUM.14.39" />Mose alipotoa taarifa hii kwa Waisraeli wote, waliomboleza kwa uchungu.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="NUM.14.40" />Mapema asubuhi siku iliyofuata walipanda juu kuelekea kwenye nchi ya vilima virefu, wakasema, “Tumetenda dhambi. Tutakwea mpaka mahali
<nd>Bwana</nd> alipotuahidi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="NUM.14.41" />Lakini Mose akasema, “Kwa nini hamtii amri ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>? Jambo hili halitafanikiwa!
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="NUM.14.42" />Msipande juu, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> hayupo pamoja nanyi. Mtashindwa na adui zenu,
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="NUM.14.43" />kwa kuwa Waamaleki na Wakanaani watapambana nanyi huko. Kwa sababu mmemwacha
<nd>Bwana</nd>, hatakuwa pamoja nanyi, ninyi mtaanguka kwa upanga.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="44" bcv="NUM.14.44" />Hata hivyo, kwa kiburi chao walipanda juu kuelekea nchi ya vilima virefu, ijapokuwa Mose hakutoka kambini wala Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="NUM.14.45" />Ndipo Waamaleki na Wakanaani walioishi katika hiyo nchi ya vilima wakateremka na kuwashambulia, wakawapiga njia yote hadi Horma.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="15" />
<s style="s1">Sadaka Za Nyongeza
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.15.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.15.2" />“Sema na Waisraeli uwaambie: ‘Baada ya ninyi kuingia katika nchi ninayowapa kama nyumbani,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NUM.15.3" />nanyi mkitoa sadaka za kuteketezwa kwa moto, kutoka makundi ya ngʼombe au kondoo, kama harufu nzuri inayompendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ikiwa ni sadaka za kuteketezwa au dhabihu, kwa ajili ya nadhiri maalum ama sadaka ya hiari au sadaka ya sikukuu zenu,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="NUM.15.4" />ndipo yeye aletaye sadaka yake ataiweka mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> sadaka ya nafaka, sehemu ya kumi ya efa<f caller="+"><fr>15:4
</fr><ft>Sehemu ya kumi ya efa ni sawa na kilo moja.</ft></f> ya unga laini uliochanganywa na robo ya hini<f caller="+"><fr>15:4
</fr><ft>Robo ya hini ni sawa na lita moja.</ft></f> ya mafuta.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NUM.15.5" />Pamoja na kila mwana-kondoo kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa au dhabihu, andaa robo ya hini ya divai kwa sadaka ya kinywaji.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="NUM.15.6" />“ ‘Pamoja na kondoo dume andaa sadaka ya nafaka ya sehemu mbili za kumi za efa<f caller="+"><fr>15:6
</fr><ft>Sehemu mbili za kumi za efa ni sawa na kilo 2.</ft></f> za unga laini uliochanganywa na theluthi moja<f caller="+"><fr>15:6
</fr><ft>Theluthi moja ya hini ni sawa na lita moja na nusu.</ft></f> ya hini ya mafuta,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="NUM.15.7" />na theluthi moja ya hini ya divai kama sadaka ya kinywaji. Vitoe kama harufu nzuri inayompendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="NUM.15.8" />“ ‘Unapoandaa fahali mchanga kama sadaka ya kuteketezwa au dhabihu, kwa ajili ya nadhiri maalum au sadaka ya amani kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="NUM.15.9" />leta pamoja na huyo fahali sadaka ya nafaka ya unga laini sehemu tatu za kumi za efa<f caller="+"><fr>15:9
</fr><ft>Sehemu tatu za kumi za efa ni sawa na kilo 3.</ft></f> uliochanganywa na nusu ya hini<f caller="+"><fr>15:9
</fr><ft>Nusu ya hini ni sawa na lita 2.</ft></f> ya mafuta.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="NUM.15.10" />Pia utaleta nusu ya hini ya divai kama sadaka ya kinywaji. Itakuwa sadaka iliyoteketezwa kwa moto, harufu nzuri inayompendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NUM.15.11" />Kila fahali au kondoo dume, kila mwana-kondoo au mbuzi mchanga, atatayarishwa kwa njia hii.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="NUM.15.12" />Fanyeni hivi kwa ajili ya kila mmoja, kwa kadiri ya wingi wa mtakavyoandaa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="NUM.15.13" />“ ‘Kila mmoja ambaye ni mzawa ni lazima afanye vitu hivi kwa njia hii hapo aletapo sadaka ya kuteketezwa kwa moto kama harufu nzuri inayompendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="NUM.15.14" />Kwa vizazi vijavyo, wakati wowote mgeni au mtu mwingine yeyote anayeishi miongoni mwenu aletapo sadaka ya kuteketezwa kuwa harufu nzuri ya kumpendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ni lazima afanye sawasawa kabisa na jinsi mnavyofanya ninyi.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="NUM.15.15" />Jumuiya itakuwa na sheria hizo hizo kwenu na kwa mgeni aishiye miongoni mwenu; hii ni amri ya kudumu kwa vizazi vijavyo. Ninyi na mgeni mtakuwa sawa mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="NUM.15.16" />Sheria hizo hizo na masharti hayo hayo hayo, yatawahusu ninyi na mgeni aishiye miongoni mwenu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="NUM.15.17" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="NUM.15.18" />“Sema na Waisraeli na uwaambie: ‘Mtakapoingia katika nchi ninayowapeleka
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="NUM.15.19" />nanyi mkala chakula cha nchi hiyo, toeni sehemu ya chakula hicho kama sadaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="NUM.15.20" />Toeni andazi kutoka kwa malimbuko ya chakula chenu kitokacho katika ardhi, na mkitoe kama sadaka kutoka sakafu ya kupuria nafaka.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="NUM.15.21" />Kwa vizazi vyote vijavyo hamna budi kutoa sadaka hii kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kutoka kwa malimbuko ya unga wenu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sadaka Kwa Ajili Ya Dhambi Isiyo Ya Makusudi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="NUM.15.22" />“ ‘Basi kama pasipo kukusudia umeshindwa kushika mojawapo katika amri hizi ambazo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alimpa Mose,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="NUM.15.23" />amri yoyote ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwenu kupitia Mose, tangu siku ile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alipowapa na inaendelea hadi vizazi vyote vijavyo;
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="NUM.15.24" />ikiwa hili limefanyika pasipo kukusudia bila jumuiya kuwa na habari nalo, basi jumuiya yote itatoa fahali mchanga kuwa sadaka ya kuteketezwa ikiwa harufu nzuri inayompendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd>, pamoja na sadaka ya nafaka na ya kinywaji zilizoamriwa kwayo, na mbuzi dume kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="NUM.15.25" />Kuhani atafanya upatanisho kwa ajili ya jumuiya yote ya Kiisraeli, nao watasamehewa, kwa kuwa haikuwa makusudi nao wamemletea
<nd>Bwana</nd> sadaka iliyoteketezwa kwa moto na sadaka ya dhambi kwa ajili ya kosa lao.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="NUM.15.26" />Jumuiya yote ya Kiisraeli pamoja na wageni waishio miongoni mwao watasamehewa, kwa sababu watu wote walihusika katika kosa lile lisilokusudiwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="NUM.15.27" />“ ‘Lakini kama mtu mmoja peke yake akitenda dhambi pasipo kukusudia, ni lazima alete mbuzi mke wa mwaka mmoja kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="NUM.15.28" />Kuhani atafanya upatanisho mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa ajili ya yule aliyekosa kwa kufanya dhambi pasipo kukusudia, upatanisho utakapofanywa kwa ajili yake, atasamehewa.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="NUM.15.29" />Sheria hiyo moja itamhusu kila mmoja ambaye ametenda dhambi pasipo kukusudia, awe Mwisraeli mzawa ama mgeni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="NUM.15.30" />“ ‘Lakini yeyote ambaye amefanya dhambi kwa dharau awe mzawa au mgeni, anamkufuru
<nd>Bwana</nd>, naye mtu huyo ni lazima akatiliwe mbali na watu wake.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="NUM.15.31" />Kwa sababu amelidharau neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kuvunja amri zake, mtu huyo ni lazima akatiliwe mbali; hatia yake inabaki juu yake.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mvunja Sabato Auawe
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="NUM.15.32" />Waisraeli walipokuwa jangwani, mtu mmoja alikutwa akikusanya kuni siku ya Sabato.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="NUM.15.33" />Wale waliomkuta akikusanya kuni wakamleta kwa Mose, Aroni na kusanyiko lote,
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="NUM.15.34" />nao wakamweka kifungoni, kwa sababu haikufahamika kwa wazi kwamba afanyiwe nini.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="NUM.15.35" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Huyo mtu ni lazima afe. Kusanyiko lote lazima limpige mawe nje ya kambi.”
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="NUM.15.36" />Hivyo kusanyiko likamtoa nje ya kambi na kumpiga mawe hadi akafa, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwamuru Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Vifundo Kwenye Mavazi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="NUM.15.37" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="NUM.15.38" />“Sema na Waisraeli uwaambie: ‘Kwa vizazi vyote vijavyo jifanyieni vifundo katika pindo za mavazi yenu vikiwa na uzi wa buluu kwenye kila kifundo.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="NUM.15.39" />Mtakuwa mkivitazama vifundo hivyo ili mpate kukumbuka amri zote za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ili mpate kuzitii msije mkajitia uzinzi wenyewe kwa kuzifuata tamaa za mioyo yenu na za macho yenu.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="NUM.15.40" />Ndipo mtakumbuka kuzitii amri zangu zote nanyi mtawekwa wakfu kwa Mungu wenu.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="NUM.15.41" />Mimi Ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, niliyewatoa Misri niwe Mungu wenu. Mimi Ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="16" />
<s style="s1">Kora, Dathani Na Abiramu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.16.1" />Kora mwana wa Ishari, mwana wa Kohathi, mwana wa Lawi, pamoja na baadhi ya Wareubeni, yaani Dathani na Abiramu, wana wa Eliabu, na Oni mwana wa Pelethi, wakachukua baadhi ya watu,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.16.2" />wakainuka dhidi ya Mose. Pamoja nao walikuwepo wanaume wa Kiisraeli 250, watu waliojulikana, viongozi wa jumuiya waliokuwa wameteuliwa kuwa wakuu wa kusanyiko.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NUM.16.3" />Wakaja kama kikundi kuwapinga Mose na Aroni, wakawaambia, “Ninyi mmejitukuza sana! Kusanyiko hili lote ni takatifu, kila mmoja wao, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> yu pamoja nao. Kwa nini basi mmejitukuza wenyewe juu ya kusanyiko la
<nd>Bwana</nd>?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="NUM.16.4" />Mose aliposikia jambo hili, akaanguka kifudifudi.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NUM.16.5" />Kisha akamwambia Kora na wafuasi wake wote: “Asubuhi
<nd>Bwana</nd> ataonyesha ni nani aliye wake na ni nani aliye mtakatifu, tena atamtaka mtu huyo aje kwake. Mtu yule ambaye atamchagua atamfanya kuja karibu naye.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="NUM.16.6" />Wewe Kora na wafuasi wako wote mtafanya hivi: Chukueni vyetezo,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="NUM.16.7" />kesho wekeni moto na uvumba kwenye hivyo vyetezo mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Mtu ambaye
<nd>Bwana</nd> atamchagua atakuwa ndiye mtakatifu. Ninyi Walawi mmejitukuza sana!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="NUM.16.8" />Pia Mose akamwambia Kora, “Enyi Walawi! Sasa nisikilizeni.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="NUM.16.9" />Haiwatoshi ninyi kwamba Mungu wa Israeli amewateua ninyi kutoka kusanyiko lote la Kiisraeli, na kuwaleta karibu naye mpate kufanya kazi kwenye Maskani ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na kusimama mbele ya kusanyiko ili kuwahudumia?
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="NUM.16.10" />Amekuleta wewe na ndugu zako Walawi mwe karibu naye, lakini sasa unajaribu kupata na ukuhani pia.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NUM.16.11" />Wewe na wafuasi wako wote mmekusanyika pamoja kinyume cha
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Aroni ni nani kwamba ninyi mnungʼunike dhidi yake?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="NUM.16.12" />Kisha Mose akawaita Dathani na Abiramu, wana wa Eliabu. Lakini wao wakasema, “Sisi hatuji!
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="NUM.16.13" />Haitoshi tu kwamba wewe umetuleta kutoka nchi itiririkayo maziwa na asali ili kutuua sisi jangwani? Nawe sasa pia unataka kuwa mkuu juu yetu?
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="NUM.16.14" />Zaidi ya hayo, hujatuingiza katika nchi inayotiririka maziwa na asali, wala hujatupa urithi wa mashamba na mashamba ya mizabibu. Je, utayangʼoa macho ya watu hawa? Hapana, sisi hatuji!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="NUM.16.15" />Ndipo Mose akakasirika sana na kumwambia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Usiikubali sadaka yao. Mimi sikuchukua chochote, hata punda kutoka kwao, wala sijamkosea hata mmoja wao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="NUM.16.16" />Mose akamwambia Kora, “Wewe na wafuasi wako wote kesho mtatokea mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>: yaani wewe na hao wenzako, pamoja na Aroni.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="NUM.16.17" />Kila mtu atachukua chetezo chake na kuweka uvumba ndani yake, vyetezo 250 kwa jumla, na kukileta mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Wewe na Aroni mtaleta vyetezo vyenu pia.”
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="NUM.16.18" />Kwa hiyo kila mtu akachukua chetezo chake, akaweka moto na uvumba ndani yake, na kusimama pamoja na Mose na Aroni kwenye mlango wa Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="NUM.16.19" />Kora alipokuwa amekusanya wafuasi wake wote kuwapinga Mose na Aroni kwenye mlango wa Hema la Kukutania, utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ukatokea kwa kusanyiko lote.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="NUM.16.20" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose na Aroni,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="NUM.16.21" />“Jitengeni kutoka kwenye kusanyiko hili ili nipate kuwaangamiza mara moja.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="NUM.16.22" />Lakini Mose na Aroni wakaanguka kufudifudi na kulia kwa sauti, wakasema, “Ee Mungu, Mungu wa roho za wanadamu wote, utakuwa na hasira na kusanyiko lote wakati ni mtu mmoja tu ametenda dhambi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="NUM.16.23" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="NUM.16.24" />“Liambie kusanyiko, ‘Ondokeni hapo karibu na mahema ya Kora, Dathani na Abiramu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="NUM.16.25" />Mose akainuka na kuwaendea Dathani na Abiramu, nao wazee wa Israeli wakafuatana naye.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="NUM.16.26" />Mose akalionya kusanyiko, “Sogeeni nyuma mbali na mahema ya hawa watu waovu! Msiguse kitu chochote kilicho mali yao, la sivyo mtafagiliwa mbali kwa sababu ya dhambi zao zote.”
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="NUM.16.27" />Hivyo wakaondoka karibu na mahema ya Kora, Dathani na Abiramu. Dathani na Abiramu walikuwa wametoka nje, nao walikuwa wamesimama pamoja na wake zao, watoto wao na wale wanyonyao kwenye mlango wa mahema yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="NUM.16.28" />Ndipo Mose akasema, “Hivi ndivyo mtakavyojua kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> amenituma kufanya mambo haya, na kwamba halikuwa wazo langu.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="NUM.16.29" />Ikiwa watu hawa watakufa kifo cha kawaida na kupatwa na yale ya kawaida yanayowapata wanadamu, basi
<nd>Bwana</nd> hakunituma mimi.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="NUM.16.30" />Lakini ikiwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ataleta jambo jipya kabisa, ardhi ikifunua kinywa chake na kuwameza wao, pamoja na kila kitu kilicho mali yao, nao washuke chini kaburini<f caller="+"><fr>16:30
</fr><ft>Kaburini hapa maana yake ni Kuzimu, kwa Kiebrania ni Sheol.</ft></f> wakiwa hai, ndipo mtafahamu kuwa watu hawa wamemdharau
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="NUM.16.31" />Mara Mose alipomaliza kusema haya yote, ardhi iliyokuwa chini yao ikapasuka,
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="NUM.16.32" />nchi ikafunua kinywa chake na kuwameza wao, pamoja na jamaa zao, na watu wote wa Kora na mali zao zote.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="NUM.16.33" />Wakashuka chini kaburini wakiwa hai, pamoja na kila kitu walichokuwa nacho; nchi ikajifunika juu yao, nao wakaangamia wakatoweka kutoka kusanyiko.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="NUM.16.34" />Kutoka kilio chao, Waisraeli wote waliowazunguka walikimbia, wakipaza sauti, “Nchi inatumeza na sisi pia!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="NUM.16.35" />Moto ukaja kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ukawateketeza wale watu 250 waliokuwa wakifukiza uvumba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="NUM.16.36" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="NUM.16.37" />“Mwambie Eleazari mwana wa kuhani Aroni, atoe vyetezo kwenye mabaki ya moto na kutawanya makaa mbali kiasi, kwa maana vyetezo ni vitakatifu:
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="NUM.16.38" />vyetezo vya watu waliofanya dhambi iliyowagharimu maisha yao. Fua vyetezo hivyo kuwa bamba ili kufunika madhabahu, kwa maana vimeletwa mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> na vimekuwa vitakatifu. Navyo viwe ishara kwa Waisraeli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="NUM.16.39" />Hivyo kuhani Eleazari akavikusanya vile vyetezo vya shaba vilivyoletwa na wale waliokuwa wameteketezwa kwa moto, naye akavifua kufunika madhabahu,
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="NUM.16.40" />kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwelekeza kupitia Mose. Hili lilikuwa kuwakumbusha Waisraeli kwamba hakuna mtu hata mmoja, isipokuwa mzao wa Aroni, awezaye kuja kufukiza uvumba mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, la sivyo, angekuwa kama Kora na wafuasi wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="NUM.16.41" />Siku iliyofuata jumuiya yote ya Kiisraeli wakanungʼunika dhidi ya Mose na Aroni, wakisema, “Mmewaua watu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="NUM.16.42" />Lakini wakati kusanyiko lilipokusanyika kupingana na Mose na Aroni, nalo likageuka kuelekea Hema la Kukutania, ghafula wingu likafunika Hema, nao utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ukatokea.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="NUM.16.43" />Ndipo Mose na Aroni wakaenda mbele ya Hema la Kukutania,
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="NUM.16.44" />naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="NUM.16.45" />“Jitenge mbali na kusanyiko hili ili niweze kuwaangamiza mara moja.” Wakaanguka chini kifudifudi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="46" bcv="NUM.16.46" />Kisha Mose akamwambia Aroni, “Chukua chetezo chako na uweke uvumba ndani yake, pamoja na moto kutoka madhabahuni, nawe uende haraka kwenye kusanyiko ili kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili yao. Ghadhabu imekuja kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na tauni imeanza.”
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="NUM.16.47" />Hivyo Aroni akafanya kama Mose alivyosema, akakimbilia katikati ya kusanyiko. Tauni ilikuwa tayari imeanza miongoni mwa watu, lakini Aroni akafukiza uvumba na kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili yao.
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="NUM.16.48" />Aroni akasimama kati ya waliokuwa hai na waliokufa, nayo tauni ikakoma.
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="NUM.16.49" />Lakini walikufa watu 14,700 kutokana na tauni hiyo, licha ya wale waliokuwa wamekufa kwa sababu ya Kora.
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="NUM.16.50" />Ndipo Aroni akamrudia Mose kwenye mlango wa Hema la Kukutania, kwa maana tauni ilikuwa imekoma.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="17" />
<s style="s1">Kuchipuka Kwa Fimbo Ya Aroni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.17.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.17.2" />“Sema na Waisraeli, na ujipatie fimbo kumi na mbili kutoka kwao, moja kutoka kwa kila mmoja wa viongozi wa kabila za baba zao. Andika jina la kila mtu kwenye fimbo yake.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NUM.17.3" />Kwenye fimbo ya Lawi andika jina la Aroni, kwa maana ni lazima iwepo fimbo moja kwa kila kiongozi kwa ajili ya kila kabila la baba zao.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="NUM.17.4" />Ziweke hizo fimbo ndani ya Hema la Kukutania mbele ya Sanduku la Ushuhuda, mahali nikutanapo nawe.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NUM.17.5" />Fimbo ya mtu nitakayemchagua itachipuka, nami mwenyewe nitayakomesha haya manungʼuniko ya mara kwa mara ya Waisraeli dhidi yako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="NUM.17.6" />Hivyo Mose akasema na Waisraeli, nao viongozi wao wakampa fimbo kumi na mbili, fimbo moja kwa ajili ya kila kabila la baba zao, nayo fimbo ya Aroni ikiwa miongoni mwa hizo.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="NUM.17.7" />Mose akaziweka hizo fimbo mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndani ya Hema la Ushuhuda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="NUM.17.8" />Siku iliyofuata Mose aliingia kwenye Hema la Ushuhuda akaona ile fimbo ya Aroni ambayo iliwakilisha jamaa ya Lawi haikuwa tu imechipuka, bali pia ilikuwa imetoa machipukizi, kuchanua maua na kuzaa malozi.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="NUM.17.9" />Ndipo Mose akaleta zile fimbo zote kwa Waisraeli wote kutoka mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Wakaziangalia, na kila mtu akaichukua fimbo yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="NUM.17.10" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Rudisha fimbo ya Aroni mbele ya Sanduku la Ushuhuda, ili ihifadhiwe kama alama kwa waasi. Hili litakomesha manungʼuniko yao dhidi yangu, ili kwamba wasife.”
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NUM.17.11" />Mose akafanya kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwamuru.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="NUM.17.12" />Waisraeli wakamwambia Mose, “Tutakufa! Tumepotea, sote tumepotea!
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="NUM.17.13" />Yeyote akaribiaye Maskani ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakufa. Je, sisi sote tutakufa?”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="18" />
<s style="s1">Wajibu Wa Makuhani Na Walawi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.18.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Aroni, “Wewe, wanao na jamaa ya baba yako mtawajibika kwa makosa dhidi ya mahali patakatifu, na wewe na wanao peke yenu ndio mtakaowajibika kwa makosa dhidi ya ukuhani.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.18.2" />Walete Walawi wenzako kutoka kabila la baba zako ili waungane nanyi na kuwasaidia wakati wewe na wanao mnapohudumu mbele ya Hema la Ushuhuda.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NUM.18.3" />Watawajibika kwenu na watafanya kazi zote za Hema, lakini kamwe wasisogelee vifaa vya patakatifu au madhabahu, la sivyo wao na ninyi mtakufa.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="NUM.18.4" />Watajiunga nanyi na watawajibika kwa utunzaji wa Hema la Kukutania, yaani kazi zote kwenye Hema, wala hakuna mtu mwingine yeyote atakayeweza kusogea karibu hapo mlipo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="NUM.18.5" />“Mtawajibika katika utunzaji wa mahali patakatifu na madhabahu, ili kwamba ghadhabu isiwaangukie Waisraeli tena.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="NUM.18.6" />Mimi mwenyewe nimewachagua Walawi wenzenu kutoka miongoni mwa Waisraeli kama zawadi kwenu, waliowekwa wakfu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ili kufanya kazi katika Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="NUM.18.7" />Lakini ni wewe tu na wanao mtakaoweza kutumika kama makuhani kuhusiana na kila kitu kwenye madhabahu na ndani ya pazia. Ninawapa utumishi wa ukuhani kama zawadi. Mtu mwingine yeyote atakayekaribia mahali patakatifu ni lazima auawe.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sadaka Kwa Ajili Ya Makuhani Na Walawi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="NUM.18.8" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Aroni, “Mimi mwenyewe nimekuweka kuwa mwangalizi wa sadaka zote zitakazotolewa kwangu; matoleo yote matakatifu Waisraeli wanayonipa ninakupa wewe na wanao kama sehemu yenu na fungu lenu la kawaida.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="NUM.18.9" />Mtachukua sehemu ya yale matoleo matakatifu sana ambayo hayateketezwi kwa moto. Kutoka kwa matoleo yote wanayoniletea kama sadaka takatifu sana, ziwe za nafaka, au za dhambi, au za makosa, sehemu ile itakuwa yako na wanao.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="NUM.18.10" />Mtaila kama kitu kilicho kitakatifu sana; kila mwanaume ataila. Ni lazima mtaiheshimu kama takatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="NUM.18.11" />“Hiki pia ni chako: chochote kilichotengwa kutoka kwenye matoleo yote ya sadaka za kuinuliwa za Waisraeli. Ninakupa wewe haya, wana na binti zako kama sehemu yenu ya kawaida. Kila mmoja wa nyumba yako ambaye ni safi kwa taratibu za ibada anaweza kuyala.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="NUM.18.12" />“Ninawapa mafuta ya zeituni yaliyo bora kuliko yote, na divai mpya iliyo bora kuliko zote na nafaka wanazompa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kama malimbuko katika mavuno yao.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="NUM.18.13" />Malimbuko yote ya nchi ambayo wanamletea
<nd>Bwana</nd> yatakuwa yenu. Kila mmoja nyumbani kwako ambaye ni safi kwa taratibu za Ibada anaweza kula.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="NUM.18.14" />“Kila kitu katika Israeli ambacho kimetolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni chenu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="NUM.18.15" />Kila mzaliwa wa kwanza wa mwanadamu na wa mnyama, ambaye ametolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni wenu. Lakini ni lazima mtamkomboa kila mwana mzaliwa wa kwanza na kila mzaliwa wa kwanza wa kiume wa wanyama wasio safi.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="NUM.18.16" />Watakapokuwa na umri wa mwezi mmoja, ni lazima mtawakomboa kwa bei ya ukombozi iliyowekwa, kwa shekeli tano<f caller="+"><fr>18:16
</fr><ft>Shekeli tano za fedha ni sawa na gramu 55.</ft></f> za fedha, kulingana na shekeli ya mahali patakatifu, yenye uzito wa gera ishirini.<f caller="+"><fr>18:16
</fr><ft>Gera 20 ni sawa na gramu 55.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="NUM.18.17" />“Lakini kamwe usimkomboe mzaliwa wa kwanza wa maksai, kondoo au mbuzi; hawa ni watakatifu. Nyunyizia damu yao juu ya madhabahu na uchome mafuta yao kama sadaka itolewayo kwa moto, harufu nzuri inayompendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="NUM.18.18" />Nyama zao zitakuwa chakula chenu, kama ilivyokuwa kidari cha kuinuliwa na paja la mguu wa kulia.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="NUM.18.19" />Chochote kitakachotengwa kutoka sadaka takatifu ambazo Waisraeli wanamtolea
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ninakupa wewe, wanao na binti zako kama fungu lenu la kawaida. Ni Agano la milele la chumvi mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwako na watoto wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="NUM.18.20" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Aroni, “Hutakuwa na urithi wowote katika nchi yao, wala hutakuwa na sehemu miongoni mwao; Mimi ni fungu lako na urithi wako miongoni mwa Waisraeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="NUM.18.21" />“Ninawapa Walawi zaka yote katika Israeli kama urithi wao kuwa kama malipo kwa kazi wanayoifanya wakati wanapohudumu katika Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="NUM.18.22" />Kuanzia sasa, kamwe Waisraeli wasisogelee karibu na Hema la Kukutania, la sivyo watabeba matokeo ya dhambi zao, nao watakufa.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="NUM.18.23" />Ni Walawi watakaofanya kazi katika Hema la Kukutania na kubeba wajibu wa makosa dhidi yake. Hili ni agizo la kudumu kwa vizazi vijavyo. Hawatapokea urithi wowote miongoni mwa Waisraeli.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="NUM.18.24" />Badala yake, ninawapa Walawi zaka zote zinazotolewa na Waisraeli kama sadaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuwa urithi wao. Hiyo ndiyo sababu nimesema hivi kuhusu wao: ‘Hawatakuwa na urithi miongoni mwa Waisraeli.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="NUM.18.25" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="NUM.18.26" />“Sema na Walawi na uwaambie: ‘Mtakapopokea zaka kutoka kwa Waisraeli ambayo ninawapa kama urithi wenu kutoka kwao, ni lazima mtoe sehemu ya kumi ya hiyo zaka kama sadaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, iwe zaka ya hiyo zaka.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="NUM.18.27" />Sadaka yenu itahesabiwa kwenu kama nafaka kutoka sakafu ya kupuria, au divai kutoka kwenye shinikizo la kukamulia zabibu.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="NUM.18.28" />Kwa njia hii, ninyi pia mtatoa sadaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kutoka zaka zote mtakazopokea kutoka kwa Waisraeli. Kutoka kwenye zaka hizi, ni lazima mtoe sehemu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa Aroni, kuhani.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="NUM.18.29" />Ni lazima mtoe kama sehemu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> iliyo nzuri sana tena ile sehemu iliyo takatifu sana kuliko zote ya kile kitu mlichopewa.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="NUM.18.30" />“Waambie Walawi: ‘Mtakapotoa sehemu zilizo bora sana, itahesabiwa kwenu kama mazao ya sakafu ya kupuria nafaka, au ya shinikizo la kukamulia zabibu.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="NUM.18.31" />Ninyi na watu wa nyumbani mwenu mnaweza kula sehemu iliyobaki mahali popote, kwani ndio ujira wenu kwa ajili ya kazi yenu katika Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="NUM.18.32" />Kwa kutoa sehemu zake zilizo bora sana, hamtakuwa na hatia katika jambo hili; ndipo hamtatia unajisi sadaka takatifu za Waisraeli, nanyi hamtakufa.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="19" />
<s style="s1">Maji Ya Utakaso
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.19.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose na Aroni:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.19.2" />“Hivi ndivyo sheria ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameagiza itakavyo: Waambie Waisraeli wakuletee mtamba mwekundu asiye na dosari wala waa, na ambaye hajapata kufungwa nira.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NUM.19.3" />Mpeni kuhani Eleazari huyo mtamba; naye atatolewa nje ya kambi na kuchinjwa mbele yake huyo kuhani.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="NUM.19.4" />Kisha kuhani Eleazari atachukua baadhi ya damu yake kwenye kidole chake na kuinyunyiza mara saba kuelekea upande wa mbele ya Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NUM.19.5" />Wakati angali akitazama, mtamba huyo atateketezwa: ngozi yake, nyama yake, damu na sehemu zake za ndani.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="NUM.19.6" />Kuhani atachukua kuni za mti wa mwerezi, hisopo na sufu nyekundu, na kuvitupa kwenye huyo mtamba anayeungua.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="NUM.19.7" />Baada ya hayo, kuhani lazima afue nguo zake, na aoge mwili wake kwa maji. Kisha anaweza kurudi kambini, lakini atakuwa najisi kwa kawaida ya ibada mpaka jioni.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="NUM.19.8" />Mtu amchomaye huyo mtamba lazima naye pia afue nguo zake na kuoga kwa maji, naye pia atakuwa najisi mpaka jioni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="NUM.19.9" />“Mtu ambaye ni safi atakusanya majivu ya mtamba huyo na kuyaweka mahali ambapo ni safi nje ya kambi kwa taratibu za kiibada. Yatahifadhiwa na jumuiya ya Kiisraeli kwa matumizi katika maji ya utakaso; ni kwa ajili ya kutakasa kutoka dhambini.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="NUM.19.10" />Mtu akusanyaye majivu ya huyo mtamba ni lazima pia afue nguo zake, kadhalika naye pia atakuwa najisi hadi jioni. Hili litakuwa agizo la kudumu kwa Waisraeli na kwa wageni wanaoishi miongoni mwao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="NUM.19.11" />“Mtu yeyote agusaye maiti ya mtu yeyote atakuwa najisi kwa siku saba.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="NUM.19.12" />Ni lazima ajitakase mwenyewe kwa maji katika siku ya tatu na siku ya saba, ndipo atakuwa safi. Lakini kama hatajitakasa mwenyewe katika siku ya tatu na ya saba, hatakuwa safi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="NUM.19.13" />Mtu yeyote agusaye maiti ya mtu yeyote na kushindwa kujitakasa mwenyewe hunajisi Maskani ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Mtu huyo ni lazima akatiliwe mbali na Israeli. Kwa sababu hajanyunyiziwa maji ya utakaso, yeye ni najisi; unajisi wake unabaki juu yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="NUM.19.14" />“Hii ndiyo sheria itumikayo wakati mtu amekufa ndani ya hema: Yeyote aingiaye ndani ya hema hilo na yeyote aliye ndani yake watakuwa najisi kwa muda wa siku saba,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="NUM.19.15" />nacho kila chombo kisicho na kifuniko juu yake kitakuwa najisi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="NUM.19.16" />“Mtu yeyote aliyeko nje mahali pa wazi agusaye mtu aliyeuawa kwa upanga au mtu aliyekufa kwa kifo cha kawaida, au mtu yeyote agusaye mfupa wa mtu aliyekufa au kaburi, atakuwa najisi kwa siku saba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="NUM.19.17" />“Kwa mtu aliye najisi, weka majivu ya sadaka ya utakaso wa dhambi ndani ya chombo, umimine maji safi juu yao.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="NUM.19.18" />Kisha mtu aliye safi kwa kawaida za kiibada atachukua hisopo, achovye ndani ya maji, na kunyunyizia hema na vifaa vyote pamoja na watu ambao walikuwamo. Pia ni lazima amnyunyizie mtu yeyote ambaye amegusa mfupa wa mtu aliyekufa, au kaburi, au mtu ambaye ameuawa, au mtu ambaye amekufa kifo cha kawaida.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="NUM.19.19" />Mtu ambaye ni safi ndiye atakayemnyunyizia yeyote ambaye ni najisi siku ya tatu na siku ya saba, na katika siku ya saba atamtakasa mtu huyo. Mtu ambaye ametakaswa lazima afue nguo zake na kuoga kwa maji, na jioni ile atakuwa safi.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="NUM.19.20" />Lakini ikiwa mtu ambaye ni najisi hakujitakasa mwenyewe, ni lazima akatiliwe mbali na jumuiya, kwa sababu ameinajisi Maskani ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Maji ya utakaso hayajanyunyizwa juu yake, naye ni najisi.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="NUM.19.21" />Hii ni sheria ya kudumu kwao.
</p>
<p style="p">“Mtu yeyote ambaye ananyunyiza yale maji ya utakaso lazima pia afue nguo zake, na yeyote ambaye hugusa maji ya utakaso atakuwa najisi mpaka jioni.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="NUM.19.22" />Kitu chochote anachogusa mtu aliye najisi kitakuwa najisi, na yeyote akigusaye huwa najisi mpaka jioni.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="20" />
<s style="s1">Maji Kutoka Kwenye Mwamba
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 17:1-7)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.20.1" />Katika mwezi wa kwanza jumuiya yote ya Kiisraeli ilifika kwenye Jangwa la Sini, nao wakakaa Kadeshi. Miriamu akafa huko na kuzikwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="NUM.20.2" />Mahali hapo hapakuwa na maji kwa ajili ya jumuiya hiyo, nao wakakusanyika ili kumpinga Mose na Aroni.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NUM.20.3" />Watu wakagombana na Mose, na kusema, “Laiti tungelikufa wakati ndugu zetu walipoanguka na kufa mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>!
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="NUM.20.4" />Kwa nini mmeileta jumuiya ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwenye jangwa hili, ili tufe humu, sisi na mifugo yetu?
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NUM.20.5" />Kwa nini mmetupandisha kutoka Misri mpaka mahali hapa pa kutisha? Hapa hakuna nafaka wala tini, zabibu au makomamanga. Wala hapa hakuna maji ya kunywa!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="NUM.20.6" />Mose na Aroni wakaondoka pale kwenye kusanyiko mpaka kwenye mlango wa Hema la Kukutania na kuanguka kifudifudi, nao utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ukawatokea.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="NUM.20.7" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="NUM.20.8" />“Chukua ile fimbo, na wewe na ndugu yako Aroni mkusanye kusanyiko pamoja. Nena na ule mwamba mbele ya macho yao, nao utatoa maji yake. Utatoa maji kutoka huo mwamba kwa ajili ya jumuiya ili wao na mifugo yao waweze kunywa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="NUM.20.9" />Kwa hiyo Mose akaichukua hiyo fimbo kutoka pale ilipokuwa mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kama alivyomwagiza.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="NUM.20.10" />Mose na Aroni wakakusanya kusanyiko pamoja mbele ya huo mwamba, naye Mose akawaambia, “Sikilizeni, enyi waasi. Je, ni lazima tuwatoleeni maji kutoka mwamba huu?”
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NUM.20.11" />Ndipo Mose akainua mkono wake na kuupiga mwamba mara mbili kwa fimbo yake. Maji yakabubujika, nayo jumuiya na mifugo yao wakanywa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="NUM.20.12" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose na Aroni, “Kwa sababu hamkuniamini mimi kiasi cha kuniheshimu kama mtakatifu machoni pa Waisraeli, hamtaiingiza jumuiya hii katika nchi ninayowapa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="NUM.20.13" />Haya yalikuwa maji ya Meriba,<f caller="+"><fr>20:13
</fr><ft>Meriba maana yake Kugombana.</ft></f> mahali pale ambapo Waisraeli waligombana na
<nd>Bwana</nd>, naye akajionyesha mwenyewe huko kuwa mtakatifu katikati yao.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Edomu Wakatalia Israeli Kupita
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="NUM.20.14" />Mose akawatuma wajumbe kutoka Kadeshi kwenda kwa mfalme wa Edomu, akisema:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Hili ndilo ndugu yako Israeli asemalo: Wewe unafahamu juu ya taabu zote ambazo zimetupata.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="NUM.20.15" />Baba zetu walishuka Misri, nasi tumeishi huko miaka mingi. Wamisri walitutesa sisi na baba zetu,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="NUM.20.16" />lakini tulipomlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, alisikia kilio chetu na akamtuma malaika akatutoa Misri.
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Sasa tupo hapa Kadeshi, mji ulio mpakani mwa nchi yako.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="NUM.20.17" />Tafadhali turuhusu tupite katika nchi yako. Hatutapita katika shamba lolote, wala shamba la mizabibu, au kunywa maji kutoka kwenye kisima chochote. Tutasafiri kufuata njia kuu ya mfalme, na hatutageuka kulia wala kushoto mpaka tuwe tumeshapita nchi yako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="NUM.20.18" />Lakini mfalme wa Edomu akajibu:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Hamtapita hapa; kama mkijaribu kupita, tutatoka na kuwashambulia kwa upanga.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="NUM.20.19" />Waisraeli wakajibu:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Sisi tutafuata njia kuu; tena ikiwa sisi au mifugo yetu tutakunywa tone la maji yenu, tutalilipia. Sisi tunataka tu kupita kwa miguu, wala si kitu kingine chochote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="NUM.20.20" />Watu wa Edomu wakajibu tena:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Hamwezi kupita hapa.”
</p>
<p style="p">Ndipo watu wa Edomu wakatoka dhidi ya Waisraeli, jeshi kubwa lenye nguvu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="NUM.20.21" />Kwa kuwa Waedomu waliwakatalia Waisraeli kupita katika nchi yao, Israeli wakageuka, wakawaacha.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kifo Cha Aroni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="NUM.20.22" />Jumuiya yote ya Kiisraeli ikaondoka kutoka Kadeshi, wakafika kwenye Mlima Hori.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="NUM.20.23" />Kwenye Mlima Hori, karibu na mpaka wa Edomu,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose na Aroni,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="NUM.20.24" />“Aroni atakusanywa pamoja na watu wake. Hataingia katika nchi ninayowapa Waisraeli, kwa sababu ninyi wawili mliasi dhidi ya agizo langu kwenye maji ya Meriba.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="NUM.20.25" />Watwae Aroni na Eleazari mwanawe, na uwapandishe juu katika Mlima wa Hori.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="NUM.20.26" />Mvue Aroni mavazi yake, na umvike Eleazari mwanawe, kwa maana Aroni atakusanywa pamoja na watu wake; atakufa huko.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="NUM.20.27" />Mose akafanya kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza: Wakapanda Mlima Hori mbele ya macho ya jumuiya yote ya Kiisraeli.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="NUM.20.28" />Mose akamvua Aroni mavazi yake na kumvika mwanawe Eleazari mavazi hayo. Naye Aroni akafia pale juu ya mlima. Kisha Mose na Eleazari wakateremka kutoka mlimani.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="NUM.20.29" />Jumuiya yote ilipofahamu kwamba Aroni amekufa, jamaa yote ya Kiisraeli wakamwomboleza kwa siku thelathini.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="21" />
<s style="s1">Nchi Ya Aradi Yaangamizwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.21.1" />Mfalme wa Kikanaani wa Aradi aliyeishi huko Negebu aliposikia kwamba Waisraeli walikuwa wanakuja kwa njia ya Atharimu, aliwashambulia Waisraeli na kuwateka baadhi yao.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.21.2" />Ndipo Israeli akaweka nadhiri hii kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>: “Ikiwa utawatia watu hawa mikononi mwetu, tutaiangamiza kabisa miji yao.”
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NUM.21.3" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akasikiliza ombi la Waisraeli, naye akawapa ushindi juu ya Wakanaani. Wakawaangamiza kabisa na miji yao; hivyo mahali pale pakaitwa Horma.<f caller="+"><fr>21:3
</fr><ft>Horma maana yake Maangamizi.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Nyoka Wa Shaba
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="NUM.21.4" />Waisraeli wakasafiri kutoka mlima Hori kupitia njia inayoelekea Bahari ya Shamu,<f caller="+"><fr>21:4
</fr><ft>Yaani Bahari Nyekundu au Bahari ya Mafunjo (ona 14:25).</ft></f> kuizunguka Edomu. Lakini watu wakakosa uvumilivu njiani,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NUM.21.5" />wakamnungʼunikia Mungu na Mose, wakisema, “Kwa nini umetupandisha kutoka Misri ili tufe jangwani? Hakuna mkate! Hakuna maji! Nasi tunachukia sana chakula hiki duni!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="NUM.21.6" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akapeleka nyoka wenye sumu katikati yao; wakawauma watu, nao Waisraeli wengi wakafa.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="NUM.21.7" />Watu wakamjia Mose na kusema, “Tumetenda dhambi wakati tuliponena dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> na dhidi yako. Mwombe
<nd>Bwana</nd> ili atuondolee hawa nyoka.” Hivyo Mose akawaombea hao watu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="NUM.21.8" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Tengeneza nyoka wa shaba na umweke juu ya mti; yeyote aliyeumwa na nyoka anaweza kumtazama na akaishi tena.”
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="NUM.21.9" />Kwa hiyo Mose akatengeneza nyoka wa shaba na kumweka juu ya mti. Kisha wakati mtu yeyote aliumwa na nyoka, naye akamtazama yule nyoka wa shaba, aliishi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Safari Kwenda Moabu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="NUM.21.10" />Waisraeli waliendelea na safari yao na wakapiga kambi huko Obothi.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NUM.21.11" />Kisha wakaondoka Obothi na kupiga kambi huko Iye-Abarimu, katika jangwa linalotazamana na Moabu kuelekea mawio ya jua.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="NUM.21.12" />Kutoka hapo waliendelea mbele wakapiga kambi kwenye Bonde la Zeredi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="NUM.21.13" />Wakasafiri kutoka hapo na kupiga kambi kando ya Mto Arnoni, ambao uko katika jangwa lililoenea hadi nchi ya Waamori. Arnoni ni mpaka wa Moabu, kati ya Moabu na Waamori.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="NUM.21.14" />Ndiyo sababu Kitabu cha Vita vya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kinasema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“…Mji wa Wahebu nchini Seifa na mabonde
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya Arnoni,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="NUM.21.15" />na miteremko ya mabonde
</q>
<q style="q1">inayofika hadi mji wa Ari
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na huelekea mpakani mwa Moabu.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="16" bcv="NUM.21.16" />Kutoka hapo waliendelea mbele hadi kisima cha Beeri; kwenye kisima ambacho
<nd>Bwana</nd> alimwambia Mose, “Wakusanye watu pamoja, nami nitawapa maji.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="NUM.21.17" />Kisha Israeli akaimba wimbo huu:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Bubujika, ee kisima!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Imba kuhusu maji,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="NUM.21.18" />kuhusu kisima ambacho kilichimbwa na wakuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambacho watu mashuhuri walikifukua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu mashuhuri wakiwa na fimbo za utawala na bakora.”
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Kisha wakatoka jangwani kwenda Matana,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="NUM.21.19" />kutoka Matana wakafika Nahalieli, kutoka Nahalieli wakafika Bamothi,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="NUM.21.20" />na kutoka Bamothi wakafika kwenye bonde lililoko Moabu, mahali ambapo kilele cha Pisga kinatazamana na nyika.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kushindwa Kwa Sihoni Na Ogu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kumbukumbu 2:26–3:11)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="NUM.21.21" />Israeli akawatuma wajumbe kumwambia Sihoni mfalme wa Waamori:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="22" bcv="NUM.21.22" />“Uturuhusu tupite katika nchi yako. Hatutageuka kando kwenda katika mashamba au mashamba ya mizabibu, ama kunywa maji kutoka kisima chochote. Tutasafiri kwenye njia kuu ya mfalme hata tutakapokuwa tumekwisha kupita katika nchi yako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="NUM.21.23" />Lakini Sihoni hakumruhusu Israeli apite katika nchi yake. Alilikutanisha jeshi lake lote, wakaondoka kwenda jangwani ili kupigana na Israeli. Alipofika huko Yahazi, akapigana na Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="NUM.21.24" />Hata hivyo, Israeli alimshinda kwa upanga na kuiteka ardhi yake kutoka Arnoni mpaka Yaboki, lakini ni hadi kufikia nchi ya Waamoni tu, kwa sababu mipaka yake ilikuwa imezungushwa ukuta.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="NUM.21.25" />Israeli akaiteka miji yote ya Waamori na kuikalia, pamoja na Heshboni na makazi yote yanayoizunguka.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="NUM.21.26" />Heshboni ulikuwa mji wa Sihoni mfalme wa Waamori, ambaye alikuwa amepigana dhidi ya mfalme wa Moabu aliyetangulia na akawa amechukua ardhi yake yote mpaka Arnoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="NUM.21.27" />Ndiyo sababu watunga mashairi husema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Njoo Heshboni na ujengwe tena;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mji wa Sihoni na ufanywe upya.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="NUM.21.28" />“Moto uliwaka kutoka Heshboni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwali wa moto kutoka mji wa Sihoni.
</q>
<q style="q1">Uliteketeza Ari ya Moabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">raiya wa mahali pa Arnoni palipoinuka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="NUM.21.29" />Ole wako, ee Moabu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Umeharibiwa, enyi watu wa Kemoshi!
</q>
<q style="q1">Amewatoa wanawe kuwa wakimbizi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na binti zake kama mateka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa Mfalme Sihoni wa Waamori.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="NUM.21.30" />“Lakini tumewashinda;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Heshboni umeharibiwa hadi Diboni.
</q>
<q style="q1">Tumebomoa hadi kufikia Nofa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulioenea hadi Medeba.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="NUM.21.31" />Kwa hiyo Israeli akaishi katika nchi ya Waamori.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="NUM.21.32" />Baada ya Mose kutuma wapelelezi kwenda mji wa Yazeri, Waisraeli waliteka viunga vya mji huo na kuwafukuza Waamori waliokuwa wanaishi huko.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="NUM.21.33" />Kisha wakageuka na kwenda katika njia inayoelekea Bashani, naye Ogu mfalme wa Bashani pamoja na jeshi lake lote wakatoka kupigana nao huko Edrei.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="NUM.21.34" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Usimwogope Ogu, kwa sababu nimeshamkabidhi mikononi mwako, pamoja na jeshi lake lote na nchi yake. Mtendee kama ulivyomtendea Sihoni mfalme wa Waamori, ambaye alitawala huko Heshboni.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="NUM.21.35" />Kwa hiyo wakamuua, pamoja na wanawe na jeshi lake lote, bila ya kumwacha hata mtu mmoja hai. Nao wakaimiliki nchi yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="22" />
<s style="s1">Balaki Anamwita Balaamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.22.1" />Kisha Waisraeli wakasafiri katika tambarare za Moabu na kupiga kambi kando ya Mto Yordani, ngʼambo ya Yeriko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="NUM.22.2" />Basi Balaki mwana wa Sipori, aliona mambo yale yote ambayo Israeli aliwatendea Waamori,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NUM.22.3" />Moabu aliogopa, kwa kuwa walikuwepo watu wengi sana. Hakika, Moabu alijawa na hofu kubwa kwa sababu ya Waisraeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="NUM.22.4" />Wamoabu wakawaambia wazee wa Midiani, “Umati huu wa watu unakwenda kuramba kila kitu kinachotuzunguka, kama maksai arambavyo majani ya shambani.”
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa hiyo Balaki mwana wa Sipori, ambaye alikuwa mfalme wa Moabu wakati huo,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NUM.22.5" />akatuma wajumbe kwenda kumwita Balaamu mwana wa Beori, ambaye alikuwa huko Pethori, karibu na Mto Frati, katika nchi yake ya kuzaliwa. Balaki akasema:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Taifa limekuja kutoka Misri, nao wamefunika uso wa nchi, nao wametua karibu nami.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="NUM.22.6" />Sasa uje kuwalaani watu hawa, kwa kuwa wana nguvu sana kuniliko. Kisha huenda nikaweza kuwashinda na kuwatoa nje ya nchi. Kwa kuwa ninajua kwamba, wale unaowabariki wanabarikiwa na wale unaowalaani wanalaaniwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="NUM.22.7" />Wazee wa Moabu na wa Midiani wakaondoka, wakiwa wamechukua ada ya uaguzi. Walipokwenda kwa Balaamu, wakamweleza kile Balaki alikuwa amesema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="NUM.22.8" />Balaamu akawaambia, “Mlale hapa usiku huu, nami nitawaletea jibu lile
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakalonipa.” Kwa hiyo wakuu wa Moabu wakakaa naye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="NUM.22.9" />Mungu akamjia Balaamu na kumuuliza, “Watu gani hawa walio pamoja nawe?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="NUM.22.10" />Balaamu akamwambia Mungu, “Balaki mwana wa Sipori, mfalme wa Moabu, alinipelekea ujumbe huu:
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NUM.22.11" />‘Taifa ambalo limekuja kutoka Misri limefunika uso wa nchi. Sasa uje unilaanie hao watu. Kisha huenda nitaweza kupigana nao na kuwafukuza.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="NUM.22.12" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Balaamu, “Usiende pamoja nao. Hupaswi kulaani watu hao, kwa kuwa wamebarikiwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="NUM.22.13" />Asubuhi iliyofuata Balaamu akaamka, akawaambia wakuu wa Balaki, “Rudini katika nchi yenu, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> amenikataza nisiende pamoja nanyi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="NUM.22.14" />Kwa hiyo wakuu wa Moabu wakarudi kwa Balaki na kumwambia, “Balaamu amekataa kuja pamoja nasi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="NUM.22.15" />Kisha Balaki akatuma wakuu wengine, wengi zaidi na wanaoheshimiwa zaidi kuliko wale wa kwanza.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="NUM.22.16" />Wakafika kwa Balaamu na kumwambia:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Balaki mwana wa Sipori amesema hivi: Usiruhusu kitu chochote kikuzuie kuja kwangu,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="NUM.22.17" />kwa sababu nitakulipa vizuri sana na kufanya lolote usemalo. Njoo unilaanie watu hawa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="NUM.22.18" />Lakini Balaamu akawajibu, “Hata kama Balaki angenipa jumba lake la kifalme likiwa limejazwa fedha na dhahabu, singeweza kufanya kitu chochote kikubwa au kidogo ili kutenda kitu nje ya agizo la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wangu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="NUM.22.19" />Mlale hapa usiku huu kama wale wengine walivyofanya, nami nitatafuta ni nini kingine
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakachoniambia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="NUM.22.20" />Usiku ule
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamjia Balaamu na kumwambia, “Kwa kuwa watu hawa wamekuja kukuita wewe, nenda nao, lakini ufanye tu lile nitakalokuambia.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Punda Wa Balaamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="NUM.22.21" />Balaamu akaamka asubuhi, akatandika punda wake akaenda pamoja na wakuu wa Moabu.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="NUM.22.22" />Lakini Mungu alikasirika sana alipokwenda, naye malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akasimama barabarani kumpinga. Balaamu alikuwa amepanda punda wake, na watumishi wake wawili walikuwa pamoja naye.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="NUM.22.23" />Wakati punda alipomwona malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akiwa amesimama barabarani akiwa na upanga uliofutwa mkononi mwake, punda akageukia upande kuelekea shambani. Balaamu akampiga ili amrudishe barabarani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="NUM.22.24" />Ndipo malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akasimama katika njia nyembamba iliyo kati ya mashamba mawili ya mizabibu, yakiwa na kuta pande zote mbili.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="NUM.22.25" />Punda alipomwona malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, alijisukumiza karibu na ukuta, na kugandamiza mguu wa Balaamu ukutani. Ndipo Balaamu akampiga tena punda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="NUM.22.26" />Kisha malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaendelea mbele na kusimama mahali pembamba ambapo hapakuwepo nafasi ya kugeuka, upande wa kulia wala wa kushoto.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="NUM.22.27" />Punda alipomwona malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, alilala chini Balaamu angali amempanda, naye Balaamu akakasirika na kumpiga kwa fimbo yake.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="NUM.22.28" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akakifungua kinywa cha punda, akamwambia Balaamu, “Nimekutendea nini kinachokufanya unipige mara hizi tatu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="NUM.22.29" />Balaamu akamjibu punda, “Umenifanya mjinga! Kama ningelikuwa na upanga mkononi mwangu, ningelikuua sasa hivi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="NUM.22.30" />Punda akamwambia Balaamu, “Je, mimi si punda wako mwenyewe, ambaye umenipanda siku zote, hadi leo? Je, nimekuwa na tabia ya kufanya hivi kwako?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akajibu, “Hapana.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="NUM.22.31" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akafungua macho ya Balaamu, naye akamwona malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> amesimama barabarani akiwa ameufuta upanga wake. Balaamu akainama, akaanguka kifudifudi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="NUM.22.32" />Malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamuuliza Balaamu, “Kwa nini umempiga punda wako mara tatu hizi? Nimekuja kukuzuia kwa sababu njia yako imepotoka mbele yangu.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="NUM.22.33" />Punda aliniona na kunikwepa mara hizi tatu. Kama punda hangenikwepa, hakika ningekuwa nimeshakuua sasa, lakini ningemwacha punda hai.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="NUM.22.34" />Balaamu akamwambia malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Nimetenda dhambi. Sikutambua kuwa umesimama barabarani kunizuia. Basi kama haikupendezi, nitarudi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="NUM.22.35" />Malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Balaamu, “Uende na watu hao, lakini useme tu lile nikuambialo.” Kwa hiyo Balaamu akaenda na wale wakuu wa Balaki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="NUM.22.36" />Balaki aliposikia kuwa Balaamu anakuja, akatoka kumlaki katika mji wa Moabu, katika mpaka wa Arnoni, ukingoni mwa nchi yake.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="NUM.22.37" />Balaki akamwambia Balaamu, “Je, sikukupelekea jumbe za haraka? Kwa nini hukuja kwangu? Hivi kweli mimi siwezi kukulipa?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="NUM.22.38" />Balaamu akajibu, “Vema, sasa nimekuja kwako. Lakini kwani nina uwezo wa kusema tu chochote? Ni lazima niseme tu kile ambacho Mungu ataweka kinywani mwangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="NUM.22.39" />Kisha Balaamu alikwenda na Balaki mpaka Kiriath-Husothi.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="NUM.22.40" />Balaki akatoa dhabihu ya ngʼombe na kondoo; baadhi yake akampa Balaamu na wakuu waliokuwa pamoja naye.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="NUM.22.41" />Asubuhi iliyofuata Balaki akamchukua Balaamu mpaka Bamoth-Baali, na kutoka huko Balaamu akawaona baadhi ya watu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="23" />
<s style="s1">Ujumbe Wa Kwanza Wa Balaamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.23.1" />Balaamu akasema, “Nijengee hapa madhabahu saba, mnitayarishie mafahali saba na kondoo dume saba.”
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.23.2" />Balaki akafanya kama Balaamu alivyosema; hao wawili kila mmoja wao akatoa fahali mmoja na kondoo dume mmoja juu ya kila madhabahu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="NUM.23.3" />Kisha Balaamu akamwambia Balaki, “Kaa hapa kando ya sadaka yako wakati mimi ninakwenda kando. Huenda
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakuja kukutana nami. Lolote atakalonifunulia, nitakuambia.” Basi akaenda hata mahali peupe palipoinuka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="NUM.23.4" />Mungu akakutana naye, kisha Balaamu akasema, “Nimekwisha kutengeneza madhabahu saba, na juu ya kila madhabahu nimetoa sadaka ya fahali mmoja na kondoo dume mmoja.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="NUM.23.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akaweka ujumbe katika kinywa cha Balaamu na kusema, “Rudi kwa Balaki umpe ujumbe huu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="NUM.23.6" />Basi Balaamu akarudi kwa Balaki, akamkuta amesimama kando ya sadaka yake akiwa na wakuu wote wa Moabu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="NUM.23.7" />Ndipo Balaamu akasema ujumbe wake:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Balaki amenileta kutoka Aramu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mfalme wa Moabu kutoka milima ya mashariki.
</q>
<q style="q1">Akasema, ‘Njoo, unilaanie Yakobo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">njoo unishutumie Israeli.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="NUM.23.8" />Nitawezaje kuwalaani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hao ambao Mungu hajawalaani?
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitawezaje kuwashutumu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hao ambao
<nd>Bwana</nd> hakuwashutumu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="NUM.23.9" />Kutoka vilele vya miamba ninawaona,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka mahali palipoinuka ninawatazama.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ninaliona taifa ambalo wanaishi peke yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao hawahesabiwi kama mojawapo ya mataifa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="NUM.23.10" />Ni nani awezaye kuhesabu mavumbi ya Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kuhesabu robo ya Israeli?
</q>
<q style="q1">Mimi na nife kifo cha mtu mwenye haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mwisho wangu na uwe kama wao!”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="NUM.23.11" />Balaki akamwambia Balaamu, “Ni nini ulichonitendea? Nimekuleta ulaani adui zangu, lakini wewe badala yake umewabariki!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="NUM.23.12" />Balaamu akajibu, “Je, hainipasi kusema kile
<nd>Bwana</nd> anachoweka katika kinywa changu?”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ujumbe Wa Pili Wa Balaamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="NUM.23.13" />Ndipo Balaki akamwambia, “Twende pamoja mahali pengine ambapo unaweza kuwaona; utawaona baadhi tu wala si wote. Nawe kutoka huko, unilaanie hao.”
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="NUM.23.14" />Basi akampeleka kwenye shamba la Sofimu, juu ya kilele cha Mlima Pisga. Pale akajenga madhabahu saba na kutoa sadaka ya fahali na kondoo dume mmoja juu ya kila madhabahu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="NUM.23.15" />Balaamu akamwambia Balaki, “Kaa hapa kando ya sadaka yako wakati ninapokwenda kuonana na Mungu kule.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="NUM.23.16" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akakutana na Balaamu, akaweka ujumbe katika kinywa chake akasema, “Rudi kwa Balaki umpe ujumbe huu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="NUM.23.17" />Basi Balaamu akarudi kwa Balaki, akamkuta amesimama kando ya sadaka yake, akiwa na wakuu wa Moabu. Balaki akamuuliza, “Je,
<nd>Bwana</nd> amesema nini?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="NUM.23.18" />Ndipo Balaamu akasema ujumbe wake:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Balaki, inuka na usikilize,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nisikie mimi, wewe mwana wa Sipori.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="NUM.23.19" />Mungu si mtu, hata aseme uongo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala yeye si mwanadamu, hata ajute.
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, anasema, kisha asitende?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, anaahidi, asitimize?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="NUM.23.20" />Nimepokea agizo kubariki;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amebariki, nami siwezi kubadilisha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="NUM.23.21" />“Haijaonekana bahati mbaya katika Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala taabu katika Israeli.
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wao yu pamoja nao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo sauti kuu ya Mfalme imo katikati yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="NUM.23.22" />Mungu aliwatoa kutoka Misri;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wao wana nguvu za nyati.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="NUM.23.23" />Hakuna uchawi dhidi ya Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna uaguzi dhidi ya Israeli.
</q>
<q style="q1">Sasa itasemwa kuhusu Yakobo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Israeli, ‘Tazama yale Mungu aliyotenda!’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="NUM.23.24" />Taifa lainuka kama simba jike;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">linajiinua kama simba
</q>
<q style="q1">ambaye hatulii mpaka amalize kurarua mawindo yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunywa damu ya mawindo yake.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="NUM.23.25" />Kisha Balaki akamwambia Balaamu, “Usiwalaani kabisa, wala usiwabariki kabisa!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="NUM.23.26" />Balaamu akajibu, “Je, sikukuambia ni lazima nifanye lolote analosema
<nd>Bwana</nd>?”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ujumbe Wa Tatu Wa Balaamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="NUM.23.27" />Basi Balaki akamwambia Balaamu, “Njoo, nikupeleke mahali pengine. Huenda itampendeza Mungu kukuruhusu unilaanie hao watu kutoka mahali hapo.”
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="NUM.23.28" />Balaki akamchukua Balaamu juu ya Mlima Peori, unaotazamana na nyika.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="NUM.23.29" />Balaamu akasema, “Nijengee hapa madhabahu saba, uandae mafahali saba na kondoo dume saba kwa ajili yangu.”
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="NUM.23.30" />Balaki akafanya kama Balaamu alivyosema, kisha akatoa sadaka ya fahali mmoja na kondoo dume mmoja juu ya kila madhabahu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="24" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.24.1" />Basi Balaamu alipoona imempendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd> kubariki Israeli, hakuendelea tena kutafuta uchawi kama nyakati nyingine, bali aligeuza uso wake kuelekea nyikani.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.24.2" />Balaamu alipotazama nje na kuona Israeli amepiga kambi kabila kwa kabila, Roho wa Mungu akawa juu yake,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NUM.24.3" />naye akatoa ujumbe wake:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Ujumbe wa Balaamu mwana wa Beori,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ujumbe wake yeye ambaye jicho lake linaona vizuri;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="NUM.24.4" />ujumbe wake yeye ambaye husikia maneno ya Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye huona maono kutoka kwa Mwenyezi,<f caller="+"><fr>24:4
</fr><ft>Mwenyezi hapa ina maana ya Shaddai kwa Kiebrania (pia 24:16).</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye huanguka kifudifudi, na ambaye macho yake yamefunguka:
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="NUM.24.5" />“Tazama jinsi yalivyo mazuri mahema yako, ee Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maskani yako, ee Israeli!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="NUM.24.6" />“Kama mabonde, yanaenea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama bustani kando ya mto,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama miti ya udi iliyopandwa na
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mierezi kando ya maji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="NUM.24.7" />Maji yatatiririka kutoka ndoo zake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbegu yake itakuwa na maji tele.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Mfalme wake atakuwa mkuu kuliko Mfalme Agagi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ufalme wake utatukuka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="NUM.24.8" />“Mungu alimleta kutoka Misri;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ana nguvu kama nyati.
</q>
<q style="q1">Anayararua mataifa yaliyo adui zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuvunja mifupa yao vipande vipande;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huwachoma kwa mishale yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="NUM.24.9" />Hujikunyata na kuvizia kama simba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama simba jike; nani anayethubutu kumwamsha?
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Abarikiwe kila akubarikiye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na alaaniwe kila akulaaniye!”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="NUM.24.10" />Ndipo hasira ya Balaki ikawaka dhidi ya Balaamu. Akapiga mikono yake pamoja, akamwambia Balaamu, “Nilikuita uje kuwalaani adui zangu, lakini umewabariki mara hizi tatu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NUM.24.11" />Sasa ondoka upesi uende nyumbani! Mimi nilisema nitakuzawadia vizuri sana, lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> amekuzuia usizawadiwe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="NUM.24.12" />Balaamu akamwambia Balaki, “Je, hukumbuki jinsi nilivyowaambia wajumbe uliowatuma kwangu? Niliwaambia hivi,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="NUM.24.13" />‘Hata ikiwa Balaki angenipa jumba lake la kifalme likiwa limejazwa fedha na dhahabu, nisingeweza kufanya kitu chochote kwa matakwa yangu, kikiwa kizuri au kibaya, kwenda kinyume na agizo la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nami imenipasa kusema tu kile
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakachosema’?
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="NUM.24.14" />Sasa ninarudi kwa watu wangu. Lakini njoo, nikuonye kuhusu kile watu hawa watakachowatenda watu wako siku zijazo.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ujumbe Wa Nne Wa Balaamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="NUM.24.15" />Kisha Balaamu akatoa ujumbe wake:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Ujumbe wa Balaamu mwana wa Beori,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ujumbe wake yeye ambaye jicho lake linaona vizuri;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="NUM.24.16" />ujumbe wake yeye ambaye husikia maneno ya Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye ana maarifa kutoka kwa Aliye Juu Sana,
</q>
<q style="q1">huona maono kutoka Mwenyezi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye huanguka kifudifudi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ambaye macho yake yamefunguka:
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="NUM.24.17" />“Namwona yeye, lakini si sasa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">namtazama yeye, lakini si karibu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nyota itatoka kwa Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">fimbo ya ufalme itainuka kutoka kwa Israeli.
</q>
<q style="q1">Atawaponda Wamoabu vipaji vya nyuso
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mafuvu yote ya wana wa Shethi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="NUM.24.18" />Edomu itamilikiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Seiri, adui wake, itamilikiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini Israeli atakuwa na nguvu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="NUM.24.19" />Mtawala atakuja kutoka kwa Yakobo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuangamiza walionusurika katika mji.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Ujumbe Wa Mwisho Wa Balaamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="NUM.24.20" />Kisha Balaamu akawaona watu wa Amaleki, na kutoa ujumbe wake:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Amaleki ilikuwa ya kwanza miongoni mwa mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini mwisho wake itaangamizwa milele.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="NUM.24.21" />Kisha akawaona Wakeni, akatoa ujumbe wake:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Makao yenu ni salama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kiota chenu kiko kwenye mwamba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="NUM.24.22" />Hata hivyo ninyi Wakeni mtaangamizwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ashuru atakapowachukua mateka.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="NUM.24.23" />Ndipo akatoa ujumbe wake:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Lo, ni nani atakayeweza kuishi wakati Mungu atakapofanya hili?
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="24" bcv="NUM.24.24" />Meli zitakuja kutoka pwani za Kitimu,
</q>
<q style="q1">zitaitiisha Ashuru na Eberi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini nao pia wataangamizwa.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="NUM.24.25" />Kisha Balaamu akainuka na kurudi nyumbani kwake, naye Balaki akashika njia yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="25" />
<s style="s1">Moabu Yashawishi Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.25.1" />Israeli alipokuwa akikaa Shitimu, wanaume wa Israeli walianza kuzini na wanawake wa Kimoabu,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.25.2" />ambao waliwaalika kushiriki katika kutoa kafara kwa miungu yao. Watu wakala na kusujudu mbele ya miungu hii.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NUM.25.3" />Kwa hiyo Israeli akaungana katika kumwabudu Baali wa Peori. Hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ikawaka dhidi yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="NUM.25.4" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Uwachukue viongozi wote wa watu hawa, uwaue na uwaweke hadharani mchana peupe mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ili hasira kali ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> iweze kuondoka kwa Israeli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="NUM.25.5" />Kwa hiyo Mose akawaambia waamuzi wa Israeli, “Kila mmoja wenu lazima awaue wale wanaume wenu, walioshiriki katika kumwabudu Baali wa Peori.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="NUM.25.6" />Ndipo mwanaume wa Kiisraeli akamleta mwanamke wa Kimidiani katika jamaa yake palepale mbele ya Mose na mkutano wote wa Israeli walipokuwa wakilia kwenye lango la Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="NUM.25.7" />Finehasi mwana wa Eleazari, mwana wa kuhani Aroni, alipoona jambo hili, akaondoka kwenye kusanyiko, akachukua mkuki mkononi mwake,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="NUM.25.8" />akamfuata yule Mwisraeli ndani ya hema. Akawachoma mkuki wote wawili kwa pamoja, ukapenya kwenye mwili wa yule Mwisraeli na mwili wa yule mwanamke. Ndipo tauni iliyokuwepo dhidi ya Waisraeli ikakoma.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="NUM.25.9" />Lakini wale waliokufa kwa hiyo tauni walikuwa watu 24,000.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="NUM.25.10" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NUM.25.11" />“Finehasi mwana wa Eleazari, mwana wa kuhani Aroni, amegeuza hasira yangu mbali na Waisraeli, kwa sababu alikuwa na wivu kama nilio nao kwa heshima yangu miongoni mwao, hata kwamba kwa wivu wangu sikuwaangamiza.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="NUM.25.12" />Kwa hiyo mwambie Finehasi ninafanya Agano langu la amani naye.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="NUM.25.13" />Yeye pamoja na wazao wake watakuwa na Agano la ukuhani milele, kwa sababu alikuwa na wivu kwa ajili ya heshima ya Mungu wake, na akafanya upatanisho kwa Waisraeli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="NUM.25.14" />Jina la Mwisraeli ambaye aliuawa pamoja na mwanamke wa Kimidiani ni Zimri mwana wa Salu, kiongozi wa jamaa ya Simeoni.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="NUM.25.15" />Jina la mwanamke wa Kimidiani aliyeuawa ni Kozbi binti wa Suri, aliyekuwa mkuu wa kabila la jamaa ya Wamidiani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="NUM.25.16" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="NUM.25.17" />“Watendeeni Wamidiani kama adui na mwaue,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="NUM.25.18" />kwa sababu wao waliwatendea kama adui wakati waliwadanganya katika tukio la Peori na dada yao Kozbi, binti wa kiongozi wa Kimidiani, mwanamke ambaye aliuawa wakati tauni ilikuja kama matokeo ya tukio la Peori.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="26" />
<s style="s1">Kuhesabiwa Watu Mara Ya Pili
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.26.1" />Baada ya hiyo tauni,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose na Eleazari mwana wa kuhani Aroni,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.26.2" />“Hesabu jumuiya yote ya Kiisraeli kwa jamaa zao, wale wote wenye umri wa miaka ishirini na zaidi, ambao wanaweza kutumika katika jeshi la Israeli.”
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NUM.26.3" />Hivyo Mose na kuhani Eleazari wakazungumza na watu kwenye nchi tambarare ya Moabu, ngʼambo ya Yordani kutokea Yeriko, wakasema,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="NUM.26.4" />“Hesabuni wanaume wenye umri wa miaka ishirini na zaidi, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza Mose.”
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p">Hawa ndio Waisraeli waliotoka Misri:
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="5" bcv="NUM.26.5" />Wazao wa Reubeni, mwana mzaliwa wa kwanza wa Israeli, walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Hanoki, ukoo wa Wahanoki;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Palu, ukoo wa Wapalu;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="6" bcv="NUM.26.6" />kutoka kwa Hesroni, ukoo wa Wahesroni;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Karmi, ukoo wa Wakarmi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="7" bcv="NUM.26.7" />Hizi zilikuwa ndizo koo za Reubeni; wale waliohesabiwa walikuwa 43,730.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="NUM.26.8" />Mwana wa Palu alikuwa Eliabu,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="NUM.26.9" />nao wana wa Eliabu walikuwa Nemueli, Dathani na Abiramu. Hawa wawili Dathani na Abiramu ndio walikuwa maafisa wa jumuiya ambao walimwasi Mose na Aroni, na walikuwa miongoni mwa wafuasi wa Kora wakati walimwasi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="NUM.26.10" />Ardhi ilifunua kinywa chake na kuwameza pamoja na Kora, ambaye wafuasi wake walikufa wakati moto ulipowateketeza wanaume 250. Nao walikuwa kama alama ya onyo.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NUM.26.11" />Pamoja na hayo, hao ukoo wa Kora hawakufa.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="12" bcv="NUM.26.12" />Wazao wa Simeoni kwa koo zao walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Nemueli, ukoo wa Wanemueli;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Yamini, ukoo wa Wayamini;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka wa Yakini, ukoo wa Wayakini;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="13" bcv="NUM.26.13" />kutoka kwa Zera, ukoo wa Wazera;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Shauli, ukoo wa Washauli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="14" bcv="NUM.26.14" />Hizi ndizo koo za Simeoni; walikuwa 22,200.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="15" bcv="NUM.26.15" />Wazao wa Gadi kwa koo zao walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Sifoni, ukoo wa Wasifoni;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Hagi, ukoo wa Wahagi;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Shuni, ukoo wa Washuni;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="16" bcv="NUM.26.16" />kutoka kwa Ozni, ukoo wa Waozni;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Eri, ukoo wa Waeri;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="17" bcv="NUM.26.17" />kutoka kwa Arodi, ukoo wa Waarodi;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Areli, ukoo wa Waareli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="18" bcv="NUM.26.18" />Hizi ndizo zilizokuwa koo za Gadi; wale waliohesabiwa walikuwa 40,500.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="19" bcv="NUM.26.19" />Eri na Onani walikuwa wana wa Yuda, lakini walifia huko Kanaani.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="20" bcv="NUM.26.20" />Wazao wa Yuda kwa koo zao walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Shela, ukoo wa Washela;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Peresi, ukoo wa Waperesi;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Zera, ukoo wa Wazera.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="21" bcv="NUM.26.21" />Wazao wa Peresi walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">kutoka kwa Hesroni, ukoo wa Wahesroni;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">kutoka kwa Hamuli, ukoo wa Wahamuli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="22" bcv="NUM.26.22" />Hizi ndizo zilizokuwa koo za Yuda; wale waliohesabiwa walikuwa 76,500.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="23" bcv="NUM.26.23" />Wazao wa Isakari kwa koo zao walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Tola, ukoo wa Watola;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Puva, ukoo wa Wapuva;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="24" bcv="NUM.26.24" />kutoka kwa Yashubu, ukoo wa Wayashubu;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Shimroni, ukoo wa Washimroni.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="25" bcv="NUM.26.25" />Hizi ndizo zilizokuwa koo za Isakari; wale waliohesabiwa walikuwa 64,300.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="26" bcv="NUM.26.26" />Wazao wa Zabuloni kwa koo zao walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Seredi, ukoo wa Waseredi;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Eloni, ukoo wa Waeloni;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Yaleeli, ukoo wa Wayaleeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="27" bcv="NUM.26.27" />Hizi ndizo zilizokuwa koo za Zabuloni, wale waliohesabiwa walikuwa 60,500.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="28" bcv="NUM.26.28" />Wazao wa Yosefu kwa koo zao kutoka kwa Manase na kwa Efraimu walikuwa:
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="29" bcv="NUM.26.29" />Wazao wa Manase:
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Makiri, ukoo wa Wamakiri (Makiri alikuwa baba wa Gileadi);
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Gileadi, ukoo wa Wagileadi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="30" bcv="NUM.26.30" />Hawa ndio waliokuwa wazao wa Gileadi:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">kutoka kwa Iezeri, ukoo wa Waiezeri;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">kutoka kwa Heleki, ukoo wa Waheleki;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="31" bcv="NUM.26.31" />kutoka kwa Asirieli, ukoo wa Waasirieli;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">kutoka kwa Shekemu, ukoo wa Washekemu;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="32" bcv="NUM.26.32" />kutoka kwa Shemida, ukoo wa Washemida;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">kutoka kwa Heferi, ukoo wa Waheferi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="33" bcv="NUM.26.33" />(Selofehadi mwana wa Heferi hakuzaa wana, bali alikuwa na watoto wa kike tu, ambao majina yao yalikuwa Mahla, Noa, Hogla, Milka na Tirsa.)
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="34" bcv="NUM.26.34" />Hizi ndizo zilizokuwa koo za Manase; wale waliohesabiwa walikuwa 52,700.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="35" bcv="NUM.26.35" />Hawa walikuwa wazao wa Efraimu kwa koo zao:
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Shuthela, ukoo wa Washuthela;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Bekeri, ukoo wa Wabekeri;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Tahani, ukoo wa Watahani;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="36" bcv="NUM.26.36" />Hawa ndio walikuwa wazao wa Shuthela:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">kutoka kwa Erani, ukoo wa Waerani.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="37" bcv="NUM.26.37" />Hizi ndizo zilizokuwa koo za Efraimu; wale waliohesabiwa walikuwa 32,500.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m">Hawa ndio waliokuwa wazao wa Yosefu kwa koo zao.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="38" bcv="NUM.26.38" />Wazao wa Benyamini kwa koo zao walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Bela, ukoo wa Wabela;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Ashbeli, ukoo wa Waashbeli;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Ahiramu, ukoo wa Waahiramu;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="39" bcv="NUM.26.39" />kutoka kwa Shufamu, ukoo wa Washufamu;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Hufamu, ukoo wa Wahufamu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="40" bcv="NUM.26.40" />Wazao wa Bela kutoka kwa Ardi na Naamani walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">kutoka kwa Ardi, ukoo wa Waardi;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">kutoka kwa Naamani, ukoo wa Wanaamani.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="41" bcv="NUM.26.41" />Hizi ndizo zilizokuwa koo za Benyamini; wale waliohesabiwa walikuwa 45,600.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="42" bcv="NUM.26.42" />Hawa ndio waliokuwa wazao wa Dani kwa koo zao:
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Shuhamu, ukoo wa Washuhamu.
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Hizi ndizo zilizokuwa koo za Dani:
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="NUM.26.43" />Wote walikuwa koo za Washuhamu; wale waliohesabiwa walikuwa 64,400.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="44" bcv="NUM.26.44" />Wazao wa Asheri kwa koo zao walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Imna, ukoo wa Waimna;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Ishvi, ukoo wa Waishvi;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Beria, ukoo wa Waberia;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="45" bcv="NUM.26.45" />kutoka kwa wazao wa Beria:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">kutoka kwa Heberi, ukoo wa Waheberi;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">kutoka kwa Malkieli, ukoo wa Wamalkieli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="46" bcv="NUM.26.46" />(Asheri alikuwa na binti aliyeitwa Sera.)
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="47" bcv="NUM.26.47" />Hizi ndizo zilizokuwa koo za Asheri; wale waliohesabiwa walikuwa 53,400.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="48" bcv="NUM.26.48" />Wazao wa Naftali kwa koo zao walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Yaseeli, ukoo wa Wayaseeli;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Guni, ukoo wa Waguni;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="49" bcv="NUM.26.49" />kutoka kwa Yeseri, ukoo wa Wayeseri;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Shilemu, ukoo wa Washilemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="50" bcv="NUM.26.50" />Hizi ndizo zilizokuwa koo za Naftali; wale waliohesabiwa walikuwa 45,400.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="51" bcv="NUM.26.51" />Jumla ya hesabu ya wanaume wa Israeli ilikuwa 601,730.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="52" bcv="NUM.26.52" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="NUM.26.53" />“Watagawiwa nchi kama urithi kwa kulingana na hesabu ya majina.
<ve />
<v id="54" bcv="NUM.26.54" />Kundi kubwa zaidi lipe urithi mkubwa zaidi, na kundi dogo zaidi lipewe urithi mdogo zaidi; kila kundi litapokea urithi wake kulingana na hesabu ya wale walioorodheshwa.
<ve />
<v id="55" bcv="NUM.26.55" />Hakikisha kuwa nchi inagawanywa kwa kura. Kile kitakachorithiwa na kila kikundi kitakuwa kwa kulingana na majina ya kabila la babu yao.
<ve />
<v id="56" bcv="NUM.26.56" />Kila urithi utagawanywa kwa kura miongoni mwa makundi makubwa na madogo.”
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="57" bcv="NUM.26.57" />Hawa walikuwa Walawi ambao walihesabiwa kwa koo zao:
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Gershoni, ukoo wa Wagershoni;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Kohathi, ukoo wa Wakohathi;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Merari, ukoo wa Wamerari.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="58" bcv="NUM.26.58" />Hizi pia zilikuwa koo za Walawi:
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">ukoo wa Walibni;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">ukoo wa Wahebroni;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">ukoo wa Wamahli;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">ukoo wa Wamushi;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">ukoo wa wana wa Kora.
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4">(Kohathi alikuwa baba aliyemzaa Amramu;
<ve />
<v id="59" bcv="NUM.26.59" />jina la mke wa Amramu ni Yokebedi, naye pia alikuwa mzao wa Lawi, ambaye alizaliwa kwa Walawi nchini Misri. Alimzalia Amramu: Aroni, Mose na dada yao Miriamu.
<ve />
<v id="60" bcv="NUM.26.60" />Aroni alikuwa baba yake Nadabu na Abihu, Eleazari na Ithamari.
<ve />
<v id="61" bcv="NUM.26.61" />Lakini Nadabu na Abihu walikufa wakati walitoa sadaka mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moto usioruhusiwa.)
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="62" bcv="NUM.26.62" />Wanaume wote wa Walawi wa umri wa mwezi mmoja na zaidi walikuwa 23,000. Wao hawakuhesabiwa pamoja na Waisraeli wengine kwa sababu hawakupokea urithi miongoni mwao.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="63" bcv="NUM.26.63" />Hawa ndio walioorodheshwa na Mose na kuhani Eleazari wakati waliwahesabu Waisraeli kwenye nchi tambarare ya Moabu, kando ya Yordani ngʼambo ya Yeriko.
<ve />
<v id="64" bcv="NUM.26.64" />Hakuna hata mmoja wao aliyekuwa miongoni mwa wale waliohesabiwa na Mose na kuhani Aroni wakati waliwahesabu Waisraeli katika Jangwa la Sinai.
<ve />
<v id="65" bcv="NUM.26.65" />Kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amewaambia hao Waisraeli hakika wangekufa huko jangwani, wala hakuna mmoja wao aliyeachwa, isipokuwa Kalebu mwana wa Yefune na Yoshua mwana wa Nuni.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="27" />
<s style="s1">Binti Wa Selofehadi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.27.1" />Binti za Selofehadi mwana wa Heferi, mwana wa Gileadi, mwana wa Makiri, mwana wa Manase, walikuwa wa koo za Manase mwana wa Yosefu. Majina ya hao binti yalikuwa Mahla, Noa, Hogla, Milka na Tirsa. Walikaribia
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.27.2" />ingilio la Hema la Kukutania na kusimama mbele ya Mose, kuhani Eleazari, viongozi na kusanyiko lote, wakasema,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NUM.27.3" />“Baba yetu alikufa jangwani. Hakuwa miongoni mwa wafuasi wa Kora, ambao walifungamana pamoja dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, lakini alikufa kwa ajili ya dhambi yake mwenyewe na hakuacha wana.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="NUM.27.4" />Kwa nini jina la baba yetu lifutike kutoka ukoo wake kwa sababu hakuwa na mwana? Tupatie milki miongoni mwa ndugu za baba yetu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="NUM.27.5" />Kwa hiyo Mose akalileta shauri lao mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="NUM.27.6" />naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="NUM.27.7" />“Wanachosema binti za Selofehadi ni sawa. Ni lazima kwa hakika uwape milki kama urithi miongoni mwa ndugu za baba yao, na kubadili urithi wa baba yao uwe wao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="NUM.27.8" />“Waambie Waisraeli, ‘Ikiwa mtu atakufa naye hakuacha mwana, utampa binti yake urithi wake.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="NUM.27.9" />Ikiwa hana binti, wape ndugu zake wa kiume urithi wake.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="NUM.27.10" />Ikiwa hana ndugu wa kiume toa urithi wake kwa ndugu za baba yake.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NUM.27.11" />Ikiwa baba yake hakuwa na ndugu wa kiume, toa urithi wake kwa ndugu wa karibu katika ukoo wake, ili aumiliki. Hili litakuwa dai la sheria kwa Waisraeli, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwamuru Mose.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yoshua Kuchukua Nafasi Ya Mose
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kumbukumbu 31:1-8)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="NUM.27.12" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Panda juu ya mlima huu katika kilele cha Abarimu uione nchi ambayo nimewapa Waisraeli.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="NUM.27.13" />Baada ya kuiona, wewe pia utakusanywa pamoja na watu wako kama ndugu yako Aroni alivyokusanywa,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="NUM.27.14" />kwa kuwa jumuiya ilipoasi amri yangu kwenye maji katika Jangwa la Sini, wakati jumuiya ilipogombana nami, nyote wawili mliacha kuitii amri yangu ya kuniheshimu kama mtakatifu mbele ya macho yao.” (Haya yalikuwa maji ya Meriba huko Kadeshi, katika Jangwa la Sini.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="NUM.27.15" />Mose akamwambia
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="NUM.27.16" />“<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa roho zote za wanadamu, na amteue mtu juu ya jumuiya hii
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="NUM.27.17" />ili atoke na kuingia mbele yao, atakayewaongoza katika kutoka kwao na kuingia kwao, ili watu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> wasiwe kama kondoo wasio na mchungaji.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="NUM.27.18" />Kwa hiyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Mchukue Yoshua mwana wa Nuni, mtu ambaye Roho yuko ndani yake, uweke mkono juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="NUM.27.19" />Msimamishe mbele ya kuhani Eleazari pamoja na kusanyiko lote, umpe maagizo mbele yao.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="NUM.27.20" />Mpe sehemu ya mamlaka yako ili jumuiya yote ya Waisraeli ipate kumtii.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="NUM.27.21" />Atasimama mbele ya kuhani Eleazari, ambaye atapokea maamuzi kwa ajili yake, kwa kuuliza mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa ile Urimu.<f caller="+"><fr>27:21
</fr><ft>Urimu na Thumimu maana yake ni Nuru na Kweli; vifaa hivi viliwekwa kwenye kifuko cha juu cha kisibau cha kuhani mkuu ili kujua mapenzi ya Mungu kwenye mambo ya kutatanisha.</ft></f> Kwa amri yake, yeye na jumuiya yote ya Waisraeli watatoka, na kwa amri yake, wataingia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="NUM.27.22" />Mose akafanya kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza. Akamtwaa Yoshua na kumsimamisha mbele ya kuhani Eleazari na kusanyiko lote.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="NUM.27.23" />Kisha akaweka mikono yake juu ya kichwa cha Yoshua na kumpa maagizo, kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyoelekeza kupitia kwa Mose.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="28" />
<s style="s1">Sadaka Za Kila Siku
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 29:38-46)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.28.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.28.2" />“Wape Waisraeli agizo hili na uwaambie: ‘Hakikisheni kwamba mnaniletea mimi kwa wakati uliowekwa chakula kwa ajili ya sadaka za kuteketezwa kwa moto, kama harufu nzuri ya kupendeza.’
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NUM.28.3" />Waambie: ‘Hii ni sadaka ya kuteketezwa kwa moto mnayomtolea
<nd>Bwana</nd>: wana-kondoo wawili wa mwaka mmoja wasio na dosari, kama sadaka ya kawaida ya kuteketezwa kila siku.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="NUM.28.4" />Andaa mwana-kondoo mmoja asubuhi na mwingine jioni,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NUM.28.5" />kila mmoja atolewe pamoja na sadaka ya nafaka sehemu ya kumi ya efa<f caller="+"><fr>28:5
</fr><ft>Sehemu ya kumi ya efa ni sawa na kilo moja.</ft></f> ya unga laini uliochanganywa pamoja na robo ya hini<f caller="+"><fr>28:5
</fr><ft>Robo ya hini ni sawa na lita moja.</ft></f> ya mafuta ya zeituni.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="NUM.28.6" />Hii ni sadaka ya kawaida ya kuteketezwa iliyoanzishwa katika Mlima Sinai kama harufu nzuri ya kupendeza, sadaka iliyotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moto.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="NUM.28.7" />Sadaka ya kinywaji itakayotolewa pamoja na kila mwana-kondoo ni robo ya hini ya kinywaji kilichochachuka. Mimina sadaka ya kinywaji kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> mahali patakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="NUM.28.8" />Andaa yule mwana-kondoo wa pili jioni, pamoja na sadaka ya nafaka na sadaka ya kinywaji kama ulivyofanya kwa ile sadaka nyingine ya asubuhi. Hii ni sadaka iliyotolewa kwa kuteketezwa kwa moto, harufu nzuri ya kumpendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sadaka Za Sabato
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="NUM.28.9" />“ ‘Siku ya Sabato, utatoa sadaka ya wana-kondoo wawili wa mwaka mmoja wasiokuwa na dosari pamoja na sadaka yake ya kinywaji na sadaka ya nafaka yenye uzito wa sehemu mbili za kumi za efa<f caller="+"><fr>28:9
</fr><ft>Sehemu mbili za kumi za efa ni sawa na kilo 2.</ft></f> za unga laini uliochanganywa na mafuta.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="NUM.28.10" />Hii ni sadaka ya kuteketezwa itakayotolewa kwa ajili ya kila Sabato, pamoja na sadaka ya kawaida ya kuteketezwa na sadaka yake ya kinywaji.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sadaka Za Kila Mwezi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="NUM.28.11" />“ ‘Siku ya kwanza ya kila mwezi, mtamletea
<nd>Bwana</nd> sadaka ya kuteketezwa ya fahali wawili wachanga, kondoo dume mmoja na wana-kondoo saba wa mwaka mmoja, wote wasiokuwa na dosari.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="NUM.28.12" />Pamoja na kila fahali, kutakuwa na sadaka ya nafaka ya unga laini sehemu tatu za kumi za efa,<f caller="+"><fr>28:12
</fr><ft>Sehemu tatu za kumi za efa ni sawa na kilo 3.</ft></f> uliochanganywa na mafuta, pamoja na kondoo dume mmoja, sadaka ya nafaka ya unga laini uliochanganywa na mafuta;
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="NUM.28.13" />pamoja na kila mwana-kondoo, sadaka ya nafaka yenye uzito wa sehemu ya kumi ya efa ya unga laini uliochanganywa na mafuta. Hii ni kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa, harufu nzuri, sadaka ya kuteketezwa iliyotolewa kwa moto kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="NUM.28.14" />Pamoja na kila fahali kutakuwa na sadaka ya kinywaji nusu ya hini<f caller="+"><fr>28:14
</fr><ft>Nusu ya hini ni sawa na lita 2.</ft></f> ya divai; pamoja na kila kondoo dume, theluthi moja ya hini,<f caller="+"><fr>28:14
</fr><ft>Theluthi moja ya hini ni sawa na lita 1.2.</ft></f> na pamoja na kila mwana-kondoo robo hini. Hii ni sadaka ya kuteketezwa ya kila mwezi itakayotolewa kila mwandamo wa mwezi kwa mwaka.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="NUM.28.15" />Zaidi ya sadaka ya kawaida ya kuteketezwa pamoja na sadaka yake ya kinywaji, mbuzi mmoja dume atatolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kama sadaka ya dhambi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Pasaka
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Walawi 23:5-14)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="NUM.28.16" />“ ‘Katika siku ya kumi na nne ya mwezi wa kwanza, itafanyika Pasaka ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="NUM.28.17" />Katika siku ya kumi na tano ya mwezi huo itakuwa sikukuu; kwa siku saba mtakula mikate isiyotiwa chachu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="NUM.28.18" />Katika siku ya kwanza mtakuwa na kusanyiko takatifu, msifanye kazi za kawaida.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="NUM.28.19" />Leteni mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> sadaka ya kuteketezwa, sadaka ya kuteketezwa ya mafahali wawili wachanga, kondoo dume mmoja na wana-kondoo dume saba wenye umri wa mwaka mmoja, wote wasio na dosari.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="NUM.28.20" />Pamoja na kila fahali, andaa sadaka ya nafaka sehemu tatu za kumi za efa za unga laini uliochanganywa na mafuta; pamoja na kondoo dume, andaa sehemu mbili za kumi za efa;
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="NUM.28.21" />pia pamoja na kila mmoja wa wale wana-kondoo saba, andaa sehemu ya kumi ya efa.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="NUM.28.22" />Pia mtoe beberu mmoja kama sadaka ya dhambi ambaye atafanya upatanisho kwa ajili yenu.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="NUM.28.23" />Andaa hizi licha ya zile sadaka za kawaida za kuteketezwa za kila asubuhi.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="NUM.28.24" />Kwa njia hii andaa chakula cha sadaka ya kuteketezwa kila siku, kwa siku saba kama harufu nzuri impendezayo
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Hii itaandaliwa licha ya ile sadaka ya kawaida ya kuteketezwa ya kila siku pamoja na sadaka yake ya kinywaji.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="NUM.28.25" />Siku ya saba mwe na kusanyiko takatifu na msifanye kazi zenu za kawaida.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sikukuu Ya Majuma
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Walawi 23:15-22)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="NUM.28.26" />“ ‘Siku ya malimbuko, mnapomletea
<nd>Bwana</nd> sadaka ya nafaka mpya wakati wa Sikukuu ya Majuma, mwe na kusanyiko takatifu na msifanye kazi zenu za kawaida.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="NUM.28.27" />Mlete sadaka ya kuteketezwa ya mafahali wawili wachanga, kondoo dume mmoja, na pia wana-kondoo saba wenye umri wa mwaka mmoja, kama harufu nzuri ya kumpendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="NUM.28.28" />Pamoja na kila fahali itatolewa sadaka ya nafaka ya unga laini sehemu tatu za kumi za efa uliochanganywa na mafuta; pamoja na kondoo dume, andaa sehemu mbili za kumi za efa za unga laini;
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="NUM.28.29" />na sehemu ya kumi ya efa ya unga laini kwa kila mmoja wa wana-kondoo saba.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="NUM.28.30" />Ongeza beberu mmoja kwa kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili yenu.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="NUM.28.31" />Andaa hizi sadaka pamoja na sadaka zake za vinywaji, kuwa nyongeza ya sadaka za kawaida za kuteketezwa, pamoja na sadaka yake ya nafaka. Hakikisha kuwa wanyama hao hawana dosari.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="29" />
<s style="s1">Sikukuu Ya Tarumbeta
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Walawi 23:23-25)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.29.1" />“ ‘Katika siku ya kwanza ya mwezi wa saba mtakuwa na kusanyiko takatifu na msifanye kazi ya kawaida. Ni siku kwa ajili yenu ya kupiga tarumbeta.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.29.2" />Mtatayarisha sadaka ya kuteketezwa kama harufu nzuri impendezayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> ya fahali mmoja mchanga, kondoo dume mmoja, na wana-kondoo saba wa mwaka mmoja, wote wasio na dosari.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NUM.29.3" />Pamoja na fahali, andaeni sadaka ya nafaka sehemu ya kumi tatu za efa za unga laini uliochanganywa na mafuta; kwa kondoo dume, andaa unga sehemu ya kumi mbili za efa;
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="NUM.29.4" />na pamoja na wana-kondoo saba kila mmoja aandaliwe na sehemu ya kumi ya efa ya unga.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NUM.29.5" />Ongeza beberu mmoja kama sadaka ya dhambi kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili yenu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="NUM.29.6" />Hivi ni nyongeza ya sadaka za kuteketezwa kila mwezi na kila siku pamoja na sadaka zake za nafaka na sadaka za vinywaji kama ilivyoainishwa. Ni sadaka zinazotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moto, harufu inayopendeza.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Siku Ya Upatanisho
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Walawi 23:26-32)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="NUM.29.7" />“ ‘Kwenye siku ya kumi ya mwezi huu wa saba mtakuwa na kusanyiko takatifu. Mtajikana wenyewe na msifanye kazi.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="NUM.29.8" />Toeni sadaka ya kuteketezwa ya fahali mmoja mchanga, kondoo dume mmoja, na wana-kondoo saba wa mwaka mmoja, wote wasio na dosari, kama harufu nzuri inayompendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="NUM.29.9" />Pamoja na fahali, andaeni sadaka ya nafaka sehemu ya kumi tatu za efa za unga laini uliochanganywa na mafuta; pamoja na kondoo dume, sehemu ya kumi mbili za efa za unga laini;
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="NUM.29.10" />na kwa kila mmoja wa wana-kondoo saba andaa sehemu ya kumi ya unga laini kwa kila mmoja.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NUM.29.11" />Ongeza beberu mmoja kama sadaka ya dhambi, katika nyongeza ya sadaka ya dhambi kwa ajili ya upatanisho, na sadaka ya kawaida ya kuteketezwa pamoja na sadaka yake ya nafaka, na sadaka zake za vinywaji.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sikukuu Ya Vibanda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Walawi 23:33-44)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="NUM.29.12" />“ ‘Katika siku ya kumi na tano ya mwezi wa saba, mtakuwa na kusanyiko takatifu, na hamtafanya kazi za kawaida. Adhimisheni sikukuu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa siku saba.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="NUM.29.13" />Toeni sadaka ya kuteketezwa mafahali wachanga kumi na watatu, kondoo dume wawili, na wana-kondoo kumi na wanne wa mwaka mmoja, wote wasio na dosari, kama harufu nzuri inayompendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="NUM.29.14" />Pamoja na hao mafahali kumi na watatu, kila mmoja aandaliwe na sadaka ya nafaka sehemu ya kumi tatu za efa za unga laini uliochanganywa na mafuta; kwa kondoo dume wawili, kila mmoja aandaliwe sehemu ya kumi mbili za efa za unga laini;
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="NUM.29.15" />na kwa wana-kondoo kumi na wanne, kila mmoja aandaliwe sehemu ya kumi ya efa ya unga laini.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="NUM.29.16" />Ongeza beberu mmoja kama sadaka ya dhambi, kwa nyongeza ya sadaka ya kawaida ya kuteketezwa, na sadaka yake ya nafaka, pamoja na sadaka ya vinywaji.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="NUM.29.17" />“ ‘Katika siku ya pili andaeni mafahali wachanga kumi na wawili, kondoo dume wawili, na wana-kondoo kumi na wanne wa mwaka mmoja, wote wasio na dosari.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="NUM.29.18" />Pamoja na mafahali, kondoo dume, na wana-kondoo, andaeni sadaka zao za nafaka na sadaka za vinywaji, kulingana na idadi iliyoainishwa.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="NUM.29.19" />Weka beberu mmoja kama sadaka ya dhambi, kwa nyongeza ya kawaida ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa, na sadaka yake ya nafaka, pamoja na sadaka zao za vinywaji.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="NUM.29.20" />“ ‘Katika siku ya tatu andaeni mafahali wachanga kumi na wawili, kondoo dume wawili, na wana-kondoo kumi na wanne wa mwaka mmoja, wote wasio na dosari.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="NUM.29.21" />Pamoja na mafahali, kondoo dume, na wana-kondoo, andaeni sadaka zao za nafaka na sadaka za vinywaji, kulingana na idadi iliyoainishwa.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="NUM.29.22" />Weka beberu mmoja kama sadaka ya dhambi, kwa nyongeza ya kawaida ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa, na sadaka yake ya nafaka, pamoja na sadaka zao za vinywaji.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="NUM.29.23" />“ ‘Katika siku ya nne andaeni mafahali wachanga kumi na wawili, kondoo dume wawili, na wana-kondoo kumi na wanne wa mwaka mmoja, wote wasio na dosari.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="NUM.29.24" />Pamoja na mafahali, kondoo dume, na wana-kondoo, andaeni sadaka zao za nafaka na sadaka za vinywaji, kulingana na idadi iliyoainishwa.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="NUM.29.25" />Weka beberu mmoja kama sadaka ya dhambi, kwa nyongeza ya kawaida ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa, na sadaka yake ya nafaka, pamoja na sadaka zao za vinywaji.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="NUM.29.26" />“ ‘Katika siku ya tano andaeni mafahali tisa, kondoo dume wawili na wana-kondoo kumi na wanne wa mwaka mmoja, wote wasio na dosari.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="NUM.29.27" />Pamoja na mafahali, kondoo dume na wana-kondoo, andaeni sadaka zao za nafaka na sadaka za kinywaji kulingana na idadi iliyoainishwa.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="NUM.29.28" />Ongeza beberu mmoja kama sadaka ya dhambi katika nyongeza ya sadaka ya kawaida ya kuteketezwa na sadaka yake ya nafaka pamoja na sadaka ya kinywaji.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="NUM.29.29" />“ ‘Katika siku ya sita andaeni mafahali wachanga kumi na wawili, kondoo dume wawili, na wana-kondoo kumi na wanne wa mwaka mmoja, wote wasio na dosari.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="NUM.29.30" />Pamoja na mafahali, kondoo dume, na wana-kondoo, andaeni sadaka zao za nafaka na sadaka za vinywaji, kulingana na idadi iliyoainishwa.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="NUM.29.31" />Weka beberu mmoja kama sadaka ya dhambi, kwa nyongeza ya kawaida ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa, na sadaka yake ya nafaka, pamoja na sadaka zao za vinywaji.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="NUM.29.32" />“ ‘Katika siku ya saba andaeni mafahali wachanga kumi na wawili, kondoo dume wawili, na wana-kondoo kumi na wanne wa mwaka mmoja, wote wasio na dosari.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="NUM.29.33" />Pamoja na mafahali, kondoo dume, na wana-kondoo, andaeni sadaka zao za nafaka na sadaka za vinywaji, kulingana na idadi iliyoainishwa.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="NUM.29.34" />Weka beberu mmoja kama sadaka ya dhambi, kwa nyongeza ya kawaida ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa, na sadaka yake ya nafaka, pamoja na sadaka zao za vinywaji.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="NUM.29.35" />“ ‘Katika siku ya nane mtakuwa na kusanyiko, na msifanye kazi ya kawaida.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="NUM.29.36" />Toeni sadaka ya kuteketezwa kama harufu nzuri inayompendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd>, sadaka ya kuteketezwa ya fahali mmoja, kondoo dume mmoja, na wana-kondoo dume saba wa mwaka mmoja, wote wasio na dosari.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="NUM.29.37" />Pamoja na fahali, kondoo dume na wana-kondoo, andaeni sadaka zao za nafaka, na sadaka za vinywaji, kulingana na idadi iliyoainishwa.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="NUM.29.38" />Ongeza beberu mmoja kama sadaka ya dhambi, katika nyongeza ya sadaka ya kawaida ya kuteketezwa, na sadaka yake ya nafaka pamoja na sadaka ya kinywaji.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="NUM.29.39" />“ ‘Zaidi ya kile unachoweka nadhiri na sadaka zenu za hiari, andaeni hizi kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwenye sikukuu zenu zilizoamriwa: sadaka zenu za kuteketezwa, sadaka za nafaka, sadaka za vinywaji, pamoja na sadaka zenu za amani.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="NUM.29.40" />Mose akawaambia Waisraeli yale yote
<nd>Bwana</nd> alimwagiza.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="30" />
<s style="s1">Nadhiri
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.30.1" />Mose akawaambia viongozi wa makabila ya Israeli: “Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> analoagiza:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.30.2" />Mwanaume awekapo nadhiri kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, au anapoapa kujifunga kwa ahadi, kamwe asitangue neno lake, bali ni lazima afanye kila kitu alichosema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="NUM.30.3" />“Wakati mwanamwali anayeishi bado nyumbani kwa baba yake atakapoweka nadhiri kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ama amejifunga mwenyewe kwa ahadi,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="NUM.30.4" />na baba yake akasikia kuhusu nadhiri au ahadi yake lakini asimwambie lolote, ndipo nadhiri zake zote na kila ahadi aliyoiweka na kujifunga kwayo itathibitika.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NUM.30.5" />Lakini kama baba yake akimkataza wakati anapoisikia, hakuna nadhiri wala ahadi yake yoyote aliyojifunga kwayo itakayosimama;
<nd>Bwana</nd> atamweka huru huyo mwanamwali kwa sababu baba yake amemkataza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="NUM.30.6" />“Ikiwa ataolewa baada ya kuweka nadhiri au baada ya midomo yake kutamka ahadi fulani bila kufikiri akawa amejifunga hivyo,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="NUM.30.7" />na mume wake akasikia habari hiyo asimwambie neno lolote, ndipo nadhiri zake ama ahadi zake ambazo alikuwa amejifunga nazo zitathibitika.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="NUM.30.8" />Lakini ikiwa mume wake atamkataza atakaposikia kuhusu hilo, atakuwa ametangua nadhiri ambazo zilikuwa zimemfunga mkewe, ama ahadi aliyotamka pasipo kufikiri ambayo amejifunga kwayo, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> atamweka huru yule mwanamke.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="NUM.30.9" />“Nadhiri yoyote ama patano ambalo limefanywa na mjane ama mwanamke aliyeachwa vitakuwa vimemfunga.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="NUM.30.10" />“Ikiwa mwanamke anayeishi na mumewe ataweka nadhiri ama kujifunga mwenyewe kwa ahadi chini ya kiapo,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NUM.30.11" />na mumewe akasikia kuhusu jambo hili lakini asimwambie lolote wala hakumkataza, ndipo viapo vyake vyote au ahadi zinazomfunga zitakapothibitika.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="NUM.30.12" />Lakini ikiwa mumewe atabatilisha nadhiri hizo baada ya kuzisikia, basi hakuna nadhiri au ahadi zozote alizoziweka kwa midomo yake zitakazothibitika. Mumewe atakuwa amezibatilisha, na
<nd>Bwana</nd> atamweka huru yule mwanamke.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="NUM.30.13" />Mumewe anaweza kuthibitisha au kutangua nadhiri yoyote anayoweka, au ahadi yoyote aliyoweka kwa kuapa ili kujikana mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="NUM.30.14" />Lakini ikiwa mumewe hasemi lolote kwake kuhusu jambo hilo siku baada ya siku, basi mumewe atakuwa amethibitisha nadhiri zote, na ahadi zote zinazomfunga mkewe. Anavithibitisha kwa kutokusema lolote kwa mkewe anapoyasikia hayo.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="NUM.30.15" />Hata hivyo, ikiwa mumewe atavibatilisha baada ya kusikia hayo, basi atawajibika kwa hatia ya mkewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="NUM.30.16" />Haya ndiyo masharti ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alimpa Mose kuhusu mahusiano kati ya mtu na mkewe, na kati ya baba na binti yake ambaye bado anaishi nyumbani kwa baba yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="31" />
<s style="s1">Kulipiza Kisasi Juu Ya Wamidiani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.31.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.31.2" />“Uwalipize kisasi Wamidiani kwa ajili ya Waisraeli. Halafu baada ya hayo, utakufa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="NUM.31.3" />Kwa hiyo Mose akawaambia watu, “Waandaeni baadhi ya wanaume wenu waende vitani kupigana na Wamidiani ili wawalipize kisasi cha
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="NUM.31.4" />Peleka wanaume 1,000 vitani kutoka kila kabila la Israeli.”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NUM.31.5" />Kwa hiyo waliandaliwa wanaume 12,000 kwa vita, wanaume 1,000 kutoka kila kabila, walitolewa kutoka koo za Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="NUM.31.6" />Mose aliwatuma vitani, watu 1,000 kutoka kila kabila, pamoja na Finehasi mwana wa kuhani Eleazari, ambaye alichukua vyombo vya mahali patakatifu na tarumbeta za kuashiria.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="NUM.31.7" />Walipigana dhidi ya Wamidiani, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza Mose, nao waliua kila mwanaume.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="NUM.31.8" />Miongoni mwa watu waliouawa walikuwepo wafalme watano wa Midiani, nao ni Evi, Rekemu, Suri, Huri na Reba. Vilevile walimuua Balaamu mwana wa Beori kwa upanga.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="NUM.31.9" />Waisraeli waliwateka wanawake wa Kimidiani pamoja na watoto wao na walichukua makundi ya ngʼombe, kondoo na mali zao kama nyara.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="NUM.31.10" />Walichoma moto miji yote ambayo Wamidiani walikuwa wanaishi, pamoja na kambi zao zote.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NUM.31.11" />Walichukua nyara zote na mateka, pamoja na watu na wanyama,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="NUM.31.12" />nao waliwaleta wafungwa mateka na nyara kwa Mose na kwa kuhani Eleazari, nao Waisraeli walikusanyika kwenye kambi zao katika tambarare za nchi ya Moabu, kando ya Yordani ngʼambo ya Yeriko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="NUM.31.13" />Mose, kuhani Eleazari na viongozi wote wa jumuiya wakatoka kuwalaki nje ya kambi.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="NUM.31.14" />Mose aliwakasirikia maafisa wa jeshi, yaani hao wakuu wa jeshi wa maelfu na wakuu wa jeshi wa mamia, ambao walirudi kutoka vitani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="NUM.31.15" />Mose akawauliza, “Je, mmewaacha wanawake wote hai?”
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="NUM.31.16" />“Wanawake hao ndio waliofuata ushauri wa Balaamu, nao ndio waliowasababisha Waisraeli wamwasi
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa kile kilichotokea kule Peori, na kwa hiyo pigo liliwapata watu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="NUM.31.17" />Sasa waue wavulana wote. Pia muue kila mwanamke ambaye alikwisha fanya tendo la ndoa,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="NUM.31.18" />lakini mwacheni hai kwa ajili yenu kila msichana ambaye kamwe hajawahi kuzini na mwanaume.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="NUM.31.19" />“Ninyi nyote ambao mmeua mtu yeyote au kumgusa mtu yeyote ambaye ameuawa, lazima mkae nje ya kambi kwa muda wa siku saba. Katika siku ya tatu na ya saba lazima mjitakase wenyewe pamoja na wafungwa wenu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="NUM.31.20" />Takaseni kila vazi pamoja na kila kitu kilichotengenezwa kwa ngozi, kwa singa za mbuzi au kwa mti.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="NUM.31.21" />Kisha kuhani Eleazari aliwaambia askari waliokuwa wamekwenda vitani, “Haya ndiyo matakwa ya sheria ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alimpa Mose:
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="NUM.31.22" />Dhahabu, fedha, shaba, chuma, bati, risasi,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="NUM.31.23" />na kitu kingine chochote ambacho kinaweza kuhimili moto lazima mkipitishe kwenye moto, kisha kitakuwa safi. Lakini ni lazima pia kitakaswe kwa maji ya utakaso. Kitu chochote kisichoweza kuhimili moto lazima kipitishwe kwenye yale maji ya utakaso.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="NUM.31.24" />Katika siku ya saba fueni nguo zenu, nanyi mtakuwa safi. Kisha mtaweza kuingia kambini.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kugawanya Mateka
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="NUM.31.25" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="NUM.31.26" />“Wewe na kuhani Eleazari pamoja na viongozi wa jamaa ya jumuiya mtahesabu watu wote na wanyama ambao walitekwa.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="NUM.31.27" />Gawanyeni hizo nyara kati ya askari ambao walishiriki katika vita na kwa jumuiya.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="NUM.31.28" />Kutoka fungu la wale waliokwenda kupigana vitani, tenga kama ushuru kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kitu kimoja kati ya kila mia tano, ikiwa ni wanadamu, ngʼombe, punda, kondoo au mbuzi.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="NUM.31.29" />Chukua ushuru huu kutoka fungu lao, umpe kuhani Eleazari kama sehemu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="NUM.31.30" />Kutoka fungu la Waisraeli, chukua kitu kimoja kati ya kila hamsini, ikiwa ni wanadamu, ngʼombe, punda, kondoo, mbuzi au wanyama wengine. Hivyo uwape Walawi, ambao wanawajibika kutunza Maskani ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="NUM.31.31" />Kwa hiyo Mose na kuhani Eleazari wakafanya kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="NUM.31.32" />Nyara zilizobaki kutoka mateka ambayo askari walichukua ni kondoo 675,000,
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="NUM.31.33" />ngʼombe 72,000,
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="NUM.31.34" />punda 61,000,
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="NUM.31.35" />na wanawake 32,000 ambao hawakumjua mume kwa kufanya tendo la ndoa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="NUM.31.36" />Nusu ya fungu la wale waliokwenda kupigana vitani lilikuwa:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Kondoo 337,500
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="NUM.31.37" />ambayo ushuru kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ilikuwa kondoo 675;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="38" bcv="NUM.31.38" />ngʼombe 36,000 ambao ushuru kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ulikuwa ngʼombe 72;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="39" bcv="NUM.31.39" />punda 30,500 ambao ushuru kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ulikuwa punda 61;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="40" bcv="NUM.31.40" />Watu 16,000 ambao ushuru kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ulikuwa watu 32.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="NUM.31.41" />Mose alimpa kuhani Eleazari ushuru kama sehemu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="NUM.31.42" />Ile nusu iliyokuwa ya Waisraeli, ambayo Mose aliitenga kutoka kwa ile ya watu waliokwenda vitani,
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="NUM.31.43" />nusu iliyokuwa ya jumuiya, ilikuwa kondoo 337,500,
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="NUM.31.44" />ngʼombe 36,000,
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="NUM.31.45" />punda 30,500,
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="NUM.31.46" />na wanadamu 16,000.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="NUM.31.47" />Kutoka hiyo nusu iliyokuwa ya Waisraeli, Mose alichagua moja kati ya kila hamsini ya wanadamu na wanyama, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza, naye aliwapa Walawi, ambao waliwajibika kutunza Maskani ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="48" bcv="NUM.31.48" />Kisha maafisa waliokuwa juu ya vikosi vya jeshi, wakuu wa jeshi wa maelfu na wakuu wa jeshi wa mamia, walimwendea Mose
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="NUM.31.49" />na kumwambia, “Watumishi wako wamehesabu askari walio chini ya amri yetu na hakuna hata mmoja aliyekosekana.
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="NUM.31.50" />Kwa hiyo tumeleta kama sadaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> vyombo vya dhahabu kila mmoja wetu alivyopata, yaani vikuku, bangili, pete za muhuri, vipuli na mikufu, ili kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili yetu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="51" bcv="NUM.31.51" />Mose na kuhani Eleazari wakapokea kutoka kwao dhahabu, yaani vyombo vyote vilivyonakshiwa.
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="NUM.31.52" />Dhahabu yote kutoka kwa wakuu wa jeshi wa maelfu na wakuu wa jeshi wa mamia ambavyo Mose na kuhani Eleazari walimletea
<nd>Bwana</nd> kama zawadi ilikuwa shekeli 16,750<f caller="+"><fr>31:52
</fr><ft>Shekeli 16,750 ni sawa na kilo 200.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="NUM.31.53" />Kila askari alikuwa amejichukulia nyara zake binafsi.
<ve />
<v id="54" bcv="NUM.31.54" />Mose na kuhani Eleazari walipokea dhahabu kutoka kwa wakuu wa jeshi wa maelfu na wakuu wa jeshi wa mamia, wakazileta katika Hema la Kukutania kama ukumbusho kwa Waisraeli mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="32" />
<s style="s1">Makabila Ngʼambo Ya Yordani
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kumbukumbu 3:12-22)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.32.1" />Kabila la Wareubeni na Wagadi, waliokuwa na makundi makubwa ya ngʼombe, kondoo na mbuzi, waliona kuwa nchi ya Yazeri na nchi ya Gileadi ni nzuri kwa mifugo.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.32.2" />Hivyo walimjia Mose, na kuhani Eleazari na viongozi wa jumuiya, na kuwaambia,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NUM.32.3" />“Atarothi, Diboni, Yazeri, Nimra, Heshboni, Eleale, Sebamu, Nebo na Beoni,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="NUM.32.4" />nchi ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameishinda mbele ya wana wa Israeli, inafaa kwa mifugo, nao watumishi wako wana mifugo.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NUM.32.5" />Kama tumepata kibali mbele ya macho yako, nchi hii na ipewe watumishi wako kama milki yetu. Usitufanye tuvuke Yordani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="NUM.32.6" />Mose akawaambia Wagadi na Wareubeni, “Je, watu wa nchi yenu watakwenda vitani wakati ninyi mmeketi hapa?
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="NUM.32.7" />Kwa nini mmewakatisha Waisraeli tamaa wasivuke katika nchi ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> amewapa?
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="NUM.32.8" />Hivi ndivyo baba zenu walivyofanya wakati nilipowatuma kutoka Kadesh-Barnea kuipeleleza nchi.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="NUM.32.9" />Baada ya kufika kwenye Bonde la Eshkoli na kuitazama nchi, waliwakatisha tamaa Waisraeli wasiingie katika nchi ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amewapa.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="NUM.32.10" />Siku ile hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> iliwaka naye akaapa kiapo hiki:
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NUM.32.11" />‘Kwa kuwa hawakunifuata kwa moyo wote, hakuna mtu yeyote mwenye miaka ishirini au zaidi ambaye alikuja kutoka Misri atakayeona nchi niliyoahidi kwa kiapo kwa Abrahamu, Isaki na Yakobo;
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="NUM.32.12" />hakuna hata mmoja isipokuwa Kalebu mwana wa Yefune, Mkenizi, na Yoshua mwana wa Nuni, kwa sababu walimfuata
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moyo wote.’
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="NUM.32.13" />Hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> iliwaka dhidi ya Waisraeli na akawafanya watangetange katika jangwa kwa miaka arobaini, mpaka kizazi chote cha wale waliofanya maovu mbele yake kimeangamia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="NUM.32.14" />“Nanyi mko hapa, uzao wa wenye dhambi, mkisimamia mahali pa baba zenu na mkimfanya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuwakasirikia Waisraeli hata zaidi.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="NUM.32.15" />Kama mkigeuka na mkiacha kumfuata, atawaacha tena watu hawa wote jangwani, na mtakuwa sababu ya maangamizi yao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="NUM.32.16" />Ndipo wakamjia Mose na kumwambia, “Tungalitaka kujenga mazizi hapa kwa ajili ya mifugo yetu na miji kwa ajili ya wanawake wetu na watoto.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="NUM.32.17" />Lakini sisi tuko tayari kuchukua silaha zetu na kutangulia mbele ya Waisraeli mpaka tutakapowaleta mahali pao. Wakati huo wanawake wetu na watoto wataishi katika miji yenye ngome, kwa ajili ya ulinzi dhidi ya wenyeji wa nchi.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="NUM.32.18" />Hatutarudi nyumbani mwetu mpaka kila Mwisraeli apokee urithi wake.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="NUM.32.19" />Hatutapokea urithi wowote pamoja nao ngʼambo ya Yordani, kwa sababu urithi wetu umekuja kwetu upande wa mashariki ya Yordani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="NUM.32.20" />Kisha Mose akawaambia, “Kama mtafanya jambo hili, kama mtajivika silaha mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa ajili ya vita,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="NUM.32.21" />na kama ninyi nyote mtakwenda mmejivika silaha ngʼambo ya Yordani mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> mpaka awe amewafukuza adui zake mbele zake,
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="NUM.32.22" />hadi wakati nchi itakapokuwa imeshindwa mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ndipo mtaweza kurudi na kuwa huru kutoka masharti yenu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> na Israeli. Nayo nchi hii itakuwa milki yenu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="NUM.32.23" />“Lakini mkishindwa kufanya hili, mtakuwa mnatenda dhambi dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>; nanyi kuweni na hakika kuwa dhambi yenu itawapata.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="NUM.32.24" />Jengeni miji kwa ajili ya wanawake na watoto wenu, na mazizi kwa ajili ya mbuzi na kondoo zenu, lakini fanyeni yale mliyoahidi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="NUM.32.25" />Wagadi na Wareubeni wakamwambia Mose, “Sisi watumishi wako tutafanya kama bwana wetu anavyotuagiza.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="NUM.32.26" />Watoto na wake zetu, makundi ya mbuzi na kondoo, na makundi ya ngʼombe zetu, watabaki hapa katika miji ya Gileadi.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="NUM.32.27" />Lakini watumishi wenu, kila mwanaume aliyevaa silaha za vita, watavuka ngʼambo kupigana mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, sawa kama bwana wetu anavyosema.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="NUM.32.28" />Kisha Mose akatoa amri kuhusu wao kwa kuhani Eleazari, na Yoshua mwana wa Nuni na viongozi wa jamaa za makabila ya Waisraeli.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="NUM.32.29" />Mose akawaambia, “Ikiwa Wagadi na Wareubeni, kila mwanaume aliyevaa silaha za vita, atavuka Yordani pamoja nanyi mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, basi wakati mtakapoishinda nchi iliyoko mbele yenu, wapeni nchi ya Gileadi kama milki yao.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="NUM.32.30" />Lakini kama hawatavuka pamoja nanyi wakiwa wamevaa silaha za vita, lazima wakubali kupokea milki yao pamoja nanyi katika nchi ya Kanaani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="NUM.32.31" />Wagadi na Wareubeni wakajibu, “Watumishi wako watafanya lile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alilosema.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="NUM.32.32" />Tutavuka mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuingia Kanaani tukiwa tumevaa silaha za vita, lakini mali tutakayoirithi itakuwa ngʼambo hii ya Yordani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="NUM.32.33" />Kisha Mose akawapa Wagadi, Wareubeni, na nusu ya kabila la Manase mwana wa Yosefu ufalme wa Sihoni mfalme wa Waamori, na ufalme wa Ogu mfalme wa Bashani, nchi yote pamoja na miji yake, na nchi inayowazunguka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="NUM.32.34" />Wagadi wakajenga Diboni, Atarothi, Aroeri,
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="NUM.32.35" />Atroth-Shofani, Yazeri, Yogbeha,
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="NUM.32.36" />Beth-Nimra na Beth-Harani kama miji iliyozungushiwa ngome, tena wakajenga mazizi kwa ajili ya makundi yao ya mbuzi na kondoo.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="NUM.32.37" />Nao Wareubeni wakajenga upya miji ya Heshboni, Eleale na Kiriathaimu,
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="NUM.32.38" />pia Nebo na Baal-Meoni (majina ya hiyo miji yalibadilishwa) na Sibma. Miji waliyoijenga upya waliipa majina.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="NUM.32.39" />Wazao wa Makiri mwana wa Manase walikwenda Gileadi, wakaiteka nchi na kuwafukuza Waamori waliokuwa huko.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="NUM.32.40" />Kwa hiyo Mose akawapa Wamakiri, wazao wa Manase, nchi ya Gileadi, nao wakakaa huko.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="NUM.32.41" />Yairi, mzao wa Manase, akateka makao yao, akayaita Hawoth-Yairi.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="NUM.32.42" />Naye Noba akateka Kenathi na makao yaliyoizunguka, akayaita Noba kwa jina lake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="33" />
<s style="s1">Vituo Katika Safari Ya Waisraeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.33.1" />Hivi ndivyo vituo katika safari ya Waisraeli walipotoka Misri kwa vikosi chini ya uongozi wa Mose na Aroni.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.33.2" />Kwa agizo la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mose aliweka kumbukumbu ya vituo katika safari yao. Hivi ndivyo vituo katika safari yao:
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="3" bcv="NUM.33.3" />Waisraeli walisafiri kutoka Ramesesi katika siku ya kumi na tano ya mwezi wa kwanza, siku iliyofuata Pasaka. Walitembea kwa ujasiri wazi mbele ya Wamisri wote,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="NUM.33.4" />waliokuwa wakizika wazaliwa wao wa kwanza wote, ambao
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amewaua katikati yao, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa ameleta hukumu juu ya miungu yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="5" bcv="NUM.33.5" />Waisraeli waliondoka Ramesesi na kupiga kambi huko Sukothi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="6" bcv="NUM.33.6" />Wakaondoka Sukothi na kupiga kambi huko Ethamu, pembeni mwa jangwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="7" bcv="NUM.33.7" />Wakaondoka Ethamu, wakageuka wakarudi Pi-Hahirothi, hadi mashariki ya Baal-Sefoni, wakapiga kambi yao karibu na Migdoli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="8" bcv="NUM.33.8" />Wakaondoka Pi-Hahirothi wakapita katikati ya bahari mpaka jangwani, na baada ya kusafiri kwa siku tatu katika Jangwa la Ethamu, walipiga kambi huko Mara.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="9" bcv="NUM.33.9" />Wakaondoka Mara wakaenda Elimu, mahali ambapo palikuwa na chemchemi kumi na mbili na mitende sabini, huko wakapiga kambi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="10" bcv="NUM.33.10" />Wakaondoka Elimu na kupiga kambi kando ya Bahari ya Shamu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="11" bcv="NUM.33.11" />Wakaondoka kando ya Bahari ya Shamu na kupiga kambi katika Jangwa la Sini.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="12" bcv="NUM.33.12" />Wakaondoka katika Jangwa la Sini, wakapiga kambi huko Dofka.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="13" bcv="NUM.33.13" />Wakaondoka Dofka, wakapiga kambi huko Alushi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="14" bcv="NUM.33.14" />Wakaondoka Alushi, wakapiga kambi Refidimu, mahali ambapo hapakuwa na maji kwa ajili ya watu kunywa.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="15" bcv="NUM.33.15" />Wakaondoka Refidimu na kupiga kambi katika Jangwa la Sinai.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="16" bcv="NUM.33.16" />Wakaondoka katika Jangwa la Sinai na kupiga kambi huko Kibroth-Hataava.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="17" bcv="NUM.33.17" />Wakaondoka Kibroth-Hataava na kupiga kambi huko Haserothi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="18" bcv="NUM.33.18" />Wakaondoka Haserothi na kupiga kambi huko Rithma.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="19" bcv="NUM.33.19" />Wakaondoka Rithma na kupiga kambi huko Rimon-Peresi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="20" bcv="NUM.33.20" />Wakaondoka Rimon-Peresi na kupiga kambi huko Libna.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="21" bcv="NUM.33.21" />Wakaondoka Libna na kupiga kambi huko Risa.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="22" bcv="NUM.33.22" />Wakaondoka Risa na kupiga kambi huko Kehelatha.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="23" bcv="NUM.33.23" />Wakaondoka Kehelatha na kupiga kambi kwenye mlima Sheferi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="24" bcv="NUM.33.24" />Wakaondoka kwenye mlima Sheferi na kupiga kambi huko Harada.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="25" bcv="NUM.33.25" />Wakaondoka Harada na kupiga kambi huko Makelothi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="26" bcv="NUM.33.26" />Wakaondoka Makelothi na kupiga kambi huko Tahathi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="27" bcv="NUM.33.27" />Wakaondoka Tahathi na kupiga kambi huko Tera.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="28" bcv="NUM.33.28" />Wakaondoka Tera na kupiga kambi huko Mithka.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="29" bcv="NUM.33.29" />Wakaondoka Mithka na kupiga kambi huko Hashmona.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="30" bcv="NUM.33.30" />Wakaondoka Hashmona na kupiga kambi Moserothi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="31" bcv="NUM.33.31" />Wakaondoka Moserothi na kupiga kambi huko Bene-Yakani.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="32" bcv="NUM.33.32" />Wakaondoka Bene-Yakani na kupiga kambi huko Hor-Hagidgadi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="33" bcv="NUM.33.33" />Wakaondoka Hor-Hagidgadi na kupiga kambi huko Yotbatha.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="34" bcv="NUM.33.34" />Wakaondoka Yotbatha na kupiga kambi huko Abrona.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="35" bcv="NUM.33.35" />Wakaondoka Abrona na kupiga kambi huko Esion-Geberi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="36" bcv="NUM.33.36" />Wakaondoka Esion-Geberi na kupiga kambi huko Kadeshi katika Jangwa la Sini.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="37" bcv="NUM.33.37" />Wakaondoka Kadeshi na kupiga kambi kwenye Mlima Hori, mpakani mwa Edomu.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="NUM.33.38" />Kwa amri ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kuhani Aroni alipanda Mlima Hori, mahali alipofia katika siku ya kwanza ya mwezi wa tano, mwaka wa arobaini baada ya Waisraeli kutoka Misri.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="NUM.33.39" />Aroni alikufa juu ya Mlima Hori akiwa na umri wa miaka 123.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="40" bcv="NUM.33.40" />Mfalme Mkanaani wa Aradi, ambaye aliishi huko Negebu ya Kanaani, akasikia kwamba Waisraeli wanakuja.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="41" bcv="NUM.33.41" />Wakaondoka kwenye mlima Hori na kupiga kambi huko Salmona.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="42" bcv="NUM.33.42" />Wakaondoka Salmona, wakapiga kambi huko Punoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="43" bcv="NUM.33.43" />Wakaondoka Punoni, wakapiga kambi huko Obothi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="44" bcv="NUM.33.44" />Wakaondoka Obothi, wakapiga kambi huko Iye-Abarimu, mipakani mwa Moabu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="45" bcv="NUM.33.45" />Wakaondoka Iye-Abarimu, wakapiga kambi huko Dibon-Gadi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="46" bcv="NUM.33.46" />Wakaondoka Dibon-Gadi na kupiga kambi huko Almon-Diblathaimu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="47" bcv="NUM.33.47" />Wakaondoka Almon-Diblathaimu na kupiga kambi katika milima ya Abarimu, karibu na Nebo.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="48" bcv="NUM.33.48" />Wakaondoka kwenye milima ya Abarimu na kupiga kambi kwenye tambarare ya Moabu, kando ya Yordani ngʼambo ya Yeriko.
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="NUM.33.49" />Huko kwenye tambarare za Moabu walipiga kambi kandokando ya Mto Yordani, kuanzia Beth-Yeshimothi mpaka Abel-Shitimu.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="50" bcv="NUM.33.50" />Katika tambarare za Moabu kando ya Yordani kuvukia Yeriko,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="NUM.33.51" />“Sema na Waisraeli uwaambie: ‘Mtakapovuka Mto Yordani kuingia Kanaani,
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="NUM.33.52" />wafukuzeni wakazi wote wa nchi iliyo mbele yenu. Haribuni sanamu zao zote za kuchongwa, na sanamu zilizotengenezwa kwa kuyeyusha chuma, na kupabomoa mahali pao pa ibada.
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="NUM.33.53" />Mtaimiliki nchi hiyo na kukaa huko, kwa kuwa nimewapeni ninyi kuimiliki.
<ve />
<v id="54" bcv="NUM.33.54" />Mtaigawanya nchi hiyo kwa kupiga kura, kufuatana na koo zenu. Kwa kundi kubwa zaidi toa urithi mkubwa zaidi, na kwa kundi dogo zaidi urithi mdogo zaidi. Chochote kinachowaangukia kwa kura kitakuwa chao. Mtaigawanya nchi kufuatana na makabila ya babu zenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="55" bcv="NUM.33.55" />“ ‘Lakini kama hamkuwafukuza wenyeji wakaao katika nchi hiyo, wale mtakaowaruhusu wabaki watakuwa kama sindano kwenye macho yenu na miiba kwenu kila upande. Watawasumbua katika nchi mtakayoishi.
<ve />
<v id="56" bcv="NUM.33.56" />Kisha nitawatenda ninyi kile ambacho nimepanga kuwatenda wao.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="34" />
<s style="s1">Mipaka Ya Kanaani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.34.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.34.2" />“Waamuru Waisraeli na uwaambie: ‘Mtakapoingia nchi ya Kanaani, nchi ambayo itagawanywa kwenu kama urithi itakuwa na mipaka ifuatayo:
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="NUM.34.3" />“ ‘Upande wenu wa kusini utajumuisha sehemu ya Jangwa la Sini kufuata mpaka wa Edomu. Upande wa mashariki mpaka wenu wa kusini utaanzia mwisho wa Bahari ya Chumvi,<f caller="+"><fr>34:3
</fr><ft>Yaani Bahari Mfu.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="NUM.34.4" />katiza kusini mwa Pito la Akrabimu, endelea mpaka Sini na kwenda kusini ya Kadesh-Barnea. Kisha mpaka huo utaenda hadi Hasar-Adari hadi Azmoni,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NUM.34.5" />mahali ambapo utapinda, na kuunganika na Kijito cha Misri na kumalizikia kwenye Bahari ya Kati.<f caller="+"><fr>34:5
</fr><ft>Yaani Mediterania.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="NUM.34.6" />“ ‘Mpaka wenu wa magharibi utakuwa Bahari ya Kati. Huu utakuwa mpaka wenu upande wa magharibi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="NUM.34.7" />“ ‘Kwa mpaka wenu wa kaskazini, wekeni alama kuanzia Bahari ya Kati hadi mlima Hori,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="NUM.34.8" />na kutoka mlima Hori hadi Pito la Hamathi. Kisha mpaka utaenda hadi Sedadi,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="NUM.34.9" />kuendelea hadi Zifroni, na kuishia Hasar-Enani. Huu utakuwa mpaka wenu upande wa kaskazini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="NUM.34.10" />“ ‘Kwa mpaka wenu wa mashariki, wekeni alama kuanzia Hasar-Enani hadi Shefamu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NUM.34.11" />Mpaka utaelekea kusini kuanzia Shefamu hadi Ribla upande wa mashariki wa Aini, na kuendelea kwenye miteremko mashariki mwa Bahari ya Kinerethi.<f caller="+"><fr>34:11
</fr><ft>Yaani Bahari ya Galilaya.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="NUM.34.12" />Kisha mpaka utashuka kuelekea Mto Yordani na kuishia katika Bahari ya Chumvi.
</p>
<p style="p">“ ‘Hii itakuwa nchi yenu, ikiwa na mipaka yake kila upande.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="NUM.34.13" />Mose akawaamuru Waisraeli: “Gawanyeni nchi hii kwa kura kama urithi.
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameagiza kwamba itolewe kwa yale makabila tisa na nusu,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="NUM.34.14" />kwa sababu jamaa ya kabila la Reubeni, kabila la Gadi, na nusu ya kabila la Manase wamekwishapokea urithi wao.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="NUM.34.15" />Haya makabila mawili na nusu wamekwishapokea urithi wao upande wa mashariki wa Yordani ngʼambo ya Yeriko, kuelekea mawio ya jua.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="NUM.34.16" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="NUM.34.17" />“Haya ndiyo majina ya watu ambao watakusaidia kugawanya nchi kama urithi: Eleazari kuhani na Yoshua mwana wa Nuni.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="NUM.34.18" />Tena uteue kiongozi mmoja kutoka kila kabila kusaidia kuigawanya nchi.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="NUM.34.19" />Haya ndiyo majina yao:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1">“Kalebu mwana wa Yefune,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">kutoka kabila la Yuda;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="20" bcv="NUM.34.20" />Shemueli mwana wa Amihudi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">kutoka kabila la Simeoni;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="21" bcv="NUM.34.21" />Elidadi mwana wa Kisloni,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">kutoka kabila la Benyamini;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="22" bcv="NUM.34.22" />Buki mwana wa Yogli,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">kiongozi kutoka kabila la Dani;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="23" bcv="NUM.34.23" />Hanieli mwana wa Efodi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">kiongozi kutoka kabila la Manase mwana wa Yosefu;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="24" bcv="NUM.34.24" />Kemueli mwana wa Shiftani,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">kiongozi kutoka kabila la Efraimu mwana wa Yosefu;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="25" bcv="NUM.34.25" />Elisafani mwana wa Parnaki,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">kiongozi kutoka kabila la Zabuloni;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="26" bcv="NUM.34.26" />Paltieli mwana wa Azani,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">kiongozi kutoka kabila la Isakari;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="27" bcv="NUM.34.27" />Ahihudi mwana wa Shelomi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">kiongozi kutoka kabila la Asheri;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="28" bcv="NUM.34.28" />Pedaheli mwana wa Amihudi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">kiongozi kutoka kabila la Naftali.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="NUM.34.29" />Hawa ndio watu ambao
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliamuru wagawanye urithi kwa Waisraeli katika nchi ya Kanaani.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="35" />
<s style="s1">Miji Kwa Ajili Ya Walawi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.35.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose katika nchi tambarare ya Moabu, kando ya Mto Yordani kuvukia Yeriko,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.35.2" />“Waagize Waisraeli kuwapa Walawi miji ya kuishi kutoka urithi ambao Waisraeli wataumiliki. Wape maeneo ya malisho kuzunguka hiyo miji.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NUM.35.3" />Kisha watakuwa na miji ya kuishi na maeneo ya malisho kwa ajili ya ngʼombe zao, mbuzi, kondoo na mifugo yao mingine yote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="NUM.35.4" />“Maeneo ya malisho kuzunguka miji hiyo ambayo mtawapa Walawi yataenea mita 450 kutoka kwenye ukuta wa miji.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NUM.35.5" />Nje ya mji, pima mita 900 upande wa mashariki, upande wa kusini mita 900, upande wa magharibi mita 900, na upande wa kaskazini mita 900, na mji utakuwa katikati. Eneo hili litakuwa lao kwa ajili ya malisho.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Miji Ya Makimbilio
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kumbukumbu 19:1-13; Yoshua 20:1-9)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="NUM.35.6" />“Miji sita mtakayowapa Walawi itakuwa ya makimbilio, ambayo mtu anayemuua mwenzake aweza kukimbilia humo. Zaidi ya hiyo, wapeni miji mingine arobaini na miwili.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="NUM.35.7" />Kwa jumla inawapasa kuwapa Walawi miji arobaini na minane, pamoja na maeneo ya malisho yao.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="NUM.35.8" />Miji ambayo mtawapa Walawi kutoka nchi ambayo Waisraeli wanamiliki itatolewa kwa uwiano wa urithi wa kila kabila. Chukua miji mingi kutoka lile kabila lenye miji mingi, lakini uchukue miji michache kutoka kwa kabila lile lenye miji michache.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="NUM.35.9" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose:
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="NUM.35.10" />“Sema na Waisraeli, uwaambie: ‘Mtakapovuka Yordani kuingia Kanaani,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NUM.35.11" />chagueni baadhi ya miji iwe miji yenu ya makimbilio, ambayo mtu ambaye ameua mwenzake bila kukusudia aweza kukimbilia humo.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="NUM.35.12" />Itakuwa mahali pa kukimbilia kutoka mlipiza kisasi, ili kwamba mtu aliyeshtakiwa kwa mauaji asife kabla ya kujitetea mbele ya mkutano.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="NUM.35.13" />Miji hii sita mtakayoitoa itakuwa miji yenu ya makimbilio.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="NUM.35.14" />Mtatoa miji mitatu ngʼambo hii ya Yordani na miji mingine mitatu upande wa Kanaani kama miji ya makimbilio.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="NUM.35.15" />Miji hii sita itakuwa mahali pa makimbilio kwa ajili ya Waisraeli, wageni na watu wengine wanaoishi katikati yenu, ili kwamba mtu yeyote ambaye ameua mtu mwingine pasipo kukusudia aweze kukimbilia humo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="NUM.35.16" />“ ‘Kama mtu akimpiga mwenzake kwa chuma naye mtu huyo akafa, mtu huyo ni muuaji; muuaji sharti atauawa.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="NUM.35.17" />Au kama mtu analo jiwe mkononi mwake ambalo laweza kuua, naye akampiga mwenzake akafa, yeye ni muuaji; muuaji huyo sharti atauawa.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="NUM.35.18" />Au kama mtu ana chombo cha mti mkononi mwake ambacho chaweza kuua, naye akampiga mwenzake akafa, yeye ni muuaji; muuaji huyo sharti atauawa.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="NUM.35.19" />Mlipiza kisasi cha damu atamuua muuaji; wakati akikutana naye, atamuua.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="NUM.35.20" />Ikiwa mtu ana chuki ya siku nyingi na mwenzake akamsukuma au akamtupia kitu kwa kukusudia naye akafa,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="NUM.35.21" />au ikiwa katika uadui akampiga ngumi naye akafa, mtu yule sharti atauawa; yeye ni muuaji. Mlipiza kisasi cha damu atamuua muuaji atakapokutana naye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="NUM.35.22" />“ ‘Lakini kama mtu akimsukuma mwenziwe ghafula pasipo chuki, au kumtupia kitu pasipo kukusudia,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="NUM.35.23" />au, pasipo kumwona, akimwangushia jiwe ambalo laweza kumuua naye akafa, basi kwa kuwa hakuwa adui yake naye hakukusudia kumuumiza,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="NUM.35.24" />kusanyiko lazima liamue kati yake na mlipiza kisasi wa damu kufuatana na sheria hizi.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="NUM.35.25" />Kusanyiko ni lazima limlinde yule anayeshtakiwa kuua kutoka kwa mlipiza kisasi wa damu, na kumrudisha katika mji wa makimbilio alikokuwa amekimbilia. Lazima akae humo mpaka atakapokufa kuhani mkuu ambaye alikuwa amepakwa mafuta matakatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="NUM.35.26" />“ ‘Lakini kama mshtakiwa atatoka nje ya mipaka ya mji wa makimbilio ambao amekimbilia,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="NUM.35.27" />na mlipiza kisasi wa damu akamkuta nje ya mji, mlipiza kisasi wa damu anaweza kumuua mshtakiwa huyo bila kuwa na hatia ya kuua.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="NUM.35.28" />Mshtakiwa lazima akae katika mji wake wa makimbilio mpaka atakapokufa kuhani mkuu; atarudi tu kwenye mali yake baada ya kifo cha kuhani mkuu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="NUM.35.29" />“ ‘Hizi ndizo kanuni za sheria zitakazohitajiwa kwenu na katika vizazi vyenu vijavyo, popote mtakapoishi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="NUM.35.30" />“ ‘Yeyote anayeua mtu atauawa kama muuaji ikiwa tu kuna ushuhuda wa mashahidi. Lakini hakuna mtu atakayeuawa kwa ushuhuda wa shahidi mmoja tu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="NUM.35.31" />“ ‘Usikubali fidia yoyote ya kuokoa uhai wa muuaji ambaye anastahili kufa. Mtu huyo hakika lazima auawe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="NUM.35.32" />“ ‘Usikubali fidia ya mtu yeyote ambaye amekimbilia katika mji wa makimbilio na kumruhusu kurudi kuishi katika nchi yake kabla ya kifo cha kuhani mkuu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="NUM.35.33" />“ ‘Msiinajisi nchi mnayoishi. Umwagaji damu hunajisi nchi, na upatanisho hauwezekani kufanyika katika nchi ambayo damu imemwagwa, isipokuwa tu kwa damu ya yule aliyeimwaga damu.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="NUM.35.34" />Msiinajisi nchi mnayoishi, ambayo nami ninakaa, kwa kuwa Mimi,
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ninakaa katikati ya Waisraeli.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="36" />
<s style="s1">Urithi Wa Binti Za Selofehadi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NUM.36.1" />Viongozi wa jamaa ya ukoo wa Gileadi mwana wa Makiri, mwana wa Manase, waliokuwa wametoka katika koo za wazao wa Yosefu, walikuja na kuzungumza mbele ya Mose na viongozi, wakuu wa jamaa ya Waisraeli.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NUM.36.2" />Wakasema, “<nd>Bwana</nd> alipomwamuru bwana wangu kuwapa Waisraeli nchi kama urithi kwa kura, alikuamuru kutoa urithi wa ndugu yetu Selofehadi kwa binti zake.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NUM.36.3" />Sasa ikiwa wataolewa na watu wa makabila mengine ya Kiisraeli, itakuwa kwamba urithi wao utaondolewa kutoka urithi wa mababu zetu na kuongezwa katika urithi wa kabila ambalo dada hao wameolewa. Kwa hiyo sehemu ya urithi tuliyogawiwa itachukuliwa kutoka kwetu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="NUM.36.4" />Wakati mwaka wa Yubile kwa Waisraeli utafika, urithi wao utaongezwa kwa lile kabila ambalo wameolewa, na mali yao itaondolewa kutoka urithi wa kabila la mababu zetu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="NUM.36.5" />Ndipo kwa agizo la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mose akatoa amri ifuatayo kwa Waisraeli: “Kile wazao wa kabila la Yosefu wanachosema ni kweli.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="NUM.36.6" />Hivi ndivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> anavyoamuru kwa binti za Selofehadi: Wanaweza kuolewa na mtu yeyote wampendaye, mradi tu waolewe miongoni mwa koo za kabila za baba yao.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="NUM.36.7" />Hakuna urithi katika Israeli utakaohamishwa kutoka kabila moja kwenda kabila jingine, kwa kuwa kila Mwisraeli atatunza ardhi ya kabila lake aliyoirithi kutoka kwa baba zake.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="NUM.36.8" />Kila binti atakayerithi ardhi katika kabila lolote la Israeli ni lazima aolewe na mtu kutoka kabila na ukoo wa baba yake, ili kila Mwisraeli amiliki urithi wa baba zake.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="NUM.36.9" />Hakuna urithi uwezao kuhamishwa kutoka kabila moja kwenda kabila jingine, kwa kuwa kila kabila la Israeli litatunza nchi linayorithi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="NUM.36.10" />Kwa hiyo binti za Selofehadi wakafanya kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwamuru Mose.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NUM.36.11" />Binti za Selofehadi, ambao ni Mahla, Tirsa, Hogla, Milka na Noa, wakaolewa na waume, wana wa ndugu za baba yao.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="NUM.36.12" />Waliolewa ndani ya koo za wazao wa Manase mwana wa Yosefu, na urithi wao ukabaki katika ukoo na kabila la baba yao.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="NUM.36.13" />Haya ndiyo maagizo na masharti ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliwapa Waisraeli kupitia Mose katika tambarare za Moabu, karibu na Yordani ngʼambo ya Yeriko.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="DEU"><id id="DEU">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Kumbukumbu La Torati
</h><toc level="1">Kumbukumbu La Torati
</toc><toc level="2">Kumbukumbu
</toc><toc level="3">Kum
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Kumbukumbu La Torati
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Amri Ya Kuondoka Mlima Horebu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.1.1" />Haya ni maneno Mose aliyoyasema kwa Israeli yote jangwani mashariki ya Yordani, ambayo iko Araba, inayokabiliana na Sufu, kati ya Parani na Tofeli, Labani, Haserothi na Dizahabu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DEU.1.2" />(Ni mwendo wa siku kumi na moja kutoka Horebu kwa njia ya Mlima Seiri mpaka Kadesh-Barnea.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="DEU.1.3" />Katika mwaka wa arobaini, siku ya kwanza ya mwezi wa kumi na moja, Mose aliwatangazia Waisraeli yale yote
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyomwamuru kuwahusu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DEU.1.4" />Hii ilikuwa baada ya kumshinda Sihoni mfalme wa Waamori, ambaye alitawala Heshboni, na pia huko Edrei alikuwa amemshinda Ogu mfalme wa Bashani, ambaye alitawala huko Ashtarothi.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DEU.1.5" />Huko mashariki ya Yordani katika nchi ya Moabu, Mose alianza kuielezea sheria hii, akisema:
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="DEU.1.6" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu alisema nasi huko Horebu, “Mmekaa vya kutosha katika mlima huu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="DEU.1.7" />Vunjeni kambi, msonge mbele kuelekea nchi ya vilima ya Waamori; nendeni kwa watu wote ambao ni majirani wa Araba, katika milima, upande wa magharibi chini ya vilima, katika Negebu na kandokando ya pwani, mpaka nchi ya Wakanaani hadi Lebanoni, na kufika mto mkubwa Frati.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="DEU.1.8" />Tazama, nimewapa ninyi nchi hii. Ingieni mkaimiliki nchi ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliapa kuwa angaliwapa baba zenu, Abrahamu, Isaki na Yakobo, pamoja na vizazi vyao baada yao.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Uteuzi Wa Viongozi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 18:13-27)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="DEU.1.9" />Wakati ule niliwaambia, “Ninyi mmekuwa mzigo mzito sana kwangu kuwachukua peke yangu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="DEU.1.10" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu ameongeza hesabu yenu, hivi kwamba leo ninyi ni wengi kama nyota za angani.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DEU.1.11" />Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zenu na awaongeze mara elfu na kuwabariki kama alivyoahidi!
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DEU.1.12" />Lakini mimi nitawezaje kubeba matatizo yenu, na mizigo yenu, na magomvi yenu peke yangu?
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="DEU.1.13" />Chagueni baadhi ya watu wenye hekima, wenye ufahamu na wanaoheshimika kutoka kila kabila lenu, nami nitawaweka juu yenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="DEU.1.14" />Mlinijibu, “Shauri ulilolitoa ni zuri.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="DEU.1.15" />Kwa hiyo niliwachukua wanaume viongozi wa makabila yenu, wenye hekima na wanaoheshimika, nami nikawateua wawe na mamlaka juu yenu kama majemadari wa maelfu, wa mamia, wa hamsini, na wa makumi, na kama maafisa wa makabila.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="DEU.1.16" />Nami wakati ule nikawaagiza waamuzi wenu: Sikilizeni magomvi kati ya ndugu zenu na mwamue kwa haki, hata kama shauri ni kati ya ndugu wa Kiisraeli, au kati ya mmoja wa ndugu wa Kiisraeli na mgeni.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="DEU.1.17" />Msionyeshe upendeleo katika maamuzi; wasikilizeni wote sawasawa, wadogo kwa wakubwa. Msimwogope mtu yeyote, kwa kuwa hukumu ni ya Mungu. Mniletee mimi shauri lolote lililo gumu sana kwenu, nami nitalisikiliza.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="DEU.1.18" />Nami wakati ule niliwaambia kila kitu ambacho mngefanya.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wapelelezi Wanatumwa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Hesabu 13:1-33)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="DEU.1.19" />Kisha, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu alivyotuamuru, tuliondoka kutoka Horebu na kwenda kuelekea nchi ya vilima ya Waamori, kupitia jangwa lile kubwa lote la kutisha, lile mliloliona, nasi tukafika Kadesh-Barnea.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="DEU.1.20" />Kisha niliwaambia, “Mmefika katika nchi ya vilima ya Waamori, ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu anatupa.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="DEU.1.21" />Tazama,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu amewapa nchi. Pandeni mkaimiliki kama
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zenu, alivyowaambia. Msiogope, wala msikate tamaa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="DEU.1.22" />Ndipo ninyi nyote mkanijia na kusema, “Tupeleke watu watutangulie kuipeleleza nchi kwa ajili yetu, na kutuletea taarifa kuhusu njia tutakayopita, na miji tutakayoiendea.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="DEU.1.23" />Wazo hilo lilionekana zuri kwangu; kwa hiyo niliwachagua watu wenu kumi na wawili, mwanaume mmoja kutoka kila kabila.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="DEU.1.24" />Waliondoka na kukwea katika nchi ya vilima, wakafika katika Bonde la Eshkoli na kuipeleleza.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="DEU.1.25" />Wakachukua baadhi ya matunda ya nchi, wakatuletea na kutuarifu, “Ni nchi nzuri ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu anatupa.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Uasi Dhidi Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Hesabu 14:20-45)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="DEU.1.26" />Lakini hamkuwa tayari kukwea, mkaasi dhidi ya amri ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="DEU.1.27" />Mkanungʼunika ndani ya mahema yenu na kusema, “<nd>Bwana</nd> anatuchukia, kwa hiyo alitutoa Misri ili kututia mikononi mwa Waamori kutuangamiza.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="DEU.1.28" />Twende wapi? Ndugu zetu wametufanya kufa moyo. Wanasema, ‘Watu wa huko wana nguvu zaidi na ni warefu kuliko sisi tulivyo; miji ni mikubwa, yenye kuta zilizofika juu angani. Zaidi ya hayo, tumewaona Waanaki huko.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="DEU.1.29" />Ndipo nikawaambia, “Msihofu, wala msiwaogope.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="DEU.1.30" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anayewatangulia, atawapigania, kama alivyofanya kwa ajili yenu huko Misri, mbele ya macho yenu hasa,
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="DEU.1.31" />na pia huko jangwani. Huko mliona jinsi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu alivyowachukua, kama baba amchukuavyo mwanawe, katika njia yote mliyoiendea mpaka mkafika mahali hapa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="DEU.1.32" />Pamoja na hili, hamkumtegemea
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu,
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="DEU.1.33" />ambaye aliwatangulia katika safari yenu, kwa moto usiku na kwa wingu mchana, kuwatafutia mahali penu pa kupiga kambi na kuwaonyesha njia mtakayoiendea.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="DEU.1.34" />Wakati
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliposikia lile mlilosema, alikasirika, akaapa, akasema:
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="DEU.1.35" />“Hakuna mtu wa kizazi hiki kiovu atakayeona nchi nzuri niliyoapa kuwapa baba zenu,
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="DEU.1.36" />isipokuwa Kalebu mwana wa Yefune. Yeye ataiona, nami nitampa yeye na wazao wake nchi aliyoikanyaga kwa miguu, kwa sababu alimfuata
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moyo wote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="DEU.1.37" />Kwa sababu yenu
<nd>Bwana</nd> pia alinikasirikia mimi, akasema, “Hutaingia hiyo nchi pia.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="DEU.1.38" />Lakini msaidizi wako, Yoshua mwana wa Nuni, ataingia. Mtie moyo, kwa sababu atawaongoza Waisraeli kuirithi hiyo nchi.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="DEU.1.39" />Wale watoto ambao mliwasema wangelichukuliwa mateka, yaani watoto wenu ambao bado hawajui jema na baya, wataingia katika nchi. Nitawapa hiyo nchi, nao wataimiliki.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="DEU.1.40" />Bali ninyi geukeni, mwondoke kuelekea jangwani kwa kufuata njia ya Bahari ya Shamu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="DEU.1.41" />Ndipo mkanijibu, “Tumemtenda
<nd>Bwana</nd> dhambi. Tutakwenda kupigana, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu alivyotuamuru.” Hivyo kila mmoja wenu akachukua silaha zake, huku mkifikiri kuwa ni rahisi kukwea katika nchi ya vilima.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="DEU.1.42" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliniambia, “Waambie, ‘Msipande kupigana, kwa sababu sitakuwa pamoja nanyi. Mtashindwa na adui zenu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="43" bcv="DEU.1.43" />Hivyo niliwaambia, lakini hamkutaka kusikia. Mliasi dhidi ya amri ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na katika kiburi chenu mlienda katika nchi ya vilima.
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="DEU.1.44" />Waamori ambao waliishi katika vilima hivyo waliinuka dhidi yenu, wakawafukuza kama kundi la nyuki wakiwapiga njia yote ya Seiri mpaka Horma.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="DEU.1.45" />Mlirudi na kulia mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, lakini Mungu hakusikiliza kilio chenu, wala hakuwajali.
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="DEU.1.46" />Hivyo mlikaa Kadeshi kwa siku nyingi, kwa muda ule wote mliokaa huko.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Kutangatanga Jangwani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.2.1" />Kisha tukageuka nyuma na kusafiri kuelekea jangwani kwa njia inayoelekea Bahari ya Shamu, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyonielekeza. Kwa muda mrefu tulitembea kuzunguka vilima katika nchi ya Seiri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="DEU.2.2" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DEU.2.3" />“Umetembea kuzunguka hii nchi ya vilima kwa muda wa kutosha; sasa geukia kaskazini.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DEU.2.4" />Wape watu maagizo haya: ‘Mko karibu kupita katikati ya nchi ya ndugu zako ambao ni wazao wa Esau, ambao wanaishi Seiri. Watawaogopa, lakini mwe waangalifu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DEU.2.5" />Msiwachokoze kwa vita kwa maana sitawapa ninyi sehemu yoyote ya nchi yao, hata sehemu ya kutosha kuweka wayo wenu juu yake. Nimempa Esau nchi ya vilima ya Seiri kama yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DEU.2.6" />Mtawalipa fedha kwa chakula mtakachokula na maji mtakayokunywa.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="DEU.2.7" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu amewabariki kwa kazi yote ya mikono yenu. Amewalinda katika safari yenu katikati ya jangwa hili kubwa. Kwa miaka hii arobaini
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu amekuwa pamoja nanyi, na hamkupungukiwa na kitu chochote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="DEU.2.8" />Basi tulipita kwa ndugu zetu wazao wa Esau ambao wanaishi Seiri. Tuligeuka kutoka njia ya Araba ambayo inatokea Elathi na Esion-Geberi, tukasafiri kufuata njia ya jangwa la Moabu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="DEU.2.9" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia, “Usiwasumbue Wamoabu kwa vita, kwa kuwa sitawapa sehemu yoyote ya nchi yao. Nimetoa nchi ya Ari kwa wazao wa Loti kama milki yao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="DEU.2.10" />(Waemi walikuwa wakiishi huko hapo zamani, watu wenye nguvu na wengi, warefu kama Waanaki.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DEU.2.11" />Kama walivyokuwa Waanaki, hao pia walikuwa kama Warefai, lakini Wamoabu waliwaita Waemi.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DEU.2.12" />Wahori waliishi Seiri, lakini wazao wa Esau waliwafukuza. Waliwaangamiza Wahori na kukaa mahali pao, kama Waisraeli walivyofanya katika nchi ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliwapa kama milki yao.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="DEU.2.13" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, “Sasa ondokeni mvuke Bonde la Zeredi.” Hivyo tukavuka bonde.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="DEU.2.14" />Miaka thelathini na minane ilipita tangu wakati tulipoondoka Kadesh-Barnea mpaka tulipovuka Bonde la Zeredi. Kwa wakati huo kile kizazi chote cha wanaume kuanzia wale wawezao kwenda vitani kilikuwa kimekufa, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyokuwa amewaapia.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="DEU.2.15" />Mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> uliwakabili hadi alipowaangamiza wote huko kambini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="DEU.2.16" />Ikawa baada ya mtu wa mwisho kuanzia wale wawezao kwenda vitani kufa,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="DEU.2.17" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="DEU.2.18" />“Leo utapita katika nchi ya Moabu huko Ari.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="DEU.2.19" />Utakapokuja kwa Waamoni, msiwasumbue wala kuwachokoza kwa vita, kwa kuwa sitawapa ardhi yoyote iliyo ya Waamoni kuwa milki yenu. Nimeitoa kama milki ya wazao wa Loti.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="DEU.2.20" />(Hiyo pia ilidhaniwa kuwa nchi ya Warefai waliokuwa wakiishi huko, lakini Waamoni waliwaita Wazamzumi.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="DEU.2.21" />Walikuwa watu wenye nguvu na wengi, warefu kama Waanaki.
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawaangamiza kutoka mbele ya Waamoni, ambao waliwafukuza na kukaa mahali pao.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="DEU.2.22" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amefanya vivyo hivyo kwa wazao wa Esau, ambao waliishi Seiri, wakati alipowaangamiza Wahori watoke mbele yao. Waliwafukuza na wao wakaishi mahali pao mpaka leo.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="DEU.2.23" />Nao Waavi ambao waliishi katika vijiji mpaka Gaza, Wakaftori waliokuja kutoka Kaftori waliwaangamiza na kukaa mahali pao.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="DEU.2.24" />“Ondoka sasa na uvuke Bonde la Arnoni. Tazama, nimemweka mikononi mwako Sihoni Mwamori, mfalme wa Heshboni na nchi yake. Anza kuimiliki nchi hiyo na umwingize katika vita.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="DEU.2.25" />Siku hii ya leo nitaanza kuwatia hofu na woga mataifa yote chini ya mbingu wawaogope ninyi. Watakaposikia taarifa zenu, watatetemeka na kufadhaika kwa sababu yenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kushindwa Kwa Sihoni Mfalme Wa Heshboni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Hesabu 21:21-30)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="DEU.2.26" />Kutoka jangwa la Kedemothi nilituma wajumbe wenye maneno ya amani kwa Sihoni mfalme wa Heshboni kusema,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="DEU.2.27" />“Turuhusu tupite katika nchi yako. Tutapita katika barabara kuu, hatutageuka kuume wala kushoto.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="DEU.2.28" />Tuuzie chakula tule na maji tunywe kwa thamani yake katika fedha. Turuhusu tu tupite kwa miguu,
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="DEU.2.29" />kama wazao wa Esau ambao wanaishi Seiri na Wamoabu ambao wanaishi Ari walivyotufanyia, mpaka tuvuke Yordani kuingia nchi ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu anatupatia.”
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="DEU.2.30" />Lakini Sihoni mfalme wa Heshboni alikataa kuturuhusu kupita. Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako alikuwa ameifanya roho yake kuwa ngumu na moyo wake kuwa mkaidi ili amweke kwenye mikono yenu, kama alivyofanya sasa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="DEU.2.31" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia, “Tazama, nimeanza kuwapa Mfalme Sihoni na nchi yake kwako. Sasa anzeni kuishinda na kuimiliki nchi yake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="DEU.2.32" />Wakati Sihoni pamoja na jeshi lake lote walipokuja kukutana nasi katika vita huko Yahazi,
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="DEU.2.33" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu alimweka mikononi mwetu, nasi tukamwangamiza pamoja na wanawe na jeshi lake lote.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="DEU.2.34" />Kwa wakati ule tuliteka miji yake yote na kuiangamiza kabisa: wanaume, wanawake na watoto. Hatukumwacha yeyote.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="DEU.2.35" />Lakini mifugo na nyara tulizoziteka kutoka ile miji tulijichukulia wenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="DEU.2.36" />Kutoka Aroeri kwenye ukingo wa Bonde la Arnoni, kutoka mji ulio ndani ya bonde, hata mpaka Gileadi, hapakuwa na mji hata mmoja uliokuwa na nguvu kutushinda.
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu alitupa yote.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="DEU.2.37" />Lakini kulingana na amri ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu, hamkujiingiza katika nchi yoyote ya Waamoni, wala katika sehemu yoyote iliyo kandokando ya Mto Yaboki, wala katika miji iliyoko katika vilima.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Kushindwa Kwa Ogu Mfalme Wa Bashani
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Hesabu 21:31-35)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.3.1" />Kisha tukageuka tukakwea kufuata njia iliyoelekea Bashani, Ogu mfalme wa Bashani akaondoka na jeshi lake lote kupigana na sisi huko Edrei.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DEU.3.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia, “Usimwogope kwa kuwa nimekwisha mkabidhi mikononi mwako pamoja na jeshi lake lote na nchi yake. Umfanyie sawasawa na ulivyomfanyia Sihoni mfalme wa Waamori, ambaye alitawala huko Heshboni.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="DEU.3.3" />Hivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu pia akamweka Ogu mfalme wa Bashani pamoja na jeshi lake lote mikononi mwetu. Tuliwaangamiza wote, hakubakia hata mmoja.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DEU.3.4" />Wakati huo tuliteka miji yake yote. Hakuna mji hata mmoja kati ya ile sitini ambao hatukuuteka, yaani eneo lote la Argobu, utawala wa Mfalme Ogu katika Bashani.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DEU.3.5" />Miji yote hii ilijengewa ngome zenye kuta ndefu zenye malango na makomeo, pia kulikuwako na vijiji vingi ambavyo havikujengewa kuta.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DEU.3.6" />Tuliwaangamiza kabisa, kama tulivyomfanyia Sihoni mfalme wa Heshboni, tukiangamiza kila mji, yaani wanaume, wanawake na watoto.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="DEU.3.7" />Lakini wanyama wote wa kufuga pamoja na nyara kutoka kwenye miji yao tulichukua vikawa vyetu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="DEU.3.8" />Hivyo kwa wakati huo tukachukua kutoka kwa wafalme hawa wawili wa Waamori nchi ya mashariki ya Yordani, kutoka Bonde la Arnoni mpaka kufika kwenye Mlima Hermoni.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="DEU.3.9" />(Wasidoni huuita mlima huo Sirioni, nao Waamori huuita Seniri.)
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="DEU.3.10" />Tuliteka miji yote kwenye uwanda wa juu, Gileadi yote, Bashani yote mpaka kufika Saleka na Edrei, miji ya utawala wa Ogu huko Bashani.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DEU.3.11" />(Mfalme Ogu wa Bashani ndiye peke yake aliyesalia miongoni mwa mabaki ya Warefai. Kitanda chake kilikuwa cha chuma chenye urefu wa dhiraa tisa<f caller="+"><fr>3:11
</fr><ft>Dhiraa tisa ni sawa na mita 4.</ft></f> na upana wa dhiraa nne.<f caller="+"><fr>3:11
</fr><ft>Dhiraa nne ni sawa na mita 1.8.</ft></f> Mpaka sasa kinaweza kuonekana katika mji wa Waamoni wa Raba.)
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mgawanyo Wa Nchi Mashariki Ya Yordani
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Hesabu 32:1-42)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="DEU.3.12" />Katika nchi tuliyoiteka wakati ule, niliwapa kabila la Reubeni na Gadi eneo lililoko kaskazini la Aroeri kando ya Bonde la Arnoni, na nusu ya eneo la milima ya Gileadi, pamoja na miji yake.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="DEU.3.13" />Kisha nusu ya kabila la Manase niliwapa sehemu ya Gileadi iliyobaki pamoja na Bashani yote, ambayo ilikuwa utawala wa Ogu. (Eneo lote la Argobu katika Bashani lilikuwa linajulikana kama nchi ya Warefai.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DEU.3.14" />Yairi, mzao wa kabila la Manase, alichukua eneo lote la nchi ya Argobu hadi kufikia mpaka wa Wageshuri na Wamaaka, ukaitwa kwa jina lake; kwa hiyo mpaka leo hii Bashani inaitwa Hawoth-Yairi.)
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="DEU.3.15" />Nikampa Makiri nchi ya Gileadi.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="DEU.3.16" />Lakini niliwapa Wareubeni na Wagadi eneo kuanzia Gileadi hadi Bonde la Arnoni (katikati ya bonde ulikuwa ndio mpaka), kuelekea mpaka Mto Yaboki, ambao ndio mpaka wa Waamoni.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="DEU.3.17" />Kwa upande wa magharibi mpaka wao ulikuwa Yordani katika Araba, toka ziwa Galilaya hadi Bahari ya Araba (yaani Bahari ya Chumvi), kwenye miteremko ya Pisga upande wa mashariki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="DEU.3.18" />Wakati huo nilikuamuru: “<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako amekupa nchi hii uimiliki. Lakini ni lazima wanaume wenu wote wenye uwezo, wakiwa wamejiandaa tayari kwa vita, wavuke ngʼambo wakiwatangulia ndugu zako Waisraeli.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="DEU.3.19" />Lakini wake zenu, watoto wenu na mifugo yenu (kwani najua mnayo mifugo mingi) wanaweza kukaa katika miji niliyowapa,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="DEU.3.20" />mpaka hapo
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakapowapa ndugu zenu kupumzika kama alivyowapa ninyi, wao pia wamiliki ile nchi ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anawapa, ngʼambo ya Yordani. Baada ya hapo, kila mmoja wenu anaweza kurudi kwenye milki niliyowapa.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mose Akatazwa Kuvuka Yordani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="DEU.3.21" />Wakati huo nilimwamuru Yoshua, “Umejionea kwa macho yako mwenyewe yale yote ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu amewafanyia wafalme hawa wawili.
<nd>Bwana</nd> atazifanyia falme zote huko mnakokwenda vivyo hivyo.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="DEU.3.22" />Msiwaogope,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu atapigana kwa ajili yenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="DEU.3.23" />Wakati huo nilimsihi
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="DEU.3.24" />“Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, umemwonyesha mtumishi wako ukuu wako na mkono wako wenye uweza. Kwa kuwa ni mungu yupi aliye mbinguni au duniani anayeweza kufanya kazi na matendo makuu kama ufanyayo wewe?
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="DEU.3.25" />Acha niende nikaione hiyo nchi nzuri ngʼambo ya Yordani, ile nchi nzuri ya vilima na Lebanoni.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="DEU.3.26" />Lakini kwa sababu yenu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alinikasirikia na hakutaka kunisikiliza.
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliniambia, “Hilo latosha; usiseme nami jambo hili tena.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="DEU.3.27" />Kwea juu ya kilele cha Pisga uangalie magharibi, kaskazini, kusini na mashariki. Iangalie hiyo nchi kwa macho yako, kwa vile wewe hutavuka Yordani.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="DEU.3.28" />Lakini mwagize Yoshua, mtie moyo na umtie nguvu, kwa kuwa yeye atawaongoza watu hawa hadi ngʼambo na kuwarithisha nchi utakayoiona.”
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="DEU.3.29" />Kwa hiyo tulikaa kwenye bonde karibu na Beth-Peori.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Waamriwa Utii
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.4.1" />Sikia sasa, ee Israeli, amri na sheria nitakazokufundisha wewe. Zifuate ili upate kuishi na uingie kuimiliki nchi ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zako anawapa.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DEU.4.2" />Usiongeze wala usipunguze chochote ninachowaamuru ninyi, ila myashike maagizo ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu ambayo nawapa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="DEU.4.3" />Mliona kwa macho yenu wenyewe kile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alichokifanya kule Baal-Peori.
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu aliwaangamiza kutoka miongoni mwenu kila mmoja aliyemfuata Baali wa Peori,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DEU.4.4" />lakini ninyi nyote mlioshikamana na
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa uthabiti, Mungu wenu, mko hai mpaka leo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="DEU.4.5" />Tazama, nimewafundisha amri na sheria kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wangu alivyoniamuru mimi, ili mzifuate katika nchi mnayoiingia kuimiliki.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DEU.4.6" />Zishikeni kwa uangalifu, kwa kuwa hii itaonyesha hekima na ufahamu wenu kwa mataifa, ambayo yatasikia kuhusu amri zote hizi, nao watasema, “Hakika taifa hili kubwa ni watu wenye hekima na ufahamu.”
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="DEU.4.7" />Ni taifa gani jingine lililo kubwa kiasi cha kuwa na miungu yao iliyo karibu nao kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu alivyo karibu nasi wakati wowote tunapomwomba?
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="DEU.4.8" />Nalo ni taifa gani jingine lililo kubwa hivi lenye kuwa na amri na sheria za haki kama hizi ninazoweka mbele yenu leo?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="DEU.4.9" />Mwe waangalifu, na makini ili msije mkasahau mambo ambayo mliyaona kwa macho yenu, wala kuyaacha yaondoke moyoni mwenu siku zote za uhai wenu. Mwafundishe hayo watoto wenu na watoto wao baada yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="DEU.4.10" />Kumbuka siku uliyosimama mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako kule Horebu, wakati aliponiambia, “Wakutanishe watu mbele yangu wasikie maneno yangu ili kwamba waweze kujifunza kuniheshimu kwa muda wote watakaoishi katika nchi, nao waweze kuwafundisha watoto wao maneno hayo.”
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DEU.4.11" />Mlisogea karibu na mkasimama chini ya mlima wakati ulipowaka moto mpaka mbinguni juu, pamoja na mawingu meusi na giza nene.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DEU.4.12" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alipozungumza nanyi kutoka moto. Mkasikia sauti ya maneno lakini hamkuona umbo, kulikuwa na sauti tu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="DEU.4.13" />Aliwatangazia Agano lake na Amri Kumi, ambazo aliwaamuru mzifuate, kisha akaziandika juu ya vibao viwili vya mawe.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DEU.4.14" />Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> alinielekeza wakati huo kuwafundisha ninyi sheria na amri ambazo mnapaswa kuzifuata katika nchi ambayo mnavuka Yordani kuimiliki.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuabudu Sanamu Kwakatazwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="DEU.4.15" />Hamkuona umbo la aina yoyote siku ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alizungumza nanyi kule Horebu kutoka kwenye moto. Kwa hiyo mjihadhari kwa uangalifu sana,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="DEU.4.16" />ili msije mkajichafua na kujitengenezea sanamu au kinyago chenye umbo lolote kama la mwanaume au mwanamke,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="DEU.4.17" />au kama mnyama aliye juu ya nchi au ndege yeyote arukaye angani,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="DEU.4.18" />au kama kiumbe kitambaacho juu ya ardhi au samaki yeyote aliye ndani ya maji.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="DEU.4.19" />Na utazamapo juu angani na ukaliona jua, mwezi na nyota na vyote vinavyoipamba mbingu, usije ukashawishiwa kuviinamia na kuviabudu vile ambavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu alivyogawia mataifa yote chini ya mbingu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="DEU.4.20" />Lakini kwenu ninyi,
<nd>Bwana</nd> amewatoa kutoka kwenye tanuru ya kuyeyushia chuma, katika Misri kuwa watu wa urithi wake kama mlivyo sasa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="DEU.4.21" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alinikasirikia kwa sababu yenu na akaapa kwamba sitavuka Yordani kuingia katika nchi nzuri
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anayowapa kuwa urithi wenu.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="DEU.4.22" />Nitakufa katika nchi hii; sitavuka Yordani, lakini ninyi ni karibu mvuke mkaimiliki ile nchi nzuri.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="DEU.4.23" />Jihadharini msilisahau Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu lile alilofanya nanyi; msijitengenezee sanamu katika umbo la kitu chochote ambacho
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu amewakataza.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="DEU.4.24" />Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu ni moto ulao, Mungu mwenye wivu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="DEU.4.25" />Baada ya kuwa na watoto na wajukuu na kuishi katika nchi hiyo siku nyingi, tena kama mkijichafua na kutengeneza sanamu ya aina yoyote, mkifanya maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu na kumfanya awe na hasira,
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="DEU.4.26" />ninaziita mbingu na nchi kama mashahidi dhidi yenu siku hii kwamba mtaangamia mara moja kutoka nchi ile ambayo mnavuka Yordani kuimiliki. Hamtaishi kule kwa muda mrefu bali kwa hakika mtaangamizwa.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="DEU.4.27" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atawatawanya miongoni mwa mataifa, na ni wachache wenu tu watakaosalia miongoni mwa mataifa hayo ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> atawafukuzia.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="DEU.4.28" />Huko mtaabudu miungu ya miti na mawe iliyotengenezwa na watu, ambayo haiwezi kuona au kusikia wala kula au kunusa.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="DEU.4.29" />Lakini kama mtamtafuta
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, mtampata; kama mtamtafuta kwa moyo wenu wote na kwa roho yote.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="DEU.4.30" />Wakati mnapokuwa katika dhiki, nayo mambo haya yote yamewatokea siku hizo, ndipo mtamrudia
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu na kumtii.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="DEU.4.31" />Kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu ni Mungu mwenye huruma, hatawaacha au kuwaangamiza wala kusahau Agano alilofanya na baba zenu, alilowathibitishia kwa kiapo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1"><nd>Bwana</nd> Ndiye Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="DEU.4.32" />Sasa uliza kuhusu siku za zamani, zamani kabla ya wakati wako, tangu siku ile Mungu alipomuumba mtu juu ya nchi, uliza kutoka mwisho mmoja wa mbingu mpaka mwisho mwingine wa mbingu. Je, kumepata kutokea jambo jingine lililo kubwa kama hili, au kuna jambo jingine kama hilo limepata kusikiwa?
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="DEU.4.33" />Je, kuna watu wengine wowote waliosikia sauti ya Mungu ikizungumza kwenye moto, kama mlivyosikia, nao wakaishi?
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="DEU.4.34" />Je, kuna mungu yeyote amepata kujaribu mwenyewe kuchukua taifa moja kutoka taifa lingine, kwa mapigo, kwa ishara za miujiza na maajabu, kwa vita, kwa mkono wenye nguvu na mkono ulionyooshwa au kwa matendo makuu ya kutisha, kama yale ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu aliyofanya kwa ajili yenu huko Misri mbele ya macho yenu?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="DEU.4.35" />Mlionyeshwa mambo haya ili mpate kujua kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndiye Mungu; hakuna mwingine ila yeye.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="DEU.4.36" />Kutoka mbinguni amewasikizisha sauti yake ili kuwaadilisha. Hapa duniani aliwaonyesha moto wake mkubwa, nanyi mlisikia maneno yake kutoka kwenye ule moto.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="DEU.4.37" />Kwa sababu aliwapenda baba zenu na alichagua wazao wao baada yao, aliwatoa katika nchi ya Misri kwa Uwepo wake na kwa uwezo wake mkuu,
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="DEU.4.38" />aliwafukuza mbele yenu mataifa makubwa na yenye nguvu kuliko ninyi na kuwaleta ninyi katika nchi yao na akawapa ninyi kuwa urithi wenu, kama ilivyo leo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="DEU.4.39" />Kubalini na mweke moyoni leo kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndiye Mungu mbinguni juu na duniani chini. Hakuna mwingine.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="DEU.4.40" />Mshike amri na maagizo yake ninayowapa leo, ili mpate kufanikiwa ninyi na watoto wenu baada yenu, na mpate kuishi maisha marefu katika nchi awapayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu siku zote.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Miji Ya Makimbilio
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="DEU.4.41" />Kisha Mose akatenga miji mitatu mashariki ya Yordani,
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="DEU.4.42" />ambayo mtu yeyote aliyemuua mtu angeweza kukimbilia ikiwa amemuua jirani yake bila kukusudia na bila kuwa na chuki naye siku zilizopita. Angeweza kukimbilia katika mmojawapo ya miji hii na kuokoa maisha yake.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="DEU.4.43" />Miji hiyo ilikuwa: Bezeri katika tambarare ya jangwa kwa ajili ya Wareubeni; Ramothi katika nchi ya Gileadi kwa ajili ya Wagadi; nao mji wa Golani katika nchi ya Bashani kwa ajili ya Wamanase.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Utangulizi Wa Sheria
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="44" bcv="DEU.4.44" />Hii ndiyo sheria Mose aliyoweka mbele ya Waisraeli.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="DEU.4.45" />Haya ndiyo masharti, amri na sheria Mose aliyowapa wana wa Israeli wakati walitoka Misri,
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="DEU.4.46" />nao walikuwa katika bonde karibu na Beth-Peori mashariki ya Yordani, katika nchi ya Sihoni mfalme wa Waamori, ambaye alitawala Heshboni, naye alishindwa na Mose na Waisraeli walipokuja toka Misri.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="DEU.4.47" />Waliimiliki nchi yake na nchi ya Ogu mfalme wa Bashani, wafalme wawili Waamori waliotawala mashariki ya Yordani.
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="DEU.4.48" />Nchi hii ilienea kutoka Aroeri ukingoni mwa Bonde la Arnoni mpaka Mlima Sioni (yaani Hermoni),
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="DEU.4.49" />pamoja na eneo lote la Araba mashariki ya Yordani, na kuenea mpaka Bahari ya Araba kwenye miteremko ya Pisga.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Amri Kumi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 20:1-17)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.5.1" />Mose akawaita Israeli wote, akawaambia:
</p>
<p style="p">Ee Israeli, sikilizeni amri na sheria ninazowatangazia leo. Jifunzeni, na mwe na hakika kuzifuata.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DEU.5.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu alifanya Agano nasi katika mlima wa Horebu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DEU.5.3" />Si kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> alifanya Agano na baba zetu, bali alifanya nasi, nasi sote ambao tuko hai hapa leo.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DEU.5.4" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alisema nanyi uso kwa uso kutoka moto juu ya mlima.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DEU.5.5" />(Wakati huo nilisimama kati ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> na ninyi kuwatangazia neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa sababu mliogopa ule moto, nanyi hamkupanda mlimani.) Naye Mungu alisema:
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="6" bcv="DEU.5.6" />“Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako, niliyekutoa katika nchi ya Misri, kutoka nchi ya utumwa.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="7" bcv="DEU.5.7" />Usiwe na miungu mingine ila mimi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="8" bcv="DEU.5.8" />Usijitengenezee sanamu katika umbo la kitu chochote kilicho juu mbinguni au duniani chini au ndani ya maji.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="DEU.5.9" />Usivisujudie wala kuviabudu; kwa kuwa Mimi,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako, ni Mungu mwenye wivu, ninayewaadhibu watoto kwa ajili ya dhambi za baba zao hadi kizazi cha tatu na cha nne cha wanichukiao,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="DEU.5.10" />lakini ninaonyesha upendo kwa maelfu ya vizazi vya wale wanipendao na kuzishika amri zangu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="11" bcv="DEU.5.11" />Usilitaje bure jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> hataacha kumhesabia hatia yeye alitajaye jina lake bure.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="12" bcv="DEU.5.12" />Adhimisha siku ya Sabato na kuiweka takatifu, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako alivyokuagiza.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="DEU.5.13" />Kwa siku sita utafanya kazi na kutenda shughuli zako zote.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DEU.5.14" />Lakini siku ya Saba ni Sabato kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wako. Siku hiyo hutafanya kazi yoyote, wewe, wala mwanao au binti yako, wala mtumishi wa kiume au mtumishi wa kike, wala ngʼombe wako, punda wako au mnyama wako yeyote, wala mgeni aliyeko malangoni mwako, ili kwamba mtumishi wako wa kiume na wa kike wapate kupumzika kama wewe.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="DEU.5.15" />Kumbuka mlikuwa watumwa huko Misri, na
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu aliwatoa huko kwa mkono wenye nguvu na kwa mkono ulionyooshwa. Kwa hiyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako amekuagiza kuiadhimisha siku ya Sabato.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="16" bcv="DEU.5.16" />Waheshimu baba yako na mama yako, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako alivyokuagiza, ili siku zako zipate kuwa nyingi na kufanikiwa katika nchi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako anayokupa.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="17" bcv="DEU.5.17" />Usiue.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="18" bcv="DEU.5.18" />Usizini.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="19" bcv="DEU.5.19" />Usiibe.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="20" bcv="DEU.5.20" />Usimshuhudie jirani yako uongo.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="21" bcv="DEU.5.21" />Usitamani mke wa jirani yako. Usitamani nyumba ya jirani yako au shamba lake, mtumishi wake wa kiume au wa kike, ngʼombe au punda wake, wala kitu chochote cha jirani yako.”
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="DEU.5.22" />Hizi ndizo amri alizozitangaza
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa sauti kubwa kwa kusanyiko lenu lote huko mlimani kutoka kwenye moto, wingu na giza nene, wala hakuongeza chochote zaidi. Kisha akaziandika juu ya vibao viwili vya mawe, naye akanipa mimi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Woga Wa Watu Mlimani
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 20:18-21)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="DEU.5.23" />Mliposikia sauti kutoka kwenye giza, mlima ulipokuwa ukiwaka moto, viongozi wenu wote wa makabila yenu na wazee wenu walinijia mimi.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="DEU.5.24" />Nanyi mkasema, “<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu ametuonyesha utukufu na enzi yake, nasi tumesikia sauti yake kutoka kwenye moto. Leo tumeona kwamba mwanadamu anaweza kuishi hata kama Mungu akizungumza naye.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="DEU.5.25" />Lakini sasa, kwa nini tufe? Moto huu mkubwa utatuteketeza sisi na tutakufa kama tukiendelea kusikia sauti ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu zaidi.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="DEU.5.26" />Ni mtu yupi mwenye mwili ambaye amewahi kuisikia sauti ya Mungu aliye hai akizungumza kutoka kwenye moto, kama sisi tulivyoisikia, naye akaishi?
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="DEU.5.27" />Sogea karibu usikie yale yote asemayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu. Kisha utuambie chochote kile ambacho
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu anakuambia. Tutasikiliza na kutii.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="DEU.5.28" /><nd>Bwana</nd> aliwasikia wakati mlipozungumza nami, na
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia, “Nimesikia kile hawa watu walichokuambia. Kila kitu walichokisema ni kizuri.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="DEU.5.29" />Laiti kama mioyo yao ingekuwa na mwelekeo wa kuniogopa na kuzishika amri zangu zote daima, ili kwamba wafanikiwe wao pamoja na watoto wao milele!
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="DEU.5.30" />“Nenda uwaambie warudi kwenye mahema yao.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="DEU.5.31" />Lakini wewe baki hapa pamoja nami ili niweze kukupa maagizo yote, amri na sheria ambazo utawafundisha wazifuate katika nchi ninayokwenda kuwapa waimiliki.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="DEU.5.32" />Hivyo kuweni waangalifu kuyafanya yale
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu aliyowaagiza; msigeuke upande wa kuume wala wa kushoto.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="DEU.5.33" />Fuateni yale yote ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu aliwaagiza, ili mpate kuishi, kustawi na kuziongeza siku zenu katika nchi mtakayoimiliki.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Mpende
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu Wako
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.6.1" />Haya ndiyo maagizo, amri na sheria ambazo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu aliniagiza niwafundishe ninyi ili mpate kuyashika katika nchi ambayo ninyi mnavuka Yordani kuimiliki,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DEU.6.2" />ili kwamba ninyi, watoto wenu na watoto wao baada yao wamche
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu siku zote kwa kushika amri na maagizo yake yote ninayowapa, ili mweze kuyafurahia maisha marefu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DEU.6.3" />Sikia, ee Israeli, nawe uwe mwangalifu kutii ili upate kufanikiwa na kuongezeka sana katika nchi itiririkayo maziwa na asali, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zenu, alivyowaahidi ninyi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="DEU.6.4" />Sikia, ee Israeli:
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako,
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni mmoja.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DEU.6.5" />Mpende
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako kwa moyo wako wote, na kwa roho yako yote, na kwa nguvu zako zote.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DEU.6.6" />Amri hizi ninazokupa leo zitakuwa katika moyo wako.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="DEU.6.7" />Wafundishe watoto wako kwa bidii. Nena kuhusu amri hizi uketipo nyumbani na wakati utembeapo njiani, ulalapo na uamkapo.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="DEU.6.8" />Zifunge kama alama juu ya mkono wako, na uzifunge juu ya paji la uso wako.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="DEU.6.9" />Ziandike kwenye miimo ya milango ya nyumba yako na juu ya malango yako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="DEU.6.10" />Wakati
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako atakapokuleta katika nchi aliyowaapia baba zako, Abrahamu, Isaki na Yakobo, kukupa wewe, nchi kubwa, ina miji inayopendeza ambayo hukuijenga,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DEU.6.11" />nyumba zilizojaa vitu vizuri vya aina nyingi ambavyo hukuvijaza, visima ambavyo hukuchimba, na mashamba ya mizabibu na mizeituni ambayo hukupanda wewe, basi, utakapokula na kushiba,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DEU.6.12" />jihadhari usije ukamwacha
<nd>Bwana</nd>, aliyekutoa katika nchi ya Misri, kutoka nchi ya utumwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="DEU.6.13" />Utamcha
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako, na umtumikie yeye peke yake na kuapa kwa jina lake.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DEU.6.14" />Usifuate miungu mingine, miungu ya mataifa yanayokuzunguka;
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="DEU.6.15" />kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako, ambaye yuko katikati yako, ni Mungu mwenye wivu na hasira yake itawaka dhidi yako, naye atakuangamiza kutoka uso wa nchi.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="DEU.6.16" />Usimjaribu
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako kama ulivyofanya huko Masa.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="DEU.6.17" />Utayashika maagizo ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako kwa bidii, na masharti na amri alizokupa.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="DEU.6.18" />Fanya lililo haki na jema mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ili upate kufanikiwa, uweze kuingia na kuimiliki nchi nzuri ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliahidi kwa kiapo kwa baba zako,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="DEU.6.19" />kuwafukuza kwa nguvu adui zako mbele yako kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyosema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="DEU.6.20" />Siku zijazo, mtoto wako atakapokuuliza, “Ni nini maana ya masharti haya, amri na sheria hizi ambazo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako alikuagiza wewe?”
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="DEU.6.21" />Mwambie: “Tulikuwa watumwa wa Farao huko Misri, lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> alitutoa sisi kutoka Misri kwa mkono wenye nguvu.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="DEU.6.22" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akapeleka mbele yetu ishara za miujiza na maajabu makubwa na ya kutisha mno juu ya Misri na Farao pamoja na nyumba yake yote.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="DEU.6.23" />Lakini Mungu akatutoa huko, akatuleta na kutupa nchi hii ambayo aliwaahidi baba zetu kwa kiapo.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="DEU.6.24" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akatuagiza tutii amri hizi zote na kumcha
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu, ili tupate kustawi na kuendelea kuwa hai kama ilivyo leo.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="DEU.6.25" />Kama tukizitii kwa bidii amri hizi zote mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu, kama alivyotuamuru sisi, hiyo itakuwa haki yetu.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Kuyafukuza Mataifa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 34:11-16)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.7.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako akuletapo katika nchi unayoingia kuimiliki, na awafukuzapo mbele yako mataifa mengi, yaani Wahiti, Wagirgashi, Waamori, Wakanaani, Waperizi, Wahivi na Wayebusi, mataifa saba makubwa tena yenye nguvu kuliko wewe,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DEU.7.2" />pia
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako atakapowatia mkononi mwako na ukawashinda, basi ni lazima uwaangamize wote kabisa. Usifanye agano nao, wala usiwahurumie.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DEU.7.3" />Usioane nao. Usimtoe binti yako kuolewa na mwanawe, au kumchukua binti yake aolewe na mwanao.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DEU.7.4" />Kwa maana watamgeuza mwanao aache kunifuata, ili aitumikia miungu mingine, nayo hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> itawaka dhidi yako, naye atakuangamiza ghafula.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DEU.7.5" />Hili ndilo utakalowafanyia: Vunja madhabahu yao, vunja mawe yao ya kuabudia, katakata nguzo zao za Ashera na kuchoma sanamu zao kwa moto.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DEU.7.6" />Kwa kuwa wewe ni taifa takatifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako.
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako amekuchagua wewe kutoka mataifa yote juu ya uso wa dunia kuwa watu wake, hazina yake ya thamani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="DEU.7.7" /><nd>Bwana</nd> hakuweka upendo wake juu yenu na kuwachagua kwa sababu mlikuwa wengi mno kuliko watu wengine, kwa maana ninyi ndio mliokuwa wachache sana kuliko mataifa yote.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="DEU.7.8" />Lakini ni kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliwapenda ninyi na kutunza kiapo alichowaapia babu zenu kwamba atawatoa ninyi kwa mkono wenye nguvu na kuwakomboa kutoka nchi ya utumwa, kutoka nguvu za Farao mfalme wa Misri.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="DEU.7.9" />Basi ujue kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako ndiye Mungu; ni Mungu mwaminifu, anayetunza Agano la upendo kwa maelfu ya vizazi vya wale wanaompenda na kuzishika amri zake.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="DEU.7.10" />Lakini
</p>
<q style="q1">kwa wale wanaomchukia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atawalipiza kwenye nyuso zao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maangamizi;
</q>
<q style="q1">hatachelewa kuwalipiza kwenye nyuso zao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wamchukiao.
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="11" bcv="DEU.7.11" />Kwa hiyo, kuweni waangalifu kufuata maagizo, amri na sheria ninazowapa leo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Baraka Za Utiifu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kumbukumbu 28:1-14)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="DEU.7.12" />Kama mkizingatia sheria hizi na kuzifuata kwa uangalifu, basi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu atatunza Agano lake la upendo nanyi, kama alivyowaapia baba zenu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="DEU.7.13" />Atawapenda ninyi na kuwabariki na kuongeza idadi yenu. Atabariki uzao wa tumbo lenu, mazao ya nchi yenu, nafaka, divai mpya na mafuta, ndama za ngʼombe wa makundi yenu, na kondoo za makundi yenu katika nchi ile aliyoapa kuwapa baba zenu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DEU.7.14" />Mtabarikiwa kuliko mataifa mengine yote, hakuna wanaume wala wanawake kwenu watakaokosa watoto, wala mifugo yenu haitakuwa tasa.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="DEU.7.15" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atawakinga na kila ugonjwa. Mungu hatatia juu yenu ugonjwa wowote mbaya mlioufahamu huko Misri, lakini atatia ugonjwa juu ya wale wote wanaokuchukia.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="DEU.7.16" />Ni lazima mwangamize watu wote ambao
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu atawatia mikononi mwenu. Msiwatazame kwa kuwahurumia na msiitumikie miungu yao, kwa kuwa itakuwa mtego kwenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="DEU.7.17" />Mnaweza kujiuliza wenyewe “Mataifa haya ni yenye nguvu kuliko sisi. Tutawezaje kuwafukuza?”
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="DEU.7.18" />Lakini msiwaogope. Kumbukeni vyema jinsi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu alivyofanya kwa Farao na kwa wote huko Misri.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="DEU.7.19" />Mliona kwa macho yenu wenyewe majaribu makubwa, ishara za miujiza na maajabu, mkono wenye nguvu na ulionyooshwa, ambao kwa huo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu aliwatoa mtoke Misri.
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu atawafanyia hivyo watu wote ambao mnawaogopa sasa.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="DEU.7.20" />Zaidi ya hayo,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu atatuma manyigu miongoni mwao hadi yale mabaki watakaojificha waangamie.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="DEU.7.21" />Msiingiwe na hofu kwa sababu yao, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, ambaye yupo miongoni mwenu ni mkuu naye ni Mungu wa kutisha.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="DEU.7.22" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu atawafukuza mataifa hayo mbele yenu kidogo kidogo. Hamtaruhusiwa kuwaondoa wote kwa mara moja, la sivyo wanyama mwitu wataongezeka na kuwa karibu nanyi.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="DEU.7.23" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu atawatia watu hao mikononi mwenu, akiwatia katika kuchanganyikiwa kukubwa mpaka wawe wameangamizwa.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="DEU.7.24" />Atawatia wafalme wao mikononi mwenu, nanyi mtayafuta majina yao chini ya mbingu. Hakuna hata mmoja atakayeweza kusimama dhidi yenu bali mtawaangamiza.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="DEU.7.25" />Vinyago vya miungu yao mtavichoma moto. Msitamani fedha wala dhahabu iliyo juu yao, wala msizichukue kwa ajili yenu, la sivyo mtakuwa mmetekwa navyo. Kwa kuwa ni chukizo kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="DEU.7.26" />Msilete vitu vya machukizo katika nyumba zenu kwani ninyi, mtatengwa kama vitu hivyo kwa maangamizo. Ukichukie kabisa kitu hicho kwa kuwa kimetengwa kwa maangamizo.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Usimsahau
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.8.1" />Uwe mwangalifu kufuata kila agizo ninalokupa wewe leo, ili mweze kuishi, kuongezeka na mweze kuingia mkamiliki nchi ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliahidi kwa kiapo kwa baba zenu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DEU.8.2" />Kumbuka jinsi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu alivyowaongoza katika njia yote katika jangwa kwa miaka hii arobaini, kukunyenyekeza na kukujaribu ili ajue lililoko moyoni mwako, kwamba utayashika maagizo yake au la.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DEU.8.3" />Alikudhili na kukufanya uone njaa kisha akulishe kwa mana, ambayo wewe wala baba zako hamkuijua, awafundishe kuwa mwanadamu hataishi kwa mkate tu bali kwa kila neno litokalo katika kinywa cha
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DEU.8.4" />Nguo zenu hazikuchakaa wala miguu yenu haikuvimba kwa miaka hii arobaini.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DEU.8.5" />Mjue basi ndani ya mioyo yenu kama mtu anavyomwadibisha mwanawe, ndivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako atawaadibisha ninyi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="DEU.8.6" />Shikeni maagizo ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu mtembee katika njia zake na kumheshimu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="DEU.8.7" />Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anawaleta katika nchi nzuri, nchi yenye vijito na mabwawa ya maji, yenye chemchemi zinazotiririka mabondeni na katika vilima;
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="DEU.8.8" />nchi yenye ngano na shayiri, mizabibu na mitini, mikomamanga, mafuta ya zeituni na asali;
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="DEU.8.9" />nchi ambayo chakula hakitapungua na hamtakosa chochote; nchi ambayo miamba yake ni chuma na mnaweza kuchimba shaba kutoka kwenye vilima.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="DEU.8.10" />Wakati mtakapokwisha kula na kushiba, msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu kwa ajili ya nchi nzuri aliyowapa.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DEU.8.11" />Jihadharini msimsahau
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, mkashindwa kushika maagizo yake, sheria na amri zake ambazo ninawapa leo.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DEU.8.12" />Angalia wakati mtakapokuwa mmekula na kushiba, mkajenga nyumba nzuri na kukaa humo,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="DEU.8.13" />na wakati makundi yenu ya ngʼombe na mbuzi na kondoo yatakapoongezeka na fedha na dhahabu yenu itakapoongezeka na vyote mlivyo navyo vitakapozidishwa,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DEU.8.14" />basi mioyo yenu isiwe na kiburi mkamsahau
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu aliyewatoa katika nchi ya Misri, kutoka nchi ya utumwa.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="DEU.8.15" />Aliwaongoza kupitia jangwa lile kubwa na la kutisha, nchi ile ya kiu isiyo na maji, yenye nyoka wa sumu na nge. Aliwatolea maji kutoka kwenye mwamba mgumu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="DEU.8.16" />Aliwapa mana ya kula jangwani, kitu ambacho baba zenu hawakukijua, ili kuwanyenyekesha na kuwajaribu ninyi ili mwishoni apate kuwatendea mema.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="DEU.8.17" />Mnaweza kusema, “Uwezo wangu na nguvu za mikono yangu ndizo zilizonipatia utajiri huu.”
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="DEU.8.18" />Lakini kumbukeni
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, ndiye ambaye huwapa uwezo wa kupata utajiri, na hivyo kulithibitisha Agano lake, ambalo aliwaapia baba zenu, kama ilivyo leo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="DEU.8.19" />Ikiwa mtamsahau
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, mkaifuata miungu mingine, mkaiabudu na kuisujudia, ninashuhudia dhidi yenu leo kwamba hakika mtaangamizwa.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="DEU.8.20" />Kama mataifa
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyoyaangamiza mbele yenu, ndivyo ninyi mtakavyoangamizwa kwa kutokumtii
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Si Kwa Sababu Ya Haki Ya Waisraeli
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 32:1-35)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.9.1" />Sikiliza, ee Israeli. Sasa mnakaribia kuvuka Yordani mwingie na kuwafukuza mataifa makubwa na yenye nguvu kuliko ninyi pamoja na miji mikubwa yenye kuta zilizofika juu angani.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DEU.9.2" />Watu ni wenye nguvu na warefu, ni wana wa Waanaki! Mnafahamu habari zao na mmesikia inavyosemekana: “Ni nani awezaye kusimama dhidi ya Waanaki?”
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DEU.9.3" />Kuweni na hakika leo kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu ndiye atakayetangulia kuvuka mbele yenu kama moto uteketezao. Atawaangamiza; atawatiisha mbele yenu. Nanyi mtawafukuza na kuwaangamiza mara moja, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyowaahidi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="DEU.9.4" />Baada ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu kuwafukuza mbele yenu, msiseme mioyoni mwenu, “<nd>Bwana</nd> ametuleta hapa kuimiliki nchi hii kwa sababu ya haki yetu.” La, ni kwa sababu ya uovu wa mataifa haya ndiyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> anawafukuza mbele yenu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DEU.9.5" />Si kwa sababu ya haki yenu wala uadilifu wenu kwamba mtaimiliki nchi yao; lakini kwa sababu ya uovu wa mataifa haya,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu atawafukuza mbele yenu, ili kutimiza lile alilowaapia baba zenu Abrahamu, Isaki na Yakobo.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DEU.9.6" />Basi mjue, si kwa sababu ya haki yenu
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anawapa nchi hii nzuri kuimiliki, kwa kuwa ninyi ni taifa lenye shingo ngumu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ndama Ya Dhahabu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="DEU.9.7" />Kumbukeni hili, kamwe msisahau jinsi mlivyomkasirisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu kwa hasira huko jangwani. Tangu siku mlipotoka Misri mpaka mlipofika hapa, mmekuwa waasi dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="DEU.9.8" />Kule Horebu mliamsha ghadhabu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa hiyo alikasirika vya kutosha hata akataka kuwaangamiza.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="DEU.9.9" />Nilipopanda mlimani kupokea mbao za mawe, mbao za Agano lile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alilofanya nanyi, nilikaa mlimani siku arobaini usiku na mchana, sikula mkate wala sikunywa maji.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="DEU.9.10" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alinipa mbao mbili za mawe zilizoandikwa kwa kidole cha Mungu. Juu ya mbao hizo kulikuwepo amri zote ambazo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliwatangazia kule mlimani kwa njia ya moto, siku ya kusanyiko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="DEU.9.11" />Mwisho wa siku arobaini usiku na mchana,
<nd>Bwana</nd> alinipa mbao mbili za mawe, mbao za Agano.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DEU.9.12" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia, “Shuka chini mara moja, kwa sababu watu wako ambao umewatoa katika nchi ya Misri wamepotoka. Wamegeukia mbali haraka kutoka lile nililowaagiza, wamejitengenezea sanamu ya kusubu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="DEU.9.13" />Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia, “Nimewaona watu hawa nao ni watu wenye shingo ngumu sana!
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DEU.9.14" />Niache, ili nipate kuwaangamiza na kufuta jina lao kutoka chini ya mbingu. Nami nitakufanya kuwa taifa lenye nguvu zaidi na kuwa wengi kuliko wao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="DEU.9.15" />Kwa hiyo niligeuka na kuteremka kutoka mlimani kwani mlima ulikuwa ukiwaka moto. Pia vibao vile viwili vya Agano vilikuwa mikononi mwangu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="DEU.9.16" />Nilipotazama, niliona kuwa mmefanya dhambi dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu; mmejifanyia sanamu ya kusubu katika umbo la ndama. Mmegeuka upesi kutoka njia ile
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyowaagiza.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="DEU.9.17" />Kwa hiyo nilichukua vibao vile viwili nikavitupa na kuvipasua vipande vipande mbele ya macho yenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="DEU.9.18" />Ndipo tena nikasujudu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa siku arobaini usiku na mchana. Sikula mkate wala sikunywa maji, kwa sababu ya dhambi yote mliyoifanya, mkifanya lile lililo ovu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kumkasirisha.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="DEU.9.19" />Niliogopa hasira na ghadhabu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa kuwa aliwakasirikia vya kutosha na kutaka kuwaangamiza. Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> alinisikiliza tena.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="DEU.9.20" />Bali yeye alimkasirikia Aroni kiasi cha kutaka kumwangamiza, nami wakati huo nilimwombea Aroni pia.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="DEU.9.21" />Kisha nikachukua ile sanamu ya ndama mliyoitengeneza na kuichoma kwenye moto. Nikaiponda na kuisaga ikawa unga laini kama vumbi, nikatupa lile vumbi kwenye kijito kilichotiririka toka mlimani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="DEU.9.22" />Pia mlimkasirisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> huko Tabera, Masa na Kibroth-Hataava.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="DEU.9.23" />Vilevile wakati
<nd>Bwana</nd> alipowatuma kutoka Kadesh-Barnea, alisema, “Kweeni, mkaimiliki nchi ambayo nimewapa.” Lakini mliasi dhidi ya agizo la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu. Hamkumtegemea wala kumtii.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="DEU.9.24" />Mmekuwa waasi dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> tangu nilipowajua ninyi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="DEU.9.25" />Nilianguka kifudifudi mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa zile siku arobaini usiku na mchana kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amesema angewaangamiza ninyi.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="DEU.9.26" />Nilimwomba
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kusema, “Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, usiangamize watu wako, urithi wako mwenyewe ule ulioukomboa kwa uweza wako mkuu na kuwatoa katika nchi ya Misri kwa mkono wenye nguvu.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="DEU.9.27" />Wakumbuke watumishi wako Abrahamu, Isaki na Yakobo. Usiangalie ukaidi wa watu hawa, uovu wao wala dhambi yao.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="DEU.9.28" />Watu wa nchi ile uliyotutoa sisi wasije wakasema, ‘Ni kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> hakuweza kuwachukua mpaka nchi aliyokuwa amewaahidia, kwa sababu aliwachukia, akawaleta ili aje kuwaua jangwani.’
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="DEU.9.29" />Bali wao ni watu wako, urithi wako ule ulioutoa Misri kwa uweza wako mkuu na kwa mkono wako ulionyooka.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="10" />
<s style="s1">Vibao Vingine Vya Amri Kumi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 34:1-10)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.10.1" />Wakati ule
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliniambia, “Chonga vibao viwili vya mawe kama vile vya kwanza uje kwangu juu mlimani. Pia utengeneze Sanduku la mbao.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DEU.10.2" />Nitaandika juu ya vibao maneno yaliyokuwa katika vile vibao vya kwanza, ambavyo ulivivunja. Kisha utaviweka ndani ya Sanduku.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="DEU.10.3" />Hivyo nikatengeneza Sanduku kwa mti wa mshita, nikachonga pia vibao vya mawe kama vile vya kwanza, kisha nikakwea mlimani nikiwa na vibao viwili mikononi mwangu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DEU.10.4" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akaandika juu ya hivi vibao kile alichokuwa amekiandika kabla, Amri Kumi alizokuwa amewatangazia juu mlimani, kutoka kwenye moto siku ile ya kusanyiko.
<nd>Bwana</nd> akanikabidhi.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DEU.10.5" />Kisha nikashuka kutoka mlimani na kuweka vibao ndani ya Sanduku nililokuwa nimelitengeneza, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyoniagiza, navyo viko huko sasa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="DEU.10.6" />(Waisraeli walisafiri kutoka visima vya Yaakani hadi Mosera. Huko Aroni alifariki na kuzikwa, naye Eleazari mwanawe akachukua nafasi yake kama kuhani.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="DEU.10.7" />Kutoka pale, walisafiri hadi Gudgoda wakaendelea mpaka Yotbatha, nchi yenye vijito vya maji.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="DEU.10.8" />Wakati huo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliteua kabila la Lawi kulibeba Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kusimama mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> ili kutoa huduma, na kutangaza baraka kwa Jina lake, kama wanavyofanya mpaka leo.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="DEU.10.9" />Hiyo ndiyo sababu ya Walawi kutokuwa na sehemu wala urithi miongoni mwa ndugu zao;
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndiye urithi wao, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao alivyowaambia.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="DEU.10.10" />Basi nilikaa mlimani kwa siku arobaini usiku na mchana, kama nilivyofanya mara ya kwanza, pia
<nd>Bwana</nd> alinisikiliza hata wakati huu. Haikuwa nia yake kuwaangamiza.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DEU.10.11" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia, “Nenda, ukawaongoze watu katika njia yao ili kwamba waweze kuingia na kuimiliki nchi ile niliyowaapia baba zao kuwapa.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mche
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="DEU.10.12" />Na sasa, ee Israeli,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako anataka nini kwako ila kumcha
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako, kwenda katika njia zake, kumpenda na kumtumikia
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako kwa moyo wako wote na kwa roho yako yote,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="DEU.10.13" />na kuyashika maagizo ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> na amri zake ninazokupa leo kwa mafanikio yako mwenyewe?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="DEU.10.14" />Mbingu, hata mbingu za juu sana, dunia na kila kitu kilichomo ndani yake, ni mali ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="DEU.10.15" />Hata hivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa na shauku na baba zako, akawapenda na akawachagua ninyi, wazao wao, kuliko mataifa yote, kama ilivyo leo.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="DEU.10.16" />Kwa hiyo tahirini mioyo yenu, na msiwe na shingo ngumu tena.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="DEU.10.17" />Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu ni Mungu wa miungu na Bwana wa mabwana, Mungu mkuu, mwenye uweza na wa kutisha, ambaye hana upendeleo na hapokei rushwa.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="DEU.10.18" />Huwapigania yatima na wajane, humpenda mgeni, akimpa chakula na mavazi.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="DEU.10.19" />Nanyi wapendeni wageni, kwa kuwa ninyi wenyewe mlikuwa wageni huko Misri.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="DEU.10.20" />Mche
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako na umtumikie yeye. Shikamana naye kwa uthabiti na kuapa kwa jina lake.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="DEU.10.21" />Yeye ni sifa yako; yeye ni Mungu wako, ambaye alikutendea yale maajabu makubwa na ya kutisha uliyoyaona kwa macho yako mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="DEU.10.22" />Baba zako walioshuka kwenda Misri jumla yao walikuwa sabini, na sasa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako amekufanya wengi kama nyota za angani.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="11" />
<s style="s1">Mpende Na Umtii
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.11.1" />Mpende
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako na kushika masharti yake, amri zake, sheria zake na maagizo yake siku zote.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DEU.11.2" />Kumbuka hivi leo kwamba sio watoto wako walioona na kujua adhabu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako: utukufu wake, mkono wake wenye nguvu, mkono wake ulionyooshwa;
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DEU.11.3" />ishara alizozifanya na mambo aliyoyafanya katikati ya Misri, kwa Farao mfalme wa Misri na kwa nchi yake yote;
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DEU.11.4" />lile alilolifanyia jeshi la Wamisri, farasi na magari yake, jinsi alivyowafurikisha na maji ya Bahari ya Shamu walipokuwa wakiwafuatilia ninyi, na jinsi
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyowaletea angamizo la kudumu juu yao.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DEU.11.5" />Sio watoto wenu walioyaona yale Mungu aliyowafanyia huko jangwani mpaka mkafika mahali hapa,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DEU.11.6" />wala lile Mungu alilowafanyia Dathani na Abiramu, wana wa Eliabu wa kabila la Reubeni, wakati ardhi ilipofungua kinywa chake katikati ya Israeli yote, ikawameza pamoja na walio nyumbani mwao, hema zao na kila kitu kilichokuwa hai ambacho kilikuwa mali yao.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="DEU.11.7" />Bali ilikuwa ni macho yenu wenyewe ambayo yaliyaona mambo haya yote makuu
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyoyatenda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="DEU.11.8" />Kwa hiyo fuateni maagizo yote ninayowapa leo, ili mpate kuwa na nguvu za kuingia na kuiteka nchi ile ambayo mnavuka Yordani kuimiliki,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="DEU.11.9" />ili mpate kuishi siku nyingi katika nchi ile ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliapa kuwapa baba zenu na wazao wao, nchi itiririkayo maziwa na asali.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="DEU.11.10" />Nchi mnayoiingia kuimiliki haifanani na nchi ya Misri mlikotoka ambako mlipanda mbegu yenu na kuinywesha, kama bustani ya mboga.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DEU.11.11" />Lakini nchi mnayovuka Yordani kuimiliki ni nchi ya milima na mabonde inywayo mvua kutoka mbinguni.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DEU.11.12" />Ni nchi ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anaitunza; macho ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu yanaitazama daima kutoka mwanzo wa mwaka hadi mwisho wa mwaka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="DEU.11.13" />Hivyo kama mkiyatii maagizo yangu ninayowapa leo kwa uaminifu, yaani kwa kumpenda
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, na kumtumikia kwa moyo wako wote na kwa roho yenu yote,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DEU.11.14" />ndipo atawanyweshea mvua katika nchi yenu kwa majira yake, mvua ya masika na ya vuli, ili mpate kuvuna nafaka zenu, divai mpya na mafuta.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="DEU.11.15" />Nitawapa majani kwa ajili ya ngʼombe wenu, nanyi mtakula na kushiba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="DEU.11.16" />Jihadharini, la sivyo mtashawishika kugeuka na kuabudu miungu mingine na kuisujudia.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="DEU.11.17" />Ndipo hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> itawaka dhidi yenu, naye atafunga mbingu ili mvua isinyeshe nayo ardhi haitatoa mazao, nanyi mtaangamia mara katika nchi nzuri ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> anawapa.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="DEU.11.18" />Yawekeni haya maneno yangu katika mioyo yenu na akili zenu, yafungeni kama alama juu ya mikono yenu na kwenye paji za nyuso zenu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="DEU.11.19" />Wafundisheni watoto wenu, yazungumzeni wakati mketipo nyumbani na wakati mtembeapo njiani, wakati mlalapo na wakati mwamkapo.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="DEU.11.20" />Yaandikeni juu ya miimo ya nyumba zenu na juu ya malango yenu,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="DEU.11.21" />ili kwamba siku zenu na siku za watoto wenu zipate kuwa nyingi katika nchi ile
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyoapa kuwapa baba zenu, kama zilivyo nyingi siku za mbingu juu ya nchi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="DEU.11.22" />Kama mkishika kwa makini maagizo haya yote ninayowapa kuyafuata, ya kumpenda
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, kuenenda katika njia zake zote na kushikamana naye kwa uthabiti,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="DEU.11.23" />ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> atawafukuza mataifa haya yote mbele yako, nawe utawafukuza mataifa yaliyo makubwa na yenye nguvu kukuliko wewe.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="DEU.11.24" />Kila mahali mtakapoweka mguu wenu patakuwa penu: Nchi yenu itaenea kutoka jangwa la Lebanoni, na kutoka mto wa Frati hadi bahari ya magharibi<f caller="+"><fr>11:24
</fr><ft>Yaani Bahari ya Mediterania.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="DEU.11.25" />Hapatakuwa na mtu atakayeweza kusimama dhidi yenu.
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, kama alivyoahidi, ataweka juu ya nchi yote utisho na hofu kwa ajili yenu popote mwendako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="DEU.11.26" />Tazama, leo ninaweka mbele yenu baraka na laana:
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="DEU.11.27" />baraka kama mtatii maagizo ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, ambayo ninawapa leo;
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="DEU.11.28" />laana kama hamtatii maagizo ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu na kuacha njia ambayo ninawaamuru leo kwa kufuata miungu mingine, ambayo hamkuijua.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="DEU.11.29" />Wakati
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu atakapokuwa amewaleta katika nchi mnayoiingia kuimiliki, mtatangaza baraka kutoka Mlima Gerizimu, na kutangaza laana kutoka Mlima Ebali.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="DEU.11.30" />Kama mnavyofahamu, milima hii ipo ngʼambo ya Yordani, magharibi ya barabara, kuelekea machweo ya jua, karibu na miti mikubwa ya More, katika nchi ya wale Wakanaani wanaoishi Araba, jirani na Gilgali.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="DEU.11.31" />Karibu mvuke ngʼambo ya Yordani kuingia na kuimiliki nchi ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anawapa. Wakati mtakapokuwa mmeichukua na mnaishi humo,
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="DEU.11.32" />hakikisheni kwamba mnatii amri na sheria zote ninazoziweka mbele yenu leo.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Mahali Pekee Pa Kuabudia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.12.1" />Hizi ndizo amri na sheria ambazo ni lazima mwe waangalifu kuzifuata katika nchi ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zenu, amewapa kumiliki, kwa muda wote mtakaoishi katika nchi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DEU.12.2" />Haribuni kabisa kila mahali pao pa kuabudia kwenye milima mirefu, vilima na chini ya kila mti mkubwa ambamo mataifa haya mnayokwenda kuchukua ardhi yao huabudia miungu yao.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DEU.12.3" />Bomoeni madhabahu zao, vunjeni yale mawe wanayoabudu, chomeni moto nguzo zao za Ashera; katilieni mbali sanamu za miungu yao na mfute majina yao mahali hapo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="DEU.12.4" />Kamwe msimwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu kama wanavyoabudu wao.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DEU.12.5" />Bali mtatafuta mahali
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu atakapopachagua katika makabila yenu yote ili aliweke jina lake huko kuwa makao yake. Mahali hapo ndipo iwapasapo kwenda;
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DEU.12.6" />hapo ndipo mtakapoleta sadaka zenu za kuteketezwa na dhabihu, zaka zenu na changizo zenu, kile ulichoweka nadhiri kutoa, sadaka zenu za hiari na malimbuko ya makundi yenu ya ngʼombe pamoja na mbuzi na kondoo.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="DEU.12.7" />Hapo, katika uwepo wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, ninyi pamoja na jamaa zenu, mtakula na kufurahia kila kitu ambacho mmegusa kwa mikono yenu, kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu amewabariki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="DEU.12.8" />Msifanye kama tunavyofanya hapa leo, kila mtu anavyopenda mwenyewe,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="DEU.12.9" />kwa kuwa bado hamjafikia mahali pa mapumziko na urithi ambao
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anawapa.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="DEU.12.10" />Lakini mtavuka Yordani na kuishi katika nchi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anayowapa kama urithi, naye atawapa pumziko kutokana na adui zenu wote wanaowazunguka ili ninyi mpate kuishi kwa salama.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DEU.12.11" />Kisha kuhusu mahali
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu atakapopachagua kuwa mahali pa makao ya Jina lake, hapo ndipo inapowapasa kuleta kila kitu ninachowaamuru: sadaka zenu za kuteketezwa na dhabihu, zaka zenu na changizo, pamoja na vitu vyote vyenye thamani ambavyo mmeweka nadhiri kumtolea
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DEU.12.12" />Hapo furahini mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, ninyi, wana wenu na binti zenu, watumishi wenu wa kiume na wa kike, pamoja na Walawi kutoka miji yenu ambao hawana mgawo wala urithi wao wenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="DEU.12.13" />Kuweni waangalifu, msitoe dhabihu zenu za kuteketezwa mahali popote mnapopapenda.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DEU.12.14" />Mtazitoa tu mahali pale ambapo
<nd>Bwana</nd> atachagua katika mojawapo ya makabila yenu, nanyi hapo zingatieni kila jambo ninalowaamuru.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="DEU.12.15" />Hata hivyo, mnaweza kuwachinja wanyama wenu katika miji yenu yoyote ile na kula nyama nyingi mpendavyo kama vile mmemchinja paa au kulungu, kulingana na baraka mtakazojaliwa na
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu. Watu walio najisi au walio safi wanaweza kula.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="DEU.12.16" />Lakini kamwe usinywe damu; imwage juu ya ardhi kama maji.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="DEU.12.17" />Hamruhusiwi kula katika miji yenu zaka yenu ya nafaka, ya divai mpya na ya mafuta, au mzaliwa wa kwanza wa makundi yenu ya ngʼombe na makundi yenu ya mbuzi na kondoo, wala chochote ambacho mmeweka nadhiri kukitoa, au sadaka zako za hiari, wala matoleo maalum.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="DEU.12.18" />Badala yake, mtakula vitu hivyo katika uwepo wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu mahali ambapo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu atapachagua: wewe, wana wako na binti zako, watumishi wako wa kiume na wa kike, na Walawi kutoka miji yenu. Mnatakiwa mfurahi mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu kwa kula kitu mtakachoweka mikono yenu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="DEU.12.19" />Mwe waangalifu msiwapuuze Walawi kwa muda wote mnaoishi katika nchi yenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="DEU.12.20" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu atakapokuwa ameongeza nchi yenu kama alivyowaahidi, nanyi mkitamani nyama na mkisema, “Ningependa nyama,” hapo unaweza kula nyingi upendavyo.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="DEU.12.21" />Kama mahali ambapo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu atapachagua kuweka Jina lake ni mbali sana kutoka kwenu, unaweza kuchinja wanyama kutoka makundi yenu ya ngʼombe, ya mbuzi na ya kondoo ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> amewapa, kama nilivyokuamuru, na mkiwa katika miji yenu wenyewe mnaweza kula nyingi mtakavyo.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="DEU.12.22" />Mle kama vile mngekula paa na kulungu. Wote walio najisi kiibada na walio safi mwaweza kula.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="DEU.12.23" />Lakini hakikisheni kwamba hamkunywa damu, kwa sababu damu ni uhai, kamwe msile uhai pamoja na nyama.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="DEU.12.24" />Hamruhusiwi kamwe kunywa damu; imwageni juu ya ardhi kama maji.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="DEU.12.25" />Msinywe damu, ili mweze kufanikiwa ninyi pamoja na watoto wenu baada yenu, kwa sababu mtakuwa mkifanya lililo haki machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="DEU.12.26" />Lakini vichukueni vitu vyenu vilivyowekwa wakfu pamoja na vile mlivyoweka nadhiri, mwende mahali pale
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakapopachagua.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="DEU.12.27" />Leteni sadaka zenu za kuteketezwa juu ya madhabahu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, vyote nyama na damu. Damu ya dhabihu zenu lazima imiminwe kando ya madhabahu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, lakini nyama mnaweza kula.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="DEU.12.28" />Mwe waangalifu kutii masharti haya yote ninayowapa, ili kwamba siku zote mweze kufanikiwa, ninyi pamoja na watoto wenu baada yenu, kwa sababu mtakuwa mkifanya lililo jema na sahihi mbele za macho ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="DEU.12.29" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu atayakatilia mbali mbele yenu mataifa ambayo punde kidogo mtayavamia na kuyaondoa. Lakini mtakapokuwa mmeyafukuza na kuishi katika nchi yao,
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="DEU.12.30" />na baada ya kuangamizwa mbele yenu, mwe waangalifu msijiingize katika tanzi kwa kuuliza habari za miungu yao, mkisema, “Je, mataifa haya hutumikiaje miungu yao? Nasi tutafanya vivyo hivyo.”
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="DEU.12.31" />Kamwe msimwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu kwa njia wanayoabudu miungu yao, kwa sababu katika kuabudu miungu yao, wanafanya aina zote za machukizo anayoyachukia
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Hata huwateketeza wana wao na binti zao kwa moto kama kafara kwa miungu yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="DEU.12.32" />Angalieni kwamba mnafanya yote niliyowaamuru; msiongeze kitu wala msipunguze kitu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="13" />
<s style="s1">Kuabudu Miungu Mingine
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.13.1" />Kama nabii, au yule anayetabiri kwa njia ya ndoto, akijitokeza miongoni mwenu na akawatangazia ishara ya miujiza na ajabu,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DEU.13.2" />ikiwa ishara au ajabu ya aliyozungumza ikatokea, naye akasema, “Na tufuate miungu mingine” (miungu ambayo hamjaifahamu) “na tuiabudu,”
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DEU.13.3" />kamwe msiyasikilize maneno ya nabii wala mwota ndoto huyo.
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anawajaribu kuangalia kama mnampenda kwa moyo wenu wote na kwa roho yenu yote.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DEU.13.4" />Ni
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu ambaye mnapaswa kumfuata tena ni yeye mnapaswa kumheshimu. Shikeni maagizo yake na kumtii, mtumikieni na kushikamana naye.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DEU.13.5" />Huyo nabii au mwota ndoto lazima auawe, kwa sababu amehubiri uasi dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, ambaye aliwatoa kutoka nchi ya Misri na kuwakomboa kutoka nchi ya utumwa; amejaribu kuwageuza kutoka njia ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu aliwaagiza mfuate. Ni lazima mwondoe uovu miongoni mwenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="DEU.13.6" />Kama ndugu yako hasa, au mwanao au binti yako, au mke umpendaye, au rafiki yako wa karibu sana akikushawishi kwa siri, akisema, “Na twende tukaabudu miungu mingine” (miungu ambayo ninyi wala baba zenu hamkuifahamu,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="DEU.13.7" />miungu ya watu wanaowazunguka, ikiwa karibu au mbali, kutoka mwisho mmoja wa nchi mpaka mwingine),
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="DEU.13.8" />usikubali wala usimsikilize. Usimhurumie! Usimwache wala usimkinge.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="DEU.13.9" />Hakika ni lazima auawe. Ni lazima mkono wako uwe wa kwanza katika kumuua kisha mikono ya watu wengine wote.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="DEU.13.10" />Mpigeni kwa mawe mpaka afe, kwa sababu alijaribu kuwageuza mtoke kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu ambaye aliwatoa Misri, kutoka nchi ya utumwa.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DEU.13.11" />Kisha Israeli wote watasikia na kuogopa, wala hakuna mmoja miongoni mwenu atakayefanya uovu tena.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="DEU.13.12" />Kama mkisikia ikisemwa kwamba moja ya miji ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anawapa mkae ndani yake
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="DEU.13.13" />kuna wanaume waovu wameinuka miongoni mwenu na wamewapotosha watu wa mji, wakisema, “Twendeni tukaabudu miungu mingine” (miungu ambayo hamkuifahamu),
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DEU.13.14" />ndipo itakubidi kuuliza, kupima na kuchunguza kwa makini. Kama ni kweli, tena ikihakikishwa kwamba jambo hili lichukizalo limefanyika miongoni mwenu,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="DEU.13.15" />kwa hakika ni lazima mwaue kwa upanga wale wote wanaoishi katika mji ule. Uharibuni kabisa, pamoja na watu wake na mifugo yake.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="DEU.13.16" />Kusanyeni nyara zote za mji katika uwanja wa wazi na kuuchoma mji kabisa pamoja na nyara zake zote kama sadaka ya kuteketezwa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu. Utabaki kuwa magofu milele na hautajengwa tena.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="DEU.13.17" />Hakuna kimoja kati ya vitu vilivyolaaniwa kitakachokutwa mikononi mwenu, ili
<nd>Bwana</nd> ageuze hasira yake kali. Atawahurumia na kuwa na rehema kwenu pia kuongeza idadi yenu, kama alivyowaahidi baba zenu,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="DEU.13.18" />kwa sababu mnamtii
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, mkizishika amri zake zote zile ninazowapa leo na kufanya lile lililo jema machoni pake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="14" />
<s style="s1">Vyakula Vilivyo Najisi Na Vilivyo Safi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Walawi 11:1-47)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.14.1" />Ninyi ni watoto wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu. Msijichanje ama kujinyoa upara kwenye paji la uso kwa ajili ya aliyekufa,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DEU.14.2" />kwa maana ninyi ni taifa takatifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.
<nd>Bwana</nd> amewachagua ninyi kuwa taifa la kipekee kutoka mataifa yote juu ya uso wa dunia, mwe tunu yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="DEU.14.3" />Msile kitu chochote ambacho ni machukizo.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DEU.14.4" />Hawa ndio wanyama mtakaokula: ngʼombe, kondoo, mbuzi,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DEU.14.5" />kulungu, paa, kongoni, paa mweupe, mbuzi-mwitu, pofu na kondoo wa mlimani.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DEU.14.6" />Mnaweza kumla mnyama yeyote mwenye kwato zilizogawanyika mara mbili, pia yule anayecheua.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="DEU.14.7" />Hata hivyo, miongoni mwa wale wanaocheua au wale walio na kwato zilizogawanyika kamwe msile ngamia, sungura na pelele. Iwapo wanacheua, lakini hawana kwato zilizogawanyika; ni najisi kwenu kwa taratibu za kiibada.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="DEU.14.8" />Nguruwe pia ni najisi; ingawa ana kwato zilizogawanyika, hacheui. Msile nyama yake wala kugusa mzoga wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="DEU.14.9" />Katika viumbe hai vyote viishivyo kwenye maji, mnaweza kula yeyote aliye na mapezi na magamba.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="DEU.14.10" />Lakini chochote kisicho na mapezi na magamba msile; kwenu ni najisi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="DEU.14.11" />Mnaweza kula ndege yeyote aliye safi.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DEU.14.12" />Lakini wafuatao msiwale: tai, furukombe, kipungu,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="DEU.14.13" />kengewa mwekundu, kengewa mweusi, mwewe wa aina yoyote,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DEU.14.14" />kunguru wa aina yoyote,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="DEU.14.15" />mbuni, kiruka-njia, dudumizi, kipanga wa aina yoyote,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="DEU.14.16" />bundi, mumbi, bundi mkubwa,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="DEU.14.17" />mwari, nderi, mnandi,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="DEU.14.18" />korongo, koikoi wa aina yoyote, hudihudi na popo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="DEU.14.19" />Wadudu wote warukao kwa makundi ni najisi kwenu, msiwale.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="DEU.14.20" />Lakini viumbe vyote vyenye mabawa vilivyo safi mwaweza kula.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="DEU.14.21" />Msile kitu chochote mtakachokuta kimekufa. Mnaweza kumpa mgeni yeyote anayeishi katika mojawapo ya miji yenu, naye anaweza kula au mnaweza kumuuzia mtu wa nchi nyingine. Lakini ninyi ni watu watakatifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.
</p>
<p style="p">Msitokose mwana-mbuzi katika maziwa ya mama yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Zaka
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="DEU.14.22" />Hakikisheni mmetenga sehemu ya kumi ya mazao yote ya mashamba yenu kila mwaka.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="DEU.14.23" />Mtakula zaka za nafaka yenu, divai mpya, mafuta na wazaliwa wa kwanza wa makundi yenu ya ngʼombe na ya kondoo na mbuzi mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu pale mahali atakapopachagua kama maskani kwa ajili ya Jina lake, ili kwamba mpate kujifunza kumheshimu
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu daima.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="DEU.14.24" />Lakini ikiwa mahali pale ni mbali sana nanyi mmebarikiwa na
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu na hamwezi kubeba zaka yenu (kwa sababu mahali pale
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakapopachagua kuliweka Jina lake ni mbali sana),
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="DEU.14.25" />basi badilisheni zaka yenu kuwa fedha, mkaichukue hiyo fedha mwende nayo mahali
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu atakapopachagua.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="DEU.14.26" />Tumieni hiyo fedha kununua chochote ukitakacho: ngʼombe, kondoo, divai au kinywaji chochote chenye chachu au chochote mnachotaka. Kisha ninyi na wa nyumbani mwenu mtaila mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu na kufurahi.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="DEU.14.27" />Msiache kuwajali Walawi waishio katika miji yenu, kwa kuwa hao hawana shamba wala urithi wao wenyewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="DEU.14.28" />Mwishoni mwa kila mwaka wa tatu, leteni zaka zote za mazao ya miaka ile na uyahifadhi kwenye miji yenu,
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="DEU.14.29" />ili Walawi (ambao hawana mashamba wala urithi wao wenyewe) na wageni, yatima na wajane wanaoishi kwenye miji yenu wapate kuja kula na kushiba, ili
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu apate kuwabariki ninyi katika kazi zote za mikono yenu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="15" />
<s style="s1">Mwaka Wa Kufuta Madeni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Walawi 25:1-7)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.15.1" />Kila mwisho wa miaka saba ni lazima mfute madeni.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DEU.15.2" />Hivi ndivyo itakavyofanyika: Kila mkopeshaji atafuta mkopo aliomkopesha Mwisraeli mwenzake. Hatamtaka Mwisraeli mwenzake au ndugu yake amlipe hilo deni, kwa sababu wakati wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> wa kufuta madeni umetangazwa.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DEU.15.3" />Unaweza kudai malipo kwa mgeni, lakini lazima ufute kila deni ambalo unamdai ndugu yako.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DEU.15.4" />Hata hivyo, hapatakuwepo maskini miongoni mwenu, kwa kuwa katika nchi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anayowapa kuimiliki kama urithi wenu, atawabariki sana,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DEU.15.5" />ikiwa tutamtii
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu kikamilifu na kuwa waangalifu kuyafuata maagizo haya yote ninayowapa leo.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DEU.15.6" />Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu atawabariki kama alivyoahidi, nanyi mtawakopesha mataifa mengi lakini hamtakopa kwa yeyote. Mtatawala mataifa mengi lakini hakuna taifa litakalowatawala ninyi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="DEU.15.7" />Ikiwa kuna mtu maskini miongoni mwa ndugu zenu, katika mji wowote wa hiyo nchi ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anawapa, msiwe na moyo mgumu wala usimfumbie mkono ndugu yako aliye maskini.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="DEU.15.8" />Afadhali fungua mikono yako na umkopeshe kwa hiari chochote anachohitaji.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="DEU.15.9" />Jihadhari usijiwekee wazo hili ovu: “Mwaka wa saba, mwaka wa kufuta madeni umekaribia,” usije ukaonyesha nia mbaya kwa ndugu yako mhitaji na ukaacha kumpa chochote. Anaweza kumlalamikia
<nd>Bwana</nd> dhidi yako nawe utakuwa umepatikana na hatia ya dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="DEU.15.10" />Mpe kwa ukarimu na ufanye hivyo bila kinyongo moyoni, ndipo kwa sababu ya hili
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu atakubariki katika kazi zako zote na kwa kila kitu utakachokiwekea mkono wako.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DEU.15.11" />Siku zote watakuwepo watu maskini katika nchi. Kwa hiyo ninawaamuru mwe na mikono iliyokunjuliwa kuwaelekea ndugu zenu, kuwaelekea maskini na wahitaji katika nchi yenu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuwaacha Huru Watumwa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 21:1-18)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="DEU.15.12" />Kama Mwebrania mwenzako, mwanaume au mwanamke, akijiuza kwako na kukutumikia miaka sita, katika mwaka wa saba ni lazima umwache aende zake akiwa huru.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="DEU.15.13" />Nawe wakati utakapomwachia usimwache aende mikono mitupu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DEU.15.14" />Mpe kwa uhuru kutoka zizi lako la kondoo na mbuzi, kutoka sakafu yako ya kupuria nafaka na kutoka mashinikizo yako ya kukamulia divai. Mpe kama vile ambavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako alivyokubariki.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="DEU.15.15" />Kumbukeni kuwa ninyi mlikuwa watumwa huko Misri naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu aliwakomboa. Ndiyo sababu nimewapa agizo hili leo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="DEU.15.16" />Lakini mtumishi wako akikuambia, “Sitaki kukuacha,” kwa sababu anakupenda wewe na jamaa yako naye anaridhika nawe,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="DEU.15.17" />ndipo utachukua chuma kidogo utoboe sikio lake mpaka hicho chuma kiingie kwenye ubao wa mlango, naye atakuwa mtumishi wako wa maisha. Ufanye vivyo hivyo kwa mtumishi wa kike.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="DEU.15.18" />Usifikiri kuwa kuna ugumu kumwacha mtumishi wako huru, kwa sababu utumishi wake kwako kwa miaka hii sita umekuwa wa thamani mara mbili ya ujira wa mtumishi wa kuajiriwa. Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu atakubarikia kwa kila kitu utakachofanya.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wazaliwa Wa Kwanza Wa Wanyama
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="DEU.15.19" />Wekeni wakfu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu kila mzaliwa wa kwanza wa kiume wa makundi yenu ya ngʼombe na ya mbuzi na kondoo. Maksai walio wazaliwa wa kwanza msiwafanyize kazi, wala msinyoe manyoya ya wazaliwa wa kwanza wa kondoo.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="DEU.15.20" />Kila mwaka ninyi na jamaa zenu mtapaswa kuwala mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu pale mahali atakapopachagua.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="DEU.15.21" />Kama mnyama ana dosari, akiwa ni kilema au kipofu au kama ana kilema kibaya, kamwe usimtoe dhabihu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="DEU.15.22" />Itawapasa kumla ninyi wenyewe katika miji yenu. Wote wasio safi na walio safi kwa desturi za kiibada mwaweza kula kama vile mnavyokula paa au kulungu.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="DEU.15.23" />Lakini kamwe msinywe damu; imwageni ardhini kama maji.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="16" />
<s style="s1">Pasaka
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 12:1-20)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.16.1" />Shikeni mwezi wa Abibu, na kuiadhimisha Pasaka ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, kwa sababu katika mwezi wa Abibu, Mungu aliwatoa Misri usiku.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DEU.16.2" />Mtatoa dhabihu ya Pasaka ya mnyama kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu kutoka kundi lenu la mbuzi na kondoo au la ngʼombe, mahali pale ambapo
<nd>Bwana</nd> atapachagua kama makao kwa ajili ya Jina lake.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DEU.16.3" />Msile nyama hiyo pamoja na mikate iliyotiwa chachu, lakini kwa siku saba mtakula mikate isiyotiwa chachu, mikate ya kujitesa, kwa sababu mliondoka Misri kwa haraka, ili kwamba siku zote za maisha yenu mpate kukumbuka wakati wenu wa kuondoka Misri.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DEU.16.4" />Chachu isionekane katika mali zenu katika nchi yenu yote kwa siku saba. Nyama yoyote ya dhabihu mtakayotoa jioni ya siku ya kwanza isibakizwe mpaka asubuhi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="DEU.16.5" />Kamwe msitoe dhabihu ya Pasaka katika mji wowote ambao
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu amewapa,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DEU.16.6" />isipokuwa mahali atakapopachagua kama makao kwa ajili ya Jina lake. Hapo ndipo lazima mtoe dhabihu ya Pasaka jioni, jua litakapotua, iwe kumbukumbu yenu ya kutoka Misri.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="DEU.16.7" />Okeni na mle mahali pale ambapo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu atakapopachagua, kisha asubuhi mrudi kwenye mahema yenu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="DEU.16.8" />Kwa siku sita mtakula mikate isiyotiwa chachu na siku ya saba fanyeni kusanyiko kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu na msifanye kazi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sikukuu Ya Mavuno
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 34:22; Walawi 23:15-21)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="DEU.16.9" />Mhesabu majuma saba tangu wakati mnapoanza kuchukua mundu kuvuna nafaka.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="DEU.16.10" />Kisha msherehekee Sikukuu ya Majuma kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu kwa kutoa sadaka ya hiari kwa kadiri ya baraka ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu amewapa.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DEU.16.11" />Shangilieni mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu mahali atakapopachagua kama makao ya Jina lake, ninyi, wana wenu na binti zenu, watumishi wenu wa kiume na wa kike, Walawi walio katika miji yenu, na wageni, yatima na wajane waishio miongoni mwenu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DEU.16.12" />Kumbukeni kwamba mlikuwa watumwa kule Misri na mfuate amri hizi kwa uangalifu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sikukuu Ya Vibanda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Walawi 23:33-43)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="DEU.16.13" />Adhimisheni sikukuu ya vibanda kwa siku saba baada ya kukusanya mazao yenu ya nafaka na kukamua zabibu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DEU.16.14" />Mfurahie sikukuu yenu, ninyi, wana wenu, binti zenu, watumishi wenu wa kiume na wa kike, Walawi, wageni, yatima na wajane ambao wanaishi katika miji yenu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="DEU.16.15" />Kwa siku saba mtaiadhimisha sikukuu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu katika mahali atakapopachagua
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu atawabariki katika mavuno yenu na katika kazi zote za mikono yenu na furaha yenu itakamilika.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="DEU.16.16" />Wanaume wenu wote lazima wajitokeze mara tatu kwa mwaka mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu mahali atakapopachagua: kwa ajili ya Sikukuu ya Mikate Isiyotiwa Chachu, Sikukuu ya Majuma, na Sikukuu ya Vibanda. Hakuna mtu atakayejitokeza mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> mikono mitupu:
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="DEU.16.17" />Kila mmoja wenu ni lazima alete zawadi kulingana na jinsi ambavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu alivyowabariki.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Waamuzi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="DEU.16.18" />Wateue waamuzi na maafisa kwa kila kabila lenu katika kila mji ambao
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anawapa, nao watawaamua watu kwa usawa.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="DEU.16.19" />Msipotoshe haki wala msifanye upendeleo. Msikubali rushwa kwa sababu rushwa hupofusha macho ya wenye busara na kugeuza maneno ya wenye haki.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="DEU.16.20" />Mfuate haki na haki peke yake, ili mweze kuishi na kuimiliki nchi ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anawapa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuabudu Miungu Mingine
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="DEU.16.21" />Msisimamishe nguzo yoyote ya Ashera kando ya madhabahu mliyomjengea
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu,
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="DEU.16.22" />wala msisimamishe jiwe la kuabudu, kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anavichukia vitu hivi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="17" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.17.1" />Msimtolee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu dhabihu ya maksai au kondoo ambaye ana dosari yoyote au hitilafu ndani yake, kwa kuwa hilo litakuwa chukizo kwake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="DEU.17.2" />Ikiwa mwanaume au mwanamke anayeishi kati ya mojawapo ya miji akupayo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, anakutwa anafanya uovu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, kwa kuvunja Agano lake,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DEU.17.3" />naye amekwenda kinyume na agizo langu kuabudu miungu mingine na kuisujudia, kama vile jua, mwezi au nyota za angani,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DEU.17.4" />hili likiwa limeletwa mbele yenu, ni lazima kulichunguza kikamilifu. Ikiwa ni kweli na kuwa limehakikishwa kwamba hili ni chukizo lililofanyika katika Israeli,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DEU.17.5" />mchukueni huyo mwanaume au mwanamke ambaye amelifanya tendo hili ovu kwenye lango la mji wenu na kumpiga mawe mtu huyo mpaka afe.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DEU.17.6" />Kwa ushuhuda wa mashahidi wawili au watatu mtu huyo atauawa, bali hakuna mtu atakayeuawa kwa ushuhuda wa shahidi mmoja tu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="DEU.17.7" />Ni lazima kwanza mikono ya mashahidi itangulie kumuua huyo mtu, kisha mikono ya watu wote. Ni lazima mwondoe uovu miongoni mwenu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mahakama Za Sheria
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="DEU.17.8" />Kama mashauri yanaletwa katika mahakama zenu ambayo ni magumu zaidi kwenu kuyaamua, ikiwa ni umwagaji wa damu, madai au mashambulio, yapelekeni mahali ambapo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu atapachagua.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="DEU.17.9" />Nendeni kwa makuhani, ambao ni Walawi, na kwa mwamuzi ambaye atakuwa kazini wakati huo. Ulizeni kwao nao watawapa maamuzi.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="DEU.17.10" />Ni lazima mtende sawasawa na maamuzi watakayowapa mahali
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakapopachagua. Kuweni waangalifu kufanya kila kitu watakachowaongoza kufanya.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DEU.17.11" />Fanyeni sawasawa na sheria wanayowafundisha na maamuzi wanayowapa. Msigeuke mkono wa kuume au kushoto kuacha kufanya yale wanayowaambia.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DEU.17.12" />Mwanaume atakayeonyesha dharau kwa mwamuzi au kwa kuhani ambaye amewekwa kumtumikia
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu lazima auawe. Lazima mwondoe uovu katika Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="DEU.17.13" />Watu wote watasikia na kuogopa, nao hawatakuwa wenye kudharau tena.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfalme
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="DEU.17.14" />Wakati utakapoingia katika nchi anayowapa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu kuimiliki na kukaa humo, nanyi mkasema, “Na tumweke mfalme juu yetu kama mataifa yanayotuzunguka,”
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="DEU.17.15" />kuweni na uhakika wa kumweka mfalme juu yenu ambaye
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu atamchagua. Ni lazima atoke miongoni mwa ndugu zenu wenyewe. Msimweke mgeni juu yenu ambaye si ndugu wa Kiisraeli.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="DEU.17.16" />Hata hivyo, kamwe mfalme asijipatie hesabu kubwa ya farasi kwa ajili yake mwenyewe, au kuwafanya watu warudi Misri ili kupata farasi zaidi, kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> amekuambia, “Hamtairudia njia ile tena.”
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="DEU.17.17" />Kamwe asioe wake wengi, la sivyo moyo wake utapotoka. Kamwe asijilimbikizie kiasi kikubwa cha fedha na dhahabu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="DEU.17.18" />Atakapokuwa amekalia kiti cha ufalme wake, ajiandikie kwenye kitabu nakala ya sheria kwa ajili yake mwenyewe kutoka zile sheria za makuhani ambao ni Walawi.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="DEU.17.19" />Atakuwa na nakala hiyo, naye ataisoma siku zote za maisha yake ili kwamba ajifunze kumheshimu
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wake na kufuata kwa uangalifu maneno yote ya sheria hii na amri hizi,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="DEU.17.20" />naye asijifikirie kuwa ni bora kuliko ndugu zake na kuipotosha sheria. Ndipo yeye na wazao wake watatawala katika ufalme wake kwa muda mrefu katika Israeli.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="18" />
<s style="s1">Sadaka Kwa Makuhani Na Walawi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.18.1" />Makuhani ambao ni Walawi, yaani kabila lote la Lawi, hawatakuwa na mgawo wala urithi pamoja na Israeli. Wataishi kwa sadaka zitolewazo kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> za kuteketezwa kwa moto, kwa maana huo ndio urithi wao.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DEU.18.2" />Hawatakuwa na urithi miongoni mwa ndugu zao;
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndiye urithi wao, kama alivyowaahidi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="DEU.18.3" />Hili ndilo fungu la makuhani kutoka kwa watu watakaotoa dhabihu ya fahali au kondoo: mguu wa mbele, mataya na matumbo.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DEU.18.4" />Mtawapa malimbuko ya nafaka zenu, divai mpya, mafuta na sufu ya kwanza kutoka manyoya ya kondoo zenu,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DEU.18.5" />kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu amewachagua pamoja na wazao wao kutoka makabila yenu kusimama na kuhudumu katika jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> siku zote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="DEU.18.6" />Ikiwa Mlawi atahama kutoka mmojawapo ya miji yenu popote katika Israeli ambapo anaishi, akaja kwa moyo wote mahali ambapo
<nd>Bwana</nd> atapachagua,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="DEU.18.7" />anaweza akahudumu katika jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wake kama Walawi wenzake wote wanaohudumu hapo mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="DEU.18.8" />Atashiriki sawa katika mafao yao, hata kama amepokea fedha kutoka mauzo ya mali ya jamaa yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Matendo Ya Machukizo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="DEU.18.9" />Wakati mtakapoingia katika nchi ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anawapa, msijifunze kuiga njia za machukizo za mataifa ya huko.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="DEU.18.10" />Asionekane mtu yeyote miongoni mwenu ampitishaye mwanawe au binti yake katika moto, atakayefanya uaguzi, ulozi, anayetabiri nyakati, anayejishughulisha na uchawi,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DEU.18.11" />wala arogaye kwa kupiga mafundo, wala mwaguzi au anayeabudu mizimu, wala awaombaye wafu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DEU.18.12" />Mtu yeyote afanyaye mambo haya ni chukizo kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, tena ni kwa sababu ya matendo haya ya kuchukiza wayafanyayo ndiyo maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu atayafukuza mataifa hayo mbele yenu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="DEU.18.13" />Kamwe msilaumiwe mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Nabii
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="DEU.18.14" />Mataifa mtakayowafukuza husikiliza wale wafanyao ulozi na uaguzi. Lakini kwenu ninyi,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu hajawaruhusu kufanya hivyo.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="DEU.18.15" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu atawainulia nabii kama mimi kutoka miongoni mwa ndugu zenu wenyewe. Msikilizeni yeye.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="DEU.18.16" />Kwa kuwa hivi ndivyo mlivyomwomba
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu kule Horebu siku ile ya kusanyiko, wakati mliposema, “Na tusiisikie sauti ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu, wala kuuona moto huu mkubwa tena, ama sivyo tutakufa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="DEU.18.17" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia: “Wanachosema ni vyema.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="DEU.18.18" />Nitawainulia nabii kama wewe kutoka miongoni mwa ndugu zao; nitaweka maneno yangu kinywani mwake, naye atawaambia kila kitu nitakachomwamuru.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="DEU.18.19" />Kama mtu yeyote hatasikiliza maneno yangu ambayo huyo nabii atayasema kwa Jina langu, mimi mwenyewe nitamwajibisha.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="DEU.18.20" />Lakini nabii ambaye atathubutu kusema kwa Jina langu kitu chochote ambacho sikumwamuru akiseme, au nabii ambaye husema kwa jina la miungu mingine ni lazima auawe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="DEU.18.21" />Mnaweza kuulizana wenyewe, “Tutawezaje kujua wakati ujumbe haukusemwa na
<nd>Bwana</nd>?”
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="DEU.18.22" />Ikiwa kile nabii anachotangaza kwa jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> hakikutokea au kutimia, huo ni ujumbe ambao
<nd>Bwana</nd> hakusema. Nabii huyo amesema kwa ujuaji. Msimwogope huyo.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="19" />
<s style="s1">Miji Ya Makimbilio
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Hesabu 35:9-34; Yoshua 20:1-9)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.19.1" />Wakati
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu atakapokuwa amewaangamiza mataifa ambayo nchi yao anawapa ninyi, wakati mtakapokuwa mmewafukuza na kuishi katika miji yao na nyumba zao,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DEU.19.2" />ndipo mtenge miji mitatu iliyopo katikati ya nchi kwa ajili yenu, katika nchi ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anawapa kuimiliki.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DEU.19.3" />Jengeni barabara katika miji hiyo na kuigawa mara tatu, nchi anayowapa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu kama urithi, ili kwamba yeyote amuuaye mtu aweze kukimbilia humo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="DEU.19.4" />Hii ndiyo kanuni kuhusu mtu amuuaye mwingine na kukimbilia humo kuokoa maisha yake, yaani, yeye amuuaye jirani yake bila kukusudia, wala hakumchukia kabla ya hapo.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DEU.19.5" />Kwa mfano, mtu aweza kwenda msituni na jirani yake kukata miti, naye anapozungusha shoka kuangusha mti, shoka linaweza kuchomoka kutoka kwenye mpini na kumpiga jirani yake na kumuua. Yule mtu anaweza kukimbilia katika mmojawapo ya miji hii na kuokoa maisha yake.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DEU.19.6" />Kama sivyo, mlipiza kisasi cha damu anaweza kumfuatilia kwa hasira kali, naye akamkamata na kumuua kama umbali ni mrefu sana hata ingawa hastahili kifo, kwa sababu amemuua jirani yake bila kukusudia.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="DEU.19.7" />Hii ndiyo sababu nimewaagiza ninyi kutenga miji mitatu ya makimbilio kwa ajili yenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="DEU.19.8" />Kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu akipanua nchi yenu, kama alivyoahidi kwa kiapo kwa baba zenu na kuwapa nchi yote aliyowaahidi,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="DEU.19.9" />kwa sababu mmefuata kwa uangalifu sheria zote ninazowaamuru leo, kumpenda
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu na kuenenda siku zote katika njia zake, ndipo mtenge miji mingine, mitatu zaidi.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="DEU.19.10" />Fanyeni hivi ili damu isiyo na hatia isimwagwe katika nchi yenu, ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anawapa kama urithi wenu, ili kwamba msije mkawa na hatia ya kumwaga damu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="DEU.19.11" />Lakini kama mtu anamchukia ndugu yake, akamvizia, akamshambulia na kumuua, kisha akakimbilia katika mmojawapo ya miji hii,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DEU.19.12" />wazee wa mji wake watatuma ujumbe kwake, kumleta kutoka mji ule na kumkabidhi mlipiza kisasi cha damu kumuua.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="DEU.19.13" />Msimwonee huruma. Lazima mwondoe katika Israeli hatia ya umwagaji damu isiyo na hatia ili kwamba mpate kufanikiwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="DEU.19.14" />Usisogeze jiwe la mpaka wa jirani yako ambao uliwekwa na wale waliokutangulia katika urithi upokeao katika nchi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako anayowapa kuimiliki.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mashahidi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="DEU.19.15" />Shahidi mmoja hatoshi kumtia hatiani mtu kwa uhalifu au kosa lolote ambalo anaweza kuwa amelitenda. Lazima shauri lolote lithibitishwe kwa ushuhuda wa mashahidi wawili au watatu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="DEU.19.16" />Kama shahidi mwenye nia ya kumdhuru mwingine akisimama kumshtaki mtu kwa uhalifu,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="DEU.19.17" />watu wawili wanaohusika katika mabishano lazima wasimame mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> na mbele ya makuhani na waamuzi ambao wako kazini wakati huo.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="DEU.19.18" />Waamuzi lazima wafanye uchunguzi kwa makini na shahidi akionekana kuwa ni mwongo, akitoa ushuhuda wa uongo dhidi ya ndugu yake,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="DEU.19.19" />basi mtende kama alivyotaka kumtendea ndugu yake. Ni lazima mwondoe uovu miongoni mwenu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="DEU.19.20" />Watu watakaosalia watasikia hili na kuogopa, uovu kama huo kamwe hautatendeka tena miongoni mwenu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="DEU.19.21" />Msionyeshe huruma, uhai kwa uhai, jicho kwa jicho, jino kwa jino, mkono kwa mkono, mguu kwa mguu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="20" />
<s style="s1">Kwenda Vitani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.20.1" />Mtakapokwenda vitani kupigana na adui zenu na mkaona farasi na magari ya vita na jeshi kubwa kuliko lenu, msiwaogope, kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu aliyewatoa kutoka Misri, atakuwa pamoja nanyi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DEU.20.2" />Wakati mtakapokaribia kwenda vitani, kuhani atakuja mbele na kuhutubia jeshi.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DEU.20.3" />Atasema: “Sikia, ee Israeli, leo unakwenda vitani kupigana na adui zako. Usife moyo wala usiogope, usitishwe wala usitiwe hofu mbele yao.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DEU.20.4" />Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu ndiye huenda pamoja nanyi kuwapigania dhidi ya adui zenu na kuwapatia ushindi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="DEU.20.5" />Maafisa wataliambia jeshi: “Je, kuna yeyote aliyejenga nyumba mpya ambayo haijawekwa wakfu? Yeye na arudi nyumbani, ama sivyo anaweza kufa vitani na mtu mwingine akaiweka wakfu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DEU.20.6" />Je, kuna yeyote aliyepanda shamba la mizabibu na hajaanza kulifurahia? Yeye na arudi nyumbani, au sivyo anaweza kufa vitani na mtu mwingine akalifurahia.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="DEU.20.7" />Je, kuna yeyote aliyeposa mwanamke na hajamwoa? Yeye na arudi nyumbani, ama sivyo anaweza kufa vitani na mtu mwingine akamwoa.”
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="DEU.20.8" />Kisha maafisa wataongeza haya, “Je, kuna mtu anayeogopa ama kufa moyo? Yeye na arudi nyumbani ili ndugu zake nao wasije wakafa moyo pia.”
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="DEU.20.9" />Wakati maafisa watakapomaliza kuzungumza na jeshi, watawateua wakuu wa vikosi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="DEU.20.10" />Wakati mtakapokwenda kushambulia mji, wapeni watu wake masharti ya amani.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DEU.20.11" />Wakikubali na kuwafungulia malango yao, watu wake wote watawatumikia kwa kufanya kazi ngumu na watawatumikia.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DEU.20.12" />Ikiwa watakataa kufanya mapatano ya amani na wakiwaingiza katika vita, basi mtauzunguka mji huo kwa vita.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="DEU.20.13" />Wakati
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu atakapouweka mji huo mkononi mwenu, waueni kwa upanga wanaume wote waliomo ndani yake.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DEU.20.14" />Kwa upande wa wanawake, watoto, mifugo na kila kitu kingine chochote ndani ya huo mji, mnaweza kuvichukua kama nyara kwa ajili yenu. Nanyi mnaweza kuzitumia hizo nyara ambazo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu amewapa kutoka kwa adui zenu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="DEU.20.15" />Hivi ndivyo mtakavyofanya kwa miji yote ambayo iko mbali nanyi, ambayo haimilikiwi na mataifa ya karibu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="DEU.20.16" />Hata hivyo, katika miji ya mataifa ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anawapa kama urithi, msiache kitu chochote hai kinachopumua.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="DEU.20.17" />Waangamizeni kabisa Wahiti, Waamori, Wakanaani, Waperizi, Wahivi na Wayebusi, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu alivyowaamuru.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="DEU.20.18" />La sivyo, watawafundisha kufuata mambo yote ya machukizo wanayofanya wakiabudu miungu yao, nanyi mtatenda dhambi dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="DEU.20.19" />Wakati mtakapouzunguka mji kwa vita kwa muda mrefu, mkipigana dhidi yake ili kuuteka, msiharibu miti yake kwa kuikata kwa shoka, kwa sababu mtaweza kula matunda yake. Hivyo msiikate. Je, miti hiyo ya mashambani ni watu, hata muizingire?
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="DEU.20.20" />Hata hivyo, mnaweza kuikata miti ambayo sio miti ya matunda na kuitumia kujenga ngome, mpaka mji ulio katika vita na ninyi utakapoanguka.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="21" />
<s style="s1">Upatanisho Kuhusu Mauaji
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.21.1" />Kama mtu akikutwa ameuawa, naye amelala kwenye shamba katika nchi ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anawapa kuimiliki, wala haijulikani ni nani aliyemuua,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DEU.21.2" />wazee wenu na waamuzi watatoka na kupima umbali kutoka maiti alipolala mpaka kwenye miji ya jirani.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DEU.21.3" />Kisha wazee wa ule mji ulio karibu zaidi na yule maiti watamchukua mtamba ambaye hajapata kufanyishwa kazi na ambaye hajafungwa nira,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DEU.21.4" />na kumpeleka kwenye bonde ambalo halijapata kulimwa au kupandwa mazao na ambapo kuna chemchemi itiririkayo. Huko kwenye hilo bonde, wazee watamvunja yule mtamba shingo.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DEU.21.5" />Makuhani, hao wana wa Lawi, watasogea mbele, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, amewachagua kuhudumu na kutoa baraka katika jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na kuamua mashauri yote ya mabishano na mashambulio.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DEU.21.6" />Ndipo wazee wote wa mji ulio karibu zaidi na huyo maiti watanawa mikono yao juu ya huyo mtamba ambaye shingo yake imevunjwa huko kwenye bonde,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="DEU.21.7" />nao watatangaza: “Mikono yetu haikumwaga damu hii, wala macho yetu hayakuona likifanyika.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="DEU.21.8" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ukubali upatanisho kwa watu wako Israeli, ambao umewakomboa, wala usiwahesabie watu wako hatia ya damu ya mtu asiyekuwa na hatia.” Nayo damu iliyomwagika itakuwa imefanyiwa upatanisho.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="DEU.21.9" />Hivyo mtakuwa mmejitakasa wenyewe kutoka hatia ya kumwaga damu isiyokuwa na hatia, kwa kuwa mmefanya lile lililo sawa mbele za macho ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuoa Mwanamke Mateka
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="DEU.21.10" />Mkienda vitani kupigana na adui zenu naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu akawatia adui mikononi mwenu, nanyi mkachukua mateka,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DEU.21.11" />kama ukiona miongoni mwa mateka mwanamke mzuri wa sura nawe wavutwa naye, waweza kumwoa akawa mke wako.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DEU.21.12" />Mlete nyumbani mwako, anyoe nywele na kukata kucha zake,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="DEU.21.13" />avue nguo alizokuwa amevaa alipotekwa. Baada ya kuishi nyumbani mwako na kumwombolezea baba yake na mama yake kwa mwezi mzima, ndipo utakapoweza kumwendea na kuwa mume wake naye atakuwa mke wako.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DEU.21.14" />Lakini kama hutaendelea kupendezwa naye, mwache aende popote anapotaka. Kamwe huwezi kumuuza au kumtendea kama mtumwa, kwa sababu utakuwa umemvunjia heshima.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Haki Ya Mzaliwa Wa Kwanza
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="DEU.21.15" />Kama mwanaume ana wake wawili, naye anampenda mmoja na mwingine hampendi na wote wawili wamemzalia wana wa kiume, lakini mwana mzaliwa wa kwanza ni wa yule mke asiyempenda,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="DEU.21.16" />wakati anapotoa wosia wa mali yake kwa wanawe, kamwe asitoe haki za mzaliwa wa kwanza kwa mwana wa mke ampendaye kwa upendeleo, badala ya mzaliwa hasa wa kwanza, ambaye ni mwana wa mke ambaye hampendi.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="DEU.21.17" />Ni lazima amkubali mwana wa mke asiyempenda kama mzaliwa wa kwanza kwa kumpa sehemu ya vile vyote alivyo navyo maradufu. Mwana huyo ni ishara ya kwanza ya nguvu za baba yake. Haki ya mzaliwa wa kwanza ni yake yeye.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mwana Mwasi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="DEU.21.18" />Kama mtu ana mwana mkaidi na mwasi ambaye hamtii baba yake na mama yake, na hasikii wazazi wanapomrudi,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="DEU.21.19" />baba yake na mama yake watamleta kwa wazee kwenye lango la mji wake.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="DEU.21.20" />Watawaambia wazee, “Huyu mwanetu ni mkaidi na mwasi. Hatutii sisi, yeye ni mpotovu na mlevi.”
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="DEU.21.21" />Kisha wanaume wote wa mjini mwake watampiga kwa mawe mpaka afe. Ndivyo imewapasa kuondoa maovu kati yenu. Israeli yote itasikia hili na kuogopa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sheria Mbalimbali
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="DEU.21.22" />Kama mtu ana hatia ya kosa linalompasa kuuawa naye akauawa, mwili wake utaangikwa mtini,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="DEU.21.23" />kamwe msiuache mwili wake mtini usiku kucha. Hakikisheni mnauzika mwili wake siku ile ile, kwa sababu kila mtu anayeangikwa mtini yupo chini ya laana ya Mungu. Msiinajisi nchi ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anawapa kama urithi wenu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="22" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.22.1" />Kama ukimwona ngʼombe au kondoo wa ndugu yako anapotea, usipuuze, bali uhakikishe unamrudisha kwa mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DEU.22.2" />Ikiwa huyo ndugu haishi karibu nawe au kama hufahamu yeye ni nani, mchukue nyumbani kwako huyo mnyama umweke mpaka mwenyewe aje kumtafuta. Ndipo umrudishie.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DEU.22.3" />Fanya vivyo hivyo ukimkuta punda wa nduguyo au joho lake au chochote alichopoteza. Usipuuze jambo hilo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="DEU.22.4" />Kama ukimwona punda wa nduguyo au ngʼombe wake ameanguka barabarani, usipuuze jambo hilo. Msaidie asimame kwa miguu yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="DEU.22.5" />Haimpasi mwanamke kuvaa nguo za kiume wala mwanaume kuvaa nguo za kike, kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anachukia yeyote ambaye hufanya hivi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="DEU.22.6" />Kama ukikuta kiota cha ndege kando ya barabara, iwe juu ya mti au chini, naye ndege amelala juu ya makinda au mayai, usimchukue huyo ndege pamoja na makinda yake.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="DEU.22.7" />Waweza kuchukua makinda, lakini uwe na hakika ya kumwacha huyo ndege, ili upate kufanikiwa na uweze kuishi maisha marefu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="DEU.22.8" />Wakati unapojenga nyumba mpya, fanya ukuta wa kuzuia kandokando ya dari ili usijiletee hatia ya kumwaga damu juu ya nyumba yako ikiwa yeyote ataanguka kutoka humo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="DEU.22.9" />Usipande aina mbili za mbegu katika shamba lako la mizabibu; ikiwa utafanya hivyo, si mazao utakayopanda tu yatakuwa najisi, bali nayo matunda ya shamba la mizabibu pia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="DEU.22.10" />Usilime kwa maksai aliyefungwa nira pamoja na punda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="DEU.22.11" />Usivae nguo za sufu na kitani zilizofumwa pamoja.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="DEU.22.12" />Fanya vishada kwenye pembe nne za joho unalovaa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kukiuka Taratibu Za Ndoa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="DEU.22.13" />Ikiwa mtu atamwoa mke na, baada ya kufanya naye tendo la ndoa, akamchukia,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DEU.22.14" />akimsingizia na kumwita jina baya, akisema, “Nilimwoa mwanamke huyu, lakini nilipomkaribia sikupata uthibitisho wa ubikira wake”
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="DEU.22.15" />ndipo baba na mama wa msichana wataleta uthibitisho kwamba alikuwa bikira kwa wazee wa mji kwenye lango.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="DEU.22.16" />Baba wa msichana atawaambia wazee, “Nilimwoza binti yangu kwa huyu mwanaume, lakini hampendi.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="DEU.22.17" />Sasa amemsingizia na kusema, ‘Sikumkuta huyu binti akiwa bikira.’ Lakini hapa kuna uthibitisho wa ubikira wa binti yangu.” Kisha wazazi wake wataonyesha nguo zake kwa wazee wa mji,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="DEU.22.18" />nao wazee watamchukua huyo mwanaume na kumwadhibu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="DEU.22.19" />Watamtoza shekeli mia moja<f caller="+"><fr>22:19
</fr><ft>Shekeli 100 za fedha ni sawa na kilo moja.</ft></f> za fedha na kupewa wazazi wa msichana, kwa sababu mwanaume huyu amempa bikira wa Kiisraeli jina baya. Ataendelea kuwa mke wake; kamwe hawezi kumpa talaka siku zote za maisha yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="DEU.22.20" />Hata hivyo, kama shtaka ni la kweli na hakuna uthibitisho juu ya ubikira wa huyo msichana ulioweza kupatikana,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="DEU.22.21" />huyo msichana ataletwa kwenye mlango wa nyumba ya baba yake, na hapo watu wa mji wake watampiga kwa mawe hadi afe. Amefanya kitu cha aibu katika Israeli kwa kufanya ukahaba akiwa nyumbani kwa babaye. Lazima mwondoe uovu katikati yenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="DEU.22.22" />Ikiwa mwanaume atakutwa akizini na mke wa mtu mwingine, wote wawili, mwanaume na mwanamke aliyezini naye, lazima wauawe. Lazima mwondoe uovu katika Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="DEU.22.23" />Ikiwa mwanaume atakutana na bikira mjini ambaye ameposwa na mtu akazini naye,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="DEU.22.24" />utawachukua wote wawili kwenye lango la mji na kuwapiga kwa mawe mpaka wafe; yule msichana kwa kuwa alikuwa mjini na hakupiga kelele kuomba msaada, na yule mwanaume kwa sababu amemtenda jeuri mke wa mtu mwingine. Lazima mwondoe uovu katikati yenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="DEU.22.25" />Lakini ikiwa itatokea mwanaume akakutana na msichana aliyeposwa huko mashambani, akambaka, mwanaume aliyefanya hivi peke yake ndiye atakayeuawa.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="DEU.22.26" />Usimtendee msichana yule jambo lolote; hajafanya dhambi inayostahili kifo. Shauri hili ni kama lile la yeyote ambaye anamshambulia na kumuua kwa makusudi jirani yake,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="DEU.22.27" />kwa maana mwanaume huyo alimkuta msichana huko mashambani, na ingawa msichana aliyeposwa alipiga kelele, hapakuwa na mtu wa kumwokoa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="DEU.22.28" />Ikiwa itatokea mwanaume akutane na bikira ambaye hajaposwa na kumbaka nao wakakutwa,
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="DEU.22.29" />mwanaume atamlipa baba wa msichana shekeli hamsini<f caller="+"><fr>22:29
</fr><ft>Shekeli 50 za fedha ni sawa na gramu 600.</ft></f> za fedha. Ni lazima amwoe huyo msichana, kwa maana amemfanyia jeuri. Kamwe hawezi kumpa talaka siku zote za maisha yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="DEU.22.30" />Mwanaume asimwoe mke wa baba yake; kamwe asidhalilishe kitanda cha baba yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="23" />
<s style="s1">Kutengwa Na Mkutano
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.23.1" />Asiingie mtu yeyote aliyehasiwa kwa kupondwa makende au kwa kukatwa uume wake katika kusanyiko la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="DEU.23.2" />Mtu yeyote ambaye amezaliwa kwenye ndoa isiyo halali au wazao wake wasiingie kwenye kusanyiko la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, hata mpaka kizazi cha kumi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="DEU.23.3" />Hapatakuwa na Mwamoni au Mmoabu au yeyote wa wazao wao atakayeruhusiwa kuingia katika kusanyiko la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, hata mpaka kizazi cha kumi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DEU.23.4" />Kwa kuwa hawakuja kuwalaki wakiwa na mkate na maji mlipokuwa njiani mlipotoka Misri, tena walimwajiri Balaamu mwana wa Beori kutoka Pethori iliyoko Aramu-Naharaimu<f caller="+"><fr>23:4
</fr><ft>Yaani Mesopotamia ya Kaskazini-Magharibi.</ft></f> ili kuwalaani ninyi.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DEU.23.5" />Hata hivyo,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu hakumsikiliza Balaamu bali aligeuza laana kuwa baraka kwenu kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anawapenda.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DEU.23.6" />Msitafute mapatano ya urafiki nao maisha yenu yote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="DEU.23.7" />Usimchukie Mwedomu, kwa kuwa yeye ni ndugu yako. Usimchukie Mmisri, kwa sababu uliishi kama mgeni katika nchi yake.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="DEU.23.8" />Kizazi cha tatu cha watoto watakaozaliwa nao wanaweza kuingia katika kusanyiko la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Unajisi Katika Kambi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="DEU.23.9" />Unapokuwa umepiga kambi dhidi ya adui zako, jitenge na kitu chochote kisicho safi.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="DEU.23.10" />Ikiwa mtu amechafuka kwa sababu ya kutokwa na shahawa usiku, inampasa atoke nje ya kambi na kukaa huko.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DEU.23.11" />Lakini jioni ikikaribia ataoga, na baada ya jua kuzama ataingia tena kambini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="DEU.23.12" />Tengeni mahali nje ya kambi ambapo mnaweza kwenda kujisaidia.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="DEU.23.13" />Kama sehemu ya vifaa vyenu kuweni na kitu cha kulimia, nanyi mnapojisaidia, chimba shimo na kisha funika kile kikutokacho.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DEU.23.14" />Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu hutembea katika kambi yenu ili kuwalinda na kuwaweka adui zenu mikononi mwenu. Kambi yenu ni lazima iwe takatifu, ili asione kitu chochote miongoni mwenu kilicho kichafu akageuka na kuwaacha.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sheria Mbalimbali
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="DEU.23.15" />Ikiwa mtumwa amekimbilia kwako, usimrudishe kwa bwana wake.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="DEU.23.16" />Mwache aishi miongoni mwenu mahali popote anapopapenda na katika mji wowote anaochagua. Usimwonee.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="DEU.23.17" />Asiwepo Mwisraeli mwanamke kahaba au mwanaume hanithi wa mahali pa kuabudia miungu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="DEU.23.18" />Kamwe usilete mapato ya ukahaba ikiwa ni ya mwanamke au ni ya mwanaume katika nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako kwa ajili ya nadhiri yoyote, kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako anachukizwa na yote mawili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="DEU.23.19" />Usimtoze ndugu yako riba, iwe ni fedha ama chakula ama kitu kingine chochote ambacho waweza kupata riba juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="DEU.23.20" />Unaweza kumtoza mgeni riba, lakini siyo nduguyo Mwisraeli, ili kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako akubariki katika kila kitu unachoweka mkono katika nchi unayoingia kuimiliki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="DEU.23.21" />Ukiweka nadhiri kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako, usichelewe kuitimiza, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako atakudai, nawe utakuwa na hatia ya dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="DEU.23.22" />Lakini ukijizuia kuweka nadhiri, hutakuwa na hatia.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="DEU.23.23" />Chochote kitakachotamkwa kwa midomo yako ni lazima uhakikishe umekifanya, kwa sababu uliweka nadhiri yako kwa hiari mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako kwa kinywa chako mwenyewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="DEU.23.24" />Kama ukiingia katika shamba la mizabibu la jirani yako, unaweza kula zabibu kadiri utakavyo, lakini usiweke chochote kwenye kikapu chako.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="DEU.23.25" />Kama ukiingia katika shamba la nafaka la jirani yako, unaweza kukwanyua kwa mikono yako, lakini usikate kwa mundu nafaka iliyosimama.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="24" />
<s style="s1">Sheria Kuhusu Ndoa Na Talaka
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.24.1" />Ikiwa mtu atamwoa mke na akamchukia kwa sababu ya kukosa adabu, naye akamwandikia hati ya talaka, akampa na kumfukuza kutoka nyumbani kwake,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DEU.24.2" />ikiwa baada ya kuondoka nyumbani kwake atakuwa mke wa mtu mwingine,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DEU.24.3" />ikiwa mume wake wa pili atachukizwa naye akamwandikia hati ya talaka, akampa na kumfukuza kutoka nyumbani kwake, au kama akifa,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DEU.24.4" />basi yule mume wake wa kwanza, ambaye alimpa talaka, haruhusiwi kumwoa tena baada ya mwanamke huyo kuwa najisi. Hayo yatakuwa machukizo machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Usilete dhambi juu ya nchi ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako anakupa kama urithi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="DEU.24.5" />Kama mtu ameoa karibuni, kamwe asipelekwe vitani au kupewa wajibu mwingine wowote. Kwa mwaka mmoja atakuwa huru kubaki nyumbani ili amfurahishe mke aliyemwoa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="DEU.24.6" />Usitoe jozi ya mawe ya kusagia, hata ikiwa lile la juu, kuweka rehani kwa ajili ya deni, kwa sababu itakuwa ni kuweka uhai wa mtu kama dhamana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="DEU.24.7" />Kama mtu akikamatwa akiiba yeyote miongoni mwa ndugu zake wa Waisraeli na kumtenda kama mtumwa au akimuuza, mwizi huyo ni lazima auawe. Nawe utaondoa uovu kutoka miongoni mwenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="DEU.24.8" />Pakitokea magonjwa ya ngozi ya kuambukiza, mwe waangalifu sana kufanya sawasawa na maagizo ya makuhani, ambao ni Walawi. Ni lazima mfuate kwa uangalifu yale niliyowaamuru.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="DEU.24.9" />Kumbukeni kile
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu alichomfanyia Miriamu njiani baada ya ninyi kutoka Misri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="DEU.24.10" />Unapomkopesha jirani yako chochote, usiingie nyumbani kwake kutwaa kile anachokitoa kama rehani.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DEU.24.11" />Ukae nje na umwache huyo mtu uliyemkopesha akuletee hiyo rehani.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DEU.24.12" />Ikiwa mtu huyo ni maskini, usiende kulala ukiwa na hiyo rehani yake katika milki yako.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="DEU.24.13" />Rudisha vazi lake kabla ya machweo ya jua ili apate kulilalia. Kisha atakushukuru na kitaonekana kama kitendo cha haki mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="DEU.24.14" />Usimwonee mtu maskini na mhitaji ambaye umemwajiri, akiwa ni nduguyo Mwisraeli au mgeni anayeishi katika mojawapo ya miji yenu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="DEU.24.15" />Mlipe ujira wake kila siku kabla ya jua kutua, kwa sababu yeye ni maskini na anautegemea ujira huo. La sivyo, anaweza kumlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd> dhidi yako, nawe ukapata hatia ya dhambi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="DEU.24.16" />Baba wasiuawe kwa ajili ya watoto wao, wala watoto wasiuawe kwa ajili ya baba zao; kila mmoja atakufa kwa ajili ya dhambi yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="DEU.24.17" />Usipotoshe hukumu ya mgeni au yatima, au kuchukua vazi la mjane kama rehani.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="DEU.24.18" />Kumbukeni kwamba mlikuwa watumwa huko Misri, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu akawakomboa kutoka huko. Hii ndiyo sababu ninawaamuru kutenda hili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="DEU.24.19" />Unapovuna shamba lako na ukasahau mganda, usirudi kuuchukua. Acha kwa ajili ya mgeni, yatima na mjane, ili
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako aweze kukubariki wewe katika kazi zote za mikono yako.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="DEU.24.20" />Unapovuna zeituni kutoka miti yako, usirudie matawi mara ya pili. Acha kilichobaki kwa ajili ya mgeni, yatima na mjane.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="DEU.24.21" />Unapochuma zabibu katika shamba lako la mizabibu usirudie tena. Acha zinazobaki kwa ajili ya mgeni, yatima na mjane.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="DEU.24.22" />Kumbuka kwamba mlikuwa watumwa katika nchi ya Misri. Ndiyo sababu ninawaamuru kufanya hili.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="25" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.25.1" />Watu wanapokuwa na ugomvi, wapeleke mahakamani na waamuzi wataamua shauri hilo; watawaachia wasio na kosa na kuwahukumu wenye hatia.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DEU.25.2" />Kama mtu mwenye hatia anastahili kuchapwa, mwamuzi atamwamuru alale chini ili achapwe mbele yake idadi ya viboko kulingana na kosa lake,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DEU.25.3" />lakini kamwe asichapwe zaidi ya viboko arobaini. Ikiwa atachapwa zaidi ya viboko arobaini, nduguyo atadhalilika machoni pako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="DEU.25.4" />Usimfunge maksai kinywa anapopura nafaka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="DEU.25.5" />Ikiwa ndugu wanaishi pamoja na mmoja wao akafa bila kuacha mwana, kamwe mjane wake asiolewe nje ya jamaa hiyo. Ndugu wa mumewe atamchukua, amwoe na kutimiza wajibu wa shemeji kwake.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DEU.25.6" />Mwana wa kwanza atakayemzaa atapewa jina la ndugu aliyekufa ili jina lake lisifutike katika Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="DEU.25.7" />Hata hivyo, ikiwa ndugu huyo wa mume hataki kuoa huyo mke wa nduguye, mjane atawaendea wazee kwenye lango la mji na kusema, “Ndugu wa mume wangu anakataa kuendeleza jina la nduguye katika Israeli. Hataki kutimiza wajibu wa shemeji kwangu.”
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="DEU.25.8" />Ndipo wazee wa mji wake watamwita na kuzungumza naye. Kama atashikilia kukataa akisema, “Sitaki kumwoa,”
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="DEU.25.9" />mjane wa nduguye atamwendea mbele ya wazee, atamvua kiatu kimoja na kumtemea mate usoni, na kusema, “Hivi ndivyo ambavyo hufanywa kwa mtu ambaye atakataa kuendeleza jamaa ya ndugu yake.”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="DEU.25.10" />Jamaa ya mtu huyo itafahamika katika Israeli kama Jamaa ya Aliyevuliwa Kiatu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="DEU.25.11" />Ikiwa watu wawili wanapigana na mke wa mmoja wao akaja kumwokoa mumewe na yule anayemshambulia, naye mke huyo akifika na kumkamata sehemu za siri,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DEU.25.12" />huyo mwanamke utamkata mkono wake. Usimhurumie.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="DEU.25.13" />Usiwe na mawe ya kupimia ya aina mbili katika mkoba wako, moja zito na jingine jepesi.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DEU.25.14" />Usiwe na vipimo viwili tofauti katika nyumba yako, kimoja kikubwa, kingine kidogo.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="DEU.25.15" />Ni lazima uwe na uzito na vipimo sahihi na vya haki, ili upate kuishi maisha marefu katika nchi anayokupa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="DEU.25.16" />Kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako humchukia yeyote ambaye hufanya mambo kama haya, yeyote anayetenda kwa udanganyifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="DEU.25.17" />Kumbuka kile Waamaleki walichowatendea mlipokuwa njiani mkitoka Misri.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="DEU.25.18" />Wakati mlipokuwa mmechoka na kuishiwa nguvu kwa safari yenu, wakawapiga wale wote waliokuja nyuma. Waamaleki hawakumwogopa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="DEU.25.19" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako atakapokupa pumziko mbali na adui zako wote wanaokuzunguka katika nchi akupayo kuimiliki kuwa urithi, utafutilia mbali kumbukumbu lote la Waamaleki chini ya mbingu. Usisahau!
<ve />
</p>

<c id="26" />
<s style="s1">Malimbuko Na Zaka
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.26.1" />Mtakapokuwa mmeingia nchi ile ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anawapa kama urithi na mtakapokuwa mmeimiliki na kukaa ndani yake,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DEU.26.2" />chukueni baadhi ya mavuno ya kwanza ya yale yote mtakayozalisha kutoka udongo wa nchi ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anawapa na mweke kwenye kapu. Kisha uende mahali ambapo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako atapachagua kuwa makao kwa ajili ya Jina lake
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DEU.26.3" />na umwambie kuhani atakayekuwepo kwa wakati huo, “Ninatangaza leo kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako kwamba nimekuja katika nchi ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliwaapia baba zetu kwamba atatupa.”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DEU.26.4" />Kuhani atapokea lile kapu mikononi mwako na kuliweka chini mbele ya madhabahu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DEU.26.5" />Kisha utatangaza mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako: “Baba yangu alikuwa Mwaramu aliyekuwa anatangatanga, akaenda Misri pamoja na watu wachache, akaishi huko hadi akawa taifa kubwa, lenye nguvu na watu wengi.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DEU.26.6" />Lakini Wamisri walituonea na kututaabisha, wakitufanyisha kazi ngumu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="DEU.26.7" />Kisha tulimlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zetu, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akasikia sauti yetu na akaona huzuni yetu, taabu yetu na mateso yetu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="DEU.26.8" />Kwa hiyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akatutoa nchi ya Misri kwa mkono wenye nguvu na ulionyooshwa, pamoja na utisho mkuu, ishara za miujiza na maajabu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="DEU.26.9" />Akatuleta mahali hapa akatupa nchi hii, nchi inayotiririka maziwa na asali;
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="DEU.26.10" />nami sasa ninaleta malimbuko ya ardhi ambayo wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, umenipa.” Weka kapu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako na usujudu mbele zake.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DEU.26.11" />Kisha wewe pamoja na Walawi na wageni wote walioko miongoni mwenu mtafurahi katika vitu vyote vizuri ambavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu amewapa pamoja na wa nyumbani mwenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="DEU.26.12" />Wakati utakapokuwa umeshatoa zaka zote za mazao yako katika mwaka wa tatu, ambao ni mwaka wa zaka, utampa Mlawi, mgeni, yatima na mjane, ili waweze kula katika miji yenu na kushiba.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="DEU.26.13" />Kisha umwambie
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako: “Nimeondoa katika nyumba yangu ile sehemu iliyowekwa wakfu na nimempa Mlawi, mgeni, yatima na mjane, kulingana na yote uliyoamuru. Sijazihalifu amri zako wala kusahau hata mojawapo.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DEU.26.14" />Sijala sehemu iliyowekwa wakfu wakati nilipokuwa nikiomboleza, wala sijaondoa mojawapo wakati nilipokuwa najisi, wala sijatoa sehemu yake yoyote kwa wafu. Nimemtii
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wangu; nimefanya kila kitu ulichoniamuru.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="DEU.26.15" />Angalia chini kutoka mbinguni, maskani yako matakatifu, uwabariki watu wako Israeli pamoja na nchi uliyotupa kama ulivyoahidi kwa kiapo kwa baba zetu, nchi inayotiririka maziwa na asali.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Fuata Maagizo Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="DEU.26.16" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako anakuagiza leo kufuata amri hizi na sheria; zishike kwa bidii kwa moyo wako wote na kwa roho yako yote.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="DEU.26.17" />Umetangaza leo kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndiye Mungu wako na kwamba utafuata njia zake, kwamba utayashika maagizo yake, amri zake na sheria zake nawe utamtii.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="DEU.26.18" />Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> ametangaza leo kwamba ninyi ni taifa lake, hazina yake ya thamani kama alivyoahidi, ili kwamba mpate kuyashika maagizo yake yote.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="DEU.26.19" />Ametangaza kwamba atawaweka juu kuliko mataifa mengine aliyoyafanya katika sifa, kuwa fahari na heshima, na kwamba mtakuwa taifa takatifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, kama alivyoahidi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="27" />
<s style="s1">Madhabahu Katika Mlima Ebali
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.27.1" />Mose na wazee wa Israeli wakawaagiza watu: “Yashikeni maagizo haya yote ninayowaagiza leo.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DEU.27.2" />Mtakapokuwa mmevuka Mto Yordani na kuingia katika nchi awapayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, msimamishe mawe makubwa na mkayatie lipu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DEU.27.3" />Andikeni juu yake maneno yote ya sheria hii wakati mtakapokuwa mmevuka na kuingia katika nchi awapayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, nchi itiririkayo maziwa na asali, kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zenu, alivyowaahidi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DEU.27.4" />Mtakapokuwa mmevuka Yordani, simamisheni mawe haya juu ya Mlima Ebali, kama ninavyowaagiza leo, mkayatie lipu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DEU.27.5" />Huko mjengeeni
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu madhabahu, madhabahu ya mawe. Msitumie kifaa chochote cha chuma juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DEU.27.6" />Jengeni madhabahu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu kwa mawe ya shambani, na mtoe sadaka za kuteketezwa juu yake kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="DEU.27.7" />Toeni sadaka za amani juu yake, mkizila na kufurahia mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="DEU.27.8" />Nanyi mtaandika maneno yote ya sheria hii kwa wazi sana juu ya mawe haya ambayo mmesimamisha.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Laana Kutoka Mlima Ebali
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="DEU.27.9" />Kisha Mose na makuhani, ambao ni Walawi, wakawaambia Israeli wote, “Nyamaza ee Israeli, sikiliza! Sasa umekuwa taifa la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="DEU.27.10" />Mtii
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako, na kufuata amri zake na maagizo ninayokupa leo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="DEU.27.11" />Siku ile ile Mose akawaagiza watu:
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="DEU.27.12" />Mtakapovuka Mto Yordani, makabila haya yatasimama juu ya Mlima Gerizimu kubariki watu: Simeoni, Lawi, Yuda, Isakari, Yosefu na Benyamini.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="DEU.27.13" />Makabila haya yatasimama juu ya Mlima Ebali kwa kutamka laana: Reubeni, Gadi, Asheri, Zabuloni, Dani na Naftali.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="DEU.27.14" />Nao Walawi watawasomea watu wote wa Israeli kwa sauti kubwa:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="15" bcv="DEU.27.15" />“Alaaniwe mtu afanyaye sanamu ya kuchonga au mwenye kusubu sanamu, kitu ambacho ni chukizo kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kazi ya mikono ya fundi stadi, na kuisimamisha kwa siri.”
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pmr" style="pmr">Kisha watu wote watasema, “Amen!”
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="16" bcv="DEU.27.16" />“Alaaniwe mtu amdharauye baba yake na mama yake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pmr" style="pmr">Kisha watu wote watasema, “Amen!”
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="17" bcv="DEU.27.17" />“Alaaniwe mtu asogezaye jiwe la mpaka wa jirani yake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pmr" style="pmr">Kisha watu wote watasema, “Amen!”
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="18" bcv="DEU.27.18" />“Alaaniwe mtu ampotoshaye kipofu njiani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pmr" style="pmr">Kisha watu wote watasema, “Amen!”
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="19" bcv="DEU.27.19" />“Alaaniwe mtu apotoshaye haki ya mgeni, yatima au mjane.”
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pmr" style="pmr">Kisha watu wote watasema, “Amen!”
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="20" bcv="DEU.27.20" />“Alaaniwe mtu akutanaye kimwili na mke wa baba yake, kwa maana anadharau malazi ya baba yake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pmr" style="pmr">Kisha watu wote watasema, “Amen!”
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="21" bcv="DEU.27.21" />“Alaaniwe mtu akutanaye kimwili na mnyama yeyote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pmr" style="pmr">Kisha watu wote watasema, “Amen!”
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="22" bcv="DEU.27.22" />“Alaaniwe mtu akutanaye kimwili na dada yake, binti wa baba yake au binti wa mama yake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pmr" style="pmr">Kisha watu wote watasema, “Amen!”
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="23" bcv="DEU.27.23" />“Alaaniwe mtu akutanaye kimwili na mama mkwe wake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pmr" style="pmr">Kisha watu wote watasema, “Amen!”
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="24" bcv="DEU.27.24" />“Alaaniwe mtu amuuaye jirani yake kwa siri.”
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pmr" style="pmr">Kisha watu wote watasema, “Amen!”
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="25" bcv="DEU.27.25" />“Alaaniwe mtu apokeaye rushwa ili kumuua mtu asiye na hatia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pmr" style="pmr">Kisha watu wote watasema, “Amen!”
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="26" bcv="DEU.27.26" />“Alaaniwe mtu yule ambaye hatashikilia maneno ya sheria hii kwa kuyatekeleza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pmr" style="pmr">Kisha watu wote watasema, “Amen!”
</p>

<c id="28" />
<s style="s1">Baraka Za Utiifu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Walawi 26:3-13; Kumbukumbu 7:12-24)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.28.1" />Kama ukimtii
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako kwa bidii na kufuata amri zake zote ninazokupa leo kwa bidii,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako atakuweka juu ya mataifa yote katika dunia.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DEU.28.2" />Baraka hizi zote zitakuja juu yako na kukupata, kama ukimtii
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="3" bcv="DEU.28.3" />Utabarikiwa mjini na utabarikiwa mashambani.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="4" bcv="DEU.28.4" />Utabarikiwa uzao wa tumbo lako, na mazao ya nchi yako na wanyama wako wachanga wa kufugwa, yaani ndama wa makundi yako ya ngʼombe, na wana-kondoo wa makundi yako.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="5" bcv="DEU.28.5" />Kapu lako na vyombo vyako vya kukandia vitabarikiwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="6" bcv="DEU.28.6" />Utabarikiwa uingiapo na utabarikiwa utokapo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="DEU.28.7" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atasababisha adui wainukao dhidi yako kushindwa mbele yako. Watakujia kwa njia moja lakini watakimbia mbele yako kwa njia saba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="DEU.28.8" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ataagiza baraka juu ya ghala zako na juu ya kila kitu utakachogusa kwa mkono wako.
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako atakubariki katika nchi anayokupa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="DEU.28.9" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atakufanya kuwa taifa lake takatifu, kama alivyokuahidi kwa kiapo, kama ukishika maagizo ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako na kwenda katika njia zake.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="DEU.28.10" />Kisha mataifa yote ya dunia wataona kuwa unaitwa kwa jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nao watakuogopa.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DEU.28.11" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atakupa kustawi kwa wingi, katika tunda la uzao wa tumbo lako, katika wanyama wachanga wa mifugo yako na katika mazao ya ardhi yako, katika nchi aliyowaapia baba zako kuwapa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="DEU.28.12" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atafungua mbingu, ghala zake za baraka, kukupa mvua kwa majira yake na kubariki kazi zako zote za mikono yako. Utakopesha mataifa mengi lakini hutakopa kwa yeyote.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="DEU.28.13" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atakufanya kichwa, wala si mkia. Kama utazingatia maagizo ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako ninayokupa siku hii ya leo na kuyafuata kwa bidii, daima utakuwa juu, kamwe hutakuwa chini.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DEU.28.14" />Usihalifu amri zangu zozote ninazokupa leo, kwa kwenda kuume au kushoto, kwa kufuata miungu mingine na kuitumikia.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Laana Kwa Kutokutii
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Walawi 26:14-46)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="DEU.28.15" />Hata hivyo, kama hutamtii
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako na kuzishika kwa bidii amri zake zote na maagizo ninayokupa leo, laana hizi zote zitakuja juu yako na kukupata:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="16" bcv="DEU.28.16" />Utalaaniwa mjini na utalaaniwa mashambani.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="17" bcv="DEU.28.17" />Kapu lako na chombo chako cha kukandia kitalaaniwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="18" bcv="DEU.28.18" />Uzao wa tumbo lako utalaaniwa, mazao ya ardhi yako, ndama wa makundi yako ya ngʼombe na wana-kondoo wa makundi yako.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="19" bcv="DEU.28.19" />Utalaaniwa uingiapo na utokapo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="DEU.28.20" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ataleta laana juu yako, fadhaa na kukaripiwa katika kila kitu unachokigusa kwa mkono wako, mpaka uwe umeharibiwa na kuangamizwa ghafula kwa ajili ya maovu uliyoyafanya kwa kumwacha yeye.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="DEU.28.21" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atakupiga kwa magonjwa mpaka akuangamize kutoka nchi unayoingia kuimiliki.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="DEU.28.22" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atakupiga kwa magonjwa ya kudhoofisha, kwa homa na kuwashwa, hari na kwa ukame, kutu na kuwa na uchungu ambavyo vitakupiga mpaka uangamie.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="DEU.28.23" />Anga juu yako itakuwa shaba, na ardhi chini yako itakuwa chuma.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="DEU.28.24" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atafanya mvua ya nchi yako kuwa mavumbi na mchanga; vitakujia kutoka angani mpaka uangamie.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="DEU.28.25" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atakufanya ushindwe mbele ya adui zako. Utawajia kwa njia moja lakini utawakimbia mbele yao kwa njia saba, nawe utakuwa kitu cha kuchukiza kwa falme zote za dunia.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="DEU.28.26" />Mizoga yenu itakuwa chakula cha ndege wa angani na wanyama wa nchi, wala hapatakuwepo mtu yeyote wa kuwafukuza.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="DEU.28.27" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atakupiga kwa majipu ya Misri na kwa vidonda vitokavyo usaha na kuwashwa, ambako huwezi kuponywa.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="DEU.28.28" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atakupiga kwa wazimu, upofu na kuchanganyikiwa kwa akili.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="DEU.28.29" />Wakati wa adhuhuri utapapasapapasa huku na huko kama mtu kipofu katika giza. Hutafanikiwa katika lolote ufanyalo; siku baada ya siku utaonewa na kunyangʼanywa, wala hakuna yeyote atakayekuokoa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="DEU.28.30" />Utaposa mke, lakini mtu mwingine atakutana naye kimwili. Utajenga nyumba, lakini hutaishi ndani yake. Utapanda shamba la mizabibu, lakini hutakula matunda yake.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="DEU.28.31" />Ngʼombe wako atachinjwa mbele ya macho yako lakini hutakula nyama yake. Punda wako atachukuliwa kwa nguvu kutoka kwako wala hatarudishwa. Kondoo wako watapewa adui zako, wala hakuna mtu yeyote wa kuwaokoa.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="DEU.28.32" />Wanao na binti zako watatolewa kwa mataifa mengine, nawe utayachosha macho yako ukiwatazamia siku baada ya siku, hutakuwa na nguvu kuinua mkono.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="DEU.28.33" />Taifa usilolijua watakula mazao ya nchi yako na taabu ya kazi yako, hutakuwa na chochote, bali kuonewa kikatili siku zako zote.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="DEU.28.34" />Vitu utakavyoviona kwa macho yako vitakufanya wazimu.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="DEU.28.35" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atayapiga magoti yako na miguu yako kwa majipu yenye maumivu makali yasiyoponyeka, yakienea kutoka nyayo za miguu yako hadi utosini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="DEU.28.36" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atakupeleka wewe na mfalme uliyemweka juu yako uende kwenye taifa ambalo hukulijua wewe wala baba zako. Huko utaabudu miungu mingine, miungu ya miti na mawe.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="DEU.28.37" />Utakuwa kitu cha kuchukiza, tena kitu cha kudharauliwa na kudhihakiwa kwa mataifa yote huko
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakakokupeleka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="DEU.28.38" />Utapanda mbegu nyingi katika shamba lakini utavuna haba, kwa sababu nzige watazila.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="DEU.28.39" />Utapanda mashamba ya mizabibu na kuyapalilia, lakini hutakunywa divai yake wala hutakusanya zabibu, kwa sababu wadudu watazila.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="DEU.28.40" />Utakuwa na mizeituni katika nchi yako yote, lakini hutatumia hayo mafuta yake, kwa sababu zeituni zitapukutika.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="DEU.28.41" />Utakuwa na wana na binti lakini hawatakuwa nawe, kwa sababu watachukuliwa mateka.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="DEU.28.42" />Makundi ya nzige yatavamia miti yako yote na mazao ya nchi yako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="43" bcv="DEU.28.43" />Mgeni anayeishi miongoni mwako atainuka juu zaidi na zaidi kuliko wewe, lakini wewe utashuka chini zaidi na zaidi.
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="DEU.28.44" />Yeye atakukopesha, lakini wewe hutamkopesha. Yeye atakuwa kichwa, lakini wewe utakuwa mkia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="45" bcv="DEU.28.45" />Laana hizi zote zitakuja juu yako. Zitakufuatia na kukupata mpaka uangamizwe, kwa sababu hukumtii
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako, na kuzishika amri zake na maagizo yake aliyokupa.
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="DEU.28.46" />Zitakuwa ishara na ajabu kwako na kwa wazao wako milele.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="DEU.28.47" />Kwa sababu hukumtumikia
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako kwa furaha na kwa moyo wakati wa kufanikiwa kwako,
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="DEU.28.48" />kwa hiyo katika njaa na kiu, katika uchi na umaskini wa kutisha, utawatumikia adui ambao
<nd>Bwana</nd> atawatuma dhidi yako. Yeye ataweka nira ya chuma shingoni mwako hadi amekwisha kukuangamiza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="49" bcv="DEU.28.49" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ataleta taifa dhidi yako kutoka mbali, kutoka miisho ya dunia, kama tai ashukiavyo mawindo chini, taifa ambalo hutaijua lugha yake,
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="DEU.28.50" />taifa lenye uso mkali lisilojali wazee wala kuwahurumia vijana.
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="DEU.28.51" />Watakula wadogo wa mifugo yako na mazao ya nchi yako mpaka umeangamia. Hawatakuachia nafaka, divai mpya au mafuta, wala ndama wowote wa kundi lako au wana-kondoo wa kundi lako mpaka umekuwa magofu.
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="DEU.28.52" />Nao wataizingira miji yote katika nchi yako mpaka kuta ndefu za ngome ambazo unazitegemea zimeanguka. Watazingira miji yote katika nchi ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako anakupa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="53" bcv="DEU.28.53" />Utakula uzao wa tumbo lako, nyama ya wana wako na binti zako ambao
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako amekupa, kwa sababu ya mateso yale adui zako watakayokuletea wakati wa kukuzingira.
<ve />
<v id="54" bcv="DEU.28.54" />Hata yule mtu muungwana sana na makini miongoni mwako hatakuwa na huruma kwa ndugu yake mwenyewe au kwa mke ampendaye au watoto wake waliosalia,
<ve />
<v id="55" bcv="DEU.28.55" />naye hatampa hata mmoja wao nyama ya watoto wake ambao anawala. Kwa kuwa hakuna kitu kingine kilichosalia kwake katika mazingirwa makali ambayo adui yako watakuletea kwa miji yako yote.
<ve />
<v id="56" bcv="DEU.28.56" />Mwanamke ambaye ni muungwana sana na makini miongoni mwako, yaani ambaye ni makini sana na muungwana kiasi kwamba asingethubutu kugusa ardhi kwa wayo wa mguu wake, yeye atakuwa mchoyo kwa mume ampendaye na mwanawe mwenyewe au binti yake,
<ve />
<v id="57" bcv="DEU.28.57" />kondoo wa nyuma kutoka kwenye tumbo lake na watoto anaowazaa. Kwa kuwa anakusudia kuwala kwa siri wakati wa kuzingirwa na katika taabu zile ambazo adui yako atazileta juu yako na miji yako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="58" bcv="DEU.28.58" />Kama hutafuata kwa bidii maneno yote ya sheria hii, ambayo yameandikwa katika kitabu hiki na kama hutalicha hili jina la fahari na la kutisha, yaani la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako,
<ve />
<v id="59" bcv="DEU.28.59" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ataleta mapigo ya kutisha juu yako na kwa wazao wako, maafa makali na ya kudumu, magonjwa mazito na ya kudumu.
<ve />
<v id="60" bcv="DEU.28.60" />Atakuletea juu yako magonjwa yote ya Misri yale uliyoyaogopa, nayo yataambatana nawe.
<ve />
<v id="61" bcv="DEU.28.61" />Pia
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakuletea kila aina ya ugonjwa na maafa ambayo hayakuandikwa humu katika kitabu hiki cha sheria, mpaka utakapokuwa umeangamizwa.
<ve />
<v id="62" bcv="DEU.28.62" />Ninyi ambao mlikuwa wengi kama nyota za angani mtaachwa wachache tu, kwa sababu hamkumtii
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.
<ve />
<v id="63" bcv="DEU.28.63" />Kama ilivyompendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuwafanya ninyi mstawi na kuongezeka kwa idadi, ndivyo itakavyompendeza kuwaharibu na kuwaangamiza ninyi. Mtangʼolewa kutoka nchi mnayoiingia kuimiliki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="64" bcv="DEU.28.64" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> atawatawanya miongoni mwa mataifa yote, kutoka mwisho mmoja wa dunia hadi mwingine. Huko mtaabudu miungu mingine, miungu ya miti na ya mawe, ambayo ninyi wala baba zenu hamkuijua.
<ve />
<v id="65" bcv="DEU.28.65" />Miongoni mwa mataifa hayo hamtapata raha wala mahali pa kupumzisha wayo wa mguu wenu. Huko
<nd>Bwana</nd> atawapa mahangaiko ya mawazo, macho yaliyochoka kwa kungojea na moyo uliokata tamaa.
<ve />
<v id="66" bcv="DEU.28.66" />Utaishi katika mahangaiko siku zote, ukiwa umejaa hofu usiku na mchana, wala hutakuwa kamwe na uhakika wa maisha yako.
<ve />
<v id="67" bcv="DEU.28.67" />Wakati wa asubuhi utasema hivi, “Laiti ingekuwa jioni!” Jioni utasema, “Laiti ingekuwa asubuhi,” kwa sababu ya hofu ile itakayojaza moyo wako na vitu vile macho yako yatakavyoviona.
<ve />
<v id="68" bcv="DEU.28.68" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atawarudisha tena Misri kwa meli, safari niliyosema kamwe hamngeenda tena. Huko mtajiuza ninyi wenyewe kwa adui zenu kama watumwa wa kiume na wa kike, lakini hakuna yeyote atakayewanunua.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="29" />
<s style="s1">Kufanya Upya Agano
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.29.1" />Haya ndiyo maneno ya Agano
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyomwagiza Mose kufanya na Waisraeli huko Moabu, kuwa nyongeza ya Agano alilofanya nao huko Horebu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="DEU.29.2" />Mose akawaita Waisraeli wote akawaambia:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p">Macho yenu yameona yale yote
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyofanya kwa Mfalme Farao huko Misri, kwa maafisa wake wote na kwa nchi yake yote.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DEU.29.3" />Kwa macho yenu wenyewe mliona yale majaribu makubwa, ishara zile za miujiza na maajabu makubwa.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DEU.29.4" />Lakini mpaka leo
<nd>Bwana</nd> hajawapa akili ya kuelewa au macho yanayoona au masikio yanayosikia.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DEU.29.5" />Kwa muda wa miaka arobaini niliyowaongoza jangwani, nguo zenu hazikuchakaa, wala viatu miguuni mwenu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DEU.29.6" />Hamkula mkate na hamkunywa divai wala kileo chochote. Nilifanya hivi ili mpate kujua kuwa mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="DEU.29.7" />Wakati mlipofika mahali hapa, Sihoni mfalme wa Heshboni na Ogu mfalme wa Bashani walikuja kupigana dhidi yetu, lakini tuliwashinda.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="DEU.29.8" />Tuliichukua nchi yao na kuwapa Wareubeni, Wagadi na nusu ya kabila la Manase kama urithi wao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="DEU.29.9" />Fuateni kwa bidii masharti ya Agano hili, ili kwamba mweze kustawi katika kila kitu mnachofanya.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="DEU.29.10" />Ninyi nyote leo mnasimama mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu; mkiwa viongozi na wakuu wenu, wazee na maafisa wenu, na wanaume wengine wote wa Israeli,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DEU.29.11" />pamoja na watoto wenu, wake zenu na pia wageni waishio katika kambi zenu wanaowapasulia kuni na kuwachotea maji.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DEU.29.12" />Mnasimama hapa ili kufanya Agano na
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, Agano ambalo Mungu analifanya nanyi siku hii ya leo na kulitia muhuri kwa kiapo,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="DEU.29.13" />kuwathibitisha ninyi siku hii ya leo kama taifa lake, ili aweze kuwa Mungu wenu kama alivyowaahidi na kama alivyowaapia baba zenu Abrahamu, Isaki na Yakobo.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DEU.29.14" />Ninafanya Agano hili pamoja na kiapo chake, sio na ninyi tu
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="DEU.29.15" />mnaosimama hapa na sisi leo mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu, bali pia pamoja na wale ambao hawapo hapa leo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="DEU.29.16" />Ninyi wenyewe mnajua jinsi tulivyoishi nchini Misri na jinsi tulivyopita katikati ya nchi mpaka tukafika hapa.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="DEU.29.17" />Mliona miongoni mwao vinyago vyao vya kuchukiza na sanamu za miti na mawe, za fedha na dhahabu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="DEU.29.18" />Hakikisheni kwamba hakuna mwanaume au mwanamke, ukoo au kabila miongoni mwenu leo ambalo moyo wake utamwacha
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu, kwenda kuabudu miungu ya mataifa hayo. Hakikisheni hakuna mzizi miongoni mwenu unaotoa sumu chungu ya namna hii.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="DEU.29.19" />Wakati mtu wa namna hii asikiapo maneno ya kiapo hiki, hujibariki mwenyewe na kisha hufikiri, “Nitakuwa salama, hata kama nikiendelea kuifuata njia yangu mwenyewe.” Hili litaleta maafa juu ya nchi iliyonyeshewa sawasawa na nchi kame.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="DEU.29.20" /><nd>Bwana</nd> kamwe hatakuwa radhi kumsamehe, ghadhabu na wivu wa Mungu vitawaka dhidi ya mtu huyo. Laana zote zilizoandikwa katika kitabu hiki zitamwangukia na
<nd>Bwana</nd> atafuta jina lake chini ya mbingu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="DEU.29.21" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atamtwaa peke yake kutoka makabila ya Israeli kwa maangamizo, kulingana na laana zote za Agano zilizoandikwa kwenye Kitabu hiki cha Sheria.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="DEU.29.22" />Watoto wako watakaofuata baada yako katika vizazi vya baadaye na wageni ambao watakuja kutoka nchi za mbali, wataona maafa, yaliyoipata nchi na magonjwa ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyaleta juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="DEU.29.23" />Nchi yote itakuwa jaa linaloungua la chumvi na kiberiti: hakutakuwa kilichopandwa, hakutakuwa kinachochipua, wala hakutakuwa mimea inayoota juu yake. Itakuwa kama maangamizo ya Sodoma na Gomora, Adma na Seboimu, ambazo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliangamiza kwa hasira kali.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="DEU.29.24" />Mataifa yote yatauliza: “Kwa nini
<nd>Bwana</nd> amefanya hivi juu ya nchi hii? Kwa nini hasira hii kali ikawaka?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="DEU.29.25" />Na jibu litakuwa: “Ni kwa sababu watu hawa waliacha Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zao, Agano alilofanya nao wakati alipowatoa katika nchi ya Misri.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="DEU.29.26" />Walienda zao na kuabudu miungu mingine na kuisujudia, miungu wasioijua, miungu ambayo Mungu hakuwapa.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="DEU.29.27" />Kwa hiyo hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ikawaka dhidi ya nchi hii, hivyo Mungu akaleta juu yake laana zote zilizoandikwa katika kitabu hiki.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="DEU.29.28" />Katika hasira kali na katika ghadhabu kuu
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliwangʼoa kutoka nchi yao na kuwasukumia katika nchi nyingine, kama ilivyo sasa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="DEU.29.29" />Mambo ya siri ni ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu, bali yaliyofunuliwa ni yetu na watoto wetu milele, ili tuweze kuyafanya maneno yote ya sheria hii.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="30" />
<s style="s1">Mafanikio Baada Ya Kumgeukia
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.30.1" />Wakati baraka hizi zote pamoja na laana nilizoziweka mbele yako zitakapokujia, nawe ukazitafakari moyoni popote
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako atakapokutawanya miongoni mwa mataifa,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DEU.30.2" />hapo wewe na watoto wako mtakapomrudia
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako, na kumtii kwa moyo wako wote na kwa roho yako yote kulingana na kila kitu ninachokuamuru leo,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DEU.30.3" />ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako atakapokurudisha kutoka utumwani na kukuhurumia, naye atakukusanya tena kutoka mataifa yote kule alikutawanya.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DEU.30.4" />Hata kama umefukuziwa katika nchi ya mbali kiasi gani chini ya mbingu, kutoka huko
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako atakukusanya na kukurudisha.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DEU.30.5" />Yeye
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakurudisha katika nchi iliyokuwa mali ya baba zako, nawe utaimiliki. Naye atakufanya ufanikiwe sana na kukuzidisha kwa idadi kuliko baba zako.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DEU.30.6" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako ataitahiri mioyo yenu na mioyo ya wazao wenu ili mweze kumpenda kwa moyo wako wote na kwa roho yako yote ukaishi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="DEU.30.7" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako ataweka laana hizi zote juu ya adui zako ambao wanakuchukia na kukutesa.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="DEU.30.8" />Utamtii tena
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kuzishika amri zake zote ninazokupa leo.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="DEU.30.9" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako atakapokufanikisha sana katika kazi zote za mikono yako na katika uzao wa tumbo lako, wadogo wa mifugo yako na mazao ya nchi yako.
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakufurahia tena na kukufanikisha, kama alivyowafurahia baba zako,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="DEU.30.10" />kama ukimtii
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako, na kuzishika amri zake na maagizo yake ambayo yameandikwa katika Kitabu hiki cha Sheria, na kumgeukia
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako kwa moyo wako wote na kwa roho yako yote.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Uzima Na Mauti
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="DEU.30.11" />Ninachokuagiza leo sio kigumu sana kwako au usichokiweza.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DEU.30.12" />Hakiko juu mbinguni, ili uulize, “Ni nani atakayepanda mbinguni kukileta na kututangazia ili tuweze kutii?”
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="DEU.30.13" />Wala hakiko ngʼambo ya bahari, ili uulize, “Ni nani atakayevuka bahari kwenda kukichukua na kututangazia ili tupate kutii?”
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DEU.30.14" />La hasha! Lile neno liko karibu sana nawe; liko kinywani mwako na ndani ya moyo wako ili uweze kulitii.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="DEU.30.15" />Tazama, naweka mbele yako leo uzima na mafanikio, mauti na maangamizo.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="DEU.30.16" />Ninakuamuru leo kwamba umpende
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako, utembee katika njia zake, na kutunza maagizo yake, amri na sheria zake; ndipo utakapoishi na kuongezeka, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako atakubariki katika nchi unayoingia kuimiliki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="DEU.30.17" />Lakini kama moyo wako ukigeukia mbali ukawa huna utii, kama umevutwa kuisujudia miungu mingine na kuiabudu,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="DEU.30.18" />nakutangazia leo hii kwamba hakika utaangamizwa. Hutaishi maisha marefu katika nchi unayovuka Yordani kuiingia na kuimiliki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="DEU.30.19" />Leo ninaziita mbingu na nchi kama mashahidi dhidi yako kwamba nimeweka mbele yako uzima na mauti, baraka na laana. Basi sasa chagueni uzima, ili wewe na watoto wako mpate kuishi,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="DEU.30.20" />na ili upate kumpenda
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako, uisikilize sauti yake na kuambatana naye. Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndiye uzima wako, na atakupa wingi wa siku ili upate kuishi katika nchi aliyoapa kuwapa baba zako Abrahamu, Isaki na Yakobo.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="31" />
<s style="s1">Yoshua Kutawala Baada Ya Mose
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Hesabu 27:12-23)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.31.1" />Kisha Mose akaenda akasema maneno haya kwa Waisraeli wote:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DEU.31.2" />“Sasa nina miaka mia moja na ishirini nami siwezi tena kuwaongoza.
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameniambia, ‘Hutavuka Yordani.’
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DEU.31.3" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, yeye mwenyewe atavuka mbele yenu. Ataangamiza mataifa haya mbele yenu, nanyi mtaimiliki nchi yao. Pia Yoshua atavuka mbele yenu, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyosema.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DEU.31.4" />Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> atawafanyia watu hao kile alichowafanyia Sihoni na Ogu, wafalme wa Waamori, ambao aliwaangamiza pamoja na nchi yao.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DEU.31.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atawakabidhi kwenu, nanyi lazima mwatendee yale yote niliyowaamuru.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DEU.31.6" />Kuweni imara na moyo wa ushujaa. Msiogope wala msifadhaike kwa sababu yao, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anakwenda pamoja nanyi; kamwe hatawaacha wala hatawatupa ninyi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="DEU.31.7" />Kisha Mose akamwita Yoshua na akamwambia mbele ya Israeli wote, “Uwe imara na moyo wa ushujaa, kwa kuwa ni lazima uende na watu hawa katika nchi ile
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyowaapia baba zao kuwapa, nawe ni lazima uwagawie kama urithi wao.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="DEU.31.8" /><nd>Bwana</nd> mwenyewe atakutangulia naye atakuwa pamoja nawe; kamwe hatakuacha wala hatakutupa. Usiogope, wala usifadhaike.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kusoma Sheria
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="DEU.31.9" />Kwa hiyo Mose akaandika sheria hii na kuwapa makuhani, wana wa Lawi, waliochukua Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na wazee wote wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="DEU.31.10" />Kisha Mose akawaamuru, akasema: “Mwishoni mwa kila miaka saba, katika mwaka wa kufuta madeni, wakati wa Sikukuu ya Vibanda,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DEU.31.11" />Waisraeli wote wanapokuja mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu mahali atakapopachagua, utasoma sheria hii mbele yao masikioni mwao.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DEU.31.12" />Kusanya watu wote, wanaume, wanawake, watoto na wageni wanaoishi katika miji yenu, ili waweze kusikia na kujifunza kumcha
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu na kufuata kwa bidii maneno yote ya sheria hii.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="DEU.31.13" />Watoto wao, ambao hawaijui sheria hii, lazima waisikie na kujifunza kumcha
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu kwa muda mtakaoishi katika nchi mnayovuka Yordani kuimiliki.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuasi Kwa Waisraeli Kunatabiriwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="DEU.31.14" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose, “Sasa siku ya kifo chako imekaribia. Mwite Yoshua, mkajihudhurishe katika Hema la Kukutania, mahali nitakapompa maagizo ya kazi.” Kwa hiyo Mose na Yoshua wakaja na kujihudhurisha kwenye Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="DEU.31.15" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akatokea katika Hema katika nguzo ya wingu, nalo wingu likasimama juu ya ingilio la Hema.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="DEU.31.16" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose: “Unakwenda kupumzika na baba zako, nao watu hawa hivi karibuni watazini na miungu migeni ya nchi wanayoingia. Wataniacha na kuvunja Agano nililofanya nao.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="DEU.31.17" />Siku hiyo nitawakasirikia na kuwaacha; nitawaficha uso wangu, nao wataangamizwa. Maafa mengi na shida nyingi zitakuja juu yao, nao siku hiyo watauliza, ‘Je, maafa haya hayakuja juu yetu kwa sababu Mungu wetu hayuko pamoja nasi?’
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="DEU.31.18" />Nami hakika nitauficha uso wangu siku hiyo kwa sababu ya maovu yao yote kwa kugeukia miungu mingine.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="DEU.31.19" />“Sasa ujiandikie wimbo huu,<f caller="+"><fr>31:19
</fr><ft>Wimbo huu hapa ina maana wimbo wa Mose.</ft></f> uwafundishe Waisraeli na uwaamuru wauimbe, ili upate kuwa ushahidi wangu dhidi yao.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="DEU.31.20" />Nitakapokwisha kuwaingiza katika nchi itiririkayo maziwa na asali, nchi niliyowaahidi baba zao kwa kiapo, nao watakapokula wakashiba na kufanikiwa, watageukia miungu mingine na kuiabudu, wakinikataa mimi na kuvunja Agano langu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="DEU.31.21" />Maafa na shida zitakapokuja juu yao, wimbo huu utashuhudia dhidi yao, kwa sababu hautasahauliwa na wazao wao. Ninajua lile wanaloandaa kufanya, hata kabla sijawaingiza katika nchi niliyowaahidi kwa kiapo.”
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="DEU.31.22" />Hivyo Mose akaandika wimbo huu siku ile na akawafundisha Waisraeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="DEU.31.23" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akampa Yoshua mwana wa Nuni agizo hili: “Uwe hodari na shujaa, kwa kuwa utawaleta Waisraeli katika nchi niliyowaahidi kwa kiapo, nami mwenyewe nitakuwa pamoja nawe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="DEU.31.24" />Baada ya Mose kumaliza kuandika kwenye kitabu maneno ya sheria hii kutoka mwanzo hadi mwisho,
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="DEU.31.25" />akawapa Walawi wale waliolibeba Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd> agizo hili, akawaambia:
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="DEU.31.26" />“Chukueni Kitabu hiki cha Sheria mkakiweke kando ya Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu. Hapo ndipo kitakapokaa kama shahidi dhidi yenu.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="DEU.31.27" />Kwa kuwa ninajua jinsi mlivyo waasi na mlivyo na shingo ngumu. Kama mmekuwa mkiasi dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> nikiwa bado niko hai na nikiwa pamoja nanyi, mtaasi mara ngapi baada ya kufa kwangu!
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="DEU.31.28" />Kusanyeni mbele yangu wazee wote wa makabila yenu na maafisa wenu wote, ili nipate kusema maneno haya masikioni mwao na kuziita mbingu na nchi ili kushuhudia dhidi yao.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="DEU.31.29" />Kwa kuwa ninajua baada ya kifo changu hakika mtakuwa waovu kabisa na kugeuka kutoka njia niliyowaamuru ninyi. Katika siku zijazo, maafa yatawapata kwa sababu mtafanya maovu mbele ya macho ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na kuchochea hasira yake kwa yale mikono yenu itakayokuwa imefanya.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wimbo Wa Mose
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="DEU.31.30" />Mose akayasoma maneno ya wimbo huu kutoka mwanzo hadi mwisho katika masikio ya kusanyiko lote la Israeli:
<ve />
</p>

<c id="32" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.32.1" />Sikilizeni, enyi mbingu, nami nitasema;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikia, ee nchi, maneno ya kinywa changu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="DEU.32.2" />Mafundisho yangu na yanyeshe kama mvua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na maneno yangu na yashuke kama umande,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama manyunyu juu ya majani mabichi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mvua tele juu ya mimea myororo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="DEU.32.3" />Nitalitangaza jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Naam, sifuni ukuu wa Mungu wetu!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="DEU.32.4" />Yeye ni Mwamba, kazi zake ni kamilifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">njia zake zote ni haki.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mungu mwaminifu ambaye hakosei,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ni mnyofu na mwenye haki.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="DEU.32.5" />Wamefanya mambo ya upotovu mbele zake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa aibu yao, wao si watoto wake tena,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini ni kizazi kilicho kiovu na kilichopotoka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="DEU.32.6" />Je, hii ndiyo njia ya kumlipa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">enyi watu wajinga na wasio na busara?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, yeye siye Baba yenu, Muumba wenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliyewafanya ninyi na kuwaumba?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="DEU.32.7" />Kumbuka siku za kale;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tafakari vizazi vya zamani vilivyopita.
</q>
<q style="q1">Uliza baba yako, naye atakuambia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wazee wako, nao watakueleza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="DEU.32.8" />Aliye Juu Sana alipowapa mataifa urithi wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alipogawanya wanadamu wote,
</q>
<q style="q1">aliweka mipaka kwa ajili ya mataifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sawasawa na hesabu ya wana wa Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="DEU.32.9" />Kwa kuwa fungu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni watu wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yakobo kura yake ya urithi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="DEU.32.10" />Katika nchi ya jangwa alimkuta,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika nyika tupu ivumayo upepo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Alimhifadhi na kumtunza;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akamlinda kama mboni ya jicho lake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="DEU.32.11" />kama tai avurugaye kiota chake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kurukaruka juu ya makinda yake,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambaye hutanda mabawa yake kuwadaka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na huwachukua kwenye mabawa yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="DEU.32.12" /><nd>Bwana</nd> peke yake alimwongoza;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuwepo mungu mgeni pamoja naye.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="DEU.32.13" />Akamfanya apande sehemu zilizoinuka za nchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akamlisha kwa mavuno ya mashamba.
</q>
<q style="q1">Akamlea kwa asali toka mwambani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa mafuta kutoka mwamba mgumu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="DEU.32.14" />kwa jibini na maziwa kutoka makundi ya ngʼombe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutoka makundi ya mbuzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mafuta ya wana-kondoo na mbuzi,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kondoo dume wazuri wa Bashani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa ngano nzuri.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ukanywa damu ya zabibu inayotoa povu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="DEU.32.15" />Yeshuruni<f caller="+"><fr>32:15
</fr><ft>Yeshuruni maana yake ni Yeye aliye mnyofu, yaani Israeli (ona pia
</ft><xt>Kum 33:26; Isa 44:2</xt><ft>).</ft></f> alinenepa na kupiga teke;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alikuwa na chakula tele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akawa mzito na akapendeza sana.
</q>
<q style="q1">Akamwacha Mungu aliyemuumba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumkataa Mwamba Mwokozi wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="DEU.32.16" />Wakamfanya Mungu kuwa na wivu kwa miungu yao migeni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumkasirisha kwa sanamu zao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">za machukizo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="DEU.32.17" />Wakatoa dhabihu kwa pepo, ambao si Mungu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miungu wasiyoijua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miungu iliyojitokeza siku za karibuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miungu ambayo baba zenu hawakuiogopa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="DEU.32.18" />Mkamwacha Mwamba, aliyewazaa ninyi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkamsahau Mungu aliyewazaa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="DEU.32.19" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akaona hili, akawakataa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu alikasirishwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wanawe na binti zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="DEU.32.20" />Akasema, “Nitawaficha uso wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nione mwisho wao utakuwa nini,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa wao ni kizazi kilichopotoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watoto ambao si waaminifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="DEU.32.21" />Wamenifanya niwe na wivu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kile ambacho si mungu,
</q>
<q style="q1">na kunikasirisha kwa sanamu zao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zisizokuwa na thamani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitawafanya wawaonee wivu wale ambao si taifa.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nitawafanya wakasirishwe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na taifa lile lisilo na ufahamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="DEU.32.22" />Kwa maana moto umewashwa kwa hasira yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ule uwakao hadi kwenye vina vya mauti.
</q>
<q style="q1">Utateketeza dunia pamoja na mazao yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwasha moto katika misingi ya milima.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="DEU.32.23" />“Nitalundika majanga juu yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutumia mishale yangu dhidi yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="DEU.32.24" />Nitatuma njaa kali dhidi yao maradhi mabaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yateketezayo na tauni ya kufisha;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitawapelekea meno makali ya wanyama mwitu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na sumu ya nyoka wale watambaao mavumbini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="DEU.32.25" />Barabarani upanga utawakosesha watoto;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyumbani mwao hofu itatawala.
</q>
<q style="q1">Vijana wao wa kiume na wa kike wataangamia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pia watoto wachanga na wazee wenye mvi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="DEU.32.26" />Nilisema ningewatawanya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufuta kumbukumbu lao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika mwanadamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="DEU.32.27" />Lakini nilihofia dhihaka za adui,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">adui asije akashindwa kuelewa,
</q>
<q style="q1">na kusema, ‘Mikono yetu imeshinda;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> hakufanya yote haya.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="DEU.32.28" />Wao ni taifa lisilo na akili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna busara ndani yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="DEU.32.29" />Laiti wangekuwa na hekima wangefahamu hili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutambua mwisho wao utakuwa aje!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="DEU.32.30" />Mtu mmoja angewezaje kufukuza elfu moja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au wawili kufukuza elfu kumi,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama si kwamba Mwamba wao amewauza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama si kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> amewaacha?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="DEU.32.31" />Kwa kuwa mwamba wao si kama Mwamba wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sawasawa na vile adui zetu wanavyokiri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="DEU.32.32" />Mzabibu wao unatoka kwenye mzabibu wa Sodoma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutoka kwenye mashamba ya Gomora.
</q>
<q style="q1">Zabibu zake zimejaa sumu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vishada vyake vimejaa uchungu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="DEU.32.33" />Mvinyo wao ni sumu ya nyoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sumu yenye kufisha ya swila.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="DEU.32.34" />“Je, hili sikuliweka akiba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kulifungia kwenye vyumba vyangu vya hazina?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="DEU.32.35" />Ni juu yangu kulipiza kisasi; nitalipiza.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wakati utakapowadia, mguu wao utateleza;
</q>
<q style="q1">siku yao ya maafa ni karibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na maangamizo yao yanawajia haraka.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="36" bcv="DEU.32.36" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atawahukumu watu wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwahurumia watumishi wake
</q>
<q style="q1">atakapoona nguvu zao zimekwisha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna yeyote aliyebaki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtumwa au aliye huru.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="37" bcv="DEU.32.37" />Atasema: “Sasa iko wapi miungu yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwamba walioukimbilia,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="38" bcv="DEU.32.38" />miungu wale waliokula mafuta ya dhabihu zao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunywa mvinyo wa sadaka zao za vinywaji?
</q>
<q style="q1">Wainuke basi, wawasaidie!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wawapeni basi ulinzi!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="39" bcv="DEU.32.39" />“Tazama basi, Mimi mwenyewe, Mimi Ndiye!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hakuna mungu mwingine ila Mimi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mimi ninaua na Mimi ninafufua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mimi nimejeruhi na Mimi nitaponya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna awezaye kuokoa kutoka mkononi mwangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="40" bcv="DEU.32.40" />Ninainua mkono wangu kuelekea mbinguni na kusema:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hakika kama niishivyo milele,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="41" bcv="DEU.32.41" />wakati ninapounoa upanga wangu unaometameta
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mkono wangu unapoushika ili kutoa hukumu,
</q>
<q style="q1">nitalipiza kisasi juu ya adui zangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwalipiza wale wanaonichukia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="42" bcv="DEU.32.42" />Nitailevya mishale yangu kwa damu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati upanga wangu ukitafuna nyama:
</q>
<q style="q1">damu ya waliochinjwa pamoja na mateka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vichwa vya viongozi wa adui.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="43" bcv="DEU.32.43" />Furahini, enyi mataifa, pamoja na watu wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa atailipiza damu ya watumishi wake,
</q>
<q style="q1">atalipiza kisasi juu ya adui zake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufanya upatanisho
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya nchi na watu wake.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="44" bcv="DEU.32.44" />Mose na Yoshua<f caller="+"><fr>32:44
</fr><ft>Yoshua, yaani Yehoshea kwa Kiebrania, maana yake ni Yehova ni Mwokozi.</ft></f> mwana wa Nuni wakaja, wakanena maneno yote ya wimbo watu wakiwa wanasikia.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="DEU.32.45" />Mose alipomaliza kuyasoma maneno haya yote kwa Israeli wote,
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="DEU.32.46" />akawaambia, “Yawekeni moyoni maneno yote ambayo nimewatangazia kwa makini siku hii ya leo, ili kwamba mpate kuwaagiza watoto wenu wayatii kwa bidii maneno yote ya sheria hii.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="DEU.32.47" />Siyo maneno matupu tu kwenu, bali ni uzima wenu. Kwa hayo mtaishi maisha marefu katika nchi mnayovuka Yordani kuimiliki.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mose Aelezwa Kuhusu Kifo Chake
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="48" bcv="DEU.32.48" />Siku hiyo hiyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="DEU.32.49" />“Kwea katika mapangano ya Mlima Abarimu hadi kilima cha Nebo kilichoko Moabu, ngʼambo ya Yeriko, na uitazame Kanaani, nchi ninayowapa Waisraeli kama milki yao wenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="DEU.32.50" />Utafia kwenye mlima huo unaokwea na kukusanyika pamoja na watu wako, kama ndugu yako Aroni alivyofia juu ya Mlima Hori naye akakusanyika kwa watu wake.
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="DEU.32.51" />Hii ni kwa sababu ninyi wawili mlivunja uaminifu nami mbele ya Waisraeli kwenye maji ya Meriba-Kadeshi katika Jangwa la Sini, na kwa sababu hamkuuinua utakatifu wangu miongoni mwa Waisraeli.
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="DEU.32.52" />Kwa hiyo, utaiona tu nchi kwa mbali; wewe hutaingia nchi ninayowapa watu wa Israeli.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="33" />
<s style="s1">Mose Anayabariki Makabila
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.33.1" />Hii ndiyo baraka Mose mtu wa Mungu aliyotamka kwa Waisraeli kabla ya kifo chake.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DEU.33.2" />Alisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuja kutoka Mlima Sinai,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akachomoza kama jua juu yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka Mlima Seiri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akaangaza kutoka Mlima Parani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Alikuja pamoja na watakatifu makumi elfu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka kusini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka materemko ya mlima wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="DEU.33.3" />Hakika ni wewe ambaye huwapenda watu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watakatifu wako wote wamo mkononi mwako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Miguuni pako wote wanasujudu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutoka kwako wanapokea mafundisho,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="DEU.33.4" />sheria ile Mose aliyotupa sisi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tulio milki ya kusanyiko la Yakobo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="DEU.33.5" />Alikuwa mfalme juu ya Yeshuruni<f caller="+"><fr>33:5
</fr><ft>Yeshuruni maana yake ni Yeye aliye mnyofu, yaani Israeli.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati viongozi wa watu walipokusanyika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na makabila ya Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="DEU.33.6" />“Reubeni na aishi, asife,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala watu wake wasiwe wachache.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="DEU.33.7" />Akasema hili kuhusu Yuda:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, sikia kilio cha Yuda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mlete kwa watu wake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa mikono yake mwenyewe hujitetea.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Naam, uwe msaada wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhidi ya adui zake!”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="DEU.33.8" />Kuhusu Lawi alisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Thumimu yako na Urimu<f caller="+"><fr>33:8
</fr><ft>Thumimu na Urimu maana yake Nuru na Kweli; vifaa hivi viliwekwa kwenye kifuko cha kifuani cha kisibau cha kuhani mkuu ili kujua mapenzi ya Mungu kwenye mambo ya kutatanisha.</ft></f> yako ulimpa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtu yule uliyemfadhili.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ulimjaribu huko Masa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kushindana naye
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye maji ya Meriba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="DEU.33.9" />Alinena hivi kuhusu baba yake na mama yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Mimi siwahitaji kamwe.’
</q>
<q style="q1">Akawasahau jamaa zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asiwatambue hata watoto wake,
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini akaliangalia neno lako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kulilinda Agano lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="DEU.33.10" />Humfundisha Yakobo mausia yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Israeli sheria yako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hufukiza uvumba mbele zako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na sadaka nzima za kuteketezwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya madhabahu yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="DEU.33.11" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, bariki ustadi wake wote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe upendezwe na kazi ya mikono yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Vipige viuno vya wale wainukao dhidi yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wapige adui zake hata wasiinuke tena.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="DEU.33.12" />Kuhusu Benyamini akasema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Mwache mpenzi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">apumzike salama kwake,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana humkinga mchana kutwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na yule
<nd>Bwana</nd> ampendaye
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hupumzika kati ya mabega yake.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="DEU.33.13" />Kuhusu Yosefu akasema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“<nd>Bwana</nd> na aibariki nchi yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa umande wa thamani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka mbinguni juu,
</q>
<q style="q1">na vilindi vya maji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vilivyotulia chini;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="DEU.33.14" />pamoja na vitu vilivyo bora sana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">viletwavyo na jua,
</q>
<q style="q1">na vitu vizuri sana vinavyoweza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutolewa na mwezi;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="DEU.33.15" />pamoja na zawadi bora sana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">za milima ya zamani
</q>
<q style="q1">na kwa wingi wa baraka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">za vilima vya milele;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="DEU.33.16" />pamoja na baraka nzuri mno
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">za ardhi na ukamilifu wake,
</q>
<q style="q1">na upendeleo wake yeye
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliyeishi kwenye kichaka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kilichokuwa kinawaka moto.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hivi vyote na vikae juu ya kichwa cha Yosefu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya paji la uso la aliye mkuu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miongoni mwa ndugu zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="DEU.33.17" />Katika fahari yeye ni kama fahali mzaliwa wa kwanza;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pembe zake ni pembe za nyati,
</q>
<q style="q1">na kwa pembe hizo atapiga mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata yaliyo miisho ya dunia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hivyo ndivyo yalivyo makumi elfu ya Efraimu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hivyo ndivyo yalivyo maelfu ya Manase.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="DEU.33.18" />Kuhusu Zabuloni akasema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Shangilia, Zabuloni, wakati wa kutoka nje,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe Isakari, katika mahema yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="DEU.33.19" />Watawaita mataifa kwenye mlima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na huko mtatoa dhabihu za haki;
</q>
<q style="q1">watajifurahisha kwa wingi uliojaza bahari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hazina zilizofichwa mchangani.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="DEU.33.20" />Kuhusu Gadi akasema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Atabarikiwa yeye aongezaye milki ya Gadi!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Gadi huishi huko kama simba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akirarua kwenye mkono au kichwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="DEU.33.21" />Alijichagulia nchi nzuri kuliko zote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili yake mwenyewe;
</q>
<q style="q1">fungu la kiongozi lilikuwa limehifadhiwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Viongozi wa watu walipokusanyika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alitimiza haki ya mapenzi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hukumu zake kuhusu Israeli.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="DEU.33.22" />Kuhusu Dani akasema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Dani ni mwana simba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akiruka kutoka Bashani.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="DEU.33.23" />Kuhusu Naftali akasema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Naftali amejaa tele upendeleo wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye amejaa baraka yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atarithi magharibi na kusini.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="DEU.33.24" />Kuhusu Asheri akasema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Aliyebarikiwa zaidi sana katika wana ni Asheri;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye na apate upendeleo kwa ndugu zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye na anawe miguu yake kwenye mafuta.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="DEU.33.25" />Makomeo ya malango yako yawe chuma na shaba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo nguvu zako zitakuwa sawa na siku zako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="DEU.33.26" />“Hakuna mwingine kama Mungu wa Yeshuruni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye hupanda juu ya mbingu ili akusaidie,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na juu ya mawingu katika utukufu wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="DEU.33.27" />Mungu wa milele ni kimbilio lako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na chini kuna mikono ya milele.
</q>
<q style="q1">Atamfukuza adui yako mbele yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akisema, ‘Mwangamize yeye!’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="DEU.33.28" />Hivyo Israeli ataishi salama peke yake.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mzao wa Yakobo ni salama
</q>
<q style="q1">katika nchi ya nafaka na divai mpya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahali ambapo mbingu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hudondosha umande.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="DEU.33.29" />Ee Israeli, wewe umebarikiwa!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani kama wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">taifa lililookolewa na
<nd>Bwana</nd>?
</q>
<q style="q1">Yeye ni ngao yako na msaada wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na upanga wako uliotukuka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Adui zako watatetemeka mbele yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe utapakanyaga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahali pao pa juu.”<f caller="+"><fr>33:29
</fr><ft>Utapakanyaga mahali pao pa juu maana yake mtakanyaga juu ya miili yao.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>

<c id="34" />
<s style="s1">Kifo Cha Mose
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DEU.34.1" />Kisha Mose akaupanda mlima Nebo kutoka tambarare za Moabu mpaka kilele cha Pisga, ngʼambo ya Yeriko. Huko
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwonyesha nchi yote: kutoka Gileadi mpaka Dani,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DEU.34.2" />Naftali yote, nchi ya Efraimu na Manase, nchi yote ya Yuda mpaka bahari ya magharibi,<f caller="+"><fr>34:2
</fr><ft>Yaani Bahari ya Mediterania.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DEU.34.3" />Negebu na nchi yote kuanzia Bonde la Yeriko, Mji wa Mitende, hadi Soari.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DEU.34.4" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia, “Hii ndiyo nchi niliyomwahidi Abrahamu na Isaki na Yakobo kwa kiapo niliposema, ‘Nitawapa wazao wako.’ Nimekuruhusu uione kwa macho yako, lakini hutavuka kuingia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="DEU.34.5" />Naye Mose mtumishi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akafa huko Moabu, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyokuwa amesema.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DEU.34.6" />Mungu akamzika huko Moabu, katika bonde mkabala na Beth-Peori, lakini hakuna ajuaye kaburi lake lilipo mpaka leo.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="DEU.34.7" />Mose alikuwa na umri wa miaka mia moja na ishirini alipofariki; hata hivyo nguvu ya macho yake haikufifia wala mwili wake haukudhoofika.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="DEU.34.8" />Waisraeli wakaomboleza kwa ajili ya Mose kwenye tambarare za Moabu kwa siku thelathini, mpaka wakati wa kulia na kuomboleza ulipopita.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="DEU.34.9" />Basi Yoshua mwana wa Nuni alijazwa roho ya hekima kwa sababu Mose alikuwa ameweka mikono yake juu yake. Kwa hiyo Waisraeli wakamsikiliza na wakafanya yale ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amemwagiza Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="DEU.34.10" />Tangu wakati huo, katika Israeli hajainuka nabii mwingine kama Mose, ambaye
<nd>Bwana</nd> alimjua uso kwa uso,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DEU.34.11" />aliyetenda ishara zote zile za miujiza na maajabu ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alimtuma kuyatenda huko Misri, yaani kwa Farao na maafisa wake wote na nchi yake yote.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DEU.34.12" />Kwa kuwa hakuna mtu yeyote aliyewahi kuonyesha nguvu nyingi ama kutenda matendo ya kutisha ambayo Mose aliwahi kuyafanya mbele ya Israeli yote.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="JOS"><id id="JOS">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Yoshua
</h><toc level="1">Yoshua
</toc><toc level="2">Yoshua
</toc><toc level="3">Yos
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Yoshua
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1"><nd>Bwana</nd> Anamwagiza Yoshua
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOS.1.1" />Baada ya kifo cha Mose mtumishi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Yoshua mwana wa Nuni, msaidizi wa Mose:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JOS.1.2" />“Mtumishi wangu Mose amekufa. Sasa basi, wewe pamoja na watu wote hawa, jiandaeni kuvuka huu Mto Yordani kuingia nchi ambayo karibu nitawapa wana wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JOS.1.3" />Kila mahali nyayo za miguu yenu zitakapokanyaga nimewapa, kama vile nilivyomwahidi Mose.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JOS.1.4" />Nchi yenu itaenea kuanzia jangwa hili hadi Lebanoni, tena kuanzia mto mkubwa wa Frati, yaani nchi yote ya Wahiti, hadi Bahari ile Kubwa<f caller="+"><fr>1:4
</fr><ft>Yaani Bahari ya Mediterania.</ft></f> iliyoko upande wa magharibi.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JOS.1.5" />Hakuna mtu yeyote atakayeweza kushindana na wewe siku zote za maisha yako. Kama vile nilivyokuwa pamoja na Mose, ndivyo nitakavyokuwa pamoja na wewe, sitakuacha wala sitakupungukia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JOS.1.6" />“Uwe hodari na shujaa, kwa sababu wewe ndiwe utakayewaongoza watu hawa kuirithi nchi niliyowaapia baba zao kuwapa.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JOS.1.7" />Uwe hodari na uwe na ushujaa mwingi. Uwe na bidii kutii sheria yote aliyokupa Mose mtumishi wangu, usiiache kwa kugeuka kuelekea kuume au kushoto, ili upate kufanikiwa popote uendako.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JOS.1.8" />Usiache Kitabu hiki cha Sheria kiondoke kinywani mwako; yatafakari maneno yake usiku na mchana, ili upate kuwa mwangalifu kufanya kila kitu sawasawa na yote yaliyoandikwa ndani yake. Ndipo utakapofanikiwa na kisha utastawi.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JOS.1.9" />Je, si mimi niliyekuamuru? Uwe hodari na shujaa. Usihofu wala usivunjike moyo, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako atakuwa pamoja nawe kokote uendako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JOS.1.10" />Ndipo Yoshua akawaagiza maafisa wa watu akisema,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JOS.1.11" />“Pitieni katika kambi yote mkawaambie watu, ‘Wekeni tayari mahitaji yenu. Siku tatu kuanzia sasa mtavuka hii Yordani ili kuingia na kuimiliki nchi ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anawapa iwe yenu wenyewe.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JOS.1.12" />Lakini kwa Wareubeni, Wagadi na nusu ya kabila la Manase, Yoshua akasema,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JOS.1.13" />“Kumbukeni agizo lile Mose mtumishi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alilowapa: ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anawapa ninyi raha, naye amewapa nchi hii.’
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JOS.1.14" />Wake zenu, watoto wenu na mifugo yenu watakaa katika nchi ile Mose aliyowapa mashariki ya Yordani, lakini mashujaa wenu wote, wakiwa wamevikwa silaha kikamilifu lazima wavuke mbele ya ndugu zenu. Imewapasa kuwasaidia ndugu zenu hadi
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JOS.1.15" /><nd>Bwana</nd> awape nao raha, kama alivyokwisha kufanya kwa ajili yenu hadi wao pia watakapokuwa wamemiliki nchi ile
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anayowapa. Baada ya hilo, mwaweza kurudi na kukalia nchi yenu wenyewe, ambayo Mose mtumishi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliwapa mashariki mwa Yordani kuelekea linakochomoza jua.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JOS.1.16" />Ndipo wakamjibu Yoshua, “Chochote ambacho umetuagiza tutafanya na popote utakapotutuma tutakwenda.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JOS.1.17" />Kama vile tulivyomtii Mose kikamilifu, ndivyo tutakavyokutii wewe.
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako na awe pamoja nawe tu kama vile alivyokuwa pamoja na Mose.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JOS.1.18" />Yeyote atakayeasi neno lako na kuacha kuyatii maneno yako, au chochote utakachowaamuru, atauawa. Uwe imara na hodari tu!”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Rahabu Na Wapelelezi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOS.2.1" />Kisha Yoshua mwana wa Nuni kwa siri akawatuma wapelelezi wawili kutoka Shitimu, akawaambia, “Nendeni mkaikague hiyo nchi, hasa Yeriko.” Kwa hiyo wakaenda na kuingia kwenye nyumba ya kahaba mmoja jina lake Rahabu na kukaa humo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="JOS.2.2" />Mfalme wa Yeriko akaambiwa, “Tazama! Baadhi ya Waisraeli wamekuja huku usiku huu kuipeleleza nchi.”
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JOS.2.3" />Hivyo mfalme wa Yeriko akatuma huu ujumbe kwa Rahabu: “Watoe wale watu waliokujia na kuingia nyumbani mwako, kwa sababu wamekuja kuipeleleza nchi yote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JOS.2.4" />Lakini huyo mwanamke alikuwa amewachukua hao watu wawili na kuwaficha. Akasema, “Naam, watu hao walikuja kwangu, lakini sikujua walikotoka.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JOS.2.5" />Kulipoingia giza, wakati wa kufunga lango la mji, watu hao waliondoka. Sijui njia waliyoiendea. Wafuatilieni haraka. Huenda mkawapata.”
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JOS.2.6" />(Lakini alikuwa amewapandisha darini akawafunika kwa mabua ya kitani aliyokuwa ameyatandika darini.)
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JOS.2.7" />Basi hao watu wakaondoka kuwafuatilia hao wapelelezi katika njia ile inayoelekea vivuko vya Yordani, mara tu wafuatiliaji walipotoka nje, lango likafungwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JOS.2.8" />Kabla wale wapelelezi hawajalala, Rahabu akawaendea huko juu darini,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JOS.2.9" />akawaambia, “Ninajua kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> amewapa nchi hii na hofu kuu imetuangukia kwa sababu yenu, kiasi kwamba wote waishio katika nchi hii wanayeyuka kwa hofu kwa sababu yenu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JOS.2.10" />Tumesikia jinsi
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyokausha maji ya Bahari ya Shamu kwa ajili yenu mlipotoka Misri, pia lile mlilowatendea Sihoni na Ogu, wafalme wawili wa Waamori mashariki mwa Yordani, ambao mliwaangamiza kabisa.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JOS.2.11" />Tuliposikia juu ya hili, mioyo yetu iliyeyuka na kila mmoja alikosa ujasiri kwa sababu yenu, kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu ni Mungu juu mbinguni na duniani chini.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JOS.2.12" />Sasa basi, tafadhali niapieni kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwamba mtaitendea hisani jamaa ya baba yangu, kwa kuwa mimi nimewatendea hisani. Nipeni ishara ya uaminifu
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JOS.2.13" />kwamba mtayahifadhi maisha ya baba yangu na mama yangu, ndugu zangu wa kiume na wa kike, pamoja na wale wote walio wa kwao na kwamba mtatuokoa na kifo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JOS.2.14" />Wale watu wakamhakikishia Rahabu, “Uhai wetu kwa uhai wenu! Ikiwa hutatoa habari ya nini tunachofanya, wakati
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakapotupa nchi hii, tutawatendea kwa hisani na kwa uaminifu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JOS.2.15" />Kisha akawateremsha dirishani kwa kamba, kwa kuwa nyumba yake aliyokuwa anaishi ilikuwa sehemu ya ukuta wa mji.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JOS.2.16" />Alikuwa amewaambia, “Nendeni vilimani ili wale wafuatiliaji wasiwapate. Jificheni huko kwa siku tatu mpaka watakaporudi, hatimaye mwende zenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JOS.2.17" />Wale watu wakamwambia, “Hiki kiapo ulichotuapisha hakitatufunga,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JOS.2.18" />isipokuwa, hapo tutakapoingia katika nchi hii, utakuwa umefunga hii kamba nyekundu dirishani pale ulipotuteremshia na kama utakuwa umewaleta baba yako na mama yako, ndugu zako na jamaa yako yote ndani ya nyumba yako.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JOS.2.19" />Ikiwa mtu yeyote atatoka nje ya nyumba yako akaenda mtaani, damu yake itakuwa juu ya kichwa chake mwenyewe, hatutawajibika. Lakini yule ambaye atakuwa ndani pamoja nawe, kama mkono wa mtu yeyote ukiwa juu yake damu yake itakuwa juu ya vichwa vyetu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JOS.2.20" />Lakini ikiwa utatoa habari ya shughuli yetu tunayofanya, tutakuwa tumefunguliwa kutoka kwenye kiapo hiki ulichotufanya tuape.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="JOS.2.21" />Naye akajibu, “Nimekubali. Na iwe kama mnavyosema.” Kwa hiyo akaagana nao, nao wakaondoka. Yeye akaifunga ile kamba nyekundu dirishani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="JOS.2.22" />Walipoondoka, wakaelekea vilimani na kukaa huko siku tatu, hadi wale waliokuwa wakiwafuatilia wakawa wamewatafuta njia nzima na kurudi pasipo kuwapata.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JOS.2.23" />Ndipo wale watu wawili wakaanza kurudi. Wakashuka kutoka kule vilimani, wakavuka mto na kuja kwa Yoshua mwana wa Nuni, na kumweleza kila kitu kilichowapata.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JOS.2.24" />Wakamwambia Yoshua, “Hakika
<nd>Bwana</nd> ametupa nchi yote mikononi mwetu; watu wote wanayeyuka kwa hofu kwa sababu yetu.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Kuvuka Yordani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOS.3.1" />Yoshua na Waisraeli wote wakaondoka asubuhi na mapema kutoka Shitimu, wakaenda mpaka Mto Yordani, ambako walipiga kambi kabla ya kuvuka.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JOS.3.2" />Baada ya siku tatu maafisa wakapita katika kambi yote,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JOS.3.3" />wakitoa maagizo kwa watu, wakiwaambia: “Mtakapoona Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, likichukuliwa na Walawi ambao ndio makuhani, mtaondoka hapo mlipo na kulifuata.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JOS.3.4" />Ndipo mtakapotambua njia mtakayoiendea, kwa kuwa hamjawahi kuipita kabla. Lakini msisogee karibu, bali kuwe na umbali wa dhiraa 2,000<f caller="+"><fr>3:4
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 2,000 ni sawa na mita 900.</ft></f> kati yenu na Sanduku.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="JOS.3.5" />Ndipo Yoshua akawaambia hao watu, “Jitakaseni, kwa kuwa kesho
<nd>Bwana</nd> atatenda mambo ya kushangaza katikati yenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JOS.3.6" />Yoshua akawaambia makuhani, “Liinueni Sanduku la Agano mkatangulie mbele ya watu.” Hivyo wakaliinua na kutangulia mbele yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JOS.3.7" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Yoshua, “Leo nitaanza kukutukuza machoni pa Israeli yote, ili wapate kujua kuwa niko pamoja nawe kama nilivyokuwa pamoja na Mose.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JOS.3.8" />Uwaambie makuhani wanaochukua Sanduku la Agano, ‘Mnapofika kwenye ukingo wa maji ya Yordani, nendeni mkasimame ndani ya mto.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JOS.3.9" />Yoshua akawaambia Waisraeli, “Njooni hapa msikilize maneno ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JOS.3.10" />Hivi ndivyo mtakavyojua ya kuwa Mungu aliye hai yupo katikati yenu, na kwamba kwa hakika atawafukuza mbele yenu hao Wakanaani, Wahiti, Wahivi, Waperizi, Wagirgashi, Waamori na Wayebusi.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JOS.3.11" />Tazameni, Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd> wa dunia yote litaingia ndani ya Mto Yordani likiwa limewatangulia.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JOS.3.12" />Sasa basi, chagueni watu kumi na wawili kutoka makabila ya Israeli, mtu mmoja kutoka kila kabila.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JOS.3.13" />Mara tu nyayo za makuhani walichukualo Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Bwana wa dunia yote, zitakapokanyaga ndani ya Mto Yordani, maji hayo yatiririkayo kutoka juu yatatindika na kusimama kama chuguu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JOS.3.14" />Basi, watu walipovunja kambi ili kuvuka Yordani, makuhani wakiwa wamebeba Sanduku la Agano waliwatangulia.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JOS.3.15" />Wakati huu ulikuwa wakati wa mavuno, nao Mto Yordani ulikuwa umefurika hadi kwenye kingo zake. Ilikuwa kawaida ya Yordani kufurika nyakati zote za mavuno. Mara tu makuhani wale waliokuwa wamebeba Sanduku la Agano walipofika mtoni na nyayo zao kuzama ndani ya yale maji,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JOS.3.16" />maji hayo yaliyotiririka kutoka upande wa juu yaliacha kutiririka yakasimama kama chuguu mbali kabisa nao, kwenye mji ulioitwa Adamu kwenye eneo la Sarethani, wakati yale maji yaliyokuwa yanatiririka kuingia kwenye Bahari ya Araba (yaani Bahari ya Chumvi), yalitindika kabisa. Hivyo watu wakavuka kukabili Yeriko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JOS.3.17" />Wale makuhani waliobeba Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wakasimama imara mahali pakavu katikati ya Mto Yordani, wakati Waisraeli wote wakiwa wanapita hadi taifa lote likaisha kuvuka mahali pakavu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Ukumbusho Wa Kuvuka Mto Yordani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOS.4.1" />Wakati taifa lote lilipokwisha kuvuka Mto Yordani,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Yoshua,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JOS.4.2" />“Chagua watu kumi na wawili miongoni mwa watu, kila kabila mtu mmoja,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JOS.4.3" />nawe uwaambie wachukue mawe kumi na mawili katikati ya Mto Yordani, palepale makuhani waliposimama, wayachukue na kuyaweka mahali mtakapokaa usiku huu wa leo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JOS.4.4" />Basi Yoshua akawaita watu kumi na wawili ambao alikuwa amewachagua kutoka miongoni mwa Waisraeli, mtu mmoja kutoka kila kabila,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JOS.4.5" />naye akawaambia, “Mtangulie mbele ya Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, mwende katikati ya Mto Yordani. Kila mmoja wenu atainua jiwe begani mwake, kufuatana na hesabu ya makabila ya Waisraeli,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JOS.4.6" />kuwa kama ishara katikati yenu. Siku zijazo, wakati watoto wenu watakapowauliza, ‘Ni nini maana ya mawe haya?’
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JOS.4.7" />waambieni kwamba maji ya Mto Yordani yaliyokuwa yakitiririka yalitindika mbele ya Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Wakati lilipovuka Yordani, maji ya Yordani yalitindika. Mawe haya yatakuwa kumbukumbu kwa watu wa Israeli milele.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JOS.4.8" />Hivyo Waisraeli wakafanya kama Yoshua alivyowaagiza. Wakachukua mawe kumi na mawili kutoka katikati ya Mto Yordani, kulingana na hesabu ya kabila za Waisraeli kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwambia Yoshua, nao wakayabeba hadi kambini mwao, mahali walipoyatua chini.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JOS.4.9" />Yoshua akayasimamisha yale mawe kumi na mawili ambayo yalikuwa katikati ya Mto Yordani, mahali pale ambapo miguu ya makuhani waliobeba Sanduku la Agano iliposimama. Nayo yako huko mpaka leo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JOS.4.10" />Makuhani waliobeba lile Sanduku walibakia wakiwa wamesimama katikati ya Mto Yordani mpaka kila kitu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alichomwamuru Yoshua kilipokuwa kimefanywa na watu, sawasawa na vile Mose alivyokuwa amemwamuru Yoshua. Watu wakafanya haraka kuvuka,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JOS.4.11" />na mara tu watu wote walipokwisha kuvuka, Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na makuhani wakavuka watu wakiwa wanatazama.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JOS.4.12" />Wareubeni, Wagadi na nusu ya kabila la Manase wakavuka mbele ya Waisraeli, wakiwa wamevaa silaha, kama Mose alivyowaamuru.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JOS.4.13" />Kiasi cha watu 40,000 waliojiandaa kwa vita walivuka mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> hadi nchi tambarare za Yeriko kwa ajili ya vita.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JOS.4.14" />Siku ile
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamtukuza Yoshua mbele ya Israeli yote, nao wakamheshimu siku zote za maisha yake, kama vile walivyomheshimu Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JOS.4.15" />Basi
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Yoshua,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JOS.4.16" />“Waamuru hao makuhani wanaolibeba Sanduku la Ushuhuda, wapande kutoka ndani ya Mto Yordani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JOS.4.17" />Kwa hiyo Yoshua akawaamuru hao makuhani akisema, “Pandeni kutoka ndani ya Mto Yordani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="JOS.4.18" />Nao makuhani wakapanda kutoka ndani ya Mto Yordani wakilibeba hilo Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Mara tu walipoiweka miguu yao penye kingo, nje ya mto, maji ya Yordani yakarudi kufurika kama ilivyokuwa kabla.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JOS.4.19" />Siku ya kumi ya mwezi wa kwanza watu walipanda kutoka Yordani na kupiga kambi huko Gilgali, kwenye mpaka wa mashariki ya Yeriko.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JOS.4.20" />Naye Yoshua akayasimamisha huko Gilgali yale mawe kumi na mawili ambayo walikuwa wameyachukua katikati ya Mto Yordani.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JOS.4.21" />Akawaambia Waisraeli, “Wazao wenu watakapowauliza baba zao siku zijazo wakisema, ‘Mawe haya maana yake ni nini?’
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JOS.4.22" />Basi waambieni, ‘Israeli ilivukia mahali pakavu katika Mto Yordani.’
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JOS.4.23" />Kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu alikausha maji ya Yordani mbele yenu, hadi mlipomaliza kuvuka.
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu alifanya haya kwa Mto Yordani sawasawa na kile alichoifanyia Bahari ya Shamu wakati alipoikausha mbele yetu hadi tulipomaliza kuvuka.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JOS.4.24" />Alifanya hivi ili kwamba mataifa yote ya dunia yapate kujua kuwa mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni wenye nguvu, na ili kwamba kila wakati mpate kumcha
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOS.5.1" />Basi wafalme wote wa Waamori magharibi ya Yordani na wafalme wote wa Kanaani waliokuwa kwenye pwani waliposikia jinsi
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyoukausha Mto Yordani mbele ya Waisraeli hata tulipokwisha kuvuka, mioyo yao ikayeyuka kwa hofu, wala hawakuwa na ujasiri kuwakabili Waisraeli.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Tohara Huko Gilgali
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="JOS.5.2" />Wakati huo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Yoshua, “Tengeneza visu vya mawe magumu sana na uwatahiri Waisraeli tena.”
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JOS.5.3" />Kwa hiyo Yoshua akatengeneza visu vya mawe magumu sana na kutahiri Waisraeli huko Gibeath-Haaralothi.<f caller="+"><fr>5:3
</fr><ft>Gibeath-Haaralothi maana yake ni Kilima cha Magovi.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JOS.5.4" />Hii ndiyo sababu ya Yoshua kufanya hivyo: Wanaume wote waliotoka Misri, wote wenye umri wa kwenda vitani, walikufa jangwani wakiwa njiani baada ya kuondoka Misri.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JOS.5.5" />Watu wote waliotoka Misri walikuwa wametahiriwa, lakini watu wote waliozaliwa jangwani wakiwa safarini toka Misri walikuwa hawajatahiriwa.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JOS.5.6" />Waisraeli walitembea jangwani miaka arobaini mpaka wanaume wote wale waliokuwa na umri wa kwenda vitani wakati waliondoka Misri walipokwisha kufa, kwa kuwa hawakumtii
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amewaapia kuwa wasingeweza kuona nchi ambayo alikuwa amewaahidi baba zao katika kuapa kutupatia, nchi inayotiririka maziwa na asali.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JOS.5.7" />Kwa hiyo akawainua wana wao baada yao na hawa ndio hao ambao Yoshua aliwatahiri. Walikuwa hawajatahiriwa bado kwa sababu walikuwa safarini.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JOS.5.8" />Baada ya taifa lote kutahiriwa, waliendelea kukaa kambini mpaka walipokuwa wamepona.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JOS.5.9" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Yoshua, “Leo nimeiondoa aibu ya Wamisri kutoka kwenu.” Basi mahali pale pakaitwa Gilgali hadi leo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JOS.5.10" />Jioni ya siku ya kumi na nne ya mwezi, wakiwa kambini huko Gilgali katika tambarare za Yeriko, Waisraeli wakaadhimisha Pasaka.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JOS.5.11" />Siku iliyofuata Pasaka, katika siku ile ile, wakala mazao ya nchi, mikate isiyotiwa chachu na nafaka za kukaanga.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JOS.5.12" />Mana ilikoma siku iliyofuata baada ya Waisraeli kula chakula kilichotoka katika nchi; hapakuwa na mana tena kwa ajili ya Waisraeli, ila mwaka huo walikula mazao ya nchi ya Kanaani.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Jemadari Wa Jeshi La
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JOS.5.13" />Basi wakati Yoshua alipokuwa karibu na Yeriko, akainua macho, akaona mtu aliyesimama mbele yake, akiwa na upanga mkononi uliofutwa kwenye ala. Yoshua akamwendea na kumuuliza, “Je, wewe uko upande wetu au upande wa adui zetu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JOS.5.14" />Akajibu, “La, siko upande wowote, lakini mimi nimekuja nikiwa jemadari wa jeshi la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.” Yoshua akaanguka kifudifudi hadi chini, akasujudu, akamuuliza, “Je, Bwana, una ujumbe gani kwa mtumishi wako?”
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JOS.5.15" />Jemadari wa jeshi la
<nd>Bwana</nd> akajibu, “Vua viatu vyako, kwa maana mahali hapa unaposimama ni patakatifu.” Naye Yoshua akafanya hivyo.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Yeriko Yatekwa Na Kuangamizwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOS.6.1" />Basi malango ya Yeriko yalifungwa kwa uthabiti kwa ajili ya Waisraeli. Hakuna mtu yeyote aliyetoka au kuingia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="JOS.6.2" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Yoshua, “Tazama, nimeitia Yeriko mikononi mwako, pamoja na mfalme wake na watu wake wa vita.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JOS.6.3" />Zunguka mji mara moja pamoja na watu wote wenye silaha. Fanya hivi kwa siku sita.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JOS.6.4" />Uwe na makuhani saba wakibeba mabaragumu ya pembe za kondoo dume mbele ya Sanduku. Siku ya saba, mzunguke mji mara saba, nao makuhani wakipiga baragumu hizo.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JOS.6.5" />Utakapowasikia wamepaliza sauti kubwa ya baragumu, watu wote wapige kelele kwa sauti kuu, kisha ukuta wa mji utaanguka na watu watapanda, kila mtu akiendelea mbele.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JOS.6.6" />Ndipo Yoshua mwana wa Nuni akaita makuhani na kuwaambia, “Chukueni Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na makuhani saba wachukue baragumu za pembe za kondoo dume mbele yake.”
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JOS.6.7" />Naye akawaagiza watu, “Songeni mbele! Mkauzunguke mji, na walinzi wenye silaha watangulie mbele ya Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JOS.6.8" />Baada ya Yoshua kuzungumza na watu, wale makuhani saba wenye kuzibeba zile baragumu saba mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wakatangulia mbele, wakipiga baragumu zao na Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likawafuata.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JOS.6.9" />Walinzi waliokuwa na silaha wakaenda mbele ya hao makuhani waliopiga hizo baragumu na hao walinzi wa nyuma wakafuata Sanduku. Wakati wote huu baragumu zilikuwa zikipigwa.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JOS.6.10" />Bali Yoshua alikuwa amewaagiza watu, “Msipige kelele ya vita, msipaze sauti zenu, wala kusema neno lolote mpaka siku ile nitakayowaambia mpige kelele. Ndipo mtapiga kelele!”
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JOS.6.11" />Basi akalipeleka Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuzungushwa huo mji, likizungushwa mara moja. Kisha watu wakarudi kambini kulala.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JOS.6.12" />Yoshua akaamka mapema asubuhi iliyofuata nao makuhani wakalichukua Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JOS.6.13" />Wale Makuhani saba wakizibeba zile baragumu saba wakatangulia mbele ya Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd> wakizipiga. Watu wenye silaha wakatangulia mbele yao na walinzi wa nyuma wakalifuata Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, huku baragumu hizo zikiendelea kulia.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JOS.6.14" />Siku ya pili wakauzunguka mji mara moja na kurudi kambini. Wakafanya hivi kwa siku sita.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JOS.6.15" />Siku ya saba, wakaamka asubuhi na mapema wakauzunguka mji kama walivyokuwa wakifanya, isipokuwa siku ile waliuzunguka mji mara saba.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JOS.6.16" />Walipouzunguka mara ya saba, makuhani walipopiga baragumu kwa sauti kubwa, Yoshua akawaamuru watu akisema, “Pigeni kelele! Kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> amewapa mji huu!
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JOS.6.17" />Mji huu pamoja na vyote vilivyomo ndani yake utawekwa wakfu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Ila Rahabu tu, yule kahaba na wote ambao wako pamoja naye nyumbani mwake ndio watakaosalimishwa, kwa sababu aliwaficha wale wapelelezi tuliowatuma.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JOS.6.18" />Lakini mjiepushe na vitu vilivyowekwa wakfu, msije mkachukua chochote katika hivyo, msije mkajiletea maangamizi katika maskani ya Israeli na kuiletea taabu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JOS.6.19" />Fedha yote na dhahabu, vyombo vya shaba na chuma ni vitakatifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, lazima viletwe katika hazina yake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="JOS.6.20" />Wakati baragumu zilipopigwa, watu walipiga kelele, na katika sauti ya baragumu, na watu kupaza sauti, ukuta ukaanguka; hivyo kila mtu akapanda akiendelea mbele na kuuteka mji.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JOS.6.21" />Wakauweka mji wakfu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na kila chenye uhai ndani yake walikiangamiza kwa upanga, wanaume kwa wanawake, vijana kwa wazee, ngʼombe, kondoo na punda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="JOS.6.22" />Yoshua akawaambia wale watu wawili waliokuwa wameipeleleza nchi, “Nendeni nyumbani kwa yule kahaba, mleteni pamoja na wote waliomo nyumbani mwake, kulingana na kiapo chenu kwake.”
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JOS.6.23" />Basi wale vijana waliofanya upelelezi wakaenda kumleta Rahabu, baba yake na mama yake, na ndugu zake na watu wote waliokuwa pamoja naye. Wakaleta jamaa yake yote na kuwaweka mahali nje ya kambi ya Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="JOS.6.24" />Kisha wakauchoma mji wote na kila kitu kilichokuwamo ndani yake. Lakini fedha, dhahabu, vyombo vya shaba na vya chuma wakaviweka katika hazina ya nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JOS.6.25" />Lakini Yoshua akamhifadhi Rahabu yule kahaba, jamaa yake yote na wote waliokuwa wa kwake, kwa sababu aliwaficha watu waliotumwa na Yoshua kuipeleleza Yeriko, naye anaishi miongoni mwa Waisraeli hata leo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="JOS.6.26" />Wakati ule Yoshua akatamka kiapo hiki akasema, “Aliyelaaniwa mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni mtu atakayeinuka kuujenga tena mji huu wa Yeriko:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kwa gharama ya mzaliwa wake wa kwanza wa kiume
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ataiweka misingi yake;
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa gharama ya mtoto wake wa mwisho
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atayaweka malango yake.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="JOS.6.27" />Hivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa pamoja na Yoshua, na sifa zake zikaenea katika nchi yote.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Dhambi Ya Akani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOS.7.1" />Lakini Waisraeli hawakuwa waaminifu kuhusu vile vitu vilivyowekwa wakfu; Akani mwana wa Karmi, mwana wa Zabdi, mwana wa Zera, wa kabila la Yuda, alivichukua baadhi ya hivyo vitu. Hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ikawaka dhidi ya Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="JOS.7.2" />Basi Yoshua akatuma watu kutoka Yeriko waende Ai, karibu na Beth-Aveni mashariki ya Betheli, akawaambia, “Pandeni mkaipeleleze nchi.” Basi wale watu wakapanda wakaipeleleza Ai.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JOS.7.3" />Waliporudi kwa Yoshua, wakasema, “Si lazima watu wote waende kupigana na Ai. Watume watu elfu mbili au tatu wakauteke huo mji. Usiwachoshe watu wote, kwa sababu huko kuna watu wachache tu.”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JOS.7.4" />Basi wakapanda kama watu elfu tatu tu, lakini wakashambuliwa na watu wa Ai,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JOS.7.5" />ambao waliwaua watu kama thelathini na sita miongoni mwao. Wakawafukuza Waisraeli kutoka lango la mji hadi Shebarimu, nao wakawauwa huko kwenye materemko. Kutokana na hili mioyo ya watu ikayeyuka ikawa kama maji.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JOS.7.6" />Ndipo Yoshua akayararua mavazi yake, akaanguka kifudifudi mbele ya Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na akabakia hapo mpaka jioni. Wazee wa Israeli nao wakafanya vivyo hivyo wakatia mavumbi vichwani mwao.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JOS.7.7" />Yoshua akasema, “Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, kwa nini umewavusha watu hawa ngʼambo ya Yordani ili kututia mikononi mwa Waamori watuangamize? Laiti tungeliridhika kukaa ngʼambo ile nyingine ya Yordani!
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JOS.7.8" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, niseme nini sasa, ikiwa sasa Israeli ameshafukuzwa na adui zake?
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JOS.7.9" />Wakanaani na watu wengine wa nchi watasikia habari hii, nao watatuzunguka na kutufutilia jina letu duniani. Utafanya nini basi kwa ajili ya jina lako mwenyewe lililo kuu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JOS.7.10" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Yoshua, “Simama! Unafanya nini hapo chini kifudifudi?
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JOS.7.11" />Israeli ametenda dhambi. Wamekiuka agano langu nililowaamuru kulishika. Wamechukua baadhi ya vitu vilivyowekwa wakfu, wameiba, wamesema uongo, wameviweka pamoja na mali zao.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JOS.7.12" />Ndiyo sababu Waisraeli hawawezi kusimama dhidi ya adui zao. Wanawapa visogo na kukimbia kwa kuwa wanastahili maangamizi. Sitakuwa pamoja nanyi tena mpaka mwangamize kila kitu miongoni mwenu kilichotengwa kwa maangamizi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JOS.7.13" />“Nenda, ukawatakase watu. Waambie, ‘Jitakaseni mjiandae kwa kesho; kwa sababu hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli: Kitu kilichowekwa wakfu kipo katikati yenu, ee Israeli. Hamwezi kusimama dhidi ya adui zenu mpaka mtakapokiondoa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JOS.7.14" />“ ‘Asubuhi, mjihudhurishe kabila kwa kabila. Itakuwa kabila lile atakalolitwaa
<nd>Bwana</nd> litakuja mbele ukoo kwa ukoo, ukoo ule atakaoutwaa
<nd>Bwana</nd> utakuja mbele jamaa kwa jamaa, nayo jamaa ile atakayoitwaa
<nd>Bwana</nd> itakuja mbele mtu kwa mtu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JOS.7.15" />Yule atakayekutwa na vitu vilivyowekwa wakfu, atateketezwa kwa moto, pamoja na vitu vyote alivyo navyo. Kwa kuwa amelivunja agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kufanya kitu cha aibu katika Israeli!’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JOS.7.16" />Kesho yake asubuhi na mapema Yoshua akawaamuru Israeli kuja mbele kabila kwa kabila; na Yuda akatwaliwa.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JOS.7.17" />Koo za Yuda zikaja mbele, naye akawatwaa Wazera. Akaamuru ukoo wa Wazera kuja mbele jamaa kwa jamaa, nayo jamaa ya Zabdi ikatwaliwa.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JOS.7.18" />Yoshua akaamuru watu wa jamaa ya Zabdi kuja mbele mtu kwa mtu, naye Akani mwana wa Karmi, mwana wa Zabdi, mwana wa Zera, wa kabila la Yuda, akatwaliwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JOS.7.19" />Ndipo Yoshua akamwambia Akani, “Mwanangu, mtukuze
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, nawe ukiri kwake. Niambie ni nini ulichotenda; usinifiche.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="JOS.7.20" />Akani akamjibu Yoshua, “Ni kweli! Nimetenda dhambi dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli. Hili ndilo nililofanya:
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JOS.7.21" />Nilipoona katika nyara joho zuri la kutoka Babeli, shekeli mia mbili<f caller="+"><fr>7:21
</fr><ft>Shekeli 200 za fedha ni sawa na kilo 2.3.</ft></f> za fedha, na kabari ya dhahabu ya uzito wa shekeli hamsini,<f caller="+"><fr>7:21
</fr><ft>Shekeli 50 ni sawa na gramu 600.</ft></f> nikavitamani na nikavichukua. Tazama, vimefichwa ardhini ndani ya hema langu, pamoja na hiyo fedha chini yake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="JOS.7.22" />Kwa hiyo Yoshua akatuma wajumbe, nao wakapiga mbio mpaka hemani, tazama, vile vitu vilikuwa vimefichwa hemani mwake, pamoja na ile fedha chini yake.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JOS.7.23" />Wakavichukua vile vitu toka mle hemani, wakamletea Yoshua pamoja na Waisraeli wote, na wakavitandaza mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="JOS.7.24" />Basi Yoshua, pamoja na Israeli yote, wakamchukua Akani mwana wa Zera, pamoja na ile fedha, lile joho, ile kabari ya dhahabu, wanawe na binti zake, ngʼombe, punda na kondoo wake, hema yake pamoja na vitu vyote alivyokuwa navyo, wakavileta katika Bonde la Akori.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JOS.7.25" />Yoshua akasema, “Kwa nini umeleta taabu hii juu yetu?
<nd>Bwana</nd> ataleta taabu juu yako leo hii.”
</p>
<p style="p">Ndipo Israeli yote ikampiga Akani kwa mawe, na baada ya kuwapiga jamaa yake yote kwa mawe, wakawateketeza kwa moto.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JOS.7.26" />Wakakusanya lundo la mawe juu ya Akani, ambalo lipo mpaka leo. Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akageuka kutoka hasira yake kali. Kwa hiyo mahali pale pakaitwa Bonde la Akori<f caller="+"><fr>7:26
</fr><ft>Akori yamaanisha taabu</ft><ft>.</ft></f> tangu siku hiyo.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Mji Wa Ai Waangamizwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOS.8.1" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Yoshua, “Usiogope, wala usivunjike moyo. Chukua jeshi lote la vita uende pamoja nalo kuishambulia Ai. Kwa kuwa nimeshamweka mikononi mwako mfalme wa Ai, pamoja na watu wake, mji wake na nchi yake.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JOS.8.2" />Utafanya Ai na mfalme wake kama ulivyofanya kwa mji wa Yeriko na mfalme wake, isipokuwa mnaweza kuchukua mateka wake na mifugo wake, kwa ajili yenu. Weka waviziaji upande wa nyuma ya mji.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JOS.8.3" />Basi Yoshua na jeshi lote wakainuka kushambulia Ai. Akachagua watu mashujaa elfu thelathini walio bora miongoni mwa wapiganaji wake, akawapeleka wakati wa usiku
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JOS.8.4" />akiwaagiza: “Sikilizeni kwa makini. Mtavizia nyuma ya mji. Msiende mbali sana na mji. Wote kuweni macho.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JOS.8.5" />Mimi na watu walio pamoja nami, tutaukabili mji, kisha itakuwa hapo watu watakapotoka nje kupigana nasi, kama walivyofanya hapo kwanza, sisi tutawakimbia.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JOS.8.6" />Watatufuatilia mpaka tutakapokuwa tumewavuta mbali na mji kwa kuwa watasema, ‘Wanatukimbia, kama walivyofanya hapo awali.’ Hivyo tutakapowakimbia,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JOS.8.7" />ninyi inawapasa mwinuke mtoke huko mafichoni na kuuteka mji.
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu atautia mkononi mwenu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JOS.8.8" />Mtakapokuwa mmeuteka mji, uteketezeni kwa moto. Fanyeni kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyoamuru. Angalieni, nimewaagiza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JOS.8.9" />Ndipo Yoshua akawatuma watu, nao wakaenda mahali pa kujificha, wakawa wanavizia kati ya Betheli na Ai, kuelekea upande wa magharibi wa Ai, lakini Yoshua akalala miongoni mwa watu usiku huo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JOS.8.10" />Asubuhi na mapema siku iliyofuatia, Yoshua akawakutanisha watu wake, na yeye na viongozi wa Israeli wakawa mbele ya watu kwenda Ai.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JOS.8.11" />Watu wote wa vita waliokuwa pamoja naye walipanda, wakakaribia na kufika mbele ya mji. Wakapiga kambi kaskazini mwa Ai, pakiwa na bonde kati yao na huo mji.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JOS.8.12" />Yoshua alikuwa amewachukua watu wapatao elfu tano, akawaweka katika uavizi kati ya Betheli na Ai, upande wa magharibi wa mji.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JOS.8.13" />Wakawaweka askari katika maeneo yao: wale wote waliokuwa kambini wakawa kaskazini ya mji na wale waliokuwa wakivizia wakawa upande wa magharibi. Usiku huo Yoshua akaenda katika lile bonde.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JOS.8.14" />Mfalme wa Ai alipoona jambo hili, yeye pamoja na watu wote wa mji wakatoka kwa haraka asubuhi na mapema, ili kukutana na Israeli katika vita mahali fulani panapotazamana na Araba. Lakini hakujua kwamba kulikuwa kumewekwa waviziaji dhidi yake nyuma ya mji.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JOS.8.15" />Yoshua na Israeli wote wakaruhusu kurudishwa nyuma mbele yao, na kuelekea jangwani.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JOS.8.16" />Watu wote wa Ai wakaitwa ili kuwafuatia, nao wakavutwa kumfuatia Yoshua mbali na mji.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JOS.8.17" />Hakuna hata mwanaume mmoja aliyebakia Ai wala Betheli ambaye hakufuatia Israeli. Wakauacha mji wazi na kuwafuatia Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="JOS.8.18" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Yoshua, “Inua huo mkuki ulio mkononi mwako kuuelekeza Ai, kwa kuwa nitautia huo mji mkononi mwako.” Hivyo Yoshua akauelekeza mkuki wake Ai.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JOS.8.19" />Mara tu alipofanya hivi, wale watu waliokuwa mavizioni wakaondoka upesi kutoka mahali pao na kukimbilia mbele. Wakaingia ndani ya mji, wakauteka na kuutia moto kwa haraka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="JOS.8.20" />Watu wa Ai wakaangalia nyuma, wakauona moshi wa huo mji ukielekea angani lakini hawakuwa na nafasi ya kutoroka kwa upande wowote, kwa kuwa wale Waisraeli waliokuwa wanawakimbia kuelekea jangwani walikuwa wamegeuka nyuma kuwakabili wakimbizaji wao.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JOS.8.21" />Basi Yoshua na Israeli wote walipoona kwamba waviziaji wameshauteka mji na moshi ulikuwa unapaa juu kutoka kwenye mji, wakawageukia watu wa Ai na kuwashambulia.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JOS.8.22" />Wale waviziaji nao pia wakatoka nje ya mji dhidi yao, hivi kwamba wakashikiwa katikati, Waisraeli wakiwa pande zote mbili. Israeli wakawaua, bila kuwaachia yeyote aliyenusurika wala aliyetoroka.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JOS.8.23" />Lakini wakamchukua mfalme wa Ai akiwa hai na kumleta kwa Yoshua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="JOS.8.24" />Israeli ilipomaliza kuwaua wanaume wote wa Ai katika mashamba na jangwani walipokuwa wamewafukuzia, na baada ya kila mmoja wao kuuawa kwa upanga, Waisraeli wote wakarudi Ai na kuwaua wale waliokuwa wamebakia mjini.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JOS.8.25" />Watu kumi na mbili elfu, waume kwa wake, waliangamia siku ile, yaani watu wote wa Ai.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JOS.8.26" />Kwa maana Yoshua hakuurudisha ule mkono wake uliokuwa umeuinua mkuki hadi alipomaliza kuwaangamiza wote walioishi Ai.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JOS.8.27" />Lakini Israeli wakajichukulia mifugo na nyara za mji huu, kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyokuwa amemwagiza Yoshua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="JOS.8.28" />Kwa hiyo Yoshua akauchoma moto mji wa Ai na kuufanya kuwa lundo la magofu la kudumu, mahali pa ukiwa hadi leo.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="JOS.8.29" />Akamwangika mfalme wa Ai kwenye mti na kumwacha hapo mpaka jioni. Wakati wa jua kutua, Yoshua akawaamuru wautoe mwili wake kwenye mti na kuutupa kwenye ingilio la lango la mji. Kisha wakalundika mawe makubwa mengi juu yake, ambayo yamesalia mpaka leo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Agano Linafanywa Upya Katika Mlima Ebali
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="JOS.8.30" />Kisha Yoshua akajenga madhabahu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, katika Mlima wa Ebali,
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="JOS.8.31" />kama Mose mtumishi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyokuwa amewaamuru Waisraeli. Akaijenga sawasawa na ilivyoandikwa katika Kitabu cha Sheria ya Mose: madhabahu ya mawe yasiyochongwa, ambayo juu yake hakuna chombo cha chuma kilichotumika. Hapo juu yake wakamtolea
<nd>Bwana</nd> sadaka za kuteketezwa na kutoa sadaka za amani.<f caller="+"><fr>8:31
</fr><ft>Sadaka za ushirika</ft><ft>.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="JOS.8.32" />Pale, mbele ya Waisraeli Yoshua akanakili juu ya hayo mawe sheria ya Mose, aliyokuwa ameiandika.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="JOS.8.33" />Israeli yote, wageni na wazawa sawasawa, wakiwa na wazee wao, maafisa na waamuzi, walikuwa wamesimama pande zote mbili za Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wakiwaelekea wale waliokuwa wamelichukua, yaani makuhani, ambao ni Walawi. Nusu ya watu ilisimama mbele ya Mlima Gerizimu na nusu hiyo ingine ikasimama mbele ya Mlima Ebali, kama vile Mose mtumishi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyokuwa ameamuru hapo mwanzo alipotoa maagizo ya kuwabariki watu wa Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="JOS.8.34" />Hatimaye, Yoshua akasoma maneno yote ya sheria, yaani baraka na laana, kama vile ilivyoandikwa katika Kitabu cha Sheria.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="JOS.8.35" />Hakuna neno lolote katika yale yote ambayo Mose alikuwa ameamuru ambalo Yoshua hakulisomea kusanyiko lote la Israeli, ikiwa ni pamoja na wanawake na watoto, na wageni walioishi miongoni mwao.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Udanganyifu Wa Wagibeoni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOS.9.1" />Basi ikawa wafalme wote waliokuwa magharibi mwa Yordani waliposikia juu ya haya yote, wale waliokuwa katika nchi ya vilima, upande wa magharibi mwa vilima na katika pwani yote ya hiyo Bahari Kuu,<f caller="+"><fr>9:1
</fr><ft>Yaani Bahari ya Mediterania.</ft></f> hadi kufikia Lebanoni (wafalme wa Wahiti, Waamori, Wakanaani, Waperizi, Wahivi na Wayebusi),
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JOS.9.2" />wakajiunga pamoja ili kupigana vita dhidi ya Yoshua na Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JOS.9.3" />Hata hivyo, watu wa Gibeoni waliposikia juu ya hayo yote Yoshua aliyowatendea watu wa Yeriko na Ai,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JOS.9.4" />nao wakaamua kufanya hila: Wakajifanya kama wajumbe wakiwa na punda waliobebeshwa mizigo wakiwa na magunia yaliyochakaa na viriba vya mvinyo vikuukuu vyenye nyufa zilizozibwa.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JOS.9.5" />Walivaa miguuni mwao viatu vilivyoraruka na kushonwa kisha wakavaa nguo kuukuu. Chakula chao kilikuwa mkate uliokauka na kuingia koga.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JOS.9.6" />Ndipo wakamwendea Yoshua kambini huko Gilgali wakamwambia yeye pamoja na watu wa Israeli, “Tumetoka katika nchi ya mbali, fanyeni mkataba nasi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JOS.9.7" />Basi watu wa Israeli wakawaambia hao Wahivi, “Lakini huenda mnakaa karibu nasi, twawezaje basi kufanya mapatano nanyi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JOS.9.8" />Wakamwambia Yoshua, “Sisi ni watumishi wako.”
</p>
<p style="p">Yoshua akawauliza, “Ninyi ni nani, nanyi mnatoka wapi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JOS.9.9" />Nao wakamjibu: “Watumishi wako wametoka nchi ya mbali sana kwa ajili ya umaarufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu. Kwa kuwa tumesikia taarifa zake: hayo yote aliyofanya huko Misri,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JOS.9.10" />pia yale yote aliyowatendea wafalme wawili wa Waamori mashariki ya Yordani; huyo Sihoni mfalme wa Heshboni na Ogu mfalme wa Bashani, aliyetawala huko Ashtarothi.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JOS.9.11" />Basi wazee wetu na wale wote wanaoishi katika nchi yetu walituambia, ‘Chukueni chakula cha safari; nendeni mkakutane na watu hao na kuwaambia, “Sisi tu watumishi wenu, fanyeni mapatano nasi.” ’
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JOS.9.12" />Mkate huu wetu ulikuwa wa moto tulipoufunga siku tulipoanza safari kuja kwenu, lakini sasa angalia jinsi ulivyokauka na kuota ukungu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JOS.9.13" />Viriba hivi vya mvinyo vilikuwa vipya tulipovijaza, lakini ona jinsi vilivyo na nyufa. Nguo zetu na viatu vimechakaa kwa ajili ya safari ndefu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JOS.9.14" />Basi watu wa Israeli wakavikagua vyakula vyao bila kupata shauri kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JOS.9.15" />Ndipo Yoshua akafanya mapatano ya amani pamoja nao kuwaacha waishi, nao viongozi wa kusanyiko wakathibitisha kwa kiapo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JOS.9.16" />Siku ya tatu baada ya hao kufanya mapatano na Wagibeoni, Waisraeli wakapata habari kuwa hao watu ni jirani zao waliokuwa wanaishi karibu nao.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JOS.9.17" />Ndipo wana wa Israeli wakasafiri na siku ya tatu wakafika kwenye miji yao ya Gibeoni, Kefira, Beerothi na Kiriath-Yearimu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JOS.9.18" />Lakini Waisraeli hawakuwashambulia kwa kuwa viongozi wa kusanyiko walikuwa wamewaapia kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli.
</p>
<p style="p">Kusanyiko lote likanungʼunika dhidi ya hao viongozi,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JOS.9.19" />lakini viongozi wote wakawajibu, “Tumeshawaapia kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, kwa hiyo hatuwezi kuwagusa sasa.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JOS.9.20" />Hivi ndivyo tutakavyowafanyia: Tutawaacha waishi, ili ghadhabu isije juu yetu kwa kuvunja kiapo tulichowaapia.”
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JOS.9.21" />Wakaendelea kusema, “Waacheni waishi, lakini wawe wapasua kuni na wachota maji kwa ajili ya jamii yote.” Hivyo ahadi waliyoweka viongozi kwao ikawa hivyo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="JOS.9.22" />Kisha Yoshua akawaita Wagibeoni na kuwaambia, “Kwa nini mmetudanganya kwa kutuambia, ‘Tunaishi mbali nanyi,’ wakati ambapo ninyi mnaishi karibu nasi?
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JOS.9.23" />Sasa mko chini ya laana: Daima mtakuwa wapasua kuni na wachota maji kwa ajili ya nyumba ya Mungu wangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="JOS.9.24" />Wakamjibu Yoshua, “Watumwa wako waliambiwa waziwazi jinsi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu alivyomwamuru mtumishi wake Mose kuwapa ninyi nchi hii yote na kuwaangamiza wakazi wake wote toka mbele zenu. Kwa hiyo tuliogopa mno kwa ajili ya uhai wetu kwa sababu yenu, ndiyo maana tukafanya neno hili.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JOS.9.25" />Sasa tupo mikononi mwako. Tufanyieni lolote mnaloona kuwa jema na haki kwako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="JOS.9.26" />Kwa hiyo Yoshua akawaokoa mikononi mwa Waisraeli, nao hawakuuawa.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JOS.9.27" />Siku hiyo Yoshua akawafanya Wagibeoni wapasua kuni na wachota maji kwa ajili ya jamii na kwa ajili ya madhabahu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> mahali pale ambapo
<nd>Bwana</nd> angepachagua. Hivyo ndivyo walivyo hadi hivi leo.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="10" />
<s style="s1">Jua Linasimama
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOS.10.1" />Baada ya haya Adoni-Sedeki mfalme wa Yerusalemu alisikia kuwa Yoshua alikuwa ameteka mji wa Ai na kuuangamiza kabisa, tena alikuwa ameua mfalme wake, kama alivyofanya huko Yeriko na mfalme wake, tena ya kuwa watu wa Gibeoni walikuwa wamefanya mapatano ya amani na Waisraeli, na walikuwa wakiishi karibu yao.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JOS.10.2" />Yeye na watu wake wakataharuki mno kwa kuwa Gibeoni ulikuwa mji mkubwa kama mmojawapo ya miji ya kifalme; ulikuwa mkubwa kuliko Ai, nao watu wake wote walikuwa mashujaa wa vita.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JOS.10.3" />Hivyo Adoni-Sedeki mfalme wa Yerusalemu akaomba msaada kwa Hohamu mfalme wa Hebroni, Piramu mfalme wa Yarmuthi, Yafia mfalme wa Lakishi, na Debiri mfalme wa Egloni.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JOS.10.4" />Akawaambia, “Njooni mnisaidie kuipiga Gibeoni, kwa sababu imefanya mapatano ya amani na Yoshua na Waisraeli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="JOS.10.5" />Ndipo hao wafalme watano wa Waamori, ambao ni wafalme wa Yerusalemu, Hebroni, Yarmuthi, Lakishi na Egloni, wakaunganisha majeshi yao. Wakapanda na vikosi vyao vyote, nao wakajipanga dhidi ya Gibeoni na kuishambulia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JOS.10.6" />Nao Wagibeoni wakatuma ujumbe kwa Yoshua kwenye kambi ya Gilgali na kumwambia, “Usiwatelekeze watumishi wako. Panda haraka uje kwetu kutuokoa! Tusaidie, kwa sababu wafalme wote wa Waamori wakaao kwenye nchi ya vilima wameunganisha majeshi yao pamoja dhidi yetu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JOS.10.7" />Basi Yoshua akaondoka Gilgali pamoja na jeshi lake lote, wakiwepo watu wote mashujaa wa vita.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JOS.10.8" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Yoshua, “Usiwaogope watu hao, nimewatia mkononi mwako. Hakuna yeyote atakayeweza kushindana nawe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JOS.10.9" />Baada ya Yoshua kutembea usiku kucha kutoka Gilgali, akawashambulia ghafula.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JOS.10.10" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akawafadhaisha mbele ya Waisraeli, nao wakawashinda kwa ushindi mkuu huko Gibeoni. Israeli wakawafukuza kuelekea njia iendayo Beth-Horoni wakiwaua mpaka kufikia njia iendayo Azeka na Makeda.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JOS.10.11" />Walipokuwa wakikimbia mbele ya Israeli kwenye barabara iteremkayo kutoka Beth-Horoni hadi Azeka,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawavumishia mawe makubwa ya mvua kutoka mbinguni, na wengi wao wakauawa na hayo mawe kuliko wale waliouawa kwa upanga wa Waisraeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JOS.10.12" />Katika siku ile ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliwapeana Waamori kwa Israeli, Yoshua akanena na
<nd>Bwana</nd> akiwa mbele ya Waisraeli akasema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Wewe jua, simama juu ya Gibeoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe mwezi, tulia juu ya Bonde la Aiyaloni.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOS.10.13" />Hivyo jua likasimama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao mwezi ukatulia,
</q>
<q style="q1">hadi taifa hilo lilipokwisha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kujilipizia kisasi kwa adui wake,
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">kama ilivyoandikwa katika Kitabu cha Yashari.
</p>
<p style="p">Jua likasimama kimya katikati ya mbingu, likachelewa kuzama muda wa siku moja nzima.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JOS.10.14" />Haijakuwepo siku nyingine kama hiyo kabla au baada, siku ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alimsikiliza mwanadamu. Hakika
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa akiwapigania Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JOS.10.15" />Ndipo Yoshua akarudi kambini huko Gilgali pamoja na Israeli yote.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wafalme Watano Wa Waamori Wauawa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JOS.10.16" />Basi wale wafalme watano wakawa wamekimbia kujificha kwenye pango huko Makeda.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JOS.10.17" />Yoshua alipoambiwa kuwa wafalme hao watano wamekutwa wakiwa wamejificha ndani ya pango huko Makeda,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JOS.10.18" />akasema, “Vingirisheni mawe makubwa kwenye mdomo wa hilo pango, tena wekeni walinzi wa kulilinda.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JOS.10.19" />Lakini msiwaache! Wafuatieni adui zenu, washambulieni kutoka nyuma, wala msiwaache wafike kwenye miji yao, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu amewatia mkononi mwenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="JOS.10.20" />Hivyo Yoshua pamoja na Waisraeli wakawaangamiza kabisa karibu wote, lakini wachache waliosalia walifika kwenye miji yao yenye maboma.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JOS.10.21" />Basi jeshi lote likarudi salama kwa Yoshua huko kambini Makeda, na hakuna yeyote aliyetoa neno kinyume cha Waisraeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="JOS.10.22" />Ndipo Yoshua akasema, “Haya fungueni mdomo wa pango, mniletee hao wafalme watano.”
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JOS.10.23" />Kwa hiyo wakawatoa hao wafalme watano nje ya pango: wafalme wa Yerusalemu, Hebroni, Yarmuthi, Lakishi na Egloni.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JOS.10.24" />Walipokuwa wamewaleta hawa wafalme kwa Yoshua, akawaita watu wote wa Israeli, na kuwaambia majemadari wa vita waliokwenda pamoja naye, “Njooni hapa mweke nyayo zenu juu ya shingo za hawa wafalme.” Basi wakaja wakaweka nyayo zao shingoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="JOS.10.25" />Yoshua akawaambia, “Msiogope, wala msivunjike moyo. Kuweni hodari na wenye ushujaa. Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakalowatendea adui zenu wote mnaokwenda kupigana nao.”
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JOS.10.26" />Ndipo Yoshua akawapiga na kuwaua wale wafalme na kuwatundika juu ya miti mitano, nao wakaachwa wakiningʼinia juu ya ile miti hadi jioni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="JOS.10.27" />Wakati wa kuzama jua Yoshua akaamuru, nao wakawashusha kutoka kwenye ile miti na kuwatupa kwenye lile pango ambalo walikuwa wamejificha. Kwenye mdomo wa lile pango wakaweka mawe makubwa, ambayo yapo hadi leo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="JOS.10.28" />Siku ile Yoshua akateka Makeda. Akamuua kila mmoja katika ule mji, pamoja na mfalme wake kwa upanga. Hakubakiza mtu yeyote. Akamfanyia mfalme wa Makeda kama vile alivyokuwa amemfanyia mfalme wa Yeriko.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Israeli Yaangamiza Miji Ya Kusini
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="JOS.10.29" />Ndipo Yoshua akaondoka Makeda akiwa pamoja na Israeli yote mpaka mji wa Libna na kuushambulia.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="JOS.10.30" /><nd>Bwana</nd> pia akautia huo mji wa Libna pamoja na mfalme wake mikononi mwa Israeli. Yoshua akaangamiza ule mji na kila mtu aliyekuwa ndani yake kwa upanga. Hakubakiza huko mtu yeyote. Akamfanyia mfalme wa Libna kama alivyokuwa amemfanyia mfalme wa Yeriko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="JOS.10.31" />Kisha Yoshua akaondoka Libna kwenda Lakishi akiwa pamoja na Israeli yote; wakajipanga dhidi yake na kuushambulia.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="JOS.10.32" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akautia Lakishi mikononi mwa Israeli, Yoshua akauteka siku ya pili. Yoshua akauangamiza mji na kila kilichokuwa ndani yake kwa upanga, kama tu vile alivyokuwa ameufanyia mji wa Libna.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="JOS.10.33" />Wakati huo huo, Horamu mfalme wa Gezeri alikuwa amepanda ili kusaidia Lakishi, lakini Yoshua akamshinda pamoja na jeshi lake, hadi hapakubakia mtu yeyote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="JOS.10.34" />Ndipo Yoshua akaondoka Lakishi kwenda Egloni akiwa pamoja na Israeli yote; wakajipanga dhidi yake na kuushambulia.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="JOS.10.35" />Wakauteka mji huo siku ile ile, wakaupiga kwa upanga na kumwangamiza kila mmoja aliyekuwa ndani yake, kama vile walivyokuwa wameufanyia Lakishi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="JOS.10.36" />Kisha Yoshua akapanda kutoka Egloni kwenda Hebroni akiwa pamoja na Israeli yote na kuushambulia.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="JOS.10.37" />Wakauteka mji na kuupiga kwa upanga, pamoja na mfalme wake, vijiji vyake na kila mmoja aliyekuwa ndani yake. Hawakubakiza mtu yeyote. Kama vile huko Egloni, waliuangamiza kabisa pamoja na kila mmoja aliyekuwa ndani yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="JOS.10.38" />Ndipo Yoshua na Israeli wote wakageuka na kuushambulia Debiri.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="JOS.10.39" />Wakauteka mji, mfalme wake na vijiji vyake, na kuupiga kwa upanga. Kila mmoja aliyekuwa ndani yake wakamwangamiza kabisa. Hawakubakiza mtu yeyote. Wakaufanyia Debiri na mfalme wake kama vile walivyokuwa wameifanyia miji ya Libna na Hebroni na wafalme wao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="JOS.10.40" />Hivyo Yoshua akalishinda eneo hilo lote, ikiwa ni pamoja na nchi ya vilima, na Negebu, na sehemu ya magharibi chini ya vilima, materemko ya milima, pamoja na wafalme wake wote. Hakubakiza mtu yeyote. Akaangamiza kabisa kila kitu chenye pumzi, kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, alivyokuwa ameamuru.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="JOS.10.41" />Yoshua akawashinda kuanzia Kadesh-Barnea hadi Gaza na kutoka eneo lote la Gosheni hadi Gibeoni.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="JOS.10.42" />Wafalme hawa wote pamoja na nchi zao Yoshua aliwashinda kwa wakati mmoja, kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, aliwapigania Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="43" bcv="JOS.10.43" />Ndipo Yoshua akarudi pamoja na Israeli yote kwenye kambi huko Gilgali.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="11" />
<s style="s1">Wafalme Wa Kaskazini Washindwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOS.11.1" />Ikawa Yabini mfalme wa Hazori aliposikia habari za mambo haya, akatuma ujumbe kwa Yobabu mfalme wa Madoni, na kwa mfalme wa Shimroni, na kwa mfalme wa Akishafu,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JOS.11.2" />na pia kwa wafalme wa upande wa kaskazini wale waliokuwa milimani, katika Araba upande wa kusini mwa Kinerethi, kwenye shefela, upande wa magharibi na katika miinuko ya Nafoth-Dori upande wa magharibi;
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JOS.11.3" />kwa Wakanaani upande wa mashariki na magharibi; kwa Waamori, Wahiti, Waperizi na Wayebusi katika nchi ya vilima; na kwa Wahivi chini ya Hermoni katika eneo ya Mispa.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JOS.11.4" />Wakaja na vikosi vyao vyote na hesabu kubwa ya farasi na magari ya kuvutwa na farasi, jeshi kubwa, kama wingi wa mchanga ulio pwani ya bahari.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JOS.11.5" />Wafalme hawa wote wakaunganisha majeshi yao na kupiga kambi pamoja kwenye Maji ya Meromu, ili kupigana dhidi ya Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JOS.11.6" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Yoshua, “Usiwaogope, kwa sababu kesho saa kama hii nitawatia wote mikononi mwa Israeli, wakiwa wameuawa. Utakata mishipa ya nyuma ya miguu ya farasi wao na kuyachoma moto magari yao ya vita.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JOS.11.7" />Hivyo Yoshua pamoja na jeshi lake lote wakaja dhidi yao ghafula kwenye Maji ya Meromu kuwashambulia,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JOS.11.8" />naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawatia mikononi mwa Israeli. Wakawashinda na kuwafukuza hadi Sidoni Kuu na kuwafikisha Misrefoth-Maimu, hadi Bonde la Mispa upande wa mashariki, hadi pakawa hakuna yeyote aliyebaki.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JOS.11.9" />Yoshua akawatendea kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyoamuru. Akakata mishipa ya nyuma ya miguu ya farasi wao na kuchoma moto magari yao ya vita.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JOS.11.10" />Wakati huo Yoshua akarudi na kuuteka mji wa Hazori na kumuua mfalme wake kwa upanga. (Hazori ulikuwa mji mkuu wa falme hizo zote.)
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JOS.11.11" />Kila aliyekuwa ndani yake wakamuua kwa upanga. Wakawaangamiza kabisa, wala hawakusaza chochote chenye pumzi na akauchoma Hazori kwenyewe kwa moto.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JOS.11.12" />Yoshua akaiteka hii miji yote ya kifalme pamoja na wafalme wake na kuwapiga kwa upanga. Akawaangamiza kabisa wote, jinsi Mose mtumishi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyowaagiza.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JOS.11.13" />Lakini Israeli hawakuichoma moto hata mojawapo ya miji iliyojengwa katika vilima vyao vidogo isipokuwa mji wa Hazori ambao Yoshua aliuchoma moto.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JOS.11.14" />Waisraeli wakajichukulia nyara zote na mifugo yote ya miji hii, bali waliwaua watu wote kwa upanga hadi walipowaangamiza kabisa, pasipo kumbakiza yeyote mwenye pumzi.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JOS.11.15" />Kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza Mose mtumishi wake, vivyo hivyo Mose alimwagiza Yoshua, naye Yoshua akafanya kama vivyo, hakukosa kufanya lolote katika yale yote
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyomwagiza Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JOS.11.16" />Yoshua akaiteka nchi hii yote: nchi ya vilima, Negebu yote, eneo yote ya Gosheni, shefela ya upande wa magharibi, Araba na milima ya Israeli pamoja na shefela zao,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JOS.11.17" />kuanzia Mlima Halaki ambao umeinuka kuelekea Seiri hadi Baal-Gadi katika Bonde la Lebanoni chini ya Mlima Hermoni. Akawateka wafalme wake wote, akawapiga na kuwaua.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JOS.11.18" />Yoshua akapigana vita dhidi ya wafalme hawa wote kwa muda mrefu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JOS.11.19" />Hakuna mji wowote katika eneo hili uliofanya mkataba wa amani na Israeli, isipokuwa hao Wahivi wa Gibeoni. Wengine wote walishindwa katika vita.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JOS.11.20" />Kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> mwenyewe ndiye aliifanya mioyo yao iwe migumu, ili kupigana vita dhidi ya Israeli ili apate kuwafutilia mbali pasipo huruma, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="JOS.11.21" />Wakati huo Yoshua akaenda kuwaangamiza Waanaki kutoka nchi ya vilima: kuanzia Hebroni, Debiri na Anabu, na kutoka nchi yote ya vilima ya Yuda na kutoka nchi yote ya vilima ya Israeli. Yoshua akawaangamiza kabisa pamoja na miji yao.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JOS.11.22" />Hawakubaki Waanaki wowote katika nchi ya Israeli, ila tu katika nchi ya Gaza, Gathi na Ashdodi.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JOS.11.23" />Hivyo Yoshua akaiteka nchi hiyo yote kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyokuwa amemwagiza Mose, naye Yoshua akawapa Israeli kuwa urithi wao, kulingana na walivyogawanyika katika kabila zao.
</p>
<p style="p">Ndipo nchi ikawa na amani bila vita.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Orodha Ya Wafalme Walioshindwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOS.12.1" />Hawa ndio wafalme wa nchi ambao Waisraeli waliwashinda na kuitwaa nchi yao upande wa mashariki mwa Yordani, kuanzia Bonde la Arnoni mpaka Mlima Hermoni, pamoja na eneo lote la upande wa mashariki ya Araba:
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="2" bcv="JOS.12.2" />Sihoni mfalme wa Waamori, ambaye alitawala huko Heshboni.
</p>
<p sfm="mi" style="mi">Alitawala kuanzia Aroeri kwenye ukingo wa Bonde la Arnoni, kuanzia katikati ya bonde, hadi kwenye Mto Yaboki, ambao ni mpaka wa Waamoni. Hii ilijumlisha nusu ya Gileadi.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JOS.12.3" />Pia alitawala Araba ya mashariki kuanzia Bahari ya Kinerethi<f caller="+"><fr>12:3
</fr><ft>Yaani Bahari ya Galilaya.</ft></f> hadi Bahari ya Araba (yaani Bahari ya Chumvi<f caller="+"><fr>12:3
</fr><ft>Yaani Bahari Mfu.</ft></f>), hadi Beth-Yeshimothi, kisha kuelekea kusini chini ya materemko ya Pisga.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="4" bcv="JOS.12.4" />Nayo nchi ya Ogu mfalme wa Bashani, aliyekuwa mmoja wa mabaki ya Warefai, aliyetawala Ashtarothi na Edrei.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="mi" style="mi"><v id="5" bcv="JOS.12.5" />Naye alitawala katika Mlima Hermoni, Saleka, Bashani yote hadi mpaka wa watu wa Geshuri, na watu wa Maaka na nusu ya Gileadi, hadi kwenye mpaka wa Sihoni mfalme wa Heshboni.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JOS.12.6" />Mose, mtumishi wa
<nd>Bwana,</nd> na Waisraeli wakawashinda. Naye Mose mtumishi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawapa Wareubeni, Wagadi na nusu ya kabila la Manase nchi ya hao wafalme ili iwe milki yao.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JOS.12.7" />Hawa ndio wafalme wa nchi ambao Yoshua na Waisraeli waliwashinda upande wa magharibi mwa Yordani, kuanzia Baal-Gadi katika Bonde la Lebanoni hadi kufikia Mlima Halaki, unaoinuka ukielekea Seiri. (Yoshua alitoa nchi zao kwa makabila ya Israeli iwe urithi wao sawasawa na mgawanyiko wa makabila yao:
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JOS.12.8" />nchi ya vilima, shefela, upande wa magharibi, Araba, materemko ya milima, jangwa, na Negebu; nchi za Wahiti, Waamori, Wakanaani, Waperizi, Wahivi na Wayebusi):
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<table><tr><tc level="1">
<v id="9" bcv="JOS.12.9" />mfalme wa Yeriko
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">mfalme wa Ai (karibu na Betheli)
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JOS.12.10" />mfalme wa Yerusalemu
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">mfalme wa Hebroni
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JOS.12.11" />mfalme wa Yarmuthi
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">mfalme wa Lakishi
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JOS.12.12" />mfalme wa Egloni
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">mfalme wa Gezeri
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JOS.12.13" />mfalme wa Debiri
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">mfalme wa Gederi
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JOS.12.14" />mfalme wa Horma
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">mfalme wa Aradi
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JOS.12.15" />mfalme wa Libna
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">mfalme wa Adulamu
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JOS.12.16" />mfalme wa Makeda
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">mfalme wa Betheli
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JOS.12.17" />mfalme wa Tapua
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">mfalme wa Heferi
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JOS.12.18" />mfalme wa Afeki
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">mfalme wa Lasharoni
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JOS.12.19" />mfalme wa Madoni
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">mfalme wa Hazori
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JOS.12.20" />mfalme wa Shimron-Meroni
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">mfalme wa Akishafu
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JOS.12.21" />mfalme wa Taanaki
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">mfalme wa Megido
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JOS.12.22" />mfalme wa Kedeshi
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">mfalme wa Yokneamu katika Karmeli
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JOS.12.23" />mfalme wa Dori (katika Nafoth-Dori)
<f caller="+"><fr>12:23
</fr><ft>Au: katika miinuko ya Nafoth-Dori.</ft></f>
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">mfalme wa Goimu katika Gilgali
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JOS.12.24" />mfalme wa Tirsa
</tc><tc level="2">mmoja
</tc></tr></table><p sfm="m" style="m">wafalme jumla yao ilikuwa thelathini na mmoja.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="13" />
<s style="s1">Sehemu Za Kanaani Ambazo Hazijatwaliwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOS.13.1" />Yoshua alipokuwa mzee na umri wake ukiwa umesogea sana,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia, “Wewe ni mzee sana, na bado kumesalia sehemu kubwa sana za nchi ambazo ni za kutwaliwa.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="mi" style="mi"><v id="2" bcv="JOS.13.2" />“Nchi iliyosalia ni hii: maeneo yote ya Wafilisti na Wageshuri:
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JOS.13.3" />kutoka Mto Shihori ulioko mashariki mwa Misri, kuelekea kaskazini kwenye eneo la Ekroni, ambayo yote ilihesabika kama ya Wakanaani (maeneo yale matano ya watawala wa Kifilisti, ambayo ni Gaza, Ashdodi, Ashkeloni, Gathi na Ekroni: ndiyo nchi ya Waavi);
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JOS.13.4" />kuanzia kusini, nchi yote ya Wakanaani, kuanzia Ara ambayo ni ya Wasidoni, ikienea hadi Afeki, na eneo la Waamori,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JOS.13.5" />eneo la Wagebali;<f caller="+"><fr>13:5
</fr><ft>Yaani eneo la Bubilo, mji wa zamani sana wa Ufoinike (kama kilomita 80 kaskazini mwa Beiruti).</ft></f> Lebanoni yote kuelekea mashariki, kuanzia Baal-Gadi chini ya Mlima Hermoni hadi Lebo-Hamathi.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JOS.13.6" />“Na kuhusu wakaaji wote katika maeneo ya milima, kuanzia Lebanoni hadi Misrefoth-Maimu, pamoja na eneo lote la Wasidoni, mimi mwenyewe nitawafukuza watoke mbele ya Waisraeli. Hakikisha umegawa nchi hii kwa Israeli kuwa urithi, kama nilivyokuagiza,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JOS.13.7" />sasa basi, ligawanye eneo hili kwa yale makabila tisa na ile nusu ya kabila la Manase kuwa urithi.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mgawanyo Wa Nchi Mashariki Mwa Yordani
</s>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="8" bcv="JOS.13.8" />Ile nusu nyingine ya Manase, Wareubeni na Wagadi, walishapokea urithi Mose aliokuwa amewapa mashariki mwa Yordani, sawasawa na mtumishi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyowagawia.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="mi" style="mi"><v id="9" bcv="JOS.13.9" />Eneo lao lilienea toka Aroeri, iliyoko ukingoni mwa Bonde la Arnoni kuanzia mji ulio katikati ya bonde, likijumlisha nchi ya uwanda wa juu wote wa Medeba mpaka Diboni,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JOS.13.10" />nayo miji yote ya Sihoni mfalme wa Waamori, aliyetawala Heshboni, hadi mpakani mwa Waamoni.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JOS.13.11" />Vilevile ilijumlisha Gileadi, eneo la Wageshuri na Wamaaka, mlima wote wa Hermoni na Bashani yote ikienea hadi Saleka:
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JOS.13.12" />yaani ufalme wote wa Ogu katika Bashani, aliyekuwa ametawala katika Ashtarothi na Edrei, na ndiye pekee alisalia kwa Warefai. Mose alikuwa amewashinda na kuteka nchi yao.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JOS.13.13" />Lakini Waisraeli hawakuwafukuza watu wa Geshuri na wa Maaka, kwa hiyo wanaendelea kuishi miongoni mwa Waisraeli mpaka leo hii.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JOS.13.14" />Lakini kwa kabila la Lawi, Mose hakupeana urithi, kwa kuwa sadaka za kuteketezwa kwa moto zilizotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, ndizo zilizokuwa urithi wao, kama alivyowaahidi.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="15" bcv="JOS.13.15" />Haya ndiyo maeneo ambayo Mose alikuwa amewapa kabila la Reubeni ukoo kwa ukoo:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="mi" style="mi"><v id="16" bcv="JOS.13.16" />Eneo la Aroeri lililo ukingoni mwa Bonde la Arnoni, na kuanzia mji ulio katikati ya bonde, pia uwanda wote wa juu kupita Medeba
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JOS.13.17" />hadi Heshboni na miji yake yote kwenye uwanda wa juu, ikijumlishwa miji ya Diboni, Bamoth-Baali, Beth-Baal-Meoni,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JOS.13.18" />Yahasa, Kedemothi, Mefaathi,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JOS.13.19" />Kiriathaimu, Sibma, Sereth-Shahari juu ya kilima kilicho katika bonde,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JOS.13.20" />Beth-Peori, materemko ya Pisga na Beth-Yeshimothi:
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JOS.13.21" />miji yote ya uwanda wa juu na eneo lote la utawala wa Sihoni mfalme wa Waamori, aliyetawala katika Heshboni. Mose alikuwa amemshinda Sihoni, pia watawala wakuu wa Wamidiani, ambao ni Evi, Rekemu, Suri, Huri na Reba, waliokuwa wameungana na Sihoni, ambao waliishi katika nchi ile.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JOS.13.22" />Pamoja na wale waliouawa katika vita, Waisraeli walikuwa wamemuua kwa upanga Balaamu mwana wa Beori aliyekuwa mchawi.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JOS.13.23" />Mpaka wa Wareubeni ulikuwa ni ukingo wa Mto Yordani. Miji hii na vijiji vyake ndiyo iliyokuwa urithi wa Wareubeni ukoo kwa ukoo.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="24" bcv="JOS.13.24" />Haya ndiyo maeneo ambayo Mose alikuwa amewapa kabila la Gadi, ukoo kwa ukoo:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="mi" style="mi"><v id="25" bcv="JOS.13.25" />Nchi ya Yazeri, miji yote ya Gileadi na nusu ya nchi ya Amoni iliyoenea hadi Aroeri, karibu na Raba;
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JOS.13.26" />na kuanzia Heshboni mpaka Ramath-Mispa na Betonimu, na kutoka Mahanaimu hadi eneo la Debiri;
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JOS.13.27" />na katika bonde, Beth-Haramu, Beth-Nimra, Sukothi na Safoni na sehemu iliyobaki ya eneo la utawala wa Sihoni mfalme wa Heshboni (upande wa mashariki mwa Mto Yordani, eneo inayoishia kwenye Bahari ya Kinerethi<f caller="+"><fr>13:27
</fr><ft>Yaani Bahari ya Galilaya.</ft></f>).
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="JOS.13.28" />Miji hii na vijiji vyake ilikuwa urithi wa kabila la Gadi ukoo kwa ukoo.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="29" bcv="JOS.13.29" />Haya ndiyo maeneo ambayo Mose alikuwa amewapa hiyo nusu ya kabila la Manase, yaani kwa nusu ya jamaa ya uzao wa Manase, ukoo kwa ukoo:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="mi" style="mi"><v id="30" bcv="JOS.13.30" />Eneo lililoenea kuanzia Mahanaimu, na kujumlisha Bashani yote, ufalme wote wa Ogu mfalme wa Bashani, makazi yote ya Yairi huko Bashani, miji sitini,
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="JOS.13.31" />nusu ya Gileadi, na Ashtarothi na Edrei (miji ya kifalme ya Ogu katika Bashani). Hii ilikuwa kwa ajili ya wazao wa Makiri mwana wa Manase, kwa ajili ya nusu ya wana wa Makiri, ukoo kwa ukoo.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="JOS.13.32" />Huu ndio urithi alioupeana Mose wakati alipokuwa katika tambarare za Moabu, ngʼambo ya Yordani mashariki mwa Yeriko.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="JOS.13.33" />Lakini kwa kabila la Walawi, Mose hakuwapa urithi;
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu, Mungu wa Israeli ndiye urithi wao, kama alivyowaahidi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="14" />
<s style="s1">Mgawanyo Wa Nchi Magharibi Mwa Yordani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOS.14.1" />Basi haya ndiyo maeneo Waisraeli waliyopokea kama urithi katika nchi ya Kanaani, ambayo kuhani Eleazari, Yoshua mwana wa Nuni na viongozi wa koo za kabila za Israeli waliwagawia.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JOS.14.2" />Urithi wao uligawanywa kwa kura kwa yale makabila tisa na nusu, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyoamuru Mose.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JOS.14.3" />Mose alikuwa amewapa yale makabila mawili na nusu urithi wao upande wa mashariki mwa Yordani, lakini Walawi hawakupewa urithi miongoni mwa hao wengine,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JOS.14.4" />kwa kuwa wana wa Yosefu walikuwa makabila mawili; Manase na Efraimu. Walawi hawakupata mgawo wa ardhi, bali walipewa miji tu kwa ajili ya kuishi, pamoja na maeneo ya malisho kwa ajili ya makundi yao ya kondoo, mbuzi na ngʼombe wao.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JOS.14.5" />Kwa hiyo Waisraeli wakagawana ile nchi, kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kalebu Anapewa Mji Wa Hebroni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JOS.14.6" />Kisha watu wa Yuda wakamwendea Yoshua huko Gilgali, naye Kalebu mwana wa Yefune yule Mkenizi, akamwambia, “Unajua jambo ambalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alimwambia Mose mtu wa Mungu huko Kadesh-Barnea kukuhusu wewe na mimi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JOS.14.7" />Nilikuwa na umri wa miaka arobaini, wakati Mose mtumishi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, aliponituma kutoka Kadesh-Barnea kuipeleleza hiyo nchi. Nami nikamletea taarifa kama kulingana na nilivyosadiki moyoni.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JOS.14.8" />Lakini ndugu zangu tuliopanda nao waliifanya mioyo ya watu iyeyuke kwa hofu. Bali mimi, nilimfuata
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wangu kwa moyo wote.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JOS.14.9" />Hivyo katika siku ile, Mose akaniapia, ‘Nchi ambayo umeikanyaga kwa miguu yako itakuwa urithi wako na wa watoto wako milele, kwa sababu umemfuata
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wangu kwa moyo wote.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JOS.14.10" />“Sasa basi, kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyoahidi, ameniweka hai kwa miaka arobaini na mitano tangu wakati alipomwambia Mose jambo hili, wakati Waisraeli wakiwa wanazunguka jangwani. Hivyo mimi hapa leo, nina umri wa miaka themanini na mitano!
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JOS.14.11" />Bado ninazo nguvu kama siku ile Mose aliponituma. Bado ninazo nguvu za kwenda vitani sasa kama vile nilivyokuwa wakati ule.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JOS.14.12" />Basi nipe nchi hii ya vilima, ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliniahidi siku ile. Wewe mwenyewe ulisikia wakati ule kwamba Waanaki walikuwako huko na miji yao ilikuwa mikubwa na yenye maboma, lakini, kwa msaada wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nitawafukuza watoke huko kama vile alivyonena.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JOS.14.13" />Ndipo Yoshua akambariki Kalebu mwana wa Yefune, na akampa Hebroni kama urithi wake.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JOS.14.14" />Hivyo Hebroni imekuwa mali ya Kalebu mwana wa Yefune Mkenizi tangu wakati ule, kwa sababu alimwandama
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, kwa moyo wote.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JOS.14.15" />(Hebroni uliitwa Kiriath-Arba hapo mwanzo, kutokana na huyo Arba ambaye alikuwa mtu mkuu kupita wote miongoni mwa Waanaki.)
</p>
<p style="p">Kisha nchi ikawa na amani bila vita.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="15" />
<s style="s1">Mgawo Kwa Yuda
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOS.15.1" />Mgawo kwa kabila la Yuda, ulienea ukoo kwa ukoo, ukishuka kufikia eneo la Edomu, hadi Jangwa la Sini mwisho kabisa upande wa kusini.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="2" bcv="JOS.15.2" />Mpaka wao wa kusini ulianzia kwenye ghuba iliyoko kwenye ncha ya kusini mwa Bahari ya Chumvi,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JOS.15.3" />ukakatiza kusini mwa Akrabimu, ukaendelea hadi Sini ukaenda hadi kusini mwa Kadesh-Barnea. Tena ukapitia Hesroni ukapanda hadi Adari na ukapinda hadi Karka.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JOS.15.4" />Kisha ukaendelea mpaka Azmoni na kuunganika na Kijito cha Misri, na kuishia baharini. Huu ndio mpaka wao wa upande wa kusini.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="5" bcv="JOS.15.5" />Mpaka wa upande wa mashariki ni Bahari ya Chumvi ukienea mahali Mto Yordani unapoingilia.
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1">Mpaka wa upande wa kaskazini ulianzia penye ghuba ya bahari mahali Mto Yordani unapoingilia,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JOS.15.6" />ukapanda hadi Beth-Hogla, na kuendelea kaskazini mwa Beth-Araba hadi kwenye Jiwe la Bohani mwana wa Reubeni.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JOS.15.7" />Kisha mpaka ulipanda hadi Debiri kutoka Bonde la Akori na kugeuka kaskazini hadi Gilgali inayotazamana na materemko ya Adumimu, kusini mwa bonde. Ukaendelea sambamba hadi maji ya En-Shemeshi na kutokeza huko En-Rogeli.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JOS.15.8" />Kisha ukapanda kwa kufuata Bonde la Ben-Hinomu sambamba na mteremko wa kusini wa mji mkubwa wa Wayebusi (yaani Yerusalemu). Kutoka hapo ukapanda juu ya kilima magharibi ya Bonde la Hinomu mwisho wa ncha ya kaskazini mwa Bonde la Warefai.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JOS.15.9" />Kutoka juu ya kilima mpaka ule ukaendelea hadi kwenye chemchemi ya maji ya Neftoa, ukatokea kwenye miji ya Mlima Efroni na kuteremka kuelekea Baala (yaani Kiriath-Yearimu).
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JOS.15.10" />Kisha ukapinda upande wa magharibi kutoka Baala hadi Mlima Seiri, ukafuatia sambamba mteremko wa kaskazini mwa Mlima Yearimu (yaani Kesaloni), ukaendelea chini hadi Beth-Shemeshi na kukatiza hadi Timna.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JOS.15.11" />Ukaelekea hadi kwenye mteremko wa kaskazini mwa Ekroni, ukageuka kuelekea Shikeroni, ukapita hadi Mlima Baala na kufika Yabineeli. Mpaka ule ukaishia baharini.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="12" bcv="JOS.15.12" />Mpaka wa magharibi ni pwani ya Bahari Kuu.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p">Hii ndiyo mipaka ya watu wa Yuda kwa koo zao.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Nchi Aliyopewa Kalebu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Waamuzi 1:11-15)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JOS.15.13" />Kwa kufuata maagizo ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwake, Yoshua alimpa Kalebu mwana wa Yefune sehemu katika Yuda: Kiriath-Arba, yaani Hebroni (Arba alikuwa baba wa zamani wa Anaki).
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JOS.15.14" />Kutoka Hebroni Kalebu alifukuza hao wana watatu wa Anaki, nao ni Sheshai, Ahimani na Talmai, wazao wa Anaki.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JOS.15.15" />Kutoka hapo akaondoka kupigana dhidi ya watu walioishi Debiri (jina la Debiri hapo kwanza uliitwa Kiriath-Seferi).
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JOS.15.16" />Kalebu akasema, “Nitamwoza binti yangu Aksa kwa mtu atakayeweza kupigana na kuteka Kiriath-Seferi.”
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JOS.15.17" />Basi Othnieli mwana wa Kenazi, ndugu yake Kalebu, akauteka; hivyo Kalebu akamtoa Aksa binti yake aolewe naye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="JOS.15.18" />Siku moja Aksa alipokuja kwa Othnieli, alimsihi Othnieli amwombe baba yake, Kalebu, shamba. Aksa aliposhuka kutoka juu ya punda wake, Kalebu akamuuliza, “Je, wataka nikufanyie nini?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JOS.15.19" />Akamjibu, “Naomba unifanyie jambo moja la hisani. Kwa kuwa umenipa ardhi huko Negebu, nipe pia chemchemi za maji.” Basi Kalebu akampa chemchemi za juu na za chini.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Miji Ya Yuda
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="JOS.15.20" />Huu ndio urithi wa kabila la Yuda, ukoo kwa ukoo:
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="21" bcv="JOS.15.21" />Miji ya kusini kabisa ya kabila la Yuda katika Negebu kuelekea mpaka wa Edomu ilikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1">Kabseeli, Ederi, Yaguri,
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JOS.15.22" />Kina, Dimona, Adada,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JOS.15.23" />Kedeshi, Hazori, Ithnani,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JOS.15.24" />Zifu, Telemu, Bealothi,
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JOS.15.25" />Hazor-Hadata, Kerioth-Hezroni (yaani Hazori),
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JOS.15.26" />Amamu, Shema, Molada,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JOS.15.27" />Hasar-Gada, Heshmoni, Beth-Peleti,
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="JOS.15.28" />Hasar-Shuali, Beer-Sheba, Biziothia,
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="JOS.15.29" />Baala, Iyimu, Esemu,
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="JOS.15.30" />Eltoladi, Kesili, Horma,
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="JOS.15.31" />Siklagi, Madmana, Sansana,
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="JOS.15.32" />Lebaothi, Shilhimu, Aini na Rimoni; hiyo yote ni miji ishirini na tisa, pamoja na vijiji vyake.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="33" bcv="JOS.15.33" />Kwenye shefela ya magharibi:
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1">Eshtaoli, Sora, Ashna,
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="JOS.15.34" />Zanoa, En-Ganimu, Tapua, Enamu,
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="JOS.15.35" />Yarmuthi, Adulamu, Soko, Azeka,
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="JOS.15.36" />Shaaraimu, Adithaimu na Gedera (au Gederothaimu); yote ni miji kumi na minne, pamoja na vijiji vyake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="37" bcv="JOS.15.37" />Senani, Hadasha, Migdal-Gadi,
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="JOS.15.38" />Dileani, Mispa, Yoktheeli,
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="JOS.15.39" />Lakishi, Boskathi, Egloni,
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="JOS.15.40" />Kaboni, Lamasi, Kitlishi,
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="JOS.15.41" />Gederothi, Beth-Dagoni, Naama na Makeda; yote ni miji kumi na sita pamoja na vijiji vyake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="42" bcv="JOS.15.42" />Libna, Etheri, Ashani,
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="JOS.15.43" />Yifta, Ashna, Nesibu,
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="JOS.15.44" />Keila, Akzibu na Maresha; yote ni miji tisa pamoja na vijiji vyake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="45" bcv="JOS.15.45" />Ekroni, pamoja na viunga vyake na vijiji vyake;
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="JOS.15.46" />magharibi ya Ekroni, maeneo yote yaliyokuwa karibu na Ashdodi, pamoja na vijiji vyake;
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="JOS.15.47" />Ashdodi, miji yake na vijiji vyake na Gaza viunga vyake na vijiji vyake, hadi kufikia Kijito cha Misri na Pwani ya Bahari Kuu.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="48" bcv="JOS.15.48" />Katika nchi ya vilima:
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1">Shamiri, Yatiri, Soko,
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="JOS.15.49" />Dana, Kiriath-Sana (yaani Debiri),
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="JOS.15.50" />Anabu, Eshtemoa, Animu,
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="JOS.15.51" />Gosheni, Holoni na Gilo; miji kumi na mmoja pamoja na vijiji vyake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="52" bcv="JOS.15.52" />Arabu, Duma, Ashani,
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="JOS.15.53" />Yanimu, Beth-Tapua, Afeka,
<ve />
<v id="54" bcv="JOS.15.54" />Humta, Kiriath-Arba (yaani Hebroni), na Siori; miji tisa pamoja na vijiji vyake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="55" bcv="JOS.15.55" />Maoni, Karmeli, Zifu, Yuta,
<ve />
<v id="56" bcv="JOS.15.56" />Yezreeli, Yokdeamu, Zanoa,
<ve />
<v id="57" bcv="JOS.15.57" />Kaini, Gibea na Timna; miji kumi pamoja na vijiji vyake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="58" bcv="JOS.15.58" />Halhuli, Beth-Suri, Gedori,
<ve />
<v id="59" bcv="JOS.15.59" />Maarathi, Beth-Anothi na Eltekoni; miji sita pamoja na vijiji vyake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="60" bcv="JOS.15.60" />Kiriath-Baali (yaani Kiriath-Yearimu) na Raba; miji miwili pamoja na vijiji vyake.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="61" bcv="JOS.15.61" />Huko jangwani:
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1">Beth-Araba, Midini, Sekaka,
<ve />
<v id="62" bcv="JOS.15.62" />Nibshani, Mji wa Chumvi, na En-Gedi; miji sita pamoja na vijiji vyake.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="63" bcv="JOS.15.63" />Yuda hakuweza kuwafukuza Wayebusi, waliokuwa wakiishi Yerusalemu; hadi leo Wayebusi huishi huko pamoja na watu wa Yuda.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="16" />
<s style="s1">Mgawo Kwa Efraimu Na Manase
</s>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="1" bcv="JOS.16.1" />Mgawanyo wa Yosefu ulianzia Yordani ya Yeriko, mashariki mwa miji ya Yeriko na kutoka hapo ulipanda kupitia jangwani na kuingia katika nchi ya vilima ya Betheli.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JOS.16.2" />Ukaendelea kutoka Betheli (ndiyo Luzu), ukavuka kuingia eneo la Waariki huko Atarothi,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JOS.16.3" />ukateremkia kuelekea magharibi hadi eneo la Wayafleti ukienea hadi eneo la Beth-Horoni ya Chini hadi Gezeri, ukiishia baharini.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="4" bcv="JOS.16.4" />Kwa hiyo Manase na Efraimu, wazao wa Yosefu, walipokea urithi wao.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="5" bcv="JOS.16.5" />Hili ndilo lilikuwa eneo la Efraimu, ukoo kwa ukoo:
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1">Mpaka wa urithi wao ulianzia Ataroth-Adari upande wa mashariki hadi Beth-Horoni ya Juu,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JOS.16.6" />na kuendelea mpaka baharini. Kutoka Mikmeta upande wa kaskazini ulipinda kuelekea mashariki hadi Taanath-Shilo, ukiupita hadi Yanoa upande wa mashariki.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JOS.16.7" />Kisha uliteremka kutoka Yanoa hadi Atarothi na Naara, ukagusa Yeriko na kutokea katika Mto Yordani.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JOS.16.8" />Kutoka Tapua mpaka ulikwenda magharibi hadi Bonde la Kana na kuishia baharini. Huu ulikuwa ndio urithi wa kabila la Waefraimu, ukoo kwa ukoo.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JOS.16.9" />Pia ulijumuisha miji yote na vijiji vyake ambavyo vilitengwa kwa ajili ya Waefraimu ndani ya urithi wa kabila la Manase.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="10" bcv="JOS.16.10" />Hawakuwatoa Wakanaani waishio Gezeri; mpaka leo Wakanaani wanaishi miongoni mwa watu wa Efraimu lakini wanatakiwa kufanya kazi ngumu za kulazimishwa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="17" />
<s style="s1">Mgawo Wa Nusu Nyingine Ya Manase Upande Wa Magharibi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOS.17.1" />Huu ndio mgawo wa kabila la Manase kama mzaliwa wa kwanza wa Yosefu, yaani kwa ajili ya Makiri, mzaliwa wa kwanza wa Manase. Makiri alikuwa baba wa Wagileadi, ambao walipokea Gileadi na Bashani kwa sababu Wamakiri walikuwa askari wakuu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JOS.17.2" />Kwa hiyo mgawo huu ulikuwa kwa ajili ya watu wa Manase waliokuwa wamebaki, ambao ni koo za Abiezeri, Heleki, Asirieli, Shekemu, Heferi na Shemida. Hawa ndio wanaume wale wengine wa uzao wa Manase mwana wa Yosefu kwa koo zao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JOS.17.3" />Basi Selofehadi mwana wa Heferi, mwana wa Gileadi, mwana wa Makiri, mwana wa Manase hakuwa na wana waume ila mabinti tu, ambao majina yao yalikuwa Mahla, Noa, Hogla, Milka na Tirsa.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JOS.17.4" />Wakamwendea kuhani Eleazari, Yoshua mwana wa Nuni, na viongozi, wakasema: “<nd>Bwana</nd> alimwagiza Mose atupatie urithi miongoni mwa ndugu zetu.” Kwa hiyo Yoshua akawapa urithi pamoja na ndugu wa baba yao, kufuatana na agizo la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JOS.17.5" />Fungu la Manase lilikuwa na sehemu kumi za nchi, licha ya Gileadi na Bashani mashariki mwa Yordani,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JOS.17.6" />kwa sababu wale binti za kabila la Manase walipokea urithi miongoni mwa wana wa kiume. Nchi ya Gileadi ilikuwa mali ya wazao wa Manase waliobaki.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="7" bcv="JOS.17.7" />Eneo la Manase lilienea kuanzia Asheri hadi Mikmeta mashariki mwa Shekemu. Mpaka ule ulielekea upande wa kusini kutoka pale kujumuisha watu walioishi En-Tapua.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JOS.17.8" />(Nchi ya Tapua ilikuwa mali ya Manase, lakini Tapua yenyewe iliyo mpakani mwa nchi ya Manase ilikuwa ya Waefraimu.)
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JOS.17.9" />Kisha mpaka ule uliendelea kuelekea kusini hadi Bonde la Kana. Kulikuwepo miji ya Efraimu iliyokuwa miongoni mwa miji ya Manase, lakini mpaka wa Manase ulikuwa upande wa kaskazini wa lile bonde na kuishia kwenye bahari.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JOS.17.10" />Nchi ya kusini ilikuwa ya Efraimu, na ile iliyokuwa upande wa kaskazini ilikuwa ya Manase. Eneo la Manase lilifika bahari na ikapakana na Asheri upande wa kaskazini, na Isakari upande wa mashariki.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="11" bcv="JOS.17.11" />Katika Isakari na Asheri Manase alikuwa na miji pia: Beth-Shani, Ibleamu na watu wa Dori,<f caller="+"><fr>17:11
</fr><ft>Ndiyo Nafoth-Dori.</ft></f> Endori, Taanaki na Megido, pamoja na vijiji vyote vinavyohusika na miji hiyo (ya tatu katika orodha ni Nafothi).
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="12" bcv="JOS.17.12" />Lakini Wamanase hawakuweza kuimiliki miji hii, kwa kuwa Wakanaani walikazana kuishi katika maeneo hayo.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JOS.17.13" />Hata hivyo, Waisraeli walivyoendelea kupata nguvu waliwatumikisha Wakanaani na kuwatia katika kazi za kulazimishwa, lakini hawakuwafukuza kabisa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kabila La Yosefu Lakataa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JOS.17.14" />Watu wa Yosefu wakamwambia Yoshua, “Kwa nini umetupa sisi mgawo mmoja tu na sehemu moja tu kuwa urithi? Sisi tu watu wengi sana, na
<nd>Bwana</nd> ametubariki kwa wingi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JOS.17.15" />Yoshua akajibu, “Kama ninyi ni wengi sana, na kama nchi ya vilima ya Efraimu ni ndogo sana kwenu, pandeni msituni mkafyeke eneo kwa ajili yenu wenyewe huko kwenye nchi ya Waperizi na Warefai.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JOS.17.16" />Watu wa Yosefu wakajibu, “Hiyo nchi ya vilima haitutoshi, nao Wakanaani wote wanaoishi katika tambarare wanayo magari ya vita ya chuma, wote wa Beth-Shani na miji yake, na wale walio katika Bonde la Yezreeli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JOS.17.17" />Lakini Yoshua akanena na nyumba ya Yosefu, yaani Efraimu na Manase: “Ninyi ni wengi sana na wenye nguvu sana. Hamtakuwa na mgawo mmoja tu,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JOS.17.18" />bali pia nchi hii ya kilima yenye msitu. Ifyekeni, nayo mipaka yake itakuwa yenu umbali mtakaoweza kufika. Ingawa Wakanaani wana magari ya chuma, nao wana nguvu, mwaweza kuwafukuza humo.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="18" />
<s style="s1">Mgawanyo Wa Nchi Iliyobaki
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOS.18.1" />Kusanyiko lote la Waisraeli likakusanyika huko Shilo na kusimamisha Hema la Kukutania. Nchi ikawa chini ya utawala wao,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JOS.18.2" />lakini palikuwa bado makabila saba ya Israeli ambayo yalikuwa hayajapokea urithi wao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JOS.18.3" />Hivyo Yoshua akawaambia Waisraeli, “Je, mtasubiri hata lini ili kuingia kumiliki nchi ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zenu, amewapa?
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JOS.18.4" />Chagueni watu watatu kutoka kwenye kila kabila. Nitawatuma hao watu kukagua hiyo nchi na kuniandikia mapendekezo ya mgawanyo wa urithi wa kila kabila. Nao watanirudia.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JOS.18.5" />Mtaigawanya hiyo nchi katika sehemu saba. Yuda atabaki katika eneo lake upande wa kusini na nyumba ya Yosefu katika nchi yake upande wa kaskazini.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JOS.18.6" />Baada ya kuandika maelezo ya hizo sehemu saba za nchi, yaleteni kwangu, nami nitawapigia kura kwa kura mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JOS.18.7" />Hata hivyo, Walawi hawatakuwa na sehemu miongoni mwenu, kwa maana huduma ya ukuhani kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndio urithi wao. Nao Gadi, Reubeni na nusu ya kabila la Manase wameshapata urithi wao upande wa mashariki mwa Yordani, ambako Mose mtumishi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliwapa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JOS.18.8" />Watu hao walipokuwa wanaondoka kwenda kuandika vizuri kuhusu hiyo nchi, Yoshua akawaagiza, “Nendeni mkakague hiyo nchi na mwandike maelezo kuihusu. Kisha mrudi kwangu, nami nitawapigia kura hapa Shilo mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JOS.18.9" />Ndipo hao watu walipoondoka na kupita katika ile nchi. Wakaandika maelezo yake kwenye kitabu, mji kwa mji, katika sehemu saba na kurudisha taarifa kwa Yoshua huko kambini Shilo.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JOS.18.10" />Basi Yoshua akawapigia kura huko Shilo mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na hapo akagawanya ile nchi kwa Waisraeli kufuatana na mgawanyo wa kabila zao.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mgawo Kwa Benyamini
</s>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="11" bcv="JOS.18.11" />Kura iliangukia kabila la Benyamini, ukoo kwa ukoo. Eneo lao walilogawiwa lilikuwa kati ya kabila la Yuda na la Yosefu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="12" bcv="JOS.18.12" />Upande wa kaskazini mpaka wao ulianzia pale Yordani, kupitia kaskazini ya mteremko wa Yeriko na kuendelea magharibi kuingia katika nchi ya vilima, ukitokea kwenye jangwa la Beth-Aveni.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JOS.18.13" />Kutoka hapo ulikatiza kwenye mteremko wa kusini mwa Luzu (yaani Betheli) na kushuka hadi Ataroth-Adari katika kilima kusini mwa Beth-Horoni ya Chini.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="14" bcv="JOS.18.14" />Kutoka kilima kinachotazamana na Beth-Horoni upande wa kusini mpaka ule ukazunguka kusini kufuatia upande wa magharibi, na ukatokezea Kiriath-Baali (yaani Kiriath-Yearimu), mji wa watu wa Yuda. Huu ndio uliokuwa upande wa magharibi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="15" bcv="JOS.18.15" />Upande wa kusini mpaka ulianzia kwenye viunga vya Kiriath-Yearimu kwa upande wa magharibi, nao ukatokeza kwenye chemchemi ya maji ya Neftoa.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JOS.18.16" />Mpaka ukateremka hadi shefela inayotazamana na Bonde la Ben-Hinomu, kaskazini mwa Bonde la Refaimu. Ukaendelea chini kwenye Bonde la Hinomu sambamba na mteremko wa kusini mwa mji mkubwa wa Wayebusi na kisha hadi En-Rogeli.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JOS.18.17" />Kisha ukapinda kuelekea kaskazini, ukaenda hadi En-Shemeshi na kuendelea mpaka Gelilothi, inayotazamana na Njia ya Adumimu, ukateremka hadi kwenye Jiwe la Bohani mwana wa Reubeni.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JOS.18.18" />Ukaendelea upande wa mteremko wa kaskazini wa Beth-Araba ukateremka hadi Araba.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JOS.18.19" />Kisha ukaenda mpaka kwenye mteremko wa kaskazini wa Beth-Hogla na kujitokeza kwenye ghuba ya kaskazini ya Bahari ya Chumvi, kwenye maingilio ya Yordani upande wa kusini. Huo ulikuwa mpaka wa kusini.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="20" bcv="JOS.18.20" />Nayo Yordani ikawa ndio mpaka wa upande wa mashariki.
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Hii ilikuwa ndiyo mipaka iliyoonyesha urithi wa koo za Benyamini pande zote.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="21" bcv="JOS.18.21" />Kabila ya Benyamini, ukoo kwa ukoo, ilikuwa na miji mikubwa ifuatayo:
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1">Yeriko, Beth-Hogla, Emeki-Kesisi,
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JOS.18.22" />Beth-Araba, Semaraimu, Betheli,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JOS.18.23" />Avimu, Para na Ofra,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JOS.18.24" />Kefar-Amoni, Ofni, na Geba; miji kumi na miwili pamoja na vijiji vyake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="25" bcv="JOS.18.25" />Gibeoni, Rama na Beerothi,
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JOS.18.26" />Mispa, Kefira, Moza,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JOS.18.27" />Rekemu, Irpeeli, Tarala,
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="JOS.18.28" />Zela, Elefu, mji wa Wayebusi (yaani Yerusalemu), Gibea na Kiriathi; miji kumi na minne pamoja na vijiji vyake.
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Huu ndio uliokuwa urithi wa Benyamini kwa ajili ya koo zake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="19" />
<s style="s1">Mgawo Kwa Simeoni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOS.19.1" />Kura ya pili ikaangukia kabila la Simeoni, ukoo kwa ukoo. Urithi wao ulikuwa ndani ya eneo la Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JOS.19.2" />Ulijumuisha:
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1">Beer-Sheba (au Sheba), Molada,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JOS.19.3" />Hasar-Shuali, Bala, Esemu,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JOS.19.4" />Eltoladi, Bethuli, Horma,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JOS.19.5" />Siklagi, Beth-Markabothi, Hasar-Susa,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JOS.19.6" />Beth-Lebaothi na Sharuheni; hii ilikuwa miji kumi na mitatu pamoja na vijiji vyake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="7" bcv="JOS.19.7" />Pia Aini, Rimoni, Etheri, na Ashani; hii ilikuwa miji minne na vijiji vyake,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JOS.19.8" />pamoja na vijiji vyote vinavyoizunguka miji hii mpaka Baalath-Beeri (ambayo ndiyo Rama iliyo katika Negebu).
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Huu ulikuwa ni urithi wa kabila la Simeoni ukoo kwa ukoo.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JOS.19.9" />Urithi wa Wasimeoni ulitolewa kutoka fungu la Yuda, kwa kuwa fungu la Yuda lilikuwa kubwa kuliko walivyohitaji. Hivyo kabila la Simeoni lilipewa urithi wao ndani ya eneo la Yuda.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mgawo Kwa Zabuloni
</s>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="10" bcv="JOS.19.10" />Kura ya tatu ikaangukia kabila la Zabuloni, ukoo kwa ukoo:
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1">Mpaka wa urithi wao uliendelea hadi Saridi.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JOS.19.11" />Kuelekea upande wa magharibi ukafika Marala, ukagusa Dabeshethi, na kuendelea mpaka kwenye bonde karibu na Yokneamu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JOS.19.12" />Ukageuka mashariki, kuanzia Saridi kuelekea mawio ya jua hadi kwenye nchi ya Kisiloth-Tabori, na kwenda hadi Daberathi, kupanda Yafia.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JOS.19.13" />Kisha ukaendelea mashariki hadi Gath-Heferi na kufika Eth-Kasini, ukatokea Rimoni na kugeuka kuelekea Nea.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JOS.19.14" />Huko mpaka ukazungukia upande wa kaskazini hadi Hanathoni na kuishia katika Bonde la Ifta-Eli.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JOS.19.15" />Miji mingine iliyojumuishwa ni Katathi, Nahalali, Shimroni, Idala na Bethlehemu. Kulikuwa na miji kumi na miwili pamoja na vijiji vyake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="16" bcv="JOS.19.16" />Miji hii na vijiji vyake ilikuwa ndio urithi wa Zabuloni, ukoo kwa ukoo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mgawo Kwa Isakari
</s>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="17" bcv="JOS.19.17" />Kura ya nne ikamwangukia Isakari, ukoo kwa ukoo.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JOS.19.18" />Eneo lao lilijumuisha:
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1">Yezreeli, Kesulothi, Shunemu,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JOS.19.19" />Hafaraimu, Shioni, Anaharathi,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JOS.19.20" />Rabithi, Kishioni, Ebesi,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JOS.19.21" />Remethi, En-Ganimu, En-Hada na Beth-Pasesi.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JOS.19.22" />Mpaka ule ukagusa Tabori, Shahasuma na Beth-Shemeshi, na ukaishia kwenye Yordani. Ilikuwa miji kumi na sita, pamoja na vijiji vyake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="23" bcv="JOS.19.23" />Miji hii pamoja na vijiji vyake ilikuwa urithi wa kabila la Isakari, ukoo kwa ukoo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mgawo Kwa Asheri
</s>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="24" bcv="JOS.19.24" />Kura ya tano ikaangukia kabila la Asheri, ukoo kwa ukoo.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JOS.19.25" />Eneo lao lilijumuisha:
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1">Helkathi, Hali, Beteni, Akishafu,
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JOS.19.26" />Alameleki, Amadi na Mishali. Upande wa magharibi mpaka uligusa Karmeli na Shihor-Libnathi.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JOS.19.27" />Tena ukageuka mashariki kuelekea Beth-Dagoni, ukagusa Zabuloni na Bonde la Ifta-Eli, ukaenda upande wa kaskazini hadi Beth-Emeki na Neyeli, ukipitia Kabul upande wa kushoto.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="JOS.19.28" />Ukaendelea hadi Abdoni, Rehobu, Hamoni na Kana, na kufika Sidoni Kuu.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="JOS.19.29" />Mpaka huo ukageukia nyuma kuelekea Rama na kwenda hadi kwenye mji wenye ngome wa Tiro, ukageuka kuelekea Hosa na kutokeza baharini katika eneo la Akzibu,
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="JOS.19.30" />Uma, Afeki na Rehobu. Ilikuwepo miji ishirini na miwili, pamoja na vijiji vyake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="31" bcv="JOS.19.31" />Miji hii pamoja na vijiji vyake ilikuwa ndio urithi wa kabila la Asheri, ukoo kwa ukoo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mgawo Kwa Naftali
</s>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="32" bcv="JOS.19.32" />Kura ya sita ikaangukia kabila la Naftali, ukoo kwa ukoo:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="33" bcv="JOS.19.33" />Mpaka wao uliendelea kutoka Helefi na kwenye mti mkubwa ulio katika Saananimu, ukipitia Adami-Nekebu na Yabineeli hadi Lakumu, na kuishia katika Mto Yordani.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="JOS.19.34" />Mpaka ukaendelea magharibi kupitia Aznoth-Tabori na kutokea Hukoki. Ukagusa Zabuloni upande wa kusini, Asheri upande wa magharibi, na Yordani upande wa mashariki.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="JOS.19.35" />Miji yenye ngome ilikuwa Sidimu, Seri, Hamathi, Rakathi, Kinerethi,
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="JOS.19.36" />Adama, Rama, Hazori,
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="JOS.19.37" />Kedeshi, Edrei, na En-Hasori,
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="JOS.19.38" />Ironi, Migdal-Eli, Horemu, Beth-Anathi na Beth-Shemeshi. Kulikuwa na miji kumi na tisa na vijiji vyake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="39" bcv="JOS.19.39" />Miji hiyo pamoja na vijiji vyake ndio iliyokuwa urithi wa kabila la Naftali, ukoo kwa ukoo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mgawo Kwa Dani
</s>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="40" bcv="JOS.19.40" />Kura ya saba ikaangukia kabila la Dani, ukoo kwa ukoo.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="JOS.19.41" />Eneo la urithi wao lilijumuisha:
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1">Sora, Eshtaoli, Iri-Shemeshi,
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="JOS.19.42" />Shaalabini, Aiyaloni, Ithla,
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="JOS.19.43" />Eloni, Timna, Ekroni,
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="JOS.19.44" />Elteke, Gibethoni, Baalathi,
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="JOS.19.45" />Yehudi, Bene-Beraki, Gath-Rimoni,
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="JOS.19.46" />Me-Yarkoni na Rakoni, pamoja na eneo linalotazamana na Yafa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="47" bcv="JOS.19.47" />(Lakini Wadani walipata shida kulimiliki eneo lao; kwa hiyo walipanda kuishambulia Leshemu, wakaitwaa, wakawaua watu wake kwa upanga na kuukalia. Walikaa Leshemu na kuuita Dani kufuatana na jina la baba yao.)
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="48" bcv="JOS.19.48" />Miji hii na vijiji vyake ndio iliyokuwa urithi wa kabila la Dani, ukoo kwa ukoo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mgawo Kwa Yoshua
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="49" bcv="JOS.19.49" />Walipomaliza kugawanya nchi katika migawo kulingana na sehemu zao zilizowaangukia, Waisraeli wakampa Yoshua mwana wa Nuni urithi katikati yao,
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="JOS.19.50" />kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyokuwa ameamuru. Walimpa mji alioutaka, ambao ni Timnath-Sera<f caller="+"><fr>19:50
</fr><ft>Unajulikana pia kama Timnath-Heresi, ona
</ft><xt>Yos 24:30; Amu 2:9</xt><ft>.</ft></f> ulio katika nchi ya vilima ya Efraimu. Naye akajenga mji, akakaa huko.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="51" bcv="JOS.19.51" />Haya ndiyo maeneo ambayo kuhani Eleazari, Yoshua mwana wa Nuni, na viongozi wa koo za kabila za Israeli waliyoyagawanya kwa kura huko Shilo mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> penye ingilio la Hema la Kukutania. Hivyo wakamaliza kuigawanya nchi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="20" />
<s style="s1">Miji Ya Makimbilio
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Hesabu 35:9-34)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOS.20.1" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Yoshua,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JOS.20.2" />“Waambie Waisraeli, watenge miji mikubwa ya kukimbilia, kama nilivyokuagiza kupitia Mose,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JOS.20.3" />ili mtu yeyote atakayemuua mtu kwa bahati mbaya na pasipo kukusudia aweze kukimbilia huko na kujiepusha na mlipiza kisasi wa damu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JOS.20.4" />“Anapokimbilia mojawapo ya hii miji mikubwa atasimama kwenye maingilio ya lango la mji mkuu na kueleza wazee wa mji kuhusu shauri lake. Kisha watampokea katika mji wao na kumpa mahali pa kuishi nao.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JOS.20.5" />Kama mlipiza kisasi wa damu akimfuatilia, wasimkabidhi yule mshtakiwa, kwa sababu alimuua jirani yake bila kukusudia, na bila kuwa na nia ya kudhuru.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JOS.20.6" />Huyu aliyeua atakaa kwenye mji mkubwa huo mpaka awe amesimama kukabili mashtaka yake mbele ya kusanyiko na mpaka kuhani mkuu anayehudumu kwa wakati huo atakapokufa. Ndipo atakapoweza kurudi nyumbani kwake katika mji ambao aliukimbia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JOS.20.7" />Basi wakatenga Kedeshi katika Galilaya kwenye nchi ya vilima ya Naftali, Shekemu katika nchi ya vilima ya Efraimu, na Kiriath-Arba (yaani Hebroni) kwenye nchi ya vilima ya Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JOS.20.8" />Katika upande wa mashariki mwa Yordani ya Yeriko wakatenga Bezeri katika jangwa katika uwanda wa juu katika kabila la Reubeni, Ramothi katika Gileadi katika kabila la Gadi, na Golani huko Bashani katika kabila la Manase.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JOS.20.9" />Mwisraeli yeyote au mgeni yeyote aishiye miongoni mwao aliyemuua mtu kwa bahati mbaya, angeweza kukimbilia katika miji mikubwa hiyo iliyotengwa na asiuawe na mlipiza kisasi wa damu kabla hajasimama kukabili mashtaka mbele ya kusanyiko.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="21" />
<s style="s1">Miji Kwa Walawi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOS.21.1" />Basi viongozi wa jamaa ya Walawi, wakamwendea kuhani Eleazari, Yoshua mwana wa Nuni, na viongozi wa jamaa nyingine za makabila ya Israeli
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JOS.21.2" />huko Shilo katika Kanaani na kuwaambia, “<nd>Bwana</nd> aliamuru kupitia Mose kuwa mtupe miji ya kuishi yenye sehemu za malisho kwa mifugo yetu.”
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JOS.21.3" />Hivyo kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyoamuru, Waisraeli wakawapa Walawi miji ifuatayo pamoja na sehemu zake za malisho kutoka urithi wao wenyewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JOS.21.4" />Kura ya kwanza ikaangukia Wakohathi, ukoo kwa ukoo. Walawi waliokuwa wazao wa kuhani Aroni walipewa miji kumi na mitatu kutoka makabila ya Yuda, Simeoni na Benyamini.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JOS.21.5" />Wazao wengine waliobaki wa Wakohathi walipewa miji kumi kutoka koo za makabila ya Efraimu, Dani na nusu ya Manase.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JOS.21.6" />Wazao wa Gershoni walipewa miji kumi na mitatu kutoka koo za makabila ya Isakari, Asheri, Naftali na nusu ya Manase huko Bashani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JOS.21.7" />Wazao wa Merari, ukoo kwa ukoo, walipewa miji kumi na miwili kutoka makabila ya Reubeni, Gadi na Zabuloni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JOS.21.8" />Kwa hiyo Waisraeli wakawapa Walawi miji hii pamoja na sehemu zake za malisho, kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyokuwa ameamuru kupitia kwa Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="9" bcv="JOS.21.9" />Kutoka makabila ya Yuda na Simeoni waligawa miji ifuatayo kwa majina
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JOS.21.10" />(miji hii walipewa wazao wa Aroni ambao walitokana na koo za Wakohathi wa Walawi, kwa sababu kura ya kwanza iliwaangukia):
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="11" bcv="JOS.21.11" />Waliwapa Kiriath-Arba (yaani Hebroni), pamoja na sehemu zake za malisho zilizoizunguka, katika nchi ya vilima ya Yuda. (Arba alikuwa baba wa Anaki.)
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JOS.21.12" />Lakini mashamba na vijiji vilivyozunguka mji mkubwa walikuwa wamempa Kalebu mwana wa Yefune kuwa milki yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="13" bcv="JOS.21.13" />Kwa hiyo wazao wa kuhani Aroni wakapewa Hebroni (mji mkuu wa makimbilio kwa ajili ya yeyote aliyeshtakiwa kwa mauaji), Libna,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JOS.21.14" />Yatiri, Eshtemoa,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JOS.21.15" />Holoni, Debiri,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JOS.21.16" />Aini, Yuta na Beth-Shemeshi, pamoja na sehemu zake za malisho, ilikuwa miji tisa kutoka kwa makabila haya mawili.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="17" bcv="JOS.21.17" />Kutoka kabila la Benyamini wakawapa Gibeoni, Geba,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JOS.21.18" />Anathothi na Almoni, pamoja na sehemu zake za malisho, ilikuwa miji minne.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="19" bcv="JOS.21.19" />Miji yote waliyopewa makuhani, wazao wa Aroni, ilikuwa kumi na mitatu, pamoja na sehemu zake za malisho.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="20" bcv="JOS.21.20" />Koo nyingine za Wakohathi, ambao pia ni Walawi, walipewa miji kutoka kabila la Efraimu:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="21" bcv="JOS.21.21" />Katika nchi ya vilima ya Efraimu walipewa Shekemu (mji mkubwa wa makimbilio kwa yeyote anayeshtakiwa kwa mauaji) na Gezeri,
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JOS.21.22" />Kibsaimu na Beth-Horoni, pamoja na sehemu zake za malisho, ilikuwa miji minne.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="23" bcv="JOS.21.23" />Pia kutoka kabila la Dani wakapokea Elteke, Gibethoni,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JOS.21.24" />Aiyaloni na Gath-Rimoni pamoja na sehemu zake za malisho, ilikuwa miji minne
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="25" bcv="JOS.21.25" />Kutoka nusu ya kabila la Manase, wakapokea Taanaki na Gath-Rimoni pamoja na sehemu zake za malisho, ilikuwa miji miwili.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="26" bcv="JOS.21.26" />Miji yote hii kumi pamoja na sehemu zake za malisho ilipewa koo za Wakohathi zilizobaki.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="27" bcv="JOS.21.27" />Koo za Walawi za Wagershoni walipewa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4">kutoka nusu ya kabila la Manase,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4">Golani katika Bashani (mji mkuu wa makimbilio kwa yeyote aliyeshtakiwa kwa mauaji) na Beeshtera, pamoja na sehemu zake za malisho, ilikuwa miji miwili;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="28" bcv="JOS.21.28" />kutoka kabila la Isakari walipewa,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4">Kishioni, Daberathi,
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="JOS.21.29" />Yarmuthi na En-Ganimu, pamoja na sehemu zake za malisho, ilikuwa miji minne
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="30" bcv="JOS.21.30" />kutoka kabila la Asheri walipewa,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4">Mishali, Abdoni,
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="JOS.21.31" />Helkathi na Rehobu, pamoja na sehemu zake za malisho, ilikuwa miji minne.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="32" bcv="JOS.21.32" />Kutoka kabila la Naftali walipewa,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4">Kedeshi katika Galilaya (mji wa makimbilio kwa ajili ya yeyote anayeshtakiwa kwa mauaji), Hamoth-Dori na Kartani, pamoja na sehemu zake za malisho, ilikuwa miji mitano.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="33" bcv="JOS.21.33" />Miji yote ya koo za Wagershoni ilikuwa kumi na mitatu, pamoja na sehemu zake za malisho.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="34" bcv="JOS.21.34" />Koo za Wamerari (Walawi waliobaki) walipewa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4">kutoka kabila la Zabuloni,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4">Yokneamu, Karta,
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="JOS.21.35" />Dimna na Nahalali, pamoja na sehemu zake za malisho, ilikuwa miji minne;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="36" bcv="JOS.21.36" />kutoka kabila la Reubeni walipewa
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4">Bezeri, Yahasa,
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="JOS.21.37" />Kedemothi na Mefaathi, pamoja na sehemu zake za malisho, ilikuwa miji minne;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="38" bcv="JOS.21.38" />kutoka kabila la Gadi walipewa,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4">Ramothi katika Gileadi (mji wa makimbilio kwa ajili ya yeyote anayeshtakiwa kwa ajili ya mauaji), Mahanaimu,
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="JOS.21.39" />Heshboni na Yazeri, pamoja na sehemu zake za malisho, ilikuwa miji minne.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="40" bcv="JOS.21.40" />Miji yote waliyopewa koo za Wamerari, waliokuwa mabaki ya Walawi, ilikuwa ni kumi na miwili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="JOS.21.41" />Miji yote ya Walawi katika eneo lililoshikwa na Waisraeli lilikuwa arobaini na minane, pamoja na sehemu zake za malisho.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="JOS.21.42" />Kila mmoja wa miji hii ulikuwa na sehemu ya malisho kuuzunguka; ndivyo ilivyokuwa kwa miji hii yote.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="43" bcv="JOS.21.43" />Kwa hiyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawapa Israeli nchi yote aliyokuwa ameapa kuwapa baba zao, nao wakaimiliki na kukaa humo.
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="JOS.21.44" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akawapa pumziko kila upande, kama vile alivyokuwa amewaapia baba zao, hakuna hata mmoja wa adui zao aliyeweza kusimama mbele yao,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawatia adui zao wote mikononi mwao.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="JOS.21.45" />Hakuna hata mojawapo ya ahadi nzuri ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa nyumba ya Israeli ambayo haikutimia; kila moja ilitimia.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="22" />
<s style="s1">Makabila Ya Mashariki Yarudi Nyumbani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOS.22.1" />Ndipo Yoshua akawaita Wareubeni, Wagadi na nusu ya kabila la Manase,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JOS.22.2" />naye akawaambia, “Mmeshafanya yale yote Mose mtumishi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyowaamuru, nanyi mmenitii kwa kila jambo nililowaamuru.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JOS.22.3" />Kwa muda mrefu sasa, hadi siku hii ya leo, hamkuwaacha ndugu zenu, bali ninyi mmetimiza ile kazi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu aliyowapa.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JOS.22.4" />Sasa kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu amewapa ndugu zenu pumziko kama alivyoahidi, rudini nyumbani mwenu katika nchi ile ambayo Mose mtumishi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliwapa ngʼambo ya Yordani.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JOS.22.5" />Lakini mwe waangalifu sana kushika amri na sheria zile Mose mtumishi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alizowapa: yaani kumpenda
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu na kuenenda katika njia zake zote, kutii amri zake, kushikamana naye kwa uthabiti na kumtumikia kwa moyo wenu wote na roho yenu yote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JOS.22.6" />Ndipo Yoshua akawabariki na kuwaaga waende zao, nao wakaenda nyumbani mwao.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JOS.22.7" />(Kwa nusu ya kabila la Manase Mose alikuwa amewapa eneo katika Bashani na ile nusu nyingine ya hilo kabila Yoshua aliwapa eneo upande wa magharibi ya Yordani pamoja na ndugu zao). Yoshua alipowaaga waende zao nyumbani, aliwabariki,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JOS.22.8" />akisema, “Rudini nyumbani mwenu na utajiri wenu mwingi, yaani makundi makubwa ya mifugo, mkiwa na fedha, dhahabu, shaba na chuma, pia wingi wa nguo, nanyi mkagawane na ndugu zenu hizo nyara zilizotoka kwa adui zenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JOS.22.9" />Kwa hiyo Wareubeni, Wagadi na hiyo nusu ya kabila la Manase wakawaacha Waisraeli huko Shilo katika nchi ya Kanaani ili kurudi Gileadi, nchi yao wenyewe waliyoipata sawasawa na agizo la
<nd>Bwana</nd> kupitia Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JOS.22.10" />Walipofika Gelilothi karibu na Yordani, katika nchi ya Kanaani, Wareubeni, Wagadi na nusu ya kabila la Manase wakajenga madhabahu ya fahari kubwa huko kando ya Yordani.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JOS.22.11" />Waisraeli wengine waliposikia kwamba Wareubeni, Wagadi na ile nusu ya kabila la Manase walikuwa wamejenga madhabahu kwenye mpaka wa Kanaani huko Gelilothi karibu na Yordani kwenye upande wa Israeli,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JOS.22.12" />kusanyiko lote la Israeli wakakusanyika huko Shilo ili wakapigane vita dhidi yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JOS.22.13" />Kwa hiyo Waisraeli wengine wakamtuma Finehasi mwana wa kuhani Eleazari katika nchi ya Gileadi, kwa Wareubeni, Wagadi na hiyo nusu ya kabila la Manase.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JOS.22.14" />Wakatuma pamoja naye watu kumi ambao ni viongozi, mmoja kwa kila kabila la Israeli, kila mmoja aliyekuwa kiongozi katika mgawanyiko wa jamaa miongoni mwa koo za Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JOS.22.15" />Walipofika Gileadi, kwa Wareubeni, Wagadi na nusu ya kabila la Manase, wakawaambia:
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JOS.22.16" />“Kusanyiko lote la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lasema: ‘Je, mmewezaje kuacha kumwamini Mungu wa Israeli jinsi hii? Mmewezaje kumwacha
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kujijengea madhabahu dhidi yake na kumwasi?
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JOS.22.17" />Je, dhambi ya Peori haikutosha? Hata ingawa kulikuja tauni juu ya kusanyiko la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mpaka leo hii hatujatakasika kutokana na dhambi hiyo!
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JOS.22.18" />Je, sasa ndiyo mnamwacha
<nd>Bwana</nd>?
</p>
<p style="p">“ ‘Kama mkimwasi
<nd>Bwana</nd> leo, kesho atalikasirikia kusanyiko lote la Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JOS.22.19" />Kama nchi mnayomiliki imenajisika, vukeni mje katika nchi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mahali Maskani ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ilipo, nanyi mkajitwalie sehemu miongoni mwetu, lakini msije mkaasi dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> wala dhidi yetu sisi kwa kujijengea madhabahu, zaidi ya madhabahu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JOS.22.20" />Wakati Akani mwana wa Zera alipokosa uaminifu kwa vitu vilivyowekwa wakfu, je, ghadhabu haikulipata kusanyiko lote la Israeli? Hakuwa yeye peke yake aliyekufa kwa ajili ya dhambi yake.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="JOS.22.21" />Ndipo Wareubeni, Wagadi na nusu ya kabila la Manase walipowajibu viongozi wa koo za Israeli, wakisema:
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JOS.22.22" />“Yeye Mwenye Nguvu, Mungu,
<nd>Bwana</nd>! Yeye Mwenye Nguvu, Mungu,
<nd>Bwana</nd>! Yeye anajua! Israeli na wajue! Kama huu umekuwa ni uasi au kukosa utii kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, msituache hai siku hii ya leo.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JOS.22.23" />Kama tumejijengea madhabahu yetu wenyewe ili kumwacha
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kutoa sadaka za kuteketezwa na sadaka za nafaka, au kutoa sadaka za amani juu yake,
<nd>Bwana</nd> mwenyewe na atupatilize leo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="JOS.22.24" />“Sivyo! Tulifanya hivyo kwa hofu kwamba siku zijazo wazao wenu wanaweza wakawaambia wazao wetu, ‘Mna uhusiano gani na
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli?
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JOS.22.25" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ameifanya Yordani kuwa mpaka kati yetu na ninyi, ninyi Wareubeni na Wagadi! Hamna fungu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’ Kwa hiyo wazao wenu wanaweza wakawasababisha wazao wetu wakaacha kumcha
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="JOS.22.26" />“Hii ndiyo sababu tulisema, ‘Tujiweke tayari na tujenge madhabahu, lakini si kwa ajili ya sadaka za kuteketezwa au dhabihu.’
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JOS.22.27" />Badala yake, itakuwa ni ushahidi kati yetu na ninyi na vizazi vijavyo, kwamba tutamwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd> katika mahali patakatifu pake pamoja na sadaka zetu za kuteketezwa, dhabihu na sadaka za amani. Ndipo katika siku zijazo, wazao wenu hawataweza kuwaambia wazao wetu, ‘Ninyi hamna fungu katika
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="JOS.22.28" />“Nasi tulisema, ‘Ikiwa wakati wowote watatuambia hilo, au kuwaambia uzao wetu, tutawajibu hivi: Angalieni nakala hii ya madhabahu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ambayo baba zetu waliijenga, si kwa ajili ya sadaka za kuteketezwa na dhabihu, bali kama ushahidi kati yetu na ninyi.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="JOS.22.29" />“Hili jambo la kumwasi
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kumwacha siku hii ya leo kwa kujenga madhabahu kwa ajili ya sadaka za kuteketezwa, sadaka za nafaka na dhabihu, zaidi ya madhabahu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu iliyo mbele ya maskani yake na liwe mbali nasi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="JOS.22.30" />Wakati kuhani Finehasi na viongozi wa kusanyiko na wakuu wa koo za Israeli, waliposikia hayo waliyosema Wareubeni, Wagadi na Manase, wakaridhika.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="JOS.22.31" />Naye Finehasi mwana wa kuhani Eleazari, akawaambia Wareubeni, Wagadi na Manase, “Leo tunajua kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> yuko pamoja nasi, kwa sababu hamkukosa uaminifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> katika jambo hili. Sasa mmewaokoa Waisraeli na mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="JOS.22.32" />Ndipo Finehasi, mwana wa kuhani Eleazari na viongozi wakarudi Kanaani kutoka kwenye kukutana kwao na Wareubeni na Wagadi huko Gileadi nao wakatoa taarifa kwa Waisraeli.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="JOS.22.33" />Walifurahi kusikia taarifa hiyo, na wakamhimidi Mungu. Wala hawakuzungumza tena habari za kupigana vita dhidi yao ili kuharibu nchi ambayo Wareubeni na Wagadi waliishi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="JOS.22.34" />Nao Wareubeni na Wagadi wakayaita yale madhabahu Edi, yaani Shahidi: kwa kuwa itakuwa shahidi kati yetu na ninyi kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndiye Mungu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="23" />
<s style="s1">Yoshua Anawaaga Viongozi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOS.23.1" />Baada ya muda mrefu kupita, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawa amewapa Israeli pumziko mbele ya adui zao wote waliowazunguka, Yoshua, wakati huo akiwa mzee na umri ukiwa umeendelea sana,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JOS.23.2" />akawaita Israeli wote, wazee wao, viongozi, waamuzi na maafisa Yoshua akawaambia: “Mimi ni mzee na umri wangu umeendelea sana.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JOS.23.3" />Ninyi wenyewe mmeona kila kitu
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, alichowatendea mataifa haya yote kwa ajili yenu. Ilikuwa ni
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu aliyewapigania.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JOS.23.4" />Kumbukeni jinsi nilivyowagawia kama urithi kwa makabila yenu yote nchi ya mataifa yaliyobaki, yaani mataifa niliyowashinda, kati ya Mto Yordani na Bahari kuu upande wa magharibi.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JOS.23.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu mwenyewe atawaondoa watoke mbele yenu. Atawafukuza mbele yenu, nanyi mtamiliki nchi yao, kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu alivyowaahidi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JOS.23.6" />“Kuweni hodari sana, kuweni waangalifu kutii yote yaliyoandikwa katika kitabu cha Sheria ya Mose, pasipo kugeuka upande wa kuume au kushoto.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JOS.23.7" />Msishirikiane na mataifa yaliyobakia katikati yenu, wala msiombe kwa majina ya miungu yao au kuapa kwayo. Msiitumikie wala kuisujudia.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JOS.23.8" />Bali mtashikamana kwa uthabiti na
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wenu, kama vile ambavyo mmefanya mpaka sasa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JOS.23.9" />“<nd>Bwana</nd> amewafukuza mbele yenu mataifa makubwa na yenye nguvu, mpaka siku ya leo hakuna yeyote aliyeweza kusimama mbele yenu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JOS.23.10" />Mtu mmoja miongoni mwenu anafukuza watu elfu, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu anawapigania, kama alivyoahidi.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JOS.23.11" />Kwa hiyo kuweni waangalifu sana kumpenda
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JOS.23.12" />“Lakini ikiwa mtageuka na kushikamana na mabaki ya mataifa haya yaliyosalia katikati yenu na kama mtaoana na kushirikiana nao,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JOS.23.13" />basi mwe na hakika kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu hatawafukuza tena mataifa hayo mbele yenu. Badala yake, watakuwa tanzi na mitego kwenu, mijeledi migongoni mwenu, na miiba machoni mwenu, mpaka mwangamie kutoka nchi hii nzuri, ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu amewapa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JOS.23.14" />“Sasa mimi ninakaribia kwenda katika njia ya watu wote wa dunia. Mnajua kwa mioyo yenu na roho zenu kwamba hakuna ahadi zozote njema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu alizowaahidia, ambazo hazikutimia. Kila ahadi imetimizwa, hakuna hata moja ambayo haikutimia.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JOS.23.15" />Lakini kama vile kila ahadi njema ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu imekuwa kweli, vivyo hivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> ataleta maovu yote kama alivyo onya, mpaka awe amewaangamiza kutoka nchi hii nzuri aliyowapa.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JOS.23.16" />Kama mkilivunja agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, ambalo aliwaamuru ninyi, mkaenda na kuitumikia miungu mingine na kuisujudia, hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> itawaka dhidi yenu, nanyi mtaangamia kutoka nchi nzuri aliyowapa ninyi.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="24" />
<s style="s1">Agano Lafanywa Upya Huko Shekemu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOS.24.1" />Ndipo Yoshua akaita pamoja makabila yote ya Israeli huko Shekemu. Akawaita wazee, viongozi, waamuzi na maafisa wa Israeli, nao wakaja mbele za Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="JOS.24.2" />Yoshua akawaambia watu wote, “Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, asemalo: ‘Hapo zamani baba zenu, pamoja na Tera baba yake Abrahamu na Nahori, waliishi ngʼambo ya Mto nao waliiabudu miungu mingine.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JOS.24.3" />Lakini nilimwondoa baba yenu Abrahamu kutoka nchi hiyo ngʼambo ya Mto, nami nikamwongoza katika nchi yote ya Kanaani, nikampa wazao wengi. Nikampa Isaki,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JOS.24.4" />naye Isaki nikampa Yakobo na Esau. Esau nikampa nchi ya vilima ya Seiri, lakini Yakobo pamoja na wanawe wakashuka Misri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="JOS.24.5" />“ ‘Kisha nikawatuma Mose na Aroni, nami nikawapiga Wamisri kwa kile nilichokitenda huko, tena nikawatoa ninyi huko.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JOS.24.6" />Nilipowatoa baba zenu Misri, mlifika kwenye bahari, nao Wamisri wakawafuatia baba zenu kwa magari na wapanda farasi mpaka kwenye Bahari ya Shamu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JOS.24.7" />Lakini wakamlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd> wakitaka msaada, naye akaweka giza kati yenu na Wamisri, akaileta bahari juu yao ikawafunika. Ninyi mliona kwa macho yenu wenyewe kile nilichowatendea Wamisri. Kisha mliishi jangwani kwa muda mrefu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JOS.24.8" />“ ‘Nikawaleta katika nchi ya Waamori ambao waliishi mashariki mwa Yordani. Wakapigana nanyi, lakini nikawatia mikononi mwenu. Nikawaangamiza mbele yenu nanyi mkaimiliki nchi yao.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JOS.24.9" />Wakati Balaki mwana wa Sipori, mfalme wa Moabu, alipojiandaa kupigana dhidi ya Israeli, alimwita Balaamu mwana wa Beori apate kuwalaani.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JOS.24.10" />Lakini sikumkubali Balaamu, kwa hiyo aliwabariki tena na tena, nami niliwaokoa toka mkononi mwake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JOS.24.11" />“ ‘Ndipo mlipovuka Yordani mkafika Yeriko. Raiya wa Yeriko wakapigana nanyi, kama walivyofanya Waamori, Waperizi, Wakanaani, Wahiti, Wagirgashi, Wahivi na Wayebusi, lakini niliwatia mikononi mwenu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JOS.24.12" />Nikatuma manyigu mbele yenu, ambao pia waliwafukuza mbele yenu, hao wafalme wawili wa Waamori. Siyo upanga au upinde wenu wenyewe vilivyowapatia ushindi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JOS.24.13" />Hivyo nikawapa ninyi nchi ambayo hamkuitaabikia na miji ambayo hamkuijenga na mnaishi ndani yake na kula toka kwa mashamba ya mizabibu na mizeituni msiyoipanda.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JOS.24.14" />“Sasa basi mcheni
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kumtumikia kwa uaminifu wote. Itupeni mbali miungu ambayo baba zenu waliiabudu huko ngʼambo ya Mto Frati na huko Misri, nanyi mtumikieni
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JOS.24.15" />Lakini msipoona vyema kumtumikia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, chagueni hivi leo mtakayemtumikia, kama ni miungu ile ambayo baba zenu waliitumikia ngʼambo Frati, au miungu ya Waamori, ambao mnakaa katika nchi yao. Lakini mimi na nyumba yangu, tutamtumikia
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JOS.24.16" />Ndipo hao watu wakajibu, “Hili jambo liwe mbali nasi la kumsahau
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kuitumikia miungu mingine!
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JOS.24.17" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu mwenyewe ndiye alitutoa sisi na baba zetu akatupandisha kutoka Misri, kutoka nchi ile ya utumwa, na kutenda zile ishara kubwa mbele ya macho yetu. Ndiye aliyetulinda katika safari yetu yote na kutokana na mataifa yote ambayo tulipita katikati yao.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JOS.24.18" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akayafukuza mbele yetu mataifa yote pamoja na Waamori, walioishi katika nchi hii. Hivyo sisi nasi tutamtumikia
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa kuwa yeye ndiye Mungu wetu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JOS.24.19" />Yoshua akawaambia watu, “Hamwezi kumtumikia
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Yeye ni Mungu Mtakatifu, ni Mungu mwenye wivu. Hatasamehe uasi wenu na dhambi zenu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JOS.24.20" />Ikiwa mkimwacha
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kuitumikia miungu migeni, atageuka na kuwaleteeni maafa na kuwaangamiza, baada ya kuwa mwema kwenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="JOS.24.21" />Lakini watu wakamwambia Yoshua, “Sivyo! Sisi tutamtumikia
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="JOS.24.22" />Ndipo Yoshua akawaambia, “Ninyi mmekuwa mashahidi juu yenu wenyewe kuwa mmechagua kumtumikia
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
</p>
<p style="p">Nao wakajibu, “Ndiyo, tu mashahidi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="JOS.24.23" />Yoshua akawaambia, “Sasa basi, itupeni mbali hiyo miungu migeni iliyo katikati yenu, nanyi mtoleeni
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, mioyo yenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="JOS.24.24" />Nao watu wakamwambia Yoshua, “Tutamtumikia
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu na kumtii yeye.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="JOS.24.25" />Siku ile Yoshua akafanya agano kwa ajili ya watu na hapo Shekemu ndipo alipowaandikia amri na sheria.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JOS.24.26" />Naye Yoshua akayaandika mambo haya katika Kitabu cha Sheria ya Mungu. Ndipo akalitwaa jiwe kubwa, akalisimamisha huko chini ya mwaloni, karibu na mahali patakatifu pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="JOS.24.27" />Yoshua akawaambia watu wote, “Angalieni! Jiwe hili litakuwa shahidi juu yetu. Limesikia maneno yote
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyotuambia. Litakuwa shahidi juu yenu kama mtakuwa waongo kwa Mungu wenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuzikwa Katika Nchi Ya Ahadi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="JOS.24.28" />Basi Yoshua akawatuma watu kila mmoja aende katika urithi wake mwenyewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="JOS.24.29" />Baada ya mambo haya, Yoshua mwana wa Nuni, mtumishi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akafa akiwa na umri wa miaka mia moja na kumi.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="JOS.24.30" />Nao wakamzika katika nchi ya urithi wake, huko Timnath-Sera<f caller="+"><fr>24:30
</fr><ft>Unajulikana pia kama Timnath-Heresi, ona
</ft><xt>Yos 19:50; Amu 2:9</xt><ft>.</ft></f> katika nchi ya vilima ya Efraimu, kaskazini ya Mlima wa Gaashi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="JOS.24.31" />Israeli wakamtumikia
<nd>Bwana</nd> siku zote za maisha ya Yoshua, na za hao wazee walioishi baada ya Yoshua kufa, ambao waliona kila kitu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alichowatendea Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="JOS.24.32" />Nayo ile mifupa ya Yosefu, ambayo Waisraeli waliipandisha kutoka huko Misri, wakaizika huko Shekemu kwenye eneo, ambalo Yakobo alilinunua kwa wana wa Hamori baba yake Shekemu, kwa vipande mia vya fedha. Eneo hili likawa ni urithi wa uzao wa Yosefu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="JOS.24.33" />Naye Eleazari mwana wa Aroni akafariki akazikwa huko Gibea, mlima aliokuwa amepewa mtoto wake Finehasi, kwenye nchi ya vilima ya Efraimu.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="JDG"><id id="JDG">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Waamuzi
</h><toc level="1">Waamuzi
</toc><toc level="2">Waamuzi
</toc><toc level="3">Amu
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Waamuzi
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Israeli Wapigana Na Wakanaani Waliobaki
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JDG.1.1" />Baada ya kifo cha Yoshua, Waisraeli wakamuuliza
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Ni nani atakayetangulia kupanda mbele yetu kwa ajili ya kupigana na Wakanaani?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="JDG.1.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akajibu, “Yuda ndiye atakayetangulia; nimewapa hiyo nchi mikononi mwao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JDG.1.3" />Ndipo watu wa Yuda wakawaambia Wasimeoni ndugu zao, “Pandeni pamoja nasi katika nchi tuliyopewa, ili tupate kupigana na Wakanaani. Sisi pia tutakwenda pamoja nanyi katika sehemu yenu mliyopewa.” Basi Wasimeoni wakaenda pamoja nao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JDG.1.4" />Yuda aliposhambulia,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawatia Wakanaani na Waperizi mikononi mwao, nao wakawaua watu 10,000 huko Bezeki.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JDG.1.5" />Huko ndiko walipomkuta huyo Adoni-Bezeki, nao wakapigana naye na kuwafanya Wakanaani na Waperizi wakimbie.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JDG.1.6" />Adoni-Bezeki pia alikimbia, nao wakamfuata na kumkamata, wakamkata vidole vyake gumba vya mikono na vya miguu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JDG.1.7" />Ndipo Adoni-Bezeki akasema, “Nimewatendea wafalme sabini kama nilivyotendewa na kuwalisha makombo ya chakula chini ya meza yangu. Sasa Mungu amenilipa haya, kama yale niliyowatendea.” Wakamleta Yerusalemu, naye akafa huko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JDG.1.8" />Watu wa Yuda wakashambulia pia Yerusalemu na kuiteka. Wakaupiga mji kwa upanga na kuuchoma kwa moto.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JDG.1.9" />Baada ya hayo, watu wa Yuda wakateremka kupigana na Wakanaani walioishi katika nchi ya vilima, yaani, Negebu na nchi chini ya vilima vya magharibi.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JDG.1.10" />Yuda wakakabiliana na Wakanaani walioishi Hebroni (ambayo hapo kwanza iliitwa Kiriath-Arba) na kuwashinda Sheshai, Ahimani na Talmai.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JDG.1.11" />Kutoka huko wakasonga mbele kukabiliana na watu walioishi Debiri (ambao hapo kwanza uliitwa Kiriath-Seferi.)
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JDG.1.12" />Kalebu akasema, “Nitamwoza binti yangu Aksa kwa mtu atakayeweza kupigana na kuteka Kiriath-Seferi.”
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JDG.1.13" />Basi Othnieli mwana wa Kenazi, ndugu mdogo wa huyo Kalebu, akawashinda, kwa hiyo Kalebu akamtoa binti yake Aksa akaolewa naye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JDG.1.14" />Siku moja Aksa alipokuja kwa Othnieli, alimsihi Othnieli amwombe baba yake, Kalebu, shamba. Aksa aliposhuka kutoka juu ya punda wake, Kalebu akamuuliza, “Je, wataka nikufanyie nini?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JDG.1.15" />Akamjibu, “Naomba unifanyie jambo moja la hisani. Kwa kuwa umenipa ardhi huko Negebu, nipe pia chemchemi za maji.” Ndipo Kalebu akampa chemchemi za juu na za chini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JDG.1.16" />Wazao wa yule Mkeni, baba mkwe wa Mose, wakapanda pamoja na watu wa Yuda kutoka Mji wa Mitende,<f caller="+"><fr>1:16
</fr><ft>Yaani Yeriko.</ft></f> wakaenda kuishi miongoni mwa watu wa jangwa ya Yuda huko Negebu karibu na mji wa Aradi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JDG.1.17" />Basi watu wa Yuda wakaenda na Wasimeoni ndugu zao kushambulia Wakanaani waishio Sefathi, nao wakauangamiza huo mji kabisa. Kwa hiyo huo mji ukaitwa Horma<f caller="+"><fr>1:17
</fr><ft>Horma maana yake ni Maangamizi.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JDG.1.18" />Watu wa Yuda wakatwaa pia Gaza, Ashkeloni na Ekroni, kila mji na vijiji vyake vinavyouzunguka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JDG.1.19" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa pamoja na watu wa Yuda. Wakaimiliki nchi ya vilima, lakini hawakuweza kuwafukuza watu waliokaa katika hiyo tambarare, kwa sababu walikuwa na magari ya chuma.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JDG.1.20" />Kama vile Mose alivyoahidi, Kalebu alipewa Hebroni, naye akawafukuza wana watatu wa Anaki.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JDG.1.21" />Hata hivyo, Wabenyamini walishindwa kuwafukuza Wayebusi, waliokuwa wanaishi Yerusalemu; hivyo hadi leo Wayebusi huishi humo pamoja na Wabenyamini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="JDG.1.22" />Basi nyumba ya Yosefu wakashambulia Betheli, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa pamoja nao.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JDG.1.23" />Walipotuma watu kwenda kupeleleza Betheli (ambao hapo kwanza uliitwa Luzu),
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JDG.1.24" />wale wapelelezi wakaona mtu anatoka mjini, nao wakamwambia, “Tuonyeshe jinsi ya kuingia mjini nasi tutakutendea wema.”
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JDG.1.25" />Hivyo akawaonyesha, nao wakaupiga mji kwa upanga lakini wakamhifadhi hai yule mtu na jamaa yake yote.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JDG.1.26" />Yule mtu akaenda hadi nchi ya Wahiti, ambapo aliujenga mji na kuuita Luzu, ambao ndio jina lake hadi leo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="JDG.1.27" />Lakini Manase hawakuwafukuza watu wa Beth-Shani na vijiji vyake, au watu wa Taanaki na vijiji vyake, au watu wa Dori na vijiji vyake, au watu wa Ibleamu na vijiji vyake, au watu wa Megido na vijiji vyake, lakini Wakanaani waliazimu kuishi katika nchi ile.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="JDG.1.28" />Israeli walipopata nguvu, wakawatia Wakanaani katika kazi ya kulazimishwa, lakini kamwe hawakuwafukuza watoke kabisa.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="JDG.1.29" />Wala Efraimu hawakuwafukuza kabisa Wakanaani walioishi Gezeri, bali Wakanaani waliendelea kuishi humo miongoni mwao.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="JDG.1.30" />Vivyo hivyo Zabuloni hawakuwafukuza Wakanaani walioishi huko Kitroni, wala walioishi Nahaloli, ambao walibaki miongoni mwao; bali waliwatia katika kazi ya kulazimishwa.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="JDG.1.31" />Wala Asheri hawakuwafukuza wale walioishi huko Ako, Sidoni, Alabu, Akzibu, Helba, Afeki wala Rehobu
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="JDG.1.32" />na kwa sababu ya jambo hili Waasheri wakaishi miongoni mwa Wakanaani, wenyeji wa nchi.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="JDG.1.33" />Wala Naftali hawakuwafukuza wale walioishi Beth-Shemeshi wala wale walioishi Beth-Anathi; lakini Naftali nao pia wakaishi miongoni mwa Wakanaani, wenyeji wa nchi, nao wale walioishi Beth-Shemeshi na Beth-Anathi wakawa watumishi wao katika kazi ya kulazimishwa.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="JDG.1.34" />Waamori wakawazuilia Wadani kwenye nchi ya vilima, kwa maana hawakuwaacha washuke kuingia kwenye sehemu tambarare.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="JDG.1.35" />Waamori pia wakaendelea kukaa katika Mlima Heresi, katika Aiyaloni na Shaalbimu, lakini mkono wa nyumba ya Yosefu ukawalemea, nao wakashindwa hata wakalazimika kuingia katika kazi ya kulazimishwa.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="JDG.1.36" />Mpaka wa Waamori ulikuwa kuanzia Genge la Akrabimu, kuendelea hadi Sela na kuelekea juu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Malaika Wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Huko Bokimu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JDG.2.1" />Malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akakwea kutoka Gilgali hadi Bokimu, naye akasema, “Niliwapandisha kutoka Misri na kuwaingiza katika nchi niliyoapa kuwapa baba zenu. Nikasema, ‘Kamwe sitalivunja Agano langu nanyi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JDG.2.2" />Nanyi msifanye agano na watu wa nchi hii, bali mtazibomoa madhabahu yao.’ Lakini ninyi hamkunitii mimi. Kwa nini mmefanya jambo hili?
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JDG.2.3" />Sasa basi ninawaambia kuwa sitawafukuza watoke katikati yenu ila watakuwa miiba kwenu, nao miungu yao itakuwa tanzi kwenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JDG.2.4" />Malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alipomaliza kusema mambo haya kwa Waisraeli wote, watu wakalia kwa sauti kuu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JDG.2.5" />Wakapaita mahali pale Bokimu. Nao wakamtolea
<nd>Bwana</nd> sadaka.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kifo Cha Yoshua
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JDG.2.6" />Baada ya Yoshua kuwapa watu ruhusa waende zao, Waisraeli wakaenda kwenye urithi wao wenyewe ili kumiliki nchi yao.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JDG.2.7" />Watu wakamtumikia
<nd>Bwana</nd> siku zote za maisha ya Yoshua, na za hao wazee walioishi baada ya Yoshua kufa, waliokuwa wameona mambo makuu ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa ametenda kwa ajili ya Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JDG.2.8" />Yoshua mwana wa Nuni, mtumishi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akafa akiwa na umri wa miaka 110.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JDG.2.9" />Wakamzika katika nchi ya urithi wake, huko Timnath-Heresi<f caller="+"><fr>2:9
</fr><ft>Unajulikana pia kama Timnath-Sera, ona
</ft><xt>Yos 19:50; 24:30</xt><ft>.</ft></f> katika nchi ya vilima ya Efraimu, kaskazini ya Mlima Gaashi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JDG.2.10" />Baada ya kizazi kile chote kukusanywa pamoja na baba zao, kikainuka kizazi kingine baada yao ambacho hakikumjua
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wala matendo yale aliyokuwa ametenda kwa ajili ya Waisraeli.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JDG.2.11" />Kwa hiyo Waisraeli wakatenda maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kuwatumikia Mabaali.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JDG.2.12" />Wakamwacha
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zao, aliyekuwa amewatoa katika nchi ya Misri. Wakaifuata na kuiabudu miungu mbalimbali ya mataifa yanayowazunguka. Wakamkasirisha
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JDG.2.13" />kwa sababu walimwacha na kutumikia Baali na Maashtorethi.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JDG.2.14" />Hivyo hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ikawaka juu ya Israeli, naye akawatia mikononi mwa wavamizi waliowateka nyara. Akawauza katika mikono ya adui zao pande zote, hivyo hawakuweza tena kuwazuia adui zao.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JDG.2.15" />Popote Israeli walipotoka kwenda kupigana, mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ulikuwa kinyume nao ili kuwashinda, kama vile alivyokuwa amewaapia. Nao wakawa katika taabu kubwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JDG.2.16" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawainua waamuzi, ambao waliwaokoa katika mikono ya hao watu waliowashambulia.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JDG.2.17" />Lakini hawakuwasikiliza hata waamuzi wao, bali walifanya uasherati kwa kuifuata miungu mingine na kuiabudu. Waligeuka mara na kuiacha njia ambayo baba zao waliiendea, yaani, njia ya kutii amri za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JDG.2.18" />Kila mara
<nd>Bwana</nd> alipowainulia mwamuzi,
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa pamoja na huyo mwamuzi, naye aliwaokoa kutoka mikononi mwa adui zao kwa kipindi chote alichoishi yule mwamuzi. Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliwahurumia kwa sababu ya kilio chao cha huzuni kwa ajili ya wale waliokuwa wakiwatesa na kuwataabisha.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JDG.2.19" />Lakini kila mara mwamuzi alipofariki, watu walirudia katika hali mbaya ya uovu zaidi kuliko baba zao, wakiifuata miungu mingine kuitumikia na kuiabudu. Walikataa kuacha matendo yao maovu na njia zao za ukaidi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="JDG.2.20" />Kwa hiyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawakasirikia sana Israeli na kusema, “Kwa kuwa taifa hili limevunja Agano lile nililofanya na baba zao na hawakunisikiliza,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JDG.2.21" />mimi nami sitafukuza taifa lolote ambalo Yoshua aliliacha alipofariki.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JDG.2.22" />Nitayatumia ili nipate kuwapima Israeli na kuona kama wataishika njia ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kuenenda katika hiyo kama njia baba zao walivyofanya.”
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JDG.2.23" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa ameyaacha hayo mataifa yabaki; hakuyaondoa mara moja kwa kuyatia mikononi mwa Yoshua.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Mataifa Yaliyobaki Katika Ile Nchi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JDG.3.1" />Haya ndiyo mataifa
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyoyaacha ili kuwajaribu Waisraeli wote ambao hawakujua vita vyovyote vya Kanaani
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JDG.3.2" />(alifanya hivi ili tu kuwafundisha wazao wa Waisraeli ambao hawakuwa wamejua vita hapo awali):
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JDG.3.3" />wafalme watano wa Wafilisti, Wakanaani wote, Wasidoni, Wahivi waishio katika milima ya Lebanoni kuanzia Mlima wa Baal-Hermoni hadi Lebo-Hamathi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JDG.3.4" />Waliachwa ili kuwajaribu Waisraeli kuona kama wangetii amri za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, alizokuwa amewapa baba zao kwa mkono wa Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="JDG.3.5" />Waisraeli wakaishi miongoni mwa Wakanaani, Wahiti, Waamori, Waperizi, Wahivi na Wayebusi.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JDG.3.6" />Wakawaoa binti zao, nao wakawatoa binti zao waolewe na wana wa hayo mataifa, na kuitumikia miungu yao.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Othnieli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JDG.3.7" />Waisraeli wakafanya maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wakamsahau
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao na kutumikia Mabaali na Maashera.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JDG.3.8" />Hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ikawaka dhidi ya Israeli, hivyo akawauza na kuwatia mikononi mwa Kushan-Rishathaimu mfalme wa Aramu-Naharaimu<f caller="+"><fr>3:8
</fr><ft>Yaani Mesopotamia ya Kaskazini-Magharibi.</ft></f> ambaye Israeli walikuwa chini yake wakimtumikia kwa muda wa miaka minane.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JDG.3.9" />Waisraeli walipomlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, yeye akawainulia mwokozi, Othnieli mwana wa Kenazi, ndugu mdogo wa Kalebu, ambaye aliwaokoa.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JDG.3.10" />Roho wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaja juu yake, hivyo akawa mwamuzi wa Israeli, akaenda vitani.
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamtia Kushan-Rishathaimu mfalme wa Aramu mikononi mwa Othnieli, naye akamshinda.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JDG.3.11" />Hivyo nchi ikawa na amani kwa muda wa miaka arobaini, mpaka Othnieli mwana wa Kenazi alipofariki.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ehudi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JDG.3.12" />Waisraeli wakafanya maovu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> tena, kwa kuwa walifanya maovu hayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamtia nguvu Egloni mfalme wa Moabu dhidi ya Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JDG.3.13" />Egloni akawataka Waamoni na Waamaleki waungane naye, akaja kuishambulia Israeli, nao wakatwaa Mji wa Mitende<f caller="+"><fr>3:13
</fr><ft>Yaani Yeriko.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JDG.3.14" />Waisraeli wakawa chini ya Egloni mfalme wa Moabu kwa muda wa miaka kumi na minane.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JDG.3.15" />Waisraeli wakamlilia tena
<nd>Bwana</nd>, naye akawapa mwokozi: Ehudi, mtu wa shoto, mwana wa Gera, Mbenyamini. Waisraeli wakatuma kwa Egloni mfalme wa Moabu ushuru kwa mkono wa Ehudi.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JDG.3.16" />Basi Ehudi alikuwa ametengeneza upanga wenye ukatao kuwili, urefu wake ni kama dhiraa moja,<f caller="+"><fr>3:16
</fr><ft>Dhiraa moja ni sawa na sentimita 45.</ft></f> akaufunga upanga huo ndani ya nguo yake kwenye paja lake la mkono wa kuume.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JDG.3.17" />Akamkabidhi ushuru Egloni mfalme wa Moabu, ambaye alikuwa mtu mnene sana.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JDG.3.18" />Baada ya Ehudi kumkabidhi ule ushuru, wale watu waliokuwa wameubeba huo ushuru aliwaruhusu waende zao.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JDG.3.19" />Yeye mwenyewe akafuatana nao hadi kwenye sanamu ya kuchora kwenye mawe karibu na Gilgali, ndipo yeye akarudi, akafika kwa Egloni na kusema, “Ee Mfalme, ninao ujumbe wa siri kwa ajili yako.”
</p>
<p style="p">Mfalme akasema, “Nyamazeni kimya!” Nao wale waliomhudumia wote wakamwacha, wakatoka nje.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="JDG.3.20" />Ndipo Ehudi akamsogelea alipokuwa ameketi peke yake kwenye chumba cha juu cha jumba lake la kifalme la majira ya kiangazi, na kusema, “Ninao ujumbe kutoka kwa Mungu kwa ajili yako.” Mfalme alipokuwa anainuka kutoka kwenye kiti chake,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JDG.3.21" />Ehudi akaunyoosha mkono wake wa kushoto na kuufuta ule upanga aliokuwa ameufunga kwenye paja lake la kulia, akamdunga Mfalme Egloni tumboni mwake.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JDG.3.22" />Hata mpini nao ukazama tumboni pamoja na upanga wenyewe, nao upanga ukatokea mgongoni mwake. Ehudi hakuuchomoa huo upanga, nayo mafuta yakashikamana juu ya upanga.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JDG.3.23" />Ehudi akatoka nje barazani; akamfungia milango ya chumba cha juu na kuifunga kwa funguo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="JDG.3.24" />Baada ya kuondoka, watumishi wakaja na kukuta milango ya chumba cha juu imefungwa kwa funguo. Wakasema, “Bila shaka amejipumzisha kwenye chumba cha ndani cha nyumba yake ya majira ya kiangazi.”
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JDG.3.25" />Wakangoja hata wakawa na fadhaa, basi wakati hakufungua milango ya chumba, wakachukua funguo na kuifungua. Tazama wakaona bwana wao amelala sakafuni, amekufa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="JDG.3.26" />Walipokuwa wangali wanangoja, Ehudi akatoroka, akapita hapo kwenye sanamu ya kuchora kwenye mawe na kukimbilia Seira.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JDG.3.27" />Alipofika huko, akapiga tarumbeta katika nchi ya vilima ya Efraimu, nao Waisraeli wakateremka pamoja naye kutoka vilimani, yeye akiwa anawaongoza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="JDG.3.28" />Akawaagiza, “Nifuateni, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> amewatia Moabu, adui zenu, mikononi mwenu.” Kwa hiyo wakateremka wakamfuata, wakavishika vivuko vya Yordani kuelekea Moabu, wala hawakuacha mtu yeyote kuvuka.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="JDG.3.29" />Wakati huo wakawaua Wamoabu watu waume wapatao 10,000 ambao wote walikuwa wenye nguvu na mashujaa; hakuna mtu yeyote aliyetoroka.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="JDG.3.30" />Siku ile Moabu wakashindwa na Israeli, nayo nchi ikawa na amani kwa miaka themanini.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Shamgari
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="JDG.3.31" />Baada ya Ehudi akaja Shamgari mwana wa Anathi, aliyewapiga Wafilisti 600 kwa fimbo iliyochongoka ya kuongozea ngʼombe. Naye pia akawaokoa Waisraeli.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Debora
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JDG.4.1" />Baada ya Ehudi kufa, Waisraeli wakafanya tena maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JDG.4.2" />Hivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawatia mikononi mwa Yabini, mfalme wa Kanaani, aliyetawala huko Hazori. Jemadari wa jeshi lake alikuwa Sisera, aliyeishi huko Haroshethi-Hagoyimu<f caller="+"><fr>4:2
</fr><ft>Haroshethi-Hagoyimu ina maana Haroshethi ya Mataifa.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JDG.4.3" />Kwa kuwa Sisera alikuwa na magari ya chuma yapatayo 900, naye alikuwa amewatesa Waisraeli kwa ukatili kwa muda wa miaka ishirini, Waisraeli wakamlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd> wakaomba msaada.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JDG.4.4" />Debora, nabii mwanamke, mkewe Lapidothi, ndiye alikuwa anaamua Israeli wakati ule.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JDG.4.5" />Debora alikuwa akiketi chini ya Mtende wa Debora uliokuwa kati ya Rama na Betheli katika nchi ya vilima ya Efraimu, nao Waisraeli wakaja kwake ili awaamue.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JDG.4.6" />Akatuma wamwite Baraka mwana wa Abinoamu kutoka Kedeshi huko Naftali na kumwambia, “<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, anakuagiza: ‘Nenda, chukua wanaume 10,000 toka Naftali na Zabuloni, mwende Mlima Tabori.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JDG.4.7" />Nitamshawishi Sisera, jemadari wa jeshi la Yabini, pamoja na magari yake na jeshi lake, hadi Mto Kishoni na kumtia mikononi mwako.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JDG.4.8" />Baraka akamwambia, “Ukienda pamoja nami nitakwenda, lakini usipokwenda pamoja nami, sitakwenda.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JDG.4.9" />Debora akamwambia, “Hakika nitakwenda pamoja nawe, lakini njia unayoiendea haitakupa heshima wewe, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> atamtia Sisera mikononi mwa mwanamke.” Hivyo Debora akaenda pamoja na Baraka mpaka Kedeshi,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JDG.4.10" />mahali ambapo Baraka aliwaita Zabuloni na Naftali. Watu 10,000 wakamfuata Baraka, na Debora pia akaenda pamoja naye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JDG.4.11" />Basi Heberi, Mkeni, alikuwa amejitenga na Wakeni wengine, yaani, wazao wa Hobabu, mkwewe Mose, naye akapiga hema lake karibu na ule mti mkubwa wa mwaloni ulioko Saananimu, karibu na Kedeshi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JDG.4.12" />Sisera alipoambiwa kuwa Baraka mwana wa Abinoamu alikuwa amepanda Mlima Tabori,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JDG.4.13" />Sisera akakusanya pamoja magari yake yote 600 ya chuma na watu wote waliokuwa pamoja naye, kuanzia Haroshethi-Hagoyimu mpaka Mto wa Kishoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JDG.4.14" />Ndipo Debora akamwambia Baraka, “Nenda! Hii ndiyo siku ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> amemtia Sisera mikononi mwako. Je,
<nd>Bwana</nd> hakukutangulia mbele yako?” Hivyo Baraka akashuka kutoka Mlima Tabori, akifuatwa na watu 10,000.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JDG.4.15" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamfadhaisha Sisera na magari yake yote, pamoja na jeshi lake lote kwa upanga mbele ya Baraka, naye Sisera akaliacha gari lake na kukimbia kwa miguu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JDG.4.16" />Lakini Baraka akafuata magari pamoja na jeshi mpaka Haroshethi-Hagoyimu. Jeshi lote la Sisera likaanguka kwa upanga, wala hakuna hata mtu mmoja aliyesalia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JDG.4.17" />Sisera, hata hivyo, akakimbia kwa miguu mpaka kwenye hema la Yaeli, mkewe Heberi, Mkeni, kwa sababu palikuwa na uhusiano wa kirafiki kati ya Yabini mfalme wa Hazori na ukoo wa Heberi, Mkeni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="JDG.4.18" />Yaeli akaenda kumlaki Sisera na kumwambia, “Karibu, bwana wangu, karibu ingia ndani kabisa. Usiogope.” Basi Sisera akaingia ndani ya hema ya Yaeli, naye akamfunika kwa blanketi nene.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JDG.4.19" />Akamwambia, “Nina kiu, tafadhali nipe maji ya kunywa.” Ndipo akafungua kiriba cha maziwa na kumpa akanywa, kisha akamfunika.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="JDG.4.20" />Naye Sisera akamwambia, “Simama mlangoni pa hema na mtu yeyote akija na kukuuliza, ‘Je, kuna mtu yeyote hapa?’ sema, ‘Hapana.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="JDG.4.21" />Ndipo Yaeli, mkewe Heberi, akatwaa kigingi cha hema, akachukua nyundo mkononi mwake, akamwendea polepole, akiwa amelala usingizi, akiwa amechoka. Akakigongomea kile kigingi kwenye paji la uso wake, kikapenya hata kuingia ardhini, naye akafa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="JDG.4.22" />Baraka akakaribia akimfuatia Sisera, Yaeli akatoka kumlaki. Akamwambia, “Njoo, nitakuonyesha mtu unayemtafuta.” Hivyo wakaingia ndani ya hema wakiwa wamefuatana na tazama Sisera alikuwa amelala humo, akiwa amekufa, na hicho kigingi cha hema kikiwa kimegongomewa kupitia paji la uso wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="JDG.4.23" />Basi siku ile Mungu akamshinda Yabini, mfalme wa Kanaani, mbele ya Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JDG.4.24" />Nao mkono wa Waisraeli ukaendelea kuwa na nguvu zaidi na zaidi dhidi ya Yabini, mfalme wa Kanaani, mpaka wakamwangamiza.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Wimbo Wa Debora
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JDG.5.1" />Ndipo Debora na Baraka mwana wa Abinoamu wakaimba wimbo huu:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JDG.5.2" />“Wakuu katika Israeli wanapoongoza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati watu wanapojitoa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiari yao wenyewe:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mhimidini
<nd>Bwana</nd>!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JDG.5.3" />“Sikieni hili, enyi wafalme!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Sikilizeni, enyi watawala!
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitamwimbia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nitaimba;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa wimbo nitamhimidi
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu wa Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JDG.5.4" />“Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ulipotoka katika Seiri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulipopita katika mashamba ya Edomu,
</q>
<q style="q1">nchi ilitetemeka, mbingu nazo zikamwaga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, mawingu yakamwaga maji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JDG.5.5" />Milima ilitetemeka mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata ule wa Sinai,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu wa Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JDG.5.6" />“Katika siku za Shamgari mwana wa Anathi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku za Yaeli,
</q>
<q style="q1">barabara kuu hazikuwa na watu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wasafiri walipita njia za kando.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JDG.5.7" />Mashujaa walikoma katika Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walikoma mpaka mimi, Debora, nilipoinuka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilipoinuka kama mama katika Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JDG.5.8" />Walipochagua miungu migeni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vita vilikuja katika malango ya mji,
</q>
<q style="q1">hapakuonekana ngao wala mkuki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miongoni mwa mashujaa 40,000 katika Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JDG.5.9" />Moyo wangu u pamoja na wakuu wa Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na wale wanaojitoa wenyewe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiari yao miongoni mwa watu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mhimidini
<nd>Bwana</nd>!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JDG.5.10" />“Nanyi mpandao punda weupe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkiketi juu ya matandiko ya thamani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nanyi mtembeao barabarani,
</q>
<q style="q1">fikirini
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JDG.5.11" />juu ya sauti za waimbaji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahali pa kunyweshea maji.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanasimulia matendo ya haki ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">matendo ya haki ya mashujaa wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika Israeli.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Ndipo watu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walipoteremka malangoni pa mji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JDG.5.12" />‘Amka, amka! Debora!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Amka, amka, uimbe!
</q>
<q style="q1">Ee Baraka! Inuka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">chukua mateka wako uliowateka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ee mwana wa Abinoamu.’
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JDG.5.13" />“Ndipo mabaki ya watu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakashuka dhidi ya wenye nguvu,
</q>
<q style="q1">watu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakashuka dhidi ya mashujaa wenye nguvu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JDG.5.14" />Kutoka Efraimu wakaja watu, ambao chimbuko lao ni Amaleki;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Benyamini akiwa miongoni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwa watu waliokufuata.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kutoka Makiri wakashuka viongozi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutoka Zabuloni wale washikao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">fimbo ya jemadari.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JDG.5.15" />Wakuu wa Isakari walikuwa pamoja na Debora;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, Isakari alikuwa pamoja na Baraka,
</q>
<q style="q1">wakija nyuma yake kwa mbio
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakielekea bondeni.
</q>
<q style="q1">Katika jamaa za Reubeni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">palikuwa na kujihoji kukubwa moyoni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JDG.5.16" />Kwa nini ulikaa katikati ya mazizi ya kondoo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kusikiliza sauti ya filimbi zinazoita makundi?
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa jamaa za Reubeni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">palikuwa na kujihoji kukubwa moyoni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JDG.5.17" />Gileadi alikaa ngʼambo ya Yordani.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Naye Dani, kwa nini alikaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye merikebu siku nyingi?
</q>
<q style="q1">Asheri alikaa kwa utulivu ufuoni mwa bahari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akikaa kwenye ghuba zake ndogo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JDG.5.18" />Watu wa Zabuloni walihatarisha maisha yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vilevile nao watu wa Naftali.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JDG.5.19" />“Wafalme walikuja na kufanya vita;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wafalme wa Kanaani walipigana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huko Taanaki karibu na maji ya Megido,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hawakuchukua fedha wala nyara.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JDG.5.20" />Kutoka mbinguni nyota zilipigana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyota kutoka njia zake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zilipigana na Sisera.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JDG.5.21" />Mto wa Kishoni uliwasomba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ule mto wa zamani, mto wa Kishoni.
</q>
<q style="q1">Songa mbele, ee nafsi yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ujasiri!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JDG.5.22" />Ndipo kwato za farasi zikafanya mshindo:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">farasi wake wenye nguvu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huenda mbio kwa kurukaruka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JDG.5.23" />Malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, ‘Merozi alaaniwe.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Walaaniwe watu wake kwa uchungu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa hawakuja kumsaidia
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kumsaidia
<nd>Bwana</nd> dhidi ya hao wenye nguvu.’
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JDG.5.24" />“Yaeli abarikiwe kuliko wanawake wote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkewe Heberi, Mkeni,
</q>
<q style="q1">abarikiwe kuliko wanawake wote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waishio kwenye mahema.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JDG.5.25" />Aliomba maji, naye akampa maziwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye bakuli la heshima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akamletea maziwa mgando.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="JDG.5.26" />Akanyoosha mkono wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akashika kigingi cha hema,
</q>
<q style="q1">mkono wake wa kuume
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukashika nyundo ya fundi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Akampiga Sisera kwa nyundo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akamponda kichwa chake,
</q>
<q style="q1">akamvunjavunja na kumtoboa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">paji lake la uso.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JDG.5.27" />Aliinama miguuni pa Yaeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akaanguka; akalala hapo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Pale alipoinama miguuni pake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alianguka;
</q>
<q style="q1">pale alipoinamia, ndipo alipoanguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akiwa amekufa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="JDG.5.28" />“Kupitia dirishani mamaye Sisera alichungulia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyuma ya dirisha alilia, akasema,
</q>
<q style="q1">‘Mbona gari lake linachelewa kufika?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mbona vishindo vya magari yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vimechelewa?’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="JDG.5.29" />Wanawake wenye busara
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko wengine wote wakamjibu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, husema moyoni mwake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="JDG.5.30" />‘Je, hawapati na kugawanya nyara:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msichana mmoja au wawili kwa kila mtu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mavazi ya rangi mbalimbali kwa Sisera kuwa nyara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mavazi ya rangi mbalimbali yaliyotariziwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mavazi yaliyotariziwa vizuri kwa ajili ya shingo yangu:
</q>
<q style="q1">yote haya yakiwa nyara?’
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="JDG.5.31" />“Adui zako wote na waangamie, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Bali wote wakupendao na wawe kama jua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lichomozavyo kwa nguvu zake.”
</q>
<p style="p">Hivyo nchi ikawa na amani kwa miaka arobaini.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Gideoni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JDG.6.1" />Waisraeli wakafanya tena yaliyo maovu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, naye kwa miaka saba
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawatia mikononi mwa Wamidiani.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JDG.6.2" />Mkono wa Midiani ukawa na nguvu dhidi ya Israeli na kwa ajili ya Wamidiani, Waisraeli wakajitengenezea mahali pa kujificha milimani, kwenye mapango na ngome.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JDG.6.3" />Kila wakati Waisraeli walipopanda mazao mashambani, Wamidiani, Waamaleki na mataifa mengine ya mashariki walivamia nchi yao.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JDG.6.4" />Wakapiga kambi katika mashamba yao na kuharibu mazao ya nchi yote hadi kufikia Gaza, wala hawakuacha kiumbe chochote kilicho hai kwa Waisraeli, iwe kondoo au ngʼombe au punda.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JDG.6.5" />Walipanda na mifugo yao na mahema yao, mfano wa makundi ya nzige. Ilikuwa haiwezekani kuwahesabu watu na ngamia zao; wakavamia nchi ili kuiharibu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JDG.6.6" />Waisraeli wakafanywa kuwa maskini sana na Wamidiani, hata Israeli wakamlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuomba msaada.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JDG.6.7" />Waisraeli walipomlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa sababu ya Wamidiani,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JDG.6.8" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akawapelekea nabii, ambaye aliwaambia, “Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, asemalo: Niliwapandisha mtoke Misri, toka nchi ya utumwa.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JDG.6.9" />Nikawanyakua kutoka mikononi mwa Wamisri na kutoka mikononi mwa watesi wenu wote. Nikawafukuza watoke mbele yenu nami nikawapa ninyi nchi yao.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JDG.6.10" />Nikawaambia, ‘Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu; msiiabudu miungu ya Waamori, ambayo mnakaa katika nchi yao!’ Lakini ninyi hamkuitii sauti yangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JDG.6.11" />Malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaja akaketi chini ya mti wa mwaloni huko Ofra, ambao ulikuwa mali ya Yoashi, Mwabiezeri, ambako Gideoni mwanawe alikuwa akipepeta ngano penye shinikizo la kukamulia zabibu, ili kuificha Wamidiani wasiione.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JDG.6.12" />Malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alipomtokea Gideoni, akamwambia, “<nd>Bwana</nd> yu pamoja nawe, Ewe shujaa mwenye nguvu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JDG.6.13" />Gideoni akajibu, “Ee Bwana wangu, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> yu pamoja nasi, mbona mambo haya yote yametutokea? Yako wapi basi yale matendo yake makuu baba zetu waliyotusimulia juu yake waliposema, ‘Je,
<nd>Bwana</nd> hakutupandisha kutoka Misri?’ Lakini sasa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ametuacha na kututia katika mkono wa Midiani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JDG.6.14" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamgeukia na kusema “Enenda kwa uwezo wako huu, ukawaokoe Israeli kutoka mikononi mwa Wamidiani. Je, si mimi ninayekutuma wewe?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JDG.6.15" />Gideoni akauliza, “Ee Bwana wangu, nitawezaje kuwaokoa Israeli? Ukoo wangu ndio dhaifu kuliko zote katika Manase, nami ndiye mdogo wa wote katika jamaa yangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JDG.6.16" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamjibu, “Nitakuwa pamoja nawe, nawe utawapiga Wamidiani kana kwamba walikuwa ni mtu mmoja.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JDG.6.17" />Gideoni akajibu, “Kama basi nimepata kibali machoni pako, nipe ishara kuonyesha kweli kwamba ni wewe unayesema nami.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JDG.6.18" />Tafadhali ninakuomba usiondoke hapa mpaka nitakaporudi na kukuletea sadaka yangu na kuiweka mbele yako.”
</p>
<p style="p">Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia, “Nitangoja mpaka utakaporudi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JDG.6.19" />Gideoni akaingia ndani ya nyumba yake na kuandaa mwana-mbuzi pamoja na kuoka mikate isiyotiwa chachu kutokana na efa moja<f caller="+"><fr>6:19
</fr><ft>Efa moja ni sawa na lita 22.</ft></f> ya unga. Akaweka nyama kwenye kikapu na mchuzi kwenye chungu, akamletea huyo malaika hapo nje chini ya mti wa mwaloni na kumpa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="JDG.6.20" />Malaika wa Mungu akamwambia, “Itwae nyama na mikate isiyotiwa chachu, uviweke juu ya mwamba huu na umimine huo mchuzi juu yake.” Gideoni akafanya hivyo.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JDG.6.21" />Malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akainyoosha fimbo iliyokuwa mkononi mwake, ncha yake ikagusa ile nyama na ile mikate isiyotiwa chachu, nao moto ukatoka kwenye mwamba ukateketeza ile nyama na ile mikate. Malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akatoweka kutoka machoni pake.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JDG.6.22" />Gideoni alipotambua kuwa ni malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akapiga kelele kwa mshangao, akasema, “Ole wangu,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi! Kwa kuwa nimemwona malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> uso kwa uso!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="JDG.6.23" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia, “Amani iwe kwako! Usiogope. Hutakufa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="JDG.6.24" />Hivyo Gideoni akamjengea
<nd>Bwana</nd> madhabahu mahali pale na kupaita, Yehova-Shalom.<f caller="+"><fr>6:24
</fr><ft>Yehova-Shalom maana yake Bwana ni Amani.</ft></f> Mpaka leo ingalipo imesimama huko Ofra ya Waabiezeri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="JDG.6.25" />Usiku ule ule
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia, “Mchukue ngʼombe dume wa baba yako, yaani, yule wa pili mwenye miaka saba, na ubomoe madhabahu ya Baali aliyo nayo baba yako, na ukaikate Ashera iliyo karibu nayo.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JDG.6.26" />Kisha mjengee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako, madhabahu halisi, kwa taratibu zake, juu ya huu mwamba. Kwa kutumia kuni za hiyo nguzo ya Ashera uliyoikatakata, mtoe sadaka huyo dume wa pili kuwa sadaka ya kuteketezwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="JDG.6.27" />Basi Gideoni akawachukua watumishi wake kumi na kufanya kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwambia. Lakini kwa kuwa aliwaogopa jamaa yake na watu wa mji, akafanya haya usiku badala ya mchana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="JDG.6.28" />Watu wa mji walipoamka asubuhi, tazama madhabahu ya Baali imebomolewa na nguzo ya Ashera iliyokuwa karibu nayo imekatwakatwa na yule ngʼombe wa pili ametolewa sadaka juu ya madhabahu yaliyojengwa upya!
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="JDG.6.29" />Wakaulizana, “Ni nani aliyetenda mambo haya?”
</p>
<p style="p">Walipochunguza kwa makini, wakaambiwa, “Ni Gideoni mwana wa Yoashi, ndiye alitenda hivi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="JDG.6.30" />Watu wa mji wakamwambia Yoashi, “Mlete mwanao hapa. Ni lazima afe, kwa sababu amebomoa madhabahu ya Baali na kukatakata nguzo ya Ashera iliyokuwa karibu nayo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="JDG.6.31" />Lakini Yoashi akauambia ule umati uliokuwa umezunguka ukiwa kinyume naye, “Je, ninyi mtamtetea Baali? Mnajaribu kumwokoa? Yeyote mwenye kumpigania atauawa kufikia kesho asubuhi! Kama Baali ni mungu kweli, anaweza kujitetea mwenyewe wakati mtu anapobomoa madhabahu yake.”
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="JDG.6.32" />Basi siku ile wakamwita Gideoni “Yerub-Baali,” yaani, “Baali na ashindane naye,” kwa sababu alibomoa madhabahu yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="JDG.6.33" />Basi Wamidiani wote, Waamaleki na mataifa mengine ya mashariki wakaunganisha majeshi yao, wakavuka ngʼambo ya Yordani na kupiga kambi katika Bonde la Yezreeli.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="JDG.6.34" />Ndipo Roho wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamjia Gideoni, akapiga tarumbeta, akiwaita Waabiezeri ili wamfuate.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="JDG.6.35" />Akatuma wajumbe waende katika Manase yote, akiwataka wachukue silaha na pia katika Asheri, Zabuloni na Naftali, nao wakakwea ili kukutana nao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="JDG.6.36" />Gideoni akamwambia Mungu, “Kama utawaokoa Waisraeli kwa mkono wangu, kama ulivyoahidi:
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="JDG.6.37" />tazama, nitaweka ngozi ya kondoo kwenye kiwanja cha kupuria nafaka, na kama utakuwepo umande juu ya ngozi tu, nayo ardhi yote ikiwa kavu, ndipo nitakapojua kuwa utaokoa Israeli kwa mkono wangu, kama ulivyosema.”
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="JDG.6.38" />Hivyo ndivyo ilivyotokea. Gideoni akaamka asubuhi na mapema kesho yake, akaikamua ile ngozi, umande ukatoka, maji ya kujaa bakuli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="JDG.6.39" />Kisha Gideoni akamwambia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Usinikasirikie. Ninaomba nifanye ombi moja lingine. Niruhusu nifanye jaribio jingine moja kwa ngozi hii. Wakati huu uifanye ngozi hii kavu na ardhi yote ifunikwe na umande.”
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="JDG.6.40" />Usiku ule Mungu akafanya hivyo. Ngozi ile ilikuwa kavu, nayo ardhi yote ikafunikwa na umande.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Gideoni Awashinda Wamidiani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JDG.7.1" />Ndipo Yerub-Baali (yaani Gideoni) na lile jeshi lililokuwa pamoja naye, wakaondoka asubuhi na mapema na kupiga kambi kando ya chemchemi ya Harodi. Kambi ya Wamidiani ilikuwa kaskazini yao katika bonde karibu na kilima cha More.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JDG.7.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Gideoni, “Jeshi lililo pamoja nawe ni kubwa sana kwa mimi kuwatia Wamidiani mikononi mwao. Ili kwamba Israeli asije akajisifu juu yangu akisema, ‘Mkono wangu ndio ulioniokoa,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JDG.7.3" />kwa hiyo sasa tangaza jeshi lote likiwa linasikia, kwamba: Yeyote anayeogopa na kutetemeka, yeye na arudi nyumbani, aondoke katika Mlima Gileadi.’ ” Hivyo watu 22,000 walirudi, wakabaki 10,000.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JDG.7.4" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Gideoni, “Idadi ya jeshi bado ni kubwa. Wapeleke chini katika maji nami nitawajaribu huko kwa ajili yako. Kama nikikuambia, ‘Huyu atakwenda pamoja nawe,’ yeye atakwenda; lakini kama nikisema, ‘Huyu hatakwenda pamoja nawe,’ yeye hatakwenda.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="JDG.7.5" />Hivyo Gideoni akalileta lile jeshi chini kwenye maji naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Gideoni, “Watenge upande mmoja wale wote wanywao maji kwa ulimi, kama vile mbwa anywavyo, wale wote wapigao magoti ili kunywa wakipeleka mikono yao vinywani mwao, waweke upande mwingine.”
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JDG.7.6" />Idadi ya wale waliokunywa kwa kuramba ramba walikuwa 300, lakini wengine wote katika jeshi walipiga magoti ili kunywa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JDG.7.7" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Gideoni, “Kwa hao watu 300 walioramba maji nitawaokoa ninyi, nami nitawatia Wamidiani mkononi mwako. Waache hao watu wengine wote warudi kila mmoja nyumbani mwake.”
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JDG.7.8" />Hivyo Gideoni akawaacha wale Waisraeli wengine kila mmoja aende kwenye hema yake. Akabakia na wale 300, ambao walichukua vyakula na tarumbeta za wale wenzao.
</p>
<p style="p">Basi kambi ya Wamidiani ilikuwa chini yake bondeni.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JDG.7.9" />Usiku ule ule
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Gideoni, “Ondoka, ushuke kambini, kwa kuwa nimeitia mkononi mwako.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JDG.7.10" />Lakini kama unaogopa kushambulia, shuka kambini pamoja na mtumishi wako Pura,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JDG.7.11" />nawe sikiliza wanayosema. Hatimaye, utatiwa moyo kushambulia kambi.” Basi yeye na Pura mtumishi wake wakashuka na kufikia walinzi wa mbele wenye silaha waliokuwa mle kambini.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JDG.7.12" />Wamidiani, Waamaleki na mataifa mengine yote ya mashariki walikaa bondeni, nao walikuwa mfano wa nzige kwa wingi wao. Ngamia zao hazikuhesabika, wingi wao ulikuwa kama mchanga wa ufuoni mwa bahari.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JDG.7.13" />Gideoni alifika wakati huo huo kukiwa na mtu mmoja aliyekuwa anamweleza mwenzake ndoto yake, akisema, “Niliota ndoto: Tazama mkate wa shayiri ulioviringana ulianguka katika kambi moja ya Wamidiani, ukaipiga na ikaanguka nao ukaipindua juu chini na hema ikaporomoka chini.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JDG.7.14" />Rafiki yake akamjibu, “Habari hii si kitu kingine zaidi ya upanga wa Gideoni mwana wa Yoashi, Mwisraeli. Mungu amewatia Wamidiani na jeshi lote mkononi mwake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JDG.7.15" />Gideoni alipoisikia hiyo ndoto na tafsiri yake, akamwabudu Mungu. Akarudi kwenye kambi ya Israeli na kusema, “Inukeni!
<nd>Bwana</nd> amelitia jeshi la Wamidiani mikononi mwenu.”
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JDG.7.16" />Akawagawa wale watu 300 katika makundi matatu, akawakabidhi tarumbeta mikononi mwao wote na mitungi isiyokuwa na maji yenye mienge ndani yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JDG.7.17" />Akawaambia, “Nitazameni, fanyeni kama nitakavyofanya, nitakapofika mwisho wa kambi mfanye kama nitakavyofanya.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JDG.7.18" />Wakati mimi na wale walio pamoja nami wote, tutakapopiga tarumbeta zetu, ninyi nanyi pigeni tarumbeta pande zote za kambi na mpige kelele, mseme, ‘Upanga wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> na wa Gideoni.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JDG.7.19" />Gideoni na wale watu 100 waliokuwa pamoja naye wakafika mwisho wa kambi usiku mwanzoni mwa zamu ya kati, mara tu walipokuwa wamebadili zamu. Wakapiga zile tarumbeta zao na kuvunja ile mitungi iliyokuwa mikononi mwao.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JDG.7.20" />Yale makundi matatu yakapiga tarumbeta na kuvunja mitungi. Wakashika mienge kwa mikono yao ya kushoto na katika mikono yao ya kuume tarumbeta ili kuzipiga, wakapaza sauti zao, “Upanga wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> na wa Gideoni!”
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JDG.7.21" />Wakasimama kila mtu mahali pake kuizunguka kambi pande zote, Wamidiani wote wakakimbia, huku wakipiga kelele.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="JDG.7.22" />Walipozipiga zile tarumbeta 300,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akafanya watu katika kambi yote kugeuziana upanga kila mmoja na mwenziwe. Jeshi likakimbia mpaka Beth-Shita kuelekea Serera<f caller="+"><fr>7:22
</fr><ft>Au: Seretha.</ft></f> hadi mpakani mwa Abel-Mehola karibu na Tabathi.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JDG.7.23" />Watu wa Israeli wakaitwa kutoka Naftali, Asheri na Manase, wakawafuatia Wamidiani.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JDG.7.24" />Gideoni akatuma wajumbe katika nchi yote ya vilima vya Efraimu akisema, “Teremkeni dhidi ya Wamidiani na mkazuie vivuko vya maji mbele yao hadi Beth-Bara na pia Yordani.”
</p>
<p style="p">Hivyo watu wote wa Efraimu wakakutanika pamoja na kuzingira mto wa Yordani hadi Beth-Bara.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JDG.7.25" />Wakawakamata wakuu wawili wa Midiani, Orebu na Zeebu. Wakamuulia Orebu pale penye mwamba wa Orebu, na Zeebu wakamuulia penye shinikizo la kukamulia divai la Zeebu. Wakawafuatia Wamidiani na kuleta vichwa vya Orebu na Zeebu kwa Gideoni, huko ngʼambo ya Yordani.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Ushindi Wa Gideoni Na Kulipiza Kisasi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JDG.8.1" />Basi Waefraimu wakamuuliza Gideoni, “Mbona mmetutenda hivi? Kwa nini hukutuita ulipokwenda kupigana na Wamidiani?” Wakawalaumu kwa ukali sana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="JDG.8.2" />Gideoni akawajibu, “Nilichofanya mimi ni nini kulinganisha na kile ninyi mlichofanya? Je, kuokoa masazo ya zabibu za Efraimu si bora kuliko mavuno kamili ya zabibu ya Abiezeri?
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JDG.8.3" />Mungu amewatia Orebu na Zeebu, hao viongozi wa Wamidiani, mikononi mwenu. Je, mimi niliweza kufanya nini kulinganisha na mlichofanya ninyi?” Aliposema hili, hasira yao dhidi yake ikatulia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JDG.8.4" />Gideoni akiwa pamoja na wale watu 300 waliofuatana naye, wakiwa wamechoka na wenye njaa lakini bado wakiwafuatia, wakafika Yordani na kuuvuka.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JDG.8.5" />Akawaambia watu wa Sukothi, “Tafadhali lipatieni jeshi langu mikate, kwa maana wamechoka, nami ningali ninawafuatia Zeba na Salmuna, wafalme wa Midiani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JDG.8.6" />Lakini maafisa wa Sukothi wakasema, “Je, mikono ya Zeba na Salmuna tayari mnayo sasa ili tuweze kulipatia jeshi lako mikate?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JDG.8.7" />Gideoni akajibu, “Kwa ajili ya hilo tu,
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakapowatia Zeba na Salmuna mkononi mwangu, nitaichana nyama ya miili yenu kwenye miiba ya nyikani na kwenye michongoma.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JDG.8.8" />Kutoka hapo alikwea mpaka Penieli na kutoa ombi lile lile, lakini nao watu wa Penieli wakamjibu kama watu wa Sukothi walivyokuwa wamemjibu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JDG.8.9" />Hivyo akawaambia watu wa Penieli, “Nitakaporudi baada ya kushinda, nitaubomoa mnara huu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JDG.8.10" />Wakati huu Zeba na Salmuna walikuwa Karkori wakiwa na jeshi lenye watu wapatao 15,000 wale wote waliokuwa wamesalia wa mataifa ya mashariki, kwa kuwa watu wapatao 120,000 wenye panga walikuwa wameuawa.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JDG.8.11" />Basi Gideoni akakwea kwa njia ya wasafiri mashariki ya Noba na Yogbeha na kulishambulia jeshi ambalo halikushuku lolote.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JDG.8.12" />Zeba na Salmuna, hao wafalme wawili wa Midiani, wakakimbia lakini yeye Gideoni akawafuata na kuwakamata, akalishinda hilo jeshi lao lote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JDG.8.13" />Gideoni mwana wa Yoashi akarudi kutoka vitani kwa kupitia Mwinuko wa Heresi.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JDG.8.14" />Akamkamata kijana mmoja wa Sukothi na kumuuliza maswali, naye yule kijana akamwandikia majina ya maafisa sabini wa Sukothi, ambao ni viongozi wa mji.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JDG.8.15" />Ndipo Gideoni akaja na kuwaambia watu wa Sukothi, “Tazama, hapa wapo Zeba na Salmuna mlionisimanga kwa ajili yao mkisema, ‘Je, mikono ya Zeba na Salmuna tayari mnayo sasa ili tuweze kulipatia jeshi lako mikate?’ ”
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JDG.8.16" />Akawachukua hao viongozi wa mji na kuwafundisha watu wa Sukothi somo kwa kuwaadhibu kwa miiba na michongoma ya nyikani.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JDG.8.17" />Pia akaubomoa mnara wa Penieli na kuwaua watu wa mji.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="JDG.8.18" />Kisha akawauliza Zeba na Salmuna, “Ni watu wa aina gani mliowaua huko Tabori?”
</p>
<p style="p">Wakajibu, “Ni watu kama wewe, kila mmoja wao akiwa na nafasi ya uana wa mfalme.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JDG.8.19" />Gideoni akajibu, “Hao walikuwa ndugu zangu, wana wa mama yangu hasa. Hakika kama aishivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kama mngekuwa mmewaacha hai, mimi nisingewaua ninyi.”
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JDG.8.20" />Akamgeukia Yetheri, mwanawe mzaliwa wa kwanza, akasema, “Waue hawa!” Lakini Yetheri hakuufuta upanga wake, kwa sababu aliogopa, kwa kuwa alikuwa bado kijana mdogo tu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="JDG.8.21" />Zeba na Salmuna wakasema, “Njoo ufanye hivyo wewe mwenyewe. ‘Alivyo mtu, ndivyo zilivyo nguvu zake.’ ” Hivyo Gideoni akatoka mbele na kuwaua, naye akayaondoa mapambo kwenye shingo za ngamia zao.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kisibau Cha Gideoni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="JDG.8.22" />Waisraeli wakamwambia Gideoni, “Ututawale, wewe, wanao na wana wa wana wako, kwa kuwa umetuokoa kutoka mikononi mwa Wamidiani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="JDG.8.23" />Lakini Gideoni akawaambia, “Mimi sitatawala juu yenu, wala wanangu hawatatawala juu yenu.
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndiye atakayetawala juu yenu ninyi.”
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JDG.8.24" />Naye akasema, “Ninalo ombi moja, kwamba kila mmoja wenu anipatie kipuli kutoka kwenye fungu lake la nyara.” (Ilikuwa desturi ya Waishmaeli kuvaa vipuli vya dhahabu.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="JDG.8.25" />Wakajibu, “Tutafurahi kuvitoa.” Hivyo wakatanda vazi chini na kila mwanaume akatupia juu yake pete kutoka kwenye fungu lake la nyara.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JDG.8.26" />Uzito wa pete za dhahabu alizoomba zilifikia shekeli 1,700,<f caller="+"><fr>8:26
</fr><ft>Shekeli 1,700 ni sawa na kilo 19.5.</ft></f> bila kuhesabu mapambo mengine, pete za masikio na mavazi ya zambarau yaliyovaliwa na wafalme wa Midiani, au mikufu iliyokuwa kwenye shingo za ngamia zao.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JDG.8.27" />Gideoni akatengeneza kisibau kwa kutumia ile dhahabu, ambacho alikiweka katika mji wake, yaani, Ofra. Waisraeli wote wakafanya uasherati kwa kukiabudu huko, nacho kikawa mtego kwa Gideoni na jamaa yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="JDG.8.28" />Hivyo Midiani ikashindwa mbele ya Israeli nayo haikuinua kichwa chake tena. Wakati wa siku za uhai wa Gideoni, nchi ikafurahia amani miaka arobaini.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kifo Cha Gideoni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="JDG.8.29" />Yerub-Baali mwana wa Yoashi akarudi kwenda kuishi katika nyumba yake.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="JDG.8.30" />Alikuwa na wana sabini wa kwake mwenyewe, kwa kuwa alikuwa na wake wengi.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="JDG.8.31" />Suria wake, aliyekuwa anaishi huko Shekemu, pia alimzalia mwana, ambaye alimwita Abimeleki.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="JDG.8.32" />Gideoni mwana wa Yoashi akafa akiwa na umri mzuri wa uzee, na akazikwa katika kaburi la Yoashi baba yake huko Ofra ya Waabiezeri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="JDG.8.33" />Mara tu alipofariki Gideoni, Waisraeli wakarudia hali ya uovu na kufanya uasherati kwa kuabudu Mabaali. Wakamsimamisha Baal-Berithi kuwa mungu wao na
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="JDG.8.34" />wala hawakumkumbuka
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao, aliyewaokoa kutoka mikononi mwa adui zao wote kutoka kila upande.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="JDG.8.35" />Pia wakashindwa kuitendea mema jamaa ya Yerub-Baali (yaani Gideoni) kwa ajili ya mambo yote mema aliyokuwa amefanya kwa ajili yao.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Abimeleki Ajaribu Kuanzisha Ufalme
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JDG.9.1" />Siku moja Abimeleki mwana wa Yerub-Baali akaenda kwa ndugu ya mama yake huko Shekemu na kuwaambia yeye na ukoo wote wa mama yake,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JDG.9.2" />“Waulizeni watu wote wa Shekemu, ‘Lipi lililo bora kwenu: Kutawaliwa na wana wote sabini wa Yerub-Baali, au mtu mmoja peke yake?’ Kumbukeni kwamba, mimi ni mfupa wenu nyama yenu hasa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JDG.9.3" />Ndugu za mama yake walipowaeleza watu wote wa Shekemu, wakaelekea kumkubali Abimeleki, kwa kuwa walisema, “Yeye ni ndugu yetu.”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JDG.9.4" />Wakampa shekeli sabini<f caller="+"><fr>9:4
</fr><ft>Shekeli 70 za fedha ni sawa na gramu 800.</ft></f> za fedha kutoka hekalu la Baal-Berithi, naye Abimeleki akaitumia kuajiri watu ovyo wasiojali, wakawa ndio wafuasi wake.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JDG.9.5" />Akaenda nyumbani kwa baba yake huko Ofra, na juu ya jiwe moja wakawaua ndugu zake sabini, ambao ni wana wa Yerub-Baali. Lakini Yothamu, mwana mdogo wa wote wa Yerub-Baali, akaokoka kwa kujificha.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JDG.9.6" />Ndipo watu wote wa Shekemu na Beth-Milo wakakusanyika pamoja chini ya mti mkubwa wa mwaloni penye nguzo iliyoko Shekemu wakamvika Abimeleki taji kuwa mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JDG.9.7" />Yothamu alipoambiwa hayo, akapanda juu ya kilele cha mlima Gerizimu, akawapazia sauti yake akawaambia, “Nisikilizeni enyi watu wa Shekemu, ili Mungu naye apate kuwasikiliza ninyi.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JDG.9.8" />Siku moja miti ilitoka ili kwenda kujitawazia mfalme. Ikauambia mzeituni, ‘Wewe uwe mfalme wetu.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JDG.9.9" />“Lakini mzeituni ukaijibu, ‘Je, niache kutoa mafuta yangu ambayo kwake miungu na wanadamu huheshimiwa, ili nikawe juu ya miti?’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JDG.9.10" />“Kisha miti ikauambia mtini, ‘Njoo na uwe mfalme wetu!’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JDG.9.11" />“Lakini mtini ukaijibu, ‘Je, niache kutoa matunda yangu mazuri na matamu, ili niende nikawe juu ya miti?’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JDG.9.12" />“Ndipo miti ikauambia mzabibu, ‘Njoo na uwe mfalme wetu.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JDG.9.13" />“Lakini mzabibu ukaijibu, ‘Je, niache kutoa divai yangu inayofurahisha miungu na wanadamu ili nikawe juu ya miti?’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JDG.9.14" />“Mwishoni miti yote ikauambia mti wa miiba, ‘Njoo na uwe mfalme wetu.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JDG.9.15" />“Nao mti wa miiba ukaijibu, ‘Kama kweli mnataka niwe mfalme wenu, basi njooni mpate kupumzika chini ya kivuli changu. Lakini kama sivyo, moto na utoke kwenye mti wa miiba ukateketeze mierezi ya Lebanoni!’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JDG.9.16" />“Basi ikiwa mmetenda kwa uaminifu na heshima kumfanya Abimeleki kuwa mfalme, na kama mmetendea vyema Yerub-Baali na jamaa yake kama ilivyostahili:
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JDG.9.17" />kwa kuwa baba yangu aliwapigania ninyi na kuhatarisha nafsi yake na kuwaokoa ninyi kutoka mikononi mwa Wamidiani
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JDG.9.18" />(lakini leo mmeasi dhidi ya jamaa ya baba yangu, na kuwaua wanawe sabini juu ya jiwe moja, nanyi mkamfanya Abimeleki mwana wa mwanamke mtumwa kuwa mfalme juu ya Shekemu, kwa kuwa yeye ni ndugu yenu),
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JDG.9.19" />nanyi kama basi mmemtendea Yerub-Baali na jamaa yake kwa heshima na uaminifu, basi Abimeleki na awe furaha yenu, nanyi mwe furaha yake pia!
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JDG.9.20" />Lakini kama sivyo, moto na utoke kwa Abimeleki na uwateketeze, ninyi watu wa Shekemu na Beth-Milo, nao moto utoke kwenu, watu wa Shekemu na Beth-Milo umteketeze Abimeleki!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="JDG.9.21" />Ndipo Yothamu akakimbia, akatoroka akaenda Beeri, akaishi huko, kwa sababu alimwogopa ndugu yake Abimeleki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="JDG.9.22" />Baada ya Abimeleki kutawala Israeli kwa muda wa miaka mitatu,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JDG.9.23" />Mungu akaruhusu roho mbaya kati ya Abimeleki na watu wa Shekemu, nao watu wa Shekemu wakamtendea Abimeleki kwa hila.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JDG.9.24" />Hili lilitokea ili ule ukatili waliotendewa hao wana sabini wa Yerub-Baali upatilizwe, na damu yao iwe juu ya Abimeleki ndugu yao aliyewaua, na pia iwe juu ya watu wa Shekemu, ambao walimsaidia kuua ndugu zake.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JDG.9.25" />Hivyo, kutokana na uadui juu yake watu wa Shekemu wakaweka watu wa kumvizia katika vilele vya milima. Wakawanyangʼanya watu wote waliopita karibu nao, nayo haya yakaarifiwa kwa Abimeleki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="JDG.9.26" />Basi Gaali mwana wa Ebedi akaenda pamoja na ndugu zake wakaingia Shekemu, nao watu wa huko wakamtumainia yeye.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JDG.9.27" />Wakaenda mashambani mwao kuvuna zabibu na kuzisindika hizo zabibu, wakafanya sikukuu katika hekalu la mungu wao. Wakati wakila na kunywa, wakamlaani Abimeleki.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="JDG.9.28" />Gaali mwana wa Ebedi akasema, “Abimeleki ni nani, na Shekemu ni nani, hata tumtumikie? Je, yeye si mwana wa Yerub-Baali? Naye Zebuli si ndiye msaidizi wake? Basi watumikieni watu wa Hamori, babaye Shekemu. Kwa nini tumtumikie Abimeleki?
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="JDG.9.29" />Laiti watu hawa wangekuwa chini ya amri yangu! Basi mimi ningemwondoa huyo Abimeleki. Ningemwambia Abimeleki, ‘Ondoa jeshi lako lote.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="JDG.9.30" />Zebuli aliyekuwa mtawala wa mji aliposikia aliyosema Gaali mwana wa Ebedi, akakasirika sana.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="JDG.9.31" />Akatuma ujumbe uende kwa Abimeleki kwa siri na kusema, “Gaali mwana wa Ebedi na ndugu zake wamekuja Shekemu, na wanauchochea mji huu kinyume chako.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="JDG.9.32" />Sasa, basi, usiku huu wewe uondoke na watu wako ili mje kuwavizia mashambani.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="JDG.9.33" />Kisha asubuhi wakati wa kuchomoza jua, amka mapema na ujipange dhidi ya huo mji. Wakati yeye na jeshi lililo pamoja naye watakapotoka kukabiliana nanyi, mwaweza kuwatendea kwa kadiri mnavyoweza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="JDG.9.34" />Kwa hiyo Abimeleki pamoja na jeshi lake lote wakaondoka usiku na kujificha karibu na Shekemu wakiwa vikosi vinne.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="JDG.9.35" />Basi Gaali mwana wa Ebedi alikuwa ametoka nje akawa amesimama katika ingilio la mji wakati ule ule ambao Abimeleki na watu wake walipokuwa wanatoka sehemu zao za maficho.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="JDG.9.36" />Gaali alipowaona, akamwambia Zebuli, “Tazama, watu wanashuka kutoka kwenye vilele vya milima!”
</p>
<p style="p">Zebuli akajibu, “Wewe unaona vivuli vya milima kana kwamba ni watu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="JDG.9.37" />Lakini Gaali akasema tena, “Tazama, watu wanashuka kutoka katikati ya nchi na kikosi kimoja kinakuja kutoka Tabur-Ezeri na kikosi kingine kutoka upande wa Elon-Meonenimu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="JDG.9.38" />Ndipo Zebuli akamwambia, “Kuko wapi kujivuna kwako sasa, wewe uliyesema, ‘Huyo Abimeleki ni nani hata tumtumikie?’ Hawa si wale watu uliowadharau? Toka nje sasa ukapigane nao!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="JDG.9.39" />Basi Gaali akatoka akawaongoza watu wa Shekemu kupigana na Abimeleki.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="JDG.9.40" />Abimeleki akamfukuza, watu wengi wakajeruhiwa katika kukimbia huko, njia nzima hadi kwenye ingilio la lango.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="JDG.9.41" />Abimeleki akakaa Aruma, naye Zebuli akawafukuza Gaali na ndugu zake watoke Shekemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="JDG.9.42" />Kesho yake watu wa Shekemu wakatoka wakaenda mashambani, Abimeleki akaambiwa juu ya jambo hili.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="JDG.9.43" />Hivyo akawachukua watu wake, akawagawanya katika vikosi vitatu na kuwaweka waviziao huko mashambani. Alipowaona watu wanatoka kwenda nje ya mji, akainuka dhidi yao na kuwashambulia.
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="JDG.9.44" />Abimeleki pamoja na vile vikosi wakaharakisha kwenda mbele kwenye nafasi, mahali pa ingilio la lango la mji. Vile vikosi viwili vikawawahi wale waliokuwa mashambani na kuwaua.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="JDG.9.45" />Siku hiyo nzima Abimeleki akazidisha mashambulizi yake dhidi ya mji hadi akawa ameuteka na kuwaua watu wa huo mji. Kisha akauangamiza mji na kusambaza chumvi juu yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="46" bcv="JDG.9.46" />Kwa kusikia jambo hili watu wote katika mnara wa Shekemu, wakaingia kwenye ngome ya hekalu la El-Berithi.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="JDG.9.47" />Abimeleki aliposikia kuwa wamekusanyika huko,
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="JDG.9.48" />yeye na watu wake wote wakakwea kwenye Mlima Salmoni. Abimeleki akachukua shoka, akakata baadhi ya matawi, ambayo aliyachukua mabegani. Akawaagiza wale watu waliokuwa pamoja naye kuwa, “Fanyeni kile mlichoona mimi nikifanya!”
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="JDG.9.49" />Basi watu wote wakakata matawi na kumfuata Abimeleki. Wakayakusanya hayo matawi juu ya ngome na kuitia moto ili kuwachoma wale watu wote waliokuwa ndani yake. Hivyo watu wote katika mnara wa Shekemu, karibia watu 1,000 waume kwa wake, pia wakafa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="50" bcv="JDG.9.50" />Baadaye Abimeleki akaenda Thebesi na kuuzingira kwa jeshi na kuuteka.
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="JDG.9.51" />Hata hivyo, ndani ya huo mji kulikuwa na mnara imara, ambako watu wote wa mji wanaume na wanawake, watu wote wa mji, walikimbilia ndani yake. Wakajifungia ndani yake na kupanda juu ya paa la mnara.
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="JDG.9.52" />Abimeleki akaja kwenye ule mnara na kuushambulia, lakini alipokaribia kwenye ingilio la mnara ili kuuchoma kwa moto,
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="JDG.9.53" />mwanamke mmoja akaangusha sehemu ya juu ya jiwe la kusagia juu ya kichwa cha Abimeleki, likapasua fuvu la kichwa chake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="54" bcv="JDG.9.54" />Akamwita kwa haraka kijana yule aliyechukua silaha zake, na kumwambia, “Chukua upanga wako na uniue, watu wasije wakasema kwamba, ‘Mwanamke amemuua.’ ” Basi yule kijana akamchoma upanga, naye akafa.
<ve />
<v id="55" bcv="JDG.9.55" />Waisraeli walipoona kuwa Abimeleki amekufa, kila mtu akaenda nyumbani kwake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="56" bcv="JDG.9.56" />Hivyo ndivyo Mungu alivyolipiza uovu ule ambao Abimeleki alikuwa ameutenda kwa baba yake kwa kuwaua ndugu zake sabini.
<ve />
<v id="57" bcv="JDG.9.57" />Mungu akawapatiliza watu wa Shekemu uovu wao juu ya vichwa vyao, na juu yao ikaja laana ya Yothamu mwana wa Yerub-Baali.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="10" />
<s style="s1">Tola
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JDG.10.1" />Baada ya Abimeleki, Tola mwana wa Pua mwana wa Dodo, mtu wa Isakari, aliyeishi huko Shamiri, katika nchi ya vilima ya Efraimu, akainuka kuokoa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JDG.10.2" />Akaamua Israeli kwa miaka ishirini na mitatu. Ndipo akafa, naye akazikwa huko Shamiri.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yairi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JDG.10.3" />Baada yake akafuatiwa na Yairi, Mgileadi, ambaye aliamua Israeli kwa miaka ishirini na miwili.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JDG.10.4" />Alikuwa na wana thelathini waliopanda punda thelathini. Nao walikuwa na miji thelathini iliyoko Gileadi, inayoitwa Hawoth-Yairi mpaka leo.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JDG.10.5" />Yairi akafa, naye akazikwa huko Kamoni.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yefta
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JDG.10.6" />Wana wa Israeli wakatenda tena maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Wakaabudu Mabaali na Maashtorethi, miungu ya Aramu, miungu ya Sidoni, miungu ya Moabu, miungu ya Waamoni na miungu ya Wafilisti. Kwa kuwa Waisraeli walimwacha
<nd>Bwana</nd> wala hawakuendelea kumtumikia,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JDG.10.7" />hivyo hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ikawaka dhidi ya Israeli, naye akawatia mikononi mwa Wafilisti na Waamoni,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JDG.10.8" />ambao waliwaonea na kuwatesa mwaka ule. Kwa miaka kumi na minane wakawatesa Waisraeli wote upande wa mashariki ya Mto Yordani katika Gileadi, nchi ya Waamori.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JDG.10.9" />Waamoni nao wakavuka Yordani ili kupigana na Yuda, Benyamini na nyumba ya Efraimu, nayo nyumba ya Israeli ikawa katika taabu kubwa.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JDG.10.10" />Ndipo Waisraeli wakamlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd> wakasema, “Tumetenda dhambi dhidi yako, kumwacha Mungu wetu na kutumikia Mabaali.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JDG.10.11" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akawaambia, “Wakati Wamisri, Waamori, Waamoni, Wafilisti,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JDG.10.12" />Wasidoni, Waamaleki na Wamaoni walipowaonea na ninyi mkanililia na kuomba msaada, je, sikuwaokoa kutoka mikononi mwao?
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JDG.10.13" />Lakini ninyi mmeniacha mimi na kutumikia miungu mingine, kwa hiyo sitawaokoa tena.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JDG.10.14" />Nendeni mkaililie ile miungu mlioichagua. Hiyo miungu na iwaokoe mnapokuwa katika taabu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JDG.10.15" />Lakini Waisraeli wakamwambia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Tumetenda dhambi. Ututendee lile unaloona kuwa jema kwako, lakini twakusihi utuokoe sasa.”
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JDG.10.16" />Nao wakaiondoa hiyo miungu migeni katikati yao nao wakamtumikia
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Naye akahuzunika kwa sababu ya taabu ya Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JDG.10.17" />Ndipo Waamoni wakaitwa vitani na kupiga kambi huko Gileadi, Waisraeli wakakusanyika na kupiga kambi huko Mispa.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JDG.10.18" />Viongozi wa watu wa Gileadi wakaambiana wao kwa wao, “Yeyote yule atakayeanzisha mashambulizi dhidi ya Waamoni atakuwa kiongozi wa wote wakaao Gileadi.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="11" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JDG.11.1" />Basi Yefta Mgileadi alikuwa mtu shujaa. Baba yake alikuwa Gileadi, naye mama yake alikuwa kahaba.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JDG.11.2" />Mke wa Gileadi akamzalia wana wengine, nao watoto hao walipokua, wakamfukuza Yefta na kumwambia, “Wewe huwezi kupata urithi katika jamii yetu, kwa sababu wewe ni mwana wa mwanamke mwingine.”
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JDG.11.3" />Basi Yefta akawakimbia ndugu zake akaenda kuishi katika nchi ya Tobu, mahali ambako watu waasi walijiunga naye na kumfuata.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JDG.11.4" />Baada ya muda Waamoni wakafanya vita na Israeli,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JDG.11.5" />viongozi wa Gileadi wakaenda kumchukua Yefta katika nchi ya Tobu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JDG.11.6" />Wakamwambia Yefta, “Uwe jemadari wetu, ili tuweze kupigana na Waamoni.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JDG.11.7" />Yefta akawaambia, “Je, hamkunichukia mimi na kunifukuza katika nyumba ya baba yangu? Kwa nini mnanijia sasa, wakati mna matatizo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JDG.11.8" />Viongozi wa Gileadi wakamwambia Yefta, “Lakini sasa tumegeuka kukuelekea wewe, ili uende pamoja nasi kupigana na Waamoni, nawe utakuwa kiongozi wetu juu ya watu wote wa Gileadi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JDG.11.9" />Yefta akawaambia, “Ikiwa mtanirudisha kwetu kupigana na Waamoni, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akanisaidia kuwashinda, Je, ni kweli nitakuwa kiongozi wenu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JDG.11.10" />Viongozi wa Gileadi wakamjibu Yefta, “<nd>Bwana</nd> ndiye shahidi yetu. Kwa hakika tutafanya kama usemavyo.”
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JDG.11.11" />Basi Yefta akaenda na viongozi wa Gileadi, nao watu wakamfanya kiongozi na jemadari wao. Naye akarudia maneno yake yote mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> huko Mispa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JDG.11.12" />Ndipo Yefta akatuma wajumbe kwa mfalme wa Waamoni akisema, “Una nini juu yetu, hata umekuja kushambulia nchi yetu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JDG.11.13" />Mfalme wa Waamoni akawajibu wajumbe wale wa Yefta, “Wakati Waisraeli walipopanda kutoka Misri, waliichukua nchi yangu kuanzia Arnoni mpaka Yaboki, hadi kufikia Yordani. Sasa rudisha kwa amani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JDG.11.14" />Yefta akarudisha wajumbe kwa mfalme wa Waamoni,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JDG.11.15" />kusema:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Hili ndilo asemalo Yefta, Israeli hawakuchukua nchi ya Moabu wala ya Waamoni.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JDG.11.16" />Lakini walipopanda kutoka Misri, Israeli walipitia katika jangwa hadi Bahari ya Shamu na wakafika Kadeshi.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JDG.11.17" />Ndipo Israeli wakatuma wajumbe kwa mfalme wa Edomu, wakisema, ‘Tupe ruhusa kupita katika nchi yako,’ Lakini mfalme wa Edomu hakutusikia. Wakapeleka pia wajumbe kwa mfalme wa Moabu, naye akakataa. Kwa hiyo Israeli wakakaa huko Kadeshi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="18" bcv="JDG.11.18" />“Baadaye wakasafiri kupitia jangwa, wakiambaa na nchi za Edomu na Moabu, wakapitia upande wa mashariki wa nchi ya Moabu na kupiga kambi upande mwingine wa Arnoni. Hawakuingia katika nchi ya Moabu, kwa kuwa Arnoni ilikuwa mpaka wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="19" bcv="JDG.11.19" />“Kisha Israeli wakatuma wajumbe kwa Sihoni mfalme wa Waamori, aliyetawala Heshboni, na kumwambia, ‘Tupe ruhusa kupita katika nchi yako ili kufikia mahali petu.’
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JDG.11.20" />Hata hivyo, Sihoni hakuwaamini Waisraeli kupita katika nchi yake. Akaandaa jeshi lake lote na kupiga kambi huko Yahasa, nao wakapigana na Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="21" bcv="JDG.11.21" />“Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, akamtia Sihoni na watu wake wote mikononi mwa Israeli, nao wakawashinda. Israeli wakaitwaa nchi yote ya Waamori, waliokuwa wakiishi katika nchi hiyo,
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JDG.11.22" />wakiiteka nchi yote kuanzia Arnoni mpaka Yaboki, na kutoka jangwani mpaka Yordani.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="23" bcv="JDG.11.23" />“Basi kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, amewafukuza Waamori watoke mbele ya watu wake Israeli, wewe unayo haki gani ya kuitamalaki?
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JDG.11.24" />Je, haikupasi kuchukua kile ambacho mungu wako Kemoshi amekupa? Vivyo hivyo, chochote kile
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu alichotupa sisi, tutakimiliki.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JDG.11.25" />Je, wewe ni bora kuliko Balaki mwana wa Sipori, mfalme wa Moabu? Je, yeye alishagombana na Israeli au kupigana nao wakati wowote?
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JDG.11.26" />Kwa maana kwa miaka 300 Israeli wameishi Heshboni na vijiji vyake, Aroeri na vijiji vyake, na katika miji yote iliyo kando ya Arnoni. Kwa nini wewe haukuyachukua wakati huo?
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JDG.11.27" />Mimi sijakukosea jambo lolote, bali wewe ndiye unayenikosea kwa kufanya vita nami. Basi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, aliye Mwamuzi, leo na aamue ugomvi kati ya Waisraeli na Waamoni.”
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="28" bcv="JDG.11.28" />Hata hivyo, Mfalme wa Waamoni, hakuyajali maneno ya ujumbe wa Yefta.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="JDG.11.29" />Ndipo Roho wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaja juu ya Yefta. Akapita katikati ya Gileadi na Manase, pia akapita katika Mispa ya Gileadi, na kutokea huko akasonga mbele kushambulia Waamoni.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="JDG.11.30" />Naye Yefta akaweka nadhiri mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> akisema, “Ikiwa utawatia Waamoni mikononi mwangu,
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="JDG.11.31" />chochote kile kitakachotoka katika mlango wa nyumba yangu cha kwanza ili kunilaki nirudipo kwa amani katika kuwashinda Waamoni, kitakuwa ni cha
<nd>Bwana</nd> na nitakitoa kuwa sadaka ya kuteketezwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="JDG.11.32" />Ndipo Yefta akavuka kupigana na hao Waamoni, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawatia mkononi mwake.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="JDG.11.33" />Akawapiga kwa ushindi mkubwa kuanzia Aroeri mpaka karibu na Minithi na kuendelea mpaka Abel-Keramimu, miji yote iliyopigwa ni ishirini. Basi Israeli wakawashinda Waamoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="JDG.11.34" />Yefta aliporudi nyumbani Mispa, tazama, binti yake akatoka ili kumlaki kwa matari na kucheza. Alikuwa ndiye mtoto pekee, hakuwa na mwana wala binti mwingine.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="JDG.11.35" />Alipomwona akararua mavazi yake akalia, “Ee! Binti yangu! Umenifanya niwe na huzuni na kunyongʼonyea sana, kwa kuwa nimeweka nadhiri kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ambayo siwezi kuivunja.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="JDG.11.36" />Akajibu, “Baba yangu, umetoa neno lako kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Nitendee mimi kama vile ulivyoahidi, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> amekupa ushindi dhidi ya adui zako Waamoni.”
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="JDG.11.37" />Naye akamwambia baba yake, “Naomba nifanyiwe jambo hili. Nipewe miezi miwili ili kuzunguka vilimani nikaulilie ubikira wangu, mimi na wenzangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="JDG.11.38" />Baba yake akamwambia, “Waweza kwenda.” Naye akamwacha aende kwa miezi miwili. Hivyo akaondoka pamoja na wasichana wenzake, naye akaulilia ubikira wake huko vilimani kwa sababu asingeolewa kamwe.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="JDG.11.39" />Baada ya hiyo miezi miwili, alirejea kwa baba yake, naye baba yake akamtendea kama alivyokuwa ametoa nadhiri yake. Naye alikuwa bikira.
</p>
<p style="p">Nayo ikawa desturi katika Israeli,
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="JDG.11.40" />kwamba kila mwaka binti wa Israeli huenda kwa siku nne ili kumkumbuka huyo binti wa Yefta, Mgileadi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Yefta Na Efraimu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JDG.12.1" />Watu wa Efraimu wakaita majeshi yao, wakavuka kwenda Zafoni, wakamwambia Yefta, “Kwa nini mmekwenda kupigana na Waamoni bila kutuita ili twende pamoja nawe? Basi tutaichoma moto nyumba yako, pamoja nawe ukiwa ndani yake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="JDG.12.2" />Yefta akajibu, “Mimi na watu wangu tulikuwa na ugomvi mkubwa na Waamoni, hata ingawa niliwaita hamkuniokoa katika mkono wao.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JDG.12.3" />Nilipoona kuwa hamkunipa msaada nikauhatarisha uhai wangu na nikavuka kupigana na Waamoni. Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akanipatia ushindi dhidi yao. Sasa kwa nini mnanijia leo ili kupigana nami?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JDG.12.4" />Ndipo Yefta akakusanya watu wa Gileadi pamoja na kupigana na Efraimu. Wagileadi wakawashinda Efraimu, kwa kuwa Waefraimu walisema, “Ninyi Wagileadi ni watoro mliotoroka toka Efraimu na Manase.”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JDG.12.5" />Wagileadi wakaviteka vivuko vya Yordani dhidi ya hao Waefraimu, kisha ilikuwa yeyote yule aliyenusurika katika Efraimu aliposema, “Niache nivuke,” hao watu wa Gileadi walimuuliza, “Je wewe ni Mwefraimu?” Kama alijibu “Hapana,”
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JDG.12.6" />walimwambia, “Sawa, sema ‘Shibolethi.’ ” Iwapo alitamka, “Sibolethi,” kwa sababu hakuweza kutamka hilo neno sawasawa, walimkamata na kumuua hapo kwenye vivuko vya Yordani. Waefraimu 42,000 waliuawa wakati huo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JDG.12.7" />Yefta akawa mwamuzi wa Waisraeli kwa muda wa miaka sita. Basi Yefta akafa, akazikwa katika mmojawapo wa miji ya Gileadi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ibzani, Eloni Na Abdoni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JDG.12.8" />Baada yake, Ibzani wa Bethlehemu akawa mwamuzi wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JDG.12.9" />Alikuwa na wana thelathini na binti thelathini. Akawaoza binti zake kwa watu wengine nje ya ukoo wake, na kuwatwalia wanawe wanawake thelathini toka nje ya ukoo wake. Ibzani akawa mwamuzi wa Israeli kwa muda wa miaka saba.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JDG.12.10" />Ibzani akafa, akazikwa huko Bethlehemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JDG.12.11" />Baada yake Eloni, Mzabuloni, akawa mwamuzi wa Israeli, naye akawaamua kwa muda wa miaka kumi.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JDG.12.12" />Kisha Eloni akafa, akazikwa katika Aiyaloni, katika nchi ya Zabuloni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JDG.12.13" />Baada yake, Abdoni mwana wa Hileli, Mpirathoni, akawa mwamuzi wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JDG.12.14" />Naye akazaa wana arobaini na wana wa wanawe thelathini waliopanda punda sabini. Akawa mwamuzi wa Israeli kwa muda wa miaka minane.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JDG.12.15" />Ndipo Abdoni mwana wa Hileli, Mpirathoni, akafa, naye akazikwa huko Pirathoni katika Efraimu, katika nchi ya vilima ya Waamaleki.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="13" />
<s style="s1">Kuzaliwa Kwa Samsoni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JDG.13.1" />Waisraeli wakafanya maovu tena mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Hivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawatia mikononi mwa Wafilisti kwa muda wa miaka arobaini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="JDG.13.2" />Basi palikuwa na mtu mmoja wa Sora, aliyeitwa Manoa, wa kabila la Wadani, naye alikuwa na mke ambaye alikuwa tasa na hakuwa na mtoto.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JDG.13.3" />Malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamtokea huyo mwanamke na kumwambia, “Wewe ni tasa na huna mtoto, lakini utachukua mimba na utamzaa mtoto mwanaume.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JDG.13.4" />Lakini ujihadhari sana usinywe mvinyo wala kileo kingine chochote, wala usile kitu chochote kilicho najisi,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JDG.13.5" />kwa kuwa utachukua mimba na utamzaa mtoto mwanaume. Wembe usipite kichwani pake, kwa kuwa huyo mwana atakuwa Mnadhiri wa Mungu, aliyewekwa wakfu kwa ajili ya Mungu tangu tumboni mwa mama yake, naye ataanza kuwaokoa Waisraeli kutoka mikononi mwa Wafilisti.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JDG.13.6" />Ndipo huyo mwanamke akamwendea mumewe na kumweleza kuwa, “Mtu wa Mungu alinijia. Kule kuonekana kwake kulikuwa kama kwa malaika wa Mungu, wa kutisha sana. Sikumuuliza alikotoka wala hakuniambia jina lake.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JDG.13.7" />Lakini aliniambia, ‘Utachukua mimba na utazaa mtoto mwanaume. Basi sasa, usinywe mvinyo wala kileo kingine chochote wala usile kitu kilicho najisi, kwa kuwa huyo mtoto atakuwa Mnadhiri wa Mungu tangu tumboni mwa mama yake mpaka kufa kwake.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JDG.13.8" />Ndipo Manoa akamwomba
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akasema: “Ee Bwana, nakusihi, huyo mtu wa Mungu uliyemtuma kwetu aje tena ili atufundishe jinsi ya kumlea huyo mwana atakayezaliwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JDG.13.9" />Mungu akamsikia Manoa, naye malaika wa Mungu akamjia tena huyo mwanamke alipokuwa shambani, lakini mumewe Manoa hakuwepo.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JDG.13.10" />Basi yule mwanamke akaenda haraka na kumwambia mumewe, “Tazama mtu yule aliyenitokea siku ile yupo hapa!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JDG.13.11" />Manoa akainuka akaandamana na mkewe. Alipomfikia yule mtu akamuuliza, “Je, wewe ndiye yule uliyesema na mke wangu?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akasema, “Mimi ndiye.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JDG.13.12" />Basi Manoa akamuuliza, “Wakati maneno yako yatakapotimia, masharti ya maisha ya mtoto huyu yatakuwa nini na kazi yake itakuwa ni nini?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JDG.13.13" />Malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamjibu, “Mke wako hana budi kufanya yale yote niliyomwambia.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JDG.13.14" />Kamwe asile kitu chochote kitakachotoka katika mzabibu, wala asinywe mvinyo wa aina yoyote wala kileo chochote wala asile kitu chochote kilicho najisi. Hana budi kufanya kila kitu nilichomwagiza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JDG.13.15" />Manoa akamjibu yule malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Twakuomba usubiri kwanza ili tuweze kuandaa mwana-mbuzi kwa ajili yako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JDG.13.16" />Malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamjibu, “Hata kama utanizuia, sitakula chochote kwako. Lakini ukitaka kuandaa sadaka ya kuteketezwa, mtolee
<nd>Bwana</nd> hiyo sadaka.” (Kwa kuwa Manoa hakujua kuwa alikuwa malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JDG.13.17" />Ndipo Manoa akamuuliza yule malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Jina lako ni nani, ili kwamba tuweze kukupa heshima hapo hayo uliyonena yatakapotimia?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="JDG.13.18" />Akamjibu, “Kwa nini unauliza Jina langu? Ni Jina la ajabu.”
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JDG.13.19" />Ndipo Manoa akamchukua mwana-mbuzi, pamoja na sadaka ya unga, naye akamtolea
<nd>Bwana</nd> dhabihu hapo juu ya mwamba. Naye yule malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akafanya jambo la ajabu wakati Manoa na mkewe wakiwa wanaangalia:
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JDG.13.20" />Mwali wa moto kutoka hapo madhabahuni ulipowaka kuelekea mbinguni, malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akapaa ndani ya huo mwali. Manoa na mkewe, kwa kuona jambo hili, wakaanguka chini kifudifudi.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JDG.13.21" />Malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> hakumtokea tena Manoa na mkewe. Ndipo Manoa akatambua kuwa huyo alikuwa malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="JDG.13.22" />Manoa akamwambia mkewe, “Hakika tutakufa, kwa kuwa tumemwona Mungu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="JDG.13.23" />Lakini mkewe akamwambia, “Ikiwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amekusudia kutuua, asingelipokea sadaka ya kuteketezwa na sadaka ya unga kutoka mikononi mwetu, wala asingelituonyesha mambo haya yote wala kututangazia mambo kama haya wakati huu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="JDG.13.24" />Yule mwanamke akazaa mtoto wa kiume akamwita jina lake Samsoni. Kijana akakua, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akambariki.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JDG.13.25" />Roho wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaanza kumsukuma wakati alipokuwa huko Mahane-Dani, kati ya Sora na Eshtaoli.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="14" />
<s style="s1">Ndoa Ya Samsoni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JDG.14.1" />Samsoni akateremkia Timna, akamwona mwanamke wa Kifilisti.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JDG.14.2" />Alipopanda kutoka huko, akawaambia baba yake na mama yake, “Nimemwona mwanamke wa Kifilisti huko Timna; basi mnipe ili awe mke wangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JDG.14.3" />Baba yake na mama yake wakamjibu, “Je, hakuna mwanamke miongoni mwa jamaa yako au miongoni mwa ndugu zako, hata ulazimike kwenda kujitwalia mwanamke kutoka kwa hawa Wafilisti wasiotahiriwa?”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini Samsoni akamwambia baba yake, “Nipatieni huyo kwa maana ndiye alinipendeza.”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JDG.14.4" />(Baba yake na mama yake hawakujua kuwa jambo hili limetoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwani alikuwa akitafuta sababu ya kukabiliana na Wafilisti; kwa kuwa wakati huo walikuwa wakiwatawala Waisraeli.)
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JDG.14.5" />Samsoni akateremkia Timna pamoja na baba yake na mama yake. Walipofika kwenye mashamba ya mizabibu huko Timna, ghafula mwana simba akamjia akimngurumia.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JDG.14.6" />Roho wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaja juu yake kwa nguvu, naye akampasua yule simba kwa mikono yake bila silaha yoyote kama vile mtu ampasuavyo mwana-mbuzi, wala hakumwambia baba yake wala mama yake aliyoyafanya.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JDG.14.7" />Basi akateremka na kuongea na yule mwanamke, naye akampendeza Samsoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JDG.14.8" />Baada ya muda aliporudi ili akamwoe, akatazama kando ili kuutazama mzoga wa yule simba, na tazama, kulikuwa na kundi la nyuki ndani ya ule mzoga wa simba na kulikuwa na asali;
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JDG.14.9" />akachukua asali mkononi mwake akaendelea huku akila. Alipowafikia baba yake na mama yake, akawapa ile asali nao wakala. Lakini hakuwaambia kuwa alitwaa asali kutoka kwenye mzoga wa simba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JDG.14.10" />Basi baba yake akateremka kumwona huyo mwanamke. Samsoni akafanya karamu huko, kama ilivyokuwa desturi ya vijana.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JDG.14.11" />Watu walipomwona, wakaleta vijana wenzake thelathini ili kuwa pamoja naye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JDG.14.12" />Samsoni akawaambia, “Niwape kitendawili, mkiweza kunipa jibu katika muda wa siku hizi saba za karamu, nitawapa mavazi thelathini ya kitani na mavazi mengine mivao thelathini.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JDG.14.13" />Lakini msipoweza kufumbua, ndipo ninyi mtanipa mavazi thelathini ya kitani na mavazi mengine mivao thelathini.”
</p>
<p style="p">Wakamwambia, “Tuambie hicho kitendawili, hebu na tukisikie.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JDG.14.14" />Akawaambia,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Ndani ya mlaji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kulitoka kitu cha kuliwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">ndani ya mwenye nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kulitoka kitu kitamu.”
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Kwa muda wa siku tatu hawakuweza kutoa jibu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JDG.14.15" />Siku ya saba, wakamwambia mkewe Samsoni, “Mbembeleze mumeo ili atueleze hicho kitendawili, la sivyo tutakuchoma moto wewe na wa nyumba ya baba yako. Je, mmetualika ili mpate kutunyangʼanya kile tulicho nacho?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JDG.14.16" />Basi mke wa Samsoni akalia mbele yake na kumwambia, “Unanichukia! Hunipendi kabisa. Umewategea watu wangu kitendawili, lakini mimi hujaniambia jibu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Samsoni akamwambia, “Wala sijamweleza baba yangu wala mama yangu, kwa nini nikufumbulie?”
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JDG.14.17" />Mkewe akalia kwa muda wa zile siku zote saba za karamu. Hivyo siku ile ya saba Samsoni akamweleza, kwa kuwa aliendelea kumsisitiza sana. Naye akawaeleza watu wake kile kitendawili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="JDG.14.18" />Siku ya saba kabla ya jua kutua, watu wa mji wakamwambia Samsoni,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Ni nini kitamu kama asali?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nini chenye nguvu kama simba?”
</q>
<p style="p">Samsoni akawaambia,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kama hamkulima na mtamba wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hamngeweza kufumbua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kitendawili changu.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JDG.14.19" />Ndipo Roho wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamjia Samsoni kwa nguvu. Akateremka mpaka Ashkeloni, akawaua watu waume thelathini miongoni mwa watu wa mji, akatwaa mali zao na nguo zao, akawapa watu wale waliofumbua kile kitendawili. Akiwa na hasira, akakwea kurudi nyumbani kwa baba yake.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JDG.14.20" />Lakini huyo mke wa Samsoni akakabidhiwa kwa rafiki yake Samsoni ambaye alikuwa rafiki yake msaidizi siku ya arusi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="15" />
<s style="s1">Kisasi Cha Samsoni Kwa Wafilisti
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JDG.15.1" />Baada ya kitambo kidogo, wakati wa mavuno ya ngano, Samsoni akachukua mwana-mbuzi, kwenda kumzuru mkewe. Akasema, “Nataka kuingia chumbani kwa mke wangu.” Lakini baba yake huyo mwanamke hakumruhusu kuingia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="JDG.15.2" />Huyo baba mkwe wake akamwambia, “Nilikuwa na hakika kwamba ulimkataa, hivyo mimi nikampa rafiki yako. Je, mdogo wake wa kike si mzuri zaidi kuliko yeye? Mchukue huyo badala yake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JDG.15.3" />Samsoni akawaambia, “Wakati huu, nitakapowadhuru Wafilisti, sitakuwa na lawama.”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JDG.15.4" />Hivyo Samsoni akatoka akawakamata mbweha 300 na kuwafunga wawili wawili kwa mikia yao kila mmoja kwa mwingine. Kisha akafungia mwenge wa moto, kwenye mikia ya kila jozi moja ya mbweha aliyokuwa ameifunga,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JDG.15.5" />akawasha ile mienge na kuwaachia wale mbweha katika mashamba ya Wafilisti ya nafaka zilizosimamishwa katika matita. Akateketeza matita ya nafaka zilizosimama, pamoja na mashamba ya mizabibu na viunga vya mizeituni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JDG.15.6" />Ndipo Wafilisti wakauliza, “Ni nani aliyetenda jambo hili?” Wakaambiwa, “Ni Samsoni, yule mkwewe Mtimna, kwa sababu alimchukua mkewe akampa mwenzake.”
</p>
<p style="p">Hivyo Wafilisti wakapanda wakamteketeza kwa moto yeye huyo mwanamke pamoja na baba yake.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JDG.15.7" />Samsoni akawaambia, “Kwa kuwa mmetenda hivyo, hakika sitatulia mpaka niwe nimelipiza kisasi juu yenu.”
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JDG.15.8" />Akawashambulia kwa ukali kwa mapigo makuu na kuwaua watu wengi sana. Kisha akateremka na kukaa katika ufa kwenye mwamba wa Etamu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JDG.15.9" />Wafilisti wakapanda na kupiga kambi huko Yuda na kuenea huko Lehi.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JDG.15.10" />Watu wa Yuda wakawauliza, “Kwa nini mmekuja kupigana nasi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Wakawajibu, “Tumekuja ili kumkamata Samsoni na kumtenda kama alivyotutendea.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JDG.15.11" />Ndipo watu 3,000 toka Yuda walipoteremka na kwenda kwenye ufa wa mwamba huko Etamu, na kumwambia Samsoni, “Je, hujatambua kuwa Wafilisti wanatutawala? Ni nini hiki ulichotutendea?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akawajibu, “Mimi nimewatendea tu kile walichonitendea.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JDG.15.12" />Wakamwambia, “Tumekuja kukufunga na kukutia mikononi mwa Wafilisti.”
</p>
<p style="p">Samsoni akawaambia, “Niapieni kuwa hamtaniua ninyi wenyewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JDG.15.13" />Wakamjibu, “Sisi hatutakuua, bali tutakufunga tu na kukutia mikononi mwao.” Basi wakamfunga kwa kamba mbili mpya. Wakamchukua toka huko kwenye ufa katika mwamba.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JDG.15.14" />Alipokaribia Lehi, Wafilisti wakamjia wakipiga kelele. Roho wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamjia juu yake kwa nguvu. Kamba zilizomfunga mikono yake zikawa kama kitani iliyochomwa kwa moto, na vifungo vyake vikaanguka chini toka mikononi mwake.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JDG.15.15" />Ndipo akaona mfupa mpya wa taya la punda, akanyoosha mkono, akauchukua na kuua nao Wafilisti wapatao 1,000.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JDG.15.16" />Ndipo Samsoni akasema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kwa taya la punda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">malundo juu ya malundo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa taya la punda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimeua watu 1,000.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="17" bcv="JDG.15.17" />Alipomaliza kusema, akautupa ule mfupa wa taya; na mahali pale pakaitwa Ramath-Lehi.<f caller="+"><fr>15:17
</fr><ft>Ramath-Lehi maana yake Kilima cha Taya.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="JDG.15.18" />Kwa kuwa alikuwa amesikia kiu sana, akamlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd> akisema, “Umempa mtumishi wako ushindi huu mkuu. Je, sasa nife kwa kiu na kuangukia mikononi mwa hawa watu wasiotahiriwa?”
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JDG.15.19" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akafunua shimo huko Lehi, pakatoka maji. Samsoni alipoyanywa, nguvu zikamrudia na kuhuika. Hivyo chemchemi ile ikaitwa En-Hakore,<f caller="+"><fr>15:19
</fr><ft>En-Hakore maana yake ni Chemchemi ya Aliyeita.</ft></f> nayo iko mpaka leo huko Lehi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="JDG.15.20" />Samsoni akawa mwamuzi wa Waisraeli katika siku za Wafilisti kwa muda wa miaka ishirini.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="16" />
<s style="s1">Samsoni Na Delila
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JDG.16.1" />Siku moja Samsoni alienda Gaza, akamwona mwanamke kahaba, naye akaingia kwake.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JDG.16.2" />Watu wa Gaza wakaambiwa, “Samsoni amekuja huku!” Hivyo wakapazingira mahali pale nao wakamvizia usiku kucha, penye lango la mji. Wakanyamaza kimya usiku kucha, wakisema, “Tumvizie hadi mapambazuko, ndipo tutamuua.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JDG.16.3" />Samsoni akalala mpaka usiku wa manane. Akaondoka katikati ya usiku, akashika milango ya lango la mji pamoja na miimo yake miwili, akaingʼoa, makomeo yake na vyote. Akaviweka mabegani mwake na kuvipeleka mpaka kwenye kilele cha mlima ule unaokabili Hebroni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JDG.16.4" />Baada ya hayo akampenda mwanamke mmoja katika Bonde la Soreki aliyeitwa Delila.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JDG.16.5" />Viongozi wa Wafilisti wakamwendea yule mwanamke na kumwambia, “Umbembeleze ili upate kujua siri za nguvu zake zilizo nyingi na jinsi tutakavyoweza kumshinda ili tuweze kumfunga na kumtiisha. Nasi kila mmoja wetu tutakupa shekeli 1,100 za fedha.”<f caller="+"><fr>16:5
</fr><ft>Shekeli 1,100 za fedha ni sawa na kilo 13 za fedha.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JDG.16.6" />Hivyo Delila akamwambia Samsoni, “Naomba niambie siri ya hizi nguvu zako nyingi na jinsi utakavyoweza kufungwa ili kukutiisha.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JDG.16.7" />Samsoni akamjibu, “Kama wakinifunga kwa kamba saba za upinde ambazo hazijakauka bado, hapo ndipo nitakapokuwa dhaifu kama mtu mwingine yeyote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JDG.16.8" />Viongozi wa Wafilisti wakamletea yule mwanamke kamba saba za upinde ambazo hazijakauka bado, akamfunga nazo Samsoni.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JDG.16.9" />Wakati watu wakiwa wanamvizia katika chumba cha ndani, yule mwanamke akamwambia, “Samsoni, Wafilisti wanakujia!” Lakini yeye akazikata zile kamba za upinde, kama vile uzi wa pamba unapoguswa na moto. Hivyo siri ya nguvu zake haikujulikana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JDG.16.10" />Ndipo Delila akamwambia Samsoni, “Umenifanyia mzaha na kuniambia uongo. Tafadhali niambie waweza kufungwa kwa kitu gani?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JDG.16.11" />Akamwambia, “Wakinifunga kwa uthabiti kwa kamba mpya ambazo hazijatumika, basi nitakuwa dhaifu kama mtu mwingine yeyote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JDG.16.12" />Hivyo Delila akachukua kamba mpya na kumfunga nazo. Kisha akamwambia, “Samsoni, Wafilisti wanakujia!” Wale watu waliokuwa wanamvizia walikuwa katika chumba cha ndani. Lakini akazikata zile kamba zilizokuwa zimefunga mikono yake kama akatavyo uzi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JDG.16.13" />Ndipo Delila akamwambia Samsoni, “Mpaka sasa, umenifanyia mzaha na kuniambia uongo. Nieleze ni jinsi gani utakavyoweza kufungwa.”
</p>
<p style="p">Samsoni akamwambia, “Kama ukivisuka hivi vishungi saba vya nywele za kichwa changu katika mtande wa nguo na kukaza kwa msumari, ndipo nitakuwa dhaifu kama mtu mwingine yeyote.” Hivyo Samsoni alipokuwa amelala, Delila akachukua vile vishungi saba vya nywele za kichwa chake na kuvifunga kwenye mtande wa nguo,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JDG.16.14" />na kuvikaza kwa msumari.
</p>
<p style="p">Kisha akamwambia, “Samsoni, Wafilisti wanakujia!” Lakini akaamka kutoka usingizini na kuungʼoa ule msumari na ule mtande.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JDG.16.15" />Ndipo Delila akamwambia, “Wawezaje kusema, ‘Nakupenda,’ wakati moyo wako haupo pamoja nami? Umenifanyia mzaha mara hizi tatu na hujaniambia siri ya hizi nguvu zako nyingi.”
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JDG.16.16" />Hatimaye, baada ya kuwa anamsumbua kwa maneno siku kwa siku na kumuudhi, roho yake ikataabika hata kufa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JDG.16.17" />Hivyo akamwambia yule mwanamke siri yake yote, akamwambia, “Wembe haujapita kamwe kichwani mwangu, kwa kuwa mimi ni Mnadhiri wa Mungu tangu tumboni mwa mama yangu. Kama nywele za kichwa changu zikinyolewa, nguvu zangu zitanitoka, na nitakuwa dhaifu kama mtu mwingine yeyote!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="JDG.16.18" />Delila alipoona kuwa amemweleza siri yake yote, akatuma ujumbe kwa viongozi wa Wafilisti na kusema, “Njooni tena mara nyingine, maana amenieleza siri yake yote.” Basi viongozi wa Wafilisti wakaja kwa Delila, wakiwa na fedha mikononi mwao.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JDG.16.19" />Delila akamfanya alale usingizi magotini pake, akamwita mtu akamnyoa vile vishungi saba vya nywele za kichwa chake. Akaanza kumsumbua ili aamke nazo nguvu zake zikamtoka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="JDG.16.20" />Yule mwanamke akamwita, “Samsoni, hao Wafilisti wanakujia!”
</p>
<p style="p">Akaamka toka usingizini akasema, “Nitatoka nje kama hapo awali, nitawakungʼutia mbali na kuwa huru.” Lakini hakujua kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> amemwacha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="JDG.16.21" />Basi Wafilisti wakamkamata, wakamngʼoa macho yake, wakamchukua wakamteremsha mpaka Gaza. Wakiwa wamemfunga kwa pingu za shaba, wakamweka ili asage ngano huko gerezani.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JDG.16.22" />Wakati huo nywele za kichwa chake zikaanza kukua tena baada ya kunyolewa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kifo Cha Samsoni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="JDG.16.23" />Basi viongozi wa Wafilisti wakakusanyika pamoja ili kutoa kafara kwa mungu wao Dagoni na kufanya karamu, wakisema, “Mungu wetu amemtia adui yetu Samsoni mikononi mwetu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="JDG.16.24" />Watu walipomwona Samsoni wakamsifu mungu wao, wakisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Sasa mungu wetu amemtia adui yetu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mikononi mwetu,
</q>
<q style="q1">yule aliyeharibu nchi yetu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaua watu wengi miongoni mwetu.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="JDG.16.25" />Mioyo yao ilipokuwa imefurahishwa wakasema, “Mleteni Samsoni aje acheze ili tufurahi.” Basi wakamleta Samsoni kutoka mle gerezani naye akacheza mbele yao.
</p>
<p style="p">Wakamweka kati ya nguzo mbili.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JDG.16.26" />Samsoni akamwambia mtumishi aliyeshika mkono wake, “Niweke mahali ambapo ninaweza kuzigusa nguzo ambazo zinategemeza jengo ili nipate kuziegemea.”
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JDG.16.27" />Basi lile jengo lilikuwa na wingi wa watu waume kwa wake; viongozi wote wa Wafilisti walikuwamo humo, na kwenye sakafu ya juu walikuwepo watu 3,000 waume kwa wake, waliokuwa wakimtazama Samsoni wakati anacheza.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="JDG.16.28" />Ndipo Samsoni akamwomba
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akasema, “Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, unikumbuke. Ee Mungu, nakusihi ukanitie nguvu mara hii moja tena, ili kwa tendo hili nipate kulipiza kisasi juu ya Wafilisti kwa ajili ya macho yangu mawili.”
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="JDG.16.29" />Ndipo Samsoni akazikaribia zile nguzo mbili za katikati ambazo lile jengo lilikuwa linazitegemea. Akazishika moja kwa mkono wa kuume na nyingine mkono wa kushoto.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="JDG.16.30" />Samsoni akasema, “Nife pamoja na Wafilisti!” Ndipo akazisukuma zile nguzo kwa nguvu zake zote, lile jengo likaanguka juu ya viongozi na watu wote waliokuwamo mle ndani yake. Hivyo akawaua watu wengi wakati wa kufa kwake kuliko siku za uhai wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="JDG.16.31" />Basi ndugu zake na jamaa yote ya baba yake wakateremka kwenda kumchukua. Wakampandisha na kumzika kati ya Sora na Eshtaoli kwenye kaburi la Manoa baba yake. Naye Samsoni alikuwa mwamuzi wa Israeli kwa miaka ishirini.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="17" />
<s style="s1">Sanamu Za Mika
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JDG.17.1" />Palikuwa na mtu aliyeitwa Mika ambaye aliishi katika vilima vya Efraimu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JDG.17.2" />Akamwambia mama yake, “Zile shekeli 1,100<f caller="+"><fr>17:2
</fr><ft>Shekeli 1,100 za fedha ni sawa na kilo 13 za fedha.</ft></f> za fedha zilizochukuliwa kwako, ambazo nilisikia ukizinenea maneno ya laana, hizi hapa; mimi ndiye niliyezichukua, lakini sasa ninakurudishia.”
</p>
<p style="p">Ndipo mama yake akamwambia, “<nd>Bwana</nd> na akubariki, mwanangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JDG.17.3" />Alipozirudisha zile shekeli 1,100 za fedha kwa mama yake, mama yake akamwambia, “Mimi nimeiweka fedha hii wakfu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa ajili ya mwanangu kutengenezea kinyago cha kuchonga na sanamu ya kusubu. Mimi nitakurudishia wewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JDG.17.4" />Hivyo akamrudishia mama yake ile fedha, naye mama yake akachukua shekeli mia mbili<f caller="+"><fr>17:4
</fr><ft>Shekeli 200 za fedha ni sawa na kilo 2.3 za fedha.</ft></f> za hiyo fedha na kumpa mfua fedha, ambaye aliifanyiza kinyago na sanamu. Navyo vikawekwa ndani ya nyumba ya Mika.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="JDG.17.5" />Basi Mika alikuwa na mahali pa kuabudia miungu, akatengeneza naivera, pamoja na vinyago, na kumweka mmoja wa wanawe kuwa kuhani wake.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JDG.17.6" />Katika siku hizo Israeli hawakuwa na mfalme, kila mmoja akafanya kama alivyoona vyema machoni pake mwenyewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JDG.17.7" />Basi palikuwa na kijana mmoja wa Bethlehemu ya Yuda. Yeye alikuwa Mlawi aliyeishi miongoni mwa kabila la Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JDG.17.8" />Huyu kijana akatoka katika mji huo wa Bethlehemu ya Yuda na kutafuta mahali pengine ambapo angeweza kuishi. Alipokuwa akisafiri, akafika nyumbani kwa Mika katika vilima vya Efraimu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JDG.17.9" />Mika akamuuliza, “Wewe umetoka wapi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akamjibu, “Mimi ni Mlawi kutoka Bethlehemu ya Yuda, ninatafuta mahali pa kuishi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JDG.17.10" />Ndipo Mika akamwambia, “Ishi pamoja nami, uwe baba yangu na kuhani wangu, nami nitakupa shekeli kumi<f caller="+"><fr>17:10
</fr><ft>Shekeli 10 za fedha ni sawa na gramu 115 za fedha.</ft></f> za fedha, nguo na chakula.”
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JDG.17.11" />Hivyo yule Mlawi akakubali kuishi pamoja naye, naye huyo kijana akawa kwake kama mmoja wa wanawe.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JDG.17.12" />Hivyo Mika akamweka wakfu huyo kijana Mlawi, naye huyo akawa kuhani wake na kuishi nyumbani mwake.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JDG.17.13" />Ndipo Mika akasema, “Sasa najua
<nd>Bwana</nd> atanitendea mema, kwa kuwa Mlawi huyu amekuwa kuhani wangu.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="18" />
<s style="s1">Wadani Wahamia Laishi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JDG.18.1" />Katika siku hizo Israeli walikuwa hawana mfalme.
</p>
<p style="p">Katika siku hizo kabila la Wadani walikuwa wanatafuta mahali pao wenyewe pa kuishi, kwa sababu walikuwa hawajafika kwenye urithi wao miongoni mwa makabila ya Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JDG.18.2" />Hivyo Wadani wakatuma mashujaa watano kutoka Sora na Eshtaoli ili kupeleleza nchi na kuichunguza. Hawa watu waliwakilisha koo zao zote. Waliwaambia, “Nendeni mkaichunguze hiyo nchi.”
</p>
<p style="p">Watu hao wakaingia katika nchi ya vilima ya Efraimu, nao wakafika nyumba ya Mika, ambako walilala usiku huo.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JDG.18.3" />Walipofika karibu na nyumba ya Mika, waliitambua sauti ya yule kijana Mlawi; hivyo wakaingia humo na kumuuliza, “Ni nani aliyekuleta hapa? Unafanya nini mahali hapa? Kwa nini uko hapa?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JDG.18.4" />Akawaeleza yale Mika aliyomtendea, naye akasema, “Ameniajiri nami ni kuhani wake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="JDG.18.5" />Kisha wakamwambia, “Tafadhali tuulizie kwa Mungu kama safari yetu itafanikiwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JDG.18.6" />Yule kuhani akawajibu, “Enendeni kwa amani. Safari yenu ina kibali cha
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JDG.18.7" />Basi hao watu watano wakaondoka na kufika Laishi, mahali ambapo waliwakuta watu wanaishi salama, kama Wasidoni, kwa utulivu na bila mashaka. Nchi yao haikupungukiwa na kitu chochote, hivyo wakawa tajiri. Pia walikaa mbali sana na Wasidoni, wala hawakushughulika na mtu yeyote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JDG.18.8" />Waliporudi kwa ndugu zao huko Sora na Eshtaoli, ndugu zao wakawauliza, “Mlionaje mambo huko?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JDG.18.9" />Wakajibu, “Twendeni, tukapigane nao! Tumeona kuwa nchi ni nzuri sana. Je, hamtafanya chochote? Msisite kupanda ili kuimiliki.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JDG.18.10" />Mtakapokwenda huko mtakuta watu waliotulia walio salama, nayo nchi hiyo ni kubwa na Mungu ameitia mikononi mwenu, nayo ni nchi ambayo haikupungukiwa na kitu chochote kilicho duniani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JDG.18.11" />Ndipo watu 600 toka ukoo wa Wadani, waliojifunga silaha za vita, wakaondoka Sora na Eshtaoli.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JDG.18.12" />Walipokuwa wakisafiri wakapiga kambi huko Kiriath-Yearimu katika Yuda. Hii ndiyo sababu sehemu ya magharibi ya Kiriath-Yearimu inaitwa Mahane-Dani<f caller="+"><fr>18:12
</fr><ft>Mahane-Dani maana yake Kambi ya Dani.</ft></f> mpaka leo.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JDG.18.13" />Kutoka hapo wakaendelea mbele mpaka nchi ya vilima ya Efraimu na kufika katika nyumba ya Mika.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JDG.18.14" />Ndipo wale watu watano waliopeleleza nchi ya Laishi wakawaambia ndugu zao, “Je, mwajua kuwa mojawapo ya nyumba hizi kuna naivera, sanamu ndogo za nyumbani, sanamu ya kuchonga na sanamu ya kusubu? Sasa basi fikirini mtakalofanya.”
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JDG.18.15" />Basi wakaingia humo na kwenda kwenye nyumba ya yule kijana Mlawi katika nyumba ya Mika na kumsalimu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JDG.18.16" />Wale Wadani 600, waliovaa silaha za vita, wakasimama penye ingilio la lango.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JDG.18.17" />Wale watu watano waliokwenda kupeleleza nchi wakaingia ndani na kuchukua ile sanamu ya kuchonga, ile naivera, na zile sanamu nyingine ndogo za nyumbani pamoja na ile sanamu ya kusubu, wakati yule kuhani akiwa amesimama pale penye ingilio la lango pamoja na wale watu 600 waliokuwa wamejifunga silaha za vita.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="JDG.18.18" />Hao watu walipoingia katika nyumba ya Mika na kuchukua ile sanamu ya kuchonga, ile naivera, na zile sanamu nyingine ndogo za nyumbani, pamoja na ile sanamu ya kusubu, yule kuhani akawauliza, “Mnafanya nini?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JDG.18.19" />Wakamjibu, “Nyamaza kimya! Weka mkono wako juu ya kinywa chako na ufuatane nasi, uwe baba yetu na kuhani wetu. Si ni afadhali utumikie kabila na ukoo katika Israeli kama kuhani kuliko kumtumikia mtu mmoja na watu wa nyumbani mwake?”
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JDG.18.20" />Yule kuhani akafurahi. Akachukua ile naivera, zile sanamu nyingine ndogo za nyumbani, na sanamu ya kuchonga, naye akaenda pamoja na wale watu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JDG.18.21" />Ndipo wakageuka na kuondoka wakiwatanguliza mbele watoto wao wadogo, wanyama wao wa kufugwa na mali zao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="JDG.18.22" />Walipokuwa wamesafiri umbali kidogo toka nyumbani kwa Mika, watu walioishi karibu na Mika wakaitwa wakakusanyika pamoja, nao wakawafikia Wadani.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JDG.18.23" />Walipofuatilia wakipiga kelele Wadani wakawageukia na kumwambia Mika, “Una nini wewe hata ukaja na kundi la watu namna hii ili kupigana?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="JDG.18.24" />Akawajibu, “Mmechukua miungu yote niliyoitengeneza, mkachukua na kuhani wangu, nanyi mkaondoka. Nimebaki na nini kingine? Mnawezaje kuniuliza, ‘Una nini wewe?’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="JDG.18.25" />Wadani wakamjibu, “Usibishane na sisi, la sivyo watu wenye hasira kali watakushambulia, nawe na watu wa nyumbani mwako mtapoteza maisha.”
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JDG.18.26" />Basi Wadani wakaenda zao, naye Mika alipoona kuwa wana nguvu kumliko yeye, akageuka na kurudi nyumbani kwake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="JDG.18.27" />Kisha wakachukua vile Mika alivyokuwa ametengeneza, na kuhani wake, wakaendelea hadi Laishi, dhidi ya watu walio na amani, wasiokuwa na wasiwasi. Wakawashambulia kwa upanga na kuuteketeza mji wao kwa moto.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="JDG.18.28" />Hapakuwa na yeyote wa kuwaokoa, kwa kuwa kulikuwa mbali sana na Sidoni na hawakuwa na ushirikiano na mtu mwingine yeyote. Mji ulikuwa kwenye bonde karibu na Beth-Rehobu.
</p>
<p style="p">Wadani wakaujenga upya huo mji na kuishi humo.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="JDG.18.29" />Wakauita ule mji Dani kwa kufuata jina la baba yao aliyezaliwa na Israeli, ingawa mji huo ulikuwa ukiitwa Laishi hapo kwanza.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="JDG.18.30" />Kisha Wadani wakajisimamishia sanamu ile ya kuchonga, naye Yonathani mwana wa Gershomu, mwana wa Mose pamoja na wanawe walikuwa makuhani wa kabila la Wadani mpaka nchi hiyo ilipotekwa.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="JDG.18.31" />Wakaisimamisha na kuiabudu hiyo sanamu ya kuchonga ya Mika aliyokuwa ameitengeneza, wakati wote ule nyumba ya Mungu ilipokuwa huko Shilo.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="19" />
<s style="s1">Mlawi Na Suria Wake
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JDG.19.1" />Katika siku hizo Israeli hawakuwa na mfalme.
</p>
<p style="p">Basi Mlawi mmoja aliyeishi sehemu za mbali katika nchi ya vilima ya Efraimu, akamchukua suria mmoja kutoka Bethlehemu ya Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JDG.19.2" />Lakini suria wake akafanya ukahaba dhidi yake, naye akamwacha akarudi nyumbani kwa baba yake huko Bethlehemu ya Yuda. Baada ya kukaa huko kwa muda wa miezi minne,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JDG.19.3" />mume wake akaenda kumsihi ili arudi. Alikwenda na mtumishi wake na punda wawili. Yule mwanamke akamkaribisha nyumbani mwa baba yake, baba yake alipomwona akamkaribisha kwa furaha.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JDG.19.4" />Baba mkwe wake, yaani, baba yake yule msichana, akamzuia ili akae, hivyo akakaa na huyo baba mkwe wake kwa siku tatu, wakila, wakinywa na kulala huko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="JDG.19.5" />Siku ya nne wakaamka mapema naye akajiandaa kuondoka, lakini baba wa yule msichana akamwambia mkwewe, “Ujiburudishe kwa kula kitu chochote, ndipo uweze kwenda.”
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JDG.19.6" />Basi wakaketi wote wawili ili kula na kunywa pamoja. Baadaye baba wa msichana akamwambia, “Tafadhali ubakie usiku huu upate kujifurahisha nafsi yako.”
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JDG.19.7" />Basi yule mtu alipotaka kuondoka baba wa yule msichana akamsihi, basi akabaki usiku ule.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JDG.19.8" />Asubuhi ya siku ya tano, alipoamka ili aondoke, baba wa yule msichana akamwambia, “Jiburudishe nafsi yako. Ngoja mpaka mchana!” Kwa hiyo wote wawili wakala chakula pamoja.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JDG.19.9" />Basi wakati yule mtu alipoinuka aende zake, pamoja na suria wake na mtumishi wake, baba mkwe wake, yaani, baba wa yule msichana akamwambia, “Tazama sasa jioni inakaribia. Ulale hapa usiku unakaribia. Ukae, ukajifurahishe nafsi yako. Kesho unaweza kuamka mapema asubuhi na uende nyumbani kwako.”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JDG.19.10" />Lakini akakataa kulala tena, akaondoka na kwenda mpaka Yebusi (ndio Yerusalemu), akiwa na punda wake wawili waliotandikiwa, pamoja na suria wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JDG.19.11" />Alipokaribia Yebusi na usiku ukiwa umekaribia, mtumishi akamwambia bwana wake, “Haya sasa natuingie katika mji huu wa Wayebusi tulale humo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JDG.19.12" />Lakini bwana wake akamjibu, “Hapana. Hatutaingia kwenye mji wa kigeni, ambao watu wake si Waisraeli. Tutaendelea mpaka tufike Gibea.”
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JDG.19.13" />Akasema, “Haya, tujitahidi tufike Gibea au Rama, nasi tutalala katika mji mmojawapo.”
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JDG.19.14" />Hivyo wakaendelea na safari, jua likachwea walipokaribia Gibea ambao ni mji wa Benyamini.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JDG.19.15" />Wakageuka ili kuingia na kulala Gibea. Wakaingia humo, wakaketi kwenye uwanja wa mji, wala hakuna mtu yeyote aliyewakaribisha kwake ili wapate kulala.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JDG.19.16" />Jioni ile mtu mmoja mzee toka nchi ya vilima ya Efraimu, aliyekuwa anaishi huko Gibea (watu wa sehemu ile walikuwa Wabenyamini), akarudi kutoka kwenye kazi za shamba.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JDG.19.17" />Alipotazama na kuwaona hao wasafiri katika uwanja wa mji, yule mzee akawauliza, “Ninyi mnakwenda wapi? Nanyi mmetoka wapi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="JDG.19.18" />Akamwambia, “Tumepita kutoka Bethlehemu ya Yuda, tunaelekea katika nchi ya vilima ya Efraimu, ambako ndiko ninakoishi. Nilikwenda Bethlehemu ya Yuda na sasa ninakwenda katika nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Hakuna mtu yeyote aliyenikaribisha katika nyumba yake.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JDG.19.19" />Tunazo nyasi na chakula cha punda wetu na mkate na divai kwa ajili yetu sisi watumishi wako, yaani mimi, mtumishi wako mwanamke, pamoja na huyu kijana tuliyefuatana naye. Hatuhitaji kitu chochote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="JDG.19.20" />Yule mzee akawaambia, “Amani iwe kwenu! Karibuni nyumbani mwangu. Nitawapa mahitaji yenu yote, msilale katika uwanja huu wa mji.”
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JDG.19.21" />Hivyo akamwingiza nyumbani mwake na kuwalisha punda wake. Baada ya kunawa miguu yao, wakala na kunywa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="JDG.19.22" />Walipokuwa wakijiburudisha, watu waovu wa mji huo, wakaizingira ile nyumba. Wakagonga mlango na kusema na yule mzee mwenye nyumba, “Mtoe nje yule mtu aliyeingia kwako, tupate kumlawiti.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="JDG.19.23" />Yule mwenye nyumba akatoka nje na kuwaambia, “Hapana, ndugu zangu msiwe waovu namna hii, ninawasihi. Kwa kuwa huyu mtu ni mgeni wangu msifanye jambo hili la aibu.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JDG.19.24" />Tazameni, hapa yupo binti yangu ambaye ni bikira na suria wa huyu mtu. Nitawatoleeni hawa sasa, mkawatwae kwa nguvu na kuwafanyia lolote mtakalo. Lakini kwa mtu huyu msimfanyie jambo ovu hivyo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="JDG.19.25" />Lakini wale watu hawakumsikia. Hivyo yule mtu akamtoa yule suria wake nje kwa wale watu, nao wakambaka na kumnajisi usiku ule kucha mpaka asubuhi. Kulipoanza kupambazuka wakamwachia aende.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JDG.19.26" />Alfajiri yule mwanamke akarudi kwenye ile nyumba bwana wake alikokuwa, akaanguka chini mlangoni, akalala pale hata kulipopambazuka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="JDG.19.27" />Bwana wake alipoamka asubuhi na kufungua mlango wa nyumba na kutoka nje ili kuendelea na safari yake, tazama, yule suria wake alikuwa ameanguka pale penye ingilio la nyumba na mikono yake ikiwa penye kizingiti cha chini.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="JDG.19.28" />Akamwambia yule suria, “Inuka, twende.” Lakini hakujibu. Yule bwana akamwinua akampandisha juu ya punda wake, wakaondoka kwenda nyumbani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="JDG.19.29" />Alipofika nyumbani, akachukua kisu na kumkatakata yule suria kiungo kwa kiungo, sehemu kumi na mbili, na kuvipeleka hivyo vipande katika sehemu zote za Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="JDG.19.30" />Kila mtu aliyeona akasema, “Jambo la namna hii halijaonekana wala kutendeka, tangu Israeli walipopanda kutoka Misri. Fikirini juu ya jambo hili! Tafakarini juu ya jambo hili! Tuambieni tufanye nini!”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="20" />
<s style="s1">Waisraeli Wapigana Na Wabenyamini
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JDG.20.1" />Ndipo Waisraeli wote kuanzia Dani hadi Beer-Sheba na wa kutoka nchi ya Gileadi wakatoka kama mtu mmoja wakakusanyika mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> huko Mispa.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JDG.20.2" />Viongozi wote wa kabila za Israeli wakakaa kwenye nafasi zao katika kusanyiko la watu wa Mungu, askari 400,000 waendao kwa miguu wenye panga.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JDG.20.3" />(Wabenyamini wakasikia kuwa Waisraeli wamepanda kwenda Mispa.) Ndipo Waisraeli wakasema, “Tuelezeni jinsi jambo hili ovu lilivyotendeka.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JDG.20.4" />Hivyo yule Mlawi, mume wa yule mwanamke aliyeuawa, akasema, “Mimi na suria wangu tulifika Gibea ya Benyamini ili tulale huko.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JDG.20.5" />Wakati wa usiku watu wa Gibea wakanijia na kuizingira nyumba, wakitaka kuniua. Wakambaka suria wangu mpaka akafa.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JDG.20.6" />Ndipo nikamchukua suria wangu, nikamkatakata vipande vipande na kuvipeleka katika nchi yote ya urithi wa Israeli, kwa kuwa wametenda uasherati mkubwa na jambo la aibu katika Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JDG.20.7" />Sasa, ninyi Waisraeli wote, semeni na mtoe uamuzi wenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JDG.20.8" />Watu wote wakainuka wakasema, kama mtu mmoja, “Hakuna hata mmoja wetu atakayekwenda nyumbani. Wala hakuna hata mmoja wetu atakayerudi nyumbani kwake.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JDG.20.9" />Sasa hili ndilo tutakaloitendea Gibea: Tutaikabili jinsi kura itakavyotuongoza.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JDG.20.10" />Tutatoa watu kumi katika kila 100 kutoka kwenye kabila zote za Israeli, watu 100 katika watu 1,000 na watu 1,000 katika 10,000, ili waende wakalete mahitaji kwa ajili ya jeshi. Basi wakati jeshi litakapofika Gibea ya Benyamini, watawatendea yale wanayostahili, kwa ajili ya uovu huu wa aibu waliotenda katika Israeli.”
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JDG.20.11" />Hivyo wanaume wote wa Israeli wakakutanika pamoja na kujiunga kama mtu mmoja dhidi ya huo mji.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JDG.20.12" />Makabila ya Israeli yakatuma watu kwenda katika kabila la Benyamini lote na kuwaambia, “Ni uovu gani huu wa kutisha uliotendeka katikati yenu?
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JDG.20.13" />Basi watoeni hao watu waovu kabisa walioko Gibea, ili tupate kuwaua na kuondoa uovu katika Israeli.”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini Wabenyamini hawakuwasikia ndugu zao, Waisraeli.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JDG.20.14" />Wakatoka katika miji yao, wakakutanika Gibea ili kupigana na Waisraeli.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JDG.20.15" />Siku ile Wabenyamini wakakusanya watu 26,000 kutoka miji yao, waliojifunga panga, mbali na hao 700 waliochaguliwa miongoni mwa hao waliokaa Gibea.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JDG.20.16" />Miongoni mwa hao askari wote kulikuwa na watu 700 bora waliochaguliwa watumiao mkono wa kushoto, kila mmoja wao aliweza kutupa jiwe kwa kombeo na kulenga unywele mmoja bila kukosa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JDG.20.17" />Nao watu wa Israeli, mbali na hao wa Benyamini, wakakusanya watu waume 400,000, wenye kutumia panga, wote hao walikuwa mashujaa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="JDG.20.18" />Waisraeli wakapanda Betheli na kumuuliza Mungu, “Ni nani miongoni mwetu atakayetangulia mbele yetu ili kupigana na Wabenyamini?”
</p>
<p style="p"><nd>Bwana</nd> akawajibu, “Yuda ndiye atakayetangulia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JDG.20.19" />Asubuhi yake Waisraeli wakaamka na kupiga kambi karibu na Gibea.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JDG.20.20" />Waisraeli wakatoka kupigana na Wabenyamini, nao Waisraeli wakajiweka kwenye nafasi zao katika vita dhidi yao huko Gibea.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JDG.20.21" />Wabenyamini wakatoka Gibea na kuwaua watu 22,000 wa Israeli siku ile.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JDG.20.22" />Lakini Waisraeli wakatiana moyo kila mmoja na mwenzake, nao wakajiweka kwenye nafasi zao katika vile vita mara ya pili mahali pale walipokuwa wamejiweka mara ya kwanza.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JDG.20.23" />Waisraeli wakapanda mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kulia mbele zake mpaka jioni, nao wakamuuliza
<nd>Bwana</nd> wakisema, “Je, tupande tena kupigana vita na Wabenyamini, ndugu zetu?”
</p>
<p style="p"><nd>Bwana</nd> akajibu, “Pandeni mkapigane nao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="JDG.20.24" />Ndipo Waisraeli wakawakaribia Wabenyamini siku ya pili.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JDG.20.25" />Wakati huu, Wabenyamini walipotoka Gibea ili kupigana nao, wakawaua watu Waisraeli 18,000, wote wakiwa wamejifunga panga.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="JDG.20.26" />Ndipo Waisraeli, watu wote, wakapanda Betheli, huko wakakaa mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> wakilia. Wakafunga siku ile mpaka jioni na kutoa sadaka ya kuteketezwa na sadaka ya amani kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JDG.20.27" />Nao Waisraeli wakauliza kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. (Katika siku hizo Sanduku la Agano la Mungu lilikuwa huko
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="JDG.20.28" />na Finehasi mwana wa Eleazari, mwana wa Aroni, alikuwa anahudumu mbele za hilo Sanduku.) Wakauliza, “Je, tupande kwenda vitani kupigana tena na Wabenyamini ndugu zetu, au la?”
</p>
<p style="p"><nd>Bwana</nd> akajibu, “Nendeni, kwa kuwa kesho nitawatia mikononi mwenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="JDG.20.29" />Basi Waisraeli wakaweka waviziao kuizunguka Gibea.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="JDG.20.30" />Kisha Waisraeli wakapanda kupigana na Wabenyamini katika siku ya tatu na kujiweka kwenye nafasi zao dhidi ya Gibea kama walivyokuwa wamefanya hapo kwanza.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="JDG.20.31" />Wabenyamini wakatoka ili kukabiliana nao, Waisraeli wakawavuta Wabenyamini watoke katika mji. Wakaanza kupigana na kuua watu wapatao thelathini wa Israeli, kama walivyofanya nyakati nyingine, katika njia kuu, moja iendayo Betheli na nyingine Gibea.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="JDG.20.32" />Wabenyamini wakafikiri, “Wanapigwa mbele yetu kama hapo kwanza.” Waisraeli wakasema, “Sisi na turudi nyuma ili tuwavute wauache mji waende kuelekea barabarani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="JDG.20.33" />Watu wote wa Israeli wakaondoka kwenye sehemu zao na kujipanga huko Baal-Tamari, nao wale waviziaji wa Waisraeli, wakatoka hapo walipokuwa kwenye uwanda wa magharibi ya Gibea.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="JDG.20.34" />Ndipo watu 10,000 bora waliochaguliwa katika Israeli wote, wakaja kuishambulia Gibea. Vita vilikuwa vikali sana, hata Wabenyamini hawakutambua kuwa maangamizi yalikuwa karibu nao kwa kiasi hicho.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="JDG.20.35" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akawashinda Wabenyamini mbele ya Waisraeli na siku ile Waisraeli wakawaua Wabenyamini watu waume 25,100, wote wakiwa wenye kujifunga silaha za vita.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="JDG.20.36" />Hivyo Wabenyamini wakaona kuwa wamepigwa.
</p>
<p style="p">Basi Waisraeli walikuwa wameondoka mbele ya Wabenyamini, kwa sababu Waisraeli waliwategemea hao waviziaji waliokuwa wamewaweka dhidi ya Gibea.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="JDG.20.37" />Wale waviziaji wakafanya haraka kuingia Gibea, wakasambaa na kuwaua watu wote wa mji kwa upanga.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="JDG.20.38" />Waisraeli walikuwa wamepatana na hao waviziaji kuwa wangefanya lipande wingu kubwa la moshi kutoka huo mji,
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="JDG.20.39" />ndipo watu wa Waisraeli wangegeuka kupigana.
</p>
<p style="p">Watu wa Benyamini walikuwa wameanza kuwapiga na kuua watu wa Israeli (wapatao thelathini), hivyo wakafikiri, “Hakika tutawapiga, kama tulivyowashinda katika vita hapo kwanza.”
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="JDG.20.40" />Lakini wakati lile wingu la moshi lilipoanza kupanda kutoka ule mji, Wabenyamini wakageuka na kuona moshi wa mji mzima unapaa juu angani.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="JDG.20.41" />Ndipo watu wa Israeli wakawageukia, nao Wabenyamini wakatiwa hofu, kwa kuwa walitambua kwamba maafa yamewajia.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="JDG.20.42" />Basi wakakimbia mbele ya Waisraeli kuelekea nyikani, lakini hawakuweza kukwepa vile vita. Nao watu wa Israeli waliotoka katika ile miji wakawaua huko.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="JDG.20.43" />Wakawazingira Wabenyamini pande zote, wakawafuatia na kuwapata hapo walipopumzika katika viunga vya Gibea upande wa mashariki.
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="JDG.20.44" />Wakaanguka Wabenyamini 18,000 ambao wote ni mashujaa.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="JDG.20.45" />Walipogeuka na kukimbia kuelekea nyikani hata kufikia mwamba wa Rimoni, Waisraeli wakawaua watu 5,000 wakiwa njiani. Wakawafuata kwa kasi mpaka Gidomu huko wakawaua watu wengine 2,000.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="46" bcv="JDG.20.46" />Siku ile wakawaua Wabenyamini 25,000 waliokuwa mashujaa wa vita.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="JDG.20.47" />Lakini watu 600 wakakimbia kuelekea nyikani katika mwamba wa Rimoni, na kukaa huko muda wa miezi minne.
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="JDG.20.48" />Waisraeli wakarudi na kuua watu wote wa Benyamini, pamoja na wanyama na kila walichokikuta. Pia kila mji waliouona waliuchoma moto.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="21" />
<s style="s1">Wabenyamini Watafutiwa Wake
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JDG.21.1" />Wana wa Israeli walikuwa wameapa kwa kiapo kule Mispa: “Hapana mtu yeyote atakayemwoza binti yake kwa Wabenyamini.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="JDG.21.2" />Watu wakaenda Betheli, wakaketi mbele za Mungu mpaka jioni, wakapaza sauti zao, wakalia sana.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JDG.21.3" />Wakasema, “Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, kwa nini jambo hili limewapata Waisraeli? Kwa nini kabila moja la Israeli limekosekana?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JDG.21.4" />Kesho yake asubuhi na mapema watu wakajenga madhabahu na kuleta sadaka za kuteketezwa na sadaka za amani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="JDG.21.5" />Ndipo Waisraeli wakasema, “Ni kabila lipi la Israeli ambalo halikufika katika mkutano kumkaribia
<nd>Bwana</nd>?” Kwa kuwa walikuwa wameweka kiapo kikuu kuwa yeyote asiyefika mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> huko Mispa, kwa hakika angeuawa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JDG.21.6" />Basi Waisraeli wakaghairi kwa ajili ya ndugu zao Wabenyamini, wakasema, “Leo kabila moja limekatiliwa mbali na Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JDG.21.7" />Sasa tutawezaje kuwapa mabinti zetu wawe wake zao kwa hao waliobaki maadamu tumeapa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuwa hatutawapa binti zetu kuwa wake zao?”
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JDG.21.8" />Ndipo wakasema, “Ni kabila lipi la Israeli ambalo halikufika mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> huko Mispa?” Wakagundua kuwa hakuna hata mmoja aliyetoka Yabeshi-Gileadi aliyefika kambini kwa ajili ya kusanyiko la mkutano.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JDG.21.9" />Walipohesabu waliona hakuna mtu yeyote wa Yabeshi-Gileadi aliyekuwepo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JDG.21.10" />Ndipo mkutano wakatuma askari 12,000 na wakawaamuru kwenda Yabeshi-Gileadi na kuwaua wale wote waishio huko, walikuwepo wake na watoto.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JDG.21.11" />Wakasema, “Hilo ndilo mtakalofanya. Ueni kila mtu mume na mke ambaye si bikira.”
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JDG.21.12" />Wakakuta kati ya watu walioishi Yabeshi-Gileadi wanawali mia nne ambao hawajakutana kimwili na mwanaume, nao wakawachukua kwenye kambi huko Shilo katika nchi ya Kanaani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JDG.21.13" />Ndipo mkutano ukatuma ujumbe wa amani kwa Wabenyamini huko katika mwamba wa Rimoni.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JDG.21.14" />Basi Wabenyamini wakarudi nyumbani mwao, wakapewa wale wanawali wa Yabeshi-Gileadi waliowaponya. Lakini hawakuwatosha wanaume wote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JDG.21.15" />Waisraeli wakasikitika kwa ajili ya Wabenyamini, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameweka ufa katika makabila ya Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JDG.21.16" />Viongozi wa kusanyiko wakasema, “Kwa kuwa wanawake wa Wabenyamini wameangamizwa, tufanyeje ili kuwapatia wake wale wanaume waliosalia?
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JDG.21.17" />Wale waliopona wa Wabenyamini ni lazima tuwape wake, ili wawe na warithi, ili kabila lolote katika Israeli lisifutike.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JDG.21.18" />Hatuwezi kuwapa binti zetu kuwa wake, kwa kuwa sisi Waisraeli tumeapa kiapo hiki: ‘Alaaniwe mtu yeyote ampaye Mbenyamini mke.’ ”
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JDG.21.19" />Ndipo waliposema, “Tazama iko sikukuu ya kila mwaka ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> katika Shilo, kaskazini ya Betheli na mashariki mwa ile barabara itokayo Betheli kwenda Shekemu, upande wa kusini wa Lebona.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="JDG.21.20" />Hivyo wakawaelekeza Wabenyamini wakisema, “Nendeni mkajifiche kwenye mashamba ya mizabibu,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JDG.21.21" />nanyi mwangalie. Wasichana wa Shilo watakapojiunga kwenye kucheza, ninyi tokeni kwenye hayo mashamba ya mizabibu na kila mmoja akamate mwanamke mmoja toka miongoni mwa hao wasichana wa Shilo na mwende nao katika nchi ya Benyamini.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JDG.21.22" />Baba zao au ndugu zao waume watakapotulalamikia, tutawaambia, ‘Kuweni wakarimu kwetu, nanyi mturuhusu tuwe nao kwa kuwa hatukuweza kumpa kila mtu mke tulipopigana. Lakini ninyi pia hamna hatia, kwa kuwa hamkuwapa wao binti zenu kuwa wake.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="JDG.21.23" />Basi hivyo ndivyo Wabenyamini walivyofanya. Wakati wasichana walipokuwa wakicheza, kila mtu akamkamata msichana mmoja akamchukua akaenda naye ili awe mke wake. Kisha wakarudi katika urithi wao na kuijenga upya miji na kuishi humo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="JDG.21.24" />Wakati huo Waisraeli wakaondoka sehemu ile na kwenda nyumbani kwao, kwenye makabila yao na kwa jamaa zao, kila mmoja kwenye urithi wake mwenyewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="JDG.21.25" />Katika siku hizo kulikuwa hakuna mfalme katika Israeli; kila mtu alifanya kile alichoona ni sawa machoni pake mwenyewe.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="RUT"><id id="RUT">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Ruthu
</h><toc level="1">Ruthu
</toc><toc level="2">Ruthu
</toc><toc level="3">Rut
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Ruthu
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Naomi Na Ruthu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="RUT.1.1" />Wakati Waamuzi walipotawala Israeli, kulikuwa na njaa katika nchi. Mtu mmoja kutoka nchi ya Bethlehemu ya Yuda, pamoja na mke wake na wanawe wawili, akaenda kuishi katika nchi ya Moabu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="RUT.1.2" />Mtu huyu aliitwa Elimeleki, mkewe aliitwa Naomi, na hao wanawe wawili waliitwa Maloni na Kilioni. Walikuwa Waefrathi kutoka Bethlehemu ya Yuda. Wakaenda katika nchi ya Moabu, wakaishi huko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="RUT.1.3" />Elimeleki mumewe Naomi akafa, hivyo Naomi akabaki na wanawe wawili.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="RUT.1.4" />Nao wakaoa wanawake Wamoabu, jina la mmoja aliitwa Orpa, na wa pili aliitwa Ruthu. Baada ya kama miaka kumi,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="RUT.1.5" />Maloni na Kilioni pia wakafa. Basi Naomi akabaki hana mume wala wanawe wawili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="RUT.1.6" />Aliposikia akiwa huko Moabu kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> amewasaidia watu wake kwa kuwapa chakula, Naomi na wakweze wakajiandaa kurudi nyumbani.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="RUT.1.7" />Yeye na wakweze wawili wakaondoka pale walipokuwa wakiishi na kushika njia kurudi nchi ya Yuda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="RUT.1.8" />Ndipo Naomi akawaambia wale wakwe zake wawili, “Rudini, kila mmoja wenu nyumbani kwa mama yake.
<nd>Bwana</nd> na awatendee fadhili kama mlivyowatendea hao waliofariki, na pia mimi.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="RUT.1.9" /><nd>Bwana</nd> na amjalie kila mmoja wenu maisha mema nyumbani kwa mume mwingine.”
</p>
<p style="p">Kisha akawabusu, nao wakalia kwa sauti kubwa,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="RUT.1.10" />wakamwambia, “Tutarudi pamoja na wewe nyumbani kwa watu wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="RUT.1.11" />Lakini Naomi akasema, “Rudini nyumbani, binti zangu. Kwa nini mnifuate? Je, mimi nitaweza tena kuwa na wana wengine ambao wataweza kuwaoa ninyi?
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="RUT.1.12" />Rudini nyumbani, binti zangu; mimi ni mzee kiasi kwamba siwezi kumpata mume mwingine. Hata kama ningefikiria kuwa bado kuna tumaini kwangu, hata kama ningekuwa na mume usiku huu na kuwazaa wana,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="RUT.1.13" />je, mngesubiri mpaka wakue? Mngebakia bila kuolewa mkiwasubiri? La, hasha, binti zangu. Nimepata uchungu kuliko ninyi, kwa sababu mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> umekuwa kinyume nami!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="RUT.1.14" />Kisha wakalia tena kwa sauti. Orpa akambusu mama mkwe wake, akaenda zake, lakini Ruthu akaambatana naye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="RUT.1.15" />Naomi akamwambia, “Tazama, mwenzako anarejea kwa watu wake na kwa miungu yake. Rudi pamoja naye.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="RUT.1.16" />Lakini Ruthu akajibu, “Usinisihi nikuache au niache kukufuata. Utakakokwenda nami nitakwenda, na wewe utakapoishi nitaishi. Watu wako watakuwa watu wangu, na Mungu wako atakuwa Mungu wangu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="RUT.1.17" />Pale utakapofia nami nitafia hapo, na papo hapo nitazikwa.
<nd>Bwana</nd> na aniadhibu vikali, kama kitu kingine chochote kitanitenga nawe isipokuwa kifo.”
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="RUT.1.18" />Naomi alipotambua kwamba Ruthu amenuia kufuatana naye, hakuendelea kumsihi tena.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="RUT.1.19" />Kwa hiyo hao wanawake wawili wakaondoka, wakafika Bethlehemu. Walipofika Bethlehemu, mji mzima ulitaharuki, wanawake wakashangaa, wakasema, “Huyu aweza kuwa ni Naomi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="RUT.1.20" />Akawaambia, “Msiniite tena Naomi,<f caller="+"><fr>1:20
</fr><ft>Naomi maana yake Wa Kupendeza, Wa Kufurahisha.</ft></f> niiteni Mara,<f caller="+"><fr>1:20
</fr><ft>Mara maana yake Chungu.</ft></f> kwa sababu Mwenyezi<f caller="+"><fr>1:20
</fr><ft>Mwenyezi hapa ina maana ya Shaddai kwa Kiebrania.</ft></f> amenitendea mambo machungu sana.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="RUT.1.21" />Mimi niliondoka hali nimejaa, lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> amenirudisha mtupu. Kwa nini kuniita Naomi?
<nd>Bwana</nd> amenitendea mambo machungu; Mwenyezi ameniletea msiba.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="RUT.1.22" />Kwa hiyo Naomi alirudi pamoja na Ruthu Mmoabu mkwe wake, nao wakafika Bethlehemu mwanzoni mwa kuvuna shayiri.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Ruthu Akutana Na Boazi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="RUT.2.1" />Basi Naomi alikuwa na jamaa wa upande wa mume wake, kutoka ukoo wa Elimeleki, mtu maarufu ambaye aliitwa Boazi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="RUT.2.2" />Ruthu, Mmoabu, akamwambia Naomi, “Nitakwenda mashambani nikaokote mabaki ya nafaka nyuma ya yule nitakayepata kibali machoni pake.”
</p>
<p style="p">Naomi akamwambia, “Nenda, binti yangu.”
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="RUT.2.3" />Basi akaenda, akaokota mabaki ya nafaka mashambani nyuma ya wavunaji. Ikatokea kwamba alijikuta anafanya kazi kwenye shamba lililokuwa mali ya Boazi, ambaye alitoka kwenye ukoo wa Elimeleki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="RUT.2.4" />Papo hapo Boazi akarudi kutoka Bethlehemu, akawasalimu wavunaji, akasema, “<nd>Bwana</nd> awe nanyi!”
</p>
<p style="p">Nao wakamjibu, “<nd>Bwana</nd> akubariki.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="RUT.2.5" />Boazi akamuuliza msimamizi wa wavunaji, “Je, yule mwanamwali ni wa nani?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="RUT.2.6" />Msimamizi akamjibu, “Ni yule Mmoabu aliyerudi kutoka nchi ya Moabu pamoja na Naomi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="RUT.2.7" />Yeye aliomba, ‘Tafadhali niruhusu niokote na kukusanya miongoni mwa miganda nyuma ya wavunaji.’ Naye ameshinda shambani tangu asubuhi pasipo kupumzika, isipokuwa kwa muda mfupi kivulini.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="RUT.2.8" />Kisha Boazi akamwambia Ruthu, “Binti yangu, nisikilize. Usiende kuokota mabaki ya mavuno katika shamba lingine, na usiondoke hapa. Kaa hapa na hawa watumishi wangu wa kike.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="RUT.2.9" />Angalia shamba wanaume wanamovuna, ufuate nyuma yao. Nimewaamuru wanaume hawa wasikuguse. Wakati wowote ukiona kiu, nenda kwenye mitungi ukanywe maji waliyoyateka wanaume hawa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="RUT.2.10" />Kwa ajili ya hili, akasujudu mpaka nchi, akamwambia, “Jinsi gani nimepata kibali machoni pako, hata ukanijali mimi mgeni?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="RUT.2.11" />Boazi akamjibu, “Nimeambiwa yote uliyomtendea mama mkwe wako tangu mume wako alipofariki, na jinsi ulivyomwacha baba yako na mama yako na nchi yako ulimozaliwa, ukaja kuishi na watu ambao hukuwafahamu awali.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="RUT.2.12" /><nd>Bwana</nd> na akulipe kwa yale uliyoyatenda. Ubarikiwe kwa wingi na
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, ambaye umekimbilia mabawani mwake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="RUT.2.13" />Kisha Ruthu akasema, “Naomba niendelee kupata kibali machoni pako, bwana wangu. Kwa maana umenifariji na umezungumza kwa ukarimu na mjakazi wako, hata ingawa mimi si bora kama mmoja wa watumishi wako wa kike.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="RUT.2.14" />Wakati wa chakula, Boazi akamwambia Ruthu, “Karibia hapa. Kula mkate na uchovye ndani ya siki.”
</p>
<p style="p">Alipoketi pamoja na wavunaji, akampa nafaka zilizookwa. Akala kiasi alichotaka na kusaza.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="RUT.2.15" />Alipoinuka ili kuokota mabaki ya nafaka, Boazi akawaagiza watu wake, “Hata kama atakusanya kati ya miganda, msimzuie.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="RUT.2.16" />Badala yake, toeni masuke katika miganda, mwachieni ayaokote, na msimkemee.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="RUT.2.17" />Basi Ruthu akaokota masazo shambani hata jioni. Akatwanga ile shayiri aliyokusanya, ikajaa efa moja.<f caller="+"><fr>2:17
</fr><ft>Efa moja ni sawa na kilo 22.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="RUT.2.18" />Akaibeba na kuelekea mjini, naye mama mkwe wake akaona jinsi alivyoweza kuokota nafaka nyingi. Pia Ruthu akachukua kile alichobakiza baada ya kula na kushiba, akampa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="RUT.2.19" />Basi mkwewe akamuuliza, “Je, umeokota wapi leo? Umefanya kazi wapi? Abarikiwe mtu yule aliyekujali.”
</p>
<p style="p">Ndipo Ruthu akamwambia mama mkwe wake juu ya yule ambaye yeye alikuwa amefanyia kazi katika shamba lake. Akasema, “Yule mtu niliyefanyia kazi kwake leo, anaitwa Boazi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="RUT.2.20" />Naye Naomi akamwambia mkwewe, “<nd>Bwana</nd> ambariki! Hakuacha kuonyesha fadhili zake kwa walio hai na kwa waliokufa.” Pia akamwambia, “Huyo mtu ni mmoja wa jamaa yetu wa karibu anayestahili kutukomboa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="RUT.2.21" />Kisha Ruthu, Mmoabu, akasema, “Hata aliniambia, ‘Kaa pamoja na watumishi wangu mpaka watakapomaliza kuvuna nafaka yangu yote.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="RUT.2.22" />Kisha Naomi akamwambia Ruthu mkwewe, “Binti yangu, itakuwa vyema wewe ufuatane na wasichana wake, kwa sababu katika shamba la mtu mwingine wanaweza kukudhuru.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="RUT.2.23" />Kwa hivyo Ruthu akafuatana na watumishi wa kike wa Boazi, akaokota mpaka mwisho wa mavuno ya shayiri na ya ngano. Naye aliishi na mama mkwe wake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Ruthu Na Boazi Kwenye Sakafu Ya Kupuria
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="RUT.3.1" />Kisha Naomi akamwambia mkwewe, “Binti yangu, je, nisingelikutafutia pumziko ambako utatunzika vyema?
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="RUT.3.2" />Je, Boazi, ambaye umekuwa pamoja na watumishi wake wasichana, si jamaa yetu wa karibu? Usiku wa leo atakuwa anapepeta ngano kwenye sakafu ya kupuria.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="RUT.3.3" />Basi oga na ukajipake marashi, ujivalie nguo zako nzuri. Kisha uende kwenye sakafu ya kupuria, lakini angalia asijue kwamba upo pale mpaka atakapomaliza kula na kunywa.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="RUT.3.4" />Atakapokwenda kulala, angalia mahali atakapolala. Kisha uende ufunue miguu yake, ulale. Naye atakuambia utakalofanya.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="RUT.3.5" />Ruthu akajibu, “Lolote usemalo nitatenda.”
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="RUT.3.6" />Basi akashuka mpaka kwenye sakafu ya kupuria, akafanya kila kitu mama mkwe wake alichomwambia kufanya.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="RUT.3.7" />Wakati Boazi alipomaliza kula na kunywa, naye akawa amejawa na furaha, alikwenda kulala mwisho wa lundo la nafaka. Ruthu akanyemelea polepole, akafunua miguu yake, na akalala.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="RUT.3.8" />Usiku wa manane, kitu kilimshtua Boazi, akajigeuza, akagundua yupo mwanamke amelala miguuni pake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="RUT.3.9" />Akauliza, “Wewe ni nani?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akajibu, “Ni mimi Ruthu, mjakazi wako. Uitande nguo yako juu yangu, kwa sababu wewe ndiwe jamaa wa karibu wa kutukomboa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="RUT.3.10" />Akamwambia, “Binti yangu, ubarikiwe na
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Wema huu wa sasa ni mkuu kushinda hata ule ulioonyesha mwanzoni. Hukuwakimbilia vijana, wakiwa matajiri au maskini.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="RUT.3.11" />Sasa, binti yangu, usiogope. Nitakufanyia yote uliyoomba. Kwa maana mji wote wa watu wangu wanakujua ya kwamba wewe ni mwanamke mwenye tabia nzuri.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="RUT.3.12" />Ingawa ni kweli kwamba mimi ndiye jamaa aliye karibu, bado kuna mtu mwingine wa jamaa aliye karibu zaidi wa kukomboa kuliko mimi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="RUT.3.13" />Wewe kaa hapa usiku huu, kisha asubuhi kama akikubali kukomboa, vyema na akomboe. La sivyo kama hayuko tayari, hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo nitafanya hivyo. Lala hapa mpaka asubuhi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="RUT.3.14" />Hivyo huyo mwanamke akalala miguuni pake mpaka asubuhi, akaondoka mapema pasipo mtu kuweza kumtambua mwenzake, maana Boazi alisema, “Isijulikane kabisa ya kuwa mwanamke alifika kwenye sakafu ya kupuria.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="RUT.3.15" />Pia akamwambia, “Leta shela yako uliyoivaa, uitandaze.” Naye alipoitandaza, akamimina vipimo sita vya shayiri, akamtwika. Kisha Ruthu akarudi zake mjini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="RUT.3.16" />Basi Ruthu alipofika kwa mama mkwe wake Naomi, akamuuliza, “Je, binti yangu, ilikuwaje huko?”
</p>
<p style="p">Ndipo akamwelezea kila kitu Boazi alichomfanyia.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="RUT.3.17" />Akaendelea kusema, “Amenipa shayiri vipimo sita<f caller="+"><fr>3:17
</fr><ft>Vipimo sita vya shayiri ni sawa na kilo 15.</ft></f> akisema, ‘Usiende kwa mama mkwe wako mikono mitupu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="RUT.3.18" />Kisha Naomi akasema, “Subiri binti yangu, mpaka utakapojua kwamba hili jambo limekwendaje. Kwa sababu mtu huyu hatatulia mpaka akamilishe jambo hili leo.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Boazi Amwoa Ruthu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="RUT.4.1" />Boazi akakwea mpaka kwenye lango la mji, akaketi pale. Yule mtu wa jamaa aliyekuwa wa karibu wa kukomboa, ambaye Boazi alimtaja, akaja. Boazi akasema, “Njoo hapa, rafiki yangu. Karibu uketi.” Naye akakaribia, akaketi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="RUT.4.2" />Boazi akatwaa watu kumi miongoni mwa wazee wa mji, akawaambia, “Ketini hapa.” Nao wakaketi.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="RUT.4.3" />Kisha akamwambia yule jamaa wa karibu wa kukomboa, “Naomi, aliyerudi hapa kutoka nchi ya Moabu, anauza sehemu ya ardhi iliyokuwa mali ya ndugu yetu Elimeleki.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="RUT.4.4" />Nami niliwaza nikujulishe wewe na kukuambia uinunue mbele ya hawa waliopo hapa, na mbele ya wazee wa watu wangu. Kama wewe utaikomboa, haya fanya hivyo. Lakini kama hutaikomboa, uniambie, ili nijue. Kwa kuwa hakuna mtu mwingine mwenye haki ya kuikomboa ila wewe na baada yako ni mimi.”
</p>
<p style="p">Naye akasema, “Nitaikomboa mimi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="RUT.4.5" />Ndipo Boazi akasema “Siku utakaponunua hiyo ardhi kutoka kwa Naomi na Ruthu, Mmoabu, itakubidi kumchukua pia huyo mjane, ili kudumisha jina la marehemu pamoja na mali yake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="RUT.4.6" />Aliposikia hili, yule jamaa wa karibu wa kukomboa akasema, “Basi mimi sitaweza kuikomboa, kwa sababu inaonekana nitauhatarisha urithi wangu. Wewe ikomboe mwenyewe. Mimi sitaweza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="RUT.4.7" />(Basi katika siku za kale huko Israeli, ili kukamilisha tendo la kukomboa na kukabidhiana mali, mmoja huvua kiatu chake na kumpatia mwingine. Hii ilikuwa ni njia ya kuhalalisha mabadilishano katika Israeli.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="RUT.4.8" />Basi yule jamaa wa karibu wa kukomboa akamwambia Boazi, “Wewe inunue mwenyewe.” Naye huyo jamaa akavua kiatu chake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="RUT.4.9" />Kisha Boazi akawatangazia wazee na watu wote waliokuwepo, “Leo ninyi ni mashahidi kwamba mimi nimenunua kutoka kwa Naomi yote yaliyokuwa mali ya Elimeleki, Kilioni na Maloni.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="RUT.4.10" />Nimemchukua pia Ruthu, Mmoabu, mjane wa Maloni, awe mke wangu, ili kuendeleza jina la marehemu pamoja na mali zake, ili jina lake marehemu lisitoweke miongoni mwa jamaa yake, wala katika kumbukumbu za mji wake. Leo hivi ninyi ni mashahidi!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="RUT.4.11" />Kisha wazee pamoja na watu wote waliokuwa langoni wakasema, “Sisi ni mashahidi.
<nd>Bwana</nd> na amfanye mwanamke huyu aingiaye nyumbani mwako kuwa kama Raheli na kama Lea, wale wanawake wawili ambao pamoja waliijenga nyumba ya Israeli. Nawe ufanikiwe katika Efrathi na uwe mashuhuri katika Bethlehemu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="RUT.4.12" />Kupitia kwa watoto ambao
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakupa kutokana na huyu mwanamwali, jamaa yako na ifanane na ya Peresi, ambaye Tamari alimzalia Yuda.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wazao Wa Boazi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="RUT.4.13" />Basi Boazi akamwoa Ruthu, naye akawa mke wake. Alipoingia kwake,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamjalia Ruthu, naye akapata mimba, akamzaa mtoto wa kiume.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="RUT.4.14" />Wanawake wakamwambia Naomi: “Ahimidiwe
<nd>Bwana</nd>, asiyekuacha bila kuwa na jamaa wa karibu wa kukomboa. Na awe mashuhuri katika Israeli yote!
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="RUT.4.15" />Atakurejeshea uhai wako na kukuangalia katika siku za uzee wako. Kwa maana mkweo ambaye anakupenda, na ambaye kwako ni bora zaidi ya watoto wa kiume saba, ndiye alimzaa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="RUT.4.16" />Basi Naomi akamchukua yule mtoto, akampakata na akawa mlezi wake.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="RUT.4.17" />Wanawake waliokuwa jirani zake wakasema, “Naomi ana mtoto wa kiume.” Wakamwita jina lake Obedi. Yeye ndiye baba yake Yese, aliye baba yake Daudi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="RUT.4.18" />Hivi ndivyo vizazi vya Peresi:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Peresi alimzaa Hesroni,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="19" bcv="RUT.4.19" />Hesroni akamzaa Ramu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Ramu akamzaa Aminadabu,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="20" bcv="RUT.4.20" />Aminadabu akamzaa Nashoni,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Nashoni akamzaa Salmoni,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="21" bcv="RUT.4.21" />Salmoni akamzaa Boazi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Boazi akamzaa Obedi,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="22" bcv="RUT.4.22" />Obedi akamzaa Yese,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">na Yese akamzaa Daudi.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="1SA"><id id="1SA">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>1 Samweli
</h><toc level="1">1 Samweli
</toc><toc level="2">1 Samweli
</toc><toc level="3">1Sam
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">1 Samweli
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Kuzaliwa Kwa Samweli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.1.1" />Kulikuwepo na mtu mmoja kutoka Rama, Msufi kutoka nchi ya vilima vya Efraimu, ambaye jina lake aliitwa Elikana mwana wa Yerohamu, mwana wa Elihu mwana wa Tohu, mwana wa Sufu, Mwefraimu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1SA.1.2" />Alikuwa na wake wawili, mmoja aliitwa Hana na mwingine Penina. Penina alikuwa na watoto, lakini Hana hakuwa na mtoto.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1SA.1.3" />Kila mwaka mtu huyu alikwea kutoka mji wake ili kuabudu na kutoa dhabihu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote huko Shilo, ambapo Hofni na Finehasi, wana wawili wa Eli, walikuwa makuhani wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1SA.1.4" />Kila mara ilipofika siku ya Elikana kutoa dhabihu, aliwapa mafungu Penina mkewe na wanawe wote pamoja na binti zake.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1SA.1.5" />Lakini alimpa Hana fungu maradufu kwa sababu alimpenda, ingawa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amemfunga tumbo.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1SA.1.6" />Kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amemfunga tumbo, mke mwenzake alikuwa anamchokoza ili kumuudhi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1SA.1.7" />Hili liliendelea mwaka baada ya mwaka. Kila mara Hana alipokwenda katika nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mke mwenzake alikuwa akimkasirisha mpaka analia na kushindwa kula.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1SA.1.8" />Elikana mumewe akawa anamwambia, “Hana, kwa nini unalia? Kwa nini huli? Kwa nini kuvunjika moyo? Je, mimi si bora zaidi kwako kuliko watoto kumi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1SA.1.9" />Siku moja walipokuwa wamemaliza kula na kunywa huko Shilo, Hana alisimama. Wakati huo kuhani Eli alikuwa ameketi kwenye kiti pembeni mwa mwimo wa mlango wa Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1SA.1.10" />Kwa uchungu wa rohoni Hana alilia sana na akamwomba
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1SA.1.11" />Naye akaweka nadhiri, akisema, “Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, laiti ungeangalia huzuni kuu ya mtumishi wako na kunikumbuka mimi, wala usimsahau mtumishi wako nawe ukampa mwana, basi huyo mwana nitamtoa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa siku zote za maisha yake, wala wembe hautapita kichwani mwake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1SA.1.12" />Alipokuwa anaendelea kumwomba
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Eli alichunguza kinywa chake.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1SA.1.13" />Hana alikuwa akiomba moyoni mwake, midomo yake ikiwa inachezacheza lakini sauti haikusikika. Eli akafikiri alikuwa amelewa
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1SA.1.14" />naye akamwambia, “Utaendelea kulewa mpaka lini? Achilia mbali mvinyo wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1SA.1.15" />Hana akajibu, “Si hivyo bwana wangu, mimi ni mwanamke mwenye huzuni kubwa. Mimi sijanywa mvinyo wala kileo, nilikuwa ninaumimina moyo wangu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1SA.1.16" />Usimdhanie mtumishi wako kuwa mwanamke mwovu; nimekuwa nikiomba hapa katika wingi wa uchungu mkuu na huzuni.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1SA.1.17" />Eli akamjibu, “Nenda kwa amani, naye Mungu wa Israeli na akujalie kile ulichomwomba.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1SA.1.18" />Hana akasema, “Mtumishi wako na apate kibali machoni pako.” Kisha akaondoka zake na kula chakula, wala uso wake haukuwa na huzuni tena.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1SA.1.19" />Kesho yake asubuhi na mapema waliamka wakaabudu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kisha wakarudi nyumbani kwao huko Rama. Elikana akakutana kimwili na mkewe Hana, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamkumbuka.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1SA.1.20" />Hivyo wakati ulipotimia, Hana akapata mimba na akamzaa mwana. Hana akamwita jina lake Samweli, akasema, “Kwa kuwa nilimwomba kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Hana Anamweka Samweli Wakfu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="1SA.1.21" />Wakati huyo mtu Elikana alipanda pamoja na jamaa yake yote kutoa dhabihu ya mwaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kutimiza nadhiri yake,
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1SA.1.22" />Hana hakwenda. Alimwambia mume wake, “Baada ya mtoto kuachishwa kunyonya, nitamchukua na kumpeleka mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, naye ataishi huko wakati wote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1SA.1.23" />Elikana mumewe akamwambia, “Fanya lile unaloona ni bora zaidi kwako. Ukae hapa mpaka utakapomwachisha kunyonya,
<nd>Bwana</nd> na akujalie kutimiza nadhiri yako.” Hivyo huyo mwanamke akakaa nyumbani na kumnyonyesha mwanawe mpaka alipomwachisha kunyonya.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="1SA.1.24" />Baada ya mtoto kuachishwa kunyonya, Hana akamchukua huyo mtoto, akiwa mdogo hivyo hivyo, pamoja na fahali wa miaka mitatu, efa ya unga<f caller="+"><fr>1:24
</fr><ft>Efa moja ya unga ni sawa na kilo 22.</ft></f> na kiriba cha divai, naye akamleta mtoto kwenye nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> huko Shilo.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1SA.1.25" />Walipokwisha kumchinja yule fahali, wakamleta mtoto kwa Eli,
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="1SA.1.26" />naye Hana akamwambia Eli, “Hakika kama uishivyo, bwana wangu, mimi ndiye yule mama ambaye alisimama hapa karibu nawe akiomba kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1SA.1.27" />Niliomba mtoto huyu, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> amenijalia kile nilichomwomba.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1SA.1.28" />Hivyo sasa ninamtoa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Kwa maana maisha yake yote atakuwa ametolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.” Naye akamwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd> huko.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Maombi Ya Hana
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.2.1" />Kisha Hana akaomba na kusema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Moyo wangu wamshangilia
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika
<nd>Bwana</nd> pembe yangu imeinuliwa juu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kinywa changu chajisifu juu ya adui zangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa naufurahia wokovu wako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="1SA.2.2" />“Hakuna yeyote aliye mtakatifu kama
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna mwingine zaidi yako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna Mwamba kama Mungu wetu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="1SA.2.3" />“Msiendelee kusema kwa kiburi hivyo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala msiache vinywa vyenu kunena kwa kiburi,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndiye Mungu ajuaye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa yeye matendo hupimwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="1SA.2.4" />“Pinde za mashujaa zimevunjika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini wale wanaojikwaa wamevikwa nguvu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="1SA.2.5" />Wale waliokuwa na chakula tele wamejikodisha wenyewe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kupata chakula,
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini wale waliokuwa na njaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawana njaa tena.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mwanamke yule aliyekuwa tasa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amezaa watoto saba,
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini yule ambaye alikuwa na wana wengi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amedhoofika.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="1SA.2.6" />“<nd>Bwana</nd> huua na huleta uhai,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hushusha chini mpaka kaburini<f caller="+"><fr>2:6
</fr><ft>Kaburini hapa maana yake ni Kuzimu, kwa Kiebrania ni Sheol.</ft></f> na hufufua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="1SA.2.7" /><nd>Bwana</nd> humfanya mtu maskini naye hutajirisha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hushusha na hukweza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="1SA.2.8" />Humwinua maskini kutoka mavumbini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na humwinua mhitaji kutoka lundo la majivu;
</q>
<q style="q1">huwaketisha pamoja na wakuu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwafanya warithi kiti cha enzi cha heshima.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Kwa kuwa misingi ya dunia ni ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu yake ameuweka ulimwengu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="1SA.2.9" />Yeye atailinda miguu ya watakatifu wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini waovu watanyamazishwa kwenye giza.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Si kwa nguvu mtu hushinda;
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="10" bcv="1SA.2.10" />wale wampingao
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataharibiwa kabisa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Atapiga radi dhidi yao kutoka mbinguni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> ataihukumu miisho ya dunia.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Atampa nguvu mfalme wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuitukuza pembe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya mpakwa mafuta wake.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1SA.2.11" />Kisha Elikana akaenda nyumbani Rama, lakini mtoto akahudumu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> chini ya kuhani Eli.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wana Waovu Wa Eli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1SA.2.12" />Wana wa Eli walikuwa watu wabaya kabisa, hawakumheshimu
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1SA.2.13" />Basi ilikuwa desturi ya makuhani pamoja na watu kwamba kila mara yeyote anapotoa dhabihu na huku nyama ikiwa inachemshwa, mtumishi wa kuhani angalikuja na uma wenye meno matatu mkononi mwake.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1SA.2.14" />Angeutumbukiza huo uma kwenye sufuria au birika au sufuria kubwa au chungu, naye kuhani angalijichukulia mwenyewe chochote ambacho uma ungekileta. Hivi ndivyo walivyowatendea Waisraeli wote waliokuja Shilo.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1SA.2.15" />Lakini hata kabla mafuta ya mnyama hayajachomwa, mtumishi wa kuhani angalikuja na kusema kwa mtu ambaye alikuwa akitoa dhabihu, “Mpe kuhani nyama akaoke, kwani hatapokea nyama iliyochemshwa kutoka kwako, ila iliyo mbichi tu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="1SA.2.16" />Kama mtu akimwambia, “Mafuta ya mnyama na yachomwe kwanza, ndipo uchukue chochote unachotaka,” mtumishi angalijibu, “Hapana, nipe sasa, kama huwezi nitaichukua kwa nguvu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1SA.2.17" />Hii Dhambi ya hawa vijana ilikuwa kubwa sana machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa kuwa waliitendea dhabihu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa dharau.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1SA.2.18" />Lakini Samweli alikuwa akihudumu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kijana akivaa kisibau cha kitani.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1SA.2.19" />Kila mwaka mama yake alimshonea joho dogo na kumchukulia wakati alipokwea pamoja na mumewe kutoa dhabihu ya mwaka.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1SA.2.20" />Eli alikuwa akiwabariki Elikana na mkewe, akisema, “<nd>Bwana</nd> na akupe watoto kwa mwanamke huyu ili kuchukua nafasi ya yule aliyekuwa amemwomba na akamtoa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.” Kisha wakawa wanakwenda nyumbani.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1SA.2.21" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akawa mwenye neema kwa Hana, naye akapata mimba akazaa wana watatu na binti wawili. Wakati huo, kijana Samweli akaendelea kukua mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="1SA.2.22" />Basi Eli, ambaye alikuwa mzee sana, alisikia kuhusu kila kitu ambacho wanawe walikuwa wakiwafanyia Israeli wote na jinsi walivyokutana kimwili na wanawake waliohudumu kwenye ingilio la Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1SA.2.23" />Hivyo akawaambia, “Kwa nini mmefanya mambo kama haya? Nimesikia kutoka kwa watu wote juu ya haya matendo yenu maovu.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1SA.2.24" />Sivyo, wanangu, hii si habari nzuri ambayo ninasikia ikienea miongoni mwa watu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1SA.2.25" />Kama mtu akifanya dhambi dhidi ya mtu mwenzake, mtu mwingine aweza kumwombea kwa Mungu, lakini kama mtu akimfanyia Mungu dhambi, ni nani atakayemwombea?” Hata hivyo wanawe hawakusikia maonyo ya baba yao, kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alitaka kuwaua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="1SA.2.26" />Naye kijana Samweli akaendelea kukua katika kimo, akimpendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd> na wanadamu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Unabii Dhidi Ya Nyumba Ya Eli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="1SA.2.27" />Basi mtu wa Mungu akaja kwa Eli na kumwambia, “Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: ‘Je, sikujifunua waziwazi kwa nyumba ya baba yako wakati walikuwa huko Misri chini ya Farao?
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1SA.2.28" />Nilimchagua baba yako kati ya makabila yote ya Israeli kuwa kuhani wangu, kukwea kwenye madhabahu yangu, kufukiza uvumba na kuvaa kisibau mbele yangu. Pia niliwapa nyumba ya baba yako sadaka zote zilizotolewa kwa moto na Waisraeli.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="1SA.2.29" />Kwa nini unadharau dhabihu zangu na sadaka zile nilizoziamuru kwa ajili ya makao yangu? Kwa nini unawaheshimu wanao kuliko mimi kwa kujinenepesha wenyewe kwa kula sehemu zilizo bora za kila sadaka zinazotolewa na watu wangu wa Israeli?’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="1SA.2.30" />“Kwa hiyo,
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli asema: ‘Niliahidi kuwa nyumba yako na nyumba ya baba yako wangehudumu mbele zangu milele.’ Lakini sasa
<nd>Bwana</nd> anasema: ‘Jambo hili na liwe mbali nami! Wale wanaoniheshimu nitawaheshimu, wale wanaonidharau mimi watadharauliwa.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="1SA.2.31" />Wakati unakuja nitakapozipunguza nguvu zenu na nguvu ya nyumba ya baba yenu, ili pasiwepo mtu katika mbari yenu atakayeishi kuuona uzee
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="1SA.2.32" />nanyi mtaona huzuni katika makao yangu. Ingawa Israeli watafanyiwa mema, katika mbari yenu kamwe hapatakuwepo mtu atakayeishi hadi kuwa mzee.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="1SA.2.33" />Kila mmoja wenu ambaye sitamkatilia mbali kutoka madhabahuni pangu atabakizwa tu kupofusha macho yenu kwa machozi na kuihuzunisha mioyo yenu, nao wazao wenu wote watakufa watakapokuwa wamefikia umri wa kustawi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="1SA.2.34" />“ ‘Kile kitakachotokea kwa wanao wawili, Hofni na Finehasi, kitakuwa ishara kwako. Wote wawili watakufa katika siku moja.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="1SA.2.35" />Mimi mwenyewe nitajiinulia kuhani mwaminifu, ambaye atafanya sawasawa na kile kilichoko moyoni mwangu na akilini mwangu. Nitaifanya nyumba yake kuwa imara, naye atahudumu mbele ya mpakwa mafuta wangu daima.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="1SA.2.36" />Kisha kila mmoja aliyeachwa katika mbari yenu atakuja na kusujudu mbele yake kwa ajili ya kipande cha fedha na ganda la mkate akisema, “Niteue katika baadhi ya ofisi ya ukuhani ili niweze kupata chakula.” ’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1"><nd>Bwana</nd> Amwita Samweli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.3.1" />Kijana Samweli alihudumu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> chini ya Eli. Katika siku zile neno la Mungu lilikuwa adimu, hapakuwepo na maono mengi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="1SA.3.2" />Usiku mmoja Eli, ambaye macho yake yalikuwa yamefifia sana kiasi kwamba aliona kwa shida sana, alikuwa amelala mahali pake pa kawaida.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1SA.3.3" />Taa ya Mungu bado ilikuwa haijazimika, na Samweli alikuwa amelala Hekaluni<f caller="+"><fr>3:3
</fr><ft>Hekaluni maana yake ndani ya Maskani ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.</ft></f> mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ambapo Sanduku la Mungu lilikuwako.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1SA.3.4" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwita Samweli.
</p>
<p style="p">Samweli akajibu, “Mimi hapa.”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1SA.3.5" />Naye akakimbia kwa Eli na kumwambia, “Mimi hapa, kwa kuwa umeniita.”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini Eli akasema, “Sikukuita; rudi ukalale.” Hivyo akaenda kulala.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1SA.3.6" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akaita tena, “Samweli!” Naye Samweli akaamka, kwenda kwa Eli na kusema, “Mimi hapa, kwa kuwa umeniita.”
</p>
<p style="p">Eli akasema, “Mwanangu, sikukuita, rudi ukalale.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1SA.3.7" />Wakati huu Samweli alikuwa bado hajamjua
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilikuwa bado halijafunuliwa kwake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1SA.3.8" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwita Samweli mara ya tatu, naye Samweli akaamka kwenda kwa Eli na kusema, “Mimi hapa, kwa kuwa umeniita.”
</p>
<p style="p">Ndipo Eli akatambua kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa akimwita kijana.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1SA.3.9" />Hivyo Eli akamwambia Samweli, “Nenda ukalale, na kama akikuita, sema, ‘Nena
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa kuwa mtumishi wako anasikiliza.’ ” Hivyo Samweli akaenda na kulala mahali pake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1SA.3.10" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akaja akasimama hapo, akiita kama mara zile nyingine, “Samweli! Samweli!”
</p>
<p style="p">Kisha Samweli akasema, “Nena
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa kuwa mtumishi wako anasikiliza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1SA.3.11" />Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Samweli: “Tazama, nipo karibu kufanya kitu katika Israeli ambacho kitafanya masikio ya kila mmoja atakayesikia yawashe.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1SA.3.12" />Wakati huo nitatimiza dhidi ya Eli kila kitu nilichonena dhidi ya jamaa yake, kuanzia mwanzo mpaka mwisho.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1SA.3.13" />Kwa kuwa nilimwambia kwamba ningehukumu jamaa yake milele kwa sababu ya dhambi aliyoijua, wanawe kumkufuru Mungu, naye akashindwa kuwazuia.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1SA.3.14" />Kwa hiyo, nikaapa kuhusu nyumba ya Eli, ‘Hatia ya nyumba ya Eli kamwe haitaweza kufidiwa kwa dhabihu au sadaka.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1SA.3.15" />Samweli akalala mpaka asubuhi, kisha akafungua milango ya nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Aliogopa kumwambia Eli yale maono,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1SA.3.16" />lakini Eli akamwita na kumwambia, “Samweli mwanangu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Samweli akamjibu, “Mimi hapa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1SA.3.17" />Eli akamuuliza, “Ni nini alichokuambia? Usinifiche.
<nd>Bwana</nd> na ashughulike nawe, tena kwa ukali, kama utanificha chochote alichokuambia.”
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1SA.3.18" />Kwa hiyo Samweli akamwambia kila kitu, bila kumficha chochote. Ndipo Eli akasema, “Yeye ni
<nd>Bwana</nd>; na afanye lile lililo jema machoni pake!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1SA.3.19" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa pamoja na Samweli alipokuwa akikua, na hakuacha hata moja ya maneno yake lianguke chini.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1SA.3.20" />Nao Israeli wote kuanzia Dani hadi Beer-Sheba wakatambua kuwa Samweli amethibitishwa kuwa nabii wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1SA.3.21" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akaendelea kutokea huko Shilo, na huko kujidhihirisha kwa Samweli kwa njia ya neno lake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.4.1" />Nalo neno la Samweli likaja kwa Israeli yote.
</p>
<s style="s1">Wafilisti Wateka Sanduku La Mungu
</s>
<p style="p">Basi Waisraeli walitoka kwenda kupigana dhidi ya Wafilisti. Waisraeli wakapiga kambi huko Ebenezeri, nao Wafilisti wakapiga kambi huko Afeki.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1SA.4.2" />Wafilisti wakapanga safu za majeshi yao kupambana na Israeli, wakati vita vilipoenea, Israeli wakashindwa na Wafilisti, ambao waliwaua askari wa Israeli wapatao 4,000 kwenye uwanja wa vita.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1SA.4.3" />Askari waliporudi kambini, wazee wa Israeli wakawauliza, “Kwa nini
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameruhusu leo tushindwe mbele ya Wafilisti? Tuleteni Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd> kutoka Shilo, ili lipate kwenda pamoja nasi, na kutuokoa kutoka mikono ya adui zetu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1SA.4.4" />Hivyo wakawatuma watu huko Shilo, nao wakalichukua Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, aliyekaa kwenye kiti chake cha enzi kati ya makerubi. Nao wale wana wawili wa Eli, Hofni na Finehasi, walikuwako huko pamoja na Sanduku la Agano la Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1SA.4.5" />Wakati Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilikuja kambini, Waisraeli wote wakapiga kelele kwa sauti kuu hata ardhi ikatikisika.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1SA.4.6" />Wafilisti waliposikia makelele wakauliza, “Ni nini makelele haya yote katika kambi ya Waebrania?”
</p>
<p style="p">Walipofahamu kuwa Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd> limekuja kambini,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1SA.4.7" />Wafilisti wakaogopa, wakasema, “Mungu amekuja kambini, ole wetu. Halijatokea jambo kama hili tangu hapo.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1SA.4.8" />Ole wetu! Ni nani atakayetuokoa kutoka mikononi mwa miungu hii yenye nguvu? Ni miungu ile iliyowapiga Wamisri kwa mapigo ya aina zote huko jangwani.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1SA.4.9" />Tuweni hodari, enyi Wafilisti! Tuweni wanaume, la sivyo mtakuwa watumwa wa Waebrania, kama wao walivyokuwa kwenu. Kuweni wanaume, mpigane!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1SA.4.10" />Basi Wafilisti wakapigana, nao Waisraeli wakashindwa na kila mtu akakimbilia hemani mwake. Mauaji yalikuwa makubwa sana, Israeli wakapoteza askari 30,000 waendao kwa miguu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1SA.4.11" />Sanduku la Mungu likatekwa, na hao wana wawili wa Eli, Hofni na Finehasi, wakauawa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kifo Cha Eli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1SA.4.12" />Siku ile ile mtu mmoja wa kabila la Benyamini akakimbia kutoka kwenye uwanja wa vita na kwenda Shilo, nguo zake zikiwa zimeraruka na akiwa na mavumbi kichwani mwake.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1SA.4.13" />Alipofika, Eli alikuwa ameketi juu ya kiti chake kando ya barabara akiangalia, kwa sababu moyo wake ulikuwa na hofu kwa ajili ya Sanduku la Mungu. Mtu yule alipoingia mjini na kueleza kilichokuwa kimetokea, mji wote ukalia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1SA.4.14" />Eli akasikia kelele za kilio, naye akauliza, “Ni nini maana ya makelele haya?”
</p>
<p style="p">Yule mtu akafanya haraka kwenda kwa Eli,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1SA.4.15" />wakati huu Eli alikuwa na miaka tisini na minane nayo macho yake yalikuwa yamepofuka na hakuweza kuona.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1SA.4.16" />Akamwambia Eli, “Mimi nimetoka vitani sasa hivi, nimekimbia kutoka huko leo hii.”
</p>
<p style="p">Eli akamuuliza, “Je, mwanangu, ni nini kimetokea huko?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1SA.4.17" />Yule mtu aliyeleta habari akajibu, “Israeli amekimbia mbele ya Wafilisti, nalo jeshi limepata hasara kubwa. Pia wana wako wawili, Hofni na Finehasi, wamekufa, na Sanduku la Mungu limetekwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1SA.4.18" />Mara alipotaja Sanduku la Mungu, Eli alianguka kutoka kwenye kiti chake kwa nyuma kando ya lango. Shingo yake ikavunjika naye akafa, kwa kuwa alikuwa mzee tena mzito. Alikuwa amewaongoza Israeli kwa miaka arobaini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1SA.4.19" />Mkwewe, mke wa Finehasi, alikuwa mjamzito na karibu wakati wa kujifungua. Aliposikia habari kwamba Sanduku la Mungu limetekwa na ya kuwa baba mkwe wake na mumewe wamekufa, akapata utungu naye akajifungua lakini akazidiwa na utungu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1SA.4.20" />Alipokuwa akifa, wanawake waliokuwa wanamhudumia wakamwambia, “Usikate tamaa, umemzaa mwana.” Lakini hakujibu wala kuweka maanani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="1SA.4.21" />Alimwita yule mtoto Ikabodi,<f caller="+"><fr>4:21
</fr><ft>Ikabodi maana yake Utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> umeondoka.</ft></f> akisema, “Utukufu umeondoka katika Israeli,” kwa sababu ya kutekwa kwa Sanduku la Mungu na vifo vya baba mkwe na mumewe.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1SA.4.22" />Akasema, “Utukufu umeondoka katika Israeli, kwa kuwa Sanduku la Mungu limetekwa.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Sanduku La Agano Huko Ashdodi Na Ekroni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.5.1" />Baada ya Wafilisti kuteka Sanduku la Mungu, walilichukua kutoka Ebenezeri mpaka Ashdodi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1SA.5.2" />Kisha wakaliingiza lile Sanduku ndani ya hekalu la Dagoni na kuliweka kando ya huyo Dagoni.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1SA.5.3" />Watu wa Ashdodi walipoamka asubuhi na mapema kesho yake, kumbe, wakamkuta Dagoni ameanguka chini kifudifudi mbele ya Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd>! Wakamwinua Dagoni na kumrudisha mahali pake.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1SA.5.4" />Lakini asubuhi iliyofuata, walipoamka kumbe, walimkuta huyo Dagoni ameanguka chini kifudifudi mbele ya Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd>! Kichwa chake na mikono vilikuwa vimevunjwa navyo vimelala kizingitini, ni kiwiliwili chake tu kilichokuwa kimebaki.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1SA.5.5" />Ndiyo sababu mpaka leo makuhani wa Dagoni wala wengine waingiao katika hekalu la Dagoni huko Ashdodi hawakanyagi kizingiti.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1SA.5.6" />Mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ulikuwa mzito juu ya watu wa Ashdodi na vijiji jirani, akaleta uharibifu juu yao na kuwatesa kwa majipu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1SA.5.7" />Watu wa Ashdodi walipoona kile kilichokuwa kikitokea, wakasema, “Sanduku la Mungu wa Israeli kamwe lisikae hapa pamoja na sisi, kwa sababu mkono wake ni mzito juu yetu na juu ya Dagoni mungu wetu.”
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1SA.5.8" />Basi wakawaita watawala wote wa Wafilisti pamoja na kuwauliza, “Tutafanya nini na hili Sanduku la Mungu wa Israeli?”
</p>
<p style="p">Wakajibu, “Sanduku la Mungu wa Israeli na liende Gathi.” Basi wakalihamisha Sanduku la Mungu wa Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1SA.5.9" />Lakini baada ya kulihamisha, mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ulikuwa dhidi ya huo mji wa Gathi, akiuweka katika fadhaa kuu. Mungu akawatesa watu wa huo mji, vijana kwa wazee, kwa kuwaletea majipu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1SA.5.10" />Basi wakapeleka Sanduku la Mungu Ekroni.
</p>
<p style="p">Wakati Sanduku la Mungu lilipokuwa linaingia Ekroni, watu wa Ekroni walilia wakisema “Wamelileta Sanduku la Mungu wa Israeli kwetu ili kutuua sisi na watu wetu.”
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1SA.5.11" />Basi wakawaita watawala wote wa Wafilisti pamoja na kusema, “Liondoeni Sanduku la Mungu wa Israeli na lirudishwe mahali pake, la sivyo litatuua sisi na watu wetu.” Kwa kuwa kifo kilikuwa kimeujaza mji hofu; kwani mkono wa Mungu ulikuwa mzito sana juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1SA.5.12" />Wale ambao hawakufa walipatwa na majipu, na kilio cha mji kilikwenda juu hadi mbinguni.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Sanduku La Mungu Larudishwa Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.6.1" />Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilipokuwa limekaa katika nchi ya Wafilisti kwa miezi saba,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1SA.6.2" />Wafilisti waliwaita makuhani wa Dagoni na waaguzi, na kuwaambia, “Tutafanya nini na hili Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd>? Tuambieni jinsi tutakavyolirudisha mahali pake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1SA.6.3" />Wakajibu, “Kama mtalirudisha Sanduku la Mungu wa Israeli, msilirudishe mikono mitupu bali kwa vyovyote mpelekeeni sadaka ya hatia. Kisha mtaponywa, nanyi mtafahamu kwa nini mkono wake haujaondolewa kwenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1SA.6.4" />Wafilisti wakawauliza, “Ni sadaka gani ya hatia tutakayompelekea?”
</p>
<p style="p">Wakajibu, “Majipu matano ya dhahabu na panya wa dhahabu watano, kulingana na idadi ya watawala wa Wafilisti, kwa sababu tauni iyo hiyo imewaua ninyi na watawala wenu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1SA.6.5" />Tengenezeni mifano ya majipu na ya panya wale wanaoharibu nchi yenu, nanyi mheshimuni Mungu wa Israeli. Labda ataondoa mkono wake kutoka kwenu na kwa miungu yenu na nchi yenu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1SA.6.6" />Kwa nini ninyi mnafanya mioyo yenu migumu kama Wamisri na Farao walivyofanya? Je, alipowatendea kwa ukali, hawakuwaachia Waisraeli wakaenda zao?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1SA.6.7" />“Sasa basi, wekeni gari jipya la kukokotwa pamoja na ngʼombe wawili ambao wamezaa lakini ambao kamwe hawajafungwa nira. Fungieni hao ngʼombe hilo gari, lakini ondoeni ndama wao na mwaweke zizini.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1SA.6.8" />Chukueni hilo Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na mliweke juu ya gari la kukokotwa, na ndani ya kasha kando yake wekeni hivyo vitu vya dhahabu mnavyompelekea
<nd>Bwana</nd> kama sadaka ya hatia. Lipelekeni,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1SA.6.9" />lakini liangalieni kwa makini. Iwapo litakwenda katika nchi yake lenyewe, kuelekea Beth-Shemeshi, basi tutajua kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndiye alileta haya maafa makubwa juu yetu. Lakini kama halikwenda, basi tutajua kwamba haukuwa mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> uliotupiga na kwamba iliyotokea kwetu ni ajali.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1SA.6.10" />Basi wakafanya hivyo. Wakachukua ngʼombe wawili wa aina hiyo, wakawafungia hilo gari la kukokotwa, nao ndama wao wakawekwa zizini.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1SA.6.11" />Wakaliweka Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd> juu ya hilo gari la kukokotwa pamoja na lile kasha lenye ile mifano ya panya wa dhahabu na ya majipu ya dhahabu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1SA.6.12" />Kisha hao ngʼombe wakaenda moja kwa moja kuelekea Beth-Shemeshi, wakishuka bila kugeuka kuume au kushoto, huku wakilia njia yote. Watawala wa Wafilisti waliwafuata hao ngʼombe hadi mpakani mwa Beth-Shemeshi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1SA.6.13" />Wakati huu watu wa Beth-Shemeshi walikuwa wakivuna ngano yao huko bondeni, walipoinua macho yao na kuona lile Sanduku, wakafurahi kuliona.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1SA.6.14" />Lile gari la kukokotwa lilikuja mpaka kwenye shamba la Yoshua wa Beth-Shemeshi, nalo likasimama kando ya mwamba mkubwa. Watu wakapasua mbao za lile gari la kukokotwa na kutoa dhabihu wale ngʼombe kama sadaka ya kuteketezwa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1SA.6.15" />Walawi walilishusha Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, pamoja na lile kasha lililokuwa na vile vitu vya dhahabu na kuviweka juu ya ule mwamba mkubwa. Siku ile watu wa Beth-Shemeshi wakatoa sadaka za kuteketezwa na dhabihu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1SA.6.16" />Wale watawala watano wa Wafilisti waliona haya yote, nao wakarudi siku ile ile mpaka Ekroni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1SA.6.17" />Haya ndiyo yale majipu ya dhahabu Wafilisti waliyotuma kama sadaka ya hatia kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, moja kwa ajili ya Ashdodi, moja kwa Gaza, moja kwa Ashkeloni, moja kwa Gathi, na moja kwa Ekroni.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1SA.6.18" />Nayo hesabu ya wale panya wa dhahabu ilikuwa kulingana na idadi ya miji ya Wafilisti ya watawala watano wa Wafilisti: miji yao iliyozungukwa na maboma, pamoja na vijiji vya miji hiyo. Ule mwamba mkubwa, ambao juu yake waliliweka lile Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ni ushahidi hadi leo katika shamba la Yoshua wa Beth-Shemeshi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1SA.6.19" />Lakini Mungu aliwapiga baadhi ya watu wa Beth-Shemeshi, akiwaua watu sabini miongoni mwao kwa sababu walichungulia ndani ya Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Watu wakaomboleza kwa sababu ya pigo zito kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1SA.6.20" />nao watu wa Beth-Shemeshi wakauliza, “Ni nani awezaye kusimama mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, huyu Mungu aliye mtakatifu? Sanduku litapanda kwenda kwa nani kutoka hapa?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="1SA.6.21" />Kisha wakatuma wajumbe kwa watu wa Kiriath-Yearimu, wakisema, “Wafilisti wamerudisha Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Shukeni na mlipandishe huko kwenu.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="7" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.7.1" />Kisha watu wa Kiriath-Yearimu wakaja na kulichukua Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Wakalipeleka katika nyumba ya Abinadabu juu kilimani na kumweka Eleazari mwanawe wakfu kulichunga Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Samweli Awatiisha Wafilisti Huko Mispa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="1SA.7.2" />Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilibakia huko Kiriath-Yearimu kwa muda mrefu, yaani jumla ya miaka ishirini, nao watu wa Israeli wakaomboleza na kumtafuta
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1SA.7.3" />Naye Samweli akawaambia nyumba yote ya Israeli, “Ikiwa mtamrudia
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa mioyo yenu yote, basi iacheni miungu migeni na Maashtorethi na kujitoa wenyewe kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kumtumikia yeye peke yake, naye atawaokoa ninyi na mkono wa Wafilisti.”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1SA.7.4" />Hivyo Waisraeli wakaweka mbali Mabaali yao na Maashtorethi, nao wakamtumikia
<nd>Bwana</nd> peke yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1SA.7.5" />Kisha Samweli akasema, “Wakusanyeni Israeli wote huko Mispa, nami nitawaombea ninyi kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1SA.7.6" />Walipokwisha kukutanika huko Mispa, walichota maji na kuyamimina mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Siku hiyo walifunga na wakaungama, wakisema, “Tumetenda dhambi dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.” Naye Samweli alikuwa kiongozi<f caller="+"><fr>7:6
</fr><ft>Kiongozi hapa maana yake mwamuzi.</ft></f> wa Israeli huko Mispa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1SA.7.7" />Wafilisti waliposikia kwamba Israeli wamekusanyika huko Mispa, watawala wa Wafilisti wakapanda ili kuwashambulia. Waisraeli waliposikia habari hiyo, waliogopa kwa sababu ya Wafilisti.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1SA.7.8" />Wakamwambia Samweli, “Usiache kumlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wetu, kwa ajili yetu, ili apate kutuokoa na mikono ya Wafilisti.”
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1SA.7.9" />Kisha Samweli akamchukua mwana-kondoo anyonyaye na kumtoa mzima kama sadaka ya kuteketezwa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Akamlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa niaba ya Israeli, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamjibu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1SA.7.10" />Samweli alipokuwa anatoa hiyo dhabihu ya kuteketezwa, Wafilisti wakasogea karibu ili kupigana vita na Israeli. Lakini siku ile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alinguruma kwa ngurumo kubwa dhidi ya Wafilisti na kuwafanya wafadhaike na kutetemeka hivi kwamba walikimbizwa mbele ya Waisraeli.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1SA.7.11" />Watu wa Israeli wakatoka mbio huko Mispa na kuwafuatia Wafilisti, wakiwachinja njiani hadi mahali chini ya Beth-Kari.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1SA.7.12" />Ndipo Samweli akachukua jiwe na kulisimamisha kati ya Mispa na Sheni. Akaliita Ebenezeri,<f caller="+"><fr>7:12
</fr><ft>Ebenezeri maana yake jiwe la usaidizi.</ft></f> akisema, “Hata sasa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ametusaidia.”
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1SA.7.13" />Basi Wafilisti wakashindwa na hawakuvamia nchi ya Israeli tena.
</p>
<p style="p">Katika maisha yote ya Samweli, mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ulikuwa dhidi ya Wafilisti.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1SA.7.14" />Miji kuanzia Ekroni hadi Gathi, ile ambayo Wafilisti walikuwa wameiteka kutoka Israeli, ilirudishwa kwake, naye Israeli akazikomboa nchi jirani mikononi mwa Wafilisti. Kukawepo amani kati ya Israeli na Waamori.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1SA.7.15" />Samweli akaendelea kama mwamuzi juu ya Israeli siku zote za maisha yake.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1SA.7.16" />Mwaka hadi mwaka aliendelea kuzunguka kutoka Betheli mpaka Gilgali na Mispa, akiamua Israeli katika sehemu hizo zote.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1SA.7.17" />Lakini kila mara alirudi Rama, kulikokuwa nyumbani kwake, huko pia aliwaamua Israeli. Naye huko alimjengea
<nd>Bwana</nd> madhabahu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Israeli Waomba Mfalme
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.8.1" />Samweli alipokuwa mzee, akaweka wanawe kuwa waamuzi wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1SA.8.2" />Mzaliwa wa kwanza alikuwa Yoeli, na la wa pili lilikuwa Abiya, nao wakatumika huko Beer-Sheba.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1SA.8.3" />Lakini wanawe hawakuenenda katika njia zake. Waliziacha wakageukia faida za udanganyifu nao wakapokea rushwa na kupotosha haki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1SA.8.4" />Basi wazee wote wa Israeli wakakusanyika pamoja na kumjia Samweli huko Rama.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1SA.8.5" />Wakamwambia, “Wewe umekuwa mzee, nao wanao hawaenendi katika njia zako, sasa tuteulie mfalme wa kutuongoza, kama ilivyo kwa mataifa mengine yote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1SA.8.6" />Lakini wao waliposema, “Tupe mfalme wa kutuongoza,” hili lilimchukiza Samweli, hivyo akamwomba
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1SA.8.7" />Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia: “Sikiliza yale yote watu wanakuambia. Si wewe ambaye wamekukataa, bali wamenikataa mimi kuwa mfalme wao.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1SA.8.8" />Kama vile walivyofanya tangu siku nilipowapandisha kutoka Misri mpaka siku hii ya leo; wakiniacha mimi na kutumikia miungu mingine, ndivyo wanavyokufanyia wewe.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1SA.8.9" />Sasa wasikilize, lakini waonye kwa makini na uwafahamishe yale watakayotendewa na mfalme atakayewatawala.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1SA.8.10" />Samweli akawaambia wale watu waliokuwa wakiomba wapewe mfalme maneno yote ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1SA.8.11" />Akasema, “Hivi ndivyo atakavyowatendea mfalme atakayewatawala. Atawachukua wana wenu na kuwafanya watumike kwa magari yake ya vita na farasi, nao watakimbia mbele ya magari yake.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1SA.8.12" />Baadhi yao atawaweka kuwa majemadari wa jeshi wa maelfu na majemadari wa jeshi wa hamsini, wengine kulima mashamba yake na kuvuna mavuno yake, pia na wengine kutengeneza silaha za vita na vifaa kwa ajili ya magari yake.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1SA.8.13" />Atawachukua binti zenu kuwa watengeneza manukato, wapishi na waokaji.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1SA.8.14" />Atayachukua mashamba yenu yaliyo mazuri, mashamba ya mizabibu na mashamba yenu ya mizeituni na kuwapa watumishi wake.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1SA.8.15" />Ataichukua sehemu ya kumi ya nafaka yenu na ya zabibu zenu na kuwapa maafisa wake na watumishi wake.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1SA.8.16" />Atawachukua watumishi wenu wa kiume na wa kike, na ngʼombe wenu walio wazuri sana na punda kwa matumizi yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1SA.8.17" />Atachukua sehemu ya kumi ya makundi yenu ya kondoo na mbuzi, na ninyi wenyewe mtakuwa watumwa wake.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1SA.8.18" />Siku ile itakapowadia, mtalia kwa kutaka msaada kutokana na mfalme mliyemchagua, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> hatawajibu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1SA.8.19" />Lakini watu wakakataa kumsikiliza Samweli wakasema, “Hapana! Tunataka mfalme wa kututawala.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1SA.8.20" />Kisha tutakuwa kama mataifa mengine yote, tukiwa na mfalme wa kutuongoza na kwenda mbele yetu na kutupigania vita vyetu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="1SA.8.21" />Samweli aliposikia yote watu waliyosema, akarudia kuyasema mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1SA.8.22" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamjibu, “Wasikilize na uwape mfalme.”
</p>
<p style="p">Kisha Samweli akawaambia watu wa Israeli, “Kila mmoja arudi mjini kwake.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Samweli Anamtia Sauli Mafuta
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.9.1" />Kulikuwako Mbenyamini mmoja, mtu maarufu, ambaye aliitwa Kishi mwana wa Abieli, mwana wa Serori, mwana wa Bekorathi, mwana wa Afia wa Benyamini.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1SA.9.2" />Alikuwa na mwana aliyeitwa Sauli, kijana anayevutia sana, hakuwepo aliyelingana naye miongoni mwa Waisraeli, alikuwa mrefu kuliko wengine wote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1SA.9.3" />Basi punda wa Kishi baba yake Sauli walipotea, naye Kishi akamwambia mwanawe Sauli, “Mchukue mmoja wa watumishi mwende pamoja naye kuwatafuta punda.”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1SA.9.4" />Hivyo akapita katika nchi ya vilima ya Efraimu na katika eneo la Shalisha, lakini hawakuwapata. Wakaendelea katika sehemu ya Shaalimu, lakini punda hawakuwepo huko. Kisha wakapita katika nchi ya Benyamini, lakini hawakuwapata.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1SA.9.5" />Walipofika sehemu ya Sufu, Sauli akamwambia mtumishi aliyekuwa pamoja naye, “Njoo, sisi na turudi, au baba yangu ataacha kufikiria juu ya punda na kuanza kufadhaika kutuhusu sisi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1SA.9.6" />Lakini mtumishi akajibu, “Tazama, katika mji huu yupo mtu wa Mungu, anayeheshimiwa sana na kila kitu asemacho hutokea kweli. Sasa na twende huko. Huenda atatuambia twende njia ipi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1SA.9.7" />Sauli akamwambia mtumishi wake, “Kama tukienda, tutampa nini huyo mtu? Chakula kimekwisha kwenye mifuko yetu. Hatuna zawadi ya kumpelekea huyo mtu wa Mungu. Je tuna nini?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1SA.9.8" />Mtumishi akamjibu Sauli tena, akasema, “Tazama, nina fedha robo shekeli.<f caller="+"><fr>9:8
</fr><ft>Robo shekeli ni sawa na gramu 3.</ft></f> Hiyo nitampa huyo mtu wa Mungu ili aweze kutuambia twende kwa njia ipi.”
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1SA.9.9" />(Zamani katika Israeli, kama mtu alikwenda kuuliza neno kwa Mungu, angalisema, “Njoo na twende kwa mwonaji,” kwa sababu nabii wa sasa alikuwa akiitwa mwonaji.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1SA.9.10" />Sauli akamwambia mtumishi wake, “Vyema, njoo na twende.” Basi wakaenda mjini alipokuwepo huyo mtu wa Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1SA.9.11" />Walipokuwa wakipanda mlima kwenda mjini, wakakutana na baadhi ya wasichana wanakuja kuchota maji, nao wakawauliza, “Je, mwonaji yuko?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1SA.9.12" />Wakajibu, “Yuko, yu mbele yenu amewatangulia, sasa fanyeni haraka, ndiyo tu amekuja mjini kwetu leo, kwa kuwa watu wana dhabihu huko mahali pa juu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1SA.9.13" />Mara tu mwingiapo mjini, mtamkuta kabla hajapanda kwenda mahali pa juu kula. Watu hawataanza kula mpaka atakapofika kwa sababu ni lazima kwanza yeye abariki dhabihu, ndipo wale walioalikwa watakapokula. Pandeni sasa, mtamkuta kwa wakati huu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1SA.9.14" />Wakapanda mjini, nao walipokuwa wakiingia mjini, tazama, Samweli alikuwa akija kuelekea walikokwenda mahali pa juu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1SA.9.15" />Basi siku moja kabla Sauli hajaja,
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amemfunulia Samweli jambo hili:
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1SA.9.16" />“Kesho wakati kama huu nitakupelekea mtu kutoka nchi ya Benyamini. Umtie mafuta awe kiongozi juu ya watu wangu Israeli, ndiye atakayewakomboa watu wangu na mkono wa Wafilisti. Nimewaangalia watu wangu, kwa kuwa kilio chao kimenifikia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1SA.9.17" />Samweli alipomwona Sauli,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia, “Huyu ndiye mtu niliyekuambia habari zake, kwamba yeye atawatawala watu wangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1SA.9.18" />Sauli akamkaribia Samweli langoni na kumuuliza, “Tafadhali, je, waweza kuniambia mahali nyumba ya mwonaji ilipo?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1SA.9.19" />Samweli akamjibu Sauli, “Mimi ndiye mwonaji, panda utangulie mbele yangu mpaka mahali pa juu, kwa kuwa leo itakupasa kula pamoja nami na asubuhi nitakuruhusu uende na nitakuambia yale yote yaliyo moyoni mwako.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1SA.9.20" />Kuhusu wale punda uliowapoteza siku tatu zilizopita, usifadhaike kwa habari yao; wamepatikana. Ni kwa nani ambaye shauku yote ya Israeli imeelekea, kama si kwako na jamaa yote ya baba yako?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="1SA.9.21" />Sauli akajibu, “Je, mimi si Mbenyamini, kutoka kabila dogo kuliko yote ya Israeli, nao ukoo wangu si ndio mdogo kuliko koo zote za kabila la Benyamini? Kwa nini uniambie jambo la namna hiyo?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="1SA.9.22" />Kisha Samweli akamleta Sauli na mtumishi wake ndani ukumbini na kuwaketisha mahali pa heshima zaidi miongoni mwa wale waliokuwa wamealikwa; jumla yao walikuwa kama watu thelathini.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1SA.9.23" />Samweli akamwambia mpishi, “Leta ile sehemu ya nyama niliyokupa, ile niliyokuambia iweke kando.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="1SA.9.24" />Hivyo mpishi akachukua mguu pamoja na kile kilichokuwa juu yake akaiweka mbele ya Sauli. Samweli akasema, “Hiki ndicho ambacho kimewekwa kwa ajili yako. Ule, kwa sababu kilitengwa kwa ajili yako kwa tukio hili, tangu niliposema, ‘Nimewaalika wageni.’ ” Naye Sauli akala pamoja na Samweli siku ile.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="1SA.9.25" />Baada ya kushuka kutoka mahali pa juu na kufika mjini, Samweli alizungumza na Sauli juu ya dari ya nyumba yake.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="1SA.9.26" />Walipoamka mapema alfajiri, Samweli akamwita Sauli darini, akamwambia, “Jiandae, nami nitakuaga uende zako.” Sauli alipokuwa tayari yeye na Samweli wakatoka nje pamoja.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1SA.9.27" />Hata walipokuwa wakiteremka kuelekea mwisho wa mji, Samweli akamwambia Sauli, “Mwambie mtumishi atangulie mbele yetu.” Naye mtumishi akafanya hivyo. “Lakini subiri hapa kwa kitambo kidogo, ili nipate kukupa ujumbe kutoka kwa Mungu.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="10" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.10.1" />Ndipo Samweli akachukua chupa ndogo ya mafuta na kuyamimina juu ya kichwa cha Sauli, akambusu, akisema, “Je,
<nd>Bwana</nd> hakukutia mafuta uwe kiongozi juu ya watu wake Israeli?
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1SA.10.2" />Utakapoondoka kwangu leo, utakutana na watu wawili karibu na kaburi la Raheli, huko Selsa kwenye mpaka wa Benyamini. Watakuambia, ‘Punda wale uliotoka kwenda kuwatafuta, wamekwisha kupatikana. Sasa baba yako ameacha kufikiri kuhusu punda na sasa ana hofu kukuhusu wewe. Anauliza, “Nitafanyaje kuhusu mwanangu?” ’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1SA.10.3" />“Kisha utakwenda mbele kutoka hapa mpaka uufikie mwaloni wa Tabori. Watu watatu wanaopanda kwa Mungu huko Betheli watakutana nawe hapo. Mmoja atakuwa amechukua wana-mbuzi watatu, mwingine mikate mitatu, na mwingine kiriba cha divai.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1SA.10.4" />Watakusalimu na kukupa mikate miwili, ambayo utaipokea kutoka kwao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1SA.10.5" />“Baada ya hayo utakwenda Gibea ya Mungu, ambapo hapo kuna kambi ya Wafilisti. Unapokaribia mji utakutana na kundi la manabii wakiteremka kutoka mahali pa juu wakiwa na vinubi, matari, filimbi na zeze vikipigwa mbele yao, nao watakuwa wakitoa unabii.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1SA.10.6" />Roho wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakuja juu yako kwa nguvu, nawe utatoa unabii pamoja nao; nawe utageuzwa kuwa mtu wa tofauti.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1SA.10.7" />Mara ishara hizi zitakapotimizwa, fanya lolote mkono wako upasao kufanya, kwa kuwa Mungu yu pamoja nawe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1SA.10.8" />“Tangulia kushuka mbele yangu mpaka Gilgali. Hakika nami nitateremka nikujie ili kutoa dhabihu za sadaka za kuteketezwa na dhabihu za amani, lakini lazima ungoje kwa siku saba hata nitakapokujia na kukuambia likupasalo kufanya.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sauli Afanywa Mfalme
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1SA.10.9" />Ikawa Sauli alipogeuka kumwacha Samweli, Mungu aliubadilisha moyo wa Sauli, na ishara hizi zote zikatimizwa siku ile.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1SA.10.10" />Walipofika Gibea, akakutana na kundi la manabii. Roho wa Mungu akaja juu yake kwa nguvu, naye akajiunga nao katika kutoa unabii kwao.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1SA.10.11" />Ikawa wale wote waliomfahamu hapo mwanzo walipomwona akitoa unabii pamoja na manabii, wakaulizana, “Ni nini hiki kilichomtokea mwana wa Kishi? Je, Sauli naye pia yumo miongoni mwa manabii?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1SA.10.12" />Mtu mmoja ambaye aliishi huko akajibu, “Je, naye baba yao ni nani?” Basi ikawa mithali, kusema, “Je, Sauli pia yumo miongoni mwa manabii?”
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1SA.10.13" />Baada ya Sauli kumaliza kutoa unabii, alikwenda mahali pa juu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1SA.10.14" />Basi babaye mdogo akamuuliza Sauli na mtumishi wake, “Je, mlikuwa wapi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akajibu, “Tulikuwa tukiwatafuta punda. Lakini tulipoona hawapatikani, tulikwenda kwa Samweli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1SA.10.15" />Babaye mdogo Sauli akasema, “Niambie Samweli amekuambia nini.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="1SA.10.16" />Sauli akajibu, “Alituhakikishia kwamba punda wamepatikana.” Lakini hakumwambia babaye mdogo kila kitu Samweli alichomwambia kuhusu ufalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1SA.10.17" />Samweli akawaita watu wa Israeli kuja kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> huko Mispa,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1SA.10.18" />naye akawaambia, “Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli: ‘Niliwatoa Israeli kutoka Misri, nami niliwaokoa toka nguvu za Misri na falme zote zilizowaonea.’
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1SA.10.19" />Lakini sasa mmemkataa Mungu wenu, ambaye anawaokoa toka katika maafa yenu yote na taabu zenu zote. Nanyi mmesema, ‘Hapana, tuteulie mfalme atutawale.’ Sasa basi, jihudhurisheni wenyewe mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa kabila zenu na kwa koo zenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="1SA.10.20" />Samweli alipoyasogeza makabila yote ya Israeli, kabila la Benyamini likachaguliwa.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1SA.10.21" />Kisha akalisogeza mbele kabila la Benyamini, ukoo kwa ukoo, nao ukoo wa Matri ukachaguliwa. Mwishoni Sauli mwana wa Kishi akachaguliwa. Lakini walipomtafuta, hakuonekana.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1SA.10.22" />Wakazidi kuuliza kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Je, huyo mtu amekwisha kufika hapa?”
</p>
<p style="p">Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, “Ndiyo, amejificha katikati ya mizigo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1SA.10.23" />Wakakimbia na kumleta kutoka huko, naye aliposimama katikati ya watu, alikuwa mrefu kuliko watu wengine wote.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1SA.10.24" />Samweli akawaambia watu wote, “Je, mnamwona mtu ambaye
<nd>Bwana</nd> amemchagua? Hayupo aliye kama yeye miongoni mwa watu wote.”
</p>
<p style="p">Ndipo watu wakapiga kelele, wakasema, “Mfalme na aishi maisha marefu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="1SA.10.25" />Samweli akawaeleza watu madaraka ya ufalme. Akayaandika kwenye kitabu na kuweka mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Kisha Samweli akawaruhusu watu, kila mmoja aende nyumbani kwake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="1SA.10.26" />Sauli pia akaenda nyumbani kwake huko Gibea, akisindikizwa na watu hodari ambao Mungu alikuwa amegusa mioyo yao.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1SA.10.27" />Lakini baadhi ya watu wakorofi walisema, “Huyu mtu atawezaje kutuokoa?” Wakamdharau na wala hawakumletea zawadi. Lakini Sauli akanyamaza kimya.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="11" />
<s style="s1">Sauli Aukomboa Mji Wa Yabeshi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.11.1" />Nahashi yule Mwamoni, akakwea kuuzunguka kwa jeshi mji wa Yabeshi-Gileadi. Watu wote wa Yabeshi wakamwambia, “Fanya mkataba na sisi, na tutakuwa chini yako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="1SA.11.2" />Lakini Nahashi yule Mwamoni akajibu, “Nitafanya mkataba na ninyi tu kwa sharti kwamba nitangʼoa jicho la kulia la kila mmoja wenu, na hivyo kuleta aibu juu ya Israeli yote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1SA.11.3" />Viongozi wa Yabeshi wakamwambia, “Tupe siku saba ili tuweze kutuma wajumbe katika Israeli yote, kama hakuna hata mmoja anayekuja kutuokoa, tutajisalimisha kwako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1SA.11.4" />Wajumbe walipofika Gibea ya Sauli na kutoa taarifa juu ya masharti haya kwa watu, wote walilia kwa sauti kubwa.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1SA.11.5" />Wakati huo huo Sauli alikuwa anarudi kutoka mashambani, akiwa nyuma ya maksai wake, naye akauliza, “Watu wana nini? Mbona wanalia?” Ndipo wakamweleza jinsi watu wa Yabeshi walivyokuwa wamesema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1SA.11.6" />Sauli aliposikia maneno yao, Roho wa Mungu akaja juu yake kwa nguvu, naye akawaka hasira.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1SA.11.7" />Akachukua jozi ya maksai na kuwakata vipande vipande, naye kuvituma hivyo vipande kupitia wajumbe katika Israeli yote, wakitangaza, “Hivi ndivyo itakavyofanyika kwa maksai wa kila mmoja ambaye hatamfuata Sauli na Samweli.” Kisha hofu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ikawaangukia watu, nao wakatoka kama mtu mmoja.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1SA.11.8" />Sauli alipowakusanya huko Bezeki, watu wa Israeli walikuwa 300,000 na watu wa Yuda 30,000.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1SA.11.9" />Wakawaambia wale wajumbe waliokuwa wamekuja, “Waambieni watu wa Yabeshi-Gileadi, ‘Kesho kabla jua halijawa kali, mtaokolewa.’ ” Wajumbe walipokwenda na kutoa taarifa hii kwa watu wa Yabeshi, wakafurahi.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1SA.11.10" />Wakawaambia Waamoni, “Kesho tutajisalimisha kwenu, nanyi mtaweza kututendea chochote mnachoona chema kwenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1SA.11.11" />Kesho yake Sauli alitenganisha watu wake katika vikosi vitatu; wakati wa zamu ya mwisho ya usiku wakaingia katika kambi ya Waamoni na kuwachinja mpaka mchana. Wale walionusurika wakasambaa, kiasi kwamba hawakusalia watu wawili pamoja.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sauli Athibitishwa Kuwa Mfalme
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1SA.11.12" />Kisha watu wakamwambia Samweli, “Ni nani yule aliyeuliza, ‘Je, Sauli atatawala juu yetu?’ Tuletee hawa watu, nasi tutawaua.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1SA.11.13" />Lakini Sauli akasema, “Hakuna hata mmoja atakayeuawa leo, kwa kuwa siku hii
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameokoa Israeli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1SA.11.14" />Ndipo Samweli akawaambia watu, “Njooni, twendeni Gilgali na huko tuthibitishe ufalme.”
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1SA.11.15" />Kwa hiyo watu wote wakaenda Gilgali na kumthibitisha Sauli kuwa mfalme mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Huko wakatoa dhabihu za sadaka za amani mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, naye Sauli na Waisraeli wote wakafanya karamu kubwa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Hotuba Ya Samweli Ya Kuaga
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.12.1" />Samweli akawaambia Israeli wote, “Nimesikiliza kila kitu mlichoniambia nami nimewawekea mfalme juu yenu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1SA.12.2" />Sasa mnaye mfalme kama kiongozi wenu. Lakini kwa habari yangu mimi ni mzee na nina mvi, nao wanangu wapo hapa pamoja nanyi. Nimekuwa kiongozi wenu tangu ujana wangu mpaka siku hii ya leo.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1SA.12.3" />Mimi ninasimama hapa. Shuhudieni juu yangu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> na mpakwa mafuta wake. Nimechukua maksai wa nani? Nimechukua punda wa nani? Ni nani nimepata kumdanganya? Ni nani nimepata kumwonea? Ni kutoka kwenye mkono wa nani nimepokea rushwa ili kunifanya nifumbe macho yangu? Kama nimefanya chochote katika hivi, mimi nitawarudishia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1SA.12.4" />Wakajibu, “Hujatudanganya wala kutuonea. Hujapokea chochote kutoka kwenye mkono wa mtu awaye yote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1SA.12.5" />Samweli akawaambia, “<nd>Bwana</nd> ni shahidi juu yenu, pia mpakwa mafuta wake ni shahidi siku hii ya leo, kwamba hamkukuta chochote mkononi mwangu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Wakasema, “Yeye ni shahidi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1SA.12.6" />Kisha Samweli akawaambia watu, “<nd>Bwana</nd> ndiye alimchagua Mose na Aroni, na kuwaleta baba zenu akiwapandisha kutoka Misri.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1SA.12.7" />Sasa basi, simameni hapa, kwa sababu nitakabiliana nanyi kwa ushahidi mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> wa matendo yote ya haki yaliyofanywa na
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwenu na kwa baba zenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1SA.12.8" />“Baada ya Yakobo kuingia Misri, walimlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa ajili ya msaada, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawatuma Mose na Aroni, ambao waliwatoa baba zenu kutoka Misri na kuwakalisha mahali hapa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1SA.12.9" />“Lakini wakamsahau
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao, hivyo Mungu akawauza katika mkono wa Sisera, jemadari wa jeshi la Hazori na katika mikono ya Wafilisti na mfalme wa Moabu, ambaye alipigana dhidi yao.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1SA.12.10" />Wakamlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kusema, ‘Tumetenda dhambi; tumemwacha
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kutumikia Mabaali na Maashtorethi. Lakini sasa tuokoe kutoka mikono ya adui zetu, nasi tutakutumikia.’
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1SA.12.11" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawatuma Yerub-Baali,<f caller="+"><fr>12:11
</fr><ft>Yerub-Baali pia aliitwa Gideoni.</ft></f> Baraka, Yefta na Samweli, naye akawaokoa kutoka mikononi mwa adui zenu kila upande, ili ninyi mpate kukaa salama.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1SA.12.12" />“Lakini mlipomwona yule Nahashi mfalme wa Waamoni anakuja dhidi yenu, mliniambia, ‘Hapana, tunataka mfalme atutawale,’ hata ingawa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu alikuwa mfalme wenu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1SA.12.13" />Sasa huyu hapa ndiye mfalme mliyemchagua, yule mliyeomba; tazameni,
<nd>Bwana</nd> amemweka mfalme juu yenu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1SA.12.14" />Kama mkimcha
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kumtumikia na kumtii nanyi msipoasi dhidi ya amri zake, ninyi pamoja na mfalme anayetawala juu yenu mkimfuata
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wenu, mambo yatakuwa mema kwenu!
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1SA.12.15" />Lakini kama hamkumtii
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nanyi kama mkiasi dhidi ya amri zake, mkono wake utakuwa dhidi yenu, kama ulivyokuwa dhidi ya baba zenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="1SA.12.16" />“Sasa basi, simameni kimya mkaone jambo hili kubwa ambalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> anakwenda kulifanya mbele ya macho yenu!
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1SA.12.17" />Je, sasa si mavuno ya ngano? Nitamwomba
<nd>Bwana</nd> ili alete ngurumo na mvua. Nanyi mtatambua jambo hili lilivyo baya mlilolifanya mbele za macho ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> mlipoomba mfalme.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1SA.12.18" />Kisha Samweli akamwomba
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na siku ile ile
<nd>Bwana</nd> akatuma ngurumo na mvua. Hivyo watu wote wakamwogopa sana
<nd>Bwana</nd> na Samweli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1SA.12.19" />Watu wote wakamwambia Samweli, “Mwombe
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako kwa ajili ya watumishi wako, ili tusije tukafa, kwa kuwa tumeongeza uovu juu ya dhambi zetu nyingine kwa kuomba mfalme.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="1SA.12.20" />Samweli akajibu, “Msiogope, mmefanya uovu huu wote; hata hivyo msimwache
<nd>Bwana</nd>, bali mtumikieni
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moyo wenu wote.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1SA.12.21" />Msigeukie sanamu zisizofaa. Haziwezi kuwatendea jema, wala haziwezi kuwaokoa kwa sababu hazina maana.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1SA.12.22" />Kwa ajili ya jina lake kuu
<nd>Bwana</nd> hatawakataa watu wake, kwa sababu ilimpendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuwafanya kuwa wake mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1SA.12.23" />Kwa habari yangu, iwe mbali nami kutenda dhambi dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa kushindwa kuwaombea. Mimi nitawafundisha njia iliyo njema na ya kunyooka.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1SA.12.24" />Lakini hakikisheni mnamcha
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kumtumikia kwa uaminifu kwa moyo wenu wote; tafakarini mambo makubwa aliyoyatenda kwa ajili yenu.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1SA.12.25" />Hata hivyo mkiendelea kufanya uovu, ninyi na mfalme wenu mtafutiliwa mbali!”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="13" />
<s style="s1">Samweli Amkemea Sauli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.13.1" />Sauli alikuwa na miaka thelathini, alipokuwa mfalme, akatawala Israeli miaka arobaini na miwili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="1SA.13.2" />Sauli alichagua watu 3,000 kutoka Israeli; miongoni mwa hao watu 2,000 walikuwa pamoja naye huko Mikmashi na katika nchi ya vilima ya Betheli, nao watu 1,000 walikuwa pamoja na Yonathani huko Gibea ya Benyamini. Watu waliosalia aliwarudisha nyumbani mwao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1SA.13.3" />Yonathani akashambulia ngome ya Wafilisti huko Geba, nao Wafilisti wakapata habari hizo. Kisha Sauli akaamuru tarumbeta ipigwe nchi yote na kusema, “Waebrania na wasikie!”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1SA.13.4" />Hivyo Israeli wote wakasikia habari kwamba: “Sauli ameshambulia ngome ya Wafilisti, nao sasa Israeli wamekuwa harufu mbaya kwa Wafilisti.” Basi watu waliitwa kuungana na Sauli huko Gilgali.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1SA.13.5" />Wafilisti wakakusanyika ili kupigana na Israeli, wakiwa na magari ya vita 3,000, waendesha magari ya vita 6,000 na askari wa miguu wengi kama mchanga wa ufuoni mwa bahari. Walipanda na kupiga kambi huko Mikmashi, mashariki ya Beth-Aveni.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1SA.13.6" />Watu wa Israeli walipoona kuwa hali yao ni ya hatari na kuwa jeshi lao limesongwa sana, wakajificha katika mapango na katika vichaka, katikati ya miamba, kwenye mashimo na kwenye mahandaki.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1SA.13.7" />Hata baadhi ya Waebrania wakavuka Yordani mpaka nchi ya Gadi na Gileadi.
</p>
<p style="p">Sauli akabaki huko Gilgali, navyo vikosi vyote vilivyokuwa pamoja naye vilikuwa vikitetemeka kwa hofu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1SA.13.8" />Akangoja kwa siku saba, muda uliowekwa na Samweli; lakini Samweli hakuja Gilgali, nao watu wa Sauli wakaanza kutawanyika.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1SA.13.9" />Basi akasema, “Nileteeni hapa sadaka ya kuteketezwa na sadaka za amani.” Naye Sauli akatoa sadaka ya kuteketezwa.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1SA.13.10" />Mara alipomaliza kutoa hiyo sadaka, Samweli akatokea, naye Sauli akaondoka kwenda kumlaki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1SA.13.11" />Samweli akamuuliza, “Umefanya nini?”
</p>
<p style="p">Sauli akajibu, “Nilipoona kwamba watu wanatawanyika, na kwamba hukuja wakati uliopangwa na kwamba Wafilisti walikuwa wakikusanyika huko Mikmashi,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1SA.13.12" />nikawaza, ‘Sasa Wafilisti watateremka dhidi yangu huko Gilgali nami sijaomba kibali kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’ Hivyo nikalazimika kutoa sadaka ya kuteketezwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1SA.13.13" />Samweli akasema, “Umetenda kwa upumbavu. Hukuyashika maagizo ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako aliyokupa. Kama ungelitii, angeudumisha ufalme wako juu ya Israeli kwa wakati wote.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1SA.13.14" />Lakini sasa ufalme wako hautadumu;
<nd>Bwana</nd> amemtafuta mtu aupendezaye moyo wake, na amemchagua awe kiongozi wa watu wake, kwa sababu hukuyatii maagizo ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1SA.13.15" />Kisha Samweli akaondoka Gilgali, akapanda Gibea ya Benyamini, naye Sauli akawahesabu watu aliokuwa nao. Jumla yao walikuwa watu 600.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Israeli Bila Silaha
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="1SA.13.16" />Sauli, mwanawe Yonathani na watu waliokuwa pamoja nao walikuwa wakiishi huko Gibea ya Benyamini, wakati Wafilisti wakiwa wamepiga kambi huko Mikmashi.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1SA.13.17" />Makundi ya wavamiaji walikuja kutoka kambi ya Wafilisti katika vikosi vitatu. Kikosi kimoja kilielekea Ofra karibu na Shuali,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1SA.13.18" />kikosi kingine kilielekea Beth-Horoni, nacho kikosi cha tatu kilielekea kwenye nchi ya mpakani ielekeayo Bonde la Seboimu linalotazamana na jangwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1SA.13.19" />Hapakuwa na mhunzi ambaye angeweza kupatikana katika nchi yote ya Israeli, kwa sababu Wafilisti walikuwa wamesema, “Waebrania wasije wakatengeneza panga au mikuki!”
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1SA.13.20" />Hivyo Waisraeli wote huteremka kwa Wafilisti ili kunoa majembe ya plau, majembe ya mkono, mashoka na miundu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1SA.13.21" />Bei ilikuwa fedha theluthi mbili za shekeli<f caller="+"><fr>13:21
</fr><ft>Theluthi mbili za shekeli za fedha ni sawa na gramu 8.</ft></f> kunoa majembe ya plau na majembe ya mkono, na theluthi moja ya shekeli<f caller="+"><fr>13:21
</fr><ft>Theluthi moja ya shekeli ya fedha ni sawa na gramu 4.</ft></f> kwa nyuma, mashoka na michokoo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="1SA.13.22" />Kwa hiyo siku ya vita hakuna askari yeyote aliyekuwa kambini na Sauli na Yonathani ambaye alikuwa na upanga wala mkuki mkononi mwake; Sauli tu na mwanawe Yonathani ndio waliokuwa navyo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yonathani Awashambulia Wafilisti
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1SA.13.23" />Basi kikosi cha Wafilisti kilikuwa kimetoka kuelekea njia iendayo Mikmashi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="14" />
<p sfm="nb" style="nb"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.14.1" />Siku moja Yonathani mwana wa Sauli akamwambia kijana mbeba silaha wake, akasema, “Njoo, tuwavukie Wafilisti kwenye doria upande ule mwingine.” Lakini hakumwambia baba yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="1SA.14.2" />Sauli alikuwa akikaa kwenye viunga vya Gibea chini ya mkomamanga huko Migroni. Alikuwa pamoja na watu kama 600,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1SA.14.3" />miongoni mwao alikuwepo Ahiya, ambaye alikuwa amevaa kisibau. Alikuwa mwana wa Ikabodi, nduguye Ahitubu mwana wa Finehasi, mwana wa Eli, kuhani wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> huko Shilo. Hakuna yeyote aliyekuwa na habari kwamba Yonathani alikuwa ameondoka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1SA.14.4" />Kila upande wa njia ambayo Yonathani alikusudia kupita ili kuvuka kufikia doria ya Wafilisti kulikuwepo na jabali; moja lilikuwa linaitwa Bosesi, na jingine Sene.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1SA.14.5" />Jabali moja lilisimama kaskazini kuelekea Mikmashi na jingine upande wa kusini kuelekea Geba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1SA.14.6" />Yonathani akamwambia kijana wake mbeba silaha, “Njoo, tuvukie doria ya wale jamaa wasiotahiriwa. Huenda
<nd>Bwana</nd> atatenda kwa ajili yetu. Hakuna chochote kitakachoweza kumzuia
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuokoa, kwamba ni kwa wingi au kwa uchache.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1SA.14.7" />Mbeba silaha wake akamwambia, “Fanya yale yote uliyo nayo katika moyo wako. Songa mbele; moyo wangu na roho yangu viko pamoja nawe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1SA.14.8" />Yonathani akasema, “Basi njoo; tutavuka kuwaelekea hao watu na kuacha watuone.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1SA.14.9" />Kama wakituambia, ‘Subirini hapo mpaka tuje kwenu,’ tutakaa pale tulipo na hatutakwea kwao.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1SA.14.10" />Lakini kama watasema, ‘Pandeni mje kwetu,’ tutakwea, kwa sababu hiyo itakuwa ishara yetu kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> amewatia mikononi mwetu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1SA.14.11" />Basi wote wawili wakajionyesha kwa doria ya Wafilisti. Wafilisti wakasema, “Tazama! Waebrania wanatambaa toka mashimoni walimokuwa wamejificha.”
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1SA.14.12" />Watu wa kwenye doria wakawapigia kelele Yonathani na mbeba silaha wake, wakisema, “Njooni, pandeni kwetu nasi tutawakomesha.”
</p>
<p style="p">Basi Yonathani akamwambia mbeba silaha wake, “Panda nyuma yangu;
<nd>Bwana</nd> amewatia mikononi mwa Israeli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1SA.14.13" />Yonathani akapanda juu, akitumia mikono yake na miguu, pamoja na mbeba silaha wake papo hapo nyuma yake. Wafilisti wakaanguka mbele ya Yonathani, naye mbeba silaha wake akamfuata akiwaua nyuma yake.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1SA.14.14" />Katika hilo shambulio la kwanza, Yonathani na mbeba silaha wake waliua kama watu ishirini kwenye eneo kama la nusu eka.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Israeli Wawafukuza Wafilisti
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1SA.14.15" />Kisha fadhaa ikawapata jeshi lote, wale waliokuwa kambini na shambani, wale waliokuwa katika doria na makundi ya washambuliaji, nayo nchi ilitetemeka. Ilikuwa ni hofu ya ghafula iliyotumwa na Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="1SA.14.16" />Wapelelezi wa Sauli huko Gibea ya Benyamini wakaona jeshi likitokomea pande zote.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1SA.14.17" />Ndipo Sauli akawaambia watu wale waliokuwa pamoja naye, “Kagueni jeshi mkaone ni nani ameondoka katikati yetu.” Walipokagua, akawa ni Yonathani na mbeba silaha wake ambao hawakuwepo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1SA.14.18" />Sauli akamwambia Ahiya, “Leta Sanduku la Mungu.” (Wakati huo lilikuwa kwa Waisraeli.)
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1SA.14.19" />Wakati Sauli alipokuwa akisema na kuhani, makelele katika kambi ya Wafilisti yakaongezeka zaidi na zaidi. Hivyo Sauli akamwambia kuhani, “Rudisha mkono wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="1SA.14.20" />Kisha Sauli na watu wake wote wakakusanyika na kwenda vitani. Wakawakuta Wafilisti wakiwa wamechanganyikiwa kabisa, wakitiana panga kila mmoja na wenzake.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1SA.14.21" />Wale Waebrania ambao walishakuwa pamoja na Wafilisti, na waliokuwa wamepanda pamoja nao katika kambi zao, wakaenda upande wa Waisraeli waliokuwa pamoja na Sauli na Yonathani.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1SA.14.22" />Waisraeli wote waliokuwa wamejificha katika nchi ya milima ya Efraimu waliposikia kuwa Wafilisti wamekimbia, wakajiunga vitani na kuwafuata kwa bidii.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1SA.14.23" />Hivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawaokoa Waisraeli siku ile, navyo vita vilienea hadi kupita Beth-Aveni.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yonathani Ala Asali
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="1SA.14.24" />Basi watu wa Israeli walikuwa katika dhiki siku ile, kwa sababu Sauli alikuwa amewafunga watu kwa kiapo, akisema, “Alaaniwe mtu yeyote ambaye atakula chakula kabla ya jioni, kabla sijalipiza kisasi juu ya adui zangu!” Kwa hiyo hakuna mtu yeyote katika jeshi aliyeonja chakula.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="1SA.14.25" />Jeshi lote liliingia mwituni, na huko kulikuwepo na asali ardhini.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="1SA.14.26" />Walipoingia mwituni, wakaona asali ikitiririka, hata hivyo hakuna mtu yeyote aliyetia mkono wake kinywani, kwa sababu waliogopa kiapo.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1SA.14.27" />Lakini Yonathani alikuwa hajasikia kuwa baba yake alikuwa amewafunga watu kwa kiapo, hivyo akainyoosha ncha ya fimbo iliyokuwa mkononi mwake na kuichovya katika sega la asali. Akainua mkono wake na kuutia kinywani mwake, nayo macho yake yakawa maangavu.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1SA.14.28" />Kisha mmoja wa askari wake akamwambia, “Baba yako alilifunga jeshi kwa kiapo kikali, akisema, ‘Alaaniwe mtu yeyote alaye chakula leo!’ Ndiyo sababu watu wanalegea.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="1SA.14.29" />Yonathani akasema, “Baba yangu ameitaabisha nchi. Ona jinsi nilivyopata nguvu mpya nilipoonja asali hii kidogo.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1SA.14.30" />Ingekuwa bora zaidi mara ngapi kama watu wangalikula leo baadhi ya nyara walizoteka kutoka kwa adui zao. Je, mauaji ya Wafilisti yasingekuwa makubwa zaidi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="1SA.14.31" />Siku ile baada ya Waisraeli kuwaua Wafilisti kutoka Mikmashi mpaka Aiyaloni, walikuwa wamechoka.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="1SA.14.32" />Watu wakarukia zile nyara, wakichukua kondoo, ngʼombe na ndama, wakawachinja hapo juu ya nchi na kuwala, pamoja na damu.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="1SA.14.33" />Kisha mtu mmoja akamwambia Sauli, “Tazama, watu wanatenda dhambi dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa kula nyama yenye damu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Akasema, “Mmevunja uaminifu. Livingirisheni jiwe kubwa hapa mara moja.”
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="1SA.14.34" />Kisha Sauli akasema, “Nendeni miongoni mwa watu, mwaambie, ‘Kila mmoja wenu aniletee ngʼombe wake na kondoo, mwachinjie hapa na mle. Msitende dhambi dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa kula nyama ikiwa na damu ndani yake.’ ”
</p>
<p style="p">Hivyo kila mmoja akaleta ngʼombe wake jioni ile na kumchinja hapo.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="1SA.14.35" />Ndipo Sauli akamjengea
<nd>Bwana</nd> madhabahu, na ndiyo ilivyokuwa mara yake ya kwanza kujenga madhabahu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="1SA.14.36" />Sauli akasema, “Tuteremke tufuatie Wafilisti usiku na kuwateka nyara mpaka mapambazuko, nasi tusiache hata mmoja wao hai.”
</p>
<p style="p">Wakajibu, “Fanya lolote lile uonalo jema zaidi kwako.”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini kuhani akasema, “Tuulize kwa Mungu mahali hapa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="1SA.14.37" />Basi Sauli akamuuliza Mungu, akisema, “Je, niteremke kuwafuatia Wafilisti? Je, utawatia mikononi mwa Israeli?” Lakini Mungu hakumjibu siku ile.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="1SA.14.38" />Kwa hiyo Sauli akasema, “Njooni hapa, ninyi nyote ambao ni viongozi wa jeshi, na tutafute ni dhambi gani imefanywa leo.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="1SA.14.39" />Kwa hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> aiokoaye Israeli aishivyo, hata kama itakuwa juu ya mwana wangu Yonathani, ni lazima afe.” Lakini hakuna mtu yeyote aliyesema neno.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="1SA.14.40" />Kisha Sauli akawaambia Waisraeli wote, “Ninyi simameni huko; mimi na mwanangu Yonathani tutasimama hapa.”
</p>
<p style="p">Watu wakajibu, “Fanya lile unaloona jema zaidi kwako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="1SA.14.41" />Kisha Sauli akamwomba
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, akisema, “Nipe jibu lililo sawa.” Yonathani na Sauli wakatolewa kwa kura, nao watu wakawa salama.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="1SA.14.42" />Sauli akasema, “Pigeni kura kati yangu na mwanangu Yonathani.” Kura ikamwangukia Yonathani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="43" bcv="1SA.14.43" />Basi Sauli akamwambia Yonathani, “Niambie ni nini ulichokifanya.”
</p>
<p style="p">Hivyo Yonathani akamwambia, “Nilionja tu asali kidogo kwa ncha ya fimbo yangu. Je, sasa ni lazima nife?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="44" bcv="1SA.14.44" />Sauli akasema, “Mungu na anishughulikie kwa ukali zaidi kama wewe Yonathani hutakufa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="45" bcv="1SA.14.45" />Lakini watu wakamwambia Sauli, “Je, Yonathani atakufa, yeye ambaye ameleta wokovu huu mkubwa Israeli? Hasha! Hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo, hakuna hata unywele wa kichwa chake utakaoanguka juu ya ardhi, kwa kuwa alifanya jambo hili leo kwa msaada wa Mungu.” Basi watu wakamwokoa Yonathani, wala hakuuawa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="46" bcv="1SA.14.46" />Kisha Sauli akaacha kuwafuata Wafilisti, nao wakajiondoa na kurudi katika nchi yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="47" bcv="1SA.14.47" />Baada ya Sauli kujitwalia utawala katika Israeli, alipigana dhidi ya adui zake kila upande: Moabu, Waamoni, Edomu, wafalme wa Soba, na Wafilisti. Popote alipogeukia, aliwashinda.
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="1SA.14.48" />Akapigana kishujaa na kuwashinda Waamaleki, akiikomboa Israeli kutoka mikono ya wale waliokuwa wamewateka nyara.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Jamaa Ya Sauli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="49" bcv="1SA.14.49" />Wana wa Sauli walikuwa Yonathani, Ishvi na Malki-Shua. Jina la binti yake mkubwa lilikuwa Merabu, naye mdogo aliitwa Mikali.
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="1SA.14.50" />Jina la mkewe Sauli aliitwa Ahinoamu binti wa Ahimaasi. Jina la jemadari wa jeshi la Sauli aliitwa Abneri mwana wa Neri, naye Neri alikuwa babaye mdogo Sauli.
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="1SA.14.51" />Babaye Sauli yaani, Kishi na Neri baba yake Abneri walikuwa wana wa Abieli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="52" bcv="1SA.14.52" />Siku zote za utawala wa Sauli zilikuwa za vita vikali dhidi ya Wafilisti, na wakati wowote Sauli alimwona mtu mwenye nguvu au shujaa, alimchukua kwa utumishi wake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="15" />
<s style="s1"><nd>Bwana</nd> Anamkataa Sauli Asiwe Mfalme
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.15.1" />Samweli akamwambia Sauli, “Mimi ndiye ambaye
<nd>Bwana</nd> alinituma nikutie mafuta uwe mfalme juu ya watu wake Israeli, basi sasa sikiliza ujumbe kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1SA.15.2" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote asemalo: ‘Nitawaadhibu Waamaleki kwa kile walichowatendea Israeli walipowavizia wakati walipanda kutoka Misri.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1SA.15.3" />Basi sasa nenda ukawashambulie Waamaleki na kuwaangamiza kabisa pamoja na kila kitu kilicho mali yao. Usiwahurumie; waue wanaume na wanawake, watoto na wanyonyao, ngʼombe na kondoo, ngamia na punda.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1SA.15.4" />Ndipo Sauli akawaita watu na kuwapanga huko Telaimu, askari wa miguu 200,000 pamoja na watu 10,000 kutoka Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1SA.15.5" />Sauli akaenda katika mji wa Amaleki na kuwavizia bondeni.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1SA.15.6" />Kisha akawaambia Wakeni, “Ondokeni, waacheni Waamaleki ili nisije nikawaangamiza ninyi pamoja nao, kwa kuwa ninyi mliwatendea mema Waisraeli wote wakati walipanda kutoka Misri.” Basi Wakeni wakaondoka, wakawaacha Waamaleki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1SA.15.7" />Ndipo Sauli akawashambulia Waamaleki toka Havila mpaka Shuri, hadi mashariki ya Misri.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1SA.15.8" />Akamchukua Agagi, mfalme wa Waamaleki akiwa hai, nao watu wake wote akawaangamiza kabisa kwa upanga.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1SA.15.9" />Lakini Sauli na hilo jeshi wakamhifadhi hai Agagi na kondoo na ngʼombe walio wazuri, mafahali na wana-kondoo walionona kila kitu kilichokuwa kizuri. Hivi vitu hawakuwa radhi kuviangamiza kabisa, bali kila kitu kilichodharauliwa na kilicho dhaifu wakakiangamiza kabisa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1SA.15.10" />Kisha neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamjia Samweli kusema:
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1SA.15.11" />“Ninasikitika kwamba nimemfanya Sauli kuwa mfalme, kwa sababu ameacha kunifuata mimi na hakutimiza maagizo yangu.” Samweli akafadhaika, naye akamlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd> usiku ule wote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1SA.15.12" />Asubuhi na mapema Samweli akaamka kwenda kukutana na Sauli, lakini akaambiwa, “Sauli amekwenda Karmeli. Huko amesimamisha mnara kwa heshima yake mwenyewe naye ameendelea na kuteremkia Gilgali.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1SA.15.13" />Samweli alipomfikia, Sauli akamwambia, “<nd>Bwana</nd> akubariki! Nimetimiza yale
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliniagiza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1SA.15.14" />Lakini Samweli akasema, “Nini basi huu mlio wa kondoo masikioni mwangu? Huu mlio wa ngʼombe ninaousikia ni kitu gani?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1SA.15.15" />Sauli akajibu, “Askari wamewaleta kutoka kwa Waamaleki, waliwaacha wale kondoo na ngʼombe wazuri ili kuwatoa dhabihu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wako, lakini tuliwaangamiza kabisa wengine wote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="1SA.15.16" />Samweli akamwambia Sauli, “Ngoja! Nami nitakuambia lile
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliloniambia usiku huu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Sauli akajibu, “Niambie.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1SA.15.17" />Samweli akamwambia, “Ingawa zamani ulijiona mdogo machoni pako mwenyewe, Je, hukuwa kiongozi wa kabila za Israeli?
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikutia mafuta kuwa mfalme juu ya Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1SA.15.18" />Naye akakutuma kwa kazi maalum, akisema, ‘Nenda ukaangamize kabisa wale watu waovu, wale Waamaleki, upigane nao vita mpaka utakapowaangamiza kabisa.’
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1SA.15.19" />Kwa nini hukumtii
<nd>Bwana</nd>? Kwa nini ulivamia nyara na kufanya uovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="1SA.15.20" />Sauli akasema, “Lakini nilimtii
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Nilikamilisha ile kazi ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alinituma. Niliwaangamiza Waamaleki kabisa na kumleta Agagi mfalme wao.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1SA.15.21" />Askari walichukua kondoo na ngʼombe kutoka kwenye nyara, zile ambazo ni nzuri sana zimewekwa wakfu kwa Mungu, ili zitolewe dhabihu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako huko Gilgali.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="1SA.15.22" />Lakini Samweli akajibu:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Je,
<nd>Bwana</nd> anafurahia sadaka za kuteketezwa na dhabihu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama vile kuitii sauti ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>?
</q>
<q style="q1">Kutii ni bora zaidi kuliko dhabihu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nako kusikia ni bora
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko mafuta ya kondoo dume.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="1SA.15.23" />Kwa maana kuasi ni kama dhambi ya uaguzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao ukaidi ni kama uovu wa kuabudu sanamu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa sababu umelikataa neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye amekukataa wewe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuendelea kuwa mfalme.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="1SA.15.24" />Ndipo Sauli akamwambia Samweli, “Nimetenda dhambi. Nimevunja amri ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> na maagizo yako. Niliwaogopa watu na kwa hiyo nikafanya walivyotaka.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1SA.15.25" />Sasa ninakusihi usamehe dhambi yangu, nawe urudi pamoja nami, ili nipate kumwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="1SA.15.26" />Lakini Samweli akamwambia, “Sitarudi pamoja nawe. Umelikataa neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> amekukataa wewe, usiendelee kuwa mfalme juu ya Israeli!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="1SA.15.27" />Samweli alipogeuka ili aondoke, Sauli akangʼangʼania pindo la joho lake, nalo likararuka.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1SA.15.28" />Samweli akamwambia, “<nd>Bwana</nd> ameurarua ufalme wa Israeli kutoka kwako leo, naye ameutia kwa mmoja wa majirani zako, aliye bora kuliko wewe.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="1SA.15.29" />Yeye aliye Utukufu wa Israeli hasemi uongo wala hana kigeugeu; kwa kuwa yeye si mwanadamu, hata abadili nia yake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="1SA.15.30" />Sauli akajibu, “Nimetenda dhambi. Lakini tafadhali niheshimu mbele ya wazee wa watu wangu na mbele ya Israeli; rudi pamoja nami, ili nipate kumwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako.”
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="1SA.15.31" />Hivyo Samweli akarudi pamoja na Sauli, naye Sauli akamwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="1SA.15.32" />Ndipo Samweli akasema, “Niletee Agagi mfalme wa Waamaleki.”
</p>
<p style="p">Agagi akaja kwake kwa ujasiri, akifikiri, “Hakika uchungu wa mauti umepita.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="1SA.15.33" />Lakini Samweli akasema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kama upanga wako ulivyofanya wanawake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kufiwa na watoto wao,
</q>
<q style="q1">ndivyo mama yako atakavyokuwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hana mtoto miongoni mwa wanawake.”
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Naye Samweli akamuua Agagi mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> huko Gilgali.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="1SA.15.34" />Kisha Samweli akaenda Rama, lakini Sauli akapanda nyumbani kwake huko Gibea ya Sauli.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="1SA.15.35" />Hadi siku Samweli alipofariki hakwenda kumwona Sauli tena, ingawa Samweli alimwombolezea. Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> alihuzunika kwamba alimfanya Sauli kuwa mfalme juu ya Israeli.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="16" />
<s style="s1">Samweli Anamtia Daudi Mafuta
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.16.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Samweli, “Utamlilia Sauli mpaka lini, maadamu nimemkataa asiendelee kuwa mfalme juu ya Israeli? Jaza pembe yako mafuta, ushike njia uende; ninakutuma kwa Yese huko Bethlehemu. Nimemchagua mmoja wa wanawe kuwa mfalme.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="1SA.16.2" />Lakini Samweli akasema, “Nitakwendaje? Sauli atasikia juu ya jambo hili na ataniua.”
</p>
<p style="p"><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia, “Chukua mtamba wa ngʼombe na useme, ‘Nimekuja kumtolea
<nd>Bwana</nd> dhabihu.’
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1SA.16.3" />Mwalike Yese aje kwenye dhabihu, nami nitakuonyesha utakalofanya. Utamtia mafuta kwa ajili yangu yule nitakayekuonyesha.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1SA.16.4" />Samweli akafanya kile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alichosema. Alipofika Bethlehemu, wazee wa mji wakatetemeka walipomlaki. Wakauliza, “Je, umekuja kwa amani?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1SA.16.5" />Samweli akajibu, “Ndiyo, kwa amani; nimekuja kumtolea
<nd>Bwana</nd> dhabihu. Jiwekeni wakfu na mje kwenye dhabihu pamoja nami.” Ndipo akamweka Yese wakfu pamoja na wanawe na kuwaalika kwenye dhabihu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1SA.16.6" />Walipofika, Samweli akamwona Eliabu, naye akafikiri, “Hakika mpakwa mafuta wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> anasimama hapa mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1SA.16.7" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Samweli, “Usitazame sura yake wala kimo chake, kwa kuwa nimemkataa.
<nd>Bwana</nd> hatazami katika vile vitu mwanadamu avitazamavyo. Mwanadamu hutazama katika sura ya nje, lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> hutazama moyoni.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1SA.16.8" />Kisha Yese akamwita Abinadabu na kumpitisha mbele ya Samweli. Lakini Samweli akasema, “Hata huyu
<nd>Bwana</nd> hakumchagua.”
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1SA.16.9" />Kisha Yese akampitisha Shama, lakini Samweli akasema, “Wala huyu
<nd>Bwana</nd> hakumchagua.”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1SA.16.10" />Yese alikuwa na wana saba aliowapitisha mbele ya Samweli, lakini Samweli akamwambia, “<nd>Bwana</nd> hajawachagua hawa.”
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1SA.16.11" />Hivyo akamuuliza Yese, “Je, hawa ndio wana pekee ulio nao?”
</p>
<p style="p">Yese akajibu, “Bado yuko mdogo kuliko wote, lakini anachunga kondoo.”
</p>
<p style="p">Samweli akasema, “Tuma aitwe; hatutaketi mpaka afike.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1SA.16.12" />Basi akatuma aitwe naye akaletwa. Alikuwa mwekundu, mwenye sura nzuri na umbo la kupendeza.
</p>
<p style="p">Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, “Inuka na umtie mafuta, huyu ndiye.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1SA.16.13" />Basi Samweli akachukua ile pembe ya mafuta na kumtia mafuta mbele ya ndugu zake, kuanzia siku ile na kuendelea Roho wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaja juu ya Daudi kwa nguvu. Kisha Samweli akaenda zake Rama.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Daudi Katika Utumishi Kwa Sauli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1SA.16.14" />Basi Roho wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa ameondoka kwa Sauli, nayo roho mbaya ikaachiwa nafasi na
<nd>Bwana</nd> ili imtese.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1SA.16.15" />Watumishi wa Sauli wakamwambia, “Angalia, roho mbaya imeachiwa nafasi na
<nd>Bwana</nd> nayo inakutesa.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1SA.16.16" />Basi bwana wetu na aamuru watumishi wake walioko hapa kutafuta mtu ambaye anaweza kupiga kinubi. Atakipiga kinubi wakati roho mbaya iliyoachiwa nafasi na Mungu ikujiapo, nawe utajisikia vizuri.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1SA.16.17" />Basi Sauli akawaambia watumishi wake, “Mtafuteni mtu apigaye kinubi vizuri mkamlete kwangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1SA.16.18" />Mmoja wa watumishi wake akajibu, “Nimemwona mwana wa Yese Mbethlehemu ambaye anajua kupiga kinubi. Yeye ni mtu hodari na shujaa wa vita. Ni mwenye busara katika kunena, mtu mzuri wa umbo.
<nd>Bwana</nd> yu pamoja naye.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1SA.16.19" />Ndipo Sauli akatuma wajumbe kwa Yese na kumwambia, “Nitumie mwanao Daudi, ambaye anachunga kondoo.”
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1SA.16.20" />Kwa hiyo Yese akamchukua punda aliyepakizwa mikate, kiriba cha divai na mwana-mbuzi, na kuvipeleka vitu hivyo kwa Sauli pamoja na Daudi mwanawe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="1SA.16.21" />Daudi akafika kwa Sauli na kuingia kwenye kazi yake. Sauli akampenda sana, naye Daudi akawa mmoja wa wabeba silaha wake.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1SA.16.22" />Basi Sauli akatuma ujumbe kwa Yese, akisema, “Mruhusu Daudi abaki katika utumishi wangu, kwa kuwa ninapendezwa naye.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1SA.16.23" />Kila mara roho mbaya iliyoachiwa nafasi na Mungu ilipomjia Sauli, Daudi alichukua kinubi chake na kupiga. Ndipo Sauli angetulizwa na kujisikia vizuri, nayo ile roho mbaya ingemwacha.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="17" />
<s style="s1">Daudi Na Goliathi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.17.1" />Wakati huu Wafilisti wakakusanya majeshi yao kwa ajili ya vita, nao wakakusanyika huko Soko katika Yuda. Wakapiga kambi huko Efes-Damimu, kati ya Soko na Azeka.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1SA.17.2" />Sauli na Waisraeli wakakusanyika na kupiga kambi katika Bonde la Ela na kupanga jeshi ili kupigana vita na Wafilisti.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1SA.17.3" />Wafilisti wakawa katika kilima kimoja na Waisraeli katika kilima kingine, hilo bonde likiwa kati yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1SA.17.4" />Shujaa aliyeitwa Goliathi, aliyetoka Gathi, akajitokeza kutoka kambi ya Wafilisti. Alikuwa na urefu dhiraa sita na shibiri moja.<f caller="+"><fr>17:4
</fr><ft>Dhiraa sita na shibiri moja ni sawa na mita 3, au futi 9 na inchi 8.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1SA.17.5" />Alikuwa na chapeo ya shaba kichwani mwake, na alivaa dirii ya shaba kifuani mwake yenye uzito wa shekeli elfu tano.<f caller="+"><fr>17:5
</fr><ft>Shekeli 15,000 ni sawa na kilo 50.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1SA.17.6" />Miguuni mwake alivaa mabamba ya shaba, na alikuwa na mkuki wa shaba mgongoni mwake.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1SA.17.7" />Mpini wa huo mkuki ulikuwa kama mti wa mfumaji, na ncha ya chuma yake ilikuwa na uzito wa shekeli mia sita.<f caller="+"><fr>17:7
</fr><ft>Shekeli 600 ni sawa na kilo 7.</ft></f> Mbeba ngao wake alitangulia mbele yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1SA.17.8" />Goliathi alisimama na kuwapigia kelele majeshi ya Israeli, akisema, “Kwa nini mmetoka kupanga vita? Je, mimi si Mfilisti, na ninyi ni watumishi wa Sauli? Chagueni mtu na anishukie mimi.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1SA.17.9" />Kama anaweza kupigana nami na kuniua, tutakuwa chini yenu; lakini kama nikimshinda na kumuua, ninyi mtakuwa chini yetu na mtatutumikia.”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1SA.17.10" />Kisha yule Mfilisti akasema, “Siku hii ya leo nayatukana majeshi ya Israeli! Nipeni mtu tupigane.”
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1SA.17.11" />Kwa kusikia maneno ya Wafilisti, Sauli na Waisraeli wote wakafadhaika na kuogopa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1SA.17.12" />Basi Daudi alikuwa mwana wa Mwefrathi jina lake Yese aliyekuwa ametoka Bethlehemu ya Yuda. Yese alikuwa na wana wanane, naye wakati wa Sauli alikuwa mzee tena wa umri mkubwa.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1SA.17.13" />Wana wakubwa watatu wa Yese walikuwa wamefuatana na Sauli vitani: Mzaliwa wa kwanza alikuwa Eliabu, wa pili Abinadabu, na wa tatu Shama.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1SA.17.14" />Daudi ndiye alikuwa mdogo wa wote. Hao wakubwa watatu wakamfuata Sauli,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1SA.17.15" />lakini Daudi alikuwa akienda kwa Sauli na kurudi ili kuchunga kondoo wa baba yake huko Bethlehemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="1SA.17.16" />Kwa siku arobaini huyo Mfilisti alikuwa akija mbele kila siku asubuhi na jioni na kujionyesha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1SA.17.17" />Wakati huo Yese akamwambia mwanawe Daudi, “Chukua hii efa<f caller="+"><fr>17:17
</fr><ft>Efa moja ni sawa na kilo 22.</ft></f> ya bisi na hii mikate kumi kwa ajili ya ndugu zako uwapelekee upesi kambini mwao.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1SA.17.18" />Chukua pamoja na hizi jibini kumi kwa jemadari wa kikosi chao. Ujue hali ya ndugu zako na uniletee taarifa za uhakika kutoka kwao.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1SA.17.19" />Wao wako pamoja na Sauli na watu wote wa Israeli huko kwenye Bonde la Ela, wakipigana na Wafilisti.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="1SA.17.20" />Asubuhi na mapema Daudi akaondoka, akaliacha kundi la kondoo pamoja na mchungaji, akapakia vitu vile na kuondoka, kama vile Yese alivyokuwa amemwagiza. Akafika kambini wakati jeshi lilikuwa likitoka kwenda kwenye sehemu yake ya kupigania, huku wakipiga kelele za vita.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1SA.17.21" />Israeli na Wafilisti walikuwa wakipanga safu zao wakitazamana.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1SA.17.22" />Daudi akaacha vile vitu vyake kwa mtunza vifaa, akakimbilia katika safu za vita na kuwasalimu ndugu zake.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1SA.17.23" />Alipokuwa akisema nao, Goliathi, yule Mfilisti shujaa kutoka Gathi, akajitokeza mbele ya safu zake na kupiga ile kelele yake ya kawaida ya matukano, naye Daudi akayasikia.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1SA.17.24" />Waisraeli walipomwona yule mtu, wote wakamkimbia kwa woga mkuu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="1SA.17.25" />Basi Waisraeli walikuwa wakisema, “Je, mnaona jinsi mtu huyu anavyoendelea kujitokeza. Hujitokeza ili kutukana Israeli. Mfalme atatoa utajiri mwingi kwa yule mtu atakayemuua. Pia atamwoza binti yake na atasamehe jamaa ya baba yake kulipa kodi katika Israeli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="1SA.17.26" />Daudi akauliza watu waliokuwa wamesimama karibu naye, “Je, atafanyiwa nini mtu atakayemuua huyu Mfilisti na kuondoa aibu hii katika Israeli? Ni nani huyu Mfilisti asiyetahiriwa hata atukane majeshi ya Mungu aliye hai?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="1SA.17.27" />Wakarudia yale yaliyokuwa yamesemwa na kumwambia kuwa, “Hili ndilo atakalotendewa mtu yule atakayemuua.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="1SA.17.28" />Eliabu nduguye mkubwa Daudi alipomsikia akizungumza na watu hasira ikawaka juu yake akamuuliza, “Kwa nini umeteremka kuja hapa? Nao wale kondoo wachache kule nyikani umewaacha na nani? Ninajua jinsi ulivyo na kiburi na jinsi moyo wako ulivyo mwovu; umekuja hapa kutazama vita tu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="1SA.17.29" />Daudi akasema, “Sasa nimefanya nini? Je, siwezi hata kuongea.”
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1SA.17.30" />Daudi akamgeukia mtu mwingine na kumuuliza jambo lilo hilo, nao watu wakamjibu vilevile kama mwanzo.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="1SA.17.31" />Lile Daudi alilosema likasikiwa na kuelezwa kwa Sauli, naye Sauli akatuma aitwe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="1SA.17.32" />Daudi akamwambia Sauli, “Mtu yeyote asife moyo kwa habari ya huyu Mfilisti; mtumishi wako atakwenda kupigana naye.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="1SA.17.33" />Sauli akamjibu Daudi, “Wewe hutaweza kwenda kupigana dhidi ya huyu Mfilisti; wewe ni kijana tu, naye amekuwa mtu wa vita tangu ujana wake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="1SA.17.34" />Lakini Daudi akamwambia Sauli, “Mtumishi wako amekuwa akichunga kondoo wa baba yake. Wakati simba au dubu alikuja na kuchukua kondoo kutoka kundi,
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="1SA.17.35" />nilifuatia, nikampiga na nikampokonya kondoo kwenye kinywa chake. Aliponigeukia, nilimkamata nywele zake, nikampiga na kumuua.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="1SA.17.36" />Mtumishi wako ameshaua simba na dubu pia; huyu Mfilisti asiyetahiriwa atakuwa kama mmoja wa hao, kwa sababu ameyatukana majeshi ya Mungu aliye hai.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="1SA.17.37" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ambaye aliniokoa toka katika makucha ya simba na makucha ya dubu ataniokoa kutoka mikono ya huyu Mfilisti.”
</p>
<p style="p">Sauli akamwambia Daudi, “Nenda, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> na awe pamoja nawe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="1SA.17.38" />Ndipo Sauli akamvika Daudi silaha zake mwenyewe za vita. Akamvika dirii na chapeo ya shaba kichwani mwake.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="1SA.17.39" />Daudi akajifunga upanga juu ya hayo mavazi na kujaribu kutembea kwa sababu alikuwa hana uzoefu navyo.
</p>
<p style="p">Daudi akamwambia Sauli, “Siwezi kwenda nikiwa nimevaa hivi, kwa sababu sina uzoefu navyo.” Hivyo akavivua.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="1SA.17.40" />Kisha akachukua fimbo yake mkononi, akachagua mawe laini matano kutoka kwenye kijito, akayaweka kwenye kifuko ndani ya mfuko wake wa kichungaji, akiwa na kombeo yake mkononi mwake, akamkaribia yule Mfilisti.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="1SA.17.41" />Wakati ule ule, yule Mfilisti, akiwa na mbeba ngao wake mbele yake, akaendelea kujongea karibu na Daudi.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="1SA.17.42" />Mfilisti akamwangalia Daudi kote na kumwona kuwa ni kijana tu, mwekundu na mzuri wa kupendeza, naye akamdharau.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="1SA.17.43" />Akamwambia Daudi, “Je, mimi ni mbwa, hata unanijia na fimbo?” Yule Mfilisti akamlaani Daudi kwa miungu yake.
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="1SA.17.44" />Tena Mfilisti akamwambia, “Njoo hapa, nami nitawapa ndege wa angani na wanyama wa mwituni nyama yako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="45" bcv="1SA.17.45" />Daudi akamwambia yule Mfilisti. “Wewe unanijia na upanga, mkuki na fumo, lakini mimi ninakujia kwa jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa majeshi ya Israeli, ambaye wewe umemtukana.
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="1SA.17.46" />Siku hii leo
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakutia mkononi mwangu, nami nitakupiga na kukukata kichwa chako. Leo nitawapa ndege wa angani na wanyama wa nchi mizoga ya jeshi la Wafilisti, nayo dunia yote itajua kuwa yuko Mungu katika Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="1SA.17.47" />Wale wote waliokusanyika hapa watajua kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> haokoi kwa upanga wala kwa mkuki; kwa kuwa vita ni vya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, naye atawatia wote mikononi mwetu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="48" bcv="1SA.17.48" />Yule Mfilisti aliposogea karibu ili kumshambulia, Daudi akaenda mbio kuelekea safu ya vita kukutana naye.
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="1SA.17.49" />Daudi akatia mkono wake mfukoni na kuchukua jiwe, akalirusha kwa kombeo, nalo likampiga yule Mfilisti kwenye paji la uso. Lile jiwe likaingia kipajini mwa uso, akaanguka chini kifudifudi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="50" bcv="1SA.17.50" />Basi Daudi akamshinda huyo Mfilisti kwa kombeo na jiwe; bila kuwa na upanga mikononi mwake akampiga huyo Mfilisti na kumuua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="51" bcv="1SA.17.51" />Daudi akakimbia na kusimama juu yake. Akaushika upanga wa huyo Mfilisti na kuuvuta toka kwenye ala yake. Baada ya kumuua, akakata kichwa chake kwa ule upanga.
</p>
<p style="p">Wafilisti walipoona kuwa shujaa wao amekufa, wakageuka na kukimbia.
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="1SA.17.52" />Ndipo watu wa Israeli na Yuda wakainuka kwenda mbele wakipiga kelele na kufuatia Wafilisti mpaka kwenye ingilio la Gathi kwenye malango ya Ekroni. Maiti zao zilitawanyika kando ya barabara ya Shaaraimu hadi Gathi na Ekroni.
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="1SA.17.53" />Waisraeli waliporudi kutoka kuwafukuza Wafilisti, waliteka nyara kutoka kambi yao.
<ve />
<v id="54" bcv="1SA.17.54" />Daudi akachukua kichwa cha yule Mfilisti na kukileta Yerusalemu, naye akaweka silaha za huyo Mfilisti katika hema lake mwenyewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="55" bcv="1SA.17.55" />Sauli alipomwona Daudi anakwenda kukabiliana na huyo Mfilisti, alimwambia Abneri, jemadari wa jeshi, “Abneri, yule kijana ni mwana wa nani?”
</p>
<p style="p">Abneri akajibu, “Hakika kama uishivyo, ee mfalme, mimi sifahamu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="56" bcv="1SA.17.56" />Mfalme akasema, “Uliza huyu kijana ni mwana wa nani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="57" bcv="1SA.17.57" />Mara Daudi aliporudi kutoka kumuua huyo Mfilisti, Abneri akamchukua na kumleta mbele ya Sauli. Daudi alikuwa bado anakishikilia kichwa cha yule Mfilisti.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="58" bcv="1SA.17.58" />Sauli akamuuliza, “Kijana, wewe ni mwana wa nani?”
</p>
<p style="p">Daudi akasema, “Mimi ni mwana wa mtumishi wako Yese wa Bethlehemu.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="18" />
<s style="s1">Sauli Amwonea Daudi Wivu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.18.1" />Baada ya Daudi kumaliza kuongea na Sauli, roho ya Yonathani ikaambatana na roho ya Daudi, naye akampenda kama nafsi yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1SA.18.2" />Kuanzia siku ile Sauli akamchukua Daudi naye hakumruhusu kurudi nyumbani kwa baba yake.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1SA.18.3" />Yonathani akafanya agano na Daudi kwa sababu alimpenda kama nafsi yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1SA.18.4" />Yonathani akavua joho alilokuwa amevaa na kumpa Daudi, pamoja na koti lake, silaha zake, hata pamoja na upanga wake, upinde wake na mshipi wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1SA.18.5" />Lolote Sauli alilomtuma Daudi kufanya, alitenda kwa hekima, hata Sauli akampa cheo cha juu katika jeshi. Jambo hili likawapendeza watu wote, hata maafisa wa Sauli pia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1SA.18.6" />Watu walipokuwa wanarudi nyumbani baada ya Daudi kumuua yule Mfilisti, wanawake wakaja kutoka pande zote za miji ya Israeli kumlaki Mfalme Sauli kwa kuimba na kucheza, kwa nyimbo za furaha na kwa matari na zeze.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1SA.18.7" />Walipokuwa wanacheza, wakaimba:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Sauli amewaua elfu zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye Daudi makumi elfu yake.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1SA.18.8" />Sauli akakasirika sana; sehemu hii ya kurudia rudia ya wimbo huu ilimkasirisha sana. Akafikiri kuwa, “Wamempa Daudi makumi elfu, lakini mimi wamenipa elfu tu. Apate nini zaidi isipokuwa ufalme?”
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1SA.18.9" />Kuanzia wakati ule na kuendelea Sauli akawa na jicho la wivu juu ya Daudi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1SA.18.10" />Kesho yake roho mbaya iliyoachiwa nafasi na Mungu ikaja kwa nguvu juu ya Sauli. Alikuwa akitabiri nyumbani mwake, wakati Daudi alikuwa akipiga kinubi, kama alivyozoea. Sauli alikuwa na mkuki mkononi mwake;
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1SA.18.11" />akautupa kwa nguvu, akijiambia mwenyewe, “Nitamchoma kwa mkuki abaki hapo ukutani.” Lakini Daudi akamkwepa mara mbili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1SA.18.12" />Sauli akamwogopa Daudi, kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa pamoja na Daudi, lakini alikuwa amemwacha yeye.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1SA.18.13" />Kwa hiyo Sauli akamwondoa Daudi mbele yake na kumpa kuwa kiongozi wa watu elfu moja, naye Daudi akatoka na kuingia akiongoza vikosi katika vita.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1SA.18.14" />Katika kila kitu alichofanya, Daudi alipata mafanikio makubwa, kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa pamoja naye.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1SA.18.15" />Sauli alipoona jinsi alivyokuwa akifanikiwa, akamwogopa.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1SA.18.16" />Lakini Israeli wote na Yuda walimpenda Daudi, kwa sababu ndiye alikuwa akiwaongoza katika vita vyao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1SA.18.17" />Sauli akamwambia Daudi, “Huyu hapa binti yangu mkubwa Merabu. Nitakupa umwoe, endapo tu utanitumikia kwa ushujaa na kupigana vita vya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.” Kwa maana Sauli alisema moyoni mwake, “Sitainua mkono wangu dhidi yake. Acha mkono wa Wafilisti uwe juu yake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1SA.18.18" />Lakini Daudi akamwambia Sauli, “Mimi ni nani, nayo jamaa yangu ni nini au ukoo wa baba yangu katika Israeli, kwamba mimi niwe mkwewe mfalme?”
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1SA.18.19" />Basi ulipofika wakati wa Daudi kupewa Merabu, binti Sauli, huyo binti aliozwa kwa Adrieli, Mmeholathi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="1SA.18.20" />Basi Mikali binti Sauli alimpenda Daudi, nao walipomwambia Sauli juu ya jambo hili, likampendeza.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1SA.18.21" />Sauli akawaza, “Nitampa Daudi binti yangu, ili apate kuwa mtego kwake, ili kwamba mkono wa Wafilisti upate kuwa juu yake.” Hivyo Sauli akamwambia Daudi, “Sasa unayo nafasi ya pili ya kuwa mkwe wangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="1SA.18.22" />Ndipo Sauli akawaagiza watumishi wake, akisema, “Zungumzeni na Daudi kwa siri na kumwambia, ‘Tazama, mfalme amependezwa nawe, nao watumishi wake wote wanakupenda. Basi na uwe mkwewe mfalme.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1SA.18.23" />Watumishi wa Sauli wakarudia hayo maneno kwa Daudi. Lakini Daudi akasema, “Je, mnafikiri ni jambo dogo kuwa mkwewe mfalme? Mimi ni mtu maskini tu, na nisiyejulikana sana.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="1SA.18.24" />Watumishi wa Sauli walipomweleza yale Daudi aliyoyasema,
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1SA.18.25" />Sauli akajibu, “Mwambieni Daudi, ‘Mfalme hataki zawadi nyingine kuwa mahari isipokuwa magovi 100 ya Wafilisti, ili kulipiza kisasi juu ya adui zake.’ ” Mawazo ya Sauli yalikuwa Daudi akaanguke mikononi mwa Wafilisti.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="1SA.18.26" />Watumishi walipomwambia Daudi mambo haya, ikampendeza kuwa mkwewe mfalme. Basi kabla siku iliyopangwa haijafika,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1SA.18.27" />Daudi na watu wake walitoka na kuwaua Wafilisti mia mbili. Akayaleta magovi yao na kupeleka hesabu kamilifu kwa mfalme, ili kwamba apate kuwa mkwewe mfalme. Ndipo Sauli akamwoza Daudi Mikali binti yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="1SA.18.28" />Sauli alipotambua kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa pamoja na Daudi na kwamba Mikali binti yake anampenda Daudi,
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="1SA.18.29" />Sauli akazidi kumwogopa Daudi, naye Sauli akabaki kuwa adui yake siku zote za maisha yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="1SA.18.30" />Majemadari wa jeshi la Wafilisti waliendelea kupigana vita na kadiri walivyoendelea kupigana, Daudi akazidi kutenda kwa hekima kuliko maafisa wengine wa Sauli, nalo jina lake likajulikana sana.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="19" />
<s style="s1">Sauli Ajaribu Kumuua Daudi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.19.1" />Sauli akamwambia mwanawe Yonathani na watumishi wake wote wamuue Daudi. Lakini Yonathani mwana wa Sauli alimpenda sana Daudi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1SA.19.2" />Yonathani akamwonya Daudi, akisema, “Baba yangu Sauli anatafuta nafasi ya kukuua. Ujilinde kesho asubuhi, nenda mahali pa siri na ukae huko.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1SA.19.3" />Nitatoka na kukaa na baba yangu shambani mahali uliko. Nitazungumza naye juu yako, nami nitakueleza nitakachogundua.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1SA.19.4" />Yonathani akanena mema juu ya Daudi kwa Sauli baba yake na kumwambia, “Mfalme asitende mabaya kwa mtumishi wake Daudi; hajakukosea, aliyoyafanya yamekuwa ya faida sana kwako.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1SA.19.5" />Alihatarisha maisha yake alipomuua yule Mfilisti.
<nd>Bwana</nd> akajipatia ushindi mkubwa kwa ajili ya Israeli wote, nawe uliuona na ukafurahi. Kwa nini basi utende mabaya kwa mtu asiye na hatia kama Daudi kwa kumuua bila sababu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1SA.19.6" />Sauli akamsikiliza Yonathani na kuapa hivi: “Hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo, Daudi hatauawa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1SA.19.7" />Basi Yonathani akamwita Daudi na kumweleza mazungumzo yote. Akamleta kwa Sauli, naye Daudi akawa pamoja na Sauli kama kwanza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1SA.19.8" />Vita vilitokea tena, naye Daudi akatoka na kupigana na Wafilisti. Akawapiga kwa nguvu nyingi hata wakakimbia mbele yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1SA.19.9" />Lakini roho mbaya iliyoachiwa nafasi na
<nd>Bwana</nd> ikaja juu ya Sauli alipokuwa ameketi katika nyumba yake akiwa na mkuki mkononi mwake. Daudi alipokuwa anampigia kinubi,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1SA.19.10" />Sauli akajaribu kumchomea Daudi ukutani kwa huo mkuki wake, lakini Daudi akauhepa huo mkuki wa Sauli ukakita ukutani. Usiku ule ule Daudi akakimbia na kuokoka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1SA.19.11" />Sauli akatuma watu nyumbani mwa Daudi wailinde hiyo nyumba na kumuua asubuhi. Lakini Mikali, mkewe Daudi, akamwonya akisema, “Kama hukukimbia kuokoa maisha yako usiku huu, kesho yake utauawa.”
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1SA.19.12" />Basi Mikali akamteremsha Daudi kupitia dirishani, naye akakimbia na kuokoka.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1SA.19.13" />Kisha Mikali akachukua kinyago, akakilaza kitandani, akakifunika kwa vazi na kukiwekea singa za mbuzi kichwani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1SA.19.14" />Sauli alipotuma watu kumkamata Daudi, Mikali akasema, “Yeye ni mgonjwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1SA.19.15" />Kisha Sauli akatuma watu tena kumwona Daudi naye akawaambia, “Mleteni kwangu juu ya kitanda chake ili nipate kumuua.”
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1SA.19.16" />Lakini wale watu walipoingia, kumbe ni kinyago tu kilichokuwa kitandani na kwenye kichwa kulikuwepo na singa za mbuzi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1SA.19.17" />Sauli akamwambia Mikali, “Kwa nini umenidanganya mimi hivi na kumwacha adui yangu aende zake ili apate kuokoka?”
</p>
<p style="p">Mikali akamwambia, “Yeye aliniambia, ‘Niache niende zangu. Kwa nini nikuue?’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1SA.19.18" />Daudi alipokuwa amekimbia na kuokoka, alimwendea Samweli huko Rama na kumwambia yale yote Sauli alimfanyia. Ndipo Daudi na Samweli wakaenda Nayothi kukaa huko.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1SA.19.19" />Habari zikamfikia Sauli kusema: “Daudi yuko Nayothi huko Rama.”
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1SA.19.20" />Basi Sauli akatuma watu kumkamata Daudi, lakini walipoona kundi la manabii wakitoa unabii, wakiwa pamoja na Samweli akiwa amesimama hapo kama kiongozi wao, Roho wa Mungu akaja juu ya watu wa Sauli, nao pia wakatoa unabii.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1SA.19.21" />Sauli akaelezwa juu ya hilo, naye akapeleka watu wengine zaidi, nao wakatoa unabii pia. Sauli akatuma watu mara ya tatu, nao pia wakatoa unabii.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1SA.19.22" />Mwishowe, yeye mwenyewe akaondoka kwenda Rama na kwenda hadi kwenye kile kisima kikubwa kilichoko huko Seku. Naye akauliza, “Wako wapi Samweli na Daudi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Wakasema, “Wako Nayothi huko Rama.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1SA.19.23" />Hivyo Sauli akaenda Nayothi huko Rama. Lakini Roho wa Mungu akaja juu yake hata yeye, akawa anatembea huku anatoa unabii hadi akafika Nayothi.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1SA.19.24" />Akavua majoho yake na pia akatoa unabii mbele ya Samweli. Akalala hali hiyo ule mchana kutwa na usiku kucha. Hii ndiyo sababu watu husema, “Je, Sauli pia yumo miongoni mwa manabii?”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="20" />
<s style="s1">Daudi Na Yonathani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.20.1" />Kisha Daudi akakimbia kutoka Nayothi huko Rama akamwendea Yonathani na kumuuliza, “Kwani nimefanya nini? Kosa langu ni nini? Nimemkosea baba yako kwa jinsi gani, hata kwamba anajaribu kuuondoa uhai wangu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="1SA.20.2" />Yonathani akajibu, “La hasha! Hutakufa! Tazama, baba yangu hafanyi kitu chochote, kikubwa au kidogo, bila kuniambia mimi. Kwa nini anifiche hili? Sivyo ilivyo!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1SA.20.3" />Lakini Daudi akaapa na kusema, “Baba yako anajua kabisa kwamba nimepata kibali mbele yako, naye amesema moyoni mwake, ‘Yonathani sharti asilijue hili, la sivyo atahuzunika.’ Lakini kweli kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo na kama uishivyo, kuna hatua moja tu kati yangu na mauti.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1SA.20.4" />Yonathani akamwambia Daudi, “Chochote unachotaka nifanye, nitakufanyia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1SA.20.5" />Basi Daudi akamwambia, “Angalia, kesho ni sikukuu ya Mwezi Mwandamo, nami inanipasa kula chakula pamoja na mfalme; lakini niache niende kujificha shambani mpaka kesho kutwa.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1SA.20.6" />Kama baba yako akiona ya kuwa sipo, mwambie, ‘Daudi aliniomba sana ruhusa kuwahi Bethlehemu, mji wake wa nyumbani, kwa sababu dhabihu ya mwaka inafanywa huko kwa ajili ya ukoo wake wote.’
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1SA.20.7" />Kama akisema, ‘Ni vyema sana,’ basi mtumishi wako yu salama. Lakini kama akikasirika, unaweza kuwa na hakika kwamba anakusudia kunidhuru.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1SA.20.8" />Lakini kwa habari yako wewe, mtende wema mtumishi wako, kwa sababu mmeingia kwenye agano pamoja naye mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Kama nina hatia, basi niue wewe mwenyewe! Kwa nini unikabidhi kwa baba yako?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1SA.20.9" />Yonathani akasema, “La hasha! Kama ningekuwa na kidokezo kidogo kwamba baba yangu amekusudia kukudhuru wewe, je, nisingekuambia?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1SA.20.10" />Daudi akamuuliza, “Je, nani atakayeniambia kama baba yako atakujibu kwa ukali?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1SA.20.11" />Yonathani akamwambia, “Njoo, twende shambani.” Basi wakaenda huko pamoja.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1SA.20.12" />Kisha Yonathani akamwambia Daudi, “Ninakuahidi kwa jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, hakika nitamchunguza baba yangu wakati kama huu kesho kutwa! Kama ameweka utaratibu wa kufaa kukuhusu wewe, je, sitakutumia ujumbe na kukufahamisha?
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1SA.20.13" />Lakini ikiwa baba yangu amenuia kukudhuru,
<nd>Bwana</nd> na anishughulikie kwa ukali, iwapo sitakufahamisha na kukuaga uende salama.
<nd>Bwana</nd> na awe pamoja nawe kama alivyokuwa pamoja na baba yangu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1SA.20.14" />Lakini nitendee wema usiokoma kama ule wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> siku zote za maisha yangu, ili nisije nikauawa,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1SA.20.15" />wala usiuondoe wema wako kwa jamaa yangu, hata kama ni wakati ule
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakapokuwa amekatilia mbali kila adui wa Daudi kutoka kwenye uso wa dunia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="1SA.20.16" />Basi Yonathani akafanya agano na nyumba ya Daudi, akisema: “<nd>Bwana</nd> na awaangamize adui za Daudi.”
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1SA.20.17" />Naye Yonathani akamtaka Daudi athibitishe tena kiapo chake cha kumpenda, kwa sababu Yonathani alimpenda Daudi kama nafsi yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1SA.20.18" />Kisha Yonathani akamwambia Daudi, “Kesho ni sikukuu ya Mwezi Mwandamo. Itajulikana kwamba haupo kwa kuwa kiti chako kitakuwa hakina mtu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1SA.20.19" />Kesho kutwa, inapokaribia jioni, nenda mahali pale ulipojificha wakati tatizo hili lilipoanza na usubiri karibu na jiwe la Ezeli.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1SA.20.20" />Nitapiga mishale mitatu kando yake, kama kwamba nilikwenda kulenga shabaha.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1SA.20.21" />Kisha nitamtuma mvulana na kumwambia, ‘Nenda ukaitafute mishale.’ Kama nikimwambia, ‘Tazama mishale iko upande huu wako! Uilete hapa,’ basi uje, kwa sababu hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo, wewe ni salama, hakuna hatari.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1SA.20.22" />Lakini kama nikimwambia huyo mvulana, ‘Angalia, mishale iko mbele yako,’ basi inakupasa uondoke, kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> amekuruhusu uende zako.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1SA.20.23" />Kuhusu yale tuliyozungumza wewe na mimi: kumbuka,
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndiye shahidi kati yako wewe na mimi milele.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="1SA.20.24" />Basi Daudi akajificha shambani, na sikukuu ya Mwezi Mwandamo ilipowadia, mfalme akaketi ili ale.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1SA.20.25" />Akaketi mahali pake pa kawaida karibu na ukuta, kuelekeana na Yonathani, naye Abneri akaketi karibu na Mfalme Sauli, lakini kiti cha Daudi kilikuwa wazi.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="1SA.20.26" />Sauli hakusema chochote siku ile kwa kuwa alifikiri, “Kuna kitu cha lazima kimetokea kwa Daudi ambacho kimemfanya najisi asihudhurie karamuni, hakika yeye yu najisi.”
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1SA.20.27" />Lakini siku iliyofuata, siku ya pili ya mwezi, kiti cha Daudi kilikuwa wazi tena. Kisha Sauli akamwambia mwanawe Yonathani, “Kwa nini mwana wa Yese hajaja chakulani jana wala leo?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="1SA.20.28" />Yonathani akamjibu, “Daudi alinisihi sana nimpe ruhusa aende Bethlehemu.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="1SA.20.29" />Alisema, ‘Niruhusu niende, kwa sababu jamaa yetu wana dhabihu mjini, na ndugu yangu ameniagiza niwepo huko. Kama nimepata kibali mbele yako, niruhusu niende kuona ndugu zangu.’ Hii ndiyo sababu hakuja mezani pa mfalme.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="1SA.20.30" />Hasira ya Sauli ikawaka dhidi ya Yonathani na kumwambia, “Wewe mwana wa mwanamke mkaidi na mwasi! Je, sijui kuwa umekuwa upande wa mwana wa Yese kwa aibu yako mwenyewe na kwa aibu ya mama yako aliyekuzaa?
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="1SA.20.31" />Maadamu mwana wa Yese angali anaishi katika dunia hii wewe wala ufalme wako hautasimama. Sasa tuma aitwe umlete kwangu, kwa kuwa ni lazima afe!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="1SA.20.32" />Yonathani akamuuliza baba yake, “Kwa nini auawe? Kwani amefanya nini?”
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="1SA.20.33" />Lakini Sauli akamtupia Yonathani mkuki wake kwa nguvu ili amuue. Hapo ndipo Yonathani alipotambua kwamba baba yake alikusudia kumuua Daudi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="1SA.20.34" />Yonathani akainuka kutoka mezani kwa hasira kali. Siku ile ya pili ya mwezi hakula chakula, kwa kuwa alikuwa amehuzunishwa na vitendo vya aibu ambavyo baba yake alikuwa anamtendea Daudi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="1SA.20.35" />Kesho yake asubuhi Yonathani alikwenda shambani kukutana na Daudi. Alikuwa amefuatana na mvulana mdogo,
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="1SA.20.36" />naye Yonathani akamwambia yule mvulana, “Kimbia ukatafute mishale nitakayorusha.” Mvulana alipokuwa akikimbia, akarusha mishale mbele yake.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="1SA.20.37" />Yule mvulana alipofika mahali pale ambapo mshale wa Yonathani ulipokuwa umeanguka, Yonathani akamwita, “Je, mshale hauko mbele yako?”
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="1SA.20.38" />Yonathani akampigia kelele, “Harakisha, nenda haraka! Usisimame!” Mvulana akaokota mshale na kurudi kwa bwana wake.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="1SA.20.39" />(Mvulana hakujua chochote juu ya hayo yote; Yonathani na Daudi tu ndio waliojua.)
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="1SA.20.40" />Basi Yonathani akampa yule mvulana silaha zake na kumwambia, “Nenda, zirudishe mjini.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="1SA.20.41" />Baada ya mvulana kwenda, Daudi akainuka kutoka upande wa kusini wa lile jiwe, naye akasujudu uso wake mpaka nchi mara tatu mbele ya Yonathani. Kisha kila mmoja akambusu mwenzake, wakalia pamoja. Lakini Daudi akalia zaidi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="1SA.20.42" />Yonathani akamwambia Daudi, “Nenda kwa amani, kwa kuwa tumeapiana kiapo cha urafiki kati yetu kwa jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, tukisema, ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> ndiye shahidi kati yako na mimi, na kati ya wazao wako na wazao wangu milele.’ ” Kisha Daudi akaondoka, naye Yonathani akarudi mjini.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="21" />
<s style="s1">Daudi Huko Nobu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.21.1" />Daudi akaenda Nobu, kwa Ahimeleki kuhani. Ahimeleki akatetemeka alipokutana naye, akamuuliza, “Kwa nini uko peke yako? Kwa nini hukufuatana na mtu yeyote?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="1SA.21.2" />Daudi akamjibu Ahimeleki kuhani, akisema, “Mfalme ameniagiza shughuli fulani na kuniambia, ‘Mtu yeyote asijue chochote kuhusu kazi yako wala maagizo yako!’ Kuhusu watu wangu, nimewaambia tukutane mahali fulani.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1SA.21.3" />Sasa basi, una nini mkononi? Nipatie mikate mitano au chochote unachoweza kupata.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1SA.21.4" />Lakini kuhani akamjibu Daudi, “Sina mkate wowote wa kawaida kwa sasa. Hata hivyo, ipo hapa mikate iliyowekwa wakfu, iwapo watu wamejitenga na wanawake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1SA.21.5" />Daudi akajibu, “Hakika tumejitenga na wanawake kwa siku hizi chache kama kawaida ya ninapotoka kwenda kwenye shughuli. Navyo vyombo vya wale vijana huwa ni vitakatifu hata kwenye safari ya kawaida, si zaidi sana leo vyombo vyao vitakuwa ni vitakatifu?”
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1SA.21.6" />Hivyo kuhani akampa ile mikate iliyowekwa wakfu, kwa kuwa hapakuwepo mikate mingine isipokuwa hiyo ya Wonyesho iliyokuwa imeondolewa hapo mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kubadilishwa na mingine yenye moto siku ile ilipoondolewa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1SA.21.7" />Basi siku hiyo palikuwepo na mmoja wa watumishi wa Sauli, aliyezuiliwa mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>; alikuwa Doegi Mwedomu, kiongozi wa wachunga wanyama wa Sauli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1SA.21.8" />Daudi akamuuliza Ahimeleki, “Je, unao mkuki au upanga hapa? Sikuleta upanga wala silaha nyingine yoyote, kwa sababu shughuli ya mfalme ilikuwa ya haraka.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1SA.21.9" />Kuhani akajibu, “Upanga wa Goliathi Mfilisti, ambaye ulimuua katika Bonde la Ela, upo hapa, umefungiwa katika kitambaa nyuma ya kisibau. Kama unauhitaji, uchukue, hakuna upanga mwingine hapa ila huo tu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Daudi akasema, “Hakuna upanga mwingine kama huo. Nipatie huo.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Daudi Huko Gathi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1SA.21.10" />Siku ile Daudi akamkimbia Sauli na kwenda kwa Akishi mfalme wa Gathi.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1SA.21.11" />Lakini watumishi wa Akishi wakamwambia, “Je, huyu si ndiye Daudi mfalme wa nchi? Je, huyu si ndiye yule ambaye wanaimba katika ngoma zao wakisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Sauli amewaua elfu zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye Daudi makumi elfu yake’?”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1SA.21.12" />Daudi akayaweka maneno haya moyoni naye akamwogopa sana Akishi mfalme wa Gathi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1SA.21.13" />Basi akajifanya mwendawazimu mbele yao; naye alipokuwa mikononi mwao, alitenda kama kichaa, akikwaruza kwa kutia alama juu ya milango ya lango na kuachia udelele kutiririka kwenye ndevu zake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1SA.21.14" />Akishi akawaambia watumishi wake, “Tazameni mtu huyu! Ana wazimu! Kwa nini mnamleta kwangu?
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1SA.21.15" />Je, mimi nimepungukiwa na wenda wazimu kiasi kwamba mmeniletea mtu huyo hapa aendelee kufanya hivi mbele yangu? Je, ilikuwa ni lazima mtu huyo aje nyumbani kwangu?”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="22" />
<s style="s1">Daudi Akiwa Adulamu Na Mispa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.22.1" />Daudi akaondoka Gathi na kukimbilia kwenye pango la Adulamu. Ndugu zake na watu wa nyumba ya baba yake waliposikia habari hiyo, wakamwendea huko.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1SA.22.2" />Wale wote waliokuwa katika dhiki au waliokuwa na madeni au wale ambao hawakuridhika wakamkusanyikia Daudi, naye akawa kiongozi wao. Watu wapatao 400 walikuwa pamoja naye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1SA.22.3" />Kutoka huko Daudi akaenda Mispa huko Moabu na kumwambia mfalme wa Moabu, “Naomba uwaruhusu baba yangu na mama yangu waje kukaa nawe mpaka nijue nini Mungu atakachonifanyia.”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1SA.22.4" />Hivyo akawaacha wazazi wake wakae na mfalme wa Moabu, nao wakakaa naye muda wote ambao Daudi alikuwa ngomeni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1SA.22.5" />Ndipo nabii Gadi akamwambia Daudi, “Usikae ngomeni. Nenda katika nchi ya Yuda.” Hivyo Daudi akaondoka na kwenda katika msitu wa Herethi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sauli Awaua Makuhani Wa Nobu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1SA.22.6" />Basi Sauli akasikia kwamba Daudi na watu wake wameonekana. Sauli akiwa na mkuki mkononi, alikuwa ameketi chini ya mti wa mkwaju kwenye kilima huko Gibea, maafisa wake wote wakiwa wamesimama kumzunguka.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1SA.22.7" />Sauli akawaambia, “Sikilizeni enyi watu wa Benyamini! Je, mwana wa Yese atawapa ninyi nyote mashamba na mashamba ya mizabibu? Je, atawafanya ninyi nyote majemadari wa maelfu na majemadari wa mamia?
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1SA.22.8" />Je, ndiyo sababu ninyi mkapanga hila mbaya dhidi yangu? Hakuna hata mmoja wenu ambaye ameniambia ni lini mwanangu alifanya agano na mwana wa Yese. Hapana hata mmoja wenu anayejishughulisha nami wala anayeniambia kwamba mwanangu amechochea mtumishi wangu kunivizia, kama afanyavyo leo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1SA.22.9" />Lakini Doegi Mwedomu, ambaye alikuwa akisimama na maafisa wa Sauli, akasema, “Nilimwona mwana wa Yese akija kwa Ahimeleki mwana wa Ahitubu huko Nobu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1SA.22.10" />Ahimeleki akamuuliza
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa ajili yake; pia akampa vyakula na ule upanga wa Goliathi Mfilisti.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1SA.22.11" />Kisha mfalme akatuma watu wamwite kuhani Ahimeleki mwana wa Ahitubu, na jamaa yote ya baba yake, waliokuwa makuhani huko Nobu, nao wote wakaja kwa mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1SA.22.12" />Sauli akasema, “Sikiliza sasa, mwana wa Ahitubu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Akajibu, “Naam, bwana wangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1SA.22.13" />Sauli akamwambia, “Kwa nini umepanga shauri baya dhidi yangu, wewe na mwana wa Yese, ukampa vyakula na upanga, tena hukumuuliza Mungu kwa ajili yake, na kwa sababu hiyo ameasi dhidi yangu na kunivizia, kama afanyavyo leo?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1SA.22.14" />Ahimeleki akamjibu mfalme, “Ni nani miongoni mwa watumishi wako wote aliye mwaminifu kama Daudi, mkwewe mfalme, kiongozi wa walinzi wako na anayeheshimika sana katika watu wa nyumbani mwako?
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1SA.22.15" />Je, siku hiyo ilikuwa ndiyo ya kwanza kumwomba Mungu kwa ajili yake? La hasha! Mfalme na usiwashutumu watumishi wako wala yeyote wa jamaa ya baba yake, kwa kuwa mtumishi wako hafahamu lolote kabisa kuhusu jambo hili lote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="1SA.22.16" />Lakini mfalme akasema, “Ahimeleki, hakika utakufa, wewe na jamaa yote ya baba yako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1SA.22.17" />Ndipo mfalme akawaamuru walinzi wake waliokuwa kando yake: “Geukeni na kuwaua makuhani wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa sababu nao pia wamejiunga na Daudi. Walijua kuwa alikuwa anakimbia, wala hawakuniambia.”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini maafisa wa mfalme hawakuwa radhi kuinua mkono kuwaua makuhani wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1SA.22.18" />Kisha mfalme akamwagiza Doegi, “Wewe geuka ukawaue makuhani.” Hivyo basi Doegi Mwedomu, akageuka na kuwaua. Siku ile aliwaua watu themanini na watano wavaao visibau vya kitani.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1SA.22.19" />Pia akaupiga Nobu kwa upanga, mji wa makuhani, wakiwemo wanaume na wanawake, watoto wadogo na wale wanyonyao, ngʼombe wake, punda na kondoo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="1SA.22.20" />Lakini Abiathari, mwana wa Ahimeleki, mwana wa Ahitubu, akatoroka, akakimbia na kujiunga na Daudi.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1SA.22.21" />Akamwambia Daudi kuwa Sauli amewaua makuhani wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1SA.22.22" />Kisha Daudi akamwambia Abiathari: “Siku ile, wakati Doegi Mwedomu alipokuwa pale, nilijua atahakikisha amemwambia Sauli. Mimi ninawajibika kwa vifo vya jamaa ya baba yako yote.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1SA.22.23" />Kaa pamoja nami; usiogope. Mtu anayeutafuta uhai wako anautafuta uhai wangu pia. Ukiwa pamoja nami utakuwa salama.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="23" />
<s style="s1">Daudi Aokoa Keila
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.23.1" />Daudi alipoambiwa kuwa, “Tazama, Wafilisti wanapigana dhidi ya Keila nao wanapokonya nafaka katika sakafu za kupuria,”
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1SA.23.2" />akauliza kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akisema, “Je, niende na kuwashambulia hawa Wafilisti?”
</p>
<p style="p"><nd>Bwana</nd> akamjibu, “Nenda, washambulie Wafilisti na uuokoe Keila.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1SA.23.3" />Lakini watu wa Daudi wakamwambia, “Hapa Yuda kwenyewe tunaogopa. Si zaidi sana, kama tukienda Keila dhidi ya majeshi ya Wafilisti!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1SA.23.4" />Daudi akauliza kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> tena, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamjibu akamwambia, “Shuka uende Keila, kwa kuwa nitawatia Wafilisti mkononi mwako.”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1SA.23.5" />Basi Daudi na watu wake wakaenda Keila, wakapigana na Wafilisti na kutwaa wanyama wao wa kutosha. Daudi akawatia hasara kubwa Wafilisti na kuwaokoa watu wa Keila.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1SA.23.6" />(Basi Abiathari mwana wa Ahimeleki alikuwa ameleta kisibau alipokimbilia kwa Daudi huko Keila.)
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sauli Anamfuata Daudi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1SA.23.7" />Sauli akaambiwa kwamba Daudi alikuwa amekwenda Keila, naye akasema, “Mungu amemtia mkononi mwangu, kwa kuwa Daudi amejifunga mwenyewe kwa kuingia kwenye mji wenye malango na makomeo.”
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1SA.23.8" />Naye Sauli akayaita majeshi yake yote yaende vitani, kuishukia Keila ili kumzingira Daudi na watu wake kwa jeshi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1SA.23.9" />Daudi alipojua kuwa Sauli alikuwa ana hila dhidi yake, akamwambia Abiathari kuhani, “Leta kile kisibau.”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1SA.23.10" />Daudi akasema, “Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, mtumishi wako amesikia kwa hakika kwamba Sauli anapanga kuja Keila na kuangamiza mji kwa ajili yangu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1SA.23.11" />Je, watu wa Keila watanisalimisha kwake? Je, Sauli atateremka, kama mtumishi wako alivyosikia? Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, mwambie mtumishi wako.”
</p>
<p style="p">Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, “Ndiyo, atashuka.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1SA.23.12" />Daudi akauliza tena, “Je watu wa Keila watanisalimisha mimi pamoja na watu wangu kwa Sauli?”
</p>
<p style="p">Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, “Ndiyo, watafanya hivyo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1SA.23.13" />Basi Daudi na watu wake, wapatao 600, wakaondoka Keila wakawa wanakwenda sehemu moja hadi nyingine. Sauli alipoambiwa Daudi ametoroka kutoka Keila, hakwenda huko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1SA.23.14" />Daudi akakaa katika ngome za jangwani na katika vilima vya Jangwa la Zifu. Siku baada ya siku Sauli aliendelea kumsaka, lakini Mungu hakumtia Daudi mikononi mwake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1SA.23.15" />Daudi alipokuwa huko Horeshi katika Jangwa la Zifu, akajua kuwa Sauli alikuwa amekuja ili amuue.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1SA.23.16" />Naye Yonathani mwana wa Sauli akamwendea Daudi huko Horeshi na kumtia moyo kusimama imara katika imani yake kwa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1SA.23.17" />Akamwambia, “Usiogope, Daudi; baba yangu Sauli hatakutia mkononi mwake. Utakuwa mfalme juu ya Israeli, nami nitakuwa wa pili wako. Hata baba yangu Sauli anajua hili.”
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1SA.23.18" />Wote wawili wakaweka agano mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Kisha Yonathani akaenda zake nyumbani, lakini Daudi akabaki Horeshi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1SA.23.19" />Basi Wazifu wakakwea kwa Sauli huko Gibea na kusema, “Je, Daudi hajifichi miongoni mwetu katika ngome huko Horeshi, katika kilima cha Hakila, kusini mwa Yeshimoni?
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1SA.23.20" />Sasa, ee mfalme, uteremke wakati wowote unapoona vyema kufanya hivyo, sisi tutawajibika kumkabidhi kwa mfalme.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="1SA.23.21" />Sauli akajibu, “<nd>Bwana</nd> awabariki kwa kunifikiria.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1SA.23.22" />Nendeni mkafanye maandalizi zaidi. Mkajue mahali ambapo Daudi huenda mara kwa mara na nani amepata kumwona huko. Wananiambia yeye ni mwerevu sana.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1SA.23.23" />Jueni kila mahali anapojificha mrudi na kunipa taarifa kamili. Kisha nitakwenda pamoja nanyi; kama atakuwa katika eneo hilo, nitamsaka miongoni mwa koo zote za Yuda.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="1SA.23.24" />Basi wakaondoka na kwenda mpaka Zifu wakimtangulia Sauli. Naye Daudi na watu wake walikuwa katika Jangwa la Maoni, katika Araba kusini mwa Yeshimoni.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1SA.23.25" />Sauli na watu wake wakaanza msako, naye Daudi alipoelezwa hili, akateremka mpaka mwambani na kukaa katika Jangwa la Maoni. Sauli aliposikia hili, akaenda katika Jangwa la Maoni akimfuata Daudi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="1SA.23.26" />Sauli alikuwa akienda upande mmoja wa mlima, naye Daudi na watu wake walikuwa upande mwingine wa mlima, wakiharakisha kumkimbia Sauli. Wakati Sauli na majeshi yake walipokaribia kumkamata Daudi na watu wake,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1SA.23.27" />mjumbe alikuja kwa Sauli, akisema, “Njoo haraka! Wafilisti wanaishambulia nchi.”
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1SA.23.28" />Ndipo Sauli akarudi akaacha kumfuata Daudi na kwenda kukabiliana na Wafilisti. Ndiyo sababu wanaiita sehemu hii Sela-Hamalekothi.<f caller="+"><fr>23:28
</fr><ft>Sela-Hamalekothi maana yake Mwamba wa Kutengana.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="1SA.23.29" />Naye Daudi akakwea kutoka huko na kuishi katika ngome za En-Gedi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="24" />
<s style="s1">Daudi Amwacha Sauli Hai
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.24.1" />Baada ya Sauli kurudi kuwafuatia Wafilisti, akaambiwa kwamba, “Daudi yuko katika Jangwa la En-Gedi.”
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1SA.24.2" />Basi Sauli akachukua watu hodari 3,000 kutoka Israeli yote kwenda kumsaka Daudi na watu wake karibu na Majabali ya Mbuzi-Mwitu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1SA.24.3" />Akaja mpaka kwenye mazizi ya kondoo kando ya njia, hapo palikuwa na pango, na Sauli akaingia ndani kujipumzisha. Daudi na watu wake walikuwa wamo mle pangoni kwa ndani zaidi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1SA.24.4" />Watu wa Daudi wakasema, “Hii ndiyo siku aliyonena
<nd>Bwana</nd> akikuambia, ‘Nitamtia adui yako mikononi mwako ili wewe umtendee utakavyo.’ ” Basi Daudi akanyemelea bila kuonekana na kukata upindo wa joho la Sauli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1SA.24.5" />Baada ya hilo, dhamiri ya Daudi ikataabika kwa kukata upindo wa joho la Sauli.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1SA.24.6" />Akawaambia watu wake, “<nd>Bwana</nd> na apishie mbali nisije nikafanya jambo kama hilo kwa bwana wangu, yeye ambaye ni mpakwa mafuta wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, au kuinua mkono wangu dhidi yake; kwani yeye ni mpakwa mafuta wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1SA.24.7" />Kwa maneno haya Daudi akawaonya watu wake na hakuwaruhusu wamshambulie Sauli. Naye Sauli akaondoka pangoni na kwenda zake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1SA.24.8" />Ndipo Daudi naye akatoka pangoni na kumwita Sauli akisema, “Mfalme, bwana wangu!” Sauli alipotazama nyuma, Daudi akainama na kusujudu uso wake mpaka nchi.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1SA.24.9" />Akamwambia Sauli, “Kwa nini unasikiliza wakati watu wanapokuambia, ‘Daudi amenuia kukudhuru’?
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1SA.24.10" />Leo umeona kwa macho yako mwenyewe jinsi
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyokutia mikononi mwangu huko pangoni. Watu wengine walisisitiza nikuue, lakini nilikuacha, nikisema, ‘Sitainua mkono wangu dhidi ya bwana wangu, kwa sababu yeye ni mpakwa mafuta wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1SA.24.11" />Tazama, baba yangu, ona kipande hiki cha joho lako mkononi mwangu! Nilikata upindo wa joho lako lakini sikukuua. Basi ujue na kutambua kuwa sina hatia ya kutenda mabaya wala ya kuasi. Wewe sijakukosea, lakini wewe unaniwinda mimi ili kuuondoa uhai wangu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1SA.24.12" /><nd>Bwana</nd> na ahukumu kati yangu na wewe. Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> alipize mabaya unayonitendea, lakini mkono wangu hautakugusa.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1SA.24.13" />Kama msemo wa kale usemavyo, ‘Kutoka kwa watenda maovu hutoka matendo maovu,’ kwa hiyo mkono wangu hautakugusa wewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1SA.24.14" />“Je, mfalme wa Israeli ametoka dhidi ya nani? Ni nani unayemfuatia? Je, ni mbwa mfu? Ni kiroboto?
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1SA.24.15" /><nd>Bwana</nd> na awe mwamuzi wetu, yeye na aamue kati yetu. Yeye na anitetee shauri langu; anihesabie haki kwa kuniokoa mkononi mwako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="1SA.24.16" />Daudi alipomaliza kusema haya, Sauli akamuuliza, “Je, hiyo ni sauti yako, Daudi mwanangu?” Ndipo Sauli akalia kwa sauti kuu, akisema,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1SA.24.17" />“Wewe ni mwenye haki kuliko mimi; umenitendea mema, lakini mimi nimekutendea mabaya.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1SA.24.18" />Sasa umeniambia juu ya mema uliyonitendea.
<nd>Bwana</nd> alinitia mikononi mwako, lakini wewe hukuniua.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1SA.24.19" />Je, mtu ampatapo adui yake, humwacha aende zake bila kumdhuru?
<nd>Bwana</nd> na akulipe mema kwa jinsi ulivyonitenda leo.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1SA.24.20" />Ninajua kwamba hakika utakuwa mfalme na ya kwamba ufalme wa Israeli utakuwa imara mikononi mwako.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1SA.24.21" />Sasa niapie kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwamba hutakatilia mbali uzao wangu wala kulifuta jina langu kutoka jamaa ya baba yangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="1SA.24.22" />Basi Daudi akamwapia Sauli. Kisha Sauli akarudi zake nyumbani, lakini Daudi na watu wake wakapanda kwenda ngomeni.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="25" />
<s style="s1">Daudi, Nabali Na Abigaili
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.25.1" />Basi Samweli akafa, nao Israeli wote wakakusanyika na kumwombolezea; wakamzika nyumbani kwake huko Rama.
</p>
<p style="p">Kisha Daudi akateremka kwenye Jangwa la Maoni.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1SA.25.2" />Mtu mmoja huko Maoni, aliyekuwa na makao huko Karmeli, alikuwa tajiri sana. Alikuwa na mbuzi elfu moja na kondoo elfu tatu, aliokuwa akiwakata manyoya huko Karmeli.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1SA.25.3" />Jina la mtu huyo lilikuwa Nabali, naye mkewe aliitwa Abigaili. Alikuwa mwanamke mwenye busara na mzuri wa sura, lakini mumewe, ambaye alikuwa wa ukoo wa Kalebu, alikuwa mwenye hasira na mchoyo katika utendaji wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1SA.25.4" />Daudi alipokuwa huko jangwani, akasikia kuwa Nabali alikuwa anakata kondoo manyoya.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1SA.25.5" />Basi akatuma vijana kumi na kuwaambia, “Pandeni kwa Nabali huko Karmeli, mkamsalimie kwa jina langu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1SA.25.6" />Mwambieni: ‘Amani iwe kwako! Amani iwe kwako pamoja na wa nyumbani mwako! Pia amani iwe pamoja na vyote ulivyo navyo!
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1SA.25.7" />“ ‘Nasikia kuwa huu ni wakati wa kukata kondoo manyoya. Wachunga mifugo wako walipokuwa pamoja nasi, hatukuwatendea mabaya na wakati wote waliokuwa huko Karmeli hakuna chochote chao kilipotea.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1SA.25.8" />Waulize watumishi wako nao watakuambia. Kwa hiyo uwatendee wema vijana wangu, kwani tumekuja wakati wa furaha. Tafadhali wape watumishi wako na mwanao Daudi chochote kitakachokuja mkononi mwako kwa ajili yao.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1SA.25.9" />Watu wa Daudi walipofika wakampa Nabali ujumbe huu kwa jina la Daudi. Kisha wakangojea.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1SA.25.10" />Nabali akawajibu watumishi wa Daudi, “Huyu Daudi ni nani? Huyu mwana wa Yese ni nani? Watumishi wengi wanakimbia kutoka kwa bwana zao siku hizi.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1SA.25.11" />Kwa nini nichukue mkate wangu, maji yangu na nyama niliyochinja kwa ajili ya wakata manyoya wangu, na kuwapa watu ambao hakuna anayejua wanakotoka?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1SA.25.12" />Watu wa Daudi wakageuka na kurudi. Walipofika, wakaarifu kila neno.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1SA.25.13" />Daudi akawaambia watu wake, “Jifungeni panga zenu!” Basi wakajifunga panga zao, naye Daudi akajifunga upanga wake. Watu kama mia nne hivi wakapanda pamoja na Daudi, na watu mia mbili wakabaki na vifaa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1SA.25.14" />Mmoja wa watumishi akamwambia Abigaili, mkewe Nabali: “Daudi alituma wajumbe kutoka jangwani kumpa bwana wetu salamu zake, lakini akawavurumishia matukano.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1SA.25.15" />Hata hivyo watu hawa walikuwa wema sana kwetu. Hawakututendea mabaya, na wakati wote tulipokuwa nje huko mashambani karibu nao, hatukupotewa na kitu chochote.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1SA.25.16" />Usiku na mchana walikuwa ukuta wakituzunguka wakati wote tulipokuwa tukichunga kondoo zetu karibu nao.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1SA.25.17" />Sasa fikiri juu ya jambo hili na uone unaweza kufanya nini, kwa sababu maafa yanakaribia juu ya bwana wetu na nyumba yake yote. Yeye ni mtu mwovu kiasi kwamba hakuna mtu awezaye kuzungumza naye.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1SA.25.18" />Abigaili akafanya haraka, akachukua mikate mia mbili, viriba viwili vya divai, kondoo watano waliochinjwa vipimo vitano vya bisi, vishada mia moja vya zabibu kavu, mikate mia mbili ya tini, akavipakia juu ya punda.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1SA.25.19" />Kisha akawaambia watumishi wake, “Tangulieni; mimi nitakuja nyuma yenu.” Lakini hakumwambia Nabali mumewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="1SA.25.20" />Ikawa alipokuwa amepanda punda wake kwenye bonde la mlima, tazama, Daudi na watu wake wakawa wanateremka kumwelekea, naye akakutana nao.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1SA.25.21" />Daudi alikuwa amesema, “Ilikuwa ni kazi bure kuchunga kwangu kote mali za huyu mtu huko jangwani hivi kwamba hakuna chochote chake kilichopotea. Yeye amenilipa baya kwa ajili ya wema.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1SA.25.22" /><nd>Bwana</nd> na amshughulikie Daudi, tena kwa ukali, ikiwa kesho asubuhi nitambakizia mwanaume hata mmoja aliye hai miongoni mwa watu wake wote!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1SA.25.23" />Abigaili alipomwona Daudi, akashuka haraka kwenye punda wake, akainama kifudifudi uso wake mpaka nchi mbele ya Daudi.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1SA.25.24" />Akamwangukia miguuni pake na kusema: “Bwana wangu, kosa hili na liwe juu yangu mwenyewe. Tafadhali mruhusu mtumishi wako aseme nawe. Sikia kile mtumishi wako atakachosema.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1SA.25.25" />Bwana wangu na asimjali huyo mtu mwovu Nabali. Yeye anafanana na jina lake; jina lake ni Mpumbavu, nao upumbavu huenda pamoja naye. Lakini kwangu mimi, mtumishi wako, sikuwaona hao watu waliotumwa na bwana wangu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="1SA.25.26" />“Basi sasa, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> amekuzuia, wewe bwana wangu, kutokumwaga damu na kutolipiza kisasi kwa mikono yako mwenyewe, hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo na kama uishivyo, maadui zako na wote wanaokusudia kumdhuru bwana wangu wawe kama Nabali.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1SA.25.27" />Nayo zawadi hii ambayo mtumishi wako amemletea bwana wangu, wapewe watu wanaofuatana nawe.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1SA.25.28" />Tafadhali samehe kosa la mtumishi wako, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa hakika ataifanya imara nyumba ya ufalme kwa bwana wangu, kwa sababu anapigana vita vya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="1SA.25.29" />Hata ingawa yuko mtu anayekufuatia kuuondoa uhai wako, usiruhusu baya lolote kuonekana kwako siku zote za maisha yako, uhai wa bwana wangu utafungwa salama kwenye furushi la walio hai na
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako. Lakini uhai wa adui zako atavurumishwa kama vile jiwe kutoka kwenye kombeo.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1SA.25.30" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atakapokuwa ameshamtendea bwana wangu kila kitu chema alichoahidi kumhusu yeye na kumweka kuwa kiongozi wa Israeli,
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="1SA.25.31" />bwana wangu hatakuwa na dhamiri inayolemewa na mzigo kwa kumwaga damu kusiko na sababu, au kujilipizia kisasi yeye mwenyewe.
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakapomletea bwana wangu mafanikio, umkumbuke mtumishi wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="1SA.25.32" />Daudi akamwambia Abigaili, “Ahimidiwe
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli aliyekutuma kunilaki leo.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="1SA.25.33" />Ubarikiwe kwa uamuzi wako mzuri na kwa kunizuia nisimwage damu leo na kulipiza kisasi kwa mikono yangu.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="1SA.25.34" />La sivyo, hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, aishivyo, ambaye amenizuia nisiwadhuru, kama usingekuja haraka kunilaki, hakuna hata mwanaume mmoja wa Nabali angeachwa hai kufikia mapambazuko.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="1SA.25.35" />Ndipo Daudi akapokea kutoka mkononi mwake kile alichokuwa amemletea, naye akasema, “Nenda nyumbani kwako kwa amani; nimesikia maneno yako na kukujalia ombi lako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="1SA.25.36" />Abigaili alipokwenda kwa Nabali, alikuwa ndani ya nyumba yake akifanya karamu kama ile ya mfalme. Naye alikuwa ana furaha nyingi, akiwa amelewa sana. Kwa hiyo Abigaili hakumwambia mumewe kitu chochote mpaka asubuhi yake.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="1SA.25.37" />Basi asubuhi, Nabali alipokuwa amelevuka, mkewe akamwambia mambo yote, nao moyo wake ukazimia, akawa kama jiwe.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="1SA.25.38" />Baada ya siku kumi,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akampiga Nabali, naye akafa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="1SA.25.39" />Daudi aliposikia kwamba Nabali amekufa, akasema, “Ahimidiwe
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ambaye amenitetea shauri langu dhidi ya Nabali kwa kuwa alinitendea kwa dharau. Amemzuia mtumishi wake asitende mabaya na
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameuleta ubaya wa Nabali juu ya kichwa chake mwenyewe.”
</p>
<p style="p">Kisha Daudi akatuma ujumbe kwa Abigaili kumwomba awe mke wake.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="1SA.25.40" />Watumishi wa Daudi wakaenda mpaka Karmeli na kumwambia Abigaili, wakisema, “Daudi ametutuma kwako kukuchukua uwe mkewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="1SA.25.41" />Akainama chini uso wake mpaka ardhini, akasema, “Mjakazi wako yuko hapa, tayari kuwatumikia na kuwanawisha miguu watumishi wa bwana wangu.”
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="1SA.25.42" />Abigaili akainuka kwa haraka, akapanda punda wake, akihudumiwa na wajakazi wake watano, akaenda pamoja na wajumbe wa Daudi, naye akawa mkewe.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="1SA.25.43" />Pia Daudi alikuwa amemwoa Ahinoamu wa Yezreeli, wote wawili wakawa wake zake.
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="1SA.25.44" />Lakini Sauli alikuwa amemwoza Mikali binti yake, aliyekuwa mkewe Daudi, kwa Palti mwana wa Laishi, kutoka Galimu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="26" />
<s style="s1">Daudi Amwacha Sauli Hai Tena
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.26.1" />Hao Wazifu wakamwendea Sauli huko Gibea na kusema, “Je, Daudi hakujificha katika kilima cha Hakila, kinachotazamana na Yeshimoni?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="1SA.26.2" />Hivyo Sauli akashuka kwenda katika Jangwa la Zifu, akiwa na watu wake 3,000 wa Israeli waliochaguliwa, kumsaka Daudi huko.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1SA.26.3" />Sauli akapiga kambi yake kando ya barabara juu ya kilima cha Hakila kinachotazamana na Yeshimoni, lakini Daudi alikuwa anaishi huko jangwani. Alipoona kuwa Sauli amemfuata huko,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1SA.26.4" />Daudi akatuma wapelelezi na akapata habari kwa hakika kwamba Sauli alikuwa amewasili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1SA.26.5" />Ndipo Daudi akaondoka, akaenda hadi mahali Sauli alikuwa amepiga kambi. Akaona mahali Sauli na Abneri mwana wa Neri, jemadari wa jeshi, walipokuwa wamelala. Sauli alikuwa amelala ndani ya kambi, jeshi likiwa limemzunguka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1SA.26.6" />Basi Daudi akamuuliza Ahimeleki Mhiti, na Abishai mwana wa Seruya, nduguye Yoabu, akisema, “Ni nani atakayeshuka pamoja nami kambini kwa Sauli?”
</p>
<p style="p">Abishai akajibu, “Nitakwenda pamoja nawe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1SA.26.7" />Hivyo Daudi na Abishai wakaenda kwenye jeshi wakati wa usiku, tazama Sauli, alikuwa amelala ndani ya kambi na mkuki wake umekitwa ardhini karibu na kichwa chake. Abneri na askari walikuwa wamelala kumzunguka Sauli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1SA.26.8" />Abishai akamwambia Daudi, “Leo Mungu amemtia adui yako mikononi mwako. Sasa niruhusu nimchome mpaka ardhini kwa pigo moja la mkuki wangu; sitamchoma mara mbili.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1SA.26.9" />Lakini Daudi akamwambia Abishai, “Usimwangamize! Ni nani awezaye kutia mkono juu ya mpakwa mafuta wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> na asiwe na hatia?”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1SA.26.10" />Daudi akasema, “Hakika kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo,
<nd>Bwana</nd> mwenyewe atampiga; au wakati wake utafika, naye atakufa, au atakwenda vitani na kuangamia.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1SA.26.11" />Lakini Mungu na apishie mbali nisije nikainua mkono juu ya mpakwa mafuta wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Sasa chukua huo mkuki na hilo gudulia la maji vilivyo karibu na kichwa chake, tuondoke.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1SA.26.12" />Hivyo Daudi akachukua huo mkuki na hilo gudulia la maji vilivyokuwa karibu na kichwa cha Sauli, nao wakaondoka. Hakuna yeyote aliyeona au kufahamu habari hii, wala hakuna hata mmoja aliyeamka usingizini. Wote walikuwa wamelala, kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amewatia kwenye usingizi mzito.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1SA.26.13" />Kisha Daudi akavuka upande mwingine na kusimama juu ya kilima mahali palipokuwa na nafasi pana kati yao.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1SA.26.14" />Daudi akalipigia kelele jeshi na Abneri mwana wa Neri, akisema, “Je, Abneri, hutanijibu?”
</p>
<p style="p">Abneri akajibu, “Nani wewe umwitaye mfalme?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1SA.26.15" />Daudi akasema, “Wewe si ni mtu shujaa? Ni nani aliye kama wewe katika Israeli? Kwa nini basi hukumlinda mfalme bwana wako? Mtu mmoja alikuja kumwangamiza mfalme, bwana wako.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1SA.26.16" />Ulichokifanya si kizuri. Kwa hakika kama aishivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wewe na watu wako mnastahili kufa, kwa sababu hamkumlinda bwana wenu, mpakwa mafuta wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Tazameni hapo mlipo. Uko wapi mkuki wa mfalme na gudulia la maji ambavyo vilikuwa karibu na kichwa chake?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1SA.26.17" />Sauli akatambua sauti ya Daudi, na kusema, “Je, hiyo ni sauti yako, Daudi mwanangu?”
</p>
<p style="p">Daudi akajibu, “Naam, hiyo ndiyo, bwana wangu mfalme.”
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1SA.26.18" />Pia akaongeza, “Kwa nini bwana wangu anamfuatia mtumishi wake? Nimefanya nini, nalo kosa langu ni lipi nililolifanya niwe na hatia?
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1SA.26.19" />Sasa mfalme bwana wangu na asikilize maneno ya mtumishi wake. Kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> amekuchochea dhidi yangu, basi yeye na aipokee sadaka yangu. Lakini hata hivyo, kama ni wanadamu waliofanya hivyo, walaaniwe mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>! Wao sasa wamenifukuza kutoka sehemu yangu katika urithi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> wangu wakisema, ‘Nenda ukatumikie miungu mingine.’
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1SA.26.20" />Basi usiache damu yangu imwagike kwenye ardhi mbali na uso wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Mfalme wa Israeli ametoka kutafuta kiroboto, kama vile mtu awindavyo kware katika milima.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="1SA.26.21" />Ndipo Sauli akasema, “Nimetenda dhambi. Rudi, Daudi mwanangu. Kwa kuwa uliyahesabu maisha yangu kuwa ya thamani leo, sitajaribu kukudhuru tena. Hakika nimetenda kama mpumbavu na nimekosa sana.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="1SA.26.22" />Daudi akajibu, “Mkuki wa mfalme uko hapa. Mmoja wa vijana wako na avuke kuuchukua.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1SA.26.23" /><nd>Bwana</nd> humlipa kila mtu kwa ajili ya haki yake na uaminifu wake.
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikutia katika mikono yangu leo, lakini sikuinua mkono wangu juu ya mpakwa mafuta wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1SA.26.24" />Kwa hakika kama vile maisha yako yalivyokuwa ya thamani kwangu leo, vivyo hivyo maisha yangu na yawe na thamani kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kuniokoa kutoka taabu zote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="1SA.26.25" />Ndipo Sauli akamwambia Daudi, “Mwanangu Daudi na ubarikiwe; utafanya mambo makubwa na hakika utashinda.”
</p>
<p style="p">Basi Daudi akaenda zake, naye Sauli akarudi nyumbani.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="27" />
<s style="s1">Daudi Miongoni Mwa Wafilisti
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.27.1" />Daudi akasema moyoni mwake, “Katika mojawapo ya siku hizi nitaangamizwa kwa mkono wa Sauli. Jambo lililo bora ni kutorokea kwenye nchi ya Wafilisti. Hivyo Sauli atakata tamaa ya kunisaka popote katika Israeli, nami nitakuwa nimeponyoka mkononi mwake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="1SA.27.2" />Hivyo Daudi akaondoka na hao watu mia sita waliokuwa pamoja naye na kwenda kwa Akishi mwana wa Maoki mfalme wa Gathi.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1SA.27.3" />Daudi na watu wake wakakaa huko Gathi pamoja na Akishi. Kila mtu alikuwa pamoja na jamaa yake, naye Daudi pamoja na wakeze wawili: yaani Ahinoamu wa Yezreeli, na Abigaili wa Karmeli, mjane wa Nabali.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1SA.27.4" />Sauli alipokuwa ameambiwa kwamba Daudi alikuwa amekimbilia Gathi, hakuendelea kumsaka tena.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1SA.27.5" />Ndipo Daudi akamwambia Akishi, “Kama nimepata kibali machoni pako, unipe sehemu katika mojawapo ya miji katika nchi nikae huko. Kwa nini mtumwa wako akae pamoja nawe katika mji huu wa kifalme?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1SA.27.6" />Hivyo siku hiyo Akishi akampa Daudi mji wa Siklagi, nao Siklagi umekuwa mali ya wafalme wa Yuda tangu wakati huo.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1SA.27.7" />Daudi akaishi katika nchi ya Wafilisti muda wa mwaka mmoja na miezi minne.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1SA.27.8" />Basi Daudi na watu wake wakapanda na kuwashambulia Wageshuri, Wagirizi na Waamaleki. (Tangu zamani haya mataifa yalikuwa yameishi kwenye eneo lililotanda kuanzia Telemu katika njia iteremkayo Shuri hadi kufikia nchi ya Misri.)
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1SA.27.9" />Kila mara Daudi aliposhambulia eneo, hakubakiza hai mwanaume wala mwanamke, lakini alichukua kondoo na ngʼombe, punda na ngamia, na nguo. Kisha akarudi kwa Akishi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1SA.27.10" />Akishi alipomuuliza, “Je leo umeshambulia wapi?” Daudi humjibu, “Dhidi ya Negebu ya Yuda,” au wakati mwingine husema, “Dhidi ya Negebu ya Yerameeli,” au “Dhidi ya Negebu ya Wakeni.”
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1SA.27.11" />Daudi hakumwacha hai mwanaume au mwanamke ili apate kuletwa Gathi, kwa maana Daudi aliwaza, “Wanaweza kujulisha habari zetu na kusema, ‘Hivi ndivyo alivyofanya Daudi.’ ” Hii ndiyo ilikuwa desturi yake wakati wote aliishi katika nchi ya Wafilisti.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1SA.27.12" />Akishi akamsadiki Daudi na kuwaza moyoni mwake, akasema, “Daudi amekuwa kitu cha kuchukiza kabisa kwa watu wake, Waisraeli, hivi kwamba atakuwa mtumishi wangu milele.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="28" />
<s style="s1">Sauli Na Mchawi Wa Endori
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.28.1" />Siku zile Wafilisti wakakusanya majeshi yao ili kupigana vita dhidi ya Israeli. Akishi akamwambia Daudi, “Lazima ujue kuwa wewe pamoja na watu wako mtafuatana nami kwenda vitani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="1SA.28.2" />Daudi akasema, “Ndipo wewe mwenyewe utakapojionea jambo ambalo mtumishi wako anaweza kufanya.”
</p>
<p style="p">Akishi akamjibu Daudi, “Vyema sana, mimi nitakufanya uwe mlinzi wangu daima.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1SA.28.3" />Wakati huo Samweli alikuwa amekufa, nao Israeli wote walikuwa wamemwombolezea na kumzika kwenye mji wake mwenyewe huko Rama. Sauli alikuwa amewafukuza waaguzi na wachawi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1SA.28.4" />Wafilisti wakakusanyika na kupiga kambi yao huko Shunemu, naye Sauli akawakusanya Waisraeli wote na kupiga kambi yao huko Gilboa.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1SA.28.5" />Sauli alipoona jeshi la Wafilisti, akaogopa; moyo wake ukajawa na hofu kuu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1SA.28.6" />Ndipo Sauli akauliza ushauri kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> hakumjibu kwa ndoto, wala kwa Urimu,<f caller="+"><fr>28:6
</fr><ft>Urimu na Thumimu maana yake ni Nuru na Kweli; vifaa hivi viliwekwa kwenye kifuko cha juu cha kisibau cha kuhani mkuu ili kujua mapenzi ya Mungu kwenye mambo ya kutatanisha.</ft></f> wala kwa njia ya manabii.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1SA.28.7" />Basi Sauli akawaambia watumishi wake, “Nitafutieni mwanamke mwaguzi ili nimwendee, nipate kuuliza kwake.”
</p>
<p style="p">Watumishi wake wakamwambia, “Yuko mwanamke mmoja huko Endori.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1SA.28.8" />Hivyo Sauli akajigeuza kwa kuvaa mavazi mengine, naye usiku akiwa amefuatana na watu wawili wakaenda kwa huyo mwanamke. Akamwambia, “Nibashirie kwa uaguzi, unipandishie yule nitakayekutajia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1SA.28.9" />Huyo mwanamke akamwambia, “Wewe unajua lile alilofanya Mfalme Sauli. Amewakatilia mbali waaguzi, wapiga ramli wote na wachawi katika nchi. Mbona umenitegea maisha yangu ili wapate kuniua?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1SA.28.10" />Sauli akamwapia huyo mwanamke kwa Jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akasema, “Kwa hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo, hutaadhibiwa kwa ajili ya jambo hili.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1SA.28.11" />Ndipo yule mwanamke akauliza, “Je unataka nikupandishie nani?”
</p>
<p style="p">Sauli akasema, “Nipandishie Samweli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1SA.28.12" />Yule mwanamke alipomwona Samweli, alipiga yowe kwa sauti kuu, naye akamuuliza Sauli, “Mbona umenidanganya? Wewe ndiwe Sauli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1SA.28.13" />Mfalme akamwambia, “Usiogope. Unaona nini?”
</p>
<p style="p">Yule mwanamke akasema, “Naona mungu unapanda kutoka ardhini.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1SA.28.14" />Sauli akamuuliza, “Ni mfano wa nini?”
</p>
<p style="p">Yule mwanamke akasema, “Ni mwanaume mzee amevaa joho anayepanda.”
</p>
<p style="p">Ndipo Sauli akatambua kwamba ni Samweli. Sauli akasujudu kifudifudi, uso wake hadi ardhini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1SA.28.15" />Samweli akamuuliza Sauli, “Kwa nini unanitaabisha kwa kunipandisha juu?”
</p>
<p style="p">Sauli akasema, “Mimi ninasumbuka sana, kwa maana Wafilisti wanapigana vita dhidi yangu, naye Mungu ameniacha. Hanijibu tena wala kwa njia ya manabii wala kwa ndoto. Kwa hiyo nimekuita wewe ili unijulishe la kufanya.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="1SA.28.16" />Samweli akamuuliza, “Kwa nini uniulize mimi, maadamu
<nd>Bwana</nd> amekuacha na kuwa adui yako?
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1SA.28.17" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ametenda lile alilotangulia kusema kupitia kwangu.
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameurarua ufalme kutoka mikononi mwako, naye amempa mmoja wa jirani zako, yaani Daudi.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1SA.28.18" />Kwa sababu wewe hukumtii
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wala hukumtimizia ghadhabu yake kali juu ya Waamaleki,
<nd>Bwana</nd> amekutendea mambo haya leo.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1SA.28.19" />Zaidi ya hayo,
<nd>Bwana</nd> atawatia Israeli pamoja na wewe mikononi mwa Wafilisti, na kesho wewe na wanao mtakuwa pamoja nami.
<nd>Bwana</nd> pia atalitia jeshi la Israeli mikononi mwa Wafilisti.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="1SA.28.20" />Papo hapo Sauli akaanguka chini, akajinyoosha, akiwa amejawa na hofu kwa ajili ya maneno ya Samweli. Nguvu zake zikamwishia kwa maana alikuwa hajala chochote mchana ule wote na usiku.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="1SA.28.21" />Yule mwanamke alipomwendea Sauli na kumwona amepatwa na hofu, akamwambia, “Tazama, mimi mtumishi wako mwanamke nimekutii. Nimeweka maisha yangu hatarini kwa kufanya kile ulichoniagiza nifanye.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1SA.28.22" />Sasa tafadhali isikilize sauti ya mtumishi wako, uniruhusu nikupatie chakula kidogo ule ili uwe na nguvu za kurejea ulikotoka.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1SA.28.23" />Akakataa, akisema, “Mimi sitaki kula.”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini watumishi wake wakaungana na yule mwanamke wakamsihi ale, naye akakubali. Basi akainuka hapo chini, akaketi juu ya kitanda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="1SA.28.24" />Yule mwanamke alikuwa na ndama aliyenona hapo nyumbani, akamchinja mara moja. Akachukua unga, akaukanda, akatengeneza mkate usio chachu.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1SA.28.25" />Ndipo akamwandalia meza Sauli pamoja na watu wake, nao wakala. Usiku ule ule wakainuka na kwenda zao.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="29" />
<s style="s1">Akishi Amrudisha Daudi Huko Siklagi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.29.1" />Wafilisti wakakusanya majeshi yao yote huko Afeki, nao Waisraeli wakapiga kambi karibu na chemchemi iliyoko Yezreeli.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1SA.29.2" />Watawala wa Wafilisti walipokuwa wakipita pamoja na vikosi vyao vya mamia na vya maelfu, Daudi na watu wake walikuwa wakitembea huko nyuma pamoja na Akishi.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1SA.29.3" />Majemadari wa Wafilisti wakauliza, “Vipi kuhusu hawa Waebrania?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akishi akajibu, “Huyu si Daudi, aliyekuwa afisa wa Sauli mfalme wa Israeli? Ameshakuwa pamoja nami kwa zaidi ya mwaka, naye tangu alipomwacha Sauli hadi sasa, sikuona kosa lolote kwake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1SA.29.4" />Lakini majemadari wa Wafilisti wakamkasirikia na kusema, “Mrudishe mtu huyu, apate kurudi mahali pale ulipompangia. Haimpasi kufuatana pamoja nasi vitani, asije akageuka, akawa kinyume chetu vitani. Ni kwa njia ipi bora zaidi angeweza kujipatia tena kibali kwa bwana wake, isipokuwa kwa vichwa vya watu wetu wenyewe?
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1SA.29.5" />Je, huyu si ndiye Daudi walioimba kumhusu katika ngoma zao, wakisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Sauli amewaua elfu zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye Daudi makumi elfu yake’?”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1SA.29.6" />Basi Akishi akamwita Daudi na kumwambia, “Kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo, wewe umekuwa mtu mwaminifu, nami ningependa utumike pamoja nami katika jeshi. Tangu siku ile uliyofika kwangu hadi sasa, sijaona kosa lolote kwako, lakini hao watawala hawakukubali.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1SA.29.7" />Rudi na uende kwa amani; usifanye chochote cha kuwakasirisha watawala wa Kifilisti.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1SA.29.8" />Daudi akamuuliza Akishi, “Lakini mimi nimefanya nini? Je, umeona nini kibaya juu ya mtumishi wako tangu siku ile niliyokuja kwako hadi leo? Kwa nini nisirudi na kupigana na adui za bwana wangu mfalme?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1SA.29.9" />Akishi akamjibu Daudi, “Mimi ninajua ya kuwa wewe umekuwa wa kupendeza machoni pangu kama vile malaika wa Mungu. Lakini hao majemadari wa Wafilisti wamesema, ‘Huyu haimpasi kwenda vitani pamoja nasi.’
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1SA.29.10" />Sasa amka mapema, pamoja na watumishi wa bwana wako waliofuatana nawe, nanyi ondokeni asubuhi mara kutakapopambazuka.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1SA.29.11" />Hivyo Daudi na watu wake wakaamka asubuhi na mapema, wakaenda zao kurudi katika nchi ya Wafilisti, nao Wafilisti wakapanda kwenda Yezreeli.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="30" />
<s style="s1">Daudi Aangamiza Waamaleki
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.30.1" />Daudi na watu wake wakafika Siklagi siku ya tatu. Basi Waamaleki walikuwa wamevamia Negebu na Siklagi. Wakawa wameshambulia mji wa Siklagi na kuuteketeza kwa moto,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1SA.30.2" />nao wakawa wamewachukua mateka wanawake pamoja na wote waliokuwamo humo, vijana na wazee. Hawakuua yeyote, bali waliwachukua wakaenda zao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1SA.30.3" />Daudi na watu wake walipofika Siklagi, wakakuta mji umeangamizwa kwa moto na wake zao pamoja na wana wao na binti zao wamechukuliwa mateka.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1SA.30.4" />Hivyo Daudi na watu wake wakapiga yowe mpaka wakaishiwa na nguvu za kulia.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1SA.30.5" />Wake wawili wa Daudi walikuwa wametekwa: yaani Ahinoamu wa Yezreeli, na Abigaili, mjane wa Nabali wa Karmeli.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1SA.30.6" />Daudi alihuzunika sana kwa sababu watu walikuwa wakisemezana juu ya kumpiga kwa mawe. Kila mmoja alikuwa na uchungu rohoni kwa sababu ya wanawe na binti zake. Lakini Daudi akajitia nguvu katika
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1SA.30.7" />Kisha Daudi akamwambia kuhani Abiathari mwana wa Ahimeleki, “Niletee kisibau.” Abiathari akamletea,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1SA.30.8" />naye Daudi akamuuliza
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Je, nifuatie kundi hili la wavamizi? Je, nitawapata?”
</p>
<p style="p"><nd>Bwana</nd> akajibu, “Wafuatie. Hakika utawapata na utafanikiwa kuwaokoa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1SA.30.9" />Daudi pamoja na watu wake 600 wakafika kwenye Bonde la Besori, mahali ambapo wengine waliachwa nyuma,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1SA.30.10" />kwa kuwa watu 200 walikuwa wamechoka sana kuweza kuvuka hilo bonde. Lakini Daudi pamoja na watu 400 wakaendelea kufuatia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1SA.30.11" />Wakamkuta Mmisri katika shamba fulani, nao wakamleta kwa Daudi. Wakampa huyo Mmisri maji ya kunywa na chakula;
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1SA.30.12" />kipande cha andazi la tini na andazi la zabibu zilizokaushwa. Akala naye akapata nguvu, kwa kuwa hakuwa amekula chakula chochote wala kunywa maji kwa siku tatu usiku na mchana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1SA.30.13" />Daudi akamuuliza, “Wewe ni wa nani, na umetoka wapi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akajibu, “Mimi ni Mmisri, mtumwa wa Mwamaleki. Bwana wangu alinitelekeza nilipougua siku tatu zilizopita.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1SA.30.14" />Tulivamia Negebu ya Wakerethi, na nchi ya Yuda, na Negebu ya Kalebu. Nasi tulichoma moto Siklagi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1SA.30.15" />Daudi akamuuliza, “Je, unaweza kuniongoza kufikia kundi hili la uvamizi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akajibu, “Niapie mbele ya Mungu kwamba hutaniua wala kunikabidhi mikononi mwa bwana wangu, nami nitakupeleka hadi waliko.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="1SA.30.16" />Akamwongoza Daudi mpaka mahali walipokuwa, nao walikuwa wametawanyika eneo lote, wakila, wakinywa na wakifanya karamu kwa sababu ya nyara nyingi walizochukua kutoka nchi ya Wafilisti na kutoka Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1SA.30.17" />Daudi akapigana nao kuanzia machweo ya jua hadi kesho yake jioni, na hakuna yeyote miongoni mwao aliyetoroka, isipokuwa vijana wanaume 400 waliopanda ngamia na kutoroka.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1SA.30.18" />Daudi akarudisha kila kitu Waamaleki walikuwa wamechukua, pamoja na wake zake wawili.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1SA.30.19" />Hakuna chochote kilichopotea: kijana au mzee, mvulana au msichana, nyara au kitu kingine chochote walichokuwa wamechukua. Daudi akarudisha kila kitu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1SA.30.20" />Akachukua makundi yote ya kondoo, mbuzi na ngʼombe, nao watu wake wakawaswaga wanyama hao mbele ya wanyama wengine wa kufugwa, wakisema, “Hizi ni nyara za Daudi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="1SA.30.21" />Kisha Daudi akafika kwa wale watu 200 waliokuwa wamechoka sana kumfuata na ambao waliachwa nyuma kwenye Bonde la Besori. Wakatoka kwenda kumlaki Daudi na wale watu aliokuwa nao. Daudi na watu wake walipowakaribia, akawasalimu.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1SA.30.22" />Lakini watu wote waovu na wakorofi miongoni mwa wafuasi wa Daudi wakasema, “Kwa sababu hawakwenda pamoja nasi, hatutagawana nao nyara tulizorudisha. Lakini, kila mtu aweza kuchukua mkewe na watoto wake na kuondoka.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1SA.30.23" />Daudi akajibu, “La hasha, ndugu zangu, kamwe hamwezi kufanya hivyo kwa kile ambacho
<nd>Bwana</nd> ametupatia. Yeye ametulinda na kuweka mikononi mwetu majeshi yale yaliyokuja kupigana dhidi yetu.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1SA.30.24" />Ni nani atasikiliza yale mnayosema? Fungu la mtu aliyekaa na vyombo litakuwa sawa na la yule aliyekwenda vitani. Wote watashiriki sawa.”
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1SA.30.25" />Daudi akafanya hili liwe amri na agizo kwa Israeli kutoka siku ile hata leo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="1SA.30.26" />Daudi alipofika Siklagi, akatuma baadhi ya nyara kwa wazee wa Yuda, waliokuwa rafiki zake, akasema, “Tazama, hapa kuna zawadi kwa ajili yenu kutoka nyara za adui za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="1SA.30.27" />Akazituma kwa wale waliokuwa Betheli, Ramoth-Negebu na Yatiri;
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1SA.30.28" />kwa wale walioko Aroeri, Sifmothi, Eshtemoa
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="1SA.30.29" />na Rakali; kwa wale waliokuwa katika miji ya Wayerameeli na ya Wakeni;
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1SA.30.30" />na kwa wale walioko Horma, Bori-Ashani, Athaki,
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="1SA.30.31" />na kwa wakazi wa Hebroni; na kwa wale waliokuwa mahali pengine pote ambako Daudi na watu wake walitembelea.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="31" />
<s style="s1">Sauli Ajiua
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Nyakati 10:1-12)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1SA.31.1" />Basi Wafilisti wakapigana na Israeli. Waisraeli wakawakimbia, na wengi wakauawa katika Mlima Gilboa.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1SA.31.2" />Wafilisti wakawafuatia kwa bidii Sauli na wanawe, wakawaua Yonathani, Abinadabu na Malki-Shua.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1SA.31.3" />Mapigano yakawa makali sana kumzunguka Sauli, nao wapiga upinde wakampata na kumjeruhi vibaya.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1SA.31.4" />Sauli akamwambia mbeba silaha wake, “Futa upanga wako unichome nao, la sivyo hawa watu wasiotahiriwa watakuja wanichome na kunidhalilisha.”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini mbeba silaha wake akaogopa sana wala hakuweza kufanya hivyo. Kwa hiyo Sauli akachukua upanga wake mwenyewe na kuuangukia.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1SA.31.5" />Mchukua silaha wake alipoona Sauli amekufa, naye pia akaangukia upanga wake akafa pamoja naye.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1SA.31.6" />Basi Sauli, wanawe watatu, mbeba silaha wake na watu wake wote wakafa pamoja siku ile ile.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1SA.31.7" />Waisraeli waliokuwa kandokando ya bonde na wale waliokuwa ngʼambo ya Yordani walipoona kuwa jeshi la Waisraeli limekimbia na kwamba Sauli na wanawe wamekufa, wakaacha miji yao na kukimbia. Nao Wafilisti wakaja na kukaa humo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1SA.31.8" />Kesho yake Wafilisti walipokuja kuwavua maiti silaha, walimkuta Sauli na wanawe watatu wameanguka katika Mlima Gilboa.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1SA.31.9" />Wakamkata Sauli kichwa na kumvua silaha zake, nao wakatuma wajumbe katika nchi yote ya Wafilisti kutangaza habari katika hekalu la sanamu zao na miongoni mwa watu wao.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1SA.31.10" />Wakaweka silaha zake katika hekalu la Maashtorethi, na kukifunga kiwiliwili chake katika ukuta wa Beth-Shani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1SA.31.11" />Watu wa Yabeshi-Gileadi waliposikia yale Wafilisti walichomfanyia Sauli,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1SA.31.12" />mashujaa wao wote wakaenda usiku hadi Beth-Shani. Wakauchukua mwili wa Sauli na miili ya wanawe kutoka kwenye ukuta wa Beth-Shani na kurudi hadi Yabeshi, mahali ambapo waliiteketeza kwa moto.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1SA.31.13" />Kisha wakachukua mifupa yao na kuizika chini ya mti wa mkwaju huko Yabeshi, nao wakafunga siku saba.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="2SA"><id id="2SA">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>2 Samweli
</h><toc level="1">2 Samweli
</toc><toc level="2">2 Samweli
</toc><toc level="3">2Sam
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">2 Samweli
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Daudi Afahamishwa Kifo Cha Sauli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2SA.1.1" />Baada ya kifo cha Sauli, Daudi alipokuwa amerudi kutoka kuwashinda Waamaleki, Daudi alikaa siku mbili huko Siklagi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2SA.1.2" />Siku ya tatu akaja mtu mwenye nguo zilizoraruka na mavumbi kichwani mwake kutoka kwenye kambi ya Sauli. Alipomjia Daudi, akajitupa chini ili kumpa heshima.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2SA.1.3" />Daudi akamuuliza, “Wewe umetoka wapi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akamjibu, “Nimetoroka kutoka kambi ya Waisraeli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2SA.1.4" />Daudi akamuuliza, “Ni nini kilichotokea? Niambie.”
</p>
<p style="p">Akasema, “Watu walikimbia kutoka vitani. Wengi wao walianguka na kufa. Naye Sauli na Yonathani mwanawe wamekufa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2SA.1.5" />Ndipo Daudi akamwambia huyo kijana aliyemletea taarifa, “Je, umefahamuje kwamba Sauli na Yonathani mwanawe wamekufa?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2SA.1.6" />Yule kijana akasema, “Nilijipata huko Mlima Gilboa, naye Sauli alikuwa huko akiegemea mkuki wake, na magari ya vita na wapanda farasi wa upande wa adui wakawa wamemkaribia sana.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2SA.1.7" />Alipogeuka na kuniona, akaniita, nami nikasema, ‘Je, nifanye nini?’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2SA.1.8" />“Akaniuliza, ‘Wewe ni nani?’
</p>
<p style="p">“Nikamjibu, ‘Mimi ni Mwamaleki.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2SA.1.9" />“Kisha akaniambia, ‘Nikaribie mimi na uniue! Niko katika maumivu makali ya kifo, lakini bado ningali hai.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2SA.1.10" />“Kwa hiyo nikamkaribia nikamuua, kwa sababu nilijua kwamba baada ya kuanguka hangeweza kupona. Nami nikachukua lile taji lililokuwa kichwani mwake na utepe uliokuwa mkononi mwake nami nimevileta hapa kwa bwana wangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2SA.1.11" />Ndipo Daudi pamoja na watu wote waliokuwa pamoja naye wakazishika nguo zao na kuzirarua.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2SA.1.12" />Wakaomboleza, wakalia pia na kufunga mpaka jioni kwa ajili ya Sauli na Yonathani mwanawe, kwa ajili ya jeshi la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na nyumba ya Israeli, kwa sababu wameanguka kwa upanga.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2SA.1.13" />Daudi akamwambia yule kijana aliyemletea taarifa, “Wewe ni mwenyeji wa wapi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akamjibu, “Mimi ni mwana wa mgeni, Mwamaleki.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2SA.1.14" />Daudi akamuuliza, “Kwa nini hukuogopa kuinua mkono wako ili kumwangamiza mpakwa mafuta wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2SA.1.15" />Kisha Daudi akamwita mmoja wa watu wake na kumwambia, “Nenda ukamuue!” Kwa hiyo akampiga, naye akafa.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2SA.1.16" />Kwa maana Daudi alikuwa amemwambia, “Damu yako iwe juu ya kichwa chako mwenyewe. Kinywa chako mwenyewe kimeshuhudia dhidi yako uliposema, ‘Nilimuua mpakwa mafuta wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ombolezo La Daudi Kwa Ajili Ya Sauli Na Yonathani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2SA.1.17" />Daudi akafanya maombolezo haya kuhusu Sauli na Yonathani mwanawe,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2SA.1.18" />naye akaagiza kwamba watu wa Yuda wafundishwe ombolezo hili la upinde (ambalo limeandikwa katika Kitabu cha Yashari):
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="2SA.1.19" />“Walio fahari yako, ee Israeli, wameuawa juu ya mahali pako palipoinuka.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Jinsi wenye nguvu walivyoanguka!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="2SA.1.20" />“Msilisimulie hili katika Gathi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msilitangaze hili katika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">barabara za Ashkeloni,
</q>
<q style="q1">binti za Wafilisti wasije wakafurahia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">binti za hao wasiotahiriwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wasije wakashangilia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="2SA.1.21" />“Enyi milima ya Gilboa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msipate umande wala mvua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala mashamba yazaayo sadaka ya nafaka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa maana huko ndiko ngao ya mwenye nguvu iliponajisiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ngao ya Sauli haitapakwa tena mafuta.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="2SA.1.22" />Kutokana na damu ya waliouawa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutokana na miili ya wenye nguvu,
</q>
<q style="q1">ule upinde wa Yonathani haukugeuka nyuma.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Upanga wa Sauli haukurudi bure.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="2SA.1.23" />“Sauli na Yonathani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maishani walipendwa na kuneemeka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na katika kifo hawakutengana.
</q>
<q style="q1">Walikuwa wepesi kuliko tai,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walikuwa na nguvu kuliko simba.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="2SA.1.24" />“Enyi binti za Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lieni kwa ajili ya Sauli,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambaye aliwavika nguo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyekundu na maridadi,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambaye aliremba mavazi yenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mapambo ya dhahabu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="2SA.1.25" />“Tazama jinsi mashujaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walivyoanguka vitani!
</q>
<q style="q1">Yonathani ameuawa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahali pako palipoinuka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="2SA.1.26" />Nahuzunika kwa ajili yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yonathani ndugu yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwangu ulikuwa mpendwa sana.
</q>
<q style="q1">Upendo wako kwangu ulikuwa wa ajabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wa ajabu zaidi kuliko ule wa wanawake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="2SA.1.27" />“Tazama jinsi mashujaa walivyoanguka!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Silaha za vita zimeangamia!”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Daudi Atiwa Mafuta Kuwa Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2SA.2.1" />Ikawa baada ya mambo haya, Daudi akamuuliza
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Je, nipande kwenda katika mojawapo ya miji ya Yuda?”
</p>
<p style="p"><nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, “Panda.”
</p>
<p style="p">Daudi akauliza, “Je, niende wapi?”
</p>
<p style="p"><nd>Bwana</nd> akajibu, “Nenda Hebroni.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="2SA.2.2" />Basi Daudi akakwea kwenda huko pamoja na wake zake wawili, Ahinoamu wa Yezreeli na Abigaili, mjane wa Nabali wa Karmeli.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2SA.2.3" />Pia Daudi akawachukua watu waliokuwa pamoja naye, kila mmoja na jamaa yake, nao wakaishi huko Hebroni na miji yake.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2SA.2.4" />Ndipo watu wa Yuda wakaja Hebroni, huko wakamtia Daudi mafuta awe mfalme juu ya nyumba ya Yuda.
</p>
<p style="p">Daudi alipoambiwa kuwa ni watu wa Yabeshi-Gileadi waliomzika Sauli,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2SA.2.5" />akatuma wajumbe kwa watu wa Yabeshi-Gileadi kuwaambia, “<nd>Bwana</nd> awabariki kwa kuonyesha wema huu kwa kumzika Sauli bwana wenu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2SA.2.6" />Sasa
<nd>Bwana</nd> na awaonyeshe wema na uaminifu, nami pia nitawaonyesha wema ule ule kwa kuwa mmefanya jambo hili.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2SA.2.7" />Sasa basi, kuweni hodari na mashujaa, kwa maana bwana wenu Sauli amekufa, nayo nyumba ya Yuda imenitia mafuta niwe mfalme juu yao.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Vita Kati Ya Nyumba Ya Daudi Na Sauli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2SA.2.8" />Wakati huo Abneri mwana wa Neri, jemadari wa jeshi la Sauli, alikuwa amemchukua Ish-Boshethi mwana wa Sauli na kumleta hadi Mahanaimu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2SA.2.9" />Akamweka awe mfalme juu ya nchi ya Gileadi, Waasheri,<f caller="+"><fr>2:9
</fr><ft>Waasheri hapa ni kabila moja la Israeli.</ft></f> Yezreeli, Efraimu, Benyamini na Israeli yote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2SA.2.10" />Ish-Boshethi<f caller="+"><fr>2:10
</fr><ft>Ish-Boshethi maana yake Mtu wa Aibu, pia anaitwa Esh-Baali maana yake Mtu wa Baali (</ft><xt>1Nya 8:33; 9:39</xt><ft>).</ft></f> mwana wa Sauli alikuwa na umri wa miaka arobaini alipoanza kutawala Israeli, naye akatawala miaka miwili. Hata hivyo, nyumba ya Yuda ikamfuata Daudi.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2SA.2.11" />Muda ambao Daudi alikuwa mfalme juu ya nyumba ya Yuda huko Hebroni ilikuwa miaka saba na miezi sita.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2SA.2.12" />Abneri mwana wa Neri, pamoja na watu wa Ish-Boshethi mwana wa Sauli, wakatoka Mahanaimu kwenda Gibeoni.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2SA.2.13" />Yoabu mwana wa Seruya na watu wa Daudi wakatoka na kukutana nao kwenye bwawa la Gibeoni. Kikundi kimoja kiliketi upande mmoja wa bwawa, na kikundi kingine upande wa pili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2SA.2.14" />Ndipo Abneri akamwambia Yoabu, “Tuwaweke baadhi ya vijana wasimame na wapigane ana kwa ana mbele yetu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Yoabu akasema, “Sawa, na wafanye hivyo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2SA.2.15" />Kwa hiyo vijana wakasimama, wakahesabiwa: watu wa Benyamini na wa Ish-Boshethi mwana wa Sauli kumi na wawili, na upande wa Daudi kumi na wawili.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2SA.2.16" />Kisha kila mtu akakamatana na mpinzani wake kichwani na kuchomana kwa upanga, nao wakaanguka chini pamoja. Kwa hiyo mahali pale katika Gibeoni pakaitwa Helkath-Hasurimu.<f caller="+"><fr>2:16
</fr><ft>Helkath-Hasurimu maana yake Uwanja wa Mapambano.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2SA.2.17" />Siku hiyo vita vilikuwa vikali sana, naye Abneri na watu wa Israeli wakashindwa na watu wa Daudi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2SA.2.18" />Wana watatu wa Seruya walikuwako huko: nao ni Yoabu, Abishai na Asaheli. Basi huyo Asaheli alikuwa na mbio kama paa.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2SA.2.19" />Asaheli akamfukuza Abneri, pasipo kugeuka kulia wala kushoto wakati akimfuata.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2SA.2.20" />Abneri akaangalia nyuma na kumuuliza, “Ni wewe, Asaheli?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akamjibu, “Ndiyo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="2SA.2.21" />Ndipo Abneri akamwambia, “Geuka upande wa kulia au kushoto. Mchukue mmoja wa vijana wa kiume na umvue silaha zake.” Lakini Asaheli hakuacha kumfukuza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2SA.2.22" />Abneri akamwonya tena Asaheli akimwambia, “Acha kunifukuza! Kwa nini nikuue? Je, nitawezaje kumtazama ndugu yako Yoabu usoni?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="2SA.2.23" />Lakini Asaheli alikataa kuacha kumfuatia, kwa hiyo Abneri akamchoma Asaheli tumboni kwa ncha butu ya mkuki wake, mkuki ukamtoboa ukatokea mgongoni mwake. Akaanguka na kufa papo hapo. Ikawa kila mtu alisimama alipofika mahali pale Asaheli alipoanguka na kufa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="2SA.2.24" />Lakini Yoabu na Abishai walimfuata Abneri, na jua lilipokuwa linatua, wakafika kwenye kilima cha Ama, karibu na Gia kwenye njia ya kuelekea kwenye nyika ya Gibeoni.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2SA.2.25" />Ndipo watu wa kabila la Benyamini wakakusanyika tena nyuma ya Abneri. Wakaunda kikosi na kujiimarisha juu ya kilima.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="2SA.2.26" />Abneri akamwita Yoabu, akamwambia, “Je, ni lazima upanga uendelee kuangamiza milele? Hutambui kwamba jambo hili litaishia katika uchungu? Utaacha kuwaagiza watu wako waache kuwafuatilia ndugu zao hata lini?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="2SA.2.27" />Yoabu akajibu, “Hakika kama aishivyo Mungu, kama hukusema, hawa watu wangeendelea kuwafuatia ndugu zao mpaka asubuhi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="2SA.2.28" />Basi Yoabu akapiga tarumbeta, nao watu wote wakasimama, hawakuwafuata Israeli tena, wala hawakuwapiga tena.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="2SA.2.29" />Usiku ule wote Abneri na watu wake wakatembea kupitia Araba. Wakavuka Mto Yordani, wakaendelea wakipitia nchi yote ya Bithroni wakafika Mahanaimu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="2SA.2.30" />Basi Yoabu akarudi kutoka kumfuatia Abneri, na kuwakusanya watu wake wote. Pamoja na Asaheli, watu kumi na tisa wa Daudi walikuwa wamepotea.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="2SA.2.31" />Lakini watu wa Daudi walikuwa wamewaua watu wa kabila la Benyamini 360 waliokuwa pamoja na Abneri.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="2SA.2.32" />Wakamchukua Asaheli, wakamzika katika kaburi la baba yake huko Bethlehemu. Kisha Yoabu na watu wake wakatembea usiku kucha na kufika huko Hebroni wakati wa mapambazuko.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2SA.3.1" />Vita kati ya nyumba ya Sauli na nyumba ya Daudi vilidumu kwa muda mrefu. Daudi akaendelea kuwa imara zaidi na zaidi, wakati nyumba ya Sauli iliendelea kudhoofika zaidi na zaidi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="2" bcv="2SA.3.2" />Wana walizaliwa kwa Daudi huko Hebroni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Mzaliwa wake wa kwanza alikuwa Amnoni mwana wa Ahinoamu wa Yezreeli;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="3" bcv="2SA.3.3" />mzaliwa wake wa pili alikuwa Danieli<f caller="+"><fr>3:3
</fr><ft>Jina lingine lake ni Kileabu.</ft></f> mwana wa Abigaili, mjane wa Nabali wa Karmeli;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">wa tatu, Absalomu mwana wa Maaka, binti Talmai mfalme wa Geshuri;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="4" bcv="2SA.3.4" />wa nne, Adoniya mwana wa Hagithi;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">wa tano, Shefatia mwana wa Abitali;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="5" bcv="2SA.3.5" />wa sita, Ithreamu mwana wa Egla, mkewe Daudi.
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Hawa ndio waliozaliwa kwa Daudi huko Hebroni.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Abneri Anamwendea Daudi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2SA.3.6" />Wakati wa vita kati ya nyumba ya Sauli na nyumba ya Daudi, Abneri alikuwa anajiimarisha katika nafasi yake kwenye nyumba ya Sauli.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2SA.3.7" />Basi Sauli alikuwa amekuwa na suria, jina lake Rispa binti wa Aiya. Naye Ish-Boshethi akamwambia Abneri, “Kwa nini umekutana kimwili na suria wa baba yangu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2SA.3.8" />Abneri akakasirika sana kwa sababu ya kile Ish-Boshethi alichosema, naye akamjibu, “Je, mimi ni kichwa cha mbwa, kwa upande wa Yuda? Siku hii ya leo mimi ni mtiifu kwa nyumba ya baba yako Sauli, kwa jamaa yake na rafiki zake. Sijakukabidhi kwa Daudi, lakini bado unanilaumu kwa kosa la kuhusika na huyu mwanamke!
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2SA.3.9" />Mungu na amshughulikie Abneri, tena kwa ukali, ikiwa sitafanya kwa ajili ya Daudi kile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alichomwahidi kwa kiapo,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2SA.3.10" />na kuuhamisha ufalme kutoka kwenye nyumba ya Sauli na kuimarisha kiti cha ufalme cha Daudi juu ya Israeli na Yuda kuanzia Dani mpaka Beer-Sheba.”
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2SA.3.11" />Ish-Boshethi hakuthubutu kusema neno jingine kwa Abneri, kwa sababu alimwogopa Abneri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2SA.3.12" />Ndipo Abneri akatuma wajumbe kwa niaba yake kwa Daudi, kumwambia, “Nchi hii ni ya nani? Fanya mapatano na mimi, nami nitakusaidia kuiweka Israeli yote juu yako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2SA.3.13" />Daudi akasema, “Vyema, nitafanya mapatano nawe. Lakini nahitaji jambo moja kwako: Usije mbele yangu mpaka umemleta Mikali binti Sauli wakati utakapokuja kuniona.”
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2SA.3.14" />Kisha Daudi akapeleka wajumbe kwa Ish-Boshethi mwana wa Sauli, kudai, “Nipe Mikali mke wangu, ambaye nilimposa mwenyewe kwa mahari ya magovi 100 ya Wafilisti.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2SA.3.15" />Kwa hiyo Ish-Boshethi akatoa amri kwamba Mikali achukuliwe kutoka kwa Paltieli mumewe, mwana wa Laishi.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2SA.3.16" />Hata hivyo, mumewe alikwenda pamoja naye, akilia nyuma ya mkewe njia yote hadi Bahurimu. Ndipo Abneri akamwambia Paltieli, “Rudi nyumbani!” Kwa hiyo akarudi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2SA.3.17" />Abneri akafanya shauri pamoja na wazee wa Israeli, akasema, “Muda mrefu mmetaka kumfanya Daudi mfalme wenu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2SA.3.18" />Sasa fanyeni hivyo! Kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> alimwahidi Daudi akisema, ‘Kwa kupitia Daudi mtumishi wangu nitawaokoa watu wangu Israeli kutoka mikononi mwa Wafilisti na kutoka mikononi mwa adui zako wote.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2SA.3.19" />Pia Abneri mwenyewe akazungumza na kabila la Benyamini. Kisha akaenda mpaka Hebroni kumwambia Daudi kila kitu ambacho Israeli na nyumba yote ya Benyamini walichotaka kufanya.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2SA.3.20" />Wakati Abneri aliyekuwa na watu ishirini pamoja naye, alipokuja kwa Daudi huko Hebroni, Daudi akamwandalia karamu pamoja na watu wake.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2SA.3.21" />Ndipo Abneri akamwambia Daudi, “Niache niende mara moja nikakusanye Israeli yote kwa ajili ya mfalme bwana wangu, ili waweze kufanya mapatano na wewe, ili kwamba uweze kutawala juu ya yote yale ambayo moyo wako unaonea shauku.” Basi Daudi akamuaga Abneri, naye akaenda kwa amani.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yoabu Amuua Abneri
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2SA.3.22" />Wakati huo huo, watu wa Daudi na Yoabu walirudi kutoka kwenye kushambulia, nao wakarudi na nyara nyingi mno. Lakini Abneri hakuwa tena pamoja na Daudi huko Hebroni, kwa sababu Daudi alikuwa amemruhusu aende zake, naye akaenda kwa amani.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="2SA.3.23" />Yoabu na askari wote aliokuwa nao walipowasili, aliambiwa kwamba Abneri mwana wa Neri alikuwa amekuja kwa mfalme na kwamba mfalme alikuwa amemruhusu aende zake, na kwamba alikwisha ondoka kwa amani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="2SA.3.24" />Basi Yoabu alikwenda kwa mfalme na kumwambia, “Ni nini hiki ulichofanya? Tazama, Abneri alikuja kwako. Kwa nini ukamwacha aende? Sasa amekwenda!
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2SA.3.25" />Wajua Abneri mwana wa Neri alikuja kukudanganya na kuchunguza nyendo zako na kupata kila kitu unachokifanya.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="2SA.3.26" />Ndipo Yoabu akamwacha Daudi na kutuma wajumbe wamfuate Abneri, nao wakamrudisha kutoka kisima cha Sira. Lakini Daudi hakufahamu jambo hili.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="2SA.3.27" />Basi Abneri aliporudi Hebroni, Yoabu akamchukua kando ndani ya lango, kama vile kuzungumza naye faraghani. Ili kulipiza kisasi damu ya nduguye Asaheli, Yoabu akamchoma mkuki tumboni palepale, naye akafa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="2SA.3.28" />Baadaye, Daudi aliposikia kuhusu jambo hili, akasema, “Mimi na ufalme wangu kamwe hatuna hatia mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuhusu damu ya Abneri mwana wa Neri.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="2SA.3.29" />Damu yake na iwe juu ya kichwa cha Yoabu na juu ya nyumba yote ya baba yake! Kamwe asikosekane yeyote katika nyumba ya Yoabu mwenye kidonda chenye usaha, au ukoma au mwenye kuegemea fimbo au aangukaye kwa upanga au kupungukiwa na chakula.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="2SA.3.30" />(Yoabu na Abishai ndugu yake walimuua Abneri kwa sababu alikuwa amemuua Asaheli ndugu yao katika vita huko Gibeoni.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="2SA.3.31" />Kisha Daudi akamwambia Yoabu na watu wote aliokuwa pamoja nao, “Rarueni nguo zenu na mvae nguo za gunia na mtembee mkiomboleza mbele ya Abneri.” Mfalme Daudi mwenyewe akatembea nyuma ya jeneza.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="2SA.3.32" />Wakamzika Abneri huko Hebroni, naye mfalme akalia kwa sauti kwenye kaburi la Abneri. Pia watu wote wakalia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="2SA.3.33" />Mfalme akaimba ombolezo hili kwa ajili ya Abneri:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Je, ilipasa Abneri afe kama afavyo mpumbavu?
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="34" bcv="2SA.3.34" />Mikono yako haikufungwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miguu yako haikufungwa pingu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ulianguka kama yeye aangukaye
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele ya watu waovu.”
</q>
<p style="p">Nao watu wote wakamlilia tena.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="2SA.3.35" />Kisha watu wote wakaja kumsihi Daudi ale chochote kulipokuwa kungali bado mchana; lakini Daudi akaapa, akisema, “Mungu na anishughulikie, tena kwa ukali, kama nikionja mkate au kitu kingine chochote kabla ya jua kutua!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="2SA.3.36" />Watu wote wakaona hilo nao ikawapendeza; naam, kila kitu mfalme alichofanya kiliwapendeza.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="2SA.3.37" />Kwa hiyo siku ile watu wote na Israeli yote wakajua kwamba mfalme hakushiriki katika mauaji ya Abneri mwana wa Neri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="2SA.3.38" />Kisha mfalme akawaambia watu wake, “Je, hamfahamu kwamba mkuu na mtu mashuhuri ameanguka katika Israeli leo?
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="2SA.3.39" />Nami leo ingawa ni mfalme mpakwa mafuta, mimi ni dhaifu, nao hawa wana wa Seruya wananizidi nguvu.
<nd>Bwana</nd> na amlipize mtenda maovu sawasawa na matendo yake maovu!”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Ish-Boshethi Auawa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2SA.4.1" />Ish-Boshethi mwana wa Sauli aliposikia kwamba Abneri amekufa huko Hebroni, akakosa ujasiri, nayo Israeli yote wakatiwa hofu kuu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2SA.4.2" />Basi mwana wa Sauli alikuwa na watu wawili waliokuwa viongozi wa vikundi vya uvamizi. Mmoja aliitwa Baana na mwingine Rekabu, waliokuwa wana wa Rimoni, Mbeerothi, kutoka kabila la Benyamini. Beerothi alihesabiwa kuwa sehemu ya Benyamini,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2SA.4.3" />kwa sababu watu wa Beerothi walikimbilia huko Gitaimu na wameishi huko kama wageni mpaka siku hii ya leo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2SA.4.4" />(Yonathani mwana wa Sauli alikuwa na mwana aliyekuwa mlemavu miguu yote miwili. Alikuwa na miaka mitano wakati habari kuhusu Sauli na Yonathani zilipofika kutoka Yezreeli. Yaya wake akambeba ili kukimbia, lakini yaya alipokuwa anaharakisha kuondoka, mtoto alianguka akawa kiwete. Jina lake aliitwa Mefiboshethi.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2SA.4.5" />Basi Rekabu na Baana, wana wa Rimoni Mbeerothi wakaenda nyumbani kwa Ish-Boshethi, nao walifika huko wakati alipokuwa kwenye mapumziko yake ya mchana.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2SA.4.6" />Wakaingia kwenye chumba cha ndani kana kwamba wanachukua ngano, wakamchoma Ish-Boshethi mkuki wa tumboni. Ndipo Rekabu na Baana nduguye wakatoroka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2SA.4.7" />Walikuwa wameingia ndani ya nyumba wakati alipokuwa amelala kitandani chumbani kwake. Baada ya kumchoma mkuki na kumuua, walikata kichwa chake. Wakiwa wamekichukua, walitembea usiku kucha kwa njia ya Araba.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2SA.4.8" />Wakamletea Daudi kichwa cha Ish-Boshethi huko Hebroni, wakamwambia mfalme, “Hiki hapa kichwa cha Ish-Boshethi mwana wa Sauli, adui yako, aliyejaribu kuondoa uhai wako. Siku hii ya leo
<nd>Bwana</nd> amemlipia kisasi mfalme bwana wangu dhidi ya Sauli na mzao wake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2SA.4.9" />Daudi akawajibu Rekabu na Baana nduguye, wana wa Rimoni, Mbeerothi, akasema, “Hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo, ambaye ameniokoa kutoka taabu zote,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2SA.4.10" />yule mtu aliponiambia, ‘Sauli amekufa,’ akadhani ananiletea habari njema, nilimkamata, nikamuua huko Siklagi. Hiyo ndiyo zawadi niliyompa kwa ajili ya taarifa yake!
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2SA.4.11" />Je, ni mara ngapi zaidi wakati watu waovu wamemuua mtu asiye na hatia akiwa ndani ya nyumba yake mwenyewe na kwenye kitanda chake mwenyewe? Je, sasa nisidai damu yake mikononi mwenu na kuwaondoa duniani?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2SA.4.12" />Kwa hiyo Daudi akawaamuru watu wake, wakawaua. Wakakata mikono yao na miguu, na kutundika viwiliwili vyao kando ya dimbwi huko Hebroni. Lakini wakakichukua kichwa cha Ish-Boshethi na kukizika katika kaburi la Abneri huko Hebroni.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Daudi Atawazwa Mfalme Juu Ya Israeli
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Nyakati 11:1-9; 14:1-7)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2SA.5.1" />Makabila yote ya Israeli yakamjia Daudi huko Hebroni na kumwambia, “Sisi tu nyama yako na damu yako hasa.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2SA.5.2" />Zamani, wakati Sauli alikuwa mfalme juu yetu, wewe ndiwe uliyeiongoza Israeli vitani. Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuambia, ‘Wewe utawachunga watu wangu Israeli, na utakuwa mtawala wao.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2SA.5.3" />Wazee wote wa Israeli wakamwendea Mfalme Daudi huko Hebroni, mfalme akafanya mapatano nao huko Hebroni mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nao wakamtia Daudi mafuta kuwa mfalme wa Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2SA.5.4" />Daudi alikuwa na miaka thelathini alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala Israeli miaka arobaini.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2SA.5.5" />Huko Hebroni alitawala Yuda kwa miaka saba na miezi sita, na katika Yerusalemu alitawala Israeli yote na Yuda kwa miaka thelathini na mitatu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Daudi Ateka Yerusalemu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2SA.5.6" />Mfalme na watu wake wakaenda Yerusalemu kuwashambulia Wayebusi walioishi humo. Wayebusi wakamwambia Daudi, “Wewe hutaingia humu, kwani hata vipofu na viwete wanaweza kukufukuza.” Walidhani, “Daudi hawezi kuingia humu.”
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2SA.5.7" />Hata hivyo, Daudi akaiteka ngome ya Sayuni, Mji wa Daudi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2SA.5.8" />Siku ile, Daudi akasema, “Yeyote ambaye atawashinda Wayebusi, atatumia huo mfereji kuwafikia hao ‘viwete na vipofu’ ambao ni adui za Daudi.” Ndiyo sababu wanasema, “ ‘Vipofu na viwete’ hawataingia kwenye jumba la ufalme.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2SA.5.9" />Ndipo Daudi akafanya makao ndani ya ngome na kuiita Mji wa Daudi. Akajenga eneo linalozunguka kuanzia Milo<f caller="+"><fr>5:9
</fr><ft>Milo maana yake Boma la Ngome.</ft></f> kuelekea ndani.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2SA.5.10" />Daudi akazidi kuwa na nguvu zaidi na zaidi, kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu Mwenye Nguvu Zote alikuwa pamoja naye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2SA.5.11" />Basi Hiramu mfalme wa Tiro akawatuma wajumbe kwa Daudi, wakiwa na magogo ya mierezi, maseremala na waashi, nao wakajenga jumba la kifalme kwa ajili ya Daudi.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2SA.5.12" />Naye Daudi akafahamu kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> amemwimarisha kuwa mfalme juu ya Israeli na ameinua ufalme wake kwa ajili ya Israeli, watu wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2SA.5.13" />Baada ya Daudi kuondoka Hebroni, akajitwalia masuria zaidi na wake huko Yerusalemu, nao wana na binti wengi walizaliwa kwake.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2SA.5.14" />Haya ndiyo majina ya watoto waliozaliwa kwake huko: Shamua, Shobabu, Nathani, Solomoni,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2SA.5.15" />Ibihari, Elishua, Nefegi, Yafia,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2SA.5.16" />Elishama, Eliada na Elifeleti.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Daudi Awashinda Wafilisti
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Nyakati 14:8-17)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2SA.5.17" />Wafilisti waliposikia kuwa Daudi ametiwa mafuta kuwa mfalme wa Israeli, wakapanda na jeshi lao lote kwenda kumsaka, lakini Daudi akapata habari hizo, naye akateremka kwenye ngome.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2SA.5.18" />Basi Wafilisti walikuwa wamekuja na kusambaa kwenye Bonde la Warefai,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2SA.5.19" />kwa hiyo Daudi akamuuliza
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Je, niende kuwashambulia Wafilisti? Je, utawatia mikononi mwangu?”
</p>
<p style="p"><nd>Bwana</nd> akamjibu, “Nenda, kwa maana hakika nitawatia Wafilisti mikononi mwako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2SA.5.20" />Ndipo Daudi akaenda mpaka Baal-Perasimu, na huko akawashinda Wafilisti. Akasema, “Kama mafuriko yafurikavyo,
<nd>Bwana</nd> amewafurikia adui zangu mbele yangu.” Kwa hiyo mahali hapo pakaitwa Baal-Perasimu.<f caller="+"><fr>5:20
</fr><ft>Maana yake Bwana Afurikae.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2SA.5.21" />Wafilisti wakaiacha miungu yao huko, naye Daudi na watu wake wakaichukua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2SA.5.22" />Wafilisti walikwea kwa mara nyingine na kusambaa katika Bonde la Warefai.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="2SA.5.23" />Kwa hiyo Daudi akamuuliza
<nd>Bwana</nd>, naye akamjibu, “Usipande moja kwa moja, bali wazungukie kwa nyuma na uwashambulie mbele ya miti ya miforosadi.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="2SA.5.24" />Mara utakaposikia sauti ya kutembea kutoka kwenye vilele vya miti ya miforosadi, nenda haraka, kwa sababu hiyo itamaanisha kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ametangulia mbele yako kupiga jeshi la Wafilisti.”
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2SA.5.25" />Basi Daudi akafanya kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwagiza, naye akawaangusha Wafilisti njia yote kuanzia Geba<f caller="+"><fr>5:25
</fr><ft>Kwa Kiebrania mji huu uliitwa Gibeoni (ona
</ft><xt>1Nya 14:16</xt><ft>).</ft></f> hadi Gezeri.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Sanduku La Mungu Laletwa Yerusalemu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Nyakati 13:1-14; 15:25–16:6, 43)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2SA.6.1" />Tena Daudi akakusanya watu 30,000 wa Israeli waliochaguliwa.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2SA.6.2" />Yeye na watu wake wote wakatoka Baala ya Yuda<f caller="+"><fr>6:2
</fr><ft>Baala ya Yuda ni jina la Kiebrania; yaani Kiriath-Yearimu.</ft></f> kulipandisha Sanduku la Mungu kutoka huko, linaloitwa kwa Jina, naam, jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, ambaye anaketi katika kiti cha enzi kati ya makerubi walioko juu ya hilo Sanduku.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2SA.6.3" />Wakaweka hilo Sanduku la Mungu juu ya gari jipya la kukokotwa na kulileta kutoka nyumba ya Abinadabu, iliyokuwa juu ya kilima. Uza na Ahio, wana wa Abinadabu, walikuwa wakiongoza hilo gari jipya la kukokotwa
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2SA.6.4" />likiwa na Sanduku la Mungu juu yake, naye Ahio alikuwa anatembea akiwa mbele yake.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2SA.6.5" />Daudi na nyumba yote ya Israeli walikuwa wanacheza mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa nguvu zao zote, kwa nyimbo, vinubi, zeze, matari, kayamba na matoazi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2SA.6.6" />Walipofika kwenye uwanja wa kupuria nafaka wa Nakoni, Uza akanyoosha mkono na kulishika Sanduku la Mungu kwa sababu maksai walijikwaa.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2SA.6.7" />Hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ikawaka dhidi ya Uza kwa sababu ya kitendo chake cha kukosa heshima, kwa hiyo Mungu akampiga akafia papo hapo kando ya Sanduku la Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2SA.6.8" />Ndipo Daudi akakasirika kwa sababu ghadhabu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ilifurika dhidi ya Uza, hivyo hadi leo mahali hapo panaitwa Peres-Uza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2SA.6.9" />Daudi akamwogopa
<nd>Bwana</nd> siku ile, akasema, “Ni jinsi gani Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd> litakavyoweza kunijia?”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2SA.6.10" />Hakuwa radhi kulichukua Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwake katika Mji wa Daudi. Badala yake akalipeleka kwenye nyumba ya Obed-Edomu, Mgiti.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2SA.6.11" />Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likabaki katika nyumba ya Obed-Edomu, Mgiti, kwa miezi mitatu, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akambariki pamoja na nyumba yake yote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2SA.6.12" />Kisha Mfalme Daudi akaambiwa, “<nd>Bwana</nd> ameibariki nyumba ya Obed-Edomu pamoja na kila alicho nacho, kwa sababu ya Sanduku la Mungu.” Basi Daudi akateremka na kulipandisha Sanduku la Mungu kutoka nyumba ya Obed-Edomu hadi Mji wa Daudi kwa shangwe.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2SA.6.13" />Wale waliokuwa wamebeba Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd> walipokuwa wametembea hatua sita, Daudi alitoa dhabihu fahali na ndama aliyenoneshwa.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2SA.6.14" />Daudi, akiwa amevaa kisibau cha kitani, alicheza mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa nguvu zake zote,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2SA.6.15" />wakati yeye na nyumba yote ya Israeli walipopandisha Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa shangwe na sauti za tarumbeta.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2SA.6.16" />Ikawa Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilipokuwa linaingia katika Mji wa Daudi, Mikali binti Sauli akachungulia dirishani. Naye alipomwona Mfalme Daudi akirukaruka na kucheza mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akamdharau moyoni mwake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2SA.6.17" />Wakaleta Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kuliweka mahali pake ndani ya hema ambalo Daudi alikuwa amelisimamisha kwa ajili yake, naye Daudi akatoa sadaka za kuteketezwa na sadaka za amani mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2SA.6.18" />Baada ya kumaliza kutoa sadaka za kuteketezwa na sadaka za amani, Daudi akawabariki watu katika jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2SA.6.19" />Kisha akatoa mkate, andazi la tende na andazi la zabibu kavu kwa kila mtu katika mkutano wote wa Waisraeli, wanaume kwa wanawake. Nao watu wote wakaenda nyumbani kwao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2SA.6.20" />Daudi aliporudi ili kuwabariki watu wa nyumbani mwake, Mikali binti Sauli akatoka nje kumlaki, akamwambia, “Tazama jinsi mfalme wa Israeli alivyojibainisha mwenyewe leo kwa kuvua mavazi yake machoni pa vijakazi wa watumishi wake, kama vile ambavyo mtu asiye na adabu angelifanya!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="2SA.6.21" />Daudi akamwambia Mikali, “Nilifanya hivyo mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> ambaye alinichagua mimi badala ya baba yako au mwingine yeyote kutoka nyumba yake wakati aliponiweka niwe mtawala juu ya Israeli, watu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Kwa hiyo nitacheza mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="2SA.6.22" />Nitakuwa asiye na heshima zaidi kuliko sasa, nami nitajishusha machoni pangu mwenyewe. Lakini kwa hawa vijakazi uliosema habari zao nitaheshimiwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="2SA.6.23" />Naye Mikali binti Sauli hakuwa na watoto mpaka siku ya kufa kwake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Ahadi Ya Mungu Kwa Daudi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Nyakati 17:1-15)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2SA.7.1" />Baada ya mfalme kuingia rasmi katika jumba lake la kifalme, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akiwa amemstarehesha pande zote mbali na adui zake,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2SA.7.2" />akamwambia nabii Nathani, “Mimi hapa, ninaishi katika jumba la kifalme la mierezi, wakati Sanduku la Mungu limebaki katika hema.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2SA.7.3" />Nathani akamjibu mfalme, “Lolote ulilo nalo moyoni, endelea ukalifanye, kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> yu pamoja nawe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2SA.7.4" />Usiku ule neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamjia Nathani, kusema:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="5" bcv="2SA.7.5" />“Nenda ukamwambie mtumishi wangu Daudi, ‘Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Je, ewe ndiwe wa kunijengea mimi nyumba ili nikae ndani yake?
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2SA.7.6" />Sijakaa ndani ya nyumba tangu siku niliyowaleta Waisraeli kutoka Misri hadi leo. Nimekuwa nikitembea kutoka mahali pamoja hadi mahali pengine ndani ya hema kama makao yangu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2SA.7.7" />Popote nilipotembea pamoja na Waisraeli wote, je, nimewahi kumwambia kiongozi wao yeyote niliyemwamuru kuwachunga watu wangu Israeli, “Kwa nini hujanijengea nyumba ya mierezi?” ’
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="8" bcv="2SA.7.8" />“Sasa basi, mwambie mtumishi wangu Daudi, ‘Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote: Nilikutoa wewe kutoka machungani na kutoka kuandama kundi la kondoo na mbuzi ili kuwaongoza watu wangu Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2SA.7.9" />Nimekuwa pamoja nawe popote ulipokwenda, nami nimekuondolea mbali adui zako wote mbele yako. Basi nitalifanya jina lako kuwa kuu kama majina ya watu walio wakuu sana duniani.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2SA.7.10" />Nami nitawapatia watu wangu Israeli mahali niwapande humo ili kwamba wawe na nyumbani kwao wenyewe wasisumbuliwe tena. Watu waovu hawatawaonea tena, kama walivyofanya mwanzoni,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2SA.7.11" />na kama walivyofanya tangu mwanzo wakati nilipowaweka viongozi juu ya watu wangu Israeli. Pia nitawapa raha mbele ya adui zenu wote.
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“ ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> akuambia kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> mwenyewe atakujengea nyumba.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2SA.7.12" />Siku zako zitakapokwisha nawe ulale pamoja na baba zako, nitainua mzao wako aingie mahali pako, ambaye atatoka viunoni mwako, nami nitauimarisha ufalme wake.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2SA.7.13" />Yeye ndiye atakayejenga nyumba kwa ajili ya Jina langu, nami nitaimarisha kiti cha enzi cha ufalme wake milele.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2SA.7.14" />Nitakuwa baba yake, naye atakuwa mwanangu. Atakapokosea nitamwadhibu kwa fimbo ya wanadamu, kwa adhabu ya kupigwa na wanadamu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2SA.7.15" />Lakini upendo wangu kamwe hautaondolewa kwake, kama nilivyouondoa kwa Sauli, niliyemwondoa atoke mbele yako.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2SA.7.16" />Nyumba yako na ufalme wako utadumu milele mbele zangu, kiti chako cha enzi kitafanywa imara milele.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2SA.7.17" />Nathani akamwarifu Daudi maneno yote ya maono haya.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maombi Ya Daudi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Nyakati 17:16-27)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2SA.7.18" />Ndipo Mfalme Daudi akaingia ndani, akaketi mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akasema:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, mimi ni nani, na jamaa yangu ni nini, hata umenileta mpaka hapa nilipo?
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2SA.7.19" />Naam, kana kwamba hili halitoshi machoni pako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, wewe umenena pia kuhusu siku zijazo za nyumba ya mtumishi wako. Je, hii ndiyo njia yako ya kawaida ya kushughulika na mwanadamu, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi?
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="20" bcv="2SA.7.20" />“Je, Daudi aweza kukuambia nini zaidi? Kwa maana unamjua mtumishi wako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2SA.7.21" />Kwa ajili ya neno lako na kwa mapenzi yako, umefanya jambo hili kubwa na kulifanya lijulikane na lifahamike kwa mtumishi wako.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="22" bcv="2SA.7.22" />“Tazama jinsi ulivyo mkuu, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi! Hakuna mwingine kama wewe, wala hakuna Mungu ila wewe, kama vile tulivyosikia kwa masikio yetu wenyewe,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="2SA.7.23" />Naye ni nani aliye kama watu wako Israeli, taifa pekee duniani ambalo Mungu alitoka kwenda kulikomboa kwa ajili yake mwenyewe, na kujifanyia jina mwenyewe, kwa kufanya maajabu makubwa na ya kutisha kwa kuwafukuza mataifa na miungu yao mbele ya watu wako, ambao uliwakomboa kutoka Misri?
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="2SA.7.24" />Umeimarisha watu wako Israeli hasa kama watu wako mwenyewe milele, nawe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, umekuwa Mungu wao.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="25" bcv="2SA.7.25" />“Basi sasa,
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ukaitimize ahadi uliyosema kuhusu mtumishi wako na nyumba yake milele. Fanya kama ulivyoahidi,
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="2SA.7.26" />ili kwamba jina lako litukuke milele. Ndipo watu watasema, ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote ni Mungu juu ya Israeli!’ Nayo nyumba ya mtumishi wako Daudi itakuwa imara mbele zako.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="27" bcv="2SA.7.27" />“Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli, umelifunua hili kwa mtumishi wako, ukisema, ‘Nitakujengea nyumba.’ Hivyo mtumishi wako amepata ujasiri kukuletea dua hii.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="2SA.7.28" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, wewe ndiwe Mungu! Maneno yako ndiyo kweli, nawe umemwahidi mtumishi wako mambo haya mazuri.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="2SA.7.29" />Sasa naomba uwe radhi kuibariki nyumba ya mtumishi wako, ili idumu mbele zako milele, kwa maana wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, umesema, na kwa baraka zako nyumba ya mtumishi wako itaendelea kubarikiwa milele.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Ushindi Wa Daudi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Nyakati 18:1-17)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2SA.8.1" />Baada ya muda, Daudi akawashinda Wafilisti na kuwatiisha, naye akautwaa Metheg-Amma kutoka mikononi mwa Wafilisti.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="2SA.8.2" />Pia Daudi akawashinda Wamoabu. Akawafanya walale chini kwa mstari akawapima kwa urefu wa kamba. Kila alipopima urefu wa hiyo kamba mara mbili hilo kundi waliuawa na alipopima mara ya tatu aliwaacha hai. Kwa hiyo Wamoabu wakawa chini ya Daudi nao wakamletea kodi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2SA.8.3" />Zaidi ya hayo, Daudi akapigana na Hadadezeri mwana wa Rehobu, mfalme wa Soba, alipokwenda kurudisha tena utawala wake kwenye eneo la Mto Frati.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2SA.8.4" />Daudi akateka magari yake ya vita 1,000, askari wapanda farasi 7,000 na askari 20,000 watembeao kwa miguu. Daudi akawakata wale farasi wote wakokotao magari mishipa ya miguu, isipokuwa farasi 100 hakuwakata.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2SA.8.5" />Waaramu wa Dameski walipokuja kumsaidia Hadadezeri mfalme wa Soba, Daudi akawashambulia na kuwaua 22,000 miongoni mwao.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2SA.8.6" />Daudi akaweka askari walinzi katika ufalme wa Waaramu huko Dameski, nao Waaramu wakawa watumwa wake na kumlipa ushuru.
<nd>Bwana</nd> akampa Daudi ushindi kote alipokwenda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2SA.8.7" />Daudi akazitwaa ngao za dhahabu zilizokuwa za maafisa wa Hadadezeri na kuzileta Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2SA.8.8" />Kutoka miji ya Beta<f caller="+"><fr>8:8
</fr><ft>Beta ulikuwa mji wa Aramu-Soba ambao uliitwa Teba kwa Kiaramu; pia uliitwa Tibhathi (</ft><xt>1Nya 18:8</xt><ft>).</ft></f> na Berothai, iliyokuwa miji ya Hadadezeri, Mfalme Daudi akatwaa shaba nyingi sana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2SA.8.9" />Tou, mfalme wa Hamathi, aliposikia kwamba Daudi amelishinda jeshi lote la Hadadezeri,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2SA.8.10" />akamtuma mwanawe Yoramu kwa Mfalme Daudi kumsalimu na kumpongeza kwa ushindi wake katika vita dhidi ya Hadadezeri, kwa kuwa Hadadezeri alikuwa amepigana vita na Tou. Yoramu akamletea Daudi vyombo vya fedha, dhahabu na shaba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2SA.8.11" />Mfalme Daudi akaviweka vifaa hivi wakfu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kama vile alivyokuwa amefanya kwa fedha na dhahabu kutoka kwa mataifa yote aliyokuwa ameyashinda:
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2SA.8.12" />yaani Edomu, Moabu, Waamoni, Wafilisti na Waamaleki. Pia akaweka wakfu nyara alizoteka kutoka kwa Hadadezeri mwana wa Rehobu, mfalme wa Soba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2SA.8.13" />Naye Daudi akapata sifa baada ya kurudi kutoka kuwaua Waedomu 18,000 katika Bonde la Chumvi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2SA.8.14" />Akaweka kambi za askari walinzi katika Edomu yote, nao Waedomu wakawa chini ya Daudi.
<nd>Bwana</nd> alimpatia Daudi ushindi kila alipokwenda.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maafisa Wa Daudi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2SA.8.15" />Daudi akatawala Israeli yote, akitenda lililo haki na sawa kwa watu wake wote.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2SA.8.16" />Yoabu mwana wa Seruya alikuwa jemadari wa jeshi; Yehoshafati mwana wa Ahiludi alikuwa mweka kumbukumbu;
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2SA.8.17" />Sadoki mwana wa Ahitubu na Ahimeleki mwana wa Abiathari walikuwa makuhani; Seraya alikuwa mwandishi;
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2SA.8.18" />Benaya mwana wa Yehoyada alikuwa msimamizi wa Wakerethi na Wapelethi; nao wana wa Daudi walikuwa washauri wa mfalme.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Daudi Na Mefiboshethi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2SA.9.1" />Daudi akauliza, “Je, hakuna mtu hata mmoja wa nyumba ya Sauli aliyebaki ambaye naweza kumtendea wema kwa ajili ya Yonathani?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="2SA.9.2" />Basi palikuwepo mtumishi wa nyumba ya Sauli aliyeitwa Siba. Wakamwita aje mbele ya Daudi, naye mfalme akamwambia, “Wewe ndiwe Siba?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akamjibu, “Naam, mimi ndiye mtumishi wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2SA.9.3" />Mfalme akauliza, “Je, hakuna yeyote ambaye amebaki wa nyumba ya Sauli ninayeweza kumwonyesha wema wa Mungu?”
</p>
<p style="p">Siba akamjibu mfalme, “Bado yupo mwana wa Yonathani, yeye ni kiwete miguu yote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2SA.9.4" />Mfalme akauliza, “Yuko wapi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Siba akajibu, “Yuko nyumbani kwa Makiri mwana wa Amieli huko Lo-Debari.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2SA.9.5" />Basi Mfalme Daudi akamtaka aletwe kutoka Lo-Debari, kutoka nyumbani kwa Makiri mwana wa Amieli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2SA.9.6" />Mefiboshethi mwana wa Yonathani, mwana wa Sauli, alipofika kwa Daudi, akainama kumpa mfalme heshima.
</p>
<p style="p">Daudi akamwita, “Mefiboshethi!”
</p>
<p style="p">Mefiboshethi akajibu, “Ndimi mtumishi wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2SA.9.7" />Daudi akamwambia, “Usiogope, kwa maana hakika nitakutendea wema kwa ajili ya baba yako Yonathani. Nitakurudishia ardhi yote iliyokuwa mali ya Sauli baba yako, nawe daima utakula chakula mezani pangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2SA.9.8" />Mefiboshethi akasujudu akasema, “Mimi mtumishi wako ni nini hata uangalie mbwa mfu kama mimi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2SA.9.9" />Ndipo mfalme akamwita Siba mtumishi wa Sauli na kumwambia, “Nimempa mwana wa bwana wako kila kitu kilichokuwa mali ya Sauli na jamaa yake.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2SA.9.10" />Wewe, wanao na watumishi wako mtamlimia mashamba Mefiboshethi na kumletea mavuno, ili kwamba mwana wa bwana wako apate mahitaji yake. Naye Mefiboshethi mwana wa bwana wako atakula chakula mezani pangu daima.” (Siba alikuwa na wana kumi na watano, na watumishi ishirini.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2SA.9.11" />Ndipo Siba akamwambia mfalme, “Mtumishi wako atafanya chochote bwana wangu mfalme atakachoagiza mtumishi wake kufanya.” Basi Mefiboshethi akala chakula mezani pa Daudi kama mmoja wa wana wa mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2SA.9.12" />Mefiboshethi alikuwa na mwanawe mdogo aliyeitwa Mika, nao watu wote wa nyumba ya Siba walikuwa watumishi wa Mefiboshethi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2SA.9.13" />Naye Mefiboshethi akaishi huko Yerusalemu, kwa sababu daima alikula mezani pa mfalme, naye alikuwa kiwete miguu yote.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="10" />
<s style="s1">Daudi Awashinda Waamoni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Nyakati 19:1-19)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2SA.10.1" />Baada ya muda, mfalme wa Waamoni akafa, naye Hanuni mwanawe akaingia mahali pake.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2SA.10.2" />Daudi akawaza, “Nitamtendea wema Hanuni mwana wa Nahashi, kama vile baba yake alivyonitendea mimi wema.” Hivyo Daudi akatuma wajumbe kuonyesha wema wake kwa Hanuni kuhusu baba yake.
</p>
<p style="p">Watu wa Daudi walipofika katika nchi ya Waamoni,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2SA.10.3" />wakuu wa Waamoni wakamwambia Hanuni bwana wao, “unadhani Daudi anamheshimu baba yako kwa kukutumia watu ili kuonyesha masikitiko? Je, Daudi hakuwatuma watu hawa kuchunguza na kuupeleleza mji ili kuupindua?”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2SA.10.4" />Basi Hanuni akawakamata watu wa Daudi, akawanyoa kila mmoja ndevu zake nusu, akakata mavazi yao nyuma katikati kwenye matako, akawaacha waende zao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2SA.10.5" />Daudi alipoambiwa jambo hili, akatuma wajumbe ili kwenda kuwalaki, kwa maana walikuwa wamevunjiwa heshima sana. Mfalme akasema, “Kaeni huko Yeriko mpaka ndevu zenu ziote ndipo mje.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2SA.10.6" />Waamoni walipotambua kuwa wamekuwa machukizo kwa Daudi, wakaajiri askari wa miguu 20,000 Waaramu kutoka Beth-Rehobu na Soba, pia mfalme wa Maaka pamoja na watu 1,000, na vilevile watu 12,000 kutoka Tobu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2SA.10.7" />Daudi aliposikia jambo hili, akamtuma Yoabu na jeshi lote la wapiganaji.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2SA.10.8" />Waamoni wakatoka wakajipanga wakiwa tayari kwa vita langoni la mji wao, wakati Waaramu wa Soba, wa Rehobu, watu wa Tobu na Maaka walikuwa peke yao kwenye eneo la wazi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2SA.10.9" />Yoabu akaona kuwa mbele yake na nyuma yake kumepangwa vita; kwa hiyo akachagua baadhi ya vikosi vilivyo bora sana katika Israeli akavipanga dhidi ya Waaramu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2SA.10.10" />Akawaweka waliobaki chini ya uongozi wa Abishai nduguye na kuwapanga dhidi ya Waamoni.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2SA.10.11" />Yoabu akasema, “Kama Waaramu watanizidi nguvu, basi itawabidi mje kunisaidia. Lakini kama Waamoni watawazidi nguvu, basi nitakuja kuwasaidia.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2SA.10.12" />Uwe hodari na tupigane kwa ujasiri kwa ajili ya watu wetu na miji ya Mungu wetu.
<nd>Bwana</nd> atafanya lile lililo jema machoni pake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2SA.10.13" />Basi Yoabu na vikosi vyake wakasonga mbele kupigana na Waaramu, nao Waaramu wakakimbia mbele yake.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2SA.10.14" />Waamoni walipoona Waaramu wanakimbia, nao wakakimbia mbele ya Abishai na kuingia ndani ya mji. Basi Yoabu akarudi kutoka kupigana na Waamoni na kufika Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2SA.10.15" />Baada ya Waaramu kuona wameshindwa na Israeli, wakajikusanya tena.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2SA.10.16" />Hadadezeri akaagiza Waaramu walioletwa kutoka ngʼambo ya Mto Frati, wakaenda Helamu pamoja na Shobaki jemadari wa jeshi la Hadadezeri akiwaongoza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2SA.10.17" />Daudi alipoambiwa haya, akawakusanya Israeli wote, wakavuka Mto Yordani, wakaenda Helamu. Waaramu wakapanga vikosi vyao vya askari kukabiliana na kupigana dhidi ya Daudi.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2SA.10.18" />Lakini Waaramu wakakimbia mbele ya Israeli, naye Daudi akawaua waendesha magari mia saba na askari wao wa miguu 40,000. Vilevile alimpiga Shobaki jemadari wa jeshi lao, naye akafa huko.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2SA.10.19" />Wafalme wote waliokuwa wanamtumikia Hadadezeri walipoona kuwa wameshindwa na Israeli, wakafanya amani na Waisraeli na wakawa chini yao.
</p>
<p style="p">Hivyo Waaramu wakaogopa kuwasaidia Waamoni tena.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="11" />
<s style="s1">Daudi Na Bathsheba
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2SA.11.1" />Katika mwanzo wa mwaka mpya, wakati wafalme watokapo kwenda vitani, Daudi akamtuma Yoabu pamoja na watu wa mfalme na jeshi lote la Israeli. Wakawaangamiza Waamoni na kuuzunguka kwa jeshi mji wa Raba. Lakini Daudi akabaki Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="2SA.11.2" />Ikawa siku moja wakati wa jioni Daudi aliinuka kitandani mwake na kutembeatembea juu ya paa la jumba lake la kifalme. Kutokea kule kwenye paa, akamwona mwanamke akioga. Mwanamke huyo alikuwa mzuri sana wa sura,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2SA.11.3" />naye Daudi akatuma mtu mmoja kuuliza habari za huyo mwanamke. Huyo mtu akamwambia Daudi, “Je, huyu si Bathsheba binti Eliamu, naye ni mke wa Uria, Mhiti?”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2SA.11.4" />Ndipo Daudi akatuma wajumbe kumleta. Huyo mwanamke akaja kwa Daudi, Daudi akakutana naye kimwili. (Huyo mwanamke ndipo tu alikuwa amejitakasa kutoka siku zake za hedhi.) Kisha akarudi nyumbani kwake.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2SA.11.5" />Huyo mwanamke akapata mimba akampelekea Daudi ujumbe, kusema, “Mimi ni mjamzito.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2SA.11.6" />Ndipo Daudi akapeleka ujumbe kwa Yoabu, “Unipelekee Uria, Mhiti.” Naye Yoabu akamtuma Uria kwa Daudi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2SA.11.7" />Uria alipofika, Daudi akamuuliza habari za Yoabu, hali za askari na vita kwamba inaendeleaje.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2SA.11.8" />Kisha Daudi akamwambia Uria, “Teremka nyumbani kwako ukanawe miguu yako.” Basi Uria akaondoka kutoka kwenye jumba la kifalme, tena zawadi zikamfuata kutoka kwa mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2SA.11.9" />Lakini Uria akalala kwenye ingilio la jumba la kifalme pamoja na watumishi wote wa bwana wake, na hakuteremka kwenda nyumbani kwake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2SA.11.10" />Daudi alipoambiwa kwamba, “Uria hakwenda nyumbani,” Daudi akamuuliza, “Je, si ndiyo tu umefika kutoka safari ya mbali? Kwa nini hukwenda nyumbani?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2SA.11.11" />Uria akamwambia Daudi, “Sanduku la Mungu, na Israeli na Yuda wanakaa kwenye mahema, naye bwana wangu Yoabu na watu wa bwana wangu wamepiga kambi mahali pa wazi. Ningewezaje kwenda nyumbani kwangu ili nile, ninywe na kukutana na mke wangu? Hakika kama uishivyo sitafanya jambo la namna hiyo!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2SA.11.12" />Ndipo Daudi akamwambia, “Kaa hapa siku moja zaidi, nami kesho nitakutuma urudi.” Kwa hiyo Uria akakaa Yerusalemu siku ile na siku iliyofuata.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2SA.11.13" />Kwa ukaribisho wa Daudi, Uria akala na kunywa pamoja naye, Daudi akamlevya. Lakini jioni Uria alitoka kwenda kulala juu ya mkeka wake miongoni mwa watumishi wa bwana wake, hakwenda nyumbani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2SA.11.14" />Asubuhi yake Daudi akamwandikia Yoabu barua, akamtuma Uria kuipeleka.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2SA.11.15" />Ndani ya barua aliandika, “Mweke Uria mstari wa mbele mahali ambapo mapigano ni makali sana. Kisha wewe uondoke ili Uria aangushwe chini na kuuawa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2SA.11.16" />Hivyo Yoabu alipokuwa ameuzingira mji kwa jeshi, akamweka Uria mahali ambapo alijua kuwa ulinzi wa adui ulikuwa imara sana.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2SA.11.17" />Wakati watu wa mjini walipotoka kwenda kupigana dhidi ya Yoabu, baadhi ya watu katika jeshi la Daudi wakauawa, zaidi ya hayo, Uria, Mhiti, akafa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2SA.11.18" />Yoabu akampelekea Daudi maelezo yote ya vita.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2SA.11.19" />Akamwagiza mjumbe hivi, “Utakapokuwa umemaliza kumpa mfalme maelezo ya vita,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2SA.11.20" />hasira ya mfalme yaweza kuwaka, naye aweza kukuuliza, ‘Kwa nini mlisogea karibu hivyo na mji kupigana? Hamkujua kuwa wangeweza kuwapiga mishale kutoka ukutani?
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2SA.11.21" />Ni nani aliyemuua Abimeleki mwana wa Yerub-Besheth? Je, mwanamke hakutupa juu yake jiwe la juu la kusagia kutoka ukutani, kwa hiyo akafa huko Thebesi? Kwa nini mlisogea hivyo karibu ya ukuta?’ Ikiwa atakuuliza hivi, ndipo umwambie, ‘Pia mtumishi wako Uria, Mhiti, amekufa.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2SA.11.22" />Mjumbe akaondoka. Alipowasili akamwambia Daudi kila kitu alichokuwa ametumwa na Yoabu kusema.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="2SA.11.23" />Mjumbe akamwambia Daudi, “Watu walituzidi nguvu wakatoka nje ya mji dhidi yetu kwenye eneo la wazi, lakini tuliwarudisha nyuma mpaka kwenye ingilio la mji.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="2SA.11.24" />Ndipo wapiga upinde walitupa mishale kwa watumishi wako kutoka ukutani, na baadhi ya watu wa mfalme wakafa. Zaidi ya hayo, Uria, Mhiti, mtumishi wako amekufa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="2SA.11.25" />Daudi akamwambia mjumbe, “Ukamwambie Yoabu hivi, ‘Jambo hili lisikutie wasiwasi, upanga hula huyu sawa na ulavyo mwingine. Zidisha mashambulizi dhidi ya mji na uangamize.’ Mwambie Yoabu hivi ili kumtia moyo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="2SA.11.26" />Mke wa Uria aliposikia kwamba mumewe amekufa, akamwombolezea.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="2SA.11.27" />Baada ya muda wa maombolezo kwisha, Daudi akamtaka aletwe nyumbani kwake, naye akawa mkewe, na akamzalia mwana. Lakini jambo alilokuwa amefanya Daudi lilimchukiza
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Nathani Amkemea Daudi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2SA.12.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamtuma Nathani kwa Daudi. Alipofika kwake akamwambia, “Katika mji mmoja kulikuwepo na watu wawili, mmoja alikuwa tajiri na mwingine alikuwa maskini.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2SA.12.2" />Yule mtu tajiri alikuwa na idadi kubwa sana ya kondoo na ngʼombe,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2SA.12.3" />lakini yule maskini hakuwa na chochote ila kondoo jike mdogo aliyekuwa amemnunua. Akamtunza kondoo huyo, akakulia kwake pamoja na watoto wake. Kondoo huyo alishiriki chakula cha bwana wake na kunywea kikombe chake hata pia huyo kondoo alilala mikononi mwa bwana wake. Kwake alikuwa kama binti yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2SA.12.4" />“Siku moja yule tajiri akafikiwa na mgeni, lakini huyo tajiri akaacha kuchukua mmoja wa kondoo au ngʼombe wake mwenyewe amwandalie mgeni. Badala yake akachukua yule kondoo jike mdogo aliyekuwa mali ya yule maskini na kumwandalia yule mgeni wake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2SA.12.5" />Daudi akawakwa na hasira dhidi ya mtu huyo tajiri na kumwambia Nathani, “Hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo, mtu huyo aliyefanya hivyo anastahili kufa!
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2SA.12.6" />Lazima alipe mara nne zaidi, kwa ajili ya kondoo huyo, kwa sababu amefanya jambo kama hilo na hakuwa na huruma.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2SA.12.7" />Ndipo Nathani akamwambia Daudi, “Wewe ndiwe huyo mtu! Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli: ‘Nilikupaka mafuta uwe mfalme juu ya Israeli, nilikuokoa kutokana na mkono wa Sauli.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2SA.12.8" />Nilikupa nyumba ya bwana wako na wake za bwana wako mikononi mwako. Nikakupa nyumba ya Israeli na Yuda. Kama haya yote yalikuwa madogo sana, ningekupa hata zaidi.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2SA.12.9" />Kwa nini ulilidharau neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa kufanya lililo ovu machoni pake? Ulimuua Uria, Mhiti kwa upanga na kumchukua mke wake awe mkeo. Ulimuua kwa upanga wa Waamoni.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2SA.12.10" />Basi kwa hiyo, upanga hautaondoka nyumbani mwako kamwe kwa sababu ulinidharau mimi na kumchukua mke wa Uria, Mhiti kuwa mkeo.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2SA.12.11" />“Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: ‘Kutoka kwa nyumba yako mwenyewe nitaleta maafa juu yako. Mbele ya macho yako mwenyewe nitatwaa wake zako na kumpa yeye aliye wa karibu nawe, naye atakutana kimwili na wake zako mchana mwangavu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2SA.12.12" />Ulifanya kwa siri, lakini nitalifanya jambo hili wakati wa mchana mwangavu mbele ya Israeli yote.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2SA.12.13" />Ndipo Daudi akamjibu Nathani, “Nimefanya dhambi dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
</p>
<p style="p">Nathani akamjibu, “<nd>Bwana</nd> amekuondolea dhambi yako. Hutakufa.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2SA.12.14" />Lakini kwa sababu kwa kufanya hili umefanya adui za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuonyesha dharau kabisa, mwana atakayezaliwa kwako atakufa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2SA.12.15" />Baada ya Nathani kurudi nyumbani kwake,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akampiga yule mtoto ambaye mke wa Uria alikuwa amemzalia Daudi, akaugua.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2SA.12.16" />Daudi akamwomba Mungu kwa ajili ya mtoto. Akafunga na akaingia ndani ya nyumba yake akawa siku zote analala sakafuni usiku kucha.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2SA.12.17" />Wazee wa nyumbani mwake wakamwendea wakasimama karibu naye ili kumwamsha kutoka pale sakafuni, lakini akakataa, wala hakula chochote pamoja nao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2SA.12.18" />Kunako siku ya saba yule mtoto akafa. Watumishi wa Daudi wakaogopa kumwambia kuwa mtoto amekufa, kwa maana walifikiri, “Wakati mtoto alipokuwa angali hai, tulizungumza na Daudi lakini hakutusikiliza. Tutawezaje kumwambia kwamba mtoto amekufa? Anaweza kufanya kitu cha kujidhuru.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2SA.12.19" />Daudi akaona kuwa watumishi wake wananongʼonezana wenyewe, naye akatambua kuwa mtoto alikuwa amekufa. Akauliza “Je, ni kwamba huyo mtoto amekufa?”
</p>
<p style="p">Wakamjibu, “Ndiyo, mtoto amekufa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2SA.12.20" />Basi Daudi akainuka kutoka pale sakafuni. Baada ya kuoga, akajipaka mafuta na kubadilisha nguo zake kisha akaenda ndani ya nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akaabudu. Baada ya hapo akaenda nyumbani kwake kwa kutaka kwake, wakamwandalia chakula, naye akala.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="2SA.12.21" />Watumishi wake wakamuuliza, “Kwa nini unafanya hivi? Mtoto alipokuwa angali hai, ulifunga na kulia; lakini sasa mtoto amekufa, umeinuka na kula.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2SA.12.22" />Akajibu, “Wakati mtoto alipokuwa bado yungali hai, nilifunga na kulia. Nilifikiri, ‘Nani ajuaye?
<nd>Bwana</nd> aweza kunirehemu ili kumwacha mtoto aishi.’
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="2SA.12.23" />Lakini sasa kwa kuwa amekufa, kwa nini nifunge? Je, naweza kumrudisha tena? Mimi nitakwenda kwake, lakini yeye hatanirudia mimi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="2SA.12.24" />Ndipo Daudi akamfariji Bathsheba mkewe, akaingia kwake akakutana naye kimwili. Akazaa mwana, wakamwita jina lake Solomoni.
<nd>Bwana</nd> alimpenda Solomoni.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2SA.12.25" />Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alimpenda, akatuma neno kwa Daudi kwa kinywa cha nabii Nathani kuwa mtoto aitwe Yedidia<f caller="+"><fr>12:25
</fr><ft>Yedidia maana yake Apendwaye na
<nd>Bwana</nd>.</ft></f> kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="2SA.12.26" />Wakati huo Yoabu akapigana dhidi ya Raba jamii ya Waamoni na kuteka ngome la kifalme.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="2SA.12.27" />Kisha Yoabu akatuma wajumbe kwa Daudi, kusema, “Nimepigana dhidi ya Raba, nami nimetwaa chanzo chake cha maji.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="2SA.12.28" />Sasa kusanya vikosi vilivyobaki na ukauzingire mji kwa jeshi na kuuteka. La sivyo, nitauteka mimi, nao utaitwa kwa jina langu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="2SA.12.29" />Kwa hiyo Daudi akakusanya jeshi lote akaenda Raba, akaushambulia na kuuteka.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="2SA.12.30" />Akachukua taji kutoka kwa kichwa cha mfalme wao, lililokuwa na uzito wa talanta moja ya dhahabu,<f caller="+"><fr>12:30
</fr><ft>Talanta moja ya dhahabu ni sawa na kilo 34.</ft></f> nayo ilizungushiwa vito vya thamani. Ikawekwa juu ya kichwa cha Daudi. Alichukua nyara nyingi kutoka mjini huo.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="2SA.12.31" />Akawatoa watu waliokuwa humo, akawaweka wafanye kazi kwa misumeno, sululu za chuma na mashoka, naye akawaweka kwenye kazi ya kutengeneza matofali. Akafanya hivi kwa miji yote ya Waamoni. Kisha Daudi na jeshi lake lote wakarudi Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="13" />
<s style="s1">Amnoni Na Tamari
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2SA.13.1" />Ikawa baada ya hayo, Amnoni mwana wa Daudi akampenda Tamari, umbu lake Absalomu mwana wa Daudi, ambaye alikuwa mzuri wa sura.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="2SA.13.2" />Amnoni akasumbuka sana kuhusu Tamari hata akaugua, kwa kuwa Tamari alikuwa bikira, na ilionekana kwamba haiwezekani Amnoni kumfanyia jambo lolote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2SA.13.3" />Basi Amnoni alikuwa na rafiki jina lake Yonadabu mwana wa Shimea,<f caller="+"><fr>13:3
</fr><ft>Shimea pia hutamkwa Shama.</ft></f> nduguye Daudi. Yonadabu alikuwa mtu wa hila nyingi sana.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2SA.13.4" />Akamuuliza Amnoni, “Wewe ni mtoto wa mfalme; kwa nini siku baada ya siku unaonekana kukonda? Hutaniambia?”
</p>
<p style="p">Amnoni akamwambia, “Ninampenda Tamari, dada yake Absalomu ndugu yangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2SA.13.5" />Yonadabu akamwambia, “Nenda ukalale kitandani na ujifanye kuwa mgonjwa. Baba yako atakapokuja kukuona mwambie, ‘Ningependa Tamari dada yangu aje kunipatia chochote ili nile. Tafadhali mruhusu aje na kuniandalia chakula mbele yangu ningali ninamwona, ili nipate kula kutoka mkononi mwake.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2SA.13.6" />Kwa hiyo Amnoni akalala kitandani kujifanya mgonjwa. Mfalme alipokuja kumwona, Amnoni akamwambia, “Ningependa dada yangu Tamari aje na kuniandalia mikate maalum mbele yangu, ili nipate kula toka mkononi mwake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2SA.13.7" />Daudi akampelekea Tamari ujumbe huko kwenye jumba la kifalme, kusema: “Nenda katika nyumba ya ndugu yako Amnoni ukamwandalie chakula.”
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2SA.13.8" />Kwa hiyo Tamari akaenda nyumbani kwa nduguye Amnoni, ndugu ambaye alikuwa amelala. Tamari akachukua unga uliotiwa chachu akaukanda, akaiandaa mikate mbele yake na kuioka.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2SA.13.9" />Tamari akaondoa mikate kwenye kikaango ili ampatie Amnoni, lakini akakataa kula.
</p>
<p style="p">Amnoni akamwambia, “Mtoe nje kila mtu aliyeko hapa.” Kwa hiyo kila mmoja akaondoka.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2SA.13.10" />Ndipo Amnoni akamwambia Tamari, “Leta mkate hapa ndani ya chumba changu ili nipate kula kutoka mkononi mwako.” Basi Tamari akachukua mikate aliyoiandaa na kumletea Amnoni ndugu yake ndani ya chumba chake.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2SA.13.11" />Lakini alipompelekea ili ale, akamkamata kwa nguvu na kumwambia, “Njoo ulale nami, dada yangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2SA.13.12" />Akamwambia, “Usifanye hivyo, ndugu yangu! Usinitende jeuri! Jambo la namna hii halistahili kufanyika katika Israeli! Usitende jambo hili ovu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2SA.13.13" />Kwa upande wangu je, itakuwaje? Nitaipeleka wapi aibu yangu? Pia kwa upande wako, itakuwaje? Utakuwa kama mmoja wa wapumbavu waovu katika Israeli. Tafadhali zungumza na mfalme; hatakukatalia wewe kunioa,”
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2SA.13.14" />Lakini Amnoni akakataa kumsikiliza, na kwa kuwa alikuwa na nguvu kuliko Tamari, akamtenda jeuri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2SA.13.15" />Kisha Amnoni akamchukia Tamari, kwa machukio makuu sana. Kwa kweli, Amnoni alimchukia kuliko alivyokuwa amempenda. Amnoni akamwambia, “Inuka na utoke nje!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2SA.13.16" />Tamari akamwambia, “Hapana! Kunifukuza itakuwa vibaya zaidi kuliko yale uliyonitendea.”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini Amnoni akakataa kumsikiliza.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2SA.13.17" />Akamwita mtumishi wake mahsusi na kumwambia, “Mtoe huyu mwanamke hapa na ufunge mlango nyuma yake.”
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2SA.13.18" />Kwa hiyo, mtumishi wake akamtoa nje na kufunga mlango nyuma yake. Tamari alikuwa amevaa joho lililopambwa vizuri, kwa maana lilikuwa aina ya mavazi yaliyovaliwa na binti za mfalme waliokuwa mabikira.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2SA.13.19" />Tamari akajitia majivu kichwani mwake na kurarua lile joho alilokuwa amevaa. Akaweka mkono wake kichwani, akaenda zake akilia kwa sauti.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2SA.13.20" />Absalomu nduguye akamuuliza, “Je, huyo Amnoni ndugu yako, amekutana nawe kimwili? Sasa nyamaza umbu langu, yeye ni ndugu yako. Usilitie jambo hili moyoni.” Naye Tamari akaishi nyumbani kwa Absalomu nduguye, akiwa mwanamke mwenye huzuni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="2SA.13.21" />Mfalme Daudi aliposikia mambo haya yote, akakasirika sana.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="2SA.13.22" />Absalomu hakusema neno lolote na Amnoni, likiwa zuri au baya, kwa kuwa alimchukia Amnoni kwa sababu alikuwa amemtia aibu Tamari, dada yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Absalomu Amuua Amnoni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="2SA.13.23" />Miaka miwili baadaye, wakati wakata manyoya ya kondoo wa Absalomu walipokuwa huko Baal-Hasori karibu na mpaka wa Efraimu, alialika wana wote wa mfalme kuja huko.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="2SA.13.24" />Absalomu akaenda kwa mfalme na kumwambia, “Mtumishi wako ninao wakata manyoya ya kondoo waliokuja. Tafadhali, je, mfalme na maafisa wake wanaweza kuungana nami?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="2SA.13.25" />Mfalme akajibu, “La hasha, mwanangu si lazima sisi sote tuje, tutakuwa tu mzigo kwako.” Ingawa Absalomu alimsihi sana, mfalme alikataa kwenda, lakini alimbariki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="2SA.13.26" />Basi Absalomu akasema, “Kama hutakuja, tafadhali mruhusu ndugu yangu Amnoni twende pamoja naye.”
</p>
<p style="p">Mfalme akamuuliza, “Kwa nini aende pamoja nawe?”
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="2SA.13.27" />Lakini Absalomu alimsihi, kwa hiyo mfalme akamtuma Amnoni pamoja na wana wengine wa mfalme waliobaki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="2SA.13.28" />Absalomu aliagiza watu wake, “Sikilizeni! Wakati Amnoni atakapokuwa amekunywa mvinyo na kulewa sana nami nikiwaambia, ‘Mpigeni Amnoni,’ basi muueni. Msiogope. Je, si mimi niliyewapa amri hii? Kuweni hodari na wenye ushujaa.”
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="2SA.13.29" />Kwa hiyo watu wa Absalomu wakamtendea Amnoni kama vile Absalomu alivyokuwa amewaagiza. Ndipo wana wote wa mfalme wakainuka, wakapanda nyumbu zao, wakakimbia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="2SA.13.30" />Wakati wakiwa njiani, taarifa ilimjia Daudi, kusema: “Absalomu amewaua wana wote wa mfalme; hakuna hata mmoja aliyesalia.”
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="2SA.13.31" />Mfalme akasimama, akararua nguo zake, akalala chini ardhini; nao watumishi wake wote wakasimama kando yake na nguo zao zikiwa zimeraruliwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="2SA.13.32" />Lakini Yonadabu mwana wa Shimea, nduguye Daudi, akasema, “Bwana wangu asifikiri kwamba wamewaua wana wote wa mfalme; ni Amnoni peke yake ndiye alikufa. Hili limekuwa kusudi la moyo wa Absalomu tangu siku ile Amnoni alipomtendea jeuri Tamari, dada yake.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="2SA.13.33" />Mfalme bwana wangu asisumbuliwe na taarifa kwamba wamewaua wana wote wa mfalme. Ni Amnoni peke yake aliyekufa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="2SA.13.34" />Wakati huo, Absalomu akawa amekimbia.
</p>
<p style="p">Basi mlinzi akaangalia, naye akaona watu wengi barabarani magharibi yake, wakishuka kutoka upande wa kilima. Mlinzi akaenda akamwambia mfalme, “Naona watu wakitokea upande wa Horonaimu, huko upande wa kilimani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="2SA.13.35" />Yonadabu akamwambia mfalme, “Tazama, wana wa mfalme wako hapa; imekuwa kama vile mtumishi wako alivyosema.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="2SA.13.36" />Mara alipomaliza kusema, wana wa mfalme wakaingia ndani wakiomboleza kwa makelele. Pia mfalme na watumishi wake wote wakalia sana kwa uchungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="2SA.13.37" />Absalomu akakimbia na kwenda kwa Talmai mwana wa Amihudi, mfalme wa Geshuri. Lakini Mfalme Daudi akaomboleza kwa ajili ya mwanawe kila siku.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="2SA.13.38" />Baada ya Absalomu kukimbia na kwenda Geshuri, akakaa huko miaka mitatu.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="2SA.13.39" />Roho ya Mfalme Daudi ikatamani kumwendea Absalomu, kwa maana mfalme alikuwa amefarijika kuhusu kifo cha Amnoni.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="14" />
<s style="s1">Absalomu Arudi Yerusalemu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2SA.14.1" />Yoabu mwana wa Seruya akafahamu kuwa moyo wa mfalme ulikuwa na shauku ya kumwona Absalomu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2SA.14.2" />Kwa hiyo Yoabu akamtuma mtu fulani kwenda Tekoa na kumleta mwanamke mwenye hekima kutoka huko. Akamwambia huyo mwanamke, “Jifanye uko katika maombolezo. Vaa nguo za kuomboleza, nawe usitumie mafuta yoyote ya uzuri, jifanye kama mwanamke ambaye amekuwa na huzuni kwa siku nyingi kwa ajili ya kufiwa.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2SA.14.3" />Kisha nenda kwa mfalme ukazungumze maneno haya.” Naye Yoabu akaweka maneno kinywani mwa yule mwanamke.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2SA.14.4" />Huyo huyo mwanamke kutoka Tekoa alipofika kwa mfalme, akaanguka kifudifudi kumpa mfalme heshima, akasema, “Ee mfalme, nisaidie!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2SA.14.5" />Mfalme akamuuliza, “Una shida gani?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akamwambia, “Mimi ni mjane hasa, mume wangu amekufa.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2SA.14.6" />Mimi mtumishi wako nilikuwa na wana wawili. Wakapigana wao kwa wao huko shambani wala huko hapakuwa na mtu hata mmoja wa kuwaamua. Mmoja akampiga mwenzake na kumuua.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2SA.14.7" />Sasa ukoo wote umeinuka dhidi ya mtumishi wako, wakisema, ‘Utukabidhi huyo aliyemuua ndugu yake, ili tumuue kwa ajili ya uhai wa ndugu yake ambaye alimuua, nasi hapo tutakuwa tumekatilia mbali na mrithi pia.’ Wakifanya hivyo, watakuwa wamezima tumaini langu lililobaki, mume wangu hataachiwa jina wala mzao katika uso wa dunia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2SA.14.8" />Mfalme akamwambia huyo mwanamke, “Nenda nyumbani, nami nitatoa agizo kwa ajili yako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2SA.14.9" />Lakini huyo mwanamke kutoka Tekoa akamwambia, “Mfalme bwana wangu, lawama na iwe juu yangu na juu ya nyumba ya baba yangu, naye mfalme na kiti chake cha enzi na asiwe na hatia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2SA.14.10" />Mfalme akajibu, “Ikiwa mtu yeyote atakusemesha lolote, mlete kwangu, naye hatakusumbua tena.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2SA.14.11" />Huyo mwanamke akasema, “Basi mfalme na amwombe
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wake ili kuzuia mlipiza kisasi cha damu kuongeza juu ya uharibifu, ili kwamba mwanangu asije akaangamizwa.”
</p>
<p style="p">Mfalme akasema, “Hakika kama aishivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, hakuna unywele mmoja wa kichwa cha mwanao utakaoanguka chini.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2SA.14.12" />Ndipo huyo mwanamke akasema, “Mruhusu mtumishi wako aseme neno kwa mfalme bwana wangu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Mfalme akajibu, “Sema.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2SA.14.13" />Huyo mwanamke akasema, “Mbona basi wewe umewaza jambo kama hili dhidi ya watu wa Mungu? Je, mfalme asemapo hili, hajitii hatiani mwenyewe, kwa maana mfalme hajamrudisha mwanawe aliyefukuziwa mbali?
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2SA.14.14" />Kama vile maji yaliyomwagika ardhini, yasivyoweza kuzoleka tena, hivyo sisi kufa ni lazima. Lakini Mungu haondoi uhai, badala yake, yeye hufanya njia ili kwamba aliyefukuzwa asibaki akiwa amefarikishwa naye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2SA.14.15" />“Nami sasa nimekuja kusema hili kwa bwana wangu mfalme kwa sababu watu wameniogopesha. Mtumishi wako alifikiri, ‘Nitanena na mfalme, labda mfalme atamfanyia mtumishi wake kile anachoomba.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2SA.14.16" />Labda mfalme atakubali kumwokoa mtumishi wake kutoka mkononi mwa mtu anayejaribu kunikatilia mbali, mimi na mwanangu, kutoka kwenye urithi Mungu aliotupatia.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2SA.14.17" />“Basi sasa mtumishi wako anasema, ‘Neno la bwana wangu mfalme na linipatie pumziko, kwa maana bwana wangu mfalme ni kama malaika wa Mungu katika kutambua jema na baya.
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako na awe pamoja nawe.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2SA.14.18" />Basi mfalme akamwambia huyo mwanamke, “Usinifiche jibu kuhusu hilo nitakalokuuliza.”
</p>
<p style="p">Huyo mwanamke akasema, “Mfalme bwana wangu na aseme.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2SA.14.19" />Mfalme akauliza, “Je, mkono wa Yoabu haupo pamoja nawe katika jambo hilo lote?”
</p>
<p style="p">Huyo mwanamke akajibu, “Hakika kama uishivyo, bwana wangu mfalme, hakuna yeyote anayeweza kugeuka kulia wala kushoto kutokana na chochote anachosema bwana wangu mfalme. Naam, ni mtumishi wako Yoabu ndiye alinifundisha kufanya hivi, naye ndiye aliweka maneno haya yote kinywani mwa mtumishi wako.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2SA.14.20" />Mtumishi wako Yoabu amefanya hivi ili kubadili hali iliyopo. Bwana wangu ana hekima kama ile ya malaika wa Mungu, hufahamu kila kitu kinachotokea katika nchi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="2SA.14.21" />Mfalme akamwambia Yoabu, “Vyema sana, nitalifanya jambo hili. Nenda, ukamlete kijana Absalomu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2SA.14.22" />Yoabu akaanguka kifudifudi mpaka ardhini kumpa mfalme heshima, naye akambariki mfalme. Yoabu akasema, “Leo mtumishi wako anajua kuwa amepata kibali machoni pako, bwana wangu mfalme, kwa sababu mfalme amemjalia mtumishi wake ombi lake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="2SA.14.23" />Ndipo Yoabu akaenda hadi Geshuri akamrudisha Absalomu Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="2SA.14.24" />Lakini mfalme akasema, “Lazima Absalomu aende kwenye nyumba yake mwenyewe; kamwe asiuone uso wangu.” Kwa hiyo Absalomu akaenda kwenye nyumba yake na hakuuona uso wa mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="2SA.14.25" />Katika Israeli yote hakuna mtu yeyote aliyesifiwa kwa uzuri wa sura kama Absalomu. Kuanzia utosi wa kichwa chake hadi wayo wa mguu wake hapakuwa na kasoro.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="2SA.14.26" />Kila mara aliponyoa nywele za kichwa chake, kwa kuwa alikuwa akinyoa mara kwa mara zilipokuwa zinamwia nzito, alizipima uzito wake ulikuwa shekeli mia mbili kwa kipimo cha kifalme.<f caller="+"><fr>14:26
</fr><ft>Shekeli 200 kwa kipimo cha kifalme ni sawa na kilo 2.3.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="2SA.14.27" />Walizaliwa wana watatu na binti mmoja kwa Absalomu. Jina la binti yake aliitwa Tamari, naye akawa mwanamke mzuri wa sura.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="2SA.14.28" />Absalomu akaishi miaka miwili huko Yerusalemu pasipo kuuona uso wa mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="2SA.14.29" />Basi Absalomu akamwita Yoabu kwa kusudi la kumtuma kwa mfalme, lakini Yoabu akakataa kuja kwa Absalomu. Ndipo akamwita tena mara ya pili, lakini pia akakataa kuja.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="2SA.14.30" />Ndipo akawaambia watumishi wake, “Tazama, shamba la Yoabu liko jirani na langu, naye ana shayiri humo. Nendeni mkalitie moto.” Kisha watumishi wa Absalomu wakalitia moto shamba hilo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="2SA.14.31" />Basi Yoabu akaenda nyumbani kwa Absalomu, akamwambia, “Kwa nini watumishi wako wametia moto shamba langu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="2SA.14.32" />Absalomu akamwambia Yoabu, “Tazama, nilikutumia ujumbe na kusema, ‘Njoo ili niweze kukutuma kwa mfalme kuuliza, “Kwa nini nimekuja kutoka Geshuri? Ingekuwa bora zaidi kwangu kama ningebaki huko!” ’ Sasa basi, nataka kuuona uso wa mfalme, na ikiwa nina hatia ya jambo lolote, basi na aniue.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="2SA.14.33" />Basi Yoabu akaenda kwa mfalme na kumwambia jambo hili. Kisha mfalme akamwita Absalomu, naye akaingia ndani akasujudu uso wake mpaka ardhini mbele ya mfalme. Naye mfalme akambusu Absalomu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="15" />
<s style="s1">Mipango Ya Hila Ya Absalomu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2SA.15.1" />Baada ya muda, Absalomu akajipatia magari ya vita na farasi pamoja na watu hamsini wa kupiga mbio mbele yake.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2SA.15.2" />Akawa anaamka asubuhi na mapema na kusimama kando ya barabara inayoelekea kwenye lango la mji. Wakati wowote alipokuja mtu yeyote mwenye mashtaka yanayohitaji kuletwa mbele ya mfalme kwa maamuzi, Absalomu naye angemwita na kumuuliza, “Wewe unatoka mji upi?” Naye angejibu, “Mtumishi wako anatoka katika mojawapo ya makabila ya Israeli.”
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2SA.15.3" />Kisha Absalomu angemwambia, “Tazama, malalamiko yako ni ya haki na sawasawa, lakini hakuna mwakilishi wa mfalme wa kukusikiliza.”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2SA.15.4" />Absalomu aliongeza, “Laiti tu ningeteuliwa kuwa mwamuzi katika nchi. Ndipo kila mmoja mwenye mashtaka au shauri angekuja kwangu nami ningeona kwamba anapata haki.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2SA.15.5" />Pia, wakati mtu yeyote alipomkaribia ili kusujudu mbele yake, Absalomu alinyoosha mkono wake na kumshika pia kumbusu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2SA.15.6" />Absalomu akaendelea na tabia hii mbele ya Waisraeli wote waliomjia mfalme kumwomba awape haki; kwa hiyo Absalomu akaiba mioyo ya watu wa Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2SA.15.7" />Mnamo mwisho wa mwaka wa nne, Absalomu akamwambia mfalme, “Naomba unipe ruhusa niende Hebroni nikatimize nadhiri niliyomwekea
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2SA.15.8" />Wakati mtumishi wako alipokuwa huko Geshuri katika nchi ya Aramu, niliweka nadhiri hii, ‘Ikiwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> atanirudisha Yerusalemu, nitamwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd> huko Hebroni.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2SA.15.9" />Mfalme akamwambia, “Enenda kwa amani.” Hivyo akaenda Hebroni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2SA.15.10" />Kisha Absalomu akatuma wajumbe kwa siri katika makabila yote ya Israeli, kusema, “Mara mtakaposikia sauti ya tarumbeta basi semeni, ‘Absalomu ni mfalme huko Hebroni.’ ”
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2SA.15.11" />Watu mia mbili kutoka Yerusalemu walikuwa wamefuatana na Absalomu. Walikuwa wamealikwa kama wageni nao walikwenda kwa nia njema, pasipo kujua lolote.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2SA.15.12" />Wakati Absalomu alipokuwa anatoa dhabihu, pia akatuma aitwe Ahithofeli, Mgiloni, mshauri wa Daudi, aje kutoka Gilo, ambao ndio mji wake wa nyumbani. Kwa hiyo mpango wa hila ukapata nguvu, na idadi ya waliofuatana na Absalomu ikaongezeka.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kukimbia Kwa Daudi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2SA.15.13" />Mjumbe akaja na kumwambia Daudi, “Mioyo ya watu wa Israeli inaambatana na Absalomu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2SA.15.14" />Ndipo Daudi akawaambia maafisa wake wote waliokuwa pamoja naye huko Yerusalemu, “Njooni! Ni lazima tukimbie, la sivyo hakuna hata mmoja wetu atakayeokoka kutoka mkononi mwa Absalomu. Ni lazima tuondoke kwa haraka, la sivyo atakuja mbio na kutupata, atatuangamiza na kuupiga mji kwa upanga.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2SA.15.15" />Maafisa wa mfalme wakamjibu, “Watumishi wako tu tayari kufanya lolote mfalme bwana wetu analochagua.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2SA.15.16" />Mfalme akatoka, pamoja na watu wa nyumbani mwake wakimfuata; lakini akawaacha masuria kumi ili kuangalia jumba la kifalme.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2SA.15.17" />Hivyo mfalme akaondoka, pamoja na watu wote wakimfuata, wakatua mahali mbali kiasi.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2SA.15.18" />Watu wake wote wakatembea, wakampita wakiwa wamefuatana na Wakerethi na Wapelethi wote; pia Wagiti wote mia sita waliokuwa wamefuatana naye kutoka Gathi wakapita mbele ya mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2SA.15.19" />Mfalme akamwambia Itai, Mgiti, “Kwa nini ufuatane na sisi? Rudi ukakae pamoja na Mfalme Absalomu. Wewe ni mgeni, mkimbizi kutoka nchini mwako.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2SA.15.20" />Ulikuja jana tu. Nami leo nikufanye utangetange pamoja nasi, wakati sijui niendako? Rudi, nawe ukawachukue watu wa kwenu. Wema na uaminifu na viwe pamoja nawe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="2SA.15.21" />Lakini Itai akamjibu mfalme, “Hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo na kama mfalme bwana wangu aishivyo, popote mfalme bwana wangu atakapokuwa, ikiwa ni kuishi au kufa, hapo ndipo mtumishi wako atakapokuwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2SA.15.22" />Daudi akamwambia Itai, “Songa mbele, endelea.” Kwa hiyo Itai, Mgiti, akaendelea pamoja na watu wake wote, pia jamaa zote waliokuwa pamoja naye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="2SA.15.23" />Watu wote wa nje ya mji wakalia kwa sauti wakati watu wote walipokuwa wakipita. Mfalme naye akavuka Bonde la Kidroni, nao watu wote wakaelekea jangwani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="2SA.15.24" />Sadoki pia alikuwako, kadhalika Walawi wote waliokuwa pamoja naye walikuwa wamechukua Sanduku la Agano la Mungu. Wakaweka chini Sanduku la Mungu, naye Abiathari akatoa dhabihu mpaka watu wote walipokuwa wameondoka mjini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="2SA.15.25" />Kisha mfalme akamwambia Sadoki, “Rudisha Sanduku la Mungu mjini. Ikiwa nitapata kibali mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, atanirudisha, nami nitaliona Sanduku hili tena pamoja na Maskani yake.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="2SA.15.26" />Lakini kama yeye atasema, ‘Mimi sipendezwi nawe,’ basi mimi niko tayari; yeye na anifanye chochote aonacho chema kwake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="2SA.15.27" />Pia mfalme alimwambia kuhani Sadoki, “Je, wewe si mwonaji? Rudi mjini kwa amani pamoja na mwanao Ahimaasi na Yonathani mwana wa Abiathari. Wewe na Abiathari wachukueni wana wenu wawili.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="2SA.15.28" />Nitasubiri kwenye vivuko katika jangwa mpaka neno litakapotoka kwenu kuniarifu.”
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="2SA.15.29" />Kwa hiyo Sadoki na Abiathari wakarudisha Sanduku la Mungu mpaka Yerusalemu na kukaa huko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="2SA.15.30" />Bali Daudi akaendelea, akapanda Mlima wa Mizeituni, akaenda huku analia, akiwa amefunika kichwa chake na bila viatu miguuni. Watu wote waliokuwa pamoja naye nao wakafunika vichwa vyao, wakawa wanapanda mlima huku wanalia.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="2SA.15.31" />Basi Daudi alikuwa ameambiwa, “Ahithofeli alikuwa miongoni mwa washiriki wa shauri baya la Absalomu.” Ndipo Daudi akaomba, akisema, “Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, geuza shauri la Ahithofeli kuwa ujinga.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="2SA.15.32" />Daudi alipofika kwenye kilele cha mlima, mahali ambapo watu walikuwa wamezoea kumwabudu Mungu, Hushai, Mwariki, alikuwako huko kumlaki, joho lake likiwa limeraruka na mavumbi kichwani mwake.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="2SA.15.33" />Daudi akamwambia, “Kama ukienda pamoja nami, utakuwa mzigo kwangu.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="2SA.15.34" />Lakini ikiwa utarudi mjini na kumwambia Absalomu, ‘Nitakuwa mtumishi wako, ee mfalme; nilikuwa mtumishi wa baba yako wakati uliopita, lakini sasa nitakuwa mtumishi wako,’ basi utaweza kunisaidia kwa kupinga shauri la Ahithofeli.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="2SA.15.35" />Je, makuhani Sadoki na Abiathari hawatakuwa pamoja nawe? Waambie lolote utakalosikia katika jumba la mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="2SA.15.36" />Wana wao wawili, Ahimaasi mwana wa Sadoki na Yonathani mwana wa Abiathari, wako pamoja nao huko. Watume kwangu na lolote utakalosikia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="2SA.15.37" />Kwa hiyo Hushai, rafiki wa Daudi, akafika Yerusalemu wakati Absalomu alipokuwa anaingia mjini.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="16" />
<s style="s1">Daudi Na Siba
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2SA.16.1" />Daudi alipokuwa amekwenda umbali mfupi kupita kilele cha mlima, akamkuta huko Siba, msimamizi wa shughuli za Mefiboshethi, akingojea kumlaki Daudi. Alikuwa na punda wawili wakiwa wametandikwa na kupakiwa mikate mia mbili, maandazi mia ya zabibu kavu, maandazi mia ya tini na kiriba cha divai.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="2SA.16.2" />Mfalme Daudi akamuuliza Siba, “Kwa nini umeleta vitu hivi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Siba akamjibu, “Punda ni kwa ajili ya watu wa nyumba ya mfalme kupanda, mikate na matunda ni kwa ajili ya watu kula, nayo divai ni kwa kuwaburudisha watakaochoka jangwani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2SA.16.3" />Kisha mfalme akauliza, “Yuko wapi mwana wa bwana wako?”
</p>
<p style="p">Siba akamwambia, “Anakawia Yerusalemu, kwa sababu anafikiri, ‘Leo nyumba ya Israeli itanirudishia utawala wa baba yangu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2SA.16.4" />Ndipo mfalme akamwambia Siba, “Yote yaliyokuwa mali ya Mefiboshethi sasa ni mali yako.”
</p>
<p style="p">Siba akasema, “Nasujudu kwa unyenyekevu. Naomba nipate kibali mbele yako, bwana wangu mfalme.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Shimei Amlaani Daudi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2SA.16.5" />Mfalme Daudi alipokuwa anakaribia Bahurimu, mtu mmoja kutoka ukoo huo huo kama jamaa ya Sauli, akatoka humo, ambaye jina lake ni Shimei mwana wa Gera; akawa analaani alipokuwa akitoka.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2SA.16.6" />Akamtupia Daudi na maafisa wote wa mfalme mawe, ingawa vikosi vyote na walinzi maalum walikuwa kulia na kushoto mwa Daudi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2SA.16.7" />Shimei alivyokuwa akilaani, akasema, “Toka hapa, toka hapa, wewe mtu wa damu, wewe mtu mbaya kabisa!
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2SA.16.8" /><nd>Bwana</nd> amekulipiza kwa ajili ya damu yote uliyomwaga ya watu wa nyumba ya Sauli, ambaye nafasi yake umeimiliki wewe.
<nd>Bwana</nd> amekabidhi ufalme mkononi mwa mwanao Absalomu. Maangamizi yamekupata kwa sababu wewe ni mtu wa damu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2SA.16.9" />Ndipo Abishai mwana wa Seruya akamwambia mfalme, “Kwa nini huyu mbwa mfu amlaani bwana wangu mfalme? Niruhusu nivuke nikatilie mbali kichwa chake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2SA.16.10" />Lakini mfalme akamwambia, “Mna nini nami, enyi wana wa Seruya? Ikiwa analaani kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> amemwambia, ‘Mlaani Daudi,’ nani awezaye kuuliza, ‘Kwa nini unafanya hivi?’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2SA.16.11" />Ndipo Daudi akamwambia Abishai na maafisa wake wote, “Mwanangu, yeye ambaye ametoka viunoni mwangu mwenyewe, anajaribu kuuondoa uhai wangu. Je, si zaidi sana kwa huyu Mbenyamini! Mwacheni, acha alaani, kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> amemwambia afanye hivyo.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2SA.16.12" />Inawezekana kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> ataona dhiki yangu na kunilipa mema kwa ajili ya laana ninayopokea leo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2SA.16.13" />Kwa hiyo Daudi na watu wake wakaendelea na safari yao barabarani, huku Shimei akiwa anatembea pembezoni mwa kilima sambamba na Daudi, huku akimlaani na kumtupia Daudi mawe na kumrushia mavumbi.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2SA.16.14" />Mfalme na watu wote aliokuwa pamoja nao wakafika kwenye kituo chao wakiwa wamechoka. Mfalme akajiburudisha hapo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Shauri La Hushai Na Ahithofeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2SA.16.15" />Wakati huo, Absalomu pamoja na watu wote wa Israeli wakafika Yerusalemu, naye Ahithofeli alikuwa pamoja naye.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2SA.16.16" />Ndipo Hushai, Mwariki, rafiki wa Daudi, akamwendea Absalomu na kumwambia, “Mfalme aishi maisha marefu! Mfalme aishi maisha marefu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2SA.16.17" />Absalomu akamuuliza Hushai, “Je, huu ndio upendo unaomwonyesha rafiki yako? Kwa nini hukufuatana na rafiki yako?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2SA.16.18" />Hushai akamwambia Absalomu, “La hasha, yeye aliyechaguliwa na
<nd>Bwana</nd>, aliyechaguliwa na watu hawa, atakayechaguliwa tena na watu wote wa Israeli, huyu ndiye nitakayekuwa wake, nami nitabakia pamoja naye.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2SA.16.19" />Zaidi ya hayo, nimtumikie nani? Je, nisimtumikie mwana? Kama vile nilivyomtumikia baba yako, ndivyo nitakavyokutumikia wewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2SA.16.20" />Absalomu akamwambia Ahithofeli, “Tupe shauri lako. Tufanye nini?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="2SA.16.21" />Ahithofeli akamjibu, “Kutana kimwili na masuria wa baba yako aliowaacha kutunza jumba la kifalme. Ndipo Israeli yote itakaposikia kwamba umejifanya chukizo kwa baba yako, nayo mikono ya kila mmoja aliye pamoja nawe itatiwa nguvu.”
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="2SA.16.22" />Kwa hiyo wakasimika hema kwa ajili ya Absalomu juu ya paa, naye akakutana kimwili na masuria wa baba yake mbele ya Israeli wote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="2SA.16.23" />Ilikuwa katika siku hizo shauri lililotolewa na Ahithofeli lilikuwa kama lile ambalo limeulizwa kwa Mungu. Ndivyo Daudi na Absalomu walivyoyaheshimu mashauri yote ya Ahithofeli.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="17" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2SA.17.1" />Ahithofeli akamwambia Absalomu, “Nipe ruhusa niwachague watu kumi na mbili elfu na waanze safari usiku huu huu kumfuatia Daudi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2SA.17.2" />Nitamshambulia wakati akiwa amechoka na ni dhaifu. Nitampiga na hofu, na kisha watu wote walio pamoja naye watakimbia. Nitampiga mfalme peke yake
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2SA.17.3" />na kuwarudisha watu wote kwako. Kifo cha mtu yule unayemtafuta kitamaanisha kurudi kwa wote, hakuna hata mtu mmoja atakayeumizwa.”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2SA.17.4" />Mpango huu ulionekana mzuri kwa Absalomu na kwa wazee wote wa Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2SA.17.5" />Lakini Absalomu akasema, “Pia mwiteni Hushai, Mwariki, ili tuweze kusikia anachokisema.”
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2SA.17.6" />Hushai alipokuja, Absalomu akasema, “Ahithofeli ametoa shauri hili. Je, tufanye anavyosema? Kama sivyo, tupe maoni yako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2SA.17.7" />Hushai akamjibu Absalomu, “Shauri la Ahithofeli alilotoa halifai kwa wakati huu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2SA.17.8" />Unamfahamu baba yako na watu wake, ni wapiganaji hodari, nao ni wakali kama dubu mwitu aliyepokonywa watoto wake. Zaidi ya hayo, baba yako ni mpiganaji jasiri, usiku hatalala pamoja na vikosi.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2SA.17.9" />Hata sasa, amefichwa ndani ya pango au mahali pengine. Kama atatangulia kushambulia vikosi vyako, yeyote asikiaye habari hii atasema, ‘Kuna machinjo makubwa miongoni mwa vikosi vinavyomfuata Absalomu.’
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2SA.17.10" />Basi hata yule askari hodari kuliko wengine wote, ambaye moyo wake ni kama wa simba, atayeyuka kwa hofu, kwa maana Israeli yote wanajua kwamba baba yako ni mpiganaji na kwamba wale walio pamoja naye ni watu hodari.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2SA.17.11" />“Kwa hiyo nakushauri: Israeli wote na wakusanyikie kwako, kuanzia Dani hadi Beer-Sheba, katika wingi wao jinsi walivyo kama mchanga wa ufuoni mwa bahari, wewe mwenyewe ukiwaongoza vitani.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2SA.17.12" />Ndipo tutakapomshambulia popote atakapoonekana, nasi tutamwangukia kama umande unavyoshuka juu ya ardhi. Yeye mwenyewe wala watu wake hakuna atakayeachwa hai.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2SA.17.13" />Kama atakimbilia katika mji wowote, basi Israeli wote watazungushia mji ule kamba, nasi tutauburuta mji huo mpaka bondeni hadi isionekane hata changarawe ya huo mji.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2SA.17.14" />Absalomu na watu wote wa Israeli wakasema, “Shauri la Hushai, Mwariki, ni jema zaidi kuliko lile la Ahithofeli.” Kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amekusudia kupinga shauri nzuri la Ahithofeli, ili kuleta maafa juu ya Absalomu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2SA.17.15" />Hushai akawaambia makuhani Sadoki na Abiathari, “Ahithofeli amemshauri Absalomu na wazee wa Israeli kufanya kadha wa kadha, lakini mimi nimewashauri wao kufanya kadha wa kadha.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2SA.17.16" />Sasa tumeni ujumbe haraka na kumwambia Daudi, ‘Usiku huu usilale kwenye vivuko katika jangwa; vuka bila kukosa, la sivyo, mfalme pamoja na watu wote waliofuatana naye watamezwa.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2SA.17.17" />Yonathani na Ahimaasi walikuwa wakingoja huko En-Rogeli, naye mtumishi mmoja wa kike akawa anakwenda kuwapasha habari nao wakawa wanakwenda kumwambia Mfalme Daudi, kwa maana wasingetaka kujihatarisha kuonekana wakiingia mjini.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2SA.17.18" />Lakini kijana mmoja mwanaume akawaona, naye akamwambia Absalomu. Basi wote wawili wakaondoka haraka, wakaenda mpaka kwenye nyumba ya mtu mmoja huko Bahurimu. Mtu huyo alikuwa na kisima katika ua wa nyumba yake, nao Yonathani na Ahimaasi wakateremka ndani ya kisima hicho.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2SA.17.19" />Mkewe akachukua kifuniko, akakiweka kwenye mdomo wa kile kisima na kuanika nafaka juu yake. Hakuna mtu yeyote aliyefahamu chochote kuhusu jambo hilo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2SA.17.20" />Watu wa Absalomu walipofika kwa huyo mwanamke, wakamuuliza, “Wako wapi Ahimaasi na Yonathani?”
</p>
<p style="p">Huyo mwanamke akawajibu, “Walivuka kijito.” Watu wa Absalomu wakapekua lakini hawakuwaona hata mmoja, hivyo wakarudi Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="2SA.17.21" />Baada ya watu hao kuondoka, wale watu wawili yaani Yonathani na Ahimaasi wakapanda kutoka mle kisimani na kwenda kumpasha Mfalme Daudi habari. Wakamwambia, “Ondoka, uvuke haya maji haraka. Ahithofeli ameshauri kadha wa kadha dhidi yako.”
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="2SA.17.22" />Kwa hiyo Daudi na watu wote aliokuwa nao waliondoka na kuvuka Yordani. Kufika wakati wa mapambazuko, hapakuwa na mtu hata mmoja ambaye alikuwa hajavuka Mto Yordani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="2SA.17.23" />Ahithofeli alipoona kwamba shauri lake halikufuatwa, akatandika punda wake, akaondoka kwenda nyumbani kwake kwenye mji wake. Akaiweka nyumba yake katika utaratibu, kisha akajinyonga mwenyewe. Hivyo akafa na akazikwa katika kaburi la baba yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="2SA.17.24" />Daudi akaenda Mahanaimu, naye Absalomu akavuka Yordani pamoja na watu wote wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2SA.17.25" />Absalomu alikuwa amemweka Amasa juu ya jeshi badala ya Yoabu. Amasa alikuwa mwana wa mtu mmoja aliyeitwa Yetheri, Mwisraeli, ambaye alikuwa amemwoa Abigaili binti Nahashi, dada yake Seruya mamaye Yoabu.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="2SA.17.26" />Waisraeli na Absalomu wakapiga kambi huko nchi ya Gileadi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="2SA.17.27" />Daudi alipofika Mahanaimu, Shobi mwana wa Nahashi kutoka Raba ya Waamoni, Makiri mwana wa Amieli kutoka Lo-Debari, na Barzilai Mgileadi kutoka Rogelimu
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="2SA.17.28" />wakaleta matandiko ya kitandani, mabakuli na vyombo vya mfinyanzi. Walileta pia ngano na shayiri, unga na bisi, maharagwe na kunde,
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="2SA.17.29" />asali na maziwa yaliyoganda, kondoo na jibini kutoka kwenye maziwa ya ngʼombe kwa ajili ya Daudi na watu wake ili wale. Kwa maana walisema, “Watu wameona njaa, tena wamechoka na wamepata kiu huko jangwani.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="18" />
<s style="s1">Kifo Cha Absalomu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2SA.18.1" />Daudi akakusanya watu aliokuwa nao na kuweka majemadari wa maelfu na majemadari wa mamia.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2SA.18.2" />Daudi akatuma vikosi vya askari: theluthi moja ilikuwa chini ya amri ya Yoabu, theluthi ya pili chini ya Abishai mwana wa Seruya nduguye Yoabu, na theluthi ya tatu chini ya Itai, Mgiti. Mfalme akaviambia vikosi, “Hakika mimi mwenyewe nitakwenda pamoja nanyi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2SA.18.3" />Lakini watu wakasema, “Haikupasi kwenda, ikiwa sisi tutalazimika kukimbia, wao hawatatujali. Hata kama nusu yetu tukifa hawatajali, lakini wewe una thamani ya watu kama sisi kumi elfu. Ingekuwa bora zaidi kwako basi kutupatia msaada kutoka mjini.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2SA.18.4" />Mfalme akajibu, “Nitafanya lolote linaloonekana jema zaidi kwenu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa hiyo mfalme akasimama kando ya lango wakati watu wote wakitoka nje kwa makundi ya mamia na maelfu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2SA.18.5" />Mfalme akawaamuru Yoabu, Abishai na Itai, “Kuweni wapole kwa kijana Absalomu kwa ajili yangu.” Vikosi vyote vikasikia mfalme akitoa amri kwa kila jemadari kumhusu Absalomu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2SA.18.6" />Jeshi likatoka kwenda kwenye uwanja wa vita kupigana na Israeli, hivyo vita vikapiganwa katika msitu wa Efraimu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2SA.18.7" />Huko jeshi la Israeli likashindwa na watu wa Daudi, siku hiyo majeruhi walikuwa wengi kiasi cha watu ishirini elfu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2SA.18.8" />Vita vikaenea nchi nzima, watu wengi zaidi wakifia msituni siku hiyo kuliko waliouawa kwa upanga.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2SA.18.9" />Basi ikawa Absalomu alikutana na watu wa Daudi. Yeye alikuwa amepanda nyumbu wake, naye nyumbu alipopita chini ya matawi yaliyosongana ya mwaloni mkubwa, kichwa cha Absalomu kilinaswa kwenye mti. Akaachwa akiningʼinia hewani, wakati nyumbu aliyekuwa amempanda aliendelea kwenda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2SA.18.10" />Mmojawapo wa wale watu alipoona, akamwambia Yoabu, “Nimemwona Absalomu akiningʼinia kwenye mti wa mwaloni.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2SA.18.11" />Yoabu akamwambia huyo mtu, “Nini! Ulimwona Absalomu? Kwa nini hukumpiga papo hapo mpaka chini? Ndipo ningekupa shekeli kumi<f caller="+"><fr>18:11
</fr><ft>Shekeli kumi za fedha ni sawa na gramu 115.</ft></f> za fedha na mkanda wa askari shujaa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2SA.18.12" />Lakini huyo mtu akamjibu Yoabu, “Hata kama ningepimiwa shekeli 1,000<f caller="+"><fr>18:12
</fr><ft>Shekeli 1,000 za fedha ni sawa na kilo 11.5.</ft></f> mikononi mwangu, nisingeinua mkono wangu dhidi ya mwana wa mfalme. Tukiwa tunasikia, mfalme alikuagiza wewe na Abishai pamoja na Itai, akisema, ‘Mlindeni kijana Absalomu kwa ajili yangu.’
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2SA.18.13" />Nami kama ningekuwa nimemtendea kwa hila, na hakuna lolote linalofichika kwa mfalme, wewe mwenyewe ungejitenga nami.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2SA.18.14" />Yoabu akasema, “Mimi sitapoteza muda hapa pamoja nawe.” Hivyo akachukua mikuki mitatu mkononi mwake, akamchoma Absalomu nayo moyoni alipokuwa angali hai akiningʼinia katika ule mwaloni.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2SA.18.15" />Nao wabeba silaha kumi wa Yoabu wakamzunguka Absalomu, wakampiga na kumuua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2SA.18.16" />Kisha Yoabu akapiga tarumbeta, navyo vikosi vikaacha kuwafuata Israeli, kwa maana Yoabu aliwasimamisha.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2SA.18.17" />Wakamchukua Absalomu, wakamtupa katika shimo kubwa huko msituni na kulundika lundo kubwa la mawe juu yake. Huko nyuma, Waisraeli wote wakakimbilia nyumbani kwao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2SA.18.18" />Wakati wa uhai wa Absalomu alikuwa amechukua nguzo na kuisimamisha katika Bonde la Mfalme, kwa maana alifikiri, “Sina mwana atakayeendeleza kumbukumbu ya jina langu.” Akaita nguzo hiyo kwa jina lake mwenyewe. Nayo inaitwa Mnara wa Ukumbusho wa Absalomu mpaka leo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Daudi Aomboleza Kifo Cha Absalomu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2SA.18.19" />Basi Ahimaasi mwana wa Sadoki akasema, “Niruhusu mimi nikimbie na kumpelekea mfalme habari kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> amemwokoa mfalme kutoka mikononi mwa adui zake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2SA.18.20" />Yoabu akamwambia Ahimaasi, “Leo si wewe utakayepeleka habari. Unaweza kupeleka habari wakati mwingine, lakini leo haikupasi kupeleka, kwa sababu mwana wa mfalme amekufa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="2SA.18.21" />Ndipo Yoabu akamwambia mtu mmoja Mkushi, “Nenda, ukamwambie mfalme kile ulichoona.” Mkushi akasujudu mbele ya Yoabu akaondoka mbio.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2SA.18.22" />Ahimaasi mwana wa Sadoki akamwambia tena Yoabu, “Liwalo na liwe, tafadhali niruhusu nikimbie nyuma ya huyo Mkushi.”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini Yoabu akajibu, “Mwanangu, mbona wataka kwenda? Wewe huna habari yoyote itakayokupa tuzo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="2SA.18.23" />Ahimaasi akasema, “Liwalo na liwe, nataka kukimbia.”
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa hiyo Yoabu akamwambia, “Haya, kimbia!” Ndipo Ahimaasi akakimbia kufuata njia ya kupitia tambarare, akafika kabla ya huyo Mkushi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="2SA.18.24" />Wakati Daudi alipokuwa ameketi kati ya lango la ndani na la nje, mlinzi akapanda juu ya paa la lango kupitia ukutani. Alipotazama nje, akaona mtu mmoja akikimbia peke yake.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2SA.18.25" />Mlinzi akampazia mfalme sauti na kumpa taarifa.
</p>
<p style="p">Mfalme akasema, “Ikiwa yuko peke yake, lazima atakuwa na habari njema.” Naye yule mtu akazidi kusogea karibu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="2SA.18.26" />Kisha mlinzi akaona mtu mwingine anakuja akikimbia, akamwita bawabu, “Tazama, mtu mwingine anakuja akikimbia peke yake!”
</p>
<p style="p">Mfalme akasema, “Lazima atakuwa analeta habari njema pia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="2SA.18.27" />Mlinzi akasema, “Ninaona kuwa yule wa kwanza anakimbia kama Ahimaasi mwana wa Sadoki.”
</p>
<p style="p">Mfalme akasema, “Yeye ni mtu mwema. Analeta habari njema.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="2SA.18.28" />Ndipo Ahimaasi akamwita mfalme, akasema, “Mambo yote ni mema!” Akasujudu mbele ya mfalme uso wake mpaka ardhini, akasema, “Ahimidiwe
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako! Yeye aliyewatoa watu wale walioinua mikono yao dhidi ya mfalme bwana wangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="2SA.18.29" />Mfalme akauliza, “Je, huyo kijana Absalomu yuko salama?”
</p>
<p style="p">Ahimaasi akajibu, “Kulikuwa na machafuko mengi mara tu Yoabu alipokuwa anataka kumtuma mtumishi wa mfalme pamoja nami mtumishi wako, lakini sijui ilikuwa nini?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="2SA.18.30" />Mfalme akasema, “Simama kando na usubiri hapa.” Basi akasogea kando na kusimama hapo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="2SA.18.31" />Ndipo huyo Mkushi akawasili na kusema, “Mfalme bwana wangu, sikia habari njema! Leo
<nd>Bwana</nd> amekuokoa kutoka kwa wale wote walioinuka dhidi yako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="2SA.18.32" />Mfalme akamuuliza huyo Mkushi, “Je, kijana Absalomu yuko salama?”
</p>
<p style="p">Huyo Mkushi akajibu, “Adui wa mfalme bwana wangu na wote wale walioinuka kukudhuru na wawe kama huyo kijana.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="2SA.18.33" />Mfalme akatetemeka. Akapanda chumbani juu kupitia langoni akilia. Alipokuwa akienda, akasema, “Ee mwanangu Absalomu! Mwanangu, mwanangu Absalomu! Laiti ningekufa badala yako: Ee Absalomu, mwanangu, mwanangu!”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="19" />
<s style="s1">Yoabu Amkemea Mfalme
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2SA.19.1" />Yoabu akaambiwa, “Mfalme analia na kumwombolezea Absalomu.”
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2SA.19.2" />Kwa jeshi lote, ushindi wa siku ile ukageuka kuwa maombolezo, kwa sababu siku ile vikosi vilisikia ikisemwa, “Mfalme anahuzunika kwa ajili ya mwanawe.”
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2SA.19.3" />Siku ile watu wakaingia mjini kimya kama vile waingiavyo kwa aibu watu waliokimbia kutoka vitani.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2SA.19.4" />Mfalme akafunika uso wake akalia kwa sauti, akisema, “Ee mwanangu Absalomu! Ee Absalomu, mwanangu, mwanangu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2SA.19.5" />Kisha Yoabu akaingia ndani ya nyumba ya mfalme na kusema, “Leo umewaaibisha watu wako wote, waliookoa maisha yako, maisha ya wanao na binti zako, maisha ya wake zako na masuria wako.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2SA.19.6" />Unawapenda wale wanaokuchukia, na unawachukia wale wanaokupenda. Leo umeonyesha wazi kwamba majemadari wako na watu wao hawana maana kwako. Naona kwamba ungefurahi kama Absalomu angekuwa hai leo na sisi sote tuwe tumekufa.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2SA.19.7" />Sasa utoke nje ukawatie moyo watu wako. Naapa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwamba ikiwa hutatoka nje, hakuna mtu atakayesalia pamoja nawe ifikapo leo jioni. Hii itakuwa mbaya zaidi kwako kuliko maafa yote yaliyokupata tangu ujana wako hadi sasa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2SA.19.8" />Kwa hiyo mfalme akaondoka akaketi kitini pake penye lango. Watu walipoambiwa, “Mfalme ameketi langoni,” watu wote wakamjia.
</p>
<s style="s1">Daudi Arudi Yerusalemu
</s>
<p style="p">Wakati huo, Waisraeli walikuwa wamekimbilia nyumbani kwao.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2SA.19.9" />Katika makabila yote ya Israeli, watu walikuwa wanabishana wao kwa wao, wakisema, “Mfalme alituokoa kutoka mikononi mwa adui zetu; ndiye alituokoa kutoka mikononi mwa Wafilisti. Lakini sasa mfalme ameikimbia nchi kwa sababu ya Absalomu,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2SA.19.10" />naye Absalomu, tuliyemtia mafuta atutawale, amekufa vitani. Basi mbona hamsemi lolote kuhusu kumrudisha mfalme?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2SA.19.11" />Mfalme Daudi akapeleka ujumbe huu kwa makuhani Sadoki na Abiathari, kusema: “Waulizeni wazee wa Yuda, ‘Kwa nini mwe wa mwisho kumrudisha mfalme katika jumba lake la kifalme, maadamu kile kinachosemwa katika Israeli yote kimemfikia mfalme katika makao yake?
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2SA.19.12" />Ninyi ni ndugu zangu, nyama yangu na damu yangu mwenyewe. Kwa hiyo kwa nini mwe wa mwisho kumrudisha mfalme?’
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2SA.19.13" />Nanyi mwambieni Amasa, ‘Je, wewe si nyama yangu mwenyewe na damu yangu? Mungu na anishughulikie, tena kwa ukali, kama kuanzia sasa na kuendelea wewe si jemadari wa jeshi langu mahali pa Yoabu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2SA.19.14" />Aliipata mioyo ya watu wote wa Yuda kama vile walikuwa mtu mmoja. Wakapeleka ujumbe kwa mfalme, kusema, “Rudi, wewe na watu wako wote.”
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2SA.19.15" />Ndipo mfalme akarudi, akaenda hadi kufikia Mto Yordani.
</p>
<p style="p">Basi watu wa Yuda walikuwa wamekuja mpaka Gilgali ili kutoka kwenda kumlaki mfalme na kumvusha Mto Yordani.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2SA.19.16" />Shimei mwana wa Gera, wa kabila la Benyamini kutoka Bahurimu, akaharakisha kuteremka pamoja na watu wa Yuda ili kumlaki Mfalme Daudi.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2SA.19.17" />Pamoja naye walikuwepo Wabenyamini elfu moja wakiwa wamefuatana na Siba, msimamizi wa nyumba ya Sauli, pia wanawe kumi na watano, na watumishi ishirini. Wakaharakisha kwenda Yordani, mahali mfalme alipokuwa.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2SA.19.18" />Wakavuka kivuko ili kuwachukua watu wa nyumbani mwa mfalme ili kuwavusha na kufanya kila kitu alichotaka.
</p>
<p style="p">Shimei mwana wa Gera alipovuka Yordani, akaanguka kifudifudi mbele ya mfalme,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2SA.19.19" />na kumwambia, “Bwana wangu na asinihesabie hatia. Usikumbuke jinsi mtumishi wako alivyofanya kosa siku ile bwana wangu mfalme alipoondoka Yerusalemu. Mfalme aliondoe moyoni mwake.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2SA.19.20" />Kwa maana mimi mtumishi wako najua nimefanya dhambi, lakini leo nimekuja hapa kama wa kwanza wa nyumba yote ya Yosefu kushuka na kumlaki bwana wangu mfalme.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="2SA.19.21" />Ndipo Abishai mwana wa Seruya akasema, “Je, Shimei hapaswi kuuawa kwa ajili ya hili? Alimlaani mpakwa mafuta wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2SA.19.22" />Daudi akajibu, “Mimi nina nini nanyi, enyi wana wa Seruya? Leo hii mmekuwa adui zangu! Je, leo kuna yeyote atakayeuawa katika Israeli? Je, mimi sijui kuwa leo ndimi mfalme katika Israeli yote?”
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="2SA.19.23" />Basi mfalme akamwambia Shimei, “Hutakufa.” Naye mfalme akamwahidi kwa kiapo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="2SA.19.24" />Pia Mefiboshethi mwana wa Sauli akashuka kwenda kumlaki mfalme. Hakuwa amenawa miguu wala kunyoa ndevu zake wala kufua nguo zake tangu siku mfalme alipoondoka Yerusalemu mpaka siku aliporudi ile salama.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2SA.19.25" />Wakati alipotoka Yerusalemu kuja kumlaki mfalme, mfalme akamuuliza, “Mefiboshethi, kwa nini hukufuatana nami?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="2SA.19.26" />Akasema, “Bwana wangu mfalme, maadamu mimi mtumishi wako ni kiwete, nilisema, ‘Nitandikiwe punda wangu, nimpande, ili niweze kwenda pamoja na mfalme.’ Lakini Siba mtumishi wangu akanisaliti.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="2SA.19.27" />Naye amemchongea mtumishi wako kwa bwana wangu mfalme. Bwana wangu mfalme ni kama malaika wa Mungu, kwa hiyo fanya lolote linalokupendeza.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="2SA.19.28" />Wazao wote wa baba yangu hawastahili kitu kingine isipokuwa kifo kutoka kwa bwana wangu mfalme, lakini ulimpa mtumishi wako nafasi miongoni mwa wale waliokula mezani pako. Je, ninayo haki gani kumwomba mfalme zaidi ya hayo?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="2SA.19.29" />Mfalme akamwambia, “Kwa nini useme zaidi? Naamuru wewe na Siba mgawanye mashamba.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="2SA.19.30" />Mefiboshethi akamwambia mfalme, “Mruhusu achukue kila kitu, kwa kuwa sasa bwana wangu mfalme amerudi nyumbani salama.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="2SA.19.31" />Barzilai, Mgileadi, pia akashuka kutoka Rogelimu ili kuvuka Yordani pamoja na mfalme na kumsindikiza kutoka huko.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="2SA.19.32" />Basi Barzilai alikuwa mzee sana mwenye umri wa miaka themanini. Alikuwa amempatia mfalme mahitaji wakati alipokuwa anaishi huko Mahanaimu, kwa kuwa alikuwa mtu tajiri sana.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="2SA.19.33" />Mfalme akamwambia Barzilai, “Vuka pamoja nami na ukae nami huko Yerusalemu, nami nitakupatia mahitaji yako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="2SA.19.34" />Lakini Barzilai akamjibu mfalme, “Je, nitaishi miaka mingine mingapi, hata nipande kwenda Yerusalemu pamoja na mfalme?
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="2SA.19.35" />Sasa nina miaka themanini. Je, naweza kutofautisha kati ya lililo jema na lililo baya? Je, mtumishi wako anaweza kujua ladha ya kile anachokula au anachokunywa? Je, bado naweza kusikiliza sauti za waimbaji wa kiume na za wanawake? Kwa nini mtumishi wako aongeze mzigo kwa bwana wangu mfalme?
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="2SA.19.36" />Mtumishi wako atavuka Yordani pamoja na mfalme kwa umbali mfupi tu, lakini kwa nini mfalme anizawadie kwa namna hii?
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="2SA.19.37" />Mruhusu mtumishi wako arudi, ili mimi nikafie katika mji wangu mwenyewe karibu na kaburi la baba yangu na mama yangu. Lakini yupo hapa mtumishi wako Kimhamu. Mruhusu avuke pamoja na bwana wangu mfalme. Mtendee lolote linalokupendeza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="2SA.19.38" />Mfalme akamwambia Barzilai, “Kimhamu atavuka Yordani pamoja nami, nami nitamtendea lolote litakalokupendeza. Nawe kitu chochote unachotaka kutoka kwangu nitakutendea.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="2SA.19.39" />Kwa hiyo watu wote wakavuka Yordani, kisha mfalme akavuka. Mfalme akambusu Barzilai na kumbariki; Barzilai akarudi nyumbani kwake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="2SA.19.40" />Mfalme alipovuka kwenda Gilgali, Kimhamu akavuka pamoja naye. Vikosi vyote vya Yuda na nusu ya vikosi vya Israeli vilimvusha mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="2SA.19.41" />Baada ya kitambo kidogo watu wote wa Israeli wakaja kwa mfalme na kumwambia, “Kwa nini ndugu zetu, watu wa Yuda, wamemrudisha mfalme kwa siri bila kutushirikisha, na kumvusha ngʼambo ya Yordani, yeye na nyumba yake, pamoja na watu wake wote?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="2SA.19.42" />Watu wote wa Yuda wakawajibu watu wa Israeli, “Tulifanya hivi kwa sababu mfalme ni jamaa yetu wa karibu. Kwa nini mnakasirikia jambo hili? Je, tumekula kitu chochote cha mfalme? Je, tumejichukulia kitu chochote kwa ajili yetu wenyewe?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="43" bcv="2SA.19.43" />Ndipo watu wa Israeli wakawajibu watu wa Yuda, “Tunayo haki mara kumi kwa mfalme; sisi tunahusika zaidi na Daudi kuliko ninyi. Kwa nini basi mnatudharau? Je, hatukuwa wa kwanza kuzungumza kuhusu kumrudisha mfalme nyumbani?”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini watu wa Yuda wakajibu kwa ukali hata zaidi kuliko watu wa Israeli.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="20" />
<s style="s1">Sheba Aasi Dhidi Ya Daudi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2SA.20.1" />Basi, kulikuwa na mtu mbaya sana aliyeitwa Sheba mwana wa Bikri, Mbenyamini, aliyekuwako huko. Akapiga tarumbeta na kupaza sauti,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Hatuna fungu katika Daudi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hatuna sehemu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika mwana wa Yese!
</q>
<q style="q1">Kila mtu aende hemani mwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">enyi Israeli!”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="2SA.20.2" />Kwa hiyo watu wote wa Israeli wakamwacha Daudi na kumfuata Sheba mwana Bikri. Lakini watu wa Yuda wakawa karibu na mfalme wao katika safari yote kutoka Yordani mpaka Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2SA.20.3" />Daudi aliporudi katika jumba lake la kifalme huko Yerusalemu, aliwachukua wale masuria kumi aliokuwa amewaacha ili kuangalia jumba la kifalme na kuwaweka ndani ya nyumba chini ya ulinzi. Akawapa mahitaji yao lakini hakukutana nao kimwili. Waliwekwa kifungoni wakaishi kama wajane mpaka kifo chao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2SA.20.4" />Ndipo mfalme akamwambia Amasa, “Waite watu wa Yuda waje kwangu katika muda wa siku tatu, nawe mwenyewe uwepo hapa.”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2SA.20.5" />Lakini Amasa alipokwenda kuwaita Yuda, alichukua muda mrefu zaidi ya ule mfalme aliokuwa amemwekea.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2SA.20.6" />Daudi akamwambia Abishai, “Sasa Sheba mwana wa Bikri atatuletea madhara zaidi kuliko alivyofanya Absalomu. Wachukue watu wa bwana wako na umfuatie, la sivyo atapata mji wenye ngome na kututoroka.”
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2SA.20.7" />Hivyo watu wa Yoabu, na Wakerethi na Wapelethi, pamoja na wapiganaji mashujaa wote wakaondoka chini ya uongozi wa Abishai. Wakatoka Yerusalemu ili kumfuata Sheba mwana wa Bikri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2SA.20.8" />Wakati walikuwa kwenye mwamba mkubwa huko Gibeoni, Amasa alikuja kuwalaki. Yoabu alikuwa amevaa mavazi yake ya kijeshi; juu yake alifunga mkanda kwenye kiuno wenye upanga ndani ya ala. Alipokuwa akienda mbele, ule upanga ukaanguka kutoka kwenye ala.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2SA.20.9" />Yoabu akamwambia Amasa, “U hali gani, ndugu yangu?” Kisha Yoabu akamshika Amasa ndevu kwa mkono wake wa kuume ili ambusu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2SA.20.10" />Amasa hakuona upanga uliokuwa mkononi mwa Yoabu, naye Yoabu akamchoma nao tumboni, nayo matumbo yake yakamwagika chini. Pasipo kuchomwa mara ya pili, Amasa akafa. Basi Yoabu na Abishai nduguye wakamfuatia Sheba mwana wa Bikri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2SA.20.11" />Mmoja wa watu wa Yoabu akasimama kando ya Amasa, akasema, “Yeyote ampendaye Yoabu na yeyote aliye upande wa Daudi, na amfuate Yoabu!”
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2SA.20.12" />Amasa alikuwa akigaagaa katika damu yake katikati ya barabara; mtu mmoja akaona kwamba vikosi vyote vilikuwa vinasimama pale. Huyo mtu alipotambua kwamba kila aliyefika pale Amasa alipokuwa alisimama, alimburuta Amasa kutoka barabarani mpaka kwenye shamba na kutupia nguo juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2SA.20.13" />Baada ya Amasa kuondolewa kutoka barabarani, watu wote walienda pamoja na Yoabu kumfuatia Sheba mwana wa Bikri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2SA.20.14" />Sheba akapita katika makabila yote ya Israeli hadi Abel-Beth-Maaka na kupitia eneo lote la Waberi ambao walijikusanya pamoja na kumfuata.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2SA.20.15" />Vikosi vyote vya Yoabu vikaja na kumhusuru Sheba mwana wa Bikri huko Abel-Beth-Maaka. Wakauzingira mji kwa kuweka vikosi vya askari, ili kukabiliana na ngome ya mji. Walipokuwa wanagongagonga ukuta ili kuubomoa na kuuangusha chini,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2SA.20.16" />mwanamke mmoja mwenye busara akaita kutoka ndani ya mji, akisema, “Sikilizeni! Sikilizeni! Mwambieni Yoabu aje hapa ili niweze kuzungumza naye.”
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2SA.20.17" />Yoabu alikwenda mbele yake, akamuuliza, “Wewe ni Yoabu?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akamjibu, “Ndiye mimi.”
</p>
<p style="p">Yule mwanamke akamwambia, “Sikiliza kile mtumishi wako atakachokuambia.” Akamwambia, “Ninasikiliza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2SA.20.18" />Huyo mwanamke akaendelea kusema, “Zamani za kale walikuwa wakisema, ‘Wakaulize ushauri huko Abeli,’ hivyo kulimaliza lile shauri.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2SA.20.19" />Sisi ni watu wa amani na waaminifu katika Israeli. Wewe unajaribu kuharibu mji ambao ni mama katika Israeli. Kwa nini unataka kumeza urithi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2SA.20.20" />Yoabu akajibu, “Hilo liwe mbali nami. Hilo liwe mbali nami kumeza au kuharibu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2SA.20.21" />Hivyo sivyo ilivyo. Mtu mmoja jina lake Sheba mwana wa Bikri, kutoka nchi ya vilima vya Efraimu, ameinua mkono wake dhidi ya mfalme, dhidi ya Daudi. Nikabidhini mtu huyu mmoja, nami nitajiondoa katika mji huu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Huyu mwanamke akamwambia Yoabu, “Kichwa chake mtatupiwa kupitia juu ya ukuta.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2SA.20.22" />Ndipo huyo mwanamke akaenda kwa watu wote akiwa na ushauri wake wa busara, nao wakakata kichwa cha Sheba mwana wa Bikri na kumtupia Yoabu. Kwa hiyo Yoabu akapiga tarumbeta, na watu wake wakatawanyika kutoka mjini, kila mmoja akirejea nyumbani kwake. Naye Yoabu akarudi kwa mfalme huko Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="2SA.20.23" />Yoabu alikuwa jemadari wa jeshi lote la Israeli; Benaya mwana wa Yehoyada alikuwa juu ya Wakerethi na Wapelethi;
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="2SA.20.24" />Adoramu alikuwa kiongozi wa wale waliofanya kazi ya kulazimishwa; Yehoshafati mwana wa Ahiludi alikuwa mweka kumbukumbu;
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2SA.20.25" />Sheva<f caller="+"><fr>20:25
</fr><ft>Sheva mahali pengine ameitwa Shausha (</ft><xt>1Nya 18:16; 1Fal 4:3</xt><ft>).</ft></f> alikuwa mwandishi; Sadoki na Abiathari walikuwa makuhani;
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="2SA.20.26" />na Ira, Myairi, alikuwa kuhani wa Daudi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="21" />
<s style="s1">Wagibeoni Walipiza Kisasi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2SA.21.1" />Wakati wa utawala wa Daudi kulikuwa na njaa kwa miaka mitatu mfululizo, kwa hiyo Daudi akautafuta uso wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, “Ni kwa sababu ya Sauli na nyumba yake iliyotiwa madoa ya damu, kwa sababu aliwaua Wagibeoni.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="2SA.21.2" />Mfalme akawaita Wagibeoni na kuzumgumza nao. (Wagibeoni hawakuwa wa wana wa Israeli, ila walikuwa mabaki ya Waamori. Waisraeli walikuwa wameapa kuwaacha hai, lakini Sauli katika wivu wake kwa ajili ya Israeli na Yuda, alikuwa amejaribu kuwaangamiza.)
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2SA.21.3" />Daudi akawauliza Wagibeoni, “Niwatendee nini? Nitawaridhishaje ili mbariki urithi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2SA.21.4" />Wagibeoni wakamjibu, “Hatuna haki ya kudai fedha wala dhahabu kutoka kwa Sauli au jamaa yake, wala hatuna haki ya kumuua mtu yeyote katika Israeli.”
</p>
<p style="p">Daudi akawauliza, “Mnataka niwafanyie nini?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2SA.21.5" />Wakamjibu mfalme, “Kwa habari ya mtu aliyetuangamiza na kufanya hila mbaya dhidi yetu ili kwamba tuangamizwe na tusiwe na yeyote katika Israeli,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2SA.21.6" />tupatieni wazao wake saba wa kiume tuwaue hadharani mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> huko Gibea ya Sauli, aliyekuwa amechaguliwa na
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
</p>
<p style="p">Basi mfalme akasema, “Nitawakabidhi kwenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2SA.21.7" />Mfalme akamhifadhi Mefiboshethi mwana wa Yonathani, mwana wa Sauli, kwa sababu ya kile kiapo mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kati ya Daudi na Yonathani.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2SA.21.8" />Lakini mfalme akamchukua Armoni na Mefiboshethi, wana wawili wa Rispa binti Aiya, ambao alikuwa amemzalia Sauli, pamoja na wana watano wa Merabu binti Sauli, aliokuwa amemzalia Adrieli mwana wa Barzilai, Mmeholathi.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2SA.21.9" />Akawakabidhi kwa Wagibeoni, ambao waliwaua na kuwaweka wazi juu ya kilima mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Wote saba walianguka kwa pamoja; waliuawa katika siku za kwanza za mavuno, mara tu uvunaji wa shayiri ulipokuwa unaanza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2SA.21.10" />Rispa binti Aiya akachukua nguo ya gunia, akajitandikia juu ya mwamba. Kuanzia mwanzo wa mavuno mpaka mvua ziliponyesha juu ya miili ya hao waliouawa, Rispa hakuruhusu ndege wa angani kuwagusa wakati wa mchana, wala wanyama wa mwitu wakati wa usiku.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2SA.21.11" />Daudi alipoambiwa kile Rispa binti Aiya, suria wa Sauli, alichokuwa amekifanya,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2SA.21.12" />alikwenda akachukua mifupa ya Sauli na mwanawe Yonathani kutoka kwa watu wa Yabeshi-Gileadi. (Walikuwa wameichukua kwa siri kutoka uwanja wa watu wote huko Beth-Shani, mahali ambapo Wafilisti walikuwa wamewatundika baada ya kumuua Sauli huko Gilboa.)
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2SA.21.13" />Daudi akaileta mifupa ya Sauli na ya mwanawe Yonathani kutoka huko, pia mifupa ya wale waliokuwa wameuawa na kutupwa ilikusanywa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2SA.21.14" />Wakazika mifupa ya Sauli na ya mwanawe Yonathani katika kaburi la Kishi, babaye Sauli, huko Sela katika nchi ya Benyamini, nao wakafanya kila kitu mfalme alichoagiza. Baada ya hayo, Mungu akajibu maombi kwa ajili ya nchi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Vita Dhidi Ya Wafilisti
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Nyakati 20:4-8)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2SA.21.15" />Kwa mara nyingine tena kulikuwa na vita kati ya Wafilisti na Israeli. Daudi akashuka pamoja na watu wake ili kupigana dhidi ya Wafilisti, naye akawa amechoka sana.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2SA.21.16" />Naye Ishbi-Benobu, mmoja wa wazao wa Warefai,<f caller="+"><fr>21:16
</fr><ft>Yaani majitu.</ft></f> ambaye mkuki wake ulikuwa na uzito wa shekeli 300 za shaba,<f caller="+"><fr>21:16
</fr><ft>Shekeli 300 za shaba ni sawa na kilo 3.5.</ft></f> alikuwa amejifunga upanga mpya, naye alisema angemuua Daudi.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2SA.21.17" />Lakini Abishai mwana wa Seruya akaja kumwokoa Daudi; akampiga huyo Mfilisti, akamwangusha chini na kumuua. Ndipo watu wakamwapia Daudi, wakisema, “Kamwe hutakwenda tena nasi vitani, ili kwamba taa ya Israeli isije ikazimwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2SA.21.18" />Baada ya muda, kukawa na vita nyingine na Wafilisti, huko Gobu. Wakati huo Sibekai, Mhushathi, akamuua Safu, mmoja wa wazao wa Warefai.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2SA.21.19" />Katika vita vingine na Wafilisti huko Gobu, Elhanani mwana wa Yaare-Oregimu, Mbethlehemu, alimuua nduguye Goliathi, Mgiti, ambaye mkuki wake ulikuwa na mpini kama mti wa mfumaji.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2SA.21.20" />Katika vita vingine tena, vilivyopiganwa huko Gathi, kulikuwako na mtu mmoja mkubwa mwenye vidole sita katika kila mkono na vidole sita kila mguu, jumla vidole ishirini na vinne. Yeye alikuwa pia mzao wa Mrefai.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2SA.21.21" />Alipowadhihaki Israeli, Yonathani mwana wa Shimea, nduguye Daudi, akamuua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2SA.21.22" />Hawa wanne walikuwa wazao wa Warefai huko Gathi, nao walianguka kwa mikono ya Daudi na watu wake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="22" />
<s style="s1">Wimbo Wa Daudi Wa Sifa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Zaburi 18)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2SA.22.1" />Daudi alimwimbia
<nd>Bwana</nd> maneno ya wimbo huu wakati
<nd>Bwana</nd> alipomwokoa mikononi mwa adui zake wote, na pia mkononi mwa Sauli.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2SA.22.2" />Akasema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“<nd>Bwana</nd> ni mwamba wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ngome yangu na mwokozi wangu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="2SA.22.3" />Mungu wangu ni mwamba wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye kwake ninakimbilia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ngao yangu na pembe ya wokovu wangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Yeye ni ngome yangu, kimbilio langu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mwokozi wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huniokoa kutoka kwa watu wenye jeuri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="2SA.22.4" />Ninamwita
<nd>Bwana</nd>, anayestahili kusifiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami ninaokolewa kutoka kwa adui zangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="2SA.22.5" />“Mawimbi ya mauti yalinizunguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mafuriko ya maangamizi yalinilemea.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="2SA.22.6" />Kamba za kuzimu<f caller="+"><fr>22:6
</fr><ft>Kuzimu kwa Kiebrania ni Sheol, maana yake ni Shimo lisilo na mwisho.</ft></f> zilinizunguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mitego ya mauti ilinikabili.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="2SA.22.7" />Katika shida yangu nalimwita
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilimlilia Mungu wangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kutoka Hekaluni mwake alisikia sauti yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kilio changu kikafika masikioni mwake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="2SA.22.8" />“Dunia ilitetemeka na kutikisika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">misingi ya mbingu ikatikisika,
</q>
<q style="q1">vilitetemeka kwa sababu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alikuwa amekasirika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="2SA.22.9" />Moshi ukapanda kutoka puani mwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">moto uteketezao ukatoka kinywani mwake,
</q>
<q style="q1">makaa ya moto yawakayo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yakatoka ndani mwake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="2SA.22.10" />Akazipasua mbingu akashuka chini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mawingu meusi yalikuwa chini ya miguu yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="2SA.22.11" />Alipanda juu ya kerubi akaruka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akapaa juu kwa mbawa za upepo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="2SA.22.12" />Alifanya giza hema lake la kujifunika:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mawingu meusi ya mvua ya angani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="2SA.22.13" />Kutokana na mwanga wa uwepo wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mawingu yalisogea,
</q>
<q style="q1">ikanyesha mvua ya mawe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na umeme wa radi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="2SA.22.14" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alinguruma kutoka mbinguni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sauti ya Aliye Juu Sana ilisikika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="2SA.22.15" />Aliipiga mishale na kutawanya adui,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umeme wa radi na kuwafukuza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="2SA.22.16" />Mabonde ya bahari yalifunuliwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na misingi ya dunia ikawa wazi
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kukaripia kwake
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa uvumi wa pumzi kutoka puani mwake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="2SA.22.17" />“Alinyoosha mkono kutoka juu na kunishika;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alinitoa kutoka kilindi cha maji makuu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="2SA.22.18" />Aliniokoa kutoka adui wangu mwenye nguvu nyingi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka adui zangu waliokuwa na nguvu nyingi kuliko mimi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="2SA.22.19" />Walinikabili siku ya msiba wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa msaada wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="2SA.22.20" />Alinileta nje mahali penye nafasi tele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akaniokoa kwa kuwa alipendezwa nami.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="2SA.22.21" />“<nd>Bwana</nd> alinitendea sawasawa na uadilifu wangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sawasawa na usafi wa mikono yangu amenilipa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="2SA.22.22" />Kwa maana nimezishika njia za
<nd>Bwana</nd>;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sijatenda ubaya nikamwacha Mungu wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="2SA.22.23" />Sheria zake zote zi mbele yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala sijayaacha maagizo yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="2SA.22.24" />Nimekuwa sina hatia mbele zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nimejilinda nisitende dhambi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="2SA.22.25" /><nd>Bwana</nd> amenilipa sawasawa na uadilifu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sawasawa na usafi wangu machoni pake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="2SA.22.26" />“Kwa yeye aliye mwaminifu unajionyesha kuwa mwaminifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa asiye na hatia unajionyesha kutokuwa na hatia,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="2SA.22.27" />kwa aliye mtakatifu unajionyesha kuwa mtakatifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini kwa aliyepotoka unajionyesha kuwa mkaidi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="2SA.22.28" />Wewe huwaokoa wanyenyekevu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini macho yako ni juu ya wenye kiburi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili uwashushe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="2SA.22.29" />Wewe ni taa yangu, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> hulifanya giza langu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa mwanga.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="2SA.22.30" />Kwa msaada wako naweza kushinda jeshi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikiwa pamoja na Mungu wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitaweza kuruka ukuta.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="2SA.22.31" />“Kuhusu Mungu, njia yake ni kamilifu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> halina dosari.
</q>
<q style="q1">Yeye ni ngao kwa wote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaokimbilia kwake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="2SA.22.32" />Kwa maana ni nani aliye Mungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zaidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>?
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni nani aliye Mwamba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">isipokuwa Mungu wetu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="2SA.22.33" />Mungu ndiye anivikaye nguvu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufanya njia yangu kuwa kamilifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="2SA.22.34" />Huifanya miguu yangu kama miguu ya kulungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huniwezesha kusimama mahali palipo juu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="2SA.22.35" />Huifundisha mikono yangu kupigana vita;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mikono yangu inaweza kupinda upinde wa shaba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="36" bcv="2SA.22.36" />Hunipa ngao yako ya ushindi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unajishusha chini ili kuniinua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="37" bcv="2SA.22.37" />Huyapanua mapito yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili miguu yangu isiteleze.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="38" bcv="2SA.22.38" />“Niliwafuatia adui zangu na nikawaseta,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikurudi nyuma mpaka walipoangamizwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="39" bcv="2SA.22.39" />Niliwaseta kabisa, nao hawakuweza kuinuka tena;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walianguka chini ya miguu yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="40" bcv="2SA.22.40" />Ulinivika nguvu kwa ajili ya kupigana vita;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uliwafanya adui zangu wasujudu miguuni pangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="41" bcv="2SA.22.41" />Uliwafanya adui zangu wageuke na kukimbia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nikawaangamiza adui zangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="42" bcv="2SA.22.42" />Walipiga yowe, lakini hapakuwepo na yeyote wa kuwaokoa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walimlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, lakini hakuwajibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="43" bcv="2SA.22.43" />Niliwaponda kama mavumbi ya nchi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niliwaponda na kuwakanyaga kama tope barabarani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="44" bcv="2SA.22.44" />“Umeniokoa kutokana na mashambulizi ya watu wangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umenihifadhi mimi kama kiongozi wa mataifa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watu ambao sikuwajua wananitumikia,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="45" bcv="2SA.22.45" />nao wageni huja wakininyenyekea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mara wanisikiapo, hunitii.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="46" bcv="2SA.22.46" />Wote wanalegea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanatoka katika ngome zao wakitetemeka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="47" bcv="2SA.22.47" />“<nd>Bwana</nd> yu hai! Sifa ni kwa Mwamba wangu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Atukuzwe Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mwamba, Mwokozi wangu!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="48" bcv="2SA.22.48" />Yeye ndiye Mungu anilipiziaye kisasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ayawekaye mataifa chini yangu,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="49" bcv="2SA.22.49" />aniwekaye huru toka kwa adui zangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Uliniinua juu ya adui zangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uliniokoa toka kwa watu wajeuri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="50" bcv="2SA.22.50" />Kwa hiyo nitakusifu, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katikati ya mataifa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitaliimbia sifa jina lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="51" bcv="2SA.22.51" />Humpa mfalme wake ushindi mkuu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huonyesha fadhili zake kwa mpakwa mafuta wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa Daudi na wazao wake milele.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="23" />
<s style="s1">Maneno Ya Mwisho Ya Daudi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2SA.23.1" />Haya ni maneno ya mwisho ya Daudi:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Neno la Daudi mwana wa Yese,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">neno la mtu aliyeinuliwa na Aliye Juu Sana,
</q>
<q style="q1">mtu aliyepakwa mafuta na Mungu wa Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwimbaji wa nyimbo wa Israeli:
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="2SA.23.2" />“Roho wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alinena kupitia kwangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">neno lake lilikuwa ulimini mwangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="2SA.23.3" />Mungu wa Israeli alinena,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwamba wa Israeli akaniambia:
</q>
<q style="q1">‘Mtu anatawala watu kwa haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati anapotawala
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akiwa na hofu ya Mungu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="2SA.23.4" />yeye ni kama mwanga wa asubuhi jua lichomozapo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asubuhi isiyo na mawingu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama mwanga baada ya mvua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uchipuzao majani kutoka ardhini.’
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="2SA.23.5" />“Je, si hivyo ilivyo nyumba yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele za Mungu?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, hajafanya Agano la milele nami,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lililopangwa na kuimarishwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila sehemu?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, hatanifanya niufurahie wokovu wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunijalia matakwa yangu yote?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="2SA.23.6" />Lakini watu waovu wote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watatupwa kando kama miiba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambayo haikusanywi kwa mkono.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="2SA.23.7" />Yeyote agusaye miiba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hutumia chombo cha chuma
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au mpini wa mkuki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo huchomwa pale ilipo.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Mashujaa Wa Daudi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Nyakati 11:10-41)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2SA.23.8" />Haya ndiyo majina ya mashujaa wa Daudi:
</p>
<p style="p">Yosheb-Bashebethi,<f caller="+"><fr>23:8
</fr><ft>Yosheb-Bashebethi au Yashobeamu (</ft><xt>1Nya 11:11</xt><ft>).</ft></f> Mtahkemoni, alikuwa kiongozi wa wale Watatu; yeye aliinua mkuki wake dhidi ya watu 800, ambao aliwaua katika pambano moja.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2SA.23.9" />Wa pili wake alikuwa Eleazari mwana wa Dodai,<f caller="+"><fr>23:9
</fr><ft>Dodai tafsiri nyingine zinamwita Dodo.</ft></f> Mwahohi. Akiwa mmojawapo wa wale mashujaa watatu, alikuwa pamoja na Daudi wakati waliwadhihaki Wafilisti waliokuwa wamekusanyika huko Pas-Damimu kwa ajili ya vita. Kisha watu wa Israeli wakarudi nyuma,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2SA.23.10" />lakini yeye alisimama imara akawaua Wafilisti hadi mkono wake ukachoka na ukagandamana na upanga.
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawapa ushindi mkubwa siku ile. Vikosi vikarudi kwa Eleazari, kuteka tu nyara za waliokufa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2SA.23.11" />Aliyefuata alikuwa Shama mwana wa Agee, Mharari. Wafilisti walipokusanyika pamoja mahali palipokuwa shamba lililojaa dengu, vikosi vya Israeli viliwakimbia.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2SA.23.12" />Lakini Shama akasimama imara katikati ya lile shamba. Akalitetea na kuwaua Wafilisti, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawapa ushindi mkubwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2SA.23.13" />Wakati wa mavuno, viongozi watatu kati ya viongozi thelathini walishuka, wakamwendea Daudi katika pango la Adulamu, wakati kikundi cha Wafilisti kilikuwa kimepiga kambi katika Bonde la Warefai.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2SA.23.14" />Wakati huo Daudi alikuwa katika ngome, na kambi ya Wafilisti ilikuwa huko Bethlehemu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2SA.23.15" />Daudi akatamani maji, akasema, “Laiti mtu angenipatia maji ya kunywa kutoka kisima kilicho karibu na lango la Bethlehemu!”
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2SA.23.16" />Basi mashujaa hao watatu wakapenya katikati ya Wafilisti, wakaenda kuchota maji kutoka kwa kisima kilicho karibu na lango la Bethlehemu, wakamletea Daudi. Lakini Daudi akakataa kuyanywa. Badala yake, aliyamimina mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2SA.23.17" />Akasema, “Iwe mbali nami, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kufanya kitu hiki. Je, hii si damu ya watu ambao walikwenda kwa kuhatarisha maisha yao?” Naye Daudi hakuyanywa.
</p>
<p style="p">Haya yalifanywa na hao mashujaa watatu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2SA.23.18" />Abishai ndugu yake Yoabu mwana wa Seruya ndiye alikuwa kiongozi wa hao Watatu. Aliinua mkuki wake dhidi ya watu 300 ambao aliwaua, kwa hiyo naye akawa na sifa kama hao Watatu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2SA.23.19" />Je, hakupata heshima kubwa zaidi kuliko hao Watatu? Alikuwa jemadari wao, ingawa hakuhesabiwa miongoni mwao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2SA.23.20" />Benaya mwana wa Yehoyada alikuwa mpiganaji hodari kutoka Kabseeli ambaye alifanya mambo makubwa ya ujasiri. Aliwaua mashujaa wawili waliokuwa hodari kuliko wote wa Moabu. Pia alishuka shimoni kulipokuwa na theluji na kumuua simba.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2SA.23.21" />Pia alimuua Mmisri mrefu mkubwa. Ingawa Mmisri alikuwa na mkuki mkononi mwake, Benaya alimwendea akiwa na rungu. Alipokonya mkuki kutoka mkononi mwa Mmisri na kumuua kwa mkuki wake mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="2SA.23.22" />Haya yalikuwa mambo ya ushujaa ya Benaya mwana wa Yehoyada; naye pia alikuwa maarufu kama wale mashujaa watatu.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="2SA.23.23" />Yeye aliheshimiwa zaidi ya wale Thelathini, lakini hakujumuishwa miongoni mwa wale Watatu. Daudi akamweka kuwa kiongozi wa walinzi wake.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="24" bcv="2SA.23.24" />Miongoni mwa wale Thelathini walikuwepo:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Asaheli ndugu wa Yoabu;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Elhanani mwana wa Dodo kutoka Bethlehemu;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="25" bcv="2SA.23.25" />Shama, Mharodi;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Elika, Mharodi;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="26" bcv="2SA.23.26" />Helesi, Mpalti;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Ira mwana wa Ikeshi kutoka Tekoa;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="27" bcv="2SA.23.27" />Abiezeri kutoka Anathothi;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Mebunai, Mhushathi;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="28" bcv="2SA.23.28" />Salmoni, Mwahohi;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Maharai, Mnetofathi;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="29" bcv="2SA.23.29" />Heledi mwana wa Baana, Mnetofathi;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Itai mwana wa Ribai kutoka Gibea ya Benyamini;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="30" bcv="2SA.23.30" />Benaya Mpirathoni;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Hidai kutoka mabonde ya Gaashi;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="31" bcv="2SA.23.31" />Abi-Alboni, Mwaribathi;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Azmawethi, Mbarhumi;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="32" bcv="2SA.23.32" />Eliaba, Mshaalboni;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">wana wa Yasheni;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yonathani
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="2SA.23.33" />mwana wa Shama, Mharari;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Ahiamu mwana wa Sharari, Mharari;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="34" bcv="2SA.23.34" />Elifeleti mwana wa Ahasbai, Mmaakathi;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Eliamu mwana wa Ahithofeli, Mgiloni;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="35" bcv="2SA.23.35" />Hezro, Mkarmeli;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Paarai, Mwarbi;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="36" bcv="2SA.23.36" />Igali mwana wa Nathani kutoka Soba;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Bani, Mgadi;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="37" bcv="2SA.23.37" />Seleki, Mwamoni;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Naharai, Mbeerothi, aliyekuwa mbeba silaha za Yoabu mwana wa Seruya;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="38" bcv="2SA.23.38" />Ira, Mwithiri;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Garebu, Mwithiri;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="39" bcv="2SA.23.39" />na Uria, Mhiti.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Jumla yao wote walikuwa watu thelathini na saba.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="24" />
<s style="s1">Daudi Ahesabu Wapiganaji
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Nyakati 21:1-27)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2SA.24.1" />Hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ikawaka tena dhidi ya Israeli, naye akamchochea Daudi dhidi yao, akisema, “Nenda ukawahesabu Israeli na Yuda.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="2SA.24.2" />Kwa hiyo mfalme akamwambia Yoabu, pamoja na majemadari wa jeshi aliokuwa nao, “Nendeni kwa makabila yote ya Israeli kuanzia Dani hadi Beer-Sheba na mwandikishe watu wapiganaji, ili niweze kujua idadi yao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2SA.24.3" />Lakini Yoabu akamjibu mfalme, “<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako na azidishe jeshi mara mia, nayo macho ya bwana wangu mfalme na yaone hili. Lakini kwa nini bwana wangu mfalme anataka kufanya kitu cha namna hii?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2SA.24.4" />Hata hivyo, neno la mfalme likawa na nguvu juu ya Yoabu pamoja na majemadari wa jeshi, kwa hiyo wakaondoka mbele ya mfalme kuandikisha wapiganaji wa Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2SA.24.5" />Baada ya kuvuka Yordani, walipiga kambi karibu na Aroeri, kusini ya mji ulioko kwenye bonde jembamba, ndipo wakipitia Gadi, wakaenda hadi Yazeri.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2SA.24.6" />Walikwenda hadi Gileadi na pia eneo la Tahtimu-Hodshi, wakaendelea hadi Dani-Yaani na kuzunguka kuelekea Sidoni.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2SA.24.7" />Kisha wakaenda kuelekea ngome ya Tiro pamoja na miji yote ya Wahivi na ya Wakanaani. Mwishoni, walikwenda mpaka Beer-Sheba katika Negebu ya Yuda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2SA.24.8" />Baada ya kupita katika nchi nzima, walirudi Yerusalemu baada ya miezi tisa na siku ishirini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2SA.24.9" />Yoabu akatoa hesabu ya wapiganaji kwa mfalme: Katika Israeli kulikuwako watu 800,000 wenye uwezo wa kupigana, na katika Yuda watu 500,000.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2SA.24.10" />Dhamiri ya Daudi ilishtuka baada ya kuwahesabu wapiganaji, naye akamwambia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Nimefanya dhambi kubwa kwa kufanya jambo hili. Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, sasa ninakusihi, ondoa hatia ya mtumishi wako. Nimefanya jambo la kipumbavu sana.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2SA.24.11" />Kabla Daudi hajaamka kesho yake asubuhi, neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilikuwa limemjia Gadi nabii, aliyekuwa mwonaji wa Daudi, kusema:
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2SA.24.12" />“Nenda ukamwambie Daudi, ‘Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Ninakupa wewe uchaguzi wa mambo matatu. Nichagulie mojawapo nitakalotenda dhidi yako.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2SA.24.13" />Basi Gadi akaenda kwa Daudi na kumwambia, “Je, ije njaa ya miaka mitatu katika nchi yako? Au miezi mitatu ya kukimbia adui zako wakikufuatia? Au siku tatu za tauni katika nchi yako? Basi sasa, fikiri juu ya hilo na uamue jinsi nitakavyomjibu huyo aliyenituma.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2SA.24.14" />Daudi akamjibu Gadi, “Nitataabika sana. Afadhali tuangukie mikononi mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa maana rehema zake ni kuu, lakini usiniache nianguke mikononi mwa wanadamu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2SA.24.15" />Basi
<nd>Bwana</nd> akatuma tauni katika Israeli kuanzia asubuhi mpaka mwisho wa muda ulioamriwa, wakafa watu 70,000 kuanzia Dani hadi Beer-Sheba.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2SA.24.16" />Malaika aliponyoosha mkono wake ili kuangamiza Yerusalemu,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akahuzunika kwa sababu ya maafa, akamwambia yule malaika aliyekuwa anawadhuru watu, “Yatosha! Rudisha mkono wako.” Wakati huo malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa kwenye sakafu ya kupuria ya Arauna,<f caller="+"><fr>24:16
</fr><ft>Pia anaitwa Ornani kwa Kiebrania.</ft></f> Myebusi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2SA.24.17" />Ikawa Daudi alipomwona huyo malaika aliyekuwa akiwaua watu, akamwambia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Mimi ndiye niliyetenda dhambi na kukosa. Hawa ni kondoo tu. Wamefanya nini? Mkono wako uwe juu yangu na nyumba yangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Daudi Ajenga Madhabahu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2SA.24.18" />Siku hiyo Gadi akamwendea Daudi na kumwambia, “Panda ukamjengee
<nd>Bwana</nd> madhabahu kwenye sakafu ya kupuria ya Arauna Myebusi.”
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2SA.24.19" />Kwa hiyo Daudi akakwea kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyokuwa ameamuru kwa kinywa cha Gadi.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2SA.24.20" />Arauna alipotazama na kumwona mfalme na watu wake wakija kumwelekea, alitoka nje na kusujudu mbele ya mfalme kifudifudi, akiuinamisha uso wake ardhini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="2SA.24.21" />Arauna akasema, “Mbona bwana wangu mfalme amekuja kwa mtumishi wake?”
</p>
<p style="p">Daudi akajibu, “Kununua sakafu yako ya kupuria, ili niweze kumjengea
<nd>Bwana</nd> madhabahu, ili tauni iliyo katika watu iondolewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2SA.24.22" />Arauna akamwambia Daudi, “Bwana wangu mfalme na achukue chochote kinachompendeza na akitoe sadaka. Hapa kuna maksai kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa, pia kuna miti ya kupuria na nira za ngʼombe kwa ajili ya kuni.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="2SA.24.23" />Ee mfalme, Arauna anatoa vyote hivi kwa mfalme.” Pia Arauna akamwambia mfalme, “<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako na akukubali.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="2SA.24.24" />Lakini mfalme akamjibu Arauna, “La hasha, nasisitiza kuvilipia. Sitatoa sadaka ya kuteketezwa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wangu isiyonigharimu chochote.”
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa hiyo Daudi akanunua ile sakafu ya kupuria nafaka na maksai, akazilipia shekeli hamsini za fedha.<f caller="+"><fr>24:24
</fr><ft>Shekeli 50 za fedha ni sawa na gramu 600.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2SA.24.25" />Kisha Daudi akamjengea
<nd>Bwana</nd> madhabahu mahali hapo, na kutoa sadaka za kuteketezwa na sadaka za amani. Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akajibu kwa ajili ya nchi, nayo tauni ikakoma katika Israeli.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="1KI"><id id="1KI">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>1 Wafalme
</h><toc level="1">1 Wafalme
</toc><toc level="2">1 Wafalme
</toc><toc level="3">1Fal
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">1 Wafalme
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Adoniya Ajitangaza Mfalme
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1KI.1.1" />Mfalme Daudi alipokuwa mzee umri ukiwa umesogea, hakuweza kupata joto hata walipomfunika kwa nguo.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1KI.1.2" />Kwa hiyo watumishi wake wakamwambia, “Turuhusu tumtafute kijana mwanamwali bikira amhudumie mfalme na kumtunza. Anaweza kulala pembeni mwake ili bwana wetu mfalme apate joto.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1KI.1.3" />Kisha wakatafuta katika Israeli yote ili kumpata msichana mzuri wa sura na wakampata Abishagi, Mshunami, wakamleta kwa mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1KI.1.4" />Msichana huyo alikuwa mzuri sana wa sura, akamtunza mfalme na kumhudumia, lakini mfalme hakufanya naye tendo la ndoa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1KI.1.5" />Basi Adoniya, ambaye mama yake alikuwa Hagithi, akajigamba na kusema, “Mimi nitakuwa mfalme.” Hivyo akajiwekea tayari magari na wapanda farasi, pamoja na watu hamsini wa kumtangulia wakikimbia.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1KI.1.6" />(Baba yake hakuwa ameingilia na kumuuliza, “Kwa nini unafanya hivyo?” Alikuwa pia kijana mzuri sana wa sura, na alizaliwa baada ya Absalomu.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1KI.1.7" />Adoniya akashauriana pamoja na Yoabu mwana wa Seruya na kuhani Abiathari, nao wakamsaidia.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1KI.1.8" />Lakini kuhani Sadoki, Benaya mwana wa Yehoyada, Nathani nabii, Shimei, Rei na walinzi maalum wa Daudi hawakujiunga na Adoniya.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1KI.1.9" />Ndipo Adoniya akatoa dhabihu ya kondoo, ngʼombe na ndama walionona kwenye Jiwe la Zohelethi karibu na En-Rogeli. Akawaalika ndugu zake wote, wana wa mfalme na wanaume wote wa Yuda waliokuwa maafisa wa mfalme,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1KI.1.10" />lakini hakumwalika nabii Nathani, Benaya, walinzi maalum wa mfalme, wala ndugu yake Solomoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1KI.1.11" />Ndipo Nathani akamuuliza Bathsheba, mama yake Solomoni, “Je, hujasikia kwamba Adoniya, mwana wa Hagithi, amekuwa mfalme pasipo bwana wetu Daudi kujua jambo hili?
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1KI.1.12" />Sasa basi, acha nikushauri jinsi utakavyookoa uhai wako mwenyewe na uhai wa mwanao Solomoni.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1KI.1.13" />Ingia kwa Mfalme Daudi na umwambie, ‘Bwana wangu mfalme, je hukuniapia mimi mtumishi wako: “Hakika mwanao Solomoni atakuwa mfalme baada yangu na ndiye atakayeketi juu ya kiti changu cha ufalme”? Kwa nini basi Adoniya amekuwa mfalme?’
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1KI.1.14" />Utakapokuwa ukizungumza na mfalme, nitaingia na kuthibitisha hayo uliyoyasema.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1KI.1.15" />Hivyo Bathsheba akaenda kumwona mfalme chumbani mwake mahali ambapo Abishagi, Mshunami, alikuwa akimhudumia, naye mfalme alikuwa mzee sana.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1KI.1.16" />Bathsheba akasujudu na kupiga magoti mbele ya mfalme.
</p>
<p style="p">Mfalme akauliza, “Ni nini hiki unachotaka?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1KI.1.17" />Akamwambia, “Bwana wangu, wewe mwenyewe uliniapia mimi mtumishi wako kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako kwamba: ‘Solomoni Mwanao atakuwa mfalme baada yangu na ndiye atakayeketi kwenye kiti changu cha ufalme.’
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1KI.1.18" />Lakini sasa Adoniya amekuwa mfalme, nawe, bwana wangu mfalme huna habari kuhusu jambo hilo.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1KI.1.19" />Ametoa dhabihu idadi kubwa ya ngʼombe, ndama walionona na kondoo, naye amewaalika wana wa mfalme wote, kuhani Abiathari, na Yoabu jemadari wa jeshi, lakini hakumwalika Solomoni mtumishi wako.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1KI.1.20" />Bwana wangu mfalme, macho ya Israeli yote yanakutazama wewe wajue kutoka kwako kuwa ni nani atakayeketi katika kiti cha ufalme cha bwana wangu mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1KI.1.21" />Kama sivyo, mara tu bwana wangu mfalme atakapopumzishwa pamoja na baba zake, mimi na mwanangu Solomoni tutatendewa kama wahalifu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="1KI.1.22" />Alipokuwa angali anazungumza na mfalme, nabii Nathani akafika.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1KI.1.23" />Wakamwambia mfalme, “Nabii Nathani yuko hapa.” Kisha akaenda mbele ya mfalme na kumsujudia hadi uso wake ukagusa ardhi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="1KI.1.24" />Nathani akasema, “Je, bwana wangu mfalme, umetangaza kuwa Adoniya atakuwa mfalme baada yako na kwamba ataketi kwenye kiti chako cha ufalme?
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1KI.1.25" />Leo ameshuka na kutoa dhabihu idadi kubwa ya ngʼombe, ndama walionona na kondoo. Amewaalika wana wote wa mfalme, jemadari wa jeshi na kuhani Abiathari. Sasa hivi, wanakula na kunywa pamoja naye wakisema, ‘Aishi maisha marefu, Mfalme Adoniya!’
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="1KI.1.26" />Lakini mimi mtumishi wako, kuhani Sadoki, Benaya mwana wa Yehoyada na mtumishi wako Solomoni hakutualika.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1KI.1.27" />Je, hili ni jambo ambalo bwana wangu mfalme amelifanya pasipo kuwajulisha watumishi wake ili wapate kujua ni nani atakayeketi kwenye kiti cha ufalme cha bwana wangu mfalme baada yake?”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Daudi Amfanya Solomoni Kuwa Mfalme
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="1KI.1.28" />Ndipo Mfalme Daudi akasema, “Mwite Bathsheba, aingie ndani.” Hivyo akaingia mbele ya mfalme na kusimama mbele yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="1KI.1.29" />Ndipo mfalme akaapa: “Hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo, ambaye ameniokoa kutoka kila taabu,
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1KI.1.30" />hakika nitatekeleza leo kile nilichokuapia kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli: Mwanao Solomoni atakuwa mfalme baada yangu, naye ataketi kwenye kiti changu cha ufalme baada yangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="1KI.1.31" />Kisha Bathsheba akasujudu akipiga magoti mbele ya mfalme uso wake ukigusa ardhi akasema, “Bwana wangu Mfalme Daudi na aishi milele!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="1KI.1.32" />Mfalme Daudi akasema, “Mwite kuhani Sadoki ndani, nabii Nathani na Benaya mwana wa Yehoyada.” Walipofika mbele ya mfalme,
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="1KI.1.33" />akawaambia: “Wachukueni watumishi wa bwana wenu pamoja nanyi na mkamkalishe mwanangu Solomoni juu ya nyumbu wangu mwenyewe mkamteremshe hadi Gihoni.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="1KI.1.34" />Huko kuhani Sadoki na nabii Nathani wamtie mafuta awe mfalme juu ya Israeli. Pigeni tarumbeta na mpaze sauti, ‘Mfalme Solomoni aishi maisha marefu!’
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="1KI.1.35" />Kisha mtapanda pamoja naye, atakuja na kuketi kwenye kiti changu cha ufalme na kutawala badala yangu. Nimemweka awe mtawala juu ya Israeli na Yuda.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="1KI.1.36" />Benaya mwana wa Yehoyada akamjibu mfalme, “Amen!
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa bwana wangu mfalme, na aseme vivyo hivyo.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="1KI.1.37" />Kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyokuwa na bwana wangu mfalme, vivyo hivyo na awe na Solomoni kukifanya kiti chake cha utawala kuwa kikuu kuliko kile cha bwana wangu Mfalme Daudi!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="1KI.1.38" />Hivyo kuhani Sadoki, nabii Nathani, Benaya mwana wa Yehoyada, Wakerethi na Wapelethi wakampandisha Solomoni juu ya nyumbu wa Mfalme Daudi, nao wakamsindikiza hadi Gihoni.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="1KI.1.39" />Kuhani Sadoki akachukua pembe ya mafuta kutoka kwenye hema takatifu na kumtia Solomoni mafuta. Kisha wakapiga tarumbeta na watu wote wakapaza sauti wakisema, “Mfalme Solomoni aishi maisha marefu!”
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="1KI.1.40" />Na watu wote wakakwea wakimfuata, wakipiga filimbi na kushangilia sana, hata ardhi ikatikisika kwa ile sauti.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="1KI.1.41" />Adoniya pamoja na wageni wote waliokuwa pamoja naye wakasikia sauti hiyo walipokuwa wakimalizia karamu yao. Waliposikia sauti ya tarumbeta, Yoabu akauliza, “Nini maana ya makelele yote haya katika mji?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="1KI.1.42" />Hata alipokuwa anasema, Yonathani mwana wa kuhani Abiathari akafika. Adoniya akasema, “Ingia ndani. Mtu mstahiki kama wewe ni lazima alete habari njema.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="43" bcv="1KI.1.43" />Yonathani akajibu, “La hasha! Mfalme Daudi bwana wetu amemfanya Solomoni kuwa mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="1KI.1.44" />Mfalme amemtuma pamoja naye kuhani Sadoki, nabii Nathani, Benaya mwana wa Yehoyada, Wakerethi na Wapelethi, nao wamempandisha juu ya nyumbu wa mfalme,
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="1KI.1.45" />nao kuhani Sadoki na nabii Nathani wamemtia mafuta kuwa mfalme huko Gihoni. Kuanzia hapo wameendelea kushangilia na sauti zimeenea pote mjini. Hizo ndizo kelele unazosikia.
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="1KI.1.46" />Zaidi ya hayo, Solomoni ameketi juu ya kiti chake cha ufalme.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="1KI.1.47" />Pia, maafisa wa mfalme wamekuja ili kumtakia heri bwana wetu Mfalme Daudi wakisema, ‘Mungu wako na alifanye jina la Solomoni kuwa mashuhuri kuliko lako na kiti chake cha ufalme kiwe na ukuu kuliko chako!’ Naye mfalme akasujudu akiabudu kitandani mwake
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="1KI.1.48" />na kusema, ‘Ahimidiwe
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, ambaye ameruhusu macho yangu kuona mrithi juu ya kiti changu cha ufalme leo hii.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="49" bcv="1KI.1.49" />Katika hili, wageni wote wa Adoniya wakainuka kwa mshtuko wa hofu na kutawanyika.
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="1KI.1.50" />Lakini Adoniya kwa kumwogopa Solomoni, akaenda na kushika pembe za madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="1KI.1.51" />Kisha Solomoni akaambiwa, “Adoniya anamwogopa Mfalme Solomoni na ameshikilia pembe za madhabahu. Anasema, ‘Mfalme Solomoni na aniapie leo kwamba hatamuua mtumishi wake kwa upanga.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="52" bcv="1KI.1.52" />Solomoni akajibu, “Kama akijionyesha kuwa mtu mstahiki, hakuna unywele wake utakaoanguka juu ya ardhi, lakini kama uovu ukionekana ndani yake, atakufa.”
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="1KI.1.53" />Ndipo Mfalme Solomoni akawatuma watu, nao wakamshusha kutoka madhabahuni. Naye Adoniya akaja akamwinamia Mfalme Solomoni, naye Solomoni akamwambia, “Nenda nyumbani kwako.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Maagizo Ya Daudi Kwa Solomoni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1KI.2.1" />Siku zilipokaribia za Daudi kufa, akampa mwanawe Solomoni agizo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="1KI.2.2" />Akasema, “Mimi ninakaribia kwenda njia ya dunia yote. Hivyo uwe hodari, jionyeshe kuwa mwanaume,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1KI.2.3" />shika lile
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako analokuagiza: Enenda katika njia zake, ushike maagizo na amri zake, sheria zake na kanuni zake, kama ilivyoandikwa katika Sheria ya Mose, ili upate kustawi katika yote ufanyayo na popote uendako,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1KI.2.4" />ili kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> aweze kunitimizia ahadi yake: ‘Kama wazao wako wakiangalia sana wanavyoishi, na kama wakienenda kwa uaminifu mbele zangu kwa mioyo yao yote na kwa roho zao zote, kamwe hutakosa kuwa na mtu kwenye kiti cha ufalme cha Israeli.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1KI.2.5" />“Sasa wewe mwenyewe unafahamu lile Yoabu mwana wa Seruya alilonitendea, lile alilofanya kwa majemadari wawili wa majeshi ya Israeli, Abneri mwana wa Neri, na Amasa mwana wa Yetheri. Aliwaua, akimwaga damu yao wakati wa amani kama vile ni kwenye vita, tena akaipaka damu ile kwenye mkanda uliokuwa kiunoni mwake na viatu alivyovaa miguuni mwake.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1KI.2.6" />Shughulika naye kwa kadiri ya hekima yako, lakini usiache kichwa chake chenye mvi kishukie kaburi kwa amani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1KI.2.7" />“Lakini uwaonyeshe wema wana wa Barzilai wa Gileadi na uwaruhusu wawe miongoni mwa wale walao mezani pako. Walisimama nami nilipomkimbia ndugu yako Absalomu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1KI.2.8" />“Ukumbuke, unaye Shimei mwana wa Gera, Mbenyamini kutoka Bahurimu, ambaye alinilaani kwa laana kali siku niliyokwenda Mahanaimu. Aliposhuka kunilaki huko Yordani, nilimwapia kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>: ‘Sitakuua kwa upanga!’
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1KI.2.9" />Lakini sasa, usidhani kwamba hana hatia. Wewe ni mtu wa hekima, utajua la kumtendea. Zishushe mvi zake kaburini kwa damu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1KI.2.10" />Kisha Daudi akapumzika pamoja na baba zake naye akazikwa katika Mji wa Daudi.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1KI.2.11" />Daudi alikuwa ametawala juu ya Israeli miaka arobaini: huko Hebroni alitawala miaka saba, na katika Yerusalemu akatawala miaka thelathini na mitatu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1KI.2.12" />Kwa hiyo Solomoni akaketi katika kiti cha ufalme cha baba yake Daudi, nao utawala wake ukaimarika sana.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kiti Cha Ufalme Cha Solomoni Chaimarishwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1KI.2.13" />Basi Adoniya, mwana wa Hagithi, akaenda kwa Bathsheba, mama yake Solomoni. Bathsheba akamuuliza, “Je, umekuja kwa amani?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akajibu, “Ndiyo, kwa amani.”
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1KI.2.14" />Kisha akaongeza, “Ninalo jambo la kukuambia.”
</p>
<p style="p">Akajibu, “Waweza kulisema.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1KI.2.15" />Akasema, “Kama unavyojua, ufalme ulikuwa wangu. Israeli wote waliniangalia mimi kama mfalme wao. Lakini mambo yalibadilika, ufalme umekwenda kwa ndugu yangu, kwa maana umemjia kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1KI.2.16" />Sasa ninalo ombi moja ninalokuomba. Usinikatalie.”
</p>
<p style="p">Bathsheba akasema, “Waweza kuliomba.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1KI.2.17" />Kwa hiyo akaendelea kusema, “Tafadhali mwombe Mfalme Solomoni, anipatie Abishagi, Mshunami, awe mke wangu; hatakukatalia wewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1KI.2.18" />Bathsheba akamjibu, “Vema sana, nitazungumza na mfalme kwa ajili yako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1KI.2.19" />Bathsheba alipokwenda kwa Mfalme Solomoni kuzungumza naye kwa ajili ya Adoniya, mfalme alisimama kumlaki mama yake, akamwinamia na kuketi kwenye kiti chake cha ufalme. Akaamuru kiti cha ufalme kuletwa kwa ajili ya mama yake mfalme, naye akaketi mkono wake wa kuume.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="1KI.2.20" />Bathsheba akamwambia mfalme, “Ninalo ombi moja dogo la kukuomba; usinikatalie.”
</p>
<p style="p">Mfalme akajibu, “Omba, mama yangu; sitakukatalia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="1KI.2.21" />Akasema, “Mruhusu Abishagi, Mshunami, aolewe na ndugu yako Adoniya.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="1KI.2.22" />Mfalme Solomoni akamjibu mama yake, “Kwa nini uombe Abishagi, Mshunami, kwa ajili ya Adoniya? Ungeweza pia kuomba ufalme kwa ajili yake, kwani yeye ni ndugu yangu mkubwa: naam, kwa ajili yake, na kwa kuhani Abiathari na Yoabu mwana wa Seruya!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1KI.2.23" />Mfalme Solomoni akaapa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akasema: “Mungu na aniulie mbali, tena bila huruma, ikiwa Adoniya hatalipa kwa uhai wake kwa ajili ya ombi hili!
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1KI.2.24" />Basi sasa, hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo, yeye ambaye ameniimarisha salama kwenye kiti cha ufalme cha Daudi baba yangu, naye amenipa ufalme wa kudumu kama alivyoahidi, Adoniya atauawa leo!”
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1KI.2.25" />Hivyo Mfalme Solomoni akatoa amri kwa Benaya mwana wa Yehoyada, naye akampiga Adoniya akafa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="1KI.2.26" />Mfalme akamwambia kuhani Abiathari, “Nenda huko Anathothi katika mashamba yako. Wewe unastahili kufa, lakini sitakuua sasa, kwa sababu ulilichukua Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi mbele ya Daudi baba yangu na ulishiriki taabu zote za baba yangu.”
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1KI.2.27" />Hivyo Solomoni akamwondoa Abiathari kwenye ukuhani wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akilitimiza neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> alilokuwa amenena huko Shilo kuhusu nyumba ya Eli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="1KI.2.28" />Habari zilipomfikia Yoabu, ambaye alikuwa amefanya shauri baya na Adoniya, lakini sio na Absalomu, alikimbilia kwenye hema la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kushika pembe za madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="1KI.2.29" />Mfalme Solomoni akaambiwa kuwa Yoabu amekimbilia kwenye hema la
<nd>Bwana</nd> naye alikuwa kando ya madhabahu. Basi Solomoni akamwagiza Benaya mwana wa Yehoyada: “Nenda ukamuue!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="1KI.2.30" />Ndipo Benaya akaingia kwenye hema la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kumwambia Yoabu, “Mfalme anasema, ‘Toka nje!’ ”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini akajibu, “La! Nitafia hapa hapa.”
</p>
<p style="p">Benaya akamwarifu mfalme, “Hivi ndivyo Yoabu alivyonijibu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="1KI.2.31" />Kisha mfalme akamwamuru Benaya, “Fanya kama asemavyo. Muue na kumzika, ili uniondolee mimi na nyumba ya baba yangu dhambi ya damu isiyokuwa na hatia ile Yoabu aliyoimwaga.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="1KI.2.32" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atamlipiza kwa ajili ya damu aliyoimwaga, kwa sababu pasipo Daudi baba yangu kujua, aliwashambulia watu wawili na kuwaua kwa upanga. Wote wawili, Abneri mwana wa Neri, jemadari wa jeshi la Israeli, na Amasa mwana wa Yetheri, jemadari wa jeshi la Yuda, walikuwa watu wazuri na wanyofu kuliko yeye.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="1KI.2.33" />Hatia ya damu yao na iwe juu ya kichwa cha Yoabu na wazao wake milele. Lakini kwa Daudi na uzao wake, nyumba yake na kiti chake cha ufalme, iwepo amani ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> milele.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="1KI.2.34" />Basi Benaya mwana wa Yehoyada akakwea, akampiga na kumuua Yoabu, naye akazikwa katika nchi yake mwenyewe katika jangwa.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="1KI.2.35" />Mfalme akamweka Benaya mwana wa Yehoyada juu ya jeshi kwenye nafasi ya Yoabu na kumweka kuhani Sadoki badala ya Abiathari.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="1KI.2.36" />Kisha mfalme akatuma ujumbe kwa Shimei na kumwambia, “Ujijengee nyumba huko Yerusalemu uishi huko, lakini usiende mahali pengine popote.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="1KI.2.37" />Siku utakayoondoka kuvuka Bonde la Kidroni, uwe na hakika utakufa; damu yako itakuwa juu ya kichwa chako mwenyewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="1KI.2.38" />Shimei akamjibu mfalme, “Ulilolisema ni jema. Mtumishi wako atatenda kama bwana wangu mfalme alivyosema.” Naye Shimei akakaa Yerusalemu kwa muda mrefu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="1KI.2.39" />Lakini baada ya miaka mitatu, watumwa wawili wa Shimei wakatoroka kwenda kwa Akishi mwana wa Maaka, mfalme wa Gathi, naye Shimei akaambiwa, “Watumwa wako wako Gathi.”
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="1KI.2.40" />Kwa ajili ya hili, Shimei akatandika punda wake, akaenda kwa Akishi huko Gathi kuwatafuta watumwa wake. Basi Shimei akaondoka na kuwarudisha watumwa wake kutoka Gathi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="1KI.2.41" />Solomoni alipoambiwa kuwa Shimei ametoka Yerusalemu na kwenda Gathi na amekwisha kurudi,
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="1KI.2.42" />mfalme akamwita Shimei na kumwambia, “Je, sikukuapiza kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kukuonya kuwa, ‘Siku utakayoondoka kwenda mahali pengine popote, uwe na hakika utakufa?’ Wakati ule uliniambia, ‘Ulilolisema ni jema. Nitatii!’
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="1KI.2.43" />Kwa nini basi hukutunza kiapo chako kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kutii amri niliyokupa?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="44" bcv="1KI.2.44" />Pia mfalme akamwambia Shimei, “Unajua katika moyo wako makosa uliyomtendea baba yangu Daudi. Sasa
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakulipiza kwa ajili ya mabaya yako uliyotenda.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="1KI.2.45" />Lakini Mfalme Solomoni atabarikiwa, na kiti cha ufalme cha Daudi kitakuwa imara mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> milele.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="46" bcv="1KI.2.46" />Kisha mfalme akatoa amri kwa Benaya mwana wa Yehoyada, naye akatoka nje, akampiga Shimei na kumuua.
</p>
<p style="p">Sasa ufalme ukawa umeimarika kikamilifu mikononi mwa Solomoni.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Solomoni Anaomba Hekima
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 1:3-12)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1KI.3.1" />Solomoni akafanya urafiki na Mfalme Farao wa Misri na kumwoa binti yake. Akamleta huyo binti katika Mji wa Daudi mpaka alipomaliza kujenga jumba lake la kifalme na Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, pamoja na ukuta kuzunguka Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1KI.3.2" />Hata hivyo, watu bado walikuwa wakitoa dhabihu huko kwenye vilima, kwa sababu Hekalu lilikuwa bado halijajengwa kwa ajili ya Jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1KI.3.3" />Solomoni akaonyesha upendo wake kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa kuenenda sawasawa na amri za Daudi baba yake, ila yeye alitoa dhabihu na kufukiza uvumba huko mahali pa juu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1KI.3.4" />Mfalme akaenda Gibeoni kutoa dhabihu, kwa maana ndipo palipokuwa mahali pa juu pa kuabudia, naye Solomoni akatoa sadaka elfu moja za kuteketezwa juu ya hayo madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1KI.3.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamtokea Solomoni huko Gibeoni wakati wa usiku katika ndoto, naye Mungu akasema, “Omba lolote utakalo nikupe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1KI.3.6" />Solomoni akajibu, “Umemfanyia mtumishi wako, baba yangu Daudi, fadhili nyingi, kwa kuwa alikuwa mwaminifu kwako na mwenye haki, tena mnyofu wa moyo. Nawe umemzidishia fadhili hii kuu kwani umempa mwana wa kuketi kwenye kiti chake cha ufalme, kama ilivyo leo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1KI.3.7" />“Sasa, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wangu, umemfanya mtumishi wako mfalme badala ya baba yangu Daudi. Lakini mimi ni mtoto mdogo tu, wala sijui jinsi ya kutekeleza wajibu wangu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1KI.3.8" />Mtumishi wako yuko hapa miongoni mwa watu uliowachagua: taifa kubwa, watu wengi wasioweza kuhesabika wala kutoa idadi yao.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1KI.3.9" />Hivyo mpe mtumishi wako moyo wa ufahamu ili kutawala watu wako na kupambanua kati ya mema na mabaya. Kwa maana, ni nani awezaye kutawala watu wako hawa walio wengi hivi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1KI.3.10" />Bwana akapendezwa kwamba Solomoni ameliomba jambo hili.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1KI.3.11" />Basi Mungu akamwambia, “Kwa kuwa umeomba neno hili na hukuomba maisha marefu au upate utajiri kwa nafsi yako, wala adui zako wafe, bali umeomba ufahamu katika kutoa haki,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1KI.3.12" />nitafanya lile uliloomba. Nitakupa moyo wa hekima na wa ufahamu, kiasi kwamba hajakuwepo mtu mwingine kama wewe, wala kamwe hatakuwepo baada yako.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1KI.3.13" />Zaidi ya hayo, nitakupa yale ambayo hukuomba, yaani utajiri na heshima, ili kwamba maisha yako yote hapatakuwa na mtu kama wewe miongoni mwa wafalme.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1KI.3.14" />Nawe kama ukienenda katika njia zangu na kutii sheria na amri zangu kama baba yako Daudi alivyofanya, nitakupa maisha marefu.”
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1KI.3.15" />Ndipo Solomoni akaamka, akatambua kuwa ilikuwa ndoto.
</p>
<p style="p">Akarudi Yerusalemu, akasimama mbele ya Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, naye akatoa dhabihu za kuteketezwa na sadaka za amani. Kisha akawafanyia watumishi wake wote karamu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Utawala Wa Hekima
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="1KI.3.16" />Basi wanawake wawili makahaba walikuja kwa mfalme na kusimama mbele yake.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1KI.3.17" />Mmojawapo akasema, “Bwana wangu, mimi na mwanamke huyu tunaishi kwenye nyumba moja. Nilikuwa nimezaa alipokuwa pamoja nami.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1KI.3.18" />Siku ya tatu baada ya mtoto wangu kuzaliwa, mwanamke huyu pia naye akazaa mtoto. Tulikuwa peke yetu, hapakuwa na mtu mwingine yeyote katika nyumba isipokuwa sisi wawili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1KI.3.19" />“Wakati wa usiku mwana wa huyu mwanamke akafa kwa sababu alimlalia.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1KI.3.20" />Hivyo akaondoka katikati ya usiku na kumchukua mwanangu kutoka ubavuni pangu wakati mimi mtumishi wako nilipokuwa nimelala. Akamweka kifuani mwake na kumweka mwanawe aliyekufa kifuani mwangu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1KI.3.21" />Asubuhi yake, nikaamka ili kumnyonyesha mwanangu, naye alikuwa amekufa! Lakini nilipomwangalia sana katika nuru ya asubuhi, niliona kuwa hakuwa yule mwana niliyekuwa nimemzaa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="1KI.3.22" />Huyo mwanamke mwingine akasema, “Hapana! Mwana aliye hai ndiye wangu, aliyekufa ni wako.”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini yule wa kwanza akasisitiza, “Hapana! Mwana aliyekufa ni wako, aliye hai ni wangu.” Hivi ndivyo walivyobishana mbele ya mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1KI.3.23" />Mfalme akasema, “Huyu anasema, ‘Mwanangu ndiye aliye hai, na aliyekufa ndiye mwanao,’ maadamu yule anasema, ‘Hapana! Aliyekufa ni wako, na aliye hai ni wangu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="1KI.3.24" />Kisha mfalme akasema, “Nileteeni upanga.” Basi wakamletea mfalme upanga.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1KI.3.25" />Ndipo mfalme akatoa amri: “Mkate mtoto aliye hai vipande viwili; mpe huyu nusu na mwingine nusu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="1KI.3.26" />Mwanamke ambaye mwanawe alikuwa hai akajawa na huruma kwa ajili ya mwanawe na kumwambia mfalme, “Tafadhali, bwana wangu, mpe yeye mtoto aliye hai! Usimuue!”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini yule mwanamke mwingine akasema, “Mkate vipande viwili. Asiwe wangu au wake!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="1KI.3.27" />Kisha mfalme akatoa uamuzi wake: “Mpeni mama wa kwanza mtoto aliye hai. Msimuue; ndiye mama yake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="1KI.3.28" />Wakati Israeli yote iliposikia hukumu aliyotoa mfalme, wakamwogopa mfalme, kwa sababu waliona kuwa alikuwa na hekima kutoka kwa Mungu kwa kutoa haki.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Maafisa Wa Solomoni Na Watawala
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1KI.4.1" />Basi Mfalme Solomoni akatawala Israeli yote.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1KI.4.2" />Hawa ndio waliokuwa maafisa wake wakuu:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Kuhani: Azaria mwana wa Sadoki;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="3" bcv="1KI.4.3" />Elihorefu na Ahiya, wana wa Shisha: waandishi;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Yehoshafati mwana wa Ahiludi: karani;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="4" bcv="1KI.4.4" />Benaya mwana wa Yehoyada: jemadari mkuu wa jeshi;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Sadoki na Abiathari: makuhani;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="5" bcv="1KI.4.5" />Azaria mwana wa Nathani: kiongozi wa maafisa wa wilaya;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Zabudi mwana wa Nathani: kuhani na mshauri binafsi wa mfalme;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="6" bcv="1KI.4.6" />Ahishari: msimamizi wa jumba la kifalme;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Adoniramu mwana wa Abda: msimamizi wa kazi za kulazimisha.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1KI.4.7" />Pia Solomoni alikuwa na watawala kumi na wawili wa wilaya katika Israeli yote, walioleta mahitaji kwa mfalme na kwa watu wa nyumbani kwa mfalme. Kila mmoja alitoa chakula kwa mwezi mmoja katika mwaka.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1KI.4.8" />Majina yao ni haya:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Ben-Huri: katika nchi ya vilima ya Efraimu;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="9" bcv="1KI.4.9" />Ben-Dekeri: katika Makasi, Shaalbimu, Beth-Shemeshi na Elon-Bethhanani;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="10" bcv="1KI.4.10" />Ben-Hesedi: katika Arubothi (Soko na nchi yote ya Heferi zilikuwa zake);
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="11" bcv="1KI.4.11" />Ben-Abinadabu: katika Nafoth-Dori (alimwoa Tafathi binti Solomoni);
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="12" bcv="1KI.4.12" />Baana mwana wa Ahiludi: katika Taanaki na Megido, na katika Beth-Shani yote karibu na Sarethani chini ya Yezreeli, kuanzia Beth-Shani hadi Abel-Mehola kupita hadi Yokmeamu;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="13" bcv="1KI.4.13" />Ben-Geberi: katika Ramoth-Gileadi (makao ya Yairi mwana wa Manase katika Gileadi ilikuwa miji yake, pamoja na wilaya ya Argobu katika Bashani na miji yake mikubwa sitini yenye kuzungukwa na kuta zenye makomeo ya shaba);
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="14" bcv="1KI.4.14" />Ahinadabu mwana wa Ido: katika Mahanaimu;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="15" bcv="1KI.4.15" />Ahimaasi: katika Naftali (alikuwa amemwoa Basemathi binti Solomoni);
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="16" bcv="1KI.4.16" />Baana mwana wa Hushai: katika Asheri na katika Bealothi;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="17" bcv="1KI.4.17" />Yehoshafati mwana wa Parua: katika Isakari;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="18" bcv="1KI.4.18" />Shimei mwana wa Ela: katika Benyamini;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="19" bcv="1KI.4.19" />Geberi mwana wa Uri: katika Gileadi (nchi ya Sihoni mfalme wa Waamori na nchi ya Ogu mfalme wa Bashani). Naye alikuwa ndiye mtawala pekee katika eneo hilo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mahitaji Ya Solomoni Ya Kila Siku
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="1KI.4.20" />Watu wa Yuda na Israeli walikuwa wengi kama mchanga wa pwani; walikula, wakanywa na kufurahi.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1KI.4.21" />Mfalme Solomoni akatawala katika falme zote kuanzia Mto Frati hadi nchi ya Wafilisti, hadi kwenye mpaka wa Misri. Nchi hizi zilileta ushuru na zilikuwa chini ya Solomoni, siku zote za maisha yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="1KI.4.22" />Mahitaji ya Solomoni ya kila siku yalikuwa kori thelathini<f caller="+"><fr>4:22
</fr><ft>Kori 30 ni sawa na madebe 360.</ft></f> za unga laini, kori sitini<f caller="+"><fr>4:22
</fr><ft>Kori 60 ni sawa na madebe 720.</ft></f> za unga wa kawaida.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1KI.4.23" />Ngʼombe kumi wa zizini, ngʼombe ishirini wa malisho, kondoo na mbuzi mia moja, pamoja na ayala, paa, kulungu na kuku wazuri sana.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1KI.4.24" />Kwa kuwa Solomoni alitawala falme zote magharibi ya mto, kuanzia Tifsa hadi Gaza, naye akawa na amani pande zote.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1KI.4.25" />Wakati wa maisha ya Solomoni Yuda na Israeli, kuanzia Dani mpaka Beer-Sheba, wakaishi salama kila mtu chini ya mzabibu wake na chini ya mtini wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="1KI.4.26" />Solomoni alikuwa na mabanda 4,000<f caller="+"><fr>4:26
</fr><ft>Waandishi wengine wanasema 40,000 (angalia
</ft><xt>2Nya 9:25</xt><ft>).</ft></f> ya magari ya vita, na farasi 12,000.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="1KI.4.27" />Maafisa wa eneo hilo, kila mmoja katika mwezi wake, walileta mahitaji kwa ajili ya Mfalme Solomoni na wote waliokula mezani mwa mfalme. Walihakikisha kuwa hakuna chochote kilichopungua.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1KI.4.28" />Pia walileta sehemu walizopangiwa za shayiri na majani kwa ajili ya farasi wavutao magari na farasi wengine mahali palipostahili.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Hekima Ya Solomoni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="1KI.4.29" />Mungu akampa Solomoni hekima na akili kubwa, pia ufahamu mpana usiopimika kama mchanga ulioko pwani ya bahari.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1KI.4.30" />Hekima ya Solomoni ilikuwa kubwa kuliko hekima ya watu wote wa Mashariki na kubwa kuliko hekima yote ya Misri.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="1KI.4.31" />Alikuwa na hekima kuliko kila mwandishi, akiwemo Ethani Mwezrahi: kuliko Hemani, Kalkoli na Darda, wana wa Maholi. Umaarufu wake ukaenea kwa mataifa yote yaliyomzunguka.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="1KI.4.32" />Akanena mithali 3,000 na nyimbo zake zilikuwa 1,005.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="1KI.4.33" />Akaelezea maisha ya mimea kuanzia mwerezi wa Lebanoni hadi hisopo iotayo ukutani. Pia akafundisha kuhusu wanyama na ndege, wanyama wenye damu baridi, wakiwemo samaki.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="1KI.4.34" />Watu wa mataifa yote wakaja kusikiliza hekima ya Solomoni, waliotumwa na wafalme wote wa ulimwengu, waliokuwa wamesikia juu ya hekima yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Maandalio Ya Ujenzi Wa Hekalu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 2:1-18)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1KI.5.1" />Hiramu mfalme wa Tiro aliposikia kuwa Solomoni ametiwa mafuta awe mfalme mahali pa Daudi baba yake, akatuma wajumbe kwa Solomoni, kwa sababu Hiramu siku zote alikuwa na uhusiano mzuri wa kirafiki na Daudi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1KI.5.2" />Solomoni akapeleka ujumbe huu kwa Hiramu:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="3" bcv="1KI.5.3" />“Unajua kwamba kwa sababu ya vita vilivyopiganwa dhidi ya baba yangu Daudi kutoka pande zote, hakuweza kujenga Hekalu kwa ajili ya Jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wake, hadi
<nd>Bwana</nd> alipowaweka adui zake chini ya miguu yake.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1KI.5.4" />Lakini sasa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wangu amenipa utulivu kila upande hakuna adui wala maafa.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1KI.5.5" />Kwa hiyo, ninakusudia kujenga Hekalu kwa ajili ya Jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wangu, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyomwambia baba yangu Daudi, wakati aliposema, ‘Mwanao nitakayemweka kwenye kiti cha ufalme mahali pako, ndiye atajenga Hekalu kwa ajili ya Jina langu.’
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="6" bcv="1KI.5.6" />“Hivyo toa amri ili mierezi ya Lebanoni ikatwe kwa ajili yangu. Watu wangu watafanya kazi na watu wako, nami nitawalipa watu wako kwa ujira wowote utakaoupanga. Unajua kwamba hatuna mtu yeyote mwenye ustadi katika kukata miti kama Wasidoni.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1KI.5.7" />Hiramu aliposikia ujumbe wa Solomoni, akafurahishwa sana akasema, “Ahimidiwe
<nd>Bwana</nd> leo, kwa kuwa amempa Daudi mwana mwenye hekima kutawala juu ya taifa hili kubwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1KI.5.8" />Hiramu akatuma neno kwa Solomoni:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Nimepokea ujumbe ulionipelekea na nitafanya yote unayohitaji katika kukupatia magogo ya mierezi na misunobari.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1KI.5.9" />Watu wangu watayakokota kutoka Lebanoni hadi kwenye bahari, nami nitayafunga mafungu mafungu yaelee juu ya maji hadi utakapoelekeza. Huko nitayatenganisha, nawe utaweza kuyachukua. Wewe utakidhi haja yangu kwa kunipatia chakula kwa ajili ya watu wa nyumbani mwangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1KI.5.10" />Kwa njia hii Hiramu akampa Solomoni miti yote ya mierezi na magogo ya misunobari kama alivyohitaji,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1KI.5.11" />naye Solomoni akampa Hiramu kori 20,000<f caller="+"><fr>5:11
</fr><ft>Kori 20,000 ni sawa na madebe 240,000.</ft></f> za ngano kama chakula kwa ajili ya watu wa nyumbani mwake, pamoja na mafuta safi ya zeituni yaliyokamuliwa bathi 20,000.<f caller="+"><fr>5:11
</fr><ft>Bathi 20,000 ni sawa na madebe 200.</ft></f> Solomoni aliendelea kumfanyia Hiramu hivyo mwaka baada ya mwaka.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1KI.5.12" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akampa Solomoni hekima, kama alivyomwahidi. Palikuwepo na uhusiano wa amani kati ya Hiramu na Solomoni, na wote wawili wakafanya mkataba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1KI.5.13" />Mfalme Solomoni akakusanya wafanyakazi 30,000 kutoka Israeli yote.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1KI.5.14" />Akawapeleka Lebanoni kwa zamu za watu 10,000 kwa mwezi, hivyo walikaa Lebanoni kwa mwezi mmoja na miezi miwili nyumbani. Adoniramu ndiye alikuwa kiongozi wa shokoa.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1KI.5.15" />Solomoni alikuwa na wachukuzi wa mizigo 70,000 na wachonga mawe 80,000 huko vilimani,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1KI.5.16" />pamoja na wasimamizi 3,300 ambao walisimamia kazi hiyo na kuwaongoza wafanyakazi.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1KI.5.17" />Kwa amri ya mfalme walitoa kwenye machimbo ya mawe, mawe makubwa, yaliyo bora kwa kujengea msingi wa nyumba yaliyochongwa kwa ajili ya Hekalu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1KI.5.18" />Mafundi wa Solomoni, wa Hiramu na watu wa Gebali<f caller="+"><fr>5:18
</fr><ft>Yaani Bubilo, mji wa zamani sana wa Ufoinike (kama kilomita 80 kaskazini mwa Beiruti).</ft></f> walikata na kuandaa mbao na mawe kwa ajili ya ujenzi wa Hekalu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Solomoni Ajenga Hekalu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 3)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1KI.6.1" />Katika mwaka wa 480 baada ya Waisraeli kutoka nchi ya Misri, katika mwaka wa nne wa utawala wa Solomoni katika Israeli, katika mwezi wa Zivu, ambao ndio mwezi wa pili, alianza kujenga Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="1KI.6.2" />Hekalu hilo Mfalme Solomoni alilojenga kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilikuwa na urefu wa dhiraa sitini,<f caller="+"><fr>6:2
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 60 ni sawa na mita 27.</ft></f> upana wa dhiraa ishirini<f caller="+"><fr>6:2
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 20 ni sawa na mita 9.</ft></f> na kimo cha dhiraa thelathini<f caller="+"><fr>6:2
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 30 ni sawa na mita 13.5.</ft></f> kwenda juu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1KI.6.3" />Baraza ya mbele ya Hekalu ilienea dhiraa ishirini kulingana na upana wa Hekalu na kujitokeza dhiraa kumi mbele ya Hekalu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1KI.6.4" />Akatengeneza madirisha membamba yenye vidirisha vidogo vya juu katika Hekalu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1KI.6.5" />Akafanyiza vyumba vya pembeni kulizunguka Hekalu lote vikishikamana na kuta za Hekalu na za Patakatifu pa Patakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1KI.6.6" />Ghorofa ya chini kabisa ilikuwa na upana wa dhiraa tano,<f caller="+"><fr>6:6
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 5 ni sawa na mita 2.25.</ft></f> ya kati ilikuwa dhiraa sita na ya tatu ilikuwa dhiraa saba.<f caller="+"><fr>6:6
</fr><ft>Dhiraa saba ni sawa na mita 3.15.</ft></f> Kuzunguka ukuta wa nje wa Hekalu akapunguza ukuta pande zote ili boriti zisishikane kwenye kuta za Hekalu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1KI.6.7" />Katika kujenga Hekalu, yalitumika tu mawe yaliyochongwa huko machimboni, wala hakuna nyundo, patasi au chombo kingine chochote cha chuma kilichosikika sauti yake katika eneo la ujenzi wa Hekalu wakati lilipokuwa likijengwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1KI.6.8" />Ingilio la ghorofa ya chini kabisa lilikuwa upande wa kusini wa Hekalu, ngazi ilielekea ghorofa ya kati na kutokea hapo ilielekea hadi ghorofa ya tatu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1KI.6.9" />Basi Solomoni akajenga Hekalu na kulikamilisha, akiliweka paa za boriti na mbao za mierezi.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1KI.6.10" />Mfalme Solomoni akajenga vyumba vya pembeni kuzunguka Hekalu lote. Kimo cha kila kimoja kilikuwa dhiraa tano. Navyo vilikuwa vimeunganishwa na Hekalu kwa boriti za mierezi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1KI.6.11" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamjia Solomoni kusema:
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1KI.6.12" />“Kwa habari ya Hekalu hili unalojenga, kama ukifuata amri zangu, ukatunza masharti yangu na kushika maagizo yangu yote na kuyatii, kwa kupitia wewe nitatimiza ahadi niliyomwahidi Daudi baba yako.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1KI.6.13" />Nami nitakaa miongoni mwa Waisraeli, nami sitawaacha watu wangu Israeli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1KI.6.14" />Basi Solomoni akajenga Hekalu na kulikamilisha.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1KI.6.15" />Akazifunika kuta zake za ndani kwa mbao za mierezi, akizipigilia ukutani kuanzia sakafuni mwa Hekalu hadi kwenye dari na kufunika sakafu ya Hekalu kwa mbao za misunobari.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1KI.6.16" />Akagawa dhiraa ishirini sehemu ya nyuma ya Hekalu kwa mbao za mierezi kuanzia kwenye sakafu hadi darini ili kufanya sehemu takatifu ya ndani, yaani Patakatifu pa Patakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1KI.6.17" />Ukumbi mkubwa uliokuwa mbele ya chumba hiki ndio ulikuwa na urefu wa dhiraa arobaini.<f caller="+"><fr>6:17
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 40 ni sawa na mita 18.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1KI.6.18" />Hekalu ndani ilikuwa ya mierezi iliyonakshiwa mifano ya maboga na maua yaliyochanua. Kila kitu kilikuwa cha mwerezi, hakuna jiwe ambalo lilionekana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1KI.6.19" />Ndani ya Hekalu akatengeneza sehemu takatifu ya ndani, kwa ajili ya kuweka Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1KI.6.20" />Sehemu takatifu ya ndani ilikuwa na upana, urefu na kimo cha dhiraa ishirini ndani kwa ndani. Akaifunika ndani kwa dhahabu safi, pia akaifunika madhabahu ya mierezi vivyo hivyo.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1KI.6.21" />Solomoni akaifunika sehemu ya ndani ya Hekalu kwa dhahabu safi, naye akaitandaza mikufu ya dhahabu kutoka upande moja hadi ule mwingine mbele ya Patakatifu pa Patakatifu, ambako palifunikwa kwa dhahabu.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1KI.6.22" />Basi akafunika sehemu yote ya ndani kwa dhahabu. Pia akafunika madhabahu yale yaliyokuwa ndani ya Patakatifu pa Patakatifu kwa dhahabu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1KI.6.23" />Katika Patakatifu pa Patakatifu akatengeneza makerubi wawili kwa mzeituni, kila moja likiwa na dhiraa kumi<f caller="+"><fr>6:23
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 10 ni sawa na mita 4.5.</ft></f> kwenda juu.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1KI.6.24" />Bawa moja la kerubi wa kwanza lilikuwa na urefu wa dhiraa tano na bawa jingine dhiraa tano, hivyo urefu kutoka ncha ya bawa moja hadi ncha ya bawa jingine ulikuwa dhiraa kumi.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1KI.6.25" />Kerubi wa pili alikuwa na urefu wa dhiraa kumi pia, hivyo makerubi hao wawili walifanana kwa vipimo na kwa umbo.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="1KI.6.26" />Kimo cha kila kerubi kilikuwa dhiraa kumi.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1KI.6.27" />Aliwaweka makerubi hao ndani ya Patakatifu pa Patakatifu pa Hekalu, mabawa yake yakiwa yamekunjuliwa. Bawa la kerubi mmoja liligusa ukuta mmoja, wakati bawa la yule mwingine liligusa ukuta mwingine, nayo mabawa yao mengine yaligusana katikati ya chumba.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1KI.6.28" />Akafunika wale makerubi kwa dhahabu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="1KI.6.29" />Juu ya kuta zote zilizozunguka Hekalu, za vyumba vya ndani na vya nje, zilipambwa kwa nakshi zilizokatwa za makerubi, miti ya mitende na maua yaliyochanua.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1KI.6.30" />Pia alifunika sakafu zote za vyumba vya ndani na vya nje vya Hekalu kwa dhahabu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="1KI.6.31" />Kwa ingilio la Patakatifu pa Patakatifu akatengeneza milango ya mbao za mzeituni, zikiwa na miimo na vizingiti vyenye umbo la pembe tano.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="1KI.6.32" />Juu ya milango miwili ya mbao za mzeituni alinakshi makerubi, miti ya mitende pamoja na maua yaliyochanua na kufunika makerubi na miti ya mitende kwa dhahabu iliyofuliwa.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="1KI.6.33" />Kwa njia iyo hiyo akatengeneza miimo yenye pande nne ya miti ya mizeituni, kwa ajili ya ingilio la ukumbi mkubwa.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="1KI.6.34" />Kulikuwa na milango miwili iliyoweza kukunjuka iliyotengenezwa kwa mbao za msunobari na kila mmoja ulikuwa na bawaba ambazo zingeuwezesha kujikunja kila kipande juu ya kingine.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="1KI.6.35" />Akanakshi makerubi, miti ya mitende na maua yaliyochanua juu yake na kufunika kwa dhahabu iliyonyooshwa vizuri juu ya michoro.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="1KI.6.36" />Tena akajenga ua wa ndani safu tatu za mawe yaliyochongwa na safu moja ya boriti za mierezi zilizorembwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="1KI.6.37" />Msingi wa Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> uliwekwa katika mwaka wa nne, katika mwezi wa Zivu, ndio mwezi wa tano.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="1KI.6.38" />Katika mwaka wa kumi na moja, mwezi wa Buli, ndio mwezi wa nane, Hekalu lilikamilika katika hatua zake zote kwa kufuatana na maelekezo yake Solomoni. Alilijenga kwa miaka saba.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Solomoni Ajenga Jumba Lake La Kifalme
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1KI.7.1" />Ilimchukua Solomoni miaka kumi na mitatu kukamilisha ujenzi wa Jumba lake la kifalme.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1KI.7.2" />Alijenga Jumba la Kifalme la Msitu wa Lebanoni, urefu wake ulikuwa dhiraa 100,<f caller="+"><fr>7:2
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 100 ni sawa na mita 45.</ft></f> upana wake dhiraa hamsini na kimo chake dhiraa thelathini,<f caller="+"><fr>7:2
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 30 ni sawa na mita 13.5.</ft></f> likiwa na safu nne za nguzo za mierezi zikishikilia boriti za mierezi zilizorembwa.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1KI.7.3" />Ilipauliwa kwa mierezi juu ya boriti zile zilizolala juu ya nguzo arobaini na tano, kumi na tano kwa kila safu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1KI.7.4" />Madirisha yake yaliwekwa juu kwa safu tatu, yakielekeana.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1KI.7.5" />Milango yote ilikuwa na miimo ya mstatili, ilikuwa upande wa mbele katika safu tatu, ikielekeana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1KI.7.6" />Akajenga ukumbi wa nguzo, ambao urefu wake ulikuwa dhiraa hamsini<f caller="+"><fr>7:6
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 50 ni sawa na mita 22.5.</ft></f> na upana wake dhiraa thelathini. Mbele ya jengo hilo kulikuwepo baraza. Mbele ya baraza kulikuwepo na nguzo na paa lililoningʼinia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1KI.7.7" />Akajenga ukumbi wa kiti cha enzi, Ukumbi wa Hukumu, mahali ambapo angelitolea hukumu, akaufunika kwa mierezi kutoka sakafuni hadi darini.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1KI.7.8" />Kwenye jumba la kifalme ambamo angeliishi, aliiweka nyuma zaidi, ikiwa na mjengo wa aina moja na hiyo nyingine. Pia Solomoni akajenga jumba la kifalme linalofanana na huo ukumbi mkubwa kwa ajili ya binti Farao, aliyekuwa amemwoa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1KI.7.9" />Ujenzi huu wote, kuanzia nje mpaka kwenye ua mkuu na kuanzia kwenye msingi hadi upenuni, ulifanywa kwa mawe ya ubora wa hali ya juu yaliyokuwa yamechongwa kwa vipimo na kusawazishwa kwa msumeno nyuso zake za ndani na za nje.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1KI.7.10" />Misingi iliwekwa kwa mawe makubwa yaliyo bora, yenye urefu wa dhiraa kumi<f caller="+"><fr>7:10
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 10 ni sawa na mita 4.5.</ft></f> na mengine yenye urefu wa dhiraa nane<f caller="+"><fr>7:10
</fr><ft>Dhiraa nane ni sawa na mita 3.6.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1KI.7.11" />Sehemu za juu kulikuwepo na mawe yenye ubora wa hali ya juu, yaliyokatwa kwa vipimo na boriti za mierezi.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1KI.7.12" />Ule ua mkuu ulizungukwa na ukuta wa safu tatu za mawe yaliyochongwa na safu moja ya boriti za mierezi zilizorembwa, kama ulivyokuwa ua wa ndani wa Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na baraza yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Samani Za Hekalu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 4)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1KI.7.13" />Mfalme Solomoni akatuma watu Tiro kumleta Hiramu,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1KI.7.14" />ambaye mama yake alikuwa mjane kutoka kabila la Naftali na baba yake alikuwa mtu wa Tiro tena fundi wa shaba. Hiramu alikuwa na ustadi wa hali ya juu na mzoefu katika aina zote za kazi ya shaba. Alikuja kwa Mfalme Solomoni na kufanya kazi zake zote alizopangiwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1KI.7.15" />Hiramu akasubu nguzo mbili za shaba, kila moja ikiwa na urefu wa dhiraa kumi na nane,<f caller="+"><fr>7:15
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 18 ni sawa na mita 8.1.</ft></f> kila nguzo ikiwa na mzingo wa dhiraa kumi na mbili<f caller="+"><fr>7:15
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 12 ni sawa na mita 5.4.</ft></f> kwa mstari.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1KI.7.16" />Pia alitengeneza mataji mawili ya shaba ya kusubu ili kuyaweka juu ya hizo nguzo; kila taji lilikuwa na kimo cha dhiraa tano<f caller="+"><fr>7:16
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 5 ni sawa na mita 2.25.</ft></f> kwenda juu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1KI.7.17" />Wavu wa mikufu iliyosokotewa kwenye zile taji juu ya zile nguzo, saba kwa kila taji.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1KI.7.18" />Akatengeneza makomamanga katika safu mbili kuzunguka kila wavu kuremba mataji yaliyo juu ya nguzo. Alifanya hivyo kwa kila nguzo.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1KI.7.19" />Mataji yaliyokuwa juu ya nguzo kwenye baraza, yalikuwa katika umbo la yungiyungi, kimo chake ni dhiraa nne<f caller="+"><fr>7:19
</fr><ft>Dhiraa nne ni sawa na mita 1.8.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1KI.7.20" />Juu ya mataji ya zile nguzo mbili, juu ya ile sehemu yenye umbo kama bakuli, karibu na ule wavu, kulikuwa na yale makomamanga 200 katika safu kuzunguka pande zote.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1KI.7.21" />Hiramu akasimamisha nguzo kwenye baraza ya Hekalu. Nguzo ya upande wa kusini akaiita Yakini,<f caller="+"><fr>7:21
</fr><ft>Yakini maana yake Mungu atafanya imara.</ft></f> na ile ya upande wa kaskazini Boazi.<f caller="+"><fr>7:21
</fr><ft>Boazi maana yake Ndani ya Mungu kuna nguvu.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1KI.7.22" />Mataji yaliyokuwa juu yalikuwa na umbo la yungiyungi. Hivyo kazi ya nguzo ikakamilika.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1KI.7.23" />Hiramu akasubu Bahari ya chuma, yenye umbo la mviringo, ya dhiraa kumi kutoka ukingo hadi ukingo na kimo cha dhiraa tano. Mzunguko wake ulikuwa dhiraa thelathini.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1KI.7.24" />Chini ya ukingo, ilizungukwa na maboga, kumi kwenye kila dhiraa moja. Maboga yalikuwa yamesubiwa katika safu mbili ili kuwa kitu kimoja na hiyo bahari.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="1KI.7.25" />Bahari iliwekwa juu ya mafahali kumi na wawili, watatu wakielekea kaskazini, watatu wakielekea magharibi, watatu wakielekea kusini na watatu wakielekea mashariki. Bahari iliwekwa juu yao na sehemu zao za nyuma zilielekeana.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="1KI.7.26" />Ilikuwa na unene wa nyanda nne<f caller="+"><fr>7:26
</fr><ft>Nyanda nne ni sawa na sentimita 32. Nyanda moja ni sawa na upana wa kiganja kimoja, ambacho ni sawasawa na sentimita 8.</ft></f> na ukingo wake ulifanana na ukingo wa kikombe, kama ua la yungiyungi iliyochanua. Iliweza kuchukua bathi 2,000.<f caller="+"><fr>7:26
</fr><ft>Bathi 2,000 ni sawa na lita 40,000.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="1KI.7.27" />Pia akatengeneza vitako kumi vya shaba vinavyoweza kuhamishika, kila kimoja kilikuwa na urefu wa dhiraa nne, upana dhiraa nne na kimo chake dhiraa tatu<f caller="+"><fr>7:27
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 3 ni sawa na mita 1.35.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1KI.7.28" />Hivi ndivyo vile vitako vilivyotengenezwa: Vilikuwa na mbao za pembeni zilizoshikamanishwa na mihimili.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="1KI.7.29" />Juu ya mbao kati ya hiyo mihimili kulikuwa na simba, mafahali na makerubi, pia kwenye mihimili yake. Juu na chini ya simba na mafahali kulikuwa kumesokotewa taji za kufuliwa.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1KI.7.30" />Kila kitako kilikuwa na magurudumu manne ya shaba, na vyuma vya katikati vya kuyazungusha hayo magurudumu na kila kimoja kilikuwa na sinia kwenye vishikizo vinne vya taji iliyosubiwa kila upande.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="1KI.7.31" />Ndani ya kitako kulikuwa na nafasi ya wazi iliyokuwa na umbile la mviringo lenye kina cha dhiraa moja.<f caller="+"><fr>7:31
</fr><ft>Dhiraa moja ni sawa na sentimita 45.</ft></f> Nafasi hii ya wazi ilikuwa ya mviringo, pamoja na kitako chake ilikuwa dhiraa moja na nusu.<f caller="+"><fr>7:31
</fr><ft>Dhiraa moja na nusu ni sawa na sentimita 67.5.</ft></f> Kuzunguka huo mdomo wake kulitiwa nakshi. Papi za vitako zilikuwa mraba na si za mviringo.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="1KI.7.32" />Magurudumu manne yalikuwa chini ya papi, na vyuma vya katikati vya kuzungushia magurudumu hayo vilikuwa vimeunganishwa kwenye kitako. Kipenyo cha kila gurudumu kilikuwa dhiraa moja na nusu.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="1KI.7.33" />Magurudumu yalitengenezwa kama ya magari ya vita ya kukokotwa, vyuma vya katikati vya magurudumu, duara zake, matindi yake na vikombe vyake vyote vilikuwa vya kusubu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="1KI.7.34" />Kila kitako kilikuwa na mikono minne, moja kwenye kila pembe, ukitokeza kutoka kwenye kitako.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="1KI.7.35" />Juu ya kitako kulikuwepo na utepe wa mviringo wenye kina cha nusu dhiraa. Vishikio na papi vilishikamana upande wa juu wa kitako.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="1KI.7.36" />Alitia nakshi za makerubi, simba na miti ya mitende juu ya uso wa vishikio na juu ya papi, katika kila nafasi iliyopatikana, pamoja na mataji yaliyosokotwa kuzunguka pande zote.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="1KI.7.37" />Hivi ndivyo Hiramu alivyotengeneza vile vitako kumi. Vyote vilikuwa vya kusubu kwenye kalibu za kufanana kwa vipimo na kwa umbo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="1KI.7.38" />Kisha akatengeneza masinia kumi ya shaba, kila moja likiwa na ujazo wa bathi arobaini,<f caller="+"><fr>7:38
</fr><ft>Bathi 40 ni sawa na lita 800.</ft></f> yakiwa na kipenyo cha dhiraa nne<f caller="+"><fr>7:38
</fr><ft>Dhiraa nne ni sawa na mita 1.8.</ft></f> kila sinia moja kwa kila kimoja ya vile vitako kumi.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="1KI.7.39" />Aliweka vitako vitano upande wa kusini wa Hekalu na vingine vitano upande wa kaskazini. Akaweka ile bahari upande wa kusini, katika pembe ya kusini ya Hekalu.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="1KI.7.40" />Pia akatengeneza masinia, masepetu na mabakuli ya kunyunyizia.
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa hiyo Huramu akakamilisha kazi zote katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> kama vile Mfalme Solomoni alikuwa amemwagiza, yaani:
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="41" bcv="1KI.7.41" />nguzo mbili;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">mataji mawili yenye umbo la bakuli juu ya hizo nguzo;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">nyavu mbili za kupamba hayo mataji mawili yenye umbo la bakuli juu ya hizo nguzo;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="42" bcv="1KI.7.42" />makomamanga 400 kwa ajili ya hizo nyavu mbili (safu mbili za makomamanga kwa kila wavu, yakipamba hayo mataji mawili yenye umbo la bakuli juu ya hizo nguzo);
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="43" bcv="1KI.7.43" />vitako kumi pamoja na masinia yake kumi;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="44" bcv="1KI.7.44" />ile Bahari ya chuma na yale mafahali kumi na wawili chini yake;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="45" bcv="1KI.7.45" />masufuria, masepetu na mabakuli ya kunyunyizia.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p">Vyombo hivi vyote ambavyo Huramu alimtengenezea Mfalme Solomoni kwa ajili ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> vilikuwa vya shaba iliyongʼarishwa.
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="1KI.7.46" />Mfalme akaamuru wavisubu katika kalibu ya udongo wa mfinyanzi katika uwanda wa Yordani ulio kati ya Sukothi na Sarethani.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="1KI.7.47" />Solomoni akaviacha vitu hivi vyote bila kupima uzani wake, kwa sababu vilikuwa vingi sana hivi kwamba uzito wa shaba haungekadirika.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="48" bcv="1KI.7.48" />Solomoni pia akatengeneza samani zote zilizokuwa ndani ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1">madhabahu ya dhahabu;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">meza ya dhahabu za kuweka mikate ya Wonyesho;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="49" bcv="1KI.7.49" />vinara vya taa vya dhahabu safi (vitano upande wa kuume na vitano upande wa kushoto, mbele ya Patakatifu pa Patakatifu);
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kazi ya maua ya dhahabu na taa na makoleo;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="50" bcv="1KI.7.50" />masinia ya dhahabu safi, mikasi ya kusawazishia tambi, mabakuli ya kunyunyizia, vyano na vyetezo;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">na bawaba za dhahabu kwa ajili ya milango ya chumba cha ndani sana, yaani Patakatifu pa Patakatifu, na pia kwa ajili ya milango ya ukumbi mkuu wa Hekalu.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="51" bcv="1KI.7.51" />Hivyo Mfalme Solomoni alipomaliza kazi ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akaviingiza ndani vile vitu ambavyo Daudi baba yake alikuwa ameviweka wakfu: yaani fedha, dhahabu na samani; kisha akaviweka katika hazina za Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Sanduku La Agano Laletwa Hekaluni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 5)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1KI.8.1" />Kisha Mfalme Solomoni akawaita mbele zake huko Yerusalemu wazee wa Israeli, viongozi wote wa makabila na wakuu wa jamaa za Waisraeli, ili walilete Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd> kutoka Sayuni, Mji wa Daudi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1KI.8.2" />Wanaume wote wa Israeli wakakusanyika kwa Mfalme Solomoni wakati wa sikukuu ya mwezi wa Ethanimu, ndio mwezi wa saba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1KI.8.3" />Wazee wote wa Israeli walipofika, makuhani wakajitwika Sanduku la Agano,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1KI.8.4" />nao wakalipandisha Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na Hema la Kukutania pamoja na vyombo vyote vitakatifu vilivyokuwa ndani yake. Makuhani na Walawi wakavibeba,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1KI.8.5" />naye Mfalme Solomoni na kusanyiko lote la Israeli waliokusanyika kumzunguka walikuwa mbele ya hilo Sanduku, nao wakatoa dhabihu nyingi za kondoo na ngʼombe ambao idadi yao haikuwezekana kuandikwa au kuhesabiwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1KI.8.6" />Makuhani wakalileta Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd> hadi mahali pake ndani ya sehemu takatifu ndani ya Hekalu, yaani Patakatifu pa Patakatifu, na kuliweka chini ya mabawa ya makerubi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1KI.8.7" />Makerubi yalitandaza mabawa yao juu ya mahali pa Sanduku la Agano na kutia kivuli Sanduku pamoja na mipiko yake ya kubebea.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1KI.8.8" />Mipiko hiyo ilikuwa mirefu sana kiasi kwamba ncha zake zilionekana kutoka Mahali Patakatifu mbele ya Patakatifu pa Patakatifu, lakini sio nje ya Mahali Patakatifu. Hiyo mipiko ipo hata leo.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1KI.8.9" />Ndani ya Sanduku hapakuwepo kitu kingine chochote isipokuwa zile mbao mbili za mawe ambazo Mose alikuwa ameziweka ndani yake huko Horebu, mahali ambapo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alifanya Agano na Waisraeli baada ya kutoka Misri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1KI.8.10" />Makuhani walipoondoka katika Mahali Patakatifu, wingu likajaza Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1KI.8.11" />Nao makuhani hawakuweza kufanya huduma yao kwa sababu ya lile wingu, kwa kuwa utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ulijaza Hekalu lake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1KI.8.12" />Ndipo Solomoni akasema, “<nd>Bwana</nd> alisema kwamba ataishi katika giza nene;
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1KI.8.13" />naam, hakika nimekujengea Hekalu zuri sana, mahali pako pa kuishi milele.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Hotuba Ya Solomoni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 6:3-11)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1KI.8.14" />Kusanyiko lote la Israeli lilipokuwa limesimama hapo, mfalme akageuka na kuwabariki.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1KI.8.15" />Kisha akasema:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Ahimidiwe
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, ambaye kwa mkono wake mwenyewe ametimiza lile alilomwahidi Daudi baba yangu kwa kinywa chake mwenyewe. Kwa kuwa alisema,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1KI.8.16" />‘Tangu siku niliyowatoa watu wangu Israeli kutoka Misri, sikuchagua mji katika kabila lolote la Israeli ili Hekalu lijengwe humo ili Jina langu lipate kuwamo humo, bali nimemchagua Daudi kuwatawala watu wangu Israeli.’
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="17" bcv="1KI.8.17" />“Ilikuwa moyoni mwa Daudi baba yangu kujenga Hekalu kwa ajili ya Jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1KI.8.18" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Daudi baba yangu, ‘Kwa sababu ilikuwa moyoni mwako kujenga Hekalu kwa ajili ya Jina langu, ulifanya vyema kuwa na jambo hili moyoni mwako.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1KI.8.19" />Hata hivyo, sio wewe utakayenijengea hekalu, bali mwanao, ambaye ni nyama yako na damu yako mwenyewe, yeye ndiye atakayejenga Hekalu kwa ajili ya Jina langu.’
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="20" bcv="1KI.8.20" />“<nd>Bwana</nd> ametimiza ahadi aliyoiweka: Nimeingia mahali pa Daudi baba yangu na sasa ninakikalia kiti cha ufalme cha Israeli, kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyoahidi, nami nimejenga Hekalu kwa ajili ya Jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1KI.8.21" />Nimetenga nafasi humo kwa ajili ya Sanduku la Agano, ambamo ndani yake kuna lile Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd> alilofanya na baba zetu wakati alipowatoa Misri.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maombi Ya Solomoni Ya Kuweka Hekalu Wakfu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 6:12-42)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="1KI.8.22" />Kisha Solomoni akasimama mbele ya madhabahu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> machoni pa kusanyiko lote la Israeli, akakunjua mikono yake kuelekea mbinguni
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1KI.8.23" />na kusema:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, hakuna Mungu kama wewe juu mbinguni wala chini duniani, wewe unayetunza Agano lako la upendo na watumishi wanaodumu katika njia yako kwa moyo wote.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1KI.8.24" />Umetimiza ahadi yako kwa mtumishi wako Daudi baba yangu, kwa kinywa chako uliahidi na kwa mkono wako umetimiza, kama ilivyo leo.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="25" bcv="1KI.8.25" />“Sasa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, mtimizie mtumishi wako Daudi baba yangu ahadi zako ulizomwahidi uliposema, ‘Kamwe hutakosa kuwa na mtu atakayeketi mbele zangu kwenye kiti cha ufalme cha Israeli, kama wanao wakiangalia yote wayafanyayo kuenenda mbele zangu kama vile ulivyofanya.’
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="1KI.8.26" />Sasa, Ee Mungu wa Israeli, acha neno lako lile ulilomwahidi mtumishi wako Daudi baba yangu litimie.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="27" bcv="1KI.8.27" />“Lakini kweli, je, Mungu atafanya makao duniani? Mbingu, hata mbingu zilizo juu sana, haziwezi kukutosha wewe. Sembuse Hekalu hili nililojenga!
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1KI.8.28" />Hata hivyo sikiliza dua ya mtumishi wako na maombi yake kwa huruma, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wangu. Sikia kilio na dua ambayo mtumishi wako anaomba mbele zako siku hii ya leo.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="1KI.8.29" />Macho yako na yafumbuke kuelekea Hekalu hili usiku na mchana, mahali hapa ambapo ulisema, ‘Jina langu litakuwako humo,’ ili kwamba upate kusikia maombi ambayo mtumishi wako ataomba kuelekea mahali hapa.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1KI.8.30" />Usikie maombi ya mtumishi wako na ya watu wako Israeli wakati wanapoomba kuelekea mahali hapa. Sikia kutoka mbinguni, mahali pa makao yako na usikiapo, samehe.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="31" bcv="1KI.8.31" />“Mtu anapomkosea jirani yake na akatakiwa kuapa, akija na kuapa mbele ya madhabahu yako ndani ya Hekalu hili,
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="1KI.8.32" />basi, sikia kutoka mbinguni na ukatende. Hukumu kati ya watumishi wako, ukimhukumu yule mwenye hatia na kuleta juu ya kichwa chake yale aliyoyatenda. Umtangazie mwenye haki kwamba hana hatia, hivyo ukathibitishe kuwa haki kwake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="33" bcv="1KI.8.33" />“Wakati watu wako Israeli watakapokuwa wameshindwa na adui kwa sababu ya dhambi walizofanya dhidi yako, watakapokugeukia na kulikiri jina lako, wakiomba na kufanya dua kwako katika Hekalu hili,
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="1KI.8.34" />basi usikie kutoka mbinguni, ukasamehe dhambi ya watu wako Israeli na kuwarudisha katika nchi uliyowapa baba zao.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="35" bcv="1KI.8.35" />“Wakati mbingu zitakapokuwa zimefungwa kusiwe na mvua kwa sababu watu wako wametenda dhambi dhidi yako, watakapoomba kuelekea mahali hapa na kulikiri jina lako nao wakageuka kutoka dhambi zao kwa sababu umewaadhibu,
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="1KI.8.36" />basi usikie kutoka mbinguni na usamehe dhambi ya watumishi wako, watu wako Israeli. Wafundishe njia sahihi ya kuishi na ukanyeshe mvua juu ya nchi uliyowapa watu wako kuwa urithi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="37" bcv="1KI.8.37" />“Wakati njaa au tauni vikija juu ya nchi, au koga au kawa, nzige au panzi, au wakati adui atakapowazingira katika mji wao wowote, maafa ya namna yoyote au ugonjwa wowote unaoweza kuwajia,
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="1KI.8.38" />wakati dua au maombi yatakapofanywa na mmojawapo wa watu wako Israeli, kila mmoja akitambua taabu za moyo wake mwenyewe, naye akainyoosha mikono yake kuelekea Hekalu hili:
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="1KI.8.39" />basi usikie kutoka mbinguni, katika makao yako. Usamehe na utende, umpe kila mtu kulingana na matendo yake, kwa kuwa unaujua moyo wake (kwa kuwa ni wewe peke yako ujuaye mioyo ya watu wote),
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="1KI.8.40" />ili wakuogope kwa wakati wote watakaoishi katika nchi uliyowapa baba zetu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="41" bcv="1KI.8.41" />“Kwa habari ya mgeni ambaye si miongoni mwa watu wako Israeli, lakini amekuja kutoka nchi ya mbali kwa sababu ya jina lako,
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="1KI.8.42" />kwa maana watu watasikia juu ya Jina lako kuu na juu ya mkono wako wenye nguvu na mkono wako ulionyooshwa, atakapokuja na kuomba kuelekea Hekalu hili,
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="1KI.8.43" />basi na usikie kutoka mbinguni, mahali pa makao yako, ukafanye lolote ambalo mgeni huyo anakuomba, ili mataifa yote ya dunia wapate kujua jina lako na wakuogope kama wafanyavyo watu wako Israeli nao wapate pia kujua kwamba nyumba hii niliyoijenga imeitwa kwa Jina lako.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="44" bcv="1KI.8.44" />“Wakati watu wako watakapokwenda vitani dhidi ya adui zao, popote utakapowapeleka, wakati watakapoomba kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuelekea mji ambao umeuchagua, na Hekalu nililolijenga kwa ajili ya Jina lako,
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="1KI.8.45" />basi usikie dua na maombi yao kutoka mbinguni, ukawatetee haki yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="46" bcv="1KI.8.46" />“Watakapotenda dhambi dhidi yako, kwa kuwa hakuna mtu yeyote ambaye hatendi dhambi, nawe ukachukizwa nao na kuwakabidhi kwa adui, ambaye atawachukua utumwani katika nchi yake mwenyewe, mbali au karibu;
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="1KI.8.47" />na kama watabadilika mioyo yao katika nchi wanakoshikiliwa mateka, nao wakatubu na kukulilia katika nchi ya wale waliowashinda na kusema, ‘Tumetenda dhambi, tumefanya makosa, tumetenda uovu’;
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="1KI.8.48" />kama wakikugeukia kwa moyo wao wote na nafsi zao katika nchi ya adui zao ambao waliwachukua mateka, wakakuomba kuelekea nchi uliyowapa baba zao, kuelekea mji uliouchagua na Hekalu nililolijenga kwa ajili ya Jina lako;
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="1KI.8.49" />basi kutoka mbinguni, mahali pa makao yako, usikie dua yao na maombi yao na kuitetea haki yao.
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="1KI.8.50" />Uwasamehe watu wako, waliotenda dhambi dhidi yako; uwasamehe makosa yote waliyoyatenda dhidi yako, ukawafanye wale waliowashinda kuwaonea huruma;
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="1KI.8.51" />kwa maana ni watu wako na urithi wako, uliowatoa Misri, kutoka kwenye lile tanuru la kuyeyushia chuma.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="52" bcv="1KI.8.52" />“Macho yako na yafumbuke juu ya ombi la mtumishi wako na ombi la watu wako Israeli, nawe uwasikilize wakati wowote wanapokulilia.
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="1KI.8.53" />Kwa maana uliwachagua wao kutoka mataifa yote ya ulimwengu kuwa urithi wako mwenyewe, kama ulivyotangaza kupitia mtumishi wako Mose wakati wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, ulipowatoa baba zetu kutoka Misri.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="54" bcv="1KI.8.54" />Wakati Solomoni alipomaliza dua hizi zote na maombi kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akainuka kutoka mbele ya madhabahu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mahali alipokuwa amepiga magoti, mikono yake ikawa imekunjuliwa kuelekea juu mbinguni.
<ve />
<v id="55" bcv="1KI.8.55" />Akasimama na kubariki kusanyiko lote la Israeli kwa sauti kubwa akisema:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="56" bcv="1KI.8.56" />“Ahimidiwe
<nd>Bwana</nd>, aliyewapa pumziko watu wake Israeli kama vile alivyokuwa ameahidi. Hakuna hata neno moja lililopunguka kati ya ahadi zote nzuri alizozitoa kupitia mtumishi wake Mose.
<ve />
<v id="57" bcv="1KI.8.57" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu na awe pamoja nasi kama alivyokuwa na baba zetu, kamwe asituache wala kutukataa.
<ve />
<v id="58" bcv="1KI.8.58" />Yeye na aielekeze mioyo yetu kwake, ili tutembee katika njia zake zote na kuzishika amri na maagizo na masharti aliyowapa baba zetu.
<ve />
<v id="59" bcv="1KI.8.59" />Nami maneno yangu haya, ambayo nimeyaomba mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, yawe karibu na
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu usiku na mchana, ili kwamba atetee shauri la mtumishi wake na la watu wake Israeli kulingana na hitaji lao la kila siku,
<ve />
<v id="60" bcv="1KI.8.60" />ili kwamba mataifa yote ya dunia wajue kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndiye Mungu na kwamba hakuna mwingine.
<ve />
<v id="61" bcv="1KI.8.61" />Lakini ni lazima mwiweke mioyo yenu kikamilifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu, kuishi kwa maagizo yake na kutii amri zake, kama ilivyo wakati huu.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuwekwa Wakfu Hekalu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 7:4-10)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="62" bcv="1KI.8.62" />Kisha mfalme na Israeli wote pamoja naye wakatoa dhabihu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="63" bcv="1KI.8.63" />Solomoni akatoa dhabihu sadaka za amani kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>: ngʼombe 22,000, pamoja na kondoo na mbuzi 120,000. Hivyo ndivyo mfalme na Waisraeli wote walivyoweka wakfu Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="64" bcv="1KI.8.64" />Siku iyo hiyo mfalme akaweka wakfu sehemu ya katikati ya ua uliokuwa mbele ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na hapo akatoa sadaka za kuteketezwa, sadaka za nafaka na mafuta ya sadaka za amani, kwa sababu madhabahu ya shaba iliyokuwa mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> ilikuwa ndogo sana kuweza kubeba sadaka hizo za kuteketezwa, sadaka za nafaka na mafuta ya sadaka ya amani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="65" bcv="1KI.8.65" />Hivyo Solomoni akaiadhimisha sikukuu kwa wakati ule, na Israeli wote pamoja naye. Walikuwa kusanyiko kubwa sana, watu kutoka Lebo-Hamathi hadi Kijito cha Misri. Wakaiadhimisha mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu kwa siku saba na siku saba zaidi, yaani, jumla siku kumi na nne.
<ve />
<v id="66" bcv="1KI.8.66" />Siku iliyofuata, aliwaruhusu watu waondoke. Wakambariki mfalme, kisha wakaenda nyumbani, wakiwa na mashangilio na furaha rohoni kwa ajili ya mambo yote mema ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> ametenda kwa ajili ya Daudi mtumishi wake na watu wake Israeli.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1"><nd>Bwana</nd> Anamtokea Solomoni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 7:11-22)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1KI.9.1" />Solomoni alipomaliza kujenga Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na jumba la kifalme, alipokwisha kufanya yote aliyotaka kufanya,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1KI.9.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamtokea mara ya pili, kama alivyokuwa amemtokea huko Gibeoni.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1KI.9.3" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Nimesikia dua na maombi uliyofanya mbele zangu, nimeliweka wakfu Hekalu hili ambalo umelijenga, kwa kuweka Jina langu humo milele. Macho yangu na moyo wangu utakuwa humo siku zote.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="4" bcv="1KI.9.4" />“Kukuhusu wewe, kama ukienenda kwa unyofu wa moyo na uadilifu, kama baba yako Daudi alivyofanya na kutenda yote ninayoyaagiza kwa kutunza maagizo yangu na sheria,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1KI.9.5" />nitakiimarisha kiti chako cha enzi juu ya Israeli milele kama nilivyomwahidi Daudi baba yako niliposema, ‘Hutakosa kamwe kuwa na mtu kwenye kiti cha enzi cha Israeli.’
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="6" bcv="1KI.9.6" />“Lakini kama ninyi au wana wenu mkigeukia mbali nami na kuziacha amri na maagizo yangu niliyowapa na kwenda kuitumikia miungu mingine na kuiabudu,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1KI.9.7" />basi nitakatilia mbali Israeli kutoka nchi niliyowapa, nami nitalikataa Hekalu hili nililolitakasa kwa ajili ya Jina langu. Ndipo Israeli itakuwa kitu cha kudharauliwa na watu na kuwa kitu cha kudhihakiwa miongoni mwa watu wote.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1KI.9.8" />Ingawa hekalu hili linavutia sasa, wote watakaolipita watashangaa na kudhihaki wakisema, ‘Kwa nini
<nd>Bwana</nd> amefanya kitu kama hiki katika nchi hii na kwa Hekalu hili?’
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1KI.9.9" />Watu watajibu, ‘Kwa sababu wamemwacha
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao, aliyewatoa baba zao Misri, nao wamekumbatia miungu mingine, wakaiabudu na kuitumikia, ndiyo sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameyaleta maafa haya yote juu yao.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Shughuli Nyingine Za Solomoni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 8)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1KI.9.10" />Miaka ishirini ilipopita, ambayo katika hiyo Solomoni alijenga majengo haya mawili, yaani Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na jumba la kifalme,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1KI.9.11" />Mfalme Solomoni akampa Hiramu mfalme wa Tiro miji ishirini katika Galilaya, kwa sababu Hiramu alikuwa amempatia mierezi yote, misunobari na dhahabu yote aliyohitaji.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1KI.9.12" />Lakini Hiramu alipotoka Tiro kwenda kuiona ile miji ambayo Solomoni alikuwa amempa, hakupendezwa nayo.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1KI.9.13" />Hiramu akauliza, “Hii ni miji ya namna gani uliyonipa, ndugu yangu?”
</p>
<p style="p">Naye akaiita nchi ya Kabul,<f caller="+"><fr>9:13
</fr><ft>Kabul maana yake isiyofaa kitu.</ft></f> jina lililoko hadi leo.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1KI.9.14" />Basi Hiramu alikuwa amempelekea mfalme talanta 120<f caller="+"><fr>9:14
</fr><ft>Talanta 120 za dhahabu ni sawa na tani 4.5.</ft></f> za dhahabu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1KI.9.15" />Haya ni maelezo kuhusu kazi za kulazimishwa ambazo Mfalme Solomoni, alivyowafanyiza watu ili kulijenga hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na jumba lake la kifalme, na Milo,<f caller="+"><fr>9:15
</fr><ft>Milo maana yake Boma la Ngome, pia 9:24.</ft></f> ukuta wa Yerusalemu, Hazori, Megido na Gezeri.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1KI.9.16" />(Farao mfalme wa Misri alikuwa ameushambulia na kuuteka mji wa Gezeri. Alikuwa ameuchoma moto. Akawaua Wakanaani waliokuwa wakikaa humo na kisha kuutoa kwa binti yake, yaani mkewe Solomoni, kama zawadi ya arusi.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1KI.9.17" />Solomoni akaujenga tena Gezeri.) Akajenga Beth-Horoni ya Chini,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1KI.9.18" />akajenga Baalathi na Tamari kwenye jangwa katika eneo la nchi yake,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1KI.9.19" />vilevile miji ya ghala na miji kwa ajili ya magari yake na kwa ajili ya farasi wake: chochote alichotaka kujenga katika Yerusalemu, katika Lebanoni, na katika eneo yote aliyotawala.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="1KI.9.20" />Watu wote waliosalia kutoka kwa Waamori, Wahiti, Waperizi, Wahivi na Wayebusi (mataifa haya hayakuwa Waisraeli),
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1KI.9.21" />yaani, wazao wao waliobakia katika nchi, ambao Waisraeli hawangeweza kuwaangamiza kabisa: hawa Solomoni akawalazimisha kuwa watumwa katika shokoa, kama ilivyo hadi leo.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1KI.9.22" />Lakini Solomoni hakumfanya yeyote wa Waisraeli kuwa mtumwa; wao ndio waliokuwa wapiganaji wake, maafisa wake wa serikali, maafisa wake, wakuu wake, majemadari wa jeshi wa magari yake ya vita na wapanda farasi.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1KI.9.23" />Pia walikuwa maafisa wakuu wasimamizi wa miradi ya Solomoni: maafisa 550 waliwasimamia watu waliofanya kazi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="1KI.9.24" />Baada ya binti Farao kuja kutoka Mji wa Daudi na kuingia jumba la kifalme ambalo Solomoni alikuwa amemjengea, akajenga Milo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="1KI.9.25" />Solomoni akatoa dhabihu za kuteketezwa na sadaka za amani mara tatu kwa mwaka, juu ya madhabahu aliyokuwa amejengea kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akifukiza uvumba mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> pamoja na dhabihu hizo, hivyo kutimiza kanuni za hekalu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="1KI.9.26" />Mfalme Solomoni pia akatengeneza pia meli huko Esion-Geberi, ambayo iko karibu na Elathi katika Edomu, kwenye ukingo wa Bahari ya Shamu.<f caller="+"><fr>9:26
</fr><ft>Yaani Bahari Nyekundu au Bahari ya Mafunjo.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1KI.9.27" />Naye Hiramu akawatuma watu wake; mabaharia walioijua bahari, kuhudumu katika hizo meli pamoja na watu wa Solomoni.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1KI.9.28" />Wakasafiri kwa bahari mpaka Ofiri na kurudi na talanta 420<f caller="+"><fr>9:28
</fr><ft>Talanta 420 za dhahabu ni sawa na tani 14.</ft></f> za dhahabu, ambazo walimkabidhi Mfalme Solomoni.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="10" />
<s style="s1">Malkia Wa Sheba Amtembelea Solomoni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 9:1-12)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1KI.10.1" />Malkia wa Sheba aliposikia habari za umaarufu wa Solomoni na uhusiano wake na jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akaja kumjaribu kwa maswali magumu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1KI.10.2" />Alifika Yerusalemu akiwa na msafara mkubwa sana: pamoja na ngamia waliobeba vikolezi, kiasi kikubwa cha dhahabu na vito vya thamani; alikuja kwa Solomoni na kuzungumza naye kuhusu yote ambayo alikuwa nayo moyoni mwake.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1KI.10.3" />Solomoni akamjibu maswali yake yote, hakukuwa na jambo lolote lililokuwa gumu kwa mfalme asiweze kumwelezea.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1KI.10.4" />Malkia wa Sheba alipoona hekima yote ya Solomoni na jumba la kifalme alilokuwa amejenga,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1KI.10.5" />chakula kilichokuwa mezani pake, jinsi maafisa wake walivyokaa, wahudumu katika majoho yao, wanyweshaji wake na sadaka za kuteketezwa alizotoa katika hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, alipatwa na mshangao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1KI.10.6" />Akamwambia mfalme, “Taarifa niliyosikia kwenye nchi yangu mwenyewe kuhusu mafanikio na hekima yako ni kweli.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1KI.10.7" />Lakini sikuamini mambo haya hadi nilipokuja na kuona kwa macho yangu mwenyewe. Naam, sikuambiwa hata nusu yake; katika hekima na mali umezidi sana ile taarifa niliyoisikia.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1KI.10.8" />Heri watu wako! Heri hawa maafisa wako wasimamao mbele yako daima na kusikia hekima yako!
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1KI.10.9" />Ahimidiwe
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako, ambaye amependezwa sana nawe na kukuweka juu ya kiti cha ufalme cha Israeli. Kwa sababu ya upendo wake
<nd>Bwana</nd> wa milele ajili ya Israeli, amekufanya mfalme, ili kudumisha haki na uadilifu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1KI.10.10" />Naye akampa mfalme talanta 120<f caller="+"><fr>10:10
</fr><ft>Talanta 120 za dhahabu ni sawa na tani 4.5.</ft></f> za dhahabu, kiasi kikubwa sana cha vikolezi na vito vya thamani. Haikuwahi kamwe kuletwa tena vikolezi vingi hivyo kuletwa kama vile malkia wa Sheba alivyompa Mfalme Solomoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1KI.10.11" />(Meli za Hiramu zilileta dhahabu kutoka Ofiri; tena kutoka huko zilileta shehena kubwa ya miti ya msandali na vito vya thamani.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1KI.10.12" />Mfalme akatumia miti ya msandali kuwa nguzo ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kwa jumba la kifalme, pia kwa kutengeneza vinubi na zeze kwa ajili ya waimbaji. Kiasi hicho kingi cha msandali hakijawahi kuingizwa au kuonekana humo tangu siku ile.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1KI.10.13" />Mfalme Solomoni akampa malkia wa Sheba kila kitu alichotamani na kukiomba, kando na vile mfalme alivyokuwa amempa kwa ukarimu wake wa kifalme. Kisha malkia akaondoka na kurudi katika nchi yake, yeye na watumishi wake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Fahari Ya Solomoni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 9:13-28)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1KI.10.14" />Uzito wa dhahabu ambayo Solomoni alipokea kwa mwaka ulikuwa talanta 666,<f caller="+"><fr>10:14
</fr><ft>Talanta 666 za dhahabu ni sawa na tani 25.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1KI.10.15" />mbali na mapato kutoka kwa wafanyabiashara na wachuuzi, na kutoka kwa wafalme wote wa Kiarabu na watawala wa nchi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="1KI.10.16" />Mfalme Solomoni akatengeneza ngao kubwa 200 kwa dhahabu iliyofuliwa; kila ngao ilikuwa na dhahabu yenye uzito wa shekeli 600<f caller="+"><fr>10:16
</fr><ft>Shekeli 600 za dhahabu ni sawa na kilo 3.5.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1KI.10.17" />Akatengeneza pia ngao ndogo 300 za dhahabu iliyofuliwa, kila ngao ikiwa na uzito wa mane tatu<f caller="+"><fr>10:17
</fr><ft>Mane tatu za dhahabu ni sawa na kilo 1.7.</ft></f> za dhahabu. Mfalme akaziweka katika Jumba la Kifalme la Msitu wa Lebanoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1KI.10.18" />Kisha mfalme akatengeneza kiti kikubwa cha kifalme kwa kutumia pembe za ndovu na kukifunika kwa dhahabu safi.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1KI.10.19" />Kiti hicho kilikuwa na ngazi sita na egemeo la nyuma lilikuwa la mviringo kwa juu. Pande zote za kiti kulikuwa na mahali pa kuegemeza mikono, na simba wawili wakisimama kando ya hiyo mikono.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1KI.10.20" />Simba kumi na wawili walisimama kwenye ngazi sita, mmoja katika kila upande wa kila ngazi. Hakuna kitu kama hicho kilichokuwa kimefanyika kwenye ufalme mwingine wowote.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1KI.10.21" />Vikombe vyote vya Mfalme Solomoni vya kunywea vilikuwa vya dhahabu na vyombo vyote vya nyumbani katika Jumba la Kifalme la Msitu wa Lebanoni vilikuwa vya dhahabu safi. Hakukuwa na kitu kilichotengenezwa kwa fedha, kwa sababu fedha ilionekana ya thamani ndogo siku za Solomoni.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1KI.10.22" />Mfalme alikuwa na meli nyingi za biashara<f caller="+"><fr>10:22
</fr><ft>Au: za Tarshishi (ona pia
</ft><xt>1Fal 22:48; 2Nya 9:21; 20:36; Isa 2:16; 60:9</xt><ft>).</ft></f> baharini zilizokuwa zikiandamana na meli za Hiramu. Kwa mara moja kila miaka mitatu zilirudi, zikiwa zimebeba dhahabu, fedha, pembe za ndovu na nyani wakubwa na wadogo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1KI.10.23" />Mfalme Solomoni alikuwa mkuu zaidi kwa utajiri na hekima kuliko wafalme wote wa dunia.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1KI.10.24" />Dunia yote ikatafuta kukutana na Solomoni ili kusikia hekima ambayo Mungu alikuwa ameiweka katika moyo wake.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1KI.10.25" />Mwaka baada ya mwaka, kila mmoja ambaye alikuja alileta zawadi: vyombo vya fedha na dhahabu, majoho, silaha na vikolezi, farasi na nyumbu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="1KI.10.26" />Solomoni akakusanya magari ya vita na farasi. Alikuwa na magari 1,400 na farasi 12,000, ambayo aliyaweka katika miji ya magari na mengine akawa nayo huko Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1KI.10.27" />Mfalme akafanya fedha kuwa kitu cha kawaida kama mawe huko Yerusalemu, mierezi akaifanya kuwa mingi kama mikuyu vilimani.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1KI.10.28" />Farasi wa Solomoni waliletwa kutoka Misri na kutoka Kue.<f caller="+"><fr>10:28
</fr><ft>Yaani Kilikia ilioko Syria.</ft></f> Wafanyabiashara wa mfalme waliwanunua kutoka Kue.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="1KI.10.29" />Waliagiza magari kutoka Misri kwa bei ya shekeli 600 za fedha<f caller="+"><fr>10:29
</fr><ft>Shekeli 600 za fedha ni sawa na kilo 7.</ft></f> na farasi kwa shekeli 150.<f caller="+"><fr>10:29
</fr><ft>Shekeli 150 za fedha ni sawa na kilo 1.7.</ft></f> Pia waliwauza nje kwa wafalme wote wa Wahiti na wa Waaramu.<f caller="+"><fr>10:29
</fr><ft>Waaramu hapa ina maana ya Washamu.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="11" />
<s style="s1">Wakeze Solomoni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1KI.11.1" />Hata hivyo, Mfalme Solomoni akawapenda wanawake wengi wa kigeni zaidi, mbali na binti Farao: wanawake wa Wamoabu, Waamoni, Waedomu, Wasidoni na Wahiti.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1KI.11.2" />Walitoka katika mataifa ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliwaambia Waisraeli, “Msije mkaoana nao, kwa kuwa hakika wataigeuza mioyo yenu mgeukie miungu yao.” Hata hivyo, Solomoni akakaza kuwapenda.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1KI.11.3" />Alikuwa na wake 700 mabinti wa uzao wa kifalme, na masuria 300, nao wake zake wakampotosha.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1KI.11.4" />Kadiri Solomoni alivyozidi kuzeeka, wake zake wakaugeuza moyo wake kuelekea miungu mingine, na moyo wake haukujitolea kikamilifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wake, kama ulivyokuwa moyo wa Daudi baba yake.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1KI.11.5" />Solomoni akafuata Ashtorethi mungu mke wa Wasidoni, na Moleki<f caller="+"><fr>11:5
</fr><ft>Moleki au Milkomu ni mungu aliyekuwa akiabudiwa na Waamoni; alikuwa chukizo kwa sababu watoto walitolewa kafara kwake.</ft></f> mungu aliyekuwa chukizo la Waamoni.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1KI.11.6" />Kwa hiyo Solomoni akafanya uovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>; hakumfuata
<nd>Bwana</nd> kikamilifu kama alivyofanya Daudi baba yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1KI.11.7" />Kwenye kilima mashariki mwa Yerusalemu, Solomoni akajenga mahali pa juu kwa ajili ya Kemoshi chukizo la Wamoabu, na kwa Moleki mungu chukizo la Waamoni.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1KI.11.8" />Akafanya hivyo kwa wake zake wote wa kigeni, ambao walifukiza uvumba na kutoa dhabihu kwa miungu yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1KI.11.9" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamkasirikia Solomoni kwa sababu moyo wake uligeuka mbali na
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, ambaye alikuwa amemtokea mara mbili.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1KI.11.10" />Ingawa alikuwa amemkataza Solomoni kufuata miungu mingine, Solomoni hakutii amri ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1KI.11.11" />Kwa hiyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Solomoni, “Kwa kuwa hii ndiyo hali yako na hukushika Agano langu na sheria zangu nilizokuamuru, hakika nitaurarua ufalme kutoka kwako na kumpa mmoja wa walio chini yako.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1KI.11.12" />Hata hivyo, kwa ajili ya Daudi baba yako, sitafanya jambo hili wakati wa uhai wako. Nitaurarua kutoka mikononi mwa mwanao.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1KI.11.13" />Lakini pia sitaurarua ufalme wote kutoka kwake, bali nitampa kabila moja kwa ajili ya Daudi mtumishi wangu na kwa ajili ya Yerusalemu, ambao nimeuchagua.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Adui Za Solomoni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1KI.11.14" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwinua adui dhidi ya Solomoni, Hadadi, Mwedomu, kutoka ukoo wa ufalme wa Edomu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1KI.11.15" />Huko nyuma wakati Daudi alipokuwa akipigana na Edomu, Yoabu jemadari wa jeshi, aliyekuwa amekwenda kuzika waliouawa, alikuwa amewaua wanaume wote waliokuwako Edomu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1KI.11.16" />Yoabu na Waisraeli wote walikaa huko kwa miezi sita, mpaka walipomaliza kuwaangamiza wanaume wote huko Edomu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1KI.11.17" />Lakini Hadadi, akiwa bado mvulana mdogo, alikimbilia Misri akiwa na baadhi ya maafisa wa Kiedomu waliokuwa wakimhudumia baba yake.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1KI.11.18" />Wakaondoka Midiani wakaenda Parani. Basi wakichukua pamoja nao wanaume kutoka Parani, wakaenda Misri, kwa Farao mfalme wa Misri, ambaye alimpa Hadadi nyumba, ardhi na akampatia chakula.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1KI.11.19" />Farao akapendezwa sana na Hadadi hata akampa ndugu wa mkewe mwenyewe, Malkia Tapenesi, ili aolewe na Hadadi.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1KI.11.20" />Huyo ndugu wa Tapenesi akamzalia mwana aliyeitwa Genubathi, ambaye alilelewa na Tapenesi katika jumba la kifalme. Huko Genubathi aliishi pamoja na watoto wa Farao mwenyewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="1KI.11.21" />Alipokuwa huko Misri, Hadadi alisikia kwamba Daudi amepumzika na baba zake na ya kwamba pia Yoabu aliyekuwa jemadari wa jeshi amekufa. Ndipo Hadadi akamwambia Farao, “Niruhusu niende ili niweze kurudi katika nchi yangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="1KI.11.22" />Farao akauliza, “Umekosa nini hapa, kwamba unataka kurudi katika nchi yako?”
</p>
<p style="p">Hadadi akajibu, “Hakuna, lakini niruhusu niende!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1KI.11.23" />Mungu akamwinua adui mwingine dhidi ya Solomoni, Rezoni mwana wa Eliada, ambaye alikuwa amemkimbia bwana wake Hadadezeri, mfalme wa Soba.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1KI.11.24" />Akawakusanya watu, naye akawa kiongozi wa kundi la waasi, wakati Daudi alipoangamiza majeshi ya Soba; waasi walikwenda Dameski, mahali walipokaa na kumiliki.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1KI.11.25" />Rezoni alikuwa adui wa Israeli kwa muda wote alioishi Solomoni, ukiongezea matatizo yaliyosababishwa na Hadadi. Kwa hiyo Rezoni akatawala katika Aramu<f caller="+"><fr>11:25
</fr><ft>Yaani Shamu (ambayo leo ni Syria).</ft></f> na alikuwa mkatili kwa Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yeroboamu Anaasi Dhidi Ya Solomoni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="1KI.11.26" />Pia, Yeroboamu mwana wa Nebati aliasi dhidi ya mfalme. Alikuwa mmoja wa maafisa wa Solomoni, Mwefraimu kutoka Sereda, ambaye mama yake alikuwa mjane aliyeitwa Serua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="1KI.11.27" />Haya ndiyo maelezo ya jinsi alivyomwasi mfalme: Solomoni alikuwa amejenga Milo<f caller="+"><fr>11:27
</fr><ft>Milo maana yake Boma la Ngome.</ft></f> naye akawa ameziba mwanya katika ukuta wa mji wa Daudi baba yake.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1KI.11.28" />Basi Yeroboamu alikuwa mtu shujaa na hodari, naye Solomoni alipoona jinsi kijana alivyofanya kazi yake, akamweka kuwa kiongozi wa kazi yote ya mikono ya nyumba ya Yosefu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="1KI.11.29" />Karibu na wakati ule Yeroboamu alikuwa anatoka nje ya Yerusalemu, Ahiya nabii Mshiloni akakutana naye njiani, akiwa amevaa joho jipya. Hawa wawili walikuwa peke yao mashambani,
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1KI.11.30" />naye Ahiya akachukua joho jipya alilokuwa amevaa akalirarua vipande kumi na viwili.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="1KI.11.31" />Kisha akamwambia Yeroboamu, “Chukua vipande kumi kwa ajili yako, kwa kuwa hivi ndivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli asemavyo: ‘Tazama, ninakwenda kuuchana ufalme kutoka mikononi mwa Solomoni na kukupa wewe makabila kumi.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="1KI.11.32" />Lakini kwa ajili ya mtumishi wangu Daudi na mji wa Yerusalemu, ambao nimeuchagua miongoni mwa makabila yote ya Israeli, atakuwa na kabila moja.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="1KI.11.33" />Nitafanya hivi kwa sababu wameniacha mimi na kuabudu Ashtorethi mungu mke wa Wasidoni, Kemoshi mungu wa Wamoabu, na Moleki mungu wa Waamoni, nao hawakwenda katika njia zangu ili kufanya yaliyo sawa machoni pangu, wala kushika amri na sheria zangu kama Daudi, babaye Solomoni, alivyofanya.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="1KI.11.34" />“ ‘Lakini sitauondoa ufalme wote kutoka mikononi mwa Solomoni, nimemfanya mtawala siku zote za maisha yake kwa ajili ya Daudi mtumishi wangu, niliyemchagua na ambaye aliyatunza maagizo na amri zangu.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="1KI.11.35" />Nitauondoa ufalme kutoka mikononi mwa mwanawe na kukupa wewe makabila kumi.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="1KI.11.36" />Nitampa mwanawe kabila moja ili kwamba Daudi mtumishi wangu awe na taa mbele zangu daima katika Yerusalemu, mji ambao nimeuchagua kuweka Jina langu.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="1KI.11.37" />Hata hivyo, kukuhusu wewe Yeroboamu, nitakutwaa, nawe utatawala juu ya yote yale moyo wako unayotamani, utakuwa mfalme juu ya Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="1KI.11.38" />Ikiwa utafanya kila nitakalokuamuru, kuenenda katika njia zangu na kufanya yaliyo sawa mbele za macho yangu kwa kuzishika amri zangu na maagizo yangu kama alivyofanya Daudi mtumishi wangu, nitakuwa pamoja nawe. Nitakujengea ufalme utakaodumu kama ule niliomjengea Daudi, nami nitakupa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="1KI.11.39" />Nitawatesa wazao wa Daudi kwa ajili ya hili, lakini siyo milele.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="1KI.11.40" />Solomoni akajaribu kumuua Yeroboamu, lakini Yeroboamu akakimbilia Misri, kwa Mfalme Shishaki, naye akakaa huko mpaka Solomoni alipofariki.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kifo Cha Solomoni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 9:29-31)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="1KI.11.41" />Kwa habari za matukio mengine ya utawala wa Solomoni, yote aliyoyafanya na hekima aliyoionyesha, je hayakuandikwa yote katika kitabu cha matendo cha Solomoni?
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="1KI.11.42" />Solomoni alitawala Israeli yote miaka arobaini, akiwa Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="1KI.11.43" />Kisha Solomoni akalala pamoja na baba zake, naye akazikwa katika mji wa Daudi baba yake. Naye Rehoboamu mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Israeli Yaasi Dhidi Ya Rehoboamu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 10:1-19)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1KI.12.1" />Rehoboamu akaenda Shekemu, kwa kuwa Waisraeli wote walikuwa wamekwenda huko kumfanya yeye kuwa mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1KI.12.2" />Yeroboamu mwana wa Nebati aliposikia hili (alikuwa bado yuko Misri alikokuwa amekimbilia awe mbali na Mfalme Solomoni), akarudi kutoka Misri.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1KI.12.3" />Kwa hiyo wakatuma watu kumwita Yeroboamu, yeye na kusanyiko lote la Israeli wakamwendea Rehoboamu na kumwambia,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1KI.12.4" />“Baba yako aliweka nira nzito juu yetu, lakini sasa tupunguzie kazi za kikatili na nira nzito aliyoweka juu yetu, nasi tutakutumikia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1KI.12.5" />Rehoboamu akajibu, “Nendeni kwa muda wa siku tatu na kisha mnirudie.” Basi watu wakaenda zao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1KI.12.6" />Kisha Mfalme Rehoboamu akataka shauri kwa wazee ambao walimtumikia Solomoni baba yake wakati wa uhai wake akawauliza, “Mnanishauri nini katika kuwajibu watu hawa?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1KI.12.7" />Wakajibu, “Kama leo utakuwa mtumishi wa watu hawa na kuwahudumia na kuwapa jibu linaloridhisha, watakuwa watumishi wako daima.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1KI.12.8" />Lakini Rehoboamu akakataa shauri alilopewa na wazee na akataka ushauri kwa vijana wanaume rika lake waliokuwa wakimtumikia.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1KI.12.9" />Akawauliza, “Ninyi ushauri wenu ni nini? Tutawajibuje watu hawa wanaoniambia, ‘Ifanye nyepesi nira baba yako aliyoweka juu yetu?’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1KI.12.10" />Wale vijana wa rika lake wakamjibu, “Waambie watu hawa waliokuambia, ‘Baba yako aliweka nira nzito juu yetu, lakini ifanye nira yetu nyepesi,’ kuwa, ‘Kidole changu kidogo ni kinene kuliko kiuno cha baba yangu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1KI.12.11" />Baba yangu aliweka nira nzito juu yenu, mimi nitaifanya hata iwe nzito zaidi. Baba yangu aliwachapa kwa mijeledi, mimi nitawachapa kwa nge.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1KI.12.12" />Siku tatu baadaye, Yeroboamu na watu wote wakamrudia Rehoboamu, kama mfalme alivyokuwa amesema, “Rudini kwangu baada ya siku tatu.”
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1KI.12.13" />Mfalme akawajibu watu kwa ukatili. Akikataa shauri alilopewa na wazee,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1KI.12.14" />akafuata shauri la vijana wa rika lake na kusema, “Baba yangu alifanya nira yenu kuwa nzito, mimi nitaifanya kuwa nzito zaidi. Baba yangu aliwachapa kwa mijeledi, mimi nitawachapa kwa nge.”
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1KI.12.15" />Kwa hiyo mfalme hakuwasikiliza watu, kwa kuwa jambo hili lilitoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ili kutimiza neno ambalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amenena kwa Yeroboamu mwana wa Nebati kupitia Ahiya Mshiloni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="1KI.12.16" />Israeli wote walipoona kuwa mfalme amekataa kuwasikiliza, wakamjibu mfalme:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Tuna fungu gani kwa Daudi?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Sisi hatuna urithi kwa mwana wa Yese.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nendeni kwenye mahema yenu, ee Israeli!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Angalia nyumba yako mwenyewe, ee Daudi!”
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Hivyo Waisraeli wakaenda kwenye mahema yao.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1KI.12.17" />Lakini kwa habari ya Waisraeli waliokuwa wakiishi katika miji ya Yuda, Rehoboamu akaendelea kuwatawala bado.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1KI.12.18" />Mfalme Rehoboamu akamtuma Adoramu, aliyekuwa msimamizi wa wale waliofanya kazi ngumu kwa kulazimishwa, lakini Israeli wote wakampiga kwa mawe hadi akafa. Hata hivyo, Mfalme Rehoboamu, akafanikiwa kuingia kwenye gari lake na kutorokea Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1KI.12.19" />Hivyo Israeli wakaasi dhidi ya nyumba ya Daudi hadi leo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="1KI.12.20" />Waisraeli wote waliposikia kwamba Yeroboamu amerudi, wakatuma watu na kumwita kwenye kusanyiko na kumfanya mfalme juu ya Israeli yote. Ni kabila la Yuda peke yake lililobaki kuwa tiifu kwa nyumba ya Daudi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="1KI.12.21" />Ikawa Rehoboamu alipofika Yerusalemu, akakusanya nyumba yote ya Yuda na kabila la Benyamini, wanaume wapiganaji 180,000, kufanya vita dhidi ya nyumba ya Israeli na kuurudisha tena ufalme kwa Rehoboamu mwana wa Solomoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="1KI.12.22" />Lakini neno hili la Mungu likamjia Shemaya mtu wa Mungu:
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1KI.12.23" />“Mwambie Rehoboamu mwana wa Solomoni mfalme wa Yuda, na nyumba yote ya Yuda na Benyamini, na watu wengine wote,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1KI.12.24" />‘Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Msipande kupigana dhidi ya ndugu zenu, Waisraeli. Nendeni nyumbani, kila mmoja wenu, kwa kuwa hili nimelitenda mimi.’ ” Kwa hiyo wakalitii neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kurudi nyumbani, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyokuwa ameagiza.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ndama Wa Dhahabu Huko Betheli Na Dani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="1KI.12.25" />Kisha Yeroboamu akajenga Shekemu akaizungushia ngome katika nchi ya vilima ya Efraimu na akaishi huko. Akatoka huko, akaenda akajenga Penueli.<f caller="+"><fr>12:25
</fr><ft>Jina lingine ni Penieli kwa Kiebrania.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="1KI.12.26" />Yeroboamu akawaza moyoni mwake, “Sasa inawezekana ufalme ukarudi katika nyumba ya Daudi.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1KI.12.27" />Kama watu hawa watapanda kwenda kutoa dhabihu katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> huko Yerusalemu, mioyo yao itamrudia bwana wao, Rehoboamu mfalme wa Yuda. Wataniua mimi na kurudi kwa Mfalme Rehoboamu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="1KI.12.28" />Baada ya kutafuta shauri, mfalme akatengeneza ndama wawili wa dhahabu. Akawaambia watu, “Ni gharama kubwa kwenu kukwea kwenda Yerusalemu. Hii hapa miungu yenu, ee Israeli, iliyowapandisha kutoka Misri.”
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="1KI.12.29" />Ndama mmoja akamweka Betheli na mwingine Dani.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1KI.12.30" />Nalo jambo hili likawa dhambi, watu wakawa wanaenda hadi Dani kumwabudu huyo aliyewekwa huko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="1KI.12.31" />Yeroboamu akajenga madhabahu mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu na kuwateua makuhani kutoka watu wa aina zote, ijapokuwa hawakuwa Walawi.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="1KI.12.32" />Pia Yeroboamu akaweka sikukuu katika siku ya kumi na tano ya mwezi wa nane, kama sikukuu iliyokuwa ikifanyika huko Yuda, na akatoa dhabihu juu ya madhabahu. Akafanya hivyo huko Betheli akitoa dhabihu kwa ndama alizotengeneza. Huko Betheli akawaweka makuhani, na pia katika sehemu za juu za kuabudia miungu alizozitengeneza.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="1KI.12.33" />Katika siku ya kumi na tano ya mwezi wa nane, mwezi aliouchagua mwenyewe, alitoa dhabihu juu ya madhabahu aliyokuwa amejenga huko Betheli. Kwa hiyo akaweka sikukuu kwa ajili ya Waisraeli na akapanda madhabahuni kutoa sadaka.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="13" />
<s style="s1">Mtu Wa Mungu Kutoka Yuda
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1KI.13.1" />Kwa neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mtu wa Mungu alifika Betheli kutoka Yuda wakati Yeroboamu alipokuwa amesimama kando ya madhabahu ili kutoa sadaka.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1KI.13.2" />Akapiga kelele dhidi ya madhabahu kwa neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>: “Ee madhabahu, madhabahu! Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: ‘Mwana aitwaye Yosia atazaliwa katika nyumba ya Daudi. Juu yako atawatoa dhabihu makuhani wa mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu wale ambao wanatoa sadaka hapa sasa, nayo mifupa ya wanadamu itachomwa juu yako.’ ”
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1KI.13.3" />Siku iyo hiyo, mtu wa Mungu akatoa ishara: “Hii ndiyo ishara
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyotangaza: Madhabahu haya yatapasuka na majivu yaliyo juu yake yatamwagika.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1KI.13.4" />Mfalme Yeroboamu aliposikia kile mtu wa Mungu alichosema, alipopiga kelele dhidi ya madhabahu huko Betheli, akanyoosha mkono wake kutoka madhabahuni na kusema, “Mkamate!” Lakini mkono aliokuwa ameunyoosha kumwelekea yule mtu ukasinyaa na kubaki hapo hapo, kiasi kwamba hakuweza kuurudisha.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1KI.13.5" />Pia, madhabahu yalipasuka na majivu yakamwagika sawasawa na ishara iliyotolewa na mtu wa Mungu kwa neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1KI.13.6" />Kisha mfalme akamwambia mtu wa Mungu, “Niombee kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako ili mkono wangu upate kupona.” Kwa hiyo mtu wa Mungu akamwombea kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nao mkono wa mfalme ukapona na kuwa kama ulivyokuwa hapo kwanza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1KI.13.7" />Mfalme akamwambia yule mtu wa Mungu, “Twende nyumbani kwangu upate chakula, nami nitakupa zawadi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1KI.13.8" />Lakini yule mtu wa Mungu akamjibu mfalme, “Hata kama ungenipa nusu ya mali zako, nisingekwenda pamoja na wewe, wala nisingekula mkate au kunywa maji hapa.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1KI.13.9" />Kwa kuwa niliagizwa kwa neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>: ‘Kamwe usile mkate wala usinywe maji au kurudi kwa njia uliyojia.’ ”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1KI.13.10" />Kwa hiyo akafuata njia nyingine na hakurudi kupitia njia ile ambayo alikuwa ameijia Betheli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1KI.13.11" />Basi kulikuwepo na nabii fulani mzee aliyekuwa anaishi Betheli, ambaye wanawe walikuja kumwambia yote ambayo mtu wa Mungu alikuwa ameyafanya pale siku ile. Pia wakamwambia baba yao yale aliyomwambia mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1KI.13.12" />Baba yao akawauliza, “Ameelekea njia gani?” Nao wanawe wakamwonyesha ile njia yule mtu wa Mungu kutoka Yuda aliyopita.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1KI.13.13" />Hivyo akawaambia wanawe, “Nitandikieni punda.” Walipokwisha kumtandikia punda, akampanda
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1KI.13.14" />na kumfuatilia yule mtu wa Mungu. Akamkuta ameketi chini ya mwaloni na akamuuliza, “Je, wewe ndiwe mtu wa Mungu kutoka Yuda?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akamjibu, “Mimi ndiye.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1KI.13.15" />Basi nabii akamwambia, “Karibu nyumbani pamoja na mimi ule.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="1KI.13.16" />Yule mtu wa Mungu akasema, “Siwezi kurudi na kwenda nawe, wala siwezi kula mkate au kunywa maji pamoja nawe mahali hapa.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1KI.13.17" />Nimeambiwa kwa neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>: ‘Kamwe usile mkate au kunywa maji huko au kurudia njia uliyojia.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1KI.13.18" />Yule nabii mzee akajibu, “Mimi pia ni nabii, kama wewe. Naye malaika alisema nami kwa neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>: ‘Mrudishe aje katika nyumba yako ili apate kula mkate na kunywa maji.’ ” (Lakini alikuwa akimwambia uongo.)
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1KI.13.19" />Hivyo mtu wa Mungu akarudi pamoja naye na akala na kunywa katika nyumba yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="1KI.13.20" />Wakati walipokuwa wameketi mezani, neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamjia yule nabii mzee aliyemrudisha huyo mtu wa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1KI.13.21" />Akampazia sauti yule mtu wa Mungu aliyekuwa ametoka Yuda, “Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: ‘Umeasi neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na hukushika amri uliyopewa na
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako,
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1KI.13.22" />bali ulirudi na ukala mkate na kunywa maji mahali ambapo alikuambia usile wala usinywe. Kwa hiyo maiti yako haitazikwa katika kaburi la baba zako.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1KI.13.23" />Wakati huyo mtu wa Mungu alipomaliza kula na kunywa, nabii aliyekuwa amemrudisha akamtandikia punda wake.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1KI.13.24" />Alipokuwa akienda akakutana na simba njiani, akamuua na maiti yake ikabwagwa barabarani, yule punda wake na simba wakiwa wamesimama karibu yake.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1KI.13.25" />Baadhi ya watu waliopita pale waliona maiti imebwagwa pale chini, simba akiwa amesimama kando ya maiti, wakaenda na kutoa habari katika mji ambao nabii mzee aliishi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="1KI.13.26" />Yule nabii aliyekuwa amemrudisha kutoka safari yake aliposikia habari hii akasema, “Ni yule mtu wa Mungu ambaye aliasi neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<nd>Bwana</nd> amemtoa kwa simba, ambaye amemrarua na kumuua, sawasawa na neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilivyokuwa limemwonya.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="1KI.13.27" />Nabii akawaambia wanawe, “Nitandikieni punda,” nao wakafanya hivyo.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1KI.13.28" />Kisha akatoka akaenda akakuta maiti imebwagwa chini barabarani, punda na simba wakiwa wamesimama kando yake. Simba hakuwa amekula ile maiti wala kumrarua punda.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="1KI.13.29" />Basi yule nabii mzee akachukua maiti ya mtu wa Mungu, akailaza juu ya punda na akairudisha katika mji wake, ili amwombolezee na kumzika.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1KI.13.30" />Kisha akailaza ile maiti katika kaburi lake huyo nabii mzee, nao wakaomboleza juu yake na kusema, “Ee ndugu yangu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="1KI.13.31" />Baada ya kumzika, akawaambia wanawe, “Wakati nitakapokufa, mnizike kwenye kaburi alimozikwa huyu mtu wa Mungu; lazeni mifupa yangu kando ya mifupa yake.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="1KI.13.32" />Kwa maana ujumbe alioutangaza kwa neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> dhidi ya madhabahu huko Betheli na dhidi ya madhabahu yote katika mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu katika miji ya Samaria, hakika yatatokea kweli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="1KI.13.33" />Hata baada ya haya, Yeroboamu hakubadili njia zake mbaya, lakini mara nyingine tena akaweka makuhani kwa ajili ya mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu kutoka watu wa aina zote. Yeyote aliyetaka kuwa kuhani alimweka wakfu kwa ajili ya mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="1KI.13.34" />Hii ilikuwa ndiyo dhambi ya nyumba ya Yeroboamu ambayo iliisababishia kuanguka na kuangamia kwake hadi kutoweka kwenye uso wa dunia.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="14" />
<s style="s1">Unabii Wa Ahiya Dhidi Ya Yeroboamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1KI.14.1" />Wakati ule Abiya mwana wa Yeroboamu akaugua,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1KI.14.2" />naye Yeroboamu akamwambia mke wake, “Nenda ukajibadilishe, ili watu wasijue kwamba wewe ni mke wa Yeroboamu. Kisha uende Shilo. Nabii Ahiya yuko huko, yule aliyeniambia kuwa nitakuwa mfalme juu ya watu hawa.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1KI.14.3" />Chukua mikate kumi, maandazi kadhaa na gudulia la asali na umwendee. Atakuambia kitakachotokea kwa kijana.”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1KI.14.4" />Basi mke wa Yeroboamu akafanya kama alivyosema mumewe, akaenda kwenye nyumba ya Ahiya huko Shilo.
</p>
<p style="p">Wakati huu Ahiya alikuwa kipofu naye alishindwa kuona kwa sababu ya umri wake.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1KI.14.5" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amemwambia Ahiya, “Mke wa Yeroboamu anakuja kukuuliza kuhusu mwanawe, kwa kuwa ni mgonjwa, nawe utamjibu hivi na hivi. Atakapowasili, atajifanya kuwa ni mtu mwingine.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1KI.14.6" />Hivyo Ahiya aliposikia kishindo cha hatua zake mlangoni, akasema, “Karibu ndani, mke wa Yeroboamu. Kwa nini kujibadilisha? Nimetumwa kwako nikiwa na habari mbaya.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1KI.14.7" />Nenda, ukamwambie Yeroboamu kwamba hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli: ‘Nilikuinua miongoni mwa watu na kukufanya kiongozi juu ya watu wangu Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1KI.14.8" />Nikararua ufalme kutoka kwa nyumba ya Daudi na kukupa wewe, lakini hukuwa kama mtumishi wangu Daudi, ambaye aliyashika maagizo yangu na kunifuata kwa moyo wake wote, akifanya tu lile lililokuwa sawa machoni pangu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1KI.14.9" />Umefanya maovu mengi kuliko wote waliokutangulia. Umejitengenezea miungu mingine, sanamu za chuma, umenighadhibisha na kunitupa nyuma yako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1KI.14.10" />“ ‘Kwa sababu ya hili, nitaleta maafa juu ya nyumba ya Yeroboamu. Nitakatilia mbali kutoka kwa Yeroboamu kila mzaliwa wa mwisho wa kiume katika Israeli, mtumwa au mtu huru. Nitachoma nyumba ya Yeroboamu mpaka iteketee yote kama mtu achomaye kinyesi.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1KI.14.11" />Mbwa watawala wale walio wa nyumba ya Yeroboamu watakaofia ndani ya mji na ndege wa angani watajilisha kwa wale watakaofia mashambani.
<nd>Bwana</nd> amesema!’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1KI.14.12" />“Kukuhusu wewe, rudi nyumbani. Wakati utakapotia mguu katika mji wako, kijana atakufa.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1KI.14.13" />Israeli yote itamwombolezea na kumzika. Kwa sababu ni yeye pekee wa nyumba ya Yeroboamu atakayezikwa, kwa sababu ni yeye peke yake ndani ya nyumba ya Yeroboamu ambaye
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, ameona kitu chema kwake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1KI.14.14" />“<nd>Bwana</nd> atajiinulia mwenyewe mfalme juu ya Israeli ambaye ataikatilia mbali jamaa ya Yeroboamu. Siku ndiyo hii! Nini? Naam, hata sasa hivi.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1KI.14.15" />Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> ataipiga Israeli, hata iwe kama unyasi unaosukwasukwa juu ya maji. Ataingʼoa Israeli kutoka nchi hii nzuri aliyowapa baba zao na kuwatawanya ngʼambo ya Mto Frati, kwa sababu wamemghadhibisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa kutengeneza nguzo za Ashera<f caller="+"><fr>14:15
</fr><ft>Yaani mfano wa mungu wa kike Ashera.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1KI.14.16" />Naye atawaacha Israeli kwa ajili ya makosa ya Yeroboamu aliyoyatenda na kusababisha Israeli kuyatenda.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1KI.14.17" />Kisha mke wa Yeroboamu akainuka, akaondoka kwenda Tirsa. Mara alipokanyaga kizingiti cha mlango, kijana akafa.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1KI.14.18" />Wakamzika na Israeli yote ikamwombolezea, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyokuwa amesema kupitia mtumishi wake, nabii Ahiya.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1KI.14.19" />Matukio mengine ya utawala wa Yeroboamu, vita vyake na jinsi alivyotawala, vimeandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1KI.14.20" />Yeroboamu akawatawala kwa miaka ishirini na miwili, kisha akalala na baba zake. Naye Nadabu mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Rehoboamu Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 11:5–12:15)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="1KI.14.21" />Rehoboamu mwana wa Solomoni alikuwa mfalme wa Yuda. Alikuwa na umri wa miaka arobaini na moja alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala miaka kumi na saba huko Yerusalemu, mji ambao
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa ameuchagua kutoka makabila yote ya Israeli ili apate kuliweka humo Jina lake. Mama yake aliitwa Naama, ambaye alikuwa Mwamoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="1KI.14.22" />Yuda wakatenda maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Kwa dhambi walizotenda wakachochea hasira yake yenye wivu zaidi kuliko baba zao walivyofanya.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1KI.14.23" />Pia wakajijengea mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu, mawe ya kuabudiwa na nguzo za Ashera juu ya kila kilima kilichoinuka na kila mti uliotanda.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1KI.14.24" />Walikuwepo hata wanaume mahanithi wa mahali pa ibada za sanamu katika nchi; watu wakajiingiza katika kutenda machukizo ya mataifa ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyafukuza mbele ya Waisraeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="1KI.14.25" />Katika mwaka wa tano wa utawala wa Mfalme Rehoboamu, Shishaki mfalme wa Misri akashambulia Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="1KI.14.26" />Akachukua hazina za Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na hazina za jumba la kifalme. Akachukua kila kitu, pamoja na zile ngao zote za dhahabu ambazo Solomoni alikuwa amezitengeneza.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1KI.14.27" />Kwa hiyo Mfalme Rehoboamu akatengeneza ngao za shaba badala ya zile za dhahabu na kuzikabidhi kwa majemadari wa ulinzi wa zamu kwenye ingilio la jumba la mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1KI.14.28" />Kila wakati mfalme alipokwenda katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, walinzi walizichukua hizo ngao, na baadaye walizirudisha kwenye chumba cha ulinzi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="1KI.14.29" />Kwa matukio mengine ya utawala wa Rehoboamu na yote aliyoyafanya, je, hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Yuda?
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1KI.14.30" />Kulikuwa na vita vinavyoendelea kati ya Rehoboamu na Yeroboamu.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="1KI.14.31" />Naye Rehoboamu akalala na baba zake, na akazikwa pamoja nao katika Mji wa Daudi. Mama yake aliitwa Naama, ambaye alikuwa Mwamoni. Naye Abiya<f caller="+"><fr>14:31
</fr><ft>Maandishi mengine ya Kiebrania yanamwita Abiyamu.</ft></f> mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="15" />
<s style="s1">Abiya Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 13:1–14:1)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1KI.15.1" />Katika mwaka wa kumi na nane wa utawala wa Yeroboamu mwana wa Nebati, Abiya akawa mfalme wa Yuda,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1KI.15.2" />naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu miaka mitatu. Mama yake aliitwa Maaka binti Abishalomu.<f caller="+"><fr>15:2
</fr><ft>Yaani Absalomu, maana yake Baba wa amani.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1KI.15.3" />Alitenda dhambi zote baba yake alizotenda kabla yake; moyo wake haukuwa mkamilifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wake kama moyo wa Daudi baba yake ulivyokuwa.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1KI.15.4" />Pamoja na hayo, kwa ajili ya Daudi,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wake akampa taa katika Yerusalemu kwa kumwinua mwana atawale badala yake na kwa kuifanya Yerusalemu kuwa imara.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1KI.15.5" />Kwa kuwa Daudi alifanya yaliyo mema machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd> na hakushindwa kushika maagizo yote ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> siku zote za uhai wake, isipokuwa katika habari ya Uria, Mhiti.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1KI.15.6" />Kulikuwa na vita kati ya Rehoboamu na Yeroboamu wakati wote wa maisha ya Abiya.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1KI.15.7" />Kwa habari ya matukio mengine ya utawala wa Abiya na yote aliyofanya, je, hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Yuda? Kulikuwa na vita kati ya Abiya na Yeroboamu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1KI.15.8" />Naye Abiya akalala na baba zake akazikwa katika Mji wa Daudi. Asa mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Asa Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 15:16–16:6)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1KI.15.9" />Katika mwaka wa ishirini wa utawala wa Yeroboamu mfalme wa Israeli, Asa akawa mfalme wa Yuda,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1KI.15.10" />naye akatawala katika Yerusalemu miaka arobaini na mmoja. Bibi yake aliitwa Maaka binti Abishalomu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1KI.15.11" />Asa akatenda yaliyo mema machoni mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kama alivyokuwa ametenda Daudi baba yake.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1KI.15.12" />Akawafukuza mahanithi wa mahali pa kuabudia miungu kutoka nchi na kuondoa sanamu zote ambazo baba zake walikuwa wametengeneza.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1KI.15.13" />Hata akamwondoa bibi yake Maaka kwenye wadhifa wake kama mama malkia, kwa sababu alikuwa ametengeneza nguzo ya Ashera ya kuchukiza. Asa akaikata hiyo nguzo na kuiteketeza kwa moto katika Bonde la Kidroni.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1KI.15.14" />Ijapokuwa hakuondoa mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu, moyo wa Asa ulikuwa umejiweka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kikamilifu maisha yake yote.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1KI.15.15" />Akaleta ndani ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> fedha na dhahabu na vile vyombo ambavyo yeye na baba yake walikuwa wameviweka wakfu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="1KI.15.16" />Kulikuwa na vita kati ya Asa na Baasha mfalme wa Israeli siku zote za utawala wao.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1KI.15.17" />Mfalme Baasha wa Israeli akashambulia Yuda na kuweka ngome mji wa Rama ili kumzuia yeyote asitoke wala kuingia nchi ya Mfalme Asa wa Yuda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1KI.15.18" />Kisha Asa akachukua fedha yote na dhahabu iliyokuwa imeachwa katika hazina za Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na za jumba lake mwenyewe la kifalme. Akawakabidhi maafisa wake na kuwatuma kwa Ben-Hadadi mwana wa Tabrimoni, mwana wa Hezioni, mfalme wa Aramu,<f caller="+"><fr>15:18
</fr><ft>Yaani Shamu (ambayo leo ni Syria).</ft></f> aliyekuwa akitawala Dameski.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1KI.15.19" />“Akasema na pawepo mkataba kati yangu na wewe, kama ulivyokuwepo kati ya baba yangu na baba yako. Tazama, nimekuletea zawadi ya fedha na dhahabu. Sasa vunja mkataba wako na Baasha mfalme wa Israeli ili aniondokee mimi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="1KI.15.20" />Ben-Hadadi akakubaliana na Mfalme Asa na kutuma majemadari wa majeshi yake dhidi ya miji ya Israeli. Akaishinda miji ya Iyoni, Dani, Abel-Beth-Maaka na Kinerethi yote, pamoja na Naftali.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1KI.15.21" />Wakati Baasha aliposikia hili, akaacha kuijenga Rama na akaenda kuishi Tirsa.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1KI.15.22" />Kisha Mfalme Asa akatoa amri kwa Yuda yote, pasipo kumbagua hata mmoja, kubeba mawe na mbao kutoka Rama, ambazo Baasha alikuwa akitumia huko. Mfalme Asa akazitumia kujengea Geba iliyoko Benyamini na Mispa pia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1KI.15.23" />Kwa matukio yote ya utawala wa Asa, mafanikio yake yote, yote aliyofanya na miji aliyoijenga, je, hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Yuda? Katika uzee wake, hata hivyo, alipata ugonjwa wa miguu.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1KI.15.24" />Kisha Asa akalala pamoja na baba zake na kuzikwa pamoja nao katika mji wa Daudi baba yake. Naye Yehoshafati mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Nadabu Mfalme Wa Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="1KI.15.25" />Nadabu mwana wa Yeroboamu akawa mfalme wa Israeli katika mwaka wa pili wa utawala wa Mfalme Asa wa Yuda, naye akatawala Israeli kwa miaka miwili.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="1KI.15.26" />Akafanya maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akienenda katika njia za baba yake na katika dhambi yake, ambayo alisababisha Israeli kuifanya.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="1KI.15.27" />Baasha mwana wa Ahiya wa nyumba ya Isakari akafanya shauri baya dhidi yake, naye akamuua huko Gibethoni, mji wa Wafilisti, wakati Nadabu na Israeli yote walipokuwa wameuzingira.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1KI.15.28" />Baasha akamuua Nadabu katika mwaka wa tatu wa utawala wa Asa mfalme wa Yuda, naye Baasha akaingia mahali pake kuwa mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="1KI.15.29" />Mara tu alipoanza kutawala, aliua jamaa yote ya Yeroboamu. Hakumwachia Yeroboamu yeyote aliyekuwa hai, bali aliwaangamiza wote, kulingana na neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lililotolewa kupitia kwa mtumishi wake Ahiya Mshiloni,
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1KI.15.30" />kwa sababu ya dhambi alizokuwa amezitenda Yeroboamu na kusababisha Israeli kuzitenda, tena kwa sababu alimkasirisha
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="1KI.15.31" />Kwa matukio mengine ya utawala wa Nadabu na yote aliyofanya, je hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Israeli?
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="1KI.15.32" />Kulikuwa na vita kati ya Asa na Baasha mfalme wa Israeli wakati wote wa utawala wao.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Baasha Mfalme Wa Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="1KI.15.33" />Katika mwaka wa tatu wa utawala wa Asa mfalme wa Yuda, Baasha mwana wa Ahiya akawa mfalme wa Israeli yote huko Tirsa, naye akatawala kwa miaka ishirini na minne.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="1KI.15.34" />Akatenda maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akienenda katika njia za Yeroboamu na dhambi yake, ambayo alikuwa amesababisha Israeli kuitenda.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="16" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1KI.16.1" />Ndipo neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamjia Yehu mwana wa Hanani dhidi ya Baasha, kusema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1KI.16.2" />“Nilikuinua kutoka mavumbini na kukufanya kiongozi wa watu wangu Israeli, lakini ukaenenda katika njia za Yeroboamu na kusababisha watu wangu Israeli kutenda dhambi na kunikasirisha kwa dhambi zao.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1KI.16.3" />Basi nitamwangamiza Baasha pamoja na nyumba yake, nami nitaifanya nyumba yako kama ile ya Yeroboamu mwanawe Nebati.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1KI.16.4" />Mbwa watawala watu wa Baasha watakaofia mjini na ndege wa angani watajilisha kwa wale watakaofia mashambani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1KI.16.5" />Kwa matukio mengine ya utawala wa Baasha, aliyoyafanya na mafanikio yake, je, hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Israeli?
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1KI.16.6" />Baasha akalala na baba zake naye akazikwa huko Tirsa. Naye Ela mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1KI.16.7" />Zaidi ya hayo, neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamjia Baasha pamoja na nyumba yake kupitia kwa nabii Yehu mwana wa Hanani, kwa sababu ya maovu yote aliyokuwa ametenda machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akamkasirisha kwa mambo aliyotenda, na kuwa kama nyumba ya Yeroboamu, na pia kwa sababu aliiangamiza.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ela Mfalme Wa Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1KI.16.8" />Katika mwaka wa ishirini na sita wa utawala wa Asa mfalme wa Yuda, Ela mwana wa Baasha akawa mfalme wa Israeli, naye akatawala huko Tirsa kwa miaka miwili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1KI.16.9" />Zimri, mmoja wa maafisa wake, aliyekuwa na amri juu ya nusu ya magari yake ya vita, akafanya hila mbaya dhidi ya Ela. Wakati huo Ela alikuwa Tirsa, akilewa katika nyumba ya Arsa, mtu aliyekuwa msimamizi wa jumba la kifalme huko Tirsa.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1KI.16.10" />Zimri akaingia, akampiga na kumuua katika mwaka wa ishirini na saba wa utawala wa Asa mfalme wa Yuda. Kisha Zimri akaingia mahali pake kuwa mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1KI.16.11" />Mara tu alipoanza kutawala na kuketi juu ya kiti cha ufalme, aliua jamaa yote ya Baasha. Hakumwacha mwanaume hata mmoja, akiwa ni ndugu au rafiki.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1KI.16.12" />Hivyo Zimri akaangamiza jamaa yote ya Baasha, kulingana na neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lililonenwa dhidi ya Baasha kupitia nabii Yehu:
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1KI.16.13" />kwa sababu ya dhambi zote Baasha na mwanawe Ela walizokuwa wametenda na wakasababisha Israeli kuzitenda, basi wakamkasirisha
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli kwa sanamu zao zisizofaa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1KI.16.14" />Kwa matukio mengine ya utawala wa Ela, na yote aliyoyafanya, je, hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Israeli?
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Zimri Mfalme Wa Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1KI.16.15" />Katika mwaka wa ishirini na saba wa utawala wa Asa mfalme wa Yuda, Zimri akatawala huko Tirsa siku saba. Jeshi lilikuwa limepiga kambi karibu na Gibethoni, mji wa Wafilisti.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1KI.16.16" />Wakati Waisraeli waliokuwa kambini waliposikia kuwa Zimri alikuwa amefanya hila mbaya dhidi ya mfalme na kumuua, wakamtangaza Omri, jemadari wa jeshi, kuwa mfalme wa Israeli siku iyo hiyo huko kambini.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1KI.16.17" />Ndipo Omri na Waisraeli wote pamoja naye wakaondoka Gibethoni na kuizingira Tirsa.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1KI.16.18" />Wakati Zimri alipoona kuwa mji umechukuliwa, alikwenda ndani ya ngome ya jumba la kifalme na kulichoma moto jumba la kifalme na kujiteketeza ndani yake. Kwa hiyo akafa,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1KI.16.19" />kwa sababu ya dhambi alizofanya, akitenda maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kuenenda katika njia za Yeroboamu na katika dhambi alizofanya na kusababisha Israeli kuzifanya.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="1KI.16.20" />Kwa matukio mengine ya utawala wa Zimri, na uasi alioutenda, je, hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Israeli?
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Omri Mfalme Wa Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="1KI.16.21" />Ndipo watu wa Israeli wakagawanyika katika makundi mawili, nusu wakamuunga mkono Tibni mwana wa Ginathi ili awe mfalme na nusu nyingine wakamuunga mkono Omri.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1KI.16.22" />Lakini wafuasi wa Omri wakajionyesha wenye nguvu kuliko wale wa Tibni mwana wa Ginathi. Hivyo Tibni akafa na Omri akawa mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1KI.16.23" />Katika mwaka wa thelathini na moja wa utawala wa Asa mfalme wa Yuda, Omri akawa mfalme wa Israeli, naye akatawala kwa miaka kumi na miwili, sita kati ya hiyo katika Tirsa.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1KI.16.24" />Alinunua kilima cha Samaria kutoka kwa Shemeri kwa talanta mbili<f caller="+"><fr>16:24
</fr><ft>Talanta mbili za fedha ni sawa na kilo 70.</ft></f> za fedha na akajenga mji juu ya hicho kilima, akiuita Samaria, kutokana na Shemeri, jina la mmiliki wa kwanza wa kilima hicho.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="1KI.16.25" />Lakini Omri akatenda maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kutenda dhambi kuliko wote waliomtangulia.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="1KI.16.26" />Akaenenda katika njia zote za Yeroboamu mwana wa Nebati na katika dhambi zake, ambazo alisababisha Israeli kutenda, hivyo basi wakamkasirisha
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli kwa sanamu zao zisizofaa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="1KI.16.27" />Kwa matukio mengine ya utawala wa Omri, yale aliyofanya na vitu alivyovifanikisha, je, hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Israeli?
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1KI.16.28" />Omri akalala pamoja na baba zake na akazikwa huko Samaria. Ahabu mwanawe akatawala mahali pake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ahabu Afanywa Mfalme Wa Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="1KI.16.29" />Katika mwaka wa thelathini na nane wa utawala wa Asa mfalme wa Yuda, Ahabu mwana wa Omri akawa mfalme wa Israeli, naye akatawala Israeli akiwa Samaria kwa miaka ishirini na miwili.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1KI.16.30" />Ahabu mwana wa Omri akafanya maovu zaidi machoni mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuliko yeyote aliyewatangulia.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="1KI.16.31" />Kama vile haikutosha kuishi kama Yeroboamu mwana wa Nebati, akamwoa Yezebeli binti wa Ethbaali, mfalme wa Wasidoni, naye akaanza kumtumikia Baali na kumwabudu.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="1KI.16.32" />Akajenga madhabahu kwa ajili ya Baali katika hekalu la Baali lile alilolijenga huko Samaria.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="1KI.16.33" />Pia Ahabu akatengeneza nguzo ya Ashera na kufanya mengi ili kumkasirisha
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, kuliko walivyofanya wafalme wote wa Israeli waliomtangulia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="1KI.16.34" />Katika wakati wa Ahabu, Hieli, Mbetheli, akaijenga upya Yeriko. Aliweka misingi yake kwa gharama ya mzaliwa wake wa kwanza Abiramu, na kuweka malango yake kwa gharama ya mwanawe mdogo Segubu, kulingana na neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> alilosema kupitia Yoshua mwana wa Nuni.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="17" />
<s style="s1">Eliya Analishwa Na Kunguru
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1KI.17.1" />Basi Eliya, Mtishbi kutoka Tishbi katika Gileadi, akamwambia Ahabu, “Kama
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, aishivyo, ambaye ninamtumikia, hapatakuwa na umande wala mvua katika miaka hii, isipokuwa kwa neno langu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="1KI.17.2" />Kisha neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamjia Eliya, kusema,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1KI.17.3" />“Ondoka hapa, elekea upande wa mashariki ukajifiche katika Kijito cha Kerithi, mashariki mwa Yordani.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1KI.17.4" />Utakunywa maji kutoka kile kijito, nami nimeagiza kunguru wakulishe huko.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1KI.17.5" />Hivyo akafanya kile alichoambiwa na
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Akaenda katika Kijito cha Kerithi, mashariki ya Yordani na akakaa huko.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1KI.17.6" />Kunguru wakamletea mkate na nyama asubuhi na mkate na nyama jioni, naye akanywa maji kutoka kile kijito.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mjane Wa Sarepta
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1KI.17.7" />Baada ya muda, kile kijito kikakauka kwa sababu mvua haikuwa imenyesha katika nchi.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1KI.17.8" />Kisha neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamjia, kusema,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1KI.17.9" />“Ondoka, uende Sarepta ya Sidoni na ukae huko. Nimemwagiza mjane katika sehemu ile akupatie chakula.”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1KI.17.10" />Hivyo akaenda Sarepta. Alipofika kwenye lango la mji, mjane alikuwa huko akiokota kuni. Akamwita na kumwambia, “Naomba uniletee maji kidogo kwenye gudulia ili niweze kunywa.”
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1KI.17.11" />Alipokuwa anakwenda kumletea, akamwita akasema, “Tafadhali niletee pia kipande cha mkate.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1KI.17.12" />Akamjibu, “Hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako aishivyo, sina mkate wowote, isipokuwa konzi ya unga kwenye gudulia na mafuta kidogo kwenye chupa. Ninakusanya kuni chache nipeleke nyumbani na nikapike chakula kwa ajili yangu na mwanangu, ili kwamba tule, kiishe, tukafe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1KI.17.13" />Eliya akamwambia, “Usiogope. Nenda nyumbani ukafanye kama ulivyosema. Lakini kwanza unitengenezee mimi mkate mdogo kutoka vile ulivyo navyo kisha uniletee na ndipo utayarishe chochote kwa ajili yako na mwanao.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1KI.17.14" />Kwa kuwa hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli: ‘Lile gudulia la unga halitakwisha wala ile chupa ya mafuta haitakauka hadi siku ile
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakapoleta mvua juu ya nchi.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1KI.17.15" />Akaondoka na kufanya kama Eliya alivyomwambia. Kwa hiyo kukawa na chakula kila siku kwa ajili ya Eliya, yule mwanamke na jamaa yake.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1KI.17.16" />Kwa kuwa lile gudulia la unga halikwisha na ile chupa ya mafuta haikukauka, sawasawa na lile neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> alilosema Eliya.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1KI.17.17" />Baada ya muda, mwana wa yule mwanamke mwenye nyumba akaugua. Hali yake ikaendelea kuwa mbaya sana, na hatimaye akaacha kupumua.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1KI.17.18" />Akamwambia Eliya, “Una nini dhidi yangu, ewe mtu wa Mungu? Umekuja ili kukumbushia dhambi yangu na kusababisha kifo cha mwanangu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1KI.17.19" />Eliya akamjibu, “Nipe mwanao.” Eliya akampokea kutoka kifuani mwake, akambeba mpaka chumba cha juu alipokuwa anaishi, akamlaza kitandani mwake.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1KI.17.20" />Kisha akamlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akasema “Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wangu, je, pia umeleta msiba juu ya mjane huyu ninayeishi pamoja naye, kwa kusababisha mwanawe kufa?”
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1KI.17.21" />Kisha akajinyoosha juu ya kijana mara tatu na kumlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akisema, “Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wangu, nakuomba roho ya huyu kijana imrudie!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="1KI.17.22" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akasikia kilio cha Eliya, na roho ya kijana ikamrudia, naye akafufuka.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1KI.17.23" />Eliya akamtwaa kijana na kumbeba kutoka chumbani mwake akamshusha kumpeleka kwenye nyumba. Akampa mama yake na kusema, “Tazama, mwanao yu hai!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="1KI.17.24" />Ndipo yule mwanamke akamwambia Eliya, “Sasa ninajua kwamba wewe ni mtu wa Mungu, na kwamba neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> kutoka kinywani mwako ni kweli.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="18" />
<s style="s1">Eliya Na Obadia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1KI.18.1" />Baada ya muda mrefu, katika mwaka wa tatu, neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamjia Eliya kusema, “Nenda ukajionyeshe kwa Ahabu na mimi nitanyesha mvua juu ya nchi.”
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1KI.18.2" />Kwa hiyo Eliya akaenda kujionyesha kwa Ahabu.
</p>
<p style="p">Wakati huu njaa ilikuwa kali sana katika Samaria,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1KI.18.3" />naye Ahabu alikuwa amemwita Obadia ambaye alikuwa msimamizi wa jumba lake la kifalme. (Obadia alimcha
<nd>Bwana</nd> sana.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1KI.18.4" />Wakati Yezebeli alipokuwa akiwaua manabii wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Obadia alikuwa amewachukua manabii mia moja na kuwaficha katika mapango mawili, hamsini kwenye kila moja na akawa akiwapa chakula na maji.)
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1KI.18.5" />Ahabu alikuwa amemwambia Obadia, “Nenda katika nchi yote kwenye vijito vyote na mabonde. Huenda tunaweza kupata majani ya kuwalisha farasi na nyumbu wapate kuishi ili tusilazimike kuwaua hata mmoja wa wanyama wetu.”
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1KI.18.6" />Kwa hiyo wakagawanya nchi waliyokusudia kutafuta majani, Ahabu akaenda upande mmoja na Obadia upande mwingine.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1KI.18.7" />Wakati Obadia alipokuwa akitembea njiani, Eliya akakutana naye. Obadia akamtambua, akamsujudia hadi nchi na kusema, “Je, hivi kweli ni wewe, bwana wangu Eliya?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1KI.18.8" />Eliya akamjibu, “Ndiyo, nenda ukamwambie bwana wako Ahabu, ‘Eliya yuko hapa.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1KI.18.9" />Obadia akamuuliza, “Ni kosa gani nimefanya, hata ukaamua kumkabidhi mtumishi wako mkononi mwa Ahabu ili aniue?
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1KI.18.10" />Hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako aishivyo, hakuna taifa hata moja au ufalme ambapo bwana wangu hajamtuma mtu kukutafuta. Kila wakati taifa au ufalme walipodai kwamba haupo huko, aliwafanya waape kwamba hawakuweza kukupata.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1KI.18.11" />Lakini sasa unaniambia niende kwa bwana wangu na kusema, ‘Eliya yuko hapa.’
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1KI.18.12" />Sijui ni wapi Roho wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ataamua kukupeleka wakati nitakapokuacha. Kama nikienda kumwambia Ahabu na asikupate, ataniua. Hata hivyo mimi mtumishi wako nimemwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd> tangu ujana wangu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1KI.18.13" />Je, hukusikia, bwana wangu, nilifanya nini wakati Yezebeli alipokuwa akiua manabii wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>? Niliwaficha manabii wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> mia moja katika mapango mawili, hamsini katika kila moja, nami nikawapatia chakula na maji.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1KI.18.14" />Nawe sasa unaniambia niende kwa bwana wangu na kumwambia, ‘Eliya yuko hapa.’ Yeye ataniua!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1KI.18.15" />Eliya akasema, “Kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote aishivyo, yeye ninayemtumikia, hakika nitajionyesha kwa Ahabu leo.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Eliya Juu Ya Mlima Karmeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="1KI.18.16" />Basi Obadia akaenda kukutana na Ahabu na kumwambia, naye Ahabu akaenda kukutana na Eliya.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1KI.18.17" />Ahabu alipomwona Eliya, akamwambia, “Je, ni wewe, mtaabishaji wa Israeli?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1KI.18.18" />Eliya akamjibu, “Mimi sijaitaabisha Israeli. Lakini wewe na jamaa ya baba yako ndio mnaofanya hivyo. Mmeziacha amri za
<nd>Bwana</nd> na mkafuata Mabaali.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1KI.18.19" />Sasa waite watu kutoka Israeli yote tukutane nao juu ya Mlima Karmeli. Nawe uwalete hao manabii wa Baali mia nne na hamsini na hao manabii mia nne wa Ashera, walao chakula mezani mwa Yezebeli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="1KI.18.20" />Ndipo Ahabu akatuma ujumbe katika Israeli yote na kuwakusanya manabii hao juu ya mlima Karmeli.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1KI.18.21" />Eliya akasimama mbele ya watu na kusema, “Mtasitasita katika mawazo mawili hadi lini? Ikiwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndiye Mungu, mfuateni yeye; lakini ikiwa Baali ni Mungu, basi mfuateni yeye.”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini watu hawakusema kitu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="1KI.18.22" />Kisha Eliya akawaambia, “Ni mimi peke yangu nabii wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyebaki, lakini Baali ana manabii mia nne na hamsini.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1KI.18.23" />Leteni mafahali wawili. Wao na wajichagulie mmoja, wamkate vipande vipande na waweke juu ya kuni lakini wasiiwashie moto. Nitamwandaa huyo fahali mwingine na kumweka juu ya kuni lakini sitawasha moto.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1KI.18.24" />Kisha mliitie jina la mungu wenu, nami nitaliitia jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu yule ambaye atajibu kwa moto, huyo ndiye Mungu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Kisha watu wote wakasema, “Hilo unalosema ni jema.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="1KI.18.25" />Eliya akawaambia manabii wa Baali, “Chagueni mmoja kati ya hawa mafahali na mwe wa kwanza kumwandaa, kwa kuwa ninyi mko wengi sana. Liitieni jina la mungu wenu, lakini msiwashe moto.”
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="1KI.18.26" />Kwa hiyo wakamchukua yule fahali waliyepewa, nao wakamwandaa.
</p>
<p style="p">Kisha wakaliitia jina la Baali kutoka asubuhi hadi adhuhuri, wakapiga kelele, “Ee Baali, utujibu!” Lakini hapakuwa na jibu; hakuna aliyejibu. Nao wakacheza kuizunguka madhabahu waliyoijenga.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="1KI.18.27" />Wakati wa adhuhuri, Eliya akaanza kuwadhihaki, akisema, “Pigeni kelele zaidi! Hakika yeye ni mungu! Labda amezama katika mawazo mazito, au ana shughuli nyingi, au amesafiri. Labda amelala usingizi mzito, naye ni lazima aamshwe.”
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1KI.18.28" />Kwa hiyo wakapiga kelele zaidi na kama ilivyokuwa desturi yao wakajichanja wenyewe kwa visu na vyembe, mpaka damu ikachuruzika.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="1KI.18.29" />Adhuhuri ikapita, nao wakaendelea na utabiri wao wa kiwazimu mpaka wakati wa dhabihu ya jioni. Lakini hapakuwa na jibu, hakuna aliyejibu, hakuna aliyeangalia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="1KI.18.30" />Kisha Eliya akawaambia watu wote, “Sogeeni karibu nami.” Watu wote wakamkaribia, naye akakarabati madhabahu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ambayo ilikuwa imevunjwa.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="1KI.18.31" />Eliya akachukua mawe kumi na mawili, moja kwa ajili ya kila kabila la wana wa Yakobo, ambaye neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilimjia, likisema, “Jina lako litakuwa Israeli.”
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="1KI.18.32" />Kwa mawe hayo, akajenga madhabahu katika jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na akachimba handaki kuizunguka, ukubwa wa kutosha vipimo viwili vya mbegu.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="1KI.18.33" />Akapanga kuni, akamkata yule fahali vipande vipande na kuvipanga juu ya kuni. Kisha akawaambia, “Jazeni mapipa manne maji na kuyamwaga juu ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa na juu ya kuni.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="1KI.18.34" />Akawaambia, “Fanyeni hivyo tena.” Nao wakafanya hivyo tena.
</p>
<p style="p">Akaagiza, “Fanyeni kwa mara ya tatu.” Nao wakafanya hivyo kwa mara ya tatu.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="1KI.18.35" />Maji yakatiririka kuizunguka madhabahu na hata kujaza lile handaki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="1KI.18.36" />Wakati wa kutoa dhabihu ya jioni, nabii Eliya akasogea mbele na kuomba, akisema: “Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Abrahamu, na Isaki na Israeli, ijulikane leo kwamba wewe ndiye Mungu katika Israeli na ya kwamba mimi ni mtumishi wako na nimefanya mambo haya yote kwa neno lako.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="1KI.18.37" />Unijibu mimi, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nijibu mimi, ili watu hawa wajue kwamba wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ndiwe Mungu, na kwamba unaigeuza mioyo yao ikurudie tena.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="1KI.18.38" />Kisha moto wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ukashuka na kuiteketeza ile dhabihu, zile kuni, yale mawe, ule udongo, na pia kuramba yale maji yaliyokuwa ndani ya handaki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="1KI.18.39" />Wakati watu wote walipoona hili, wakaanguka kifudifudi na kulia, “<nd>Bwana</nd>: yeye ndiye Mungu!
<nd>Bwana</nd>: yeye ndiye Mungu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="1KI.18.40" />Kisha Eliya akawaamuru, “Wakamateni hao manabii wa Baali. Msimwache hata mmoja atoroke!” Wakawakamata, naye Eliya akawaleta mpaka Bonde la Kishoni na kuwachinja huko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="1KI.18.41" />Eliya akamwambia Ahabu, “Nenda, ukale na kunywa, kwa kuwa kuna sauti ya mvua kubwa.”
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="1KI.18.42" />Hivyo Ahabu akaondoka ili kula na kunywa. Lakini Eliya akapanda kileleni mwa Karmeli, akasujudu na akaweka kichwa chake katikati ya magoti yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="43" bcv="1KI.18.43" />Akamwambia mtumishi wake, “Nenda ukatazame kuelekea bahari.” Akaenda na kutazama.
</p>
<p style="p">Akasema, “Hakuna kitu chochote huko.”
</p>
<p style="p">Mara saba Eliya akasema, “Nenda tena.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="44" bcv="1KI.18.44" />Mara ya saba, mtumishi akaleta taarifa, “Wingu dogo kama mkono wa mwanadamu linainuka kutoka baharini.”
</p>
<p style="p">Hivyo Eliya akasema, “Nenda ukamwambie Ahabu, ‘Tandika gari lako na ushuke kabla mvua haijakuzuia.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="45" bcv="1KI.18.45" />Wakati ule ule anga likawa jeusi kwa mawingu, upepo ukainuka na mvua kubwa ikanyesha, naye Ahabu akaenda zake Yezreeli.
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="1KI.18.46" />Nguvu za
<nd>Bwana</nd> zikamjia Eliya, naye akajikaza viuno, akakimbia mbele ya Ahabu njia yote hadi maingilio ya Yezreeli.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="19" />
<s style="s1">Eliya Akimbilia Horebu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1KI.19.1" />Ahabu akamwambia Yezebeli kila kitu Eliya alichokuwa amefanya na jinsi alivyowaua manabii wote kwa upanga.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1KI.19.2" />Hivyo Yezebeli akamtuma mjumbe kwa Eliya, kusema, “Hao miungu initendee hivyo na kuzidi, kama kufikia kesho wakati kama huu sitaifanya roho yako kama mmojawapo wa hao manabii.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1KI.19.3" />Eliya aliogopa, na akakimbia kuokoa maisha yake. Alipofika Beer-Sheba katika Yuda, akamwacha mtumishi wake huko,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1KI.19.4" />lakini yeye mwenyewe akatembea mwendo wa kutwa nzima katika jangwa. Akafika kwenye mti wa mretemu, akakaa chini yake na kuomba ili afe. Akasema, “Yatosha sasa,
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ondoa roho yangu, kwani mimi si bora kuliko baba zangu.”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1KI.19.5" />Kisha akajinyoosha chini ya mti, akalala usingizi.
</p>
<p style="p">Mara malaika akamgusa na akamwambia, “Inuka na ule.”
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1KI.19.6" />Akatazama pande zote, napo hapo karibu na kichwa chake palikuwepo mkate uliookwa kwenye makaa ya moto na gudulia la maji. Akala na kunywa, kisha akajinyoosha tena.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1KI.19.7" />Yule malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaja tena mara ya pili, akamgusa akamwambia, “Inuka na ule, kwa kuwa safari ni ndefu kwako.”
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1KI.19.8" />Kwa hiyo akainuka, akala na kunywa. Akiwa ametiwa nguvu na kile chakula, akasafiri siku arobaini usiku na mchana mpaka akafika Horebu, mlima wa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1KI.19.9" />Huko akaingia katika pango, akalala humo usiku ule.
</p>
<s style="s1"><nd>Bwana</nd> Amtokea Eliya
</s>
<p style="p">Nalo neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamjia, kusema, “Unafanya nini hapa, Eliya?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1KI.19.10" />Akajibu, “Nimeona wivu mwingi kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu Mwenye Nguvu Zote. Waisraeli wamelikataa Agano lako, wamevunja madhabahu zako na kuwaua manabii wako kwa upanga. Ni mimi, mimi peke yangu, niliyebaki, nao sasa wananitafuta ili waniangamize.”
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1KI.19.11" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, “Toka nje ukasimame juu ya mlima mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> yu karibu kupita hapo.”
</p>
<p style="p">Kisha upepo mwingi na wenye nguvu ukapasua milima ile na kuvunjavunja miamba mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> hakuwamo katika ule upepo. Baada ya upepo palikuwa na tetemeko la nchi, lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> hakuwamo kwenye lile tetemeko.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1KI.19.12" />Baada ya tetemeko la nchi ukaja moto, lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> hakuwamo katika ule moto. Baada ya moto ikaja sauti ya utulivu ya kunongʼona.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1KI.19.13" />Eliya alipoisikia, akafunika uso kwa vazi lake, akatoka na kusimama kwenye mdomo wa pango.
</p>
<p style="p">Kisha ile sauti ikamwambia, “Eliya, unafanya nini hapa?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1KI.19.14" />Akajibu, “Nimeona wivu mwingi kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu Mwenye Nguvu Zote. Waisraeli wamelikataa Agano lako, wamevunja madhabahu zako na kuwaua manabii wako kwa upanga. Ni mimi, mimi peke yangu, niliyebaki, nao sasa wananitafuta ili waniangamize.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1KI.19.15" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia, “Rudi kwa njia uliyoijia, uende kwenye Jangwa la Dameski. Wakati utakapofika huko, mtie Hazaeli mafuta awe mfalme wa Aramu<f caller="+"><fr>19:15
</fr><ft>Yaani Shamu (ambayo leo ni Syria).</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1KI.19.16" />Pia mtie mafuta Yehu mwana wa Nimshi awe mfalme wa Israeli, na umtie Elisha mwana wa Shafati kutoka Abel-Mehola mafuta awe nabii badala yako.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1KI.19.17" />Yehu atamuua yeyote atakayeutoroka upanga wa Hazaeli, naye Elisha atamuua yeyote atakayeutoroka upanga wa Yehu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1KI.19.18" />Hata sasa nimeweka akiba watu elfu saba katika Israeli, wote ambao hawajampigia Baali magoti, na wote ambao midomo yao haijambusu.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wito Wa Elisha
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1KI.19.19" />Hivyo Eliya akaondoka kutoka huko na kumkuta Elisha mwana wa Shafati. Alikuwa akilima kwa jozi kumi na mbili za maksai, na yeye mwenyewe aliongoza ile jozi ya kumi na mbili. Eliya akapita karibu naye, akamrushia vazi lake.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1KI.19.20" />Kisha Elisha akawaacha maksai wake, akamkimbilia Eliya, akamwambia, “Niruhusu nikawabusu baba yangu na mama yangu, halafu nitafuatana nawe.”
</p>
<p style="p">Eliya akajibu, “Rudi zako, kwani nimekutendea nini?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="1KI.19.21" />Basi Elisha akamwacha Eliya, naye akarudi. Akachukua ile jozi yake ya maksai na kuwachinja. Akaipika ile nyama kwa kutumia miti ya nira kama kuni na kuwapa watu, nao wakala. Kisha akaondoka, akamfuata Eliya, akamtumikia.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="20" />
<s style="s1">Ben-Hadadi Aishambulia Samaria
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1KI.20.1" />Wakati huu, Ben-Hadadi mfalme wa Aramu akakusanya jeshi lake lote. Akifuatana na wafalme thelathini na wawili wakiwa na farasi na magari ya vita, akakwea kuuzingira kwa jeshi Samaria na kuishambulia.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1KI.20.2" />Akawatuma wajumbe katika mji kwa Ahabu mfalme wa Israeli, kusema, “Hivi ndivyo asemavyo Ben-Hadadi:
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1KI.20.3" />‘Fedha yako na dhahabu ni yangu, nao wake zako walio wazuri sana na watoto ni wangu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1KI.20.4" />Mfalme wa Israeli akajibu, “Iwe kama usemavyo, bwana wangu mfalme. Mimi na vyote nilivyo navyo ni mali yako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1KI.20.5" />Wale wajumbe wakaja tena na kusema, “Hivi ndivyo asemavyo Ben-Hadadi: ‘Nimetuma kutaka fedha yako na dhahabu, wake zako na watoto wako.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1KI.20.6" />Lakini kesho wakati kama huu, nitawatuma maafisa wangu kukagua jumba lako la kifalme na nyumba za maafisa wako. Watatwaa kitu unachokithamini nao watakichukua.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1KI.20.7" />Mfalme wa Israeli akawaita wazee wote wa nchi na akawaambia, “Tazama jinsi mtu huyu anavyochokoza! Wakati alipotuma apelekewe wake zangu na watoto wangu, fedha zangu na dhahabu yangu, sikumkatalia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1KI.20.8" />Wazee na watu wote wakajibu, “Usimsikilize, wala usiyakubali matakwa yake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1KI.20.9" />Kwa hiyo akawajibu wajumbe wa Ben-Hadadi, “Mwambieni bwana wangu mfalme, ‘Mtumishi wako atafanya yote uliyoyadai mwanzoni, lakini dai hili la sasa siwezi kulitekeleza.’ ” Wakaondoka na kupeleka jibu kwa Ben-Hadadi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1KI.20.10" />Kisha Ben-Hadadi akatuma ujumbe mwingine kwa Ahabu, kusema “Miungu iniletee maafa, tena makubwa zaidi, ikiwa vumbi la Samaria litatosheleza konzi moja ya kila mtu ya wale wafuatanao nami.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1KI.20.11" />Mfalme wa Israeli akajibu, “Mwambieni, ‘Yule anayevaa mavazi ya vita asije akajisifu kama yule anayevua.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1KI.20.12" />Ben-Hadadi alisikia ujumbe huu wakati ambapo yeye na wafalme walikuwa wanakunywa katika mahema yao, na akawaamuru watu wake, “Jiandaeni kushambulia.” Kwa hiyo wakajiandaa kuushambulia mji.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ahabu Amshinda Ben-Hadadi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1KI.20.13" />Wakati ule ule nabii akamjia Ahabu mfalme wa Israeli na kutangaza, “Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: ‘Je, unaona jeshi hili kubwa? Nitalitia mkononi mwako leo, nawe ndipo utajua kwamba mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1KI.20.14" />Ahabu akauliza, “Ni nani atakayefanya hili?”
</p>
<p style="p">Nabii akamjibu, “Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: ‘Maafisa vijana majemadari wa majimbo watafanya hili.’ ”
</p>
<p style="p">Akauliza, “Ni nani atakayeanzisha vita?”
</p>
<p style="p">Nabii akamjibu, “Ni wewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1KI.20.15" />Kwa hiyo Ahabu akawaita maafisa vijana majemadari wa majimbo, wanaume 232. Kisha akawakusanya Waisraeli wote waliobaki, jumla yao 7,000.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1KI.20.16" />Wakaondoka wakati wa adhuhuri, Ben-Hadadi na wale wafalme thelathini na wawili walioungana naye walipokuwa katika mahema yao wakilewa.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1KI.20.17" />Maafisa vijana majemadari wa majimbo waliondoka kwanza.
</p>
<p style="p">Wakati huu Ben-Hadadi alikuwa amewatuma wapelelezi, ambao walileta taarifa kusema kwamba, “Askari wanasonga mbele kutoka Samaria.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1KI.20.18" />Akasema, “Ikiwa wamekuja kwa amani, wakamate wakiwa hai; ikiwa wamekuja kwa vita, wakamate wakiwa hai.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1KI.20.19" />Wale maafisa vijana majemadari wa majimbo wakatoka nje ya mji jeshi likiwa nyuma yao,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1KI.20.20" />kila mmoja akamuua adui yake. Hii ilisababisha Waaramu kukimbia, huku Waisraeli wakiwafuatia. Lakini Ben-Hadadi mfalme wa Aramu akatoroka akiwa amepanda farasi wake pamoja na baadhi ya wapanda farasi wake.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1KI.20.21" />Mfalme wa Israeli akasonga mbele na kushinda farasi na magari ya vita na kusababisha hasara kubwa kwa Waaramu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="1KI.20.22" />Baadaye nabii akaja kwa mfalme wa Israeli na kusema, “Jiandae vizuri ufikirie la kufanya, kwa sababu mwakani mfalme wa Aramu atakuja kukushambulia tena.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1KI.20.23" />Wakati ule ule, maafisa wa mfalme wa Aramu wakamshauri, wakamwambia, “Miungu yao ni miungu ya vilimani. Ndiyo sababu walikuwa na nguvu sana kutuzidi. Lakini kama tukipigana nao katika nchi tambarare, hakika tutawashinda.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1KI.20.24" />Fanya hivi: Waondoe hao wafalme wote thelathini na wawili kutoka nafasi zao na uweke maafisa wengine mahali pao.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1KI.20.25" />Ni lazima pia uandae jeshi jingine kama lile ulilopoteza, farasi kwa farasi, gari la vita kwa gari la vita, ili tuweze kupigana na Israeli katika nchi tambarare. Kisha kwa hakika tutakuwa na nguvu kuliko wao.” Akakubaliana nao naye akashughulika ipasavyo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="1KI.20.26" />Mwaka uliofuata, majira kama hayo, Ben-Hadadi akawakusanya Waaramu mpaka Afeki kupigana dhidi ya Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1KI.20.27" />Baada ya Waisraeli kukusanywa na kupewa mahitaji, walikwenda kukabiliana nao. Waisraeli wakapiga kambi mkabala nao kama makundi mawili madogo ya mbuzi, wakati Waaramu walienea katika nchi yote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="1KI.20.28" />Mtu wa Mungu akaja na kumwambia mfalme wa Israeli, “Hivi ndivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemavyo: ‘Kwa sababu Waaramu wanafikiri
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni Mungu wa vilimani na sio Mungu wa mabondeni, nitatia jeshi hili kubwa mkononi mwako, nawe utajua kuwa mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="1KI.20.29" />Kwa siku saba walipiga kambi wakitazamana na siku ya saba vita vikaanza. Waisraeli wakawajeruhi askari wa miguu wa Waaramu 100,000 kwa siku moja.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1KI.20.30" />Waliobaki wakatorokea katika mji wa Afeki, mahali ambapo watu 27,000 waliangukiwa na ukuta. Naye Ben-Hadadi akakimbilia mjini na kujificha kwenye chumba cha ndani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="1KI.20.31" />Maafisa wake wakamwambia, “Tazama, tumesikia kwamba wafalme wa nyumba ya Israeli wana huruma. Twendeni kwa mfalme wa Israeli tukiwa tumevaa nguo za gunia viunoni mwetu na kamba kuzunguka vichwa vyetu. Huenda akakuacha hai.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="1KI.20.32" />Wakiwa wamevaa nguo za gunia viunoni mwao na kamba kuzunguka vichwa vyao, walikwenda kwa mfalme wa Israeli na kusema, “Mtumishi wako Ben-Hadadi anasema: ‘Tafadhali, naomba uniache hai.’ ”
</p>
<p style="p">Mfalme akajibu, “Je, bado yuko hai? Yeye ni ndugu yangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="1KI.20.33" />Wale watu wakalipokea jambo lile kama dalili nzuri nao wakawa wepesi kulichukua neno lake wakisema, “Ndiyo, yeye ni ndugu yako Ben-Hadadi!”
</p>
<p style="p">Mfalme akawaambia, “Nendeni mkamlete.” Ikawa Ben-Hadadi alipokuja, Ahabu akampandisha katika gari lake la vita.
</p>
<p style="p">Ben-Hadadi akajitolea, akisema,
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="1KI.20.34" />“Nitairudisha ile miji ambayo baba yangu aliiteka kutoka kwa baba yako. Unaweza kuweka maeneo yako ya soko katika Dameski, kama baba yangu alivyofanya huko Samaria.”
</p>
<p style="p">Ahabu akasema, “Katika misingi ya mkataba, nitakuachilia huru.” Kwa hiyo akaweka mkataba naye, akamruhusu aende zake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Nabii Amlaumu Ahabu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="1KI.20.35" />Kwa neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mmoja wa wana wa manabii akamwambia mwenzake, “Nipige kwa silaha yako,” lakini yule mtu akakataa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="1KI.20.36" />Kwa hiyo yule nabii akasema, “Kwa sababu hukumtii
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mara tu tutakapoachana utauawa na simba.” Na baada ya yule mtu kuondoka, simba akatokea na kumuua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="1KI.20.37" />Nabii akamkuta mtu mwingine na kumwambia, “Nipige tafadhali.” Kisha yule mtu akampiga na kumjeruhi.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="1KI.20.38" />Ndipo nabii akaenda na kusimama barabarani akimsubiri mfalme. Akajibadilisha kwa kushusha kitambaa cha kichwani mwake hadi kwenye macho.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="1KI.20.39" />Mfalme alipopita pale, yule nabii akamwita, “Mtumishi wako alikwenda vitani wakati vita vilipopamba moto, mtu mmoja akanijia na mateka akasema, ‘Mlinde mtu huyu. Kama akitoroka itakuwa uhai wako kwa uhai wake, ama vipande 3,000 vya fedha.’
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="1KI.20.40" />Wakati mtumishi wako alipokuwa na shughuli nyingi hapa na pale, yule mtu akatoweka.”
</p>
<p style="p">Mfalme wa Israeli akasema, “Hiyo ndiyo hukumu yako. Wewe umeitaja mwenyewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="1KI.20.41" />Kisha yule nabii akajifunua macho yake haraka, na mfalme wa Israeli akamtambua kama mmoja wa manabii.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="1KI.20.42" />Akamwambia mfalme, “Hivi ndivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemavyo: ‘Umemwacha huru mtu niliyekusudia afe. Kwa hiyo ni uhai wako kwa uhai wake, watu wako kwa watu wake.’ ”
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="1KI.20.43" />Kwa uchungu na hasira, mfalme wa Israeli akaenda kwenye jumba lake la kifalme huko Samaria.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="21" />
<s style="s1">Shamba La Mizabibu La Nabothi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1KI.21.1" />Baada ya hayo, Nabothi, Myezreeli, alikuwa na shamba la mizabibu jirani na jumba la kifalme la Ahabu mfalme wa Samaria.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1KI.21.2" />Ahabu akamwambia Nabothi, “Nipe shamba lako la mizabibu nilitumie kwa bustani ya mboga, kwa kuwa liko karibu na jumba langu la kifalme. Badala yake, nitakupa shamba jingine la mizabibu zuri zaidi au, kama utapenda, nitakulipa kiasi chochote unachoona ni thamani yake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1KI.21.3" />Lakini Nabothi akamjibu, “<nd>Bwana</nd> na apishe mbali kukupa wewe urithi wa baba zangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1KI.21.4" />Basi Ahabu akaenda nyumbani, mwenye huzuni na hasira kwa sababu ya yale ambayo Nabothi, Myezreeli, alikuwa amesema, “Sitakupa urithi wa baba zangu.” Akajinyoosha juu ya kitanda akisononeka, na akakataa kula.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1KI.21.5" />Yezebeli mke wake akaingia na akamuuliza, “Kwa nini unahuzunika hivi? Kwa nini huli chakula?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1KI.21.6" />Akamjibu, “Kwa sababu nilimwambia Nabothi, Myezreeli, ‘Niuzie shamba lako la mizabibu, au kama ukipenda, nitakupa shamba jingine la mizabibu badala yake.’ Lakini akasema, ‘Sitakupa shamba langu la mizabibu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1KI.21.7" />Yezebeli mke wake akasema, “Hivi ndivyo unavyofanya, nawe ni mfalme katika Israeli yote? Inuka na ule! Changamka. Nitakupatia shamba la mizabibu la Nabothi, Myezreeli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1KI.21.8" />Kwa hiyo akaandika barua kwa jina la Ahabu akaweka muhuri wake juu ya hizo barua, akazipeleka kwa wazee na kwa watu wenye cheo walioishi katika mji pamoja na Nabothi.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1KI.21.9" />Katika barua hizo aliandika:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Tangazeni siku ya watu kufunga na mkamketishe Nabothi mahali pa wazi miongoni mwa watu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1KI.21.10" />Lakini waketisheni watu wawili wabaya kabisa mkabala naye, nao washuhudie kuwa yeye amemlaani Mungu na mfalme. Kisha mtoeni nje na kumpiga kwa mawe hadi afe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1KI.21.11" />Hivyo wazee na watu wenye cheo walioishi katika mji wa Nabothi wakafanya kama Yezebeli alivyoelekeza katika barua aliyowaandikia.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1KI.21.12" />Wakatangaza mfungo na kumketisha Nabothi mahali pa wazi miongoni mwa watu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1KI.21.13" />Kisha watu wawili wabaya kabisa wakaja wakaketi mkabala naye, nao wakaleta mashtaka dhidi ya Nabothi mbele ya watu, wakisema, “Nabothi amemlaani Mungu na mfalme.” Kwa hiyo wakamtoa nje na kumpiga kwa mawe hadi akafa.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1KI.21.14" />Kisha wakatuma ujumbe kwa Yezebeli, kusema, “Nabothi amepigwa mawe na amekufa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1KI.21.15" />Mara tu Yezebeli aliposikia kwamba Nabothi amepigwa mawe na amekufa, akamwambia Ahabu, “Amka na uchukue lile shamba la mizabibu la Nabothi, Myezreeli, ambalo alikataa kukuuzia. Hayuko hai tena, bali amekufa.”
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1KI.21.16" />Ahabu aliposikia Nabothi amekufa, akainuka na kushuka ili kulichukua shamba la mizabibu la Nabothi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1KI.21.17" />Kisha neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamjia Eliya, Mtishbi:
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1KI.21.18" />“Shuka ukakutane na Ahabu mfalme wa Israeli, anayetawala Samaria. Sasa yuko katika shamba la mizabibu la Nabothi, ambapo amekwenda alimiliki.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1KI.21.19" />Umwambie, ‘Hivi ndivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemavyo: Je, hujamuua mtu na kuitwaa mali yake?’ Kisha umwambie, ‘Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Mahali ambapo mbwa waliramba damu ya Nabothi, mbwa watairamba damu yako, naam, yako wewe!’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="1KI.21.20" />Ahabu akamwambia Eliya, “Kwa hiyo umenipata, wewe adui yangu!”
</p>
<p style="p">Akajibu, “Ndiyo, nimekupata. Kwa sababu umejiuza mwenyewe kufanya uovu mbele ya macho ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1KI.21.21" />‘Nitaleta maafa juu yako. Nitaangamiza uzao wako na kukatilia mbali kutoka kwa Ahabu kila mzaliwa wa mwisho wa kiume katika Israeli, wa mtumwa au wa mtu huru.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1KI.21.22" />Nitaifanya nyumba yako kama ile ya Yeroboamu mwana wa Nebati na ile ya Baasha mwana wa Ahiya, kwa sababu umenighadhibisha kwa kuwa umesababisha Israeli kutenda dhambi.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1KI.21.23" />“Pia kwa habari ya Yezebeli
<nd>Bwana</nd> anasema, ‘Mbwa watamla Yezebeli karibu na ukuta wa Yezreeli.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="1KI.21.24" />“Mbwa watawala wale wa nyumba ya Ahabu watakaofia mjini, nao wale watakaofia mashambani wataliwa na ndege wa angani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="1KI.21.25" />(Hapajapata kamwe kuwa na mtu kama Ahabu, aliyejiuza mwenyewe kutenda uovu machoni mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akiwa anachochewa na Yezebeli mkewe.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="1KI.21.26" />Alitenda kwa uovu sana katika kuabudu sanamu, kama wale Waamori ambao
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliowafukuza mbele ya Israeli.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="1KI.21.27" />Ahabu aliposikia maneno haya, akararua nguo zake, akavaa nguo za gunia na kufunga. Akalala na kujifunika nguo za gunia na kwenda kwa unyenyekevu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="1KI.21.28" />Ndipo neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilipomjia Eliya Mtishbi kusema,
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="1KI.21.29" />“Umeona jinsi Ahabu alivyojinyenyekeza mbele zangu? Kwa kuwa amejishusha mwenyewe, sitaleta maafa haya wakati akiwa hai, lakini nitayaleta juu ya nyumba yake katika siku za mwanawe.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="22" />
<s style="s1">Mikaya Anatabiri Dhidi Ya Ahabu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 18:2-27)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1KI.22.1" />Kwa miaka mitatu hapakuwa na vita kati ya Aramu na Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1KI.22.2" />Lakini katika mwaka wa tatu Yehoshafati mfalme wa Yuda akashuka kwenda kumwona mfalme wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1KI.22.3" />Mfalme wa Israeli alikuwa amewaambia maafisa wake, “Je, hamjui Ramoth-Gileadi ni mali yetu na bado hatufanyi chochote kuirudisha kwetu kutoka kwa mfalme wa Aramu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1KI.22.4" />Kwa hiyo akamuuliza Yehoshafati, “Je, utakwenda pamoja nami kupigana dhidi ya Ramoth-Gileadi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Yehoshafati akamjibu mfalme wa Israeli, “Mimi ni kama wewe, watu wangu ni kama watu wako, farasi wangu ni kama farasi wako.”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1KI.22.5" />Lakini Yehoshafati pia akamwambia mfalme wa Israeli, “Kwanza tafuta shauri la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1KI.22.6" />Kwa hiyo mfalme wa Israeli akawaleta pamoja manabii wanaume wapatao mia nne, akawauliza, “Je, niende vitani dhidi ya Ramoth-Gileadi, au niache?”
</p>
<p style="p">Wakajibu, “Naam, nenda, kwa kuwa Bwana ataiweka Ramoth-Gileadi mkononi mwa mfalme.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1KI.22.7" />Lakini Yehoshafati akauliza, “Je, hayuko nabii wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> hapa ambaye tunaweza kumuuliza?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1KI.22.8" />Mfalme wa Israeli akamjibu Yehoshafati, “Bado yupo mtu mmoja ambaye kupitia yeye twaweza kumuuliza shauri la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, lakini namchukia kwa sababu huwa hatabiri jambo lolote jema kunihusu mimi, lakini kila mara hunitabiria mabaya tu. Yeye ni Mikaya mwana wa Imla.”
</p>
<p style="p">Yehoshafati akajibu, “Mfalme hapaswi kusema hivyo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1KI.22.9" />Kwa hiyo mfalme wa Israeli akamwita mmoja wa maafisa wake na kusema, “Mlete Mikaya mwana wa Imla mara moja.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1KI.22.10" />Wakiwa wamevalia majoho yao ya kifalme, mfalme wa Israeli na Yehoshafati mfalme wa Yuda walikuwa wameketi juu ya viti vyao vya kifalme katika sakafu ya kupuria, kwenye ingilio la lango la Samaria, pamoja na manabii wote wakiwa wakitabiri mbele yao.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1KI.22.11" />Wakati huu Sedekia mwana wa Kenaana alikuwa ametengeneza pembe za chuma, akatangaza, “Hivi ndivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemavyo, ‘Kwa hizi pembe utawapiga na kuwarudisha Waaramu nyuma mpaka wameangamizwa.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1KI.22.12" />Manabii wengine wote walikuwa wanatabiri kitu hicho hicho wakisema, “Ishambulie Ramoth-Gileadi na uwe mshindi. Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ataitia mkononi mwa mfalme.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1KI.22.13" />Mjumbe aliyekuwa amekwenda kumwita Mikaya akamwambia, “Tazama, manabii wote kama mtu mmoja wanatabiri ushindi kwa mfalme. Neno lako na likubaliane na lao, nawe unene mema kuhusu mfalme.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1KI.22.14" />Lakini Mikaya akasema, “Hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo, nitamwambia kile tu
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakachoniambia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1KI.22.15" />Alipofika, mfalme akamuuliza, “Mikaya, je, twende vitani dhidi ya Ramoth-Gileadi au niache?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akamjibu, “Shambulia na ushinde, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> atawatia mkononi mwa mfalme.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="1KI.22.16" />Mfalme akamwambia, “Je, ni mara ngapi nitakuapisha ili usiniambie kitu chochote ila kweli tu kwa jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1KI.22.17" />Ndipo Mikaya akajibu, “Niliona Israeli wote wametawanyika vilimani kama kondoo wasio na mchungaji, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, ‘Watu hawa hawana bwana. Mwache kila mmoja aende nyumbani kwa amani.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1KI.22.18" />Mfalme wa Israeli akamwambia Yehoshafati, “Sikukuambia kwamba huwa hatabiri jambo lolote jema kunihusu, bali mabaya tu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1KI.22.19" />Mikaya akaendelea, “Kwa hiyo lisikie neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Nilimwona
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameketi juu ya kiti chake cha enzi pamoja na jeshi lote la mbinguni likiwa limesimama kumzunguka upande wa kulia na wa kushoto.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1KI.22.20" />Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, ‘Ni nani atakayemshawishi Ahabu ili aishambulie Ramoth-Gileadi na kukiendea kifo chake huko?’
</p>
<p style="p">“Mmoja akapendekeza hili na mwingine lile.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1KI.22.21" />Mwishoni, pepo mchafu akajitokeza, akasimama mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kusema, ‘Nitamshawishi.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="1KI.22.22" />“<nd>Bwana</nd> akauliza, ‘Kwa njia gani?’
</p>
<p style="p">“Akasema, ‘Nitakwenda na kuwa roho ya uongo katika vinywa vya manabii wake wote.’
</p>
<p style="p">“<nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, ‘Utafanikiwa katika kumshawishi. Nenda ukafanye hivyo.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1KI.22.23" />“Kwa hiyo sasa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameweka roho ya kudanganya ndani ya vinywa vya hawa manabii wako wote.
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameamuru maafa kwa ajili yako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="1KI.22.24" />Kisha Sedekia mwana wa Kenaana akatoka na kumpiga Mikaya kofi usoni. Akauliza, “Huyo Roho kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alipita njia gani alipotoka kwangu ili kusema nawe?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="1KI.22.25" />Mikaya akajibu, “Utagundua siku hiyo utakapokwenda kujificha kwenye chumba cha ndani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="1KI.22.26" />Kisha mfalme wa Israeli akaagiza, “Mchukueni na mkamrudishe kwa Amoni mtawala wa mji na kwa Yoashi mwana wa mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1KI.22.27" />Mkaseme, ‘Hivi ndivyo asemavyo mfalme: Mwekeni mtu huyu gerezani na asipewe chochote ila mkate na maji mpaka nitakaporudi salama.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="1KI.22.28" />Mikaya akasema, “Kama utarudi salama, basi
<nd>Bwana</nd> hajanena kupitia kwangu.” Kisha akaongeza kusema, “Zingatieni maneno yangu, enyi watu wote!”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ahabu Auawa Ramoth-Gileadi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 18:28-34)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="1KI.22.29" />Basi mfalme wa Israeli na Yehoshafati mfalme wa Yuda wakaenda Ramoth-Gileadi.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1KI.22.30" />Mfalme wa Israeli akamwambia Yehoshafati, “Nitaingia vitani nikiwa nimejibadilisha, lakini wewe uvae majoho yako ya kifalme.” Kwa hiyo mfalme wa Israeli akajibadilisha na kwenda vitani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="1KI.22.31" />Wakati huu, mfalme wa Aramu alikuwa amewaagiza majemadari thelathini na wawili wa magari ya vita, “Msipigane na yeyote, mdogo au mkubwa, isipokuwa mfalme wa Israeli.”
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="1KI.22.32" />Wakati wale majemadari wa magari ya vita walipomwona Yehoshafati wakafikiri, “Hakika huyu ndiye mfalme wa Israeli.” Kwa hiyo wakageuka ili wamshambulie, lakini Yehoshafati akapiga kelele,
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="1KI.22.33" />wale majemadari wakaona kwamba hakuwa mfalme wa Israeli, nao wakaacha kumfuatilia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="1KI.22.34" />Lakini mtu fulani akavuta upinde pasipo lengo na kumpiga mfalme wa Israeli katikati ya kiungio cha mavazi yake ya chuma. Mfalme akamwambia mwendesha gari lake, “Geuza gari na uniondoe mimi katika mapigano, nimejeruhiwa.”
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="1KI.22.35" />Vita vikaendelea mchana kutwa, naye Mfalme Ahabu akategemezwa ndani ya gari kuelekea Waaramu. Damu kutoka kwenye jeraha lake ikachuruzika ndani ya gari na jioni yake akafa.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="1KI.22.36" />Jua lilipokuwa linazama, mbiu ikaenea katika jeshi lote: “Kila mtu aende mjini kwake, na kila mtu shambani kwake!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="1KI.22.37" />Basi mfalme akafa na akaletwa Samaria, nao wakamzika huko.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="1KI.22.38" />Wakasafisha lile gari la vita katika bwawa la Samaria (mahali makahaba walipooga), na mbwa wakaramba damu yake, sawasawa na neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilivyokuwa limesema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="1KI.22.39" />Kwa matukio mengine ya utawala wa Ahabu, pamoja na yote aliyoyafanya, jumba la kifalme alilojenga na kupambwa kwa pembe za ndovu, nayo miji aliyoijengea maboma, je, hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Israeli?
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="1KI.22.40" />Ahabu akalala pamoja na baba zake. Naye Ahazia mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yehoshafati Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 20:31–21:1)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="1KI.22.41" />Yehoshafati mwana wa Asa akawa mfalme wa Yuda katika mwaka wa nne wa Ahabu mfalme wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="1KI.22.42" />Yehoshafati alikuwa na umri wa miaka thelathini na mitano alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu miaka ishirini na mitano. Jina la mama yake aliitwa Azuba binti Shilhi.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="1KI.22.43" />Katika kila jambo alitembea katika njia za Asa baba yake wala hakwenda kinyume chake. Alifanya yaliyo mema machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Hata hivyo mahali pa juu pa kuabudia hapakuondolewa. Watu waliendelea kutoa kafara na kufukiza uvumba huko.
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="1KI.22.44" />Yehoshafati pia alikuwa na amani na mfalme wa Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="45" bcv="1KI.22.45" />Kwa habari ya matukio mengine ya utawala wa Yehoshafati, mafanikio aliyokuwa nayo na uhodari wake katika vita, je, hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Yuda?
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="1KI.22.46" />Aliondolea mbali katika nchi mahanithi wa mahali pa kuabudia miungu waliobaki huko hata baada ya utawala wa baba yake Asa.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="1KI.22.47" />Tangu hapo hapakuwepo na mfalme katika Edomu, naibu ndiye alitawala.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="48" bcv="1KI.22.48" />Wakati huu Yehoshafati akaunda merikebu nyingi za biashara<f caller="+"><fr>22:48
</fr><ft>Au: za Tarshishi (ona pia
</ft><xt>1Fal 10:22; 2Nya 9:21; 20:36; Isa 2:16; 60:9</xt><ft>).</ft></f> ili kwenda Ofiri kuchukua dhahabu, lakini kamwe hazikusafiri, kwa maana zilivunjika huko Esion-Geberi.
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="1KI.22.49" />Wakati ule, Ahazia mwana wa Ahabu akamwambia Yehoshafati, “Waache watu wangu wasafiri baharini pamoja na watu wako,” lakini Yehoshafati akakataa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="50" bcv="1KI.22.50" />Kisha Yehoshafati akalala na baba zake, akazikwa pamoja nao katika mji wa Daudi baba yake. Mwanawe Yehoramu akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ahazia Mfalme Wa Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="51" bcv="1KI.22.51" />Ahazia mwana wa Ahabu akawa mfalme wa Israeli huko Samaria katika mwaka wa kumi na saba wa Yehoshafati mfalme wa Yuda, naye alitawala katika Israeli kwa miaka miwili.
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="1KI.22.52" />Akafanya maovu machoni mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa sababu alienenda katika njia za baba yake na mama yake na katika njia za Yeroboamu mwana wa Nebati, ambaye alisababisha Israeli itende dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="1KI.22.53" />Alimtumikia na kumwabudu Baali na kumghadhibisha
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, kama vile baba yake alivyokuwa amefanya.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="2KI"><id id="2KI">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>2 Wafalme
</h><toc level="1">2 Wafalme
</toc><toc level="2">2 Wafalme
</toc><toc level="3">2Fal
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">2 Wafalme
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Hukumu Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Juu Ya Ahazia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2KI.1.1" />Baada ya kifo cha Mfalme Ahabu, nchi ya Moabu iliasi dhidi ya Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2KI.1.2" />Basi Ahazia alikuwa ameanguka huko Samaria kutoka baraza ya chumba chake cha juu, akaumia. Hivyo akatuma wajumbe, akiwaambia, “Nendeni mkaulize kwa Baal-Zebubu, mungu wa Ekroni, mkaone kama nitapona kutokana na kuumia huku.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2KI.1.3" />Lakini malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Eliya, Mtishbi, “Panda ukakutane na wajumbe wa mfalme wa Samaria, uwaulize, ‘Je, ni kwa sababu hakuna Mungu katika Israeli ndiyo maana mnakwenda kumuuliza Baal-Zebubu, mungu wa Ekroni?’
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2KI.1.4" />Kwa hiyo hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ‘Hutaondoka kwenye kitanda unachokilalia. Hakika utakufa!’ ” Hivyo Eliya akaenda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2KI.1.5" />Wajumbe waliporudi kwa mfalme, akawauliza, “Kwa nini mmerudi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2KI.1.6" />Wakamjibu, “Mtu fulani alikuja kukutana nasi, naye akatuambia, ‘Rudini kwa mfalme aliyewatuma na mkamwambie, “Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Je, ni kwa sababu hakuna Mungu katika Israeli ndiyo maana unawatuma watu kwenda kuuliza kwa Baal-Zebubu, mungu wa Ekroni? Kwa hiyo hutaondoka kwenye kitanda unachokilalia. Hakika utakufa!” ’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2KI.1.7" />Mfalme akawauliza, “Alikuwa mtu wa namna gani ambaye mlikutana naye, akawaambia hili?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2KI.1.8" />Wakamjibu, “Alikuwa mtu aliyekuwa na vazi la manyoya na mkanda wa ngozi kiunoni mwake.”
</p>
<p style="p">Mfalme akasema, “Huyo alikuwa ni Eliya, Mtishbi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2KI.1.9" />Ndipo mfalme akamtuma mkuu mmoja wa kikosi pamoja na kikosi chake cha askari hamsini kwa nabii Eliya. Yule mkuu wa kikosi akamwendea Eliya, aliyekuwa ameketi juu ya kilima, na kumwambia, “Mtu wa Mungu, mfalme anasema, ‘Shuka chini!’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2KI.1.10" />Eliya akamjibu yule mkuu wa kikosi, “Ikiwa mimi ni mtu wa Mungu, moto na ushuke kutoka mbinguni ukuteketeze wewe na watu wako hamsini!” Ndipo moto ukashuka kutoka mbinguni na kuwateketeza yule mkuu wa kikosi pamoja na watu wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2KI.1.11" />Aliposikia hili, mfalme akatuma kwa Eliya mkuu wa kikosi mwingine na askari wake hamsini. Yule mkuu wa kikosi akamwambia Eliya, “Mtu wa Mungu, hili ndilo asemalo mfalme, ‘Shuka chini mara moja!’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2KI.1.12" />Eliya akajibu, “Ikiwa mimi ni mtu wa Mungu, moto na ushuke kutoka mbinguni ukuteketeze wewe na watu wako hamsini!” Ndipo moto wa Mungu ukashuka kutoka mbinguni, ukamteketeza yeye na watu wake hamsini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2KI.1.13" />Hivyo mfalme akatuma mkuu wa kikosi wa tatu na watu wake hamsini. Huyu mkuu wa kikosi wa tatu akapanda na kupiga magoti mbele ya Eliya, akiomba, “Mtu wa Mungu, tafadhali niachie uhai wangu na uhai wa hawa watu hamsini, watumishi wako!
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2KI.1.14" />Tazama, moto umeshuka kutoka mbinguni na kuwateketeza wale wakuu wa vikosi viwili vya kwanza pamoja na watu wao. Lakini sasa niachie uhai wangu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2KI.1.15" />Malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Eliya, “Shuka pamoja naye, usimwogope.” Hivyo Eliya akainuka na kushuka pamoja naye kwa mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2KI.1.16" />Akamwambia mfalme, “Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Je, ni kwa sababu hakuna Mungu katika Israeli wa kumuuliza habari, ndiyo maana ukatuma wajumbe kuuliza Baal-Zebubu, mungu wa Ekroni? Kwa sababu umefanya hili, kamwe hutaondoka kwenye kitanda unachokilalia. Hakika utakufa!”
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2KI.1.17" />Hivyo akafa, sawasawa na lile neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> ambalo Eliya alikuwa amesema.
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa kuwa Ahazia hakuwa na mwana, Yoramu<f caller="+"><fr>1:17
</fr><ft>Yoramu ni namna nyingine ya kutaja jina Yehoramu.</ft></f> akawa mfalme baada yake katika mwaka wa pili wa Yehoramu mwana wa Yehoshafati mfalme wa Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2KI.1.18" />Kwa matukio mengine ya utawala wa Ahazia na yale aliyoyafanya, je, hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Israeli?
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Eliya Achukuliwa Mbinguni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2KI.2.1" />Wakati
<nd>Bwana</nd> alipokuwa karibu kumchukua Eliya mbinguni kwa upepo wa kisulisuli, Eliya na Elisha walikuwa njiani wakitoka Gilgali.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2KI.2.2" />Eliya akamwambia Elisha, “Kaa hapa.
<nd>Bwana</nd> amenituma Betheli.”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini Elisha akasema, “Kwa hakika, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo na wewe uishivyo, sitakuacha.” Kwa hiyo wakaenda Betheli pamoja.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2KI.2.3" />Wana wa manabii waliokuwako huko Betheli wakamjia Elisha na kumuuliza, “Je, unajua ya kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakuondolea bwana wako leo?”
</p>
<p style="p">Elisha akawajibu, “Ndiyo, najua, lakini msizungumze juu ya jambo hilo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2KI.2.4" />Kisha Eliya akamwambia, “Baki hapa, Elisha.
<nd>Bwana</nd> amenituma Yeriko.”
</p>
<p style="p">Naye akajibu, “Kwa hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo na wewe uishivyo, sitakuacha.” Hivyo wakaenda Yeriko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2KI.2.5" />Wana wa manabii waliokuwako huko Yeriko wakamwendea Elisha na kumuuliza, “Je, unajua ya kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakuondolea bwana wako leo?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akawajibu, “Ndiyo, najua, lakini msizungumze juu ya jambo hilo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2KI.2.6" />Kisha Eliya akamwambia, “Kaa hapa.
<nd>Bwana</nd> amenituma kwenda Yordani.”
</p>
<p style="p">Naye akamjibu, “Kwa hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo na wewe uishivyo, sitakuacha.” Hivyo wote wawili wakaendelea pamoja.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2KI.2.7" />Wana hamsini wa manabii wakaenda na kusimama kwa mbali, kuelekea mahali ambapo Eliya na Elisha walikuwa wamesimama kando ya Mto Yordani.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2KI.2.8" />Eliya akachukua vazi lake, akalisokota na kupiga nalo maji. Maji yakagawanyika upande wa kuume na upande wa kushoto, nao wawili wakavuka pakavu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2KI.2.9" />Walipokwisha kuvuka, Eliya akamwambia Elisha, “Niambie, nikufanyie nini kabla sijaondolewa kutoka kwako?”
</p>
<p style="p">Elisha akajibu, “Naomba nirithi sehemu maradufu ya roho yako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2KI.2.10" />Eliya akasema, “Umeomba jambo gumu. Lakini kama utaniona wakati ninapoondolewa kutoka kwako litakuwa lako. La sivyo, hautalipata.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2KI.2.11" />Walipokuwa wakitembea pamoja na kuzungumza, ghafula gari la moto na farasi wa moto vilitokea na kuwatenganisha wao wawili, naye Eliya akapanda mbinguni katika upepo wa kisulisuli.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2KI.2.12" />Elisha aliona hili, naye akapaza sauti, “Baba yangu! Baba yangu! Magari ya Israeli na wapanda farasi wake!” Naye Elisha hakumwona tena. Kisha akazishika nguo zake mwenyewe na kuzirarua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2KI.2.13" />Akaliokota lile vazi lililoanguka kutoka kwa Eliya, kisha akarudi na kusimama ukingoni mwa Yordani.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2KI.2.14" />Ndipo akalichukua lile vazi ambalo lilikuwa limeanguka kutoka kwa Eliya, naye akayapiga yale maji nalo. Akauliza, “Yuko wapi sasa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Eliya?” Elisha alipoyapiga maji, yakagawanyika kulia na kushoto, naye akavuka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2KI.2.15" />Wale wana wa manabii kutoka Yeriko waliokuwa wakitazama wakasema, “Roho wa Eliya inamkalia Elisha.” Nao wakaenda kumlaki na kusujudu hadi nchi mbele yake.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2KI.2.16" />Wakasema, “Tazama, sisi watumishi wako tunao watu hamsini wenye uwezo. Waruhusu waende kumtafuta bwana wako. Labda Roho wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> amemtwaa na kumweka katika mlima fulani au bonde fulani.”
</p>
<p style="p">Elisha akajibu, “Hapana, msiwatume.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2KI.2.17" />Lakini wakasisitiza, mpaka akaona aibu kuwakatalia. Hivyo akasema, “Watumeni.” Nao wakawatuma watu hamsini, wakamtafuta kwa siku tatu, lakini hawakumpata.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2KI.2.18" />Walipomrudia Elisha, ambaye alikuwa akingojea huko Yeriko, akawaambia, “Je, sikuwaambia msiende?”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuponywa Kwa Maji
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2KI.2.19" />Watu wa mji wakamwambia Elisha, “Tazama, bwana wetu, mahali mji huu ulipojengwa ni pazuri, kama bwana wangu aonavyo, lakini maji yake ni mabaya, na nchi haizai.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2KI.2.20" />Akasema, “Nileteeni bakuli mpya, mweke chumvi ndani yake.” Kwa hiyo wakamletea.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="2KI.2.21" />Kisha akaenda kwenye chemchemi na kuitupa ile chumvi ndani yake, akisema, “Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: ‘Nimeyaponya maji haya. Kamwe hayatasababisha mauti tena wala kutozaa.’ ”
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="2KI.2.22" />Nayo yale maji yakaponywa mpaka leo, sawasawa na neno la Elisha alilokuwa amesema.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Elisha Anafanyiwa Mzaha
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="2KI.2.23" />Kutoka huko Elisha akakwea kwenda Betheli. Ikawa alipokuwa akitembea barabarani, baadhi ya vijana wakatoka mjini na kumfanyia mzaha. Wakasema, “Paa, wewe mwenye upaa! Paa, wewe mwenye upaa!”
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="2KI.2.24" />Akageuka, akawatazama na kuwalaani kwa Jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Kisha dubu wawili wa kike wakatokea mwituni na kuwararua vijana arobaini na wawili miongoni mwao.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2KI.2.25" />Naye akaondoka huko, akaenda Mlima Karmeli, na kutoka huko akarudi Samaria.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Moabu Wanaasi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2KI.3.1" />Yehoramu<f caller="+"><fr>3:1
</fr><ft>Yehoramu wakati mwingine limetajwa kama Yoramu.</ft></f> mwana wa Ahabu akawa mfalme wa Israeli katika Samaria mwaka wa kumi na nane wa utawala wa Yehoshafati mfalme wa Yuda, naye akatawala kwa miaka kumi na miwili.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2KI.3.2" />Akafanya maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, lakini sio kama baba yake na mama yake walivyokuwa wamefanya. Akaondoa nguzo ya ibada ya Baali ambayo baba yake alikuwa ameitengeneza.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2KI.3.3" />Hata hivyo akashikamana na dhambi za Yeroboamu mwana wa Nebati, ambazo alisababisha Israeli kuzitenda, wala hakuziacha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2KI.3.4" />Basi Mesha mfalme wa Moabu akafuga kondoo, naye akawa ampatie mfalme wa Israeli wana-kondoo 100,000 pamoja na sufu ya kondoo dume 100,000.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2KI.3.5" />Lakini baada ya Ahabu kufa, mfalme wa Moabu aliasi dhidi ya mfalme wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2KI.3.6" />Kwa hiyo wakati ule Mfalme Yehoramu akaondoka kutoka Samaria na kukusanya Israeli yote tayari kwenda vitani.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2KI.3.7" />Akapeleka pia ujumbe ufuatao kwa Yehoshafati mfalme wa Yuda: “Mfalme wa Moabu ameasi dhidi yangu. Je, utakwenda pamoja nami kupigana dhidi ya Moabu?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akajibu, “Nitakwenda pamoja nawe. Mimi ni kama wewe, watu wangu ni kama watu wako, farasi wangu ni kama farasi wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2KI.3.8" />Akauliza, “Je, tutashambulia kupitia njia gani?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akajibu, “Kupitia Jangwa la Edomu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2KI.3.9" />Hivyo mfalme wa Israeli akaondoka akiwa pamoja na mfalme wa Yuda na mfalme wa Edomu. Baada ya kuzunguka kwa siku saba, jeshi likawa limeishiwa maji kwa matumizi yao na kwa ajili ya wanyama waliokuwa nao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2KI.3.10" />Mfalme wa Israeli akamaka, “Nini! Je,
<nd>Bwana</nd> ametuita sisi wafalme watatu ili tu kututia mikononi mwa Moabu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2KI.3.11" />Lakini Yehoshafati akauliza, “Je, hayuko nabii wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> hapa, ili tuweze kumuuliza
<nd>Bwana</nd> kupitia kwake?”
</p>
<p style="p">Afisa mmoja wa mfalme wa Israeli akajibu, “Elisha mwana wa Shafati yuko hapa. Ndiye alikuwa akimimina maji juu ya mikono ya Eliya.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2KI.3.12" />Yehoshafati akasema, “Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> liko pamoja naye.” Kwa hiyo mfalme wa Israeli na Yehoshafati pamoja na mfalme wa Edomu wakamwendea.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2KI.3.13" />Elisha akamwambia mfalme wa Israeli, “Nina nini mimi nawe? Nenda kwa manabii wa baba yako na manabii wa mama yako.”
</p>
<p style="p">Mfalme wa Israeli akajibu, “La hasha, kwa sababu ni
<nd>Bwana</nd> ambaye ametuita pamoja sisi wafalme watatu ili atutie mikononi mwa Moabu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2KI.3.14" />Elisha akasema, “Hakika, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote aishivyo ambaye ninamtumikia, kama si kuheshimu Yehoshafati mfalme wa Yuda, nisingekutazama wala hata kukutupia jicho.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2KI.3.15" />Lakini sasa, nileteeni mpiga kinubi.”
</p>
<p style="p">Mpiga kinubi alipokuwa akipiga, mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ukaja juu ya Elisha,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2KI.3.16" />naye akasema, “Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ‘Chimbeni bonde hili lijae mahandaki.’
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2KI.3.17" />Kwa kuwa hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Hamtaona upepo wala mvua, lakini bonde hili litajaa maji, nanyi pamoja na ngʼombe wenu na wanyama wenu wengine mtakunywa.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2KI.3.18" />Hili ni jambo rahisi machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Pia ataitia Moabu mikononi mwenu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2KI.3.19" />Mtaushinda kila mji wenye ngome na kila mji mkubwa. Mtakata kila mti ulio mzuri, mtaziba chemchemi zote, na kuharibu kila shamba zuri kwa mawe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2KI.3.20" />Kesho yake asubuhi, karibu na wakati wa kutoa dhabihu ya asubuhi, tazama, maji yakawa yanatiririka kutoka upande wa Edomu! Nayo nchi ikajaa maji.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="2KI.3.21" />Basi Wamoabu wote walikuwa wamesikia kuwa wale wafalme wamekuja kupigana dhidi yao. Hivyo kila mtu, kijana na mzee, ambaye angeweza kushika silaha akaitwa na kuwekwa mpakani.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="2KI.3.22" />Walipoamka asubuhi na mapema, jua likawa linamulika juu ya maji. Wamoabu waliokuwa upande wa pili wakaona maji ni mekundu, kama damu.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="2KI.3.23" />Wamoabu wakasema, “Ile ni damu! Lazima hao wafalme wamepigana na kuchinjana wao kwa wao. Sasa Moabu, twendeni tukateke nyara!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="2KI.3.24" />Lakini Wamoabu walipofika kwenye kambi ya Israeli, Waisraeli wakainuka na kuwapiga mpaka wakakimbia. Nao Waisraeli wakaivamia nchi na kuwachinja Wamoabu.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2KI.3.25" />Wakaiharibu miji, kila mtu akatupa jiwe juu ya kila shamba zuri mpaka likafunikwa. Wakaziba chemchemi zote na kukata kila mti mzuri. Kir-Haresethi peke yake ndio uliobaki na mawe yake yakiwa mahali pake. Lakini hata hivyo watu waliokuwa na makombeo wakauzunguka na kuushambulia vilevile.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="2KI.3.26" />Mfalme wa Moabu alipoona kuwa vita vimekuwa vikali dhidi yake, akachukua watu 700 wenye panga ili kuingia kwa mfalme wa Edomu, lakini wakashindwa.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="2KI.3.27" />Ndipo akamchukua mwanawe mzaliwa wake wa kwanza, ambaye angekuwa mfalme baada yake, akamtoa kama dhabihu ya kuteketezwa juu ya ukuta wa mji. Ghadhabu ikawa kubwa dhidi ya Israeli; wakajiondoa kwake na kurudi katika nchi yao wenyewe.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Mafuta Ya Mjane
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2KI.4.1" />Mke wa mmoja wa wana wa manabii akamlilia Elisha, akamwambia, “Mtumishi wako, mume wangu, amekufa, nawe unajua alikuwa anamcha
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Lakini sasa yule anayemdai anakuja kuchukua wanangu wawili kama watumwa wake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="2KI.4.2" />Elisha akamjibu, “Nitawezaje kukusaidia? Niambie, una nini ndani ya nyumba yako?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akasema, “Mtumishi wako hana kitu chochote kabisa, isipokuwa mafuta kidogo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2KI.4.3" />Elisha akasema, “Zunguka kwa majirani zako wote ukaombe vyombo vitupu. Usiombe vichache.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2KI.4.4" />Kisha ingia ndani na ujifungie mlango, wewe na wanao. Mimina mafuta kwenye vyombo vyote, na kila kimoja kinapojaa, kiweke kando.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2KI.4.5" />Yule mjane akaondoka na kujifungia ndani, yeye na wanawe. Wao wakamletea vyombo, naye akaendelea kumimina mafuta.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2KI.4.6" />Vyombo vyote vilipojaa, akamwambia mwanawe, “Niletee chombo kingine.”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini mwanawe akajibu, “Hakuna chombo kingine kilichobaki.” Basi mafuta yakakoma kutiririka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2KI.4.7" />Yule mwanamke akaenda akamwambia yule mtu wa Mungu, naye mtu wa Mungu akasema, “Nenda ukayauze hayo mafuta ulipe madeni yako. Wewe na wanao mnaweza kuishi kwa kile kinachosalia.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mwana Wa Mshunami Afufuliwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2KI.4.8" />Siku moja Elisha akaenda Shunemu. Huko kulikuwa na mwanamke mmoja mwenye cheo, ambaye alimsisitiza Elisha aje kula chakula. Kwa hiyo kila mara alipitia pale, akaingia humo ili ale.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2KI.4.9" />Akamwambia mumewe, “Ninajua kwamba huyu mtu ambaye anakuja kwetu mara kwa mara ni mtu mtakatifu wa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2KI.4.10" />Tutengeneze chumba kidogo juu darini na tuweke ndani yake kitanda na meza, kiti na taa kwa ajili yake. Kisha anaweza kukaa humo kila mara akija kwetu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2KI.4.11" />Siku moja Elisha alipofika, akapanda chumbani kwake na kulala humo.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2KI.4.12" />Akamwambia mtumishi wake Gehazi, “Mwite huyo Mshunami.” Hivyo akamwita, naye akaja akasimama mbele yake.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2KI.4.13" />Elisha akamwambia mtumishi wake, “Mwambie huyu mwanamke, ‘Umetaabika sana kwa ajili yetu. Sasa utendewe nini? Je, tunaweza kuzungumza na mfalme au jemadari wa jeshi kwa niaba yako?’ ”
</p>
<p style="p">Akajibu, “Mimi ninaishi kwangu miongoni mwa watu wangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2KI.4.14" />Elisha akamwambia mtumishi wake, “Je, ni nini kinachoweza kufanyika kwa ajili yake?”
</p>
<p style="p">Gehazi akasema, “Hakika, hana mwana, na mume wake ni mzee.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2KI.4.15" />Ndipo Elisha akasema, “Mwite huyo mwanamke.” Kwa hiyo akamwita, naye akaja akasimama mlangoni.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2KI.4.16" />Elisha akamwambia, “Mwaka ujao, wakati kama huu utabeba mwana mikononi mwako.”
</p>
<p style="p">Yule mama akapinga, akasema, “La hasha, bwana wangu, usimpotoshe mtumishi wako, ee mtu wa Mungu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2KI.4.17" />Lakini yule mwanamke akapata mimba, na mwaka uliofuata wakati kama ule ule akamzaa mwana, kama vile Elisha alivyokuwa amemwambia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2KI.4.18" />Mtoto akakua, naye siku moja akamwendea baba yake, ambaye alikuwa pamoja na wavunaji.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2KI.4.19" />Akamwambia baba yake, “Kichwa changu! Kichwa changu!”
</p>
<p style="p">Baba yake akamwambia mtumishi, “Mchukue umpeleke kwa mama yake.”
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2KI.4.20" />Baada ya mtumishi kumbeba na kumpeleka kwa mama yake, mtoto akaketi mapajani mwa mama yake mpaka adhuhuri, kisha akafa.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2KI.4.21" />Mama akampandisha na kumlaza juu ya kitanda cha yule mtu wa Mungu, kisha akafunga mlango, akatoka nje.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2KI.4.22" />Akamwita mume wake na kusema, “Tafadhali mtume mmoja miongoni mwa mtumishi pamoja na punda ili niweze kwenda kwa mtu wa Mungu haraka na kurudi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="2KI.4.23" />Mume wake akamuuliza, “Kwa nini uende kwake leo? Leo si mwandamo wa mwezi, wala si Sabato.”
</p>
<p style="p">Mwanamke akasema, “Yote ni sawa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="2KI.4.24" />Akatandika punda na kumwambia mtumishi wake, “Mwongoze huyo punda. Usinipunguzie mwendo mpaka nikuambie.”
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2KI.4.25" />Kwa hiyo akaenda na kumfikia huyo mtu wa Mungu katika Mlima Karmeli.
</p>
<p style="p">Alipomwona kwa mbali, huyo mtu wa Mungu akamwambia mtumishi wake Gehazi, “Tazama, yule Mshunami!
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="2KI.4.26" />Kimbia ukamlaki, umuulize, ‘Je, wewe hujambo? Mume wako hajambo? Mtoto wako ni mzima?’ ”
</p>
<p style="p">Akasema, “Kila kitu ni sawasawa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="2KI.4.27" />Alipomfikia huyo mtu wa Mungu pale mlimani, akashika miguu yake. Gehazi akaja ili amwondoe, lakini yule mtu wa Mungu akasema, “Mwache! Yuko katika uchungu mkubwa, lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> amenificha jambo hili na hajaniambia kwa nini.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="2KI.4.28" />Yule mwanamke akasema, “Je, bwana wangu, mimi nilikuomba mwana? Je, sikukuambia, ‘Usiamshe matumaini yangu’?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="2KI.4.29" />Elisha akamwambia Gehazi, “Jikaze viuno, chukua fimbo yangu mkononi mwako na ukimbie. Ikiwa utakutana na mtu yeyote, usimsalimie, na mtu yeyote akikusalimu, usimjibu. Ilaze fimbo yangu juu ya uso wa mtoto.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="2KI.4.30" />Lakini mama mtoto akasema, “Hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo na wewe uishivyo, sitakuacha.” Kwa hiyo Elisha akainuka, akafuatana naye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="2KI.4.31" />Gehazi akatangulia mbele na kuilaza fimbo juu ya uso wa mtoto, lakini hapakuwa na sauti wala itikio. Hivyo Gehazi akarudi kukutana na Elisha, na kumwambia, “Mtoto hajaamka.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="2KI.4.32" />Elisha alipofika kwenye ile nyumba, mtoto alikuwa amelala juu ya kitanda chake angali amekufa.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="2KI.4.33" />Akaingia ndani, akajifungia yeye na yule mtoto, akamwomba
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="2KI.4.34" />Kisha akapanda kitandani, akalala juu ya yule mtoto, mdomo wake juu ya mdomo wa mtoto, macho yake juu ya macho ya mtoto, mikono yake juu ya mikono ya mtoto. Naye alipojinyoosha juu yake, mwili wa mtoto ukapata joto.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="2KI.4.35" />Elisha akajiondoa juu yake na kuanza kutembeatembea ndani ya chumba, kisha akarudi tena kitandani na kujinyoosha tena juu ya mtoto mara nyingine. Mtoto akapiga chafya mara saba, akafungua macho yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="2KI.4.36" />Elisha akamwita Gehazi na kumwambia, “Mwite huyo Mshunami.” Naye akafanya hivyo. Yule Mshunami alipokuja, Elisha akasema, “Mchukue mwanao.”
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="2KI.4.37" />Akaingia ndani, akaanguka miguuni pa Elisha na kusujudu hadi nchi. Kisha akamchukua mwanawe na kutoka nje.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mauti Ndani Ya Chungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="2KI.4.38" />Elisha akarudi Gilgali, nako huko kulikuwa na njaa katika eneo lile. Wakati wana wa kundi la manabii walipokuwa wanakutana naye, akamwambia mtumishi wake, “Teleka chungu kikubwa jikoni uwapikie manabii.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="2KI.4.39" />Mmoja wao akatoka kwenda mashambani kuchuma mboga na akapata mtango mwitu. Akachuma matango na kujaza nguo yake aliyoikunja ili kubebea. Aliporudi, akayakatakata na kuyatumbukiza ndani ya chungu, ingawa hakuna aliyejua ni nini.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="2KI.4.40" />Mchuzi ukagawiwa watu, lakini walipoanza kula, wakalia, “Ee mtu wa Mungu, kuna mauti ndani ya chungu.” Nao hawakuweza kula.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="2KI.4.41" />Elisha akasema, “Leteni unga.” Akauweka ndani ya chungu na kusema, “Wagawie watu ili wale.” Wala hapakuwa na kitu chochote chenye madhara ndani ya chungu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Watu Mia Wanalishwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="2KI.4.42" />Akaja mtu kutoka Baal-Shalisha, akimletea mtu wa Mungu mikate ishirini ya shayiri iliyookwa kutokana na nafaka ya kwanza, pamoja na masuke ya nafaka mpya. Elisha akasema, “Wape watu ili wale.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="43" bcv="2KI.4.43" />Mtumishi wake akamuuliza, “Nitawezaje kuandaa hii mbele ya watu mia?”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini Elisha akajibu, “Wape watu ili wale. Kwa maana hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: ‘Watakula na kusaza.’ ”
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="2KI.4.44" />Basi akaiandaa mbele yao ile mikate, wakala na baadhi yake wakasaza, sawasawa na neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Naamani Aponywa Ukoma
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2KI.5.1" />Wakati huu, Naamani alikuwa jemadari wa jeshi la mfalme wa Aramu. Alikuwa mtu mkuu mbele ya bwana wake na aliyeheshimiwa sana, kwa sababu kupitia kwake,
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amewapa Aramu ushindi. Alikuwa askari shujaa, lakini alikuwa na ukoma.<f caller="+"><fr>5:1
</fr><fq>Ukoma
</fq><ft>ni neno lililotumika kwa Kiebrania kueleza magonjwa mbalimbali ya ngozi ambayo si lazima yawe ni ukoma halisi.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="2KI.5.2" />Siku hizo vikosi kutoka Aramu vilikuwa vimekwenda na vikawa vimemteka msichana kutoka Israeli, naye akamtumikia mkewe Naamani.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2KI.5.3" />Akamwambia bibi yake, “Kama bwana wangu angelimwona nabii aliyeko Samaria! Angemponya ukoma wake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2KI.5.4" />Naamani akaenda kwa bwana wake na kumwambia alichosema yule msichana kutoka Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2KI.5.5" />Mfalme wa Aramu<f caller="+"><fr>5:5
</fr><ft>Yaani mfalme wa Shamu.</ft></f> akamjibu, “Hakika, nenda. Nitatuma barua kwa mfalme wa Israeli.” Kwa hiyo Naamani akaondoka, akiwa amechukua talanta kumi<f caller="+"><fr>5:5
</fr><ft>Talanta 10 za fedha ni sawa na kilo 340.</ft></f> za fedha, shekeli 6,000 za dhahabu,<f caller="+"><fr>5:5
</fr><ft>Shekeli 6,000 za dhahabu ni sawa na kilo 70.</ft></f> na mivao kumi ya mavazi.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2KI.5.6" />Barua aliyopelekea mfalme wa Israeli iliandikwa hivi: “Pamoja na barua hii ninamtuma mtumishi wangu, Naamani, kwako ili uweze kumponya ukoma wake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2KI.5.7" />Mara mfalme wa Israeli alipomaliza kuisoma ile barua, akararua mavazi yake na kusema, “Je, mimi ni Mungu? Je, mimi naweza kuua na kufufua tena? Kwa nini huyu mtu anamtuma mtu ili mimi nipate kumponya ukoma wake? Tazama jinsi anavyotafuta kuanzisha ugomvi nami!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2KI.5.8" />Elisha mtu wa Mungu aliposikia kwamba mfalme wa Israeli alikuwa amerarua mavazi yake, akamtumia ujumbe huu: “Kwa nini umerarua mavazi yako? Mwamuru mtu huyo aje kwangu, naye atajua ya kuwa yuko nabii katika Israeli.”
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2KI.5.9" />Kwa hiyo Naamani akaenda, akiwa na farasi zake na magari yake, na kusimama mlangoni mwa nyumba ya Elisha.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2KI.5.10" />Elisha akamtuma mjumbe kumwambia, “Nenda uoge katika Yordani mara saba, na nyama ya mwili wako itapona, nawe utatakasika.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2KI.5.11" />Lakini Naamani akaondoka akiwa amekasirika, akasema, “Hakika nilidhani kwamba angetoka nje, asimame na kuliitia jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wake, na kuweka mkono wake juu ya mahali pagonjwa, aniponye ukoma wangu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2KI.5.12" />Je, Abana na Farpari, mito ya Dameski, si bora zaidi kuliko mito yoyote ya Israeli? Je, nisingeweza kuoga ndani ya hiyo mito na kutakasika?” Basi akageuka na kuondoka kwa hasira kuu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2KI.5.13" />Watumishi wa Naamani wakamwendea na kumwambia, “Baba yangu, kama huyo nabii angekuambia kufanya jambo lililo kubwa, je, usingelifanya? Je, si zaidi sana basi, anapokuambia, ‘Oga na utakasike!’ ”
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2KI.5.14" />Hivyo akashuka na kujizamisha ndani ya Yordani mara saba, kama vile huyo mtu wa Mungu alivyokuwa amemwambia, nayo nyama ya mwili wake ikapona na kutakasika kama ya mwili wa mvulana mdogo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2KI.5.15" />Kisha Naamani na wahudumu wake wote wakarudi kwa yule mtu wa Mungu. Akasimama mbele yake na kusema, “Sasa najua kwamba hakuna Mungu katika ulimwengu wote isipokuwa katika Israeli. Tafadhali sasa upokee zawadi kutoka kwa mtumishi wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2KI.5.16" />Nabii akajibu, “Hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo, ambaye ninamtumikia, sitapokea kitu hata kimoja.” Ingawa Naamani alimsihi sana, yeye alikataa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2KI.5.17" />Naamani akasema, “Ikiwa hutapokea, tafadhali mtumishi wako na apewe udongo kiasi cha mzigo wa kuweza kubebwa na punda wawili, kwa sababu mtumishi wako hatatoa tena sadaka ya kuteketezwa na dhabihu kwa mungu mwingine isipokuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2KI.5.18" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> na amsamehe mtumishi wake kwa kitu hiki kimoja: Wakati bwana wangu atakapoingia kwenye hekalu la Rimoni ili kusujudu, naye akiwa anauegemea mkono wangu, nami nikasujudu huko pia, wakati nitakaposujudu ndani ya hekalu la Rimoni,
<nd>Bwana</nd> na amsamehe mtumishi wako kwa ajili ya jambo hili.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2KI.5.19" />Elisha akamwambia, “Nenda kwa amani.”
</p>
<p style="p">Baada ya Naamani kusafiri umbali fulani,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2KI.5.20" />Gehazi, mtumishi wa Elisha mtu wa Mungu, akajiambia mwenyewe, “Bwana wangu amemwachia kirahisi sana Naamani, huyu Mwaramu, kwa kutokupokea kutoka kwake vile alivyovileta. Hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo, nitamkimbilia na kupata kitu kutoka kwake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="2KI.5.21" />Hivyo Gehazi akaharakisha kumfuatilia Naamani. Naamani alipomwona akikimbia kumwelekea, akashuka chini kutoka kwenye gari lake na kwenda kumlaki. Akauliza, “Je, mambo yote ni sawa?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2KI.5.22" />Gehazi akajibu, “Mambo yote ni sawa. Bwana wangu amenituma nikuambie, ‘Vijana wawili kutoka kwa wana wa manabii wamenijia kutoka nchi ya vilima ya Efraimu. Tafadhali wape talanta ya fedha<f caller="+"><fr>5:22
</fr><ft>Talanta ya fedha ni sawa na kilo 34.</ft></f> na mivao miwili ya mavazi.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="2KI.5.23" />Naamani akasema, “Hakika, chukua talanta mbili za fedha.” Akamsihi Gehazi azipokee, kisha akafunga talanta mbili za fedha katika mifuko miwili pamoja na mivao miwili ya mavazi. Akawapa watumishi wake wawili mizigo hiyo, nao wakaibeba wakitangulia mbele ya Gehazi.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="2KI.5.24" />Gehazi alipofika kwenye kilima, akavichukua vile vitu kutoka kwa wale watumishi na kuvificha ndani ya nyumba. Akawaaga wale watu, nao wakaondoka.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2KI.5.25" />Kisha akaingia ndani na kusimama mbele ya Elisha bwana wake.
</p>
<p style="p">Elisha akamuuliza, “Gehazi, ulikuwa wapi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Gehazi akajibu, “Mtumishi wako hakwenda popote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="2KI.5.26" />Lakini Elisha akamwambia, “Je, roho yangu haikuwa pamoja nawe wakati yule mtu aliposhuka kutoka kwenye gari lake ili kukulaki? Je, huu ni wakati wa kupokea fedha au kupokea nguo, mashamba ya mizeituni, mashamba ya mizabibu, makundi ya kondoo na mbuzi, makundi ya ngʼombe, au watumishi wa kiume na wa kike?
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="2KI.5.27" />Ukoma wa Naamani utakushika wewe na wazao wako milele.” Kisha Gehazi akaondoka mbele ya Elisha, mwenye ukoma, mweupe kama theluji.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Shoka Laelea
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2KI.6.1" />Wana wa manabii wakamwambia Elisha, “Tazama, mahali hapa tunapokutana nawe ni padogo sana kwetu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2KI.6.2" />Twendeni Yordani, mahali ambapo kila mmoja wetu anaweza kupata nguzo moja, nasi tujenge huko mahali petu pa kuishi.”
</p>
<p style="p">Naye akawaambia, “Nendeni.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2KI.6.3" />Kisha mmoja wao akasema, “Je, tafadhali, huwezi kufuatana na watumishi wako?”
</p>
<p style="p">Elisha akajibu, “Nitakuja.”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2KI.6.4" />Naye akaenda pamoja nao.
</p>
<p style="p">Basi wakaenda Yordani, nao wakaanza kukata miti.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2KI.6.5" />Mmoja wao alipokuwa anakata mti, shoka lilitumbukia kwenye maji. Akalia, “Ee bwana wangu, shoka lilikuwa la kuazima!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2KI.6.6" />Mtu wa Mungu akauliza, “Je, liliangukia wapi?” Alipomwonyesha mahali penyewe, Elisha akakata kijiti na kukitupa mahali pale, nalo shoka likaelea.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2KI.6.7" />Akasema, “Lichukue.” Kisha yule mtu akanyoosha mkono wake, akalichukua.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Elisha Awanasa Waaramu Waliopofushwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2KI.6.8" />Wakati huo mfalme wa Aramu alikuwa akipigana vita na Israeli. Baada ya kukubaliana na maafisa wake, akasema, “Nitapiga kambi yangu mahali fulani na fulani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2KI.6.9" />Mtu wa Mungu akatuma ujumbe kwa mfalme wa Israeli: “Jihadhari usije ukapita mahali pale, kwa sababu Waaramu wanashuka huko.”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2KI.6.10" />Kwa hiyo mfalme wa Israeli akatuma neno la tahadhari mahali pale alikokuwa ameelekezwa na mtu wa Mungu. Mara kwa mara Elisha alimwonya mfalme kwamba watu wawe macho kwenye maeneo kama hayo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2KI.6.11" />Hili lilimfadhaisha sana mfalme wa Aramu. Akawaita maafisa wake, akawauliza, “Je, hamtaniambia ni nani miongoni mwenu aliye upande wa mfalme wa Israeli?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2KI.6.12" />Mmoja wa maafisa wake akasema, “Mfalme bwana wangu, hakuna hata mmoja wetu. Lakini Elisha, yule nabii aliye Israeli, humwambia mfalme wa Israeli hata yale maneno unayozungumza katika chumba chako cha kulala.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2KI.6.13" />Mfalme akaagiza akisema, “Nendeni, mkatafute aliko, ili niweze kutuma watu kumkamata.” Taarifa ikarudi kwamba, “Yuko Dothani.”
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2KI.6.14" />Ndipo akatuma farasi na magari ya vita na jeshi lenye nguvu huko. Walikwenda usiku na kuuzunguka mji.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2KI.6.15" />Kesho yake asubuhi na mapema, mtumishi wa mtu wa Mungu alipoamka na kutoka nje, jeshi, pamoja na farasi na magari ya vita, likawa limeuzunguka mji. Mtumishi wake akasema, “Ole wetu, bwana wangu! Tutafanya nini?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2KI.6.16" />Nabii akajibu, “Usiogope. Wale walio pamoja nasi ni wengi zaidi kuliko wale walio pamoja nao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2KI.6.17" />Kisha Elisha akaomba, “Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mfumbue macho huyu mtumishi ili apate kuona.” Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akayafumbua macho ya yule mtumishi, naye akatazama na kuona vilima vimejaa farasi na magari ya moto, yamemzunguka Elisha pande zote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2KI.6.18" />Wakati adui waliposhuka kumwelekea, Elisha akamwomba
<nd>Bwana</nd>: “Wapige watu hawa kwa upofu.” Basi Mungu akawapiga kwa upofu, kama Elisha alivyoomba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2KI.6.19" />Elisha akawaambia, “Hii sio njia yenyewe, na huu sio huo mji. Nifuateni mimi, nami nitawapeleka kwa huyo mtu mnayemtafuta.” Naye akawapeleka Samaria.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2KI.6.20" />Baada ya kuingia mjini, Elisha akasema, “<nd>Bwana</nd>, yafungue macho ya watu hawa ili wapate kuona.” Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akayafungua macho yao, na walipotazama, kumbe hapo ndipo walipojikuta, ndani ya Samaria.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="2KI.6.21" />Wakati mfalme wa Israeli alipowaona, akamuuliza Elisha, “Je, baba yangu, niwaue?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2KI.6.22" />Naye akajibu, “Usiwaue. Je, utawaua watu uliowateka kwa upanga wako mwenyewe na upinde wako? Wape chakula na maji ili wapate kula na kunywa, na kisha wamrudie bwana wao.”
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="2KI.6.23" />Basi akawaandalia karamu kubwa, na baada ya kula na kunywa, akawaaga nao wakarudi kwa bwana wao. Hivyo, vikosi kutoka Aramu vikakoma kuvamia nchi ya Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Njaa Katika Samaria Iliyozingirwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="2KI.6.24" />Baada ya kitambo kidogo, Ben-Hadadi mfalme wa Aramu akaandaa jeshi lake lote akapanda kwenda kuihusuru Samaria.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2KI.6.25" />Kukawa na njaa kuu katika mji. Samaria ilizingirwa kwa muda mrefu, kiasi kwamba kichwa cha punda kiliuzwa kwa shekeli themanini<f caller="+"><fr>6:25
</fr><ft>Shekeli 80 za fedha ni sawa na kilo moja.</ft></f> za fedha, na robo ya kibaba<f caller="+"><fr>6:25
</fr><ft>Robo ya kibaba ni sawa na lita 0.3.</ft></f> cha mavi ya njiwa kiliuzwa kwa shekeli tano<f caller="+"><fr>6:25
</fr><ft>Shekeli tano za fedha ni sawa na gramu 55.</ft></f> za fedha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="2KI.6.26" />Wakati mfalme wa Israeli alipokuwa anapita juu ya ukuta, mwanamke mmoja akamlilia, “Bwana wangu mfalme, nisaidie!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="2KI.6.27" />Mfalme akajibu, “Ikiwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> hakusaidii, nitakutolea wapi msaada? Je, ni kutoka kwenye sakafu ya kupuria? Au kwenye shinikizo la divai?”
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="2KI.6.28" />Kisha akamuuliza, “Kwani kuna nini?”
</p>
<p style="p">Yule mwanamke akamjibu, “Huyu mwanamke aliniambia, ‘Mtoe mwanao ili tupate kumla leo, na kesho tutamla mwanangu.’
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="2KI.6.29" />Basi tukampika mwanangu na kumla. Siku iliyofuata nikamwambia, ‘Mtoe mwanao ili tupate kumla.’ Lakini akawa amemficha.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="2KI.6.30" />Wakati mfalme aliposikia maneno ya yule mwanamke, alirarua mavazi yake. Naye alipoendelea kutembea ukutani, watu wakamtazama, na ndani ya mavazi yake alikuwa amevaa nguo ya gunia mwilini mwake.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="2KI.6.31" />Akasema, “Mungu na anitendee hivyo na kuzidi, ikiwa kichwa cha Elisha mwana wa Shafati kitabaki juu ya mabega yake leo!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="2KI.6.32" />Wakati huu, Elisha alikuwa ameketi ndani ya nyumba yake, akiwa pamoja na wazee. Mfalme akatuma mjumbe kumtangulia, lakini kabla hajafika, Elisha akawaambia wale wazee, “Hammwoni huyu muuaji jinsi anavyotuma mtu kukata kichwa changu? Tazama, wakati mjumbe huyo atakapofika, fungeni mlango na mzuieni asiingie. Je, vishindo vya nyayo za bwana wake haviko nyuma yake?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="2KI.6.33" />Alipokuwa angali bado anazungumza nao, mjumbe akamfikia. Naye mfalme akasema, “Maafa haya yanatoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Kwa nini niendelee kumngoja
<nd>Bwana</nd> zaidi?”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="7" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2KI.7.1" />Elisha akasema, “Sikiliza neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Wakati kama huu kesho, kipimo kimoja<f caller="+"><fr>7:1
</fr><ft>Kipimo kimoja cha unga ni sawa na kilo 3.</ft></f> cha unga mzuri kitauzwa kwa shekeli moja ya fedha,<f caller="+"><fr>7:1
</fr><ft>Shekeli moja ya fedha ni sawa na gramu 11.</ft></f> na vibaba viwili vya shayiri kwa shekeli moja ya fedha katika lango la Samaria.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="2KI.7.2" />Yule afisa ambaye mfalme alikuwa anauegemea mkono wake akamwambia yule mtu wa Mungu, “Tazama, hata kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> atafungua madirisha ya mbinguni, je, jambo hili litawezekana?”
</p>
<p style="p">Elisha akajibu, “Utaona kwa macho yako mwenyewe, lakini wewe hutakula chochote kati ya hivyo!”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mwisho Wa Kuzingirwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2KI.7.3" />Basi kulikuwepo na watu wanne wenye ukoma katika ingilio la lango la mji. Wakaambiana, “Kwa nini tukae hapa mpaka tufe?
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2KI.7.4" />Kama tukisema, ‘Tutaingia mjini,’ mjini kuna njaa, nasi tutakufa humo. Kama tukikaa hapa, tutakufa. Kwa hiyo twende kwenye kambi ya Waaramu na tujisalimishe. Kama wakituacha hai, tutaishi; kama wakituua, basi na tufe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2KI.7.5" />Wakati wa giza la jioni, wakaondoka na kwenda kwenye kambi ya Waaramu. Walipofika mwanzo wa kambi, hapakuwa na mtu,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2KI.7.6" />kwa kuwa Bwana alilifanya jeshi la Waaramu lisikie sauti kama ya magari ya vita, farasi na jeshi kubwa, kiasi kwamba waliambiana, “Tazama, mfalme wa Israeli ameajiri mfalme wa Wahiti na mfalme wa Wamisri kuja kutushambulia sisi!”
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2KI.7.7" />Kwa hiyo wakaondoka na kukimbia wakati wa giza la jioni na kuacha mahema yao, farasi wao na punda wao. Wakakimbia kuokoa maisha yao na kuacha kila kitu ndani ya kambi kama kilivyokuwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2KI.7.8" />Wale watu wenye ukoma walipofika mwanzoni mwa kambi, wakaingia kwenye mojawapo ya mahema. Wakala na kunywa, na kuchukua fedha, dhahabu na nguo, wakaenda kuvificha. Wakarudi na kuingia katika hema jingine, na kuchukua baadhi ya vitu kutoka ndani yake na kuvificha pia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2KI.7.9" />Kisha wakaambiana, “Hili tunalolifanya sio jema. Hii ni siku ya habari njema, nasi tunakaa kimya. Kama tukisubiri mpaka mapambazuko, maafa yatatupata. Twendeni mara moja tukatoe habari hizi katika jumba la mfalme.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2KI.7.10" />Hivyo wakaenda mjini na kuwaita walinzi wa langoni, wakawaambia, “Tulikwenda katika kambi ya Waaramu lakini hapakuwepo na mtu huko, hata sauti ya mtu yeyote, ila farasi na punda waliofungwa na mahema yaliyoachwa kama yalivyokuwa.”
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2KI.7.11" />Walinzi wa langoni wakatangaza habari ile kwa sauti kuu, na taarifa hii ikatolewa ndani ya jumba la mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2KI.7.12" />Mfalme akaamka usiku na kuwaambia maafisa wake, “Nitawaambia kile Waaramu walichotufanyia. Wanajua kwamba tuna njaa, hivyo wameacha kambi yao ili kujificha mashambani, wakifikiri, ‘Kwa hakika watatoka nje ya mji, nasi tutawakamata wakiwa hai na kuingia ndani ya mji.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2KI.7.13" />Mmoja wa maafisa wake akajibu, “Waamuru watu wachache wakawachukue farasi watano kati ya wale waliobaki katika mji. Hatima yao itakuwa kama ya Waisraeli wote walio hapa. Watakuwa tu kama Waisraeli hawa ambao wanangoja kifo. Hivyo tuwatumeni wajue kumetendeka nini.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2KI.7.14" />Ndipo wakachagua magari mawili ya vita pamoja na farasi wake, naye mfalme akawatuma wafuatilie jeshi la Waaramu. Akawaamuru waendeshaji akisema, “Nendeni mkaone ni nini kilichotokea.”
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2KI.7.15" />Wakawafuatia hadi Yordani, nao wakakuta barabara yote ikiwa imetapakaa nguo na vyombo vya Waaramu walivyokuwa wamevitupa walipokuwa wanatoroka. Basi wale wajumbe wakarudi na kutoa taarifa kwa mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2KI.7.16" />Kisha watu wakatoka na kuteka nyara kambi ya Waaramu. Kwa hiyo kipimo cha unga mzuri kikauzwa kwa shekeli, na vipimo viwili vya shayiri kwa shekeli, kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyokuwa amesema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2KI.7.17" />Basi mfalme alikuwa amemweka yule afisa ambaye mfalme alikuwa anauegemea mkono wake awe msimamizi wa lango. Nao watu wakamkanyaga walipoingia langoni, naye akafa, kama vile mtu wa Mungu alivyokuwa ametangulia kusema wakati mfalme alipofika nyumbani kwake.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2KI.7.18" />Ikatokea kama vile mtu wa Mungu alivyokuwa amemwambia mfalme: “Wakati kama huu kesho, kipimo kimoja cha unga mzuri kitauzwa kwa shekeli moja ya fedha, na vibaba viwili vya shayiri kwa shekeli moja ya fedha katika lango la Samaria.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2KI.7.19" />Yule afisa alikuwa amemwambia yule mtu wa Mungu, “Tazama, hata kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> atafungua madirisha ya mbinguni, je, jambo hili litawezekana?” Naye yule mtu wa Mungu alikuwa amemjibu, “Utaona kwa macho yako mwenyewe, lakini wewe hutakula chochote kati ya hivyo!”
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2KI.7.20" />Ndivyo hasa ilivyotokea kwake, kwa kuwa watu walimkanyaga langoni, naye akafa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Ardhi Ya Mshunami Yarudishwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2KI.8.1" />Wakati huu, Elisha alikuwa amemwambia yule mwanamke ambaye mwanawe alikuwa amefufuliwa, “Ondoka wewe na jamaa yako ukaishi mahali popote unapoweza kwa kitambo kidogo, kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameamuru njaa katika nchi hii ambayo itadumu kwa miaka saba.”
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2KI.8.2" />Yule mwanamke akafanya kama vile yule mtu wa Mungu alivyosema. Yeye na jamaa yake wakaondoka na kwenda kuishi katika nchi ya Wafilisti kwa miaka saba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2KI.8.3" />Baada ya miaka saba, yule mwanamke akarudi kutoka nchi ya Wafilisti, akaenda kwa mfalme kumsihi kwa ajili ya nyumba yake na shamba lake.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2KI.8.4" />Mfalme alikuwa anazungumza na Gehazi, mtumishi wa mtu wa Mungu, naye alikuwa amesema, “Hebu niambie mambo yote makuu yaliyofanywa na Elisha.”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2KI.8.5" />Wakati Gehazi alipokuwa akimweleza mfalme jinsi Elisha alivyomfufua mtu, yule mwanamke ambaye mwanawe alikuwa amefufuliwa na Elisha akaja ili amsihi mfalme kwa ajili ya nyumba yake na shamba lake.
</p>
<p style="p">Gehazi akasema, “Huyu ndiye huyo mwanamke, bwana wangu mfalme, na huyu ndiye mwanawe ambaye Elisha alimfufua.”
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2KI.8.6" />Mfalme akamuuliza yule mwanamke kuhusu mambo hayo, naye akamweleza.
</p>
<p style="p">Ndipo akaamuru afisa ashughulikie shauri lake na kumwambia, “Mrudishie huyu mwanamke kila kitu kilichokuwa mali yake, pamoja na mapato yote yaliyotokana na shamba lake tangu siku alipoondoka nchini hadi sasa.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Hazaeli Anamuua Ben-Hadadi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2KI.8.7" />Elisha akaenda Dameski, naye Ben-Hadadi mfalme wa Aramu alikuwa mgonjwa. Mfalme alipoambiwa, “Mtu wa Mungu ametoka mbali akapanda hadi hapa,”
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2KI.8.8" />mfalme akamwambia Hazaeli. “Chukua zawadi na uende kumlaki huyo mtu wa Mungu. Muulize
<nd>Bwana</nd> kupitia yeye, kwamba, ‘Je, nitapona ugonjwa huu?’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2KI.8.9" />Hazaeli akaenda kumlaki Elisha, akiwa amechukua zawadi ya kila kitu kizuri kilichopatikana Dameski, mizigo iliyobebwa na ngamia arobaini. Akaingia ndani na kusimama mbele yake, akasema, “Mwanao Ben-Hadadi mfalme wa Aramu amenituma niulize, ‘Je, nitapona ugonjwa huu?’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2KI.8.10" />Elisha akajibu, “Nenda ukamwambie, ‘Hakika utapona’; lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> amenifunulia kwamba kweli atakufa.”
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2KI.8.11" />Elisha akamkazia Hazaeli macho kwa nguvu mpaka akaona aibu. Kisha mtu wa Mungu akaanza kulia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2KI.8.12" />Hazaeli akauliza “Kwa nini bwana wangu analia?”
</p>
<p style="p">Elisha akajibu, “Kwa sababu najua mabaya utakayowatendea Waisraeli. Utachoma moto ngome zao, utawaua vijana wao kwa upanga, kuwatupa chini kwa nguvu watoto wachanga, na kuwatumbua wanawake wenye mimba.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2KI.8.13" />Hazaeli akasema, “Itawezekanaje mtumishi wako, aliye mbwa tu, kufanya tendo la ajabu namna hiyo?”
</p>
<p style="p">Elisha akamjibu, “<nd>Bwana</nd> amenionyesha kuwa utakuwa mfalme wa Aramu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2KI.8.14" />Kisha Hazaeli akamwacha Elisha na kumrudia bwana wake. Ben-Hadadi akamuuliza, “Elisha alikuambia nini?” Hazaeli akajibu, “Aliniambia kwamba hakika utapona.”
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2KI.8.15" />Lakini kesho yake Hazaeli akachukua nguo nzito, akailoweka ndani ya maji, akaitandaza juu ya uso wa mfalme, hivyo akafa. Kisha Hazaeli akaingia mahali pake kuwa mfalme wa Aramu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yehoramu Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 21:1-20)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2KI.8.16" />Katika mwaka wa tano wa Yoramu mwana wa Ahabu mfalme wa Israeli, wakati huo Yehoshafati akiwa mfalme wa Yuda, Yehoramu mwana wa Yehoshafati akaanza kutawala kama mfalme wa Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2KI.8.17" />Alikuwa na umri wa miaka thelathini na miwili alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu kwa miaka minane.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2KI.8.18" />Akaenenda katika njia za wafalme wa Israeli, kama nyumba ya Ahabu ilivyokuwa imefanya, kwa kuwa alimwoa binti wa Ahabu. Akatenda maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2KI.8.19" />Hata hivyo, kwa ajili ya Daudi mtumishi wake,
<nd>Bwana</nd> hakutaka kuiangamiza Yuda. Alikuwa ameahidi kuidumisha taa kwa ajili ya Daudi na wazao wake milele.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2KI.8.20" />Wakati wa Yehoramu, Edomu waliasi dhidi ya Yuda na kujiwekea mfalme wao wenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2KI.8.21" />Basi Yehoramu akaenda Sairi pamoja na magari yake yote ya vita. Waedomu wakamzunguka yeye na majemadari wake wa magari yake ya vita, lakini akaondoka, akapenya usiku na kuwashambulia Waedomu. Hata hivyo, jeshi lake likatorokea nyumbani mwao.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="2KI.8.22" />Hadi leo Edomu wameasi dhidi ya Yuda. Libna pia wakaasi wakati huo huo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="2KI.8.23" />Kwa matukio mengine ya utawala wa Yehoramu na yote aliyoyafanya, je, hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Yuda?
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="2KI.8.24" />Yehoramu akalala pamoja na baba zake, na akazikwa pamoja nao katika Mji wa Daudi. Naye Ahazia mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ahazia Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 22:1-6)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="2KI.8.25" />Katika mwaka wa kumi na mbili wa utawala wa Yoramu mwana wa Ahabu mfalme wa Israeli, Ahazia mwana wa Yehoramu mfalme wa Yuda alianza kutawala.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="2KI.8.26" />Ahazia alikuwa na umri wa miaka ishirini na miwili alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala katika Yerusalemu kwa mwaka mmoja. Mama yake aliitwa Athalia, mjukuu wa Omri mfalme wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="2KI.8.27" />Akaenenda katika njia za nyumba ya Ahabu, na kutenda maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kama nyumba ya Ahabu ilivyokuwa imefanya, kwa kuwa alikuwa ameoa kutoka nyumba ya Ahabu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="2KI.8.28" />Ahazia akaenda vitani na Yoramu mwana wa Ahabu kupigana na Hazaeli mfalme wa Aramu huko Ramoth-Gileadi. Waaramu wakamjeruhi Yoramu.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="2KI.8.29" />Hivyo Mfalme Yoramu akarudi Yezreeli ili apate kuuguza majeraha aliyojeruhiwa na Waaramu huko Ramothi<f caller="+"><fr>8:29
</fr><ft>Yaani Rama kwa Kiebrania.</ft></f> alipopigana na Hazaeli mfalme wa Aramu.
</p>
<p style="p">Ndipo Ahazia mwana wa Yehoramu mfalme wa Yuda akashuka kwenda Yezreeli kumtazama Yoramu mwana wa Ahabu, kwa sababu alikuwa amejeruhiwa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Yehu Atiwa Mafuta Kuwa Mfalme
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2KI.9.1" />Nabii Elisha akamwita mtu mmoja kutoka kwa wana wa manabii na kumwambia, “Jikaze viuno, uichukue hii chupa ya mafuta, na uende Ramoth-Gileadi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2KI.9.2" />Ukifika huko, mtafute Yehu mwana wa Yehoshafati, mwana wa Nimshi. Enda kwake, umtenge na wenzake, na umpeleke katika chumba cha ndani.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2KI.9.3" />Kisha chukua hii chupa na umimine mafuta juu ya kichwa chake, nawe utangaze, ‘Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Ninakutia mafuta uwe mfalme juu ya Israeli.’ Kisha ufungue mlango na ukimbie; usikawie!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2KI.9.4" />Basi yule kijana nabii akaenda Ramoth-Gileadi.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2KI.9.5" />Wakati alipofika, akawakuta maafisa wa jeshi wameketi pamoja, akasema, “Nina ujumbe wako, ee jemadari.”
</p>
<p style="p">Yehu akauliza, “Kwa yupi miongoni mwetu?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akamjibu, “Kwako wewe, jemadari.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2KI.9.6" />Yehu akainuka na kuingia ndani ya nyumba. Ndipo yule nabii akamimina mafuta juu ya kichwa cha Yehu na kutangaza, “Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli: ‘Ninakutia mafuta uwe mfalme juu ya watu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, yaani Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2KI.9.7" />Inakupasa uiangamize nyumba ya bwana wako Ahabu, nami nitalipiza kisasi cha damu ya watumishi wangu manabii na damu ya watumishi wote wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> iliyomwagwa na Yezebeli.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2KI.9.8" />Nyumba yote ya Ahabu itaangamia. Nitamkatilia mbali kila mzaliwa wa kiume wa Ahabu katika Israeli, aliye mtumwa ama aliye huru.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2KI.9.9" />Nitaifanya nyumba ya Ahabu kuwa kama ile nyumba ya Yeroboamu mwana wa Nebati, na kama ile nyumba ya Baasha mwana wa Ahiya.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2KI.9.10" />Kuhusu Yezebeli, mbwa watamla kwenye kiwanja huko Yezreeli, wala hakuna mtu atakayemzika.’ ” Kisha akafungua mlango na kukimbia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2KI.9.11" />Yehu alipotoka nje na kurudi kwenda kwa maafisa wenzake, mmoja wao akamuuliza, “Je, kila kitu ni salama? Kwa nini huyu mwenye wazimu alikuja kwako?”
</p>
<p style="p">Yehu akajibu, “Wewe unamfahamu huyo mtu, na aina ya mambo ambayo yeye husema.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2KI.9.12" />Wakasema, “Hiyo siyo kweli! Tuambie.”
</p>
<p style="p">Yehu akasema, “Haya ndiyo aliyoniambia: ‘Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Ninakutia mafuta uwe mfalme juu ya Israeli.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2KI.9.13" />Wakaharakisha kuvua mavazi yao, na kuyatandaza chini ya Yehu ili akanyage juu kwenye ngazi ya nje. Kisha wakapiga tarumbeta na kupaza sauti wakisema, “Yehu ni mfalme!”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yehu Anamuua Yoramu Na Ahazia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2KI.9.14" />Basi Yehu mwana wa Yehoshafati, mwana wa Nimshi, akafanya shauri baya dhidi ya Yoramu. (Wakati huu, Yoramu na Israeli wote walikuwa wakiilinda Ramoth-Gileadi dhidi ya Hazaeli mfalme wa Aramu,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2KI.9.15" />lakini Mfalme Yoramu alikuwa amerudishwa Yezreeli ili kujiuguza kutokana na majeraha ambayo Waaramu walimtia katika vita na Hazaeli mfalme wa Aramu.) Yehu akasema, “Kama hii ndiyo nia yenu, msimruhusu hata mmoja kutoroka nje ya mji kwenda kupeleka habari huko Yezreeli.”
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2KI.9.16" />Ndipo Yehu akaingia katika gari lake la vita na kuendesha kwenda Yezreeli, kwa sababu Yoramu alikuwa amepumzika huko, na Ahazia mfalme wa Yuda alikuwa ameenda kumwona.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2KI.9.17" />Mlinzi aliyesimama juu ya kinara cha Yezreeli alipoona askari wa Yehu wanakuja, akaita akisema, “Naona askari wanakuja.”
</p>
<p style="p">Yoramu akaamuru, “Mtwae mpanda farasi umtume akakutane nao na kuuliza, ‘Je, mmekuja kwa amani?’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2KI.9.18" />Mpanda farasi akaondoka kwenda kukutana na Yehu na kusema, “Hivi ndivyo asemavyo mfalme: ‘Je, mmekuja kwa amani?’ ”
</p>
<p style="p">Yehu akamjibu, “Una nini na amani? Unga msafara nyuma yangu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Mlinzi akatoa habari, “Mjumbe amewafikia lakini harudi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2KI.9.19" />Basi mfalme akamtuma mpanda farasi wa pili. Wakati alipowafikia akasema, “Hivi ndivyo asemavyo mfalme, ‘Je, mmekuja kwa amani?’ ”
</p>
<p style="p">Yehu akajibu, “Una nini na amani? Unga msafara nyuma yangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2KI.9.20" />Yule mlinzi akatoa taarifa akasema, “Mjumbe amewafikia, lakini hata yeye harudi. Uendeshaji ule ni kama wa Yehu mwana wa Nimshi, anaendesha kama mwenye wazimu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="2KI.9.21" />Yoramu akaagiza, akasema, “Weka tayari gari langu la vita.” Na baada ya gari kuwa tayari, Yoramu mfalme wa Israeli, na Ahazia mfalme wa Yuda, wakaondoka kila mmoja kwenye gari lake ili kukutana na Yehu. Walikutana naye katika shamba lililokuwa mali ya Nabothi, Myezreeli.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="2KI.9.22" />Yoramu alipomwona Yehu akauliza, “Je, Yehu, umekuja kwa amani?”
</p>
<p style="p">Yehu akajibu, “Kunawezaje kuwa na amani wakati ibada za sanamu na uchawi wa mama yako Yezebeli ungaliko?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="2KI.9.23" />Yoramu akageuka nyuma na kukimbia, akimwambia Ahazia, “Huu ni uhaini, Ahazia!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="2KI.9.24" />Kisha Yehu akatwaa upinde wake na kumchoma Yoramu katikati ya mabega. Mshale ukapenya kwenye moyo wake, naye akaanguka ghafula ndani ya gari lake.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2KI.9.25" />Yehu akamwambia Bidkari, mwendeshaji wa gari lake, “Mwinue na umtupe katika shamba lililokuwa mali ya Nabothi, Myezreeli. Kumbuka jinsi mimi na wewe tulivyokuwa tukiendesha pamoja magari yetu nyuma ya Ahabu baba yake, wakati
<nd>Bwana</nd> alipotoa unabii huu kumhusu:
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="2KI.9.26" />‘Jana niliona damu ya Nabothi na damu ya wanawe, nami kwa hakika nitakufanya uilipe juu ya shamba hili, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’ Sasa basi, mwinue na umtupe juu ya kiwanja, kulingana na neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="2KI.9.27" />Wakati Ahazia mfalme wa Yuda alipoona kilichotokea, akakimbia kupitia barabara ya Beth-Hagani. Yehu akamkimbiza akipaza sauti na kusema, “Muue naye pia!” Wakamjeruhi katika gari lake kwenye njia ielekeayo Guri karibu na Ibleamu, lakini akatorokea Megido na akafia huko.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="2KI.9.28" />Watumishi wake wakambeba kwa gari la vita na kumpeleka Yerusalemu, wakamzika pamoja na baba zake kwenye kaburi lake katika Mji wa Daudi.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="2KI.9.29" />(Katika mwaka wa kumi na moja wa Yoramu mwana wa Ahabu, Ahazia alianza kutawala katika Yuda.)
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yezebeli Auawa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="2KI.9.30" />Kisha Yehu akaenda Yezreeli. Yezebeli aliposikia habari hii, akayapaka macho yake rangi, akatengeneza nywele zake na kutazama nje dirishani.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="2KI.9.31" />Yehu alipokuwa akiingia langoni, Yezebeli akasema, “Je, umekuja kwa amani, Zimri, wewe muuaji wa bwana wako?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="2KI.9.32" />Yehu akaangalia juu dirishani na kuita, “Je, ni nani aliye upande wangu? Ni nani?” Matowashi wawili au watatu wakamtazama.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="2KI.9.33" />Yehu akasema, “Mtupeni huyo mwanamke chini!” Kwa hiyo wakamtupa chini, nayo baadhi ya damu yake ikatapanyika ukutani na nyingine juu ya farasi walipokuwa wakimkanyaga kwa miguu yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="2KI.9.34" />Yehu akaingia ndani, akala na akanywa. Akasema, “Mshughulikieni huyo mwanamke aliyelaaniwa. Mzikeni, kwa sababu alikuwa binti wa mfalme.”
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="2KI.9.35" />Lakini walipotoka kwenda kumzika, hawakukuta kitu chochote isipokuwa fuvu la kichwa, miguu yake na mikono.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="2KI.9.36" />Wakarudi na kumwambia Yehu, ambaye alisema, “Hili ndilo neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> alilosema kupitia kinywa cha mtumishi wake Eliya Mtishbi, kwamba: Katika kiwanja cha Yezreeli, mbwa wataikula nyama ya Yezebeli.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="2KI.9.37" />Maiti ya Yezebeli itakuwa kama mavi shambani katika uwanja wa Yezreeli, kwamba hakutakuwepo mtu atakayeweza kusema, ‘Huyu ndiye Yezebeli.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="10" />
<s style="s1">Jamii Ya Ahabu Yauawa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2KI.10.1" />Wakati huu katika Samaria walikuwepo wana sabini wa nyumba ya Ahabu. Kwa hiyo Yehu akaandika barua na kuzituma Samaria: kwa maafisa wa Yezreeli, kwa wazee, na kwa walezi wa watoto wa Ahabu. Akasema,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2KI.10.2" />“Mara tu barua hii itakapokufikia, kwa kuwa wana wa bwana wako wapo pamoja nawe, nawe una magari ya vita na farasi, mji wenye ngome na silaha,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2KI.10.3" />mchague mwenye uwezo zaidi kati ya wana wa bwana wako, na umweke juu ya kiti cha enzi cha baba yake. Kisha upigane kwa ajili ya nyumba ya bwana wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2KI.10.4" />Lakini wakaogopa sana na kusema, “Ikiwa wafalme wawili hawakuweza kupambana na Yehu, sisi tutawezaje?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2KI.10.5" />Basi msimamizi wa jumba la mfalme, mtawala wa mji, na wazee na walezi wakatuma ujumbe huu kwa Yehu: “Sisi tu watumishi wako, na tutafanya kila kitu utakachosema. Hatutamteuwa mtu yeyote kuwa mfalme. Wewe fanya uonalo kuwa ni bora.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2KI.10.6" />Kisha Yehu akawaandikia barua ya pili, akisema, “Ikiwa ninyi mko upande wangu na mtanitii mimi, twaeni vichwa vya wana wa bwana wenu, na mnijie huku Yezreeli kesho wakati kama huu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Wakati huo wana sabini wa mfalme walikuwa wakiishi pamoja na viongozi wa mji wa Samaria, waliokuwa wakiwalea.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2KI.10.7" />Hiyo barua ilipowafikia, watu hawa wakawachukua wale wana sabini wa mfalme na kuwachinja wote. Wakaweka vichwa vyao ndani ya makapu na kumpelekea Yehu huko Yezreeli.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2KI.10.8" />Mjumbe alipofika, akamwambia Yehu, “Wameleta vichwa vya wana wa mfalme.”
</p>
<p style="p">Ndipo Yehu akaagiza, “Viwekeni malundo mawili katika ingilio la lango la mji mpaka asubuhi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2KI.10.9" />Asubuhi yake, Yehu akatoka nje. Akasimama mbele ya watu wote na akasema, “Hamna hatia. Ni mimi niliyefanya shauri baya dhidi ya bwana wangu na kumuua, lakini ni nani aliyewaua wote hawa?
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2KI.10.10" />Fahamuni basi kwamba, hakuna neno ambalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> amesema dhidi ya nyumba ya Ahabu ambalo halitatimia.
<nd>Bwana</nd> amefanya lile aliloahidi kupitia mtumishi wake Eliya.”
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2KI.10.11" />Hivyo Yehu akaua kila mtu huko Yezreeli aliyekuwa amebaki wa nyumba ya Ahabu, ikiwa ni pamoja na wakuu wake, rafiki zake wa karibu, na makuhani wake. Hakuacha yeyote anusurike.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2KI.10.12" />Kisha Yehu akaondoka kuelekea Samaria. Alipokuwa njiani karibu na nyumba ya kukatia manyoya ya kondoo, yaani, Beth-Ekedi ya wachunga kondoo,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2KI.10.13" />Yehu akakutana na watu wa jamaa ya Ahazia mfalme wa Yuda, akauliza, “Ninyi ni nani?”
</p>
<p style="p">Wao wakasema, “Sisi ni jamaa ya Ahazia, nasi tumeshuka kuwasalimu jamaa ya mfalme na ya mama malkia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2KI.10.14" />Yehu akaagiza, “Wakamateni wakiwa hai!” Kwa hiyo wakawachukua wakiwa hai, watu arobaini na wawili, na kuwachinja kando ya kisima cha Beth-Ekedi. Hakuacha yeyote anusurike.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2KI.10.15" />Baada ya kuondoka hapo, alimkuta Yehonadabu mwana wa Rekabu, aliyekuwa akienda kumlaki. Yehu akamsalimu na kusema, “Je, moyo wako ni mnyofu kwangu kama moyo wangu ulivyo kwako?”
</p>
<p style="p">Yehonadabu akajibu, “Ndiyo.”
</p>
<p style="p">Yehu akasema, “Kama ndivyo, nipe mkono wako.” Yeye akampa mkono, naye Yehu akampandisha kwenye gari lake la vita.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2KI.10.16" />Yehu akasema, “Twende pamoja ukaone wivu wangu kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.” Hivyo wakasafiri pamoja kwenye gari lake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2KI.10.17" />Yehu alipofika Samaria, akawaua wale wote waliokuwa wamesalia wa jamaa ya Ahabu, akawaangamiza, sawasawa na neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> alilosema kupitia Eliya.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Watumishi Wa Baali Wauawa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2KI.10.18" />Kisha Yehu akawaleta watu wote pamoja na kuwaambia, “Ahabu alimtumikia Baali kidogo. Lakini Yehu atamtumikia zaidi.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2KI.10.19" />Sasa waiteni manabii wote wa Baali, watumishi wake wote na makuhani wake wote. Hakikisheni kwamba hakuna hata mmoja atakayekosekana, kwa sababu ninakwenda kutoa kafara kubwa sana kwa Baali. Yeyote atakayeshindwa kuja hataendelea kuishi.” Lakini Yehu alifanya hivyo kwa hila ili apate kuwaangamiza watumishi wote wa Baali.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2KI.10.20" />Yehu akasema, “Itisheni kusanyiko kwa heshima ya Baali.” Basi wakatangaza jambo hilo.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2KI.10.21" />Kisha Yehu akapeleka ujumbe katika Israeli yote, nao watumishi wote wa Baali wakaja, hakuna hata mmoja ambaye hakufika. Wakasongana ndani ya hekalu la Baali hadi likajaa tangu mlango hadi mwisho wake.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="2KI.10.22" />Naye Yehu akamwambia yule aliyekuwa mtunza chumba cha mavazi, “Leta majoho kwa ajili ya watumishi wote wa Baali.” Basi akawaletea majoho.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="2KI.10.23" />Kisha Yehu na Yehonadabu mwana wa Rekabu wakaingia ndani ya hekalu la Baali. Yehu akawaambia watumishi wa Baali, “Tazameni kila mahali mhakikishe kwamba hakuna hata mtumishi mmoja wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliye hapa pamoja nanyi, ila ni watumishi wa Baali tu.”
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="2KI.10.24" />Kwa hiyo wakaingia ndani ili kutoa kafara na sadaka ya kuteketezwa. Wakati huu, Yehu alikuwa amewaweka watu wake themanini akiwa amewapa onyo kwamba, “Ikiwa mmoja wenu atamwachia mtu yeyote ninayemweka mikononi mwake atoroke, itakuwa uhai wako kwa uhai wake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="2KI.10.25" />Mara baada ya Yehu kutoa sadaka ya kuteketezwa, akawaamuru walinzi na maafisa: “Ingieni ndani, waueni; asitoroke hata mmoja.” Basi wakawakatakata kwa upanga. Walinzi na maafisa wakazitupa zile maiti nje, kisha wakaingia mahali pa ndani pa kuabudia miungu katika hekalu la Baali.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="2KI.10.26" />Wakaileta ile nguzo ya kuabudiwa nje ya hekalu la Baali, na wakaichoma moto.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="2KI.10.27" />Wakabomoa ile nguzo ya kuabudiwa ya Baali pamoja na hekalu la Baali, nao watu wakapafanya kuwa choo hadi leo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="2KI.10.28" />Kwa hiyo Yehu akaangamiza kuabudiwa kwa Baali katika Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="2KI.10.29" />Hata hivyo, Yehu hakuziacha dhambi za Yeroboamu mwana wa Nebati, ambazo alikuwa amesababisha Israeli kuzitenda, yaani kuabudu ndama za dhahabu huko Betheli ya Dani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="2KI.10.30" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Yehu, “Kwa kuwa umefanya vyema kwa kutimiza yaliyo sawa machoni pangu, na umetenda kwa nyumba ya Ahabu yale yote niliyokuwa nimekusudia kutenda, wazao wako wataketi juu ya kiti cha enzi cha Israeli hadi kizazi cha nne.”
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="2KI.10.31" />Lakini Yehu hakuwa mwangalifu kushika sheria za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, kwa moyo wake wote. Hakuziacha dhambi za Yeroboamu, ambazo alikuwa amesababisha Israeli kuzitenda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="2KI.10.32" />Katika siku hizo,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaanza kupunguza ukubwa wa Israeli. Hazaeli akawashinda Waisraeli sehemu zote za nchi yao
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="2KI.10.33" />mashariki ya Yordani, katika nchi yote ya Gileadi (eneo la Gadi, Reubeni na Manase), kutoka Aroeri karibu na Bonde la Arnoni kupitia Gileadi hadi Bashani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="2KI.10.34" />Kwa matukio mengine ya utawala wa Yehu, yote aliyofanya na mafanikio yake yote, je, hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Israeli?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="2KI.10.35" />Yehu akalala pamoja na baba zake, naye akazikwa huko Samaria. Naye Yehoahazi mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="2KI.10.36" />Muda Yehu aliotawala juu ya Israeli huko Samaria ilikuwa miaka ishirini na minane.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="11" />
<s style="s1">Athalia Na Yoashi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 22:10–23:21)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2KI.11.1" />Wakati Athalia mamaye Ahazia alipoona kuwa mwanawe amekufa, akainuka na kuiangamiza jamaa yote ya mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2KI.11.2" />Lakini Yehosheba, binti wa Mfalme Yehoramu, aliyekuwa pia dada yake Ahazia, akamtwaa Yoashi mwana wa Ahazia kwa siri kutoka miongoni mwa wana wa mfalme waliokuwa karibu kuuawa. Akamweka Yoashi pamoja na yaya wake ndani ya chumba cha kulala na kumficha humo ili Athalia asimwone; kwa hiyo hakuuawa.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2KI.11.3" />Alibaki amefichwa pamoja na yaya wake katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa muda wa miaka sita wakati Athalia alikuwa akitawala nchi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2KI.11.4" />Katika mwaka wa saba, Yehoyada akatumania wakuu wa vikundi vya mamia, na Wakari,<f caller="+"><fr>11:4
</fr><ft>Yaani Wakerethi (ona
</ft><xt>1Sam 30:14; Eze 25:16; Sef 2:5, 6</xt><ft>).</ft></f> na walinzi, nao wakaletwa kwake katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Alifanya agano nao na kuwaapisha katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Ndipo akawaonyesha mwana wa mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2KI.11.5" />Akawaamuru akisema, “Hivi ndivyo iwapasavyo kufanya: Ninyi ambao mko makundi matatu mnaoingia zamu siku ya Sabato, theluthi yenu inayolinda jumba la kifalme,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2KI.11.6" />theluthi nyingine Lango la Suri, na theluthi nyingine lango lililo nyuma ya walinzi, ambao hupeana zamu kulinda Hekalu,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2KI.11.7" />nanyi ambao mko katika makundi mengine mawili ambao kwa kawaida hupumzika Sabato, wote mtalinda Hekalu kwa ajili ya mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2KI.11.8" />Jipangeni kumzunguka mfalme, kila mtu akiwa na silaha yake mkononi. Yeyote anayesogelea safu zenu lazima auawe. Kaeni karibu na mfalme popote aendapo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2KI.11.9" />Wakuu wa vikosi vya mamia wakafanya kama vile kuhani Yehoyada aliagiza. Kila mmoja akawachukua watu wake, wale waliokuwa wakiingia zamu siku ya Sabato na wale waliokuwa wakienda mapumziko, nao wakaja kwa kuhani Yehoyada.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2KI.11.10" />Ndipo akawapa wale wakuu mikuki na ngao zilizokuwa za Mfalme Daudi, zilizokuwa ndani ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2KI.11.11" />Wale walinzi, kila mmoja akiwa na silaha yake mkononi mwake, wakajipanga kumzunguka mfalme, karibu na madhabahu na Hekalu, kuanzia upande wa kusini hadi upande wa kaskazini mwa Hekalu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2KI.11.12" />Yehoyada akamtoa mwana wa mfalme na kumvika taji, akampa nakala ya agano, na kumtangaza kuwa mfalme. Wakamtia mafuta, nao watu wakapiga makofi na kupaza sauti, wakisema, “Mfalme aishi maisha marefu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2KI.11.13" />Athalia aliposikia kelele iliyofanywa na walinzi pamoja na watu, akawaendea watu pale penye Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2KI.11.14" />Akaangalia, na tazama alikuwako mfalme, akiwa amesimama karibu na nguzo, kama ilivyokuwa desturi. Maafisa na wapiga tarumbeta walikuwa pembeni mwa mfalme, nao watu wote wa nchi walikuwa wakifurahi na kupiga tarumbeta. Ndipo Athalia akararua mavazi yake na kulia, “Uhaini! Uhaini!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2KI.11.15" />Kuhani Yehoyada akawaagiza majemadari wa vikosi vya mamia, waliokuwa viongozi wa jeshi, “Mleteni nje kati ya safu, na mkamuue kwa upanga yeyote anayemfuata.” Kwa kuwa kuhani alikuwa amesema, “Hatauawa ndani ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2KI.11.16" />Basi wakamkamata Athalia, na alipofika mahali ambapo farasi huingilia katika viwanja vya jumba la mfalme, wakamuulia hapo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2KI.11.17" />Kisha Yehoyada akafanya agano kati ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> na mfalme na watu kwamba watakuwa watu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Akafanya pia agano kati ya mfalme na watu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2KI.11.18" />Watu wote wa nchi wakaenda kwenye hekalu la Baali na kulibomoa. Wakavunjavunja madhabahu na sanamu, na kumuua Matani kuhani wa Baali mbele ya hayo madhabahu.
</p>
<p style="p">Kisha Yehoyada kuhani akawaweka walinzi kwenye Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2KI.11.19" />Pamoja naye akawachukua majemadari wa mamia, Wakari, walinzi na watu wote wa nchi, nao kwa pamoja wakamteremsha mfalme kutoka Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kwenda kwenye jumba la mfalme, wakiingilia njia ya lango la walinzi. Ndipo mfalme akachukua nafasi yake kwenye kiti cha enzi,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2KI.11.20" />nao watu wote wa nchi wakafurahi. Mji ukatulia, kwa sababu Athalia alikuwa ameuawa kwa upanga nyumbani kwa mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="2KI.11.21" />Yoashi alikuwa na umri wa miaka saba alipoanza kutawala.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Yoashi Anakarabati Hekalu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2KI.12.1" />Katika mwaka wa saba wa utawala wa Yehu, Yoashi alianza kutawala, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu miaka arobaini. Jina la mama yake aliitwa Sibia, kutoka Beer-Sheba.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2KI.12.2" />Yoashi akafanya yaliyo mema machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd> miaka yote ambayo Yehoyada kuhani alikuwa akimwelekeza.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2KI.12.3" />Hata hivyo mahali pa juu pa kuabudia hapakuondolewa. Watu waliendelea kutoa kafara na kufukiza uvumba huko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2KI.12.4" />Yoashi akawaambia makuhani, “Kusanyeni fedha zote ambazo zitaletwa kama sadaka takatifu kwenye Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, yaani fedha zilizokusanywa kama kodi, fedha zilizopokelewa kutokana na nadhiri za watu binafsi, na fedha zilizoletwa kwa hiari hekaluni.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2KI.12.5" />Kila kuhani na apokee fedha kutoka kwa mmoja wa watunza hazina, nazo zitumike kukarabati uharibifu wowote unaoonekana katika Hekalu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2KI.12.6" />Lakini ikawa kufikia mwaka wa ishirini na tatu wa utawala wake Mfalme Yoashi, makuhani walikuwa bado hawajalikarabati Hekalu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2KI.12.7" />Kwa hiyo Mfalme Yoashi akamwita Yehoyada kuhani na makuhani wengine, akawauliza, “Kwa nini hamtengenezi uharibifu uliofanyika hekaluni? Msichukue fedha zaidi kutoka kwa watunza hazina wenu kwa ajili ya matumizi yenu, lakini kuanzia sasa ni lazima fedha yote itumike kwa ajili ya kukarabati Hekalu.”
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2KI.12.8" />Makuhani wakakubali kuwa hawatakusanya tena fedha kutoka kwa watu na kwamba hawatakarabati Hekalu wenyewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2KI.12.9" />Yehoyada kuhani akachukua kisanduku na akatoboa tundu kwenye kifuniko chake. Akakiweka kando ya madhabahu upande wa kulia unapoingia hekaluni mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Makuhani waliolinda ingilio wakaweka ndani ya kisanduku fedha zote ambazo zililetwa katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2KI.12.10" />Kila mara walipoona kuwa kuna kiasi kikubwa cha fedha ndani ya kisanduku, mwandishi wa mfalme na kuhani mkuu walikuja, wakazihesabu fedha hizo zilizoletwa katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na kuziweka katika mifuko.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2KI.12.11" />Wakiisha kuthibitisha kiasi cha hizo fedha, waliwapa watu walioteuliwa kusimamia kazi katika Hekalu. Kwa fedha hizo, wakawalipa wale watu waliofanya kazi katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>: yaani, maseremala na wajenzi,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2KI.12.12" />waashi na wakata mawe. Walinunua mbao na mawe ya kuchongwa kwa ajili ya ukarabati wa Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na kulipia gharama nyingine zote za kulitengeneza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2KI.12.13" />Fedha zilizoletwa kwenye Hekalu hazikutumiwa kutengenezea masinia ya fedha, mikasi ya kusawazishia tambi, mabakuli ya kunyunyizia, tarumbeta wala vyombo vingine vyovyote vya dhahabu au fedha kwa ajili ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>;
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2KI.12.14" />zililipwa kwa wafanyakazi, ambao walizitumia kwa kukarabati Hekalu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2KI.12.15" />Wao hawakudai kupewa hesabu ya fedha kutoka kwa wale waliowapa ili kuwalipa wafanyakazi, kwa sababu walifanya kwa uaminifu wote.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2KI.12.16" />Fedha zilizopatikana kutokana na sadaka za hatia na sadaka za dhambi hazikuletwa katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>; zilikuwa mali ya makuhani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2KI.12.17" />Wakati huu Hazaeli mfalme wa Aramu akapanda kuishambulia Gathi, akaiteka. Kisha akageuka ili kuishambulia Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2KI.12.18" />Lakini Yoashi mfalme wa Yuda akavichukua vyombo vyote vitakatifu vilivyowekwa wakfu na baba zake, yaani Yehoshafati, Yehoramu na Ahazia, wafalme wa Yuda, zawadi ambazo yeye mwenyewe alikuwa ameziweka wakfu pamoja na dhahabu yote iliyokutwa katika hazina za Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na katika jumba la kifalme, akazipeleka kwa Hazaeli mfalme wa Aramu, ambaye hatimaye aliondoka Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2KI.12.19" />Kwa matukio mengine ya utawala wa Yoashi na yote aliyoyafanya, je, hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Yuda?
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2KI.12.20" />Maafisa wake wakafanya shauri baya dhidi yake, nao wakamuulia Yoashi huko Beth-Milo, kwenye barabara iteremkayo kuelekea Sila.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2KI.12.21" />Maafisa waliomuua walikuwa Yozabadi mwana wa Shimeathi, na Yehozabadi mwana wa Shomeri. Akafa na akazikwa pamoja na baba zake katika Mji wa Daudi. Naye Amazia mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="13" />
<s style="s1">Yehoahazi Mfalme Wa Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2KI.13.1" />Katika mwaka wa ishirini na tatu wa utawala wa Yoashi mwana wa Ahazia mfalme wa Yuda, Yehoahazi mwana wa Yehu alianza kutawala Israeli katika Samaria, naye akatawala miaka kumi na saba.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2KI.13.2" />Akafanya maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa kufuata dhambi za Yeroboamu mwana wa Nebati, ambazo alikuwa amesababisha Israeli kuzitenda, na wala hakuziacha.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2KI.13.3" />Kwa hiyo hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ikawaka dhidi ya Israeli na kwa muda mrefu akawaweka chini ya utawala wa Hazaeli mfalme wa Aramu, na Ben-Hadadi mwanawe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2KI.13.4" />Ndipo Yehoahazi akamsihi
<nd>Bwana</nd> rehema, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamsikiliza, kwa maana aliona jinsi mfalme wa Aramu alivyokuwa akiwatesa Israeli vikali.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2KI.13.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamtoa mwokozi kwa ajili ya Israeli, nao wakaokoka kutoka kwenye mamlaka ya Aramu. Hivyo Waisraeli wakaishi katika nyumba zao wenyewe kama ilivyokuwa hapo awali.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2KI.13.6" />Lakini hawakuziacha dhambi za nyumba ya Yeroboamu, ambazo alisababisha Israeli kuzitenda, bali wakaendelea kuzitenda. Nguzo ya Ashera pia iliendelea kusimama katika Samaria.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2KI.13.7" />Hapakubaki kitu chochote katika jeshi la Yehoahazi isipokuwa wapanda farasi hamsini, magari kumi ya vita na askari wa miguu elfu kumi, kwa kuwa mfalme wa Aramu alikuwa amewaangamiza hao wengine na kuwafanya kama mavumbi wakati wa kupura nafaka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2KI.13.8" />Matukio mengine ya utawala wa Yehoahazi yote aliyoyafanya na mafanikio yake, je, hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Israeli?
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2KI.13.9" />Yehoahazi akalala pamoja na baba zake, akazikwa huko Samaria. Naye Yehoashi<f caller="+"><fr>13:9
</fr><ft>Yehoashi ni namna nyingine ya kutaja jina la Yoashi.</ft></f> mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yehoashi Mfalme Wa Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2KI.13.10" />Katika mwaka wa thelathini na saba wa utawala wa Yoashi mfalme wa Yuda, Yehoashi mwana wa Yehoahazi alianza kutawala Israeli huko Samaria, naye akatawala miaka kumi na sita.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2KI.13.11" />Alifanya maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na hakuacha dhambi yoyote kati ya zile za Yeroboamu mwana wa Nebati ambazo alikuwa amesababisha Israeli kuzitenda, bali aliendelea kuzitenda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2KI.13.12" />Na kwa matukio mengine ya utawala wa Yehoashi, yote aliyoyafanya na mafanikio yake, pamoja na vita yake dhidi ya Amazia mfalme wa Yuda, je, hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Israeli?
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2KI.13.13" />Yehoashi akalala pamoja na baba zake, akazikwa Samaria pamoja na wafalme wa Israeli. Yeroboamu akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2KI.13.14" />Wakati huu, Elisha alikuwa anaumwa na ugonjwa ambao baadaye ulimuua. Yehoashi mfalme wa Israeli akashuka kwenda kumwona na kumlilia. Akalia, “Baba yangu! Baba yangu! Magari ya vita ya Israeli na wapanda farasi wake!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2KI.13.15" />Elisha akasema, “Leta upinde na baadhi ya mishale,” naye mfalme akafanya hivyo.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2KI.13.16" />Elisha akamwambia mfalme wa Israeli, “Shika upinde mikononi mwako.” Alipokwisha kuichukua, Elisha akaweka mikono yake juu ya mikono ya mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2KI.13.17" />Elisha akasema, “Fungua dirisha la mashariki,” naye akalifungua. Elisha akasema, “Piga mshale!” Naye akapiga mshale. Elisha akasema, “Mshale wa ushindi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mshale wa ushindi juu ya Aramu! Utawaangamiza Waaramu kabisa huko Afeki.”
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2KI.13.18" />Kisha akasema, “Chukua mishale,” naye mfalme akaichukua. Elisha akamwambia, “Piga ardhi kwa hiyo mishale.” Akaipiga mara tatu, halafu akaacha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2KI.13.19" />Mtu wa Mungu akamkasirikia na akasema, “Ungepiga chini mara tano au sita, ndipo ungeishinda Aramu na kuiangamiza kabisa. Lakini sasa utaishinda mara tatu tu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2KI.13.20" />Elisha akafa, nao wakamzika.
</p>
<p style="p">Vikosi vya Wamoabu vilikuwa vinashambulia nchi kwa vita kila mwaka wakati wa vuli.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2KI.13.21" />Ikawa Waisraeli fulani walipokuwa wanamzika mtu, ghafula wakaona kikosi cha washambuliaji, basi wakaitupa ile maiti ya yule mtu ndani ya kaburi la Elisha. Wakati ile maiti ilipogusa mifupa ya Elisha, yule mtu akafufuka na kusimama kwa miguu yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2KI.13.22" />Hazaeli mfalme wa Aramu aliwatesa Israeli wakati wote wa utawala wa Yehoahazi.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="2KI.13.23" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawarehemu na akawahurumia, akaonyesha kujishughulisha nao kwa sababu ya Agano lake na Abrahamu, Isaki na Yakobo. Hadi leo, hajawaangamiza wala kuwafukuza mbele zake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="2KI.13.24" />Hazaeli mfalme wa Shamu akafa, naye Ben-Hadadi mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2KI.13.25" />Kisha Yehoashi mwana wa Yehoahazi akateka tena kutoka kwa Ben-Hadadi mwana wa Hazaeli ile miji aliyokuwa ameitwaa kwa vita kutoka kwa baba yake Yehoahazi. Yehoashi alimshinda mara tatu, hivyo akaweza kuiteka tena ile miji ya Waisraeli.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="14" />
<s style="s1">Amazia Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 25)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2KI.14.1" />Katika mwaka wa pili wa utawala wa Yehoashi mwana wa Yehoahazi mfalme wa Israeli, Amazia mwana wa Yoashi mfalme wa Yuda alianza kutawala.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2KI.14.2" />Alikuwa na umri wa miaka ishirini na mitano alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu kwa miaka ishirini na tisa. Mama yake aliitwa Yehoadani, kutoka Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2KI.14.3" />Akatenda yaliyo mema machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, lakini sio kama Daudi baba yake alivyokuwa amefanya. Katika kila kitu alifuata mfano wa Yoashi baba yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2KI.14.4" />Hata hivyo mahali pa juu pa kuabudia hapakuondolewa. Watu waliendelea kutoa kafara na kufukiza uvumba huko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2KI.14.5" />Baada ya ufalme kuimarika mikononi mwake, aliwaua maafisa waliomuua mfalme baba yake.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2KI.14.6" />Hata hivyo, hakuwaua wana wa wale wauaji, sawasawa na ilivyoandikwa katika Kitabu cha Sheria ya Mose ambako
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliamuru, “Baba hawatauawa kwa ajili ya watoto wao, wala watoto kwa ajili ya baba zao. Kila mmoja atakufa kwa ajili ya dhambi zake mwenyewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2KI.14.7" />Ndiye aliwashinda Waedomu elfu kumi katika Bonde la Chumvi, na akauteka Sela katika vita, naye akauita Yoktheeli, jina ambalo mji huo unalo hadi leo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2KI.14.8" />Kisha Amazia akatuma wajumbe kwa Yehoashi mwana wa Yehoahazi, mwana wa Yehu, mfalme wa Israeli, akisema, “Njoo, tuonane uso kwa uso.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2KI.14.9" />Lakini Yehoashi mfalme wa Israeli akamjibu Amazia mfalme wa Yuda: “Mbaruti uliokuwa Lebanoni ulituma ujumbe kwa mwerezi uliokuwa Lebanoni, ‘Mtoe binti yako aolewe na mwanangu.’ Kisha mnyama wa mwituni aliyekuwa Lebanoni akaja na kuukanyaga ule mbaruti.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2KI.14.10" />Hakika umeishinda Edomu, na sasa unajivuna. Jisifu katika ushindi wako, lakini kaa nyumbani kwako! Kwa nini unachokoza na kujiletea anguko lako mwenyewe na la Yuda pia?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2KI.14.11" />Hata hivyo, Amazia hakusikia, hivyo Yehoashi mfalme wa Israeli akashambulia. Yeye na Amazia mfalme wa Yuda wakakutana uso kwa uso huko Beth-Shemeshi katika Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2KI.14.12" />Yuda ikashindwa na Israeli, na kila mtu akakimbilia nyumbani kwake.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2KI.14.13" />Yehoashi mfalme wa Israeli akamteka Amazia mfalme wa Yuda, mwana wa Yoashi, mwana wa Ahazia, huko Beth-Shemeshi. Kisha Yehoashi akaenda Yerusalemu na kuubomoa ukuta wa Yerusalemu kuanzia Lango la Efraimu hadi Lango la Pembeni, sehemu yenye urefu wa kama dhiraa 400.<f caller="+"><fr>14:13
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 400 ni sawa na mita 180.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2KI.14.14" />Akachukua dhahabu yote na fedha na vyombo vyote vilivyopatikana ndani ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na katika hazina zote za jumba la mfalme. Akachukua pia mateka na akarudi Samaria.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2KI.14.15" />Matukio mengine ya utawala wa Yehoashi, aliyoyafanya na mafanikio yake, pamoja na vita vyake dhidi ya Amazia mfalme wa Yuda, je, hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Israeli?
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2KI.14.16" />Yehoashi akalala pamoja na baba zake, akazikwa Samaria pamoja na wafalme wa Israeli, naye Yeroboamu mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2KI.14.17" />Amazia mwana wa Yoashi mfalme wa Yuda aliishi miaka kumi na mitano baada ya kifo cha Yehoashi mwana wa Yehoahazi mfalme wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2KI.14.18" />Matukio mengine ya utawala wa Amazia, je, hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Yuda?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2KI.14.19" />Wakafanya shauri baya dhidi ya Amazia huko Yerusalemu, naye akakimbilia Lakishi, lakini wakawatuma watu wamfuatilie huko Lakishi, nao wakamuulia huko.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2KI.14.20" />Akarudishwa kwa farasi na akazikwa huko Yerusalemu pamoja na baba zake katika Mji wa Daudi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="2KI.14.21" />Kisha watu wote wa Yuda wakamchukua Azaria<f caller="+"><fr>14:21
</fr><ft>Azaria pia aliitwa Uzia.</ft></f> aliyekuwa na umri wa miaka kumi na sita, na kumfanya mfalme mahali pa baba yake Amazia.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="2KI.14.22" />Ndiye aliijenga tena Elathi na kuirudisha kwa Yuda baada ya Amazia kulala pamoja na baba zake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yeroboamu Wa Pili Mfalme Wa Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="2KI.14.23" />Katika mwaka wa kumi na tano wa utawala wa Amazia mwana wa Yoashi mfalme wa Yuda, Yeroboamu mwana wa Yehoashi mfalme wa Israeli alianza kutawala huko Samaria, naye akatawala kwa miaka arobaini na mmoja.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="2KI.14.24" />Akafanya maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na hakuacha dhambi hata moja ya Yeroboamu mwana wa Nebati, ambazo alikuwa amesababisha Israeli kuzitenda.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2KI.14.25" />Ndiye alirudishia mipaka ya Israeli kuanzia Lebo-Hamathi hadi Bahari ya Araba, sawasawa na neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, lililosemwa kupitia mtumishi wake Yona mwana wa Amitai, nabii kutoka Gath-Heferi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="2KI.14.26" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa ameona jinsi kila mmoja katika Israeli, awe mtumwa au aliye huru, alivyoteseka kwa uchungu; hapakuwepo na yeyote wa kuwasaidia.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="2KI.14.27" />Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa hajasema kuwa atafuta jina la Israeli chini ya mbingu, akawaokoa kwa mkono wa Yeroboamu mwana wa Yehoashi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="2KI.14.28" />Kwa matukio mengine ya utawala wa Yeroboamu, yote aliyoyafanya na mafanikio yake ya kijeshi, ikiwa ni pamoja na jinsi alivyorudisha Dameski na Hamathi kwa Israeli, ambayo ilikuwa mali ya Yuda, je, hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Israeli?
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="2KI.14.29" />Yeroboamu akalala pamoja na baba zake, wafalme wa Israeli. Naye Zekaria mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="15" />
<s style="s1">Azaria Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 26)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2KI.15.1" />Katika mwaka wa ishirini na saba wa utawala wa Yeroboamu mfalme wa Israeli, Azaria mwana wa Amazia mfalme wa Yuda alianza kutawala.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2KI.15.2" />Alikuwa na umri wa miaka kumi na sita alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu kwa miaka hamsini na miwili. Mama yake aliitwa Yekolia wa Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2KI.15.3" />Akatenda yaliyo mema machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kama Amazia baba yake alivyofanya.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2KI.15.4" />Hata hivyo, mahali pa juu pa kuabudia hapakuondolewa. Watu waliendelea kutoa kafara na kufukiza uvumba huko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2KI.15.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akampiga mfalme kwa ukoma mpaka siku aliyokufa, naye aliishi katika nyumba iliyotengwa peke yake. Yothamu mwana wa mfalme akawa msimamizi wa jumba la mfalme, na akawatawala watu wa nchi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2KI.15.6" />Matukio mengine ya utawala wa Azaria na yote aliyoyafanya, je, hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Yuda?
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2KI.15.7" />Azaria akalala pamoja na baba zake, naye akazikwa karibu nao katika Mji wa Daudi, na Yothamu mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Zekaria Mfalme Wa Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2KI.15.8" />Katika mwaka wa thelathini na nane wa utawala wa Azaria mfalme wa Yuda, Zekaria mwana wa Yeroboamu akawa mfalme wa Israeli katika Samaria, naye akatawala miezi sita.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2KI.15.9" />Akafanya maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kama baba zake walivyofanya. Hakuziacha dhambi za Yeroboamu mwana wa Nebati ambazo alisababisha Israeli kuzitenda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2KI.15.10" />Shalumu mwana wa Yabeshi akafanya shauri baya dhidi ya Zekaria. Akamshambulia mbele ya watu, akamuua na kuingia mahali pake kuwa mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2KI.15.11" />Matukio mengine ya utawala wa Zekaria yameandikwa kwenye kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2KI.15.12" />Kwa hiyo neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lililonenwa kwa Yehu likatimia, kwamba, “Wazao wako wataketi juu ya kiti cha enzi cha Israeli hadi kizazi cha nne.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Shalumu Mfalme Wa Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2KI.15.13" />Shalumu mwana wa Yabeshi akawa mfalme katika mwaka wa thelathini na tisa wa Uzia mfalme wa Yuda, naye akatawala katika Samaria kwa mwezi mmoja.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2KI.15.14" />Kisha Menahemu mwana wa Gadi akaenda kutoka Tirsa mpaka Samaria. Akamshambulia Shalumu mwana wa Yabeshi huko Samaria, akamuua na kuingia mahali pake kuwa mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2KI.15.15" />Matukio mengine ya utawala wa Shalumu, na mauaji aliyoyafanya, yameandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2KI.15.16" />Wakati ule, akianzia Tirsa, Menahemu alishambulia Tifsa na kila mtu ndani yake, na wale waliokuwa maeneo jirani, kwa sababu walikataa kufungua malango yao. Akaiangamiza Tifsa yote, na kuwapasua matumbo wanawake wote wenye mimba.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Menahemu Mfalme Wa Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2KI.15.17" />Katika mwaka wa thelathini na tisa wa utawala wa Azaria mfalme wa Yuda, Menahemu mwana wa Gadi akawa mfalme wa Israeli, akatawala huko Samaria kwa miaka kumi.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2KI.15.18" />Akatenda maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Katika wakati wa utawala wake wote, hakuziacha dhambi za Yeroboamu mwana wa Nebati ambazo alisababisha Israeli kuzitenda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2KI.15.19" />Kisha Pulu mfalme wa Ashuru akaishambulia Israeli. Menahemu mfalme wa Israeli akampa talanta elfu moja za fedha<f caller="+"><fr>15:19
</fr><ft>Talanta 1,000 za fedha ni sawa na tani 34.</ft></f> ili amsaidie na kumwezesha katika utawala wake.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2KI.15.20" />Menahemu akatoza fedha hizi kwa nguvu kutoka kwa Israeli. Kila mtu tajiri alilazimika kuchanga shekeli hamsini za fedha<f caller="+"><fr>15:20
</fr><ft>Shekeli 50 za fedha ni sawa na gramu 600.</ft></f> ambazo alipewa mfalme wa Ashuru. Basi mfalme wa Ashuru akajiondoa na hakuendelea kuikalia nchi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="2KI.15.21" />Matukio mengine ya utawala wa Menahemu na yote aliyoyafanya, je, hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Israeli?
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="2KI.15.22" />Menahemu akalala pamoja na baba zake. Naye Pekahia mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Pekahia Mfalme Wa Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="2KI.15.23" />Katika mwaka wa hamsini wa utawala wa Azaria mfalme wa Yuda, Pekahia mwana wa Menahemu akawa mfalme wa Israeli huko Samaria, akatawala miaka miwili.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="2KI.15.24" />Pekahia akafanya uovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Hakuziacha dhambi za Yeroboamu mwana wa Nebati, ambazo alisababisha Israeli kuzitenda.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2KI.15.25" />Mmoja wa maafisa wake wakuu, Peka mwana wa Remalia, akafanya shauri baya dhidi yake. Akachukua watu hamsini wa Gileadi pamoja naye, akamuua Pekahia, pamoja na Argobu na Aria, katika ngome ya jumba la kifalme huko Samaria. Kwa hiyo Peka akamuua Pekahia, naye akaingia mahali pake kuwa mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="2KI.15.26" />Matukio mengine ya utawala wa Pekahia na yote aliyoyafanya yameandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Peka Mfalme Wa Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="2KI.15.27" />Katika mwaka wa hamsini na mbili wa utawala wa Azaria mfalme wa Yuda, Peka mwana wa Remalia akawa mfalme wa Israeli huko Samaria, naye alitawala miaka ishirini.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="2KI.15.28" />Akafanya maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Hakuziacha dhambi za Yeroboamu mwana wa Nebati, ambazo alisababisha Israeli kuzitenda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="2KI.15.29" />Wakati wa utawala wa Peka mfalme wa Israeli, Tiglath-Pileseri mfalme wa Ashuru alikuja na kuteka Iyoni, Abel-Beth-Maaka, Yanoa, Kedeshi na Hazori. Akateka miji ya Gileadi na Galilaya, pamoja na nchi yote ya Naftali, na kuwahamishia watu wote Ashuru.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="2KI.15.30" />Kisha Hoshea mwana wa Ela akafanya shauri baya dhidi ya Peka mwana wa Remalia. Akamshambulia na kumuua, kisha akaingia mahali pake kuwa mfalme katika mwaka wa ishirini wa Yothamu mwana wa Uzia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="2KI.15.31" />Matukio mengine ya utawala wa Peka na yote aliyoyafanya, je, hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Israeli?
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yothamu Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 27)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="2KI.15.32" />Katika mwaka wa pili wa utawala wa Peka mwana wa Remalia mfalme wa Israeli, Yothamu mwana wa Uzia mfalme wa Yuda alianza kutawala.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="2KI.15.33" />Alikuwa na miaka ishirini na mitano alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu miaka kumi na sita. Mama yake aliitwa Yerusha binti Sadoki.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="2KI.15.34" />Akafanya yaliyo mema machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kama Uzia baba yake alivyokuwa amefanya.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="2KI.15.35" />Hata hivyo, mahali pa juu pa kuabudia hapakuondolewa. Watu waliendelea kutoa kafara na kufukiza uvumba huko. Yothamu akajenga upya Lango la Juu la Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="2KI.15.36" />Matukio mengine ya utawala wa Yothamu na yale aliyoyafanya, je, hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Yuda?
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="2KI.15.37" />(Katika siku hizo,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaanza kuwatuma Resini mfalme wa Aramu na Peka mwana wa Remalia dhidi ya Yuda.)
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="2KI.15.38" />Yothamu akalala na baba zake, akazikwa pamoja nao katika Mji wa Daudi, mji wa baba zake. Naye Ahazi mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="16" />
<s style="s1">Ahazi Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 28)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2KI.16.1" />Katika mwaka wa kumi na saba wa utawala wa Peka mwana wa Remalia, Ahazi mwana wa Yothamu mfalme wa Yuda alianza kutawala.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2KI.16.2" />Ahazi alikuwa na miaka ishirini alipoanza kutawala, akatawala huko Yerusalemu kwa miaka kumi na sita. Tofauti na Daudi baba yake, hakufanya yaliyo mema machoni pa Bwana, Mungu wake.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2KI.16.3" />Akaenenda katika njia za wafalme wa Israeli, na hata akamtoa mwanawe kafara katika moto, akifuata njia za machukizo za mataifa ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa ameyafukuza mbele ya Waisraeli.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2KI.16.4" />Akatoa kafara na kufukiza uvumba katika mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu, juu ya vilima, na chini ya kila mti uliotanda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2KI.16.5" />Kisha Resini mfalme wa Aramu na Peka mwana wa Remalia mfalme wa Israeli wakaondoka kwenda kupigana dhidi ya Yerusalemu na kumzunguka Ahazi kwa jeshi, lakini hawakuweza kumshinda.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2KI.16.6" />Wakati ule, Resini mfalme wa Aramu akaurudisha Elathi kwa Aramu kwa kuwafukuza watu wa Yuda. Kisha Waedomu wakahamia Elathi, nao wanaishi huko mpaka leo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2KI.16.7" />Ahazi akatuma wajumbe kumwambia Tiglath-Pileseri mfalme wa Ashuru kwamba, “Mimi ni mtumishi na mtumwa wako. Njoo na uniokoe kutoka mkononi mwa mfalme wa Aramu na wa mfalme wa Israeli, ambao wananishambulia.”
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2KI.16.8" />Naye Ahazi akachukua fedha na dhahabu zilizopatikana ndani ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na katika hazina ya jumba la mfalme, na kuzituma kama zawadi kwa mfalme wa Ashuru.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2KI.16.9" />Mfalme wa Ashuru akamwitikia kwa kushambulia Dameski na kuiteka. Akawahamishia wenyeji wake huko Kiri, na kumuua Resini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2KI.16.10" />Kisha Mfalme Ahazi akaenda Dameski kukutana na Tiglath-Pileseri wa Ashuru. Akaona madhabahu huko Dameski, naye akamtumia Uria kuhani mchoro wa hayo madhabahu, pamoja na maelezo ya mpango kamili wa ujenzi wake.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2KI.16.11" />Kwa hiyo Uria kuhani akajenga madhabahu kulingana na mipango yote ambayo Mfalme Ahazi alikuwa ameituma kutoka Dameski, na akamaliza ujenzi kabla ya Mfalme Ahazi kurudi.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2KI.16.12" />Mfalme aliporudi kutoka Dameski na kuona hayo madhabahu, akayasogelea na kutoa sadaka juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2KI.16.13" />Akatoa sadaka yake ya kuteketezwa na sadaka ya nafaka, akamimina sadaka ya kinywaji na kunyunyizia damu ya sadaka zake za amani juu ya hayo madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2KI.16.14" />Mfalme Ahazi akayaondoa madhabahu ya zamani ya shaba kutoka hapo mbele ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, yaliyokuwa yamesimama kati ya ingilio la Hekalu na hayo madhabahu mapya, naye akayaweka upande wa kaskazini mwa hayo madhabahu mapya.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2KI.16.15" />Ndipo Mfalme Ahazi akatoa amri zifuatazo kwa Uria kuhani: “Juu ya hayo madhabahu kubwa mapya, toa sadaka ya asubuhi ya kuteketezwa na sadaka ya jioni ya nafaka, sadaka ya mfalme ya kuteketezwa pamoja na sadaka yake ya nafaka, sadaka ya kuteketezwa ya watu wote wa nchi, pamoja na sadaka yao ya nafaka na sadaka yao ya kinywaji. Unyunyize juu ya hayo madhabahu damu yote ya sadaka za kuteketezwa na dhabihu. Lakini mimi nitatumia hayo madhabahu ya zamani ya shaba kwa ajili ya kutafuta uongozi.”
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2KI.16.16" />Naye Uria kuhani akafanya kama Mfalme Ahazi alivyoagiza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2KI.16.17" />Mfalme Ahazi akaondoa mbao za pembeni na kuondoa masinia kwenye vile vishikilio vilivyohamishika. Akaondoa ile Bahari kutoka kwenye mafahali wa shaba walioishikilia, na kuiweka kwenye kitako cha jiwe.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2KI.16.18" />Kwa heshima ya mfalme wa Ashuru, akaliondoa pia pazia la Sabato lililokuwa limewekwa ndani ya Hekalu, na akaondoa ile njia ya kifalme ya kuingia kwenye Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2KI.16.19" />Matukio mengine ya utawala wa Ahazi na yale aliyoyafanya, je hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Yuda?
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2KI.16.20" />Ahazi akalala na baba zake, naye akazikwa pamoja nao katika Mji wa Daudi. Naye Hezekia mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="17" />
<s style="s1">Hoshea, Mfalme Wa Mwisho Katika Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2KI.17.1" />Katika mwaka wa kumi na mbili wa utawala wa Ahazi mfalme wa Yuda, Hoshea mwana wa Ela akawa mfalme wa Israeli katika Samaria, akatawala kwa miaka tisa.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2KI.17.2" />Akafanya maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, lakini si kama wafalme wengine wa Israeli waliomtangulia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2KI.17.3" />Mfalme Shalmanesa wa Ashuru akainuka dhidi ya Mfalme Hoshea, ambaye hapo mbeleni alikuwa mtumwa wake na kumlipa ushuru.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2KI.17.4" />Lakini mfalme wa Ashuru akagundua kuwa Hoshea alikuwa msaliti, kwa kuwa alikuwa ametuma wajumbe kwa So mfalme wa Misri, naye hakuendelea kulipa ushuru kwa mfalme wa Ashuru tena kama alivyokuwa anafanya kila mwaka. Kwa hiyo Shalmanesa akamkamata na kumtia gerezani.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2KI.17.5" />Mfalme wa Ashuru akaishambulia nchi yote, akapigana dhidi ya Samaria na kuizunguka kwa majeshi miaka mitatu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2KI.17.6" />Katika mwaka wa tisa wa Hoshea, mfalme wa Ashuru akaiteka Samaria na kuwahamishia Waisraeli huko Ashuru. Akawaweka huko Hala, na Gozani karibu na Mto Habori, na katika miji ya Wamedi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Israeli Inakwenda Uhamishoni Kwa Sababu Ya Dhambi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2KI.17.7" />Yote haya yalitokea kwa sababu Waisraeli walikuwa wametenda dhambi dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao, ambaye alikuwa amewapandisha kutoka Misri akiwatoa chini ya utawala wa nguvu wa Farao mfalme wa Misri. Waliabudu miungu mingine
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2KI.17.8" />na kufuata desturi za mataifa ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa ameyafukuza mbele yao, pamoja na desturi ambazo wafalme wa Israeli walizileta.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2KI.17.9" />Waisraeli wakafanya vitu kwa siri dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao, ambavyo havikuwa sawa. Kuanzia kwenye mnara wa ulinzi hadi kwenye mji wenye maboma walijijengea wenyewe mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu katika miji yao yote.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2KI.17.10" />Wakaweka mawe ya kuabudiwa na nguzo za Ashera juu ya kila kilima kirefu na chini ya kila mti uliotanda.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2KI.17.11" />Wakafukiza uvumba kila mahali palipoinuka, kama yalivyofanya yale mataifa ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa ameyafukuza mbele yao. Wakafanya mambo maovu ambayo yalimghadhibisha
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2KI.17.12" />Wakaabudu sanamu, ingawa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amesema, “Msifanye mambo haya.”
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2KI.17.13" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akawaonya Israeli na Yuda kupitia kwa manabii na waonaji wake wote: “Acheni njia zenu mbaya. Shikeni amri na maagizo yangu, kufuatana na sheria yangu yote niliyowaagiza baba zenu kuitii ambayo niliileta kwenu kupitia kwa watumishi wangu manabii.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2KI.17.14" />Lakini hawakusikiliza, walikuwa na shingo ngumu kama baba zao, ambao hawakumtegemea
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2KI.17.15" />Walizikataa amri zake, na agano alilokuwa amelifanya na baba zao, na maonyo aliyokuwa amewapa. Wakafuata sanamu zisizofaa, nao wenyewe wakawa hawafai. Wakayaiga mataifa yaliyowazunguka, ingawa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amewaonya akiwaambia, “Msifanye kama wanavyofanya,” nao wakafanya mambo ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amewakataza wasifanye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2KI.17.16" />Wakayaacha maagizo yote ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao na kujitengenezea sanamu mbili, walizozisubu katika sura ya ndama na nguzo ya Ashera. Wakasujudia mianga yote ya angani, na wakamtumikia Baali.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2KI.17.17" />Wakawatoa kafara wana wao na mabinti zao katika moto. Wakafanya uaguzi na uchawi, nao wakajiuza wenyewe katika kutenda uovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wakamghadhibisha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2KI.17.18" />Basi
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawakasirikia sana Israeli na kuwaondoa kwenye uwepo wake. Ni kabila la Yuda tu lililobaki;
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2KI.17.19" />na hata hivyo nao Yuda hawakuzishika amri za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao. Wakafuata desturi ambazo Israeli walikuwa wamezianzisha.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2KI.17.20" />Kwa hiyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliwakataa watu wote wa Israeli; akawatesa na kuwaachia katika mikono ya wateka nyara hadi alipowaondoa kutoka kwenye uwepo wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="2KI.17.21" />Alipokwisha kuwatenga Israeli mbali na nyumba ya Daudi, wakamfanya Yeroboamu mwana wa Nebati kuwa mfalme wao. Yeroboamu akawashawishi Israeli waache kumfuata
<nd>Bwana</nd> na akawasababisha kutenda dhambi kuu.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="2KI.17.22" />Nao Israeli wakadumu katika dhambi zote za Yeroboamu mwana wa Nebati, nao hawakuziacha
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="2KI.17.23" />hadi
<nd>Bwana</nd> alipowaondoa kutoka kwenye uwepo wake, kama vile alivyokuwa ameonya kupitia watumishi wake wote manabii. Hivyo watu wa Israeli wakaondolewa kutoka nchi yao kwenda uhamishoni Ashuru, nao wako huko mpaka sasa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Samaria Inakaliwa Tena
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="2KI.17.24" />Mfalme wa Ashuru akawaleta watu kutoka Babeli, Kutha, Ava, Hamathi na Sefarvaimu na kuwaweka katika miji ya Samaria badala ya Waisraeli. Wakaimiliki Samaria na kuishi katika miji yake.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2KI.17.25" />Wakati walianza kuishi humo, hawakumwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa hiyo akatuma simba miongoni mwao, wakawaua baadhi ya watu.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="2KI.17.26" />Habari ikapelekwa kwa mfalme wa Ashuru, kusema: “Watu uliowahamisha na kuwaweka katika miji ya Samaria hawajui kile Mungu wa nchi hiyo anachokitaka. Ametuma simba miongoni mwao, ambao wanawaua, kwa sababu watu hawajui anachokitaka.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="2KI.17.27" />Ndipo mfalme wa Ashuru akaamuru hivi: “Mtwae mmoja wa makuhani uliowachukua mateka kutoka Samaria ili arudi kuishi humo na awafundishe watu kile ambacho Mungu wa nchi anataka.”
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="2KI.17.28" />Basi mmoja wa makuhani ambaye alikuwa amepelekwa uhamishoni kutoka Samaria akaja kuishi Betheli na kuwafundisha jinsi ya kumwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="2KI.17.29" />Hata hivyo, kila kikundi cha taifa lililoletwa Samaria kilitengeneza miungu yao wenyewe katika miji kadhaa mahali walipoishi, nao wakaiweka mahali pa ibada za miungu ambapo watu wa Samaria walikuwa wametengeneza katika mahali pa juu.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="2KI.17.30" />Watu kutoka Babeli wakamtengeneza Sukoth-Benothi kuwa mungu wao, watu kutoka Kutha wakamtengeneza Nergali, na watu kutoka Hamathi wakamtengeneza Ashima;
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="2KI.17.31" />Waavi wakatengeneza Nibhazi na Tartaki, nao Wasefarvi wakachoma watoto wao kama kafara kwa Adrameleki na Anameleki, miungu ya Sefarvaimu.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="2KI.17.32" />Walimwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd>, lakini pia waliteua aina zote za watu wao ili kuwawakilisha kama makuhani katika mahali pa kuabudia miungu kwenye mahali pa juu pa ibada.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="2KI.17.33" />Walimwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd>, lakini pia waliitumikia miungu yao kulingana na desturi za mataifa walikotoka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="2KI.17.34" />Mpaka leo wanashikilia desturi zao za zamani. Hawamwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd> wala kuzishika hukumu na maagizo, sheria na amri ambazo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliwapa uzao wa Yakobo, ambaye alimwita Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="2KI.17.35" />Wakati
<nd>Bwana</nd> alipofanya Agano na Waisraeli, aliwaamuru akisema: “Msiiabudu miungu mingine yoyote wala kuisujudia, wala kuitumikia wala kuitolea dhabihu.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="2KI.17.36" />Bali imewapasa kumwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyewapandisha kutoka Misri kwa uwezo wake mkuu na kwa mkono wake ulionyooshwa. Kwake yeye mtasujudu na kwake yeye mtatoa dhabihu.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="2KI.17.37" />Imewapasa daima kuwa waangalifu kutunza hukumu na maagizo, sheria na amri alizowaandikia. Msiabudu miungu mingine.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="2KI.17.38" />Msisahau agano nililofanya nanyi, wala msiabudu miungu mingine.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="2KI.17.39" />Bali, mtamwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, kwani yeye ndiye atakayewakomboa kutoka mikononi mwa adui zenu wote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="2KI.17.40" />Hata hivyo hawakusikiliza, lakini waliendelea na desturi zao za awali.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="2KI.17.41" />Hata wakati watu hawa walipokuwa wanamwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd>, walikuwa bado wakitumikia sanamu zao. Mpaka leo watoto wao na watoto wa watoto wao wanaendelea kufanya kama baba zao walivyofanya.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="18" />
<s style="s1">Hezekia Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 29:1–31:21)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2KI.18.1" />Katika mwaka wa tatu wa utawala wa Hoshea mwana wa Ela mfalme wa Israeli, Hezekia mwana wa Ahazi mfalme wa Yuda alianza kutawala.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2KI.18.2" />Alikuwa na umri wa miaka ishirini na mitano alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu kwa miaka ishirini na tisa. Mama yake aliitwa Abiya binti Zekaria.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2KI.18.3" />Akafanya yaliyo mema machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kama Daudi baba yake alivyofanya.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2KI.18.4" />Akapaondoa mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu, akazivunja sanamu, akakatakata nguzo za Ashera. Akavunja vipande vipande ile nyoka ya shaba Mose aliyotengeneza, kwa kuwa hadi siku hizo wana wa Israeli walikuwa wanaifukizia uvumba (ilikuwa ikiitwa Nehushtani<f caller="+"><fr>18:4
</fr><ft>Nehushtani maana yake Kipande cha shaba.</ft></f>).
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2KI.18.5" />Hezekia aliweka tumaini lake kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli. Hapakuwepo na mfalme mwingine wa kufanana naye miongoni mwa wafalme wa Yuda, kabla yake au baada yake.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2KI.18.6" />Alishikamana na
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa bidii wala hakuacha kumfuata; alishika amri ambazo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amempa Mose.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2KI.18.7" />Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa pamoja naye, akafanikiwa katika kila alichokifanya. Aliasi dhidi ya mfalme wa Ashuru, wala hakumtumikia.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2KI.18.8" />Kuanzia mnara wa ulinzi hadi kwenye mji wenye ngome, aliwashinda Wafilisti, hadi kufikia Gaza na himaya yake yote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2KI.18.9" />Mwaka wa nne wa Mfalme Hezekia, ambao ulikuwa mwaka wa saba wa Hoshea mwana wa Ela kutawala Israeli, Shalmanesa mfalme wa Ashuru alikwenda kuishambulia Samaria na kuuzunguka kwa majeshi.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2KI.18.10" />Baada ya miaka mitatu Waashuru wakautwaa. Kwa hiyo Samaria ulitekwa katika mwaka wa sita wa utawala wa Mfalme Hezekia, ambao ulikuwa mwaka wa tisa wa utawala wa Hoshea mfalme wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2KI.18.11" />Mfalme wa Ashuru akawahamishia Waisraeli huko Ashuru na akawaweka Hala, na Gozani karibu na Mto Habori, na katika miji ya Wamedi.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2KI.18.12" />Hili lilitokea kwa sababu hawakumtii
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao, lakini walikuwa wamevunja agano lake, yale yote ambayo Mose mtumishi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliwaamuru. Hawakuzisikiliza amri wala kuzitimiza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2KI.18.13" />Katika mwaka wa kumi na nne wa utawala wa Mfalme Hezekia, Senakeribu mfalme wa Ashuru akaishambulia miji yote ya Yuda yenye ngome na kuiteka.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2KI.18.14" />Basi Hezekia mfalme wa Yuda akamtumia ujumbe mfalme wa Ashuru huko Lakishi akisema: “Nimefanya makosa. Ondoka katika nchi yangu, nami nitakulipa chochote unachokitaka kwangu.” Mfalme wa Ashuru akamtoza Hezekia mfalme wa Yuda talanta 300<f caller="+"><fr>18:14
</fr><ft>Talanta 300 za fedha ni sawa na tani 10.</ft></f> za fedha, na talanta thelathini<f caller="+"><fr>18:14
</fr><ft>Talanta 30 za dhahabu ni sawa na tani moja.</ft></f> za dhahabu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2KI.18.15" />Basi Hezekia akampa fedha yote iliyopatikana ndani ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na katika hazina ya jumba la mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2KI.18.16" />Wakati huu Hezekia mfalme wa Yuda akabandua dhahabu yote iliyokuwa imefunika milango na miimo ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akampa mfalme wa Ashuru.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Senakeribu Anaitishia Yerusalemu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 32:1-19; Isaya 36:1-22)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2KI.18.17" />Mfalme wa Ashuru akamtuma jemadari wake mkuu, na afisa wake mkuu, na jemadari wa jeshi, pamoja na jeshi kubwa kutoka Lakishi hadi kwa Mfalme Hezekia huko Yerusalemu. Wakaja Yerusalemu na kusimama kwenye mfereji wa Bwawa la Juu, lililojengwa katika barabara iendayo kwenye Uwanja wa Dobi.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2KI.18.18" />Wakaagiza mfalme aitwe. Eliakimu mwana wa Hilkia aliyekuwa msimamizi wa jumba la mfalme, Shebna aliyekuwa katibu, na Yoa mwana wa Asafu mwandishi wakawaendea.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2KI.18.19" />Yule jemadari wa jeshi akawaambia, “Mwambieni Hezekia:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“ ‘Hili ndilo asemalo mfalme mkuu, mfalme wa Ashuru: Ni wapi unapoweka hili tumaini lako?
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2KI.18.20" />Unasema mnayo mikakati na nguvu za kijeshi, lakini unasema maneno matupu tu. Je, wewe unamtegemea nani, hata ukaniasi mimi?
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2KI.18.21" />Tazama sasa, unaitegemea Misri, fimbo ile ya mwanzi uliopasuka, ambayo huuchoma na kuujeruhi mkono wa mtu akiiegemea! Hivyo ndivyo alivyo Farao mfalme wa Misri, kwa wote wanaomtegemea.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="2KI.18.22" />Nawe kama ukiniambia, “Tunamtumainia
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu”: je, siyo yeye ambaye Hezekia aliondoa mahali pake pa juu pa kuabudia miungu na madhabahu zake, akiwaambia Yuda na Yerusalemu, “Ni lazima mwabudu mbele ya madhabahu haya katika Yerusalemu”?
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="23" bcv="2KI.18.23" />“ ‘Njooni sasa, fanyeni mapatano na bwana wangu, mfalme wa Ashuru: Nitakupa farasi elfu mbili, kama unaweza kuwapandisha waendesha farasi juu yao!
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="2KI.18.24" />Utawezaje kumzuia hata afisa mmoja aliye mdogo kati ya maafisa wa bwana wangu, ijapo unategemea Misri kwa magari ya vita na wapanda farasi?
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2KI.18.25" />Zaidi ya hayo, je, nimekuja kushambulia na kuangamiza mahali hapa pasipo neno kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>?
<nd>Bwana</nd> mwenyewe ndiye aliniambia niishambulie nchi hii na kuiangamiza.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="2KI.18.26" />Ndipo Eliakimu mwana wa Hilkia, Shebna na Yoa wakamwambia yule jemadari wa jeshi, “Tafadhali zungumza na watumishi wako kwa lugha ya Kiaramu, kwa kuwa tunaifahamu. Usiseme nasi kwa Kiebrania watu walioko juu ya ukuta wakiwa wanasikia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="2KI.18.27" />Lakini yule jemadari wa jeshi akajibu, “Je, bwana wangu amenituma kutoa ujumbe huu kwa bwana wenu na kwenu tu? Je, hakunituma pia kwa watu walioketi ukutani, ambao, kama ninyi, itawabidi kula mavi yao na kunywa mikojo yao wenyewe?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="2KI.18.28" />Kisha yule jemadari wa jeshi akasimama na kuita kwa lugha ya Kiebrania, akasema: “Sikieni neno la mfalme mkuu, mfalme wa Ashuru!
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="2KI.18.29" />Hili ndilo asemalo mfalme: Msikubali Hezekia awadanganye. Hawezi kuwaokoa mkononi mwangu.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="2KI.18.30" />Msikubali Hezekia awashawishi kumtumaini
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa kuwaambia, ‘Hakika
<nd>Bwana</nd> atatuokoa. Mji huu hautaangukia mikononi mwa mfalme wa Ashuru.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="2KI.18.31" />“Msimsikilize Hezekia. Hili ndilo mfalme wa Ashuru asemalo: Fanyeni amani nami na mje kwangu. Kisha kila mmoja wenu atakula kutoka kwa mzabibu wake na mtini wake mwenyewe, na kunywa maji kutoka kisima chake mwenyewe,
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="2KI.18.32" />mpaka nije nikawapeleke katika nchi iliyo kama nchi yenu wenyewe, nchi ya nafaka na divai mpya, nchi ya mkate na mashamba ya mizabibu, nchi ya mizeituni na asali. Chagueni uzima, sio mauti!
</p>
<p style="p">“Msimsikilize Hezekia, kwa kuwa anawapotosha asemapo, ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> atatuokoa.’
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="2KI.18.33" />Je, yuko mungu wa taifa lolote aliyewahi kuokoa nchi yake kutoka mkononi mwa mfalme wa Ashuru?
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="2KI.18.34" />Iko wapi miungu ya Hamathi na ya Arpadi? Iko wapi miungu ya Sefarvaimu, Hena na Iva? Je, imeokoa Samaria kutoka mkononi mwangu?
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="2KI.18.35" />Ni yupi miongoni mwa miungu yote ya nchi hizi ameweza kuokoa nchi yake mkononi mwangu? Inawezekanaje basi
<nd>Bwana</nd> aiokoe Yerusalemu mkononi mwangu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="2KI.18.36" />Lakini wale watu wakakaa kimya, wala hawakujibu lolote, kwa kuwa mfalme alikuwa amewaamuru, “Msimjibu lolote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="2KI.18.37" />Kisha Eliakimu mwana wa Hilkia msimamizi wa jumba la kifalme, Shebna katibu, na Yoa mwana wa Asafu, mwandishi wakamwendea Hezekia, nguo zao zikiwa zimeraruliwa, na kumwambia yale jemadari wa jeshi aliyoyasema.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="19" />
<s style="s1">Hezekia Autafuta Msaada Wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Isaya 37:1-20)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2KI.19.1" />Mfalme Hezekia aliposikia haya, akararua nguo zake na kuvaa nguo ya gunia, naye akaenda katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2KI.19.2" />Akawatuma Eliakimu msimamizi wa nyumba ya mfalme, Shebna mwandishi, na viongozi wa makuhani, wote wakiwa wamevaa nguo za magunia, waende kwa nabii Isaya mwana wa Amozi.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2KI.19.3" />Wakamwambia, “Hili ndilo asemalo Hezekia: Siku hii ni siku ya dhiki, ya kukaripiwa na ya aibu, kama wakati watoto wanapofikia karibu kuzaliwa na kumbe hakuna nguvu ya kuwazaa.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2KI.19.4" />Yamkini
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wako atayasikia maneno ya jemadari wa jeshi, ambaye bwana wake, mfalme wa Ashuru, amemtuma kumdhihaki Mungu aliye hai, tena kwamba atamkemea kwa maneno ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wako ameyasikia. Kwa hiyo omba kwa ajili ya mabaki ambao bado wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2KI.19.5" />Maafisa wa Mfalme Hezekia walipofika kwa Isaya,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2KI.19.6" />Isaya akawaambia, “Mwambieni bwana wenu, ‘Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Usiogope kwa hayo uliyoyasikia, yale maneno ambayo watumishi wa mfalme wa Ashuru wamenitukana nayo.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2KI.19.7" />Sikiliza! Nitatia roho fulani ndani yake ili atakaposikia taarifa fulani, atarudi nchi yake mwenyewe, nami huko nitafanya auawe kwa upanga.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2KI.19.8" />Jemadari wa jeshi aliposikia kwamba mfalme wa Ashuru ameondoka Lakishi, alirudi, akamkuta mfalme akipigana na Libna.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2KI.19.9" />Basi Senakeribu akapata taarifa kwamba Tirhaka, Mkushi mfalme wa Misri, alikuwa anaenda kupigana naye. Basi akatuma tena wajumbe kwa Hezekia na neno hili:
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2KI.19.10" />“Mwambieni Hezekia mfalme wa Yuda: Usikubali huyo Mungu unayemtumainia akudanganye wakati anaposema, ‘Yerusalemu haitatiwa mkononi mwa mfalme wa Ashuru.’
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2KI.19.11" />Hakika umesikia yale ambayo wafalme wa Ashuru wametenda kwa nchi zote, wakiwaangamiza kabisa. Je, wewe utaokolewa?
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2KI.19.12" />Je, miungu ya mataifa ambayo yaliangamizwa na baba zangu iliweza kuwaokoa, hiyo miungu ya Gozani, Harani, Resefu, na ya watu wa Edeni waliokuwa Telasari?
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2KI.19.13" />Yuko wapi mfalme wa Hamathi, mfalme wa Arpadi, mfalme wa mji wa Sefarvaimu, au wa Hena au wa Iva?”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maombi Ya Hezekia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2KI.19.14" />Hezekia akapokea barua kutoka kwa wale wajumbe, naye akaisoma. Kisha akapanda katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akaikunjua mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2KI.19.15" />Naye Hezekia akamwomba
<nd>Bwana</nd> akisema: “Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, uketiye juu ya kiti cha enzi kati ya makerubi, wewe peke yako ndiwe Mungu juu ya falme zote za dunia. Wewe umeumba mbingu na nchi.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2KI.19.16" />Tega sikio, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, usikie; fungua macho yako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, uone; sikiliza maneno ambayo Senakeribu ametuma kumtukana Mungu aliye hai.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2KI.19.17" />“Ni kweli, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwamba wafalme wa Ashuru wameyaangamiza mataifa haya na nchi zao.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2KI.19.18" />Wameitupa miungu yao kwenye moto na kuiangamiza, kwa kuwa haikuwa miungu, bali miti na mawe tu iliyotengenezwa kwa mikono ya wanadamu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2KI.19.19" />Sasa basi, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu, tuokoe kutoka mkononi mwake, ili falme zote duniani zipate kujua kwamba wewe peke yako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ndiwe Mungu.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Isaya Anatoa Unabii Wa Kuanguka Kwa Senakeribu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Isaya 37:21-38)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2KI.19.20" />Kisha Isaya mwana wa Amozi akapeleka ujumbe kwa Hezekia, akasema: “Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli: Nimesikia maombi yako kuhusu Senakeribu mfalme wa Ashuru.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2KI.19.21" />Hili ndilo neno ambalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> amelisema dhidi yake:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Bikira Binti Sayuni anakudharau na kukudhihaki.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Binti Yerusalemu anatikisa kichwa chake unapokimbia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="2KI.19.22" />Ni nani uliyemtukana na kumkufuru?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani uliyeinua sauti yako dhidi yake,
</q>
<q style="q1">na kumwinulia macho yako kwa kiburi?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni dhidi ya yule Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="2KI.19.23" />Kupitia kwa wajumbe wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umelundika matukano juu ya Bwana.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nawe umesema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Kwa magari yangu mengi ya vita,
</q>
<q style="q1">nimepanda juu ya vilele vya milima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vilele vya juu sana katika Lebanoni.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nami nimeiangusha mierezi yake mirefu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">misunobari yake iliyo bora sana.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nimefikia sehemu zake zilizo mbali sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">misitu yake iliyo mizuri sana.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="2KI.19.24" />Nimechimba visima katika nchi za kigeni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunywa maji yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa nyayo za miguu yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimekausha vijito vyote vya Misri.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="2KI.19.25" />“ ‘Je, hujasikia?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Zamani sana niliamuru hili.
</q>
<q style="q1">Siku za kale nilipanga hili;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sasa nimelifanya litokee,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwamba umegeuza miji yenye ngome
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa malundo ya mawe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="2KI.19.26" />Watu wa miji hiyo wameishiwa nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanavunjika mioyo na kuaibishwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wao ni kama mimea katika shamba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama machipukizi mororo ya kijani,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama majani yachipuayo juu ya paa la nyumba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambayo hukauka kabla ya kukua.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="2KI.19.27" />“ ‘Lakini ninajua mahali ukaapo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka kwako na kuingia kwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na jinsi unavyoghadhibika dhidi yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="2KI.19.28" />Kwa sababu unaghadhibika dhidi yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ufidhuli wako umefika masikioni mwangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">nitaweka ndoana yangu puani mwako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hatamu yangu kinywani mwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitakufanya urudi kwa njia ile uliyoijia.’
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="2KI.19.29" />“Hii ndiyo itakuwa ishara kwako, ee Hezekia:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Mwaka huu utakula kile kiotacho chenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mwaka wa pili utakula kutoka machipukizi yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini katika mwaka wa tatu, panda na uvune,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">panda mashamba ya mizabibu na ule matunda yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="2KI.19.30" />Mara nyingine tena mabaki ya nyumba ya Yuda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataeneza mizizi chini na kuzaa matunda juu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="2KI.19.31" />Kwa kuwa kutoka Yerusalemu watakuja mabaki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutoka Mlima Sayuni kundi la walionusurika.
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Wivu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote ndio utatimiza jambo hili.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="2KI.19.32" />“Kwa hiyo hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuhusu mfalme wa Ashuru:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Hataingia katika mji huu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hatapiga mshale hapa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hatakuja mbele yake akiwa na ngao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kupanga majeshi kuuzingira.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="2KI.19.33" />Kwa njia ile aliyoijia, ndiyo atakayorudi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hataingia katika mji huu,
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="2KI.19.34" />Nitaulinda mji huu na kuuokoa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili yangu mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa ajili ya Daudi mtumishi wangu.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="2KI.19.35" />Usiku ule, malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaenda, akawaua wanajeshi 185,000 katika kambi ya Waashuru. Wenzao walipoamka asubuhi yake, walikuta maiti kila mahali!
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="2KI.19.36" />Basi Senakeribu mfalme wa Ashuru akavunja kambi na kuondoka. Akarudi Ninawi na kukaa huko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="2KI.19.37" />Siku moja, alipokuwa akiabudu katika hekalu la mungu wake Nisroki, wanawe Adrameleki na Shareza wakamuua kwa upanga, nao wakakimbilia nchi ya Ararati. Naye Esar-Hadoni mwanawe akawa mfalme badala yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="20" />
<s style="s1">Ugonjwa Wa Hezekia
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 32:24-26; Isaya 38:1-8, 21-22)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2KI.20.1" />Katika siku hizo, Hezekia akaugua, naye akawa karibu kufa. Nabii Isaya mwana wa Amozi akaenda kwake na kumwambia, “Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Tengeneza mambo ya nyumba yako, kwa sababu utakufa, hutapona.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="2KI.20.2" />Hezekia akaelekeza uso wake ukutani, akamwomba
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2KI.20.3" />“Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kumbuka jinsi nilivyoenenda mbele zako kwa uaminifu na kujitoa kwa moyo wangu wote, na kufanya yaliyo mema machoni pako.” Naye Hezekia akalia kwa uchungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2KI.20.4" />Kabla Isaya hajaondoka katika ua wa kati, neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamjia, akaambiwa:
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2KI.20.5" />“Rudi ukamwambie Hezekia, kiongozi wa watu wangu, ‘Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba yako Daudi: Nimeyasikia maombi yako na nimeona machozi yako; nitakuponya. Siku ya tatu kuanzia sasa utapanda kwenda Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2KI.20.6" />Nitakuongezea miaka kumi na mitano katika maisha yako. Nami nitakuokoa wewe pamoja na mji huu mkononi mwa mfalme wa Ashuru. Nitaulinda mji huu kwa ajili yangu, na kwa ajili ya mtumishi wangu Daudi!’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2KI.20.7" />Kisha Isaya akasema, “Tengenezeni dawa ya kubandika ya tini.” Wakafanya hivyo na kuiweka kwenye jipu, naye akapona.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2KI.20.8" />Hezekia alikuwa amemuuliza Isaya, “Kutakuwa na ishara gani kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> ataniponya mimi, na kwamba nitapanda kwenda Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> siku ya tatu tangu leo?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2KI.20.9" />Isaya akajibu, “Hii ndiyo ishara ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwako kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> atafanya kile alichoahidi: Je, kivuli kiende hatua kumi mbele, au kivuli kirudi nyuma hatua kumi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2KI.20.10" />Hezekia akasema, “Ni jambo rahisi kwa kivuli kutangulia mbele hatua kumi, kuliko kukifanya kirudi nyuma hatua kumi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2KI.20.11" />Ndipo nabii Isaya akamwita
<nd>Bwana</nd>, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akakifanya kivuli kurudi nyuma hatua kumi ambazo kilikuwa kimeshuka kwenye ngazi ya Ahazi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wajumbe Kutoka Babeli
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Isaya 39:1-8)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2KI.20.12" />Wakati huo Merodaki-Baladani, mwana wa Baladani mfalme wa Babeli, akamtumia Hezekia barua na zawadi, kwa sababu alikuwa amesikia habari za kuugua kwa Hezekia.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2KI.20.13" />Hezekia akawapokea wale wajumbe na kuwaonyesha vitu vyote vile vilivyokuwa katika ghala zake: yaani fedha, dhahabu, vikolezo na mafuta safi, ghala la silaha na kila kitu kilichokuwa katika hazina zake. Hapakuwa na kitu chochote katika jumba lake la kifalme au katika ufalme wake wote ambacho Hezekia hakuwaonyesha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2KI.20.14" />Ndipo nabii Isaya akaenda kwa Mfalme Hezekia na kumuuliza, “Watu hao walisema nini, na wametoka wapi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Hezekia akamjibu, “Wametoka nchi ya mbali. Walikuja kutoka Babeli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2KI.20.15" />Nabii akauliza, “Waliona nini katika jumba lako la kifalme?”
</p>
<p style="p">Hezekia akajibu, “Waliona kila kitu katika jumba langu la kifalme. Hakuna kitu chochote katika hazina yangu ambacho sikuwaonyesha.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2KI.20.16" />Ndipo Isaya akamwambia Hezekia, “Sikia neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2KI.20.17" />Hakika wakati unakuja ambapo vitu vyote katika jumba lako la kifalme, na vyote ambavyo baba zako waliweka akiba mpaka siku hii, vitachukuliwa kwenda Babeli. Hakuna chochote kitakachosalia, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2KI.20.18" />Nao baadhi ya wazao wako, nyama yako na damu yako mwenyewe watakaozaliwa kwako, watachukuliwa mbali, nao watakuwa matowashi katika jumba la mfalme wa Babeli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2KI.20.19" />Hezekia akamjibu Isaya, “Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> ulilosema ni jema.” Kwa kuwa alifikiri, “Lakini si patakuwa na amani na usalama wakati wa uhai wangu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2KI.20.20" />Matukio mengine ya utawala wa Hezekia, mafanikio yake yote, na jinsi alivyotengeneza bwawa na mfereji ambao ulileta maji katika mji, je, hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Yuda?
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2KI.20.21" />Hezekia akafa, akazikwa pamoja na baba zake. Naye Manase mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="21" />
<s style="s1">Manase Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 33:1-20)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2KI.21.1" />Manase alikuwa na umri wa miaka kumi na miwili alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu miaka hamsini na mitano. Mama yake aliitwa Hefsiba.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2KI.21.2" />Akafanya maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akafuata desturi za machukizo za mataifa ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyafukuza mbele ya Waisraeli.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2KI.21.3" />Akajenga upya mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu ambapo Hezekia baba yake alikuwa amepabomoa. Pia akasimamisha madhabahu za Baali na kutengeneza nguzo ya Ashera, kama Ahabu mfalme wa Israeli alivyofanya. Akalisujudia jeshi lote la angani na kuliabudu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2KI.21.4" />Akajenga madhabahu katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ambamo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amesema, “Katika Yerusalemu nitaliweka Jina langu.”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2KI.21.5" />Katika nyua zote mbili za Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akajenga madhabahu kwa ajili ya jeshi lote la angani.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2KI.21.6" />Akamtoa kafara mwanawe mwenyewe katika moto, akafanya uchawi na uaguzi, na akataka shauri kwa wapiga ramli na kwa mizimu. Akafanya maovu mengi sana machoni mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kumghadhibisha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2KI.21.7" />Akachukua nguzo ya Ashera aliyoichonga na kuiweka katika Hekalu, ambalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amemwambia Daudi na mwanawe Solomoni, “Katika Hekalu hili na katika Yerusalemu niliouchagua kutoka kabila zote za Israeli, nitaliweka Jina langu milele.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2KI.21.8" />Sitaifanya tena miguu ya Waisraeli itangetange kutoka nchi niliyowapa baba zao, ikiwa watakuwa waangalifu kufanya kila kitu nilichowaamuru, na kuishika Sheria yote ambayo walipewa na Mose mtumishi wangu.”
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2KI.21.9" />Lakini hawa watu hawakusikiliza. Manase akawapotosha, hivyo kwamba walifanya maovu mengi kuliko mataifa ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyaangamiza mbele ya Waisraeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2KI.21.10" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akasema kupitia watumishi wake manabii:
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2KI.21.11" />“Manase mfalme wa Yuda ametenda dhambi hizi za kuchukiza. Amefanya maovu mengi kuliko Waamori waliokuwepo kabla yake, na ameiongoza Yuda katika dhambi kwa sanamu zake.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2KI.21.12" />Kwa hiyo hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli: Nitaleta maafa makubwa juu ya Yerusalemu na Yuda, kiasi kwamba masikio ya kila mmoja atakayesikia habari zake yatawasha.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2KI.21.13" />Nitanyoosha juu ya Yerusalemu kamba ya kupimia iliyotumika dhidi ya Samaria, na timazi iliyotumika dhidi ya nyumba ya Ahabu. Nitaifutilia mbali Yerusalemu kama mtu afutaye sahani, nikiifuta na kuifunikiza.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2KI.21.14" />Nitawakataa mabaki wa urithi wangu na kuwatia mikononi mwa adui zao. Watapokonywa mali zao na kutekwa nyara na adui zao wote,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2KI.21.15" />kwa sababu wametenda uovu machoni pangu na kunighadhibisha tangu siku baba zao walipotoka Misri mpaka siku ya leo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2KI.21.16" />Zaidi ya hayo, Manase pia alimwaga damu nyingi isiyo na hatia, hivi kwamba aliijaza Yerusalemu kutoka mwanzo hadi mwisho, mbali na dhambi ambayo alikuwa amesababisha Yuda kufanya, na hivyo wakatenda maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2KI.21.17" />Matukio mengine ya utawala wa Manase, na yote aliyoyafanya, pamoja na dhambi alizotenda, je, hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Yuda?
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2KI.21.18" />Manase akalala pamoja na baba zake na akazikwa katika bustani ya jumba lake la kifalme, katika bustani ya Uza. Naye Amoni mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Amoni Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 33:21-25)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2KI.21.19" />Amoni alikuwa na miaka ishirini na miwili alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu kwa miaka miwili. Mamaye aliitwa Meshulemethi binti Haruzi, kutoka Yotba.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2KI.21.20" />Akatenda maovu machoni mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kama baba yake Manase alivyofanya.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2KI.21.21" />Akaenenda katika njia zote za baba yake, akaabudu sanamu ambazo baba yake aliziabudu na kuzisujudia.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="2KI.21.22" />Akamwacha
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zake, wala hakuenenda katika njia za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="2KI.21.23" />Watumishi wa Amoni wakafanya fitina juu yake, nao wakamuulia kwake nyumbani.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="2KI.21.24" />Kisha watu wa nchi wakawaua wale wote waliokuwa wamefanya hila dhidi ya Mfalme Amoni. Wakamfanya Yosia mwanawe kuwa mfalme mahali pake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="2KI.21.25" />Matukio mengine ya utawala wa Amoni na yale aliyoyafanya, je, hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Yuda?
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="2KI.21.26" />Akazikwa kwenye kaburi lake katika bustani ya Uza. Naye Yosia mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="22" />
<s style="s1">Yosia Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 34; 35:20-27)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2KI.22.1" />Yosia alikuwa na miaka minane alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu miaka thelathini na mmoja. Mama yake aliitwa Yedida binti Adaya, kutoka Boskathi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2KI.22.2" />Akafanya yaliyo mema machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kuenenda katika njia zote za Daudi baba yake. Hakugeuka upande wa kuume wala wa kushoto.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2KI.22.3" />Katika mwaka wa kumi na nane wa utawala wake, Mfalme Yosia akamtuma mwandishi Shafani mwana wa Azalia, mwana wa Meshulamu, kwenda katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Akasema:
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2KI.22.4" />“Panda uende kwa Hilkia, kuhani mkuu, umwambie ahesabu zile fedha ambazo zimeletwa katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ambazo mabawabu wamekusanya kutoka kwa watu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2KI.22.5" />Waambie waikabidhi kwa watu walioteuliwa kusimamia kazi ya Hekalu. Waamuru watu hawa wawalipe wafanyakazi ambao wanakarabati Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2KI.22.6" />wale maseremala, wajenzi na waashi. Waambie pia wanunue mbao na mawe yaliyochongwa ili kukarabati Hekalu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2KI.22.7" />Lakini hawahitajiki kutoa hesabu ya fedha walizokabidhiwa, kwa sababu wanafanya kwa uaminifu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2KI.22.8" />Hilkia kuhani mkuu akamwambia Shafani mwandishi, “Nimekipata Kitabu cha Sheria ndani ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.” Akampa Shafani, ambaye alikisoma.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2KI.22.9" />Kisha Shafani mwandishi akamwendea mfalme na kumpa taarifa akisema: “Maafisa wako wametoa ile fedha ambayo ilikuwa ndani ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na imekabidhiwa mikononi mwa wasimamizi wa marekebisho ya Hekalu.”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2KI.22.10" />Ndipo Shafani mwandishi akampasha mfalme habari kwamba: “Hilkia kuhani amenipa kitabu hiki.” Naye Shafani akakisoma kile kitabu mbele ya mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2KI.22.11" />Mfalme aliposikia maneno ya kile Kitabu cha Sheria, akararua mavazi yake.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2KI.22.12" />Akatoa maagizo haya kwa Hilkia kuhani, Ahikamu mwana wa Shafani, Akbori mwana wa Mikaya, Shafani mwandishi, na Asaya mtumishi wa mfalme:
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2KI.22.13" />“Nendeni mkamuulize
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa ajili yangu, na kwa ajili ya watu na Yuda wote kuhusu yale yaliyoandikwa ndani ya kitabu hiki ambacho kimepatikana. Hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni kubwa inayowaka dhidi yetu kwa sababu baba zetu hawakuyatii maneno ya kitabu hiki. Hawajatenda kulingana na yale yote yaliyoandikwa humo kutuhusu sisi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2KI.22.14" />Hilkia kuhani, Ahikamu, Akbori, Shafani na Asaya wakaenda kuongea na nabii mke Hulda, ambaye alikuwa mke wa Shalumu mwana wa Tikwa, mwana wa Harhasi mtunzaji wa chumba cha mavazi. Hulda aliishi Yerusalemu katika Mtaa wa Pili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2KI.22.15" />Akawaambia, “Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli: Mwambieni yule mtu aliyewatuma ninyi kwangu,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2KI.22.16" />‘Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Nitaleta maafa juu ya mahali hapa na watu wake, kulingana na kila kitu kilichoandikwa katika kitabu hicho mfalme wa Yuda alichosoma.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2KI.22.17" />Kwa sababu wameniacha mimi na kufukiza uvumba kwa miungu mingine, na kunighadhibisha kwa sanamu zote zilizotengenezwa kwa mikono yao, hasira yangu itawaka dhidi ya mahali hapa, wala haitatulizwa.’
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2KI.22.18" />Mwambieni mfalme wa Yuda, ambaye amewatuma kumuuliza
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ‘Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, kuhusu maneno uliyoyasikia:
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2KI.22.19" />Kwa kuwa moyo wako ulikuwa msikivu na ulijinyenyekeza mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> uliposikia kile nilichosema dhidi ya mahali hapa na watu wake, kwamba wangelaaniwa na kuachwa ukiwa, basi kwa sababu uliyararua mavazi yako na kulia mbele zangu, nimekusikia, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2KI.22.20" />Kwa hiyo nitakukusanya kwa baba zako, nawe utazikwa kwa amani. Macho yako hayataona maafa yote nitakayoleta juu ya mahali hapa.’ ”
</p>
<p style="p">Basi wakapeleka jibu lake kwa mfalme.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="23" />
<s style="s1">Yosia Analifanya Upya Agano
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 34:3-7, 29-33)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2KI.23.1" />Kisha mfalme akawaita pamoja wazee wote wa Yuda na Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2KI.23.2" />Akapanda kwenda hekaluni mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> pamoja na watu wa Yuda, watu wa Yerusalemu, makuhani na manabii, watu wote wakubwa kwa wadogo. Akasoma wakiwa wanasikia maneno yote ya Kitabu cha Agano, ambacho kilikuwa kimepatikana katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2KI.23.3" />Mfalme akasimama karibu na nguzo, na kufanya upya agano mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>: yaani kumfuata
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kuzishika amri zake, maagizo na sheria kwa moyo wake wote na kwa roho yake yote, hivyo kuyathibitisha maneno ya agano yaliyoandikwa katika kitabu hiki. Kisha watu wote wakajifunga wenyewe kwa kiapo katika agano.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2KI.23.4" />Mfalme akamwamuru Hilkia kuhani mkuu, makuhani waliomfuata kwa cheo, na mabawabu kuondoa kutoka kwenye Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> vyombo vyote vilivyofanywa kwa ajili ya Baali na Ashera na jeshi lote la mianga ya angani! Akavichoma nje ya Yerusalemu katika mashamba ya Bonde la Kidroni, na kuyachukua hayo majivu mpaka Betheli.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2KI.23.5" />Akawafukuza makuhani wa kipagani waliokuwa wameteuliwa na wafalme wa Yuda kufukiza uvumba katika mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu katika miji ya Yuda na ile iliyozunguka Yerusalemu, yaani wale waliofukiza uvumba kwa Baali, kwa jua na mwezi, kwa makundi ya nyota, na jeshi lote la angani.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2KI.23.6" />Akaiondoa nguzo ya Ashera kutoka kwenye Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na kuipeleka kwenye Bonde la Kidroni nje ya Yerusalemu, akaiteketeza huko. Akaisaga hadi ikawa unga na kusambaza hilo vumbi juu ya makaburi ya watu wa kawaida.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2KI.23.7" />Akabomoa pia nyumba za mahanithi wa mahali pa ibada za miungu, zilizokuwa ndani ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na mahali wanawake walipofuma kwa ajili ya Ashera.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2KI.23.8" />Yosia akawaleta makuhani wote wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kutoka miji yote ya Yuda, na kunajisi mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu, kuanzia Geba hadi Beer-Sheba, mahali pote ambapo hao makuhani wa miungu walifukiza uvumba. Akabomoa mahali pa kuwekea vitu vya ibada za miungu palipokuwa katika malango, kwenye ingilio la Lango la Yoshua, mtawala wa mji, lililoko upande wa kushoto wa lango la mji.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2KI.23.9" />Ingawa makuhani wa mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu hawakuhudumu katika madhabahu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> katika Yerusalemu, walikula mikate isiyotiwa chachu miongoni mwa ndugu zao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2KI.23.10" />Kisha mfalme akanajisi Tofethi, palipokuwa katika Bonde la Ben-Hinomu, ili mtu yeyote asiweze kupatumia kumtoa kafara mwanawe au binti yake katika moto kwa mungu Moleki.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2KI.23.11" />Akaondoa kutoka kwenye ingilio la Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> wale farasi ambao wafalme wa Yuda walikuwa wamewaweka wakfu kwa ajili ya jua. Walikuwa kwenye ua karibu na chumba cha afisa aliyeitwa Nathan-Meleki. Basi Yosia akayachoma moto yale magari yaliyokuwa yamewekwa wakfu kwa jua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2KI.23.12" />Alizivunja madhabahu ambazo wafalme wa Yuda walikuwa wamezijenga kwenye paa la ghorofa ya Ahazi, pia madhabahu alizokuwa amezijenga Manase katika nyua mbili za Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Akaziondoa huko, akazivunja vipande vipande, na kutupa hicho kifusi katika Bonde la Kidroni.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2KI.23.13" />Mfalme pia akanajisi mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu, palipokuwa mashariki ya Yerusalemu upande wa kusini wa Kilima cha Uharibifu, pale ambapo Solomoni mfalme wa Israeli alikuwa amejenga kwa ajili ya Ashtorethi mungu mke chukizo la Wasidoni, kwa ajili ya Kemoshi mungu chukizo la Wamoabu, na kwa ajili ya Moleki mungu chukizo la watu wa Amoni.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2KI.23.14" />Yosia akapasua yale mawe ya kuabudiwa na kuzikatakata nguzo za Ashera. Kisha akafunika hayo maeneo kwa mifupa ya wanadamu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2KI.23.15" />Hata madhabahu yaliyokuwa huko Betheli, mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu palipokuwa pamejengwa na Yeroboamu mwana wa Nebati, ambaye aliwafanya Israeli watende dhambi, alibomoa hata hayo madhabahu na mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu. Alipateketeza kwa moto hapo mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu na kupasaga hadi pakawa vumbi, na kuichoma hiyo nguzo ya Ashera pia.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2KI.23.16" />Kisha Yosia akatazama huku na huko, naye alipoona makaburi yaliyokuwa huko kwenye kilima, akaamuru mifupa itolewe humo na akaichoma juu ya madhabahu ya Betheli ili kupanajisi. Hili lilitokea kulingana na neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lililosemwa na mtu wa Mungu ambaye alitangulia kusema mambo haya.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2KI.23.17" />Mfalme akauliza, “Lile kaburi lenye mnara wa ukumbusho ninaloliona ni kwa ajili gani?”
</p>
<p style="p">Watu wa mji wakasema, “Hii ni alama ya kaburi la mtu wa Mungu aliyekuja kutoka Yuda, naye akanena dhidi ya hii madhabahu ya Betheli mambo yale yale uliyoifanyia leo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2KI.23.18" />Akasema, “Liacheni, msiliguse. Msimruhusu mtu yeyote kuiondoa mifupa yake.” Basi wakaiacha mifupa yake pamoja na ile ya yule nabii ambaye alikuwa amekuja kutoka Samaria.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2KI.23.19" />Kama alivyokuwa amefanya huko Betheli, Yosia akabomoa na kunajisi mahali pa kuabudia miungu kwenye mahali pa juu ambapo wafalme wa Israeli walikuwa wamejenga ndani ya miji ya Samaria, ambayo ilikuwa imemghadhibisha
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2KI.23.20" />Yosia akawachinja makuhani wote wa mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu katika madhabahu zao wenyewe, na kuchoma mifupa ya wanadamu juu yake. Kisha akarudi Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yosia Aadhimisha Pasaka
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="2KI.23.21" />Mfalme akatoa agizo hili kwa watu wote: “Adhimisheni Pasaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, kama ilivyoandikwa katika Kitabu hiki cha Agano.”
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="2KI.23.22" />Hapakuwahi kuwepo na adhimisho lingine la Pasaka kama hilo tangu nyakati za Waamuzi walioongoza Israeli, wala katika nyakati zote za wafalme wa Israeli na wafalme wa Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="2KI.23.23" />Lakini katika mwaka wa kumi na nane wa utawala wa Mfalme Yosia, Pasaka hii iliadhimishwa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> huko Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="2KI.23.24" />Zaidi ya hayo, Yosia akawaondoa waaguzi, wanaoabudu mizimu, sanamu za kuagulia, sanamu za kuabudiwa, na vitu vingine vyote vya machukizo vilivyoonekana huko Yuda na Yerusalemu. Aliyafanya haya ili kutimiza matakwa ya sheria iliyoandikwa ndani ya kile kitabu ambacho Hilkia kuhani alikipata ndani ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2KI.23.25" />Kabla wala baada ya Mfalme Yosia hapakuwepo na mfalme mwingine yeyote ambaye alimpenda
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moyo wake wote, kwa roho yake yote, na kwa nguvu zake zote, sawasawa na Sheria yote ya Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="2KI.23.26" />Hata hivyo,
<nd>Bwana</nd> hakuacha ghadhabu yake iliyowaka dhidi ya Yuda kwa sababu ya yale yote ambayo Manase alikuwa amefanya kumghadhibisha.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="2KI.23.27" />Hivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, “Nitamwondoa Yuda mbele zangu kama nilivyomwondoa Israeli, nami nitaukataa Yerusalemu, mji niliouchagua, na Hekalu hili, ambalo nilisema, ‘Jina langu litakaa humo.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="2KI.23.28" />Matukio mengine ya utawala wa Yosia na yote aliyoyafanya, je, hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Yuda?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="2KI.23.29" />Yosia alipokuwa mfalme, Farao Neko mfalme wa Misri akapanda mpaka Mto Frati kumsaidia mfalme wa Ashuru. Mfalme Yosia akatoka kwenda kupigana naye, lakini Neko akamkabili na kumuua huko Megido.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="2KI.23.30" />Watumishi wa Yosia wakauleta mwili wake katika gari la vita kutoka Megido hadi Yerusalemu, wakamzika kwenye kaburi lake mwenyewe. Nao watu wa nchi wakamchukua Yehoahazi mwana wa Yosia, wakamtia mafuta na kumfanya mfalme mahali pa baba yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yehoahazi Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 36:2-4)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="2KI.23.31" />Yehoahazi alikuwa na umri wa miaka ishirini na mitatu alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu kwa miezi mitatu. Jina la mama yake aliitwa Hamutali binti Yeremia kutoka Libna.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="2KI.23.32" />Akafanya maovu machoni mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kama baba zake walivyofanya.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="2KI.23.33" />Farao Neko akamfunga kwa minyororo huko Ribla katika nchi ya Hamathi ili asiweze kutawala huko Yerusalemu, naye akatoza kodi ya talanta mia moja<f caller="+"><fr>23:33
</fr><ft>Talanta 100 za fedha ni sawa na tani 3.4.</ft></f> za fedha, na talanta moja ya dhahabu<f caller="+"><fr>23:33
</fr><ft>Talanta moja ya dhahabu ni sawa na kilo 34.</ft></f> katika Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="2KI.23.34" />Farao Neko akamfanya Eliakimu mwana wa Yosia kuwa mfalme mahali pa baba yake Yosia, na kulibadilisha jina la Eliakimu kuwa Yehoyakimu. Lakini akamchukua Yehoahazi na kumpeleka Misri, naye akafia huko.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yehoyakimu Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 36:5-8)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="2KI.23.35" />Yehoyakimu akamlipa Farao Neko ile fedha na dhahabu aliyodai. Ili kuweza kufanya hivyo, Yehoyakimu akatoza nchi kodi na kulipiza fedha na dhahabu kutoka kwa watu wa nchi kulingana na makadrio ya mapato yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="2KI.23.36" />Yehoyakimu alikuwa na umri wa miaka ishirini na mitano alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu miaka kumi na mmoja. Jina la mama yake aliitwa Zebida binti Pedaya kutoka Ruma.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="2KI.23.37" />Naye akafanya maovu machoni mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kama baba zake walivyokuwa wamefanya.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="24" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2KI.24.1" />Wakati wa utawala wa Yehoyakimu, Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli aliishambulia nchi, naye Yehoyakimu akawa mtumwa wake kwa miaka mitatu. Lakini hatimaye akabadili mawazo yake na kuasi dhidi ya Nebukadneza.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2KI.24.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akatuma wavamiaji wa Wakaldayo, Waaramu, Wamoabu na Waamoni ili kumshambulia. Aliwatuma kuiangamiza Yuda sawasawa na neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lililosemwa na watumishi wake manabii.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2KI.24.3" />Hakika mambo haya yalitokea Yuda kulingana na agizo la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ili kuwaondoa kutoka machoni pake kwa sababu ya dhambi za Manase na yote aliyoyafanya,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2KI.24.4" />ikiwa ni pamoja na kumwaga damu isiyo na hatia. Kwa kuwa aliijaza Yerusalemu kwa damu isiyo na hatia, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> hakuwa radhi kusamehe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2KI.24.5" />Matukio mengine ya utawala wa Yehoyakimu na yote aliyoyafanya, je, hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Yuda?
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2KI.24.6" />Yehoyakimu akalala pamoja na baba zake. Naye Yehoyakini mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2KI.24.7" />Mfalme wa Misri hakutoka tena katika nchi yake, kwa sababu mfalme wa Babeli alikuwa ameitwaa himaya yake yote, kuanzia Kijito cha Misri hadi Mto Frati.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yehoyakini Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 36:9-10)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2KI.24.8" />Yehoyakini alikuwa na miaka kumi na minane alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu miezi mitatu. Jina la mama yake aliitwa Nehushta binti Elnathani kutoka Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2KI.24.9" />Akafanya maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kama vile baba yake alivyokuwa amefanya.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2KI.24.10" />Wakati huo, maafisa wa Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli walikuja ili kuishambulia Yerusalemu, nao wakaizunguka kwa jeshi.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2KI.24.11" />Nebukadneza mwenyewe akaupandia mji wakati maafisa wake walipokuwa wameuzunguka kwa jeshi.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2KI.24.12" />Yehoyakini mfalme wa Yuda, mama yake, wahudumu wake, wakuu na maafisa wake wote wakajisalimisha kwa Nebukadneza.
</p>
<p style="p">Katika mwaka wa nane wa utawala wa mfalme wa Babeli, akamchukua Yehoyakini kuwa mfungwa.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2KI.24.13" />Kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyokuwa amesema, Nebukadneza akaondoa hazina yote kutoka Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kutoka jumba la mfalme, akavichukua vyombo vyote vya dhahabu ambavyo Solomoni mfalme wa Israeli alikuwa amevitengeneza kwa ajili ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2KI.24.14" />Akawachukua watu wa Yerusalemu wote kwenda uhamishoni: yaani maafisa wote na mashujaa, watu wenye ustadi na ufundi, jumla yao watu elfu kumi. Watu maskini sana ndio tu waliobaki katika nchi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2KI.24.15" />Nebukadneza akamchukua mateka Yehoyakini hadi Babeli. Pia akawachukua utumwani kutoka Yerusalemu hadi Babeli mama yake mfalme, wake zake, maafisa wake, na viongozi wote wa nchi.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2KI.24.16" />Mfalme wa Babeli pia akawahamishia Babeli mashujaa elfu saba, wenye nguvu na wanaofaa kupigana vita, na watu wenye ustadi na mafundi elfu moja.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2KI.24.17" />Akamfanya Matania, ndugu wa baba yake Yehoyakini, kuwa mfalme mahali pake, na akalibadilisha jina lake kuwa Sedekia.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sedekia Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 36:11-12; Yeremia 52:1-3)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2KI.24.18" />Sedekia alikuwa na umri wa miaka ishirini na mmoja alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu miaka kumi na mmoja. Jina la mama yake aliitwa Hamutali binti Yeremia, kutoka Libna.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2KI.24.19" />Alifanya maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kama alivyofanya Yehoyakimu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2KI.24.20" />Ilikuwa ni kwa sababu ya hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> haya yote yalitokea Yerusalemu na Yuda, naye mwishoni akawaondoa mbele zake.
</p>
<p style="p">Basi, Sedekia akaasi dhidi ya mfalme wa Babeli.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="25" />
<s style="s1">Kuanguka Kwa Yerusalemu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Nyakati 36:13-21; Yeremia 52:3-30)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2KI.25.1" />Hivyo katika mwaka wa tisa wa utawala wa Sedekia, katika siku ya kumi ya mwezi wa kumi, Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli, akiwa na jeshi lake lote, alifanya vita dhidi ya Yerusalemu. Akapiga kambi nje ya mji na kuuzunguka mji pande zote.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2KI.25.2" />Mji ulizungukwa na jeshi mpaka mwaka wa kumi na moja wa utawala wa Mfalme Sedekia.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2KI.25.3" />Ilipowadia siku ya tisa ya mwezi wa nne, njaa ikazidi kuwa kali sana ndani ya mji, hadi hapakuwa na chakula kwa ajili ya watu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2KI.25.4" />Kisha ukuta wa mji ukavunjwa, na jeshi lote likakimbia. Wakaondoka mjini usiku kupitia lango lililokuwa kati ya kuta mbili karibu na bustani ya mfalme, ingawa Wakaldayo walikuwa wameuzunguka mji. Wakakimbia kuelekea Araba.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2KI.25.5" />Lakini jeshi la Wakaldayo likamfuatia mfalme na kumpata katika sehemu tambarare za Yeriko. Askari wake wote wakatengwa naye na kutawanyika,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2KI.25.6" />naye akakamatwa. Akapelekwa kwa mfalme wa Babeli huko Ribla, mahali ambapo hukumu yake ilitangazwa.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2KI.25.7" />Wakawaua wana wa Sedekia mbele ya macho yake. Kisha wakayangʼoa macho yake, wakamfunga kwa pingu za shaba na kumpeleka Babeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2KI.25.8" />Mnamo siku ya saba ya mwezi wa tano, katika mwaka wa kumi na tisa wa utawala wa Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli, Nebuzaradani jemadari wa askari walinzi wa mfalme, afisa wa mfalme wa Babeli, alikuja Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2KI.25.9" />Alichoma moto Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, jumba la kifalme, na nyumba zote za Yerusalemu. Aliteketeza kila jengo muhimu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2KI.25.10" />Jeshi lote la Wakaldayo, chini ya jemadari wa askari walinzi wa mfalme, walivunja kuta zilizoizunguka Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2KI.25.11" />Nebuzaradani jemadari wa askari walinzi akawapeleka uhamishoni watu waliokuwa wamebaki katika mji, pamoja na mabaki ya watu wa kawaida, na wale waliojisalimisha kwa mfalme wa Babeli.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2KI.25.12" />Lakini yule jemadari wa askari walinzi akawaacha baadhi ya wale watu maskini kabisa ili watunze mashamba ya mizabibu na mashamba mengine.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2KI.25.13" />Wakaldayo walivunja vipande zile nguzo za shaba, vile vishikilio vya shaba vilivyohamishika, na ile Bahari ya shaba, ambavyo vyote vilikuwa katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Hivyo wakaichukua hiyo shaba na kuipeleka Babeli.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2KI.25.14" />Wakachukua pia vyungu, masepetu, mikasi ya kusawazishia tambi, sahani na vyombo vyote vya shaba vilivyotumika katika huduma ya Hekalu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2KI.25.15" />Jemadari wa askari walinzi wa mfalme akachukua vile vyetezo na yale mabakuli ya kunyunyizia, vitu vyote vile vilivyokuwa vimetengenezwa kwa dhahabu safi au fedha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2KI.25.16" />Shaba iliyotokana na zile nguzo mbili, ile Bahari na vile vishikilio vilivyohamishika, ambavyo Solomoni alikuwa ametengeneza kwa ajili ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ilikuwa na uzito usioweza kupimika.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2KI.25.17" />Kila nguzo ilikuwa na urefu wa dhiraa kumi na nane.<f caller="+"><fr>25:17
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 18 ni sawa na mita 8.2.</ft></f> Sehemu ya shaba juu ya nguzo moja ilikuwa na urefu wa dhiraa tatu<f caller="+"><fr>25:17
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 3 ni sawa na mita 1.35.</ft></f> na ilikuwa imepambwa kwa wavu na makomamanga ya shaba kuizunguka kote. Ile nguzo nyingine pamoja na wavu wake ilifanana na hiyo ya kwanza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2KI.25.18" />Yule jemadari wa askari walinzi akawachukua kama wafungwa Seraya kuhani mkuu, kuhani Sefania aliyefuata kwa cheo, na mabawabu watatu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2KI.25.19" />Miongoni mwa wale watu waliokuwa wamesalia katika mji, alimchukua afisa kiongozi wa wapiganaji, na washauri watano wa mfalme. Akamchukua pia mwandishi aliyesimamia uandikishaji wa watu wa nchi, pamoja na watu wake sitini waliopatikana ndani ya mji.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2KI.25.20" />Nebuzaradani jemadari akawachukua hao wote na kuwapeleka kwa mfalme wa Babeli huko Ribla.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2KI.25.21" />Huko Ribla, katika nchi ya Hamathi, mfalme wa Babeli akaamuru wanyongwe.
</p>
<p style="p">Hivyo Yuda wakaenda utumwani, mbali na nchi yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2KI.25.22" />Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli akamteua Gedalia mwana wa Ahikamu, mwana wa Shafani, awe msimamizi wa watu aliowaacha Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="2KI.25.23" />Maafisa wote wa jeshi na watu wao waliposikia kwamba mfalme wa Babeli amemteua Gedalia kuwa mtawala, wakamjia Gedalia huko Mispa. Hawa walikuwa Ishmaeli mwana wa Nethania, Yohanani mwana wa Karea, Seraya mwana wa Tanhumethi Mnetofathi, na Yezania mwana wa Mmaaka, pamoja na watu wao.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="2KI.25.24" />Gedalia akaapa ili kuwatia moyo wao na watu wao. Akasema, “Msiwaogope maafisa wa Kikaldayo. Kaeni katika nchi na kumtumikia mfalme wa Babeli, na itakuwa vyema kwenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="2KI.25.25" />Hata hivyo, katika mwezi wa saba Ishmaeli mwana wa Nethania mwana wa Elishama, aliyekuwa wa uzao wa mfalme, akaja pamoja na watu kumi, nao wakamuua Gedalia, na pia watu wa Yuda, pamoja na Wakaldayo waliokuwa naye huko Mispa.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="2KI.25.26" />Baada ya haya, watu wote kuanzia aliye mdogo sana hadi aliye mkubwa kabisa, pamoja na maafisa wa jeshi, wakakimbilia Misri kwa kuwaogopa Wakaldayo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yehoyakini Anaachiwa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Yeremia 52:31-34)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="2KI.25.27" />Katika mwaka wa thelathini na saba tangu Yehoyakini mfalme wa Yuda apelekwe uhamishoni, katika mwaka ule ambao Evil-Merodaki<f caller="+"><fr>25:27
</fr><ft>Pia aliitwa Ameli-Mariduki.</ft></f> alifanyika mfalme wa Babeli, alimwacha huru Yehoyakini kutoka gerezani siku ya ishirini na saba ya mwezi wa kumi na mbili.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="2KI.25.28" />Alizungumza naye kwa upole na kumpa kiti cha heshima zaidi kuliko wale wafalme wengine aliokuwa nao huko Babeli.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="2KI.25.29" />Hivyo Yehoyakini akayavua mavazi yake ya mfungwa, na siku zote za maisha yake zilizobaki alikula mezani mwa mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="2KI.25.30" />Siku kwa siku mfalme alimpa Yehoyakini posho siku zote za maisha yake.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="1CH"><id id="1CH">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>1 Mambo Ya Nyakati
</h><toc level="1">1 Mambo Ya Nyakati
</toc><toc level="2">1 Nyakati
</toc><toc level="3">1Nya
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">1 Mambo Ya Nyakati
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Kumbukumbu Za Historia Kuanzia Adamu Hadi Abrahamu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mwanzo 5:1-32; 10:1-32; 11:10-26)
</p>
<s level="2" style="s2">Adamu Hadi Wana Wa Noa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CH.1.1" />Adamu, Sethi, Enoshi,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CH.1.2" />Kenani, Mahalaleli, Yaredi,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1CH.1.3" />Enoki, Methusela, Lameki, Noa.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="4" bcv="1CH.1.4" />Wana wa Noa walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Shemu, Hamu na Yafethi.
<ve />
</p>
<s level="2" style="s2">Wana Wa Yafethi
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="5" bcv="1CH.1.5" />Wana wa Yafethi walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Gomeri, Magogu, Madai, Yavani, Tubali, Mesheki na Tirasi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="6" bcv="1CH.1.6" />Wana wa Gomeri walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Ashkenazi, Rifathi na Togarma.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="7" bcv="1CH.1.7" />Wana wa Yavani walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Elisha, Tarshishi, Kitimu na Rodanimu.
<ve />
</p>
<s level="2" style="s2">Wana Wa Hamu
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="8" bcv="1CH.1.8" />Wana wa Hamu walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Kushi, Misraimu,<f caller="+"><fr>1:8
</fr><ft>Yaani Misri.</ft></f> Putu na Kanaani.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="9" bcv="1CH.1.9" />Wana wa Kushi walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Seba, Havila, Sabta, Raama na Sabteka.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Wana wa Raama walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Sheba na Dedani.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="10" bcv="1CH.1.10" />Kushi akamzaa
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Nimrodi, ambaye alikua akawa mtu shujaa katika nchi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="11" bcv="1CH.1.11" />Misraimu akawazaa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Waludi, Waanami, Walehabi, Wanaftuhi,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1CH.1.12" />Wapathrusi, Wakasluhi (hao ndio asili ya Wafilisti) na Wakaftori.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="13" bcv="1CH.1.13" />Wana wa Kanaani walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Sidoni, mzaliwa wake wa kwanza, na Hethi,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1CH.1.14" />Wayebusi, Waamori, Wagirgashi,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1CH.1.15" />Wahivi, Waariki, Wasini,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1CH.1.16" />Waarvadi, Wasemari na Wahamathi.
<ve />
</p>
<s level="2" style="s2">Wana Wa Shemu
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="17" bcv="1CH.1.17" />Wana wa Shemu walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Elamu, Ashuru, Arfaksadi, Ludi na Aramu.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Wana wa Aramu walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Usi, Huli, Getheri na Mesheki.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="18" bcv="1CH.1.18" />Arfaksadi akamzaa Shela,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Shela akamzaa Eberi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="19" bcv="1CH.1.19" />Eberi alipata wana wawili:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Mmoja wao aliitwa Pelegi,<f caller="+"><fr>1:19
</fr><ft>Pelegi maana yake Mgawanyiko.</ft></f> kwa kuwa wakati wake dunia iligawanyika; nduguye aliitwa Yoktani.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="20" bcv="1CH.1.20" />Wana wa Yoktani walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Almodadi, Shelefu, Hasarmawethi, Yera,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1CH.1.21" />Hadoramu, Uzali, Dikla,
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1CH.1.22" />Obali, Abimaeli, Sheba,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1CH.1.23" />Ofiri, Havila na Yobabu. Wote hawa walikuwa wana wa Yoktani.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="24" bcv="1CH.1.24" />Wana wa Shemu walikuwa Arfaksadi, Shela,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="25" bcv="1CH.1.25" />Eberi, Pelegi, Reu,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="26" bcv="1CH.1.26" />Serugi, Nahori, Tera,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="27" bcv="1CH.1.27" />Tera akamzaa Abramu (yaani, Abrahamu).
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Jamaa Ya Abrahamu
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="28" bcv="1CH.1.28" />Abrahamu alikuwa na wana wawili:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Isaki na Ishmaeli.
<ve />
</p>
<s level="2" style="s2">Wazao Wa Hagari
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mwanzo 25:12-16)
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="29" bcv="1CH.1.29" />Hawa ndio waliokuwa wazao wa Hagari:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Nebayothi mzaliwa wa kwanza wa Ishmaeli, Kedari, Adbeeli, Mibsamu,
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1CH.1.30" />Mishma, Duma, Masa, Hadadi, Tema,
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="1CH.1.31" />Yeturi, Nafishi na Kedema. Hao ndio wana wa Ishmaeli.
<ve />
</p>
<s level="2" style="s2">Wazao Wa Ketura
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="32" bcv="1CH.1.32" />Wana waliozaliwa na Ketura suria wa Abrahamu walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Zimrani, Yokshani, Medani, Midiani, Ishbaki na Shua.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Wana wa Yokshani walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Sheba na Dedani.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="33" bcv="1CH.1.33" />Wana wa Midiani walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Efa, Eferi, Hanoki, Abida na Eldaa.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Wote hao walikuwa wa uzao wa Ketura.
<ve />
</p>
<s level="2" style="s2">Wazao Wa Sara
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="34" bcv="1CH.1.34" />Abrahamu alikuwa baba wa Isaki.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Wana wa Isaki walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Esau na Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wana Wa Esau
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mwanzo 36:1-19)
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="35" bcv="1CH.1.35" />Wana wa Esau walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Elifazi, Reueli, Yeushi, Yalamu na Kora.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="36" bcv="1CH.1.36" />Wana wa Elifazi walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Temani, Omari, Sefo, Gatamu na Kenazi;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Elifazi kwa Timna akamzaa Amaleki.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="37" bcv="1CH.1.37" />Wana wa Reueli walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Nahathi, Zera, Shama na Miza.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Watu Wa Seiri Waliokuwa Edomu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mwanzo 36:20-30)
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="38" bcv="1CH.1.38" />Wana wa Seiri walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Lotani, Shobali, Sibeoni, Ana, Dishoni, Eseri na Dishani.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="39" bcv="1CH.1.39" />Wana wa Lotani walikuwa wawili:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Hori na Homamu. Lotani alikuwa na dada yake aliyeitwa Timna.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="40" bcv="1CH.1.40" />Wana wa Shobali walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Alvani,<f caller="+"><fr>1:40
</fr><ft>Maandishi ya Kiebrania yanamwita Alian.</ft></f> Manahathi, Ebali, Shefo na Onamu.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Wana wa Sibeoni walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Aiya na Ana.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="41" bcv="1CH.1.41" />Mwana wa Ana alikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Dishoni.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Nao wana wa Dishoni walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Hemdani, Eshbani, Ithrani na Kerani.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="42" bcv="1CH.1.42" />Wana wa Eseri walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Bilhani, Zaavani na Akani.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Wana wa Dishani walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Usi na Arani.
<ve />
</p>
<s level="2" style="s2">Watawala Wa Edomu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mwanzo 36:31-43)
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="43" bcv="1CH.1.43" />Hawa ndio wafalme waliotawala Edomu kabla hajatawala mfalme yeyote wa Waisraeli:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Bela mwana wa Beori, ambaye mji wake ni Dinhaba.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="44" bcv="1CH.1.44" />Bela alipofariki, Yobabu mwana wa Zera kutoka Bosra akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="45" bcv="1CH.1.45" />Yobabu alipofariki, Hushamu kutoka nchi ya Watemani akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="46" bcv="1CH.1.46" />Hushamu alipofariki, Hadadi mwana wa Bedadi, aliyeshinda Midiani katika nchi ya Moabu, akawa mfalme baada yake. Mji wake uliitwa Avithi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="47" bcv="1CH.1.47" />Hadadi alipofariki, Samla kutoka Masreka akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="48" bcv="1CH.1.48" />Samla alipofariki, Shauli kutoka Rehobothi ngʼambo ya Mto Frati, akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="49" bcv="1CH.1.49" />Shauli alipofariki, Baal-Hanani mwana wa Akbori akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="50" bcv="1CH.1.50" />Baal-Hanani alipofariki, Hadadi akawa mfalme baada yake. Mji wake uliitwa Pau, na mkewe aliitwa Mehetabeli binti Matredi, binti Me-Zahabu.
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="1CH.1.51" />Naye Hadadi pia akafa.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Wakuu wa Edomu walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Timna, Alva, Yethethi,
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="1CH.1.52" />Oholibama, Ela, Pinoni,
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="1CH.1.53" />Kenazi, Temani, Mibsari,
<ve />
<v id="54" bcv="1CH.1.54" />Magdieli na Iramu. Hao ndio wakuu wa makabila ya Edomu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Wana Wa Israeli
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="1" bcv="1CH.2.1" />Hawa ndio waliokuwa wana wa Israeli:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Reubeni, Simeoni, Lawi, Yuda, Isakari, Zabuloni,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CH.2.2" />Dani, Yosefu, Benyamini, Naftali, Gadi na Asheri.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yuda
</s>
<s level="2" style="s2">Hadi Wana Wa Hesroni
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="3" bcv="1CH.2.3" />Wana wa Yuda walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Eri, Onani na Shela. Hawa watatu walizaliwa kwake na mkewe Mkanaani, binti wa Shua. Eri, mzaliwa wa kwanza wa Yuda, alikuwa mwovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa hiyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alimuua.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1CH.2.4" />Tamari, mkwewe Yuda, alimzalia wana wawili: Peresi na Zera. Yuda alikuwa na jumla ya wana watano.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="5" bcv="1CH.2.5" />Wana wa Peresi walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Hesroni na Hamuli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="6" bcv="1CH.2.6" />Wana wa Zera walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Zimri, Ethani, Hemani, Kalkoli na Dara. Jumla ya wana wa Zera walikuwa watano.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="7" bcv="1CH.2.7" />Mwana wa Karmi alikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Akari,<f caller="+"><fr>2:7
</fr><ft>Akari maana yake Taabisha; pia anaitwa Akani (</ft><xt>Yos 6:1-26; 22:20</xt><ft>).</ft></f> ambaye alileta taabu kwa Waisraeli kwa kukiuka onyo la kutokuchukua vitu vilivyokuwa vimewekwa wakfu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="8" bcv="1CH.2.8" />Mwana wa Ethani alikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Azariya.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="9" bcv="1CH.2.9" />Wana wa Hesroni walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yerameeli, Ramu na Kalebu.
<ve />
</p>
<s level="2" style="s2">Kuanzia Ramu Mwana Wa Hesroni
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="10" bcv="1CH.2.10" />Ramu alimzaa
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Aminadabu, na Aminadabu akamzaa Nashoni, kiongozi wa kabila la Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1CH.2.11" />Nashoni akamzaa Salmoni, Salmoni akamzaa Boazi,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1CH.2.12" />Boazi akamzaa Obedi, Obedi akamzaa Yese.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="13" bcv="1CH.2.13" />Yese akawazaa
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Eliabu mwanawe wa kwanza; wa pili Abinadabu, wa tatu Shimea,<f caller="+"><fr>2:13
</fr><ft>Au: Shima, maana yake Sifa njema (pia
</ft><xt>1Sam 16:9; 17:13</xt><ft>).</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1CH.2.14" />wa nne Nethaneli, wa tano Radai,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1CH.2.15" />wa sita Osemu, na wa saba Daudi.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1CH.2.16" />Dada zao walikuwa Seruya na Abigaili. Wana wa Seruya walikuwa watatu: Abishai, Yoabu na Asaheli.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1CH.2.17" />Abigaili alikuwa mama yake Amasa, ambaye baba yake alikuwa Yetheri, Mwishmaeli.
<ve />
</p>
<s level="2" style="s2">Kalebu Mwana Wa Hesroni
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="18" bcv="1CH.2.18" />Kalebu mwana wa Hesroni akazaa wana na mkewe Azuba (na pia na Yeriothi). Hawa ndio wana Azuba aliomzalia Kalebu: Yesheri, Shobabu na Ardoni.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1CH.2.19" />Azuba alipofariki, Kalebu akamwoa Efrathi, ambaye alimzalia Huri.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1CH.2.20" />Huri akamzaa Uri, Uri akamzaa Bezaleli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="21" bcv="1CH.2.21" />Hatimaye, Hesroni akakutana kimwili na binti wa Makiri babaye Gileadi (ambaye alimwoa alipokuwa na umri wa miaka sitini), naye akamzaa Segubu.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1CH.2.22" />Segubu akamzaa Yairi, ambaye alitawala miji ishirini na mitatu katika Gileadi.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1CH.2.23" />(Lakini Geshuri na Aramu wakateka miji ya Hawoth-Yairi, pamoja na Kenathi na viunga vyake; jumla ilikuwa miji sitini.) Wote hawa walikuwa wazao wa Makiri babaye Gileadi.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="24" bcv="1CH.2.24" />Baada ya Hesroni kufa huko Efrathi, Abiya mjane wa Hesroni akamzalia Ashuru, aliye baba wa Tekoa.
<ve />
</p>
<s level="2" style="s2">Yerameeli Mwana Wa Hesroni
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="25" bcv="1CH.2.25" />Wana wa Yerameeli mzaliwa wa kwanza wa Hesroni walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Ramu mzaliwa wake wa kwanza, Buna, Oreni, Osemu na Ahiya.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="1CH.2.26" />Yerameeli alikuwa na mke mwingine, aliyeitwa Atara, aliyekuwa mama yake Onamu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="27" bcv="1CH.2.27" />Wana wa Ramu mzaliwa wa kwanza wa Yerameeli walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Maasi, Yamini na Ekeri.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="28" bcv="1CH.2.28" />Wana wa Onamu walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Shamai na Yada.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Wana wa Shamai walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Nadabu na Abishuri.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="29" bcv="1CH.2.29" />Mke wa Abishuri aliitwa Abihaili, ambaye alimzalia Abani na Molidi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="30" bcv="1CH.2.30" />Wana wa Nadabu walikuwa
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Seledi na Apaimu, lakini Seledi alikufa bila kuzaa watoto.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="31" bcv="1CH.2.31" />Apaimu akamzaa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Ishi ambaye alikuwa baba wa Sheshani.
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Sheshani akamzaa Alai.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="32" bcv="1CH.2.32" />Wana wa Yada, nduguye Shamai walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yetheri na Yonathani. Yetheri alikufa bila kuzaa watoto.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="33" bcv="1CH.2.33" />Wana wa Yonathani walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Pelethi na Zaza.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Hawa ndio waliokuwa wazao wa Yerameeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="34" bcv="1CH.2.34" />Sheshani hakuwa na watoto wa kiume, ila wasichana tu.
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Alikuwa na mtumishi Mmisri aliyeitwa Yarha.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="1CH.2.35" />Sheshani akamwoza huyu mtumishi wake Yarha binti yake, akamzalia mwana jina lake Atai.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="36" bcv="1CH.2.36" />Atai akamzaa Nathani,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Nathani akamzaa Zabadi,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="37" bcv="1CH.2.37" />Zabadi akamzaa Eflali,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Eflali akamzaa Obedi,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="38" bcv="1CH.2.38" />Obedi akamzaa Yehu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yehu akamzaa Azaria,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="39" bcv="1CH.2.39" />Azaria akamzaa Helesi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Helesi akamzaa Eleasa,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="40" bcv="1CH.2.40" />Eleasa akamzaa Sismai,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Sismai akamzaa Shalumu,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="41" bcv="1CH.2.41" />Shalumu akamzaa Yekamia,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">naye Yekamia akamzaa Elishama.
<ve />
</p>
<s level="2" style="s2">Koo Za Kalebu
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="42" bcv="1CH.2.42" />Wana wa Kalebu nduguye Yerameeli walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Mesha mzaliwa wake wa kwanza alimzaa Zifu, naye mwanawe Maresha akamzaa Hebroni.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="43" bcv="1CH.2.43" />Hebroni alikuwa na wana wanne:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Kora, Tapua, Rekemu na Shema.
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="1CH.2.44" />Shema alikuwa baba yake Rahamu na Rahamu alikuwa baba wa Yorkeamu na Rekemu alikuwa baba wa Shamai.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="1CH.2.45" />Shamai akamzaa Maoni na Maoni akamzaa Beth-Suri.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="46" bcv="1CH.2.46" />Efa, suria wa Kalebu alikuwa mamaye Harani, Mosa na Gazezi. Harani alikuwa baba wa Gazezi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="47" bcv="1CH.2.47" />Wana wa Yadai walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Regemu, Yothamu, Geshani, Peleti, Efa na Shaafu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="48" bcv="1CH.2.48" />Maaka suria wa Kalebu alikuwa mamaye Sheberi na Tirhana.
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="1CH.2.49" />Pia Maaka akamzaa Shaafu babaye Madmana, na Sheva babaye Makbena na Gibea. Kalebu alikuwa na binti jina lake Aksa.
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="1CH.2.50" />Hawa ndio waliokuwa wazao wa Kalebu.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Wana wa Huri, mzaliwa mkuu wao wa Efrathi, walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Shobali akamzaa Kiriath-Yearimu,
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="1CH.2.51" />Salma akamzaa Bethlehemu, naye Harefu akamzaa Beth-Gaderi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="52" bcv="1CH.2.52" />Wazao wa Shobali, baba yake Kiriath-Yearimu, walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Haroe, nusu ya wakazi wa mji wa Menuhothi,
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="1CH.2.53" />pamoja na koo za Kiriath-Yearimu ambazo ni: Waithiri, Waputhi, Washumathi na Wamishrai. Kutokana na watu hawa walizaliwa Wasorathi na Waeshtaoli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="54" bcv="1CH.2.54" />Wazao wa Salma walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Bethlehemu, Wanetofathi, Atroth-Beth-Yoabu, nusu ya Wamanahathi, Wasori,
<ve />
<v id="55" bcv="1CH.2.55" />pamoja na koo za waandishi zilizoishi katika mji wa Yabesi: yaani Watirathi, Washimeathi na Wasukathi. Hawa ndio Wakeni waliotokana na Hamathi, baba wa nyumba ya Rekabu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s level="2" style="s2">Wana Wa Daudi
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="1" bcv="1CH.3.1" />Hawa ndio waliokuwa wana wa Daudi waliozaliwa huko Hebroni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Mzaliwa wa kwanza alikuwa Amnoni ambaye mama yake aliitwa Ahinoamu wa Yezreeli;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">wa pili, Danieli ambaye mama yake alikuwa Abigaili wa Karmeli;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="2" bcv="1CH.3.2" />wa tatu alikuwa Absalomu, ambaye mama yake alikuwa Maaka, binti Talmai mfalme wa Geshuri;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">wa nne, Adoniya, ambaye mama yake alikuwa Hagithi;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="3" bcv="1CH.3.3" />wa tano alikuwa Shefatia ambaye mama yake alikuwa Abitali;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">wa sita alikuwa Ithreamu, aliyezaliwa na mke wake Egla.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="4" bcv="1CH.3.4" />Hawa sita walizaliwa huko Hebroni ambako Daudi alitawala kwa miaka saba na miezi sita.
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Daudi alitawala Yerusalemu kwa miaka thelathini na mitatu,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1CH.3.5" />nao hawa ndio watoto wa Daudi waliozaliwa huko Yerusalemu:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">mkewe Bathsheba, binti Amieli, alimzalia Shamua,<f caller="+"><fr>3:5
</fr><ft>Sawa na Shimea; maana yake ni Mashuhuri, Maarufu.</ft></f> Shobabu, Nathani na Solomoni.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1CH.3.6" />Pia kulikuwa na wana wengine: Ibihari, Elishua, Elifeleti,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1CH.3.7" />Noga, Nefegi, Yafia,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1CH.3.8" />Elishama, Eliada na Elifeleti; wote walikuwa tisa.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1CH.3.9" />Hawa wote walikuwa wana wa Daudi, mbali na wale wana waliozaliwa na masuria. Naye Tamari alikuwa dada yao.
<ve />
</p>
<s level="2" style="s2">Wafalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="10" bcv="1CH.3.10" />Mwana wa Solomoni alikuwa Rehoboamu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">mwanawe huyo alikuwa Abiya,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">mwanawe huyo alikuwa Yehoshafati,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">mwanawe huyo alikuwa Asa,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="11" bcv="1CH.3.11" />mwanawe huyo alikuwa Yehoramu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">mwanawe huyo alikuwa Ahazia,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">mwanawe huyo alikuwa Yoashi,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="12" bcv="1CH.3.12" />mwanawe huyo alikuwa Amazia,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">mwanawe huyo alikuwa Azaria,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">mwanawe huyo alikuwa Yothamu,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="13" bcv="1CH.3.13" />mwanawe huyo alikuwa Ahazi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">mwanawe huyo alikuwa Hezekia,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">mwanawe huyo alikuwa Manase,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="14" bcv="1CH.3.14" />mwanawe huyo alikuwa Amoni
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">na mwanawe huyo alikuwa Yosia.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="15" bcv="1CH.3.15" />Wana wa Yosia walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yohanani mzaliwa wake wa kwanza,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yehoyakimu mwanawe wa pili,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">wa tatu Sedekia,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">wa nne Shalumu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="16" bcv="1CH.3.16" />Walioingia mahali pa Yehoyakimu kama wafalme ni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yekonia mwanawe,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">na Sedekia.
<ve />
</p>
<s level="2" style="s2">Ukoo Wa Kifalme Baada Ya Uhamisho
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="17" bcv="1CH.3.17" />Hawa ndio waliokuwa wazao wa Yekonia aliyekuwa mateka:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Shealtieli mwanawe,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1CH.3.18" />Malkiramu, Pedaya, Shenasari, Yekamia, Hoshama na Nedabia.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="19" bcv="1CH.3.19" />Wana wa Pedaya walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Zerubabeli na Shimei.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Wana wa Zerubabeli walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Meshulamu na Hanania.
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Shelomithi alikuwa dada yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="20" bcv="1CH.3.20" />Pia walikuwepo wengine watano:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Hashuba, Oheli, Berekia, Hasadia na Yushab-Hesedi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="21" bcv="1CH.3.21" />Wazao wa Hanania walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Pelatia na Yeshaya, na wana wa Refaya, na wana wa Arnani, na wana wa Obadia, na wana wa Shekania.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="22" bcv="1CH.3.22" />Wazao wa Shekania:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Shemaya na wanawe:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Hatushi, Igali, Baria, Nearia na Shafati; jumla yao walikuwa sita.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="23" bcv="1CH.3.23" />Wana wa Nearia walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Elioenai, Hizkia na Azrikamu; jumla yao watatu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="24" bcv="1CH.3.24" />Wana wa Elioenai walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Hodavia, Eliashibu, Pelaya, Akubu, Yohanani, Delaya na Anani; jumla yao wote saba.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s level="2" style="s2">Koo Nyingine Za Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="1" bcv="1CH.4.1" />Wana wa Yuda walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Peresi, Hesroni, Karmi, Huri na Shobali.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="2" bcv="1CH.4.2" />Reaya mwana wa Shobali akamzaa Yahathi, Yahathi akawazaa Ahumai na Lahadi. Hizi ndizo zilizokuwa koo za Wasorathi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="3" bcv="1CH.4.3" />Hawa ndio waliokuwa wana wa Etamu:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yezreeli, Ishma na Idbashi. Dada yao aliitwa Haselelponi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1CH.4.4" />Penueli akamzaa Gedori, naye Ezeri akamzaa Husha.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Hawa walikuwa wazao wa Huri, mzaliwa wa kwanza wa Efrathi, na baba yake Bethlehemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="5" bcv="1CH.4.5" />Ashuri baba yake Tekoa alikuwa na wake wawili, Hela na Naara.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="6" bcv="1CH.4.6" />Hawa walikuwa wazao wa Naara: Ahuzamu, Heferi, Temeni na Haahashtari.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="7" bcv="1CH.4.7" />Wana wa Hela walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Serethi, Sohari, Ethnani,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1CH.4.8" />na Kosi ambaye aliwazaa Anubi, Sobeba na jamaa zote za Aharheli mwana wa Harumu.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1CH.4.9" />Yabesi aliheshimiwa kuliko ndugu zake. Mama yake alimwita Yabesi, akisema, “Nilimzaa kwa huzuni.”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1CH.4.10" />Yabesi akamlilia Mungu wa Israeli akisema, “Ee Mungu, laiti ungenibariki kweli kweli na kuipanua mipaka yangu! Mkono wako na uwe pamoja nami, uniepushe na uovu ili nisidhurike!” Naye Mungu akamjalia hayo aliyoyaomba.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="11" bcv="1CH.4.11" />Kelubu, nduguye Shuha, akamzaa Mehiri, naye Mehiri akamzaa Eshtoni.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1CH.4.12" />Eshtoni akawazaa Beth-Rafa, Pasea na Tehina. Tehina alikuwa baba wa Iri-Nahashi. Hawa ndio waliokuwa wazao wa Reka.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="13" bcv="1CH.4.13" />Wana wa Kenazi walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Othnieli na Seraya.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Wana wa Othnieli walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Hathathi na Meonathai.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1CH.4.14" />Meonathai akamzaa Ofra.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Seraya akamzaa Yoabu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">baba wa Ge-Harashimu.<f caller="+"><fr>4:14
</fr><ft>Maana yake Bonde la Mafundi.</ft></f> Liliitwa hivyo kwa sababu watu walioishi humo walikuwa mafundi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="15" bcv="1CH.4.15" />Kalebu mwana wa Yefune alikuwa na wana watatu:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Iru, Ela na Naamu.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Naye mwana wa Ela alikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Kenazi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="16" bcv="1CH.4.16" />Wana wa Yahaleleli walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Zifu, Zifa, Tiria na Asareli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="17" bcv="1CH.4.17" />Wana wa Ezra walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yetheri, Meredi, Eferi na Yaloni. Mmojawapo wa wake zake Meredi aliwazaa: Miriamu, Shamai na Ishba aliyekuwa baba yake Eshtemoa.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1CH.4.18" />Meredi alikuwa na mke mwingine Myahudi ambaye aliwazaa: Yeredi baba wa Gedori, Heberi baba wa Soko na Yekuthieli baba wa Zanoa. Hawa walikuwa watoto wa Bithia binti Farao, ambaye Meredi alikuwa amemwoa.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="19" bcv="1CH.4.19" />Wana wa mke wa Hodia aliyekuwa dada yake Nahamu walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">baba yake Keila, Mgarmi na Eshtemoa, Mmaakathi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="20" bcv="1CH.4.20" />Wana wa Shimoni walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Amnoni, Rina, Ben-Hanani na Tiloni.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Wazao wa Ishi walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Zohethi na Ben-Zohethi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="21" bcv="1CH.4.21" />Wana wa Shela, mwana wa Yuda, walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Eri baba yake Leka, Laada baba yake Maresha na jamaa za wafumaji nguo za kitani safi waliokuwa wakiishi huko Beth-Ashbea,
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1CH.4.22" />Yokimu, watu walioishi Kozeba, Yoashi na Sarafi waliotawala huko Moabu na Yashubi-Lehemu. (Taarifa hizi ni za zamani sana.)
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1CH.4.23" />Hawa walikuwa wafinyanzi walioishi Netaimu na Gedera; waliishi huko wakimtumikia mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Simeoni
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="24" bcv="1CH.4.24" />Wazao wa Simeoni walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Nemueli, Yamini, Yaribu, Zera na Shauli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="25" bcv="1CH.4.25" />Mwana wa Shauli alikuwa Shalumu, Shalumu akamzaa Mibsamu, na Mibsamu akamzaa Mishma.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="26" bcv="1CH.4.26" />Wazao wa Mishma walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Hamueli aliyemzaa Zakuri, Zakuri akamzaa Shimei.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="1CH.4.27" />Shimei alikuwa na wana kumi na sita, na binti sita, lakini ndugu zake hawakuwa na watoto wengi, hivyo ukoo wao wote haukuwa na watu wengi kama ukoo wa Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1CH.4.28" />Waliishi Beer-Sheba, Molada, Hasar-Shuali,
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="1CH.4.29" />Bilha, Esemu, Toladi,
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1CH.4.30" />Bethueli, Horma, Siklagi,
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="1CH.4.31" />Beth-Markabothi, Hasar-Susimu, Beth-Biri na Shaaraimu. Hii ilikuwa miji yao mpaka wakati wa utawala wa Daudi.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="1CH.4.32" />Vijiji vilivyoizunguka vilikuwa Etamu, Aini, Rimoni, Tokeni na Ashani; jumla miji mitano:
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="1CH.4.33" />pamoja na vijiji vyote kuizunguka hii miji hadi huko Baali. Haya yalikuwa makao yao, nao waliweka kumbukumbu ya ukoo wao.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="mi" style="mi"><v id="34" bcv="1CH.4.34" />Meshobabu, Yamleki, Yosha mwana wa Amazia,
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="1CH.4.35" />Yoeli, Yehu mwana wa Yoshibia, mwana wa Seraya, mwana wa Asieli.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="1CH.4.36" />Pia Elioenai, Yaakoba, Yeshohaya, Asaya, Adieli, Yesimieli, Benaya,
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="1CH.4.37" />Ziza mwana wa Shifi, mwana wa Aloni, mwana wa Yedaya, mwana wa Shimri, mwana wa Shemaya.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="1CH.4.38" />Watu hawa walioorodheshwa hapa juu kwa majina walikuwa viongozi wa koo zao. Jamaa zao ziliongezeka sana,
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="1CH.4.39" />wakaenea mpaka kwenye viunga vya Gedori kuelekea mashariki mwa bonde wakitafuta malisho kwa ajili ya mifugo yao.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="1CH.4.40" />Huko walipata malisho mengi mazuri, nayo nchi ilikuwa na nafasi kubwa, yenye amani na utulivu. Baadhi ya Wahamu waliishi huko zamani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="1CH.4.41" />Watu walioorodheshwa majina walikuja katika nchi hiyo wakati wa Hezekia mfalme wa Yuda. Akawashambulia Wahamu katika makao yao pamoja na Wameuni ambao walikuwako huko nao wakawaangamiza kabisa, kama ilivyo dhahiri hadi leo. Kisha wakafanya makazi yao huko kwa sababu kulikuwa na malisho mazuri kwa ajili ya mifugo yao.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="1CH.4.42" />Watu wa kabila la wa Simeoni wapatao mia tano, wakiongozwa na Pelatia, Nearia, Refaya na Uzieli wana wa Ishi, wakavamia nchi ya vilima ya Seiri.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="1CH.4.43" />Wakawaua Waamaleki waliobaki, waliokuwa wamenusurika, nao wanaishi huko hadi leo.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Wana Wa Reubeni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CH.5.1" />Wana wa Reubeni mzaliwa wa kwanza wa Israeli (yeye alikuwa mzaliwa wa kwanza, lakini kwa kuwa alikinajisi kitanda cha baba yake, haki zake za mzaliwa wa kwanza walipewa wana wa Yosefu mwana wa Israeli. Hivyo hakuorodheshwa kwenye orodha ya ukoo wao kulingana na haki yake ya kuzaliwa.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CH.5.2" />Na ingawa Yuda alikuwa na nguvu zaidi ya ndugu zake wote, na mtawala alitoka kwake, haki za mzaliwa wa kwanza zilikuwa za Yosefu.)
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1CH.5.3" />Wana wa Reubeni mzaliwa wa kwanza wa Israeli walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Hanoki, Palu, Hesroni na Karmi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="4" bcv="1CH.5.4" />Wazao wa Yoeli walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Shemaya mwanawe, Gogu mwanawe;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Shimei mwanawe,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1CH.5.5" />Mika mwanawe,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Reaya mwanawe, Baali mwanawe,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="6" bcv="1CH.5.6" />na Beera mwanawe, ambaye Tiglath-Pileseri mfalme wa Ashuru alimchukua kwenda uhamishoni. Beera alikuwa kiongozi wa Wareubeni.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="7" bcv="1CH.5.7" />Jamaa zao kulingana na koo zao, walioorodheshwa kwa kufuata koo zao kama ifuatavyo:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yeieli aliyekuwa mkuu wao, Zekaria,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1CH.5.8" />Bela mwana wa Azazi, mwana wa Shema, mwana wa Yoeli. Hao waliishi katika eneo kuanzia Aroeri mpaka Nebo na Baal-Meoni.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1CH.5.9" />Kwa upande wa mashariki walienea hadi pembeni mwa jangwa linaloenea mpaka kwenye Mto Frati, kwa sababu mifugo yao ilikuwa imeongezeka huko Gileadi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="10" bcv="1CH.5.10" />Wakati wa utawala wa Mfalme Sauli, walipigana vita dhidi ya Wahagari, wakaanguka kwa mikono yao, kisha wakaishi katika mahema ya Wahagari katika eneo lote la mashariki ya Gileadi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wana Wa Gadi
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="11" bcv="1CH.5.11" />Wagadi waliishi jirani nao katika nchi ya Bashani, mpaka Saleka.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="12" bcv="1CH.5.12" />Yoeli ndiye alikuwa mkuu wao, Shafamu wa pili, na wakafuata Yanai na Shafati, huko Bashani.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="13" bcv="1CH.5.13" />Ndugu zao kulingana na koo zao walikuwa saba:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Mikaeli, Meshulamu, Sheba, Yorai, Yakani, Zia na Eberi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="14" bcv="1CH.5.14" />Hawa walikuwa ndio wana wa Abihaili mwana wa Huri, mwana wa Yaroa, mwana wa Gileadi, mwana wa Mikaeli, mwana wa Yeshishai, mwana wa Yahdo, mwana wa Buzi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="15" bcv="1CH.5.15" />Ahi mwana wa Abdieli, mwana wa Guni, alikuwa ndiye kiongozi wa jamaa yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="16" bcv="1CH.5.16" />Wagadi waliishi Gileadi, huko Bashani pamoja na vijiji vilivyoizunguka, pia katika nchi yote ya malisho ya Sharoni kote walikoenea.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1CH.5.17" />Yote haya yaliwekwa katika kumbukumbu za ukoo wao wakati wa utawala wa Yothamu, mfalme wa Yuda na Yeroboamu mfalme wa Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1CH.5.18" />Wareubeni, Wagadi na nusu ya kabila la Manase walikuwa na watu mashujaa 44,760 waliokuwa wameandaliwa kwa ajili ya vita: watu wenye nguvu, hodari wa kutumia ngao na upanga, mashujaa wa kutumia upinde, waliokuwa tayari kwa ajili ya kazi hiyo.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1CH.5.19" />Walipigana vita dhidi ya Wahagari, Yeturi, Nafishi na Nodabu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1CH.5.20" />Walisaidiwa katika kupigana nao, Mungu akawatia Wahagari pamoja na wote walioungana nao mikononi mwao, kwa sababu walimlilia Mungu wakati wa vita. Alijibu maombi yao, kwa sababu walimtegemea.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1CH.5.21" />Walitwaa mifugo ya Wahagari: ngamia 50,000, kondoo 250,000, punda 2,000. Pia wakateka watu 100,000,
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1CH.5.22" />na wengine wengi waliuawa kwa sababu vita vilikuwa ni vya Mungu. Nao waliendelea kuikalia nchi hiyo mpaka wakati wa uhamisho.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Nusu Ya Kabila La Manase
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1CH.5.23" />Idadi ya nusu ya kabila la Manase walikuwa wengi sana, Wakakaa kuanzia Bashani hadi Baal-Hermoni, yaani mpaka Seniri na mlima Hermoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="1CH.5.24" />Hawa ndio waliokuwa viongozi wa jamaa za kabila hilo: Eferi, Ishi, Elieli, Azrieli, Yeremia, Hodavia na Yahdieli. Walikuwa askari shujaa watu maarufu, viongozi wa jamaa zao.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1CH.5.25" />Lakini hawakuwa waaminifu kwa Mungu wa baba zao, nao wakafanya ukahaba kwa miungu ya mataifa, ambayo Mungu alikuwa ameyaangamiza mbele yao.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="1CH.5.26" />Kwa hiyo Mungu wa Israeli akaiamsha roho ya Pulu, mfalme wa Ashuru (ambaye pia alijulikana kama Tiglath-Pileseri), ambaye aliwachukua Wareubeni, Wagadi na nusu ya kabila la Manase kwenda uhamishoni. Akawapeleka huko Hala, Habori, Hara na mto Gozani, ambako wamekaa mpaka leo.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Wana Wa Lawi
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="1" bcv="1CH.6.1" />Wana wa Lawi walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Gershoni, Kohathi na Merari.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="2" bcv="1CH.6.2" />Wana wa Kohathi walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Amramu, Ishari, Hebroni na Uzieli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="3" bcv="1CH.6.3" />Amramu alikuwa na wana:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Aroni, Mose, na Miriamu.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Aroni alikuwa na wana:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Nadabu, Abihu, Eleazari na Ithamari.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="4" bcv="1CH.6.4" />Eleazari akamzaa Finehasi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Finehasi akamzaa Abishua,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="5" bcv="1CH.6.5" />Abishua akamzaa Buki,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Buki akamzaa Uzi,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="6" bcv="1CH.6.6" />Uzi akamzaa Zerahia,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Zerahia akamzaa Merayothi,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="7" bcv="1CH.6.7" />Merayothi akamzaa Amaria,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Amaria akamzaa Ahitubu,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="8" bcv="1CH.6.8" />Ahitubu akamzaa Sadoki,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Sadoki akamzaa Ahimaasi,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="9" bcv="1CH.6.9" />Ahimaasi akamzaa Azaria,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Azaria akamzaa Yohanani,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="10" bcv="1CH.6.10" />Yohanani akamzaa Azaria (ndiye alifanya kazi ya ukuhani katika Hekalu alilojenga Mfalme Solomoni huko Yerusalemu),
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="11" bcv="1CH.6.11" />Azaria akamzaa Amaria,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Amaria akamzaa Ahitubu,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="12" bcv="1CH.6.12" />Ahitubu akamzaa Sadoki,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Sadoki akamzaa Shalumu,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="13" bcv="1CH.6.13" />Shalumu akamzaa Hilkia,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Hilkia akamzaa Azaria,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="14" bcv="1CH.6.14" />Azaria akamzaa Seraya,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Seraya akamzaa Yehosadaki.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="15" bcv="1CH.6.15" />Yehosadaki alihamishwa wakati
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliwapeleka uhamishoni watu wa Yuda na Yerusalemu kwa mkono wa Mfalme Nebukadneza.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="16" bcv="1CH.6.16" />Wana wa Lawi walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Gershoni, Kohathi na Merari.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="17" bcv="1CH.6.17" />Haya ndiyo majina ya wana wa Gershoni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Libni na Shimei.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="18" bcv="1CH.6.18" />Wana wa Kohathi walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Amramu, Ishari, Hebroni na Uzieli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="19" bcv="1CH.6.19" />Wana wa Merari walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Mahli na Mushi.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Zifuatazo ni koo za Walawi zilizoorodheshwa kufuatana na baba zao:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="20" bcv="1CH.6.20" />Wazao wa Gershoni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Gershoni akamzaa Libni, Libni akamzaa Yahathi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yahathi akamzaa Zima,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1CH.6.21" />Zima akamzaa Yoa,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yoa akamzaa Ido, Ido akamzaa Zera,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Zera akamzaa Yeatherai.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="22" bcv="1CH.6.22" />Wazao wa Kohathi:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Kohathi akamzaa Aminadabu, Aminadabu akamzaa Kora,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Kora akamzaa Asiri,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1CH.6.23" />Asiri akamzaa Elikana,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Elikana akamzaa Ebiasafu, Ebiasafu akamzaa Asiri,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="24" bcv="1CH.6.24" />Asiri akamzaa Tahathi, Tahathi akamzaa Urieli,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Urieli akamzaa Uzia, Uzia akamzaa Shauli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="25" bcv="1CH.6.25" />Wazao wa Elikana walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Amasai na Ahimothi,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="26" bcv="1CH.6.26" />Ahimothi akamzaa Elikana, Elikana akamzaa Sofai,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Sofai akamzaa Nahathi,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1CH.6.27" />Nahathi akamzaa Eliabu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Eliabu akamzaa Yerohamu, Yerohamu akamzaa Elikana,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Elikana akamzaa Samweli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="28" bcv="1CH.6.28" />Wana wa Samweli walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yoeli mzaliwa wake wa kwanza,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">na Abiya mwanawe wa pili.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="29" bcv="1CH.6.29" />Wafuatao ndio wazao wa Merari:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Merari akamzaa Mahli, Mahli akamzaa Libni,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Libni akamzaa Shimei, Shimei akamzaa Uza,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="30" bcv="1CH.6.30" />Uza akamzaa Shimea, Shimea akamzaa Hagia,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Hagia akamzaa Asaya.
<ve />
</p>
<s level="2" style="s2">Waimbaji Wa Hekalu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="1CH.6.31" />Hawa ndio watu ambao Daudi aliwaweka kuwa viongozi wa uimbaji katika nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, baada ya Sanduku la Agano kuletwa ili kukaa huko.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="1CH.6.32" />Walihudumu kwa kuimba mbele ya Maskani, Hema la Kukutania, mpaka hapo Mfalme Solomoni alipojenga Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> huko Yerusalemu. Walitimiza wajibu wao kulingana na taratibu walizokuwa wamewekewa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="1CH.6.33" />Wafuatao ni watu waliohudumu pamoja na wana wao:
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Kutoka ukoo wa Kohathi walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Hemani, mpiga kinanda,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">alikuwa mwana wa Yoeli, mwana wa Samweli,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="34" bcv="1CH.6.34" />mwana wa Elikana, mwana wa Yerohamu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">mwana wa Elieli, mwana wa Toa,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="35" bcv="1CH.6.35" />mwana wa Sufu, mwana wa Elikana,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">mwana wa Mahathi, mwana wa Amasai,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="36" bcv="1CH.6.36" />mwana wa Elikana, mwana wa Yoeli,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">mwana wa Azaria, mwana wa Sefania,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="37" bcv="1CH.6.37" />mwana wa Tahathi, mwana wa Asiri,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">mwana wa Ebiasafu, mwana wa Kora,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="38" bcv="1CH.6.38" />mwana wa Ishari, mwana wa Kohathi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">mwana wa Lawi, mwana wa Israeli;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="39" bcv="1CH.6.39" />na msaidizi wa Hemani alikuwa Asafu, aliyesimama mkono wa kuume:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Asafu mwana wa Berekia, mwana wa Shimea,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="40" bcv="1CH.6.40" />mwana wa Mikaeli, mwana wa Baaseya,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">mwana wa Malkiya,
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="1CH.6.41" />mwana wa Ethni,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">mwana wa Zera, mwana wa Adaya,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="42" bcv="1CH.6.42" />mwana wa Ethani, mwana wa Zima,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">mwana wa Shimei,
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="1CH.6.43" />mwana wa Yahathi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">mwana wa Gershoni, mwana wa Lawi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="44" bcv="1CH.6.44" />Na kutoka kwa walioshirikiana nao, Wamerari, mkono wake wa kushoto:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Ethani mwana wa Kishi, mwana wa Abdi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">mwana wa Maluki,
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="1CH.6.45" />mwana wa Hashabia,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">mwana wa Amazia, mwana wa Hilkia,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="46" bcv="1CH.6.46" />mwana wa Amsi, mwana wa Bani,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">mwana wa Shemeri,
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="1CH.6.47" />mwana wa Mahli,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">mwana wa Mushi, mwana wa Merari,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">mwana wa Lawi.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="48" bcv="1CH.6.48" />Ndugu zao wengine Walawi walipewa huduma nyingine za kuhudumia hema takatifu, nyumba ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="1CH.6.49" />Lakini Aroni na uzao wake ndio waliokuwa na wajibu wa kutoa sadaka katika madhabahu ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa na kwenye madhabahu ya kufukizia uvumba pamoja na yote yaliyofanyika pa Patakatifu, wakifanya upatanisho kwa ajili ya Israeli, sawasawa na yale yote aliyoagiza Mose mtumishi wa Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="50" bcv="1CH.6.50" />Hawa ndio waliokuwa wazao wa Aroni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Aroni akamzaa Eleazari, Eleazari akamzaa Finehasi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Finehasi akamzaa Abishua,
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="1CH.6.51" />Abishua akamzaa Buki,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Buki akamzaa Uzi, Uzi akamzaa Zerahia,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="52" bcv="1CH.6.52" />Zerahia akamzaa Merayothi, Merayothi akamzaa Amaria,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Amaria akamzaa Ahitubu,
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="1CH.6.53" />Ahitubu akamzaa Sadoki,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Sadoki akamzaa Ahimaasi.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="54" bcv="1CH.6.54" />Zifuatazo ni sehemu walizopewa ziwe nchi yao kwa ajili ya makazi yao (walipewa wazao wa Aroni waliotoka katika ukoo wa Wakohathi, kwa sababu kura ya kwanza iliwaangukia):
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="55" bcv="1CH.6.55" />Walipewa Hebroni katika nchi ya Yuda pamoja na sehemu ya malisho inayouzunguka.
<ve />
<v id="56" bcv="1CH.6.56" />Lakini mashamba pamoja na vijiji vilivyouzunguka mji alipewa Kalebu mwana wa Yefune.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="57" bcv="1CH.6.57" />Kwa hiyo wazao wa Aroni walipewa miji ifuatayo pamoja na eneo la malisho: Hebroni (mji wa makimbilio), Libna, Yatiri, Eshtemoa,
<ve />
<v id="58" bcv="1CH.6.58" />Hileni, Debiri,
<ve />
<v id="59" bcv="1CH.6.59" />Ashani, Yuta na Beth-Shemeshi pamoja na maeneo yake ya malisho.
<ve />
<v id="60" bcv="1CH.6.60" />Kutoka kabila la Benyamini walipewa Gibeoni, Geba, Alemethi na Anathothi, pamoja na maeneo yake ya malisho.
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1">Miji hii kumi na mitatu iligawanywa miongoni mwa koo za Wakohathi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="61" bcv="1CH.6.61" />Wazao waliobaki wa Wakohathi walipewa miji kumi kutoka koo za nusu ya kabila la Manase.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="62" bcv="1CH.6.62" />Wazao wa Gershoni, ukoo kwa ukoo, walipewa miji kumi na mitatu kutoka kwa makabila ya Isakari, Asheri na Naftali kutoka sehemu ya kabila la Manase huko Bashani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="63" bcv="1CH.6.63" />Wazao wa Merari, ukoo kwa ukoo walipewa miji kumi na miwili kutoka makabila ya Reubeni, Gadi na Zabuloni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="64" bcv="1CH.6.64" />Kwa hiyo Waisraeli waliwapa Walawi miji hii pamoja na maeneo yake ya malisho.
<ve />
<v id="65" bcv="1CH.6.65" />Kutoka makabila ya Yuda, Simeoni na Benyamini walipewa miji iliyotajwa hapo juu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="66" bcv="1CH.6.66" />Baadhi ya koo za Wakohathi walipewa kama nchi yao miji kutoka kabila la Efraimu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="67" bcv="1CH.6.67" />Katika nchi ya vilima ya Efraimu walipewa Shekemu (mji wa makimbilio) na Gezeri,
<ve />
<v id="68" bcv="1CH.6.68" />Yokmeamu, Beth-Horoni,
<ve />
<v id="69" bcv="1CH.6.69" />Aiyaloni na Gath-Rimoni, pamoja na maeneo yake ya malisho.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pi" style="pi1"><v id="70" bcv="1CH.6.70" />Kutoka nusu ya kabila la Manase, Waisraeli waliwapa koo za Wakohathi waliobaki miji ya Aneri na Bileamu pamoja na maeneo yake ya malisho.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="71" bcv="1CH.6.71" />Wagershoni walipokea miji ifuatayo pamoja na maeneo yake ya malisho:
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Katika nusu ya kabila la Manase:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">walipewa Golani katika Bashani na pia Ashtarothi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="72" bcv="1CH.6.72" />Kutoka kabila la Isakari
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">walipokea Kedeshi, Daberathi,
<ve />
<v id="73" bcv="1CH.6.73" />Ramothi na Anemu, pamoja na maeneo yake ya malisho.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="74" bcv="1CH.6.74" />Kutoka kabila la Asheri
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">walipokea Mashali, Abdoni,
<ve />
<v id="75" bcv="1CH.6.75" />Hukoki na Rehobu, pamoja na maeneo yake ya malisho.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="76" bcv="1CH.6.76" />Kutoka kabila la Naftali
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">walipokea Kedeshi katika Galilaya, Hamoni na Kiriathaimu pamoja na maeneo yake ya malisho.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="77" bcv="1CH.6.77" />Wamerari (Walawi waliobakia) walipokea miji ifuatayo:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">kutoka kabila la Zabuloni
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">walipokea Yokneamu, Karta, Rimoni na Tabori pamoja na maeneo yake ya malisho.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="78" bcv="1CH.6.78" />Kutoka kabila la Reubeni, ngʼambo ya Yordani mashariki mwa Yeriko
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">walipokea Bezeri ulioko jangwani, Yahasa,
<ve />
<v id="79" bcv="1CH.6.79" />Kedemothi na Mefaathi pamoja na maeneo yake ya malisho.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="80" bcv="1CH.6.80" />Na kutoka kabila la Gadi
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">walipokea Ramothi huko Gileadi, Mahanaimu,
<ve />
<v id="81" bcv="1CH.6.81" />Heshboni na Yazeri, pamoja na maeneo yake ya malisho.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Wana Wa Isakari
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="1" bcv="1CH.7.1" />Wana wa Isakari walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Tola, Pua, Yashubu na Shimroni; wote ni wanne.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="2" bcv="1CH.7.2" />Wana wa Tola walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Uzi, Refaya, Yerieli, Yahmai, Ibsamu na Shemueli waliokuwa viongozi wa jamaa zao. Wakati wa utawala wa Mfalme Daudi, wazao wa Tola walioorodheshwa kama wapiganaji katika ukoo wao walikuwa watu 22,600.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="3" bcv="1CH.7.3" />Mwana wa Uzi alikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Izrahia.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Wana wa Izrahia walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Mikaeli, Obadia, Yoeli na Ishia. Wote hawa watano walikuwa wakuu wao.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1CH.7.4" />Kulingana na ukoo wa jamaa zao, walikuwa na watu hodari wa vita wapatao 36,000, kwa sababu walikuwa na wanawake na watoto wengi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="5" bcv="1CH.7.5" />Jamaa ya watu waliokuwa wapiganaji hodari kutoka koo zote za Isakari, kama ilivyoorodheshwa katika ukoo wao, jumla yao walikuwa 87,000.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wana Wa Benyamini
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="6" bcv="1CH.7.6" />Wana watatu wa Benyamini walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Bela, Bekeri na Yediaeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="7" bcv="1CH.7.7" />Wana wa Bela walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Esboni, Uzi, Uzieli, Yeremothi na Iri; walikuwa viongozi wa jamaa zao; wote ni watano. Watu wapiganaji walioorodheshwa katika ukoo wao walikuwa 22,034.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="8" bcv="1CH.7.8" />Wana wa Bekeri walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Zemira, Yoashi, Eliezeri, Elioenai, Omri, Yeremothi, Abiya, Anathothi na Alemethi. Hawa wote walikuwa wana wa Bekeri.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1CH.7.9" />Orodha ya ukoo wao iliyoandikwa viongozi wa jamaa zao walikuwa wapiganaji 20,200.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="10" bcv="1CH.7.10" />Mwana wa Yediaeli alikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Bilhani.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Wana wa Bilhani walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yeushi, Benyamini, Ehudi, Kenaana, Zethani, Tarshishi na Ahishahari.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1CH.7.11" />Hawa wana wote wa Yediaeli walikuwa viongozi wa jamaa zao. Kulikuwako wanaume wapiganaji 17,200 waliokuwa tayari kwenda vitani.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="12" bcv="1CH.7.12" />Washupimu na Wahupimu walikuwa wazao wa Iri. Wahushimu walikuwa wazao wa Aheri.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wana Wa Naftali
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="13" bcv="1CH.7.13" />Wana wa Naftali walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yahzieli, Guni, Yeseri na Shalumu; hao walikuwa wazao wa Bilha.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wana Wa Manase
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="14" bcv="1CH.7.14" />Wana wa Manase walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Asirieli alikuwa mzao wake kutokana na suria wake wa Kiaramu. Huyu suria akamzaa Makiri baba wa Gileadi.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1CH.7.15" />Makiri akatwaa mke kutoka miongoni mwa Wahupimu na Washupimu. Jina la dada yake aliitwa Maaka. Mwana wa pili wa Makiri aliitwa Selofehadi, ambaye alikuwa na wasichana tu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1CH.7.16" />Maaka mkewe Makiri akamzaa mwana aliyemwita Pereshi. Jina la nduguye lilikuwa Shereshi. Wana wa Pereshi walikuwa Ulamu na Rakemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="17" bcv="1CH.7.17" />Mwana wa Ulamu alikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Bedani.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Hawa ndio waliokuwa wana wa Gileadi mwana wa Makiri, mwana wa Manase.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1CH.7.18" />Dada yake aliyeitwa Hamolekethi aliwazaa Ish-Hodi, Abiezeri na Mahla.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="19" bcv="1CH.7.19" />Wana wa Shemida walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Ahiani, Shekemu, Liki na Aniamu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wana Wa Efraimu
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="20" bcv="1CH.7.20" />Wana wa Efraimu walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Shuthela, ambaye alimzaa Beredi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Beredi akamzaa Tahathi, Tahathi akazaa Eleada,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Eleada akamzaa Tahathi,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1CH.7.21" />Tahathi akamzaa Zabadi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">na Zabadi akamzaa Shuthela.
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Ezeri na Eleadi waliuawa na wenyeji wa Gathi walipokuwa wamekwenda huko kuwanyangʼanya mifugo yao.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1CH.7.22" />Baba yao Efraimu akawaombolezea kwa siku nyingi, na jamaa zake wakaja kumfariji.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1CH.7.23" />Kisha akakutana kimwili na mke wake tena, naye akachukua mimba, akamzalia mwana. Akamwita Beria, kwa sababu ya misiba iliyoipata nyumba yake.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1CH.7.24" />Beria alikuwa na binti jina lake Sheera. Huyu ndiye aliijenga miji ya Beth-Horoni ya Juu na Beth-Horoni ya Chini, pamoja na Uzen-Sheera.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="25" bcv="1CH.7.25" />Beria akamzaa pia Refa, naye Refa akamzaa Reshefu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Reshefu akamzaa Tela, Tela akamzaa Tahani,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="26" bcv="1CH.7.26" />Tahani akamzaa Ladani, Ladani akamzaa Amihudi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Amihudi akamzaa Elishama,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1CH.7.27" />Elishama akamzaa Nuni,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Nuni akamzaa Yoshua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="1CH.7.28" />Nchi zao na makazi yao yalijumuisha Betheli na vijiji vilivyouzunguka, Naarani ilikuwa upande wa mashariki, Gezeri pamoja na vijiji vyake upande wa magharibi, pia Shekemu na vijiji vyake hadi kufikia Aya na vijiji vyake.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="1CH.7.29" />Katika mipaka ya Manase walikuwepo Beth-Shani, Taanaki, Megido na Dori pamoja na vijiji vyake. Wana wa Yosefu mwana wa Israeli waliishi katika miji hii.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wana Wa Asheri
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="30" bcv="1CH.7.30" />Wana wa Asheri walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Imna, Ishva, Ishvi na Beria. Dada yao alikuwa Sera.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="31" bcv="1CH.7.31" />Wana wa Beria walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Heberi na Malkieli, aliyekuwa baba yake Birzaithi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="32" bcv="1CH.7.32" />Heberi akawazaa Yafleti, Shomeri na Hothamu, na Shua dada yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="33" bcv="1CH.7.33" />Wana wa Yafleti walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Pasaki, Bimhali na Ashvathi.
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Hawa walikuwa wana wa Yafleti.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="34" bcv="1CH.7.34" />Wana wa Shemeri walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Ahi, Roga, Yehuba na Aramu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="35" bcv="1CH.7.35" />Wana wa Helemu ndugu yake walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Sofa, Imna, Sheleshi na Amali.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="36" bcv="1CH.7.36" />Wana wa Sofa walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Sua, Harneferi, Shuali, Beri, Imra,
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="1CH.7.37" />Bezeri, Hodu, Shama, Shilsha, Ithrani<f caller="+"><fr>7:37
</fr><ft>Kwa jina lingine Yetheri.</ft></f> na Beera.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="38" bcv="1CH.7.38" />Wana wa Yetheri walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yefune, Pispa na Ara.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="39" bcv="1CH.7.39" />Wana wa Ula walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Ara, Hanieli na Risia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="1CH.7.40" />Hawa wote ndio waliokuwa wazao wa Asheri, viongozi wa jamaa zao, watu bora, mashujaa walio hodari na viongozi maarufu. Idadi ya watu waliokuwa tayari kwa vita, kama ilivyoorodheshwa katika ukoo wao, walikuwa 26,000.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Ukoo Wa Sauli Mbenyamini
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="1" bcv="1CH.8.1" />Benyamini akamzaa: Bela mzaliwa wake wa kwanza,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Ashbeli mwanawe wa pili, Ahara mwanawe wa tatu,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="2" bcv="1CH.8.2" />Noha mwanawe wa nne na Rafa mwanawe wa tano.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="3" bcv="1CH.8.3" />Wana wa Bela walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Adari, Gera, Abihudi,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1CH.8.4" />Abishua, Naamani, Ahoa,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1CH.8.5" />Gera, Shefufani na Huramu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="6" bcv="1CH.8.6" />Hawa ndio wazao wa Ehudi, waliokuwa viongozi wa jamaa za wale walioishi huko Geba na ambao walihamishiwa Manahathi:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="7" bcv="1CH.8.7" />Naamani, Ahiya na Gera. Gera alikuwa baba yao Uza na Ahihudi na ndiye aliwaongoza kwenda uhamishoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="8" bcv="1CH.8.8" />Shaharaimu aliwazaa wana katika nchi ya Moabu baada ya kuwapa talaka wake zake wawili yaani, Hushimu na Baara.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1CH.8.9" />Kwa mkewe Hodeshi, akawazaa wana saba: Yobabu, Sibia, Mesha, Malkamu,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1CH.8.10" />Yeuzi, Sakia na Mirma. Hawa ndio waliokuwa wanawe, viongozi wa jamaa zao.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1CH.8.11" />Hushimu alimzalia: Abitubu na Elpaali.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="12" bcv="1CH.8.12" />Wana wa Elpaali walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Eberi, Mishamu, Shemedi (aliyeijenga miji ya Ono na Lodi, pamoja na vijiji vilivyoizunguka),
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1CH.8.13" />na Beria na Shema, waliokuwa viongozi wa zile jamaa zilizokuwa zinaishi katika mji wa Aiyaloni, na ambao waliwafukuza wenyeji wa Gathi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="14" bcv="1CH.8.14" />Wana wa Beria walikuwa Ahio, Shashaki, Yeremothi,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1CH.8.15" />Zebadia, Aradi, Ederi,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1CH.8.16" />Mikaeli, Ishpa, na Yoha.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="17" bcv="1CH.8.17" />Zebadia, Meshulamu, Hizki, Heberi,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1CH.8.18" />Ishmerai, Izlia na Yobabu ndio waliokuwa wana wa Elpaali.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="19" bcv="1CH.8.19" />Yakimu, Zikri, Zabdi,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1CH.8.20" />Elienai, Silethai, Elieli,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1CH.8.21" />Adaya, Beraya na Shimrathi walikuwa wana wa Shimei.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="22" bcv="1CH.8.22" />Wana wa Shashaki walikuwa Ishpani, Eberi, Elieli,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1CH.8.23" />Abdoni, Zikri, Hanani,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1CH.8.24" />Hanania, Elamu, Anthothiya,
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1CH.8.25" />Ifdeya na Penueli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="26" bcv="1CH.8.26" />Shamsherai, Sheharia, Athalia,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1CH.8.27" />Yaareshia, Eliya na Zikri walikuwa wana wa Yerohamu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="1CH.8.28" />Hawa wote walikuwa viongozi wa jamaa zao wakuu, kama ilivyoorodheshwa katika koo zao, nao waliishi Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="29" bcv="1CH.8.29" />Yeieli alikuwa baba yake Gibeoni naye aliishi huko Gibeoni.
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Mke wake aliitwa Maaka.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1CH.8.30" />Mwanawe mzaliwa wa kwanza alikuwa Abdoni, akafuatiwa na Suri, Kishi, Baali, Neri, Nadabu,
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="1CH.8.31" />Gedori, Ahio, Zekeri,
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="1CH.8.32" />na Miklothi ambaye alikuwa baba yake Shimea. Hawa pia waliishi karibu na jamaa zao huko Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="33" bcv="1CH.8.33" />Neri akamzaa Kishi, Kishi akamzaa Sauli, Sauli akamzaa Yonathani, Malki-Shua, Abinadabu na Esh-Baali.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="34" bcv="1CH.8.34" />Yonathani akamzaa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Merib-Baali,<f caller="+"><fr>8:34
</fr><ft>Merib-Baali maana yake ni Baali na Ashindane naye (</ft><xt>Amu 6:32</xt><ft>); ni jina lingine la mwana wa Yonathani, Mefiboshethi ambalo nalo maana yake ni Mtu wa Aibu (ona
</ft><xt>2Sam 4:4</xt><ft>).</ft></f> naye Merib-Baali akamzaa Mika.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="35" bcv="1CH.8.35" />Wana wa Mika walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Pithoni, Meleki, Tarea na Ahazi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="36" bcv="1CH.8.36" />Ahazi akamzaa Yehoada. Naye Yehoada akawazaa Alemethi, Azmawethi na Zimri, naye Zimri akamzaa Mosa.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="1CH.8.37" />Mosa akamzaa Binea, Binea akamzaa Rafa, na mwanawe huyo ni Eleasa, na mwanawe huyo ni Aseli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="38" bcv="1CH.8.38" />Aseli alikuwa na wana sita; haya ndiyo majina yao:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Azrikamu, Bokeru, Ishmaeli, Shearia, Obadia na Hanani. Hawa wote ndio waliokuwa wana wa Aseli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="39" bcv="1CH.8.39" />Wana wa Esheki, nduguye Aseli, walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Mzaliwa wake wa kwanza alikuwa Ulamu, wa pili Yeushi na wa tatu Elifeleti.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="1CH.8.40" />Wana wa Ulamu walikuwa mashujaa hodari walioweza kutumia upinde. Alikuwa na wana wengi na wajukuu, jumla yao 150.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Hawa wote ndio walikuwa wazao wa Benyamini.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />

<c id="9" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CH.9.1" />Waisraeli wote waliorodheshwa katika koo zilizoandikwa kwenye kitabu cha wafalme wa Israeli.
</p>
<s style="s1">Watu Katika Yerusalemu
</s>
<p style="p">Watu wa Yuda walichukuliwa mateka kwenda Babeli kwa sababu ya kukosa uaminifu kwa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CH.9.2" />Basi watu wa kwanza kurudi kukaa kwenye milki zao katika miji yao walikuwa baadhi ya Waisraeli, makuhani, Walawi na watumishi wa Hekalu.<f caller="+"><fr>9:2
</fr><ft>Yaani
</ft><fqa>Wanethini.</fqa></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1CH.9.3" />Wale waliotoka Yuda, Benyamini, Efraimu na Manase ambao waliishi Yerusalemu walikuwa:
<ve />
</p>
<s level="2" style="s2">Jamaa Za Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="4" bcv="1CH.9.4" />Uthai mwana wa Amihudi, mwana wa Omri, mwana wa Imri, mwana wa Bani, wa wana wa Peresi, mwana wa Yuda.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="5" bcv="1CH.9.5" />Wazao wa Washiloni waliorudi ni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Asaya mzaliwa wa kwanza na wanawe.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="6" bcv="1CH.9.6" />Kwa wana wa Zera:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yeueli.
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Watu wa Yuda jumla yao walikuwa watu 690.
<ve />
</p>
<s level="2" style="s2">Jamaa Za Benyamini
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="7" bcv="1CH.9.7" />Kwa Benyamini walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Salu mwana wa Meshulamu, mwana wa Hodavia, mwana wa Hasenua;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="8" bcv="1CH.9.8" />Ibneya mwana wa Yerohamu, Ela mwana wa Uzi, mwana wa Mikri; na Meshulamu mwana wa Shefatia, mwana wa Reueli, mwana wa Ibniya.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="9" bcv="1CH.9.9" />Watu kutoka Benyamini kama walivyoorodheshwa katika koo zao jumla yao ni 956. Watu hawa wote walikuwa viongozi wa jamaa zao.
<ve />
</p>
<s level="2" style="s2">Jamaa Za Makuhani
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="10" bcv="1CH.9.10" />Wa jamaa za makuhani walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yedaya, Yehoyaribu na Yakini;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="11" bcv="1CH.9.11" />Azaria mwana wa Hilkia, mwana wa Meshulamu, mwana wa Sadoki, mwana wa Merayothi, mwana wa Ahitubu aliyekuwa afisa kiongozi wa nyumba ya Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="12" bcv="1CH.9.12" />Adaya mwana wa Yerohamu, mwana wa Pashuri, mwana wa Malkiya; Maasai, mwana wa Adieli, mwana wa Yahzera, mwana wa Meshulamu, mwana wa Meshilemithi, mwana wa Imeri.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="13" bcv="1CH.9.13" />Makuhani waliokuwa viongozi wa jamaa zao walikuwa 1,760. Walikuwa watu wenye uwezo, waliowajibika kuhudumu katika nyumba ya Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<s level="2" style="s2">Jamaa Za Walawi
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="14" bcv="1CH.9.14" />Jamaa za Walawi walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Shemaya, mwana wa Hashubu, mwana wa Azrikamu, mwana wa Hashabia, wa wana wa Merari.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1CH.9.15" />Bakbakari, Hereshi, Galali na Matania mwana wa Mika, mwana wa Zikri, mwana wa Asafu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1CH.9.16" />Obadia mwana wa Shemaya, mwana wa Galali, mwana wa Yeduthuni. Berekia mwana wa Asa, mwana wa Elikana, ambao waliishi katika vijiji vya Wanetofathi.
<ve />
</p>
<s level="2" style="s2">Jamaa Za Mabawabu
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="17" bcv="1CH.9.17" />Mabawabu katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> waliorudi walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Shalumu, Akubu, Talmoni, Ahimani na ndugu zao. Shalumu alikuwa mlinzi wao mkuu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1CH.9.18" />Walikuwa wamewekwa katika lango la mfalme lililokuwa upande wa mashariki, mpaka wakati huu. Hawa walikuwa mabawabu wa kutoka kwenye kambi ya Walawi.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1CH.9.19" />Shalumu mwana wa Kore, mwana wa Ebiasafu, mwana wa Kora, pamoja na mabawabu wenzake kutoka jamaa yake ya Kora waliwajibika kulinda malango ya Hema, kama vile baba zao walivyokuwa wamewajibika kulinda ingilio la Maskani ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1CH.9.20" />Hapo zamani Finehasi mwana wa Eleazari alikuwa kiongozi wa mabawabu, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa pamoja naye:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="21" bcv="1CH.9.21" />Zekaria mwana wa Meshelemia alikuwa bawabu katika ingilio la Hema la Kukutania.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="1CH.9.22" />Jumla ya waliochaguliwa kuwa mabawabu katika sakafu za kupuria nafaka walikuwa watu 212. Waliandikishwa kwa koo zao kwenye vijiji vyao. Mabawabu hawa waliwekwa katika nafasi zao za kuaminiwa na Daudi pamoja na mwonaji Samweli.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1CH.9.23" />Wao na wazao wao walikuwa viongozi wa kulinda malango ya nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nyumba iliyoitwa Hema.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1CH.9.24" />Mabawabu walikuwa pande zote nne: mashariki, magharibi, kaskazini na kusini.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1CH.9.25" />Ndugu zao katika vijiji vyao walikuwa wakija mara kwa mara na kuwasaidia katika kazi zao kwa vipindi mbalimbali vya siku saba.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="1CH.9.26" />Lakini mabawabu wanne wakuu, waliokuwa Walawi, walikabidhiwa wajibu kwa ajili ya vyumba na hazina katika nyumba ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1CH.9.27" />Walikesha mahali walipowekwa kuizunguka nyumba ya Mungu, kwa sababu iliwapasa kuilinda. Pia walitunza funguo kwa ajili ya kufungua mlango kila siku asubuhi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="1CH.9.28" />Baadhi yao walikuwa viongozi wa kutunza vifaa vilivyotumika katika huduma ndani ya Hekalu; walivihesabu kila vilipoingizwa ndani na kila vilipotolewa.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="1CH.9.29" />Wengine walipangiwa kutunza mapambo na vifaa vingine vya patakatifu, pamoja na unga, divai, mafuta, uvumba na vikolezo.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1CH.9.30" />Lakini baadhi ya makuhani walifanya kazi ya kuchanganya vikolezo.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="1CH.9.31" />Mlawi aliyeitwa Matithia, mwana mzaliwa wa kwanza wa Shalumu, wa ukoo wa Kora, alikabidhiwa wajibu kwa ajili ya kuoka mikate ya sadaka.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="1CH.9.32" />Baadhi ya ndugu zao wa ukoo wa Kohathi walikuwa viongozi wa kuandaa mikate ya Wonyesho kwa ajili ya kila Sabato, mikate iliyokuwa inawekwa mezani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="1CH.9.33" />Wale waliokuwa waimbaji, viongozi wa jamaa za Walawi, waliishi katika vyumba vya Hekalu, nao hawakufanya shughuli nyingine yoyote kwa sababu iliwapasa kuwajibika kwa kazi hiyo usiku na mchana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="1CH.9.34" />Hawa wote walikuwa viongozi wa jamaa za Walawi, wakuu kama walivyoorodheshwa katika koo zao, nao waliishi Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ukoo Wa Sauli
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Nyakati 8:29-38)
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="35" bcv="1CH.9.35" />Yeieli alikuwa baba yake Gibeoni naye aliishi huko Gibeoni. Mke wake aliitwa Maaka,
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="1CH.9.36" />mwanawe mzaliwa wa kwanza alikuwa Abdoni, akafuatiwa na Suri, Kishi, Baali, Neri, Nadabu,
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="1CH.9.37" />Gedori, Ahio, Zekaria na Miklothi.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="1CH.9.38" />Miklothi akamzaa Shimeamu. Wao pia waliishi karibu na jamaa zao huko Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="39" bcv="1CH.9.39" />Neri akamzaa Kishi, Kishi akamzaa Sauli. Sauli akamzaa Yonathani, Malki-Shua, Abinadabu na Esh-Baali.<f caller="+"><fr>9:39
</fr><ft>Anajulikana pia kwa jina la Ish-Boshethi, maana yake Mtu wa Aibu (</ft><xt>2Sam 2:8</xt><ft>).</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="40" bcv="1CH.9.40" />Yonathani akamzaa Merib-Baali,<f caller="+"><fr>9:40
</fr><ft>Pia anajulikana kwa jina la Mefiboshethi.</ft></f>
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">naye Merib-Baali akamzaa Mika.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="41" bcv="1CH.9.41" />Wana wa Mika walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Pithoni, Meleki, Tarea, na Ahazi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="42" bcv="1CH.9.42" />Ahazi akamzaa Yara, Yara akawazaa Alemethi, Azmawethi na Zimri, naye Zimri akamzaa Mosa.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="1CH.9.43" />Mosa akamzaa Binea, Binea akamzaa Refaya, na mwanawe huyo ni Eleasa, na mwanawe huyo ni Aseli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="44" bcv="1CH.9.44" />Aseli alikuwa na wana sita, na haya ndiyo majina yao:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Azrikamu, Bokeru, Ishmaeli, Shearia, Obadia na Hanani. Hawa ndio waliokuwa wana wa Aseli.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="10" />
<s style="s1">Sauli Ajiua
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Samweli 31:1-13)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CH.10.1" />Basi Wafilisti wakapigana na Israeli. Waisraeli wakawakimbia, na wengi wakauawa katika mlima Gilboa.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CH.10.2" />Wafilisti wakawafuatia kwa bidii Sauli na wanawe, wakawaua Yonathani, Abinadabu na Malki-Shua.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1CH.10.3" />Mapigano yakawa makali kumzunguka Sauli na wakati wapiga mishale walipompata, wakamjeruhi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1CH.10.4" />Sauli akamwambia mbeba silaha wake, “Futa upanga wako unichome nao, la sivyo hawa watu wasiotahiriwa watakuja na kunidhalilisha.”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini mbeba silaha wake akaogopa sana wala hakuweza kufanya hivyo. Kwa hiyo Sauli akachukua upanga wake mwenyewe na kuuangukia.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1CH.10.5" />Mbeba silaha wake alipoona kwamba Sauli amekufa, naye pia akauangukia upanga wake akafa.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1CH.10.6" />Kwa hiyo Sauli na wanawe watatu wakafa, pamoja na nyumba yake yote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1CH.10.7" />Waisraeli wote waliokuwa bondeni walipoona kwamba jeshi limekimbia na kwamba Sauli na wanawe wamekufa, waliacha miji yao wakakimbia. Nao Wafilisti wakaja na kukaa humo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1CH.10.8" />Kesho yake Wafilisti walipokuja kuwavua maiti silaha, walimkuta Sauli na wanawe wameanguka katika Mlima Gilboa.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1CH.10.9" />Wakamvua mavazi, wakachukua kichwa chake pamoja na silaha zake, wakawatuma wajumbe katika nchi yote ya Wafilisti kutangaza habari hizi miongoni mwa sanamu zao na watu wao.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1CH.10.10" />Waliweka silaha zake katika hekalu la miungu yao, wakatundika kichwa chake katika hekalu la Dagoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1CH.10.11" />Wakazi wote wa Yabeshi-Gileadi waliposikia yote Wafilisti waliyomtendea Sauli,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1CH.10.12" />mashujaa wao wote wakaondoka, wakautwaa mwili wa Sauli na miili ya wanawe, wakaileta Yabeshi. Wakaizika mifupa yao chini ya mti mkubwa huko Yabeshi, nao wakafunga kwa siku saba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1CH.10.13" />Sauli alikufa kwa sababu hakuwa mwaminifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Hakulishika neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, hata akataka shauri kwa mwaguzi kwa ajili ya uongozi,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1CH.10.14" />hakumuuliza
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Kwa hiyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alimuua, na ufalme akampa Daudi mwana wa Yese.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="11" />
<s style="s1">Daudi Atiwa Mafuta Kuwa Mfalme Wa Israeli
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Samweli 5:1-10)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CH.11.1" />Israeli yote walimjia Daudi kwa pamoja huko Hebroni wakamwambia, “Sisi ni nyama yako na damu yako.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CH.11.2" />Zamani, wakati Sauli alikuwa mfalme, wewe ndiwe uliyeiongoza Israeli vitani, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako alikuambia, ‘Wewe utawachunga watu wangu Israeli, na utakuwa mtawala wao.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1CH.11.3" />Wazee wote wa Israeli walipokuwa wamewasili kwa Mfalme Daudi huko Hebroni, alifanya mapatano nao huko Hebroni mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nao wakamtia Daudi mafuta awe mfalme wa Israeli, sawasawa na
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyoahidi kupitia kwa Samweli.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Daudi Ateka Yerusalemu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1CH.11.4" />Daudi na Waisraeli wote wakaenda Yerusalemu (ndio Yebusi). Nao Wayebusi walioishi humo
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1CH.11.5" />wakamwambia Daudi, “Wewe hutaingia humu.” Hata hivyo, Daudi akaiteka ngome ya Sayuni, Mji wa Daudi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1CH.11.6" />Daudi alikuwa amesema, “Yeyote aongozaye mashambulizi dhidi ya Wayebusi, atakuwa jemadari mkuu.” Yoabu mwana wa Seruya akawa wa kwanza kukwea, naye akawa mkuu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1CH.11.7" />Daudi akafanya makao yake kwenye ngome, hivyo ukaitwa Mji wa Daudi.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1CH.11.8" />Akajenga mji pande zote, kuanzia kwenye mito hadi kwenye ukuta kuzunguka, wakati huo huo Yoabu akajenga sehemu zingine zilizobaki za Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1CH.11.9" />Daudi akazidi kuwa na nguvu zaidi na zaidi, kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote alikuwa pamoja naye.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mashujaa Wa Daudi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Samweli 23:8-39)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1CH.11.10" />Hawa ndio waliokuwa wakuu wa mashujaa wa Daudi: wao pamoja na Israeli wote wakauimarisha ufalme wake ili kuenea katika nchi yote, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyoahidi.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1CH.11.11" />Hii ndio orodha ya mashujaa wa Daudi:
</p>
<p style="p">Yashobeamu, Mhakmoni, alikuwa mkuu wa maafisa; yeye aliinua mkuki wake dhidi ya watu 300, ambao aliwaua katika pambano moja.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1CH.11.12" />Aliyefuata alikuwa Eleazari, mwana wa Dodai, Mwahohi, mmojawapo wa wale mashujaa watatu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1CH.11.13" />Huyo alikuwa pamoja na Daudi huko Pas-Damimu, wakati Wafilisti walikusanyika huko kwa ajili ya vita. Huko ambapo kulikuwa na shamba lililokuwa limejaa shayiri, vikosi vya Israeli vikawakimbia Wafilisti.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1CH.11.14" />Lakini Eleazari na Daudi wakasimama imara katikati ya lile shamba, nao wakalishindania na wakawaua Wafilisti. Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawapa ushindi mkubwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1CH.11.15" />Wakuu watatu miongoni mwa wale thelathini, walimwendea Daudi katika mwamba huko kwenye pango la Adulamu, wakati kikundi cha Wafilisti kilikuwa kimepiga kambi katika Bonde la Warefai.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1CH.11.16" />Wakati huo Daudi alikuwa katika ngome, na kambi ya Wafilisti ilikuwa huko Bethlehemu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1CH.11.17" />Daudi akatamani maji, akasema, “Laiti mtu angenipatia maji ya kunywa kutoka kisima kilichoko karibu na lango la Bethlehemu!”
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1CH.11.18" />Kwa hivyo wale watatu, wakapita katikati ya safu za Wafilisti, wakachota maji kutoka kwa kisima kilicho karibu na lango la Bethlehemu, wakamletea Daudi. Lakini yeye akakataa kuyanywa. Badala yake, aliyamimina mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1CH.11.19" />Akasema, “Mungu apishie mbali kwamba nifanye hivi! Je kweli, niinywe damu ya watu hawa waliohatarisha maisha yao?” Kwa sababu walihatarisha maisha yao kuyaleta yale maji, Daudi hakukubali kuyanywa.
</p>
<p style="p">Huo ndio uliokuwa ujasiri wa wale mashujaa watatu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="1CH.11.20" />Abishai, ndugu yake Yoabu ndiye alikuwa kiongozi wa hao Watatu. Aliinua mkuki wake dhidi ya watu 300, ambao aliwaua, kwa hiyo naye akawa na sifa kama hao Watatu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1CH.11.21" />Alitunukiwa heshima maradufu ya wale Watatu, akawa jemadari wao, ingawa hakuhesabiwa miongoni mwao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="1CH.11.22" />Benaya, mwana wa Yehoyada alikuwa mpiganaji hodari kutoka Kabseeli ambaye alifanya mambo makubwa ya ujasiri. Aliwaua mashujaa wawili waliokuwa hodari kuliko wote wa Moabu. Pia alishuka shimoni kulipokuwa na theluji na kumuua simba.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1CH.11.23" />Alimuua Mmisri aliyekuwa na urefu kama dhiraa tano.<f caller="+"><fr>11:23
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 5 ni sawa na mita 2.25.</ft></f> Ingawa Mmisri alikuwa na mkuki kama mti wa mfumaji mkononi mwake, Benaya alimwendea na rungu. Akamnyangʼanya Mmisri mkuki wake na kumuua nao.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1CH.11.24" />Haya yalikuwa mambo ya ushujaa ya Benaya mwana wa Yehoyada; naye pia alikuwa maarufu kama wale mashujaa watatu.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1CH.11.25" />Yeye aliheshimiwa zaidi ya wale Thelathini, lakini hakujumuishwa miongoni mwa wale Watatu: Daudi akamweka kuwa kiongozi wa walinzi wake.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="26" bcv="1CH.11.26" />Wale watu mashujaa walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Asaheli nduguye Yoabu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Elhanani mwana wa Dodo kutoka Bethlehemu,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="27" bcv="1CH.11.27" />Shamothi Mharori,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Helesi Mpeloni,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="28" bcv="1CH.11.28" />Ira mwana wa Ikeshi kutoka Tekoa,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Abiezeri kutoka Anathothi,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="29" bcv="1CH.11.29" />Sibekai Mhushathi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Ilai Mwahohi,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="30" bcv="1CH.11.30" />Maharai Mnetofathi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Heledi mwana wa Baana, Mnetofathi,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="31" bcv="1CH.11.31" />Itai mwana wa Ribai kutoka Gibea ya Benyamini,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Benaya Mpirathoni,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="32" bcv="1CH.11.32" />Hurai kutoka mabonde ya Gaashi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Abieli Mwaribathi,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="33" bcv="1CH.11.33" />Azmawethi Mbaharumi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Eliaba Mshaalboni,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="34" bcv="1CH.11.34" />wana wa Hashemu Mgiloni,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yonathani mwana wa Shagee Mharari,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="35" bcv="1CH.11.35" />Ahiamu mwana wa Sakari Mharari,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Elifale mwana wa Uru,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="36" bcv="1CH.11.36" />Heferi Mmekerathi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Ahiya Mpeloni,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="37" bcv="1CH.11.37" />Hezro Mkarmeli,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Naarai mwana wa Ezbai,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="38" bcv="1CH.11.38" />Yoeli nduguye Nathani,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Mibhari mwana wa Hagri,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="39" bcv="1CH.11.39" />Seleki Mwamoni,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Naharai Mbeerothi, mbeba silaha wa Yoabu mwana wa Seruya,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="40" bcv="1CH.11.40" />Ira Mwithiri,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Garebu Mwithiri,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="41" bcv="1CH.11.41" />Uria Mhiti,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Zabadi mwana wa Alai,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="42" bcv="1CH.11.42" />Adina mwana wa Shiza Mreubeni, ambaye alikuwa mkuu wa Wareubeni, akiwa pamoja na watu thelathini,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="43" bcv="1CH.11.43" />Hanani mwana wa Maaka,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yoshafati Mmithni,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="44" bcv="1CH.11.44" />Uzia Mwashterathi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Shama na Yeieli wana wa Hothamu Mwaroeri,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="45" bcv="1CH.11.45" />Yediaeli mwana wa Shimri,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">nduguye Yoha Mtizi,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="46" bcv="1CH.11.46" />Elieli Mmahawi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yeribai na Yoshavia wana wa Elnaamu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Ithma Mmoabu,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="47" bcv="1CH.11.47" />Elieli, na Obedi na Yaasieli Mmesobai.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Mashujaa Waungana Na Daudi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CH.12.1" />Hawa ndio watu waliomjia Daudi huko Siklagi, wakati alikuwa amefukuzwa mbele ya Sauli mwana wa Kishi (walikuwa miongoni mwa mashujaa waliomsaidia Daudi vitani,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CH.12.2" />walikuwa na pinde na walikuwa na uwezo wa kupiga mishale au kutupa mawe kwa kombeo wakitumia mkono wa kushoto au wa kulia; hawa walikuwa ndugu zake Sauli kutoka kabila la Benyamini):
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="mi" style="mi"><v id="3" bcv="1CH.12.3" />Mkuu wao alikuwa Ahiezeri, na wa pili Yoashi, wote wana wa Shemaa Mgibeathi; pia Yezieli na Peleti wana wa Azmawethi; Beraka, Yehu Mwanathothi,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1CH.12.4" />na Ishmaya Mgibeoni, shujaa miongoni mwa wale Thelathini, ambaye alikuwa kiongozi wa wale Thelathini; Yeremia, Yahazieli, Yohanani, Yozabadi, Mgederathi,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1CH.12.5" />Eluzai, Yeremothi, Bealia, Shemaria, Shefatia, Mharufi;
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1CH.12.6" />Elikana, Ishia, Azareli, Yoezeri na Yashobeamu, wana wa Kora;
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1CH.12.7" />Yoela na Zebadia, wana wa Yerohamu, kutoka Gedori.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1CH.12.8" />Baadhi ya Wagadi wakajitenga na kujiunga na Daudi katika ngome yake huko jangwani. Walikuwa mashujaa hodari, waliokuwa tayari kwa vita na wenye uwezo wa kutumia ngao na mkuki. Nyuso zao zilikuwa nyuso za simba na walikuwa na wepesi kama paa milimani.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="9" bcv="1CH.12.9" />Ezeri alikuwa mkuu wao,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Obadia alikuwa wa pili katika uongozi, Eliabu wa tatu,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="10" bcv="1CH.12.10" />Mishmana wa nne, Yeremia wa tano,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="11" bcv="1CH.12.11" />Atai wa sita, Elieli wa saba,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="12" bcv="1CH.12.12" />Yohanani wa nane, Elzabadi wa tisa,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="13" bcv="1CH.12.13" />Yeremia wa kumi, na Makbanai wa kumi na moja.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1CH.12.14" />Hawa Wagadi walikuwa majemadari. Aliyekuwa wa mwisho kuliko wote aliweza kuongoza askari 100, na aliyekuwa na uweza zaidi ya wote aliongoza 1,000.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1CH.12.15" />Wao ndio walivuka Mto Yordani katika mwezi wa kwanza ukiwa umefurika hadi kwenye kingo zake zote na kusababisha watu wote waliokuwa wanaishi kwenye mabonde kukimbilia mashariki na wengine magharibi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="1CH.12.16" />Wabenyamini wengine na baadhi ya watu kutoka Yuda pia walikuja kwa Daudi katika ngome yake.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1CH.12.17" />Daudi akatoka nje kuwalaki na akawaambia, “Kama mmekuja kwangu kwa amani, kunisaidia, mimi niko tayari kuwaruhusu ninyi kuungana nami. Lakini kama mmekuja ili kunisaliti kwa adui zangu wakati mimi mikono yangu haina hatia, basi Mungu wa baba zetu aone na awahukumu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1CH.12.18" />Kisha Roho akaja juu ya Amasai, mkuu wa wale Thelathini, naye akasema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Sisi tu watu wako, ee Daudi!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nasi tuko pamoja na wewe, ee mwana wa Yese!
</q>
<q style="q1">Ushindi, naam, ushindi uwe kwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pia ushindi kwa wale walio upande wako,
</q>
<q level="3" style="q3">kwa kuwa Mungu wako atakusaidia.”
</q>
<p style="p">Kwa hiyo Daudi akawapokea na kuwafanya viongozi wa vikosi vyake vya uvamizi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1CH.12.19" />Baadhi ya watu kutoka kabila la Manase wakajiunga na Daudi wakati alikwenda pamoja na Wafilisti, kupigana na Sauli. (Daudi na watu wake hawakuwasaidia Wafilisti kwa sababu, baada ya ushauri, watawala wao walimrudisha. Wakasema, “Itatugharimu vichwa vyetu kama Daudi atatuasi na kurudi kwa Sauli bwana wake.”)
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1CH.12.20" />Daudi alipokwenda Siklagi, hawa ndio watu wa kabila la Manase waliojiunga naye: Adna, Yozabadi, Yediaeli, Mikaeli, Yozabadi, Elihu na Silethai, viongozi wa vikosi vya watu 1,000 katika kabila la Manase.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1CH.12.21" />Walimsaidia Daudi dhidi ya makundi ya uvamizi, kwa kuwa wote walikuwa mashujaa hodari na walikuwa majemadari katika jeshi lake.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1CH.12.22" />Siku baada ya siku watu walikuja kumsaidia Daudi, mpaka akawa na jeshi kubwa, kama jeshi la Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wengine Waungana Na Daudi Huko Hebroni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1CH.12.23" />Hawa ndio watu waliojiandaa kwa ajili ya vita waliokuja kwa Daudi huko Hebroni ili kumtwalia ufalme kutoka kwa Sauli, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyokuwa amesema:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="24" bcv="1CH.12.24" />watu wa Yuda, wanaochukua ngao na mikuki walikuwa 6,800 wote wakiwa tayari kwa vita.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="25" bcv="1CH.12.25" />Watu wa Simeoni, mashujaa waliokuwa tayari kwa vita walikuwa 7,100.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="26" bcv="1CH.12.26" />Watu wa Lawi walikuwa 4,600,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1CH.12.27" />pamoja na Yehoyada, kiongozi wa jamaa ya Aroni, aliyekuwa pamoja na watu 3,700,
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1CH.12.28" />na Sadoki, kijana shujaa na hodari, aliyekuwa pamoja na maafisa ishirini na wawili kutoka jamaa yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="29" bcv="1CH.12.29" />Watu wa Benyamini, ndugu zake Sauli, walikuwa 3,000; wengi wao walikuwa wameendelea kuwa waaminifu kwa Sauli mpaka wakati huo.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="30" bcv="1CH.12.30" />Watu wa Efraimu, mashujaa hodari 20,800, watu waliokuwa maarufu katika koo zao.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="31" bcv="1CH.12.31" />Watu wa nusu ya kabila la Manase, waliotajwa kwa majina ili waje kumweka Daudi kuwa mfalme, watu 18,000.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="32" bcv="1CH.12.32" />Watu wa Isakari, waliofahamu majira na kujua kile ambacho Israeli inapasa kufanya, walikuwa viongozi 200, pamoja na jamaa zao wote chini ya uongozi wao.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="33" bcv="1CH.12.33" />Watu wa Zabuloni, askari wenye uzoefu mkubwa walioandaliwa tayari kwa vita wakiwa na silaha za kila aina, ili kumsaidia Daudi kwa uaminifu thabiti, walikuwa 50,000.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="34" bcv="1CH.12.34" />Watu wa Naftali, maafisa 1,000, pamoja na watu 37,000 waliochukua ngao na mikuki.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="35" bcv="1CH.12.35" />Watu wa Dani 28,600 waliokuwa tayari kwa vita.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="36" bcv="1CH.12.36" />Watu wa Asheri, askari 40,000 wenye uzoefu mkubwa waliondaliwa kwa ajili ya vita.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="37" bcv="1CH.12.37" />Na pia watu kutoka mashariki ya Yordani, watu wa Reubeni, Gadi na nusu ya kabila la Manase, wakiwa na kila aina ya silaha, watu 120,000.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="1CH.12.38" />Wote hawa walikuwa watu wapiganaji waliojitolea kutumika katika safu zao. Walikuja Hebroni wakiwa wameamua kikamilifu kumfanya Daudi mfalme juu ya Israeli yote. Waisraeli wengine wote walikuwa pia na nia hiyo moja ya kumfanya Daudi kuwa mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="1CH.12.39" />Watu hawa wakakaa huko na Daudi siku tatu, wakila na kunywa, kwa sababu jamaa zao zilikuwa zimewapatia mahitaji yao.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="1CH.12.40" />Pia, majirani zao hata wale walio mbali hadi Isakari, Zabuloni na Naftali, walikuja wakiwaletea vyakula walivyovibeba kwa punda, ngamia, nyumbu na maksai. Kulikuwepo na wingi wa unga, maandazi ya tini, maandazi ya zabibu kavu, divai, mafuta, ngʼombe na kondoo, kwa maana kulikuwa na furaha katika Israeli.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="13" />
<s style="s1">Kurudishwa Kwa Sanduku La Mungu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Samweli 6:1-11)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CH.13.1" />Daudi alishauriana na kila afisa wake, majemadari wa maelfu na majemadari wa mamia.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CH.13.2" />Ndipo Daudi akaliambia kusanyiko lote la Israeli, “Kama mkiona ni vyema, na kama ni mapenzi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu, tupeleke ujumbe kwa ndugu zetu wengine walio mbali na walio karibu katika nchi yote ya Israeli, pia kwa makuhani na Walawi walio pamoja nao katika miji yao na katika sehemu zao za malisho yao, waje waungane na sisi.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1CH.13.3" />Sisi na tulirudishe Sanduku la Mungu wetu kwetu kwa maana hatukujali wakati wa utawala wa Sauli.”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1CH.13.4" />Kusanyiko lote likakubaliana kufanya hivyo, kwa sababu ilionekana vyema kwa watu wote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1CH.13.5" />Basi Daudi akawakusanya Waisraeli wote, kuanzia Mto Shihori ulioko Misri hadi Lebo-Hamathi, ili kulileta Sanduku la Mungu kutoka Kiriath-Yearimu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1CH.13.6" />Daudi akiwa pamoja na Waisraeli wote wakaenda Baala ya Yuda (yaani Kiriath-Yearimu) kulipandisha Sanduku la Mungu
<nd>Bwana</nd>, yeye anayeketi katika kiti cha enzi kati ya makerubi: Sanduku linaloitwa kwa Jina lake, kutoka huko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1CH.13.7" />Wakalisafirisha Sanduku la Mungu kwa gari jipya la kukokotwa na maksai kutoka nyumba ya Abinadabu, Uza na Ahio wakiliongoza gari hilo.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1CH.13.8" />Daudi pamoja na Waisraeli wote walikuwa wanasifu kwa nguvu zao zote mbele za Mungu, kwa nyimbo na kwa vinubi, zeze, matari, matoazi na tarumbeta.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1CH.13.9" />Walipofika kwenye uwanja wa kupuria nafaka wa Kidoni, Uza akaunyoosha mkono wake ili kulizuia Sanduku, kwa sababu maksai walijikwaa.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1CH.13.10" />Hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ikawaka dhidi ya Uza, akampiga kwa sababu aliuweka mkono wake kwenye Sanduku. Kwa hiyo akafa pale mbele za Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1CH.13.11" />Ndipo Daudi akakasirika kwa sababu ghadhabu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ilifurika dhidi ya Uza, mahali pale pakaitwa Peres-Uza<f caller="+"><fr>13:11
</fr><ft>Maana yake ni Gadhabu dhidi ya Uza.</ft></f> hadi leo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1CH.13.12" />Siku ile Daudi akamwogopa Mungu naye akauliza. “Nitawezaje kulichukua Sanduku la Mungu kwangu?”
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1CH.13.13" />Hakulichukua hilo Sanduku akae nalo katika Mji wa Daudi. Badala yake, akalipeleka nyumbani kwa Obed-Edomu, Mgiti.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1CH.13.14" />Sanduku la Mungu likabaki pamoja na jamaa ya Obed-Edomu, nyumbani kwake kwa miezi mitatu, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaibariki nyumba yake pamoja na kila kitu alichokuwa nacho.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="14" />
<s style="s1">Nyumba Ya Daudi Na Jamaa Yake
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Samweli 5:11-16)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CH.14.1" />Basi Hiramu mfalme wa Tiro akawatuma wajumbe kwa Daudi, wakiwa na magogo ya mierezi, waashi na maseremala ili kumjengea jumba la kifalme.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CH.14.2" />Naye Daudi akatambua kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> amemwimarisha kuwa mfalme juu ya Israeli na kwamba ufalme wake umetukuzwa kwa ajili ya Israeli, watu wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1CH.14.3" />Huko Yerusalemu Daudi akaoa wake wengine zaidi na akawa baba wa wana na mabinti wengi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1CH.14.4" />Haya ndiyo majina ya watoto waliozaliwa kwake huko: Shamua, Shobabu, Nathani, Solomoni,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1CH.14.5" />Ibihari, Elishua, Elpeleti,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1CH.14.6" />Noga, Nefegi, Yafia,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1CH.14.7" />Elishama, Beeliada na Elifeleti.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Daudi Awashinda Wafilisti
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Samweli 5:17-25)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1CH.14.8" />Wafilisti waliposikia kuwa Daudi ametiwa mafuta kuwa mfalme wa Israeli yote, wakapanda na jeshi lao lote kwenda kumsaka, lakini Daudi akapata habari hizo, naye akatoka ili kwenda kukabiliana nao.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1CH.14.9" />Basi Wafilisti walikuwa wameingia na kushambulia Bonde la Warefai,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1CH.14.10" />Hivyo Daudi akamuuliza Mungu: “Je, niende kuwashambulia hao Wafilisti? Je, utawatia mikononi mwangu?”
</p>
<p style="p"><nd>Bwana</nd> akamjibu, “Nenda, nitawatia mikononi mwako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1CH.14.11" />Hivyo Daudi pamoja na watu wake wakakwea mpaka Baal-Perasimu,<f caller="+"><fr>14:11
</fr><ft>Maana yake ni Bwana Afurikae.</ft></f> akawashinda huko. Akasema, “Kama maji yafurikavyo, Mungu amewafurikia adui zangu kwa kutumia mkono wangu.” Kwa hiyo mahali pale pakaitwa Baal-Perasimu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1CH.14.12" />Wafilisti walikuwa wameacha miungu yao huko, Daudi akaamuru iteketezwe kwa moto.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1CH.14.13" />Kwa mara nyingine Wafilisti wakavamia lile bonde;
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1CH.14.14" />hivyo Daudi akamuuliza Mungu tena, naye Mungu akamjibu, “Usiwapandie moja kwa moja, bali wazungukie na uwashambulie kutoka mbele ya hiyo miti ya miforosadi.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1CH.14.15" />Mara usikiapo sauti ya kwenda juu ya hiyo miti ya miforosadi, hapo ndipo utoke upigane vita, kwa sababu hiyo itaonyesha kwamba Mungu amekutangulia ili kupiga jeshi la Wafilisti.”
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1CH.14.16" />Kwa hiyo Daudi akafanya kama alivyoagizwa na Mungu, wakalipiga jeshi la Wafilisti kuanzia Gibeoni hadi Gezeri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1CH.14.17" />Hivyo umaarufu wa Daudi ukaenea katika kila nchi, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akayafanya mataifa yote kumwogopa Daudi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="15" />
<s style="s1">Sanduku La Agano Laletwa Yerusalemu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Samweli 6:12-22)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CH.15.1" />Baada ya Daudi kujijengea nyumba zake katika Mji wa Daudi, akatengeneza sehemu kwa ajili ya Sanduku la Mungu, kisha akasimamisha hema kwa ajili yake.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CH.15.2" />Kisha Daudi akasema, “Hakuna mtu yeyote anayeruhusiwa kulibeba Sanduku la Mungu isipokuwa Walawi peke yao, kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliwachagua kulibeba Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kuhudumu mbele zake milele.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1CH.15.3" />Daudi akawakusanya Israeli wote huko Yerusalemu ili kulipandisha Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kulileta hadi kwenye sehemu aliyokuwa ametengeneza kwa ajili yake.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1CH.15.4" />Kisha Daudi akawakusanya pamoja wazao wa Aroni na Walawi:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="5" bcv="1CH.15.5" />Kutoka wazao wa Kohathi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Urieli kiongozi na ndugu zake 120,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="6" bcv="1CH.15.6" />Kutoka wazao wa Merari,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Asaya kiongozi na ndugu zake 220.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="7" bcv="1CH.15.7" />Kutoka wazao wa Gershoni,<f caller="+"><fr>15:7
</fr><ft>Namna nyingine ya kutaja Gershomu.</ft></f>
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yoeli kiongozi na ndugu zake 130.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="8" bcv="1CH.15.8" />Kutoka wazao wa Elisafani,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Shemaya kiongozi na ndugu zake 200.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="9" bcv="1CH.15.9" />Kutoka wazao wa Hebroni,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Elieli kiongozi na ndugu zake 80.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="10" bcv="1CH.15.10" />Kutoka wazao wa Uzieli,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Aminadabu kiongozi na ndugu zake 112.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1CH.15.11" />Kisha Daudi akawaita makuhani Sadoki na Abiathari, pamoja na Walawi Urieli, Asaya, Yoeli, Shemaya, Elieli na Aminadabu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1CH.15.12" />Akawaambia, “Ninyi ndio viongozi wa jamaa za Walawi. Ninyi pamoja na Walawi wenzenu inawapasa mjitakase na kulipandisha Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli hadi mahali ambapo nimetengeneza kwa ajili yake.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1CH.15.13" />Ilikuwa ni kwa sababu hii, ninyi Walawi, hamkulipandisha Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd> mara ya kwanza, hata ikasababisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu kuwaka hasira dhidi yetu. Hatukumuuliza jinsi ya kufanya ili tupate kulileta jinsi alivyoagiza.”
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1CH.15.14" />Kwa hiyo makuhani pamoja na Walawi wakajitakasa ili kulipandisha Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1CH.15.15" />Nao Walawi wakalichukua Sanduku la Mungu mabegani mwao wakitumia mipiko, kama vile Mose alivyoamuru sawasawa na neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="1CH.15.16" />Daudi akawaambia viongozi wa Walawi kuwaweka ndugu zao waimbaji ili waimbe nyimbo za shangwe, wakiwa na vyombo vya uimbaji: zeze, vinubi na matoazi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1CH.15.17" />Basi Walawi wakawaweka Hemani mwana wa Yoeli; kutoka miongoni mwa ndugu zake, Asafu mwana wa Berekia; kutoka miongoni mwa ndugu zao Wamerari, Ethani mwana wa Kushaiya;
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1CH.15.18" />hawa ndio waliochaguliwa kuwa wasaidizi wao: Zekaria, Yaazieli, Shemiramothi, Yehieli, Uni, Eliabu, Benaya, Maaseya, Matithia, Elifelehu, Mikneya, pamoja na mabawabu Obed-Edomu na Yehieli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1CH.15.19" />Waimbaji Hemani, Asafu na Ethani walichaguliwa kupiga matoazi ya shaba;
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1CH.15.20" />Zekaria, Azieli, Shemiramothi, Yehieli, Uni, Eliabu, Maaseya na Benaya walikuwa wapiga zeze kufuatana na sauti ya
<it>alamothi</it>,<f caller="+"><fr>15:20
</fr><ft>Huenda ni aina ya uimbaji.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1CH.15.21" />na Matithia, Elifelehu, Mikneya, Obed-Edomu, Yehieli na Azazia walikuwa wapiga vinubi, wakiongozwa kwa kufuata sauti ya
<it>sheminithi</it>.<f caller="+"><fr>15:21
</fr><ft>Huenda ni aina ya uimbaji.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1CH.15.22" />Kenania kiongozi wa Walawi alikuwa msimamizi wa uimbaji; huu ndio uliokuwa wajibu wake kwa sababu alikuwa stadi katika hilo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1CH.15.23" />Berekia na Elikana walikuwa mabawabu kwa ajili ya Sanduku.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1CH.15.24" />Shebania, Yoshafati, Nethaneli, Amasai, Zekaria, Benaya na Eliezeri, makuhani, walikuwa wapiga tarumbeta mbele ya Sanduku la Mungu. Obed-Edomu na Yehiya waliwekwa pia kuwa mabawabu wa Sanduku.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="1CH.15.25" />Basi Daudi pamoja na wazee wa Israeli na majemadari wa vikosi vya elfu wakaenda ili kulipandisha Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd> kutoka nyumba ya Obed-Edomu kwa shangwe.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="1CH.15.26" />Kwa sababu Mungu alikuwa amewasaidia Walawi waliokuwa wanalichukua Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mafahali saba na kondoo dume saba walitolewa dhabihu.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1CH.15.27" />Basi Daudi alikuwa amevaa joho la kitani safi, kama walivyokuwa wamevaa Walawi wote waliokuwa wanalichukua lile Sanduku, waimbaji nao walivaa vivyo hivyo, pamoja na Kenania aliyekuwa anaongoza nyimbo za waimbaji. Daudi alivaa pia kisibau cha kitani safi.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1CH.15.28" />Hivyo Israeli wote wakalipandisha Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa shangwe, wakipiga pembe za kondoo dume, tarumbeta, matoazi, wakipiga zeze na vinubi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="1CH.15.29" />Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilipokuwa linaingia katika Mji wa Daudi, Mikali binti Sauli akachungulia dirishani. Naye alipomwona Mfalme Daudi akicheza na kusherehekea, akamdharau moyoni mwake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="16" />
<s style="s1">Sanduku Lawekwa Ndani Ya Hema
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CH.16.1" />Wakaleta Sanduku la Mungu na kuliweka ndani ya hema ambalo Daudi alikuwa amelisimamisha kwa ajili yake, na wakatoa sadaka za kuteketezwa na sadaka za amani mbele za Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CH.16.2" />Baada ya Daudi kumaliza kutoa hizo sadaka za kuteketezwa na hizo sadaka za amani, akawabariki watu katika jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1CH.16.3" />Kisha akamgawia kila Mwisraeli mwanaume na mwanamke mkate, andazi la tende na andazi la zabibu kavu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1CH.16.4" />Akawaweka pia baadhi ya Walawi ili wahudumu mbele ya Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd> kufanya maombi, kumshukuru na kumsifu
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli:
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1CH.16.5" />Asafu ndiye alikuwa mkuu wao, akisaidiwa na Zekaria, Yeieli, Shemiramothi, Yehieli, Matithia, Eliabu, Benaya, Obed-Edomu na Yeieli. Hawa ndio wangepiga zeze na vinubi, Asafu angepiga matoazi,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1CH.16.6" />nao Benaya na Yahazieli makuhani, ndio wangepiga tarumbeta mara kwa mara mbele ya Sanduku la Agano la Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Zaburi Ya Daudi Ya Shukrani
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Zaburi 105:1-15; 96:1-13; 106:1, 47-48)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1CH.16.7" />Siku ile, kitu cha kwanza Daudi alichofanya ni kumkabidhi Asafu na wenzake zaburi hii ya shukrani kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="1CH.16.8" />Mshukuruni
<nd>Bwana</nd>, liitieni jina lake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wajulisheni mataifa yale aliyoyatenda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="1CH.16.9" />Mwimbieni yeye, mwimbieni yeye sifa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waambieni matendo yake yote ya ajabu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="1CH.16.10" />Lishangilieni jina lake takatifu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mioyo ya wale wamtafutao
<nd>Bwana</nd> na ifurahi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="1CH.16.11" />Mtafuteni
<nd>Bwana</nd> na nguvu zake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utafuteni uso wake siku zote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="1CH.16.12" />Kumbuka matendo ya ajabu aliyoyafanya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miujiza yake na hukumu alizozitamka,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="1CH.16.13" />enyi wazao wa Israeli mtumishi wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">enyi wana wa Yakobo, wateule wake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="1CH.16.14" />Yeye ndiye
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hukumu zake zimo duniani pote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="1CH.16.15" />Hulikumbuka agano lake milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">neno ambalo aliamuru, kwa vizazi elfu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="1CH.16.16" />agano alilolifanya na Abrahamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kiapo alichomwapia Isaki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="1CH.16.17" />Alilithibitisha kwa Yakobo kuwa amri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa Israeli liwe agano la milele:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="1CH.16.18" />“Nitakupa wewe nchi ya Kanaani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa sehemu utakayoirithi.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="1CH.16.19" />Walipokuwa wachache kwa idadi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wachache sana na wageni ndani yake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="1CH.16.20" />walitangatanga kutoka taifa moja hadi jingine,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka ufalme mmoja hadi mwingine.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="1CH.16.21" />Hakuruhusu mtu yeyote awaonee;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili yao aliwakemea wafalme, akisema:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="1CH.16.22" />“Msiwaguse niliowatia mafuta;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msiwadhuru manabii wangu.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="1CH.16.23" />Mwimbieni
<nd>Bwana</nd> dunia yote;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tangazeni wokovu wake siku baada ya siku.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="1CH.16.24" />Tangazeni utukufu wake katikati ya mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">matendo yake ya ajabu miongoni mwa mataifa yote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="1CH.16.25" />Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni mkuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwenye kustahili kusifiwa kuliko wote;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ni wa kuogopwa kuliko miungu yote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="1CH.16.26" />Kwa maana miungu yote ya mataifa ni sanamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliziumba mbingu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="1CH.16.27" />Fahari na enzi viko mbele yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nguvu na utukufu vimo patakatifu pake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="1CH.16.28" />Mpeni
<nd>Bwana</nd>, enyi jamaa za mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpeni
<nd>Bwana</nd> utukufu na nguvu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="1CH.16.29" />mpeni
<nd>Bwana</nd> utukufu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unaostahili jina lake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Leteni sadaka na mje katika nyua zake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwabuduni
<nd>Bwana</nd> katika uzuri wa utakatifu wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="1CH.16.30" />Dunia yote na itetemeke mbele zake!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ulimwengu ameuweka imara; hauwezi kusogezwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="1CH.16.31" />Mbingu na zishangilie, nchi na ifurahi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">semeni katikati ya mataifa, “<nd>Bwana</nd> anatawala!”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="1CH.16.32" />Bahari na ivume, na vyote vilivyomo ndani yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mashamba na yashangilie, na vyote vilivyomo ndani yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="1CH.16.33" />Kisha miti ya msituni itaimba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">itaimba kwa furaha mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana anakuja kuihukumu dunia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="1CH.16.34" />Mshukuruni
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa kuwa ni mwema;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">upendo wake wadumu milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="1CH.16.35" />Mlilieni, “Ee Mungu Mwokozi wetu, tuokoe.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Tukusanye tena na utukomboe kutoka kwa mataifa,
</q>
<q style="q1">ili tuweze kulishukuru jina lako takatifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kushangilia katika sifa zako.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="36" bcv="1CH.16.36" />Atukuzwe
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tangu milele na hata milele.
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Nao watu wote wakasema, “Amen,” na “Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="1CH.16.37" />Daudi akamwacha Asafu na wenzake mbele ya Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd> ili wahudumu humo mara kwa mara, kulingana na mahitaji ya kila siku.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="1CH.16.38" />Pia akamwacha Obed-Edomu pamoja na wenzake sitini na wanane wahudumu pamoja nao. Obed-Edomu mwana wa Yeduthuni na pia Hosa walikuwa mabawabu wa lango.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="1CH.16.39" />Daudi akamwacha kuhani Sadoki pamoja na makuhani wenzake mbele ya hema ya ibada ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> katika mahali pa juu pa kuabudia huko Gibeoni
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="1CH.16.40" />ili kutoa sadaka za kuteketezwa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwenye madhabahu ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa mara kwa mara, asubuhi na jioni, sawasawa na kila kitu kilichoandikwa katika sheria ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ambayo alikuwa amempa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="1CH.16.41" />Waliohudumu pamoja nao walikuwa Hemani, Yeduthuni na wale wote waliochaguliwa na kutajwa kwa jina kumpa
<nd>Bwana</nd> shukrani, “Kwa maana fadhili zake zadumu milele.”
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="1CH.16.42" />Hemani na Yeduthuni walikuwa na wajibu wa kupiga tarumbeta, matoazi na kutumia vyombo vingine kwa ajili ya nyimbo za sifa kwa Mungu. Wana wa Yeduthuni waliwekwa langoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="43" bcv="1CH.16.43" />Kisha watu wote wakaondoka, kila mmoja akarudi nyumbani kwake, naye Daudi akarudi nyumbani kuibariki jamaa yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="17" />
<s style="s1">Ahadi Ya Mungu Kwa Daudi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Samweli 7:1-17)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CH.17.1" />Baada ya Daudi kuingia rasmi katika jumba lake la kifalme, akamwambia nabii Nathani, “Hebu tazama, mimi ninakaa kwenye nyumba nzuri iliyojengwa kwa mierezi, wakati Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd> liko ndani ya hema.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="1CH.17.2" />Nathani akamjibu Daudi, “Lolote ulilo nalo moyoni mwako litende, kwa maana Mungu yu pamoja nawe.”
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1CH.17.3" />Usiku ule neno la Mungu likamjia Nathani, kusema:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="4" bcv="1CH.17.4" />“Nenda ukamwambie mtumishi wangu Daudi, ‘Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Wewe hutanijengea mimi nyumba ili nikae humo.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1CH.17.5" />Mimi sijakaa ndani ya nyumba tangu siku ile niliyowatoa Israeli kutoka Misri mpaka leo. Nimehama kutoka hema moja hadi jingine na kutoka mahali pamoja hadi pengine.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1CH.17.6" />Je, popote nilipokwenda pamoja na Waisraeli wote, wakati wowote nilimwambia kiongozi yeyote niliyemwagiza kuwachunga watu wangu, kwa nini hujanijengea nyumba ya mierezi?’
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="7" bcv="1CH.17.7" />“Sasa basi, mwambie mtumishi wangu Daudi, ‘Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote: Nilikuchukua machungani na kutoka kuandama kondoo ili uwatawale watu wangu Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1CH.17.8" />Nimekuwa pamoja nawe popote ulipokwenda, nami nimekuondolea mbali adui zako wote mbele yako. Basi nitalifanya jina lako kuwa kuu kama majina ya watu walio wakuu sana duniani.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1CH.17.9" />Nami nitawapatia watu wangu Israeli mahali na nitawapa ili wawe na mahali pao wenyewe pa kuishi na wasisumbuliwe tena. Watu waovu hawatawaonea tena, kama walivyofanya mwanzoni,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1CH.17.10" />na ambavyo wamefanya siku zote tangu nilipowachagua viongozi kwa ajili ya watu wangu Israeli. Pia nitawatiisha adui zenu wote.
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“ ‘Pamoja na hayo ninakuambia kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakujengea nyumba:
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1CH.17.11" />Wakati wako utakapokuwa umekwisha, nawe ukawa umekwenda kukaa na baba zako, nitamwinua mzao wako aingie mahali pako kuwa mfalme, mmoja wa wana wako mwenyewe, nami nitaufanya imara ufalme wake.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1CH.17.12" />Yeye ndiye atakayejenga nyumba kwa ajili yangu, nami nitakifanya imara kiti cha ufalme wake milele.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1CH.17.13" />Mimi nitakuwa baba yake, naye atakuwa mwanangu. Kamwe sitaondoa upendo wangu kwake, kama nilivyouondoa kwa yeye aliyekutangulia.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1CH.17.14" />Nitamweka juu ya nyumba yangu na ufalme wangu milele; kiti chake cha enzi nitakifanya imara milele.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1CH.17.15" />Nathani akamwarifu Daudi maneno yote ya maono haya.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maombi Ya Daudi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Samweli 7:18-29)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="1CH.17.16" />Ndipo Mfalme Daudi akaingia ndani, akaketi mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akasema:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Mimi ni nani, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu, na jamaa yangu ni nini, hata umenileta mpaka hapa nilipo?
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1CH.17.17" />Kana kwamba hili halitoshi machoni pako, Ee Mungu, umenena pia kuhusu siku zijazo za nyumba ya mtumishi wako. Umeniangalia kama mtu aliyetukuka kuliko watu wote, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="18" bcv="1CH.17.18" />“Daudi aweza kukuambia nini zaidi kuhusu kumheshimu mtumishi wako? Kwa maana wewe unamjua mtumishi wako,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1CH.17.19" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu. Kwa ajili ya mtumishi wako, tena sawasawa na mapenzi yako, umefanya jambo hili kubwa sana na kujulisha ahadi hizi zote zilizo kubwa sana.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="20" bcv="1CH.17.20" />“Hakuna aliye kama wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu, wala hakuna Mungu ila wewe, kama vile tulivyosikia kwa masikio yetu wenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1CH.17.21" />Naye ni nani aliye kama watu wako Israeli: taifa pekee duniani ambalo Mungu wake alitoka kwenda kulikomboa kwa ajili yake mwenyewe na kujifanyia jina kwa ajili yake mwenyewe, kwa kufanya maajabu makubwa na ya kutisha kwa kuwafukuza mataifa mbele ya watu wako, ambao uliwakomboa kutoka Misri?
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1CH.17.22" />Uliwafanya watu wako Israeli kuwa watu wako wewe mwenyewe milele, nawe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu, umekuwa Mungu wao.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="23" bcv="1CH.17.23" />“Sasa basi,
<nd>Bwana</nd> ahadi uliyoweka kuhusu mtumishi wako na nyumba yake na uithibitishe milele. Fanya kama ulivyoahidi,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1CH.17.24" />ili ithibitike na jina lako litakuwa kuu milele. Kisha watu watasema, ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu aliye juu ya Israeli, ndiye Mungu wa Israeli.’ Nayo nyumba ya mtumishi wako Daudi itafanywa imara mbele zako.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="25" bcv="1CH.17.25" />“Wewe, Mungu wangu, umemfunulia mtumishi wako Daudi kwamba utamjengea yeye nyumba. Hivyo mtumishi wako amekuwa na ujasiri wa kukuomba maombi haya.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="1CH.17.26" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wewe ndiwe Mungu! Umemwahidi mtumishi wako mambo haya mazuri.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1CH.17.27" />Basi imekupendeza kuibariki nyumba ya mtumishi wako, ili idumu milele machoni pako; kwa ajili yako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, umeibariki, nayo itabarikiwa milele.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="18" />
<s style="s1">Ushindi Wa Daudi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Samweli 8:1-18)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CH.18.1" />Baada ya muda, Daudi akawashinda Wafilisti na kuwatiisha, naye akautwaa Gathi pamoja na vijiji vinavyouzunguka kutoka utawala wa Wafilisti.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="1CH.18.2" />Pia Daudi akawashinda Wamoabu, wakawa watumishi wake, nao wakawa wanamletea ushuru.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1CH.18.3" />Zaidi ya hayo, Daudi akapigana na Hadadezeri mfalme wa Soba, hadi Hamathi, wakati alikwenda kuimarisha utawala wake katika Mto Frati.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1CH.18.4" />Daudi akateka magari ya vita 1,000 miongoni mwa magari yake, waendesha hayo magari ya kukokotwa na farasi 7,000 na askari wa miguu 20,000. Daudi akakata mishipa ya miguu ya nyuma ya farasi wote wakokotao magari, ila akabakiza 100.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1CH.18.5" />Waaramu wa Dameski, walipokuja kumsaidia Hadadezeri mfalme wa Soba, Daudi akawashambulia na kuwaua 22,000 miongoni mwao.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1CH.18.6" />Daudi akaweka askari walinzi katika ufalme wa Waaramu huko Dameski. Basi Waaramu wakawa watumwa wa Daudi, na kumlipa ushuru.
<nd>Bwana</nd> akampa Daudi ushindi kote alipokwenda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1CH.18.7" />Daudi akazitwaa ngao za dhahabu zilizokuwa za maafisa wa Hadadezeri na kuzileta Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1CH.18.8" />Kutoka miji ya Tibhathi na Kuni, iliyokuwa miji ya Hadadezeri, Daudi akatwaa shaba nyingi sana, ambayo Solomoni aliitumia kutengenezea ile Bahari ya shaba, zile nguzo na vifaa mbalimbali vya shaba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1CH.18.9" />Tou mfalme wa Hamathi aliposikia kwamba Daudi amelishinda jeshi lote la Hadadezeri mfalme wa Soba,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1CH.18.10" />akamtuma mwanawe, Hadoramu kwa Mfalme Daudi ili kumsalimu na kumpongeza kwa ushindi wake katika vita dhidi ya Mfalme Hadadezeri, kwa kuwa alikuwa amepigana vita mara nyingi na Tou. Hadoramu akamletea Daudi vifaa mbalimbali vya dhahabu, fedha na shaba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1CH.18.11" />Mfalme Daudi akaviweka vifaa hivi wakfu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kama vile alivyokuwa amefanya kwa fedha na dhahabu aliyokuwa ameitwaa katika mataifa yote haya: Edomu na Moabu, Waamoni, Wafilisti na Waamaleki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1CH.18.12" />Abishai mwana wa Seruya akawaua Waedomu 18,000 katika Bonde la Chumvi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1CH.18.13" />Akaweka kambi za askari walinzi huko Edomu, nao Waedomu wote wakawa watumishi wa Daudi.
<nd>Bwana</nd> akampa Daudi ushindi kila alipokwenda.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maafisa Wa Daudi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1CH.18.14" />Daudi akatawala Israeli yote, akitenda lililo haki na sawa kwa watu wake wote.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1CH.18.15" />Yoabu mwana wa Seruya alikuwa jemadari wa jeshi; Yehoshafati mwana wa Ahiludi alikuwa mweka kumbukumbu;
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1CH.18.16" />Sadoki mwana wa Ahitubu na Ahimeleki mwana wa Abiathari walikuwa makuhani; Shausha alikuwa mwandishi;
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1CH.18.17" />naye Benaya mwana wa Yehoyada alikuwa msimamizi wa Wakerethi na Wapelethi; nao wana wa Daudi walikuwa maafisa wakuu katika utumishi wa mfalme.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="19" />
<s style="s1">Vita Dhidi Ya Waamoni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Samweli 10:1-19)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CH.19.1" />Baada ya muda, Nahashi mfalme wa Waamoni akafa, mwanawe akaingia mahali pake.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CH.19.2" />Daudi akawaza, “Nitamtendea wema Hanuni mwana wa Nahashi, kwa sababu baba yake alinitendea wema.”
</p>
<p style="p">Hivyo Daudi akatuma wajumbe ili kumfariji Hanuni kwa ajili ya kifo cha baba yake. Watu wa Daudi walipofika kwa Hanuni katika nchi ya Waamoni ili kumfariji,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1CH.19.3" />wakuu wa Waamoni wakamwambia Hanuni, “Hivi unadhani Daudi anamheshimu baba yako kwa kuwatuma wajumbe kukufariji? Je, hawa watu hawakuja kuipeleleza na kuidadisi nchi ili waishinde?”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1CH.19.4" />Kwa hiyo Hanuni akawakamata watu wa Daudi, akawanyoa ndevu akakata nguo zao katikati kwenye matako, akawaacha waende zao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1CH.19.5" />Mtu mmoja alipofika na kumpasha Daudi habari za watu hawa, akawatuma wajumbe wengine kuwalaki, kwa maana walikuwa wamevunjiwa heshima sana. Mfalme akasema, “Kaeni huko Yeriko mpaka ndevu zenu ziote, ndipo mje.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1CH.19.6" />Waamoni walipotambua kuwa wamekuwa machukizo kwa Daudi, Hanuni na Waamoni wakatuma talanta 1,000<f caller="+"><fr>19:6
</fr><ft>Talanta 1,000 za fedha ni sawa na tani 34.</ft></f> za fedha ili kukodisha magari ya vita pamoja na waendeshaji wa hayo magari ya kukokotwa na farasi, kutoka Aramu-Naharaimu,<f caller="+"><fr>19:6
</fr><ft>Yaani Mesopotamia ya Kaskazini-Magharibi.</ft></f> Aramu-Maaka na Soba.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1CH.19.7" />Wakakodisha magari ya vita 32,000 yakiwa na waendeshaji wake, pamoja na mfalme wa Maaka na vikosi vyake, wakaja na kupiga kambi karibu na Medeba. Waamoni nao wakakusanyika toka miji yao, wakatoka ili kupigana vita.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1CH.19.8" />Daudi aliposikia jambo hili, akamtuma Yoabu na jeshi lote la wapiganaji.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1CH.19.9" />Waamoni wakatoka wakajipanga wakiwa tayari kwa vita langoni la mji wao, wakati wale wafalme wengine waliokuja nao walijipanga kwa vita uwanjani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1CH.19.10" />Yoabu akaona kuwa mbele yake na nyuma yake kumepangwa vita; kwa hiyo akachagua baadhi ya vikosi vilivyo bora sana katika Israeli akavipanga dhidi ya Waaramu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1CH.19.11" />Akawaweka wale wanajeshi wengine waliobaki chini ya amri ya Abishai ndugu yake, nao wakapangwa ili wakabiliane na Waamoni.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1CH.19.12" />Yoabu akasema, “Kama Waaramu watanizidi nguvu, basi itakupasa wewe unisaidie; lakini kama Waamoni watakuzidi nguvu, basi mimi nitakusaidia.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1CH.19.13" />Uwe hodari na tupigane kwa ujasiri kwa ajili ya watu wetu na miji ya Mungu wetu.
<nd>Bwana</nd> atafanya lile lililo jema machoni pake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1CH.19.14" />Basi Yoabu na vikosi vyake wakasonga mbele kupigana na Waaramu, nao Waaramu wakakimbia mbele yake.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1CH.19.15" />Waamoni walipoona Waaramu wanakimbia, nao pia wakakimbia mbele ya nduguye Abishai na kuingia ndani ya mji. Basi Yoabu akarudi Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="1CH.19.16" />Baada ya Waaramu kuona kwamba wameshindwa na Israeli, wakapeleka wajumbe na kuwataka Waaramu wengine kutoka ngʼambo ya Mto Frati, wakiongozwa na Shofaki, jemadari wa jeshi la Hadadezeri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1CH.19.17" />Daudi alipoambiwa haya, akawakusanya Israeli wote na kuvuka Yordani. Akasonga mbele dhidi yao na akajipanga kuwakabili. Daudi akapanga vita ili kupigana na Waaramu, nao wakapigana dhidi yake.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1CH.19.18" />Lakini Waaramu wakakimbia mbele ya Israeli, naye Daudi akawaua waendesha magari 7,000 na askari wao wa miguu 40,000. Pia akamuua Shofaki, jemadari wa jeshi lao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1CH.19.19" />Raiya wa Hadadezeri walipoona kuwa wameshindwa na Israeli, wakafanya mapatano ya amani na Daudi, wakawa watumishi wake.
</p>
<p style="p">Hivyo Waaramu hawakukubali kuwasaidia Waamoni tena.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="20" />
<s style="s1">Kutekwa Kwa Raba
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Samweli 12:26-31)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CH.20.1" />Mwanzoni mwa mwaka mpya, wakati ambapo wafalme huenda vitani, Yoabu aliliongoza jeshi. Aliangamiza nchi ya Waamoni, na akaenda Raba na kuuzingira, lakini Daudi alibaki Yerusalemu. Yoabu akashambulia Raba na kuuacha ukiwa magofu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CH.20.2" />Daudi akachukua taji kutoka kwa kichwa cha mfalme wao, lililokuwa na uzito wa talanta moja ya dhahabu,<f caller="+"><fr>20:2
</fr><ft>Talanta moja ya dhahabu ni sawa na kilo 34.</ft></f> nayo ilizungushiwa vito vya thamani. Ikawekwa juu ya kichwa cha Daudi. Alichukua nyara nyingi kutoka mjini huo.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1CH.20.3" />Akawatoa watu waliokuwa humo, akawaweka wafanye kazi kwa misumeno, sululu za chuma na mashoka. Daudi akafanya hivi kwa miji yote ya Waamoni. Kisha Daudi na jeshi lake lote wakarudi Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Vita Na Wafilisti
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Samweli 21:15-22)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1CH.20.4" />Baada ya muda, kulitokea vita dhidi ya Wafilisti, huko Gezeri. Wakati huo Sibekai, Mhushathi, akamuua Sipai, aliyekuwa mmoja wa wazao wa Warefai,<f caller="+"><fr>20:4
</fr><ft>Yaani majitu.</ft></f> nao Wafilisti wakashindwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1CH.20.5" />Katika vita vingine na Wafilisti, Elhanani mwana wa Yairi alimuua Lahmi nduguye Goliathi, Mgiti, ambaye mkuki wake ulikuwa na mpini kama mti wa mfumaji.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1CH.20.6" />Katika vita vingine tena, vilivyopiganwa huko Gathi, kulikuwako na mtu mmoja mkubwa mwenye vidole sita katika kila mkono na vidole sita katika kila mguu: jumla vidole ishirini na vinne. Yeye alikuwa pia mzao wa Mrefai.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1CH.20.7" />Alipowadhihaki Israeli, Yonathani, mwana wa Shimea, nduguye Daudi, akamuua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1CH.20.8" />Hawa walikuwa ndio wazao wa Warefai huko Gathi, nao walianguka kwa mikono ya Daudi na watu wake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="21" />
<s style="s1">Daudi Ahesabu Wapiganaji
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Samweli 24:1-25)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CH.21.1" />Shetani akainuka dhidi ya Israeli na kumshawishi Daudi ahesabu watu wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CH.21.2" />Kwa hiyo Daudi akamwambia Yoabu na majemadari wa jeshi, “Nendeni mkawahesabu Waisraeli kuanzia Beer-Sheba mpaka Dani. Kisha nileteeni taarifa ili kwamba niweze kufahamu wako wangapi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1CH.21.3" />Yoabu akajibu, “<nd>Bwana</nd> na aongeze jeshi lake mara mia na zaidi. Mfalme bwana wangu, kwani hawa wote si raiya wa bwana wangu? Kwa nini bwana wangu unataka kufanya hivi? Kwa nini kuleta hatia juu ya Israeli?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1CH.21.4" />Hata hivyo, neno la mfalme likawa na nguvu juu ya Yoabu; kwa hiyo Yoabu akaondoka na kuzunguka Israeli yote kisha akarudi Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1CH.21.5" />Yoabu akampa Daudi jumla ya idadi ya watu wanaoweza kupigana. Katika Israeli kulikuwa na watu 1,100,000 ambao wangeweza kutumia upanga na katika Yuda watu 470,000.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1CH.21.6" />Lakini Yoabu hakuwahesabu Walawi na Wabenyamini, kwa sababu alichukizwa sana na amri ya mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1CH.21.7" />Amri hii ilikuwa mbaya machoni pa Mungu pia; hivyo akaiadhibu Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1CH.21.8" />Kisha Daudi akamwambia Mungu, “Nimetenda dhambi kubwa kwa kufanya jambo hili. Sasa, ninakusihi, ondoa hatia ya mtumishi wako. Nimefanya jambo la kipumbavu sana.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1CH.21.9" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Gadi, mwonaji wa Daudi,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1CH.21.10" />“Nenda ukamwambie Daudi, hivi ndivyo asemavyo Bwana: ‘Ninakupa wewe uchaguzi wa mambo matatu. Nichagulie mojawapo nitakalotenda dhidi yako.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1CH.21.11" />Kwa hiyo Gadi akamwendea Daudi akamwambia, “Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemalo: ‘Chagua:
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1CH.21.12" />miaka mitatu ya njaa, au miezi mitatu ya kushindwa na adui zako, ukipatwa na upanga wao, au siku tatu za upanga wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, yaani, siku tatu za tauni katika nchi na malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akiangamiza kila mahali katika Israeli.’ Sasa basi, amua jinsi nitakavyomjibu yeye aliyenituma.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1CH.21.13" />Daudi akamwambia Gadi, “Ninayo mahangaiko makubwa. Mimi na nianguke mikononi mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa maana rehema zake ni kuu mno, lakini usiniache niangukie mikononi mwa wanadamu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1CH.21.14" />Basi
<nd>Bwana</nd> akatuma tauni katika Israeli, watu 70,000 wa Israeli wakafa.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1CH.21.15" />Mungu akapeleka malaika kuangamiza Yerusalemu. Lakini malaika alipokuwa akifanya hivyo,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaona na akahuzunika kwa sababu ya maafa, akamwambia yule malaika aliyekuwa anaangamiza watu, “Yatosha! Rudisha mkono wako.” Wakati huo malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amesimama katika sakafu ya kupuria nafaka ya Arauna<f caller="+"><fr>21:15
</fr><ft>Pia anaitwa Ornani kwa Kiebrania.</ft></f> Myebusi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="1CH.21.16" />Daudi akayainua macho yake akamwona huyo malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akiwa amesimama katikati ya mbingu na dunia, naye ameunyoosha upanga wake juu ya Yerusalemu tayari kuangamiza. Kisha Daudi na wazee, waliokuwa wamevaa nguo za gunia, wakaanguka kifudifudi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1CH.21.17" />Daudi akamwambia Mungu, “Je, si mimi ndiye niliyeamuru watu wahesabiwe? Mimi ndiye niliyetenda dhambi na kukosa. Hawa ni kondoo tu. Wamefanya nini? Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wangu, mkono wako na uwe juu yangu mimi na jamaa yangu, lakini usiache tauni hii iendelee juu ya watu wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1CH.21.18" />Kisha malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwamuru Gadi amwambie Daudi apande na kumjengea
<nd>Bwana</nd> madhabahu kwenye sakafu ya kupuria nafaka ya Arauna Myebusi.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1CH.21.19" />Kwa hiyo Daudi akakwea, akalitii lile neno ambalo Gadi alikuwa amelisema katika jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="1CH.21.20" />Arauna alipokuwa akipura ngano, akageuka akamwona yule malaika. Wanawe wanne waliokuwa pamoja naye wakajificha, yeye akaendelea kupura ngano.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1CH.21.21" />Kisha Daudi akakaribia, Arauna alipotazama na kumwona, akaondoka kwenye uwanja wa kupuria nafaka akamsujudia Daudi akiuinamisha uso wake ardhini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="1CH.21.22" />Daudi akamwambia, “Nipatie huu uwanja wako wa kupuria nafaka ili niweze kujenga madhabahu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> tauni ipate kukomeshwa katika watu. Niuzie kwa bei yake kamili.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1CH.21.23" />Arauna akamwambia Daudi, “Uchukue huo uwanja. Mfalme bwana wangu na afanye lolote analopenda. Tazama, nitatoa maksai kwa ajili ya sadaka za kuteketezwa, vifaa vya kupuria kuwa kuni, pamoja na ngano kwa ajili ya dhabihu ya nafaka. Natoa hivi vyote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="1CH.21.24" />Lakini Mfalme Daudi akamjibu Arauna, “La hasha! Lakini ninasisitiza kwamba nitalipa bei yake kamili. Sitachukua kilicho chako kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> au kutoa sadaka ya kuteketezwa ambayo hainigharimu chochote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="1CH.21.25" />Basi Daudi akamlipa Arauna shekeli za dhahabu 600<f caller="+"><fr>21:25
</fr><ft>Shekeli 600 za dhahabu ni sawa na kilo 7.</ft></f> kwa ajili ya ule uwanja.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="1CH.21.26" />Kisha Daudi akamjengea
<nd>Bwana</nd> madhabahu mahali hapo, na kutoa sadaka za kuteketezwa na sadaka za amani. Akamwita
<nd>Bwana</nd> naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akajibu maombi yake kwa moto toka mbinguni juu ya madhabahu ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="1CH.21.27" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akanena na yule malaika, naye akarudisha upanga wake katika ala yake.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1CH.21.28" />Wakati huo, Daudi alipoona kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> amemjibu kule kwenye uwanja wa kupuria nafaka wa Arauna Myebusi, akatoa dhabihu huko.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="1CH.21.29" />Maskani ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ambayo Mose aliitengeneza kule jangwani, pamoja na madhabahu ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa kwa wakati huo vilikuwa viko mahali pa juu pa kuabudia huko Gibeoni.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1CH.21.30" />Lakini Daudi hakuthubutu kuisogelea ili kumuuliza Mungu, kwa sababu aliuogopa upanga wa yule malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="22" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CH.22.1" />Ndipo Daudi akasema, “Nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu itakuwa mahali hapa, pia pamoja na madhabahu ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa kwa ajili ya Israeli.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maandalizi Kwa Ajili Ya Hekalu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="1CH.22.2" />Kwa hiyo Daudi akatoa amri wakusanyike wageni wote waliokuwa wanaishi Israeli, na kutoka miongoni mwao akaweka waashi ili kuchonga mawe kwa ajili ya kujenga nyumba ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1CH.22.3" />Daudi akatoa chuma tele ili kutengenezea misumari kwa ajili ya mafungo ya malango ya nyumba na shaba tele isiyopimika.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1CH.22.4" />Pia akatoa magogo ya mierezi yasiyohesabika, kwa kuwa Wasidoni na Watiro walikuwa wamemletea Daudi idadi kubwa ya mierezi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1CH.22.5" />Daudi akasema, “Mwanangu Solomoni bado ni mdogo wa umri na hana uzoefu. Nyumba itakayojengwa kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> inatakiwa iwe yenye uzuri mwingi na sifa na fahari mbele ya mataifa yote. Kwa hiyo nitaifanyia matayarisho.” Daudi akafanya matayarisho makubwa kabla ya kifo chake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1CH.22.6" />Kisha akamwita Solomoni mwanawe akamwagiza kujenga nyumba kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1CH.22.7" />Daudi akamwambia Solomoni: “Mwanangu, nilikuwa na jambo hili ndani ya moyo wangu kujenga nyumba kwa ajili ya Jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wangu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1CH.22.8" />Lakini neno hili la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia, kusema: ‘Wewe umemwaga damu nyingi na kupigana vita vingi. Wewe hutajenga nyumba kwa ajili ya Jina langu, kwa sababu umemwaga damu nyingi juu ya nchi machoni pangu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1CH.22.9" />Lakini utakuwa na mwana ambaye atakuwa mtu wa amani na utulivu nami nitampa utulivu mbele ya adui zake wote pande zote. Jina lake ataitwa Solomoni, nami nitawapa Israeli amani na utulivu wakati wa utawala wake.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1CH.22.10" />Yeye ndiye atakayejenga nyumba kwa ajili ya Jina langu. Yeye atakuwa mwanangu, nami nitakuwa baba yake. Nami nitakifanya imara kiti chake cha enzi cha utawala wake katika Israeli milele.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1CH.22.11" />“Sasa, mwanangu,
<nd>Bwana</nd> awe pamoja nawe, nawe uwe na mafanikio upate kuijenga nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako, kama alivyosema utafanya.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1CH.22.12" /><nd>Bwana</nd> na akupe hekima na ufahamu wakati atakuweka juu ya Israeli, ili uweze kuishika sheria ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1CH.22.13" />Ndipo utakapofanikiwa, ikiwa utakuwa na bidii kutii amri na sheria
<nd>Bwana</nd> alizompa Mose kwa ajili ya Israeli. Uwe hodari na ushujaa. Usiogope wala usikate tamaa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1CH.22.14" />“Nimejitaabisha sana ili kupata mahitaji kwa ajili ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>: talanta 100,000<f caller="+"><fr>22:14
</fr><ft>Talanta 100,000 za dhahabu ni sawa na tani 3,750.</ft></f> za dhahabu, talanta 1,000,000<f caller="+"><fr>22:14
</fr><ft>Talanta 1,000,000 za fedha ni sawa na tani 37,500.</ft></f> za fedha na kiasi kisichopimika cha shaba na chuma, pia mbao na mawe. Nawe waweza kuviongeza.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1CH.22.15" />Unao wafanyakazi wengi: Wachonga mawe, waashi na maseremala, pamoja na watu walio na ustadi katika kila kazi
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1CH.22.16" />wa kufua dhahabu, fedha, shaba na chuma, mafundi wasiohesabika. Sasa basi anza kazi hii, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> awe pamoja nawe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1CH.22.17" />Kisha Daudi akawaamuru viongozi wote wa Israeli wamsaidie Solomoni mwanawe.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1CH.22.18" />Akawaambia, “Je,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu si yuko pamoja na ninyi? Pia si amewapa raha pande zote? Kwa maana amewatia wenyeji wa nchi mkononi mwangu, nayo nchi iko chini ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> na watu wake.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1CH.22.19" />Sasa itoeni mioyo yenu na nafsi zenu katika kumtafuta
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu. Anzeni kujenga Maskani ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu, ili mweze kulileta Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na vyombo vitakatifu vya Mungu katika Hekalu litakalojengwa kwa ajili ya Jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="23" />
<s style="s1">Jamaa Za Walawi Na Utendaji Wao
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CH.23.1" />Daudi alipokuwa mzee aliyeshiba siku, akamfanya Solomoni mwanawe kuwa mfalme juu ya Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="1CH.23.2" />Pia akawakusanya pamoja viongozi wote wa Israeli, pamoja na makuhani na Walawi.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1CH.23.3" />Walawi waliokuwa na umri wa miaka thelathini au zaidi walihesabiwa, nayo hesabu ya wanaume ilikuwa 38,000.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1CH.23.4" />Daudi akasema, “Miongoni mwa hawa, 24,000 watasimamia kazi ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na 6,000 watakuwa maafisa na waamuzi,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1CH.23.5" />na 4,000 watakuwa mabawabu, na wengine 4,000 watamsifu
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa ala za uimbaji nilizotoa kwa ajili ya kusudi hilo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1CH.23.6" />Daudi akawagawa Walawi katika makundi kufuatana na wana wa Lawi: Gershoni, Kohathi na Merari.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wagershoni
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="7" bcv="1CH.23.7" />Wana wa Wagershoni walikuwa wawili:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Ladani na Shimei.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="8" bcv="1CH.23.8" />Wana wa Ladani walikuwa watatu:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yehieli wa kwanza, Zethamu na Yoeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="9" bcv="1CH.23.9" />Wana wa Shimei walikuwa watatu:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Shelomothi,<f caller="+"><fr>23:9
</fr><ft>Yaani Shelomithi; maana yake ni Mpenda amani.</ft></f> Hazieli na Harani.
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Hawa watatu walikuwa viongozi wa jamaa za Ladani.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="10" bcv="1CH.23.10" />Nao wana wa Shimei walikuwa wanne:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yahathi, Zina,<f caller="+"><fr>23:10
</fr><ft>Tafsiri zingine zinamwita Ziza.</ft></f> Yeushi na Beria.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="11" bcv="1CH.23.11" />Yahathi alikuwa wa kwanza na Ziza wa pili, lakini Yeushi na Beria hawakuwa na wana wengi; kwa hiyo walihesabiwa kama jamaa moja, wakapewa wajibu kwa pamoja.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wakohathi
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="12" bcv="1CH.23.12" />Wana wa Kohathi walikuwa wanne:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Amramu, Ishari, Hebroni na Uzieli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="13" bcv="1CH.23.13" />Wana wa Amramu walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Aroni na Mose.
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Aroni waliwekwa wakfu, yeye na wazao wake milele, wawe wakiweka wakfu vitu ambavyo ni vitakatifu mno, kutoa dhabihu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kuhudumu mbele zake na kutamka baraka katika Jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> milele.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1CH.23.14" />Wana wa Mose mtu wa Mungu walihesabiwa kama sehemu ya kabila la Lawi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="15" bcv="1CH.23.15" />Wana wa Mose walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Gershomu na Eliezeri.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="16" bcv="1CH.23.16" />Wazao wa Gershomu:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Shebueli alikuwa wa kwanza.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="17" bcv="1CH.23.17" />Wazao wa Eliezeri:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Rehabia alikuwa wa kwanza.
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Eliezeri alikuwa na mwana mmoja tu, lakini wana wa Rehabia walikuwa wengi sana.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="18" bcv="1CH.23.18" />Wana wa Ishari:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Shelomithi alikuwa wa kwanza.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="19" bcv="1CH.23.19" />Wana wa Hebroni walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yeria alikuwa wa kwanza, wa pili Amaria, wa tatu Yahazieli, na wa nne Yekameamu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="20" bcv="1CH.23.20" />Wana wa Uzieli walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Mika wa kwanza na Ishia wa pili.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wamerari
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="21" bcv="1CH.23.21" />Wana wa Merari walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Mahli na Mushi.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Wana wa Mahli walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Eleazari na Kishi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="22" bcv="1CH.23.22" />Eleazari akafa bila ya kuwa na wana: alikuwa na binti tu. Binamu zao, wana wa Kishi, wakawaoa.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="23" bcv="1CH.23.23" />Wana wa Mushi:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Mahli, Ederi na Yeremothi; wote walikuwa watatu.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="1CH.23.24" />Hawa walikuwa wazao wa Lawi kwa jamaa zao. Wakuu wa jamaa kama walivyoandikwa kwa majina yao na kuhesabiwa kila mmoja, yaani, wenye uwezo wa kufanya kazi kuanzia miaka ishirini au zaidi, waliohudumu katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1CH.23.25" />Kwa maana Daudi alikuwa amesema, “Kwa vile
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli amewapa watu wake raha na amekuja kuishi Yerusalemu milele,
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="1CH.23.26" />Walawi hawahitaji tena kubeba Maskani wala chombo chochote cha utumishi wake.”
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1CH.23.27" />Kulingana na maagizo ya mwisho ya Daudi, Walawi waliohesabiwa ni wale wa kuanzia umri wa miaka ishirini au zaidi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="1CH.23.28" />Wajibu wa Walawi ulikuwa kuwasaidia wazao wa Aroni kuhudumu katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Kuwa wasimamizi wa nyua, vyumba vya pembeni, kutakasa vyombo vitakatifu na utendaji mwingine wowote katika nyumba ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="1CH.23.29" />Walikuwa wasimamizi wa mikate iliyowekwa mezani, unga kwa ajili ya sadaka za nafaka, mikate isiyotiwa chachu, uokaji na uchanganyaji, pamoja na vipimo vyote vya wingi na ukubwa.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1CH.23.30" />Pia ulikuwa wajibu wao kila asubuhi kumshukuru na kumsifu
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Iliwapasa pia kufanya hivyo jioni
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="1CH.23.31" />na wakati wowote sadaka za kuteketezwa zilipotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> siku za Sabato na kwenye sikukuu za Mwezi Mwandamo na katika sikukuu nyingine zilizoamriwa. Iliwapasa kuhudumu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> mara kwa mara kwa idadi maalum na kwa namna waliyokuwa wamepewa maelekezo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="1CH.23.32" />Hivyo Walawi wakafanya wajibu wao katika Hema la Kukutania, katika Mahali Patakatifu chini ya uongozi wa ndugu zao wazao wa Aroni, kwa ajili ya utumishi katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="24" />
<s style="s1">Migawanyo Ya Makuhani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CH.24.1" />Hii ndiyo migawanyo ya wana wa Aroni:
</p>
<p style="p">Aroni alikuwa na wana wanne: Nadabu, Abihu, Eleazari na Ithamari.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CH.24.2" />Nadabu na Abihu walikufa kabla ya baba yao, nao hawakuwa na wana; kwa hiyo ndugu zao Eleazari na Ithamari wakahudumu kama makuhani.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1CH.24.3" />Akisaidiwa na Sadoki mwana wa Eleazari na Ahimeleki mwana wa Ithamari, Daudi aliwapanga wazao wa Aroni katika migawanyo kufuatana na wajibu wa huduma zao.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1CH.24.4" />Idadi kubwa ya viongozi walipatikana miongoni mwa wazao wa Eleazari, kuliko miongoni mwa wazao wa Ithamari, nao waligawanywa kwa uwiano: Viongozi kumi na sita kutoka jamaa ya wazao wa Eleazari na viongozi wanane kutoka jamaa ya wazao wa Ithamari.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1CH.24.5" />Waliwagawanya bila upendeleo kwa kupiga kura, kwa kuwa kulikuwa na maafisa wa mahali patakatifu na maafisa wa Mungu miongoni mwa wazao wale wa Eleazari na wale wa Ithamari.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1CH.24.6" />Mwandishi Shemaya mwana wa Nethaneli, Mlawi, aliorodhesha majina yao mbele ya Mfalme Daudi na maafisa: Kuhani Sadoki, Ahimeleki mwana wa Abiathari, na viongozi wa jamaa za makuhani na za Walawi: jamaa moja ikitoka upande wa Eleazari na nyingine upande wa Ithamari.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="7" bcv="1CH.24.7" />Kura ya kwanza ilimwangukia Yehoyaribu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">ya pili Yedaya,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="8" bcv="1CH.24.8" />ya tatu Harimu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">ya nne Seorimu,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="9" bcv="1CH.24.9" />ya tano Malkiya,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">ya sita Miyamini,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="10" bcv="1CH.24.10" />ya saba Hakosi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">ya nane Abiya,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="11" bcv="1CH.24.11" />ya tisa Yeshua,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">ya kumi Shekania,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="12" bcv="1CH.24.12" />ya kumi na moja Eliashibu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">ya kumi na mbili Yakimu,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="13" bcv="1CH.24.13" />ya kumi na tatu Hupa,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">ya kumi na nne Yeshebeabu,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="14" bcv="1CH.24.14" />ya kumi na tano Bilga,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">ya kumi na sita Imeri,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="15" bcv="1CH.24.15" />ya kumi na saba Heziri,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">ya kumi na nane Hapisesi,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="16" bcv="1CH.24.16" />ya kumi na tisa Pethahia,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">ya ishirini Yehezkeli,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="17" bcv="1CH.24.17" />ya ishirini na moja Yakini,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">ya ishirini na mbili Gamuli,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="18" bcv="1CH.24.18" />ya ishirini na tatu Delaya,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">ya ishirini na nne Maazia.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1CH.24.19" />Huu ulikuwa ndio utaratibu wao uliokubalika wa kuhudumu walipoingia katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> kulingana na masharti waliyoelekezwa na Aroni baba yao, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, alivyokuwa amemwamuru.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Walawi Waliobaki
</s>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="20" bcv="1CH.24.20" />Kuhusu wazao wa Lawi waliobaki:
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Kutoka kwa wana wa Amramu: alikuwa Shubaeli;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">kutoka kwa wana wa Shubaeli: alikuwa Yedeya.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="21" bcv="1CH.24.21" />Kwa wa Rehabia, kutoka kwa wanawe:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Ishia alikuwa wa kwanza.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="22" bcv="1CH.24.22" />Kutoka kwa Waishari: alikuwa Shelomithi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">kutoka kwa wana wa Shelomithi: alikuwa Yahathi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="23" bcv="1CH.24.23" />Wana wa Hebroni: Yeria alikuwa mkuu, Amaria wa pili, Yahazieli wa tatu, na Yekameamu wa nne.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="24" bcv="1CH.24.24" />Mwana wa Uzieli: alikuwa Mika;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">kutoka kwa wana wa Mika: alikuwa Shamiri.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="25" bcv="1CH.24.25" />Ndugu yake Mika: alikuwa Ishia;
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">na kutoka kwa wana wa Ishia: alikuwa Zekaria.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="26" bcv="1CH.24.26" />Wana wa Merari: walikuwa Mahli na Mushi.
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Mwana wa Yaazia: alikuwa Beno.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="27" bcv="1CH.24.27" />Wana wa Merari:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">kutoka kwa Yaazia: ni Beno, Shohamu, Zakuri na Ibri.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="28" bcv="1CH.24.28" />Kutoka kwa Mahli: alikuwa Eleazari, ambaye hakuwa na wana.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="29" bcv="1CH.24.29" />Kutoka kwa Kishi: mwana wa Kishi:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">alikuwa Yerameeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="30" bcv="1CH.24.30" />Nao wana wa Mushi: walikuwa Mahli, Ederi na Yeremothi.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p">Hawa walikuwa Walawi kulingana na jamaa zao.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="1CH.24.31" />Pia walipiga kura kama vile ndugu zao wazao wa Aroni walivyofanya, mbele ya Mfalme Daudi, Sadoki, Ahimeleki na mbele ya viongozi wa jamaa ya makuhani na ya Walawi. Jamaa za ndugu wakubwa zilitendewa sawasawa na zile za ndugu wadogo.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="25" />
<s style="s1">Waimbaji
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CH.25.1" />Daudi, pamoja na majemadari wa jeshi, wakawatenga baadhi ya wana wa Asafu, wana wa Hemani na wana wa Yeduthuni, kwa ajili ya huduma ya kutoa unabii, wakitumia vinubi, zeze na matoazi. Hii ndiyo orodha ya watu waliofanya huduma hii:
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="2" bcv="1CH.25.2" />Kutoka kwa wana wa Asafu walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Zakuri, Yosefu, Nethania na Asarela. Wana wa Asafu walikuwa chini ya usimamizi wa Asafu, ambaye alitoa unabii chini ya usimamizi wa mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="3" bcv="1CH.25.3" />Wana wa Yeduthuni walikuwa sita:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Gedalia, Seri, Yeshaya, Shimei, Hashabia, na Matithia, nao walikuwa chini ya usimamizi wa baba yao Yeduthuni, wao walikuwa wakitoa unabii wakitumia vinubi, wakimshukuru na kumtukuza
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="4" bcv="1CH.25.4" />Wana wa Hemani walikuwa:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Bukia, Matania, Uzieli, Shebueli na Yeremothi, Hanania, Hanani, Eliatha, Gidalti na Romamti-Ezeri, Yoshbekasha, Malothi, Hothiri na Mahaziothi.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1CH.25.5" />Wote hawa walikuwa wana wa Hemani mwonaji wa mfalme. Aliwapata wana hawa kutokana na ahadi ya Mungu ili kumwinua. Mungu alimpa Hemani wana kumi na wanne na binti watatu.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1CH.25.6" />Hawa wanaume wote walikuwa chini ya usimamizi wa baba yao kwa ajili ya uimbaji katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> wakitumia matoazi, zeze na vinubi, kwa ajili ya huduma katika nyumba ya Mungu. Asafu, Yeduthuni na Hemani walikuwa chini ya usimamizi wa mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1CH.25.7" />Pamoja na ndugu zao wote walikuwa wamefundishwa na kuwa stadi wa uimbaji kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Idadi yao walikuwa 288.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1CH.25.8" />Vijana kwa wazee, walimu kwa wanafunzi, wote walipanga kazi zao kwa kupiga kura.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<table><tr><tc level="1">
<v id="9" bcv="1CH.25.9" />Kura ya kwanza, ambayo ilikuwa kwa ajili ya Asafu, ilimwangukia Yosefu, <optionalLineBreak /> wanawe na jamaa zake,
</tc><tc level="2">12
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">Ya pili ikamwangukia Gedalia, <optionalLineBreak /> yeye na wanawe pamoja na jamaa zake,
</tc><tc level="2">12
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1CH.25.10" />Ya tatu ikamwangukia Zakuri, <optionalLineBreak /> wanawe na jamaa zake,
</tc><tc level="2">12
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1CH.25.11" />ya nne ikamwangukia Isri,<f caller="+"><fr>25:11
</fr><ft>Isri jina lingine ni Seri.</ft></f> // wanawe na jamaa zake,
</tc><tc level="2">12
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1CH.25.12" />ya tano ikamwangukia Nethania, <optionalLineBreak /> wanawe na jamaa zake,
</tc><tc level="2">12
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1CH.25.13" />ya sita ikamwangukia Bukia, <optionalLineBreak /> wanawe na jamaa zake,
</tc><tc level="2">12
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1CH.25.14" />ya saba ikamwangukia Yesarela,<f caller="+"><fr>25:14
</fr><ft>Yesarela jina lingine ni Asarela.</ft></f> // wanawe na jamaa zake,
</tc><tc level="2">12
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1CH.25.15" />ya nane ikamwangukia Yeshaya, <optionalLineBreak /> wanawe na jamaa zake,
</tc><tc level="2">12
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1CH.25.16" />ya tisa ikamwangukia Matania, <optionalLineBreak /> wanawe na jamaa zake,
</tc><tc level="2">12
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1CH.25.17" />ya kumi ikamwangukia Shimei, <optionalLineBreak /> wanawe na jamaa zake,
</tc><tc level="2">12
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1CH.25.18" />ya kumi na moja ikamwangukia Azareli,<f caller="+"><fr>25:18
</fr><ft>Azareli jina lingine ni Uzieli.</ft></f> // wanawe na jamaa zake,
</tc><tc level="2">12
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1CH.25.19" />ya kumi na mbili ikamwangukia Hashabia, <optionalLineBreak /> wanawe na jamaa zake,
</tc><tc level="2">12
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1CH.25.20" />ya kumi na tatu ikamwangukia Shubaeli, <optionalLineBreak /> wanawe na jamaa zake,
</tc><tc level="2">12
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1CH.25.21" />ya kumi na nne ikamwangukia Matithia, <optionalLineBreak /> wanawe na jamaa zake,
</tc><tc level="2">12
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1CH.25.22" />ya kumi na tano ikamwangukia Yeremothi, <optionalLineBreak /> wanawe na jamaa zake,
</tc><tc level="2">12
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1CH.25.23" />Ya kumi na sita ikamwangukia Hanania, <optionalLineBreak /> wanawe na jamaa zake,
</tc><tc level="2">12
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1CH.25.24" />ya kumi na saba ikamwangukia Yoshbekasha, <optionalLineBreak /> wanawe na jamaa zake,
</tc><tc level="2">12
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1CH.25.25" />ya kumi na nane ikamwangukia Hanani, <optionalLineBreak /> wanawe na jamaa zake,
</tc><tc level="2">12
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="1CH.25.26" />ya kumi na tisa ikamwangukia Malothi, <optionalLineBreak /> wanawe na jamaa zake,
</tc><tc level="2">12
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1CH.25.27" />ya ishirini ikamwangukia Eliatha, <optionalLineBreak /> wanawe na jamaa zake,
</tc><tc level="2">12
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1CH.25.28" />ya ishirini na moja ikamwangukia Hothiri, <optionalLineBreak /> wanawe na jamaa zake,
</tc><tc level="2">12
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="1CH.25.29" />ya ishirini na mbili ikamwangukia Gidalti, <optionalLineBreak /> wanawe na jamaa zake,
</tc><tc level="2">12
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1CH.25.30" />ya ishirini na tatu ikamwangukia Mahaziothi, <optionalLineBreak /> wanawe na jamaa zake,
</tc><tc level="2">12
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="1CH.25.31" />ya ishirini na nne ikamwangukia Romamti-Ezeri, <optionalLineBreak /> wanawe na jamaa zake,
</tc><tc level="2">12.
<ve />
</tc></tr></table>
<c id="26" />
<s style="s1">Mabawabu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CH.26.1" />Hii ndiyo migawanyo ya mabawabu:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Kutoka kwa wana wa Kora alikuwa: Meshelemia mwana wa Kore, mmoja wa wana wa Asafu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="2" bcv="1CH.26.2" />Meshelemia alikuwa na wana wafuatao:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Zekaria mzaliwa wa kwanza,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yediaeli wa pili,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Zebadia wa tatu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yathnieli wa nne,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="3" bcv="1CH.26.3" />Elamu wa tano
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yehohanani wa sita
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">na Eliehoenai wa saba.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="4" bcv="1CH.26.4" />Obed-Edomu naye alikuwa na wana wafuatao:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Shemaya mzaliwa wa kwanza,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yehozabadi wa pili,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yoa wa tatu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Sakari wa nne,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Nethaneli wa tano,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="5" bcv="1CH.26.5" />Amieli wa sita,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Isakari wa saba,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">na Peulethai wa nane.
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">(Kwa kuwa Mungu alikuwa amembariki Obed-Edomu.)
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="6" bcv="1CH.26.6" />Shemaya mwanawe pia alikuwa na wana, waliokuwa viongozi katika jamaa ya baba yao kwa sababu walikuwa watu wenye uwezo mkubwa.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1CH.26.7" />Wana wa Shemaya ni: Othni, Refaeli, Obedi na Elizabadi; jamaa zake Elihu na Semakia walikuwa pia watu wenye uwezo.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1CH.26.8" />Hawa wote walikuwa wazao wa Obed-Edomu; wao na wana wao na jamaa zao walikuwa watu wenye uwezo pamoja na nguvu za kufanya kazi. Wazao wa Obed-Edomu jumla yao walikuwa sitini na wawili.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="9" bcv="1CH.26.9" />Meshelemia alikuwa na wana na jamaa zake, waliokuwa watu wenye uwezo: jumla yao watu kumi na wanane.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="10" bcv="1CH.26.10" />Hosa, Mmerari, alikuwa na wana wafuatao: Shimri alikuwa mkuu wao (baba yake alikuwa amemweka yeye kuwa mkuu ijapokuwa hakuwa mzaliwa wa kwanza),
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1CH.26.11" />Hilkia wa pili, Tabalia wa tatu na Zekaria wa nne. Wana na jamaa za Hosa jumla yao walikuwa watu kumi na watatu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1CH.26.12" />Hii migawanyo ya mabawabu, kupitia wakuu wao, walikuwa na zamu za kuhudumu hekaluni mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kama jamaa zao walivyokuwa nazo.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1CH.26.13" />Kura zilipigwa kwa kila lango, kufuatana na jamaa zao, wakubwa kwa wadogo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1CH.26.14" />Kura ya Lango la Mashariki ilimwangukia Shelemia.<f caller="+"><fr>26:14
</fr><ft>Shelemia jina lingine ni Meshelemia.</ft></f> Kisha wakapiga kura kwa Zekaria mwanawe, aliyekuwa mshauri mwenye hekima, nayo kura ya Lango la Kaskazini ikamwangukia.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1CH.26.15" />Kura ya Lango la Kusini ikamwangukia Obed-Edomu, nayo kura ya maghala ikawaangukia wanawe.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1CH.26.16" />Kura za Lango la Magharibi na Lango la Shalekethi kwenye barabara ya juu zikawaangukia Shupimu na Hosa.
</p>
<p style="p">Zamu za walinzi ziligawanywa kwa usawa:
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1CH.26.17" />Kulikuwa na Walawi sita kila siku upande wa mashariki, wanne upande wa kaskazini, wanne upande wa kusini, na wawili wawili kwa mara moja kwenye ghala.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1CH.26.18" />Kuhusu ukumbi kuelekea magharibi, kulikuwa na wanne barabarani na wawili kwenye ukumbi wenyewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1CH.26.19" />Hii ndiyo iliyokuwa migawanyo ya mabawabu waliokuwa wazao wa Kora na wa Merari.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Watunza Hazina Na Maafisa Wengine
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="1CH.26.20" />Katika Walawi, Ahiya alikuwa mwangalizi wa hazina za nyumba ya Mungu na mwangalizi wa hazina za vitu vilivyowekwa wakfu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="1CH.26.21" />Wazao wa Ladani, waliokuwa Wagershoni kupitia Ladani na waliokuwa viongozi wa jamaa za Ladani Mgershoni, walikuwa Yehieli,
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1CH.26.22" />wana wa Yehieli, wana wa Zethamu na wa nduguye Yoeli. Wao walikuwa waangalizi wa hazina za Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1CH.26.23" />Kutoka kwa wana wa Amramu, wana wa Ishari, wana wa Hebroni na wana wa Uzieli:
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="24" bcv="1CH.26.24" />Shebueli, mzao wa Gershomu mwana wa Mose, alikuwa afisa mwangalizi wa hazina.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1CH.26.25" />Jamaa zake kutoka kwa Eliezeri, wanawe walikuwa: Rehabia, Yeshaya, Yoramu, Zikri na Shelomithi.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="1CH.26.26" />Shelomithi na jamaa zake walikuwa waangalizi wa hazina zote za vitu vile vilivyowekwa wakfu na Mfalme Daudi, kwa viongozi wa jamaa waliokuwa majemadari wa maelfu na majemadari wa mamia, na kwa maafisa wengine wa jeshi.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1CH.26.27" />Baadhi ya nyara zilizotekwa vitani waliziweka wakfu kwa ajili ya ukarabati wa Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1CH.26.28" />Kila kitu kilichokuwa kimewekwa wakfu na Samweli mwonaji, na Sauli mwana wa Kishi, Abneri mwana wa Neri, na Yoabu mwana wa Seruya, pamoja na vitu vingine vyote vilivyokuwa vimewekwa wakfu, vyote vilikuwa chini ya uangalizi wa Shelomithi na jamaa zake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="29" bcv="1CH.26.29" />Kutoka kwa wana wa Ishari: Kenania na wanawe walipewa kazi nje ya Hekalu kama maafisa na waamuzi juu ya Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="30" bcv="1CH.26.30" />Kutoka kwa wana wa Hebroni: Hashabia na jamaa zake, watu 1,700 wenye uwezo, waliwajibika katika Israeli magharibi ya Yordani kwa ajili ya kazi zote za
<nd>Bwana</nd> na utumishi wa mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="1CH.26.31" />Kuhusu wana wa Hebroni, Yeria alikuwa mkuu wao kufuatana na orodha ya jamaa yao. Katika mwaka wa arobaini wa utawala wa Daudi uchunguzi ulifanyika katika kumbukumbu, nao watu wenye uwezo miongoni mwa wana wa Hebroni wakapatikana huko Yazeri katika Gileadi.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="1CH.26.32" />Yeria alikuwa na jamaa ya watu 2,700 waliokuwa watu wenye uwezo na viongozi wa jamaa, naye Mfalme Daudi akawaweka kuangalia Wareubeni, Wagadi na nusu ya kabila Manase kuhusu kila jambo lililomhusu Mungu na shughuli za mfalme.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="27" />
<s style="s1">Vikosi Vya Jeshi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CH.27.1" />Hii ndiyo orodha ya Waisraeli: viongozi wa jamaa, majemadari wa maelfu, majemadari wa mamia na maafisa wao, waliomtumikia mfalme kwa lolote lililohusu vikosi vya jeshi vilivyokuwa zamu mwezi baada ya mwezi katika mwaka mzima. Kila kikosi kimoja kilikuwa na watu 24,000.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="2" bcv="1CH.27.2" />Msimamizi wa kikosi cha kwanza kwa mwezi wa kwanza alikuwa Yashobeamu mwana wa Zabdieli. Kulikuwa na watu 24,000 katika kikosi chake.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1CH.27.3" />Yeye alikuwa mzao wa Peresi, na mkuu wa maafisa wote wa jeshi kwa mwezi wa kwanza.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="4" bcv="1CH.27.4" />Msimamizi wa kikosi kwa mwezi wa pili alikuwa Dodai Mwahohi. Miklothi ndiye alikuwa kiongozi wa kikosi chake. Kikosi chake kilikuwa na watu 24,000.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="5" bcv="1CH.27.5" />Jemadari wa kikosi cha tatu kwa mwezi wa tatu alikuwa Benaya mwana wa kuhani Yehoyada. Ndiye alikuwa mkuu wa kikosi chake kilichokuwa na watu 24,000.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1CH.27.6" />Huyu ndiye yule Benaya aliyekuwa shujaa miongoni mwa wale Thelathini na ndiye alikuwa juu yao hao Thelathini. Mwanawe Amizabadi ndiye alikuwa mkuu katika kikosi chake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="7" bcv="1CH.27.7" />Jemadari wa nne kwa mwezi wa nne alikuwa Asaheli nduguye Yoabu, mwanawe Zebadia ndiye aliingia mahali pake kwenye uongozi. Kikosi chake kilikuwa na watu 24,000.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="8" bcv="1CH.27.8" />Jemadari wa kikosi cha tano kwa mwezi wa tano alikuwa Shamhuthi Mwizrahi. Kikosi chake kilikuwa na watu 24,000.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="9" bcv="1CH.27.9" />Jemadari wa kikosi cha sita kwa mwezi wa sita alikuwa Ira, mwana wa Ikeshi Mtekoa. Kikosi chake kilikuwa na watu 24,000.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="10" bcv="1CH.27.10" />Jemadari wa kikosi cha saba kwa mwezi wa saba alikuwa Helesi Mpeloni wa Waefraimu. Kikosi chake kilikuwa na watu 24,000.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="11" bcv="1CH.27.11" />Jemadari wa nane kwa mwezi wa nane, alikuwa Sibekai Mhushathi wa Wazera. Kikosi chake kilikuwa na watu 24,000.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="12" bcv="1CH.27.12" />Jemadari wa tisa kwa mwezi wa tisa alikuwa Abiezeri Mwanathothi wa Wabenyamini. Kikosi chake kilikuwa na watu 24,000.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="13" bcv="1CH.27.13" />Jemadari wa kumi kwa mwezi wa kumi alikuwa Maharai Mnetofathi wa Wazera. Kikosi chake kilikuwa na watu 24,000.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="14" bcv="1CH.27.14" />Jemadari wa kumi na moja kwa mwezi wa kumi na moja alikuwa Benaya Mpirathoni wa Waefraimu. Kikosi chake kilikuwa na watu 24,000.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="15" bcv="1CH.27.15" />Jemadari wa kumi na mbili kwa mwezi wa kumi na mbili alikuwa Heldai Mnetofathi kutoka jamaa ya Othnieli. Kikosi chake kilikuwa na watu 24,000.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maafisa Wa Makabila
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="16" bcv="1CH.27.16" />Maafisa waliokuwa wanaoongoza makabila ya Israeli walikuwa:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Kwa Wareubeni: Eliezeri mwana wa Zikri;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kwa Wasimeoni: Shefatia mwana wa Maaka;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="17" bcv="1CH.27.17" />kwa Walawi: Hashabia mwana wa Kemueli;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kwa Aroni: Sadoki;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="18" bcv="1CH.27.18" />kwa Yuda: Elihu, nduguye Daudi;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kwa Waisakari: Omri mwana wa Mikaeli;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="19" bcv="1CH.27.19" />kwa Wazabuloni: Ishmaya mwana wa Obadia;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kwa Wanaftali: Yeremothi mwana wa Azrieli;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="20" bcv="1CH.27.20" />kwa Waefraimu: Hoshea mwana wa Azazia;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kwa nusu ya kabila la Manase: Yoeli mwana wa Pedaya;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="21" bcv="1CH.27.21" />kwa nusu nyingine ya kabila la Manase huko Gileadi: Ido mwana wa Zekaria;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kwa Wabenyamini: Yaasieli mwana wa Abneri;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="22" bcv="1CH.27.22" />kwa Wadani: Azareli mwana wa Yerohamu.
</p>
<p style="p">Hao ndio waliokuwa maafisa wa makabila ya Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1CH.27.23" />Daudi hakuwahesabu watu waliokuwa chini ya miaka ishirini, kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa ameahidi kuwafanya Israeli kuwa wengi kama nyota za angani.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1CH.27.24" />Yoabu mwana wa Seruya alianza kuwahesabu watu lakini hakumaliza. Kwa sababu ya kuwahesabu watu, hasira ya Mungu iliwaka juu ya Israeli, nayo hiyo hesabu yao haikuingizwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za Mfalme Daudi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wasimamizi Wa Mali Za Mfalme
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="1CH.27.25" />Azmawethi mwana wa Adieli ndiye alikuwa msimamizi wa hazina za mfalme.
</p>
<p style="p">Msimamizi wa hazina katika mashamba, miji, vijiji na kwenye ngome alikuwa Yonathani mwana wa Uzia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="1CH.27.26" />Ezri mwana wa Kelubu alikuwa msimamizi wa wafanyakazi waliolima katika mashamba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="1CH.27.27" />Shimei Mramathi alikuwa msimamizi wa mashamba ya mizabibu.
</p>
<p style="p">Zabdi Mshifmi alikuwa msimamizi wa zabibu, utengenezaji na uhifadhi wa divai katika mapipa makubwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="1CH.27.28" />Baal-Hanani Mgederi ndiye alikuwa mwangalizi wa mashamba ya mfalme ya mizeituni na mikuyu katika tambarare za vilima vya magharibi.
</p>
<p style="p">Yoashi alikuwa msimamizi wa ghala za mafuta ya zeituni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="1CH.27.29" />Shitrai Msharoni alikuwa msimamizi wa makundi ya ngʼombe waliojilisha huko Sharoni.
</p>
<p style="p">Shafati mwana wa Adlai alikuwa msimamizi wa yale makundi ya ngʼombe yaliyokuwa makondeni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="1CH.27.30" />Obili Mwishmaeli alikuwa msimamizi wa ngamia.
</p>
<p style="p">Yedeya Mmeronothi alikuwa msimamizi wa punda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="1CH.27.31" />Yazizi Mhagri alikuwa msimamizi wa makundi ya kondoo na mbuzi.
</p>
<p style="p">Hawa wote ndio waliokuwa maafisa wasimamizi wa mali alizokuwa nazo Mfalme Daudi.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="1CH.27.32" />Yonathani mjomba wa Daudi alikuwa mshauri, mtu mwenye ufahamu mkubwa na mwandishi. Yehieli mwana wa Hakmoni alikuwa akiwahudumia wana wa mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="1CH.27.33" />Ahithofeli alikuwa mshauri wa mfalme.
</p>
<p style="p">Hushai Mwariki alikuwa rafiki wa mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="1CH.27.34" />Baada ya Ahithofeli, Yehoyada mwana wa Benaya aliingia mahali pake kama mshauri wa mfalme pamoja na Abiathari.
</p>
<p style="p">Yoabu alikuwa ndiye jemadari wa majeshi ya mfalme.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="28" />
<s style="s1">Maandalizi Ya Daudi Ya Kujenga Hekalu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CH.28.1" />Daudi akawaita maafisa wote wa Israeli wakusanyike huko Yerusalemu: yaani, maafisa walio juu ya makabila, majemadari wa vikosi katika utumishi wa mfalme, majemadari wa maelfu na majemadari wa mamia, maafisa wanaosimamia mali zote na mifugo ya mfalme na wanawe, wakiwemo maafisa wa jumba la kifalme, mashujaa na askari wote walio hodari.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="1CH.28.2" />Mfalme Daudi akainuka na kusema: “Nisikilizeni ndugu zangu nanyi watu wangu. Nilikuwa na nia ya kujenga nyumba ili iwe mahali pa kukaa Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa ajili ya kuwa mahali pa kuwekea miguu ya Mungu wetu, nami nikafanya maandalizi ya kuijenga.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1CH.28.3" />Lakini Mungu akaniambia, ‘Wewe hutajenga nyumba kwa Jina langu, kwa sababu wewe umepigana vita na umemwaga damu.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1CH.28.4" />“Hata hivyo,
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, alinichagua mimi kutoka jamaa yangu yote niwe mfalme juu ya Israeli milele. Alimchagua Yuda kuwa kiongozi na kutoka nyumba ya Yuda akaichagua jamaa yangu na kutoka wana wa baba yangu ikampendeza kunifanya niwe mfalme juu ya Israeli yote.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1CH.28.5" />Miongoni mwa wanangu wote, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> amenipa wengi, amemchagua Solomoni mwanangu ili kukikalia kiti cha enzi cha ufalme wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> juu ya Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1CH.28.6" />Aliniambia, ‘Solomoni mwanao ndiye atakayejenga nyumba yangu na nyua zangu, kwa maana nimemchagua yeye kuwa mwanangu, nami nitakuwa baba yake.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1CH.28.7" />Nitaufanya imara ufalme wake milele kama akiendelea kuzishika amri zangu na sheria zangu, kama afanyavyo hivi leo.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1CH.28.8" />“Hivyo basi ninawaagiza mbele za Israeli yote na kusanyiko hili la
<nd>Bwana</nd> naye Mungu wetu akiwa anasikia: Kuweni na bidii kuzifuata amri za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, ili mpate kumiliki nchi hii nzuri na kuwaachia wana wenu kuwa urithi milele.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1CH.28.9" />“Nawe Solomoni mwanangu, mjue Mungu wa baba yako, ukamtumikie kwa kujitoa kwa moyo wote na kwa nia ya kumkubali, kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> huuchunguza kila moyo na kujua kila kusudi la kila fikira. Ukimtafuta, ataonekana kwako; bali kama ukimwacha, yeye atakukataa milele.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1CH.28.10" />Angalia basi, kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> amekuchagua wewe ili ujenge Hekalu kuwa mahali patakatifu. Uwe hodari ukafanye kazi hiyo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1CH.28.11" />Ndipo Daudi akampa Solomoni mwanawe kielelezo kwa ajili ya ukumbi wa Hekalu, nyumba zake, vyumba vyake vya hazina, ghorofa zake, vyumba vyake vya ndani na mahali pa kufanyia upatanisho.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1CH.28.12" />Akampa vielelezo vya yote Roho alikuwa ameviweka moyoni mwake kwa ajili ya kumbi za Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na vyumba vyote vilivyolizunguka, kwa ajili ya hazina za Hekalu la Mungu na kwa hazina za vitu vilivyowekwa wakfu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1CH.28.13" />Mfalme pia akampa Solomoni maelekezo kwa ajili ya migawanyo ya huduma za makuhani na Walawi, pia kwa ajili ya kazi zote za huduma katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Akampa pia maelezo kuhusu vifaa vyote vya kutumika katika huduma ya Hekalu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1CH.28.14" />Akamwagizia uzito wa dhahabu kwa ajili ya vitu vyote vya dhahabu vya kutumika katika huduma mbalimbali, uzito wa fedha kwa ajili ya vitu vyote vya fedha vya kutumika katika huduma mbalimbali.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1CH.28.15" />Uzito wa dhahabu kwa ajili ya vinara vya dhahabu na taa zake, kukiwa na uzito kwa ajili ya kila kinara na taa zake, pamoja na uzito wa fedha kwa ajili ya kila kinara cha fedha na taa zake, kulingana na matumizi ya kila kinara;
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1CH.28.16" />uzito wa dhahabu kwa ajili ya meza ya mikate iliyowekwa wakfu, uzito wa fedha kwa ajili ya meza ya fedha;
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1CH.28.17" />uzito wa dhahabu safi kwa ajili ya nyuma, mabakuli ya kunyunyizia na vikombe, masinia; uzito wa dhahabu kwa ajili ya kila bakuli la dhahabu; uzito wa fedha kwa ajili ya kila bakuli la fedha;
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1CH.28.18" />na uzito wa dhahabu safi kwa ajili ya madhabahu ya kufukizia uvumba. Pia alimpa kielelezo kwa ajili ya gari, yaani, wale makerubi wa dhahabu waliokunjua mbawa zao na kuweka kivuli juu ya Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1CH.28.19" />Daudi akasema, “Hii yote, ninayo kwa maandishi kutoka mkononi mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ulio juu yangu, naye amenipa ufahamu kwa ajili ya habari zote za kielelezo hiki.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="1CH.28.20" />Daudi pia akamwambia Solomoni mwanawe, “Uwe hodari na moyo mkuu, ukafanye kazi hii. Usiogope wala usifadhaike, kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliye Mungu, Mungu wangu yu pamoja nawe. Hatakuacha wala hatakupungukia mpaka kazi hii yote kwa ajili ya utumishi wa Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> itakapokamilika.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1CH.28.21" />Migawanyo ya makuhani na Walawi iko tayari kwa ajili ya kazi yote katika Hekalu la Mungu, naye kila mtu mwenye moyo wa kupenda mwenye ustadi katika aina yoyote ya ufundi atakusaidia katika kazi yote. Maafisa na watu wote watatii kila agizo lako.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="29" />
<s style="s1">Matoleo Kwa Ajili Ya Ujenzi Wa Hekalu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CH.29.1" />Ndipo Mfalme Daudi akaliambia kusanyiko lote: “Mwanangu Solomoni, yeye ambaye Mungu amemchagua, ni kijana mdogo na asiye na uzoefu. Kazi hii ni kubwa, kwa sababu Hekalu hili la fahari si kwa ajili ya mwanadamu bali ni kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CH.29.2" />Kwa uwezo wangu wote nimetenga mali kwa ajili ya Hekalu la Mungu wangu: dhahabu kwa kazi za dhahabu, fedha kwa ajili ya fedha, shaba kwa kazi za shaba, chuma kwa kazi za chuma na miti kwa kazi za miti, vivyo hivyo vito vya shohamu kwa ajili ya kutia kwenye vijalizo, almasi, mawe ya rangi mbalimbali, aina zote za vito vya thamani na marmar; yote haya kwa wingi mno.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1CH.29.3" />Zaidi ya hayo, kwa kujitolea kwangu kwa ajili ya Hekalu la Mungu wangu, sasa ninatoa hazina zangu mwenyewe za dhahabu na fedha kwa ajili ya Hekalu la Mungu wangu, zaidi ya mali niliyotoa kwa ajili ya Hekalu hili takatifu:
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1CH.29.4" />talanta 3,000<f caller="+"><fr>29:4
</fr><ft>Talanta 3,000 za dhahabu sawa na tani 110.</ft></f> za dhahabu (dhahabu ya Ofiri) na talanta 7,000<f caller="+"><fr>29:4
</fr><ft>Talanta 7,000 za fedha ni sawa na tani 260.</ft></f> za fedha safi iliyosafishwa, kwa ajili ya kufunika kuta za Hekalu,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1CH.29.5" />kwa kazi ya dhahabu na kazi ya fedha na kwa kazi yote itakayofanywa na mafundi. Basi, ni nani anayependa kujitoa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> leo?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1CH.29.6" />Ndipo viongozi wa jamaa, maafisa wa kabila za Israeli, majemadari wa maelfu na majemadari wa mamia, pamoja na maafisa waliokuwa wasimamizi wa kazi za mfalme wakatoa kwa hiari yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1CH.29.7" />Wakatoa kwa ajili ya kazi ya Hekalu la Mungu talanta 5,000<f caller="+"><fr>29:7
</fr><ft>Talanta 5,000 za dhahabu ni sawa na tani 190.</ft></f> na darkoni 10,000<f caller="+"><fr>29:7
</fr><ft>Darkoni 10,000 za dhahabu ni sawa na kilo 84.</ft></f> za dhahabu, talanta 10,000<f caller="+"><fr>29:7
</fr><ft>Talanta 10,000 za fedha ni sawa na tani 375.</ft></f> za fedha, talanta 18,000<f caller="+"><fr>29:7
</fr><ft>Talanta 18,000 za shaba ni sawa na tani 675.</ft></f> za shaba na talanta 100,000<f caller="+"><fr>29:7
</fr><ft>Talanta 100,000 za chuma ni sawa na tani 3,750.</ft></f> za chuma.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1CH.29.8" />Kila mmoja aliyekuwa na vito vya thamani akavitoa katika hazina ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> chini ya uangalizi wa Yehieli Mgershoni.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1CH.29.9" />Watu wakafurahi kwa sababu ya itikio la hiari la viongozi wao, kwa kuwa walikuwa wametoa kwa hiari na kwa moyo wote kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Mfalme Daudi pia akafurahi sana.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maombi Ya Daudi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1CH.29.10" />Daudi akamhimidi
<nd>Bwana</nd> mbele ya kusanyiko lote, akisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Uhimidiwe wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu wa Israeli baba yetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tangu milele hata milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="1CH.29.11" />Ukuu na uweza, ni vyako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na utukufu na enzi na uzuri,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa kila kilichoko mbinguni na duniani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni chako wewe.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ufalme ni wako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umetukuzwa kuwa mkuu juu ya yote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="1CH.29.12" />Utajiri na heshima vyatoka kwako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe ndiwe utawalaye vitu vyote.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mikononi mwako kuna nguvu na uweza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kuinua na kuwapa wote nguvu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="1CH.29.13" />Sasa, Mungu wetu, tunakushukuru
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kulisifu Jina lako tukufu.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1CH.29.14" />“Lakini mimi ni nani, nao watu wangu ni nani, hata tuweze kukutolea kwa ukarimu namna hii? Vitu vyote vyatoka kwako, nasi tumekutolea tu vile vitokavyo mkononi mwako.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1CH.29.15" />Sisi ni wageni na wapitaji machoni pako, kama walivyokuwa baba zetu wote. Siku zetu duniani ni kama kivuli, bila tumaini.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1CH.29.16" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu, kwa wingi wote huu ambao tumekutolea kwa kujenga Hekalu kwa ajili ya Jina lako Takatifu, vimetoka mkononi mwako, navyo vyote ni mali yako.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1CH.29.17" />Ninajua, Mungu wangu, kwamba wewe huujaribu moyo na unapendezwa na unyofu. Vitu hivi vyote nimetoa kwa hiari na kwa moyo mnyofu. Nami sasa nimeona kwa furaha jinsi watu wako walioko hapa kwa hiari yao walivyokutolea wewe.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1CH.29.18" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zetu Abrahamu, Isaki na Israeli, weka shauku hii ndani ya mioyo ya watu wako daima na uifanye mioyo yao iwe na uaminifu kwako.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1CH.29.19" />Nawe umpe mwanangu Solomoni kujitolea kwako kwa moyo wote ili kuzishika amri zako, masharti yako, maagizo yako na kufanya kila kitu ili kujenga Hekalu hili la fahari ambalo kwa ajili yake nimetoa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="1CH.29.20" />Ndipo Daudi akaliambia kusanyiko lote, “Mhimidini
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.” Hivyo wote wakamhimidi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zao. Wakasujudu na kuanguka kifudifudi mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> na mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Solomoni Akubalika Kuwa Mfalme
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="1CH.29.21" />Siku ya pili yake wakamtolea
<nd>Bwana</nd> dhabihu na sadaka za kuteketezwa: mafahali 1,000, kondoo dume 1,000 na wana-kondoo dume 1,000, pamoja na sadaka za kinywaji na sadaka nyingine nyingi sana kwa ajili ya Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1CH.29.22" />Wakala na kunywa kwa furaha kubwa mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> siku ile.
</p>
<p style="p">Wakamtawaza Solomoni mwana wa Daudi mara ya pili kuwa mfalme, wakamtia mafuta kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ili awe mfalme na Sadoki kuwa kuhani.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1CH.29.23" />Solomoni akaketi kwenye kiti cha enzi cha
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuwa mfalme mahali pa Daudi baba yake. Akafanikiwa sana na Israeli wote wakamtii.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1CH.29.24" />Maafisa wote na mashujaa, pamoja na wana wote wa Daudi, wakaahidi kumtii Mfalme Solomoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="1CH.29.25" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamtukuza sana Solomoni mbele ya Israeli wote na kumvika fahari ya kifalme ambayo hakuna mfalme yeyote wa Israeli kabla yake aliwahi kuwa nayo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Muhtasari Wa Utawala Wa Daudi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="1CH.29.26" />Daudi mwana wa Yese alikuwa mfalme wa Israeli yote.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1CH.29.27" />Alitawala Israeli kwa miaka arobaini: huko Hebroni alitawala miaka saba, na katika Yerusalemu akatawala miaka thelathini na mitatu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="1CH.29.28" />Daudi akafa akiwa mzee mwenye umri mwema, akiwa ameshiba siku, utajiri na heshima. Naye Solomoni mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="1CH.29.29" />Kuhusu matukio ya utawala wa Mfalme Daudi, kuanzia mwanzo hadi mwisho, yameandikwa katika kumbukumbu za mwonaji Samweli, na kumbukumbu za nabii Nathani na kumbukumbu za mwonaji Gadi,
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1CH.29.30" />pamoja na habari zote za utawala wake, nguvu zake na matukio yaliyompata yeye, na Israeli, na falme za nchi nyingine zote.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="2CH"><id id="2CH">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>2 Mambo Ya Nyakati
</h><toc level="1">2 Mambo Ya Nyakati
</toc><toc level="2">2 Nyakati
</toc><toc level="3">2Nya
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">2 Mambo Ya Nyakati
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Solomoni Aomba Hekima
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Wafalme 3:1-15)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.1.1" />Solomoni mwana wa Daudi alijiimarisha kwenye milango yote! Katika ufalme wake, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wake alikuwa pamoja naye, naye akamfanya mkuu mno.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="2CH.1.2" />Ndipo Solomoni akasema na Israeli wote, majemadari wa maelfu na majemadari wa mamia, waamuzi na viongozi wote katika Israeli, pamoja na wakuu wa jamaa.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CH.1.3" />Naye Solomoni na kusanyiko lote wakakwea mpaka mahali pa juu pa kuabudia huko Gibeoni, kwa kuwa huko ndiko Hema la Kukutania la Mungu lilipokuwa, ambalo Mose mtumishi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amelitengeneza huko jangwani.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CH.1.4" />Basi Daudi alikuwa amelipandisha Sanduku la Mungu kutoka Kiriath-Yearimu mpaka mahali alipokuwa amepatengeneza kwa ajili yake, kwa sababu alikuwa amesimamisha hema kwa ajili ya hilo Sanduku huko Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CH.1.5" />Lakini yale madhabahu ya shaba ambayo Bezaleli mwana wa Uri, mwana wa Huri, alikuwa ametengeneza yalikuwa huko Gibeoni mbele ya Maskani ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu, hivyo Solomoni na kusanyiko lote walimtafuta Mungu huko.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CH.1.6" />Solomoni akapanda huko yalikokuwa madhabahu ya shaba mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> katika Hema la Kukutania, na kutoa dhabihu 1,000 za sadaka za kuteketezwa juu yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2CH.1.7" />Usiku ule Mungu akamtokea Solomoni na kumwambia, “Omba lolote utakalo nikupe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2CH.1.8" />Solomoni akamjibu Mungu, “Umemwonyesha baba yangu Daudi fadhili nyingi, nawe umeniweka niwe mfalme mahali pake.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CH.1.9" />Sasa,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu, ahadi yako kwa baba yangu Daudi na ithibitike, kwa kuwa umenifanya mimi mfalme juu ya watu ambao ni wengi kama mavumbi ya nchi.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CH.1.10" />Nakuomba unipe mimi hekima na maarifa, ili niweze kuongoza watu hawa, kwa kuwa ni nani awezaye kutawala hawa watu wako walio wengi hivi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2CH.1.11" />Mungu akamwambia Solomoni, “Kwa kuwa jambo hili ndilo shauku ya moyo wako na hukuomba mali, utajiri au heshima, wala kifo kwa ajili ya adui zako, nawe kwa kuwa hukuomba maisha marefu, bali umeomba hekima na maarifa ili kuongoza watu wangu ambao nimekufanya uwe mfalme juu yao,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2CH.1.12" />kwa hiyo utapewa hekima na maarifa. Tena nitakupa pia mali, utajiri na heshima, ambavyo hakuna mfalme yeyote aliyekuwepo kabla yako amewahi kuwa navyo, na hakuna yeyote baada yako atakayekuwa navyo.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Fahari Ya Solomoni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Wafalme 10:26-29)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2CH.1.13" />Ndipo Solomoni akaenda mpaka Yerusalemu kutoka mahali pa juu pa kuabudia huko Gibeoni, kutoka mbele ya Hema la Kukutania. Naye akatawala Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2CH.1.14" />Solomoni akakusanya magari ya vita na farasi. Alikuwa na magari 1,400 na farasi 12,000, ambayo aliyaweka katika miji ya magari na mengine akawa nayo huko Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2CH.1.15" />Mfalme akafanya fedha na dhahabu kuwa vitu vya kawaida kama mawe huko Yerusalemu, mierezi akaifanya kuwa mingi kama mikuyu vilimani.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2CH.1.16" />Farasi wa Solomoni waliletwa kutoka Misri na kutoka Kue.<f caller="+"><fr>1:16
</fr><ft>Yaani Kilikia.</ft></f> Wafanyabiashara wa mfalme waliwanunua kutoka Kue.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CH.1.17" />Waliagiza magari kutoka Misri kwa bei ya shekeli 600<f caller="+"><fr>1:17
</fr><ft>Shekeli 600 za fedha ni sawa na kilo 7.</ft></f> za fedha, na farasi kwa shekeli 150.<f caller="+"><fr>1:17
</fr><ft>Shekeli 150 ni sawa na kilo 1.7.</ft></f> Pia waliwauza nje kwa wafalme wote wa Wahiti na wa Waaramu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Maandalizi Ya Kujenga Hekalu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Wafalme 5:1-18)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.2.1" />Solomoni akatoa amri kujenga Hekalu kwa ajili ya Jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na jumba la kifalme kwa ajili yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CH.2.2" />Solomoni akaandika watu 70,000 kuwa wachukuzi wa mizigo, na watu 80,000 kuwa wachonga mawe vilimani, na watu 3,600 kuwa wasimamizi wao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2CH.2.3" />Solomoni akapeleka ujumbe huu kwa Mfalme Hiramu wa Tiro:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Unitumie magogo ya mierezi kama ulivyomfanyia baba yangu Daudi wakati ulipompelekea mierezi ya kujenga jumba lake la kifalme la kuishi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CH.2.4" />Sasa ninakaribia kujenga Hekalu kwa ajili ya Jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wangu na kuliweka wakfu kwake kwa ajili ya kufukizia uvumba wenye harufu nzuri mbele zake, mahali pa kuweka mikate ya Wonyesho kwa kufuata utaratibu na kwa ajili ya mahali pa kutolea sadaka za kuteketezwa kila siku asubuhi na jioni, siku za Sabato na Mwezi Mwandamo pia katika sikukuu zilizoamriwa za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu. Hili ni agizo la kudumu kwa ajili ya Waisraeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="5" bcv="2CH.2.5" />“Hekalu nitakalolijenga litakuwa kubwa, kwa sababu Mungu wetu ni mkuu kuliko miungu mingine yote.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CH.2.6" />Lakini ni nani awezaye kumjengea Hekalu, maadamu mbingu, hata mbingu zilizo juu sana, haziwezi kumtosha? Mimi ni nani basi hata nimjengee Hekalu, isipokuwa liwe tu mahali pa kutolea dhabihu za kuteketezwa mbele zake?
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="7" bcv="2CH.2.7" />“Hivyo basi nitumie mtu mwenye ustadi wa kufanya kazi ya kutengeneza dhahabu na fedha, shaba na chuma, nyuzi za rangi ya zambarau, nyekundu na buluu, mwenye uzoefu wa kutia nakshi, ili afanye kazi Yuda na Yerusalemu pamoja na mafundi wangu wenye ustadi, ambao baba yangu Daudi aliwaweka.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="8" bcv="2CH.2.8" />“Pia nitumie magogo ya mierezi, miberoshi na misandali kutoka Lebanoni kwa maana najua kwamba watu wako wanao ujuzi wa kupasua mbao huko. Watu wangu watafanya kazi pamoja na watu wako
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CH.2.9" />ili wanipatie mbao kwa wingi kwa sababu Hekalu nitakalojenga lazima liwe kubwa na zuri kabisa.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CH.2.10" />Nitawapa watumishi wako, yaani, maseremala wakatao mbao, kori 20,000<f caller="+"><fr>2:10
</fr><ft>Kori 20,000 za ngano ni sawa na lita 4,400.</ft></f> za unga wa ngano, kori 20,000 za shayiri, bathi 20,000<f caller="+"><fr>2:10
</fr><ft>Bathi 20,000 za mvinyo au mafuta ni sawa na lita 440,000.</ft></f> za mvinyo, na bathi 20,000 za mafuta ya zeituni.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2CH.2.11" />Ndipo Hiramu mfalme wa Tiro akamjibu Solomoni kwa barua:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> anawapenda watu wake, amekufanya wewe kuwa mfalme wao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2CH.2.12" />Naye Hiramu akaongeza kusema:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Ahimidiwe
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli aliyezifanya mbingu na nchi! Amempa Mfalme Daudi mwana mwenye hekima, aliyejaliwa maarifa na ufahamu, ambaye atajenga Hekalu kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na jumba la kifalme kwa ajili yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="13" bcv="2CH.2.13" />“Mimi nitamtuma kwako Huramu-Abi, mtu mwenye ustadi mwingi,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CH.2.14" />ambaye mama yake alitoka Dani na baba yake alitoka Tiro. Yeye ni stadi wa kutengeneza vitu, kufanya kazi zote za dhahabu, fedha, shaba, chuma, mawe na mbao pamoja na kufuma. Ni stadi katika kutia rangi ya zambarau, buluu, nyekundu na nguo za kitani safi. Yeye ana ujuzi katika aina zote za kutia nakshi na anaweza kufuatiliza mchoro wowote wa kazi anayopewa. Atafanya kazi na mafundi wako na wale wa bwana wangu, Daudi baba yako.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="15" bcv="2CH.2.15" />“Sasa basi bwana wangu na awapelekee watumishi wake ngano, shayiri, mafuta ya zeituni na mvinyo kama alivyoahidi,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2CH.2.16" />nasi tutakata magogo yote yale unayohitaji kutoka Lebanoni nasi tutayafunga pamoja na kuyaweka yaelee baharini mpaka Yafa. Kisha utaweza kuyachukua mpaka Yerusalemu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2CH.2.17" />Ndipo Solomoni akaamuru ifanyike hesabu ya wageni wote waliokuwa katika Israeli, baada ya ile hesabu iliyofanywa na Daudi; wakapatikana watu 153,600.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2CH.2.18" />Akawaweka watu 70,000 miongoni mwao kuwa wachukuzi wa mizigo, na 80,000 kuwa wachonga mawe vilimani, na 3,600 wakiwa wasimamizi juu yao ili wawahimize watu kufanya kazi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Solomoni Ajenga Hekalu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Wafalme 6:1-38; 7:15-22)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.3.1" />Ndipo Solomoni akaanza kujenga Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> katika Yerusalemu juu ya Mlima Moria, pale ambapo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amemtokea Daudi baba yake. Ilikuwa katika kiwanja cha kupuria cha Arauna,<f caller="+"><fr>3:1
</fr><ft>Pia anaitwa Ornani kwa Kiebrania.</ft></f> Myebusi, mahali palipotolewa na Daudi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CH.3.2" />Alianza kujenga siku ya pili ya mwezi wa pili katika mwaka wa nne wa utawala wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2CH.3.3" />Msingi aliouweka Solomoni kwa ajili ya kulijenga Hekalu la Mungu ulikuwa urefu wa dhiraa sitini<f caller="+"><fr>3:3
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 60 ni sawa na mita 27.</ft></f> na upana dhiraa ishirini.<f caller="+"><fr>3:3
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 20 ni sawa na mita 9.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CH.3.4" />Ukumbi wa mbele wa Hekalu ulikuwa na urefu wa dhiraa ishirini, yaani, kuanzia upande mmoja hadi upande mwingine wa upana wa nyumba hiyo na kimo chake dhiraa thelathini.<f caller="+"><fr>3:4
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 30 ni sawa na mita 13.5.</ft></f>
</p>
<p style="p">Akaufunika ndani kwa dhahabu safi.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CH.3.5" />Akaufunika ukumbi mkuu kwa mbao za miberoshi na kufunikwa kwa dhahabu safi na kuupamba kwa miti ya mitende na kuifanyizia kwa minyororo.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CH.3.6" />Alilipamba Hekalu kwa vito vya thamani. Hiyo dhahabu aliyotumia ilikuwa dhahabu ya Parvaimu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2CH.3.7" />Akazifunika boriti za dari, miimo na vizingiti vya milango, kuta na milango ya Hekalu kwa dhahabu, naye akatia nakshi ya makerubi kwenye kuta.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2CH.3.8" />Akajenga Patakatifu pa Patakatifu, urefu na upana wake ulikuwa dhiraa ishirini, sawasawa na upana wa Hekalu. Alifunika ndani kwa talanta 120<f caller="+"><fr>3:8
</fr><ft>Talanta 120 za dhahabu ni sawa na tani 23.</ft></f> za dhahabu safi.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CH.3.9" />Misumari ya dhahabu ilikuwa na uzito wa shekeli hamsini.<f caller="+"><fr>3:9
</fr><ft>Shekeli 50 za dhahabu ni sawa na gramu 600.</ft></f> Alivifunika pia vyumba vya juu kwa dhahabu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2CH.3.10" />Katika sehemu ya Patakatifu pa Patakatifu akafanyiza jozi moja ya makerubi ya kuchongwa na kuyafunika kwa dhahabu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2CH.3.11" />Urefu wa mabawa ya hao makerubi ulikuwa jumla ya dhiraa ishirini. Bawa moja la kerubi wa kwanza lilikuwa na urefu wa dhiraa tano,<f caller="+"><fr>3:11
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 5 ni sawa na mita 2.25.</ft></f> nalo liligusa ukuta wa Hekalu, bawa lake lingine, lilikuwa pia na urefu wa dhiraa tano, ambalo liligusa bawa la kerubi lingine.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2CH.3.12" />Vivyo hivyo bawa moja la kerubi wa pili lilikuwa na urefu wa dhiraa tano na liligusa ukuta mwingine wa pili wa Hekalu na bawa lake lingine, lilikuwa pia na urefu wa dhiraa tano nalo liligusa bawa la kerubi wa kwanza.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2CH.3.13" />Mabawa ya makerubi hawa yalitanda dhiraa ishirini. Walisimama kwa miguu yao, nyuso zao zikielekea ukumbi mkubwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2CH.3.14" />Akatengeneza pazia la nyuzi za rangi ya buluu, zambarau na nyekundu, na za kitani safi, na kutarizi makerubi juu yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2CH.3.15" />Mbele ya Hekalu Solomoni akatengeneza nguzo mbili, ambazo kwa pamoja zilikuwa na dhiraa thelathini na tano kwenda juu kwake, na urefu wa kila moja ilikuwa na taji juu yake yenye dhiraa tano.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2CH.3.16" />Akatengeneza minyororo iliyosokotwa, na kuiweka juu ya zile nguzo. Pia akatengeneza makomamanga 100, na kuyashikamanisha kwenye minyororo.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CH.3.17" />Akazisimamisha hizo nguzo mbele ya Hekalu, moja upande wa kusini na nyingine upande wa kaskazini. Ile moja ya upande wa kusini akaiita Yakini,<f caller="+"><fr>3:17
</fr><ft>Yakini maana yake Atathibitisha.</ft></f> na ya upande wa kaskazini akaiita Boazi.<f caller="+"><fr>3:17
</fr><ft>Boazi maana yake Imo nguvu.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Vifaa Vya Hekalu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Wafalme 7:23-51)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.4.1" />Mfalme Solomoni akatengeneza madhabahu ya shaba yenye urefu wa dhiraa ishirini,<f caller="+"><fr>4:1
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 20 ni sawa na mita 9.</ft></f> upana wa dhiraa ishirini na kimo chake dhiraa kumi.<f caller="+"><fr>4:1
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 10 ni sawa na mita 4.5.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CH.4.2" />Akatengeneza Bahari ya kusubu, yenye umbo la mviringo, ya dhiraa kumi kutoka ukingo hadi ukingo na kimo cha dhiraa tano. Kamba ya urefu wa dhiraa thelathini<f caller="+"><fr>4:2
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 30 ni sawa na mita 13.5.</ft></f> ingeweza kuizunguka.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CH.4.3" />Chini ya huo ukingo, kulikuwa na mafahali kuizunguka, yaani mafahali kumi katika kila dhiraa moja.<f caller="+"><fr>4:3
</fr><ft>Dhiraa moja ni sawa na sentimita 45.</ft></f> Hayo mafahali waliyasubu katika safu mbili yakiwa ya kitu kimoja na hiyo Bahari.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2CH.4.4" />Bahari hiyo ilikaa juu ya mafahali kumi na wawili, mafahali watatu walielekeza nyuso zao kaskazini, watatu magharibi, watatu kusini na watatu mashariki. Bahari hiyo ilikaa juu ya hao mafahali, nazo sehemu zao za nyuma zilielekeana.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CH.4.5" />Unene wake ulikuwa nyanda nne,<f caller="+"><fr>4:5
</fr><ft>Nyanda nne ni sawa na sentimita 7.5.</ft></f> na ukingo wake ulifanana na ukingo wa kikombe, kama ua la yungiyungi iliyochanua. Iliweza kuchukua bathi 3,000.<f caller="+"><fr>4:5
</fr><ft>Bathi 3,000 ni sawa na lita 60,000.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2CH.4.6" />Kisha akatengeneza masinia kumi kwa ajili ya kuoshea vifaa, naye akayaweka matano upande wa kusini na matano upande wa kaskazini. Ndani yake ndimo walioshea vifaa vya kutumika katika sadaka za kuteketezwa, lakini ile Bahari ilikuwa ni kwa ajili ya makuhani kunawia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2CH.4.7" />Akatengeneza vinara vya taa kumi vya dhahabu kama ilivyoainishwa kwao na kuviweka hekaluni, vinara vitano upande wa kusini na vitano upande wa kaskazini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2CH.4.8" />Akatengeneza meza kumi na kuziweka hekaluni, tano upande wa kusini na tano upande wa kaskazini. Pia akatengeneza mabakuli 100 ya dhahabu ya kunyunyizia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2CH.4.9" />Akatengeneza ukumbi wa makuhani na ukumbi mwingine mkubwa na milango yake, naye akaifunika hiyo milango kwa shaba.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CH.4.10" />Akaweka ile Bahari upande wa kusini, kwenye pembe ya kusini mashariki ya nyumba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2CH.4.11" />Pia akatengeneza masufuria, masepetu na mabakuli ya kunyunyizia.
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa hiyo Huramu akakamilisha kazi katika Hekalu la Mungu kama vile Mfalme Solomoni alikuwa amemwagiza, yaani:
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="12" bcv="2CH.4.12" />zile nguzo mbili;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">yale mataji mawili yaliyokuwa juu ya hizo nguzo,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">zile nyavu mbili za kupamba hayo mataji mawili yenye umbo la bakuli yaliyowekwa juu ya zile nguzo;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="13" bcv="2CH.4.13" />yale makomamanga 400 kwa ajili ya hizo nyavu mbili (safu mbili za makomamanga kwa kila wavu yakipamba hayo mataji mawili yenye umbo la bakuli juu ya hizo nguzo);
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="14" bcv="2CH.4.14" />vishikio pamoja na masinia yake;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="15" bcv="2CH.4.15" />hiyo Bahari na hao mafahali kumi na wawili chini yake;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="16" bcv="2CH.4.16" />pia hayo masufuria, masepetu, uma za nyama na vyombo vingine vyote vilivyohusiana.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p">Vitu vyote ambavyo Huramu-Abi alimtengenezea Mfalme Solomoni kwa ajili ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> vilikuwa vya shaba iliyosuguliwa.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CH.4.17" />Mfalme aliagiza wavisubu vitu hivi kwenye kalibu za udongo wa mfinyanzi katika uwanda wa Yordani kati ya Sukothi na Sereda.<f caller="+"><fr>4:17
</fr><ft>Au
</ft><fqa>Sarethani.</fqa></f>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2CH.4.18" />Vitu hivi vyote Mfalme Solomoni alivyotengeneza vilikuwa vingi sana hivi kwamba uzito wa shaba haungekadirika.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2CH.4.19" />Solomoni pia akatengeneza samani zote zilizokuwa ndani ya Hekalu la Mungu:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1">madhabahu ya dhahabu;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">meza za kuweka mikate ya Wonyesho;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="20" bcv="2CH.4.20" />vinara vya taa vya dhahabu safi pamoja na taa zake ili ziwake mbele ya sehemu takatifu ya ndani kama ilivyoelekezwa;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="21" bcv="2CH.4.21" />maua ya dhahabu yaliyofanyizwa, taa na makoleo (vilikuwa vya dhahabu bora kabisa);
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="22" bcv="2CH.4.22" />mikasi ya dhahabu safi, mabakuli ya kunyunyizia, masinia na vyetezo; milango ya dhahabu ya Hekalu: yaani milango ya ndani ya Patakatifu pa Patakatifu, na milango ya ukumbi mkuu.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />

<c id="5" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.5.1" />Hivyo Solomoni alipomaliza kazi ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akaviingiza ndani vile vitu ambavyo Daudi baba yake alikuwa ameviweka wakfu: yaani, fedha, dhahabu na samani; kisha akaviweka katika hazina za Hekalu la Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sanduku La Agano Laletwa Hekaluni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Wafalme 8:1-9)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="2CH.5.2" />Kisha Solomoni akawaita huko Yerusalemu wazee wa Israeli, viongozi wote wa makabila na wakuu wa jamaa za Waisraeli, ili walilete Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd> kutoka Sayuni, Mji wa Daudi.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CH.5.3" />Nao wanaume wote wa Israeli wakakusanyika kwa mfalme wakati wa sikukuu mwezi wa saba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2CH.5.4" />Wazee wote wa Israeli walipofika, Walawi wakajitwika Sanduku la Agano,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CH.5.5" />nao wakalipandisha Sanduku na Hema la Kukutania pamoja na vyombo vyote vitakatifu vilivyokuwa ndani yake. Makuhani, waliokuwa Walawi, walivibeba vitu hivyo,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CH.5.6" />naye Mfalme Solomoni na kusanyiko lote la Israeli waliokusanyika kumzunguka walikuwa mbele ya hilo Sanduku, nao wakatoa dhabihu nyingi za kondoo na ngʼombe ambao idadi yao haikuwezekana kuandikwa au kuhesabiwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2CH.5.7" />Makuhani wakalileta Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd> hadi mahali pake ndani ya sehemu takatifu ndani ya Hekalu, yaani Patakatifu pa Patakatifu, na kuliweka chini ya mabawa ya makerubi.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2CH.5.8" />Makerubi yalitandaza mabawa yao juu ya mahali pa Sanduku la Agano na kufunika Sanduku na mipiko yake ya kubebea.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CH.5.9" />Mipiko hiyo ilikuwa mirefu sana kiasi kwamba ncha zake zilizojitokeza kutoka kwenye Sanduku, nazo zilionekana ukiwa mbele ya Patakatifu pa Patakatifu, lakini sio nje ya Mahali Patakatifu. Hiyo mipiko ipo hata leo.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CH.5.10" />Ndani ya Sanduku hapakuwepo kitu kingine chochote isipokuwa zile mbao mbili ambazo Mose alikuwa ameziweka ndani yake huko Horebu, mahali ambapo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alifanya Agano na Waisraeli baada ya kutoka Misri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2CH.5.11" />Basi makuhani wakaondoka hapo Mahali Patakatifu. Makuhani wote waliokuwa huko walikuwa wamejiweka wakfu, bila kujali migawanyo yao.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2CH.5.12" />Walawi wote waliokuwa waimbaji, yaani, Asafu, Hemani, Yeduthuni, wana wa ndugu zao, walisimama upande wa mashariki wa madhabahu, wakiwa wamevaa kitani safi huku wakipiga matoazi, vinubi na zeze. Walikuwa pamoja na makuhani 120 wakipiga tarumbeta.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2CH.5.13" />Wapiga tarumbeta na waimbaji wakaungana katika sauti linganifu, ikawa kama vile ni sauti moja, wakimsifu na kumshukuru
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nao alipoinua sauti zao pamoja na tarumbeta na matoazi na vyombo vingine vya uimbaji, wakamsifu
<nd>Bwana</nd> wakisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Yeye ni mwema;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">upendo wake unadumu milele.”
</q>
<p style="p">Ndipo Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likajazwa na wingu,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CH.5.14" />nao makuhani hawakuweza kufanya huduma yao kwa sababu ya lile wingu, kwa kuwa utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ulijaza Hekalu la Mungu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Kuweka Hekalu Wakfu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Wafalme 8:12-21)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.6.1" />Ndipo Solomoni akasema, “<nd>Bwana</nd> alisema kwamba ataishi katika giza nene.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CH.6.2" />Nimejenga Hekalu zuri kwa ajili yako, mahali pako pa kukaa milele.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2CH.6.3" />Kusanyiko lote la Israeli lilipokuwa limesimama hapo, mfalme akageuka na kuwabariki.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CH.6.4" />Kisha akasema:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Ahimidiwe
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, ambaye kwa mikono yake mwenyewe ametimiza lile alilomwahidi Daudi baba yangu kwa kinywa chake mwenyewe. Kwa kuwa alisema,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CH.6.5" />‘Tangu siku niliyowatoa watu wangu kutoka Misri, sikuchagua mji katika kabila lolote la Israeli ili Hekalu lijengwe humo ili Jina langu lipate kuwamo humo, wala sikumchagua mtu yeyote kuwa kiongozi wa watu wangu Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CH.6.6" />Lakini sasa nimeuchagua Yerusalemu ili Jina langu lipate kuwamo humo, na nimemchagua Daudi kuwatawala watu wangu Israeli.’
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="7" bcv="2CH.6.7" />“Ilikuwa moyoni mwa Daudi baba yangu kujenga Hekalu kwa ajili ya Jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2CH.6.8" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Daudi baba yangu, ‘Kwa sababu ilikuwa moyoni mwako kujenga Hekalu kwa ajili ya Jina langu, ulifanya vyema kuwa na jambo hili moyoni mwako.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CH.6.9" />Hata hivyo, sio wewe utakayenijengea Hekalu, bali mwanao, ambaye ni nyama yako na damu yako mwenyewe, yeye ndiye atakayejenga Hekalu kwa ajili ya Jina langu.’
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="10" bcv="2CH.6.10" />“<nd>Bwana</nd> ametimiza ahadi aliyoiweka: Nimeingia mahali pa Daudi baba yangu na sasa ninakikalia kiti cha ufalme cha Israeli, kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyoahidi, nami nimejenga Hekalu kwa ajili ya Jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2CH.6.11" />Nimeliweka humo Sanduku la Agano, ambamo ndani yake kuna lile Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd> alilofanya na watu wa Israeli.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maombi Ya Solomoni Ya Kuweka Wakfu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Wafalme 8:22-53)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2CH.6.12" />Kisha Solomoni akasimama mbele ya madhabahu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> machoni pa kusanyiko lote la Israeli, naye akakunjua mikono yake.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2CH.6.13" />Basi Solomoni alikuwa ametengeneza jukwaa la shaba, urefu wake dhiraa tano, na upana wake dhiraa tano na kimo chake dhiraa tatu, naye akaliweka katikati ya ukumbi wa nje. Akapanda juu ya hilo jukwaa kisha akapiga magoti mbele ya kusanyiko lote la Israeli, akanyoosha mikono yake kwelekea mbinguni.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CH.6.14" />Akasema:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, hakuna Mungu kama wewe juu mbinguni wala chini duniani, wewe unayetunza Agano lako la upendo na watumishi wanaodumu katika njia yako kwa moyo wote.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2CH.6.15" />Umetimiza ahadi yako kwa mtumishi wako Daudi baba yangu, kwa kinywa chako uliahidi na kwa mkono wako umetimiza, kama ilivyo leo.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="16" bcv="2CH.6.16" />“Sasa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, mtimizie mtumishi wako Daudi baba yangu ahadi zako ulizomwahidi uliposema, ‘Kamwe hutakosa kuwa na mtu atakayeketi mbele zangu kwenye kiti cha ufalme cha Israeli, kama wanao wakiangalia yote wayafanyayo kuenenda mbele zangu kama vile ulivyofanya.’
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CH.6.17" />Sasa, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, acha neno lako lile ulilomwahidi mtumishi wako Daudi baba yangu litimie.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="18" bcv="2CH.6.18" />“Lakini kweli, je, Mungu atafanya makao duniani na wanadamu? Mbingu, hata mbingu zilizo juu sana, haziwezi kukutosha wewe. Sembuse Hekalu hili nililojenga!
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2CH.6.19" />Hata hivyo sikiliza dua ya mtumishi wako na maombi yake kwa huruma, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wangu. Sikia kilio na dua ambayo mtumishi wako anaomba mbele zako siku hii ya leo.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2CH.6.20" />Macho yako na yafumbuke kuelekea Hekalu hili usiku na mchana, mahali hapa ambapo ulisema, ‘Jina langu litakuwako humo,’ ili kwamba upate kusikia maombi ambayo mtumishi wako ataomba kuelekea mahali hapa.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2CH.6.21" />Usikie maombi ya mtumishi wako na ya watu wako Israeli wakati wanapoomba kuelekea mahali hapa. Sikia kutoka mbinguni, mahali pa makao yako na usikiapo, samehe.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="22" bcv="2CH.6.22" />“Mtu anapomkosea jirani yake na akatakiwa kuapa, akija na kuapa mbele ya madhabahu yako ndani ya Hekalu hili,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="2CH.6.23" />basi, sikia kutoka mbinguni na ukatende. Hukumu kati ya watumishi wako, ukimwadhibu yule mwenye hatia kwa kuleta juu ya kichwa chake yale aliyoyatenda. Umtangazie mwenye haki kwamba hana hatia, hivyo ukathibitishe kuwa haki kwake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="24" bcv="2CH.6.24" />“Wakati watu wako Israeli watakapokuwa wameshindwa na adui kwa sababu ya dhambi walizofanya dhidi yako, watakapokugeukia na kulikiri jina lako, wakiomba na kufanya dua kwako katika Hekalu hili,
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2CH.6.25" />basi usikie kutoka mbinguni, ukasamehe dhambi ya watu wako Israeli na kuwarudisha katika nchi uliyowapa baba zao.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="26" bcv="2CH.6.26" />“Wakati mbingu zitakapokuwa zimefungwa kusiwe na mvua kwa sababu watu wako wametenda dhambi dhidi yako, watakapoomba kuelekea mahali hapa na kulikiri jina lako nao wakageuka kutoka dhambi zao kwa sababu umewaadhibu,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="2CH.6.27" />basi usikie kutoka mbinguni na usamehe dhambi ya watumishi wako, watu wako Israeli. Wafundishe njia sahihi ya kuishi na ukanyeshe mvua juu ya nchi uliyowapa watu wako kuwa urithi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="28" bcv="2CH.6.28" />“Wakati njaa au tauni vikija juu ya nchi, au koga au kawa, nzige au panzi, au wakati adui atakapowazingira katika mji wao wowote, maafa ya namna yoyote au ugonjwa wowote unaoweza kuwajia,
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="2CH.6.29" />wakati dua au maombi yatakapofanywa na mmojawapo wa watu wako Israeli, kila mmoja akitambua taabu zake na uchungu wake, naye akainyoosha mikono yake kuelekea Hekalu hili,
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="2CH.6.30" />basi usikie kutoka mbinguni, katika makao yako. Usamehe na utende, umpe kila mtu kulingana na matendo yake, kwa kuwa unaujua moyo wake (kwa kuwa ni wewe peke yako ujuaye mioyo ya watu wote),
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="2CH.6.31" />ili wakuogope kwa wakati wote watakaoishi katika nchi uliyowapa baba zetu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="32" bcv="2CH.6.32" />“Kwa habari ya mgeni ambaye si miongoni mwa watu wako Israeli, lakini amekuja kutoka nchi ya mbali kwa sababu ya jina lako kuu na mkono wako wenye nguvu ulionyooshwa, atakapokuja kuomba kuelekea Hekalu hili,
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="2CH.6.33" />basi na usikie kutoka mbinguni, mahali pa makao yako, ukafanye lolote ambalo mgeni huyo anakuomba, ili mataifa yote ya dunia wapate kujua jina lako na wakuogope kama wafanyavyo watu wako Israeli nao wapate pia kujua kwamba nyumba hii niliyoijenga imeitwa kwa Jina lako.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="34" bcv="2CH.6.34" />“Wakati watu wako watakapokwenda vitani dhidi ya adui zao, popote utakapowapeleka, wakati watakapoomba kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuelekea mji ambao umeuchagua, na Hekalu nililolijenga kwa ajili ya Jina lako,
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="2CH.6.35" />basi usikie dua na maombi yao kutoka mbinguni, ukawatetee haki yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="36" bcv="2CH.6.36" />“Watakapotenda dhambi dhidi yako, kwa kuwa hakuna mtu yeyote ambaye hatendi dhambi, nawe ukachukizwa nao na kuwakabidhi kwa adui, ambaye atawachukua utumwani katika nchi iliyo mbali au karibu
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="2CH.6.37" />na kama watabadilika mioyo yao katika nchi wanakoshikiliwa mateka, nao wakatubu na kukulilia katika nchi ya utumwa na kusema, ‘Tumetenda dhambi, tumefanya makosa na tumetenda uovu’;
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="2CH.6.38" />kama wakikugeukia kwa moyo wao wote na nafsi zao katika nchi ya adui zao ambao waliwachukua mateka, wakakuomba kuelekea nchi uliyowapa baba zao, kuelekea mji uliouchagua na Hekalu nililolijenga kwa ajili ya Jina lako,
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="2CH.6.39" />basi kutoka mbinguni, mahali pa makao yako, usikie dua yao na maombi yao na kuitetea haki yao. Uwasamehe watu wako, waliotenda dhambi dhidi yako.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="40" bcv="2CH.6.40" />“Sasa, Mungu wangu, macho yako na yafumbuke na masikio yako yasikie maombi yaombwayo mahali hapa.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="qm" style="qm1"><v id="41" bcv="2CH.6.41" />“Sasa inuka, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="qm" level="2" style="qm2">na uje mahali pako pa kupumzikia,
</p>
<p sfm="qm" level="2" style="qm2">wewe na Sanduku la nguvu zako.
</p>
<p sfm="qm" style="qm1">Makuhani wako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu,
</p>
<p sfm="qm" level="2" style="qm2">na wavikwe wokovu,
</p>
<p sfm="qm" style="qm1">watakatifu wako na wafurahi
</p>
<p sfm="qm" level="2" style="qm2">katika wema wako.
</p>
<p sfm="qm" style="qm1"><v id="42" bcv="2CH.6.42" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu, usimkatae
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="qm" level="2" style="qm2">mpakwa mafuta wako.
</p>
<p sfm="qm" style="qm1">Kumbuka upendo mkuu uliomwahidia
</p>
<p sfm="qm" level="2" style="qm2">Daudi mtumishi wako.”
</p>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Hekalu Lawekwa Wakfu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Wafalme 8:62-66)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.7.1" />Baada ya Solomoni kumaliza kuomba, moto ukashuka kutoka mbinguni na kuteketeza sadaka ya kuteketezwa na dhabihu, nao utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ukalijaza Hekalu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CH.7.2" />Makuhani hawakuweza kuingia ndani ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa sababu utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ulilijaza.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CH.7.3" />Waisraeli wote walipoona moto ukishuka na utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ukiwa juu ya Hekalu, wakapiga magoti sakafuni wakasujudu nyuso zao mpaka chini, nao wakamwabudu na kumshukuru
<nd>Bwana</nd> wakisema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Yeye ni mwema;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">upendo wake unadumu milele.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="4" bcv="2CH.7.4" />Ndipo mfalme na watu wote wakatoa dhabihu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CH.7.5" />Naye Mfalme Solomoni akatoa dhabihu ya ngʼombe 22,000 pamoja na kondoo na mbuzi 120,000. Hivyo ndivyo mfalme na watu wote walivyoweka wakfu Hekalu la Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CH.7.6" />Makuhani wakasimama kwenye nafasi zao, vivyo hivyo Walawi wakiwa na vyombo vya uimbaji vya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ambavyo Mfalme Daudi alikuwa ametengeneza kwa ajili ya kumsifu
<nd>Bwana</nd>, navyo vilitumika wakati aliposhukuru, akisema, “Upendo wake wadumu milele.” Mkabala na Walawi, makuhani walipiga tarumbeta zao, nao Waisraeli wote walikuwa wamesimama.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2CH.7.7" />Solomoni akaweka wakfu sehemu ya katikati ya ua uliokuwa mbele ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na hapo akatoa sadaka za kuteketezwa na mafuta ya sadaka za amani, kwa sababu madhabahu ya shaba aliyokuwa ametengeneza haikutosha kuweka sadaka hizo zote za kuteketezwa, sadaka za nafaka na za mafuta.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2CH.7.8" />Hivyo Solomoni akaiadhimisha sikukuu wakati ule kwa muda wa siku saba, na Israeli wote pamoja naye. Walikuwa kusanyiko kubwa sana, watu kutoka Lebo-Hamathi hadi Kijito cha Misri.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CH.7.9" />Katika siku ya nane walifanya kusanyiko, kwa kuwa walikuwa wanaadhimisha kuwekwa wakfu kwa madhabahu kwa muda wa siku saba na sikukuu kwa muda wa siku nyingine saba zaidi.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CH.7.10" />Katika siku ya ishirini na tatu ya mwezi wa saba Solomoni akawaaga watu waende nyumbani mwao, wakishangilia na kufurahi mioyoni mwao, kwa wema mwingi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu aliomtendea Daudi na Solomoni na kwa ajili ya watu wake Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1"><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu Amtokea Solomoni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Wafalme 9:1-9)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2CH.7.11" />Solomoni alipomaliza kujenga Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na jumba la kifalme, naye akiwa amefanikiwa kutenda yale yote aliyokuwa nayo moyoni mwake kufanya katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na katika jumba lake mwenyewe la kifalme,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2CH.7.12" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamtokea Solomoni usiku na kumwambia:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Nimesikia maombi yako nami nimechagua mahali hapa kwa ajili yangu mwenyewe kuwa Hekalu kwa ajili ya dhabihu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="13" bcv="2CH.7.13" />“Wakati nitakapofunga mbingu ili isiwepo mvua, au nikiamuru nzige kula mazao ya nchi au nikituma tauni miongoni mwa watu wangu,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CH.7.14" />kama watu wangu, wanaoitwa kwa Jina langu, watajinyenyekesha na kuomba na kuutafuta uso wangu na kuacha njia zao mbaya, basi nitasikia toka mbinguni na kuwasamehe dhambi yao na nitaiponya nchi yao.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2CH.7.15" />Sasa macho yangu yatafumbuka na masikio yangu yatasikiliza kwa makini maombi yaombwayo mahali hapa.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2CH.7.16" />Kwa maana sasa nimechagua na kutakasa Hekalu hili ili kwamba Jina langu lipate kuwa huko milele. Macho yangu na moyo wangu utakuwepo huko daima.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="17" bcv="2CH.7.17" />“Kwa habari yako wewe, kama ukienenda mbele zangu kama Daudi baba yako alivyoenenda na kufanya yote nikuamuruyo, nawe ukizishika amri zangu na sheria zangu,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2CH.7.18" />Nitakiimarisha kiti chako cha enzi kama nilivyoagana na Daudi baba yako niliposema, ‘Hutakosa kamwe mtu wa kutawala juu ya Israeli.’
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="19" bcv="2CH.7.19" />“Lakini kama ukigeuka na kuyaacha maagizo na amri nilizowapa na kwenda kuitumikia miungu mingine na kuiabudu,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2CH.7.20" />ndipo nitakapoingʼoa Israeli kutoka nchi yangu niliyowapa, nami nitalikataa Hekalu hili nililolitakasa kwa ajili ya Jina langu. Nitalifanya kitu cha kudharauliwa na kitu cha kudhihakiwa miongoni mwa watu wote.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2CH.7.21" />Ingawa Hekalu hili linavutia sana sasa, wote watakaolipita watashangaa na kusema, ‘Kwa nini
<nd>Bwana</nd> amefanya kitu kama hiki katika nchi hii na kwa Hekalu hili?’
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="2CH.7.22" />Watu watajibu, ‘Ni kwa sababu wamemwacha
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zao, aliyewatoa Misri, nao wamekumbatia miungu mingine, wakaiabudu na kuitumikia, ndiyo sababu ameyaleta maafa haya yote juu yao.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Shughuli Nyingine Za Solomoni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Wafalme 9:10-28)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.8.1" />Miaka ishirini ilipopita, ambayo katika hiyo Solomoni alilijenga Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na jumba lake mwenyewe la kifalme,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CH.8.2" />Solomoni akajenga tena vijiji vile ambavyo Hiramu alikuwa amempa, naye akawapa Waisraeli waishi humo.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CH.8.3" />Kisha Solomoni akaenda Hamath-Soba na kuuteka.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CH.8.4" />Pia akajenga mji wa Tadmori katika jangwa na miji yote ya kuhifadhia vitu katika Hamathi.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CH.8.5" />Akajenga tena Beth-Horoni ya Juu na Beth-Horoni ya Chini, miji yenye ngome, kuta, malango na makomeo.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CH.8.6" />Solomoni pia akajenga Baalathi na miji yake yote ya kuhifadhia vitu, na miji kwa ajili ya magari yake na kwa ajili ya farasi wake, chochote alichotaka kujenga katika Yerusalemu, katika Lebanoni na katika nchi yote aliyotawala.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2CH.8.7" />Watu wote waliosalia kutoka kwa Wahiti, Waamori, Waperizi, Wahivi na Wayebusi (haya mataifa hayakuwa Waisraeli),
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2CH.8.8" />yaani, wazao wao waliobakia katika nchi, ambao Waisraeli hawakuwa wamewaangamiza: hawa Solomoni akawalazimisha kuwa watumwa katika shokoa, kama ilivyo hadi leo.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CH.8.9" />Lakini Solomoni hakuwafanya Waisraeli watumwa kwa ajili ya kazi yake, bali walikuwa wapiganaji, majemadari, maafisa wake, majemadari wa magari yake ya vita na waendesha magari ya vita.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CH.8.10" />Pia walikuwa maafisa wakuu wa Mfalme Solomoni, yaani, maafisa wakaguzi 250 waliosimamia watu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2CH.8.11" />Solomoni akampandisha mke wake binti Farao kutoka Mji wa Daudi na kumleta jumba la kifalme alilokuwa amemjengea, kwa kuwa alisema, “Mke wangu hataishi katika jumba la kifalme la Daudi mfalme wa Israeli, kwa sababu mahali ambapo Sanduku la
<nd>Bwana</nd> limefika ni patakatifu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2CH.8.12" />Mfalme Solomoni akamtolea
<nd>Bwana</nd> dhabihu za kuteketezwa juu ya madhabahu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ambayo alikuwa ameijenga mbele ya ukumbi,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2CH.8.13" />kulingana na mahitaji ya kila siku kwa ajili ya sadaka zilizoamriwa na Mose kwa ajili ya Sabato, Mwezi Mwandamo na sikukuu nyingine tatu za mwaka, yaani, Sikukuu ya Mikate Isiyotiwa Chachu, Sikukuu ya Majuma na Sikukuu ya Vibanda.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CH.8.14" />Kwa kushika maagizo ya Daudi baba yake, aliweka migawanyo ya makuhani kwa ajili ya kazi zao, nao Walawi kuongoza kusifu na kusaidia makuhani kufuatana na mahitaji ya kila siku. Pia akaweka mabawabu katika migawanyo kwa ajili ya malango mbalimbali, kwa sababu hili ndilo Daudi mtu wa Mungu alilokuwa ameagiza.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2CH.8.15" />Nao hawakuziacha amri za mfalme alizoamuru makuhani au Walawi katika jambo lolote, ikiwa ni pamoja na zile za hazina.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2CH.8.16" />Kazi yote ya Mfalme Solomoni ilifanyika kuanzia siku msingi wa Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> ulipowekwa mpaka kukamilika kwake. Kwa hiyo Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamalizika kujengwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2CH.8.17" />Ndipo Solomoni akaenda Esion-Geberi na Elathi katika pwani ya Edomu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2CH.8.18" />Naye Hiramu alimpelekea meli zilizoongozwa na maafisa wake mwenyewe, watu waliokuwa na ujuzi wa baharini. Hawa watu pamoja na wale wa Solomoni wakasafiri kwa bahari mpaka Ofiri, wakaleta kutoka huko talanta 450 za dhahabu, ambazo walimkabidhi Mfalme Solomoni.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Malkia Wa Sheba Amtembelea Solomoni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Wafalme 10:1-13)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.9.1" />Malkia wa Sheba aliposikia habari za umaarufu wa Solomoni, huyo malkia akaja Yerusalemu kumjaribu kwa maswali magumu. Alifika akiwa na msafara mkubwa sana, pamoja na ngamia waliobeba vikolezi, kiasi kikubwa cha dhahabu na vito vya thamani, alikuja kwa Solomoni na kuzungumza naye kuhusu yote ambayo alikuwa nayo moyoni mwake.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CH.9.2" />Solomoni akamjibu maswali yake yote, wala hakukuwa na jambo lolote lililokuwa gumu kwake asiweze kumwelezea.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CH.9.3" />Malkia wa Sheba alipoona hekima yote ya Solomoni na jumba la kifalme alilokuwa amejenga,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CH.9.4" />chakula kilichokuwa mezani pake, jinsi maafisa wake walivyokaa, wahudumu katika majoho yao, wanyweshaji wake na sadaka za kuteketezwa alizotoa katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> alipatwa na mshangao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2CH.9.5" />Akamwambia mfalme, “Taarifa niliyosikia kwenye nchi yangu mwenyewe kuhusu mafanikio na hekima yako ni kweli.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CH.9.6" />Lakini sikuamini yaliyosemwa hadi nilipokuja na kuona kwa macho yangu mwenyewe. Naam, sikuambiwa hata nusu yake; katika hekima na mali umezidi sana kuliko ile taarifa niliyoisikia.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2CH.9.7" />Heri watu wako! Heri hawa maafisa wako wasimamao mbele yako daima na kusikia hekima yako!
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2CH.9.8" />Ahimidiwe
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako, ambaye amependezwa sana nawe, na akakuweka juu ya kiti chake cha ufalme utawale kwa niaba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako. Kwa sababu ya upendo wa Mungu wako kwa Israeli na shauku yake ya kuwadhibitisha milele, amekufanya wewe mfalme juu yao, ili kudumisha haki na uadilifu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2CH.9.9" />Naye akampa mfalme talanta 120<f caller="+"><fr>9:9
</fr><ft>Talanta 120 za dhahabu ni sawa na tani 4.5.</ft></f> za dhahabu, kiasi kikubwa cha vikolezi na vito vya thamani. Haikuwahi kamwe kuletwa vikolezi vizuri kama vile Malkia wa Sheba alivyompa Mfalme Solomoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2CH.9.10" />(Watumishi wa Hiramu na wa Solomoni wakaleta dhahabu kutoka Ofiri, tena wakaleta shehena kubwa ya miti ya msandali na vito vya thamani.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2CH.9.11" />Mfalme akatumia hiyo miti ya msandali kuwa ngazi kwa ajili ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kwa jumba la kifalme, pia kwa kutengeneza vinubi na zeze kwa ajili ya waimbaji. Kiasi hicho kingi cha msandali hakijawahi kuingizwa Yuda tangu siku ile.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2CH.9.12" />Mfalme Solomoni akampa Malkia wa Sheba kila kitu alichotamani na kukiomba, zaidi ya vile alivyokuwa amemletea mfalme. Kisha malkia akaondoka na kurudi katika nchi yake, yeye na watumishi wake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Fahari Ya Solomoni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Wafalme 10:14-25)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2CH.9.13" />Uzito wa dhahabu ambayo Solomoni alipokea kwa mwaka ulikuwa talanta 666,<f caller="+"><fr>9:13
</fr><ft>Talanta 666 za dhahabu ni sawa na tani 25.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CH.9.14" />mbali na mapato yaliyoletwa na wafanyabiashara na wachuuzi. Wafalme wote wa Arabuni na watawala wa nchi wakamletea Solomoni dhahabu na fedha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2CH.9.15" />Mfalme Solomoni akatengeneza ngao kubwa 200 kwa dhahabu iliyofuliwa. Kila ngao ilikuwa na dhahabu yenye uzito wa shekeli 600<f caller="+"><fr>9:15
</fr><ft>Shekeli 600 za dhahabu ni sawa na kilo 3.5.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2CH.9.16" />Akatengeneza pia ngao ndogo 300 za dhahabu iliyofuliwa, kila ngao ikiwa na uzito wa mane tatu<f caller="+"><fr>9:16
</fr><ft>Mane tatu za dhahabu ni sawa na kilo 1.7.</ft></f> za dhahabu. Mfalme akaziweka katika Jumba la Kifalme la Msitu wa Lebanoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2CH.9.17" />Kisha mfalme akatengeneza kiti kikubwa cha kifalme kwa kutumia pembe za ndovu na kukifunika kwa dhahabu safi.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2CH.9.18" />Kiti hicho kilikuwa na ngazi sita na mahali pa kuwekea miguu vyote vya dhahabu. Pande zote za kiti kulikuwa na mahali pa kuegemeza mikono, na simba wawili wakisimama kando ya hiyo mikono.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2CH.9.19" />Simba kumi na wawili walisimama kwenye ngazi sita, mmoja katika kila upande wa kila ngazi. Hakuna kitu kama hicho kilichokuwa kimefanyika kwenye ufalme mwingine wowote.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2CH.9.20" />Vikombe vyote vya Mfalme Solomoni vya kunywea vilikuwa vya dhahabu na vyombo vyote vya nyumbani katika Jumba la Kifalme la Msitu wa Lebanoni vilikuwa vya dhahabu safi. Hakukuwa na kitu kilichotengenezwa kwa fedha, kwa sababu fedha ilionekana ya thamani ndogo wakati wa Solomoni.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2CH.9.21" />Mfalme alikuwa na meli nyingi za biashara<f caller="+"><fr>9:21
</fr><ft>Au: za Tarshishi (ona pia
</ft><xt>1Fal 10:22; 22:48; 2Nya 20:36; Isa 2:16; 60:9</xt><ft>).</ft></f> baharini zilizoendeshwa na watu wa Hiramu. Kwa mara moja kila miaka mitatu zilirudi, zikiwa zimebeba dhahabu, fedha, pembe za ndovu na nyani wakubwa na wadogo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2CH.9.22" />Mfalme Solomoni alikuwa mkuu zaidi kwa utajiri na hekima kuliko wafalme wote wa dunia.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="2CH.9.23" />Wafalme wote wa dunia wakatafuta kukutana na Solomoni ili kusikia hekima ambayo Mungu alikuwa ameiweka katika moyo wake.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="2CH.9.24" />Mwaka baada ya mwaka, kila mmoja ambaye alikuja, alileta zawadi, vyombo vya fedha na dhahabu, majoho, silaha na vikolezi, farasi na nyumbu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="2CH.9.25" />Solomoni alikuwa na mabanda 4,000 kwa ajili ya farasi na magari ya vita, farasi 12,000 ambao aliwaweka katika miji ya magari ya vita na katika Yerusalemu pamoja naye.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="2CH.9.26" />Solomoni akatawala juu ya wafalme wote kuanzia Mto Frati mpaka kwenye nchi ya Wafilisti na kuendelea hadi mpaka wa Misri.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="2CH.9.27" />Mfalme akafanya fedha kuwa kitu cha kawaida kama mawe huko Yerusalemu, mierezi akaifanya kuwa mingi kama mikuyu vilimani.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="2CH.9.28" />Farasi wa Solomoni waliletwa kutoka Misri na kutoka nchi nyingine zote.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kifo Cha Solomoni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Wafalme 11:41-43)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="2CH.9.29" />Kwa habari za matukio mengine ya utawala wa Solomoni, kuanzia mwanzo hadi mwisho, je, hayakuandikwa katika kumbukumbu za nabii Nathani, katika unabii wa Ahiya Mshiloni na katika maono ya Ido mwonaji kuhusu Yeroboamu mwana wa Nebati?
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="2CH.9.30" />Solomoni alitawala Israeli yote miaka arobaini, akiwa Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="2CH.9.31" />Kisha Solomoni akalala pamoja na baba zake, naye akazikwa katika mji wa Daudi baba yake. Naye Rehoboamu mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="10" />
<s style="s1">Israeli Wanamwasi Rehoboamu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Wafalme 12:1-20)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.10.1" />Rehoboamu akaenda Shekemu, kwa kuwa Waisraeli wote walikuwa wamekwenda huko kumfanya yeye kuwa mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CH.10.2" />Yeroboamu mwana wa Nebati aliposikia hili (alikuwa bado yuko Misri alikokuwa amekimbilia awe mbali na Mfalme Solomoni), akarudi kutoka Misri.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CH.10.3" />Kwa hiyo wakatuma watu kumwita Yeroboamu, yeye na kusanyiko lote la Israeli wakamwendea Rehoboamu na kumwambia,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CH.10.4" />“Baba yako aliweka nira nzito, lakini sasa tupunguzie kazi za kikatili na nira nzito aliyoweka juu yetu, nasi tutakutumikia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2CH.10.5" />Rehoboamu akajibu, “Nendeni kwa muda wa siku tatu na kisha mnirudie.” Basi watu wakaenda zao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2CH.10.6" />Kisha Mfalme Rehoboamu akataka shauri kwa wazee ambao walimtumikia Solomoni baba yake wakati wa uhai wake akawauliza, “Mnanishauri nini katika kuwajibu watu hawa?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2CH.10.7" />Wakajibu, “Kama leo utakuwa mtumishi wa watu hawa na kuwahudumia na kuwapa jibu linaloridhisha, watakuwa watumishi wako daima.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2CH.10.8" />Lakini Rehoboamu akakataa shauri alilopewa na wazee na akataka ushauri kwa vijana wanaume rika lake waliokuwa wakimtumikia.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CH.10.9" />Akawauliza, “Ninyi ushauri wenu ni nini? Tutawajibuje watu hawa wanaoniambia, ‘Ifanye nyepesi nira baba yako aliyoweka juu yetu?’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2CH.10.10" />Wale vijana wa rika lake wakamjibu, “Waambie watu hawa waliokuambia, ‘Baba yako aliweka nira nzito juu yetu, lakini ifanye nira yetu nyepesi,’ kuwa, ‘Kidole changu kidogo ni kinene kuliko kiuno cha baba yangu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2CH.10.11" />Baba yangu aliweka nira nzito juu yenu, mimi nitaifanya hata iwe nzito zaidi. Baba yangu aliwachapa kwa mijeledi; mimi nitawachapa kwa nge.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2CH.10.12" />Siku tatu baadaye, Yeroboamu na watu wote wakamrudia Rehoboamu, kama mfalme alivyokuwa amesema, “Rudini kwangu baada ya siku tatu.”
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2CH.10.13" />Mfalme akawajibu watu kwa ukatili. Akikataa shauri alilopewa na wazee,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CH.10.14" />akafuata shauri la vijana wa rika lake na kusema, “Baba yangu alifanya nira yenu kuwa nzito, mimi nitaifanya kuwa nzito zaidi. Baba yangu aliwachapa kwa mijeledi, mimi nitawachapa kwa nge.”
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2CH.10.15" />Kwa hiyo mfalme hakuwasikiliza watu, kwa kuwa jambo hili lilitoka kwa Mungu ili kutimiza neno ambalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amenena kwa Yeroboamu mwana wa Nebati kupitia Ahiya Mshiloni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2CH.10.16" />Israeli wote walipoona kuwa mfalme amekataa kuwasikiliza, wakamjibu mfalme:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Tuna fungu gani kwa Daudi?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Sisi hatuna urithi kwa mwana wa Yese.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nendeni kwenye mahema yenu, ee Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">angalia nyumba yako mwenyewe, ee Daudi!”
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Hivyo Waisraeli wakaenda kwenye mahema yao.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CH.10.17" />Lakini kwa habari ya Waisraeli waliokuwa wakiishi katika miji ya Yuda, Rehoboamu akaendelea kuwatawala bado.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2CH.10.18" />Mfalme Rehoboamu akamtuma Adoniramu<f caller="+"><fr>10:18
</fr><ft>Kiebrania ni Hadoramu.</ft></f> aliyekuwa msimamizi wa wale waliofanya kazi ngumu kwa kulazimishwa, lakini Israeli wote wakampiga kwa mawe hadi akafa. Hata hivyo, Mfalme Rehoboamu, akafanikiwa kuingia kwenye gari lake na kutorokea Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2CH.10.19" />Hivyo Israeli wakaasi dhidi ya nyumba ya Daudi hadi leo.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="11" />
<s style="s1">Utabiri Wa Shamaya
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Wafalme 12:21-24)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.11.1" />Ikawa Rehoboamu alipofika Yerusalemu, akakusanya nyumba ya Yuda na ya Benyamini, wanaume wapiganaji 180,000, kufanya vita dhidi ya nyumba ya Israeli na kuurudisha tena ufalme kwa Rehoboamu mwana wa Solomoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="2CH.11.2" />Lakini neno hili la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamjia Shemaya mtu wa Mungu:
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CH.11.3" />“Mwambie Rehoboamu mwana wa Solomoni mfalme wa Yuda, na Israeli wote walioko Yuda na Benyamini,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CH.11.4" />‘Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Msipande kupigana dhidi ya ndugu zenu. Nendeni nyumbani, kila mmoja wenu, kwa kuwa hili nimelitenda mimi.’ ” Kwa hiyo wakalitii neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na wakaacha kwenda kupigana dhidi ya Yeroboamu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yeroboamu Ajengea Yuda Ngome
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2CH.11.5" />Rehoboamu akaishi Yerusalemu akajenga miji yenye ngome katika Yuda:
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CH.11.6" />Akajenga Bethlehemu, Etamu, Tekoa,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2CH.11.7" />Beth-Suri, Soko, Adulamu,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2CH.11.8" />Gathi, Maresha, Zifu,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CH.11.9" />Adoraimu, Lakishi, Azeka,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CH.11.10" />Sora, Aiyaloni na Hebroni. Hii ndiyo iliyokuwa miji iliyojengewa ngome katika Yuda na Benyamini.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2CH.11.11" />Akaimarisha ulinzi wake na kuweka majemadari ndani yake, pamoja na ghala za mahitaji ya vyakula, mafuta ya zeituni na divai.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2CH.11.12" />Akaweka ngao na mikuki katika miji na kuifanya iwe imara sana. Kwa hiyo Yuda na Benyamini zikawa zake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2CH.11.13" />Makuhani na Walawi kutoka sehemu zote za Israeli wakawa upande wake.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CH.11.14" />Pia Walawi wakaacha maeneo yao ya malisho na mali zao, wakaja Yuda na Yerusalemu kwa sababu Yeroboamu na wanawe walikuwa wamewakataa wasiwe makuhani wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2CH.11.15" />Naye akawa amechagua makuhani wake mwenyewe kwa ajili ya mahali pa juu pa kuabudia sanamu za mbuzi na za ndama ambazo alikuwa ametengeneza.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2CH.11.16" />Wale waliotoka katika kila kabila la Israeli ambao walielekeza mioyo yao kumtafuta
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, wakawafuata Walawi huko Yerusalemu kumtolea
<nd>Bwana</nd> dhabihu, Mungu wa baba zao.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CH.11.17" />Wakaimarisha ufalme wa Yuda na kumuunga mkono Rehoboamu mwana wa Solomoni miaka mitatu, wakienenda katika njia za Daudi na Solomoni katika wakati huu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Jamaa Ya Rehoboamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2CH.11.18" />Rehoboamu alimwoa Mahalati ambaye alikuwa binti Yeremothi mwana wa Daudi, mamaye alikuwa Abihaili binti Eliabu mwana wa Yese.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2CH.11.19" />Mahalati alimzalia Rehoboamu wana: Yeushi, Shemaria na Zahamu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2CH.11.20" />Kisha akamwoa Maaka binti Absalomu, ambaye alimzalia: Abiya, Atai, Ziza na Shelomithi.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2CH.11.21" />Rehoboamu akampenda Maaka binti Absalomu zaidi kuliko wakeze wengine na masuria wake. Kwa jumla alikuwa na wake kumi na wanane na masuria sitini, wana ishirini na wanane na binti sitini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2CH.11.22" />Rehoboamu akamweka Abiya mwana wa Maaka, kuwa mkuu wa wana wa mfalme miongoni mwa ndugu zake ili amfanye mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="2CH.11.23" />Akatenda kwa busara, akiwasambaza baadhi ya wanawe katika wilaya zote za Yuda na Benyamini, pamoja na miji yote yenye ngome. Akawapa mahitaji tele na kuwaoza wake wengi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Shishaki Ashambulia Yerusalemu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Wafalme 14:25-28)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.12.1" />Baada ya nafasi ya Rehoboamu kuimarika na kuwa na nguvu, yeye na Israeli yote waliiacha sheria ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CH.12.2" />Kwa sababu hawakuwa waaminifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Shishaki mfalme wa Misri akashambulia Yerusalemu katika mwaka wa tano wa utawala wa Mfalme Rehoboamu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CH.12.3" />Akiwa na magari ya vita 1,200 na wapanda farasi 60,000 na idadi isiyohesabika ya majeshi ya Walibia, Wasukii na Wakushi<f caller="+"><fr>12:3
</fr><ft>Yaani watu kutoka sehemu ya Naili ya juu.</ft></f> yaliyokuja pamoja naye kutoka Misri.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CH.12.4" />Akateka miji ya Yuda yenye ngome akaendelea mpaka Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2CH.12.5" />Ndipo nabii Shemaya akaja kwa Rehoboamu na kwa viongozi wa Yuda waliokuwa wamekusanyika huko Yerusalemu kwa ajili ya hofu ya Shishaki naye akawaambia, “Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ‘Ninyi mmeniacha mimi, kwa hiyo, mimi nami sasa ninawaacha ninyi mkononi mwa Shishaki.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2CH.12.6" />Viongozi wa Israeli na mfalme wakajinyenyekeza na kusema, “<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu ni mwenye haki.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2CH.12.7" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu alipoona kwamba wamejinyenyekeza, neno hili la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamjia Shemaya: “Maadamu wamejinyenyekeza, sitawaangamiza bali hivi karibuni nitawapatia wokovu. Ghadhabu yangu haitamwagwa juu ya Yerusalemu kwa kupitia Shishaki.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2CH.12.8" />Hata hivyo, watamtumikia Shishaki ili wapate kujifunza tofauti kati ya kunitumikia mimi na kuwatumikia wafalme wa nchi nyingine.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2CH.12.9" />Shishaki mfalme wa Misri alipoishambulia Yerusalemu, alichukua hazina za Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na hazina za jumba la kifalme. Akachukua kila kitu, pamoja na zile ngao za dhahabu ambazo Solomoni alikuwa amezitengeneza.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CH.12.10" />Kwa hiyo Mfalme Rehoboamu akatengeneza ngao za shaba badala ya zile za dhahabu na kuzikabidhi kwa majemadari wa ulinzi wa zamu kwenye ingilio la jumba la mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2CH.12.11" />Kila wakati mfalme alipokwenda katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> walinzi walikwenda pamoja naye wakiwa wamebeba hizo ngao na baadaye walizirudisha kwenye chumba cha ulinzi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2CH.12.12" />Kwa sababu Rehoboamu alijinyenyekeza, hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ikageukia mbali naye, hakuangamizwa kabisa. Kukawa na hali nzuri katika Yuda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2CH.12.13" />Mfalme Rehoboamu akajiweka imara katika Yerusalemu na akaendelea kuwa mfalme. Alikuwa na umri wa miaka arobaini na mmoja alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu miaka kumi na saba, mji ambao
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa ameuchagua miongoni mwa makabila yote ya Israeli ili aliweke Jina lake humo. Mama yake aliitwa Naama, alikuwa Mwamoni.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CH.12.14" />Rehoboamu akatenda maovu kwa sababu hakuuelekeza moyo wake katika kumtafuta
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2CH.12.15" />Kwa habari ya matukio katika utawala wa Rehoboamu, tangu mwanzo mpaka mwisho, je, hayakuandikwa katika kumbukumbu za nabii Shemaya na mwonaji Ido zinazohusiana na vizazi? Kulikuwako na vita mara kwa mara kati ya Rehoboamu na Yeroboamu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2CH.12.16" />Rehoboamu akalala na baba zake, akazikwa katika Mji wa Daudi. Naye Abiya mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="13" />
<s style="s1">Abiya Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Wafalme 15:1-8)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.13.1" />Katika mwaka wa kumi na nane wa utawala wa Yeroboamu, Abiya akawa mfalme wa Yuda,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CH.13.2" />naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu miaka mitatu. Mama yake aliitwa Maaka, binti Urieli wa Gibea.
</p>
<p style="p">Basi kulikuwa na vita kati ya Abiya na Yeroboamu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CH.13.3" />Abiya aliingia vitani na jeshi la watu 400,000 wenye uwezo wa kupigana, naye Yeroboamu akapanga jeshi dhidi ya Abiya akiwa na jeshi la watu 800,000 wenye uwezo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2CH.13.4" />Abiya akasimama juu ya Mlima Semaraimu, katika nchi ya vilima ya Efraimu, naye akasema, “Yeroboamu na Israeli yote, nisikilizeni mimi!
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CH.13.5" />Hamfahamu kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, alimpa Daudi na wazao wake ufalme juu ya Israeli milele kwa Agano la chumvi?
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CH.13.6" />Hata hivyo Yeroboamu mwana wa Nebati afisa wa Solomoni mwana wa Daudi, aliasi dhidi ya bwana wake.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2CH.13.7" />Baadhi ya watu wasiofaa kitu, wabaya kabisa walimkusanyikia na kumpinga Rehoboamu mwana wa Solomoni alipokuwa kijana mdogo asiyekuwa na uamuzi, asiye na nguvu za kuweza kupingana nao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2CH.13.8" />“Hata sasa unapanga kupingana na ufalme wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ambao uko mikononi mwa wazao wa Daudi. Kweli ninyi ni jeshi kubwa nanyi mnazo ndama za dhahabu Yeroboamu alizozitengeneza kuwa miungu yenu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CH.13.9" />Lakini je, hamkuwafukuza makuhani wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wana wa Aroni na Walawi na kujifanyia makuhani wenu wenyewe kama yafanyavyo mataifa ya nchi nyingine? Yeyote anayekuja kujiweka wakfu akiwa na ndama dume na kondoo dume saba aweza kuwa kuhani wa kile ambacho ni miungu kwenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2CH.13.10" />“Lakini kwetu sisi,
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndiye Mungu wetu, wala hatujamwacha. Makuhani wanaomtumikia
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni wana wa Aroni, nao Walawi wakiwasaidia.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2CH.13.11" />Kila asubuhi na jioni wao hutoa sadaka za kuteketezwa na kufukiza uvumba wa harufu nzuri kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Wao huweka mikate juu ya meza safi kwa taratibu za kiibada na kuwasha taa kwenye kinara cha dhahabu kila jioni. Sisi tunazishika kanuni za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu. Lakini ninyi mmemwacha Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2CH.13.12" />Mungu yu pamoja nasi, yeye ndiye kiongozi wetu. Makuhani wake wakiwa na tarumbeta zao watapiga baragumu ya vita dhidi yenu. Watu wa Israeli, msipigane dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zenu, kwa maana hamtashinda.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2CH.13.13" />Basi Yeroboamu alikuwa ametuma jeshi kuzunguka nyuma ya Yuda ili kwamba akiwa mbele ya Yuda, jeshi liwavizie kwa nyuma.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CH.13.14" />Basi Yuda wakageuka na kuona kwamba wanashambuliwa mbele na nyuma. Ndipo wakamlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Makuhani wakapiga tarumbeta zao,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2CH.13.15" />nao watu wa Yuda wakapaza sauti ya kilio cha vita. Katika kupiga kelele za vita, Mungu akawafukuza Yeroboamu na Israeli wote mbele ya Mfalme Abiya na Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2CH.13.16" />Waisraeli wakakimbia mbele ya Yuda, naye Mungu akawatia Israeli mikononi mwao.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CH.13.17" />Abiya na watu wake wakawachinja kwa machinjo makuu, hata wakawepo majeruhi 500,000 miongoni mwa watu wenye uwezo wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2CH.13.18" />Watu wa Israeli walitiishwa katika tukio lile, nao watu wa Yuda wakawa washindi kwa sababu walimtegemea
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2CH.13.19" />Abiya akamfuatia Yeroboamu na kuteka miji ya Betheli, Yeshana na Efroni kutoka kwake, pamoja na vijiji vinavyoizunguka miji hiyo.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2CH.13.20" />Yeroboamu hakupata nguvu tena wakati wa utawala wa Abiya. Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akampiga Yeroboamu akafa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="2CH.13.21" />Lakini Abiya akapata nguvu. Alioa wanawake kumi na wanne na alikuwa na wana ishirini na wawili na binti kumi na sita.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2CH.13.22" />Matukio mengine ya utawala wa Abiya, pamoja na mambo aliyofanya na aliyosema, yameandikwa katika kitabu cha maelezo cha nabii Ido.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="14" />
<s style="s1">Asa Atawala
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.14.1" />Naye Abiya akalala na baba zake, akazikwa katika Mji wa Daudi. Asa mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake. Katika siku zake, nchi ikawa na amani kwa miaka kumi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="2CH.14.2" />Asa akatenda yaliyo mema na haki machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wake.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CH.14.3" />Akaziondoa madhabahu za kigeni na mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu, akayavunja yale mawe ya kuabudiwa na kuzikatakata nguzo za Maashera.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CH.14.4" />Akawaamuru Yuda kumtafuta
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zao na kutii sheria zake na amri zake.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CH.14.5" />Akaondoa mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu na madhabahu za kufukizia uvumba kwenye kila mji katika Yuda, nao ufalme ulikuwa na amani katika utawala wake.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CH.14.6" />Akajenga miji yenye ngome katika Yuda, wakati nchi ikiwa na amani. Hakuna mtu yeyote aliyepigana vita naye katika miaka hiyo, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alimstarehesha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2CH.14.7" />Mfalme akawaambia Yuda, “Tuijenge hii miji na tuizungushie kuta, pamoja na minara, malango na makomeo. Nchi bado ni yetu, kwa sababu tumemtafuta
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu, tulimtafuta naye ametupa raha kila upande.” Hivyo wakajenga na wakafanikiwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2CH.14.8" />Asa alikuwa na jeshi la watu 300,000 kutoka Yuda, wenye ngao kubwa na mikuki na jeshi la watu 280,000 kutoka Benyamini, wenye ngao ndogo na pinde. Watu hawa wote walikuwa wapiganaji mashujaa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2CH.14.9" />Zera Mkushi akatoka kupigana dhidi yao akiwa na jeshi la watu maelfu ya maelfu na magari ya vita 300, nao wakaja mpaka Maresha.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CH.14.10" />Asa akatoka kumkabili, nao wakapanga vita katika Bonde la Sefatha karibu na Maresha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2CH.14.11" />Kisha Asa akamlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wake na kusema, “Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, hakuna yeyote aliye kama wewe wa kuwasaidia wasio na nguvu dhidi ya wenye nguvu. Utusaidie, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wewe ndiwe Mungu wetu, kwa kuwa tunakutumainia wewe, nasi kwa jina lako tumekuja dhidi ya jeshi hili kubwa. Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wewe ndiwe Mungu wetu, usiwaache wanadamu wakushinde wewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2CH.14.12" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akawapiga Wakushi mbele ya Asa na Yuda. Wakushi wakakimbia,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2CH.14.13" />naye Asa na jeshi lake wakawafuatia mpaka Gerari. Idadi kubwa ya Wakushi ilianguka hata wasiweze kuinuka tena, wakapondapondwa mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> na majeshi yake.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CH.14.14" />Watu wa Yuda wakachukua nyara nyingi sana, wakaangamiza vijiji vyote vinavyoizunguka Gerari, kwa kuwa hofu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ilikuwa imewaangukia. Wakateka nyara vijiji hivi vyote, kwani kulikuwepo nyara nyingi huko.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2CH.14.15" />Pia wakashambulia kambi za wachunga makundi ya wanyama wakachukua na kuyaswaga makundi ya kondoo, mbuzi na ngamia. Kisha wakarudi Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="15" />
<s style="s1">Asa Afanya Matengenezo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.15.1" />Roho wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamjia Azaria mwana wa Odedi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CH.15.2" />Akatoka ili kumlaki Asa na kumwambia, “Nisikilizeni, Asa na Yuda wote na Benyamini.
<nd>Bwana</nd> yu pamoja nanyi mkiwa pamoja naye. Kama mkimtafuta, ataonekana kwenu, lakini kama mkimwacha yeye, naye atawaacha ninyi.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CH.15.3" />Kwa muda mrefu Israeli walikuwa hawana Mungu wa kweli, walikuwa hawana kuhani wa kuwafundisha na wala hawakuwa na sheria.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CH.15.4" />Lakini katika taabu yao walimrudia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli na kumtafuta, naye akaonekana kwao.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CH.15.5" />Katika siku hizo hapakuwa na amani kwa yeyote aliyesafiri, kutoka wala kuingia, kwa kuwa wakazi wote wa nchi walikuwa katika machafuko makubwa.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CH.15.6" />Taifa moja lilipigana na taifa lingine na mji mmoja ukapigana na mji mwingine, kwa sababu Mungu alikuwa anawahangaisha kwa taabu za kila aina.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2CH.15.7" />Lakini kwa habari yenu ninyi, kuweni hodari wala msikate tamaa, kwa kuwa mtapata thawabu kwa kazi yenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2CH.15.8" />Asa aliposikia maneno haya na unabii wa Azaria mwana wa Odedi nabii, akajipa moyo. Akaziondoa sanamu zote zilizokuwa machukizo katika nchi yote ya Yuda na Benyamini na kutoka miji aliyoiteka ya vilima vya Efraimu. Akakarabati madhabahu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> iliyokuwa mbele ya ukumbi wa Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2CH.15.9" />Kisha akakutanisha Yuda wote, Benyamini na watu kutoka Efraimu, watu wa Manase na Simeoni waliokuwa wanaishi miongoni mwao, kwa maana idadi kubwa walikuwa wamemjia kutoka Israeli walipoona kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wake alikuwa pamoja naye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2CH.15.10" />Basi wakakusanyika huko Yerusalemu mwezi wa tatu katika mwaka wa kumi na tano wa utawala wa Asa.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2CH.15.11" />Wakati huo wakamtolea
<nd>Bwana</nd> dhabihu za ngʼombe 700, kondoo na mbuzi 7,000 kutoka zile nyara walizoteka.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2CH.15.12" />Wakafanya agano kumtafuta
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zao kwa moyo wao wote na kwa roho yao yote.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2CH.15.13" />Wale wote ambao hawangemtafuta
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli wangelazimika kuuawa, akiwa mdogo au mkubwa, mwanaume au mwanamke.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CH.15.14" />Wakamwapia
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa sauti kuu, kwa kupiga kelele, tarumbeta na kwa mabaragumu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2CH.15.15" />Yuda wote wakafurahia kile kiapo kwa sababu walikuwa wameapa kwa moyo wao wote. Wakamtafuta Mungu kwa bidii, naye akaonekana kwao. Kwa hiyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawastarehesha pande zote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2CH.15.16" />Mfalme Asa akamwondolea Maaka mama yake wadhifa wake kama mama malkia kwa sababu alikuwa ametengeneza nguzo ya Ashera ya kuchukiza. Asa akaikata hiyo nguzo, akaivunjavunja na kuiteketeza kwa moto katika Bonde la Kidroni.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CH.15.17" />Ijapokuwa hakuondoa mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu katika Israeli, moyo wa Asa ulikuwa umejiweka kwa Bwana kikamilifu maisha yake yote.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2CH.15.18" />Akaleta ndani ya Hekalu la Mungu fedha na dhahabu na vile vyombo ambavyo yeye na baba yake walikuwa wameviweka wakfu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2CH.15.19" />Hapakuwepo vita tena mpaka mwaka wa thelathini na tano wa utawala wake Asa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="16" />
<s style="s1">Miaka Ya Mwisho Ya Mfalme Asa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Wafalme 15:17-24)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.16.1" />Katika mwaka wa thelathini na sita wa utawala wa Asa, Mfalme Baasha wa Israeli akashambulia Yuda na kuweka ngome mji wa Rama ili kumzuia yeyote asitoke wala kuingia nchi ya Mfalme Asa wa Yuda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="2CH.16.2" />Ndipo Asa akachukua fedha na dhahabu kutoka hazina ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kutoka jumba lake mwenyewe la kifalme na kumpelekea Ben-Hadadi mfalme wa Aramu, ambaye alikuwa anatawala huko Dameski.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CH.16.3" />Akasema, “Pawepo na mkataba kati yangu na wewe, kama ulivyokuwepo kati ya baba yangu na baba yako. Tazama, nimekuletea fedha na dhahabu. Sasa vunja mkataba wako na Baasha mfalme wa Israeli ili aniondokee mimi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2CH.16.4" />Ben-Hadadi akakubaliana na Mfalme Asa na kutuma majemadari wa majeshi yake dhidi ya miji ya Israeli. Wakashinda Iyoni, Dani, Abel-Maimu na miji yote ya hazina ya Naftali.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CH.16.5" />Baasha aliposikia jambo hili, akasimamisha kujenga Rama na kuacha kazi yake.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CH.16.6" />Ndipo Mfalme Asa akawaleta watu wote wa Yuda, nao wakachukua mawe na miti ambayo Baasha alikuwa anavitumia huko Rama. Kwa vitu hivyo akajenga Geba na Mispa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2CH.16.7" />Ikawa wakati huo mwonaji Hanani akamjia Mfalme Asa wa Yuda na kumwambia: “Kwa sababu ulimtegemea mfalme wa Aramu nawe hukumtegemea
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako, jeshi la mfalme wa Aramu limeponyoka mkononi mwako.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2CH.16.8" />Je, hukumbuki lililotendeka kwa Wakushi na Walibia, hawakuwa jeshi lenye nguvu na magari mengi ya vita na wapanda farasi? Hata hivyo, ulipomtegemea
<nd>Bwana</nd> yeye aliwatia mkononi mwako.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CH.16.9" />Kwa kuwa macho ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> hukimbiakimbia duniani kote ili kujionyesha mwenye nguvu kwa ajili ya wale ambao mioyo yao inamtegemea kwa ukamilifu. Umefanya jambo la upumbavu na kuanzia sasa na kuendelea utakuwa na vita.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2CH.16.10" />Asa akamkasirikia mwonaji kwa sababu ya jambo hili. Alikuwa ameghadhibika sana hata akamweka gerezani. Wakati huo huo Asa akaanza kuwatesa na kuwaonea baadhi ya watu kwa ukatili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2CH.16.11" />Matukio ya utawala wa Asa, kuanzia mwanzo mpaka mwisho, yameandikwa katika kitabu cha wafalme wa Yuda na Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2CH.16.12" />Katika mwaka wa thelathini na tisa wa utawala wake, Asa alipatwa na ugonjwa kwenye miguu yake. Ingawa ugonjwa wake ulimzidia sana, hata katika kuugua kwake hakutafuta msaada kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> bali kwa matabibu tu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2CH.16.13" />Katika mwaka wa arobaini na moja wa utawala wa Asa, alikufa na kulala na baba zake.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CH.16.14" />Nao wakamzika katika kaburi lile alilokuwa amejichongea mwenyewe katika Mji wa Daudi. Wakamzika kwa jeneza lililowekwa vikolezi na mchanganyiko wa manukato ya aina mbalimbali yaliyotengenezwa kwa utaalamu wa mtengeneza marashi, nao wakawasha moto mkubwa kwa heshima yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="17" />
<s style="s1">Yehoshafati Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.17.1" />Yehoshafati mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake na akajiimarisha dhidi ya Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CH.17.2" />Akaweka jeshi katika miji yote ya Yuda yenye ngome na kuweka askari walinzi katika Yuda na katika miji ya Efraimu ile ambayo baba yake Asa alikuwa ameiteka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2CH.17.3" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu alikuwa na Yehoshafati kwa sababu katika miaka yake ya mwanzoni alienenda katika njia za Daudi baba yake. Hakutafuta Mabaali
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CH.17.4" />bali alimtafuta Mungu wa baba yake na kuzifuata amri zake badala ya kufuata desturi za watu wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CH.17.5" />Kwa hiyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akauimarisha ufalme chini ya uongozi wake, nao Yuda wote wakamletea Yehoshafati zawadi, hivyo akawa na utajiri mwingi na heshima.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CH.17.6" />Moyo wake ukawa hodari katika njia za
<nd>Bwana</nd> na zaidi ya yote, akaondoa mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu na nguzo za Maashera katika Yuda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2CH.17.7" />Katika mwaka wa tatu wa utawala wa akatuma maafisa wake ambao ni: Ben-Haili, Obadia, Zekaria, Nethaneli na Mikaya ili kufundisha katika miji ya Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2CH.17.8" />Pamoja nao walikuwepo Walawi fulani nao ni: Shemaya, Nethania, Zebadia, Asaheli, Shemiramothi, Yehonathani, Adoniya, Tobia, Tob-Adonia, pamoja nao walikuwepo makuhani Elishama na Yehoramu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CH.17.9" />Wakafundisha Yuda yote, wakiwa wamechukua Kitabu cha Sheria ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> wakazunguka miji yote ya Yuda na kufundisha watu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2CH.17.10" />Hofu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ikawa juu ya falme zote za nchi zilizozunguka Yuda, hivyo hawakufanya vita na Yehoshafati.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2CH.17.11" />Baadhi ya Wafilisti wakamletea Yehoshafati zawadi na fedha kama ushuru, nao Waarabu wakamletea mifugo: kondoo dume 7,700 na mbuzi 7,700.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2CH.17.12" />Yehoshafati akaendelea kupata nguvu zaidi na zaidi, akajenga ngome na miji ya hazina katika Yuda
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2CH.17.13" />na akawa na wingi mkubwa wa vitu katika miji ya Yuda. Pia aliweka askari wa vita wenye uzoefu huko Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CH.17.14" />Wakaandikishwa katika jamaa zao kama ifuatavyo:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Kutoka Yuda, majemadari wa vikosi vya elfu:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Jemadari Adna akiwa na askari wa vita 300,000;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="15" bcv="2CH.17.15" />aliyefuata ni jemadari Yehohanani, akiwa na askari 280,000 walio tayari kwa vita;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="16" bcv="2CH.17.16" />aliyefuata ni Amasia mwana wa Zikri, ambaye alijitolea kwa ajili ya kazi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akiwa na askari 200,000.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="17" bcv="2CH.17.17" />Kutoka Benyamini:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Eliada, askari shujaa akiwa na watu 200,000 wenye silaha za nyuta na ngao;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="18" bcv="2CH.17.18" />aliyefuata ni Yehozabadi, akiwa na askari 180,000 wenye silaha za vita.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2CH.17.19" />Hawa ndio waliomtumikia mfalme, mbali na wale mfalme aliweka katika miji yenye ngome huko Yuda yote.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="18" />
<s style="s1">Mikaya Atoa Unabii Dhidi Ya Ahabu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Wafalme 22:1-28)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.18.1" />Basi, Yehoshafati alikuwa na mali nyingi sana na heshima. Naye akafanya urafiki na Ahabu kwa mwanawe kumwoa binti wa Ahabu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CH.18.2" />Baada ya miaka kadhaa akashuka kumtembelea Ahabu huko Samaria. Ahabu akachinja ngʼombe na kondoo wengi kwa ajili yake na watu aliokuwa amefuatana nao. Kisha Ahabu akamshawishi Yehoshafati kukwea pamoja naye ili kuishambulia Ramoth-Gileadi.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CH.18.3" />Ahabu mfalme wa Israeli akamuuliza Yehoshafati mfalme wa Yuda, “Je, utakwenda pamoja nami kupigana dhidi ya Ramoth-Gileadi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Yehoshafati akamjibu mfalme wa Israeli, “Mimi ni kama wewe, watu wangu ni kama watu wako, farasi wangu ni kama farasi wako. Tutakuwa pamoja nawe vitani.”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CH.18.4" />Lakini Yehoshafati pia akamwambia mfalme wa Israeli, “Kwanza tafuta shauri la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2CH.18.5" />Kwa hiyo mfalme wa Israeli akawaleta pamoja manabii wanaume wapatao mia nne, akawauliza, “Je, twende vitani dhidi ya Ramoth-Gileadi, au niache?”
</p>
<p style="p">Wakajibu, “Naam, nenda kwa kuwa Mungu ataiweka Ramoth-Gileadi mkononi mwa mfalme.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2CH.18.6" />Lakini Yehoshafati akauliza, “Je, hayuko nabii wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> hapa ambaye tunaweza kumuuliza?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2CH.18.7" />Mfalme wa Israeli akamjibu Yehoshafati, “Bado yupo mtu mmoja ambaye kupitia yeye twaweza kumuuliza shauri la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, lakini namchukia kwa sababu huwa hatabiri jambo lolote jema kunihusu mimi, lakini kila mara hunitabiria mabaya tu. Yeye ni Mikaya mwana wa Imla.”
</p>
<p style="p">Yehoshafati akajibu, “Mfalme hapaswi kusema hivyo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2CH.18.8" />Kwa hiyo mfalme wa Israeli akamwita mmoja wa maafisa wake na kusema, “Mlete Mikaya mwana wa Imla mara moja.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2CH.18.9" />Wakiwa wamevalia majoho yao ya kifalme, mfalme wa Israeli na Yehoshafati mfalme wa Yuda walikuwa wameketi juu ya viti vyao vya kifalme katika sakafu ya kupuria, kwenye ingilio la lango la Samaria, pamoja na manabii wote wakiwa wakitabiri mbele yao.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CH.18.10" />Wakati huu Sedekia mwana wa Kenaana alikuwa ametengeneza pembe za chuma, akatangaza, “Hivi ndivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemavyo, ‘Kwa hizi pembe utawapiga na kuwarudisha Waaramu nyuma mpaka wameangamizwa.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2CH.18.11" />Manabii wengine wote walikuwa wanatabiri kitu hicho hicho, wakisema, “Ishambulie Ramoth-Gileadi na uwe mshindi. Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ataitia mkononi mwa mfalme.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2CH.18.12" />Mjumbe aliyekuwa amekwenda kumwita Mikaya akamwambia, “Tazama, manabii wote kama mtu mmoja wanatabiri ushindi kwa mfalme. Neno lako na likubaliane na lao, nawe unene mema kuhusu mfalme.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2CH.18.13" />Lakini Mikaya akasema, “Hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo, nitamwambia kile tu
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakachoniambia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2CH.18.14" />Alipofika, mfalme akamuuliza, “Mikaya, je, twende vitani dhidi ya Ramoth-Gileadi au niache?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akamjibu, “Shambulia na ushinde, kwa kuwa watatiwa mkononi mwako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2CH.18.15" />Mfalme akamwambia, “Je, ni mara ngapi nitakuapisha ili usiniambie kitu chochote ila kweli tu kwa jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2CH.18.16" />Ndipo Mikaya akajibu, “Niliona Israeli wote wametawanyika vilimani kama kondoo wasio na mchungaji, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, ‘Watu hawa hawana bwana. Mwache kila mmoja aende nyumbani kwa amani.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2CH.18.17" />Mfalme wa Israeli akamwambia Yehoshafati, “Sikukuambia kwamba huwa hatabiri jambo lolote jema kunihusu bali mabaya tu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2CH.18.18" />Mikaya akaendelea, “Kwa hiyo lisikie neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Nilimwona
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameketi juu ya kiti chake cha enzi pamoja na jeshi lote la mbinguni likiwa limesimama upande wa kulia na wa kushoto.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2CH.18.19" />Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, ‘Ni nani atakayemshawishi Ahabu, mfalme wa Israeli, ili aishambulie Ramoth-Gileadi na kukiendea kifo chake huko?’
</p>
<p style="p">“Mmoja akapendekeza hili na mwingine lile.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2CH.18.20" />Mwishoni, roho akajitokeza, akasimama mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kusema, ‘Nitamshawishi.’
</p>
<p style="p">“<nd>Bwana</nd> akauliza, ‘Kwa njia gani?’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="2CH.18.21" />“Akasema, ‘Nitakwenda na kuwa roho ya uongo katika vinywa vya manabii wake wote.’
</p>
<p style="p">“<nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, ‘Utafanikiwa katika kumshawishi. Nenda ukafanye hivyo.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2CH.18.22" />“Kwa hiyo sasa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameweka roho ya kudanganya ndani ya vinywa vya hawa manabii wako wote.
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameamuru maafa kwa ajili yako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="2CH.18.23" />Kisha Sedekia mwana wa Kenaana akatoka na kumpiga Mikaya kofi usoni. Akauliza, “Huyo Roho kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alipita njia gani alipotoka kwangu ili kusema nawe?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="2CH.18.24" />Mikaya akajibu, “Utagundua siku hiyo utakapokwenda kujificha kwenye chumba cha ndani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="2CH.18.25" />Kisha mfalme wa Israeli akaagiza, “Mchukueni na mkamrudishe kwa Amoni mtawala wa mji na kwa Yoashi mwana wa mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="2CH.18.26" />Mkaseme, ‘Hivi ndivyo asemavyo mfalme: Mwekeni mtu huyu gerezani na asipewe chochote ila mkate na maji mpaka nitakaporudi salama.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="2CH.18.27" />Mikaya akasema, “Kama utarudi salama, basi
<nd>Bwana</nd> hajanena kupitia kwangu.” Kisha akaongeza kusema, “Zingatieni maneno yangu, enyi watu wote!”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ahabu Anauawa Huko Ramoth-Gileadi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Wafalme 22:29-35)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="2CH.18.28" />Basi mfalme wa Israeli na Yehoshafati mfalme wa Yuda wakaenda Ramoth-Gileadi.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="2CH.18.29" />Mfalme wa Israeli akamwambia Yehoshafati, “Nitaingia vitani nikiwa nimejibadilisha, lakini wewe uvae majoho yako ya kifalme.” Kwa hiyo mfalme wa Israeli akajibadilisha na kwenda vitani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="2CH.18.30" />Wakati huu, mfalme wa Aramu alikuwa amewaagiza majemadari thelathini na wawili wa magari ya vita, “Msipigane na yeyote, mdogo au mkubwa, isipokuwa mfalme wa Israeli.”
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="2CH.18.31" />Wakati wale majemadari wa magari ya vita walipomwona Yehoshafati, wakafikiri, “Hakika huyu ndiye mfalme wa Israeli.” Kwa hiyo wakageuka ili wamshambulie, lakini Yehoshafati akapiga kelele, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamsaidia. Mungu akawaondoa kwake,
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="2CH.18.32" />wale majemadari wakaona kwamba hakuwa mfalme wa Israeli nao wakaacha kumfuatilia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="2CH.18.33" />Lakini mtu fulani akavuta upinde pasipo lengo na kumpiga mfalme wa Israeli katikati ya kiungio cha mavazi yake ya chuma, mfalme akamwambia mwendesha gari lake, “Geuza gari na uniondoe mimi katika mapigano, nimejeruhiwa.”
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="2CH.18.34" />Vita vikaendelea mchana kutwa, naye mfalme wa Israeli akajitegemeza ndani ya gari lake kuwaelekea Waaramu hadi jioni. Basi jioni yake akafa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="19" />
<s style="s1">Yehu Amkemea Yehoshafati
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.19.1" />Mfalme Yehoshafati wa Yuda akarudi salama kwenye jumba lake la kifalme huko Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CH.19.2" />Yehu mwonaji, mwana wa Hanani, akapanda kwenda kuonana naye akamwambia Mfalme Yehoshafati, “Je, utawasaidia waovu na kuwapenda wale wanaomchukia
<nd>Bwana</nd>? Kwa sababu ya jambo hili, ghadhabu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> iko juu yako.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CH.19.3" />Hata hivyo, kuna mema yaliyoonekana kwako, kwa kuwa umeondoa katika nchi nguzo za Ashera na umeukaza moyo wako katika kumtafuta Mungu.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yehoshafati Aweka Waamuzi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2CH.19.4" />Yehoshafati aliishi huko Yerusalemu, naye akatoka akaenda tena miongoni mwa watu, kuanzia Beer-Sheba hadi nchi ya vilima ya Efraimu na kuwageuza wakamrudia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zao.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CH.19.5" />Akawaweka waamuzi katika nchi, kwenye miji yote ya Yuda yenye maboma.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CH.19.6" />Akawaambia, “Angalieni kwa makini yale mtendayo, kwa kuwa hamkuhukumu kwa ajili ya mwanadamu bali kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ambaye yu pamoja nanyi kila mtoapo hukumu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2CH.19.7" />Basi sasa hofu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> na iwe juu yenu. Hukumuni kwa uangalifu, kwa kuwa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu hakuna jambo lisilo la haki, upendeleo, wala rushwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2CH.19.8" />Pia huko Yerusalemu, Yehoshafati akaweka baadhi ya Walawi, makuhani na viongozi wa jamaa za Waisraeli ili kutoa hukumu kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kuamua magomvi. Nao waliishi huko Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CH.19.9" />Akawapa maagizo haya: “Ni lazima mtumike kwa uaminifu na kwa moyo wote katika kicho cha
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CH.19.10" />Katika kila shauri lifikalo mbele yenu kutoka kwa ndugu zenu wale waishio katika miji, ikiwa ni la umwagaji wa damu au mambo mengine yahusuyo sheria, amri, hukumu au maagizo, inawapasa ninyi kuwaonya kwamba wasiingie katika hatia dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, la sivyo ghadhabu yake itakuja juu yenu na ndugu zenu. Tendeni hivyo, nanyi hamtatenda dhambi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2CH.19.11" />“Amaria kuhani mkuu atakuwa juu yenu katika jambo lolote linalomhusu
<nd>Bwana</nd> naye Zebadia mwana wa Ishmaeli, kiongozi wa kabila la Yuda, atakuwa juu yenu kwa jambo lolote linalomhusu mfalme, nao Walawi watatumika kama maafisa mbele yenu. Tendeni kwa ujasiri, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakuwa pamoja na wale watendao vyema.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="20" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.20.1" />Ikawa baada ya jambo hili, Wamoabu na Waamoni, pamoja na baadhi ya Wameuni wakaja ili wapigane vita na Yehoshafati.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="2CH.20.2" />Watu fulani wakaja wakamwambia Yehoshafati, “Jeshi kubwa linakuja dhidi yako kutoka Edomu tokea ngʼambo ile nyingine ya Bahari.<f caller="+"><fr>20:2
</fr><ft>Yaani Bahari ya Chumvi.</ft></f> Tayari liko Hasason-Tamari” (yaani En-Gedi).
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CH.20.3" />Yehoshafati akaogopa, akaazimu kumtafuta
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na akatangaza kwa Yuda wote kufunga.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CH.20.4" />Watu wa Yuda wakakusanyika pamoja ili kutafuta msaada kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Wakaja kutoka kila mji wa Yuda ili kumtafuta.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2CH.20.5" />Kisha Yehoshafati akasimama katika kusanyiko la Yuda na Yerusalemu katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mbele ya ua mpya,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CH.20.6" />akasema:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zetu, si wewe ndiwe uliye Mungu mbinguni? Si wewe ndiwe utawalaye juu ya falme zote za mataifa? Uweza na nguvu viko mkononi mwako, wala hakuna yeyote awezaye kushindana nawe.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2CH.20.7" />Je, si wewe, Ee Mungu wetu, uliyewafukuza wenyeji wa nchi hii mbele ya watu wako Israeli, ukawapa wazao wa Abrahamu, rafiki yako, hata milele?
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2CH.20.8" />Wameishi ndani yake na humo wamekujengea mahali patakatifu kwa ajili ya Jina lako, wakisema:
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CH.20.9" />‘Kama maafa yakitujia, ikiwa ni upanga, hukumu, tauni, au njaa, tutasimama mbele zako, mbele ya Hekalu hili ambalo limeitwa kwa Jina lako na kukulilia katika shida yetu, nawe utatusikia na kutuokoa.’
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="10" bcv="2CH.20.10" />“Lakini sasa hawa watu wa kutoka Amoni, Moabu na Mlima Seiri, ambao hukuwaruhusu Israeli wazivamie nchi zao wakati walitoka Misri, hivyo wakageukia mbali nao na hawakuwaangamiza,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2CH.20.11" />tazama jinsi wanavyotulipa kwa kuja kututupa nje ya milki uliyotupa sisi kuwa urithi.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2CH.20.12" />Ee Mungu wetu, je, wewe hutawahukumu? Kwa kuwa sisi hatuna uwezo wa kukabiliana na jeshi hili kubwa linalokuja kutushambulia. Sisi hatujui la kufanya, bali macho yetu yanakutazama wewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2CH.20.13" />Watu wote wa Yuda pamoja na wake zao, watoto wao na wadogo wao wakasimama pale mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2CH.20.14" />Ndipo Roho wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaja juu ya mtu mmoja jina lake Yahazieli mwana wa Zekaria, mwana wa Benaya, Mwana wa Yeieli, mwana wa Matania, Mlawi mzao wa Asafu alipokuwa amesimama katika kusanyiko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2CH.20.15" />Akasema: “Sikilizeni, enyi Yuda wote nanyi nyote mkaao Yerusalemu, nawe Mfalme Yehoshafati! Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemalo kwenu, ‘Msiogope wala msifadhaike kwa sababu ya jeshi hili kubwa. Kwa maana vita hivi si vyenu, bali ni vya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2CH.20.16" />Kesho shukeni kukabiliana nao. Watakwea kwa kupandia Genge la Sisi, nanyi mtawakuta mwisho wa bonde, kabla ya Jangwa la Yerueli.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CH.20.17" />Hamtahitaji kupigana vita hivi. Kaeni kwenye nafasi zenu, simameni imara na mkaone wokovu
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakaowapatia, enyi Yuda na Yerusalemu. Msiogope, wala msifadhaike. Kesho tokeni mwende mkawakabili, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakuwa pamoja nanyi.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2CH.20.18" />Yehoshafati akainamisha uso wake chini, nao watu wote wa Yuda na Yerusalemu wakaanguka chini ili kuabudu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2CH.20.19" />Ndipo baadhi ya Walawi kutoka kwa Wakohathi na kwa wana wa Kora wakasimama na kumsifu
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, kwa sauti kuu sana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2CH.20.20" />Asubuhi na mapema wakaondoka kuelekea Jangwa la Tekoa. Walipoanza safari, Yehoshafati akasimama akasema, “Nisikilizeni, enyi Yuda, na watu wa Yerusalemu! Mwaminini
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, hivyo mtathibitika, wasadikini manabii wake nanyi mtafanikiwa.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2CH.20.21" />Alipomaliza kushauriana na watu, Yehoshafati akawaweka watu wa kumwimbia
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kumsifu katika utukufu wa utakatifu wake walipokuwa wametangulia mbele ya jeshi, wakisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Mshukuruni
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa upendo wake wadumu milele.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2CH.20.22" />Walipoanza kuimba na kusifu,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaweka waviziao dhidi ya watu wa Amoni, Moabu na wale wa Mlima Seiri waliokuwa wamekuja kuishambulia Yuda, nao wakashindwa.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="2CH.20.23" />Watu wa Amoni na Moabu wakawainukia watu wa Mlima Seiri ili kuwaua na kuwaangamiza kabisa. Baada ya kumaliza kuwachinja watu wa Seiri, wakaangamizana wao kwa wao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="2CH.20.24" />Yuda walipofika katika mnara wa ulinzi wa jangwani, wakaliangalia lile jeshi kubwa, wakaona ni maiti tupu zimetapakaa ardhini, wala hakuna yeyote aliyenusurika.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2CH.20.25" />Hivyo Yehoshafati na watu wake wakaenda kujitwalia nyara kutoka kwao, nao wakakuta humo wingi wa mifugo, mali, nguo na vitu vya thamani, ambavyo vilikuwa vingi zaidi ya vile walivyoweza kuchukua. Wakakusanya nyara kwa siku tatu kwa sababu zilikuwa nyingi mno.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="2CH.20.26" />Siku ya nne wakakusanyika katika Bonde la Beraka<f caller="+"><fr>20:26
</fr><ft>Bonde la Beraka maana yake Bonde la Kusifu.</ft></f> kwa maana huko ndiko walikomsifu
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Ndiyo sababu linaitwa Bonde la Beraka mpaka leo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="2CH.20.27" />Kisha watu wote wa Yuda na Yerusalemu, wakiongozwa na Yehoshafati, wakarudi Yerusalemu wakiwa na furaha kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amewasababisha wafurahi juu ya adui zao.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="2CH.20.28" />Wakaingia Yerusalemu na kwenda hekaluni mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> wakiwa na vinubi, zeze na tarumbeta.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="2CH.20.29" />Hofu ya Mungu ikazipata falme zote za nchi waliposikia jinsi
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyokuwa amepigana dhidi ya adui za Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="2CH.20.30" />Ufalme wa Yehoshafati ukawa na amani, kwa kuwa Mungu wake alikuwa amemstarehesha pande zote.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mwisho Wa Utawala Wa Yehoshafati
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Wafalme 22:41-50)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="2CH.20.31" />Hivyo Yehoshafati akatawala Yuda. Alikuwa na umri wa miaka thelathini na mitano alipoanza kutawala, akatawala katika Yerusalemu kwa miaka ishirini na mitano. Mama yake aliitwa Azuba binti Shilhi.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="2CH.20.32" />Alienenda katika njia za Asa baba yake wala hakwenda kinyume chake. Alifanya yaliyo mema machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="2CH.20.33" />Hata hivyo mahali pa juu pa kuabudia hapakuondolewa, na watu wakawa bado hawajaelekeza mioyo yao kwa Mungu wa baba zao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="2CH.20.34" />Matukio mengine ya utawala wa Yehoshafati, kuanzia mwanzo hadi mwisho, yameandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu cha Yehu mwana wa Hanani, ambazo zimeandikwa katika kitabu cha wafalme wa Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="2CH.20.35" />Hatimaye Yehoshafati mfalme wa Yuda akafanya urafiki na Ahazia mfalme wa Israeli ambaye alifanya maovu sana.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="2CH.20.36" />Akaungana naye kutengeneza meli nyingi za kwenda Tarshishi,<f caller="+"><fr>20:36
</fr><ft>Au: za biashara (ona pia
</ft><xt>1Fal 10:22; 22:48; 2Nya 9:21; Isa 2:16; 60:9</xt><ft>).</ft></f> nazo zilitengenezwa huko Esion-Geberi.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="2CH.20.37" />Ndipo Eliezeri mwana wa Dodavahu wa Maresha akatoa unabii dhidi ya Yehoshafati, akasema, “Kwa kuwa umeungana na Ahazia,
<nd>Bwana</nd> ataangamiza vile mlivyotengeneza.” Zile meli zikavunjika na hazikuweza kungʼoa nanga ili kwenda Tarshishi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="21" />
<s style="s1">Yehoramu Atawala
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 8:17-24)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.21.1" />Yehoshafati akalala na baba zake, akazikwa pamoja nao katika Mji wa Daudi. Mwanawe Yehoramu akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CH.21.2" />Ndugu zake Yehoramu, wana wa Yehoshafati walikuwa: Azaria, Yehieli, Zekaria, Azaria, Mikaeli na Shefatia. Hawa wote walikuwa wana wa Yehoshafati mfalme wa Israeli<f caller="+"><fr>21:2
</fr><ft>Yaani Yuda.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CH.21.3" />Baba yao alikuwa amewapa zawadi nyingi za fedha na dhahabu na vitu vya thamani, pamoja na miji yenye ngome huko Yuda, bali ufalme akampa Yehoramu kwa sababu alikuwa mwanawe mzaliwa wa kwanza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2CH.21.4" />Baada ya Yehoramu kujiimarisha katika ufalme wa baba yake, akawaua kwa upanga ndugu zake wote pamoja na baadhi ya wakuu wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CH.21.5" />Yehoramu alikuwa na umri wa miaka thelathini na miwili alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu kwa miaka minane.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CH.21.6" />Akaenenda katika njia za wafalme wa Israeli, kama nyumba ya Ahabu ilivyokuwa imefanya, kwa kuwa alimwoa binti wa Ahabu. Akatenda maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2CH.21.7" />Hata hivyo, kwa sababu ya Agano ambalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amefanya na Daudi,
<nd>Bwana</nd> hakuwa radhi kuangamiza nyumba ya Daudi. Mungu alikuwa ameahidi kuidumisha taa kwa ajili yake na wazao wake milele.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2CH.21.8" />Wakati wa Yehoramu, Edomu waliasi dhidi ya Yuda na kujiwekea mfalme wao wenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CH.21.9" />Basi Yehoramu akaenda huko pamoja na maafisa wake na magari yake ya vita. Waedomu wakamzunguka yeye na majemadari wake wa magari yake ya vita, lakini akaondoka, akapenya usiku na kuwashambulia Waedomu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CH.21.10" />Hadi leo Edomu wameasi dhidi ya Yuda.
</p>
<p style="p">Libna pia wakaasi wakati huo huo kwa sababu Yehoramu alikuwa amemwacha
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zake.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2CH.21.11" />Alikuwa pia ametengeneza mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu katika vilima vya Yuda na akawa amewasababisha watu wa Yerusalemu kufanya uzinzi na akawa amewapotosha watu wa Yuda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2CH.21.12" />Yehoramu akapokea barua kutoka kwa nabii Eliya iliyosema:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Daudi baba yako, asemalo: ‘Hukuenenda katika njia za Yehoshafati baba yako au za Asa mfalme wa Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2CH.21.13" />Lakini umeenenda katika njia za wafalme wa Israeli, nawe umewaongoza Yuda na watu wa Yerusalemu kuzini, kama vile nyumba ya Ahabu ilivyofanya. Pia umewaua ndugu zako mwenyewe, watu wa nyumbani mwa baba yako, watu waliokuwa bora kuliko wewe.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CH.21.14" />Hivyo basi
<nd>Bwana</nd> yu karibu kuwapiga watu wako, wanao, wake zako na kila kitu kilicho chako, kwa pigo zito.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2CH.21.15" />Wewe mwenyewe utaugua sana kwa ugonjwa wa tumbo kwa muda mrefu, hadi ugonjwa utakaposababisha matumbo yako kutoka nje.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2CH.21.16" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akaamsha chuki ya Wafilisti na ya Waarabu walioishi karibu na Wakushi dhidi ya Yehoramu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CH.21.17" />Wakaishambulia Yuda, wakaivamia na kuchukua mali zote zilizopatikana katika jumba la mfalme pamoja na wanawe na wake zake. Hakubakiziwa mwana yeyote isipokuwa Ahazia aliyekuwa mdogo wa wote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2CH.21.18" />Baada ya mambo haya yote,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akampiga Yehoramu kwa ugonjwa usioponyeka wa matumbo.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2CH.21.19" />Ikawa baada ya muda, mwisho wa mwaka wa pili, matumbo yake yakatoka nje kwa sababu ya ugonjwa, naye akafa katika maumivu makali sana. Watu wake hawakuwasha moto kwa heshima yake, kama walivyokuwa wamewafanyia baba zake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2CH.21.20" />Yehoramu alikuwa na umri wa miaka thelathini na miwili alipokuwa mfalme, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu miaka minane. Akafa, bila kusikitikiwa na mtu yeyote, naye akazikwa katika Mji wa Daudi, lakini si katika makaburi ya wafalme.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="22" />
<s style="s1">Ahazia Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 8:25-29; 9:21-28)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.22.1" />Watu wa Yerusalemu wakamfanya Ahazia, mdogo wa wote wa wana wa Yerohamu, kuwa mfalme mahali pa baba yake, kwa sababu washambuliaji wa ghafula waliokuwa wameingia kambini pamoja na Waarabu, walikuwa wamewaua wana wakubwa wote wa Yehoramu. Kwa hiyo Ahazia mwana wa Yehoramu mfalme wa Yuda akaanza kutawala.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="2CH.22.2" />Ahazia alikuwa na umri wa miaka ishirini na miwili alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala katika Yerusalemu kwa mwaka mmoja. Mama yake aliitwa Athalia, mjukuu wa Omri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2CH.22.3" />Ahazia naye akaenenda katika njia za nyumba ya Ahabu, kwa sababu mama yake alimshawishi katika kutenda maovu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CH.22.4" />Akafanya yaliyo maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kama walivyokuwa wamefanya nyumba ya Ahabu, kwa kuwa baada ya kufa kwa baba yake nyumba ya Ahabu ndio waliokuwa washauri wake, kwa uangamivu wake.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CH.22.5" />Pia akafuata shauri lao alipokwenda pamoja na Yoramu mwana wa Ahabu mfalme wa Israeli kupigana na Hazaeli mfalme wa Aramu huko Ramoth-Gileadi. Waaramu wakamjeruhi Yoramu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CH.22.6" />Hivyo akarudi Yezreeli ili apate kuuguza majeraha aliyojeruhiwa huko Ramothi<f caller="+"><fr>22:6
</fr><ft>Yaani Rama kwa Kiebrania.</ft></f> alipopigana na Hazaeli mfalme wa Aramu.
</p>
<p style="p">Ndipo Ahazia mwana wa Yehoramu, mfalme wa Yuda, akashuka kwenda Yezreeli kumtazama Yoramu mwana wa Ahabu, kwa sababu alikuwa amejeruhiwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2CH.22.7" />Mungu alikuwa ameamuru kwamba kuanguka kwa Ahazia kungetokea atakapokwenda kumwona Yoramu. Ahazia alipowasili, wakatoka pamoja na Yoramu ili kwenda kukutana na Yehu mwana wa Nimshi, ambaye
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amemtia mafuta kuangamiza nyumba ya Ahabu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2CH.22.8" />Yehu alipokuwa anatekeleza hukumu juu ya nyumba ya Ahabu, akawakuta wakuu wa Yuda na wana wa jamaa ya Ahazia waliokuwa wanamhudumia Ahazia, naye akawaua.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CH.22.9" />Ndipo akaenda kumsaka Ahazia, nao watu wake wakamkamata alipokuwa amejificha huko Samaria. Akaletwa kwa Yehu, naye Yehu akamuua. Wakamzika kwani walisema, “Alikuwa mwana wa Yehoshafati, ambaye alimtafuta
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moyo wake wote.” Hivyo hapakuwa na mtu mwenye uwezo katika nyumba ya Ahazia aliyeweza kushika ufalme.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Athalia Na Yoashi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 11:1-3)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2CH.22.10" />Wakati Athalia mamaye Ahazia alipoona kuwa mwanawe amekufa, akainuka na kuiangamiza jamaa yote ya mfalme ya nyumba ya Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2CH.22.11" />Lakini Yehosheba, binti wa Mfalme Yehoramu, akamtwaa Yoashi mwana wa Ahazia kwa siri kutoka miongoni mwa wana wa mfalme waliokuwa karibu kuuawa. Akamweka Yoashi pamoja na yaya wake ndani ya chumba cha kulala. Kwa kuwa Yehosheba, aliyekuwa binti wa Mfalme Yehoramu, na pia alikuwa mke wa kuhani Yehoyada, alikuwa dada yake Ahazia, akamficha huyo mtoto ili Athalia asimuue.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2CH.22.12" />Alibaki amefichwa pamoja nao katika Hekalu la Mungu kwa muda wa miaka sita wakati Athalia alikuwa akitawala nchi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="23" />
<s style="s1">Uasi Dhidi Ya Athalia
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 11:4-20)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.23.1" />Katika mwaka wa saba, Yehoyada akaonyesha nguvu zake. Alifanya agano na wakuu wa vikosi vya mamia: yaani Azaria mwana wa Yerohamu, Ishmaeli mwana wa Yehohanani, Azaria mwana wa Obedi, Maaseya mwana wa Adaya, na Elishafati mwana wa Zikri.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CH.23.2" />Wakazunguka katika Yuda yote na kukusanya Walawi na viongozi wa jamaa za Israeli kutoka miji yote. Walipofika Yerusalemu,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CH.23.3" />kusanyiko lote likafanya agano na mfalme katika Hekalu la Mungu.
</p>
<p style="p">Yehoyada akawaambia, “Mwana wa mfalme atatawala, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyoahidi kuhusu wazao wa Daudi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CH.23.4" />Basi hivi ndivyo iwapasavyo kufanya: Theluthi yenu makuhani na Walawi ambao mnaingia zamu siku ya Sabato mtalinda milangoni,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CH.23.5" />theluthi yenu mtalinda jumba la kifalme, na theluthi nyingine mtalinda Lango la Msingi. Walinzi wengine wote mwe ndani ya nyua za Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CH.23.6" />Hakuna mtu yeyote ataingia katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> isipokuwa makuhani na Walawi walioko kwenye zamu. Wao wanaweza kuingia kwa sababu ni watakatifu, lakini watu wengine wote itawapasa kulinda kile walichoamriwa na
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2CH.23.7" />Walawi watajipanga kumzunguka mfalme, kila mtu akiwa na silaha zake mkononi. Mtu mwingine yeyote aingiaye Hekaluni lazima auawe. Kaeni karibu na mfalme popote aendapo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2CH.23.8" />Walawi na watu wote wa Yuda wakafanya kama vile kuhani Yehoyada aliagiza. Kila mmoja akawachukua watu wake, wale waliokuwa wakiingia zamu siku ya Sabato na wale waliokuwa wakienda mapumziko, kwa sababu kuhani Yehoyada hakuruhusu kikosi chochote kiondoke.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CH.23.9" />Kisha akawapa wakuu wa vikosi vya mamia mikuki na ngao kubwa na ndogo zilizokuwa za Mfalme Daudi, zilizokuwa ndani ya Hekalu la Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CH.23.10" />Akawapanga walinzi wote kumzunguka mfalme, kila mmoja akiwa na silaha yake mkononi mwake, karibu na madhabahu na Hekalu, kuanzia upande wa kusini hadi upande wa kaskazini mwa Hekalu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2CH.23.11" />Yehoyada na wanawe wakamtoa Yoashi mwana wa mfalme nje na kumvika taji. Wakampa nakala ya agano na kumtangaza kuwa mfalme. Wakamtia mafuta na kupaza sauti, wakisema, “Mfalme aishi maisha marefu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2CH.23.12" />Athalia aliposikia kelele za watu wakikimbia na kumsifu mfalme, akawaendea watu katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2CH.23.13" />Athalia akaangalia, tazama alikuwepo mfalme akiwa amesimama karibu na nguzo yake kwenye ingilio. Maafisa na wapiga tarumbeta walikuwa kando ya mfalme, nao watu wote wa nchi walikuwa wanashangilia na kupiga tarumbeta na waimbaji wakiwa na vyombo vya uimbaji, walikuwa wakiongoza nyimbo za sifa. Ndipo Athalia akararua mavazi yake na kupiga kelele, akisema, “Uhaini! Uhaini!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2CH.23.14" />Kuhani Yehoyada akawatuma majemadari wa vikosi vya mamia, waliokuwa viongozi wa jeshi, na kuwaambia: “Mleteni nje kati ya safu, na mkamuue kwa upanga yeyote anayemfuata.” Kwa kuwa kuhani alikuwa amesema, “Msimuulie ndani ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2CH.23.15" />Kwa hiyo wakamkamata alipofika kwenye ingilio la Lango la Farasi katika viwanja vya jumba la mfalme wakamuulia hapo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2CH.23.16" />Kisha Yehoyada akafanya agano kwamba yeye na watu wote na mfalme watakuwa watu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CH.23.17" />Kisha watu wote wakaenda kwenye hekalu la Baali na kulibomoa. Wakavunjavunja madhabahu pamoja na sanamu na kumuua Matani kuhani wa Baali mbele ya hayo madhabahu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2CH.23.18" />Kisha Yehoyada akaweka uangalizi wa Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> mikononi mwa makuhani, waliokuwa Walawi, ambao Mfalme Daudi alikuwa amewagawa ili wahudumu hekaluni kwa ajili ya kutoa sadaka za kuteketezwa za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kama ilivyoandikwa katika Sheria ya Mose, kwa kushangilia na kuimba kama Daudi alivyokuwa ameagiza.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2CH.23.19" />Pia akawaweka mabawabu kwenye malango ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> ili kwamba kwa vyovyote asije akaingia mtu yeyote aliye najisi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2CH.23.20" />Akawachukua majemadari wa mamia, watu waheshimiwa, viongozi wa watu pamoja na watu wote wa nchi na kumteremsha mfalme kutoka Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Wakaingia kwenye jumba la mfalme kupitia Lango la Juu na kumkalisha mfalme kwenye kiti cha enzi,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2CH.23.21" />nao watu wote wa nchi wakafurahi. Mji ukatulia kwa sababu Athalia alikuwa ameuawa kwa upanga.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="24" />
<s style="s1">Yoashi Akarabati Hekalu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 12:1-16)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.24.1" />Yoashi alikuwa na umri wa miaka saba alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu kwa miaka arobaini. Mama yake aliitwa Sibia aliyekuwa ametoka Beer-Sheba.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CH.24.2" />Yoashi akafanya yaliyo mema machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd> miaka yote ya Yehoyada kuhani.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CH.24.3" />Yehoyada akamwoza wake wawili, akazaa watoto wa kiume na wa kike.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2CH.24.4" />Baada ya muda, Yoashi akaamua kukarabati Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CH.24.5" />Akawaita pamoja makuhani na Walawi akawaambia, “Nendeni katika miji ya Yuda mkakusanye fedha wanazopaswa kulipa kila mwaka kutoka kwa Israeli wote, ili kukarabati Hekalu la Mungu wenu. Fanyeni hivyo sasa.” Lakini Walawi hawakufanya upesi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2CH.24.6" />Kwa hiyo mfalme akamwita Yehoyada kuhani mkuu na kumwambia, “Kwa nini hukuwaambia Walawi walete kutoka Yuda na Yerusalemu kodi iliyowekwa na Mose mtumishi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> pamoja na kusanyiko la Israeli kwa ajili ya Hema ya Ushuhuda?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2CH.24.7" />Kwa kuwa wana wa yule mwanamke mwovu Athalia, walikuwa wamevunja na kuingia katika Hekalu la Mungu, nao wakawa wamevitumia hata vile vitu vilivyowekwa wakfu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa mabaali.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2CH.24.8" />Kwa amri ya mfalme, likatengenezwa kasha, nalo likawekwa nje kwenye lango la Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CH.24.9" />Tangazo likatolewa katika Yuda na Yerusalemu kwamba inapasa wamletee
<nd>Bwana</nd> kodi ile ambayo Mose, mtumishi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amewaagiza Israeli huko jangwani.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CH.24.10" />Maafisa wote na watu wote wakaleta michango yao kwa furaha, wakaweka kwenye kasha mpaka likajaa.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2CH.24.11" />Ikawa kila wakati kasha lilipoletwa ndani na Walawi kwa maafisa wa mfalme na kuona kwamba kuna kiasi kikubwa cha fedha, mwandishi wa mfalme na afisa wa kuhani mkuu walikuwa wanakuja na kumimina, kisha kulirudisha mahali pake. Walifanya hivi mara kwa mara, nao wakakusanya fedha nyingi sana.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2CH.24.12" />Mfalme na Yehoyada wakawapa wale watu waliofanya kazi iliyotakiwa katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Wakawaajiri waashi na maseremala ili kutengeneza Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, pia wafanyakazi za chuma na shaba ili kukarabati Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2CH.24.13" />Watu walioshughulika na kazi walikuwa wenye bidii, nayo kazi ya kukarabati ikaendelea vizuri mikononi mwao. Wakalitengeneza upya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likarudi katika hali yake ya awali na kuliimarisha.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CH.24.14" />Walipokamilisha kazi hiyo ya kukarabati, wakaleta fedha zilizobaki wakampa mfalme na Yehoyada, nao kwa hizo wakatengeneza vyombo kwa ajili ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Vyombo kwa ajili ya huduma na kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa, pia mabakuli na vitu vingine vya dhahabu na fedha. Wakati wote Yehoyada alipokuwa hai, sadaka za kuteketezwa zilitolewa wakati wote katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2CH.24.15" />Basi Yehoyada alikuwa mzee aliyeshiba siku wakati alipofariki. Alikufa akiwa na umri wa miaka 130.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2CH.24.16" />Wakamzika pamoja na wafalme katika Mji wa Daudi, kwa sababu ya mema aliyokuwa ametenda katika Israeli kwa ajili ya Mungu na Hekalu lake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Uovu Wa Yoashi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2CH.24.17" />Baada ya kifo cha Yehoyada, wakuu wa Yuda walikuja kumpa mfalme heshima, naye akawasikiliza.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2CH.24.18" />Wakaacha Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zao, wakaabudu nguzo za maashera na sanamu. Kwa sababu ya hatia yao, hasira ya Mungu ikawajia Yuda na Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2CH.24.19" />Ingawa
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliwatuma manabii wawarudishe watu kwake na ingawa waliwaonya, hawakuwasikiliza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2CH.24.20" />Ndipo Roho wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaja juu ya Zekaria mwana wa Yehoyada kuhani. Akasimama mbele ya watu akasema, “Hili ndilo asemalo Mungu, ‘Kwa nini mnakataa kuzitii amri za
<nd>Bwana</nd>? Hamtafanikiwa kwa kuwa mmemwacha
<nd>Bwana</nd>, yeye naye amewaacha ninyi.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="2CH.24.21" />Lakini wakafanya shauri baya juu yake na kwa amri ya mfalme wakampiga kwa mawe mpaka akafa katika ukumbi wa Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="2CH.24.22" />Mfalme Yoashi hakukumbuka wema aliotendewa na Yehoyada baba yake Zekaria ila alimuua mwanawe, ambaye alisema wakati akiwa amelala akingojea kufa, “<nd>Bwana</nd> na alione hili na alipize kisasi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="2CH.24.23" />Mwishoni mwa ule mwaka, jeshi la Waaramu likaja dhidi ya Yoashi, likavamia Yuda na Yerusalemu na kuwaua viongozi wote wa watu. Wakapeleka nyara zao zote kwa mfalme wao huko Dameski.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="2CH.24.24" />Ingawa jeshi la Waaramu lilikuwa limekuja na watu wachache tu,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akatia mikononi mwao jeshi kubwa kuliko lao. Kwa sababu Yuda walikuwa wamemwacha
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zao, hukumu ilitekelezwa juu ya Yoashi.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2CH.24.25" />Waaramu walipoondoka, walimwacha Yoashi akiwa mgonjwa sana. Maafisa wake wakafanya hila dhidi yake kwa sababu alikuwa amemuua mwana wa Kuhani Yehoyada, nao wakamuulia kitandani mwake. Hivyo akafa na wakamzika katika Mji wa Daudi, lakini si katika makaburi ya wafalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="2CH.24.26" />Wale waliofanya hila mbaya dhidi yake walikuwa Zabadi, mwana wa Shimeathi mwanamke Mwamoni, Yehozabadi, mwana wa Shimrithi mwanamke Mmoabu.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="2CH.24.27" />Kwa habari za wanawe, unabii mwingi kumhusu na kumbukumbu za kutengenezwa upya kwa Hekalu la Mungu, zimeandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme. Amazia mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="25" />
<s style="s1">Amazia Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 14:2-20)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.25.1" />Amazia alikuwa na umri wa miaka ishirini na mitano alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu kwa miaka ishirini na tisa. Mama yake aliitwa Yehoadani kutoka Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CH.25.2" />Akatenda yaliyo mema machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, lakini sio kwa moyo wake wote.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CH.25.3" />Baada ya ufalme kuimarika mikononi mwake, aliwaua maafisa waliomuua mfalme baba yake.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CH.25.4" />Hata hivyo hakuwaua watoto wao, lakini akafanya sawasawa na ilivyoandikwa katika Sheria, katika Kitabu cha Mose, ambako
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliamuru: “Baba hawatauawa kwa ajili ya watoto wao, wala watoto hawatauawa kwa ajili ya baba zao. Kila mmoja atakufa kwa ajili ya dhambi zake mwenyewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2CH.25.5" />Amazia akawaita watu wa Yuda pamoja, akawaweka chini ya majemadari wa maelfu na majemadari wa mamia kufuatana na jamaa zao katika Yuda yote na Benyamini. Kisha akawahesabu wale wenye umri wa miaka ishirini au zaidi na akakuta kwamba walikuwa wanaume 300,000 watu walio tayari kwa utumishi wa jeshi, walio na uwezo wa kutumia mkuki na ngao.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CH.25.6" />Akawaajiri pia watu 100,000 wapiganaji kutoka Israeli kwa talanta 100 za fedha.<f caller="+"><fr>25:6
</fr><ft>Talanta 100 za fedha ni sawa na tani 3.75.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2CH.25.7" />Lakini mtu wa Mungu akamjia na kumwambia, “Ee mfalme, haya majeshi kutoka Israeli kamwe usiyaruhusu yaende pamoja na wewe kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> hayuko pamoja na Israeli, wala hayupo pamoja na yeyote wa watu wa Efraimu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2CH.25.8" />Hata kama ukienda na kupigana kwa ujasiri katika vita, Mungu atakufanya ukimbie mbele ya adui, kwa kuwa Mungu anao uwezo wa kusaidia au wa kuangusha.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2CH.25.9" />Amazia akamuuliza yule mtu wa Mungu, “Lakini itakuwaje kwa zile talanta 100 za fedha nilizolipa kwa ajili ya haya majeshi ya Israeli?”
</p>
<p style="p">Yule mtu wa Mungu akajibu, “<nd>Bwana</nd> aweza kukupa zaidi sana ya hizo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2CH.25.10" />Hivyo Amazia akayaondoa yale majeshi yaliyokuwa yamekuja kutoka Efraimu na kuyarudisha nyumbani. Waliwakasirikia sana Yuda, nao wakarudi nyumbani wakiwa na hasira kali.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2CH.25.11" />Ndipo Amazia akajitia nguvu na kuliongoza jeshi lake kwenye Bonde la Chumvi, ambako aliua watu 10,000 wa Seiri.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2CH.25.12" />Jeshi la Yuda pia likawateka watu 10,000 wakiwa hai, likawapandisha juu ya jabali na kuwatupa chini kwa nguvu hata wote wakavunjika vipande vipande.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2CH.25.13" />Wakati huo yale majeshi Amazia aliyoyarudisha na ambayo hakuyaruhusu kushiriki katika vita, yalivamia miji ya Yuda kuanzia Samaria hata Beth-Horoni. Yakawaua watu 3,000 na kuchukua kiasi kikubwa sana cha mateka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2CH.25.14" />Amazia aliporudi kutoka kuwachinja Waedomu, alileta pia kutoka huko miungu ya watu wa Seiri. Akaisimamisha kama miungu yake mwenyewe, akaisujudia na kuitolea kafara za kuteketezwa.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2CH.25.15" />Hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ikawaka dhidi ya Amazia, naye akamtuma nabii kwake, ambaye alisema: “Kwa nini unauliza kwa miungu ya hawa watu, ambayo haikuweza kuwaokoa watu wake wenyewe kutoka mkononi mwako?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2CH.25.16" />Wakati nabii alipokuwa angali anazungumza, mfalme akamwambia, “Je, wewe tumekuchagua kuwa mshauri wa mfalme? Nyamaza, ya nini uuawe?”
</p>
<p style="p">Hivyo nabii akanyamaza lakini akasema, “Najua kuwa Mungu ameazimia kukuangamiza kwa sababu umefanya jambo hili na hukusikiliza shauri langu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2CH.25.17" />Baada ya Amazia mfalme wa Yuda kushauriana na washauri wake akatuma ujumbe kwa Yehoashi, mwana wa Yehoahazi mwana wa Yehu, mfalme wa Israeli kusema: “Njoo tukabiliane uso kwa uso.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2CH.25.18" />Lakini Yehoashi mfalme wa Israeli akamjibu Amazia mfalme wa Yuda, “Mbaruti uliokuwa Lebanoni ulituma ujumbe kwa mwerezi uliokuwa Lebanoni, ‘Mtoe binti yako aolewe na mwanangu.’ Kisha mnyama wa mwituni aliyekuwa Lebanoni akaja na kuukanyaga ule mbaruti.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2CH.25.19" />Wewe unasema moyoni mwako kwamba umemshinda Edomu, nawe sasa unajigamba na kujivuna. Lakini kaa nyumbani kwako! Kwa nini utafute matatizo na kujiletea anguko lako mwenyewe na la Yuda pia?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2CH.25.20" />Hata hivyo, Amazia hakutaka kusikia, kwa kuwa Mungu alifanya hivyo ili awatie mikononi mwa Yehoashi, kwa sababu waliitafuta miungu ya Edomu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2CH.25.21" />Hivyo Yehoashi mfalme wa Israeli akakwea kuwashambulia. Yeye na Amazia mfalme wa Yuda wakakabiliana uso kwa uso huko Beth-Shemeshi katika Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="2CH.25.22" />Yuda ikashindwa na Israeli na kila mtu akakimbilia nyumbani kwake.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="2CH.25.23" />Yehoashi mfalme wa Israeli akamteka Amazia mfalme wa Yuda, mwana wa Yoashi, mwana wa Ahazia, huko Beth-Shemeshi. Kisha Yehoashi akamleta Yerusalemu na kuubomoa ukuta wa Yerusalemu kuanzia lango la Efraimu hadi Lango la Pembeni, sehemu yenye urefu wa kama dhiraa 400.<f caller="+"><fr>25:23
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 400 ni sawa na mita 180.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="2CH.25.24" />Akachukua dhahabu yote, fedha na vyombo vyote vilivyopatikana katika Hekalu la Mungu, ambavyo vilikuwa chini ya uangalizi wa Obed-Edomu, pamoja na hazina za jumba la mfalme na mateka, kisha akarudi Samaria.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="2CH.25.25" />Amazia mwana wa Yoashi mfalme wa Yuda aliishi miaka kumi na mitano baada ya kifo cha Yehoashi mwana wa Yehoahazi mfalme wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="2CH.25.26" />Kwa habari ya matukio mengine katika utawala wa Amazia, kuanzia mwanzo hadi mwisho, je, hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha wafalme wa Yuda na wa Israeli?
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="2CH.25.27" />Kuanzia wakati ule Amazia alipogeuka na kuacha kumfuata
<nd>Bwana</nd> walifanya shauri baya dhidi yake huko Yerusalemu naye akakimbilia Lakishi, lakini wakawatuma watu wamfuatilie huko Lakishi nao wakamuulia huko.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="2CH.25.28" />Akarudishwa kwa farasi na akazikwa pamoja na baba zake katika Mji wa Yuda.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="26" />
<s style="s1">Uzia Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 14:21-22; 15:1-7)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.26.1" />Kisha watu wote wa Yuda wakamtwaa Uzia, aliyekuwa na umri wa miaka kumi na sita, nao wakamfanya mfalme mahali pa Amazia baba yake.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CH.26.2" />Ndiye alijenga upya Elathi kuirudisha kwa Yuda baada ya Amazia kulala pamoja na baba zake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2CH.26.3" />Uzia alikuwa na umri wa miaka kumi na sita alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu kwa miaka hamsini na miwili. Mama yake aliitwa Yekolia wa Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CH.26.4" />Akatenda yaliyo mema machoni pa Bwana, kama Amazia baba yake alivyofanya.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CH.26.5" />Akamtafuta Mungu katika siku za Zekaria, aliyemwelekeza kumcha Mungu. Wakati wote alipomtafuta
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu alimfanikisha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2CH.26.6" />Alipigana vita dhidi ya Wafilisti na kubomoa kuta za Gathi, Yabne na Ashdodi. Kisha akajenga upya miji karibu na Ashdodi na mahali pengine katikati ya Wafilisti.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2CH.26.7" />Mungu akamsaidia dhidi ya Wafilisti na dhidi ya Waarabu walioishi Gur-Baali na dhidi ya Wameuni.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2CH.26.8" />Waamoni wakamletea Uzia ushuru, umaarufu wake ukaenea hadi kwenye mpaka wa Misri, kwa sababu alikuwa amekuwa na nguvu sana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2CH.26.9" />Uzia akajenga minara huko Yerusalemu katika Lango la Pembeni, katika Lango la Bondeni na katika pembe, mahali kuta zikutanapo, kisha akaijengea ngome.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CH.26.10" />Akajenga pia minara jangwani na kuchimba visima vingi vya maji, kwa sababu alikuwa na mifugo mingi chini ya vilimani na kwenye nchi tambarare. Alikuwa na watu wanaofanya kazi katika mashamba yake na kwenye mashamba yake ya mizabibu huko vilimani na katika ardhi zenye rutuba, kwa kuwa aliupenda udongo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2CH.26.11" />Zaidi ya hayo, Uzia alikuwa na jeshi lililofunzwa vizuri, lililokuwa tayari kwenda vitani kwa vikosi kufuatana na idadi yao kama walivyokusanywa na Yeieli mwandishi na Maaseya msimamizi chini ya maelekezo ya Hanania, mmojawapo wa maafisa wa mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2CH.26.12" />Idadi yote ya viongozi wa jamaa waliowaongoza hawa wapiganaji walikuwa 2,600.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2CH.26.13" />Chini ya uongozi wao kulikuwa na jeshi la askari 307,500 watu waliofundishwa kwa ajili ya vita, jeshi lenye nguvu la kumsaidia mfalme dhidi ya adui zake.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CH.26.14" />Uzia akalipatia jeshi lote ngao, mikuki, chapeo, dirii, pinde na mawe ya kombeo.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2CH.26.15" />Huko Yerusalemu watu wenye utaalamu mkubwa wakatengeneza mitambo iliyotumika katika minara na kwenye pembe za ulinzi ili kurusha mishale na kuvurumisha mawe makubwa. Sifa zake zikaenea mbali sana kwa sababu alisaidiwa mno mpaka akawa na nguvu sana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2CH.26.16" />Lakini baada ya Uzia kuwa na nguvu sana, majivuno yake yakamsababishia kuanguka. Alikosa uaminifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wake, naye akaingia hekaluni mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ili afukize uvumba kwenye madhabahu ya kufukizia uvumba.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CH.26.17" />Azaria kuhani akiwa pamoja na makuhani wengine themanini wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> wenye ujasiri wakamfuata huko ndani.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2CH.26.18" />Wakamkabili na kumwambia, “Siyo sawa kwako, Uzia, kumfukizia
<nd>Bwana</nd> uvumba. Hiyo ni kazi ya makuhani, wazao wa Aroni, ambao wamewekwa wakfu ili kufukiza uvumba. Ondoka mahali patakatifu, kwa kuwa umekosa uaminifu nawe hutaheshimiwa na
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2CH.26.19" />Uzia, ambaye alikuwa na chetezo mkononi mwake tayari kufukiza uvumba, akakasirika. Alipokuwa anawaghadhibikia makuhani mbele ya madhabahu ya kufukizia uvumba katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ukoma ukamtokea penye kipaji chake cha uso.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2CH.26.20" />Azaria kuhani mkuu pamoja na makuhani wengine wote walipomtazama wakaona kwamba alikuwa na ukoma penye kipaji chake cha uso wakaharakisha kumtoa nje. Naam, hata yeye mwenyewe alikuwa anatamani kuondoka kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amempiga.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="2CH.26.21" />Mfalme Uzia alikuwa na ukoma mpaka siku ya kufa kwake. Akatengwa katika nyumba ya pekee akiwa mwenye ukoma, naye akawa ametengwa kutoka Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Yothamu mwanawe akawa msimamizi wa jumba la mfalme, pia akawaongoza watu wa nchi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2CH.26.22" />Matukio mengine ya utawala wa Uzia, kuanzia mwanzo mpaka mwisho, yameandikwa na nabii Isaya mwana wa Amozi.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="2CH.26.23" />Uzia akalala pamoja na baba zake, naye akazikwa karibu nao katika shamba la kuzikia lililokuwa mali ya wafalme, kwa kuwa watu walisema, “Alikuwa na ukoma.” Yothamu mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="27" />
<s style="s1">Yothamu Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 15:32-38)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.27.1" />Yothamu alikuwa na umri wa miaka ishirini na mitano alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu miaka kumi na sita. Mama yake aliitwa Yerusha binti Sadoki.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CH.27.2" />Akafanya yaliyo mema machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kama Uzia baba yake alivyokuwa amefanya, lakini tofauti na yeye, hakuingilia huduma za hekaluni mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Lakini hata hivyo, watu wakaendelea na desturi zao mbaya.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CH.27.3" />Yothamu akajenga upya Lango la Juu la Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kufanya kazi kubwa kwenye ukuta katika kilima cha Ofeli.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CH.27.4" />Akajenga miji katika vilima vya Yuda pamoja na ngome na minara mwituni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2CH.27.5" />Yothamu akafanya vita na mfalme wa Waamoni na kumshinda. Mwaka ule Waamoni wakamlipa talanta 100<f caller="+"><fr>27:5
</fr><ft>Talanta 100 za fedha ni sawa na tani 3.75.</ft></f> za fedha, kori 10,000<f caller="+"><fr>27:5
</fr><ft>Kori 10,000 za ngano ni sawa na tani 2.2.</ft></f> za ngano na kori 10,000 za shayiri. Waamoni wakamletea kiasi hicho hicho mwaka wa pili na wa tatu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2CH.27.6" />Yothamu akaendelea kuwa na nguvu kwa sababu alienenda kwa ukamilifu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2CH.27.7" />Matukio mengine ya utawala wa Yothamu, pamoja na vita vyake vyote na vitu vingine alivyofanya, vimeandikwa katika kitabu cha wafalme wa Israeli na Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2CH.27.8" />Alikuwa na umri wa miaka ishirini na mitano alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu miaka kumi na sita.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CH.27.9" />Yothamu akalala na baba zake na akazikwa katika Mji wa Daudi. Naye Ahazi mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="28" />
<s style="s1">Ahazi Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 16:1-6)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.28.1" />Ahazi alikuwa na miaka ishirini alipoanza kutawala. Akatawala huko Yerusalemu kwa miaka kumi na sita. Tofauti na Daudi baba yake, hakufanya yaliyo mema machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CH.28.2" />Akaenenda katika njia za wafalme wa Israeli, na pia akasubu sanamu kwa ajili ya kuabudu Mabaali.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CH.28.3" />Akatoa sadaka za kuteketezwa katika Bonde la Ben-Hinomu, na kuwatoa wanawe kafara kwa kuwateketeza kwa moto, akifuata njia za machukizo za yale mataifa
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyoyafukuza humo mbele ya Waisraeli.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CH.28.4" />Akatoa sadaka na kufukiza uvumba katika mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu, juu ya vilima, na chini ya kila mti uliotanda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2CH.28.5" />Kwa hiyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wake akamtia mikononi mwa mfalme wa Aramu. Waaramu wakamshinda, wakachukua watu wake wengi mateka na kuwaleta mpaka Dameski.
</p>
<p style="p">Tena alitiwa mikononi mwa mfalme wa Israeli, ambaye aliwaua watu wake wengi.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CH.28.6" />Kwa siku moja Peka mwana wa Remalia aliwaua askari 120,000 katika Yuda, kwa kuwa Yuda walikuwa wamemwacha
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zao.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2CH.28.7" />Zikri, askari shujaa Mwefraimu, akamuua Maaseya mwana wa mfalme, Azrikamu mkuu wa jumba la kifalme na Elikana aliyekuwa wa pili kwa mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2CH.28.8" />Waisraeli wakawachukua mateka kutoka ndugu zao, watu wapatao 200,000 hawa wakiwa ni wanawake, watoto wa kiume na wa kike. Wakachukua pia kiasi kikubwa cha nyara, ambazo walirudi nazo Samaria.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2CH.28.9" />Lakini kulikuwako huko nabii wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyeitwa Odedi, akaondoka ili kukutana na jeshi liliporejea Samaria. Akawaambia, “Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zenu, aliwakasirikia Yuda, aliwatia mikononi mwenu. Lakini mmewachinja kwa hasira ambayo imefika hadi mbinguni.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CH.28.10" />Nanyi sasa mnakusudia kuwafanya wanaume na wanawake wa Yuda na Yerusalemu watumwa wenu. Lakini ninyi je, hamna pia hatia ya dhambi mliyotenda dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu?
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2CH.28.11" />Basi nisikilizeni! Mkawarudishe mateka mliowachukua kutoka kwa ndugu zenu, kwa kuwa hasira kali ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> iko juu yenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2CH.28.12" />Ndipo baadhi ya viongozi katika Efraimu, yaani, Azaria mwana wa Yehohanani, Berekia mwana wa Meshilemothi, Yehizkia mwana wa Shalumu na Amasa mwana wa Hadlai, wakakubaliana na huyo nabii, hivyo wakawapinga wale waliokuwa wanawasili kutoka vitani.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2CH.28.13" />Wakamwambia, “Hamna ruhusa kuwaleta hao wafungwa hapa, ama sivyo tutakuwa na hatia mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Je, mnataka kuongezea dhambi yetu na hatia yetu? Kwa sababu hatia yetu tayari ni kubwa, nayo hasira kali ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> iko juu ya Israeli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2CH.28.14" />Hivyo wale askari wakawaacha wale mateka pamoja na nyara mbele ya hao maafisa na kusanyiko lote.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2CH.28.15" />Kisha watu waliotajwa kwa majina wakawachukua wale mateka na kutoka zile nyara, wakachukua mavazi wakawavika wale wafungwa wote waliokuwa uchi. Wakawapatia nguo na viatu, chakula na cha kunywa, wakawapa matibabu, wote waliokuwa dhaifu miongoni mwao wakawapandisha juu ya punda, wakawaleta ndugu zao mpaka Yeriko, ndio Mji wa Mitende, kisha wakarudi Samaria.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Waashuru Wakataa Kusaidia Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 16:7-9)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2CH.28.16" />Wakati ule, Mfalme Ahazi akatuma wajumbe kwa mfalme wa Ashuru kuomba msaada.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CH.28.17" />Waedomu walikuwa wamekuja tena na kuwashambulia Yuda na kuchukua mateka.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2CH.28.18" />Pia Wafilisti walikuwa wameshambulia miji iliyokuwa chini ya vilima na katika miji ya Negebu ya Yuda. Nao wakawa wametwaa Beth-Shemeshi, Aiyaloni, Gederothi, Soko pamoja na vijiji vyake, Timna pamoja na vijiji vyake, Gimzo pia pamoja na vijiji vyake na kuishi humo.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2CH.28.19" /><nd>Bwana</nd> aliishusha Yuda kwa sababu ya Ahazi mfalme wa Israeli, kwa kuwa alikuwa ameongeza uovu katika Yuda na kumkosea
<nd>Bwana</nd> mno.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2CH.28.20" />Hivyo Tiglath-Pileseri mfalme wa Ashuru akaja kumtesa badala ya kumsaidia.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2CH.28.21" />Ahazi akachukua baadhi ya vitu kutoka Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, jumba la kifalme na kutoka kwa wakuu wake na kumpa mfalme wa Ashuru kama ushuru, lakini hilo halikumsaidia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2CH.28.22" />Katika wakati wake wa mateso Mfalme Ahazi akazidi kukosa uaminifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="2CH.28.23" />Akatoa kafara kwa miungu ya Dameski, waliokuwa wamemshinda, kwa kuwa aliwaza, “Kwa kuwa miungu ya mfalme wa Aramu imewasaidia wao, nitaitolea dhabihu ili inisaidie na mimi.” Lakini haya ndiyo yaliyokuwa maangamizi yake na Israeli wote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="2CH.28.24" />Ahazi akakusanya pamoja vyombo vya nyumba ya Mungu na kuvivunja vipande vipande. Akafunga milango ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kusimamisha madhabahu katika kila njia panda ya barabara za Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2CH.28.25" />Katika kila mji wa Yuda akajenga mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu ili kutolea miungu mingine kafara za kuteketezwa na kuchochea hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="2CH.28.26" />Matukio mengine ya utawala wake na njia zake nyingine zote, tangu mwanzo hadi mwisho, zimeandikwa katika kitabu cha wafalme wa Yuda na Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="2CH.28.27" />Ahazi akalala na baba zake na akazikwa katika Mji wa Yerusalemu, lakini hawakumleta kwenye makaburi ya wafalme wa Israeli. Naye Hezekia mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="29" />
<s style="s1">Hezekia Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 18:1-12)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.29.1" />Hezekia alikuwa na umri wa miaka ishirini na mitano alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu kwa miaka ishirini na tisa. Mama yake aliitwa Abiya binti Zekaria.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CH.29.2" />Akafanya yaliyo mema machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kama Daudi baba yake alivyofanya.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2CH.29.3" />Katika mwezi wa kwanza wa mwaka wa kwanza wa utawala wa alifungua milango ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na kuikarabati.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CH.29.4" />Akawaingiza makuhani na Walawi ndani na kuwakutanisha katika uwanja upande wa mashariki
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CH.29.5" />na kusema: “Nisikilizeni mimi, enyi Walawi! Jitakaseni nafsi zenu sasa, mkaitakase na nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zenu. Ondoeni uchafu wote kutoka mahali patakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CH.29.6" />Baba zetu hawakuwa waaminifu, walifanya maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu na wakamwacha yeye. Wakageuza nyuso zao mbali na Maskani ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> wakamgeuzia visogo vyao.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2CH.29.7" />Pia walifunga milango ya ukumbi wa Hekalu na kuzima taa zake. Hawakufukiza uvumba wala kutoa sadaka yoyote ya kuteketezwa katika mahali patakatifu kwa Mungu wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2CH.29.8" />Kwa hiyo, hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ikashuka juu ya Yuda na Yerusalemu, naye akawa amewafanya kitu cha kutisha, cha kushangaza na kitu cha kufanyia mzaha kama mnavyoona kwa macho yenu wenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CH.29.9" />Hii ndiyo sababu baba zetu wameanguka kwa upanga na ndiyo sababu wana wetu na binti zetu, pia wake zetu wamekuwa mateka.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CH.29.10" />Sasa ninadhamiria moyoni mwangu kuweka Agano na
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, ili hasira yake kali igeuziwe mbali nasi.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2CH.29.11" />Wanangu, basi msipuuze jambo hili sasa, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> amewachagua ninyi msimame mbele zake na kumtumikia, mkawe watumishi wake na mkamfukizie uvumba.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2CH.29.12" />Ndipo Walawi wafuatao wakaanza kazi:
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Kutoka kwa Wakohathi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Mahathi mwana wa Amasai na Yoeli mwana wa Azaria;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Wamerari,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Kishi mwana wa Abdi na Azaria mwana wa Yahaleleli;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa Wagershoni,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yoa mwana wa Zima na Edeni mwana wa Yoa;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="13" bcv="2CH.29.13" />kutoka kwa wana wa Elisafani,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Shimri na Yeieli;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa wana wa Asafu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Zekaria na Matania;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="14" bcv="2CH.29.14" />kutoka kwa wana wa Hemani,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yehieli na Shimei;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kwa wana wa Yeduthuni,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Shemaya na Uzieli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2CH.29.15" />Walipomaliza kuwakusanya ndugu zao na kujiweka wakfu, wakaingia ndani ili kutakasa Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kama vile mfalme alivyokuwa ameagiza, kwa kufuata neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2CH.29.16" />Makuhani wakaingia patakatifu pa Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> ili kupatakasa. Wakatoa nje penye ua wa Hekalu la Mungu kila kitu kichafu walichokikuta kwenye Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Walawi wakavichukua na kuvipeleka nje katika Bonde la Kidroni.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CH.29.17" />Walianza kazi ya utakaso siku ya kwanza ya mwezi wa kwanza na kufikia siku ya nane ya mwezi huo wakawa wamefikia kwenye ukumbi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Kwa siku zingine nane wakalitakasa Hekalu lenyewe la
<nd>Bwana</nd> wakakamilisha katika siku ya kumi na sita ya mwezi huo wa kwanza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2CH.29.18" />Kisha wakaingia ndani kwa Mfalme Hezekia kutoa habari na kusema: “Tumelitakasa Hekalu lote la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, madhabahu ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa pamoja na vyombo vyake vyote, meza ya kupanga mikate iliyowekwa wakfu, pamoja na vyombo vyake vyote.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2CH.29.19" />Tumeviandaa na kuvitakasa vyombo vyote vile ambavyo Mfalme Ahazi, kwa kukosa uaminifu kwake, aliviondoa wakati alipokuwa mfalme. Sasa viko mbele ya madhabahu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ibada Hekaluni Yarejeshwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2CH.29.20" />Ndipo Mfalme Hezekia akainuka asubuhi na mapema, akakusanya pamoja maafisa wa mji wakakwea hekaluni mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2CH.29.21" />Wakaleta mafahali saba, kondoo dume saba, wana-kondoo dume saba na mabeberu saba kuwa sadaka ya dhambi kwa ajili ya ufalme, kwa ajili ya mahali patakatifu na kwa ajili ya Yuda. Mfalme akawaamuru makuhani, wazao wa Aroni, kuvitoa vitu hivyo sadaka katika madhabahu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="2CH.29.22" />Hivyo wakachinja wale mafahali, nao makuhani wakachukua ile damu na kuinyunyiza kwenye madhabahu, halafu wakawachinja wale kondoo dume saba na kunyunyiza hiyo damu yao kwenye madhabahu, kisha wakawachinja wale wana-kondoo dume na kunyunyiza damu yao kwenye madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="2CH.29.23" />Wale mabeberu waliokuwa kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi wakaletwa mbele ya mfalme na kusanyiko nao wakaweka mikono yao juu hao mabeberu.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="2CH.29.24" />Ndipo makuhani wakawachinja hao mabeberu na kuweka damu yao kwenye madhabahu kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi ili kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili ya Israeli yote, kwa sababu mfalme alikuwa ameamuru hiyo sadaka ya kuteketezwa na hiyo sadaka ya dhambi kwa ajili ya Israeli yote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="2CH.29.25" />Akawaweka Walawi kwenye Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> wakiwa na matoazi, vinubi na zeze kama ilivyoagizwa na Daudi na Gadi mwonaji wa mfalme pamoja na nabii Nathani kwani hili lilikuwa limeamriwa na
<nd>Bwana</nd> kupitia manabii wake.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="2CH.29.26" />Hivyo Walawi wakasimama tayari wakiwa na ala za uimbaji za Daudi na makuhani walikuwa na tarumbeta zao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="2CH.29.27" />Hezekia akatoa amri ya kutoa sadaka ya kuteketezwa madhabahuni. Walipoanza kutoa sadaka, wakaanza pia kumwimbia
<nd>Bwana</nd> pamoja na tarumbeta na zile ala za uimbaji za Daudi mfalme wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="2CH.29.28" />Kusanyiko lote wakaabudu kwa kusujudu, wakati waimbaji wakiwa wanaimba na wenye tarumbeta wakipiga tarumbeta zao. Yote haya yaliendelea mpaka walipomaliza kutoa ile dhabihu ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="2CH.29.29" />Kutoa sadaka kulipomalizika, mfalme na kila mtu aliyekuwepo pamoja naye wakapiga magoti na kuabudu.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="2CH.29.30" />Mfalme Hezekia na maafisa wake wakawaamuru Walawi kumsifu
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa maneno ya Daudi na ya Asafu mwonaji. Hivyo wakaimba sifa kwa furaha nao wakainamisha vichwa vyao na kuabudu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="2CH.29.31" />Kisha Hezekia akasema, “Sasa mmejiweka wakfu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Njooni mlete dhabihu na sadaka za shukrani Hekaluni mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.” Hivyo kusanyiko likaleta dhabihu na sadaka za shukrani, nao wote waliokuwa na mioyo ya hiari wakaleta sadaka za kuteketezwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="2CH.29.32" />Idadi ya sadaka za kuteketezwa zilizoletwa na kusanyiko zilikuwa mafahali sabini, kondoo dume 100 na wana-kondoo dume 200. Wote hawa walikuwa kwa ajili ya sadaka za kuteketezwa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="2CH.29.33" />Wanyama waliowekwa wakfu kwa sadaka ya kuteketezwa walikuwa mafahali 600, pamoja na kondoo na mbuzi 3,000.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="2CH.29.34" />Lakini makuhani walikuwa wachache sana kuweza kuchuna wale wanyama wote wa sadaka za kuteketezwa, kwa hiyo ndugu zao Walawi wakawasaidia mpaka kazi ile ikakamilika na mpaka makuhani wengine walipowekwa wakfu, kwa kuwa Walawi walikuwa makini kujiweka wakfu kuliko walivyokuwa makuhani.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="2CH.29.35" />Kulikuwa na sadaka nyingi za kuteketezwa, pamoja na mafuta ya wanyama ya sadaka za amani na sadaka za kinywaji ambazo ziliambatana na sadaka za kuteketezwa.
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa hiyo huduma ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> ikarudishwa kwa upya.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="2CH.29.36" />Hezekia pamoja na watu wote wakafurahi kwa sababu ya lile Mungu alilolifanya kwa ajili ya watu wake, kwa kuwa lilitendeka papo hapo.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="30" />
<s style="s1">Hezekia Aadhimisha Pasaka
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.30.1" />Hezekia akatuma ujumbe kuwaita Israeli wote na Yuda, pia akaandika barua kwa Efraimu na Manase, kuwakaribisha ili waje hekaluni mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> huko Yerusalemu kuadhimisha Pasaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CH.30.2" />Mfalme na maafisa wake pamoja na kusanyiko lote katika Yerusalemu waliamua kuadhimisha Pasaka katika mwezi wa pili.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CH.30.3" />Kwa sababu makuhani hawakuwa wamejitakasa idadi ya kutosha na watu wakawa hawajakusanyika huko Yerusalemu, hawakuwa wameweza kuadhimisha Pasaka kwa wakati wake wa kawaida.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CH.30.4" />Mpango huu ukaonekana wafaa kwa mfalme na kusanyiko lote.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CH.30.5" />Wakaamua kupeleka tangazo Israeli kote, kuanzia Beer-Sheba hadi Dani, wakiwaita watu waje Yerusalemu kuadhimisha Pasaka ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli. Ilikuwa haijaadhimishwa na idadi kubwa ya watu kama hiyo kufuatana na yale yaliyokuwa yameandikwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2CH.30.6" />Kwa amri ya mfalme, matarishi wakapita katika Israeli na Yuda kote wakiwa na barua kutoka kwa mfalme na kutoka kwa maafisa wake zikisema:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Watu wa Israeli, mrudieni
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Abrahamu, Isaki na Israeli, ili naye awarudie ninyi mliosalia, mlionusurika kutoka mikononi mwa wafalme wa Ashuru.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2CH.30.7" />Msiwe kama baba zenu na ndugu zenu, ambao hawakuwa waaminifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zao, hivyo akawafanya kitu cha kushangaza kama mnavyoona.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2CH.30.8" />Msiwe na shingo ngumu, kama baba zenu walivyokuwa, bali nyenyekeeni kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Njooni mahali patakatifu, alipopatakasa milele. Mtumikieni
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, ili hasira yake kali igeuziwe mbali nanyi.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CH.30.9" />Kama mkimrudia
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndipo wale ndugu zenu waliotekwa pamoja na watoto wenu watakapoonewa huruma na wale waliowateka na kuwaachia warudi katika nchi hii, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu ni mwenye neema na huruma, hatageuzia uso wake mbali nanyi kama ninyi mkimrudia yeye.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2CH.30.10" />Matarishi wakaenda mji hadi mji katika Efraimu na Manase, wakafika mpaka Zabuloni, lakini watu wakawadharau na kuwadhihaki.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2CH.30.11" />Lakini, baadhi ya watu wa Asheri, Manase na Zabuloni, wakajinyenyekeza wakaja Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2CH.30.12" />Pia katika Yuda mkono wa Mungu ulikuwa juu ya watu kuwapa umoja katika kutenda yale ambayo mfalme na maafisa wake waliwaamuru, kulingana na neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2CH.30.13" />Basi umati mkubwa wa watu ukakusanyika huko Yerusalemu kuadhimisha Sikukuu ya Mikate Isiyotiwa Chachu katika mwezi wa pili.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CH.30.14" />Wakajitia kazini kuyaondoa yale madhabahu yaliyokuwa huko Yerusalemu, wakayaondoa pia yale madhabahu ya kufukizia uvumba kwa miungu na kuyatupa Bonde la Kidroni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2CH.30.15" />Kisha wakamchinja mwana-kondoo wa Pasaka katika siku ya kumi na nne ya mwezi wa pili. Makuhani na Walawi waliona aibu, wakajitakasa na kuleta sadaka za kuteketezwa katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2CH.30.16" />Kisha wakachukua nafasi zao za kawaida kama ilivyoelezwa katika Sheria ya Mose mtu wa Mungu. Makuhani wakanyunyiza ile damu waliyokabidhiwa na Walawi.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CH.30.17" />Kwa kuwa wengi waliokuwa katika lile kusanyiko walikuwa hawajajitakasa, iliwapasa Walawi wachinje wana-kondoo wengine wa Pasaka kwa ajili ya wale watu ambao hawakuwa safi, kwa kufuata taratibu za ibada ili kuwatakasa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2CH.30.18" />Ingawa watu wengi miongoni mwa wale waliotoka Efraimu, Manase, Isakari na Zabuloni walikuwa hawajajitakasa, hata hivyo walikula Pasaka kinyume na ilivyoandikwa. Lakini Hezekia akawaombea, akisema, “<nd>Bwana</nd>, ambaye ni mwema na amsamehe kila mmoja
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2CH.30.19" />ambaye anauelekeza moyo wake kumtafuta Mungu,
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zake, hata kama yeye si safi kulingana na sheria za mahali patakatifu.”
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2CH.30.20" />Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamsikia Hezekia akawaponya watu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="2CH.30.21" />Waisraeli waliokuwa Yerusalemu wakaadhimisha Sikukuu ya Mikate Isiyotiwa Chachu kwa muda wa siku saba, nao Walawi na makuhani walikuwa wakiimba kila siku, wakiwa na ala za uimbaji za kumsifu
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2CH.30.22" />Hezekia akazungumza akiwatia moyo Walawi wote, ambao walionyesha ustadi katika kumtumikia
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Hivyo watu wakala chakula cha sikukuu kwa siku saba, wakitoa sadaka za amani na kumshukuru
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="2CH.30.23" />Kisha kusanyiko lote likakubali kuendelea na sikukuu kwa siku saba zaidi, kwa hiyo kwa siku saba nyingine wakaendelea kuiadhimisha kwa furaha.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="2CH.30.24" />Hezekia, mfalme wa Yuda akatoa mafahali 1,000, kondoo na mbuzi 7,000 kwa ajili ya kusanyiko, nao maafisa wakatoa mafahali 1,000 pamoja na kondoo na mbuzi 10,000. Idadi kubwa ya makuhani wakajiweka wakfu.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2CH.30.25" />Kusanyiko lote la Yuda, pamoja na makuhani na Walawi na lile kusanyiko lote lililotoka Israeli, pamoja na wale wageni waliotoka Israeli na wale walioishi katika Yuda wakafurahi.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="2CH.30.26" />Kulikuwa na furaha kubwa katika Yerusalemu, kwa sababu tangu siku za Mfalme Solomoni mwana wa Daudi mfalme wa Israeli halijakuwepo jambo kama hili katika Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="2CH.30.27" />Ndipo makuhani na Walawi wakasimama wakawabariki watu, naye Mungu akawasikia, kwa sababu maombi yao yalifika mbinguni, makao yake matakatifu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="31" />
<s style="s1">Sehemu Za Ibada Za Kipagani Zaondolewa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.31.1" />Baada ya mambo haya yote kumalizika, Waisraeli ambao walikuwako huko wakaenda kwenye miji ya Yuda, wakayavunja yale mawe ya kuabudia na kuzikatakata zile nguzo za Ashera. Wakabomoa mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu pamoja na madhabahu zake kila mahali katika Yuda na Benyamini na katika Efraimu na Manase. Baada ya kuviharibu hivi vyote, Waisraeli wakarudi katika miji yao wenyewe na kwenye milki zao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="2CH.31.2" />Hezekia akawapanga makuhani na Walawi katika migawanyo, kila mgawanyo kulingana na wajibu wao, kama ni makuhani au Walawi, ili kutoa sadaka za kuteketezwa na sadaka za amani, kuhudumu, kushukuru na kuimba sifa katika malango ya makao ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CH.31.3" />Mfalme akatoa matoleo kutoka mali zake mwenyewe kwa ajili ya sadaka za kuteketezwa za asubuhi na za jioni na sadaka za kuteketezwa kwa siku za Sabato, kwa Sikukuu za Mwezi Mwandamo na kwa ajili ya sikukuu zilizoamriwa kama ilivyoandikwa katika Sheria ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CH.31.4" />Akawaagiza watu wanaoishi Yerusalemu watoe sehemu iliyo haki ya makuhani na Walawi ili waweze kujitoa kikamilifu kutimiza wajibu wao katika Sheria ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CH.31.5" />Mara tu baada ya kutolewa tangazo hilo, Waisraeli wakatoa kwa ukarimu malimbuko ya nafaka zao, divai mpya, mafuta na asali pamoja na vyote vilivyotoka mashambani. Wakaleta kiasi kikubwa cha fungu la kumi la kila kitu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CH.31.6" />Watu wa Israeli na Yuda walioishi katika miji ya Yuda wakaleta pia fungu la kumi la makundi yao ya ngʼombe na makundi ya kondoo na mbuzi pia na fungu la kumi la vitu vitakatifu vilivyowekwa wakfu kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao na kuvikusanya katika malundo.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2CH.31.7" />Wakaanza kufanya haya katika mwezi wa tatu na kumaliza katika mwezi wa saba.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2CH.31.8" />Wakati Hezekia na maafisa wake walipokuja na kuona yale malundo, wakamsifu
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kuwabariki watu wake Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2CH.31.9" />Hezekia akawauliza makuhani na Walawi kuhusu yale malundo,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CH.31.10" />naye Azaria aliyekuwa kuhani mkuu, kutoka jamaa ya Sadoki, akajibu, “Tangu watu walipoanza kuleta sadaka zao katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> tumekuwa na chakula cha kutosha na vingi vya kuweka akiba kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> amewabariki watu wake, hivyo tumekuwa na kiasi kingi kilichobaki.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kutambuliwa Kwa Makuhani Na Walawi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2CH.31.11" />Hezekia akatoa agizo la kutengeneza vyumba vya ghala katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> nalo hili likafanyika.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2CH.31.12" />Kisha kwa uaminifu wakaleta sadaka zao, mafungu yao ya kumi na vitu vilivyowekwa wakfu. Konania Mlawi, ndiye alikuwa msimamizi wa vitu hivi na Shimei ndugu yake ndiye alikuwa msaidizi wake.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2CH.31.13" />Yehieli, Azazia, Nahathi, Asaheli, Yeremothi, Yozabadi, Elieli, Ismakia, Mahathi na Benaya walikuwa waangalizi chini ya Konania na Shimei ndugu yake, waliokuwa wamewekwa na Mfalme Hezekia na Azaria, afisa msimamizi wa Hekalu la Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2CH.31.14" />Kore mwana wa Imna, Mlawi, bawabu wa Lango la Mashariki, alikuwa msimamizi wa sadaka za hiari zilizotolewa kwa Mungu, akiyagawanya hayo matoleo yaliyotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> na pia zile sadaka zilizowekwa wakfu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2CH.31.15" />Edeni, Miniamini, Yeshua, Shemaya, Amaria na Shekania walimsaidia kwa uaminifu katika miji ya makuhani, wakiwagawia makuhani wenzao kufuatana na migawanyo yao, wazee kwa vijana sawasawa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2CH.31.16" />Zaidi ya hao wakawagawia wanaume wenye umri wa miaka mitatu au zaidi ambao majina yao yalikuwa kwenye orodha ya vizazi, wale wote ambao wangeingia katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> ili kufanya kazi zao mbalimbali za kila siku kulingana na wajibu katika mgawanyo wao.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CH.31.17" />Kuandikishwa kwa makuhani kulikuwa kwa kufuata chimbuko la nyumba za baba zao na Walawi kuanzia umri wa miaka ishirini au zaidi ilikuwa kufuatana na huduma zao, kwa migawanyo yao.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2CH.31.18" />Makuhani waliandikishwa pamoja na watoto wao wadogo, wake zao, watoto wao wa kiume na wa kike, jamii yote iliandikishwa kwa kufuata orodha ya vizazi vyao. Kwa kuwa walikuwa waaminifu katika kujitakasa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2CH.31.19" />Kuhusu makuhani, wazao wa Aroni walioishi kwenye mashamba yaliyozunguka miji yao au katika miji mingine yoyote, watu walitajwa majina ili kumgawia kila mwanaume miongoni mwao na kwa wote waliokuwa katika orodha ya vizazi vya Walawi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2CH.31.20" />Hivi ndivyo Hezekia alivyofanya katika Yuda yote, akifanya lile lililo jema, sawa na la uaminifu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wake.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2CH.31.21" />Naye katika kila kitu alichofanya katika huduma kwenye Hekalu la Mungu na katika utii kwa sheria na amri, alimtafuta Mungu wake na kufanya kazi kwa moyo wake wote. Naye hivyo akafanikiwa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="32" />
<s style="s1">Senakeribu Aitishia Yerusalemu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 18:13-37; 19:14-19, 35-37; Isaya 36:1-22; 37:8-38)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.32.1" />Baada ya yale yote aliyokuwa amefanya Hezekia kwa uaminifu mkubwa, Senakeribu mfalme wa Ashuru akaja na kuvamia Yuda. Akaizunguka miji yenye ngome kwa jeshi, akifikiri kuiteka iwe yake.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CH.32.2" />Hezekia alipoona kuwa Senakeribu amekuja na kwamba alikusudia kufanya vita juu ya Yerusalemu,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CH.32.3" />akafanya shauri na maafisa wake na mashujaa wake juu ya kuzuia maji kutoka chemchemi zilizo nje ya mji, nao wakamsaidia.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CH.32.4" />Umati mkubwa wa watu ukakusanyika na kuzuia chemchemi zote na vijito vilivyotiririka katika nchi yote, wakisema: “Kwa nini wafalme wa Ashuru waje na kukuta maji tele?”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CH.32.5" />Hezekia akafanya kazi kwa bidii kukarabati sehemu zote zilizokuwa zimebomoka za ukuta na kujenga minara juu yake. Akajenga ukuta mwingine nje ya ule uliokuwepo na kuimarisha Milo<f caller="+"><fr>32:5
</fr><ft>Milo maana yake Boma la Ngome.</ft></f> katika Mji wa Daudi. Akatengeneza pia silaha nyingi na ngao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2CH.32.6" />Akaweka maafisa wa jeshi juu ya watu, wakawakutanisha mbele yake katika uwanja kwenye lango la mji, naye akawatia moyo kwa maneno haya:
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2CH.32.7" />“Kuweni hodari na wenye moyo mkuu. Msiogope, msifadhaike wala msikate tamaa kwa sababu ya mfalme wa Ashuru na hili jeshi kubwa lililo pamoja naye, kwa kuwa aliye pamoja nasi ni mkuu kuliko aliye pamoja naye.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2CH.32.8" />Kwake uko mkono wa mwili tu, bali kwetu yuko
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu kutusaidia na kutupigania vita vyetu.” Nao watu wakatiwa moyo kutokana na maneno aliyowaambia Hezekia mfalme wa Yuda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2CH.32.9" />Hatimaye Senakeribu mfalme wa Ashuru na majeshi yake yote walipokuwa wameuzunguka Lakishi, akawatuma maafisa wake kwenda Yerusalemu wakiwa na ujumbe huu kwa Hezekia mfalme wa Yuda, na kwa watu wote wa Yuda waliokuwako humo, kusema:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="10" bcv="2CH.32.10" />“Hili ndilo asemalo Senakeribu mfalme wa Ashuru: Je, mmeweka tumaini lenu wapi, hata mnaendelea kukaa katika Yerusalemu, hali mmezungukwa na jeshi?
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2CH.32.11" />Hezekia asemapo, ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu atatuokoa kutokana na mkono wa mfalme wa Ashuru,’ anawapotosha ninyi, naye atawaacha mfe kwa njaa na kiu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2CH.32.12" />Je, si Hezekia mwenyewe aliyeondoa mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu pamoja na madhabahu zake, akiwaambia Yuda wa Yerusalemu, ‘Ni lazima mwabudu mbele ya madhabahu moja na kuteketeza dhabihu juu yake’?
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="13" bcv="2CH.32.13" />“Je, hamjui yale mimi na baba zangu tuliyoyafanya kwa mataifa yote ya nchi zingine? Je, miungu ya mataifa hayo iliweza kuokoa nchi zao kutoka mkononi mwangu?
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CH.32.14" />Ni yupi miongoni mwa miungu yote ya mataifa haya ambayo baba zangu waliyaangamiza ameweza kuwaokoa watu wake mkononi mwangu? Inawezekanaje basi Mungu wenu kuwaokoa mkononi mwangu?
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2CH.32.15" />Sasa basi, msikubali Hezekia awadanganye na kuwapotosha namna hii. Msimwamini, kwa kuwa hakuna mungu wa taifa lolote wala wa ufalme wowote aliyeweza kuwaokoa watu wake kutoka mkononi mwangu au mkononi mwa baba zangu. Sembuse huyo mungu wenu atawaokoaje kutoka mkononi mwangu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2CH.32.16" />Maafisa wa Senakeribu wakaendelea kunena dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliye Mungu na dhidi ya mtumishi wake Hezekia.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CH.32.17" />Mfalme pia aliandika barua akimtukana
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli na kusema haya dhidi yake: “Kama vile miungu ya mataifa ya nchi nyingine ilivyoshindwa kuwaokoa watu wao mkononi mwangu, vivyo hivyo Mungu wa Hezekia hataweza kuwaokoa watu wake kutoka mkononi mwangu.”
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2CH.32.18" />Kisha wakawaita kwa Kiebrania watu wa Yerusalemu waliokuwa juu ya ukuta ili kuwatisha na kuwatia hofu ili waweze kuuteka mji.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2CH.32.19" />Wakanena juu ya Mungu wa Yerusalemu kama vile walivyonena juu ya miungu ya mataifa mengine ya dunia ambayo ni kazi ya mikono ya wanadamu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2CH.32.20" />Mfalme Hezekia na nabii Isaya mwana wa Amozi wakalilia mbingu katika maombi kuhusu jambo hili.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2CH.32.21" />Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamtuma malaika ambaye aliangamiza wanajeshi wote, na viongozi na maafisa katika kambi ya mfalme wa Ashuru. Kwa hiyo, mfalme wa Ashuru akarudi nchini mwake kwa aibu. Naye alipokwenda katika hekalu la mungu wake, baadhi ya watoto wake wakamuua kwa upanga.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2CH.32.22" />Hivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwokoa Hezekia na watu wa Yerusalemu kutoka mkononi mwa Senakeribu mfalme wa Ashuru na kutoka mikononi mwa wengine wote.
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawastarehesha kila upande.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="2CH.32.23" />Watu wengi wakaleta sadaka Yerusalemu kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> na zawadi za thamani kwa ajili ya Hezekia mfalme wa Yuda. Tangu hapo na kuendelea, Hezekia aliheshimiwa sana na mataifa yote.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kiburi Cha Hezekia, Mafanikio Na Kifo
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 20:1-3, 12-19; Isaya 38:1-3; 39:1-8)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="2CH.32.24" />Katika siku hizo, Hezekia akaugua, naye akawa karibu kufa. Akamwomba
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ambaye alimjibu na kumpa ishara.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2CH.32.25" />Lakini moyo wa Hezekia ukajaa majivuno na hakuonyesha itikio kwa wema aliotendewa, kwa hiyo ghadhabu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ikawa juu yake na juu ya Yuda na Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="2CH.32.26" />Ndipo Hezekia akatubu kwa ajili ya kiburi cha moyo wake, kama walivyofanya watu wa Yerusalemu, kwa hiyo ghadhabu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> haikuja juu yao katika siku za Hezekia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="2CH.32.27" />Hezekia alikuwa na utajiri mwingi sana na heshima, naye akajifanyia hazina kwa ajili ya fedha yake na dhahabu na kwa ajili ya vito vyake vya thamani, vikolezi, ngao na aina zote za vyombo vya thamani.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="2CH.32.28" />Akajenga pia maghala ya kuhifadhi mavuno ya nafaka, divai mpya na mafuta. Akatengeneza mabanda kwa ajili ya aina mbalimbali za mifugo, na mazizi kwa ajili ya kondoo na mbuzi.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="2CH.32.29" />Akajenga vijiji na kujipatia idadi kubwa ya kondoo na mbuzi, pamoja na ngʼombe kwa kuwa Mungu alikuwa amempa utajiri mwingi sana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="2CH.32.30" />Ilikuwa ni Hezekia aliyeziba njia za kutolea maji za chemchemi za juu za Gihoni na kuyaelekeza maji kutiririkia upande wa magharibi wa Mji wa Daudi. Akafanikiwa katika kila kitu alichofanya.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="2CH.32.31" />Lakini wakati wajumbe walipotumwa na watawala wa Babeli kumuuliza juu ya ishara ambayo ilitokea katika nchi, Mungu alimwacha ili kumjaribu na kujua kila kitu kilichokuwa moyoni mwake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="2CH.32.32" />Matukio mengine ya utawala wa Hezekia na matendo yake ya kujitoa kwa moyo yameandikwa katika maono ya nabii Isaya mwana wa Amozi kwenye kitabu cha wafalme wa Yuda na Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="2CH.32.33" />Hezekia akalala na baba zake na akazikwa kwenye kilima mahali yalipo makaburi ya wazao wa Daudi. Yuda wote na watu wa Yerusalemu wakamheshimu alipofariki. Naye Manase mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="33" />
<s style="s1">Manase Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 21:1-18)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.33.1" />Manase alikuwa na umri wa miaka kumi na miwili alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu miaka hamsini na mitano.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CH.33.2" />Akafanya maovu machoni pa Bwana, akafuata desturi za machukizo za mataifa ambayo Bwana aliyafukuza mbele ya Waisraeli.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CH.33.3" />Akajenga upya mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu ambapo Hezekia baba yake, alikuwa amepabomoa, pia akasimamisha madhabahu za Mabaali na nguzo za Maashera. Akalisujudia jeshi lote la angani na kuliabudu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CH.33.4" />Akajenga madhabahu katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> ambamo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amesema, “Jina langu litadumu Yerusalemu milele.”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CH.33.5" />Katika nyua zote mbili za Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> akajenga madhabahu kwa ajili ya jeshi lote la angani.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CH.33.6" />Akawatoa wanawe kuwa kafara kwa kuwapitisha katika moto katika Bonde la Ben-Hinomu, akafanya ulozi, uaguzi na uchawi, akataka ushauri kwa wenye pepo wa utambuzi na wenye kuwasiliana na mizimu. Akafanya maovu mengi machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akaichochea hasira yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2CH.33.7" />Akachukua ile sanamu aliyoichonga na kuiweka katika Hekalu la Mungu ambalo Mungu alikuwa amemwambia Daudi na mwanawe Solomoni, “Katika Hekalu hili na katika Yerusalemu niliouchagua kutoka kabila zote za Israeli, nitaliweka Jina langu milele.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2CH.33.8" />Sitaifanya tena miguu ya Waisraeli iondoke tena katika nchi niliyowapa baba zenu, ikiwa watakuwa waangalifu kufanya kila kitu nilichowaamuru kuhusu sheria zote, maagizo na amri zilizotolewa kwa mkono wa Mose.”
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CH.33.9" />Lakini Manase akawaongoza Yuda na watu wa Yerusalemu katika upotovu, kiasi kwamba walifanya maovu mengi kuliko mataifa ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliwaangamiza mbele ya Waisraeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2CH.33.10" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akasema na Manase pamoja na watu wake, lakini hawakumjali.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2CH.33.11" />Hivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaleta juu yao majemadari wa jeshi la mfalme wa Ashuru, ambao walimchukua Manase kwenda kifungoni, wakaweka ndoana katika pua yake, wakamfunga kwa pingu za shaba na kumpeleka Babeli.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2CH.33.12" />Katika dhiki yake akamsihi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wake na kujinyenyekeza sana mbele za Mungu wa baba zake.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2CH.33.13" />Naye alipomwomba,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaguswa na kule kusihi kwake na akasikiliza kilio chake, kwa hiyo akamrudisha Yerusalemu na kwenye ufalme wake. Ndipo Manase akatambua kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndiye Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2CH.33.14" />Baadaye akajenga ukuta wa nje wa Mji wa Daudi, magharibi mwa chemchemi ya Gihoni katika bonde, hadi kufikia ingilio la Lango la Samaki na akakizunguka kilima cha Ofeli, pia akaufanya kuwa mrefu zaidi. Akawaweka majemadari katika miji yote ya Yuda iliyokuwa imejengewa ngome.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2CH.33.15" />Akaondolea mbali miungu ya kigeni na kuondoa sanamu kutoka Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> pamoja na madhabahu zote alizozijenga katika kile kilima kilichojengwa Hekalu na katika Yerusalemu, akazitupa nje ya mji.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2CH.33.16" />Kisha akarudisha madhabahu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kutolea juu yake dhabihu za sadaka za amani pamoja na sadaka za shukrani, naye akawaamuru Yuda wamtumikie
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CH.33.17" />Lakini hata hivyo watu wakaendelea kutoa dhabihu mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu, lakini wakimtolea
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao peke yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2CH.33.18" />Matukio mengine ya utawala wa Manase, maombi yake kwa Mungu wake na maneno aliyoambiwa na waonaji walionena naye kwa jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, yameandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2CH.33.19" />Maombi yake, pamoja na jinsi Mungu alivyoguswa na kusihi kwake, pia dhambi zake zote na kukosa kwake uaminifu pamoja na sehemu alizojenga mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu, kule kusimamisha nguzo za Ashera na sanamu kabla ya kujinyenyekeza kwake, yote yameandikwa katika kumbukumbu za waonaji.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2CH.33.20" />Manase akalala pamoja na baba zake akazikwa katika jumba lake la kifalme. Naye Amoni mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Amoni Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 21:19-26)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="2CH.33.21" />Amoni alikuwa na miaka ishirini na miwili, alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu kwa miaka miwili.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="2CH.33.22" />Akatenda maovu machoni mwa Bwana, kama baba yake Manase alivyofanya. Amoni akaabudu na kutoa dhabihu kwa sanamu zote alizokuwa ametengeneza Manase.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="2CH.33.23" />Lakini tofauti na Manase baba yake, hakujinyenyekeza mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, badala yake Amoni aliongeza hatia zaidi na zaidi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="2CH.33.24" />Watumishi wa Amoni wakafanya fitina juu yake, nao wakamuulia kwake nyumbani.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2CH.33.25" />Kisha watu wa nchi wakawaua wale wote waliokuwa wamefanya hila dhidi ya Mfalme Amoni. Wakamfanya Yosia mwanawe kuwa mfalme mahali pake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="34" />
<s style="s1">Yosia Afanya Matengenezo
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 22:1-2)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.34.1" />Yosia alikuwa na miaka minane alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu miaka thelathini na mmoja.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CH.34.2" />Akafanya yaliyo mema machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kuenenda katika njia za Daudi baba yake, hakugeuka upande wa kuume wala wa kushoto.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2CH.34.3" />Katika mwaka wa nane wa utawala wake, alipokuwa angali bado mdogo, alianza kumtafuta Mungu wa Daudi baba yake. Katika mwaka wake wa kumi na mbili alianza kusafisha mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu pa Yuda na Yerusalemu, akiondoa nguzo za Ashera, sanamu za kuchonga na vinyago vya kusubu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CH.34.4" />Mbele ya macho yake, wakazibomoa madhabahu za Mabaali, wakazivunja madhabahu za kufukizia uvumba zilizokuwa zimesimama juu yake, wakazivunja nguzo za Ashera, sanamu na vinyago. Hivi alivivunja vipande vipande na kuvisambaza juu ya makaburi ya waliokuwa wamevitolea kafara.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CH.34.5" />Akachoma mifupa ya makuhani wao juu ya madhabahu zao na kwa njia hiyo akaitakasa Yuda na Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CH.34.6" />Katika miji ya Manase, Efraimu na Simeoni, hadi Naftali na kwenye magofu yanayoizunguka,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2CH.34.7" />akavunja madhabahu na nguzo za Ashera na kuzipondaponda hizo sanamu hadi zikawa unga na kukata vipande vipande madhabahu zote za kufukizia uvumba katika Israeli yote. Kisha akarudi Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2CH.34.8" />Katika mwaka wa kumi na nane wa utawala wa Yosia, ili kutakasa nchi na Hekalu, akawatuma Shafani, mwana wa Azalia na Maaseya mtawala wa mji, pamoja na Yoa mwana wa Yoahazi, mwandishi ili kukarabati Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2CH.34.9" />Wakamwendea Hilkia kuhani mkuu na kumpa fedha ambazo zilikuwa zimeletwa ndani ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> ambazo Walawi waliokuwa mabawabu walikuwa wamezikusanya kutoka kwa watu wa Manase, Efraimu na mabaki wote wa Israeli kutoka kwa watu wote wa Yuda na Benyamini na wakazi wa Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CH.34.10" />Kisha wakazikabidhi hizo fedha kwa watu waliowekwa ili kusimamia kazi ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Hawa watu waliwalipa wafanyakazi waliokarabati na kutengeneza Hekalu lipate kurudi katika hali yake.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2CH.34.11" />Wakawapa pia mafundi seremala na waashi fedha ili kununua mawe yaliyochongwa, mbao kwa ajili ya kufungia na boriti kwa ajili ya majengo ambayo wafalme wa Yuda walikuwa wameyaacha yakawa magofu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2CH.34.12" />Watu wakafanya kazi kwa uaminifu. Waliokuwa wamewekwa juu yao ili kuwaelekeza ni Yahathi na Obadia, Walawi wa uzao wa Merari, Zekaria na Meshulamu, waliotoka kwenye uzao wa Kohathi. Walawi wote waliokuwa na ufundi wa kupiga ala za uimbaji,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2CH.34.13" />wakawa wasimamizi wa vibarua na kuwaongoza wale waliofanya kila aina ya kazi. Baadhi ya Walawi walikuwa waandishi, maafisa na mabawabu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kitabu Cha Sheria Chapatikana
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 22:3-20)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2CH.34.14" />Wakati walikuwa wakizitoa nje fedha zilizokuwa zimetolewa kwenye Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kuhani Hilkia akakipata kile Kitabu cha Sheria ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kilichokua kimetolewa kwa mkono wa Mose.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2CH.34.15" />Hilkia akamwambia Shafani mwandishi, “Nimekipata Kitabu cha Sheria ndani ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.” Akampa Shafani kile Kitabu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2CH.34.16" />Kisha Shafani akakipeleka kile Kitabu kwa mfalme na kumwambia, “Maafisa wako wanafanya kila kitu kama walivyokabidhiwa kufanya.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CH.34.17" />Wamelipa fedha zilizokuwa katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na wamewakabidhi wasimamizi na wafanyakazi.”
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2CH.34.18" />Kisha Shafani mwandishi akamwarifu mfalme kuwa, “Kuhani Hilkia amenipa Kitabu.” Naye Shafani akakisoma mbele ya mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2CH.34.19" />Mfalme aliposikia yale maneno ya Sheria, akayararua mavazi yake.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2CH.34.20" />Akatoa maagizo haya kwa Hilkia, Ahikamu mwana wa Shafani, Abdoni mwana wa Mika, Shafani mwandishi na Asaya mtumishi wa mfalme,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2CH.34.21" />“Nendeni mkamuulize
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa ajili yangu na kwa ajili ya mabaki walioko Israeli na Yuda kuhusu yale yaliyoandikwa ndani ya kitabu hiki ambacho kimepatikana. Hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni kubwa mno ambayo imemwagwa juu yetu kwa sababu baba zetu hawakulishika neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> wala hawajatenda kulingana na yale yote yaliyoandikwa katika Kitabu hiki.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2CH.34.22" />Hilkia pamoja na wale wote mfalme aliokuwa amewatuma pamoja naye wakaenda kuzungumza na nabii mke aitwaye Hulda, aliyekuwa mke wa Shalumu mwana wa Tokhathi, mwana wa Hasra mtunzaji wa chumba cha mavazi. Hulda aliishi Yerusalemu, katika Mtaa wa Pili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="2CH.34.23" />Akawaambia, “Hivi ndivyo asemavyo Bwana, Mungu wa Israeli: Mwambieni yule mtu aliyewatuma ninyi kwangu,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="2CH.34.24" />‘Hivi ndivyo asemavyo Bwana: Nitaleta maafa juu ya mahali hapa na watu wake, laana zote zilizoandikwa ndani ya hicho kitabu ambazo zimesomwa mbele ya mfalme wa Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2CH.34.25" />Kwa sababu wameniacha mimi na kufukiza uvumba kwa miungu mingine na kunighadhibisha kwa kazi yote ya mikono yao, hivyo hasira yangu itamwagwa juu ya mahali hapa, wala haitatulizwa.’
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="2CH.34.26" />Mwambieni mfalme wa Yuda, ambaye amewatuma kumuuliza
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ‘Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli kuhusu maneno uliyoyasikia:
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="2CH.34.27" />Kwa kuwa moyo wako ulikuwa msikivu na ulijinyenyekeza mbele za Mungu uliposikia kile nilichosema dhidi ya mahali hapa na watu wake na kwa sababu ulijinyenyekeza mbele zangu na uliyararua mavazi yako na kulia mbele zangu, nimekusikia, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="2CH.34.28" />Basi nitakukusanya kwa baba zako, nawe utazikwa kwa amani. Macho yako hayataona maafa yote nitakayoleta juu ya mahali hapa na juu ya wote wanaoishi hapa.’ ”
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa hiyo wakampelekea mfalme jibu lake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yosia Afanya Agano La Kutii
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 23:1-20)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="2CH.34.29" />Kisha mfalme akawaita pamoja wazee wote wa Yuda na Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="2CH.34.30" />Akapanda kwenda hekaluni mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> pamoja na watu wa Yuda, watu wa Yerusalemu, makuhani na Walawi, watu wote, wakubwa kwa wadogo. Akasoma wakiwa wanasikia maneno yote ya Kitabu cha Agano, ambacho kilikuwa kimepatikana katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="2CH.34.31" />Mfalme akasimama karibu na nguzo yake na kufanya upya Agano mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> ili kumfuata
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kuzishika amri zake, maagizo na sheria kwa moyo wake wote na kwa roho yake yote na ili kuyatii maneno ya Agano yaliyoandikwa katika kitabu hiki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="2CH.34.32" />Ndipo akamtaka kila mmoja katika Yerusalemu na Benyamini kuweka ahadi zao wenyewe kwa hilo Agano, watu wa Yerusalemu wakafanya hivyo kwa kufuata Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="2CH.34.33" />Yosia akaondoa machukizo yote ya sanamu kutoka nchi yote iliyokuwa mali ya Waisraeli na akawataka wale wote waliokuwako katika Israeli wamtumikie
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao. Kwa muda wote alioishi, hawakushindwa kumfuata
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zao.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="35" />
<s style="s1">Mfalme Yosia Anaadhimisha Pasaka
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 23:21-23)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.35.1" />Yosia akaadhimisha Pasaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> katika Yerusalemu, mwana-kondoo wa Pasaka akachinjwa siku ya kumi na nne ya mwezi wa kwanza.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CH.35.2" />Akawaweka makuhani kwenye wajibu wao na kuwatia moyo katika utumishi wa Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CH.35.3" />Akawaambia Walawi, waliowafundisha Waisraeli wote na waliokuwa wamejiweka wakfu kwa ajili ya kazi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Liwekeni hilo Sanduku takatifu katika Hekalu lile alilojenga Solomoni mwana wa Daudi mfalme wa Israeli. Halipaswi kubebwa huku na huko mabegani mwenu. Sasa mtumikieni
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu na watu wake Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CH.35.4" />Jiandaeni kwa kufuata jamaa zenu katika migawanyo yenu, kufuatana na maelezo yaliyoandikwa na Daudi mfalme wa Israeli na mwanawe Solomoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2CH.35.5" />“Simameni mahali patakatifu kwa kufuata migawanyo ya jamaa za baba zenu kulingana na koo zenu na pawepo Walawi kwa ajili ya kila mgawanyo wa nyumba ya baba zenu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CH.35.6" />Chinjeni mwana-kondoo wa Pasaka, jitakaseni, nanyi kwa niaba ya koo zenu fanyeni maandalizi, mkitenda sawasawa na neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa mkono wa Mose.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2CH.35.7" />Ndipo Yosia akawapa watu wote wana-mbuzi waliokuwepo jumla ya kondoo wapatao 30,000 kwa ajili ya sadaka ya Pasaka, pia na ngʼombe 10,000, vyote hivi kutoka mali binafsi ya mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2CH.35.8" />Pia maafisa wake, wakatoa kwa hiari yao wakawapa watu, makuhani na Walawi. Hilkia, Zekaria na Yehieli, waliokuwa maafisa wakuu wa Hekalu la Mungu, wakawapa makuhani sadaka za Pasaka wana-kondoo na wana-mbuzi 2,600 na mafahali 300.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CH.35.9" />Konania na nduguze wawili, Shemaya na Nethaneli, pamoja na Hashabia, Yeieli na Yozabadi waliokuwa viongozi wa Walawi, nao pia wakawapa Walawi wana-kondoo na wana-mbuzi 5,000 na mafahali 500, kwa ajili ya sadaka za Pasaka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2CH.35.10" />Huduma ilipomalizika kuandaliwa makuhani wakasimama mahali pao na Walawi katika migawanyo yao kama mfalme alivyokuwa ameamuru.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2CH.35.11" />Wana-kondoo wa Pasaka wakachinjwa, nao makuhani wakanyunyiza ile damu waliyokabidhiwa, wakati Walawi wakiwa wanawachuna wale wanyama ngozi.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2CH.35.12" />Wakatenga sadaka za kuteketezwa ili waweze kugawia ili migawanyo kwa kufuata jamaa za baba zao ili watoe sadaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kama ilivyoandikwa katika Kitabu cha Mose. Wakafanya vivyo hivyo kwa wale mafahali.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2CH.35.13" />Wakawaoka wale wanyama wa Pasaka kwenye moto kama ilivyoamriwa, wakachemsha zile sadaka takatifu kwenye vyungu, masufuria makubwa na vikaango na kuwagawia watu wote upesi.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CH.35.14" />Hatimaye wakafanya maandalizi kwa ajili yao wenyewe na kwa ajili ya makuhani, kwa sababu wale makuhani, yaani, wazao wa Aroni, walikuwa wanatoa sadaka za kuteketezwa pamoja na zile sehemu zilizonona mpaka usiku. Hivyo Walawi wakafanya maandalizi kwa ajili yao wenyewe na kwa ajili ya makuhani wa uzao wa Aroni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2CH.35.15" />Waimbaji, wazao wa Asafu, walikuwa katika nafasi zao, kama ilivyoagizwa na Mfalme Daudi, Asafu, Hemani na Yeduthuni mwonaji wa Mfalme. Mabawabu katika kila lango hawakuhitaji kuacha nafasi zao kwa sababu Walawi wenzao walifanya maandalizi kwa ajili yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2CH.35.16" />Kwa hiyo wakati ule huduma yote ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ilifanyika katika kuadhimisha Pasaka, kutoa sadaka za kuteketezwa juu ya madhabahu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kama alivyoamuru Mfalme Yosia.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CH.35.17" />Waisraeli waliokuwepo wakaadhimisha Pasaka wakati huo na Sikukuu ya Mikate Isiyotiwa Chachu kwa siku saba.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2CH.35.18" />Kulikuwa hakujafanyika Pasaka kama hii katika Israeli tangu siku za nabii Samweli wala hakukuwa na mfalme yeyote wa Israeli ambaye kamwe alishaadhimisha Pasaka kama ile aliyofanya Mfalme Yosia, akiwa na makuhani, Walawi na watu wote wa Yuda na watu wa Israeli waliokuwepo huko, pamoja na watu wa Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2CH.35.19" />Pasaka iliadhimishwa katika mwaka wa kumi na nane wa utawala wa Mfalme Yosia.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kifo Cha Yosia
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 23:28-30)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2CH.35.20" />Baada ya haya yote, Yosia alipomaliza kulitengeneza vizuri Hekalu, Neko mfalme wa Misri, akapanda ili kupigana huko Karkemishi katika Mto Frati, naye Yosia akatoka kwenda kupigana naye.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2CH.35.21" />Lakini Neko akamtumia wajumbe kusema, “Kuna ugomvi gani kati yangu mimi na wewe, Ee Mfalme wa Yuda? Si wewe ninayekushambulia wakati huu, bali ile nyumba ambayo nina vita nayo, Mungu ameniambia niharakishe, kwa hivyo acha kumpinga Mungu, ambaye yuko pamoja nami, la sivyo atakuangamiza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2CH.35.22" />Lakini hata hivyo, Yosia hakukubali kumwacha, bali alijibadilisha ili kupigana naye vita. Hakusikiliza yale Neko aliyokuwa amemwambia kwa agizo la Mungu bali alikwenda kupigana naye katika tambarare ya Megido.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="2CH.35.23" />Wapiga upinde wakampiga Mfalme Yosia, naye akawaambia maafisa wake, “Niondoeni, nimejeruhiwa vibaya sana.”
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="2CH.35.24" />Kwa hiyo wakamshusha kutoka kwenye gari lake la farasi, wakamweka kwenye gari lingine alilokuwa nalo na kumleta Yerusalemu, ambako alifia. Akazikwa katika makaburi ya baba zake, nayo Yuda yote na Yerusalemu wakamwombolezea Yosia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="2CH.35.25" />Nabii Yeremia akatunga maombolezo kwa ajili ya kifo chake, nao waimbaji wote, wanaume kwa wanawake, hufanya ukumbusho wa Yosia katika maombolezo hadi leo. Haya yakafanywa desturi katika Israeli, nayo yameandikwa katika Maombolezo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="2CH.35.26" />Matukio mengine ya utawala wa Yosia na matendo yake mema, kulingana na yale yaliyoandikwa katika sheria ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="2CH.35.27" />matukio yote, kuanzia mwanzo hadi mwisho, yameandikwa katika kitabu cha wafalme wa Israeli na Yuda.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="36" />
<s style="s1">Mfalme Yehoahazi Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 23:30-35)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CH.36.1" />Watu wa nchi wakamchukua Yehoahazi mwana wa Yosia na kumfanya mfalme mahali pa baba yake huko Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="2CH.36.2" />Yehoahazi alikuwa na umri wa miaka ishirini na mitatu alipoanza kutawala, akatawala huko Yerusalemu kwa miezi mitatu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CH.36.3" />Mfalme wa Misri akamwondoa madarakani huko Yerusalemu na akatoza Yuda kodi ya talanta 100<f caller="+"><fr>36:3
</fr><ft>Talanta 100 za fedha ni sawa na tani 3.75.</ft></f> za fedha na talanta moja<f caller="+"><fr>36:3
</fr><ft>Talanta moja ya dhahabu ni sawa na kilo 34.</ft></f> ya dhahabu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CH.36.4" />Mfalme wa Misri akamweka Eliakimu, nduguye Yehoahazi, kuwa mfalme juu ya Yuda na Yerusalemu na kubadili jina la Eliakimu kuwa Yehoyakimu. Lakini Neko akamchukua Yehoahazi, Nduguye Eliakimu akampeleka Misri.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yehoyakimu Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 23:35–24:7)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2CH.36.5" />Yehoyakimu alikuwa na umri wa miaka ishirini na mitano alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu miaka kumi na mmoja. Akafanya maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wake.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CH.36.6" />Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli akamshambulia na kumfunga kwa pingu za shaba akampeleka Babeli.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2CH.36.7" />Nebukadneza akachukua pia vyombo kutoka Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kuviweka katika hekalu lake<f caller="+"><fr>36:7
</fr><ft>Au: katika jumba lake la kifalme.</ft></f> huko Babeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2CH.36.8" />Matukio mengine ya utawala wa Yehoyakimu, machukizo aliyoyafanya na yote yaliyoonekana dhidi yake, yameandikwa katika kitabu cha wafalme wa Israeli na Yuda. Naye Yehoyakini mwanawe akawa mfalme baada yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yehoyakini Mfalme Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 24:8-17)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2CH.36.9" />Yehoyakini alikuwa na miaka kumi na minane alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu miezi mitatu na siku kumi. Akafanya yaliyo maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CH.36.10" />Mnamo majira ya vuli, Mfalme Nebukadneza akatuma watu, nao wakamleta Babeli, pamoja na vyombo vya thamani kutoka Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Naye akamfanya Sedekia, ndugu yake Yehoyakimu kuwa mfalme wa Yuda na Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfalme Sedekia Wa Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 24:18-20; Yeremia 52:1-3)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2CH.36.11" />Sedekia alikuwa na umri wa miaka ishirini na mmoja alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu kwa miaka kumi na mmoja.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2CH.36.12" />Alifanya maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wake, wala hakujinyenyekeza mbele ya nabii Yeremia, ambaye alinena neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2CH.36.13" />Pia alimwasi Mfalme Nebukadneza, ambaye alikuwa amemwapisha kwa jina la Mungu. Akashupaza shingo na akafanya moyo wake kuwa mgumu wala hakutaka kumgeukia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CH.36.14" />Zaidi ya hayo viongozi wote wa makuhani pamoja na watu wakazidi kukosa uaminifu zaidi na zaidi, wakafanya machukizo yote kama walivyofanya mataifa wakinajisi Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> alilokuwa amelitakasa huko Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuanguka Kwa Yerusalemu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 25:1-21; Yeremia 52:3-11)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2CH.36.15" /><nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zao, akawapelekea neno kupitia wajumbe wake tena na tena, kwa sababu alikuwa anawahurumia watu wake pamoja na mahali pa maskani yake.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2CH.36.16" />Lakini waliwadhihaki wajumbe wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> wakayadharau maneno yake na kuwacheka manabii wake mpaka ghadhabu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ikawa kubwa dhidi ya watu wake na hakukuwa na namna ya kuituliza.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CH.36.17" />Mungu akamwinua dhidi yao mfalme wa Wakaldayo, aliyewaua vijana wao wa kiume kwa upanga ndani ya mahali patakatifu, ambaye hakumbakiza kijana mwanaume wala kijana mwanamke, wazee wala vikongwe. Mungu akawatia wote mikononi mwa Nebukadneza.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2CH.36.18" />Akavichukua kwenda Babeli vyombo vyote kutoka Hekalu la Mungu, vikubwa na vidogo, hazina za Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> pamoja na hazina za mfalme na za maafisa wake.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2CH.36.19" />Wakalichoma Hekalu la Mungu na kuzibomoa kuta za Yerusalemu, wakachoma moto majumba yote ya kifalme na kuharibu kila kitu chake cha thamani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2CH.36.20" />Wale watu walionusurika kuuawa kwa upanga wakachukuliwa kwenda uhamishoni Babeli. Nao wakawa watumishi wake na wa wanawe mpaka wakati wa utawala wa ufalme wa Uajemi ulifika.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2CH.36.21" />Nchi ikaendelea kufurahia pumziko lake la Sabato, wakati wote wa kufanywa kwake ukiwa ilipumzika mpaka ile miaka sabini ilipotimia katika kutimiza neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lililonenwa na Yeremia.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Koreshi Atangaza Uhuru Kwa Waliokuwa Uhamishoni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Ezra 1:1-4)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2CH.36.22" />Katika mwaka wa kwanza wa utawala wa Koreshi mfalme wa Uajemi, ili kulitimiza neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lililosemwa na nabii Yeremia,
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliusukuma moyo wa Koreshi mfalme wa Uajemi kutangaza katika himaya yake yote kwa maandishi:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pmo" style="pmo"><v id="23" bcv="2CH.36.23" />“Hili ndilo asemalo Koreshi mfalme wa Uajemi:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“ ‘<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa mbinguni, amenipa falme zote duniani, na ameniagiza kumjengea Hekalu huko Yerusalemu katika Yuda. Yeyote wa watu wake miongoni mwenu, Mungu wake na awe pamoja naye, wacha huyo mtu na apande.’ ”<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="EZR"><id id="EZR">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Ezra
</h><toc level="1">Ezra
</toc><toc level="2">Ezra
</toc><toc level="3">Ezr
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Ezra
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Koreshi Asaidia Watu Kurudi Kutoka Uhamishoni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZR.1.1" />Katika mwaka wa kwanza wa utawala wa Koreshi mfalme wa Uajemi, ili kulitimiza neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lililosemwa na nabii Yeremia,
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliusukuma moyo wa Koreshi mfalme wa Uajemi kutangaza katika himaya yake yote kwa maandishi:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pmo" style="pmo"><v id="2" bcv="EZR.1.2" />“Hili ndilo asemalo Koreshi mfalme wa Uajemi:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“ ‘<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa mbinguni, amenipa falme zote duniani, na ameniagiza kumjengea Hekalu huko Yerusalemu katika Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZR.1.3" />Yeyote wa watu wake miongoni mwenu, Mungu wake na awe pamoja naye, wacha apande kwenda Yerusalemu katika Yuda na kujenga Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, Mungu aliyeko huko Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZR.1.4" />Nao watu wa mahali popote wale walionusurika wanapoishi sasa, watu hao wampe fedha na dhahabu, pamoja na vifaa na mifugo, mbali na sadaka za hiari kwa ajili ya Hekalu la Mungu huko Yerusalemu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EZR.1.5" />Kisha viongozi wa jamaa ya Yuda na Benyamini na makuhani na Walawi kila mmoja ambaye moyo wake ulisukumwa na Mungu, akajiandaa kupanda ili kuijenga nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> huko Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZR.1.6" />Majirani zao wote wakawasaidia vyombo vya fedha na dhahabu, pamoja na vifaa na mifugo, pia na zawadi za thamani, pamoja na sadaka zote za hiari.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZR.1.7" />Zaidi ya hayo, Mfalme Koreshi akavitoa vyombo vilivyokuwa mali ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ambavyo Nebukadneza alikuwa amevichukua kutoka Yerusalemu na kuviweka katika hekalu la mungu wake.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EZR.1.8" />Koreshi mfalme wa Uajemi akavitoa kwa mkono wa Mithredathi mtunza hazina, aliyevihesabu mbele ya Sheshbaza mkuu wa Yuda.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EZR.1.9" />Hii ilikuwa ndio orodha ya vifaa:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<table><tr><tc level="1">masinia ya dhahabu yalikuwa
</tc><tc level="2">30
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">masinia ya fedha yalikuwa
</tc><tc level="2">1,000
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">vyetezo vya fedha vilikuwa
</tc><tc level="2">29
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZR.1.10" />mabakuli ya dhahabu yalikuwa
</tc><tc level="2">30
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">mabakuli ya fedha yanayofanana yalikuwa
</tc><tc level="2">410
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">vifaa vingine vilikuwa
</tc><tc level="2">1,000.
</tc></tr></table><ve />
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="EZR.1.11" />Kwa ujumla, kulikuwa na vyombo 5,400 vya dhahabu na vya fedha. Sheshbaza akavileta hivi vyote wakati watu walipotoka uhamishoni Babeli kwenda Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Orodha Ya Watu Waliorudi Kutoka Uhamishoni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Nehemia 7:4-73)
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="1" bcv="EZR.2.1" />Basi hawa ndio watu wa jimbo waliotoka uhamishoni, ambao Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli alikuwa amewachukua mateka hadi Babeli (walirudi Yerusalemu na Yuda, kila mmoja kwenye mji wake,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZR.2.2" />wakiwa wamefuatana na Zerubabeli, Yeshua, Nehemia, Seraya, Reelaya, Mordekai, Bilshani, Mispari, Bigwai, Rehumu na Baana):
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4">Orodha ya wanaume kati ya watu wa Israeli ilikuwa:
</p>
<table><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZR.2.3" />wazao wa Paroshi
</tc><tc level="2">2,172
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZR.2.4" />wazao wa Shefatia
</tc><tc level="2">372
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZR.2.5" />wazao wa Ara
</tc><tc level="2">775
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZR.2.6" />wazao wa Pahath-Moabu (wa jamaa ya Yeshua na Yoabu)
</tc><tc level="2">2,812
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZR.2.7" />wazao wa Elamu
</tc><tc level="2">1,254
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EZR.2.8" />wazao wa Zatu
</tc><tc level="2">945
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZR.2.9" />wazao wa Zakai
</tc><tc level="2">760
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZR.2.10" />wazao wa Bani
</tc><tc level="2">642
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZR.2.11" />wazao wa Bebai
</tc><tc level="2">623
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZR.2.12" />wazao wa Azgadi
</tc><tc level="2">1,222
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EZR.2.13" />wazao wa Adonikamu
</tc><tc level="2">666
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZR.2.14" />wazao wa Bigwai
</tc><tc level="2">2,056
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EZR.2.15" />wazao wa Adini
</tc><tc level="2">454
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZR.2.16" />wazao wa Ateri (kupitia Hezekia)
</tc><tc level="2">98
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EZR.2.17" />wazao wa Besai
</tc><tc level="2">323
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EZR.2.18" />wazao wa Yora
</tc><tc level="2">112
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZR.2.19" />wazao wa Hashumu
</tc><tc level="2">223
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZR.2.20" />wazao wa Gibari
</tc><tc level="2">95
</tc></tr></table><ve />
<b style="b" />
<table><tr><tc level="1">
<v id="21" bcv="EZR.2.21" />watu wa Bethlehemu
</tc><tc level="2">123
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZR.2.22" />watu wa Netofa
</tc><tc level="2">56
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EZR.2.23" />watu wa Anathothi
</tc><tc level="2">128
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EZR.2.24" />watu wa Azmawethi
</tc><tc level="2">42
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EZR.2.25" />wazao wa Kiriath-Yearimu, Kefira na Beerothi
</tc><tc level="2">743
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EZR.2.26" />wazao wa Rama na Geba
</tc><tc level="2">621
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EZR.2.27" />watu wa Mikmashi
</tc><tc level="2">122
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EZR.2.28" />watu wa Betheli na Ai
</tc><tc level="2">223
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="EZR.2.29" />wazao wa Nebo
</tc><tc level="2">52
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="EZR.2.30" />wazao wa Magbishi
</tc><tc level="2">156
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="EZR.2.31" />wazao wa Elamu ile ingine
</tc><tc level="2">1,254
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="EZR.2.32" />wazao wa Harimu
</tc><tc level="2">320
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="EZR.2.33" />wazao wa Lodi, Hadidi na Ono
</tc><tc level="2">725
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="EZR.2.34" />wazao wa Yeriko
</tc><tc level="2">345
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="EZR.2.35" />wazao wa Senaa
</tc><tc level="2">3,630
</tc></tr></table><ve />
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="36" bcv="EZR.2.36" />Makuhani:
</p>
<table><tr><tc level="1">wazao wa Yedaya (kwa jamaa ya Yeshua)
</tc><tc level="2">973
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="EZR.2.37" />wazao wa Imeri
</tc><tc level="2">1,052
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="EZR.2.38" />wazao wa Pashuri
</tc><tc level="2">1,247
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="EZR.2.39" />wazao wa Harimu
</tc><tc level="2">1,017
</tc></tr></table><ve />
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="40" bcv="EZR.2.40" />Walawi:
</p>
<table><tr><tc level="1">wazao wa Yeshua na Kadmieli (kupitia jamaa ya Hodavia)
</tc><tc level="2">74
</tc></tr></table><ve />
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="41" bcv="EZR.2.41" />Waimbaji:
</p>
<table><tr><tc level="1">wazao wa Asafu
</tc><tc level="2">128
</tc></tr></table><ve />
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="42" bcv="EZR.2.42" />Mabawabu wa lango la Hekalu:
</p>
<table><tr><tc level="1">wazao wa <optionalLineBreak /> Shalumu, Ateri, Talmoni, <optionalLineBreak /> Akubu, Hatita na Shobai
</tc><tc level="2">139
</tc></tr></table><ve />
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="43" bcv="EZR.2.43" />Watumishi wa Hekalu:<f caller="+"><fr>2:43
</fr><ft>Yaani
</ft><fqa>Wanethini
</fqa><ft>(pia
</ft><xt>2:58, 70</xt><ft>).</ft></f>
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">wazao wa Siha, Hasufa, Tabaothi,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="44" bcv="EZR.2.44" />wazao wa Kerosi, Siaha, Padoni,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="45" bcv="EZR.2.45" />wazao wa Lebana, Hagaba, Akubu,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="46" bcv="EZR.2.46" />wazao wa Hagabu, Shalmai, Hanani,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="47" bcv="EZR.2.47" />wazao wa Gideli, Gahari, Reaya,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="48" bcv="EZR.2.48" />wazao wa Resini, Nekoda, Gazamu,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="49" bcv="EZR.2.49" />wazao wa Uza, Pasea, Besai,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="50" bcv="EZR.2.50" />wazao wa Asna, Meunimu, Nefusimu,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="51" bcv="EZR.2.51" />wazao wa Bakbuki, Hakufa, Harhuri,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="52" bcv="EZR.2.52" />wazao wa Basluthi, Mehida, Harsha,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="53" bcv="EZR.2.53" />wazao wa Barkosi, Sisera, Tema,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="54" bcv="EZR.2.54" />wazao wa Nesia na Hatifa.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="55" bcv="EZR.2.55" />Wazao wa watumishi wa Solomoni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">wazao wa Sotai, Hasaferethi, Peruda,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="56" bcv="EZR.2.56" />wazao wa Yaala, Darkoni, Gideli,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="57" bcv="EZR.2.57" />wazao wa Shefatia, Hatili, Pokereth-Hasebaimu na Ami.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<table><tr><tc level="1">
<v id="58" bcv="EZR.2.58" />Watumishi wa Hekalu wote na <optionalLineBreak /> wazao wa watumishi <optionalLineBreak /> wa Solomoni
</tc><tc level="2">392
</tc></tr></table><ve />
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="59" bcv="EZR.2.59" />Wafuatao walikuja kutoka miji ya Tel-Mela, Tel-Harsha, Kerubu, Adoni na Imeri, lakini hawakuweza kuthibitisha kwamba jamaa zao zilikuwa uzao wa Israeli:
</p>
<table><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="60" bcv="EZR.2.60" />wazao wa <optionalLineBreak /> Delaya, Tobia na Nekoda
</tc><tc level="2">652
</tc></tr></table><ve />
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="61" bcv="EZR.2.61" />Kutoka miongoni mwa makuhani:
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Wazao wa Hobaya, Hakosi, Barzilai (mtu aliyekuwa amemwoa binti wa Barzilai, Mgileadi, naye akaitwa kwa jina hilo).
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="62" bcv="EZR.2.62" />Hawa walitafuta orodha za jamaa zao, lakini hawakuonekana humo, kwa hiyo waliondolewa kutoka kundi la makuhani kwa kuwa walihesabiwa kuwa najisi.
<ve />
<v id="63" bcv="EZR.2.63" />Mtawala aliagiza kuwa wasile chochote miongoni mwa vyakula vitakatifu hadi kuwe kuhani atakayehudumu kwa Urimu na Thumimu.<f caller="+"><fr>2:63
</fr><ft>Urimu na Thumimu maana yake ni Nuru na Kweli; vifaa hivi viliwekwa kwenye kifuko cha kifuani cha kisibau cha kuhani mkuu ili kujua mapenzi ya Mungu kwenye mambo ya kutatanisha.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="64" bcv="EZR.2.64" />Jumla ya watu wote waliorudi walikuwa 42,360;
<ve />
<v id="65" bcv="EZR.2.65" />tena zaidi ya hao walikuwepo watumishi wa kiume na wa kike 7,337; pia walikuwamo waimbaji wanaume na wanawake 200.
<ve />
<v id="66" bcv="EZR.2.66" />Walikuwa na farasi 736, nyumbu 245,
<ve />
<v id="67" bcv="EZR.2.67" />ngamia 435 na punda 6,720.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="68" bcv="EZR.2.68" />Walipofika kwenye nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> huko Yerusalemu, baadhi ya viongozi wa jamaa walitoa sadaka za hiari kwa ajili ya kujenga upya nyumba ya Mungu katika eneo lake.
<ve />
<v id="69" bcv="EZR.2.69" />Wakatoa kwa kadiri ya uwezo wao na kutia katika hazina darkoni 61,000<f caller="+"><fr>2:69
</fr><ft>Darkoni 61,000 za dhahabu ni sawa na kilo 500.</ft></f> za dhahabu, mane 5,000<f caller="+"><fr>2:69
</fr><ft>Mane 5,000 za fedha ni sawa na kilo 2,900.</ft></f> za fedha, na mavazi 100 ya ukuhani kwa ajili ya kazi hiyo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="70" bcv="EZR.2.70" />Makuhani, Walawi, waimbaji, mabawabu, na watumishi wa Hekalu waliishi katika miji yao wenyewe, pamoja na baadhi ya watu wengine, nao Waisraeli waliosalia waliishi katika miji yao.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Madhabahu Yajengwa Tena
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZR.3.1" />Mwezi wa saba ulipowadia baada ya Waisraeli kukaa katika miji yao, watu wote walikusanyika huko Yerusalemu kama mtu mmoja.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZR.3.2" />Yeshua mwana wa Yosadaki na makuhani wenzake, Zerubabeli mwana wa Shealtieli pamoja na wenzake walianza kujenga madhabahu ya Mungu wa Israeli ili kumtolea dhabihu za sadaka za kuteketezwa kwa moto juu yake, kulingana na ilivyoandikwa katika Sheria ya Mose mtu wa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZR.3.3" />Ingawa waliwaogopa watu waliowazunguka, walijenga madhabahu juu ya ule msingi wake, wakamtolea
<nd>Bwana</nd> dhabihu za sadaka za kuteketezwa kwa moto juu yake za asubuhi na za jioni.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZR.3.4" />Kisha kulingana na kile kilichoandikwa, wakaiadhimisha Sikukuu ya Vibanda wakitoa idadi ya sadaka za kuteketezwa kama ilivyohitajika kila siku sawasawa na ilivyoagizwa.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZR.3.5" />Baada ya hayo, walitoa sadaka za kuteketezwa za kawaida, sadaka za Mwezi Mwandamo na dhabihu zote za sikukuu takatifu za
<nd>Bwana</nd> zilizoamriwa, pamoja na zile sadaka za hiari zilizotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZR.3.6" />Ingawa bado msingi wa Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> ulikuwa haujawekwa, watu walianza kutoa sadaka za kuteketezwa kwa moto kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> tangu siku ya kwanza ya mwezi wa saba.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kujenga Upya Hekalu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EZR.3.7" />Kisha watu wakawapa mafundi wa uashi na useremala fedha, wakawapa watu wa Sidoni na Tiro vyakula, vinywaji na mafuta ili waweze kuleta magogo ya mierezi kwa njia ya bahari kutoka Lebanoni hadi Yafa, kama alivyoagiza Koreshi mfalme wa Uajemi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EZR.3.8" />Katika mwezi wa pili wa mwaka wa pili baada ya Waisraeli kufika kwenye nyumba ya Mungu huko Yerusalemu, Zerubabeli mwana wa Shealtieli, Yeshua mwana wa Yosadaki na ndugu zao wengine (makuhani, Walawi na wote waliorejea Yerusalemu kutoka uhamishoni) walianza kazi, wakiteua Walawi wenye umri kuanzia miaka ishirini au zaidi kusimamia ujenzi wa nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZR.3.9" />Yeshua na wanawe, pamoja na ndugu zake, Kadmieli na wanawe (wazao wa Hodavia), wana wa Henadadi na wana wao na ndugu zao, Walawi wote walijiunga pamoja kusimamia wale waliofanya kazi katika nyumba ya Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EZR.3.10" />Wajenzi walipoweka msingi wa Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, makuhani wakiwa wamevalia mavazi yao wakiwa na tarumbeta na Walawi (wana wa Asafu) wakiwa na matoazi, walishika nafasi zao za kumtukuza
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kama ilivyoagizwa na Daudi mfalme wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZR.3.11" />Waliimba nyimbo za sifa na za shukrani kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> hivi:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Yeye ni mwema;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">upendo wake kwa Israeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wadumu milele.”
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Watu wote wakapaza sauti kubwa za sifa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa sababu msingi wa nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ulikuwa umewekwa.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZR.3.12" />Lakini wengi wa makuhani wazee, Walawi na viongozi wa jamaa waliokuwa wameona Hekalu la mwanzoni, walilia kwa sauti walipoona msingi wa Hekalu hili ukiwekwa, huku wengine wengi wakipiga kelele kwa furaha.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EZR.3.13" />Hakuna mtu ambaye angeweza kutofautisha sauti hizo za furaha na za kilio, kwa sababu watu walipiga kelele sana. Nayo hiyo sauti ikasikika mbali.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Upinzani Kuhusu Ujenzi Mpya
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZR.4.1" />Adui za Yuda na Benyamini waliposikia kwamba watu waliorudi kutoka uhamishoni wanajenga Hekalu kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZR.4.2" />wakamjia Zerubabeli na viongozi wa jamaa, nao wakasema, “Turuhusuni tuwasaidie kujenga, kwa sababu sisi tunamtafuta Mungu wenu kama ninyi na tumekuwa tukimtolea dhabihu tangu wakati wa Esar-Hadoni mfalme wa Ashuru, aliyetuleta hapa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="EZR.4.3" />Lakini Zerubabeli, Yeshua na viongozi wengine wa jamaa ya Israeli wakawajibu, “Ninyi hamna sehemu nasi katika kujenga Hekalu la Mungu wetu. Sisi peke yetu tutajenga Hekalu kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, kama Mfalme Koreshi, mfalme wa Uajemi alivyotuagiza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="EZR.4.4" />Ndipo watu waliowazunguka wakajipanga kuwakatisha tamaa watu wa Yuda na kuwafanya waogope walipokuwa wakiendelea na ujenzi.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZR.4.5" />Wakaajiri washauri kuwapinga katika kazi yao, nao wakaipinga mipango yao wakati wote wa utawala wa Koreshi mfalme wa Uajemi hadi wakati wa utawala wa Dario mfalme wa Uajemi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Upinzani Mwingine Chini Ya Ahasuero Na Artashasta
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EZR.4.6" />Mnamo mwanzo wa utawala wa Ahasuero, hao adui waliandika mashtaka dhidi ya watu wa Yuda na Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EZR.4.7" />Pia katika siku za utawala wa Artashasta mfalme wa Uajemi, Bishlamu, Mithredathi, Tabeeli pamoja na wenzao waliandika barua kwa Artashasta. Barua hiyo iliandikwa kwa mwandiko wa Kiaramu na katika lugha ya Kiaramu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EZR.4.8" />Rehumu afisa msimamizi na mwandishi Shimshai waliandika barua kwa Mfalme Artashasta dhidi ya watu wa Yerusalemu kama ifuatavyo:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pmo" style="pmo"><v id="9" bcv="EZR.4.9" />Rehumu afisa msimamizi na mwandishi Shimshai, pamoja na wenzao, yaani mahakimu na maafisa walio juu ya watu kuanzia Tripoli, Uajemi, Ereki na Babeli, Waelami wa Shushani,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZR.4.10" />na watu wengine ambao mheshimiwa Asur-Banipali<f caller="+"><fr>4:10
</fr><ft>Yaani Osnapali au Asnapali kwa Kiaramu.</ft></f> aliwahamisha na kuwakalisha katika mji wa Samaria na mahali pengine Ngʼambo ya Mto Frati.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="EZR.4.11" />(Hii ndiyo nakala ya barua waliyompelekea.)
</p>
<p sfm="pmo" style="pmo">Kwa Mfalme Artashasta,
</p>
<p sfm="pmo" style="pmo">Kutoka kwa watumishi wako, watu wa Ngʼambo ya Mto Frati:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="12" bcv="EZR.4.12" />Yapasa Mfalme ajue kuwa Wayahudi waliopanda kuja kwetu kutoka kwenu, wamekwenda Yerusalemu nao wanaujenga upya ule mji wa uasi na uovu. Wanajenga kuta upya na kukarabati misingi yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="13" bcv="EZR.4.13" />Zaidi ya hayo, mfalme yampasa ajue kwamba kama mji huu ukijengwa na kuta zake zikafanywa upya, hakutakuwa na ulipaji wa kodi wala ada au ushuru, hivyo hazina za mfalme zitaathirika.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZR.4.14" />Sisi sasa kwa kuwa tunawajibika kwa jumba la kifalme na kwamba siyo sawasawa kwetu kuona mfalme akidharauliwa, basi tunatuma ujumbe huu kumtaarifu mfalme,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EZR.4.15" />ili kwamba ufanyike uchunguzi kwenye kumbukumbu ya maandishi ya waliokutangulia. Katika kumbukumbu hizi utagundua kwamba mji huu ni wa maasi, unaowataabisha wafalme na majimbo, ni mahali pa maasi tangu zamani. Ndiyo maana mji huu uliharibiwa.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZR.4.16" />Tunamjulisha mfalme kwamba kama mji huu ukijengwa na kuta zake zikifanywa upya, hutabakiwa na chochote Ngʼambo ya Mto Frati.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EZR.4.17" />Mfalme alirudisha jibu hili:
</p>
<p sfm="pmo" style="pmo">Kwa Rehumu, afisa msimamizi, mwandishi Shimshai na wenzenu wote wanaoishi katika Samaria na penginepo Ngʼambo ya Mto Frati:
</p>
<p sfm="pmo" style="pmo">Salamu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="18" bcv="EZR.4.18" />Barua mliyotutumia imesomwa na kutafsiriwa mbele yangu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZR.4.19" />Nilitoa amri na uchunguzi ukafanyika na imegundulika kwamba mji huu una historia ndefu ya maasi dhidi ya wafalme na pamekuwa mahali pa maasi na uchochezi.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZR.4.20" />Yerusalemu umepata kuwa na wafalme wenye nguvu wakitawala nchi yote iliyo Ngʼambo ya Mto Frati, wakitoza kodi, ada na ushuru huko.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EZR.4.21" />Kwa hiyo toeni amri kwa watu hawa wasimamishe ujenzi, ili kwamba mji huu usiendelee kujengwa hadi nitakapoagiza.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZR.4.22" />Mwe waangalifu msipuuze jambo hili. Kwa nini kuruhusu tishio hili kuendelea na kusababisha hasara kwa ufalme?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="EZR.4.23" />Mara waliposomewa nakala ya barua ya Mfalme Artashasta, Rehumu na Shimshai aliyekuwa mwandishi na wenzao, walikwenda mara moja kwa Wayahudi huko Yerusalemu na kuwalazimisha kwa nguvu kusimamisha ujenzi.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="EZR.4.24" />Hivyo kazi ya ujenzi wa nyumba ya Mungu huko Yerusalemu ikasimamishwa kabisa hadi mwaka wa pili wa utawala wa Dario mfalme wa Uajemi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Barua Ya Tatenai Kwa Dario
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZR.5.1" />Ndipo nabii Hagai na nabii Zekaria mzao wa Ido, wakawatolea unabii Wayahudi waliokuwa Yuda na Yerusalemu kwa jina la Mungu wa Israeli, aliyekuwa pamoja nao.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZR.5.2" />Ndipo Zerubabeli mwana wa Shealtieli na Yeshua mwana wa Yosadaki wakaanza kujenga tena nyumba ya Mungu huko Yerusalemu. Nao manabii wa Mungu walikuwa pamoja nao, wakiwasaidia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="EZR.5.3" />Wakati ule Tatenai mtawala wa ngʼambo ya mto Frati na Shethar-Bozenai na wenzao waliwaendea, wakawauliza, “Ni nani aliyewapa ruhusa ya kujenga tena Hekalu hili na kurudishia upya kama lilivyokuwa?”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZR.5.4" />Pia waliwauliza, “Je, majina ya watu wanaofanya ujenzi huu ni nani?”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZR.5.5" />Lakini jicho la Mungu wao lilikuwa likiwaangalia wazee wa Wayahudi, nao hawakuzuiliwa kujenga mpaka taarifa ikaandikwa kwa Dario na majibu yake kupokelewa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EZR.5.6" />Hii ni nakala ya barua ile Tatenai, mtawala wa ngʼambo ya mto Frati na Shethar-Bozenai na wenzao maafisa wa ngʼambo ya mto Frati waliyompelekea Mfalme Dario.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZR.5.7" />Taarifa waliyompelekea ilisomeka kama ifuatavyo:
</p>
<p sfm="pmo" style="pmo">Kwa Mfalme Dario:
</p>
<p sfm="pmo" style="pmo">Salamu kwa moyo mkunjufu.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="8" bcv="EZR.5.8" />Inampasa Mfalme ajue kwamba tulikwenda katika eneo la Yuda, kwenye Hekalu la Mungu mkuu. Watu wanalijenga kwa mawe makubwa na kuweka mbao kwenye kuta. Kazi inafanyika kwa bidii na inaendelea kwa haraka chini ya uongozi wao.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="9" bcv="EZR.5.9" />Tuliwauliza viongozi, “Ni nani aliyewapa ruhusa kujenga upya Hekalu hili na kurejeza hali ya jengo kama lilivyokuwa?”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZR.5.10" />Pia tuliwauliza majina yao, ili tukuandikie kukujulisha majina ya viongozi wao.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="11" bcv="EZR.5.11" />Hili ndilo jibu walilotupa:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Sisi ni watumishi wa Mungu wa mbingu na nchi, nasi tunalijenga upya Hekalu ambalo lilijengwa miaka mingi iliyopita, lile ambalo mfalme mkuu wa Israeli alilijenga na kulikamilisha.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZR.5.12" />Lakini kwa sababu baba zetu walimkasirisha Mungu wa mbinguni, basi aliwatia mkononi mwa Nebukadneza, Mkaldayo, mfalme wa Babeli, ambaye aliliharibu Hekalu hili na kuwaondoa watu na kuwapeleka uhamishoni huko Babeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="13" bcv="EZR.5.13" />“Pamoja na hayo, katika mwaka wa kwanza wa kutawala Koreshi mfalme wa Babeli, Mfalme Koreshi alitoa amri ya kujengwa upya nyumba hii ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZR.5.14" />Yeye hata aliviondoa vyombo vya dhahabu na fedha vya nyumba ya Mungu, kutoka Hekalu la Babeli ambavyo Nebukadneza alikuwa amevichukua kutoka ndani ya Hekalu huko Yerusalemu na kuvileta katika Hekalu la Babeli.
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Vyombo hivyo Mfalme Koreshi alimkabidhi mtu aliyeitwa Sheshbaza, ambaye Koreshi alikuwa amemteua awe mtawala,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EZR.5.15" />naye akamwambia, ‘Chukua vyombo hivi uende ukaviweke ndani ya Hekalu huko Yerusalemu. Nawe uijenge upya nyumba ya Mungu mahali pake.’
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZR.5.16" />Hivyo huyu Sheshbaza alikuja na kuweka misingi ya nyumba ya Mungu iliyoko Yerusalemu. Tangu siku hiyo hadi sasa imekuwa ikiendelea kujengwa lakini bado haijamalizika.”
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="17" bcv="EZR.5.17" />Sasa kama ikimpendeza mfalme, uchunguzi na ufanyike katika kumbukumbu za maandishi ya ufalme mjini Babeli, kuona kama kweli Mfalme Koreshi alitoa amri ya kujenga upya nyumba ya Mungu katika Yerusalemu. Kisha tunaomba mfalme na atutumie uamuzi wake kuhusu jambo hili.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Amri Ya Dario
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZR.6.1" />Kisha Mfalme Dario alitoa amri, nao wakafanya uchunguzi katika kumbukumbu zilizohifadhiwa katika hazina huko Babeli.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZR.6.2" />Karatasi moja ndefu ya maandishi ilipatikana huko Ekbatana katika jimbo la Umedi. Haya ndiyo yaliyokuwa yameandikwa humo:
</p>
<p sfm="pmo" style="pmo">Kumbukumbu:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="3" bcv="EZR.6.3" />Katika mwaka wa kwanza wa kutawala Mfalme Koreshi, mfalme alitoa amri kuhusu Hekalu la Mungu katika Yerusalemu:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">Hekalu na lijengwe tena mahali palepale Wayahudi walipokuwa wakitoa dhabihu, kwenye msingi ule ule. Iwe na kimo cha mikono sitini,<f caller="+"><fr>6:3
</fr><ft>Mikono 60 ni sawa na mita 27.</ft></f> upana wa mikono sitini,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZR.6.4" />kuta zijengwe kwa safu tatu za mawe makubwa kisha ifuate safu moja ya mbao. Gharama zitalipwa kutoka hazina ya mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZR.6.5" />Pia, vyombo vya dhahabu na vya fedha vya nyumba ya Mungu, ambavyo Nebukadneza alivichukua kutoka kwenye Hekalu huko Yerusalemu akavileta Babeli, yapasa virudishwe mahali pake ndani ya Hekalu huko Yerusalemu, yapasa viwekwe ndani ya nyumba ya Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="6" bcv="EZR.6.6" />Sasa basi, Tatenai, mtawala wa Ngʼambo ya Mto Frati na Shethar-Bozenai pamoja na ninyi, maafisa wenzao wa jimbo hilo kaeni mbali na mahali hapo.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZR.6.7" />Msiingilie kazi ya Hekalu hili la Mungu. Mwacheni mtawala wa Wayahudi na viongozi Wayahudi wajenge upya nyumba hii ya Mungu mahali pake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="8" bcv="EZR.6.8" />Zaidi ya hayo, hapa natoa amri kuhusu mtakalofanya kwa ajili ya wazee wa Wayahudi katika ujenzi wa nyumba hii ya Mungu:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">Gharama za watu hawa zitalipwa kikamilifu kutoka hazina ya mfalme, kutoka kwenye mapato ya Ngʼambo ya Mto Frati, ili ujenzi usisimame.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZR.6.9" />Chochote kinachohitajika kama mafahali wachanga, kondoo dume, wana-kondoo kwa ajili ya sadaka za kuteketezwa kwa Mungu wa mbinguni, ngano, chumvi, divai na mafuta kama vitakavyohitajika na makuhani huko Yerusalemu, lazima wapewe kila siku pasipo kukosa,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZR.6.10" />ili waweze kutoa dhabihu inayompendeza Mungu wa mbinguni na kumwombea mfalme na wanawe hali njema.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="11" bcv="EZR.6.11" />Zaidi ya hayo, ninaamuru kwamba mtu yeyote atakayebadilisha amri hii, boriti itangʼolewa kutoka nyumba yake, ichongwe upande mmoja na atumbuliwe nayo. Kwa ajili ya kosa hili nyumba yake ifanywe lundo la taka.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZR.6.12" />Naye Mungu, aliyeliweka Jina lake huko, amwangushe mfalme yeyote au watu watakaoinua mikono kubadili amri hii au kuharibu Hekalu hili lililoko Yerusalemu.
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">Mimi Dario nimetoa amri hii. Nayo itekelezwe kwa bidii na kwa makini.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Jengo Linakamilika Na Kuwekwa Wakfu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EZR.6.13" />Kwa sababu ya amri aliyotoa Mfalme Dario, Tatenai mtawala wa Ngʼambo ya Mto Frati na Shethar-Bozenai na wenzao wakaitekeleza kwa bidii na kwa makini.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZR.6.14" />Hivyo wazee wa Wayahudi waliendelea kujenga na kustawi kutokana na mahubiri ya manabii Hagai na Zekaria, mwana wa Ido. Wakakamilisha ujenzi wa Hekalu kulingana na agizo la Mungu wa Israeli na amri ya Koreshi, Dario na Artashasta wafalme wa Uajemi.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EZR.6.15" />Hekalu lilikamilika siku ya kumi na mbili ya mwezi wa Adari, ndio mwezi wa tatu, katika mwaka wa sita wa utawala wa Mfalme Dario.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="EZR.6.16" />Kisha watu wa Israeli: makuhani, Walawi na wengine wote waliohamishwa, wakaadhimisha kule kuwekwa wakfu nyumba ya Mungu kwa shangwe.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EZR.6.17" />Kwa ajili ya kuwekwa wakfu nyumba hii ya Mungu walitoa mafahali mia moja, kondoo dume mia mbili, wana-kondoo mia nne, sadaka kwa ajili ya dhambi ya Israeli yote walitoa mbuzi dume kumi na wawili, mmoja kwa ajili ya kila kabila la Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EZR.6.18" />Wakawaweka makuhani katika nafasi zao na Walawi wakawekwa katika makundi yao ya huduma kwa Mungu huko Yerusalemu, kulingana na ilivyoandikwa katika Kitabu cha Mose.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Pasaka
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EZR.6.19" />Katika siku ya kumi na nne ya mwezi wa kwanza, waliorudi kutoka uhamishoni wakaadhimisha Pasaka.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZR.6.20" />Makuhani na Walawi walikuwa wamekwisha kujitakasa nao wamekuwa safi kwa kufuata kawaida za ibada. Walawi wakachinja kondoo wa Pasaka kwa ajili ya wana wa waliorudi kutoka utumwani uhamishoni, kwa ajili ya ndugu zao makuhani na wao wenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EZR.6.21" />Hivyo Waisraeli waliokuwa wamerudi kutoka utumwani uhamishoni wakaila Pasaka, pamoja na wale waliokuwa wamejitenga na matendo ya unajisi wa Mataifa ya jirani ili kumtafuta
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZR.6.22" />Kwa muda wa siku saba waliiadhimisha Sikukuu ya Mikate Isiyotiwa Chachu kwa furaha, kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amewajaza furaha kwa kubadilisha nia ya mfalme wa Ashuru kwamba awasaidie ujenzi wa nyumba ya Mungu, Mungu wa Israeli.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Ezra Awasili Yerusalemu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZR.7.1" />Baada ya mambo haya, wakati wa utawala wa Artashasta mfalme wa Uajemi, Ezra mwana wa Seraya, mwana wa Azaria, mwana wa Hilkia,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZR.7.2" />mwana wa Shalumu, mwana wa Sadoki, mwana wa Ahitubu,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZR.7.3" />mwana wa Amaria, mwana wa Azaria, mwana wa Merayothi,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZR.7.4" />mwana wa Zerahia, mwana wa Uzi, mwana wa Buki,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZR.7.5" />mwana wa Abishua, mwana wa Finehasi, mwana wa Eleazari, mwana wa kuhani mkuu Aroni.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZR.7.6" />Huyu Ezra alipanda kutoka Babeli. Alikuwa mwalimu mwenye ujuzi mzuri katika sheria ya Mose, ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, alikuwa ametoa. Mfalme alikuwa amempa Ezra kila kitu alichoomba, kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wake alikuwa pamoja naye.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZR.7.7" />Pia baadhi ya Waisraeli, wakiwemo makuhani, Walawi, waimbaji, mabawabu na watumishi wa Hekalu,<f caller="+"><fr>7:7
</fr><ft>Yaani
</ft><fqa>Wanethini</fqa><ft> (pia 7:24).</ft></f> nao walikuja Yerusalemu mwaka wa saba wa utawala wa Mfalme Artashasta.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EZR.7.8" />Ezra aliwasili Yerusalemu mwezi wa tano wa mwaka wa saba wa utawala wa Mfalme Artashasta.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZR.7.9" />Ezra alianza safari yake kutoka Babeli tangu siku ya kwanza ya mwezi wa kwanza, naye akawasili Yerusalemu siku ya kwanza ya mwezi wa tano, kwa maana mkono wa neema wa Mungu wake ulikuwa juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZR.7.10" />Kwa maana Ezra alikuwa amejitoa kwa moyo wote kujifunza na kushika sheria ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kuwafundisha watu wa Israeli amri na sheria zake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Barua Ya Ezra Kutoka Kwa Mfalme Artashasta
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="EZR.7.11" />Hii ni nakala ya barua ambayo Mfalme Artashasta alikuwa amempa Ezra aliyekuwa kuhani na mwalimu, mtu aliyeelimika katika mambo yahusuyo maagizo na amri za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pmo" style="pmo"><v id="12" bcv="EZR.7.12" />Artashasta, mfalme wa wafalme,
</p>
<p sfm="pmo" style="pmo">Kwa Ezra kuhani, mwalimu wa Sheria ya Mungu wa mbinguni:
</p>
<p sfm="pmo" style="pmo">Salamu.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="13" bcv="EZR.7.13" />Sasa naamuru kwamba mtu yeyote Mwisraeli katika ufalme wangu, pamoja na makuhani na Walawi, ambaye anataka kwenda Yerusalemu pamoja nawe aweza kwenda.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZR.7.14" />Unatumwa na mfalme na washauri wake saba kuchunguza kuhusu Yuda na Yerusalemu kulingana na Sheria ya Mungu wako, iliyoko mkononi mwako.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EZR.7.15" />Zaidi ya hayo, uchukue pamoja nawe fedha na dhahabu ambazo mfalme na washauri wake wamempa Mungu wa Israeli kwa hiari, Mungu ambaye maskani yake yako Yerusalemu,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZR.7.16" />pia fedha na dhahabu zote unazoweza kupata kutoka jimbo la Babeli, pamoja na sadaka za hiari watakazotoa watu na makuhani kwa ajili ya Hekalu la Mungu wao katika Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EZR.7.17" />Hakikisha kwamba fedha hizi zimetumika kununua mafahali, kondoo dume na wana-kondoo pamoja na sadaka za nafaka na sadaka za vinywaji, uvitoe dhabihu juu ya madhabahu ya Hekalu la Mungu wenu katika Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="18" bcv="EZR.7.18" />Kisha wewe na Wayahudi ndugu zako mnaweza kufanya lolote linaloonekana jema sana kwa fedha na dhahabu zilizosalia, kulingana na mapenzi ya Mungu wenu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZR.7.19" />Uvitoe kwa Mungu wa Yerusalemu vyombo vyote ulivyokabidhiwa kwa ajili ya ibada katika Hekalu la Mungu wako.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZR.7.20" />Kitu kingine chochote kinachohitajika kwa ajili ya Hekalu la Mungu wenu ambacho unatakiwa kukitoa, waweza kukitoa kutoka hazina ya mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="21" bcv="EZR.7.21" />Mimi, Mfalme Artashasta, sasa naagiza watunza hazina wote wa Ngʼambo ya Mto Frati kutoa kwa bidii chochote kwa Ezra kuhani na mwalimu wa Sheria ya Mungu wa mbinguni atakachohitaji kwenu,
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZR.7.22" />talanta 100<f caller="+"><fr>7:22
</fr><ft>Talanta 100 za fedha ni sawa na kilo 3,400.</ft></f> za fedha, ngano kori 100,<f caller="+"><fr>7:22
</fr><ft>Kori 100 za ngano ni sawa na kilo 10,000.</ft></f> divai bathi 100,<f caller="+"><fr>7:22
</fr><ft>Bathi 100 za divai ni sawa na lita 2,000.</ft></f> mafuta ya zeituni bathi 100, na chumvi kiasi chochote.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EZR.7.23" />Chochote ambacho Mungu wa mbinguni ameagiza, kifanyike kwa ukamilifu kwa ajili ya Hekalu la Mungu wa mbinguni. Kwa nini pawepo ghadhabu dhidi ya utawala wa mfalme na wanawe?
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EZR.7.24" />Pia ninyi fahamuni kuwa hamna mamlaka ya kuwatoza kodi, ushuru au ada makuhani, Walawi, waimbaji, mabawabu, watumishi wa Hekalu au wafanyakazi wengine kwenye nyumba ya Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="25" bcv="EZR.7.25" />Nawe Ezra, kufuatana na hekima ya Mungu wenu uliyo nayo, weka mahakimu na waamuzi wote wanaozifahamu sheria za Mungu wenu ili watoe haki kwa watu wote wa Ngʼambo ya Mto Frati. Nawe inakupasa umfundishe yeyote ambaye hazifahamu.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EZR.7.26" />Yeyote ambaye hataitii sheria ya Mungu wenu pia sheria ya mfalme, hakika lazima aadhibiwe kwa kuuawa, kuhamishwa, kunyangʼanywa mali au kufungwa gerezani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="EZR.7.27" />Sifa ziwe kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zetu, Mungu ambaye kwa njia hii ameweka ndani ya moyo wa mfalme kuipa heshima nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> iliyoko Yerusalemu, kwa namna hii
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EZR.7.28" />ambaye ameniongezea kibali chake mbele ya mfalme, washauri wake na maafisa wote wa mfalme wenye uwezo. Kwa kuwa mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wangu ulikuwa pamoja nami, nilijipa moyo nikakusanya watu walio viongozi kutoka Israeli wakwee pamoja nami.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Orodha Ya Viongozi Wa Jamaa Waliorudi Na Ezra
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZR.8.1" />Hawa ndio viongozi wa jamaa pamoja na wale walioandikwa ambao walikuja pamoja nami kutoka Babeli wakati wa utawala wa Mfalme Artashasta:
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="2" bcv="EZR.8.2" />wa wazao wa Finehasi, alikuwa Gershoni;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">wa wazao wa Ithamari, alikuwa Danieli;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">wa wazao wa Daudi, alikuwa Hatushi
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZR.8.3" />wa wazao wa Shekania;
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1">wa wazao wa Paroshi, alikuwa Zekaria, na watu 150 walioandikishwa pamoja naye;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="4" bcv="EZR.8.4" />wa wazao wa Pahath-Moabu, alikuwa Eliehoenai mwana wa Zerahia na wanaume 200 pamoja naye;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="5" bcv="EZR.8.5" />wa wazao wa Zatu, alikuwa Shekania mwana wa Yahazieli na wanaume 300 pamoja naye;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="6" bcv="EZR.8.6" />wa wazao wa Adini, alikuwa Ebedi mwana wa Yonathani na wanaume 50 pamoja naye;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="7" bcv="EZR.8.7" />wa wazao wa Elamu, alikuwa Yeshaya mwana wa Athalia, na wanaume 70 pamoja naye;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="8" bcv="EZR.8.8" />wa wazao wa Shefatia, alikuwa Zebadia mwana wa Mikaeli na wanaume 80 pamoja naye;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="9" bcv="EZR.8.9" />wa wazao wa Yoabu, alikuwa Obadia mwana wa Yehieli na wanaume 218 pamoja naye;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="10" bcv="EZR.8.10" />wa wazao wa Bani, alikuwa Shelomithi mwana wa Yosifia na wanaume 160 pamoja naye;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="11" bcv="EZR.8.11" />wa wazao wa Bebai, alikuwa Zekaria mwana wa Bebai na wanaume 28 pamoja naye;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="12" bcv="EZR.8.12" />wa wazao wa Azgadi, alikuwa Yohanani mwana wa Hakatani na wanaume 110 pamoja naye;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="13" bcv="EZR.8.13" />wa wazao wa Adonikamu, hawa walikuwa wa mwisho ambao majina yao ni Elifeleti, Yeueli, Shemaya na wanaume 60 pamoja nao;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="14" bcv="EZR.8.14" />wa wazao wa Bigwai, walikuwa Uthai na Zakuri na wanaume 70 pamoja nao.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kurudi Yerusalemu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EZR.8.15" />Niliwakusanya kwenye mto utiririkao kuelekea Ahava, nasi tukapiga kambi pale siku tatu. Wakati nilipokagua kati ya watu na makuhani, sikuwapata Walawi.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZR.8.16" />Basi niliwaita Eliezeri, Arieli, Shemaya, Elnathani, Yaribu, Elnathani, Nathani, Zekaria na Meshulamu waliokuwa viongozi na Yoyaribu na Elnathani waliokuwa wasomi,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EZR.8.17" />nikawatuma kwa Ido kiongozi huko Kasifia. Niliwaambia watakayomwambia Ido na ndugu zake, watumishi wa Hekalu<f caller="+"><fr>8:17
</fr><ft>Yaani
</ft><fqa>Wanethini</fqa><ft> (pia 8:20).</ft></f> huko Kasifia, ili waweze kutuletea wahudumu kwa ajili ya nyumba ya Mungu wetu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EZR.8.18" />Kwa sababu mkono wa neema wa Mungu wetu ulikuwa juu yetu, walituletea Sherebia, mtu mwenye uwezo kutoka wazao wa Mahli mwana wa Lawi, mwana wa Israeli, na wana wa Sherebia pamoja na ndugu zao wanaume kumi na wanane.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZR.8.19" />Naye Hashabia, pamoja na Yeshaya kutoka wazao wa Merari na ndugu zake na wapwa wake wanaume ishirini.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZR.8.20" />Vilevile walileta watumishi wa Hekalu 220, kikundi ambacho Daudi na maafisa walikuwa wamekiweka kusaidia Walawi. Wote walikuwa wameorodheshwa kwa majina.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EZR.8.21" />Kando ya Mto Ahava, hapo nilitangaza kufunga, ili tujinyenyekeshe mbele za Mungu wetu na kumwomba kwa ajili ya kutujalia safari ya amani sisi na watoto wetu, pamoja na mali zetu zote.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZR.8.22" />Niliona aibu kumwomba mfalme askari na wapanda farasi wa kutulinda njiani kutokana na adui zetu, kwa sababu tulikwisha kumwambia mfalme, “Mkono wa neema wa Mungu wetu uko juu ya kila mmoja anayemtafuta, lakini hasira yake kubwa ni dhidi ya wote wamwachao.”
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EZR.8.23" />Kwa hiyo tulifunga na kumwomba Mungu wetu kuhusu jambo hili, naye akajibu maombi yetu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="EZR.8.24" />Kisha niliwatenga viongozi wa makuhani kumi na wawili, pamoja na Sherebia, Hashabia na ndugu zao kumi,
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EZR.8.25" />nami nikawapimia fedha, dhahabu na vifaa ambavyo mfalme, washauri wake, maafisa wake na Israeli wote waliokuwepo walikuwa wamevitoa sadaka kwa ajili ya nyumba ya Mungu wetu.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EZR.8.26" />Niliwapimia talanta 650<f caller="+"><fr>8:26
</fr><ft>Talanta 650 za fedha ni sawa na tani 25.</ft></f> za fedha, vifaa vingine vya fedha vya uzito wa talanta mia moja,<f caller="+"><fr>8:26
</fr><ft>Talanta 100 za fedha ni sawa na tani 3.75.</ft></f> talanta mia moja za dhahabu,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EZR.8.27" />mabakuli ishirini ya dhahabu ya thamani ya darkoni elfu moja,<f caller="+"><fr>8:27
</fr><ft>Darkoni 1,000 ni sawa na kilo 8.5.</ft></f> na vyombo viwili vya shaba iliyosuguliwa, ya thamani kama dhahabu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="EZR.8.28" />Niliwaambia, “Ninyi pamoja na vyombo hivi ni wakfu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Fedha na dhahabu ni sadaka ya hiari kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zenu.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="EZR.8.29" />Vilindeni kwa uangalifu mpaka mtakapovipima ndani ya vyumba vya nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> katika Yerusalemu mbele ya makuhani, viongozi na Walawi pamoja na wakuu wa jamaa za Israeli.”
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="EZR.8.30" />Ndipo makuhani na Walawi wakapokea fedha, dhahabu na vyombo vilivyowekwa wakfu ambavyo vilipimwa na kupelekwa katika nyumba ya Mungu wetu mjini Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="EZR.8.31" />Tulianza safari kutoka Mto Ahava kwenda Yerusalemu kwenye siku ya kumi na mbili ya mwezi wa kwanza. Mkono wa Mungu wetu ulikuwa juu yetu, naye njiani alitulinda dhidi ya adui na wanyangʼanyi.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="EZR.8.32" />Kwa hiyo tuliwasili Yerusalemu ambapo tulipumzika kwa siku tatu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="EZR.8.33" />Katika siku ya nne, ndani ya nyumba ya Mungu wetu, tulipima fedha, dhahabu na vyombo vilivyowekwa wakfu, tukakabidhi mikononi mwa kuhani Meremothi mwana wa Uria. Eleazari mwana wa Finehasi alikuwa pamoja naye, pia walikuwako Walawi wawili, Yozabadi mwana wa Yeshua na Noadia mwana wa Binui.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="EZR.8.34" />Kila kitu kilihesabiwa kwa idadi na kupimwa kwa uzito, nao uzito wote uliandikwa wakati ule.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="EZR.8.35" />Kisha mateka waliokuwa wamerudi kutoka utumwani wakatoa sadaka za kuteketezwa kwa moto kwa Mungu wa Israeli: mafahali kumi na wawili kwa ajili ya Israeli wote, kondoo dume tisini na sita, wana-kondoo sabini na saba na mbuzi dume kumi na wawili kuwa sadaka ya dhambi. Hii yote ilikuwa sadaka ya kuteketezwa kwa moto kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="EZR.8.36" />Pia walikabidhi manaibu wa mfalme na watawala wa Ngʼambo ya Mto Frati maagizo ya mfalme, ambao baadaye walitoa msaada kwa watu na kwa nyumba ya Mungu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Maombi Ya Ezra Kuhusu Kuoa Wake Wa Kigeni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZR.9.1" />Baada ya mambo haya kutendeka, viongozi walinijia na kusema, “Watu wa Israeli, wakiwemo makuhani na Walawi, hawakujitenga na majirani zao katika kufanya machukizo, kama yale ya Wakanaani, Wahiti, Waperizi, Wayebusi, Waamoni, Wamoabu, Wamisri na Waamori.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZR.9.2" />Wamewaoa baadhi ya binti zao kuwa wake zao na wake za wana wao, nao wamechanganya taifa takatifu na watu waliowazunguka. Nao viongozi na maafisa wamekuwa mstari wa mbele katika njia hii potovu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="EZR.9.3" />Niliposikia jambo hili nilirarua koti langu na joho langu, nikazingʼoa nywele za kichwa changu na ndevu zangu na kuketi nikishangaa.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZR.9.4" />Kisha kila mmoja aliyetetemeshwa na maneno ya Mungu wa Israeli alikusanyika kunizunguka kwa sababu ya upotovu huu wa hao watu waliorudi kutoka utumwani. Nami niliketi pale nikishangaa mpaka wakati wa dhabihu ya jioni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EZR.9.5" />Ndipo wakati wa kutoa dhabihu ya jioni nikainuka kutoka kujidhili kwangu nikiwa na koti na joho langu lililoraruka, nikapiga magoti mikono yangu ikiwa imeinuliwa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wangu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZR.9.6" />Nami nikaomba:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Ee Mungu wangu, natahayari na kuona aibu kukuinulia uso wangu Mungu wangu, kwa sababu dhambi zetu zimejikusanya hata kupita juu ya vichwa vyetu na hatia yetu imefika mbinguni.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZR.9.7" />Tokea siku za babu zetu mpaka sasa, hatia yetu imekuwa kubwa. Kwa sababu ya dhambi zetu, sisi na wafalme wetu na makuhani wetu tumekabiliwa na vita, utumwa, kutekwa na kudhiliwa katika mikono ya wafalme wa kigeni, kama ilivyo leo.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="8" bcv="EZR.9.8" />“Lakini sasa, kwa muda mfupi,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu amekuwa na neema kwa kutuachia mabaki na kutupa mahali imara katika mahali pake patakatifu, hivyo Mungu wetu atupa mwanga machoni petu na unafuu katika utumwa wetu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZR.9.9" />Ingawa tu watumwa, Mungu wetu hajatuacha katika kufungwa kwetu. Ametuonyesha huruma mbele ya wafalme wa Uajemi: Ametujalia maisha mapya kwa kujenga upya nyumba ya Mungu wetu na kukarabati magofu yake, naye ametupa ukuta wa ulinzi katika Yuda na Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="10" bcv="EZR.9.10" />“Lakini sasa, Ee Mungu wetu, tunaweza kusema nini baada ya hili? Kwa maana tumedharau maagizo
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZR.9.11" />uliyoyatoa kupitia watumishi wako manabii uliposema: ‘Nchi mnayoiingia kuimiliki ni nchi iliyochafuliwa na uovu wa watu wake. Kwa matendo yao ya machukizo wameijaza nchi kwa unajisi wao kutoka mwisho mmoja hadi mwingine.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZR.9.12" />Kwa hiyo, msiwaoze binti zenu kwa wana wao wala binti zao kwa wana wenu. Msitafute mkataba wa urafiki nao kwa wakati wowote. Ndipo mtakapofanikiwa na kula mema ya nchi na kuwaachia watoto wenu nchi hiyo kama urithi wao wa milele.’
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="13" bcv="EZR.9.13" />“Yale yaliyotupata ni matokeo ya matendo yetu mabaya, pia hatia yetu kubwa. Hata hivyo, wewe Mungu wetu, umetuadhibu kidogo kuliko dhambi zetu zilivyostahili na umetupa mabaki kama haya.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZR.9.14" />Je, tutavunja maagizo yako tena na kuoana na watu ambao hufanya mambo ya machukizo? Je, hutakuwa na hasira ya kutosha juu yetu na kutuangamiza, bila kutuachia mabaki wala atakayenusurika?
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EZR.9.15" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, wewe ni mwenye haki! Leo hii tumeachwa kama mabaki. Tupo hapa mbele zako na hatia yetu, ingawa katika hali hii hakuna hata mmoja wetu anayeweza kusimama mbele zako.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="10" />
<s style="s1">Toba Ya Watu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZR.10.1" />Wakati Ezra alipokuwa anaomba na kuungama, huku akilia na kujitupa chini mbele ya nyumba ya Mungu, umati mkubwa wa Waisraeli, wanaume, wanawake na watoto walikusanyika kumzunguka. Nao pia wakalia sana.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZR.10.2" />Kisha Shekania mwana wa Yehieli, mmoja wa wazao wa Elamu, akamwambia Ezra, “Tumekosa uaminifu kwa Mungu wetu kwa kuoa wanawake wa kigeni kutoka mataifa yanayotuzunguka. Lakini pamoja na hili, bado liko tumaini kwa ajili ya Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZR.10.3" />Sasa na tufanye agano mbele za Mungu wetu kuwafukuza hawa wanawake wote pamoja na watoto wao, kulingana na maonyo ya bwana wangu pamoja na wale ambao wanaogopa amri za Mungu wetu. Hili na lifanyike sawasawa na hii Sheria.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZR.10.4" />Inuka, suala hili lipo mikononi mwako. Sisi tutaungana nawe, uwe na ujasiri ukatende hili.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EZR.10.5" />Basi Ezra akainuka na kuwaapisha makuhani viongozi, Walawi na Israeli yote kufanya lile lililokuwa limependekezwa. Nao wakaapa.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZR.10.6" />Ndipo Ezra akaondoka hapo mbele ya nyumba ya Mungu akaenda kwenye chumba cha Yehohanani mwana wa Eliashibu. Wakati alipokuwa hapo, hakula chakula wala hakunywa maji, kwa sababu aliendelea kuomboleza kuhusu kukosa uaminifu kwa watu wa uhamishoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EZR.10.7" />Ndipo lilipotolewa tangazo Yuda yote na Yerusalemu kwa watu wote waliokuwa uhamishoni kukusanyika Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EZR.10.8" />Yeyote ambaye hangejitokeza kwa muda wa siku tatu angepoteza mali yake yote, kulingana na uamuzi wa maafisa na wazee, naye mtu huyo angefukuzwa kutoka kusanyiko la watu waliokuwa uhamishoni.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EZR.10.9" />Katika muda wa siku tatu, watu wote wa Yuda na Benyamini wakawa wamekusanyika huko Yerusalemu. Kwenye siku ya ishirini ya mwezi wa tisa, watu wote walikuwa wameketi ndani ya uwanja mbele ya nyumba ya Mungu, wakiwa na majonzi mno kwa tukio hilo na kwa sababu ya mvua kubwa.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZR.10.10" />Ndipo Kuhani Ezra aliposimama akawaambia, “Mmekosa uaminifu, mmeoa wanawake wa kigeni, mkaongezea hatia ya Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZR.10.11" />Sasa tubuni kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba zenu mkafanye mapenzi yake. Jitengeni na mataifa wanaowazunguka na wake zenu wa kigeni.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="EZR.10.12" />Kusanyiko lote likajibu kwa sauti kubwa: “Uko sawa kabisa! Ni lazima tufanye kama unavyosema.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EZR.10.13" />Lakini hapa pana watu wengi na ni wakati wa mvua, hivyo hatuwezi kusimama nje. Hata hivyo, shauri hili haliwezi kumalizika kwa siku moja au mbili, kwa sababu tumefanya dhambi kubwa katika jambo hili.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZR.10.14" />Maafisa wetu na wafanye kwa niaba ya kusanyiko lote. Kisha kila mmoja katika miji yetu ambaye ameoa mwanamke wa kigeni aje kwa wakati uliopangwa, akiwa pamoja na wazee na waamuzi wa kila mji, hadi hasira kali ya Mungu wetu katika shauri hili itakapoondolewa kwetu.”
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EZR.10.15" />Yonathani mwana wa Asaheli na Yazeya mwana wa Tikwa peke yao, wakiungwa mkono na Meshulamu na Shabethai Mlawi, ndio waliopinga jambo hili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="EZR.10.16" />Basi watu wa uhamishoni wakafanya kama ilivyokuwa imependekezwa. Kuhani Ezra akachagua wanaume waliokuwa viongozi wa jamaa, mmoja kutoka kila mgawanyo wa jamaa, nao wote wakachaguliwa kwa majina. Katika siku ya kwanza ya mwezi wa kumi waliketi kuchunguza mashauri hayo.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EZR.10.17" />Katika siku ya kwanza ya mwezi wa kwanza wakawa wamemaliza kushughulikia wanaume wote waliokuwa wameoa wanawake wa kigeni.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wenye Hatia Ya Kuoa Wake Wa Kigeni
</s>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="18" bcv="EZR.10.18" />Miongoni mwa wazao wa makuhani, wafuatao walikuwa wameoa wanawake wa kigeni:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Kutoka wazao wa Yeshua mwana wa Yosadaki na ndugu zake: Maaseya, Eliezeri, Yaribu na Gedalia.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZR.10.19" />(Wote walitoa nadhiri kwa kuandika kwa mikono yao kuwafukuza wake zao, kwa hatia yao, kila mmoja akatoa kondoo dume kutoka kundini mwake kama sadaka ya hatia.)
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="20" bcv="EZR.10.20" />Kutoka wazao wa Imeri:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Hanani na Zebadia.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="21" bcv="EZR.10.21" />Kutoka wazao wa Harimu:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Maaseya, Eliya, Shemaya, Yehieli na Uzia.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="22" bcv="EZR.10.22" />Kutoka wazao wa Pashuri:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Elioenai, Maaseya, Ishmaeli, Nethaneli, Yozabadi na Elasa.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="23" bcv="EZR.10.23" />Miongoni mwa Walawi:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yozabadi, Shimei, Kelaya (ndiye Kelita), Pethahia, Yuda na Eliezeri.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="24" bcv="EZR.10.24" />Kutoka waimbaji:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Eliashibu.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Kutoka mabawabu:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Shalumu, Telemu na Uri.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="25" bcv="EZR.10.25" />Miongoni mwa Waisraeli wengine:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Kutoka wazao wa Paroshi:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Ramia, Izia, Malkiya, Miyamini, Eleazari, Malkiya na Benaya.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="26" bcv="EZR.10.26" />Kutoka wazao wa Elamu:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Matania, Zekaria, Yehieli, Abdi, Yeremothi na Eliya.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="27" bcv="EZR.10.27" />Kutoka wazao wa Zatu:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Elioenai, Eliashibu, Matania, Yeremothi, Zabadi na Aziza.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="28" bcv="EZR.10.28" />Kutoka uzao wa Bebai:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yehohanani, Hanania, Zabai na Athlai.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="29" bcv="EZR.10.29" />Kutoka wazao wa Bani:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Meshulamu, Maluki, Adaya, Yashubu, Sheali na Yeremothi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="30" bcv="EZR.10.30" />Kutoka wazao wa Pahath-Moabu:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Adna, Kelali, Benaya, Maaseya, Matania, Bezaleli, Binui na Manase.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="31" bcv="EZR.10.31" />Kutoka wazao wa Harimu:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Eliezeri, Ishiya, Malkiya, Shemaya, Shimeoni,
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="EZR.10.32" />Benyamini, Maluki, na Shemaria.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="33" bcv="EZR.10.33" />Kutoka wazao wa Hashumu:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Matenai, Matata, Zabadi, Elifeleti, Yeremai, Manase na Shimei.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="34" bcv="EZR.10.34" />Kutoka wazao wa Bani:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Maadai, Amramu, Ueli,
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="EZR.10.35" />Benaya, Bedeya, Keluhi,
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="EZR.10.36" />Vania, Meremothi, Eliashibu,
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="EZR.10.37" />Matania, Matenai na Yaasu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="38" bcv="EZR.10.38" />Kutoka wazao wa Binui:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Shimei,
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="EZR.10.39" />Shelemia, Nathani, Adaya,
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="EZR.10.40" />Maknadebai, Shashai, Sharai,
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="EZR.10.41" />Azareli, Shelemia, Shemaria,
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="EZR.10.42" />Shalumu, Amaria na Yosefu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="43" bcv="EZR.10.43" />Kutoka wazao wa Nebo:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yeieli, Matithia, Zabadi, Zebina, Yadai, Yoeli na Benaya.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="44" bcv="EZR.10.44" />Hawa wote walikuwa wameoa wanawake wa kigeni, na baadhi yao walikuwa wamezaa nao watoto.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="NEH"><id id="NEH">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Nehemia
</h><toc level="1">Nehemia
</toc><toc level="2">Nehemia
</toc><toc level="3">Neh
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Nehemia
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Maombi Ya Nehemia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NEH.1.1" />Maneno ya Nehemia mwana wa Hakalia:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<b style="b" />
<p style="p">Katika mwezi wa Kisleu<f caller="+"><fr>1:1
</fr><ft>Kisleu ni mwezi wa tisa katika kalenda ya Kiyahudi; katika kalenda yetu ni Novemba/Desemba (ona pia
<rq>Zekaria 7:1</rq>).</ft></f> katika mwaka wa ishirini, wakati nilikuwa ngomeni katika jumba la kifalme la Shushani,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NEH.1.2" />Hanani, mmoja wa ndugu zangu, alikuja kutoka Yuda akiwa na watu wengine, nami nikawauliza kuhusu mabaki ya Wayahudi wale walionusurika kwenda uhamishoni na pia kuhusu Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="NEH.1.3" />Wakaniambia, “Wale walionusurika kwenda uhamishoni, wale ambao wamerudi kwenye lile jimbo, wako katika taabu kubwa na aibu. Ukuta wa Yerusalemu umebomoka, na malango yake yamechomwa moto.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="NEH.1.4" />Niliposikia mambo haya, niliketi, nikalia. Kwa siku kadhaa niliomboleza na kufunga na kuomba mbele za Mungu wa mbinguni.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NEH.1.5" />Kisha nikasema:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa mbinguni, mkuu na mwenye kuogofya, ambaye hulishika agano lake la upendo na wale wampendao na kutii amri zake,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="NEH.1.6" />tega masikio yako, na ufungue macho yako, ili usikie maombi ya mtumishi wako anayoomba mbele yako usiku na mchana kwa ajili ya watumishi wako, watu wa Israeli. Ninaungama dhambi zetu sisi Waisraeli, pamoja na zangu na za nyumba ya baba yangu, tulizotenda dhidi yako.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="NEH.1.7" />Tumetenda uovu sana mbele zako. Hatukutii amri, maagizo na sheria ulizompa Mose mtumishi wako.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="8" bcv="NEH.1.8" />“Kumbuka agizo ulilompa Mose mtumishi wako, ukisema, ‘Kama mkikosa uaminifu, nitawatawanya miongoni mwa mataifa,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="NEH.1.9" />lakini mkinirudia na kutii amri zangu, ndipo hata kama watu wenu walio uhamishoni wako mbali sana katika miisho ya dunia, nitawakusanya kutoka huko na kuwaleta mahali ambapo nimepachagua kuwa makao kwa ajili ya Jina langu.’
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="10" bcv="NEH.1.10" />“Hawa ni watumishi wako na watu wako, uliowakomboa kwa nguvu zako kuu na mkono wako wenye nguvu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NEH.1.11" />Ee Bwana, tega sikio lako na usikie maombi ya huyu mtumishi wako, na maombi ya watumishi wako wanaofurahia kuliheshimu Jina lako. Nipe leo, mimi mtumishi wako, mafanikio kwa kunipa kibali mbele ya mtu huyu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa maana nilikuwa mnyweshaji wa mfalme.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Artashasta Amtuma Nehemia Yerusalemu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NEH.2.1" />Katika mwezi wa Nisani<f caller="+"><fr>2:1
</fr><ft>Nisani (Abibu) ni mwezi wa kwanza katika kalenda ya Kiyunani; katika kalenda yetu ni Machi/Aprili.</ft></f> mwaka wa ishirini wa utawala wa Mfalme Artashasta, wakati divai ilipoletwa kwake, niliichukua na kumpa mfalme. Sikuwahi kuonekana mwenye huzuni mbele yake kabla ya hapo.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NEH.2.2" />Basi mfalme akaniuliza, “Kwa nini uso wako unaonekana una huzuni wakati wewe si mgonjwa? Jambo hili si kitu kingine bali ni huzuni ya moyo.”
</p>
<p style="p">Niliogopa sana,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NEH.2.3" />lakini nikamwambia mfalme, “Mfalme na aishi milele! Kwa nini uso wangu usiwe na huzuni wakati mji walipozikwa baba zangu umebaki magofu, na malango yake yameteketezwa kwa moto?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="NEH.2.4" />Mfalme akaniambia, “Je, haja yako ni gani?”
</p>
<p style="p">Ndipo nikaomba kwa Mungu wa mbinguni,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NEH.2.5" />na nikamjibu mfalme, “Kama ikimpendeza mfalme, na kama mtumishi wako amepata kibali machoni pake, anitume kule mji wa Yuda, mahali baba zangu walipozikwa, ili niweze kuujenga upya.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="NEH.2.6" />Kisha mfalme, na malkia akiwa ameketi karibu naye, akaniuliza, “Safari yako itachukua muda gani, nawe utarudi lini?” Ilimpendeza mfalme kunituma, kwa hiyo nikapanga muda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="NEH.2.7" />Pia nikamwambia, “Kama ikimpendeza mfalme, naomba nipewe barua kwa watawala wa Ngʼambo ya Frati, ili wanipe ulinzi mpaka nifike Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="NEH.2.8" />Naomba nipewe barua nipeleke kwa Asafu, mtunzaji wa msitu wa mfalme, ili anipe miti ya kutengeneza boriti kwa ajili ya malango ya ngome ya Hekalu, na ukuta wa mji, na makao yangu nitakapoishi.” Kwa kuwa mkono wenye neema wa Mungu wangu ulikuwa juu yangu, mfalme akanijalia ombi langu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="NEH.2.9" />Basi nilienda kwa watawala wa Ngʼambo ya Frati na kuwapa barua za mfalme. Pia mfalme alikuwa ametuma maafisa wa jeshi na askari wapanda farasi pamoja nami.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="NEH.2.10" />Sanbalati Mhoroni na Tobia afisa Mwamoni waliposikia juu ya jambo hili, waliudhika sana kwamba amekuja mtu kuinua ustawi wa Waisraeli.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Nehemia Akagua Kuta Za Yerusalemu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="NEH.2.11" />Nilienda Yerusalemu, na baada ya kukaa huko siku tatu,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="NEH.2.12" />nikaondoka wakati wa usiku pamoja na watu wachache. Sikuwa nimemwambia mtu yeyote kile ambacho Mungu wangu alikuwa ameweka moyoni mwangu kufanya kwa ajili ya Yerusalemu. Hapakuwepo na mnyama yeyote pamoja nami isipokuwa yule niliyekuwa nimempanda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="NEH.2.13" />Nikatoka nje usiku kupitia Lango la Bondeni, kuelekea Kisima cha Joka na Lango la Samadi, nikikagua kuta za Yerusalemu zilizokuwa zimebomolewa, na malango yake yaliyokuwa yameteketezwa kwa moto.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="NEH.2.14" />Kisha nikaelekea mpaka Lango la Chemchemi na Bwawa la Mfalme, lakini hapakuwepo nafasi ya kutosha kwa ajili ya mnyama wangu kupita,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="NEH.2.15" />kwa hiyo nikapandia bondeni usiku nikikagua ukuta. Mwishoni nikarudi na kuingia tena kupitia Lango la Bondeni.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="NEH.2.16" />Maafisa hawakujua nilikokwenda wala nilichokuwa nikifanya, kwa sababu mpaka sasa nilikuwa bado sijasema lolote kwa Wayahudi, wala makuhani, wala wakuu, wala maafisa, wala mtu yeyote ambaye angefanya kazi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="NEH.2.17" />Ndipo nilipowaambia, “Mnaona taabu tuliyo nayo: Yerusalemu imebaki magofu na malango yake yameteketezwa kwa moto. Njooni tujenge upya ukuta wa Yerusalemu, nasi hatutakuwa tena katika aibu hii.”
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="NEH.2.18" />Pia niliwaambia kuhusu mkono wenye neema wa Mungu wangu uliokuwa juu yangu, na kile mfalme alichokuwa ameniambia.
</p>
<p style="p">Wakajibu, “Haya! Tuanze kujenga tena.” Kwa hiyo wakaanza kazi hii njema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="NEH.2.19" />Lakini Sanbalati Mhoroni, Tobia afisa Mwamoni, na Geshemu Mwarabu waliposikia kuhusu jambo hili, walitudhihaki na kutucheka. Wakauliza, “Ni nini hiki mnachokifanya? Je, mnaasi dhidi ya mfalme?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="NEH.2.20" />Nikawajibu kwa kusema, “Mungu wa mbinguni atatufanikisha. Sisi watumishi wake tutaanza kujenga upya, lakini kwenu ninyi, hamna sehemu wala dai lolote wala kumbukumbu la haki katika Yerusalemu.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Wajenzi Wa Ukuta
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NEH.3.1" />Eliashibu kuhani mkuu na makuhani wenzake walikwenda kufanya kazi na kulijenga upya Lango la Kondoo. Waliliweka wakfu na kuweka milango mahali pake, wakajenga hadi kufikia Mnara wa Mia, ambao waliuweka wakfu hadi Mnara wa Hananeli.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NEH.3.2" />Watu wa Yeriko wakajenga sehemu zilizopakana nao, naye Zakuri mwana wa Imri akajenga karibu nao.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="NEH.3.3" />Lango la Samaki lilijengwa upya na wana wa Hasenaa. Waliweka boriti zake, na wakaweka milango yake na makomeo na nondo.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="NEH.3.4" />Meremothi mwana wa Uria, mwana wa Hakosi, alikarabati sehemu iliyofuatia. Baada yake Meshulamu mwana wa Berekia, mwana wa Meshezabeli, alifanya ukarabati na aliyemfuatia ni Sadoki mwana wa Baana.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NEH.3.5" />Sehemu iliyofuatia ilikarabatiwa na watu kutoka Tekoa, lakini wakuu wao walikataa kufanya kazi chini ya wasimamizi wao.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="NEH.3.6" />Lango la Yeshana lilikarabatiwa na Yoyada mwana wa Pasea, na Meshulamu mwana wa Besodeya. Waliweka boriti zake, na wakaweka milango, makomeo na nondo.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="NEH.3.7" />Karibu nao ukarabati ulifanywa na watu kutoka Gibeoni na Mispa, yaani Melati Mgibeoni, na Yadoni Mmeronothi, sehemu hizi zikiwa chini ya mamlaka ya mtawala wa Ngʼambo ya Frati.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="NEH.3.8" />Uzieli mwana wa Harhaya, mmoja wa masonara, alikarabati sehemu iliyofuatia, naye Hanania mmoja wa watengenezaji marashi akakarabati sehemu iliyofuatia. Walitengeneza Yerusalemu mpaka kufikia Ukuta Mpana.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="NEH.3.9" />Refaya mwana wa Huri, mtawala wa nusu ya wilaya ya Yerusalemu, alikarabati sehemu iliyofuatia.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="NEH.3.10" />Kupakana na sehemu hii, Yedaya mwana wa Harumafu alikarabati sehemu iliyokuwa mkabala na nyumba yake, naye Hatushi mwana wa Hashabnea akakarabati sehemu iliyofuatia.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NEH.3.11" />Malkiya mwana wa Harimu, na Hashubu mwana wa Pahath-Moabu walikarabati sehemu nyingine pamoja na Mnara wa Matanuru.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="NEH.3.12" />Shalumu mwana wa Haloheshi, mtawala wa nusu ya wilaya ya Yerusalemu, alikarabati sehemu iliyofuatia akisaidiwa na binti zake.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="NEH.3.13" />Lango la Bondeni lilikarabatiwa na Hanuni na wakazi wa Zanoa. Walilijenga upya, na kuweka milango yake na makomeo na nondo mahali pake. Pia walikarabati ukuta wenye urefu wa mita 450 hadi Lango la Samadi.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="NEH.3.14" />Lango la Samadi lilikarabatiwa na Malkiya mwana wa Rekabu, mtawala wa wilaya ya Beth-Hakeremu. Alilijenga upya, na kuweka milango yake, na makomeo na nondo.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="NEH.3.15" />Lango la Chemchemi lilikarabatiwa na Shalumu mwana wa Kolhoze, mtawala wa wilaya ya Mispa. Alilijenga upya, akaliezeka na kuweka milango yake, na makomeo na nondo mahali pake. Pia alikarabati ukuta wa Bwawa la Siloamu karibu na Bustani ya Mfalme, hadi kwenye ngazi zinazoshuka kutoka Mji wa Daudi.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="NEH.3.16" />Baada yake, Nehemia mwana wa Azbuki, mtawala wa nusu ya wilaya ya Beth-Suri, alikarabati kufikia mkabala na makaburi ya Daudi, mpaka kwenye bwawa lililotengenezwa, na kufikia Nyumba ya Mashujaa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="NEH.3.17" />Baada yake, ukarabati ulifanywa na Walawi chini ya uongozi wa Rehumu mwana wa Bani. Aliyefuatia ni Hashabia, mtawala wa nusu ya wilaya ya Keila, aliyekarabati sehemu ya wilaya yake.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="NEH.3.18" />Baada yake, ukarabati ulifanywa na ndugu zao chini ya usimamizi wa Binui mwana wa Henadadi, mtawala wa nusu hiyo ingine ya wilaya ya Keila.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="NEH.3.19" />Baada yao, Ezeri mwana wa Yeshua, mtawala wa Mispa, alikarabati sehemu nyingine, kuanzia ile sehemu inayotazamana na mwinuko wa kuelekea kwenye ghala la kuhifadhia silaha, mpaka kwenye pembe ya ukuta.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="NEH.3.20" />Baada yake, Baruku mwana wa Zakai alikarabati kwa bidii sehemu nyingine kuanzia ile pembe, mpaka kwenye lango la nyumba ya Eliashibu kuhani mkuu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="NEH.3.21" />Kupakana naye, Meremothi mwana wa Uria, mwana wa Hakosi, alikarabati sehemu nyingine, kuanzia penye lango la nyumba ya Eliashibu mpaka mwisho wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="NEH.3.22" />Baada yake, ukarabati ulifanywa na makuhani waliotoka eneo lililouzunguka mji.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="NEH.3.23" />Baada yao Benyamini na Hashubu walikarabati mbele ya nyumba zao, na baada yao Azaria mwana wa Maaseya, mwana wa Anania alifanya ukarabati kando ya nyumba yake.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="NEH.3.24" />Baada yake, Binui mwana wa Henadadi alikarabati sehemu nyingine, kuanzia kwenye nyumba ya Azaria mpaka kwenye pembe ya ukuta.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="NEH.3.25" />Naye Palali, mwana wa Uzai alijenga sehemu iliyokuwa mkabala na pembe ya ukuta, mpaka kwenye mnara wa juu ambao unajitokeza kuanzia kwenye jumba la kifalme, kando ya ua wa walinzi. Baada yake, Pedaya mwana wa Paroshi,
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="NEH.3.26" />na watumishi wa Hekalu walioishi juu ya kilima cha Ofeli walikarabati hadi kufikia mkabala na Lango la Maji, kuelekea mashariki na ule mnara uliojitokeza.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="NEH.3.27" />Baada yao, watu wa Tekoa walikarabati sehemu nyingine, kuanzia mnara mkubwa utokezao hadi ukuta wa Ofeli.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="NEH.3.28" />Makuhani walifanya ukarabati juu ya Lango la Farasi, kila mmoja mbele ya nyumba yake.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="NEH.3.29" />Baada yao, Sadoki mwana wa Imeri alifanya ukarabati mkabala na nyumba yake. Baada yake, Shemaya mwana wa Shekania, mlinzi wa Lango la Mashariki, alifanya ukarabati.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="NEH.3.30" />Baada yake, Hanania mwana wa Shelemia, na Hanuni mwana wa sita wa Salafu walikarabati sehemu nyingine. Baada yao, Meshulamu mwana wa Berekia alikarabati sehemu iliyokuwa mkabala na nyumba zake za kuishi.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="NEH.3.31" />Baada yake Malkiya, mmoja wa masonara, alifanya ukarabati mpaka kwenye nyumba za watumishi wa Hekalu<f caller="+"><fr>3:31
</fr><ft>Yaani
</ft><fqa>Wanethini</fqa><ft>.</ft></f> na wafanyabiashara, mkabala na Lango la Ukaguzi, hadi kufikia chumba kilicho juu ya pembe.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="NEH.3.32" />Masonara na wafanyabiashara walifanya ukarabati kutoka chumba kilichoko juu ya pembe hadi Lango la Kondoo.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Upinzani Wakati Wa Ujenzi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NEH.4.1" />Sanbalati aliposikia kwamba tulikuwa tunajenga ukuta upya, alikasirika na akawa na uchungu sana. Aliwadhihaki Wayahudi
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NEH.4.2" />mbele ya rafiki zake na jeshi la Samaria, akisema, “Hawa Wayahudi wanyonge wanafanya nini? Je, wataweza kuurudishia ukuta wao? Je, watatoa dhabihu? Je, wataweza kumaliza kuujenga kwa siku moja? Je, wataweza kufufua mawe kutoka malundo ya vifusi yaliyoungua hivyo?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="NEH.4.3" />Tobia Mwamoni aliyekuwa upande wake akasema, “Wanachokijenga, hata kama mbweha angepanda juu yake, huo ukuta wao wa mawe angeliubomoa!”
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="NEH.4.4" />Ee Mungu wetu, utusikie, kwa kuwa tumedharauliwa. Warudishie matukano yao kwenye vichwa vyao wenyewe. Uwatoe ili wawe nyara katika nchi ya waliowateka.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NEH.4.5" />Usiusitiri uovu wao, wala usifute dhambi zao mbele zako, kwa kuwa wamewatukana wajenzi mbele.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="NEH.4.6" />Basi tuliujenga upya ukuta mpaka wote ukafikia nusu ya kimo chake, kwa kuwa watu walifanya kazi kwa moyo wote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="NEH.4.7" />Lakini wakati Sanbalati, Tobia, Waarabu, Waamoni na watu wa Ashdodi waliposikia kuwa ukarabati wa kuta za Yerusalemu ulikuwa umeendelea na mianya ilikuwa inazibwa, walikasirika sana.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="NEH.4.8" />Wote walifanya shauri pamoja kuja kupigana dhidi ya Yerusalemu, na kuchochea machafuko dhidi yake.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="NEH.4.9" />Lakini tulimwomba Mungu wetu, na tukaweka ulinzi usiku na mchana kupambana na tishio hili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="NEH.4.10" />Wakati ule ule, watu wa Yuda wakasema, “Nguvu za wafanyakazi zinapungua, nacho kifusi ni kingi mno, kiasi kwamba hatuwezi kuujenga upya ukuta.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="NEH.4.11" />Pia adui zetu walisema, “Kabla hawajajua au kutuona, tutakuwa palepale katikati yao, na tutawaua na kuikomesha hiyo kazi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="NEH.4.12" />Kisha Wayahudi ambao waliishi karibu nao walikuja zaidi ya mara kumi na kutuambia, “Popote mtakapoelekea, watatushambulia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="NEH.4.13" />Kwa hiyo nikaweka baadhi ya watu nyuma ya sehemu za chini za ukuta kwenye sehemu zilizo wazi, nikawaweka kufuatana na jamaa zao, wakiwa na panga, mikuki na pinde zao.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="NEH.4.14" />Baada ya kuona hali ilivyo, nikasimama na kuwaambia wakuu, maafisa na wengine wote, “Msiwaogope. Mkumbukeni Bwana, ambaye ni mkuu mwenye kuogofya. Piganeni kwa ajili ya ndugu zenu, wana wenu na binti zenu, wake zenu na nyumba zenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="NEH.4.15" />Adui zetu waliposikia kwamba tumetambua hila yao, na kwamba Mungu amevuruga shauri lao, sote tulirudi kwenye ukuta, kila mmoja kwenye kazi yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="NEH.4.16" />Kuanzia siku ile na kuendelea, nusu ya watu wangu walifanya kazi ya ujenzi, na nusu nyingine wakashika mikuki, ngao, pinde na dirii. Maafisa walijipanga nyuma ya watu wote wa Yuda
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="NEH.4.17" />waliokuwa wakijenga ukuta. Wale waliobeba vifaa vya ujenzi walifanya kazi yao kwa mkono mmoja, na kushika silaha kwa mkono mwingine,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="NEH.4.18" />na kila mjenzi alijifunga upanga wake upande mmoja akiwa anafanya kazi. Lakini mtu wa kupiga baragumu alikaa pamoja nami.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="NEH.4.19" />Kisha nikawaambia wakuu, maafisa na watu wengine wote, “Kazi hii ni kubwa na imeenea sehemu kubwa, nasi tumetawanyika kila mmoja akiwa mbali na mwenzake juu ya ukuta.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="NEH.4.20" />Popote mtakaposikia sauti ya baragumu, jiungeni nasi huko. Mungu wetu atatupigania!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="NEH.4.21" />Basi tuliendelea na kazi, nusu ya watu wakishikilia mikuki, kuanzia mawio ya jua hadi nyota zilipoonekana.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="NEH.4.22" />Wakati huo pia niliwaambia watu, “Kila mtu na msaidizi wake wakae ndani ya Yerusalemu wakati wa usiku, ili waweze kutumika kama walinzi wakati wa usiku, na kufanya kazi wakati wa mchana.”
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="NEH.4.23" />Mimi, wala ndugu zangu, wala watu wangu, wala walinzi waliokuwa pamoja nami hatukuvua nguo zetu. Kila mmoja alikuwa na silaha yake, hata alipokwenda kuchota maji.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Nehemia Awasaidia Maskini
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NEH.5.1" />Wakati huu wanaume na wake zao wakalia kilio kikuu dhidi ya ndugu zao Wayahudi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NEH.5.2" />Baadhi yao walikuwa wakisema, “Sisi na wana wetu na binti zetu tuko wengi. Ili tuweze kula na kuishi, ni lazima tupate nafaka.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="NEH.5.3" />Wengine walikuwa wakisema, “Tunaweka rehani mashamba yetu, mashamba ya mizabibu, na nyumba zetu ili tupate nafaka wakati wa njaa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="NEH.5.4" />Bado kukawa na wengine waliokuwa wakisema, “Ilitubidi tukope fedha ili kulipa kodi ya mfalme kwa ajili ya mashamba yetu na mashamba yetu ya mizabibu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NEH.5.5" />Ingawa sisi ni mwili na damu moja sawa na watu wa nchi yetu, na ijapo wana wetu ni wazuri kama wana wao, bado inatupasa kuwatoa wana wetu na binti zetu kwenye utumwa. Baadhi ya binti zetu wameshakuwa watumwa tayari, lakini hatuna uwezo wa kuwakomboa, kwa sababu mashamba yetu na mashamba ya mizabibu yetu ni mali ya wengine.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="NEH.5.6" />Niliposikia kilio chao na malalamiko haya, nilikasirika sana.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="NEH.5.7" />Nikayatafakari katika akili yangu, nikiwalaumu wakuu na maafisa. Nikawaambia, “Mnawaonea ndugu zenu kwa kuwatoza riba!” Basi nikaitisha mkutano mkubwa ili kuwashughulikia
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="NEH.5.8" />na kusema: “Kulingana na uwezo wetu, tumewakomboa ndugu zetu Wayahudi waliokuwa wameuzwa kwa watu wasioamini. Sasa mnawauza ndugu zenu, ili wauzwe tena kwetu!” Walinyamaza kimya, kwa sababu hawakupata chochote cha kusema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="NEH.5.9" />Basi nikaendelea kusema, “Mnachokifanya si sawa. Je, haikuwapasa kutembea katika hofu ya Mungu wetu ili tuepukane na shutuma za adui zetu wasioamini?
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="NEH.5.10" />Mimi na ndugu zangu na watu wangu tunawakopesha watu fedha na nafaka. Lakini jambo hili la kutoza riba likome!
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NEH.5.11" />Warudishieni mara moja mashamba yao, mashamba yao ya mizabibu, mashamba yao ya mizeituni, na nyumba zao, pia riba yao mnayowatoza na sehemu ya fungu la mia la fedha, nafaka, divai mpya na mafuta.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="NEH.5.12" />Wakasema, “Tutawarudishia na hatutataka kitu chochote zaidi kutoka kwao. Tutafanya kama ulivyosema.”
</p>
<p style="p">Kisha nikawaita makuhani na kuwafanya wakuu na maafisa kuapa kufanya kile walichoahidi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="NEH.5.13" />Pia nikakungʼuta makunjo ya vazi langu na kusema, “Kila mtu ambaye hatatimiza ahadi hii, Mungu na amkungʼute hivi kutoka nyumba yake na katika mali zake. Basi mtu wa namna hiyo akungʼutiwe nje na aachwe bila kitu!”
</p>
<p style="p">Waliposikia hili, mkutano wote ukasema, “Amen,” na wakamtukuza
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Nao watu wakafanya kama walivyokuwa wameahidi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="NEH.5.14" />Zaidi ya hayo, kutoka mwaka wa ishirini wa Mfalme Artashasta, wakati nilipoteuliwa kuwa mtawala wao katika nchi ya Yuda, mpaka mwaka wake wa thelathini na mbili, yaani miaka kumi na miwili, mimi wala ndugu zangu hatukula chakula ambacho kwa kawaida hupewa watawala.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="NEH.5.15" />Lakini watawala wa mwanzoni, wale walionitangulia, waliwalemea watu na kuchukua kutoka kwao shekeli arobaini za fedha,<f caller="+"><fr>5:15
</fr><ft>Shekeli 40 za fedha ni sawa na gramu 456.</ft></f> pamoja na chakula na mvinyo. Wasaidizi wao pia walijifanya wakuu juu ya watu. Lakini kwa kumheshimu Mungu sikufanya hivyo.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="NEH.5.16" />Badala yake, nilijitoa kwa bidii katika kazi ya ukuta huu. Watu wangu wote walikutanika pale kwa ajili ya kazi. Hatukujipatia shamba lolote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="NEH.5.17" />Zaidi ya hayo, Wayahudi na maafisa 150 walikula mezani pangu, pamoja na wale waliotujia kutoka mataifa jirani.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="NEH.5.18" />Kila siku niliandaliwa maksai mmoja, kondoo sita wazuri, na kuku, na mvinyo wa kila aina kwa wingi kila baada ya siku kumi. Licha ya mambo haya yote, sikudai chakula kilichokuwa fungu la mtawala, kwa sababu madai yalikuwa mazito sana kwa watu hawa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="NEH.5.19" />Unikumbuke kwa fadhili, Ee Mungu wangu, kwa yote niliyofanya kwa ajili ya watu hawa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Upinzani Zaidi Wakati Wa Ujenzi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NEH.6.1" />Habari zilipofika kwa Sanbalati, Tobia, Geshemu Mwarabu, na adui zetu wengine kwamba nimejenga tena ukuta na hakuna nafasi iliyobakia ndani mwake, ingawa mpaka wakati huo sikuwa nimeweka milango kwenye malango,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NEH.6.2" />Sanbalati na Geshemu wakanitumia ujumbe huu: “Njoo, tukutane katika mojawapo ya vijiji katika nchi tambarare ya Ono.”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini walikuwa wakikusudia kunidhuru.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NEH.6.3" />Kwa hiyo niliwatuma wajumbe kwao na majibu haya: “Kazi ninayoifanya ni kubwa sana, siwezi kuja. Kwa nini niiache kazi isimame nije kwenu?”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="NEH.6.4" />Mara nne walinitumia ujumbe wa namna iyo hiyo, na kila mara niliwapa jibu lile lile.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="NEH.6.5" />Basi, mara ya tano, Sanbalati akamtuma msaidizi wake kwangu akiwa na ujumbe wa aina ile ile, naye alikuwa amechukua mkononi mwake barua isiyofungwa,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="NEH.6.6" />iliyokuwa imeandikwa:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Habari imeenezwa miongoni mwa mataifa, naye Geshemu anasema kwamba ni kweli, kuwa wewe na Wayahudi mnafanya hila ya kuasi, ndiyo sababu mnajenga ukuta. Zaidi ya hayo, kufuatana na taarifa hizi, karibuni utakuwa mfalme wao,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="NEH.6.7" />na hata umewateua manabii wafanye tangazo hili kukuhusu wewe huko Yerusalemu: ‘Yuko mfalme katika Yuda!’ Sasa taarifa hii itarudishwa kwa mfalme. Basi njoo, tufanye shauri pamoja.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="NEH.6.8" />Nilimpelekea jibu hili: “Hakuna jambo kama hilo unalosema linalofanyika. Unalitunga tu kwenye kichwa chako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="NEH.6.9" />Wote walikuwa wakijaribu kutuogopesha, wakifikiri hivi: “Mikono ya watu italegea kiasi kwamba hawataweza kufanya kazi, nayo haitakamilika.”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini niliomba, “Ee Mungu, sasa nitie mikono yangu nguvu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="NEH.6.10" />Siku moja nilikwenda nyumbani kwa Shemaya mwana wa Delaya, mwana wa Mehetabeli, ambaye alikuwa amefungwa ndani ya nyumba yake. Akasema, “Tukutane katika nyumba ya Mungu, ndani ya Hekalu, na tufunge milango ya Hekalu, kwa sababu watu wanakuja kukuua. Naam, wanakuja usiku kukuua.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="NEH.6.11" />Lakini nikasema, “Je, mtu kama mimi akimbie? Au mtu kama mimi aende Hekaluni kuokoa maisha yake? Sitakwenda!”
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="NEH.6.12" />Nilitambua kwamba Mungu hakumtuma, bali alitabiri dhidi yangu kwa sababu Tobia na Sanbalati walikuwa wamemwajiri.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="NEH.6.13" />Alikuwa ameajiriwa kunitisha ili kwa kufanya jambo hili nitende dhambi, kisha waweze kuniharibia jina langu na kuniaibisha.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="NEH.6.14" />Ee Mungu wangu, wakumbuke Tobia na Sanbalati kwa sababu ya yale waliyotenda. Pia kumbuka nabii mke Noadia na manabii wengine ambao wamekuwa wakijaribu kunitisha.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kukamilika Kwa Ukuta
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="NEH.6.15" />Basi ukuta ukakamilika siku ya ishirini na tano mwezi wa Eluli,<f caller="+"><fr>6:15
</fr><ft>Eluli ni mwezi wa sita kwenye kalenda ya Kiyunani; katika kalenda yetu ni Agosti/Septemba.</ft></f> kazi ambayo ilichukua siku hamsini na mbili.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="NEH.6.16" />Adui zetu wote waliposikia kuhusu hili, mataifa yote yaliyotuzunguka yakaogopa na kupoteza ujasiri, kwa sababu yalitambua kuwa kazi hii imefanyika kwa msaada wa Mungu wetu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="NEH.6.17" />Pia katika siku hizo wakuu wa Yuda walikuwa wakituma barua nyingi kwa Tobia, nayo majibu yaliyotoka kwa Tobia yaliendelea kuwajia.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="NEH.6.18" />Kwa kuwa watu wengi katika Yuda walikuwa wamemwapia Tobia, kwani alikuwa mkwewe Shekania mwana wa Ara, na Yehohanani mwanawe alikuwa amemwoa binti wa Meshulamu mwana wa Berekia.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="NEH.6.19" />Zaidi ya hayo, walikuwa wakiniarifu jinsi Tobia alivyo mtu mwema, nao walimwambia kila kitu nilichosema. Naye Tobia alituma barua za kunitisha.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="7" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NEH.7.1" />Baada ya ukuta kukamilika kujengwa upya na nikaweka milango, mabawabu wa lango, waimbaji, na Walawi waliteuliwa.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NEH.7.2" />Nikamweka Hanani ndugu yangu kuwa kiongozi wa Yerusalemu, pamoja na Hanania jemadari wa ngome, kwa kuwa alikuwa mtu mwadilifu na mwenye kumcha Mungu kuliko watu wengine.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NEH.7.3" />Nikawaambia, “Malango ya Yerusalemu yasifunguliwe mpaka jua litakapokuwa limepanda. Walinzi wa malango wakiwa bado kwenye zamu, waamuru wafunge milango na waweke makomeo. Pia wateueni wenyeji wa Yerusalemu wawe walinzi, kila mmoja kwenye lindo lake, na wengine karibu na nyumba zao wenyewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Orodha Ya Waliorudi Toka Uhamishoni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Ezra 2:1-70)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="NEH.7.4" />Mji ulikuwa mkubwa, tena wenye nafasi nyingi, lakini walikuwepo watu wachache ndani yake, nazo nyumba zilikuwa bado ni magofu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NEH.7.5" />Hivyo Mungu wangu akaweka moyoni mwangu kuwakusanya wakuu, maafisa na watu wa kawaida kwa ajili ya kuorodheshwa kulingana na jamaa zao. Nilikuta orodha ya vizazi ya wale waliokuwa wa kwanza kurudi toka utumwani. Haya ndiyo niliyokuta yameandikwa humo:
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="6" bcv="NEH.7.6" />Hawa ndio watu wa jimbo waliotoka uhamishoni, ambao Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli alikuwa amewachukua mateka (walirudi Yerusalemu na Yuda, kila mmoja kwenye mji wake,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="NEH.7.7" />wakiwa wamefuatana na Zerubabeli, Yeshua, Nehemia, Azaria, Raamia, Nahamani, Mordekai, Bilshani, Mispereti, Bigwai, Nehumu na Baana):
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4">Orodha ya wanaume wa Israeli ilikuwa:
</p>
<table><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="NEH.7.8" />wazao wa Paroshi
</tc><tc level="2">2,172
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="NEH.7.9" />wazao wa Shefatia
</tc><tc level="2">372
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="NEH.7.10" />wazao wa Ara
</tc><tc level="2">652
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NEH.7.11" />wazao wa Pahath-Moabu (wa jamaa ya Yeshua na Yoabu)
</tc><tc level="2">2,818
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="NEH.7.12" />wazao wa Elamu
</tc><tc level="2">1,254
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="NEH.7.13" />wazao wa Zatu
</tc><tc level="2">845
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="NEH.7.14" />wazao wa Zakai
</tc><tc level="2">760
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="NEH.7.15" />wazao wa Binui
</tc><tc level="2">648
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="NEH.7.16" />wazao wa Bebai
</tc><tc level="2">628
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="NEH.7.17" />wazao wa Azgadi
</tc><tc level="2">2,322
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="NEH.7.18" />wazao wa Adonikamu
</tc><tc level="2">667
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="NEH.7.19" />wazao wa Bigwai
</tc><tc level="2">2,067
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="NEH.7.20" />wazao wa Adini
</tc><tc level="2">655
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="NEH.7.21" />wazao wa Ateri (kupitia Hezekia)
</tc><tc level="2">98
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="NEH.7.22" />wazao wa Hashumu
</tc><tc level="2">328
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="NEH.7.23" />wazao wa Besai
</tc><tc level="2">324
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="NEH.7.24" />wazao wa Harifu
</tc><tc level="2">112
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="NEH.7.25" />wazao wa Gibeoni
</tc><tc level="2">95
</tc></tr></table><ve />
<b style="b" />
<table><tr><tc level="1">
<v id="26" bcv="NEH.7.26" />watu wa Bethlehemu na Netofa
</tc><tc level="2">188
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="NEH.7.27" />watu wa Anathothi
</tc><tc level="2">128
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="NEH.7.28" />watu wa Beth-Azmawethi
</tc><tc level="2">42
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="NEH.7.29" />watu wa Kiriath-Yearimu, Kefira na Beerothi
</tc><tc level="2">743
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="NEH.7.30" />watu wa Rama na Geba
</tc><tc level="2">621
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="NEH.7.31" />watu wa Mikmashi
</tc><tc level="2">122
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="NEH.7.32" />watu wa Betheli na Ai
</tc><tc level="2">123
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="NEH.7.33" />watu wa Nebo
</tc><tc level="2">52
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="NEH.7.34" />wazao wa Elamu
</tc><tc level="2">1,254
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="NEH.7.35" />wazao wa Harimu
</tc><tc level="2">320
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="NEH.7.36" />wazao wa Yeriko
</tc><tc level="2">345
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="NEH.7.37" />wazao wa Lodi, Hadidi na Ono
</tc><tc level="2">721
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="NEH.7.38" />wazao wa Senaa
</tc><tc level="2">3,930
</tc></tr></table><ve />
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="39" bcv="NEH.7.39" />Makuhani:
</p>
<table><tr><tc level="1">wazao wa Yedaya (kwa jamaa ya Yeshua)
</tc><tc level="2">973
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="NEH.7.40" />wazao wa Imeri
</tc><tc level="2">1,052
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="NEH.7.41" />wazao wa Pashuri
</tc><tc level="2">1,247
</tc></tr><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="NEH.7.42" />wazao wa Harimu
</tc><tc level="2">1,017
</tc></tr></table><ve />
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="43" bcv="NEH.7.43" />Walawi:
</p>
<table><tr><tc level="1">wazao wa Yeshua (kupitia Kadmieli kupitia jamaa ya Hodavia)
</tc><tc level="2">74
</tc></tr></table><ve />
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="44" bcv="NEH.7.44" />Waimbaji:
</p>
<table><tr><tc level="1">wazao wa Asafu
</tc><tc level="2">148
</tc></tr></table><ve />
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="45" bcv="NEH.7.45" />Mabawabu wa malango:
</p>
<table><tr><tc level="1">wazao wa <optionalLineBreak /> Shalumu, Ateri, Talmoni, <optionalLineBreak /> Akubu, Hatita na Shobai
</tc><tc level="2">138
</tc></tr></table><ve />
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="46" bcv="NEH.7.46" />Watumishi wa Hekalu:<f caller="+"><fr>7:46
</fr><ft>Yaani
</ft><fqa>Wanethini</fqa><ft> (pia 7:60, 73).</ft></f>
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">wazao wa Siha, Hasufa, Tabaothi,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="47" bcv="NEH.7.47" />wazao wa Kerosi, Sia, Padoni,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="48" bcv="NEH.7.48" />wazao wa Lebana, Hagaba, Shalmai,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="49" bcv="NEH.7.49" />wazao wa Hanani, Gideli, Gahari,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="50" bcv="NEH.7.50" />wazao wa Reaya, Resini, Nekoda,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="51" bcv="NEH.7.51" />wazao wa Gazamu, Uza, Pasea,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="52" bcv="NEH.7.52" />wazao wa Besai, Meunimu, Nefusimu,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="53" bcv="NEH.7.53" />wazao wa Bakbuki, Hakufa, Harhuri,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="54" bcv="NEH.7.54" />wazao wa Basluthi, Mehida, Harsha,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="55" bcv="NEH.7.55" />wazao wa Barkosi, Sisera, Tema,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="56" bcv="NEH.7.56" />wazao wa Nesia na Hatifa.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="57" bcv="NEH.7.57" />Wazao wa watumishi wa Solomoni:
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">wazao wa Sotai, Soferethi, Perida,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="58" bcv="NEH.7.58" />wazao wa Yaala, Darkoni, Gideli,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="59" bcv="NEH.7.59" />wazao wa Shefatia, Hatili, Pokereth-Hasebaimu na Amoni.
</p>
<table><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="60" bcv="NEH.7.60" />Watumishi wa Hekalu wote na wazao wa watumishi wa Solomoni
</tc><tc level="2">392
</tc></tr></table><ve />
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="61" bcv="NEH.7.61" />Wafuatao walikuja kutoka miji ya Tel-Mela, Tel-Harsha, Kerubu, Adoni na Imeri, lakini hawakuweza kuthibitisha kwamba jamaa zao zilikuwa uzao wa Israeli:
</p>
<table><tr><tc level="1">
<ve />
<v id="62" bcv="NEH.7.62" />wazao wa <optionalLineBreak /> Delaya, Tobia na Nekoda
</tc><tc level="2">642
</tc></tr></table><ve />
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="63" bcv="NEH.7.63" />Na kutoka miongoni mwa makuhani:
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">wazao wa Hobaya, Hakosi na Barzilai (mtu aliyekuwa amemwoa binti wa Barzilai, Mgileadi, naye akaitwa kwa jina hilo).
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="64" bcv="NEH.7.64" />Hawa walitafuta orodha za jamaa zao, lakini hawakuonekana humo, kwa hiyo waliondolewa kutoka kundi la makuhani, kwa kuwa walihesabiwa kuwa najisi.
<ve />
<v id="65" bcv="NEH.7.65" />Kwa hiyo, mtawala<f caller="+"><fr>7:65
</fr><ft>Au
</ft><fqa>Tirshatha</fqa><ft>: jina la heshima aliloitwa mtawala wa Yuda chini ya Ufalme wa Uajemi (pia 7:70).</ft></f> aliagiza kuwa wasile chochote miongoni mwa vyakula vitakatifu hadi kuwe kuhani atakayehudumu kwa Urimu na Thumimu.<f caller="+"><fr>7:65
</fr><ft>Urimu na Thumimu maana yake ni Nuru na Kweli; vifaa hivi viliwekwa kwenye kifuko cha juu cha kisibau cha kuhani mkuu ili kujua mapenzi ya Mungu kwenye mambo ya kutatanisha.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" level="4" style="li4"><v id="66" bcv="NEH.7.66" />Jumla ya watu wote waliorudi walikuwa 42,360;
<ve />
<v id="67" bcv="NEH.7.67" />tena zaidi ya hao walikuwepo watumishi wa kiume na wa kike 7,337; pia walikuwamo waimbaji wanaume na wanawake 245.
<ve />
<v id="68" bcv="NEH.7.68" />Walikuwa na farasi 736, nyumbu 245
<ve />
<v id="69" bcv="NEH.7.69" />ngamia 435 na punda 6,720.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="70" bcv="NEH.7.70" />Baadhi ya viongozi wa jamaa walichangia kazi ya ujenzi. Mtawala alikabidhi kwenye hazina darkoni 1,000<f caller="+"><fr>7:70
</fr><ft>Darkoni 1,000 za dhahabu ni sawa na uzito wa kilo 8.6.</ft></f> za dhahabu, mabakuli 50, na mavazi 530 kwa ajili ya makuhani.
<ve />
<v id="71" bcv="NEH.7.71" />Baadhi ya viongozi wa jamaa walikabidhi kwenye hazina darkoni 20,000 za dhahabu,<f caller="+"><fr>7:71
</fr><ft>Darkoni 20,000 za dhahabu ni sawa na kilo 172.</ft></f> na mane 2,200<f caller="+"><fr>7:71
</fr><ft>Mane 2,200 za fedha ni sawa na kilo 1,300.</ft></f> za fedha kwa ajili ya kazi hiyo.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="72" bcv="NEH.7.72" />Jumla ya matoleo ya watu wengine yalikuwa ni darkoni 20,000 za dhahabu, mane 2,000 za fedha, na mavazi sitini na saba ya makuhani.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="73" bcv="NEH.7.73" />Makuhani, Walawi, mabawabu, waimbaji na watumishi wa Hekalu, pamoja na baadhi ya watu wengine na Waisraeli waliosalia waliishi katika miji yao wenyewe.
</p>
<s style="s1">Ezra Asoma Sheria
</s>
<p style="p">Ilipotimia miezi saba, nao Waisraeli wakiwa tayari wanaishi katika miji yao,
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<p sfm="nb" style="nb"><v id="1" bcv="NEH.8.1" />watu wote wakakusanyika kama mtu mmoja kwenye uwanja mbele ya Lango la Maji. Wakamwambia Ezra mwandishi alete Kitabu cha Sheria ya Mose, ambacho
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliamuru kwa ajili ya Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="NEH.8.2" />Basi katika siku ya kwanza ya mwezi wa saba, kuhani Ezra akaleta Sheria mbele ya kusanyiko, ambamo walikuwamo wanaume, wanawake na watu wote walioweza kufahamu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NEH.8.3" />Akaisoma kwa sauti kubwa tangu mapambazuko mpaka adhuhuri, akiwa ameuelekea uwanja uliokuwa mbele ya Lango la Maji mbele ya wanaume, wanawake na wengine ambao waliweza kufahamu. Watu wote wakasikiliza kwa makini kile Kitabu cha Sheria.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="NEH.8.4" />Mwandishi Ezra alikuwa amesimama juu ya jukwaa la miti lililojengwa kwa kusudi hilo. Karibu naye upande wa kuume alisimama Matithia, Shema, Anaya, Uria, Hilkia na Maaseya. Upande wake wa kushoto walikuwepo Pedaya, Mishaeli, Malkiya, Hashumu, Hashbadani, Zekaria na Meshulamu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="NEH.8.5" />Ezra akakifungua kile kitabu. Watu wote waliweza kumwona kwa sababu alikuwa amesimama juu zaidi, naye alipokifungua watu wote wakasimama.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="NEH.8.6" />Ezra akamsifu
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu mkuu, nao watu wote wakainua mikono yao na kuitikia, “Amen! Amen!” Kisha wakasujudu na kumwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd> hali nyuso zao zikigusa ardhi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="NEH.8.7" />Watu wakiwa wamesimama pale, Walawi wafuatao waliwafunza ile Sheria: Yeshua, Bani, Sherebia, Yamini, Akubu, Shabethai, Hodia, Maaseya, Kelita, Azaria, Yozabadi, Hanani na Pelaya.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="NEH.8.8" />Walisoma kutoka kile Kitabu cha Sheria ya Mungu, wakiifafanua na kuwapa maelezo ili watu waweze kufahamu kile kilichokuwa kikisomwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="NEH.8.9" />Ndipo Nehemia aliyekuwa mtawala,<f caller="+"><fr>8:9
</fr><ft>Au
</ft><fqa>Tirshatha</fqa><ft>: jina la heshima aliloitwa mtawala wa Yuda chini ya Ufalme wa Uajemi.</ft></f> Ezra kuhani na mwandishi, pamoja na Walawi waliokuwa wakiwafundisha watu wakawaambia wote, “Siku hii ni takatifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu. Msiomboleze wala msilie.” Kwa kuwa watu wote walikuwa wakilia walipokuwa wakisikiliza maneno ya ile Sheria.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="NEH.8.10" />Nehemia akasema, “Nendeni mkafurahie chakula kizuri na vinywaji vitamu, na mpeleke sehemu kwa wale ambao hawana chochote cha kula. Siku hii ni takatifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Msihuzunike, kwa kuwa furaha ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni nguvu zenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="NEH.8.11" />Walawi wakawatuliza watu wote wakisema, “Kuweni watulivu, kwa kuwa hii ni siku takatifu. Msihuzunike.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="NEH.8.12" />Kisha watu wote wakaondoka kwenda kula na kunywa, na kupeana sehemu ya chakula, na wakaadhimisha kwa furaha kubwa, kwa sababu sasa walifahamu maneno yale waliyokuwa wameelezwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="NEH.8.13" />Katika siku ya pili ya mwezi, wakuu wa mbari zote, pamoja na makuhani na Walawi, walikusanyika wakimzunguka Ezra mwandishi ili wapate kusikiliza kwa makini maneno ya Sheria.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="NEH.8.14" />Wakakuta imeandikwa katika ile Sheria, ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliiamuru kupitia kwa Mose, kwamba Waisraeli walipaswa kukaa katika vibanda wakati wa sikukuu ya mwezi wa saba,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="NEH.8.15" />na kwamba walipaswa kutangaza neno hili na kulieneza katika miji yao na katika Yerusalemu wakisema: “Enendeni katika nchi ya mlima na kuleta matawi kutoka miti ya mizeituni, mizeituni mwitu, mihadasi, mitende na miti ya kivuli, ili kutengeneza vibanda,” kama ilivyoandikwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="NEH.8.16" />Basi watu wakaenda na kuleta matawi, nao wakajijengea vibanda juu ya paa za nyumba zao, katika nyua zao, katika nyua za nyumba ya Mungu, na katika uwanja karibu na Lango la Maji na uwanja wa Lango la Efraimu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="NEH.8.17" />Jamii yote ya watu waliorudi kutoka utumwani wakajenga vibanda na kuishi ndani yake. Tangu wakati wa Yoshua mwana wa Nuni mpaka siku ile, Waisraeli hawakuwahi kuiadhimisha namna hii. Furaha yao ilikuwa kubwa sana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="NEH.8.18" />Siku baada ya siku, kuanzia siku ya kwanza hadi ya mwisho, Ezra alisoma kutoka kwenye kile Kitabu cha Sheria ya Mungu. Wakaiadhimisha sikukuu ile kwa siku saba, nayo siku ya nane, kufuatana na maagizo, kulikuwa na kusanyiko maalum.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Waisraeli Waungama Dhambi Zao
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NEH.9.1" />Katika siku ya ishirini na nne ya mwezi ule ule, Waisraeli walikusanyika pamoja, wakifunga na kuvaa nguo za gunia na kujitia mavumbi vichwani mwao.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NEH.9.2" />Wale wa uzao wa Israeli walijitenga na wageni wote. Wakasimama mahali pao, na kuungama dhambi zao na uovu wa baba zao.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NEH.9.3" />Wakasimama pale walipokuwa, wakasoma kutoka kwenye kile Kitabu cha Sheria ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao kwa muda wa robo siku, na wakatumia robo nyingine kwa kuungama dhambi na kumwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="NEH.9.4" />Walawi wafuatao walikuwa wamesimama kwenye ngazi: Yeshua, Bani, Kadmieli, Shebania, Buni, Sherebia, Bani na Kenani. Hawa walimlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao kwa sauti kubwa.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NEH.9.5" />Nao Walawi Yeshua, Kadmieli, Bani, Hashabnea, Sherebia, Hodia, Shebania na Pethahia wakasema: “Simameni mkamsifu
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu, yeye ambaye ni Mungu tangu milele hata milele.
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Libarikiwe jina lake tukufu, litukuzwe juu ya baraka zote na sifa.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="NEH.9.6" />Wewe peke yako ndiwe
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Uliziumba mbingu, hata mbingu za mbingu na jeshi lote la mbinguni, dunia na vyote vilivyo ndani yake, na pia bahari na vyote vilivyomo ndani yake. Huvipa vitu vyote uhai, nalo jeshi la mbinguni linakuabudu wewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="7" bcv="NEH.9.7" />“Wewe ni
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu uliyemchagua Abramu na kumtoa kutoka Uru ya Wakaldayo, nawe ukamwita Abrahamu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="NEH.9.8" />Uliona kuwa moyo wake ni mwaminifu kwako, nawe ukafanya Agano naye kuwapa wazao wake nchi ya Wakanaani, Wahiti, Waamori, Waperizi, Wayebusi na Wagirgashi. Umetimiza ahadi yako kwa sababu wewe ni mwenye haki.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="9" bcv="NEH.9.9" />“Uliona mateso ya baba zetu huko Misri, ukasikia kilio chao huko Bahari ya Shamu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="NEH.9.10" />Ulituma ishara za miujiza na maajabu dhidi ya Farao, dhidi ya maafisa wake wote na watu wote wa nchi yake, kwa kuwa ulifahamu jinsi Wamisri walivyowafanyia ufidhuli. Ukajifanyia jina linalodumu hadi leo.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NEH.9.11" />Ukagawa bahari mbele yao, ili waweze kupita katikati yake penye nchi kavu, lakini uliwatupa Wamisri waliowafuatilia katika vilindi, kama jiwe kwenye maji mengi.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="NEH.9.12" />Mchana uliwaongoza kwa nguzo ya wingu, na usiku kwa nguzo ya moto kuwamulikia njia iliyowapasa kuiendea.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="13" bcv="NEH.9.13" />“Ulishuka katika Mlima Sinai, ukanena nao kutoka mbinguni. Uliwapa masharti na sheria zile ambazo ni za kweli na haki, pia amri na maagizo mazuri.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="NEH.9.14" />Uliwafahamisha Sabato yako takatifu na ukawapa amri, maagizo na sheria kupitia mtumishi wako Mose.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="NEH.9.15" />Katika njaa yao uliwapa mkate kutoka mbinguni, na katika kiu yao uliwatolea maji kutoka kwenye mwamba. Uliwaambia waingie na kuimiliki nchi ambayo ulikuwa umeapa kuwapa kwa mkono ulioinuliwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="16" bcv="NEH.9.16" />“Lakini wao, baba zetu, wakawa na kiburi na shingo ngumu, nao hawakutii maagizo yako.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="NEH.9.17" />Wakakataa kusikiliza na kushindwa kukumbuka miujiza uliyoifanya miongoni mwao. Wakawa na shingo ngumu, na katika uasi wao wakamchagua kiongozi ili warudi kwenye utumwa wao. Lakini wewe ni Mungu mwenye kusamehe, mwenye neema na mwingi wa huruma, si mwepesi wa hasira, ni mwingi wa upendo. Kwa hiyo hukuwaacha,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="NEH.9.18" />hata wakati walijitengenezea sanamu ya ndama ya kusubu na kusema, ‘Huyu ni mungu wenu, aliyewapandisha kutoka nchi ya Misri,’ au walipofanya makufuru makubwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="19" bcv="NEH.9.19" />“Kwa sababu ya huruma zako kuu hukuwaacha jangwani. Wakati wa mchana ile nguzo ya wingu haikukoma kuwaongoza katika njia yao, wala nguzo ya moto haikuacha kuwamulikia usiku njia iliyowapasa kuiendea.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="NEH.9.20" />Uliwapa Roho wako mwema ili kuwafundisha. Hukuwanyima mana yako vinywani mwao, nawe ukawapa maji kwa ajili ya kiu yao.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="NEH.9.21" />Kwa miaka arobaini uliwatunza jangwani. Hawakukosa chochote, na nguo zao hazikuchakaa wala miguu yao haikuvimba.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="22" bcv="NEH.9.22" />“Uliwapa falme na mataifa, ukiwagawia hata mipaka ya mbali. Wakaimiliki nchi ya Sihoni mfalme wa Heshboni, na nchi ya Ogu mfalme wa Bashani.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="NEH.9.23" />Uliwafanya wana wao kuwa wengi kama nyota za angani, nawe ukawaleta katika nchi ambayo uliwaambia baba zao kuingia na kuimiliki.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="NEH.9.24" />Wana wao wakaingia na kuimiliki nchi. Uliwatiisha Wakanaani mbele yao, walioishi katika nchi, ukawatia Wakanaani mikononi mwao, pamoja na wafalme wao na watu wa nchi, wawafanyie kama wapendavyo.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="NEH.9.25" />Wakateka miji yenye ngome na nchi yenye rutuba, wakamiliki nyumba zilizojazwa na vitu vizuri vya kila aina, visima vilivyochimbwa tayari, mashamba ya mizabibu, mashamba ya mizeituni na miti yenye matunda kwa wingi. Wakala, wakashiba nao wakanawiri sana, wakajifurahisha katika wema wako mwingi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="26" bcv="NEH.9.26" />“Lakini hawakukutii nao wakaasi dhidi yako, wakatupa sheria zako nyuma yao. Wakawaua manabii wako, waliowaonya ili wakurudie, na wakafanya makufuru makubwa.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="NEH.9.27" />Hivyo ukawatia mikononi mwa adui zao, ambao waliwatesa. Lakini walipoteswa, wakakulilia wewe. Kutoka mbinguni uliwasikia, nawe kwa huruma zako kuu ukawapa waokozi, waliowaokoa kutoka mikononi mwa adui zao.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="28" bcv="NEH.9.28" />“Lakini mara walipokuwa na raha, wakafanya maovu tena machoni pako. Kisha ukawaacha mikononi mwa adui zao, nao wakawatawala. Walipokulilia tena, ukasikia kutoka mbinguni, na kwa huruma zako ukawaokoa kila mara.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="29" bcv="NEH.9.29" />“Ukawaonya warudi katika sheria yako, lakini wakawa na kiburi na hawakutii amri zako. Wakatenda dhambi dhidi ya maagizo yako ambayo kwayo mtu ataishi kama akiyatii. Kwa ukaidi wakakugeuzia kisogo, wakawa na shingo ngumu na wakakataa kusikiliza.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="NEH.9.30" />Kwa miaka mingi ulikuwa mvumilivu kwao. Kwa njia ya Roho wako ukawaonya kupitia manabii wako. Hata hivyo hawakujali, basi ukawatia mikononi mwa mataifa jirani.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="NEH.9.31" />Lakini kwa rehema zako kuu hukuwakomesha wala kuwaacha, kwa kuwa wewe ni Mungu mwenye neema na rehema.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="32" bcv="NEH.9.32" />“Basi sasa, Ee Mungu wetu, uliye mkuu, mwenye nguvu na Mungu wa kuogofya, mwenye kushika agano lake la upendo, usiache taabu hizi zote zionekane kuwa kitu kidogo mbele za macho yako, taabu hizi zilizotupata, juu ya wafalme wetu na viongozi, juu ya makuhani wetu na manabii, juu ya baba zetu na watu wako wote, tangu siku za wafalme wa Ashuru hadi leo.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="NEH.9.33" />Katika hayo yote yaliyotupata, umekuwa mwenye haki, na umetenda kwa uaminifu, wakati sisi tumetenda mabaya.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="NEH.9.34" />Wafalme wetu, viongozi wetu, makuhani wetu na baba zetu hawakufuata sheria yako. Hawakuzingatia amri zako wala maonyo uliyowapa.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="NEH.9.35" />Hata walipokuwa wangali katika ufalme wao, wakiufurahia wema wako mkuu katika nchi kubwa na yenye rutuba uliyowapa, hawakukutumikia wala kugeuka kutoka njia zao mbaya.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="36" bcv="NEH.9.36" />“Lakini tazama, sisi ni watumwa leo, watumwa katika nchi uliyowapa baba zetu ili wapate kula matunda yake na vitu vingine vizuri inayozalisha.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="NEH.9.37" />Kwa sababu ya dhambi zetu, mavuno yake mengi huenda kwa wafalme uliowaweka watutawale. Wanatawala juu ya miili yetu na mifugo yetu kama wapendavyo. Tuko katika dhiki kuu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mapatano Ya Watu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="NEH.9.38" />“Kwa sababu ya haya yote, tunajifunga katika mapatano, na kuyaandika, nao viongozi wetu, Walawi wetu na makuhani wetu wanatia mihuri yao.”
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />

<c id="10" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NEH.10.1" />Wale waliotia muhuri walikuwa:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Nehemia mtawala, mwana wa Hakalia.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Sedekia,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NEH.10.2" />Seraya, Azaria, Yeremia,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="3" bcv="NEH.10.3" />Pashuri, Amaria, Malkiya,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="4" bcv="NEH.10.4" />Hatushi, Shebania, Maluki,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="5" bcv="NEH.10.5" />Harimu, Meremothi, Obadia,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="6" bcv="NEH.10.6" />Danieli, Ginethoni, Baruku,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="7" bcv="NEH.10.7" />Meshulamu, Abiya, Miyamini,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="8" bcv="NEH.10.8" />Maazia, Bilgai na Shemaya.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Hawa ndio waliokuwa makuhani.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="9" bcv="NEH.10.9" />Walawi:
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Yeshua mwana wa Azania, Binui wa wana wa Henadadi, Kadmieli,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="10" bcv="NEH.10.10" />na wenzao: Shebania,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Hodia, Kelita, Pelaya, Hanani,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="11" bcv="NEH.10.11" />Mika, Rehobu, Hashabia,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="12" bcv="NEH.10.12" />Zakuri, Sherebia, Shebania,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="13" bcv="NEH.10.13" />Hodia, Bani na Beninu.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="14" bcv="NEH.10.14" />Viongozi wa watu:
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Paroshi, Pahath-Moabu, Elamu, Zatu, Bani,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="15" bcv="NEH.10.15" />Buni, Azgadi, Bebai,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="16" bcv="NEH.10.16" />Adoniya, Bigwai, Adini,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="17" bcv="NEH.10.17" />Ateri, Hezekia, Azuri,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="18" bcv="NEH.10.18" />Hodia, Hashumu, Besai,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="19" bcv="NEH.10.19" />Harifu, Anathothi, Nebai,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="20" bcv="NEH.10.20" />Magpiashi, Meshulamu, Heziri,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="21" bcv="NEH.10.21" />Meshezabeli, Sadoki, Yadua,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="22" bcv="NEH.10.22" />Pelatia, Hanani, Anaya,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="23" bcv="NEH.10.23" />Hoshea, Hanania, Hashubu,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="24" bcv="NEH.10.24" />Haloheshi, Pilha, Shobeki,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="25" bcv="NEH.10.25" />Rehumu, Hashabna, Maaseya,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="26" bcv="NEH.10.26" />Ahiya, Hanani, Anani,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="27" bcv="NEH.10.27" />Maluki, Harimu na Baana.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="28" bcv="NEH.10.28" />“Watu wengine wote, wakiwa ni makuhani, Walawi, mabawabu, waimbaji, watumishi wa Hekalu,<f caller="+"><fr>10:28
</fr><ft>Yaani
</ft><fqa>Wanethini</fqa><ft>.</ft></f> na wale wote waliojitenga na mataifa jirani kwa ajili ya Sheria ya Mungu, pamoja na wake zao na wana wao na binti zao wote waliokuwa na uwezo wa kufahamu,
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="NEH.10.29" />basi hawa wote wanajiunga na ndugu zao na wakuu wao, na kujifunga kwa laana na kwa kiapo kufuata Sheria ya Mungu iliyotolewa kupitia kwa Mose mtumishi wa Mungu, na kutii kwa uangalifu amri zote, maagizo na sheria za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Bwana wetu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="30" bcv="NEH.10.30" />“Tunaahidi kutowaoza binti zetu kwa watu wanaotuzunguka, wala kuwaoza wana wetu binti zao.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="31" bcv="NEH.10.31" />“Wakati mataifa jirani waletapo bidhaa zao au nafaka kuuza siku ya Sabato, hatutazinunua kutoka kwao siku ya Sabato, wala siku nyingine yoyote takatifu. Kila mwaka wa saba, tutaacha kuilima ardhi na tutafuta madeni yote.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="32" bcv="NEH.10.32" />“Tunakubali wajibu wa kutimiza amri za kutoa theluthi ya shekeli<f caller="+"><fr>10:32
</fr><ft>Theluthi ya shekeli hapa kama gramu 4.</ft></f> kila mwaka kwa ajili ya utumishi wa nyumba ya Mungu:
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="NEH.10.33" />Kwa ajili ya mikate ya Wonyesho, kwa ajili ya sadaka za kawaida za nafaka na sadaka za kuteketezwa, kwa ajili ya sadaka za siku za Sabato, Sikukuu za Mwandamo wa Mwezi na sikukuu nyingine zilizoamriwa, kwa ajili ya sadaka takatifu, kwa ajili ya sadaka za dhambi ili kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili ya Israeli, na kwa ajili ya kazi zote za nyumba ya Mungu wetu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="34" bcv="NEH.10.34" />“Sisi makuhani, Walawi na watu, tumepiga kura kuamua kuwa kila mmoja wa jamaa zetu lazima alete katika nyumba ya Mungu wetu kwa nyakati maalum kila mwaka mchango wa kuni za kukokea moto katika madhabahu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu, kama ilivyoandikwa katika Sheria.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="35" bcv="NEH.10.35" />“Pia tunachukua wajibu wa kuleta malimbuko ya mazao yetu na matunda ya kwanza ya kila mti wa matunda katika nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kila mwaka.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="36" bcv="NEH.10.36" />“Kama pia ilivyoandikwa katika Sheria, tutawaleta wazaliwa wetu wa kwanza wa kiume, na wa mifugo yetu, yaani wa ngʼombe wetu na wa makundi yetu ya kondoo na mbuzi, katika nyumba ya Mungu wetu, kwa ajili ya makuhani wanaohudumu huko.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="37" bcv="NEH.10.37" />“Zaidi ya hayo, tutaleta katika ghala za nyumba ya Mungu wetu, kwa makuhani, vyakula vya kwanza vya mashamba yetu, sadaka zetu za nafaka, matunda ya miti yetu yote, divai yetu mpya na mafuta. Nasi tutaleta zaka za mazao yetu kwa Walawi, kwa kuwa Walawi ndio ambao hukusanya zaka katika miji yote tunakofanya kazi.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="NEH.10.38" />Kuhani atokanaye na uzao wa Aroni atashirikiana na Walawi wakati wanapopokea zaka, nao Walawi itawapasa kuleta sehemu ya kumi ya zaka katika nyumba ya Mungu wetu katika ghala za hazina.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="NEH.10.39" />Watu wa Israeli pamoja na Walawi itawapasa kuleta michango yao ya nafaka, divai mpya na mafuta katika vyumba vya ghala, mahali vifaa vya mahali patakatifu vinapohifadhiwa, na wanapokaa makuhani wanaohudumu, na mabawabu na waimbaji.
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Hatutaacha kuijali nyumba ya Mungu wetu.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="11" />
<s style="s1">Wakazi Wapya Wa Yerusalemu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NEH.11.1" />Basi viongozi wa watu walikaa Yerusalemu, nao watu wale wengine walipiga kura ili kuleta mtu mmoja kati ya watu kumi aje kuishi Yerusalemu, mji mtakatifu, nao wengine tisa waliobaki wakae katika miji yao wenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NEH.11.2" />Watu waliwasifu wale wote waliojitolea kuishi Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="NEH.11.3" />Hawa ndio viongozi wa majimbo waliokuja kuishi Yerusalemu (baadhi ya Waisraeli, makuhani, Walawi, watumishi wa Hekalu,<f caller="+"><fr>11:3
</fr><ft>Yaani
</ft><fqa>Wanethini</fqa><ft> (pia 11:21).</ft></f> na wazao wa watumishi wa Solomoni waliendelea kuishi katika miji ya Yuda, kila mmoja katika milki yake mwenyewe katika miji mbalimbali,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="NEH.11.4" />ambapo watu wengine kutoka Yuda na Benyamini waliishi Yerusalemu).
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m">Kutoka wazao wa Yuda:
</p>
<p sfm="mi" style="mi">Athaya mwana wa Uzia, mwana wa Zekaria, mwana wa Amaria, mwana wa Shefatia, mwana wa Mahalaleli, mzao wa Peresi.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NEH.11.5" />Naye Maaseya mwana wa Baruku, mwana wa Kolhoze, mwana wa Hazaya, mwana wa Adaya, mwana wa Yoyaribu, mwana wa Zekaria, mzao wa Mshiloni.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="NEH.11.6" />Wazao wa Peresi walioishi Yerusalemu walikuwa 468, watu wenye uwezo.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="7" bcv="NEH.11.7" />Kutoka wazao wa Benyamini:
</p>
<p sfm="mi" style="mi">Salu mwana wa Meshulamu, mwana wa Yoedi, mwana wa Pedaya, mwana wa Kolaya, mwana wa Maaseya, mwana wa Ithieli, mwana wa Yeshaya
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="NEH.11.8" />na wafuasi wake, Gabai na Salai watu 928.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="NEH.11.9" />Yoeli mwana wa Zikri alikuwa afisa wao mkuu, naye Yuda mwana wa Hasenua alikuwa msimamizi juu ya Mtaa wa Pili katika mji.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="10" bcv="NEH.11.10" />Kutoka makuhani:
</p>
<p sfm="mi" style="mi">Yedaya, mwana wa Yoyaribu, Yakini,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NEH.11.11" />Seraya mwana wa Hilkia, mwana wa Meshulamu, mwana wa Sadoki, mwana wa Merayothi, mwana wa Ahitubu, msimamizi katika nyumba ya Mungu,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="NEH.11.12" />pamoja na wenzao waliofanya kazi hekaluni: watu 822. Adaya mwana wa Yerohamu, mwana wa Pelalia, mwana wa Amsi, mwana wa Zekaria, mwana wa Pashuri, mwana wa Malkiya,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="NEH.11.13" />na wenzao, waliokuwa viongozi wa jamaa: watu 242. Amashisai mwana wa Azareli, mwana wa Azai, mwana wa Meshilemothi, mwana wa Imeri,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="NEH.11.14" />na wenzao waliokuwa wenye uwezo: watu 128. Afisa wao mkuu alikuwa Zabdieli mwana wa Hagedolimu.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="15" bcv="NEH.11.15" />Kutoka Walawi:
</p>
<p sfm="mi" style="mi">Shemaya mwana wa Hashubu, mwana wa Azrikamu, mwana wa Hashabia, mwana wa Buni;
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="NEH.11.16" />Shabethai na Yozabadi, viongozi wawili wa Walawi, ambao walisimamia kazi za nje za nyumba ya Mungu;
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="NEH.11.17" />Matania mwana wa Mika, mwana wa Zabdi, mwana wa Asafu, kiongozi aliyeongoza kutoa shukrani na maombi; Bakbukia aliyekuwa msaidizi wake kati ya wenzake; na Abda mwana wa Shamua, mwana wa Galali, mwana wa Yeduthuni.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="NEH.11.18" />Jumla ya Walawi waliokaa katika mji mtakatifu walikuwa watu 284.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="19" bcv="NEH.11.19" />Mabawabu:
</p>
<p sfm="mi" style="mi">Akubu, Talmoni na wenzao, waliolinda malango: watu 172.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="NEH.11.20" />Waisraeli waliosalia, pamoja na makuhani na Walawi, walikuwa katika miji yote ya Yuda, kila mmoja katika urithi wa baba yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="NEH.11.21" />Watumishi wa Hekalu waliishi katika kilima cha Ofeli. Siha na Gishpa walikuwa wasimamizi wao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="NEH.11.22" />Afisa mkuu wa Walawi huko Yerusalemu alikuwa Uzi mwana wa Bani, mwana wa Hashabia, mwana wa Matania, mwana wa Mika. Uzi alikuwa mmoja wa wazao wa Asafu, waliokuwa waimbaji wenye kuwajibika kwa ajili ya huduma ya nyumba ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="NEH.11.23" />Waimbaji walikuwa chini ya amri za mfalme, ambazo pia ziliratibu shughuli zao za kila siku.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="NEH.11.24" />Pethahia mwana wa Meshezabeli, mmoja wa wazao wa Zera mwana wa Yuda, alikuwa mwakilishi wa mfalme katika mambo yote kuhusu mahusiano na watu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="NEH.11.25" />Kuhusu vijiji na mashamba yake, baadhi ya watu wa Yuda waliishi Kiriath-Arba na makazi yaliyokizunguka, katika Diboni na makazi yake, katika Yekabzeeli na vijiji vyake,
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="NEH.11.26" />katika Yeshua, katika Molada, katika Beth-Peleti,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="NEH.11.27" />katika Hasar-Shuali, katika Beer-Sheba na makazi yake,
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="NEH.11.28" />katika Siklagi, katika Mekona na makazi yake,
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="NEH.11.29" />katika En-Rimoni, katika Sora, katika Yarmuthi,
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="NEH.11.30" />Zanoa, Adulamu na vijiji vyake, katika Lakishi na mashamba yake, na katika Azeka na makazi yake. Hivyo walikuwa wakiishi kuanzia Beer-Sheba mpaka Bonde la Hinomu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="NEH.11.31" />Wazao wa Wabenyamini kutoka Geba waliishi Mikmashi, Aiya, Betheli na makazi yake,
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="NEH.11.32" />katika Anathothi, Nobu na Anania,
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="NEH.11.33" />katika Hazori, Rama na Gitaimu,
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="NEH.11.34" />katika Hadidi, Seboimu na Nebalati,
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="NEH.11.35" />katika Lodi na Ono, na katika Bonde la Mafundi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="NEH.11.36" />Baadhi ya makundi ya Walawi wa Yuda waliishi huko Benyamini.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Makuhani Na Walawi Waliorudi Na Zerubabeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NEH.12.1" />Hawa wafuatao walikuwa makuhani na Walawi ambao walirudi na Zerubabeli mwana wa Shealtieli pamoja na Yeshua:
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Seraya, Yeremia, Ezra,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="2" bcv="NEH.12.2" />Amaria, Maluki, Hatushi,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="3" bcv="NEH.12.3" />Shekania, Rehumu, Meremothi,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="4" bcv="NEH.12.4" />Ido, Ginethoni, Abiya,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="5" bcv="NEH.12.5" />Miyamini, Moadia, Bilga,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="6" bcv="NEH.12.6" />Shemaya, Yoyaribu, Yedaya,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="7" bcv="NEH.12.7" />Salu, Amoki, Hilkia na Yedaya.
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Hawa walikuwa viongozi wa makuhani na wenzao wakati wa Yeshua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="NEH.12.8" />Walawi walikuwa Yeshua, Binui, Kadmieli, Sherebia, Yuda, na pia Matania, ambaye pamoja na wenzake, alikuwa kiongozi wa nyimbo za shukrani.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="NEH.12.9" />Bakbukia na Uni, wenzao, walisimama mkabala nao wakati wa ibada.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="NEH.12.10" />Yeshua alikuwa baba wa Yoyakimu, Yoyakimu alikuwa baba wa Eliashibu, Eliashibu alikuwa baba wa Yoyada,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NEH.12.11" />Yoyada alikuwa baba wa Yonathani, na Yonathani alikuwa baba wa Yadua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="NEH.12.12" />Katika siku za Yoyakimu, kulikuwa na wakuu wa jamaa za kikuhani:
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">wa jamaa ya Seraya, Meraya;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">wa jamaa ya Yeremia, Hanania;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="13" bcv="NEH.12.13" />wa jamaa ya Ezra, Meshulamu;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">wa jamaa ya Amaria, Yehohanani;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="14" bcv="NEH.12.14" />wa jamaa ya Maluki, Yonathani;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">wa jamaa ya Shebania, Yosefu;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="15" bcv="NEH.12.15" />wa jamaa ya Harimu, Adna;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">wa jamaa ya Meremothi, Helkai;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="16" bcv="NEH.12.16" />wa jamaa ya Ido, Zekaria;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">wa jamaa ya Ginethoni, Meshulamu;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="17" bcv="NEH.12.17" />wa jamaa ya Abiya, Zikri;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">wa jamaa ya Miniamini na ya Maazia, Piltai;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="18" bcv="NEH.12.18" />wa jamaa ya Bilgai, Shamua;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">wa jamaa ya Shemaya, Yehonathani;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="19" bcv="NEH.12.19" />wa jamaa ya Yoyaribu, Matenai;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">wa jamaa ya Yedaya, Uzi;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="20" bcv="NEH.12.20" />wa jamaa ya Salu, Kalai;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">wa jamaa ya Amoki, Eberi;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="21" bcv="NEH.12.21" />wa jamaa ya Hilkia, Hashabia;
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">wa jamaa ya Yedaya, Nethaneli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="NEH.12.22" />Wakuu wa jamaa za Walawi katika siku za Eliashibu, Yoyada, Yohanani na Yadua, pia wale jamaa za makuhani, waliandikishwa wakati wa utawala wa Dario, Mwajemi.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="NEH.12.23" />Wakuu wa jamaa miongoni mwa wazao wa Lawi hadi wakati wa Yohanani mwana wa Eliashibu waliandikishwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="NEH.12.24" />Viongozi wa Walawi walikuwa: Hashabia, Sherebia, Yeshua mwana wa Kadmieli na wenzao, waliosimama mkabala nao kusifu na kushukuru, sehemu moja ikipokezana na nyingine kama ilivyoagizwa na Daudi mtu wa Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="NEH.12.25" />Mabawabu waliokuwa wakilinda kwenye malango ya ghala ni: Matania, Bakbukia, Obadia, Meshulamu, Talmoni na Akubu.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="NEH.12.26" />Walihudumu siku za Yoyakimu mwana wa Yeshua, mwana wa Yosadaki, na katika siku za mtawala Nehemia, na za Ezra kuhani na mwandishi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuwekwa Wakfu Ukuta Wa Yerusalemu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="NEH.12.27" />Wakati wa kuwekwa wakfu ukuta wa Yerusalemu, Walawi walitafutwa kule walikokuwa wakiishi, nao wakaletwa Yerusalemu kuadhimisha kwa shangwe huko kuweka wakfu kwa nyimbo za shukrani na kwa uimbaji wakitumia matoazi, vinubi na zeze.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="NEH.12.28" />Pia waimbaji walikusanywa pamoja kutoka maeneo yaliyozunguka Yerusalemu, kutoka vijiji vya Wanetofathi,
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="NEH.12.29" />kutoka Beth-Gilgali, na kutoka eneo la Geba na Azmawethi, kwa kuwa waimbaji walikuwa wamejijengea vijiji kuzunguka Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="NEH.12.30" />Wakati makuhani na Walawi walipokuwa wamekwisha kujitakasa kwa kufuatana na desturi, waliwatakasa watu, malango na ukuta.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="NEH.12.31" />Niliwaagiza viongozi wa Yuda wapande juu ya ukuta. Pia niliagiza makundi mawili makubwa ya waimbaji waimbe nyimbo za kumshukuru Mungu. Kundi moja lilipanda juu ya ukuta upande wa kuume, kuelekea Lango la Samadi.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="NEH.12.32" />Hoshaya na nusu ya viongozi wa Yuda wakawafuata,
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="NEH.12.33" />pamoja na Azaria, Ezra, Meshulamu,
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="NEH.12.34" />Yuda, Benyamini, Shemaya, Yeremia,
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="NEH.12.35" />pamoja na baadhi ya makuhani wenye tarumbeta, na pia walikuwa na Zekaria mwana wa Yonathani, mwana wa Shemaya, mwana wa Matania, mwana wa Mikaya, mwana wa Zakuri, mwana wa Asafu,
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="NEH.12.36" />pamoja na wenzake, Shemaya, Azareli, Milalai, Gilalai, Maai, Nethaneli, Yuda na Hanani, wakiwa na vyombo vya uimbaji, kama ilivyoagizwa na Daudi mtu wa Mungu. Mwandishi Ezra aliongoza maandamano.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="NEH.12.37" />Kwenye Lango la Chemchemi waliendelea moja kwa moja mpaka kwenye ngazi za Mji wa Daudi, kwenye mwinuko wa ukuta, na kupitia juu ya nyumba ya Daudi mpaka kwenye Lango la Maji upande wa mashariki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="NEH.12.38" />Kundi la pili la waimbaji lilielekea upande wa kushoto. Niliwafuata juu ya ukuta, pamoja na nusu ya watu kupitia Mnara wa Tanuru mpaka kwenye Ukuta Mpana,
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="NEH.12.39" />juu ya Lango la Efraimu, Lango la Yeshana, Lango la Samaki, Mnara wa Hananeli, na Mnara wa Mia, mpaka kwenye Lango la Kondoo. Walipofika kwenye Lango la Ulinzi wakasimama.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="NEH.12.40" />Kisha yale makundi mawili ya waimbaji yaliyoshukuru yakachukua nafasi zao katika nyumba ya Mungu. Nami pia nikafanya hivyo, pamoja na nusu ya maafisa,
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="NEH.12.41" />na makuhani wafuatao: Eliakimu, Maaseya, Miniamini, Mikaya, Elioenai, Zekaria na Hanania wakiwa na tarumbeta zao,
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="NEH.12.42" />na pia Maaseya, Shemaya, Eleazari, Uzi, Yehohanani, Malkiya, Elamu na Ezeri. Makundi haya yaliimba chini ya uongozi wa Yezrahia.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="NEH.12.43" />Siku hiyo watu walitoa dhabihu nyingi, wakishangilia kwa sababu Mungu aliwapa furaha kuu. Wanawake na watoto walishangilia pia. Sauti ya kushangilia huko Yerusalemu iliweza kusikika mbali sana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="44" bcv="NEH.12.44" />Wakati huo watu walichaguliwa kuwa wasimamizi wa vyumba vya ghala kwa ajili ya matoleo, malimbuko na zaka. Kutoka kwenye yale mashamba yaliyozunguka miji walipaswa walete kwenye ghala mafungu kama sheria ilivyoamuru kwa ajili ya makuhani na Walawi, kwa kuwa Yuda alifurahishwa na huduma ya makuhani na Walawi.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="NEH.12.45" />Walifanya ibada ya Mungu wao na ibada ya utakaso, nao waimbaji na walinzi wa lango wakafanya hivyo pia, kufuatana na amri za Daudi na Solomoni mwanawe.
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="NEH.12.46" />Muda mrefu uliopita, katika siku za Daudi na Asafu, walikuwepo viongozi wa waimbaji na wa nyimbo za sifa na za kumshukuru Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="NEH.12.47" />Kwa hiyo katika siku za Zerubabeli na za Nehemia, Israeli wote walitoa mafungu kila siku kwa ajili ya waimbaji na mabawabu. Pia walitenga fungu kwa ajili ya Walawi wengine, nao Walawi walitenga fungu kwa ajili ya wazao wa Aroni.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="13" />
<s style="s1">Nehemia Afanya Matengenezo Ya Mwisho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NEH.13.1" />Siku hiyo, Kitabu cha Mose kilisomwa kwa sauti kuu, na watu wote wakasikia. Humo ilionekana imeandikwa kwamba hakuna Mwamoni wala Mmoabu atakayeruhusiwa katika kusanyiko la watu wa Mungu,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="NEH.13.2" />kwa sababu hawakuwalaki Waisraeli kwa chakula na maji. Badala yake walimwajiri Balaamu kuwalaani (lakini hata hivyo Mungu wetu aligeuza laana kuwa baraka).
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="NEH.13.3" />Watu waliposikia sheria hii, waliwatenga watu wote wasio Waisraeli waliokuwa wa uzao wa kigeni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="NEH.13.4" />Kabla ya hili, kuhani Eliashibu alikuwa amewekwa kuwa msimamizi wa vyumba vya ghala ya nyumba ya Mungu wetu. Alikuwa na uhusiano wa karibu na Tobia,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="NEH.13.5" />naye alikuwa amempa Tobia chumba kikubwa ambacho mwanzo kilikuwa kikitumika kuweka sadaka za nafaka, uvumba na vyombo vya Hekalu, pamoja na zaka za nafaka, divai mpya na mafuta waliyoagizwa Waisraeli kwa ajili ya Walawi, waimbaji na mabawabu wa lango, pamoja na matoleo kwa makuhani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="NEH.13.6" />Lakini wakati haya yote yalipokuwa yakitendeka, sikuwa Yerusalemu, kwa kuwa katika mwaka wa thelathini na mbili wa utawala wa Artashasta mfalme wa Babeli nilikuwa nimerudi kwa mfalme. Baadaye nilimwomba ruhusa,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="NEH.13.7" />nikarudi Yerusalemu. Hapo niligundua jambo la uovu alilofanya Eliashibu kwa kumpa Tobia chumba katika nyua za nyumba ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="NEH.13.8" />Nilikasirika sana na nikavitupa nje vyombo vyote vya Tobia.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="NEH.13.9" />Nilitoa amri kutakasa vyumba, kisha nikavirudisha vifaa vya nyumba ya Mungu, pamoja na sadaka za nafaka na uvumba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="NEH.13.10" />Pia niligundua kuwa mafungu yaliyopangwa kupewa Walawi hawakuwa wamepewa, nao Walawi wote na waimbaji waliowajibika kwa huduma walikuwa wamerudi katika mashamba yao.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="NEH.13.11" />Basi niliwakemea maafisa na kuwauliza, “Kwa nini nyumba ya Mungu imepuuzwa?” Kisha niliwaita pamoja na kuwaweka kwenye nafasi zao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="NEH.13.12" />Yuda wote walileta zaka za nafaka, divai mpya na mafuta kwenye ghala.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="NEH.13.13" />Nikamweka kuhani Shelemia, mwandishi Sadoki, na Mlawi aliyeitwa Pedaya kuwa wasimamizi wa ghala, na kumfanya Hanani mwana wa Zakuri, mwana wa Matania kuwa msaidizi wao, kwa sababu watu hawa walionekana kuwa waaminifu. Walipewa wajibu wa kugawa mahitaji kwa ndugu zao.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="NEH.13.14" />Ee Mungu wangu, unikumbuke kwa hili, wala usifute kile nilichokifanya kwa uaminifu kwa ajili ya nyumba ya Mungu wangu na kwa ajili ya huduma yake.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="NEH.13.15" />Siku hizo nikaona watu katika Yuda wakikanyaga mashinikizo ya divai siku ya Sabato na kuleta nafaka wakiwapakiza punda, pamoja na divai, zabibu, tini na aina nyingine za mizigo. Nao walikuwa wakileta haya yote Yerusalemu siku ya Sabato. Kwa hiyo niliwaonya dhidi ya kuuza vyakula siku hiyo.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="NEH.13.16" />Watu kutoka Tiro waliokuwa wakiishi Yerusalemu walileta samaki na aina nyingi za bidhaa na kuziuza Yerusalemu siku ya Sabato kwa watu wa Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="NEH.13.17" />Niliwakemea wakuu wa Yuda na kuwaambia, “Ni uovu gani huu mnaofanya wa kuinajisi siku ya Sabato?
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="NEH.13.18" />Je, baba zenu hawakufanya mambo kama haya, hata wakamsababisha Mungu wetu kuleta maafa haya yote juu yetu na juu ya mji huu? Sasa bado mnazidi kuchochea ghadhabu yake dhidi ya Israeli kwa kuinajisi Sabato.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="NEH.13.19" />Wakati vivuli vya jioni vilipoangukia juu ya malango ya Yerusalemu kabla ya Sabato, niliamuru milango ifungwe, wala isifunguliwe mpaka Sabato iishe. Nikawaweka baadhi ya watu wangu mwenyewe kwenye malango ili pasiwepo mzigo utakaoingizwa ndani siku ya Sabato.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="NEH.13.20" />Mara moja au mbili wachuuzi na wauzaji wa bidhaa za aina zote walilala usiku nje ya mji wa Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="NEH.13.21" />Lakini niliwaonya na kuwaambia, “Kwa nini mnalala karibu na ukuta? Kama mkifanya hivi tena, nitawaadhibu.” Kuanzia wakati ule hawakuja tena siku ya Sabato.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="NEH.13.22" />Kisha nikawaamuru Walawi kujitakasa na kwenda kulinda malango ili kutunza Sabato iwe takatifu.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p">Ee Mungu wangu, unikumbuke kwa ajili ya hili pia, nawe unionyeshe wema wako sawasawa na upendo wako mkuu.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="NEH.13.23" />Zaidi ya hayo, niliona Wayahudi waliokuwa wameoa wanawake kutoka Ashdodi, Amoni na Moabu.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="NEH.13.24" />Nusu ya watoto wao walizungumza lugha ya Kiashidodi au lugha ya watu wengine, bali hawakuweza kuzungumza Kiyahudi.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="NEH.13.25" />Niliwakemea na kuwalaani. Niliwapiga baadhi ya watu na kungʼoa nywele zao. Niliwaapisha kwa jina la Mungu na kusema: “Msiwaoze binti zenu kwa wana wao, wala binti zao wasiolewe na wana wenu wala ninyi wenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="NEH.13.26" />Je, Solomoni hakutenda dhambi kwa sababu ya wanawake wa namna hiyo? Miongoni mwa mataifa mengi hapakuwepo mfalme kama yeye. Alipendwa na Mungu wake. Naye Mungu alimweka kuwa mfalme juu ya Israeli yote, lakini hata yeye, wanawake wa mataifa mengine walimfanya atende dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="NEH.13.27" />Je, tulazimike sasa kusikia kwamba ninyi pia mmefanya uovu huu mkubwa na kutokuwa waaminifu kwa Mungu wetu kwa kuoa wanawake wa kigeni?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="NEH.13.28" />Mmoja wa wana wa Yoyada mwana wa Eliashibu kuhani mkuu alikuwa mkwewe Sanbalati Mhoroni. Nami nilimfukuza mbele yangu.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="NEH.13.29" />Ee Mungu wangu, uwakumbuke, kwa sababu wamenajisi ukuhani, na agano la kikuhani na la Walawi.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="NEH.13.30" />Kwa hiyo niliwatakasa makuhani na Walawi kutokana na chochote kilichokuwa cha kigeni, na kuwapa wajibu, kila mmoja katika kazi yake.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="NEH.13.31" />Pia nilihakikisha kwamba matoleo ya kuni yaliletwa kwa wakati unaopaswa, na malimbuko kwa wakati wake.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p">Ee Mungu wangu, unikumbuke, unitendee mema.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="EST"><id id="EST">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Esta
</h><toc level="1">Esta
</toc><toc level="2">Esta
</toc><toc level="3">Es
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Esta
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Malkia Vashti Aondolewa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EST.1.1" />Hili ndilo lililotokea wakati wa utawala wa Mfalme Ahasuero, yule aliyetawala juu ya majimbo mia na ishirini na saba tangu Bara Hindi hadi Kushi.<f caller="+"><fr>1:1
</fr><ft>Kushi hapa ina maana ya Ethiopia.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EST.1.2" />Wakati huo Mfalme Ahasuero alitawala katika kiti chake cha enzi katika ngome ya mji wa Shushani.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EST.1.3" />Katika mwaka wa tatu wa utawala wake, alifanya karamu kwa ajili ya wakuu wake wote pamoja na maafisa. Akawaalika viongozi wa jeshi wa Uajemi na Umedi, wana wa wafalme na wakuu wa majimbo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="EST.1.4" />Kwa siku zote 180 mfalme alionyesha utajiri mwingi wa ufalme wake, fahari na utukufu wa enzi yake.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EST.1.5" />Siku hizo zilipopita, mfalme alifanya karamu kwa muda wa siku saba, katika bustani ya ndani katika jumba la kifalme, kwa ajili ya watu wote kuanzia mdogo hadi mkubwa, waliokuwa katika ngome ya mji wa Shushani.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EST.1.6" />Bustani ilikuwa na mapazia ya kitani nyeupe na buluu, yaliyofungiwa kamba za kitani nyeupe na kitambaa cha zambarau, kwenye pete za fedha juu ya nguzo za marmar. Kulikuwepo viti vya dhahabu na vya fedha vilivyokuwa vimewekwa kwenye ile sakafu iliyotengenezwa kwa mawe ya rangi, marmar, lulumizi na mawe mengine ya thamani.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EST.1.7" />Vyombo vya dhahabu vilitumika kwa watu kunywea mvinyo, kila kimoja tofauti na kingine, naye mfalme akatoa mvinyo kwa wingi kwa kadiri ya ukarimu wake.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EST.1.8" />Kwa amri ya mfalme kila mgeni aliruhusiwa kunywa alichotaka, kwa kuwa mfalme alitoa maagizo kwa watumishi wote wa kuhudumu mvinyo kumhudumia kila mtu kwa jinsi alivyotaka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EST.1.9" />Malkia Vashti pia akawafanyia wanawake karamu katika jumba la kifalme la Mfalme Ahasuero.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EST.1.10" />Siku ya saba, wakati Mfalme Ahasuero alikuwa amesisimka roho yake kwa mvinyo, aliamuru matowashi saba waliokuwa wakimhudumia, yaani, Mehumani, Biztha, Harbona, Bigtha, Abagtha, Zethari na Karkasi,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EST.1.11" />kumleta Malkia Vashti mbele ya mfalme akiwa amevaa taji lake la kifalme, ili aonyeshe uzuri wake kwa watu na wakuu, kwa kuwa alikuwa ni mzuri wa kupendeza.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EST.1.12" />Lakini wakati watumishi walipotoa amri ya mfalme, Malkia Vashti alikataa kuja. Ndipo mfalme alighadhibika, na hasira yake ikawaka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EST.1.13" />Kwa kuwa ilikuwa desturi ya mfalme kupata ushauri kwa wataalamu katika mambo ya sheria na haki, alizungumza na watu wenye busara, ambao walijua nyakati,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EST.1.14" />nao waliokuwa karibu na mfalme ni Karshena, Shethari, Admatha, Tarshishi, Meresi, Marsena na Memukani, wakuu saba wa Uajemi na Umedi waliokuwa na nafasi ya pekee kwa mfalme nao walikuwa na vyeo vya juu kabisa katika utawala wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EST.1.15" />Mfalme akauliza, “Kulingana na sheria, Malkia Vashti anapaswa kutendewa nini? Malkia hakutii amri ya Mfalme Ahasuero ambayo matowashi walimpelekea.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="EST.1.16" />Kisha Memukani akajibu mbele ya mfalme na wakuu, “Malkia Vashti si kwamba amemkosea mfalme tu bali pia amewakosea wakuu wote na watu wa himaya yote ya Mfalme Ahasuero.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EST.1.17" />Kwa maana tendo hili la malkia litajulikana kwa wanawake wote, kwa hiyo watawadharau waume zao na kusema, ‘Mfalme Ahasuero aliagiza Malkia Vashti aletwe mbele yake, lakini alikataa.’
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EST.1.18" />Leo hii wanawake wa wakuu wa Uajemi na Umedi ambao wamesikia juu ya tabia ya malkia watawatendea wakuu wote wa mfalme vivyo hivyo. Hapatakuwepo na mwisho wa dharau na magomvi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EST.1.19" />“Kwa hiyo, kama itampendeza mfalme, atoe amri ya kifalme na iandikwe katika sheria ya Uajemi na Umedi, ambayo haitabadilika, kwamba Vashti kamwe asije tena mbele ya Mfalme Ahasuero. Pia mfalme na atoe hiyo nafasi yake ya umalkia kwa mwanamke mwingine aliye bora kumliko yeye.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EST.1.20" />Kisha mbiu hii ya mfalme itakapotangazwa katika himaya yake iliyo kubwa sana, wanawake wote watawaheshimu waume zao, kuanzia mdogo hadi mkubwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EST.1.21" />Mfalme na wakuu wake walipendezwa na shauri hili, hivyo basi mfalme akafanya kama Memukani alivyopendekeza.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EST.1.22" />Alipeleka barua katika sehemu zote za ufalme wake, kwa kila jimbo kwa maandishi yake mwenyewe na kwa kila watu katika lugha yao wenyewe, akitangaza kwa msemo wa kila watu kwamba inampasa kila mwanaume kuwa mtawala wa nyumba yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Esta Afanywa Malkia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EST.2.1" />Baadaye, wakati hasira ya Mfalme Ahasuero ilikuwa imetulia, alimkumbuka Vashti na kile alichokuwa amekifanya na alilokuwa ameamuru juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EST.2.2" />Kisha watumishi waliomhudumia mfalme walipendekeza, “Na ufanyike utafiti kwa ajili ya wanawali mabikira wazuri wa sura kwa ajili ya mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EST.2.3" />Mfalme na ateue maafisa katika kila jimbo la himaya yake kuwaleta hao wanawali wote wazuri wa sura katika nyumba ya wanawake katika ngome ya mji wa Shushani. Kisha wawekwe chini ya utunzaji wa Hegai, towashi wa mfalme, msimamizi wa wanawake; na wapewe matunzo yote ya urembo.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EST.2.4" />Kisha yule ambaye atampendeza mfalme na awe malkia badala ya Vashti.” Shauri hili likampendeza mfalme, naye akalifuata.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EST.2.5" />Basi katika mji wa ngome ya Shushani palikuwa na Myahudi wa kabila ya Benyamini, jina lake Mordekai mwana wa Yairi, mwana wa Shimei, mwana wa Kishi,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EST.2.6" />ambao walichukuliwa uhamishoni kutoka Yerusalemu na Mfalme Nebukadneza wa Babeli, wakiwa miongoni mwa waliochukuliwa mateka pamoja na Mfalme Yekonia wa Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EST.2.7" />Mordekai alikuwa na binamu yake msichana aliyeitwa Hadasa, ambaye alimlea kwa kuwa hakuwa na baba wala mama. Msichana huyu, ambaye pia alijulikana kwa jina la Esta, alikuwa na umbo na sura ya kupendeza, naye Mordekai alimtunza kama binti yake mwenyewe baada ya baba yake na mama yake kufariki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EST.2.8" />Wakati agizo na amri ya mfalme lilitangazwa, wanawali wengi waliletwa kwenye ngome ya mji wa Shushani na kuwekwa chini ya uangalizi wa Hegai. Pia Esta alipelekwa katika jumba la mfalme na akakabidhiwa Hegai, aliyekuwa mkuu wa nyumba ya wanawake.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EST.2.9" />Msichana huyu alimpendeza na kupata kibali mbele zake. Mara moja akaanza kumpa matunzo ya uzuri na chakula maalum. Alimpa Esta vijakazi saba waliochaguliwa kutoka jumba la kifalme, na kumhamishia yeye pamoja na vijakazi wake katika sehemu bora zaidi katika nyumba ya wanawake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EST.2.10" />Esta alikuwa hajadhihirisha uraia wala kabila lake, kwa sababu Mordekai alikuwa amemkataza.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EST.2.11" />Kila siku Mordekai alikuwa akitembeatembea karibu na ua wa nyumba ya wanawake kujua Esta alivyoendelea na kuona yaliyokuwa yakitendeka kwake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="EST.2.12" />Kabla zamu ya msichana haijafika ya kwenda kwa Mfalme Ahasuero, ilimbidi atimize miezi kumi na miwili ya matunzo ya urembo kama ilivyokuwa imepangwa. Kwa miezi sita walikuwa wajipake mafuta ya manemane, na miezi sita kujipaka manukato na vipodozi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EST.2.13" />Basi hivi ndivyo ambavyo msichana angeingia kwa mfalme: Kila kitu alichohitaji aliruhusiwa kuchukua kutoka nyumba ya wanawake na kwenda navyo katika jumba la mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EST.2.14" />Jioni angekwenda pale na asubuhi kurudi sehemu nyingine ya nyumba ya wanawake katika utunzaji wa Shaashgazi, towashi wa mfalme ambaye alikuwa mkuu wa masuria. Hangeweza kurudi kwa mfalme mpaka apendezwe naye na kuagiza aitwe kwa jina lake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EST.2.15" />Zamu ya Esta ilipofika kwenda kwa mfalme (msichana ambaye Mordekai alikuwa amemlea, binti wa Abihaili mjomba wake), Esta hakutaka vitu zaidi ya vile ambavyo Hegai, towashi wa mfalme aliyekuwa mkuu wa nyumba ya wanawake alivyokuwa amemshauri. Naye Esta alipata kibali kwa kila mtu aliyemwona.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EST.2.16" />Esta alipelekwa kwa Mfalme Ahasuero katika makao ya mfalme mwezi wa kumi, yaani mwezi wa Tebethi, katika mwaka wake wa saba wa kutawala.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EST.2.17" />Basi ikawa mfalme alivutiwa na Esta kuliko wanawake wengine wote, naye akapata upendeleo na kibali kuliko mabikira wengine. Kisha akamvika taji la kifalme kichwani mwake na kumfanya malkia badala ya Vashti.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EST.2.18" />Mfalme akafanya karamu kubwa, karamu ya Esta, kwa wakuu wake wote na maafisa. Mfalme alitangaza mapumziko katika majimbo yake yote na kugawa zawadi kwa ukarimu wa kifalme.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mordekai Afunua Hila
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EST.2.19" />Wakati mabikira walikusanyika mara ya pili, Mordekai alikuwa ameketi katika lango la mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EST.2.20" />Lakini Esta alikuwa ameficha siri ya kabila lake na uraia wake, kama Mordekai alivyokuwa amemwambia, kwa maana aliendelea kufuata maelekezo ya Mordekai kama alivyokuwa akifanya alipokuwa akimlea.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EST.2.21" />Wakati Mordekai alikuwa ameketi kwenye lango la mfalme, Bigthana na Tereshi, maafisa wawili wa mfalme waliokuwa walinzi wa lango, walikasirika na kupanga njama ya kumuua Mfalme Ahasuero.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EST.2.22" />Lakini Mordekai aligundua hila hii na kumwambia Malkia Esta, ambaye baadaye alimwarifu mfalme, huku akimsifu Mordekai.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EST.2.23" />Taarifa hiyo ilipochunguzwa na kuonekana kuwa kweli, maafisa hao wawili waliangikwa juu ya miti ya kunyongea. Haya yote yaliandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu mbele ya mfalme.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Hila Ya Hamani Kuwaangamiza Wayahudi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EST.3.1" />Baada ya matukio haya, Mfalme Ahasuero alimheshimu Hamani mwana wa Hamedatha, Mwagagi, akampandisha na kumpa kiti chake cha heshima cha juu sana kuliko wakuu wengine wote.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EST.3.2" />Maafisa wote wa mfalme waliokaa langoni mwa mfalme walipiga magoti na kumpa Hamani heshima, kwa kuwa mfalme alikuwa ameamuru hili kuhusu Hamani. Lakini Mordekai hakumpigia magoti wala kumheshimu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="EST.3.3" />Kisha maafisa wa mfalme waliokuwa langoni mwa mfalme walimuuliza Mordekai, “Kwa nini hutii agizo la mfalme?”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EST.3.4" />Siku baada ya siku walizungumza naye lakini hakukubali. Kwa hiyo walimweleza Hamani kuona kama tabia ya Mordekai itaweza kuvumiliwa, kwa maana alikuwa amewaambia kuwa yeye ni Myahudi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EST.3.5" />Wakati Hamani alipoona kuwa Mordekai hampigii magoti wala kumpa heshima alighadhibika.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EST.3.6" />Hata hivyo baada ya kujulishwa watu wa Mordekai ni akina nani, alibadili wazo la kumuua Mordekai peke yake. Badala yake Hamani alitafuta njia ya kuwaangamiza watu wote wa Mordekai, yaani, Wayahudi, walio katika ufalme wote wa Ahasuero.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EST.3.7" />Katika mwaka wa kumi na mbili wa utawala wa Mfalme Ahasuero, katika mwezi wa kwanza uitwao Nisani, walipiga puri (yaani kura) mbele ya Hamani ili kuchagua siku na mwezi. Kura ikaangukia kwenye mwezi wa kumi na mbili, yaani Adari.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EST.3.8" />Kisha Hamani akamwambia Mfalme Ahasuero, “Wako watu fulani wameenea na kutawanyika miongoni mwa watu katika majimbo yote ya ufalme wako, ambao desturi zao ni tofauti na zile za watu wengine wote, nao hawatii sheria za mfalme. Haifai mfalme kuwavumilia watu hawa.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EST.3.9" />Kama inampendeza mfalme, itolewe amri kuwaangamiza, nami nitaweka talanta 10,000<f caller="+"><fr>3:9
</fr><ft>Talanta 10,000 za fedha ni sawa na tani 340.</ft></f> za fedha katika hazina ya mfalme kwa ajili ya watu watakaoshughulikia jambo hili.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EST.3.10" />Basi mfalme alichukua pete yake ya muhuri kutoka kwenye kidole chake na kumpa Hamani mwana wa Hamedatha, Mwagagi, adui wa Wayahudi.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EST.3.11" />Mfalme akamwambia Hamani, “Baki na fedha yako na uwatendee hao watu utakavyo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="EST.3.12" />Kisha siku ya kumi na tatu ya mwezi wa kwanza waandishi wa mfalme waliitwa. Wakaandika barua kwa kila jimbo na katika kila lugha ya watu kama agizo la Hamani lilivyotoka kwa mfalme, kwa watawala wa majimbo mbalimbali, na wakuu wa watu mbalimbali. Hizi ziliandikwa kwa jina la Mfalme Ahasuero mwenyewe na kutiwa muhuri wa pete yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EST.3.13" />Barua zilipelekwa na tarishi katika majimbo yote ya mfalme zikiwa na amri ya kuharibu, kuua na kuangamiza Wayahudi wote, wadogo kwa wakubwa, wanawake na watoto wadogo, siku moja, yaani siku ya kumi na tatu ya mwezi wa kumi na mbili, ndio mwezi wa Adari, na pia kuteka nyara vitu vyao.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EST.3.14" />Nakala ya andiko la amri ilipaswa kutolewa kama sheria katika kila jimbo, na kufahamishwa kwa watu wa kila taifa ili waweze kuwa tayari kwa siku ile.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EST.3.15" />Kwa kuharakishwa na amri ya mfalme, matarishi walikwenda na andiko lilitolewa katika mji wa ngome ya Shushani. Mfalme na Hamani waliketi na kunywa, lakini mji wa Shushani ulifadhaika.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Mordekai Amshawishi Esta Kusaidia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EST.4.1" />Mordekai alipojua yote yaliyokwisha kufanyika, alirarua mavazi yake na kuvaa nguo za magunia na kujipaka majivu, akaenda mjini, akiomboleza kwa sauti na kwa uchungu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EST.4.2" />Alikwenda akasimama nje ya lango la mfalme, kwa sababu hakuna yeyote aliyeruhusiwa kuingia akiwa amevaa nguo za magunia.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EST.4.3" />Katika kila jimbo ambapo amri na agizo la mfalme lilifika, kulikuwa na maombolezo makuu miongoni mwa Wayahudi pamoja na kufunga, kulia na kuomboleza. Watu wengi wakalala juu ya nguo za magunia na majivu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="EST.4.4" />Wajakazi wa Esta na matowashi walipokuja na kumwambia kuhusu Mordekai, alipatwa na huzuni kuu. Alimtumia nguo avae badala ya nguo za magunia, lakini Mordekai hakuzikubali.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EST.4.5" />Ndipo Esta akamwita Hathaki, mmojawapo wa matowashi wa mfalme ambaye alikuwa amewekwa kumhudumia Esta, akamwagiza kutafuta ni nini kilikuwa kikimtaabisha Mordekai na ni kwa nini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EST.4.6" />Basi Hathaki alitoka nje kumwendea Mordekai kwenye uwanja ulio wazi wa mji mbele ya lango la mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EST.4.7" />Mordekai akamwambia kila kitu ambacho kimempata, pamoja na hesabu kamili ya fedha ambazo Hamani aliahidi kulipa katika hazina ya mfalme kwa ajili ya maangamizi ya Wayahudi.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EST.4.8" />Akampa nakala ya andiko la amri kwa ajili ya maangamizi yao, lililokuwa limechapishwa huko Shushani, kumwonyesha Esta na kumwelezea. Mordekai akamwambia towashi amshawishi Esta kwenda mbele ya mfalme kuomba rehema na kumsihi kwa ajili ya watu wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EST.4.9" />Hathaki akarudi kwa Esta na kumwarifu alilolisema Mordekai.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EST.4.10" />Kisha Esta akamwamuru Hathaki amweleze Mordekai,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EST.4.11" />“Maafisa wote wa mfalme na watu wa majimbo ya ufalme wanajua kuwa mwanaume au mwanamke yeyote ambaye ataingia kumwona mfalme katika ua wa ndani bila kuitwa, mfalme ana sheria moja tu: Atauawa. Njia pekee kinyume na hili ni mfalme kumnyooshea fimbo ya dhahabu ili aishi. Lakini siku thelathini zimepita tangu nilipoitwa kwenda kwa mfalme.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="EST.4.12" />Wakati Mordekai aliarifiwa maneno ya Esta,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EST.4.13" />Mordekai alirudisha jibu hili: “Usifikiri kwamba kwa sababu uko katika nyumba ya mfalme wewe pekee katika Wayahudi wote utapona.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EST.4.14" />Kwa kuwa kama utakaa kimya wakati huu, msaada na ukombozi kwa Wayahudi utatoka mahali pengine, lakini wewe na jamaa ya baba yako mtaangamia. Nani ajuaye kwamba hukuja kwenye nafasi ya mamlaka kwa ajili ya wakati kama huu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EST.4.15" />Kisha Esta alituma jibu hili kwa Mordekai:
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EST.4.16" />“Nenda, kusanya pamoja Wayahudi wote walioko Shushani, nanyi mfunge kwa ajili yangu. Msile wala kunywa kwa siku tatu, usiku na mchana. Mimi na wajakazi wangu tutafunga kama mnavyofanya. Baada ya kufanyika hili, nitakwenda kwa mfalme, hata ingawa ni kinyume cha sheria. Ikiwa ni kuangamia na niangamie.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EST.4.17" />Kwa hiyo Mordekai alikwenda zake na kutekeleza maagizo yote ya Esta.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Ombi La Esta Kwa Mfalme
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EST.5.1" />Siku ya tatu, Esta alivaa mavazi yake ya kimalkia, naye akasimama katika ua wa ndani wa jumba la mfalme, mbele ya ukumbi wa mfalme. Naye mfalme alikuwa akiketi katika kiti chake cha kifalme katika ukumbi, akielekea langoni.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EST.5.2" />Alipomwona Malkia Esta amesimama uani alipendezwa naye, akamnyooshea fimbo ya utawala ya dhahabu ile iliyokuwa mkononi mwake. Kwa hiyo Esta alikaribia na kuigusa ncha ya fimbo ya mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="EST.5.3" />Kisha mfalme aliuliza, “Malkia Esta, ni nini? Ombi lako ni nini? Hata kama ni nusu ya ufalme, utapewa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="EST.5.4" />Esta akajibu, “Kama itampendeza mfalme, mfalme pamoja na Hamani waje leo katika karamu ambayo nimeiandaa kwa ajili yake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EST.5.5" />Mfalme akasema, “Mleteni Hamani mara moja, ili tupate kufanya lile Esta analoomba.”
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa hiyo mfalme na Hamani walihudhuria karamu aliyoiandaa Esta.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EST.5.6" />Walipokuwa wakinywa mvinyo mfalme akamuuliza Esta tena, “Sasa haja yako ni nini? Utapewa. Ombi lako ni nini? Hata nusu ya ufalme, utapewa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EST.5.7" />Esta akajibu, “Haja yangu na ombi langu ni hili:
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EST.5.8" />Kama mfalme ameona vyema, nami nimepata kibali kwake na kama ikimpendeza mfalme kunipa ombi langu na kunitimizia haja yangu, mfalme na Hamani waje kwangu kesho katika karamu nitakayowaandalia. Kisha nitajibu swali la mfalme.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ghadhabu Ya Hamani Dhidi Ya Mordekai
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EST.5.9" />Hamani alitoka siku hiyo kwa furaha na moyo mchangamfu. Lakini alipomwona Mordekai langoni mwa mfalme na kuona kwamba hakusimama wala hakuonyesha hofu mbele yake, alijawa na ghadhabu dhidi ya Mordekai.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EST.5.10" />Hata hivyo, Hamani alijizuia akaenda zake nyumbani.
</p>
<p style="p">Akawaita pamoja rafiki zake na Zereshi, mkewe.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EST.5.11" />Hamani akajisifia kwao juu ya utajiri wake mwingi, wanawe wengi na kwa njia zote ambazo mfalme amemheshimu kwazo na jinsi alivyomweka juu ya wakuu na maafisa wengine.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EST.5.12" />Hamani akaongeza, “Si hayo tu. Mimi ndiye mtu pekee ambaye Malkia Esta amemwalika kumsindikiza mfalme kwenye karamu aliyomwandalia. Naye amenialika pamoja na mfalme kesho.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EST.5.13" />Lakini haya yote hayanipi kuridhika iwapo ninaendelea kumwona yule Myahudi Mordekai akiketi kwenye lango la mfalme.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="EST.5.14" />Zereshi mkewe na rafiki zake wote wakamwambia, “Tengeneza mahali pa kuangika watu kimo chake dhiraa hamsini,<f caller="+"><fr>5:14
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 50 ni sawa na mita 22.5.</ft></f> kisha kesho asubuhi mwombe mfalme Mordekai aangikwe juu yake. Ndipo uende na mfalme kwenye karamu kwa furaha.” Shauri hili lilimpendeza Hamani, naye akajenga mahali pa kuangika watu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Mordekai Anapewa Heshima
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EST.6.1" />Usiku ule mfalme hakupata usingizi, hivyo akaagiza aletewe kitabu cha kumbukumbu za matukio ya utawala wake, asomewe.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EST.6.2" />Kitabu hicho kilikutwa na kumbukumbu kwamba Mordekai alikuwa amefichua jinsi Bigthana na Tereshi, waliokuwa maafisa wawili wa mfalme, walinzi wa lango walivyokuwa wamepanga hila ya kumuua Mfalme Ahasuero.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="EST.6.3" />Mfalme akauliza, “Je, ni heshima na shukrani gani Mordekai alipokea kwa ajili ya jambo hili?”
</p>
<p style="p">Watumishi wake wakajibu, “Hakuna lolote alilofanyiwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="EST.6.4" />Mfalme akasema, “Ni nani yuko uani?” Wakati huo huo Hamani alikuwa ameingia ua wa nje wa jumba la mfalme kusema na mfalme kuhusu kumwangika Mordekai katika mahali pa kuangikia watu alipokuwa amepajenga kwa ajili yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EST.6.5" />Watumishi wake wakamjibu, “Hamani amesimama uani.”
</p>
<p style="p">Mfalme akaamuru, “Mleteni ndani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EST.6.6" />Hamani alipoingia, mfalme alimuuliza, “Afanyiwe nini mtu ambaye mfalme apenda kumheshimu?”
</p>
<p style="p">Basi Hamani akawaza moyoni mwake, “Ni nani mwingine ambaye mfalme angemheshimu kuliko mimi?”
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EST.6.7" />Kwa hiyo akamjibu mfalme, “Kwa mtu ambaye mfalme apenda kumheshimu,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EST.6.8" />aletewe joho la kifalme ambalo mfalme ameshalivaa na farasi ambaye mfalme alishampanda, ambaye amevikwa taji ya kifalme kichwani mwake.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EST.6.9" />Kisha joho na farasi vikabidhiwe kwa mmojawapo wa wakuu wa mfalme anayeheshimika sana. Nao wamvike mtu yule ambaye mfalme anapenda kumheshimu, na aongozwe akiwa juu ya farasi kupitia barabara za mji, wakitangaza mbele yake, ‘Hivi ndivyo anavyofanyiwa mtu ambaye mfalme apenda kumheshimu!’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EST.6.10" />Mfalme akamwamuru Hamani, “Nenda mara moja, chukua joho na farasi na ufanye kama vile ulivyopendekeza kwa Mordekai Myahudi, akaaye langoni mwa mfalme. Usipuuze kufanya kitu chochote ulichoshauri.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="EST.6.11" />Hivyo Hamani akachukua joho na farasi.
</p>
<p style="p">Akamvika Mordekai, na kumpandisha juu ya farasi akamtembeza katika barabara za mji akitangaza mbele yake, “Hivi ndivyo anavyofanyiwa mtu ambaye mfalme anapenda kumheshimu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="EST.6.12" />Baadaye Mordekai akarudi kwenye lango la mfalme. Lakini Hamani akakimbia nyumbani, akiwa amejaa huzuni,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EST.6.13" />naye akamweleza Zereshi mkewe pamoja na rafiki zake wote kila kitu ambacho kimempata.
</p>
<p style="p">Washauri wake pamoja na Zereshi mkewe wakamwambia, “Kwa kuwa Mordekai, ambaye mbele yake umeanza kuanguka ni wa asili ya Kiyahudi, huwezi kushindana naye; kwa hakika utaanguka!”
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EST.6.14" />Walipokuwa bado wakizungumza naye, matowashi wa mfalme wakaja na kumharakisha Hamani aende katika karamu aliyoiandaa Esta.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Hamani Aangikwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EST.7.1" />Basi mfalme na Hamani wakaenda kula chakula pamoja na Malkia Esta.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EST.7.2" />Walipokuwa wakinywa mvinyo katika siku ya pili, mfalme akauliza tena, “Malkia Esta, ni nini haja yako? Utapewa. Ombi lako ni nini? Hata nusu ya ufalme, utapewa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="EST.7.3" />Kisha Malkia Esta akajibu, “Kama nimepata kibali kwako, ee mfalme, tena kama inapendeza utukufu wako, nijalie maisha yangu, hii ndiyo haja yangu. Pia uokoe watu wangu, hili ndilo ombi langu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EST.7.4" />Kwa kuwa mimi na watu wangu tumeuzwa kwa kuangamizwa, kuchinjwa na kuharibiwa. Kama tungalikuwa tumeuzwa tu kuwa watumwa wa kiume na wa kike, ningalinyamaza kimya, kwa sababu shida kama hii isingalitosha kumsumbua mfalme.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EST.7.5" />Mfalme Ahasuero akamuuliza Malkia Esta, “Ni nani huyu? Yuko wapi mtu huyu aliyethubutu kufanya jambo kama hili?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EST.7.6" />Esta akasema, “Mtesi na adui ni huyu mwovu Hamani.”
</p>
<p style="p">Hamani alifadhaika mbele ya mfalme na malkia.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EST.7.7" />Mfalme akainuka kwa ghadhabu, akaacha mvinyo wake, akaenda kwenye bustani ya jumba la kifalme. Lakini Hamani, akitambua kwamba mfalme ameshaamua hatima yake, alibaki nyuma kumsihi Malkia Esta aokoe maisha yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EST.7.8" />Mara mfalme aliporudi kutoka bustani ya jumba la kifalme na kuja kwenye ukumbi wa karamu, Hamani alikuwa akijitupa juu ya kiti mahali ambapo Esta alikuwa akiegemea.
</p>
<p style="p">Mfalme akasema kwa nguvu, “Je, atamdhalilisha malkia hata huku nyumbani akiwa pamoja nami!”
</p>
<p style="p">Mara neno lilipotoka kinywani mwa mfalme, walifunika uso wa Hamani.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EST.7.9" />Kisha Harbona, mmoja wa matowashi wanaomtumikia mfalme, akasema, “Mahali pa kuangika watu penye urefu wa mita ishirini na mbili pako nyumbani mwa Hamani. Alikuwa amepatengeneza kwa ajili ya Mordekai, ambaye alizungumza ili kumsaidia mfalme.”
</p>
<p style="p">Mfalme akasema, “Mwangikeni juu yake!”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EST.7.10" />Kwa hiyo wakamtundika Hamani mahali alipokuwa ameandaa kwa ajili ya Mordekai. Ndipo ghadhabu ya mfalme ikatulia.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Amri Ya Mfalme Kuhusu Wayahudi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EST.8.1" />Siku ile ile Mfalme Ahasuero akampa Malkia Esta shamba la Hamani, adui wa Wayahudi. Naye Mordekai akaja mbele ya mfalme, kwa kuwa Esta alikuwa amesema jinsi anavyohusiana naye.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EST.8.2" />Mfalme akaivua pete yake ya muhuri, ambayo alikuwa amemnyangʼanya Hamani, akampa Mordekai, naye Esta akamweka Mordekai juu ya shamba la Hamani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="EST.8.3" />Esta alimsihi tena mfalme, akianguka miguuni pake na kulia. Akamwomba akomeshe mpango mwovu wa Hamani Mwagagi ambao alikuwa ameupanga dhidi ya Wayahudi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EST.8.4" />Kisha mfalme alimnyooshea Esta fimbo yake ya utawala ya dhahabu naye aliinuka na kusimama mbele yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EST.8.5" />Esta akasema, “Kama ikimpendeza mfalme, nami kama nikipata kibali naye akiona ni jambo lililo sawa kunitendea na kama akipendezwa nami, basi iandikwe amri ya kuzitangua barua zile Hamani mwana wa Hamedatha, Mwagagi, alizotunga na kuandika kuangamiza Wayahudi katika majimbo yote ya mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EST.8.6" />Kwa maana nitawezaje kuvumilia kuona maafa yakiwapata watu wangu? Nitawezaje kuvumilia kuona maangamizi ya jamaa yangu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EST.8.7" />Mfalme Ahasuero akawajibu Malkia Esta na Mordekai Myahudi, “Kwa sababu Hamani aliwashambulia Wayahudi, nimetoa shamba la Hamani kwa Esta, naye ameangikwa kwenye mti wa kunyongea.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EST.8.8" />Basi andika amri nyingine kwa jina la mfalme kwa ajili ya Wayahudi kama unavyoona vyema, kisha uifunge kwa kutia muhuri kwa pete ya mfalme kwa kuwa hakuna andiko lililoandikwa kwa jina la mfalme na kutiwa muhuri kwa pete ya mfalme linaloweza kutanguliwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EST.8.9" />Mara moja waandishi wa mfalme wakaitwa kwenye siku ya ishirini na tatu, mwezi wa tatu, ndio mwezi wa Siwani. Wakaandika yote Mordekai aliyoamuru kwa Wayahudi, kwa majemadari, watawala na wakuu wa majimbo 127 kuanzia Bara Hindi mpaka Kushi.<f caller="+"><fr>8:9
</fr><ft>Kushi hapa ina maana ya Ethiopia.</ft></f> Maagizo haya yaliandikwa kwa maandishi ya kila jimbo na kwa lugha ya kila mtu pia kwa Wayahudi kwa maandishi yao wenyewe na lugha yao.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EST.8.10" />Mordekai aliandika nyaraka kwa jina la Mfalme Ahasuero, akazitia muhuri kwa pete ya mfalme na kuzipeleka kwa njia ya matarishi, ambao waliendesha farasi waendao kasi waliozalishwa maalum kwa ajili ya mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="EST.8.11" />Waraka wa mfalme uliwaruhusu Wayahudi katika kila mji kuwa na haki ya kukusanyika na kujilinda wenyewe; kuharibu, kuua na kuangamiza jeshi lolote, taifa lolote au jimbo lile litakalowashambulia wao, wake zao, watoto wao na kuteka mali za adui zao.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EST.8.12" />Siku ambayo iliwekwa kwa Wayahudi kufanya hili katika majimbo yote ya Mfalme Ahasuero ilikuwa siku ya kumi na tatu ya mwezi wa kumi na mbili, yaani mwezi wa Adari.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EST.8.13" />Nakala ya tangazo ilikuwa itolewe kama sheria katika kila jimbo na iweze kujulikana kwa watu wa kila taifa, ili kwamba Wayahudi wawe tayari siku hiyo kulipiza kisasi kwa adui zao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="EST.8.14" />Matarishi, wakiwa wamepanda farasi wa kifalme, walitoka mbio wakichochewa na agizo la mfalme. Tangazo lilitolewa pia katika ngome ya mji wa Shushani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EST.8.15" />Mordekai akaondoka mbele ya mfalme akiwa amevaa mavazi ya kifalme ya buluu na nyeupe, taji kubwa la dhahabu na joho la zambarau la kitani safi. Na mji wa Shushani ukasherehekea kwa furaha.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EST.8.16" />Kwa maana kwa Wayahudi ulikuwa wakati wa raha na furaha, shangwe na heshima.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EST.8.17" />Katika kila jimbo na katika kila jiji, popote waraka wa mfalme ulipofika, kulikuwepo furaha na shangwe miongoni mwa Wayahudi, pamoja na karamu na kushangilia. Na watu wengi wa mataifa mengine wakajifanya Wayahudi kwa sababu ya kuwahofu Wayahudi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Ushindi Wa Wayahudi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EST.9.1" />Katika siku ya kumi na tatu ya mwezi wa kumi na mbili, yaani mwezi wa Adari, amri iliyoagizwa na mfalme ilikuwa itekelezwe. Siku hii adui wa Wayahudi walikuwa wametumaini kuwashinda, lakini sasa mambo yaliwageukia na Wayahudi wakawashinda wale waliokuwa wanawachukia.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EST.9.2" />Wayahudi walikusanyika katika miji yao, katika majimbo ya Mfalme Ahasuero kuwashambulia wale waliokuwa wanatafuta kuwaangamiza. Hakuna yeyote aliyeweza kushindana nao, kwa sababu watu wa mataifa mengine yote waliwaogopa.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EST.9.3" />Nao wakuu wote wa majimbo, majemadari, watawala na maafisa wa mfalme wakawasaidia Wayahudi, kwa sababu walimhofu Mordekai.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EST.9.4" />Mordekai alikuwa mtu mashuhuri katika jumba la mfalme; sifa zake zilienea katika majimbo yote naye alipata uwezo zaidi na zaidi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EST.9.5" />Wayahudi waliwaangusha adui zao wote kwa upanga wakiwaua na kuwaangamiza, nao walifanya kile walichotaka kwa wale waliowachukia.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EST.9.6" />Katika ngome ya Shushani Wayahudi waliua na kuangamiza wanaume 500.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EST.9.7" />Pia waliwaua Parshendatha, Dalfoni, Aspatha,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EST.9.8" />Poratha, Adalia, Ardatha,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EST.9.9" />Parmashta, Arisai, Aridai na Waizatha,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EST.9.10" />wana kumi wa Hamani mwana wa Hamedatha, adui wa Wayahudi. Lakini hawakuchukua nyara.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="EST.9.11" />Mfalme aliarifiwa siku iyo hiyo hesabu ya waliouawa katika ngome ya Shushani.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EST.9.12" />Mfalme akamwambia Malkia Esta, “Wayahudi wamewaua wanaume 500 na wana kumi wa Hamani ndani ya ngome ya Shushani. Wamefanyaje katika majimbo mengine ya mfalme yaliyobaki? Je, sasa haja yako ni nini? Nayo pia utapewa. Nalo ombi lako ni nini? Nalo utafanyiwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EST.9.13" />Esta akajibu, “Ikimpendeza mfalme, uwape ruhusa Wayahudi walioko Shushani warudie amri ya leo kesho pia, na wana wa Hamani kumi wanyongwe mahali pa kunyongea watu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="EST.9.14" />Basi mfalme akaamuru kwamba hili litendeke. Amri ilitolewa huko Shushani, nao wakawanyonga wana kumi wa Hamani.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EST.9.15" />Wayahudi huko Shushani wakakusanyika pamoja siku ya kumi na nne ya mwezi wa Adari, nao wakawaua wanaume 300 huko Shushani, lakini hawakuchukua nyara zao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="EST.9.16" />Wakati ule ule, Wayahudi wengine waliokuwa kwenye majimbo ya mfalme, wakakusanyika kujilinda nao wakapata nafuu kutokana na adui zao. Waliua adui zao wapatao 75,000 lakini hawakugusa nyara zao.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EST.9.17" />Hili lilitendeka siku ya kumi na tatu ya mwezi wa Adari na siku ya kumi na nne walipumzika na kuifanya siku ya karamu na furaha.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kusherehekea Purimu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="EST.9.18" />Wayahudi huko Shushani, hata hivyo, walikuwa wamekusanyika siku ya kumi na tatu na ya kumi na nne, pia siku ya kumi na tano walipumzika na kuifanya siku ya karamu na furaha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EST.9.19" />Ndiyo sababu Wayahudi wanaokaa vijijini na katika miji midogo huadhimisha siku ya kumi na nne ya mwezi wa Adari kama siku ya furaha na karamu, siku ambayo wao hupeana zawadi mmoja kwa mwingine.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EST.9.20" />Mordekai aliandika matukio haya, naye akapeleka barua kwa Wayahudi wote walioko katika majimbo ya Mfalme Ahasuero, majimbo yaliyo mbali na karibu,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EST.9.21" />akiwataka kila mwaka washerehekee siku ya kumi na nne na ya kumi na tano ya mwezi wa Adari
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EST.9.22" />kama wakati ambao Wayahudi walipata nafuu kutoka kwa adui zao na kama mwezi ambao huzuni yao iligeuzwa kuwa furaha na kuomboleza kwao kuwa siku ya kusherehekea. Aliwaandikia kushika siku hizo kama siku za karamu na za furaha na kupeana zawadi za vyakula wao kwa wao na zawadi kwa maskini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="EST.9.23" />Hivyo Wayahudi walikubali kuendeleza sherehe walizokuwa wamezianza, wakifanya lile Mordekai alilokuwa amewaandikia.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EST.9.24" />Kwa maana Hamani mwana wa Hamedatha Mwagagi, adui wa Wayahudi wote, alikuwa amepanga hila dhidi ya Wayahudi ili kuwaangamiza, na alikuwa amepiga
<it>puri</it> (yaani kura) kwa ajili ya maangamizi na uharibifu wao.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EST.9.25" />Lakini wakati shauri hilo baya lilipoarifiwa kwa mfalme, alitoa amri iliyoandikwa kwamba mipango mibaya ambayo Hamani ameipanga dhidi ya Wayahudi inapasa imrudie juu ya kichwa chake mwenyewe, na kwamba yeye na wanawe waangikwe mahali pa kunyongea watu.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EST.9.26" />(Kwa hiyo siku hizi ziliitwa Purimu, kutokana na neno
<it>puri</it>.) Kwa sababu ya kila kitu kilichoandikwa kwenye barua hii na kwa sababu ya yale waliyoyaona na yale yaliyowatokea,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EST.9.27" />Wayahudi wakachukua na kuifanya desturi kwamba wao na wazao wao na wote ambao walijiunga nao wangefanya bila kuacha kushika siku hizi mbili kila mwaka, kwa njia ilivyoelekezwa na kwa wakati wake.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EST.9.28" />Siku hizi zinapasa zikumbukwe na kuadhimishwa katika kila kizazi, kila jamaa na katika kila jimbo na kila jiji. Nazo siku hizi za Purimu kamwe zisikome kusherehekewa na Wayahudi, wala kumbukumbu zake zisipotee miongoni mwa wazao wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="EST.9.29" />Basi Malkia Esta binti Abihaili, pamoja na Mordekai, Myahudi, waliandika kwa mamlaka yote kuthibitisha barua hii ya pili kuhusu Purimu.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="EST.9.30" />Naye Mordekai akatuma barua kwa Wayahudi wote katika majimbo 127 ya ufalme wa Ahasuero, barua zenye maneno ya amani na matumaini,
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="EST.9.31" />ili kuimarisha siku hizi za Purimu katika majira yake yaliyowekwa, kama Mordekai, Myahudi na Malkia Esta walivyowaamuru, na walivyojiimarisha wenyewe na wazao wao kuhusu nyakati za kufunga na kuomboleza.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="EST.9.32" />Amri ya Esta ilithibitisha taratibu hizi kuhusu Purimu, nayo ikaandikwa katika kumbukumbu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="10" />
<s style="s1">Ukuu Wa Mordekai
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EST.10.1" />Mfalme Ahasuero alitoza ushuru katika ufalme wake wote hadi kwenye miambao yake ya mbali.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EST.10.2" />Matendo yake yote ya nguvu na uwezo, pamoja na habari zote za ukuu wa Mordekai ambao mfalme alikuwa amemkuza, je, hayakuandikwa katika kitabu cha kumbukumbu za wafalme wa Umedi na Uajemi?
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EST.10.3" />Mordekai Myahudi alikuwa wa pili kwa cheo kutoka Mfalme Ahasuero, naye alikuwa bora kabisa miongoni mwa Wayahudi, akipandishwa katika heshima ya juu na ndugu zake Wayahudi kwa sababu aliwatendea mema watu wake, na alizungumza kwa ajili ya ustawi wa Wayahudi wote.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="JOB"><id id="JOB">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Ayubu
</h><toc level="1">Ayubu
</toc><toc level="2">Ayubu
</toc><toc level="3">Ay
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Ayubu
</p>

<c id="1" />
<p sfm="ms" style="ms1">Sehemu Ya Kwanza: Habari Za Awali
</p>
<p sfm="mr" style="mr">(Ayubu 1–2)
</p>
<s style="s1">Ayubu Na Jamaa Yake
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.1.1" />Katika nchi ya Usi paliishi mtu ambaye aliitwa Ayubu. Mtu huyu alikuwa hana hatia, naye alikuwa mkamilifu; alimcha Mungu na kuepukana na uovu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JOB.1.2" />Alikuwa na wana saba na binti watatu,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JOB.1.3" />naye alikuwa na kondoo elfu saba, ngamia elfu tatu, jozi mia tano za maksai, na punda mia tano, tena alikuwa na idadi kubwa ya watumishi. Alikuwa mtu mkuu sana miongoni mwa watu wa Mashariki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.1.4" />Wanawe walikuwa na desturi ya kufanya karamu katika nyumba zao kwa zamu, nao wangewaalika umbu zao watatu ili kula na kunywa pamoja nao.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JOB.1.5" />Wakati kipindi cha karamu kilimalizika, Ayubu angetuma waitwe na kuwafanyia utakaso. Angetoa dhabihu ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa kwa ajili ya kila mmoja wao asubuhi na mapema, akifikiri, “Pengine wanangu wametenda dhambi na kumlaani Mungu mioyoni mwao.” Hii ilikuwa ndiyo desturi ya kawaida ya Ayubu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Jaribu La Kwanza La Ayubu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.1.6" />Siku moja wana wa Mungu<f caller="+"><fr>1:6
</fr><ft>Wana wa Mungu hapa ina maana malaika au viumbe vya mbinguni.</ft></f> walikwenda kujionyesha mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Shetani<f caller="+"><fr>1:6
</fr><ft>Shetani hapa ina maana ya mshtaki wa watakatifu.</ft></f> naye akaja pamoja nao.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JOB.1.7" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Shetani, “Umetoka wapi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Shetani akamjibu
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Natoka kuzunguka pote duniani, nikitembea huku na huko humo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.1.8" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Shetani, “Je, umemwangalia huyo mtumishi wangu Ayubu? Hakuna mtu mwingine duniani aliye kama yeye, asiye na hatia, ni mnyofu, mwenye kumcha Mungu, na kuepukana na uovu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.1.9" />Shetani akamjibu
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Je, Ayubu anamcha Mungu bure?
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JOB.1.10" />Je, wewe hukumjengea boma pande zote yeye na wa nyumbani mwake pamoja na kila kitu alicho nacho? Kazi za mikono yake umezibariki na hivyo makundi yake ya kondoo na mbuzi pamoja na ya wanyama yameenea katika nchi nzima.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JOB.1.11" />Lakini nyoosha mkono wako na kupiga kila kitu alicho nacho, naye kwa hakika atakulaani mbele za uso wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.1.12" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Shetani, “Vema sana, kwa hiyo, kila kitu alicho nacho kiko mikononi mwako, lakini juu ya huyo mtu mwenyewe usimguse hata kwa kidole.”
</p>
<p style="p">Ndipo Shetani akatoka mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.1.13" />Siku moja watoto wa Ayubu walipokuwa wakifanya karamu wakila na kunywa divai katika nyumba ya ndugu yao mkubwa,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JOB.1.14" />akaja mjumbe kwa Ayubu na kusema, “Maksai walikuwa wakilima na punda walikuwa wakilisha karibu nao,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JOB.1.15" />Waseba wakawashambulia na kuchukua mifugo. Kisha wakawaua watumishi kwa upanga, nami ndimi peke yangu niliyenusurika kukuletea habari!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.1.16" />Alipokuwa bado ananena, mjumbe mwingine akaja na kusema, “Moto wa Mungu ulishuka kutoka mbinguni na kuteketeza kondoo na watumishi, nami ndimi peke yangu niliyenusurika kukuletea habari!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.1.17" />Alipokuwa bado ananena, mjumbe mwingine akaja na kusema, “Wakaldayo waliunda vikosi vitatu vya uvamizi na kuwaangukia ngamia wako na kuwachukua wakaondoka nao. Wakawaua watumishi kwa upanga, nami ndimi peke yangu niliyenusurika kukuletea habari.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.1.18" />Alipokuwa bado ananena, mjumbe mwingine akaja na kusema, “Wana wako na binti zako walipokuwa wakifanya karamu, wakila na kunywa divai katika nyumba ya ndugu yao mkubwa,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JOB.1.19" />ghafula upepo wenye nguvu ukavuma kutoka jangwani, nao ukaipiga nyumba hiyo pembe zake nne. Ikawaangukia hao watoto nao wamekufa, nami ndimi peke yangu niliyenusurika kukuletea habari!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.1.20" />Ndipo Ayubu akasimama, akararua joho lake na kunyoa nywele zake. Kisha akaanguka chini katika kuabudu
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JOB.1.21" />na kusema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Nilitoka tumboni mwa mama yangu uchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitaondoka uchi,<f caller="+"><fr>1:21
</fr><ft>Au: nitarudi huko uchi.</ft></f>
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> alinipa, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameviondoa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> litukuzwe.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.1.22" />Katika mambo haya yote, Ayubu hakutenda dhambi kwa kumlaumu Mungu kwa kufanya ubaya.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Jaribu La Pili La Ayubu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.2.1" />Siku nyingine wana wa Mungu walikuja kujionyesha mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Shetani naye akaja pamoja nao kujionyesha mbele zake.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JOB.2.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamuuliza Shetani, “Umetoka wapi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Shetani akamjibu
<nd>Bwana</nd> “Natoka kuzunguka pote duniani, nikitembea huku na huko humo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.2.3" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Shetani, “Je, umemwangalia huyo mtumishi wangu Ayubu? Hakuna mtu mwingine duniani aliye kama yeye, mtu asiye na hatia, ni mnyofu, mwenye kumcha Mungu na kuepukana na uovu. Naye bado anadumisha uadilifu wake, ingawa ulinichochea dhidi yake, ili nimwangamize pasipo sababu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.2.4" />Shetani akamjibu
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Ngozi kwa ngozi! Mwanadamu atatoa vyote alivyo navyo kwa ajili ya uhai wake.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JOB.2.5" />Lakini nyoosha mkono wako na kuipiga nyama yake na mifupa yake, naye kwa hakika atakulaani mbele za uso wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.2.6" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Shetani, “Vema sana, kwa hiyo, yeye yumo mikononi mwako, lakini lazima umwachie uhai wake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.2.7" />Basi Shetani akatoka mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> naye akampiga Ayubu kwa majipu mabaya tangu nyayo za miguu yake hadi utosi wa kichwa.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JOB.2.8" />Ndipo Ayubu akachukua kigae na kujikuna nacho huku akiketi kwenye majivu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.2.9" />Mke wake akamwambia, “Je, bado unashikamana na uadilifu wako? Mlaani Mungu nawe ukafe!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.2.10" />Akamjibu, “Unazungumza kama vile ambavyo mwanamke mpumbavu<f caller="+"><fr>2:10
</fr><ft>Mpumbavu hapa ina maana ya kupungukiwa maadili.</ft></f> yeyote angenena. Je, tupokee mema mikononi mwa Mungu, nasi tusipokee na udhia?”
</p>
<p style="p">Katika mambo haya yote, Ayubu hakutenda dhambi katika kusema kwake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Marafiki Watatu Wa Ayubu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.2.11" />Basi marafiki watatu wa Ayubu, ndio Elifazi Mtemani, na Bildadi Mshuhi na Sofari Mnaamathi, waliposikia juu ya taabu yote iliyompata Ayubu, wakajipanga toka manyumbani mwao, nao wakakutana pamoja kwa makubaliano kwenda kumtuliza katika taabu hiyo na kumfariji.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JOB.2.12" />Walipomwona kwa mbali, ilikuwa vigumu kumtambua. Wakaanza kulia kwa sauti kubwa, wakayararua majoho yao na kujirushia mavumbi juu ya vichwa vyao.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JOB.2.13" />Kisha wakaketi chini kwenye udongo pamoja na Ayubu kwa siku saba usiku na mchana. Hakuna yeyote aliyesema naye neno, kwa sababu waliona jinsi mateso yake yalivyokuwa makubwa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<p sfm="ms" style="ms1">Sehemu Ya Pili: Mazungumzo Ya Ayubu Na Rafiki Zake Watatu
</p>
<p sfm="mr" style="mr">(Ayubu 3–31)
</p>
<p sfm="ms" level="2" style="ms2">Hotuba Ya Kwanza Ya Ayubu
</p>
<s style="s1">Ayubu Anazungumza
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.3.1" />Baada ya jambo hili, Ayubu akafumbua kinywa chake na kuilaani siku ya kuzaliwa kwake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.3.2" />Kisha akasema:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.3.3" />“Siku ya kuzaliwa kwangu na ipotelee mbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao usiku ule iliposemekana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Mtoto wa kiume amezaliwa!’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.3.4" />Siku ile na iwe giza;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu juu na asiiangalie;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo nuru isiiangazie.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.3.5" />Giza na kivuli kikuu kiikalie tena;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wingu na likae juu yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">weusi na uifunike nuru yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.3.6" />Usiku ule na ushikwe na giza kuu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usihesabiwe katika siku za mwaka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala usihesabiwe katika siku za mwezi wowote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.3.7" />Usiku ule na uwe tasa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sauti ya furaha na isisikike ndani yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.3.8" />Wale wazilaanio siku wailaani hiyo siku,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale walio tayari kumwamsha Lewiathani.<f caller="+"><fr>3:8
</fr><ft>Lewiathani ni mnyama mkubwa wa baharini mwenye magamba anayefanana na joka kubwa, mwenye umbo la kutisha, asiyeweza kuvuliwa.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.3.9" />Nyota zake za alfajiri na ziwe giza;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao ungojee mwanga bila mafanikio,
</q>
<q style="q1">wala usiuone mwonzi wa kwanza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wa mapambazuko,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.3.10" />kwa sababu huo usiku haukunifungia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mlango wa tumbo la mama yangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">ili kuyaficha macho yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutokana na taabu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.3.11" />“Kwa nini sikuangamia wakati wa kuzaliwa?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa nini sikufa nilipokuwa ninatoka tumboni?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.3.12" />Kwa nini pakawa na magoti ya kunipokea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na matiti ili nipate kunyonyeshwa?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.3.13" />Kwa maana sasa ningekuwa nimepumzika kwa amani.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ningekuwa nimelala na kupumzika
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.3.14" />pamoja na wafalme na washauri wa dunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waliojijengea mahali ambapo sasa ni magofu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.3.15" />pamoja na watawala waliokuwa na dhahabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waliozijaza nyumba zao kwa fedha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.3.16" />Au kwa nini sikufichwa ardhini kama mtoto aliyezaliwa mfu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mtoto mchanga ambaye kamwe hakuuona mwanga?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.3.17" />Huko waovu huacha kusumbua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na huko waliochoka hupumzika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.3.18" />Wafungwa nao hufurahia utulivu wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawasikii tena sauti ya kukemea ya kiongozi wa watumwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.3.19" />Wadogo na wakubwa wamo humo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mtumwa ameachiwa huru kutoka kwa bwana wake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.3.20" />“Mbona nuru inawaangazia wale walio taabuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hao wenye uchungu kupewa uhai,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.3.21" />wale wanaotamani kifo ambacho hakiji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale watafutao kufa zaidi ya kutafuta hazina iliyofichwa,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.3.22" />ambao hujawa na furaha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hushangilia wafikapo kaburini?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JOB.3.23" />Kwa nini uhai hupewa mtu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye njia yake imefichika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye Mungu amemzungushia boma?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JOB.3.24" />Kwa maana kulia kwangu kwa uchungu kwanijia badala ya chakula;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kusononeka kwangu kunamwagika kama maji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JOB.3.25" />Lile nililokuwa naliogopa limenijia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lile nililokuwa ninalihofia limenipata.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="JOB.3.26" />Sina amani, wala utulivu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sina pumziko, bali taabu tu.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Elifazi Anazungumza: Ayubu Ametenda Dhambi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.4.1" />Ndipo Elifazi Mtemani akajibu:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.4.2" />“Kama mtu akithubutu kuzungumza nawe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutakukasirisha?
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini ni nani awezaye
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kujizuia asiseme?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.4.3" />Fikiri jinsi ambavyo umewafundisha watu wengi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jinsi ambavyo umeitia nguvu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mikono iliyokuwa dhaifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.4.4" />Maneno yako yamewategemeza wale waliojikwaa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umeyatia nguvu magoti yaliyokuwa dhaifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.4.5" />Lakini sasa hii taabu imekujia wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe unashuka moyo;
</q>
<q style="q1">imekupiga wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe unafadhaika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.4.6" />Je, kumcha Mungu kwako hakupaswi kuwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndiyo matumaini yako
</q>
<q style="q1">na njia zako kutokuwa na lawama
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndilo taraja lako?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.4.7" />“Fikiri sasa: Ni mtu yupi asiye na hatia ambaye aliwahi kuangamia?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni wapi wanyofu waliwahi kuangamizwa?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.4.8" />Kwa jinsi ambavyo mimi nimechunguza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale walimao ubaya
</q>
<q style="q1">na wale hupanda uovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huvuna hayo hayo hayo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.4.9" />Kwa pumzi ya Mungu huangamizwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mshindo wa hasira zake huangamia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.4.10" />Simba anaweza kunguruma na kukoroma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini bado meno ya simba mkubwa huvunjika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.4.11" />Simba anaweza kuangamia kwa kukosa mawindo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wana wa simba jike hutawanyika.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.4.12" />“Neno lililetwa kwangu kwa siri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">masikio yangu yakasikia mnongʼono wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.4.13" />Katikati ya ndoto za kutia wasiwasi wakati wa usiku,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hapo usingizi mzito uwapatapo wanadamu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.4.14" />hofu na kutetemeka kulinishika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufanya mifupa yangu yote itetemeke.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.4.15" />Kuna roho aliyepita mbele ya uso wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo nywele za mwili wangu zikasimama.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.4.16" />Yule roho akasimama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini sikuweza kutambua kilikuwa kitu gani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Umbo fulani lilisimama mbele ya macho yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kukawa na ukimya kisha nikasikia sauti:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.4.17" />‘Je, binadamu aweza kuwa mwadilifu kuliko Mungu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, mtu aweza kuwa safi kuliko Muumba wake?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.4.18" />Kama Mungu hawaamini watumishi wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama yeye huwalaumu malaika zake kwa kukosea,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.4.19" />ni mara ngapi zaidi wale waishio katika nyumba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">za udongo wa mfinyanzi,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambazo misingi yake ipo mavumbini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao wamepondwa kama nondo!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.4.20" />Kati ya mawio na machweo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huvunjwa vipande vipande;
</q>
<q style="q1">bila yeyote kutambua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huangamia milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.4.21" />Je, kamba za hema yao hazikungʼolewa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hivyo hufa bila hekima?’
<ve />
</q>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Elifazi Anaendelea
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.5.1" />“Ita kama unataka, lakini ni nani atakayekujibu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni yupi kati ya hao watakatifu utakayemgeukia?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.5.2" />Kuweka uchungu moyoni humuua mpumbavu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wivu humchinja mjinga.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.5.3" />Mimi mwenyewe nimemwona mpumbavu akistawi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini ghafula nyumba yake ikawa imelaaniwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.5.4" />Watoto wake wako mbali na usalama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hushindwa mahakamani bila mtetezi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.5.5" />Wenye njaa huyala mavuno yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakiyatoa hata katikati ya miiba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wenye kiu huitamani sana mali yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.5.6" />Kwa maana taabu haioti kutoka kwenye udongo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala udhia hauchipui kutoka ardhini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.5.7" />Lakini mwanadamu huzaliwa ili kutaabika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hakika kama cheche za moto zirukavyo kuelekea juu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.5.8" />“Lakini ingekuwa ni mimi, ningemlalamikia Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ningeliweka shauri langu mbele zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.5.9" />Yeye hutenda maajabu yasiyoweza kutambuliwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miujiza isiyoweza kuhesabika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.5.10" />Yeye huipa nchi mvua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huyapeleka maji kunyesha mashamba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.5.11" />Huwainua juu wanyonge,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wale waombolezao huinuliwa wakawa salama.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.5.12" />Huipinga mipango ya wenye hila,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili mikono yao isifikie ufanisi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.5.13" />Yeye huwanasa wenye hekima katika hila yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo mipango ya wadanganyifu huifagilia mbali.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.5.14" />Giza huwapata wakati wa mchana;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wa adhuhuri hupapasa kama vile usiku.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.5.15" />Humwokoa mhitaji kutokana na upanga ulioko kinywani mwao;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huwaokoa kutokana na makucha ya wenye nguvu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.5.16" />Kwa hiyo maskini analo tarajio,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao udhalimu hufumba kinywa chake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.5.17" />“Heri mtu yule ambaye Mungu humrudi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiyo usidharau adhabu yake Mwenyezi.<f caller="+"><fr>5:17
</fr><ft>Mwenyezi hapa ni jina la Kiebrania Shaddai (hapa na kila mahali katika kitabu hiki cha Ayubu).</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.5.18" />Kwa kuwa hutia jeraha, lakini pia huyafunga;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huumiza, lakini mikono yake pia huponya.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.5.19" />Kutoka majanga sita atakuokoa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, hata katika saba hakuna dhara litakalokupata wewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.5.20" />Wakati wa njaa atakukomboa wewe na kifo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye katika vita atakukomboa na pigo la upanga.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.5.21" />Utalindwa kutokana na kichapo cha ulimi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hutakuwa na sababu ya kuogopa maangamizi yatakapokujia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.5.22" />Utayacheka maangamizo na njaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hutakuwa na sababu ya kuwaogopa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanyama wakali wa mwituni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JOB.5.23" />Kwa kuwa utakuwa na agano na mawe ya mashamba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wanyama wa mwitu watakuwa na amani nawe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JOB.5.24" />Utajua ya kwamba hema lako li salama;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utahesabu mali zako wala hutakuta chochote kilichopungua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JOB.5.25" />Utajua ya kuwa watoto wako watakuwa wengi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wazao wako wengi kama majani ya nchi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="JOB.5.26" />Utaingia kaburini ukiwa na umri wa uzee mtimilifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama masuke ya ngano yakusanywapo kwa wakati wake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JOB.5.27" />“Tumelichunguza hili, nalo ni kweli.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hivyo lisikie na ulitendee kazi.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="6" />
<p sfm="ms" level="2" style="ms2">Hotuba Ya Pili Ya Ayubu
</p>
<s style="s1">Ayubu Anajibu: Malalamiko Yangu Ni Ya Haki
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.6.1" />Kisha Ayubu akajibu:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.6.2" />“Laiti uchungu wangu ungeweza kupimwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo taabu yangu yote ingewekwa kwenye mizani!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.6.3" />Kwa kuwa hakika ingekuwa nzito kuliko mchanga wa bahari zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiyo si ajabu maneno yangu yamekuwa ya haraka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.6.4" />Mishale ya Mwenyezi iko ndani yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">roho yangu inakunywa sumu yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vitisho vya Mungu vimejipanga dhidi yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.6.5" />Je, punda-mwitu hulia akiwa na majani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au ngʼombe dume hulia akiwa na chakula?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.6.6" />Je, chakula kisicho na ladha huliwa bila chumvi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au upo utamu katika ute mweupe wa yai?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.6.7" />Ninakataa kuvigusa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vyakula vya aina hii hunichukiza.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.6.8" />“Laiti ningepata haja yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba Mungu angenijalia hilo nililotarajia,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.6.9" />kwamba Mungu angekuwa radhi kuniponda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuuachia mkono wake na kunikatilia mbali!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.6.10" />Ndipo bado ningekuwa na hii faraja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">furaha yangu katika maumivu makali:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba sikuwa nimeyakana maneno yake yeye Aliye Mtakatifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.6.11" />“Ninazo nguvu gani, hata niendelee kutumaini?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Matazamio yangu ya mbele ni nini, hata niendelee kuwa mvumilivu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.6.12" />Je, mimi nina nguvu za jiwe?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, mwili wangu ni shaba?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.6.13" />Je, ninao uwezo wowote wa kujisaidia mimi mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati ambapo mafanikio yamefukuziwa mbali nami?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.6.14" />“Mtu anayekata tamaa angetazamia moyo wa kujitoa wa rafiki zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata kama akiacha uchaji wa Mwenyezi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.6.15" />Lakini ndugu zangu sio wa kutegemewa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni kama vijito vya msimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni kama vijito ambavyo hufurika
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.6.16" />wakati vimefunikwa barafu iyeyukayo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambavyo hujazwa na theluji inayoyeyuka,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.6.17" />lakini hukauka majira ya ukame,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wakati wa hari hutoweka katika mikondo yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.6.18" />Misafara hugeuka kutoka njia zake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hukwea kwenda kwenye nchi ya ukiwa na kuangamia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.6.19" />Misafara ya Tema inatafuta maji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wafanyabiashara wa Sheba wanaosafiri
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hutazama kwa matarajio.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.6.20" />Wamedhikika, kwa sababu walikuwa na matumaini;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanafika huko, lakini wanahuzunika kwa kukosa walichotarajia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.6.21" />Sasa nanyi mmethibitika kwamba hamna msaada wowote;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mnaona jambo la kutisha, nanyi mnaogopa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.6.22" />Je, nimewahi kusema, ‘Toeni kitu kwa ajili yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au mnilipie fidia kutoka mali zenu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JOB.6.23" />au niokoeni mikononi mwa adui,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au nikomboeni kutoka makucha ya wasio na huruma’?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JOB.6.24" />“Nifundisheni, nami nitanyamaza kimya;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nionyesheni nilikokosea.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JOB.6.25" />Tazama yalivyo ya kuumiza maneno ya kweli!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Lakini mabishano yenu yanathibitisha nini?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="JOB.6.26" />Je, mna maana ya kuyasahihisha ninayosema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuyafanya maneno ya mtu anayekata tamaa kama upepo?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JOB.6.27" />Mngeweza hata kupiga kura kwa ajili ya yatima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kubadilishana rafiki yenu na mali.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="JOB.6.28" />“Lakini sasa kuweni na huruma mkaniangalie mimi.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, ningeweza kusema uongo mbele zenu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="JOB.6.29" />Tulizeni hasira, msiwe wadhalimu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">angalieni tena, kwa maana nimehatarisha uadilifu wangu.<f caller="+"><fr>6:29
</fr><ft>Au: haki yangu bado inasimama.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="JOB.6.30" />Je, pana uovu wowote midomoni mwangu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, kinywa changu hakiwezi kupambanua hila?
<ve />
</q>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Ayubu: Mateso Yangu Hayana Mwisho
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.7.1" />“Je, mwanadamu hana kazi ngumu duniani?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Siku zake si kama zile za mtu aliyeajiriwa?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.7.2" />Kama mtumwa anavyovionea shauku vivuli vya jioni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au mtu aliyeajiriwa anavyoungojea mshahara wake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.7.3" />ndivyo nilivyogawiwa miezi ya ubatili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nimeandikiwa huzuni usiku hata usiku.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.7.4" />Wakati nilalapo ninawaza, ‘Itachukua muda gani kabla sijaamka?’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Usiku huwa mrefu, nami najigeuzageuza hadi mapambazuko.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.7.5" />Mwili wangu umevikwa mabuu na uchafu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ngozi yangu imetumbuka na kutunga usaha.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Ayubu Anamlilia Mungu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.7.6" />“Siku zangu zinapita upesi kuliko mtande wa kufuma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo zinafikia mwisho wake bila matumaini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.7.7" />Kumbuka, Ee Mungu, maisha yangu ni kama pumzi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">macho yangu kamwe hayataona tena raha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.7.8" />Lile jicho linaloniona sasa halitaniona tena;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utanitafuta, wala sitakuwepo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.7.9" />Kama vile wingu liondokavyo na kutoweka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vivyo hivyo yeye ashukaye kaburini<f caller="+"><fr>7:9
</fr><ft>Kaburini hapa maana yake ni Kuzimu, kwa Kiebrania ni Sheol.</ft></f> harudi tena.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.7.10" />Kamwe harudi tena nyumbani mwake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala mahali pake hapatamjua tena.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.7.11" />“Kwa hiyo sitanyamaza;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitanena kutokana na maumivu makuu ya roho yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitalalama kwa uchungu wa nafsi yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.7.12" />Je, mimi ni bahari, au mnyama mkubwa mno akaaye vilindini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata uniweke chini ya ulinzi?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.7.13" />Ninapofikiri kwamba kitanda changu kitanifariji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nacho kiti changu cha fahari kitapunguza malalamiko yangu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.7.14" />ndipo wanitisha kwa ndoto
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunitia hofu kwa maono,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.7.15" />hivyo ninachagua kujinyonga na kufa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko huu mwili wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.7.16" />Ninayachukia maisha yangu; nisingetamani kuendelea kuishi.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Niache; siku zangu ni ubatili.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.7.17" />“Mwanadamu ni kitu gani hata umjali kiasi hiki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba unamtia sana maanani,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.7.18" />kwamba unamwangalia kila asubuhi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumjaribu kila wakati?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.7.19" />Je, hutaacha kamwe kunitazama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kuniacha japo kwa kitambo kidogo tu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.7.20" />Ikiwa nimetenda dhambi, nimekufanyia nini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ewe mlinzi wa wanadamu?
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa nini umeniweka niwe shabaha yako?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, nimekuwa mzigo kwako?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.7.21" />Kwa nini husamehi makosa yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuachilia dhambi zangu?
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuwa hivi karibuni nitalala mavumbini;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe utanitafuta, wala sitakuwepo.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Bildadi Anasema: Yampasa Ayubu Atubu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.8.1" />Kisha Bildadi Mshuhi akajibu:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.8.2" />“Hata lini wewe utasema mambo kama haya?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Maneno yako ni kama upepo mkuu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.8.3" />Je, Mungu hupotosha hukumu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, Mwenyezi hupotosha kile kilicho haki?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.8.4" />Watoto wako walipomtenda dhambi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliwapa adhabu ya dhambi yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.8.5" />Lakini ukimtafuta Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe ukamsihi Mwenyezi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.8.6" />ikiwa wewe ni safi na mnyofu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata sasa atainuka mwenyewe kwa niaba yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukurudisha katika mahali pako pa haki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.8.7" />Ijapokuwa mwanzo wako ulikuwa mdogo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini mwisho wako utakuwa wa mafanikio.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.8.8" />“Ukaulize vizazi vilivyotangulia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uone baba zao walijifunza nini,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.8.9" />kwa kuwa sisi tumezaliwa jana tu na hatujui lolote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo siku zetu duniani ni kama kivuli tu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.8.10" />Je, hawatakufundisha na kukueleza?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, hawataleta maneno kutoka kwenye kufahamu kwao?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.8.11" />Je, mafunjo yaweza kumea mahali pasipo na matope?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Matete yaweza kustawi bila maji?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.8.12" />Wakati bado yanaendelea kukua kabla ya kukatwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hunyauka haraka kuliko majani mengine.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.8.13" />Huu ndio mwisho wa watu wote wanaomsahau Mungu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vivyo hivyo matumaini ya wasiomjali Mungu huangamia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.8.14" />Lile analolitumainia huvunjika upesi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lile analolitegemea ni utando wa buibui.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.8.15" />Huutegemea utando wake, lakini hausimami;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huungʼangʼania, lakini haudumu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.8.16" />Yeye ni kama mti ulionyeshewa vizuri wakati wa jua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukieneza machipukizi yake bustanini;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.8.17" />huifunganisha mizizi yake kwenye lundo la mawe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutafuta nafasi katikati ya mawe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.8.18" />Unapongʼolewa kutoka mahali pake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndipo mahali pale huukana na kusema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Mimi kamwe sikukuona.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.8.19" />Hakika uhai wake hunyauka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutoka udongoni mimea mingine huota.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.8.20" />“Hakika Mungu hamkatai mtu asiye na hatia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kuitia nguvu mikono ya mtenda mabaya.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.8.21" />Bado atakijaza kinywa chako na kicheko,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na midomo yako na kelele za shangwe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.8.22" />Adui zako watavikwa aibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo hema za waovu hazitakuwepo tena.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="9" />
<p sfm="ms" level="2" style="ms2">Hotuba Ya Tatu Ya Ayubu
</p>
<s style="s1">Hakuna Mpatanishi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.9.1" />Kisha Ayubu akajibu:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.9.2" />“Naam, najua hili ni kweli.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Lakini mwanadamu awezaje kuwa mwadilifu mbele za Mungu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.9.3" />Ingawa mtu angetaka kushindana naye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asingaliweza kumjibu Mungu hata mara moja miongoni mwa elfu moja.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.9.4" />Hekima yake ni kubwa sana na ana uwezo mwingi mno.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani aliyempinga naye akawa salama?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.9.5" />Aiondoa milima bila yenyewe kujua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuipindua kwa hasira yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.9.6" />Aitikisa dunia kutoka mahali pake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzifanya nguzo zake zitetemeke.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.9.7" />Husema na jua, nalo likaacha kuangaza;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye huizima mianga ya nyota.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.9.8" />Yeye peke yake huzitandaza mbingu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuyakanyaga mawimbi ya bahari.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.9.9" />Yeye ndiye Muumba wa nyota za Dubu,<f caller="+"><fr>9:9
</fr><ft>Nyota za Dubu hapa ina maana ya kundi la nyota za kaskazini, ambazo zinaitwa kwa jina la Dubu Mkuu.</ft></f> na Orioni,<f caller="+"><fr>9:9
</fr><ft>Orioni ni kundi la nyota kubwa.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kilimia,<f caller="+"><fr>9:9
</fr><ft>Kilimia ni jina lililopewa nyota saba (Taurus).</ft></f> na makundi ya nyota za kusini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.9.10" />Hutenda maajabu yasiyopimika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miujiza isiyoweza kuhesabiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.9.11" />Anapopita karibu nami, siwezi kumwona;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">apitapo mbele yangu, simtambui.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.9.12" />Anapochukua kwa ghafula, ni nani awezaye kumzuia?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani awezaye kumwambia, ‘Unafanya nini?’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.9.13" />Mungu hataizuia hasira yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata jeshi kubwa la Rahabu<f caller="+"><fr>9:13
</fr><ft>Rahabu hapa ina maana ya Misri kwa fumbo.</ft></f> lenye nguvu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">linajikunyata miguuni pake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.9.14" />“Ni vipi basi mimi nitaweza kubishana naye?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nawezaje kupata maneno ya kuhojiana naye?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.9.15" />Ingawa sikuwa na hatia, sikuweza kumjibu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ningeweza tu kumsihi Mhukumu wangu anihurumie.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.9.16" />Hata kama ningemwita kwenye shauri, naye akakubali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siamini kama angenisikiliza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.9.17" />Yeye angeniangamiza kwa dhoruba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuongeza majeraha yangu pasipo na sababu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.9.18" />Asingeniacha nipumue
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali angenifunika kabisa na huzuni kuu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.9.19" />Kama ni suala la nguvu, yeye ni mwenye nguvu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kama ni suala la haki, ni nani awezaye kumwita mahakamani?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.9.20" />Hata kama sikuwa na hatia, kinywa changu kingenihukumu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama sikuwa na kosa, kingenitangaza kuwa mwenye hatia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.9.21" />“Ingawa mimi sina kosa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haileti tofauti katika nafsi yangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nauchukia uhai wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.9.22" />Hayo yote ni sawa; ndiyo sababu nasema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Yeye huwaangamiza wasio na makosa pamoja na waovu.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JOB.9.23" />Wakati pigo liletapo kifo cha ghafula,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye hudhihaki kule kukata tamaa kwa yule asiye na kosa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JOB.9.24" />Wakati nchi inapoangukia mikononi mwa waovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye huwafunga macho mahakimu wake.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kama si yeye, basi ni nani?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JOB.9.25" />“Siku zangu zapita mbio kuliko mkimbiaji;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zinapita upesi bila kuona furaha hata kidogo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="JOB.9.26" />Zinapita upesi kama mashua ya mafunjo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mfano wa tai ayashukiaye mawindo kwa ghafula.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JOB.9.27" />Kama nikisema, ‘Nitayasahau malalamiko yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitabadili sura ya uso wangu na kutabasamu,’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="JOB.9.28" />bado ninahofia mateso yangu yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa ninajua hutanihesabu kuwa sina hatia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="JOB.9.29" />Kwa kuwa nimeonekana mwenye hatia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa nini basi nitaabishwe bure?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="JOB.9.30" />Hata kama ningejiosha kwa sabuni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutakasa mikono yangu kwa magadi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="JOB.9.31" />wewe ungenitupa kwenye shimo la utelezi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kiasi kwamba hata nguo zangu zingenichukia sana.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="JOB.9.32" />“Yeye si mwanadamu kama mimi ili niweze kumjibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kwamba tuweze kushindana naye mahakamani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="JOB.9.33" />Laiti angelikuwepo mtu wa kutupatanisha kati yetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aweke mkono wake juu yetu sote wawili,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="JOB.9.34" />mtu angeliiondoa fimbo ya Mungu juu yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili utisho wake usiendelee kunitia hofu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="JOB.9.35" />Ndipo ningenena naye, bila kumwogopa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini kama ilivyo kwangu sasa, sitaweza.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />

<c id="10" />
<s style="s1">Ayubu: Nayachukia Maisha Yangu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.10.1" />“Nayachukia sana haya maisha yangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiyo nitatoa malalamiko yangu kwa wazi bila kujizuia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitanena kutokana na uchungu wa moyo wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.10.2" />Nitamwambia Mungu: Usinihukumu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali niambie una mashtaka gani dhidi yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.10.3" />Je, inakupendeza wewe kunionea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuikataa kwa dharau kazi ya mikono yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huku wewe ukitabasamu juu ya mipango ya waovu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.10.4" />Je, wewe una macho ya kimwili?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, wewe huona kama mwanadamu aonavyo?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.10.5" />Je, siku zako ni kama zile za mwanadamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au miaka yako ni kama ile ya mtu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.10.6" />ili kwamba utafute makosa yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuichunguza dhambi yangu;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.10.7" />ingawa wajua kuwa mimi sina hatia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hakuna awezaye kunitoa mkononi mwako?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.10.8" />“Mikono yako ndiyo iliyoniumba na kunifanya.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, sasa utageuka na kuniangamiza?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.10.9" />Kumbuka kuwa ulinifinyanga kama udongo wa mfinyanzi.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, sasa utanifanya kuwa mavumbi tena?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.10.10" />Je, wewe hukunimimina mimi kama maziwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunigandisha kama jibini,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.10.11" />ukanivika ngozi na nyama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuniunga pamoja kwa mifupa na mishipa?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.10.12" />Umenipa uhai na kunitendea wema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika uangalizi wako umeilinda roho yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.10.13" />“Lakini hili ndilo ulilolificha moyoni mwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami ninajua kuwa hili lilikuwa katika nia yako:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.10.14" />Kama nilifanya dhambi, ungekuwa umeniona,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala usingeacha kosa langu lipite bila kuadhibiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.10.15" />Kama nina hatia, ole wangu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hata kama ningekuwa sina hatia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siwezi kukiinua kichwa changu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa nimejawa na aibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzama katika mateso yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.10.16" />Kama nikiinua kichwa changu juu, unaninyatia kama simba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuonyesha tena uwezo wa kutisha dhidi yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.10.17" />Wewe waleta mashahidi wapya dhidi yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzidisha hasira yako juu yangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo nguvu zako zinanijia wimbi moja baada ya jingine.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.10.18" />“Kwa nini basi ulinitoa tumboni?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ninatamani ningekufa kabla jicho lolote halijaniona.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.10.19" />Laiti nisingekuwako kamwe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au ningekuwa nimechukuliwa moja kwa moja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka tumboni kwenda kaburini!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.10.20" />Je, siku zangu chache si zimekaribia kuisha?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Niachie ili niweze kupata muda mfupi wa kufurahi
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.10.21" />kabla sijaenda mahali ambapo hakuna kurudi tena,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika nchi ya giza na uvuli wa mauti,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.10.22" />nchi ya giza kuu sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yenye uvuli wa giza na machafuko,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahali ambapo hata nuru ni giza.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="11" />
<s style="s1">Sofari Anasema: Hatia Ya Ayubu Inastahili Adhabu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.11.1" />Ndipo Sofari Mnaamathi akajibu:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.11.2" />“Je, maneno haya yote yapite bila kujibiwa?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, huyu mnenaji athibitishwe kuwa na haki?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.11.3" />Je, maneno yako ya upuzi yawafanye watu wanyamaze kimya?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, mtu asikukemee unapofanya dhihaka?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.11.4" />Unamwambia Mungu, ‘Imani yangu ni kamili
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami ni safi mbele zako.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.11.5" />Aha! Laiti kwamba Mungu angesema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba angefungua midomo yake dhidi yako,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.11.6" />naye akufunulie siri za hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa hekima ya kweli ina pande mbili.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ujue hili: Mungu amesahau hata baadhi ya dhambi zako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.11.7" />“Je, waweza kujua siri za Mungu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, waweza kuyachunguza mambo yote kumhusu Mwenyezi?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.11.8" />Ni juu mno kuliko mbingu: waweza kufanya nini?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kina chake ni kirefu kuliko kuzimu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe waweza kujua nini?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.11.9" />Kipimo chake ni kirefu kuliko dunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nacho ni kipana kuliko bahari.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.11.10" />“Kama akija na kukufunga gerezani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuitisha mahakama, ni nani awezaye kumpinga?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.11.11" />Hakika anawatambua watu wadanganyifu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye aonapo uovu, je, haangalii?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.11.12" />Mpumbavu aweza kuwa mwenye hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">endapo mtoto wa punda-mwitu atazaliwa mwanadamu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.11.13" />“Hata sasa ukiutoa moyo wako kwake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumwinulia mikono yako,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.11.14" />ukiiondolea mbali ile dhambi iliyo mkononi mwako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala usiuruhusu uovu ukae hemani mwako,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.11.15" />ndipo utainua uso wako bila aibu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utasimama imara bila hofu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.11.16" />Hakika utaisahau taabu yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utaikumbuka tu kama maji yaliyokwisha kupita.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.11.17" />Maisha yako yatangʼaa kuliko adhuhuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nalo giza litakuwa kama alfajiri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.11.18" />Utakuwa salama, kwa kuwa lipo tumaini;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utatazama pande zote na kupumzika kwa salama.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.11.19" />Utalala, wala hakuna atakayekuogofya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, wengi watajipendekeza kwako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.11.20" />Bali macho ya waovu hayataona,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wokovu utawaepuka;
</q>
<q style="q1">tarajio lao litakuwa ni hangaiko
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">la mtu anayekata roho.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="12" />
<p sfm="ms" level="2" style="ms2">Hotuba Ya Nne Ya Ayubu
</p>
<s style="s1">Ayubu Anajibu: Mimi Ni Mtu Wa Kuchekwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.12.1" />Ndipo Ayubu akajibu:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.12.2" />“Bila shaka ninyi ndio watu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo hekima itakoma mtakapokufa!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.12.3" />Lakini mimi ninao ufahamu kama ninyi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mimi si duni kwenu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani asiyejua mambo haya yote?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.12.4" />“Nimekuwa mtu wa kuchekwa na rafiki zangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ingawa nilimwita Mungu naye akanijibu:
</q>
<q style="q1">mimi ni mtu wa kuchekwa tu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ingawa ni mwadilifu na nisiye na hatia!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.12.5" />Wanadamu wakiwa katika utulivu huwa na dharau kwa wale wenye msiba
</q>
<q style="q1">kana kwamba ndiyo haki ya wale ambao miguu yao inateleza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.12.6" />Hema za wanyangʼanyi hazisumbuliwi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wanaomghadhibisha Mungu wako salama:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wamchukuao mungu wao mikononi mwao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.12.7" />“Lakini ulizeni wanyama, nao watawafundisha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au ndege wa angani, nao watawaambia;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.12.8" />au zungumzeni na dunia, nayo itawafundisha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au acheni samaki wa baharini wawape taarifa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.12.9" />Ni nani miongoni mwa hawa wote asiyejua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndio uliofanya hili?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.12.10" />Mkononi mwake kuna uhai wa kila kiumbe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na pumzi ya wanadamu wote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.12.11" />Je, sikio haliyajaribu maneno
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama vile ulimi uonjavyo chakula?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.12.12" />Je, hekima haipatikani katikati ya wazee?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, maisha marefu hayaleti ufahamu?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.12.13" />“Hekima na nguvu ni vya Mungu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">shauri na ufahamu ni vyake yeye.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.12.14" />Kile anachokibomoa hakiwezi kujengeka tena;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtu aliyefungiwa naye hawezi kufunguliwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.12.15" />Akizuia maji, huwa pana ukame;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akiyaachia maji, huharibu nchi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.12.16" />Kwake kuna nguvu na ushindi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">adanganywaye na adanganyaye, wote wawili ni wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.12.17" />Yeye huwaondoa washauri wakiwa wametekwa nyara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye huwapumbaza wanaotoa maamuzi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.12.18" />Huondoa pingu zilizofungwa na wafalme,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwafunga mishipi ya kiunoni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.12.19" />Huwaondoa makuhani wakiwa wametekwa nyara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaangusha waliojiimarisha muda mrefu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.12.20" />Hunyamazisha midomo ya washauri wanaoaminika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuondoa busara ya wazee.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.12.21" />Huwamwagia dharau wanaoheshimika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwavua silaha wenye nguvu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.12.22" />Hufunua mambo ya ndani ya gizani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuyaleta nuruni yale yaliyositirika sana.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JOB.12.23" />Huyafanya mataifa yatukuke na kuyaangamiza;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hufanya mataifa kuwa makubwa, naye huyatawanya.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JOB.12.24" />Huwaondolea viongozi wa nchi akili zao;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huwapeleka watangetange nyikani pasipo na njia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JOB.12.25" />Hupapasa gizani pasipokuwa na mwanga;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huwafanya wapepesuke kama walevi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />

<c id="13" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.13.1" />“Macho yangu yameona hili lote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">masikio yangu yamesikia na kulielewa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.13.2" />Hayo mnayoyajua mimi pia ninayajua;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mimi si mtu duni kuliko ninyi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.13.3" />Lakini ninayo shauku ya kuzungumza na Mwenyezi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuhojiana shauri langu na Mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.13.4" />Ninyi, hata hivyo, hunipakaza uongo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi ni matabibu wasiofaa kitu, ninyi nyote!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.13.5" />Laiti wote mngenyamaza kimya!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa kuwa kwenu hilo lingekuwa hekima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.13.6" />Sikieni sasa hoja yangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikilizeni kusihi kwangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.13.7" />Je, mtazungumza kwa uovu kwa niaba ya Mungu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, mtazungumza kwa udanganyifu kwa niaba yake?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.13.8" />Mtamwonyesha upendeleo?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mtamtetea Mungu kwenye mashtaka yake?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.13.9" />Je, ingekuwa vyema Mungu akiwahoji ninyi?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, mngeweza kumdanganya kama ambavyo mngeweza kuwadanganya wanadamu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.13.10" />Hakika angewakemea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mkiwapendelea watu kwa siri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.13.11" />Je, huo ukuu wake haungewatisha ninyi?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, hofu yake isingewaangukia ninyi?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.13.12" />Maneno yenu ni mithali za majivu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utetezi wenu ni ngome za udongo wa mfinyanzi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.13.13" />“Nyamazeni kimya nipate kusema;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kisha na yanipate yatakayonipata.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.13.14" />Kwa nini nijiweke mwenyewe kwenye hatari
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuyaweka maisha yangu mikononi mwangu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.13.15" />Ingawa ataniua, bado nitamtumaini;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakika nitazitetea njia zangu mbele zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.13.16" />Naam, hili litanigeukia kuwa wokovu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana hakuna mtu asiyemcha Mungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atakayethubutu kuja mbele yake!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.13.17" />Sikilizeni maneno yangu kwa makini;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo masikio yenu yaingize kile nisemacho.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.13.18" />Sasa kwamba nimekwisha kutayarisha mambo yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninajua mimi nitahesabiwa kuwa na haki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.13.19" />Je, kuna yeyote anayeweza kuleta mashtaka dhidi yangu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kama ndivyo, nitanyamaza kimya na nife.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.13.20" />“Ee Mungu, unijalie tu mimi haya mambo mawili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami sitajificha uso wako:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.13.21" />Ondoa mkono wako uwe mbali nami,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe uache kuniogofya kwa hofu zako kuu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.13.22" />Niite kwenye shauri nami nitajibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au niache niseme, nawe upate kujibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JOB.13.23" />Ni makosa na dhambi ngapi nilizotenda?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nionyeshe kosa langu na dhambi yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JOB.13.24" />Kwa nini kuuficha uso wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunihesabu mimi kuwa adui yako?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JOB.13.25" />Je, utaliadhibu jani lipeperushwalo na upepo?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, utayasaka makapi makavu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="JOB.13.26" />Kwa kuwa unaandika mambo machungu dhidi yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunifanya nizirithi dhambi za ujana wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JOB.13.27" />Umeifunga miguu yangu kwenye pingu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Unazichunga kwa makini njia zangu zote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kutia alama kwenye nyayo za miguu yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="JOB.13.28" />“Hivyo mwanadamu huangamia kama kitu kilichooza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama vazi lililoliwa na nondo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />

<c id="14" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.14.1" />“Mwanadamu aliyezaliwa na mwanamke
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku zake ni chache nazo zimejaa taabu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.14.2" />Huchanua kama ua kisha hunyauka;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huwa kama kivuli kipitacho upesi, wala hadumu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.14.3" />Je, unamwekea jicho lako mtu kama huyo?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, utamleta mbele yako katika hukumu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.14.4" />Ni nani awezaye kutoa kitu safi kutoka kitu najisi?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hakuna awezaye!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.14.5" />Siku za mwanadamu zimewekewa mpaka;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umekwisha kutangaza idadi ya miezi yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuweka mpaka ambao hawezi kuuvuka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.14.6" />Hivyo angalia mbali umwache,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi awe amekamilisha muda wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mtu aliyeajiriwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.14.7" />“Kwa maana lipo tumaini kwa mti;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama ukikatwa utachipuka tena,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo machipukizi yake mapya hayatakoma.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.14.8" />Mizizi yake yaweza kuchakaa ardhini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kisiki chake kufa udongoni,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.14.9" />lakini kwa kupata dalili ya maji utachipua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutoa machipukizi kama mche.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.14.10" />Lakini mwanadamu hufa, na huo ndio mwisho wake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hutoa pumzi ya mwisho, naye hayuko tena!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.14.11" />Kama vile maji yatowekavyo katika bahari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au mkondo wa mto ukaushwavyo na kuwa mkavu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.14.12" />ndivyo mwanadamu alalavyo chini asiamke;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi mbingu zitakapokuwa hazipo tena,
</q>
<q style="q1">wanadamu hawataamka au kuamshwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka kwenye usingizi wao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.14.13" />“Laiti kama ungenificha kaburini,<f caller="+"><fr>14:13
</fr><ft>Kaburini hapa maana yake ni Kuzimu, kwa Kiebrania ni Sheol.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunisitiri hadi hasira yako ipite!
</q>
<q style="q1">Laiti ungeniwekea wakati,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kisha ukanikumbuka!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.14.14" />Je, kama mtu akifa, aweza kuishi tena?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Siku zote za kazi zangu ngumu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitangojea kufanywa upya kwangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.14.15" />Utaniita nami nitakuitika;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utakionea shauku kiumbe ambacho mikono yako ilikiumba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.14.16" />Hakika ndipo utakapozihesabu hatua zangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hutazifuatia dhambi zangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.14.17" />Makosa yangu yatafungiwa kwa lakiri kwenye mfuko,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe utazifunika dhambi zangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.14.18" />“Lakini kama mlima umomonyokavyo na kufikichika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kama vile mwamba uondolewavyo mahali pake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.14.19" />kama maji yamalizavyo mawe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mafuriko yachukuavyo udongo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo unavyoharibu tegemeo la mwanadamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.14.20" />Humshinda mara moja kwa daima, naye hutoweka;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waibadilisha sura yake na kumwondoa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.14.21" />Kama wanawe wakipewa heshima, yeye hafahamu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama wakidharauliwa, yeye haoni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.14.22" />Yeye hasikii kingine isipokuwa maumivu ya mwili wake mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye huomboleza kwa ajili yake mwenyewe.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="15" />
<s style="s1">Elifazi Anaongea: Ayubu Anadhoofisha Imani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.15.1" />Kisha Elifazi Mtemani akajibu:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.15.2" />“Je, mtu mwenye hekima hujibu kwa mawazo matupu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kujaza tumbo lake kwa upepo wenye joto wa mashariki?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.15.3" />Je, aweza kubishana juu ya maneno yasiyofaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hotuba zisizo na maana?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.15.4" />Lakini unadhoofisha hata uchaji wa Mungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzuia ibada mbele za Mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.15.5" />Dhambi yako inasukuma kinywa chako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe umechagua ulimi wa hila.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.15.6" />Kinywa chako mwenyewe kinakuhukumu, wala si changu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">midomo yako mwenyewe inashuhudia dhidi yako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.15.7" />“Je, wewe ni mtu wa kwanza kuzaliwa?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ulizaliwa kabla ya vilima?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.15.8" />Je, wewe husikiliza mashauri ya siri ya Mungu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, wewe unaizuia hekima iwe yako mwenyewe?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.15.9" />Wewe unajua kitu gani tusichokijua sisi?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Unafahamu kitu gani tusichokifahamu sisi?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.15.10" />Wale wenye mvi na wazee wako upande wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu ambao ni wazee hata kuliko baba yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.15.11" />Je, faraja za Mungu hazikutoshi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au maneno yaliyosemwa kwako kwa upole si kitu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.15.12" />Kwa nini moyo wako unakudanganya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa nini macho yako yanangʼaa,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.15.13" />ili kwamba upate kutoa hasira yako dhidi ya Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumwaga maneno kama hayo kutoka kinywani mwako?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.15.14" />“Mwanadamu ni kitu gani, hata aweze kuwa safi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au yeye aliyezaliwa na mwanamke, hata aweze kuwa mwadilifu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.15.15" />Kama Mungu hawaamini watakatifu wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama hata mbingu zenyewe si safi machoni pake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.15.16" />sembuse mwanadamu ambaye ni mwovu na mpotovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye hunywa uovu kama anywavyo maji!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.15.17" />“Nisikilize mimi nami nitakueleza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">acha nikuambie yale niliyoyaona,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.15.18" />ambayo watu wenye hekima wameyanena,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bila kuficha lolote walilopokea toka kwa baba zao
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.15.19" />(wakati ambao wao peke yao ndio walipewa nchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna mgeni aliyepita miongoni mwao):
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.15.20" />Mtu mwovu siku zake zote hupata mateso,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miaka yote aliwekewa mkorofi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.15.21" />Sauti za kutisha hujaa masikioni mwake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika kufanikiwa kwake, wanyangʼanyi humshambulia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.15.22" />Hukata tamaa kuokoka gizani;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amewekwa kwa ajili ya upanga.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JOB.15.23" />Hutangatanga, akitafuta chakula;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anajua kwamba siku ya giza iko karibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JOB.15.24" />Taabu na maumivu makuu vinamtia hofu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">humshinda kama mfalme aliye tayari kwa vita,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JOB.15.25" />kwa sababu amemkunjia Mungu ngumi yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kujigamba dhidi ya Mwenyezi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="JOB.15.26" />kwa kiburi akishambulia dhidi ya Mungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akiwa na ngao nene, iliyo imara.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JOB.15.27" />“Ingawa uso wake umefunikwa na mafuta kwa unene
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kiuno chake kimevimba kwa kunenepa,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="JOB.15.28" />ataishi katika miji ya magofu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na katika nyumba ambazo haziishi mwanadamu yeyote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyumba zinazokuwa vifusi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="JOB.15.29" />Hatatajirika tena, nao utajiri wake hautadumu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala mali zake hazitakuwa nyingi juu ya nchi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="JOB.15.30" />Hatatoka gizani;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwali wa moto utanyausha machipukizi yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo pumzi ya kinywa cha Mungu itamwondolea mbali.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="JOB.15.31" />Asijidanganye mwenyewe kutumainia ubatili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa hatapata malipo yoyote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="JOB.15.32" />Atakuwa amelipwa kikamilifu kabla ya wakati wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo matawi yake hayatastawi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="JOB.15.33" />Atafanana na mzabibu uliopukutishwa matunda yake kabla hayajaiva,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mzeituni unaodondosha maua yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="JOB.15.34" />Kwa kuwa jamii ya wasiomcha Mungu watakuwa tasa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao moto utateketeza hema za wale wanaopenda rushwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="JOB.15.35" />Hutunga mimba ya madhara na kuzaa uovu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">matumbo yao huumba udanganyifu.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="16" />
<p sfm="ms" level="2" style="ms2">Hotuba Ya Tano Ya Ayubu
</p>
<s style="s1">Ayubu Anathibitisha Tena Hali Yake Ya Kutokuwa Na Hatia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.16.1" />Kisha Ayubu akajibu:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.16.2" />“Nimepata kusikia mambo mengi kama haya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nanyi nyote ni wafariji wenye kutaabisha!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.16.3" />Je, maneno yenu mengi yasiyo na maana hayana mwisho?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mna nini hata mwendelee kushindana kwa maneno?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.16.4" />Mimi pia ningeweza kuzungumza kama ninyi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mngekuwa katika hali yangu;
</q>
<q style="q1">ningeweza kutoa hotuba nzuri dhidi yenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwatikisia ninyi kichwa changu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.16.5" />Lakini kinywa changu kingewatia moyo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">faraja kutoka midomoni mwangu, ingewaletea nafuu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.16.6" />“Lakini kama nikisema, maumivu yangu bado hayatulizwi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami kama nikijizuia, wala hayaondoki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.16.7" />Ee Mungu, hakika umenichakaza;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umewaangamiza kabisa watu wa nyumbani mwangu wote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.16.8" />Umenikunjakunja, nalo limekuwa ushahidi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nako kukonda kwangu kumeongezeka sana na kushuhudia dhidi yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.16.9" />Mungu amenishambulia na kunirarua katika hasira yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunisagia meno yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">adui yangu hunikazia macho yake makali.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.16.10" />Watu wamenifumbulia vinywa vyao kunidhihaki;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hunipiga shavuni mwangu kwa dharau,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuungana pamoja dhidi yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.16.11" />Mungu amenigeuzia kwa watu wabaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunitupa katika makucha ya waovu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.16.12" />Mambo yote yalikuwa mazuri, lakini alinivunjavunja;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amenikamata shingo na kuniponda.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Amenifanya mimi kuwa shabaha yake;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.16.13" />wapiga upinde wake wananizunguka.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Bila huruma, huchoma figo zangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuimwaga nyongo yangu juu ya nchi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.16.14" />Huniponda tena na tena;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hunishambulia kama shujaa wa vita.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.16.15" />“Nimejishonea nguo ya gunia juu ya mwili wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nimekizika kipaji cha uso wangu kwenye vumbi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.16.16" />Uso wangu umekuwa mwekundu kwa kulia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">macho yangu yamepigwa na giza kuu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.16.17" />Hata hivyo mikono yangu haijafanya jeuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na maombi yangu ni safi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.16.18" />“Ee nchi, usiifunike damu yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nacho kilio changu kisinyamazishwe kamwe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.16.19" />Hata sasa shahidi wangu yuko mbinguni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakili wangu yuko juu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.16.20" />Mwombezi wangu ni rafiki yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">macho yangu yamwagapo machozi kwa Mungu;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.16.21" />kwa niaba ya mtu anamsihi Mungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mtu anavyosihi kwa ajili ya rafiki yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.16.22" />“Ni miaka michache tu itapita
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kabla sijaenda safari ambayo sitarudi.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="17" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.17.1" />Moyo wangu umevunjika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku zangu zimefupishwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kaburi linaningojea.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.17.2" />Hakika wenye mizaha wamenizunguka;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">macho yangu yamebaki kutazama uadui wao.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Ayubu Anaomba Msaada
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.17.3" />“Ee Mungu, nipe dhamana unayodai.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani mwingine atakayeweka dhamana kwa ajili yangu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.17.4" />Umezifunga akili zao zisipate ufahamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiyo hutawaacha wapate ushindi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.17.5" />Kama mtu akiwashutumu rafiki zake ili apate ujira,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">macho ya watoto wake yatashindwa kuona.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.17.6" />“Mungu amenifanya kitu cha dhihaka kwa kila mtu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtu ambaye watu humtemea mate usoni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.17.7" />Macho yangu yamefifia kwa ajili ya majonzi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umbile langu lote ni kama kivuli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.17.8" />Watu wanyofu wanatishwa na hili;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wasio na hatia wanasimama dhidi ya wasiomcha Mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.17.9" />Hata hivyo, waadilifu watazishika njia zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wale wenye mikono safi wataendelea kupata nguvu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.17.10" />“Lakini ninyi njooni, ninyi nyote, jaribuni tena!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Sitampata mtu mwenye hekima miongoni mwenu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.17.11" />Siku zangu zimepita, mipango yangu imevunjika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vivyo hivyo shauku za moyo wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.17.12" />Watu hawa hufanya usiku kuwa mchana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye giza wao husema, ‘Mwanga u karibu.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.17.13" />Kama nyumba pekee ninayoitarajia ni kaburi,<f caller="+"><fr>17:13
</fr><ft>Kaburi hapa maana yake ni Kuzimu, kwa Kiebrania ni Sheol.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama nikikitandika kitanda changu gizani,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.17.14" />kama nikiuambia uharibifu, ‘Wewe u baba yangu,’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuliambia buu, ‘Wewe u mama yangu’ au ‘Dada yangu,’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.17.15" />liko wapi basi tarajio langu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani awezaye kuona tarajio lolote kwa ajili yangu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.17.16" />Je, litashuka chini hadi kwenye malango ya mauti?<f caller="+"><fr>17:16
</fr><ft>Malango ya mauti hapa ina maana ya Kuzimu.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, tutashuka pamoja mavumbini?”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="18" />
<s style="s1">Bildadi Anasema: Mungu Huwaadhibu Waovu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.18.1" />Bildadi Mshuhi akajibu:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.18.2" />“Je, ni lini utafika mwisho wa maneno haya?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Uwe mwenye busara, nasi ndipo tutakapoweza kuongea.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.18.3" />Kwa nini sisi tunafikiriwa kama wanyama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuonekana wajinga machoni pako?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.18.4" />Wewe unayejirarua mwenyewe vipande vipande
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika hasira yako,
</q>
<q style="q1">je, dunia iachwe kwa ajili yako wewe?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Au ni lazima miamba iondolewe mahali pake?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.18.5" />“Taa ya mwovu imezimwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao mwali wa moto wake umezimika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.18.6" />Mwanga hemani mwake umekuwa giza;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">taa iliyo karibu naye imezimika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.18.7" />Nguvu za hatua zake zimedhoofishwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">shauri lake baya litamwangusha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.18.8" />Miguu yake imemsukumia kwenye wavu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye anatangatanga kwenye matundu ya wavu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.18.9" />Tanzi litamkamata kwenye kisigino;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtego utamshikilia kwa nguvu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.18.10" />Kitanzi kimefichwa ardhini kwa ajili yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtego uko kwenye njia yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.18.11" />Vitisho vimemtia hofu kila upande,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na adui zake humwandama kila hatua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.18.12" />Janga linamwonea shauku;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maafa yako tayari kwa ajili yake aangukapo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.18.13" />Nayo yatakula sehemu ya ngozi yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mzaliwa wa kwanza wa mauti atakula maungo yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.18.14" />Atangʼolewa kutoka usalama wa hema lake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kupelekwa kwa mfalme wa vitisho.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.18.15" />Moto utakaa katika hema lake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">moto wa kiberiti utamwagwa juu ya makao yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.18.16" />Mizizi yake chini itakauka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na matawi yake juu yatanyauka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.18.17" />Kumbukumbu lake litatoweka katika dunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hatakuwa na jina katika nchi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.18.18" />Ameondolewa nuruni na kusukumiwa gizani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye amefukuzwa mbali atoke duniani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.18.19" />Hana mtoto wala mzao miongoni mwa watu wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala aliyenusurika mahali alipoishi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.18.20" />Watu wa magharibi watashangaa yaliyompata;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wa mashariki watapatwa na hofu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.18.21" />Hakika ndivyo yalivyo makao ya mtu mwovu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo palivyo mahali pake mtu asiyemjua Mungu.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="19" />
<p sfm="ms" level="2" style="ms2">Hotuba Ya Sita Ya Ayubu
</p>
<s style="s1">Ayubu Anajibu: Najua Mkombozi Wangu Yu Hai
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.19.1" />Ndipo Ayubu akajibu:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.19.2" />“Je, mtaendelea kunitesa mpaka lini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuniponda kwa maneno yenu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.19.3" />Mara kumi hizi mmenishutumu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bila aibu mnanishambulia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.19.4" />Kama ni kweli nimepotoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kosa langu ninabaki kuhusika nalo mwenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.19.5" />Kama kweli mngejitukuza wenyewe juu yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutumia unyonge wangu dhidi yangu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.19.6" />basi jueni kuwa Mungu amenitendea yaliyo mabaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye amekokota wavu wake kunizunguka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.19.7" />“Ingawa ninalia, ‘Nimetendewa mabaya!’ sipati jibu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ingawa ninaomba msaada, hakuna haki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.19.8" />Yeye ameizuia njia yangu hivyo siwezi kupita;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ameyafunika mapito yangu na giza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.19.9" />Amenivua heshima yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuniondolea taji kichwani pangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.19.10" />Amenibomoa kila upande hadi nimeisha;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amelingʼoa tegemeo langu kama mti.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.19.11" />Hasira yake imewaka juu yangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amenihesabu kuwa miongoni mwa adui zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.19.12" />Majeshi yake yananisogelea kwa nguvu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yamenizingira,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yamepiga kambi kulizunguka hema langu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.19.13" />“Amewatenga ndugu zangu mbali nami;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale tunaojuana nao wamefarakana nami kabisa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.19.14" />Watu wa jamaa yangu wamekwenda mbali;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">rafiki zangu wamenisahau.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.19.15" />Wageni wangu na watumishi wangu wa kike wananiona kama mgeni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wananitazama kama mgeni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.19.16" />Namwita mtumishi wangu, wala haitiki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ingawa namwomba kwa kinywa changu mwenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.19.17" />Pumzi ya kinywa changu ni kinyaa kwa mke wangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimekuwa chukizo mno kwa ndugu zangu mwenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.19.18" />Hata watoto wadogo hunidhihaki;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninapojitokeza, hunifanyia mzaha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.19.19" />Rafiki zangu wa moyoni wote wananichukia kabisa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale niwapendao wamekuwa kinyume nami.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.19.20" />Mimi nimebaki mifupa na ngozi tu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimeponea nikiwa karibu kufa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.19.21" />“Nihurumieni, rafiki zangu, kuweni na huruma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa mkono wa Mungu umenipiga.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.19.22" />Kwa nini mnanifuatia kama Mungu afanyavyo?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hamtosheki kamwe na mwili wangu?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JOB.19.23" />“Laiti maneno yangu yangewekwa kwenye kumbukumbu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">laiti kwamba yangeandikwa kwenye kitabu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JOB.19.24" />kwamba yangechorwa kwenye risasi kwa kifaa cha chuma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kuyachonga juu ya mwamba milele!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JOB.19.25" />Ninajua kwamba Mkombozi<f caller="+"><fr>19:25
</fr><ft>Au: Mtetezi.</ft></f> wangu yu hai,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye kwamba mwishoni atasimama juu ya nchi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="JOB.19.26" />Nami baada ya ngozi yangu kuharibiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bado nikiwa na mwili huu nitamwona Mungu;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JOB.19.27" />mimi nitamwona kwa macho yangu mwenyewe:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mimi, wala si mwingine.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Tazama jinsi moyo wangu unavyomtamani sana!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="JOB.19.28" />“Kama mkisema, ‘Tazama tutakavyomwinda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maadamu mzizi wa tatizo uko ndani yake,’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="JOB.19.29" />ninyi wenyewe uogopeni upanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa ghadhabu italeta adhabu kwa upanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nanyi ndipo mtakapojua kwamba kuna hukumu.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="20" />
<s style="s1">Sofari Anasema: Uovu Hupokea Malipo Ya Haki
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.20.1" />Ndipo Sofari Mnaamathi akajibu:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.20.2" />“Mawazo yanayonisumbua yananisukuma kujibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu nimehangaika sana.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.20.3" />Ninasikia makaripio ambayo yananivunjia heshima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao ufahamu wangu unanisukuma kujibu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.20.4" />“Hakika unajua jinsi ilivyokuwa tangu zamani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tangu zamani mwanadamu alipowekwa duniani,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.20.5" />macheko ya mtu mwovu ni ya muda mfupi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo furaha ya wasiomcha Mungu hudumu kwa kitambo tu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.20.6" />Ingawa kujikweza kwake hufikia mbinguni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kichwa chake hugusa mawingu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.20.7" />ataangamia milele kama mavi yake mwenyewe.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wale waliomwona watauliza, ‘Yuko wapi?’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.20.8" />Kama ndoto hutoweka, wala hapatikani tena,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amefukuziwa mbali kama maono ya usiku.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.20.9" />Jicho lililomwona halitamwona tena;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahali pake hapatamwona tena.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.20.10" />Watoto wake watalipa yote baba yao aliyowadhulumu maskini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo mikono yake itarudisha mali yote aliyonyangʼanya watu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.20.11" />Nguvu za ujana zilizoijaza mifupa yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zitalala naye mavumbini.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.20.12" />“Ingawa uovu ni mtamu kinywani mwake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye huuficha chini ya ulimi wake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.20.13" />ingawa hawezi kukubali kuuachia uende,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini huuweka kinywani mwake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.20.14" />Hata hivyo chakula chake kitakuwa kichungu tumboni mwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nacho kitakuwa sumu kali ya nyoka ndani yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.20.15" />Atatema mali alizozimeza;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu atalifanya tumbo lake kuzitapika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.20.16" />Atanyonya sumu za majoka;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">meno ya nyoka mwenye sumu kali yatamuua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.20.17" />Hatafurahia vijito,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mito inayotiririsha asali na siagi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.20.18" />Vile alivyovitaabikia atavirudisha bila kuvila;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hatafurahia faida itokanayo na biashara yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.20.19" />Kwa kuwa aliwaonea maskini na kuwaacha pasipo kitu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amenyangʼanya kwa nguvu nyumba asizozijenga.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.20.20" />“Hakika hatakuwa na raha katika kutamani kwake sana;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawezi kujiokoa mwenyewe kwa hazina zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.20.21" />Hakuna chochote kitakachosalia kwa ajili yake ili ale;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kufanikiwa kwake hakutadumu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.20.22" />Katikati ya wingi wa ustawi wake, dhiki itampata;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">taabu itamjia kwa nguvu zote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JOB.20.23" />Atakapokuwa amelijaza tumbo lake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu ataionyesha ghadhabu kali dhidi yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumnyeshea mapigo juu yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JOB.20.24" />Ijapokuwa aikimbia silaha ya chuma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mshale wa shaba utamchoma.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JOB.20.25" />Atauchomoa katika mgongo wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ncha ingʼaayo kutoka ini lake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Vitisho vitakuja juu yake;
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="26" bcv="JOB.20.26" />giza nene linavizia hazina zake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Moto usiopepewa na mtu utamteketeza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuangamiza yaliyosalia nyumbani mwake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JOB.20.27" />Mbingu zitaweka wazi hatia yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo nchi itainuka kinyume chake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="JOB.20.28" />Mafuriko yataichukua nyumba yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maji yaendayo kasi katika siku ya ghadhabu ya Mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="JOB.20.29" />Hili ndilo fungu Mungu alilowagawia waovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">urithi uliowekwa kwa ajili yao na Mungu.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="21" />
<p sfm="ms" level="2" style="ms2">Hotuba Ya Saba Ya Ayubu
</p>
<s style="s1">Ayubu Anajibu: Waovu Mara Nyingi Huenda Bila Kuadhibiwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.21.1" />Ndipo Ayubu akajibu:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.21.2" />“Yasikilizeni maneno yangu kwa makini;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hii na iwe faraja mnayonipa mimi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.21.3" />Nivumilieni ninapozungumza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nikishazungumza, endeleeni kunidhihaki.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.21.4" />“Je, kwani malalamiko yangu yanaelekezwa kwa mwanadamu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa nini nisikose subira?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.21.5" />Niangalieni mkastaajabu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkaweke mkono juu ya vinywa vyenu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.21.6" />Ninapowaza juu ya hili, ninaogopa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao mwili wangu unatetemeka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.21.7" />Kwa nini waovu wanaendelea kuishi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakifikia umri wa uzee na kuendelea kuwa na nguvu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.21.8" />Huwaona watoto wao wakithibitika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakiwa wamewazunguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wazao wao mbele za macho yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.21.9" />Nyumba zao zi salama wala hakuna hofu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">fimbo ya Mungu haiko juu yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.21.10" />Madume yao ya ngʼombe huvyaza bila kushindwa kamwe;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ngʼombe wao huzaa wala hawaharibu mimba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.21.11" />Huwatoa watoto wao nje kama kundi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wadogo wao huchezacheza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.21.12" />Huimba nyimbo kwa matari na kwa kinubi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao huifurahia sauti ya filimbi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.21.13" />Huitumia miaka yao katika mafanikio
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao hushuka kaburini kwa amani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.21.14" />Lakini humwambia Mungu, ‘Tuache sisi!’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hatuna haja ya kufahamu njia zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.21.15" />Mwenyezi ni nani hata tumtumikie?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Tutapata faida gani kumwomba?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.21.16" />Lakini kufanikiwa kwao hakupo mikononi mwao wenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hivyo najitenga mbali na shauri la waovu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.21.17" />“Lakini ni mara ngapi taa ya waovu huzimwa?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni mara ngapi maafa huwajia,
</q>
<q style="q1">yale yawapatayo ambayo Mungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huwapangia katika hasira yake?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.21.18" />Ni mara ngapi huwa kama majani makavu mbele ya upepo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama makapi yachukuliwayo na dhoruba?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.21.19" />Imesemekana, ‘Mungu huiweka akiba adhabu ya mtu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya wanawe.’
</q>
<q style="q1">Mungu na amlipe mtu mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili apate kulijua!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.21.20" />Macho yake mwenyewe na yaone maangamizi yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye na ainywe ghadhabu ya Mwenyezi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.21.21" />Kwani anajali nini kuhusu jamaa anayoiacha nyuma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miezi yake aliyopangiwa ifikapo mwisho?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.21.22" />“Je, yuko mtu yeyote awezaye kumfundisha Mungu maarifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">iwapo yeye ndiye ahukumuye hata walio juu ya wote?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JOB.21.23" />Mtu mmoja hufa akiwa na nguvu zake kamili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akiwa salama na mwenye raha kamili,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JOB.21.24" />mwili wake ukiwa umenawiri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo mifupa yake ikiwa imejaa mafuta ndani yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JOB.21.25" />Mtu mwingine hufa katika uchungu wa nafsi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akiwa hajafurahia kamwe jambo lolote zuri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="JOB.21.26" />Hao wote hulala mavumbini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao mabuu huwafunika wote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JOB.21.27" />“Ninayajua kikamilifu yale mnayoyafikiri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mipango ambayo kwayo mngenitendea mabaya.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="JOB.21.28" />Mwasema, ‘Iko wapi sasa nyumba ya huyo mtu mkuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahema ambayo watu waovu walikaa?’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="JOB.21.29" />Je, hamkuwahi kuwauliza hao wanaosafiri?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, hamkutafakari taarifa zao:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="JOB.21.30" />kwamba mtu mwovu huepushwa kutoka siku ya maafa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba huokolewa kutoka siku ya ghadhabu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="JOB.21.31" />Ni nani hulaumu matendo yake mbele ya uso wake?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani ampatilizaye kwa yale aliyoyatenda?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="JOB.21.32" />Hupelekwa kaburini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao ulinzi ukawekwa kwenye kaburi lake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="JOB.21.33" />Udongo ulio bondeni ni mtamu kwake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wote watamfuata,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao umati wa watu usiohesabika umemtangulia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="JOB.21.34" />“Hivyo ninyi mnawezaje kunifariji kwa upuzi wenu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hakuna kilichosalia cha majibu yenu isipokuwa uongo!”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="22" />
<s style="s1">Elifazi Anasema: Uovu Wa Ayubu Ni Mkubwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.22.1" />Ndipo Elifazi Mtemani akajibu:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.22.2" />“Je, mwanadamu aweza kuwa wa faida kwa Mungu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, hata mtu mwenye hekima aweza kumfaidi?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.22.3" />Je, Mwenyezi angefurahia nini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama ungekuwa mwadilifu?
</q>
<q style="q1">Au je, yeye angepata faida gani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama njia zako zingekuwa kamilifu?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.22.4" />“Je, ni kwa ajili ya utaua wako ndiyo maana anakukemea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuleta mashtaka dhidi yako?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.22.5" />Je, uovu wako si mkuu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Dhambi zako si hazina mwisho?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.22.6" />Umedai dhamana kwa ndugu zako bila sababu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umewavua watu nguo zao, ukawaacha uchi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.22.7" />Hukumpa maji aliyechoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe ulimnyima chakula mwenye njaa,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.22.8" />ingawa ulikuwa mtu mwenye uwezo ukimiliki nchi:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtu uliyeheshimiwa, ukiishi ndani yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.22.9" />Umewafukuza wajane mikono mitupu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzivunja nguvu za yatima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.22.10" />Ndiyo sababu mitego imekuzunguka pande zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hatari ya ghafula inakutia hofu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.22.11" />ndiyo sababu ni giza sana huwezi kuona,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tena ndiyo sababu mafuriko ya maji yamekufunika.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.22.12" />“Je, Mungu hayuko katika mbingu za juu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Juu kuliko nyota zilizo juu sana!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.22.13" />Hivyo wewe wasema, ‘Mungu anajua nini?’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, yeye huhukumu katika giza kama hilo?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.22.14" />Mawingu mazito ni pazia lake, hivyo hatuoni sisi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atembeapo juu ya anga la dunia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.22.15" />Je, utaifuata njia ya zamani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambayo watu waovu waliikanyaga?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.22.16" />Waliondolewa kabla ya wakati wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">misingi yao ikachukuliwa na mafuriko.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.22.17" />Walimwambia Mungu, ‘Tuache sisi!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Huyo Mwenyezi aweza kutufanyia nini?’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.22.18" />Lakini ndiye alizijaza nyumba zao na vitu vizuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hivyo ninajitenga mbali na mashauri ya waovu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.22.19" />“Wenye haki wanaona maangamizi yao na kufurahi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wasio na hatia huwadhihaki, wakisema,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.22.20" />‘Hakika adui zetu wameangamizwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao moto umeteketeza mali zao.’
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.22.21" />“Mjue sana Mungu ili uwe na amani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndipo mema yatakapokujia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.22.22" />Uyapokee mafundisho toka kinywani mwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na maneno yake uyaweke moyoni mwako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JOB.22.23" />Kama ukimrudia Mwenyezi, utarudishwa upya:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kama ukiuondoa uovu uwe mbali na hema lako,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JOB.22.24" />kama dhahabu yako ukiihesabu kama mavumbi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhahabu yako ya Ofiri kama miamba ya mabondeni,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JOB.22.25" />ndipo Mwenyezi atakuwa dhahabu yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atakuwa fedha yako iliyo bora.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="JOB.22.26" />Hakika ndipo utakapojifurahisha kwa Mwenyezi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe utamwinulia Mungu uso wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JOB.22.27" />Utamwomba yeye, naye atakusikia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe utazitimiza nadhiri zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="JOB.22.28" />Utakusudia jambo nalo litatendeka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao mwanga utaangazia njia zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="JOB.22.29" />Watu watakaposhushwa, nawe ukasema, ‘Wainue!’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndipo atamwokoa aliyevunjika moyo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="JOB.22.30" />Atamwokoa hata yule ambaye ana hatia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ataokolewa kwa sababu ya usafi wa mikono yako.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="23" />
<p sfm="ms" level="2" style="ms2">Hotuba Ya Nane Ya Ayubu
</p>
<s style="s1">Ayubu Anajibu: Kulalamika Kwangu Ni Uchungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.23.1" />Ndipo Ayubu akajibu:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.23.2" />“Hata leo malalamiko yangu ni chungu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkono wake ni mzito juu yangu hata nikiugua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.23.3" />Laiti ningefahamu mahali pa kumwona;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">laiti ningeweza kwenda mahali akaapo!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.23.4" />Ningeliweka shauri langu mbele zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukijaza kinywa changu na hoja.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.23.5" />Ningejua kwamba angenijibu nini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuelewa lile ambalo angelisema.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.23.6" />Je, angenipinga kwa nguvu nyingi?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">La, asingenigandamiza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.23.7" />Hapo mtu mwadilifu angeweka shauri lake mbele zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami ningeokolewa milele na mhukumu wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.23.8" />“Lakini nikienda mashariki, hayupo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikienda magharibi, simpati.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.23.9" />Anapokuwa kazini pande za kaskazini, simwoni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akigeukia kusini, nako simwoni hata kidogo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.23.10" />Lakini anaijua njia niiendeayo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akiisha kunijaribu, nitatoka kama dhahabu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.23.11" />Nyayo zangu zimefuata hatua zake kwa karibu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimeishika njia yake bila kukengeuka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.23.12" />Sijaziacha amri zilizotoka midomoni mwake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimeyathamini maneno ya kinywa chake kuliko chakula changu cha kila siku.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.23.13" />“Lakini yeye husimama peke yake; ni nani awezaye kumpinga?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yeye hufanya lolote atakalo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.23.14" />Hutimiliza maagizo yake dhidi yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na bado anayo mipango mingi kama hiyo ambayo ameiweka akiba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.23.15" />Hiyo ndiyo sababu ninaingiwa na hofu mbele zake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nifikiriapo haya yote ninamwogopa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.23.16" />Mungu ameufanya moyo wangu kuzimia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye Mwenyezi amenitia hofu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.23.17" />Hata hivyo sijanyamazishwa na giza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kwa giza nene linalofunika uso wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />

<c id="24" />
<s style="s1">Ayubu Analalamikia Jeuri Duniani
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.24.1" />“Kwa nini Mwenyezi asiweke nyakati kwa ajili ya hukumu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa nini wale wamjuao wazitafute siku kama hizo bila mafanikio?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.24.2" />Watu husogeza mawe ya mpaka;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huchunga makundi ya wanyama waliyonyangʼanya kwa nguvu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.24.3" />Huwanyangʼanya yatima punda wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumchukua rehani fahali wa mjane.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.24.4" />Humsukuma mhitaji kutoka njia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwafanya maskini wote wa nchi kulazimika kujificha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.24.5" />Kama punda-mwitu jangwani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maskini huzunguka katika kazi zao za kutafuta chakula;
</q>
<q style="q1">mahali palipo jangwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huwapa chakula cha watoto wao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.24.6" />Hukusanya chakula mashambani na kuokota masazo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika mashamba ya mizabibu ya waovu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.24.7" />Kwa kukosa nguo, usiku kucha hukaa uchi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawana chochote cha kujifunika baridi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.24.8" />Hutota kwa mvua za mlimani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao huikumbatia miamba kwa ajili ya kukosa pa kujisitiri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.24.9" />Mtoto yatima hupokonywa matitini;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtoto wachanga wa maskini hunyakuliwa kwa ajili ya deni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.24.10" />Kwa kukosa nguo, hutembea uchi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hubeba miganda ya ngano, lakini huwa na njaa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.24.11" />Hukamua zeituni katika mawe ya kusagia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hukanyaga mashinikizo, lakini wanaona kiu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.24.12" />Kilio cha huzuni cha wanaokufa kinapaa kutoka mjini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo nafsi za waliojeruhiwa zinalilia msaada.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini Mungu hamlaumu mtu yeyote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kutenda mabaya.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.24.13" />“Wako wale wanaoiasi nuru,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wasiofahamu njia zake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawakai katika mapito yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.24.14" />Wakati mwanga wa mchana unapotoweka, muuaji huinuka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye huwaua maskini na mhitaji;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wa usiku hunyemelea kama mwizi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.24.15" />Jicho la mzinzi hungojea wakati wa giza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye hufikiri, ‘Hakuna jicho litakaloniona,’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye huuficha uso wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.24.16" />Katika giza, huvunja majumba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini wakati wa mchana hujifungia ndani;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawataki kufanya lolote nuruni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.24.17" />Kwa wote hawa, giza nene ndiyo asubuhi yao;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hujifanya rafiki na vitisho vya gizani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.24.18" />“Lakini wao ni povu juu ya maji;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sehemu yao juu ya nchi imelaaniwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">hivyo hakuna hata mmoja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aendaye kwenye shamba la mizabibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.24.19" />Kama vile joto na hari vinyakuavyo theluji iliyoyeyuka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo kuzimu kuwanyakuavyo waliotenda dhambi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.24.20" />Tumbo lililowazaa huwasahau,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao huwa karamu ya mabuu;
</q>
<q style="q1">watu waovu hawakumbukwi tena,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini huvunjika kama mti.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.24.21" />Huwafanya mawindo wanawake tasa na wasio na watoto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao hawaonyeshi huruma kwa wajane.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.24.22" />Lakini Mungu huwakokota wenye nguvu kwa uwezo wake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ingawa wamestawi, hawana hakika ya maisha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JOB.24.23" />Aweza akawaacha wakapumzika wakijihisi salama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini macho yake yanaona njia zao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JOB.24.24" />Kwa kitambo kidogo hutukuka, hatimaye hutoweka;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hushushwa na kukusanywa kama wengine wote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hukatwa kama masuke ya nafaka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JOB.24.25" />“Kama hili sivyo, ni nani awezaye kunithibitisha kuwa mwongo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuyafanya maneno yangu kuwa si kitu?”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="25" />
<s style="s1">Bildadi Anasema: Mwanadamu Awezaje Kuwa Mwadilifu Mbele Za Mungu?
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.25.1" />Ndipo Bildadi Mshuhi akajibu:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.25.2" />“Mamlaka na kuheshimiwa ni vyake Mungu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye huthibitisha amani katika mbingu juu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.25.3" />Je, majeshi yake yaweza kuhesabika?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani asiyeangaziwa na nuru yake?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.25.4" />Mtu awezaje kuwa mwadilifu mbele za Mungu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Awezaje mtu aliyezaliwa na mwanamke kuwa safi?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.25.5" />Ikiwa hata mwezi sio mwangavu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo nyota si safi machoni pake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.25.6" />sembuse mtu ambaye ni funza:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwanadamu ambaye ni buu tu!”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="26" />
<p sfm="ms" level="2" style="ms2">Hotuba Ya Tisa Ya Ayubu
</p>
<s style="s1">Ayubu Anajibu: Utukufu Wa Mungu Hauchunguziki
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.26.1" />Kisha Ayubu akajibu:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.26.2" />“Tazama jinsi ulivyomsaidia mtu asiye na uwezo!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Jinsi ulivyouokoa mkono ulio dhaifu!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.26.3" />Ni shauri gani ulilompa yeye asiye na hekima?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nayo ni busara gani kubwa uliyoonyesha!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.26.4" />Ni nani aliyekusaidia kutamka maneno hayo?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nayo ni roho ya nani iliyosema kutoka kinywani mwako?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.26.5" />“Wafu wako katika maumivu makuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale walio chini ya maji na wale waishio ndani yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.26.6" />Mauti<f caller="+"><fr>26:6
</fr><ft>Yaani Kuzimu; Kiebrania ni Sheol.</ft></f> iko wazi mbele za Mungu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Uharibifu<f caller="+"><fr>26:6
</fr><ft>Kwa Kiebrania ni Abadon.</ft></f> haukufunikwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.26.7" />Hutandaza anga la kaskazini mahali patupu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye huiningʼiniza dunia mahali pasipo na kitu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.26.8" />Huyafungia maji kwenye mawingu yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata hivyo mawingu hayapasuki kwa uzito wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.26.9" />Huufunika uso wa mwezi mpevu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akitandaza mawingu juu yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.26.10" />Amechora mstari wa upeo juu ya uso wa maji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ameweka mpaka wa nuru na giza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.26.11" />Nguzo za mbingu nazo zatetemeka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zinatishika anapozikemea.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.26.12" />Kwa nguvu zake aliisukasuka bahari;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hekima yake alimkata Rahabu<f caller="+"><fr>26:12
</fr><ft>Rahabu hapa ni fumbo la kumaanisha Lewiathani, mnyama mkubwa wa baharini mwenye magamba anayefanana na joka kubwa, mwenye umbo la kutisha, asiyeweza kuvuliwa.</ft></f> vipande vipande.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.26.13" />Aliisafisha anga kwa pumzi yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mkono wake alimchoma joka aendaye mbio.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.26.14" />Haya ni mambo madogo tu katika matendo yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tazama jinsi ulivyo mdogo mnongʼono tunaousikia kumhusu!
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni nani basi awezaye kuelewa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ngurumo za nguvu zake?”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="27" />
<p sfm="ms" level="2" style="ms2">Hotuba Ya Mwisho Ya Ayubu
</p>
<s style="s1">Ayubu Anadumisha Uadilifu Wake
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.27.1" />Ndipo Ayubu akaendelea na hoja yake, akasema:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.27.2" />“Hakika kama Mungu aishivyo, aliyeninyima haki yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mwenyezi ambaye amenifanya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nionje uchungu wa nafsi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.27.3" />kwa muda wote nitakaokuwa na uhai ndani yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo pumzi ya Mungu ikiwa puani mwangu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.27.4" />midomo yangu haitanena uovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala ulimi wangu hautatamka udanganyifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.27.5" />Sitakubaliana nanyi kabisa kuwa mko sahihi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi nife, sitakana uadilifu wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.27.6" />Nitadumisha haki yangu wala sitaiacha;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhamiri yangu haitanisuta muda wote ninaoishi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.27.7" />“Watesi wangu wawe kama waovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao adui zangu wawe kama wasio haki!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.27.8" />Kwa maana mtu asiyemcha Mungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">analo tegemeo gani anapokatiliwa mbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu anapouondoa uhai wake?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.27.9" />Je, Mungu husikiliza kilio chake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">shida zimjiapo?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.27.10" />Je, anaweza kumfurahia Mwenyezi?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, atamwita Mungu nyakati zote?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.27.11" />“Nitawafundisha juu ya uweza wa Mungu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">njia za Mwenyezi sitazificha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.27.12" />Ninyi nyote mmeona hili wenyewe.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni ya nini basi mazungumzo haya yasiyo na maana?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.27.13" />“Hili ndilo fungu ambalo Mungu humpa mtu mwovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">urithi ule mtu mdhalimu anapokea kutoka kwa Mwenyezi:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.27.14" />Hata kama watoto wake watakuwa wengi kiasi gani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">fungu lao ni kuuawa kwa upanga;
</q>
<q style="q1">wazao wake hawatakuwa kamwe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na chakula cha kuwatosha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.27.15" />Tauni itawazika wale watakaonusurika miongoni mwao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wajane wao hawatawaombolezea.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.27.16" />Ajapokusanya fedha nyingi kama mavumbi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mavazi kama malundo ya udongo wa mfinyanzi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.27.17" />yale yote mtu mwovu aliyojiwekea akiba, mwenye haki atayavaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye asiye na hatia ataigawanya fedha yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.27.18" />Nyumba aijengayo ni kama utando wa buibui,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama kibanda alichotengeneza mlinzi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.27.19" />Yeye hulala akiwa tajiri, lakini ndiyo mara ya mwisho;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">afunguapo macho yake, yote yametoweka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.27.20" />Vitisho humjia kama mafuriko;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhoruba humkumba ghafula usiku.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.27.21" />Upepo mkali wa mashariki humchukua, naye hutoweka;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">humzoa kutoka mahali pake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.27.22" />Humvurumisha bila huruma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huku akikimbia kasi kukwepa nguvu zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JOB.27.23" />Upepo humpigia makofi kwa dharau,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumfukuza atoke mahali pake.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="28" />
<s style="s1">Mapumziko: Imani Inakopatikana
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.28.1" />“Kuna machimbo ya fedha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mahali dhahabu isafishwapo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.28.2" />Chuma hupatikana ardhini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo shaba huyeyushwa kutoka mawe ya madini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.28.3" />Mwanadamu hukomesha giza;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huyatafuta hadi sehemu iliyo mbali,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa ajili ya kuchimbua mawe yenye madini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika giza jeusi sana.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.28.4" />Huchimba shimo jembamba mbali na makao ya watu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahali paliposahaulika na nyayo za wanadamu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbali na wanadamu huningʼinia na kupembea kwa kamba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.28.5" />Ardhi, ambako chakula hutoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">chini hugeuzwa kwa moto;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.28.6" />yakuti samawi hutoka katika miamba yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nalo vumbi lake lina vipande vya dhahabu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.28.7" />Hakuna ndege awindaye aijuaye njia ile iliyofichika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna jicho la mwewe lililoiona.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.28.8" />Wanyama wa porini wanaotamba hawajawahi kupakanyaga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala simba azungukaye huko.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.28.9" />Mikono ya mwanadamu hushambulia miamba migumu sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuiacha wazi mizizi ya milima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.28.10" />Hutoboa shimo refu la kupenya chini kwa chini kwenye miamba;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">macho yake huona hazina zake zote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.28.11" />Hutafuta vyanzo vya mito
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuvileta vitu vilivyofichika katika nuru.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.28.12" />“Lakini hekima inaweza kupatikana wapi?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ufahamu unakaa wapi?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.28.13" />Mwanadamu hatambui thamani yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haiwezi kupatikana katika nchi ya walio hai.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.28.14" />Kilindi husema, ‘Haiko ndani yangu’;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bahari nayo husema, ‘Haiko pamoja nami.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.28.15" />Haiwezi kununuliwa kwa dhahabu safi kuliko zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala thamani yake haiwezi kupimwa kwa fedha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.28.16" />Haiwezi kununuliwa kwa dhahabu ya Ofiri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa shohamu ya thamani kubwa au yakuti samawi ya thamani kubwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.28.17" />Dhahabu wala mawe maangavu haviwezi kulinganishwa nayo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala haiwezi hubadilishwa na vito vya dhahabu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.28.18" />Marijani na yaspi hazistahili kutajwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">thamani ya hekima ni zaidi ya akiki nyekundu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.28.19" />Yakuti manjano ipatikanayo Kushi haiwezi kulinganishwa nayo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala haiwezi kununuliwa kwa dhahabu safi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.28.20" />“Ni wapi basi hekima itokako?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ufahamu hukaa wapi?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.28.21" />Imefichika machoni pa kila kitu kilicho hai,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">imesitiriwa hata kwa ndege wa angani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.28.22" />Uharibifu na Mauti husema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Ni uvumi wake tu uliotufikia masikioni mwetu.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JOB.28.23" />Mungu anaifahamu njia ya kuiendea hekima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ndiye peke yake anayefahamu inakokaa,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JOB.28.24" />kwa maana yeye huitazama miisho ya dunia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na huona kila kitu chini ya mbingu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JOB.28.25" />Alipofanyiza nguvu za upepo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuyapima maji,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="JOB.28.26" />alipofanya maagizo kwa ajili ya mvua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na njia kwa ajili ya umeme wa radi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JOB.28.27" />ndipo alipoitazama hekima na kuikadiria thamani yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akaithibitisha na kuihakikisha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="JOB.28.28" />Naye Mungu akamwambia mwanadamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Kumcha
<nd>Bwana</nd>: hiyo ndiyo hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nako kujitenga na uovu ndio ufahamu.’ ”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="29" />
<s style="s1">Ayubu Anamaliza Utetezi Wake
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.29.1" />Ayubu akaendelea na hoja yake, akasema:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.29.2" />“Tazama jinsi ninavyoitamani miezi iliyopita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zile siku ambazo Mungu alikuwa akinilinda,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.29.3" />wakati taa yake iliniangazia kichwani changu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa mwanga wake Mungu nikapita katikati ya giza!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.29.4" />Natamani siku zile nilizokuwa katika ustawi wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati urafiki wa Mungu wa ndani ulipoibariki nyumba yangu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.29.5" />wakati Mwenyezi alikuwa pamoja nami,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watoto wangu walikuwa wamenizunguka,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.29.6" />wakati njia yangu ilikuwa imenyweshewa siagi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao mwamba ukanimiminia vijito vya mafuta ya zeituni.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.29.7" />“Wakati nilipokwenda kwenye lango la mji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuketi katika kiwanja,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.29.8" />vijana waliniona wakakaa kando,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wazee walioketi wakasimama;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.29.9" />wakuu wakaacha kuzungumza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuziba vinywa vyao kwa mikono yao;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.29.10" />wenye vyeo wakanyamazishwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo ndimi zao zikagandamana na makaakaa ya vinywa vyao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.29.11" />Yeyote aliyenisikia alinena mema juu yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao walioniona walinisifu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.29.12" />kwa sababu nilimwokoa maskini aliyeomba msaada,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye yatima aliyekuwa hana wa kumsaidia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.29.13" />Mtu aliyekuwa karibu kufa alinibariki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami niliufanya moyo wa mjane kuimba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.29.14" />Niliivaa haki kama vazi langu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uadilifu ulikuwa joho langu na kilemba changu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.29.15" />Nilikuwa macho ya kipofu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na miguu kwa kiwete.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.29.16" />Nilikuwa baba kwa mhitaji;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilimtetea mgeni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.29.17" />Niliyavunja meno makali ya waovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwapokonya wahanga kwenye meno yao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.29.18" />“Nikafikiri, ‘Nitafia katika nyumba yangu mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo siku zangu zitakuwa nyingi kama chembechembe za mchanga.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.29.19" />Mizizi yangu itafika mpaka kwenye maji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao umande utakaa juu ya matawi yangu usiku kucha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.29.20" />Utukufu wangu utabakia kuwa mpya ndani yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">upinde wangu daima utaendelea kuwa mpya mkononi mwangu.’
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.29.21" />“Watu walinisikiliza kwa tumaini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakingojea ushauri wangu kwa utulivu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.29.22" />Baada ya mimi kuzungumza, hawakusema zaidi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maneno yangu yaliingia masikioni mwao kwa makini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JOB.29.23" />Waliningojea kama manyunyu ya mvua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuyapokea maneno yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama ardhi inyonyavyo mvua ya vuli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JOB.29.24" />Walipokata tamaa niliwaonyesha uso wa furaha;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nuru ya uso wangu ilikuwa ya thamani kwao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JOB.29.25" />Niliwachagulia njia na kukaa kama mkuu wao;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niliishi kama mfalme katikati ya majeshi yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikawa kama yeye anayewafariji waombolezaji.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />

<c id="30" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.30.1" />“Lakini sasa watu wadogo kwa umri kuniliko wananidhihaki,
</q>
<q style="q1">watu ambao baba zao ningekataa kwa dharau
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwaweka pamoja na mbwa wangu wa kulinda kondoo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.30.2" />Nguvu za mikono yao zingekuwa na faida gani kwangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa nguvu zao zilikuwa zimewaishia?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.30.3" />Wakiwa wamekonda kutokana na kupungukiwa na kwa njaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walizurura usiku katika nchi kame iliyo ukiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.30.4" />Katika vichaka walikusanya mimea ya chumvi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nacho chakula chao kilikuwa mizizi ya mti wa mfagio.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.30.5" />Walifukuzwa mbali na watu wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakipigiwa kelele kama wevi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.30.6" />Walilazimika kuishi katika mikondo ya vijito vilivyokauka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye majabali na mahandaki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.30.7" />Kwenye vichaka walilia kama punda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na walijisongasonga pamoja kwenye vichaka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.30.8" />Wao ni watoto wa wapumbavu wenye asili ya ubaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waliofukuzwa watoke katika nchi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.30.9" />“Nao sasa wana wao wananidhihaki katika nyimbo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimekuwa kitu cha dhihaka kwao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.30.10" />Wananichukia sana na kujitenga nami,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawasiti kunitemea mate usoni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.30.11" />Sasa kwa kuwa Mungu ameilegeza kamba ya upinde wangu na kunitesa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamekuwa huru kunitendea waonavyo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.30.12" />Kuume kwangu kundi linashambulia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wao huitegea miguu yangu tanzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunizingira.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.30.13" />Huizuia njia yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao hufanikiwa katika kuniletea maafa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami sina yeyote wa kunisaidia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.30.14" />Wananijia kama watu wapitao katika ufa mpana;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katikati ya magofu huja na kunishambulia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.30.15" />Vitisho vimenifunika;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">heshima yangu imetoweshwa kama kwa upepo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">salama yangu imetoweka kama wingu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.30.16" />“Sasa maisha yangu yamefikia mwisho;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku za mateso zimenikamata.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.30.17" />Usiku mifupa yangu inachoma;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maumivu yanayonitafuna hayatulii kamwe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.30.18" />Kwa uwezo wake mkuu Mungu huwa kwangu kama nguo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hushikamana nami kama ukosi wa vazi langu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.30.19" />Yeye amenitupa kwenye matope,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nimekuwa kama mavumbi na majivu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.30.20" />“Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ninakulilia wewe lakini hunijibu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninasimama, nawe unanitazama tu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.30.21" />Wewe unanigeukia bila huruma;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unanishambulia kwa nguvu za mkono wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.30.22" />Unaninyakua na kunipeperusha kwa upepo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umenirusha huku na huko kwenye dhoruba kali.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JOB.30.23" />Ninajua utanileta mpaka kifoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahali ambapo wenye uhai wote wamewekewa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JOB.30.24" />“Hakika hakuna yeyote amshambuliaye mhitaji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anapoomba msaada katika shida yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JOB.30.25" />Je, sikulia kwa ajili ya wale waliokuwa katika taabu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, nafsi yangu haikusononeka kwa ajili ya maskini?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="JOB.30.26" />Lakini nilipotazamia mema, mabaya yalinijia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilipotafuta nuru, ndipo giza lilipokuja.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JOB.30.27" />Kusukwasukwa ndani yangu kamwe hakutulii;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku za mateso zinanikabili.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="JOB.30.28" />Ninazunguka nikiwa nimeungua, lakini si kwa jua;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninasimama katika kusanyiko nikiomba msaada.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="JOB.30.29" />Nimekuwa ndugu wa mbweha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">rafiki wa mabundi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="JOB.30.30" />Ngozi yangu imekuwa nyeusi nayo inachunika;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mifupa yangu inaungua kwa homa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="JOB.30.31" />Kinubi changu kimegeuka kuwa maombolezo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo filimbi yangu imekuwa sauti ya kilio.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />

<c id="31" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.31.1" />“Nimefanya agano na macho yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yasimtazame msichana kwa kumtamani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.31.2" />Kwa kuwa fungu la mwanadamu ni gani kutoka kwa Mungu juu,
</q>
<q style="q1">urithi wake kutoka kwa Mungu Mwenye Nguvu Aliye juu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.31.3" />Je, si uharibifu kwa watu waovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maangamizi kwa wale watendao mabaya?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.31.4" />Je, yeye hazioni njia zangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuihesabu kila hatua yangu?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.31.5" />“Kama nimeishi katika uongo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au mguu wangu umekimbilia udanganyifu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.31.6" />Mungu na anipime katika mizani za uaminifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atajua kwamba sina hatia:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.31.7" />kama hatua zangu zimepotoka kutoka kwenye njia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama moyo wangu umeongozwa na macho yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kama mikono yangu imetiwa unajisi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.31.8" />basi wengine na wale nilichokipanda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo yale yote niliyootesha na yangʼolewe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.31.9" />“Kama moyo wangu umeshawishiwa na mwanamke,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kama nimevizia mlangoni mwa jirani yangu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.31.10" />basi mke wangu na asage nafaka ya mwanaume mwingine,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wanaume wengine walale naye.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.31.11" />Kwa kuwa hilo lingekuwa aibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, dhambi ya kuhukumiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.31.12" />Ni moto uwakao kwa Uharibifu;<f caller="+"><fr>31:12
</fr><ft>Kwa Kiebrania ni Abadon (</ft><xt>Ay 26:6; Mit 15:11</xt><ft>).</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ungekuwa umengʼoa mavuno yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.31.13" />“Kama ningewanyima haki watumishi wangu wanaume au vijakazi wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walipokuwa na manungʼuniko dhidi yangu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.31.14" />nitafanya nini Mungu atakaponikabili?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nitamjibu nini nitakapoitwa kutoa hesabu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.31.15" />Je, yeye aliyeniumba tumboni mwa mama yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">si ndiye aliwaumba?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, si ni yeye huyo mmoja aliyetuumba sote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndani ya mama zetu?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.31.16" />“Ikiwa nimewanyima maskini haja zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kuyaacha macho ya wajane yadhoofike,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.31.17" />kama nimekula chakula changu mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bila kuwashirikisha yatima;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.31.18" />lakini tangu ujana wangu nimemlea yatima kama ambavyo baba angefanya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami tangu kuzaliwa kwangu nimewaongoza wajane:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.31.19" />kama nilimwona yeyote akiteseka kwa kukosa nguo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au mtu mhitaji asiye na mavazi
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.31.20" />ambaye wala moyo wake haukunibariki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kumpatia joto kwa mavazi ya manyoya ya kondoo zangu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.31.21" />na kama nimeinua mkono wangu dhidi ya yatima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikijua kuwa nina ushawishi mahakamani,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.31.22" />basi mkono wangu na unyofoke toka begani mwangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao na uvunjike kutoka kiungio chake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JOB.31.23" />Kwa kuwa niliogopa uharibifu kutoka kwa Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami kwa kuuogopa utukufu wake sikuweza kufanya mambo kama hayo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JOB.31.24" />“Kama nimeweka tumaini langu kwenye dhahabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kuiambia dhahabu safi, ‘Wewe ndiwe salama yangu,’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JOB.31.25" />kama nimefurahia wingi wa utajiri wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ustawi ambao mikono yangu ilikuwa imepata,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="JOB.31.26" />kama nimelitazama jua katika kungʼaa kwake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au mwezi ukienda kwa fahari yake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JOB.31.27" />hivyo moyo wangu kushawishiwa kwa siri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kubusu mkono wangu kwa kuviheshimu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="JOB.31.28" />basi hiyo pia ingekuwa dhambi ya kuhukumiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa ningekuwa si mwaminifu kwa Mungu aishiye juu sana.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="JOB.31.29" />“Kama nimeshangilia msiba wa adui yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kutazama kwa furaha taabu iliyomjia,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="JOB.31.30" />lakini sikuruhusu kinywa changu kufanya dhambi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuomba laana dhidi ya maisha yake;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="JOB.31.31" />kama watu wa nyumbani mwangu kamwe hawakusema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Ni nani ambaye hajashibishwa na nyama ya Ayubu?’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="JOB.31.32" />Lakini hakuna mgeni aliyelala njiani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana mlango wangu ulikuwa wazi kwa msafiri;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="JOB.31.33" />kama nimeifunika dhambi yangu kama wanadamu wengine wafanyavyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuficha hatia yangu moyoni mwangu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="JOB.31.34" />kwa sababu ya kuogopa umati wa watu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hivyo kuwa na hofu ya kudharauliwa na jamaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikanyamaza kimya nisitoke nje ya mlango:
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="JOB.31.35" />(“Laiti kama angekuwepo mtu wa kunisikia!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Tazama sasa ninatia sahihi kwenye utetezi wangu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mwenyezi na anijibu;
</q>
<q style="q1">mshtaki wangu na aweke mashtaka yake kwenye maandishi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="36" bcv="JOB.31.36" />Hakika ningeyavaa begani mwangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ningeyavaa kama taji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="37" bcv="JOB.31.37" />Ningempa hesabu ya kila hatua yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ningemwendea kama mwana wa mfalme.)
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="38" bcv="JOB.31.38" />“Kama nchi yangu inalia dhidi yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mifereji yake yote imelowana kwa machozi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="39" bcv="JOB.31.39" />kama nimekula mazao yake bila malipo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kuvunja mioyo ya wapangaji wake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="40" bcv="JOB.31.40" />basi miiba na iote badala ya ngano,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na magugu badala ya shayiri.”
</q>
<p style="p">Mwisho wa maneno ya Ayubu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="32" />
<p sfm="ms" style="ms1">Sehemu Ya Tatu: Mazungumzo Ya Elihu
</p>
<p sfm="mr" style="mr">(Ayubu 32–37)
</p>
<s style="s1">Elihu Awakemea Rafiki Za Ayubu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.32.1" />Basi watu hawa watatu wakaacha kumjibu Ayubu, kwa kuwa alikuwa mwadilifu machoni pake mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JOB.32.2" />Lakini Elihu mwana wa Barakeli, wa kabila la Buzi wa jamaa ya Ramu, akamkasirikia sana Ayubu, kwa sababu ya kujihesabia haki mwenyewe badala ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JOB.32.3" />Pia aliwakasirikia hao rafiki watatu wa Ayubu, kwa sababu hawakuweza kupata njia ya kuthibitisha ya kuwa hayo maneno ya Ayubu hayakuwa ya kweli, nao bado walikuwa wamemlaumu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JOB.32.4" />Basi Elihu alikuwa amesubiri kwanza waongee na Ayubu kwa sababu walikuwa na umri mkubwa kumliko yeye.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JOB.32.5" />Lakini alipoona watu hao watatu hawakuwa na kitu zaidi cha kusema, hasira yake ikaamka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.32.6" />Basi Elihu mwana wa Barakeli wa kabila la Buzi akasema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Mimi ni mdogo kwa umri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nanyi ni wazee;
</q>
<q style="q1">ndiyo sababu niliogopa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikuthubutu kuwaambia kile ninachojua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.32.7" />Nilifikiri, ‘Yafaa umri useme,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wingi wa miaka ungefundisha hekima.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.32.8" />Lakini ni Roho iliyoko ndani ya mwanadamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pumzi ya Mwenyezi, ndiyo impayo yeye ufahamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.32.9" />Sio wazee peke yao walio na hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sio wenye umri mkubwa peke yao wanaofahamu lililo sawa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.32.10" />“Kwa hiyo nasema: Nisikilizeni mimi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mimi nami nitawaambia lile ninalojua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.32.11" />Nilingojea mlipokuwa mnaongea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilizisikiliza hoja zenu;
</q>
<q style="q1">mlipokuwa mkitafuta maneno ya kusema,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.32.12" />niliwasikiliza kwa makini.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini hakuna hata mmoja wenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliyethibitisha kwamba Ayubu amekosa;
</q>
<q style="q1">hakuna hata mmoja wenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliyeweza kujibu hoja zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.32.13" />Msiseme, ‘Tumepata hekima;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu na amthibitishe kuwa mwongo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala si mwanadamu.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.32.14" />Lakini Ayubu hajayapanga maneno yake dhidi yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami sitamjibu kwa kutumia hoja zenu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.32.15" />“Wametiwa hofu na hawana la zaidi la kusema;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maneno yamewaishia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.32.16" />Je, ningoje sasa kwa sababu wamekuwa kimya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa vile sasa wanasimama bila kuwa na la kujibu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.32.17" />Mimi nami nitakuwa na la kusema;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mimi nami nitasema lile nilijualo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.32.18" />Kwa kuwa nimejawa na maneno,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo Roho iliyomo ndani yangu yanisukuma;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.32.19" />ndani yangu niko kama chupa iliyojazwa divai,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama kiriba kipya cha divai kilicho tayari kupasuka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.32.20" />Ni lazima niseme ili niweze kutulia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni lazima nifumbue midomo yangu nipate kujibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.32.21" />Sitampendelea mtu yeyote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala sitajipendekeza kwa mtu yeyote;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.32.22" />kwa kuwa kama ningekuwa stadi wa kujipendekeza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Muumba wangu angeniondolea mbali kwa upesi.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="33" />
<s style="s1">Elihu Anamkemea Ayubu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.33.1" />“Lakini Ayubu, sasa, sikiliza maneno yangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zingatia kila kitu nitakachosema.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.33.2" />Karibu nitafungua kinywa changu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maneno yangu yapo katika ncha ya ulimi wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.33.3" />Maneno yangu yanatoka katika moyo mnyofu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">midomo yangu hunena kwa uaminifu yale niyajuayo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.33.4" />Roho wa Mungu ameniumba;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pumzi ya Mwenyezi hunipa uhai.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.33.5" />Unijibu basi, kama unaweza;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jiandae kunikabili mimi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.33.6" />Mimi ni kama wewe mbele za Mungu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mimi pia nimetolewa kwenye udongo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.33.7" />Huna sababu ya kuniogopa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala mkono wangu haupaswi kukulemea.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.33.8" />“Lakini umesema nikiwa ninakusikia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nilisikia maneno yenyewe:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.33.9" />‘Mimi ni safi na sina dhambi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mimi ni safi na sina hatia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.33.10" />Lakini bado Mungu amepata dosari kwangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye ananiona kama adui yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.33.11" />Ananifunga miguu kwa pingu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tena anaziangalia njia zangu zote kwa karibu.’
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.33.12" />“Lakini mimi ninakuambia, katika jambo hili wewe una makosa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana Mungu ni mkuu kuliko mwanadamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.33.13" />Kwa nini unamlalamikia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba yeye hamjibu mwanadamu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.33.14" />Kwa kuwa Mungu husema, wakati huu kwa njia moja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au wakati mwingine kwa njia nyingine,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ingawa mwanadamu anaweza asielewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.33.15" />Mungu husema na mwanadamu katika ndoto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika maono ya usiku,
</q>
<q style="q1">wakati usingizi mzito uwaangukiapo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanadamu wasinziapo vitandani mwao,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.33.16" />anaweza akasemea masikioni mwao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwatia hofu kwa maonyo,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.33.17" />ili kumgeuza mtu kutoka kwenye kutenda mabaya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumwepusha na kiburi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.33.18" />kuiokoa nafsi yake na shimo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uhai wake usiangamizwe kwa upanga.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.33.19" />Mtu anaweza kutiwa adabu kwa maumivu kitandani mwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa dhiki za mfululizo katika mifupa yake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.33.20" />kiasi kwamba maisha yake yenyewe yanakataa chakula
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo nafsi yake ikakichukia kabisa hata chakula kizuri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.33.21" />Nyama ya mwili wake huisha kwa kukonda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo mifupa yake ambayo mwanzoni ilikuwa imefichika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sasa inatokeza nje.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.33.22" />Nafsi yake inakaribia kaburi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao uhai wake karibu na wajumbe wa kifo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JOB.33.23" />“Kama bado kuna malaika upande wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mtetezi, mmoja miongoni mwa elfu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wa kumwambia mwanadamu lililo jema kwake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JOB.33.24" />kumwonea huruma na kusema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Mwokoe asije akatumbukia shimoni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimepata ukombozi kwa ajili yake’:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JOB.33.25" />ndipo nyama ya mwili wake hufanywa mpya kama ya mtoto;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hurudishwa upya kama siku za ujana wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="JOB.33.26" />Humwomba Mungu, akapata kibali kwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huuona uso wa Mungu na kushangilia kwa furaha;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu humrudisha katika hali yake ya uadilifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JOB.33.27" />Ndipo huja mbele za watu na kusema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Nilitenda dhambi na kupotosha kilichokuwa haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini sikuadhibiwa kama nilivyostahili.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="JOB.33.28" />Alinikomboa nafsi yangu nisitumbukie shimoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitaishi ili kuufurahia mwanga.’
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="JOB.33.29" />“Mungu hufanya haya yote kwa mwanadamu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mara mbili hata mara tatu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="JOB.33.30" />ili aigeuze nafsi yake toka shimoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili nuru ya uzima imwangazie.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="JOB.33.31" />“Ayubu, zingatia, nisikilize mimi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyamaza, nami nitanena.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="JOB.33.32" />Kama unalo lolote la kusema, unijibu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sema, kwa maana ninataka uonekane huna hatia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="JOB.33.33" />Lakini kama huna la kusema, basi nisikilize mimi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyamaza, nami nitakufundisha hekima.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="34" />
<s style="s1">Elihu Anatangaza Haki Ya Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.34.1" />Kisha Elihu akasema:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.34.2" />“Sikieni maneno yangu, enyi watu wenye hekima;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nisikilizeni mimi, ninyi watu wenye maarifa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.34.3" />Kwa kuwa sikio huyajaribu maneno
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama vile ulimi uonjavyo chakula.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.34.4" />Tujichagulie wenyewe yaliyo sawa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nasi tujifunze pamoja yaliyo mema.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.34.5" />“Ayubu anasema, ‘Mimi sina hatia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini Mungu ameninyima haki yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.34.6" />Ingawa niko sawa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninaonekana mwongo;
</q>
<q style="q1">nami ingawa sina kosa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kidonda changu hakiponi.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.34.7" />Ni mtu gani aliye kama Ayubu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anywaye dharau kama maji?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.34.8" />Ashirikianaye na watenda mabaya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuchangamana na watu waovu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.34.9" />Kwa kuwa anasema, ‘Haimfaidi mwanadamu kitu chochote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anapojitahidi kumpendeza Mungu.’
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.34.10" />“Hivyo nisikilizeni mimi, ninyi watu wenye ufahamu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kamwe Mungu hatendi uovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mwenyezi hafanyi kosa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.34.11" />Humlipa mwanadamu kwa ajili ya lile alilotenda;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huleta juu yake kile ambacho matendo yake yanastahili.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.34.12" />Ni jambo lisiloweza kufikiriwa kwamba Mungu angefanya makosa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba Mwenyezi angepotosha hukumu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.34.13" />Je, ni nani aliyemtawaza juu ya dunia?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani aliyemweka kuwa mwangalizi wa ulimwengu wote?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.34.14" />Kama lilikuwa kusudi la Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye akaiondoa Roho yake na pumzi yake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.34.15" />wanadamu wote wangeliangamia kwa pamoja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mtu angerudi mavumbini.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.34.16" />“Kama ninyi mnaufahamu, sikieni hili;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikilizeni hili nisemalo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.34.17" />Je, yeye aichukiaye haki aweza kutawala?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, utamhukumu mwenye haki, Aliye na Nguvu Zote?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.34.18" />Je, si ni yeye awaambiaye wafalme, ‘Ninyi hamfai kitu,’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watu mashuhuri, ‘Ninyi ni waovu,’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.34.19" />yeye asiyependelea wakuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala haonyeshi upendeleo kwa matajiri kuliko maskini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa wote ni kazi ya mikono yake?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.34.20" />Wanakufa ghafula, usiku wa manane;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wanatikiswa nao hupita;
</q>
<q style="q1">wenye nguvu huondolewa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bila mkono wa mwanadamu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.34.21" />“Macho yake yanazitazama njia za wanadamu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anaona kila hatua yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.34.22" />Hakuna mahali penye giza nene, wala uvuli mkubwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambapo watenda mabaya wanaweza kujificha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JOB.34.23" />Mungu hana haja ya kumchunguza mtu sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili apate kuja mbele zake kwa hukumu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JOB.34.24" />Bila kuuliza huwapondaponda wenye nguvu nyingi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaweka wengine mahali pao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JOB.34.25" />Kwa sababu huyaangalia matendo yao yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huwaondoa usiku, nao wakaangamia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="JOB.34.26" />Anawaadhibu kwa ajili ya uovu wao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahali ambapo kila mmoja ataweza kuwaona,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JOB.34.27" />kwa sababu wameacha kumfuata Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao hawakuiheshimu njia yake hata moja.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="JOB.34.28" />Wamesababisha kilio cha maskini kifike mbele zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hivyo akasikia kilio cha wahitaji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="JOB.34.29" />Lakini kama akinyamaza kimya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni nani awezaye kumhukumu?
</q>
<q style="q1">Kama akiuficha uso wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni nani awezaye kumwona?
</q>
<q style="q1">Ikiwa ni taifa au mtu mmoja, kwake ni sawa,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="30" bcv="JOB.34.30" />ili kumzuia mtu mwovu kutawala,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au wale ambao huwategea watu mitego.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="JOB.34.31" />“Kama mwanadamu akimwambia Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Nimekosa lakini sitatenda dhambi tena.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="JOB.34.32" />Nifundishe nisichoweza kuona;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama nimekukosea, sitafanya hivyo tena.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="JOB.34.33" />Je basi, Mungu atakulipa kwa masharti yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wewe umekataa kutubu?
</q>
<q style="q1">Yakupasa wewe uamue, wala si mimi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sasa niambie lile ulijualo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="JOB.34.34" />“Wanadamu wenye ufahamu husema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wenye hekima wanaonisikia huniambia,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="JOB.34.35" />‘Ayubu huongea bila maarifa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maneno yake hayana busara.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="36" bcv="JOB.34.36" />Laiti Ayubu angejaribiwa hadi kikomo cha mwisho,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu anajibu kama mtu mwovu!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="37" bcv="JOB.34.37" />Kwenye dhambi yake huongeza uasi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa dharau hupiga makofi miongoni mwetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzidisha maneno yake dhidi ya Mungu.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="35" />
<s style="s1">Elihu Analaumu Mtu Kujiona Kuwa Mwenye Haki
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.35.1" />Ndipo Elihu akasema:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.35.2" />“Je, unadhani hili ni haki?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wewe unasema, ‘Nina haki mbele za Mungu.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.35.3" />Bado unamuuliza, ‘Ni faida gani nimepata,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na imenifaidi nini kwa kutokutenda dhambi?’
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.35.4" />“Ningependa nikujibu wewe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na marafiki zako walio pamoja nawe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.35.5" />Tazama juu mbinguni ukaone;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yaangalie mawingu yaliyo juu sana juu yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.35.6" />Je, ukitenda dhambi, inamdhuruje Mungu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kama dhambi zako zikiwa nyingi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hilo linamfanyia nini Mungu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.35.7" />Kama wewe ni mwadilifu, unampa nini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au yeye anapokea nini mkononi kwako?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.35.8" />Uovu wako unamdhuru tu mtu mwingine kama wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo haki yako inawafaa wanadamu tu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.35.9" />“Wanadamu hulia kwa kulemewa na mateso;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huomba msaada kutoka mkono wenye nguvu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.35.10" />Lakini hakuna asemaye, ‘Yuko wapi Mungu Muumba wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye anifanyaye niimbe usiku,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.35.11" />yeye atufundishaye sisi zaidi kuliko wanyama wa dunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutufanya wenye hekima kuliko ndege wa angani?’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.35.12" />Yeye hajibu wakati watu waliapo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya kiburi cha watu waovu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.35.13" />Naam, Mungu hasikilizi maombi yao ya ubatili;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mwenyezi hayazingatii.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.35.14" />Si zaidi sana kwamba hatakusikiliza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe usemapo humwoni,
</q>
<q style="q1">tena ya kwamba shauri lako liko mbele zake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wewe lazima umngojee,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.35.15" />pia zaidi, kwamba hasira yake kamwe haiadhibu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala haangalii uovu hata kidogo?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.35.16" />Hivyo Ayubu hufumbua kinywa chake kwa maneno yasiyo na maana;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anaongea maneno mengi bila maarifa.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="36" />
<s style="s1">Elihu Atukuza Wema Wa Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.36.1" />Elihu akaendelea kusema:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.36.2" />“Nivumilie kidogo zaidi nami nitakuonyesha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba yako mengi zaidi ya kusemwa kwa ajili ya Mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.36.3" />Ninayapata maarifa yangu kutoka mbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitamhesabia haki Muumba wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.36.4" />Uwe na hakika kwamba maneno yangu si ya uongo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mmoja aliye mkamilifu katika maarifa yuko pamoja na wewe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.36.5" />“Mungu ni mwenye nguvu, lakini hamdharau mwanadamu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni mwenye nguvu, naye ni thabiti katika shauri lake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.36.6" />Hawaachi waovu waendelee kuishi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali huwapa walioteswa haki yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.36.7" />Yeye haondoi macho yake kwa wenye haki;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huwaketisha penye viti vya enzi pamoja na wafalme
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwatukuza milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.36.8" />Lakini ikiwa watu wamefungwa kwenye minyororo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakiwa wameshikiliwa na kamba za mateso,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.36.9" />huwaonyesha yale waliyoyatenda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba wametenda dhambi kwa majivuno.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.36.10" />Huwafanya wao kusikia maonyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na huwaagiza kutubu uovu wao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.36.11" />Kama wakitii na kumtumikia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataishi siku zao zilizobaki katika mafanikio,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na miaka yao katika utoshelevu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.36.12" />Lakini wasiposikiliza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataangamia kwa upanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watakufa pasipo maarifa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.36.13" />“Wasiomcha Mungu moyoni mwao huficha chuki;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata anapowafunga, hawamwombi msaada.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.36.14" />Wanakufa wangali vijana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miongoni mwa wanaume hanithi wa mahali pa kuabudia miungu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.36.15" />Bali wao wanaoteseka huwaokoa katika mateso yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzungumza nao katika dhiki zao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.36.16" />“Yeye anakubembeleza utoke katika mataya ya dhiki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kukuweka mahali palipo na nafasi mbali na kizuizi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi kwenye meza yako ya faraja iliyojaa vyakula vizuri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.36.17" />Lakini sasa umelemewa na hukumu kwa ajili ya uovu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hukumu na haki vimekukamata.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.36.18" />Uwe mwangalifu ili yeyote asikushawishi kwa utajiri;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usipotoshwe kwa fungu kubwa la rushwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.36.19" />Je, utajiri wako hata nguvu zako nyingi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vinaweza kukusaidia usiingie kwenye dhiki?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.36.20" />Usiutamani usiku uje,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili uwaburute watu mbali na nyumba zao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.36.21" />Jihadhari usigeukie uovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao unaupenda zaidi kuliko mateso.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.36.22" />“Mungu ametukuzwa katika nguvu zake.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani aliye mwalimu kama yeye?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JOB.36.23" />Ni nani aliyemwelekeza katika njia zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kumwambia, ‘Wewe umetenda yasiyo sawa’?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JOB.36.24" />Kumbuka kuzitukuza kazi zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambazo watu wamezisifu katika wimbo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JOB.36.25" />Wanadamu wote wameiona;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wanaikazia macho kwa mbali.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="JOB.36.26" />Tazama jinsi Mungu alivyo mkuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kupita ufahamu wetu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hesabu ya miaka yake haitafutiki.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JOB.36.27" />“Yeye huvuta juu matone ya maji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ayachujayo kama mvua kutoka kwenye vijito;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="JOB.36.28" />mawingu huangusha chini maji yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo mvua nyingi huwanyeshea wanadamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="JOB.36.29" />Ni nani ajuaye jinsi ayatandazavyo mawingu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jinsi angurumavyo kutoka hemani mwake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="JOB.36.30" />Tazama jinsi anavyotandaza umeme wa radi kumzunguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye huvifunika vilindi vya bahari.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="JOB.36.31" />Hivi ndivyo atawalavyo mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwapa chakula kwa wingi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="JOB.36.32" />Huujaza mkono wake kwa umeme wa radi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuuagiza kulenga shabaha yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="JOB.36.33" />Ngurumo zake hutangaza dhoruba inayokuja;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata mifugo hujulisha kukaribia kwake.<f caller="+"><fr>36:33
</fr><ft>Au: hutangaza kuja kwake.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />

<c id="37" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.37.1" />“Kwa hili moyo wangu unatetemeka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao unaruka kutoka mahali pake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.37.2" />Sikiliza! Sikiliza ngurumo ya sauti yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sauti ya ngurumo itokayo kinywani mwake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.37.3" />Huuachilia umeme wake wa radi chini ya mbingu yote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuupeleka hata miisho ya dunia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.37.4" />Baada ya hayo huja sauti ya ngurumo yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu hunguruma kwa sauti yake ya fahari.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wakati sauti yake ingurumapo tena,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huuachilia umeme wake wa radi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.37.5" />Sauti ya Mungu hunguruma kwa namna za ajabu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye hutenda mambo makuu kupita ufahamu wetu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.37.6" />Huiambia theluji, ‘Anguka juu ya dunia,’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo manyunyu ya mvua, ‘Uwe mvua ya nguvu.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.37.7" />Ili wanadamu wote aliowaumba wapate kujua kazi zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye humzuilia kila mtu shughuli zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.37.8" />Wanyama hujificha;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hubakia kwenye mapango yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.37.9" />Dhoruba hutoka katika chumba chake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">baridi hutoka katika upepo uendao kasi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.37.10" />Pumzi ya Mungu hutoa barafu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">eneo kubwa la maji huganda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.37.11" />Huyasheheneza mawingu kwa maji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye husambaza umeme wake wa radi kupitia hayo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.37.12" />Nayo mawingu huzungukazunguka pande zote kwa amri yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya uso wa dunia yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kufanya lolote ayaamuruyo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.37.13" />Huleta mawingu ili kuadhibu wanadamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kuinyeshea dunia yake na kuonyesha upendo wake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.37.14" />“Ayubu, sikiliza hili;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyamaza na uyafikiri maajabu ya Mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.37.15" />Je, unajua jinsi Mungu anavyoyaongoza mawingu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufanya umeme wake wa radi utoe mwanga?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.37.16" />Je, wajua jinsi mawingu yanavyokaa yakiwa yametulia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hayo maajabu yake yeye aliye mkamilifu katika maarifa?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.37.17" />Wewe unayeshindwa na joto katika nguo zako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati nchi imenyamazishwa kimya bila upepo wa kusini,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.37.18" />je, waweza kuungana naye katika kuzitandaza anga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zilizo ngumu kama kioo cha shaba ya kuyeyushwa?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.37.19" />“Tuambieni yatupasayo kumwambia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hatuwezi kutayarisha shauri letu kwa sababu ya ujinga wetu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.37.20" />Je, aambiwe kwamba nataka kuongea?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, yuko mtu ambaye angeomba kumezwa?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.37.21" />Basi hakuna awezaye kulitazama jua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jinsi linavyongʼaa angani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">upepo ukishafagia mawingu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.37.22" />Kutoka kaskazini yeye huja na fahari kuu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu huja katika utukufu wa kutisha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JOB.37.23" />Yeye Mwenyezi hatuwezi kumfikia, naye ametukuzwa katika uweza;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika hukumu zake na haki yake kuu, hataonea.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JOB.37.24" />Kwa hiyo, wanadamu mheshimuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa yeye hamstahi yeyote anayejidhania kuwa ana hekima.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="38" />
<p sfm="ms" style="ms1">Sehemu Ya Nne: Mungu Anazungumza
</p>
<p sfm="mr" style="mr">(Ayubu 38–41)
</p>
<s style="s1"><nd>Bwana</nd> Anamjibu Ayubu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.38.1" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamjibu Ayubu kutoka upepo wa kisulisuli. Akasema:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.38.2" />“Nani huyu atiaye mashauri yangu giza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maneno yasiyo na maarifa?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.38.3" />Jikaze kama mwanaume;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakuuliza swali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe unijibu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.38.4" />“Ulikuwa wapi nilipoweka misingi ya dunia?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Niambie, kama unafahamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.38.5" />Ni nani aliyeweka alama vipimo vyake?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hakika wewe unajua!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani aliyenyoosha kamba ya kupimia juu yake?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.38.6" />Je, misingi yake iliwekwa juu ya nini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au ni nani aliyeweka jiwe la pembeni,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.38.7" />wakati nyota za asubuhi zilipoimba pamoja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na malaika wote walipokuwa wakipiga kelele kwa furaha?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.38.8" />“Ni nani aliyeifungia bahari milango
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ilipopasuka kutoka tumbo,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.38.9" />nilipoyafanya mawingu kuwa vazi lake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuyafungia katika giza nene,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.38.10" />nilipoamuru mipaka yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuiweka milango yake na makomeo mahali pake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.38.11" />niliposema, ‘Unaweza kufika mpaka hapa wala si zaidi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hapa ndipo mawimbi yako yenye kiburi yatakapokomea’?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.38.12" />“Umepata kuiamrisha asubuhi ipambazuke,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kuyaonyesha mapambazuko mahali pake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.38.13" />yapate kushika miisho ya dunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwakungʼuta waovu waliomo?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.38.14" />Dunia hubadilika kama udongo wa mfinyanzi chini ya lakiri;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sura yake hukaa kama ile ya vazi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.38.15" />Waovu huzuiliwa nuru yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao mkono wao ulioinuliwa huvunjwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.38.16" />“Je, umepata kufika kwenye chemchemi za bahari?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Au kutembea mahali pa ndani pa vilindi?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.38.17" />Umewahi kuonyeshwa malango ya mauti?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Umewahi kuiona milango ya uvuli wa mauti?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.38.18" />Je, wewe unafahamu ukubwa wa dunia?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Niambie kama unajua haya yote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.38.19" />“Njia ya kufika kwenye makao ya nuru ni ipi?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nako maskani mwa giza ni wapi?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.38.20" />Je, unaweza kuvirudisha kwenye makao yake?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Unajua njia za kufika maskani mwake?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.38.21" />Hakika unajua, kwa kuwa ulikuwa umeshazaliwa!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwani umeishi miaka mingi!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.38.22" />“Je, umeshawahi kuingia katika ghala za theluji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kuona ghala za mvua ya mawe,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JOB.38.23" />ambazo nimeziweka akiba kwa ajili ya wakati wa taabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa ajili ya wakati wa vita na mapigano?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JOB.38.24" />Ni ipi njia iendayo mahali umeme wa radi unapotawanyiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au mahali upepo wa mashariki unaposambaziwa juu ya dunia?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JOB.38.25" />Ni nani aliyepasua mifereji kwa ajili ya maji mengi ya mvua yaendayo kasi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na njia ya umeme wa radi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="JOB.38.26" />ili kusababisha mvua kunyeshea mahali pasipokaliwa na mtu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jangwa lisilo na yeyote ndani yake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JOB.38.27" />ili kuitosheleza nchi ya ukiwa na jangwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na majani yaanze kumea ndani yake?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="JOB.38.28" />Je, mvua ina baba?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani baba azaaye matone ya umande?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="JOB.38.29" />Barafu inatoka tumbo la nani?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani azaaye ukungu kutoka mbinguni,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="JOB.38.30" />wakati maji yawapo magumu kama jiwe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati uso wa vilindi vya maji unapoganda?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="JOB.38.31" />“Je, waweza kuufunga mnyororo wa Kilimia?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Waweza kulegeza kamba za Orioni?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="JOB.38.32" />Waweza kuyaongoza makundi ya nyota kwa majira yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kuongoza Dubu na watoto wake?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="JOB.38.33" />Je, unajua sheria zinazotawala mbingu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Waweza kuweka utawala wa Mungu duniani?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="JOB.38.34" />“Waweza kuiinua sauti yako mpaka mawinguni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kujifunika mwenyewe na gharika ya maji?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="JOB.38.35" />Je, wewe hutuma umeme wa radi kwenye njia zake?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, hutoa taarifa kwako kukuambia, ‘Sisi tuko hapa’?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="36" bcv="JOB.38.36" />Ni nani aliyeujalia moyo hekima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kuzipa akili ufahamu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="37" bcv="JOB.38.37" />Nani mwenye hekima ya kuyahesabu mawingu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani awezaye kuinamisha magudulia ya mbinguni
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="38" bcv="JOB.38.38" />wakati mavumbi yawapo magumu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mabonge ya udongo kushikamana pamoja?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="39" bcv="JOB.38.39" />“Je, utamwindia simba jike mawindo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwashibisha simba wenye njaa
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="40" bcv="JOB.38.40" />wakati wao wamejikunyata mapangoni mwao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au wakivizia kichakani?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="41" bcv="JOB.38.41" />Ni nani ampaye kunguru chakula
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati makinda yake yanamlilia Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yakizungukazunguka kwa ajili ya kukosa chakula?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />

<c id="39" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.39.1" />“Je, wajua ni wakati gani mbuzi wa mlimani wanapozaa?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, watambua ni wakati gani kulungu jike azaapo mtoto wake?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.39.2" />Je, waweza kuhesabu miezi hadi wazaapo?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, unajua majira yao ya kuzaa?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.39.3" />Wao hujiinamisha na kuzaa watoto wao;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utungu wa kuzaa unakoma.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.39.4" />Watoto wao hustawi na kuongezeka nguvu nyikani;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huenda zao wala hawarudi tena.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.39.5" />“Ni nani aliyemwachia punda-mwitu awe huru?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani aliyezifungua kamba zake?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.39.6" />Nimempa nchi isiyokaliwa na watu kuwa masikani yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nchi ya chumvi kuwa makao yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.39.7" />Huzicheka ghasia za mji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hasikii kelele za mwendesha gari.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.39.8" />Huzunguka vilimani kwa ajili ya malisho
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutafuta kila kitu kibichi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.39.9" />“Je, nyati atakubali kukutumikia?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Atakaa karibu na hori lako usiku?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.39.10" />Je, waweza kumfungia kwenye matuta kwa kamba?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, atalima mabonde nyuma yako?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.39.11" />Je, utamtumainia kwa ajili ya nguvu zake nyingi?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Utamwachia yeye kazi zako nzito?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.39.12" />Utaweza kumwamini akuletee nafaka yako nyumbani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka shambani na kuikusanya kwenye sakafu yako ya kupuria?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.39.13" />“Mbuni hupigapiga mabawa yake kwa furaha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hayawezi kulinganishwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mabawa na manyoya ya korongo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.39.14" />Huyataga mayai yake juu ya ardhi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuyaacha yapate joto mchangani,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.39.15" />bila kujali kuwa mguu waweza kuyaponda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba baadhi ya wanyama wa porini wanaweza kuyakanyaga.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.39.16" />Yeye huyafanyia makinda yake ukatili kama vile si yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hajali kwamba taabu yake inaweza ikawa bure,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.39.17" />kwa kuwa Mungu hakumjalia hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakumpa fungu la akili njema.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.39.18" />Lakini akunjuapo mabawa yake kukimbia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">humcheka farasi pamoja na yeye aliyempanda.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.39.19" />“Je, wewe humpa farasi nguvu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kuivika shingo yake manyoya marefu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.39.20" />Je, wewe humfanya farasi aruke kama nzige,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akistaajabisha kwa tishio la mlio wake wa majivuno?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.39.21" />Huparapara bila woga, akizifurahia nguvu zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">husonga mbele kukabiliana na silaha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.39.22" />Huicheka hofu, haogopi chochote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala haukimbii upanga.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JOB.39.23" />Podo hutoa sauti kando yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na mkuki unaongʼaa na fumo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JOB.39.24" />Bila woga na kwa ghadhabu huimeza nchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala tarumbeta iliapo yeye hawezi kusimama.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JOB.39.25" />Asikiapo sauti ya baragumu yeye hulia, ‘Aha!’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hunusa harufu ya vita toka mbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sauti ya mtoa amri na ukelele wa vita.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="JOB.39.26" />“Je, mwewe huruka kwa hekima yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuyakunjua mabawa yake kuelekea kusini?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JOB.39.27" />Je, tai hupaa juu kwa amri yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kujenga kiota chake mahali pa juu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="JOB.39.28" />Huishi juu ya miamba mirefu na kukaa huko usiku;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">majabali yenye ncha kali ndiyo ngome yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="JOB.39.29" />Kutoka huko hutafuta chakula chake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">macho yake hukiona kutoka mbali.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="JOB.39.30" />Makinda yake hujilisha damu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na pale palipo na machinjo, ndipo yeye alipo.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="40" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.40.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Ayubu:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.40.2" />“Je, mwenye kushindana na Mwenyezi aweza kumsahihisha?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mwenye kumlaumu Mungu na ajibu.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.40.3" />Ndipo Ayubu akamjibu
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.40.4" />“Mimi sistahili kabisa: ninawezaje kukujibu wewe?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nauweka mkono wangu juu ya kinywa changu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.40.5" />Nimesema mara moja, lakini sina jibu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, nimesema mara mbili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini sitasema tena.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.40.6" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akasema na Ayubu kutoka upepo wa kisulisuli:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.40.7" />“Jikaze kama mwanaume;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakuuliza maswali, nawe yakupasa unijibu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.40.8" />“Je, utabatilisha hukumu yangu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Utanilaumu mimi ili kujihesabia haki mwenyewe?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.40.9" />Je, una mkono kama wa Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe waweza kutoa sauti ya ngurumo kama yake?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.40.10" />Basi jivike mwenyewe utukufu na fahari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe uvae heshima na enzi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.40.11" />Fungulia ukali wa ghadhabu yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtafute kila mwenye kiburi umshushe,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.40.12" />mwangalie kila mtu mwenye kiburi na umnyenyekeze,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waponde waovu mahali wasimamapo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.40.13" />Wazike wote mavumbini pamoja;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wafunge nyuso zao kaburini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.40.14" />Ndipo mimi mwenyewe nitakukubalia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa mkono wako mwenyewe wa kuume unaweza kukuokoa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.40.15" />“Mwangalie mnyama aitwaye Behemothi,<f caller="+"><fr>40:15
</fr><ft>Huyu alikuwa mnyama wa nyakati za zamani ambaye hajulikani hasa ni gani.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niliyemuumba kama nilivyokuumba wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anayekula majani kama ngʼombe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.40.16" />Tazama basi nguvu alizo nazo kwenye viuno vyake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uwezo alio nao kwenye misuli ya tumbo lake!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.40.17" />Mkia wake hutikisika kama mwerezi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mishipa ya mapaja yake imesukwa pamoja.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.40.18" />Mifupa yake ni bomba za shaba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maungo yake ni kama fito za chuma.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.40.19" />Yeye ni wa kwanza miongoni mwa kazi za Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini Muumba wake anaweza kumsogelea kwa upanga wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.40.20" />Vilima humletea yeye mazao yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wanyama wote wa porini hucheza karibu naye.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.40.21" />Hulala chini ya mimea ya yungiyungi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika maficho ya matete kwenye matope.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.40.22" />Hiyo mimea ya yungiyungi humficha kwenye vivuli vyake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miti mirefu karibu na kijito humzunguka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JOB.40.23" />Wakati mto ufurikapo, yeye hapati mshtuko wa hofu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye yu salama, hata kama Yordani ingefurika hadi kwenye kinywa chake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JOB.40.24" />Je, mtu yeyote anaweza kumkamata yeye akiwa macho,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kumnasa kwa mtego na kutoboa pua yake?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />

<c id="41" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.41.1" />“Je, waweza kumvua Lewiathani<f caller="+"><fr>41:1
</fr><ft>Lewiathani ni mnyama mkubwa wa baharini mwenye magamba anayefanana na joka kubwa, mwenye umbo la kutisha, asiyeweza kuvuliwa.</ft></f> kwa ndoano ya samaki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kufunga ulimi wake kwa kamba?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.41.2" />Waweza kupitisha kamba puani mwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kutoboa taya lake kwa kulabu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.41.3" />Je, ataendelea kukuomba umhurumie?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Atasema nawe maneno ya upole?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.41.4" />Je, atafanya agano nawe ili umtwae
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">awe mtumishi wako maisha yake yote?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.41.5" />Je, utamfuga na kumfanya rafiki kama ndege,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kumfunga kamba kwa ajili ya wasichana wako?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.41.6" />Je, wafanyabiashara watabadilishana bidhaa kwa ajili yake?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Watamgawanya miongoni mwa wafanyao biashara?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.41.7" />Je, waweza kuijaza ngozi yake kwa vyuma vyenye ncha kali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kichwa chake kwa mkuki wa kuvulia samaki?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOB.41.8" />Kama ukiweka mkono wako juu yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utavikumbuka hivyo vita na kamwe hutarudia tena!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOB.41.9" />Tumaini lolote la kumtiisha ni kujidanganya;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kule kumwona tu kunamwangusha mtu chini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.41.10" />Hakuna yeyote aliye mkali athubutuye kumchokoza.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani basi awezaye kusimama dhidi yangu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOB.41.11" />Ni nani mwenye madai dhidi yangu ili nipate kumlipa?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kila kitu kilicho chini ya mbingu ni mali yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.41.12" />“Sitashindwa kunena juu ya maungo yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nguvu zake na umbo lake zuri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOB.41.13" />Ni nani awezaye kumvua gamba lake la nje?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani awezaye kumsogelea na lijamu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOB.41.14" />Nani athubutuye kuufungua mlango wa kinywa chake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kilichozungukwa na meno yake ya kutisha pande zote?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOB.41.15" />Mgongo wake una safu za ngao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zilizoshikamanishwa imara pamoja;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.41.16" />kila moja iko karibu sana na mwenzake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna hewa iwezayo kupita kati yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOB.41.17" />Zimeunganishwa imara kila moja na nyingine;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zimengʼangʼaniana pamoja wala haziwezi kutenganishwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOB.41.18" />Akipiga chafya mwanga humetameta;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">macho yake ni kama mionzi ya mapambazuko.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOB.41.19" />Mienge iwakayo humiminika kutoka kinywani mwake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">cheche za moto huruka nje.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOB.41.20" />Moshi hufuka kutoka puani mwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama kutoka kwenye chungu kinachotokota kwa moto wa matete.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOB.41.21" />Pumzi yake huwasha makaa ya mawe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo miali ya moto huruka kutoka kinywani mwake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JOB.41.22" />Nguvu hukaa katika shingo yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utisho hutangulia mbele yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JOB.41.23" />Mikunjo ya nyama yake imeshikamana imara pamoja;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">iko imara na haiwezi kuondolewa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JOB.41.24" />Kifua chake ni kigumu kama mwamba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kigumu kama jiwe la chini la kusagia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JOB.41.25" />Ainukapo, mashujaa wanaogopa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hurudi nyuma mbele yake anapokwenda kwa kishindo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="JOB.41.26" />Upanga unaomfikia haumdhuru,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala mkuki au mshale wala fumo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JOB.41.27" />Chuma hukiona kama unyasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na shaba kama mti uliooza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="JOB.41.28" />Mishale haimfanyi yeye akimbie;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mawe ya kombeo kwake ni kama makapi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="JOB.41.29" />Rungu kwake huwa kama kipande cha jani kavu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hucheka sauti za kugongana kwa mkuki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="JOB.41.30" />Sehemu zake za chini kwenye tumbo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zina menomeno na mapengo kama vigae vya chungu,
</q>
<q style="q1">zikiacha mburuzo kwenye matope
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama chombo chenye meno cha kupuria.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="JOB.41.31" />Huvisukasuka vilindi kama sufuria kubwa ichemkayo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukoroga bahari kama chungu cha marhamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="JOB.41.32" />Anapopita nyuma yake huacha mkondo unaometameta;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtu angedhani vilindi vilikuwa na mvi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="JOB.41.33" />Hakuna chochote duniani kinacholingana naye:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ni kiumbe kisicho na woga.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="JOB.41.34" />Yeye huwatazama chini wale wote wenye kujivuna;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ni mfalme juu ya wote wenye kiburi.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="42" />
<p sfm="ms" style="ms1">Sehemu Ya Tano
</p>
<p sfm="mr" style="mr">(Ayubu 42)
</p>
<s style="s1">Ayubu Anamjibu
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOB.42.1" />Ndipo Ayubu akamjibu
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOB.42.2" />“Ninajua ya kuwa unaweza kufanya mambo yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna mpango wako unaoweza kuzuilika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOB.42.3" />Uliuliza, ‘Ni nani huyu afichaye mashauri yangu bila maarifa?’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hakika nilisema juu ya mambo niliyokuwa siyaelewi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mambo ya ajabu mno kwangu mimi kuyajua.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOB.42.4" />“Ulisema, ‘Sikiliza sasa, nami nitanena;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakuuliza swali, nawe yakupasa kunijibu.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOB.42.5" />Masikio yangu yalikuwa yamesikia habari zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini sasa macho yangu yamekuona.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOB.42.6" />Kwa hiyo najidharau mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutubu katika mavumbi na majivu.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Mwisho: Marafiki Wa Ayubu Wanafedheheshwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JOB.42.7" />Baada ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kusema mambo haya yote na Ayubu, akamwambia Elifazi Mtemani, “Nina hasira juu yako na juu ya rafiki zako wawili, kwa sababu hamkusema yaliyo sawa kwa habari yangu, kama alivyosema mtumishi wangu Ayubu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JOB.42.8" />Basi sasa chukueni mafahali saba na kondoo dume saba mkamwendee mtumishi wangu Ayubu nanyi mkatoe sadaka za kuteketezwa kwa ajili yenu wenyewe. Mtumishi wangu Ayubu ataomba kwa ajili yenu, nami nitayakubali maombi yake ili nisiwatendee sawasawa na upumbavu wenu. Ninyi hamkusema yaliyo sawa kwa habari yangu, kama alivyosema mtumishi wangu Ayubu.”
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JOB.42.9" />Kwa hiyo Elifazi Mtemani, Bildadi Mshuhi, na Sofari Mnaamathi wakafanya kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyowaambia; naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akayakubali maombi ya Ayubu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JOB.42.10" />Baada ya Ayubu kuwaombea rafiki zake,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwondoa kwenye uteka, akamfanikisha tena naye akampa mara mbili ya vile alivyokuwa navyo hapo mwanzoni.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JOB.42.11" />Ndipo ndugu zake wote waume kwa wake na kila mtu aliyemfahamu mwanzoni, wakaja wakala pamoja naye katika nyumba yake. Wakamfariji na kumtuliza moyo juu ya taabu yote
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyoileta juu yake, nao kila mmoja akampa kipande cha fedha na pete ya dhahabu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JOB.42.12" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akaibariki sehemu ya mwisho ya maisha ya Ayubu kuliko ile ya kwanza. Alikuwa na kondoo elfu kumi na nne, ngamia elfu sita, jozi za mafahali elfu moja, na punda wa kike elfu moja.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JOB.42.13" />Tena alikuwa na wana saba na binti watatu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JOB.42.14" />Binti wa kwanza aliitwa Yemima, wa pili Kesia na wa tatu Keren-Hapuki.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JOB.42.15" />Hapakuwepo mahali popote katika nchi ile yote palipopatikana wanawake wazuri kama binti za Ayubu; naye baba yao akawapa urithi pamoja na ndugu zao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JOB.42.16" />Baada ya hili Ayubu akaishi miaka 140; akawaona wanawe na wana wa wanawe hata kizazi cha nne.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JOB.42.17" />Hivyo Ayubu akafa, akiwa mzee aliyekuwa ameshiba siku.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="PSA"><id id="PSA">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Zaburi
</h><toc level="1">Zaburi
</toc><toc level="2">Zaburi
</toc><toc level="3">Za
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Zaburi
</p>

<c id="1" />
<p sfm="ms" style="ms1">KITABU CHA KWANZA
</p>
<p sfm="mr" style="mr">(Zaburi 1–41)
</p>
<cl>Zaburi 1
</cl><s style="s1">Furaha Ya Kweli
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.1.1" />Heri mtu yule ambaye
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haendi katika shauri la watu waovu,
</q>
<q style="q1">wala hasimami katika njia ya wenye dhambi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kuketi katika baraza la wenye mizaha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.1.2" />Bali huifurahia sheria ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye huitafakari hiyo sheria usiku na mchana.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.1.3" />Mtu huyo ni kama mti uliopandwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kando ya vijito vya maji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao huzaa matunda kwa majira yake
</q>
<q style="q1">na majani yake hayanyauki.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Lolote afanyalo hufanikiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Huzuni Ya Waovu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.1.4" />Sivyo walivyo waovu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wao ni kama makapi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yapeperushwayo na upepo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.1.5" />Kwa hiyo waovu hawatastahimili hukumu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala wenye dhambi katika kusanyiko la wenye haki.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.1.6" />Kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> huziangalia njia za mwenye haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali njia ya waovu itaangamia.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="2" />
<cl>Zaburi 2
</cl><s style="s1">Mfalme Aliyechaguliwa Na Mungu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.2.1" />Kwa nini mataifa wanashauriana kufanya mabaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kabila za watu kula njama bure?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.2.2" />Wafalme wa dunia wanajipanga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na watawala wanajikusanya pamoja
</q>
<q style="q1">dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na dhidi ya Mpakwa Mafuta wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.2.3" />Wanasema, “Tuvunje minyororo yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuvitupilia mbali vifungo vyao.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.2.4" />Yeye atawalaye mbinguni hucheka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Bwana huwadharau.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.2.5" />Kisha huwakemea katika hasira yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaogopesha katika ghadhabu yake, akisema,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.2.6" />“Nimemtawaza Mfalme wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya Sayuni, mlima wangu mtakatifu.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Ushindi Wa Mfalme
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.2.7" />Nitatangaza amri ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yeye aliniambia, “Wewe ni Mwanangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">leo mimi nimekuzaa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.2.8" />Niombe, nami nitayafanya mataifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa urithi wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miisho ya dunia kuwa milki yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.2.9" />Utawatawala kwa fimbo ya chuma
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwavunjavunja kama chombo cha mfinyanzi.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.2.10" />Kwa hiyo, ninyi wafalme, kuweni na hekima;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwonyeke, enyi watawala wa dunia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.2.11" />Mtumikieni
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa hofu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mshangilie kwa kutetemeka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.2.12" />Mbusu Mwana, asije akakasirika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe ukaangamizwa katika njia yako,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana hasira yake inaweza kuwaka ghafula.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Heri wote wanaomkimbilia.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="3" />
<cl>Zaburi 3
</cl><s style="s1">Sala Ya Asubuhi Ya Kuomba Msaada
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi ya Daudi. Alipomkimbia mwanawe Absalomu.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.3.1" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, tazama adui zangu walivyo wengi!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni wengi kiasi gani wanaoinuka dhidi yangu!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.3.2" />Wengi wanasema juu yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Mungu hatamwokoa.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.3.3" />Lakini wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ni ngao pande zote;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umeniwekea utukufu na kuinua kichwa changu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.3.4" />Ninamlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa sauti kuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye ananijibu kutoka mlima wake mtakatifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.3.5" />Ninajilaza na kupata usingizi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naamka tena, kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> hunitegemeza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.3.6" />Sitaogopa makumi elfu ya adui,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaojipanga dhidi yangu kila upande.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.3.7" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, amka!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Niokoe, Ee Mungu wangu!
</q>
<q style="q1">Wapige adui zangu wote kwenye taya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vunja meno ya waovu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.3.8" />Kwa maana wokovu watoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">Baraka yako na iwe juu ya watu wako.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="4" />
<cl>Zaburi 4
</cl><s style="s1">Sala Ya Jioni Ya Kuomba Msaada
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Kwa ala za nyuzi za muziki. Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.4.1" />Nijibu nikuitapo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee Mungu wangu mwenye haki!
</q>
<q style="q1">Nipumzishe katika shida zangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nirehemu, usikie ombi langu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.4.2" />Enyi watu, mtabadilisha utukufu wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa aibu mpaka lini?
</q>
<q style="q1">Mtapenda udanganyifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufuata miungu ya uongo mpaka lini?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.4.3" />Fahamuni hakika kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> amewatenga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wamchao kwa ajili yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> atanisikia nimwitapo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.4.4" />Katika hasira yako, usitende dhambi.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mkiwa vitandani mwenu, mtulie kimya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkiichunguza mioyo yenu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.4.5" />Toeni dhabihu zilizo haki;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtegemeeni
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.4.6" />Wengi wanauliza, “Ni nani awezaye
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutuonyesha jema lolote?”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, tuangazie nuru ya uso wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.4.7" />Wewe umejaza moyo wangu kwa furaha kubwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko watu waliopata nafaka na divai kwa wingi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.4.8" />Nitajilaza chini na kulala kwa amani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa wewe peke yako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waniwezesha kukaa kwa salama.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="5" />
<cl>Zaburi 5
</cl><s style="s1">Sala Kwa Ajili Ya Ulinzi Wakati Wa Hatari
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Kwa filimbi. Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.5.1" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, tegea sikio maneno yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uangalie kupiga kite kwangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.5.2" />Sikiliza kilio changu ili unisaidie,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mfalme wangu na Mungu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana kwako ninaomba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.5.3" />Asubuhi, unasikia sauti yangu, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asubuhi naleta haja zangu mbele zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kusubiri kwa matumaini.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.5.4" />Wewe si Mungu unayefurahia uovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwako mtu mwovu hataishi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.5.5" />Wenye kiburi hawawezi kusimama mbele yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unawachukia wote watendao mabaya.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.5.6" />Unawaangamiza wasemao uongo.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> huwachukia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamwagao damu na wadanganyifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.5.7" />Lakini mimi, kwa rehema zako kuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakuja katika nyumba yako,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa unyenyekevu, nitasujudu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuelekea Hekalu lako takatifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.5.8" />Niongoze katika haki yako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya adui zangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyoosha njia yako mbele yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.5.9" />Hakuna neno kinywani mwao linaloweza kuaminika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mioyo yao imejaa maangamizi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Koo lao ni kaburi lililo wazi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ndimi zao, wao hunena udanganyifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.5.10" />Uwatangaze kuwa wenye hatia, Ee Mungu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hila zao ziwe anguko lao wenyewe.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wafukuzie mbali kwa sababu ya dhambi zao nyingi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa wamekuasi wewe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.5.11" />Lakini wote wakimbiliao kwako na wafurahi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waimbe kwa shangwe daima.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ueneze ulinzi wako juu yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili wale wapendao jina lako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wapate kukushangilia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.5.12" />Kwa hakika, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, unawabariki wenye haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unawazunguka kwa wema wako kama ngao.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="6" />
<cl>Zaburi 6
</cl><s style="s1">Sala Kwa Ajili Ya Msaada Wakati Wa Taabu
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Kwa ala za nyuzi za muziki. Mtindo wa sheminithi.<f caller="+"><fr>6:0
</fr><fq>Sheminithi
</fq><ft>ni mtajo mmojawapo katika lugha ya uimbaji.</ft></f> Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.6.1" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, usinikemee katika hasira yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala usiniadhibu katika ghadhabu yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.6.2" />Unirehemu
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana nimedhoofika;
</q>
<q style="q1">Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, uniponye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana mifupa yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ina maumivu makali.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.6.3" />Nafsi yangu ina uchungu mwingi.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mpaka lini, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mpaka lini?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.6.4" />Geuka Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, unikomboe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uniokoe kwa sababu ya fadhili zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.6.5" />Hakuna mtu anayekukumbuka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akiwa amekufa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni nani awezaye kukusifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akiwa kuzimu?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.6.6" />Nimechakaa kwa kulia kwa huzuni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiku kucha nafurikisha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kitanda changu kwa machozi;
</q>
<q style="q1">nimelowesha viti vyangu vya fahari
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa machozi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.6.7" />Macho yangu yamedhoofika kwa kuhuzunika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yamedhoofika kwa sababu ya adui zangu wote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.6.8" />Kaeni mbali nami, ninyi nyote mtendao mabaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> amesikia kulia kwangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.6.9" /><nd>Bwana</nd> amesikia kilio changu kwa huruma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> amekubali sala yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.6.10" />Adui zangu wote wataaibika na kufadhaika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watarudi nyuma kwa aibu ya ghafula.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="7" />
<cl>Zaburi 7
</cl><s style="s1">Sala Ya Mtu Anayedhulumiwa
</s>
<d style="d">Ombolezo la Daudi kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa sababu ya Kushi, Mbenyamini.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.7.1" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wangu, ninakukimbilia wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uniokoe na kunikomboa na wote wanaonifuatia,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.7.2" />la sivyo watanirarua kama simba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunichana vipande vipande, asiwepo wa kuniokoa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.7.3" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wangu, kama nimetenda haya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuna hatia mikononi mwangu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.7.4" />au ikiwa nimemtenda uovu aliye na amani nami,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au nimemnyangʼanya adui yangu pasipo sababu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.7.5" />basi adui anifuatie na kunipata,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">auponde uhai wangu ardhini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunilaza mavumbini.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.7.6" />Amka kwa hasira yako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">inuka dhidi ya ghadhabu ya adui zangu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Amka, Mungu wangu, uamue haki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.7.7" />Kusanyiko la watu na likuzunguke.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Watawale kutoka juu.
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.7.8" /><nd>Bwana</nd> na awahukumu kabila za watu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nihukumu Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kadiri ya haki yangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kadiri ya uadilifu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ewe Uliye Juu Sana.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.7.9" />Ee Mungu mwenye haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uchunguzaye mawazo na mioyo,
</q>
<q style="q1">komesha ghasia za waovu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ufanye wenye haki waishi kwa amani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.7.10" />Ngao langu ni Mungu Aliye Juu Sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">awaokoaye wanyofu wa moyo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.7.11" />Mungu ni mwamuzi mwenye haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu aghadhibikaye kila siku.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.7.12" />Kama hakutuhurumia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atanoa upanga wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ataupinda na kuufunga uzi upinde wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.7.13" />Ameandaa silaha zake kali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ameweka tayari mishale yake ya moto.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.7.14" />Yeye aliye na mimba ya uovu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na achukuaye mimba ya ghasia huzaa uongo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.7.15" />Yeye achimbaye shimo na kulifukua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hutumbukia katika shimo alilochimba mwenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.7.16" />Ghasia azianzishazo humrudia mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukatili wake humrudia kichwani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.7.17" />Nitamshukuru
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa ajili ya haki yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nitaliimbia sifa jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Aliye Juu Sana.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="8" />
<cl>Zaburi 8
</cl><s style="s1">Utukufu Wa Mungu Na Heshima Ya Mwanadamu
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Mtindo wa gitithi. Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.8.1" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Bwana wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tazama jinsi lilivyo tukufu jina lako duniani mwote!
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Umeuweka utukufu wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya mbingu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.8.2" />Midomoni mwa watoto wachanga na wanyonyao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umeamuru sifa,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu ya watesi wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kumnyamazisha adui na mlipiza kisasi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.8.3" />Nikiziangalia mbingu zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kazi ya vidole vyako,
</q>
<q style="q1">mwezi na nyota,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulizoziratibisha,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.8.4" />mwanadamu ni kitu gani hata unamfikiria,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">binadamu ni nani hata unamjali?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.8.5" />Umemfanya chini kidogo kuliko viumbe wa mbinguni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukamvika taji ya utukufu na heshima.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.8.6" />Umemfanya mtawala juu ya kazi za mikono yako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umeweka vitu vyote chini ya miguu yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.8.7" />Mifugo na makundi yote pia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, na wanyama wa kondeni,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.8.8" />ndege wa angani na samaki wa baharini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, kila kiogeleacho katika njia za bahari.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.8.9" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Bwana wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tazama jinsi lilivyo tukufu jina lako duniani mwote!
<ve />
</q>

<c id="9" />
<cl>Zaburi 9</cl><f caller="+"><fr>9
</fr><ft>Zaburi hii ikiunganishwa na ya 10 zimetungwa kila beti likianzia na herufi ya alfabeti ya Kiebrania zikifuatana tangu Aleph (A) hadi Taw (T); zote ni 22.</ft></f>
<s style="s1">Shukrani Kwa Mungu Kwa Ajili Ya Haki Yake
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Mtindo wa muth-labeni.<f caller="+"><fr>9:0
</fr><ft>Muth-labeni ni mtajo mmojawapo katika lugha za muziki.</ft></f> Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.9.1" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nitakutukuza kwa moyo wangu wote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitayasimulia matendo yako yote ya ajabu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.9.2" />Nitafurahi na kushangilia ndani yako.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nitaliimbia sifa jina lako, Ewe Uliye Juu Sana.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.9.3" />Adui zangu wamerudi nyuma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamejikwaa na kuangamia mbele zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.9.4" />Kwa maana umetetea haki yangu na msimamo wangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umeketi kwenye kiti chako cha enzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukihukumu kwa haki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.9.5" />Umekemea mataifa na kuwaangamiza waovu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umeyafuta majina yao milele na milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.9.6" />Uharibifu usiokoma umempata adui,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umeingʼoa miji yao;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata kumbukumbu lao limetoweka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.9.7" /><nd>Bwana</nd> anatawala milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ameweka kiti chake cha enzi apate kuhukumu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.9.8" />Mungu atahukumu ulimwengu kwa haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atatawala mataifa kwa haki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.9.9" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ni kimbilio la watu wanaoonewa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni ngome imara wakati wa shida.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.9.10" />Wote wanaolijua jina lako watakutumaini wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana wewe
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hujawaacha kamwe wakutafutao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.9.11" />Mwimbieni
<nd>Bwana</nd> sifa, amefanywa mtawala Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tangazeni miongoni mwa mataifa, yale aliyoyatenda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.9.12" />Kwa maana yeye alipizaye kisasi cha damu hukumbuka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hapuuzi kilio cha wanaoonewa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.9.13" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, tazama jinsi walivyo wengi adui zangu wanaonitesa!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nihurumie, uniinue kutoka malango ya mauti,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.9.14" />ili niweze kutangaza sifa zako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika malango ya Binti Sayuni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na huko niushangilie wokovu wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.9.15" />Mataifa wameanguka kwenye shimo walilolichimba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miguu yao imenaswa kwenye wavu waliouficha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.9.16" /><nd>Bwana</nd> anajulikana kwa haki yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waovu wamenaswa katika kazi za mikono yao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.9.17" />Waovu wataishia kuzimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, mataifa yote wanaomsahau Mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.9.18" />Lakini mhitaji hatasahaulika siku zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala matumaini ya walioonewa hayatapotea.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.9.19" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, inuka, usimwache binadamu ashinde.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mataifa na yahukumiwe mbele zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.9.20" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wapige kwa hofu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mataifa na yajue kuwa wao ni watu tu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="10" />
<cl>Zaburi 10</cl><f caller="+"><fr>10
</fr><ft>Zaburi hii ikiunganishwa na ya 9 zimetungwa kila beti likianzia na herufi ya alfabeti ya Kiebrania zikifuatana tangu Aleph (A) hadi Taw (T); zote ni 22.</ft></f>
<s style="s1">Sala Kwa Ajili Ya Haki
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.10.1" />Kwa nini, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, unasimama mbali?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa nini unajificha wakati wa shida?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.10.2" />Katika kiburi chake, mwovu humtesa maskini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waovu na wanaswe katika hila wanazozitunga.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.10.3" />Hujivunia tamaa za moyo wake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">humbariki mlafi na kumtukana
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.10.4" />Katika kiburi chake, mwovu hamtafuti Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika mawazo yake yote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna nafasi ya Mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.10.5" />Njia zake daima hufanikiwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hujivuna na amri zako ziko mbali naye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huwacheka kwa dharau adui zake wote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.10.6" />Anajisemea mwenyewe, “Hakuna kitakachonitikisa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">daima nitakuwa na furaha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kamwe sitakuwa na shida.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.10.7" />Kinywa chake kimejaa laana, uongo na vitisho;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">shida na ubaya viko chini ya ulimi wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.10.8" />Huvizia karibu na vijiji;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka mafichoni huwanasa wasio na hatia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akivizia wapitaji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.10.9" />Huvizia kama simba aliye mawindoni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huvizia kumkamata mnyonge,
</q>
<q style="q1">huwakamata wanyonge na kuwaburuza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika wavu wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.10.10" />Mateka wake hupondwa, huzimia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaanguka katika nguvu zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.10.11" />Anajisemea mwenyewe, “Mungu amesahau,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huficha uso wake na haoni kabisa.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.10.12" />Inuka
<nd>Bwana</nd>! Inua mkono wako, Ee Mungu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Usiwasahau wanyonge.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.10.13" />Kwa nini mtu mwovu anamtukana Mungu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa nini anajiambia mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Hataniita nitoe hesabu?”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.10.14" />Lakini wewe, Ee Mungu, unaona shida na huzuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umekubali kuyapokea mkononi mwako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mhanga anajisalimisha kwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe ni msaada wa yatima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.10.15" />Vunja mkono wa mtu mwovu na mbaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwite atoe hesabu ya maovu yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambayo yasingejulikana.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.10.16" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ni Mfalme milele na milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mataifa wataangamia watoke nchini mwake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.10.17" />Unasikia, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, shauku ya wanaoonewa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe huwatia moyo, na kusikiliza kilio chao,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.10.18" />ukiwatetea yatima na walioonewa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili mwanadamu, ambaye ni udongo, asiogopeshe tena.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="11" />
<cl>Zaburi 11
</cl><s style="s1">Kumtumaini
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.11.1" />Kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ninakimbilia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unawezaje basi kuniambia:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Ruka kama ndege kwenye mlima wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.11.2" />Hebu tazama, waovu wanapinda pinde zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huweka mishale kwenye uzi wake,
</q>
<q style="q1">wakiwa gizani ili kuwapiga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wanyofu wa moyo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.11.3" />Wakati misingi imeharibiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwenye haki anaweza kufanya nini?”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.11.4" /><nd>Bwana</nd> yuko ndani ya Hekalu lake takatifu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> yuko kwenye kiti chake cha enzi mbinguni.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huwaangalia wana wa watu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">macho yake yanawajaribu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.11.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> huwajaribu wenye haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini waovu na wanaopenda jeuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nafsi yake huwachukia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.11.6" />Atawanyeshea waovu makaa ya moto mkali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kiberiti kinachowaka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">upepo wenye joto kali ndio fungu lao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.11.7" />Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni mwenye haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye hupenda haki.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wanyofu watauona uso wake.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="12" />
<cl>Zaburi 12
</cl><s style="s1">Kuomba Msaada
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Mtindo wa sheminithi. Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.12.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> tusaidie, kwa kuwa wacha Mungu wametoweka;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waaminifu wametoweka miongoni mwa wanadamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.12.2" />Kila mmoja humwambia jirani yake uongo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">midomo yao ya hila huzungumza kwa udanganyifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.12.3" /><nd>Bwana</nd> na akatilie mbali midomo yote ya hila
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kila ulimi uliojaa majivuno,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.12.4" />ule unaosema, “Kwa ndimi zetu tutashinda;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">midomo ni mali yetu, bwana wetu ni nani?”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.12.5" />“Kwa sababu ya uonevu wa wanyonge
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kulia kwa uchungu kwa wahitaji,
</q>
<q style="q1">nitainuka sasa,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Nitawalinda kutokana na wale
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wenye nia mbaya juu yao.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.12.6" />Maneno ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni safi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama fedha iliyosafishwa katika tanuru,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">iliyosafishwa mara saba.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.12.7" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, utatuweka salama
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutulinda na kizazi hiki milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.12.8" />Watu waovu huenda wakiringa kila mahali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati ambapo yule aliye mbaya sana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndiye anayeheshimiwa miongoni mwa watu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="13" />
<cl>Zaburi 13
</cl><s style="s1">Sala Ya Kuomba Msaada
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.13.1" />Mpaka lini, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>? Je, utanisahau milele?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Utanificha uso wako mpaka lini?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.13.2" />Nitapambana na mawazo yangu mpaka lini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kila siku kuwa na majonzi moyoni mwangu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Adui zangu watanishinda mpaka lini?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.13.3" />Nitazame, unijibu, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wangu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yatie nuru macho yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ama sivyo nitalala usingizi wa mauti.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.13.4" />Adui yangu atasema, “Nimemshinda,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao adui zangu watashangilia nitakapoanguka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.13.5" />Lakini ninategemea upendo wako usiokoma;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">moyo wangu unashangilia katika wokovu wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.13.6" />Nitamwimbia
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa amekuwa mwema kwangu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="14" />
<cl>Zaburi 14
</cl><s style="s1">Uovu Wa Wanadamu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Zaburi 53)
</p>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.14.1" />Mpumbavu anasema moyoni mwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Hakuna Mungu.”
</q>
<q style="q1">Wameharibika, matendo yao ni maovu kabisa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna hata mmoja atendaye mema.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.14.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> anawachungulia wanadamu chini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka mbinguni
</q>
<q style="q1">aone kama wako wenye akili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wowote wanaomtafuta Mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.14.3" />Wote wamepotoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wameharibika wote pamoja,
</q>
<q style="q1">hakuna atendaye mema.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Naam, hakuna hata mmoja!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.14.4" />Je, watendao mabaya kamwe hawatajifunza:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale ambao huwala watu wangu
</q>
<q style="q1">kama watu walavyo mkate,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hao ambao hawamwiti
<nd>Bwana</nd>?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.14.5" />Wako hapo, wameingiwa na hofu kuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maana Mungu yupo pamoja na wenye haki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.14.6" />Ninyi watenda mabaya mnakwamisha mipango ya maskini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndiye kimbilio lao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.14.7" />Laiti wokovu wa Israeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ungalikuja kutoka Sayuni!
</q>
<q style="q1">Wakati
<nd>Bwana</nd> arejeshapo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wafungwa wa watu wake,
</q>
<q style="q1">Yakobo na ashangilie,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Israeli na afurahi!
<ve />
</q>

<c id="15" />
<cl>Zaburi 15
</cl><s style="s1">Kitu Mungu Anachotaka
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.15.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd>, ni nani awezaye kukaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika Hekalu lako?
</q>
<q style="q1">Nani awezaye kuishi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika mlima wako mtakatifu?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.15.2" />Ni yule aendaye pasipo mawaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atendaye yaliyo haki,
</q>
<q style="q1">asemaye kweli toka moyoni mwake,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.15.3" />na hana masingizio ulimini mwake,
</q>
<q style="q1">asiyemtenda jirani yake vibaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na asiyemsingizia mwenzake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.15.4" />ambaye humdharau mtu mbaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini huwaheshimu wale wamwogopao
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q style="q1">yule atunzaye kiapo chake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata kama anaumia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.15.5" />Yeye akopeshaye fedha yake bila riba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hapokei rushwa dhidi ya mtu asiye na hatia.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Mtu afanyaye haya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kamwe hatatikisika.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="16" />
<cl>Zaburi 16
</cl><s style="s1">Sala Ya Matumaini
</s>
<d style="d">Utenzi wa Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.16.1" />Ee Mungu, uniweke salama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana kwako nimekimbilia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.16.2" />Nilimwambia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Wewe ndiwe Bwana wangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pasipo wewe sina jambo jema.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.16.3" />Kwa habari ya watakatifu walioko duniani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndio walio wa fahari ambao ninapendezwa nao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.16.4" />Huzuni itaongezeka kwa wale
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaokimbilia miungu mingine.
</q>
<q style="q1">Sitazimimina sadaka zao za damu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kutaja majina yao midomoni mwangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.16.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> umeniwekea fungu langu na kikombe changu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umeyafanya mambo yangu yote yawe salama.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.16.6" />Alama za mipaka zimeniangukia mahali pazuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakika nimepata urithi mzuri.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.16.7" />Nitamsifu
<nd>Bwana</nd> ambaye hunishauri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata wakati wa usiku moyo wangu hunifundisha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.16.8" />Nimemweka
<nd>Bwana</nd> mbele yangu daima.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa sababu yuko mkono wangu wa kuume,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sitatikisika.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.16.9" />Kwa hiyo moyo wangu unafurahia, na ulimi wangu unashangilia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwili wangu nao utapumzika salama,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.16.10" />kwa maana hutaniacha kaburini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hutamwacha Mtakatifu Wako kuona uharibifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.16.11" />Umenijulisha njia ya uzima;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utanijaza na furaha mbele zako,
</q>
<q style="q1">pamoja na furaha za milele
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika mkono wako wa kuume.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="17" />
<cl>Zaburi 17
</cl><s style="s1">Sala Ya Mtu Asiye Na Hatia
</s>
<d style="d">Sala ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.17.1" />Sikia, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kusihi kwangu kwa haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikiliza kilio changu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Tega sikio kwa ombi langu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">halitoki kwenye midomo ya udanganyifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.17.2" />Hukumu yangu na itoke kwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">macho yako na yaone yale yaliyo haki.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.17.3" />Ingawa unauchunguza moyo wangu na kunikagua usiku,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ingawa umenijaribu, hutaona chochote.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nimeamua kwamba kinywa changu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakitatenda dhambi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.17.4" />Kuhusu matendo ya wanadamu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa neno la midomo yako,
</q>
<q style="q1">nimejiepusha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na njia za wenye jeuri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.17.5" />Hatua zangu zimeshikamana na njia zako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyayo zangu hazikuteleza.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.17.6" />Ee Mungu, ninakuita, kwa kuwa utanijibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitegee sikio lako na usikie ombi langu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.17.7" />Uonyeshe ajabu ya upendo wako mkuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe uokoaye kwa mkono wako wa kuume
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wanaokukimbilia kutokana na adui zao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.17.8" />Nilinde kama mboni ya jicho lako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unifiche chini ya kivuli cha mbawa zako
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.17.9" />kutokana na waovu wanaonishambulia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutokana na adui wauaji wanaonizunguka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.17.10" />Huifunga mioyo yao iliyo migumu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vinywa vyao hunena kwa majivuno.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.17.11" />Wamenifuatia nyayo zangu, sasa wamenizingira,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakiwa macho, waniangushe chini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.17.12" />Wamefanana na simba mwenye njaa awindaye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama simba mkubwa anyemeleaye mafichoni.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.17.13" />Inuka, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, pambana nao, uwaangushe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niokoe kutokana na waovu kwa upanga wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.17.14" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mkono wako uniokoe na watu wa jinsi hii,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutokana na watu wa ulimwengu huu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao fungu lao liko katika maisha haya.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Na wapate adhabu ya kuwatosha.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Watoto wao na wapate zaidi ya hayo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hukumu na iendelee kwa watoto wa watoto wao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.17.15" />Na mimi katika haki nitauona uso wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niamkapo, nitaridhika kwa kuona sura yako.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="18" />
<cl>Zaburi 18
</cl><s style="s1">Wimbo Wa Daudi Wa Ushindi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Samweli 22:1-51)
</p>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Zaburi ya Daudi mtumishi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyomwimbia
<nd>Bwana</nd> wakati
<nd>Bwana</nd> alipomwokoa mikononi mwa adui zake wote, na pia mkononi mwa Sauli. Alisema hivi:
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.18.1" />Nakupenda wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nguvu yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.18.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ni mwamba wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ngome yangu na mwokozi wangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">Mungu wangu ni mwamba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye kwake ninakimbilia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Yeye ni ngao yangu na pembe ya wokovu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ngome yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.18.3" />Ninamwita
<nd>Bwana</nd> anayestahili kusifiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami ninaokolewa kutoka kwa adui zangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.18.4" />Kamba za mauti zilinizunguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mafuriko ya maangamizi yalinilemea.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.18.5" />Kamba za kuzimu zilinizunguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mitego ya mauti ilinikabili.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.18.6" />Katika shida yangu nalimwita
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilimlilia Mungu wangu anisaidie.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kutoka hekaluni mwake alisikia sauti yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kilio changu kikafika mbele zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">masikioni mwake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.18.7" />Dunia ilitetemeka na kutikisika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">misingi ya milima ikatikisika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vilitetemeka kwa sababu alikuwa amekasirika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.18.8" />Moshi ukapanda kutoka puani mwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">moto uteketezao ukatoka kinywani mwake,
</q>
<q style="q1">makaa ya moto yawakayo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yakatoka ndani mwake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.18.9" />Akazipasua mbingu akashuka chini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mawingu meusi yalikuwa chini ya miguu yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.18.10" />Alipanda juu ya kerubi akaruka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akapaa juu kwa mbawa za upepo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.18.11" />Alifanya giza kuwa kitu chake cha kujifunika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hema lake kumzunguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mawingu meusi ya mvua ya angani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.18.12" />Kutokana na mwanga wa uwepo wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mawingu yalisogea,
</q>
<q style="q1">ikanyesha mvua ya mawe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na umeme wa radi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.18.13" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alinguruma kutoka mbinguni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sauti ya Aliye Juu Sana ilisikika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.18.14" />Aliipiga mishale yake na kutawanya adui,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, umeme mwingi wa radi na kuwafukuza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.18.15" />Mabonde ya bahari yalifunuliwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na misingi ya dunia ikawa wazi
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kukaripia kwako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa uvumi wa pumzi kutoka puani mwako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.18.16" />Alinyoosha mkono kutoka juu na kunishika;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alinitoa kutoka kilindi cha maji makuu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.18.17" />Aliniokoa kutoka adui wangu mwenye nguvu nyingi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka adui zangu waliokuwa na nguvu nyingi kuliko mimi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.18.18" />Walinikabili siku ya msiba wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa msaada wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.18.19" />Alinileta nje mahali penye nafasi tele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akaniokoa kwa kuwa alipendezwa nami.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.18.20" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alinitendea sawasawa na uadilifu wangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sawasawa na usafi wa mikono yangu amenilipa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.18.21" />Kwa maana nimezishika njia za
<nd>Bwana</nd>;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sijatenda ubaya nikamwacha Mungu wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.18.22" />Sheria zake zote zi mbele yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala sijayaacha maagizo yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PSA.18.23" />Nimekuwa sina hatia mbele zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nimejilinda nisitende dhambi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PSA.18.24" /><nd>Bwana</nd> amenilipa sawasawa na uadilifu wangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sawasawa na usafi wa mikono yangu machoni pake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PSA.18.25" />Kwa yeye aliye mwaminifu, unajionyesha kuwa mwaminifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa asiye na hatia, unajionyesha kutokuwa na hatia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PSA.18.26" />Kwa aliye mtakatifu, unajionyesha kuwa mtakatifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini kwa aliyepotoka, unajionyesha kuwa mkaidi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PSA.18.27" />Wewe huwaokoa wanyenyekevu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini huwashusha wenye kiburi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PSA.18.28" />Wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, unaifanya taa yangu iendelee kuwaka;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu wangu hulifanya giza langu kuwa mwanga.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PSA.18.29" />Kwa msaada wako naweza kushinda jeshi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikiwa pamoja na Mungu wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitaweza kuruka ukuta.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="PSA.18.30" />Kuhusu Mungu, njia yake ni kamilifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> halina dosari.
</q>
<q style="q1">Yeye ni ngao kwa wote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaokimbilia kwake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="PSA.18.31" />Kwa maana ni nani aliye Mungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zaidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>?
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni nani aliye Mwamba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">isipokuwa Mungu wetu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="PSA.18.32" />Mungu ndiye anivikaye nguvu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufanya njia yangu kuwa kamilifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="PSA.18.33" />Huifanya miguu yangu kama miguu ya kulungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huniwezesha kusimama mahali palipo juu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="PSA.18.34" />Huifundisha mikono yangu kupigana vita;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mikono yangu inaweza kupinda upinde wa shaba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="PSA.18.35" />Hunipa ngao yako ya ushindi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao mkono wako wa kuume hunitegemeza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unajishusha chini ili kuniinua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="36" bcv="PSA.18.36" />Huyapanua mapito yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili miguu yangu isiteleze.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="37" bcv="PSA.18.37" />Niliwafuatia adui zangu na nikawapata,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikurudi nyuma mpaka walipoangamizwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="38" bcv="PSA.18.38" />Niliwaseta hata hawakuweza kuinuka tena;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walianguka chini ya miguu yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="39" bcv="PSA.18.39" />Ulinivika nguvu kwa ajili ya kupigana vita;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uliwafanya adui zangu wasujudu miguuni pangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="40" bcv="PSA.18.40" />Uliwafanya adui zangu wageuke na kukimbia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nikawaangamiza adui zangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="41" bcv="PSA.18.41" />Walipiga yowe, lakini hapakuwepo na yeyote wa kuwaokoa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walimlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, lakini hakuwajibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="42" bcv="PSA.18.42" />Niliwaponda kama mavumbi yanayopeperushwa na upepo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niliwamwaga nje kama tope barabarani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="43" bcv="PSA.18.43" />Umeniokoa kutokana na mashambulizi ya watu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umenifanya kuwa kiongozi wa mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu ambao sikuwajua wananitumikia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="44" bcv="PSA.18.44" />Mara wanisikiapo hunitii,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wageni hunyenyekea mbele yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="45" bcv="PSA.18.45" />Wote wanalegea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanatoka katika ngome zao wakitetemeka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="46" bcv="PSA.18.46" /><nd>Bwana</nd> yu hai! Sifa ni kwa Mwamba wangu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Atukuzwe Mungu Mwokozi wangu!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="47" bcv="PSA.18.47" />Yeye ndiye Mungu anilipiziaye kisasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">awatiishaye mataifa chini yangu,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="48" bcv="PSA.18.48" />aniokoaye na adui zangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Uliniinua juu ya adui zangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uliniokoa toka kwa watu wajeuri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="49" bcv="PSA.18.49" />Kwa hiyo nitakusifu katikati ya mataifa, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitaliimbia sifa jina lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="50" bcv="PSA.18.50" />Humpa mfalme wake ushindi mkuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huonyesha fadhili zake kwa mpakwa mafuta wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa Daudi na wazao wake milele.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="19" />
<cl>Zaburi 19
</cl><s style="s1">Utukufu Wa Mungu Katika Uumbaji
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.19.1" />Mbingu zinatangaza utukufu wa Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anga zahubiri kazi ya mikono yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.19.2" />Siku baada ya siku zinatoa habari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiku baada ya usiku zinatangaza maarifa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.19.3" />Hakuna msemo wala lugha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambapo sauti zao hazisikiki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.19.4" />Sauti yao imeenea duniani pote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo maneno yao yameenea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi miisho ya ulimwengu.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Katika mbingu amepiga hema kwa ajili ya jua,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.19.5" />linafanana na bwana arusi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akitoka chumbani mwake,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama shujaa afurahiavyo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kukamilisha kushindana kwake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.19.6" />Huchomoza upande mmoja wa mbingu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufanya mzunguko wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi upande mwingine.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hakuna kilichojificha joto lake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.19.7" />Sheria ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni kamilifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ikihuisha nafsi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Shuhuda za
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni za kuaminika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zikimpa mjinga hekima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.19.8" />Maagizo ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni kamili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo hufurahisha moyo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Amri za
<nd>Bwana</nd> huangaza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zatia nuru machoni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.19.9" />Kumcha
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni utakatifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nako kwadumu milele.
</q>
<q style="q1">Amri za
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni za hakika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo zina haki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.19.10" />Ni za thamani kuliko dhahabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko dhahabu iliyo safi sana,
</q>
<q style="q1">ni tamu kuliko asali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko asali kutoka kwenye sega.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.19.11" />Kwa hizo mtumishi wako anaonywa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika kuzishika kuna thawabu kubwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.19.12" />Ni nani awezaye kutambua makosa yake?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nisamehe makosa yangu nisiyoyajua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.19.13" />Mlinde mtumishi wako na dhambi za makusudi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo zisinitawale.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ndipo nitakapokuwa sina lawama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala sitakuwa na hatia ya kosa kubwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.19.14" />Maneno ya kinywa changu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mawazo ya moyo wangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">yapate kibali mbele zako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mwamba wangu na Mkombozi wangu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="20" />
<cl>Zaburi 20
</cl><s style="s1">Maombi Kwa Ajili Ya Ushindi
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.20.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> na akujibu unapokuwa katika dhiki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jina la Mungu wa Yakobo na liwe kinga yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.20.2" />Na akutumie msaada kutoka patakatifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na akupatie msaada kutoka Sayuni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.20.3" />Na azikumbuke dhabihu zako zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na azikubali sadaka zako za kuteketezwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.20.4" />Na akujalie haja ya moyo wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na aifanikishe mipango yako yote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.20.5" />Tutashangilia kwa furaha utakaposhinda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tutainua bendera zetu kwa jina la Mungu wetu.
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> na akupe haja zako zote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.20.6" />Sasa nafahamu kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">humwokoa mpakwa mafuta wake,
</q>
<q style="q1">humjibu kutoka mbingu yake takatifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa nguvu za wokovu wa mkono wake wa kuume.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.20.7" />Wengine wanatumaini magari ya vita, na wengine farasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali sisi tutalitumainia jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wetu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.20.8" />Wao wameshushwa chini na kuanguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali sisi tunainuka na kusimama imara.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.20.9" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mwokoe mfalme!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Tujibu tunapokuita!
<ve />
</q>

<c id="21" />
<cl>Zaburi 21
</cl><s style="s1">Shukrani Kwa Mungu Kwa Ajili Ya Ushindi
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.21.1" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mfalme huzifurahia nguvu zako.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Tazama jinsi ilivyo kuu furaha yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ushindi unaompa!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.21.2" />Umempa haja ya moyo wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hukumzuilia maombi ya midomo yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.21.3" />Ulimkaribisha kwa baraka tele
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumvika taji ya dhahabu safi kichwani pake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.21.4" />Alikuomba maisha, nawe ukampa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wingi wa siku milele na milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.21.5" />Kutokana na ushindi uliompa, utukufu wake ni mkubwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umeweka juu yake fahari na utukufu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.21.6" />Hakika umempa baraka za milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umemfanya awe na furaha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa shangwe ya uwepo wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.21.7" />Kwa kuwa mfalme anamtumaini
<nd>Bwana</nd>;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa upendo usiokoma wa Aliye Juu Sana hatatikiswa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.21.8" />Mkono wako utawashika adui zako wote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkono wako wa kuume utawakamata adui zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.21.9" />Wakati utakapojitokeza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utawafanya kama tanuru ya moto.
</q>
<q style="q1">Katika ghadhabu yake
<nd>Bwana</nd> atawameza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">moto wake utawateketeza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.21.10" />Utawaangamiza wazao wao kutoka duniani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uzao wao kutoka wanadamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.21.11" />Ingawa watapanga mabaya dhidi yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutunga hila, hawawezi kufanikiwa,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.21.12" />kwa kuwa utawafanya wakimbie
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utakapowalenga usoni pao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mshale kutoka kwenye upinde wako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.21.13" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, utukuzwe katika nguvu zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tutaimba na kusifu nguvu zako.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="22" />
<cl>Zaburi 22
</cl><s style="s1">Kilio Cha Uchungu Na Wimbo Wa Sifa
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Mtindo wa utenzi wa “Kulungu wa Alfajiri.” Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.22.1" />Mungu wangu, Mungu wangu, mbona umeniacha?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa nini uko mbali hivyo kuniokoa?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mbali hivyo na maneno ya kuugua kwangu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.22.2" />Ee Mungu wangu, ninalia mchana, lakini hunijibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata usiku, sinyamazi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.22.3" />Hata hivyo umesimikwa katika kiti cha enzi kama Uliye Mtakatifu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe ni sifa ya Israeli.<f caller="+"><fr>22:3
</fr><ft>Tafsiri zingine zinasema: uketiye juu ya sifa za Israeli.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.22.4" />Kwako wewe baba zetu waliweka tumaini lao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walikutumaini nawe ukawaokoa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.22.5" />Walikulilia wewe na ukawaokoa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walikutegemea wewe nao hawakuaibika.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.22.6" />Mimi ni mnyoo wala si mwanadamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaume wamenibeza, na watu wamenidharau.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.22.7" />Wote wanionao hunidhihaki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hunivurumishia matusi, wakitikisa vichwa vyao:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.22.8" />Husema, “Anamtegemea
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">basi
<nd>Bwana</nd> na amwokoe.
</q>
<q style="q1">Amkomboe basi, kwa maana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anapendezwa naye.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.22.9" />Hata hivyo ulinitoa tumboni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukanifanya nikutegemee,
</q>
<q style="q1">hata nilipokuwa ninanyonya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">matiti ya mama yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.22.10" />Nimekabidhiwa kwako tangu kuzaliwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">toka tumboni mwa mama yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umekuwa Mungu wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.22.11" />Usiwe mbali nami,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana shida iko karibu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hakuna wa kunisaidia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.22.12" />Mafahali wengi wamenizunguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mafahali wa Bashani wenye nguvu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamenizingira.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.22.13" />Simba wangurumao wanaorarua mawindo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yao hupanua vinywa vyao dhidi yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.22.14" />Nimemiminwa kama maji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mifupa yangu yote imetoka katika viungo vyake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Moyo wangu umegeuka kuwa nta,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umeyeyuka ndani yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.22.15" />Nguvu zangu zimekauka kama kigae,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulimi wangu umegandamana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kaakaa la kinywa changu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu umenilaza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika mavumbi ya kifo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.22.16" />Mbwa wamenizunguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kundi la watu waovu limenizingira,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wametoboa mikono yangu na miguu yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.22.17" />Naweza kuhesabu mifupa yangu yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wananikodolea macho na kunisimanga.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.22.18" />Wanagawana nguo zangu wao kwa wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vazi langu wanalipigia kura.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.22.19" />Lakini wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiwe mbali.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ee Nguvu yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uje haraka unisaidie.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.22.20" />Okoa maisha yangu na upanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uhai wangu wa thamani kutoka nguvu za mbwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.22.21" />Niokoe kutoka kinywani mwa simba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niokoe kutoka pembe za mafahali mwitu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.22.22" />Nitalitangaza jina lako kwa ndugu zangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika kusanyiko nitakusifu wewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PSA.22.23" />Ninyi ambao mnamcha
<nd>Bwana</nd>, msifuni!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ninyi nyote wazao wote wa Yakobo, mheshimuni yeye!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mcheni yeye, ninyi wazao wote wa Israeli!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PSA.22.24" />Kwa maana hakupuuza wala kudharau
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mateso ya aliyeonewa;
</q>
<q style="q1">hakumficha uso wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali alisikiliza kilio chake ili amsaidie.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PSA.22.25" />Kwako wewe hutoka kiini cha sifa zangu katika kusanyiko kubwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitatimiza nadhiri zangu mbele ya wale wakuchao wewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PSA.22.26" />Maskini watakula na kushiba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wamtafutao
<nd>Bwana</nd> watamsifu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mioyo yenu na iishi milele!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PSA.22.27" />Miisho yote ya dunia itakumbuka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumgeukia
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q style="q1">nazo jamaa zote za mataifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watasujudu mbele zake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PSA.22.28" />kwa maana ufalme ni wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye hutawala juu ya mataifa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PSA.22.29" />Matajiri wote wa dunia watasherehekea na kuabudu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wote waendao mavumbini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watapiga magoti mbele yake,
</q>
<q style="q1">wote ambao hawawezi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kudumisha uhai wao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="PSA.22.30" />Wazao wa baadaye watamtumikia yeye;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vizazi vijavyo vitajulishwa habari za Bwana.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="PSA.22.31" />Watatangaza haki yake kwa watu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao hawajazaliwa bado,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana yeye ametenda hili.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="23" />
<cl>Zaburi 23
</cl><s style="s1"><nd>Bwana</nd> Mchungaji Wetu
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.23.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ndiye mchungaji wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sitapungukiwa na kitu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.23.2" />Hunilaza katika malisho
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya majani mabichi,
</q>
<q style="q1">kando ya maji matulivu huniongoza,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.23.3" />hunihuisha nafsi yangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huniongoza katika njia za haki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya jina lake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.23.4" />Hata kama nikipita katikati
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya bonde la uvuli wa mauti,
</q>
<q style="q1">sitaogopa mabaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana wewe upo pamoja nami;
</q>
<q style="q1">fimbo yako na mkongojo wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vyanifariji.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.23.5" />Waandaa meza mbele yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">machoni pa adui zangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Umenipaka mafuta kichwani pangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kikombe changu kinafurika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.23.6" />Hakika wema na upendo vitanifuata
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku zote za maisha yangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">nami nitakaa nyumbani mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">milele.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="24" />
<cl>Zaburi 24
</cl><s style="s1">Mfalme Mkuu
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.24.1" />Dunia ni mali ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na vyote vilivyomo ndani yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulimwengu, na wote waishio ndani yake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.24.2" />maana aliiwekea misingi yake baharini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuifanya imara juu ya maji.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.24.3" />Nani awezaye kuupanda mlima wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani awezaye kusimama patakatifu pake?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.24.4" />Ni yule mwenye mikono safi na moyo mweupe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yule ambaye hakuinulia sanamu nafsi yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kuapa kwa kitu cha uongo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.24.5" />Huyo atapokea baraka kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hukumu ya haki kutoka kwa Mungu Mwokozi wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.24.6" />Hiki ndicho kizazi cha wale wamtafutao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wautafutao uso wako, Ee Mungu wa Yakobo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.24.7" />Inueni vichwa vyenu, enyi malango,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">inukeni enyi milango ya kale,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili mfalme wa utukufu apate kuingia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.24.8" />Ni nani huyu Mfalme wa utukufu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliye na nguvu na uweza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliye hodari katika vita.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.24.9" />Inueni vichwa vyenu, enyi malango,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">viinueni juu enyi milango ya kale,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili Mfalme wa utukufu apate kuingia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.24.10" />Ni nani yeye, huyu Mfalme wa utukufu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ndiye Mfalme wa utukufu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="25" />
<cl>Zaburi 25</cl><f caller="+"><fr>25
</fr><ft>Zaburi hii imetungwa kila mstari ukianzia na herufi ya alfabeti ya Kiebrania zikifuatana tangu Aleph (A) hadi Taw (T); zote ni 22.</ft></f>
<s style="s1">Kumwomba Mungu Uongozi Na Ulinzi
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.25.1" />Kwako wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nainua nafsi yangu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.25.2" />ni wewe ninayekutumainia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee Mungu wangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Usiniache niaibike,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala usiache adui zangu wakanishinda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.25.3" />Kamwe hakuna hata mmoja anayekutegemea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atakayeaibishwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">bali wataaibishwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wafanyao hila bila sababu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.25.4" />Nionyeshe njia zako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nifundishe mapito yako,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.25.5" />niongoze katika kweli yako na kunifundisha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana wewe ni Mungu Mwokozi wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nalo tumaini langu liko kwako wakati wote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.25.6" />Kumbuka, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, rehema zako kuu na upendo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana zimekuwepo tangu zamani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.25.7" />Usizikumbuke dhambi za ujana wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala njia zangu za uasi,
</q>
<q style="q1">sawasawa na upendo wako unikumbuke,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana wewe ni mwema, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.25.8" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ni mwema na mwenye adili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiyo huwafundisha wenye dhambi njia zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.25.9" />Huwaongoza wanyenyekevu katika haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye huwafundisha njia yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.25.10" />Njia zote za
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni za upendo na uaminifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa wale wanaoshika shuhuda za agano lake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.25.11" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa ajili ya jina lako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unisamehe uovu wangu, ijapokuwa ni mwingi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.25.12" />Ni nani basi, mtu yule anayemcha
<nd>Bwana</nd>?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Atamfundisha katika njia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atakayoichagua kwa ajili yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.25.13" />Mtu huyo atafanikiwa maishani mwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wazao wake watairithi nchi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.25.14" />Siri ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> iko kwa wale wamchao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye huwajulisha agano lake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.25.15" />Macho yangu humwelekea
<nd>Bwana</nd> daima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa yeye peke yake ndiye ataitoa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miguu yangu kutoka mtego.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.25.16" />Nigeukie na unihurumie,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana mimi ni mpweke na mwenye kuteseka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.25.17" />Shida za moyo wangu zimeongezeka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niokoe katika dhiki yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.25.18" />Uangalie mateso na shida zangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uniondolee dhambi zangu zote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.25.19" />Tazama adui zangu walivyo wengi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pia uone jinsi wanavyonichukia vikali!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.25.20" />Uyalinde maisha yangu na uniokoe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiniache niaibike,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana nimekukimbilia wewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.25.21" />Uadilifu na uaminifu vinilinde,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu tumaini langu ni kwako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.25.22" />Ee Mungu, wakomboe Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika shida zao zote!
<ve />
</q>

<c id="26" />
<cl>Zaburi 26
</cl><s style="s1">Maombi Ya Mtu Mwema
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.26.1" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nithibitishe katika haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maana nimeishi maisha yasiyo na lawama;
</q>
<q style="q1">nimemtumainia
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bila kusitasita.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.26.2" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, unijaribu, unipime,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uuchunguze moyo wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mawazo yangu;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.26.3" />kwa maana upendo wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uko mbele yangu daima,
</q>
<q style="q1">nami natembea siku zote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika kweli yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.26.4" />Siketi pamoja na watu wadanganyifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala siandamani na wanafiki,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.26.5" />ninachukia kusanyiko la watenda mabaya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ninakataa kuketi pamoja na waovu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.26.6" />Ninanawa mikono yangu kwa kuwa sina hatia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naikaribia madhabahu yako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.26.7" />nikitangaza sifa yako kwa sauti kubwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huku nikisimulia matendo yako ya ajabu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.26.8" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, naipenda nyumba yako mahali unakoishi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahali ambapo utukufu wako hukaa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.26.9" />Usiiondoe nafsi yangu pamoja na watenda dhambi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala uhai wangu pamoja na wamwagao damu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.26.10" />ambao mikononi mwao kuna mipango miovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao mikono yao ya kuume imejaa rushwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.26.11" />Bali mimi ninaishi maisha yasiyo na lawama;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikomboe na unihurumie.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.26.12" />Miguu yangu imesimama katika uwanja tambarare;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika kusanyiko kuu nitamsifu
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="27" />
<cl>Zaburi 27
</cl><s style="s1">Sala Ya Kusifu
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.27.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ni nuru yangu na wokovu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimwogope nani?
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> ni ngome ya uzima wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimhofu nani?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.27.2" />Waovu watakaposogea dhidi yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili wanile nyama yangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">adui zangu na watesi wangu watakaponishambulia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watajikwaa na kuanguka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.27.3" />Hata jeshi linizunguke pande zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">moyo wangu hautaogopa;
</q>
<q style="q1">hata vita vitokee dhidi yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata hapo nitakuwa na ujasiri.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.27.4" />Jambo moja ninamwomba
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hili ndilo ninalolitafuta:
</q>
<q style="q1">niweze kukaa nyumbani mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku zote za maisha yangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">niutazame uzuri wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumtafuta hekaluni mwake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.27.5" />Kwa kuwa siku ya shida,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atanihifadhi salama katika maskani yake,
</q>
<q style="q1">atanificha uvulini mwa hema yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuniweka juu kwenye mwamba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.27.6" />Kisha kichwa changu kitainuliwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya adui zangu wanaonizunguka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Katika maskani yake nitatoa dhabihu kwa kelele za shangwe;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitamwimbia
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kumsifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.27.7" />Isikie sauti yangu nikuitapo, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unihurumie na unijibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.27.8" />Moyo wangu unasema kuhusu wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Utafute uso wake!”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Uso wako,
<nd>Bwana</nd> “Nitautafuta.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.27.9" />Usinifiche uso wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usimkatae mtumishi wako kwa hasira;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe umekuwa msaada wangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Usinikatae wala usiniache,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee Mungu Mwokozi wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.27.10" />Hata kama baba yangu na mama wakiniacha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> atanipokea.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.27.11" />Nifundishe njia yako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niongoze katika njia iliyonyooka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya watesi wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.27.12" />Usiniachilie kwa nia za adui zangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana mashahidi wa uongo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wameinuka dhidi yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakipumua ujeuri.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.27.13" />Nami bado nina tumaini hili:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitauona wema wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika nchi ya walio hai.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.27.14" />Mngojee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uwe hodari na mwenye moyo mkuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe, umngojee
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="28" />
<cl>Zaburi 28
</cl><s style="s1">Kuomba Msaada
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.28.1" />Ninakuita wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mwamba wangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiwe kwangu kama kiziwi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa sababu ukinyamaza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitafanana na walioshuka shimoni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.28.2" />Sikia kilio changu unihurumie
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninapokuita kwa ajili ya msaada,
</q>
<q style="q1">niinuapo mikono yangu kuelekea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Patakatifu pa Patakatifu pako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.28.3" />Usiniburute pamoja na waovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na hao watendao mabaya,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambao huzungumza na jirani zao maneno mazuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini mioyoni mwao wameficha chuki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.28.4" />Walipe sawasawa na matendo yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sawasawa na matendo yao maovu;
</q>
<q style="q1">walipe sawasawa na kazi za mikono yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uwalipe wanavyostahili.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.28.5" />Kwa kuwa hawaheshimu kazi za
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na yale ambayo mikono yake imetenda,
</q>
<q style="q1">atawabomoa na kamwe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hatawajenga tena.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.28.6" /><nd>Bwana</nd> asifiwe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana amesikia kilio changu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikimwomba anihurumie.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.28.7" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ni nguvu zangu na ngao yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">moyo wangu umemtumaini yeye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nimesaidiwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Moyo wangu unarukaruka kwa furaha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitamshukuru kwa wimbo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.28.8" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ni nguvu ya watu wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ngome ya wokovu kwa mpakwa mafuta wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.28.9" />Waokoe watu wako na uubariki urithi wako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uwe mchungaji wao na uwabebe milele.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="29" />
<cl>Zaburi 29
</cl><s style="s1">Sauti Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Wakati Wa Dhoruba
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.29.1" />Mpeni
<nd>Bwana</nd>, enyi mashujaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpeni
<nd>Bwana</nd> utukufu na nguvu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.29.2" />Mpeni
<nd>Bwana</nd> utukufu unaostahili jina lake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwabuduni
<nd>Bwana</nd> katika uzuri wa utakatifu wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.29.3" />Sauti ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> iko juu ya maji;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu wa utukufu hupiga radi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> hupiga radi juu ya maji makuu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.29.4" />Sauti ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ina nguvu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sauti ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni tukufu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.29.5" />Sauti ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> huvunja mierezi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> huvunja vipande vipande
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mierezi ya Lebanoni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.29.6" />Hufanya Lebanoni irukaruke kama ndama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Sirioni<f caller="+"><fr>29:6
</fr><ft>Yaani Mlima Hermoni.</ft></f> urukaruke kama mwana nyati.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.29.7" />Sauti ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> hupiga kwa miali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya umeme wa radi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.29.8" />Sauti ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> hutikisa jangwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> hutikisa Jangwa la Kadeshi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.29.9" />Sauti ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> huzalisha ayala,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na huuacha msitu wazi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hekaluni mwake wote wasema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Utukufu!”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.29.10" /><nd>Bwana</nd> huketi akiwa ametawazwa juu ya gharika;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> ametawazwa kuwa Mfalme milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.29.11" /><nd>Bwana</nd> huwapa watu wake nguvu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> huwabariki watu wake kwa kuwapa amani.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="30" />
<cl>Zaburi 30
</cl><s style="s1">Maombi Ya Shukrani
</s>
<d style="d">Utenzi wa kuweka wakfu hekalu. Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.30.1" />Nitakutukuza wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa umeniinua kutoka vilindi,
</q>
<q style="q1">na hukuacha adui zangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">washangilie juu yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.30.2" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wangu, nilikuita unisaidie
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wewe umeniponya.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.30.3" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, umenitoa Kuzimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umeniokoa nisishuke kwenye shimo la mauti.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.30.4" />Mwimbieni
<nd>Bwana</nd>, enyi watakatifu wake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lisifuni jina lake takatifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.30.5" />Kwa maana hasira yake ni ya muda mfupi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali upendo wake hudumu siku zote.
</q>
<q style="q1">Inawezekana kilio kiwepo usiku kucha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini asubuhi kukawa na furaha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.30.6" />Nilipofanikiwa nilisema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Sitatikiswa kamwe.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.30.7" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, uliponijalia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uliuimarisha mlima wangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini ulipouficha uso wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilifadhaika.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.30.8" />Kwako wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, niliita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa Bwana niliomba rehema:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.30.9" />“Kuna faida gani katika kuangamia kwangu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Katika kushuka kwangu shimoni?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, mavumbi yatakusifu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, yatatangaza uaminifu wako?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.30.10" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, unisikie na kunihurumia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, uwe msaada wangu.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.30.11" />Uligeuza maombolezo yangu kuwa kucheza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulinivua nguo za gunia ukanivika shangwe,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.30.12" />ili moyo wangu uweze kukusifu na usikae kimya.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wangu, nitakushukuru milele.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="31" />
<cl>Zaburi 31
</cl><s style="s1">Maombi Na Sifa Kwa Kuokolewa Kutoka Kwa Adui
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.31.1" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nimekukimbilia wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiache nikaaibika kamwe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa haki yako uniokoe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.31.2" />Nitegee sikio lako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uje uniokoe haraka;
</q>
<q style="q1">uwe kwangu mwamba wa kimbilio,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ngome imara ya kuniokoa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.31.3" />Kwa kuwa wewe ni mwamba wangu na ngome yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uniongoze na kunilinda kwa ajili ya jina lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.31.4" />Uniepushe na mtego niliotegewa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maana wewe ndiwe kimbilio langu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.31.5" />Ninaikabidhi roho yangu mikononi mwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unikomboe Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, uliye Mungu wa kweli.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.31.6" />Ninawachukia wale wanaongʼangʼania sanamu batili;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mimi ninamtumaini
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.31.7" />Nitafurahia na kushangilia upendo wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa uliona mateso yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ulijua maumivu ya nafsi yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.31.8" />Hukunikabidhi kwa adui yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali umeiweka miguu yangu mahali penye nafasi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.31.9" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> unihurumie, kwa kuwa niko kwenye shida;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">macho yangu yanafifia kwa huzuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nafsi yangu na mwili wangu kwa sikitiko.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.31.10" />Maisha yangu yamedhoofika kwa majonzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, miaka yangu kwa kulia kwa maumivu makali;
</q>
<q style="q1">nguvu zangu zinaisha kwa ajili ya mateso,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mifupa yangu inachakaa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.31.11" />Kwa sababu ya adui zangu wote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimedharauliwa kabisa na jirani zangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">hata kwa rafiki zangu nimekuwa tisho,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wanionao barabarani hunikimbia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.31.12" />Nimesahaulika miongoni mwao kama mtu aliyekufa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimekuwa kama chombo cha mfinyanzi kilichovunjika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.31.13" />Kwa maana nimesikia maneno niliyosingiziwa na wengi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vitisho viko pande zote;
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa wamefanya mashauri dhidi yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kula njama kuniua.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.31.14" />Lakini mimi ninakutumaini wewe peke yako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimesema, “Wewe ndiwe Mungu wangu.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.31.15" />Siku za maisha yangu ziko mikononi mwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uniokoe mikononi mwa adui zangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wale wanifuatiao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.31.16" />Mwangazie mtumishi wako uso wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uniokoe kwa ajili ya upendo wako usiokoma.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.31.17" />Usiniache niaibike, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana nimekulilia wewe,
</q>
<q style="q1">bali waovu waaibishwe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunyamazishwa Kuzimu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.31.18" />Midomo yao isemayo uongo na inyamazishwe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana kwa kiburi na dharau
</q>
<q style="q1">wao husema kwa majivuno
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhidi ya wenye haki.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.31.19" />Tazama jinsi ulivyo mkuu wema wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uliowawekea akiba wakuchao,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambao huwapa wale wakukimbiliao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">machoni pa watu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.31.20" />Unawahifadhi katika uvuli wa uwepo wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutokana na hila za wanadamu;
</q>
<q style="q1">katika makao yako huwaweka salama
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutokana na ndimi za mashtaka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.31.21" />Atukuzwe
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa amenionyesha upendo wake wa ajabu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilipokuwa katika mji uliozingirwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.31.22" />Katika hofu yangu nilisema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Nimekatiliwa mbali na macho yako!”
</q>
<q style="q1">Hata hivyo ulisikia kilio changu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukanihurumia nilipokuita unisaidie.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PSA.31.23" />Mpendeni
<nd>Bwana</nd> ninyi watakatifu wake wote!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> huwahifadhi waaminifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini wenye kiburi huwalipiza kikamilifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PSA.31.24" />Kuweni hodari na mjipe moyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi nyote mnaomtumaini
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="32" />
<cl>Zaburi 32
</cl><s style="s1">Furaha Ya Msamaha
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi ya Daudi. Funzo.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.32.1" />Heri mtu yule ambaye amesamehewa makosa yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye dhambi zake zimefunikwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.32.2" />Heri mtu yule ambaye
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hamhesabii dhambi,
</q>
<q style="q1">na ambaye rohoni mwake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hamna udanganyifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.32.3" />Niliponyamaza, mifupa yangu ilichakaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kulia kwa maumivu makali mchana kutwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.32.4" />Usiku na mchana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkono wako ulinilemea,
</q>
<q style="q1">nguvu zangu zilinyonywa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama vile katika joto la kiangazi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.32.5" />Kisha nilikujulisha dhambi yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala sikuficha uovu wangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nilisema, “Nitaungama
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">makosa yangu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
</q>
<q style="q1">Ndipo uliponisamehe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hatia ya dhambi yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.32.6" />Kwa hiyo kila mtu mcha Mungu akuombe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati unapopatikana,
</q>
<q style="q1">hakika maji makuu yatakapofurika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hayatamfikia yeye.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.32.7" />Wewe ndiwe mahali pangu pa kujificha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utaniepusha na taabu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunizunguka kwa nyimbo za wokovu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.32.8" />Nitakufundisha na kukuonyesha njia utakayoiendea;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakushauri na kukuangalia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.32.9" />Usiwe kama farasi au nyumbu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wasio na akili,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambao ni lazima waongozwe kwa lijamu na hatamu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">la sivyo hawatakukaribia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.32.10" />Mtu mwovu ana taabu nyingi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali upendo usio na kikomo wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unamzunguka mtu anayemtumaini.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.32.11" />Shangilieni katika
<nd>Bwana</nd> na mfurahi, enyi wenye haki!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Imbeni, nyote mlio wanyofu wa moyo!
<ve />
</q>

<c id="33" />
<cl>Zaburi 33
</cl><s style="s1">Ukuu Na Wema Wa Mungu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.33.1" />Mwimbieni
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa furaha, enyi wenye haki;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kusifu kunawapasa wanyofu wa moyo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.33.2" />Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa kinubi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwimbieni sifa kwa zeze la nyuzi kumi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.33.3" />Mwimbieni wimbo mpya;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pigeni kwa ustadi, na mpaze sauti za shangwe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.33.4" />Maana neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni haki na kweli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni mwaminifu kwa yote atendayo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.33.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> hupenda uadilifu na haki;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dunia imejaa upendo wake usiokoma.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.33.6" />Kwa neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> mbingu ziliumbwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jeshi lao la angani kwa pumzi ya kinywa chake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.33.7" />Ameyakusanya maji ya bahari
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama kwenye chungu;
</q>
<q style="q1">vilindi vya bahari
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ameviweka katika ghala.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.33.8" />Dunia yote na imwogope
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wote wa dunia wamche.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.33.9" />Kwa maana Mungu alisema, na ikawa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliamuru na ikasimama imara.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.33.10" /><nd>Bwana</nd> huzuia mipango ya mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hupinga makusudi ya mataifa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.33.11" />Lakini mipango ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> inasimama imara milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">makusudi ya moyo wake kwa vizazi vyote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.33.12" />Heri taifa ambalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni Mungu wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu ambao aliwachagua kuwa urithi wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.33.13" />Kutoka mbinguni
<nd>Bwana</nd> hutazama chini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaona wanadamu wote;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.33.14" />kutoka maskani mwake huwaangalia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote wakaao duniani:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.33.15" />yeye ambaye huumba mioyo yao wote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye huangalia kila kitu wanachokitenda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.33.16" />Hakuna mfalme aokokaye kwa ukubwa wa jeshi lake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna shujaa aokokaye kwa wingi wa nguvu zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.33.17" />Farasi ni tumaini la bure kwa wokovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">licha ya nguvu zake nyingi, hawezi kuokoa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.33.18" />Lakini macho ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> yako kwa wale wamchao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa wale tumaini lao liko katika upendo wake usio na kikomo,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.33.19" />ili awaokoe na mauti,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwahifadhi wakati wa njaa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.33.20" />Sisi tunamngojea
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa matumaini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ni msaada wetu na ngao yetu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.33.21" />Mioyo yetu humshangilia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana tunalitumainia jina lake takatifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.33.22" />Upendo wako usio na mwisho ukae juu yetu, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tunapoliweka tumaini letu kwako.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="34" />
<cl>Zaburi 34</cl><f caller="+"><fr>34
</fr><ft>Zaburi hii imetungwa kila mstari ukianzia na herufi ya alfabeti ya Kiebrania zikifuatana tangu Aleph (A) hadi Taw (T); zote ni 22.</ft></f>
<s style="s1">Sifa Na Wema Wa Mungu
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi ya Daudi, alipojifanya mwendawazimu mbele ya Abimeleki, ambaye alimfukuza, naye akaondoka.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.34.1" />Nitamtukuza
<nd>Bwana</nd> nyakati zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sifa zake zitakuwa midomoni mwangu siku zote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.34.2" />Nafsi yangu itajisifu katika
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walioonewa watasikia na wafurahi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.34.3" />Mtukuzeni
<nd>Bwana</nd> pamoja nami,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, na tulitukuze jina lake pamoja.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.34.4" />Nilimtafuta
<nd>Bwana</nd> naye akanijibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akaniokoa kwenye hofu zangu zote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.34.5" />Wale wamtazamao hutiwa nuru,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyuso zao hazifunikwi na aibu kamwe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.34.6" />Maskini huyu alimwita
<nd>Bwana</nd>, naye akamsikia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akamwokoa katika taabu zake zote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.34.7" />Malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> hufanya kituo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akiwazunguka wale wamchao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye huwaokoa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.34.8" />Onjeni mwone kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni mwema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">heri mtu yule anayemkimbilia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.34.9" />Mcheni
<nd>Bwana</nd> enyi watakatifu wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana wale wamchao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawapungukiwi na chochote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.34.10" />Wana simba wenye nguvu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hutindikiwa na kuona njaa,
</q>
<q style="q1">bali wale wamtafutao
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawatakosa kitu chochote kilicho chema.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.34.11" />Njooni, watoto wangu, mnisikilize,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitawafundisha kumcha
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.34.12" />Yeyote kati yenu anayependa uzima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutamani kuziona siku nyingi njema,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.34.13" />basi auzuie ulimi wake na mabaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na midomo yake kutokana na kusema uongo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.34.14" />Aache uovu, atende mema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aitafute amani na kuifuatilia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.34.15" />Macho ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> huwaelekea wenye haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na masikio yake yako makini kusikiliza kilio chao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.34.16" />Uso wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> uko kinyume na watendao maovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kufuta kumbukumbu lao duniani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.34.17" />Wenye haki hulia, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> huwasikia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huwaokoa katika taabu zao zote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.34.18" /><nd>Bwana</nd> yu karibu na waliovunjika moyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na huwaokoa waliopondeka roho.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.34.19" />Mwenye haki ana mateso mengi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> humwokoa nayo yote,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.34.20" />huhifadhi mifupa yake yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata mmoja hautavunjika.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.34.21" />Ubaya utamuua mtu mwovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao adui za mwenye haki watahukumiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.34.22" /><nd>Bwana</nd> huwakomboa watumishi wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeyote anayemkimbilia yeye
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hatahukumiwa kamwe.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="35" />
<cl>Zaburi 35
</cl><s style="s1">Kuomba Msaada: Kuokolewa Kutokana Na Maadui
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.35.1" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, pingana na wale wanaopingana nami,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">upigane na hao wanaopigana nami.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.35.2" />Chukua ngao na kigao.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Inuka unisaidie.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.35.3" />Inua mkuki wako na fumo<f caller="+"><fr>35:3
</fr><ft>Fumo ni sawa na sagai, maana yake ni mkuki mfupi.</ft></f> lako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhidi ya hao wanaonifuatia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Iambie nafsi yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Mimi ni wokovu wako.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.35.4" />Wafedheheshwe na waaibishwe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wanaotafuta uhai wangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanaofanya shauri kuniangamiza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">warudishwe nyuma kwa hofu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.35.5" />Wawe kama makapi yapeperushwayo na upepo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akiwafukuza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.35.6" />Njia yao na iwe giza na ya utelezi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akiwafuatilia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.35.7" />Kwa vile walinifichia wavu wao bila sababu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na bila sababu wamenichimbia shimo,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.35.8" />maafa na yawapate ghafula:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wavu walionifichia na uwatege wenyewe,
</q>
<q style="q1">na waanguke katika shimo hilo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maangamizo yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.35.9" />Ndipo nafsi yangu itashangilia katika
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuufurahia wokovu wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.35.10" />Nitapaza sauti yangu nikisema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Ni nani aliye kama wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>?
</q>
<q style="q1">Wewe huwaokoa maskini kutokana na wale walio na nguvu kuliko wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maskini na mhitaji kutokana na wanaowanyangʼanya!”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.35.11" />Mashahidi wakatili wanainuka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wananiuliza mambo nisiyoyajua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.35.12" />Wananilipa baya kwa jema
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuiacha nafsi yangu ukiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.35.13" />Lakini walipokuwa wagonjwa, nilivaa nguo ya gunia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nikajinyenyekesha kwa kufunga.
</q>
<q style="q1">Maombi yangu yaliponirudia bila kujibiwa,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.35.14" />niliendelea kuomboleza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama vile wao ni rafiki au ndugu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Niliinamisha kichwa chini kwa huzuni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama ninayemwombolezea mama yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.35.15" />Lakini nilipojikwaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walikusanyika kwa shangwe;
</q>
<q style="q1">washambuliaji walijikusanya dhidi yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bila mimi kujua.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Walinisingizia pasipo kukoma.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.35.16" />Kama watu wasiomcha Mungu, wamenidhihaki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamenisagia meno.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.35.17" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, utatazama mpaka lini?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Niokoe maisha yangu na maangamizi yao,
</q>
<q style="q1">uhai wangu wa thamani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutokana na simba hawa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.35.18" />Nami nitakushukuru mbele ya kusanyiko kubwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakusifu katikati ya watu wengi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.35.19" />Usiwaache wale wanaonisimanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale ambao ni adui zangu bila sababu;
</q>
<q style="q1">usiwaache wale ambao ni adui zangu bila sababu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakonyeze jicho kwa hila.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.35.20" />Hawazungumzi kwa amani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali wanatunga mashtaka ya uongo
</q>
<q style="q1">dhidi ya wale wanaoishi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa utulivu katika nchi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.35.21" />Hunifumbulia vinywa vyao wakisema, “Aha! Aha!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa macho yetu wenyewe tumeliona.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.35.22" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, umeona hili, usiwe kimya.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Usiwe mbali nami, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PSA.35.23" />Amka, inuka unitetee!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Unipiganie Mungu wangu na Bwana wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PSA.35.24" />Nihukumu kwa haki yako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sawasawa na haki yako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiwaache wakusimange.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PSA.35.25" />Usiwaache wafikiri, “Aha, hili ndilo tulilotaka!”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Au waseme, “Tumemmeza.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PSA.35.26" />Wote wanaofurahia dhiki yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waaibishwe na wachanganyikiwe;
</q>
<q style="q1">hao wanaojiinua dhidi yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wavikwe aibu na dharau.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PSA.35.27" />Wale wanaofurahia hukumu yangu ya haki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wapige kelele za shangwe na furaha;
</q>
<q style="q1">hebu waseme siku zote, “<nd>Bwana</nd> atukuzwe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye amefurahia mafanikio ya mtumishi wake.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PSA.35.28" />Ulimi wangu utanena haki yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na sifa zako mchana kutwa.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="36" />
<cl>Zaburi 36
</cl><s style="s1">Uovu Wa Mwanadamu
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Zaburi ya Daudi mtumishi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.36.1" />Kuna neno moyoni mwangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuhusu hali ya dhambi ya mwovu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hakuna hofu ya Mungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele ya macho yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.36.2" />Kwa kuwa machoni pake mwenyewe hujisifu mno
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata hawezi kugundua au kuichukia dhambi yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.36.3" />Maneno ya kinywa chake ni maovu na ya udanganyifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ameacha kuwa mwenye hekima na kutenda mema.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.36.4" />Hata kitandani mwake hupanga hila mbaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hujitia katika njia ya dhambi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hakatai lililo baya.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.36.5" />Upendo wako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, unafika hadi mbinguni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uaminifu wako hadi kwenye anga.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.36.6" />Haki yako ni kama milima mikubwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hukumu zako ni kama kilindi kikuu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wewe huwahifadhi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwanadamu na mnyama.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.36.7" />Upendo wako usiokoma
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni wa thamani mno!
</q>
<q style="q1">Watu wakuu na wadogo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hujificha uvulini wa mbawa zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.36.8" />Wanajifurahisha katika wingi nyumbani mwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe utawanywesha katika mto wa furaha zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.36.9" />Kuwa pamoja nawe ni kijito cha uzima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika nuru yako twaona nuru.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.36.10" />Dumisha upendo wako kwa wale wanaokujua wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haki yako kwa wale walio wanyofu wa moyo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.36.11" />Mguu wa mwenye kiburi usije dhidi yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala mkono wa mwovu usinifukuze.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.36.12" />Angalia jinsi watenda mabaya walivyoanguka:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wametupwa chini, hawawezi kuinuka!
<ve />
</q>

<c id="37" />
<cl>Zaburi 37</cl><f caller="+"><fr>37
</fr><ft>Zaburi hii imetungwa kila beti likianzia na herufi ya alfabeti ya Kiebrania zikifuatana tangu Aleph (A) hadi Taw (T); zote ni 22.</ft></f>
<s style="s1">Mwisho Wa Mwovu Na Urithi Wa Mwenye Haki
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.37.1" />Usisumbuke kwa ajili ya watendao maovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala usiwaonee wivu watendao mabaya,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.37.2" />kwa maana kama majani watanyauka mara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mimea ya kijani watakufa mara.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.37.3" />Mtumaini
<nd>Bwana</nd> na utende yaliyo mema;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kaa katika nchi ukafurahie malisho salama.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.37.4" />Jifurahishe katika
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atakupa haja za moyo wako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.37.5" />Mkabidhi
<nd>Bwana</nd> njia yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtumaini yeye, naye atatenda hili:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.37.6" />Yeye atafanya haki yako ingʼae kama mapambazuko,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hukumu ya shauri lako kama jua la adhuhuri.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.37.7" />Tulia mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na umngojee kwa uvumilivu;
</q>
<q style="q1">usisumbuke watu wanapofanikiwa katika njia zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanapotekeleza mipango yao miovu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.37.8" />Epuka hasira na uache ghadhabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usihangaike: itakuongoza tu kutenda uovu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.37.9" />Kwa maana waovu watakatiliwa mbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali wale wanaomtumaini
<nd>Bwana</nd> watairithi nchi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.37.10" />Bado kitambo kidogo, nao waovu hawataonekana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ingawa utawatafuta, hawataonekana.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.37.11" />Bali wanyenyekevu watairithi nchi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wafurahie amani tele.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.37.12" />Waovu hula njama dhidi ya wenye haki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwasagia meno,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.37.13" />bali Bwana huwacheka waovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu anajua siku yao inakuja.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.37.14" />Waovu huchomoa upanga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kupinda upinde,
</q>
<q style="q1">ili wawaangushe maskini na wahitaji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwachinja wale ambao njia zao ni nyofu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.37.15" />Lakini panga zao zitachoma mioyo yao wenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na pinde zao zitavunjwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.37.16" />Bora kidogo walicho nacho wenye haki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko wingi wa mali wa waovu wengi;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.37.17" />kwa maana nguvu za waovu zitavunjwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> humtegemeza mwenye haki.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.37.18" /><nd>Bwana</nd> anazifahamu siku za wanyofu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na urithi wao utadumu milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.37.19" />Siku za maafa hawatanyauka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku za njaa watafurahia wingi wa vitu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.37.20" />Lakini waovu wataangamia:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Adui za
<nd>Bwana</nd> watakuwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama uzuri wa mashamba,
</q>
<q style="q1">watatoweka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watatoweka kama moshi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.37.21" />Waovu hukopa na hawalipi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali wenye haki hutoa kwa ukarimu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.37.22" />Wale wanaobarikiwa na
<nd>Bwana</nd> watairithi nchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali wale anaowalaani watakatiliwa mbali.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PSA.37.23" />Kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> akipendezwa na njia ya mtu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye huimarisha hatua zake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PSA.37.24" />ajapojikwaa, hataanguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">humtegemeza kwa mkono wake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PSA.37.25" />Nilikuwa kijana na sasa ni mzee,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini sijaona kamwe wenye haki wameachwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au watoto wao wakiombaomba chakula.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PSA.37.26" />Wakati wote ni wakarimu na hukopesha bila masharti.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Watoto wao watabarikiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PSA.37.27" />Acha ubaya na utende wema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe utaishi katika nchi milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PSA.37.28" />Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> huwapenda wenye haki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye hatawaacha waaminifu wake.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Watalindwa milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini uzao wa waovu utakatiliwa mbali.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PSA.37.29" />Wenye haki watairithi nchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuishi humo milele.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="PSA.37.30" />Kinywa cha mwenye haki hutamka hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao ulimi wake huzungumza lililo haki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="PSA.37.31" />Sheria ya Mungu wake imo moyoni mwake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyayo zake hazitelezi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="PSA.37.32" />Watu waovu huvizia wenye haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakitafuta kuwaua;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="PSA.37.33" />lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> hatawaacha mikononi mwao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hatawaacha wahukumiwe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa wakosa wanaposhtakiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="PSA.37.34" />Mngojee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uishike njia yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Naye atakutukuza uirithi nchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waovu watakapokatiliwa mbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utaliona hilo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="PSA.37.35" />Nimemwona mtu mwovu na mkatili akistawi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mwerezi wa Lebanoni,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="36" bcv="PSA.37.36" />lakini alitoweka mara na hakuonekana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ingawa nilimtafuta, hakupatikana.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="37" bcv="PSA.37.37" />Watafakari watu wasio na hatia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wachunguze watu wakamilifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuna mafanikio kwa mtu apendaye amani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="38" bcv="PSA.37.38" />Lakini watenda dhambi wote wataangamizwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mafanikio yao yatakatiliwa mbali.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="39" bcv="PSA.37.39" />Wokovu wa wenye haki hutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ni ngome yao wakati wa shida.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="40" bcv="PSA.37.40" /><nd>Bwana</nd> huwasaidia na kuwaokoa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huwaokoa kutoka kwa waovu na kuwahifadhi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana wanamkimbilia.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="38" />
<cl>Zaburi 38
</cl><s style="s1">Maombi Ya Mtu Anayeteseka
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi ya Daudi. Maombi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.38.1" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, usinikemee katika hasira yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kuniadhibu katika ghadhabu yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.38.2" />Kwa kuwa mishale yako imenichoma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mkono wako umenishukia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.38.3" />Hakuna afya mwilini mwangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya ghadhabu yako,
</q>
<q style="q1">mifupa yangu haina uzima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya dhambi zangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.38.4" />Maovu yangu yamenifunika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mzigo usiochukulika.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.38.5" />Majeraha yangu yameoza na yananuka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya upumbavu wa dhambi zangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.38.6" />Nimeinamishwa chini na kushushwa sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mchana kutwa nazunguka nikiomboleza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.38.7" />Viuno vyangu vimejaa maumivu yaunguzayo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna afya mwilini mwangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.38.8" />Nimedhoofika na kupondwa kabisa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nasononeka kwa maumivu makuu ya moyoni.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.38.9" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, yote ninayoyaonea shauku
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yako wazi mbele zako,
</q>
<q style="q1">kutamani kwangu sana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakufichiki mbele zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.38.10" />Moyo wangu unapigapiga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nguvu zangu zimeniishia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata macho yangu yametiwa giza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.38.11" />Rafiki na wenzangu wananikwepa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya majeraha yangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">majirani zangu wanakaa mbali nami.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.38.12" />Wale wanaotafuta uhai wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanatega mitego yao,
</q>
<q style="q1">wale ambao wangetaka kunidhuru
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huongea juu ya maangamizi yangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hufanya shauri la hila mchana kutwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.38.13" />Mimi ni kama mtu kiziwi, asiyeweza kusikia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni kama bubu, asiyeweza kufungua kinywa chake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.38.14" />nimekuwa kama mtu asiyesikia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye kinywa chake hakiwezi kutoa jibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.38.15" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ninakungojea wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee Bwana Mungu wangu, utajibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.38.16" />Kwa kuwa nilisema, “Usiwaache wafurahie,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala wasijitukuze juu yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mguu wangu unapoteleza.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.38.17" />Kwa maana ninakaribia kuanguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na maumivu yangu yananiandama siku zote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.38.18" />Naungama uovu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninataabishwa na dhambi yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.38.19" />Wengi ni wale ambao ni adui zangu hodari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wanaonichukia bila sababu ni wengi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.38.20" />Wanaolipa maovu kwa wema wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hunisingizia ninapofuata lililo jema.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.38.21" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, usiniache,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiwe mbali nami, Ee Mungu wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.38.22" />Ee Bwana Mwokozi wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uje upesi kunisaidia.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="39" />
<cl>Zaburi 39
</cl><s style="s1">Maombi Ya Mtu Anayeteseka
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Mtindo wa Yeduthuni. Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.39.1" />Nilisema, “Nitaziangalia njia zangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuuzuia ulimi wangu usije ukatenda dhambi;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitaweka lijamu kinywani mwangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wote waovu wanapokuwa karibu nami.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.39.2" />Lakini niliponyamaza kimya na kutulia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata pasipo kusema lolote jema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uchungu wangu uliongezeka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.39.3" />Moyo wangu ulipata moto ndani yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilipotafakari, moto uliwaka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndipo nikasema kwa ulimi wangu:
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.39.4" />“Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nijulishe mwisho wa maisha yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hesabu ya siku zangu;
</q>
<q style="q1">nijalie kujua jinsi maisha yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yanavyopita upesi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.39.5" />Umefanya maisha yangu mafupi kama pumzi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">muda wangu wa kuishi ni kama
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hauna thamani kwako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Maisha ya kila mwanadamu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni kama pumzi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.39.6" />Hakika kila binadamu ni kama njozi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aendapo huku na huko:
</q>
<q style="q1">hujishughulisha na mengi lakini ni ubatili;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anakusanya mali nyingi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hajui ni nani atakayeifaidi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.39.7" />“Lakini sasa Bwana, nitafute nini?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Tumaini langu ni kwako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.39.8" />Niokoe kutoka kwenye makosa yangu yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usinifanye kuwa dhihaka ya wapumbavu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.39.9" />Nilinyamaza kimya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikufumbua kinywa changu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu wewe ndiwe uliyetenda hili.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.39.10" />Niondolee mjeledi wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimeshindwa kwa mapigo ya mkono wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.39.11" />Unakemea na kuadhibu wanadamu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya dhambi zao;
</q>
<q style="q1">unaharibu utajiri wao kama nondo aharibuvyo:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila mwanadamu ni kama pumzi tu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.39.12" />“Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, usikie maombi yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usikie kilio changu unisaidie,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiwe kiziwi kwa kulia kwangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwani mimi ninaishi na wewe kama mgeni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama walivyokuwa baba zangu wote,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.39.13" />Tazama mbali nami, ili niweze kufurahi tena
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kabla sijaondoka na nisiwepo tena.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="40" />
<cl>Zaburi 40
</cl><s style="s1">Wimbo Wa Sifa
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.40.1" />Nilimngoja
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa saburi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye akaniinamia, akasikia kilio changu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.40.2" />Akanipandisha kutoka shimo la uharibifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka matope na utelezi;
</q>
<q style="q1">akaiweka miguu yangu juu ya mwamba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunipa mahali imara pa kusimama.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.40.3" />Akaweka wimbo mpya kinywani mwangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wimbo wa sifa kwa Mungu wetu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wengi wataona na kuogopa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuweka tumaini lao kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.40.4" />Heri mtu yule amfanyaye
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuwa tumaini lake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asiyewategemea wenye kiburi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wenye kugeukia miungu ya uongo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.40.5" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umefanya mambo mengi ya ajabu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mambo uliyopanga kwa ajili yetu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna awezaye kukuhesabia;
</q>
<q style="q1">kama ningesema na kuyaelezea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yangekuwa mengi mno kuyaelezea.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.40.6" />Dhabihu na sadaka hukuvitaka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini umefungua masikio yangu;<f caller="+"><fr>40:6
</fr><ft>Au: bali mwili uliniandalia.</ft></f>
</q>
<q style="q1">sadaka za kuteketezwa na sadaka za dhambi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hukuzihitaji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.40.7" />Ndipo niliposema, “Mimi hapa, nimekuja:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">imeandikwa kunihusu katika kitabu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.40.8" />Ee Mungu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">natamani kuyafanya mapenzi yako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sheria yako iko ndani ya moyo wangu.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.40.9" />Nimehubiri haki katika kusanyiko kubwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikufunga mdomo wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kama ujuavyo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.40.10" />Sikuficha haki yako moyoni mwangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninasema juu ya uaminifu wako na wokovu wako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Sikuficha upendo wako na kweli yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele ya kusanyiko kubwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.40.11" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, usizuilie huruma zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">upendo wako na kweli yako daima vinilinde.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.40.12" />Kwa maana taabu zisizo na hesabu zimenizunguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhambi zangu zimenikamata, hata nisiweze kuona.
</q>
<q style="q1">Zimekuwa nyingi kuliko nywele za kichwa changu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao moyo unazimia ndani yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.40.13" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, uwe radhi kuniokoa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, njoo hima unisaidie.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.40.14" />Wote wanaotafuta kuuondoa uhai wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waaibishwe na kufadhaishwa;
</q>
<q style="q1">wote wanaotamani kuangamizwa kwangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">warudishwe nyuma kwa aibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.40.15" />Wale waniambiao, “Aha! Aha!”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wafadhaishwe na iwe aibu yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.40.16" />Lakini wote wakutafutao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">washangilie na kukufurahia,
</q>
<q style="q1">wale wapendao wokovu wako siku zote waseme,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“<nd>Bwana</nd> atukuzwe!”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.40.17" />Lakini bado mimi ni maskini na mhitaji;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Bwana na anifikirie.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wewe ndiwe msaada wangu na Mwokozi wangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee Mungu wangu, usikawie.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="41" />
<cl>Zaburi 41
</cl><s style="s1">Maombi Ya Mtu Mgonjwa
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.41.1" />Heri mtu yule anayemjali mnyonge,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> atamwokoa wakati wa shida.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.41.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atamlinda na kuyahifadhi maisha yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atambariki katika nchi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hatamwacha katika tamaa ya adui zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.41.3" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atamtegemeza awapo mgonjwa kitandani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atamwinua kutoka kitandani mwake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.41.4" />Nilisema, “Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> nihurumie,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niponye, maana nimekutenda dhambi wewe.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.41.5" />Adui zangu wanasema kwa hila,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Lini atakufa, na jina lake litokomee kabisa.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.41.6" />Kila anapokuja mtu kunitazama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huzungumza uongo,
</q>
<q style="q1">huku moyo wake hukusanya masingizio;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kisha huondoka na kuyasambaza huku na huko.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.41.7" />Adui zangu wote hunongʼonezana dhidi yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hao huniwazia mabaya sana, wakisema,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.41.8" />“Ugonjwa mbaya sana umempata,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kamwe hatainuka tena kitandani mwake.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.41.9" />Hata rafiki yangu wa karibu niliyemwamini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yule aliyekula chakula changu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ameniinulia kisigino chake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.41.10" />Lakini wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nihurumie,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukaniinue tena, ili niweze kuwalipiza kisasi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.41.11" />Najua kwamba wapendezwa nami,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa adui yangu hanishindi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.41.12" />Katika uadilifu wangu unanitegemeza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuniweka kwenye uwepo wako milele.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.41.13" />Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tangu milele na hata milele.
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="qc" style="qc">Amen na Amen.
</p>

<c id="42" />
<p sfm="ms" style="ms1">KITABU CHA PILI
</p>
<p sfm="mr" style="mr">(Zaburi 42–72)
</p>
<cl>Zaburi 42
</cl><s style="s1">Maombi Ya Mtu Aliye Uhamishoni
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Utenzi wa wana wa Kora.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.42.1" />Kama vile ayala aoneavyo shauku vijito vya maji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo nafsi yangu ikuoneavyo shauku, Ee Mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.42.2" />Nafsi yangu inamwonea Mungu kiu, Mungu aliye hai.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni lini nitaweza kwenda kukutana na Mungu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.42.3" />Machozi yangu yamekuwa chakula changu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiku na mchana,
</q>
<q style="q1">huku watu wakiniambia mchana kutwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Yuko wapi Mungu wako?”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.42.4" />Mambo haya nayakumbuka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninapoimimina nafsi yangu:
</q>
<q style="q1">Jinsi nilivyokuwa nikienda na umati wa watu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikiongoza maandamano kuelekea kwenye nyumba ya Mungu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kelele za shangwe na za shukrani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katikati ya umati uliosherehekea.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.42.5" />Ee nafsi yangu, kwa nini unasononeka?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa nini unafadhaika hivyo ndani yangu?
</q>
<q style="q1">Weka tumaini lako kwa Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu bado nitamsifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mwokozi wangu na
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="PSA.42.6" />Mungu wangu.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Nafsi yangu inasononeka ndani yangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiyo nitakukumbuka
</q>
<q style="q1">kutoka nchi ya Yordani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika vilele vya Hermoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka Mlima Mizari.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.42.7" />Kilindi huita kilindi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika ngurumo za maporomoko ya maji yako;
</q>
<q style="q1">mawimbi yako yote pamoja na viwimbi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vimepita juu yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.42.8" />Mchana
<nd>Bwana</nd> huelekeza upendo wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiku wimbo wake uko nami:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maombi kwa Mungu wa uzima wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.42.9" />Ninamwambia Mungu Mwamba wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Kwa nini umenisahau?
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa nini niendelee kuomboleza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikiwa nimeonewa na adui?”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.42.10" />Mifupa yangu inateseka kwa maumivu makali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">adui zangu wanaponidhihaki,
</q>
<q style="q1">wakiniambia mchana kutwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Yuko wapi Mungu wako?”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.42.11" />Ee nafsi yangu, kwa nini unasononeka?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa nini unafadhaika hivyo ndani yangu?
</q>
<q style="q1">Weka tumaini lako kwa Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu bado nitamsifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mwokozi wangu na Mungu wangu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="43" />
<cl>Zaburi 43
</cl><s style="s1">Maombi Ya Mtu Aliyeko Uhamishoni Yanaendelea
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.43.1" />Ee Mungu unihukumu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitetee dhidi ya taifa lisilomcha Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niokoe na watu wadanganyifu na waovu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.43.2" />Wewe ni Mungu ngome yangu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa nini umenikataa?
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa nini niendelee kuomboleza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikiwa nimeonewa na adui?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.43.3" />Tuma hima nuru yako na kweli yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na viniongoze;
</q>
<q style="q1">vinilete mpaka mlima wako mtakatifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpaka mahali unapoishi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.43.4" />Ndipo nitakwenda madhabahuni pa Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa Mungu, furaha yangu na shangwe yangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitakusifu kwa kinubi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee Mungu, Mungu wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.43.5" />Ee nafsi yangu, kwa nini unasononeka?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa nini unafadhaika hivyo ndani yangu?
</q>
<q style="q1">Weka tumaini lako kwa Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu bado nitamsifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mwokozi wangu na Mungu wangu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="44" />
<cl>Zaburi 44
</cl><s style="s1">Kuomba Ulinzi Wa Mungu
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Utenzi wa wana wa Kora.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.44.1" />Ee Mungu, tumesikia kwa masikio yetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">baba zetu wametueleza
</q>
<q style="q1">yale uliyotenda katika siku zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku za kale.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.44.2" />Kwa mkono wako uliwafukuza mataifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ukawapanda baba zetu,
</q>
<q style="q1">uliangamiza mataifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwastawisha baba zetu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.44.3" />Sio kwa upanga wao waliipata nchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala si mkono wao uliwapatia ushindi;
</q>
<q style="q1">ilikuwa ni kitanga cha mkono wako wa kuume,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nuru ya uso wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa uliwapenda.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.44.4" />Wewe ni mfalme wangu na Mungu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unayeamuru ushindi kwa Yakobo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.44.5" />Kwa uwezo wako tunawasukuma nyuma watesi wetu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa jina lako tunawakanyaga adui zetu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.44.6" />Siutumaini upinde wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">upanga wangu hauniletei ushindi;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.44.7" />bali wewe unatupa ushindi juu ya adui zetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unawaaibisha watesi wetu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.44.8" />Katika Mungu wetu tunajivuna mchana kutwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nasi tutalisifu jina lako milele.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.44.9" />Lakini sasa umetukataa na kutudhili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala huendi tena na jeshi letu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.44.10" />Umetufanya turudi nyuma mbele ya adui,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watesi wetu wametuteka nyara.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.44.11" />Umetuacha tutafunwe kama kondoo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na umetutawanya katika mataifa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.44.12" />Umewauza watu wako kwa fedha kidogo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hukupata faida yoyote kwa mauzo yao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.44.13" />Umetufanya lawama kwa jirani zetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dharau na dhihaka kwa wale wanaotuzunguka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.44.14" />Umetufanya kuwa mithali miongoni mwa mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mataifa hutikisa vichwa vyao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.44.15" />Fedheha yangu iko mbele yangu mchana kutwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uso wangu umejaa aibu tele,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.44.16" />kwa ajili ya dhihaka ya wale wanaonilaumu na kunitukana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya adui, ambaye anatamani kulipiza kisasi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.44.17" />Hayo yote yametutokea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ingawa tulikuwa hatujakusahau
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hatujaenda kinyume na agano lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.44.18" />Mioyo yetu ilikuwa haijarudi nyuma;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyayo zetu zilikuwa hazijaiacha njia yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.44.19" />Lakini ulituponda na kutufanya makao ya mbweha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ukatufunika kwa giza nene.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.44.20" />Kama tungalikuwa tumelisahau jina la Mungu wetu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kunyooshea mikono yetu kwa mungu mgeni,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.44.21" />je, Mungu hangaligundua hili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa anazijua siri za moyo?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.44.22" />Hata hivyo kwa ajili yako tunauawa mchana kutwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tumehesabiwa kama kondoo wa kuchinjwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PSA.44.23" />Amka, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>! Kwa nini unalala?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Zinduka! Usitukatae milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PSA.44.24" />Kwa nini unauficha uso wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kusahau taabu na mateso yetu?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PSA.44.25" />Tumeshushwa hadi mavumbini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miili yetu imegandamana na ardhi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PSA.44.26" />Inuka na utusaidie,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utukomboe kwa sababu ya upendo wako usio na mwisho.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="45" />
<cl>Zaburi 45
</cl><s style="s1">Wimbo Wa Arusi Ya Kifalme
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Mtindo wa utenzi wa “Yungiyungi.” Utenzi wa wana wa Kora. Wimbo wa arusi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.45.1" />Moyo wangu umesisimuliwa na jambo jema
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninapomsimulia mfalme mabeti yangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulimi wangu ni kalamu ya mwandishi stadi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.45.2" />Wewe ni bora kuliko watu wengine wote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na midomo yako imepakwa neema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa Mungu amekubariki milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.45.3" />Jifunge upanga wako pajani mwako, ee mwenye nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jivike fahari na utukufu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.45.4" />Katika fahari yako, songa mbele kwa ushindi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya kweli, unyenyekevu na haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkono wako wa kuume na uonyeshe matendo ya kutisha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.45.5" />Mishale yako mikali na ichome mioyo ya adui za mfalme,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mataifa na yaanguke chini ya nyayo zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.45.6" />Ee Mungu, kiti chako cha enzi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kitadumu milele na milele,
</q>
<q style="q1">fimbo ya utawala wa haki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">itakuwa fimbo ya utawala wa ufalme wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.45.7" />Unaipenda haki na kuchukia uovu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiyo Mungu, Mungu wako,
</q>
<q style="q1">amekuweka juu ya wenzako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kukupaka mafuta ya furaha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.45.8" />Mavazi yako yote yana harufu nzuri
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya manemane, udi na mdalasini;
</q>
<q style="q1">kutoka kwenye majumba ya kifalme
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yaliyopambwa kwa pembe za ndovu,
</q>
<q style="q1">sauti za vinanda vya nyuzi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zinakufanya ufurahi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.45.9" />Binti za wafalme ni miongoni mwa wanawake wako waheshimiwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuume kwako yupo bibi arusi malkia aliyevaa dhahabu ya Ofiri.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.45.10" />Sikiliza, ewe binti, fikiri na utege sikio:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Sahau watu wako na nyumba ya baba yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.45.11" />Mfalme ameshangazwa na uzuri wako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mheshimu, kwa kuwa yeye ni bwana wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.45.12" />Binti wa Tiro atakuletea zawadi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wenye utajiri watatafuta upendeleo wako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.45.13" />Utukufu wote una binti mfalme katika chumba chake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vazi lake limefumwa kwa nyuzi za dhahabu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.45.14" />Anaongozwa kwa mfalme, akiwa amevalia mavazi yaliyotariziwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mabikira wenzake wanamfuata
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wanaletwa kwako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.45.15" />Wanaingizwa ndani kwa shangwe na furaha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuingia katika jumba la mfalme.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.45.16" />Wana wenu watachukua nafasi za baba zenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtawafanya wakuu katika nchi yote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.45.17" />Nitadumisha kumbukumbu lako katika vizazi vyote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiyo mataifa watakusifu milele na milele.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="46" />
<cl>Zaburi 46
</cl><s style="s1">Mungu Yuko Pamoja Nasi
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Zaburi ya wana wa Kora. Mtindo wa alamothi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.46.1" />Mungu kwetu sisi ni kimbilio na nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msaada utakaoonekana tele wakati wa mateso.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.46.2" />Kwa hiyo hatutaogopa, hata kama dunia ikiondolewa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo milima ikiangukia moyoni mwa bahari.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.46.3" />Hata kama maji yake yatanguruma na kuumuka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">milima nayo ikitetemeka kwa mawimbi yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.46.4" />Kuna mto ambao vijito vyake vinaufurahisha mji wa Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahali patakatifu ambako Aliye Juu Sana anaishi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.46.5" />Mungu yuko katikati yake, hautaanguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu atausaidia asubuhi na mapema.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.46.6" />Mataifa yanafanya ghasia, falme zinaanguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yeye huinua sauti yake, dunia ikayeyuka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.46.7" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote yu pamoja nasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu wa Yakobo ni ngome yetu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.46.8" />Njooni mkaone kazi za
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jinsi alivyofanya ukiwa katika nchi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.46.9" />Anakomesha vita hata miisho ya dunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anakata upinde na kuvunjavunja mkuki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anateketeza ngao kwa moto.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.46.10" />“Tulieni, mjue ya kwamba mimi ndimi Mungu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitatukuzwa katikati ya mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitatukuzwa katika dunia.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.46.11" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote yu pamoja nasi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu wa Yakobo ni ngome yetu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="47" />
<cl>Zaburi 47
</cl><s style="s1">Mtawala Mwenye Enzi Yote
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Zaburi ya wana wa Kora.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.47.1" />Pigeni makofi, enyi mataifa yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpigieni Mungu kelele za shangwe!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.47.2" />Jinsi gani alivyo wa kutisha,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Aliye Juu Sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mfalme mkuu juu ya dunia yote!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.47.3" />Ametiisha mataifa chini yetu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wengi chini ya miguu yetu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.47.4" />Alituchagulia urithi wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">fahari ya Yakobo, aliyempenda.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.47.5" />Mungu amepaa kwa kelele za shangwe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> kwa sauti za tarumbeta.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.47.6" />Mwimbieni Mungu sifa, imbeni sifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwimbieni sifa Mfalme wetu, imbeni sifa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.47.7" />Kwa kuwa Mungu ni mfalme wa dunia yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwimbieni zaburi za sifa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.47.8" />Mungu anatawala juu ya mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu ameketi juu ya kiti chake cha enzi kitakatifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.47.9" />Wakuu wa mataifa wanakusanyika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama watu wa Mungu wa Abrahamu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa wafalme wa dunia ni mali ya Mungu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ametukuka sana.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="48" />
<cl>Zaburi 48
</cl><s style="s1">Sayuni, Mji Wa Mungu
</s>
<d style="d">Wimbo. Zaburi ya wana wa Kora.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.48.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ni mkuu, anayestahili kusifiwa sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika mji wa Mungu wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mlima wake mtakatifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.48.2" />Ni mzuri katika kuinuka kwake juu sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">furaha ya dunia yote.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kama vilele vya juu sana vya Safoni<f caller="+"><fr>48:2
</fr><ft>Safoni inaweza ikawa na maana ya mlima mtakatifu au upande wa kaskazini.</ft></f> ni Mlima Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mji wa Mfalme Mkuu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.48.3" />Mungu yuko katika ngome zake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amejionyesha mwenyewe kuwa ngome yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.48.4" />Wakati wafalme walipounganisha nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waliposonga mbele pamoja,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.48.5" />walimwona nao wakashangaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakakimbia kwa hofu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.48.6" />Kutetemeka kuliwashika huko,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maumivu kama ya mwanamke
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwenye utungu wa kuzaa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.48.7" />Uliwaangamiza kama meli za Tarshishi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zilizovunjwa na upepo wa mashariki.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.48.8" />Kama tulivyokuwa tumesikia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo tulivyoona
</q>
<q style="q1">katika mji wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika mji wa Mungu wetu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu ataufanya uwe salama milele.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.48.9" />Ee Mungu, hekaluni mwako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tunatafakari upendo wako usiokoma.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.48.10" />Ee Mungu, kama jina lako lilivyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sifa zako zinafika hadi miisho ya dunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkono wako wa kuume umejazwa na haki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.48.11" />Mlima Sayuni unashangilia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vijiji vya Yuda vinafurahi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya hukumu zako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.48.12" />Tembeeni katika Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uzungukeni mji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hesabuni minara yake;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.48.13" />yatafakarini vyema maboma yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">angalieni ngome zake,
</q>
<q style="q1">ili mpate kusimulia habari zake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kizazi kijacho.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.48.14" />Kwa kuwa huyu Mungu ni Mungu wetu milele na milele;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atakuwa kiongozi wetu hata mwisho.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="49" />
<cl>Zaburi 49
</cl><s style="s1">Upumbavu Wa Kutegemea Mali
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Zaburi ya wana wa Kora.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.49.1" />Sikieni haya, enyi mataifa yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikilizeni, ninyi wote mkaao dunia hii.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.49.2" />Wakubwa kwa wadogo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">matajiri na maskini pamoja:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.49.3" />Kinywa changu kitasema maneno ya hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usemi wa moyo wangu utatoa ufahamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.49.4" />Nitatega sikio langu nisikilize mithali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitafafanua kitendawili kwa zeze:
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.49.5" />Kwa nini niogope siku mbaya zinapokuja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wadanganyifu waovu wanaponizunguka,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.49.6" />wale wanaotegemea mali zao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kujivunia utajiri wao mwingi?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.49.7" />Hakuna mwanadamu awaye yote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">awezaye kuukomboa uhai wa mwingine,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kumpa Mungu fidia kwa ajili yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.49.8" />Fidia ya uhai ni gharama kubwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna malipo yoyote yanayotosha,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.49.9" />ili kwamba aishi milele
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na asione uharibifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.49.10" />Wote wanaona kwamba watu wenye hekima hufa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wajinga na wapumbavu vivyo hivyo huangamia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaachia wengine mali zao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.49.11" />Makaburi yao yatabaki kuwa nyumba zao za milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">makao yao vizazi vyote;
</q>
<q style="q1">ingawa walikuwa na mashamba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuyaita kwa majina yao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.49.12" />Lakini mwanadamu, licha ya utajiri wake, hadumu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anafanana na mnyama aangamiaye.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.49.13" />Hii ndiyo hatima ya wale wanaojitumainia wenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pia ya wafuasi wao, waliothibitisha misemo yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.49.14" />Kama kondoo, wamewekewa kwenda kaburini,<f caller="+"><fr>49:14
</fr><ft>Kaburini hapa ina maana ya Sheol kwa Kiebrania, yaani Kuzimu.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nacho kifo kitawala.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanyofu watawatawala asubuhi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maumbile yao yataozea kaburini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbali na majumba yao makubwa ya fahari.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.49.15" />Lakini Mungu atakomboa uhai<f caller="+"><fr>49:15
</fr><ft>Au: nafsi.</ft></f> wangu na kaburi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakika atanichukua kwake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.49.16" />Usitishwe mtu anapotajirika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">fahari ya nyumba yake inapoongezeka,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.49.17" />kwa maana hatachukua chochote atakapokufa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">fahari yake haitashuka pamoja naye.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.49.18" />Ingawa alipokuwa akiishi alijihesabu kuwa heri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wanadamu wanakusifu unapofanikiwa,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.49.19" />atajiunga na kizazi cha baba zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao hawataona kamwe nuru ya uzima.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.49.20" />Mwanadamu mwenye utajiri bila ufahamu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni kama wanyama waangamiao.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="50" />
<cl>Zaburi 50
</cl><s style="s1">Ibada Ya Kweli
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi ya Asafu.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.50.1" />Mwenye Nguvu, Mungu,
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema na kuiita dunia,
</q>
<q style="q1">tangu mawio ya jua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi mahali pake liendapo kutua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.50.2" />Kutoka Sayuni, penye uzuri mkamilifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu anaangaza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.50.3" />Mungu wetu anakuja na hatakaa kimya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">moto uteketezao unamtangulia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akiwa amezungukwa na tufani kali.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.50.4" />Anaziita mbingu zilizo juu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nchi, ili aweze kuwahukumu watu wake:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.50.5" />“Nikusanyieni watu wangu waliowekwa wakfu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waliofanya agano nami kwa dhabihu.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.50.6" />Nazo mbingu zinatangaza haki yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana Mungu mwenyewe ni hakimu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.50.7" />“Sikieni, enyi watu wangu, nami nitasema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ee Israeli, nami nitashuhudia dhidi yenu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mimi ndimi Mungu, Mungu wenu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.50.8" />Sikukemei kwa sababu ya dhabihu zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au sadaka zako za kuteketezwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambazo daima ziko mbele zangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.50.9" />Sina haja ya fahali wa banda lako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au mbuzi wa zizi lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.50.10" />Kwa maana kila mnyama wa msituni ni wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na pia makundi ya mifugo juu ya vilima elfu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.50.11" />Ninamjua kila ndege mlimani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao viumbe wa kondeni ni wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.50.12" />Kama ningekuwa na njaa, nisingewaambia ninyi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana ulimwengu ni wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na vyote vilivyomo ndani yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.50.13" />Je, mimi hula nyama ya mafahali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kunywa damu ya mbuzi?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.50.14" />Toa sadaka za shukrani kwa Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">timiza nadhiri zako kwake Yeye Aliye Juu Sana,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.50.15" />na uniite siku ya taabu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitakuokoa, nawe utanitukuza.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.50.16" />Lakini kwake mtu mwovu, Mungu asema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Una haki gani kunena sheria zangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kuchukua agano langu midomoni mwako?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.50.17" />Unachukia mafundisho yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuyatupa maneno yangu nyuma yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.50.18" />Unapomwona mwizi, unaungana naye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unapiga kura yako pamoja na wazinzi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.50.19" />Unakitumia kinywa chako kwa mabaya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuuongoza ulimi wako kwa hila.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.50.20" />Wanena daima dhidi ya ndugu yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumsingizia mwana wa mama yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.50.21" />Mambo haya unayafanya, nami nimekaa kimya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukafikiri Mimi nami ni kama wewe.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini nitakukemea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuweka mashtaka mbele yako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.50.22" />“Yatafakarini haya, ninyi mnaomsahau Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ama sivyo nitawararua vipande vipande,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hapatakuwepo na yeyote wa kuwaokoa:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PSA.50.23" />Atoaye dhabihu za shukrani ananiheshimu mimi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye aiandaa njia yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili nimwonyeshe wokovu wa Mungu.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="51" />
<cl>Zaburi 51
</cl><s style="s1">Kuomba Msamaha
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Zaburi ya Daudi. Baada ya kukemewa na nabii Nathani kwa kuzini na Bathsheba.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.51.1" />Ee Mungu, unihurumie,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kadiri ya upendo wako usiokoma,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kadiri ya huruma yako kuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uyafute makosa yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.51.2" />Unioshe na uovu wangu wote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na unitakase dhambi yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.51.3" />Kwa maana ninajua makosa yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na dhambi yangu iko mbele yangu daima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.51.4" />Dhidi yako, wewe peke yako, nimetenda dhambi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufanya yaliyo mabaya machoni pako,
</q>
<q style="q1">ili uthibitike kuwa wa kweli unenapo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwa na haki utoapo hukumu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.51.5" />Hakika mimi nilizaliwa mwenye dhambi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwenye dhambi tangu nilipotungwa mimba kwa mama yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.51.6" />Hakika wewe wapendezwa na kweli itokayo moyoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndani sana ya moyo wangu wanifundisha hekima.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.51.7" />Nioshe kwa hisopo, nami nitakuwa safi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unisafishe, nami nitakuwa mweupe kuliko theluji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.51.8" />Unipe kusikia furaha na shangwe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mifupa uliyoiponda na ifurahi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.51.9" />Ufiche uso wako usizitazame dhambi zangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uufute uovu wangu wote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.51.10" />Ee Mungu, uniumbie moyo safi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uifanye upya roho ya uthabiti ndani yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.51.11" />Usinitupe kutoka mbele zako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kuniondolea Roho wako Mtakatifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.51.12" />Unirudishie tena furaha ya wokovu wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unipe roho ya utii, ili initegemeze.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.51.13" />Ndipo nitakapowafundisha wakosaji njia zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wenye dhambi watakugeukia wewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.51.14" />Ee Mungu, Mungu uniokoaye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niokoe na hatia ya kumwaga damu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao ulimi wangu utaimba juu ya haki yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.51.15" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, fungua midomo yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kinywa changu kitatangaza sifa zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.51.16" />Wewe hupendezwi na dhabihu, au ningaliileta,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hufurahii sadaka za kuteketezwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.51.17" />Bali dhabihu za Mungu ni roho iliyovunjika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">moyo uliovunjika wenye toba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee Mungu, hutaudharau.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.51.18" />Kwa wema wa radhi yako uifanye Sayuni istawi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukazijenge upya kuta za Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.51.19" />Hapo ndipo kutakapokuwa na dhabihu za haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sadaka nzima za kuteketezwa za kukupendeza sana,
</q>
<q style="q1">pia mafahali watatolewa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">madhabahuni mwako.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="52" />
<cl>Zaburi 52
</cl><s style="s1">Hukumu Ya Mungu
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Utenzi wa Daudi. Baada ya Doegi, Mwedomu kumwendea Sauli na kumjulisha kuwa: “Daudi amekwenda nyumbani kwa Ahimeleki.”
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.52.1" />Ewe jitu, mbona unajivunia ubaya?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa nini unajivuna mchana kutwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe ambaye ni fedheha mbele za Mungu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.52.2" />Ulimi wako hupanga mashauri mabaya ya maangamizi.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni kama wembe mkali, ninyi mfanyao hila.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.52.3" />Unapenda mabaya kuliko mema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uongo kuliko kusema kweli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.52.4" />Unapenda kila neno lenye kudhuru,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ewe ulimi wenye hila!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.52.5" />Hakika Mungu atakushusha chini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maangamizi ya milele:
</q>
<q style="q1">atakunyakua na kukuondoa kwa nguvu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka hema yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atakungʼoa kutoka nchi ya walio hai.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.52.6" />Wenye haki wataona na kuogopa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watamcheka, wakisema,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.52.7" />“Huyu ni yule mtu ambaye
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakumfanya Mungu kuwa ngome yake,
</q>
<q style="q1">bali alitumainia wingi wa utajiri wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na akawa hodari kwa kuwaangamiza wengine!”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Neema Ya Mungu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.52.8" />Lakini mimi ni kama mti wa mzeituni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unaostawi katika nyumba ya Mungu,
</q>
<q style="q1">nautegemea upendo wa Mungu usiokoma
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">milele na milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.52.9" />Nitakusifu milele kwa yale uliyoyatenda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitatumaini jina lako, kwa kuwa jina lako ni jema.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nitakusifu mbele ya watakatifu wako.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="53" />
<cl>Zaburi 53
</cl><s style="s1">Uovu Wa Wanadamu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Zaburi 14)
</p>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Mtindo wa mahalathi. Utenzi wa Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.53.1" />Mpumbavu anasema moyoni mwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Hakuna Mungu.”
</q>
<q style="q1">Wameharibika, na njia zao ni za uovu kabisa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna hata mmoja atendaye mema.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.53.2" />Mungu anawachungulia wanadamu chini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka mbinguni
</q>
<q style="q1">aone kama wako wenye akili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wowote wanaomtafuta Mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.53.3" />Kila mmoja amegeukia mbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wameharibika wote pamoja,
</q>
<q style="q1">hakuna atendaye mema.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Naam, hakuna hata mmoja!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.53.4" />Je, watendao mabaya kamwe hawatajifunza:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale ambao huwala watu wangu
</q>
<q style="q1">kama watu walavyo mkate,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hao ambao hawamwiti Mungu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.53.5" />Hapo waliingiwa na hofu kuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambapo hapakuwa cha kutetemesha.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mungu alitawanya mifupa ya wale waliokushambulia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uliwaaibisha, kwa sababu Mungu aliwadharau.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.53.6" />Laiti wokovu wa Israeli ungalikuja kutoka Sayuni!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wakati Mungu arejeshapo wafungwa wa watu wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yakobo na ashangilie, Israeli na afurahi!
<ve />
</q>

<c id="54" />
<cl>Zaburi 54
</cl><s style="s1">Kuomba Ulinzi Wa Mungu Kutokana Na Adui
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Na ala za nyuzi za uimbaji. Utenzi wa Daudi. Wakati Wazifu walimwendea Sauli na kumjulisha, “Je, Daudi hajifichi miongoni mwetu?”
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.54.1" />Ee Mungu uniokoe kwa jina lako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unifanyie hukumu kwa uwezo wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.54.2" />Ee Mungu, sikia maombi yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usikilize maneno ya kinywa changu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.54.3" />Wageni wananishambulia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wakatili wanayatafuta maisha yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wasiomjali Mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.54.4" />Hakika Mungu ni msaada wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Bwana ndiye anayenitegemeza.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.54.5" />Mabaya na yawarudie wale wanaonisingizia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa uaminifu wako uwaangamize.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.54.6" />Nitakutolea dhabihu za hiari;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nitalisifu jina lako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa ni vyema.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.54.7" />Kwa maana ameniokoa katika shida zangu zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na macho yangu yamewatazama adui zangu kwa ushindi.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="55" />
<cl>Zaburi 55
</cl><s style="s1">Maombi Ya Mtu Aliyesalitiwa Na Rafiki
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Na ala za uimbaji. Utenzi wa Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.55.1" />Ee Mungu, sikiliza maombi yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala usidharau hoja yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.55.2" />Nisikie na unijibu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mawazo yangu yananisumbua na nimehangaishwa
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.55.3" />kwa sauti ya adui,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kukaziwa macho na waovu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu wananiletea mateso juu yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunitukana kwa hasira zao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.55.4" />Moyo wangu umejaa uchungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hofu ya kifo imenishambulia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.55.5" />Woga na kutetemeka vimenizunguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hofu kuu imenigharikisha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.55.6" />Nilisema, “Laiti ningekuwa na mbawa za njiwa!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ningeruka niende mbali kupumzika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.55.7" />Ningalitorokea mbali sana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukaa jangwani,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.55.8" />ningaliharakisha kwenda mahali pa salama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbali na tufani kali na dhoruba.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.55.9" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, uwatahayarishe waovu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uwachanganyishie semi zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maana nimeona jeuri na ugomvi mjini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.55.10" />Usiku na mchana wanazunguka juu ya kuta zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uovu na dhuluma vimo ndani yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.55.11" />Nguvu za uharibifu zinatenda kazi mjini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vitisho na uongo haviondoki mitaani mwake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.55.12" />Kama aliyenitukana ni adui yangu, ningevumilia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mtu mwovu angejiinua dhidi yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ningejificha asinione.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.55.13" />Kumbe ni wewe, mwenzangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mshiriki na rafiki yangu wa karibu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.55.14" />ambaye awali tulifurahia ushirika mzuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tulipokuwa tukienda na umati hekaluni mwa Mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.55.15" />Kifo na kiwajie adui zangu ghafula,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na washuke kuzimu wangali hai,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana uovu upo ndani yao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.55.16" />Lakini ninamwita Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> huniokoa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.55.17" />Jioni, asubuhi na adhuhuri
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninalia kwa huzuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye husikia sauti yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.55.18" />Huniokoa nikawa salama katika vita
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vilivyopangwa dhidi yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ingawa watu wengi hunipinga.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.55.19" />Mungu anayemiliki milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atawasikia na kuwaadhibu,
</q>
<q style="q1">watu ambao hawabadilishi njia zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawana hofu ya Mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.55.20" />Mwenzangu hushambulia rafiki zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye huvunja agano lake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.55.21" />Mazungumzo yake ni laini kama siagi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata hivyo vita vimo moyoni mwake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Maneno yake ni mororo kuliko mafuta,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata hivyo ni upanga mkali uliofutwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.55.22" />Mtwike
<nd>Bwana</nd> fadhaa zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atakutegemeza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hatamwacha kamwe mwenye haki wake aanguke.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PSA.55.23" />Lakini wewe, Ee Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utawashusha waovu katika shimo la uharibifu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wenye kiu ya kumwaga damu na wenye hila,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawataishi nusu ya siku zao.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Lakini mimi ninakutumaini wewe.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="56" />
<cl>Zaburi 56
</cl><s style="s1">Kumtumaini Mungu
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Mtindo wa “Njiwa mkimya wa mbali.” Utenzi wa Daudi. Baada ya kukamatwa na Wafilisti huko Gathi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.56.1" />Ee Mungu unihurumie, maana watu wananifuatia vikali;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mchana kutwa wanazidisha mashambulizi yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.56.2" />Wasingiziaji wangu wananifuatia mchana kutwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wengi wananishambulia kwa kiburi chao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.56.3" />Wakati ninapoogopa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakutumaini wewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.56.4" />Katika Mungu, ambaye neno lake ninalisifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika Mungu ninatumaini; sitaogopa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mwanadamu apatikanaye na kufa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atanitenda nini?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.56.5" />Mchana kutwa wanayageuza maneno yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku zote wanapanga shauri la kunidhuru.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.56.6" />Wananifanyia hila, wanajificha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanatazama hatua zangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakiwa na shauku ya kuutoa uhai wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.56.7" />Wasiepuke kwa vyovyote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee Mungu, katika hasira yako yaangushe mataifa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.56.8" />Andika maombolezo yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">orodhesha machozi yangu katika gombo lako:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">je, haya hayapo katika kumbukumbu zako?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.56.9" />Ndipo adui zangu watarudi nyuma
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninapoita msaada.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa hili nitajua kwamba Mungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yuko upande wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.56.10" />Katika Mungu, ambaye neno lake ninalisifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ambaye neno lake ninalisifu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.56.11" />katika Mungu ninatumaini, sitaogopa.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mwanadamu anaweza kunitenda nini?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.56.12" />Ee Mungu, nina nadhiri kwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakutolea wewe sadaka zangu za shukrani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.56.13" />Kwa kuwa umeniokoa toka kwenye mauti
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na miguu yangu kwenye kujikwaa,
</q>
<q style="q1">ili niweze kuenenda mbele za Mungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika nuru ya uzima.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="57" />
<cl>Zaburi 57
</cl><s style="s1">Kuomba Msaada
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Mtindo wa “Usiharibu!” Utenzi wa Daudi. Baada ya kumponyoka Sauli pangoni.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.57.1" />Unihurumie, Ee Mungu, unihurumie,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana nafsi yangu inakukimbilia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Chini ya uvuli wa mbawa zako nitakimbilia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpaka maafa yapite.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.57.2" />Namlilia Mungu Aliye Juu Sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu atimizaye makusudi yake kwangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.57.3" />Hutumana kutoka mbinguni na kuniokoa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akiwakemea wale wanaonifuatilia vikali;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu huutuma upendo wake na uaminifu wake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.57.4" />Niko katikati ya simba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimelala katikati ya wanyama wenye njaa kuu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu ambao meno yao ni mikuki na mishale,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao ndimi zao ni panga kali.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.57.5" />Ee Mungu, utukuzwe juu ya mbingu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utukufu wako na uenee duniani kote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.57.6" />Waliitegea miguu yangu nyavu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikainamishwa chini na dhiki.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wamechimba shimo katika njia yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini wametumbukia humo wao wenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.57.7" />Ee Mungu, moyo wangu ni thabiti;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitaimba na kusifu kwa moyo wangu wote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.57.8" />Amka, nafsi yangu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Amka, kinubi na zeze!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nitayaamsha mapambazuko.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.57.9" />Nitakusifu wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, katikati ya mataifa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitaimba habari zako, katikati ya jamaa za watu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.57.10" />Kwa maana upendo wako ni mkuu, waenea hadi mbinguni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uaminifu wako unazifikia anga.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.57.11" />Ee Mungu, utukuzwe juu mbinguni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utukufu wako na uwe duniani pote.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="58" />
<cl>Zaburi 58
</cl><s style="s1">Mungu Kuwaadhibu Waovu
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Mtindo wa “Usiharibu!” Utenzi wa Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.58.1" />Enyi watawala, je, kweli mwanena kwa haki?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, mnahukumu kwa unyofu miongoni mwa watu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.58.2" />La, mioyoni mwenu mnatunga udhalimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mikono yenu hupima jeuri duniani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.58.3" />Waovu ni wapotovu tangu kuzaliwa kwao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">toka tumboni mwa mama zao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni wakaidi na husema uongo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.58.4" />Sumu yao ni kama sumu ya nyoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama ile ya fira ambaye ameziba masikio yake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.58.5" />ambaye hatasikia sauti ya kutumbuiza ya mwaguzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata kama mganga angecheza kwa ustadi kiasi gani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.58.6" />Ee Mungu, yavunje meno katika vinywa vyao;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, vunja meno makali ya hao simba!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.58.7" />Na watoweke kama maji yapitayo kwa kasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wavutapo pinde zao, mishale yao na iwe butu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.58.8" />Kama konokono ayeyukavyo akitembea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mtoto aliyezaliwa akiwa mfu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wasilione jua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.58.9" />Kabla vyungu vyenu havijapata moto wa kuni za miiba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zikiwa mbichi au kavu,
</q>
<q style="q1">waovu watakuwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamefagiliwa mbali.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.58.10" />Wenye haki watafurahi waonapo wakilipizwa kisasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watakapochovya nyayo zao katika damu ya waovu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.58.11" />Ndipo wanadamu watasema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Hakika utulivu wa wenye haki bado una thawabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakika kuna Mungu ahukumuye dunia.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="59" />
<cl>Zaburi 59
</cl><s style="s1">Kuomba Ulinzi Wa Mungu
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Mtindo wa “Usiharibu!” Utenzi wa Daudi. Wakati Sauli alipotuma wapelelezi nyumbani mwa Daudi ili wamuue.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.59.1" />Ee Mungu, uniokoe na adui zangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unilinde kutokana na hao wanaoinuka dhidi yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.59.2" />Uniponye na watu watendao mabaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uniokoe kutokana na wamwagao damu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.59.3" />Tazama wanavyonivizia!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Watu wakali wananifanyia hila,
</q>
<q style="q1">ingawa Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mimi sijakosea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kutenda dhambi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.59.4" />Sijatenda kosa; hata hivyo wako tayari kunishambulia.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Inuka unisaidie, uone hali yangu mbaya!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.59.5" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Zinduka uyaadhibu mataifa yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usionyeshe huruma kwa wasaliti.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.59.6" />Hurudi wakati wa jioni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakibweka kama mbwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakiuzurura mji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.59.7" />Tazama yale wanayotema kutoka vinywa vyao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hutema upanga kutoka midomo yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao husema, “Ni nani atakayetusikia?”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.59.8" />Lakini wewe,
<nd>Bwana</nd>, uwacheke;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unayadharau mataifa hayo yote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.59.9" />Ee nguvu yangu, ninakutazama wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe, Ee Mungu, ndiwe ngome yangu,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.59.10" />Mungu wangu unipendaye.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Mungu atanitangulia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atanifanya niwachekelee
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wanaonisingizia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.59.11" />Lakini usiwaue, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ngao yetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au sivyo watu wangu watasahau.
</q>
<q style="q1">Katika uwezo wako wafanye watangetange
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uwashushe chini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.59.12" />Kwa ajili ya dhambi za vinywa vyao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya maneno ya midomo yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waache wanaswe katika kiburi chao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa ajili ya laana na uongo wanaotamka,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.59.13" />wateketeze katika ghadhabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wateketeze hadi wasiwepo tena.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ndipo itakapofahamika katika miisho ya dunia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba Mungu anatawala juu ya Yakobo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.59.14" />Hurudi jioni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakibweka kama mbwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakiuzurura mji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.59.15" />Wanatangatanga wakitafuta chakula,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wasipotosheka hubweka kama mbwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.59.16" />Lakini mimi nitaziimba nguvu zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asubuhi nitaimba juu ya upendo wako;
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana wewe ndiwe ngome yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kimbilio langu wakati wa shida.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.59.17" />Ee uliye Nguvu zangu, ninakuimbia sifa.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wewe, Ee Mungu, ndiwe ngome yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu unipendaye.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="60" />
<cl>Zaburi 60
</cl><s style="s1">Kuomba Kuokolewa
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Mtindo wa “Shushani Eduthi.” Utenzi wa Daudi wa kufundisha. Wakati alipopigana na Waaramu kutoka Aramu-Naharaimu na Aramu-Soba, naye Yoabu akarudi nyuma na kuwaua Waedomu 12,000 katika Bonde la Chumvi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.60.1" />Ee Mungu, umetukataa na kutokea ghafula juu yetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umekasirika: sasa turejeshe upya!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.60.2" />Umetetemesha nchi na kuipasua;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uiponye mavunjiko yake, kwa maana inatetemeka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.60.3" />Umewaonyesha watu wako nyakati za kukata tamaa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umetunywesha mvinyo unaotuyumbisha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.60.4" />Kwa wale wanaokucha wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umewainulia bendera,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili iweze kutwekwa dhidi ya upinde.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.60.5" />Tuokoe na utusaidie kwa mkono wako wa kuume,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili wale uwapendao wapate kuokolewa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.60.6" />Mungu amenena kutoka patakatifu pake:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Nitaigawa Shekemu kwa ushindi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kulipima Bonde la Sukothi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.60.7" />Gileadi ni yangu na Manase ni yangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Efraimu ni kofia yangu ya chuma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo Yuda ni fimbo yangu ya utawala.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.60.8" />Moabu ni sinia langu la kunawia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya Edomu natupa kiatu changu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nashangilia kwa kushindwa kwa Ufilisti.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.60.9" />Ni nani atakayenipeleka hadi mji wenye ngome?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani atakayeniongoza hadi nifike Edomu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.60.10" />Ee Mungu, si ni wewe uliyetukataa sisi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hutoki tena na majeshi yetu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.60.11" />Tuletee msaada dhidi ya adui,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana msaada wa mwanadamu haufai kitu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.60.12" />Kwa msaada wa Mungu tutapata ushindi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atawaponda adui zetu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="61" />
<cl>Zaburi 61
</cl><s style="s1">Kuomba Ulinzi
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Kwa ala za nyuzi za uimbaji. Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.61.1" />Ee Mungu, sikia kilio changu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usikilize maombi yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.61.2" />Kutoka miisho ya dunia ninakuita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninaita huku moyo wangu unadhoofika;
</q>
<q style="q1">uniongoze kwenye mwamba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ule ulio juu kuliko mimi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.61.3" />Kwa kuwa umekuwa kimbilio langu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ngome imara dhidi ya adui.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.61.4" />Natamani kukaa hemani mwako milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukimbilia chini ya uvuli wa mbawa zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.61.5" />Ee Mungu, kwa kuwa umesikia nadhiri zangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umenipa urithi wa wale wanaoliogopa jina lako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.61.6" />Mwongezee mfalme siku za maisha yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miaka yake kwa vizazi vingi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.61.7" />Yeye na atawazwe kwenye kiti cha enzi mbele za Mungu milele;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amuru upendo wako na uaminifu wako vimlinde.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.61.8" />Ndipo daima nitaliimbia sifa jina lako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzitimiza nadhiri zangu siku baada ya siku.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="62" />
<cl>Zaburi 62
</cl><s style="s1">Mungu Kimbilio La Pekee
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Mtindo wa Yeduthuni. Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.62.1" />Kwa Mungu peke yake nafsi yangu inapata pumziko;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wokovu wangu watoka kwake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.62.2" />Yeye peke yake ndiye mwamba wangu na wokovu wangu;
</q>
<q style="q1">yeye ni ngome yangu, sitatikisika kamwe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.62.3" />Mtamshambulia mtu hata lini?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, ninyi nyote mtamtupa chini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukuta huu ulioinama na uzio huu unaotikisika?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.62.4" />Walikusudia kikamilifu kumwangusha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">toka mahali pake pa fahari;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanafurahia uongo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa vinywa vyao hubariki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini ndani ya mioyo yao hulaani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.62.5" />Ee nafsi yangu, upumzike, kwa Mungu peke yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tumaini langu latoka kwake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.62.6" />Yeye peke yake ndiye mwamba wangu na wokovu wangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndiye ngome yangu, sitatikisika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.62.7" />Wokovu wangu na heshima yangu viko kwa Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndiye mwamba wangu wenye nguvu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kimbilio langu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.62.8" />Enyi watu, mtumainini yeye wakati wote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miminieni mioyo yenu kwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa Mungu ni kimbilio letu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.62.9" />Binadamu wa ngazi ya chini ni pumzi tu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wa ngazi ya juu ni uongo tu;
</q>
<q style="q1">wakipimwa kwenye mizani, si chochote;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote kwa pamoja ni pumzi tu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.62.10" />Usitumainie vya udhalimu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala usijivune kwa vitu vya wizi;
</q>
<q style="q1">ingawa utajiri wako utaongezeka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiviwekee moyo wako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.62.11" />Jambo moja Mungu amelisema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mambo mawili nimeyasikia:
</q>
<q style="q1">kwamba, Ee Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe una nguvu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.62.12" />na kwamba, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe ni mwenye upendo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hakika utampa kila mtu thawabu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kadiri ya alivyotenda.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="63" />
<cl>Zaburi 63
</cl><s style="s1">Shauku Kwa Ajili Ya Uwepo Wa Mungu
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi ya Daudi. Wakati alipokuwa katika Jangwa la Yuda.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.63.1" />Ee Mungu, wewe ni Mungu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nakutafuta kwa moyo wote;
</q>
<q style="q1">nafsi yangu inakuonea kiu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwili wangu unakuonea wewe shauku,
</q>
<q style="q1">katika nchi kame na iliyochoka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahali ambapo hapana maji.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.63.2" />Nimekuona katika mahali patakatifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuuona uwezo wako na utukufu wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.63.3" />Kwa sababu upendo wako ni bora kuliko uhai,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">midomo yangu itakuadhimisha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.63.4" />Nitakusifu siku zote za maisha yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa jina lako nitainua mikono yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.63.5" />Nafsi yangu itatoshelezwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama kwa wingi wa vyakula;
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa midomo iimbayo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kinywa changu kitakusifu wewe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.63.6" />Kitandani mwangu ninakukumbuka wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninawaza juu yako makesha yote ya usiku.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.63.7" />Kwa sababu wewe ndiwe msaada wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">chini ya uvuli wa mbawa zako naimba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.63.8" />Nafsi yangu inaambatana nawe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkono wako wa kuume hunishika.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.63.9" />Wale wanaotafuta uhai wangu wataharibiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watakwenda chini kwenye vilindi vya dunia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.63.10" />Watatolewa wafe kwa upanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watakuwa chakula cha mbweha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.63.11" />Bali mfalme atafurahi katika Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wote waapao kwa jina la Mungu watamsifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali vinywa vya waongo vitanyamazishwa.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="64" />
<cl>Zaburi 64
</cl><s style="s1">Kuomba Ulinzi Dhidi Ya Maadui
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.64.1" />Ee Mungu, unisikie ninapoeleza lalamiko langu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uyahifadhi maisha yangu kutokana na vitisho vya adui.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.64.2" />Unifiche kutokana na shauri la siri la waovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutokana na zile kelele za kundi la watenda mabaya.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.64.3" />Wananoa ndimi zao kama panga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuelekeza maneno yao kama mishale ya kufisha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.64.4" />Hurusha mishale kutoka kwenye mavizio kwa mtu asiye na hatia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">humrushia ghafula bila woga.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.64.5" />Kila mmoja humtia moyo mwenzake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika mipango mibaya;
</q>
<q style="q1">huzungumza juu ya kuficha mitego yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao husema, “Ni nani ataiona?”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.64.6" />Hufanya shauri baya la dhuluma na kusema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Tumebuni mpango mkamilifu!”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hakika nia na moyo wa mwanadamu vina hila.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.64.7" />Bali Mungu atawapiga kwa mishale,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao ghafula wataangushwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.64.8" />Atageuza ndimi zao wenyewe dhidi yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaleta kwenye maangamizi;
</q>
<q style="q1">wote wawaonao watatikisa vichwa vyao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa dharau.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.64.9" />Wanadamu wote wataogopa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watatangaza kazi za Mungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutafakari yale aliyoyatenda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.64.10" />Wenye haki na wafurahi katika
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wakimbilie kwake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanyofu wote wa moyo na wamsifu yeye!
<ve />
</q>

<c id="65" />
<cl>Zaburi 65
</cl><s style="s1">Kusifu Na Kushukuru
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Zaburi ya Daudi. Wimbo.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.65.1" />Ee Mungu, sifa zakungojea katika Sayuni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwako wewe nadhiri zetu zitatimizwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.65.2" />Ewe usikiaye maombi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwako wewe watu wote watakuja.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.65.3" />Tulipokuwa tumefunikwa kabisa na dhambi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe ulisamehe makosa yetu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.65.4" />Heri wale uliowachagua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaleta karibu ili waishi katika nyua zako!
</q>
<q style="q1">Tunashibishwa kwa mema ya nyumba yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mema ya Hekalu lako takatifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.65.5" />Unatujibu kwa matendo ya kushangaza ya haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee Mungu Mwokozi wetu,
</q>
<q style="q1">tumaini la miisho yote ya duniani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na la bahari zilizo mbali sana,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.65.6" />uliyeumba milima kwa uwezo wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukiwa umejivika nguvu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.65.7" />uliyenyamazisha dhoruba za bahari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ngurumo za mawimbi yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ghasia za mataifa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.65.8" />Wale wanaoishi mbali sana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaogopa maajabu yako,
</q>
<q style="q1">kule asubuhi ipambazukiapo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kule jioni inakofifilia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umeziita nyimbo za furaha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.65.9" />Waitunza nchi na kuinyeshea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waitajirisha kwa wingi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Vijito vya Mungu vimejaa maji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kuwapa watu nafaka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana wewe umeviamuru.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.65.10" />Umeilowesha mifereji yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kusawazisha kingo zake;
</q>
<q style="q1">umeilainisha kwa manyunyu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuibariki mimea yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.65.11" />Umeuvika mwaka taji ya baraka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">magari yako yanafurika kwa wingi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.65.12" />Mbuga za majani za jangwani umezineemesha;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vilima vimevikwa furaha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.65.13" />Penye nyanda za malisho pamejaa makundi ya wanyama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mabonde yamepambwa kwa mavuno;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vyote vinashangilia kwa furaha na kuimba.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="66" />
<cl>Zaburi 66
</cl><s style="s1">Kusifu Mungu Kwa Ajili Ya Wema Wake
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Wimbo. Zaburi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.66.1" />Mpigieni Mungu kelele za shangwe, dunia yote!
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.66.2" />Imbeni utukufu wa jina lake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpeni sifa zake kwa utukufu!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.66.3" />Mwambieni Mungu, “Jinsi gani yalivyo ya kutisha matendo yako!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Uwezo wako ni mkuu mno kiasi kwamba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">adui wananyenyekea mbele zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.66.4" />Dunia yote yakusujudia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanakuimbia wewe sifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaliimbia sifa jina lako.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.66.5" />Njooni mwone yale Mungu aliyoyatenda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mambo ya kutisha aliyoyatenda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miongoni mwa wanadamu!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.66.6" />Alifanya bahari kuwa nchi kavu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakapita kati ya maji kwa miguu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">njooni, tumshangilie.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.66.7" />Yeye hutawala kwa uwezo wake milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">macho yake huangalia mataifa yote:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waasi wasithubutu kujiinua dhidi yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.66.8" />Enyi mataifa, msifuni Mungu wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sauti ya sifa yake isikike,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.66.9" />ameyahifadhi maisha yetu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuizuia miguu yetu kuteleza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.66.10" />Ee Mungu, wewe ulitujaribu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukatusafisha kama fedha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.66.11" />Umetuingiza kwenye nyavu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na umetubebesha mizigo mizito
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">migongoni mwetu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.66.12" />Uliwaruhusu watu watukalie vichwani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tulipita kwenye moto na kwenye maji,
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini ulituleta kwenye nchi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">iliyojaa utajiri tele.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.66.13" />Nitakuja hekaluni mwako na sadaka za kuteketezwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukutimizia nadhiri zangu:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.66.14" />nadhiri ambazo midomo yangu iliahidi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nilizotamka kwa kinywa changu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilipokuwa katika shida.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.66.15" />Nitakutolea dhabihu za wanyama wanono
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na sadaka za kondoo dume,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakutolea mafahali na mbuzi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.66.16" />Njooni msikilize ninyi nyote mnaomcha Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami niwaambie aliyonitendea.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.66.17" />Nilimlilia kwa kinywa changu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sifa zake zilikuwa katika ulimi wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.66.18" />Kama ningekuwa nimeyaficha maovu moyoni mwangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Bwana asingekuwa amenisikiliza;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.66.19" />lakini hakika Mungu amenisikiliza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na amesikia sauti yangu katika maombi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.66.20" />Sifa apewe Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye hakulikataa ombi langu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kunizuilia upendo wake!
<ve />
</q>

<c id="67" />
<cl>Zaburi 67
</cl><s style="s1">Mataifa Yahimizwa Kumsifu Mungu
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Na ala za nyuzi za muziki. Zaburi. Wimbo.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.67.1" />Mungu aturehemu na kutubariki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutuangazia nuru za uso wake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.67.2" />ili njia zako zijulikane duniani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wokovu wako katikati ya mataifa yote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.67.3" />Ee Mungu, mataifa na wakusifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mataifa yote na wakusifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.67.4" />Mataifa yote wafurahi na kuimba kwa shangwe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa unatawala watu kwa haki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuongoza mataifa ya dunia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.67.5" />Ee Mungu, mataifa na wakusifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mataifa yote na wakusifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.67.6" />Ndipo nchi itatoa mazao yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye Mungu, Mungu wetu, atatubariki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.67.7" />Mungu atatubariki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na miisho yote ya dunia itamcha yeye.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="68" />
<cl>Zaburi 68
</cl><s style="s1">Wimbo Wa Taifa Wa Shangwe Kwa Ushindi
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Zaburi ya Daudi. Wimbo.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.68.1" />Mungu na ainuke, watesi wake watawanyike,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">adui zake na wakimbie mbele zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.68.2" />Kama vile moshi upeperushwavyo na upepo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vivyo hivyo uwapeperushe mbali,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama vile nta iyeyukavyo kwenye moto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vivyo hivyo waovu na waangamie mbele za Mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.68.3" />Bali wenye haki na wafurahi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">washangilie mbele za Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wafurahi na kushangilia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.68.4" />Mwimbieni Mungu, liimbieni sifa jina lake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtukuzeni yeye aendeshwaye juu ya mawingu:
</q>
<q style="q1">jina lake ni
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">furahini mbele zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.68.5" />Baba wa yatima, mtetezi wa wajane,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni Mungu katika makao yake matakatifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.68.6" />Mungu huwaweka wapweke katika jamaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huwaongoza wafungwa wakiimba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali waasi huishi katika nchi kame.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.68.7" />Ee Mungu, ulipowatangulia watu wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulipopita nyikani,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.68.8" />dunia ilitikisika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbingu zikanyesha mvua,
</q>
<q style="q1">mbele za Mungu, Yule wa Sinai,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele za Mungu, Mungu wa Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.68.9" />Ee Mungu, ulinyesha mvua nyingi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuiburudisha ardhi iliyokuwa imechoka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.68.10" />Ee Mungu, watu wako waliishi huko,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe kwa wingi wa utajiri wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uliwapa maskini mahitaji yao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.68.11" />Bwana alitangaza neno,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waliolitangaza neno hilo walikuwa kundi kubwa:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.68.12" />“Wafalme na majeshi walikimbia upesi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu waliobaki kambini waligawana nyara.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.68.13" />Hata ulalapo katikati ya mioto ya kambini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mabawa ya njiwa wangu yamefunikwa kwa fedha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">manyoya yake kwa dhahabu ingʼaayo.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.68.14" />Wakati Mwenyezi<f caller="+"><fr>68:14
</fr><ft>Mwenyezi hapa ina maana ya Shaddai kwa Kiebrania.</ft></f> alipowatawanya wafalme katika nchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ilikuwa kama theluji iliyoanguka juu ya Salmoni.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.68.15" />Milima ya Bashani ni milima iliyotukuka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">milima ya Bashani ina vilele vilivyochongoka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.68.16" />Enyi milima yenye vilele vilivyochongoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa nini mnakazia macho kwa wivu,
</q>
<q style="q1">katika mlima Mungu anaochagua kutawala,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambako
<nd>Bwana</nd> mwenyewe ataishi milele?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.68.17" />Magari ya Mungu ni makumi ya maelfu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na maelfu ya maelfu;
</q>
<q style="q1">Bwana amekuja kutoka Sinai
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi katika patakatifu pake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.68.18" />Ulipopanda juu, uliteka mateka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukapokea vipawa kutoka kwa wanadamu,
</q>
<q style="q1">hata kutoka kwa wale walioasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu, upate kuishi huko.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.68.19" />Sifa apewe Bwana, Mungu Mwokozi wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye siku kwa siku hutuchukulia mizigo yetu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.68.20" />Mungu wetu ni Mungu aokoaye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi hutuokoa na kifo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.68.21" />Hakika Mungu ataponda vichwa vya adui zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vichwa vya hao waendao katika njia za dhambi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.68.22" />Bwana alisema, “Nitawarudisha kutoka Bashani;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitawarudisha kutoka vilindi vya bahari,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PSA.68.23" />ili uweze kuchovya miguu yako katika damu ya adui zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huku ndimi za mbwa wako zikiwa na fungu lake.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PSA.68.24" />Ee Mungu, maandamano yako yameonekana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maandamano ya Mungu wangu, Mfalme wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yakielekea patakatifu pake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PSA.68.25" />Mbele wako waimbaji, baada yao wapiga vinanda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja nao wako wanawali wakipiga matari.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PSA.68.26" />Msifuni Mungu katika kusanyiko kubwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd> katika kusanyiko la Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PSA.68.27" />Liko kabila dogo la Benyamini likiwaongoza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakifuatwa na kundi kubwa la watawala wa Yuda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hatimaye watawala wa Zabuloni na Naftali.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PSA.68.28" />Ee Mungu, amuru uwezo wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee Mungu tuonyeshe nguvu zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama ulivyofanya hapo awali.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PSA.68.29" />Kwa sababu ya Hekalu lako Yerusalemu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wafalme watakuletea zawadi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="PSA.68.30" />Mkemee mnyama aliyeko kwenye manyasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kundi la mafahali katikati ya ndama za mataifa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Na walete minara ya madini ya fedha wakinyenyekea.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Tawanya mataifa yapendayo vita.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="PSA.68.31" />Wajumbe watakuja kutoka Misri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kushi<f caller="+"><fr>68:31
</fr><ft>Kushi hapa ina maana maeneo ya Naili ya juu, yaani Ethiopia.</ft></f> atajisalimisha kwa Mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="PSA.68.32" />Mwimbieni Mungu, enyi falme za dunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwimbieni Bwana sifa,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="PSA.68.33" />mwimbieni sifa yeye apandaye mbingu za kale zilizo juu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye angurumaye kwa sauti kuu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="PSA.68.34" />Tangazeni uwezo wa Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye fahari yake iko juu ya Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye uwezo wake uko katika anga.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="PSA.68.35" />Ee Mungu, wewe unatisha katika mahali patakatifu pako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu wa Israeli huwapa watu wake uwezo na nguvu.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Mungu Asifiwe!
<ve />
</q>

<c id="69" />
<cl>Zaburi 69
</cl><s style="s1">Kilio Cha Kuomba Msaada Wakati Wa Dhiki
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Mtindo wa “Yungiyungi.” Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.69.1" />Ee Mungu, niokoe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana maji yamenifika shingoni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.69.2" />Ninazama kwenye vilindi vya matope,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pasipo mahali pa kukanyaga,
</q>
<q style="q1">Nimefika kwenye maji makuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mafuriko yamenigharikisha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.69.3" />Nimechoka kwa kuomba msaada,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">koo langu limekauka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Macho yangu yanafifia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikimtafuta Mungu wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.69.4" />Wale wanaonichukia bila sababu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni wengi kuliko nywele za kichwa changu;
</q>
<q style="q1">wengi ni adui kwangu bila sababu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wanaotafuta kuniangamiza.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ninalazimishwa kurudisha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kitu ambacho sikuiba.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.69.5" />Ee Mungu, wewe unajua upumbavu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hatia yangu haikufichika kwako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.69.6" />Ee Bwana, ewe
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakutumainio wasiaibishwe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili yangu;
</q>
<q style="q1">wakutafutao wasifedheheshwe kwa ajili yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee Mungu wa Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.69.7" />Kwa maana nimestahimili dharau kwa ajili yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aibu imefunika uso wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.69.8" />Nimekuwa mgeni kwa ndugu zangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mgeni kwa wana wa mama yangu mwenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.69.9" />Kwa kuwa wivu wa nyumba yako unanila,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">matukano ya wale wanaokutukana yameniangukia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.69.10" />Ninapolia na kufunga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lazima nivumilie matusi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.69.11" />Ninapovaa nguo ya gunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu hunidharau.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.69.12" />Wale wanaoketi mlangoni wananisimanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimekuwa wimbo wa walevi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.69.13" />Lakini Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ninakuomba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa wakati ukupendezao;
</q>
<q style="q1">katika upendo wako mkuu, Ee Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unijibu kwa wokovu wako wa hakika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.69.14" />Uniokoe katika matope,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiniache nizame;
</q>
<q style="q1">niokoe na hao wanichukiao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka kwenye vilindi vya maji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.69.15" />Usiache mafuriko yanigharikishe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au vilindi vinimeze,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au shimo lifumbe kinywa chake juu yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.69.16" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, unijibu, kwa wema wa upendo wako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa huruma zako nyingi unigeukie.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.69.17" />Usimfiche mtumishi wako uso wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uharakishe kunijibu, kwa sababu niko katika shida.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.69.18" />Njoo karibu uniokoe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikomboe kwa sababu ya adui zangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.69.19" />Unajua jinsi ninavyodharauliwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kufedheheshwa na kuaibishwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">adui zangu wote unawajua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.69.20" />Dharau zimenivunja moyo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nimekata tamaa,
</q>
<q style="q1">nimetafuta wa kunihurumia, lakini sikumpata,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wa kunituliza, lakini sikumpata.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.69.21" />Waliweka nyongo katika chakula changu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na walinipa siki nilipokuwa na kiu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.69.22" />Meza iliyoandaliwa mbele yao na iwe mtego,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo iwe upatilizo na tanzi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PSA.69.23" />Macho yao yatiwe giza ili wasiweze kuona,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo migongo yao iinamishwe daima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PSA.69.24" />Uwamwagie ghadhabu yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hasira yako kali na iwapate.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PSA.69.25" />Mahali pao na pawe ukiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala asiwepo yeyote atakayeishi katika mahema yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PSA.69.26" />Kwa kuwa wanawatesa wale uliowajeruhi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzungumza juu ya maumivu ya wale uliowaumiza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PSA.69.27" />Walipize uovu juu ya uovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiwaache washiriki katika wokovu wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PSA.69.28" />Wafutwe kutoka kitabu cha uzima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wasiorodheshwe pamoja na wenye haki.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PSA.69.29" />Mimi niko katika maumivu na dhiki;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee Mungu, wokovu wako na unihifadhi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="PSA.69.30" />Nitalisifu jina la Mungu kwa wimbo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitamtukuza kwa kumtolea shukrani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="PSA.69.31" />Hili litampendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuliko ngʼombe dume,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zaidi ya fahali akiwa na pembe na kwato zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="PSA.69.32" />Maskini wataona na kufurahi:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi mnaomtafuta Mungu, mioyo yenu na iishi!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="PSA.69.33" /><nd>Bwana</nd> huwasikia wahitaji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hadharau watu wake waliotekwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="PSA.69.34" />Mbingu na dunia zimsifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bahari na vyote viendavyo ndani yake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="PSA.69.35" />kwa maana Mungu ataiokoa Sayuni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuijenga tena miji ya Yuda.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kisha watu watafanya makao yao humo na kuimiliki,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="36" bcv="PSA.69.36" />watoto wa watumishi wake watairithi
</q>
<q style="q1">na wale wote walipendao jina lake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataishi humo.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="70" />
<cl>Zaburi 70
</cl><s style="s1">Kuomba Msaada
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Zaburi 40:13-17)
</p>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Zaburi ya Daudi. Maombi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.70.1" />Ee Mungu, ufanye haraka kuniokoa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, njoo hima unisaidie.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.70.2" />Wale wanaotafuta kuuondoa uhai wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waaibishwe na kufadhaishwa;
</q>
<q style="q1">wote wanaotamani kuangamizwa kwangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">warudishwe nyuma kwa aibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.70.3" />Wale waniambiao, “Aha! Aha!”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">warudi nyuma kwa sababu ya aibu yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.70.4" />Lakini wote wakutafutao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">washangilie na kukufurahia,
</q>
<q style="q1">wale wapendao wokovu wako siku zote waseme,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Mungu na atukuzwe!”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.70.5" />Lakini bado mimi ni maskini na mhitaji;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee Mungu, unijie haraka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wewe ndiwe msaada wangu na mwokozi wangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, usikawie.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="71" />
<cl>Zaburi 71
</cl><s style="s1">Kuomba Ulinzi Na Msaada Siku Zote Za Maisha
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.71.1" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nimekukimbilia wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiache nikaaibika kamwe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.71.2" />Kwa haki yako uniponye na kuniokoa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unitegee sikio lako uniokoe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.71.3" />Uwe kwangu mwamba wa kimbilio,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahali nitakapokimbilia kila wakati;
</q>
<q style="q1">toa amri ya kuniokoa, kwa kuwa wewe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni mwamba wangu na ngome yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.71.4" />Ee Mungu wangu uniokoe kutoka kwenye mkono wa mwovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka kwenye makucha ya watu wabaya na wakatili.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.71.5" />Kwa kuwa umekuwa tumaini langu, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tegemeo langu tangu ujana wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.71.6" />Tangu kuzaliwa nimekutegemea wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulinitoa tumboni mwa mama yangu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nitakusifu wewe daima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.71.7" />Nimekuwa kama kioja kwa wengi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini wewe ni kimbilio langu imara.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.71.8" />Kinywa changu kimejazwa sifa zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikitangaza utukufu wako mchana kutwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.71.9" />Usinitupe wakati wa uzee,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala usiniache nguvu zangu zinapopungua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.71.10" />Kwa maana adui zangu wananisengenya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wanaonivizia kuniua wafanya hila.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.71.11" />Wanasema, “Mungu amemwacha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkimbilieni mkamkamate,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwani hakuna wa kumwokoa.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.71.12" />Ee Mungu, usiwe mbali nami,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">njoo haraka kunisaidia, Ee Mungu wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.71.13" />Washtaki wangu na waangamie kwa aibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wanaotaka kunidhuru
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wafunikwe kwa dharau na fedheha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.71.14" />Lakini mimi, nitatumaini siku zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakusifu zaidi na zaidi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.71.15" />Kinywa changu kitasimulia haki yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wokovu wako mchana kutwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ingawa sifahamu kipimo chake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.71.16" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, nitakuja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutangaza matendo yako makuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitatangaza haki yako, yako peke yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.71.17" />Ee Mungu, umenifundisha tangu ujana wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi leo ninatangaza matendo yako ya ajabu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.71.18" />Ee Mungu, usiniache,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata niwapo mzee wa mvi,
</q>
<q style="q1">mpaka nitangaze uwezo wako kwa kizazi kijacho,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nguvu zako kwa wote watakaokuja baadaye.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.71.19" />Ee Mungu, haki yako imefika juu katika mbingu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe ambaye umefanya mambo makuu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee Mungu, ni nani aliye kama wewe?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.71.20" />Ingawa umenifanya nipate taabu, nyingi na chungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utanihuisha tena,
</q>
<q style="q1">kutoka vilindi vya dunia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utaniinua tena.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.71.21" />Utaongeza heshima yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunifariji tena.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.71.22" />Ee Mungu wangu, nitakusifu kwa kinubi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya uaminifu wako;
</q>
<q style="q1">Ee Uliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakuimbia sifa kwa zeze.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PSA.71.23" />Midomo yangu itapaza sauti kwa furaha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninapokuimbia sifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mimi, ambaye umenikomboa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PSA.71.24" />Ulimi wangu utasimulia matendo yako ya haki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mchana kutwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana wale waliotaka kunidhuru,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wameaibishwa na kufadhaishwa.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="72" />
<cl>Zaburi 72
</cl><s style="s1">Maombi Kwa Ajili Ya Mfalme
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi ya Solomoni.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.72.1" />Ee Mungu, mjalie mfalme aamue kwa haki yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwana wa mfalme kwa haki yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.72.2" />Atawaamua watu wako kwa haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wako walioonewa kwa haki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.72.3" />Milima italeta mafanikio kwa watu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vilima tunda la haki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.72.4" />Atawatetea walioonewa miongoni mwa watu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na atawaokoa watoto wa wahitaji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ataponda mdhalimu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.72.5" />Atadumu kama jua lidumuvyo, kama mwezi, vizazi vyote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.72.6" />Atakuwa kama mvua inyeshayo juu ya shamba lililofyekwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama manyunyu yanyeshayo ardhi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.72.7" />Katika siku zake wenye haki watastawi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mafanikio yatakuwepo mpaka mwezi utakapokoma.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.72.8" />Atatawala kutoka bahari hadi bahari
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutoka Mto<f caller="+"><fr>72:8
</fr><ft>Yaani Mto Frati.</ft></f> mpaka miisho ya dunia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.72.9" />Makabila ya jangwani watamsujudia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na adui zake wataramba mavumbi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.72.10" />Wafalme wa Tarshishi na wa pwani za mbali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watamletea kodi;
</q>
<q style="q1">wafalme wa Sheba na Seba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watampa zawadi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.72.11" />Wafalme wote watamsujudia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mataifa yote yatamtumikia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.72.12" />Kwa maana atamwokoa mhitaji anayemlilia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliyeonewa asiye na wa kumsaidia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.72.13" />Atawahurumia wanyonge na wahitaji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaokoa wahitaji kutoka mauti.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.72.14" />Atawaokoa kutoka uonevu na ukatili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwani damu yao ni ya thamani machoni pake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.72.15" />Aishi maisha marefu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Na apewe dhahabu ya Sheba.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watu wamwombee daima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumbariki mchana kutwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.72.16" />Nafaka ijae tele katika nchi yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya vilele vya vilima na istawi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Tunda lake na listawi kama Lebanoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">listawi kama majani ya kondeni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.72.17" />Jina lake na lidumu milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na lidumu kama jua.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Mataifa yote yatabarikiwa kupitia kwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watamwita aliyebarikiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.72.18" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu, Mungu wa Israeli, apewe sifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ambaye peke yake hutenda mambo ya ajabu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.72.19" />Jina lake tukufu lisifiwe milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulimwengu wote ujae utukufu wake.
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="qc" style="qc">Amen na Amen.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.72.20" />Huu ndio mwisho wa maombi ya Daudi mwana wa Yese.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="73" />
<p sfm="ms" style="ms1">KITABU CHA TATU
</p>
<p sfm="mr" style="mr">(Zaburi 73–89)
</p>
<cl>Zaburi 73
</cl><s style="s1">Haki Ya Mungu
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi ya Asafu.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.73.1" />Hakika Mungu ni mwema kwa Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa wale ambao mioyo yao ni safi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.73.2" />Bali kwangu mimi, miguu yangu ilikuwa karibu kuteleza;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilikuwa karibu mguu wangu kuachia uliposimama.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.73.3" />Kwa maana niliwaonea wivu wenye kujivuna
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilipoona kufanikiwa kwa waovu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.73.4" />Wao hawana taabu,<f caller="+"><fr>73:4
</fr><ft>Tafsiri nyingine zinasema: hawana maumivu katika kufa kwao.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miili yao ina afya na nguvu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.73.5" />Hawapati shida zinazowataabisha watu wengine,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawapati mapigo kama wanadamu wengine.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.73.6" />Kwa hiyo kiburi ni mkufu wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamejivika jeuri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.73.7" />Uovu hutoka katika mioyo yao iliyokufa ganzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">majivuno maovu kutoka mioyoni mwao hauna kikomo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.73.8" />Hudhihaki na kusema kwa ukorofi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika majivuno yao wanatishia kutesa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.73.9" />Vinywa vyao huweka madai hata kwa mbingu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo ndimi zao humiliki duniani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.73.10" />Kwa hiyo watu wao huwageukia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunywa maji tele.<f caller="+"><fr>73:10
</fr><ft>Au: na kupokea yote wasemayo.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.73.11" />Wanasema, “Mungu awezaje kujua?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, Yeye Aliye Juu Sana anayo maarifa?”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.73.12" />Hivi ndivyo walivyo waovu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku zote hawajali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaongezeka katika utajiri.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.73.13" />Hakika nimeuweka moyo wangu safi bure,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni bure nimenawa mikono yangu nisiwe na hatia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.73.14" />Mchana kutwa nimetaabika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimeadhibiwa kila asubuhi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.73.15" />Kama ningesema, “Nitasema hivi,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ningelikuwa nimewasaliti watoto wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.73.16" />Nilipojaribu kuelewa haya yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yalikuwa magumu kwangu kuelewa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.73.17" />Mpaka nilipoingia patakatifu pa Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndipo nilipotambua mwisho wao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.73.18" />Hakika unawaweka mahali pa utelezi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unawaangusha chini kwa uharibifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.73.19" />Tazama jinsi wanavyoangamizwa ghafula,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanatoweshwa kabisa na vitisho!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.73.20" />Kama ndoto mtu aamkapo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hivyo wakati uinukapo, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utawatowesha kama ndoto.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.73.21" />Wakati moyo wangu ulipohuzunishwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na roho yangu ilipotiwa uchungu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.73.22" />nilikuwa mpumbavu na mjinga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilikuwa mnyama mkatili mbele yako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PSA.73.23" />Hata hivyo niko pamoja nawe siku zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umenishika mkono wangu wa kuume.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PSA.73.24" />Unaniongoza kwa shauri lako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hatimaye utaniingiza katika utukufu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PSA.73.25" />Nani niliye naye mbinguni ila wewe?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Dunia haina chochote ninachokitamani ila wewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PSA.73.26" />Mwili na moyo wangu vyaweza kushindwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali Mungu ni nguvu ya moyo wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na fungu langu milele.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PSA.73.27" />Wale walio mbali nawe wataangamia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unawaangamiza wote wasio waaminifu kwako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PSA.73.28" />Lakini kwangu mimi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni vyema kuwa karibu na Mungu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nimemfanya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi kimbilio langu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitayasimulia matendo yako yote.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="74" />
<cl>Zaburi 74
</cl><s style="s1">Maombi Kwa Ajili Ya Taifa Kuokolewa
</s>
<d style="d">Utenzi wa Asafu.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.74.1" />Ee Mungu, mbona umetukataa milele?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mbona hasira yako inatoka moshi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya kondoo wa malisho yako?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.74.2" />Kumbuka watu uliowanunua zamani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kabila la urithi wako, ambao uliwakomboa:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mlima Sayuni, ambamo uliishi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.74.3" />Geuza hatua zako kuelekea magofu haya ya kudumu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uharibifu wote huu ambao adui ameuleta pale patakatifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.74.4" />Adui zako wamenguruma pale ulipokutana nasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaweka bendera zao kama alama.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.74.5" />Walifanya kama watu wanaotumia mashoka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kukata kichaka cha miti.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.74.6" />Walivunjavunja milango yote iliyonakshiwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mashoka na vishoka vyao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.74.7" />Waliteketeza kabisa mahali pako patakatifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakayanajisi makao ya Jina lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.74.8" />Walisema mioyoni mwao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Tutawaponda kabisa!”
</q>
<q style="q1">Walichoma kila mahali ambapo Mungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliabudiwa katika nchi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.74.9" />Hatukupewa ishara za miujiza;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna manabii waliobaki,
</q>
<q style="q1">hakuna yeyote kati yetu ajuaye
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hali hii itachukua muda gani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.74.10" />Ee Mungu, mtesi atakudhihaki mpaka lini?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, adui watalitukana jina lako milele?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.74.11" />Kwa nini unazuia mkono wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkono wako wa kuume?
</q>
<q style="q1">Uutoe kutoka makunjo ya vazi lako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uwaangamize!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.74.12" />Lakini wewe, Ee Mungu, ni mfalme wangu tangu zamani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unaleta wokovu duniani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.74.13" />Ni wewe uliyeigawanya bahari kwa uweza wako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulivunja vichwa vya wanyama wakubwa wa kutisha katika maji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.74.14" />Ni wewe uliyeponda vichwa vya Lewiathani<f caller="+"><fr>74:14
</fr><ft>Lewiathani ni mnyama mkubwa wa baharini mwenye magamba anayefanana na joka kubwa, mwenye umbo la kutisha, asiyeweza kuvuliwa.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe ukamtoa kama chakula
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa viumbe vya jangwani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.74.15" />Ni wewe uliyefungua chemchemi na vijito,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulikausha mito ambayo ilikuwa ikitiririka daima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.74.16" />Mchana ni wako, nao usiku ni wako pia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uliziweka jua na mwezi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.74.17" />Ni wewe uliyeiweka mipaka yote ya dunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulifanya kiangazi na masika.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.74.18" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kumbuka jinsi mtesi alivyokudhihaki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jinsi watu wapumbavu walivyolitukana jina lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.74.19" />Usiukabidhi uhai wa njiwa wako kwa wanyama wakali wa mwitu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usisahau kabisa uhai wa watu wako wanaoteseka milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.74.20" />Likumbuke agano lako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maana mara kwa mara mambo ya jeuri
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yamejaa katika sehemu za giza nchini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.74.21" />Usiruhusu walioonewa warudi nyuma kwa aibu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maskini na wahitaji hebu walisifu jina lako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.74.22" />Inuka, Ee Mungu, ujitetee;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kumbuka jinsi wapumbavu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanavyokudhihaki mchana kutwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PSA.74.23" />Usipuuze makelele ya watesi wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ghasia za adui zako, zinazoinuka mfululizo.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="75" />
<cl>Zaburi 75
</cl><s style="s1">Mungu Ni Mwamuzi
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Mtindo wa “Usiharibu!” Zaburi ya Asafu. Wimbo.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.75.1" />Ee Mungu, tunakushukuru,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tunakushukuru wewe,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa jina lako li karibu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu husimulia matendo yako ya ajabu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.75.2" />Unasema, “Ninachagua wakati maalum;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni mimi nihukumuye kwa haki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.75.3" />Wakati dunia na watu wake wote inapotetemeka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni mimi ninayezishikilia nguzo zake imara.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.75.4" />Kwa wale wenye majivuno ninasema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Msijisifu tena,’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa wale waovu, ‘Msiinue pembe zenu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.75.5" />Msiinue pembe zenu dhidi ya mbingu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msiseme kwa shingo zilizonyooshwa.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.75.6" />Hakuna yeyote atokaye mashariki wala magharibi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kutoka jangwani awezaye kumkweza mwanadamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.75.7" />Bali Mungu ndiye ahukumuye:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Humshusha huyu na kumkweza mwingine.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.75.8" />Mkononi mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuna kikombe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kilichojaa mvinyo unaotoka povu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uliochanganywa na vikolezo;
</q>
<q style="q1">huumimina, nao waovu wote wa dunia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hunywa mpaka tone la mwisho.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.75.9" />Bali mimi, nitatangaza hili milele;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitaimba sifa kwa Mungu wa Yakobo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.75.10" />Nitazikatilia mbali pembe za waovu wote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali pembe za wenye haki zitainuliwa juu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="76" />
<cl>Zaburi 76
</cl><s style="s1">Mungu Wa Israeli Ni Mhukumu Wa Dunia Yote
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Kwa ala za nyuzi za muziki. Zaburi ya Asafu. Wimbo.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.76.1" />Katika Yuda, Mungu anajulikana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jina lake ni kuu katika Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.76.2" />Hema lake liko Salemu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">makao yake katika Sayuni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.76.3" />Huko alivunja mishale imetametayo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ngao na panga, silaha za vita.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.76.4" />Wewe unangʼaa kwa mwanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwenye fahari zaidi ya milima yenye utajiri wa wanyama pori.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.76.5" />Mashujaa hulala wametekwa nyara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hulala usingizi wao wa mwisho;
</q>
<q style="q1">hakuna hata mmoja wa watu wa vita
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anayeweza kuinua mikono yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.76.6" />Kwa kukemea kwako, Ee Mungu wa Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">farasi na gari la vita vilikaa kimya.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.76.7" />Wewe peke yako ndiye wa kuogopwa.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani awezaye kusimama mbele yako unapokasirika?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.76.8" />Kutoka mbinguni ulitamka hukumu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo nchi ikaogopa, ikawa kimya:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.76.9" />wakati wewe, Ee Mungu, ulipoinuka kuhukumu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwaokoa wote walioonewa katika nchi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.76.10" />Hakika ghadhabu yako dhidi ya wanadamu inakuletea sifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na masalia ya ghadhabu yako unajifunga mshipi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.76.11" />Wekeni nadhiri kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu na kuzitimiza;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nchi zote za jirani na walete zawadi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa Yule astahiliye kuogopwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.76.12" />Huvunja roho za watawala;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anaogopwa na wafalme wa dunia.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="77" />
<cl>Zaburi 77
</cl><s style="s1">Matendo Makuu Ya Mungu Yanakumbukwa
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Mtindo wa Yeduthuni. Zaburi ya Asafu.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.77.1" />Nilimlilia Mungu ili anisaidie,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilimlilia Mungu ili anisikie.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.77.2" />Nilipokuwa katika taabu, nilimtafuta Bwana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiku nilinyoosha mikono bila kuchoka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nafsi yangu ilikataa kufarijika.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.77.3" />Ee Mungu, nilikukumbuka wewe, nikalia kwa huzuni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikatafakari, roho yangu ikadhoofika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.77.4" />Ulizuia macho yangu kufumba;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilikuwa nasumbuka, nikashindwa kusema.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.77.5" />Nilitafakari juu ya siku zilizopita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miaka mingi iliyopita,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.77.6" />nilikumbuka nilivyoimba nyimbo usiku.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Moyo wangu ulitafakari
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na roho yangu ikauliza:
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.77.7" />“Je, Bwana atakataa milele?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, hatatenda mema tena?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.77.8" />Je, upendo wake usio na mwisho umetoweka milele?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, ahadi yake imekoma nyakati zote?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.77.9" />Je, Mungu amesahau kuwa na huruma?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, katika hasira amezuia huruma yake?”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.77.10" />Ndipo nikawaza, “Huu ndio udhaifu wangu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini nitakumbuka
</q>
<q style="q1">miaka ya mkono wa kuume
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wa Aliye Juu Sana.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.77.11" />Nitayakumbuka matendo ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, nitaikumbuka miujiza yako ya zamani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.77.12" />Nitazitafakari kazi zako zote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuyawaza matendo yako makuu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.77.13" />Ee Mungu, njia zako ni takatifu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni mungu yupi aliye mkuu kama Mungu wetu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.77.14" />Wewe ndiwe Mungu utendaye miujiza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umeonyesha uwezo wako katikati ya mataifa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.77.15" />Kwa mkono wako wenye nguvu umewakomboa watu wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uzao wa Yakobo na Yosefu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.77.16" />Maji yalikuona, Ee Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maji yalikuona yakakimbia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vilindi vilitetemeka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.77.17" />Mawingu yalimwaga maji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbingu zikatoa ngurumo kwa radi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mishale yako ikametameta huku na huko.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.77.18" />Ngurumo yako ilisikika katika upepo wa kisulisuli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umeme wako wa radi ukaangaza dunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nchi ikatetemeka na kutikisika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.77.19" />Njia yako ilipita baharini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mapito yako kwenye maji makuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ingawa nyayo zako hazikuonekana.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.77.20" />Uliongoza watu wako kama kundi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mkono wa Mose na Aroni.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="78" />
<cl>Zaburi 78
</cl><s style="s1">Mungu Na Watu Wake
</s>
<d style="d">Utenzi wa Asafu.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.78.1" />Enyi watu wangu, sikieni mafundisho yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikilizeni maneno ya kinywa changu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.78.2" />Nitafungua kinywa changu kwa mafumbo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitazungumza mambo yaliyofichika, mambo ya kale:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.78.3" />yale ambayo tuliyasikia na kuyajua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yale ambayo baba zetu walituambia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.78.4" />Hatutayaficha kwa watoto wao;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tutakiambia kizazi kijacho
</q>
<q style="q1">matendo yastahiliyo sifa ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uweza wake, na maajabu aliyoyafanya.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.78.5" />Aliagiza amri kwa Yakobo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na akaweka sheria katika Israeli,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambazo aliwaamuru baba zetu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wawafundishe watoto wao,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.78.6" />ili kizazi kijacho kizijue,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na watoto ambao watazaliwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao pia wapate kuwaeleza watoto wao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.78.7" />Ndipo wangeweka tumaini lao kwa Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wasingesahau matendo yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali wangalizishika amri zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.78.8" />Ili wasifanane na baba zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waliokuwa kizazi cha ukaidi na uasi,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambao roho zao hazikuwa na uaminifu kwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao roho zao hazikumwamini.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.78.9" />Watu wa Efraimu, ingawa walijifunga pinde,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walikimbia siku ya vita.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.78.10" />Hawakulishika agano la Mungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na walikataa kuishi kwa sheria yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.78.11" />Walisahau aliyokuwa ameyatenda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maajabu aliyokuwa amewaonyesha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.78.12" />Alitenda miujiza machoni mwa baba zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huko Soani, katika nchi ya Misri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.78.13" />Aliigawanya bahari akawapitisha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alifanya maji yasimame imara kama ukuta.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.78.14" />Aliwaongoza kwa wingu mchana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa nuru kutoka kwenye moto usiku kucha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.78.15" />Alipasua miamba jangwani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na akawapa maji tele kama bahari,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.78.16" />alitoa vijito kutoka kwenye jabali lililochongoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akayafanya maji yatiririke kama mito.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.78.17" />Lakini waliendelea kutenda dhambi dhidi yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakiasi jangwani dhidi ya Aliye Juu Sana.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.78.18" />Kwa makusudi walimjaribu Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakidai vyakula walivyovitamani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.78.19" />Walinena dhidi ya Mungu, wakisema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Je, Mungu aweza kuandaa meza jangwani?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.78.20" />Alipopiga mwamba, maji yalitoka kwa nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vijito vikatiririka maji mengi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini je, aweza kutupa chakula pia?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, anaweza kuwapa watu wake nyama?”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.78.21" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alipowasikia, alikasirika sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">moto wake ukawa dhidi ya Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ghadhabu yake ikawaka dhidi ya Israeli,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.78.22" />kwa kuwa hawakumwamini Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kuutumainia ukombozi wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PSA.78.23" />Hata hivyo alitoa amri kwa anga zilizo juu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufungua milango ya mbingu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PSA.78.24" />akawanyeshea mana ili watu wale;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliwapa nafaka ya mbinguni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PSA.78.25" />Watu walikula mkate wa malaika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akawatumia chakula chote ambacho wangeliweza kula.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PSA.78.26" />Aliachia upepo wa mashariki kutoka kwenye mbingu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuuongoza upepo wa kusini kwa uwezo wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PSA.78.27" />Aliwanyeshea nyama kama mavumbi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndege warukao kama mchanga wa pwani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PSA.78.28" />Aliwafanya washuke ndani ya kambi yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuzunguka mahema yao yote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PSA.78.29" />Walikula na kusaza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana alikuwa amewapa kile walichotamani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="PSA.78.30" />Kabla hawajamaliza kula walichokitamani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata kilipokuwa kingali bado vinywani mwao,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="PSA.78.31" />hasira ya Mungu ikawaka juu yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akawaua wale waliokuwa na nguvu zaidi miongoni mwao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akiwaangusha vijana wa Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="PSA.78.32" />Licha ya haya yote, waliendelea kutenda dhambi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">licha ya maajabu yake, hawakuamini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="PSA.78.33" />Kwa hiyo akamaliza siku zao katika ubatili
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na miaka yao katika vitisho.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="PSA.78.34" />Kila mara Mungu alipowaua baadhi yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waliosalia walimtafuta,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walimgeukia tena kwa shauku.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="PSA.78.35" />Walikumbuka kwamba Mungu alikuwa Mwamba wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba Mungu Aliye Juu Sana alikuwa Mkombozi wao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="36" bcv="PSA.78.36" />Lakini walimdanganya kwa vinywa vyao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakisema uongo kwa ndimi zao,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="37" bcv="PSA.78.37" />mioyo yao haikuwa thabiti kwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawakuwa waaminifu katika agano lake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="38" bcv="PSA.78.38" />Hata hivyo alikuwa na huruma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alisamehe maovu yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hakuwaangamiza.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mara kwa mara alizuia hasira yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuchochea ghadhabu yake yote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="39" bcv="PSA.78.39" />Alikumbuka kwamba wao walikuwa nyama tu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">upepo upitao ambao haurudi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="40" bcv="PSA.78.40" />Mara ngapi walimwasi jangwani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumhuzunisha nyikani!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="41" bcv="PSA.78.41" />Walimjaribu Mungu mara kwa mara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakamkasirisha yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="42" bcv="PSA.78.42" />Hawakukumbuka uwezo wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku aliyowakomboa kutoka kwa mtesi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="43" bcv="PSA.78.43" />siku aliyoonyesha ishara zake za ajabu huko Misri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maajabu yake huko Soani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="44" bcv="PSA.78.44" />Aligeuza mito yao kuwa damu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawakuweza kunywa maji kutoka vijito vyao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="45" bcv="PSA.78.45" />Aliwapelekea makundi ya mainzi yakawala,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vyura wakawaharibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="46" bcv="PSA.78.46" />Aliruhusu tunutu kuharibu mimea yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mazao yao kwa nzige.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="47" bcv="PSA.78.47" />Aliharibu mizabibu yao kwa mvua ya mawe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mikuyu yao kwa mvua iliyochangamana na theluji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="48" bcv="PSA.78.48" />Aliwaachia mifugo yao mvua ya mawe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akayapiga makundi ya wanyama wao kwa radi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="49" bcv="PSA.78.49" />Aliwafungulia hasira yake kali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ghadhabu yake, hasira na uadui,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kundi la malaika wa kuharibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="50" bcv="PSA.78.50" />Aliitengenezea njia hasira yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuwaepusha na kifo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali aliwaachia tauni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="51" bcv="PSA.78.51" />Aliwapiga wazaliwa wote wa kwanza wa Misri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">matunda ya kwanza ya ujana katika mahema ya Hamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="52" bcv="PSA.78.52" />Lakini aliwatoa watu wake kama kundi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akawaongoza kama kondoo kupitia jangwani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="53" bcv="PSA.78.53" />Aliwaongoza salama, wala hawakuogopa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali bahari iliwameza adui zao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="54" bcv="PSA.78.54" />Hivyo akawaleta hadi kwenye mpaka wa nchi yake takatifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi nchi ya vilima ambayo mkono wake wa kuume ulikuwa umeitwaa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="55" bcv="PSA.78.55" />Aliyafukuza mataifa mbele yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwagawia nchi zao kama urithi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliwakalisha makabila ya Israeli katika makao yao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="56" bcv="PSA.78.56" />Lakini wao walimjaribu Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuasi dhidi ya Yeye Aliye Juu Sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawakuzishika sheria zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="57" bcv="PSA.78.57" />Kama baba zao, hawakuwa thabiti wala waaminifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakawa wasioweza kutegemewa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama upinde wenye kasoro.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="58" bcv="PSA.78.58" />Wakamkasirisha Mungu kwa mahali pao pa juu pa kuabudia miungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakachochea wivu wake kwa sanamu zao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="59" bcv="PSA.78.59" />Wakati Mungu alipowasikia, alikasirika sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akamkataa Israeli kabisa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="60" bcv="PSA.78.60" />Akaiacha hema ya Shilo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hema aliyokuwa ameiweka katikati ya wanadamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="61" bcv="PSA.78.61" />Akalipeleka Sanduku la nguvu zake utumwani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utukufu wake mikononi mwa adui.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="62" bcv="PSA.78.62" />Aliachia watu wake wauawe kwa upanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akaukasirikia sana urithi wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="63" bcv="PSA.78.63" />Moto uliwaangamiza vijana wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wanawali wao hawakuimbiwa nyimbo za arusi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="64" bcv="PSA.78.64" />makuhani wao waliuawa kwa upanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala wajane wao hawakuweza kulia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="65" bcv="PSA.78.65" />Ndipo Bwana alipoamka kama vile kuamka usingizini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama vile mtu aamkavyo kutoka kwenye bumbuazi la mvinyo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="66" bcv="PSA.78.66" />Aliwapiga na kuwashinda adui zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akawatia katika aibu ya milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="67" bcv="PSA.78.67" />Ndipo alipozikataa hema za Yosefu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakulichagua kabila la Efraimu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="68" bcv="PSA.78.68" />lakini alilichagua kabila la Yuda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mlima Sayuni, ambao aliupenda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="69" bcv="PSA.78.69" />Alijenga patakatifu pake kama vilele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama dunia ambayo aliimarisha milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="70" bcv="PSA.78.70" />Akamchagua Daudi mtumishi wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumtoa kwenye mazizi ya kondoo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="71" bcv="PSA.78.71" />Kutoka kuchunga kondoo alimleta
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa mchungaji wa watu wake Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wa Israeli urithi wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="72" bcv="PSA.78.72" />Naye Daudi aliwachunga kwa uadilifu wa moyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mikono ya ustadi aliwaongoza.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="79" />
<cl>Zaburi 79
</cl><s style="s1">Maombi Kwa Ajili Ya Wokovu Wa Taifa
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi ya Asafu.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.79.1" />Ee Mungu, mataifa yameuvamia urithi wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamelinajisi Hekalu lako takatifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wameifanya Yerusalemu kuwa magofu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.79.2" />Wametoa maiti za watumishi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa chakula cha ndege wa angani
</q>
<q style="q1">na nyama ya watakatifu wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa wanyama wa nchi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.79.3" />Wamemwaga damu kama maji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuzunguka Yerusalemu yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna yeyote wa kuwazika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.79.4" />Tumekuwa kitu cha aibu kwa jirani zetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">cha dharau na mzaha kwa wale wanaotuzunguka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.79.5" />Hata lini, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>? Je, wewe utakasirika milele?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wivu wako utawaka kama moto hadi lini?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.79.6" />Mwaga ghadhabu yako kwa mataifa yasiyokukubali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya falme za hao wasioliitia jina lako,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.79.7" />kwa maana wamemrarua Yakobo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuharibu nchi ya makao yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.79.8" />Usituhesabie dhambi za baba zetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huruma yako na itujie hima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana tu wahitaji mno.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.79.9" />Ee Mungu Mwokozi wetu, utusaidie,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya utukufu wa jina lako;
</q>
<q style="q1">tuokoe na kutusamehe dhambi zetu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya jina lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.79.10" />Kwa nini mataifa waseme,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Yuko wapi Mungu wenu?”
</q>
<q style="q1">Mbele ya macho yetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhihirisha kati ya mataifa
</q>
<q style="q1">kwamba unalipiza kisasi damu iliyomwagwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya watumishi wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.79.11" />Kilio cha huzuni cha wafungwa kifike mbele zako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa nguvu za mkono wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hifadhi wale waliohukumiwa kufa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.79.12" />Walipize jirani zetu mara saba vifuani mwao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aibu walizovurumisha juu yako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.79.13" />Ndipo sisi watu wako, kondoo wa malisho yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tutakusifu milele;
</q>
<q style="q1">toka kizazi hadi kizazi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tutasimulia sifa zako.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="80" />
<cl>Zaburi 80
</cl><s style="s1">Maombi Kwa Ajili Ya Kuponywa Kwa Taifa
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Mtindo wa “Yungiyungi za Agano.” Zaburi ya Asafu.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.80.1" />Ee Mchungaji wa Israeli tusikie,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe umwongozaye Yosefu kama kundi;
</q>
<q style="q1">wewe uketiye katika kiti cha enzi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katikati ya makerubi, angaza
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.80.2" />mbele ya Efraimu, Benyamini na Manase.
</q>
<q style="q1">Uamshe nguvu zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uje utuokoe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.80.3" />Ee Mungu, uturejeshe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utuangazie uso wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili tuweze kuokolewa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.80.4" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu Mwenye Nguvu Zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata lini hasira yako itawaka na kufoka moshi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhidi ya maombi ya watu wako?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.80.5" />Umewalisha kwa mkate wa machozi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umewafanya wanywe machozi bakuli tele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.80.6" />Tumekuwa chanzo cha ugomvi kwa jirani zetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na adui zetu wanatudhihaki.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.80.7" />Ee Mungu Mwenye Nguvu Zote, uturejeshe;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utuangazie uso wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nasi tuweze kuokolewa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.80.8" />Ulileta mzabibu kutoka Misri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukawafukuza mataifa, ukaupanda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.80.9" />Uliandaa shamba kwa ajili yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mizizi ikawa imara, ukajaza nchi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.80.10" />Milima ilifunikwa kwa kivuli chake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">matawi yake yakafunika mierezi mikubwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.80.11" />Matawi yake yalienea mpaka Baharini,<f caller="+"><fr>80:11
</fr><ft>Huenda inamaanisha Bahari ya Mediterania.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">machipukizi yake mpaka kwenye Mto.<f caller="+"><fr>80:11
</fr><ft>Yaani Mto Frati.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.80.12" />Mbona umebomoa kuta zake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili wote wapitao karibu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wazichume zabibu zake?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.80.13" />Nguruwe mwitu wanauharibu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wanyama wa kondeni hujilisha humo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.80.14" />Turudie, Ee Mungu Mwenye Nguvu Zote!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Tazama chini kutoka mbinguni na uone!
</q>
<q style="q1">Linda mzabibu huu,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.80.15" />mche ulioupanda kwa mkono wako wa kuume,
</q>
<q style="q1">mwana uliyemlea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili yako mwenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.80.16" />Mzabibu wako umekatwa, umechomwa moto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unapowakemea, watu wako huangamia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.80.17" />Mkono wako na utulie juu ya mtu aliyeko mkono wako wa kuume,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwana wa mtu uliyemlea kwa ajili yako mwenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.80.18" />Ndipo hatutakuacha tena,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utuhuishe, nasi tutaliitia jina lako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.80.19" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu Mwenye Nguvu Zote, uturejeshe;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utuangazie uso wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili tuweze kuokolewa.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="81" />
<cl>Zaburi 81
</cl><s style="s1">Wimbo Wa Sikukuu
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Mtindo wa gitithi. Zaburi ya Asafu.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.81.1" />Mwimbieni kwa furaha, Mungu aliye nguvu yetu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpigieni kelele za shangwe Mungu wa Yakobo!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.81.2" />Anzeni wimbo, pigeni matari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pigeni kinubi na zeze kwa sauti nzuri.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.81.3" />Pigeni baragumu za pembe za kondoo dume
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wa Mwandamo wa Mwezi,
</q>
<q style="q1">na wakati wa mwezi mpevu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku ya Sikukuu yetu;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.81.4" />hii ni amri kwa Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">agizo la Mungu wa Yakobo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.81.5" />Aliiweka iwe kama sheria kwa Yosefu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alipotoka dhidi ya Misri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huko tulikosikia lugha ambayo hatukuielewa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.81.6" />Asema, “Nimeondoa mzigo mabegani mwao;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mikono yao iliwekwa huru kutoka kwenye kikapu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.81.7" />Katika shida yako uliniita nami nikakuokoa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilikujibu katika mawingu yenye ngurumo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilikujaribu katika maji ya Meriba.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.81.8" />“Enyi watu wangu, sikieni, nami nitawaonya:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">laiti kama mngenisikiliza, ee Israeli!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.81.9" />Hamtakuwa na mungu mgeni miongoni mwenu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msimsujudie mungu wa kigeni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.81.10" />Mimi ni
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niliyekutoa nchi ya Misri.
</q>
<q style="q1">Panua sana kinywa chako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitakijaza.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.81.11" />“Lakini watu wangu hawakutaka kunisikiliza;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Israeli hakutaka kunitii.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.81.12" />Basi niliwaacha katika ukaidi wa mioyo yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wafuate mashauri yao wenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.81.13" />“Laiti kama watu wangu wangalinisikiliza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama Israeli wangalifuata njia zangu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.81.14" />ningaliwatiisha adui zao kwa haraka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuugeuza mkono wangu dhidi ya watesi wao!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.81.15" />Wale wanaomchukia
<nd>Bwana</nd> wangalinyenyekea mbele zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na adhabu yao ingedumu milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.81.16" />Bali ninyi mngalilishwa ngano iliyo bora,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwatosheleza kwa asali itokayo kwenye mwamba.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="82" />
<cl>Zaburi 82
</cl><s style="s1">Maombi Kwa Ajili Ya Kutaka Haki
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi ya Asafu.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.82.1" />Mungu anaongoza kusanyiko kuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anatoa hukumu miongoni mwa “miungu”:
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.82.2" />“Hata lini utaendelea kuwatetea wasio haki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuonyesha upendeleo kwa waovu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.82.3" />Teteeni wanyonge na yatima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tunzeni haki za maskini na walioonewa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.82.4" />Mwokoeni mnyonge na mhitaji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakomboeni kutoka mkononi mwa mwovu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.82.5" />“Hawajui lolote, hawaelewi lolote.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wanatembea gizani;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">misingi yote ya dunia imetikisika.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.82.6" />“Nilisema, ‘Ninyi ni “miungu”;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi nyote ni wana wa Aliye Juu Sana.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.82.7" />Lakini mtakufa kama wanadamu wa kawaida;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtaanguka kama mtawala mwingine yeyote.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.82.8" />Ee Mungu, inuka uihukumu nchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa mataifa yote ni urithi wako.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="83" />
<cl>Zaburi 83
</cl><s style="s1">Maombi Kwa Ajili Ya Kushindwa Kwa Adui Wa Israeli
</s>
<d style="d">Wimbo. Zaburi ya Asafu.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.83.1" />Ee Mungu, usinyamaze kimya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usinyamaze, Ee Mungu, usitulie.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.83.2" />Tazama watesi wako wanafanya fujo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jinsi adui zako wanavyoinua vichwa vyao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.83.3" />Kwa hila, wanafanya shauri dhidi ya watu wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanafanya shauri baya dhidi ya wale unaowapenda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.83.4" />Wanasema, “Njooni, tuwaangamize kama taifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili jina la Israeli lisikumbukwe tena.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.83.5" />Kwa nia moja wanapanga mashauri mabaya pamoja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanafanya muungano dhidi yako,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.83.6" />mahema ya Edomu na Waishmaeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya Wamoabu na Wahagari,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.83.7" />Gebali,<f caller="+"><fr>83:7
</fr><ft>Yaani Bubilo, mji wa zamani sana wa Ufoinike (kama kilomita 80 kaskazini mwa Beiruti).</ft></f> Amoni na Amaleki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ufilisti, pamoja na watu wa Tiro.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.83.8" />Hata Ashuru wameungana nao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwapa nguvu wazao wa Loti.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.83.9" />Uwatendee kama vile ulivyowatendea Midiani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kama vile ulivyowatendea Sisera na Yabini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hapo kijito cha Kishoni,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.83.10" />ambao waliangamia huko Endori
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wakawa kama takataka juu ya nchi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.83.11" />Wafanye wakuu wao kama Orebu na Zeebu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watawala wao kama Zeba na Salmuna,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.83.12" />ambao walisema, “Na tumiliki nchi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya malisho ya Mungu.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.83.13" />Ee Mungu wangu, wapeperushe kama mavumbi ya kisulisuli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama makapi yapeperushwayo na upepo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.83.14" />Kama vile moto uteketezavyo msitu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au mwali wa moto unavyounguza milima,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.83.15" />wafuatilie kwa tufani yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwafadhaisha kwa dhoruba yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.83.16" />Funika nyuso zao kwa aibu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili watu walitafute jina lako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.83.17" />Wao na waaibishwe na kufadhaishwa milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na waangamie kwa aibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.83.18" />Hebu wajue kwamba wewe, ambaye jina lako ni
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba wewe peke yako ndiwe Uliye Juu Sana ya dunia yote.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="84" />
<cl>Zaburi 84
</cl><s style="s1">Kuionea Shauku Nyumba Ya Mungu
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Mtindo wa gitithi. Zaburi ya wana wa Kora.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.84.1" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">makao yako yapendeza kama nini!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.84.2" />Nafsi yangu inatamani sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, hata kuona shauku,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya nyua za
<nd>Bwana</nd>;
</q>
<q style="q1">moyo wangu na mwili wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vinamlilia Mungu Aliye Hai.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.84.3" />Hata shomoro amejipatia makao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbayuwayu amejipatia kiota
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahali awezapo kuweka makinda yake:
</q>
<q style="q1">mahali karibu na madhabahu yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mfalme wangu na Mungu wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.84.4" />Heri wale wanaokaa nyumbani mwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaokusifu wewe daima.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.84.5" />Heri wale ambao nguvu zao ziko kwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na njia ziendazo Sayuni zimo mioyoni mwao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.84.6" />Wanapopita katika Bonde la Baka,<f caller="+"><fr>84:6
</fr><ft>Yaani Bonde la Vilio.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hulifanya mahali pa chemchemi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pia mvua za vuli hulijaza kwa madimbwi.<f caller="+"><fr>84:6
</fr><ft>Au: baraka.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.84.7" />Huendelea toka nguvu hadi nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi kila mmoja afikapo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele za Mungu huko Sayuni.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.84.8" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu Mwenye Nguvu Zote, sikia maombi yangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nisikilize, Ee Mungu wa Yakobo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.84.9" />Ee Mungu, uitazame ngao yetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtazame kwa wema mpakwa mafuta wako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.84.10" />Siku moja katika nyua zako ni bora
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko siku elfu mahali pengine;
</q>
<q style="q1">afadhali ningekuwa bawabu katika nyumba ya Mungu wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko kukaa katika mahema ya waovu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.84.11" />Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni jua na ngao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> hutoa wema na heshima;
</q>
<q style="q1">hakuna kitu chema anachowanyima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale ambao hawana hatia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.84.12" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">heri ni mtu yule anayekutumaini wewe.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="85" />
<cl>Zaburi 85
</cl><s style="s1">Maombi Kwa Ajili Ya Ustawi Wa Taifa
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Zaburi ya wana wa Kora.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.85.1" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ulionyesha wema kwa nchi yako.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ulimrejeshea Yakobo baraka zake.<f caller="+"><fr>85:1
</fr><ft>Au: Uliwarudisha mateka wa Yakobo.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.85.2" />Ulisamehe uovu wa watu wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufunika dhambi zao zote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.85.3" />Uliweka kando ghadhabu yako yote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na umegeuka na kuiacha hasira yako kali.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.85.4" />Ee Mungu Mwokozi wetu, uturejeshe tena,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe uiondoe chuki yako juu yetu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.85.5" />Je, utatukasirikia milele?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Utaendeleza hasira yako kwa vizazi vyote?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.85.6" />Je, hutatuhuisha tena,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili watu wako wakufurahie?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.85.7" />Utuonyeshe upendo wako usiokoma, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utupe wokovu wako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.85.8" />Nitasikiliza lile atakalosema Mungu aliye
<nd>Bwana</nd>;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anaahidi amani kwa watu wake, watakatifu wake:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini nao wasirudie upumbavu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.85.9" />Hakika wokovu wake uko karibu na wale wamchao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili utukufu wake udumu katika nchi yetu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.85.10" />Upendo na uaminifu hukutana pamoja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haki na amani hubusiana.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.85.11" />Uaminifu huchipua kutoka nchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haki hutazama chini kutoka mbinguni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.85.12" />Naam, hakika
<nd>Bwana</nd> atatoa kilicho chema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo nchi yetu itazaa mavuno yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.85.13" />Haki itatangulia mbele yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutengeneza njia kwa ajili ya hatua zake.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="86" />
<cl>Zaburi 86
</cl><s style="s1">Kuomba Msaada
</s>
<d style="d">Maombi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.86.1" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, sikia na unijibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana mimi ni maskini na mhitaji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.86.2" />Linda maisha yangu, kwa maana nimejiweka kwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe ni Mungu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwokoe mtumishi wako anayekutumaini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.86.3" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nihurumie mimi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana ninakuita mchana kutwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.86.4" />Mpe mtumishi wako furaha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa kwako wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninainua nafsi yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.86.5" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wewe ni mwema na mwenye kusamehe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umejaa upendo kwa wote wakuitao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.86.6" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, sikia maombi yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikiliza kilio changu unihurumie.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.86.7" />Katika siku ya shida yangu nitakuita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana wewe utanijibu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.86.8" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, katikati ya miungu hakuna kama wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna matendo ya kulinganishwa na yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.86.9" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mataifa yote uliyoyafanya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yatakuja na kuabudu mbele zako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataliletea utukufu jina lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.86.10" />Kwa maana wewe ni mkuu, na unafanya mambo ya ajabu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe peke yako ndiwe Mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.86.11" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nifundishe njia yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitakwenda katika kweli yako;
</q>
<q style="q1">nipe moyo usiositasita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili niweze kulicha jina lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.86.12" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> wangu, nitakusifu kwa moyo wote;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitaliadhimisha jina lako milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.86.13" />Kwa maana upendo wako ni mkuu kwangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umeniokoa kutoka kwenye vilindi vya kaburi.<f caller="+"><fr>86:13
</fr><ft>Yaani Kuzimu.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.86.14" />Ee Mungu, wenye majivuno wananishambulia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kundi la watu wakatili linatafuta uhai wangu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wasiokuheshimu wewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.86.15" />Lakini wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ni Mungu wa huruma na neema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">si mwepesi wa hasira, bali ni mwingi wa upendo na uaminifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.86.16" />Nigeukie na unihurumie;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpe mtumishi wako nguvu zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwokoe mwana wa mtumishi wako wa kike.<f caller="+"><fr>86:16
</fr><ft>Au: mwokoe mwanao mwaminifu.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.86.17" />Nipe ishara ya wema wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili adui zangu waione nao waaibishwe,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umenisaidia na kunifariji.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="87" />
<cl>Zaburi 87
</cl><s style="s1">Sifa Za Yerusalemu
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi ya wana wa Kora. Wimbo.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.87.1" />Ameuweka msingi wake katika mlima mtakatifu;
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.87.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> anayapenda malango ya Sayuni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko makao yote ya Yakobo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.87.3" />Mambo matukufu yanasemwa juu yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ee mji wa Mungu:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.87.4" />“Nitaweka kumbukumbu ya Rahabu<f caller="+"><fr>87:4
</fr><ft>Rahabu hapa ni jina la ushairi la Misri.</ft></f> na Babeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miongoni mwa wale wanaonikubali mimi:
</q>
<q style="q1">Ufilisti pia na Tiro, pamoja na Kushi,<f caller="+"><fr>87:4
</fr><ft>Kushi hapa ina maana ya Naili ya juu, yaani Ethiopia.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitasema, ‘Huyu alizaliwa Sayuni.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.87.5" />Kuhusu Sayuni itasemwa hivi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Huyu na yule walizaliwa humo,
</q>
<q style="q1">naye Aliye Juu Sana mwenyewe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atamwimarisha.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.87.6" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ataandika katika orodha ya mataifa:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Huyu alizaliwa Sayuni.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.87.7" />Watakapokuwa wanapiga vinanda wataimba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Chemchemi zangu zote ziko kwako.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="88" />
<cl>Zaburi 88
</cl><s style="s1">Kilio Kwa Ajili Ya Kuomba Msaada
</s>
<d style="d">Wimbo. Zaburi ya wana wa Kora. Kwa mwimbishaji. Mtindo wa mahalathi leanothi. Utenzi wa Hemani Mwezrahi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.88.1" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu uniokoaye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimelia mbele zako usiku na mchana.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.88.2" />Maombi yangu yafike mbele zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utegee kilio changu sikio lako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.88.3" />Kwa maana nafsi yangu imejaa taabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na maisha yangu yanakaribia kaburi.<f caller="+"><fr>88:3
</fr><ft>Kaburi hapa maana yake ni Kuzimu, kwa Kiebrania ni Sheol.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.88.4" />Nimehesabiwa miongoni mwa wale waendao shimoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niko kama mtu asiye na nguvu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.88.5" />Nimetengwa pamoja na wafu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama waliochinjwa walalao kaburini,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambao huwakumbuki tena,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao wamekatiliwa mbali na uangalizi wako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.88.6" />Umenitupa katika shimo lenye kina kirefu sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika vina vya giza nene.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.88.7" />Ghadhabu yako imekuwa nzito juu yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umenigharikisha kwa mawimbi yako yote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.88.8" />Umenitenga na rafiki zangu wa karibu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunifanya chukizo kwao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nimezuiliwa, wala siwezi kutoroka;
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.88.9" />nuru ya macho yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">imefifia kwa ajili ya huzuni.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ninakuita kila siku,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninakunyooshea wewe mikono yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.88.10" />Je, wewe huwaonyesha wafu maajabu yako?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, wale waliokufa huinuka na kukusifu?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.88.11" />Je, upendo wako hutangazwa kaburini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uaminifu wako katika Uharibifu?<f caller="+"><fr>88:11
</fr><ft>Yaani
</ft><fqa>Abadon</fqa><ft>.
</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.88.12" />Je, maajabu yako hujulikana mahali pa giza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au matendo yako ya haki katika nchi ya usahaulifu?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.88.13" />Lakini ninakulilia wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, unisaidie;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asubuhi maombi yangu huja mbele zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.88.14" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa nini unanikataa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunificha uso wako?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.88.15" />Tangu ujana wangu nimeteseka, nikakaribia kifo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimepatwa na hofu zako, nami nimekata tamaa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.88.16" />Ghadhabu yako imepita juu yangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hofu zako zimeniangamiza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.88.17" />Mchana kutwa zinanizunguka kama mafuriko;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zimenimeza kabisa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.88.18" />Umeniondolea marafiki na wapendwa wangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">giza limekuwa ndilo rafiki yangu wa karibu kuliko wote.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="89" />
<cl>Zaburi 89
</cl><s style="s1">Wimbo Wakati Wa Taabu Ya Kitaifa
</s>
<d style="d">Utenzi wa Ethani Mwezrahi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.89.1" />Nitaimba juu ya upendo mkuu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> milele;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kinywa changu nitajulisha uaminifu wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ujulikane kwa vizazi vyote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.89.2" />Nitatangaza kuwa upendo wako unasimama imara milele
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uaminifu wako umeuthibitisha mbinguni.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.89.3" />Ulisema, “Nimefanya agano na mteule wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimemwapia mtumishi wangu Daudi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.89.4" />‘Nitaimarisha uzao wako milele
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kudumisha ufalme wako kwa vizazi vyote.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.89.5" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mbingu zinayasifu maajabu yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uaminifu wako pia katika kusanyiko la watakatifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.89.6" />Kwa kuwa ni nani katika mbingu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anayeweza kulinganishwa na
<nd>Bwana</nd>?
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni nani miongoni mwa viumbe vya mbinguni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliye kama
<nd>Bwana</nd>?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.89.7" />Katika kusanyiko la watakatifu, Mungu huogopwa sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anahofiwa kuliko wote wanaomzunguka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.89.8" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni nani aliye kama wewe?
</q>
<q style="q1">Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wewe ni mwenye nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uaminifu wako unakuzunguka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.89.9" />Wewe unatawala bahari yenye msukosuko;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati mawimbi yake yanapoinuka, wewe unayatuliza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.89.10" />Wewe ulimponda Rahabu<f caller="+"><fr>89:10
</fr><ft>Rahabu hapa ina maana jina la Misri kwa fumbo, yaani mwenye majivuno (lakini sio Rahabu wa Yos 2).</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mmojawapo wa waliochinjwa;
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa mkono wako wenye nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uliwatawanya adui zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.89.11" />Mbingu ni zako, nayo nchi pia ni yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uliuwekea ulimwengu msingi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na vyote vilivyomo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.89.12" />Uliumba kaskazini na kusini;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Tabori na Hermoni wanaliimbia jina lako kwa furaha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.89.13" />Mkono wako umejaa uwezo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkono wako una nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkono wako wa kuume umetukuzwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.89.14" />Haki na hukumu ndio msingi wa kiti chako cha enzi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">upendo na uaminifu vinakutangulia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.89.15" />Heri ni wale ambao wamejifunza kukusifu kwa shangwe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaotembea katika mwanga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wa uwepo wako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.89.16" />Wanashangilia katika jina lako mchana kutwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanafurahi katika haki yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.89.17" />Kwa kuwa wewe ni utukufu na nguvu yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa wema wako unatukuza pembe<f caller="+"><fr>89:17
</fr><ft>Pembe inawakilisha nguvu.</ft></f> yetu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.89.18" />Naam, ngao yetu ni mali ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mfalme wetu mali ya Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.89.19" />Ulizungumza wakati fulani katika maono,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa watu wako waaminifu, ukasema:
</q>
<q style="q1">“Nimeweka nguvu kwa shujaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimemwinua kijana miongoni mwa watu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.89.20" />Nimemwona Daudi, mtumishi wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nimemtia mafuta yangu matakatifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.89.21" />Kitanga changu kitamtegemeza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakika mkono wangu utamtia nguvu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.89.22" />Hakuna adui atakayemtoza ushuru,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna mtu mwovu atakayemwonea.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PSA.89.23" />Nitawaponda adui zake mbele zake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaangamiza watesi wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PSA.89.24" />Upendo wangu mkamilifu utakuwa pamoja naye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa Jina langu pembe yake itatukuzwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PSA.89.25" />Nitauweka mkono wake juu ya bahari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkono wake wa kuume juu ya mito.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PSA.89.26" />Naye ataniita kwa sauti, ‘Wewe ni Baba yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu wangu, Mwamba na Mwokozi wangu.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PSA.89.27" />Nitamteua pia awe mzaliwa wangu wa kwanza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliyetukuka kuliko wafalme wote wa dunia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PSA.89.28" />Nitadumisha upendo wangu kwake milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na agano langu naye litakuwa imara.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PSA.89.29" />Nitaudumisha uzao wake milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kiti chake cha enzi kama mbingu zinavyodumu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="PSA.89.30" />“Kama wanae wataacha amri yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wasifuate sheria zangu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="PSA.89.31" />kama wakihalifu maagizo yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutoshika amri zangu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="PSA.89.32" />nitaadhibu dhambi yao kwa fimbo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uovu wao kwa kuwapiga,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="PSA.89.33" />lakini sitauondoa upendo wangu kwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala sitausaliti uaminifu wangu kamwe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="PSA.89.34" />Mimi sitavunja agano langu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala sitabadili lile ambalo midomo yangu imelitamka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="PSA.89.35" />Mara moja na kwa milele, nimeapa kwa utakatifu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami sitamdanganya Daudi:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="36" bcv="PSA.89.36" />kwamba uzao wake utaendelea milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kiti chake cha enzi kitadumu mbele zangu kama jua;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="37" bcv="PSA.89.37" />kitaimarishwa milele kama mwezi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">shahidi mwaminifu angani.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="38" bcv="PSA.89.38" />Lakini wewe umemkataa, umemdharau,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umemkasirikia sana mpakwa mafuta wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="39" bcv="PSA.89.39" />Umelikana agano lako na mtumishi wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na umeinajisi taji yake mavumbini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="40" bcv="PSA.89.40" />Umebomoa kuta zake zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ngome zake zote umezifanya kuwa magofu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="41" bcv="PSA.89.41" />Wote wapitao karibu wamemnyangʼanya mali zake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amekuwa dharau kwa jirani zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="42" bcv="PSA.89.42" />Umeutukuza mkono wa kuume wa adui zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umewafanya watesi wake wote washangilie.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="43" bcv="PSA.89.43" />Umegeuza makali ya upanga wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hukumpa msaada katika vita.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="44" bcv="PSA.89.44" />Umeikomesha fahari yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukiangusha kiti chake cha enzi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="45" bcv="PSA.89.45" />Umezifupisha siku za ujana wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umemfunika kwa vazi la aibu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="46" bcv="PSA.89.46" />Hata lini, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>? Utajificha milele?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ghadhabu yako itawaka kama moto hata lini?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="47" bcv="PSA.89.47" />Kumbuka jinsi maisha yangu yanavyopita haraka.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni kwa ubatili kiasi gani umemuumba mwanadamu!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="48" bcv="PSA.89.48" />Ni mtu gani awezaye kuishi na asione kifo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kujiokoa mwenyewe kutoka nguvu za kaburi?<f caller="+"><fr>89:48
</fr><ft>Kaburi hapa maana yake ni Kuzimu, kwa Kiebrania ni Sheol.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="49" bcv="PSA.89.49" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, uko wapi upendo wako mkuu wa mwanzoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao katika uaminifu wako ulimwapia Daudi?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="50" bcv="PSA.89.50" />Bwana kumbuka jinsi mtumishi wako amesimangwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jinsi ninavyovumilia moyoni mwangu dhihaka za mataifa yote,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="51" bcv="PSA.89.51" />dhihaka ambazo kwazo adui zako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamenisimanga, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambazo kwazo wamesimanga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila hatua ya mpakwa mafuta wako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="52" bcv="PSA.89.52" />Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd> milele!
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="qc" style="qc">Amen na Amen.
</p>

<c id="90" />
<p sfm="ms" style="ms1">KITABU CHA NNE
</p>
<p sfm="mr" style="mr">(Zaburi 90–106)
</p>
<cl>Zaburi 90
</cl><s style="s1">Umilele Wa Mungu Na Udhaifu Wa Mwanadamu
</s>
<d style="d">Maombi ya Mose, mtu wa Mungu.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.90.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd>, wewe umekuwa makao yetu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika vizazi vyote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.90.2" />Kabla ya kuzaliwa milima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au hujaumba dunia na ulimwengu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe ni Mungu tangu milele hata milele.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.90.3" />Huwarudisha watu mavumbini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukisema, “Rudini mavumbini, enyi wanadamu.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.90.4" />Kwa maana kwako miaka elfu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni kama siku moja iliyokwisha pita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kama kesha la usiku.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.90.5" />Unawatowesha wanadamu katika usingizi wa kifo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao ni kama majani machanga ya asubuhi:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.90.6" />ingawa asubuhi yanachipua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ifikapo jioni huwa yamenyauka na kukauka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.90.7" />Tumeangamizwa kwa hasira yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na tumetishwa kwa ghadhabu yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.90.8" />Umeyaweka maovu yetu mbele yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhambi zetu za siri katika nuru ya uwepo wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.90.9" />Tumeishi siku zetu zote chini ya ghadhabu yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tunamaliza miaka yetu kwa kuomboleza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.90.10" />Siku zetu za kuishi ni miaka sabini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au miaka themanini ikiwa tuna nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini yote ni ya shida na taabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo zapita haraka, nasi twatoweka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.90.11" />Ni nani ajuaye nguvu za hasira yako?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa maana ghadhabu yako ni kubwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama hofu tunayopaswa kuwa nayo kwako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.90.12" />Tufundishe kuzihesabu siku zetu vizuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili tujipatie moyo wa hekima.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.90.13" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, uwe na huruma! Utakawia hata lini?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wahurumie watumishi wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.90.14" />Tushibishe asubuhi kwa upendo wako usiokoma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili tuweze kuimba kwa shangwe na kufurahi siku zetu zote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.90.15" />Utufurahishe kulingana na siku ulizotuadhibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kulingana na miaka tuliyotaabika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.90.16" />Matendo yako na yaonekane kwa watumishi wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utukufu wako kwa watoto wao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.90.17" />Wema wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu uwe juu yetu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uzithibitishe kazi za mikono yetu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, uzithibitishe kazi za mikono yetu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="91" />
<cl>Zaburi 91
</cl><s style="s1">Mungu Mlinzi Wetu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.91.1" />Yeye akaaye mahali pa salama pake Yeye Aliye Juu Sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atadumu katika uvuli wake Mwenyezi.<f caller="+"><fr>91:1
</fr><ft>Mwenyezi hapa ina maana ya Shaddai kwa Kiebrania.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.91.2" />Nitasema kumhusu
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Yeye ndiye kimbilio langu na ngome yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu wangu, ambaye ninamtumaini.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.91.3" />Hakika yeye ataniokoa na mtego wa mwindaji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na maradhi ya kuambukiza ya kuua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.91.4" />Atakufunika kwa manyoya yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">chini ya mbawa zake utapata kimbilio,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uaminifu wake utakuwa ngao na kinga yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.91.5" />Hutaogopa vitisho vya usiku,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala mshale urukao mchana,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.91.6" />wala maradhi ya kuambukiza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yanayonyemelea gizani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala tauni iharibuyo adhuhuri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.91.7" />Ijapo watu elfu wataangukia kando yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kumi elfu mkono wako wa kuume,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini haitakukaribia wewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.91.8" />Utatazama tu kwa macho yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuona adhabu ya waovu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.91.9" />Kama ukimfanya Aliye Juu Sana kuwa makao yako:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam,
<nd>Bwana</nd> ambaye ni kimbilio langu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.91.10" />basi hakuna madhara yatakayokupata wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna maafa yataikaribia hema yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.91.11" />Kwa kuwa atawaagiza malaika zake kwa ajili yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakulinde katika njia zako zote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.91.12" />Mikononi mwao watakuinua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili usijikwae mguu wako kwenye jiwe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.91.13" />Utawakanyaga simba na nyoka wakali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">simba mkubwa na nyoka utawaponda kwa miguu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.91.14" /><nd>Bwana</nd> asema, “Kwa kuwa ananipenda, nitamwokoa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitamlinda, kwa kuwa analikiri Jina langu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.91.15" />Ataniita, nami nitamjibu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakuwa pamoja naye katika taabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitamwokoa na kumheshimu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.91.16" />Kwa siku nyingi nitamshibisha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumwonyesha wokovu wangu.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="92" />
<cl>Zaburi 92
</cl><s style="s1">Wimbo Wa Kumsifu Mungu
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi. Wimbo wa siku ya Sabato.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.92.1" />Ni vyema kumshukuru
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuliimbia jina lako, Ee Uliye Juu Sana,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.92.2" />kuutangaza upendo wako asubuhi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uaminifu wako wakati wa usiku,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.92.3" />kwa zeze yenye nyuzi kumi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa sauti ya kinubi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.92.4" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa kuwa matendo yako yamenifurahisha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitaziimba kwa shangwe kazi za mikono yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.92.5" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, tazama jinsi yalivyo makuu matendo yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tazama jinsi yalivyo ya kina mawazo yako!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.92.6" />Mjinga hafahamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpumbavu haelewi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.92.7" />ingawa waovu huchipua kama majani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wote watendao mabaya wanastawi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataangamizwa milele.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.92.8" />Bali wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utatukuzwa milele.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.92.9" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, hakika adui zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakika adui zako wataangamia.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wote watendao mabaya watatawanyika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.92.10" />Umeitukuza pembe<f caller="+"><fr>92:10
</fr><ft>Pembe inawakilisha nguvu.</ft></f> yangu kama ile ya nyati dume,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mafuta mazuri yamemiminwa juu yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.92.11" />Macho yangu yamewaona adui zangu wakishindwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">masikio yangu yamesikia maangamizi ya adui zangu waovu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.92.12" />Wenye haki watastawi kama mtende,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watakuwa kama mwerezi wa Lebanoni,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.92.13" />waliopandwa katika nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watastawi katika nyua za Mungu wetu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.92.14" />Wakati wa uzee watakuwa bado wanazaa matunda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watakuwa wabichi tena wamejaa nguvu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.92.15" />wakitangaza, “<nd>Bwana</nd> ni mkamilifu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ni Mwamba wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ndani yake hamna uovu.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="93" />
<cl>Zaburi 93
</cl><s style="s1">Mungu Mfalme
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.93.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> anatawala, amejivika utukufu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> amejivika utukufu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tena amejivika nguvu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Dunia imewekwa imara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haitaondoshwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.93.2" />Kiti chako cha enzi kimekuwa thabiti tangu zamani;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe umekuwako tangu milele.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.93.3" />Bahari zimeinua, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bahari zimeinua sauti zake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bahari zimeinua sauti za mawimbi yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.93.4" />Yeye ni mkuu kuliko ngurumo ya maji makuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni mkuu kuliko mawimbi ya bahari:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> aishiye juu sana ni mkuu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.93.5" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, sheria zako ni imara;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utakatifu umepamba nyumba yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pasipo mwisho.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="94" />
<cl>Zaburi 94
</cl><s style="s1">Mungu Mlipiza Kisasi Kwa Ajili Ya Wenye Haki
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.94.1" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ulipizaye kisasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee Mungu ulipizaye kisasi, uangaze sasa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.94.2" />Ee Mhukumu wa dunia, inuka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uwalipize wenye kiburi kama wanavyostahili.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.94.3" />Hata lini, waovu, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata lini waovu watashangilia?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.94.4" />Wanamimina maneno ya kiburi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watenda mabaya wote wamejaa majivuno.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.94.5" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wanawaponda watu wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanawaonea urithi wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.94.6" />Wanamchinja mjane na mgeni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaua yatima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.94.7" />Nao husema, “<nd>Bwana</nd> haoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu wa Yakobo hafahamu.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.94.8" />Sikizeni, enyi wajinga miongoni mwa watu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">enyi wapumbavu, lini mtakuwa na hekima?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.94.9" />Je, aliyeweka sikio asisikie?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Aliyeumba jicho asione?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.94.10" />Je, anayeadhibisha mataifa asiadhibu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, awafundishaye wanadamu asiwe na maarifa?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.94.11" /><nd>Bwana</nd> anajua mawazo ya mwanadamu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anajua kwamba ni ubatili.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.94.12" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, heri mtu anayeadhibishwa na wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtu unayemfundisha kwa sheria yako,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.94.13" />unampa utulivu siku za shida,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpaka shimo litakapokuwa limechimbwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya mwovu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.94.14" />Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> hatawakataa watu wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hatauacha urithi wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.94.15" />Hukumu itasimamishwa tena kwenye haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote walio na mioyo minyofu wataifuata.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.94.16" />Ni nani atakayeinuka dhidi ya mwovu kwa ajili yangu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani atakayenikinga dhidi ya watenda maovu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.94.17" />Kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> asingelinisaidia upesi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ningelikuwa ninaishi katika ukimya wa kifo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.94.18" />Niliposema, “Mguu wangu unateleza,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, upendo wako ulinishikilia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.94.19" />Wakati wasiwasi ulipokuwa mwingi ndani yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">faraja yako ilinipa furaha nafsini mwangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.94.20" />Je, kiti cha utawala wa udhalimu kitajiunga nawe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ule utawala uletao taabu kutokana na sheria zake?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.94.21" />Huungana kuwashambulia wenye haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwahukumu kufa wasio na hatia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.94.22" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> amekuwa ngome yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Mungu wangu amekuwa mwamba ninaoukimbilia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PSA.94.23" />Yeye atawalipa kwa ajili ya dhambi zao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na atawaangamiza kwa ajili ya maovu yao;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu atawaangamiza.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="95" />
<cl>Zaburi 95
</cl><s style="s1">Wimbo Wa Kumsifu Mungu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.95.1" />Njooni, tumwimbie
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa furaha;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tumfanyie kelele za shangwe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mwamba wa wokovu wetu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.95.2" />Tuje mbele zake kwa shukrani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tumtukuze kwa vinanda na nyimbo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.95.3" />Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni Mungu mkuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mfalme mkuu juu ya miungu yote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.95.4" />Mkononi mwake mna vilindi vya dunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vilele vya milima ni mali yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.95.5" />Bahari ni yake, kwani ndiye aliifanya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mikono yake iliumba nchi kavu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.95.6" />Njooni, tusujudu, tumwabudu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tupige magoti mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Muumba wetu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.95.7" />kwa maana yeye ndiye Mungu wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na sisi ni watu wa malisho yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kondoo chini ya utunzaji wake.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Kama mkiisikia sauti yake leo,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.95.8" />msiifanye mioyo yenu migumu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mlivyofanya kule Meriba,<f caller="+"><fr>95:8
</fr><ft>Meriba maana yake ni Kugombana.</ft></f>
</q>
<q style="q1">kama mlivyofanya siku ile
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kule Masa<f caller="+"><fr>95:8
</fr><ft>Masa maana yake ni Kujaribiwa.</ft></f> jangwani,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.95.9" />ambapo baba zenu walinijaribu na kunipima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ingawa walikuwa wameyaona matendo yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.95.10" />Kwa miaka arobaini nilikasirikia kizazi kile,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikasema, “Hawa ni taifa ambalo mioyo yao imepotoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao hawajazijua njia zangu.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.95.11" />Hivyo nikatangaza kwa kiapo katika hasira yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Kamwe hawataingia rahani mwangu.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="96" />
<cl>Zaburi 96
</cl><s style="s1">Mungu Mfalme Mkuu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Nyakati 16:23-33)
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.96.1" />Mwimbieni
<nd>Bwana</nd> wimbo mpya;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwimbieni
<nd>Bwana</nd> dunia yote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.96.2" />Mwimbieni
<nd>Bwana</nd>, lisifuni jina lake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tangazeni wokovu wake siku baada ya siku.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.96.3" />Tangazeni utukufu wake katikati ya mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">matendo yake ya ajabu miongoni mwa mataifa yote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.96.4" />Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni mkuu mwenye kustahili kusifiwa kuliko wote;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ni wa kuogopwa kuliko miungu yote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.96.5" />Kwa maana miungu yote ya mataifa ni sanamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliziumba mbingu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.96.6" />Fahari na enzi viko mbele yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nguvu na utukufu vimo patakatifu pake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.96.7" />Mpeni
<nd>Bwana</nd>, enyi jamaa za mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpeni
<nd>Bwana</nd> utukufu na nguvu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.96.8" />Mpeni
<nd>Bwana</nd> utukufu unaostahili jina lake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">leteni sadaka na mje katika nyua zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.96.9" />Mwabuduni
<nd>Bwana</nd> katika uzuri wa utakatifu wake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dunia yote na itetemeke mbele zake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.96.10" />Katikati ya mataifa semeni, “<nd>Bwana</nd> anatawala.”
</q>
<q style="q1">Ulimwengu ameuweka imara, hauwezi kusogezwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atawahukumu watu kwa uadilifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.96.11" />Mbingu na zishangilie, nchi na ifurahi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bahari na ivume, na vyote vilivyomo ndani yake;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.96.12" />mashamba na yashangilie,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na vyote vilivyomo ndani yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kisha miti yote ya msituni itaimba kwa furaha;
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.96.13" />itaimba mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa maana anakuja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anakuja kuihukumu dunia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ataihukumu dunia kwa haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mataifa katika kweli yake.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="97" />
<cl>Zaburi 97
</cl><s style="s1">Mungu Mtawala Mkuu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.97.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> anatawala, nchi na ifurahi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">visiwa vyote vishangilie.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.97.2" />Mawingu na giza nene vinamzunguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haki na hukumu ndio msingi wa kiti chake cha enzi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.97.3" />Moto hutangulia mbele zake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na huteketeza adui zake pande zote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.97.4" />Umeme wake wa radi humulika dunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nchi huona na kutetemeka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.97.5" />Milima huyeyuka kama nta mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele za Bwana wa dunia yote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.97.6" />Mbingu zinatangaza haki yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mataifa yote huona utukufu wake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.97.7" />Wote waabuduo sanamu waaibishwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wajisifiao sanamu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwabuduni yeye, enyi miungu yote!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.97.8" />Sayuni husikia na kushangilia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vijiji vya Yuda vinafurahi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya hukumu zako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.97.9" />Kwa kuwa wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ndiwe Uliye Juu Sana kuliko dunia yote;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umetukuka sana juu ya miungu yote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.97.10" />Wale wanaompenda
<nd>Bwana</nd> na wauchukie uovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana yeye hulinda maisha ya waaminifu wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaokoa kutoka mkononi mwa mwovu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.97.11" />Nuru huangaza wenye haki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na furaha kwa watu wanyofu wa moyo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.97.12" />Furahini katika
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ninyi mlio wenye haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lisifuni jina lake takatifu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="98" />
<cl>Zaburi 98
</cl><s style="s1">Mungu Mtawala Wa Dunia
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.98.1" />Mwimbieni
<nd>Bwana</nd> wimbo mpya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana ametenda mambo ya ajabu;
</q>
<q style="q1">kitanga chake cha kuume na mkono wake mtakatifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umemfanyia wokovu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.98.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ameufanya wokovu wake ujulikane
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na amedhihirisha haki yake kwa mataifa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.98.3" />Ameukumbuka upendo wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uaminifu wake kwa nyumba ya Israeli;
</q>
<q style="q1">miisho yote ya dunia imeuona
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wokovu wa Mungu wetu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.98.4" />Mpigieni
<nd>Bwana</nd> kelele za shangwe, dunia yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ipaze sauti kwa nyimbo za shangwe na vinanda;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.98.5" />mwimbieni
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa kinubi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kinubi na sauti za kuimba,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.98.6" />kwa tarumbeta na mvumo wa baragumu za pembe za kondoo dume:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">shangilieni kwa furaha mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, aliye Mfalme.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.98.7" />Bahari na ivume na kila kiliomo ndani yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dunia na wote wakaao ndani yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.98.8" />Mito na ipige makofi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">milima na iimbe pamoja kwa furaha,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.98.9" />vyote na viimbe mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana yuaja kuhukumu dunia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Atahukumu dunia kwa haki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mataifa kwa haki.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="99" />
<cl>Zaburi 99
</cl><s style="s1">Mungu Mfalme Mkuu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.99.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> anatawala,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mataifa na yatetemeke;
</q>
<q style="q1">anakalia kiti cha enzi katikati ya makerubi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dunia na itikisike.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.99.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ni mkuu katika Sayuni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ametukuzwa juu ya mataifa yote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.99.3" />Wanalisifu jina lako ambalo ni kuu na la kuogopwa:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ni mtakatifu!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.99.4" />Mfalme ni mwenye nguvu na hupenda haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe umethibitisha adili;
</q>
<q style="q1">katika Yakobo umefanya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yaliyo haki na sawa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.99.5" />Mtukuzeni
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mkaabudu katika mahali pa kuwekea miguu yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ni mtakatifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.99.6" />Mose na Aroni walikuwa miongoni mwa makuhani wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Samweli alikuwa miongoni mwa walioliitia jina lake;
</q>
<q style="q1">walimwita
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye aliwajibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.99.7" />Alizungumza nao kutoka nguzo ya wingu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walizishika sheria zake na amri alizowapa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.99.8" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndiwe uliyewajibu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa Israeli ulikuwa Mungu mwenye kusamehe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ingawa uliadhibu matendo yao mabaya.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.99.9" />Mtukuzeni
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwabuduni kwenye mlima wake mtakatifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu ni mtakatifu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="100" />
<cl>Zaburi 100
</cl><s style="s1">Dunia Yote Yaitwa Kumsifu Mungu
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi ya shukrani.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.100.1" />Mpigieni
<nd>Bwana</nd> kelele za shangwe, dunia yote.
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.100.2" />Mwabuduni
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa furaha;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">njooni mbele zake kwa nyimbo za shangwe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.100.3" />Jueni kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndiye Mungu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yeye ndiye alituumba, sisi tu mali yake;
</q>
<q style="q1">sisi tu watu wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kondoo wa malisho yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.100.4" />Ingieni malangoni mwake kwa shukrani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na katika nyua zake kwa kusifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mshukuruni yeye na kulisifu jina lake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.100.5" />Kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni mwema
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na upendo wake wadumu milele;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uaminifu wake unadumu kwa vizazi vyote.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="101" />
<cl>Zaburi 101
</cl><s style="s1">Ahadi Ya Kuishi Kwa Uadilifu Na Kwa Haki
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.101.1" />Nitaimba juu ya upendo wako na haki yako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwako wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nitaimba sifa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.101.2" />Nitazingatia kuishi maisha yasiyo na lawama:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utakuja kwangu lini?
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Nitatembea nyumbani mwangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa moyo usio na lawama.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.101.3" />Sitaweka mbele ya macho yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kitu kiovu.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Ninayachukia matendo ya watu wasio na imani;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawatashikamana nami.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.101.4" />Moyo wa ukaidi utakuwa mbali nami;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitajitenga na kila ubaya.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.101.5" />Kila amsingiziaye jirani yake kwa siri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huyo nitamnyamazisha;
</q>
<q style="q1">mwenye macho ya dharau na moyo wa kiburi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huyo sitamvumilia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.101.6" />Macho yangu yatawaelekea waaminifu katika nchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili waweze kuishi pamoja nami;
</q>
<q style="q1">yeye ambaye moyo wake hauna lawama
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atanitumikia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.101.7" />Mdanganyifu hatakaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyumbani mwangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">yeye asemaye kwa uongo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hatasimama mbele yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.101.8" />Kila asubuhi nitawanyamazisha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waovu wote katika nchi;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitamkatilia mbali kila mtenda mabaya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka mji wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="102" />
<cl>Zaburi 102
</cl><s style="s1">Maombi Ya Mtu Mwenye Taabu
</s>
<d style="d">Maombi ya mtu aliyechoka. Anapoteseka na kumimina malalamiko yake kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.102.1" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, usikie maombi yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kilio changu cha kuomba msaada kikufikie.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.102.2" />Usinifiche uso wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninapokuwa katika shida.
</q>
<q style="q1">Unitegee sikio lako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninapoita, unijibu kwa upesi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.102.3" />Kwa kuwa siku zangu zinatoweka kama moshi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mifupa yangu inaungua kama kaa la moto.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.102.4" />Moyo wangu umefifia na kunyauka kama jani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninasahau kula chakula changu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.102.5" />Kwa sababu ya kusononeka kwangu kwa uchungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimebakia ngozi na mifupa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.102.6" />Nimekuwa kama bundi wa jangwani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama bundi kwenye magofu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.102.7" />Nilalapo sipati usingizi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimekuwa kama ndege mpweke
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye paa la nyumba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.102.8" />Mchana kutwa adui zangu hunidhihaki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wanaonizunguka hutumia jina langu kama laana.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.102.9" />Ninakula majivu kama chakula changu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nimechanganya kinywaji changu na machozi
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.102.10" />kwa sababu ya ghadhabu yako kuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana umeniinua na kunitupa kando.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.102.11" />Siku zangu ni kama kivuli cha jioni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninanyauka kama jani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.102.12" />Lakini wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, umeketi katika kiti chako cha enzi milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sifa zako za ukuu zaendelea vizazi vyote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.102.13" />Utainuka na kuihurumia Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana ni wakati wa kumwonyesha wema;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati uliokubalika umewadia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.102.14" />Kwa maana mawe yake ni ya thamani kwa watumishi wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vumbi lake lenyewe hulionea huruma.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.102.15" />Mataifa wataogopa jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wafalme wote wa dunia watauheshimu utukufu wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.102.16" />Kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> ataijenga tena Sayuni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutokea katika utukufu wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.102.17" />Ataitikia maombi ya mtu mkiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hatadharau hoja yao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.102.18" />Hili na liandikwe kwa ajili ya kizazi kijacho,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili taifa litakaloumbwa baadaye waweze kumsifu
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.102.19" />“<nd>Bwana</nd> alitazama chini kutoka patakatifu pake palipo juu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka mbinguni alitazama dunia,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.102.20" />kusikiliza vilio vya uchungu vya wafungwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaweka huru wale waliohukumiwa kufa.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.102.21" />Kwa hiyo jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> latangazwa huko Sayuni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na sifa zake katika Yerusalemu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.102.22" />wakati mataifa na falme zitakapokusanyika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kumwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PSA.102.23" />Katika kuishi kwangu alivunja nguvu zangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akafupisha siku zangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PSA.102.24" />Ndipo niliposema:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Ee Mungu wangu, usinichukue katikati ya siku zangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miaka yako inaendelea vizazi vyote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PSA.102.25" />Hapo mwanzo uliweka misingi ya dunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo mbingu ni kazi ya mikono yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PSA.102.26" />Hizi zitatoweka, lakini wewe utadumu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zote zitachakaa kama vazi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Utazibadilisha kama nguo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo zitaondoshwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PSA.102.27" />Lakini wewe, U yeye yule,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo miaka yako haikomi kamwe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PSA.102.28" />Watoto wa watumishi wako wataishi mbele zako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wazao wao wataimarishwa mbele zako.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="103" />
<cl>Zaburi 103
</cl><s style="s1">Upendo Wa Mungu
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.103.1" />Ee nafsi yangu, umhimidi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Vyote vilivyomo ndani yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vilihimidi jina lake takatifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.103.2" />Ee nafsi yangu, umhimidi
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala usisahau wema wake wote,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.103.3" />akusamehe dhambi zako zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akuponya magonjwa yako yote,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.103.4" />aukomboa uhai wako na kaburi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akuvika taji ya upendo na huruma,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.103.5" />atosheleza mahitaji yako kwa vitu vyema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili ujana wako uhuishwe kama wa tai.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.103.6" /><nd>Bwana</nd> hutenda haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye huwapa hukumu ya haki wote wanaoonewa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.103.7" />Alijulisha Mose njia zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wana wa Israeli matendo yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.103.8" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ni mwingi wa huruma na mwenye neema;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">si mwepesi wa hasira, bali amejaa upendo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.103.9" />Yeye hatalaumu siku zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala haweki hasira yake milele,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.103.10" />yeye hatutendei kulingana na dhambi zetu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hatupatilizi kwa kadiri ya maovu yetu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.103.11" />Kama vile mbingu zilivyo juu ya dunia sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo wema wake ulivyo mwingi kwa wanaomcha;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.103.12" />kama mashariki ilivyo mbali na magharibi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo Mungu alivyoziweka dhambi zetu mbali nasi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.103.13" />Kama baba alivyo na huruma kwa watoto wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> anavyowahurumia wale wanaomcha;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.103.14" />kwa kuwa anajua tulivyoumbwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anakumbuka kwamba sisi tu mavumbi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.103.15" />Kuhusu mwanadamu, siku zake ni kama majani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anachanua kama ua la shambani;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.103.16" />upepo huvuma juu yake nalo hutoweka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahali pake hapalikumbuki tena.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.103.17" />Lakini kutoka milele hata milele
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">upendo wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> uko kwa wale wamchao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo haki yake kwa watoto wa watoto wao:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.103.18" />kwa wale walishikao agano lake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukumbuka kuyatii mausia yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.103.19" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ameweka imara kiti chake cha enzi mbinguni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ufalme wake unatawala juu ya vyote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.103.20" />Mhimidini
<nd>Bwana</nd>, enyi malaika zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi mlio mashujaa mnaozitii amri zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi mnaotii neno lake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.103.21" />Mhimidini
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ninyi jeshi lake lote la mbinguni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi watumishi wake mnaofanya mapenzi yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.103.22" />Mhimidini
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kazi zake zote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila mahali katika milki yake.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Ee nafsi yangu, umhimidi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="104" />
<cl>Zaburi 104
</cl><s style="s1">Kumsifu Muumba
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.104.1" />Ee nafsi yangu, umhimidi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wangu, wewe ni mkuu sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umejivika utukufu na enzi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.104.2" />Amejifunika katika nuru kama vile kwa vazi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amezitandaza mbingu kama hema
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.104.3" />na kuziweka nguzo za orofa yake juu ya maji.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huyafanya mawingu kuwa gari lake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hupanda kwenye mbawa za upepo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.104.4" />Huzifanya pepo kuwa wajumbe<f caller="+"><fr>104:4
</fr><ft>Au: malaika.</ft></f> wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miali ya moto watumishi wake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.104.5" />Ameiweka dunia kwenye misingi yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haiwezi kamwe kuondoshwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.104.6" />Uliifunika kwa kilindi kama kwa vazi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maji yalisimama juu ya milima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.104.7" />Lakini kwa kukemea kwako maji yalikimbia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sauti ya radi yako yakatoroka,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.104.8" />yakapanda milima, yakateremka mabondeni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi mahali pale ulipoyakusudia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.104.9" />Uliyawekea mpaka ambao hayawezi kuuvuka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kamwe hayataifunika dunia tena.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.104.10" />Huzifanya chemchemi zimwage maji mabondeni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hutiririka kati ya milima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.104.11" />Huwapa maji wanyama wote wa kondeni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">punda-mwitu huzima kiu yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.104.12" />Ndege wa angani hufanya viota kando ya maji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huimba katikati ya matawi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.104.13" />Huinyeshea milima kutoka orofa zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dunia inatoshelezwa kwa matunda ya kazi yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.104.14" />Huyafanya majani ya mifugo yaote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mimea kwa watu kulima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wajipatie chakula kutoka ardhini:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.104.15" />divai ya kuufurahisha moyo wa mwanadamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mafuta kwa ajili ya kungʼarisha uso wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mkate wa kutia mwili nguvu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.104.16" />Miti ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> inanyeshewa vizuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mierezi ya Lebanoni aliyoipanda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.104.17" />Humo ndege hufanya viota vyao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">korongo ana nyumba yake kwenye msunobari.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.104.18" />Milima mirefu ni makao ya mbuzi-mwitu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">majabali ni kimbilio la pelele.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.104.19" />Mwezi hugawanya majira,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na jua hutambua wakati wake wa kutua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.104.20" />Unaleta giza, kunakuwa usiku,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanyama wote wa mwituni huzurura.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.104.21" />Simba hunguruma kwa mawindo yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutafuta chakula chao kutoka kwa Mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.104.22" />Jua huchomoza, nao huondoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hurudi na kulala katika mapango yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PSA.104.23" />Kisha mwanadamu huenda kazini mwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika kazi yake mpaka jioni.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PSA.104.24" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, jinsi matendo yako yalivyo mengi!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa hekima ulizifanya zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dunia imejaa viumbe vyako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PSA.104.25" />Pale kuna bahari, kubwa na yenye nafasi tele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">imejaa viumbe visivyo na idadi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vitu vyenye uhai vikubwa na vidogo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PSA.104.26" />Huko meli huenda na kurudi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pia Lewiathani,<f caller="+"><fr>104:26
</fr><ft>Lewiathani ni mnyama mkubwa wa baharini mwenye magamba anayefanana na joka kubwa, mwenye umbo la kutisha, asiyeweza kuvuliwa.</ft></f> uliyemuumba acheze ndani yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PSA.104.27" />Hawa wote wanakutazamia wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uwape chakula chao kwa wakati wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PSA.104.28" />Wakati unapowapa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanakikusanya,
</q>
<q style="q1">unapofumbua mkono wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wao wanashibishwa mema.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PSA.104.29" />Unapoficha uso wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanapata hofu,
</q>
<q style="q1">unapoondoa pumzi yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanakufa na kurudi mavumbini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="PSA.104.30" />Unapopeleka Roho wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaumbwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe huufanya upya uso wa dunia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="PSA.104.31" />Utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> na udumu milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> na azifurahie kazi zake:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="PSA.104.32" />yeye aitazamaye dunia, nayo ikatetemeka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aigusaye milima, nayo ikatoa moshi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="PSA.104.33" />Nitamwimbia
<nd>Bwana</nd> maisha yangu yote;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitaimba sifa kwa Mungu wangu muda wote ninaoishi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="PSA.104.34" />Kutafakari kwangu na kumpendeze yeye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninapofurahi katika
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="PSA.104.35" />Lakini wenye dhambi na watoweke katika dunia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na waovu wasiwepo tena.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Ee nafsi yangu, msifu
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>.<f caller="+"><fr>104:35
</fr><ft>Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa Kiebrania ni Hallelu Yah.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>

<c id="105" />
<cl>Zaburi 105
</cl><s style="s1">Uaminifu Wa Mungu Kwa Israeli
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(1 Nyakati 16:8-22)
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.105.1" />Mshukuruni
<nd>Bwana</nd>, liitieni jina lake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wajulisheni mataifa yale aliyoyatenda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.105.2" />Mwimbieni yeye, mwimbieni yeye sifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waambieni matendo yake yote ya ajabu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.105.3" />Lishangilieni jina lake takatifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mioyo ya wale wamtafutao
<nd>Bwana</nd> na ifurahi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.105.4" />Mtafuteni
<nd>Bwana</nd> na nguvu zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utafuteni uso wake siku zote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.105.5" />Kumbuka matendo ya ajabu aliyoyafanya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miujiza yake na hukumu alizozitamka,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.105.6" />enyi wazao wa Abrahamu mtumishi wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">enyi wana wa Yakobo, wateule wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.105.7" />Yeye ndiye
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hukumu zake zimo duniani pote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.105.8" />Hulikumbuka agano lake milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">neno ambalo aliamuru, kwa vizazi elfu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.105.9" />agano alilolifanya na Abrahamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kiapo alichomwapia Isaki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.105.10" />Alilithibitisha kwa Yakobo kuwa amri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa Israeli liwe agano la milele:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.105.11" />“Nitakupa wewe nchi ya Kanaani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa sehemu utakayoirithi.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.105.12" />Walipokuwa wachache kwa idadi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wachache sana na wageni ndani yake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.105.13" />walitangatanga kutoka taifa moja hadi jingine,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka ufalme mmoja hadi mwingine.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.105.14" />Hakuruhusu mtu yeyote awaonee;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili yao aliwakemea wafalme, akisema:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.105.15" />“Msiwaguse niliowatia mafuta;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msiwadhuru manabii wangu.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.105.16" />Akaiita njaa juu ya nchi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuharibu chakula chao chote,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.105.17" />naye akatuma mtu mbele yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yosefu, aliyeuzwa kama mtumwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.105.18" />Walichubua miguu yake kwa minyororo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">shingo yake ilifungwa kwa chuma,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.105.19" />hadi yale aliyotangulia kusema yalipotimia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilipomthibitisha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.105.20" />Mfalme alituma watu wakamfungua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtawala wa watu alimwachia huru.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.105.21" />Alimfanya mkuu wa nyumba yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtawala juu ya vyote alivyokuwa navyo,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.105.22" />kuwaelekeza wakuu wa mfalme apendavyo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwafundisha wazee wake hekima.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PSA.105.23" />Kisha Israeli akaingia Misri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yakobo akaishi kama mgeni katika nchi ya Hamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PSA.105.24" /><nd>Bwana</nd> aliwafanya watu wake kuzaana sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akawafanya kuwa wengi sana kuliko adui zao,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PSA.105.25" />ndiye aliigeuza mioyo yao iwachukie watu wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakatenda hila dhidi ya watumishi wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PSA.105.26" />Akamtuma Mose mtumishi wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na Aroni, aliyemchagua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PSA.105.27" />Walifanya ishara zake za ajabu miongoni mwao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miujiza yake katika nchi ya Hamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PSA.105.28" />Alituma giza na nchi ikajaa giza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwani si walikuwa wameyaasi maneno yake?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PSA.105.29" />Aligeuza maji yao kuwa damu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ikasababisha samaki wao kufa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="PSA.105.30" />Nchi yao ilijaa vyura tele, ambao waliingia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi kwenye vyumba vya kulala vya watawala wao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="PSA.105.31" />Alisema, yakaja makundi ya mainzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na viroboto katika nchi yao yote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="PSA.105.32" />Alibadilisha mvua yao ikawa mvua ya mawe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yenye umeme wa radi nchini yao yote,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="PSA.105.33" />akaharibu mizabibu yao na miti ya tini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na akaangamiza miti ya nchi yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="PSA.105.34" />Alisema, nzige wakaja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tunutu wasio na idadi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="PSA.105.35" />wakala kila jani katika nchi yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakala mazao ya ardhi yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="36" bcv="PSA.105.36" />Kisha akawaua wazaliwa wote wa kwanza katika nchi yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">matunda ya kwanza ya ujana wao wote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="37" bcv="PSA.105.37" />Akawatoa Israeli katika nchi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakiwa na fedha na dhahabu nyingi,
</q>
<q style="q1">wala hakuna hata mmoja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka kabila zao aliyejikwaa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="38" bcv="PSA.105.38" />Misri ilifurahi walipoondoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu hofu ya Israeli ilikuwa imewaangukia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="39" bcv="PSA.105.39" />Alitandaza wingu kama kifuniko,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na moto kuwamulikia usiku.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="40" bcv="PSA.105.40" />Waliomba, naye akawaletea kware,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akawashibisha kwa mkate wa mbinguni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="41" bcv="PSA.105.41" />Alipasua mwamba, maji yakabubujika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yakatiririka jangwani kama mto.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="42" bcv="PSA.105.42" />Kwa maana alikumbuka ahadi yake takatifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliyompa Abrahamu mtumishi wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="43" bcv="PSA.105.43" />Aliwatoa watu wake kwa furaha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wateule wake kwa kelele za shangwe,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="44" bcv="PSA.105.44" />akawapa nchi za mataifa, wakawa warithi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wa mali wengine walikuwa wameitaabikia:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="45" bcv="PSA.105.45" />alifanya haya ili wayashike mausia yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzitii sheria zake.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>.<f caller="+"><fr>105:45
</fr><ft>Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa Kiebrania ni Hallelu Yah.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>

<c id="106" />
<cl>Zaburi 106
</cl><s style="s1">Wema Wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Kwa Watu Wake
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.106.1" />Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Mshukuruni
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa kuwa ni mwema;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">upendo wake wadumu milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.106.2" />Ni nani awezaye kusimulia matendo makuu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kutangaza kikamilifu sifa zake?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.106.3" />Heri wale wanaodumisha haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao daima wanafanya yaliyo mema.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.106.4" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, unikumbuke unapowatendea mema watu wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uwe msaada wangu unapowaokoa,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.106.5" />ili niweze kufurahia mafanikio ya wateule wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niweze kushiriki katika furaha ya taifa lako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuungana na urithi wako katika kukusifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.106.6" />Tumetenda dhambi, kama vile baba zetu walivyotenda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tumekosa na tumetenda uovu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.106.7" />Wakati baba zetu walipokuwa Misri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawakuzingatia maajabu yako,
</q>
<q style="q1">wala hawakukumbuka wingi wa fadhili zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali waliasi kando ya bahari, Bahari ya Shamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.106.8" />Hata hivyo aliwaokoa kwa ajili ya jina lake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili apate kudhihirisha uweza wake mkuu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.106.9" />Alikemea Bahari ya Shamu, nayo ikakauka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akawaongoza katika vilindi vyake kama vile jangwani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.106.10" />Aliwaokoa mikononi mwa adui;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka mikononi mwa adui aliwakomboa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.106.11" />Maji yaliwafunika adui zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakunusurika hata mmoja.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.106.12" />Ndipo walipoamini ahadi zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wakaimba sifa zake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.106.13" />Lakini mara walisahau aliyowatendea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawakungojea shauri lake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.106.14" />Jangwani walitawaliwa na tamaa zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walimjaribu Mungu nyikani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.106.15" />Kwa hiyo aliwapa kile walichoomba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini akatuma juu yao ugonjwa wa kudhoofisha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.106.16" />Kambini walimwonea wivu Mose,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na pia Aroni aliyekuwa amewekwa wakfu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.106.17" />Ardhi ilifunguka ikawameza Dathani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ikawazika Abiramu na kundi lake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.106.18" />Moto uliwaka katikati ya wafuasi wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwali wa moto uliwateketeza waovu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.106.19" />Huko Horebu walitengeneza ndama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuabudu sanamu ya kusubu kwa chuma.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.106.20" />Waliubadilisha Utukufu wao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sanamu ya fahali, ambaye hula majani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.106.21" />Walimsahau Mungu aliyewaokoa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliyekuwa ametenda mambo makuu huko Misri,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.106.22" />miujiza katika nchi ya Hamu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mambo ya kutisha huko Bahari ya Shamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PSA.106.23" />Kwa hiyo alisema kwamba angewaangamiza:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama Mose mteule wake,
</q>
<q style="q1">asingesimama kati yao na Mungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuizuia ghadhabu yake kuwaangamiza.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PSA.106.24" />Kisha waliidharau ile nchi nzuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawakuiamini ahadi yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PSA.106.25" />Walinungʼunika ndani ya mahema yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawakumtii
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PSA.106.26" />Kwa hiyo akaapa kwa mkono ulioinuliwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba atawafanya waanguke jangwani,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PSA.106.27" />kuwatawanya wazao wao waanguke miongoni mwa mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwatawanya katika nchi zote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PSA.106.28" />Walijifunga nira na Baali wa Peori,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakala dhabihu zilizotolewa kwa miungu isiyo na uhai.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PSA.106.29" />Waliichochea hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakamkasirisha kwa matendo yao maovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo tauni ikazuka katikati yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="PSA.106.30" />Lakini Finehasi alisimama na kuingilia kati,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo tauni ikazuiliwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="PSA.106.31" />Hili likahesabiwa kwake haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa vizazi visivyo na mwisho vijavyo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="PSA.106.32" />Kwenye maji ya Meriba, walimkasirisha
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">janga likampata Mose kwa sababu yao;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="PSA.106.33" />kwa maana walimwasi Roho wa Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na maneno yasiyofaa yakatoka midomoni kwa Mose.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="PSA.106.34" />Hawakuyaangamiza yale mataifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyowaagiza,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="PSA.106.35" />bali walijichanganya na mataifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wakazikubali desturi zao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="36" bcv="PSA.106.36" />Waliabudu sanamu zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zikawa mtego kwao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="37" bcv="PSA.106.37" />Wakawatoa wana wao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na binti zao dhabihu kwa mashetani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="38" bcv="PSA.106.38" />Walimwaga damu isiyo na hatia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">damu za wana wao na binti zao,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambao waliwatoa dhabihu kwa sanamu za Kanaani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo nchi ikanajisika kwa damu zao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="39" bcv="PSA.106.39" />Wakajinajisi wenyewe kwa yale waliyotenda;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa matendo yao wenyewe wakajifanyia ukahaba.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="40" bcv="PSA.106.40" />Kwa hiyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akawakasirikia watu wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na akauchukia sana urithi wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="41" bcv="PSA.106.41" />Akawakabidhi kwa mataifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na adui zao wakawatawala.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="42" bcv="PSA.106.42" />Adui zao wakawaonea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwatia chini ya mamlaka yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="43" bcv="PSA.106.43" />Mara nyingi aliwaokoa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini walikuwa wamezama kwenye uasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wakajiharibu katika dhambi zao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="44" bcv="PSA.106.44" />Lakini akaangalia mateso yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati aliposikia kilio chao;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="45" bcv="PSA.106.45" />kwa ajili yao akakumbuka agano lake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutokana na upendo wake mkuu akapooza hasira yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="46" bcv="PSA.106.46" />Akawafanya wahurumiwe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wote waliowashikilia mateka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="47" bcv="PSA.106.47" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu, tuokoe.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Tukusanye tena kutoka kwa mataifa,
</q>
<q style="q1">ili tuweze kulishukuru jina lako takatifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kushangilia katika sifa zako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="48" bcv="PSA.106.48" />Atukuzwe
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tangu milele na hata milele.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watu wote na waseme, “Amen!”
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="107" />
<p sfm="ms" style="ms1">KITABU CHA TANO
</p>
<p sfm="mr" style="mr">(Zaburi 107–150)
</p>
<cl>Zaburi 107
</cl><s style="s1">Kumsifu Mungu Kwa Wema Wake
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.107.1" />Mshukuruni
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa kuwa yeye ni mwema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">upendo wake wadumu milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.107.2" />Waliokombolewa wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> na waseme hivi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale aliowaokoa kutoka mkono wa adui,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.107.3" />wale aliowakusanya kutoka nchi mbalimbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka mashariki na magharibi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka kaskazini na kusini.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.107.4" />Baadhi yao walitangatanga jangwani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawakuona njia ya kuwafikisha mji ambao wangeweza kuishi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.107.5" />Walikuwa na njaa na kiu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nafsi zao zikadhoofika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.107.6" />Ndipo walipomlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd> katika shida yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye akawaokoa kutoka taabu yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.107.7" />Akawaongoza kwa njia iliyo sawa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi mji ambao wangeweza kuishi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.107.8" />Basi na wamshukuru
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa upendo wake usiokoma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa matendo yake ya ajabu kwa wanadamu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.107.9" />kwa maana yeye humtosheleza mwenye kiu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumshibisha mwenye njaa kwa vitu vyema.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.107.10" />Wengine walikaa gizani na katika huzuni kuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wafungwa wakiteseka katika minyororo,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.107.11" />kwa sababu walikuwa wameasi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhidi ya maneno ya Mungu
</q>
<q style="q1">na kudharau shauri
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">la Aliye Juu Sana.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.107.12" />Aliwatumikisha kwa kazi ngumu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walijikwaa na hapakuwepo yeyote wa kuwasaidia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.107.13" />Ndipo walipomlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd> katika shida yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye akawaokoa kutoka taabu yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.107.14" />Akawatoa katika giza na huzuni kuu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na akavunja minyororo yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.107.15" />Basi na wamshukuru
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa upendo wake usiokoma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa matendo yake ya ajabu kwa wanadamu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.107.16" />kwa kuwa yeye huvunja malango ya shaba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukata mapingo ya chuma.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.107.17" />Wengine wakawa wapumbavu kutokana na uasi wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakapata mateso kwa sababu ya uovu wao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.107.18" />Wakachukia kabisa vyakula vyote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakakaribia malango ya mauti.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.107.19" />Ndipo walipomlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd> katika shida yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye akawaokoa kutoka taabu yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.107.20" />Akalituma neno lake na kuwaponya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akawaokoa kutoka maangamizo yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.107.21" />Basi na wamshukuru
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa upendo wake usiokoma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa matendo yake ya ajabu kwa wanadamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.107.22" />Na watoe dhabihu za kushukuru,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wasimulie matendo yake kwa nyimbo za furaha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PSA.107.23" />Wengine walisafiri baharini kwa meli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walikuwa wafanyabiashara kwenye maji makuu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PSA.107.24" />Waliziona kazi za
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">matendo yake ya ajabu kilindini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PSA.107.25" />Kwa maana alisema na kuamsha tufani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">iliyoinua mawimbi juu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PSA.107.26" />Yakainuka juu mbinguni, yakashuka chini hadi vilindini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika hatari hii ujasiri wao uliyeyuka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PSA.107.27" />Walipepesuka na kuyumbayumba kama walevi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ujanja wao ukafikia ukomo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PSA.107.28" />Ndipo walipomlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd> katika shida yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye akawatoa kwenye taabu yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PSA.107.29" />Akatuliza dhoruba kwa mnongʼono,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mawimbi ya bahari yakatulia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="PSA.107.30" />Walifurahi ilipokuwa shwari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye akawaongoza hadi bandari waliyoitamani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="PSA.107.31" />Basi na wamshukuru
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa upendo wake usiokoma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa matendo yake ya ajabu kwa wanadamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="PSA.107.32" />Na wamtukuze yeye katika kusanyiko la watu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wamsifu katika baraza la wazee.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="PSA.107.33" />Yeye aligeuza mito kuwa jangwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">chemchemi za maji zitiririkazo kuwa ardhi yenye kiu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="PSA.107.34" />nchi izaayo ikawa ya chumvi isiyofaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya uovu wa wale walioishi humo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="PSA.107.35" />Aligeuza jangwa likawa madimbwi ya maji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo ardhi kame kuwa chemchemi za maji zitiririkazo;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="36" bcv="PSA.107.36" />aliwaleta wenye njaa wakaishi humo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wakajenga mji wangeweza kuishi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="37" bcv="PSA.107.37" />Walilima mashamba na kupanda mizabibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo ikazaa matunda mengi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="38" bcv="PSA.107.38" />Mungu aliwabariki, hesabu yao ikaongezeka sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuruhusu mifugo yao kupungua.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="39" bcv="PSA.107.39" />Kisha hesabu yao ilipungua, na walinyenyekeshwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuonewa, maafa na huzuni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="40" bcv="PSA.107.40" />Yeye ambaye huwamwagia dharau wakuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliwafanya watangetange nyikani isiyo na njia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="41" bcv="PSA.107.41" />Lakini yeye aliwainua wahitaji katika taabu zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuongeza jamaa zao kama makundi ya kondoo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="42" bcv="PSA.107.42" />Wanyofu wataona na kufurahi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini waovu wote watafunga vinywa vyao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="43" bcv="PSA.107.43" />Yeyote aliye na hekima, ayasikie mambo haya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na atafakari upendo mkuu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="108" />
<cl>Zaburi 108
</cl><s style="s1">Kuomba Msaada Dhidi Ya Adui
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Zaburi 57:7-11; 60:5-12)
</p>
<d style="d">Wimbo. Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.108.1" />Ee Mungu, moyo wangu ni thabiti;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitaimba na kusifu kwa moyo wangu wote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.108.2" />Amka, kinubi na zeze!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nitayaamsha mapambazuko.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.108.3" />Nitakusifu wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, katikati ya mataifa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitaimba habari zako, katikati ya jamaa za watu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.108.4" />Kwa maana upendo wako ni mkuu, ni juu kuliko mbingu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uaminifu wako unazifikia anga.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.108.5" />Ee Mungu, utukuzwe juu ya mbingu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utukufu wako na uenee duniani kote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.108.6" />Tuokoe na utusaidie kwa mkono wako wa kuume,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili wale uwapendao wapate kuokolewa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.108.7" />Mungu amenena kutoka patakatifu pake:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Nitaigawa Shekemu kwa ushindi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kulipima Bonde la Sukothi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.108.8" />Gileadi ni yangu, Manase ni yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Efraimu ni kofia yangu ya chuma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo Yuda ni fimbo yangu ya utawala.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.108.9" />Moabu ni sinia langu la kunawia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya Edomu natupa kiatu changu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nashangilia kwa kushindwa kwa Ufilisti.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.108.10" />Ni nani atakayenipeleka hadi mji wenye ngome?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani atakayeniongoza hadi nifike Edomu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.108.11" />Ee Mungu, si ni wewe uliyetukataa sisi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hutoki tena na majeshi yetu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.108.12" />Tuletee msaada dhidi ya adui,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana msaada wa mwanadamu haufai kitu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.108.13" />Kwa msaada wa Mungu tutapata ushindi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atawaponda adui zetu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="109" />
<cl>Zaburi 109
</cl><s style="s1">Lalamiko La Mtu Aliyeko Kwenye Shida
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.109.1" />Ee Mungu, ambaye ninakusifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiwe kimya,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.109.2" />kwa maana watu waovu na wadanganyifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamefungua vinywa vyao dhidi yangu;
</q>
<q style="q1">wasema dhidi yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ndimi za udanganyifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.109.3" />Wamenizunguka kwa maneno ya chuki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wananishambulia bila sababu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.109.4" />Wanachonilipa badala ya urafiki wangu ni kunishtaki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini mimi ninawaombea.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.109.5" />Wananilipiza mabaya kwa mema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">chuki badala ya urafiki wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.109.6" />Agiza mtu mwovu ampinge,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mshtaki<f caller="+"><fr>109:6
</fr><ft>Mshtaki hapa maana yake ni Shetani.</ft></f> asimame mkono wake wa kuume.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.109.7" />Anapohukumiwa, apatikane na hatia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo maombi yake yamhukumu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.109.8" />Siku zake za kuishi na ziwe chache,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nafasi yake ya uongozi ichukuliwe na mtu mwingine.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.109.9" />Watoto wake na waachwe yatima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mke wake na awe mjane.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.109.10" />Watoto wake na watangetange wakiomba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wafukuzwe kwenye magofu ya nyumba zao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.109.11" />Mtu anayemdai na ateke vyote alivyo navyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">matunda ya kazi yake yatekwe nyara na wageni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.109.12" />Asiwepo mtu yeyote wa kumtendea mema
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala wa kuwahurumia yatima wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.109.13" />Uzao wake na ukatiliwe mbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">majina yao yafutike katika kizazi kifuatacho.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.109.14" />Maovu ya baba zake na yakumbukwe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q style="q1">dhambi ya mama yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">isifutwe kamwe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.109.15" />Dhambi zao na zibaki daima mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili apate kukatilia mbali kumbukumbu lao duniani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.109.16" />Kwa maana kamwe hakuweza kutenda wema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali alimfukuza mnyonge na mhitaji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliwafanyia jeuri wahitaji na waliovunjika moyo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.109.17" />Alipenda kulaani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo laana ikampata;
</q>
<q style="q1">hakupenda kubariki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiyo baraka na ikae mbali naye.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.109.18" />Alivaa kulaani kama vazi lake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo laana ikamwingia mwilini mwake kama maji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye mifupa yake kama mafuta.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.109.19" />Na iwe kama joho alilozungushiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mshipi aliofungiwa daima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.109.20" />Haya na yawe malipo ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa washtaki wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa wale wanaoninenea mabaya.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.109.21" />Lakini wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unitendee wema kwa ajili ya jina lako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uniokoe kwa wema wa pendo lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.109.22" />Maana mimi ni maskini na mhitaji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">moyo wangu umejeruhiwa ndani yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PSA.109.23" />Ninafifia kama kivuli cha jioni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimerushwa-rushwa kama nzige.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PSA.109.24" />Magoti yangu yamelegea kwa kufunga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwili wangu umedhoofika na kukonda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PSA.109.25" />Nimekuwa kitu cha kudharauliwa kwa washtaki wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanionapo, hutikisa vichwa vyao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PSA.109.26" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wangu nisaidie,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niokoe sawasawa na upendo wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PSA.109.27" />Watu na wafahamu kuwa ni mkono wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, umetenda hili.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PSA.109.28" />Wanaweza kulaani, lakini wewe utabariki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watakaposhambulia wataaibishwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini mtumishi wako atashangilia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PSA.109.29" />Washtaki wangu watavikwa fedheha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufunikwa na aibu kama joho.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="PSA.109.30" />Kwa kinywa changu nitamtukuza sana
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika umati mkubwa nitamsifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="PSA.109.31" />Kwa maana husimama mkono wa kuume wa mhitaji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuokoa maisha yake kutoka kwa wale wanaomhukumu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="110" />
<cl>Zaburi 110
</cl><s style="s1"><nd>Bwana</nd> Na Mfalme Wake Mteule
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.110.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> amwambia Bwana wangu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Keti mkono wangu wa kuume,
</q>
<q style="q1">mpaka nitakapowafanya adui zako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa mahali pa kuweka miguu yako.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.110.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ataeneza fimbo yako ya utawala yenye nguvu kutoka Sayuni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utatawala katikati ya adui zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.110.3" />Askari wako watajitolea kwa hiari
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku yako ya vita.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ukiwa umevikwa fahari takatifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka tumbo la mapambazuko
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utapokea umande wa ujana wako.<f caller="+"><fr>110:3
</fr><ft>Au: vijana wako watakujia kama umande.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.110.4" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ameapa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye hatabadilisha mawazo yake:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Wewe ni kuhani milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mfano wa Melkizedeki.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.110.5" />Bwana yuko mkono wako wa kuume,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atawaponda wafalme siku ya ghadhabu yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.110.6" />Atawahukumu mataifa, akilundika mizoga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaponda watawala wa dunia nzima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.110.7" />Atakunywa maji katika kijito kando ya njia,<f caller="+"><fr>110:7
</fr><ft>Au: Yeye atoaye mtu wa kurithi mwingine atamweka kwenye mamlaka.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiyo atainua kichwa chake juu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="111" />
<cl>Zaburi 111</cl><f caller="+"><fr>111
</fr><ft>Zaburi hii imetungwa kila mstari ukianzia na herufi ya alfabeti ya Kiebrania zikifuatana tangu Aleph (A) hadi Taw (T); zote ni 22.</ft></f>
<s style="s1">Sifa Za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Kwa Matendo Ya Ajabu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.111.1" />Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Nitamtukuza
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moyo wangu wote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika baraza la wanyofu na katika kusanyiko.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.111.2" />Kazi za
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni kuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote wanaopendezwa nazo huzitafakari.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.111.3" />Kazi zake zimejaa fahari na utukufu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haki yake hudumu daima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.111.4" />Amefanya maajabu yake yakumbukwe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> ni mwenye neema na huruma.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.111.5" />Huwapa chakula wale wanaomcha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hulikumbuka agano lake milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.111.6" />Amewaonyesha watu wake uwezo wa kazi zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akiwapa nchi za mataifa mengine.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.111.7" />Kazi za mikono yake ni za uaminifu na haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mausia yake yote ni ya kuaminika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.111.8" />Zinadumu milele na milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zikifanyika kwa uaminifu na unyofu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.111.9" />Aliwapa watu wake ukombozi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliamuru agano lake milele:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jina lake ni takatifu na la kuogopwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.111.10" />Kumcha
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndicho chanzo cha hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote wanaozifuata amri zake wana busara.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Sifa zake zadumu milele.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="112" />
<cl>Zaburi 112</cl><f caller="+"><fr>112
</fr><ft>Zaburi hii imetungwa kila mstari ukianzia na herufi ya alfabeti ya Kiebrania zikifuatana tangu Aleph (A) hadi Taw (T); zote ni 22.</ft></f>
<s style="s1">Baraka Za Mwenye Haki
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.112.1" />Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Heri mtu yule amchaye
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtu yule apendezwaye sana na amri zake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.112.2" />Watoto wake watakuwa wenye uwezo katika nchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kizazi cha watu waadilifu kitabarikiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.112.3" />Nyumbani mwake kuna mali na utajiri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haki yake hudumu milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.112.4" />Hata gizani nuru humzukia mtu mwadilifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yule mwenye rehema, huruma na haki.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.112.5" />Mema yatamjia mtu yule aliye mkarimu na mwenye kukopesha bila riba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anayefanya mambo yake kwa haki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.112.6" />Hakika hatatikisika kamwe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtu mwenye haki atakumbukwa milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.112.7" />Hataogopa habari mbaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">moyo wake ni thabiti, ukimtegemea
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.112.8" />Moyo wake ni salama, hatakuwa na hofu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwishoni ataona ushindi dhidi ya adui zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.112.9" />Ametawanya vipawa vyake kwa ukarimu akawapa maskini;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haki yake hudumu milele;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pembe yake itatukuzwa kwa heshima.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.112.10" />Mtu mwovu ataona na kuchukizwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atasaga meno yake na kutoweka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutamani kwa mtu mwovu kutaishia patupu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="113" />
<cl>Zaburi 113
</cl><s style="s1">Kumsifu
<nd>Bwana</nd> Kwa Wema Wake
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.113.1" />Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Enyi watumishi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> msifuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lisifuni jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.113.2" />Jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na lisifiwe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sasa na hata milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.113.3" />Kuanzia mawio ya jua hadi machweo yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> linapaswa kusifiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.113.4" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ametukuka juu ya mataifa yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utukufu wake juu ya mbingu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.113.5" />Ni nani aliye kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yeye ambaye ameketi juu kwenye kiti cha enzi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.113.6" />ambaye huinama atazame chini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aone mbingu na nchi?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.113.7" />Huwainua maskini kutoka mavumbini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwanyanyua wahitaji kutoka kwenye jalala,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.113.8" />huwaketisha pamoja na wakuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na wakuu wa watu wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.113.9" />Humjalia mwanamke tasa kutulia nyumbani mwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akiwa mama watoto mwenye furaha.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="114" />
<cl>Zaburi 114
</cl><s style="s1">Maajabu Ya Mungu Wakati Israeli Walipotoka Misri
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.114.1" />Wakati Israeli walipotoka Misri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyumba ya Yakobo kutoka kwa watu wa lugha ngeni,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.114.2" />Yuda alifanywa makao matakatifu ya Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Israeli akawa milki yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.114.3" />Bahari ilitazama ikakimbia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yordani ulirudi nyuma,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.114.4" />milima ilirukaruka kama kondoo dume,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vilima kama wana-kondoo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.114.5" />Ee bahari, ni nini kilichokufanya ukakimbia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe, ee Yordani, ukarudi nyuma,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.114.6" />enyi milima mkarukaruka kama kondoo dume,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">enyi vilima, kama wana-kondoo?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.114.7" />Ee dunia, tetemeka mbele za Bwana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele za Mungu wa Yakobo,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.114.8" />aliyegeuza mwamba kuwa dimbwi la maji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwamba mgumu kuwa chemchemi za maji.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="115" />
<cl>Zaburi 115
</cl><s style="s1">Mungu Mmoja Wa Kweli
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.115.1" />Sio kwetu sisi, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, sio kwetu sisi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali utukufu ni kwa jina lako,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu ya upendo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uaminifu wako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.115.2" />Kwa nini mataifa waseme,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Yuko wapi Mungu wao?”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.115.3" />Mungu wetu yuko mbinguni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye hufanya lolote limpendezalo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.115.4" />Lakini sanamu zao ni za fedha na dhahabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zilizotengenezwa kwa mikono ya wanadamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.115.5" />Zina vinywa, lakini haziwezi kusema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zina macho, lakini haziwezi kuona;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.115.6" />zina masikio, lakini haziwezi kusikia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zina pua, lakini haziwezi kunusa;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.115.7" />zina mikono, lakini haziwezi kupapasa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zina miguu, lakini haziwezi kutembea;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala koo zao haziwezi kutoa sauti.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.115.8" />Wale wanaozitengeneza watafanana nazo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vivyo hivyo wale wote wanaozitumainia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.115.9" />Ee nyumba ya Israeli, mtumainini
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ni msaada na ngao yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.115.10" />Ee nyumba ya Aroni, mtumainini
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ni msaada na ngao yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.115.11" />Ninyi mnaomcha, mtumainini
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ni msaada na ngao yao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.115.12" /><nd>Bwana</nd> anatukumbuka na atatubariki:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ataibariki nyumba ya Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ataibariki nyumba ya Aroni,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.115.13" />atawabariki wale wanaomcha
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wadogo kwa wakubwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.115.14" /><nd>Bwana</nd> na awawezeshe kuongezeka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi na watoto wenu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.115.15" />Mbarikiwe na
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Muumba wa mbingu na dunia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.115.16" />Mbingu zilizo juu sana ni mali ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini dunia amempa mwanadamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.115.17" />Sio wafu wanaomsifu
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale washukao mahali pa kimya,<f caller="+"><fr>115:17
</fr><ft>Mahali pa kimya maana yake ni Kuzimu, yaani Sheol kwa Kiebrania.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.115.18" />bali ni sisi tunaomtukuza
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sasa na hata milele.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>.<f caller="+"><fr>115:18
</fr><ft>Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni Kiebrania Hallelu Yah.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>

<c id="116" />
<cl>Zaburi 116
</cl><s style="s1">Shukrani Kwa Kuokolewa Kutoka Mauti
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.116.1" />Ninampenda
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa maana amesikia sauti yangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amesikia kilio changu ili anihurumie.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.116.2" />Kwa sababu amenitegea sikio lake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitamwita siku zote za maisha yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.116.3" />Kamba za mauti zilinizunguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maumivu makuu ya kuzimu yalinipata,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikalemewa na taabu na huzuni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.116.4" />Ndipo nikaliitia jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, niokoe!”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.116.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ni mwenye neema na haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu wetu ni mwingi wa huruma.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.116.6" /><nd>Bwana</nd> huwalinda wanyenyekevu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilipokuwa katika shida kubwa, aliniokoa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.116.7" />Ee nafsi yangu, tulia tena,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> amekuwa mwema kwako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.116.8" />Kwa kuwa wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umeniokoa nafsi yangu na mauti,
</q>
<q style="q1">macho yangu kutokana na machozi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miguu yangu kutokana na kujikwaa,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.116.9" />ili niweze kutembea mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika nchi ya walio hai.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.116.10" />Niliamini, kwa hiyo nilisema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Mimi nimeteseka sana.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.116.11" />Katika taabu yangu nilisema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Wanadamu wote ni waongo.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.116.12" />Nimrudishie
<nd>Bwana</nd> nini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa wema wake wote alionitendea?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.116.13" />Nitakiinua kikombe cha wokovu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kulitangaza jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.116.14" />Nitazitimiza nadhiri zangu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele za watu wake wote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.116.15" />Kifo cha watakatifu kina thamani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.116.16" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, hakika mimi ni mtumishi wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mimi ni mtumishi wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwana wa mjakazi wako;<f caller="+"><fr>116:16
</fr><ft>Au: mwanao mwaminifu.</ft></f>
</q>
<q style="q1">umeniweka huru
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">toka katika minyororo yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.116.17" />Nitakutolea dhabihu ya kukushukuru
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuliita jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.116.18" />Nitazitimiza nadhiri zangu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele za watu wake wote,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.116.19" />katika nyua za nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katikati yako, ee Yerusalemu.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q level="2" style="q2">Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="117" />
<cl>Zaburi 117
</cl><s style="s1">Sifa Za
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.117.1" />Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>, enyi mataifa yote;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtukuzeni yeye, enyi watu wote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.117.2" />Kwa kuwa upendo wake kwetu ni mkuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uaminifu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> unadumu milele.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="118" />
<cl>Zaburi 118
</cl><s style="s1">Shukrani Kwa Ajili Ya Ushindi
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.118.1" />Mshukuruni
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa kuwa ni mwema;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">upendo wake wadumu milele.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.118.2" />Israeli na aseme sasa:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Upendo wake wadumu milele.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.118.3" />Nyumba ya Aroni na iseme sasa:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Upendo wake wadumu milele.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.118.4" />Wote wamchao
<nd>Bwana</nd> na waseme sasa:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Upendo wake wadumu milele.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.118.5" />Wakati wa maumivu yangu makuu nilimlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye akanijibu kwa kuniweka huru.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.118.6" /><nd>Bwana</nd> yuko pamoja nami, sitaogopa.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mwanadamu anaweza kunitenda nini?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.118.7" /><nd>Bwana</nd> yuko pamoja nami,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ni msaidizi wangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitawatazama adui zangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakiwa wameshindwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.118.8" />Ni bora kumkimbilia
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko kumtumainia mwanadamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.118.9" />Ni bora kumkimbilia
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko kuwatumainia wakuu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.118.10" />Mataifa yote yalinizunguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini kwa jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> naliwakatilia mbali.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.118.11" />Walinizunguka pande zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini kwa jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> naliwakatilia mbali.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.118.12" />Walinizunguka kama kundi la nyuki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini walikufa haraka kama miiba iteketeayo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> naliwakatilia mbali.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.118.13" />Nilisukumwa nyuma karibu kuanguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> alinisaidia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.118.14" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ni nguvu yangu na wimbo wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye amefanyika wokovu wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.118.15" />Sauti za shangwe na ushindi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zinavuma hemani mwa wenye haki:
</q>
<q style="q1">“Mkono wa kuume wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umetenda mambo makuu!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.118.16" />Mkono wa kuume wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umeinuliwa juu,
</q>
<q style="q1">mkono wa kuume wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umetenda mambo makuu!”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.118.17" />Sitakufa, bali nitaishi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitatangaza yale
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyoyatenda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.118.18" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ameniadhibu vikali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hakuniacha nife.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.118.19" />Nifungulie malango ya haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitaingia na kumshukuru
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.118.20" />Hili ni lango la
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambalo wenye haki wanaweza kuliingia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.118.21" />Nitakushukuru, kwa kuwa ulinijibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umekuwa wokovu wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.118.22" />Jiwe walilolikataa waashi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">limekuwa jiwe kuu la pembeni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PSA.118.23" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ametenda hili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nalo ni la kushangaza machoni petu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PSA.118.24" />Hii ndiyo siku
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyoifanya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tushangilie na kufurahi ndani yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PSA.118.25" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, tuokoe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, utujalie mafanikio.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PSA.118.26" />Heri yule ajaye kwa jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kutoka nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> tunakubariki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PSA.118.27" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ndiye Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye ametuangazia nuru yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mkiwa na matawi mkononi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unganeni kwenye maandamano ya sikukuu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi kwenye pembe za madhabahu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PSA.118.28" />Wewe ni Mungu wangu, nitakushukuru,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe ni Mungu wangu, nitakutukuza.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PSA.118.29" />Mshukuruni
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa kuwa ni mwema;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">upendo wake wadumu milele.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="119" />
<cl>Zaburi 119</cl><f caller="+"><fr>119:0
</fr><ft>Zaburi hii imetungwa kila beti likianzia, na pia kila mstari katika lile beti, na herufi 22 za alfabeti ya Kiebrania zikifuatana tangu Aleph (A) hadi Taw (T).</ft></f>
<s style="s1">Sifa Za Sheria Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<s level="2" style="s2">Kujifunza Sheria Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.119.1" />Heri wale walio waadilifu katika njia zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaoenenda katika sheria ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.119.2" />Heri wale wanaozishika shuhuda zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamtafutao kwa moyo wao wote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.119.3" />Wasiofanya lolote lililo baya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaoenenda katika njia zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.119.4" />Umetoa maagizo yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili tuyatii kwa ukamilifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.119.5" />Laiti mwenendo wangu ungekuwa imara
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika kuyatii maagizo yako!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.119.6" />Hivyo mimi sitaaibishwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninapozingatia amri zako zote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.119.7" />Nitakusifu kwa moyo mnyofu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninapojifunza sheria zako za haki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.119.8" />Nitayatii maagizo yako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiniache kabisa.
<ve />
</q>
<s level="2" style="s2">Kutii Sheria Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.119.9" />Kijana aifanye njia yake kuwa safi jinsi gani?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni kwa kutii, akilifuata neno lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.119.10" />Ninakutafuta kwa moyo wangu wote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiniache niende mbali na amri zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.119.11" />Nimelificha neno lako moyoni mwangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili nisikutende dhambi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.119.12" />Sifa ni zako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nifundishe maagizo yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.119.13" />Kwa midomo yangu nitasimulia sheria zote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zinazotoka katika kinywa chako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.119.14" />Ninafurahia kufuata sheria zako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mtu afurahiaye mali nyingi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.119.15" />Ninatafakari maagizo yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuziangalia njia zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.119.16" />Ninafurahia maagizo yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala sitalipuuza neno lako.
<ve />
</q>
<s level="2" style="s2">Furaha Katika Sheria Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.119.17" />Mtendee mema mtumishi wako, nami nitaishi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitalitii neno lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.119.18" />Yafungue macho yangu nipate kuona
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mambo ya ajabu katika sheria yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.119.19" />Mimi ni mgeni duniani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usinifiche amri zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.119.20" />Nafsi yangu inataabika kwa shauku kubwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya sheria zako wakati wote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.119.21" />Unawakemea wenye majivuno, waliolaaniwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waendao mbali na amri zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.119.22" />Niondolee dharau na dhihaka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa ninazishika sheria zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PSA.119.23" />Ingawa watawala huketi pamoja na kunisingizia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtumishi wako atatafakari juu ya maagizo yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PSA.119.24" />Sheria zako ni furaha yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo ni washauri wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<s level="2" style="s2">Kuamua Kuitii Sheria Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PSA.119.25" />Nimelazwa chini mavumbini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yahifadhi maisha yangu sawasawa na neno lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PSA.119.26" />Nilikueleza njia zangu ukanijibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nifundishe sheria zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PSA.119.27" />Nijulishe mafundisho ya mausia yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitatafakari maajabu yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PSA.119.28" />Nafsi yangu imechakazwa kwa huzuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uniimarishe sawasawa na neno lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PSA.119.29" />Niepushe na njia za udanganyifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa neema unifundishe sheria zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="PSA.119.30" />Nimechagua njia ya kweli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimekaza moyo wangu katika sheria zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="PSA.119.31" />Nimengʼangʼania sheria zako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiniache niaibishwe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="PSA.119.32" />Nakimbilia katika njia ya maagizo yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa umeuweka moyo wangu huru.
<ve />
</q>
<s level="2" style="s2">Maombi Ili Kupata Ufahamu Wa Sheria
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="PSA.119.33" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nifundishe kuyafuata maagizo yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitayashika mpaka mwisho.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="PSA.119.34" />Nipe ufahamu, nami nitaishika sheria yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuitii kwa moyo wangu wote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="PSA.119.35" />Niongoze kwenye njia ya amri zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa huko napata furaha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="36" bcv="PSA.119.36" />Ugeuze moyo wangu kuelekea sheria zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na siyo kwenye mambo ya ubinafsi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="37" bcv="PSA.119.37" />Geuza macho yangu kutoka kwenye mambo yasiyofaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uyahifadhi maisha yangu sawasawa na neno lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="38" bcv="PSA.119.38" />Mtimizie mtumishi wako ahadi yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili upate kuogopwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="39" bcv="PSA.119.39" />Niondolee aibu ninayoiogopa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa sheria zako ni njema.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="40" bcv="PSA.119.40" />Tazama jinsi ninavyoonea shauku mausia yako!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hifadhi maisha yangu katika haki yako.
<ve />
</q>
<s level="2" style="s2">Kuitumainia Sheria Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="41" bcv="PSA.119.41" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, upendo wako usiokoma unijie,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wokovu wako sawasawa na ahadi yako,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="42" bcv="PSA.119.42" />ndipo nitakapomjibu anayenidhihaki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa ninalitumainia neno lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="43" bcv="PSA.119.43" />Usilinyakue neno la kweli kutoka kinywani mwangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa nimeweka tumaini langu katika amri zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="44" bcv="PSA.119.44" />Nitaitii amri yako daima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, milele na milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="45" bcv="PSA.119.45" />Nitatembea nikiwa huru,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa nimejifunza mausia yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="46" bcv="PSA.119.46" />Nitasema sheria zako mbele za wafalme
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala sitaaibishwa,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="47" bcv="PSA.119.47" />kwa kuwa ninazifurahia amri zako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ninazipenda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="48" bcv="PSA.119.48" />Ninaziinulia amri zako ambazo ninazipenda mikono yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami ninatafakari juu ya maagizo yako.
<ve />
</q>
<s level="2" style="s2">Matumaini Katika Sheria Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="49" bcv="PSA.119.49" />Kumbuka neno lako kwa mtumishi wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu umenipa tumaini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="50" bcv="PSA.119.50" />Faraja yangu katika mateso yangu ni hii:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ahadi yako inahifadhi maisha yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="51" bcv="PSA.119.51" />Wenye majivuno wamenisimanga bila kuchoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata hivyo sitaiacha sheria yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="52" bcv="PSA.119.52" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ninazikumbuka sheria zako za zamani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo zinanifariji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="53" bcv="PSA.119.53" />Nimeshikwa sana na ghadhabu kwa ajili ya waovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao wameacha sheria yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="54" bcv="PSA.119.54" />Maagizo yako ni kiini cha nyimbo zangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">popote ninapoishi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="55" bcv="PSA.119.55" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wakati wa usiku ninalikumbuka jina lako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitatii sheria yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="56" bcv="PSA.119.56" />Hili limekuwa zoezi langu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami ninayatii mausia yako.
<ve />
</q>
<s level="2" style="s2">Kujitolea Katika Sheria Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="57" bcv="PSA.119.57" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wewe ni fungu langu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimeahidi kuyatii maneno yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="58" bcv="PSA.119.58" />Nimetafuta uso wako kwa moyo wangu wote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nihurumie sawasawa na ahadi yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="59" bcv="PSA.119.59" />Nimezifikiri njia zangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nimeelekeza hatua zangu katika mausia yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="60" bcv="PSA.119.60" />Nitafanya haraka bila kuchelewa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuzitii amri zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="61" bcv="PSA.119.61" />Hata waovu wanifunge kwa kamba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sitasahau sheria yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="62" bcv="PSA.119.62" />Usiku wa manane ninaamka kukushukuru
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya sheria zako za haki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="63" bcv="PSA.119.63" />Mimi ni rafiki kwa wale wote wakuchao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa wote wanaofuata mausia yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="64" bcv="PSA.119.64" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, dunia imejaa upendo wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nifundishe maagizo yako.
<ve />
</q>
<s level="2" style="s2">Thamani Ya Sheria Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="65" bcv="PSA.119.65" />Mtendee wema mtumishi wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, sawasawa na neno lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="66" bcv="PSA.119.66" />Nifundishe maarifa na uamuzi mzuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa ninaamini amri zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="67" bcv="PSA.119.67" />Kabla sijapata shida nilipotea njia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini sasa ninalitii neno lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="68" bcv="PSA.119.68" />Wewe ni mwema, unalotenda ni jema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nifundishe maagizo yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="69" bcv="PSA.119.69" />Ingawa wenye majivuno wamenisingizia uongo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitafuata mausia yako kwa moyo wangu wote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="70" bcv="PSA.119.70" />Mioyo yao ni katili na migumu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mimi napendezwa na sheria yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="71" bcv="PSA.119.71" />Ilikuwa vyema mimi kupata shida
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili nipate kujifunza maagizo yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="72" bcv="PSA.119.72" />Sheria inayotoka kinywani mwako ina thamani kubwa kwangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko maelfu ya vipande vya fedha na dhahabu.
<ve />
</q>
<s level="2" style="s2">Haki Ya Sheria Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="73" bcv="PSA.119.73" />Mikono yako ilinifanya na kuniumba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nipe ufahamu niweze kujifunza amri zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="74" bcv="PSA.119.74" />Wakuchao wafurahie wanaponiona,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa nimeweka tumaini langu katika neno lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="75" bcv="PSA.119.75" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ninajua kwamba sheria zako ni za haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika uaminifu wako umeniadhibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="76" bcv="PSA.119.76" />Upendo wako usiokoma uwe faraja yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sawasawa na ahadi yako kwa mtumishi wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="77" bcv="PSA.119.77" />Huruma yako na inijie ili nipate kuishi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa naifurahia sheria yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="78" bcv="PSA.119.78" />Wenye majivuno na waaibishwe kwa kunikosea mimi bila sababu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini mimi nitatafakari juu ya mausia yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="79" bcv="PSA.119.79" />Wale wakuchao na wanigeukie mimi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hao ambao wanazielewa sheria zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="80" bcv="PSA.119.80" />Moyo wangu usiwe na lawama katika kutii maagizo yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili nisiaibishwe.
<ve />
</q>
<s level="2" style="s2">Maombi Kwa Ajili Ya Kuokolewa
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="81" bcv="PSA.119.81" />Nafsi yangu inazimia kwa kutamani wokovu wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini nimeweka tumaini langu katika neno lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="82" bcv="PSA.119.82" />Macho yangu yamefifia, nikingoja ahadi yako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninasema, “Utanifajiri lini?”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="83" bcv="PSA.119.83" />Ingawa nimekuwa kama kiriba kwenye moshi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bado sijasahau maagizo yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="84" bcv="PSA.119.84" />Mtumishi wako itampasa angoje mpaka lini?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni lini utawaadhibu washtaki wangu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="85" bcv="PSA.119.85" />Wenye majivuno wananichimbia mashimo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kinyume na sheria yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="86" bcv="PSA.119.86" />Amri zako zote ni za kuaminika;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unisaidie, kwa sababu watu wananishtaki bila sababu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="87" bcv="PSA.119.87" />Walikaribia kabisa kunifuta kutoka uso wa dunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini sijaacha mausia yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="88" bcv="PSA.119.88" />Yahifadhi maisha yangu sawasawa na upendo wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitatii sheria za kinywa chako.
<ve />
</q>
<s level="2" style="s2">Imani Katika Sheria Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="89" bcv="PSA.119.89" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, neno lako ni la milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">linasimama imara mbinguni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="90" bcv="PSA.119.90" />Uaminifu wako unaendelea kwa vizazi vyote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umeiumba dunia, nayo inadumu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="91" bcv="PSA.119.91" />Sheria zako zinadumu hadi leo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa vitu vyote vinakutumikia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="92" bcv="PSA.119.92" />Kama nisingefurahia sheria yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ningeangamia katika taabu zangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="93" bcv="PSA.119.93" />Sitasahau mausia yako kamwe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana kwayo umehifadhi maisha yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="94" bcv="PSA.119.94" />Uniokoe, kwa maana mimi ni wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa nimetafuta mausia yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="95" bcv="PSA.119.95" />Waovu wanangojea kuniangamiza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mimi ninatafakari sheria zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="96" bcv="PSA.119.96" />Katika ukamilifu wote ninaona mna kikomo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini amri zako hazina mpaka.
<ve />
</q>
<s level="2" style="s2">Kuipenda Sheria Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="97" bcv="PSA.119.97" />Aha! Tazama, sheria yako naipenda mno ajabu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ninaitafakari mchana kutwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="98" bcv="PSA.119.98" />Amri zako zimenipa hekima zaidi kuliko adui zangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa nimezishika daima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="99" bcv="PSA.119.99" />Nina akili zaidi kuliko walimu wangu wote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa ninatafakari juu ya sheria zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="100" bcv="PSA.119.100" />Nina ufahamu zaidi kuliko wazee,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa ninayatii mausia yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="101" bcv="PSA.119.101" />Nimezuia miguu yangu isiende kwenye kila njia mbaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili niweze kutii neno lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="102" bcv="PSA.119.102" />Sijaziacha sheria zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa umenifundisha wewe mwenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="103" bcv="PSA.119.103" />Tazama jinsi maneno yako yalivyo matamu kwangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">matamu kuliko asali katika kinywa changu!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="104" bcv="PSA.119.104" />Ninapata ufahamu kutoka mausia yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiyo ninachukia kila njia ya upotovu.
<ve />
</q>
<s level="2" style="s2">Nuru Kutoka Kwenye Sheria Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="105" bcv="PSA.119.105" />Neno lako ni taa ya miguu yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mwanga katika njia yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="106" bcv="PSA.119.106" />Nimeapa na nimethibitisha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba nitafuata sheria zako za haki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="107" bcv="PSA.119.107" />Nimeteseka sana, uhifadhi maisha yangu, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sawasawa na neno lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="108" bcv="PSA.119.108" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, pokea sifa za hiari za kinywa changu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nifundishe sheria zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="109" bcv="PSA.119.109" />Ingawa maisha yangu yako hatarini siku zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sitasahau sheria yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="110" bcv="PSA.119.110" />Waovu wamenitegea mtego,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini sijayakiuka maagizo yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="111" bcv="PSA.119.111" />Sheria zako ni urithi wangu milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam ni furaha ya moyo wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="112" bcv="PSA.119.112" />Nimekusudia moyoni mwangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuyafuata maagizo yako mpaka mwisho.
<ve />
</q>
<s level="2" style="s2">Usalama Ndani Ya Sheria Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="113" bcv="PSA.119.113" />Ninachukia watu wa nia mbili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini ninapenda sheria yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="114" bcv="PSA.119.114" />Wewe ni kimbilio langu na ngao yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimeweka tumaini langu katika neno lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="115" bcv="PSA.119.115" />Ondokeni kwangu, ninyi mtendao mabaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili niweze kushika amri za Mungu wangu!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="116" bcv="PSA.119.116" />Nihifadhi sawasawa na ahadi yako, nami nitaishi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiache matumaini yangu yakavunjwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="117" bcv="PSA.119.117" />Nitegemeze, nami nitaokolewa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami daima nitayaheshimu maagizo yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="118" bcv="PSA.119.118" />Unawakataa wote wanaoyaasi maagizo yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana udanganyifu wao ni bure.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="119" bcv="PSA.119.119" />Waovu wa nchi unawatupa kama takataka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hivyo nazipenda sheria zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="120" bcv="PSA.119.120" />Mwili wangu unatetemeka kwa kukuogopa wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninaziogopa sheria zako.
<ve />
</q>
<s level="2" style="s2">Kuitii Sheria Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="121" bcv="PSA.119.121" />Nimetenda yaliyo haki na sawa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiniache mikononi mwa watesi wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="122" bcv="PSA.119.122" />Mhakikishie mtumishi wako usalama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiache wenye kiburi wanionee.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="123" bcv="PSA.119.123" />Macho yangu yamefifia, yakitazamia wokovu wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuitazamia ahadi yako ya kweli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="124" bcv="PSA.119.124" />Mfanyie mtumishi wako kulingana na upendo wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na unifundishe maagizo yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="125" bcv="PSA.119.125" />Mimi ni mtumishi wako; nipe ufahamu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili niweze kuelewa sheria zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="126" bcv="PSA.119.126" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wakati wako wa kutenda umewadia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa sheria yako inavunjwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="127" bcv="PSA.119.127" />Kwa sababu nazipenda amri zako zaidi ya dhahabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, zaidi ya dhahabu safi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="128" bcv="PSA.119.128" />na kwa sababu naona maagizo yako yote ni adili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nachukia kila njia potovu.
<ve />
</q>
<s level="2" style="s2">Shauku Ya Kuitii Sheria Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="129" bcv="PSA.119.129" />Sheria zako ni za ajabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hivyo ninazitii.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="130" bcv="PSA.119.130" />Kuingia kwa maneno yako kunaleta nuru,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kunampa mjinga ufahamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="131" bcv="PSA.119.131" />Nimefungua kinywa changu na kuhema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikitamani amri zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="132" bcv="PSA.119.132" />Nigeukie na unihurumie, kama uwafanyiavyo siku zote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wanaolipenda jina lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="133" bcv="PSA.119.133" />Ongoza hatua zangu kulingana na neno lako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiache dhambi yoyote initawale.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="134" bcv="PSA.119.134" />Niokoe na uonevu wa wanadamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili niweze kutii mausia yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="135" bcv="PSA.119.135" />Mwangazie mtumishi wako uso wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na unifundishe amri zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="136" bcv="PSA.119.136" />Chemchemi za machozi zinatiririka kutoka machoni yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa sheria yako haifuatwi.
<ve />
</q>
<s level="2" style="s2">Haki Ya Sheria Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="137" bcv="PSA.119.137" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wewe ni mwenye haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sheria zako ni sahihi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="138" bcv="PSA.119.138" />Sheria ulizoziweka ni za haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni za kuaminika kikamilifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="139" bcv="PSA.119.139" />Jitihada yangu imenidhoofisha, kwa kuwa adui zangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanayapuuza maneno yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="140" bcv="PSA.119.140" />Ahadi zako zimejaribiwa kikamilifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtumishi wako anazipenda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="141" bcv="PSA.119.141" />Ingawa ni mdogo na ninadharauliwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sisahau mausia yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="142" bcv="PSA.119.142" />Haki yako ni ya milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na sheria yako ni kweli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="143" bcv="PSA.119.143" />Shida na dhiki zimenipata,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini amri zako ni furaha yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="144" bcv="PSA.119.144" />Sheria zako ni sahihi milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hunipa ufahamu ili nipate kuishi.
<ve />
</q>
<s level="2" style="s2">Maombi Kwa Ajili Ya Kuokolewa
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="145" bcv="PSA.119.145" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ninakuita kwa moyo wangu wote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitayatii maagizo yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="146" bcv="PSA.119.146" />Ninakuita; niokoe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitazishika sheria zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="147" bcv="PSA.119.147" />Ninaamka asubuhi na mapema na kukuomba msaada;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimeweka tumaini langu katika neno lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="148" bcv="PSA.119.148" />Sikufumba macho yangu usiku kucha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili niweze kutafakari juu ya ahadi zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="149" bcv="PSA.119.149" />Usikie sauti yangu sawasawa na upendo wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, uyahifadhi maisha yangu, sawasawa na sheria zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="150" bcv="PSA.119.150" />Wale wanaopanga mipango miovu wako karibu nami,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini wako mbali na sheria yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="151" bcv="PSA.119.151" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, hata hivyo wewe u karibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na amri zako zote ni za kweli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="152" bcv="PSA.119.152" />Tangu zamani nimejifunza kutoka shuhuda zako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba umezithibitisha ili zidumu milele.
<ve />
</q>
<s level="2" style="s2">Maombi Kwa Ajili Ya Msaada
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="153" bcv="PSA.119.153" />Yaangalie mateso yangu, uniokoe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa sijasahau sheria yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="154" bcv="PSA.119.154" />Nitetee katika hali hii yangu na unikomboe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uyahifadhi maisha yangu sawasawa na ahadi yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="155" bcv="PSA.119.155" />Wokovu uko mbali na waovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa hawatafuti maagizo yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="156" bcv="PSA.119.156" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, huruma zako ni kuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uyahifadhi maisha yangu sawasawa na sheria zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="157" bcv="PSA.119.157" />Adui wanaonitesa ni wengi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini mimi sitaziacha sheria zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="158" bcv="PSA.119.158" />Ninawatazama wasioamini kwa chuki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa hawalitii neno lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="159" bcv="PSA.119.159" />Tazama jinsi ninavyopenda mausia yako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, uyahifadhi maisha yangu, sawasawa na upendo wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="160" bcv="PSA.119.160" />Maneno yako yote ni kweli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sheria zako zote za haki ni za milele.
<ve />
</q>
<s level="2" style="s2">Kujiweka Wakfu Kwa Sheria Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="161" bcv="PSA.119.161" />Watawala wamenitesa bila sababu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini moyo wangu unatetemeka kwa neno lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="162" bcv="PSA.119.162" />Nafurahia ahadi zako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mtu aliyepata mateka mengi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="163" bcv="PSA.119.163" />Ninachukia na kuchukizwa sana na uongo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini napenda sheria yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="164" bcv="PSA.119.164" />Ninakusifu mara saba kwa siku,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya sheria zako za haki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="165" bcv="PSA.119.165" />Wanaopenda sheria yako wana amani tele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna kitu kinachoweza kuwakwaza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="166" bcv="PSA.119.166" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ninangojea wokovu wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami ninafuata amri zako,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="167" bcv="PSA.119.167" />Ninazitii sheria zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ninazipenda mno.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="168" bcv="PSA.119.168" />Nimetii mausia yako na sheria zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa njia zangu zote zinajulikana kwako.
<ve />
</q>
<s level="2" style="s2">Kuomba Msaada
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="169" bcv="PSA.119.169" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kilio changu na kifike mbele zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nipe ufahamu sawasawa na neno lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="170" bcv="PSA.119.170" />Maombi yangu na yafike mbele zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niokoe sawasawa na ahadi yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="171" bcv="PSA.119.171" />Midomo yangu na ibubujike sifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa unanifundisha maagizo yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="172" bcv="PSA.119.172" />Ulimi wangu na uimbe kuhusu neno lako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa amri zako zote ni za haki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="173" bcv="PSA.119.173" />Mkono wako uwe tayari kunisaidia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa nimechagua mausia yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="174" bcv="PSA.119.174" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ninatamani wokovu wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na sheria yako ni furaha yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="175" bcv="PSA.119.175" />Nijalie kuishi ili nipate kukusifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na sheria zako zinitegemeze.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="176" bcv="PSA.119.176" />Nimetangatanga kama kondoo aliyepotea.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mtafute mtumishi wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa sijasahau amri zako.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="120" />
<cl>Zaburi 120
</cl><s style="s1">Kuomba Msaada
</s>
<d style="d">Wimbo wa kwenda juu.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.120.1" />Katika dhiki yangu namwita
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye hunijibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.120.2" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, uniokoe kutoka midomo ya uongo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ndimi za udanganyifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.120.3" />Atakufanyia nini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au akufanyie nini zaidi, ewe ulimi mdanganyifu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.120.4" />Atakuadhibu kwa mishale mikali ya shujaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa makaa yanayowaka ya mti wa mretemu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.120.5" />Ole wangu kwa kuwa naishi Mesheki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba naishi katikati ya hema za Kedari!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.120.6" />Nimeishi muda mrefu mno
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miongoni mwa wale wanaochukia amani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.120.7" />Mimi ni mtu wa amani;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini ninaposema, wao wanataka vita.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="121" />
<cl>Zaburi 121
</cl><s style="s1"><nd>Bwana</nd> Mlinzi Wetu
</s>
<d style="d">Wimbo wa kwenda juu.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.121.1" />Nayainua macho yangu nitazame vilima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msaada wangu utatoka wapi?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.121.2" />Msaada wangu hutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Muumba wa mbingu na dunia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.121.3" />Hatauacha mguu wako uteleze,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye akulindaye hatasinzia,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.121.4" />hakika, yeye alindaye Israeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hatasinzia wala hatalala usingizi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.121.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> anakulinda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> ni uvuli wako mkono wako wa kuume,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.121.6" />jua halitakudhuru mchana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala mwezi wakati wa usiku.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.121.7" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atakukinga na madhara yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atayalinda maisha yako,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.121.8" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atakulinda unapoingia na unapotoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tangu sasa na hata milele.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="122" />
<cl>Zaburi 122
</cl><s style="s1">Sifa Kwa Yerusalemu
</s>
<d style="d">Wimbo wa kwenda juu. Wa Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.122.1" />Nilishangilia pamoja na wale walioniambia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Twende nyumbani ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.122.2" />Ee Yerusalemu, miguu yetu imesimama
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">malangoni mwako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.122.3" />Yerusalemu imejengwa vyema kama mji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao umeshikamanishwa pamoja.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.122.4" />Huko ndiko makabila hukwea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">makabila ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q style="q1">kulisifu jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> kulingana na maagizo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waliopewa Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.122.5" />Huko viti vya enzi vya hukumu hukaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">viti vya enzi vya nyumba ya Daudi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.122.6" />Omba kwa ajili ya amani ya Yerusalemu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Wote wakupendao na wawe salama.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.122.7" />Amani na iwepo ndani ya kuta zako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na usalama ndani ya ngome zako.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.122.8" />Kwa ajili ya ndugu zangu na marafiki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitasema, “Amani iwe ndani yako.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.122.9" />Kwa ajili ya nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitatafuta mafanikio yako.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="123" />
<cl>Zaburi 123
</cl><s style="s1">Kuomba Rehema
</s>
<d style="d">Wimbo wa kwenda juu.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.123.1" />Ninayainua macho yangu kwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwako wewe ambaye kiti chako cha enzi kiko mbinguni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.123.2" />Kama vile macho ya watumwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yatazamavyo mkono wa bwana wao,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama vile macho ya mtumishi wa kike
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yatazamavyo mkono wa bibi yake,
</q>
<q style="q1">ndivyo macho yetu yamtazamavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpaka atakapotuhurumia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.123.3" />Uturehemu, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, uturehemu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana tumevumilia dharau nyingi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.123.4" />Tumevumilia dhihaka nyingi kutoka kwa wenye kiburi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dharau nyingi kutoka kwa wenye majivuno.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="124" />
<cl>Zaburi 124
</cl><s style="s1">Shukrani Kwa Ukombozi Wa Israeli
</s>
<d style="d">Wimbo wa kwenda juu. Wa Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.124.1" />Kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> asingalikuwa upande wetu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Israeli na aseme sasa:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.124.2" />kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> asingalikuwa upande wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati watu walipotushambulia,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.124.3" />wakati hasira yao ilipowaka dhidi yetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wangalitumeza tungali hai,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.124.4" />mafuriko yangalitugharikisha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maji mengi yangalitufunika,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.124.5" />maji yaendayo kasi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yangalituchukua.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.124.6" /><nd>Bwana</nd> asifiwe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ambaye hakuruhusu turaruliwe kwa meno yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.124.7" />Tumeponyoka kama ndege
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka mtego wa mwindaji;
</q>
<q style="q1">mtego umevunjika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nasi tukaokoka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.124.8" />Msaada wetu ni katika jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Muumba wa mbingu na dunia.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="125" />
<cl>Zaburi 125
</cl><s style="s1">Usalama Wa Watu Wa Mungu
</s>
<d style="d">Wimbo wa kwenda juu.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.125.1" />Wale wamtumainio
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni kama mlima Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao hauwezi kutikisika, bali wadumu milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.125.2" />Kama milima inavyozunguka Yerusalemu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> anavyowazunguka watu wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sasa na hata milele.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.125.3" />Fimbo ya waovu haitadumu juu ya nchi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waliopewa wenye haki,
</q>
<q style="q1">ili wenye haki wasije wakatumia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mikono yao kutenda ubaya.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.125.4" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, watendee mema walio wema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale walio wanyofu wa moyo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.125.5" />Bali wale wanaogeukia njia zilizopotoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> atawafukuza pamoja na watenda mabaya.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Amani iwe juu ya Israeli.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="126" />
<cl>Zaburi 126
</cl><s style="s1">Kurejezwa Kutoka Utumwani
</s>
<d style="d">Wimbo wa kwenda juu.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.126.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alipowarejeza mateka Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tulikuwa kama watu walioota ndoto.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.126.2" />Vinywa vyetu vilijaa kicheko,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndimi zetu zilijaa nyimbo za shangwe.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ndipo iliposemwa miongoni mwa mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“<nd>Bwana</nd> amewatendea mambo makuu.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.126.3" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ametutendea mambo makuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nasi tumejaa furaha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.126.4" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, turejeshee watu wetu waliotekwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama vijito katika Negebu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.126.5" />Wapandao kwa machozi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watavuna kwa nyimbo za shangwe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.126.6" />Yeye azichukuaye mbegu zake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenda kupanda, huku akilia,
</q>
<q style="q1">atarudi kwa nyimbo za shangwe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akichukua miganda ya mavuno yake.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="127" />
<cl>Zaburi 127
</cl><s style="s1">Bila Mungu, Kazi Ya Mwanadamu Haifai
</s>
<d style="d">Wimbo wa kwenda juu. Wa Solomoni.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.127.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> asipoijenga nyumba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wajengao hufanya kazi bure.
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> asipoulinda mji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walinzi wakesha bure.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.127.2" />Mnajisumbua bure kuamka mapema
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuchelewa kulala,
</q>
<q style="q1">mkitaabikia chakula:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana yeye huwapa usingizi wapenzi wake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.127.3" />Wana ni urithi utokao kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watoto ni zawadi kutoka kwake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.127.4" />Kama mishale mikononi mwa shujaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo walivyo wana awazaao mtu katika ujana wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.127.5" />Heri mtu ambaye podo lake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">limejazwa nao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hawataaibishwa wanaposhindana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na adui zao langoni.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="128" />
<cl>Zaburi 128
</cl><s style="s1">Thawabu Ya Kumtii
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<d style="d">Wimbo wa kwenda juu.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.128.1" />Heri ni wale wote wamchao
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waendao katika njia zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.128.2" />Utakula matunda ya kazi yako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">baraka na mafanikio vitakuwa vyako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.128.3" />Mke wako atakuwa kama mzabibu uzaao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndani ya nyumba yako;
</q>
<q style="q1">wana wako watakuwa kama machipukizi ya mizeituni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuizunguka meza yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.128.4" />Hivyo ndivyo atakavyobarikiwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtu amchaye
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.128.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> na akubariki kutoka Sayuni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku zote za maisha yako,
</q>
<q style="q1">na uone mafanikio ya Yerusalemu,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.128.6" />nawe ujaliwe kuishi uone watoto wa watoto wako.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Amani iwe juu ya Israeli.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="129" />
<cl>Zaburi 129
</cl><s style="s1">Maombi Dhidi Ya Adui Za Israeli
</s>
<d style="d">Wimbo wa kwenda juu.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.129.1" />Wamenionea mno tangu ujana wangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Israeli na aseme sasa:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.129.2" />wamenionea mno tangu ujana wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini bado hawajanishinda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.129.3" />Wakulima wamelima mgongo wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufanya mifereji yao mirefu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.129.4" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni mwenye haki;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amenifungua toka kamba za waovu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.129.5" />Wale wote waichukiao Sayuni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na warudishwe nyuma kwa aibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.129.6" />Wawe kama majani juu ya paa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambayo hunyauka kabla hayajakua;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.129.7" />kwa hayo mvunaji hawezi kujaza vitanga vyake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala akusanyaye kujaza mikono yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.129.8" />Wale wapitao karibu na wasiseme,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Baraka ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> iwe juu yako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tunakubariki katika jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="130" />
<cl>Zaburi 130
</cl><s style="s1">Kuomba Msaada
</s>
<d style="d">Wimbo wa kwenda juu.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.130.1" />Kutoka vilindini ninakulilia, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.130.2" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, sikia sauti yangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Masikio yako na yawe masikivu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kilio changu unihurumie.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.130.3" />Kama wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ungeweka kumbukumbu ya dhambi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee Bwana, ni nani angeliweza kusimama?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.130.4" />Lakini kwako kuna msamaha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiyo wewe unaogopwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.130.5" />Namngojea
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nafsi yangu inangojea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika neno lake naweka tumaini langu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.130.6" />Nafsi yangu inamngojea Bwana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko walinzi waingojeavyo asubuhi,
</q>
<q style="q1">naam, kuliko walinzi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waingojeavyo asubuhi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.130.7" />Ee Israeli, mtumaini
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maana kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuna upendo usiokoma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwake kuna ukombozi kamili.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.130.8" />Yeye mwenyewe ataikomboa Israeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka dhambi zao zote.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="131" />
<cl>Zaburi 131
</cl><s style="s1">Kumtegemea Mungu Kwa Unyenyekevu
</s>
<d style="d">Wimbo wa kwenda juu. Wa Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.131.1" />Moyo wangu hauna kiburi, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">macho yangu hayajivuni;
</q>
<q style="q1">sijishughulishi na mambo makuu kunizidi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala mambo ya ajabu mno kwangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.131.2" />Lakini nimetuliza na kunyamazisha nafsi yangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mtoto aliyeachishwa kunyonya na mama yake,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama mtoto aliyeachishwa kunyonya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo ilivyo nafsi iliyoko ndani yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.131.3" />Ee Israeli, mtumaini
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tangu sasa na hata milele.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="132" />
<cl>Zaburi 132
</cl><s style="s1">Maskani Ya Mungu Ya Milele Katika Sayuni
</s>
<d style="d">Wimbo wa kwenda juu.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.132.1" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mkumbuke Daudi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na taabu zote alizozistahimili.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.132.2" />Aliapa kiapo kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na akaweka nadhiri kwa Yule Mwenye Nguvu wa Yakobo:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.132.3" />“Sitaingia nyumbani mwangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kwenda kitandani mwangu:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.132.4" />sitaruhusu usingizi katika macho yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kope zangu kusinzia,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.132.5" />mpaka nitakapompatia
<nd>Bwana</nd> mahali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">makao kwa ajili ya Yule Mwenye Nguvu wa Yakobo.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.132.6" />Tulisikia habari hii huko Efrathi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tulikutana nayo katika mashamba ya Yaara:<f caller="+"><fr>132:6
</fr><ft>Yaani Kiriath-Yearimu.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.132.7" />“Twendeni kwenye makao yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na tuabudu kwenye kiti cha kuwekea miguu yake;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.132.8" />inuka, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, uje mahali pako pa kupumzikia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe na Sanduku la nguvu zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.132.9" />Makuhani wako na wavikwe haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watakatifu wako na waimbe kwa furaha.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.132.10" />Kwa ajili ya Daudi mtumishi wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usimkatae mpakwa mafuta wako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.132.11" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alimwapia Daudi kiapo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kiapo cha uhakika ambacho hatakitangua:
</q>
<q style="q1">“Nitamweka mmoja wa wazao wako mwenyewe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika kiti chako cha enzi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.132.12" />kama wanao watashika Agano langu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na sheria ninazowafundisha,
</q>
<q style="q1">ndipo wana wao watarithi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kiti chako cha enzi milele na milele.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.132.13" />Kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameichagua Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amepaonea shauku pawe maskani yake:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.132.14" />“Hapa ni mahali pangu pa kupumzika milele na milele;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hapa ndipo nitakapoketi nikitawala, kwa sababu nimepaonea shauku:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.132.15" />Nitambariki kwa kumpa mahitaji tele:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitashibisha maskini wake kwa chakula.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.132.16" />Nitawavika makuhani wake wokovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watakatifu wake watadumu wakiimba kwa furaha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.132.17" />“Hapa nitamchipushia Daudi pembe,<f caller="+"><fr>132:17
</fr><ft>Pembe inawakilisha nguvu.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuweka taa kwa ajili ya masiya<f caller="+"><fr>132:17
</fr><ft>Masiya yaani mpakwa mafuta.</ft></f> wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.132.18" />Adui zake nitawavika aibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali taji kichwani pake itangʼaa sana.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="133" />
<cl>Zaburi 133
</cl><s style="s1">Sifa Za Pendo La Undugu
</s>
<d style="d">Wimbo wa kwenda juu. Wa Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.133.1" />Tazama jinsi ilivyo vyema na kupendeza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati ndugu wanapoishi pamoja katika umoja!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.133.2" />Ni kama mafuta ya thamani yaliyomiminwa kichwani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yakitiririka kwenye ndevu,
</q>
<q style="q1">yakitiririka kwenye ndevu za Aroni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpaka kwenye upindo wa mavazi yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.133.3" />Ni kama vile umande wa Hermoni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unavyoanguka juu ya Mlima Sayuni.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa maana huko ndiko
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikoamuru baraka yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, hata uzima milele.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="134" />
<cl>Zaburi 134
</cl><s style="s1">Wito Wa Kumsifu Mungu
</s>
<d style="d">Wimbo wa kwenda juu.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.134.1" />Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ninyi nyote watumishi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi mnaotumika usiku ndani ya nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.134.2" />Inueni mikono yenu katika pale patakatifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumsifu
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.134.3" />Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Muumba wa mbingu na dunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">awabariki kutoka Sayuni.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="135" />
<cl>Zaburi 135
</cl><s style="s1">Wimbo Wa Sifa Kwa Mungu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.135.1" />Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Lisifuni jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msifuni, enyi watumishi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.135.2" />ninyi ambao mnatumika ndani ya nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika nyua za nyumba ya Mungu wetu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.135.3" />Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni mwema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">liimbieni sifa jina lake, kwa maana hilo lapendeza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.135.4" />Kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> amemchagua Yakobo kuwa wake mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Israeli kuwa mali yake ya thamani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.135.5" />Ninajua ya kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni mkuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba Bwana wetu ni mkuu kuliko miungu yote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.135.6" /><nd>Bwana</nd> hufanya lolote apendalo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbinguni na duniani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika bahari na vilindi vyake vyote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.135.7" />Hufanya mawingu kupanda kutoka miisho ya dunia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hupeleka umeme wa radi pamoja na mvua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na huleta upepo kutoka ghala zake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.135.8" />Alimuua mzaliwa wa kwanza wa Misri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mzaliwa wa kwanza wa wanadamu na wanyama.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.135.9" />Alipeleka ishara zake na maajabu katikati yako, ee Misri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhidi ya Farao na watumishi wake wote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.135.10" />Aliyapiga mataifa mengi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na akaua wafalme wenye nguvu:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.135.11" />Mfalme Sihoni na Waamori,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ogu mfalme wa Bashani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wafalme wote wa Kanaani:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.135.12" />akatoa nchi yao kuwa urithi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">urithi kwa watu wake Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.135.13" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, jina lako ladumu milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kumbukumbu za fahari zako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa vizazi vyote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.135.14" />Maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> atawathibitisha watu wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwahurumia watumishi wake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.135.15" />Sanamu za mataifa ni fedha na dhahabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zilizotengenezwa kwa mikono ya wanadamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.135.16" />Zina vinywa, lakini haziwezi kusema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zina macho, lakini haziwezi kuona;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.135.17" />zina masikio, lakini haziwezi kusikia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna pumzi katika vinywa vyao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.135.18" />Wale wanaozitengeneza watafanana nazo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vivyo hivyo wale wote wanaozitumainia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.135.19" />Ee nyumba ya Israeli, msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ee nyumba ya Aroni, msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.135.20" />ee nyumba ya Lawi, msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi mnaomcha, msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.135.21" />Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd> kutoka Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msifuni yeye aishiye Yerusalemu.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="136" />
<cl>Zaburi 136
</cl><s style="s1">Wimbo Wa Kumshukuru Mungu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.136.1" />Mshukuruni
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa kuwa ni mwema.
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="qr" style="qr"><it>Fadhili zake zadumu milele</it>.
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.136.2" />Mshukuruni Mungu wa miungu.
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="qr" style="qr"><it>Fadhili zake zadumu milele</it>.
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.136.3" />Mshukuruni Bwana wa mabwana:
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="qr" style="qr"><it>Fadhili zake zadumu milele</it>.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.136.4" />Kwake yeye pekee atendaye maajabu makuu,
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="qr" style="qr"><it>Fadhili zake zadumu milele</it>.
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.136.5" />Ambaye kwa ufahamu wake aliziumba mbingu,
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="qr" style="qr"><it>Fadhili zake zadumu milele</it>.
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.136.6" />Ambaye aliitandaza dunia juu ya maji,
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="qr" style="qr"><it>Fadhili zake zadumu milele</it>.
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.136.7" />Ambaye aliumba mianga mikubwa,
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="qr" style="qr"><it>Fadhili zake zadumu milele</it>.
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.136.8" />Jua litawale mchana,
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="qr" style="qr"><it>Fadhili zake zadumu milele</it>.
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.136.9" />Mwezi na nyota vitawale usiku,
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="qr" style="qr"><it>Fadhili zake zadumu milele</it>.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.136.10" />Kwake yeye aliyemuua mzaliwa wa kwanza wa Misri,
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="qr" style="qr"><it>Fadhili zake zadumu milele</it>.
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.136.11" />Na kuwatoa Israeli katikati yao,
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="qr" style="qr"><it>Fadhili zake zadumu milele</it>.
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.136.12" />Kwa mkono wenye nguvu ulionyooshwa,
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="qr" style="qr"><it>Fadhili zake zadumu milele</it>.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.136.13" />Kwake yeye aliyeigawa Bahari ya Shamu,
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="qr" style="qr"><it>Fadhili zake zadumu milele</it>.
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.136.14" />Na kuwapitisha Israeli katikati yake,
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="qr" style="qr"><it>Fadhili zake zadumu milele</it>.
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.136.15" />Lakini alimfagia Farao na jeshi lake katika Bahari ya Shamu,
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="qr" style="qr"><it>Fadhili zake zadumu milele</it>.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.136.16" />Kwake yeye aliyewaongoza watu wake katika jangwa,
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="qr" style="qr"><it>Fadhili zake zadumu milele</it>.
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.136.17" />Ambaye aliwapiga wafalme wenye nguvu,
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="qr" style="qr"><it>Fadhili zake zadumu milele</it>.
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.136.18" />Naye aliwaua wafalme wenye nguvu,
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="qr" style="qr"><it>Fadhili zake zadumu milele</it>.
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.136.19" />Sihoni mfalme wa Waamori,
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="qr" style="qr"><it>Fadhili zake zadumu milele</it>.
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.136.20" />Ogu mfalme wa Bashani,
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="qr" style="qr"><it>Fadhili zake zadumu milele</it>.
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.136.21" />Akatoa nchi yao kuwa urithi,
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="qr" style="qr"><it>Fadhili zake zadumu milele</it>.
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.136.22" />Urithi kwa Israeli mtumishi wake,
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="qr" style="qr"><it>Fadhili zake zadumu milele</it>.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PSA.136.23" />Aliyetukumbuka katika unyonge wetu,
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="qr" style="qr"><it>Fadhili zake zadumu milele</it>.
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PSA.136.24" />Alituweka huru toka adui zetu,
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="qr" style="qr"><it>Fadhili zake zadumu milele</it>.
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PSA.136.25" />Ambaye humpa chakula kila kiumbe.
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="qr" style="qr"><it>Fadhili zake zadumu milele</it>.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PSA.136.26" />Mshukuruni Mungu wa mbinguni,
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="qr" style="qr"><it>Fadhili zake zadumu milele</it>.
</p>

<c id="137" />
<cl>Zaburi 137
</cl><s style="s1">Maombolezo Ya Israeli Uhamishoni
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.137.1" />Kando ya mito ya Babeli tuliketi, tukaomboleza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tulipokumbuka Sayuni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.137.2" />Kwenye miti ya huko
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tulitundika vinubi vyetu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.137.3" />kwa maana huko hao waliotuteka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walitaka tuwaimbie nyimbo,
</q>
<q style="q1">watesi wetu walidai nyimbo za furaha;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walisema, “Tuimbieni wimbo mmoja kati ya nyimbo za Sayuni!”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.137.4" />Tutaimbaje nyimbo za
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tukiwa nchi ya kigeni?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.137.5" />Nikikusahau wewe, ee Yerusalemu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">basi mkono wangu wa kuume na usahau ujuzi wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.137.6" />Ulimi wangu ushikamane na kaakaa la kinywa changu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama sitakukumbuka wewe,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama nisipokufikiri Yerusalemu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa furaha yangu kubwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.137.7" />Kumbuka, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, walichokifanya Waedomu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku ile Yerusalemu ilipoanguka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Walisema, “Bomoa, Bomoa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpaka kwenye misingi yake!”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.137.8" />Ee binti Babeli, uliyehukumiwa kuangamizwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">heri yeye atakayekulipiza wewe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa yale uliyotutenda sisi:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.137.9" />yeye ambaye atawakamata watoto wako wachanga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaponda juu ya miamba.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="138" />
<cl>Zaburi 138
</cl><s style="s1">Maombi Ya Shukrani
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.138.1" />Nitakusifu wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa moyo wangu wote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele ya “miungu” nitaimba sifa zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.138.2" />Nitasujudu nikielekea Hekalu lako takatifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitalisifu jina lako
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa ajili ya upendo wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uaminifu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa umelikuza jina lako na neno lako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya vitu vyote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.138.3" />Nilipoita, ulinijibu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulinifanya jasiri na mwenye moyo hodari.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.138.4" />Wafalme wote wa dunia wakusifu wewe Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wanaposikia maneno ya kinywa chako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.138.5" />Wao na waimbe kuhusu njia za
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni mkuu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.138.6" />Ingawa
<nd>Bwana</nd> yuko juu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">humwangalia mnyonge,
</q>
<q style="q1">bali mwenye kiburi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye anamjua kutokea mbali.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.138.7" />Nijapopita katikati ya shida,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe unayahifadhi maisha yangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">unanyoosha mkono wako dhidi ya hasira ya adui zangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mkono wako wa kuume unaniokoa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.138.8" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atatimiza kusudi lake kwangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, upendo wako wadumu milele:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiziache kazi za mikono yako.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="139" />
<cl>Zaburi 139
</cl><s style="s1">Mungu Asiyeweza Kukwepwa
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.139.1" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, umenichunguza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunijua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.139.2" />Unajua ninapoketi na ninapoinuka;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unatambua mawazo yangu tokea mbali.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.139.3" />Unafahamu kutoka kwangu na kulala kwangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unaelewa njia zangu zote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.139.4" />Kabla neno halijafika katika ulimi wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe walijua kikamilifu, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.139.5" />Umenizunguka nyuma na mbele;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umeweka mkono wako juu yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.139.6" />Maarifa haya ni ya ajabu mno kwangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni ya juu sana kwangu kuyafikia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.139.7" />Niende wapi nijiepushe na Roho yako?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Niende wapi niukimbie uso wako?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.139.8" />Kama nikienda juu mbinguni, wewe uko huko;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikifanya vilindi<f caller="+"><fr>139:8
</fr><ft>Vilindi ina maana ya Kuzimu, ambayo ni Sheol kwa Kiebrania.</ft></f> kuwa kitanda changu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe uko huko.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.139.9" />Kama nikipanda juu ya mbawa za mapambazuko,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama nikikaa pande za mbali za bahari,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.139.10" />hata huko mkono wako utaniongoza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkono wako wa kuume utanishika kwa uthabiti.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.139.11" />Kama nikisema, “Hakika giza litanificha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nuru inayonizunguka iwe usiku,”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.139.12" />hata giza halitakuwa giza kwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiku utangʼaa kama mchana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa giza ni kama nuru kwako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.139.13" />Kwa maana wewe ndiwe uliyeumba utu wangu wa ndani;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uliniunga pamoja tumboni mwa mama yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.139.14" />Ninakusifu kwa sababu nimeumbwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa namna ya ajabu na ya kutisha;
</q>
<q style="q1">kazi zako ni za ajabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninajua hayo kikamilifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.139.15" />Umbile langu halikufichika kwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilipoumbwa mahali pa siri.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nilipoungwa pamoja kwa ustadi katika vilindi vya nchi,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.139.16" />macho yako yaliniona kabla mwili wangu haujakamilika.
</q>
<q style="q1">Siku zangu zote ulizonipangia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ziliandikwa katika kitabu chako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kabla haijakuwepo hata moja.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.139.17" />Tazama jinsi yalivyo ya thamani mawazo yako kwangu, Ee Mungu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Jinsi jumla yake ilivyo kubwa!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.139.18" />Kama ningezihesabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zingekuwa nyingi kuliko mchanga.
</q>
<q style="q1">Niamkapo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bado niko pamoja nawe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.139.19" />Laiti ungewachinja waovu, Ee Mungu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ondokeni kwangu, ninyi wamwaga damu!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.139.20" />Wanazungumza juu yako wakiwa na kusudi baya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">adui zako wanatumia vibaya jina lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.139.21" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, je, nisiwachukie wanaokuchukia?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nisiwachukie sana wanaoinuka dhidi yako?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PSA.139.22" />Sina kitu zaidi ya chuki dhidi yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninawahesabu ni adui zangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PSA.139.23" />Ee Mungu, nichunguze, uujue moyo wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nijaribu na ujue mawazo yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PSA.139.24" />Uone kama kuna njia iletayo machukizo ndani yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uniongoze katika njia ya milele.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="140" />
<cl>Zaburi 140
</cl><s style="s1">Kuomba Ulinzi Wa Mungu
</s>
<d style="d">Kwa mwimbishaji. Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.140.1" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, niokoe, kutoka kwa watu waovu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilinde na watu wenye jeuri,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.140.2" />ambao hupanga mipango mibaya mioyoni mwao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuchochea vita siku zote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.140.3" />Wao hufanya ndimi zao kali kama za nyoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sumu ya nyoka iko midomoni mwao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.140.4" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, niepushe na mikono ya waovu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilinde na watu wenye jeuri
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaopanga kunikwaza miguu yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.140.5" />Wenye kiburi wameficha mtego wa kuninasa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wametandaza kamba za wavu wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wametega mitego kwenye njia yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.140.6" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ninakuambia, “Wewe ni Mungu wangu.”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, usikie kilio changu na kunihurumia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.140.7" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, Mwokozi wangu mwenye nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unikingaye kichwa changu siku ya vita:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.140.8" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, usiwape waovu matakwa yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiache mipango yao ikafanikiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wasije wakajisifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.140.9" />Vichwa vya wanaonizunguka vifunikwe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na shida zinazosababishwa na midomo yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.140.10" />Makaa ya mawe ya moto na yawaangukie!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Na watupwe motoni,
</q>
<q style="q1">katika mashimo ya matope,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wasiinuke tena kamwe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.140.11" />Wasingiziaji wasifanikiwe katika nchi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maafa na yawawinde watu wenye jeuri.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.140.12" />Najua kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> huwapatia maskini haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuitegemeza njia ya mhitaji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.140.13" />Hakika wenye haki watalisifu jina lako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na waadilifu wataishi mbele zako.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="141" />
<cl>Zaburi 141
</cl><s style="s1">Maombi Ya Kuhifadhiwa Dhidi Ya Uovu
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.141.1" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ninakuita wewe, uje kwangu hima.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Sikia sauti yangu ninapokuita.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.141.2" />Maombi yangu na yafike mbele zako kama uvumba;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuinua mikono yangu juu na kuwe kama dhabihu ya jioni.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.141.3" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, weka mlinzi kinywani mwangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">weka ulinzi mlangoni mwa midomo yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.141.4" />Usiuache moyo wangu uvutwe katika jambo baya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nisije nikashiriki katika matendo maovu
</q>
<q style="q1">pamoja na watu watendao mabaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala nisije nikala vyakula vyao vya anasa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.141.5" />Mtu mwenye haki na anipige: ni jambo la huruma;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na anikemee: ni mafuta kichwani mwangu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kichwa changu hakitalikataa.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Hata hivyo, maombi yangu daima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni kinyume cha watenda mabaya,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.141.6" />watawala wao watatupwa chini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka kwenye majabali,
</q>
<q style="q1">waovu watajifunza kwamba maneno yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yalikuwa kweli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.141.7" />Watasema, “Kama mtu anavyolima na kuvunja ardhi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo mifupa yetu imetawanywa kwenye mlango wa kaburi.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.141.8" />Lakini nimekaza macho yangu kwako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndani yako nimekimbilia, usiniache nife.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.141.9" />Niepushe na mitego waliyonitegea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutokana na mitego iliyotegwa na watenda mabaya.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.141.10" />Waovu na waanguke kwenye nyavu zao wenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati mimi ninapita salama.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="142" />
<cl>Zaburi 142
</cl><s style="s1">Maombi Ya Kuokolewa Dhidi Ya Watesi
</s>
<d style="d">Utenzi wa Daudi. Alipokuwa pangoni. Maombi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.142.1" />Namlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa sauti,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nainua sauti yangu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> anihurumie.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.142.2" />Namimina malalamiko yangu mbele zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele zake naeleza shida zangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.142.3" />Wakati roho yangu inapozimia ndani yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe ndiwe unajua njia zangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Katika njia ninayopita
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wameniwekea mtego.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.142.4" />Tazama kuume kwangu na uone,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna hata mmoja anayejihusisha nami.
</q>
<q style="q1">Sina kimbilio,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna anayejali maisha yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.142.5" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nakulilia wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nasema, “Wewe ni kimbilio langu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">fungu langu katika nchi ya walio hai.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.142.6" />Sikiliza kilio changu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu mimi ni mhitaji sana;
</q>
<q style="q1">niokoe na wale wanaonifuatilia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa wamenizidi nguvu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.142.7" />Nifungue kutoka kifungo changu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili niweze kulisifu jina lako.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Ndipo wenye haki watanizunguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya wema wako kwangu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="143" />
<cl>Zaburi 143
</cl><s style="s1">Maombi Ya Kuokolewa Dhidi Ya Adui
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.143.1" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, sikia sala yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikiliza kilio changu unihurumie;
</q>
<q style="q1">katika uaminifu na haki yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">njoo unisaidie.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.143.2" />Usimhukumu mtumishi wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa hakuna mtu anayeishi aliye mwenye haki mbele zako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.143.3" />Adui hunifuatilia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hunipondaponda chini;
</q>
<q style="q1">hunifanya niishi gizani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama wale waliokufa zamani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.143.4" />Kwa hiyo roho yangu inazimia ndani yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">moyo wangu ndani yangu unakata tamaa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.143.5" />Nakumbuka siku za zamani;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">natafakari juu ya kazi zako zote,
</q>
<q style="q1">naangalia juu ya kazi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambazo mikono yako imezifanya.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.143.6" />Nanyoosha mikono yangu kwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nafsi yangu inakuonea kiu kama ardhi kame.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.143.7" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, unijibu haraka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">roho yangu inazimia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Usinifiche uso wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ama sivyo nitafanana na wale washukao shimoni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.143.8" />Asubuhi uniletee neno la upendo wako usiokoma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa nimeweka tumaini langu kwako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nionyeshe njia nitakayoiendea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa kwako nainua nafsi yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.143.9" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, uniokoe na adui zangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa nimejificha kwako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.143.10" />Nifundishe kufanya mapenzi yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana wewe ndiwe Mungu wangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">Roho wako mwema na aniongoze
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika nchi tambarare.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.143.11" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa ajili ya jina lako, hifadhi maisha yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa haki yako nitoe katika taabu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.143.12" />Kwa upendo wako usiokoma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyamazisha adui zangu;
</q>
<q style="q1">waangamize watesi wangu wote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa mimi ni mtumishi wako.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="144" />
<cl>Zaburi 144
</cl><s style="s1">Mfalme Amshukuru Mungu Kwa Ushindi
</s>
<d style="d">Zaburi ya Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.144.1" />Sifa ni kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwamba wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aifundishaye mikono yangu vita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vidole vyangu kupigana.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.144.2" />Yeye ni Mungu wangu wa upendo na boma langu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ngome yangu na mwokozi wangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">ngao yangu ninayemkimbilia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye huwatiisha mataifa chini yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.144.3" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mwanadamu ni nini hata umjali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Binadamu ni nini hata umfikirie?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.144.4" />Mwanadamu ni kama pumzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku zake ni kama kivuli kinachopita.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.144.5" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, pasua mbingu zako, ushuke,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">gusa milima ili itoe moshi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.144.6" />Peleka umeme uwatawanye adui,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lenga mishale yako uwashinde.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.144.7" />Nyoosha mkono wako kutoka juu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikomboe na kuniokoa
</q>
<q style="q1">kutoka maji makuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka mikononi mwa wageni
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.144.8" />ambao vinywa vyao vimejaa uongo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mikono yao ya kuume ni midanganyifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.144.9" />Ee Mungu, nitakuimbia wimbo mpya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa zeze yenye nyuzi kumi nitakuimbia,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.144.10" />kwa Yule awapaye wafalme ushindi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye humwokoa Daudi, mtumishi wake kutokana na upanga hatari.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.144.11" />Nikomboe na uniokoe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka mikononi mwa wageni
</q>
<q style="q1">ambao vinywa vyao vimejaa uongo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mikono yao ya kuume ni midanganyifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.144.12" />Kisha wana wetu wakati wa ujana wao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watakuwa kama mimea iliyotunzwa vizuri,
</q>
<q style="q1">binti zetu watakuwa kama nguzo zilizoviringwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kurembesha jumba la kifalme.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.144.13" />Ghala zetu zitajazwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aina zote za mahitaji.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kondoo zetu watazaa kwa maelfu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa makumi ya maelfu katika mashamba yetu;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.144.14" />maksai wetu watakokota
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mizigo mizito.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hakutakuwa na kubomoka kuta,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna kuchukuliwa mateka,
</q>
<q style="q1">wala kilio cha taabu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika barabara zetu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.144.15" />Heri watu ambao hili ni kweli;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">heri wale ambao
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni Mungu wao.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="145" />
<cl>Zaburi 145</cl><f caller="+"><fr>145:1
</fr><ft>Zaburi hii imetungwa kila mstari (ikiwa ni pamoja na 13b) ukianzia na herufi ya alfabeti ya Kiebrania zikifuatana tangu Aleph (A) hadi Taw (T); zote ni 22.</ft></f>
<s style="s1">Wimbo Wa Kusifu Ukuu Na Wema Wa Mungu
</s>
<d style="d">Wimbo wa Sifa. Wa Daudi.
</d>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.145.1" />Nitakutukuza wewe, Mungu wangu Mfalme,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitalisifu jina lako milele na milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.145.2" />Kila siku nitakusifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kulitukuza jina lako milele na milele.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.145.3" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ni mkuu, anayestahili kusifiwa sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukuu wake haupimiki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.145.4" />Kizazi kimoja kitasifia kazi zako kwa kizazi kingine,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watasimulia matendo yako makuu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.145.5" />Watasema juu ya utukufu wa fahari ya ukuu wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitatafakari juu ya kazi zako za ajabu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.145.6" />Watasimulia uwezo wa kazi zako za kutisha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitatangaza matendo yako makuu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.145.7" />Wataadhimisha wema wako mwingi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wataimba kwa shangwe juu ya haki yako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.145.8" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ni mwenye neema na mwingi wa huruma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">si mwepesi wa hasira, bali ni mwingi wa upendo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.145.9" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ni mwema kwa wote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ana huruma kwa vyote alivyovifanya.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.145.10" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, vyote ulivyovifanya vitakusifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watakatifu wako watakutukuza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.145.11" />Watasimulia utukufu wa ufalme wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kusema juu ya ukuu wako,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.145.12" />ili watu wote wajue matendo yako makuu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na utukufu wa fahari ya ufalme wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.145.13" />Ufalme wako ni ufalme wa milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mamlaka yako hudumu vizazi vyote.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> ni mwaminifu kwa ahadi zake zote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mwenye upendo kwa vyote alivyovifanya.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.145.14" /><nd>Bwana</nd> huwategemeza wote waangukao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na huwainua wote waliolemewa na mizigo yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.145.15" />Macho yao wote yanakutazama wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe huwapa chakula chao wakati wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.145.16" />Waufumbua mkono wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watosheleza haja ya kila kitu kilicho hai.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.145.17" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ni mwenye haki katika njia zake zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mwenye upendo kwa vyote alivyovifanya.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.145.18" /><nd>Bwana</nd> yu karibu na wote wamwitao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">karibu na wote wamwitao kwa uaminifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.145.19" />Huwatimizia wamchao matakwa yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">husikia kilio chao na kuwaokoa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.145.20" /><nd>Bwana</nd> huwalinda wote wampendao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali waovu wote atawaangamiza.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PSA.145.21" />Kinywa changu kitazinena sifa za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kila kiumbe na kilisifu jina lake takatifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">milele na milele.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="146" />
<cl>Zaburi 146
</cl><s style="s1">Kumsifu Mungu Mwokozi
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.146.1" />Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>!<f caller="+"><fr>146:1
</fr><ft>Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa Kiebrania ni Hallelu Yah.</ft></f>
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Ee nafsi yangu, umsifu
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.146.2" />Nitamsifu
<nd>Bwana</nd> maisha yangu yote;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitamwimbia Mungu wangu sifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wote niishipo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.146.3" />Usiweke tumaini lako kwa wakuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa wanadamu ambao hufa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao hawawezi kuokoa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.146.4" />Roho yao itokapo hurudi mavumbini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku hiyo hiyo mipango yao yote hukoma.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.146.5" />Heri yeye ambaye Mungu wa Yakobo ni msaada wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye tumaini lake ni katika
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.146.6" />Muumba wa mbingu na nchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na bahari na vyote vilivyomo ndani yake:
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> anayedumu kuwa mwaminifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">milele na milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.146.7" />Naye huwapatia haki walioonewa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwapa wenye njaa chakula.
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> huwaweka wafungwa huru,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.146.8" /><nd>Bwana</nd> huwafumbua vipofu macho,
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> huwainua waliolemewa na mizigo yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> huwapenda wenye haki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.146.9" /><nd>Bwana</nd> huwalinda wageni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwategemeza yatima na wajane,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hupinga njia za waovu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.146.10" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atamiliki milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu wako, ee Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa vizazi vyote.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="147" />
<cl>Zaburi 147
</cl><s style="s1">Kumsifu Mungu Mwenye Nguvu Zote
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.147.1" />Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Tazama jinsi ilivyo vyema kumwimbia Mungu wetu sifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jinsi inavyopendeza na kustahili kumsifu yeye!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.147.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> hujenga Yerusalemu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huwakusanya Israeli walio uhamishoni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.147.3" />Anawaponya waliovunjika mioyo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuvifunga vidonda vyao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.147.4" />Huzihesabu nyota
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na huipa kila moja jina lake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.147.5" />Bwana wetu ni mkuu na mwenye uwezo mwingi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ufahamu wake hauna kikomo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.147.6" /><nd>Bwana</nd> huwahifadhi wanyenyekevu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini huwashusha waovu mpaka mavumbini.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.147.7" />Mwimbieni
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa shukrani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpigieni Mungu wetu kinubi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.147.8" />Yeye huzifunika anga kwa mawingu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huinyeshea ardhi mvua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzifanya nyasi kuota juu ya vilima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.147.9" />Huwapa chakula mifugo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na pia makinda ya kunguru yanapolia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.147.10" />Furaha yake haipo katika nguvu za farasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala furaha yake kwenye miguu ya mwanadamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.147.11" /><nd>Bwana</nd> hupendezwa na wale wamchao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wanaoweka tumaini lao katika upendo wake usiokoma.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.147.12" />Mtukuze
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ee Yerusalemu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msifu Mungu wako, ee Sayuni,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.147.13" />kwa maana huimarisha makomeo ya malango yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na huwabariki watu wako walio ndani yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.147.14" />Huwapa amani mipakani mwenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukushibisha kwa ngano safi kabisa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PSA.147.15" />Hutuma amri yake duniani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">neno lake hukimbia kasi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PSA.147.16" />Anatandaza theluji kama sufu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutawanya umande kama majivu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PSA.147.17" />Huvurumisha mvua yake ya mawe kama changarawe.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani awezaye kustahimili ukali wa baridi yake?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PSA.147.18" />Hutuma neno lake na kuviyeyusha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huvumisha upepo wake, nayo maji hutiririka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PSA.147.19" />Amemfunulia Yakobo neno lake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sheria zake na maagizo yake kwa Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PSA.147.20" />Hajafanya hivyo kwa taifa lingine lolote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawazijui sheria zake.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="148" />
<cl>Zaburi 148
</cl><s style="s1">Mwito Kwa Ulimwengu Kumsifu Mungu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.148.1" />Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd> kutoka mbinguni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msifuni juu vileleni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.148.2" />Msifuni, enyi malaika wake wote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msifuni yeye, enyi jeshi lake lote la mbinguni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.148.3" />Msifuni yeye, enyi jua na mwezi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msifuni yeye, enyi nyota zote zingʼaazo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.148.4" />Msifuni yeye, enyi mbingu zilizo juu sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ninyi maji juu ya anga.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.148.5" />Vilisifu jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana aliamuru navyo vikaumbwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.148.6" />Aliviweka mahali pake milele na milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alitoa amri ambayo haibadiliki milele.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.148.7" />Mtukuzeni
<nd>Bwana</nd> kutoka duniani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi viumbe vikubwa vya baharini na vilindi vyote vya bahari,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.148.8" />umeme wa radi na mvua ya mawe, theluji na mawingu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pepo za dhoruba zinazofanya amri zake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.148.9" />ninyi milima na vilima vyote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miti ya matunda na mierezi yote,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PSA.148.10" />wanyama wa mwituni na mifugo yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">viumbe vidogo na ndege warukao,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PSA.148.11" />wafalme wa dunia na mataifa yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi wakuu na watawala wote wa dunia,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PSA.148.12" />wanaume vijana na wanawali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wazee na watoto.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PSA.148.13" />Wote na walisifu jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana jina lake pekee limetukuka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utukufu wake uko juu ya nchi na mbingu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PSA.148.14" />Amewainulia watu wake pembe,<f caller="+"><fr>148:14
</fr><ft>Pembe hapa inawakilisha mwenye nguvu, yaani mfalme.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sifa ya watakatifu wake wote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya Israeli, watu walio karibu na moyo wake.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="149" />
<cl>Zaburi 149
</cl><s style="s1">Wimbo Wa Kumsifu Mungu Kwa Wema Wake
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.149.1" />Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Mwimbieni
<nd>Bwana</nd> wimbo mpya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sifa zake katika kusanyiko la watakatifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.149.2" />Israeli na washangilie katika Muumba wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wa Sayuni na wafurahi katika Mfalme wao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.149.3" />Na walisifu jina lake kwa kucheza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wampigie muziki kwa matari na kinubi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.149.4" />Kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> anapendezwa na watu wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anawavika wanyenyekevu taji ya wokovu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.149.5" />Watakatifu washangilie katika heshima hii,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na waimbe kwa shangwe vitandani mwao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.149.6" />Sifa za Mungu na ziwe vinywani mwao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na upanga ukatao kuwili mikononi mwao,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PSA.149.7" />ili walipize mataifa kisasi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na adhabu juu ya mataifa,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PSA.149.8" />wawafunge wafalme wao kwa minyororo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakuu wao kwa pingu za chuma,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PSA.149.9" />ili kuwafanyia hukumu iliyoandikwa dhidi yao.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Huu ndio utukufu wa watakatifu wake wote.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q level="2" style="q2">Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="150" />
<cl>Zaburi 150
</cl><s style="s1">Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd> Kwa Ukuu Wake
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PSA.150.1" />Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Msifuni Mungu katika patakatifu pake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msifuni katika mbingu zake kuu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PSA.150.2" />Msifuni kwa matendo yake makuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msifuni kwa kadiri ya wingi wa ukuu wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PSA.150.3" />Msifuni kwa mvumo wa tarumbeta,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msifuni kwa kinubi na zeze,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PSA.150.4" />msifuni kwa matari na kucheza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msifuni kwa kinanda cha nyuzi na filimbi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PSA.150.5" />msifuni kwa matoazi yaliayo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msifuni kwa matoazi yavumayo sana.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PSA.150.6" />Kila chenye pumzi na kimsifu
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q level="2" style="q2">Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>!<ve />
</q>
</book>
<book id="PRO"><id id="PRO">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Mithali
</h><toc level="1">Mithali
</toc><toc level="2">Mithali
</toc><toc level="3">Mit
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Mithali
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Utangulizi: Kusudi Na Kiini
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.1.1" />Mithali za Solomoni mwana wa Daudi, mfalme wa Israeli:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.1.2" />Kwa kupata hekima na nidhamu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kufahamu maneno ya busara;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.1.3" />kwa kujipatia nidhamu na busara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kufanya lililo sawa, haki na bila kupendelea;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.1.4" />huwapa busara wajinga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maarifa na akili kwa vijana;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.1.5" />wenye hekima na wasikilize nao waongeze elimu yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wenye kupambanua na wapate mwongozo;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.1.6" />kwa kufahamu mithali na mifano,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">misemo na vitendawili vya wenye hekima.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.1.7" />Kumcha
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndicho chanzo cha maarifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini wapumbavu hudharau hekima na adabu.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Onyo Dhidi Ya Ushawishi Wa Marafiki Waovu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.1.8" />Mwanangu, sikiliza mwongozo wa baba yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala usiyaache mafundisho ya mama yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.1.9" />Hayo yatakuwa taji la maua la neema kichwani pako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mkufu wa kuipamba shingo yako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.1.10" />Mwanangu, kama wenye dhambi wakikushawishi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usikubaliane nao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.1.11" />Kama wakisema, “Twende tufuatane;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tukamvizie mtu na kumwaga damu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">njoo tukavizie nafsi isiyo na hatia;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.1.12" />tuwameze wakiwa hai kama kaburi,<f caller="+"><fr>1:12
</fr><ft>Kaburi hapa maana yake ni Kuzimu, kwa Kiebrania ni Sheol.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakiwa wazima kama wale wanaotumbukia shimoni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.1.13" />Tutapata aina zote za vitu vya thamani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kujaza nyumba zetu kwa nyara.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.1.14" />Njoo ushirikiane nasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vitu vyote tutakavyopata tutagawana.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.1.15" />Mwanangu, usiandamane nao.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Usiweke mguu wako katika njia zao,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.1.16" />kwa kuwa miguu yao hukimbilia kwenye dhambi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni wepesi kumwaga damu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.1.17" />Tazama ni jinsi gani ilivyo kazi bure kutandaza wavu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati ndege wote wanakuona!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.1.18" />Watu hawa huvizia kumwaga damu yao wenyewe;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hujivizia tu wenyewe!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.1.19" />Huu ndio mwisho wa wote ambao wanajipatia mali kwa hila;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huuondoa uhai wa wale wenye mali.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Onyo Dhidi Ya Kukataa Hekima
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.1.20" />Hekima huita kwa sauti kuu barabarani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hupaza sauti yake kwenye viwanja vikubwa;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.1.21" />kwenye makutano ya barabara za mji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zenye makelele mengi hupaza sauti,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye malango ya mji hutoa hotuba yake:
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.1.22" />“Enyi wajinga, mtangʼangʼania ujinga wenu hadi lini?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mpaka lini wenye mizaha watafurahia mizaha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wapumbavu kuchukia maarifa?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PRO.1.23" />Kama mngekuwa mmeitikia karipio langu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ningekuwa nimemimina roho yangu kwenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwafahamisha maneno yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PRO.1.24" />Lakini kwa kuwa mlinikataa nilipowaita
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hakuna yeyote aliyekubali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niliponyoosha mkono wangu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PRO.1.25" />kwa kuwa mliyapuuza mashauri yangu yote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hamkukubali karipio langu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PRO.1.26" />mimi nami nitawacheka katika maafa yenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitawadhihaki wakati janga litawapata:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PRO.1.27" />wakati janga litawapata kama tufani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati maafa yatawazoa kama upepo wa kisulisuli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati dhiki na taabu zitawalemea.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PRO.1.28" />“Ndipo watakaponiita lakini sitawajibu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watanitafuta lakini hawatanipata.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PRO.1.29" />Kwa kuwa walichukia maarifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawakuchagua kumcha
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="PRO.1.30" />kwa kuwa hawakukubali mashauri yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukataa maonyo yangu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="PRO.1.31" />watakula matunda ya njia zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na watashibishwa matunda ya hila zao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="PRO.1.32" />Kwa kuwa ukaidi wa wajinga utawaua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nako kuridhika kwa wajinga kutawaangamiza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="PRO.1.33" />Lakini yeyote anisikilizaye ataishi kwa usalama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atatulia, bila kuwa na hofu ya madhara.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Faida Za Hekima
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.2.1" />Mwanangu, kama utayakubali maneno yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuyaweka akiba maagizo yangu ndani mwako,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.2.2" />kutega sikio lako kwenye hekima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuweka moyo wako katika ufahamu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.2.3" />na kama ukiita busara
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuita kwa sauti ufahamu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.2.4" />na kama utaitafuta kama fedha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuitafuta sana kama hazina iliyofichwa,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.2.5" />ndipo utakapoelewa kumcha
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kupata maarifa ya Mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.2.6" />Kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> hutoa hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kinywani mwake hutoka maarifa na ufahamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.2.7" />Anahifadhi ushindi kwa ajili ya mwadilifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ni ngao kwa wale wasio na lawama,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.2.8" />kwa kuwa hulinda mwenendo wa mwenye haki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuhifadhi njia ya waaminifu wake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.2.9" />Ndipo utafahamu lipi lililo kweli na haki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na sawa: yaani kila njia nzuri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.2.10" />Kwa maana hekima itaingia moyoni mwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo maarifa yataifurahisha nafsi yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.2.11" />Busara itakuhifadhi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ufahamu utakulinda.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.2.12" />Hekima itakuokoa kutoka njia za waovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka kwa watu ambao maneno yao yamepotoka,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.2.13" />wale waachao mapito yaliyonyooka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakatembea katika njia za giza,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.2.14" />wale wapendao kutenda mabaya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufurahia upotovu wa ubaya,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.2.15" />ambao mapito yao yamepotoka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ambao ni wapotovu katika njia zao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.2.16" />Itakuokoa pia kutokana na mwanamke kahaba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutokana na mke aliyepotoka mwenye maneno
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya kushawishi kutenda ubaya,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.2.17" />aliyemwacha mwenzi wa ujana wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kupuuza agano alilofanya mbele ya Mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.2.18" />Kwa maana nyumba yake huelekea kwenye kifo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mapito yake kwenye roho za waliokufa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.2.19" />Hakuna yeyote aendaye kwake akarudi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kufikia mapito ya uzima.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.2.20" />Hivyo utatembea katika njia za watu wema
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kushikamana na mapito ya wenye haki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.2.21" />Kwa maana wanyofu wataishi katika nchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wasio na lawama watabakia ndani yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.2.22" />Bali waovu watakatiliwa mbali kutoka nchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wasio waaminifu watangʼolewa kutoka humo.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Faida Nyingine Za Hekima
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.3.1" />Mwanangu, usisahau mafundisho yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali zitunze amri zangu moyoni mwako,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.3.2" />kwa kuwa zitakuongezea miaka mingi ya maisha yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukuletea mafanikio.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.3.3" />Usiache kamwe upendo na uaminifu vitengane nawe;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vifunge shingoni mwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">viandike katika ubao wa moyo wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.3.4" />Ndipo utapata kibali na jina zuri
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele za Mungu na mwanadamu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.3.5" />Mtumaini
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa moyo wako wote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala usizitegemee akili zako mwenyewe;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.3.6" />katika njia zako zote mkiri yeye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atayanyoosha mapito yako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.3.7" />Usiwe mwenye hekima machoni pako mwenyewe;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mche
<nd>Bwana</nd> ukajiepushe na uovu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.3.8" />Hii itakuletea afya mwilini mwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mafuta kwenye mifupa yako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.3.9" />Mheshimu
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa mali zako na
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa malimbuko ya mazao yako yote;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.3.10" />ndipo ghala zako zitakapojaa hadi kufurika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">viriba vyako vitafurika kwa mvinyo mpya.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.3.11" />Mwanangu, usiidharau adhabu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na usichukie kukaripiwa naye,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.3.12" />kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> huwaadibisha wale awapendao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama vile baba afanyavyo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mwana apendezwaye naye.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.3.13" />Heri mtu yule aonaye hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtu yule apataye ufahamu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.3.14" />kwa maana hekima ana faida kuliko fedha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mapato yake ni bora kuliko ya dhahabu safi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.3.15" />Hekima ana thamani kuliko marijani;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna chochote unachokitamani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kinachoweza kulinganishwa naye.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.3.16" />Maisha marefu yako katika mkono wake wa kuume;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika mkono wake wa kushoto
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuna utajiri na heshima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.3.17" />Njia zake zinapendeza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mapito yake yote ni amani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.3.18" />Yeye ni mti wa uzima kwa wale wanaomkumbatia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wamshikao watabarikiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.3.19" />Kwa hekima
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliiweka misingi ya dunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ufahamu aliziweka mbingu mahali pake;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.3.20" />kwa maarifa yake vilindi viligawanywa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo mawingu yanadondosha umande.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.3.21" />Mwanangu, hifadhi maamuzi mema na busara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiache vitoke machoni pako;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.3.22" />ndipo vitakapokuwa uzima nafsini mwako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na pambo la neema shingoni mwako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PRO.3.23" />Kisha utaenda katika njia yako salama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala mguu wako hautajikwaa;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PRO.3.24" />ulalapo, hautaogopa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulalapo usingizi wako utakuwa mtamu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PRO.3.25" />Usiogope maafa ya ghafula
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au maangamizi yanayowapata waovu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PRO.3.26" />kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakuwa tumaini lako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuepusha mguu wako kunaswa katika mtego.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PRO.3.27" />Usizuie wema kwa wale wanaostahili
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ikiwa katika uwezo wako kutenda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PRO.3.28" />Usimwambie jirani yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Njoo baadaye, nitakupa kesho”:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wewe unacho kitu kile karibu nawe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PRO.3.29" />Usifanye hila ya kumdhuru jirani yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye anaishi karibu na wewe akikuamini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="PRO.3.30" />Usimshtaki mtu bila sababu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati hajakutenda dhara lolote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="PRO.3.31" />Usimwonee wivu mtu mwenye jeuri
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kuchagua njia yake iwayo yote,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="PRO.3.32" />kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> humchukia mtu mpotovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini siri yake iko kwa mwenye haki.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="PRO.3.33" />Laana ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> i juu ya nyumba ya mwovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini yeye huibariki nyumba ya mwenye haki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="PRO.3.34" />Huwadhihaki wale wanaodhihaki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini huwapa neema wale wanyenyekevu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="PRO.3.35" />Wenye hekima hurithi heshima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali huwaaibisha wapumbavu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Hekima Ni Bora Kupita Vitu Vyote
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.4.1" />Sikilizeni wanangu, mafundisho ya baba yenu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikilizeni kwa makini na mpate ufahamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.4.2" />Ninawapa mafundisho ya maana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiyo msiyaache mafundisho yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.4.3" />Nilipokuwa mvulana mdogo katika nyumba ya baba yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ningali mchanga na mtoto pekee kwa mama yangu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.4.4" />baba alinifundisha akisema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Yashike maneno yangu yote kwa moyo wako wote;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yashike maagizo yangu na wewe utaishi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.4.5" />Pata hekima, pata ufahamu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiyasahau maneno yangu wala usiyaache.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.4.6" />Usimwache hekima naye atakuweka salama;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpende, naye atakulinda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.4.7" />Hekima ni bora kuliko vitu vyote; kwa hiyo jipe hekima.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hata ikikugharimu vyote ulivyo navyo, pata ufahamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.4.8" />Mstahi, naye atakukweza;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkumbatie, naye atakuheshimu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.4.9" />Atakuvika shada la neema kichwani mwako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukupa taji ya utukufu.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.4.10" />Sikiliza mwanangu, kubali ninachokuambia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo miaka ya maisha yako itakuwa mingi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.4.11" />Ninakuongoza katika njia ya hekima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukuongoza katika mapito yaliyonyooka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.4.12" />Utembeapo, hatua zako hazitazuiliwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukimbiapo, hutajikwaa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.4.13" />Mkamate sana elimu, usimwache aende zake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mshike, maana yeye ni uzima wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.4.14" />Usiuweke mguu wako katika njia ya waovu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala usitembee katika njia ya watu wabaya.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.4.15" />Epukana nayo, usisafiri katika njia hiyo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">achana nayo, na uelekee njia yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.4.16" />Kwa kuwa hawawezi kulala mpaka watende uovu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanashindwa hata kusinzia mpaka wamwangushe mtu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.4.17" />Wanakula mkate wa uovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunywa mvinyo wa jeuri.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.4.18" />Njia ya wenye haki ni kama nuru ya kwanza ya mapambazuko,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambayo hungʼaa zaidi na zaidi mpaka mchana mkamilifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.4.19" />Lakini njia ya waovu ni kama giza nene;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawajui kinachowafanya wajikwae.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.4.20" />Mwanangu, yasikilize kwa makini yale ninayokuambia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikiliza kwa makini maneno yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.4.21" />Usiruhusu yaondoke machoni pako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yahifadhi ndani ya moyo wako;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.4.22" />kwa sababu ni uzima kwa wale wanaoyapata
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na afya kwa mwili wote wa mwanadamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PRO.4.23" />Zaidi ya yote, linda moyo wako, kuliko yote uyalindayo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maana ndiko zitokako chemchemi za uzima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PRO.4.24" />Epusha kinywa chako na ukaidi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">weka mazungumzo machafu mbali na midomo yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PRO.4.25" />Macho yako na yatazame mbele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kaza macho yako moja kwa moja mbele yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PRO.4.26" />Sawazisha mapito ya miguu yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na njia zako zote ziwe zimethibitika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PRO.4.27" />Usigeuke kulia wala kushoto;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">epusha mguu wako na ubaya.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Onyo Dhidi Ya Uzinzi
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.5.1" />Mwanangu, sikiliza kwa makini hekima yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikiliza vizuri maneno yangu ya busara,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.5.2" />ili uweze kutunza busara
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na midomo yako ihifadhi maarifa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.5.3" />Kwa maana midomo ya mwanamke kahaba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hudondoza asali,
</q>
<q style="q1">na maneno ya kinywa chake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni laini kuliko mafuta;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.5.4" />lakini mwisho wake ni mchungu kama nyongo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkali kama upanga ukatao kuwili.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.5.5" />Miguu yake hushuka kuelekea kwenye kifo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hatua zake huelekea moja kwa moja kaburini.<f caller="+"><fr>5:5
</fr><ft>Kaburini hapa maana yake ni Kuzimu, kwa Kiebrania ni Sheol.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.5.6" />Yeye hafikiri juu ya njia ya uzima;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">njia zake zimepotoka, lakini yeye hajui.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.5.7" />Sasa basi wanangu, nisikilizeni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msiache ninalowaambia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.5.8" />Njia zenu ziwe mbali naye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msiende karibu na mlango wa nyumba yake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.5.9" />usije ukatoa nguvu zako nzuri kwa wengine
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na miaka yako kwa aliye mkatili,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.5.10" />wageni wasije wakasherehekea utajiri wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na jitihada yako ikatajirisha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyumba ya mwanaume mwingine.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.5.11" />Mwishoni mwa maisha yako utalia kwa uchungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati nyama na mwili wako vimechakaa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.5.12" />Utasema, “Tazama jinsi gani nilivyochukia adhabu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Tazama jinsi moyo wangu ulivyodharau maonyo!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.5.13" />Sikuwatii walimu wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kuwasikiliza wakufunzi wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.5.14" />Nimefika ukingoni mwa maangamizi kabisa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katikati ya kusanyiko lote.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.5.15" />Kunywa maji kutoka kwenye kisima chako mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maji yanayotiririka kutoka kwenye kisima chako mwenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.5.16" />Je, chemchemi zako zifurike katika barabara za mji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vijito vyako vya maji viwanjani?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.5.17" />Na viwe vyako mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kamwe visishirikishwe wageni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.5.18" />Chemchemi yako na ibarikiwe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na umfurahie mke wa ujana wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.5.19" />Kulungu jike apendaye, kulungu mzuri:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">matiti yake na yakutosheleze siku zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe utekwe daima na upendo wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.5.20" />Kwa nini mwanangu, utekwe na mwanamke kahaba?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa nini ukumbatie kifua cha mke wa mwanaume mwingine?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.5.21" />Kwa maana njia za mtu ni wazi kabisa mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye huyapima mapito yake yote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.5.22" />Matendo mabaya ya mtu mwovu humnasa yeye mwenyewe;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kamba za dhambi yake humkamata kwa nguvu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PRO.5.23" />Atakufa kwa kukosa nidhamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akipotoshwa kwa upumbavu wake mwenyewe.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Maonyo Dhidi Ya Upumbavu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.6.1" />Mwanangu, kama umekuwa mdhamini wa jirani yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ikiwa umeshika mikono kwa kuweka ahadi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya mwingine,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.6.2" />kama umetegwa na ulichosema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umenaswa kwa maneno ya kinywa chako,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.6.3" />basi fanya hivi mwanangu, ili ujiweke huru,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa umeanguka mikononi mwa jirani yako:
</q>
<q style="q1">Nenda ukajinyenyekeshe kwake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msihi jirani yako!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.6.4" />Usiruhusu usingizi machoni pako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiruhusu kope zako zisinzie.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.6.5" />Jiweke huru, kama swala mkononi mwa mwindaji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama ndege kutoka kwenye mtego wa mwindaji.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.6.6" />Ewe mvivu, mwendee mchwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zitafakari njia zake ukapate hekima!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.6.7" />Kwa maana yeye hana msimamizi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala mwangalizi, au mtawala,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.6.8" />lakini hujiwekea akiba wakati wa kiangazi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hukusanya chakula chake wakati wa mavuno.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.6.9" />Ewe mvivu, utalala hata lini?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Utaamka lini kutoka usingizi wako?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.6.10" />Bado kulala kidogo, kusinzia kidogo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bado kukunja mikono kidogo upate kupumzika:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.6.11" />hivyo umaskini utakuja juu yako kama mnyangʼanyi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kupungukiwa kutakujia kama mtu mwenye silaha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.6.12" />Mtu mbaya sana na mlaghai,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye huzungukazunguka
</q>
<q level="3" style="q3">na maneno ya upotovu,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.6.13" />ambaye anakonyeza kwa jicho lake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anayetoa ishara kwa miguu yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuashiria kwa vidole vyake,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.6.14" />ambaye hupanga ubaya
</q>
<q level="3" style="q3">kwa udanganyifu moyoni mwake:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">daima huchochea fitina.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.6.15" />Kwa hiyo maafa yatamkumba ghafula;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ataangamizwa mara, pasipo msaada.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.6.16" />Kuna vitu sita anavyovichukia
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, viko saba vilivyo chukizo kwake:
<ve />
</q>
<q level="3" style="q3"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.6.17" />macho ya kiburi,
</q>
<q level="3" style="q3">ulimi udanganyao,
</q>
<q level="3" style="q3">mikono imwagayo damu isiyo na hatia,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="3" style="q3"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.6.18" />moyo uwazao mipango miovu,
</q>
<q level="3" style="q3">miguu iliyo myepesi kukimbilia uovu,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="3" style="q3"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.6.19" />shahidi wa uongo ambaye humwaga uongo,
</q>
<q level="3" style="q3">na mtu ambaye huchochea fitina kati ya ndugu.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Onyo Dhidi Ya Uasherati
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.6.20" />Mwanangu, zishike amri za baba yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala usiyaache mafundisho ya mama yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.6.21" />Yafunge katika moyo wako daima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yakaze kuizunguka shingo yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.6.22" />Wakati utembeapo, yatakuongoza;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati ulalapo, yatakulinda;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati uamkapo, yatazungumza nawe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PRO.6.23" />Kwa maana amri hizi ni taa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mafundisho haya ni mwanga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na maonyo ya maadili ni njia ya uzima,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PRO.6.24" />yakikulinda na mwanamke aliyepotoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutokana na maneno laini ya mwanamke aliyepotoka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PRO.6.25" />Moyo wako usitamani uzuri wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala macho yake yasikuteke,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PRO.6.26" />kwa maana kahaba atakufanya uwe maskini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata ukose kipande cha mkate,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye mwanamke mzinzi huwinda maisha yako hasa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PRO.6.27" />Je, mtu aweza kuchotea moto kwenye paja lake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bila nguo zake kuungua?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PRO.6.28" />Je, mtu aweza kutembea juu ya makaa ya moto yanayowaka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bila miguu yake kuungua?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PRO.6.29" />Ndivyo alivyo mtu alalaye na mke wa mwanaume mwingine;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna yeyote amgusaye huyo mwanamke ambaye hataadhibiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="PRO.6.30" />Watu hawamdharau mwizi kama akiiba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kukidhi njaa yake wakati ana njaa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="PRO.6.31" />Pamoja na hayo, kama akikamatwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lazima alipe mara saba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ingawa inamgharimu utajiri wote wa nyumba yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="PRO.6.32" />Lakini mwanaume aziniye na mwanamke hana akili kabisa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeyote afanyaye hivyo hujiangamiza mwenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="PRO.6.33" />Mapigo na aibu ni fungu lake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na aibu yake haitafutika kamwe;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="PRO.6.34" />kwa maana wivu huamsha ghadhabu ya mume,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye hataonyesha huruma alipizapo kisasi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="PRO.6.35" />Hatakubali fidia yoyote;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atakataa malipo, hata yakiwa makubwa kiasi gani.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Onyo Dhidi Ya Mwanamke Mzinzi
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.7.1" />Mwanangu, shika maneno yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzihifadhi amri zangu ndani yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.7.2" />Shika amri zangu nawe utaishi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">linda mafundisho yangu kama mboni ya jicho lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.7.3" />Yafunge katika vidole vyako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yaandike katika kibao cha moyo wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.7.4" />Mwambie hekima, “Wewe ni dada yangu,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uite ufahamu jamaa yako;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.7.5" />watakuepusha na mwanamke mzinzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutokana na mwanamke mpotovu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na maneno yake ya kubembeleza.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.7.6" />Kwenye dirisha la nyumba yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilitazama nje kupitia upenyo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye mwimo wa dirisha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.7.7" />Niliona miongoni mwa wajinga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikagundua miongoni mwa wanaume vijana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kijana asiye na akili.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.7.8" />Alikuwa akishuka njiani karibu na pembe ya kwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akielekea kwenye nyumba ya huyo mwanamke
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.7.9" />wakati wa machweo, jua likipungua nuru yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">giza la usiku lilipokuwa likiingia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.7.10" />Ndipo huyo mwanamke akatoka kumlaki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hali amevaa kama kahaba akiwa na nia ya udanganyifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.7.11" />(Ni mwanamke mwenye makelele na mkaidi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miguu yake haitulii nyumbani;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.7.12" />mara kwenye barabara za mji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mara kwenye viwanja vikubwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye kila pembe huvizia.)
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.7.13" />Huyo mwanamke alimkumbatia kijana na kumbusu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa uso usio na haya akamwambia:
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.7.14" />“Nina sadaka za amani nyumbani;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">leo nimetimiza nadhiri zangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.7.15" />Kwa hiyo nimetoka nje kukulaki;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimekutafuta na nimekupata!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.7.16" />Nimetandika kitanda changu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kitani za rangi kutoka Misri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.7.17" />Nimetia manukato kitanda changu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa manemane, udi na mdalasini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.7.18" />Njoo, tuzame katika mapenzi mpaka asubuhi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tujifurahishe wenyewe kwa mapenzi!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.7.19" />Mume wangu hayupo nyumbani;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amekwenda safari ya mbali.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.7.20" />Amechukua mkoba uliojazwa fedha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hatakuwepo nyumbani karibuni.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.7.21" />Kwa maneno laini yule mwanamke akampotosha;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alimshawishi kwa maneno yake laini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.7.22" />Mara huyo kijana alimfuata yule mwanamke
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama fahali aendaye machinjoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama kulungu aingiaye kwenye kitanzi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PRO.7.23" />mpaka mshale umchome ini lake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama ndege anayenaswa kwenye mtego,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bila kujua itamgharimu maisha yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PRO.7.24" />Sasa basi wanangu, nisikilizeni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikilizeni kwa makini nisemalo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PRO.7.25" />Usiruhusu moyo wako ugeukie njia za huyo mwanamke,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala usitangetange katika mapito yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PRO.7.26" />Aliowaangusha ni wengi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliowachinja ni kundi kubwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PRO.7.27" />Nyumba yake ni njia kuu iendayo kaburini,<f caller="+"><fr>7:27
</fr><ft>Kaburini hapa maana yake ni Kuzimu, kwa Kiebrania ni Sheol.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ielekeayo chini kwenye vyumba vya mauti.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Wito Wa Hekima
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.8.1" />Je, hekima haitani?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, ufahamu hapazi sauti?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.8.2" />Juu ya miinuko karibu na njia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">penye njia panda, ndipo asimamapo;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.8.3" />kando ya malango yaelekeayo mjini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye maingilio, hulia kwa sauti kubwa, akisema:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.8.4" />“Ni ninyi wanaume, ninaowaita;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninapaza sauti yangu kwa wanadamu wote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.8.5" />Ninyi ambao ni wajinga, pateni akili;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi mlio wapumbavu, pateni ufahamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.8.6" />Sikilizeni, kwa maana nina mambo muhimu ya kusema;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninafungua midomo yangu kusema lililo sawa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.8.7" />Kinywa changu husema lililo kweli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana midomo yangu huchukia uovu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.8.8" />Maneno yote ya kinywa changu ni haki;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna mojawapo lililopotoka wala ukaidi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.8.9" />Kwa wenye kupambanua yote ni sahihi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hayana kasoro kwa wale wenye maarifa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.8.10" />Chagua mafundisho yangu badala ya fedha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maarifa badala ya dhahabu safi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.8.11" />kwa maana hekima ina thamani kuliko marijani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hakuna chochote unachohitaji kinacholingana naye.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.8.12" />“Mimi hekima, nakaa pamoja na busara;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninamiliki maarifa na busara.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.8.13" />Kumcha
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni kuchukia uovu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninachukia kiburi na majivuno,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tabia mbaya na mazungumzo potovu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.8.14" />Ushauri na hukumu sahihi ni vyangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nina ufahamu na nina nguvu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.8.15" />Kwa msaada wangu wafalme hutawala
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na watawala hutunga sheria zilizo za haki,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.8.16" />kwa msaada wangu wakuu hutawala,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wenye vyeo wote watawalao dunia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.8.17" />Nawapenda wale wanipendao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wale wanitafutao kwa bidii wataniona.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.8.18" />Utajiri na heshima viko kwangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utajiri udumuo na mafanikio.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.8.19" />Tunda langu ni bora kuliko dhahabu safi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kile nitoacho hupita fedha iliyo bora.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.8.20" />Natembea katika njia ya unyofu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika mapito ya haki,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.8.21" />nawapa utajiri wale wanipendao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzijaza hazina zao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.8.22" />“<nd>Bwana</nd> aliniumba mwanzoni mwa kazi yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kabla ya matendo yake ya zamani;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PRO.8.23" />niliteuliwa tangu milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tangu mwanzoni, kabla ya dunia kuumbwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PRO.8.24" />Wakati hazijakuwepo bahari, nilikwishazaliwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati hazijakuwepo chemchemi zilizojaa maji;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PRO.8.25" />kabla milima haijawekwa mahali pake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kabla vilima havijakuwepo, nilikwishazaliwa,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PRO.8.26" />kabla hajaumba dunia wala mashamba yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au vumbi lolote la dunia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PRO.8.27" />Nilikuwepo alipoziweka mbingu mahali pake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati alichora mstari wa upeo wa macho
</q>
<q level="3" style="q3">juu ya uso wa kilindi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PRO.8.28" />wakati aliweka mawingu juu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuziweka imara chemchemi za bahari,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PRO.8.29" />wakati aliiwekea bahari mpaka wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili maji yasivunje agizo lake,
</q>
<q style="q1">na wakati aliweka misingi ya dunia.
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="30" bcv="PRO.8.30" />Wakati huo nilikuwa fundi stadi kando yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nilijazwa na furaha siku baada ya siku,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikifurahi daima mbele zake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="PRO.8.31" />nikifurahi katika dunia yake yote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nikiwafurahia wanadamu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="PRO.8.32" />“Basi sasa wanangu, nisikilizeni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">heri wale wanaozishika njia zangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="PRO.8.33" />Sikilizeni mafundisho yangu mwe na hekima;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msiyapuuze.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="PRO.8.34" />Heri mtu yule anisikilizaye mimi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akisubiri siku zote malangoni mwangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akingoja kwenye vizingiti vya mlango wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="PRO.8.35" />Kwa maana yeyote anipataye mimi amepata uzima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kujipatia kibali kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="36" bcv="PRO.8.36" />Lakini yeyote ashindwaye kunipata
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hujiumiza mwenyewe;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wote wanichukiao mimi hupenda mauti.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Makaribisho Ya Hekima Na Ya Upumbavu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.9.1" />Hekima amejenga nyumba yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amechonga nguzo zake saba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.9.2" />Ameandaa nyama na kuchanganya divai yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pia ameandaa meza yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.9.3" />Amewatuma watumishi wake wa kike, naye huita
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka mahali pa juu sana pa mji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.9.4" />Anawaambia wale wasio na akili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Wote ambao ni wajinga na waje hapa!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.9.5" />Njooni, mle chakula changu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mnywe divai niliyoichanganya.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.9.6" />Acheni njia zenu za ujinga nanyi mtaishi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tembeeni katika njia ya ufahamu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.9.7" />“Yeyote anayemkosoa mwenye mzaha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hukaribisha matukano;
</q>
<q style="q1">yeyote anayekemea mtu mwovu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hupatwa na matusi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.9.8" />Usimkemee mwenye mzaha la sivyo atakuchukia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkemee mwenye hekima naye atakupenda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.9.9" />Mfundishe mtu mwenye hekima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atakuwa na hekima zaidi;
</q>
<q style="q1">mfundishe mtu mwadilifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atazidi kufundishika.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.9.10" />“Kumcha
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndicho chanzo cha hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumjua Aliye Mtakatifu ni ufahamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.9.11" />Kwa maana kwa msaada wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku zako zitakuwa nyingi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na miaka itaongezwa katika maisha yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.9.12" />Kama wewe una hekima, hekima yako itakupa tuzo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama wewe ni mtu wa mzaha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe mwenyewe ndiwe utateseka.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.9.13" />Mwanamke aitwaye Mpumbavu ana kelele;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hana adabu na hana maarifa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.9.14" />Huketi kwenye mlango wa nyumba yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya kiti katika mahali pa juu sana pa mji,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.9.15" />akiita wale wapitao karibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waendao moja kwa moja kwenye njia yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.9.16" />Anawaambia wale wasio na akili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Wote ambao ni wajinga na waje hapa ndani!”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.9.17" />“Maji yaliyoibiwa ni matamu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">chakula kinacholiwa sirini ni kitamu!”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.9.18" />Lakini hawajui hata kidogo kuwa wafu wako humo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba wageni wake huyo mwanamke
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wako katika vilindi vya kuzimu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="10" />
<s style="s1">Mithali Za Solomoni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.10.1" />Mithali za Solomoni:
</p>
<q style="q1">Mwana mwenye hekima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huleta furaha kwa baba yake,
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini mwana mpumbavu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huleta huzuni kwa mama yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.10.2" />Hazina zilizopatikana kwa njia mbaya hazifai,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini uadilifu huokoa kutoka mautini.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.10.3" /><nd>Bwana</nd> hawaachi waadilifu kukaa njaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hupinga tamaa ya mtu mwovu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.10.4" />Mikono mivivu hufanya mtu kuwa maskini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini mikono yenye bidii huleta utajiri.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.10.5" />Yeye akusanyaye mazao wakati wa kiangazi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni mwana mwenye hekima,
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini yeye alalaye wakati wa mavuno
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni mwana mwenye kuaibisha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.10.6" />Baraka huwa taji kichwani mwa mwenye haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini jeuri hufunika kinywa cha mwovu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.10.7" />Kumbukumbu ya mwenye haki itakuwa baraka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini jina la mwovu litaoza.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.10.8" />Mwenye hekima moyoni hupokea maagizo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini mpumbavu apayukaye huangamia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.10.9" />Mtu mwadilifu hutembea salama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini mtu aendaye katika njia zilizopotoka atagunduliwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.10.10" />Yeye akonyezaye kwa nia mbaya husababisha huzuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye mpumbavu apayukaye huangamia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.10.11" />Kinywa cha mwenye haki ni chemchemi ya uzima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini jeuri hufunika kinywa cha mwovu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.10.12" />Chuki huchochea faraka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini upendo husitiri mabaya yote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.10.13" />Hekima hupatikana katika midomo ya wenye kupambanua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini fimbo ni kwa ajili ya mgongo wake asiye na ufahamu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.10.14" />Wenye hekima huhifadhi maarifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali kinywa cha mpumbavu hualika maangamizi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.10.15" />Mali ya tajiri ni mji wake wenye ngome,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali ufukara ni maangamizi ya maskini.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.10.16" />Ujira wa wenye haki huwaletea uzima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini mapato ya waovu huwaletea adhabu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.10.17" />Anayekubali kuadibishwa yuko katika njia ya uzima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini yeyote anayepuuza maonyo hupotosha wengine.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.10.18" />Yeye afichaye chuki yake ana midomo ya uongo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na yeyote anayeeneza uchonganishi ni mpumbavu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.10.19" />Wakati maneno ni mengi, dhambi haikosekani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini yeye ambaye huzuia ulimi wake ni mwenye busara.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.10.20" />Ulimi wa mwenye haki ni fedha iliyo bora,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali moyo wa mwovu una thamani ndogo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.10.21" />Midomo ya mwenye haki hulisha wengi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini wapumbavu hufa kwa kukosa ufahamu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.10.22" />Baraka ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> hutajirisha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala haichanganyi huzuni.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PRO.10.23" />Mpumbavu hufurahia tabia mbaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini mtu mwenye ufahamu hupendezwa na hekima.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PRO.10.24" />Kile anachoogopa mwovu ndicho kitakachompata;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kile anachoonea shauku mwenye haki atapewa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PRO.10.25" />Tufani inapopita, waovu hutoweka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini wenye haki husimama imara milele.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PRO.10.26" />Kama siki ilivyo kwa meno na moshi kwa macho,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo alivyo mvivu kwa wale waliomtuma.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PRO.10.27" />Kumcha
<nd>Bwana</nd> huongeza urefu wa maisha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini miaka ya mwovu inafupishwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PRO.10.28" />Tarajio la mwenye haki ni furaha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali matumaini ya mwovu huwa si kitu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PRO.10.29" />Njia ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni kimbilio kwa wenye haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini ni maangamizi ya wale watendao mabaya.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="PRO.10.30" />Kamwe wenye haki hawataondolewa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali waovu hawatasalia katika nchi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="PRO.10.31" />Kinywa cha mwenye haki hutoa hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali ulimi wa upotovu utakatwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="PRO.10.32" />Midomo ya wenye haki inajua kile kinachofaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali kinywa cha mwovu hujua kile kilichopotoka tu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />

<c id="11" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.11.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> huchukia sana mizani za udanganyifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali vipimo sahihi ni furaha yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.11.2" />Kiburi kinapokuja, ndipo huja aibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali unyenyekevu huja na hekima.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.11.3" />Uadilifu wa wenye haki huwaongoza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali wasio waaminifu huharibiwa na hila yao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.11.4" />Utajiri haufaidi kitu katika siku ya ghadhabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali haki huokoa kutoka mautini.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.11.5" />Haki ya wasio na lawama, huwatengenezea njia iliyonyooka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali waovu huangushwa kwa uovu wao wenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.11.6" />Haki ya wanyofu huwaokoa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali wasio waaminifu hunaswa na tamaa mbaya.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.11.7" />Wakati mtu mwovu anapokufa, matumaini yake hutoweka;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yote aliyoyatazamia kutokana na nguvu zake huwa si kitu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.11.8" />Mtu mwenye haki huokolewa kutoka taabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye mtu mwovu huingia humo badala yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.11.9" />Kwa kinywa chake mtu asiyemwamini Mungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">humwangamiza jirani yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali kwa maarifa mwenye haki huokolewa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.11.10" />Wakati mwenye haki anapofanikiwa, mji hufurahi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwovu atowekapo, kuna kelele za furaha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.11.11" />Kutokana na baraka ya mtu mnyofu mji hukwezwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali kwa kinywa cha mwovu mji huharibiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.11.12" />Mtu asiye na akili humdharau jirani yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mtu mwenye ufahamu huuzuia ulimi wake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.11.13" />Masengenyo husaliti tumaini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mtu mwaminifu hutunza siri.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.11.14" />Pasipo ushauri wa hekima taifa huanguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali washauri wengi hufanya ushindi uwe wa hakika.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.11.15" />Yeye amdhaminiye mgeni hakika atateseka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali yeyote akataaye kuunga mkono dhamana ni salama.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.11.16" />Mwanamke mwenye moyo wa huruma hupata heshima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali wanaume wakorofi hupata mali tu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.11.17" />Mwenye huruma hujinufaisha mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mkatili hujiletea taabu mwenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.11.18" />Mtu mwovu hupata ujira wa udanganyifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali yeye apandaye haki huvuna tuzo ya uhakika.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.11.19" />Mtu mwenye haki kweli kweli hupata uzima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali yeye afuatiliaye ubaya huendea kifo chake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.11.20" /><nd>Bwana</nd> huwachukia sana watu wenye moyo wa upotovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali hupendezwa na wale ambao njia zao hazina lawama.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.11.21" />Uwe na hakika na hili: Waovu hawataepuka kuadhibiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali wenye haki watakuwa huru.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.11.22" />Kama pete ya dhahabu katika pua ya nguruwe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo alivyo mwanamke mzuri ambaye hana busara.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PRO.11.23" />Shauku ya mwenye haki huishia tu kwenye mema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali tumaini la mwovu huishia tu kwenye ghadhabu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PRO.11.24" />Kuna mtu atoaye kwa ukarimu, hata hivyo hupata zaidi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwingine huzuia, lakini huwa maskini.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PRO.11.25" />Mtu mkarimu atastawi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye awaburudishaye wengine
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ataburudishwa mwenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PRO.11.26" />Watu humlaani mtu awanyimae watu nafaka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali baraka itamkalia kichwani kama taji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye aliye radhi kuiuza.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PRO.11.27" />Yeye atafutaye mema hupata ukarimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali ubaya huja kwake yeye autafutaye.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PRO.11.28" />Yeyote ategemeaye utajiri wake ataanguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mwenye haki atastawi kama jani bichi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PRO.11.29" />Yeye aletaye taabu kwa jamaa yake atarithi tu upepo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye mpumbavu atakuwa mtumishi wa wenye hekima.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="PRO.11.30" />Tunda la mwenye haki ni mti wa uzima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye mwenye hekima huvuta roho za watu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="PRO.11.31" />Kama wenye haki watapokea ujira wao duniani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">si zaidi sana yule asiyemcha Mungu na mwenye dhambi?
<ve />
</q>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Mafundisho Ya Kifamilia Na Ya Kijamii
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.12.1" />Yeyote apendaye kuadibishwa hupenda maarifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali yeye achukiaye kuonywa ni mpumbavu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.12.2" />Mtu mwema hupata kibali kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali
<nd>Bwana</nd> humhukumu mwenye hila.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.12.3" />Mtu hathibitiki kutokana na uovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mwenye haki hataondolewa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.12.4" />Mke mwenye tabia nzuri ni taji ya mumewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali aaibishaye ni kama uozo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika mifupa ya mumewe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.12.5" />Mipango ya mtu mwadilifu ni ya haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali ushauri wa mwovu ni udanganyifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.12.6" />Maneno ya waovu huotea kumwaga damu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali maneno ya waadilifu huwaokoa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.12.7" />Watu waovu huondolewa na kutoweka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali nyumba ya mwenye haki husimama imara.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.12.8" />Mtu husifiwa kulingana na hekima yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali watu wenye akili zilizopotoka hudharauliwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.12.9" />Heri mtu wa hali ya chini mwenye mtumishi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko kujifanya mtu wa hali ya juu nawe huna chakula.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.12.10" />Mtu mwenye haki hujali mahitaji ya mnyama wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali matendo ya huruma ya mwovu ni ukatili.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.12.11" />Yeye alimaye shamba lake atakuwa na chakula tele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali yeye afuataye mambo ya upuzi hana akili.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.12.12" />Waovu hutamani mateka ya watu wabaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali shina la mwenye haki hustawi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.12.13" />Mtu mwovu hunaswa kwa mazungumzo yake ya dhambi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mwenye haki huepuka taabu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.12.14" />Kutokana na tunda la midomo yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtu hujazwa na mambo mema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakika kama ilivyo kazi ya mikono yake humtunza.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.12.15" />Njia ya mpumbavu huonekana sawa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">machoni pake mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mtu mwenye hekima husikiliza ushauri.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.12.16" />Mpumbavu huonyesha kuudhika kwake mara moja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mtu wa busara hupuuza matukano.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.12.17" />Shahidi wa kweli hutoa ushuhuda wa kuaminika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali shahidi wa uongo husema uongo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.12.18" />Maneno ya kipumbavu huchoma kama upanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali ulimi wa mwenye hekima huleta uponyaji.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.12.19" />Midomo isemayo kweli hudumu milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali ulimi wa uongo hudumu kwa muda mfupi tu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.12.20" />Upo udanganyifu katika mioyo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya wale ambao hupanga mabaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali kuna furaha kwa wale wanaoleta amani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.12.21" />Hakuna dhara linalompata mwenye haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali waovu wana taabu nyingi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.12.22" /><nd>Bwana</nd> anachukia sana midomo idanganyayo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali hufurahia watu ambao ni wa kweli.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PRO.12.23" />Mtu mwenye busara hujihifadhia maarifa yeye mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali moyo wa wapumbavu hububujika upumbavu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PRO.12.24" />Mikono yenye bidii itatawala,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali uvivu huishia katika kazi za utumwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PRO.12.25" />Moyo wa wasiwasi humlemea mtu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali neno la huruma humfurahisha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PRO.12.26" />Mtu mwenye haki ni mwangalifu katika urafiki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali njia ya waovu huwapotosha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PRO.12.27" />Mtu mvivu haoki mawindo yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mtu mwenye bidii ana mali za thamani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PRO.12.28" />Katika njia ya haki kuna uzima;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika mapito hayo kuna maisha ya milele.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="13" />
<s style="s1">Mema Ya Muda Mfupi Na Yale Ya Kudumu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.13.1" />Mwana mwenye hekima husikia mafundisho ya babaye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mwenye dharau hasikilizi maonyo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.13.2" />Kutoka tunda la midomo yake mtu hufurahia mambo mema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali wasio waaminifu wanatamani sana jeuri.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.13.3" />Yeye alindaye midomo yake hulinda nafsi yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali yeye asemaye kwa haraka ataangamia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.13.4" />Mvivu hutamani sana na hapati kitu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali nafsi ya mwenye bidii
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hutoshelezwa kikamilifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.13.5" />Mwenye haki huchukia uongo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali waovu huleta aibu na fedheha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.13.6" />Haki humlinda mtu mwadilifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali uovu humwangusha mwenye dhambi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.13.7" />Mtu mmoja hujifanya tajiri, kumbe hana chochote;
</q>
<q style="q1">mwingine hujifanya maskini, kumbe ana utajiri mwingi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.13.8" />Utajiri wa mtu waweza kukomboa maisha yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mtu maskini hasikii kitisho.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.13.9" />Nuru ya mwenye haki hungʼaa sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali taa ya mwovu itazimwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.13.10" />Kiburi huzalisha magomvi tu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali hekima hupatikana kwa wale wanaozingatia ushauri.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.13.11" />Fedha isiyo ya halali hupungua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali yeye akusanyaye fedha kidogo kidogo huongezeka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.13.12" />Kilichotarajiwa kikikawia kuja moyo huugua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali tumaini lililotimizwa ni mti wa uzima.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.13.13" />Yeye anayedharau mafundisho anajiletea maangamizi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali yeye anayeheshimu agizo hupewa tuzo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.13.14" />Mafundisho ya mwenye busara ni chemchemi ya uzima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kumwepusha mtu na mitego ya mauti.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.13.15" />Ufahamu mzuri hupata upendeleo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali njia ya asiye mwaminifu ni ngumu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.13.16" />Kila mwenye busara hutenda kwa maarifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mpumbavu hudhihirisha upumbavu wake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.13.17" />Mjumbe mwovu huanguka kwenye taabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mjumbe mwaminifu huleta uponyaji.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.13.18" />Yeye anayedharau maonyo hupata umaskini na aibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali yeye anayekubali maonyo huheshimiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.13.19" />Tarajio lililotimizwa ni tamu kwa nafsi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali wapumbavu huchukia sana kuacha ubaya.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.13.20" />Yeye atembeaye na mwenye hekima atapata hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali rafiki wa mpumbavu hupata madhara.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.13.21" />Balaa humwandama mtenda dhambi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mafanikio ni thawabu kwa mwenye haki.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.13.22" />Mtu mwema huwaachia wana wa wanawe urithi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mali ya wenye dhambi imehifadhiwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya wenye haki.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PRO.13.23" />Shamba la mtu maskini laweza kuzalisha chakula kingi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali dhuluma hukifutilia mbali.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PRO.13.24" />Yeye aizuiaye fimbo yake hampendi mwanawe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali yeye ampendaye
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huwa mwangalifu kumwadibisha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PRO.13.25" />Mwenye haki hula mpaka akaridhisha moyo wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali tumbo la mwovu hutaabika kwa njaa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />

<c id="14" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.14.1" />Mwanamke mwenye hekima huijenga nyumba yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mpumbavu huibomoa nyumba yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mikono yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.14.2" />Yeye ambaye njia zake ni nyofu humcha
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali yeye ambaye njia zake zimepotoka humdharau Mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.14.3" />Mazungumzo ya mpumbavu huleta fimbo mgongoni mwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mwenye hekima hulindwa na maneno ya midomo yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.14.4" />Pale ambapo hakuna mafahali, hori ni tupu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali kutokana na nguvu za fahali huja mavuno mengi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.14.5" />Shahidi mwaminifu hadanganyi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali shahidi wa uongo humimina uongo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.14.6" />Mwenye mzaha huitafuta hekima na haipati,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali maarifa huja kwa urahisi kwa anayepambanua.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.14.7" />Kaa mbali na mtu mpumbavu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana hutapata maarifa katika midomo yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.14.8" />Hekima ya mwenye busara ni kufikiria njia zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali upumbavu wa wapumbavu ni udanganyifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.14.9" />Wapumbavu hudhihaki kujirekebisha kutoka dhambi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali wema hupatikana miongoni mwa wanyofu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.14.10" />Kila moyo hujua uchungu wake wenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna yeyote awezaye kushiriki furaha yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.14.11" />Nyumba ya mwovu itaangamizwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali hema la mnyofu litastawi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.14.12" />Iko njia ionekanayo kuwa sawa kwa mtu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mwisho wake huelekeza mautini.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.14.13" />Hata katika kicheko moyo waweza kuuma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo furaha yaweza kuishia katika majonzi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.14.14" />Wasio na imani watapatilizwa kikamilifu kwa ajili ya njia zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye mtu mwema atapewa thawabu kwa ajili ya njia yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.14.15" />Mtu mjinga huamini kila kitu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mwenye busara hufikiria hatua zake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.14.16" />Mtu mwenye hekima humcha
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kuepuka mabaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mpumbavu hukasirika kwa hamaki na uzembe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.14.17" />Mtu anayekasirika kwa haraka hufanya mambo ya upumbavu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye mtu wa hila huchukiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.14.18" />Mjinga hurithi upumbavu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali wenye busara huvikwa maarifa kichwani kama taji.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.14.19" />Watu wabaya watasujudu mbele ya watu wema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao waovu kwenye malango ya wenye haki.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.14.20" />Maskini huepukwa hata na majirani zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali matajiri wana marafiki wengi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.14.21" />Yeye anayemdharau jirani yake hutenda dhambi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali amebarikiwa yeye aliye na huruma kwa mhitaji.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.14.22" />Je, wale wanaopanga ubaya hawapotoki?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Bali wale wanaopanga kilicho chema
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hupata upendo na uaminifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PRO.14.23" />Kazi zote zinazofanywa kwa bidii huleta faida,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mazungumzo matupu huelekea umaskini tu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PRO.14.24" />Utajiri wa wenye hekima ni taji yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali upumbavu wa wapumbavu huzaa upumbavu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PRO.14.25" />Shahidi wa kweli huokoa maisha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali shahidi wa uongo ni mdanganyifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PRO.14.26" />Yeye amchaye
<nd>Bwana</nd> ana ngome salama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa watoto wake itakuwa kimbilio.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PRO.14.27" />Kumcha
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni chemchemi ya uzima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kumwepusha mtu na mitego ya mauti.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PRO.14.28" />Wingi wa watu ni utukufu wa mfalme,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali pasipo watu mkuu huangamia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PRO.14.29" />Mtu mwenye subira ana ufahamu mwingi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali anayekasirika haraka huonyesha upumbavu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="PRO.14.30" />Moyo wenye amani huupa mwili uzima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali wivu huozesha mifupa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="PRO.14.31" />Yeye amwoneaye maskini huonyesha dharau kwa Muumba wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali yeyote anayemhurumia mhitaji humheshimu Mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="PRO.14.32" />Waovu huangamizwa kwa matendo yao maovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali hata katika kifo wenye haki hupata kimbilio.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="PRO.14.33" />Hekima hukaa katika moyo wa mwenye ufahamu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali haijulikani miongoni mwa wapumbavu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="PRO.14.34" />Haki huinua taifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali dhambi ni aibu kwa watu wote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="PRO.14.35" />Mfalme hupendezwa na mtumishi mwenye hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali ghadhabu yake humwangukia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtumishi mwenye kuaibisha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />

<c id="15" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.15.1" />Jawabu la upole hugeuza ghadhabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali neno liumizalo huchochea hasira.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.15.2" />Ulimi wa mwenye hekima husifu maarifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali kinywa cha mpumbavu hufoka upumbavu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.15.3" />Macho ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> yako kila mahali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yakiwaangalia waovu na wema.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.15.4" />Ulimi uletao uponyaji ni mti wa uzima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali ulimi udanganyao huponda roho.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.15.5" />Mpumbavu hubeza maonyo ya baba yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali yeyote akubaliye maonyo huonyesha busara.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.15.6" />Nyumba ya mwenye haki ina hazina kubwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mapato ya waovu huwaletea taabu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.15.7" />Midomo ya mwenye hekima hueneza maarifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali sivyo ilivyo mioyo ya wapumbavu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.15.8" /><nd>Bwana</nd> huchukia sana dhabihu za waovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali maombi ya wanyofu humfurahisha Mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.15.9" /><nd>Bwana</nd> huchukia sana njia ya waovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali huwapenda wale wafuatao haki.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.15.10" />Adhabu kali humngoja yeye aachaye njia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye achukiaye maonyo atakufa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.15.11" />Mauti<f caller="+"><fr>15:11
</fr><ft>Yaani Sheol, maana yake ni Kuzimu.</ft></f> na Uharibifu<f caller="+"><fr>15:11
</fr><ft>Kwa Kiebrania ni Abadon.</ft></f> viko wazi mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">je, si zaidi sana mioyo ya wanadamu!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.15.12" />Mwenye mzaha huchukia maonyo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hatataka shauri kwa mwenye hekima.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.15.13" />Moyo wenye furaha hufanya uso uchangamke,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali maumivu ya moyoni huponda roho.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.15.14" />Moyo wa mwenye ufahamu hutafuta maarifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali kinywa cha mpumbavu hujilisha upumbavu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.15.15" />Siku zote za wanaoonewa ni za taabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali moyo mchangamfu una karamu ya kudumu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.15.16" />Afadhali kuwa na kidogo pamoja na kumcha
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko mali nyingi pamoja na ghasia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.15.17" />Afadhali chakula cha mboga mahali palipo na upendo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko nyama ya ndama iliyonona pamoja na chuki.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.15.18" />Mtu mwepesi wa hasira huchochea ugomvi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mtu mvumilivu hutuliza ugomvi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.15.19" />Njia ya mvivu imezibwa na miiba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali njia ya mwenye haki ni barabara kuu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.15.20" />Mwana mwenye hekima huleta furaha kwa baba yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mtu mpumbavu humdharau mama yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.15.21" />Upumbavu humfurahisha mtu ambaye hana akili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mtu mwenye ufahamu hushika njia iliyonyooka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.15.22" />Mipango hushindwa kufanikiwa kwa ajili ya kukosa ushauri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali kukiwa na washauri wengi hufanikiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PRO.15.23" />Mtu hupata furaha katika kutoa jibu linalofaa:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">je, ni zuri namna gani neno lililotoka kwa wakati wake!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PRO.15.24" />Mapito ya uzima huelekea juu kwa ajili ya wenye hekima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kumwepusha asiende chini kaburini.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PRO.15.25" /><nd>Bwana</nd> hubomoa nyumba ya mtu mwenye kiburi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali huilinda mipaka ya mjane isiguswe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PRO.15.26" /><nd>Bwana</nd> huchukia sana mawazo ya mwovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mawazo ya wale walio safi humfurahisha yeye.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PRO.15.27" />Mtu mwenye tamaa huletea jamaa yake taabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali yeye achukiaye rushwa ataishi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PRO.15.28" />Moyo wa mwenye haki hupima majibu yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali kinywa cha mwovu hufoka ubaya.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PRO.15.29" /><nd>Bwana</nd> yuko mbali na waovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali husikia maombi ya wenye haki.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="PRO.15.30" />Mtazamo wa tabasamu huleta furaha moyoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo habari njema huipa mifupa afya.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="PRO.15.31" />Yeye asikilizaye maonyo yatoayo uzima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atakuwa miongoni mwa wenye hekima.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="PRO.15.32" />Yeye anayedharau maonyo hujidharau mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali yeyote anayekubali maonyo hupata ufahamu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="PRO.15.33" />Kumcha
<nd>Bwana</nd> humfundisha mtu hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao unyenyekevu huja kabla ya heshima.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />

<c id="16" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.16.1" />Mipango ya moyoni ni ya mwanadamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali jibu la ulimi hutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.16.2" />Njia zote za mtu huonekana safi machoni pake mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali makusudi hupimwa na
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.16.3" />Mkabidhi
<nd>Bwana</nd> lolote ufanyalo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo mipango yako itafanikiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.16.4" /><nd>Bwana</nd> hufanya kila kitu kwa kusudi lake mwenyewe;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata waovu kwa siku ya maangamizi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.16.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> huwachukia sana wote wenye kiburi cha moyo.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Uwe na hakika kwa hili: Hawataepuka kuadhibiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.16.6" />Kwa upendo na uaminifu uovu huondolewa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kumcha
<nd>Bwana</nd> mtu hujiepusha na ubaya.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.16.7" />Njia za mtu zinapompendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huwafanya hata adui zake waishi naye kwa amani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.16.8" />Afadhali kitu kidogo pamoja na haki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko mapato mengi pamoja na udhalimu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.16.9" />Moyo wa mtu huifikiri njia yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali
<nd>Bwana</nd> huelekeza hatua zake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.16.10" />Midomo ya mfalme huzungumza kwa hekima ya kiungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kinywa chake hakipotoshi haki.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.16.11" />Vipimo na mizani za halali hutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mawe yote ya kupimia yaliyo katika mfuko ameyafanya yeye.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.16.12" />Wafalme huchukia sana kutenda maovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana kiti cha ufalme hufanywa imara kwa njia ya haki.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.16.13" />Wafalme hufurahia midomo ya uaminifu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">humthamini mtu asemaye kweli.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.16.14" />Ghadhabu ya mfalme ni mjumbe wa mauti,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mtu mwenye hekima ataituliza.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.16.15" />Uso wa mfalme ungʼaapo, inamaanisha uhai;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">upendeleo wake ni kama wingu la mvua wakati wa vuli.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.16.16" />Ni bora kiasi gani kupata hekima kuliko dhahabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuchagua ufahamu kuliko fedha!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.16.17" />Njia kuu ya wanyofu huepuka ubaya;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye aichungaye njia yake, huchunga maisha yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.16.18" />Kiburi hutangulia maangamizi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">roho ya majivuno hutangulia maanguko.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.16.19" />Ni afadhali kuwa mnyenyekevu katika roho
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miongoni mwa walioonewa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko kugawana nyara pamoja na wenye kiburi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.16.20" />Yeyote anayekubali mafundisho hustawi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tena amebarikiwa yeye anayemtumaini
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.16.21" />Wenye hekima moyoni huitwa wenye ufahamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na maneno ya kupendeza huchochea mafundisho.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.16.22" />Ufahamu ni chemchemi ya uzima kwa wale walio nao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali upumbavu huleta adhabu kwa wapumbavu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PRO.16.23" />Moyo wa mtu mwenye hekima huongoza kinywa chake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na midomo yake huchochea mafundisho.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PRO.16.24" />Maneno ya kupendeza ni kama sega la asali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni matamu kwa nafsi na uponyaji kwenye mifupa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PRO.16.25" />Iko njia ionekanayo kuwa sawa kwa mtu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mwisho wake huelekeza mautini.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PRO.16.26" />Shauku ya mfanyakazi humhimiza kufanya kazi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">njaa yake humsukuma aendelee.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PRO.16.27" />Mtu mbaya kabisa hupanga mabaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maneno yake ni kama moto uunguzao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PRO.16.28" />Mtu mpotovu huchochea ugomvi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo maongezi ya upuzi hutenganisha marafiki wa karibu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PRO.16.29" />Mtu mkali humvuta jirani yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumwongoza katika mapito yale mabaya.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="PRO.16.30" />Yeye akonyezaye kwa jicho lake anapanga upotovu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye akazaye midomo yake amenuia mabaya.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="PRO.16.31" />Mvi ni taji ya utukufu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hupatikana kwa maisha ya uadilifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="PRO.16.32" />Ni afadhali mtu mstahimilivu kuliko shujaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtu anayeitawala hasira yake kuliko yule autekaye mji.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="PRO.16.33" />Kura hupigwa kwa siri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini kila uamuzi wake hutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />

<c id="17" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.17.1" />Afadhali kula ukoko mkavu ukiwa na amani na utulivu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko kukaa kwenye nyumba ya karamu kukiwa na magomvi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.17.2" />Mtumishi mwenye hekima atatawala juu ya mwana aaibishaye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atashirikiana katika urithi kama mmoja wa hao ndugu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.17.3" />Kalibu ni kwa ajili ya fedha na tanuru ni kwa ajili ya dhahabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali
<nd>Bwana</nd> huujaribu moyo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.17.4" />Mtu mwovu husikiliza midomo mibaya;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwongo husikiliza kwa makini ulimi wa madhara.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.17.5" />Yeye anaye mdhihaki maskini huonyesha dharau kwa Muumba wake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeyote afurahiaye maafa hataepuka kuadhibiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.17.6" />Wana wa wana ni taji la wazee,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wazazi ni fahari ya watoto wao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.17.7" />Midomo yenye uwezo wa ushawishi haimfai mpumbavu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">je, ni mibaya kiasi gani zaidi midomo ya uongo kwa mtawala!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.17.8" />Kipawa ni kama kito cha thamani machoni pake yeye aliye nacho;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kokote kigeukiapo, hufanikiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.17.9" />Yeye anayesamehe kosa hudumisha upendo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali yeyote arudiaye jambo hutenganisha marafiki wa karibu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.17.10" />Karipio humwingia sana mtu mwenye kutambua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko mapigo mia kwa mpumbavu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.17.11" />Mtu mbaya hupenda kuasi tu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mjumbe asiye na huruma atatumwa dhidi yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.17.12" />Ni afadhali ukutane na dubu aliyenyangʼanywa watoto wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko mpumbavu katika upumbavu wake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.17.13" />Ikiwa mtu atalipa baya kwa jema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kamwe ubaya hautaondoka katika nyumba yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.17.14" />Kuanzisha ugomvi ni kama kutoboa bwawa la maji;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiyo acha jambo hilo kabla mabishano hayajaanza.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.17.15" />Yeye asemaye kuwa asiye na haki ana haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye asemaye kuwa mwenye haki hana haki:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> huwachukia sana wote wawili.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.17.16" />Fedha ina faida gani mikononi mwa mpumbavu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati yeye hana haja ya kupata hekima?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.17.17" />Rafiki hupenda wakati wote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye ndugu amezaliwa kwa ajili ya wakati wa shida.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.17.18" />Mtu mjinga hupana mkono ili kuweka rehani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye huweka dhamana kwa jirani yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.17.19" />Yeye apendaye ugomvi apenda dhambi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye ainuaye sana lango lake<f caller="+"><fr>17:19
</fr><ft>Kuinua lango maana yake ni kusema kwa majivuno.</ft></f> hutafuta uharibifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.17.20" />Mtu mwenye moyo mpotovu hawezi kufanikiwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye ambaye ulimi wake ni mdanganyifu huanguka kwenye taabu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.17.21" />Kuwa na mwana mpumbavu huleta huzuni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna furaha kwa baba wa mpumbavu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.17.22" />Moyo wenye furaha ni dawa nzuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali roho iliyopondeka hukausha mifupa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PRO.17.23" />Mtu mwovu hukubali rushwa kwa siri
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kupotosha njia ya haki.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PRO.17.24" />Mtu wa ufahamu huitazama hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini macho ya mpumbavu huhangaika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi kwenye miisho ya dunia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PRO.17.25" />Mwana mpumbavu huleta huzuni kwa baba yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uchungu kwa yeye aliyemzaa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PRO.17.26" />Si vizuri kumwadhibu mtu asiye na hatia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kuwapiga sana maafisa kwa ajili ya uadilifu wao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PRO.17.27" />Mtu mwenye maarifa hutumia maneno kwa kujizuia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye mtu mwenye ufahamu ana moyo wa utulivu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PRO.17.28" />Hata mtu mpumbavu hudhaniwa kuwa na hekima kama akinyamaza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mwenye ufahamu kama akiuzuia ulimi wake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />

<c id="18" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.18.1" />Mtu ajitengaye na wengine
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hufuata matakwa yake mwenyewe;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hupiga vita kila shauri jema.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.18.2" />Mpumbavu hafurahii ufahamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali hufurahia kutangaza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maoni yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.18.3" />Wakati uovu unapokuja, dharau huja pia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na aibu huja lawama.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.18.4" />Maneno ya kinywa cha mwanadamu ni kina cha maji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali chemchemi ya hekima ni kijito kinachobubujika.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.18.5" />Sio vizuri kumpendelea mtu mwovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kumnyima haki asiye na hatia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.18.6" />Midomo ya mpumbavu humletea ugomvi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kinywa chake hualika kipigo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.18.7" />Kinywa cha mpumbavu ni uharibifu wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na midomo yake ni mtego kwa nafsi yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.18.8" />Maneno ya mchongezi ni kama chakula kitamu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huingia sehemu za ndani sana za mtu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.18.9" />Mtu aliye mlegevu katika kazi yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni ndugu na yule anayeharibu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.18.10" />Jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni ngome imara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wenye haki huikimbilia na kuwa salama.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.18.11" />Mali ya tajiri ni mji wake wenye ngome,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaudhania kuwa ukuta usioweza kurukwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.18.12" />Kabla ya anguko moyo wa mtu hujaa kiburi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali unyenyekevu hutangulia heshima.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.18.13" />Yeye ajibuye kabla ya kusikiliza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huo ni upumbavu wake na aibu yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.18.14" />Roho ya mtu itastahimili katika ugonjwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali roho iliyovunjika ni nani awezaye kuistahimili?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.18.15" />Moyo wa mwenye ufahamu hujipatia maarifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">masikio ya mwenye hekima huyatafuta maarifa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.18.16" />Zawadi humfungulia njia mtoaji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo humleta mbele ya wakuu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.18.17" />Yeye aliye wa kwanza kuleta mashtaka huonekana sahihi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi mwingine ajitokezapo na kumuuliza maswali.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.18.18" />Kupiga kura hukomesha mashindano
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutenganisha wapinzani wakuu wanaopingana.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.18.19" />Ndugu aliyechukizwa ni mgumu kuridhika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko mji uliozungushiwa ngome,
</q>
<q style="q1">nayo mabishano ni kama malango
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya ngome yenye makomeo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.18.20" />Tumbo la mtu litajaa kutokana na tunda la kinywa chake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atashibishwa mavuno yanayotokana na midomo yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.18.21" />Mauti na uzima viko katika uwezo wa ulimi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao waupendao watakula matunda yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.18.22" />Apataye mke apata kitu chema
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye ajipatia kibali kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PRO.18.23" />Mtu maskini huomba kuhurumiwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali tajiri hujibu kwa ukali.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PRO.18.24" />Mtu mwenye marafiki wengi wanaweza kumharibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali yuko rafiki aambatanaye na mtu kwa karibu kuliko ndugu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />

<c id="19" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.19.1" />Afadhali mtu maskini ambaye mwenendo wake hauna lawama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko mpumbavu ambaye midomo yake imepotoka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.19.2" />Sio vizuri kuwa na juhudi bila maarifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kufanya haraka na kuikosa njia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.19.3" />Upumbavu wa mtu mwenyewe huharibu maisha yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata hivyo moyo wake humkasirikia
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.19.4" />Mali huleta marafiki wengi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali rafiki wa mtu maskini humwacha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.19.5" />Shahidi wa uongo hataacha kuadhibiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye amwagaye uongo hataachwa huru.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.19.6" />Wengi hujipendekeza kwa mtawala
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kila mmoja ni rafiki wa mtu atoaye zawadi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.19.7" />Mtu maskini huepukwa na ndugu zake wote:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, marafiki zake watamkwepa kiasi gani!
</q>
<q style="q1">Ingawa huwafuata kwa kuwasihi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawapatikani popote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.19.8" />Yeye apataye hekima huipenda nafsi yake mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ahifadhiye ufahamu hustawi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.19.9" />Shahidi wa uongo hataacha kuadhibiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye amwagaye uongo ataangamia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.19.10" />Haistahili mpumbavu kuishi katika anasa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">itakuwa vibaya kiasi gani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mtumwa kuwatawala wakuu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.19.11" />Hekima ya mtu humpa uvumilivu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni kwa utukufu wake kusamehe makosa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.19.12" />Ghadhabu ya mfalme ni kama mngurumo wa simba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali wema wake ni kama umande juu ya nyasi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.19.13" />Mwana mpumbavu ni maangamizi ya babaye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye mke mgomvi ni kama kutonatona kusikoisha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.19.14" />Nyumba na mali hurithiwa kutoka kwa wazazi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mke mwenye busara hutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.19.15" />Uvivu huleta usingizi mzito,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye mtu mzembe huona njaa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.19.16" />Yeye ambaye hutii mafundisho huulinda uhai wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali yeye anayezidharau njia zake atakufa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.19.17" />Yeye amhurumiaye maskini humkopesha
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atamtuza kwa aliyotenda.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.19.18" />Mrudi mwanao, kwa maana katika hiyo kuna tumaini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiwe mshirika katika mauti yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.19.19" />Mtu mwenye kukasirika haraka ni lazima atapata adhabu yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama utamwokoa, itakubidi kufanya hivyo tena.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.19.20" />Sikiliza mashauri na ukubali mafundisho,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe mwishoni utakuwa na hekima.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.19.21" />Kuna mipango mingi ndani ya moyo wa mtu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini kusudi la
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndilo litakalosimama.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.19.22" />Lile mtu alionealo shauku ni upendo usio na mwisho,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">afadhali kuwa maskini kuliko kuwa mwongo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PRO.19.23" />Kumcha
<nd>Bwana</nd> huongoza kwenye uzima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kisha mtu hupumzika akiwa ameridhika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bila kuguswa na shida.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PRO.19.24" />Mtu mvivu hutumbukiza mkono wake kwenye sahani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hawezi hata kuupeleka kwenye kinywa chake!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PRO.19.25" />Mpige mwenye mzaha, naye mjinga atajifunza busara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkemee mwenye ufahamu naye atapata maarifa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PRO.19.26" />Yeye amwibiaye baba yake na kumfukuza mama yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni mwana aletaye aibu na fedheha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PRO.19.27" />Mwanangu, ukiacha kusikiliza mafundisho,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utatangatanga mbali na maneno ya maarifa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PRO.19.28" />Shahidi mla rushwa hudhihaki hukumu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kinywa cha mtu mwovu humeza ubaya kwa upesi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PRO.19.29" />Adhabu zimeandaliwa kwa ajili ya wenye dhihaka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mapigo kwa ajili ya migongo ya wapumbavu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />

<c id="20" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.20.1" />Mvinyo ni mdhihaki na kileo ni mgomvi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeyote apotoshwaye navyo hana hekima.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.20.2" />Ghadhabu ya mfalme ni kama ngurumo ya simba;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye amkasirishaye hupoteza uhai wake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.20.3" />Ni kwa heshima ya mtu kujitenga ugomvi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali kila mpumbavu ni mwepesi kugombana.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.20.4" />Mvivu halimi kwa majira;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiyo wakati wa mavuno hutazama
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hapati chochote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.20.5" />Makusudi ya moyo wa mwanadamu ni maji yenye kina,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini mtu mwenye ufahamu huyachota.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.20.6" />Watu wengi hujidai kuwa na upendo usiokoma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mtu mwaminifu ni nani awezaye kumpata?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.20.7" />Mtu mwenye haki huishi maisha yasiyo na lawama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamebarikiwa watoto wake baada yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.20.8" />Wakati mfalme aketipo katika kiti chake cha enzi kuhukumu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hupepeta ubaya wote kwa macho yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.20.9" />Ni nani awezaye kusema, “Nimeuweka moyo wangu safi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mimi ni safi na sina dhambi?”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.20.10" />Mawe ya kupimia yaliyo tofauti na vipimo tofauti,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> huchukia vyote viwili.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.20.11" />Hata mtoto hujulikana kwa matendo yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama tabia yake ni safi na adili.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.20.12" />Masikio yasikiayo na macho yaonayo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> ndiye alivifanya vyote viwili.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.20.13" />Usiupende usingizi la sivyo utakuwa maskini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uwe macho nawe utakuwa na chakula cha akiba.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.20.14" />“Haifai, haifai!” asema mnunuzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kisha huondoka akijisifia ununuzi wake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.20.15" />Dhahabu kunayo, na marijani kwa wingi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini midomo inenayo maarifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni kito cha thamani kilicho adimu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.20.16" />Chukua vazi la yule awekaye dhamana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya mgeni;
</q>
<q style="q1">lishikilie iwe dhamana kama anafanya hivyo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya mwanamke mpotovu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.20.17" />Chakula kilichopatikana kwa hila ni kitamu kwa mwanadamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali huishia na kinywa kilichojaa changarawe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.20.18" />Fanya mipango kwa kutafuta mashauri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukipigana vita, tafuta maelekezo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.20.19" />Maneno ya kusengenya husababisha kutokuaminika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiyo mwepuke mtu anayezungumza kupita kiasi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.20.20" />Ikiwa mtu atamlaani baba yake au mama yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">taa yake itazimwa katika giza nene.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.20.21" />Urithi upatikanao haraka mwanzoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hautabarikiwa mwishoni.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.20.22" />Usiseme, “Nitakulipiza kwa ajili ya kosa hili!”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mngojee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, naye atakuokoa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PRO.20.23" /><nd>Bwana</nd> anachukia sana mawe ya kupimia ya udanganyifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo mizani zisizo halali hazimpendezi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PRO.20.24" />Hatua za mtu huongozwa na
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Anawezaje basi mtu yeyote kuelewa njia yake mwenyewe?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PRO.20.25" />Ni mtego kwa mtu kuweka wakfu kitu kwa haraka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na baada ya kitambo kidogo kufikiria tena nadhiri zake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PRO.20.26" />Mfalme mwenye hekima hupepeta waovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hulipitisha gurudumu la kupuria juu yao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PRO.20.27" />Taa ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> huchunguza roho ya mwanadamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huchunguza utu wake wa ndani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PRO.20.28" />Upendo na uaminifu humweka mfalme salama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa njia ya upendo, kiti chake cha enzi huwa salama.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PRO.20.29" />Utukufu wa vijana ni nguvu zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mvi ni fahari ya uzee.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="PRO.20.30" />Mapigo na majeraha huusafisha ubaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo michapo hutakasa utu wa ndani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />

<c id="21" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.21.1" />Moyo wa mfalme uko katika mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huuongoza kama mkondo wa maji, popote apendapo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.21.2" />Njia zote za mwanadamu huonekana sawa kwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali
<nd>Bwana</nd> huupima moyo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.21.3" />Kufanya yaliyo sawa na haki inakubalika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zaidi kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuliko dhabihu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.21.4" />Macho ya kudharau na moyo wa kiburi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambavyo ni taa ya waovu, vyote ni dhambi!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.21.5" />Mipango ya mwenye bidii huelekeza kwenye faida,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama vile kwa hakika pupa huelekeza kwenye umaskini.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.21.6" />Mali iliyopatikana kwa ulimi wa uongo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni mvuke upitao upesi na mtego wa kufisha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.21.7" />Jeuri ya waovu itawaburuta mbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa wanakataa kufanya yaliyo sawa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.21.8" />Njia ya mwenye hatia ni ya upotovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali tabia ya mtu asiye na hatia ni nyofu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.21.9" />Ni afadhali kuishi pembeni mwa paa la nyumba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko kuishi nyumba moja na mke mgomvi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.21.10" />Mtu mwovu hutamani sana ubaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jirani yake hapati huruma kutoka kwake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.21.11" />Wakati mwenye mzaha ameadhibiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mjinga hupata hekima;
</q>
<q style="q1">wakati mtu mwenye hekima afundishwapo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hupata maarifa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.21.12" />Mwenye Haki huyajua yanayotendeka katika nyumba za waovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atawaangamiza waovu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.21.13" />Mtu akiziba masikio asisikie kilio cha maskini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye pia atalia, wala hatajibiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.21.14" />Zawadi itolewayo kwa siri hutuliza hasira
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na rushwa iliyofichwa kwenye nguo hutuliza ghadhabu kali.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.21.15" />Wakati haki imetendeka, huleta furaha kwa wenye haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali kitisho kwa watenda mabaya.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.21.16" />Mtu anayepotea kutoka mapito ya ufahamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hupumzika katika kundi la waliokufa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.21.17" />Mtu apendaye anasa atakuwa maskini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeyote apendaye mvinyo na mafuta kamwe hatakuwa tajiri.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.21.18" />Waovu huwa fidia kwa ajili ya wenye haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wasio waaminifu kwa ajili ya wanyofu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.21.19" />Ni afadhali kuishi jangwani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko kuishi na mke mgomvi na mkorofi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.21.20" />Katika nyumba ya mwenye hekima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuna akiba ya vyakula vizuri na mafuta,
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini mtu mpumbavu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hutafuna vyote alivyo navyo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.21.21" />Yeye afuatiaye haki na upendo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hupata uzima, mafanikio na heshima.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.21.22" />Mtu mwenye hekima huushambulia mji wa wenye nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuangusha ngome wanazozitegemea.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PRO.21.23" />Yeye alindaye kinywa chake na ulimi wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hujilinda na maafa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PRO.21.24" />Mtu mwenye kiburi na majivuno, “Mdhihaki” ndilo jina lake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hutenda mambo kwa kiburi kilichozidi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PRO.21.25" />Kutamani sana kwa mvivu kutakuwa kifo chake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu mikono yake haitaki kufanya kazi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PRO.21.26" />Mchana kutwa hutamani zaidi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini mnyofu hutoa pasipo kuzuia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PRO.21.27" />Dhabihu ya mtu mwovu ni chukizo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">si zaidi sana itolewapo kwa nia mbaya!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PRO.21.28" />Shahidi wa uongo ataangamia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali maneno ya mwenye kusikia yatadumu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PRO.21.29" />Mtu mwovu ana uso wa ushupavu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mtu mnyofu huzifikiria njia zake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="PRO.21.30" />Hakuna hekima, wala akili, wala mpango
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unaoweza kufaulu dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="PRO.21.31" />Farasi huandaliwa kwa ajili ya siku ya vita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali ushindi huwa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="22" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.22.1" />Heri kuchagua jina jema kuliko utajiri mwingi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuheshimiwa ni bora kuliko fedha au dhahabu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.22.2" />Tajiri na maskini wanafanana kwa hili:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> ni Muumba wao wote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.22.3" />Mtu mwenye busara huona hatari na kujificha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mjinga huendelea mbele kama kipofu nayo ikamtesa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.22.4" />Unyenyekevu na kumcha
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huleta utajiri, heshima na uzima.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.22.5" />Katika mapito ya waovu kuna miiba na mitego,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali yeye ailindaye nafsi yake hukaa mbali nayo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.22.6" />Mfundishe mtoto njia impasayo kuiendea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye hataiacha hata akiwa mzee.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.22.7" />Matajiri huwatawala maskini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye akopaye ni mtumwa wa akopeshaye.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.22.8" />Yeye aupandaye uovu huvuna taabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo fimbo ya ghadhabu yake itaangamizwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.22.9" />Mtu mkarimu yeye mwenyewe atabarikiwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa hushiriki chakula chake na maskini.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.22.10" />Mfukuze mwenye dhihaka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mvutano utatoweka;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ugomvi na matukano vitakoma.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.22.11" />Yeye apendaye moyo safi na yeye ambaye maneno yake ni ya neema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mfalme atakuwa rafiki yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.22.12" />Macho ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> hulinda maarifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali huyapinga maneno ya asiye mwaminifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.22.13" />Mvivu husema, “Yuko simba nje!”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au, “Nitauawa katika mitaa!”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.22.14" />Kinywa cha mwanamke kahaba ni shimo refu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye aliye chini ya ghadhabu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atatumbukia ndani yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.22.15" />Upumbavu umefungwa ndani ya moyo wa mtoto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali fimbo ya adhabu itaufukuzia mbali naye.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.22.16" />Yeye amwoneaye maskini ili kujiongezea mali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye ampaye tajiri zawadi, wote huwa maskini.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Misemo Ya Wenye Hekima
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.22.17" />Tega sikio na usikie misemo ya wenye hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">elekeza moyo wako kwenye yale nifundishayo,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.22.18" />kwa maana inapendeza unapoyahifadhi moyoni mwako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwa nayo yote tayari midomoni mwako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.22.19" />Ili tumaini lako liwe katika
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata wewe, ninakufundisha leo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.22.20" />Je, sijakuandikia misemo thelathini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">misemo ya mashauri na maarifa,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.22.21" />kukufundisha maneno ya kweli na ya kuaminika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili uweze kutoa majibu sahihi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwake yeye aliyekutuma?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.22.22" />Usiwadhulumu maskini kwa sababu ni maskini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kumdhulumu mhitaji mahakamani,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PRO.22.23" />kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> atalichukua shauri lao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atawateka wao waliowateka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PRO.22.24" />Usifanye urafiki na mtu mwenye hasira ya haraka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usishirikiane na yule aliye mwepesi kukasirika,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PRO.22.25" />la sivyo utajifunza njia zake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kujiingiza mwenyewe kwenye mtego.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PRO.22.26" />Usiwe mwenye kupana mikono katika rehani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kuweka dhamana kwa ajili ya madeni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PRO.22.27" />Kama ukikosa njia ya kulipa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kitanda chako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kitachukuliwa ukiwa umekilalia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PRO.22.28" />Usisogeze jiwe la mpaka wa zamani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lililowekwa na baba zako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PRO.22.29" />Je, unamwona mtu stadi katika kazi yake?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Atahudumu mbele ya wafalme;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hatahudumu mbele ya watu duni.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />

<c id="23" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.23.1" />Uketipo kula chakula na mtawala,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">angalia vyema kile kilicho mbele yako,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.23.2" />na utie kisu kooni mwako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama ukiwa mlafi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.23.3" />Usitamani vyakula vyake vitamu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa chakula hicho ni cha hila.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.23.4" />Usijitaabishe ili kuupata utajiri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uwe na hekima kuonyesha kujizuia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.23.5" />Kufumba na kufumbua utajiri hutoweka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huwa kama umepata mabawa ghafula,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukaruka na kutoweka angani kama tai.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.23.6" />Usile chakula cha mtu mchoyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usitamani vyakula vyake vitamu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.23.7" />kwa maana yeye ni aina ya mtu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye kila mara anafikiri juu ya gharama.
</q>
<q style="q1">Anakuambia, “Kula na kunywa,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini moyo wake hauko pamoja nawe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.23.8" />Utatapika kile kidogo ulichokula,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe utakuwa umepoteza bure
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maneno yako ya kumsifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.23.9" />Usizungumze na mpumbavu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana atadhihaki hekima ya maneno yako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.23.10" />Usisogeze jiwe la mpaka wa zamani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kunyemelea kwenye mashamba ya yatima,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.23.11" />kwa kuwa Mtetezi wao ni mwenye nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atalichukua shauri lao dhidi yako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.23.12" />Elekeza moyo wako kwenye mafundisho
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na masikio yako kwenye maneno ya maarifa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.23.13" />Usimnyime mtoto adhabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukimwadhibu kwa fimbo, hatakufa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.23.14" />Mwadhibu kwa fimbo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuiokoa nafsi yake kutoka mautini.<f caller="+"><fr>23:14
</fr><ft>Mautini maana yake ni Kuzimu.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.23.15" />Mwanangu, kama moyo wako una hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">basi moyo wangu utafurahi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.23.16" />utu wangu wa ndani utafurahi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati midomo yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">itakapozungumza lililo sawa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.23.17" />Usiuruhusu moyo wako kuwaonea wivu wenye dhambi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali kila mara uwe na bidii katika kumcha
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.23.18" />Hakika kuna tumaini la baadaye kwa ajili yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nalo tarajio lako halitakatiliwa mbali.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.23.19" />Sikiliza, mwanangu na uwe na hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">weka moyo wako kwenye njia iliyo sawa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.23.20" />Usiwe miongoni mwa wanywao mvinyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au wale walao nyama kwa pupa,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.23.21" />kwa maana walevi na walafi huwa maskini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nako kusinzia huwavika matambara.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.23.22" />Msikilize baba yako, aliyekuzaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala usimdharau mama yako atakapokuwa mzee.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PRO.23.23" />Nunua kweli wala usiiuze,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pata hekima, adabu na ufahamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PRO.23.24" />Baba wa mwenye haki ana furaha kubwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye aliye na mwana mwenye hekima humfurahia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PRO.23.25" />Baba yako na mama yako na wafurahi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mama aliyekuzaa na ashangilie!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PRO.23.26" />Mwanangu, nipe moyo wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">macho yako na yafuate njia zangu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PRO.23.27" />kwa maana kahaba ni shimo refu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mwanamke mpotovu ni kisima chembamba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PRO.23.28" />Kama mnyangʼanyi, hungojea akivizia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye huzidisha wasio waaminifu miongoni mwa wanaume.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PRO.23.29" />Ni nani mwenye ole?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani mwenye huzuni?
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni nani mwenye ugomvi?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani mwenye malalamiko?
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni nani aliye na majeraha yasiyo na sababu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani mwenye macho mekundu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="PRO.23.30" />Ni hao wakaao sana kwenye mvinyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hao waendao kuonja mabakuli ya mvinyo uliochanganywa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="PRO.23.31" />Usiukodolee macho mvinyo wakati ukiwa mwekundu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati unapometameta kwenye bilauri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati ushukapo taratibu!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="PRO.23.32" />Mwishowe huuma kama nyoka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutia sumu yake kama nyoka mwenye sumu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="PRO.23.33" />Macho yako yataona mambo mageni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na moyo wako kuwazia mambo yaliyopotoka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="PRO.23.34" />Utakuwa kama alalaye katikati ya bahari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alalaye juu ya kamba ya merikebu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="PRO.23.35" />Utasema, “Wamenipiga lakini sikuumia!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wamenichapa, lakini sisikii!
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitaamka lini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili nikanywe tena?”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />

<c id="24" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.24.1" />Usiwaonee wivu watu waovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usitamani ushirika nao;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.24.2" />kwa maana mioyo yao hupanga mambo ya jeuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo midomo yao husema juu ya kuleta madhara.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.24.3" />Kwa hekima nyumba hujengwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo kwa njia ya ufahamu huimarishwa
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.24.4" />kwa njia ya maarifa vyumba vyake hujazwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vitu vya thamani na vya kupendeza.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.24.5" />Mtu mwenye hekima ana uwezo mkubwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye mtu mwenye maarifa huongeza nguvu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.24.6" />kwa kufanya vita unahitaji uongozi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa ushindi washauri wengi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.24.7" />Hekima i juu mno kwa mpumbavu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika kusanyiko langoni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hana lolote la kusema.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.24.8" />Yeye apangaye mabaya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atajulikana kama mtu wa hila.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.24.9" />Mipango ya upumbavu ni dhambi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu huchukizwa na mwenye dhihaka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.24.10" />Ukikata tamaa wakati wa taabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jinsi gani nguvu zako ni kidogo!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.24.11" />Okoa wale wanaoongozwa kwenye kifo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wazuie wote wanaojikokota
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuelekea machinjoni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.24.12" />Kama mkisema, “Lakini hatukujua lolote kuhusu hili,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">je, yule apimaye mioyo halitambui hili?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, yule awalindaye maisha yenu halijui hili?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, hatamlipa kila mtu kulingana na aliyotenda?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.24.13" />Ule asali mwanangu, kwa kuwa ni nzuri;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asali kutoka kwenye sega ni tamu kwa kuonja.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.24.14" />Ujue pia kwamba hekima ni tamu kwa nafsi yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama ukiipata, kuna matumaini kwako ya siku zijazo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nalo tumaini lako halitakatiliwa mbali.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.24.15" />Usivizie kama haramia afanyavyo ili kuyashambulia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">makao ya mwenye haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala usiyavamie makazi yake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.24.16" />Kwa maana ingawa mtu mwenye haki huanguka mara saba, huinuka tena,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini waovu huangushwa chini na maafa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.24.17" />Usitazame kwa kufurahia adui yako aangukapo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati ajikwaapo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiruhusu moyo wako ushangilie.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.24.18" /><nd>Bwana</nd> asije akaona na kuchukia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akaiondoa ghadhabu yake mbali naye.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.24.19" />Usikasirike kwa sababu ya watu wabaya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala usiwaonee wivu waovu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.24.20" />kwa maana mtu mbaya hana tumaini la siku zijazo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo taa ya waovu itazimwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.24.21" />Mwanangu, mche
<nd>Bwana</nd> na mfalme,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala usijiunge na waasi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.24.22" />kwa maana hao wawili watatuma maangamizi ya ghafula juu yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye ni nani ajuaye maafa wawezayo kuleta?
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Misemo Zaidi Ya Wenye Hekima
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="PRO.24.23" />Hii pia ni misemo ya wenye hekima:
</p>
<q style="q1">Kuonyesha upendeleo katika hukumu si vyema:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PRO.24.24" />Yeyote amwambiaye mwenye hatia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Wewe huna hatia,”
</q>
<q style="q1">Kabila zitamlaani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mataifa yatamkana.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PRO.24.25" />Bali itakuwa vyema kwa wale watakaowatia hatiani wenye hatia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo baraka tele zitawajilia juu yao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PRO.24.26" />Jawabu la uaminifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni kama busu la midomoni.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PRO.24.27" />Maliza kazi zako za nje,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe uweke mashamba yako tayari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">baada ya hayo, jenga nyumba yako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PRO.24.28" />Usishuhudie dhidi ya jirani yako bila sababu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kutumia midomo yako kudanganya.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PRO.24.29" />Usiseme, “Nitamtenda kama alivyonitenda mimi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitamlipiza mtu yule kwa kile alichonitendea.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="PRO.24.30" />Nilipita karibu na shamba la mvivu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">karibu na shamba la mizabibu la mtu asiye na akili,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="PRO.24.31" />miiba ilikuwa imeota kila mahali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ardhi ilikuwa imefunikwa na magugu, na
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukuta wa mawe ulikuwa umebomoka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="PRO.24.32" />Nikatafakari moyoni mwangu lile nililoliona,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nikajifunza somo kutokana na niliyoyaona:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="PRO.24.33" />Bado kulala kidogo, kusinzia kidogo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bado kukunja mikono kidogo upate kupumzika:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="PRO.24.34" />hivyo umaskini utakuja juu yako kama mnyangʼanyi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kupungukiwa kutakujia kama mtu mwenye silaha.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="25" />
<s style="s1">Mithali Zaidi Za Solomoni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.25.1" />Hizi ni mithali zaidi za Solomoni, zilizonakiliwa na watu wa Hezekia mfalme wa Yuda:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.25.2" />Ni Utukufu wa Mungu kuficha jambo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali ni utukufu wa wafalme kuchunguza jambo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.25.3" />Kama mbingu zilivyo juu na nchi ilivyo chini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo ambavyo mioyo ya wafalme haichunguziki.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.25.4" />Ondoa takataka kwenye madini ya fedha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nako ndani yake kutatokea chombo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">cha mfua fedha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.25.5" />Ondoa waovu mbele ya mfalme,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nacho kiti chake cha enzi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kitaimarishwa kwa njia ya haki.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.25.6" />Usijikweze mwenyewe mbele ya mfalme,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala usidai nafasi miongoni mwa watu wakuu;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.25.7" />ni afadhali yeye akuambie, “Njoo huku juu,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko yeye kukuaibisha mbele ya mkuu.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Kile ulichokiona kwa macho yako
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.25.8" />usiharakishe kukipeleka mahakamani,
</q>
<q style="q1">maana utafanya nini mwishoni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama jirani yako atakuaibisha?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.25.9" />Kama ukifanya shauri na jirani yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usisaliti siri ya mtu mwingine,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.25.10" />ama yeye aisikiaye aweza kukuaibisha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kamwe sifa yako mbaya haitaondoka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.25.11" />Neno lisemwalo kwa wakati ufaao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni kama matunda ya mtofaa ya dhahabu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yaliyowekwa kwenye vijalizo vya fedha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.25.12" />Kama vile kipuli cha dhahabu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au pambo la dhahabu safi,
</q>
<q style="q1">ndivyo lilivyo karipio la mtu mwenye hekima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sikio lisikilizalo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.25.13" />Kama vile ubaridi wa theluji wakati wa mavuno
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo alivyo mjumbe mwaminifu kwa wale wamtumao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huburudisha roho za bwana zake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.25.14" />Kama vile mawingu na upepo pasipo mvua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo alivyo mtu ajisifuye kwa zawadi ambazo hatoi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.25.15" />Kwa njia ya uvumilivu mtawala aweza kushawishiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao ulimi laini waweza kuvunja mfupa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.25.16" />Ukipata asali, kula kiasi tu cha kukutosha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukila zaidi, utatapika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.25.17" />Ingiza mguu wako nyumbani kwa jirani yako mara chache,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukizidisha, atakukinai na atakuchukia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.25.18" />Kama vile rungu au upanga au mshale mkali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo alivyo mtu atoaye ushuhuda wa uongo dhidi ya jirani yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.25.19" />Kama vile jino bovu au mguu uliolemaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo ilivyo kumtegemea mtu asiye mwaminifu wakati wa shida.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.25.20" />Kama vile avuaye mavazi siku ya baridi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kama siki iliyomwagwa juu ya magadi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo alivyo yeye amuimbiaye nyimbo mtu mwenye moyo mzito.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.25.21" />Kama adui yako ana njaa, mpe chakula ale;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama ana kiu, mpe maji anywe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.25.22" />Kwa kufanya hivyo, unaweka makaa ya moto yanayowaka kichwani pake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakupa thawabu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PRO.25.23" />Kama vile upepo wa kaskazini uletavyo mvua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo ulimi usingiziao uletavyo uso wa hasira.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PRO.25.24" />Ni afadhali kuishi pembeni mwa paa la nyumba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko kuishi nyumba moja na mke mgomvi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PRO.25.25" />Kama vile maji baridi kwa nafsi iliyochoka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo zilivyo habari njema kutoka nchi ya mbali.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PRO.25.26" />Kama vile chemchemi iliyotibuliwa matope au
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kisima kilichotiwa taka
</q>
<q style="q1">ndivyo alivyo mtu mwenye haki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akishiriki na waovu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PRO.25.27" />Si vyema kula asali nyingi sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala si heshima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kujitafutia heshima yako mwenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PRO.25.28" />Kama vile mji ambao kuta zake zimebomoka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo alivyo mtu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye hawezi kujitawala mwenyewe.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="26" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.26.1" />Kama theluji wakati wa kiangazi au mvua wakati wa mavuno,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo asivyostahili heshima mpumbavu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.26.2" />Kama shomoro apigapigavyo mabawa yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au mbayuwayu katika kuruka kwake kasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo ilivyo laana isiyo na sababu haimpati mtu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.26.3" />Mjeledi kwa farasi, lijamu kwa punda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo fimbo kwa migongo ya wapumbavu!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.26.4" />Usimjibu mpumbavu sawasawa na upumbavu wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ama wewe mwenyewe utakuwa kama yeye.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.26.5" />Mjibu mpumbavu sawasawa na upumbavu wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ama atakuwa mwenye hekima machoni pake mwenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.26.6" />Kama vile ilivyo kujikata miguu au kunywa hasara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo ilivyo kutuma ujumbe kwa mkono wa mpumbavu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.26.7" />Kama miguu ya kiwete inavyoningʼinia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo ilivyo mithali katika kinywa cha mpumbavu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.26.8" />Kama kufunga jiwe kwenye kombeo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo ilivyo kumpa mpumbavu heshima.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.26.9" />Kama mwiba kwenye mkono wa mlevi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo ilivyo mithali kinywani mwa mpumbavu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.26.10" />Kama mpiga upinde ambaye hujeruhi ovyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo alivyo yeye aajiriye mpumbavu au yeyote apitaye njiani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.26.11" />Kama mbwa ayarudiavyo matapiko yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo mpumbavu arudiavyo upumbavu wake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.26.12" />Je, unamwona mtu ajionaye mwenye hekima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">machoni pake mwenyewe?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Liko tumaini zaidi kwa mpumbavu kuliko kwake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.26.13" />Mvivu husema, “Yuko simba barabarani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">simba mkali anazunguka mitaa!”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.26.14" />Kama vile mlango ugeukavyo kwenye bawaba zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo mvivu ajigeuzavyo kitandani mwake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.26.15" />Mtu mvivu hutumbukiza mkono wake kwenye sahani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye huchoka kuupeleka kwenye kinywa chake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.26.16" />Mtu mvivu ni mwenye hekima machoni pake mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko watu saba wawezao kujibu kwa busara.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.26.17" />Kama yeye amkamataye mbwa kwa masikio,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo alivyo mtu apitaye njiani na kujiingiza kwenye ugomvi usiomhusu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.26.18" />Kama mtu mwendawazimu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atupaye vijinga vya moto au mishale ya kufisha,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.26.19" />ndivyo alivyo mtu amdanganyaye jirani yake na kusema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Nilikuwa nikifanya mzaha tu!”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.26.20" />Bila kuni moto huzimika;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pasipo uchongezi ugomvi humalizika.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.26.21" />Kama makaa juu ya makaa yanayowaka, na kama kuni kwenye moto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo alivyo mtu mgomvi kwa kuchochea ugomvi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.26.22" />Maneno ya mchongezi ni kama chakula kitamu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huingia sehemu za ndani sana za mtu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PRO.26.23" />Kama rangi ingʼaayo iliyopakwa kwenye vyombo vya udongo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo ilivyo midomo laini pamoja na moyo mbaya.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PRO.26.24" />Mtu mwenye nia ya kudhuru wengine hujificha kwa maneno ya midomo yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini moyoni mwake huficha udanganyifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PRO.26.25" />Ingawa maneno yake huvutia, usimwamini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana machukizo saba hujaza moyo wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PRO.26.26" />Nia yake ya kudhuru wengine inaweza kufichwa na udanganyifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini uovu wake utafichuliwa kwenye kusanyiko.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PRO.26.27" />Kama mtu akichimba shimo, atatumbukia ndani yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mtu akivingirisha jiwe, litamrudia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PRO.26.28" />Ulimi wa uongo, huwachukia wale unaowaumiza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nacho kinywa cha kujipendekeza hutenda uharibifu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="27" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.27.1" />Usijisifu kwa ajili ya kesho,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa hujui ni nini kitakachozaliwa kwa siku moja.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.27.2" />Mwache mwingine akusifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala si kinywa chako mwenyewe;
</q>
<q style="q1">mtu mwingine afanye hivyo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na si midomo yako mwenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.27.3" />Jiwe ni zito na mchanga ni mzigo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini kukasirishwa na mpumbavu ni kuzito kuliko vyote viwili.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.27.4" />Hasira ni ukatili na ghadhabu kali ni gharika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini ni nani awezaye kusimama mbele ya wivu?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.27.5" />Afadhali karipio la wazi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko upendo uliofichika.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.27.6" />Majeraha kutoka kwa rafiki yaonyesha uaminifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali kubusu kwa adui ni kwingi sana.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.27.7" />Yeye aliyeshiba huchukia kabisa asali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali kwa mwenye njaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata kile kilicho kichungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwake ni kitamu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.27.8" />Kama ndege atangatangavyo mbali na kiota chake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo alivyo mtu atangatangaye
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbali na nyumbani mwake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.27.9" />Manukato na uvumba huleta furaha moyoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao uzuri wa rafiki huchipuka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka kwenye ushauri wake wa uaminifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.27.10" />Usimwache rafiki yako wala rafiki wa baba yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tena usiende nyumbani mwa ndugu yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati umepatwa na maafa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Bora jirani wa karibu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko ndugu aliye mbali.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.27.11" />Mwanangu, uwe na hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe ulete furaha moyoni mwangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">ndipo nitakapoweza kumjibu yeyote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anitendaye kwa dharau.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.27.12" />Mtu mwenye busara huona hatari na kujificha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mjinga huendelea mbele nayo ikamtesa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.27.13" />Chukua vazi la yule awekaye dhamana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya mgeni;
</q>
<q style="q1">lishikilie iwe dhamana kama anafanya hivyo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya mwanamke mpotovu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.27.14" />Kama mtu akimbariki jirani yake kwa sauti kuu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asubuhi na mapema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">itahesabiwa kama ni laana.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.27.15" />Mke mgomvi ni kama
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">matone yasiyokoma ya siku ya mvua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.27.16" />Kumzuia yeye ni kama kuuzuia upepo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kukamata mafuta kwa kiganja cha mkono.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.27.17" />Kama vile chuma kinoavyo chuma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo mtu amnoavyo mwenzake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.27.18" />Yeye autunzaye mtini atakula tunda lake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye amtunzaye bwana wake ataheshimiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.27.19" />Kama uso uonekanavyo kwenye maji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo hivyo moyo wa mtu humwonyesha alivyo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.27.20" />Kuzimu na Uharibifu havishibi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kadhalika macho ya mwanadamu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.27.21" />Kalibu ni kwa ajili ya fedha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na tanuru kwa ajili ya dhahabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mtu hupimwa kwa sifa azipokeazo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.27.22" />Hata ukimtwanga mpumbavu kwenye kinu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukimtwanga kama nafaka kwa mchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hutauondoa upumbavu wake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PRO.27.23" />Hakikisha kuwa unajua hali ya makundi yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya kondoo na mbuzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">angalia kwa bidii ngʼombe zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PRO.27.24" />Kwa kuwa utajiri haudumu milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo taji haidumu vizazi vyote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PRO.27.25" />Wakati majani makavu yameondolewa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mapya yamechipua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo majani toka milimani yamekusanywa,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PRO.27.26" />wana-kondoo watakupatia mavazi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mbuzi thamani ya shamba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PRO.27.27" />Utakuwa na maziwa mengi ya mbuzi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kukulisha wewe na jamaa yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwalisha watumishi wako wa kike.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="28" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.28.1" />Mtu mwovu hukimbia ingawa hakuna yeyote anayemfukuza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali wenye haki ni wajasiri kama simba.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.28.2" />Wakati nchi inapokuwa na uasi, inakuwa na viongozi wengi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mwenye ufahamu na maarifa hudumisha utaratibu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.28.3" />Mtu maskini amwoneaye yeye aliye maskini zaidi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni kama mvua ya dhoruba isiyosaza mazao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.28.4" />Wale waiachao sheria huwasifu waovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali wale waishikao sheria huwapinga.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.28.5" />Watu wabaya hawaelewi haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali wale wamtafutao
<nd>Bwana</nd> wanaielewa kikamilifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.28.6" />Afadhali maskini ambaye mwenendo wake hauna lawama
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko tajiri ambaye njia zake ni potovu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.28.7" />Yeye ashikaye sheria ni mwana mwenye ufahamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali rafiki wa walafi humwaibisha baba yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.28.8" />Yeye aongezaye utajiri wake kwa riba kubwa mno
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hukusanya kwa ajili ya mwingine,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye atawahurumia maskini.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.28.9" />Kama mtu yeyote akikataa kusikia sheria,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata maombi yake ni chukizo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.28.10" />Yeye ambaye humwongoza mwenye haki kwenye mapito mabaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ataanguka kwenye mtego wake mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali wasio na lawama watapokea urithi mwema.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.28.11" />Mtu tajiri anaweza kuwa na hekima machoni pake mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mtu maskini mwenye ufahamu atamfichua.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.28.12" />Mwenye haki ashindapo, kuna furaha kubwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali waovu watawalapo, watu hujificha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.28.13" />Yeye afichaye dhambi zake hatafanikiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali yeyote aziungamaye na kuziacha hupata rehema.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.28.14" />Amebarikiwa mtu ambaye siku zote humcha
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali yeye afanyaye moyo wake kuwa mgumu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huangukia kwenye taabu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.28.15" />Kama simba angurumaye au dubu ashambuliaye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo alivyo mtu mwovu atawalaye wanyonge.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.28.16" />Mtawala dhalimu hana akili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali yeye achukiaye mapato ya udhalimu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atafurahia maisha marefu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.28.17" />Mtu mwenye kusumbuliwa na hatia ya kuua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atakuwa mtoro mpaka kufa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtu yeyote na asimsaidie.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.28.18" />Yeye ambaye mwenendo wake hauna lawama
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hulindwa salama,
</q>
<q style="q1">bali yeye ambaye njia zake ni potovu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ataanguka ghafula.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.28.19" />Yeye alimaye shamba lake atakuwa na chakula tele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali yule afuataye mambo ya upuzi atakuwa na umaskini wa kumtosha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.28.20" />Mtu mwaminifu atabarikiwa sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali yeye atamaniye kupata utajiri kwa haraka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hataacha kuadhibiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.28.21" />Kuonyesha upendeleo si vizuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata hivyo mtu atafanya kosa kwa kipande cha mkate.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.28.22" />Mtu mchoyo ana tamaa ya kupata utajiri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye hana habari kuwa umaskini unamngojea.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PRO.28.23" />Yeye amkemeaye mtu mwishoni hupata kibali zaidi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko mwenye maneno ya kusifu isivyostahili.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PRO.28.24" />Yeye amwibiaye babaye au mamaye
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kusema, “Si kosa,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ni mwenzi wa yule aharibuye.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PRO.28.25" />Mtu mwenye tamaa huchochea fitina,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali yule amtegemeaye
<nd>Bwana</nd> atafanikiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PRO.28.26" />Yeye ajitumainiaye mwenyewe ni mpumbavu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali yeye atembeaye katika hekima hulindwa salama.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PRO.28.27" />Yeye ampaye maskini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hatapungukiwa na kitu chochote,
</q>
<q style="q1">bali yeye awafumbiaye maskini macho
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hupata laana nyingi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PRO.28.28" />Wakati waovu watawalapo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu huenda mafichoni,
</q>
<q style="q1">bali waovu wanapoangamia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wenye haki hufanikiwa.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="29" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.29.1" />Mtu anayeendelea kuwa na shingo ngumu baada ya maonyo mengi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ataangamia ghafula, wala hapati dawa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.29.2" />Wenye haki wanapostawi, watu hufurahi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waovu watawalapo, watu hulia kwa huzuni.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.29.3" />Mtu apendaye hekima huleta furaha kwa baba yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali aambatanaye na makahaba hutapanya mali yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.29.4" />Kwa haki mfalme huipa nchi uthabiti,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mfalme aliye na tamaa ya rushwa huiangamiza.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.29.5" />Yeyote amsifuye jirani yake isivyostahili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anautandaza wavu kuitega miguu yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.29.6" />Mtu mbaya hutegwa na dhambi yake mwenyewe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mwenye haki huweza kuimba na kufurahi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.29.7" />Mwenye haki hujali haki kwa ajili ya maskini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mwovu hajishughulishi na hilo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.29.8" />Wenye mzaha huuchochea mji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali watu wenye hekima hugeuzia mbali hasira.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.29.9" />Kama mwenye hekima akienda mahakamani na mpumbavu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpumbavu hukasirika na kudhihaki, wala hakuna amani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.29.10" />Watu wamwagao damu humchukia mtu mwadilifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hutafuta kumuua mtu mnyofu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.29.11" />Mpumbavu huonyesha hasira yake yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mwenye hekima hujizuia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.29.12" />Kama mtawala akisikiliza uongo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maafisa wake wote huwa waovu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.29.13" />Mtu maskini na mtu anayeonea wanafanana kwa jambo hili:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> hutia nuru macho yao wote wawili.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.29.14" />Kama mfalme akiwaamua maskini kwa haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kiti chake cha enzi kitakuwa thabiti siku zote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.29.15" />Fimbo ya maonyo hutia hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mtoto aliyeachiwa bila maonyo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">humwaibisha mama yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.29.16" />Wakati waovu wanapostawi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pia dhambi vivyo hivyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini wenye haki wataliona anguko lao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.29.17" />Mrudi mwanao, naye atakupa amani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atakufurahisha nafsi yako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.29.18" />Mahali pasipo na ufunuo, watu kujizuia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali ana heri mtu yule aishikaye sheria.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.29.19" />Mtumishi hawezi kuonywa kwa maneno matupu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ajapoelewa, hataitikia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.29.20" />Je, unamwona mtu azungumzaye kwa haraka?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kuna matumaini zaidi kwa mpumbavu kuliko yeye.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.29.21" />Kama mtu akimdekeza mtumishi wake tangu ujanani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atamletea sikitiko mwishoni.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.29.22" />Mtu mwenye hasira huchochea ugomvi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye mtu mwenye hasira ya haraka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hutenda dhambi nyingi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PRO.29.23" />Kiburi cha mtu humshusha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mtu mwenye roho ya unyenyekevu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hupata heshima.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PRO.29.24" />Anayekubaliana na mwizi ni adui wa nafsi yake mwenyewe;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huapishwa lakini hathubutu kushuhudia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PRO.29.25" />Kuwaogopa watu huwa ni mtego,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali yeyote amtumainiaye
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakuwa salama.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PRO.29.26" />Wengi hutafuta kusikilizwa na mtawala,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mtu hupata haki kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PRO.29.27" />Mwenye haki huwachukia sana wasio waaminifu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waovu huwachukia sana wenye haki.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="30" />
<s style="s1">Misemo Ya Aguri
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.30.1" />Misemo ya Aguri mwana wa Yake, usia:
</p>
<q style="q1">Huyu mtu alimwambia Ithieli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, kwa Ithieli na kwa Ukali:
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.30.2" />“Mimi ni mjinga kuliko wanadamu wote;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sina ufahamu wa kibinadamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.30.3" />Sijajifunza hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala sina maarifa ya kumjua yeye Aliye Mtakatifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.30.4" />Ni nani ameshapanda mbinguni na kushuka?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani ameshakusanya upepo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye vitanga vya mikono yake?
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni nani ameshafungia maji kwenye nguo yake?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani ameimarisha miisho yote ya dunia?
</q>
<q style="q1">Jina lake ni nani, na mwanawe anaitwa nani?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Niambie kama unajua!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.30.5" />“Kila neno la Mungu ni kamilifu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ni ngao kwa wale wanaomkimbilia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.30.6" />Usiongeze kwenye maneno yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ama atakukemea na kukuthibitisha kuwa mwongo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.30.7" />“Ninakuomba vitu viwili, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usininyime kabla sijafa:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.30.8" />Uutenge mbali nami udanganyifu na uongo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usinipe umaskini wala utajiri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali unipe chakula cha kunitosha kila siku.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.30.9" />Nisije nikawa na vingi vya kuzidi nikakukana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kusema, ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> ni nani?’
</q>
<q style="q1">Au nisije nikawa maskini nikaiba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nikaliaibisha jina la Mungu wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.30.10" />“Usimchongee mtumishi kwa bwana wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asije akakulaani, ukapatilizwa kwalo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.30.11" />“Wako watu wale ambao huwalaani baba zao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wala hawawabariki mama zao;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.30.12" />wale ambao ni safi machoni pao wenyewe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kumbe hawakuoshwa uchafu wao;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.30.13" />wale ambao daima macho yao ni ya kiburi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao kutazama kwao ni kwa dharau;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.30.14" />wale ambao meno yao ni panga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ambao mataya yao yamewekwa visu
</q>
<q style="q1">kuwaangamiza maskini katika nchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wahitaji kutoka miongoni mwa wanadamu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.30.15" />“Mruba anao binti wawili waliao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Nipe! Nipe!’
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Kuna vitu vitatu visivyotosheka kamwe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, viko vinne visivyosema, ‘Yatosha!’:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.30.16" />Ni kaburi, tumbo lisilozaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nchi isiyoshiba maji kamwe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na moto, usiosema kamwe, ‘Yatosha!’
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.30.17" />“Jicho lile limdhihakilo baba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lile linalodharau kumtii mama,
</q>
<q style="q1">litangʼolewa na kunguru wa bondeni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">litaliwa na tai.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.30.18" />“Kuna vitu vitatu vinavyonishangaza sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, vinne nisivyovielewa:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.30.19" />Ni mwendo wa tai katika anga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwendo wa nyoka juu ya mwamba,
</q>
<q style="q1">mwendo wa meli katika maji makuu ya bahari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao mwendo wa mtu pamoja na msichana.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.30.20" />“Huu ndio mwendo wa mwanamke mzinzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hula akapangusa kinywa chake na kusema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Sikufanya chochote kibaya.’
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.30.21" />“Kwa mambo matatu nchi hutetemeka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, kwa mambo manne haiwezi kuvumilia:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.30.22" />Mtumwa awapo mfalme,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpumbavu ashibapo chakula,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PRO.30.23" />mwanamke asiyependwa aolewapo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye mtumishi wa kike achukuapo nafasi ya bibi yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PRO.30.24" />“Vitu vinne duniani vilivyo vidogo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini vina akili nyingi sana:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PRO.30.25" />Mchwa ni viumbe wenye nguvu ndogo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata hivyo hujiwekea akiba ya chakula chao wakati wa kiangazi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PRO.30.26" />Pelele ni viumbe vyenye uwezo mdogo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata hivyo hujitengenezea nyumba zao kwenye miamba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PRO.30.27" />Nzige hawana mfalme,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata hivyo huenda pamoja vikosi vikosi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PRO.30.28" />Mjusi anaweza kushikwa kwa mkono,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata hivyo huonekana katika majumba ya kifalme.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PRO.30.29" />“Viko vitu vitatu ambavyo vinapendeza katika mwendo wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, vinne ambavyo hutembea kwa mwendo wa madaha:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="PRO.30.30" />simba, mwenye nguvu miongoni mwa wanyama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asiyerudi nyuma kwa chochote;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="PRO.30.31" />jogoo atembeaye kwa maringo, pia beberu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye mfalme pamoja na jeshi lake lililomzunguka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="PRO.30.32" />“Ikiwa umefanya upumbavu na ukajitukuza mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kama umepanga mabaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">basi funika mdomo wako na mkono wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="PRO.30.33" />Kwa maana kama vile kusukasuka maziwa hutoa siagi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na pia kule kufinya pua hutoa damu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kadhalika kuchochea hasira hutokeza ugomvi.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="31" />
<s style="s1">Misemo Ya Mfalme Lemueli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="PRO.31.1" />Misemo ya Mfalme Lemueli, usia wa mama yake aliyomfundisha:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="PRO.31.2" />“Ee mwanangu, ee mwana wa tumbo langu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ee mwana wa nadhiri zangu,<f caller="+"><fr>31:2
</fr><ft>Au: Ewe uliye jibu la maombi yangu.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="PRO.31.3" />Usitumie nguvu zako kwa wanawake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uhodari wako kwa wale wanaowaharibu wafalme.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="PRO.31.4" />“Ee Lemueli, haifai wafalme,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haifai wafalme kunywa mvinyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haifai watawala kutamani sana kileo,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="PRO.31.5" />wasije wakanywa na kusahau vile sheria inavyoamuru
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwanyima haki zao wote walioonewa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PRO.31.6" />Wape kileo wale wanaoangamia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mvinyo wale walio na uchungu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PRO.31.7" />Wanywe na kusahau umaskini wao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wasikumbuke taabu yao tena.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PRO.31.8" />“Sema kwa ajili ya wale wasioweza kujisemea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya haki za wote walioachwa ukiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PRO.31.9" />Sema na uamue kwa haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tetea haki za maskini na wahitaji.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Maneno Ya Mwisho: Mke Mwenye Sifa Nzuri
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PRO.31.10" />Mke mwenye sifa nzuri, ni nani awezaye kumpata?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yeye ni wa thamani sana kuliko marijani.<f caller="+"><fr>31:10
</fr><ft><rq>Mithali 31:10-31</rq> imetungwa kila mstari ukianzia na herufi ya alfabeti ya Kiebrania zikifuatana tangu Aleph (A) hadi Taw (T); zote ni 22.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PRO.31.11" />Mume wake anamwamini kikamilifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakosi kitu chochote cha thamani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="PRO.31.12" />Humtendea mumewe mema, wala si mabaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku zote za maisha yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="PRO.31.13" />Huchagua sufu na kitani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye hufanya kazi kwa mikono yenye bidii.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="PRO.31.14" />Yeye ni kama meli za biashara
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akileta chakula chake kutoka mbali.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="PRO.31.15" />Yeye huamka kungali bado giza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huwapa jamaa yake chakula
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mafungu kwa watumishi wake wa kike.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="PRO.31.16" />Huangalia shamba na kulinunua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutokana na mapato yake hupanda shamba la mizabibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="PRO.31.17" />Hufanya kazi zake kwa nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mikono yake ina nguvu kwa ajili ya kazi zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="PRO.31.18" />Huona kwamba biashara yake ina faida,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala taa yake haizimiki usiku.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="PRO.31.19" />Huweka mikono yake kwenye pia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">navyo vidole vyake hushikilia kijiti chenye uzi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="PRO.31.20" />Huwanyooshea maskini mikono yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwakunjulia wahitaji vitanga vyake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="PRO.31.21" />Theluji ishukapo, hana hofu kwa ajili ya watu wa nyumbani mwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana wote wamevikwa nguo za kutia joto.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="PRO.31.22" />Hutengeneza mazulia ya urembo ya kufunika kitanda chake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye huvaa kitani safi na urujuani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="PRO.31.23" />Mume wake anaheshimiwa kwenye lango la mji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aketipo miongoni mwa wazee wa nchi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="PRO.31.24" />Hutengeneza mavazi ya kitani na kuyauza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye huwauzia wafanyabiashara mishipi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="PRO.31.25" />Amevikwa nguvu na heshima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anaweza kucheka bila kuwa na hofu kwa siku zijazo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="PRO.31.26" />Huzungumza kwa hekima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mafundisho ya kuaminika yapo ulimini mwake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="PRO.31.27" />Huangalia mambo ya nyumbani mwake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hali chakula cha uvivu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="PRO.31.28" />Watoto wake huamka na kumwita aliyebarikiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mumewe pia humsifu, akisema:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="PRO.31.29" />“Wanawake wengi hufanya vitu vyenye sifa nzuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini wewe umewapita wote.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="PRO.31.30" />Kujipamba ili kuvutia ni udanganyifu na uzuri unapita upesi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mwanamke anayemcha
<nd>Bwana</nd> atasifiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="PRO.31.31" />Mpe thawabu anayostahili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo kazi zake na zimletee sifa kwenye lango la mji.<ve />
</q>
</book>
<book id="ECC"><id id="ECC">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Mhubiri
</h><toc level="1">Mhubiri
</toc><toc level="2">Mhubiri
</toc><toc level="3">Mhu
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Mhubiri
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Kila Kitu Ni Ubatili Mtupu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ECC.1.1" />Maneno ya Mhubiri, mwana wa Daudi, mfalme huko Yerusalemu:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ECC.1.2" />“Ubatili mtupu! Ubatili mtupu!”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mhubiri anasema.
</q>
<q style="q1">“Ubatili mtupu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kila kitu ni ubatili.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ECC.1.3" />Mwanadamu anafaidi nini kutokana na kazi yake yote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anayotaabikia chini ya jua?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ECC.1.4" />Vizazi huja na vizazi hupita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini dunia inadumu milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ECC.1.5" />Jua huchomoza na jua huzama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nalo huharakisha kurudi mawioni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ECC.1.6" />Upepo huvuma kuelekea kusini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kugeukia kaskazini,
</q>
<q style="q1">hurudia mzunguko huo huo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">daima ukirudia njia yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ECC.1.7" />Mito yote hutiririka baharini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata hivyo bahari kamwe haijai.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mahali mito inapotoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huko hurudi tena.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ECC.1.8" />Vitu vyote vinachosha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zaidi kuliko mtu anavyoweza kusema.
</q>
<q style="q1">Jicho kamwe halitosheki kutazama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala sikio halishibi kusikia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ECC.1.9" />Kile kilichokuwepo kitakuwepo tena,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kile kilichofanyika kitafanyika tena,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna kilicho kipya chini ya jua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ECC.1.10" />Kuna kitu chochote ambacho mtu anaweza kusema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Tazama! Kitu hiki ni kipya”?
</q>
<q style="q1">Kilikuwepo tangu zamani za kale,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kilikuwepo kabla ya wakati wetu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ECC.1.11" />Hakuna kumbukumbu ya watu wa zamani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata na wale ambao hawajaja bado
</q>
<q style="q1">hawatakumbukwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wale watakaofuata baadaye.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Hekima Ni Ubatili
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="ECC.1.12" />Mimi, Mhubiri, nilikuwa mfalme wa Israeli katika Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ECC.1.13" />Nilitumia muda wangu wote kujifunza na kuvumbua kwa hekima yote yanayofanyika chini ya mbingu. Jinsi gani Mungu ameweka mzigo mzito juu ya wanadamu!
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ECC.1.14" />Nimeshaona mambo yote yanayotendeka chini ya jua, hayo yote ni ubatili, hii ni kukimbiza upepo.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ECC.1.15" />Kilichopindika hakiwezi kunyooshwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kile ambacho hakipo haiwezekani kukihesabu.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="ECC.1.16" />Niliwaza mwenyewe, “Tazama, nimekua na kuongezeka katika hekima kuliko yeyote aliyewahi kutawala Yerusalemu kabla yangu. Nimekuwa na uzoefu mkubwa wa hekima na maarifa.”
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ECC.1.17" />Ndipo nilipojitahidi kufahamu kutofautisha hekima, wazimu na upumbavu, lakini nikatambua hata hili nalo ni kukimbiza upepo.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ECC.1.18" />Kwa kuwa hekima nyingi huleta huzuni kubwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maarifa yanapoongezeka, masikitiko yanaongezeka.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Anasa Ni Ubatili
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ECC.2.1" />Nikafikiri moyoni mwangu, “Haya basi, nitakujaribu kwa anasa nione ni lipi lililo jema.” Lakini hilo nalo likaonekana ni ubatili.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ECC.2.2" />Nikasema, “Kicheko nacho ni upumbavu. Nayo matokeo ya anasa ni nini?”
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ECC.2.3" />Nikajaribu kujifurahisha kwa mvinyo na kukumbatia upumbavu, huku bado akili yangu inaniongoza kwa hekima. Nilitaka kuona ni lipi bora watu wafanye kwa siku chache wanazoishi chini ya mbingu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="ECC.2.4" />Nikafanya miradi mikubwa: Nikajijengea majumba na kulima mashamba ya mizabibu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ECC.2.5" />Nikatengeneza bustani na viwanja vya starehe nikaotesha huko kila aina ya miti ya matunda.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ECC.2.6" />Nikajenga mabwawa ya kukusanya maji ya kunyweshea hii miti iliyokuwa inastawi vizuri.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ECC.2.7" />Nikanunua watumwa wa kiume na wa kike na watumwa wengine walizaliwa nyumbani mwangu. Pia nilikuwa na makundi ya ngʼombe, kondoo na mbuzi kuliko mtu yeyote aliyewahi kuishi Yerusalemu kabla yangu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ECC.2.8" />Nikajikusanyia fedha na dhahabu, hazina za wafalme na za majimbo. Nikajipatia waimbaji wanaume na wanawake, nazo nyumba za masuria: vitu ambavyo moyo wa mwanadamu hufurahia.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ECC.2.9" />Nikawa maarufu sana kuliko mtu mwingine yeyote aliyepata kuishi Yerusalemu kabla yangu. Katika haya yote bado nikawa nina hekima.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ECC.2.10" />Sikujinyima kitu chochote ambacho macho yangu yalikitamani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna anasa ambayo niliunyima moyo wangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Moyo wangu ulifurahia kazi zangu zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hii ilikuwa thawabu ya kazi zangu zote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ECC.2.11" />Hata hivyo nilipokuja kuangalia yote ambayo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mikono yangu ilikuwa imefanya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na yale niliyotaabika kukamilisha,
</q>
<q style="q1">kila kitu kilikuwa ni ubatili, ni kukimbiza upepo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hapakuwa na faida yoyote chini ya jua.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Hekima Na Upumbavu Ni Ubatili
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ECC.2.12" />Kisha nikageuza mawazo yangu kufikiria hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wazimu na upumbavu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni nini zaidi mtu anayetawala baada ya mfalme
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anachoweza kufanya ambacho hakijafanywa?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ECC.2.13" />Nikaona kuwa hekima ni bora kuliko upumbavu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama vile nuru ilivyo bora kuliko giza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ECC.2.14" />Mtu mwenye hekima ana macho katika kichwa chake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini mpumbavu anatembea gizani;
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini nikaja kuona kwamba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote wawili hatima yao inafanana.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="ECC.2.15" />Kisha nikafikiri moyoni mwangu,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Hatima ya mpumbavu itanipata mimi pia.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nitafaidi nini basi kwa kuwa na hekima?”
</q>
<q style="q1">Nikasema moyoni mwangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Hili nalo ni ubatili.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ECC.2.16" />Kwa maana kwa mtu mwenye hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama ilivyo kwa mpumbavu,
</q>
<q style="q1">hatakumbukwa kwa muda mrefu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku zijazo wote watasahaulika.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kama vile ilivyo kwa mpumbavu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtu mwenye hekima pia lazima atakufa!
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Kutaabika Ni Ubatili
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="ECC.2.17" />Kwa hiyo nikachukia maisha, kwa sababu kazi inayofanyika chini ya jua ilikuwa masikitiko kwangu. Yote hayo ni ubatili, ni kukimbiza upepo.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ECC.2.18" />Nikachukia kila kitu nilichokuwa nimetaabikia chini ya jua, kwa sababu ni lazima nimwachie yule ajaye baada yangu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ECC.2.19" />Nani ajuaye kama atakuwa ni mtu mwenye hekima au mpumbavu? Lakini hata hivyo yeye ndiye atakayetawala kazi zote ambazo nimemiminia juhudi na ustadi chini ya jua. Hili nalo ni ubatili.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ECC.2.20" />Kwa hiyo moyo wangu ukaanza kukata tamaa juu ya kazi yangu yote niliyoifanya kwa taabu chini ya jua.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ECC.2.21" />Kwa kuwa mtu anaweza kufanya kazi yake kwa hekima, maarifa na ustadi, kisha analazimika kuacha vyote alivyo navyo kwa mtu mwingine ambaye hajavifanyia kazi. Hili nalo pia ni ubatili tena ni balaa kubwa.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ECC.2.22" />Mtu atapata nini kwa taabu yote na kuhangaika kwa bidii katika kazi anayotaabikia chini ya jua?
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ECC.2.23" />Siku zake zote kazi yake ni maumivu na masikitiko, hata usiku akili yake haipati mapumziko. Hili nalo pia ni ubatili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="ECC.2.24" />Hakuna kitu bora anachoweza kufanya mtu zaidi ya kula na kunywa na kuridhika katika kazi yake. Hili nalo pia, ninaona, latokana na mkono wa Mungu,
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="ECC.2.25" />kwa sababu pasipo yeye, ni nani awezaye kula na kufurahi?
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="ECC.2.26" />Kwa yule mtu anayempendeza Mungu, Mungu humpa hekima, maarifa na furaha, bali kwa mwenye dhambi Mungu humpa kazi ya kukusanya na kuhifadhi utajiri ili Mungu ampe yule anayempenda. Hili nalo pia ni ubatili, ni kukimbiza upepo.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Kila Jambo Lina Wakati Wake
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ECC.3.1" />Kuna wakati kwa ajili ya kila jambo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo majira kwa kila tendo chini ya mbingu:
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="2" bcv="ECC.3.2" />wakati wa kuzaliwa na wakati wa kufa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wa kupanda na wakati wa kungʼoa yaliyopandwa,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="3" bcv="ECC.3.3" />wakati wa kuua na wakati wa kuponya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wa kubomoa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wakati wa kujenga,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="4" bcv="ECC.3.4" />wakati wa kulia na wakati wa kucheka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wa kuomboleza na wakati wa kucheza,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="5" bcv="ECC.3.5" />wakati wa kutawanya mawe na wakati wa kukusanya mawe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wa kukumbatia na wakati wa kutokumbatia,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="6" bcv="ECC.3.6" />wakati wa kutafuta na wakati wa kupoteza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wa kuweka na wakati wa kutupa,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="7" bcv="ECC.3.7" />wakati wa kurarua na wakati wa kushona,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wa kunyamaza na wakati wa kuzungumza,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="8" bcv="ECC.3.8" />wakati wa kupenda na wakati wa kuchukia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wa vita na wakati wa amani.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ECC.3.9" />Mfanyakazi anapata faida gani kutokana na taabu yake?
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ECC.3.10" />Nimeona mzigo Mungu alioweka juu ya wanadamu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ECC.3.11" />Amefanya kila kitu kiwe kizuri kwa wakati wake. Pia ameiweka hiyo milele katika mioyo ya wanadamu, wala hawawezi kutambua kwa kina yale ambayo Mungu amefanya tangu mwanzo hadi mwisho.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ECC.3.12" />Ninajua kwamba hakuna kitu bora kwa wanadamu kuliko kuwa na furaha na kutenda mema wakati wanapoishi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ECC.3.13" />Tena ni karama ya Mungu kila mtu apate kula na kunywa na kujiburudisha kwa mema katika kazi yake yote.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ECC.3.14" />Ninajua kwamba kila kitu anachokifanya Mungu kitadumu milele, hakuna kinachoweza kuongezwa au kupunguzwa. Mungu hufanya hivyo ili watu wamche yeye.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ECC.3.15" />Chochote kilichopo kilishakuwepo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kitakachokuwepo kimekwishakuwepo kabla;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye Mungu huyaita yale yaliyopita yarudi tena.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="ECC.3.16" />Pia nikaona kitu kingine tena chini ya jua:
</p>
<q style="q1">Mahali pa kutolea hukumu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uovu ulikuwepo,
</q>
<q style="q1">mahali pa kupatia haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uovu ulikuwepo.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="ECC.3.17" />Nikafikiri moyoni mwangu,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Mungu atawaleta hukumuni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote wawili wenye haki na waovu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana kutakuwako na wakati kwa ajili ya kila jambo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati kwa ajili ya kila tendo.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="18" bcv="ECC.3.18" />Pia nikafikiri, “Kuhusu wanadamu, Mungu huwajaribu ili wajione kwamba wao ni kama wanyama.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ECC.3.19" />Hatima ya mwanadamu ni kama ile ya wanyama; wote wana mwisho unaofanana: Jinsi anavyokufa mnyama, ndivyo anavyokufa mwanadamu. Wote wana pumzi inayofanana; mwanadamu hana cha zaidi kuliko mnyama. Kila kitu ni ubatili.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ECC.3.20" />Wote huenda mahali panapofanana; wote hutoka mavumbini, mavumbini wote hurudi.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ECC.3.21" />Ni nani ajuaye kama roho ya mtu huenda juu na roho ya mnyama hushuka chini ardhini?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="ECC.3.22" />Kwa hiyo nikaona kwamba hakuna kitu kilicho bora zaidi kwa mwanadamu kuliko kuifurahia kazi yake, kwa sababu hilo ndilo fungu lake. Kwa maana ni nani awezaye kumrudisha ili aje kuona kile kitakachotendeka baada yake?
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Uonevu, Taabu, Uadui
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ECC.4.1" />Nikatazama tena nikaona uonevu wote uliokuwa unafanyika chini ya jua:
</p>
<q style="q1">Nikaona machozi ya walioonewa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawana wa kuwafariji;
</q>
<q style="q1">uwezo ulikuwa upande wa wale wanaowaonea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawana wa kuwafariji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ECC.4.2" />Nami nikasema kwamba wafu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waliokwisha kufa,
</q>
<q style="q1">wana furaha kuliko watu walio hai,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao bado wanaishi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ECC.4.3" />Lakini aliye bora kuliko hao wawili
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni yule ambaye hajazaliwa bado,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambaye hajaona ule uovu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unaofanyika chini ya jua.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="ECC.4.4" />Tena nikaona kuwa kazi zote na mafanikio yote huchipuka kutokana na wivu wa mtu kwa jirani yake. Hili nalo ni ubatili, ni kukimbiza upepo.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ECC.4.5" />Mpumbavu hukunja mikono yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kujiangamiza mwenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ECC.4.6" />Afadhali konzi moja pamoja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na utulivu kuliko konzi mbili pamoja na taabu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukimbiza upepo.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="ECC.4.7" />Tena nikaona kitu kingine kilicho ubatili chini ya jua:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ECC.4.8" />Kulikuwepo mwanadamu aliye peke yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuwa na mwana wala ndugu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hapakuwa na mwisho wa kazi yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata hivyo macho yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hayakutosheka na utajiri wake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Aliuliza, “Ninajitaabisha hivi kwa ajili ya nani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami kwa nini ninajinyima kufurahia?”
</q>
<q style="q1">Hili pia ni ubatili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni shughuli yenye taabu!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ECC.4.9" />Wawili ni afadhali kuliko mmoja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu wana malipo mazuri kwa kazi yao:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ECC.4.10" />Kama mmoja akianguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwenzake atamwinua.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini ni jambo la kuhuzunisha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mtu yule aangukaye
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye hana wa kumwinua!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ECC.4.11" />Pia, kama wawili wakilala pamoja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watapashana joto.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini ni vipi mtu aweza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kujipasha joto mwenyewe?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ECC.4.12" />Ingawa mtu mmoja aweza kushindwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wawili wanaweza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kumkabili adui na kumshinda.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kamba ya nyuzi tatu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haikatiki kwa urahisi.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Maendeleo Ni Ubatili
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="ECC.4.13" />Afadhali kijana maskini mwenye hekima kuliko mfalme mzee mpumbavu ambaye hajui tena kupokea maonyo.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ECC.4.14" />Kijana huyo angeweza kutokea gerezani akapata ufalme, au angeweza kuwa amezaliwa katika umaskini kwenye huo ufalme.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ECC.4.15" />Nikaona kwamba wote walioishi na kutembea chini ya jua walimfuata kijana, aliyepokea ufalme.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ECC.4.16" />Hapakuwa na kikomo cha watu wote aliowatawala. Lakini wale waliokuja baadaye hawakufurahia kazi ya yule aliyepokea ufalme. Hili nalo pia ni ubatili, ni kukimbiza upepo.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Simama Katika Kicho Cha Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ECC.5.1" />Linda hatua zako uendapo katika nyumba ya Mungu. Karibia usikilize kuliko kutoa dhabihu ya wapumbavu, ambao hawajui kuwa wanafanya kosa.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ECC.5.2" />Usiwe mwepesi kuzungumza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiwe na haraka katika moyo wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuzungumza lolote mbele za Mungu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mungu yuko mbinguni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe uko duniani,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa hiyo maneno yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na yawe machache.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ECC.5.3" />Kama vile ndoto huja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati kuna shughuli nyingi,
</q>
<q style="q1">ndivyo yalivyo mazungumzo ya mpumbavu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati kuna maneno mengi.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="ECC.5.4" />Wakati unapomwekea Mungu nadhiri, usikawie kuitimiza. Yeye hafurahii wapumbavu; timiza nadhiri yako.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ECC.5.5" />Ni afadhali usiweke nadhiri kuliko kuiweka na usiitimize.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ECC.5.6" />Usiruhusu kinywa chako kukuingiza dhambini. Tena usijitetee mbele ya huyo mjumbe wa hekaluni, ukisema, “Niliweka nadhiri kwa makosa.” Kwa nini Mungu akasirike kwa ajili ya yale unayosema na kuiharibu kazi ya mikono yako?
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ECC.5.7" />Kuota ndoto kwingi na maneno mengi ni ubatili. Kwa hiyo simama katika kicho cha Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Utajiri Ni Ubatili
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="ECC.5.8" />Kama ukiona maskini wanaonewa katika nchi, hukumu na haki vikipotoshwa, usishangazwe na mambo hayo, kwa maana afisa mmoja anaangaliwa na aliye juu yake zaidi na juu ya hao wawili kuna wengine walio juu zaidi yao.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ECC.5.9" />Mafanikio ya nchi ni kwa ajili ya wote, hata mfalme mwenyewe hufaidi kutoka mashambani.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ECC.5.10" />Yeyote apendaye fedha kamwe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hatosheki na fedha;
</q>
<q style="q1">yeyote apendaye utajiri kamwe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hatosheki na kipato chake.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hili nalo pia ni ubatili.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ECC.5.11" />Mali ikiongezeka, ndivyo walaji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanavyoongezeka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hii nayo inamfaidia nini mwenye mali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">isipokuwa ni kushibisha macho yake?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ECC.5.12" />Usingizi wa kibarua ni mtamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">awe amekula kidogo au kingi,
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini wingi wa mali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">humnyima tajiri usingizi.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="ECC.5.13" />Nimeshaona uovu mzito chini ya jua:
</p>
<q style="q1">Utajiri uliolimbikizwa kwa kujinyima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuleta madhara kwa mwenye mali,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ECC.5.14" />au utajiri uliopotea kwa bahati mbaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hivyo kwamba wakati akiwa na mwana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna chochote kilichobaki kwa ajili yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ECC.5.15" />Mtu hutoka tumboni mwa mama yake uchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye jinsi alivyokuja vivyo hivyo huondoka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hachukui chochote kutokana na kazi yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambacho anaweza kukibeba mkononi mwake.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="ECC.5.16" />Hili nalo ni baya la kusikitisha:
</p>
<q style="q1">Kama vile mtu ajavyo, vivyo hivyo huondoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye anapata faida gani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maadamu hutaabika kwa ajili ya upepo?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ECC.5.17" />Siku zake zote hula gizani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na fadhaa kubwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mateso na hasira.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="ECC.5.18" />Ndipo nikatambua kwamba ni vyema na sahihi kwa mtu kula na kunywa na kutosheka katika kazi yake ngumu chini ya jua katika siku chache za maisha yake Mungu alizompa, kwa maana hili ndilo fungu lake.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ECC.5.19" />Zaidi ya yote, Mungu anapompa mtu yeyote utajiri na milki, humwezesha kuvifurahia, kukubali fungu lake na kuwa na furaha katika kazi yake, hii ni karama ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ECC.5.20" />Mara chache mtu huzifikiri siku za maisha yake, kwa sababu Mungu humfanya ashikwe na furaha ya moyoni.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ECC.6.1" />Nimeona ubaya mwingine chini ya jua, nao unalemea sana wanadamu:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ECC.6.2" />Mungu humpa mwanadamu utajiri, mali na heshima, hivyo hakukosa chochote moyo wake unachokitamani. Lakini Mungu hamwezeshi kuvifurahia, badala yake mgeni ndiye anayevifurahia. Hili ni ubatili, ni ubaya unaosikitisha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="ECC.6.3" />Mtu anaweza kuwa na watoto mia moja naye akaishi miaka mingi, lakini haidhuru kuwa ataishi muda mrefu kiasi gani, kama hawezi kufurahia mafanikio yake na kwamba hapati mazishi ya heshima, ninasema afadhali mtoto aliyezaliwa akiwa amekufa kuliko yeye.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ECC.6.4" />Kuzaliwa kwake hakuna maana, huondokea gizani na gizani jina lake hufunikwa.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ECC.6.5" />Ingawa hakuwahi kuliona jua wala kujua kitu chochote, yeye ana pumziko zaidi kuliko mtu huyo,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ECC.6.6" />Hata kama huyo mtu ataishi miaka elfu mara mbili na zaidi, lakini akashindwa kufurahia mafanikio yake, je, wote hawaendi sehemu moja?
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ECC.6.7" />Juhudi zote za binadamu ni kwa ajili ya kinywa chake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata hivyo hamu yake kamwe haitoshelezwi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ECC.6.8" />Mtu mwenye hekima ana faida gani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zaidi ya mpumbavu?
</q>
<q style="q1">Mtu maskini anapata faida gani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kujua jinsi ya kujistahi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele ya watu wengine?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ECC.6.9" />Ni bora kile ambacho jicho linakiona
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko hamu isiyotoshelezwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hili nalo ni ubatili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni kukimbiza upepo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ECC.6.10" />Lolote lililopo limekwisha kupewa jina,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye mwanadamu alivyo ameshajulikana;
</q>
<q style="q1">hakuna mtu awezaye kushindana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mwenye nguvu kuliko yeye.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ECC.6.11" />Maneno yanavyokuwa mengi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo yanavyokosa maana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, hilo linamfaidia vipi yeyote?
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="ECC.6.12" />Kwa maana ni nani anayejua lililo jema kwa ajili ya maisha ya mwanadamu, katika siku chache na za ubatili anazopita kama kivuli? Ni nani awezaye kumwambia yatakayotokea chini ya jua baada ya yeye kuondoka?
<ve />
</p>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Hekima
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ECC.7.1" />Afadhali sifa nzuri kuliko manukato safi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo siku ya kufa kuliko ya kuzaliwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ECC.7.2" />Afadhali kwenda kwenye nyumba ya msiba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko kwenda kwenye nyumba ya karamu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa kifo ni hatima ya kila mwanadamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">imewapasa walio hai kuliweka hili mioyoni mwao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ECC.7.3" />Huzuni ni afadhali kuliko kicheko,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu uso wenye huzuni wafaa kwa moyo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ECC.7.4" />Moyo wa wenye hekima uko katika nyumba ya msiba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini moyo wa wapumbavu uko katika nyumba ya anasa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ECC.7.5" />Afadhali kusikia karipio la mtu mwenye hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko kusikiliza wimbo wa wapumbavu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ECC.7.6" />Kama ilivyo kuvunjika kwa miiba chini ya sufuria,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo kilivyo kicheko cha wapumbavu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hili nalo pia ni ubatili.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ECC.7.7" />Dhuluma humfanya mtu mwenye hekima kuwa mpumbavu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo rushwa huuharibu moyo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ECC.7.8" />Mwisho wa jambo ni bora kuliko mwanzo wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uvumilivu ni bora kuliko kiburi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ECC.7.9" />Usiwe mwepesi kukasirika rohoni mwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa hasira hukaa kifuani mwa wapumbavu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ECC.7.10" />Usiseme, “Kwa nini siku za kale zilikuwa bora kuliko siku hizi?”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa maana si hekima kuuliza maswali kama hayo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ECC.7.11" />Hekima, kama ulivyo urithi, ni kitu chema
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na huwafaidia wale walionalo jua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ECC.7.12" />Hekima ni ulinzi kama fedha ilivyo ulinzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini faida ya maarifa ni hii:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba hekima huhifadhi maisha ya aliye nayo.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="ECC.7.13" />Tafakari kile Mungu alichokitenda:
</p>
<q style="q1">Nani awezaye kunyoosha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kile ambacho yeye amekipinda?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ECC.7.14" />Nyakati zikiwa nzuri, ufurahi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini nyakati zikiwa mbaya, tafakari:
</q>
<q style="q1">Mungu amefanya hiyo moja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, sanjari<f caller="+"><fr>7:14
</fr><ft>Sanjari hapa maana yake mwandamano wa vitu, wanyama au watu.</ft></f> na hiyo nyingine.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa hiyo, mwanadamu hawezi kugundua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kitu chochote kuhusu maisha yake ya baadaye.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="ECC.7.15" />Katika maisha haya yangu ya ubatili nimeshaona haya mawili:
</p>
<q style="q1">mtu mwadilifu akiangamia katika uadilifu wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye mtu mwovu akiishi maisha marefu katika uovu wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ECC.7.16" />Usiwe mwenye haki kupita kiasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala usiwe na hekima kupita kiasi:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa nini kujiangamiza mwenyewe?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ECC.7.17" />Usiwe mwovu kupita kiasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala usiwe mpumbavu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa nini kufa kabla ya wakati wako?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ECC.7.18" />Ni vyema kushika hilo moja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wala usiache hilo jingine likupite.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mtu amchaye Mungu ataepuka huko kupita kiasi.<f caller="+"><fr>7:18
</fr><ft>Au: atafuata hayo yote mawili.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ECC.7.19" />Hekima humfanya yeye aliye nayo kuwa na uwezo zaidi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko watawala kumi katika mji.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ECC.7.20" />Hakuna mtu mwenye haki duniani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye hufanya mambo ya haki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kamwe asitende dhambi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="ECC.7.21" />Usitie maanani kila neno linalosemwa na watu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">la sivyo, waweza kumsikia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtumishi wako akikulaani:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="ECC.7.22" />kwa kuwa unafahamu moyoni mwako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba wewe mwenyewe mara nyingi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umewalaani wengine.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="ECC.7.23" />Yote haya niliyajaribu kwa hekima, nikasema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Nimeamua kuwa na hekima”:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hii ilikuwa nje ya uwezo wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="ECC.7.24" />Vyovyote hekima ilivyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hekima iko mbali sana na imejificha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni nani awezaye kuigundua?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="ECC.7.25" />Nikageuza fikira zangu ili kuelewa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuchunguza na kuitafuta hekima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kusudi la mambo,
</q>
<q style="q1">na ili kuelewa ujinga wa uovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wazimu wa upumbavu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="ECC.7.26" />Nimeona jambo lililo chungu kuliko mauti,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwanamke ambaye ni mtego,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambaye moyo wake ni wavu wa kutegea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mikono yake ni minyororo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mtu ampendezaye Mungu atamkwepa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mwenye dhambi atanaswa naye.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="ECC.7.27" />Mhubiri anasema, “Tazama, hili ndilo nililogundua:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Nimegundua kitu kimoja baada ya kingine nilipokuwa katika kusudi la mambo:
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="28" bcv="ECC.7.28" />ningali natafiti
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini sipati:
</q>
<q style="q1">nilimpata mwanaume mmoja mnyofu miongoni mwa elfu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hakuna mwanamke mmoja mnyofu miongoni mwao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="ECC.7.29" />Hili ndilo peke yake nililolipata:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu amemuumba mwanadamu mnyofu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini mwanadamu amebuni mambo mengi.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />

<c id="8" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ECC.8.1" />Ni nani aliye kama mtu mwenye hekima?
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni nani ajuaye maelezo ya mambo?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hekima hungʼarisha uso wa mtu na kubadili ugumu wa uso wake.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Mtii Mfalme
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="ECC.8.2" />Nawaambia, Tii amri ya mfalme, kwa sababu uliapa mbele za Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ECC.8.3" />Usiharakishe kuondoka mbele ya mfalme. Usiendelee kutenda lililo baya, kwa maana mfalme atafanya lolote apendalo.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ECC.8.4" />Kwa kuwa neno la mfalme ndilo lenye mamlaka ya mwisho, nani awezaye kumwambia, “Je, wewe unafanya nini?”
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ECC.8.5" />Yeyote anayetii agizo lake hatadhurika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">moyo wa hekima utajua wakati muafaka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na jinsi ya kutenda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ECC.8.6" />Kwa maana kuna wakati muafaka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na utaratibu wa kila jambo,
</q>
<q style="q1">ingawa huzuni ya mwanadamu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huwa nzito juu yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ECC.8.7" />Kwa vile hakuna mtu ajuaye siku zijazo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni nani awezaye kumwambia linalokuja?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ECC.8.8" />Hakuna mwanadamu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">awezaye kushikilia roho yake asife,
</q>
<q style="q1">wala hakuna mwenye uwezo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya siku ya kufa kwake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kama vile hakuna yeyote arudishwaye nyuma wakati wa vita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kadhalika uovu hautawaweka huru wale wautendao.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ECC.8.9" />Yote haya niliyaona, nilipokuwa natafakari kila kitu kinachotendeka chini ya jua. Kuna wakati ambapo mtu hujifanya bwana juu ya wengine kwa madhara yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ECC.8.10" />Ndipo pia, nikaona waovu wakizikwa, wale ambao walizoea kuingia na kutoka mahali patakatifu na kupewa sifa katika mji ambapo walikuwa wamefanya haya. Hili nalo ni ubatili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="ECC.8.11" />Wakati hukumu juu ya tendo ovu haitekelezwi upesi, mioyo ya watu hujaa mipango ya kutenda maovu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ECC.8.12" />Ingawa mtu mwovu hufanya maovu mia moja na akaendelea kuishi maisha marefu, najua kwamba itakuwa bora zaidi kwa watu wanaomwogopa Mungu, wamchao Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ECC.8.13" />Lakini kwa sababu waovu hawamwogopi Mungu, hawatafanikiwa, maisha yao hayatarefuka kama kivuli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="ECC.8.14" />Kuna kitu kingine ambacho ni ubatili kinachotokea duniani: Watu waadilifu kupata yale yanayowastahili waovu, nao waovu kupata yale yanayowastahili waadilifu. Hili nalo pia, nasema ni ubatili.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ECC.8.15" />Kwa hiyo mimi ninasifu kufurahia maisha, kwa sababu hakuna kitu bora zaidi kwa mwanadamu chini ya jua kuliko kula, kunywa na kufurahi. Kisha furaha itafuatana naye kazini mwake siku zote za maisha yake ambazo amepewa na Mungu chini ya jua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="ECC.8.16" />Nilipotafakari akilini mwangu ili nijue hekima na kuangalia kazi ya mwanadamu duniani, jinsi ambavyo macho yake hayapati usingizi mchana wala usiku,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ECC.8.17" />ndipo nikaona yale yote ambayo Mungu ameyafanya. Hakuna yeyote awezaye kuelewa yale yanayotendeka chini ya jua. Licha ya juhudi zake zote za kutafuta, mtu hawezi kugundua maana yake. Hata ingawa mtu mwenye hekima anadai kuwa anafahamu, kwa hakika hawezi kutambua.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Hatima Ya Wote
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ECC.9.1" />Kwa hiyo niliyatafakari yote haya nikafikia uamuzi kwamba waadilifu na wenye hekima na yale wanayoyafanya yako mikononi mwa Mungu, lakini hakuna mtu ajuaye kama anangojewa na upendo au chuki.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ECC.9.2" />Wote wanayo hatima inayofanana, mwadilifu na mwovu, mwema na mbaya, aliye safi na aliye najisi, wale wanaotoa dhabihu na wale wasiotoa.
</p>
<q style="q1">Kama ilivyo kwa mtu mwema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo ilivyo kwa mtu mwenye dhambi;
</q>
<q style="q1">kama ilivyo kwa wale wanaoapa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo ilivyo kwa wale wasioapa.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="ECC.9.3" />Huu ni ubaya ulio katika kila kitu kinachotendeka chini ya jua: Mwisho unaofanana huwapata wote. Zaidi ya hayo, mioyo ya watu, imejaa ubaya na kuna wazimu mioyoni mwao wangali hai, hatimaye huungana na waliokufa.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ECC.9.4" />Yeyote aliye miongoni mwa walio hai analo tumaini, hata mbwa hai ni bora kuliko simba aliyekufa!
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ECC.9.5" />Kwa maana walio hai wanajua kwamba watakufa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini wafu hawajui chochote,
</q>
<q style="q1">hawana tuzo zaidi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata kumbukumbu yao imesahaulika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ECC.9.6" />Upendo wao, chuki yao na wivu wao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vimetoweka tangu kitambo,
</q>
<q style="q1">kamwe hawatakuwa tena na sehemu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika lolote linalotendeka chini ya jua.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="ECC.9.7" />Nenda, kula chakula chako kwa furaha, unywe divai yako kwa moyo wa shangwe, kwa maana sasa Mungu anakubali unachofanya.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ECC.9.8" />Daima uvae nguo nyeupe na daima upake kichwa chako mafuta.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ECC.9.9" />Furahia maisha na mke wako, umpendaye, siku zote za maisha ya ubatili uliyopewa na Mungu chini ya jua, siku zote za ubatili. Kwa maana hili ndilo fungu lako katika maisha na katika kazi yako ya taabu chini ya jua.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ECC.9.10" />Lolote mkono wako upatalo kufanya, fanya kwa nguvu zako zote, kwa kuwa huko kuzimu, unakokwenda, hakuna kufanya kazi wala mipango wala maarifa wala hekima.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="ECC.9.11" />Nimeona kitu kingine tena chini ya jua:
</p>
<q style="q1">Si wenye mbio washindao mashindano
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au wenye nguvu washindao vita,
</q>
<q style="q1">wala si wenye hekima wapatao chakula
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au wenye akili nyingi wapatao mali,
</q>
<q style="q1">wala wenye elimu wapatao upendeleo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini fursa huwapata wote.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="ECC.9.12" />Zaidi ya hayo, hakuna mwanadamu ajuaye wakati saa yake itakapokuja:
</p>
<q style="q1">Kama vile samaki wavuliwavyo katika wavu mkatili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au ndege wanaswavyo kwenye mtego,
</q>
<q style="q1">vivyo hivyo wanadamu hunaswa na nyakati mbaya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zinazowaangukia bila kutazamia.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Hekima Ni Bora Kuliko Upumbavu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="ECC.9.13" />Pia niliona chini ya jua mfano huu wa hekima ambao ulinivutia sana:
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ECC.9.14" />Palikuwa na mji mdogo uliokuwa na watu wachache ndani yake. Mfalme mwenye nguvu akainuka dhidi yake, akauzunguka akaweka jeshi kubwa dhidi yake.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ECC.9.15" />Katika mji huo kulikuwepo mtu mmoja maskini lakini mwenye hekima, naye akauokoa ule mji kwa hekima yake. Lakini hakuna aliyemkumbuka yule maskini.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ECC.9.16" />Kwa hiyo, nikasema, “Hekima ni bora kuliko nguvu.” Lakini hekima ya maskini imedharauliwa, wala hakuna anayesikiliza maneno yake.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ECC.9.17" />Maneno ya utulivu ya mwenye hekima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">husikiwa kuliko makelele ya mtawala wa wapumbavu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ECC.9.18" />Hekima ni bora kuliko silaha za vita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini mwenye dhambi mmoja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huharibu mema mengi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />

<c id="10" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ECC.10.1" />Kama vile nzi waliokufa huacha harufu mbaya kwenye manukato,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo upumbavu kidogo huzidi nguvu hekima na heshima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ECC.10.2" />Moyo wa mwenye hekima huelekea kuume,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini moyo wa mpumbavu huelekea kushoto.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ECC.10.3" />Hata anapotembea barabarani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpumbavu hukosa ufahamu
</q>
<q style="q1">na kudhihirisha kwa kila mmoja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jinsi alivyo mpumbavu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ECC.10.4" />Kama hasira ya mtawala ikiwaka dhidi yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiache mahali pako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utulivu huweza kuzuia makosa mengi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ECC.10.5" />Kuna ubaya niliouona chini ya jua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aina ya kosa litokalo kwa mtawala:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ECC.10.6" />Wapumbavu kuwekwa kwenye nafasi nyingi za juu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati matajiri hushika nafasi za chini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ECC.10.7" />Mimi nimeona watumwa wamepanda farasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wakuu wakitembea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa miguu kama watumwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ECC.10.8" />Yeye achimbaye shimo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aweza kutumbukia ndani yake,
</q>
<q style="q1">yeyote abomoaye ukuta
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anaweza kuumwa na nyoka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ECC.10.9" />Yeyote apasuaye mawe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">inawezekana yakamuumiza,
</q>
<q style="q1">yeyote apasuaye magogo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">inawezekana yakamuumiza.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ECC.10.10" />Kama shoka ni butu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na halikunolewa,
</q>
<q style="q1">nguvu nyingi zinahitajika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini ustadi utaleta mafanikio.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ECC.10.11" />Kama nyoka akiuma kabla ya kufanyiwa uaguzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwaguzi hatahitajika tena.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ECC.10.12" />Maneno yatokayo kinywani mwa mtu mwenye hekima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yana neema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mpumbavu huangamizwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na midomo yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ECC.10.13" />Mwanzoni maneno yake ni upumbavu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwishoni ni wazimu mbaya,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="14" bcv="ECC.10.14" />naye mpumbavu huzidisha maneno.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Hakuna yeyote ajuaye linalokuja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni nani awezaye kueleza ni jambo gani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">litakalotokea baada yake?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ECC.10.15" />Kazi ya mpumbavu humchosha mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hajui njia iendayo mjini.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ECC.10.16" />Ole wako, ee nchi ambayo mfalme wako alikuwa mtumwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ambayo wakuu wako hufanya karamu asubuhi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ECC.10.17" />Heri wewe, ee nchi ambayo mfalme wako ni wa uzao wenye kuheshimika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ambayo wakuu wako hula chakula kwa wakati unaofaa:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kupata nguvu na si kwa ajili ya ulevi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ECC.10.18" />Kama mtu ni mvivu paa la nyumba huinama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutokana na mikono milegevu, nyumba huvuja.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ECC.10.19" />Karamu hufanywa kwa ajili ya kicheko,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao mvinyo hufurahisha maisha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini fedha ni jawabu la mambo yote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ECC.10.20" />Usimshutumu mfalme hata ikiwa ni katika mawazo yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kumlaani tajiri katika chumba chako cha kulala,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu ndege wa angani wanaweza kuchukua maneno yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye ndege anayeruka anaweza kutoa taarifa ya yale uliyosema.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="11" />
<s style="s1">Mkate Juu Ya Maji
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ECC.11.1" />Tupa mkate wako juu ya maji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana baada ya siku nyingi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utaupata tena.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ECC.11.2" />Wape sehemu watu saba, naam hata wanane,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana hujui ni baa gani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">litakalokuwa juu ya nchi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ECC.11.3" />Kama mawingu yamejaa maji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hunyesha mvua juu ya nchi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kama mti ukianguka kuelekea kusini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kuelekea kaskazini,
</q>
<q style="q1">mahali ulipoangukia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hapo ndipo utakapolala.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ECC.11.4" />Yeyote atazamaye upepo hatapanda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeyote aangaliaye mawingu hatavuna.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ECC.11.5" />Kama vile usivyofahamu njia ya upepo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au jinsi mwili uumbwavyo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndani ya tumbo la mama,
</q>
<q style="q1">vivyo hivyo huwezi kufahamu kazi ya Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Muumba wa vitu vyote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ECC.11.6" />Panda mbegu yako asubuhi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nako jioni usiruhusu mikono yako ilegee,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana hujui ni ipi itakayofanikiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba ni hii au ni ile,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kwamba zote zitafanikiwa sawasawa.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Mkumbuke Muumba Wako Ukiwa Bado Kijana
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ECC.11.7" />Nuru ni tamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tena inafurahisha macho kuona jua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ECC.11.8" />Hata kama mtu ataishi miaka mingi kiasi gani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na aifurahie yote.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini na akumbuke siku za giza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana zitakuwa nyingi.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kila kitu kitakachokuja ni ubatili.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ECC.11.9" />Furahi ewe kijana, wakati ungali kijana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">moyo wako na ukupe furaha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku za ujana wako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Fuata njia za moyo wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na chochote macho yako yaonayo,
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini ujue kwamba kwa ajili ya haya yote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu atakuleta hukumuni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ECC.11.10" />Kwa hiyo basi, ondoa wasiwasi moyoni mwako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na utupilie mbali masumbufu ya mwili wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa ujana na nguvu ni ubatili.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />

<c id="12" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ECC.12.1" />Mkumbuke Muumba wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku za ujana wako,
</q>
<q style="q1">kabla hazijaja siku za taabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala haijakaribia miaka utakaposema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Mimi sifurahii hiyo”:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ECC.12.2" />kabla jua na nuru,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao mwezi na nyota havijatiwa giza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kabla ya kurudi mawingu baada ya mvua;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ECC.12.3" />siku ile walinzi wa nyumba watakapotetemeka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watu wenye nguvu watakapojiinamisha,
</q>
<q style="q1">wakati wasagao watakapokoma kwa sababu ya uchache,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wachunguliao madirishani kutiwa giza;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ECC.12.4" />wakati milango ya kuingia barabarani itakapofungwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na sauti ya kusaga kufifia;
</q>
<q style="q1">wakati watu wataamshwa kwa sauti ya ndege,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini nyimbo zao zote zikififia;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ECC.12.5" />wakati watu watakapoogopa kilichoinuka juu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hatari zitakazokuwepo barabarani;
</q>
<q style="q1">wakati mlozi utakapochanua maua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na panzi kujikokota
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe usiwe na shauku ya kitu chochote.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ndipo mwanadamu aiendea nyumba yake ya milele
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao waombolezaji wakizunguka barabarani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ECC.12.6" />Mkumbuke Muumba wako: kabla haijakatika kamba ya fedha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au bakuli la dhahabu halijavunjika;
</q>
<q style="q1">kabla mtungi kuvunjika kwenye chemchemi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au gurudumu kuvunjika kisimani,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ECC.12.7" />nayo mavumbi kurudi ardhini yalikotoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na roho kurudi kwa Mungu aliyeitoa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ECC.12.8" />Mhubiri asema, “Ubatili! Ubatili!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kila kitu ni ubatili!”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Hitimisho La Mambo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ECC.12.9" />Mhubiri hakuwa tu na hekima, bali aliwagawia watu maarifa pia. Alitafakari na kutafiti na akaweka katika utaratibu mithali nyingi.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ECC.12.10" />Mhubiri alitafiti ili kupata maneno sahihi na kila alichoandika kilikuwa sawa na kweli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="ECC.12.11" />Maneno ya wenye hekima ni kama mchokoro, mithali zao zilizokusanywa pamoja ni kama misumari iliyogongomewa ikawa imara, yaliyotolewa na Mchungaji mmoja.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ECC.12.12" />Tena zaidi ya hayo, mwanangu, kubali maonyo, hakuna mwisho wa kutunga vitabu vingi, nako kusoma sana huuchosha mwili.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ECC.12.13" />Hii ndiyo jumla ya maneno;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yote yamekwisha sikiwa:
</q>
<q style="q1">Mche Mungu, nawe uzishike amri zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maana kwa jumla ndiyo impasayo mtu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ECC.12.14" />Kwa maana Mungu ataleta hukumuni kila kazi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na kila neno la siri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">likiwa jema au baya.<ve />
</q>
</book>
<book id="SNG"><id id="SNG">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Wimbo Ulio Bora
</h><toc level="1">Wimbo Ulio Bora
</toc><toc level="2">Wimbo
</toc><toc level="3">Wim
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Wimbo Ulio Bora
</p>

<c id="1" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="SNG.1.1" />Wimbo ulio bora wa Solomoni.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<s style="s1">Shairi La Kwanza
</s>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Mpendwa
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="SNG.1.2" />Unibusu kwa busu la kinywa chako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana upendo wako unafurahisha kuliko divai.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="SNG.1.3" />Manukato yako yananukia vizuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jina lako ni kama manukato yaliyomiminwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ndiyo sababu wanawali wanakupenda!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="SNG.1.4" />Nichukue twende nawe, na tufanye haraka!
</q>
<q style="q1">Mfalme na anilete ndani ya vyumba vyake.
</q>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Marafiki
</p>
<q style="q1">Tunakushangilia na kukufurahia,
</q>
<q style="q1">tutasifu upendo wako zaidi kuliko divai.
</q>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Mpendwa
</p>
<q style="q1">Tazama jinsi ilivyo bora wakupende!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="SNG.1.5" />Mimi ni mweusi, lakini napendeza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">enyi binti za Yerusalemu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mweusi kama mahema ya Kedari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mapazia ya hema la Solomoni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="SNG.1.6" />Usinikazie macho kwa sababu mimi ni mweusi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu nimefanywa mweusi na jua.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wana wa mama yangu walinikasirikia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunifanya niwe mtunza mashamba ya mizabibu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Shamba langu mwenyewe la mizabibu nimeliacha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="SNG.1.7" />Niambie, wewe ambaye ninakupenda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unalisha wapi kundi lako la kondoo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ni wapi unapowapumzisha kondoo wako adhuhuri.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa nini niwe kama mwanamke aliyefunikwa shela
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">karibu na makundi ya rafiki zako?
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Marafiki
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="SNG.1.8" />Kama hujui, ewe mwanamke mzuri kuliko wote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">fuata nyayo za kondoo,
</q>
<q style="q1">na kulisha wana-mbuzi wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">karibu na hema za wachungaji.
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Mpenzi
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="SNG.1.9" />Mpenzi wangu, ninakufananisha na farasi jike
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliyefungwa katika mojawapo ya magari ya vita ya Farao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="SNG.1.10" />Mashavu yako yanapendeza yakiwa na vipuli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">shingo yako ikiwa na mikufu ya vito.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="SNG.1.11" />Tutakufanyia vipuli vya dhahabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vyenye kupambwa kwa fedha.
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Mpendwa
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="SNG.1.12" />Wakati mfalme alipokuwa mezani pake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">manukato yangu yalisambaza harufu yake nzuri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="SNG.1.13" />Mpenzi wangu kwangu mimi ni kifuko cha manemane
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kati ya matiti yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="SNG.1.14" />Mpenzi wangu kwangu mimi ni kama kishada cha maua ya mhina
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka mashamba ya mizabibu ya En-Gedi.
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Mpenzi
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="SNG.1.15" />Tazama jinsi ulivyo mzuri, mpenzi wangu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Tazama jinsi ulivyo mzuri!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Macho yako ni kama ya hua.
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Mpendwa
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="SNG.1.16" />Tazama jinsi ulivyo mzuri, mpenzi wangu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee, tazama jinsi unavyopendeza!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Na kitanda chetu ni cha majani mazuri.
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Mpenzi
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="SNG.1.17" />Nguzo za nyumba yetu ni mierezi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mapao yetu ni miberoshi.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="2" />
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Mpendwa
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="SNG.2.1" />Mimi ni ua la Sharoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yungiyungi ya bondeni.
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Mpenzi
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="SNG.2.2" />Kama yungiyungi katikati ya miiba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo alivyo mpenzi wangu katikati ya wanawali.
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Mpendwa
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="SNG.2.3" />Kama mti wa mtofaa miongoni mwa miti ya msituni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo alivyo mpenzi wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miongoni mwa wanaume vijana.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ninafurahia kuketi kivulini mwa mwanaume huyu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na tunda lake ni tamu kwangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="SNG.2.4" />Amenichukua mpaka kwenye ukumbi wa karamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na bendera ya huyu mwanaume
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu yangu ni upendo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="SNG.2.5" />Nitie nguvu kwa zabibu kavu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niburudishe kwa matofaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana ninazimia kwa mapenzi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="SNG.2.6" />Mkono wake wa kushoto uko chini ya kichwa changu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mkono wake wa kuume unanikumbatia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="SNG.2.7" />Binti za Yerusalemu, ninawaagiza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa paa na kwa ayala wa shambani:
</q>
<q style="q1">Msichochee wala kuamsha mapenzi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata yatakapotaka yenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<s style="s1">Shairi La Pili
</s>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Mpendwa
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="SNG.2.8" />Sikiliza! Mpenzi wangu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Tazama! Huyu hapa anakuja,
</q>
<q style="q1">akirukaruka juu milimani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akizunguka juu ya vilima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="SNG.2.9" />Mpenzi wangu ni kama paa au ayala kijana.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Tazama! Anasimama nyuma ya ukuta wetu,
</q>
<q style="q1">akitazama kupitia madirishani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akichungulia kimiani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="SNG.2.10" />Mpenzi wangu alizungumza na kuniambia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Inuka, mpenzi wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mrembo wangu, tufuatane.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="SNG.2.11" />Tazama! Wakati wa masika umepita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mvua imekwisha na ikapita.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="SNG.2.12" />Maua yanatokea juu ya nchi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">majira ya kuimba yamewadia,
</q>
<q style="q1">sauti za njiwa zinasikika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika nchi yetu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="SNG.2.13" />Mtini unatunga matunda yake ya mwanzoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zabibu zinazochanua zaeneza harufu nzuri.
</q>
<q style="q1">Inuka, njoo mpenzi wangu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mrembo wangu, tufuatane.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Mpenzi
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="SNG.2.14" />Hua wangu penye nyufa za majabali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mafichoni pembezoni mwa mlima,
</q>
<q style="q1">nionyeshe uso wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na niisikie sauti yako,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana sauti yako ni tamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uso wako unapendeza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="SNG.2.15" />Tukamatie mbweha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbweha wale wadogo
</q>
<q style="q1">wanaoharibu mashamba ya mizabibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mashamba yetu ya mizabibu yaliyochanua.
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Mpendwa
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="SNG.2.16" />Mpenzi wangu ni wangu, nami ni wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye hujilisha katikati ya yungiyungi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="SNG.2.17" />Mpaka jua linapochomoza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vivuli vikimbie,
</q>
<q style="q1">rudi, mpenzi wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uwe kama paa,
</q>
<q style="q1">au kama ayala kijana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya vilima vya Betheri.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />

<c id="3" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="SNG.3.1" />Usiku kucha kwenye kitanda changu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilimtafuta yule moyo wangu umpendaye;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilimtafuta, lakini sikumpata.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="SNG.3.2" />Sasa nitaondoka na kuzunguka mjini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika barabara zake na viwanja;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitamtafuta yule moyo wangu umpendaye.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa hiyo nilimtafuta lakini sikumpata.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="SNG.3.3" />Walinzi walinikuta
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walipokuwa wakizunguka mji.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nikawauliza, “Je, mmemwona
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yule moyo wangu umpendaye?”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="SNG.3.4" />Kitambo kidogo tu baada ya kuwapita
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilimpata yule moyo wangu umpendaye.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nilimshika na sikumwachia aende
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpaka nilipomleta katika nyumba ya mama yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika chumba cha yule aliyenichukua mimba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="SNG.3.5" />Binti za Yerusalemu, ninawaagiza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa paa na kwa ayala wa shambani:
</q>
<q style="q1">Msichochee wala kuamsha mapenzi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata yatakapotaka yenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<s style="s1">Shairi La Tatu
</s>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Mpenzi
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="SNG.3.6" />Ni nani huyu anayekuja kutoka jangwani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama nguzo ya moshi,
</q>
<q style="q1">anayenukia manemane na uvumba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">iliyotengenezwa kwa vikolezo vyote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vya mfanyabiashara?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="SNG.3.7" />Tazama! Ni gari la Solomoni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lisindikizwalo na mashujaa sitini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walio wakuu sana wa Israeli,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="SNG.3.8" />wote wamevaa panga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote wazoefu katika vita,
</q>
<q style="q1">kila mmoja na upanga wake pajani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamejiandaa kwa ajili ya hofu za usiku.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="SNG.3.9" />Mfalme Solomoni alijitengenezea gari;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alilitengeneza kwa mbao kutoka Lebanoni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="SNG.3.10" />Nguzo zake alizitengeneza kwa fedha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kitako chake kwa dhahabu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kiti chake kilipambwa kwa zambarau,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">gari lake likanakshiwa njumu kwa upendo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na binti za Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="SNG.3.11" />Tokeni nje, ninyi binti za Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkamtazame Mfalme Solomoni akiwa amevaa taji,
</q>
<q style="q1">taji ambalo mama yake alimvika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku ya arusi yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku ambayo moyo wake ulishangilia.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="4" />
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Mpenzi
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="SNG.4.1" />Tazama jinsi ulivyo mzuri, mpenzi wangu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee, jinsi ulivyo mzuri!
</q>
<q style="q1">Macho yako nyuma ya shela yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni kama ya hua.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nywele zako ni kama kundi la mbuzi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zikishuka kutoka Mlima Gileadi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="SNG.4.2" />Meno yako ni kama kundi la kondoo waliokatwa manyoya sasa hivi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watokao kuogeshwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kila mmoja ana pacha lake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna hata mmoja aliye peke yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="SNG.4.3" />Midomo yako ni kama uzi mwekundu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kinywa chako kinapendeza.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mashavu yako nyuma ya shela yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni kama vipande viwili vya komamanga.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="SNG.4.4" />Shingo yako ni kama mnara wa Daudi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uliojengwa kwa madaha,
</q>
<q style="q1">juu yake zimetundikwa ngao elfu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zote ni ngao za mashujaa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="SNG.4.5" />Matiti yako mawili ni kama wana-paa wawili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama wana-paa mapacha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wajilishao katikati ya yungiyungi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="SNG.4.6" />Hata kupambazuke na vivuli vikimbie,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakwenda kwenye mlima wa manemane
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwenye kilima cha uvumba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="SNG.4.7" />Wewe ni mzuri kote, mpenzi wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna hitilafu ndani yako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="SNG.4.8" />Enda nami kutoka Lebanoni, bibi arusi wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">enda nami kutoka Lebanoni.
</q>
<q style="q1">Shuka kutoka ncha ya Amana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka juu ya Seniri, kilele cha Hermoni,
</q>
<q style="q1">kutoka mapango ya simba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutoka mlima wapendapo kukaa chui.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="SNG.4.9" />Umeiba moyo wangu, dada yangu, bibi arusi wangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umeiba moyo wangu
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa mtazamo mmoja wa macho yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kito kimoja cha mkufu wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="SNG.4.10" />Tazama jinsi pendo lako linavyofurahisha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dada yangu, bibi arusi wangu!
</q>
<q style="q1">Pendo lako linafurahisha aje zaidi ya divai,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na harufu ya manukato yako zaidi ya kikolezo chochote!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="SNG.4.11" />Midomo yako inadondosha utamu kama sega la asali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bibi arusi wangu;
</q>
<q style="q1">maziwa na asali viko chini ya ulimi wako.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Harufu nzuri ya mavazi yako ni kama ile ya Lebanoni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="SNG.4.12" />Wewe ni bustani iliyofungwa, dada yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bibi arusi wangu;
</q>
<q style="q1">wewe ni chanzo cha maji kilichozungushiwa kabisa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">chemchemi yangu peke yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="SNG.4.13" />Mimea yako ni bustani ya mikomamanga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yenye matunda mazuri sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yenye hina na nardo,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="SNG.4.14" />nardo na zafarani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mchai na mdalasini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na kila aina ya mti wa uvumba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">manemane na udi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na aina zote za vikolezo bora kuliko vyote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="SNG.4.15" />Wewe ni chemchemi ya bustani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kisima cha maji yatiririkayo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yakitiririka kutoka Lebanoni.
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Mpendwa
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="SNG.4.16" />Amka, upepo wa kaskazini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uje, upepo wa kusini!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Vuma juu ya bustani yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili harufu yake nzuri iweze kuenea mpaka ngʼambo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mpendwa wangu na aje bustanini mwake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuonja matunda mazuri sana.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="5" />
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Mpenzi
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="SNG.5.1" />Nimekuja kwenye bustani yangu, dada yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bibi arusi wangu;
</q>
<q style="q1">nimekusanya manemane yangu pamoja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kikolezo changu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nimekula sega langu la asali na asali yangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimekunywa divai yangu na maziwa yangu.
</q>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Marafiki
</p>
<q style="q1">Kuleni, enyi marafiki, mnywe;
</q>
<q style="q1">kunyweni ya kutosha, ee wapenzi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<s style="s1">Shairi La Nne
</s>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Mpendwa
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="SNG.5.2" />Nililala lakini moyo wangu ulikuwa macho.
</q>
<q style="q1">Sikiliza! Mpenzi wangu anabisha:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Nifungulie, dada yangu, mpenzi wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hua wangu, asiye na hitilafu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kichwa changu kimeloa umande,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nywele zangu manyunyu ya usiku.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="SNG.5.3" />Nimevua joho langu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">je, ni lazima nivae tena?
</q>
<q style="q1">Nimenawa miguu yangu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">je, ni lazima niichafue tena?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="SNG.5.4" />Mpenzi wangu aliweka mkono wake kwenye tundu la komeo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">moyo wangu ulianza kugonga kwa ajili yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="SNG.5.5" />Niliinuka kumfungulia mpenzi wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mikono yangu ikidondosha manemane,
</q>
<q style="q1">vidole vyangu vikitiririka manemane,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">penye vipini vya komeo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="SNG.5.6" />Nilimfungulia mpenzi wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini mpenzi wangu alishaondoka;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alikuwa amekwenda zake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Moyo wangu ulishuka kwa kuondoka kwake.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nilimtafuta lakini sikumpata.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nilimwita lakini hakunijibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="SNG.5.7" />Walinzi walinikuta
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walipokuwa wakifanya zamu za ulinzi mjini.
</q>
<q style="q1">Walinipiga, wakanijeruhi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakaninyangʼanya joho langu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hao walinzi wa kuta!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="SNG.5.8" />Enyi binti za Yerusalemu, ninawaagiza:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mkimpata mpenzi wangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">mtamwambia nini?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mwambieni ninazimia kwa mapenzi.
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Marafiki
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="SNG.5.9" />Je, mpendwa wako ni bora kuliko wengine namna gani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe uliye mzuri kupita wanawake wote?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, mpendwa wako ni mzuri kuliko wengine, namna gani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata unatuagiza hivyo?
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Mpendwa
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="SNG.5.10" />Mpenzi wangu anangʼaa, tena ni mwekundu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wa kuvutia miongoni mwa wanaume kumi elfu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="SNG.5.11" />Kichwa chake ni dhahabu safi kuliko zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nywele zake ni za mawimbi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ni nyeusi kama kunguru.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="SNG.5.12" />Macho yake ni kama ya hua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kandokando ya vijito vya maji,
</q>
<q style="q1">aliyeogeshwa kwenye maziwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yaliyopangwa kama vito vya thamani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="SNG.5.13" />Mashavu yake ni kama matuta ya vikolezo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yakitoa manukato.
</q>
<q style="q1">Midomo yake ni kama yungiyungi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">inayodondosha manemane.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="SNG.5.14" />Mikono yake ni fimbo za dhahabu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">iliyopambwa kwa krisolitho.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mwili wake ni kama pembe ya ndovu iliyongʼarishwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">iliyopambwa na yakuti samawi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="SNG.5.15" />Miguu yake ni nguzo za marmar
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zilizosimikwa katika vitako vya dhahabu safi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Sura yake ni kama Lebanoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bora kama miti yake ya mierezi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="SNG.5.16" />Kinywa chake chenyewe ni utamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ujumla yeye ni wa kupendeza.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huyu ndiye mpenzi wangu, huyu ndiye rafiki yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ee binti za Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="6" />
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Marafiki
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="SNG.6.1" />Mpenzi wako amekwenda wapi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ewe mzuri kupita wanawake wote?
</q>
<q style="q1">Mpenzi wako amegeukia njia ipi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tupate kumtafuta pamoja nawe?
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Mpendwa
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="SNG.6.2" />Mpenzi wangu amekwenda bustanini mwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye vitalu vya vikolezo,
</q>
<q style="q1">kujilisha bustanini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukusanya yungiyungi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="SNG.6.3" />Mimi ni wake mpenzi wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mpenzi wangu ni wangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye hujilisha katikati ya yungiyungi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<s style="s1">Shairi La Tano
</s>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Mpenzi
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="SNG.6.4" />Wewe ni mzuri, mpenzi wangu, kama Tirsa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">upendezaye kama Yerusalemu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umetukuka kama jeshi lenye bendera.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="SNG.6.5" />Uyageuze macho yako mbali nami,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yananigharikisha.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nywele zako ni kama kundi la mbuzi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaoteremka kutoka Gileadi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="SNG.6.6" />Meno yako ni kama kundi la kondoo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watokao kuogeshwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kila mmoja ana pacha lake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna hata mmoja aliye peke yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="SNG.6.7" />Mashavu yako nyuma ya shela yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni kama vipande viwili vya komamanga.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="SNG.6.8" />Panaweza kuwepo malkia sitini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">masuria themanini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mabikira wasiohesabika;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="SNG.6.9" />lakini hua wangu, mkamilifu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni wa namna ya pekee,
</q>
<q style="q1">binti pekee kwa mama yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kipenzi cha yeye aliyemzaa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanawali walimwona na kumwita aliyebarikiwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">malkia na masuria walimsifu.
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Marafiki
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="SNG.6.10" />Ni nani huyu atokeaye kama mapambazuko,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mzuri kama mwezi, mwangavu kama jua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ametukuka kama nyota zifuatanazo?
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Mpenzi
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="SNG.6.11" />Niliteremka kwenye bustani ya miti ya milozi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kutazama machipuko ya bondeni,
</q>
<q style="q1">kuona kama mizabibu imechipua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kama mikomamanga imechanua maua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="SNG.6.12" />Kabla sijangʼamua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">shauku yangu iliniweka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katikati ya magari ya kifalme ya kukokotwa na farasi ya watu wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Marafiki
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="SNG.6.13" />Rudi, rudi, ee Mshulami;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">rudi, rudi ili tupate kukutazama!
</q>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Mpenzi
</p>
<q style="q1">Kwa nini kumtazama Mshulami,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama kutazama ngoma ya Mahanaimu?<f caller="+"><fr>6:13
</fr><ft>Mahanaimu hapa ina maana ya majeshi mawili.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />

<c id="7" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="SNG.7.1" />Ee binti wa mwana wa mfalme,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tazama jinsi inavyopendeza miguu yako katika viatu!
</q>
<q style="q1">Miguu yako yenye madaha ni kama vito vya thamani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kazi ya mikono ya fundi stadi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="SNG.7.2" />Kitovu chako ni kama bilauri ya mviringo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambayo kamwe haikosi divai iliyochanganywa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kiuno chako ni kichuguu cha ngano
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kilichozungukwa kwa yungiyungi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="SNG.7.3" />Matiti yako ni kama wana-paa wawili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mapacha wa paa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="SNG.7.4" />Shingo yako ni kama mnara wa pembe ya ndovu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Macho yako ni vidimbwi vya Heshboni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">karibu na lango la Beth-Rabi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Pua lako ni kama mnara wa Lebanoni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukitazama kuelekea Dameski.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="SNG.7.5" />Kichwa chako kinakuvika taji kama mlima Karmeli.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nywele zako ni kama zulia la urujuani;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mfalme ametekwa na mashungi yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="SNG.7.6" />Tazama jinsi ulivyo mzuri na unavyopendeza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ee pendo, kwa uzuri wako!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="SNG.7.7" />Umbo lako ni kama la mtende,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo matiti yako kama vishada vya matunda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="SNG.7.8" />Nilisema, “Nitakwea mtende,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitayashika matunda yake.”
</q>
<q style="q1">Matiti yako na yawe kama vishada vya mzabibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">harufu nzuri ya pumzi yako kama matofaa,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="SNG.7.9" />na kinywa chako kama divai
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bora kuliko zote.
</q>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Mpendwa
</p>
<q style="q1">Divai na iende moja kwa moja hadi kwa mpenzi wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ikitiririka polepole juu ya midomo na meno.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="SNG.7.10" />Mimi ni mali ya mpenzi wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo shauku yake ni juu yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="SNG.7.11" />Njoo, mpenzi wangu, twende mashambani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">twende tukalale huko vijijini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="SNG.7.12" />Hebu na twende mapema
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika mashamba ya mizabibu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tuone kama mizabibu imechipua,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama maua yake yamefunguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kama mikomamanga imetoa maua:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huko nitakupa penzi langu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="SNG.7.13" />Mitunguja hutoa harufu zake nzuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye milango yetu kuna matunda mazuri,
</q>
<q style="q1">mapya na ya zamani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambayo nimekuhifadhia wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpenzi wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />

<c id="8" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="SNG.8.1" />Laiti ungelikuwa kwangu kama ndugu wa kiume,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye aliyanyonya matiti ya mama yangu!
</q>
<q style="q1">Kisha, kama ningekukuta huko nje,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ningelikubusu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna mtu yeyote angelinidharau.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="SNG.8.2" />Ningelikuongoza na kukuleta
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika nyumba ya mama yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ambaye amenifundisha.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ningelikupa divai iliyokolezwa unywe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asali ya maua ya mikomamanga yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="SNG.8.3" />Mkono wake wa kushoto uko chini ya kichwa changu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mkono wake wa kuume unanikumbatia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="SNG.8.4" />Binti za Yerusalemu, ninawaagiza:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msichochee wala kuamsha mapenzi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata yatakapotaka yenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<s style="s1">Shairi La Sita
</s>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Marafiki
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="SNG.8.5" />Ni nani huyu anayekuja kutoka nyikani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akimwegemea mpenzi wake?
</q>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Mpendwa
</p>
<q style="q1">Nilikuamsha chini ya mtofaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huko mama yako alipotunga mimba yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huko yeye alipata utungu akakuzaa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="SNG.8.6" />Nitie kama muhuri moyoni mwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama muhuri kwenye mkono wako;
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana upendo una nguvu kama mauti,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wivu wake ni mkatili kama kuzimu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Unachoma kama mwali wa moto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mwali mkubwa wa moto wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> hasa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="SNG.8.7" />Maji mengi hayawezi kuuzimisha upendo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mito haiwezi kuugharikisha.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kama mtu angelitoa mali yote ya nyumbani mwake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya upendo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">angelidharauliwa kabisa.
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Marafiki
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="SNG.8.8" />Tunaye dada mdogo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">matiti yake hayajakua bado.
</q>
<q style="q1">Tutafanya nini kwa ajili ya dada yetu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati atakapokuja kuposwa?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="SNG.8.9" />Kama yeye ni ukuta,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tutajenga minara ya fedha juu yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Na kama yeye ni mlango,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tutamzungushia mbao za mierezi.
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Mpendwa
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="SNG.8.10" />Mimi ni ukuta,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo matiti yangu ni kama minara.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ndivyo ambavyo nimekuwa machoni pake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama yule anayeleta utoshelevu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="SNG.8.11" />Solomoni alikuwa na shamba la mizabibu huko Baal-Hamoni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alikodisha shamba lake la mizabibu kwa wapangaji.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kila mmoja angeleta kwa ajili ya matunda yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">shekeli 1,000<f caller="+"><fr>8:11
</fr><ft>Shekeli 1,000 ni kama kilo 11.5.</ft></f> za fedha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="SNG.8.12" />Lakini shamba langu la mizabibu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambalo ni langu mwenyewe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni langu kutoa;
</q>
<q style="q1">hizo shekeli 1,000 ni kwa ajili yako, ee Solomoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na shekeli mia mbili<f caller="+"><fr>8:12
</fr><ft>Shekeli 200 ni kama kilo 2.3.</ft></f> ni kwa ajili
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya wale wanaotunza matunda yake.
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Mpenzi
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="SNG.8.13" />Wewe ukaaye bustanini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na marafiki mliohudhuria,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hebu nisikie sauti yako!
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="sp" style="sp">Mpendwa
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="SNG.8.14" />Njoo, mpenzi wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uwe kama swala
</q>
<q style="q1">au kama ayala kijana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya milima iliyojaa vikolezo.<ve />
</q>
</book>
<book id="ISA"><id id="ISA">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Isaya
</h><toc level="1">Isaya
</toc><toc level="2">Isaya
</toc><toc level="3">Isa
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Isaya
</p>

<c id="1" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.1.1" />Maono kuhusu Yuda na Yerusalemu ambayo Isaya mwana wa Amozi aliyaona wakati wa utawala wa Uzia, Yothamu, Ahazi na Hezekia, wafalme wa Yuda.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<s style="s1">Taifa Asi
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.1.2" />Sikieni, enyi mbingu! Sikilizeni, enyi dunia!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> amesema:
</q>
<q style="q1">“Nimewalisha watoto na kuwalea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini wameniasi mimi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.1.3" />Ngʼombe anamjua bwana wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye punda anajua hori la mmiliki wake,
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini Israeli hajui,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wangu hawaelewi.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.1.4" />Lo! Taifa lenye dhambi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu waliolemewa na uovu,
</q>
<q style="q1">uzao wa watenda mabaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watoto waliozoelea upotovu!
</q>
<q style="q1">Wamemwacha
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wamemkataa kwa dharau
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumgeuzia kisogo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.1.5" />Kwa nini mzidi kupigwa?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa nini kudumu katika uasi?
</q>
<q style="q1">Kichwa chako chote kimejeruhiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">moyo wako wote ni mgonjwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.1.6" />Kutoka wayo wako wa mguu hadi kwenye utosi wa kichwa chako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna uzima:
</q>
<q style="q1">ni majeraha matupu na makovu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vidonda vitokavyo damu,
</q>
<q style="q1">havikusafishwa au kufungwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kulainishwa kwa mafuta.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.1.7" />Nchi yenu imekuwa ukiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miji yenu imeteketezwa kwa moto;
</q>
<q style="q1">nchi yenu imeachwa tupu na wageni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele ya macho yenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">imeharibiwa kama vile imepinduliwa na wageni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.1.8" />Binti Sayuni ameachwa kama kipenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika shamba la mizabibu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama kibanda katika shamba la matikitimaji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mji uliohusuriwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.1.9" />Kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu Mwenye Nguvu Zote<f caller="+"><fr>1:9
</fr><ft>Bwana Mwenye Nguvu Zote hapa ni Yehova Sabaoth, yaani Bwana wa Majeshi; pia
<rq>Warumi 9:29</rq> na
<rq>Yakobo 5:4</rq>.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asingelituachia walionusurika,
</q>
<q style="q1">tungelikuwa kama Sodoma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tungelifanana na Gomora.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.1.10" />Sikieni neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi watawala wa Sodoma;
</q>
<q style="q1">sikilizeni sheria ya Mungu wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">enyi watu wa Gomora!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.1.11" /><nd>Bwana</nd> anasema, “Wingi wa sadaka zenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni kitu gani kwangu?
</q>
<q style="q1">Ninazo sadaka za kuteketezwa nyingi kupita kiasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">za kondoo dume na mafuta ya wanyama walionona.
</q>
<q style="q1">Sipendezwi na damu za mafahali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala za wana-kondoo na mbuzi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.1.12" />Mnapokuja kujihudhurisha mbele zangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni nani aliyewataka ninyi mfanye hivyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huku kuzikanyaga nyua zangu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.1.13" />Acheni kuniletea sadaka zisizokuwa na maana!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Uvumba wenu ni chukizo kwangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Miandamo ya Mwezi, Sabato na makusanyiko ya ibada:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siwezi kuvumilia makusanyiko yenu maovu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.1.14" />Sikukuu zenu za Miandamo ya Mwezi, na sikukuu zenu zilizoamriwa:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">moyo wangu unazichukia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Zimekuwa mzigo kwangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimechoka kuzivumilia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.1.15" />Mnaponyoosha mikono yenu katika maombi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitaficha macho yangu nisiwaone;
</q>
<q style="q1">hata mkiomba maombi mengi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sitasikiliza.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mikono yenu imejaa damu;
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.1.16" />jiosheni na mkajitakase.
</q>
<q style="q1">Yaondoeni matendo yenu maovu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele zangu!
</q>
<q style="q1">Acheni kutenda mabaya,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.1.17" />jifunzeni kutenda mema!
</q>
<q style="q1">Tafuteni haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watieni moyo walioonewa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Teteeni shauri la yatima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wateteeni wajane.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.1.18" />“Njooni basi tuhojiane,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">“Ingawa dhambi zenu ni kama rangi nyekundu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zitakuwa nyeupe kama theluji;
</q>
<q style="q1">ingawa ni nyekundu sana kama damu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zitakuwa nyeupe kama sufu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.1.19" />Kama mkikubali na kutii,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtakula mema ya nchi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ISA.1.20" />lakini kama mkikataa na kuasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtaangamizwa kwa upanga.”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">Kwa kuwa kinywa cha
<nd>Bwana</nd> kimenena.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="ISA.1.21" />Tazama jinsi mji uliokuwa mwaminifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umekuwa kahaba!
</q>
<q style="q1">Mwanzoni ulikuwa umejaa unyofu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haki ilikuwa inakaa ndani yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini sasa ni wauaji!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="ISA.1.22" />Fedha yenu imekuwa takataka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">divai yenu nzuri imechanganywa na maji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="ISA.1.23" />Watawala wenu ni waasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">rafiki wa wevi,
</q>
<q style="q1">wote wanapenda rushwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukimbilia hongo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hawatetei yatima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">shauri la mjane haliletwi mbele yao lisikilizwe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="ISA.1.24" />Kwa hiyo Bwana,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mwenye Nguvu wa Israeli, asema hivi:
</q>
<q style="q1">“Lo, nitapata faraja kutoka kwa adui zangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kujilipizia kisasi juu ya watesi wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="ISA.1.25" />Nitauelekeza mkono wangu dhidi yenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitawasafisha takataka zenu zote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaondolea unajisi wenu wote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="ISA.1.26" />Nitawarudishia waamuzi wenu kama ilivyokuwa siku za zamani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao washauri wenu kama ilivyokuwa mwanzoni.
</q>
<q style="q1">Baadaye utaitwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mji wa Haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mji Mwaminifu.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="ISA.1.27" />Sayuni itakombolewa kwa haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale waliomo ndani yake waliotubu kwa uaminifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="ISA.1.28" />Lakini waasi na wenye dhambi wote wataangamizwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wanaomwacha
<nd>Bwana</nd> wataangamia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="ISA.1.29" />“Mtaaibika kwa sababu ya hiyo mialoni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambayo mlifurahia,
</q>
<q style="q1">mtafadhaika kwa sababu ya bustani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mlizozichagua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="ISA.1.30" />Mtakuwa kama mwaloni wenye majani yanayonyauka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama bustani isiyokuwa na maji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="ISA.1.31" />Mtu mwenye nguvu atatoweka kama majani makavu yawakayo moto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kazi yake kama cheche ya moto;
</q>
<q style="q1">vyote vitaungua pamoja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna wa kuuzima huo moto.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Mlima Wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mika 4:1-3)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.2.1" />Hili ndilo aliloliona Isaya mwana wa Amozi kuhusu Yuda na Yerusalemu:
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.2.2" />Katika siku za mwisho
</p>
<q style="q1">mlima wa Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> utaimarishwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mlima mkuu miongoni mwa milima yote,
</q>
<q style="q1">utainuliwa juu ya vilima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mataifa yote yatamiminika huko.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.2.3" />Mataifa mengi yatakuja na kusema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Njooni, twendeni mlimani mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye nyumba ya Mungu wa Yakobo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Atatufundisha njia zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili tuweze kuenenda katika mapito yake.”
</q>
<q style="q1">Sheria itatoka Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> litatoka Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.2.4" />Atahukumu kati ya mataifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ataamua migogoro ya mataifa mengi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watafua panga zao ziwe majembe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mikuki yao kuwa miundu ya kukata matawi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Taifa halitainua upanga dhidi ya taifa jingine,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawatajifunza vita tena.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.2.5" />Njooni, enyi nyumba ya Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tutembeeni katika nuru ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Siku Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.2.6" />Umewatelekeza watu wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyumba ya Yakobo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wamejaa ushirikina utokao Mashariki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanapiga ramli kama Wafilisti
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wanashikana mikono na wapagani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.2.7" />Nchi yao imejaa fedha na dhahabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna mwisho wa hazina zao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nchi yao imejaa farasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna mwisho wa magari yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.2.8" />Nchi yao imejaa sanamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanasujudia kazi za mikono yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vitu vile vidole vyao vimevitengeneza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.2.9" />Kwa hiyo mwanadamu atashushwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na binadamu atanyenyekezwa:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiwasamehe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.2.10" />Ingieni kwenye miamba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jificheni ardhini
</q>
<q style="q1">kutokana na utisho wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na utukufu wa enzi yake!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.2.11" />Macho ya mtu mwenye majivuno yatanyenyekezwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kiburi cha wanadamu kitashushwa,
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> peke yake ndiye atakayetukuzwa siku hiyo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.2.12" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote anayo siku aliyoiweka akiba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa wote wenye kujivuna na wenye kiburi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa wote wanaojikweza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">(nao watanyenyekezwa),
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.2.13" />kwa mierezi yote ya Lebanoni iliyo mirefu sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mialoni yote ya Bashani,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.2.14" />kwa milima yote mirefu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vilima vyote vilivyoinuka,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.2.15" />kwa kila mnara ulio mrefu sana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kila ukuta wenye ngome,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.2.16" />kwa kila meli ya biashara,<f caller="+"><fr>2:16
</fr><ft>Au: ya Tarshishi (ona pia
</ft><xt>1Fal 10:22; 22:48; 2Nya 9:21; 20:36; Isa 60:9</xt><ft>.)</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kila chombo cha baharini cha fahari.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.2.17" />Majivuno ya mwanadamu yatashushwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kiburi cha wanadamu kitanyenyekezwa,
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> peke yake ndiye atatukuzwa siku hiyo,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.2.18" />nazo sanamu zitatoweka kabisa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.2.19" />Watu watakimbilia kwenye mapango ndani ya miamba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwenye mahandaki ardhini
</q>
<q style="q1">kutokana na utisho wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na utukufu wa enzi yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ainukapo kuitikisa dunia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ISA.2.20" />Siku ile, watu watawatupia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">panya na popo
</q>
<q style="q1">sanamu zao za fedha na za dhahabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walizozitengeneza ili waziabudu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="ISA.2.21" />Watakimbilia kwenye mapango miambani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwenye nyufa za miamba
</q>
<q style="q1">kutokana na utisho wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na utukufu wa enzi yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ainukapo kuitikisa dunia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="ISA.2.22" />Acheni kumtumainia mwanadamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye hana kitu ila pumzi katika pua zake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Yeye ana thamani gani?
<ve />
</q>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Hukumu Juu Ya Yerusalemu Na Yuda.
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.3.1" />Tazama sasa, Bwana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote,
</q>
<q style="q1">yu karibu kuwaondolea Yerusalemu na Yuda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">upatikanaji wa mahitaji na misaada,
</q>
<q style="q1">upatikanaji wote wa chakula na tegemeo lote la maji,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.3.2" />shujaa na mtu wa vita,
</q>
<q style="q1">mwamuzi na nabii,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwaguzi na mzee,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.3.3" />jemadari wa kikosi cha watu hamsini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mtu mwenye cheo, mshauri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">fundi stadi na mlozi mjanja.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.3.4" />Nitawafanya wavulana wawe maafisa wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watoto ndio watakaowatawala.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.3.5" />Watu wataoneana wao kwa wao:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtu dhidi ya mtu, na jirani dhidi ya jirani yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kijana atainuka dhidi ya mzee,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtu mnyonge dhidi ya mtu mwenye heshima.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.3.6" />Mtu atamkamata mmoja wa ndugu zake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika nyumba ya baba yake na kusema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Unalo joho, sasa uwe kiongozi wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tawala lundo hili la magofu!”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.3.7" />Lakini siku hiyo atapiga kelele akisema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Sina uponyaji.
</q>
<q style="q1">Sina chakula wala mavazi katika nyumba yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msinifanye niwe kiongozi wa watu.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.3.8" />Yerusalemu inapepesuka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yuda inaanguka;
</q>
<q style="q1">maneno yao na matendo yao ni kinyume na
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakiudharau uwepo wake uliotukuka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.3.9" />Nyuso zao zinavyoonekana zinashuhudia dhidi yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hujivunia dhambi yao kama Sodoma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawaifichi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ole wao!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wamejiletea maafa juu yao wenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.3.10" />Waambie wanyofu itakuwa heri kwao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa watafurahia tunda la matendo yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.3.11" />Ole kwa watu waovu! Maafa yapo juu yao!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Watalipwa kwa ajili ya yale mikono yao iliyotenda.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.3.12" />Vijana wanawatesa watu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanawake wanawatawala.
</q>
<q style="q1">Enyi watu wangu, viongozi wenu wanawapotosha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanawapoteza njia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.3.13" /><nd>Bwana</nd> anachukua nafasi yake mahakamani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anasimama kuhukumu watu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.3.14" /><nd>Bwana</nd> anaingia katika hukumu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhidi ya wazee na viongozi wa watu wake:
</q>
<q style="q1">“Ninyi ndio mlioharibu shamba langu la mizabibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mali zilizonyangʼanywa maskini zimo nyumbani mwenu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.3.15" />Mnamaanisha nini kuwaponda watu wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzisaga nyuso za maskini?”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema Bwana,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.3.16" /><nd>Bwana</nd> asema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Wanawake wa Sayuni wana kiburi,
</q>
<q style="q1">wanatembea na shingo ndefu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakikonyeza kwa macho yao,
</q>
<q style="q1">wanatembea kwa hatua za madaha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakiwa na mapambo ya njuga kwenye vifundo vya miguu yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.3.17" />Kwa hiyo Bwana ataleta majipu kwenye vichwa vya wanawake wa Sayuni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> atazifanya ngozi za vichwa vyao kuwa vipara.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.3.18" />Katika siku ile Bwana atawanyangʼanya uzuri wao: bangili, tepe za kichwani, mikufu yenye alama za mwezi mwandamo,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ISA.3.19" />vipuli, vikuku, shela,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ISA.3.20" />vilemba, mikufu ya vifundo vya miguu, mshipi, chupa za manukato na hirizi,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ISA.3.21" />pete zenye muhuri, pete za puani,
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ISA.3.22" />majoho mazuri, mitandio, mavazi, kifuko cha kutilia fedha,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ISA.3.23" />vioo, mavazi ya kitani, taji na shali.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="ISA.3.24" />Badala ya harufu ya manukato kutakuwa na uvundo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">badala ya mishipi, ni kamba;
</q>
<q style="q1">badala ya nywele zilizotengenezwa vizuri, ni upara;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">badala ya mavazi mazuri, ni nguo za magunia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">badala ya uzuri, ni alama ya aibu kwa chuma cha moto.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="ISA.3.25" />Wanaume wako watauawa kwa upanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao mashujaa wako watauawa vitani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="ISA.3.26" />Malango ya Sayuni yataomboleza na kulia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ataketi mavumbini akiwa fukara.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="4" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.4.1" />Katika siku ile wanawake saba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watamshika mwanaume mmoja
</q>
<q style="q1">wakisema, “Tutakula chakula chetu wenyewe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuvaa nguo zetu wenyewe,
</q>
<q style="q1">ila wewe uturuhusu tu tuitwe kwa jina lako.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Utuondolee aibu yetu!”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Tawi La
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.4.2" />Katika siku ile Tawi la
<nd>Bwana</nd> litakuwa zuri na lenye utukufu, nalo tunda la nchi litakuwa fahari na utukufu wa wale Waisraeli watakaonusurika.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ISA.4.3" />Wale watakaoachwa Sayuni, watakaobaki Yerusalemu, wataitwa watakatifu, wale wote ambao wameorodheshwa miongoni mwa walio hai huko Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ISA.4.4" />Bwana atausafisha uchafu wa wanawake wa Sayuni, atatakasa madoa ya damu kutoka Yerusalemu kwa Roho ya hukumu na Roho ya moto.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ISA.4.5" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> ataumba juu ya Mlima wote wa Sayuni, na juu ya wale wote wanaokusanyika hapo, wingu la moshi wakati wa mchana, na kungʼaa kwa miali ya moto wakati wa usiku, nako juu ya huo utukufu wote kutatanda kifuniko cha ulinzi.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ISA.4.6" />Utakuwa sitara na kivuli kutokana na joto la mchana, na kuwa mahali pa kujificha kutokana na dhoruba na mvua.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Wimbo Wa Shamba La Mizabibu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.5.1" />Nitaimba wimbo kwa ajili ya mmoja nimpendaye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuhusu shamba lake la mizabibu:
</q>
<q style="q1">Mpendwa wangu alikuwa na shamba la mizabibu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye kilima chenye rutuba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.5.2" />Alililima na kuondoa mawe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na akaliotesha mizabibu bora sana.
</q>
<q style="q1">Akajenga mnara wa ulinzi ndani yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutengeneza shinikizo la kukamulia divai pia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kisha akatazamia kupata mazao ya zabibu nzuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini lilizaa matunda mabaya tu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.5.3" />“Basi enyi wakazi wa Yerusalemu na watu wa Yuda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hukumuni kati yangu na shamba langu la mizabibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.5.4" />Ni nini zaidi ambacho kingeweza kufanyika kwa shamba langu la mizabibu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko yale niliyofanya?
</q>
<q style="q1">Nilipotazamia kupata zabibu nzuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa nini lilizaa zabibu mbaya tu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.5.5" />Sasa nitawaambia lile nitakalolitendea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">shamba langu la mizabibu:
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitaondoa uzio wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nalo litaharibiwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">nitabomoa ukuta wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nalo litakanyagwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.5.6" />Nitalifanya nchi ya ukiwa isiyokaliwa na watu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">halitakatiwa matawi wala kulimwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">nayo michongoma na miiba itamea huko,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitaamuru mawingu yasinyeshe mvua juu yake.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.5.7" />Shamba la mzabibu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni nyumba ya Israeli,
</q>
<q style="q1">na watu wa Yuda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni bustani yake ya kumpendeza.
</q>
<q style="q1">Alitazamia haki, lakini akaona umwagaji damu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alitazamia uadilifu, lakini akasikia vilio vya taabu.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Ole Na Hukumu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.5.8" />Ole wenu mnaoongeza nyumba baada ya nyumba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuunganisha mashamba baada ya mashamba
</q>
<q style="q1">hadi hakuna nafasi iliyobaki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nanyi mnaishi peke yenu katika nchi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.5.9" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote amesema nikisikia:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Hakika nyumba kubwa zitakuwa ukiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo majumba ya fahari yatabaki bila kukaliwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.5.10" />Shamba la mizabibu la eka kumi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">litatoa bathi<f caller="+"><fr>5:10
</fr><ft>Bathi moja ni sawa na lita 22.</ft></f> moja ya divai,
</q>
<q style="q1">na homeri<f caller="+"><fr>5:10
</fr><ft>Homeri moja ni sawa na lita 220.</ft></f> ya mbegu zilizopandwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">itatoa efa<f caller="+"><fr>5:10
</fr><ft>Efa moja ni sawa na lita 22.</ft></f> moja tu ya nafaka.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.5.11" />Ole wao wale waamkao asubuhi na mapema
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakikimbilia kunywa vileo,
</q>
<q style="q1">wale wakawiao sana mpaka usiku,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpaka wamewaka kwa mvinyo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.5.12" />Wana vinubi na zeze kwenye karamu zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">matari, filimbi na mvinyo,
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini hawayajali matendo ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawana heshima kwa ajili ya kazi ya mikono yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.5.13" />Kwa hiyo watu wangu watakwenda uhamishoni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya kukosa ufahamu,
</q>
<q style="q1">watu wao wenye vyeo watakufa kwa njaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na watu wao wengi watakauka kwa kiu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.5.14" />Kwa hiyo kaburi<f caller="+"><fr>5:14
</fr><ft>Kaburi hapa maana yake ni Kuzimu, kwa Kiebrania ni Sheol.</ft></f> limeongeza hamu yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kupanua mdomo wake bila kikomo,
</q>
<q style="q1">ndani mwake watashuka wakuu wao na wingi wa watu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na wagomvi wao, na wafanyao sherehe wote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.5.15" />Hivyo mwanadamu atashushwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na binadamu kunyenyekezwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">macho ya wenye majivuno yatanyenyekezwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.5.16" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote atatukuzwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya haki yake,
</q>
<q style="q1">naye Mungu Mtakatifu atajionyesha mwenyewe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa mtakatifu kwa haki yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.5.17" />Kondoo watajilisha kwenye malisho yao wenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wana-kondoo watajilisha katika magofu ya matajiri.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.5.18" />Ole wao wanaovuta dhambi kwa kamba za udanganyifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uovu kama kwa kamba za mkokoteni,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.5.19" />kwa wale wanaosema, “Mungu na afanye haraka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aharakishe kazi yake ili tupate kuiona.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huo mpango wa Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli na ukamilike,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tena udhihirike ili tupate kuujua.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ISA.5.20" />Ole wao wanaoita ubaya ni wema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wema ni ubaya,
</q>
<q style="q1">wawekao giza badala ya nuru,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nuru badala ya giza,
</q>
<q style="q1">wawekao uchungu badala ya utamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na utamu badala ya uchungu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="ISA.5.21" />Ole wao walio na hekima machoni pao wenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kujiona wenye akili machoni pao wenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="ISA.5.22" />Ole wao walio mashujaa kwa kunywa mvinyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao walio hodari katika kuchanganya vileo,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="ISA.5.23" />wale wanaoachilia wenye hatia kwa kupokea hongo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini huwanyima haki wasio na hatia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="ISA.5.24" />Kwa hiyo, kama ndimi za moto zirambavyo nyasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kama vile majani makavu yazamavyo katika miali ya moto,
</q>
<q style="q1">ndivyo mizizi yao itakavyooza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na maua yao yatakavyopeperushwa kama mavumbi;
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa wameikataa sheria ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kulisukumia mbali neno la Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="ISA.5.25" />Kwa hiyo hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> inawaka dhidi ya watu wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkono wake umeinuliwa na anawapiga.
</q>
<q style="q1">Milima inatetemeka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maiti ni kama takataka kwenye barabara.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Hata kwa haya yote, hasira yake haijageukia mbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkono wake bado umeinuliwa juu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="ISA.5.26" />Yeye anainua bendera kwa ajili ya mataifa yaliyo mbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anapiga filimbi kwa ajili ya wale walio kwenye miisho ya dunia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Tazama wamekuja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kasi na kwa haraka!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="ISA.5.27" />Hakuna hata mmoja wao anayechoka wala kujikwaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna hata mmoja anayesinzia wala kulala,
</q>
<q style="q1">hakuna mkanda uliolegezwa kiunoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna gidamu ya kiatu iliyokatika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="ISA.5.28" />Mishale yao ni mikali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pinde zao zote zimevutwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwato za farasi wao ziko kama jiwe la gumegume,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">magurudumu ya magari yao ya vita ni kama upepo wa kisulisuli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="ISA.5.29" />Ngurumo yao ni kama ile ya simba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wananguruma kama wana simba,
</q>
<q style="q1">wanakoroma wanapokamata mawindo yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuondoka nayo pasipo yeyote wa kuokoa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="ISA.5.30" />Katika siku ile watanguruma juu yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama ngurumo za bahari.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kama mtu akiitazama nchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ataona giza na dhiki;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata nuru itatiwa giza kwa mawingu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Agizo Kwa Isaya
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.6.1" />Katika mwaka ule Mfalme Uzia alikufa, nilimwona Bwana ameketi katika kiti cha enzi, kilicho juu na kilichotukuzwa sana, nalo pindo la joho lake likajaza Hekalu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ISA.6.2" />Juu yake walikuwepo maserafi, kila mmoja alikuwa na mabawa sita: Kwa mabawa mawili walifunika nyuso zao, kwa mengine mawili walifunika miguu yao, na kwa mawili walikuwa wakiruka.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ISA.6.3" />Nao walikuwa wakiitana kila mmoja na mwenzake:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Mtakatifu, Mtakatifu, Mtakatifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dunia yote imejaa utukufu wake.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.6.4" />Kwa sauti zao, miimo ya milango na vizingiti vilitikisika, nalo Hekalu likajaa moshi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.6.5" />Ndipo nikalia, “Ole wangu! Nimeangamia! Kwa kuwa mimi ni mtu mwenye midomo michafu, nami ninaishi katikati ya watu wenye midomo michafu, nayo macho yangu yamemwona Mfalme,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.6.6" />Ndipo mmoja wa wale maserafi akaruka kunijia akiwa na kaa la moto linalowaka mkononi mwake, ambalo alikuwa amelichukua kwa koleo kutoka madhabahuni.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ISA.6.7" />Akanigusa nalo kinywa changu na kusema, “Tazama, hili limegusa midomo yako, uovu wako umeondolewa, nayo dhambi yako imesamehewa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.6.8" />Kisha nikasikia sauti ya Bwana ikisema, “Nimtume nani? Ni nani atakayekwenda kwa ajili yetu?”
</p>
<p style="p">Nami nikasema, “Mimi hapa. Nitume mimi!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.6.9" />Akasema, “Nenda ukawaambie watu hawa:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Mtaendelea daima kusikiliza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini kamwe hamtaelewa;
</q>
<q style="q1">mtaendelea daima kutazama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini kamwe hamtatambua.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.6.10" />Fanya mioyo ya watu hawa kuwa migumu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">fanya masikio yao yasisikie,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na upofushe macho yao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wasije wakaona kwa macho yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wakasikiliza kwa masikio yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakaelewa kwa mioyo yao,
</q>
<q style="q1">nao wakageuka, nikawaponywa.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.6.11" />Ndipo nikasema, “Hadi lini, Ee Bwana?”
</p>
<p style="p">Naye akanijibu:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Hadi miji iwe imeachwa magofu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na bila wakazi,
</q>
<q style="q1">hadi nyumba zitakapobaki bila watu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mashamba yatakapoharibiwa na kuangamizwa,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.6.12" />hadi
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakapokuwa amekwisha kumpeleka kila mmoja mbali sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nchi itakapokuwa imeachwa kabisa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.6.13" />Hata kama sehemu ya kumi ya watu watabaki katika nchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">itaharibiwa tena.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini kama vile mvinje na mwaloni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ibakizavyo visiki inapokatwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo mbegu takatifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">itakavyokuwa kisiki katika nchi.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Ishara Ya Imanueli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.7.1" />Wakati Ahazi mwana wa Yothamu, mwana wa Uzia, alipokuwa mfalme wa Yuda, Mfalme Resini wa Aramu,<f caller="+"><fr>7:1
</fr><ft>Yaani Shamu.</ft></f> na Peka mwana wa Remalia mfalme wa Israeli walipanda kupigana dhidi ya Yerusalemu, lakini hawakuweza kuushinda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.7.2" />Wakati huu nyumba ya Daudi iliambiwa, “Aramu wameungana na Efraimu.” Kwa hiyo mioyo ya Ahazi na watu wake ilitikiswa, kama miti ya msituni inavyotikiswa na upepo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.7.3" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Isaya, “Toka uende, wewe na mwanao Shear-Yashubu,<f caller="+"><fr>7:3
</fr><ft>Shear-Yashubu maana yake Mabaki Watarudi.</ft></f> mkutane na Ahazi huko mwisho wa mfereji wa Bwawa la Juu, kwenye barabara iendayo Shamba la Dobi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ISA.7.4" />Mwambie, ‘Uwe mwangalifu, utulie na usiogope. Usife moyo kwa ajili ya watu hawa wawili walio kama visiki vya kuni vifukavyo moshi, kwa ajili ya hasira kali ya Resini na Aramu na ya mwana wa Remalia.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ISA.7.5" />Aramu, Efraimu na mwana wa Remalia wamepanga shauri baya ili wakuangamize, wakisema,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ISA.7.6" />“Tuishambulie Yuda, naam, tuirarue vipande vipande na kuigawa miongoni mwetu, na kumtawaza mwana wa Tabeeli awe mfalme juu yake.”
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ISA.7.7" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asema hivi:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Jambo hili halitatendeka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">halitatokea,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.7.8" />kwa kuwa kichwa cha Aramu ni Dameski,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kichwa cha Dameski ni Resini peke yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Katika muda wa miaka sitini na mitano,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Efraimu atakuwa ameharibiwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kiasi kwamba hataweza tena kuwa taifa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.7.9" />Kichwa cha Efraimu ni Samaria,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kichwa cha Samaria
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni mwana wa Remalia peke yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kama hamtasimama thabiti katika imani yenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hamtaimarika kamwe.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.7.10" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akasema na Ahazi tena,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ISA.7.11" />“Mwombe
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako ishara, iwe kwenye vina virefu sana, au kwenye vimo virefu sana.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.7.12" />Lakini Ahazi akasema, “Sitaomba; sitamjaribu
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.7.13" />Ndipo Isaya akasema, “Sikia sasa, ewe nyumba ya Daudi! Je, haitoshi kujaribu uvumilivu wa wanadamu? Je, mtaujaribu uvumilivu wa Mungu wangu pia?
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ISA.7.14" />Kwa hiyo Bwana mwenyewe atawapa ishara: Bikira atachukua mimba, naye atamzaa mwana, na ataitwa Imanueli.<f caller="+"><fr>7:14
</fr><ft>Imanueli maana yake Mungu yu pamoja nasi.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ISA.7.15" />Atakula jibini na asali atakapokuwa ameweza kukataa mabaya na kuchagua mema.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ISA.7.16" />Lakini kabla mtoto hajajua kukataa mabaya na kuchagua mema, nchi ya wafalme hao wawili unaowaogopa itafanywa ukiwa.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ISA.7.17" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ataleta juu yako, juu ya watu wako, na juu ya nyumba ya baba yako wakati ambao haujawahi kuwako tangu Efraimu alipojitenga na Yuda: yeye atawaleteeni mfalme wa Ashuru.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.7.18" />Katika siku ile
<nd>Bwana</nd> atawapigia filimbi mainzi kutoka vijito vya mbali vya Misri, na nyuki kutoka nchi ya Ashuru.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ISA.7.19" />Wote watakuja na kukaa kwenye mabonde yenye miteremko, na kwenye nyufa za miamba, kwenye vichaka vyote vyenye miiba, na kwenye mashimo yote ya maji.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ISA.7.20" />Katika siku ile Bwana atatumia wembe ulioajiriwa kutoka ngʼambo ya Mto,<f caller="+"><fr>7:20
</fr><ft>Yaani Frati.</ft></f> yaani mfalme wa Ashuru, kunyoa nywele za kichwa chako na malaika ya miguu yako, na kuziondoa ndevu zako pia.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ISA.7.21" />Katika siku ile, mtu atahifadhi hai ndama mmoja na kondoo wawili.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ISA.7.22" />Kwa ajili ya wingi wa maziwa watakayotoa, atapata jibini ya kula. Wote watakaobakia katika nchi watakula jibini na asali.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ISA.7.23" />Katika siku ile, kila mahali palipokuwa na mizabibu elfu moja yenye thamani ya shekeli 1,000<f caller="+"><fr>7:23
</fr><ft>Shekeli 1,000 ni kama kilo 11.5.</ft></f> za fedha, patakuwa na michongoma na miiba tu.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ISA.7.24" />Watu watakwenda huko wakiwa na upinde na mshale, kwa maana nchi itafunikwa na michongoma na miiba.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="ISA.7.25" />Kuhusu vilima vyote vilivyokuwa vikilimwa kwa jembe, hamtakwenda huko tena kwa ajili ya hofu ya michongoma na miiba. Patakuwa mahali ambapo ngʼombe wataachiwa huru, na kondoo kukimbia kimbia.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Ashuru, Chombo Cha
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.8.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia, “Chukua gombo kubwa, uandike juu yake kwa kalamu ya kawaida jina: Maher-Shalal-Hash-Bazi.<f caller="+"><fr>8:1
</fr><ft>Maher-Shalal-Hash-Bazi maana yake ni Haraka kuteka nyara, Upesi kwenye hizo nyara.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ISA.8.2" />Nami nitawaita kuhani Uria, na Zekaria mwana wa Yeberekia kama mashahidi wangu waaminifu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.8.3" />Kisha nikaenda kwa nabii mke, naye akapata mimba, akazaa mwana. Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia, “Mwite huyo mtoto Maher-Shalal-Hash-Bazi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ISA.8.4" />Kabla mtoto hajaweza kusema ‘Baba yangu’ au ‘Mama yangu,’ utajiri wa Dameski na nyara za Samaria zitachukuliwa na mfalme wa Ashuru.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.8.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akasema nami tena:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.8.6" />“Kwa sababu watu hawa wamekataa maji ya Shilo yatiririkayo taratibu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakamfurahia Resini na mwana wa Remalia,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.8.7" />kwa hiyo Bwana yu karibu kuleta dhidi yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mafuriko makubwa ya Mto:<f caller="+"><fr>8:7
</fr><ft>Yaani Frati.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yaani mfalme wa Ashuru na fahari yake yote.
</q>
<q style="q1">Yatafurika juu ya mifereji yake yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yatamwagikia juu ya kingo zake zote,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.8.8" />na kufika hadi Yuda, yakizunguka kwa kasi juu yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yakipita katikati na yakifika hadi shingoni.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mabawa yake yaliyokunjuliwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yatafunika upana wa nchi yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee Imanueli!”<f caller="+"><fr>8:8
</fr><ft>Imanueli maana yake Mungu yu pamoja nasi.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.8.9" />Inueni kilio cha vita, enyi mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mkavunjwevunjwe!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Sikilizeni, enyi nyote nchi za mbali.
</q>
<q style="q1">Jiandaeni kwa vita, nanyi mkavunjwevunjwe!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Jiandaeni kwa vita, nanyi mkavunjwevunjwe!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.8.10" />Wekeni mikakati yenu, lakini itashindwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">fanyeni mipango yenu, lakini haitafanikiwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana Mungu yu pamoja nasi.<f caller="+"><fr>8:10
</fr><ft>Kiebrania ni Imanueli.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Mwogope Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.8.11" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alisema nami mkono wake wenye nguvu ukiwa juu yangu, akinionya nisifuate njia za taifa hili. Akasema:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.8.12" />“Usiite fitina kila kitu ambacho watu hawa hukiita fitina,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiogope kile wanachokiogopa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala usikihofu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.8.13" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote ndiye peke yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ikupasaye kumheshimu kuwa mtakatifu,
</q>
<q style="q1">ndiye peke yake utakayemwogopa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndiye peke yake utakayemhofu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.8.14" />naye atakuwa mahali patakatifu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini kwa nyumba zote mbili za Israeli atakuwa
</q>
<q style="q1">jiwe lile linalosababisha watu kujikwaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mwamba wa kuwaangusha.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa watu wa Yerusalemu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atakuwa mtego na tanzi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.8.15" />Wengi wao watajikwaa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataanguka na kuvunjika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watategwa na kunaswa.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.8.16" />Funga ushuhuda na kutia muhuri sheria
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miongoni mwa wanafunzi wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.8.17" />Nitamngojea
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye ameificha nyumba ya Yakobo uso wake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitaliweka tumaini langu kwake.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.8.18" />Niko hapa, pamoja na watoto ambao
<nd>Bwana</nd> amenipa. Sisi ni ishara na mfano wake katika Israeli, kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, anayeishi juu ya Mlima Sayuni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.8.19" />Wakati watu wanapowaambia ninyi kutafuta ushauri kwa waaguzi na wenye kuongea na mizimu, ambao hunongʼona na kunungʼunika, je, watu wasingeuliza kwa Mungu wao? Kwa nini watake shauri kwa wafu kwa ajili ya walio hai?
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ISA.8.20" />Kwa sheria na kwa ushuhuda! Kama hawatasema sawasawa na neno hili, hawana mwanga wa mapambazuko.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ISA.8.21" />Watazunguka katika nchi yote, wakiwa na dhiki na njaa. Watakapotaabika kwa njaa, watapatwa na hasira kali, nao, wakiwa wanatazama juu, watamlaani mfalme wao na Mungu wao.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ISA.8.22" />Kisha wataangalia duniani na kuona tu dhiki na giza, hofu na huzuni tupu, nao watasukumiwa kwenye giza nene kabisa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Kwa Ajili Yetu Mtoto Amezaliwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.9.1" />Hata hivyo, hapatakuwepo huzuni tena kwa wale waliokuwa katika dhiki. Wakati uliopita aliidhili nchi ya Zabuloni na nchi ya Naftali, lakini katika siku zijazo ataiheshimu Galilaya ya Mataifa, karibu na njia ya bahari, kando ya Yordani:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.9.2" />Watu wanaotembea katika giza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wameona nuru kuu,
</q>
<q style="q1">wale wanaoishi katika nchi ya uvuli wa mauti,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nuru imewazukia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.9.3" />Umelikuza taifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzidisha furaha yao,
</q>
<q style="q1">wanafurahia mbele zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama watu wanavyofurahia wakati wa mavuno,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama watu wafurahivyo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wagawanyapo nyara.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.9.4" />Kama vile siku ya kushindwa kwa Wamidiani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umevunja nira iliyowalemea,
</q>
<q style="q1">ile gongo mabegani mwao na
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">fimbo yake yeye aliyewaonea.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.9.5" />Kila kiatu cha askari kilichotumiwa vitani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kila vazi lililovingirishwa katika damu
</q>
<q style="q1">vitawekwa kwa ajili ya kuchomwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vitakuwa kuni za kuwasha moto.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.9.6" />Kwa maana, kwa ajili yetu mtoto amezaliwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tumepewa mtoto mwanaume,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao utawala utakuwa mabegani mwake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Naye ataitwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mshauri wa Ajabu, Mungu Mwenye Nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Baba wa Milele, Mfalme wa Amani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.9.7" />Kuongezeka kwa utawala wake na amani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakutakuwa na mwisho.
</q>
<q style="q1">Atatawala katika kiti cha enzi cha Daudi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na juu ya ufalme wake,
</q>
<q style="q1">akiuthibitisha na kuutegemeza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa haki na kwa adili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tangu wakati huo na hata milele.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wivu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utatimiza haya.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Hasira Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Dhidi Ya Israeli
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.9.8" />Bwana ametuma ujumbe dhidi ya Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utamwangukia Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.9.9" />Watu wote watajua hili:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Efraimu na wakazi wa Samaria,
</q>
<q style="q1">wanaosema kwa kiburi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na majivuno ya mioyo,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.9.10" />“Matofali yameanguka chini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini tutajenga tena kwa mawe yaliyochongwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">mitini imeangushwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini tutapanda mierezi badala yake.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.9.11" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> amemtia nguvu adui wa Resini dhidi yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuchochea watesi wao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.9.12" />Waashuru kutoka upande wa mashariki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Wafilisti kutoka upande wa magharibi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wameila Israeli kwa kinywa kilichopanuliwa.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Hata kwa haya yote, hasira yake haijageukia mbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkono wake bado umeinuliwa juu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.9.13" />Lakini watu hawajamrudia yeye aliyewapiga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawajamtafuta
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.9.14" />Kwa hiyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakatilia mbali kutoka Israeli kichwa na mkia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tawi la mtende na tete katika siku moja.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.9.15" />Wazee na watu mashuhuri ndio vichwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao manabii wanaofundisha uongo ndio mkia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.9.16" />Wale wanaowaongoza watu hawa wanawapotosha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wale wanaoongozwa wamepotoka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.9.17" />Kwa hiyo Bwana hatawafurahia vijana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hatawahurumia yatima na wajane,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa kila mmoja wao hamchi Mungu, nao ni waovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kila kinywa kinanena upotovu.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Hata kwa haya yote, hasira yake haijageukia mbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkono wake bado umeinuliwa juu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.9.18" />Hakika uovu huwaka kama moto;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huteketeza michongoma na miiba,
</q>
<q style="q1">huwasha moto vichaka vya msituni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hujiviringisha kuelekea juu kama nguzo ya moshi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.9.19" />Kwa hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nchi itachomwa kwa moto,
</q>
<q style="q1">nao watu watakuwa kuni za kuchochea moto.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hakuna mtu atakayemhurumia ndugu yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ISA.9.20" />Upande wa kuume watakuwa wakitafuna,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini bado wataona njaa;
</q>
<q style="q1">upande wa kushoto watakuwa wakila,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hawatashiba.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kila mmoja atajilisha kwa nyama ya mtoto wake mwenyewe:
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="21" bcv="ISA.9.21" />Manase atamla Efraimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye Efraimu atamla Manase;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao pamoja watakuwa kinyume na Yuda.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Hata kwa haya yote, hasira yake haijageukia mbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkono wake bado umeinuliwa juu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<b style="b" />

<c id="10" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.10.1" />Ole wao wawekao sheria zisizo za haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa wale watoao amri za kuonea,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.10.2" />kuwanyima maskini haki zao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzuilia haki za watu wangu walioonewa,
</q>
<q style="q1">kuwafanya wajane mawindo yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwanyangʼanya yatima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.10.3" />Mtafanya nini siku ya kutoa hesabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati maafa yatakapokuja kutoka mbali?
</q>
<q style="q1">Mtamkimbilia nani awape msaada?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mtaacha wapi mali zenu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.10.4" />Hakutasalia kitu chochote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">isipokuwa kujikunyata miongoni mwa mateka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kuanguka miongoni mwa waliouawa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hata kwa haya yote, hasira yake haijageukia mbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkono wake bado umeinuliwa juu.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Hukumu Ya Mungu Juu Ya Ashuru
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.10.5" />“Ole kwa Ashuru, fimbo ya hasira yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye mkononi mwake ana rungu ya ghadhabu yangu!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.10.6" />Ninamtuma dhidi ya taifa lisilomjua Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninamtuma dhidi ya taifa linalonikasirisha,
</q>
<q style="q1">kukamata mateka na kunyakua nyara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pia kuwakanyaga chini kama matope ya barabarani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.10.7" />Lakini hili silo analokusudia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hili silo alilo nalo akilini;
</q>
<q style="q1">kusudi lake ni kuangamiza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuyakomesha mataifa mengi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.10.8" />Maana asema, ‘Je, wafalme wote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">si majemadari wangu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.10.9" />Je, Kalno hakutendwa kama Karkemishi?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hamathi si kama Arpadi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo Samaria si kama Dameski?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.10.10" />Kama vile mkono wangu ulivyotwaa falme za sanamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">falme ambazo vinyago vyao vilizidi vile vya Yerusalemu na Samaria:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.10.11" />je, nisiishughulikie Yerusalemu na sanamu zake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama nilivyoshughulikia Samaria na vinyago vyake?’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.10.12" />Bwana atakapokuwa amemaliza kazi yake yote dhidi ya Mlima Sayuni na Yerusalemu, atasema, “Nitamwadhibu mfalme wa Ashuru kwa ajili ya majivuno ya ukaidi wa moyo wake na kutazama kwa macho yenye dharau.”
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ISA.10.13" />Kwa kuwa anasema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Kwa nguvu za mkono wangu nimefanya hili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hekima yangu, kwa sababu nina ufahamu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Niliondoa mipaka ya mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niliteka nyara hazina zao,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama yeye aliye shujaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niliwatiisha wafalme wao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.10.14" />Kama mtu atiavyo mkono kwenye kiota,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo mkono wangu ulivyochukua utajiri wa mataifa;
</q>
<q style="q1">kama watu wakusanyavyo mayai yaliyoachwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo nilivyokusanya nchi zote;
</q>
<q style="q1">wala hakuna hata mmoja aliyepiga bawa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kufungua kinywa chake kutoa mlio.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.10.15" />Je, shoka laweza kujigamba kuwa na nguvu zaidi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko yule anayelitumia,
</q>
<q style="q1">au msumeno kujisifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhidi ya yule anayeutumia?
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni kana kwamba fimbo ingeweza kumwinua yeye aichukuaye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au mkongojo ungemwinua mwenye kuutumia!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.10.16" />Kwa hiyo Bwana,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atatuma ugonjwa wa kudhoofisha kwa askari wake walio hodari,
</q>
<q style="q1">katika fahari yake moto utawaka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mwali wa moto.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.10.17" />Nuru ya Israeli itakuwa moto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Aliye Mtakatifu wao mwali wa moto;
</q>
<q style="q1">katika siku moja utaunguza na kuteketeza miiba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na michongoma yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.10.18" />Fahari ya misitu yake na mashamba yenye rutuba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utateketeza kabisa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama vile mtu mgonjwa adhoofikavyo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.10.19" />Nayo miti inayobaki katika misitu yake itakuwa michache sana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata mtoto mdogo angeweza kuihesabu.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Mabaki Ya Israeli
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ISA.10.20" />Katika siku ile, mabaki ya Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walionusurika wa nyumba ya Yakobo,
</q>
<q style="q1">hawatamtegemea tena yeye aliyewapiga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini watamtegemea kwa kweli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="ISA.10.21" />Mabaki watarudi,<f caller="+"><fr>10:21
</fr><ft>Kiebrania ni Shear-Yashubu, pia 22.</ft></f> mabaki wa Yakobo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watamrudia Mungu Mwenye Nguvu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="ISA.10.22" />Ingawa watu wako, ee Israeli, ni wengi kama mchanga wa pwani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni mabaki yao tu watakaorudi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Maangamizi yamekwisha amriwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni mengi tena ni haki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="ISA.10.23" />Bwana,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, atatekeleza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maangamizi yaliyoamriwa juu ya nchi yote.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="ISA.10.24" />Kwa hiyo, hili ndilo Bwana,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Enyi watu wangu mkaao Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msiwaogope Waashuru,
</q>
<q style="q1">wanaowapiga ninyi kwa fimbo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuinua rungu dhidi yenu, kama Misri ilivyofanya.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="ISA.10.25" />Bado kitambo kidogo sana hasira yangu dhidi yenu itakoma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ghadhabu yangu itaelekezwa kwenye maangamizi yao.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="ISA.10.26" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote atawachapa kwa mjeledi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama alivyowapiga Wamidiani katika mwamba wa Orebu,
</q>
<q style="q1">naye atainua fimbo yake juu ya maji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama alivyofanya huko Misri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="ISA.10.27" />Katika siku hiyo mzigo wao utainuliwa kutoka mabegani mwenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nira yao kutoka shingoni mwenu;
</q>
<q style="q1">nira itavunjwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya kutiwa mafuta.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="ISA.10.28" />Wanaingia Ayathi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanapita katikati ya Migroni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanahifadhi mahitaji huko Mikmashi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="ISA.10.29" />Wanavuka kivukoni, nao wanasema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Tutapiga kambi huko Geba usiku kucha.”
</q>
<q style="q1">Rama inatetemeka;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Gibea ya Sauli inakimbia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="ISA.10.30" />Piga kelele, ee Binti Galimu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Sikiliza, ee Laisha!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Maskini Anathothi!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="ISA.10.31" />Madmena inakimbia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wa Gebimu wanajificha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="ISA.10.32" />Siku hii ya leo watasimama Nobu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watatikisa ngumi zao
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa mlima wa Binti Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kilima cha Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="ISA.10.33" />Tazama, Bwana,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atayakata matawi kwa nguvu kuu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Miti mirefu sana itaangushwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ile mirefu itashushwa chini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="ISA.10.34" />Atakata vichaka vya msitu kwa shoka;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Lebanoni itaanguka mbele zake yeye Mwenye Nguvu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="11" />
<s style="s1">Tawi Kutoka Kwa Yese
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.11.1" />Chipukizi litatokea kutoka shina la Yese,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka mizizi yake Tawi litazaa tunda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.11.2" />Roho wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakaa juu yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Roho wa hekima na wa ufahamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Roho wa shauri na wa uweza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Roho wa maarifa na wa kumcha
<nd>Bwana</nd>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.11.3" />naye atafurahia kumcha
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Hatahukumu kwa yale ayaonayo kwa macho yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kuamua kwa yale ayasikiayo kwa masikio yake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.11.4" />bali kwa uadilifu atahukumu wahitaji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa haki ataamua wanyenyekevu wa dunia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ataipiga dunia kwa fimbo ya kinywa chake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa pumzi ya midomo yake atawaua waovu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.11.5" />Haki itakuwa mkanda wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uaminifu utakuwa mshipi kiunoni mwake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.11.6" />Mbwa mwitu ataishi pamoja na mwana-kondoo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye chui atalala pamoja na mbuzi,
</q>
<q style="q1">ndama, mwana simba na ngʼombe wa mwaka mmoja watakaa pamoja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye mtoto mdogo atawaongoza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.11.7" />Ngʼombe na dubu watalisha pamoja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watoto wao watalala pamoja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na simba atakula majani makavu kama maksai.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.11.8" />Mtoto mchanga atacheza karibu na shimo la nyoka,
</q>
<q style="q1">naye mtoto mdogo ataweka mkono wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye kiota cha fira.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.11.9" />Hawatadhuru wala kuharibu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya mlima wangu mtakatifu wote,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa dunia itajawa na kumjua
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama maji yajazavyo bahari.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.11.10" />Katika siku hiyo, Shina la Yese atasimama kama bendera kwa ajili ya mataifa. Mataifa yatakusanyika kwake, na mahali pake pa kupumzikia patakuwa utukufu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ISA.11.11" />Katika siku hiyo Bwana atanyoosha mkono wake mara ya pili kurudisha mabaki ya watu wake waliosalia kutoka Ashuru, Misri, Pathrosi,<f caller="+"><fr>11:11
</fr><ft>Pathrosi ina maana Misri ya Juu.</ft></f> Kushi, Elamu, Babeli, Hamathi na kutoka visiwa vya baharini.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.11.12" />Atainua bendera kwa mataifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwakusanya Waisraeli walioko uhamishoni;
</q>
<q style="q1">atawakusanya watu wa Yuda waliotawanyika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka pembe nne za dunia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.11.13" />Wivu wa Efraimu utatoweka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na adui wa Yuda watakatiliwa mbali;
</q>
<q style="q1">Efraimu hatamwonea Yuda wivu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala Yuda hatakuwa na uadui na Efraimu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.11.14" />Watawashukia katika miteremko ya Wafilisti
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi upande wa magharibi,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa pamoja watawateka watu nyara
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi upande wa mashariki.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watawapiga Edomu na Moabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Waamoni watatawaliwa nao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.11.15" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atakausha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ghuba ya bahari ya Misri;
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa upepo mkavu ataupeleka mkono wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya Mto Frati.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ataugawanya katika vijito saba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili watu waweze kuuvuka wakiwa wamevaa viatu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.11.16" />Itakuwepo njia kuu kwa mabaki ya watu wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale waliosalia kutoka Ashuru,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama ilivyokuwa kwa Israeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walipopanda kutoka Misri.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Kushukuru Na Kusifu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.12.1" />Katika siku ile utasema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Nitakusifu wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ingawa ulinikasirikia,
</q>
<q style="q1">hasira yako imegeukia mbali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe umenifariji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.12.2" />Hakika Mungu ni wokovu wangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitamtumaini wala sitaogopa.
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd>,
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ni nguvu zangu na wimbo wangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amekuwa wokovu wangu.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.12.3" />Kwa furaha mtachota maji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka visima vya wokovu.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.12.4" />Katika siku hiyo mtasema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Mshukuruni
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mliitie jina lake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">julisheni miongoni mwa mataifa yale aliyoyafanya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tangazeni kuwa jina lake limetukuka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.12.5" />Mwimbieni
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa kuwa ametenda mambo makuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hili na lijulikane duniani kote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.12.6" />Pazeni sauti mwimbe kwa furaha, watu wa Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana mkuu ni yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli miongoni mwenu.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="13" />
<s style="s1">Unabii Dhidi Ya Babeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.13.1" />Neno kuhusu Babeli ambalo Isaya mwana wa Amozi aliliona:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.13.2" />Twekeni bendera juu ya mlima usio na kitu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wapazieni sauti,
</q>
<q style="q1">wapungieni mkono waingie
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika malango ya wenye heshima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.13.3" />Nimewaamuru watakatifu wangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimewaita mashujaa wangu waitimize hasira yangu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wanaoshangilia ushindi wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.13.4" />Sikilizeni kelele juu ya milima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama ile ya umati mkubwa wa watu!
</q>
<q style="q1">Sikilizeni, makelele katikati ya falme,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mataifa yanayokusanyika pamoja!
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote anakusanya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jeshi kwa ajili ya vita.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.13.5" />Wanakuja kutoka nchi za mbali sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka miisho ya mbingu,
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> na silaha za ghadhabu yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuangamiza nchi yote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.13.6" />Ombolezeni, kwa maana siku ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> i karibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">itakuja kama uharibifu kutoka kwa Mwenyezi.<f caller="+"><fr>13:6
</fr><ft>Mwenyezi hapa ina maana ya Shaddai kwa Kiebrania.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.13.7" />Kwa sababu ya hili, mikono yote italegea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">moyo wa kila mtu utayeyuka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.13.8" />Hofu itawakamata,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uchungu na maumivu makali yatawashika,
</q>
<q style="q1">watagaagaa kama mwanamke aliye na utungu wa kuzaa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watatazamana kwa hofu kila mtu na mwenzake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyuso zao zikiwaka kama moto.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.13.9" />Tazameni, siku ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> inakuja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku katili, yenye ghadhabu na hasira kali,
</q>
<q style="q1">kuifanya nchi kuwa ukiwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaangamiza wenye dhambi waliomo ndani yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.13.10" />Nyota za mbinguni na makundi ya nyota
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">havitatoa mwanga wake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Jua linalochomoza litatiwa giza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mwezi hautatoa nuru yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.13.11" />Nitauadhibu ulimwengu kwa ajili ya uovu wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waovu kwa ajili ya dhambi zao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitakomesha majivuno ya wenye kiburi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nitakishusha kiburi cha watu wakatili.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.13.12" />Nitawafanya wanadamu kuwa adimu kuliko dhahabu safi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watakuwa wachache sana kuliko dhahabu ya Ofiri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.13.13" />Kwa hiyo nitazifanya mbingu zitetemeke,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo dunia itatikisika kutoka mahali pake
</q>
<q style="q1">katika ghadhabu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku ya hasira yake iwakayo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.13.14" />Kama swala awindwaye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama kondoo wasio na mchungaji,
</q>
<q style="q1">kila mmoja atarudi kwa watu wake mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila mmoja atakimbilia nchi yake ya kuzaliwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.13.15" />Yeyote atakayetekwa atapasuliwa tumbo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote watakaokamatwa watauawa kwa upanga.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.13.16" />Watoto wao wachanga watavunjwa vipande vipande
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele ya macho yao;
</q>
<q style="q1">nyumba zao zitatekwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wake zao watatendwa jeuri.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.13.17" />Tazama, nitawachochea Wamedi dhidi yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao hawajali fedha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawafurahii dhahabu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.13.18" />Mishale yao itawaangusha vijana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawatakuwa na huruma kwa watoto wachanga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawataangalia watoto kwa huruma.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.13.19" />Babeli, johari ya falme,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utukufu wa kiburi cha Wababeli,<f caller="+"><fr>13:19
</fr><ft>Wababeli hapa maana yake ni Wakaldayo.</ft></f>
</q>
<q style="q1">itaangushwa na Mungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama Sodoma na Gomora.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ISA.13.20" />Hautakaliwa na watu kamwe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala watu hawataishi humo kwa vizazi vyote.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hakuna Mwarabu atakayepiga hema lake huko,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna mchungaji atakayepumzisha makundi yake huko.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="ISA.13.21" />Lakini viumbe wa jangwani watalala huko,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbweha watajaza nyumba zake,
</q>
<q style="q1">bundi wataishi humo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao mbuzi-mwitu watarukaruka humo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="ISA.13.22" />Fisi watalia ndani ya ngome zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbweha ndani ya majumba yake ya kifahari.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wakati wake umewadia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na siku zake hazitaongezwa.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="14" />
<s style="s1">Yuda Kufanywa Upya
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.14.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atamhurumia Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atamchagua Israeli tena,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwakalisha katika nchi yao wenyewe.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wageni wataungana nao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kujiunga na nyumba ya Yakobo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.14.2" />Mataifa watawachukua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaleta mahali pao wenyewe.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nayo nyumba ya Israeli itamiliki mataifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama watumishi na wajakazi katika nchi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watawafanya watekaji wao kuwa mateka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutawala juu ya wale waliowaonea.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.14.3" />Katika siku
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakapokuondolea mateso, udhia na utumwa wa kikatili,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ISA.14.4" />utaichukua dhihaka hii dhidi ya mfalme wa Babeli:
</p>
<q style="q1">Tazama jinsi mtesi alivyofikia mwisho!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Tazama jinsi ghadhabu yake kali ilivyokoma!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.14.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> amevunja fimbo ya mwovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">fimbo ya utawala ya watawala,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.14.6" />ambayo kwa hasira waliyapiga mataifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mapigo yasiyo na kikomo,
</q>
<q style="q1">nao kwa ghadhabu kali waliwatiisha mataifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa jeuri pasipo huruma.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.14.7" />Nchi zote ziko kwenye mapumziko na kwenye amani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanabubujika kwa kuimba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.14.8" />Hata misunobari na mierezi ya Lebanoni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">inashangilia mbele yako na kusema,
</q>
<q style="q1">“Basi kwa sababu umeangushwa chini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna mkata miti atakayekuja kutukata.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.14.9" />Kuzimu kote kumetaharuki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kukulaki unapokuja,
</q>
<q style="q1">kunaamsha roho za waliokufa ili kukupokea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote waliokuwa viongozi katika ulimwengu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kunawafanya wainuke kwenye viti vyao vya kifalme:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wote waliokuwa wafalme juu ya mataifa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.14.10" />Wote wataitikia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watakuambia,
</q>
<q style="q1">“Wewe pia umekuwa dhaifu, kama sisi tulivyo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe umekuwa kama sisi.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.14.11" />Majivuno yako yote yameshushwa mpaka kuzimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na kelele ya vinubi vyako,
</q>
<q style="q1">mafunza yametanda chini yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na minyoo imekufunika.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.14.12" />Tazama jinsi ulivyoanguka kutoka mbinguni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ewe nyota ya asubuhi, mwana wa mapambazuko!
</q>
<q style="q1">Umetupwa chini duniani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe uliyepata kuangusha mataifa!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.14.13" />Ulisema moyoni mwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Nitapanda juu hadi mbinguni,
</q>
<q style="q1">nitakiinua kiti changu cha enzi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya nyota za Mungu,
</q>
<q style="q1">nitaketi nimetawazwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya mlima wa kusanyiko,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye vimo vya juu sana vya Mlima Mtakatifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.14.14" />Nitapaa juu kupita mawingu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitajifanya kama Yeye Aliye Juu Sana.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.14.15" />Lakini umeshushwa chini hadi kuzimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi kwenye vina vya shimo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.14.16" />Wale wanaokuona wanakukazia macho,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanatafakari hatima yako:
</q>
<q style="q1">“Je, huyu ndiye yule aliyetikisa dunia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufanya falme zitetemeke,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.14.17" />yule aliyeifanya dunia kuwa jangwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliyeipindua miji yake,
</q>
<q style="q1">na ambaye hakuwaachia mateka wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waende nyumbani?”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.14.18" />Wafalme wote wa mataifa wamelala kwa heshima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila mmoja katika kaburi lake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.14.19" />Lakini wewe umetupwa nje ya kaburi lako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama tawi lililokataliwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">umefunikwa na waliouawa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na wale waliochomwa kwa upanga,
</q>
<q style="q1">wale washukao mpaka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye mawe ya shimo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kama mzoga uliokanyagwa chini ya nyayo,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="20" bcv="ISA.14.20" />Hutajumuika nao kwenye mazishi,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa umeharibu nchi yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaua watu wako.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Mzao wa mwovu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hatatajwa tena kamwe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="ISA.14.21" />Andaa mahali pa kuwachinjia wanawe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya dhambi za baba zao,
</q>
<q style="q1">wasije wakainuka ili kuirithi nchi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuijaza dunia kwa miji yao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="ISA.14.22" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote asema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Nitainuka dhidi yao,
</q>
<q style="q1">nitalikatilia mbali jina lake kutoka Babeli pamoja na watu wake walionusurika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watoto wake na wazao wake,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="ISA.14.23" />“Nitaifanya kuwa mahali pa bundi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwa nchi ya matope;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitaifagia kwa ufagio wa maangamizi,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Unabii Dhidi Ya Ashuru
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="ISA.14.24" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote ameapa,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Hakika, kama vile nilivyopanga, ndivyo itakavyokuwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami kama nilivyokusudia, ndivyo itakavyosimama.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="ISA.14.25" />Nitamponda Mwashuru katika nchi yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya milima yangu nitawakanyagia chini.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nira yake itaondolewa kutoka kwa watu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao mzigo wake utaondolewa kutoka mabegani mwao.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="ISA.14.26" />Huu ndio mpango uliokusudiwa kwa ajili ya ulimwengu wote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huu ni mkono ulionyooshwa juu ya mataifa yote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="ISA.14.27" />Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote amekusudia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni nani awezaye kumzuia?
</q>
<q style="q1">Mkono wake umenyooshwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni nani awezaye kuurudisha?
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Unabii Dhidi Ya Wafilisti
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="ISA.14.28" />Neno hili lilikuja mwaka ule Mfalme Ahazi alipofariki:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="ISA.14.29" />Msifurahi, enyi Wafilisti wote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba fimbo iliyowapiga imevunjika;
</q>
<q style="q1">kutoka mzizi wa huyo nyoka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atachipuka nyoka mwenye sumu kali,
</q>
<q style="q1">uzao wake utakuwa joka lirukalo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lenye sumu kali.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="ISA.14.30" />Maskini kuliko maskini wote watapata malisho,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wahitaji watalala salama.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini mzizi wako nitauangamiza kwa njaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo njaa itawaua walionusurika.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="ISA.14.31" />Piga yowe, ee lango! Bweka, ee mji!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yeyukeni, enyi Wafilisti wote!
</q>
<q style="q1">Wingu la moshi linakuja toka kaskazini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna atakayechelewa katika safu zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="ISA.14.32" />Ni jibu gani litakalotolewa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa wajumbe wa taifa hilo?
</q>
<q style="q1">“<nd>Bwana</nd> ameifanya imara Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nako ndani yake watu wake walioonewa watapata kimbilio.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="15" />
<s style="s1">Unabii Dhidi Ya Moabu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.15.1" />Neno kuhusu Moabu:
</p>
<q style="q1">Ari iliyo Moabu imeangamizwa:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">imeharibiwa kwa usiku mmoja!
</q>
<q style="q1">Kiri iliyo Moabu imeangamizwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">imeharibiwa kwa usiku mmoja!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.15.2" />Diboni anakwea hadi kwenye hekalu lake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpaka mahali pake pa juu ili walie,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Moabu anaombolezea Nebo na Medeba.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kila kichwa kimenyolewa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kila ndevu limeondolewa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.15.3" />Wamevaa nguo za magunia barabarani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya mapaa na kwenye viwanja
</q>
<q style="q1">wote wanaomboleza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamelala kifudifudi kwa kulia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.15.4" />Heshboni na Eleale wanalia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sauti zao zinasikika hadi Yahazi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa hiyo watu wenye silaha wa Moabu wanapiga kelele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo mioyo yao imezimia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.15.5" />Moyo wangu unamlilia Moabu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakimbizi wake wanakimbilia Soari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi Eglath-Shelishiya.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanapanda njia ya kwenda Luhithi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanakwenda huku wanalia;
</q>
<q style="q1">barabarani iendayo Horonaimu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaombolezea maangamizi yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.15.6" />Maji ya Nimrimu yamekauka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na majani yamenyauka;
</q>
<q style="q1">mimea imekauka wala hakuna
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kitu chochote kibichi kilichobaki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.15.7" />Kwa hiyo mali waliyoipata na kujiwekea akiba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamezichukua na kuvuka Bonde la Mierebi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.15.8" />Mwangwi wa kilio chao umefika hadi mpakani mwa Moabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kilio chao cha huzuni kimefika hadi Eglaimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maombolezo yao hadi Beer-Elimu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.15.9" />Maji ya Dimoni yamejaa damu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini bado nitaleta pigo jingine juu ya Dimoni:
</q>
<q style="q1">simba juu ya wakimbizi wa Moabu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na juu ya wale wanaobaki katika nchi.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="16" />
<s style="s1">Hali Ya Kukata Tamaa Ya Moabu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.16.1" />Pelekeni wana-kondoo kama ushuru
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mtawala wa nchi,
</q>
<q style="q1">Kutoka Sela, kupitia jangwani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi mlima wa Binti Sayuni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.16.2" />Kama ndege wanaopapatika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waliofukuzwa kutoka kwenye kiota,
</q>
<q style="q1">ndivyo walivyo wanawake wa Moabu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye vivuko vya Arnoni.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.16.3" />“Tupeni shauri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">toeni uamuzi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wakati wa adhuhuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">fanyeni kivuli chenu kama usiku.
</q>
<q style="q1">Waficheni watoro,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msisaliti wakimbizi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.16.4" />Waacheni watoro wa Moabu wakae pamoja nanyi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuweni mahali pao pa salama ili kuepuka mharabu.”
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Mtesi atafikia mwisho na maangamizi yatakoma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aletaye vita atatoweka kutoka nchi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.16.5" />Kwa upendo kiti cha enzi kitaimarishwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa uaminifu mtu ataketi juu yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye atokaye nyumba ya Daudi:
</q>
<q style="q1">yeye ambaye katika kuhukumu hutafuta haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na huhimiza njia ya haki.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.16.6" />Tumesikia juu ya kiburi cha Moabu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kiburi chake cha kujivuna na udanganyifu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kiburi chake na ufidhuli wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini majivuno yake si kitu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.16.7" />Kwa hiyo Wamoabu wanaomboleza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaiombolezea Moabu kwa pamoja.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanaomboleza na kuhuzunika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya watu wa Kir-Haresethi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.16.8" />Mashamba ya Heshboni yananyauka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pia na mizabibu ya Sibma.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watawala wa mataifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamekanyaga mizabibu iliyo mizuri sana,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambayo ilipata kufika Yazeri
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuenea kuelekea jangwani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Machipukizi yake yalienea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yakafika hadi baharini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.16.9" />Hivyo ninalia kama Yazeri aliavyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya mizabibu ya Sibma.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ee Heshboni, ee Eleale,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninakulowesha kwa machozi!
</q>
<q style="q1">Kelele za furaha kwa ajili ya tunda lako lililoiva
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa ajili ya mavuno zimekomeshwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.16.10" />Furaha na shangwe zimeondolewa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka mashamba ya matunda;
</q>
<q style="q1">hakuna yeyote aimbaye wala apazaye sauti
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika mashamba ya mizabibu;
</q>
<q style="q1">hakuna yeyote akanyagaye zabibu shinikizoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa nimekomesha makelele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.16.11" />Moyo wangu unaomboleza kwa ajili ya Moabu kama kinubi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nafsi yangu yote kwa ajili ya Kir-Haresethi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.16.12" />Wakati Moabu anapojitokeza mahali pake pa juu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anajichosha mwenyewe tu;
</q>
<q style="q1">anapokwenda mahali pake pa kuabudia miungu ili kuomba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haitamfaidi lolote.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.16.13" />Hili ndilo neno ambalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameshasema kuhusu Moabu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ISA.16.14" />Lakini sasa
<nd>Bwana</nd> anasema: “Katika miaka mitatu, kama vile mtumishi aliyefungwa na mkataba angeihesabu, fahari ya Moabu na watu wake wengi watadharauliwa, nao walionusurika watakuwa wachache sana, tena wanyonge.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="17" />
<s style="s1">Neno Dhidi Ya Dameski
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.17.1" />Neno kuhusu Dameski:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Tazama, Dameski haitakuwa tena mji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali itakuwa lundo la magofu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.17.2" />Miji ya Aroeri itaachwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na itaachiwa mifugo ambayo italala huko,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bila yeyote wa kuyaogopesha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.17.3" />Mji wenye ngome utatoweka kutoka Efraimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao uweza wa ufalme kutoka Dameski;
</q>
<q style="q1">mabaki ya Aramu yatakuwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama utukufu wa Waisraeli,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.17.4" />“Katika siku ile utukufu wa Yakobo utafifia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unono wa mwili wake utadhoofika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.17.5" />Itakuwa kama mvunaji akusanyavyo nafaka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuvuna nafaka kwa mikono yake,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama wakati mtu aokotapo masazo ya masuke
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika Bonde la Warefai.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.17.6" />Hata hivyo baadhi ya masazo yatabaki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama vile mti wa mzeituni unavyopigwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">kukiachwa zeituni mbili au tatu juu ya matawi kileleni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nne au tano katika matawi yazaayo sana,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.17.7" />Katika siku ile watu watamwangalia Muumba wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuelekeza macho yao kwa yule Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.17.8" />Hawataziangalia tena madhabahu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kazi za mikono yao,
</q>
<q style="q1">nao hawataheshimu nguzo za Ashera,<f caller="+"><fr>17:8
</fr><ft>Ashera hapa maana yake ni mungu mke aliyekuwa akiabudiwa pamoja na Baali.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na madhabahu za kufukizia uvumba zilizofanywa kwa mikono yao.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.17.9" />Katika siku ile miji yao iliyo imara, ambayo waliihama kwa sababu ya Waisraeli, itakuwa kama mahali palipoachwa pa vichaka na magugu. Nayo yote itakuwa ukiwa.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.17.10" />Mmemsahau Mungu Mwokozi wenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hamkumkumbuka Mwamba aliye ngome yenu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa hiyo, hata ingawa mlipandikiza mimea iliyo mizuri sana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuotesha mizabibu ya kigeni,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.17.11" />hata kama siku ile unapoipandikiza, unaifanya iote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na asubuhi ile ile unayoipanda, unaifanya ichipue,
</q>
<q style="q1">hata hivyo mavuno yatakuwa kama si kitu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku ile ya ugonjwa na maumivu yasiyoponyeka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.17.12" />Lo! Ghadhabu ya mataifa mengi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaghadhibika kama bahari iliyochafuka!
</q>
<q style="q1">Lo! Makelele ya mataifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanavuma kama ngurumo za maji mengi!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.17.13" />Ingawa mataifa yanavuma kama ngurumo za maji yanayofanya mawimbi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati anapoyakemea yanakimbia mbali,
</q>
<q style="q1">yanafukuzwa mbele ya upepo kama makapi juu ya milima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama jani livingirishwapo na dhoruba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.17.14" />Wakati wa jioni, hofu ya ghafula!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kabla ya asubuhi, wametoweka!
</q>
<q style="q1">Hili ndilo fungu la wale wanaotupora,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">fungu la wale wanaotunyangʼanya mali zetu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="18" />
<s style="s1">Unabii Dhidi Ya Kushi
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.18.1" />Ole kwa nchi ya mvumo wa mabawa,<f caller="+"><fr>18:1
</fr><ft>Au: wa nzige.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kando ya mito ya Kushi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.18.2" />iwapelekayo wajumbe wake kwa njia ya bahari
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mashua za mafunjo juu ya maji.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Nendeni, wajumbe wepesi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa taifa la watu warefu wenye ngozi nyororo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa taifa linaloogopwa mbali na karibu,
</q>
<q style="q1">taifa gomvi lenye lugha ngeni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambalo nchi yao imegawanywa kwa mito.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.18.3" />Enyi mataifa yote ya ulimwengu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi mnaoishi duniani
</q>
<q style="q1">wakati bendera itakapoinuliwa milimani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtaiona,
</q>
<q style="q1">nayo tarumbeta itakapolia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtaisikia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.18.4" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliloniambia:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Nitatulia kimya na kutazama
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka maskani yangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama joto linalometameta katika mwanga wa jua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama wingu la umande
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika joto la wakati wa mavuno.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.18.5" />Kwa maana, kabla ya mavuno,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wa kuchanua ukishapita
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na maua yakawa zabibu zinazoiva,
</q>
<q style="q1">atayakata machipukizi kwa mundu wa kupogolea matawi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atakata na kuyaondoa matawi yaliyopanuka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.18.6" />Yote yataachwa kwa ajili ya ndege wawindao wa mlimani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wanyama pori,
</q>
<q style="q1">ndege watajilisha juu yake wakati wote wa kiangazi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wanyama pori wakati wote wa masika.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.18.7" />Wakati huo matoleo yataletwa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote
</p>
<q style="q1">kutoka kwa taifa la watu warefu wenye ngozi nyororo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka kwa taifa linaloogopwa mbali na karibu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kutoka taifa gomvi lenye lugha ngeni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambalo nchi yao imegawanywa kwa mito,
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">matoleo yataletwa katika Mlima Sayuni, mahali pa Jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="19" />
<s style="s1">Unabii Kuhusu Misri
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.19.1" />Neno kuhusu Misri:
</p>
<q style="q1">Tazama,
<nd>Bwana</nd> amepanda juu ya wingu liendalo kwa haraka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye anakuja Misri.
</q>
<q style="q1">Sanamu za Misri zinatetemeka mbele yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo mioyo ya Wamisri inayeyuka ndani yao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.19.2" />“Nitamchochea Mmisri dhidi ya Mmisri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndugu atapigana dhidi ya ndugu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jirani dhidi ya jirani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mji dhidi ya mji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ufalme dhidi ya ufalme.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.19.3" />Wamisri watakufa moyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nitaibatilisha mipango yao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watatafuta ushauri kwa sanamu na kwa roho za waliokufa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa waaguzi na kwa wale waongeao na mizimu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.19.4" />Nitawatia Wamisri
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mikononi mwa bwana mkatili
</q>
<q style="q1">na mfalme mkali atatawala juu yao,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema Bwana,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.19.5" />Maji ya mito yatakauka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">chini ya mto kutakauka kwa jua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.19.6" />Mifereji itanuka;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vijito vya Misri vitapungua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukauka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mafunjo na nyasi vitanyauka,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.19.7" />pia mimea iliyoko kando ya Mto Naili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pale mto unapomwaga maji baharini.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kila shamba lililopandwa kando ya Mto Naili litakauka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">litapeperushwa na kutoweka kabisa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.19.8" />Wavuvi watalia na kuomboleza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wote watupao ndoano katika Mto Naili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watadhoofika kwa majonzi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.19.9" />Wale watu wafanyao kazi ya kitani kilichochambuliwa watakata tamaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wafumaji wa kitani safi watavunjika moyo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.19.10" />Wafanyao kazi ya kufuma nguo watahuzunishwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao vibarua wataugua moyoni.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.19.11" />Maafisa wa Soani ni wapumbavu kabisa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">washauri wa Farao wenye busara wanatoa ushauri wa kijinga.
</q>
<q style="q1">Unawezaje kumwambia Farao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Mimi ni mmojawapo wa watu wenye hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwanafunzi wa wafalme wa zamani”?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.19.12" />Wako wapi sasa watu wako wenye hekima?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wao wakuonyeshe na kukufahamisha
</q>
<q style="q1">ni nini
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amepanga dhidi ya Misri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.19.13" />Maafisa wa Soani wamekuwa wapumbavu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">viongozi wa Memfisi<f caller="+"><fr>19:13
</fr><ft>Memfisi kwa Kiebrania ni Nofu.</ft></f> wamedanganyika,
</q>
<q style="q1">walio mawe ya pembe ya taifa lake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wameipotosha Misri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.19.14" /><nd>Bwana</nd> amewamwagia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">roho ya kizunguzungu;
</q>
<q style="q1">wanaifanya Misri iyumbayumbe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika yale yote inayoyafanya,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama vile mlevi ayumbayumbavyo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika kutapika kwake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.19.15" />Misri haiwezi kufanya kitu chochote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">cha kichwa wala cha mkia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">cha tawi la mtende wala cha tete.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.19.16" />Katika siku ile Wamisri watakuwa kama wanawake. Watatetemeka kwa hofu mbele ya mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote anaoinua dhidi yao.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ISA.19.17" />Nayo nchi ya Yuda itawatia hofu Wamisri, kila mmoja atakayetajiwa Yuda ataingiwa na hofu, kwa sababu ya kile ambacho
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote anapanga dhidi yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.19.18" />Katika siku hiyo miji mitano ya Misri, itazungumza lugha ya Kanaani, na kuapa kumtii
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote. Mji mmojawapo utaitwa Mji wa Uharibifu.<f caller="+"><fr>19:18
</fr><ft>Yaani Heliopoli (Mji wa Jua).</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.19.19" />Katika siku hiyo patakuwepo madhabahu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> katikati ya Misri na mnara wa kumbukumbu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwenye mpaka wa Misri.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ISA.19.20" />Itakuwa alama na ushahidi kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote katika nchi ya Misri. Watakapomlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa sababu ya watesi wao, Mungu atawapelekea mwokozi na mtetezi, naye atawaokoa.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ISA.19.21" />Hivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> atajijulisha mwenyewe kwa Wamisri, nao katika siku hiyo watamkubali
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Wataabudu kwa kumtolea dhabihu na sadaka za nafaka, watamwekea
<nd>Bwana</nd> nadhiri na kuzitimiza.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ISA.19.22" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ataipiga Misri kwa tauni; atawapiga na kuwaponya. Watamgeukia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, naye atayasikia maombi yao na kuwaponya.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="ISA.19.23" />Katika siku hiyo kutakuwepo na njia kuu kutoka Misri hadi Ashuru. Waashuru watakwenda Misri, na Wamisri watakwenda Ashuru. Wamisri na Waashuru wataabudu pamoja.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ISA.19.24" />Katika siku hiyo Israeli itakuwa ya tatu, pamoja na Misri na Ashuru, nao watakuwa baraka kwa dunia.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="ISA.19.25" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote atawabariki, akisema, “Baraka iwe kwa Misri watu wangu, kwa Ashuru kazi ya mikono yangu, na kwa Israeli urithi wangu.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="20" />
<s style="s1">Unabii Dhidi Ya Misri Na Kushi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.20.1" />Katika mwaka ule ambao jemadari mkuu alitumwa na Mfalme Sargoni wa Ashuru, naye akaja mpaka Ashdodi, akaushambulia na kuuteka,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ISA.20.2" />wakati ule
<nd>Bwana</nd> alisema kwa kinywa cha Isaya mwana wa Amozi. Akamwambia, “Vua nguo ya gunia kutoka mwilini mwako na viatu kutoka miguuni mwako.” Naye akafanya hivyo, akatembea huku na huko uchi, bila viatu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.20.3" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, “Kama vile mtumishi wangu Isaya alivyotembea uchi na bila viatu kwa miaka mitatu, kama ishara na dalili mbaya dhidi ya nchi ya Misri na Kushi,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ISA.20.4" />vivyo hivyo mfalme wa Ashuru atawaongoza mateka wa Wamisri, na watu wa uhamisho wa Kushi, uchi na bila viatu, vijana hata wazee, wakiwa matako wazi, kwa aibu ya Wamisri.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ISA.20.5" />Wale waliotegemea Kushi na kujivunia Misri wataogopa na kuaibika.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ISA.20.6" />Katika siku ile watu wanaoishi katika pwani hii watasema, ‘Tazama lililowapata wale tuliowategemea, wale tuliowakimbilia kwa msaada na wokovu kutoka mikononi mwa mfalme wa Ashuru! Tutawezaje basi kupona?’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="21" />
<s style="s1">Unabii Dhidi Ya Babeli
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.21.1" />Neno kuhusu Jangwa kando ya Bahari:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kama upepo wa kisulisuli unaopita katika nchi hadi kusini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mshambuliaji anakuja kutoka jangwani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka nchi inayotisha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.21.2" />Nimeonyeshwa maono ya kutisha:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Msaliti anasaliti, mteka nyara anateka nyara.
</q>
<q style="q1">Elamu, shambulia! Umedi, izunguke kwa jeshi!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nitakomesha huzuni zote alizosababisha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.21.3" />Katika hili mwili wangu umeteswa na maumivu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maumivu makali ya ghafula yamenishika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama yale ya mwanamke mwenye utungu wa kuzaa.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nimeduwazwa na lile ninalolisikia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimeshangazwa na lile ninaloliona.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.21.4" />Moyo wangu unababaika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">woga unanifanya nitetemeke,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">gizagiza la jioni nililolitamani sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">limekuwa hofu kuu kwangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.21.5" />Wanaandaa meza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanatandaza mazulia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanakula, wanakunywa!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Amkeni, enyi maafisa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zitieni ngao mafuta!
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.21.6" />Hili ndilo Bwana analoniambia:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Nenda, weka mlinzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na atoe taarifa ya kile anachokiona.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.21.7" />Anapoona magari ya vita
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na kundi la farasi,
</q>
<q style="q1">wapanda punda au wapanda ngamia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na awe macho, awe macho kikamilifu.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.21.8" />Naye mlinzi alipaza sauti,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Mchana baada ya mchana, bwana wangu, ninasimama katika mnara wa ulinzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila usiku ninakaa mahali pangu nilipoamriwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.21.9" />Tazama, yuaja mtu anayepanda gari la vita
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na kundi la farasi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Naye anajibu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Babeli umeanguka, umeanguka!
</q>
<q style="q1">Vinyago vyote vya miungu yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vimelala chini vikiwa vimevunjwa!’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.21.10" />Ee watu wangu, mliopondwa kwenye sakafu ya kupuria,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninawaambia kile nilichokisikia
</q>
<q style="q1">kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka kwa Mungu wa Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Unabii Dhidi Ya Edomu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.21.11" />Neno kuhusu Duma:
</p>
<q style="q1">Mtu fulani ananiita kutoka Seiri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Mlinzi, usiku utaisha lini?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mlinzi, usiku utaisha lini?”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.21.12" />Mlinzi anajibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Asubuhi inakuja, lakini pia usiku.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kama ungeliuliza, basi uliza;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bado na urudi tena.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Unabii Dhidi Ya Arabia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.21.13" />Neno kuhusu Arabia:
</p>
<q style="q1">Enyi misafara ya Wadedani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mnaopiga kambi katika vichaka vya Arabia,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.21.14" />leteni maji kwa wenye kiu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi mnaoishi Tema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">leteni chakula kwa ajili ya wakimbizi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.21.15" />Wanaukimbia upanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka upanga uliochomolewa alani,
</q>
<q style="q1">kutoka upinde uliopindwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutoka kwenye joto la vita.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.21.16" />Hili ndilo Bwana analoniambia: “Katika muda wa mwaka mmoja, kama vile mtumishi aliyefungwa na mkataba angeihesabu, majivuno yote ya Kedari yatafikia mwisho.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ISA.21.17" />Wanaume wavutao pinde walionusurika, mashujaa wa Kedari, watakuwa wachache.”
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, amesema.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="22" />
<s style="s1">Unabii Kuhusu Yerusalemu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.22.1" />Neno kuhusu Bonde la Maono:
</p>
<q style="q1">Nini kinachokutaabisha sasa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba ninyi nyote mmepanda juu ya mapaa?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.22.2" />Ewe mji uliojaa ghasia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ewe mji wa makelele na sherehe!
</q>
<q style="q1">Watu wenu waliokufa hawakuuawa kwa upanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawakufa vitani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.22.3" />Viongozi wako wote wamekimbia pamoja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamekamatwa bila kutumia upinde.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ninyi nyote mliokamatwa mlichukuliwa wafungwa pamoja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mlikimbia wakati adui alipokuwa bado mbali.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.22.4" />Kwa hiyo nilisema, “Geukia mbali nami,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niache nilie kwa uchungu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Usijaribu kunifariji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya maangamizi ya watu wangu.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.22.5" />Bwana,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, anayo siku
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya ghasia, ya kukanyaga, na ya kuogofya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika Bonde la Maono,
</q>
<q style="q1">siku ya kuangusha kuta
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ya kupiga kelele mpaka milimani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.22.6" />Elamu analichukua podo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na waendesha magari ya vita na farasi.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kiri anaifungua ngao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.22.7" />Mabonde yako yaliyo mazuri sana yamejaa magari ya vita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wapanda farasi wamewekwa kwenye malango ya mji;
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.22.8" />ulinzi wa Yuda umeondolewa.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Nawe ulitazama siku ile
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">silaha katika Jumba la Kifalme la Mwituni,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.22.9" />mkaona kuwa Mji wa Daudi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">una matundu mengi katika ulinzi wake,
</q>
<q style="q1">mkaweka akiba ya maji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye Bwawa la Chini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.22.10" />Mlihesabu majengo katika Yerusalemu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nanyi mkabomoa nyumba ili kuimarisha ukuta.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.22.11" />Mlijenga bwawa la maji katikati ya kuta mbili
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya maji ya Bwawa la Zamani,
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini hamkumtazama Yule aliyelitengeneza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kuwa na heshima kwa Yule aliyeubuni tangu zamani za kale.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.22.12" />Bwana,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliwaita siku ile
</q>
<q style="q1">ili kulia na kuomboleza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kungʼoa nywele zenu na kuvaa nguo ya gunia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.22.13" />Lakini tazama, kuna furaha na sherehe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuchinja ngʼombe na kuchinja kondoo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kula nyama na kunywa mvinyo!
</q>
<q style="q1">Mnasema, “Tuleni na kunywa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa kesho tutakufa!”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.22.14" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote amelifunua hili nikiwa ninasikia: Bwana,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, asema: “Mpaka siku ya kufa kwenu, dhambi hii haitafanyiwa upatanisho.”
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.22.15" />Hili ndilo Bwana,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Nenda ukamwambie huyu wakili Shebna,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye ni msimamizi wa jumba la kifalme:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.22.16" />Unafanya nini hapa, na ni nani aliyekupa ruhusa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kujikatia kaburi lako mwenyewe,
</q>
<q style="q1">ukichonga kaburi lako mahali palipo juu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutoboa kwa patasi mahali pako pa kupumzikia katika mwamba?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.22.17" />“Jihadhari,
<nd>Bwana</nd> yu karibu kukukamata thabiti,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukutupa mbali, ewe mtu mwenye nguvu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.22.18" />Atakuvingirisha uwe kama mpira
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukutupa katika nchi kubwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huko ndiko utakakofia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na huko ndiko magari yako ya vita ya fahari yatabakia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe unayeifedhehesha nyumba ya bwana wako!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.22.19" />Nitakuondoa kutoka kazi yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe utaondoshwa kutoka nafasi yako.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="ISA.22.20" />“Katika siku ile, nitamwita mtumishi wangu, Eliakimu mwana wa Hilkia.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ISA.22.21" />Nitamvika joho lako, nami nitamfunga mshipi wako kiunoni mwake, na kumkabidhi mamlaka yako. Yeye atakuwa baba kwa wale wanaoishi Yerusalemu na kwa nyumba ya Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ISA.22.22" />Nitaweka mabegani mwake ufunguo wa nyumba ya Daudi. Kile afunguacho hakuna awezaye kufunga, na kile afungacho hakuna awezaye kufungua.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ISA.22.23" />Nitamgongomea kama kigingi kilicho mahali palipo imara, naye atakuwa kiti cha enzi cha heshima kwa ajili ya nyumba ya baba yake.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ISA.22.24" />Utukufu wote wa jamaa yake utakuwa juu yake: Watoto wa jamaa hiyo na machipukizi yake, vyombo vyake vyote vidogo, tangu bakuli hadi magudulia yote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="ISA.22.25" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote asema, “Katika siku ile, kigingi kilichogongomewa mahali imara kitaachia njia. Kitakatwa, nacho kitaanguka na mzigo ulioningʼinia juu yake utaanguka chini.”
<nd>Bwana</nd> amesema.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="23" />
<s style="s1">Unabii Kuhusu Tiro
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.23.1" />Neno kuhusu Tiro:
</p>
<q style="q1">Ombolezeni, enyi meli za Tarshishi!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa kuwa Tiro imeangamizwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">imeachwa bila nyumba wala bandari.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kuanzia nchi ya Kitimu<f caller="+"><fr>23:1
</fr><ft>Kitimu hapa ni Kipro, kisiwa katika Bahari ya Mediterania.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">neno limewajia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.23.2" />Nyamazeni kimya, enyi watu wa kisiwani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pia ninyi wafanyabiashara wa Sidoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao mabaharia wamewatajirisha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.23.3" />Kwenye maji makuu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nafaka za Shihori zilikuja;
</q>
<q style="q1">mavuno ya Naili yalikuwa mapato ya Tiro,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye akawa soko la mataifa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.23.4" />Uaibishwe ee Sidoni, nawe ee ngome la bahari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa bahari imesema:
</q>
<q style="q1">“Sijapata kuwa na uchungu wa kuzaa wala sijapata kuzaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala sijapata kulea wana wala kutunza mabinti.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.23.5" />Habari ifikapo Misri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watakuwa katika maumivu makuu kwa ajili ya taarifa kutoka Tiro.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.23.6" />Vukeni mpaka Tarshishi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ombolezeni, enyi watu wa kisiwani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.23.7" />Je, huu ndio mji wenu uliojaa sherehe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mji wa zamani, zamani kabisa
</q>
<q style="q1">ambao miguu yake imeuchukua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kufanya makao nchi za mbali sana?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.23.8" />Ni nani amepanga hili dhidi ya Tiro,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mji utoao mataji,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambao wafanyabiashara wake ni wana wa mfalme
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wachuuzi wake ni watu mashuhuri wa dunia?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.23.9" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote ndiye alipanga jambo hili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kukishusha kiburi cha utukufu wote
</q>
<q style="q1">na kuwanyenyekesha wale wote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao ni mashuhuri duniani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.23.10" />Ee Binti Tarshishi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pita katika nchi yako kama vile Mto Naili
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa huna tena bandari.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.23.11" /><nd>Bwana</nd> amenyoosha mkono wake juu ya bahari
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzifanya falme zake zitetemeke.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ametoa amri kuhusu Kanaani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba ngome zake ziangamizwe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.23.12" />Alisema, “Usizidi kufurahi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ee Bikira Binti Sidoni, sasa umepondwa!
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Simama, vuka uende Kitimu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata huko hutapata pumziko.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.23.13" />Tazama katika nchi ya Wakaldayo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu hawa ambao sasa hawaonekani kama wapo!
</q>
<q style="q1">Waashuru wameifanya nchi hiyo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa mahali pa viumbe wa jangwani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wamesimamisha minara yao ya vita kuuzunguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wameziteka ngome zake na kuziacha tupu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuufanya kuwa magofu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.23.14" />Ombolezeni, enyi meli za Tarshishi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ngome yenu imeangamizwa!
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.23.15" />Wakati huo Tiro utasahauliwa kwa miaka sabini, muda wa maisha ya mfalme. Lakini mwisho wa miaka hiyo sabini, itakuwa kwa Tiro kama ilivyo katika wimbo wa kahaba:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.23.16" />“Twaa kinubi, tembea mjini kote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ewe kahaba uliyesahauliwa;
</q>
<q style="q1">piga kinubi vizuri, imba nyimbo nyingi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili upate kukumbukwa.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.23.17" />Mwishoni mwa miaka sabini,
<nd>Bwana</nd> atashughulika na Tiro. Naye atarudia ajira yake ya ukahaba, na atafanya biashara yake na falme zote juu ya uso wa dunia.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ISA.23.18" />Lakini faida na mapato yake yatawekwa wakfu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>; hayatahifadhiwa wala kufichwa. Faida zake zitakwenda kwa wale wakaao mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa ajili ya chakula tele na mavazi mazuri.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="24" />
<s style="s1">Dunia Kuharibiwa Upesi
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.24.1" />Tazama,
<nd>Bwana</nd> ataifanya dunia kuwa ukiwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuiharibu,
</q>
<q style="q1">naye atauharibu uso wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutawanya wakaao ndani yake:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.24.2" />ndivyo itakavyokuwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa makuhani na kwa watu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa bwana na kwa mtumishi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa bibi na kwa mtumishi wake wa kike,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa muuzaji na kwa mnunuzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mkopaji na kwa mkopeshaji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mdaiwa na kwa mdai.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.24.3" />Dunia itaharibiwa kabisa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutekwa nyara kabisa.
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4"><nd>Bwana</nd> amesema neno hili.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.24.4" />Dunia inakauka na kunyauka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dunia inanyongʼonyea na kunyauka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waliotukuzwa wa dunia wananyongʼonyea.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.24.5" />Dunia imetiwa unajisi na watu wake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wameacha kutii sheria,
</q>
<q style="q1">wamevunja amri
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuvunja agano la milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.24.6" />Kwa hiyo laana inaiteketeza dunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wake lazima waichukue hatia yao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa hiyo wakazi wa dunia wameteketezwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao waliosalia ni wachache sana.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.24.7" />Divai mpya inakauka na mzabibu unanyauka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wote wafurahishao wanalia kwa huzuni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.24.8" />Furaha ya matoazi imekoma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kelele za wenye furaha zimekoma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">shangwe za kinubi zimenyamaza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.24.9" />Hawanywi tena mvinyo pamoja na wimbo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kileo ni kichungu kwa wanywaji wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.24.10" />Mji ulioharibiwa umekuwa ukiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mlango wa kila nyumba umefungwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.24.11" />Barabarani wanalilia kupata mvinyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">furaha yote imegeuka kuwa majonzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">furaha yote imefukuziwa mbali na dunia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.24.12" />Mji umeachwa katika uharibifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lango lake limevunjwa vipande.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.24.13" />Ndivyo itakavyokuwa duniani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na miongoni mwa mataifa,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama vile wakati mzeituni upigwavyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kama vile wakati masazo yabakiavyo baada ya zabibu kuvunwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.24.14" />Wanainua sauti zao, wanapiga kelele kwa furaha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka magharibi wanasifu kwa ukelele utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.24.15" />Kwa hiyo upande wa mashariki mpeni
<nd>Bwana</nd> utukufu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">liadhimisheni jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika visiwa vya bahari.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.24.16" />Kutoka miisho ya dunia tunasikia uimbaji:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Utukufu kwa Yule Mwenye Haki.”
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Lakini nilisema, “Ninadhoofika, ninadhoofika!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ole wangu!
</q>
<q style="q1">Watenda hila wanasaliti!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa hila watenda hila wanasaliti!”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.24.17" />Hofu, shimo na mtego vinakungojea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ewe mtu ukaaye duniani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.24.18" />Kila akimbiaye asikiapo sauti ya hofu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atatumbukia shimoni,
</q>
<q style="q1">naye yeyote apandaye kutoka shimoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atanaswa kwenye mtego.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Malango ya gharika ya mbinguni yamefunguliwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">misingi ya dunia inatikisika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.24.19" />Dunia imepasuka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dunia imechanika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dunia imetikiswa kabisa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ISA.24.20" />Dunia inapepesuka kama mlevi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">inayumbayumba kama kibanda kwenye upepo;
</q>
<q style="q1">imelemewa sana na mzigo wa hatia ya uasi wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ikianguka kamwe haitainuka tena.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="ISA.24.21" />Katika siku ile
<nd>Bwana</nd> ataadhibu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nguvu zilizoko mbinguni juu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wafalme walioko duniani chini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="ISA.24.22" />Watakusanywa pamoja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama wafungwa waliofungwa gerezani,
</q>
<q style="q1">watafungiwa gerezani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuadhibiwa baada ya siku nyingi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="ISA.24.23" />Mwezi utatiwa haya, nalo jua litaaibishwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote atawala
</q>
<q style="q1">juu ya Mlima Sayuni na katika Yerusalemu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tena mbele ya wazee wake kwa utukufu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="25" />
<s style="s1">Msifuni
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.25.1" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wewe ni Mungu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakutukuza na kulisifu jina lako,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana katika ukamilifu wa uaminifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umetenda mambo ya ajabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mambo yaliyokusudiwa tangu zamani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.25.2" />Umeufanya mji kuwa lundo la kifusi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mji wenye ngome kuwa magofu,
</q>
<q style="q1">ngome imara ya wageni kuwa si mji tena,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hautajengwa tena kamwe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.25.3" />Kwa hiyo mataifa yenye nguvu yatakuheshimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miji ya mataifa katili itakuheshimu wewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.25.4" />Umekuwa kimbilio la watu maskini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kimbilio la mhitaji katika taabu yake,
</q>
<q style="q1">hifadhi wakati wa dhoruba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kivuli wakati wa hari.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa maana pumzi ya wakatili
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni kama dhoruba ipigayo ukuta
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.25.5" />na kama joto la jangwani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wewe wanyamazisha makelele ya wageni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama vile hari ipunguzwavyo na kivuli cha wingu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo wimbo wa wakatili unyamazishwavyo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.25.6" />Juu ya mlima huu
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote ataandaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">karamu ya vinono kwa mataifa yote,
</q>
<q style="q1">karamu ya mvinyo wa zamani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyama nzuri sana na divai zilizo bora sana.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.25.7" />Juu ya mlima huu ataharibu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sitara ihifadhiyo mataifa yote,
</q>
<q style="q1">kile kifuniko kifunikacho mataifa yote,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.25.8" />yeye atameza mauti milele.
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi atafuta machozi katika nyuso zote;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ataondoa aibu ya watu wake duniani kote.
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4"><nd>Bwana</nd> amesema hili.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.25.9" />Katika siku ile watasema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Hakika huyu ndiye Mungu wetu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tulimtumaini, naye akatuokoa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huyu ndiye
<nd>Bwana</nd>, tuliyemtumaini;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sisi tushangilie na kufurahia katika wokovu wake.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.25.10" />Mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> utatulia juu ya mlima huu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali Moabu atakanyagwa chini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama majani makavu yakanyagwavyo kwenye shimo la mbolea.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.25.11" />Watakunjua mikono yao katikati yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama vile mwogeleaji akunjuavyo mikono yake ili aogelee.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mungu atashusha kiburi chao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">licha ya ujanja wa mikono yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.25.12" />Atabomoa kuta ndefu za maboma yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuziangusha chini,
</q>
<q style="q1">atazishusha chini ardhini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpaka mavumbini kabisa.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="26" />
<s style="s1">Wimbo Wa Ushindi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.26.1" />Katika siku ile, wimbo huu utaimbwa katika nchi ya Yuda:
</p>
<q style="q1">Tuna mji ulio na nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu huufanya wokovu kuwa kuta zake na maboma yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.26.2" />Fungua malango ili taifa lenye haki lipate kuingia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">taifa lile lidumishalo imani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.26.3" />Utamlinda katika amani kamilifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ambaye moyo wake ni thabiti
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu anakutumaini wewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.26.4" />Mtumaini
<nd>Bwana</nd> milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ni Mwamba wa milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.26.5" />Huwashusha wale wajikwezao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huushusha chini mji wenye kiburi,
</q>
<q style="q1">huushusha hadi ardhini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuutupa chini mavumbini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.26.6" />Miguu huukanyaga chini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miguu ya hao walioonewa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hatua za hao maskini.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.26.7" />Mapito ya wenye haki yamenyooka.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ewe uliye Mwenye Haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waisawazisha njia ya mtu mnyofu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.26.8" />Naam,
<nd>Bwana</nd>, tukienenda katika sheria zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">twakungojea wewe,
</q>
<q style="q1">jina lako na sifa zako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndizo shauku za mioyo yetu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.26.9" />Nafsi yangu yakutamani wakati wa usiku,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wa asubuhi roho yangu yakuonea shauku.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wakati hukumu zako zinapokuja juu ya dunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wa ulimwengu hujifunza haki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.26.10" />Ingawa neema yaonyeshwa kwa waovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawajifunzi haki,
</q>
<q style="q1">hata katika nchi ya unyofu huendelea kutenda mabaya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawazingatii utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.26.11" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mkono wako umeinuliwa juu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hawauoni.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wao na waone wivu wako kwa ajili ya watu wako tena waaibishwe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">moto uliowekwa akiba kwa ajili ya adui zako na uwateketeze.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.26.12" /><nd>Bwana</nd>, unaamuru amani kwa ajili yetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yale yote tuliyoweza kuyakamilisha ni wewe uliyetenda kwa ajili yetu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.26.13" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wetu, mabwana wengine zaidi ya wewe wametutawala,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini jina lako pekee ndilo tunaloliheshimu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.26.14" />Wao sasa wamekufa, wala hawako tena hai,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">roho za waliokufa hazitarudi tena.
</q>
<q style="q1">Uliwaadhibu na kuwaangamiza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umefuta kumbukumbu lao lote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.26.15" />Umeliongeza hilo taifa, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umeliongeza hilo taifa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Umejipatia utukufu kwa ajili yako mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umepanua mipaka yote ya nchi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.26.16" /><nd>Bwana</nd>, walikujia katika taabu yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe ulipowarudi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waliweza kuomba kwa kunongʼona tu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.26.17" />Kama mwanamke mwenye mimba aliyekaribia kuzaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anavyogaagaa na kulia kwa ajili ya maumivu yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo tulivyokuwa mbele zako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.26.18" />Tulikuwa na mimba, tuligaagaa kwa maumivu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini tulizaa upepo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hatukuleta wokovu duniani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hatujazaa watu katika ulimwengu huu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.26.19" />Lakini wafu wenu wataishi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo miili yao itafufuka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ninyi mnaokaa katika mavumbi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amkeni mkapige kelele kwa furaha.
</q>
<q style="q1">Umande wenu ni kama umande wa asubuhi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dunia itawazaa wafu wake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ISA.26.20" />Nendeni, watu wangu, ingieni vyumbani mwenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mfunge milango nyuma yenu,
</q>
<q style="q1">jificheni kwa kitambo kidogo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpaka ghadhabu yake ipite.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="ISA.26.21" />Tazama,
<nd>Bwana</nd> anakuja kutoka makao yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kuwaadhibu watu wa dunia kwa ajili ya dhambi zao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Dunia itadhihirisha umwagaji damu juu yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala haitaendelea kuwaficha watu wake waliouawa.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="27" />
<s style="s1">Wokovu Kwa Ajili Ya Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.27.1" />Katika siku ile,
</p>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> ataadhibu kwa upanga wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">upanga wake mkali, mkubwa na wenye nguvu,
</q>
<q style="q1">ataadhibu Lewiathani<f caller="+"><fr>27:1
</fr><ft>Lewiathani ni mnyama mkubwa wa baharini mwenye magamba anayefanana na joka kubwa, mwenye umbo la kutisha, asiyeweza kuvuliwa.</ft></f> yule nyoka apitaye kwa mwendo laini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Lewiathani yule nyoka mwenye kujipinda;
</q>
<q style="q1">atamuua joka huyo mkubwa sana wa baharini.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.27.2" />Katika siku ile:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Imbeni kuhusu shamba la mizabibu lililozaa:
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.27.3" />Mimi,
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ninalitunza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nalinyweshea maji mfululizo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ninalichunga usiku na mchana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili mtu yeyote asije akalidhuru.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.27.4" />Mimi sijakasirika.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Licha pangekuwepo michongoma na miiba kunikabili!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ningepambana dhidi yake katika vita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ningeliichoma moto yote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.27.5" />Au niwaache waje kwangu kwa ajili ya kupata kimbilio,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wao na wafanye amani nami,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, wafanye amani nami.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.27.6" />Katika siku zijazo, Yakobo atatia mizizi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Israeli atatoa chipukizi na kuchanua maua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atajaza ulimwengu wote kwa matunda.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.27.7" />Je,
<nd>Bwana</nd> amempiga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vile alivyowapiga wale waliompiga?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, yeye ameuawa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vile walivyouawa wale waliomuua yeye?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.27.8" />Kwa vita na kwa kumfukuza unapingana naye:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mshindo wake mkali anamfukuza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama siku ile uvumapo upepo wa mashariki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.27.9" />Kwa hili, basi, hatia ya Yakobo itafanyiwa upatanisho,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nalo hili litakuwa matunda ya utimilizo wa kuondolewa kwa dhambi yake:
</q>
<q style="q1">Wakati atakapoyafanya mawe yote ya madhabahu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa kama mawe ya chokaa yaliyopondwa vipande vipande,
</q>
<q style="q1">hakuna nguzo za Ashera au madhabahu za kufukizia uvumba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zitakazobaki zimesimama.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.27.10" />Mji ulio na boma umebaki ukiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">makao yaliyotelekezwa, yaliyoachwa kama jangwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huko ndama hulisha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huko hujilaza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanakwanyua matawi yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.27.11" />Wakati vijiti vyake vimekauka, huvunjwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wanawake huja na kuwasha navyo moto.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuwa hili ni taifa lisilo na ufahamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiyo yeye aliyewafanya hana huruma juu yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Muumba wao hawaonyeshi fadhili.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.27.12" />Katika siku ile
<nd>Bwana</nd> atapura kutoka matiririko ya Mto Frati hadi Kijito cha Misri, nanyi ee Waisraeli, mtakusanywa mmoja mmoja.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ISA.27.13" />Katika siku ile tarumbeta kubwa italia. Wale waliokuwa wakiangamia katika nchi ya Ashuru, nao wale waliokuwa uhamishoni katika nchi ya Misri watakuja na kumwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd> katika mlima mtakatifu huko Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="28" />
<s style="s1">Ole Wa Efraimu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.28.1" />Ole kwa lile taji la maua, kiburi cha walevi wa Efraimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ua linalosinyaa, uzuri wa utukufu wake,
</q>
<q style="q1">uliowekwa kwenye kichwa cha bonde lenye rutuba:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ule mji, kiburi cha wale walioshushwa na mvinyo!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.28.2" />Tazama, Bwana anaye mmoja aliye na uwezo na nguvu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kama dhoruba ya mvua ya mawe na upepo uharibuo,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama mvua inyeshayo kwa nguvu na mafuriko yashukayo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atakiangusha chini kwa nguvu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.28.3" />Lile taji la maua, kiburi cha walevi cha Efraimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kitakanyagwa chini ya nyayo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.28.4" />Lile ua linalosinyaa, uzuri wa utukufu wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uliowekwa kwenye kichwa cha bonde lenye rutuba,
</q>
<q style="q1">litakuwa kama tini iliyoiva kabla ya mavuno:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mara mtu aionapo, huichuma na kuila.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.28.5" />Katika siku ile,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atakuwa taji la utukufu,
</q>
<q style="q1">taji zuri la maua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mabaki ya watu wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.28.6" />Atakuwa roho ya haki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa yeye aketiye katika kiti cha hukumu,
</q>
<q style="q1">chanzo cha nguvu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa wale wazuiao vita langoni.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.28.7" />Hawa pia wanapepesuka kwa sababu ya mvinyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanayumbayumba kwa sababu ya kileo:
</q>
<q style="q1">Makuhani na manabii wanapepesuka kwa sababu ya kileo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanachanganyikiwa kwa sababu ya mvinyo;
</q>
<q style="q1">wanapepesuka wanapoona maono,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanajikwaa wanapotoa maamuzi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.28.8" />Meza zote zimejawa na matapishi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna sehemu hata ndogo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">isiyokuwa na uchafu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.28.9" />“Yeye anajaribu kumfundisha nani?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yeye anamwelezea nani ujumbe wake?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, ni kwa watoto walioachishwa kunyonya?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, ni wale ambao ndipo tu wametolewa matitini?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.28.10" />Kwa maana ni:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Amri juu ya amri, amri juu ya amri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kanuni juu ya kanuni, kanuni juu ya kanuni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hapa kidogo, kule kidogo.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.28.11" />Sawa kabisa, kwa midomo migeni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa lugha ngeni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu atasema na watu hawa,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.28.12" />wale ambao aliwaambia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Hapa ni mahali pa kupumzika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waliochoka na wapumzike,”
</q>
<q style="q1">na, “Hapa ni mahali pa mapumziko,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hawakutaka kusikiliza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.28.13" />Hivyo basi, neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwao litakuwa:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Amri juu ya amri, amri juu ya amri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kanuni juu ya kanuni, kanuni juu ya kanuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hapa kidogo, kule kidogo:
</q>
<q style="q1">ili waende na kuanguka chali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakijeruhiwa, wakinaswa na kukamatwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.28.14" />Kwa hiyo sikieni neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, enyi watu wenye dharau
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mnaotawala watu hawa wa Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.28.15" />Ninyi mnajisifu, “Tumefanya agano na mauti,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tumefanya mapatano na kuzimu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wakati pigo lifurikalo litakapopita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haliwezi kutugusa sisi,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa tumefanya uongo kuwa kimbilio letu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na miungu ya uongo kuwa mahali petu pa kujificha.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.28.16" />Kwa hiyo hivi ndivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemavyo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Tazama, ninaweka jiwe katika Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jiwe lililojaribiwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">jiwe la pembeni la thamani kwa ajili ya msingi thabiti.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yeye atumainiye kamwe hatatiwa hofu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.28.17" />Nitaifanya haki kuwa kamba ya kupimia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uadilifu kuwa timazi;
</q>
<q style="q1">mvua ya mawe itafagia kimbilio lenu, huo uongo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo maji yatafurikia mahali penu pa kujificha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.28.18" />Agano lenu na kifo litabatilishwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">patano lenu na kuzimu halitasimama.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wakati pigo lifurikalo litakapowakumba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">litawaangusha chini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.28.19" />Kila mara lijapo litawachukua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asubuhi baada ya asubuhi,
</q>
<q style="q1">wakati wa mchana na wakati wa usiku,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">litawakumba tangu mwanzo hadi mwisho.”
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Kuuelewa ujumbe huu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utaleta hofu tupu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ISA.28.20" />Kitanda ni kifupi mno kujinyoosha juu yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nguo ya kujifunikia ni nyembamba mno
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtu hawezi kujifunikia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="ISA.28.21" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atainuka kama alivyofanya kwenye Mlima Perasimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ataghadhibika kama alivyofanya katika Bonde la Gibeoni:
</q>
<q style="q1">ili kufanya kazi yake, kazi yake ya ajabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kutimiza kazi yake, kazi yake ngeni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="ISA.28.22" />Sasa acheni dharau zenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">la sivyo minyororo yenu itakuwa mizito zaidi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Bwana,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, ameniambia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">habari za maangamizi yaliyoamriwa dhidi ya nchi yote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="ISA.28.23" />Sikilizeni msikie sauti yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tegeni masikio na msikie niyasemayo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="ISA.28.24" />Wakati mkulima alimapo ili apande,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">je, hulima siku zote?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, huendelea kubomoa ardhi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kusawazisha udongo?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="ISA.28.25" />Akiisha kusawazisha shamba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">je, hatapanyi mbegu za bizari na kutawanya jira?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, hapandi ngano katika sehemu yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">shayiri katika eneo lake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nafaka nyingine katika shamba lake?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="ISA.28.26" />Mungu wake humwelekeza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumfundisha njia iliyo sahihi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="ISA.28.27" />Iliki haipurwi kwa nyundo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala gurudumu la gari halivingirishwi juu ya jira;
</q>
<q style="q1">iliki hupurwa kwa fimbo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na jira kwa ufito.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="ISA.28.28" />Nafaka lazima isagwe ili kutengeneza mkate,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiyo mtu haendelei kuipura daima.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ingawa huendesha magurudumu ya gari lake la kupuria juu yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">farasi wake hawasagi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="ISA.28.29" />Haya yote pia hutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwenye mashauri ya ajabu, na anayepita wote kwa hekima.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="29" />
<s style="s1">Ole Wa Mji Wa Daudi
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.29.1" />Ole wako, wewe Arieli, Arieli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mji alimokaa Daudi!
</q>
<q style="q1">Ongezeni mwaka kwa mwaka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mzunguko wa sikukuu zenu uendelee.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.29.2" />Hata hivyo nitauzunguka Arieli kwa jeshi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utalia na kuomboleza,
</q>
<q style="q1">utakuwa kwangu kama mahali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pa kuwashia moto madhabahuni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.29.3" />Nitapiga kambi pande zote dhidi yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakuzunguka kwa minara
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kupanga mazingirwa yangu dhidi yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.29.4" />Utakaposhushwa, utanena kutoka ardhini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utamumunya maneno yako kutoka mavumbini.
</q>
<q style="q1">Sauti yako itatoka katika nchi kama vile ya mzimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utanongʼona maneno yako toka mavumbini.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.29.5" />Lakini adui zako wengi watakuwa kama vumbi laini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kundi la wakatili watakuwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama makapi yapeperushwayo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Naam, ghafula, mara moja,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.29.6" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote atakuja
</q>
<q style="q1">na ngurumo, tetemeko la ardhi, na kwa sauti kuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atakuja na dhoruba, tufani na miali ya moto iteketezayo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.29.7" />Kisha makundi ya mataifa yote yale yapiganayo dhidi ya Arieli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yale yanayomshambulia yeye na ngome zake, na kumzunguka kwa jeshi,
</q>
<q style="q1">watakuwa kama ilivyo ndoto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama maono wakati wa usiku:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.29.8" />kama vile mtu aliye na njaa aotavyo kuwa anakula,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini huamka, bado njaa yake ingalipo,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama vile mtu mwenye kiu aotavyo kuwa anakunywa maji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini huamka akiwa anazimia, akiwa bado angali ana kiu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hivyo ndivyo itakavyokuwa kwa makundi yote ya mataifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yanayopigana dhidi ya Mlima Sayuni.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.29.9" />Duwaeni na kushangaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jifanyeni vipofu wenyewe na msione,
</q>
<q style="q1">leweni, lakini si kwa mvinyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pepesukeni lakini si kwa kileo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.29.10" /><nd>Bwana</nd> amewaleteeni usingizi mzito:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ameziba macho yenu (ninyi manabii);
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amefunika vichwa vyenu (ninyi waonaji).
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.29.11" />Kwa maana kwenu ninyi, maono haya yote si kitu ila maneno yaliyotiwa lakiri katika kitabu. Kama mkimpa mtu yeyote awezaye kusoma kitabu hiki, nanyi mkamwambia, “Tafadhali kisome,” yeye atajibu, “Mimi siwezi, kwa kuwa kimetiwa lakiri.”
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ISA.29.12" />Au kama mkimpa mtu yeyote kitabu hiki asiyeweza kusoma na kumwambia, “Tafadhali kisome,” atajibu, “Mimi sijui kusoma.”
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.29.13" />Bwana anasema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Watu hawa hunikaribia kwa vinywa vyao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuniheshimu kwa midomo yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini mioyo yao iko mbali nami.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ibada yao kwangu inatokana na maagizo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waliyofundishwa na wanadamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.29.14" />Kwa hiyo mara nyingine tena nitawashangaza watu hawa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajabu juu ya ajabu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hekima ya wenye hekima itapotea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo akili ya wenye akili itatoweka.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.29.15" />Ole kwa wale wanaokwenda kwenye vilindi virefu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kumficha
<nd>Bwana</nd> mipango yao,
</q>
<q style="q1">wafanyao kazi zao gizani na kufikiri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Ni nani anayetuona? Ni nani atakayejua?”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.29.16" />Mnapindua mambo juu chini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kana kwamba mfinyanzi aweza kufikiriwa kuwa kama udongo wa mfinyanzi!
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, kile kilichofinyangwa chaweza kumwambia yule aliyekifinyanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Wewe hukunifinyanga mimi?”
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, chungu kinaweza kumwambia mfinyanzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Wewe hujui chochote?”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.29.17" />Kwa muda mfupi sana, je, Lebanoni haitageuzwa kuwa shamba lenye rutuba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na shamba lenye rutuba liwe kama msitu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.29.18" />Katika siku ile viziwi watasikia maneno ya kitabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na katika utusitusi na giza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">macho ya kipofu yataona.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.29.19" />Mara nyingine tena wanyenyekevu watafurahi katika
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wahitaji watafurahi katika yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ISA.29.20" />Wakatili watatoweka na wenye kudhihaki watatokomea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wote wenye jicho la uovu watakatiliwa mbali,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="ISA.29.21" />wale ambao kwa neno humfanya mtu kuwa mwenye hatia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamtegeao mtego mtetezi katika mahakama,
</q>
<q style="q1">na kwa ushuhuda wa uongo humnyima haki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye asiye na hatia.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="ISA.29.22" />Kwa hiyo hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, aliyemkomboa Abrahamu, analosema kwa nyumba ya Yakobo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Yakobo hataaibishwa tena,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala nyuso zao hazitabadilika sura tena.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="ISA.29.23" />Wakati watakapoona watoto wao miongoni mwao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kazi ya mikono yangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">watalitakasa Jina langu takatifu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataukubali utakatifu wa yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watamcha Mungu wa Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="ISA.29.24" />Wale wanaopotoka rohoni watapata ufahamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wale wanaolalamika watayakubali mafundisho.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="30" />
<s style="s1">Ole Wa Taifa Kaidi
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.30.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> asema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Ole kwa watoto wakaidi,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa wale wanaotimiza mipango ambayo si yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakifanya makubaliano, lakini si kwa Roho wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakilundika dhambi juu ya dhambi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.30.2" />wale washukao kwenda Misri
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bila kutaka shauri langu,
</q>
<q style="q1">wanaotafuta msaada wa ulinzi wa Farao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watafutao kivuli cha Misri kwa ajili ya kimbilio.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.30.3" />Lakini ulinzi wa Farao utakuwa kwa aibu yenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kivuli cha Misri kitawaletea fedheha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.30.4" />Ingawa wana maafisa katika Soani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wajumbe wamewasili katika Hanesi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.30.5" />kila mmoja ataaibishwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya taifa lisilowafaa kitu,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambalo haliwaletei msaada wala faida,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali aibu tu na fedheha.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.30.6" />Neno kuhusu wanyama wa Negebu:
</p>
<q style="q1">Katika nchi ya taabu na shida,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya simba za dume na jike,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya nyoka mwenye sumu kali na nyoka warukao,
</q>
<q style="q1">wajumbe huchukua utajiri wao juu ya migongo ya punda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hazina zao juu ya nundu za ngamia,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa lile taifa lisilokuwa na faida,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.30.7" />kuvipeleka Misri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye msaada wake haufai kabisa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa hiyo nimemwita “Rahabu Asiyefanya Chochote.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.30.8" />Nenda sasa, liandike neno hili juu ya kibao kwa ajili yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">liandike kwenye kitabu,
</q>
<q style="q1">ili liweze kuwa shahidi milele
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya siku zijazo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.30.9" />Hawa ni watu waasi, watoto wadanganyifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watoto ambao hawataki kusikiliza mafundisho ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.30.10" />Wanawaambia waonaji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Msione maono tena!”
</q>
<q style="q1">Nako kwa manabii wanasema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Msiendelee kutupatia maono
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambayo ni ya kweli!
</q>
<q style="q1">Tuambieni mambo ya kupendeza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tabirini mambo ya uongo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.30.11" />Acheni njia hii,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ondokeni katika mapito haya,
</q>
<q style="q1">nanyi acheni kutukabili pamoja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli!”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.30.12" />Kwa hiyo, hili ndilo asemalo yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kwa sababu mmekataa ujumbe huu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkategemea uonevu na kutumainia udanganyifu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.30.13" />dhambi hii itakuwa kwenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama ukuta mrefu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wenye ufa na wenye kubetuka,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambao unaanguka ghafula,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mara moja.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.30.14" />Utavunjika vipande vipande kama chombo cha udongo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukipasuka pasipo huruma
</q>
<q style="q1">ambapo katika vipande vyake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna kipande kitakachopatikana
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuukulia makaa kutoka jikoni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kuchotea maji kisimani.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.30.15" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli, asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Katika kutubu na kupumzika ndio wokovu wenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika kutulia na kutumaini ndizo nguvu zenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hamkutaka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.30.16" />Mlisema, ‘Hapana, tutakimbia kwa farasi.’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa hiyo mtakimbia!
</q>
<q style="q1">Mlisema, ‘Tutakimbia kwa farasi waendao kasi.’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa hiyo wanaowafukuza watakwenda kasi!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.30.17" />Watu 1,000 watakimbia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya kitisho cha mtu mmoja,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa vitishio vya watu watano
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote mtakimbia,
</q>
<q style="q1">hadi mtakapoachwa kama mlingoti wa bendera
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya kilele cha mlima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama bendera juu ya kilima.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.30.18" />Hata hivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> anatamani kutupatia neema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anainuka ili kuwaonyesha huruma.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni Mungu wa haki.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wamebarikiwa wote wanaomngojea yeye!
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.30.19" />Enyi watu wa Sayuni, mnaoishi Yerusalemu, hamtalia tena. Tazameni jinsi atakavyokuwa na huruma mtakapolia kwa kumwomba msaada! Mara asikiapo, atawajibu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ISA.30.20" />Ingawa Bwana huwapa chakula cha shida na maji ya taabu, walimu wenu hawatafichwa tena, kwa macho yenu wenyewe mtawaona.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ISA.30.21" />Mkigeuka kuume au kushoto, masikio yenu yatasikia sauti nyuma yenu ikisema, “Hii ndiyo njia, ifuateni.”
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ISA.30.22" />Kisha mtanajisi sanamu zenu zilizofunikwa kwa fedha, na vinyago vyenu vilivyofunikwa kwa dhahabu. Mtazitupilia mbali kama vitambaa vya wakati wa hedhi na kuziambia, “Haya, tokeni hapa!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="ISA.30.23" />Pia atawapa mvua kwa ajili ya mbegu mnazootesha ardhini, chakula kinachotoka ardhini kitakuwa kizuri sana, tena tele. Katika siku ile, ngʼombe wenu watalisha katika shamba pana la majani.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ISA.30.24" />Maksai na punda walimao watakula majani makavu na vyakula vilivyotengenezwa, vinavyotandazwa kwa uma na sepeto.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="ISA.30.25" />Katika siku ile ya mauaji makuu, wakati minara itakapoanguka, vijito vya maji vitatiririka juu ya kila mlima mrefu na kila kilima kilichoinuka sana.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="ISA.30.26" />Mwezi utaangaza kama jua, nao mwanga wa jua utangʼaa mara saba zaidi, kama nuru ya siku saba, wakati
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakapoyafunga majeraha ya watu wake na kuwaponya vidonda alivyowatia.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="ISA.30.27" />Tazama, Jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> linakuja kutoka mbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">likiwa na hasira kali inayowaka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na wingu zito la moshi,
</q>
<q style="q1">midomo yake imejaa ghadhabu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ulimi wake ni moto ulao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="ISA.30.28" />Pumzi yake ni kama mkondo wa maji yaendayo kasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yakipanda hadi shingoni.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hutikisa mataifa katika chekecheke ya uharibifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huweka lijamu katika mataya ya mataifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambayo huwaongoza upotevuni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="ISA.30.29" />Nanyi mtaimba kama usiku ule mnaadhimisha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikukuu takatifu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mioyo yenu itashangilia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama vile watu wanapokwea na filimbi
</q>
<q style="q1">kwenye mlima wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa Mwamba wa Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="ISA.30.30" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atawasababisha watu waisikie sauti yake ya utukufu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atawafanya wauone mkono wake ukishuka
</q>
<q style="q1">pamoja na hasira yake kali na moto ulao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kukiwa na tufani ya mvua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ngurumo za radi na mvua ya mawe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="ISA.30.31" />Sauti ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> itaivunjavunja Ashuru,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa fimbo yake ya utawala atawapiga.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="ISA.30.32" />Kila pigo
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakaloliweka juu yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa fimbo yake ya kuadhibu,
</q>
<q style="q1">litakuwa kwa wimbo wa matari na vinubi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anapopigana nao katika vita
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mapigo ya mkono wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="ISA.30.33" />Tofethi imeandaliwa toka zamani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">imewekwa tayari kwa ajili ya mfalme.
</q>
<q style="q1">Shimo lake la moto limetengenezwa kwa kina kirefu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa upana mkubwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">likiwa na moto na kuni tele;
</q>
<q style="q1">pumzi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama kijito cha kiberiti,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huuwasha moto.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="31" />
<s style="s1">Ole Wa Wale Wanaotegemea Misri
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.31.1" />Ole wao wale washukao Misri kwa ajili ya msaada,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wategemeao farasi,
</q>
<q style="q1">wanaoweka tumaini katika wingi wa magari yao ya vita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na katika nguvu nyingi za wapanda farasi,
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini hawamwangalii yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawatafuti msaada kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.31.2" />Hata hivyo yeye pia ana hekima na anaweza kuleta maafa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hayatangui maneno yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Yeye atainuka dhidi ya nyumba ya mwovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhidi ya wale ambao huwasaidia watenda mabaya.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.31.3" />Lakini Wamisri ni wanadamu, wala si Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">farasi wao ni nyama, wala si roho.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wakati
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakaponyoosha Mkono wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye anayesaidia atajikwaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye anayesaidiwa ataanguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote wawili wataangamia pamoja.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.31.4" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> analoniambia:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kama vile simba angurumavyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">simba mkubwa juu ya mawindo yake:
</q>
<q style="q1">hata ingawa kundi lote la wachunga mifugo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huitwa pamoja dhidi yake,
</q>
<q style="q1">hatiwi hofu na kelele zao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kusumbuliwa na ghasia zao;
</q>
<q style="q1">ndivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote atakavyoshuka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kufanya vita juu ya Mlima Sayuni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na juu ya vilele vyake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.31.5" />Kama ndege warukao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote ataukinga Yerusalemu;
</q>
<q style="q1">ataukinga na kuuokoa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atapita juu yake na kuufanya salama.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.31.6" />Mrudieni yeye ambaye nyumba ya Israeli imemwasi sana.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ISA.31.7" />Kwa kuwa katika siku ile kila mmoja wenu atazikataa sanamu za fedha na za dhahabu zilizotengenezwa kwa mikono yenu yenye dhambi.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.31.8" />“Ashuru itaanguka kwa upanga ambao si wa mwanadamu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">upanga usio wa kibinadamu utawaangamiza.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watakimbia mbele ya upanga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vijana wao wa kiume watafanyizwa kazi kwa lazima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.31.9" />Ngome zao zitaanguka kwa sababu ya hofu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuona bendera ya vita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">majemadari wao watashikwa na hofu ya ghafula,”
</q>
<q style="q1">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye moto wake uko Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo tanuru yake iko Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="32" />
<s style="s1">Ufalme Wa Haki
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.32.1" />Tazama, mfalme atatawala kwa uadilifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na watawala watatawala kwa haki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.32.2" />Kila mtu atakuwa kama kivuli cha kujificha kutokana na upepo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kimbilio kutokana na dhoruba,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama vijito vya maji jangwani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kivuli cha mwamba mkubwa katika ardhi yenye kiu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.32.3" />Ndipo macho ya wale wanaoona hayatafumbwa tena,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo masikio ya wale wanaosikia yatasikiliza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.32.4" />Moyo wa mtu mwenye hamaki utafahamu na kuelewa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao ulimi wenye kigugumizi utanena kwa ufasaha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.32.5" />Mpumbavu hataitwa tena muungwana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala mtu mbaya kabisa kupewa heshima ya juu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.32.6" />Kwa kuwa mpumbavu hunena upumbavu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">moyo wake hushughulika na uovu:
</q>
<q style="q1">Hutenda mambo yasiyo ya kumcha Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hueneza habari za makosa kuhusu
<nd>Bwana</nd>;
</q>
<q style="q1">yeye huwaacha wenye njaa bila kitu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wenye kiu huwanyima maji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.32.7" />Taratibu za mtu mbaya kabisa ni ovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hufanya mipango miovu
</q>
<q style="q1">ili kumwangamiza maskini kwa uongo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata wakati ambapo hoja za mhitaji ni za haki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.32.8" />Lakini mtu muungwana hufanya mipango ya kiungwana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa matendo ya kiungwana yeye hufanikiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Wanawake Wa Yerusalemu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.32.9" />Enyi wanawake wenye kuridhika sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amkeni na mnisikilize.
</q>
<q style="q1">Enyi binti mnaojisikia kuwa salama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikieni lile ninalotaka kuwaambia!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.32.10" />Muda zaidi kidogo ya mwaka mmoja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi mnaojisikia salama mtatetemeka,
</q>
<q style="q1">mavuno ya zabibu yatakoma
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mavuno ya matunda hayatakuwepo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.32.11" />Tetemekeni, enyi wanawake wenye kuridhika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tetemekeni kwa hofu, enyi binti mnaojisikia salama!
</q>
<q style="q1">Vueni nguo zenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vaeni nguo ya gunia viunoni mwenu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.32.12" />Pigeni matiti yenu kwa ajili ya mashamba mazuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya mizabibu iliyozaa vizuri
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.32.13" />na kwa ajili ya nchi ya watu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nchi ambayo miiba na michongoma imemea:
</q>
<q style="q1">naam, ombolezeni kwa ajili ya nyumba zote za furaha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa ajili ya mji huu wenye kufanya sherehe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.32.14" />Ngome itaachwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mji wenye kelele nyingi utahamwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">ngome ndani ya mji na mnara wa ulinzi vitakuwa ukiwa milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahali pazuri pa punda na malisho ya makundi ya kondoo,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.32.15" />mpaka Roho amwagwe juu yetu kutoka juu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nalo jangwa kuwa shamba lenye rutuba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na shamba lenye rutuba kuwa kama msitu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.32.16" />Haki itakaa katika jangwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uadilifu utakaa katika shamba lenye rutuba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.32.17" />Matunda ya haki yatakuwa amani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">matokeo ya haki yatakuwa utulivu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na matumaini milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.32.18" />Watu wangu wataishi katika makao ya mahali pa amani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika nyumba zilizo salama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika mahali pa kupumzika pasipo na usumbufu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.32.19" />Hata kama mvua ya mawe iangushe msitu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mji ubomolewe kabisa,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ISA.32.20" />tazama jinsi utakavyobarikiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukipanda mbegu yako katika kila kijito,
</q>
<q style="q1">na kuwaacha ngʼombe wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na punda wajilishe kwa uhuru.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="33" />
<s style="s1">Taabu Na Msaada
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.33.1" />Ole wako wewe, ee mharabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe ambaye hukuharibiwa!
</q>
<q style="q1">Ole wako, ee msaliti,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe ambaye hukusalitiwa!
</q>
<q style="q1">Utakapokwisha kuharibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utaharibiwa;
</q>
<q style="q1">utakapokwisha kusaliti,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utasalitiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.33.2" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, uturehemu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tunakutamani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Uwe nguvu yetu kila asubuhi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wokovu wetu wakati wa taabu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.33.3" />Kwa ngurumo ya sauti yako, mataifa yanakimbia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unapoinuka, mataifa hutawanyika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.33.4" />Mateka yenu, enyi mataifa, yamevunwa kama vile wafanyavyo madumadu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama kundi la nzige watu huvamia juu yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.33.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ametukuka, kwa kuwa anakaa mahali palipoinuka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ataijaza Sayuni kwa haki na uadilifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.33.6" />Atakuwa msingi ulio imara kwa wakati wenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ghala za wokovu tele, hekima na maarifa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kumcha
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni ufunguo wa hazina hii.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.33.7" />Angalia, watu wake mashujaa wanapiga kelele kwa nguvu barabarani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wajumbe wa amani wanalia kwa uchungu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.33.8" />Njia kuu zimeachwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna wasafiri barabarani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mkataba umevunjika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mashahidi wake wamedharauliwa,<f caller="+"><fr>33:8
</fr><ft>Au: miji yake imedharauliwa.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna yeyote anayeheshimiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.33.9" />Ardhi inaomboleza<f caller="+"><fr>33:9
</fr><ft>Au: Ardhi inakauka.</ft></f> na kuchakaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Lebanoni imeaibika na kunyauka,
</q>
<q style="q1">Sharoni ni kama Araba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo Bashani na Karmeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanapukutisha majani yao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.33.10" />“Sasa nitainuka,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Sasa nitatukuzwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sasa nitainuliwa juu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.33.11" />Mlichukua mimba ya makapi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkazaa mabua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pumzi yenu ni moto uwateketezao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.33.12" />Mataifa yatachomwa kama ichomwavyo chokaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama vichaka vya miiba vilivyokatwa ndivyo watakavyochomwa.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.33.13" />Ninyi mlio mbali sana, sikieni lile nililofanya;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi mlio karibu, tambueni uweza wangu!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.33.14" />Wenye dhambi katika Sayuni wametiwa hofu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutetemeka kumewakumba wasiomcha Mungu:
</q>
<q style="q1">“Ni nani miongoni mwetu awezaye kuishi na moto ulao?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani miongoni mwetu awezaye kuishi na moto unaowaka milele?”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.33.15" />Yeye aendaye kwa uadilifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kusema lililo haki,
</q>
<q style="q1">yeye anayekataa faida ipatikanayo kwa dhuluma
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuizuia mikono yake isipokee rushwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">yeye azuiaye masikio yake dhidi ya mashauri ya mauaji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na yeye afumbaye macho yake yasitazame sana uovu:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.33.16" />huyu ndiye mtu atakayeishi mahali pa juu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye kimbilio lake litakuwa ngome ya mlimani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Atapewa mkate wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na maji yake hayatakoma.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.33.17" />Macho yenu yatamwona mfalme katika uzuri wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuiona nchi inayoenea mbali.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.33.18" />Katika mawazo yenu mtaifikiria hofu iliyopita:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Yuko wapi yule afisa mkuu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yuko wapi yule aliyechukua ushuru?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yuko wapi afisa msimamizi wa minara?”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.33.19" />Hutawaona tena wale watu wenye kiburi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale watu wenye usemi wa mafumbo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wenye lugha ngeni, isiyoeleweka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ISA.33.20" />Mtazame Sayuni, mji wa sikukuu zetu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">macho yenu yatauona Yerusalemu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahali pa amani pa kuishi, hema ambalo halitaondolewa,
</q>
<q style="q1">nguzo zake hazitangʼolewa kamwe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna kamba yake yoyote itakayokatika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="ISA.33.21" />Huko
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakuwa Mwenye Nguvu wetu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Patakuwa kama mahali pa mito mipana na vijito.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hakuna jahazi lenye makasia litakalopita huko,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna meli yenye nguvu itakayopita huko.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="ISA.33.22" />Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni mwamuzi wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> ndiye mtoa sheria wetu,
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> ni mfalme wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ndiye atakayetuokoa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="ISA.33.23" />Kamba zenu za merikebu zimelegea:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mlingoti haukusimama imara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nalo tanga halikukunjuliwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wingi wa mateka yatagawanywa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata yeye aliye mlemavu atachukua nyara.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="ISA.33.24" />Hakuna yeyote aishiye Sayuni atakayesema, “Mimi ni mgonjwa”;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo dhambi za wale waishio humo zitasamehewa.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="34" />
<s style="s1">Hukumu Dhidi Ya Mataifa
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.34.1" />Njooni karibu, enyi mataifa, nanyi msikilize;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikilizeni kwa makini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">enyi kabila za watu!
</q>
<q style="q1">Dunia na isikie, navyo vyote vilivyo ndani yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulimwengu na vyote vitokavyo ndani yake!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.34.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ameyakasirikia mataifa yote;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ghadhabu yake ni juu ya majeshi yao yote.
</q>
<q style="q1">Atawaangamiza kabisa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atawatia mikononi mwa wachinjaji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.34.3" />Waliouawa watatupwa nje,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maiti zao zitatoa uvundo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">milima itatota kwa damu zao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.34.4" />Nyota zote za mbinguni zitayeyuka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na anga litasokotwa kama kitabu,
</q>
<q style="q1">jeshi lote la angani litaanguka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama majani yaliyonyauka kutoka kwenye mzabibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama tini iliyonyauka kutoka kwenye mtini.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.34.5" />Upanga wangu umekunywa na kushiba huko mbinguni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tazama, unashuka katika hukumu juu ya Edomu,
</q>
<q style="q1">wale watu ambao nimeshawahukumu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwaangamiza kabisa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.34.6" />Upanga wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> umeoga katika damu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umefunikwa na mafuta ya nyama:
</q>
<q style="q1">damu ya kondoo na mbuzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mafuta kutoka figo za kondoo dume.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> ana dhabihu huko Bosra,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na machinjo makuu huko Edomu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.34.7" />Nyati wataanguka pamoja nao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndama waume na mafahali wakubwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nchi yao italowana kwa damu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo mavumbi yataloa mafuta ya nyama.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.34.8" />Kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> anayo siku ya kulipiza kisasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwaka wa malipo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku ya kushindania shauri la Sayuni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.34.9" />Vijito vya Edomu vitageuka kuwa lami,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mavumbi yake yatakuwa kiberiti kiunguzacho,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nchi yake itakuwa lami iwakayo!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.34.10" />Haitazimishwa usiku wala mchana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">moshi wake utapaa juu milele.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kutoka kizazi hadi kizazi itakuwa ukiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna mtu yeyote atakayepita huko tena.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.34.11" />Bundi wa jangwani na bundi mwenye sauti nyembamba wataimiliki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bundi wakubwa na kunguru wataweka viota humo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mungu atanyoosha juu ya Edomu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kamba ya kupimia ya machafuko matupu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na timazi ya ukiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.34.12" />Watu wake wa kuheshimiwa hawatakuwa na chochote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kitakachoitwa ufalme huko,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wakuu wao wote watatoweka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.34.13" />Miiba itaenea katika ngome za ndani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">viwawi na michongoma itaota
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye ngome zake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Itakuwa maskani ya mbweha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">makao ya bundi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.34.14" />Viumbe vya jangwani vitakutana na fisi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao mbuzi-mwitu watalia wakiitana;
</q>
<q style="q1">huko viumbe vya usiku vitastarehe pia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kujitafutia mahali pa kupumzika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.34.15" />Bundi wataweka viota huko na kutaga mayai,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atayaangua na kutunza makinda yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">chini ya uvuli wa mabawa yake;
</q>
<q style="q1">pia huko vipanga watakusanyika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila mmoja na mwenzi wake.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.34.16" />Angalieni katika gombo la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na msome:
</p>
<q style="q1">Hakuna hata mmoja katika hawa atakayekosekana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna hata mmoja atakayemkosa mwenzi wake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuwa ni kinywa chake Mungu kimeagiza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Roho wake atawakusanya pamoja.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.34.17" />Huwagawia sehemu zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkono wake huwagawanyia kwa kipimo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wataimiliki hata milele
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuishi humo kutoka kizazi hadi kizazi.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="35" />
<s style="s1">Furaha Ya Waliokombolewa
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.35.1" />Jangwa na nchi kame vitafurahi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyika itashangilia na kuchanua maua.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kama waridi,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ISA.35.2" />litachanua maua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">litashangilia sana na kupaza sauti kwa furaha.
</q>
<q style="q1">Litapewa utukufu wa Lebanoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">fahari ya Karmeli na Sharoni;
</q>
<q style="q1">wataona utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">fahari ya Mungu wetu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.35.3" />Itieni nguvu mikono iliyo dhaifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yafanyeni imara magoti yaliyolegea,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.35.4" />waambieni wale wenye mioyo ya hofu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Kuweni hodari, msiogope;
</q>
<q style="q1">tazama, Mungu wenu atakuja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na malipo ya Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atakuja na kuwaokoa ninyi.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.35.5" />Ndipo macho ya vipofu yatafumbuliwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na masikio ya viziwi yatazibuliwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.35.6" />Ndipo kilema atarukaruka kama kulungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao ulimi wa aliye bubu utapaza sauti kwa shangwe.
</q>
<q style="q1">Maji yatatiririka kwa kasi katika nyika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vijito katika jangwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.35.7" />Mchanga wa moto utakuwa bwawa la maji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ardhi yenye kiu itabubujika chemchemi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Maskani ya mbweha walikolala hapo awali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">patamea majani, matete na mafunjo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.35.8" />Nako kutakuwa na njia kuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo itaitwa Njia ya Utakatifu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wasio safi hawatapita juu yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">itakuwa ya wale watembeao katika Njia ile;
</q>
<q style="q1">yeye asafiriye juu yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ajapokuwa mjinga, hatapotea.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.35.9" />Huko hakutakuwepo na simba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala mnyama mkali hatapita njia hiyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawatapatikana humo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ila waliokombolewa tu ndio watakaopita huko,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.35.10" />waliokombolewa na
<nd>Bwana</nd> watarudi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wataingia Sayuni wakiimba;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">furaha ya milele itakuwa juu ya vichwa vyao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watapata furaha na shangwe;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huzuni na majonzi vitakimbia.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="36" />
<s style="s1">Senakeribu Atishia Yerusalemu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 18:13-27; 2 Nyakati 32:1-19)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.36.1" />Katika mwaka wa kumi na nne wa utawala wa Mfalme Hezekia, Senakeribu mfalme wa Ashuru akaishambulia miji yote ya Yuda yenye ngome na kuiteka.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ISA.36.2" />Kisha mfalme wa Ashuru akamtuma jemadari wa jeshi pamoja na jeshi kubwa kutoka Lakishi hadi kwa Mfalme Hezekia huko Yerusalemu. Jemadari wa jeshi akasimama kwenye mfereji wa Bwawa la Juu, lililojengwa katika barabara iendayo kwenye Uwanja wa Dobi.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ISA.36.3" />Eliakimu mwana wa Hilkia aliyekuwa msimamizi wa jumba la kifalme, Shebna aliyekuwa katibu, na Yoa mwana wa Asafu mwandishi wakamwendea.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.36.4" />Jemadari wa jeshi akawaambia, “Mwambieni Hezekia,
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“ ‘Hili ndilo asemalo mfalme mkuu, mfalme wa Ashuru: Ni wapi unapoweka hili tumaini lako?
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ISA.36.5" />Unasema mnayo mikakati na nguvu za kijeshi, lakini unasema maneno matupu tu. Je, wewe unamtegemea nani, hata ukaniasi mimi?
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ISA.36.6" />Tazama sasa, unaitegemea Misri, fimbo ile ya mwanzi uliopasuka, ambayo huuchoma na kuujeruhi mkono wa mtu akiiegemea! Hivyo ndivyo alivyo Farao mfalme wa Misri, kwa wote wanaomtegemea.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ISA.36.7" />Nawe kama ukiniambia, “Tunamtumainia
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu”: je, siyo yeye ambaye Hezekia aliondoa mahali pake pa juu pa kuabudia miungu na madhabahu zake, akiwaambia Yuda na Yerusalemu, “Ni lazima mwabudu mbele ya madhabahu haya”?
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.36.8" />“ ‘Njooni sasa, fanyeni mapatano na bwana wangu, mfalme wa Ashuru: Nitakupa farasi elfu mbili, kama unaweza kuwapandisha waendesha farasi juu yao!
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ISA.36.9" />Utawezaje kumzuia hata afisa mmoja aliye mdogo kati ya maafisa wa bwana wangu, ijapo unategemea Misri kwa magari ya vita na wapanda farasi?
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ISA.36.10" />Zaidi ya hayo, je, nimekuja kushambulia na kuangamiza nchi hii bila
<nd>Bwana</nd>?
<nd>Bwana</nd> mwenyewe ndiye aliniambia niishambulie nchi hii na kuiangamiza.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.36.11" />Ndipo Eliakimu, Shebna na Yoa wakamwambia yule jemadari wa jeshi, “Tafadhali zungumza na watumishi wako kwa lugha ya Kiaramu, kwa kuwa tunaifahamu. Usiseme nasi kwa Kiebrania watu walioko juu ya ukuta wakiwa wanasikia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.36.12" />Lakini yule jemadari wa jeshi akajibu, “Je, bwana wangu amenituma kutoa ujumbe huu kwa bwana wenu na kwenu tu? Je, hakunituma pia kwa watu walioketi ukutani, ambao, kama ninyi, itawabidi kula mavi yao na kunywa mikojo yao wenyewe?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.36.13" />Kisha yule jemadari wa jeshi akasimama na kuita kwa lugha ya Kiebrania, akasema: “Sikieni maneno ya mfalme mkuu, mfalme wa Ashuru!
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ISA.36.14" />Hili ndilo asemalo mfalme: Msikubali Hezekia awadanganye. Hawezi kuwaokoa!
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ISA.36.15" />Msikubali Hezekia awashawishi kumtumaini
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa kuwaambia, ‘Hakika
<nd>Bwana</nd> atatuokoa. Mji huu hautaangukia mikononi mwa mfalme wa Ashuru.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.36.16" />“Msimsikilize Hezekia. Hili ndilo mfalme wa Ashuru asemalo: Fanyeni amani nami na mje kwangu. Kisha kila mmoja wenu atakula kutoka kwa mzabibu wake na mtini wake mwenyewe, na kunywa maji kutoka kisima chake mwenyewe,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ISA.36.17" />mpaka nije nikawapeleke katika nchi iliyo kama nchi yenu wenyewe, nchi ya nafaka na divai mpya, nchi ya mkate na ya mashamba ya mizabibu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.36.18" />“Msikubali Hezekia awapotoshe asemapo, ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> atatuokoa.’ Je, yuko mungu wa taifa lolote aliyewahi kuokoa nchi yake kutoka mkononi mwa mfalme wa Ashuru?
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ISA.36.19" />Iko wapi miungu ya Hamathi na ya Arpadi? Iko wapi miungu ya Sefarvaimu? Je, imeokoa Samaria kutoka mkononi mwangu?
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ISA.36.20" />Ni yupi miongoni mwa miungu yote ya nchi hizi ameweza kuokoa nchi yake mkononi mwangu? Inawezekanaje basi
<nd>Bwana</nd> aiokoe Yerusalemu mkononi mwangu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="ISA.36.21" />Lakini wale watu wakakaa kimya, wala hawakujibu lolote, kwa kuwa mfalme alikuwa amewaamuru, “Msimjibu lolote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="ISA.36.22" />Kisha Eliakimu mwana wa Hilkia msimamizi wa jumba la kifalme, Shebna katibu, na Yoa mwana wa Asafu, mwandishi wakamwendea Hezekia, nguo zao zikiwa zimeraruliwa, na kumwambia yale jemadari wa jeshi aliyoyasema.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="37" />
<s style="s1">Kuokolewa Kwa Yerusalemu Kunatabiriwa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 19:1-7)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.37.1" />Mfalme Hezekia aliposikia haya, akararua nguo zake na kuvaa nguo ya gunia, naye akaenda katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ISA.37.2" />Akawatuma Eliakimu msimamizi wa nyumba ya mfalme, Shebna mwandishi, na viongozi wa makuhani, wote wakiwa wamevaa nguo za magunia, waende kwa nabii Isaya mwana wa Amozi.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ISA.37.3" />Wakamwambia, “Hili ndilo asemalo Hezekia: Siku hii ni siku ya dhiki, ya kukaripiwa na ya aibu, kama wakati watoto wanapofikia karibu kuzaliwa na kumbe hakuna nguvu ya kuwazaa.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ISA.37.4" />Yamkini
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wako atayasikia maneno ya jemadari wa jeshi, ambaye bwana wake, mfalme wa Ashuru, amemtuma kumdhihaki Mungu aliye hai, tena kwamba atamkemea kwa maneno ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wako ameyasikia. Kwa hiyo omba kwa ajili ya mabaki ambao bado wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.37.5" />Maafisa wa Mfalme Hezekia walipofika kwa Isaya,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ISA.37.6" />Isaya akawaambia, “Mwambieni bwana wenu, ‘Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Usiogope kwa hayo uliyoyasikia, yale maneno ambayo watumishi wa mfalme wa Ashuru wamenitukana nayo.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ISA.37.7" />Sikiliza! Nitatia roho fulani ndani yake ili kwamba atakaposikia taarifa fulani, atarudi nchi yake mwenyewe, nami huko nitafanya auawe kwa upanga.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.37.8" />Jemadari wa jeshi aliposikia kwamba mfalme wa Ashuru ameondoka Lakishi, alirudi, akamkuta mfalme akipigana na Libna.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.37.9" />Basi Senakeribu akapata taarifa kwamba Tirhaka, Mkushi mfalme wa Misri, alikuwa anaenda kupigana naye. Aliposikia jambo hili akatuma wajumbe kwa Hezekia na neno hili:
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ISA.37.10" />“Mwambieni Hezekia mfalme wa Yuda: Usikubali huyo Mungu unayemtumainia akudanganye wakati anaposema, ‘Yerusalemu haitatiwa mkononi mwa mfalme wa Ashuru.’
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ISA.37.11" />Hakika umesikia yale ambayo wafalme wa Ashuru wametenda kwa nchi zote, wakiwaangamiza kabisa. Je, wewe utaokolewa?
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ISA.37.12" />Je, miungu ya mataifa ambayo yaliangamizwa na baba zangu iliweza kuwaokoa? Yaani miungu ya Gozani, Harani, Resefu, na ya watu wa Edeni waliokuwa Telasari?
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ISA.37.13" />Yuko wapi mfalme wa Hamathi, mfalme wa Arpadi, mfalme wa mji wa Sefarvaimu, au wa Hena au wa Iva?”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maombi Ya Hezekia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.37.14" />Hezekia akapokea barua kutoka kwa wale wajumbe naye akaisoma. Kisha akapanda katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akaikunjua mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ISA.37.15" />Naye Hezekia akamwomba
<nd>Bwana</nd> akisema:
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ISA.37.16" />“Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli, uketiye juu ya kiti cha enzi kati ya makerubi, wewe peke yako ndiwe Mungu juu ya falme zote za dunia. Wewe umeumba mbingu na nchi.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ISA.37.17" />Tega sikio, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, usikie; fungua macho yako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, uone; sikiliza maneno yote ambayo Senakeribu ametuma kumtukana Mungu aliye hai.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.37.18" />“Ni kweli, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwamba wafalme wa Ashuru wameyaangamiza mataifa haya yote pamoja na nchi zao.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ISA.37.19" />Wameitupa miungu yao kwenye moto na kuiangamiza, kwa kuwa haikuwa miungu, bali miti na mawe tu, iliyotengenezwa kwa mikono ya wanadamu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ISA.37.20" />Sasa basi, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu, tuokoe kutoka mkononi mwake, ili kwamba falme zote duniani zipate kujua kwamba wewe peke yako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ndiwe Mungu.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuanguka Kwa Senakeribu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 19:20-37)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="ISA.37.21" />Kisha Isaya mwana wa Amozi akapeleka ujumbe kwa Hezekia, akasema: “Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli: Kwa sababu umeniomba kuhusu Senakeribu mfalme wa Ashuru,
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ISA.37.22" />hili ndilo neno ambalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> amelisema dhidi yake:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Bikira binti Sayuni anakudharau na kukudhihaki.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Binti Yerusalemu anatikisa kichwa chake unapokimbia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="ISA.37.23" />Ni nani uliyemtukana na kumkufuru?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani uliyeinua sauti yako dhidi yake,
</q>
<q style="q1">na kumwinulia macho yako kwa kiburi?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni dhidi ya yule Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="ISA.37.24" />Kupitia kwa wajumbe wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umelundika matukano juu ya Bwana.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nawe umesema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Kwa magari yangu mengi ya vita,
</q>
<q style="q1">nimepanda juu ya vilele vya milima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vilele vya juu sana katika Lebanoni.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nami nimeiangusha mierezi yake mirefu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">misunobari yake iliyo bora sana.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nimefikia sehemu zake zilizoinuka juu sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">misitu yake iliyo mizuri sana.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="ISA.37.25" />Nimechimba visima katika nchi za kigeni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunywa maji yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa nyayo za miguu yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimekausha vijito vyote vya Misri.’
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="ISA.37.26" />“Je, hujasikia?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Zamani sana niliamuru hili.
</q>
<q style="q1">Siku za kale nilipanga hili;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sasa nimelifanya litokee,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwamba umegeuza miji yenye ngome
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa malundo ya mawe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="ISA.37.27" />Watu wa miji hiyo wameishiwa nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanavunjika mioyo na kuaibishwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wao ni kama mimea katika shamba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama machipukizi mororo ya kijani,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama majani yachipuayo juu ya paa la nyumba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambayo hukauka kabla ya kukua.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="ISA.37.28" />“Lakini ninajua mahali ukaapo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka kwako na kuingia kwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na jinsi unavyoghadhibika dhidi yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="ISA.37.29" />Kwa sababu unaghadhibika na ufidhuli dhidi yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa sababu ufidhuli wako umefika masikioni mwangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">nitaweka ndoana yangu puani mwako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hatamu yangu kinywani mwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitakufanya urudi kwa njia ile uliyoijia.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="ISA.37.30" />“Hii ndiyo itakuwa ishara kwako, ee Hezekia:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Mwaka huu utakula kile kiotacho chenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mwaka wa pili utakula kutoka machipukizi yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini katika mwaka wa tatu panda na uvune,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">panda mashamba ya mizabibu na ule matunda yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="ISA.37.31" />Mara nyingine tena mabaki ya nyumba ya Yuda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataeneza mizizi chini na kuzaa matunda juu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="ISA.37.32" />Kwa kuwa kutoka Yerusalemu watakuja mabaki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutoka Mlima Sayuni kundi la walionusurika.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wivu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndio utatimiza jambo hili.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="ISA.37.33" />“Kwa hiyo hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuhusu mfalme wa Ashuru:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Hataingia katika mji huu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hatapiga mshale hapa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hatakuja mbele yake na ngao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kupanga majeshi kuuzingira.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="ISA.37.34" />Kwa njia ile aliyoijia ndiyo atakayorudi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hataingia katika mji huu,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="ISA.37.35" />“Nitaulinda mji huu na kuuokoa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili yangu mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa ajili ya Daudi mtumishi wangu!”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="ISA.37.36" />Ndipo malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaenda, akawaua wanajeshi 185,000 katika kambi ya Waashuru. Wenzao walipoamka asubuhi yake, walikuta maiti kila mahali!
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="ISA.37.37" />Basi Senakeribu mfalme wa Ashuru akavunja kambi na kuondoka. Akarudi Ninawi na kukaa huko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="ISA.37.38" />Siku moja, alipokuwa akiabudu katika hekalu la mungu wake Nisroki, wanawe Adrameleki na Shareza wakamuua kwa upanga, nao wakakimbilia nchi ya Ararati. Naye Esar-Hadoni mwanawe akawa mfalme badala yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="38" />
<s style="s1">Kuugua Kwa Mfalme Hezekia
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 20:1-11; 2 Nyakati 32:24-26)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.38.1" />Katika siku hizo Hezekia akaugua, naye akawa karibu kufa. Nabii Isaya mwana wa Amozi akaenda kwake na kumwambia, “Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Tengeneza mambo ya nyumba yako, kwa sababu utakufa, hutapona.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.38.2" />Hezekia akaelekeza uso wake ukutani, akamwomba
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ISA.38.3" />“Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kumbuka jinsi nilivyoenenda mbele zako kwa uaminifu na kujitoa kwa moyo wangu wote, na kufanya yaliyo mema machoni pako.” Naye Hezekia akalia kwa uchungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.38.4" />Ndipo neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamjia Isaya, kusema:
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ISA.38.5" />“Nenda ukamwambie Hezekia, ‘Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa baba yako Daudi: Nimeyasikia maombi yako na nimeona machozi yako. Nitakuongezea miaka kumi na mitano katika maisha yako.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ISA.38.6" />Nami nitakuokoa wewe pamoja na mji huu mkononi mwa mfalme wa Ashuru. Nitaulinda mji huu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.38.7" />“ ‘Hii ndiyo ishara ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwako ya kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> atafanya kile alichoahidi:
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ISA.38.8" />Nitafanya kivuli cha jua kwenye ngazi iliyojengwa na Ahazi kirudi nyuma madaraja kumi.’ ” Hivyo jua likarudi nyuma madaraja kumi ambayo lilikuwa limeshuka.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.38.9" />Maandiko ya Hezekia mfalme wa Yuda baada ya kuugua kwake na kupona:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.38.10" />Nilisema, “Katika ustawi wa maisha yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">je, ni lazima nipite katika malango ya mauti,<f caller="+"><fr>38:10
</fr><ft>Mauti hapa maana yake ni Kuzimu.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kupokonywa miaka yangu iliyobaki?”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.38.11" />Nilisema, “Sitamwona tena
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> katika nchi ya walio hai,
</q>
<q style="q1">wala sitamtazama tena mwanadamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kuwa na wale ambao sasa wanakaa katika ulimwengu huu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.38.12" />Kama hema la mchunga mifugo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyumba yangu imebomolewa na kutwaliwa kutoka kwangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kama mfumaji nimevingirisha maisha yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye amenikatilia mbali kutoka kitanda cha mfumi.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mchana na usiku uliyakomesha maisha yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.38.13" />Nilingoja kwa uvumilivu hadi mapambazuko,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini alivunja mifupa yangu yote kama simba.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mchana na usiku uliyakomesha maisha yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.38.14" />Nililia kama mbayuwayu au korongo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niliomboleza kama hua aombolezaye.
</q>
<q style="q1">Macho yangu yalififia nilipotazama mbinguni.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee Bwana, ninataabika, njoo unisaidie!”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.38.15" />Lakini niseme nini?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Amesema nami, naye yeye mwenyewe amelitenda hili.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitatembea kwa unyenyekevu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika miaka yangu yote
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu ya haya maumivu makali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya nafsi yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.38.16" />Bwana, kwa mambo kama haya watu huishi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo roho yangu hupata uzima katika hayo pia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Uliniponya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuniacha niishi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.38.17" />Hakika ilikuwa ya faida yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndiyo maana nikapata maumivu makali.
</q>
<q style="q1">Katika upendo wako ukaniokoa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka shimo la uharibifu;
</q>
<q style="q1">umeziweka dhambi zangu zote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyuma yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.38.18" />Kwa maana kaburi<f caller="+"><fr>38:18
</fr><ft>Kaburini hapa maana yake ni Kuzimu, kwa Kiebrania ni Sheol.</ft></f> haliwezi kukusifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mauti haiwezi kuimba sifa zako;
</q>
<q style="q1">wale washukao chini shimoni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawawezi kuutarajia uaminifu wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.38.19" />Walio hai, walio hai: hao wanakusifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama ninavyofanya leo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Baba huwaambia watoto wao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">habari za uaminifu wako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ISA.38.20" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ataniokoa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nasi tutaimba kwa vyombo vya nyuzi
</q>
<q style="q1">siku zote za maisha yetu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="ISA.38.21" />Isaya alikuwa amesema, “Tengenezeni dawa ya kubandika ya tini, mweke juu ya jipu, naye atapona.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="ISA.38.22" />Hezekia alikuwa ameuliza, “Kutakuwa na ishara gani kwamba nitapanda kwenda Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>?”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="39" />
<s style="s1">Wajumbe Kutoka Babeli
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 20:12-19)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.39.1" />Wakati huo Merodaki-Baladani, mwana wa Baladani mfalme wa Babeli, akamtumia Hezekia barua na zawadi, kwa sababu alikuwa amesikia habari za kuugua na kupona kwake.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ISA.39.2" />Hezekia akawapokea wale wajumbe kwa furaha na kuwaonyesha vitu vile vilivyokuwa katika ghala zake: yaani fedha, dhahabu, vikolezo na mafuta safi, ghala la silaha lote, na kila kitu kilichokuwa katika hazina zake. Hapakuwa na kitu chochote katika jumba lake la kifalme au katika ufalme wake wote ambacho Hezekia hakuwaonyesha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.39.3" />Ndipo nabii Isaya akaenda kwa Mfalme Hezekia na kumuuliza, “Watu hao walisema nini, na wametoka wapi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Hezekia akamjibu, “Wametoka nchi ya mbali. Walikuja kwangu kutoka Babeli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.39.4" />Nabii akauliza, “Waliona nini katika jumba lako la kifalme?”
</p>
<p style="p">Hezekia akajibu, “Waliona kila kitu katika jumba langu la kifalme. Hakuna kitu chochote katika hazina yangu ambacho sikuwaonyesha.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.39.5" />Ndipo Isaya akamwambia Hezekia, “Sikia neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote:
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ISA.39.6" />Hakika wakati unakuja ambapo vitu vyote katika jumba lako la kifalme, na vyote ambavyo baba zako waliweka akiba mpaka siku hii, vitachukuliwa kwenda Babeli. Hakuna chochote kitakachosalia, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ISA.39.7" />Nao baadhi ya wazao wako, nyama yako na damu yako mwenyewe watakaozaliwa kwako, watachukuliwa mbali, nao watakuwa matowashi katika jumba la mfalme wa Babeli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.39.8" />Hezekia akamjibu Isaya, “Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> ulilosema ni jema.” Kwa kuwa alifikiri, “Patakuwepo amani na usalama wakati wa uhai wangu.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="40" />
<s style="s1">Faraja Kwa Watu Wa Mungu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.40.1" />Wafarijini, wafarijini watu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema Mungu wenu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.40.2" />Sema na Yerusalemu kwa upole,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umtangazie
</q>
<q style="q1">kwamba kazi yake ngumu imekamilika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba dhambi yake imefanyiwa fidia,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwamba amepokea kutoka mkononi mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maradufu kwa ajili ya dhambi zake zote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.40.3" />Sauti ya mtu aliaye:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Itengenezeni jangwani njia ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q style="q1">nyoosheni njia kuu nyikani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya Mungu wetu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.40.4" />Kila bonde litainuliwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila mlima na kilima kitashushwa;
</q>
<q style="q1">penye mabonde patanyooshwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">napo palipoparuza patasawazishwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.40.5" />Utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> utafunuliwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wanadamu wote watauona pamoja.
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">Kwa maana kinywa cha
<nd>Bwana</nd> kimenena.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.40.6" />Sauti husema, “Piga kelele.”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nami nikasema, “Nipige kelele gani?”
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Wanadamu wote ni kama majani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao utukufu wao wote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni kama maua ya kondeni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.40.7" />Majani hunyauka na maua huanguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu pumzi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> huyapuliza.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hakika wanadamu ni majani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.40.8" />Majani hunyauka na maua huanguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini neno la Mungu wetu ladumu milele.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.40.9" />Wewe uletaye habari njema Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">panda juu ya mlima mrefu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wewe uletaye habari njema Yerusalemu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">inua sauti yako kwa kupiga kelele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">inua sauti, usiogope;
</q>
<q style="q1">iambie miji ya Yuda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Yuko hapa Mungu wenu!”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.40.10" />Tazameni,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi anakuja na nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao mkono wake ndio utawalao kwa ajili yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Tazameni, ujira wake u pamoja naye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo malipo yake yanafuatana naye.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.40.11" />Huchunga kundi lake kama mchungaji wa mifugo:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hukusanya wana-kondoo katika mikono yake
</q>
<q style="q1">na kuwachukua karibu na moyo wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huwaongoza taratibu wale wanyonyeshao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.40.12" />Ni nani aliyepima maji ya bahari
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye konzi ya mkono wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kuzipima mbingu kwa shibiri<f caller="+"><fr>40:12
</fr><ft>Shibiri ni sawa na sentimita 20 au inchi 8.</ft></f> yake?
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni nani aliyeyashika mavumbi ya dunia katika kikapu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kupima milima kwenye kipimio
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vilima kwenye mizani?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.40.13" />Ni nani aliyeyafahamu mawazo ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kumfundisha akiwa kama mshauri wake?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.40.14" />Ni nani ambaye
<nd>Bwana</nd> ametaka shauri kwake ili kumwelimisha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye ni nani aliyemfundisha njia iliyo sawa?
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni nani aliyemfundisha maarifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kumwonyesha mapito ya ufahamu?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.40.15" />Hakika mataifa ni kama tone ndani ya ndoo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni kama vumbi jembamba juu ya mizani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huvipima visiwa kana kwamba vilikuwa vumbi laini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.40.16" />Lebanoni hautoshi kwa moto wa madhabahuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala wanyama wake hawatoshi kwa sadaka za kuteketezwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.40.17" />Mbele yake mataifa yote ni kama si kitu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yanaonekana yasio na thamani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na zaidi ya bure kabisa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.40.18" />Basi, utamlinganisha Mungu na nani?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Utamlinganisha na kitu gani?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.40.19" />Kwa habari ya sanamu, fundi huisubu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye mfua dhahabu huifunika kwa dhahabu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuitengenezea mikufu ya fedha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ISA.40.20" />Mtu aliye maskini sana asiyeweza kuleta sadaka kama hii
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huuchagua mti usiooza.
</q>
<q style="q1">Humtafuta fundi stadi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wa kusimamisha sanamu ambayo haitatikisika.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="ISA.40.21" />Je, hujui?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, hujasikia?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, hujaambiwa tangu mwanzo?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, hujafahamu tangu kuumbwa kwa dunia?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="ISA.40.22" />Anakaa kwenye kiti cha enzi juu ya duara ya dunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watu wakaao ndani yake ni kama panzi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huzitandaza mbingu kama chandarua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzitandaza kama hema la kuishi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="ISA.40.23" />Huwafanya wakuu kuwa si kitu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwashusha watawala wa dunia hii kuwa kitu bure.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="ISA.40.24" />Mara baada ya kupandwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mara baada ya kutiwa ardhini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mara baada ya kutoa mizizi yao ardhini,
</q>
<q style="q1">ndipo huwapulizia nao wakanyauka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao upepo wa kisulisuli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huwapeperusha kama makapi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="ISA.40.25" />“Utanilinganisha mimi na nani?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Au ni nani anayelingana nami?” asema yeye Aliye Mtakatifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="ISA.40.26" />Inueni macho yenu mtazame mbinguni:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani aliyeumba hivi vyote?
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni yeye aletaye nje jeshi la nyota moja baada ya nyingine
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuziita kila moja kwa jina lake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa sababu ya uweza wake mkuu na nguvu zake kuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna hata mojawapo inayokosekana.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="ISA.40.27" />Kwa nini unasema, ee Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nanyi ee Israeli, kulalamika,
</q>
<q style="q1">“Njia yangu imefichwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> asiione,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu wangu hajali shauri langu?”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="ISA.40.28" />Je wewe, hufahamu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je wewe, hujasikia?
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> ni Mungu wa milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Muumba wa miisho ya dunia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hatachoka wala kulegea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna hata mmoja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">awezaye kuupima ufahamu wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="ISA.40.29" />Huwapa nguvu waliolegea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na huongeza nguvu za wadhaifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="ISA.40.30" />Hata vijana huchoka na kulegea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao vijana wanaume hujikwaa na kuanguka,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="ISA.40.31" />bali wale wamtumainio
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atafanya upya nguvu zao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watapaa juu kwa mbawa kama tai;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watapiga mbio wala hawatachoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watatembea kwa miguu wala hawatazimia.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="41" />
<s style="s1">Msaidizi Wa Israeli
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.41.1" />“Nyamazeni kimya mbele zangu, enyi visiwa!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mataifa na wafanye upya nguvu zao!
</q>
<q style="q1">Wao na wajitokeze, kisha waseme,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tukutane pamoja mahali pa hukumu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.41.2" />“Ni nani aliyemchochea mmoja kutoka mashariki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akimwita katika haki kwa utumishi wake?
</q>
<q style="q1">Huyatia mataifa mikononi mwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwatiisha wafalme mbele zake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huwafanya kuwa mavumbi kwa upanga wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huwafanya makapi yapeperushwayo na upepo kwa upinde wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.41.3" />Huwafuatia na kuendelea salama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika njia ambayo miguu yake haijawahi kupita.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.41.4" />Ni nani aliyefanya jambo hili na kulitimiliza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akiita vizazi tangu mwanzo?
</q>
<q style="q1">Mimi,
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ni wa kwanza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitakuwa pamoja na wa mwisho:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndiye.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.41.5" />Visiwa vimeliona na kuogopa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miisho ya dunia inatetemeka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanakaribia na kuja mbele,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.41.6" />kila mmoja humsaidia mwingine
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kusema kwa ndugu yake, “Uwe hodari!”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.41.7" />Fundi humtia moyo sonara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye alainishaye kwa nyundo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">humhimiza yeye agongeaye kwenye fuawe,
</q>
<q style="q1">Humwambia yeye aunganishaye, “Ni kazi njema.”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Naye huikaza sanamu kwa misumari ili isitikisike.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.41.8" />“Lakini wewe, ee Israeli, mtumishi wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yakobo, niliyemchagua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi wazao wa Abrahamu rafiki yangu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.41.9" />nilikuchukua toka miisho ya dunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilikuita kutoka pembe zake za mbali.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nilisema, ‘Wewe ni mtumishi wangu’;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimekuchagua, wala sikukukataa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.41.10" />Hivyo usiogope, kwa maana niko pamoja nawe;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usifadhaike, kwa maana mimi ni Mungu wako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitakutia nguvu na kukusaidia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakutegemeza kwa mkono wa kuume wa haki yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.41.11" />“Wote walioona hasira dhidi yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakika wataaibika na kutahayarika,
</q>
<q style="q1">wale wakupingao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watakuwa kama vile si kitu, na kuangamia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.41.12" />Ingawa utawatafuta adui zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hutawaona.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wale wanaopigana vita dhidi yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watakuwa kama vile si kitu kabisa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.41.13" />Kwa maana Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikushikaye mkono wako wa kuume
</q>
<q style="q1">na kukuambia, Usiwe na hofu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakusaidia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.41.14" />Usiogope, ee Yakobo uliye mdudu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ee Israeli uliye mdogo,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa Mimi mwenyewe nitakusaidia,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mkombozi wako, yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.41.15" />“Tazama, nitakufanya chombo cha kupuria,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kipya na chenye makali, chenye meno mengi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Utaipura milima na kuiponda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuvifanya vilima kuwa kama makapi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.41.16" />Utaipepeta, nao upepo utaichukua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhoruba itaipeperushia mbali.
</q>
<q style="q1">Bali wewe utajifurahisha katika
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na katika utukufu wa yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.41.17" />“Maskini na wahitaji wanatafuta maji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hayapo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndimi zao zimekauka kwa kiu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> nitawajibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mimi, Mungu wa Israeli, sitawaacha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.41.18" />Nitaifanya mito itiririke juu ya vilima vilivyo kame,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo chemchemi ndani ya mabonde.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitaligeuza jangwa liwe mabwawa ya maji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo ardhi iliyokauka kuwa chemchemi za maji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.41.19" />Katika jangwa nitaotesha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwerezi, mshita, mhadasi na mzeituni.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitaweka misunobari, mivinje na misanduku
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja huko nyikani,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ISA.41.20" />ili kwamba watu wapate kuona na kujua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wapate kufikiri na kuelewa,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwamba mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> umetenda hili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli ndiye alilifanya.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="ISA.41.21" /><nd>Bwana</nd> asema, “Leta shauri lako.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Toa hoja yako,” asema Mfalme wa Yakobo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="ISA.41.22" />“Leteni sanamu zenu zituambie
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni nini kitakachotokea.
</q>
<q style="q1">Tuambieni mambo ya zamani yalikuwa nini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili tupate kuyatafakari
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kujua matokeo yake ya mwisho.
</q>
<q style="q1">Au tutangazieni mambo yatakayokuja,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="23" bcv="ISA.41.23" />tuambieni ni nini kitakachotokea baadaye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili tupate kujua kuwa ninyi ni miungu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Fanyeni jambo lolote zuri au baya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili tupate kutishika na kujazwa na hofu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="ISA.41.24" />Lakini ninyi ni zaidi ya bure kabisa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kazi zenu hazifai kitu kabisa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye awachaguaye ni chukizo sana.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="ISA.41.25" />“Nimemchochea mtu mmoja kutoka kaskazini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye yuaja, mmoja toka mawio ya jua aliitaye Jina langu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huwakanyaga watawala kana kwamba ni matope,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mfinyanzi akanyagavyo udongo wa kufinyangia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="ISA.41.26" />Ni nani aliyenena hili tokea mwanzoni, ili tupate kujua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kabla, ili tuweze kusema, ‘Alikuwa sawa’?
</q>
<q style="q1">Hakuna aliyenena hili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna aliyetangulia kusema hili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna yeyote aliyesikia maneno kutoka kwenu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="ISA.41.27" />Nilikuwa wa kwanza kumwambia Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Tazama, wako hapa!’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nilimpa Yerusalemu mjumbe wa habari njema.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="ISA.41.28" />Ninatazama, lakini hakuna yeyote:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna yeyote miongoni mwao awezaye kutoa shauri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna yeyote wa kutoa jibu wakati ninapowauliza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="ISA.41.29" />Tazama, wote ni ubatili!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Matendo yao ni bure;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vinyago vyao ni upepo mtupu na machafuko.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="42" />
<s style="s1">Mtumishi Wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.42.1" />“Huyu hapa mtumishi wangu, ninayemtegemeza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mteule wangu, ambaye ninapendezwa naye;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitaweka Roho yangu juu yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye ataleta haki kwa mataifa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.42.2" />Hatapaza sauti wala kupiga kelele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hataiinua sauti yake barabarani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.42.3" />Mwanzi uliopondeka hatauvunja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na utambi unaofuka moshi hatauzima.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa uaminifu ataleta haki,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.42.4" />hatazimia roho wala kukata tamaa,
</q>
<q style="q1">mpaka atakaposimamisha haki juu ya dunia.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Visiwa vitaweka tumaini lao katika sheria yake.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.42.5" />Hili ndilo asemalo Mungu,
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye aliyeziumba mbingu na kuzitanda,
</q>
<q style="q1">aliyeitandaza dunia na vyote vitokavyo humo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">awapaye watu wake pumzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uzima kwa wale waendao humo:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.42.6" />“Mimi,
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nimekuita katika haki;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakushika mkono wako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitakulinda na kukufanya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa Agano kwa ajili ya watu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nuru kwa Mataifa,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.42.7" />kuwafungua macho wale wasioona,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwaacha huru kutoka kifungoni waliofungwa jela,
</q>
<q style="q1">na kuwafungua kutoka gerezani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wanaokaa gizani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.42.8" />“Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>; hilo ndilo Jina langu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Sitampa mwingine utukufu wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala sanamu sifa zangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.42.9" />Tazama, mambo ya kwanza yametokea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami natangaza mambo mapya;
</q>
<q style="q1">kabla hayajatokea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawatangazia habari zake.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Wimbo Wa Kumsifu
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.42.10" />Mwimbieni
<nd>Bwana</nd> wimbo mpya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sifa zake toka miisho ya dunia,
</q>
<q style="q1">ninyi mshukao chini baharini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vyote vilivyomo ndani yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">enyi visiwa na wote wakaao ndani yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.42.11" />Jangwa na miji yake na vipaze sauti zao;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">makao anamoishi Kedari na yashangilie.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watu wa Sela waimbe kwa furaha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wapige kelele kutoka vilele vya milima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.42.12" />Wampe
<nd>Bwana</nd> utukufu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutangaza sifa zake katika visiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.42.13" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ataenda kama mtu mwenye nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama shujaa atachochea shauku yake,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kelele ataamsha kilio cha vita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atashinda adui zake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.42.14" />“Kwa muda mrefu nimenyamaza kimya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimekaa kimya na kujizuia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini sasa, kama mwanamke wakati wa kujifungua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninapiga kelele, ninatweta na kushusha pumzi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.42.15" />Nitaharibu milima na vilima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukausha mimea yako yote;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitafanya mito kuwa visiwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukausha mabwawa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.42.16" />Nitawaongoza vipofu kwenye njia ambayo hawajaijua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye mapito wasiyoyazoea nitawaongoza;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitafanya giza kuwa nuru mbele yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufanya mahali palipoparuza kuwa laini.
</q>
<q style="q1">Haya ndiyo mambo nitakayofanya;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mimi sitawaacha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.42.17" />Lakini wale wanaotumaini sanamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaoviambia vinyago, ‘Ninyi ndio miungu yetu,’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watarudishwa nyuma kwa aibu kubwa.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Israeli Kipofu Na Kiziwi
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.42.18" />“Sikieni, enyi viziwi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tazameni, enyi vipofu, mpate kuona!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.42.19" />Ni nani aliye kipofu isipokuwa mtumishi wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kiziwi kama mjumbe ninayemtuma?
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni nani aliye kipofu kama yeye aliyejitoa kwangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliye kipofu kama mtumishi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ISA.42.20" />Mmeona vitu vingi, lakini hamkuzingatia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">masikio yenu yako wazi, lakini hamsikii chochote.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="ISA.42.21" />Ilimpendeza
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya haki yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kufanya sheria yake kuwa kuu na tukufu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="ISA.42.22" />Lakini hili ni taifa lililoibwa na kutekwa nyara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote wamenaswa katika mashimo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au wamefichwa katika magereza.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wamekuwa nyara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hapana yeyote awaokoaye.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wamefanywa mateka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hapana yeyote asemaye, “Warudishe.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="ISA.42.23" />Ni nani miongoni mwenu atakayesikiliza hili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au atakayezingatia kwa makini katika wakati ujao?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="ISA.42.24" />Ni nani aliyemtoa Yakobo kuwa mateka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Israeli kwa wateka nyara?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, hakuwa yeye,
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye tumetenda dhambi dhidi yake?
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuwa hawakufuata njia zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawakutii sheria zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="ISA.42.25" />Hivyo akawamwagia hasira yake inayowaka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukali wa vita.
</q>
<q style="q1">Iliwazunguka kwa miali ya moto, lakini hata hivyo hawakuelewa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">iliwateketeza, lakini hawakuyatia moyoni.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="43" />
<s style="s1">Mwokozi Pekee Wa Israeli
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.43.1" />Lakini sasa hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye aliyekuumba, ee Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye aliyekuhuluku, ee Israeli:
</q>
<q style="q1">“Usiogope kwa maana nimekukomboa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimekuita wewe kwa jina lako, wewe u wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.43.2" />Unapopita kwenye maji makuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakuwa pamoja nawe,
</q>
<q style="q1">unapopita katika mito ya maji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hayatakugharikisha.
</q>
<q style="q1">Utakapopita katika moto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hutaungua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miali ya moto haitakuunguza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.43.3" />Kwa kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli, Mwokozi wako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ninaitoa Misri kuwa fidia yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kushi na Seba badala yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.43.4" />Kwa kuwa wewe ni wa thamani na wa kuheshimiwa machoni pangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami kwa kuwa ninakupenda,
</q>
<q style="q1">nitatoa watu badala yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mataifa badala ya maisha yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.43.5" />Usiogope, kwa kuwa mimi nipo pamoja nawe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitawaleta watoto wako kutoka mashariki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukukusanya kutoka magharibi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.43.6" />Nitaiambia kaskazini, ‘Watoe!’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo kusini, ‘Usiwazuie.’
</q>
<q style="q1">Walete wana wangu kutoka mbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na binti zangu kutoka miisho ya dunia:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.43.7" />kila mmoja ambaye ameitwa kwa Jina langu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niliyemuumba kwa utukufu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niliyemhuluku na kumfanya.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.43.8" />Uwaongoze wale wenye macho lakini hawaoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wenye masikio lakini hawasikii.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.43.9" />Mataifa yote yanakutanika pamoja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na makabila yanakusanyika.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni nani miongoni mwao aliyetangulia kutuambia haya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kututangazia mambo yaliyopita?
</q>
<q style="q1">Walete mashahidi wao ili kuwathibitisha kuwa walikuwa sahihi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili wengine waweze kusikia, waseme, “Ni kweli.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.43.10" />“Ninyi ni mashahidi wangu,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“na mtumishi wangu niliyemchagua,
</q>
<q style="q1">ili mpate kunijua na kuniamini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutambua kwamba Mimi ndiye.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kabla yangu hakuna mungu aliyefanyizwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hatakuwepo mwingine baada yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.43.11" />Mimi, naam mimi, ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zaidi yangu hakuna mwokozi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.43.12" />Nimedhihirisha, kuokoa na kutangaza:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mimi, wala si mungu mgeni katikati yenu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ninyi ni mashahidi wangu,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“kwamba Mimi ndimi Mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.43.13" />Naam, tangu siku za kale, Mimi ndiye.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hakuna hata mmoja awezaye kuokoa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka mkononi wangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mimi ninapotenda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni nani awezaye kutangua?”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Huruma Za Mungu, Na Kukosa Uaminifu Kwa Israeli
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.43.14" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemalo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mkombozi wako, yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli:
</q>
<q style="q1">“Kwa ajili yenu nitatumana Babeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaleta Wakaldayo wote kama wakimbizi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika meli walizozionea fahari.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.43.15" />Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Muumba wa Israeli, Mfalme wako.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.43.16" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye aliyefanya njia baharini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahali pa kupita kwenye maji mengi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.43.17" />aliyeyakokota magari ya vita na farasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jeshi pamoja na askari wa msaada,
</q>
<q style="q1">nao wakalala huko, wala hawatainuka tena kamwe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakakomeshwa, na wakazimika kama utambi:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.43.18" />“Msiyakumbuke mambo yaliyopita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala msiyatafakari mambo ya zamani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.43.19" />Tazama, nitafanya jambo jipya!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Sasa litachipuka, je, hamtalitambua?
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitafanya njia jangwani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vijito vya maji katika nchi kame.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ISA.43.20" />Wanyama wa mwituni wataniheshimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbweha na bundi,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu ninawapatia maji jangwani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vijito katika nchi kame,
</q>
<q style="q1">ili kuwapa watu wangu maji, wale niliowachagua,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="21" bcv="ISA.43.21" />watu wale niliowaumba kwa ajili yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili wapate kutangaza sifa zangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="ISA.43.22" />“Hata hivyo hukuniita mimi, ee Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hujajitaabisha kwa ajili yangu, ee Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="ISA.43.23" />Hujaniletea kondoo kwa ajili ya sadaka za kuteketezwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kuniheshimu kwa dhabihu zako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Sikukulemea kwa sadaka za nafaka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kukuchosha kwa kuhitaji uvumba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="ISA.43.24" />Hukuninunulia uvumba wowote wenye manukato,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hukunipa kwa ukarimu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mafuta ya wanyama wa dhabihu zako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini umenilemea kwa dhambi zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunitaabisha kwa makosa yako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="ISA.43.25" />“Mimi, naam mimi, ndimi nizifutaye dhambi zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili yangu mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala sizikumbuki dhambi zako tena.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="ISA.43.26" />Tafakari mambo yaliyopita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">njoo na tuhojiane,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">leta shauri lako uweze kupewa haki yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="ISA.43.27" />Baba yako wa kwanza alitenda dhambi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wasemaji wako wameasi dhidi yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="ISA.43.28" />Kwa hiyo nitawaaibisha wakuu wa Hekalu lako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitamtoa Yakobo aangamizwe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Israeli adhihakiwe.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="44" />
<s style="s1">Israeli Aliyechaguliwa
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.44.1" />“Lakini sasa sikiliza, ee Yakobo, mtumishi wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Israeli, niliyemchagua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.44.2" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye aliyekuhuluku, aliyekuumba tumboni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye atakayekusaidia:
</q>
<q style="q1">Usiogope, ee Yakobo, mtumishi wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yeshuruni,<f caller="+"><fr>44:2
</fr><ft>Yeshuruni hapa maana yake ni Yeye aliye mnyofu, yaani Israeli (ona pia
</ft><xt>Kum 32:15</xt><ft>).</ft></f> niliyekuchagua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.44.3" />Kwa maana nitamimina maji juu ya nchi yenye kiu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vijito vya maji juu ya ardhi iliyokauka;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitamimina Roho wangu juu ya watoto wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo baraka yangu juu ya wazao wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.44.4" />Nao watachipua kama manyasi katika shamba la majani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mierezi kando ya vijito vya maji yatiririkayo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.44.5" />Mmoja atasema, ‘Mimi ni wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>’;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwingine atajiita kwa jina la Yakobo;
</q>
<q style="q1">vilevile mwingine ataandika juu ya mkono wake, ‘Wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kujiita kwa jina la Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Ni
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Siyo Sanamu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.44.6" />“Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mfalme wa Israeli na Mkombozi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote:
</q>
<q style="q1">Mimi ni wa kwanza na Mimi ni wa mwisho;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zaidi yangu hakuna Mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.44.7" />Ni nani basi aliye kama mimi? Yeye na atangaze.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yeye atangaze na kuweka mbele yangu
</q>
<q style="q1">ni kitu gani kilichotokea tangu nilipoumba watu wangu wa kale,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tena ni nini kitakachotokea:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, yeye na atoe unabii ni nini kitakachokuja.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.44.8" />Msitetemeke, msiogope.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, sikutangaza hili, na kutoa unabii tangu zamani?
</q>
<q style="q1">Ninyi ni mashahidi wangu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, yuko Mungu zaidi yangu mimi?
</q>
<q style="q1">Hasha, hakuna Mwamba mwingine;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mimi simjui mwingine.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.44.9" />Wote wachongao sanamu ni ubatili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">navyo vitu wanavyovithamini havifai kitu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wale ambao wanazitetea ni vipofu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni wajinga, nao waaibika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.44.10" />Ni nani atengenezaye mungu na kusubu sanamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambayo haiwezi kumfaidia kitu chochote?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.44.11" />Yeye pamoja na wenziwe wa aina yake wataaibishwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mafundi wao si kitu ila ni wanadamu tu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wote wakusanyike pamoja na kuwa na msimamo wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watashushwa chini kwa hofu na kwa fedheha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.44.12" />Muhunzi huchukua kifaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukifanyia kazi kwenye makaa ya moto,
</q>
<q style="q1">hutengeneza sanamu kwa nyundo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huifanyiza kwa nguvu za mkono wake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huona njaa na kupoteza nguvu zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asipokunywa maji huzimia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.44.13" />Seremala hupima kwa kutumia kamba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na huuchora mstari kwa kalamu;
</q>
<q style="q1">huchonga kwa patasi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutia alama kwa bikari.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huifanyiza katika umbo la binadamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">la mwanadamu katika utukufu wake wote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili iweze kukaa katika sehemu yake ya ibada ya miungu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.44.14" />Hukata miti ya mierezi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huchukua mtiriza au mwaloni.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huuacha ukue miongoni mwa miti ya msituni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au hupanda msunobari, nayo mvua huufanya ukue.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.44.15" />Ni kuni ya binadamu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye huchukua baadhi yake na kuota moto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huwasha moto na kuoka mkate.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini pia huutumia kumtengeneza mungu na akamwabudu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huitengeneza sanamu na kuisujudia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.44.16" />Sehemu ya kuni huziweka motoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akapikia chakula chake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hubanika nyama na kula hadi ashibe.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huota moto na kusema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Aha! Ninahisi joto, ninaona moto.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.44.17" />Mabaki yake hutengeneza mungu, sanamu yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye huisujudia na kuiabudu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huiomba na kusema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Niokoe; wewe ni mungu wangu.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.44.18" />Hawajui chochote, hawaelewi chochote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">macho yao yamefungwa hata hawawezi kuona,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akili zao zimefungwa hata hawawezi kufahamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.44.19" />Hakuna anayefikiri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna mwenye maarifa wala ufahamu wa kusema,
</q>
<q style="q1">“Sehemu yake nilitumia kwa kuni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata pia nilioka mkate juu ya makaa yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikabanika nyama na kuila.
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, nifanye machukizo kwa kile kilichobaki?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, nisujudie gogo la mti?”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ISA.44.20" />Hujilisha kwa majivu, moyo uliodanganyika humpotosha;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawezi kujiokoa mwenyewe, au kusema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Je, kitu hiki kilichoko katika mkono wangu wa kuume si ni uongo?”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="ISA.44.21" />“Ee Yakobo, kumbuka mambo haya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ee Israeli, kwa kuwa wewe ni mtumishi wangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nimekuumba wewe, wewe ni mtumishi wangu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee Israeli, sitakusahau.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="ISA.44.22" />Nimeyafuta makosa yako kama wingu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhambi zako kama ukungu wa asubuhi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nirudie mimi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa nimekukomboa wewe.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="ISA.44.23" />Enyi mbingu, imbeni kwa furaha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> amefanya jambo hili.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee vilindi vya dunia, piga kelele.
</q>
<q style="q1">Enyi milima, pazeni sauti kwa nyimbo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">enyi misitu na miti yenu yote,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> amemkomboa Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ameuonyesha utukufu wake katika Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Yerusalemu Kukaliwa
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="ISA.44.24" />“Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mkombozi wako, aliyekuumba tumboni:
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Mimi ni
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q style="q1">niliyeumba vitu vyote,
</q>
<q style="q1">niliyezitanda mbingu peke yangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">niliyeitandaza nchi mwenyewe,
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="ISA.44.25" />“mimi huzipinga ishara za manabii wa uongo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwatia upumbavu waaguzi,
</q>
<q style="q1">niyapinduaye maarifa ya wenye hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuyafanya kuwa upuzi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="ISA.44.26" />niyathibitishaye maneno ya watumishi wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutimiza utabiri wa wajumbe wake,
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“niambiaye Yerusalemu, ‘Itakaliwa na watu,’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niambiaye miji ya Yuda kuwa, ‘Itajengwa,’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuhusu magofu yake, ‘Mimi nitayatengeneza,’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="ISA.44.27" />niambiaye kilindi cha maji, ‘Kauka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitakausha vijito vyako,’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="ISA.44.28" />nisemaye kuhusu Koreshi, ‘Yeye ni mchungaji wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atatimiza yote yanipendezayo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atauambia Yerusalemu, “Ukajengwe tena,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuhusu Hekalu, “Misingi yake na iwekwe.” ’
<ve />
</q>

<c id="45" />
<s style="s1">Koreshi Chombo Cha Mungu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.45.1" />“Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa mpakwa mafuta wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Koreshi, ambaye nimemshika mkono wake wa kuume
</q>
<q style="q1">kutiisha mataifa mbele yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwavua wafalme silaha zao,
</q>
<q style="q1">kufungua milango mbele yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili malango yasije yakafungwa:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.45.2" />Nitakwenda mbele yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kusawazisha milima;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitavunjavunja malango ya shaba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukatakata mapingo ya chuma.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.45.3" />Nitakupa hazina za gizani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mali zilizofichwa mahali pa siri,
</q>
<q style="q1">ili upate kujua ya kwamba Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu wa Israeli, akuitaye kwa jina lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.45.4" />Kwa ajili ya Yakobo mtumishi wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Israeli niliyemchagua,
</q>
<q style="q1">nimekuita wewe kwa jina lako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukupa jina la heshima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ingawa wewe hunitambui.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.45.5" />Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wala hakuna mwingine,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zaidi yangu hakuna Mungu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitakutia nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ingawa wewe hujanitambua,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.45.6" />ili kutoka mawio ya jua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpaka machweo yake,
</q>
<q style="q1">watu wapate kujua kwamba hakuna Mungu mwingine ila Mimi.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> wala hakuna mwingine.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.45.7" />Mimi ninaumba nuru na kuhuluku giza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninaleta mafanikio na kusababisha maafa.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mimi,
<nd>Bwana</nd>, huyatenda haya yote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.45.8" />“Enyi mbingu juu, nyesheni haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mawingu na yaidondoshe.
</q>
<q style="q1">Dunia na ifunguke sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wokovu na uchipuke,
</q>
<q style="q1">haki na ikue pamoja nao.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mimi,
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ndiye niliyeiumba.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.45.9" />“Ole wake yeye ashindanaye na Muumba wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ambaye ni kigae tu kati ya vigae juu ya ardhi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, udongo wa kufinyangia humwambia mfinyanzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Unatengeneza nini wewe?’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, kazi yako husema,
</q>
<q style="q1">‘Hana mikono’?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.45.10" />Ole wake amwambiaye baba yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Umezaa nini?’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Au kumwambia mama yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Umezaa kitu gani?’
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.45.11" />“Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli na Muumba wake:
</q>
<q style="q1">Kuhusu mambo yatakayokuja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">je, unaniuliza habari za watoto wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kunipa amri kuhusu kazi za mikono yangu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.45.12" />Mimi ndiye niliyeumba dunia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumuumba mwanadamu juu yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mikono yangu mwenyewe ndiyo iliyozitanda mbingu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikayapanga majeshi yake yote ya angani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.45.13" />Mimi nitamwinua Koreshi katika haki yangu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitazinyoosha njia zake zote.
</q>
<q style="q1">Yeye atajenga mji wangu upya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaweka huru watu wangu walio uhamishoni,
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini si kwa kulipiwa fedha wala kupewa zawadi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.45.14" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Mazao ya Misri na bidhaa za Kushi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wale Waseba warefu,
</q>
<q style="q1">watakujia na kuwa wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watakujia wakijikokota nyuma yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watakujia wamefungwa minyororo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watasujudu mbele yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakikusihi na kusema,
</q>
<q style="q1">‘Hakika Mungu yu pamoja nawe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna mwingine;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna Mungu mwingine.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.45.15" />Hakika wewe u Mungu unayejificha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee Mungu na Mwokozi wa Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.45.16" />Wote watengenezao sanamu wataaibika na kutahayarika;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataenda kutahayarika pamoja.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.45.17" />Lakini Israeli ataokolewa na
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa wokovu wa milele;
</q>
<q style="q1">kamwe hutaaibika wala kutatahayarika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">milele yote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.45.18" />Kwa kuwa hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye aliyeumba mbingu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndiye Mungu;
</q>
<q style="q1">yeye aliyeifanya dunia na kuiumba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ndiye aliiwekea misingi imara,
</q>
<q style="q1">hakuiumba ili iwe tupu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali aliiumba ikaliwe na viumbe vyake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Anasema:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna mwingine.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.45.19" />Sijasema sirini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka mahali fulani katika nchi ya giza;
</q>
<q style="q1">sijawaambia wazao wa Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Nitafuteni bure.’
</q>
<q style="q1">Mimi,
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nasema kweli;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninatangaza lililo sahihi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ISA.45.20" />“Kusanyikeni pamoja mje,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">enyi wakimbizi kutoka mataifa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wale wabebao sanamu za mti ni watu wasio na akili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale waombao miungu isiyoweza kuokoa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="ISA.45.21" />Tangazeni litakalokuwepo, lisemeni hilo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wao na wafanye shauri pamoja.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni nani aliyetangulia kusema hili tangu zamani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliyetangaza tangu zamani za kale?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, haikuwa Mimi,
<nd>Bwana</nd>?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wala hapana Mungu mwingine
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zaidi yangu mimi,
</q>
<q style="q1">Mungu mwenye haki na Mwokozi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hapana mwingine ila mimi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="ISA.45.22" />“Nigeukieni mimi, nanyi mkaokolewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">enyi miisho yote ya dunia;
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana mimi ndimi Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hapana mwingine.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="ISA.45.23" />Nimeapa kwa nafsi yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kinywa changu kimenena katika uadilifu wote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">neno ambalo halitatanguka:
</q>
<q style="q1">Kila goti litapigwa mbele zangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwangu mimi kila ulimi utaapa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="ISA.45.24" />Watasema kuhusu mimi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Katika
<nd>Bwana</nd> peke yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndiko kuna haki na nguvu.’ ”
</q>
<q style="q1">Wote ambao wamemkasirikia Mungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watamjia yeye, nao watatahayarika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="ISA.45.25" />Lakini katika
<nd>Bwana</nd> wazao wote wa Israeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataonekana wenye haki na watashangilia.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="46" />
<s style="s1">Miungu Ya Babeli
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.46.1" />Beli anasujudu hadi nchi, Nebo anainama;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sanamu zao zabebwa na wanyama wa mizigo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Vinyago hivi mnavyobeba kila mahali ni mzigo wa kulemea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mzigo kwa waliochoka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.46.2" />Vinyago pamoja na wale wanaovibeba wanainama chini;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hiyo miungu haiwezi kuwaokoa watu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote wanakwenda utumwani pamoja.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.46.3" />“Nisikilizeni mimi, ee nyumba ya Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi nyote mliobaki wa nyumba ya Israeli,
</q>
<q style="q1">ninyi ambao nimewategemeza tangu mlipotungwa mimba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nimewabeba tangu kuzaliwa kwenu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.46.4" />Hata mpaka wakati wa uzee wenu na mvi, Mimi ndiye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mimi ndiye nitakayewasaidia ninyi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nimewahuluku, nami nitawabeba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitawasaidia ninyi na kuwaokoa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.46.5" />“Mtanilinganisha na nani, au mtanihesabu kuwa sawa na nani?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani mtakayenifananisha naye ili tuweze kulinganishwa?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.46.6" />Wengine humwaga dhahabu kutoka kwenye mifuko yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kupima fedha kwenye mizani;
</q>
<q style="q1">huajiri mfua dhahabu kutengeneza mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kisha huisujudia na kuiabudu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.46.7" />Huiinua mabegani na kuichukua;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huiweka mahali pake, papo hapo ndipo isimamapo.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wala haiwezi kusogea kutoka mahali pale.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ingawa mtu huililia, haimjibu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haiwezi kumwokoa kwenye taabu zake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.46.8" />“Kumbukeni hili, litieni akilini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">liwekeni moyoni, enyi waasi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.46.9" />Kumbukeni mambo yaliyopita, yale ya zamani za kale;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mimi ndimi Mungu, wala hakuna mwingine;
</q>
<q style="q1">mimi ndimi Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna mwingine aliye kama mimi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.46.10" />Ni mimi nitangazaye mwisho tangu mwanzo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, tangu zamani za kale,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mambo ambayo hayajatendeka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ninasema: Kusudi langu ndilo litakalosimama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitatenda mapenzi yangu yote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.46.11" />Kutoka mashariki ninaita ndege awindaye;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka nchi ya mbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtu atakayetimiza kusudi langu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lile ambalo nimelisema, ndilo nitakalolitimiza;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lile nililolipanga, ndilo nitakalolitenda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.46.12" />Nisikilizeni, ninyi wenye mioyo migumu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi mlio mbali na haki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.46.13" />Ninaleta haki yangu karibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haiko mbali;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala wokovu wangu hautachelewa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitawapa Sayuni wokovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Israeli utukufu wangu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="47" />
<s style="s1">Anguko La Babeli
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.47.1" />“Shuka uketi mavumbini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ee Bikira Binti Babeli;
</q>
<q style="q1">keti chini pasipo na kiti cha enzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ee binti wa Wakaldayo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hutaitwa tena mwororo wala wa kupendeza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.47.2" />Chukua mawe ya kusagia, usage unga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vua shela yako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Pandisha mavazi yako, ondoa viatu vyako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vuka vijito kwa shida.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.47.3" />Uchi wako utafunuliwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na aibu yako itaonekana.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitalipa kisasi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sitamhurumia hata mmoja.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.47.4" />Mkombozi wetu:
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote ndilo jina lake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndiye yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.47.5" />“Keti kimya, ingia gizani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Binti wa Wakaldayo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hutaitwa tena malkia wa falme.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.47.6" />Niliwakasirikia watu wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuaibisha urithi wangu;
</q>
<q style="q1">niliwatia mikononi mwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe hukuwaonea huruma.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hata juu ya wazee
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uliweka nira nzito sana.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.47.7" />Ukasema, ‘Nitaendelea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa malkia milele!’
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini hukutafakari mambo haya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hukuwaza juu ya kile kingeweza kutokea.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.47.8" />“Sasa basi, sikiliza, ewe kiumbe mpenda anasa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukaaye mahali pako pa salama,
</q>
<q style="q1">na kujiambia mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Mimi ndiye, wala hakuna mwingine zaidi yangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kamwe sitakuwa mjane,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala sitafiwa na watoto.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.47.9" />Haya mawili yatakupata, kufumba na kufumbua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku moja:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kufiwa na watoto, na ujane.
</q>
<q style="q1">Yote yatakupata kwa kipimo kikamilifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ijapokuwa uchawi wako ni mwingi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uaguzi wako ni mwingi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.47.10" />Umeutegemea uovu wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe umesema, ‘Hakuna yeyote anionaye.’
</q>
<q style="q1">Hekima yako na maarifa yako vinakupoteza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unapojiambia mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Mimi ndiye, wala hakuna mwingine zaidi yangu.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.47.11" />Maafa yatakujia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe hutaweza kuyaondoa kwa uaguzi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Janga litakuangukia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hutaweza kulikinga kwa fidia;
</q>
<q style="q1">msiba mkuu usioweza kuutabiri
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utakujia ghafula.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.47.12" />“Endelea basi na uaguzi wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wingi wa uchawi wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao umeutumikia tangu utoto wako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Labda utafanikiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">labda unaweza ukasababisha hofu kuu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.47.13" />Ushauri wote uliopokea umekuchosha bure!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wanajimu wako na waje mbele,
</q>
<q style="q1">wale watazama nyota watabiriao mwezi baada ya mwezi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wao na wawaokoe na lile linalokuja juu yenu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.47.14" />Hakika wako kama mabua makavu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">moto utawateketeza.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hawawezi hata kujiokoa wao wenyewe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutokana na nguvu za mwali wa moto.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hapa hakuna makaa ya kumtia mtu yeyote joto;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hapa hakuna moto wa kuota.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.47.15" />Hayo ndiyo yote wanayoweza kuwatendea ninyi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawa ambao umetaabika nao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufanya nao biashara tangu utoto.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kila mmoja atatoroka;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna yeyote awezaye kukuokoa.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="48" />
<s style="s1">Israeli Mkaidi
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.48.1" />“Sikilizeni hili, ee nyumba ya Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi mnaoitwa kwa jina la Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mnaotoka katika ukoo wa Yuda,
</q>
<q style="q1">ninyi mnaoapa kwa jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mnaomwomba Mungu wa Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini si katika kweli au kwa haki;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.48.2" />ninyi mnaojiita raiya wa mji mtakatifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumtegemea Mungu wa Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote ndilo jina lake:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.48.3" />Nilitoa unabii mambo ya kwanza tangu zamani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kinywa changu kiliyatangaza na kuyafanya yajulikane;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kisha ghafula nikayatenda, nayo yakatokea.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.48.4" />Kwa kuwa nalijua jinsi ulivyokuwa mkaidi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mishipa ya shingo yako ilikuwa chuma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kipaji chako cha uso kilikuwa shaba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.48.5" />Kwa hiyo nilikuambia mambo haya tangu zamani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kabla hayajatokea nilikutangazia
</q>
<q style="q1">ili usije ukasema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Sanamu zangu zilifanya hayo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kinyago changu cha mti na mungu wangu wa chuma aliyaamuru.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.48.6" />Umesikia mambo haya; yaangalie hayo yote.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, hutayakubali?
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Kuanzia sasa na kuendelea nitakueleza mambo mapya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya mambo yaliyofichika usiyoyajua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.48.7" />Yameumbwa sasa, wala si tangu zamani;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hukupata kuyasikia kabla ya siku ya leo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hivyo huwezi kusema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Naam, niliyajua hayo.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.48.8" />Hujayasikia wala kuyaelewa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tangu zamani sikio lako halikufunguka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ninafahamu vyema jinsi ulivyo mdanganyifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uliitwa mwasi tangu kuzaliwa kwako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.48.9" />Kwa ajili ya Jina langu mwenyewe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninaichelewesha ghadhabu yangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa ajili ya sifa zangu nimeizuia isikupate,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili nisije nikakukatilia mbali.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.48.10" />Tazama, nimekusafisha, ingawa si kama fedha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimekujaribu katika tanuru ya mateso.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.48.11" />Kwa ajili yangu mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili yangu mwenyewe, nafanya hili.
</q>
<q style="q1">Jinsi gani niliache Jina langu lichafuliwe?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Sitautoa utukufu wangu kwa mwingine.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Israeli Anawekwa Huru
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.48.12" />“Ee Yakobo, nisikilize mimi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Israeli, ambaye nimekuita:
</q>
<q style="q1">Mimi ndiye;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mimi ndimi mwanzo na mwisho.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.48.13" />Mkono wangu mwenyewe uliweka misingi ya dunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao mkono wangu wa kuume umezitanda mbingu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niziitapo, zote husimama pamoja.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.48.14" />“Kusanyikeni, ninyi nyote, msikilize:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni ipi miongoni mwa hizo sanamu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambayo imetabiri vitu hivi?
</q>
<q style="q1">Watu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> waliochaguliwa na kuungana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watatimiza kusudi lake dhidi ya Babeli;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkono wa Mungu utakuwa dhidi ya Wakaldayo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.48.15" />Mimi, naam, Mimi, nimenena;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, nimemwita yeye.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitamleta,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atafanikiwa katika lile nililomtuma.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.48.16" />“Nikaribieni na msikilize hili:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Tangu tangazo la kwanza sikusema kwa siri;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati litokeapo, nitakuwako hapo.”
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Sasa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi amenituma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa Roho wake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.48.17" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mkombozi wako, yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli:
</q>
<q style="q1">“Mimi ni
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikufundishaye ili upate faida,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikuongozaye katika njia ikupasayo kuiendea.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.48.18" />Laiti ungesikiliza kwa makini maagizo yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amani yako ingekuwa kama mto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haki yako kama mawimbi ya bahari.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.48.19" />Wazao wako wangekuwa kama mchanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watoto wako kama chembe zake zisizohesabika;
</q>
<q style="q1">kamwe jina lao lisingefutiliwa mbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kuangamizwa kutoka mbele zangu.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ISA.48.20" />Tokeni huko Babeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kimbieni kutoka kwa Wakaldayo!
</q>
<q style="q1">Tangazeni hili kwa kelele za shangwe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kulihubiri.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lipelekeni mpaka miisho ya dunia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">semeni, “<nd>Bwana</nd> amemkomboa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtumishi wake Yakobo.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="ISA.48.21" />Hawakuona kiu alipowaongoza kupita jangwani;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alifanya maji yatiririke kutoka kwenye mwamba kwa ajili yao;
</q>
<q style="q1">akapasua mwamba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na maji yakatoka kwa nguvu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="ISA.48.22" />“Hakuna amani kwa waovu,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="49" />
<s style="s1">Mtumishi Wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.49.1" />Nisikilizeni, enyi visiwa, sikieni hili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi mataifa mlio mbali:
</q>
<q style="q1">Kabla sijazaliwa,
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliniita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tangu kuzaliwa kwangu, amelitaja jina langu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.49.2" />Akafanya kinywa changu kuwa kama upanga ulionolewa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika uvuli wa mkono wake akanificha;
</q>
<q style="q1">akanifanya kuwa mshale uliosuguliwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunificha katika podo lake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.49.3" />Akaniambia, “Wewe u mtumishi wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Israeli, ambaye katika yeye
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitaonyesha utukufu wangu.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.49.4" />Lakini nilisema, “Nimetumika bure,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimetumia nguvu zangu bure bila faida.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hata hivyo linalonistahili liko mkononi mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao ujira wangu uko kwa Mungu wangu.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.49.5" />Sasa
<nd>Bwana</nd> asema:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye aliyeniumba tumboni kuwa mtumishi wake,
</q>
<q style="q1">kumrudisha tena Yakobo kwake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumkusanyia Israeli,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana nimepata heshima machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye Mungu wangu amekuwa nguvu yangu;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.49.6" />yeye asema:
</q>
<q style="q1">“Je, ni jambo dogo sana wewe kuwa mtumishi wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kurejeza makabila ya Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwarudisha wale Waisraeli niliowahifadhi?
</q>
<q style="q1">Pia nitakufanya uwe nuru kwa ajili ya watu wa Mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili upate kuleta wokovu wangu hata miisho ya dunia.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.49.7" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye Mkombozi na Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwake yeye aliyedharauliwa na kuchukiwa na taifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mtumishi wa watawala:
</q>
<q style="q1">“Wafalme watakuona na kusimama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakuu wataona na kuanguka kifudifudi,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, aliye mwaminifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli, aliyekuchagua wewe.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Kurejezwa Kwa Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.49.8" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Wakati wangu uliokubalika nitakujibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami katika siku ya wokovu nitakusaidia;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitakuhifadhi, nami nitakufanya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa agano kwa ajili ya watu,
</q>
<q style="q1">ili kurudisha nchi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kugawanyia urithi tena wale waliokuwa ukiwa,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.49.9" />kuwaambia mateka, ‘Tokeni nje,’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wale walio gizani, ‘Kuweni huru!’
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Watajilisha kando ya barabara
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kupata malisho yao juu ya kila kilima kilicho kitupu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.49.10" />Hawataona njaa wala kuona kiu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hari ya jangwani au jua halitawapiga.
</q>
<q style="q1">Yeye mwenye huruma juu yao atawaonyesha njia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaongoza kando ya chemchemi za maji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.49.11" />Nitaifanya milima yangu yote kuwa barabara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na njia kuu zangu zitainuliwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.49.12" />Tazama, watakuja kutoka mbali:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wengine kutoka kaskazini, wengine kutoka magharibi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wengine kutoka nchi ya Sinimu.”<f caller="+"><fr>49:12
</fr><ft>Sinimu hapa ina maana ya Aswani.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.49.13" />Pigeni kelele kwa furaha, enyi mbingu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">furahi, ee dunia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pazeni sauti kwa kuimba, enyi milima!
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> anawafariji watu wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atakuwa na huruma kwa watu wake walioumizwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.49.14" />Lakini Sayuni alisema, “<nd>Bwana</nd> ameniacha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Bwana amenisahau.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.49.15" />“Je, mama aweza kumsahau mtoto
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliyeko matitini mwake akinyonya,
</q>
<q style="q1">wala asiwe na huruma
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya mtoto aliyemzaa?
</q>
<q style="q1">Ingawa anaweza kusahau,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mimi sitakusahau wewe!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.49.16" />Tazama, nimekuchora kama muhuri
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika vitanga vya mikono yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuta zako zi mbele yangu daima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.49.17" />Wana wako wanaharakisha kurudi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wale waliokuteka wanaondoka kwako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.49.18" />Inua macho yako ukatazame pande zote:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wana wako wote wanakusanyika na kukujia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa hakika kama vile niishivyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utawavaa wote kama mapambo,
</q>
<q style="q1">na kujifunga nao kama bibi arusi,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.49.19" />“Ingawa uliangamizwa na kufanywa ukiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nchi yako ikaharibiwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">sasa nafasi itakuwa finyu kwa ajili ya watu wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wale waliokuangamiza watakuwa mbali sana.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ISA.49.20" />Watoto waliozaliwa wakati wa msiba wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bado watakuambia,
</q>
<q style="q1">‘Mahali hapa ni finyu sana kwetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tupe eneo kubwa zaidi la kuishi.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="ISA.49.21" />Ndipo utasema moyoni mwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Ni nani aliyenizalia hawa?
</q>
<q style="q1">Nilikuwa nimefiwa, tena tasa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilikuwa nimehamishwa na kukataliwa.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani aliyewalea hawa?
</q>
<q style="q1">Niliachwa peke yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hawa wametoka wapi?’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="ISA.49.22" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Tazama, nitawaashiria watu wa Mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitainua bendera yangu kwa mataifa;
</q>
<q style="q1">watawaleta wana wako mikononi yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwabeba binti zenu juu ya mabega yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="ISA.49.23" />Wafalme watakuwa baba zenu wa kuwalea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na malkia wao watakuwa mama zenu wa kuwalea.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watasujudu mbele yako nyuso zao zikigusa ardhi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataramba mavumbi yaliyo miguuni mwako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ndipo utajua ya kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wanaonitumaini mimi hawataaibika.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="ISA.49.24" />Je, nyara zaweza kuchukuliwa kutoka kwa mashujaa wa vita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au mateka kuokolewa kutoka kwa watu wakali?
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="ISA.49.25" />Lakini hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Naam, mateka watachukuliwa kutoka kwa mashujaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nyara zitapokonywa kutoka kwa watu wakali.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitashindana na wale wanaoshindana nawe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitawaokoa watoto wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="ISA.49.26" />Nitawafanya wale wanaokuonea kula nyama yao wenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watalewa kwa damu yao wenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama vile kwa mvinyo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ndipo wanadamu wote watajua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya kuwa Mimi,
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ni Mwokozi wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mkombozi wako, niliye Mwenye Nguvu wa Yakobo.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="50" />
<s style="s1">Dhambi Ya Israeli Na Utii Wa Mtumishi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.50.1" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Iko wapi hati ya talaka ya mama yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambayo kwayo niliachana naye?
</q>
<q style="q1">Au nimewauza ninyi kwa nani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miongoni mwa watu wanaonidai?
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa ajili ya dhambi zenu mliuzwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya makosa, mama yenu aliachwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.50.2" />Nilipokuja, kwa nini hakuwepo hata mmoja?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nilipoita, kwa nini hakuwepo hata mmoja wa kujibu?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, mkono wangu ni mfupi mno hata nisiweze kuwakomboa?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, mimi sina nguvu za kukuokoa?
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kukemea tu naikausha bahari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naigeuza mito ya maji kuwa jangwa;
</q>
<q style="q1">samaki wake wanaoza kwa kukosa maji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufa kwa ajili ya kiu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.50.3" />Ninalivika anga weusi na kufanya nguo ya gunia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa kifuniko chake.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.50.4" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi amenipa ulimi uliofundishwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kujua neno limtegemezalo aliyechoka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huniamsha asubuhi kwa asubuhi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huamsha sikio langu lisikie kama mtu afundishwaye.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.50.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi amezibua masikio yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami sikuwa mwasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala sikurudi nyuma.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.50.6" />Niliwapa mgongo wangu wale wanipigao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mashavu yangu wale wangʼoao ndevu zangu;
</q>
<q style="q1">sikuuficha uso wangu kutokana na fedheha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutemewa mate.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.50.7" />Kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi ananisaidia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sitatahayarika.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa hiyo nimekaza uso wangu kama jiwe la gumegume,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami ninajua sitaaibika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.50.8" />Yeye anipatiaye haki yangu yu karibu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni nani basi atakayeleta mashtaka dhidi yangu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Tukabiliane uso kwa uso!
</q>
<q style="q1">Mshtaki wangu ni nani?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani aliye mshtaki wangu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.50.9" />Ni
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi anisaidiaye mimi.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani huyo atakayenihukumu?
</q>
<q style="q1">Wote watachakaa kama vazi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nondo watawala wawamalize.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.50.10" />Ni nani miongoni mwenu amchaye
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kulitii neno la mtumishi wake?
</q>
<q style="q1">Yeye atembeaye gizani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye asiye na nuru,
</q>
<q style="q1">na alitumainie jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na amtegemee Mungu wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.50.11" />Lakini sasa, ninyi nyote mnaowasha mioto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kupeana mienge iwakayo ninyi kwa ninyi,
</q>
<q style="q1">nendeni, tembeeni katika nuru ya moto wenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ya mienge mliyoiwasha.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hili ndilo mtakalolipokea kutoka mkononi mwangu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mtalala chini kwa mateso makali.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="51" />
<s style="s1">Wokovu Wa Milele Kwa Sayuni
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.51.1" />“Nisikilizeni, ninyi mnaofuatia haki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mnaomtafuta
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</q>
<q style="q1">Tazameni mwamba ambako mlichongwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mahali pa kuvunjia mawe ambako mlichimbwa;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.51.2" />mwangalieni Abrahamu, baba yenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Sara, ambaye aliwazaa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wakati nilipomwita alikuwa mmoja tu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nikambariki na kumfanya kuwa wengi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.51.3" />Hakika
<nd>Bwana</nd> ataifariji Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atayaangalia kwa huruma magofu yake yote;
</q>
<q style="q1">atayafanya majangwa yake yawe kama Edeni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo sehemu zake zisizolimika ziwe kama bustani ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">Shangwe na furaha zitakuwako ndani yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">shukrani na sauti za kuimba.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.51.4" />“Nisikilizeni, watu wangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nisikieni, taifa langu:
</q>
<q style="q1">Sheria itatoka kwangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haki yangu itakuwa nuru kwa mataifa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.51.5" />Haki yangu inakaribia mbio,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wokovu wangu unakuja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao mkono wangu utaleta hukumu kwa mataifa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Visiwa vitanitegemea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kungojea mkono wangu kwa matumaini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.51.6" />Inueni macho yenu mbinguni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkaitazame dunia chini;
</q>
<q style="q1">mbingu zitatoweka kama moshi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dunia itachakaa kama vazi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wakazi wake kufa kama mainzi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Bali wokovu wangu utadumu milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haki yangu haitakoma kamwe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.51.7" />“Nisikieni, ninyi mnaojua lililo sawa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi watu ambao mna sheria yangu mioyoni mwenu:
</q>
<q style="q1">Msiogope mashutumu ya wanadamu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala msitiwe hofu na matukano yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.51.8" />Kwa maana nondo atawala kama vazi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao funza atawatafuna kama sufu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini haki yangu itadumu milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wokovu wangu kwa vizazi vyote.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.51.9" />Amka, Amka! Jivike nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ewe mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q style="q1">Amka, kama siku zilizopita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama vile vizazi vya zamani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Si ni wewe uliyemkata Rahabu vipande vipande,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uliyemchoma yule joka?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.51.10" />Si ni wewe uliyekausha bahari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maji ya kilindi kikuu,
</q>
<q style="q1">uliyefanya barabara katika vilindi vya bahari
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili waliokombolewa wapate kuvuka?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.51.11" />Wale waliolipiwa fidia na
<nd>Bwana</nd> watarudi.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wataingia Sayuni wakiimba;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">furaha ya milele itakuwa taji juu ya vichwa vyao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Furaha na shangwe zitawapata,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huzuni na kulia kwa uchungu kutatoweka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.51.12" />“Mimi, naam mimi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndimi niwafarijie ninyi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ninyi ni nani hata kuwaogopa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanadamu wanaokufa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanadamu ambao ni majani tu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.51.13" />kwamba mnamsahau
<nd>Bwana</nd> Muumba wenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliyezitanda mbingu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuiweka misingi ya dunia,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwamba mnaishi katika hofu siku zote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya ghadhabu ya mdhalimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye nia yake ni kuangamiza?
</q>
<q style="q1">Iko wapi basi ghadhabu ya mdhalimu?
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.51.14" />Wafungwa waliojikunyata kwa hofu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watawekwa huru karibuni;
</q>
<q style="q1">hawatafia kwenye gereza lao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawatakosa chakula.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.51.15" />Kwa maana Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye huisukasuka bahari ili mawimbi yake yangurume:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote ndilo jina lake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.51.16" />Nimeweka maneno yangu kinywani mwako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukufunika kwa uvuli wa mkono wangu:
</q>
<q style="q1">Mimi niliyeweka mbingu mahali pake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niliyeweka misingi ya dunia,
</q>
<q style="q1">niwaambiaye Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Ninyi ni watu wangu.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Kikombe Cha Ghadhabu Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.51.17" />Amka, amka!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Simama, ee Yerusalemu,
</q>
<q style="q1">wewe uliyekunywa kutoka mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kikombe cha ghadhabu yake,
</q>
<q style="q1">wewe uliyekunywa mpaka kufikia machujo yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kikombe kile cha kunywea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kiwafanyacho watu kuyumbayumba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.51.18" />Kati ya wana wote aliowazaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuwepo hata mmoja wa kumwongoza,
</q>
<q style="q1">kati ya wana wote aliowalea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuwepo hata mmoja wa kumshika mkono.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.51.19" />Majanga haya mawili yamekuja juu yako:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni nani awezaye kukufariji?
</q>
<q style="q1">Maangamizi, uharibifu, njaa na upanga:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni nani awezaye kukutuliza?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ISA.51.20" />Wana wako wamezimia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamelala kwenye mwanzo wa kila barabara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama swala aliyenaswa kwenye wavu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wamejazwa na ghadhabu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na makaripio ya Mungu wako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="ISA.51.21" />Kwa hiyo sikiliza hili, wewe uliyeteswa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uliyelewa, lakini si kwa mvinyo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="ISA.51.22" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu wako, yeye ambaye huwatetea watu wake:
</q>
<q style="q1">“Tazama, nimeondoa mkononi mwako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kikombe kilichokufanya uyumbayumbe;
</q>
<q style="q1">kutoka kikombe hicho,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kikombe cha kunywa cha ghadhabu yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kamwe hutakunywa tena.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="ISA.51.23" />Nitakiweka mikononi mwa watesi wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale waliokuambia,
</q>
<q style="q1">‘Anguka kifudifudi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili tuweze kutembea juu yako.’
</q>
<q style="q1">Ukaufanya mgongo wako kama ardhi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama njia yao ya kupita.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<b style="b" />

<c id="52" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.52.1" />Amka, amka, ee Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jivike nguvu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Vaa mavazi yako ya fahari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ee Yerusalemu, mji mtakatifu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Asiyetahiriwa na aliye najisi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hataingia kwako tena.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.52.2" />Jikungʼute mavumbi yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">inuka, uketi kwenye kiti cha enzi, ee Yerusalemu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Jifungue minyororo iliyo shingoni mwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ee Binti Sayuni uliye mateka.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.52.3" />Kwa kuwa hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Mliuzwa pasipo malipo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nanyi mtakombolewa bila fedha.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.52.4" />Kwa maana hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Hapo kwanza watu wangu walishuka Misri kuishi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hatimaye, Ashuru wakawaonea.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.52.5" />“Basi sasa nina nini hapa?” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kwa kuwa watu wangu wamechukuliwa pasipo malipo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wale wanaowatawala wanawadhihaki,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">“Mchana kutwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jina langu limetukanwa bila kikomo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.52.6" />Kwa hiyo watu wangu watalijua Jina langu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiyo katika siku ile watajua
</q>
<q style="q1">kwamba ndimi niliyetangulia kulisema.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Naam, ni mimi.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.52.7" />Tazama jinsi miguu ya wale waletao habari njema
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ilivyo mizuri juu ya milima,
</q>
<q style="q1">wale wanaotangaza amani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaoleta habari njema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaotangaza wokovu,
</q>
<q style="q1">wauambiao Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Mungu wako anatawala!”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.52.8" />Sikiliza! Walinzi wako wanapaza sauti zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja wanapaza sauti zao kwa furaha.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wakati
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakaporejea Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataliona kwa macho yao wenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.52.9" />Pazeni sauti ya nyimbo za furaha pamoja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">enyi magofu ya Yerusalemu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> amewafariji watu wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ameikomboa Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.52.10" />Mkono mtakatifu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> umefunuliwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">machoni pa mataifa yote,
</q>
<q style="q1">nayo miisho yote ya dunia itaona
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wokovu wa Mungu wetu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.52.11" />Ondokeni, ondokeni, tokeni huko!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Msiguse kitu chochote kilicho najisi!
</q>
<q style="q1">Tokeni kati yake mwe safi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi mchukuao vyombo vya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.52.12" />Lakini hamtaondoka kwa haraka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hamtakwenda kwa kukimbia;
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> atatangulia mbele yenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu wa Israeli atakuwa mlinzi nyuma yenu.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Mateso Na Utukufu Wa Mtumishi
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.52.13" />Tazama, mtumishi wangu atatenda kwa hekima;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atatukuzwa, na kuinuliwa juu, na kukwezwa sana.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.52.14" />Kama walivyokuwa wengi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walioshangazwa naye,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwani uso wake ulikuwa umeharibiwa sana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zaidi ya mtu yeyote
</q>
<q style="q1">na umbo lake kuharibiwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zaidi ya mfano wa mwanadamu:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.52.15" />hivyo atayashangaza mataifa mengi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wafalme watafunga vinywa vyao kwa sababu yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuwa yale ambayo hawakuambiwa, watayaona,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo yale wasiyoyasikia, watayafahamu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />

<c id="53" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.53.1" />Ni nani aliyeamini ujumbe wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> umefunuliwa kwa nani?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.53.2" />Alikua mbele yake kama mche mwororo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kama mzizi katika nchi kavu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hakuwa na uzuri wala utukufu wa kutuvutia kwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuwa na chochote katika sura yake cha kutufanya tumtamani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.53.3" />Alidharauliwa na kukataliwa na wanadamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtu wa huzuni nyingi, ajuaye mateso.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kama mtu ambaye watu humficha nyuso zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alidharauliwa, wala hatukumhesabu kuwa kitu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.53.4" />Hakika alichukua udhaifu wetu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na akajitwika huzuni zetu,
</q>
<q style="q1">hata hivyo tulidhania kuwa amepigwa na Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akapigwa sana naye, na kuteswa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.53.5" />Lakini alitobolewa kwa ajili ya makosa yetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alichubuliwa kwa ajili ya maovu yetu;
</q>
<q style="q1">adhabu iliyotuletea sisi amani ilikuwa juu yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa majeraha yake sisi tumepona.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.53.6" />Sisi sote, kama kondoo, tumepotea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila mmoja wetu amegeukia njia yake mwenyewe,
</q>
<q style="q1">naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliweka juu yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maovu yetu sisi sote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.53.7" />Alionewa na kuteswa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata hivyo hakufungua kinywa chake;
</q>
<q style="q1">aliongozwa kama mwana-kondoo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">apelekwaye machinjoni,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama vile kondoo anyamazavyo mbele ya wao wamkataye manyoya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hivyo hakufungua kinywa chake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.53.8" />Kwa kuonewa na kuhukumiwa aliondolewa.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nani awezaye kueleza kuhusu kizazi chake?
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa maana alikatiliwa mbali na nchi ya walio hai,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alipigwa kwa ajili ya makosa ya watu wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.53.9" />Wakamfanyia kaburi pamoja na waovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na matajiri katika kifo chake,
</q>
<q style="q1">ingawa hakutenda jeuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hapakuwa na hila kinywani mwake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.53.10" />Lakini yalikuwa ni mapenzi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kumchubua na kumsababisha ateseke.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ingawa
<nd>Bwana</nd> amefanya maisha yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa sadaka ya hatia,
</q>
<q style="q1">ataona uzao wake na kuishi siku nyingi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo mapenzi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> yatafanikiwa mkononi mwake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.53.11" />Baada ya maumivu ya nafsi yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ataona nuru ya uzima na kuridhika;
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maarifa yake, mtumishi wangu mwenye haki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atawafanya wengi kuwa wenye haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atayachukua maovu yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.53.12" />Kwa hiyo nitamgawia sehemu miongoni mwa wakuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atagawana nyara pamoja na wenye nguvu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu aliyamimina maisha yake hadi mauti,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye alihesabiwa pamoja na wakosaji.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuwa alichukua dhambi za wengi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaombea wakosaji.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="54" />
<s style="s1">Utukufu Wa Baadaye Wa Sayuni
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.54.1" />“Imba, ewe mwanamke tasa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe ambaye kamwe hukuzaa mtoto;
</q>
<q style="q1">paza sauti kwa kuimba, piga kelele kwa furaha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe ambaye kamwe hukupata utungu;
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu watoto wa mwanamke aliyeachwa ukiwa ni wengi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko wa mwanamke mwenye mume,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.54.2" />“Panua mahali pa hema lako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tandaza mapazia ya hema lako uyaeneze mbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala usiyazuie;
</q>
<q style="q1">ongeza urefu wa kamba zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">imarisha vigingi vyako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.54.3" />Kwa maana utaenea upande wa kuume
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na upande wa kushoto;
</q>
<q style="q1">wazao wako watayamiliki mataifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukaa katika miji yao iliyoachwa ukiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.54.4" />“Usiogope, wewe hutaaibika.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Usiogope aibu, wewe hutaaibishwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wewe utasahau aibu ya ujana wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hutakumbuka tena mashutumu ya ujane wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.54.5" />Kwa maana Muumba wako ndiye mume wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote ndilo jina lake,
</q>
<q style="q1">yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli ni Mkombozi wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye anaitwa Mungu wa dunia yote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.54.6" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atakuita urudi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kana kwamba ulikuwa mke aliyeachwa na kuhuzunishwa rohoni;
</q>
<q style="q1">kama mke aliyeolewa bado angali kijana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukataliwa,” asema Mungu wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.54.7" />“Kwa kitambo kidogo nilikuacha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini kwa huruma nyingi nitakurudisha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.54.8" />Katika ukali wa hasira
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilikuficha uso wangu kwa kitambo,
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini kwa fadhili za milele
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakuwa na huruma juu yako,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mkombozi wako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.54.9" />“Kwangu mimi jambo hili ni kama siku za Noa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilipoapa kuwa maji ya Noa kamwe hayatafunika tena dunia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hivyo sasa nimeapa sitawakasirikia ninyi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kamwe sitawakemea tena.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.54.10" />Ijapotikisika milima, na vilima viondolewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata hivyo upendo wangu usiokoma kwenu hautatikisika,
</q>
<q style="q1">wala agano langu la amani halitaondolewa,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mwenye huruma juu yenu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.54.11" />“Ewe mji uliyeteswa, uliyepigwa kwa dhoruba na usiyetulizwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakujenga kwa almasi, nitaweka misingi yako kwa yakuti samawi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.54.12" />Nitafanya minara yako ya akiki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">malango yako kwa vito vingʼaavyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo kuta zako zote za vito vya thamani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.54.13" />Watoto wako wote watafundishwa na
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo amani ya watoto wako itakuwa kuu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.54.14" />Kwa haki utathibitika:
</q>
<q style="q1">Kuonewa kutakuwa mbali nawe;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hutaogopa chochote.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hofu itakuwa mbali nawe;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haitakukaribia wewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.54.15" />Kama mtu yeyote akikushambulia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haitakuwa kwa ruhusa yangu;
</q>
<q style="q1">yeyote akushambuliaye
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atajisalimisha kwako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.54.16" />“Tazama, ni mimi niliyemuumba mhunzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye afukutaye makaa kuwa moto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutengeneza silaha inayofaa kwa kazi yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Tena ni mimi niliyemwambia mharabu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kufanya uharibifu mwingi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.54.17" />Hakuna silaha itakayofanyizwa dhidi yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">itakayofanikiwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">nawe utauthibitisha kuwa mwongo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila ulimi utakaokushtaki.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huu ndio urithi wa watumishi wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hii ndiyo haki yao itokayo kwangu,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="55" />
<s style="s1">Mwaliko Kwa Wenye Kiu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.55.1" />“Njooni, ninyi nyote wenye kiu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">njooni kwenye maji;
</q>
<q style="q1">nanyi ambao hamna fedha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">njooni, nunueni na mle!
</q>
<q style="q1">Njooni, nunueni divai na maziwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bila fedha na bila gharama.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.55.2" />Kwa nini kutumia fedha kwa kitu ambacho si chakula,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutaabikia kitu kisichoshibisha?
</q>
<q style="q1">Sikilizeni, nisikilizeni mimi na mle kilicho kizuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo nafsi zenu zitafurahia utajiri wa unono.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.55.3" />Tegeni sikio mje kwangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nisikieni mimi, ili nafsi zenu zipate kuishi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitafanya agano la milele nanyi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pendo la uaminifu nililomwahidi Daudi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.55.4" />Tazama, nimemfanya kuwa shahidi wa mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kiongozi na jemadari wa mataifa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.55.5" />Hakika utaita mataifa usiyoyajua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo mataifa yale yasiyokujua yataharakisha kukujia,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana amekutukuza.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.55.6" />Mtafuteni
<nd>Bwana</nd> maadamu anapatikana;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwiteni maadamu yu karibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.55.7" />Mtu mwovu na aiache njia yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mtu mbaya na ayaache mawazo yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Yeye na amrudie
<nd>Bwana</nd>, naye atamrehemu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">arudi kwa Mungu wetu, kwa kuwa atamsamehe bure kabisa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.55.8" />“Kwa kuwa mawazo yangu si mawazo yenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala njia zenu si njia zangu,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.55.9" />“Kama vile mbingu zilivyo juu kuliko dunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo njia zangu zilivyo juu kuliko njia zenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mawazo yangu kuliko mawazo yenu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.55.10" />Kama vile mvua na theluji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ishukavyo kutoka mbinguni,
</q>
<q style="q1">nayo hairudi tena huko
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bila kunywesha dunia
</q>
<q style="q1">na kuichipusha na kuistawisha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hivyo hutoa mbegu kwa mpanzi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mkate kwa mlaji,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.55.11" />ndivyo lilivyo neno langu lile litokalo kinywani mwangu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Halitanirudia tupu,
</q>
<q style="q1">bali litatimiliza lile nililokusudia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na litafanikiwa katika kusudi lile nililolituma.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.55.12" />Mtatoka nje kwa furaha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuongozwa kwa amani;
</q>
<q style="q1">milima na vilima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vitapaza sauti kwa nyimbo mbele yenu,
</q>
<q style="q1">nayo miti yote ya shambani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">itapiga makofi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.55.13" />Badala ya kichaka cha miiba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">itaota miti ya misunobari,
</q>
<q style="q1">na badala ya michongoma
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utaota mhadasi.<f caller="+"><fr>55:13
</fr><ft>Mhadasi ni aina ya mti ambao huota milimani karibu na Yerusalemu, hutoa harufu nzuri itumikayo kutengeneza manukato; kwa Kiebrania ni “hadas”, na ilikuwa inatumika kujenga vibanda wakati wa Sikukuu ya Vibanda (ona pia
</ft><xt>Neh 8:15</xt><ft>).</ft></f>
</q>
<q style="q1">Hili litakuwa jambo la kumpatia
<nd>Bwana</nd> jina,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya ishara ya milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambayo haitaharibiwa.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="56" />
<s style="s1">Wokovu Kwa Ajili Ya Wengine
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.56.1" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Dumisheni haki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mkatende lile lililo sawa,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana wokovu wangu u karibu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na haki yangu itafunuliwa upesi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.56.2" />Amebarikiwa mtu yule atendaye hili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtu yule alishikaye kwa uthabiti,
</q>
<q style="q1">yeye ashikaye Sabato bila kuinajisi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">auzuiaye mkono wake usifanye uovu wowote.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.56.3" />Usimwache mgeni aambatanaye na
<nd>Bwana</nd> aseme,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Hakika
<nd>Bwana</nd> atanitenga na watu wake.”
</q>
<q style="q1">Usimwache towashi yeyote alalamike akisema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Mimi ni mti mkavu tu.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.56.4" />Kwa kuwa hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kwa matowashi washikao Sabato zangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao huchagua kile kinachonipendeza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kulishika sana agano langu:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.56.5" />hao nitawapa ndani ya Hekalu langu na kuta zake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kumbukumbu na jina bora
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko kuwa na watoto wa kiume na wa kike:
</q>
<q style="q1">nitawapa jina lidumulo milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambalo halitakatiliwa mbali.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.56.6" />Wageni wanaoambatana na
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kumtumikia,
</q>
<q style="q1">kulipenda jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumwabudu yeye,
</q>
<q style="q1">wote washikao Sabato bila kuinajisi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ambao hushika sana agano langu:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.56.7" />hawa nitawaleta kwenye mlima wangu mtakatifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwapa furaha ndani ya nyumba yangu ya sala.
</q>
<q style="q1">Sadaka zao za kuteketeza na dhabihu zao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zitakubalika juu ya madhabahu yangu;
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana nyumba yangu itaitwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyumba ya sala kwa mataifa yote.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.56.8" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asema, yeye awakusanyaye
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Waisraeli waliohamishwa:
</q>
<q style="q1">“Bado nitawakusanya wengine kwao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zaidi ya hao ambao wamekusanywa tayari.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Mashtaka Ya Mungu Dhidi Ya Waovu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.56.9" />Njooni, enyi wanyama wote wa kondeni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">njooni mle, ninyi wanyama wote wa mwituni!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.56.10" />Walinzi wa Israeli ni vipofu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote wamepungukiwa na maarifa;
</q>
<q style="q1">wote ni mbwa walio bubu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawawezi kubweka;
</q>
<q style="q1">hulala na kuota ndoto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hupenda kulala.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.56.11" />Ni mbwa wenye tamaa kubwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kamwe hawatosheki.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wao ni wachungaji waliopungukiwa na ufahamu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote wamegeukia njia yao wenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila mmoja hutafuta faida yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.56.12" />Kila mmoja hulia, “Njooni, tupate mvinyo!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Tunywe kileo sana!
</q>
<q style="q1">Kesho itakuwa kama leo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au hata bora zaidi.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="57" />
<s style="s1">Ibada Ya Sanamu Ya Israeli Iliyo Batili
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.57.1" />Mwenye haki hupotea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna hata mmoja awazaye hilo moyoni mwake;
</q>
<q style="q1">watu wanaomcha Mungu huondolewa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna hata mmoja anayeelewa
</q>
<q style="q1">kuwa wenye haki wameondolewa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili wasipatikane na maovu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.57.2" />Wale waendao kwa unyofu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huwa na amani;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hupata pumziko walalapo mautini.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.57.3" />“Lakini ninyi:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Njooni hapa, ninyi wana wa wachawi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi wazao wa wazinzi na makahaba!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.57.4" />Mnamdhihaki nani?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani mnayemcheka kwa dharau,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumtolea ndimi zenu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, ninyi si watoto wa waasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uzao wa waongo?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.57.5" />Mnawaka tamaa katikati ya mialoni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na chini ya kila mti uliotanda matawi;
</q>
<q style="q1">mnawatoa kafara watoto wenu kwenye mabonde
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na chini ya majabali yenye mianya.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.57.6" />“Sanamu zilizo katikati ya mawe laini ya mabondeni ndizo fungu lenu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hizo ndizo sehemu yenu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Naam, kwa hizo mmemimina sadaka za vinywaji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutoa sadaka za nafaka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Katika haya yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niendelee kuona huruma?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.57.7" />Umeweka kitanda chako juu kwenye kilima kirefu kilichoinuka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huko ulikwenda kutoa dhabihu zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.57.8" />Nyuma ya milango yako na miimo yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umeweka alama zako za kipagani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuniacha mimi, ulifunua kitanda chako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umepanda juu yake na kukipanua sana;
</q>
<q style="q1">ulifanya patano na wale ambao unapenda vitanda vyao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe uliangalia uchi wao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.57.9" />Ulikwenda kwa Moleki<f caller="+"><fr>57:9
</fr><ft>Moleki alikuwa mungu aliyekuwa anaabudiwa na Waamoni; pia alijulikana kama Malkomu, Maloki au Kemoshi wa Moabu.</ft></f> ukiwa na mafuta ya zeituni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ukaongeza manukato yako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ukawatuma wajumbe wako mbali sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukashuka kwenye kaburi<f caller="+"><fr>57:9
</fr><ft>Kaburi hapa maana yake ni Kuzimu, kwa Kiebrania ni Sheol.</ft></f> lenyewe!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.57.10" />Ulikuwa umechoshwa na njia zako zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hukusema, ‘Hakuna tumaini.’
</q>
<q style="q1">Ulipata uhuisho wa nguvu zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu hiyo hukuzimia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.57.11" />“Ni nani uliyemhofu hivyo na kumwogopa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata ukawa mwongo kwangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">wala hukunikumbuka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kutafakari hili moyoni mwako?
</q>
<q style="q1">Si ni kwa sababu nimekuwa kimya muda mrefu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata huniogopi?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.57.12" />Nitaifunua haki yako na matendo yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo hayatakufaidi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.57.13" />Utakapolia kwa kuhitaji msaada,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sanamu zako ulizojikusanyia na zikuokoe!
</q>
<q style="q1">Upepo utazipeperusha zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pumzi peke yake itazipeperusha,
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini mtu atakayenifanya kimbilio lake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atairithi nchi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuumiliki mlima wangu mtakatifu.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Faraja Kwa Wenye Majuto
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.57.14" />Tena itasemwa:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Jengeni, jengeni, itengenezeni njia!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ondoeni vikwazo katika njia ya watu wangu.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.57.15" />Kwa maana hili ndilo asemalo Aliye juu, yeye aliyeinuliwa sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye aishiye milele, ambaye jina lake ni Mtakatifu:
</q>
<q style="q1">“Ninaishi mimi mahali palipoinuka na patakatifu,
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini pia pamoja na yeye aliye na roho iliyotubu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mwenye roho ya unyenyekevu,
</q>
<q style="q1">ili kuzihuisha roho za wanyenyekevu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuihuisha mioyo yao waliotubu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.57.16" />Sitaendelea kulaumu milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala sitakasirika siku zote,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa roho ya mwanadamu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ingezimia mbele zangu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yaani pumzi ya mwanadamu niliyemuumba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.57.17" />Nilighadhibika na tamaa yake ya dhambi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilimwadhibu, nikauficha uso wangu kwa hasira,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na bado aliendelea katika njia zake za tamaa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.57.18" />Nimeziona njia zake, lakini nitamponya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitamwongoza na kumrudishia upya faraja,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.57.19" />nikiumba sifa midomoni ya waombolezaji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika Israeli.
</q>
<q style="q1">Amani, amani, kwa wale walio mbali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa wale walio karibu,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>. “Nami nitawaponya.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ISA.57.20" />Bali waovu ni kama bahari ichafukayo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambayo haiwezi kutulia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mawimbi yake hutupa takataka na matope.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="ISA.57.21" />Mungu wangu asema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Hakuna amani kwa waovu.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="58" />
<s style="s1">Mfungo Wa Kweli
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.58.1" />“Piga kelele, usizuie.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Paza sauti yako kama tarumbeta.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watangazieni watu wangu uasi wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa nyumba ya Yakobo dhambi zao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.58.2" />Kwa maana kila siku hunitafuta,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaonekana kutaka kujua njia zangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kana kwamba walikuwa taifa linalotenda lililo sawa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ambalo halijaziacha amri za Mungu wake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hutaka kwangu maamuzi ya haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao hutamani Mungu awakaribie.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.58.3" />Wao husema, ‘Mbona tumefunga, nawe hujaona?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mbona tumejinyenyekeza, nawe huangalii?’
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Lakini katika siku ya kufunga kwenu, mnafanya mnavyotaka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwadhulumu wafanyakazi wenu wote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.58.4" />Kufunga kwenu huishia kwenye magomvi na mapigano,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kupigana ninyi kwa ninyi kwa ngumi za uovu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hamwezi kufunga kama mnavyofanya leo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutazamia sauti zenu kusikiwa huko juu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.58.5" />Je, hii ndiyo aina ya mfungo niliouchagua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku moja tu ya mtu kujinyenyekeza?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, ni kwa kuinamisha kichwa chini kama tete,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa kujilaza juu ya nguo ya gunia na majivu?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, huo ndio mnaouita mfungo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku iliyokubalika kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.58.6" />“Je, hii si ndiyo aina ya mfungo niliyoichagua:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kufungua minyororo ya udhalimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufungua kamba za nira,
</q>
<q style="q1">kuwaweka huru walioonewa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuvunja kila nira?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.58.7" />Je, sio kushirikiana chakula chako na wenye njaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwapatia maskini wasiokuwa na makao hifadhi,
</q>
<q style="q1">unapomwona aliye uchi, umvike,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala si kumkimbia mtu wa nyama na damu yako mwenyewe?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.58.8" />Ndipo nuru yako itajitokeza kama mapambazuko
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uponyaji wako utatokea upesi;
</q>
<q style="q1">ndipo haki yako itakapokutangulia mbele yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> utakuwa mlinzi nyuma yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.58.9" />Ndipo utaita, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> atajibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utalia kuomba msaada,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atasema: Mimi hapa.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Kama ukiiondoa nira ya udhalimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunyoosha kidole na kuzungumza maovu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.58.10" />nanyi kama mkimkunjulia mtu mwenye njaa nafsi zenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutosheleza mahitaji ya walioonewa,
</q>
<q style="q1">ndipo nuru yenu itakapongʼaa gizani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao usiku wenu utakuwa kama adhuhuri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.58.11" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atakuongoza siku zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atayatosheleza mahitaji yako katika nchi kame,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye ataitia nguvu mifupa yako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Utakuwa kama bustani iliyonyweshwa vizuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama chemchemi ambayo maji yake hayakauki kamwe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.58.12" />Watu wako watajenga tena magofu ya zamani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuinua misingi ya kale;
</q>
<q style="q1">utaitwa Mwenye Kukarabati Kuta Zilizobomoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mwenye Kurejeza Barabara za Makao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.58.13" />“Kama ukitunza miguu yako isivunje Sabato,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutokufanya kama vile upendavyo katika siku yangu takatifu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama ukiita Sabato siku ya furaha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na siku takatifu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ya kuheshimiwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama utaiheshimu kwa kutoenenda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika njia zako mwenyewe,
</q>
<q style="q1">na kutokufanya yakupendezayo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kusema maneno ya upuzi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.58.14" />ndipo utakapojipatia furaha yako katika
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitakufanya upande juu ya miinuko ya nchi
</q>
<q style="q1">na kusherehekea urithi wa Yakobo baba yako.”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">Kinywa cha
<nd>Bwana</nd> kimenena haya.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="59" />
<s style="s1">Dhambi, Toba Na Ukombozi
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.59.1" />Hakika mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> si mfupi hata usiweze kuokoa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala sikio lake si zito hata lisiweze kusikia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.59.2" />Lakini maovu yenu yamewatenga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi na Mungu wenu,
</q>
<q style="q1">dhambi zenu zimewaficha ninyi uso wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili asisikie.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.59.3" />Kwa maana mikono yenu imetiwa mawaa kwa damu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vidole vyenu kwa hatia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Midomo yenu imenena uongo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo ndimi zenu zimenongʼona mambo maovu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.59.4" />Hakuna hata mmoja anayedai kwa haki;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna hata mmoja anayetetea shauri lake kwa haki.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanategemea mabishano matupu na kusema uongo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huchukua mimba ya magomvi na kuzaa uovu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.59.5" />Huangua mayai ya nyoka wenye sumu kali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutanda wavu wa buibui.
</q>
<q style="q1">Yeyote alaye mayai yao atakufa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wakati moja lianguliwapo, nyoka hutoka humo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.59.6" />Utando wao wa buibui haufai kwa nguo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawawezi kujifunika kwa kile walichokitengeneza.
</q>
<q style="q1">Matendo yao ni matendo maovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vitendo vya jeuri vipo mikononi mwao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.59.7" />Miguu yao hukimbilia kwenye dhambi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni myepesi kumwaga damu isiyo na hatia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mawazo yao ni mawazo maovu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uharibifu na maangamizi huonekana katika njia zao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.59.8" />Hawajui njia ya amani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna haki katika mapito yao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wameyageuza kuwa njia za upotovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna apitaye njia hizo atakayeifahamu amani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.59.9" />Hivyo uadilifu uko mbali nasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo haki haitufikii.
</q>
<q style="q1">Tunatazamia nuru, kumbe! Yote ni giza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tunatazamia mwanga, lakini tunatembea katika giza kuu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.59.10" />Tunapapasa ukuta kama kipofu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tunapapasa katika njia zetu kama watu wasio na macho.
</q>
<q style="q1">Adhuhuri tunajikwaa kama wakati wa gizagiza;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katikati ya wenye nguvu, tuko kama wafu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.59.11" />Wote tunanguruma kama dubu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tunalia kwa maombolezo kama hua.
</q>
<q style="q1">Tunatafuta haki, kumbe hakuna kabisa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tunatafuta wokovu, lakini uko mbali.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.59.12" />Kwa sababu makosa yetu ni mengi machoni pako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na dhambi zetu zinashuhudia dhidi yetu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Makosa yetu yako pamoja nasi daima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nasi tunayatambua maovu yetu:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.59.13" />Uasi na udanganyifu dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kumgeuzia Mungu wetu kisogo,
</q>
<q style="q1">tukichochea udhalimu na maasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tukinena uongo ambao mioyo yetu imeuhifadhi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.59.14" />Hivyo uadilifu umerudishwa nyuma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo haki inasimama mbali,
</q>
<q style="q1">kweli imejikwaa njiani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uaminifu hauwezi kuingia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.59.15" />Kweli haipatikani popote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na yeyote aepukaye uovu huwa mawindo.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> alitazama naye akachukizwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba hapakuwepo haki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.59.16" />Aliona kuwa hakuwepo hata mtu mmoja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akashangaa kwamba hakuwepo hata mmoja wa kuingilia kati;
</q>
<q style="q1">hivyo mkono wake mwenyewe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndio uliomfanyia wokovu,
</q>
<q style="q1">nayo haki yake mwenyewe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndiyo iliyomtegemeza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.59.17" />Alivaa haki kama dirii kifuani mwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na chapeo ya wokovu kichwani mwake,
</q>
<q style="q1">alivaa mavazi ya kisasi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye akajifunga wivu kama joho.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.59.18" />Kulingana na kile walichokuwa wametenda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo atakavyolipa
</q>
<q style="q1">ghadhabu kwa watesi wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kisasi kwa adui zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atavilipa visiwa sawa na wanavyostahili.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.59.19" />Kuanzia magharibi, watu wataliogopa jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuanzia mawio ya jua, watauheshimu utukufu wake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wakati adui atakapokuja kama mafuriko,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Roho wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> atainua kiwango dhidi yake na kumshinda.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ISA.59.20" />“Mkombozi atakuja Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa wale wa Yakobo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaozitubu dhambi zao,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="ISA.59.21" />“Kwa habari yangu mimi, hili ndilo agano langu nao,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>. “Roho wangu, aliye juu yenu, na maneno yangu ambayo nimeyaweka katika vinywa vyenu, havitaondoka vinywani mwenu, wala kutoka vinywani mwa watoto wenu, wala kutoka vinywani mwa wazao wao, kuanzia sasa na hata milele,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="60" />
<s style="s1">Utukufu Wa Sayuni
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.60.1" />“Ondoka, angaza, kwa kuwa nuru yako imekuja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> umezuka juu yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.60.2" />Tazama, giza litaifunika dunia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na giza kuu litayafunika mataifa,
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> atazuka juu yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na utukufu wake utaonekana juu yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.60.3" />Mataifa watakuja kwenye nuru yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wafalme kwa mwanga wa mapambazuko yako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.60.4" />“Inua macho yako na utazame pande zote:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wote wanakusanyika na kukujia,
</q>
<q style="q1">wana wako wanakuja toka mbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao binti zako wanabebwa mikononi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.60.5" />Ndipo utatazama na kutiwa nuru,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">moyo wako utasisimka na kujaa furaha,
</q>
<q style="q1">mali zilizo baharini zitaletwa kwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utajiri wa mataifa utakujilia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.60.6" />Makundi ya ngamia yatajaa katika nchi yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ngamia vijana wa Midiani na Efa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nao wote watokao Sheba watakuja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakichukua dhahabu na uvumba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutangaza sifa za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.60.7" />Makundi yote ya Kedari yatakusanyika kwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kondoo dume wa Nebayothi watakutumikia,
</q>
<q style="q1">watakubalika kama sadaka juu ya madhabahu yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitalipamba Hekalu langu tukufu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.60.8" />“Ni nani hawa warukao kama mawingu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama hua kuelekea kwenye viota vyao?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.60.9" />Hakika visiwa vinanitazama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">merikebu za Tarshishi<f caller="+"><fr>60:9
</fr><ft>Au: za biashara (ona pia
</ft><xt>1Fal 10:22; 22:48; 2Nya 9:21; 20:36; Isa 2:16</xt><ft>).</ft></f> ndizo zinazotangulia,
</q>
<q style="q1">zikiwaleta wana wenu kutoka mbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakiwa na fedha na dhahabu zao,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa heshima ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana amekujalia utukufu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.60.10" />“Wageni watazijenga upya kuta zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wafalme wao watakutumikia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ingawa katika hasira nilikupiga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini katika upendeleo wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakuonyesha huruma.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.60.11" />Malango yako yatakuwa wazi siku zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kamwe hayatafungwa, mchana wala usiku,
</q>
<q style="q1">ili watu wapate kukuletea utajiri wa mataifa:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wafalme wao wakiongoza maandamano ya ushindi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.60.12" />Kwa maana taifa au ufalme ule ambao hautakutumikia utaangamia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utaharibiwa kabisa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.60.13" />“Utukufu wa Lebanoni utakujilia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msunobari, mvinje pamoja na mteashuri,
</q>
<q style="q1">ili kupapamba mahali pangu patakatifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitapatukuza mahali pa miguu yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.60.14" />Wana wa wale waliokuonea watakuja wakisujudu mbele yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote wanaokudharau watasujudu kwenye miguu yako,
</q>
<q style="q1">nao watakuita Mji wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Sayuni ya Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.60.15" />“Ingawa umeachwa na kuchukiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bila yeyote anayesafiri ndani yako,
</q>
<q style="q1">nitakufanya kuwa fahari ya milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na furaha ya vizazi vyote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.60.16" />Utanyonya maziwa ya mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunyonyeshwa matiti ya wafalme.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ndipo utakapojua kwamba Mimi,
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ni Mwokozi wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mkombozi wako, niliye Mwenye Nguvu wa Yakobo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.60.17" />Badala ya shaba nitakuletea dhahabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na fedha badala ya chuma.
</q>
<q style="q1">Badala ya mti nitakuletea shaba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na chuma badala ya mawe.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitafanya amani kuwa mtawala wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na haki kuwa mfalme wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.60.18" />Jeuri hazitasikika tena katika nchi yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala maangamizi au uharibifu ndani ya mipaka yako,
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini utaita kuta zako Wokovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na malango yako Sifa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.60.19" />Jua halitakuwa tena nuru yako mchana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala mwangaza wa mwezi hautakuangazia,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakuwa nuru yako ya milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye Mungu wako atakuwa utukufu wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ISA.60.20" />Jua lako halitazama tena,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao mwezi wako hautafifia tena;
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> atakuwa nuru yako milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo siku zako za huzuni zitakoma.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="ISA.60.21" />Ndipo watu wako wote watakuwa waadilifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wataimiliki nchi milele.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wao ni chipukizi nililolipanda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kazi ya mikono yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kuonyesha utukufu wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="ISA.60.22" />Aliye mdogo kwenu atakuwa elfu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mdogo kuliko wote atakuwa taifa lenye nguvu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika wakati wake nitayatimiza haya upesi.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="61" />
<s style="s1">Mwaka Wa Upendeleo Wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.61.1" />Roho wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi yu juu yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> amenitia mafuta
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwahubiria maskini habari njema.
</q>
<q style="q1">Amenituma kuwaganga waliovunjika moyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwatangazia mateka uhuru wao,
</q>
<q style="q1">na hao waliofungwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">habari za kufunguliwa kwao;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.61.2" />kutangaza mwaka wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> uliokubaliwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na siku ya kisasi ya Mungu wetu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kuwafariji wote waombolezao,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.61.3" />na kuwapa mahitaji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wanaohuzunika katika Sayuni,
</q>
<q style="q1">ili kuwapa taji ya uzuri badala ya majivu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mafuta ya furaha badala ya maombolezo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vazi la sifa badala ya roho ya kukata tamaa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nao wataitwa mialoni ya haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pando la
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kuonyesha utukufu wake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.61.4" />Watajenga upya magofu ya zamani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kupatengeneza mahali palipoachwa ukiwa zamani;
</q>
<q style="q1">watafanya upya miji iliyoharibiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">iliyoachwa ukiwa kwa vizazi vingi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.61.5" />Wageni watayachunga makundi yenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wageni watafanya kazi katika mashamba yenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutunza mashamba yenu ya mizabibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.61.6" />Nanyi mtaitwa makuhani wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtaitwa watumishi wa Mungu wetu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mtakula utajiri wa mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nanyi katika utajiri wao mtajisifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.61.7" />Badala ya aibu yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wangu watapokea sehemu maradufu,
</q>
<q style="q1">na badala ya fedheha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watafurahia katika urithi wao;
</q>
<q style="q1">hivyo watarithi sehemu maradufu katika nchi yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo furaha ya milele itakuwa yao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.61.8" />“Kwa maana Mimi,
<nd>Bwana</nd>, napenda haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ninachukia unyangʼanyi na uovu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Katika uaminifu wangu nitawapa malipo yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufanya agano la milele nao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.61.9" />Wazao wao watajulikana miongoni mwa mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uzao wao miongoni mwa kabila za watu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wale wote watakaowaona watatambua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa ni taifa ambalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> amelibariki.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.61.10" />Ninafurahia sana katika
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nafsi yangu inashangilia katika Mungu wangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa maana amenivika mavazi ya wokovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunipamba kwa joho la haki,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama vile bwana arusi apambavyo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kichwa chake kama kuhani,
</q>
<q style="q1">na kama bibi arusi ajipambavyo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa vito vyake vya thamani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.61.11" />Kwa maana kama vile ardhi ifanyavyo chipukizi kuota,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na bustani isababishavyo mbegu kuota,
</q>
<q style="q1">ndivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi atafanya haki na sifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zichipuke mbele ya mataifa yote.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="62" />
<s style="s1">Jina Jipya La Sayuni
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.62.1" />Kwa ajili ya Sayuni sitanyamaza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya Yerusalemu sitatulia,
</q>
<q style="q1">mpaka haki yake itakapoangaza kama mapambazuko,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wokovu wake kama mwanga wa moto.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.62.2" />Mataifa wataona haki yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wafalme wote wataona utukufu wako;
</q>
<q style="q1">wewe utaitwa kwa jina jipya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lile ambalo kinywa cha
<nd>Bwana</nd> kitatamka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.62.3" />Utakuwa taji ya fahari mkononi mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">taji ya kifalme mkononi mwa Mungu wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.62.4" />Hawatakuita tena Aliyeachwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala nchi yako kuiita Ukiwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Bali utaitwa Hefsiba,<f caller="+"><fr>62:4
</fr><ft>Hefsiba maana yake Yeye ninayemfurahia.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo nchi yako itaitwa Beula,<f caller="+"><fr>62:4
</fr><ft>Beula maana yake Aliyeolewa.</ft></f>
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakufurahia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo nchi yako itaolewa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.62.5" />Kama vile kijana aoavyo mwanamwali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo wanao<f caller="+"><fr>62:5
</fr><ft>Au: wajenzi wako.</ft></f> watakavyokuoa wewe;
</q>
<q style="q1">kama bwana arusi amfurahiavyo bibi arusi wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo Mungu wako atakavyokufurahia wewe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.62.6" />Nimeweka walinzi juu ya kuta zako, ee Yerusalemu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawatanyamaza mchana wala usiku.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ninyi wenye kumwita
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msitulie,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.62.7" />msimwache apumzike hadi atakapoufanya imara Yerusalemu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuufanya uwe sifa ya dunia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.62.8" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ameapa kwa mkono wake wa kuume
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa mkono wake wenye nguvu:
</q>
<q style="q1">“Kamwe sitawapa tena adui zenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nafaka zenu kama chakula chao;
</q>
<q style="q1">kamwe wageni hawatakunywa tena
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">divai mpya ambayo mmeitaabikia,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.62.9" />lakini wale waivunao nafaka wataila
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumsifu
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q style="q1">nao wale wakusanyao zabibu watainywa divai yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika nyua za patakatifu pangu.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.62.10" />Piteni, piteni katika malango!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Tengenezeni njia kwa ajili ya watu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Jengeni, jengeni njia kuu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ondoeni mawe.
</q>
<q style="q1">Inueni bendera kwa ajili ya mataifa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.62.11" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ametoa tangazo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpaka miisho ya dunia:
</q>
<q style="q1">“Mwambie Binti Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Tazama, mwokozi wako anakuja!
</q>
<q style="q1">Tazama ujira wake uko pamoja naye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na malipo yake yanafuatana naye!’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.62.12" />Wataitwa Watu Watakatifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Waliokombolewa na
<nd>Bwana</nd>;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe utaitwa Aliyetafutwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mji Usioachwa Tena.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="63" />
<s style="s1">Siku Ya Mungu Ya Kisasi Na Ukombozi
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.63.1" />Ni nani huyu anayekuja kutoka Edomu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka Bosra, mwenye mavazi yaliyotiwa madoa mekundu?
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni nani huyu, aliyevikwa joho la kifahari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anayetembea kwa ukuu wa nguvu zake?
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Mimi ndimi, nisemaye katika haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwenye nguvu wa kuokoa.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.63.2" />Kwa nini mavazi yako ni mekundu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama ya yule akanyagaye shinikizo la zabibu?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.63.3" />“Nimekanyaga shinikizo la zabibu peke yangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka mataifa hakuna mtu aliyekuwa pamoja nami.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nimewaponda kwa miguu katika hasira yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwakanyaga chini katika ghadhabu yangu;
</q>
<q style="q1">damu yao ilitia matone kwenye mavazi yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutia madoa nguo zangu zote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.63.4" />Kwa kuwa siku ya kisasi ilikuwa moyoni mwangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwaka wa ukombozi wangu umefika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.63.5" />Nilitazama, lakini hakuwepo yeyote wa kunisaidia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilishangaa kwa kuwa hakuwepo yeyote aliyetoa msaada;
</q>
<q style="q1">hivyo mkono wangu wenyewe ndio ulionifanyia wokovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ghadhabu yangu mwenyewe ndiyo iliyonitegemeza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.63.6" />Nilikanyaga mataifa kwa miguu katika hasira yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika ghadhabu yangu niliwalewesha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumwaga damu yao juu ya ardhi.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Kusifu Na Kuomba
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.63.7" />Nitasimulia juu ya wema wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa matendo ambayo apaswa kusifiwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">sawasawa na yote ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ametenda kwa ajili yetu:
</q>
<q style="q1">naam, mambo mengi mema aliyoyatenda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya nyumba ya Israeli,
</q>
<q style="q1">sawasawa na huruma zake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wema wake mwingi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.63.8" />Alisema, “Hakika wao ni watu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wana ambao hawatanidanganya”;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hivyo akawa Mwokozi wao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.63.9" />Katika taabu zao zote naye alitaabika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na malaika wa uso wake akawaokoa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Katika upendo wake na rehema zake aliwakomboa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akawainua na kuwachukua siku zote zilizopita.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.63.10" />Lakini waliasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumhuzunisha Roho Mtakatifu wake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hivyo aligeuka na kuwa adui yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na yeye mwenyewe akapigana dhidi yao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.63.11" />Ndipo watu wake wakazikumbuka siku zilizopita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku za Mose na watu wake:
</q>
<q style="q1">yuko wapi yeye aliyewaleta kupitia katikati ya bahari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na wachungaji wa kundi lake?
</q>
<q style="q1">Yuko wapi yule aliyeweka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Roho wake Mtakatifu katikati yao,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.63.12" />aliyetuma mkono wake uliotukuka wenye nguvu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa katika mkono wa kuume wa Mose,
</q>
<q style="q1">aliyegawa maji ya bahari mbele yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kujipatia jina milele,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.63.13" />aliyewaongoza kupitia kwenye vilindi?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kama farasi katika nchi iliyo wazi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wao hawakujikwaa,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.63.14" />kama ngʼombe washukao bondeni kwenye malisho,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walipewa pumziko na Roho wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hivi ndivyo ulivyowaongoza watu wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kujipatia mwenyewe jina tukufu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.63.15" />Tazama chini kutoka mbinguni ukaone
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka kiti chako cha enzi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kilichoinuliwa juu, kitakatifu na kitukufu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Uko wapi wivu wako na uweza wako?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Umetuzuilia wema wako na huruma zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.63.16" />Lakini wewe ni Baba yetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ingawa Abrahamu hatufahamu sisi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala Israeli hatutambui;
</q>
<q style="q1">wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ndiwe Baba yetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mkombozi wetu tangu zamani za kale ndilo jina lako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.63.17" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa nini unatuacha twende mbali na njia zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuifanya mioyo yetu migumu hata hatukukuheshimu?
</q>
<q style="q1">Rudi kwa ajili ya watumishi wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yale makabila ambayo ni urithi wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.63.18" />Kwa maana kwa muda mfupi watu wako walimiliki mahali pako patakatifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini sasa adui zetu wamepakanyaga mahali patakatifu pako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.63.19" />Sisi tumekuwa kama wale ambao hujawatawala kamwe,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama wale ambao hawajaitwa kwa jina lako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<b style="b" />

<c id="64" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.64.1" />Laiti ungelipasua mbingu na kushuka chini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili milima ingelitetemeka mbele zako!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.64.2" />Kama vile moto uteketezavyo vijiti
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kusababisha maji kuchemka,
</q>
<q style="q1">shuka ukafanye jina lako lijulikane kwa adui zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kusababisha mataifa yatetemeke mbele zako!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.64.3" />Kwa maana ulipofanya mambo ya kutisha ambayo hatukuyatazamia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulishuka, nayo milima ikatetemeka mbele zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.64.4" />Tangu nyakati za zamani hakuna yeyote aliyesikia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna sikio lililotambua,
</q>
<q style="q1">hakuna jicho lililomwona Mungu mwingine ila wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anayetenda mambo kwa ajili ya wale wamngojeao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.64.5" />Uliwasaidia watu wale watendao yaliyo haki kwa furaha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wazikumbukao njia zako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini wakati tulipoendelea kutenda dhambi kinyume na njia zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulikasirika.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Tutawezaje basi kuokolewa?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.64.6" />Sisi sote tumekuwa kama mtu aliye najisi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo matendo yetu yote ya uadilifu ni kama matambaa machafu;
</q>
<q style="q1">sisi sote tunasinyaa kama jani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kama upepo maovu yetu hutupeperusha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.64.7" />Hakuna yeyote anayeliitia jina lako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala anayejitahidi kukushika,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa umetuficha uso wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutuacha tudhoofike kwa sababu ya dhambi zetu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.64.8" />Lakini, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wewe ndiwe Baba yetu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Sisi ni udongo, wewe ndiye mfinyanzi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sisi sote tu kazi ya mkono wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.64.9" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, usikasirike kupita kiasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usizikumbuke dhambi zetu milele.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ee Bwana, utuangalie, twakuomba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa sisi sote tu watu wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.64.10" />Miji yako mitakatifu imekuwa jangwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata Sayuni ni jangwa, Yerusalemu ni ukiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.64.11" />Hekalu letu takatifu na tukufu, mahali ambapo baba zetu walikusifu wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">limechomwa kwa moto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">navyo vitu vyote tulivyovithamini vimeharibika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.64.12" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, baada ya haya yote, utajizuia?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, utanyamaza kimya na kutuadhibu kupita kiasi?
<ve />
</q>

<c id="65" />
<s style="s1">Hukumu Na Wokovu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.65.1" />“Nilijifunua kwa watu wale ambao hawakuniulizia.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nimeonekana na watu wale ambao hawakunitafuta.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa taifa lile ambalo halikuliita Jina langu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilisema, ‘Niko hapa, niko hapa.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.65.2" />Mchana kutwa nimeinyoosha mikono yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa watu wakaidi,
</q>
<q style="q1">wanaokwenda katika njia ambazo si nzuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wafuatao mawazo yao wenyewe:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.65.3" />taifa ambalo daima hunikasirisha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">machoni pangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">wakitoa dhabihu katika bustani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufukiza uvumba juu ya madhabahu za matofali;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.65.4" />watu waketio katikati ya makaburi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukesha mahali pa siri,
</q>
<q style="q1">walao nyama za nguruwe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo sufuria zao zina mchuzi wa nyama zilizo najisi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.65.5" />wasemao, ‘Kaa mbali; usinikaribie,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana mimi ni mtakatifu mno kwako!’
</q>
<q style="q1">Watu wa aina hiyo ni moshi katika pua zangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni moto uwakao mchana kutwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.65.6" />“Tazama, jambo hili hubakia limeandikwa mbele zangu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sitanyamaza, bali nitalipiza kwa ukamilifu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitalipiza mapajani mwao:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.65.7" />dhambi zenu na dhambi za baba zenu,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">“Kwa sababu walitoa dhabihu za kuteketezwa juu ya milima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunichokoza mimi juu ya vilima,
</q>
<q style="q1">nitawapimia mapajani mwao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">malipo makamilifu kwa matendo yao ya zamani.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.65.8" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kama vile divai mpya ingali bado inapatikana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika kishada cha zabibu,
</q>
<q style="q1">nao watu husema, ‘Usikiharibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa bado kuna kitu kizuri ndani yake,’
</q>
<q style="q1">hivyo ndivyo nitakavyofanya kwa ajili ya watumishi wangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sitawaangamiza wote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.65.9" />Nitawaleta wazao kutoka kwa Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutoka kwa Yuda wale watakaomiliki milima yangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">nao watu wangu wateule watairithi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nako huko wataishi watumishi wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.65.10" />Sharoni itakuwa malisho
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya makundi ya kondoo,
</q>
<q style="q1">na Bonde la Akori mahali pa kupumzikia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa makundi ya ngʼombe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya watu wangu wanaonitafuta.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.65.11" />“Bali kwenu ninyi mnaomwacha
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuusahau mlima wangu mtakatifu,
</q>
<q style="q1">ninyi mnaoandaa meza kwa ajili ya Bahati,<f caller="+"><fr>65:11
</fr><ft>Bahati alikuwa mungu wa Wakaldayo ambaye pia alijulikana kama Gadi.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kujaza mabakuli ya mvinyo uliochanganywa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya Ajali,<f caller="+"><fr>65:11
</fr><ft>Ajali au Meni alikuwa mungu wa majaliwa.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.65.12" />nitawaagiza mfe kwa upanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nanyi nyote mtainama chini ili kuchinjwa;
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa niliwaita lakini hamkuitika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilisema lakini hamkusikiliza.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mlitenda maovu machoni pangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nanyi mkachagua mambo yale yanayonichukiza.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.65.13" />Kwa hiyo hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Watumishi wangu watakula,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini ninyi mtaona njaa;
</q>
<q style="q1">watumishi wangu watakunywa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini ninyi mtaona kiu;
</q>
<q style="q1">watumishi wangu watafurahi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini ninyi mtaona haya.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.65.14" />Watumishi wangu wataimba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa furaha ya mioyo yao,
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini ninyi mtalia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutokana na uchungu wa moyoni,
</q>
<q style="q1">na kupiga yowe kwa sababu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya uchungu wa roho zenu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.65.15" />Mtaliacha jina lenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa laana kwa watu wangu waliochaguliwa;
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi atawaua ninyi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini watumishi wake atawapa jina jingine.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.65.16" />Yeye aombaye baraka katika nchi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atafanya hivyo kwa Mungu wa kweli;
</q>
<q style="q1">yeye aapaye katika nchi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ataapa kwa Mungu wa kweli.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuwa taabu za zamani zitasahaulika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufichwa kutoka machoni pangu.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Mbingu Mpya Na Dunia Mpya
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.65.17" />“Tazama, nitaumba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbingu mpya na dunia mpya.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mambo ya zamani hayatakumbukwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hayatakuja akilini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.65.18" />Lakini furahini na kushangilia daima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika hivi nitakavyoumba,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa nitaumba Yerusalemu uwe wa kupendeza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watu wake wawe furaha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.65.19" />Nami nitaifurahia Yerusalemu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwafurahia watu wangu;
</q>
<q style="q1">sauti ya maombolezo na ya kilio
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haitasikika humo tena.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ISA.65.20" />“Kamwe hatakuwepo tena ndani yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtoto mchanga atakayeishi siku chache tu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au mzee ambaye hataishi akatimiza miaka yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Yeye atakayekufa akiwa na umri wa miaka mia moja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atahesabiwa kwamba ni kijana tu,
</q>
<q style="q1">yeye ambaye hatafika miaka mia moja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atahesabiwa kuwa amelaaniwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="ISA.65.21" />Watajenga nyumba na kuishi ndani yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watapanda mashamba ya mizabibu na kula matunda yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="ISA.65.22" />Hawatajenga nyumba, nao watu wengine waishi ndani yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kupanda mazao na wengine wale.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuwa kama zilivyo siku za mti,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo zitakavyokuwa siku za watu wangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">wateule wangu watafurahia kwa siku nyingi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kazi za mikono yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="ISA.65.23" />Hawatajitaabisha kwa kazi bure,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawatazaa watoto ili wapatwe na majanga,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa watakuwa taifa lililobarikiwa na
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wao na wazao wao pamoja nao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="ISA.65.24" />Kabla hawajaita, nitajibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wakiwa katika kunena, nitasikia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="ISA.65.25" />Mbwa mwitu na mwana-kondoo watalisha pamoja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye simba atakula nyasi kama maksai,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini mavumbi yatakuwa chakula cha nyoka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hawatadhuru wala kuharibu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika mlima wangu mtakatifu wote,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="66" />
<s style="s1">Hukumu Na Matumaini
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ISA.66.1" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Mbingu ni kiti changu cha enzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo dunia ni mahali pa kuweka miguu yangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Iko wapi nyumba mtakayoijenga kwa ajili yangu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mahali pangu pa kupumzikia patakuwa wapi?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ISA.66.2" />Je, mkono wangu haukufanya vitu hivi vyote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hivyo vikapata kuwepo?”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Mtu huyu ndiye ninayemthamini:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ambaye ni mnyenyekevu
</q>
<q style="q1">na mwenye roho yenye toba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atetemekaye asikiapo neno langu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ISA.66.3" />Lakini yeyote atoaye dhabihu ya fahali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni kama yeye auaye mtu,
</q>
<q style="q1">na yeyote atoaye sadaka ya mwana-kondoo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni kama yule avunjaye shingo ya mbwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Yeyote atoaye sadaka ya nafaka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni kama yule aletaye damu ya nguruwe,
</q>
<q style="q1">na yeyote afukizaye uvumba wa kumbukumbu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni kama yule aabuduye sanamu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wamejichagulia njia zao wenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo nafsi zao zinafurahia machukizo yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ISA.66.4" />Hivyo, mimi pia nitawachagulia mapigo makali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitaleta juu yao kile wanachokiogopa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa maana nilipoita, hakuna yeyote aliyejibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niliposema, hakuna yeyote aliyesikiliza.
</q>
<q style="q1">Walifanya maovu machoni pangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuchagua lile linalonichukiza.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ISA.66.5" />Sikieni neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi mtetemekao kwa neno lake:
</q>
<q style="q1">“Ndugu zenu wanaowachukia ninyi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwatenga ninyi kwa sababu ya Jina langu, wamesema,
</q>
<q style="q1">‘<nd>Bwana</nd> na atukuzwe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili tupate kuona furaha yenu!’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hata sasa wataaibika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ISA.66.6" />Sikieni hizo ghasia kutoka mjini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikieni hizo kelele kutoka hekaluni!
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni sauti ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ikiwalipa adui zake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yote wanayostahili.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ISA.66.7" />“Kabla hajasikia utungu, alizaa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kabla hajapata maumivu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alizaa mtoto mwanaume.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ISA.66.8" />Ni nani amepata kusikia jambo kama hili?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani amepata kuona mambo kama haya?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, nchi yaweza kuzaliwa kwa siku moja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au taifa laweza kutokea mara?
</q>
<q style="q1">Mara Sayuni alipoona utungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alizaa watoto wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ISA.66.9" />Je, nilete mwana hadi wakati wa kuzaliwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nisizalishe?” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">“Je, nifunge tumbo la uzazi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati mimi ndiye nizalishaye?”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema Mungu wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ISA.66.10" />“Shangilieni pamoja na Yerusalemu na mfurahi kwa ajili yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi nyote mnaompenda,
</q>
<q style="q1">shangilieni kwa nguvu pamoja naye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi nyote mnaoomboleza juu yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ISA.66.11" />Kwa kuwa mtanyonya na kutosheka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika faraja ya matiti yake;
</q>
<q style="q1">mtakunywa sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuufurahia wingi wa mafuriko ya ustawi wake.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="ISA.66.12" />Kwa kuwa hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Nitamwongezea amani kama mto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao utajiri wa mataifa kama kijito kifurikacho;
</q>
<q style="q1">utanyonya na kuchukuliwa mikononi mwake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kubembelezwa magotini pake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ISA.66.13" />Kama mama anavyomfariji mtoto wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo nitakavyokufariji wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe utafarijiwa huko Yerusalemu.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ISA.66.14" />Wakati mtakapoona jambo hili, mioyo yenu itashangilia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nanyi mtastawi kama majani;
</q>
<q style="q1">mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> utajulikana kwa watumishi wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali ghadhabu yake kali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">itaonyeshwa kwa adui zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ISA.66.15" />Tazama,
<nd>Bwana</nd> anakuja na moto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">magari yake ya vita ni kama upepo wa kisulisuli,
</q>
<q style="q1">atateremsha hasira yake kwa ghadhabu kali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na karipio lake pamoja na miali ya moto.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ISA.66.16" />Kwa maana kwa moto na kwa upanga wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> atatekeleza hukumu juu ya watu wote,
</q>
<q style="q1">nao wengi watakuwa ni wale
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waliouawa na
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="ISA.66.17" />“Watu wote wanaojiweka wakfu na kujitakasa wenyewe ili kwenda bustanini, wakimfuata aliye katikati ya wale ambao hula nyama za nguruwe na panya pamoja na vitu vingine vilivyo machukizo, watafikia mwisho wao pamoja,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="ISA.66.18" />“Nami, kwa sababu ya matendo yao na mawazo yao, niko karibu kuja na kukusanya mataifa yote na lugha zote, nao watakuja na kuuona utukufu wangu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="ISA.66.19" />“Nitaweka ishara katikati yao, nami nitapeleka baadhi ya hao walionusurika kwa mataifa, hadi Tarshishi, kwa Puli<f caller="+"><fr>66:19
</fr><ft>Puli hapa inamaanisha Libya.</ft></f> na Waludi (wanaojulikana kama wapiga upinde), kwa Tubali na Uyunani, hadi visiwa vya mbali ambavyo havijasikia juu ya sifa zangu au kuuona utukufu wangu. Watatangaza utukufu wangu miongoni mwa mataifa.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ISA.66.20" />Nao watawaleta ndugu zenu wote, kutoka mataifa yote, mpaka kwenye mlima wangu mtakatifu katika Yerusalemu kama sadaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, juu ya farasi, katika magari ya vita na magari makubwa, juu ya nyumbu na ngamia,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>. “Watawaleta, kama Waisraeli waletavyo sadaka zao za nafaka, katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, katika vyombo safi kwa kufuata desturi za ibada.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ISA.66.21" />Nami nitachagua baadhi yao pia wawe makuhani na Walawi,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="ISA.66.22" />“Kama vile mbingu mpya na nchi mpya ninazozifanya zitakavyodumu mbele zangu,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “ndivyo jina lenu na wazao wenu watakavyodumu.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ISA.66.23" />Kutoka Mwezi Mpya hata mwingine, na kutoka Sabato hadi nyingine, wanadamu wote watakuja na kusujudu mbele zangu,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ISA.66.24" />“Nao watatoka nje na kuona maiti za wale walioniasi mimi. Funza wao hawatakufa, wala moto wao hautazimika, nao watakuwa kitu cha kuchukiza sana kwa wanadamu wote.”<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="JER"><id id="JER">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Yeremia
</h><toc level="1">Yeremia
</toc><toc level="2">Yeremia
</toc><toc level="3">Yer
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Yeremia
</p>

<c id="1" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.1.1" />Maneno ya Yeremia mwana wa Hilkia, mmoja wa makuhani katika mji wa Anathothi, katika nchi ya Benyamini.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.1.2" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilimjia katika mwaka wa kumi na tatu wa utawala wa Yosia mwana wa Amoni mfalme wa Yuda,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JER.1.3" />na pia wakati wa utawala wa Yehoyakimu mwana wa Yosia mfalme wa Yuda, mpaka mwezi wa tano wa mwaka wa kumi na moja wa utawala wa Sedekia mwana wa Yosia mfalme wa Yuda, wakati watu wa Yerusalemu walipopelekwa uhamishoni.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<s style="s1">Wito Wa Yeremia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JER.1.4" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilinijia, kusema,
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JER.1.5" />“Kabla sijakuumba ndani ya tumbo la mama yako, nilikujua;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kabla hujazaliwa nilikutenga kwa kazi maalum;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilikuweka uwe nabii kwa mataifa.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JER.1.6" />Nami nikasema, “Aa,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, sijui kusema, kwani mimi ni mtoto mdogo tu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JER.1.7" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia, “Usiseme, ‘Mimi ni mtoto mdogo tu.’ Utaenda popote nitakapokutuma na kunena lolote nitakalokuagiza.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JER.1.8" />Usiwaogope, kwa maana niko pamoja nawe nikuokoe,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JER.1.9" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaunyoosha mkono wake na kugusa kinywa changu, akaniambia, “Sasa nimeyaweka maneno yangu kinywani mwako.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JER.1.10" />Tazama, leo nimekuweka juu ya mataifa na falme ili kungʼoa na kubomoa, kuharibu na kuangamiza, kujenga na kupanda.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JER.1.11" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema, “Je, Yeremia unaona nini?”
</p>
<p style="p">Nami nikajibu, “Naona tawi la mti wa mlozi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JER.1.12" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia, “Umeona vyema kwa maana ninaliangalia neno langu ili kuona kwamba limetimizwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JER.1.13" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia tena, “Unaona nini?”
</p>
<p style="p">Nikajibu, “Naona chungu kinachochemka, kikiwa kimeinama kutoka kaskazini.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JER.1.14" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia, “Kutoka kaskazini maafa yatamwagwa kwa wote waishio katika nchi.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JER.1.15" />Nitawaita watu wote wa falme za kaskazini,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</p>
<q style="q1">“Wafalme wao watakuja na kuweka viti vyao vya enzi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika maingilio ya malango ya Yerusalemu,
</q>
<q style="q1">watakuja dhidi ya kuta zake zote zinazouzunguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na dhidi ya miji yote ya Yuda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JER.1.16" />Nitatoa hukumu zangu kwa watu wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya uovu wao wa kuniacha mimi,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kufukiza uvumba kwa miungu mingine
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuabudu kile ambacho mikono yao imekitengeneza.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JER.1.17" />“Jiandae! Simama useme chochote nitakachokuamuru. Usiwaogope, la sivyo nitakufanya uwaogope wao.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JER.1.18" />Leo nimekufanya mji wenye ngome, nguzo ya chuma, na ukuta wa shaba ili kusimama dhidi ya nchi yote: dhidi ya wafalme wa Yuda, maafisa wake, makuhani wake na watu wa nchi hiyo.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JER.1.19" />Watapigana nawe lakini hawatakushinda, kwa kuwa niko pamoja nawe, nami nitakuokoa,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Israeli Amwacha Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.2.1" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilinijia kusema,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.2.2" />“Nenda ukahubiri masikioni mwa watu wa Yerusalemu:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Nakumbuka moyo wako wa uchaji katika ujana wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jinsi ulivyonipenda kama bibi arusi
</q>
<q style="q1">na kunifuata katika jangwa lile lote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika nchi isiyopandwa mbegu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JER.2.3" />Israeli alikuwa mtakatifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama malimbuko ya kwanza ya mavuno yake;
</q>
<q style="q1">wote waliowaangamiza walihesabiwa kuwa na hatia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo maafa yaliwakumba,’ ”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JER.2.4" />Sikia neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ee nyumba ya Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nanyi nyote jamaa za nyumba ya Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="JER.2.5" />Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Je, baba zenu waliona kosa gani kwangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata wakatangatanga mbali nami hivyo?
</q>
<q style="q1">Walifuata sanamu zisizofaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wenyewe wakawa hawafai.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JER.2.6" />Hawakuuliza, ‘Yuko wapi
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliyetupandisha kutoka Misri
</q>
<q style="q1">na kutuongoza kupitia nyika kame,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kupitia nchi ya majangwa na mabonde,
</q>
<q style="q1">nchi ya ukame na giza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nchi ambayo hakuna mtu asafiriye ndani yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna mtu aishiye humo?’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JER.2.7" />Niliwaleta katika nchi yenye wingi wa vitu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili mpate kula matunda yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na utajiri wa mazao yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini mkaja na kuinajisi nchi yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuufanya urithi wangu chukizo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JER.2.8" />Makuhani hawakuuliza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Yuko wapi
<nd>Bwana</nd>?’
</q>
<q style="q1">Wale wanaoshughulikia sheria hawakunijua mimi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">viongozi waliasi dhidi yangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Manabii walitabiri kwa jina la Baali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakifuata sanamu zisizofaa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JER.2.9" />“Kwa hiyo naleta tena mashtaka dhidi yako,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Nami nitaleta mashtaka dhidi ya watoto wa watoto wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JER.2.10" />Vuka, nenda ngʼambo mpaka pwani ya Kitimu<f caller="+"><fr>2:10
</fr><ft>Kitimu hapa ni Kipro, kisiwa katika Bahari ya Mediterania.</ft></f> nawe uangalie,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tuma watu waende Kedari, wachunguze kwa makini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uone kama kumekuwepo kitu kama hiki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JER.2.11" />Je, taifa limebadili miungu yake wakati wowote?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">(Hata ingawa hao si miungu kamwe.)
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini watu wangu wamebadili Utukufu wao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sanamu zisizofaa kitu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JER.2.12" />Shangaeni katika hili, ee mbingu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nanyi tetemekeni kwa hofu kuu,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JER.2.13" />“Watu wangu wametenda dhambi mbili:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wameniacha mimi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niliye chemchemi ya maji yaliyo hai,
</q>
<q style="q1">nao wamejichimbia visima vyao wenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">visima vilivyobomoka, visivyoweza kuhifadhi maji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JER.2.14" />Je, Israeli ni mtumishi, yaani mtumwa kwa kuzaliwa?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa nini basi amekuwa mateka?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JER.2.15" />Simba wamenguruma;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamemngurumia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wameifanya nchi yake kuwa ukiwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miji yake imeteketezwa, nayo imeachwa haina watu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JER.2.16" />Pia watu wa Memfisi<f caller="+"><fr>2:16
</fr><ft>Memfisi kwa Kiebrania ni Nofu.</ft></f> na Tahpanhesi<f caller="+"><fr>2:16
</fr><ft>Tahpanhesi ni mji katika nchi ya Misri.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamevunja taji ya kichwa chako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JER.2.17" />Je, hukujiletea hili wewe mwenyewe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kumwacha
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alipowaongoza njiani?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JER.2.18" />Sasa kwa nini uende Misri
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kunywa maji ya Shihori?<f caller="+"><fr>2:18
</fr><ft>Kijito kinachoelekeza maji katika Mto Naili.</ft></f>
</q>
<q style="q1">Nawe kwa nini kwenda Ashuru
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kunywa maji ya Mto Frati?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JER.2.19" />Uovu wako utakuadhibu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kurudi nyuma kwako kutakukemea.
</q>
<q style="q1">Basi kumbuka, utambue
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jinsi lilivyo ovu na chungu kwako
</q>
<q style="q1">unapomwacha
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutokuwa na hofu yangu,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema Bwana,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JER.2.20" />“Zamani nilivunja nira yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukatilia mbali vifungo vyako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukasema, ‘Sitakutumikia!’
</q>
<q style="q1">Naam kweli, kwenye kila kilima kirefu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na chini ya kila mti uliotanda matawi yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulijilaza kama kahaba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JER.2.21" />Nilikupanda ukiwa mzabibu ulio bora sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkamilifu na wa mbegu nzuri.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ilikuwaje basi ukawa kinyume nami,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukaharibika na kuwa mzabibu mwitu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JER.2.22" />Hata ujisafishe kwa magadi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutumia sabuni nyingi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bado doa la hatia yako liko mbele zangu,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JER.2.23" />“Wawezaje kusema, ‘Mimi si najisi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sijawafuata Mabaali’?
</q>
<q style="q1">Kumbuka jinsi ulivyotenda kule bondeni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">fikiri uliyoyafanya.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wewe ni ngamia jike mwenye mbio
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukikimbia hapa na pale,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JER.2.24" />punda-mwitu aliyezoea jangwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anayenusa upepo katika tamaa yake kubwa:
</q>
<q style="q1">katika wakati wake wa kuhitaji mbegu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni nani awezaye kumzuia?
</q>
<q style="q1">Madume yoyote yanayomfuatilia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hayana haja ya kujichosha;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wa kupandwa kwake watampata tu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JER.2.25" />Usikimbie hadi miguu yako iwe haina viatu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na koo lako liwe limekauka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini ulisema, ‘Haina maana!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ninaipenda miungu ya kigeni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami lazima niifuatie.’
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="JER.2.26" />“Kama vile mwizi aaibikavyo wakati amekamatwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hivyo ndivyo nyumba ya Israeli inavyoaibishwa:
</q>
<q style="q1">wao wenyewe, wafalme wao na maafisa wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">makuhani wao na manabii wao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JER.2.27" />Wanaiambia miti, ‘Wewe ndiwe baba yangu,’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nalo jiwe, ‘Wewe ndiwe uliyenizaa.’
</q>
<q style="q1">Wamenipa visogo vyao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawakunigeuzia nyuso zao;
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini wakiwa katika taabu, wanasema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Njoo utuokoe!’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="JER.2.28" />Iko wapi basi ile miungu mliyojitengenezea?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yenyewe na ije kama inaweza kuwaokoa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati mko katika taabu!
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa maana mna miungu mingi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mlivyo na miji, ee Yuda.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="JER.2.29" />“Kwa nini mnaleta mashtaka dhidi yangu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ninyi nyote mmeniasi,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="JER.2.30" />“Nimeadhibu watu wako bure tu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawakujirekebisha.
</q>
<q style="q1">Upanga wako umewala manabii wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama simba mwenye njaa.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="JER.2.31" />“Enyi wa kizazi hiki, tafakarini neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Je, nimekuwa jangwa kwa Israeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au nchi ya giza kuu?
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa nini watu wangu wanasema, ‘Sisi tuko huru kuzurura,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hatutarudi kwako tena’?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="JER.2.32" />Je, mwanamwali husahau vito vyake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au bibi arusi mapambo yake ya arusi?
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini watu wangu wamenisahau mimi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tena kwa siku zisizo na hesabu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="JER.2.33" />Je, wewe una ustadi kiasi gani katika kufuatia mapenzi!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hata wale wanawake wabaya kuliko wote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaweza kujifunza kutokana na njia zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="JER.2.34" />Katika nguo zako watu huona
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">damu ya uhai ya maskini wasio na hatia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ingawa hukuwakamata wakivunja nyumba.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini katika haya yote
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="35" bcv="JER.2.35" />unasema, ‘Sina hatia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu hajanikasirikia.’
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini nitakuhukumu kwa sababu unasema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Mimi sijatenda dhambi.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="36" bcv="JER.2.36" />Kwa nini unatangatanga sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kubadili njia zako?
</q>
<q style="q1">Utakatishwa tamaa na Misri
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama ulivyokatishwa na Ashuru.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="37" bcv="JER.2.37" />Pia utaondoka mahali hapo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukiwa umeweka mikono kichwani,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> amewakataa wale unaowatumainia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hutasaidiwa nao.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Israeli Asiye Mwaminifu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="JER.3.1" />“Kama mtu akimpa talaka mkewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye akamwacha na akaolewa na mtu mwingine,
</q>
<q style="q1">je, huyo mume aweza kumrudia tena?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, hiyo nchi haitanajisika kabisa?
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini umeishi kama kahaba na wapenzi wengi:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">je, sasa utanirudia tena?”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JER.3.2" />“Inua macho utazame miinuko iliyo kame na uone.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, pana mahali ambapo hawajalala nawe?
</q>
<q style="q1">Uliketi kando ya barabara ukiwasubiri wapenzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukakaa kama yeye ahamahamaye jangwani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Umeinajisi nchi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ukahaba wako na uovu wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JER.3.3" />Kwa hiyo mvua imezuiliwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo mvua za vuli hazikunyesha.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hata hivyo, una uso usio na haya kama wa kahaba;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unakataa kutahayari kwa aibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JER.3.4" />Je, wewe hujaniita hivi punde tu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Baba yangu, rafiki yangu tangu ujana wangu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JER.3.5" />je, utakasirika siku zote?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, ghadhabu yako itaendelea milele?’
</q>
<q style="q1">Hivi ndivyo unavyozungumza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini unafanya maovu yote uwezayo.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Wito Kwa Ajili Ya Toba
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JER.3.6" />Wakati wa utawala wa Mfalme Yosia,
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliniambia, “Umeona kile Israeli asiye mwaminifu amekifanya? Amepanda juu ya kila kilima kirefu, na chini ya kila mti uliotanda na amefanya uzinzi huko.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JER.3.7" />Mimi nilifikiri kuwa baada ya kuyafanya yote haya angelinirudia, lakini hakurudi, naye dada yake Yuda mdanganyifu aliona hili.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JER.3.8" />Nilimpa Israeli asiye mwaminifu hati yake ya talaka, na kumfukuza kwa ajili ya uzinzi wake wote. Hata hivyo nikaona kuwa Yuda dada yake mdanganyifu hakuogopa. Yeye pia alitoka na kufanya uzinzi.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JER.3.9" />Kwa sababu uasherati wa Israeli haukuwa kitu kwake, Yuda aliinajisi nchi kwa kuzini na mawe na miti.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JER.3.10" />Pamoja na hayo yote, Yuda dada yake mdanganyifu hakunirudia kwa moyo wake wote, bali kwa kujifanya tu,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JER.3.11" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia, “Israeli asiye mwaminifu ana haki kuliko Yuda mdanganyifu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JER.3.12" />Nenda, ukatangaze ujumbe huu kuelekea kaskazini:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Rudi, Israeli usiye mwaminifu,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘sitakutazama tena kwa uso uliokunjamana,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa mimi ni mwenye huruma,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Sitashika hasira yangu milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JER.3.13" />Ungama dhambi zako tu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba umemwasi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako,
</q>
<q style="q1">umetapanya wema wako kwa miungu ya kigeni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">chini ya kila mti unaotanda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe hukunitii mimi,’ ”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JER.3.14" />“Rudini, enyi watu msio waaminifu, kwa kuwa mimi ni mume wenu,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>. “Nitawachagua ninyi, mmoja kutoka kwenye mji, na wawili kutoka kwenye ukoo, nami nitawaleta Sayuni.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JER.3.15" />Kisha nitawapeni wachungaji wanipendezao moyo wangu, ambao watawaongoza kwa maarifa na ufahamu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JER.3.16" />Katika siku hizo, idadi yenu itakapokuwa imeongezeka sana katika nchi, watu hawatasema tena, ‘Sanduku la Agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd>,’ ” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>. “Halitaingia tena kwenye mawazo yao wala kukumbukwa, hawatalihitaji wala halitatengenezwa jingine.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JER.3.17" />Wakati huo, wataita Yerusalemu kuwa Kiti cha Enzi cha
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nayo mataifa yote watakusanyika Yerusalemu kuliheshimu jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Hawatafuata tena ukaidi wa mioyo yao miovu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JER.3.18" />Katika siku hizo, nyumba ya Yuda itaungana na nyumba ya Israeli, wao kwa pamoja watakuja kutoka nchi ya kaskazini hadi nchi niliyowapa baba zenu kama urithi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JER.3.19" />“Mimi mwenyewe nilisema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Tazama jinsi nitakavyowatunza kwa furaha kama wana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwapa nchi nzuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">urithi ulio mzuri kuliko wa taifa jingine lolote.’
</q>
<q style="q1">Nilidhani mngeniita ‘Baba,’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na msingegeuka, mkaacha kunifuata.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JER.3.20" />Lakini kama mwanamke asiye mwaminifu kwa mumewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vivyo hivyo mmekosa uaminifu kwangu pia, ee nyumba ya Israeli,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JER.3.21" />Kilio kinasikika juu ya miinuko iliyo kame,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kulia na kuomboleza kwa watu wa Israeli,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu wamepotoka katika njia zao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wamemsahau
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JER.3.22" />“Rudini, enyi watu msio waaminifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitawaponya ukengeufu wenu.”
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Naam, tutakuja kwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana wewe ni
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JER.3.23" />Hakika zile ghasia za kuabudu sanamu kwenye vilima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na milimani ni udanganyifu;
</q>
<q style="q1">hakika katika
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uko wokovu wa Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JER.3.24" />Tangu ujana wetu miungu ya aibu imeyala
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">matunda ya kazi za baba zetu:
</q>
<q style="q1">makundi yao ya kondoo na ngʼombe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wana wao na binti zao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JER.3.25" />Sisi na tulale chini katika aibu yetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na fedheha yetu itufunike.
</q>
<q style="q1">Tumetenda dhambi dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sisi na mababa zetu;
</q>
<q style="q1">tangu ujana wetu hadi leo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hatukumtii
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="4" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="JER.4.1" />“Ikiwa utataka kurudi, ee Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nirudie mimi,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">“Ikiwa utaondoa sanamu zako za kuchukiza mbele ya macho yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na usiendelee kutangatanga,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JER.4.2" />ikiwa kwa kweli, kwa haki na kwa unyofu utaapa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Kwa hakika kama vile
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo,’
</q>
<q style="q1">ndipo mataifa yatakapobarikiwa naye
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na katika yeye watajitukuza.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JER.4.3" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa watu wa Yuda na kwa Yerusalemu:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Vunjeni mabonge kwenye mashamba yenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala msipande katikati ya miiba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JER.4.4" />Jitahirini katika
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tahirini mioyo yenu,
</q>
<q style="q1">enyi wanaume wa Yuda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na watu wa Yerusalemu,
</q>
<q style="q1">la sivyo ghadhabu yangu itatoka kwa nguvu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaka kama moto
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu ya uovu mliotenda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ikiwaka pasipo wa kuizima.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Maafa Kutoka Kaskazini
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JER.4.5" />“Tangaza katika Yuda na upige mbiu katika Yerusalemu na kusema:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Piga tarumbeta katika nchi yote!’
</q>
<q style="q1">Piga kelele na kusema:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Kusanyikeni pamoja!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Tukimbilie katika miji yenye maboma!’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JER.4.6" />Onyesheni ishara ili kwenda Sayuni!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kimbilieni usalama pasipo kuchelewa!
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuwa ninaleta maafa kutoka kaskazini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maangamizi ya kutisha.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JER.4.7" />Simba ametoka nje ya pango lake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mharabu wa mataifa amejipanga.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ametoka mahali pake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili aangamize nchi yenu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Miji yenu itakuwa magofu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pasipo mtu wa kuishi humo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JER.4.8" />Hivyo vaeni nguo za magunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ombolezeni na kulia kwa huzuni,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa hasira kali ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haijaondolewa kwetu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JER.4.9" />“Katika siku ile,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“mfalme na maafisa watakata tamaa,
</q>
<q style="q1">makuhani watafadhaika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na manabii watashangazwa mno.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JER.4.10" />Ndipo niliposema, “Aa,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, umewadanganyaje kabisa watu hawa na Yerusalemu kwa kusema, ‘Mtakuwa na amani,’ wakati upanga uko kwenye koo zetu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JER.4.11" />Wakati huo watu hawa na Yerusalemu wataambiwa, “Upepo wa moto kutoka miinuko iliyo kame katika jangwa unavuma kuelekea watu wangu, lakini sio kupepeta au kutakasa,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JER.4.12" />upepo wenye nguvu sana kuliko wa kupepeta na kutakasa utakuja kwa amri yangu. Sasa natangaza hukumu zangu dhidi yao.”
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JER.4.13" />Tazama! Anakuja kama mawingu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">magari yake yanakuja kama upepo wa kisulisuli,
</q>
<q style="q1">farasi wake wana mbio kuliko tai.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ole wetu! Tunaangamia!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JER.4.14" />Ee Yerusalemu, usafishe uovu kutoka moyoni mwako na uokolewe.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Utaendelea kuficha mawazo mapotovu mpaka lini?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JER.4.15" />Sauti inatangaza kutoka Dani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ikipiga mbiu ya maafa kutoka vilima vya Efraimu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JER.4.16" />“Waambie mataifa jambo hili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">piga mbiu hii dhidi ya Yerusalemu:
</q>
<q style="q1">‘Jeshi la kuzingira linakuja kutoka nchi ya mbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">likipiga kelele ya vita dhidi ya miji ya Yuda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JER.4.17" />Wamemzunguka kama watu walindao shamba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu amefanya uasi dhidi yangu,’ ”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JER.4.18" />“Mwenendo wako na matendo yako mwenyewe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yameleta haya juu yako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hii ndiyo adhabu yako.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Tazama jinsi ilivyo chungu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Tazama jinsi inavyochoma moyo!”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JER.4.19" />Ee mtima wangu, mtima wangu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ninagaagaa kwa maumivu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ee maumivu makuu ya moyo wangu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Moyo wangu umefadhaika ndani yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siwezi kunyamaza.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa sababu nimesikia sauti ya tarumbeta,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimesikia kelele ya vita.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JER.4.20" />Maafa baada ya maafa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nchi yote imekuwa magofu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa ghafula mahema yangu yameangamizwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">makazi yangu kwa muda mfupi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JER.4.21" />Hata lini nitaendelea kuona bendera ya vita
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kusikia sauti za tarumbeta?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JER.4.22" />“Watu wangu ni wapumbavu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawanijui mimi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni watoto wasio na akili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawana ufahamu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni hodari kutenda mabaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawajui kutenda yaliyo mema.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JER.4.23" />Niliitazama dunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo haikuwa na umbo tena ni tupu;
</q>
<q style="q1">niliziangalia mbingu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mianga ilikuwa imetoweka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JER.4.24" />Niliitazama milima, nayo ilikuwa ikitetemeka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vilima vyote vilikuwa vikiyumbayumba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JER.4.25" />Nilitazama, wala watu hawakuwepo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila ndege wa angani alikuwa ameruka zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="JER.4.26" />Nilitazama, hata nchi iliyokuwa imestawi vizuri imekuwa jangwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miji yake yote ilikuwa magofu
</q>
<q style="q1">mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele ya hasira yake kali.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JER.4.27" />Hivi ndivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemavyo:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Nchi yote itaharibiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ingawa sitaiangamiza kabisa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="JER.4.28" />Kwa hiyo dunia itaomboleza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mbingu zilizo juu zitakuwa giza,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu nimesema nami sitarudi nyuma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimeamua na wala sitageuka.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="JER.4.29" />Kwa sauti ya wapanda farasi na wapiga upinde
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila mji unakimbia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Baadhi wanakimbilia vichakani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">baadhi wanapanda juu ya miamba.
</q>
<q style="q1">Miji yote imeachwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna aishiye ndani yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="JER.4.30" />Unafanya nini, ewe uliyeharibiwa?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa nini unajivika vazi jekundu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuvaa vito vya dhahabu?
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa nini unapaka macho yako rangi?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Unajipamba bure.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wapenzi wako wanakudharau,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanautafuta uhai wako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="JER.4.31" />Nasikia kilio kama cha mwanamke
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika utungu wa kuzaa,
</q>
<q style="q1">kilio cha uchungu kama cha anayemzaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtoto wake wa kwanza:
</q>
<q style="q1">kilio cha Binti Sayuni akitweta ili aweze kupumua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akiinua mikono yake, akisema,
</q>
<q style="q1">“Ole wangu! Ninazimia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maisha yangu yamekabidhiwa kwa wauaji.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Hakuna Hata Mmoja Aliye Mkamilifu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="JER.5.1" />“Pandeni na kushuka katika mitaa ya Yerusalemu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tazameni pande zote na mtafakari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tafuteni katika viwanja vyake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kama mtaweza kumpata hata mtu mmoja tu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atendaye kwa uaminifu na kutafuta kweli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitausamehe mji huu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JER.5.2" />Ingawa wanasema, ‘Kwa hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo,’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bado wanaapa kwa uongo.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JER.5.3" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, je, macho yako hayaitafuti kweli?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Uliwapiga, lakini hawakusikia maumivu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uliwapondaponda, lakini walikataa maonyo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Walifanya nyuso zao kuwa ngumu kuliko jiwe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao walikataa kutubu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JER.5.4" />Ndipo nikasema, “Hawa ni maskini tu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wao ni wapumbavu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana hawaijui njia ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sheria ya Mungu wao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JER.5.5" />Kwa hiyo nitakwenda kwa viongozi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzungumza nao,
</q>
<q style="q1">hakika wao wanaijua njia ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sheria ya Mungu wao.”
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini kwa nia moja nao pia walikuwa wameivunja nira
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuvivunja vifungo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JER.5.6" />Kwa hiyo simba kutoka mwituni atawashambulia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbwa mwitu kutoka jangwani atawaangamiza,
</q>
<q style="q1">chui atawavizia karibu na miji yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kumrarua vipande vipande yeyote atakayethubutu kutoka nje,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana maasi yao ni makubwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukengeuka kwao kumekuwa ni kwingi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JER.5.7" />“Kwa nini niwasamehe?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Watoto wenu wameniacha na kuapa kwa miungu ambayo si miungu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Niliwapatia mahitaji yao yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini bado wamefanya uzinzi na kusongana katika nyumba za makahaba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JER.5.8" />Wamelishwa vizuri, kama farasi waume wenye tamaa nyingi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila mmoja akimlilia mke wa mwanaume mwingine.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JER.5.9" />Je, nisiwaadhibu kwa ajili ya hili?”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">“Je, nisijilipizie kisasi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya taifa kama hili?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JER.5.10" />“Piteni katika mashamba yake ya mizabibu na kuyaharibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini msiangamize kabisa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Pogoeni matawi yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa watu hawa sio wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JER.5.11" />Nyumba ya Israeli na nyumba ya Yuda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamekuwa si waaminifu kwangu kamwe,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JER.5.12" />Wamedanganya kuhusu
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wamesema, “Yeye hatafanya jambo lolote!
</q>
<q style="q1">Hakuna dhara litakalotupata;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kamwe hatutaona upanga wala njaa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JER.5.13" />Manabii ni upepo tu, wala neno halimo ndani yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiyo hayo wayasemayo na yatendeke kwao.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JER.5.14" />Kwa hiyo hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu Mwenye Nguvu Zote:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kwa sababu watu hawa wamesema maneno haya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitayafanya maneno yangu vinywani mwenu kuwa moto,
</q>
<q style="q1">na watu hawa wawe kuni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zinazoliwa na huo moto.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JER.5.15" />Ee nyumba ya Israeli,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Ninaleta taifa toka mbali dhidi yako,
</q>
<q style="q1">taifa la kale na linaloendelea kudumu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">taifa ambalo lugha yao huijui,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala msemo wao huwezi kuuelewa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JER.5.16" />Podo zao ni kama kaburi lililo wazi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote ni mashujaa hodari wa vita.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JER.5.17" />Watayaangamiza mazao yenu na chakula chenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataangamiza wana wenu na mabinti zenu;
</q>
<q style="q1">wataangamiza makundi yenu ya kondoo na ya ngʼombe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataangamiza mizabibu yenu na mitini yenu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa upanga wataangamiza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miji yenye maboma mliyoitumainia.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="JER.5.18" />“Hata hivyo katika siku hizo, sitakuangamiza kabisa,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JER.5.19" />“Nao watu watakapouliza, ‘Kwa nini
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wetu ametufanyia mambo haya yote?’ utawaambia, ‘Kama vile mlivyoniacha mimi na kutumikia miungu migeni katika nchi yenu wenyewe, ndivyo sasa mtakavyowatumikia wageni katika nchi ambayo si yenu.’
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JER.5.20" />“Itangazie nyumba ya Yakobo hili
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ulipigie mbiu katika Yuda:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JER.5.21" />Sikieni hili, enyi watu wapumbavu, msio na akili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mlio na macho lakini hamwoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mlio na masikio lakini hamsikii:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JER.5.22" />Je, haiwapasi kuniogopa mimi?” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Je, haiwapasi kutetemeka mbele zangu?
</q>
<q style="q1">Niliufanya mchanga kuwa mpaka wa bahari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kizuizi cha milele ambacho haiwezi kupita.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mawimbi yanaweza kuumuka, lakini hayawezi kuupita;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yanaweza kunguruma, lakini hayawezi kuuvuka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JER.5.23" />Lakini watu hawa wana mioyo ya ukaidi na ya uasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamegeukia mbali na kwenda zao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JER.5.24" />Wao hawaambiani wenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Sisi na tumwogope
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu,
</q>
<q style="q1">anayetupatia mvua za masika na za vuli kwa majira yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anayetuhakikishia majuma ya mavuno kwa utaratibu.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JER.5.25" />Matendo yenu mabaya yamezuia haya yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhambi zenu zimewazuia msipate mema.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="JER.5.26" />“Miongoni mwa watu wangu wamo walio waovu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaovizia kama watu wanaotega ndege,
</q>
<q style="q1">na kama wale wanaoweka mitego
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwakamata watu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JER.5.27" />Kama vitundu vilivyojaa ndege,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyumba zao zimejaa udanganyifu;
</q>
<q style="q1">wamekuwa matajiri na wenye nguvu,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="28" bcv="JER.5.28" />wamenenepa na kunawiri.
</q>
<q style="q1">Matendo yao maovu hayana kikomo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawatetei mashauri ya yatima wapate kushinda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawatetei haki za maskini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="JER.5.29" />Je, nisiwaadhibu kwa ajili ya hili?”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">“Je, nisijilipizie kisasi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya taifa kama hili?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="JER.5.30" />“Jambo la kutisha na kushtusha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">limetokea katika nchi hii:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="JER.5.31" />Manabii wanatabiri uongo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">makuhani wanatawala kwa mamlaka yao wenyewe,
</q>
<q style="q1">nao watu wangu wanapenda hivyo.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Lakini mtafanya nini mwisho wake?
<ve />
</q>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Yerusalemu Imezingirwa Na Jeshi
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="JER.6.1" />“Kimbieni kwa usalama wenu, enyi watu wa Benyamini!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kimbieni kutoka Yerusalemu!
</q>
<q style="q1">Pigeni tarumbeta katika Tekoa!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Inueni ishara juu ya Beth-Hakeremu!
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuwa maafa yanaonekana yakitoka kaskazini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uharibifu wa kutisha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JER.6.2" />Nitamwangamiza Binti Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliye mzuri sana na mwororo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JER.6.3" />Wachungaji pamoja na makundi yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watakuja dhidi yake;
</q>
<q style="q1">watapiga mahema yao kumzunguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila mmoja akichunga kundi lake mwenyewe.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JER.6.4" />“Jiandaeni kwa vita dhidi yake!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Inukeni tumshambulie mchana!
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini, ole wetu, mchana unaisha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vivuli vya jioni vinazidi kuwa virefu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JER.6.5" />Kwa hiyo inukeni, tufanye mashambulizi usiku,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuharibu ngome zake!”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JER.6.6" />Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kateni miti mjenge boma
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuzunguka Yerusalemu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mji huu ni lazima uadhibiwe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umejazwa na uonevu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JER.6.7" />Kama vile kisima kinavyomwaga maji yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo anavyomwaga uovu wake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ukatili na maangamizi yasikika ndani yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ugonjwa wake na majeraha yake viko mbele yangu daima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JER.6.8" />Pokea onyo, ee Yerusalemu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">la sivyo nitageukia mbali nawe
</q>
<q style="q1">na kuifanya nchi yako kuwa ukiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asiweze mtu kuishi ndani yake.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JER.6.9" />Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Wao na wayakusanye mabaki ya Israeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa uangalifu kama kwenye mzabibu;
</q>
<q style="q1">pitisha mkono wako kwenye matawi tena,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama yeye avunaye zabibu.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JER.6.10" />Niseme na nani na kumpa onyo?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani atakayenisikiliza mimi?
</q>
<q style="q1">Masikio yao yameziba,<f caller="+"><fr>6:10
</fr><ft>Masikio yameziba kwa Kiebrania ina maana kwamba masikio yao hayajatahiriwa.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiyo hawawezi kusikia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni chukizo kwao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawalifurahii.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JER.6.11" />Lakini nimejaa ghadhabu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami siwezi kuizuia.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Wamwagie watoto walioko barabarani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na juu ya vijana waume waliokusanyika;
</q>
<q style="q1">mume na mke watakumbwa pamoja ndani yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata nao wazee waliolemewa na miaka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JER.6.12" />Nyumba zao zitapewa watu wengine,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na mashamba yao na wake zao,
</q>
<q style="q1">nitakapounyoosha mkono wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhidi ya wale waishio katika nchi,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JER.6.13" />“Kuanzia aliye mdogo kabisa hadi aliye mkubwa kabisa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote wana tamaa ya kupata faida zaidi;
</q>
<q style="q1">manabii na makuhani wanafanana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote wanafanya udanganyifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JER.6.14" />Wanafunga majeraha ya watu wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bila uangalifu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanasema, ‘Amani, amani,’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati hakuna amani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JER.6.15" />Je, wanaona aibu kwa ajili ya tabia yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">inayochukiza mno?
</q>
<q style="q1">Hapana, hawana aibu hata kidogo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawajui hata kuona haya.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa hiyo wataanguka miongoni mwa hao walioanguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watashushwa chini nitakapowaadhibu,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JER.6.16" />Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Simama kwenye njia panda utazame,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulizia mapito ya zamani,
</q>
<q style="q1">ulizia wapi ilipo njia nzuri, uifuate hiyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nanyi mtapata raha nafsini mwenu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Lakini ninyi mlisema, ‘Hatutaipita hiyo.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JER.6.17" />Niliweka walinzi juu yenu na kusema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Sikieni sauti ya tarumbeta!’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Lakini mkasema, ‘Hatutasikiliza.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JER.6.18" />Kwa hiyo sikilizeni, enyi mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">angalieni, enyi mashahidi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lile litakalowatokea.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JER.6.19" />Sikia, ee nchi:
</q>
<q style="q1">Ninaleta maafa juu ya watu hawa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">matunda ya mipango yao,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu hawakusikiliza maneno yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wameikataa sheria yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JER.6.20" />Unanifaa nini uvumba kutoka Sheba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au udi wa harufu nzuri kutoka nchi ya mbali?
</q>
<q style="q1">Sadaka zako za kuteketezwa hazikubaliki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhabihu zako hazinifurahishi mimi.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="JER.6.21" />Kwa hiyo hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Nitaweka vikwazo mbele ya watu hawa.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Baba na wana wao watajikwaa juu yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">majirani na marafiki wataangamia.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="JER.6.22" />Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Tazama, jeshi linakuja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka nchi ya kaskazini,
</q>
<q style="q1">taifa kubwa linaamshwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka miisho ya dunia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JER.6.23" />Wamejifunga pinde na mkuki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni wakatili na hawana huruma.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanatoa sauti kama bahari inayonguruma
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanapoendesha farasi zao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanakuja kama watu waliojipanga tayari kwa vita
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kukushambulia, ee Binti Sayuni.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JER.6.24" />Tumesikia taarifa zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo mikono yetu imelegea.
</q>
<q style="q1">Uchungu umetushika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maumivu kama ya mwanamke katika utungu wa kuzaa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JER.6.25" />Usitoke kwenda mashambani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kutembea barabarani,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa adui ana upanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuna vitisho kila upande.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="JER.6.26" />Enyi watu wangu, vaeni magunia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mjivingirishe kwenye majivu,
</q>
<q style="q1">ombolezeni kwa kilio cha uchungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama amliliaye mwana pekee,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana ghafula
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mharabu atatujia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JER.6.27" />“Nimekufanya wewe kuwa kitu cha kujaribu chuma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watu wangu kama mawe yenye madini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili upate kuzijua na kuzijaribu njia zao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="JER.6.28" />Wote ni waasi sugu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakienda huku na huko kusengenya.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wao ni shaba na chuma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote wanatenda upotovu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="JER.6.29" />Mivuo inavuma kwa nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kinachoungua kwa huo moto ni risasi,
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini pamoja na kusafisha kote huku ni bure;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waovu hawaondolewi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="JER.6.30" />Wanaitwa fedha iliyokataliwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> amewakataa.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Dini Za Uongo Hazina Maana
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.7.1" />Hili ndilo neno lililomjia Yeremia kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.7.2" />“Simama kwenye lango la nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na huko upige mbiu ya ujumbe huu:
</p>
<p style="p">“ ‘Sikieni neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, enyi watu wote wa Yuda mliokuja kupitia malango haya ili kumwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JER.7.3" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli: Tengenezeni njia zenu na matendo yenu, nami nitawaacha mkae mahali hapa.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JER.7.4" />Msitumainie maneno ya udanganyifu na kusema, “Hili ni Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>!”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JER.7.5" />Kama kweli mkibadili njia zenu na matendo yenu, mkatendeana haki kila mmoja na mwenzake,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JER.7.6" />kama msipomwonea mgeni, yatima wala mjane, na kumwaga damu isiyo na hatia mahali hapa, nanyi kama msipofuata miungu mingine kwa madhara yenu wenyewe,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JER.7.7" />ndipo nitawaacha mkae mahali hapa, katika nchi niliyowapa baba zenu milele na milele.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JER.7.8" />Lakini tazama, mnatumainia maneno ya udanganyifu yasiyo na maana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JER.7.9" />“ ‘Je, mtaiba na kuua, mtazini na kuapa kwa uongo, na kufukiza uvumba kwa Baali, na kufuata miungu mingine ambayo hamkuijua,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JER.7.10" />kisha mje na kusimama mbele yangu katika nyumba hii inayoitwa kwa Jina langu, mkisema, “Tuko salama.” Salama kwa kufanya mambo haya yote ya kuchukiza?
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JER.7.11" />Je, nyumba hii, iitwayo kwa Jina langu, imekuwa pango la wanyangʼanyi kwenu? Lakini nimekuwa nikiona yanayotendeka! asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JER.7.12" />“ ‘Nendeni sasa mahali pangu palipokuwa huko Shilo, mahali ambapo nilipafanya pa kwanza kuwa makao ya Jina langu, nanyi mwone lile nililopafanyia kwa ajili ya uovu wa watu wangu Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JER.7.13" />Mlipokuwa mnafanya yote haya, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nilisema nanyi tena na tena, lakini hamkusikiliza; niliwaita, lakini hamkujibu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JER.7.14" />Kwa hiyo, nililolifanyia Shilo, nitalifanya sasa kwa nyumba hii iitwayo kwa Jina langu, Hekalu mnalolitumainia, mahali nilipowapa ninyi na baba zenu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JER.7.15" />Nitawafukuza mbele yangu, kama nilivyowafanyia ndugu zenu, watu wa Efraimu.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JER.7.16" />“Kwa hiyo usiombe kwa ajili ya watu hawa, wala usinililie, na usifanye maombi kwa ajili yao; usinisihi, kwa sababu sitakusikiliza.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JER.7.17" />Je, huyaoni hayo wanayoyatenda katika miji ya Yuda na katika barabara za Yerusalemu?
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JER.7.18" />Watoto wanakusanya kuni, baba zao wanawasha moto, na wanawake wanakanda unga na kuoka mikate kwa ajili ya Malkia wa Mbinguni. Wanamimina sadaka za vinywaji kwa miungu mingine ili kunikasirisha.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JER.7.19" />Lakini je, mimi ndiye wanayenikasirisha? asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Je, hawajiumizi wenyewe na kujiaibisha?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="JER.7.20" />“ ‘Kwa hiyo hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi: Hasira yangu na ghadhabu yangu itamwagwa mahali hapa, juu ya mwanadamu na mnyama, juu ya miti ya shambani na juu ya matunda ya ardhini, nayo itaungua pasipo kuzimwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="JER.7.21" />“ ‘Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli: Endeleeni, ongezeni sadaka zenu za kuteketezwa juu ya dhabihu zenu nyingine, mle nyama hiyo wenyewe!
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JER.7.22" />Kwa kuwa nilipowaleta baba zenu kutoka Misri na kusema nao, sikuwapa amri kuhusu sadaka za kuteketezwa na dhabihu tu,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JER.7.23" />lakini niliwapa amri hii nikisema: Nitiini mimi, nami nitakuwa Mungu wenu nanyi mtakuwa watu wangu. Enendeni katika njia zote ninazowaamuru ili mpate kufanikiwa.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JER.7.24" />Lakini hawakusikiliza wala kujali. Badala yake, walifuata ukaidi wa mioyo yao miovu. Walirudi nyuma badala ya kusonga mbele.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JER.7.25" />Tangu wakati ule baba zenu walipotoka Misri hadi sasa, siku baada ya siku, tena na tena nimewatumia watumishi wangu manabii.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JER.7.26" />Lakini hawakunisikiliza wala hawakujali. Walikuwa na shingo ngumu na kufanya maovu kuliko baba zao.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="JER.7.27" />“Utakapowaambia haya yote, hawatakusikiliza; utakapowaita, hawatajibu.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="JER.7.28" />Kwa hiyo waambie, ‘Hili ni taifa ambalo halimtii
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wao, wala kukubali maonyo. Kweli imekufa, imetoweka midomoni mwao.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="JER.7.29" />Nyoeni nywele zenu na kuzitupa, ombolezeni katika miinuko iliyo kame, kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> amekikataa na kukiacha kizazi hiki kilichomkasirisha.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Bonde La Machinjo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="JER.7.30" />“ ‘Watu wa Yuda wamefanya maovu machoni pangu, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Wameziweka sanamu zao za machukizo ndani ya nyumba iitwayo kwa Jina langu, na wameitia unajisi.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="JER.7.31" />Wamejenga mahali pa juu pa kuabudia sanamu pa Tofethi kwenye Bonde la Ben-Hinomu ili kuwateketeza wana wao na binti zao kwenye moto, kitu ambacho sikuamuru, wala hakikuingia akilini mwangu.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="JER.7.32" />Kwa hiyo mjihadhari, siku zinakuja, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wakati watu watakapokuwa hawapaiti Tofethi au Bonde la Ben-Hinomu, lakini watapaita Bonde la Machinjo, kwa sababu watawazika wafu huko Tofethi mpaka pasiwe tena nafasi.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="JER.7.33" />Ndipo mizoga ya watu hawa itakuwa chakula cha ndege wa angani na wanyama wa nchi, wala hapatakuwepo na yeyote wa kuwafukuza.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="JER.7.34" />Nitazikomesha sauti za shangwe na furaha, na sauti za bwana arusi na bibi arusi katikati ya miji ya Yuda na barabara za Yerusalemu, kwa sababu nchi itakuwa ukiwa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.8.1" />“ ‘Wakati huo, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mifupa ya wafalme na maafisa wa Yuda, mifupa ya makuhani na manabii, na mifupa ya watu wa Yerusalemu itaondolewa kutoka makaburi yao.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.8.2" />Itawekwa wazi kwa jua, na mwezi, na nyota zote za mbingu, ambazo walizipenda na kuzitumikia, na ambazo wamezifuata kutafuta ushauri na kuziabudu. Hawatakusanywa pamoja au kuzikwa, lakini watakuwa kama mavi yaliyotapakaa juu ya ardhi.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JER.8.3" />Popote nitakapowafukuzia, mabaki wote wa kizazi hiki kiovu watatamani kufa kuliko kuishi, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.’
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Dhambi Na Adhabu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JER.8.4" />“Waambie, ‘Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Je, watu wanapoanguka hawainuki?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, mtu anapopotea harudi?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JER.8.5" />Kwa nini basi watu hawa walipotea?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa nini Yerusalemu inapotea kila mara?
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanangʼangʼania udanganyifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wanakataa kurudi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JER.8.6" />Nimewasikiliza kwa makini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hawataki kusema lililo sawa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hakuna anayetubia makosa yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akisema, “Nimefanya nini?”
</q>
<q style="q1">Kila mmoja hufuata njia yake mwenyewe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama farasi anayekwenda vitani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JER.8.7" />Hata korongo aliyeko angani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anayajua majira yake yaliyoamriwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">nao njiwa, mbayuwayu na koikoi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hufuata majira yao ya kurudi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini watu wangu hawajui
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> anachotaka kwao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JER.8.8" />“ ‘Mwawezaje kusema, “Sisi tuna busara
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu tunayo sheria ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>,”
</q>
<q style="q1">wakati ambapo kwa hakika kalamu ya uongo ya waandishi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">imeandika kwa udanganyifu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JER.8.9" />Wenye hekima wataaibika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watafadhaika na kunaswa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuwa wamelikataa neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hiyo hekima waliyo nayo ni ya namna gani?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JER.8.10" />Kwa hiyo nitawapa watu wengine wake zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mashamba yao kwa wamiliki wengine.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kuanzia aliye mdogo kabisa hadi aliye mkubwa kabisa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote wana tamaa ya kupata zaidi;
</q>
<q style="q1">manabii na makuhani wanafanana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote wanafanya udanganyifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JER.8.11" />Wanafunga majeraha ya watu wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bila uangalifu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanasema, “Amani, amani,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati hakuna amani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JER.8.12" />Je, wanaona aibu kwa ajili ya tabia yao inayochukiza mno?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hapana, hawana aibu hata kidogo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawajui hata kuona haya.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa hiyo wataanguka miongoni mwa hao walioanguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watashushwa chini watakapoadhibiwa,
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JER.8.13" />“ ‘Nitayaondoa mavuno yao,
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hapatakuwepo zabibu kwenye mzabibu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hapatakuwepo na tini kwenye mtini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">majani yake yatanyauka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kile nilichowapa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watanyangʼanywa.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JER.8.14" />“Kwa nini tunaketi hapa?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kusanyikeni pamoja!
</q>
<q style="q1">Tukimbilie kwenye miji yenye maboma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tukaangamie huko!
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wetu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ametuhukumu kuangamia,
</q>
<q style="q1">na kutupa maji yenye sumu tunywe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu tumemtenda dhambi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JER.8.15" />Tulitegemea amani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hakuna jema lililokuja,
</q>
<q style="q1">tulitegemea wakati wa kupona,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini kulikuwa hofu tu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JER.8.16" />Mkoromo wa farasi za adui
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umesikika kuanzia Dani,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa mlio wa madume yao ya farasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nchi yote inatetemeka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wamekuja kuangamiza nchi na vyote vilivyomo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mji na wote waishio ndani yake.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JER.8.17" />“Tazama, nitatuma nyoka wenye sumu kali katikati yenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">fira ambao hawawezi kulogwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watawauma,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JER.8.18" />Ee Mfariji wangu katika huzuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">moyo wangu umezimia ndani yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JER.8.19" />Sikia kilio cha watu wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka nchi ya mbali:
</q>
<q style="q1">“Je,
<nd>Bwana</nd> hayuko Sayuni?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, Mfalme wake hayuko tena huko?”
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Kwa nini wamenikasirisha kwa vinyago vyao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sanamu zao za kigeni zisizofaa?”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JER.8.20" />“Mavuno yamepita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kiangazi kimekwisha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nasi hatujaokolewa.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JER.8.21" />Kwa kuwa watu wangu wamepondwa, nami nimepondeka pia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninaomboleza, nayo hofu kuu imenishika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JER.8.22" />Je, hakuna zeri ya kuponya katika Gileadi?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, hakuna tabibu huko?
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa nini basi hakuna uponyaji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wa majeraha ya watu wangu?
<ve />
</q>

<c id="9" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="JER.9.1" />Laiti kichwa changu kingekuwa chemchemi ya maji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na macho yangu yangekuwa kisima cha machozi!
</q>
<q style="q1">Ningelia usiku na mchana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuuawa kwa watu wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JER.9.2" />Laiti ningekuwa na nyumba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya kukaa wasafiri jangwani,
</q>
<q style="q1">ningewaacha watu wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwenda mbali nao,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa wote ni wazinzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kundi la watu wadanganyifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JER.9.3" />“Huweka tayari ndimi zao kama upinde,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kurusha uongo;
</q>
<q style="q1">wamekuwa na nguvu katika nchi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini si katika ukweli.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanatoka dhambi moja hadi nyingine,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawanitambui mimi,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JER.9.4" />“Jihadhari na rafiki zako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiwaamini ndugu zako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuwa kila ndugu ni mdanganyifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kila rafiki ni msingiziaji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JER.9.5" />Rafiki humdanganya rafiki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna yeyote asemaye kweli.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wamefundisha ndimi zao kudanganya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanajichosha wenyewe katika kutenda dhambi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JER.9.6" />Unakaa katikati ya udanganyifu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika udanganyifu wao wanakataa kunitambua mimi,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JER.9.7" />Kwa hiyo hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Tazama, nitawasafisha na kuwajaribu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwani ni nini kingine niwezacho kufanya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya dhambi ya watu wangu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JER.9.8" />Ndimi zao ni mshale wenye sumu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hunena kwa udanganyifu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kinywa chake kila mmoja huzungumza maneno mazuri na jirani yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini moyoni mwake humtegea mtego.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JER.9.9" />Je, nisiwaadhibu kwa ajili ya jambo hili?”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">“Je, nisijilipizie kisasi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa taifa kama hili?”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JER.9.10" />Nitalia na kuomboleza kwa ajili ya milima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuomboleza kuhusu malisho ya jangwani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Yamekuwa ukiwa, wala hakuna apitaye humo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">milio ya ngʼombe haisikiki.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ndege wa angani wametoroka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wanyama wamekimbia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JER.9.11" />“Nitaifanya Yerusalemu lundo la magofu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">makao ya mbweha;
</q>
<q style="q1">nami nitaifanya miji ya Yuda kuwa ukiwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili asiwepo atakayeishi humo.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JER.9.12" />Ni mtu yupi aliye na hekima ya kutosha ayaelewe haya? Ni nani aliyefundishwa na
<nd>Bwana</nd> awezaye kuyaeleza haya? Kwa nini nchi imeharibiwa na kufanywa ukiwa kama jangwa ambapo hakuna awezaye kupita?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JER.9.13" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, “Ni kwa sababu wameiacha sheria yangu, niliyoiweka mbele yao: hawajaniheshimu mimi wala kufuata sheria yangu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JER.9.14" />Badala yake wamefuata ukaidi wa mioyo yao, wamefuata Mabaali, kama vile baba zao walivyowafundisha.”
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JER.9.15" />Kwa hiyo, hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli: “Tazama, nitawafanya watu hawa wale chakula kichungu na kunywa maji yenye sumu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JER.9.16" />Nitawatawanya katika mataifa ambayo wao wala baba zao hawakuwajua, nikiwafuata kwa upanga mpaka niwe nimewaangamiza kabisa.”
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JER.9.17" />Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Fikiri sasa! Waite wanawake waombolezao waje,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waite wale walio na ustadi kuliko wote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JER.9.18" />Nao waje upesi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutuombolezea,
</q>
<q style="q1">mpaka macho yetu yafurike machozi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vijito vya maji vitoke kwenye kope zetu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JER.9.19" />Sauti ya kuomboleza imesikika kutoka Sayuni:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Tazama jinsi tulivyoangamizwa!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Tazama jinsi aibu yetu ilivyo kubwa!
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni lazima tuihame nchi yetu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu nyumba zetu zimekuwa magofu.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JER.9.20" />Basi, enyi wanawake, sikieni neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">fungueni masikio yenu msikie maneno ya kinywa chake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wafundisheni binti zenu kuomboleza;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">fundishaneni kila mmoja na mwenzake maombolezo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JER.9.21" />Mauti imeingia ndani kupitia madirishani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">imeingia kwenye majumba yetu ya fahari;
</q>
<q style="q1">imewakatilia mbali watoto katika barabara
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vijana waume kutoka viwanja vya miji.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="JER.9.22" />Sema, “Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Maiti za wanaume zitalala
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mavi katika mashamba,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama malundo ya nafaka nyuma ya mvunaji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna anayekusanya.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="JER.9.23" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Mwenye hekima asijisifu katika hekima yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au mwenye nguvu ajisifu katika nguvu zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala tajiri ajisifu katika utajiri wake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JER.9.24" />lakini yeye ajisifuye, na ajisifu kwa sababu hili:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba ananifahamu na kunijua mimi,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwamba mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nitendaye wema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hukumu na haki duniani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa napendezwa na haya,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="JER.9.25" />“Siku zinakuja, nitakapowaadhibu wale wote ambao wametahiriwa kimwili tu, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JER.9.26" />yaani Misri, Yuda, Edomu, Amoni, Moabu na wote wanaoishi jangwani sehemu za mbali. Kwa maana mataifa haya yote hayakutahiriwa mioyo yao, nayo nyumba yote ya Israeli haikutahiriwa.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="10" />
<s style="s1">Mungu Na Sanamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.10.1" />Sikieni lile ambalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, anena nanyi ee nyumba ya Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.10.2" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Usijifunze njia za mataifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala usitishwe na ishara katika anga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ingawa mataifa yanatishwa nazo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JER.10.3" />Kwa maana desturi za mataifa hazina maana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanakata mti msituni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na fundi anauchonga kwa patasi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JER.10.4" />Wanaparemba kwa fedha na dhahabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanakikaza kwa nyundo na misumari ili kisitikisike.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JER.10.5" />Sanamu zao ni kama sanamu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">iliyowekwa shambani la matango kutishia ndege
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo haziwezi kuongea;
</q>
<q style="q1">sharti zibebwe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sababu haziwezi kutembea.
</q>
<q style="q1">Usiziogope; haziwezi kudhuru,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kutenda lolote jema.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JER.10.6" />Hakuna aliye kama wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe ni mkuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jina lako ni lenye nguvu katika uweza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JER.10.7" />Ni nani ambaye haimpasi kukuheshimu wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee Mfalme wa mataifa?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hii ni stahili yako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Miongoni mwa watu wote wenye hekima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika mataifa na katika falme zao zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna aliye kama wewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JER.10.8" />Wote hawana akili, tena ni wapumbavu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanafundishwa na sanamu za miti zisizofaa lolote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JER.10.9" />Huleta fedha iliyofuliwa kutoka Tarshishi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na dhahabu kutoka Ufazi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kile ambacho fundi na sonara wametengeneza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huvikwa mavazi ya rangi ya samawi na urujuani:
</q>
<q style="q1">vyote vikiwa vimetengenezwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mafundi stadi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JER.10.10" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni Mungu wa kweli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ndiye Mungu aliye hai, Mfalme wa milele.
</q>
<q style="q1">Anapokasirika, dunia hutetemeka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mataifa hayawezi kustahimili hasira yake.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JER.10.11" />“Waambie hivi: ‘Miungu hii, ambayo haikuumba mbingu na dunia, itaangamia kutoka dunia na kutoka chini ya mbingu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JER.10.12" />Lakini Mungu aliiumba dunia kwa uweza wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akaweka misingi ya ulimwengu kwa hekima yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na akazitandaza mbingu kwa ufahamu wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JER.10.13" />Atoapo sauti yake, maji yaliyo katika mbingu hunguruma;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huyafanya mawingu yainuke kutoka miisho ya dunia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hupeleka umeme wa radi pamoja na mvua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye huuleta upepo kutoka ghala zake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JER.10.14" />Kila mmoja ni mjinga na hana maarifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila sonara ameaibishwa na sanamu zake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Vinyago vyake ni vya udanganyifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">havina pumzi ndani yavyo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JER.10.15" />Havifai kitu, ni vitu vya kufanyia mzaha tu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hukumu yavyo itakapowadia, vitaangamia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JER.10.16" />Yeye aliye Fungu la Yakobo sivyo alivyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwani ndiye Muumba wa vitu vyote,
</q>
<q style="q1">pamoja na Israeli, kabila la urithi wake:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote ndilo jina lake.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Maangamizi Yajayo
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JER.10.17" />Kusanyeni mali na vitu vyenu mwondoke nchi hii,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">enyi mnaoishi katika hali ya kuzingirwa na jeshi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JER.10.18" />Kwa kuwa hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Wakati huu, nitawatupa nje kwa nguvu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote waishio katika nchi hii;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitawataabisha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili waweze kutekwa.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JER.10.19" />Ole wangu mimi kwa ajili ya kuumia kwangu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Jeraha langu ni kubwa!
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini nilisema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Kweli hii ni adhabu yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami sharti niistahimili.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JER.10.20" />Hema langu limeangamizwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kamba zake zote zimekatwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wana wangu wametekwa na hawapo tena;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna hata mmoja aliyebaki wa kusimamisha hema langu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala wa kusimamisha kibanda changu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JER.10.21" />Wachungaji hawana akili
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawamuulizi
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q style="q1">hivyo hawastawi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kundi lao lote la kondoo limetawanyika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JER.10.22" />Sikilizeni! Taarifa inakuja:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ghasia kubwa kutoka nchi ya kaskazini!
</q>
<q style="q1">Hii itafanya miji ya Yuda ukiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">makao ya mbweha.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Maombi Ya Yeremia
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JER.10.23" />Ninajua, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwamba maisha ya mwanadamu si yake mwenyewe;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawezi kuziongoza hatua zake mwenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JER.10.24" />Unirudi, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, lakini kwa kipimo cha haki:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">si katika hasira yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usije ukaniangamiza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JER.10.25" />Umwage ghadhabu yako juu ya mataifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wasiokujua wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya mataifa wasioliitia jina lako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuwa wamemwangamiza Yakobo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamemwangamiza kabisa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuiharibu nchi yake.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="11" />
<s style="s1">Agano Limevunjwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.11.1" />Hili ndilo neno lililomjia Yeremia kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.11.2" />“Sikia maneno ya agano hili, nawe uwaambie watu wa Yuda na wale waishio Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JER.11.3" />Waambie kwamba hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli: ‘Amelaaniwa mtu ambaye hatayatii maneno ya agano hili,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JER.11.4" />maneno niliyowaamuru baba zenu nilipowatoa katika nchi ya Misri, kutoka tanuru la kuyeyushia vyuma.’ Nilisema, ‘Nitiini mimi na mfanye kila kitu ninachowaamuru, nanyi mtakuwa watu wangu, nami nitakuwa Mungu wenu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JER.11.5" />Kisha nitatimiza kiapo nilichowaapia baba zenu, kuwapa nchi itiririkayo maziwa na asali,’ nchi ambayo mnaimiliki leo.”
</p>
<p style="p">Nikajibu, “Amen,
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JER.11.6" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia, “Tangaza maneno haya yote katika miji ya Yuda na katika barabara za Yerusalemu: ‘Sikilizeni maneno ya agano hili na kuyafuata.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JER.11.7" />Tangu wakati ule niliwapandisha baba zenu kutoka Misri mpaka leo, niliwaonya tena na tena, nikisema “Nitiini mimi.”
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JER.11.8" />Lakini hawakusikiliza wala kujali. Badala yake, walifuata ukaidi wa mioyo yao miovu. Hivyo nikaleta juu yao laana zote za agano nililokuwa nimewaamuru wao kulifuata, lakini wao hawakulishika.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JER.11.9" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia, “Kuna shauri baya linaloendelea miongoni mwa watu wa Yuda na wale wanaoishi Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JER.11.10" />Wamerudia dhambi za baba zao, waliokataa kusikiliza maneno yangu. Wameifuata miungu mingine kuitumikia. Nyumba zote mbili za Israeli na Yuda zimelivunja agano nililofanya na baba zao.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JER.11.11" />Kwa hivyo, hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: ‘Nitaleta juu yao maafa ambayo hawawezi kuyakimbia. Hata kama wakinililia, sitawasikiliza.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JER.11.12" />Miji ya Yuda na watu wa Yerusalemu watakwenda kuililia miungu ambayo wameifukizia uvumba, lakini haitawasaidia kamwe wakati maafa yatakapowapiga.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JER.11.13" />Mnayo miungu mingi kama miji mliyo nayo, ee Yuda, nazo madhabahu mlizozijenga za kufukizia uvumba huyo mungu wa aibu Baali ni nyingi kama barabara za Yerusalemu.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JER.11.14" />“Wewe usiwaombee watu hawa wala kufanya maombezi yoyote au kunisihi kwa ajili yao, kwa sababu sitawasikiliza watakaponiita wakati wa taabu yao.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JER.11.15" />“Mpenzi wangu anafanya nini hekaluni mwangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anapofanya mashauri yake maovu na wengi?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, nyama iliyowekwa wakfu yaweza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuondolea mbali adhabu yako?
</q>
<q style="q1">Unapojiingiza katika ubaya wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndipo unashangilia.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JER.11.16" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alikuita mti wa mzeituni uliostawi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulio na matunda mazuri kwa sura.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini kwa ngurumo ya mawimbi makuu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atautia moto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo matawi yake yatavunjika.
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="17" bcv="JER.11.17" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, aliyekupanda, ametamka maafa kwa ajili yako, kwa sababu nyumba ya Israeli na nyumba ya Yuda mmefanya maovu na kunikasirisha kwa kumfukizia Baali uvumba.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Shauri Baya Dhidi Ya Yeremia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="JER.11.18" />Kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alinifunulia hila zao mbaya, nilizifahamu, kwa kuwa wakati ule alinionyesha yale waliyokuwa wanayafanya.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JER.11.19" />Nilikuwa kama mwana-kondoo mpole aliyeongozwa machinjoni; mimi sikutambua kwamba walikuwa wamefanya shauri baya dhidi yangu, wakisema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Sisi na tuuangamize mti na matunda yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nasi tumkatilie mbali kutoka nchi ya walio hai,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili jina lake lisikumbukwe tena.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JER.11.20" />Lakini, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, wewe uhukumuye kwa haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe uchunguzaye moyo na akili,
</q>
<q style="q1">wacha nione ukiwalipiza wao kisasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana kwako nimeweka shauri langu.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="JER.11.21" />“Kwa hiyo hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemalo kuhusu watu wa Anathothi wale wanaotafuta uhai wako wakisema, ‘Usitoe unabii kwa jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, la sivyo utakufa kwa mikono yetu’:
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JER.11.22" />kwa hiyo hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote asemalo: ‘Nitawaadhibu. Vijana wao waume watakufa kwa upanga, wana wao na binti zao kwa njaa.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JER.11.23" />Hawatasaziwa hata mabaki kwao, kwa sababu nitaleta maafa kwa watu wa Anathothi katika mwaka wa adhabu yao.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Lalamiko La Yeremia
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="JER.12.1" />Wewe daima u mwenye haki, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niletapo mashtaka mbele yako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hata hivyo nitazungumza nawe kuhusu hukumu yako:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa nini njia ya waovu inafanikiwa?
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa nini wasio waaminifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote wanaishi kwa raha?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JER.12.2" />Umewapanda, nao wameota,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanakua na kuzaa matunda.
</q>
<q style="q1">Daima u midomoni mwao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini mbali na mioyo yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JER.12.3" />Hata hivyo unanijua mimi, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unaniona na kuyachunguza mawazo yangu kukuhusu wewe.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wakokote kama kondoo wanaokwenda kuchinjwa!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Watenge kwa ajili ya siku ya kuchinjwa!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JER.12.4" />Je, nchi itakaa katika hali ya kuomboleza mpaka lini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na majani katika kila shamba kunyauka?
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa sababu wale waishio ndani yake ni waovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanyama na ndege wameangamia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Zaidi ya hayo, watu wanasema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“<nd>Bwana</nd> hataona yatakayotupata sisi.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Jibu La Mungu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JER.12.5" />“Ikiwa umeshindana mbio na watu kwa mguu na wakakushinda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unawezaje kushindana na farasi?
</q>
<q style="q1">Ikiwa unajikwaa kwenye nchi ambayo ni salama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utawezaje kwenye vichaka kando ya Yordani?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JER.12.6" />Ndugu zako, watu wa jamaa yako mwenyewe:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata wao wamekusaliti;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wameinua kilio kikubwa dhidi yako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Usiwaamini, ingawa wanazungumza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mema juu yako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JER.12.7" />“Nitaiacha nyumba yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitupe urithi wangu;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitamtia yeye nimpendaye
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mikononi mwa adui zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JER.12.8" />Urithi wangu umekuwa kwangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama simba wa msituni.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huningurumia mimi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiyo ninamchukia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JER.12.9" />Je, urithi wangu haukuwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama ndege wa mawindo wa madoadoa
</q>
<q style="q1">ambaye ndege wengine wawindao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">humzunguka na kumshambulia?
</q>
<q style="q1">Nenda ukawakusanye pamoja wanyama wote wa mwituni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walete ili wale.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JER.12.10" />Wachungaji wengi wataliharibu shamba langu la mizabibu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kulikanyaga shamba langu;
</q>
<q style="q1">watalifanya shamba langu zuri
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa jangwa la ukiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JER.12.11" />Litafanywa kuwa jangwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lililokauka na kuachwa ukiwa mbele zangu;
</q>
<q style="q1">nchi yote itafanywa jangwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu hakuna hata mmoja anayejali.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JER.12.12" />Juu ya miinuko yote ilivyo kama jangwani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mharabu atajaa,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana upanga wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> utawala,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuanzia ncha moja ya nchi hadi nyingine;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna hata mmoja atakayekuwa salama.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JER.12.13" />Watapanda ngano lakini watavuna miiba;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watajitaabisha lakini hawatafaidi chochote.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa hiyo beba aibu ya mavuno yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya hasira kali ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JER.12.14" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: “Kwa habari ya majirani zangu wote wabaya wanaonyangʼanya urithi ambao ninawapa watu wangu Israeli, nitawangʼoa kutoka nchi zao, nami nitaingʼoa nyumba ya Yuda kutoka katikati yao.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JER.12.15" />Lakini baada ya kuwangʼoa, nitawahurumia tena na kumrudisha kila mmoja wao kwenye urithi wake mwenyewe na kwenye nchi yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JER.12.16" />Ikiwa watajifunza vyema njia za watu wangu na kuapa kwa Jina langu, wakisema, ‘Hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo,’ hata kama wakati fulani walifundisha watu wangu kuapa kwa Baali, ndipo watakapofanywa imara katikati ya watu wangu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JER.12.17" />Lakini kama taifa lolote halitasikiliza na kutii, nitalingʼoa kabisa na kuliangamiza,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="13" />
<s style="s1">Mkanda Wa Kitani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.13.1" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliloniambia: “Nenda ununue mkanda wa kitani, ujivike kiunoni mwako, lakini usiuache uguse maji.”
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.13.2" />Kwa hiyo nikanunua mkanda, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyoniagiza, nikajivika kiunoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JER.13.3" />Ndipo neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kwa mara ya pili:
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JER.13.4" />“Chukua mkanda ulionunua ambao umeuvaa kiunoni mwako, uende sasa Frati uufiche ndani ya ufa mdogo kwenye mwamba.”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JER.13.5" />Ndipo nikaenda na kuuficha ule mkanda huko Frati, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyoniamuru.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JER.13.6" />Baada ya siku nyingi
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia, “Nenda sasa Frati ukauchukue ule mkanda niliokuambia uufiche huko.”
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JER.13.7" />Hivyo nikaenda Frati na kuuchimbua ule mkanda kutoka pale nilipokuwa nimeuficha, lakini sasa ulikuwa umeharibika na haufai tena kabisa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JER.13.8" />Ndipo neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia:
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JER.13.9" />“Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemalo: ‘Vivyo hivyo ndivyo nitakavyokiharibu kiburi cha Yuda na kiburi kikuu cha Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JER.13.10" />Watu hawa waovu, wanaokataa kusikiliza maneno yangu, wafuatao ukaidi wa mioyo yao na kufuata miungu mingine kuitumikia na kuiabudu, watakuwa kama mkanda huu ambao haufai kabisa!
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JER.13.11" />Kwa maana kama vile mkanda ufungwavyo kiunoni mwa mtu, ndivyo nilivyojifunga nyumba yote ya Israeli na nyumba yote ya Yuda,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ‘ili wawe watu wangu kwa ajili ya utukufu wangu, sifa na heshima yangu. Lakini hawajasikiliza.’
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Viriba Vya Mvinyo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JER.13.12" />“Waambie: ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, asemalo: kila kiriba inapasa kijazwe mvinyo.’ Kama wao wakikuambia, ‘Kwani hatujui kwamba kila kiriba inapasa kijazwe mvinyo?’
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JER.13.13" />Kisha uwaambie, ‘Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: nitawajaza ulevi wote waishio katika nchi hii, pamoja na wafalme waketio juu ya kiti cha enzi cha Daudi, makuhani, manabii na wale wote waishio Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JER.13.14" />Nitawagonganisha kila mmoja na mwenzake, baba na wana wao, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Sitawarehemu wala kuwahurumia ili niache kuwaangamiza.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Tishio La Kutekwa
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JER.13.15" />Sikieni na mzingatie,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msiwe na kiburi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> amenena.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JER.13.16" />Mpeni utukufu
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kabla hajaleta giza,
</q>
<q style="q1">kabla miguu yenu haijajikwaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya vilima vitakavyotiwa giza.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mlitarajia nuru,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini ataifanya kuwa giza nene
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuibadili kuwa huzuni kubwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JER.13.17" />Lakini kama hamtasikiliza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitalia sirini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya kiburi chenu;
</q>
<q style="q1">macho yangu yatalia kwa uchungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yakitiririka machozi,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu kundi la kondoo la
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">litachukuliwa mateka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JER.13.18" />Mwambie mfalme na mamaye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Shukeni kutoka kwenye viti vyenu vya enzi,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa taji zenu za utukufu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zitaanguka kutoka vichwani mwenu.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JER.13.19" />Miji iliyoko Negebu itafungwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hapatakuwa na mtu wa kuifungua.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watu wa Yuda wote watapelekwa uhamishoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakichukuliwa kabisa waende mbali.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JER.13.20" />Inua macho yako uone
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wanaokuja kutoka kaskazini.
</q>
<q style="q1">Liko wapi lile kundi ulilokabidhiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kondoo wale uliojivunia?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JER.13.21" />Utasema nini
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakapowaweka juu yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale ulioungana nao kama marafiki wako maalum?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, hutapatwa na utungu kama mwanamke
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliye katika utungu wa kuzaa?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JER.13.22" />Nawe kama ukijiuliza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Kwa nini haya yamenitokea?”
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni kwa sababu ya dhambi zako nyingi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndipo marinda yako yameraruliwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mwili wako umetendewa vibaya.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JER.13.23" />Je, Mkushi aweza kubadili ngozi yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au chui kubadili madoadoa yake?
</q>
<q style="q1">Vivyo hivyo nawe huwezi kufanya mema
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe uliyezoea kutenda mabaya.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JER.13.24" />“Nitawatawanya kama makapi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yapeperushwayo na upepo wa jangwani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JER.13.25" />Hii ndiyo kura yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">fungu nililokuamuria,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q style="q1">“kwa sababu umenisahau mimi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuamini miungu ya uongo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="JER.13.26" />Nitayafunua marinda yako mpaka juu ya uso wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili aibu yako ionekane:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JER.13.27" />uzinzi wako na kulia kwako kama farasi kulikojaa tamaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukahaba wako usio na aibu!
</q>
<q style="q1">Nimeyaona matendo yako ya machukizo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya vilima na mashambani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ole wako, ee Yerusalemu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Utaendelea kuwa najisi mpaka lini?”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="14" />
<s style="s1">Ukame, Njaa Na Upanga
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.14.1" />Hili ndilo neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa Yeremia kuhusu ukame:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JER.14.2" />“Yuda anaomboleza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miji yake inayodhoofika;
</q>
<q style="q1">wanaomboleza kwa ajili ya nchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nacho kilio kinapanda kutoka Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JER.14.3" />Wakuu wanawatuma watumishi wao maji;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanakwenda visimani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini humo hakuna maji.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanarudi na vyombo bila maji;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakiwa na hofu na kukata tamaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanafunika vichwa vyao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JER.14.4" />Ardhi imepasuka nyufa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu hakuna mvua katika nchi;
</q>
<q style="q1">wakulima wana hofu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wanafunika vichwa vyao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JER.14.5" />Hata kulungu mashambani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anamwacha mtoto wake aliyezaliwa wakati huo huo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu hakuna majani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JER.14.6" />Punda-mwitu wanasimama juu ya miinuko iliyo kame
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutweta kama mbweha;
</q>
<q style="q1">macho yao yanakosa nguvu za kuona
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya kukosa malisho.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JER.14.7" />Ingawa dhambi zetu zinashuhudia juu yetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, tenda jambo kwa ajili ya jina lako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuwa kukengeuka kwetu ni kukubwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nasi tumetenda dhambi dhidi yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JER.14.8" />Ee Tumaini la Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mwokozi wake wakati wa taabu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa nini unakuwa kama mgeni katika nchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama msafiri anayekaa kwa usiku mmoja tu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JER.14.9" />Mbona unakuwa kama mtu aliyeshtukizwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama shujaa asiye na uwezo wa kuokoa?
</q>
<q style="q1">Wewe uko katikati yetu, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nasi tunaitwa kwa jina lako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usituache!
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JER.14.10" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemalo kuhusu watu hawa:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Wanapenda sana kutangatanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawaizuii miguu yao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> hawakubali;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sasa ataukumbuka uovu wao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaadhibu kwa ajili ya dhambi zao.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JER.14.11" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia, “Usiombe kwa ajili ya mafanikio ya watu hawa.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JER.14.12" />Ingawa wanafunga, sitasikiliza kilio chao; hata wakitoa dhabihu za kuteketezwa na dhabihu za nafaka, sitazikubali. Badala yake, nitawaangamiza kwa upanga, njaa na tauni.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JER.14.13" />Lakini nikasema, “Aa,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, manabii wanaendelea kuwaambia, ‘Hamtaona upanga wala kukabiliwa na njaa. Naam, nitawapa amani ya kudumu mahali hapa.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JER.14.14" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia, “Manabii wanatabiri uongo kwa jina langu. Sikuwatuma, wala sikuwaweka, wala sikusema nao. Wanawatabiria maono ya uongo, maaguzi, maono ya sanamu zisizofaa kitu, na madanganyo ya mawazo yao wenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JER.14.15" />Kwa hiyo, hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemalo kuhusu manabii wanaotabiri kwa jina langu: Mimi sikuwatuma, lakini wanasema, ‘Hakuna upanga wala njaa itakayoigusa nchi hii.’ Manabii hao hao watakufa kwa upanga na njaa.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JER.14.16" />Nao watu hao wanaowatabiria watatupwa nje katika barabara za Yerusalemu kwa sababu ya njaa na upanga. Hapatakuwepo yeyote wa kuwazika wao au wake zao, wana wao au binti zao. Nitawamwagia maafa wanayostahili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JER.14.17" />“Nena nao neno hili:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Macho yangu na yatiririkwe na machozi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiku na mchana bila kukoma;
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa binti yangu aliye bikira, yaani watu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amepata jeraha baya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pigo la kuangamiza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JER.14.18" />Kama nikienda mashambani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninaona wale waliouawa kwa upanga;
</q>
<q style="q1">kama nikienda mjini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninaona maangamizi ya njaa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nabii na kuhani kwa pamoja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamekwenda katika nchi wasiyoijua.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JER.14.19" />Je, umemkataa Yuda kabisa?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Umemchukia Sayuni kabisa?
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa nini umetuumiza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata hatuwezi kuponyeka?
</q>
<q style="q1">Tulitarajia amani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hakuna jema lililotujia;
</q>
<q style="q1">tulitarajia wakati wa kupona
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini kuna hofu kuu tu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JER.14.20" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, tunatambua uovu wetu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kosa la baba zetu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kweli tumetenda dhambi dhidi yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JER.14.21" />Kwa ajili ya jina lako usituchukie kabisa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usikidharau kiti chako cha enzi kilichotukuka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kumbuka agano lako nasi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na usilivunje.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JER.14.22" />Je, kuna sanamu yoyote isiyofaa kitu ya mataifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">iwezayo kuleta mvua?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, anga peke yake zaweza kutoa mvua?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">La hasha, ni wewe peke yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wetu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa hiyo tumaini letu liko kwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa wewe ndiwe ufanyaye haya yote.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="15" />
<s style="s1">Adhabu Isiyoepukika
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.15.1" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia: “Hata kama Mose na Samweli wangesimama mbele zangu, moyo wangu usingewaelekea watu hawa. Waondoe mbele za macho yangu! Waache waende!
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.15.2" />Nao kama wakikuuliza, ‘Twende wapi?’ Waambie, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Wale waliowekwa kwa ajili ya kufa, wakafe;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waliowekwa kwa ajili ya upanga, kwa upanga;
</q>
<q style="q1">waliowekwa kwa ajili ya njaa, kwa njaa:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waliowekwa kwa ajili ya kutekwa, watekwe.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JER.15.3" /><nd>Bwana</nd> asema, “Nitatuma aina nne za waharabu dhidi yao: nazo ni upanga ili kuua na mbwa ili wakokote mbali, ndege wa angani na wanyama wa nchi ili kula na kuangamiza.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JER.15.4" />Nitawafanya wawe machukizo kwa falme zote za dunia kwa sababu ya kile alichofanya Manase mwana wa Hezekia mfalme wa Yuda huko Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JER.15.5" />“Ni nani atakayekuhurumia, ee Yerusalemu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani atakayeomboleza kwa ajili yako?
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni nani atakayesimama ili kuuliza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuhusu hali yako?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JER.15.6" />Umenikataa mimi,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Unazidi kukengeuka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hivyo nitanyoosha mkono wangu juu yako na kukuangamiza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siwezi kuendelea kukuonea huruma.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JER.15.7" />Nitawapepeta kwa uma wa kupepetea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye malango ya miji katika nchi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitaleta msiba na maangamizi juu ya watu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana hawajabadili njia zao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JER.15.8" />Nitawafanya wajane wao kuwa wengi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko mchanga wa bahari.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wakati wa adhuhuri nitamleta mharabu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhidi ya mama wa vijana wao waume;
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa ghafula nitaleta juu yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maumivu makuu na hofu kuu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JER.15.9" />Mama mwenye watoto saba atazimia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kupumua pumzi yake ya mwisho.
</q>
<q style="q1">Jua lake litatua kungali bado mchana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atatahayarika na kufedheheka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wale wote waliobaki nitawaua kwa upanga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele ya adui zao,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JER.15.10" />Ole wangu, mama yangu, kwamba ulinizaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtu ambaye ulimwengu wote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unashindana na kugombana naye!
</q>
<q style="q1">Sikukopa wala sikukopesha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini kila mmoja ananilaani.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JER.15.11" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akasema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Hakika nitakuokoa kwa kusudi jema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakika nitawafanya adui zako wakuombe msaada
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyakati za maafa na nyakati za dhiki.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JER.15.12" />“Je, mtu aweza kuvunja chuma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">chuma kitokacho kaskazini, au shaba?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JER.15.13" />Utajiri wako na hazina zako nitavitoa kuwa nyara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bila gharama,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu ya dhambi zako zote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika nchi yako yote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JER.15.14" />Nitakufanya uwe mtumwa wa adui zako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika nchi usiyoijua,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa katika hasira yangu moto umewashwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utakaowaka juu yako daima.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JER.15.15" />Wewe unafahamu, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unikumbuke na unitunze mimi.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Lipiza kisasi juu ya watesi wangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa uvumilivu wako usiniondolee mbali;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kumbuka jinsi ninavyoshutumiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JER.15.16" />Maneno yako yalipokuja, niliyala;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yakawa shangwe yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na furaha ya moyo wangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa nimeitwa kwa jina lako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JER.15.17" />Kamwe sikuketi katika kundi la wafanyao sherehe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kamwe sikujifurahisha pamoja nao;
</q>
<q style="q1">niliketi peke yangu kwa sababu mkono wako ulikuwa juu yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wewe ulikuwa umenijaza hasira.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JER.15.18" />Kwa nini maumivu yangu hayakomi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na jeraha langu ni la kuhuzunisha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala haliponyeki?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, utakuwa kwangu kama kijito cha udanganyifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama chemchemi iliyokauka?
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JER.15.19" />Kwa hiyo hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kama ukitubu, nitakurejeza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili uweze kunitumikia;
</q>
<q style="q1">kama ukinena maneno yenye maana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala si ya upuzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utakuwa mnenaji wangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watu hawa ndio watakaokugeukia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala si wewe utakayewageukia wao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JER.15.20" />Nitakufanya wewe uwe ukuta kwa watu hawa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ngome ya ukuta wa shaba;
</q>
<q style="q1">watapigana nawe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hawatakushinda,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana mimi niko pamoja nawe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kukuponya na kukuokoa,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JER.15.21" />“Nitakuokoa kutoka mikono ya waovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukukomboa kutoka makucha ya watu wakatili.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="16" />
<s style="s1">Siku Ya Maafa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.16.1" />Kisha neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.16.2" />“Kamwe usioe na kuwa na wana wala binti mahali hapa.”
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JER.16.3" />Kwa maana hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuhusu wana na binti wazaliwao katika nchi hii, na kuhusu wale wanawake ambao ni mama zao, na wale wanaume ambao ni baba zao:
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JER.16.4" />“Watakufa kwa magonjwa ya kufisha. Hawataombolezewa wala kuzikwa, lakini watakuwa kama mavi yaliyosambaa juu ya ardhi. Watakufa kwa upanga na kwa njaa, nazo maiti zao zitakuwa chakula cha ndege wa angani, na cha wanyama wa nchi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="JER.16.5" />Kwa kuwa hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: “Usiingie katika nyumba ambayo kuna chakula cha matanga, usiende kuwaombolezea wala kuwahurumia, kwa sababu nimeziondoa baraka zangu, upendo wangu na huruma zangu kutoka kwa watu hawa,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JER.16.6" />“Wakubwa na wadogo watakufa katika nchi hii. Hawatazikwa wala kuombolezewa, na hakuna atakayejikatakata au kunyoa nywele za kichwa chake kwa ajili yao.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JER.16.7" />Hakuna yeyote atakayewapa chakula ili kuwafariji wale waombolezao kwa ajili ya wale waliokufa, hata akiwa amefiwa na baba au mama, wala hakuna yeyote atakayewapa kinywaji ili kuwafariji.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JER.16.8" />“Usiingie katika nyumba ambayo kuna karamu, na kuketi humo ili kula na kunywa.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JER.16.9" />Kwa kuwa hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, aliye Mungu wa Israeli: ‘Mbele ya macho yako na katika siku zako, nitakomesha sauti zote za shangwe na za furaha, na pia sauti za bibi arusi na bwana arusi mahali hapa.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JER.16.10" />“Utakapowaambia watu hawa mambo haya yote na wakakuuliza, ‘Kwa nini
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameamuru maafa makubwa kama haya dhidi yetu? Tumefanya kosa gani? Tumetenda dhambi gani dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wetu?’
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JER.16.11" />Basi waambie, ‘Ni kwa sababu baba zenu waliniacha mimi, wakafuata miungu mingine ili kuitumikia na kuiabudu. Waliniacha mimi na hawakuishika sheria yangu,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JER.16.12" />‘Lakini ninyi mmetenda uovu zaidi kuliko baba zenu. Tazama jinsi ambavyo kila mmoja wenu anafuata ukaidi wa moyo wake mbaya, badala ya kunitii mimi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JER.16.13" />Kwa hiyo nitawaondoa katika nchi hii na kuwatupa katika nchi ambayo ninyi wala baba zenu hamkuijua, nako huko mtaitumikia miungu mingine usiku na mchana, kwa maana sitawapa fadhili zangu huko.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JER.16.14" />“Hata hivyo, siku zinakuja,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “wakati ambapo watu hawatasema tena, ‘Hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo, aliyewapandisha Waisraeli kutoka Misri,’
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JER.16.15" />bali watasema, ‘Hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo, aliyewatoa wana wa Israeli kutoka nchi ya kaskazini na nchi zote alizokuwa amewafukuzia.’ Maana nitawarudisha katika nchi niliyowapa baba zao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JER.16.16" />“Lakini sasa nitawaagiza wavuvi wengi,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “nao watawavua. Baada ya hilo, nitawaagizia wawindaji wengi, nao watawawinda kwenye kila mlima na kilima, na katika nyufa za miamba.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JER.16.17" />Macho yangu yanaziona njia zao zote, hazikufichika kwangu, wala dhambi yao haikusitirika.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JER.16.18" />Nitawalipiza maradufu kwa ajili ya uovu wao na dhambi yao, kwa sababu wameinajisi nchi yangu kwa maumbo yasiyo na uhai ya vinyago vyao vibaya, na kuujaza urithi wangu na sanamu za kuchukiza.”
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JER.16.19" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nguvu zangu na ngome yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kimbilio langu wakati wa taabu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwako mataifa yatakujia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka miisho ya dunia na kusema,
</q>
<q style="q1">“Baba zetu hawakuwa na chochote zaidi ya miungu ya uongo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sanamu zisizofaa kitu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambazo hazikuwafaidia lolote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JER.16.20" />Je, watu hujitengenezea miungu yao wenyewe?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Naam, lakini hao si miungu!”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JER.16.21" />“Kwa hiyo nitawafundisha:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati huu nitawafundisha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nguvu zangu na uwezo wangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ndipo watakapojua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa Jina langu ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="17" />
<s style="s1">Dhambi Ya Yuda Na Adhabu Yake
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="JER.17.1" />“Dhambi ya Yuda imechorwa kwa kalamu ya chuma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">imeandikwa kwa ncha ya almasi,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwenye vibao vya mioyo yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwenye pembe za madhabahu zao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JER.17.2" />Hata watoto wao wanakumbuka madhabahu zao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nguzo za Ashera,<f caller="+"><fr>17:2
</fr><ft>Ashera ni mungu mke aliyekuwa anaabudiwa na Wakanaani.</ft></f>
</q>
<q style="q1">kandokando ya miti iliyotanda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na juu ya vilima virefu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JER.17.3" />Mlima wangu katika nchi pamoja na utajiri
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hazina zako zote nitazitoa ziwe nyara,
</q>
<q style="q1">pamoja na mahali pako pa juu pa kuabudia miungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya dhambi katika nchi yako yote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JER.17.4" />Kwa kosa lako mwenyewe utaupoteza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">urithi niliokupa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitakufanya mtumwa wa adui zako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika nchi usiyoijua,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa umeiwasha hasira yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo itawaka milele.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="JER.17.5" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Amelaaniwa yeye amtegemeaye mwanadamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ategemeaye mwenye mwili
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya nguvu zake,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambaye moyo wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umemwacha
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JER.17.6" />Atakuwa kama kichaka cha jangwani;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hataona mafanikio yatakapokuja.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ataishi katika sehemu zisizo na maji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika nchi ya chumvi ambapo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna yeyote aishiye humo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JER.17.7" />“Lakini amebarikiwa mtu ambaye tumaini lake ni katika
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye matumaini yake ni katika
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JER.17.8" />Atakuwa kama mti uliopandwa kando ya maji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uenezao mizizi yake karibu na kijito cha maji.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hauogopi wakati wa joto ujapo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">majani yake ni mabichi daima.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hauna hofu katika mwaka wa ukame
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hautaacha kuzaa matunda.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JER.17.9" />Moyo ni mdanganyifu kuliko vitu vyote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni mwovu kupita kiasi.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani awezaye kuujua?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JER.17.10" />“Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> huchunguza moyo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzijaribu nia,
</q>
<q style="q1">ili kumlipa mtu kwa kadiri ya mwenendo wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kadiri ya matendo yake yanavyostahili.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JER.17.11" />Kama kware aanguaye mayai asiyoyataga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo alivyo mtu apataye mali kwa njia zisizo za haki.
</q>
<q style="q1">Maisha yake yafikapo katikati, siku zitamwacha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mwishoni atabainika kuwa mpumbavu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JER.17.12" />Kiti cha enzi kilichotukuzwa, kilichoinuliwa tangu mwanzo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndiyo sehemu yetu ya mahali patakatifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JER.17.13" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, uliye tumaini la Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote wakuachao wataaibika.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wale wanaogeukia mbali nawe wataandikwa mavumbini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu wamemwacha
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">chemchemi ya maji yaliyo hai.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JER.17.14" />Uniponye, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nami nitaponyeka;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uniokoe nami nitaokoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana wewe ndiwe ninayekusifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JER.17.15" />Wao huendelea kuniambia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Liko wapi neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Sasa na litimie!”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JER.17.16" />Sijakukimbia na kuacha kuwa mchungaji wako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unajua sijaitamani siku ya kukata tamaa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kile kipitacho midomoni mwangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ki wazi mbele yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JER.17.17" />Usiwe kwangu kitu cha kunitia hofu kuu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe ndiwe kimbilio langu katika siku ya maafa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JER.17.18" />Watesi wangu na waaibishwe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini nilinde mimi nisiaibike;
</q>
<q style="q1">wao na watiwe hofu kuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini unilinde mimi na hofu kuu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Waletee siku ya maafa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waangamize kwa maangamizi maradufu.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Kuiadhimisha Sabato
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JER.17.19" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliloniambia: “Nenda ukasimame kwenye lango la watu, mahali ambako wafalme wa Yuda huingilia na kutokea, simama pia kwenye malango mengine yote ya Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JER.17.20" />Waambie, ‘Sikieni neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, enyi wafalme wa Yuda, nanyi watu wote wa Yuda, na kila mmoja aishiye Yerusalemu apitaye katika malango haya.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JER.17.21" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Jihadharini msije mkabeba mzigo siku ya Sabato, wala kuingiza mzigo kupitia malango ya Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JER.17.22" />Msitoe mizigo nje ya nyumba zenu wala kufanya kazi yoyote wakati wa Sabato, lakini itakaseni siku ya Sabato, kama nilivyowaamuru baba zenu.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JER.17.23" />Hata hivyo hawakusikiliza wala kujali, walishupaza shingo zao, na hawakutaka kusikia wala kukubali adhabu.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JER.17.24" />Lakini mkiwa waangalifu kunitii, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nanyi msipoleta mzigo wowote kupitia malango ya mji huu wakati wa Sabato, lakini mkaitakasa siku ya Sabato kwa kutofanya kazi siku hiyo,
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JER.17.25" />ndipo wafalme wakaao juu ya kiti cha enzi cha Daudi wataingia kupitia malango ya mji huu, pamoja na maafisa wao. Wao na maafisa wao watakuja wakiwa wamepanda magari na farasi, wakiandamana na watu wa Yuda na wale waishio Yerusalemu, nao mji huu utakaliwa na watu daima.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JER.17.26" />Watu watakuja kutoka miji ya Yuda na vijiji vinavyoizunguka Yerusalemu, kutoka nchi ya Benyamini na chini ya vilima vya magharibi, kutoka nchi ya vilima na Negebu, wakileta sadaka za kuteketezwa na dhabihu, sadaka za nafaka, uvumba na sadaka za shukrani kwenye nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JER.17.27" />Lakini ikiwa hamtanitii mimi kwa kuitakasa Sabato na kwa kutochukua mzigo wowote mnapoingia katika malango ya Yerusalemu wakati wa Sabato, basi nitawasha moto usiozimika katika malango ya Yerusalemu utakaoteketeza ngome zake.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="18" />
<s style="s1">Katika Nyumba Ya Mfinyanzi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.18.1" />Hili ndilo neno lililomjia Yeremia kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.18.2" />“Shuka uende mpaka nyumba ya mfinyanzi, nami huko nitakupa ujumbe wangu.”
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JER.18.3" />Kwa hiyo nikashuka mpaka kwenye nyumba ya mfinyanzi, nikamkuta akifinyanga kwa gurudumu lake.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JER.18.4" />Lakini chombo alichokuwa akikifinyanga kutokana na udongo kilivunjika mikononi mwake, hivyo mfinyanzi akakifanya kuwa chombo kingine, umbo jingine kama vile ilivyoonekana vyema kwake yeye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="JER.18.5" />Kisha neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JER.18.6" />“Ee nyumba ya Israeli, je, siwezi kuwafanyia kama huyu mfinyanzi afanyavyo?” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>. “Kama vile udongo ulivyo katika mikono ya mfinyanzi, ndivyo mlivyo katika mkono wangu, ee nyumba ya Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JER.18.7" />Ikiwa wakati wowote nikitangaza kuwa taifa au ufalme utangʼolewa, utaangushwa na kuangamizwa,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JER.18.8" />ikiwa lile taifa nililolionya litatubia uovu wake, ndipo nitakapokuwa na huruma, wala sitawapiga kwa maafa niliyokuwa nimewakusudia.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JER.18.9" />Ikiwa wakati mwingine nitatangaza kuwa taifa ama utawala ujengwe na kuwekwa wakfu,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JER.18.10" />ikiwa utafanya maovu mbele zangu na hukunitii, ndipo nitakapoghairi makusudio yangu mema niliyokuwa nimeyakusudia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JER.18.11" />“Basi kwa hiyo waambie watu wa Yuda na wale waishio Yerusalemu, ‘Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Tazama! Ninaandaa maafa kwa ajili yenu, nami ninabuni mabaya dhidi yenu. Kwa hiyo geukeni kutoka njia zenu mbaya, kila mmoja wenu, tengenezeni njia zenu na matendo yenu.’
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JER.18.12" />Lakini wao watajibu, ‘Hakuna faida. Tutaendelea na mipango yetu wenyewe, kila mmoja wetu atafuata ukaidi wa moyo wake mbaya.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JER.18.13" />Kwa hiyo hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Ulizia miongoni mwa mataifa:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani alishasikia jambo kama hili?
</q>
<q style="q1">Jambo la kutisha sana limefanywa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Bikira Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JER.18.14" />Je, barafu ya Lebanoni iliwahi kutoweka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye miteremko yake ya mawe wakati wowote?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, maji yake baridi yatokayo katika vyanzo vilivyo mbali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yaliwahi kukoma kutiririka wakati wowote?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JER.18.15" />Lakini watu wangu wamenisahau mimi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanafukizia uvumba sanamu zisizofaa kitu,
</q>
<q style="q1">zilizowafanya wajikwae katika njia zao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na katika mapito ya zamani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Zimewafanya wapite kwenye vichochoro
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwenye barabara ambazo hazikujengwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JER.18.16" />Nchi yao itaharibiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">itakuwa kitu cha kudharauliwa daima;
</q>
<q style="q1">wote wapitao karibu nayo watashangaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutikisa vichwa vyao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JER.18.17" />Kama upepo utokao mashariki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitawatawanya mbele ya adui zao;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitawapa kisogo wala sio uso,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku ya maafa yao.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="JER.18.18" />Wakasema, “Njooni, tutunge hila dhidi ya Yeremia; kwa kuwa kufundisha sheria kwa kuhani hakutapotea, wala shauri litokalo kwa mwenye hekima, wala neno la manabii. Hivyo njooni, tumshambulie kwa ndimi zetu na tusijali chochote asemacho.”
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JER.18.19" />Nisikilize, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikia wanayosema washtaki wangu!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JER.18.20" />Je, mema yalipwe kwa mabaya?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Lakini wao wamenichimbia shimo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kumbuka kwamba nilisimama mbele yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunena mema kwa ajili yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili wewe ugeuze hasira yako kali mbali nao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JER.18.21" />Kwa hiyo uwaache watoto wao waone njaa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uwaache wauawe kwa makali ya upanga.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wake zao wasiwe na watoto, na wawe wajane;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waume wao wauawe,
</q>
<q style="q1">nao vijana wao waume
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wachinjwe kwa upanga vitani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JER.18.22" />Kilio na kisikike kutoka kwenye nyumba zao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ghafula uwaletapo adui dhidi yao,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa wamechimba shimo ili kunikamata
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wameitegea miguu yangu mitego.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JER.18.23" />Lakini unajua, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hila zao zote za kuniua.
</q>
<q style="q1">Usiyasamehe makosa yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala usifute dhambi zao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele za macho yako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wao na waangamizwe mbele zako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uwashughulikie wakati wa hasira yako.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="19" />
<s style="s1">Gudulia La Udongo Lililovunjika
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.19.1" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: “Nenda ukanunue gudulia la udongo kutoka kwa mfinyanzi. Wachukue baadhi ya wazee wa watu na wa makuhani
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.19.2" />na mtoke mwende mpaka kwenye Bonde la Ben-Hinomu, karibu na ingilio la Lango la Vigae. Huko tangaza maneno ninayokuambia,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JER.19.3" />nawe useme, ‘Sikieni neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, enyi wafalme wa Yuda na watu wa Yerusalemu. Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli, asemalo: Sikilizeni! Nitaleta maafa mahali hapa, ambayo yatafanya masikio ya kila mmoja atakayesikia habari zake yawashe.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JER.19.4" />Kwa kuwa wameniacha na kupafanya mahali hapa kuwa pa miungu ya kigeni. Wameiteketezea sadaka miungu ambayo wao wala baba zao wala wafalme wa Yuda kamwe hawakuijua, nao wamelijaza eneo hili kwa damu isiyo na hatia.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JER.19.5" />Wamejenga mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu pa Baali ili kuteketeza wana wao katika moto kama sadaka kwa Baali, kitu ambacho sikukiamuru wala kukitaja, wala hakikuingia akilini mwangu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JER.19.6" />Hivyo jihadharini, siku zinakuja, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wakati watu hawatapaita tena mahali hapa Tofethi ama Bonde la Ben-Hinomu, bali Bonde la Machinjo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JER.19.7" />“ ‘Nitaiharibu mipango ya Yuda na Yerusalemu mahali hapa. Nitawafanya waanguke kwa upanga mbele ya adui zao, katika mikono ya wale watafutao uhai wao, nami nitaitoa mizoga yao kuwa chakula cha ndege wa angani na wanyama wa nchi.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JER.19.8" />Nitauharibu mji huu na kuufanya kitu cha kudharauliwa. Wote wapitao karibu watashangaa na kuudhihaki kwa sababu ya majeraha yake yote.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JER.19.9" />Nitawafanya wao kula nyama ya wana wao na binti zao; kila mmoja atakula nyama ya mwenzake wakati wa dhiki ya kuzungukwa na jeshi lililowekwa juu yao na adui wanaotafuta uhai wao.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JER.19.10" />“Kisha livunje lile gudulia wale walio pamoja nawe wakiwa wanaangalia,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JER.19.11" />uwaambie, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote asemalo: Nitalivunja taifa hili na mji huu kama gudulia hili la mfinyanzi lilivyovunjwa, nalo haliwezi kutengenezeka tena. Watawazika waliokufa huko Tofethi hata isiwepo nafasi zaidi.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JER.19.12" />Hivi ndivyo nitakavyopafanya mahali hapa na kwa wale waishio ndani yake, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Nitaufanya mji huu kama Tofethi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JER.19.13" />Nyumba zilizoko Yerusalemu na zile za wafalme wa Yuda zitatiwa unajisi kama mahali hapa, Tofethi: yaani nyumba zote ambazo walifukiza uvumba juu ya mapaa yake kwa jeshi lote la angani, na kumimina dhabihu za vinywaji kwa miungu mingine.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JER.19.14" />Kisha Yeremia akarudi kutoka Tofethi, mahali ambapo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amemtuma kutoa unabii, akasimama katika ua wa Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kuwaambia watu wote,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JER.19.15" />“Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli, asemalo: ‘Sikilizeni! Nitaleta juu ya mji huu pamoja na vijiji vinavyouzunguka kila maafa niliyosema dhidi yake, kwa sababu wamekuwa na shingo ngumu, na hawakuyasikiliza maneno yangu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="20" />
<s style="s1">Yeremia Ateswa Na Pashuri
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.20.1" />Ikawa kuhani Pashuri mwana wa Imeri, mkuu wa maafisa wa Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, alipomsikia Yeremia akitoa unabii juu ya mambo haya,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.20.2" />akaamuru Yeremia nabii apigwe na kufungwa kwenye mkatale katika Lango la Juu la Benyamini huko Hekaluni la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JER.20.3" />Siku ya pili Pashuri alipomwachia kutoka kwenye mkatale, Yeremia akamwambia, “<nd>Bwana</nd> hakukuita jina lako kuwa Pashuri bali Magor-Misabibu.<f caller="+"><fr>20:3
</fr><ft>Magor-Misabibu maana yake hapa ni Vitisho pande zote.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JER.20.4" />Kwa kuwa hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: ‘Nitakufanya kuwa hofu kuu kwako wewe mwenyewe na rafiki zako wote, na kwa macho yako mwenyewe utawaona wakianguka kwa upanga wa adui zao. Nitawatia Yuda wote mikononi mwa mfalme wa Babeli, ambaye atawachukua na kuwapeleka Babeli, ama awaue kwa upanga.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JER.20.5" />Nitatia utajiri wote wa mji huu kwa adui zao: yaani mazao yao yote, vitu vyao vyote vya thamani, na hazina zote za wafalme wa Yuda. Watavitwaa kwa nyara na kuvipeleka Babeli.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JER.20.6" />Nawe Pashuri pamoja na wote waishio katika nyumba yako mtakwenda uhamishoni Babeli. Mtafia humo na kuzikwa, wewe na rafiki zako wote ambao umewatabiria uongo.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Malalamiko Ya Yeremia
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JER.20.7" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, umenidanganya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nikadanganyika;
</q>
<q style="q1">wewe una nguvu kuniliko,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe umenishinda.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ninadharauliwa mchana kutwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila mmoja ananidhihaki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JER.20.8" />Kila ninenapo, ninapiga kelele
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikitangaza ukatili na uharibifu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa hiyo neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> limeniletea matukano
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mashutumu mchana kutwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JER.20.9" />Lakini kama nikisema, “Sitamtaja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kusema tena kwa jina lake,”
</q>
<q style="q1">neno lake linawaka ndani ya moyo wangu kama moto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">moto uliofungwa ndani ya mifupa yangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nimechoka sana kwa kulizuia ndani mwangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kweli, siwezi kujizuia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JER.20.10" />Ninasikia minongʼono mingi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Hofu iko pande zote!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mshtakini! Twendeni tumshtaki!”
</q>
<q style="q1">Rafiki zangu wote wananisubiri niteleze,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakisema,
</q>
<q style="q1">“Labda atadanganyika;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kisha tutamshinda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kulipiza kisasi juu yake.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JER.20.11" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> yu pamoja nami
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama shujaa mwenye nguvu;
</q>
<q style="q1">hivyo washtaki wangu watajikwaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kamwe hawatashinda.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watashindwa, nao wataaibika kabisa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kukosa adabu kwao hakutasahauliwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JER.20.12" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe umjaribuye mwenye haki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kupima moyo na nia,
</q>
<q style="q1">hebu nione ukilipiza kisasi juu yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana kwako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimeliweka shauri langu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JER.20.13" />Mwimbieni
<nd>Bwana</nd>!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mpeni
<nd>Bwana</nd> sifa!
</q>
<q style="q1">Yeye huokoa uhai wa mhitaji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka mikononi mwa waovu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JER.20.14" />Ilaaniwe siku niliyozaliwa!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nayo isibarikiwe ile siku
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mama yangu aliyonizaa!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JER.20.15" />Alaaniwe mtu yule aliyemletea baba yangu habari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yule aliyemfanya afurahi sana, akisema,
</q>
<q style="q1">“Mtoto amezaliwa kwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tena mtoto wa kiume!”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JER.20.16" />Mtu huyo na awe kama miji ile
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliiangamiza bila huruma.
</q>
<q style="q1">Yeye na asikie maombolezo asubuhi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kilio cha vita adhuhuri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JER.20.17" />Kwa sababu hakuniua nikiwa tumboni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hivyo mama yangu angekuwa kaburi langu,
</q>
<q style="q1">nalo tumbo lake la uzazi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lingebaki kuwa kubwa daima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JER.20.18" />Kwa nini basi nilitoka tumboni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kuona taabu na huzuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzimaliza siku zangu katika aibu?
<ve />
</q>

<c id="21" />
<s style="s1">Mungu Anakataa Ombi La Sedekia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.21.1" />Neno lilimjia Yeremia kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> wakati Mfalme Sedekia alipowatuma Pashuri mwana wa Malkiya, na kuhani Sefania mwana wa Maaseya kwake, kusema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.21.2" />“Tuulizie sasa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa sababu Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli anatushambulia. Labda
<nd>Bwana</nd> atatenda maajabu kwa ajili yetu kama nyakati zilizopita, ili Nebukadneza atuondokee.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JER.21.3" />Lakini Yeremia akawajibu, “Mwambieni Sedekia,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JER.21.4" />‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, asemalo: Ninakaribia kuwageuzia silaha za vita zilizo mikononi mwenu, ambazo mnatumia kupigana na mfalme wa Babeli na Wakaldayo ambao wako nje ya ukuta wakiwazunguka kwa jeshi. Nami nitawakusanya ndani ya mji huu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JER.21.5" />Mimi mwenyewe nitapigana dhidi yenu kwa mkono wangu ulionyooshwa na mkono wa nguvu, kwa hasira na ghadhabu kali na ukali mwingi.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JER.21.6" />Nitawaangamiza waishio katika mji huu, watu na wanyama, nao watauawa kwa tauni ya kutisha.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JER.21.7" />Baada ya hayo, nitamtia Sedekia mfalme wa Yuda, maafisa wake na watu wa mji huu ambao walinusurika tauni, upanga na njaa, mkononi mwa Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli, na kwa adui zao wale wanaotafuta uhai wao. Atawaua kwa upanga; hatakuwa na rehema juu yao au huruma wala kuwasikitikia,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JER.21.8" />“Zaidi ya hayo, waambie watu hawa, ‘Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Tazama, naweka mbele yenu njia ya uzima, na njia ya mauti.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JER.21.9" />Yeyote atakayekaa katika mji huu atakufa kwa upanga, njaa au tauni. Lakini yeyote atakayetoka na kujisalimisha kwa Wakaldayo ambao wameuzunguka mji huu kwa jeshi, atanusurika, naye ataishi.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JER.21.10" />Nimekusudia kuufanyia mji huu jambo baya, wala si jema. Utatiwa mikononi mwa mfalme wa Babeli, naye atauteketeza kwa moto, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JER.21.11" />“Zaidi ya hayo, ambia nyumba ya mfalme ya Yuda, ‘Sikia neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JER.21.12" />Ewe nyumba ya Daudi, hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Hukumuni kwa haki kila asubuhi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwokoeni mikononi mwa mdhalimu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye aliyetekwa nyara,
</q>
<q style="q1">la sivyo ghadhabu yangu italipuka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaka kama moto
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu ya uovu mlioufanya:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">itawaka na hakuna wa kuizima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JER.21.13" />Niko kinyume nawe, ee Yerusalemu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe uishiye juu ya bonde hili
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye uwanda wa juu wa miamba,
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q style="q1">wewe usemaye, “Ni nani awezaye kuja kinyume chetu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nani ataingia mahali pa kimbilio letu?”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JER.21.14" />Nitawaadhibu kama istahilivyo matendo yenu,
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitawasha moto katika misitu yenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao utateketeza kila kitu kinachowazunguka.’ ”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="22" />
<s style="s1">Hukumu Dhidi Ya Wafalme Waovu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.22.1" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: “Shuka kwenye jumba la kifalme la mfalme wa Yuda, utangaze ujumbe huu huko:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.22.2" />‘Sikia neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ee mfalme wa Yuda, wewe uketiye kwenye kiti cha enzi cha Daudi: wewe, maafisa wako na watu wako mnaopitia malango haya.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JER.22.3" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemalo: Tenda haki na adili. Mwokoe mkononi mwa mdhalimu yeye aliyetekwa nyara. Usimtendee mabaya wala ukatili mgeni, yatima au mjane, wala usimwage damu isiyo na hatia mahali hapa.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JER.22.4" />Kwa kuwa ukiwa mwangalifu kushika maagizo haya, ndipo wafalme watakaokalia kiti cha enzi cha Daudi watakapoingia kupitia malango ya jumba hili la kifalme, wakiwa wamepanda magari na farasi, huku wakifuatana na maafisa wao na watu wao.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JER.22.5" />Lakini kama hutayatii maagizo haya, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ninaapa kwa nafsi yangu kwamba jumba hili litakuwa gofu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JER.22.6" />Kwa kuwa hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemalo kuhusu jumba la kifalme la mfalme wa Yuda:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Ingawa uko kama Gileadi kwangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama kilele cha Lebanoni,
</q>
<q style="q1">hakika nitakufanya uwe kama jangwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama miji ambayo haijakaliwa na watu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JER.22.7" />Nitawatuma waharabu dhidi yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila mtu akiwa na silaha zake,
</q>
<q style="q1">nao watazikata boriti zako nzuri za mierezi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzitupa motoni.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JER.22.8" />“Watu kutoka mataifa mengi watapitia karibu na mji huu na kuulizana, ‘Kwa nini
<nd>Bwana</nd> amefanya jambo la namna hii juu ya mji huu mkubwa?’
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JER.22.9" />Nalo jibu litakuwa: ‘Kwa sababu wameliacha agano la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wao, na wameabudu na kuitumikia miungu mingine.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JER.22.10" />Usimlilie yeye aliyekufa, wala usimwombolezee;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">badala yake, afadhali umlilie kwa uchungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yule aliyepelekwa uhamishoni,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu kamwe hatairudia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kuiona tena nchi yake alikozaliwa.
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="11" bcv="JER.22.11" />Kwa kuwa hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuhusu Shalumu<f caller="+"><fr>22:11
</fr><ft>Shalumu ndiye pia anaitwa Yehoahazi.</ft></f> mwana wa Yosia, aliyeingia mahali pa baba yake kuwa mfalme wa Yuda, lakini ameondoka mahali hapa: “Yeye kamwe hatarudi tena.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JER.22.12" />Atafia huko mahali walipompeleka kuwa mateka; hataiona tena nchi hii.”
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JER.22.13" />“Ole wake yeye ajengaye jumba lake la kifalme kwa njia ya dhuluma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vyumba vyake vya juu kwa udhalimu,
</q>
<q style="q1">akiwatumikisha watu wa nchi yake pasipo malipo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bila kuwalipa kwa utumishi wao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JER.22.14" />Asema, ‘Nitajijengea jumba kuu la kifalme,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vyumba vya juu vyenye nafasi kubwa.’
</q>
<q style="q1">Hivyo anaweka ndani yake madirisha makubwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huweka kuta za mbao za mierezi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuipamba kwa rangi nyekundu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JER.22.15" />“Je, inakufanya kuwa mfalme
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huko kuongeza idadi ya mierezi?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, baba yako hakuwa na chakula na kinywaji?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Alifanya yaliyo sawa na haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hivyo yeye akafanikiwa katika yote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JER.22.16" />Aliwatetea maskini na wahitaji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hivyo yeye akafanikiwa katika yote.
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, hiyo si ndiyo maana ya kunijua mimi?”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JER.22.17" />“Lakini macho yako na moyo wako vimeelekezwa tu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika mapato ya udhalimu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kumwaga damu isiyo na hatia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa uonevu na ukatili.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="18" bcv="JER.22.18" />Kwa hiyo hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuhusu Yehoyakimu mwana wa Yosia mfalme wa Yuda:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Hawatamwombolezea wakisema:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Ole, ndugu yangu! Ole, umbu langu!’
</q>
<q style="q1">Hawatamwombolezea wakisema:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Ole, bwana wangu! Ole, fahari yake!’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JER.22.19" />Atazikwa maziko ya punda:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ataburutwa na kutupwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nje ya malango ya Yerusalemu.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JER.22.20" />“Panda Lebanoni ukapige kelele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sauti yako na isikike huko Bashani,
</q>
<q style="q1">piga kelele toka Abarimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa wote waliojiunga nawe wameangamizwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JER.22.21" />Nilikuonya wakati ulipojisikia kwamba uko salama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini ulisema, ‘Mimi sitasikiliza!’
</q>
<q style="q1">Hii imekuwa kawaida yako tangu ujana wako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hujanitii mimi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JER.22.22" />Upepo utawaondoa wachungaji wako wote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wale ulioungana nao wataenda uhamishoni.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kisha utaaibika na kufedheheka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya uovu wako wote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JER.22.23" />Wewe uishiye Lebanoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe uliyetulia kwenye majengo ya mierezi,
</q>
<q style="q1">tazama jinsi utakavyoomboleza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maumivu makali yatakapokupata,
</q>
<q style="q1">maumivu kama yale ya mwanamke
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwenye utungu wa kuzaa!
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="JER.22.24" />“Hakika kama niishivyo,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “hata kama wewe, Yekonia<f caller="+"><fr>22:24
</fr><ft>Yekonia au Konia ni jina jingine la Yehoyakini.</ft></f> mwana wa Yehoyakimu mfalme wa Yuda, ungekuwa pete yangu ya muhuri katika mkono wangu wa kuume, bado ningekungʼoa hapo.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JER.22.25" />Nitakutia mikononi mwa wale wanaotafuta uhai wako, wale unaowaogopa, yaani Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli na kwa Wakaldayo.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JER.22.26" />Nitakutupa mbali wewe na mama aliyekuzaa mwende katika nchi nyingine, ambayo hakuna hata mmoja wenu aliyezaliwa huko, nanyi mtafia huko.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JER.22.27" />Kamwe hamtarudi katika nchi mliyotamani kuirudia.”
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="JER.22.28" />Je, huyu mtu Yekonia ni chungu kilichodharauliwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">chungu kilichovunjika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">chombo kisichotakiwa na mtu yeyote?
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa nini yeye na watoto wake watupwe nje kwa nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutupwa kwenye nchi wasioijua?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="JER.22.29" />Ee nchi, nchi, nchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikia neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="JER.22.30" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemalo:
</q>
<q style="q1">“Mwandike huyu mtu kama asiye na mtoto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtu ambaye hatafanikiwa maisha yake yote,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana hakuna mtoto wake atakayefanikiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kukaa kwenye kiti cha enzi cha Daudi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kuendelea kutawala katika Yuda.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="23" />
<s style="s1">Tawi La Haki
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.23.1" />“Ole wao wachungaji wanaoharibu na kutawanya kondoo wa malisho yangu!” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.23.2" />Kwa hiyo hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, analowaambia wachungaji wanaowachunga watu wangu: “Kwa sababu mmelitawanya kundi langu na kuwafukuzia mbali, wala hamkuwatunza, basi mimi nitawaadhibu kwa ajili ya uovu mliofanya,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JER.23.3" />“Mimi mwenyewe nitayakusanya mabaki ya kundi langu kutoka nchi zote ambazo nimewafukuzia, nami nitawarudisha katika malisho yao, mahali ambapo watazaa na kuongezeka idadi yao.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JER.23.4" />Nitaweka wachungaji juu yao ambao watawachunga, nao hawataogopa tena au kutishwa, wala hatapotea hata mmoja,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JER.23.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> asema, “Siku zinakuja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakapomwinulia Daudi Tawi lenye haki,
</q>
<q style="q1">Mfalme atakayetawala kwa hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutenda lililo haki na sawa katika nchi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JER.23.6" />Katika siku zake, Yuda ataokolewa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Israeli ataishi salama.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hili ndilo jina atakaloitwa:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> Haki Yetu.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JER.23.7" />“Hivyo basi, siku zinakuja, wakati ambapo watu hawatasema tena, ‘Hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo, aliyewapandisha Waisraeli kutoka Misri,’
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JER.23.8" />bali watasema, ‘Hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo, aliyewatoa wazao wa Israeli kutoka nchi ya kaskazini na nchi zote alizokuwa amewafukuzia,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Ndipo wataishi katika nchi yao wenyewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Manabii Wasemao Uongo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JER.23.9" />Kuhusu manabii:
</p>
<q style="q1">Moyo wangu umevunjika ndani yangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mifupa yangu yote inatetemeka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nimekuwa kama mtu aliyelewa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mtu aliyelemewa na divai,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na maneno yake matakatifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JER.23.10" />Nchi imejaa wazinzi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya laana, nchi imekauka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na malisho yaliyoko nyikani yamekauka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mwenendo wa manabii ni mbaya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mamlaka yao si ya haki.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JER.23.11" />“Nabii na kuhani wote si wacha Mungu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata hekaluni mwangu ninaona uovu wao,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JER.23.12" />“Kwa hiyo mapito yao yatakuwa utelezi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watafukuziwa mbali gizani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na huko wataanguka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitaleta maafa juu yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika mwaka wa kuadhibiwa kwao,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JER.23.13" />“Miongoni mwa manabii wa Samaria
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nililiona jambo la kuchukiza:
</q>
<q style="q1">Walitabiri kwa Baali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwapotosha Israeli watu wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JER.23.14" />Nako miongoni mwa manabii wa Yerusalemu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimeona jambo baya sana:
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanafanya uzinzi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuenenda katika uongo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanatia nguvu mikono ya watenda mabaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili hiyo hakuna yeyote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anayeachana na uovu wake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wote wako kama Sodoma kwangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu na Yerusalemu wako kama Gomora.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JER.23.15" />Kwa hiyo, hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote asemalo kuhusu manabii:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Nitawafanya wale chakula kichungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunywa maji yaliyotiwa sumu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu kutokana na manabii wa Yerusalemu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutokumcha Mungu kumeenea katika nchi yote.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JER.23.16" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Msisikilize wanachowatabiria manabii,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanawajaza matumaini ya uongo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanasema maono kutoka akili zao wenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hayatoki katika kinywa cha
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JER.23.17" />Huendelea kuwaambia wale wanaonidharau mimi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘<nd>Bwana</nd> asema: Mtakuwa na amani.’
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa wale wote wafuatao ugumu wa mioyo yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wao husema, ‘Hakuna dhara litakalowapata.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JER.23.18" />Lakini ni yupi miongoni mwao aliyesimama katika baraza la
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kuona au kusikia neno lake?
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni nani aliyesikiliza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kusikia neno lake?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JER.23.19" />Tazama, dhoruba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">itapasuka kwa ghadhabu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kisulisuli kitazunguka na kuanguka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vichwani vya waovu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JER.23.20" />Hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> haitageuka mpaka amelitimiza kusudi la moyo wake.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Siku zijazo mtalifahamu kwa wazi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JER.23.21" />Mimi sikuwatuma manabii hawa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini bado wamekimbia wakitangaza ujumbe wao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mimi sikusema nao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini wametabiri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JER.23.22" />Lakini kama wangesimama barazani mwangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wangetangaza maneno yangu kwa watu wangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">nao wangewageuza kutoka njia zao mbaya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutoka matendo yao maovu.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JER.23.23" />“Je, mimi ni Mungu aliyeko hapa karibu tu,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4"><nd>Bwana</nd> asema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“wala si Mungu aliyeko pia mbali?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JER.23.24" />Je, mtu yeyote aweza kujificha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahali pa siri ili nisiweze kumwona?”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4"><nd>Bwana</nd> asema.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Je, mimi sikuijaza mbingu na nchi?”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4"><nd>Bwana</nd> asema.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="JER.23.25" />“Nimesikia wanayoyasema manabii, hao wanaotabiri uongo kwa jina langu. Wanasema, ‘Nimeota ndoto! Nimeota ndoto!’
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JER.23.26" />Mambo haya yataendelea mpaka lini ndani ya mioyo ya hawa manabii wa uongo, ambao hutabiri maono ya uongo ya akili zao wenyewe?
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JER.23.27" />Wanadhani ndoto wanazoambiana wao kwa wao zitawafanya watu wangu walisahau jina langu, kama baba zao walivyolisahau jina langu kwa kumwabudu Baali.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="JER.23.28" />Mwache nabii aliye na ndoto aseme ndoto yake, lakini yule aliye na neno langu na aliseme kwa uaminifu. Kwa maana jani kavu lina uhusiano gani na ngano?” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="JER.23.29" />“Je, neno langu si kama moto,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “na kama nyundo ivunjayo mwamba vipande vipande?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="JER.23.30" />“Kwa hiyo, niko kinyume na manabii wanaoibiana maneno kana kwamba ni yangu,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="JER.23.31" />“Naam, mimi niko kinyume na manabii wanaotikisa ndimi zao wenyewe na kusema, ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> asema.’
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="JER.23.32" />Kweli, niko kinyume na hao wanaotabiri ndoto za uongo,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>. “Wanazisimulia na kuwapotosha watu wangu kwa uongo wao bila kujali, lakini sikuwatuma wala sikuwaamuru. Hawawafaidi watu hawa hata kidogo,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maneno Ya Uongo Na Manabii Wa Uongo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="JER.23.33" />“Wakati watu hawa, au nabii, au kuhani watakapokuuliza, ‘Mzigo wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni nini?’ wewe utawaambia, ‘Ninyi ndio mzigo. Nami nitawavua kama vazi, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="JER.23.34" />Nabii, kuhani, au mtu yeyote akisema, ‘Huu ndio mzigo wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,’ nitamwadhibu huyo na nyumba yake.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="JER.23.35" />Hivyo mnaambiana kila mmoja na mwenzake, au kwa mtu wa nyumba yao: ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> amejibu nini?’ au ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> amesema nini?’
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="JER.23.36" />Lakini kamwe msiseme tena, ‘Nina mzigo wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,’ kwa sababu kila neno la mtu binafsi linakuwa mzigo wake mwenyewe, na hivyo kupotosha maneno ya Mungu aliye hai,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wetu.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="JER.23.37" />Hivi ndivyo utakavyoendelea kumuuliza nabii: ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> amekujibu nini?’ au ‘Je,
<nd>Bwana</nd> amesema nini?’
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="JER.23.38" />Ingawa unadai, ‘Huu ndio mzigo wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,’ hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemalo: Ulitumia maneno, ‘Huu ndio mzigo wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,’ hata ingawa nilikuambia kuwa kamwe usiseme, ‘Huu ni mzigo wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="JER.23.39" />Kwa hiyo, hakika nitakusahau na kukutupa mbali na uso wangu pamoja na mji niliowapa ninyi na baba zenu.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="JER.23.40" />Nitaleta juu yako fedheha ya kudumu: yaani aibu ya kudumu ambayo haitasahaulika.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="24" />
<s style="s1">Vikapu Viwili Vya Tini
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.24.1" />Baada ya Yekonia<f caller="+"><fr>24:1
</fr><ft>Yekonia au Konia ni jina jingine la Yehoyakini.</ft></f> mwana wa Yehoyakimu mfalme wa Yuda, pamoja na maafisa, mafundi stadi na wahunzi wa Yuda, kuchukuliwa kutoka Yerusalemu kwenda Babeli na Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli kwenda uhamishoni huko Babeli,
<nd>Bwana</nd> akanionyesha vikapu viwili vya tini vilivyowekwa mbele ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.24.2" />Kikapu kimoja kilikuwa na tini nzuri sana, kama zile za mavuno ya kwanza. Kikapu cha pili kilikuwa na tini dhaifu sana, mbovu mno zisizofaa kuliwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JER.24.3" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaniuliza, “Je, Yeremia, unaona nini?”
</p>
<p style="p">Nikamjibu, “Ninaona tini zile zilizo nzuri ni nzuri sana, lakini zilizo dhaifu ni mbovu mno zisizofaa kuliwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JER.24.4" />Kisha neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia:
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JER.24.5" />“Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, asemalo: ‘Kama zilivyo hizi tini nzuri, ndivyo ninavyowaona kuwa bora watu wa uhamisho kutoka Yuda, niliowaondoa kutoka mahali hapa kwenda katika nchi ya Wakaldayo.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JER.24.6" />Macho yangu yatakuwa juu yao kwa ajili ya kuwapatia mema, nami nitawarudisha tena katika nchi hii. Nitawajenga wala sitawabomoa, nitawapanda wala sitawangʼoa,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JER.24.7" />nitawapa moyo wa kunifahamu mimi, kwamba mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Watakuwa watu wangu, nami nitakuwa Mungu wao, kwa maana watanirudia kwa moyo wao wote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JER.24.8" />“ ‘Lakini kama zilivyo zile tini dhaifu, ambazo ni mbovu mno zisizofaa kuliwa,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ‘ndivyo nitakavyomtendea Sedekia mfalme wa Yuda, maafisa wake na mabaki wengine kutoka Yerusalemu, wawe wamebaki katika nchi hii, au wanaishi Misri.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JER.24.9" />Nitawafanya kuwa chukizo kabisa na kitu cha kulaumiwa katika mataifa yote ya dunia, watakuwa aibu na kitu cha kudharauliwa, chombo cha dhihaka na kulaaniwa, popote nitakapowafukuzia.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JER.24.10" />Nitautuma upanga, njaa na tauni dhidi yao hadi wawe wameangamia kutoka nchi niliyowapa wao na baba zao.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="25" />
<s style="s1">Miaka Sabini Ya Kuwa Mateka
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.25.1" />Neno likamjia Yeremia kuhusu watu wote wa Yuda, katika mwaka wa nne wa utawala wa Yehoyakimu mwana wa Yosia mfalme wa Yuda, ambao ulikuwa mwaka wa kwanza wa utawala wa Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.25.2" />Hivyo nabii Yeremia akawaambia watu wote wa Yuda na wale wote waishio Yerusalemu:
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JER.25.3" />Kwa miaka ishirini na mitatu, kuanzia mwaka wa kumi na tatu wa utawala wa Yosia mwana wa Amoni mfalme wa Yuda, hadi siku hii ya leo, neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> limekuwa likinijia, nami nimesema nanyi mara kwa mara, lakini hamkusikiliza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JER.25.4" />Ingawa
<nd>Bwana</nd> amewatuma watumishi wake wote hao manabii kwenu mara kwa mara, hamkusikiliza wala hamkujali.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JER.25.5" />Walisema, “Geukeni sasa, kila mmoja wenu kutoka njia yake mbaya na matendo yake maovu, ndipo mtaweza kukaa katika nchi ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliwapa ninyi na baba zenu milele.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JER.25.6" />Msiifuate miungu mingine ili kuitumikia na kuiabudu. Msinikasirishe kwa vitu ambavyo mmevitengeneza kwa mikono yenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JER.25.7" />“Lakini ninyi hamkunisikiliza mimi, tena mkanikasirisha kwa vitu mlivyovitengeneza kwa mikono yenu, nanyi mmejiletea madhara juu yenu wenyewe,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JER.25.8" />Kwa hiyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote asema hivi: “Kwa sababu hamkuyasikiliza maneno yangu,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JER.25.9" />nitayaita mataifa yote ya kaskazini na mtumishi wangu Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>. “Nitawaleta waishambulie nchi hii na wakazi wake wote, na dhidi ya mataifa yote yanayowazunguka. Nitawaangamiza kabisa na kuwafanya kitu cha kuchukiwa na kudharauliwa, na kuwa magofu daima.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JER.25.10" />Nitawaondolea sauti ya shangwe na furaha, sauti ya bibi na bwana arusi, sauti ya mawe ya kusagia, na mwanga wa taa.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JER.25.11" />Nchi hii yote itakuwa ukiwa na isiyofaa kitu, nayo mataifa haya yatamtumikia mfalme wa Babeli kwa miaka sabini.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JER.25.12" />“Lakini miaka sabini itakapotimia, nitamwadhibu mfalme wa Babeli na taifa lake na nchi ya Wakaldayo kwa ajili ya hatia yao,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>. “Nitaifanya kuwa ukiwa milele.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JER.25.13" />Nitaleta juu ya nchi hiyo mambo yote niliyosema dhidi yake, yote yaliyoandikwa katika kitabu hiki, na kutolewa unabii na Yeremia dhidi ya mataifa yote.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JER.25.14" />Wao wenyewe watakuwa watumwa wa mataifa mengi na wafalme wakuu. Nitawalipizia sawasawa na matendo yao na kazi ya mikono yao.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kikombe Cha Ghadhabu Ya Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JER.25.15" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, aliloniambia: “Chukua kutoka mkononi mwangu kikombe hiki kilichojaa divai ya ghadhabu yangu, na kuyanywesha mataifa yote ambayo ninakutuma kwao.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JER.25.16" />Watakapoinywa, watapepesuka na kukasirika sana kwa sababu ya upanga nitakaoupeleka katikati yao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JER.25.17" />Hivyo nikakichukua kikombe kutoka mkononi mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na kuyafanya mataifa yote aliyonituma kwao kukinywa:
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JER.25.18" />Yaani Yerusalemu na miji ya Yuda, wafalme wake na maafisa wake, kuwafanya magofu na kuwa kitu cha kuchukiza, cha dhihaka na laana, kama walivyo leo;
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JER.25.19" />pia Farao mfalme wa Misri, watumishi wake, maafisa wake na watu wake wote,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JER.25.20" />pia wageni wote walioko huko; wafalme wote wa nchi ya Usi; wafalme wote wa Wafilisti (wale wa Ashkeloni, Gaza, Ekroni na watu walioachwa huko Ashdodi);
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JER.25.21" />Edomu, Moabu na Amoni;
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JER.25.22" />wafalme wote wa Tiro na Sidoni; wafalme wa nchi za pwani ngʼambo ya bahari;
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JER.25.23" />Dedani, Tema, Buzi na wote walio maeneo ya mbali;
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JER.25.24" />wafalme wote wa Arabuni na wafalme wote wa watu wageni wanaoishi katika jangwa;
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JER.25.25" />wafalme wote wa Zimri, Elamu na Umedi;
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JER.25.26" />na wafalme wote wa pande za kaskazini, wa karibu na wa mbali, mmoja baada ya mwingine; yaani falme zote juu ya uso wa dunia. Baada ya hao wote, mfalme wa Sheshaki<f caller="+"><fr>25:26
</fr><ft>Sheshaki ni Babeli kwa fumbo.</ft></f> atakunywa pia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="JER.25.27" />“Kisha uwaambie, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli, asemalo: Kunyweni, mlewe na mtapike; angukeni, wala msiinuke tena kwa sababu ya upanga nitakaotuma miongoni mwenu.’
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="JER.25.28" />Lakini kama wakikataa kupokea kikombe kutoka mikononi mwako na kunywa, waambie, ‘Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote: Ni lazima mnywe!
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="JER.25.29" />Tazama, nimeanza kuleta maafa juu ya mji ulio na Jina langu, na je, kweli ninyi mtaepuka kuadhibiwa? Hamwezi kuepuka kuadhibiwa, kwa maana nitaleta vita juu ya wote waishio duniani, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="JER.25.30" />“Basi sasa toa unabii kwa maneno haya yote dhidi yao, uwaambie:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> atanguruma kutoka juu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atatoa sauti ya ngurumo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka makao yake matakatifu
</q>
<q style="q1">na kunguruma kwa nguvu sana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhidi ya nchi yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Atapiga kelele kama wao wakanyagao zabibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atapiga kelele dhidi ya wote waishio duniani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="JER.25.31" />Ghasia zitasikika hadi miisho ya dunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> ataleta mashtaka dhidi ya mataifa;
</q>
<q style="q1">ataleta hukumu juu ya wanadamu wote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaua waovu wote,’ ”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="JER.25.32" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Tazama! Maafa yanaenea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka taifa moja hadi jingine;
</q>
<q style="q1">tufani kubwa inainuka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka miisho ya dunia.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="33" bcv="JER.25.33" />Wakati huo, hao waliouawa na
<nd>Bwana</nd> watatapakaa kila mahali, kuanzia mwisho mmoja wa dunia hadi mwisho mwingine. Hawataombolezewa wala kukusanywa au kuzikwa, lakini watakuwa kama mavi yaliyoenea juu ya ardhi.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="JER.25.34" />Lieni na kuomboleza, enyi wachungaji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mgaagae mavumbini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi viongozi wa kundi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa maana wakati wenu wa kuchinjwa umewadia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtaanguka na kuvunjavunjwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama vyombo vizuri vya udongo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="JER.25.35" />Wachungaji hawatakuwa na mahali pa kukimbilia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">viongozi wa kundi hawatapata mahali pa kutorokea.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="36" bcv="JER.25.36" />Sikia kilio cha wachungaji, maombolezo ya viongozi wa kundi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> anayaharibu malisho yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="37" bcv="JER.25.37" />Makao yao ya amani yataharibiwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya hasira kali ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="38" bcv="JER.25.38" />Kama simba ataacha pango lake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nchi yao itakuwa ukiwa
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu ya upanga wa mdhalimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa sababu ya hasira kali ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="26" />
<s style="s1">Yeremia Atishiwa Kuuawa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.26.1" />Mwanzoni mwa utawala wa Yehoyakimu mwana wa Yosia mfalme wa Yuda, neno hili lilikuja kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.26.2" />“Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemalo: Simama katika ua wa nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> na useme na watu wote wa miji ya Yuda wanaokuja kuabudu katika nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Waambie kila kitu nitakachokuamuru, usipunguze neno.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JER.26.3" />Huenda watasikiliza, na kila mmoja akageuka kutoka njia yake mbaya. Kisha nitawahurumia na kuacha kuwaletea maafa niliyokuwa ninapanga kwa sababu ya maovu waliyofanya.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JER.26.4" />Waambie, ‘Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Ikiwa hamtanisikiliza na kuifuata sheria yangu ambayo nimeiweka mbele yenu,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JER.26.5" />nanyi ikiwa hamtayasikiliza maneno ya watumishi wangu manabii, ambao nimewatuma kwenu tena na tena (ijapokuwa hamkuwasikiliza),
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JER.26.6" />ndipo nitaifanya nyumba hii kama Shilo na mji huu kuwa kitu cha kulaaniwa na mataifa yote ya dunia.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JER.26.7" />Makuhani, manabii na watu wote wakamsikia Yeremia akiyasema maneno haya ndani ya nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JER.26.8" />Lakini mara tu Yeremia alipomaliza kuwaambia watu kila kitu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alichomwamuru kukisema, basi makuhani, manabii na watu wote walimkamata wakisema, “Ni lazima ufe!
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JER.26.9" />Kwa nini unatoa unabii katika jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwamba nyumba hii itakuwa kama Shilo na mji huu utakuwa ukiwa na kuachwa tupu?” Nao watu wote wakamkusanyikia na kumzunguka Yeremia ndani ya nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JER.26.10" />Maafisa wa Yuda waliposikia kuhusu mambo haya, wakapanda kutoka jumba la kifalme, wakaenda katika nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kushika nafasi zao kwenye ingilio la Lango Jipya la nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JER.26.11" />Kisha makuhani na manabii wakawaambia maafisa pamoja na watu wote, “Mtu huyu anastahili ahukumiwe kifo kwa sababu ametoa unabii mbaya dhidi ya mji huu. Mmesikia kwa masikio yenu wenyewe!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JER.26.12" />Kisha Yeremia akawaambia maafisa wote na watu wote: “<nd>Bwana</nd> amenituma kutoa unabii dhidi ya nyumba hii na mji huu mambo yote mliyoyasikia.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JER.26.13" />Sasa tengenezeni njia zenu na matendo yenu, na kumtii
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu. Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> atawahurumia na kuacha kuleta maafa aliyokuwa ameyatamka dhidi yenu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JER.26.14" />Lakini kwa habari yangu mimi, niko mikononi mwenu, nifanyieni lolote mnaloona kuwa ni jema na la haki.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JER.26.15" />Hata hivyo, jueni kwa hakika, ikiwa mtaniua, mtakuwa mmejipatia dhambi kwa damu isiyo na hatia juu yenu wenyewe, na juu ya mji huu na wote wanaoishi ndani yake, kwa maana ni kweli
<nd>Bwana</nd> amenituma kwenu ili niseme maneno haya yote masikioni mwenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JER.26.16" />Kisha maafisa na watu wote wakawaambia makuhani na manabii, “Mtu huyu asihukumiwe kifo! Amesema nasi katika jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wetu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JER.26.17" />Baadhi ya wazee wa nchi wakasogea mbele, wakaliambia kusanyiko lote la watu,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JER.26.18" />“Mika Mmoreshethi alitoa unabii katika siku za Hezekia mfalme wa Yuda. Akawaambia watu wote wa Yuda, ‘Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Sayuni italimwa kama shamba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yerusalemu itakuwa lundo la kokoto,
</q>
<q style="q1">na kilima cha Hekalu kitakuwa kichuguu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kilichofunikwa na vichaka.’
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="19" bcv="JER.26.19" />Je, Hezekia mfalme wa Yuda au mtu mwingine yeyote katika Yuda alimhukumu Mika kufa? Je, Hezekia hakumcha
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kuhitaji msaada wake? Je,
<nd>Bwana</nd> hakuwahurumia na akaacha kuleta maafa aliyokuwa ametamka dhidi yao? Tunakaribia sana kujiletea maangamizo ya kutisha sisi wenyewe!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="JER.26.20" />(Wakati huu, Uria mwana wa Shemaya kutoka mji wa Kiriath-Yearimu alikuwa mtu mwingine aliyetoa unabii kwa jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Alitoa unabii juu ya mambo yaliyofanana na haya dhidi ya mji huu na nchi hii kama alivyofanya Yeremia.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JER.26.21" />Mfalme Yehoyakimu na wakuu wake wote na maafisa waliposikia maneno yake, mfalme alitafuta kumuua. Lakini Uria alipata habari, na kwa kuogopa akakimbilia Misri.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JER.26.22" />Hata hivyo, Mfalme Yehoyakimu alimtuma Elnathani mwana wa Akbori huko Misri, pamoja na watu wengine ili kwenda kumkamata Uria.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JER.26.23" />Wakamrudisha Uria kutoka Misri na kumpeleka kwa Mfalme Yehoyakimu, ambaye alimuua kwa upanga, na mwili wake kutupwa kwenye eneo la makaburi ya watu wasio na cheo.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="JER.26.24" />Zaidi ya hayo, Ahikamu mwana wa Shafani akamuunga mkono Yeremia, kwa hiyo hakutiwa tena mikononi mwa watu ili auawe.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="27" />
<s style="s1">Yuda Kumtumikia Nebukadneza
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.27.1" />Mwanzoni mwa utawala wa Yehoyakimu mwana wa Yosia mfalme wa Yuda, neno hili lilimjia Yeremia kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.27.2" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliloniambia: “Tengeneza nira, ujivike shingoni mwako, uifunge kwa kamba za ngozi.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JER.27.3" />Kisha utume ujumbe kwa wafalme wa Edomu, Moabu, Amoni, Tiro na Sidoni kupitia wajumbe ambao wamekuja Yerusalemu kwa Sedekia mfalme wa Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JER.27.4" />Wape ujumbe kwa ajili ya mabwana zao na uwaambie: Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli: ‘Waambieni hivi mabwana zenu:
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JER.27.5" />Kwa uwezo wangu mkuu na kwa mkono wangu ulionyooshwa nimeumba dunia na watu wake na wanyama walioko ndani yake, nami humpa yeyote inipendezavyo.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JER.27.6" />Sasa nitazitia nchi zenu zote mkononi mwa mtumishi wangu Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli, na nitawafanya hata wanyama wa mwituni wamtumikie.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JER.27.7" />Mataifa yote yatamtumikia yeye, pamoja na mwanawe na mwana wa mwanawe, hadi wakati wa nchi yake utakapowadia, kisha mataifa mengi na wafalme wenye nguvu nyingi watamshinda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JER.27.8" />“ ‘ “Lakini kama kukiwa na taifa lolote au ufalme ambao hautamtumikia Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli, ama kuinamisha shingo yake chini ya nira yake, nitaliadhibu taifa hilo kwa upanga, njaa na tauni, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, mpaka nitakapoliangamiza taifa hilo kwa mkono wake.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JER.27.9" />Kwa hiyo msiwasikilize manabii wenu, waaguzi wenu, waota ndoto wenu, watabiri na wachawi wanaowaambia ninyi: Hamtamtumikia mfalme wa Babeli.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JER.27.10" />Wanawatabiria uongo ambao utawafanya ninyi mhamishwe mbali kutoka nchi yenu. Nitawafukuzia mbali, nanyi mtaangamia.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JER.27.11" />Lakini ikiwa taifa lolote litainama na kuweka shingo lake katika nira ya mfalme wa Babeli na kumtumikia, nitaliacha taifa hilo katika nchi yake yenyewe ili wailime na kuishi humo, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.” ’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JER.27.12" />Nilitoa ujumbe huo huo kwa Sedekia mfalme wa Yuda. Nilisema, “Ingiza shingo yako katika nira ya mfalme wa Babeli, umtumikie yeye na watu wake, nawe utaishi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JER.27.13" />Kwa nini wewe na watu wako mfe kwa upanga, njaa na tauni, ambazo
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameonya juu ya taifa lolote ambalo halitamtumikia mfalme wa Babeli?
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JER.27.14" />Msiyasikilize maneno ya manabii wanaowaambia kwamba, ‘Hamtamtumikia mfalme wa Babeli,’ kwa sababu wanawatabiria uongo.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JER.27.15" />‘Sikuwatuma hao,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>. ‘Wanatabiri uongo kwa jina langu. Kwa hiyo, nitawafukuzia mbali, nanyi mtaangamia, ninyi pamoja na manabii wanaowatabiria.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JER.27.16" />Kisha nikawaambia makuhani na watu hawa wote, “Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Msiwasikilize manabii wanaosema, ‘Hivi karibuni sana vyombo vya nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> vitarudishwa kutoka Babeli.’ Wanawatabiria ninyi uongo.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JER.27.17" />Msiwasikilize. Mtumikieni mfalme wa Babeli, nanyi mtaishi. Kwa nini mji huu uwe magofu?
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JER.27.18" />Kama wao ni manabii na wanalo neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, basi na wamsihi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote ili vyombo vilivyobaki katika nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> na katika jumba la kifalme la mfalme wa Yuda na katika Yerusalemu visipelekwe Babeli.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JER.27.19" />Kwa maana hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote kuhusu zile nguzo, ile Bahari, vile vishikizo viwezavyo kuhamishika, vinara na vyombo vingine vilivyoachwa katika mji huu,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JER.27.20" />ambavyo Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli hakuvichukua wakati alipomchukua Yekonia<f caller="+"><fr>27:20
</fr><ft>Yekonia au Konia ni jina jingine la Yehoyakini.</ft></f> mwana wa Yehoyakimu mfalme wa Yuda kwenda uhamishoni huko Babeli kutoka Yerusalemu, pamoja na wakuu wote wa Yuda na Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JER.27.21" />Naam, hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli, asemalo kuhusu vitu ambavyo vimebaki ndani ya nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na ndani ya jumba la kifalme la mfalme wa Yuda, na katika Yerusalemu:
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JER.27.22" />‘Vitachukuliwa kupelekwa Babeli, nako huko vitabaki mpaka siku nitakayovijilia,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>. ‘Kisha nitavirudisha na kuvirejesha mahali hapa.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="28" />
<s style="s1">Hanania Nabii Wa Uongo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.28.1" />Katika mwezi wa tano wa mwaka ule ule, yaani mwaka wa nne, mwanzoni mwa utawala wa Sedekia mfalme wa Yuda, nabii Hanania mwana wa Azuri, ambaye alitoka Gibeoni, akaniambia katika nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> mbele ya makuhani na watu wote:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.28.2" />“Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli asemalo: ‘Nitaivunja nira ya mfalme wa Babeli.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JER.28.3" />Katika muda wa miaka miwili nitavirudisha mahali hapa vyombo vyote vya nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ambavyo Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli aliviondoa kutoka hapa na kuvipeleka Babeli.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JER.28.4" />Pia nitamrudisha mahali hapa Yekonia<f caller="+"><fr>28:4
</fr><ft>Yekonia au Konia ni jina jingine la Yehoyakini.</ft></f> mwana wa Yehoyakimu mfalme wa Yuda, pamoja na wote waliohamishwa kutoka Yuda ambao walikwenda Babeli,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ‘kwa kuwa nitaivunja nira ya mfalme wa Babeli.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="JER.28.5" />Ndipo nabii Yeremia akamjibu nabii Hanania mbele ya makuhani na watu wote waliokuwa wamesimama ndani ya nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JER.28.6" />Akasema, “Amen!
<nd>Bwana</nd> na afanye hivyo!
<nd>Bwana</nd> na ayatimize maneno uliyotoa unabii kwa kuvirudisha mahali hapa kutoka Babeli vyombo vya nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> pamoja na wote waliohamishwa.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JER.28.7" />Hata hivyo, nisikilize nikuambie yale nitakayoyasema masikioni mwako na masikioni mwa watu hawa wote:
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JER.28.8" />Tangu mwanzo, manabii waliokutangulia wewe na mimi walitabiri vita, maafa na tauni dhidi ya nchi nyingi na falme kubwa.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JER.28.9" />Lakini nabii atakayetabiri amani atatambuliwa kuwa kweli ametumwa na
<nd>Bwana</nd> ikiwa unabii wake utatimia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JER.28.10" />Kisha nabii Hanania akaiondoa nira iliyokuwa shingoni mwa Yeremia na kuivunja,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JER.28.11" />naye akasema mbele ya watu wote, “Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: ‘Vivi hivi ndivyo nitakavyoivunja nira ya Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli kutoka kwenye shingo za mataifa katika muda huu wa miaka miwili.’ ” Alipofanya hivi, nabii Yeremia akaondoka zake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JER.28.12" />Kitambo kidogo baada ya nabii Hanania kuivunja nira kutoka shingo ya nabii Yeremia, neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamjia Yeremia:
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JER.28.13" />“Nenda ukamwambie Hanania, ‘Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Umevunja nira ya mti, lakini badala yake utapata nira ya chuma.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JER.28.14" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli: Nitaweka nira ya chuma kwenye shingo za mataifa haya yote ili kufanya yamtumikie Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli, nao watamtumikia. Nitampa kutawala hata wanyama wa mwituni.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JER.28.15" />Kisha nabii Yeremia akamwambia nabii Hanania, “Sikiliza Hanania!
<nd>Bwana</nd> hajakutuma, lakini wewe umelishawishi taifa hili kuamini uongo.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JER.28.16" />Kwa hiyo, hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: ‘Hivi karibuni nitakuondoa kutoka juu ya uso wa dunia. Mwaka huu utakufa, kwa sababu umetangaza uasi dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JER.28.17" />Katika mwezi wa saba wa mwaka ule ule, nabii Hanania akafa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="29" />
<s style="s1">Barua Kwa Watu Wa Uhamisho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.29.1" />Haya ndiyo maneno ya ile barua ambayo nabii Yeremia aliituma kutoka Yerusalemu kwenda kwa wazee waliobaki miongoni mwa wale waliohamishwa, na kwa makuhani, manabii na watu wengine wote ambao Nebukadneza alikuwa amewachukua kwenda uhamishoni Babeli kutoka Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.29.2" />(Hii ilikuwa ni baada ya Mfalme Yekonia<f caller="+"><fr>29:2
</fr><ft>Yekonia au Konia ni jina jingine la Yehoyakini.</ft></f> na malkia mamaye, maafisa wa mahakama, viongozi wa Yuda na wa Yerusalemu, mafundi na wahunzi kwenda uhamishoni kutoka Yerusalemu.)
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JER.29.3" />Barua ilikabidhiwa kwa Elasa mwana wa Shafani, na kwa Gemaria mwana wa Hilkia, ambao Sedekia mfalme wa Yuda aliwatuma kwa Mfalme Nebukadneza huko Babeli. Barua yenyewe ilisema:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="4" bcv="JER.29.4" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli, awaambialo wale wote niliowapeleka kutoka Yerusalemu kwenda uhamishoni Babeli:
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JER.29.5" />“Jengeni nyumba na mstarehe, pandeni bustani na mle mazao yake.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JER.29.6" />Oeni wake na mzae wana na binti, waozeni wana wenu wake, nanyi watoeni binti zenu waolewe, ili nao pia wazae wana na binti. Ongezekeni idadi yenu huko, wala msipungue.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JER.29.7" />Pia tafuteni amani na mafanikio ya mji ambamo nimewapeleka uhamishoni. Mwombeni
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa ajili ya mji huo, kwa sababu ukistawi, ninyi pia mtastawi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="8" bcv="JER.29.8" />Naam, hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli, asemalo: “Msikubali manabii na wabashiri walioko miongoni mwenu wawadanganye. Msisikilize ndoto ambazo mmewatia moyo kuota.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JER.29.9" />Wanawatabiria ninyi uongo kwa jina langu. Sikuwatuma,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="10" bcv="JER.29.10" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: “Miaka sabini itakapotimia kwa ajili ya Babeli, nitakuja kwenu na kutimiza ahadi yangu ya rehema ya kuwarudisha mahali hapa.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JER.29.11" />Kwa maana ninajua mipango niliyo nayo kwa ajili yenu,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “ni mipango ya kuwafanikisha na wala si ya kuwadhuru, ni mipango ya kuwapa tumaini katika siku zijazo.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JER.29.12" />Kisha mtaniita, na mtakuja na kuniomba, nami nitawasikiliza.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JER.29.13" />Mtanitafuta na kuniona, mtakaponitafuta kwa moyo wenu wote.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JER.29.14" />Nitaonekana kwenu,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “nami nitawarudisha watu wenu waliotekwa. Nitawakusanya kutoka mataifa yote na mahali pote nilipokuwa nimewafukuzia, nami nitawarudisha mahali ambapo nilikuwa nimewatoa walipochukuliwa uhamishoni,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="15" bcv="JER.29.15" />Mnaweza mkasema, “<nd>Bwana</nd> ameinua manabii kwa ajili yetu huku Babeli,”
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JER.29.16" />lakini hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuhusu mfalme aketiaye kiti cha enzi cha Daudi, na watu wa kwenu wote wanaobaki katika mji huu, ndugu zenu ambao hawakwenda pamoja nanyi uhamishoni.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JER.29.17" />Naam, hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote: “Nitatuma upanga, njaa na tauni dhidi yao, nami nitawafanya kuwa kama tini dhaifu zile ambazo ni mbovu sana zisizofaa kuliwa.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JER.29.18" />Nitawafukuza kwa upanga, kwa njaa na kwa tauni, nami nitawafanya kitu cha kuchukiza sana kwa falme zote za dunia, na kuwa kitu cha laana na cha kuogofya, cha dharau na kukemewa, miongoni mwa mataifa yote nitakakowafukuzia.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JER.29.19" />Kwa kuwa hawakuyasikiliza maneno yangu,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “maneno ambayo niliwatumia tena na tena kupitia watumishi wangu manabii. Wala ninyi watu wa uhamisho hamkusikiliza pia,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="20" bcv="JER.29.20" />Kwa hiyo, sikieni neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, enyi nyote mlio uhamishoni, niliowapeleka Babeli kutoka Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JER.29.21" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli, asemalo kuhusu Ahabu mwana wa Kolaya, na Sedekia mwana wa Maaseya, wanaowatabiria uongo kwa jina langu: “Nitawatia mikononi mwa Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli, naye atawaua mbele ya macho yenu hasa.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JER.29.22" />Kwa ajili yao, watu wote wa uhamisho kutoka Yuda walioko Babeli watatumia laana hii: ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> na akutendee kama Sedekia na Ahabu, ambao mfalme wa Babeli aliwachoma kwa moto.’
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JER.29.23" />Kwa kuwa wamefanya mambo maovu kabisa katika Israeli, wamezini na wake za majirani zao, tena kwa Jina langu wamesema uongo, mambo ambayo sikuwaambia kuyafanya. Nami nayajua haya, na ni shahidi wa jambo hilo,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ujumbe Kwa Shemaya
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="JER.29.24" />Mwambie Shemaya Mnehelami,
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JER.29.25" />“Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli, asemalo: Ulituma barua kwa jina lako mwenyewe kwa watu wote wa Yerusalemu, kwa Sefania mwana wa kuhani Maaseya na kwa makuhani wengine wote. Ulimwambia Sefania,
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JER.29.26" />‘<nd>Bwana</nd> amekuweka wewe uwe kuhani badala ya Yehoyada ili uwe msimamizi wa nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Unapaswa kufunga kwa mikatale na mnyororo wa shingoni mwendawazimu yeyote anayejifanya nabii.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JER.29.27" />Kwa nini basi hukumkemea Yeremia Mwanathothi, aliyejifanya kama nabii miongoni mwenu?
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="JER.29.28" />Ametutumia ujumbe huu huku Babeli: Mtakuwako huko muda mrefu. Kwa hiyo jengeni nyumba mkakae; pandeni mashamba na mle mazao yake.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="JER.29.29" />Kuhani Sefania, hata hivyo, akamsomea nabii Yeremia ile barua.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="JER.29.30" />Ndipo neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamjia Yeremia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="JER.29.31" />“Tuma ujumbe huu kwa watu wote walio uhamishoni: ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemalo kuhusu Shemaya Mnehelami: Kwa sababu Shemaya amewatabiria ninyi, hata ingawa sikumtuma, naye amewafanya kuamini uongo,
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="JER.29.32" />hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemalo: Hakika nitamwadhibu Shemaya Mnehelami pamoja na uzao wake. Hapatakuwa na yeyote atakayebaki miongoni mwa watu hawa, wala hataona mema nitakayowatendea watu wangu, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa sababu ametangaza uasi dhidi yangu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="30" />
<s style="s1">Kurudishwa Kwa Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.30.1" />Hili ndilo neno lililomjia Yeremia kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.30.2" />“Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli: ‘Andika katika kitabu maneno yote niliyonena na wewe.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JER.30.3" />Siku zinakuja,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ‘nitakapowaleta watu wangu Israeli na Yuda kutoka uhamishoni, na kuwarudisha katika nchi niliyowapa baba zao ili kuimiliki,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JER.30.4" />Haya ndiyo maneno
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyoyanena kuhusu Israeli na Yuda:
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JER.30.5" />“Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Vilio vya woga vinasikika:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hofu kuu, wala si amani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JER.30.6" />Ulizeni na mkaone:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, mwanaume aweza kuzaa watoto?
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa nini basi ninaona kila mwanaume mwenye nguvu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ameweka mikono yake tumboni
</q>
<q style="q1">kama mwanamke aliye na utungu wa kuzaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila uso ukigeuka rangi kabisa?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JER.30.7" />Tazama jinsi ile siku itakavyokuwa ya kutisha!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hakutakuwa na nyingine mfano wake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Utakuwa wakati wa dhiki kwa Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini ataokolewa kutoka hiyo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JER.30.8" />“ ‘Katika siku ile,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘nitaivunja nira kutoka shingoni mwao
</q>
<q style="q1">na kuvipasua vifungo vyao;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wageni hawatawafanya tena watumwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JER.30.9" />Badala yake, watamtumikia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Daudi mfalme wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakayemwinua kwa ajili yao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JER.30.10" />“ ‘Hivyo usiogope, ee Yakobo mtumishi wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usifadhaike, ee Israeli,’
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">‘Hakika, nitakuokoa kutoka mbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wazao wako kutoka nchi ya uhamisho wao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Yakobo atakuwa tena na amani na usalama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna atakayemtia hofu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JER.30.11" />Mimi niko pamoja nawe, nami nitakuokoa,’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">‘Ingawa nitayaangamiza kabisa mataifa yote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambamo miongoni mwao nimewatawanya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sitawaangamiza ninyi kabisa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitawaadhibu, lakini kwa haki.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Sitawaacha kabisa bila adhabu.’
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JER.30.12" />“Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Kidonda chako hakina dawa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jeraha lako haliponyeki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JER.30.13" />Hakuna yeyote wa kukutetea shauri lako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna dawa ya kidonda chako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe hutapona.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JER.30.14" />Wale walioungana nawe wote wamekusahau,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawajali chochote kukuhusu wewe.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nimekupiga kama vile adui angelifanya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukuadhibu kama vile mtu mkatili angelifanya,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu hatia yako ni kubwa mno
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na dhambi zako ni nyingi sana.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JER.30.15" />Kwa nini unalia kwa ajili ya jeraha lako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yale maumivu yako yasiyoponyeka?
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa sababu ya uovu wako mkubwa na dhambi zako nyingi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimekufanyia mambo haya.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JER.30.16" />“ ‘Lakini watu wote wakuangamizao wataangamizwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">adui zako wote watakwenda uhamishoni.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wale wote wakutekao nyara watatekwa nyara;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote wakufanyao mateka nitawafanya mateka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JER.30.17" />Lakini nitakurudishia afya yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuyaponya majeraha yako,’
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q style="q1">‘kwa sababu umeitwa mwenye kutupwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Sayuni ambaye hakuna yeyote anayekujali.’
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="JER.30.18" />“Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Nitarudisha baraka za mahema ya Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuhurumia maskani yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mji utajengwa tena juu ya magofu yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nalo jumba la kifalme litasimama mahali pake halisi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JER.30.19" />Nyimbo za kushukuru zitatoka kwao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na sauti ya furaha.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitaiongeza idadi yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawatapungua,
</q>
<q style="q1">nitawapa heshima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hawatadharauliwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JER.30.20" />Watoto wao watakuwa kama walivyokuwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku za zamani,
</q>
<q style="q1">nayo jumuiya yao itaimarishwa mbele yangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitawaadhibu wale wote wawaoneao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JER.30.21" />Mmoja wao atakuwa kiongozi wao;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtawala wao atainuka miongoni mwao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitamleta karibu nami,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atanikaribia mimi,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana ni nani yule atakayejitolea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa karibu nami?’
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JER.30.22" />‘Kwa hiyo ninyi mtakuwa watu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitakuwa Mungu wenu.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JER.30.23" />Tazama, tufani ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">italipuka kwa ghadhabu,
</q>
<q style="q1">upepo wa kisulisuli uendao kasi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utashuka juu ya vichwa vya waovu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JER.30.24" />Hasira kali ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> haitarudi nyuma
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpaka atakapotimiza makusudi yote ya moyo wake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Siku zijazo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtayaelewa haya.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="31" />
<s style="s1">Mahamisho Kurudi Kwa Shangwe
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.31.1" />“Wakati huo, nitakuwa Mungu wa koo zote za Israeli nao watakuwa watu wangu,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="JER.31.2" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Watu watakaopona upanga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watapata upendeleo jangwani;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakuja niwape Israeli pumziko.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JER.31.3" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alitutokea wakati uliopita, akisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Nimekupenda kwa upendo wa milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimekuvuta kwa wema.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JER.31.4" />Nitakujenga tena nawe utajengeka upya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ewe Bikira Israeli.
</q>
<q style="q1">Utachukua tena matari yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwenda kucheza na wenye furaha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JER.31.5" />Utapanda tena shamba la mizabibu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya vilima vya Samaria,
</q>
<q style="q1">wakulima watapanda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufurahia matunda yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JER.31.6" />Itakuja siku wakati walinzi watakapowapigia kelele
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya vilima vya Efraimu wakisema,
</q>
<q style="q1">‘Njooni, twendeni juu Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwake
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JER.31.7" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Mwimbieni Yakobo kwa furaha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpigieni kelele aliye mkuu wa mataifa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Zifanyeni sifa zenu zisikike, nanyi mseme,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, okoa watu wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mabaki ya Israeli.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JER.31.8" />Tazama, nitawaleta kutoka nchi ya kaskazini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwakusanya kutoka miisho ya dunia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Miongoni mwao watakuwepo vipofu na viwete,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mama wajawazito na wenye utungu wa kuzaa.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Umati mkubwa wa watu utarudi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JER.31.9" />Watakuja wakilia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataomba wakati ninawarudisha.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitawaongoza kando ya vijito vya maji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika mapito yaliyo tambarare ambapo hawatajikwaa,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu mimi ndimi baba wa Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye Efraimu ni mzaliwa wangu wa kwanza.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JER.31.10" />“Sikieni neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, enyi mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">litangazeni katika nchi za pwani ya mbali:
</q>
<q style="q1">‘Yeye aliyewatawanya Israeli atawakusanya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na atalichunga kundi lake la kondoo kama mchungaji.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JER.31.11" />Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> atamlipia fidia Yakobo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwakomboa mkononi mwa walio na nguvu kuliko wao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JER.31.12" />Watakuja na kupiga kelele kwa furaha katika miinuko ya Sayuni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watashangilia ukarimu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</q>
<q style="q1">nafaka, divai mpya na mafuta,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wana-kondoo wachanga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ndama wa makundi ya ngʼombe nitakaowapa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watakuwa kama bustani iliyonyeshewa vizuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawatahuzunika tena.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JER.31.13" />Kisha wanawali watacheza na kufurahi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vijana waume na wazee pia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitageuza maombolezo yao kuwa furaha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitawapa faraja na furaha badala ya huzuni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JER.31.14" />Nitawashibisha makuhani kwa wingi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watu wangu watajazwa kwa ukarimu wangu,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JER.31.15" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Sauti imesikika huko Rama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maombolezo na kilio kikubwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">Raheli akiwalilia watoto wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na anakataa kufarijiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu watoto wake hawako tena.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JER.31.16" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Izuie sauti yako kulia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na macho yako yasitoe machozi,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa kazi yako itapata thawabu,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Watarudi kutoka nchi ya adui.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JER.31.17" />Kwa hiyo kuna tumaini kwa siku zijazo,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Watoto wako watarudi nchi yao yenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JER.31.18" />“Hakika nimeyasikia maombolezo ya Efraimu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Ulinirudi kama ndama mkaidi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nimekubali kutii.
</q>
<q style="q1">Unirudishe, nami nitarudi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu wewe ndiwe
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JER.31.19" />Baada ya kupotea, nilitubu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">baada ya kuelewa, nilijipiga kifua.
</q>
<q style="q1">Niliaibika na kuona haya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu niliibeba aibu ya ujana wangu.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JER.31.20" />Je, Efraimu si mwanangu mpendwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtoto ninayependezwa naye?
</q>
<q style="q1">Ingawa mara kwa mara ninanena dhidi yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bado ninamkumbuka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa hiyo moyo wangu unamwonea shauku,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nina huruma kubwa kwa ajili yake,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JER.31.21" />“Weka alama za barabara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">weka vibao vya kuelekeza.
</q>
<q style="q1">Zingatia vyema njia kuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">barabara ile unayoipita.
</q>
<q style="q1">Rudi, ee Bikira Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">rudi kwenye miji yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JER.31.22" />Utatangatanga hata lini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ee binti usiye mwaminifu?
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> ameumba kitu kipya duniani:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwanamke atamlinda mwanaume.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="JER.31.23" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli, asemalo, “Nitakapowarudisha toka nchi ya kutekwa kwenu, watu walio katika nchi ya Yuda na miji yake kwa mara nyingine tena watatumia maneno haya: ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> akubariki, ee makao ya haki, ee mlima mtakatifu.’
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JER.31.24" />Watu wataishi pamoja katika Yuda na miji yake yote, wakulima na wote wanaohamahama na mifugo yao.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JER.31.25" />Nitawaburudisha waliochoka na kuwatuliza walio na huzuni.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="JER.31.26" />Kwa jambo hili niliamka na kuangalia pande zote. Usingizi wangu ulikuwa mtamu kwangu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="JER.31.27" /><nd>Bwana</nd> asema, “Siku zinakuja, nitakapoongeza idadi ya watu, na kuzidisha hesabu ya mifugo katika nyumba ya Israeli na nyumba ya Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="JER.31.28" />Kama vile nilivyowaangalia ili kungʼoa na kubomoa, kuharibu, kuangamiza na kuleta maafa juu yao, vivyo hivyo nitawaangalia ili kujenga na kupanda,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="JER.31.29" />“Katika siku hizo, watu hawatasema tena,
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Baba wamekula zabibu chachu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo meno ya watoto yakatiwa ganzi.’
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="30" bcv="JER.31.30" />Badala yake, kila mmoja atakufa kwa ajili ya dhambi zake mwenyewe; yeyote alaye zabibu chachu, meno yake mwenyewe yatatiwa ganzi.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="JER.31.31" />“Siku zinakuja,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“nitakapofanya agano jipya
</q>
<q style="q1">na nyumba ya Israeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nyumba ya Yuda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="JER.31.32" />Halitafanana na agano
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nililofanya na baba zao
</q>
<q style="q1">wakati nilipowashika mkono
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwaongoza watoke Misri,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu walivunja agano langu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ijapokuwa nilikuwa mume kwao,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="JER.31.33" />“Hili ndilo agano nitakalofanya na nyumba ya Israeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">baada ya siku zile,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">“Nitaweka sheria yangu katika nia zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuiandika mioyoni mwao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitakuwa Mungu wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watakuwa watu wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="JER.31.34" />Mtu hatamfundisha tena jirani yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala mtu kumfundisha ndugu yake akisema, ‘Mjue
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu,’
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu wote watanijua mimi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tangu aliye mdogo kabisa kwao, hadi aliye mkuu sana,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">“Kwa sababu nitasamehe uovu wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala sitazikumbuka dhambi zao tena.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="JER.31.35" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</p>
<q style="q1">yeye aliyeweka jua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">liwake mchana,
</q>
<q style="q1">yeye anayeamuru mwezi na nyota
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kungʼaa usiku,
</q>
<q style="q1">yeye aichafuaye bahari
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili mawimbi yake yangurume;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote ndilo jina lake:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="36" bcv="JER.31.36" />“Ikiwa amri hizi zitaondoka machoni pangu,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q style="q1">“ndipo wazao wa Israeli watakoma
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa taifa mbele yangu daima.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="JER.31.37" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Ikiwa mbingu zilizo juu zitaweza kupimika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na misingi ya dunia chini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ikaweza kuchunguzwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">ndipo nitakapowakataa wazao wote wa Israeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya yote waliyoyatenda,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="JER.31.38" />“Siku zinakuja,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “wakati mji huu utajengwa upya kwa ajili yangu, kuanzia mnara wa Hananeli hadi Lango la Pembeni.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="JER.31.39" />Kamba ya kupimia itaanzia hapo kuendelea hadi kwenye kilima cha Garebu, na kisha kugeuka kuelekea Goa.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="JER.31.40" />Bonde lote watupwapo maiti na majivu pia na matuta yote kutoka Bonde la Kidroni upande wa mashariki hadi pembe ya Lango la Farasi, itakuwa takatifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Kamwe mji huu hautangʼolewa tena wala kubomolewa.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="32" />
<s style="s1">Yeremia Anunua Shamba
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.32.1" />Hili ndilo neno lililomjia Yeremia kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, katika mwaka wa kumi wa utawala wa Sedekia mfalme wa Yuda, ambao ulikuwa mwaka wa kumi na nane wa utawala wa Mfalme Nebukadneza.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.32.2" />Wakati huo jeshi la mfalme wa Babeli lilikuwa limeuzunguka mji wa Yerusalemu, naye nabii Yeremia alikuwa amezuiliwa katika ua wa walinzi katika jumba la kifalme la Yuda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JER.32.3" />Basi Sedekia mfalme wa Yuda alikuwa amemfunga huko akisema, “Kwa nini unatabiri hivyo? Wewe unasema, ‘Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Ninakaribia kuutia mji huu mkononi mwa mfalme wa Babeli, naye atauteka.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JER.32.4" />Sedekia mfalme wa Yuda hataweza kuponyoka mikononi mwa Wakaldayo, lakini kwa hakika atatiwa mikononi mwa mfalme wa Babeli, naye atazungumza naye ana kwa ana na kumwona kwa macho yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JER.32.5" />Atamchukua Sedekia hadi Babeli, mahali atakapoishi mpaka nitakapomshughulikia, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Kama utapigana dhidi ya Wakaldayo, hutashinda.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JER.32.6" />Yeremia akasema, “Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilinijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JER.32.7" />Hanameli mwana wa Shalumu mjomba wako atakuja kwako na kusema, ‘Nunua shamba langu huko Anathothi, kwa sababu wewe kama jamaa ya karibu ni haki na wajibu wako kulinunua.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JER.32.8" />“Kisha, kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyosema, binamu yangu Hanameli alinijia katika ua wa walinzi na kusema: ‘Nunua shamba langu lililoko Anathothi katika nchi ya Benyamini. Kwa kuwa ni haki yako kulikomboa na kulimiliki, jinunulie.’
</p>
<p style="p">“Nilijua kwamba hili lilikuwa neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JER.32.9" />Hivyo nikalinunua shamba hilo lililoko Anathothi kutoka kwa binamu yangu Hanameli, nami nikampimia shekeli kumi na saba<f caller="+"><fr>32:9
</fr><ft>Shekeli 17 za fedha ni sawa na gramu 200.</ft></f> za fedha.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JER.32.10" />Nikatia sahihi na kuweka muhuri hati ya kumiliki, nikaweka mashahidi, na kupima ile fedha kwenye mizani.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JER.32.11" />Nikachukua ile hati ya kununulia, nakala iliyotiwa muhuri yenye makubaliano na masharti, pia pamoja na ile nakala isiyo na muhuri,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JER.32.12" />nami nikampa Baruku mwana wa Neria, mwana wa Maaseya, hati hii mbele ya binamu yangu Hanameli, na mbele ya mashahidi waliokuwa wameweka sahihi kwenye hati hii na mbele ya Wayahudi wote waliokuwa wameketi katika ua wa walinzi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JER.32.13" />“Nilimpa Baruku maelezo haya mbele yao:
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JER.32.14" />‘Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli: Chukua hati hizi, yaani nakala zote zenye muhuri na zisizo na muhuri za hati ya kununulia, na uziweke kwenye gudulia la udongo wa mfinyanzi ili zidumu kwa muda mrefu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JER.32.15" />Kwa kuwa hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli: Nyumba, mashamba na mashamba ya mizabibu yatanunuliwa tena katika nchi hii.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JER.32.16" />“Baada ya kumkabidhi Baruku mwana wa Neria hii hati ya kununulia, nilimwomba
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="17" bcv="JER.32.17" />“Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, umeumba mbingu na nchi kwa uwezo wako mkuu na kwa mkono ulionyooshwa. Hakuna jambo lililo gumu usiloliweza.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JER.32.18" />Wewe huonyesha upendo kwa maelfu, lakini huleta adhabu kwa ajili ya dhambi za baba mapajani mwa watoto wao baada yao. Ee Mungu mkuu na mwenye uweza, ambaye jina lako ni
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JER.32.19" />makusudi yako ni makuu, na matendo yako ni yenye uwezo. Macho yako yanaona njia zote za wanadamu, nawe humlipa kila mmoja kulingana na mwenendo wake, na kama yanavyostahili matendo yake.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JER.32.20" />Ulitenda ishara za miujiza na maajabu huko Misri, na umeyaendeleza mpaka leo, katika Israeli na miongoni mwa wanadamu wote, nawe umejulikana na kufahamika hivyo mpaka leo.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JER.32.21" />Uliwatoa watu wako Israeli kutoka Misri kwa ishara na maajabu, kwa mkono wenye nguvu na ulionyooshwa na kwa matisho makuu.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JER.32.22" />Uliwapa nchi hii uliyokuwa umeapa kuwapa baba zao, nchi inayotiririka maziwa na asali.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JER.32.23" />Waliingia na kuimiliki, lakini hawakukutii wala kuifuata sheria yako. Hawakufanya kile ulichowaamuru kufanya. Hivyo ukaleta maafa haya yote juu yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="24" bcv="JER.32.24" />“Tazama jinsi tumezungukwa na jeshi ili kuuteka mji huu. Kwa sababu ya upanga, njaa na tauni, mji utatiwa mikononi mwa Wakaldayo ambao wanaushambulia. Ulilosema limetokea kama vile unavyoona sasa.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JER.32.25" />Ingawa mji utatiwa mikononi mwa Wakaldayo, wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, uliniambia, ‘Nunua shamba kwa fedha, na jambo hilo lishuhudiwe.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="JER.32.26" />Ndipo neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamjia Yeremia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JER.32.27" />“Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa wote wenye mwili. Je, kuna jambo lolote lililo gumu nisiloliweza?
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="JER.32.28" />Kwa hiyo, hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Ninakaribia kuutia mji huu mikononi mwa Wakaldayo, na mwa Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli ambaye atauteka.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="JER.32.29" />Wakaldayo ambao wanaushambulia mji huu watakuja na kuuchoma moto na kuuteketeza, pamoja na nyumba ambamo watu wamenikasirisha kwa kumfukizia Baali uvumba katika mapaa na kumimina sadaka za vinywaji kwa miungu mingine.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="JER.32.30" />“Watu wa Israeli na wa Yuda hawakufanya kitu kingine ila uovu mbele zangu tangu ujana wao. Naam, watu wa Israeli hawakufanya kitu kingine ila kunikasirisha kwa kazi ambazo mikono yao imetengeneza, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="JER.32.31" />Tangu siku ulipojengwa hadi sasa, mji huu umenikasirisha na kunighadhibisha kiasi kwamba ni lazima niuondoe machoni pangu.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="JER.32.32" />Watu wa Israeli na wa Yuda wamenikasirisha kwa uovu wote waliofanya: wao, wafalme wao na maafisa wao, makuhani wao na manabii wao, watu wa Yuda na wakazi wa Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="JER.32.33" />Walinigeuzia visogo vyao, wala si nyuso zao. Ingawa niliwafundisha tena na tena, hawakupenda kusikiliza wala kuitikia adhabu.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="JER.32.34" />Waliweka miungu yao ya kuchukiza sana katika nyumba iitwayo kwa Jina langu na kuinajisi.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="JER.32.35" />Wakajenga mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu kwa ajili ya Baali katika Bonde la Ben-Hinomu, ambapo walitoa wana wao na binti zao kafara kwa Moleki, ingawa kamwe sikuamuru, wala halikuingia akilini mwangu, kwamba watafanya chukizo kama hilo na kumfanya Yuda atende dhambi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="JER.32.36" />“Mnasema kuhusu mji huu, ‘Kwa upanga, njaa na tauni, mji utatiwa mkononi mwa mfalme wa Babeli,’ lakini hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli asemalo:
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="JER.32.37" />Hakika nitawakusanya kutoka nchi zote nilizowafukuzia katika hasira yangu kali na ghadhabu yangu kuu, nitawarudisha mahali hapa na kuwaruhusu waishi kwa salama.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="JER.32.38" />Watakuwa watu wangu, nami nitakuwa Mungu wao.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="JER.32.39" />Nitawapa moyo mmoja na kutenda pamoja, ili kwamba waniche daima kwa mema yao wenyewe na kwa mema ya watoto wao baada yao.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="JER.32.40" />Nitafanya nao agano la milele: Kamwe sitaacha kuwatendea mema, nami nitawavuvia kunicha mimi, ili kamwe wasigeukie mbali nami.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="JER.32.41" />Nitafurahia kuwatendea mema, na kwa hakika nitawapanda katika nchi hii kwa moyo wangu wote na roho yangu yote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="JER.32.42" />“Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Kama nilivyoleta maafa haya makubwa kwa watu hawa, ndivyo nitakavyowapa mafanikio niliyowaahidi.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="JER.32.43" />Kwa mara nyingine tena mashamba yatanunuliwa katika nchi hii ambayo mlisema, ‘Imekuwa ukiwa, isiyofaa, isiyo na watu wala wanyama, kwa sababu imetiwa mikononi mwa Wakaldayo.’
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="JER.32.44" />Mashamba yatanunuliwa kwa fedha, na hati zitatiwa sahihi, zitatiwa muhuri na kushuhudiwa katika nchi ya Benyamini, katika vijiji vinavyoizunguka Yerusalemu, katika miji ya Yuda na katika miji ya nchi ya vilima, sehemu za magharibi katika miji ya tambarare na katika Negebu, kwa sababu nitarudisha tena mafanikio yao,<f caller="+"><fr>32:44
</fr><ft>Au: nitawarudisha tena kutoka utumwani.</ft></f> asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="33" />
<s style="s1">Ahadi Ya Kurudishwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.33.1" />Wakati Yeremia alipokuwa angali amefungwa kwenye ua wa walinzi, neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilimjia mara ya pili kusema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.33.2" />“Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemalo, yeye aliyeumba dunia,
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyeifanya na kuithibitisha,
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndilo jina lake:
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JER.33.3" />‘Niite nami nitakuitika na kukuambia mambo makuu na yasiyochunguzika, usiyoyajua.’
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JER.33.4" />Kwa maana hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, asemalo kuhusu nyumba katika mji huu na majumba ya kifalme ya Yuda yaliyobomolewa ili yatumiwe dhidi ya kule kuzungukwa na jeshi na upanga
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JER.33.5" />katika kupigana na Wakaldayo: ‘Zitajazwa na maiti za watu nitakaowachinja katika hasira na ghadhabu yangu. Nitauficha uso wangu kwa sababu ya maovu yake yote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JER.33.6" />“ ‘Hata hivyo, nitauletea afya na uponyaji, nitawaponya watu wangu na kuwafanya wafurahie amani tele na salama.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JER.33.7" />Nitawarudisha Yuda na Israeli kutoka nchi ya kutekwa kwao, na kuwajenga tena kama walivyokuwa hapo awali.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JER.33.8" />Nitawatakasa dhambi zote walizofanya dhidi yangu, na nitawasamehe dhambi zote za uasi dhidi yangu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JER.33.9" />Kisha mji huu utaniletea utukufu, furaha, sifa na heshima mbele ya mataifa yote ya dunia yatakayosikia mambo yote mazuri ninayoufanyia. Nao watashangaa na kutetemeka kwa ajili ya wingi wa mafanikio na amani nitakayoupatia.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JER.33.10" />“Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: ‘Mnasema kuhusu mahali hapa kwamba, “Ni mahali palipoachwa ukiwa, pasipo na wanadamu wala wanyama.” Lakini katika miji ya Yuda na barabara za Yerusalemu ambazo zimeachwa, ambazo hazikaliwi na wanadamu wala wanyama, huko kutasikika kwa mara nyingine
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JER.33.11" />sauti za shangwe na furaha, sauti za bibi na bwana arusi, na sauti za wale waletao sadaka za shukrani katika nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wakisema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘ “Mshukuruni
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni mwema;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">upendo wake wadumu milele.”
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Kwa kuwa nitairudishia nchi baraka kama zilivyokuwa hapo awali,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JER.33.12" />“Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote: ‘Mahali hapa, ambapo ni ukiwa, pasipo na wanadamu wala wanyama: katika miji yake, patakuwepo tena malisho kwa ajili ya wachungaji kupumzisha makundi yao ya kondoo.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JER.33.13" />Katika miji ya nchi ya vilima, ya vilima vya magharibi na ya Negebu, katika nchi ya Benyamini, katika vijiji vinavyoizunguka Yerusalemu na katika miji ya Yuda, makundi ya kondoo yatapita tena chini ya mkono wa yeye ayahesabuye,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JER.33.14" />“ ‘Siku zinakuja,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ‘wakati nitakapotimiza ahadi yangu ya rehema niliyoifanya kwa nyumba ya Israeli na kwa nyumba ya Yuda.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JER.33.15" />“ ‘Katika siku hizo na wakati huo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitalifanya Tawi la haki lichipuke kutoka ukoo wa Daudi,
</q>
<q style="q1">naye atafanya lile lililo haki na sawa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika nchi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JER.33.16" />Katika siku hizo, Yuda ataokolewa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Yerusalemu ataishi salama.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hili ndilo jina atakaloitwa:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> Haki Yetu.’
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="17" bcv="JER.33.17" />Kwa maana hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: ‘Daudi kamwe hatakosa mtu wa kukalia kiti cha enzi cha nyumba ya Israeli,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JER.33.18" />wala hata makuhani, ambao ni Walawi, kamwe hawatakosa mtu wa kusimama mbele zangu daima ili kutoa sadaka za kuteketezwa, ili kuteketeza sadaka ya nafaka na kutoa dhabihu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JER.33.19" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamjia Yeremia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JER.33.20" />“Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: ‘Ikiwa mtaweza kuvunja agano langu kuhusu usiku na mchana, ili usiku na mchana visiwepo kwa nyakati zake,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JER.33.21" />basi agano langu na Daudi mtumishi wangu, na agano langu na Walawi ambao ni makuhani wanaohudumu mbele zangu, linaweza kuvunjwa, na Daudi hatakuwa tena na mzao wa kutawala katika kiti chake cha enzi.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JER.33.22" />Nitawafanya wazao wa Daudi mtumishi wangu na Walawi wanaohudumu mbele zangu wengi, wasioweza kuhesabika kama nyota za angani, tena wasiopimika kama mchanga wa ufuoni mwa bahari.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="JER.33.23" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamjia Yeremia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JER.33.24" />“Je, hujasikia kwamba watu hawa wanasema, ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> amezikataa zile falme mbili alizozichagua?’ Kwa hiyo wamewadharau watu wangu, na hawawaoni tena kama taifa.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JER.33.25" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: ‘Kama sijathibitisha agano langu na usiku na mchana, na kuziweka wakfu sheria za mbingu na nchi,
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JER.33.26" />basi nitawakataa wazao wa Yakobo na Daudi mtumishi wangu, na sitachagua mmoja wa wanawe kutawala juu ya wazao wa Abrahamu, Isaki na Yakobo. Kwa maana nitawarudisha kutoka nchi ya kutekwa kwao na kuwaonea huruma.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="34" />
<s style="s1">Onyo Kwa Sedekia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.34.1" />Wakati Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli na jeshi lake lote, pamoja na falme zote na mataifa katika himaya aliyotawala walipokuwa wakipigana dhidi ya Yerusalemu pamoja na miji yote inayoizunguka, neno hili lilimjia Yeremia kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.34.2" />“Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, kusema: Nenda kwa Sedekia mfalme wa Yuda umwambie, ‘Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Ninakaribia kuutia mji huu mikononi mwa mfalme wa Babeli, naye atauteketeza kwa moto.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JER.34.3" />Hutaweza kuepuka mkono wake, bali hakika utatekwa na kukabidhiwa kwake. Utamwona mfalme wa Babeli kwa macho yako mwenyewe, naye atazungumza nawe ana kwa ana. Nawe utakwenda Babeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JER.34.4" />“ ‘Lakini sikia ahadi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ee Sedekia mfalme wa Yuda. Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> kukuhusu: Hutakufa kwa upanga,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JER.34.5" />utakufa kwa amani. Kama vile watu walivyowasha moto wa maziko kwa heshima ya baba zako, wafalme waliokutangulia, ndivyo watu watakavyowasha moto kwa heshima yako na kuomboleza, wakisema: “Ole, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>!” Mimi mwenyewe ninaweka ahadi hii, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JER.34.6" />Ndipo nabii Yeremia akamwambia Sedekia mfalme wa Yuda mambo haya yote huko Yerusalemu,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JER.34.7" />wakati jeshi la mfalme wa Babeli lilipokuwa likipigana dhidi ya Yerusalemu na miji mingine ya Yuda ambayo bado ilikuwa imara, yaani Lakishi na Azeka. Hii ilikuwa miji pekee yenye ngome iliyobaki katika Yuda.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Uhuru Kwa Watumwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JER.34.8" />Hili ndilo neno lililomjia Yeremia kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, baada ya Mfalme Sedekia kufanya agano na watu wote huko Yerusalemu ili kutangaza uhuru kwa watumwa.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JER.34.9" />Kila mmoja alipaswa kuwaacha huru watumwa wake wa Kiebrania, wanawake na wanaume. Hakuna yeyote aliyeruhusiwa kumshikilia Myahudi mwenzake kama mtumwa.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JER.34.10" />Kwa hiyo maafisa wote na watu walioingia katika agano hili wakakubali kwamba watawaacha huru watumwa wao wa kiume na wa kike, na hawatawashikilia tena kama watumwa. Wakakubali na wakawaacha huru.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JER.34.11" />Lakini baadaye wakabadili mawazo yao, na kuwarudisha wale watumwa waliokuwa wamewaacha huru, wakawafanya tena watumwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JER.34.12" />Ndipo neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamjia Yeremia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JER.34.13" />“Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli: Nilifanya agano na baba zenu nilipowatoa Misri, kutoka nchi ya utumwa. Nilisema,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JER.34.14" />‘Kila mwaka wa saba, kila mmoja wenu ni lazima amwache huru mtumwa ambaye ni Mwebrania mwenzenu aliyejiuza kwenu. Baada ya kukutumikia kwa miaka sita, ni lazima umwache huru aende zake.’ Hata hivyo baba zenu hawakunisikiliza wala kunijali.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JER.34.15" />Hivi karibuni tu mlitubu na kufanya yaliyo sawa machoni pangu: Kila mmoja wenu aliwatangazia uhuru Waebrania wake. Hata mlifanya agano mbele zangu ndani ya nyumba iitwayo kwa Jina langu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JER.34.16" />Lakini sasa mmegeuka na kulinajisi jina langu. Kila mmoja wenu amemrudisha mtumwa wa kiume na wa kike ambao mlikuwa mmewaacha huru waende zao walikotaka. Mmewalazimisha kuwa watumwa wenu tena.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JER.34.17" />“Kwa hiyo, hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Hamkunitii mimi. Hamkutangaza uhuru kwa ndugu zenu. Hivyo sasa, ninawatangazia ninyi ‘uhuru,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>: ‘uhuru’ ili kuanguka kwa upanga, tauni na njaa. Nitawafanya mwe chukizo kwa falme zote za dunia.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JER.34.18" />Watu waliovunja agano langu, na ambao hawakutunza masharti ya agano walilofanya mbele zangu, nitawafanya kama ndama waliyemkata vipande viwili, kisha wakatembea kati ya vile vipande vya huyo ndama.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JER.34.19" />Viongozi wa Yuda na Yerusalemu, maafisa wa mahakama, makuhani na watu wote wa nchi waliopita kati ya vile vipande vya ndama,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JER.34.20" />nitawatia mikononi mwa adui zao wanaotafuta uhai wao. Maiti zao zitakuwa chakula cha ndege wa angani na wanyama wa nchi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="JER.34.21" />“Nitamtia Sedekia mfalme wa Yuda na maafisa wake mikononi mwa adui zao wanaotafuta uhai wao, kwa jeshi la mfalme wa Babeli, lililokuwa limeondoka kwenu.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JER.34.22" />Nitatoa amri, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nami nitawarudisha tena katika mji huu. Watapigana dhidi yake, wautwae na kuuteketeza kwa moto. Nami nitaiangamiza miji ya Yuda hivyo pasiwe na yeyote atakayeweza kuishi humo.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="35" />
<s style="s1">Warekabi Wasifiwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.35.1" />Hili ndilo neno lililomjia Yeremia kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wakati wa utawala wa Yehoyakimu mwana wa Yosia mfalme wa Yuda:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.35.2" />“Nenda kwa jamaa ya Warekabi, uwaalike waje kwenye moja ya vyumba vya pembeni vya nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na uwape divai wanywe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JER.35.3" />Basi nikaenda kumwita Yaazania mwana wa Yeremia, mwana wa Habazinia, na ndugu zake na wanawe wote, yaani jamaa nzima ya Warekabi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JER.35.4" />Nikawaleta katika nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ndani ya chumba cha wana wa Hanani mwana wa Igdalia mtu wa Mungu. Kilikuwa karibu na chumba cha maafisa, ambacho kilikuwa juu ya kile cha Maaseya mwana wa Shalumu, aliyekuwa bawabu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JER.35.5" />Kisha nikaweka mabakuli yaliyojaa divai na baadhi ya vikombe mbele ya watu wa jamaa ya Warekabi na kuwaambia, “Kunyweni divai.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JER.35.6" />Lakini wao wakajibu, “Sisi hatunywi divai, kwa sababu baba yetu Yonadabu mwana wa Rekabu, alitupa agizo hili: ‘Ninyi wala wazao wenu kamwe msinywe divai.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JER.35.7" />Pia msijenge nyumba kamwe, wala kuotesha mbegu au kupanda mashamba ya mizabibu. Kamwe msiwe na kitu chochote katika hivi, lakini siku zote lazima muishi kwenye mahema. Ndipo mtakapoishi kwa muda mrefu katika nchi ambayo ninyi ni wahamiaji.’
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JER.35.8" />Tumetii kila kitu ambacho baba yetu Yonadabu mwana wa Rekabu alituamuru. Sisi wenyewe wala wake zetu wala wana wetu na binti zetu kamwe hatujanywa divai
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JER.35.9" />wala kujenga nyumba za kuishi au kuwa na mashamba ya mizabibu, mashamba au mazao.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JER.35.10" />Tumeishi katika mahema na tumetii kikamilifu kila kitu alichotuamuru baba yetu Yonadabu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JER.35.11" />Lakini wakati Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli alipoivamia nchi hii, tulisema, ‘Njooni, lazima twende Yerusalemu ili kukimbia majeshi ya Wakaldayo na ya Washamu.’ Kwa hiyo tumeishi Yerusalemu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JER.35.12" />Ndipo neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamjia Yeremia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JER.35.13" />“Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, aliye Mungu wa Israeli, asemalo: Nenda ukawaambie watu wa Yuda na watu wa Yerusalemu, ‘Je, hamwezi kujifunza kutoka kwa wana wa Rekabu, na kuyatii maneno yangu?’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JER.35.14" />‘Yonadabu mwana wa Rekabu aliwaagiza wanawe wasinywe divai, na agizo hilo wamelishika mpaka leo hawanywi divai, kwa sababu wanatii amri ya baba yao. Lakini nimenena nanyi tena na tena, lakini hamkunitii mimi.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JER.35.15" />Tena na tena nimewatuma watumishi wangu wote manabii kwenu. Wakasema, “Kila mmoja wenu ni lazima ageuke na kuacha njia zake mbaya, na kuyatengeneza matendo yake. Msifuate miungu mingine ili kuitumikia. Ndipo mtakapoishi katika nchi niliyowapa ninyi na baba zenu.” Lakini hamkujali wala kunisikiliza.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JER.35.16" />Wazao wa Yonadabu mwana wa Rekabu walitimiza amri ambayo baba yao aliwapa, lakini watu hawa hawakunitii mimi.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JER.35.17" />“Kwa hiyo, hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli, asemalo: ‘Sikilizeni! Nitaleta juu ya Yuda na juu ya kila mmoja aishiye Yerusalemu kila aina ya maafa niliyotamka dhidi yao. Nilinena nao, lakini hawakusikiliza. Niliwaita, lakini hawakujibu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="JER.35.18" />Kisha Yeremia akaiambia jamaa ya Warekabi, “Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli: ‘Mmetii amri ya baba yenu Yonadabu, na mmefuata mafundisho yake yote na mmefanya kila kitu alichowaamuru.’
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JER.35.19" />Kwa hiyo hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli, asemalo: ‘Yonadabu mwana wa Rekabu hatakosa kamwe kuwa na mtu wa kunitumikia mimi.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="36" />
<s style="s1">Yehoyakimu Achoma Kitabu Cha Yeremia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.36.1" />Katika mwaka wa nne wa Yehoyakimu mwana wa Yosia mfalme wa Yuda, neno hili lilimjia nabii Yeremia kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kusema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.36.2" />“Chukua kitabu uandike ndani yake maneno yote niliyonena nawe kuhusu Israeli, Yuda na mataifa mengine yote, tangu nilipoanza kunena nawe wakati wa utawala wa Yosia hadi sasa.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JER.36.3" />Labda watu wa Yuda watakaposikia juu ya kila maafa ninayokusudia kuwapiga nayo, kila mmoja wao atageuka kutoka njia zake mbaya, kisha nitasamehe uovu wao na dhambi yao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JER.36.4" />Hivyo Yeremia akamwita Baruku mwana wa Neria, naye Yeremia alipokuwa akiyakariri maneno yote aliyoyasema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Baruku akayaandika katika kitabu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JER.36.5" />Kisha Yeremia akamwambia Baruku, “Nimezuiliwa, mimi siwezi kuingia katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JER.36.6" />Basi wewe nenda katika nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> siku ya kufunga, uwasomee watu maneno ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kutoka kitabu hiki yale uliyoyaandika kutoka kinywani mwangu. Wasomee watu wote wa Yuda waliofika kutoka miji yao.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JER.36.7" />Labda wataomba na kusihi mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kila mmoja akageuka kutoka njia zake mbaya, kwa sababu hasira na ghadhabu zilizotamkwa dhidi ya watu hawa na
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni kubwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JER.36.8" />Baruku mwana wa Neria akafanya kila kitu nabii Yeremia alichomwambia kufanya. Alisoma maneno ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> kutoka kile kitabu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JER.36.9" />Katika mwezi wa tisa, mnamo mwaka wa tano wa Yehoyakimu mwana wa Yosia mfalme wa Yuda, wakati wa kufunga mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ilitangazwa kwa watu wote walioko Yerusalemu, na wale wote waliokuwa wamekuja kutoka miji ya Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JER.36.10" />Kutoka chumba cha Gemaria mwana wa Shafani mwandishi, kilichokuwa katika ua wa juu kwenye ingilio la Lango Jipya la Hekalu, Baruku akawasomea watu wote waliokuwa katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> maneno ya Yeremia kutoka kwenye kile kitabu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JER.36.11" />Basi Mikaya mwana wa Gemaria, mwana wa Shafani, aliposikia maneno yote ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kutoka kwenye kile kitabu,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JER.36.12" />alishuka hadi kwenye chumba cha mwandishi kwenye jumba la kifalme, mahali walipokuwa wameketi maafisa wote: yaani Elishama mwandishi, Delaya mwana wa Shemaya, Elnathani mwana wa Akbori, Gemaria mwana wa Shafani, Sedekia mwana wa Hanania, na maafisa wengine wote.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JER.36.13" />Baada ya Mikaya kuwaambia kila kitu ambacho alikuwa amesikia Baruku akiwasomea watu kutoka kwenye kile kitabu,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JER.36.14" />maafisa wote wakamtuma Yehudi mwana wa Nethania, mwana wa Shelemia, mwana wa Kushi, kumwambia Baruku, “Leta hicho kitabu ambacho umewasomea watu, nawe mwenyewe uje.” Ndipo Baruku mwana wa Neria akawaendea akiwa na hicho kitabu mkononi mwake.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JER.36.15" />Wakamwambia, “Tafadhali, keti na utusomee hicho kitabu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Ndipo Baruku akawasomea kile kitabu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JER.36.16" />Walipoyasikia maneno hayo yote, wakatazamana wao kwa wao kwa woga na kumwambia Baruku, “Lazima tutoe taarifa ya maneno haya yote kwa mfalme.”
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JER.36.17" />Kisha wakamuuliza Baruku, “Tuambie, uliandikaje haya yote? Je, yalitoka kinywani mwa Yeremia?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="JER.36.18" />Baruku akajibu, “Ndiyo, maneno haya yote yalitoka kinywani mwa Yeremia, nami nikayaandika kwa wino katika hiki kitabu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JER.36.19" />Ndipo wale maafisa wakamwambia Baruku, “Wewe na Yeremia nendeni mkajifiche. Mtu yeyote asijue mahali mlipo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="JER.36.20" />Baada ya kuhifadhi kile kitabu ndani ya chumba cha Elishama mwandishi, wakamwendea mfalme katika ua wa nje na kumwarifu kila kitu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JER.36.21" />Mfalme akamtuma Yehudi akachukue kile kitabu. Yehudi akakileta hicho kitabu kutoka kwenye chumba cha Elishama mwandishi, na akakisoma mbele ya mfalme na maafisa wakiwa wamesimama kando ya mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JER.36.22" />Ulikuwa mwezi wa tisa, na mfalme alikuwa ameketi chumba cha wakati wa baridi akiota moto.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JER.36.23" />Hata ikawa kila wakati Yehudi alipomaliza kusoma kurasa tatu au nne za hicho kitabu, mfalme alizikata kwa kisu cha mwandishi na kuzitupia motoni, hadi kitabu chote kikateketea.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JER.36.24" />Mfalme na watumishi wake wote waliosikia yote yaliyosomwa hawakuonyesha hofu yoyote, wala hawakuyararua mavazi yao.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JER.36.25" />Hata ingawa Elnathani, Delaya na Gemaria walimsihi mfalme asikichome kile kitabu, yeye hakuwasikiliza.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JER.36.26" />Badala yake, mfalme akamwamuru Yerameeli, mwana wa mfalme, Seraya mwana wa Azrieli, na Shelemia mwana wa Abdeeli kuwakamata mwandishi Baruku na nabii Yeremia. Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> alikuwa amewaficha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="JER.36.27" />Baada ya mfalme kuchoma kile kitabu kilichokuwa na yale maneno Baruku aliyokuwa ameyaandika kutoka kinywani mwa Yeremia, neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilimjia Yeremia likisema:
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="JER.36.28" />“Chukua kitabu kingine na uandike juu yake maneno yote yaliyokuwa katika kile kitabu cha kwanza, ambacho Yehoyakimu mfalme wa Yuda amekiteketeza kwa moto.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="JER.36.29" />Mwambie pia Yehoyakimu mfalme wa Yuda, ‘Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Ulikiteketeza kile kitabu ukasema, “Kwa nini uliandika kwenye kitabu kwamba kwa hakika mfalme wa Babeli angekuja na kuangamiza nchi hii, na kuwakatilia mbali watu na wanyama kutoka humo?”
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="JER.36.30" />Kwa hiyo, hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuhusu Yehoyakimu mfalme wa Yuda: Hatakuwa na mtu yeyote atakayekalia kiti cha enzi cha Daudi; maiti yake itatupwa nje kwenye joto wakati wa mchana na kupigwa na baridi wakati wa usiku.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="JER.36.31" />Nitamwadhibu yeye, watoto wake na watumishi wake kwa ajili ya uovu wao. Nitaleta juu yao na wote waishio Yerusalemu na watu wa Yuda kila maafa niliyoyasema dhidi yao, kwa sababu hawajasikiliza.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="JER.36.32" />Kisha Yeremia akachukua kitabu kingine na kumpa mwandishi Baruku mwana wa Neria, naye kama Yeremia alivyosema, Baruku akaandika juu yake maneno yote ya kile kitabu ambacho Yehoyakimu mfalme wa Yuda alikuwa amekichoma moto, na maneno mengine mengi yaliyofanana na hayo yaliyoongezewa humo.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="37" />
<s style="s1">Yeremia Gerezani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.37.1" />Sedekia mwana wa Yosia akafanywa kuwa mfalme wa Yuda na Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli, naye akatawala mahali pa Yehoyakini<f caller="+"><fr>37:1
</fr><ft>Yehoyakini ni jina jingine la Yekonia au Konia.</ft></f> mwana wa Yehoyakimu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.37.2" />Lakini sio Sedekia, wala watumishi wake, wala watu wa nchi walisikiliza maneno ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyonena kupitia kwa nabii Yeremia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JER.37.3" />Hata hivyo, Mfalme Sedekia akamtuma Yehukali mwana wa Shelemia, pamoja na kuhani Sefania mwana wa Maaseya kwa nabii Yeremia na ujumbe huu: “Tafadhali utuombee kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wetu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JER.37.4" />Wakati huu Yeremia alikuwa huru kuingia na kutoka katikati ya watu, kwa sababu alikuwa bado hajatiwa gerezani.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JER.37.5" />Jeshi la Farao lilikuwa limetoka Misri, nao Wakaldayo waliokuwa wameuzunguka Yerusalemu kwa majeshi waliposikia taarifa kuhusu jeshi hilo walijiondoa Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JER.37.6" />Ndipo neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamjia nabii Yeremia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JER.37.7" />“Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli: Mwambie mfalme wa Yuda aliyekutuma uniulize mimi, ‘Jeshi la Farao lililotoka kuja kukusaidia litarudi katika nchi yake yenyewe, yaani Misri.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JER.37.8" />Kisha Wakaldayo watarudi na kushambulia mji huu, watauteka na kuuchoma moto.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JER.37.9" />“Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemalo: Msijidanganye wenyewe mkifikiri, ‘Hakika Wakaldayo watatuacha na kwenda zao.’ Hakika hawatawaacha!
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JER.37.10" />Hata kama mngelishinda jeshi lote la Wakaldayo linalowashambulia ninyi, na wakawa ni watu waliojeruhiwa tu waliobaki kwenye mahema yao, wangetoka na kuuchoma mji huu moto.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JER.37.11" />Baada ya jeshi la Wakaldayo kujiondoa kutoka Yerusalemu kwa sababu ya jeshi la Farao,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JER.37.12" />Yeremia akaanza kuondoka mjini ili kwenda nchi ya Benyamini ili akapate sehemu yake ya milki miongoni mwa watu huko.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JER.37.13" />Lakini alipofika kwenye Lango la Benyamini, mkuu wa walinzi, ambaye jina lake lilikuwa Iriya mwana wa Shelemia mwana wa Hanania, akamkamata Yeremia na kusema, “Wewe unakwenda kujiunga na Wakaldayo!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JER.37.14" />Yeremia akasema, “Hiyo si kweli, mimi sijiungi na Wakaldayo.” Lakini Iriya hakumsikiliza; badala yake, akamkamata Yeremia na kumpeleka kwa maafisa.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JER.37.15" />Wakamkasirikia Yeremia, wakaamuru apigwe, na akafungwa katika nyumba ya Yonathani mwandishi waliyokuwa wameifanya gereza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JER.37.16" />Yeremia akawekwa kwenye chumba kilichofukuliwa chini, kilichojengwa kwa zege ndani ya gereza chini ya ngome, akakaa huko kwa muda mrefu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JER.37.17" />Kisha Mfalme Sedekia akatumana aletwe katika jumba la kifalme, mahali alipomuuliza kwa siri, “Je, kuna neno lolote kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>?”
</p>
<p style="p">Yeremia akajibu, “Ndiyo, utatiwa mikononi mwa mfalme wa Babeli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="JER.37.18" />Kisha Yeremia akamwambia Mfalme Sedekia, “Nimefanya kosa gani dhidi yako na maafisa wako au watu hawa, hata ukanitia gerezani?
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JER.37.19" />Wako wapi manabii wako waliokutabiria wakisema, ‘Mfalme wa Babeli hatakushambulia wewe wala nchi hii?’
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JER.37.20" />Lakini sasa, bwana wangu mfalme, tafadhali sikiliza. Niruhusu nilete maombi yangu mbele yako, usinirudishe kwenye nyumba ya Yonathani mwandishi, nisije nikafia humo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="JER.37.21" />Ndipo Mfalme Sedekia akatoa maagizo Yeremia awekwe katika ua wa walinzi, na apewe mkate kutoka mitaa ya waokaji kila siku mpaka mikate yote katika mji itakapokwisha. Kwa hiyo Yeremia akabaki katika ua wa walinzi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="38" />
<s style="s1">Yeremia Atupwa Kwenye Kisima
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.38.1" />Shefatia mwana wa Matani, na Gedalia mwana wa Pashuri, na Yehukali mwana wa Shelemia, na Pashuri mwana wa Malkiya wakasikia kile Yeremia alichokuwa akiwaambia watu wote wakati aliposema,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.38.2" />“Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: ‘Yeyote akaaye ndani ya mji huu atakufa kwa upanga, njaa au tauni, lakini yeyote atakayejisalimisha kwa Wakaldayo ataishi. Atakayeyatoa maisha yake kama nyara, ataishi.’
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JER.38.3" />Tena hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: ‘Mji huu kwa hakika utatiwa mikononi mwa jeshi la mfalme wa Babeli, ambaye atauteka.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JER.38.4" />Ndipo maafisa wakamwambia mfalme, “Mtu huyu imempasa kuuawa. Anawakatisha tamaa askari waliobaki katika mji huu, vivyo hivyo na watu wote pia, kwa ajili ya mambo anayowaambia. Mtu huyu hawatakii mema watu hawa, bali maangamizi yao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="JER.38.5" />Mfalme Sedekia akajibu, “Yeye yuko mikononi mwenu! Mfalme hawezi kufanya lolote kuwapinga ninyi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JER.38.6" />Basi wakamchukua Yeremia na kumtia kwenye kisima cha Malkiya, mwana wa mfalme, kilichokuwa katika ua wa walinzi. Wakamteremsha Yeremia kwa kamba ndani ya kisima. Hakikuwa na maji ndani yake, ila tope tu, naye Yeremia akazama ndani ya matope.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JER.38.7" />Lakini Ebed-Meleki Mkushi, aliyekuwa afisa katika jumba la kifalme, akasikia kuwa walikuwa wamemtia Yeremia ndani ya kisima. Wakati mfalme alipokuwa ameketi katika Lango la Benyamini,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JER.38.8" />Ebed-Meleki akatoka nje ya jumba la kifalme na kumwambia,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JER.38.9" />“Mfalme bwana wangu, watu hawa wamefanya uovu kwa yote waliomtendea nabii Yeremia. Wamemtupa ndani ya kisima, mahali ambapo atakufa kwa njaa wakati ambapo hakuna chakula popote katika mji.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JER.38.10" />Basi mfalme akamwamuru Ebed-Meleki Mkushi, akisema, “Chukua watu thelathini kutoka hapa pamoja nawe, mkamtoe nabii Yeremia huko kwenye kisima kabla hajafa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JER.38.11" />Basi Ebed-Meleki akawachukua watu pamoja naye, wakaenda mpaka kwenye chumba kilichoko chini ya hazina ndani ya jumba la kifalme. Akachukua matambaa makuukuu pamoja na nguo zilizochakaa kutoka huko, na kumshushia Yeremia kwa kamba ndani ya kisima.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JER.38.12" />Ebed-Meleki Mkushi akamwambia Yeremia, “Weka haya matambaa makuukuu na hizo nguo zilizochakaa makwapani ili kuzuia kamba.” Yeremia akafanya hivyo,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JER.38.13" />nao wakamvuta juu kwa kamba na kumtoa katika kisima. Yeremia akakaa katika ua wa walinzi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sedekia Amhoji Yeremia Tena
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JER.38.14" />Ndipo Mfalme Sedekia akatuma watu wamwitie nabii Yeremia wamlete kwake kwenye ingilio la tatu la Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Mfalme akamwambia Yeremia, “Ninataka kukuuliza jambo fulani, usinifiche kitu chochote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JER.38.15" />Yeremia akamwambia Sedekia, “Nikikupa jibu, je, hutaniua? Hata kama nikikupa shauri, wewe hutanisikiliza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JER.38.16" />Lakini Mfalme Sedekia akamwapia Yeremia kiapo hiki kwa siri, akisema, “Hakika kama aishivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ambaye ametupa pumzi, sitakuua wala sitakutia mikononi mwa wale wanaotafuta uhai wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JER.38.17" />Kisha Yeremia akamwambia Sedekia, “Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli: ‘Ikiwa utajisalimisha kwa maafisa wa mfalme wa Babeli, maisha yako yatasalimika, na mji huu hautateketezwa kwa moto. Pia wewe na jamaa yako mtaishi.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JER.38.18" />Lakini ikiwa hutajisalimisha kwa maafisa wa mfalme wa Babeli, mji huu utatiwa mikononi mwa Wakaldayo na watauteketeza kwa moto, nawe mwenyewe hutaweza kujiokoa mikononi mwao.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JER.38.19" />Mfalme Sedekia akamwambia Yeremia, “Ninawaogopa Wayahudi ambao wamekimbilia kwa Wakaldayo, kwa kuwa Wakaldayo wanaweza kunitia mikononi mwao, nao wakanitenda vibaya.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="JER.38.20" />Yeremia akajibu, “Hawatakutia mikononi mwao. Mtii
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa kufanya kile ninachokuambia. Kisha utafanikiwa na maisha yako yatakuwa salama.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JER.38.21" />Lakini ukikataa kujisalimisha, hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> alilonifunulia:
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JER.38.22" />Wanawake wote walioachwa katika jumba la kifalme la mfalme wa Yuda wataletwa mbele ya maafisa wa mfalme wa Babeli. Wanawake hao watakuambia:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Walikupotosha na kukushinda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale rafiki zako uliowaamini.
</q>
<q style="q1">Miguu yako imezama matopeni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">rafiki zako wamekuacha.’
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="JER.38.23" />“Wake zako wote na watoto wataletwa na kutiwa mikononi mwa Wakaldayo. Wewe mwenyewe hutaweza kujiokoa mikononi mwao. Lakini utatekwa na mfalme wa Babeli, na mji huu utateketezwa kwa moto.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="JER.38.24" />Kisha Sedekia akamwambia Yeremia, “Usiruhusu mtu yeyote ajue kuhusu haya mazungumzo, la sivyo utakufa.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JER.38.25" />Maafisa wakisikia kwamba nimezungumza nawe, nao wakakujia na kusema, ‘Tuambie kile ulichozungumza na mfalme na kile mfalme alichokuambia, usitufiche au sivyo tutakuua,’
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JER.38.26" />basi waambie, ‘Nilikuwa ninamsihi mfalme asinirudishe kwenye nyumba ya Yonathani nisije nikafia humo.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="JER.38.27" />Maafisa wote wakamjia Yeremia na kumuuliza, naye Yeremia akawaambia kila kitu mfalme alichomwagiza kusema. Kisha hawakusema lolote zaidi na Yeremia kwa sababu hakuna yeyote aliyesikia mazungumzo yake na mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="JER.38.28" />Naye Yeremia akabaki katika ua wa walinzi hadi siku Yerusalemu ilipotekwa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="39" />
<s style="s1">Anguko La Yerusalemu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.39.1" />Hivi ndivyo Yerusalemu ilivyotwaliwa: Katika mwaka wa tisa wa utawala wa Mfalme Sedekia wa Yuda, katika mwezi wa kumi, Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli akiwa na jeshi lake lote alifanya vita dhidi ya Yerusalemu na akauzunguka mji.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.39.2" />Katika siku ya tisa ya mwezi wa nne wa mwaka wa kumi na moja wa utawala wa Sedekia, ukuta wa mji ulibomolewa.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JER.39.3" />Kisha maafisa wote wa mfalme wa Babeli wakaja na kuketi kwenye Lango la Kati, nao ni: Nergal-Shareza wa Samgari, Nebo-Sarsekimu afisa mkuu, Nergal-Shareza afisa mwenye cheo cha juu, na maafisa wengine wote wa mfalme wa Babeli.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JER.39.4" />Mfalme Sedekia wa Yuda na askari wote walipowaona, wakakimbia na kuondoka mjini usiku kwa njia ya bustani ya mfalme, kupitia lango lililokuwa kati ya kuta mbili, wakaelekea Araba.<f caller="+"><fr>39:4
</fr><ft>Au: kuelekea Bonde la Yordani.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="JER.39.5" />Lakini jeshi la Wakaldayo likawafuatia na kumpata Sedekia katika sehemu tambarare za Yeriko. Wakamkamata na kumpeleka kwa Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli huko Ribla, katika nchi ya Hamathi, mahali ambapo alimtangazia hukumu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JER.39.6" />Huko Ribla, mfalme wa Babeli aliwachinja wana wa Sedekia mbele ya macho yake, na pia akawaua wakuu wote wa Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JER.39.7" />Kisha akayangʼoa macho ya Sedekia na kumfunga kwa pingu za shaba na kumpeleka Babeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JER.39.8" />Jeshi la Wakaldayo likachoma moto jumba la kifalme na nyumba za watu, na kuzibomoa kuta za Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JER.39.9" />Nebuzaradani kiongozi wa walinzi wa mfalme akawachukua na kuwapeleka uhamishoni Babeli watu waliokuwa wamebaki ndani ya mji, pamoja na wale waliokuwa wamejisalimisha kwake, na watu wengine wote.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JER.39.10" />Lakini Nebuzaradani kiongozi wa walinzi aliwabakiza baadhi ya watu maskini katika nchi ya Yuda, ambao hawakuwa na kitu. Naye wakati huo akawapa mashamba ya mizabibu na mashamba mengine.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JER.39.11" />Basi, Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli alikuwa ametoa maagizo kuhusu Yeremia kupitia Nebuzaradani kiongozi wa walinzi wa mfalme akisema:
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JER.39.12" />“Mchukue umtunze. Usimdhuru, lakini umfanyie chochote anachotaka.”
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JER.39.13" />Basi Nebuzaradani kiongozi wa walinzi, Nebushazbani afisa mkuu, Nergal-Shareza afisa wa cheo cha juu, na maafisa wengine wote wa mfalme wa Babeli
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JER.39.14" />wakatuma watu kumwondoa Yeremia kutoka ua wa walinzi. Wakamkabidhi kwa Gedalia mwana wa Ahikamu mwana wa Shafani, ili amrudishe nyumbani kwake. Kwa hiyo akabaki miongoni mwa watu wake mwenyewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JER.39.15" />Wakati Yeremia alipokuwa amezuiliwa katika ua wa walinzi, neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilimjia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JER.39.16" />“Nenda ukamwambie Ebed-Meleki Mkushi, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli, asemalo: Ninakaribia kutimiza maneno yangu dhidi ya mji huu kwa njia ya maafa, wala si kwa kuwafanikisha. Wakati huo hayo yatatimizwa mbele ya macho yako.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JER.39.17" />Lakini siku hiyo nitakuokoa, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>; hutatiwa mikononi mwa wale unaowaogopa.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JER.39.18" />Nitakuokoa; hutaanguka kwa upanga, lakini maisha yako yatakuwa salama, kwa sababu unanitumaini, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="40" />
<s style="s1">Yeremia Aachiwa Huru
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.40.1" />Neno likamjia Yeremia kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> baada ya Nebuzaradani kiongozi wa walinzi wa mfalme kumfungua huko Rama. Alikuwa amemkuta Yeremia akiwa amefungwa kwa minyororo miongoni mwa mateka wote kutoka Yerusalemu na Yuda waliokuwa wakipelekwa uhamishoni Babeli.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.40.2" />Kiongozi wa walinzi alipomwona Yeremia, akamwambia, “<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako aliamuru maafa haya kwa mahali hapa.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JER.40.3" />Sasa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameyaleta haya, amefanya sawasawa na vile alivyosema angefanya. Yote haya yametokea kwa sababu ninyi mlifanya dhambi dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> na hamkumtii.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JER.40.4" />Lakini leo ninakufungua minyororo iliyo kwenye viwiko vya mikono yako. Twende pamoja mpaka Babeli ikiwa unataka, nami nitakutunza. Lakini kama hutaki, basi usije. Tazama, nchi yote iko mbele yako, nenda kokote unakotaka.”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JER.40.5" />Lakini kabla Yeremia hajageuka kuondoka, Nebuzaradani akaongeza kusema, “Rudi kwa Gedalia mwana wa Ahikamu mwana wa Shafani, ambaye mfalme wa Babeli amemchagua awe juu ya miji ya Yuda, ukaishi naye miongoni mwa watu, au uende popote panapokupendeza.”
</p>
<p style="p">Kisha huyo kiongozi akampa posho yake na zawadi, akamwacha aende zake.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JER.40.6" />Kwa hiyo Yeremia akaenda kwa Gedalia mwana wa Ahikamu huko Mispa, na kuishi naye miongoni mwa watu walioachwa katika nchi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Gedalia Auawa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 25:22-26)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JER.40.7" />Maafisa wote wa jeshi na watu wao waliokuwa bado wapo kwenye eneo la wazi waliposikia kwamba mfalme wa Babeli amemteua Gedalia mwana wa Ahikamu kuwa mtawala wa nchi, na amemweka kuwa kiongozi wa wanaume, wanawake na watoto waliokuwa maskini zaidi katika nchi ambao hawakuchukuliwa kwenda uhamishoni Babeli,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JER.40.8" />wakamjia Gedalia huko Mispa. Hawa walikuwa Ishmaeli mwana wa Nethania, Yohanani na Yonathani wana wa Karea, Seraya mwana wa Tanhumethi, wana wa Efai Mnetofathi, na Yezania mwana wa Mmaaka, pamoja na watu wao.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JER.40.9" />Gedalia mwana wa Ahikamu mwana wa Shafani akaapa ili kuwatia moyo wao na watu wao. Akasema: “Msiogope kuwatumikia Wakaldayo. Kaeni katika nchi na kumtumikia mfalme wa Babeli, na itakuwa vyema kwenu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JER.40.10" />Mimi mwenyewe nitakaa Mispa ili kuwawakilisha mbele ya Wakaldayo wanaotujia, lakini ninyi mtavuna divai, matunda ya kiangazi na mafuta, nanyi mtaweka katika vyombo vyenu vya kuhifadhia, na kuishi katika miji mliyojitwalia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JER.40.11" />Wayahudi wote waliokuwa Moabu, Amoni, Edomu na nchi nyingine zote waliposikia kwamba mfalme wa Babeli ameacha mabaki ya watu katika Yuda na amemweka Gedalia mwana wa Ahikamu mwana wa Shafani kuwa mtawala wao,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JER.40.12" />wakarudi wote katika nchi ya Yuda kwa Gedalia huko Mispa, kutoka nchi zote ambazo walikuwa wametawanywa. Nao wakavuna divai na matunda tele wakati wa kiangazi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JER.40.13" />Yohanani mwana wa Karea pamoja na maafisa wote wa jeshi waliokuwa bado wapo kwenye eneo la wazi wakamjia Gedalia huko Mispa
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JER.40.14" />na kumwambia, “Je, hujui kwamba Baalisi mfalme wa Waamoni amemtuma Ishmaeli mwana wa Nethania akuue?” Lakini Gedalia mwana wa Ahikamu hakuwaamini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JER.40.15" />Kisha Yohanani mwana wa Karea akamwambia Gedalia kwa siri huko Mispa, “Acha niende nikamuue Ishmaeli mwana wa Nethania, wala hakuna atakayejua. Kwa nini akuue na kusababisha Wayahudi wote waliokuzunguka watawanyike, na mabaki wa Yuda waangamie?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JER.40.16" />Lakini Gedalia mwana wa Ahikamu akamwambia Yohanani mwana wa Karea, “Usifanye jambo kama hilo! Unalosema kuhusu Ishmaeli si kweli.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="41" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.41.1" />Katika mwezi wa saba Ishmaeli mwana wa Nethania mwana wa Elishama, aliyekuwa wa uzao wa mfalme na pia alikuwa mmoja wa maafisa wa mfalme, akaja pamoja na watu kumi kwa Gedalia mwana wa Ahikamu huko Mispa. Walipokuwa wakila pamoja huko,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.41.2" />Ishmaeli mwana wa Nethania pamoja na wale watu kumi waliokuwa pamoja naye waliinuka na kumuua Gedalia mwana wa Ahikamu mwana wa Shafani kwa upanga, wakamuua yule ambaye mfalme wa Babeli alikuwa amemteua awe mtawala wa nchi.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JER.41.3" />Ishmaeli akawaua pia Wayahudi wote waliokuwa na Gedalia huko Mispa, pamoja na askari wa Kikaldayo waliokuwa huko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JER.41.4" />Siku moja baada ya kuuawa kwa siri kwa Gedalia, kabla mtu yeyote hajafahamu jambo hilo,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JER.41.5" />watu themanini waliokuwa wamenyoa ndevu zao, waliorarua nguo zao na kujikatakata walikuja kutoka Shekemu, Shilo na Samaria wakileta sadaka za nafaka na uvumba katika nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JER.41.6" />Ishmaeli mwana wa Nethania akaondoka Mispa ili kwenda kuwalaki, huku akilia alipokuwa akienda. Alipokutana nao, akasema, “Karibuni kwa Gedalia mwana wa Ahikamu.”
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JER.41.7" />Walipoingia mjini, Ishmaeli mwana wa Nethania na wale watu waliokuwa pamoja naye wakawachinja na kuwatupa ndani ya kisima.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JER.41.8" />Lakini watu kumi miongoni mwao wakamwambia Ishmaeli, “Sisi usituue! Tuna ngano na shayiri, mafuta na asali, vilivyofichwa katika shamba.” Kwa hiyo akawaacha na hakuwaua pamoja na wale wengine.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JER.41.9" />Basi kile kisima ambacho alitupa zile maiti za watu aliowaua pamoja na Gedalia kilikuwa ni kile kisima ambacho Mfalme Asa alikifanya sehemu ya ulinzi wake dhidi ya Baasha mfalme wa Israeli. Ishmaeli mwana wa Nethania akakijaza kisima hicho kwa maiti.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JER.41.10" />Ishmaeli akawafanya mateka watu wote ambao Nebuzaradani kiongozi wa walinzi wa mfalme alikuwa amewaacha huko Mispa na kumweka Gedalia mwana wa Ahikamu juu yao: walikuwa binti za mfalme pamoja na watu wote aliokuwa amewaacha huko. Ishmaeli mwana wa Nethania akawachukua mateka na kuondoka nao, akavuka kwenda kwa Waamoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JER.41.11" />Yohanani mwana wa Karea na maafisa wote wa jeshi waliokuwa pamoja naye waliposikia juu ya uhalifu wote ambao Ishmaeli mwana wa Nethania alikuwa ameufanya,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JER.41.12" />waliwachukua watu wao wote kwenda kupigana na Ishmaeli mwana wa Nethania. Wakakutana naye karibu na bwawa kubwa huko Gibeoni.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JER.41.13" />Ikawa watu wote waliokuwa na Ishmaeli walipomwona Yohanani mwana wa Karea pamoja na maafisa wa jeshi waliokuwa pamoja naye, wakafurahi.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JER.41.14" />Watu wote ambao Ishmaeli alikuwa amewachukua mateka huko Mispa wakageuka na kumfuata Yohanani mwana wa Karea.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JER.41.15" />Lakini Ishmaeli mwana wa Nethania pamoja na watu wake wanane wakamtoroka Yohanani na kukimbilia kwa Waamoni.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kukimbilia Misri
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JER.41.16" />Ndipo Yohanani mwana wa Karea pamoja na maafisa wote wa jeshi waliokuwa pamoja naye wakawaongoza wote walionusurika kutoka Mispa, ambao walipona kutoka mikononi mwa Ishmaeli mwana wa Nethania baada yake kumuua Gedalia mwana wa Ahikamu: walikuwa askari, wanawake, watoto na matowashi aliowaleta kutoka Gibeoni.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JER.41.17" />Kisha wakaenda mbele na kutua Geruth-Kimhamu karibu na Bethlehemu wakiwa njiani kwenda Misri
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JER.41.18" />ili kuwatoroka Wakaldayo. Waliwaogopa kwa sababu Ishmaeli mwana wa Nethania alikuwa amemuua Gedalia mwana wa Ahikamu, ambaye alikuwa amewekwa na mfalme wa Babeli kuwa mtawala wa nchi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="42" />
<s style="s1">Yeremia Ashauri Walionusurika Wasihame Yuda
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.42.1" />Ndipo maafisa wote wa jeshi, pamoja na Yohanani mwana wa Karea, na Yezania mwana wa Hoshaya, na watu wote kuanzia aliye mdogo kabisa hadi aliye mkuu sana wakamjia
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.42.2" />Yeremia nabii na kumwambia, “Tafadhali sikia maombi yetu na umwombe
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako kwa ajili ya watu hawa wote waliosalia. Kwa kuwa kama unavyoona sasa, ingawa wakati fulani tulikuwa wengi, sasa tumesalia wachache tu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JER.42.3" />Omba ili
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako atuambie twende wapi na tufanye nini.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JER.42.4" />Nabii Yeremia akajibu, “Nimewasikia. Kwa hakika nitamwomba
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu kama mlivyoomba. Nitawaambia kila kitu asemacho
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wala sitawaficha chochote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="JER.42.5" />Kisha wakamwambia Yeremia, “<nd>Bwana</nd> na awe shahidi wa kweli na mwaminifu kati yetu kama hatutafanya sawasawa na kila kitu
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako atakachokutuma utuambie.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JER.42.6" />Likiwa jema au likiwa baya, tutamtii
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu, ambaye tunakutuma kwake, ili mambo yote yawe mema kwetu, kwa maana tutamtii
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JER.42.7" />Baada ya siku kumi, neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamjia Yeremia.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JER.42.8" />Kwa hiyo akawaita pamoja Yohanani mwana wa Karea, na maafisa wote wa jeshi waliokuwa pamoja naye na watu wote kuanzia mdogo kabisa hadi aliye mkuu sana.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JER.42.9" />Akawaambia, “Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, ambaye mlinituma kuwasilisha maombi yenu:
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JER.42.10" />‘Kama mkikaa katika nchi hii, nitawajenga wala sitawabomoa, nitawapanda wala sitawangʼoa, kwani ninahuzunishwa na maafa niliyowapiga nayo.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JER.42.11" />Msimwogope mfalme wa Babeli, ambaye sasa mnamwogopa. Msimwogope, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa kuwa niko pamoja nanyi, nami nitawaokoa na kuwaponya kutoka mikononi mwake.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JER.42.12" />Nitawaonea huruma ili naye awe na huruma nanyi na kuwarudisha katika nchi yenu.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JER.42.13" />“Hata hivyo, kama mkisema, ‘Hatutakaa katika nchi hii,’ hivyo mkaacha kumtii
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JER.42.14" />nanyi kama mkisema, ‘Hapana, tutakwenda kuishi Misri, mahali ambapo hatutaona vita au kusikia sauti ya tarumbeta au kuwa na njaa ya chakula,’
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JER.42.15" />basi sikieni neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, enyi mabaki ya Yuda. Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli, asemalo: ‘Ikiwa mmekusudia kwenda Misri na kufanya makazi huko,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JER.42.16" />basi ule upanga mnaouogopa utawapata huko, na njaa mnayoihofia itawafuata huko Misri, nanyi mtafia huko.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JER.42.17" />Naam, wote waliokusudia kwenda kuishi Misri watakufa kwa upanga, njaa na tauni; hakuna hata mmoja wao atakayenusurika au kuokoka maafa nitakayoyaleta juu yao.’
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JER.42.18" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli, asemalo: ‘Kama vile hasira yangu na ghadhabu yangu ilivyomwagwa juu ya wale walioishi Yerusalemu, ndivyo ghadhabu yangu itakavyomwagwa juu yenu mtakapokwenda Misri. Mtakuwa kitu cha kulaania na cha kutisha, cha kulaumia na cha kushutumia, nanyi kamwe hamtaona mahali hapa tena.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JER.42.19" />“Enyi mabaki ya Yuda,
<nd>Bwana</nd> amewaambia, ‘Msiende Misri.’ Hakikisheni jambo hili: Ninawaonya leo
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JER.42.20" />kwamba mmefanya kosa kubwa mioyoni mwenu mliponituma kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu na kusema, ‘Mwombe
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu kwa ajili yetu, nawe utuambie kila kitu atakachosema, nasi tutafanya.’
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JER.42.21" />Nimewaambieni leo, lakini bado ninyi hamtaki kumtii
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu katika yote aliyonituma niwaambie.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JER.42.22" />Basi sasa, hakikisheni jambo hili: Mtakufa kwa upanga, njaa na tauni mahali ambapo mnataka kwenda kuishi.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="43" />
<s style="s1">Yeremia Apelekwa Misri
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.43.1" />Yeremia alipomaliza kuwaambia watu maneno yote ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao, yaani kila kitu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alichokuwa amemtuma kuwaambia,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.43.2" />Azaria mwana wa Hoshaya, na Yohanani mwana wa Karea, na watu wote wenye kiburi wakamwambia Yeremia, “Wewe unasema uongo!
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu hajakutuma kusema, ‘Kamwe msiende Misri kukaa huko.’
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JER.43.3" />Lakini Baruku mwana wa Neria anakuchochea dhidi yetu ili ututie mikononi mwa Wakaldayo, ili watuue au watuchukue uhamishoni Babeli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JER.43.4" />Basi Yohanani mwana wa Karea, na maafisa wote wa jeshi, na watu wote wakakataa kutii amri ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ya kukaa katika nchi ya Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JER.43.5" />Badala yake, Yohanani mwana wa Karea na maafisa wote wa jeshi wakawaongoza mabaki yote ya Yuda waliokuwa wamerudi kuishi katika nchi ya Yuda kutoka mataifa yote ambayo walikuwa wametawanywa.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JER.43.6" />Pia wakawaongoza wanaume wote, wanawake na watoto, na binti za mfalme ambao Nebuzaradani kiongozi wa walinzi wa mfalme alikuwa amewaacha na Gedalia mwana wa Ahikamu mwana wa Shafani, na nabii Yeremia, na Baruku mwana wa Neria.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JER.43.7" />Kwa hiyo wakaingia Misri kwa kutokumtii
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wakaenda mpaka Tahpanhesi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JER.43.8" />Huko Tahpanhesi neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamjia Yeremia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JER.43.9" />“Wayahudi wakiwa wanaona, chukua baadhi ya mawe makubwa na kuyazika katika udongo wa mfinyanzi katika njia iliyojengwa kwa matofali katika ingilio la jumba la kifalme la Farao huko Tahpanhesi.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JER.43.10" />Kisha uwaambie, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli, asemalo: Nitamtumania mtumishi wangu Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli, nami nitakiweka kiti chake cha enzi juu ya haya mawe niliyoyazika hapa, naye atatandaza hema yake ya ufalme juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JER.43.11" />Atakuja na kuishambulia Misri, akiwaua wale waliokusudiwa kuuawa, awateke mateka wale waliokusudiwa kutekwa, na upanga kwa wale waliokusudiwa upanga.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JER.43.12" />Atachoma moto mahekalu yao ya miungu ya Misri, atachoma mahekalu yao na kuteka miungu yao. Kama vile mchungaji ajizungushiavyo vazi lake ndivyo atakavyojizungushia Misri na kuondoka mahali hapo bila kudhurika.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JER.43.13" />Humo ndani ya hekalu la jua<f caller="+"><fr>43:13
</fr><ft>Yaani Heliopoli (Mji wa Jua).</ft></f> nchini ya Misri atabomoa nguzo za ibada, na kuteketeza kwa moto mahekalu ya miungu wa Misri.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="44" />
<s style="s1">Maafa Kwa Sababu Ya Ibada Za Sanamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.44.1" />Neno hili lilimjia Yeremia kuhusu Wayahudi wote waishio Misri, huko Migdoli, Tahpanhesi na Memfisi,<f caller="+"><fr>44:1
</fr><ft>Memfisi kwa Kiebrania ni Nofu.</ft></f> katika nchi ya Pathrosi<f caller="+"><fr>44:1
</fr><ft>Pathrosi ina maana Misri ya Juu.</ft></f> kusema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.44.2" />“Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli: Mliona maangamizi makubwa niliyoyaleta juu ya Yerusalemu na juu ya miji yote ya Yuda. Leo imeachwa ukiwa na magofu
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JER.44.3" />kwa sababu ya uovu waliokuwa wameufanya. Walinikasirisha kwa kufukiza uvumba na kwa kuabudu miungu mingine ambayo kamwe wao, wala ninyi, wala baba zenu hawakuifahamu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JER.44.4" />Tena na tena, niliwatuma watumishi wangu manabii ambao walisema, ‘Msifanye jambo hili la kuchukiza ambalo nalichukia!’
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JER.44.5" />Lakini hawakusikiliza wala hawakujali, hawakugeuka ili kuuacha uovu wao, wala hawakuacha kufukiza uvumba kwa miungu mingine.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JER.44.6" />Kwa hiyo hasira yangu kali ilimwagika, ikawaka dhidi ya miji ya Yuda na barabara za Yerusalemu, na kuifanya ukiwa na magofu kama ilivyo leo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JER.44.7" />“Basi hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli, asemalo: Kwa nini kujiletea maafa makubwa kama haya juu yenu kwa kujikatilia mbali kutoka Yuda wanaume na wanawake, watoto na wanyonyao, hata kujiacha bila mabaki?
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JER.44.8" />Kwa nini kuichochea hasira yangu kwa kile ambacho mikono yenu imekitengeneza, mkaifukizia uvumba miungu mingine huko Misri, mahali mlipokuja kuishi? Mtajiangamiza wenyewe na kujifanya kitu cha kulaania na shutumu miongoni mwa mataifa yote duniani.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JER.44.9" />Je, mmesahau uovu uliotendwa na baba zenu, na wafalme na malkia wa Yuda, na uovu uliofanywa na ninyi na wake zenu katika nchi ya Yuda na barabara za Yerusalemu?
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JER.44.10" />Mpaka leo hawajajinyenyekeza au kuonyesha heshima, wala hawajafuata sheria yangu na amri nilizoweka mbele yenu na baba zenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JER.44.11" />“Kwa hiyo, hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli, asemalo: Mimi nimekusudia kuleta maafa juu yenu, na kuiangamiza Yuda yote.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JER.44.12" />Nitawaondoa mabaki ya Yuda waliokusudia kwenda Misri kukaa humo. Wote wataangamia huko Misri, wataanguka kwa upanga au kufa kwa njaa. Kuanzia aliye mdogo kabisa hadi aliye mkuu sana, watakufa kwa upanga au njaa. Watakuwa kitu cha kulaania na cha kutisha, cha laumu na shutumu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JER.44.13" />Nitawaadhibu wale waishio Misri kwa upanga, njaa na tauni kama nilivyoiadhibu Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JER.44.14" />Hakuna hata mmoja wa mabaki ya Yuda ambaye amekwenda kuishi Misri atakayeepuka au kunusurika ili kurudi katika nchi ya Yuda, ambayo wanaitamani sana kurudi na kuishi ndani yake, hakuna hata mmoja atakayerudi isipokuwa wakimbizi wachache.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JER.44.15" />Kisha wanaume wote ambao walijua kwamba wake zao walikuwa wakifukiza uvumba kwa miungu mingine, pamoja na wanawake wote waliokuwako, yaani, kusanyiko kubwa na watu wote walioishi nchi ya Misri na Pathrosi, wakamwambia Yeremia,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JER.44.16" />“Hatutausikiliza ujumbe uliotuambia katika jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>!
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JER.44.17" />Hakika tutafanya kila kitu tulichosema tutakifanya: Tutafukiza uvumba kwa Malkia wa Mbinguni na tutammiminia sadaka zetu za kinywaji kama vile sisi na baba zetu, wafalme wetu na maafisa wetu tulivyofanya katika miji ya Yuda na katika barabara za Yerusalemu. Wakati ule tulikuwa na chakula tele, tulikuwa matajiri wala hatukupata dhara lolote.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JER.44.18" />Lakini tangu tulipoacha kumfukizia uvumba Malkia wa Mbinguni na kummiminia sadaka za kinywaji, hatupati chochote, na tumekuwa tukiangamizwa kwa upanga na njaa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JER.44.19" />Wanawake wakaongeza kusema, “Wakati tulipomfukizia uvumba Malkia wa Mbinguni na kummiminia sadaka zetu za kinywaji, je, waume zetu hawakujua kwamba tulikuwa tukitengeneza maandazi kwa mfano wake, na kummiminia yeye sadaka za kinywaji?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="JER.44.20" />Ndipo Yeremia akawaambia watu wote, wanaume na wanawake waliokuwa wakimjibu,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JER.44.21" />“Je,
<nd>Bwana</nd> hakukumbuka na kufikiri juu ya uvumba uliofukizwa katika miji ya Yuda na barabara za Yerusalemu na ninyi pamoja na baba zenu, wafalme wenu, maafisa wenu na watu wa nchi?
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JER.44.22" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alipokuwa hawezi kuendelea kuvumilia matendo yenu maovu na mambo ya machukizo mliyoyafanya, nchi yenu ilikuwa kitu cha kulaania na kuachwa ukiwa pasipo wakazi, kama ilivyo leo.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JER.44.23" />Kwa sababu mmefukiza uvumba na kufanya dhambi dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nanyi hamkumtii wala kufuata sheria yake au amri zake au maagizo yake, maafa haya yamekuja juu yenu, kama mnavyoona sasa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="JER.44.24" />Kisha Yeremia akawaambia watu wote, pamoja na wanawake, “Sikieni neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, enyi watu wote wa Yuda mlioko Misri.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JER.44.25" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli: Ninyi na wake zenu mmeonyesha kwa matendo yenu kile mlichoahidi mliposema, ‘Hakika tutatimiza nadhiri tulizoziweka za kumfukizia uvumba na kummiminia sadaka za kinywaji Malkia wa Mbinguni.’
</p>
<p style="p">“Endeleeni basi, fanyeni yale mliyoahidi! Timizeni nadhiri zenu!
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JER.44.26" />Lakini sikieni neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, enyi Wayahudi wote mnaoishi Misri: ‘Ninaapa kwa Jina langu lililo kuu,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ‘kwamba hakuna hata mmoja atokaye Yuda anayeishi popote Misri ambaye kamwe ataomba tena kwa Jina langu au kuapa, akisema, “Hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi aishivyo.”
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JER.44.27" />Kwa maana ninawaangalia kwa ajili ya madhara, wala sio kwa mema. Wayahudi walioko Misri wataangamia kwa upanga na njaa, hadi wote watakapoangamizwa.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="JER.44.28" />Wale watakaonusurika upanga na kurudi katika nchi ya Yuda kutoka Misri watakuwa wachache sana. Ndipo mabaki wote wa Yuda waliokuja kuishi Misri watakapojua ni neno la nani litakalosimama, kwamba ni langu au lao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="JER.44.29" />“ ‘Hii itakuwa ndiyo ishara kwenu kwamba nitawaadhibu mahali hapa, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ili mpate kujua kuwa onyo langu la madhara dhidi yenu hakika litatimizwa.’
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="JER.44.30" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: ‘Nitamtia Farao Hofra mfalme wa Misri mikononi mwa adui zake wanaoutafuta uhai wake, kama vile nilivyomtia Sedekia mfalme wa Yuda mikononi mwa Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli, adui aliyekuwa akiutafuta uhai wake.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="45" />
<s style="s1">Ujumbe Kwa Baruku
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.45.1" />Hili ndilo nabii Yeremia alilomwambia Baruku mwana wa Neria katika mwaka wa nne wa utawala wa Yehoyakimu mwana wa Yosia mfalme wa Yuda, baada ya Baruku kuandika katika kitabu maneno ambayo yalitoka kinywani mwa Yeremia wakati ule:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.45.2" />“Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, akuambialo wewe Baruku:
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JER.45.3" />Ulisema, ‘Ole wangu!
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameongeza huzuni juu ya maumivu yangu, nimechoka kwa kulia kwa uchungu wala sipati pumziko.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JER.45.4" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, “Mwambie hivi: ‘Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: Nitakibomoa kile nilichokijenga, na kungʼoa kile nilichokipanda katika nchi yote.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JER.45.5" />Je, utajitafutia mambo makubwa kwa ajili yako mwenyewe? Usiyatafute hayo. Kwa kuwa nitaleta maangamizi juu ya watu wote, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, lakini popote utakapokwenda, nitayaokoa maisha yako.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="46" />
<s style="s1">Ujumbe Kuhusu Misri
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.46.1" />Hili ni neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lililomjia nabii Yeremia kuhusu mataifa:
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="JER.46.2" />Kuhusu Misri:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p">Huu ni ujumbe dhidi ya jeshi la Farao Neko mfalme wa Misri, lililoshindwa huko Karkemishi kwenye Mto Frati na Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli, katika mwaka wa nne wa utawala wa Yehoyakimu mwana wa Yosia mfalme wa Yuda:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JER.46.3" />“Wekeni tayari ngao zenu, kubwa na ndogo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtoke kwa ajili ya vita!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JER.46.4" />Fungieni farasi lijamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pandeni farasi!
</q>
<q style="q1">Shikeni nafasi zenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkiwa mmevaa chapeo!
</q>
<q style="q1">Isugueni mikuki yenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vaeni dirii vifuani!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JER.46.5" />Je, ninaona nini?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wametiwa hofu,
</q>
<q style="q1">wanarudi nyuma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">askari wao wameshindwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanakimbia kwa haraka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pasipo kutazama nyuma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tena kuna hofu kuu kila upande,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JER.46.6" />Walio wepesi na wenye mbio hawawezi kukimbia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala wenye nguvu hawawezi kutoroka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kaskazini, kando ya Mto Frati,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanajikwaa na kuanguka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JER.46.7" />“Ni nani huyu ajiinuaye kama Mto Naili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mito yenye maji yanayofanya mawimbi?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JER.46.8" />Misri hujiinua kama Mto Naili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mito yenye maji yanayofanya mawimbi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Husema, ‘Nitainuka na kufunika dunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitaiangamiza miji na watu wake.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JER.46.9" />Songeni mbele, enyi farasi!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Endesheni kwa ukali, enyi magari ya farasi,
</q>
<q style="q1">Endeleeni mbele, enyi mashujaa:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wa Kushi<f caller="+"><fr>46:9
</fr><ft>Kushi ni Naili ya Juu; sasa ni Sudan.</ft></f> na Putu<f caller="+"><fr>46:9
</fr><ft>Putu sasa ni Libya.</ft></f> wachukuao ngao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wa Ludi<f caller="+"><fr>46:9
</fr><ft>Nchi iliyo Afrika ya Kaskazini, magharibi ya Mto Naili; sasa ni Libya.</ft></f> wavutao upinde.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JER.46.10" />Lakini ile siku ni ya Bwana,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku ya kulipiza kisasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kisasi juu ya adui zake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Upanga utakula hata utakapotosheka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi utakapozima kiu yake kwa damu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa maana Bwana,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, atatoa dhabihu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye nchi ya kaskazini, kando ya Mto Frati.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JER.46.11" />“Panda hadi Gileadi ukapate zeri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ee Bikira Binti wa Misri.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini umetumia dawa nyingi bila mafanikio;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huwezi kupona.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JER.46.12" />Mataifa yatasikia juu ya aibu yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kilio chako kitaijaza dunia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Shujaa mmoja atajikwaa juu ya mwingine,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wataanguka chini pamoja.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JER.46.13" />Huu ndio ujumbe
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliomwambia nabii Yeremia kuhusu kuja kwa Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli ili kuishambulia Misri:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JER.46.14" />“Tangaza hili katika Misri, nawe ulihubiri katika Migdoli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hubiri pia katika Memfisi<f caller="+"><fr>46:14
</fr><ft>Memfisi kwa Kiebrania ni Nofu.</ft></f> na Tahpanhesi:<f caller="+"><fr>46:14
</fr><ft>Ni mji katika Misri.</ft></f>
</q>
<q style="q1">‘Shikeni nafasi zenu na mwe tayari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa upanga unawala wale wanaokuzunguka.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JER.46.15" />Kwa nini mashujaa wako wamesombwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kupelekwa mbali?
</q>
<q style="q1">Hawawezi kusimama, kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atawasukuma awaangushe chini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JER.46.16" />Watajikwaa mara kwa mara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataangukiana wao kwa wao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watasema, ‘Amka, turudi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa watu wetu na nchi yetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbali na upanga wa mtesi.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JER.46.17" />Huko watatangaza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Farao mfalme wa Misri ni makelele tu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amekosa wasaa wake.’
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JER.46.18" />“Kwa hakika kama niishivyo,” asema Mfalme,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye jina lake ni
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote,
</q>
<q style="q1">“mmoja atakuja ambaye ni kama Tabori miongoni mwa milima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama Karmeli kando ya bahari.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JER.46.19" />Funga mizigo yako kwenda uhamishoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe ukaaye Misri,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa Memfisi utaangamizwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwa magofu pasipo mkazi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JER.46.20" />“Misri ni mtamba mzuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini kipanga anakuja dhidi yake kutoka kaskazini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JER.46.21" />Askari wake waliokodiwa katika safu zake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wako kama ndama walionenepeshwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wao pia watageuka na kukimbia pamoja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawataweza kuhimili vita,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana siku ya msiba inakuja juu yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wao wa kuadhibiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JER.46.22" />Misri atatoa sauti kama ya nyoka anayekimbia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kadiri adui anavyowasogelea na majeshi,
</q>
<q style="q1">watakuja dhidi yake wakiwa na mashoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama watu wakatao miti.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JER.46.23" />Wataufyeka msitu wake,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“hata kama umesongamana kiasi gani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni wengi kuliko nzige,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawawezi kuhesabika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JER.46.24" />Binti wa Misri ataaibishwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atatiwa mikononi mwa watu wa kaskazini.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="JER.46.25" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli, asema: “Nakaribia kuleta adhabu juu ya Amoni mungu wa Thebesi,<f caller="+"><fr>46:25
</fr><ft>Thebesi kwa Kiebrania ni No (au No-Amoni), mji katika Misri.</ft></f> na juu ya Farao, Misri na miungu yake, na wafalme wake, pamoja na wale wanaomtegemea Farao.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JER.46.26" />Nitawatia mikononi mwa wale wanaotafuta uhai wao, yaani Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli na maafisa wake. Hatimaye, hata hivyo, Misri itakaliwa kama nyakati zilizopita,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JER.46.27" />“Usiogope, ee Yakobo mtumishi wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usifadhaike, ee Israeli.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hakika nitakuokoa kutoka nchi za mbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uzao wako kutoka nchi ya uhamisho wao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Yakobo atakuwa tena na amani na salama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna hata mmoja atakayewatia hofu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="JER.46.28" />Usiogope, ee Yakobo mtumishi wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana mimi niko pamoja nawe,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">“Ingawa nitayaangamiza kabisa mataifa yote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambayo miongoni mwake nimekutawanya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sitakuangamiza wewe kabisa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitakurudi, lakini kwa haki tu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala sitakuacha kabisa bila kukuadhibu.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="47" />
<s style="s1">Ujumbe Kuhusu Wafilisti
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.47.1" />Hili ndilo neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lililomjia nabii Yeremia kuhusu Wafilisti, kabla Farao hajaishambulia Gaza:
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="JER.47.2" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Tazama jinsi maji yanavyoinuka huko kaskazini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yatakuwa mafuriko yenye nguvu sana.
</q>
<q style="q1">Yataifurikia nchi na vitu vyote vilivyomo ndani yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miji na wale waishio ndani yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watu watapiga kelele;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote waishio katika nchi wataomboleza
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JER.47.3" />kwa sauti ya kwato za farasi waendao mbio,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sauti ya magari ya adui
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mngurumo wa magurudumu yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Baba hawatageuka kuwasaidia watoto wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mikono yao italegea.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JER.47.4" />Kwa maana siku imewadia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwaangamiza Wafilisti wote
</q>
<q style="q1">na kuwakatilia mbali walionusurika wote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao wangeweza kusaidia Tiro na Sidoni.
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> anakaribia kuwaangamiza Wafilisti,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mabaki toka pwani za Kaftori.<f caller="+"><fr>47:4
</fr><ft>Kaftori ndio Krete.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JER.47.5" />Gaza atanyoa kichwa chake katika kuomboleza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ashkeloni atanyamazishwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Enyi mabaki kwenye tambarare,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtajikatakata wenyewe mpaka lini?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JER.47.6" />“Mnalia, ‘Aa, upanga wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utaendelea mpaka lini ndipo upumzike?
</q>
<q style="q1">Rudi ndani ya ala yako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">acha na utulie.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JER.47.7" />Lakini upanga utatuliaje
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameuamuru,
</q>
<q style="q1">wakati ameuagiza kuishambulia Ashkeloni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na pwani yake?”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="48" />
<s style="s1">Ujumbe Kuhusu Moabu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.48.1" />Kuhusu Moabu:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p">Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli, asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Ole wake Nebo, kwa maana utaharibiwa.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kiriathaimu utaaibishwa na kutekwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Misgabu itaaibishwa na kuvunjavunjwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JER.48.2" />Moabu haitasifiwa tena;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huko Heshboni watu watafanya shauri baya la anguko lake:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Njooni na tuangamize taifa lile.’
</q>
<q style="q1">Wewe nawe, ee Madmena, utanyamazishwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">upanga utakufuatia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JER.48.3" />Sikiliza kilio kutoka Horonaimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kilio cha maangamizi makuu na uharibifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JER.48.4" />Moabu utavunjwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wadogo wake watapiga kelele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JER.48.5" />Wanapanda kwenda njia ya kuelekea Luhithi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakilia kwa uchungu wanapotembea,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwenye njia inayoshuka kwenda Horonaimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kilio cha uchungu kwa ajili ya uharibifu kinasikika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JER.48.6" />Kimbieni! Okoeni maisha yenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuweni kama kichaka jangwani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JER.48.7" />Kwa kuwa mmetumainia matendo yenu na mali zenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi pia mtachukuliwa mateka,
</q>
<q style="q1">naye Kemoshi<f caller="+"><fr>48:7
</fr><ft>Kemoshi alikuwa mungu wa Wamoabu.</ft></f> atakwenda uhamishoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na makuhani wake na maafisa wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JER.48.8" />Mharabu atakuja dhidi ya kila mji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna mji utakaookoka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Bonde litaangamizwa na uwanda utaharibiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> amesema.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JER.48.9" />Wekeni chumvi kwa ajili ya Moabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa ataangamizwa;
</q>
<q style="q1">miji yake itakuwa ukiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pasipo kuwa na mtu atakayeishi ndani yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JER.48.10" />“Alaaniwe yeye afanyaye kazi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa hila!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Alaaniwe yeye auzuiaye upanga wake usimwage damu!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JER.48.11" />“Moabu amestarehe tangu ujana wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama divai iliyoachwa kwenye machujo yake,
</q>
<q style="q1">haikumiminwa kutoka chombo kimoja hadi kingine,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hajaenda uhamishoni.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa hiyo ana ladha ile ile kama aliyokuwa nayo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo harufu yake haijabadilika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JER.48.12" />Lakini siku zinakuja,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q style="q1">“nitakapotuma watu wamiminao kutoka kwenye magudulia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watamimina;
</q>
<q style="q1">wataacha magudulia yake yakiwa matupu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuvunja mitungi yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JER.48.13" />Kisha Moabu atamwonea aibu mungu wao Kemoshi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama vile nyumba ya Israeli walivyoona aibu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walipotegemea mungu wa Betheli.<f caller="+"><fr>48:13
</fr><ft>Betheli ina maana ya Nyumba ya Mungu; lakini pia ni mahali ambapo Mfalme Yeroboamu alisimamisha moja ya sanamu za ndama ili kuabudiwa; nyingine aliiweka huko Dani (</ft><xt>1Fal 12:29-33</xt><ft>).</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JER.48.14" />“Mwawezaje kusema, ‘Sisi ni mashujaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu jasiri katika vita’?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JER.48.15" />Moabu ataangamizwa na miji yake itavamiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vijana wake waume walio bora sana watachinjwa,”
</q>
<q style="q1">asema Mfalme, ambaye jina lake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JER.48.16" />“Kuanguka kwa Moabu kumekaribia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">janga kubwa litamjia kwa haraka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JER.48.17" />Ombolezeni kwa ajili yake, ninyi nyote mnaomzunguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi nyote mnaojua sifa zake,
</q>
<q style="q1">semeni, ‘Tazama jinsi ilivyovunjika fimbo ya kifalme yenye nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tazama jinsi ilivyovunjika fimbo iliyotukuka!’
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JER.48.18" />“Shuka kutoka fahari yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uketi katika ardhi iliyokauka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">enyi wenyeji wa Binti wa Diboni,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana yeye aangamizaye Moabu atakuja dhidi yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuangamiza miji yako iliyozungushiwa maboma.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JER.48.19" />Simama kando ya barabara na utazame,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe unayeishi Aroeri.
</q>
<q style="q1">Muulize mwanaume anayekimbia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mwanamke anayetoroka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waulize, ‘Kumetokea nini?’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JER.48.20" />Moabu amefedheheshwa, kwa kuwa amevunjavunjwa.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Lieni kwa huzuni na kupiga kelele!
</q>
<q style="q1">Tangazeni kando ya Arnoni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba Moabu ameangamizwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JER.48.21" />Hukumu imefika kwenye uwanda wa juu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika Holoni, Yahasa na Mefaathi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JER.48.22" />katika Diboni, Nebo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Beth-Diblathaimu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JER.48.23" />katika Kiriathaimu, Beth-Gamuli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Beth-Meoni,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JER.48.24" />katika Keriothi na Bosra;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa miji yote ya Moabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">iliyoko mbali na karibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JER.48.25" />Pembe<f caller="+"><fr>48:25
</fr><ft>Pembe hapa ni ishara ya nguvu.</ft></f> ya Moabu imekatwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkono wake umevunjwa,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="JER.48.26" />“Mlevye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa amemdharau
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">Moabu na agaegae katika matapishi yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye na awe kitu cha dhihaka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JER.48.27" />Je, Israeli hakuwa kitu chako cha kudhihakiwa?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, alikamatwa miongoni mwa wezi,
</q>
<q style="q1">kiasi cha kutikisa kichwa chako kwa dharau
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila mara unapozungumza juu yake?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="JER.48.28" />Ondokeni kwenye miji yenu, mkaishi katikati ya miamba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">enyi mnaoishi Moabu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kuweni kama huwa ambaye hutengeneza kiota chake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye mdomo wa pango.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="JER.48.29" />“Tumesikia juu ya kiburi cha Moabu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutakabari kwake kwa kiburi na majivuno,
</q>
<q style="q1">kiburi chake na ufidhuli wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kujivuna kwa moyo wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="JER.48.30" />Ninaujua ujeuri wake, lakini ni bure,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“nako kujisifu kwake hakumsaidii chochote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="JER.48.31" />Kwa hiyo namlilia Moabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya Moabu yote ninalia,
</q>
<q style="q1">ninaomboleza kwa ajili
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya watu wa Kir-Haresethi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="JER.48.32" />Ninalia machozi kwa ajili yenu, kama Yazeri aliavyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">enyi mizabibu ya Sibma.
</q>
<q style="q1">Matawi yako yameenea hadi baharini;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yamefika hadi bahari ya Yazeri.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mharabu ameyaangukia matunda yako yaliyoiva
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mizabibu yako iliyoiva.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="JER.48.33" />Shangwe na furaha vimetoweka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka bustani na mashamba ya Moabu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nimekomesha kutiririka kwa divai kutoka mashinikizo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna hata mmoja ayakanyagaye kwa kelele za shangwe.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ingawa kuna kelele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sio kelele za shangwe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="JER.48.34" />“Sauti ya kilio chao inapanda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka Heshboni hadi Eleale na Yahazi,
</q>
<q style="q1">kutoka Soari hadi Horonaimu na Eglath-Shelishiya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa hata maji ya Nimrimu yamekauka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="JER.48.35" />Nitakomesha wale wote katika Moabu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watoao sadaka mahali pa juu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufukiza uvumba kwa miungu yao,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="36" bcv="JER.48.36" />“Kwa hiyo moyo wangu unaomboleza kwa ajili ya Moabu kama filimbi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unaomboleza kama filimbi kwa ajili ya watu wa Kir-Haresethi.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Utajiri waliojipatia umetoweka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="37" bcv="JER.48.37" />Kila kichwa kimenyolewa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kila mwenye ndevu zimekatwa;
</q>
<q style="q1">kila mkono umekatwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kila kiuno kimefunikwa kwa nguo ya gunia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="38" bcv="JER.48.38" />Juu ya mapaa yote katika Moabu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na katika viwanja
</q>
<q style="q1">hakuna kitu chochote isipokuwa maombolezo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa nimemvunja Moabu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama gudulia ambalo hakuna mtu yeyote anayelitaka,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="39" bcv="JER.48.39" />“Tazama jinsi alivyovunjikavunjika!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Jinsi wanavyolia kwa huzuni!
</q>
<q style="q1">Tazama jinsi Moabu anavyogeuka kwa aibu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Moabu amekuwa kitu cha kudhihakiwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">kitu cha kutisha kwa wale wote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaomzunguka.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="JER.48.40" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Tazama! Tai anashuka chini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akitanda mabawa yake juu ya Moabu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="41" bcv="JER.48.41" />Miji itatekwa na ngome zake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zitatwaliwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Katika siku hiyo, mioyo ya mashujaa wa Moabu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">itakuwa kama moyo wa mwanamke katika utungu wa kuzaa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="42" bcv="JER.48.42" />Moabu ataangamizwa kama taifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu amemdharau
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="43" bcv="JER.48.43" />Hofu kuu, shimo na mtego vinawangojea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">enyi watu wa Moabu,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="44" bcv="JER.48.44" />“Yeyote atakayeikimbia hiyo hofu kuu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ataanguka ndani ya shimo,
</q>
<q style="q1">yeyote atakayepanda kutoka shimoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atanaswa katika mtego,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu nitaletea Moabu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwaka wa adhabu yake,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="45" bcv="JER.48.45" />“Katika kivuli cha Heshboni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakimbizi wamesimama pasipo msaada,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa moto umezimika huko Heshboni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwali wa moto kutoka katikati ya Sihoni;
</q>
<q style="q1">unaunguza vipaji vya nyuso za Moabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mafuvu yao wenye kujivuna kwa kelele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="46" bcv="JER.48.46" />Ole wako, ee Moabu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Watu wa Kemoshi wameangamizwa;
</q>
<q style="q1">wana wako wamepelekwa uhamishoni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na binti zako wamechukuliwa mateka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="47" bcv="JER.48.47" />“Lakini nitarudisha mateka wa Moabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku zijazo,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<p style="p">Huu ndio mwisho wa hukumu juu ya Moabu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="49" />
<s style="s1">Ujumbe Kuhusu Amoni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.49.1" />Kuhusu Waamoni:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p">Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Je, Israeli hana wana?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, hana warithi?
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa nini basi Moleki amechukua milki ya Gadi?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa nini watu wake wanaishi katika miji yake?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JER.49.2" />Lakini siku zinakuja,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q style="q1">“nitakapopiga kelele ya vita
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhidi ya Raba mji wa Waamoni;
</q>
<q style="q1">utakuwa kilima cha magofu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">navyo vijiji vinavyouzunguka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vitateketezwa kwa moto.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kisha Israeli atawafukuza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale waliomfukuza,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JER.49.3" />“Lia kwa huzuni, ee Heshboni, kwa kuwa Ai umeangamizwa!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Pigeni kelele, enyi wakazi wa Raba!
</q>
<q style="q1">Vaeni nguo za gunia na kuomboleza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kimbieni hapa na pale ndani ya kuta,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa Moleki atakwenda uhamishoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye pamoja na makuhani na maafisa wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JER.49.4" />Kwa nini unajivunia mabonde yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kujivunia mabonde yako yaliyozaa sana?
</q>
<q style="q1">Ee binti usiye mwaminifu, unayeutumainia utajiri wako na kusema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Ni nani atakayenishambulia?’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JER.49.5" />Nitaleta hofu kuu juu yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka kwa wale wote wanaokuzunguka,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema Bwana,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
</q>
<q style="q1">“Kila mmoja wenu ataondolewa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna hata mmoja atakayekusanya wakimbizi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JER.49.6" />“Lakini hatimaye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitarudisha mateka wa Waamoni,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Ujumbe Kuhusu Edomu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JER.49.7" />Kuhusu Edomu:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p">Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Je, hakuna tena hekima katika Temani?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, shauri limewapotea wenye busara?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, hekima yao imechakaa?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JER.49.8" />Geuka na ukimbie, jifiche katika mapango marefu kabisa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe uishiye Dedani,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa nitaleta maafa juu ya Esau
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati nitakapomwadhibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JER.49.9" />Je, kama wachuma zabibu wangekuja kwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wasingebakiza zabibu chache?
</q>
<q style="q1">Kama wezi wangekujia usiku,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">je, si wangeiba tu kiasi ambacho wangehitaji?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JER.49.10" />Lakini nitamvua Esau nguo abaki uchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitayafunua maficho yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili asiweze kujificha.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watoto wake, jamaa na majirani wataangamia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye hatakuwepo tena.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JER.49.11" />Waache yatima wako; nitayalinda maisha yao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wajane wako pia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaweza kunitumaini mimi.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JER.49.12" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: “Kama wale wasiostahili kukinywea kikombe ni lazima wakinywe, kwa nini wewe usiadhibiwe? Hutakwepa kuadhibiwa, ni lazima ukinywe.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JER.49.13" />Ninaapa kwa nafsi yangu,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “kwamba Bosra utakuwa magofu na kitu cha kutisha, cha aibu na cha kulaania; miji yake yote itakuwa magofu milele.”
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JER.49.14" />Nimesikia ujumbe kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mjumbe alitumwa kwa mataifa kusema,
</q>
<q style="q1">“Jikusanyeni ili kuushambulia!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Inukeni kwa ajili ya vita!”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JER.49.15" />“Sasa nitakufanya uwe mdogo miongoni mwa mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliyedharauliwa miongoni mwa watu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JER.49.16" />Vitisho vyako na kiburi cha moyo wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vimekudanganya,
</q>
<q style="q1">wewe unayeishi katika majabali ya miamba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe unayedumu katika miinuko ya kilima.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ujapojenga kiota chako juu sana kama cha tai,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakushusha chini kutoka huko,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JER.49.17" />“Edomu atakuwa kitu cha kuogofya;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote wapitao karibu
</q>
<q style="q1">watashangaa na kuzomea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya majeraha yake yote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JER.49.18" />Kama vile Sodoma na Gomora zilivyoangamizwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na miji iliyokuwa jirani nayo,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q style="q1">“vivyo hivyo hakuna mtu yeyote atakayeishi humo.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Naam, hakuna mtu yeyote atakayekaa humo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JER.49.19" />“Kama simba anayepanda kutoka vichaka vya Yordani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuja kwenye nchi ya malisho mengi,
</q>
<q style="q1">ndivyo nitamfukuza Edomu kutoka nchi yake ghafula.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani aliye mteule nitakayemweka kwa ajili ya jambo hili?
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni nani aliye kama mimi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ni nani awezaye kunipinga?
</q>
<q style="q1">Tena ni mchungaji yupi awezaye
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kusimama kinyume nami?”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JER.49.20" />Kwa hiyo, sikia kile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alichokipanga dhidi ya Edomu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kile alichokusudia dhidi ya wale waishio Temani:
</q>
<q style="q1">Aliye mchanga katika kundi ataburutwa mbali;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ataharibu kabisa malisho yao kwa sababu yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JER.49.21" />Kwa sauti ya anguko lao, dunia itatetemeka.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kilio chao kitasikika hadi Bahari ya Shamu.<f caller="+"><fr>49:21
</fr><ft>Kwa Kiebrania ni Bahari ya Mafunjo.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JER.49.22" />Tazama! Tai atapaa juu angani na kuruka chini kwa ghafula,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akitandaza mabawa yake juu ya Bosra.
</q>
<q style="q1">Katika siku hiyo, mioyo ya mashujaa wa Edomu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">itakuwa kama moyo wa mwanamke katika utungu wa kuzaa.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Ujumbe Kuhusu Dameski
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="JER.49.23" />Kuhusu Dameski:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Hamathi na Arpadi imetahayarika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa wamesikia habari mbaya.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wamevunjika moyo na wametaabika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama bahari iliyochafuka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JER.49.24" />Dameski amedhoofika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amegeuka na kukimbia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hofu ya ghafula imemkamata sana;
</q>
<q style="q1">amepatwa na uchungu na maumivu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maumivu kama ya mwanamke katika utungu wa kuzaa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JER.49.25" />Kwa nini mji ambao unajulikana haujaachwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mji ambao ninaupenda?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="JER.49.26" />Hakika, vijana wake wanaume wataanguka barabarani;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">askari wake wote watanyamazishwa siku hiyo,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JER.49.27" />“Nitatia moto kuta za Dameski;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utaangamiza ngome za Ben-Hadadi.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Ujumbe Kuhusu Kedari Na Hazori
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="JER.49.28" />Kuhusu Kedari na falme za Hazori, ambazo Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli alizishambulia:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p">Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Inuka, ushambulie Kedari
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaangamiza watu wa mashariki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="JER.49.29" />Hema zao na makundi yao ya kondoo yatachukuliwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vibanda vyao vitatwaliwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na mali zao zote na ngamia zao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watu watawapigia kelele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Hofu kuu iko kila upande!’
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="JER.49.30" />“Kimbieni haraka!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kaeni kwenye mapango marefu sana, ninyi mkaao Hazori,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Nebukadneza, mfalme wa Babeli amepanga shauri baya dhidi yenu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amebuni hila dhidi yenu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="JER.49.31" />“Inuka na ulishambulie taifa lililo starehe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">linaloishi kwa kujiamini,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q style="q1">“taifa lisilo na malango wala makomeo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wake huishi peke yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="JER.49.32" />Ngamia wao watakuwa nyara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo makundi yao makubwa ya ngʼombe yatatekwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wale walio maeneo ya mbali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitawatawanya pande zote,
</q>
<q style="q1">nami nitaleta maafa juu yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka kila upande,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="JER.49.33" />“Hazori itakuwa makao ya mbweha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahali pa ukiwa milele.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hakuna yeyote atakayeishi humo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna mtu atakayekaa ndani yake.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Ujumbe Kuhusu Elamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="JER.49.34" />Hili ndilo neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lililomjia nabii Yeremia kuhusu Elamu, mapema katika utawala wa Sedekia mfalme wa Yuda:
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="JER.49.35" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Tazama, nitavunja upinde wa Elamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulio tegemeo la nguvu zao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="36" bcv="JER.49.36" />Nitaleta pepo nne dhidi ya Elamu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">toka pande nne za mbingu,
</q>
<q style="q1">nitawatawanya katika hizo pande nne,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hapatakuwa na taifa
</q>
<q style="q1">ambalo watu wa Elamu waliofukuzwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawatakwenda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="37" bcv="JER.49.37" />Nitamfadhaisha Elamu mbele ya adui zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele yao wale wanaotafuta uhai wao;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitaleta maafa juu yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, hasira yangu kali,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">“Nitawafuatia kwa upanga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpaka nitakapowamaliza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="38" bcv="JER.49.38" />Nitaweka kiti changu cha enzi huko Elamu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumwangamiza mfalme wake na maafisa wake,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="39" bcv="JER.49.39" />“Lakini nitarudisha mateka wa Elamu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku zijazo,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="50" />
<s style="s1">Ujumbe Kuhusu Babeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.50.1" />Hili ndilo neno alilosema
<nd>Bwana</nd> kupitia nabii Yeremia kuhusu Babeli na nchi ya Wakaldayo:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JER.50.2" />“Tangazeni na mhubiri katikati ya mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">twekeni bendera na mkahubiri;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msiache kitu chochote, bali semeni,
</q>
<q style="q1">‘Babeli utatekwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Beli ataaibishwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Merodaki atajazwa na hofu kuu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Sanamu zake zitaaibishwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vinyago vyake vitajazwa hofu kuu.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JER.50.3" />Taifa kutoka kaskazini litamshambulia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuifanya nchi yake ukiwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hakuna hata mmoja atakayeishi ndani yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu na wanyama wataikimbia.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JER.50.4" />“Katika siku hizo, wakati huo,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q style="q1">“watu wa Israeli pamoja na watu wa Yuda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataenda wakilia ili kumtafuta
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JER.50.5" />Wataiuliza njia iendayo Sayuni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuelekeza nyuso zao huko.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watakuja na kuambatana na
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika agano la milele
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambalo halitasahaulika.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JER.50.6" />“Watu wangu wamekuwa kondoo waliopotea;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wachungaji wao wamewapotosha
</q>
<q style="q1">na kuwasababisha kuzurura
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya milima.
</q>
<q style="q1">Walitangatanga juu ya mlima na kilima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kusahau mahali pao wenyewe pa kupumzikia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JER.50.7" />Yeyote aliyewakuta aliwala;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">adui zao walisema, ‘Sisi hatuna hatia,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa wao walitenda dhambi dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, malisho yao halisi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd>, aliye tumaini la baba zao.’
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JER.50.8" />“Kimbieni kutoka Babeli;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ondokeni katika nchi ya Wakaldayo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tena kuweni kama mbuzi wale waongozao kundi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JER.50.9" />Kwa maana nitaamsha na kuleta dhidi ya Babeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">muungano wa mataifa makubwa kutoka nchi ya kaskazini.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watashika nafasi zao dhidi yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye kutokea kaskazini atatekwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mishale yao itakuwa kama mishale ya mashujaa walio hodari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao hawawezi kurudi mikono mitupu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JER.50.10" />Kwa hiyo Ukaldayo utatekwa nyara;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote wamtekao nyara watapata za kutosha,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JER.50.11" />“Kwa sababu hushangilia na kufurahi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe utekaye urithi wangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu unachezacheza kama mtamba anayepura nafaka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kulia kama farasi dume,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JER.50.12" />mama yako ataaibika mno,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye aliyekuzaa atatahayari.
</q>
<q style="q1">Atakuwa mdogo kuliko mataifa mengine yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atakuwa nyika, nchi kame na jangwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JER.50.13" />Kwa sababu ya hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> hatakaliwa na mtu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini ataachwa ukiwa kabisa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wote watakaopita Babeli watatiwa hofu na kudhihaki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya majeraha yake yote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JER.50.14" />“Shikeni nafasi zenu kuzunguka Babeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">enyi nyote mvutao upinde.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mpigeni! Msibakize mshale wowote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa ametenda dhambi dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JER.50.15" />Piga kelele dhidi yake kila upande!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Anajisalimisha, minara yake inaanguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuta zake zimebomoka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuwa hiki ni kisasi cha
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mlipizeni kisasi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtendeeni kama alivyowatendea wengine.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JER.50.16" />Katilieni mbali mpanzi kutoka Babeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na mvunaji na mundu wake akivuna.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa sababu ya upanga wa mdhalimu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila mmoja na arejee kwa watu wake mwenyewe,
</q>
<q style="q1">kila mmoja na akimbilie
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye nchi yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JER.50.17" />“Israeli ni kundi lililotawanyika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambalo simba wamelifukuzia mbali.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wa kwanza kumla alikuwa mfalme wa Ashuru,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wa mwisho kuponda mifupa yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alikuwa Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="JER.50.18" />Kwa hiyo hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli, asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Nitamwadhibu mfalme wa Babeli na nchi yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama nilivyomwadhibu mfalme wa Ashuru.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JER.50.19" />Lakini nitamrudisha Israeli katika malisho yake mwenyewe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atalisha huko Karmeli na Bashani;
</q>
<q style="q1">njaa yake itashibishwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya vilima vya Efraimu na Gileadi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JER.50.20" />Katika siku hizo, wakati huo,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q style="q1">“uchunguzi utafanyika kwa ajili ya kosa la Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini halitakuwepo,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa ajili ya dhambi za Yuda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini haitapatikana hata moja,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa nitawasamehe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mabaki nitakaowaacha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JER.50.21" />“Shambulieni nchi ya Merathaimu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wale waishio huko Pekodi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wafuatieni, waueni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaangamiza kabisa,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Fanyeni kila kitu nilichowaamuru.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JER.50.22" />Kelele ya vita iko ndani ya nchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kelele ya maangamizi makuu!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JER.50.23" />Tazama jinsi nyundo ya dunia yote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ilivyovunjika na kuharibika!
</q>
<q style="q1">Tazama jinsi Babeli ilivyokuwa ukiwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miongoni mwa mataifa!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JER.50.24" />Nimetega mtego kwa ajili yako, ee Babeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe ukakamatwa kabla haujafahamu;
</q>
<q style="q1">ulipatikana na ukakamatwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ulimpinga
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JER.50.25" /><nd>Bwana</nd> amefungua ghala lake la silaha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzitoa silaha za ghadhabu yake,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi Mwenye Nguvu Zote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anayo kazi ya kufanya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika nchi ya Wakaldayo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="JER.50.26" />Njooni dhidi yake kutoka mbali.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Zifungueni ghala zake za nafaka;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mlundikeni kama lundo la nafaka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mwangamizeni kabisa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na msimwachie mabaki yoyote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JER.50.27" />Waueni mafahali wake wachanga wote;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waacheni washuke machinjoni!
</q>
<q style="q1">Ole wao! Kwa kuwa siku yao imewadia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wao wa kuadhibiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="JER.50.28" />Wasikilizeni watoro na wakimbizi kutoka Babeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakitangaza katika Sayuni
</q>
<q style="q1">jinsi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wetu alivyolipiza kisasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kisasi kwa ajili ya Hekalu lake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="JER.50.29" />“Waiteni wapiga mishale dhidi ya Babeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote wale wavutao upinde.
</q>
<q style="q1">Pigeni kambi kumzunguka kabisa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asitoroke mtu yeyote.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mlipizeni kwa matendo yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtendeeni kama alivyotenda.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuwa alimdharau
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="JER.50.30" />Kwa hiyo, vijana wake wanaume wataanguka barabarani;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">askari wake wote watanyamazishwa siku ile,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="JER.50.31" />“Tazama, niko kinyume nawe, ewe mwenye majivuno,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema Bwana,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote,
</q>
<q style="q1">“kwa kuwa siku yako imewadia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yaani, wakati wako wa kuadhibiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="JER.50.32" />Mwenye majivuno atajikwaa na kuanguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna yeyote atakayemuinua;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitawasha moto katika miji yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utakaowateketeza wote wanaomzunguka.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="JER.50.33" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Watu wa Israeli wameonewa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watu wa Yuda pia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wote waliowateka wamewashikilia sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanakataa kuwaachia waende.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="JER.50.34" />Lakini Mkombozi wao ana nguvu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote ndilo jina lake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Atatetea kwa nguvu shauri lao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili alete raha katika nchi yao,
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini ataleta msukosuko
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa wale waishio Babeli.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="JER.50.35" />“Upanga dhidi ya Wakaldayo!”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q style="q1">“dhidi ya wale waishio Babeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na dhidi ya maafisa wake na watu wenye busara!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="36" bcv="JER.50.36" />Upanga dhidi ya manabii wake wa uongo!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Watakuwa wapumbavu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Upanga dhidi ya mashujaa wake!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Watajazwa na hofu kuu
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="37" bcv="JER.50.37" />Upanga dhidi ya farasi na magari yake ya vita
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na askari wake wote wa kigeni katika safu zake!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wao watakuwa kama wanawake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Upanga dhidi ya hazina zake!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hizo zitatekwa nyara.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="38" bcv="JER.50.38" />Ukame juu ya maji yake!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nayo yatakauka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuwa ni nchi ya sanamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wao wanaenda wazimu kwa ajili ya sanamu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="39" bcv="JER.50.39" />“Kwa hiyo, viumbe vya jangwani na fisi wataishi humo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao bundi watakaa humo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kamwe haitakaliwa tena
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala watu hawataishi humo kutoka kizazi hadi kizazi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="40" bcv="JER.50.40" />Kama vile Mungu alivyoangamiza Sodoma na Gomora
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na miji iliyokuwa jirani nayo,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q style="q1">“vivyo hivyo hakuna mtu yeyote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atakayeishi humo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Naam, hakuna mtu yeyote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atakayekaa humo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="41" bcv="JER.50.41" />“Tazama! Jeshi linakuja kutoka kaskazini;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">taifa kubwa na wafalme wengi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaamshwa kutoka miisho ya dunia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="42" bcv="JER.50.42" />Wamejifunga pinde na mikuki;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni wakatili na wasio na huruma.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanatoa sauti kama bahari inayonguruma
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanapoendesha farasi zao;
</q>
<q style="q1">wanakuja kama watu waliojipanga tayari kwa vita
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kukushambulia, ee Binti Babeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="43" bcv="JER.50.43" />Mfalme wa Babeli amesikia habari kuwahusu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo mikono yake imelegea.
</q>
<q style="q1">Uchungu umemshika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maumivu kama ya mwanamke katika utungu wa kuzaa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="44" bcv="JER.50.44" />Kama simba anayepanda kutoka vichaka vya Yordani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuja kwenye nchi ya malisho mengi,
</q>
<q style="q1">ndivyo nitamfukuza Babeli kutoka nchi yake ghafula.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani aliye mteule,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakayemweka kwa ajili ya jambo hili?
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni nani aliye kama mimi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ni nani awezaye kunipinga?
</q>
<q style="q1">Tena ni mchungaji yupi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">awezaye kusimama kinyume nami?”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="45" bcv="JER.50.45" />Kwa hiyo, sikia kile
<nd>Bwana</nd> alichokipanga dhidi ya Babeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kile alichokusudia dhidi ya nchi ya Wakaldayo:
</q>
<q style="q1">Aliye mchanga katika kundi ataburutwa mbali.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yeye ataharibu kabisa malisho yao kwa sababu yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="46" bcv="JER.50.46" />Kwa sauti ya kutekwa kwa Babeli, dunia itatetemeka;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kilio chake kitasikika pote miongoni mwa mataifa.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="51" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.51.1" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Tazama nitaamsha roho ya mwangamizi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhidi ya Babeli na watu wakaao Leb-Kamai.<f caller="+"><fr>51:1
</fr><ft>Leb-Kamai ni Ukaldayo, yaani Babeli, kwa fumbo.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JER.51.2" />Nitawatuma wageni Babeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kumpepeta na kuiharibu nchi yake;
</q>
<q style="q1">watampinga kila upande
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku ya maafa yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JER.51.3" />Usimwache mpiga upinde afunge kamba upinde wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala usimwache avae silaha zake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Usiwaonee huruma vijana wake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">angamiza jeshi lake kabisa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JER.51.4" />Wataanguka waliouawa katika Babeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakiwa na majeraha ya kutisha barabarani zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JER.51.5" />Kwa maana Israeli na Yuda hawajaachwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Mungu wao,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote,
</q>
<q style="q1">ingawa nchi yao imejaa uovu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele zake yeye Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JER.51.6" />“Kimbieni kutoka Babeli!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Okoeni maisha yenu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Msiangamizwe kwa sababu ya dhambi zake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni wakati wa kisasi cha
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atamlipa kile anachostahili.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JER.51.7" />Babeli alikuwa kikombe cha dhahabu katika mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliufanya ulimwengu wote ulewe.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mataifa walikunywa mvinyo wake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiyo sasa wameingiwa na wazimu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JER.51.8" />Babeli ataanguka ghafula na kuvunjika.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mwombolezeni!
</q>
<q style="q1">Tafuteni zeri ya kutuliza maumivu yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">labda anaweza kupona.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JER.51.9" />“ ‘Tungemponya Babeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hawezi kuponyeka;
</q>
<q style="q1">tumwacheni, na kila mmoja wetu aende nchi yake mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa hukumu yake inafika angani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">inapanda juu hadi mawinguni.’
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JER.51.10" />“ ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> amethibitisha haki yetu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">njooni, tutangaze katika Sayuni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kitu ambacho
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu amefanya.’
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JER.51.11" />“Noeni mishale,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">chukueni ngao!
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> amewaamsha wafalme wa Wamedi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu nia yake ni kuangamiza Babeli.
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> atalipiza kisasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kisasi kwa ajili ya Hekalu lake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JER.51.12" />Twekeni bendera juu ya kuta za Babeli!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Imarisheni ulinzi,
</q>
<q style="q1">wekeni walinzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">andaeni waviziao!
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> atatimiza kusudi lake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amri yake juu ya watu wa Babeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JER.51.13" />Wewe uishiye kando ya maji mengi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uliye na wingi wa hazina,
</q>
<q style="q1">mwisho wako umekuja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wako wa kukatiliwa mbali.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JER.51.14" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ameapa kwa nafsi yake mwenyewe:
</q>
<q style="q1">‘Hakika nitakujaza na watu, kama kundi la nzige,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watapiga kelele za ushindi juu yako.’
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JER.51.15" />“Aliiumba dunia kwa uweza wake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akaweka misingi ya ulimwengu kwa hekima yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na akazitandaza mbingu kwa ufahamu wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JER.51.16" />Atoapo sauti yake, maji yaliyo katika mbingu hunguruma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huyafanya mawingu yainuke kutoka miisho ya dunia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hupeleka umeme wa radi pamoja na mvua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye huuleta upepo kutoka ghala zake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JER.51.17" />“Kila mtu ni mjinga na hana maarifa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila sonara ameaibishwa na sanamu zake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Vinyago vyake ni vya udanganyifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">havina pumzi ndani yavyo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JER.51.18" />Havifai kitu, ni vitu vya kufanyia mzaha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hukumu yavyo itakapowadia, vitaangamia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JER.51.19" />Yeye Aliye Fungu la Yakobo sivyo alivyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwani ndiye Muumba wa vitu vyote,
</q>
<q style="q1">pamoja na kabila la urithi wake:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote ndilo jina lake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JER.51.20" />“Wewe ndiwe rungu langu la vita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">silaha yangu ya vita:
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa wewe navunjavunja mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa wewe naangamiza falme,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JER.51.21" />kwa wewe navunjavunja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">farasi na mpanda farasi,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa wewe navunjavunja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">gari la vita na mwendeshaji wake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="JER.51.22" />kwa wewe napondaponda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwanaume na mwanamke,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa wewe napondaponda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mzee na kijana,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa wewe napondaponda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kijana wa kiume na mwanamwali,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JER.51.23" />kwa wewe nampondaponda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mchungaji na kundi,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa wewe nampondaponda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkulima na maksai,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa wewe nawapondaponda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watawala na maafisa.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="JER.51.24" />“Mbele ya macho yako nitamlipiza Babeli na wote waishio Ukaldayo kwa ajili ya makosa yote waliyofanya katika Sayuni,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JER.51.25" />“Mimi niko kinyume nawe, ee mlima unaoharibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe uangamizaye dunia yote,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">“Nitanyoosha mkono wangu dhidi yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikuvingirishe kutoka kwenye kilele cha mwamba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukufanya mlima ulioteketezwa kwa moto.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="JER.51.26" />Hakuna jiwe litakalochukuliwa kutoka kwako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya kufanywa jiwe la pembeni,
</q>
<q style="q1">wala jiwe lolote kwa ajili ya msingi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana utakuwa ukiwa milele,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JER.51.27" />“Twekeni bendera katika nchi!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Pigeni tarumbeta katikati ya mataifa!
</q>
<q style="q1">Andaeni mataifa kwa ajili ya vita dhidi yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">iteni falme hizi dhidi yake:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ararati, Mini na Ashkenazi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wekeni jemadari dhidi yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pelekeni farasi wengi kama kundi la nzige.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="JER.51.28" />Andaeni mataifa kwa ajili ya vita dhidi yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wafalme wa Wamedi,
</q>
<q style="q1">watawala wao na maafisa wao wote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na nchi zote wanazotawala.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="JER.51.29" />Nchi inatetemeka na kugaagaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa makusudi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> dhidi ya Babeli yanasimama:
</q>
<q style="q1">yaani, kuangamiza nchi ya Babeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili pasiwe na yeyote atakayeishi humo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="JER.51.30" />Mashujaa wa Babeli wameacha kupigana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamebaki katika ngome zao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nguvu zao zimekwisha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamekuwa kama wanawake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Makazi yake yameteketezwa kwa moto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">makomeo ya malango yake yamevunjika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="JER.51.31" />Tarishi mmoja humfuata mwingine,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mjumbe humfuata mjumbe,
</q>
<q style="q1">kumtangazia mfalme wa Babeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba mji wake wote umetekwa,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="JER.51.32" />Vivuko vya mito vimekamatwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mabwawa yenye mafunjo yametiwa moto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao askari wameingiwa na hofu kuu.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="JER.51.33" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wa Israeli, asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Binti Babeli ni kama sakafu ya kupuria
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati inapokanyagwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wa kumvuna utakuja upesi.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="JER.51.34" />“Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli ametula,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ametufanya tuchangayikiwe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ametufanya tuwe gudulia tupu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kama nyoka ametumeza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kujaza tumbo lake kwa vyakula vyetu vizuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kisha akatutapika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="JER.51.35" />Jeuri iliyofanyiwa miili yetu<f caller="+"><fr>51:35
</fr><ft>Au: Jeuri tuliyofanyiwa sisi na watoto wetu.</ft></f> na iwe juu ya Babeli,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo wasemavyo wakaao Sayuni.
</q>
<q style="q1">“Damu yetu na iwe juu ya wale waishio Babeli,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="JER.51.36" />Kwa hiyo, hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Tazama, nitatetea shauri lako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kulipiza kisasi kwa ajili yako;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitaikausha bahari yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzikausha chemchemi zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="37" bcv="JER.51.37" />Babeli utakuwa lundo la magofu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na makao ya mbweha,
</q>
<q style="q1">kitu cha kutisha na kudharauliwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahali asipoishi mtu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="38" bcv="JER.51.38" />Watu wake wote wananguruma kama simba wadogo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanakoroma kama wana simba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="39" bcv="JER.51.39" />Lakini wakati wakiwa wameamshwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitawaandalia karamu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwafanya walewe,
</q>
<q style="q1">ili wapige kelele kwa kicheko,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kisha walale milele na wasiamke,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="40" bcv="JER.51.40" />“Nitawateremsha kama wana-kondoo waendao machinjoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama kondoo dume na mbuzi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="41" bcv="JER.51.41" />“Tazama jinsi Sheshaki<f caller="+"><fr>51:41
</fr><ft>Sheshaki ni Babeli kwa fumbo.</ft></f> atakamatwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">majivuno ya dunia yote yatakavyonyakuliwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Babeli atakuwa mwenye hofu kiasi gani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kati ya mataifa!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="42" bcv="JER.51.42" />Bahari itainuka juu ya Babeli;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mawimbi yake yenye kunguruma yatamfunika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="43" bcv="JER.51.43" />Miji yake itakuwa ukiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kame na jangwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">nchi ambayo hakuna yeyote anayeishi ndani yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambayo hakuna mtu anayepita humo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="44" bcv="JER.51.44" />Nitamwadhibu Beli katika Babeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumfanya atapike kile alichokimeza.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mataifa hayatamiminika tena kwake.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nao ukuta wa Babeli utaanguka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="45" bcv="JER.51.45" />“Tokeni ndani yake, enyi watu wangu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Okoeni maisha yenu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ikimbieni hasira kali ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="46" bcv="JER.51.46" />Msikate tamaa wala msiogope tetesi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zitakaposikika katika nchi;
</q>
<q style="q1">tetesi moja inasikika mwaka huu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyingine mwaka unaofuata;
</q>
<q style="q1">tetesi juu ya jeuri katika nchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ya mtawala dhidi ya mtawala.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="47" bcv="JER.51.47" />Kwa kuwa hakika wakati utawadia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakapoziadhibu sanamu za Babeli;
</q>
<q style="q1">nchi yake yote itatiwa aibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na watu wake wote waliouawa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataangukia ndani yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="48" bcv="JER.51.48" />Ndipo mbingu na dunia na vyote vilivyomo ndani yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vitapiga kelele za shangwe juu ya Babeli,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa kutoka kaskazini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waharabu watamshambulia,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="49" bcv="JER.51.49" />“Babeli ni lazima aanguke kwa sababu ya kuwaua Waisraeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama vile waliouawa duniani kote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walivyoanguka kwa sababu ya Babeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="50" bcv="JER.51.50" />Wewe uliyepona upanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ondoka wala usikawie!
</q>
<q style="q1">Mkumbuke
<nd>Bwana</nd> ukiwa katika nchi ya mbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na utafakari juu ya Yerusalemu.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="51" bcv="JER.51.51" />“Tumetahayari, kwa maana tumetukanwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na aibu imefunika nyuso zetu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu wageni wameingia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahali patakatifu pa nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="52" bcv="JER.51.52" />“Lakini siku zinakuja,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“nitakapoadhibu sanamu zake,
</q>
<q style="q1">na katika nchi yake yote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waliojeruhiwa watalia kwa maumivu makali.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="53" bcv="JER.51.53" />Hata kama Babeli ikifika angani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuziimarisha ngome zake ndefu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitatuma waharabu dhidi yake,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="54" bcv="JER.51.54" />“Sauti ya kilio inasikika kutoka Babeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sauti ya uharibifu mkuu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka nchi ya Wakaldayo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="55" bcv="JER.51.55" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ataiangamiza Babeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atanyamazisha makelele ya kishindo chake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mawimbi ya adui yatanguruma kama maji makuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ngurumo ya sauti zao itavuma.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="56" bcv="JER.51.56" />Mharabu atakuja dhidi ya Babeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mashujaa wake watakamatwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo pinde zao zitavunjwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni Mungu wa kisasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye atalipiza kikamilifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="57" bcv="JER.51.57" />Nitawafanya maafisa wake na wenye busara walewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watawala wao, maafisa, pamoja na wapiganaji wao;
</q>
<q style="q1">watalala milele na hawataamka,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema Mfalme, ambaye jina lake ni
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="58" bcv="JER.51.58" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Ukuta mnene wa Babeli utasawazishwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na malango yaliyoinuka yatateketezwa kwa moto;
</q>
<q style="q1">mataifa yanajichosha bure,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">taabu ya mataifa ni nishati tu ya miali ya moto.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="59" bcv="JER.51.59" />Huu ndio ujumbe Yeremia aliompa afisa Seraya mwana wa Neria mwana wa Maaseya, alipokwenda Babeli pamoja na Sedekia mfalme wa Yuda, katika mwaka wa nne wa utawala wake.
<ve />
<v id="60" bcv="JER.51.60" />Yeremia alikuwa ameandika ndani ya kitabu kuhusu maafa yote yatakayoipata Babeli, yaani yote yaliyokuwa yameandikwa kuhusu Babeli.
<ve />
<v id="61" bcv="JER.51.61" />Yeremia akamwambia Seraya, “Utakapofika Babeli, hakikisha kwamba umesoma maneno haya yote kwa sauti kubwa.
<ve />
<v id="62" bcv="JER.51.62" />Kisha sema, ‘Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, umesema utaangamiza mahali hapa ili mtu wala mnyama asiishi ndani yake, napo patakuwa ukiwa milele.’
<ve />
<v id="63" bcv="JER.51.63" />Utakapomaliza kusoma hiki kitabu, kifungie jiwe kisha ukitupe ndani ya Mto Frati.
<ve />
<v id="64" bcv="JER.51.64" />Kisha sema, ‘Hivi ndivyo Babeli utakavyozama na usiinuke tena, kwa sababu ya maafa nitakayoleta juu yake. Nao watu wake wataanguka.’ ”
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p">Maneno ya Yeremia yanaishia hapa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="52" />
<s style="s1">Anguko La Yerusalemu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(2 Wafalme 24:18–25:30)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JER.52.1" />Sedekia alikuwa na umri wa miaka ishirini na mmoja alipoanza kutawala, naye akatawala huko Yerusalemu kwa miaka kumi na mmoja. Jina la mama yake aliitwa Hamutali binti Yeremia, kutoka Libna.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JER.52.2" />Alifanya maovu machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kama alivyofanya Yehoyakimu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JER.52.3" />Ilikuwa ni kwa sababu ya hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> haya yote yalitokea Yerusalemu na Yuda, naye mwishoni akawaondoa mbele zake.
</p>
<p style="p">Basi, Sedekia akaasi dhidi ya mfalme wa Babeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JER.52.4" />Hivyo katika mwaka wa tisa wa utawala wa Sedekia, katika siku ya kumi ya mwezi wa kumi, Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli akiwa na jeshi lake lote alifanya vita dhidi ya Yerusalemu. Wakapiga kambi nje ya mji na kuuzunguka mji pande zote.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JER.52.5" />Mji ulizungukwa na jeshi mpaka mwaka wa kumi na moja wa utawala wa Mfalme Sedekia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JER.52.6" />Ilipowadia siku ya tisa ya mwezi wa nne, njaa ikazidi kuwa kali sana ndani ya mji, hadi hapakuwa na chakula kwa ajili ya watu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JER.52.7" />Kisha ukuta wa mji ukavunjwa na jeshi lote likakimbia. Wakaondoka mjini usiku kupitia lango lililokuwa kati ya kuta mbili karibu na bustani ya mfalme, ingawa Wakaldayo walikuwa wameuzunguka mji. Wakakimbia kuelekea Araba.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JER.52.8" />Lakini jeshi la Wakaldayo likamfuatia Mfalme Sedekia na kumpata katika sehemu tambarare za Yeriko. Askari wake wote wakatengwa naye na kutawanyika,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JER.52.9" />naye akakamatwa.
</p>
<p style="p">Akapelekwa kwa mfalme wa Babeli huko Ribla, katika nchi ya Hamathi, mahali ambapo alimtangazia hukumu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JER.52.10" />Huko Ribla mfalme wa Babeli aliwachinja wana wa Sedekia mbele ya macho yake. Pia akawaua maafisa wote wa Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JER.52.11" />Kisha akayangʼoa macho ya Sedekia, akamfunga kwa pingu za shaba na kumpeleka Babeli, alipomweka gerezani mpaka siku ya kifo chake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JER.52.12" />Mnamo siku ya kumi ya mwezi wa tano, katika mwaka wa kumi na tisa wa utawala wa Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli, Nebuzaradani jemadari wa askari walinzi wa mfalme, aliyemtumikia mfalme wa Babeli, alikuja Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JER.52.13" />Alichoma moto Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, jumba la kifalme, na nyumba zote za Yerusalemu. Aliteketeza kila jengo muhimu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JER.52.14" />Jeshi lote la Wakaldayo chini ya jemadari wa askari walinzi wa mfalme walivunja kuta zote zilizoizunguka Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JER.52.15" />Nebuzaradani, jemadari wa askari walinzi, akawapeleka uhamishoni baadhi ya watu maskini sana na wale waliobaki katika mji, pamoja na mabaki ya watu wa kawaida, na wale waliojisalimisha kwa mfalme wa Babeli.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JER.52.16" />Lakini Nebuzaradani akawaacha mabaki ya wale watu maskini kabisa ili watunze mashamba ya mizabibu na mashamba mengine.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JER.52.17" />Wakaldayo walivunja vipande zile nguzo za shaba, vile vishikilio vya shaba vilivyohamishika, na ile Bahari ya shaba, ambavyo vyote vilikuwa katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Hivyo wakaichukua hiyo shaba yote na kuipeleka Babeli.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JER.52.18" />Wakachukua pia vyungu, masepetu, mikasi ya kusawazishia tambi, mabakuli ya kunyunyizia, sahani na vyombo vyote vya shaba vilivyotumika katika huduma ya Hekalu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JER.52.19" />Jemadari wa askari walinzi wa mfalme akachukua yale masinia, vile vyetezo, yale mabakuli ya kunyunyizia, zile sufuria, vile vinara vya taa, zile sahani na yale mabakuli yaliyotumika kwa sadaka za vinywaji, vitu vyote vile vilivyokuwa vimetengenezwa kwa dhahabu safi au fedha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="JER.52.20" />Shaba iliyotokana na zile nguzo mbili, ile Bahari na wale mafahali kumi na mawili wa shaba waliokuwa chini yake, pamoja na vile vishikilio vilivyohamishika, ambavyo Mfalme Solomoni alikuwa ametengeneza kwa ajili ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ilikuwa na uzito usioweza kupimika.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JER.52.21" />Kila nguzo ilikuwa na urefu wa dhiraa kumi na nane, kimo chake na mzunguko dhiraa kumi na mbili, na unene wa nyanda nne, na zote zilikuwa wazi ndani.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JER.52.22" />Sehemu ya shaba juu ya ile nguzo moja ilikuwa na urefu wa dhiraa tano, na ilikuwa imepambwa kwa wavu na makomamanga ya shaba kuizunguka kote. Ile nguzo nyingine pamoja na makomamanga yake ilifanana na hiyo ya kwanza.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JER.52.23" />Kulikuwa na makomamanga tisini na sita pembeni; jumla ya makomamanga juu ya wavu uliokuwa umezunguka yalikuwa mia moja.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="JER.52.24" />Yule jemadari wa askari walinzi akawachukua kama wafungwa Seraya kuhani mkuu, kuhani Sefania aliyefuata kwa cheo, na mabawabu watatu.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JER.52.25" />Miongoni mwa wale watu waliokuwa wamesalia katika mji, alimchukua afisa kiongozi wa wapiganaji, na washauri saba wa mfalme. Akamchukua pia mwandishi aliyesimamia uandikishaji wa watu wa nchi, pamoja na watu wake sitini waliopatikana ndani ya mji.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JER.52.26" />Nebuzaradani jemadari akawachukua hao wote na kuwapeleka kwa mfalme wa Babeli huko Ribla.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JER.52.27" />Huko Ribla, katika nchi ya Hamathi, mfalme wa Babeli akaamuru wanyongwe.
</p>
<p style="p">Hivyo Yuda wakaenda utumwani, mbali na nchi yao.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="JER.52.28" />Hii ndiyo hesabu ya watu ambao Nebukadneza aliwachukua kwenda uhamishoni:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1">katika mwaka wa saba,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Wayahudi 3,023;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="29" bcv="JER.52.29" />katika mwaka wa kumi na nane wa utawala wa Nebukadneza,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">watu 832 kutoka Yerusalemu;
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="30" bcv="JER.52.30" />katika mwaka wa ishirini na tatu wa utawala wake,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Wayahudi 745 walichukuliwa kwenda uhamishoni na Nebuzaradani jemadari wa askari walinzi wa mfalme.
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Jumla ya watu wote walikuwa 4,600.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yehoyakini Anaachiwa Huru
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="JER.52.31" />Katika mwaka wa thelathini na saba tangu Yehoyakini mfalme wa Yuda apelekwe uhamishoni, katika mwaka ule ambao Evil-Merodaki<f caller="+"><fr>52:31
</fr><ft>Pia aliitwa Ameli-Mariduki.</ft></f> alifanyika mfalme wa Babeli, alimwacha huru Yehoyakini mfalme wa Yuda, na kumfungua kutoka gerezani siku ya ishirini na tano ya mwezi wa kumi na mbili.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="JER.52.32" />Alizungumza naye kwa upole na kumpa kiti cha heshima zaidi kuliko wale wafalme wengine aliokuwa nao huko Babeli.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="JER.52.33" />Hivyo Yehoyakini akayavua mavazi yake ya mfungwa, na siku zote za maisha yake zilizobaki alikula mezani mwa mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="JER.52.34" />Siku kwa siku mfalme wa Babeli alimpa Yehoyakini posho siku zote za maisha yake, hadi siku ya kifo chake.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="LAM"><id id="LAM">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Maombolezo
</h><toc level="1">Maombolezo
</toc><toc level="2">Maombolezo
</toc><toc level="3">Mao
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Maombolezo
</p>

<c id="1" />
<q style="q1"><f caller="+"><fr>1
</fr><ft>Sura hii imetungwa kila beti likianzia, na pia kila mstari katika lile beti, na herufi ya alfabeti ya Kiebrania zikifuatana tangu Aleph (A) hadi Taw (T); zote ni 22.</ft></f>
<v id="1" bcv="LAM.1.1" />Tazama jinsi mji ulivyoachwa ukiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mji ambao zamani ulikuwa umejaa watu!
</q>
<q style="q1">Jinsi ambavyo umekuwa kama mama mjane,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye wakati fulani alikuwa maarufu miongoni mwa mataifa!
</q>
<q style="q1">Yule ambaye alikuwa malkia miongoni mwa majimbo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sasa amekuwa mtumwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="LAM.1.2" />Kwa uchungu, hulia sana usiku,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">machozi yapo kwenye mashavu yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Miongoni mwa wapenzi wake wote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna yeyote wa kumfariji.
</q>
<q style="q1">Rafiki zake wote wamemsaliti,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamekuwa adui zake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="LAM.1.3" />Baada ya mateso na kufanyishwa kazi kikatili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yuda amekwenda uhamishoni.
</q>
<q style="q1">Anakaa miongoni mwa mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hapati mahali pa kupumzika.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wote ambao wanamsaka wamemkamata
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katikati ya dhiki yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="LAM.1.4" />Barabara zielekeazo Sayuni zaomboleza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa hakuna yeyote anayekuja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye sikukuu zake zilizoamriwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Malango yake yote yamekuwa ukiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">makuhani wake wanalia kwa uchungu,
</q>
<q style="q1">wanawali wake wanahuzunika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye yuko katika uchungu wa maumivu makuu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="LAM.1.5" />Adui zake wamekuwa mabwana zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watesi wake wana raha.
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> amemletea huzuni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya dhambi zake nyingi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watoto wake wamekwenda uhamishoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mateka mbele ya adui.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="LAM.1.6" />Fahari yote imeondoka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka kwa Binti Sayuni.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wakuu wake wako kama ayala
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye hapati malisho,
</q>
<q style="q1">katika udhaifu wamekimbia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele ya anayewasaka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="LAM.1.7" />Katika siku za mateso yake na kutangatanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yerusalemu hukumbuka hazina zote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambazo zilikuwa zake siku za kale.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wakati watu wake walipoanguka katika mikono ya adui,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hapakuwepo na yeyote wa kumsaidia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watesi wake walimtazama
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumcheka katika maangamizi yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="LAM.1.8" />Yerusalemu ametenda dhambi sana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiyo amekuwa najisi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wote waliomheshimu wanamdharau,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana wameuona uchi wake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Yeye mwenyewe anapiga kite
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kugeukia mbali.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="LAM.1.9" />Uchafu wake umegandamana na nguo zake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuwaza juu ya maisha yake ya baadaye.
</q>
<q style="q1">Anguko lake lilikuwa la kushangaza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hapakuwepo na yeyote wa kumfariji.
</q>
<q style="q1">“Tazama, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, teso langu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana adui ameshinda.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="LAM.1.10" />Adui ametia mikono
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya hazina zake zote,
</q>
<q style="q1">aliona mataifa ya kipagani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakiingia mahali patakatifu pake,
</q>
<q style="q1">wale uliowakataza kuingia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye kusanyiko lako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="LAM.1.11" />Watu wake wote wanalia kwa uchungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watafutapo chakula;
</q>
<q style="q1">wanabadilisha hazina zao kwa chakula
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili waweze kuendelea kuishi.
</q>
<q style="q1">“Tazama, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ufikiri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana nimedharauliwa.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="LAM.1.12" />“Je, si kitu kwenu, ninyi nyote mpitao kando?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Angalieni kote mwone.
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, kuna maumivu kama maumivu yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yale yaliyotiwa juu yangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">yale
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyoyaleta juu yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku ya hasira yake kali?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="LAM.1.13" />“Kutoka juu alipeleka moto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akaushusha katika mifupa yangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Aliitandia wavu miguu yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na akanirudisha nyuma.
</q>
<q style="q1">Akanifanya mkiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mdhaifu mchana kutwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="LAM.1.14" />“Dhambi zangu zimefungwa kwenye nira,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mikono yake zilifumwa pamoja.
</q>
<q style="q1">Zimefika shingoni mwangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Bwana ameziondoa nguvu zangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Amenitia mikononi mwa wale
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao siwezi kushindana nao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="LAM.1.15" />“Bwana amewakataa wapiganaji wa vita
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote walio kati yangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">ameagiza jeshi dhidi yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwaponda vijana wangu wa kiume.
</q>
<q style="q1">Katika shinikizo lake la divai Bwana amemkanyaga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Bikira Binti Yuda.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="LAM.1.16" />“Hii ndiyo sababu ninalia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na macho yangu yanafurika machozi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hakuna yeyote aliye karibu kunifariji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna yeyote wa kuhuisha roho yangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watoto wangu ni wakiwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu adui ameshinda.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="LAM.1.17" />Sayuni ananyoosha mikono yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hakuna yeyote wa kumfariji.
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> ametoa amri kwa ajili ya Yakobo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba majirani zake wawe adui zake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yerusalemu umekuwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kitu najisi miongoni mwao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="LAM.1.18" />“<nd>Bwana</nd> ni mwenye haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata hivyo niliasi dhidi ya amri yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Sikilizeni, enyi mataifa yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tazameni maumivu yangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wavulana wangu na wasichana wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamekwenda uhamishoni.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="LAM.1.19" />“Niliita washirika wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini walinisaliti.
</q>
<q style="q1">Makuhani wangu na wazee wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waliangamia mjini
</q>
<q style="q1">walipokuwa wakitafuta chakula
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili waweze kuishi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="LAM.1.20" />“Angalia, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, jinsi nilivyo katika dhiki!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nina maumivu makali ndani yangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">nami ninahangaika moyoni mwangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa nimekuwa mwasi sana.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huko nje, upanga unaua watu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndani, kipo kifo tu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="LAM.1.21" />“Watu wamesikia ninavyolia kwa uchungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hakuna yeyote wa kunifariji.
</q>
<q style="q1">Adui zangu wote wamesikia juu ya dhiki yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanafurahia lile ulilolitenda.
</q>
<q style="q1">Naomba uilete siku uliyoitangaza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili wawe kama mimi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="LAM.1.22" />“Uovu wao wote na uje mbele zako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uwashughulikie wao
</q>
<q style="q1">kama vile ulivyonishughulikia mimi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya dhambi zangu zote.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kulia kwangu kwa uchungu ni kwingi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na moyo wangu umedhoofika.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="2" />
<q style="q1"><f caller="+"><fr>2
</fr><ft>Sura hii imetungwa kila beti likianzia, na pia kila mstari katika lile beti, na herufi ya alfabeti ya Kiebrania zikifuatana tangu Aleph (A) hadi Taw (T); zote ni 22.</ft></f>
<v id="1" bcv="LAM.2.1" />Tazama jinsi Bwana alivyomfunika Binti Sayuni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa wingu la hasira yake!
</q>
<q style="q1">Ameitupa chini fahari ya Israeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka mbinguni mpaka duniani,
</q>
<q style="q1">hakukumbuka kiti chake cha kuwekea miguu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku ya hasira yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="LAM.2.2" />Bila huruma Bwana ameyameza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">makao yote ya Yakobo;
</q>
<q style="q1">katika ghadhabu yake amebomoa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ngome za Binti Yuda.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ameuangusha ufalme wake na wakuu wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">chini kwa aibu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="LAM.2.3" />Katika hasira kali amevunja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila pembe<f caller="+"><fr>2:3
</fr><ft>Pembe inawakilisha nguvu; pia 2:17.</ft></f> ya Israeli.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ameuondoa mkono wake wa kuume
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alipokaribia adui.
</q>
<q style="q1">Amemteketeza Yakobo kama moto uwakao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ule uteketezao kila kitu kinachouzunguka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="LAM.2.4" />Ameupinda upinde wake kama adui,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkono wake wa kuume uko tayari.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kama vile adui amewachinja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote waliokuwa wanapendeza jicho,
</q>
<q style="q1">amemwaga ghadhabu yake kama moto
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya hema la Binti Sayuni.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="LAM.2.5" />Bwana ni kama adui;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amemmeza Israeli.
</q>
<q style="q1">Amemeza majumba yake yote ya kifalme
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuangamiza ngome zake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ameongeza huzuni na maombolezo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya Binti Yuda.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="LAM.2.6" />Ameharibu maskani yake kama bustani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ameharibu mahali pake pa mkutano.
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> amemfanya Sayuni kusahau
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikukuu zake zilizoamriwa na Sabato zake;
</q>
<q style="q1">katika hasira yake kali amewadharau
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mfalme na kuhani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="LAM.2.7" />Bwana amekataa madhabahu yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuacha mahali patakatifu pake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Amemkabidhi adui kuta
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">za majumba yake ya kifalme;
</q>
<q style="q1">wamepiga kelele katika nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama katika siku ya sikukuu iliyoamriwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="LAM.2.8" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alikusudia kuangusha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukuta uliomzunguka Binti Sayuni.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ameinyoosha kamba ya kupimia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hakuuzuia mkono wake usiangamize.
</q>
<q style="q1">Alifanya maboma na kuta ziomboleze,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vyote vikaharibika pamoja.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="LAM.2.9" />Malango yake yamezama ardhini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">makomeo yake ameyavunja na kuyaharibu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mfalme wake na wakuu wake wamepelekwa uhamishoni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miongoni mwa mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sheria haipo tena,
</q>
<q style="q1">na manabii wake hawapati tena
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maono kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="LAM.2.10" />Wazee wa Binti Sayuni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaketi chini kimya,
</q>
<q style="q1">wamenyunyiza mavumbi kwenye vichwa vyao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuvaa nguo za gunia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanawali wa Yerusalemu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamesujudu hadi ardhini.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="LAM.2.11" />Macho yangu yamedhoofika kwa kulia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nina maumivu makali ndani,
</q>
<q style="q1">moyo wangu umemiminwa ardhini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu watu wangu wameangamizwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu watoto na wanyonyao wanazimia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye barabara za mji.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="LAM.2.12" />Wanawaambia mama zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Wapi mkate na divai?”
</q>
<q style="q1">wazimiapo kama watu waliojeruhiwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika barabara za mji,
</q>
<q style="q1">maisha yao yadhoofikavyo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mikononi mwa mama zao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="LAM.2.13" />Ninaweza kusema nini kwa ajili yako?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nikulinganishe na nini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ee Binti Yerusalemu?
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitakufananisha na nini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili nipate kukufariji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ee Bikira Binti Sayuni?
</q>
<q style="q1">Jeraha lako lina kina kama bahari.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani awezaye kukuponya?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="LAM.2.14" />Maono ya manabii wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yalikuwa ya uongo na yasiyofaa kitu,
</q>
<q style="q1">hawakuifunua dhambi yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kukuzuilia kwenda utumwani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Maneno waliyokupa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yalikuwa ya uongo na ya kupotosha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="LAM.2.15" />Wote wapitiao njia yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanakupigia makofi,
</q>
<q style="q1">wanakudhihaki na kutikisa vichwa vyao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa Binti Yerusalemu:
</q>
<q style="q1">“Huu ndio ule mji ulioitwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkamilifu wa uzuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">furaha ya dunia yote?”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="LAM.2.16" />Adui zako wote wanapanua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vinywa vyao dhidi yako,
</q>
<q style="q1">wanadhihaki na kusaga meno yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kusema, “Tumemmeza.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hii ndiyo siku tuliyoingojea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tumeishi na kuiona.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="LAM.2.17" /><nd>Bwana</nd> amefanya lile alilolipanga;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ametimiza neno lake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliloliamuru siku za kale.
</q>
<q style="q1">Amekuangusha bila huruma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amewaacha adui wakusimange,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ametukuza pembe ya adui yako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="LAM.2.18" />Mioyo ya watu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">inamlilia Bwana.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ee ukuta wa Binti Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">machozi yako na yatiririke kama mto
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiku na mchana;
</q>
<q style="q1">usijipe nafuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">macho yako yasipumzike.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="LAM.2.19" />Inuka, lia usiku,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zamu za usiku zianzapo;
</q>
<q style="q1">mimina moyo wako kama maji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele za Bwana.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mwinulie yeye mikono yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya maisha ya watoto wako,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambao wanazimia kwa njaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye kila mwanzo wa barabara.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="LAM.2.20" />“Tazama, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ufikirie:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani ambaye umepata
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kumtendea namna hii?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, wanawake wakule wazao wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watoto waliowalea?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, kuhani na nabii auawe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahali patakatifu pa Bwana?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="LAM.2.21" />“Vijana na wazee hujilaza pamoja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika mavumbi ya barabarani,
</q>
<q style="q1">wavulana wangu na wasichana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wameanguka kwa upanga.
</q>
<q style="q1">Umewaua katika siku ya hasira yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umewachinja bila huruma.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="LAM.2.22" />“Kama ulivyoita siku ya karamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo ulivyoagiza hofu kuu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhidi yangu kila upande.
</q>
<q style="q1">Katika siku ya hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna yeyote aliyekwepa au kupona;
</q>
<q style="q1">wale niliowatunza na kuwalea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">adui yangu amewaangamiza.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="3" />
<q style="q1"><f caller="+"><fr>3
</fr><ft>Sura hii imetungwa kila beti likianzia, na pia kila mstari katika lile beti, na herufi ya alfabeti ya Kiebrania zikifuatana tangu Aleph (A) hadi Taw (T); zote ni 22.</ft></f>
<v id="1" bcv="LAM.3.1" />Mimi ndiye mtu aliyeona mateso
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa fimbo ya ghadhabu yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="LAM.3.2" />Amenifukuzia mbali na kunifanya nitembee
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">gizani wala si katika nuru;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="LAM.3.3" />hakika, amegeuza mkono wake dhidi yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tena na tena, mchana kutwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="LAM.3.4" />Amefanya ngozi yangu na nyama yangu kuchakaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ameivunja mifupa yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="LAM.3.5" />Amenizingira na kunizunguka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa uchungu na taabu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="LAM.3.6" />Amenifanya niishi gizani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama wale waliokufa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="LAM.3.7" />Amenizungushia ukuta ili nisiweze kutoroka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amenifunga kwa minyororo mizito.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="LAM.3.8" />Hata ninapoita au kulia ili kuomba msaada,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anakataa kupokea maombi yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="LAM.3.9" />Ameizuia njia yangu kwa mapande ya mawe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amepotosha njia zangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="LAM.3.10" />Kama dubu aviziaye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama simba mafichoni,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="LAM.3.11" />ameniburuta kutoka njia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akanirarua na kuniacha bila msaada.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="LAM.3.12" />Amevuta upinde wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunifanya mimi niwe lengo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya mishale yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="LAM.3.13" />Alinichoma moyo wangu kwa mishale
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">iliyotoka kwenye podo lake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="LAM.3.14" />Nimekuwa kichekesho kwa watu wangu wote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wananidhihaki kwa wimbo mchana kutwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="LAM.3.15" />Amenijaza kwa majani machungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunishibisha kwa nyongo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="LAM.3.16" />Amevunja meno yangu kwa changarawe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amenikanyagia mavumbini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="LAM.3.17" />Amani yangu imeondolewa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimesahau kufanikiwa ni nini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="LAM.3.18" />Kwa hiyo nasema, “Fahari yangu imeondoka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na yale yote niliyokuwa nimetarajia kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="LAM.3.19" />Nayakumbuka mateso yangu na kutangatanga kwangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uchungu na nyongo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="LAM.3.20" />Ninayakumbuka vyema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo nafsi yangu imezimia ndani yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="LAM.3.21" />Hata hivyo najikumbusha neno hili
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa hiyo ninalo tumaini.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="LAM.3.22" />Kwa sababu ya upendo mkuu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, hatuangamii,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa huruma zake hazikomi kamwe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="LAM.3.23" />Ni mpya kila asubuhi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uaminifu wako ni mkuu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="LAM.3.24" />Nimeiambia nafsi yangu, “<nd>Bwana</nd> ni fungu langu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiyo nitamngojea.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="LAM.3.25" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ni mwema kwa wale ambao tumaini lao ni kwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa yule ambaye humtafuta;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="LAM.3.26" />ni vyema kungojea kwa utulivu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya wokovu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="LAM.3.27" />Ni vyema mtu kuchukua nira
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bado angali kijana.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="LAM.3.28" />Na akae peke yake awe kimya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameiweka juu yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="LAM.3.29" />Na azike uso wake mavumbini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bado panawezekana kuwa na matumaini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="LAM.3.30" />Na atoe shavu lake kwa yule ampigaye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ajazwe na aibu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="LAM.3.31" />Kwa kuwa watu hawakatiliwi mbali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Bwana milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="LAM.3.32" />Ingawa huleta huzuni, ataonyesha huruma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa upendo wake usiokoma ni mkuu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="LAM.3.33" />Kwa maana hapendi kuwaletea mateso
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au huzuni watoto wa wanadamu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="LAM.3.34" />Kuwaponda chini ya nyayo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wafungwa wote katika nchi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="LAM.3.35" />Kumnyima mtu haki zake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele za Aliye Juu Sana,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="36" bcv="LAM.3.36" />kumnyima mtu haki:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, Bwana asione mambo kama haya?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="37" bcv="LAM.3.37" />Nani awezaye kusema nalo likatendeka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama Bwana hajaamuru?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="38" bcv="LAM.3.38" />Je, si ni kwenye kinywa cha Aliye Juu Sana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndiko yatokako maafa na mambo mema?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="39" bcv="LAM.3.39" />Mwanadamu yeyote aliye hai aweza kulalamika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati anapoadhibiwa kwa ajili ya dhambi zake?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="40" bcv="LAM.3.40" />Tuzichunguze njia zetu na kuzijaribu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na tumrudie
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="41" bcv="LAM.3.41" />Tuinue mioyo yetu pamoja na mikono yetu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa Mungu mbinguni, na tuseme:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="42" bcv="LAM.3.42" />“Tumetenda dhambi na kuasi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe hujasamehe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="43" bcv="LAM.3.43" />“Umejifunika mwenyewe kwa hasira na kutufuatilia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umetuchinja bila huruma.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="44" bcv="LAM.3.44" />Unajifunika mwenyewe kwa wingu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili pasiwe na ombi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">litakaloweza kupenya.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="45" bcv="LAM.3.45" />Umetufanya takataka na uchafu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miongoni mwa mataifa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="46" bcv="LAM.3.46" />“Adui zetu wote wamefumbua vinywa vyao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wazi dhidi yetu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="47" bcv="LAM.3.47" />Tumeteseka kwa hofu kuu na shida ya ghafula,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uharibifu na maangamizi.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="48" bcv="LAM.3.48" />Vijito vya machozi vinatiririka kutoka machoni mwangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu watu wangu wameangamizwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="49" bcv="LAM.3.49" />Macho yangu yatatiririka machozi bila kukoma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bila kupata nafuu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="50" bcv="LAM.3.50" />hadi
<nd>Bwana</nd> atazame chini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka mbinguni na kuona.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="51" bcv="LAM.3.51" />Lile ninaloliona huniletea huzuni nafsini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya wanawake wote wa mji wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="52" bcv="LAM.3.52" />Wale waliokuwa adui zangu bila sababu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wameniwinda kama ndege.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="53" bcv="LAM.3.53" />Walijaribu kukomesha maisha yangu ndani ya shimo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunitupia mawe;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="54" bcv="LAM.3.54" />maji yalifunika juu ya kichwa changu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nikafikiri nilikuwa karibu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kukatiliwa mbali.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="55" bcv="LAM.3.55" />Nililiitia jina lako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka vina vya shimo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="56" bcv="LAM.3.56" />Ulisikia ombi langu: “Usikizibie masikio yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kilio changu nikuombapo msaada.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="57" bcv="LAM.3.57" />Ulikuja karibu nilipokuita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe ukasema, “Usiogope.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="58" bcv="LAM.3.58" />Ee Bwana, ulichukua shauri langu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukaukomboa uhai wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="59" bcv="LAM.3.59" />Umeona, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ubaya niliotendewa.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Tetea shauri langu!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="60" bcv="LAM.3.60" />Umeona kina cha kisasi chao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mashauri yao yote mabaya dhidi yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="61" bcv="LAM.3.61" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, umesikia matukano yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mashauri yao yote mabaya dhidi yangu:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="62" bcv="LAM.3.62" />kile adui zangu wanachonongʼona na kunungʼunikia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhidi yangu mchana kutwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="63" bcv="LAM.3.63" />Watazame! Wakiwa wameketi au wamesimama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wananidhihaki katika nyimbo zao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="64" bcv="LAM.3.64" />Uwalipe kile wanachostahili, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa yale ambayo mikono yao imetenda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="65" bcv="LAM.3.65" />Weka pazia juu ya mioyo yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">laana yako na iwe juu yao!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="66" bcv="LAM.3.66" />Wafuatilie katika hasira na uwaangamize
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka chini ya mbingu za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="4" />
<q style="q1"><f caller="+"><fr>4
</fr><ft>Sura hii imetungwa kila beti likianzia, na pia kila mstari katika lile beti, na herufi ya alfabeti ya Kiebrania zikifuatana tangu Aleph (A) hadi Taw (T); zote ni 22.</ft></f>
<v id="1" bcv="LAM.4.1" />Jinsi dhahabu ilivyopoteza mngʼao wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhahabu iliyo safi haingʼai!
</q>
<q style="q1">Vito vya thamani vimetawanywa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye mwanzo wa kila barabara.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="LAM.4.2" />Wana wa Sayuni wenye thamani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao mwanzo uzito wa thamani yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulikuwa wa dhahabu,
</q>
<q style="q1">sasa wanaangaliwa kama vyungu vya udongo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kazi ya mikono ya mfinyanzi!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="LAM.4.3" />Hata mbweha hutoa matiti yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kunyonyesha watoto wao,
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini watu wangu wamekuwa wasio na huruma
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mbuni jangwani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="LAM.4.4" />Kwa sababu ya kiu ulimi wa mtoto mchanga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umegandamana na kaakaa la kinywa chake,
</q>
<q style="q1">watoto huomba mkate,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hakuna yeyote awapaye.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="LAM.4.5" />Wale waliokula vyakula vya kifahari
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni maskini barabarani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wale waliokuzwa wakivaa nguo za zambarau
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sasa wanalalia majivu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="LAM.4.6" />Adhabu ya watu wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni kubwa kuliko ile ya Sodoma,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambayo ilipinduliwa ghafula
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bila kuwepo mkono wa msaada.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="LAM.4.7" />Wakuu wao walikuwa wamengʼaa kuliko theluji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na weupe kuliko maziwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">miili yao ilikuwa myekundu kuliko marijani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuonekana kwao kama yakuti samawi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="LAM.4.8" />Lakini sasa ni weusi kuliko masizi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawatambulikani barabarani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ngozi yao imeshikamana juu ya mifupa yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">imekuwa mikavu kama fimbo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="LAM.4.9" />Wale waliouawa kwa upanga ni bora
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko wale wanaokufa njaa;
</q>
<q style="q1">wanateseka kwa njaa, wanatokomea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kukosa chakula kutoka shambani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="LAM.4.10" />Kwa mikono yao wenyewe wanawake wenye huruma
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanapika watoto wao wenyewe,
</q>
<q style="q1">waliokuwa chakula chao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wangu walipoangamizwa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="LAM.4.11" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ametoa nafasi kamilifu ya ghadhabu yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ameimwaga hasira yake kali.
</q>
<q style="q1">Amewasha moto katika Sayuni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao umeteketeza misingi yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="LAM.4.12" />Wafalme wa dunia hawakuamini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala mtu yeyote wa duniani,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwamba adui na watesi wangeweza kuingia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye malango ya Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="LAM.4.13" />Lakini hili lilitokea kwa sababu ya dhambi za manabii wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na maovu ya makuhani wake,
</q>
<q style="q1">waliomwaga ndani yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">damu ya wenye haki.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="LAM.4.14" />Sasa wanapapasa papasa barabarani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama watu ambao ni vipofu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wamenajisiwa kabisa kwa damu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata hakuna anayethubutu kugusa mavazi yao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="LAM.4.15" />Watu wanawapigia kelele, “Ondokeni! Ninyi ni najisi!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ondokeni! Ondokeni! Msituguse!”
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanapokimbia na kutangatanga huku na huko,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu miongoni mwa mataifa wanasema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Hawawezi kukaa hapa zaidi.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="LAM.4.16" /><nd>Bwana</nd> mwenyewe amewatawanya;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawaangalii tena.
</q>
<q style="q1">Makuhani hawaonyeshwi heshima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wazee hawakubaliki.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="LAM.4.17" />Zaidi ya hayo, macho yetu yalichoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kutazamia bure msaada;
</q>
<q style="q1">tuliangalia kutoka minara yetu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa taifa lisiloweza kutuokoa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="LAM.4.18" />Watu walituvizia katika kila hatua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata hatukuweza kutembea katika barabara zetu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mwisho wetu ulikuwa karibu, siku zetu zilikuwa zimetimia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana mwisho wetu ulikuwa umefika.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="LAM.4.19" />Waliotufuatia walikuwa wepesi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko tai angani;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walitusaka juu milimani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutuvizia jangwani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="LAM.4.20" />Mpakwa mafuta wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, pumzi ya uhai wetu hasa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alinaswa katika mitego yao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Tulifikiri kwamba chini ya kivuli chake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tungeliweza kuishi miongoni mwa mataifa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="LAM.4.21" />Shangilia na ufurahi, ee Binti Edomu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe unayeishi nchi ya Usi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini kwako pia kikombe kitapitishwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Utalewa na kuvuliwa nguo ubaki uchi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="LAM.4.22" />Ee Binti Sayuni, adhabu yako itaisha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hatarefusha muda wako wa kukaa uhamishoni.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini, ee Binti Edomu, ataadhibu dhambi yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na atafunua uovu wako.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="5" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="LAM.5.1" />Kumbuka, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, yaliyotupata,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tazama, nawe uione aibu yetu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="LAM.5.2" />Urithi wetu umegeuziwa kwa wageni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nyumba zetu kwa wageni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="LAM.5.3" />Tumekuwa yatima wasio na baba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mama zetu wamekuwa kama wajane.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="LAM.5.4" />Ni lazima tununue maji tunayokunywa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuni zetu zapatikana tu kwa kununua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="LAM.5.5" />Wanaotufuatilia wapo kwenye visigino vyetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tumechoka na hakuna pumziko.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="LAM.5.6" />Tumejitolea kwa Misri na Ashuru
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tupate chakula cha kutosha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="LAM.5.7" />Baba zetu walitenda dhambi na hawapo tena,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na sisi tunachukua adhabu yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="LAM.5.8" />Watumwa wanatutawala
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hakuna wa kutuokoa mikononi yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="LAM.5.9" />Tunapata chakula chetu kwa kuhatarisha maisha yetu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya upanga jangwani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="LAM.5.10" />Ngozi yetu ina joto kama tanuru,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya fadhaa itokanayo na njaa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="LAM.5.11" />Wanawake wametendwa jeuri katika Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mabikira katika miji ya Yuda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="LAM.5.12" />Wakuu wametungikwa juu kwa mikono yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wazee hawapewi heshima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="LAM.5.13" />Vijana wanataabika kwenye mawe ya kusagia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wavulana wanayumbayumba chini ya mizigo ya kuni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="LAM.5.14" />Wazee wameondoka langoni la mji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vijana wameacha kuimba nyimbo zao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="LAM.5.15" />Furaha imeondoka mioyoni mwetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kucheza kwetu kumegeuka maombolezo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="LAM.5.16" />Taji imeanguka kutoka kichwani petu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ole wetu, kwa maana tumetenda dhambi!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="LAM.5.17" />Kwa sababu hiyo, mioyo yetu inazimia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya hayo, macho yetu yamefifia,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="LAM.5.18" />kwa ajili ya Mlima Sayuni, ambao unakaa ukiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao mbweha wanatembea juu yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="LAM.5.19" />Wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> unatawala milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kiti chako cha enzi chadumu kizazi hadi kizazi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="LAM.5.20" />Kwa nini watusahau siku zote?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa nini umetuacha kwa muda mrefu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="LAM.5.21" />Turudishe kwako mwenyewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili tupate kurudi.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Zifanye mpya siku zetu kama siku za kale,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="LAM.5.22" />isipokuwa uwe umetukataa kabisa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na umetukasirikia pasipo kipimo.<ve />
</q>
</book>
<book id="EZK"><id id="EZK">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Ezekieli
</h><toc level="1">Ezekieli
</toc><toc level="2">Ezekieli
</toc><toc level="3">Eze
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Ezekieli
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Viumbe Hai Na Utukufu Wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.1.1" />Katika mwaka wa thelathini, mwezi wa nne, siku ya tano ya mwezi, wakati nilipokuwa miongoni mwa hao waliokuwa uhamishoni kando ya Mto Kebari, mbingu zilifunguka nami nikaona maono ya Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="EZK.1.2" />Katika siku ya tano ya mwezi, ilikuwa mwaka wa tano wa kuhamishwa kwa Mfalme Yehayakini,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.1.3" />neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilimjia Ezekieli kuhani, mwana wa Buzi, kando ya Mto Kebari, katika nchi ya Wakaldayo. Huko mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ulikuwa juu yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="EZK.1.4" />Nilitazama, nikaona dhoruba kubwa ikitoka kaskazini, wingu kubwa sana pamoja likiwa na umeme wa radi likiwa limezungukwa na mwanga mkali. Katikati ya huo moto kulikuwa kama rangi ya manjano ya chuma kinapokuwa ndani ya moto.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZK.1.5" />Katika ule moto kulikuwa na kitu kinachofanana na viumbe vinne vyenye uhai. Katika kuonekana kwake vilikuwa na umbo mfano wa mwanadamu,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZK.1.6" />lakini kila kimoja kilikuwa na nyuso nne na mabawa manne.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZK.1.7" />Miguu yao ilikuwa imenyooka, nyayo za miguu yao zilikuwa kama kwato za miguu ya ndama, nazo zilimetameta kama shaba iliyosuguliwa.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EZK.1.8" />Chini ya mabawa yao katika pande zao nne walikuwa na mikono ya mwanadamu. Wote wanne walikuwa na nyuso na mabawa,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZK.1.9" />nayo mabawa yao yaligusana. Kila mmoja alikwenda kuelekea mbele moja kwa moja, hawakugeuka walipokuwa wanatembea.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EZK.1.10" />Kuonekana kwa nyuso zao kulikuwa hivi: Kila mmoja wa wale wanne alikuwa na uso wa mwanadamu na kwa upande wa kulia kila mmoja alikuwa na uso wa simba, upande wa kushoto alikuwa na uso wa ngʼombe pia kila mmoja alikuwa na uso wa tai.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZK.1.11" />Hivyo ndivyo zilivyokuwa nyuso zao. Mabawa yao yalikunjuliwa kuelekea juu, kila mmoja alikuwa na mabawa mawili ambayo kila moja liligusa bawa la mwenzake kila upande na mabawa mengine mawili yakifunika mwili wake.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZK.1.12" />Kila mmoja alikwenda kuelekea mbele moja kwa moja. Popote roho alipotaka kwenda, ndipo walipokwenda pasipo kugeuka.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EZK.1.13" />Kuonekana kwa vile viumbe hai katikati kulikuwa kama makaa ya mawe yanayowaka au kama mienge. Moto ule ulikuwa ukienda mbele na nyuma katikati ya vile viumbe, ulikuwa na mwangaza mkali na katikati ya ule moto kulitoka kimulimuli kama umeme wa radi.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.1.14" />Vile viumbe vilipiga mbio kwenda na kurudi, kama vimulimuli vya umeme wa radi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EZK.1.15" />Nilipokuwa nikitazama vile viumbe hai, niliona gurudumu moja juu ya ardhi kando ya kila kiumbe kikiwa na nyuso zake nne.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZK.1.16" />Hivi ndivyo ilivyokuwa kuonekana kwa hayo magurudumu na muundo wake: yalingʼaa kama zabarajadi, nayo yote manne yalifanana. Kila gurudumu lilikuwa na gurudumu jingine ndani yake.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EZK.1.17" />Yalipokwenda yalielekea upande wowote wa pande nne walipoelekea wale viumbe, magurudumu hayakuzunguka wakati viumbe vile vilipokwenda.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EZK.1.18" />Kingo zake zilikuwa ndefu kwenda juu na za kutisha, nazo zote nne zilijawa na macho pande zote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EZK.1.19" />Vile viumbe hai vilipokwenda, magurudumu yaliyokuwa kando yao yalisogea na wakati hivyo viumbe hai vilipoinuka kutoka ardhini magurudumu nayo yaliinuka.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZK.1.20" />Mahali popote roho alipokwenda wale viumbe nao walikwenda, nayo magurudumu yaliinuka pamoja navyo, kwa sababu roho ya vile viumbe hai alikuwa ndani ya hayo magurudumu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EZK.1.21" />Wakati viumbe vile viliposogea, nayo magurudumu yalisogea, viumbe viliposimama kimya, nayo pia yalisimama kimya, viumbe vilipoinuka juu ya nchi magurudumu yaliinuliwa pamoja navyo kwa kuwa roho ya hivyo viumbe hai alikuwa ndani ya hayo magurudumu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="EZK.1.22" />Juu ya vichwa vya hao viumbe hai palikuwa na kitu mfano wa eneo lililokuwa wazi, lililokuwa angavu kabisa na lenye kutisha.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EZK.1.23" />Chini ya hiyo nafasi mabawa yao yalitanda moja kuelekea jingine, kila mmoja alikuwa na mabawa mengine mawili yaliyofunika mwili wake.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EZK.1.24" />Viumbe wale waliposogea nilisikia sauti ya mabawa yao, kama ngurumo ya maji yaendayo kasi, kama sauti ya Mwenyezi,<f caller="+"><fr>1:24
</fr><ft>Mwenyezi hapa ina maana ya Shaddai kwa Kiebrania.</ft></f> kama makelele ya jeshi. Waliposimama kimya walishusha mabawa yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="EZK.1.25" />Ndipo ikaja sauti toka juu ya ile nafasi ya wazi iliyokuwa juu ya vichwa vyao, waliposimama mabawa yao yakiwa yameshushwa.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EZK.1.26" />Juu ya ile nafasi ya wazi iliyokuwa juu ya vichwa vyao kulikuwa na kitu mfano wa kiti cha enzi cha yakuti samawi. Na juu ya kile kiti cha enzi kulikuwa na umbo mfano wa mwanadamu.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EZK.1.27" />Nikaona kwamba kutokana na kile nilichoona kama kiuno chake kuelekea juu alionekana kama chuma inayowaka kana kwamba imejaa moto na kuanzia kiuno kwenda chini alionekana kama moto na mwanga mkali ulimzunguka.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EZK.1.28" />Kama vile kuonekana kwa upinde wa mvua mawinguni siku ya mvua, ndivyo ulivyokuwa ule mngʼao uliomzunguka.
</p>
<p style="p">Hivi ndivyo ilivyokuwa kuonekana kwa utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Nilipouona, nikaanguka kifudifudi, nikasikia sauti ya mtu anaongea.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Wito Wa Ezekieli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.2.1" />Akaniambia, “Mwanadamu, simama kwa miguu yako nami nitasema nawe.”
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.2.2" />Alipokuwa akiongea nami, Roho akanijia na kunisimamisha wima, nikamsikia akisema nami.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="EZK.2.3" />Akaniambia: “Mwanadamu, ninakutuma kwa Waisraeli, kwa taifa asi ambalo limeniasi mimi, wao na baba zao wananikosea mimi hadi leo.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.2.4" />Watu ambao ninakutuma kwao ni wapotovu na wakaidi. Waambie, ‘Hivi ndivyo anavyosema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.’
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZK.2.5" />Kama watasikiliza au hawatasikiliza, kwa kuwa wao ni nyumba ya kuasi, watajua nabii amekuwa miongoni mwao.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZK.2.6" />Nawe mwanadamu, usiwaogope wao wala maneno yao, usiogope, ingawa michongoma na miiba vinakuzunguka na unaishi katikati ya nge. Usiogope yale wasemayo wala usitishwe nao, ingawa wao ni nyumba ya uasi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZK.2.7" />Wewe lazima uwaambie maneno yangu, ikiwa wanasikiliza au hawasikilizi, kwa kuwa wao ni watu waasi.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EZK.2.8" />Lakini wewe mwanadamu, sikiliza ninalokuambia. Usiwe mwenye kuasi kama hiyo nyumba ya kuasi. Fungua kinywa chako na ule nikupacho.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EZK.2.9" />Ndipo nikatazama, nami nikaona mkono ulionyooshwa kunielekea. Nao ulikuwa na ukurasa wa kitabu,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZK.2.10" />ambao aliukunjua mbele yangu. Pande zote mbili ulikuwa umeandikwa maneno ya maombolezo, vilio na ole.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.3.1" />Naye akaniambia, “Mwanadamu, kula kile kilichoko mbele yako, kula huu ukurasa wa kitabu, kisha uende ukaseme na nyumba ya Israeli.”
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.3.2" />Ndipo nikafungua kinywa changu, naye akanilisha ule ukurasa wa kitabu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="EZK.3.3" />Ndipo akaniambia, “Mwanadamu, kula ukurasa huu wa kitabu ninaokupa ujaze tumbo lako.” Kwa hiyo nikaula, ulikuwa mtamu kama asali kinywani mwangu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="EZK.3.4" />Kisha akaniambia, “Mwanadamu, sasa nenda katika nyumba ya Israeli ukaseme nao maneno yangu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZK.3.5" />Hukutumwa kwa taifa lenye maneno ya kutatiza na lugha ngumu, bali kwa nyumba ya Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZK.3.6" />Sikukutuma kwa mataifa mengi yenye maneno ya kutatiza na lugha ngumu ambao maneno yao hutayaelewa. Hakika ningekutuma kwa watu hao, wangekusikiliza.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZK.3.7" />Lakini nyumba ya Israeli haitakusikiliza kwa kuwa hawako radhi kunisikiliza mimi, kwa kuwa nyumba yote ya Israeli ni wenye vipaji vya nyuso vigumu na mioyo ya ukaidi.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EZK.3.8" />Tazama nimefanya uso wako mgumu dhidi ya nyuso zao na kipaji cha uso wako kigumu dhidi ya vipaji vya nyuso zao.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZK.3.9" />Kama vile almasi ilivyo ngumu kuliko gumegume, ndivyo nilivyokifanya kipaji cha uso wako. Usiwaogope wala usiwahofu, ijapokuwa ni nyumba ya kuasi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EZK.3.10" />Naye akaniambia, “Mwanadamu, sikiliza kwa makini na uyatie moyoni mwako maneno yote nitakayosema nawe.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZK.3.11" />Kisha nenda kwa watu wa taifa lako walio uhamishoni, ukaseme nao. Waambie, ‘Hivi ndivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemavyo,’ kwamba watasikiliza au hawatasikiliza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="EZK.3.12" />Ndipo Roho akaniinua, nikasikia sauti kubwa nyuma yangu ya ngurumo. (Utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> na utukuzwe katika mahali pa makao yake!)
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EZK.3.13" />Ilikuwa ni sauti ya mabawa ya wale viumbe hai yakisuguana moja kwa jingine, sauti kama ya ngurumo.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.3.14" />Ndipo Roho aliponiinua na kunipeleka mbali. Nikaenda nikiwa na uchungu na hasira moyoni mwangu, nao mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ukiwa juu yangu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EZK.3.15" />Nikafika kwa wale watu waliokuwa uhamishoni huko Tel-Abibu karibu na Mto Kebari. Nikakaa miongoni mwao kwa muda wa siku saba, nikiwa nimejawa na mshangao.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Onyo Kwa Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="EZK.3.16" />Mwishoni mwa hizo siku saba neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EZK.3.17" />“Mwanadamu, nimekufanya uwe mlinzi wa nyumba ya Israeli, kwa hiyo sikia neno nisemalo, ukawape onyo litokalo kwangu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EZK.3.18" />Nimwambiapo mtu mwovu, ‘Hakika utakufa,’ na wewe usipomwonya mtu huyo au kumshauri aache njia zake mbaya ili kuokoa maisha yake, huyo mtu mwovu atakufa katika dhambi yake na damu yake nitaidai mkononi mwako.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZK.3.19" />Lakini ukimwonya mtu mwovu naye akakataa kuacha uovu wake na njia zake mbaya, atakufa katika dhambi yake, lakini wewe utakuwa umejiokoa nafsi yako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EZK.3.20" />“Tena, mtu mwenye haki akiacha haki yake na kutenda maovu, nami nikaweka kikwazo mbele yake mtu huyo atakufa. Kwa kuwa hukumwonya, atakufa katika dhambi yake. Mambo ya haki aliyotenda, hayatakumbukwa, damu yake nitaidai mkononi mwako.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EZK.3.21" />Lakini ukimwonya mwenye haki asitende dhambi na akaacha kutenda dhambi, hakika ataishi kwa sababu alipokea maonyo na utakuwa umejiokoa nafsi yako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="EZK.3.22" />Mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ulikuwa juu yangu huko, naye akaniambia, “Simama uende mpaka sehemu tambarare, nami nitasema nawe huko.”
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EZK.3.23" />Kwa hiyo niliinuka nikaenda mpaka mahali pa tambarare. Utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ulikuwa umesimama huko, kama utukufu ule niliouona kando ya Mto Kebari, nami nikaanguka kifudifudi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="EZK.3.24" />Ndipo Roho akaja ndani yangu akanisimamisha kwa miguu yangu. Akasema nami akaniambia: “Nenda ukajifungie ndani ya nyumba yako.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EZK.3.25" />Nawe, ee mwanadamu, watakufunga kwa kamba, watakufunga ili usiweze kutoka na kuwaendea watu.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EZK.3.26" />Nitaufanya ulimi wako ushikamane kwenye kaa la kinywa chako, ili uwe kimya usiweze kuwakemea, wajapokuwa ni nyumba ya kuasi.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EZK.3.27" />Lakini nitakaposema nawe, nitafungua kinywa chako nawe utawaambia, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo.’ Yeyote atakayesikiliza na asikilize, na yeyote atakayekataa na akatae; kwa kuwa wao ni nyumba ya kuasi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Kuzingirwa Kwa Yerusalemu Kwaonyeshwa Kwa Mfano
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.4.1" />“Mwanadamu, sasa chukua tofali, uliweke mbele yako na uchore juu yake ramani ya mji wa Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.4.2" />Kisha uuzingire: Simamisha askari dhidi yake kuuzunguka, uzunguke kwa majeshi, weka kambi dhidi yake pande zote pamoja na magogo ya kubomolea boma vitani.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.4.3" />Kisha chukua bamba la chuma, ukalisimamishe liwe kama ukuta wa chuma kati yako na huo mji, nawe uuelekeze uso wako. Huo mji utakuwa katika hali ya kuzingirwa, nawe utauzingira. Hii itakuwa ishara kwa nyumba ya Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="EZK.4.4" />“Kisha ulale kwa upande wako wa kushoto na uweke dhambi za nyumba ya Israeli juu yake. Utazibeba dhambi zao kwa idadi ya siku utakazolala kwa huo upande mmoja.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZK.4.5" />Nimekupangia idadi ya siku kama miaka ya dhambi yao. Kwa hiyo kwa siku 390 utabeba dhambi za nyumba ya Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EZK.4.6" />“Baada ya kumaliza hili, lala chini tena, wakati huu ulale chini kwa upande wa kuume, uchukue dhambi za nyumba ya Yuda. Nimekupangia siku arobaini, siku moja kwa kila mwaka mmoja.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZK.4.7" />Geuza uso wako uelekeze kwenye kuzingirwa kwa Yerusalemu na mkono wako ambao haukuvikwa nguo tabiri dhidi yake.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EZK.4.8" />Nitakufunga kwa kamba ili usiweze kugeuka kutoka upande mmoja hadi upande mwingine, mpaka hapo utakapokuwa umetimiza siku za kuzingirwa kwako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EZK.4.9" />“Chukua ngano na shayiri, maharagwe na dengu, mtama na mawele, uviweke na kuvihifadhi vyote kwenye gudulia la kuhifadhia, na uvitumie kujitengenezea mkate. Utaula mkate huo kwa hizo siku 390 utakazokuwa umelala kwa upande mmoja.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZK.4.10" />Pima shekeli ishirini<f caller="+"><fr>4:10
</fr><ft>Shekeli 20 ni sawa na gramu 200.</ft></f> za chakula utakachokula kwa kila siku, nawe utakula kwa wakati uliopangwa.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZK.4.11" />Pia pima maji moja ya sita ya hini,<f caller="+"><fr>4:11
</fr><ft>Moja ya sita ya hini ni sawa na mililita (ml) 600.</ft></f> nawe utakunywa kwa wakati uliopangwa.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZK.4.12" />Nawe utakula chakula kama vile ambavyo ungekula mkate wa shayiri, uoke mkate mbele ya macho ya watu, ukitumia kinyesi cha mwanadamu.”
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EZK.4.13" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, “Hivi ndivyo watu wa Israeli watakavyokula chakula kilicho najisi miongoni mwa mataifa ninakowapeleka.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="EZK.4.14" />Ndipo nikasema, “Sivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi! Kamwe mimi sijajitia unajisi. Tangu ujana wangu hadi sasa sijala kamwe kitu chochote kilichokufa au kilichoraruliwa na wanyama wa mwituni. Hakuna nyama yeyote najisi iliyoingia kinywani mwangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EZK.4.15" />Akasema, “Vema sana, basi nitakuruhusu uoke mkate wako kwa kutumia kinyesi cha ngʼombe badala ya kinyesi cha mwanadamu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="EZK.4.16" />Ndipo Mungu akaniambia, “Mwanadamu, mimi nitakatilia mbali upatikanaji wa chakula katika Yerusalemu. Watu watakula chakula cha kupimwa kwa wasiwasi pamoja na maji ya kupimiwa kwa kukata tamaa,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EZK.4.17" />kwa kuwa chakula na maji vitakuwa adimu. Watastajabiana kila mmoja, nao watadhoofika kwa sababu ya dhambi yao.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Upanga Dhidi Ya Yerusalemu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.5.1" />“Mwanadamu, sasa chukua upanga mkali na uutumie kama wembe wa kinyozi ili kunyolea nywele za kichwa chako na ndevu zako. Kisha uchukue mizani ya kupimia ukazigawanye nywele hizo.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.5.2" />Wakati siku zako za kuzingirwa zitakapokwisha, choma theluthi moja ya hizo nywele zako kwa moto ndani ya mji. Chukua theluthi nyingine ya hizo nywele uzipige kwa upanga kuuzunguka mji wote na theluthi nyingine ya mwisho utaitawanya kwa upepo. Kwa kuwa nitawafuatia kwa upanga uliofutwa.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.5.3" />Lakini chukua nywele chache uzifungie ndani ya pindo la vazi lako.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.5.4" />Tena chukua nywele nyingine chache uzitupe motoni uziteketeze. Moto utaenea kutoka humo na kufika katika nyumba yote ya Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EZK.5.5" />“Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Huu ndio Yerusalemu ambao nimeuweka katikati ya mataifa ukiwa umezungukwa na nchi pande zote.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZK.5.6" />Lakini katika uovu wake umeasi sheria na amri zangu kuliko mataifa na nchi zinazouzunguka. Umeasi sheria zangu wala haukufuata amri zangu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EZK.5.7" />“Kwa hiyo hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Ninyi mmekuwa wakaidi kuliko mataifa yanayowazunguka na hamkufuata amri zangu wala kuzishika sheria zangu. Wala hamkuweza hata kuzifuata kawaida za mataifa yanayowazunguka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EZK.5.8" />“Kwa hiyo, hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo, Mimi mwenyewe, niko kinyume nanyi Yerusalemu, nitawapiga kwa adhabu yangu mbele ya mataifa.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZK.5.9" />Kwa ajili ya sanamu zenu zote za machukizo, nitawafanyia kile ambacho kamwe sijawafanyia kabla wala kamwe sitawafanyia tena.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZK.5.10" />Kwa hiyo katikati yenu baba watakula watoto wao na watoto watakula baba zao. Nitawapiga kwa adhabu, nami nitawatawanya watu wenu walionusurika pande zote za dunia.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZK.5.11" />Kwa hiyo hakika kama niishivyo, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, kwa kuwa mmenajisi mahali pangu patakatifu kwa sanamu zenu mbaya sana na desturi zenu za machukizo, mimi mwenyewe nitaondoa fadhili zangu kwenu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZK.5.12" />Theluthi ya watu wako watakufa kwa tauni au kwa njaa humu ndani yako, theluthi nyingine itaanguka kwa upanga nje ya kuta zako, nayo theluthi nyingine nitaitawanya kwenye pande nne kuwafuatia kwa upanga uliofutwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EZK.5.13" />“Ndipo hasira yangu itakapokoma na ghadhabu yangu dhidi yao itatulia, nami nitakuwa nimelipiza kisasi. Baada ya kuimaliza ghadhabu yangu juu yao, watajua kuwa mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> nimenena katika wivu wangu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="EZK.5.14" />“Nitakuangamiza na kukufanya kitu cha kudharauliwa miongoni mwa mataifa yanayokuzunguka, machoni pa watu wote wapitao karibu nawe.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EZK.5.15" />Utakuwa kitu cha kudharauliwa na cha aibu, cha dhihaka, ovyo na kitu cha kutisha kwa mataifa yanayokuzunguka, nitakapokupiga kwa adhabu yangu katika hasira na ghadhabu yangu kwa kukukemea kwa ukali. Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> nimesema.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZK.5.16" />Nitakapokupiga kwa mishale yangu ya kufisha na yenye kuharibu ya njaa, nitaipiga ili kukuangamiza. Nitaleta njaa zaidi na zaidi juu yako na kukomesha upatikanaji wa chakula kwako.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EZK.5.17" />Nitapeleka njaa na wanyama wa mwituni dhidi yenu, navyo vitawaacha bila watoto. Tauni na umwagaji wa damu utapita katikati yenu, nami nitaleta upanga juu yenu. Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> nimenena haya.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Unabii Dhidi Ya Milima Ya Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.6.1" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.6.2" />“Mwanadamu, elekeza uso wako kukabili milima ya Israeli, utabiri dhidi yake
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.6.3" />na useme: ‘Ee milima ya Israeli, sikia neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi. Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi aliambiayo milima na vilima, magenge na mabonde: Ninakaribia kuleta upanga dhidi yenu, nami nitapaharibu mahali penu pote pa juu pa kuabudia miungu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.6.4" />Madhabahu yenu yatabomolewa na madhabahu yenu ya kufukizia uvumba yatavunjavunjwa, nami nitawachinja watu wenu mbele ya sanamu zenu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZK.6.5" />Nitazilaza maiti za Waisraeli mbele ya sanamu zao, nami nitatawanya mifupa yenu kuzunguka madhabahu yenu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZK.6.6" />Popote mnapoishi, miji hiyo itafanywa ukiwa na mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu patabomolewa, ili madhabahu yenu ifanywe ukiwa na kuharibiwa, sanamu zenu zitavunjavunjwa na kuharibiwa, madhabahu yenu ya kufukizia uvumba yatabomolewa na kila mlichokifanya kitakatiliwa mbali.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZK.6.7" />Watu wenu watachinjwa katikati yenu, nanyi mtatambua Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EZK.6.8" />“ ‘Lakini nitawabakiza hai baadhi yenu, kwa kuwa baadhi yenu watanusurika kuuawa watakapokuwa wametawanyika katika nchi na mataifa.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZK.6.9" />Ndipo katika mataifa ambamo watakuwa wamechukuliwa mateka, wale ambao watanusurika watanikumbuka, jinsi ambavyo nimehuzunishwa na mioyo yao ya uzinzi, ambayo imegeukia mbali nami na macho yao ambayo yametamani sanamu zao. Watajichukia wenyewe kwa ajili ya uovu walioutenda na kwa ajili ya desturi zao za kuchukiza.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZK.6.10" />Nao watajua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, sikuwaonya bure kuwa nitaleta maafa hayo yote juu yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="EZK.6.11" />“ ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Piga makofi, kanyaga chini kwa mguu na upige kelele, “Ole!” kwa sababu ya maovu yote na machukizo yote yanayofanywa na nyumba ya Israeli, kwa kuwa wataanguka kwa upanga, njaa na tauni.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZK.6.12" />Yeye aliye mbali sana atakufa kwa tauni, naye aliye karibu atauawa kwa upanga, naye yule atakayenusurika na kubaki atakufa kwa njaa. Hivyo ndivyo nitakavyotimiza ghadhabu yangu dhidi yao.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EZK.6.13" />Nao watajua kwamba Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wakati maiti za watu wao zitakapokuwa zimelala katikati ya sanamu zao kuzunguka madhabahu yao, juu ya kila kilima kilichoinuka na juu ya vilele vyote vya milima, chini ya kila mti uliotanda na kila mwaloni wenye majani, yaani, sehemu walizofukizia uvumba kwa sanamu zao zote.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.6.14" />Nami nitanyoosha mkono wangu dhidi yao na kuifanya nchi yao ukiwa, kuanzia jangwani hadi Dibla, kila mahali wanapoishi. Ndipo watakapojua ya kwamba Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Mwisho Umewadia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.7.1" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.7.2" />“Mwanadamu, hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo kwa nchi ya Israeli: Mwisho! Mwisho umekuja juu ya pembe nne za nchi.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.7.3" />Sasa mwisho umekuja juu yenu nami nitamwaga hasira yangu dhidi yenu. Nitawahukumu sawasawa na matendo yenu na kuwalipiza kwa ajili ya desturi zenu zote za kuchukiza.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.7.4" />Sitawaonea huruma wala sitawarehemu, hakika nitalipiza kwa ajili ya matendo yenu na desturi zenu za machukizo miongoni mwenu. Ndipo mtakapojua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EZK.7.5" />“Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Maafa! Maafa ambayo hayajasikiwa yanakuja.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZK.7.6" />Mwisho umewadia! Mwisho umewadia! Umejiinua wenyewe dhidi yenu. Umewadia!
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZK.7.7" />Maangamizi yamekuja juu yenu, ninyi mnaoishi katika nchi. Wakati umewadia, siku imekaribia, kuna hofu kuu ya ghafula, wala si furaha, juu ya milima.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EZK.7.8" />Ninakaribia kumwaga ghadhabu yangu juu yenu na kumaliza hasira yangu dhidi yenu, nitawahukumu sawasawa na matendo yenu na kuwalipiza kwa ajili ya desturi zenu zote za machukizo.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZK.7.9" />Sitawaonea huruma wala sitawarehemu; nitawalipiza sawasawa na matendo yenu na desturi zenu za machukizo miongoni mwenu. Ndipo mtajua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> ambaye huwapiga kwa mapigo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EZK.7.10" />“Siku imefika! Imewadia! Maangamizi yamezuka ghafula, fimbo imechanua majivuno yamechipua!
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZK.7.11" />Jeuri imeinuka kuwa fimbo ya kuadhibu uovu, hakuna hata mmoja wa hao watu atakayeachwa, hata mmoja wa kundi lile, hakuna utajiri, hakuna chenye thamani.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZK.7.12" />Wakati umewadia, siku imefika. Mnunuzi na asifurahi wala muuzaji asihuzunike, kwa maana ghadhabu iko juu ya kundi lote.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EZK.7.13" />Muuzaji hatajipatia tena ardhi aliyoiuza wakati wote wawili wangali hai, kwa kuwa maono kuhusu kundi lote hayatatanguka. Kwa sababu ya dhambi zao, hakuna hata mmoja atakayeokoa maisha yake.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.7.14" />Wajapopiga tarumbeta na kuweka kila kitu tayari, hakuna hata mmoja atakayekwenda vitani, kwa maana ghadhabu yangu iko juu ya kundi lote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EZK.7.15" />“Nje ni upanga, ndani ni tauni na njaa, wale walioko shambani watakufa kwa upanga, nao wale waliomo mjini njaa na tauni vitawala.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZK.7.16" />Wale wote watakaopona na kutoroka watakuwa milimani, wakiomboleza kama hua wa mabondeni, kila mmoja kwa sababu ya dhambi zake.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EZK.7.17" />Kila mkono utalegea na kila goti litakuwa dhaifu kama maji.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EZK.7.18" />Watavaa nguo ya gunia na kufunikwa na hofu. Nyuso zao zitafunikwa na aibu na nywele za vichwa vyao zitanyolewa.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZK.7.19" />Watatupa fedha yao barabarani, nayo dhahabu yao itakuwa najisi. Fedha yao na dhahabu yao havitaweza kuwaokoa katika siku hiyo ya ghadhabu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Hawatashibisha njaa yao au kujaza matumbo yao kwa hiyo fedha wala dhahabu, kwa sababu imewaponza wajikwae dhambini.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZK.7.20" />Walijivunia vito vyao vizuri na kuvitumia kufanya sanamu za machukizo na vinyago vya upotovu. Kwa hiyo nitavifanya vitu hivyo kuwa najisi kwao.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EZK.7.21" />Nitavitia vyote mikononi mwa wageni kuwa nyara na kuwa vitu vilivyotekwa mikononi mwa watu waovu wa dunia, nao watavinajisi.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZK.7.22" />Nitageuza uso wangu mbali nao, nao waovu wa dunia watapanajisi mahali pangu pa thamani, wanyangʼanyi watapaingia na kupanajisi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="EZK.7.23" />“Andaa minyororo, kwa sababu nchi imejaa umwagaji wa damu na mji umejaa udhalimu.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EZK.7.24" />Nitaleta taifa ovu kuliko yote ili kumiliki nyumba zao, nitakomesha kiburi cha wenye nguvu na mahali pao patakatifu patatiwa unajisi.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EZK.7.25" />Hofu ya ghafula itakapokuja, watatafuta amani, lakini haitakuwepo.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EZK.7.26" />Maafa juu ya maafa yatakuja, tetesi ya mabaya juu ya tetesi ya mabaya. Watajitahidi kupata maono kutoka kwa nabii, mafundisho ya sheria toka kwa kuhani yatapotea, vivyo hivyo shauri kutoka kwa wazee.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EZK.7.27" />Mfalme ataomboleza, mwana wa mfalme atavikwa kukata tamaa, nayo mikono ya watu wa nchi itatetemeka. Nitawashughulikia sawasawa na matendo yao na kwa kanuni zao wenyewe nitawahukumu. Ndipo watajua kwamba Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Ibada Ya Sanamu Hekaluni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.8.1" />Katika siku ya tano ya mwezi wa sita mwaka wa sita, baada ya kupelekwa uhamishoni nilipokuwa nimeketi katika nyumba yangu na wazee wa Yuda walikuwa wameketi mbele yangu, mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi ulikuja juu yangu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.8.2" />Nikatazama, nikaona umbo mfano wa mwanadamu. Kutokana na kile kilichoonekana kuwa kiuno chake kuelekea chini alifanana na moto. Kuanzia kwenye kiuno kuelekea juu sura yake kama chuma kingʼaavyo kikiwa ndani ya moto.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.8.3" />Akanyoosha kitu kilichoonekana kama mkono, akaniinua kwa kushika nywele za kichwa changu. Roho akaniinua juu kati ya nchi na mbingu nikiwa katika maono ya Mungu akanichukua mpaka Yerusalemu, kwenye ingilio la lango la upande wa kaskazini ya ukumbi wa ndani, mahali iliposimama ile sanamu ichocheayo wivu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.8.4" />Hapo mbele yangu palikuwa na utukufu wa Mungu wa Israeli, kama utukufu ule niliouona katika maono kule ua wa ndani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EZK.8.5" />Kisha akaniambia, “Mwanadamu, tazama kuelekea kaskazini.” Hivyo nikatazama na kwenye ingilio upande wa kaskazini wa lango la madhabahu, nikaona sanamu hii ya wivu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EZK.8.6" />Ndipo akaniambia, “Mwanadamu, je, unaona yale wanayofanya, haya mambo ya machukizo kabisa nyumba ya Israeli wanayotenda hapa, ambayo yatanifanya niende mbali na mahali pangu patakatifu? Lakini utaona vitu ambavyo vinachukiza zaidi hata kuliko hivi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EZK.8.7" />Kisha akanileta mpaka ingilio la ukumbi. Nikatazama, nami nikaona tundu ukutani.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EZK.8.8" />Akaniambia, “Mwanadamu, sasa toboa kwenye ukuta huu.” Ndipo nikatoboa ule ukuta, nikaona hapo pana mlango.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EZK.8.9" />Naye akaniambia, “Ingia ndani, ukaone maovu na machukizo wanayofanya humu.”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZK.8.10" />Hivyo nikaingia ndani na kutazama, nikaona kuta zote zimechorwa kila aina ya vitu vitambaavyo na ya wanyama wachukizao wa kila aina na sanamu zote za nyumba ya Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZK.8.11" />Mbele yao walisimama wazee sabini wa nyumba ya Israeli, naye Yaazania mwana wa Shafani alikuwa amesimama miongoni mwao. Kila mmoja alikuwa na chetezo mkononi na moshi wa harufu nzuri ya uvumba ulikuwa unapanda juu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="EZK.8.12" />Akaniambia, “Mwanadamu, umeona wanayoyafanya wazee wa nyumba ya Israeli gizani, kila mmoja kwenye sehemu yake mwenyewe ya kufanyia ibada za sanamu yake? Wao husema, ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> hatuoni,
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameiacha nchi.’ ”
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EZK.8.13" />Akasema tena, “Bado utaona machukizo wanayofanya ambayo ni makubwa kuliko haya.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="EZK.8.14" />Ndipo akanileta mpaka ingilio la lango la kaskazini la nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nami nikaona wanawake wameketi hapo, wakimwombolezea Tamuzi.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EZK.8.15" />Akaniambia, “Unaliona hili, mwanadamu? Utaona vitu ambavyo ni machukizo kuliko hili.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="EZK.8.16" />Ndipo akanileta mpaka kwenye ukumbi wa ndani wa nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nako huko katika ingilio la Hekalu, kati ya baraza na madhabahu, walikuwepo wanaume wapatao ishirini na watano. Wakiwa wamelipa kisogo Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kuelekeza nyuso zao upande wa mashariki, wakilisujudia jua huko mashariki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EZK.8.17" />Akaniambia, “Je, umeona hili mwanadamu? Je, ni jambo dogo sana kwa nyumba ya Yuda kufanya machukizo wanayoyafanya hapa? Je, ni lazima pia waijaze nchi dhuluma na kuendelea siku zote kunikasirisha? Watazame wanavyonibania pua kana kwamba ninanuka!
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EZK.8.18" />Kwa hiyo nitashughulika nao kwa hasira, sitawaonea huruma wala kuwaachilia. Wajapopiga makelele masikioni mwangu, sitawasikiliza.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Waabudu Sanamu Wauawa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.9.1" />Kisha nikamsikia akiita kwa sauti kubwa akisema, “Walete wasimamizi wa mji hapa, kila mmoja akiwa na silaha mkononi mwake.”
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.9.2" />Nami nikaona watu sita wakija toka upande wa lango la juu, linalotazama kaskazini kila mmoja na silaha za kuangamiza mkononi mwake. Pamoja nao alikuwepo mtu aliyekuwa amevaa mavazi ya kitani safi, naye alikuwa na vifaa vya mwandishi akiwa amevishikilia upande mmoja. Wakaingia ndani ya Hekalu wakasimama pembeni mwa madhabahu ya shaba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="EZK.9.3" />Basi utukufu wa Mungu wa Israeli ukaondoka hapo juu ya makerubi, ulikokuwa umekaa, ukaenda kwenye kizingiti cha Hekalu. Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwita yule mtu aliyevaa kitani safi aliyekuwa na vifaa vya mwandishi akiwa amevishikilia upande wake mmoja,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.9.4" />akamwambia, “Pita katika mji wote wa Yerusalemu ukaweke alama juu ya vipaji vya nyuso za wale watu wanaohuzunika na kuomboleza kwa sababu ya machukizo yote yanayotendeka katika mji huu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EZK.9.5" />Nikiwa ninasikia, akawaambia wale wengine, “Mfuateni anapopita katika mji wote mkiua, pasipo huruma wala masikitiko.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZK.9.6" />Waueni wazee, vijana wa kiume na wa kike, wanawake na watoto, lakini msimguse mtu yeyote mwenye alama. Anzieni katika mahali pangu patakatifu.” Kwa hiyo wakaanza na wale wazee waliokuwa mbele ya Hekalu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EZK.9.7" />Ndipo akawaambia, “Linajisini Hekalu na mkazijaze kumbi zake maiti za wale waliouawa. Nendeni!” Kwa hiyo wakaenda wakaanza kuua watu mjini kote.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EZK.9.8" />Wakati walikuwa wakiwaua watu, nami nilikuwa nimeachwa peke yangu, nikaanguka kifudifudi, nikapiga kelele nikisema, “Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi! Je, utaangamiza mabaki yote ya Israeli, katika kumwagwa huku kwa ghadhabu yako juu ya Yerusalemu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EZK.9.9" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akanijibu, “Dhambi ya nyumba ya Israeli na Yuda imekuwa kubwa mno kupita kiasi, nchi imejaa umwagaji damu na mjini kumejaa udhalimu. Kwani wamesema, ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> ameiacha nchi,
<nd>Bwana</nd> hauoni.’
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZK.9.10" />Kwa hiyo sitawahurumia wala kuwaachilia lakini nitaleta juu ya vichwa vyao, yale waliyoyatenda.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="EZK.9.11" />Ndipo mtu yule aliyekuwa amevaa nguo ya kitani safi na vifaa vya mwandishi akiwa amevishikilia upande wake mmoja, akarudi na kutoa taarifa akisema, “Nimefanya kama ulivyoniagiza.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="10" />
<s style="s1">Utukufu Unaondoka Hekaluni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.10.1" />Nikatazama, nikaona juu ya ile nafasi iliyokuwa juu ya vichwa vya wale makerubi kulikuwa na kitu mfano wa kiti cha enzi cha yakuti samawi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.10.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia mtu yule aliyekuwa amevaa nguo ya kitani, “Ingia katikati ya yale Magurudumu yaliyo chini ya makerubi. Ukaijaze mikono yako makaa ya mawe ya moto kutoka katikati ya makerubi na uyatawanye juu ya mji.” Nilipokuwa nikiangalia, akaingia ndani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="EZK.10.3" />Basi wale makerubi walikuwa wamesimama upande wa kusini wa Hekalu wakati yule mtu alipoingia ndani, wingu likaujaza ule ukumbi wa ndani.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.10.4" />Kisha utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ukainuka kutoka juu ya wale makerubi ukaenda kwenye kizingiti cha Hekalu. Wingu likajaza Hekalu, nao ukumbi ukajawa na mngʼao wa utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZK.10.5" />Sauti ya mabawa ya wale makerubi ingeweza kusikika mpaka kwenye ukumbi wa nje, kama sauti ya Mungu Mwenyezi<f caller="+"><fr>10:5
</fr><ft>Mungu Mwenyezi hapa ni jina la Kiebrania, El-Shaddai (yaani Mungu Mwenye utoshelevu wote).</ft></f> wakati anapoongea.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EZK.10.6" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alipomwamuru yule mtu aliyevaa nguo za kitani akisema, “Chukua moto toka katikati ya magurudumu, kutoka katikati ya makerubi,” yule mtu aliingia ndani akasimama pembeni mwa gurudumu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZK.10.7" />Ndipo mmoja wa wale makerubi akanyoosha mkono wake kwenye moto uliokuwa katikati yao. Akachukua baadhi ya moto na kuutia mikononi mwa yule mtu aliyevaa mavazi ya kitani, naye akaupokea akatoka nje.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EZK.10.8" />(Chini ya mabawa ya makerubi paliweza kuonekana kitu kilichofanana na mikono ya mwanadamu.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EZK.10.9" />Nikatazama, nikaona magurudumu manne kando ya makerubi, moja kando ya kila kerubi. Magurudumu hayo yalimetameta kama kito cha zabarajadi.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZK.10.10" />Kule kuonekana kwake, yote manne yalifanana kila gurudumu lilikuwa kama linazunguka ndani ya lingine.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZK.10.11" />Yalipozunguka, yalikwenda kokote katika pande nne walikoelekea wale makerubi. Magurudumu hayakugeuka wakati makerubi yalipokwenda. Makerubi walikwenda upande wowote kichwa kilikoelekea pasipo kugeuka walipokuwa wakienda.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZK.10.12" />Miili yao yote, pamoja na migongo yao, mikono na mabawa yao yote yalikuwa yamejaa macho kabisa kama yalivyokuwa yale magurudumu yao manne.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EZK.10.13" />Nikasikia magurudumu yakiitwa, “Magurudumu ya kisulisuli.”
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.10.14" />Kila mmoja wa wale makerubi alikuwa na nyuso nne: Uso mmoja ulikuwa kama vile wa kerubi, uso wa pili ulikuwa wa mwanadamu, uso wa tatu ulikuwa wa simba na uso wa nne ulikuwa wa tai.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EZK.10.15" />Kisha makerubi wakapaa juu. Hawa ndio wale viumbe walio hai niliowaona kando ya Mto Kebari.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZK.10.16" />Wakati makerubi walipokwenda, magurudumu yaliyoko kando yao yalikwenda na wakati makerubi walipotanda mabawa yao wapate kupaa juu kutoka ardhi, magurudumu yale hayakuondoka pembeni mwao.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EZK.10.17" />Makerubi yaliposimama kimya, nayo pia yalitulia kimya, nao makerubi yalipoinuka juu, magurudumu nayo yaliinuka juu pamoja nao, kwa sababu roho ya vile viumbe hai ilikuwa ndani yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="EZK.10.18" />Kisha utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ukaondoka pale kwenye kizingiti cha Hekalu na kusimama juu ya wale makerubi.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZK.10.19" />Nilipokuwa nikitazama, makerubi yakatanda mabawa yao na kuinuka kutoka ardhini, nao walipokuwa wakienda, yale magurudumu yakaenda pamoja nao. Wakasimama kwenye ingilio la lango la mashariki la nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nao utukufu wa Mungu wa Israeli ukawa juu yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EZK.10.20" />Hawa walikuwa ndio viumbe hai niliokuwa nimewaona chini ya Mungu wa Israeli kando ya Mto Kebari, nami nikatambua ya kuwa hao walikuwa makerubi.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EZK.10.21" />Kila mmoja alikuwa na nyuso nne, mabawa manne, chini ya mabawa yao kulikuwa na kile kilichoonekana kama mikono ya mwanadamu.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZK.10.22" />Nyuso zao zilifanana kama zile nilizokuwa nimeziona kando ya Mto Kebari. Kila mmoja alikwenda mbele moja kwa moja.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="11" />
<s style="s1">Hukumu Juu Ya Viongozi Wa Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.11.1" />Ndipo Roho akaniinua na kunileta mpaka kwenye lango la nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> linalotazama upande wa mashariki. Pale kwenye ingilio la lango kulikuwepo wanaume ishirini na watano, nami nikaona miongoni mwao Yaazania mwana wa Azuri na Pelatia mwana wa Benaya, viongozi wa watu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.11.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia, “Mwanadamu, hawa ndio wafanyao hila na kutoa mashauri potovu katika mji huu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.11.3" />Wao husema, ‘Je, hivi karibuni hautakuwa wakati wa kujenga nyumba? Mji huu ni chungu cha kupikia, nasi ndio nyama.’
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.11.4" />Kwa hiyo toa unabii dhidi yao, tabiri, Ewe mwanadamu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EZK.11.5" />Kisha Roho wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaja juu yangu, naye akaniambia niseme: “Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemalo: Hili ndilo ninyi mnalosema, ee nyumba ya Israeli, lakini ninajua mnalowaza mioyoni mwenu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZK.11.6" />Mmewaua watu wengi katika mji huu na kujaza barabara zake maiti.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EZK.11.7" />“Kwa hiyo hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi: maiti ulizozitupa huko ni nyama na mji huu ni chungu, lakini nitawaondoa mtoke huko.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EZK.11.8" />Mnaogopa upanga, nao upanga huo ndio nitakaouleta juu yenu, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZK.11.9" />Nitawaondoa mtoke katika mji na kuwatia mikononi mwa wageni nami nitawaadhibu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZK.11.10" />Mtaanguka kwa upanga, nami nitatimiza hukumu dhidi yenu katika mipaka ya Israeli. Ndipo mtajua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZK.11.11" />Mji huu hautakuwa chungu kwa ajili yenu, wala hamtakuwa nyama ndani yake. Nitatoa hukumu dhidi yenu katika mipaka ya Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZK.11.12" />Nanyi mtajua ya kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa kuwa hamkufuata amri zangu wala kuzishika sheria zangu, bali mmefuata mwenendo wa mataifa yanayowazunguka.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EZK.11.13" />Basi nilipokuwa ninatoa unabii, Pelatia mwana wa Benaya akafa. Ndipo nikaanguka kifudifudi, nikalia kwa sauti kuu nikasema, “Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi! Je utaangamiza kabisa mabaki ya Israeli?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="EZK.11.14" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EZK.11.15" />“Mwanadamu, ndugu zako, ndugu zako ambao ni wa uhusiano wa damu na nyumba yote ya Israeli, ndio wale ambao watu wa Yerusalemu wamesema, ‘Wako mbali na
<nd>Bwana</nd>; nchi hii tulipewa sisi kuwa milki yetu.’
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ahadi Ya Kurudi Kwa Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="EZK.11.16" />“Kwa hiyo sema, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Ingawa niliwapeleka mbali miongoni mwa mataifa na kuwatawanya katika nchi mbalimbali, lakini kwa kitambo kidogo mimi nimekuwa mahali patakatifu kwao katika nchi walizokwenda.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EZK.11.17" />“Kwa hiyo sema: ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Nitawakusanyeni kutoka mataifa na kuwarudisha kutoka nchi ambazo mmetawanywa, nami nitawarudishia nchi ya Israeli.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="EZK.11.18" />“Watairudia nchi na kuondoa vinyago vyote vya upotovu na sanamu zote za machukizo.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZK.11.19" />Nitawapa moyo mmoja na kuweka roho mpya ndani yao, nitaondoa kutoka ndani yao moyo wa jiwe na kuwapa moyo wa nyama.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZK.11.20" />Kisha watafuata amri zangu na kuwa waangalifu kutii sheria zangu. Watakuwa watu wangu nami nitakuwa Mungu wao.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EZK.11.21" />Lakini kwa wale ambao mioyo yao imeambatana na vinyago vyao vya upotovu na sanamu zao za machukizo, nitaleta juu ya vichwa vyao yale waliyotenda asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="EZK.11.22" />Ndipo wale makerubi, wenye magurudumu pembeni mwao, wakakunjua mabawa yao, nao utukufu wa Mungu wa Israeli ulikuwa juu yao.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EZK.11.23" />Basi utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ukapaa juu kutoka mji, ukatua juu ya mlima ulio upande wa mashariki ya mji.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EZK.11.24" />Roho akaniinua na kunileta mpaka kwa watu wa uhamisho huko Ukaldayo nikiwa katika yale maono niliyopewa na Roho wa Mungu.
</p>
<p style="p">Ndipo maono niliyokuwa nimeyaona yakanitoka,
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EZK.11.25" />nami nikawaeleza wale watu wa uhamisho kila kitu
<nd>Bwana</nd> alichokuwa amenionyesha.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Kutekwa Kwa Yuda Kwaelezewa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.12.1" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.12.2" />“Mwanadamu, unaishi miongoni mwa watu waasi. Wana macho ya kuona, lakini hawaoni na masikio ya kusikia lakini hawasikii, kwa kuwa ni watu waasi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="EZK.12.3" />“Kwa hiyo, mwanadamu, funga mizigo yako kwa kwenda uhamishoni tena wakati wa mchana, wakiwa wanakutazama, toka nje na uende mahali pengine kutoka hapo ulipo. Labda wataelewa, ingawa wao ni nyumba ya kuasi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.12.4" />Wakati wa mchana, wakiwa wanakutazama, toa nje mizigo yako iliyofungwa kwa ajili ya kwenda uhamishoni. Kisha wakati wa jioni, wakiwa wanakutazama toka nje kama wale waendao uhamishoni.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZK.12.5" />Wakiwa wanakutazama, toboa ukuta utolee mizigo yako hapo.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZK.12.6" />Beba mizigo hiyo begani mwako wakikuangalia uichukue nje wakati wa giza la jioni. Funika uso wako ili usione nchi, kwa maana nimekufanya ishara kwa nyumba ya Israeli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EZK.12.7" />Basi nikafanya kama nilivyoamriwa. Wakati wa mchana nilitoa vitu vyangu nje vilivyofungwa tayari kwa uhamishoni. Kisha wakati wa jioni nikatoboa ukuta kwa mikono yangu. Nikachukua mizigo yangu nje wakati wa giza la jioni, nikiwa nimeibeba mabegani mwangu huku wakinitazama.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EZK.12.8" />Asubuhi neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZK.12.9" />“Mwanadamu, je, nyumba ile ya kuasi ya Israeli haikukuuliza, ‘Unafanya nini?’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EZK.12.10" />“Waambie, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Neno hili linamhusu mkuu aliye katika Yerusalemu na nyumba yote ya Israeli ambao wako huko.’
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZK.12.11" />Waambie, ‘Mimi ndiye ishara kwenu.’
</p>
<p style="p">“Kama vile nilivyotenda, basi litatendeka vivyo hivyo kwao. Watakwenda uhamishoni kama mateka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="EZK.12.12" />“Naye mkuu aliye miongoni mwao atabeba mizigo yake begani mwake kwenye giza la jioni na kuondoka na tundu litatobolewa ukutani kwa ajili yake ili kupitia hapo. Atafunika uso wake ili kwamba asiweze kuiona nchi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EZK.12.13" />Nitatandaza wavu wangu kwa ajili yake, naye atanaswa kwenye mtego wangu, nitamleta mpaka Babeli, nchi ya Wakaldayo, lakini hataiona, naye atafia huko.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.12.14" />Wote wanaomzunguka nitawatawanya pande zote, watumishi wake na majeshi yake yote, nami nitawafuatilia kwa upanga uliofutwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EZK.12.15" />“Wao watajua kwamba Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nitakapowatawanya miongoni mwa mataifa na kuwafukuza huku na huko katika nchi zote.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZK.12.16" />Lakini nitawaacha wachache wao waokoke na upanga, njaa na tauni, ili kwamba katika mataifa watakakokwenda waweze kutambua matendo ya machukizo waliotenda. Ndipo watajua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EZK.12.17" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EZK.12.18" />“Mwanadamu, tetemeka wakati ulapo chakula chako, tetemeka kwa hofu wakati unywapo maji yako.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZK.12.19" />Waambie watu wa nchi: ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo kuhusu hao wanaoishi Yerusalemu na katika nchi ya Israeli: Watakula chakula chao kwa wasiwasi na kunywa maji yao kwa kufadhaika, kwa kuwa nchi yao itanyangʼanywa kila kitu chake kwa sababu ya udhalimu wa wote wanaoishi humo.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZK.12.20" />Miji inayokaliwa na watu itaharibiwa na nchi itakuwa ukiwa. Ndipo mtakapojua kwamba Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EZK.12.21" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZK.12.22" />“Mwanadamu, ni nini hii mithali mlio nayo katika nchi ya Israeli: ‘Siku zinapita na hakuna maono yoyote yanayotimia?’
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EZK.12.23" />Waambie, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Nitaikomesha mithali hii, nao hawataitumia tena katika Israeli.’ Waambie, ‘Siku zimekaribia wakati kila maono yatakapotimizwa.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EZK.12.24" />Kwa maana hapatakuwepo tena na maono ya uongo wala ubashiri wa udanganyifu miongoni mwa watu wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EZK.12.25" />Lakini Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> nitasema neno nitakalo, nalo litatimizwa bila kuchelewa. Kwa maana katika siku zako, wewe nyumba ya kuasi, nitatimiza kila nisemalo, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="EZK.12.26" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EZK.12.27" />“Mwanadamu, nyumba ya Israeli inasema, ‘Maono yale anayoyaona ni kwa ajili ya miaka mingi ijayo, naye hutabiri kuhusu siku zijazo zilizo mbali.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="EZK.12.28" />“Kwa hiyo, waambie, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Hakuna maneno yangu yatakayocheleweshwa tena zaidi, lolote nisemalo litatimizwa, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="13" />
<s style="s1">Manabii Wa Uongo Walaumiwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.13.1" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.13.2" />“Mwanadamu, tabiri dhidi ya manabii wa Israeli wanaotabiri sasa. Waambie hao ambao hutabiri kutokana na mawazo yao wenyewe: ‘Sikia neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>!
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.13.3" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Ole wao manabii wapumbavu wafuatao roho yao wenyewe na wala hawajaona chochote!
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.13.4" />Manabii wako, ee Israeli, ni kama mbweha katikati ya magofu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZK.13.5" />Hamjakwea kwenda kuziba mahali palipobomoka katika ukuta ili kuukarabati kwa ajili ya nyumba ya Israeli, ili kwamba isimame imara kwenye vita katika siku ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZK.13.6" />Maono yao ni ya uongo na ubashiri wao ni wa udanganyifu. Wao husema, “<nd>Bwana</nd> amesema,” wakati
<nd>Bwana</nd> hakuwatuma, bado wakitarajia maneno yao kutimizwa.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZK.13.7" />Je, hamjaona maono ya uongo na kusema ubashiri wa udanganyifu hapo msemapo, “<nd>Bwana</nd> asema,” lakini Mimi sijasema?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EZK.13.8" />“ ‘Kwa hiyo hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Kwa sababu ya uongo wa maneno yenu na kwa madanganyo ya maono yenu, Mimi ni kinyume na ninyi, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZK.13.9" />Mkono wangu utakuwa dhidi ya manabii ambao huona maono ya uongo na kusema ubashiri wa udanganyifu. Hawatakuwa katika baraza la watu wangu au kuandikwa katika kumbukumbu ya nyumba ya Israeli wala hawataingia katika nchi ya Israeli. Ndipo mtajua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EZK.13.10" />“ ‘Kwa sababu ni kweli wanapotosha watu wangu, wakisema, “Amani,” wakati ambapo hakuna amani, pia kwa sababu, wakati ukuta dhaifu unapojengwa, wanaufunika kwa kupaka chokaa,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZK.13.11" />kwa hiyo waambie hao wanaoupaka chokaa isiyokorogwa vyema kwamba ukuta huo utaanguka. Mvua kubwa ya mafuriko itanyesha, nami nitaleta mvua ya mawe inyeshe kwa nguvu, nao upepo wa dhoruba utavuma juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZK.13.12" />Wakati ukuta utakapoanguka, je, watu hawatawauliza, “Iko wapi chokaa mliyopaka ukuta?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EZK.13.13" />“ ‘Kwa hiyo hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Katika ghadhabu yangu nitauachia upepo wa dhoruba, pia katika hasira yangu mvua ya mawe na mvua ya mafuriko itanyesha ikiwa na ghadhabu ya kuangamiza.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.13.14" />Nitaubomoa ukuta mlioupaka chokaa na kuuangusha chini ili msingi wake uachwe wazi. Utakapoanguka, mtaangamizwa ndani yake, nanyi mtajua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EZK.13.15" />Hivyo ndivyo nitakavyoitimiza ghadhabu yangu dhidi ya huo ukuta na dhidi yao walioupaka chokaa. Nitawaambia ninyi, “Ukuta umebomoka na vivyo hivyo wale walioupaka chokaa,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZK.13.16" />wale manabii wa Israeli waliotabiri juu ya Yerusalemu na kuona maono ya amani kwa ajili yake wakati kulipokuwa hakuna amani, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.” ’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EZK.13.17" />“Sasa, mwanadamu, kaza uso wako dhidi ya binti za watu wako wanaotabiri mambo kutoka mawazo yao wenyewe. Tabiri dhidi yao
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EZK.13.18" />na useme, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Ole wao wanawake washonao hirizi za uchawi juu ya viwiko vyao vyote na kutengeneza shela za urefu wa aina mbalimbali kwa ajili ya kufunika vichwa vyao kwa makusudi ya kuwanasa watu. Je, mtatega uhai wa watu wangu lakini ninyi mponye wa kwenu?
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZK.13.19" />Ninyi mmeninajisi miongoni mwa watu wangu kwa ajili ya konzi chache za shayiri na chembe za mkate. Kwa kuwaambia uongo watu wangu, wale ambao husikiliza uongo, mmewaua wale watu ambao wasingekufa na kuwaacha hai wale ambao wasingeishi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EZK.13.20" />“ ‘Kwa hiyo hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Mimi niko kinyume na hizo hirizi zenu za uchawi ambazo kwa hizo mnawatega watu kama ndege, nami nitazirarua kutoka mikononi mwenu, nitawaweka huru watu wale mliowatega kama ndege.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EZK.13.21" />Nitazirarua shela zenu na kuwaokoa watu wangu kutoka mikononi mwenu, nao hawatakuwa tena mawindo ya nguvu zenu. Ndipo mtakapojua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZK.13.22" />Kwa sababu mliwavunja moyo wenye haki kwa uongo wenu, wakati mimi sikuwaletea huzuni na kwa kuwa mliwatia moyo waovu ili wasiziache njia zao mbaya na hivyo kuokoa maisha yao,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EZK.13.23" />kwa hiyo hamtaona tena maono ya uongo wala kufanya ubashiri. Nitawaokoa watu wangu kutoka mikononi mwenu. Nanyi ndipo mtakapojua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="14" />
<s style="s1">Waabudu Sanamu Walaumiwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.14.1" />Baadhi ya wazee wa Israeli walinijia na kuketi mbele yangu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.14.2" />Ndipo neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.14.3" />“Mwanadamu, watu hawa wameweka sanamu katika mioyo yao na kuweka vitu viovu vya kukwaza mbele ya macho yao. Je, kweli niwaruhusu waniulize jambo lolote?
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.14.4" />Kwa hiyo sema nao uwaambie, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Wakati Mwisraeli yeyote anapoweka sanamu moyoni mwake na kuweka kitu kiovu cha kukwaza mbele ya macho yake na kisha akaenda kwa nabii, Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> nitamjibu peke yangu sawasawa na ukubwa wa ibada yake ya sanamu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZK.14.5" />Nitafanya jambo hili ili kukamata tena mioyo ya watu wa Israeli, ambao wote wameniacha kwa ajili ya sanamu zao.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EZK.14.6" />“Kwa hiyo iambie nyumba ya Israeli, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Tubuni! Geukeni kutoka kwenye sanamu zenu na mkatae matendo yenu yote ya machukizo!
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EZK.14.7" />“ ‘Mwisraeli yeyote au mgeni yeyote anayeishi katika Israeli anapojitenga nami na kujiwekea sanamu katika moyo wake na kwa hivyo kuweka kitu kiovu cha kukwaza mbele ya macho yake na kisha akamwendea nabii kuuliza shauri kwangu, mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> nitamjibu mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EZK.14.8" />Nitaukaza uso wangu dhidi ya mtu huyo na kumwadhibu na kumfanya ishara kwa watu. Nitamkatilia mbali kutoka watu wangu. Ndipo mtakapojua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EZK.14.9" />“ ‘Naye nabii kama atakuwa ameshawishika kutoa unabii, Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> nitakuwa nimemshawishi nabii huyo, nami nitaunyoosha mkono wangu dhidi yake na kumwangamiza kutoka miongoni mwa watu wangu Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZK.14.10" />Watachukua hatia yao, nabii atakuwa na hatia sawa na yule mtu aliyekuja kuuliza neno kwake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="EZK.14.11" />“ ‘Ndipo watu wa Israeli hawataniacha tena, wala kujitia unajisi tena kwa dhambi zao zote. Ndipo watakuwa watu wangu nami nitakuwa Mungu wao, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Hukumu Isiyoepukika
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="EZK.14.12" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EZK.14.13" />“Mwanadamu, kama nchi itanitenda dhambi kwa kutokuwa waaminifu nami nikinyoosha mkono wangu dhidi yake kukatilia mbali upatikanaji wake wa chakula na kuipelekea njaa na kuua watu wake na wanyama wao,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.14.14" />hata kama watu hawa watatu: Noa, Danieli na Ayubu wangekuwa ndani ya nchi hiyo, ndio hao tu wangeweza kujiokoa wenyewe kwa uadilifu wao, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EZK.14.15" />“Au kama nikipeleka wanyama pori katika nchi hiyo yote na kuifanya isiwe na watoto, nayo ikawa ukiwa kwamba hakuna mtu apitaye katika nchi hiyo kwa sababu ya wanyama pori,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZK.14.16" />hakika kama niishivyo, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, hata kama watu hawa watatu wangekuwa humo ndani yake, wasingeweza kuokoa wana wao wala binti zao. Wao peke yao wangeokolewa, lakini nchi ingekuwa ukiwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EZK.14.17" />“Au kama nikileta upanga dhidi ya nchi hiyo na kusema, ‘Upanga na upite katika nchi yote,’ nami nikiua watu wake na wanyama wao,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EZK.14.18" />hakika kama niishivyo, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, hata kama watu hawa watatu wangekuwa humo ndani yake, wasingeweza kuokoa wana wao wala binti zao. Wao wenyewe tu wangeokolewa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EZK.14.19" />“Au kama nikipeleka tauni katika nchi hiyo na kumwaga ghadhabu yangu juu yake kwa njia ya kumwaga damu, kuua watu wake na wanyama wao,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZK.14.20" />hakika kama niishivyo, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, hata kama Noa, Danieli na Ayubu wangekuwa humo ndani yake, wasingeweza kumwokoa mwana wala binti. Wao wangeweza kujiokoa wenyewe tu kwa uadilifu wao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EZK.14.21" />“Kwa maana hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Itakuwa vibaya kiasi gani nitakapopeleka dhidi ya Yerusalemu hukumu zangu nne za kutisha, yaani, upanga, njaa, wanyama pori na tauni, ili kuua watu wake na wanyama wao!
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZK.14.22" />Lakini watakuwepo wenye kuokoka, wana na binti wataletwa kutoka nje ya nchi hiyo. Watawajia ninyi, nanyi mtakapoona mwenendo wao na matendo yao, mtafarijika kuhusu maafa niliyoleta juu ya Yerusalemu, kwa ajili ya yale yote niliyoleta juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EZK.14.23" />Mtafarijika wakati mtakapoona mwenendo wao na matendo yao, kwa kuwa mtajua kwamba sikufanya lolote ndani yake bila sababu, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="15" />
<s style="s1">Yerusalemu Mzabibu Usiofaa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.15.1" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.15.2" />“Mwanadamu, je, ni vipi mti wa mzabibu unaweza kuwa bora zaidi kuliko tawi la mti mwingine wowote ndani ya msitu?
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.15.3" />Je, mti wake kamwe huchukuliwa na kutengeneza chochote cha manufaa? Je, watu hutengeneza vigingi vya kuningʼinizia vitu kutokana na huo mti wake?
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.15.4" />Nao baada ya kutiwa motoni kama nishati na moto ukateketeza ncha zote mbili na kuunguza sehemu ya kati, je, unafaa kwa lolote?
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZK.15.5" />Kama haukufaa kitu chochote ulipokuwa mzima, je, si zaidi sana sasa ambapo hauwezekani kufanyishwa chochote cha kufaa baada ya moto kuuchoma na kuuunguza?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EZK.15.6" />“Kwa hiyo hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Kama nilivyoutoa mti wa mzabibu miongoni mwa miti ya msituni kuwa nishati kwa ajili ya moto, hivyo ndivyo nitakavyowatendea watu waishio Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZK.15.7" />Nitaukaza uso wangu dhidi yao. Ingawa watakuwa wameokoka kwenye moto, bado moto utawateketeza. Nami nitakapoukaza uso wangu dhidi yao, ninyi mtajua kwamba Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EZK.15.8" />Nitaifanya nchi kuwa ukiwa kwa sababu wamekuwa si waaminifu, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="16" />
<s style="s1">Yerusalemu, Mwanamke Asiye Mwaminifu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.16.1" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.16.2" />“Mwanadamu, ijulishe Yerusalemu kuhusu mwenendo wake wa machukizo
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.16.3" />na useme, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, analomwambia Yerusalemu: Wewe asili yako na kuzaliwa kwako ni katika nchi ya Kanaani, baba yako alikuwa Mwamori, naye mama yako alikuwa Mhiti.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.16.4" />Siku uliyozaliwa kitovu chako hakikukatwa, wala hukuogeshwa kwa maji ili kukufanya safi, wala hukusuguliwa kwa chumvi wala kufunikwa kwa nguo.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZK.16.5" />Hakuna yeyote aliyekuonea huruma au kukusikitikia kiasi cha kukutendea mojawapo ya mambo haya. Badala yake, ulipozaliwa ulitupwa nje penye uwanja, kwa kuwa katika siku uliyozaliwa ulidharauliwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EZK.16.6" />“ ‘Ndipo nilipopita karibu nawe nikakuona ukigaagaa kwenye damu yako, nawe ulipokuwa umelala hapo penye hiyo damu nikakuambia, “Ishi!”
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZK.16.7" />Nilikufanya uote kama mmea wa shambani. Ukakua na kuongezeka sana, ukawa kito cha thamani kuliko vyote. Matiti yako yakatokeza na nywele zako zikaota, wewe uliyekuwa uchi na bila kitu chochote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EZK.16.8" />“ ‘Baadaye nikapita karibu nawe, nilipokutazama na kukuona kuwa umefikia umri wa kupendwa, nililitandaza vazi langu juu yako na kuufunika uchi wako. Nikakuapia na kuingia kwenye Agano na wewe, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, nawe ukawa wangu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EZK.16.9" />“ ‘Nilikuogesha kwa maji, nikakuosha ile damu na kukupaka mafuta.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZK.16.10" />Nikakuvika vazi lililotariziwa na kukuvalisha viatu vya kamba vya ngozi. Nikakuvika nguo za kitani safi na kukufunika kwa mavazi ya thamani kubwa.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZK.16.11" />Nikakupamba kwa vito: nikakuvika bangili mikononi mwako na mkufu shingoni mwako,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZK.16.12" />nikaweka hazama puani mwako, vipuli masikioni mwako na taji nzuri sana kichwani mwako.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EZK.16.13" />Kwa hiyo ulipambwa kwa dhahabu na fedha, nguo zako zilikuwa za kitani safi, hariri na nguo iliyokuwa imetariziwa. Chakula chako kilikuwa unga laini, asali na mafuta ya zeituni. Ukawa mzuri sana ukainuka kuwa malkia.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.16.14" />Umaarufu wako ulifahamika miongoni mwa mataifa kwa ajili ya uzuri wako, kwani ulikuwa mkamilifu kwa ajili ya utukufu wangu niliokuwa nimeuweka juu yako, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EZK.16.15" />“ ‘Lakini ulitumainia uzuri wako na kutumia umaarufu wako kuwa kahaba. Ulifanya uzinzi kwa kila mtu aliyepita, uzuri wako ukawa kwa ajili yake.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZK.16.16" />Ulichukua baadhi ya mavazi yako ukayatumia kupamba mahali pako pa juu pa kuabudia miungu, mahali ambapo ulifanyia ukahaba wako. Mambo ya namna hiyo hayastahili kutendeka wala kamwe kutokea.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EZK.16.17" />Pia ulichukua vito vizuri nilivyokupa, vito vilivyotengenezwa kwa dhahabu yangu na fedha yangu, ukajitengenezea navyo sanamu za kiume na ukafanya ukahaba nazo.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EZK.16.18" />Ukayachukua mavazi yako niliyokupa yaliyotariziwa na ukazivalisha hizo sanamu, ukatoa mbele ya hizo sanamu mafuta yangu na uvumba wangu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZK.16.19" />Pia chakula changu nilichokupa ili ule: unga laini, mafuta ya zeituni na asali, ulivitoa mbele yao kuwa uvumba wa harufu nzuri. Hayo ndiyo yaliyotokea, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EZK.16.20" />“ ‘Nawe uliwachukua wanao na binti zako ulionizalia mimi na kuwatoa kafara kuwa chakula kwa sanamu. Je, ukahaba wako haukukutosha?
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EZK.16.21" />Uliwachinja watoto wangu na kuwatoa kafara kwa sanamu.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZK.16.22" />Katika matendo yako yote ya machukizo, pamoja na ukahaba wako hukukumbuka siku za ujana wako, wakati ulipokuwa uchi kabisa bila kitu chochote, ulipokuwa ukigaagaa kwenye damu yako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="EZK.16.23" />“ ‘Ole! Ole wako! Asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi. Pamoja na maovu yako yote mengine,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EZK.16.24" />Ukajijengea jukwaa na kujifanyia mahali pa fahari pa ibada za miungu kwenye kila uwanja wa mikutano.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EZK.16.25" />Katika kila mwanzo wa barabara ulijenga mahali pa fahari pa ibada za miungu na kuaibisha uzuri wako, ukiutoa mwili wako kwa kuzidisha uzinzi kwa kila apitaye.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EZK.16.26" />Ulifanya ukahaba wako na Wamisri, jirani zako waliojaa tamaa, ukaichochea hasira yangu kwa kuongezeka kwa uzinzi wako.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EZK.16.27" />Hivyo nilinyoosha mkono wangu dhidi yako na kuipunguza nchi yako, nikakutia kwenye ulafi wa adui zako, binti za Wafilisti, walioshtushwa na tabia yako ya uasherati.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EZK.16.28" />Ulifanya ukahaba na Waashuru pia, kwa kuwa hukuridhika, hata baada ya hayo, ukawa bado hukutosheleka.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="EZK.16.29" />Ndipo ukaongeza uzinzi wako kwa Wakaldayo nchi ya wafanyabiashara, hata katika hili hukutosheka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="EZK.16.30" />“ ‘Tazama jinsi ulivyo na dhamiri dhaifu, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, unapofanya mambo haya yote, ukifanya kama kahaba asiyekuwa na aibu!
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="EZK.16.31" />Unapojenga jukwaa lako kila mwanzo wa barabara na kufanyiza mahali pa fahari pa ibada za miungu katika kila kiwanja cha wazi, lakini hukuwa kama kahaba, kwa sababu ulidharau malipo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="EZK.16.32" />“ ‘Wewe mke mzinzi! Unapenda wageni, kuliko mume wako mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="EZK.16.33" />Kila kahaba hupokea malipo, lakini wewe hutoa zawadi kwa wapenzi wako wote, ukiwahonga ili waje kwako kutoka kila mahali kwa ajili ya ukahaba wako.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="EZK.16.34" />Kwa hiyo wewe ulikuwa tofauti na wanawake wengine kwenye ukahaba wako, hakuna aliyekutongoza ili kuzini naye, wewe ndiye uliyelipa wakati hakuna malipo uliyolipwa wewe. Wewe ulikuwa tofauti.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="EZK.16.35" />“ ‘Kwa hiyo, wewe kahaba, sikia neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>!
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="EZK.16.36" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Kwa kuwa umemwaga tamaa zako na kuonyesha uchi wako katika uzinzi wako kwa wapenzi wako na kwa sababu ya sanamu zako zote za machukizo na kwa sababu uliwapa damu ya watoto wako,
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="EZK.16.37" />kwa hiyo nitawakusanya wapenzi wako wote, wale ambao ulijifurahisha nao, wale uliowapenda na wale uliowachukia pia. Nitawakusanya wote dhidi yako kutoka pande zote na nitakuvua nguo mbele yao, nao wataona uchi wako wote.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="EZK.16.38" />Nitakuhukumia adhabu wanayopewa wanawake wafanyao uasherati na hao wamwagao damu, nitaleta juu yenu kisasi cha damu cha ghadhabu yangu na wivu wa hasira yangu.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="EZK.16.39" />Kisha nitakutia mikononi mwa wapenzi wako, nao watabomoa majukwaa yako na kuharibu mahali pako pa fahari pa ibada ya miungu. Watakuvua nguo zako na kuchukua vito vyako vya thamani na kukuacha uchi na bila kitu.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="EZK.16.40" />Wataleta kundi la watu dhidi yako, watakaokupiga kwa mawe na kukukatakata vipande vipande kwa panga zao.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="EZK.16.41" />Watachoma nyumba zako na kutekeleza adhabu juu yako machoni pa wanawake wengi. Nitakomesha ukahaba wako, nawe hutawalipa tena wapenzi wako.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="EZK.16.42" />Ndipo ghadhabu yangu dhidi yako itakapopungua na wivu wa hasira yangu utaondoka kwako. Nitatulia wala sitakasirika tena.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="43" bcv="EZK.16.43" />“ ‘Kwa sababu hukuzikumbuka siku za ujana wako, lakini ulinikasirisha kwa mambo haya yote, hakika nitaleta juu ya kichwa chako yale uliyotenda, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi. Je hukuongeza uasherati juu ya matendo yako yote ya kuchukiza?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="44" bcv="EZK.16.44" />“ ‘Kila mtu atumiaye maneno ya mithali hii, atayatumia juu yako: “Alivyo mama, ndivyo alivyo bintiye.”
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="EZK.16.45" />Wewe ni binti halisi wa mama yako, ambaye alimchukia kabisa mume wake na watoto wake, tena wewe ni dada halisi wa dada zako, waliowachukia kabisa waume zao na watoto wao. Mama yako alikuwa Mhiti na baba yako alikuwa Mwamori.
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="EZK.16.46" />Dada yako mkubwa alikuwa Samaria, aliyeishi upande wako wa kaskazini na binti zake, pamoja na dada yake, naye dada yako mdogo, aliyeishi kusini yako pamoja na binti zake, alikuwa Sodoma.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="EZK.16.47" />Hukuziendea njia zao tu na kuiga matendo yao ya kuchukiza, bali kwa muda mfupi katika njia zako zote uliharibika tabia zaidi kuliko wao.
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="EZK.16.48" />Hakika kama niishivyo, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, dada yako Sodoma pamoja na binti zake, kamwe hawakufanya yale ambayo wewe na binti zako mmefanya.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="49" bcv="EZK.16.49" />“ ‘Sasa hii ilikuwa ndiyo dhambi ya dada yako Sodoma: yeye na binti zake walikuwa na majivuno, walafi na wazembe, hawakuwasaidia maskini na wahitaji.
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="EZK.16.50" />Walijivuna na kufanya mambo ya machukizo sana mbele zangu. Kwa hiyo niliwakatilia mbali nami kama mlivyoona.
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="EZK.16.51" />Samaria hakufanya hata nusu ya dhambi ulizofanya. Wewe umefanya mambo mengi sana ya kuchukiza kuwaliko wao, nawe umewafanya dada zako waonekane kama wenye haki kwa ajili ya mambo haya yote uliyoyafanya.
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="EZK.16.52" />Chukua aibu yako, kwa kuwa umefanya uovu wa dada zako uwe si kitu, nao waonekane kama wenye haki. Kwa kuwa dhambi zako zilikuwa mbaya zaidi kuliko zao, wameonekana wenye haki zaidi kuliko wewe. Kwa hiyo basi, chukua aibu yako, kwa kuwa umewafanya dada zako waonekane wenye haki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="53" bcv="EZK.16.53" />“ ‘Lakini nitarudisha baraka za Sodoma na binti zake na za Samaria na binti zake, nami nitarudisha baraka zako pamoja na zao,
<ve />
<v id="54" bcv="EZK.16.54" />ili upate kuchukua aibu yako na kufedheheka kwa ajili ya yote uliyotenda ambayo yamekuwa faraja kwao wakijilinganisha na wewe.
<ve />
<v id="55" bcv="EZK.16.55" />Nao dada zako, Sodoma na binti zake na Samaria na binti zake, watarudishwa kama vile walivyokuwa mwanzoni, nawe pamoja na binti zako mtarudishwa kama mlivyokuwa hapo awali.
<ve />
<v id="56" bcv="EZK.16.56" />Hukuweza hata kumtaja dada yako Sodoma kwa sababu ya dharau yako katika siku za kiburi chako,
<ve />
<v id="57" bcv="EZK.16.57" />kabla uovu wako haujafunuliwa. Hata hivyo, sasa unadhihakiwa na binti za Edomu na jirani zake wote, na binti za Wafilisti, wale wote wanaokuzunguka wanakudharau.
<ve />
<v id="58" bcv="EZK.16.58" />Utachukua matokeo ya uasherati wako na matendo yako ya kuchukiza, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="59" bcv="EZK.16.59" />“ ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Nitakushughulikia kama unavyostahili, kwa kuwa umedharau kiapo changu kwa kuvunja Agano.
<ve />
<v id="60" bcv="EZK.16.60" />Lakini nitakumbuka Agano nililolifanya nawe wakati wa ujana wako, nami nitaweka nawe Agano imara la milele.
<ve />
<v id="61" bcv="EZK.16.61" />Ndipo utakapozikumbuka njia zako na kuona aibu utakapowapokea dada zako, wale walio wakubwa wako na wadogo wako. Nitakupa hao wawe binti zako, lakini si katika msingi wa Agano langu na wewe.
<ve />
<v id="62" bcv="EZK.16.62" />Hivyo nitalifanya imara Agano langu na wewe, nawe utajua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="63" bcv="EZK.16.63" />Basi, nitakapofanya upatanisho kwa ajili yako, kwa yale yote uliyoyatenda, utakumbuka na kuaibika, nawe kamwe hutafumbua tena kinywa chako kwa sababu ya aibu yako, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="17" />
<s style="s1">Tai Wawili Na Mizabibu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.17.1" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.17.2" />“Mwanadamu, tega kitendawili, ukawaambie nyumba ya Israeli fumbo.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.17.3" />Waambie hivi, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Tai mkubwa mwenye mabawa yenye nguvu, yaliyojaa manyoya marefu ya rangi mbalimbali, alikuja Lebanoni. Akatua kwenye kilele cha mwerezi,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.17.4" />akakwanyua ncha yake na kuichukua mpaka nchi ya wafanyabiashara, akaipanda huko katika mji wa wachuuzi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EZK.17.5" />“ ‘Akachukua baadhi ya mbegu za nchi yako na kuziweka katika udongo wenye rutuba. Akazipanda kama mti umeao kando ya maji mengi,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZK.17.6" />nazo zikaota na kuwa mzabibu mfupi, unaoeneza matawi yake. Matawi yake yakamwelekea huyo tai, mizizi yake ikabaki chini ya huo mzabibu. Kwa hiyo ukawa mzabibu na kutoa matawi na vitawi vyenye majani mengi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EZK.17.7" />“ ‘Lakini kulikuwa na tai mwingine mkubwa, mwenye mabawa yenye nguvu yaliyojaa manyoya. Tazama! Huu mzabibu ukatoa mizizi yake kumwelekea huyo tai kutoka mle kwenye shamba lile ulikopandwa na kutanda matawi yake kumwelekea kwa ajili ya kupata maji.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EZK.17.8" />Ulikuwa umepandwa katika udongo mzuri wenye maji mengi ili uweze kutoa matawi, kuzaa matunda na uweze kuwa mzabibu mzuri sana.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EZK.17.9" />“Waambie, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Je, utastawi? Je, hautangʼolewa na kuondolewa matunda yake, ili uweze kunyauka? Majani yake mapya yanayochipua yote yatanyauka. Hautahitaji mkono wenye nguvu au watu wengi kuungʼoa na mizizi yake.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZK.17.10" />Hata kama utapandwa pengine, Je, utastawi? Je, hautanyauka kabisa wakati upepo wa mashariki utakapoupiga, yaani, hautanyauka kabisa katika udongo mzuri ambamo ulikuwa umestawi vizuri?’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="EZK.17.11" />Ndipo neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZK.17.12" />“Waambie nyumba hii ya kuasi, ‘Je, mnajua hii ina maana gani?’ Waambie: ‘Mfalme wa Babeli alikwenda Yerusalemu na kumchukua mfalme na watu maarufu, akarudi nao na kuwaleta mpaka Babeli.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EZK.17.13" />Ndipo akamchukua mmoja wa jamaa ya mfalme na kufanya mapatano naye, akamfanya aape. Akawachukua pia viongozi wa nchi,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.17.14" />ili kuudhoofisha ufalme huo, usiweze kuinuka tena, ila uweze kuendelea tu chini ya mapatano yake.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EZK.17.15" />Lakini mfalme aliasi dhidi yake kwa kutuma wajumbe wake kwenda Misri ili kupatiwa farasi na jeshi kubwa. Je, atashinda? Je, atafanikiwa? Je, mtu afanyaye mambo kama hayo ataokoka? Je, atavunja mapatano na bado aokoke?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="EZK.17.16" />“ ‘Hakika kama niishivyo, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, atafia huko Babeli, katika nchi ya mfalme aliyemketisha katika kiti cha enzi, ambaye alidharau kiapo chake na kuvunja mapatano yake.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EZK.17.17" />Farao na jeshi lake kubwa, na wingi wake wa watu hawataweza kusaidia chochote katika vita, wakati watakapozungukwa na jeshi ili kukatilia mbali maisha ya watu wengi.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EZK.17.18" />Alidharau kiapo kwa kuvunja Agano. Kwa sababu aliahidi kwa mkono wake mwenyewe na bado akafanya mambo haya yote, hataokoka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EZK.17.19" />“ ‘Kwa hiyo hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Hakika kama niishivyo, nitaleta juu ya kichwa chake kiapo changu, alichokidharau na Agano langu lile alilolivunja.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZK.17.20" />Nitautandaza wavu wangu kwa ajili yake, naye atanaswa katika mtego wangu. Nitamleta mpaka Babeli na kutekeleza hukumu juu yake huko kwa kuwa hakuwa mwaminifu kwangu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EZK.17.21" />Askari wake wote wanaotoroka wataanguka kwa upanga, nao watakaonusurika watatawanyika katika pande zote za dunia. Ndipo utakapojua kuwa Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> nimesema.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Hatimaye Israeli Kutukuzwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="EZK.17.22" />“ ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Mimi mwenyewe nitachukua chipukizi kutoka kwenye kilele cha juu sana cha mwerezi na kukipanda, nitavunja kitawi kichanga kutoka matawi yake ya juu kabisa na kukipanda juu ya mlima mrefu ulioinuka sana.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EZK.17.23" />Katika vilele vya mlima mrefu wa Israeli nitakipanda, kitatoa matawi na kuzaa matunda na kuwa mwerezi mzuri sana. Ndege wa kila aina wataweka viota vyao ndani yake, nao watapata makazi katika kivuli cha matawi yake.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EZK.17.24" />Miti yote ya kondeni itajua kuwa Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> ninaishusha miti mirefu na kuikuza miti mifupi kuwa miti mirefu. Mimi naikausha miti mibichi na kuifanya miti mikavu istawi.
</p>
<p style="p">“ ‘Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> nimesema, nami nitatenda.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="18" />
<s style="s1">Roho Itendayo Dhambi Itakufa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.18.1" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.18.2" />“Je, ninyi watu mna maana gani kutumia mithali hii inayohusu nchi ya Israeli:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Baba wamekula zabibu zenye chachu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo meno ya watoto yametiwa ganzi’?
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="EZK.18.3" />“Hakika kama niishivyo, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, hamtatumia tena mithali hii katika Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.18.4" />Kwa kuwa kila roho ni mali yangu, kama vile ilivyo roho ya baba, vivyo hivyo roho ya mtoto ni mali yangu. Roho itendayo dhambi ndiyo itakayokufa.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="EZK.18.5" />“Mtu aweza kuwa ni mwenye haki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atendaye yaliyo haki na sawa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="EZK.18.6" />Hakula katika mahali pa ibada za miungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye milima
</q>
<q style="q1">wala hakuziinulia macho sanamu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">za nyumba ya Israeli.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hakumtia unajisi mke wa jirani yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakukutana kimwili na mwanamke
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wa siku zake za hedhi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="EZK.18.7" />Hamwonei mtu yeyote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali hurudisha kilichowekwa rehani kwake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hanyangʼanyi, bali huwapa wenye njaa chakula chake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na huwapa nguo walio uchi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="EZK.18.8" />Hakopeshi kwa riba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hajipatii faida ya ziada.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huuzuia mkono wake usifanye mabaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye huhukumu kwa haki kati ya mtu na mtu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="EZK.18.9" />Huzifuata amri zangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzishika sheria zangu kwa uaminifu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huyo mtu ni mwenye haki;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakika ataishi,
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EZK.18.10" />“Aweza kuwa ana mwana jeuri, amwagaye damu au atendaye mojawapo ya mambo haya
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZK.18.11" />(ingawa baba yake hakufanya mojawapo ya haya):
</p>
<q style="q1">“Hula katika mahali pa ibada za miungu kwenye milima.
</q>
<q style="q1">Humtia unajisi mke wa jirani yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="EZK.18.12" />Huwaonea maskini na wahitaji.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hunyangʼanyana.
</q>
<q style="q1">Harudishi kile kilichowekwa rehani kwake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huziinulia sanamu macho.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hufanya mambo ya machukizo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="EZK.18.13" />Hukopesha kwa riba na kutafuta faida ya ziada.
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Je, mtu wa namna hii ataishi? Hapana, hataishi! Kwa sababu amefanya mambo haya yote ya machukizo, hakika atauawa na damu yake itakuwa juu ya kichwa chake mwenyewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="EZK.18.14" />“Lakini yawezekana mwana huyo ana mwana aonaye dhambi hizi zote anazofanya baba yake, naye ingawa anaziona, yeye hafanyi mabaya kama haya:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="EZK.18.15" />“Hakula katika mahali pa ibada za miungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye milima,
</q>
<q style="q1">wala hainulii macho sanamu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">za nyumba ya Israeli.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hakumtia unajisi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mke wa jirani yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="EZK.18.16" />Hakumwonea mtu yeyote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakutaka rehani kwa ajili ya mkopo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hanyangʼanyi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali huwapa wenye njaa chakula chake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na huwapa nguo walio uchi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="EZK.18.17" />Huuzuia mkono wake usitende dhambi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakopeshi kwa riba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hajipatii faida ya ziada.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huzishika amri zangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzifuata sheria zangu.
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Hatakufa kwa ajili ya dhambi za baba yake; hakika ataishi.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EZK.18.18" />Lakini baba yake atakufa kwa ajili ya dhambi yake mwenyewe, kwa sababu alitoza bei isiyo halali kwa nguvu, akamnyangʼanya ndugu yake na kufanya yaliyo mabaya miongoni mwa watu wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EZK.18.19" />“Lakini mnauliza, ‘Kwa nini mwana asiadhibiwe kwa uovu wa baba yake?’ Kwa vile mwana ametenda yaliyo haki na sawa na amekuwa mwangalifu kuzishika amri zangu zote, hakika ataishi.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZK.18.20" />Roho itendayo dhambi ndiyo itakayokufa. Mwana hataadhibiwa kwa ajili ya makosa ya baba yake, wala baba hataadhibiwa kwa ajili ya makosa ya mwanawe. Haki ya mtu mwenye haki itahesabiwa juu yake na uovu wa mtu mwovu utalipizwa juu yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EZK.18.21" />“Lakini mtu mwovu akiacha dhambi zake zote alizozitenda na kushika amri zangu zote na kufanya lililo haki na sawa, hakika ataishi, hatakufa.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZK.18.22" />Hakuna kosa lolote alilotenda litakalokumbukwa juu yake. Kwa ajili ya mambo ya haki aliyoyatenda, ataishi.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EZK.18.23" />Je, mimi ninafurahia kifo cha mtu mwovu? Asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi. Je, si mimi ninafurahi wanapogeuka kutoka njia zao mbaya na kuishi?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="EZK.18.24" />“Lakini kama mtu mwenye haki akiacha haki yake na kutenda dhambi na kufanya mambo ya machukizo ambayo mtu mwovu hufanya, Je, ataishi? Hakuna hata mojawapo ya matendo ya haki aliyotenda litakalokumbukwa. Kwa sababu ya kukosa uaminifu kwake anayo hatia na kwa sababu ya dhambi alizozitenda, atakufa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="EZK.18.25" />“Lakini mnasema, ‘Njia ya Bwana si ya haki.’ Sikia, ee nyumba ya Israeli: Njia yangu siyo iliyo ya haki? Je, si njia zenu ndizo ambazo si za haki?
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EZK.18.26" />Kama mtu mwenye haki akiacha haki yake na kutenda dhambi, atakufa kwa ajili ya dhambi yake, kwa sababu ya dhambi alizotenda, atakufa.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EZK.18.27" />Lakini mtu mwovu akigeuka kutoka maovu aliyoyatenda na kufanya yaliyo haki na sawa, ataokoa maisha yake.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EZK.18.28" />Kwa kuwa anayafikiria na kugeuka kutoka makosa yake yote aliyoyatenda na kuyaacha, hakika ataishi, hatakufa.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="EZK.18.29" />Lakini nyumba ya Israeli inasema, ‘Njia za Bwana si haki.’ Je, njia zangu si za haki, ee nyumba ya Israeli? Je, si njia zenu ndizo ambazo si za haki?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="EZK.18.30" />“Kwa hiyo, ee nyumba ya Israeli, nitawahukumu, kila mmoja sawasawa na njia zake, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi. Tubuni! Geukeni kutoka makosa yenu yote, ndipo dhambi haitakuwa anguko lenu.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="EZK.18.31" />Tupilieni mbali makosa yenu yote mliyoyatenda, nanyi mpate moyo mpya na roho mpya. Kwa nini mfe, ee nyumba ya Israeli?
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="EZK.18.32" />Kwa maana sifurahii kifo cha mtu awaye yote afaye katika uovu, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi. Tubuni basi, mkaishi!
<ve />
</p>

<c id="19" />
<s style="s1">Maombolezo Kwa Ajili Ya Wakuu Wa Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.19.1" />“Wewe fanya maombolezo kuhusu wakuu wa Israeli
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.19.2" />na useme:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Tazama jinsi gani mama yako alivyokuwa simba jike
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miongoni mwa simba!
</q>
<q style="q1">Alilala katikati ya wana simba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kulisha watoto wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="EZK.19.3" />Alimlea mmoja wa watoto wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye akawa simba mwenye nguvu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Akajifunza kurarua mawindo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye akala watu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="EZK.19.4" />Mataifa wakasikia habari zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye akanaswa katika shimo lao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wakamwongoza kwa ndoana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpaka nchi ya Misri.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="EZK.19.5" />“ ‘Mama yake alipongoja na kuona tumaini lake halitimiziki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo matarajio yake yametoweka,
</q>
<q style="q1">akamchukua mwanawe mwingine
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumfanya simba mwenye nguvu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="EZK.19.6" />Alizungukazunguka miongoni mwa simba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa sasa alikuwa simba mwenye nguvu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Akajifunza kurarua mawindo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye akala watu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="EZK.19.7" />Akabomoa ngome zao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuiharibu miji yao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nchi na wote waliokuwa ndani yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakatiwa hofu kwa kunguruma kwake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="EZK.19.8" />Kisha mataifa wakaja dhidi yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka sehemu zilizomzunguka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wakatanda nyavu zao kwa ajili yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye akanaswa katika shimo lao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="EZK.19.9" />Kwa kutumia ndoana wakamvutia kwenye tundu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumleta mpaka kwa mfalme wa Babeli.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wakamtia gerezani, hivyo kunguruma kwake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakukusikika tena
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika milima ya Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="EZK.19.10" />“ ‘Mama yako alikuwa kama mzabibu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika shamba lako la mizabibu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uliopandwa kando ya maji,
</q>
<q style="q1">ukiwa unazaa sana na wenye matawi mengi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya wingi wa maji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="EZK.19.11" />Matawi yake yalikuwa na nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yaliyofaa kuwa fimbo ya enzi ya mtawala.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ulikuwa mrefu kupita miti mingine
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katikati ya matawi manene;
</q>
<q style="q1">ulionekana kwa urahisi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya urefu wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wingi wa matawi yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="EZK.19.12" />Lakini ulingʼolewa kwa hasira kali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutupwa chini.
</q>
<q style="q1">Upepo wa mashariki uliufanya usinyae,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">matunda yake yakapukutika,
</q>
<q style="q1">matawi yake yenye nguvu yakanyauka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na moto ukayateketeza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="EZK.19.13" />Sasa umepandwa jangwani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika nchi kame na ya kiu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="EZK.19.14" />Moto ulienea kuanzia katika mmojawapo ya matawi yake makubwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuteketeza matunda yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hakuna tawi lenye nguvu lililobaki juu yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lifaalo kuwa fimbo ya enzi ya mtawala.’
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Hili ndilo ombolezo, na litumike kama ombolezo.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="20" />
<s style="s1">Israeli Waasi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.20.1" />Katika mwaka wa saba, mwezi wa tano siku ya kumi, baadhi ya wazee wa Israeli wakaja ili kutaka ushauri kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, wakaketi mbele yangu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="EZK.20.2" />Ndipo neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.20.3" />“Mwanadamu, sema na wazee wa Israeli uwaambie, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Kwa nini mmekuja? Je, ni kutaka ushauri kwangu? Hakika kama niishivyo, sitawaruhusu mtake ushauri toka kwangu, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="EZK.20.4" />“Je, utawahukumu? Je, mwanadamu, utawahukumu? Basi uwakabili kwa ajili ya machukizo ya baba zao
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZK.20.5" />na uwaambie: ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Siku ile nilipochagua Israeli, niliwaapia wazao wa nyumba ya Yakobo kwa mkono ulioinuliwa nami nikajidhihirisha kwao huko Misri. Kwa mkono ulioinuliwa niliwaambia, “Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wenu.”
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZK.20.6" />Siku ile niliwaapia wao kwamba nitawatoa katika nchi ya Misri na kuwaleta katika nchi niliyowachagulia, nchi itiririkayo maziwa na asali, nchi nzuri kupita zote.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZK.20.7" />Nami nikawaambia, “Kila mmoja wenu aondolee mbali sanamu za chukizo ambazo mmekazia macho, nanyi msijitie unajisi kwa sanamu za Misri. Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EZK.20.8" />“ ‘Lakini waliniasi na hawakunisikiliza, hawakuondolea mbali sanamu za machukizo ambazo walikuwa wamezikazia macho, wala kuondolea mbali sanamu za Misri. Ndipo nikasema, nitawamwagia ghadhabu yangu na kutimiza hasira yangu dhidi yao huko Misri.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZK.20.9" />Lakini kwa ajili ya Jina langu nilifanya kile ambacho kingelifanya lisitiwe unajisi machoni mwa mataifa waliyoishi miongoni mwao na ambao machoni pao nilikuwa nimejifunua kwa Waisraeli kwa kuwatoa katika nchi ya Misri.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZK.20.10" />Kwa hiyo nikawaongoza watoke Misri na kuwaleta jangwani.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZK.20.11" />Nikawapa amri zangu na kuwajulisha sheria zangu, kwa kuwa mtu anayezitii ataishi kwa hizo.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZK.20.12" />Pia niliwapa Sabato zangu kama ishara kati yangu nao, ili wapate kujua kuwa Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> niliwafanya kuwa watakatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EZK.20.13" />“ ‘Lakini watu wa Israeli waliniasi Mimi jangwani. Hawakufuata amri zangu, bali walikataa sheria zangu, ingawa mtu yule anayezitii ataishi kwa hizo sheria, nao walizinajisi Sabato zangu kabisa. Hivyo nilisema ningemwaga ghadhabu yangu juu yao na kuwaangamiza huko jangwani.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.20.14" />Lakini kwa ajili ya Jina langu nikafanya kile ambacho kitalifanya Jina langu lisitiwe unajisi machoni mwa mataifa ambao mbele yao nilikuwa nimewatoa Waisraeli.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EZK.20.15" />Tena kwa mkono ulioinuliwa nikawaapia huko jangwani kwamba nisingewaingiza katika nchi niliyokuwa nimewapa, yaani, nchi itiririkayo maziwa na asali, nchi nzuri kuliko zote,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZK.20.16" />kwa sababu walikataa sheria zangu na hawakufuata amri zangu na wakazinajisi Sabato zangu. Kwa kuwa mioyo yao iliandama sanamu zao.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EZK.20.17" />Lakini niliwahurumia wala sikuwaangamiza wala hakuwafuta kabisa jangwani.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EZK.20.18" />Niliwaambia watoto wao kule jangwani, “Msifuate amri za baba zenu wala kushika sheria zao au kujinajisi kwa sanamu zao.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZK.20.19" />Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wenu, fuateni amri zangu tena kuweni waangalifu kushika sheria zangu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZK.20.20" />Zitakaseni Sabato zangu ili ziwe ishara kati yangu nanyi. Ndipo mtakapojua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EZK.20.21" />“ ‘Lakini watoto hao wakaniasi: Hawakufuata amri zangu, wala hawakuwa waangalifu kushika sheria zangu, ingawa mtu anayezitii anaishi kwa hizo sheria, nao wakazinajisi Sabato zangu. Hivyo nikasema ningemwaga ghadhabu yangu juu yao na kutimiza hasira yangu dhidi yao huko jangwani.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZK.20.22" />Lakini nikauzuia mkono wangu na kwa ajili ya Jina langu nikafanya kile ambacho kingelifanya Jina langu lisitiwe unajisi machoni mwa mataifa ambao mbele yao nilikuwa nimewatoa Waisraeli.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EZK.20.23" />Tena kwa mkono ulioinuliwa nikawaapia huko jangwani kwamba ningewatawanya miongoni mwa mataifa na kuwatawanya katika nchi mbalimbali,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EZK.20.24" />kwa sababu hawakutii sheria zangu lakini walikuwa wamekataa amri zangu na kuzinajisi Sabato zangu, nayo macho yao yakatamani sanamu za baba zao.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EZK.20.25" />Pia niliwaacha wafuate amri ambazo hazikuwa nzuri na sheria ambazo mtu hawezi kuishi kwa hizo sheria.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EZK.20.26" />Nikawaacha wanajisiwe kwa matoleo yao, kuwatoa wazaliwa wao wa kwanza kafara kwa sanamu, yaani, kule kuwapitisha wazaliwa wao wa kwanza kwenye moto, nipate kuwajaza na hofu ili wajue kwamba Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="EZK.20.27" />“Kwa hiyo, mwanadamu, sema na watu wa Israeli na uwaambie, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Katika hili pia, baba zenu walinikufuru kwa kuniacha mimi:
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EZK.20.28" />Nilipowaleta katika nchi ile ambayo nilikuwa nimeapa kuwapa na kuona kilima chochote kirefu au mti wowote wenye majani mengi, huko walitoa dhabihu zao, wakatoa sadaka ambazo zilichochea hasira yangu, wakafukiza uvumba wenye harufu nzuri na kumimina sadaka zao za kinywaji.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="EZK.20.29" />Ndipo nikawaambia: Ni nini maana yake hapa mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu mnapopaendea?’ ” (Basi jina la mahali pale panaitwa Bama<f caller="+"><fr>20:29
</fr><ft>Bama maana yake ni mahali pa juu pa kuabudia miungu.</ft></f> hata hivi leo.)
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Hukumu Na Kurudishwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="EZK.20.30" />“Kwa hiyo iambie nyumba ya Israeli: ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Je, mtajinajisi kama vile baba zenu walivyofanya na kutamani vinyago vyao vya machukizo?
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="EZK.20.31" />Mnapotoa matoleo yenu, yaani, wana wenu kafara katika moto, mnaendelea kujinajisi na sanamu zenu zote hadi siku hii ya leo. Je, niulizwe neno na ninyi, ee nyumba ya Israeli? Hakika kama niishivyo, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, mimi sitaulizwa neno na ninyi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="EZK.20.32" />“ ‘Lile lililoko mioyoni mwenu kamwe halitatokea, mnaposema, “Tunataka tuwe kama mataifa mengine, kama watu wengine wa dunia, wanaotumikia miti na mawe.”
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="EZK.20.33" />Hakika kama niishivyo asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, nitatawala juu yenu kwa mkono wa nguvu na kwa mkono ulionyooshwa na kwa ghadhabu iliyomwagwa.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="EZK.20.34" />Nitawatoa toka katika mataifa na kuwakusanya kutoka nchi mlikotawanywa, kwa mkono wa nguvu na kwa mkono ulionyooshwa na kwa ghadhabu iliyomwagwa.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="EZK.20.35" />Nitawaleta katika jangwa la mataifa na huko nitatekeleza hukumu juu yenu uso kwa uso.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="EZK.20.36" />Kama nilivyowahukumu baba zenu katika jangwa la nchi ya Misri, ndivyo nitakavyowahukumu ninyi, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="EZK.20.37" />Nitawafanya mpite chini ya fimbo yangu, nami nitawaleta katika mkataba wa Agano.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="EZK.20.38" />Nitawaondoa miongoni mwenu wale wanaohalifu na wale wanaoasi dhidi yangu. Ingawa nitawatoa katika nchi wanazoishi, hawataingia katika nchi ya Israeli. Ndipo mtakapojua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="EZK.20.39" />“ ‘Kwa habari zenu ninyi, ee nyumba ya Israeli, hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Nendeni mkatumikie sanamu zenu, kila mmoja wenu! Lakini baadaye hakika mtanisikiliza mimi nanyi hamtalinajisi tena Jina langu takatifu, kwa matoleo yenu na sanamu zenu.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="EZK.20.40" />Kwa kuwa katika mlima wangu mtakatifu, mlima mrefu wa Israeli, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, hapo katika nchi nyumba yote ya Israeli itanitumikia mimi, nami huko nitawakubali. Huko nitataka sadaka zenu na matoleo ya malimbuko yenu, pamoja na dhabihu zenu takatifu zote.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="EZK.20.41" />Nitawakubali ninyi kama uvumba wenye harufu nzuri wakati nitakapowatoa katika mataifa na kuwakusanya kutoka nchi mlipokuwa mmetawanyika, nami nitajionyesha kuwa mtakatifu miongoni mwenu na machoni mwa mataifa.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="EZK.20.42" />Ndipo mtakapojua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nitakapowaleta katika nchi ya Israeli, nchi niliyokuwa nimeapa kwa mkono ulioinuliwa kuwapa baba zenu.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="EZK.20.43" />Hapo ndipo nitakapokumbuka mwenendo wenu na matendo yenu yote ambayo kwayo mlijitia unajisi, nanyi mtajichukia wenyewe kwa ajili ya maovu yote mliyokuwa mmetenda.
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="EZK.20.44" />Nanyi mtajua kuwa mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nitakaposhughulika nanyi kwa ajili ya Jina langu na wala si sawasawa na njia zenu mbaya na matendo yenu maovu, ee nyumba ya Israeli, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Unabii Dhidi Ya Kusini
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="45" bcv="EZK.20.45" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="EZK.20.46" />“Mwanadamu, uelekeze uso wako upande wa kusini, hubiri juu ya upande wa kusini na utoe unabii juu ya msitu wa Negebu.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="EZK.20.47" />Waambie watu wa Negebu: ‘Sikieni neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Ninakaribia kukutia moto, nao utateketeza miti yako yote, mibichi na iliyokauka. Miali ya moto haitaweza kuzimwa na kila uso kutoka kusini mpaka kaskazini utakaushwa kwa moto huo.
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="EZK.20.48" />Kila mmoja ataona kuwa mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndiye niliyeuwasha huo moto, nao hautazimwa.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="49" bcv="EZK.20.49" />Ndipo niliposema, “Aa,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi! Wao hunisema, ‘Huyu si huzungumza mafumbo tu?’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="21" />
<s style="s1">Babeli, Upanga Wa Mungu Wa Hukumu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.21.1" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.21.2" />“Mwanadamu, uelekeze uso wako juu ya Yerusalemu na uhubiri dhidi ya mahali patakatifu. Tabiri dhidi ya nchi ya Israeli
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.21.3" />uiambie: ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemalo: Mimi niko kinyume nawe. Nitautoa upanga wangu kwenye ala yake na kumkatilia mbali mwenye haki na mwovu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.21.4" />Kwa sababu nitamkatilia mbali mwenye haki na mwovu, upanga wangu utakuwa wazi dhidi ya kila mmoja kuanzia kusini mpaka kaskazini.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZK.21.5" />Ndipo watu wote watajua ya kuwa Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> nimeutoa upanga wangu kwenye ala yake, nao hautarudi humo tena.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EZK.21.6" />“Kwa hiyo lia kwa uchungu, mwanadamu! Lia kwa uchungu mbele yao kwa moyo uliopondeka na kwa huzuni nyingi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZK.21.7" />Nao watakapokuuliza, ‘Kwa nini unalia kwa uchungu?’ Utasema hivi, ‘Kwa sababu ya habari zinazokuja. Kila moyo utayeyuka na kila mkono utalegea, kila roho itazimia na kila goti litalegea kama maji.’ Habari hizo zinakuja! Hakika zitatokea, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EZK.21.8" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia, kusema:
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZK.21.9" />“Mwanadamu, tabiri na useme, ‘Hili ndilo Bwana asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Upanga, upanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulionolewa na kusuguliwa:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="EZK.21.10" />umenolewa kwa ajili ya mauaji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umesuguliwa ili ungʼae
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama umeme wa radi!
</q>
<p style="p">“ ‘Je, tuifurahie fimbo ya utawala ya mwanangu Yuda? Upanga unaidharau kila fimbo ya namna hiyo.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="EZK.21.11" />“ ‘Upanga umewekwa tayari ili kusuguliwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili upate kushikwa mkononi,
</q>
<q style="q1">umenolewa na kusuguliwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umewekwa tayari kwa mkono wa muuaji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="EZK.21.12" />Piga kelele na uomboleze, ee mwanadamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa upanga u dhidi ya watu wangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">u dhidi ya wakuu wote wa Israeli.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wametolewa wauawe kwa upanga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na watu wangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa hiyo pigapiga kifua chako.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EZK.21.13" />“ ‘Kwa maana upanga huu umejaribiwa na kuhakikishwa, itakuwaje basi fimbo ya ufalme ya Yuda inayoudharau kama haitakuwepo tena, bali itakuwa imeondolewa kabisa? asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.’
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="EZK.21.14" />“Hivyo basi, mwanadamu, tabiri
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ukapige makofi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Upanga wako na upige mara mbili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, hata mara tatu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni upanga wa kuchinja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">upanga wa mauaji makuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukiwashambulia kutoka kila upande.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="EZK.21.15" />Ili mioyo ipate kuyeyuka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wanaouawa wawe wengi,
</q>
<q style="q1">nimeweka upanga wa kuchinja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye malango yao yote.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lo! Umetengenezwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umetemete kama umeme wa radi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umeshikwa kwa ajili ya kuua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="EZK.21.16" />Ee upanga, kata upande wa kuume,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kisha upande wa kushoto,
</q>
<q style="q1">mahali popote makali yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yatakapoelekezwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="EZK.21.17" />Mimi nami nitapiga makofi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo ghadhabu yangu itapungua.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> nimesema.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="EZK.21.18" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZK.21.19" />“Mwanadamu, weka alama njia mbili ambazo upanga wa mfalme wa Babeli utapitia, njia hizo zikianzia katika nchi hiyo hiyo. Weka kibao pale ambapo njia zinagawanyika kuelekea mjini.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZK.21.20" />Weka alama njia moja kwa ajili ya upanga upate kuja dhidi ya Raba ya Waamoni na nyingine upate kuja dhidi ya Yuda na Yerusalemu iliyozungushiwa ngome.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EZK.21.21" />Kwa kuwa mfalme wa Babeli sasa amesimama katika njia panda, katika makutano ya njia mbili, akipiga ramli: anapiga kura kwa kutumia mishale, anataka shauri kwa sanamu zake, anachunguza maini ya wanyama.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZK.21.22" />Upande wake wa kuume inakuja kura ya Yerusalemu, ambapo ataweka vyombo vya kuvunjia boma, ili kuamrisha mauaji, kupiga ukelele wa vita, kuweka vyombo vya kuvunjia boma kwenye malango, kuweka jeshi kuzunguka na kufanya uzingiraji.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EZK.21.23" />Itakuwa kama kupiga ramli kwa uongo kwa wale watu ambao wameapa kumtii yeye. Lakini mfalme wa Babeli atawakumbusha juu ya uovu wao na kuwachukua mateka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="EZK.21.24" />“Kwa hiyo hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: ‘Kwa sababu enyi watu mmekumbusha uovu wenu kwa kuasi waziwazi, mkidhihirisha dhambi zenu katika yale yote mfanyayo, kwa kuwa mmefanya jambo hili, mtachukuliwa mateka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="EZK.21.25" />“ ‘Ee mtawala kafiri na mwovu wa Israeli, ambaye siku yako imewadia, ambaye wakati wako wa adhabu umefikia kilele chake,
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EZK.21.26" />hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Vua kilemba, ondoa taji. Kwa kuwa mambo hayatakuwa kama yalivyokuwa. Aliye mnyonge atakwezwa na aliyekwezwa atashushwa.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EZK.21.27" />Mahame! Mahame! Nitaufanya mji kuwa mahame! Hautajengwa upya mpaka aje yule ambaye ndiye mwenye haki nao; yeye ndiye nitakayempa.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="EZK.21.28" />“Nawe, mwanadamu, tabiri na useme, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo kuhusu Waamoni na matukano yao.
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Upanga, upanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umefutwa kwa ajili ya kuua,
</q>
<q style="q1">umesuguliwa ili kuangamiza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na unametameta kama umeme wa radi!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="EZK.21.29" />Wakati wakitoa maono ya uongo kwa ajili yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanapobashiri uongo kwa ajili yako,
</q>
<q style="q1">wanakuweka wewe kwenye shingo za watu wapotovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale walio waovu,
</q>
<q style="q1">wale ambao siku yao imewadia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wa adhabu yao ya mwisho.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="EZK.21.30" />Urudishe upanga kwenye ala yake!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Katika mahali ulipoumbiwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">katika nchi ya baba zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huko nitakuhukumu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="EZK.21.31" />Nitamwaga ghadhabu yangu juu yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kupuliza moto wa hasira yangu dhidi yako;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitakutia mikononi mwa watu wakatili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu stadi katika kuangamiza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="EZK.21.32" />Mtakuwa kuni za kuwashia moto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">damu yenu itamwagwa katika nchi yenu,
</q>
<q style="q1">wala hamtakumbukwa tena;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> nimesema.’ ”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="22" />
<s style="s1">Dhambi Za Yerusalemu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.22.1" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.22.2" />“Mwanadamu, je, wewe utauhukumu? Je, utauhukumu huu mji umwagao damu? Basi uujulishe juu ya matendo yake yote ya machukizo
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.22.3" />uuambie: ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Ee mji ule ujileteao maangamizi wenyewe kwa kumwaga damu ndani yake na kujinajisi wenyewe kwa kutengeneza sanamu,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.22.4" />umekuwa na hatia kwa sababu ya damu uliyomwaga na umetiwa unajisi kwa sanamu ulizotengeneza. Umejiletea mwisho wa siku zako na mwisho wa miaka yako umewadia. Kwa hiyo nitakufanya kitu cha kudharauliwa kwa mataifa na kitu cha mzaha kwa nchi zote.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZK.22.5" />Wale walio karibu na wale walio mbali watakudhihaki, Ewe mji wenye sifa mbaya, uliyejaa ghasia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EZK.22.6" />“ ‘Ona jinsi kila mkuu wa Israeli aliyeko ndani yako anavyotumia nguvu zake kumwaga damu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZK.22.7" />Ndani yako wamewadharau baba na mama, ndani yako wamewatendea wageni udhalimu na kuwaonea yatima na wajane.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EZK.22.8" />Mmedharau vitu vyangu vitakatifu na kuzinajisi Sabato zangu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZK.22.9" />Ndani yako wako watu wasingiziaji, watu walio tayari kumwaga damu, ndani yako wako wale wanaokula vyakula vilivyotolewa mahali pa ibada za miungu kwenye milima, na kutenda matendo ya uasherati.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZK.22.10" />Ndani yako wako wale wanaovunjia heshima vitanda vya baba zao, ndani yako wamo wale wanaowatendea wanawake jeuri wakiwa katika hedhi, wakati wakiwa si safi.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZK.22.11" />Ndani yako mtu hufanya mambo ya machukizo na mke wa jirani yake, mwingine kwa aibu kubwa hukutana kimwili na mke wa mwanawe, mwingine humtenda jeuri dada yake, binti wa baba yake hasa.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZK.22.12" />Ndani yako watu hupokea rushwa ili kumwaga damu, mnapokea riba na faida ya ziada na kupata faida isiyokuwa halali kutoka kwa jirani ili kupata faida kubwa kupita kiasi. Nawe umenisahau mimi, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EZK.22.13" />“ ‘Hakika nitapiga makofi kwa ajili ya faida isiyo halali uliyojipatia na kwa damu uliyoimwaga ndani yako.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.22.14" />Je, ujasiri wako utadumu au mikono yako itakuwa na nguvu siku hiyo nitakapokushughulikia? Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> nimesema na nitalifanya.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EZK.22.15" />Nitakutawanya miongoni mwa mataifa na kukutapanya katika nchi mbalimbali nami nitakomesha unajisi wako.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZK.22.16" />Ukiisha kunajisika mbele ya mataifa, utajua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EZK.22.17" />Ndipo neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EZK.22.18" />“Mwanadamu, nyumba ya Israeli imekuwa kwangu takataka ya chuma, wote kwangu wamekuwa shaba, bati, chuma na risasi iliyoachwa kalibuni. Wao ni taka ya madini ya fedha tu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZK.22.19" />Kwa hiyo hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: ‘Kwa kuwa wote mmekuwa takataka ya chuma, nitawakusanya Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZK.22.20" />Kama vile watu wakusanyavyo fedha, shaba, chuma, risasi na bati kalibuni ili kuyeyusha kwa moto mkali, ndivyo nitakavyowakusanya katika hasira yangu na ghadhabu yangu kuwaweka ndani ya mji na kuwayeyusha.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EZK.22.21" />Nitawakusanya na kupuliza juu yenu moto wa hasira yangu na ghadhabu yangu nanyi mtayeyushwa ndani ya huo mji.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZK.22.22" />Kama fedha iyeyukavyo kalibuni, ndivyo mtakavyoyeyuka ndani ya huo mji, nanyi mtajua kuwa Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> nimemwaga ghadhabu yangu juu yenu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="EZK.22.23" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia tena kusema:
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EZK.22.24" />“Mwanadamu, iambie nchi, ‘Wewe ni nchi ambayo haijapata mvua wala manyunyu katika siku ya ghadhabu.’
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EZK.22.25" />Kuna hila mbaya ya wakuu ndani yake kama simba angurumaye akirarua mawindo yake, wanakula watu, wanachukua hazina na vitu vya thamani na kuongeza idadi ya wajane ndani yake.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EZK.22.26" />Makuhani wake wameihalifu sheria yangu na kunajisi vitu vyangu vitakatifu, hawatofautishi kati ya vitu vitakatifu na vitu vya kawaida. Wanafundisha kuwa hakuna tofauti kati ya vitu vilivyo najisi na visivyo najisi, nao wanafumba macho yao katika kutunza Sabato zangu, hivyo katikati yao nimetiwa unajisi.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EZK.22.27" />Maafisa wake walioko ndani yake ni kama mbwa mwitu wararuao mawindo yao, wanamwaga damu na kuua watu ili kupata faida ya udhalimu.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EZK.22.28" />Manabii wake wanapaka chokaa matendo haya kwa maono ya uongo na utabiri wa udanganyifu. Wanasema, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo,’ wakati
<nd>Bwana</nd> hajasema.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="EZK.22.29" />Watu wa nchi wanatoza kwa nguvu na kufanya unyangʼanyi, wanawatenda jeuri maskini na wahitaji na kuwaonea wageni, wakiwanyima haki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="EZK.22.30" />“Nami nikatafuta mtu miongoni mwao, ambaye angejenga ukuta na kusimama mbele zangu mahali palipobomoka kwa ajili ya watu wa nchi ili nisije nikaiangamiza, lakini sikumwona mtu yeyote.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="EZK.22.31" />Hivyo nitaimwaga ghadhabu yangu juu yao na kuwateketeza kwa moto wa hasira yangu, nikiyaleta juu ya vichwa vyao yale yote waliyotenda, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="23" />
<s style="s1">Dada Wawili Makahaba
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.23.1" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.23.2" />“Mwanadamu, walikuwepo wanawake wawili, binti wa mama mmoja.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.23.3" />Wakawa makahaba huko Misri, wakajitia kwenye ukahaba tangu ujana wao. Katika nchi ile vifua vyao vya ubikira vikakumbatiwa huko na wakapoteza ubikira wao.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.23.4" />Mkubwa aliitwa Ohola na mdogo wake Oholiba. Walikuwa wangu nao wakazaa wavulana na msichana. Ohola ni Samaria, Oholiba ni Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EZK.23.5" />“Ohola akajitia kwenye ukahaba alipokuwa bado ni wangu, akatamani sana wapenzi wake, mashujaa Waashuru,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZK.23.6" />waliovaa nguo za buluu, watawala na majemadari, wote walikuwa wanaume vijana wa kuvutia, wapandao farasi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZK.23.7" />Akafanya ukahaba na wasomi wote wa Ashuru, na kujinajisi kwa sanamu zote za kila mwanaume aliyemtamani.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EZK.23.8" />Hakuacha ukahaba wake aliouanza huko Misri, wakati ambapo tangu ujana wake wanaume walilala naye, wakikumbatia kifua cha ubikira wake na kumwaga tamaa zao juu yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EZK.23.9" />“Kwa hiyo nilimtia mikononi mwa wapenzi wake, Waashuru, kwa kuwa ndio aliowatamani.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZK.23.10" />Wakamvua nguo zake wakamwacha uchi, wakawachukua wanawe na binti zake, naye wakamuua kwa upanga. Akawa kitu cha kudharauliwa miongoni mwa wanawake na adhabu ikatolewa dhidi yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="EZK.23.11" />“Oholiba dada yake aliliona jambo hili, lakini kwa tamaa zake na ukahaba wake, akaharibu tabia zake kuliko Ohola dada yake.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZK.23.12" />Yeye naye aliwatamani Waashuru, watawala na majemadari, mashujaa waliovalia sare, wapandao farasi, wanaume vijana wote waliovutia.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EZK.23.13" />Nikaona kuwa yeye pia alijinajisi, wote wawili wakaelekea njia moja.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="EZK.23.14" />“Lakini yeye akazidisha ukahaba wake. Akaona wanaume waliochorwa ukutani, picha za Wakaldayo<f caller="+"><fr>23:14
</fr><fq>Wakaldayo
</fq><ft>yaani
</ft><fqa>Wababeli</fqa><ft>.</ft></f> waliovalia nguo nyekundu,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EZK.23.15" />wakiwa na mikanda viunoni mwao na vilemba vichwani mwao, wote walifanana na maafisa wa Babeli wapandao magari ya vita, wenyeji wa Ukaldayo.<f caller="+"><fr>23:15
</fr><fq>Ukaldayo
</fq><ft>yaani
</ft><fqa>Babeli</fqa><ft>.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZK.23.16" />Mara tu alipowaona, aliwatamani, akatuma wajumbe kwao huko Ukaldayo.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EZK.23.17" />Ndipo hao Wababeli wakaja kwake kwenye kitanda cha mapenzi, nao katika tamaa zao wakamtia unajisi. Baada ya kutiwa unajisi, akawaacha kwa kuwachukia.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EZK.23.18" />Alipofanya ukahaba wake waziwazi na kuonyesha hadharani uchi wake, nilimwacha kwa kumchukia, kama vile nilivyokuwa nimemwacha dada yake.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZK.23.19" />Lakini akazidisha zaidi ukahaba wake alipozikumbuka siku zake za ujana, alipokuwa kahaba huko Misri.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZK.23.20" />Huko aliwatamani wapenzi wake, ambao viungo vyao vya uzazi ni kama vya punda, na kile kiwatokacho ni kama kiwatokacho farasi.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EZK.23.21" />Hivyo ulitamani uasherati wa ujana wako wakati ulipokuwa Misri, kifua chako kilipokumbatiwa, na walipokutomasa kwa sababu ya matiti yako machanga.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="EZK.23.22" />“Kwa hiyo, Oholiba, hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Nitawachochea wapenzi wako wawe kinyume na wewe, wale uliowaacha kwa kuchukia, nitawaleta dhidi yako kutoka kila upande:
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EZK.23.23" />Wababeli na Wakaldayo wote, watu kutoka Pekodi, na Shoa na Koa, wakiwa pamoja na Waashuru wote, vijana wazuri, wote wakiwa watawala na majemadari, maafisa wa magari ya vita na watu wa vyeo vya juu, wote wakiwa wamepanda farasi.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EZK.23.24" />Watakuja dhidi yako wakiwa na silaha, magari ya vita, magari ya kukokota, pamoja na umati mkubwa wa watu. Watakuzingira pande zote kwa ngao na vigao na kofia za chuma. Nitakutia mikononi mwao ili wakuadhibu, nao watakuadhibu sawasawa na sheria zao.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EZK.23.25" />Nitaelekeza wivu wa hasira yangu dhidi yako, nao watakushughulikia kwa hasira kali. Watakatilia mbali pua yako na masikio yako, na wale watakaosalia miongoni mwako watauawa kwa upanga. Watachukua wana wako na binti zako, na wale watakaosalia miongoni mwenu watateketezwa kwa moto.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EZK.23.26" />Watakuvua pia nguo zako na kuchukua mapambo yako yaliyotengenezwa kwa vito na dhahabu.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EZK.23.27" />Hivyo ndivyo nitakavyokomesha uasherati wako na ukahaba wako uliouanza huko Misri. Hutatazama vitu hivi kwa kuvitamani tena, wala kukumbuka Misri tena.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="EZK.23.28" />“Kwa hiyo hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Ninakaribia kukutia mikononi mwa wale unaowachukia, kwa wale uliojitenga nao kwa kuwachukia.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="EZK.23.29" />Watakushughulikia kwa chuki na kukunyangʼanya kila kitu ulichokifanyia kazi. Watakuacha uchi na mtupu na aibu ya ukahaba wako itafunuliwa. Uasherati wako na uzinzi wako
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="EZK.23.30" />umekuletea haya yote, kwa sababu ulitamani mataifa na kujinajisi kwa sanamu zao.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="EZK.23.31" />Umeiendea njia ya dada yako, hivyo nitakitia kikombe chake mkononi mwako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="EZK.23.32" />“Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Utakinywea kikombe cha dada yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kikombe kikubwa na chenye kina kirefu;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitaletea juu yako dharau na dhihaka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa kimejaa sana.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="EZK.23.33" />Utalewa ulevi na kujawa huzuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kikombe cha maangamizo na ukiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kikombe cha dada yako Samaria.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="EZK.23.34" />Utakinywa chote na kukimaliza;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utakivunja vipande vipande
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuyararua matiti yako.
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Nimenena haya, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="EZK.23.35" />“Kwa hiyo hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Kwa kuwa tangu uliponisahau mimi na kunitupa nyuma yako, lazima ubebe matokeo ya uasherati wako na ukahaba wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="EZK.23.36" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia, “Mwanadamu, Je, utawahukumu Ohola na Oholiba? Basi wakabili kwa ajili ya matendo yao ya machukizo,
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="EZK.23.37" />kwa kuwa wamefanya uzinzi na damu imo mikononi mwao. Wamefanya uzinzi na sanamu zao, hata wamewatoa watoto wao walionizalia kuwa kafara, kuwa chakula kwao.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="EZK.23.38" />Pia wamenifanyia hili: wakati huo huo wamenajisi patakatifu pangu na kuzitangua Sabato zangu.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="EZK.23.39" />Siku ile ile walitoa watoto wao kuwa kafara kwa sanamu zao, waliingia patakatifu pangu na kupatia unajisi. Hilo ndilo walilolifanya katika nyumba yangu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="EZK.23.40" />“Walituma hata wajumbe kuwaita watu kutoka mbali, nao walipowasili ulioga kwa ajili yao, ukapaka macho yako rangi na ukavaa mapambo yako yaliyotengenezwa kwa vito vya dhahabu.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="EZK.23.41" />Ukaketi kwenye kiti cha anasa, kukiwa na meza iliyoandaliwa mbele yake ambayo juu yake ulikuwa umeweka uvumba na mafuta ambayo yalikuwa yangu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="EZK.23.42" />“Kelele za umati wa watu wasiojali zilikuwa zimemzunguka, wakaleta watu wengi waliokuwa wakifanya makelele na walevi kutoka nyikani, ambao walitia bangili kwenye mikono ya yule mwanamke na dada yake na pia taji nzuri za kupendeza kwenye vichwa vyao.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="EZK.23.43" />Ndipo nikasema kuhusu yule aliyechakazwa na uzinzi, ‘Basi wamtumie kama kahaba, kwa kuwa ndivyo alivyo.’
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="EZK.23.44" />Nao wakazini naye. Kama vile watu wazinivyo na kahaba, ndiyo hivyo walivyozini na hao wanawake waasherati, Ohola na Oholiba.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="EZK.23.45" />Lakini watu wenye haki, watawahukumia adhabu wanawake wafanyao uzinzi na kumwaga damu, kwa kuwa ni wazinzi na damu iko mikononi mwao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="46" bcv="EZK.23.46" />“Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo, Leteni watu wengi wenye makelele dhidi yao na uwaache wapate hofu na watekwe nyara.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="EZK.23.47" />Hao watu wengi watawapiga kwa mawe na kuwaua kwa panga zao, watawaua wana wao na binti zao na kuzichoma nyumba zao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="48" bcv="EZK.23.48" />“Hivyo nitaukomesha uasherati katika nchi, ili wanawake wote wapate onyo nao wasije wakafanya uasherati kama ninyi mlivyofanya.
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="EZK.23.49" />Utapata adhabu kwa ajili ya uasherati wako na kuchukua matokeo ya dhambi zako za uasherati. Ndipo utakapojua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="24" />
<s style="s1">Chungu Cha Kupikia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.24.1" />Katika mwaka wa tisa, mwezi wa kumi, siku ya kumi, neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.24.2" />“Mwanadamu, weka kumbukumbu ya tarehe hii, tarehe hii hasa, kwa kuwa mfalme wa Babeli ameuzingira mji wa Yerusalemu kwa jeshi siku hii ya leo.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.24.3" />Iambie nyumba hii ya kuasi fumbo, na uwaambie, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Teleka sufuria jikoni; iteleke
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na umimine maji ndani yake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="EZK.24.4" />Weka vipande vya nyama ndani yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vipande vyote vizuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vya paja na vya bega.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ijaze hiyo sufuria kwa mifupa hii mizuri;
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="5" bcv="EZK.24.5" />chagua yule aliye bora wa kundi la kondoo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Panga kuni chini ya sufuria kwa ajili ya mifupa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">chochea mpaka ichemke
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uitokose hiyo mifupa ndani yake.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EZK.24.6" />“ ‘Kwa kuwa hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Ole wa mji umwagao damu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ole wa sufuria ambayo sasa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ina ukoko ndani yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambayo ukoko wake hautoki.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kipakue kipande baada ya kipande,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bila kuvipigia kura.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="EZK.24.7" />“ ‘Kwa kuwa damu aliyoimwaga ipo katikati yake:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huyo mwanamke aliimwaga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya mwamba ulio wazi;
</q>
<q style="q1">hakuimwaga kwenye ardhi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambako vumbi lingeifunika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="EZK.24.8" />Kuchochea ghadhabu na kulipiza kisasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimemwaga damu yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya mwamba ulio wazi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili isifunikwe.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EZK.24.9" />“ ‘Kwa hiyo, hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Ole wa mji umwagao damu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mimi nami nitalundikia kuni nyingi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="EZK.24.10" />Kwa hiyo lundika kuni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uwashe moto.
</q>
<q style="q1">Pika hiyo nyama vizuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">changanya viungo ndani yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uiache mifupa iungue kwenye moto.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="EZK.24.11" />Kisha teleka sufuria tupu kwenye makaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpaka iwe na moto sana na shaba yake ingʼae,
</q>
<q style="q1">ili uchafu wake upate kuyeyuka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ukoko wake upate kuungua na kuondoka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="EZK.24.12" />Imezuia juhudi zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukoko wake mwingi haujaondoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata ikiwa ni kwa moto.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EZK.24.13" />“ ‘Sasa uchafu wako ni uasherati wako. Kwa sababu nilijaribu kukutakasa lakini haikuwezekana kutakaswa kutoka kwenye huo uchafu wako, hutatakasika tena mpaka ghadhabu yangu dhidi yako iwe imepungua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="EZK.24.14" />“ ‘Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> nimesema, wakati umewadia wa mimi kutenda. Mimi sitazuia, mimi sitaona huruma wala sitapunguza hasira yangu, Utahukumiwa sawasawa na mwenendo na matendo yako, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kifo Cha Mke Wa Ezekieli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EZK.24.15" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZK.24.16" />“Mwanadamu, kwa pigo moja nakaribia kukuondolea kile kilicho furaha ya macho yako. Lakini usiomboleze au kulia wala kudondosha machozi yoyote.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EZK.24.17" />Lia kwa uchungu kimya kimya usimwombolezee mtu aliyekufa. Jifunge kilemba chako na uvae viatu vyako miguuni mwako, usifunike sehemu ya chini ya uso wako, wala usile vyakula vya kawaida vya wakati wa matanga.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="EZK.24.18" />Hivyo nikanena na watu asubuhi na jioni mke wangu akafa. Asubuhi yake nilifanya kama nilivyoamriwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EZK.24.19" />Ndipo watu wakaniuliza, “Je, jambo hili unalofanya linamaanisha nini kwetu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EZK.24.20" />Kwa hiyo nikawaambia, “Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilinijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EZK.24.21" />‘Sema na nyumba ya Israeli. Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Ninakaribia kupatia unajisi mahali pangu patakatifu, ngome ambayo ndani yake mnaona fahari, furaha ya macho yenu, kitu mnachokipenda. Wana wenu na binti zenu mliowaacha nyuma wataanguka kwa upanga.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZK.24.22" />Nanyi mtafanya kama nilivyofanya. Hamtafunika sehemu ya chini ya nyuso zenu wala hamtakula vyakula vya kawaida vya waombolezaji.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EZK.24.23" />Mtajifunga vilemba vichwani mwenu na kuvaa viatu vyenu miguuni mwenu. Hamtaomboleza au kulia, lakini mtadhoofika kwa sababu ya dhambi zenu na kulia kwa uchungu kila mtu na mwenzake.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EZK.24.24" />Ezekieli atakuwa ishara kwenu, mtafanya kama yeye alivyofanya. Wakati jambo hili litakapotokea, mtajua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="EZK.24.25" />“Nawe, mwanadamu, siku ile nitakapoondoa ngome yao iliyo furaha yao na utukufu wao, kitu cha kupendeza macho yao, kile kilicho shauku ya mioyo yao, wana wao na binti zao vilevile,
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EZK.24.26" />siku hiyo atakayetoroka atakuja kuwapasha habari.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EZK.24.27" />Katika siku ile kinywa chako kitamfumbukia yeye aliyenusurika, nawe utaongea wala hutanyamaza tena. Hivyo wewe utakuwa ishara kwao, nao watajua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="25" />
<s style="s1">Unabii Dhidi Ya Amoni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.25.1" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.25.2" />“Mwanadamu, elekeza uso wako juu ya Waamoni utabiri dhidi yao.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.25.3" />Waambie, ‘Sikieni neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi. Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Kwa sababu ulisema, “Aha!” juu ya mahali pangu patakatifu palipotiwa unajisi, na juu ya nchi ya Israeli ilipoangamizwa, na juu ya watu wa Yuda walipokwenda uhamishoni,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.25.4" />kwa hiyo nitawatia mikononi mwa watu wa mashariki mkawe mali yao. Watapiga kambi zao katikati yenu na kufanya makazi miongoni mwenu, watakula matunda yenu na kunywa maziwa yenu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZK.25.5" />Nitaufanya mji wa Raba kuwa malisho ya ngamia na Amoni kuwa mahali pa kondoo pa kupumzikia. Ndipo mtakapojua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZK.25.6" />Kwa kuwa hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Kwa kuwa umepiga makofi yako na kufanya kishindo kwa miguu, mkifurahia kwa mioyo yenu miovu juu ya yale mabaya yaliyoipata nchi ya Israeli,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZK.25.7" />hivyo nitaunyoosha mkono wangu dhidi yako na kukutoa kuwa nyara kwa mataifa. Nitakukatilia mbali kutoka kwenye mataifa na kukungʼoa katika nchi. Nitakuangamiza, nawe utajua ya kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Unabii Dhidi Ya Moabu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EZK.25.8" />“Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: ‘Kwa sababu Moabu na Seiri wamesema, “Tazama, nyumba ya Yuda imekuwa kama mataifa mengine yote,”
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZK.25.9" />kwa hiyo nitaiondoa ile miji iliyo kando ya Moabu, kuanzia miji iliyoko mipakani, yaani: Beth-Yeshimothi, Baal-Meoni na Kiriathaimu, iliyo utukufu wa nchi hiyo.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZK.25.10" />Nitaitia Moabu pamoja na Waamoni mikononi mwa watu wa Mashariki kuwa milki yao, ili kwamba Waamoni wasikumbukwe miongoni mwa mataifa,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZK.25.11" />nami nitatoa adhabu kwa Moabu. Ndipo watakapojua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Unabii Dhidi Ya Edomu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="EZK.25.12" />“Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: ‘Kwa sababu Edomu ulilipiza kisasi juu ya nyumba ya Yuda na kukosa sana kwa kufanya hivyo,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EZK.25.13" />kwa hiyo hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Nitaunyoosha mkono wangu dhidi ya Edomu na kuua watu wake na wanyama wao. Nitaufanya ukiwa, kuanzia Temani hadi Dedani wataanguka kwa upanga.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.25.14" />Nitalipiza Edomu kisasi kwa mkono wa watu wangu Israeli, nao watawatendea Edomu sawasawa na hasira yangu na ghadhabu yangu, nao watakijua kisasi changu, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Unabii Dhidi Ya Ufilisti
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EZK.25.15" />“Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: ‘Kwa sababu Wafilisti wamewalipiza kisasi kwa uovu wa mioyo yao na kwa uadui wa siku nyingi wakataka kuangamiza Yuda,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZK.25.16" />kwa hiyo hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Mimi ninakaribia kuunyoosha mkono wangu dhidi ya Wafilisti, nami nitawakatilia mbali Wakerethi na kuwaangamiza wale waliosalia katika pwani.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EZK.25.17" />Nitalipiza kisasi kikubwa juu yao na kuwaadhibu katika ghadhabu yangu. Ndipo watakapojua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nitakapolipiza kisasi juu yao.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="26" />
<s style="s1">Unabii Dhidi Ya Tiro
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.26.1" />Mwaka wa kumi na moja, siku ya kwanza ya mwezi, neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.26.2" />“Mwanadamu, kwa sababu Tiro amesema kuhusu Yerusalemu, ‘Aha! Lango la kwenda kwa mataifa limevunjika, nayo milango yake iko wazi mbele yangu, sasa kwa kuwa amekuwa magofu nitastawi.’
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.26.3" />Kwa hiyo hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Mimi niko kinyume na wewe, ee Tiro, nami nitaleta mataifa mengi dhidi yako, kama bahari inayovurumisha mawimbi yake.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.26.4" />Watavunja kuta za Tiro na kuibomoa minara yake, nitakwangua udongo wake na kuufanya mwamba mtupu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZK.26.5" />Itakuwa huko katikati ya bahari patakuwa mahali pa kutandaza nyavu za kuvulia samaki, kwa maana nimenena, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi. Atakuwa nyara kwa mataifa,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZK.26.6" />nayo makao yake huko bara yataangamizwa kwa upanga. Ndipo watakapojua kwamba Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EZK.26.7" />“Kwa maana hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Kutoka kaskazini nitamleta dhidi ya Tiro Mfalme Nebukadneza wa Babeli, mfalme wa wafalme, akiwa na farasi na magari ya vita, wapanda farasi na jeshi kubwa.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EZK.26.8" />Atayaharibu makao yako huko bara kwa upanga, ataweka jeshi kukuzingira, atakuzingira mpaka kwenye kuta za ngome zako na kuinua ngao zake dhidi yako.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZK.26.9" />Ataelekeza mapigo ya vyombo vyake vya kubomolea dhidi ya kuta zako na kubomoa minara yako kwa silaha zake.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZK.26.10" />Farasi zake zitakuwa nyingi sana kiasi kwamba utafunikwa na mavumbi watakayotimua. Kuta zako zitatikisika kwa mshindo wa farasi wa vita, magari makubwa na magari ya vita wakati aingiapo malango yako kama watu waingiao mji ambao kuta zake zimebomolewa kote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="EZK.26.11" />“Kwato za farasi zake zitakanyaga barabara zako zote, atawaua watu wako kwa upanga na nguzo zako zilizo imara zitaanguka chini.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZK.26.12" />Watateka utajiri wako na kuchukua nyara bidhaa zako, watazivunja kuta zako na kuzibomoa nyumba zako nzuri, watatupa baharini mawe yako, mbao zako na kifusi chako.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EZK.26.13" />Nitakomesha kelele za nyimbo zako, na uimbaji wako wa kinubi kamwe hautasikika tena.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.26.14" />Nitakufanya mwamba mtupu, nawe utakuwa mahali pa kutandazia nyavu za kuvulia samaki. Kamwe hutajengwa tena, kwa maana Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> nimenena, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EZK.26.15" />“Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo kwa Tiro: ‘Je, nchi za pwani hazitatetemeka kwa kishindo cha anguko lako, wakati majeruhi wanapolia kwa maumivu makali na wakati mauaji yanaendelea ndani yako?
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZK.26.16" />Ndipo wakuu wote wa mataifa ya pwani watashuka kutoka kwenye viti vyao vya enzi na kuweka kando majoho yao na kuvua nguo zao zilizotariziwa. Wakiwa wamevikwa hofu kuu, wataketi chini ardhini, wakiwa wanatetemeka kila dakika na wakikustajabia.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EZK.26.17" />Ndipo wao watakuombolezea na kukuambia:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Tazama jinsi ulivyoharibiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ee mji uliokuwa na sifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe uliyekaliwa na mabaharia!
</q>
<q style="q1">Ulikuwa na nguvu kwenye bahari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe na watu wako;
</q>
<q style="q1">wote walioishi huko,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uliwatia hofu kuu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="EZK.26.18" />Sasa nchi za pwani zinatetemeka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku ya anguko lako;
</q>
<q style="q1">visiwa vilivyomo baharini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vinaogopa kwa kuporomoka kwako.’
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EZK.26.19" />“Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Nitakapokufanya uwe mji wa ukiwa, kama miji isiyokaliwa tena na watu, nitakapoleta vilindi vya bahari juu yako na maji yake makuu yatakapokufunika,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZK.26.20" />ndipo nitakapokushusha chini pamoja na wale washukao shimoni, kwa watu wa kale, nami nitakufanya uishi katika pande za chini za nchi kama katika magofu ya kale, pamoja na wale washukao shimoni, nawe hutarudi au kurejea kwenye makao yako katika nchi ya walio hai.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EZK.26.21" />Nitakufikisha mwisho wa kutisha wala hutakuwepo tena. Watu watakutafuta, lakini kamwe hutaonekana tena, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="27" />
<s style="s1">Maombolezo Kwa Ajili Ya Tiro
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.27.1" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.27.2" />“Mwanadamu, fanya maombolezo kwa ajili ya Tiro.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.27.3" />Umwambie Tiro, ulioko kwenye lango la bahari, ufanyao biashara na mataifa mengi ya pwani, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Ee Tiro, wewe umesema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Mimi ni mkamilifu katika uzuri.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="EZK.27.4" />Mipaka yako ilikuwa katika moyo wa bahari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wajenzi wako walikamilisha uzuri wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="EZK.27.5" />Walizifanya mbao zako zote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa misunobari itokayo Seniri;<f caller="+"><fr>27:5
</fr><ft>Yaani Hermoni.</ft></f>
</q>
<q style="q1">walichukua mierezi kutoka Lebanoni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kukutengenezea mlingoti.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="EZK.27.6" />Walichukua mialoni toka Bashani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakakutengenezea makasia yako;
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa miti ya msanduku
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka pwani ya Kitimu
</q>
<q style="q1">wakatengeneza sitaha<f caller="+"><fr>27:6
</fr><ft>Yaani sakafu ya merikebu au mashua.
</ft></f> yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuipamba kwa pembe za ndovu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="EZK.27.7" />Kitani safi kilichotariziwa kutoka Misri kilikuwa tanga lako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nacho kilikuwa bendera yako;
</q>
<q style="q1">chandarua chako kilikuwa cha rangi ya buluu na ya zambarau
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka visiwa vya Elisha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="EZK.27.8" />Watu kutoka Sidoni na Arvadi walikuwa wapiga makasia yako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wako wenye ustadi, ee Tiro,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walikuwa ndio mabaharia wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="EZK.27.9" />Wazee wa Gebali<f caller="+"><fr>27:9
</fr><ft>Yaani Bubilo, mji wa zamani sana wa Ufoinike (kama kilomita 80 kaskazini mwa Beiruti).</ft></f> pamoja na mafundi stadi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walikuwa mafundi wako melini.
</q>
<q style="q1">Meli zote za baharini na mabaharia wao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walikuja kwako ili kubadilishana bidhaa zako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="EZK.27.10" />“ ‘Watu wa Uajemi, Ludi na Putu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walikuwa askari katika jeshi lako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Walitundika ngao zao na chapeo zao kwenye kuta zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakileta fahari yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="EZK.27.11" />Watu wa Arvadi na wa Heleki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walikuwa juu ya kuta zako pande zote;
</q>
<q style="q1">watu wa Gamadi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walikuwa kwenye minara yako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Walitundika ngao zao kuzizunguka kuta zako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakaukamilisha uzuri wako.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="EZK.27.12" />“ ‘Tarshishi walifanya biashara nawe kwa sababu ya utajiri wako mkubwa wa bidhaa, walibadilisha fedha, chuma, bati na risasi kwa mali zako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EZK.27.13" />“ ‘Uyunani, Tubali na Mesheki, walifanya biashara nawe, walibadilisha watumwa na vyombo vya shaba kwa bidhaa zako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="EZK.27.14" />“ ‘Watu wa Beth-Togarma walibadilisha farasi wa mizigo, farasi wa vita na nyumbu kwa mali zako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EZK.27.15" />“ ‘Watu wa Dedani<f caller="+"><fr>27:15
</fr><ft>Yaani
</ft><fqa>Rhodes</fqa><ft>.</ft></f> walifanya biashara nawe, watu wengi wa nchi za pwani walikuwa wachuuzi wako, walikulipa kwa pembe za ndovu na mpingo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="EZK.27.16" />“ ‘Watu wa Aramu walifanya biashara nawe kwa ajili ya wingi wa kazi za mikono yako, wakibadilishana kwa almasi, vitambaa vya rangi ya zambarau, vitambaa vilivyotariziwa, kitani safi, matumbawe<f caller="+"><fr>27:16
</fr><ft>Yaani marijani, jiwe laini la pwani au baharini, kama mawe ya chokaa.</ft></f> na akiki nyekundu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EZK.27.17" />“ ‘Yuda na Israeli walifanya biashara nawe, walibadilishana kwa ngano kutoka Minithi, mtama, asali, mafuta na zeri ya kuponyeshea.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="EZK.27.18" />“ ‘Dameski, kwa sababu ya wingi wa kazi za mikono yako na ukuu wa utajiri wa mali, walifanya biashara nawe wakibadilishana mvinyo kutoka Helboni na sufu kutoka Zahari.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EZK.27.19" />“ ‘Wadani na Wayunani kutoka Uzali, walikuletea mali za biashara, nao wakabadilishana nawe chuma kilichofuliwa, mdalasini na mchaichai.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EZK.27.20" />“ ‘Dedani alifanya biashara nawe kwa matandiko ya farasi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EZK.27.21" />“ ‘Arabuni na wakuu wote wa Kedari walikuwa wanunuzi wako waliobadilishana bidhaa zako na wana-kondoo, kondoo dume na mbuzi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="EZK.27.22" />“ ‘Wafanyabiashara wa Sheba na wa Raama walifanya biashara nawe, wakabadilishana bidhaa zako na aina zote za vikolezi, vito vya thamani na dhahabu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="EZK.27.23" />“ ‘Harani, Kane na Edeni na wafanyabiashara wa Sheba, Ashuru na Kilmadi walifanya biashara nawe.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EZK.27.24" />Kwenye soko lako, walifanya biashara nawe kwa mavazi mazuri, vitambaa vya buluu, nguo za kutariziwa na mazulia ya rangi mbalimbali yenye kamba zilizosokotwa na kuwekwa mafundo imara.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="EZK.27.25" />“ ‘Merikebu za Tarshishi ndizo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zinazokusafirishia bidhaa zako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Umejazwa shehena kubwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika moyo wa bahari.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="EZK.27.26" />Wapiga makasia wako wanakupeleka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpaka kwenye maji makavu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini upepo wa mashariki umekuvunja vipande vipande
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika moyo wa bahari.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="EZK.27.27" />Utajiri wako, bidhaa zako na mali zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mabaharia wako, manahodha wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mafundi wako wa meli,
</q>
<q style="q1">wafanyabiashara wako na askari wako wote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kila mmoja aliyeko melini
</q>
<q style="q1">atazama kwenye moyo wa bahari
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku ile ya kuvunjika kwa meli yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="EZK.27.28" />Nchi za pwani zitatetemeka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati mabaharia wako watakapopiga kelele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="EZK.27.29" />Wote wapigao makasia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataacha meli zao,
</q>
<q style="q1">mabaharia wote na wanamaji wote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watasimama pwani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="EZK.27.30" />Watapaza sauti zao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kulia sana kwa ajili yako;
</q>
<q style="q1">watajitupia mavumbi juu ya vichwa vyao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kujivingirisha kwenye majivu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="EZK.27.31" />Watanyoa nywele zao kwa ajili yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watavaa nguo za magunia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watakulilia kwa uchungu wa moyo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa maombolezo makuu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="EZK.27.32" />Watakapokuwa wanalia na kuomboleza juu yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watafanya maombolezo kukuhusu wakisema:
</q>
<q style="q1">“Ni nani aliyepata kuangamizwa kama Tiro,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika moyo wa bahari?”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="EZK.27.33" />Wakati bidhaa zako zilipotoka baharini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulitosheleza mataifa mengi;
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa wingi wa utajiri wako na bidhaa zako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulitajirisha wafalme wa dunia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="EZK.27.34" />Sasa umevunjavunjwa na bahari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika vilindi vya maji,
</q>
<q style="q1">bidhaa zako na kundi lako lote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vimezama pamoja nawe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="EZK.27.35" />Wote waishio katika nchi za pwani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanakustaajabia;
</q>
<q style="q1">wafalme wao wanatetemeka kwa hofu kuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo nyuso zao zimekunjamana kwa woga.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="36" bcv="EZK.27.36" />Wafanyabiashara miongoni mwa mataifa wanakucheka;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umefikia mwisho wa kutisha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe hutakuwepo tena.’ ”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="28" />
<s style="s1">Unabii Dhidi Ya Mfalme Wa Tiro
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.28.1" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.28.2" />“Mwanadamu, mwambie mfalme wa Tiro, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Kwa sababu moyo wako umejivuna
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na umesema, “Mimi ni mungu;
</q>
<q style="q1">nami ninaketi katika kiti cha enzi cha mungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika moyo wa bahari.”
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini wewe ni mwanadamu, wala si mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ingawa unafikiri kuwa una hekima kama mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="EZK.28.3" />Je, wewe una hekima kuliko Danieli?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, hakuna siri iliyofichika kwako?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="EZK.28.4" />Kwa hekima yako na ufahamu wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umejipatia utajiri,
</q>
<q style="q1">nawe umejikusanyia dhahabu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na fedha katika hazina zako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="EZK.28.5" />Kwa werevu wako mwingi katika biashara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umeongeza utajiri wako
</q>
<q style="q1">na kwa sababu ya utajiri wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">moyo wako umekuwa na kiburi.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EZK.28.6" />“ ‘Kwa hiyo, hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Kwa sababu unafikiri una hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwenye hekima kama mungu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="EZK.28.7" />mimi nitawaleta wageni dhidi yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">taifa katili kuliko yote;
</q>
<q style="q1">watafuta panga zao dhidi ya uzuri wa hekima yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuchafua fahari yako inayongʼaa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="EZK.28.8" />Watakushusha chini shimoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe utakufa kifo cha kikatili
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika moyo wa bahari.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="EZK.28.9" />Je, wakati huo utasema, “Mimi ni mungu,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele ya wale wanaokuua?
</q>
<q style="q1">Utakuwa mwanadamu tu, wala si mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mikononi mwa hao wanaokuua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="EZK.28.10" />Utakufa kifo cha wasiotahiriwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mkono wa wageni.
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Kwa kuwa mimi nimenena, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="EZK.28.11" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZK.28.12" />“Mwanadamu, mfanyie maombolezo mfalme wa Tiro, nawe umwambie: ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Ulikuwa kipeo cha ukamilifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukiwa umejaa hekima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mkamilifu katika uzuri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="EZK.28.13" />Ulikuwa ndani ya Edeni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bustani ya Mungu;
</q>
<q style="q1">kila kito cha thamani kilikupamba:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akiki nyekundu, yakuti manjano na zumaridi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">krisolitho, shohamu na yaspi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yakuti samawi, almasi na zabarajadi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kuwekwa kwa hayo mapambo na kushikizwa kwake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kulifanywa kwa dhahabu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku ile ulipoumbwa yaliandaliwa tayari.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="EZK.28.14" />Ulitiwa mafuta kuwa kerubi mlinzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa hivyo ndivyo nilivyokuweka wakfu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ulikuwa kwenye mlima mtakatifu wa Mungu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulitembea katikati ya vito vya moto.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="EZK.28.15" />Ulikuwa mnyofu katika njia zako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tangu siku ile ya kuumbwa kwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi uovu ulipoonekana ndani yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="EZK.28.16" />Kutokana na biashara yako iliyoenea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulijazwa na dhuluma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe ukatenda dhambi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hivyo nilikuondoa kwa aibu kutoka mlima wa Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nikakufukuza, ee kerubi mlinzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka katikati ya vito vya moto.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="EZK.28.17" />Moyo wako ukawa na kiburi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya uzuri wako,
</q>
<q style="q1">nawe ukaiharibu hekima yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya fahari yako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa hiyo nikakutupa chini;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimekufanya kioja mbele ya wafalme.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="EZK.28.18" />Kwa dhambi zako nyingi na biashara yako ya dhuluma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umenajisi mahali pako patakatifu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa hiyo nilifanya moto utoke ndani yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao ukakuteketeza,
</q>
<q style="q1">nami nikakufanya majivu juu ya nchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">machoni pa wote waliokuwa wakitazama.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="EZK.28.19" />Mataifa yote yaliyokujua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yanakustajabia;
</q>
<q style="q1">umefikia mwisho wa kutisha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hutakuwepo tena milele.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Unabii Dhidi Ya Sidoni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EZK.28.20" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EZK.28.21" />“Mwanadamu, elekeza uso wako juu ya Sidoni, ukatabiri dhidi yake,
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZK.28.22" />nawe useme: ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Mimi ni kinyume chako, ee Sidoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitapata utukufu ndani yako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nao watajua kwamba Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakapotekeleza hukumu zangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuonyesha utakatifu wangu ndani yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="EZK.28.23" />Nitapeleka tauni ndani yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufanya damu itiririke katika barabara zake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Waliochinjwa wataanguka ndani yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa upanga dhidi yake kila upande.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ndipo watakapojua kwamba Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="EZK.28.24" />“ ‘Nyumba ya Israeli hawatakuwa tena na majirani wenye nia ya kuwadhuru wanaoumiza kama michongoma na miiba mikali. Ndipo watakapojua kwamba Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="EZK.28.25" />“ ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Nitakapoikusanya nyumba ya Israeli kutoka mataifa ambako wametawanyika, nitajionyesha kuwa mtakatifu miongoni mwao machoni pa mataifa. Ndipo watakapoishi katika nchi yao wenyewe, niliyompa mtumishi wangu Yakobo.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EZK.28.26" />Wataishi humo kwa salama na watajenga nyumba na kupanda mashamba ya mizabibu, wataishi kwa salama nitakapowaadhibu majirani zao wote ambao waliwafanyia uovu. Ndipo watakapojua kwamba Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wao.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="29" />
<s style="s1">Unabii Dhidi Ya Misri
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.29.1" />Katika mwaka wa kumi, mwezi wa kumi, siku ya kumi na mbili, neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.29.2" />“Mwanadamu, elekeza uso wako juu ya Farao mfalme wa Misri na utabiri dhidi yake na dhidi ya Misri yote.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.29.3" />Nena, nawe useme: ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Mimi ni kinyume nawe, Farao, mfalme wa Misri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">joka kubwa ulalaye katikati ya vijito vyako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Unasema, “Mto Naili ni wangu mwenyewe;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niliufanya kwa ajili yangu mwenyewe.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="EZK.29.4" />Lakini nitatia ndoana katika mataya yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitawafanya samaki wa vijito vyako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">washikamane na magamba yako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitakutoa katikati ya vijito vyako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na samaki wote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walioshikamana na magamba yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="EZK.29.5" />Nitakutupa jangwani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe pamoja na samaki wote wa vijito vyako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Utaanguka uwanjani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe hutakusanywa au kuchukuliwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitakutoa uwe chakula
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa wanyama wa nchi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ndege wa angani.
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="6" bcv="EZK.29.6" />Ndipo wale wote waishio Misri watakapojua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</p>
<p style="p">“ ‘Umekuwa fimbo ya tete kwa nyumba ya Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZK.29.7" />Walipokushika kwa mikono yao, ulivunjika na kuchana mabega yao; walipokuegemea, ulivunjika na migongo yao ikateguka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EZK.29.8" />“ ‘Kwa hiyo hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Nitaleta upanga juu yako na kuua watu wako na wanyama wao.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZK.29.9" />Misri itakuwa ukiwa na isiyolimwa wala kukaliwa na watu. Ndipo watakapojua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</p>
<p style="p">“ ‘Kwa sababu ulisema, “Mto Naili ni wangu; mimi niliufanya,”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZK.29.10" />kwa hiyo mimi ni kinyume nawe na kinyume na vijito vyako, nami nitaifanya nchi ya Misri kuwa magofu na ukiwa isiyolimwa wala kukaliwa na watu kuanzia Migdoli hadi Aswani, hata kufikia mpakani wa Ethiopia.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZK.29.11" />Hakuna unyayo wa mtu au mnyama utakaopita ndani yake, wala hakuna yeyote atakayeishi humo kwa muda wa miaka arobaini.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZK.29.12" />Nitaifanya nchi ya Misri ukiwa, miongoni mwa nchi zilizo ukiwa, nayo miji yake itabaki ukiwa miaka arobaini miongoni mwa miji iliyo magofu. Nami nitawatawanya Wamisri miongoni mwa mataifa na kuwafukuza huku na huko katika nchi nyingine.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EZK.29.13" />“ ‘Lakini hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Mwishoni mwa hiyo miaka arobaini, nitawakusanya Wamisri kutoka mataifa walikotawanywa.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.29.14" />Nitawarudisha hao Wamisri kutoka kwenye kutekwa kwao na kuwaweka katika Pathrosi,<f caller="+"><fr>29:14
</fr><ft>Pathrosi ni Misri ya Juu.</ft></f> nchi ya baba zao. Huko watakuwa na ufalme usiokuwa na nguvu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EZK.29.15" />Utakuwa ufalme dhaifu kuliko zote na kamwe Misri haitajikweza tena juu ya mataifa mengine. Nitaufanya ufalme wake dhaifu sana kiasi kwamba kamwe hautatawala tena juu ya mataifa mengine.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZK.29.16" />Misri haitakuwa tena tumaini la watu wa Israeli bali itakuwa kumbukumbu ya dhambi yao kwa kuigeukia kuomba msaada. Ndipo watakapojua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EZK.29.17" />Katika mwaka wa ishirini na saba, mwezi wa kwanza, siku ya kwanza, neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia, kusema:
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EZK.29.18" />“Mwanadamu, Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli aliongoza jeshi lake kufanya kazi ngumu dhidi ya Tiro; kila kichwa kilipata upaa na kila bega likachunika. Lakini yeye na jeshi lake hawakupata malipo yoyote kutokana na muda wote aliongoza hiyo vita dhidi ya Tiro.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZK.29.19" />Kwa hiyo hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Nitaitia Misri mikononi mwa Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli, naye atachukua utajiri wa Misri. Atateka mateka na kuchukua nyara mali za Misri kama ujira kwa ajili ya jeshi lake.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZK.29.20" />Nimempa mfalme wa Babeli nchi ya Misri kuwa ujira kwa juhudi zake kwa sababu yeye na jeshi lake walifanya kwa ajili yangu, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EZK.29.21" />“Katika siku hiyo nitaifanya nyumba ya Israeli iwe na nguvu nami nitakifungua kinywa chako miongoni mwao. Ndipo watakapojua kwamba Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="30" />
<s style="s1">Maombolezo Kwa Ajili Ya Misri
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.30.1" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.30.2" />“Mwanadamu, toa unabii na useme: ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Ombolezeni ninyi na mseme,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Ole wa siku ile!”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="EZK.30.3" />Kwa kuwa siku ile imekaribia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> imekaribia,
</q>
<q style="q1">siku ya mawingu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku ya maangamizi kwa mataifa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="EZK.30.4" />Upanga utakuja dhidi ya Misri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo maumivu makuu yataijia Ethiopia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mauaji yatakapoangukia Misri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utajiri wake utachukuliwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na misingi yake itabomolewa.
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="5" bcv="EZK.30.5" />Kushi<f caller="+"><fr>30:5
</fr><ft>Kushi ndiyo Ethiopia.</ft></f> na Putu, Ludi na Arabia yote, Libya<f caller="+"><fr>30:5
</fr><ft>Libya ndiyo Kubu.</ft></f> na watu wa nchi ya Agano watauawa kwa upanga pamoja na Misri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EZK.30.6" />“ ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Wale walioungana na Misri wataanguka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kiburi cha nguvu zake kitashindwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kutoka Migdoli hadi Aswani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watauawa ndani yake kwa upanga,
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="EZK.30.7" />“ ‘Hizo nchi zitakua ukiwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miongoni mwa nchi zilizo ukiwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">nayo miji yao itakuwa magofu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miongoni mwa miji iliyo magofu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="EZK.30.8" />Ndipo watakapojua kwamba mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakapoiwasha Misri moto
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wote wamsaidiao watapondwa.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EZK.30.9" />“ ‘Siku hiyo wajumbe watatoka kwangu kwa merikebu, ili kuwatia hofu Ethiopia, wakiwa katika hali yao ya kuridhika. Maumivu makali yatawapata siku ya maangamizi ya Misri, kwa kuwa hakika itakuja.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EZK.30.10" />“ ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Nitakomesha makundi ya wajeuri ya Misri
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mkono wa Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="EZK.30.11" />Yeye na jeshi lake, taifa lililo katili kuliko mataifa yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">litaletwa ili kuangamiza nchi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watafuta panga zao dhidi ya Misri
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuijaza nchi kwa waliouawa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="EZK.30.12" />Nitakausha vijito vya Naili
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nitaiuza nchi kwa watu waovu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa mkono wa wageni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitaifanya nchi ukiwa na kila kitu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kilichomo ndani yake.
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> nimenena haya.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EZK.30.13" />“ ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Nitaangamiza sanamu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukomesha vinyago katika Memfisi<f caller="+"><fr>30:13
</fr><ft>Kiebrania ni Nofu.</ft></f>
</q>
<q style="q1">Hapatakuwepo tena na mkuu katika nchi ya Misri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitaeneza hofu katika nchi nzima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="EZK.30.14" />Nitaifanya Pathrosi<f caller="+"><fr>30:14
</fr><ft>Pathrosi ni Misri ya Juu.</ft></f> kuwa ukiwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuitia moto Soani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitaipiga kwa adhabu Thebesi<f caller="+"><fr>30:14
</fr><ft>Thebesi kwa Kiebrania ni No (au No-Amoni), mji katika Misri.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="EZK.30.15" />Nitaimwaga ghadhabu yangu juu ya Pelusiumu,<f caller="+"><fr>30:15
</fr><ft>Kiebrania ni Sini.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ngome ya Misri,
</q>
<q style="q1">nami nitakatilia mbali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">makundi ya wajeuri wa Thebesi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="EZK.30.16" />Nitaitia moto nchi ya Misri;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Pelusiumu itagaagaa kwa maumivu makuu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Thebesi itachukuliwa na tufani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Memfisi itakuwa katika taabu daima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="EZK.30.17" />Wanaume vijana wa Oni<f caller="+"><fr>30:17
</fr><ft>Yaani Heliopoli (Mji wa Jua).</ft></f> na wa Pi-Besethi<f caller="+"><fr>30:17
</fr><ft>Yaani Bubasti.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataanguka kwa upanga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo hiyo miji itatekwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="EZK.30.18" />Huko Tahpanhesi mchana utatiwa giza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakapovunja kongwa la Misri;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hapo kiburi cha nguvu zake kitakoma.
</q>
<q style="q1">Atafunikwa na mawingu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vijiji vyake vitatekwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="EZK.30.19" />Kwa hiyo nitaipiga Misri kwa adhabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watajua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EZK.30.20" />Katika mwaka wa kumi na moja, mwezi wa kwanza, siku ya saba, neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EZK.30.21" />“Mwanadamu, nimevunja mkono wa Farao mfalme wa Misri. Haukufungwa ili upone au kuwekewa kipande cha ubao ili upate nguvu za kuweza kuchukua upanga.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZK.30.22" />Kwa hiyo hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Mimi ni kinyume na Farao mfalme wa Misri. Nitavunja mikono yake yote miwili, ule mkono ulio mzima pia na ule uliovunjika na kuufanya upanga uanguke toka mkononi mwake.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EZK.30.23" />Nitawatawanya Wamisri miongoni mwa mataifa na kuwafukuza huku na huko katika nchi zote.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EZK.30.24" />Nitaitia nguvu mikono ya mfalme wa Babeli na kuutia upanga wangu mkononi mwake, lakini nitavunja mikono ya Farao, naye atalia kwa huzuni mbele yake kama mtu aliyetiwa jeraha la kumfisha.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EZK.30.25" />Nitaitia nguvu mikono ya mfalme wa Babeli, lakini mikono ya Farao italegea. Ndipo watakapojua kwamba Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nitakapoutia upanga wangu mkononi mwa mfalme wa Babeli, naye ataunyoosha dhidi ya Misri.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EZK.30.26" />Nitawatawanya Wamisri miongoni mwa mataifa na kuwafukuza huku na huko katika nchi mbalimbali. Ndipo watakapojua kwamba Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="31" />
<s style="s1">Mwerezi Katika Lebanoni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.31.1" />Katika mwaka wa kumi na moja, mwezi wa tatu, siku ya kwanza, neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia, kusema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.31.2" />“Mwanadamu, mwambie Farao mfalme wa Misri na makundi yake ya wajeuri:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Je, ni nani awezaye kulinganishwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wewe katika fahari.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="EZK.31.3" />Angalia Ashuru, wakati fulani ilikuwa mwerezi huko Lebanoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukiwa na matawi mazuri ukitia msitu kivuli;
</q>
<q style="q1">ulikuwa mrefu sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kilele chake kilipita majani ya miti yote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="EZK.31.4" />Maji mengi yaliustawisha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">chemchemi zenye maji mengi ziliufanya urefuke;
</q>
<q style="q1">vijito vyake vilitiririka pale
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulipoota pande zote
</q>
<q style="q1">na kupeleka mifereji yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye miti yote ya shambani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="EZK.31.5" />Hivyo ukarefuka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kupita miti yote ya shambani;
</q>
<q style="q1">vitawi vyake viliongezeka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na matawi yake yakawa marefu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yakitanda kwa sababu ya wingi wa maji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="EZK.31.6" />Ndege wote wa angani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakaweka viota kwenye vitawi vyake,
</q>
<q style="q1">wanyama wote wa shambani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakazaana chini ya matawi yake,
</q>
<q style="q1">mataifa makubwa yote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yaliishi chini ya kivuli chake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="EZK.31.7" />Ulikuwa na fahari katika uzuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukiwa na matawi yaliyotanda,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa mizizi yake ilikwenda chini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpaka kwenye maji mengi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="EZK.31.8" />Mierezi katika bustani ya Mungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haikuweza kushindana nao,
</q>
<q style="q1">wala misunobari haikuweza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kulingana na vitawi vyake,
</q>
<q style="q1">wala miaramoni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haikulinganishwa na matawi yake,
</q>
<q style="q1">wala hakukuwa na mti katika bustani ya Mungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wa kulinganisha na uzuri wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="EZK.31.9" />Niliufanya kuwa mzuri
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukiwa na matawi mengi,
</q>
<q style="q1">ulionewa wivu na miti yote ya Edeni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika bustani ya Mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EZK.31.10" />“ ‘Kwa hiyo hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Kwa sababu ulikuwa mrefu sana, kilele chake kikiwa juu ya majani manene ya miti na kwa sababu ulikuwa na kiburi cha urefu wake,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZK.31.11" />niliutia mikononi mwa mtawala wa mataifa, ili yeye aushughulikie sawasawa na uovu wake. Nikaukatilia mbali,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZK.31.12" />nayo mataifa mageni yaliyo makatili sana yaliukata huo mti na kuuacha. Matawi yake yalianguka juu ya milima na kwenye mabonde yote, vitawi vyake vikavunjika na kusambaa katika makorongo yote ya nchi. Mataifa yote ya duniani yakaondoka kutoka kwenye kivuli chake na kuuacha.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EZK.31.13" />Ndege wote wa angani wakakaa kwenye ule mti ulioanguka na wanyama pori wote wakakaa katikati ya vitawi vyake.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.31.14" />Kamwe hakutakuwa na miti mingine kando ya hayo maji itakayorefuka zaidi ya huo, vilele vyake vikiwa juu ya majani yote ya miti. Hakuna miti mingine, hata kama imekunywa maji vizuri namna gani, itakayofikia urefu huo. Yote mwisho wake ni kifo, na kuingia ardhini, kama vile ilivyo kwa wanadamu, pamoja na wale waendao shimoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EZK.31.15" />“ ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Katika siku ile mwerezi uliposhushwa chini kaburini<f caller="+"><fr>31:15
</fr><ft>Yaani Kuzimu, Sheol kwa Kiebrania; pia mstari 16, 17.</ft></f> nilizifunika chemchemi zenye maji mengi kwa maombolezo: Nilivizuia vijito vyake na wingi wa maji yake nikauzuia. Kwa sababu yake niliivika Lebanoni huzuni, nayo miti yote ya shambani ikanyauka.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZK.31.16" />Niliyafanya mataifa yatetemeke kwa kishindo cha kuanguka kwake wakati nilipoushusha chini kaburini pamoja na wale washukao shimoni. Ndipo miti yote ya Edeni, miti iliyo bora kuliko yote na iliyo mizuri sana ya Lebanoni, miti yote ile iliyokunywa maji vizuri, ilifarijika hapa duniani.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EZK.31.17" />Wale walioishi katika kivuli chake, wale walioungana naye miongoni mwa mataifa, nao pia walikuwa wamezikwa pamoja naye, wakiungana na wale waliouawa kwa upanga.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="EZK.31.18" />“ ‘Ni miti ipi ya Edeni inayoweza kulinganishwa nawe kwa fahari na utukufu? Hata hivyo, wewe pia, utashushwa chini pamoja na miti ya Edeni mpaka kuzimu, utalala miongoni mwa wasiotahiriwa, pamoja na wale waliouawa kwa upanga.
</p>
<p style="p">“ ‘Huyu ni Farao pamoja na makundi yake yote ya wajeuri, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="32" />
<s style="s1">Maombolezo Kwa Ajili Ya Farao
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.32.1" />Katika mwaka wa kumi na mbili, mwezi wa kumi na mbili, siku ya kwanza ya mwezi, neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia, kusema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.32.2" />“Mwanadamu, fanya maombolezo kwa ajili ya Farao mfalme wa Misri na umwambie:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Wewe ni kama simba miongoni mwa mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe ni kama joka kubwa baharini,
</q>
<q style="q1">unayevuruga maji kwa miguu yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuchafua vijito.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="EZK.32.3" />“ ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Nikiwa pamoja na wingi mkubwa wa watu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitautupa wavu wangu juu yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watakukokota katika wavu wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="EZK.32.4" />Nitakutupa nchi kavu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukuvurumisha uwanjani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitawafanya ndege wote wa angani watue juu yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wanyama wote wa nchi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watajishibisha nyama yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="EZK.32.5" />Nitatawanya nyama yako juu ya milima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kujaza mabonde kwa mabaki yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="EZK.32.6" />Nitailowanisha nchi kwa damu yako inayotiririka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">njia yote hadi milimani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo mabonde yatajazwa na nyama yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="EZK.32.7" />Nitakapokuzimisha, nitafunika mbingu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzitia nyota zake giza;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitalifunika jua kwa wingu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao mwezi hautatoa nuru yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="EZK.32.8" />Mianga yote itoayo nuru angani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitaitia giza juu yako;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitaleta giza juu ya nchi yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="EZK.32.9" />Nitaifadhaisha mioyo ya mataifa mengi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakapokuangamiza miongoni mwa mataifa,
</q>
<q style="q1">nikikuleta uhamishoni miongoni mwa nchi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambazo haujapata kuzijua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="EZK.32.10" />Nitayafanya mataifa mengi wakustaajabie,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wafalme wao watatetemeka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hofu kwa ajili yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakapotikisa upanga wangu mbele yao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Siku ya anguko lako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila mmoja wao atatetemeka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila dakika kwa ajili ya maisha yake.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="EZK.32.11" />“ ‘Kwa kuwa hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Upanga wa mfalme wa Babeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utakuja dhidi yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="EZK.32.12" />Nitafanya makundi yako ya wajeuri kuanguka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa panga za watu mashujaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">taifa katili kuliko mataifa yote.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watakivunjavunja kiburi cha Misri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo makundi yake yote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya wajeuri yatashindwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="EZK.32.13" />Nitaangamiza mifugo yake yote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaojilisha kando ya maji mengi,
</q>
<q style="q1">hayatavurugwa tena kwa mguu wa mwanadamu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kwato za mnyama
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hazitayachafua tena.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="EZK.32.14" />Kisha nitafanya maji yake yatulie
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufanya vijito vyake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vitiririke kama mafuta,
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="EZK.32.15" />Nitakapoifanya Misri kuwa ukiwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuiondolea nchi kila kitu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kilichomo ndani yake,
</q>
<q style="q1">nitakapowapiga wote waishio humo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndipo watakapojua kuwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="EZK.32.16" />“Hili ndilo ombolezo watakalomwimbia. Binti za mataifa wataliimba, kwa kuwa Misri na makundi yake yote ya wajeuri wataliimba, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.”
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EZK.32.17" />Katika mwaka wa kumi na mbili, mwezi wa kwanza, siku ya kumi na tano ya mwezi, neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EZK.32.18" />“Mwanadamu, omboleza kwa ajili ya makundi ya wajeuri wa Misri na uwatupe kuzimu yeye na binti za mataifa yenye nguvu, waende huko pamoja nao washukao shimoni.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZK.32.19" />Je, ninyi mnamzidi nani kwa uzuri? Shukeni chini! Nanyi mkalazwe pamoja na hao wasiotahiriwa!
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZK.32.20" />Wataanguka miongoni mwa wale waliouawa kwa upanga. Upanga umefutwa, mwache aburutwe mbali pamoja na hao wajeuri wake wote.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EZK.32.21" />Kutoka kuzimu viongozi hodari watanena kuhusu Misri pamoja na wale walioungana nao, ‘Wameshuka chini, nao wamelala kimya pamoja na hao wasiotahiriwa, pamoja na wale waliouawa kwa upanga.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="EZK.32.22" />“Ashuru yuko huko pamoja na jeshi lake lote, amezungukwa na makaburi ya watu wake wote waliouawa, wale wote walioanguka kwa upanga.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EZK.32.23" />Makaburi yao yako kwenye kina cha chini cha shimo na jeshi lake limelala kulizunguka kaburi lake. Wote waliokuwa wameeneza hofu kuu katika nchi ya walio hai wameuawa, wameanguka kwa upanga.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="EZK.32.24" />“Elamu yuko huko, pamoja na makundi yake yote ya wajeuri wakiwa wamelizunguka kaburi lake. Wote wameuawa, wameanguka kwa upanga. Wote waliokuwa wameeneza hofu katika nchi ya walio hai walishuka kuzimu bila kutahiriwa. Wanaichukua aibu yao pamoja na wale washukao shimoni.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EZK.32.25" />Kitanda kimetandikwa kwa ajili yake miongoni mwa waliouawa, pamoja na makundi yake yote ya wajeuri wakiwa wamelizunguka kaburi lake. Wote ni watu wasiotahiriwa, wameuawa kwa upanga. Kwa sababu vitisho vyao vilienea katika nchi ya walio hai, wameichukua aibu yao pamoja na wale washukao shimoni, nao wamewekwa miongoni mwa waliouawa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="EZK.32.26" />“Mesheki na Tubali wako humo, pamoja na makundi yao ya wajeuri wakiwa wameyazunguka makaburi yao. Wote hawakutahiriwa, wameuawa kwa upanga kwa sababu walieneza vitisho vyao katika nchi ya walio hai.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EZK.32.27" />Je, hawakulala na mashujaa wengine wasiotahiriwa waliouawa, ambao wameshuka kaburini wakiwa na silaha zao za vita, ambao panga zao ziliwekwa chini ya vichwa vyao na uovu wao juu ya mifupa yao? Adhabu kwa ajili ya dhambi zao ilikuwa juu ya mifupa yao, ingawa vitisho vya mashujaa hawa vilikuwa vimeenea hadi kwenye nchi ya walio hai.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="EZK.32.28" />“Wewe pia, ee Farao, utavunjwa nawe utalala miongoni mwa wasiotahiriwa, pamoja na wale waliouawa kwa upanga.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="EZK.32.29" />“Edomu yuko humo, wafalme wake wote na wakuu wake wote, ambao ijapokuwa wana nguvu, wamelazwa pamoja na wale waliouawa kwa upanga. Wamelala pamoja na wasiotahiriwa, pamoja na wale washukao shimoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="EZK.32.30" />“Wakuu wote wa kaskazini na Wasidoni wote wako huko, wameshuka chini pamoja na waliouawa kwa aibu ijapokuwa kuna vitisho vilivyosababishwa na nguvu zao. Wamelala bila kutahiriwa pamoja na wale waliouawa kwa upanga na kuchukua aibu yao pamoja na wale washukao chini shimoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="EZK.32.31" />“Farao, yeye pamoja na jeshi lake lote, atakapowaona atafarijiwa kwa ajili ya makundi yake yote ya wajeuri, wale waliouawa kwa upanga, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="EZK.32.32" />Ingawa nilimfanya Farao aeneze vitisho vyake katika nchi ya walio hai, Farao pamoja na makundi yake yote ya wajeuri watalazwa miongoni mwa wasiotahiriwa, pamoja na wale waliouawa kwa upanga, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="33" />
<s style="s1">Wajibu Wa Ezekieli Kuwa Mlinzi Kwa Watu Wake
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.33.1" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.33.2" />“Mwanadamu, sema na watu wako uwaambie, ‘Nitakapoleta upanga dhidi ya nchi, nao watu wa nchi wakamchagua mmoja wa watu wao na kumfanya awe mlinzi wao,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.33.3" />naye auonapo upanga unakuja dhidi ya nchi na kupiga tarumbeta kuonya watu,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.33.4" />kama mtu yeyote asikiapo sauti ya tarumbeta hakukubali kuonywa, basi upanga ujapo na kuutoa uhai wake, damu yake itakuwa juu ya kichwa chake mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZK.33.5" />Kwa kuwa alisikia sauti ya tarumbeta lakini hakukubali maonyo, damu yake itakuwa juu ya kichwa chake mwenyewe. Kama angekubali maonyo, angelijiokoa mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZK.33.6" />Lakini kama mlinzi akiona upanga unakuja na asipige tarumbeta kuonya watu na upanga ukija na kutoa uhai wa mmoja wao, yule mtu ataondolewa kwa sababu ya dhambi yake, lakini damu yake nitaitaka mkononi mwa mlinzi huyo.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EZK.33.7" />“Mwanadamu, nimekufanya wewe kuwa mlinzi kwa ajili ya nyumba ya Israeli, kwa hiyo sikia neno nisemalo na uwape maonyo kutoka kwangu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EZK.33.8" />Nimwambiapo mtu mwovu, ‘Ewe mtu mwovu, hakika utakufa,’ nawe hukusema neno la kumwonya ili atoke katika njia zake, yule mtu mwovu atakufa kwa ajili ya dhambi yake, mimi nitaitaka damu yake mkononi mwako.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZK.33.9" />Lakini kama utamwonya huyo mtu mwovu aache njia zake mbaya naye hafanyi hivyo, atakufa kwa ajili ya dhambi yake, lakini utakuwa umejiokoa mwenyewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EZK.33.10" />“Mwanadamu, sema na nyumba ya Israeli uwaambie, ‘Hili ndilo mnalosema: “Makosa yetu na dhambi zetu zimetulemea, nasi tunadhoofika kwa sababu ya hayo. Tutawezaje basi kuishi?” ’
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZK.33.11" />Waambie, ‘Hakika kama mimi niishivyo, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, sifurahii kifo cha watu waovu, bali kwamba wageuke kutoka njia zao mbaya wapate kuishi. Geukeni! Geukeni kutoka njia zenu mbaya! Kwa nini mkafe, ee nyumba ya Israeli?’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="EZK.33.12" />“Kwa hiyo, mwanadamu, waambie watu wako, ‘Haki ya mtu mwenye haki haitamwokoa wakati anapoacha kutii, wala uovu wa mtu mwovu hautamsababisha yeye kuanguka anapotubu na kuacha uovu. Mtu mwenye haki, kama akitenda dhambi, hataishi kwa sababu ya uadilifu wake wa awali.’
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EZK.33.13" />Kama nikimwambia mtu mwenye haki kwamba hakika utaishi, lakini akategemea hiyo haki yake na kutenda uovu, hakuna tendo lolote la haki alilotenda litakalokumbukwa, atakufa kwa ajili ya uovu alioutenda.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.33.14" />Nami kama nikimwambia mtu mwovu, ‘Hakika utakufa,’ kisha akageuka kutoka dhambi yake na kufanya lile lililo haki na sawa,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EZK.33.15" />kama akirudisha kile alichochukua rehani kwa ajili ya deni, akarudisha alichoiba na kufuata amri zile ziletazo uzima, wala hafanyi uovu, hakika ataishi, hatakufa.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZK.33.16" />Hakuna dhambi yoyote aliyoitenda itakayokumbukwa juu yake. Ametenda lile lililo haki na sawa, hakika ataishi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EZK.33.17" />“Lakini watu wako wanasema, ‘Njia ya Bwana si sawa.’ Lakini ni njia zao ambazo si sawa.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EZK.33.18" />Kama mtu mwenye haki akigeuka kutoka uadilifu wake na kufanya uovu, atakufa kwa ajili ya huo uovu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZK.33.19" />Naye mtu mwovu kama akigeuka kutoka uovu wake na kufanya lile lililo haki na sawa, kwa kufanya hivyo ataishi.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZK.33.20" />Lakini, ee nyumba ya Israeli, unasema, ‘Njia ya Bwana si sawa.’ Lakini nitamhukumu kila mmoja wenu sawasawa na njia zake mwenyewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Anguko La Yerusalemu Laelezewa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EZK.33.21" />Mwaka wa kumi na mbili wa uhamisho wetu, mwezi wa kumi, siku ya tano, mtu aliyekuwa ametoroka kutoka Yerusalemu akanijia na kusema, “Mji wa Yerusalemu umeanguka!”
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZK.33.22" />Basi jioni kabla mtu huyo hajaja, mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ulikuwa juu yangu, naye alifungua kinywa changu kabla ya mtu yule aliyenijia asubuhi hajafika. Basi kinywa changu kilifunguliwa na sikuweza tena kunyamaza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="EZK.33.23" />Ndipo neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EZK.33.24" />“Mwanadamu, watu wanaoishi katika magofu hayo katika nchi ya Israeli wanasema hivi, ‘Abrahamu alikuwa mtu mmoja tu, hata hivyo akaimiliki nchi. Lakini sisi ni wengi, hakika tumepewa nchi kuwa milki yetu.’
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EZK.33.25" />Kwa hiyo waambie, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Kwa kuwa mnakula nyama pamoja na damu na kuinulia sanamu zenu macho na kumwaga damu, je, mtaimiliki nchi?
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EZK.33.26" />Mnategemea panga zenu, mnafanya mambo ya machukizo na kila mmoja wenu humtia unajisi mke wa jirani yake. Je, mtaimiliki nchi?’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="EZK.33.27" />“Waambie hivi: ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Hakika kama niishivyo, wale waliobaki katika magofu wataanguka kwa upanga, wale walio nje mashambani nitawatoa wararuliwe na wanyama pori, nao wale walio katika ngome na kwenye mapango watakufa kwa tauni.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EZK.33.28" />Nitaifanya nchi kuwa ukiwa na utupu na kiburi cha nguvu zake zitafikia mwisho, nayo milima ya Israeli itakuwa ukiwa ili mtu yeyote asipite huko.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="EZK.33.29" />Kisha watajua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nitakapokuwa nimeifanya nchi kuwa ukiwa na utupu kwa sababu ya mambo yote ya machukizo waliyotenda.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="EZK.33.30" />“Kwa habari yako wewe, mwanadamu, watu wako wanaongea habari zako wakiwa karibu na kuta na kwenye milango ya nyumba, wakiambiana kila mmoja na mwenzake, ‘Njooni msikie ujumbe ule utokao kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="EZK.33.31" />Watu wangu wanakujia, kama wafanyavyo, nao wanaketi mbele yako kama watu wangu na kusikiliza maneno yako, lakini hawayatendi. Kwa maana udanganyifu u katika midomo yao, lakini mioyo yao ina tamaa ya faida isiyo halali.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="EZK.33.32" />Naam, mbele yao umekuwa tu kama yeye aimbaye nyimbo za mapenzi kwa sauti nzuri za kuvutia na kupiga vyombo kwa ustadi, kwa kuwa wanasikia maneno yako lakini hawayatendi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="EZK.33.33" />“Wakati mambo haya yote yatakapotimia, kwa kuwa hakika yatatokea, ndipo watakapojua kwamba nabii amekuwepo miongoni mwao.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="34" />
<s style="s1">Wachungaji Na Kondoo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.34.1" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.34.2" />“Mwanadamu, tabiri juu ya wachungaji wa Israeli, tabiri na uwaambie: ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Ole wa wachungaji wa Israeli ambao hujitunza wenyewe tu! Je, haiwapasi wachungaji kutunza kundi la kondoo?
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.34.3" />Mnakula mafuta ya wanyama, mnavaa mavazi ya sufu na kuchinja kondoo walionona, lakini hamlitunzi kundi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.34.4" />Hamkuwatia nguvu walio dhaifu wala hamkuwaganga wenye maradhi wala kuwafunga waliojeruhiwa. Hamkuwarudisha waliotangatanga wala kuwatafuta wale waliopotea. Badala yake mmewatawala kwa ukali na kwa ukatili.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZK.34.5" />Hivyo walitawanyika kwa sababu hapakuwepo mchungaji, nao walipotawanyika, wakawa chakula cha wanyama wa mwitu wote.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZK.34.6" />Kondoo wangu walitawanyika, wakatangatanga kwenye milima yote na kwenye kila kilima kirefu. Kondoo wangu walitawanyika juu ya uso wa dunia yote bila kuwa na yeyote wa kuwaulizia wala wa kuwatafuta.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EZK.34.7" />“ ‘Kwa hiyo, ninyi wachungaji, lisikieni neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EZK.34.8" />Kwa hakika kama niishivyo, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, kwa sababu kondoo zangu wamekosa mchungaji na hivyo wametekwa nyara na kuwa chakula cha wanyama wote wa mwituni na kwa sababu wachungaji wangu, hawakuwatafuta kondoo zangu, bali wachungaji wamejitunza wenyewe, nao hawakuwalisha kondoo zangu,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZK.34.9" />kwa hiyo enyi wachungaji, sikieni neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZK.34.10" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Mimi ni kinyume na wachungaji nami nitawadai kondoo zangu mikononi mwao. Nitawafukuza kutoka kwenye kuchunga kundi langu, ili wachungaji wasiendelee kujitunza wenyewe. Nitaokoa kondoo zangu kutoka kwenye vinywa vyao, nao kondoo hawatakuwa tena chakula chao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="EZK.34.11" />“ ‘Kwa kuwa hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Mimi mwenyewe nitawaulizia kondoo wangu na kuwatafuta.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZK.34.12" />Kama vile mchungaji atafutavyo kundi lake lililotawanyika wakati akiwa pamoja nalo, hivyo ndivyo nitakavyowatafuta kondoo wangu. Nitawaokoa kutoka mahali pote walipokuwa wametawanyikia katika siku ya mawingu na giza nene.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EZK.34.13" />Nitawatoa katika mataifa na kuwakusanya kutoka nchi mbalimbali, nami nitawaleta katika nchi yao wenyewe. Nitawalisha kwenye milima ya Israeli, katika mabonde na mahali pote panapokalika katika nchi.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.34.14" />Nitawachunga kwenye malisho mazuri na miinuko ya mlima wa Israeli patakuwa mahali pao pa malisho. Huko watajipumzisha kwa amani katika nchi ya malisho mazuri, nao watajilisha huko katika malisho tele katika milima ya Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EZK.34.15" />Mimi mwenyewe nitawachunga kondoo zangu na kuwafanya wapumzike, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZK.34.16" />Nitawaulizia kondoo waliopotea na kuwaleta waliotangatanga. Nitawafunga waliojeruhiwa na kuwatia nguvu walio dhaifu lakini wale waliojikinai na wenye nguvu nitawaangamiza. Nitalichunga kundi kwa haki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EZK.34.17" />“ ‘Kwa habari yenu, enyi kundi langu, hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Nitahukumu kati ya kondoo na kondoo, kati ya kondoo dume na mbuzi.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EZK.34.18" />Je, haiwatoshi ninyi kujilisha kwenye malisho mazuri? Je, ni lazima ninyi kuyakanyaga pia malisho yenu yaliyobaki kwa miguu yenu? Je, haiwatoshi ninyi kunywa maji safi? Je, ni lazima kuyachafua maji mengine kwa miguu yenu?
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZK.34.19" />Je, ni lazima kundi langu wajilishe kwa yale mliyoyakanyaga na kunywa maji mliyoyachafua kwa miguu yenu?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EZK.34.20" />“ ‘Kwa hiyo, hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi awaambialo: Tazama, mimi mwenyewe nitahukumu kati ya kondoo wanono na waliokonda.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EZK.34.21" />Kwa sababu mmewapiga kikumbo na kuwapiga kwa pembe zenu kondoo wote walio dhaifu mpaka wakawafukuza,
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZK.34.22" />nitaliokoa kundi langu na hawatatekwa nyara tena. Nitahukumu kati ya kondoo na kondoo.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EZK.34.23" />Nitaweka juu yao mchungaji mmoja, mtumishi wangu Daudi, naye atawachunga, atawachunga na kuwa mchungaji wao.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EZK.34.24" />Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> nitakuwa Mungu wao, naye mtumishi wangu Daudi atakuwa mkuu miongoni mwao. Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> nimenena.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="EZK.34.25" />“ ‘Nitafanya nao Agano la amani na kuwaondoa wanyama wa mwitu kutoka nchi yao ili kondoo wangu waweze kupumzika nyikani na msituni kwa salama.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EZK.34.26" />Nitawabariki wao pamoja na maeneo yanayozunguka kilima changu. Nitawanyeshea mvua kwa majira yake, kutakuwepo mvua za baraka.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EZK.34.27" />Miti ya shambani itatoa matunda yake na ardhi itatoa mazao yake, watu watakaa salama katika nchi yao. Watajua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nitakapovunja vifungo vya nira zao na kuwaokoa kutoka mikono ya wale waliowafanya watumwa.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EZK.34.28" />Hawatatekwa tena nyara na mataifa, wala wanyama pori hawatawala tena. Wataishi kwa salama, wala hakuna yeyote atakayewatia hofu.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="EZK.34.29" />Nitawapa nchi yenye sifa kutokana na mazao yake, hawatapatwa na njaa katika nchi tena wala hawatadharauliwa na mataifa.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="EZK.34.30" />Ndipo watakapojua kuwa Mimi,
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wao, niko pamoja nao, na kwamba wao, nyumba ya Israeli, ni watu wangu, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="EZK.34.31" />Ninyi ni kondoo wangu, kondoo wa malisho yangu, ninyi ni watu wangu, nami ni Mungu wenu, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="35" />
<s style="s1">Unabii Dhidi Ya Edomu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.35.1" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.35.2" />“Mwanadamu, elekeza uso wako juu ya mlima Seiri, utabiri dhidi yake
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.35.3" />na useme: ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Mimi ni kinyume nawe, ee mlima Seiri, nami nitanyoosha mkono wangu dhidi yako na kukufanya ukiwa na usiyekaliwa na watu wala kulimika.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.35.4" />Nitaifanya miji yako kuwa magofu nawe utakuwa ukiwa. Ndipo utakapojua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EZK.35.5" />“ ‘Kwa sababu ulificha moyoni uadui wa siku nyingi nawe ukawatoa Waisraeli wauawe kwa upanga wakati wa maafa yao, wakati adhabu yake ilipofikia kilele chake,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZK.35.6" />kwa hiyo hakika kama niishivyo, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, nitakutia katika umwagaji damu nao utakufuatia. Kwa kuwa hakuchukia kumwaga damu, kumwaga damu kutakufuatia.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZK.35.7" />Nitaufanya Mlima Seiri ukiwa na usiokaliwa na watu wala kulimika na kuukatilia mbali na wote wanaokuja na wanaokwenda.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EZK.35.8" />Nitaijaza milima yenu kwa watu wake waliouawa, wale waliouawa kwa upanga wataanguka juu ya vilima vyako na katika mabonde yako na katika makorongo yako yote.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZK.35.9" />Nitakufanya ukiwa milele, watu hawataishi katika miji yako. Ndipo utakapojua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EZK.35.10" />“ ‘Kwa sababu umesema, “Mataifa haya mawili na nchi hizi zitakuwa zetu nasi tutazimiliki,” ingawa hata mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> nilikuwa huko,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZK.35.11" />kwa hiyo hakika kama niishivyo, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, nitakutenda kwa kadiri ya hasira na wivu uliouonyesha katika chuki yako juu yao nami nitafanya nijulikane miongoni mwao wakati nitakapokuhukumu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZK.35.12" />Ndipo utakapojua kuwa Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> nimesikia mambo yote ya dharau uliyosema dhidi ya milima ya Israeli. Ulisema, “Wamefanyika ukiwa na kutiwa mikononi mwetu tuwararue.”
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EZK.35.13" />Ulijigamba dhidi yangu na kusema maneno dhidi yangu bila kujizuia, nami nikayasikia.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.35.14" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Wakati dunia yote inashangilia nitakufanya ukiwa.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EZK.35.15" />Kwa sababu ulishangilia wakati urithi wa nyumba ya Israeli ulipofanyika ukiwa, hivyo ndivyo nitakavyokutendea. Utakuwa ukiwa, ee mlima Seiri, wewe na Edomu yote. Kisha ndipo watajua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="36" />
<s style="s1">Unabii Kwa Milima Ya Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.36.1" />“Mwanadamu, itabirie milima ya Israeli na useme, ‘Ee milima ya Israeli, sikieni neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.36.2" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Kwa sababu adui wanasema juu yako, “Aha! Mahali palipoinuka pa zamani pamekuwa milki yetu.” ’
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.36.3" />Kwa hiyo tabiri na useme, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Kwa sababu wamewafanya ukiwa na kuwagandamiza kila upande ili mpate kuwa milki ya mataifa mengine na kuwa kitu cha kusimangwa na kudhihakiwa miongoni mwa watu,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.36.4" />kwa hiyo, ee milima ya Israeli, sikieni neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi: Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo kwa milima na vilima, kwa makorongo na mabonde, kwa mahame yaliyo ukiwa, miji iliyoachwa ambayo imetekwa nyara na kudharauliwa na mataifa mengine yanayowazunguka,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZK.36.5" />hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Katika wivu wangu uwakao nimenena dhidi ya mataifa mengine na dhidi ya Edomu yote, kwa maana kwa furaha na hila katika mioyo yao waliifanya nchi yangu kuwa milki yao ili wapate kuteka nyara sehemu yake ya malisho.’
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZK.36.6" />Kwa hiyo tabiri kuhusu nchi ya Israeli na uiambie milima na vilima, makorongo na vijito na mabonde: ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Ninanena katika wivu wa ghadhabu yangu kwa sababu mmedharauliwa na mataifa.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZK.36.7" />Kwa hiyo hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Ninaapa kwa mkono wangu ulioinuliwa kwamba mataifa wanaowazunguka nao pia watadharauliwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EZK.36.8" />“ ‘Lakini ninyi, ee milima ya Israeli, mtatoa matawi na matunda kwa ajili ya watu wangu Israeli, kwa sababu hivi karibuni watakuja nyumbani.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZK.36.9" />Mimi ninawajibika nanyi na nitawaangalia kwa upendeleo, mtalimwa na kupandwa mbegu,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZK.36.10" />nami nitaizidisha idadi ya watu kwenu, naam, nyumba yote ya Israeli. Miji itakaliwa na watu na magofu yatajengwa upya.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZK.36.11" />Nitaongeza idadi ya watu na wanyama juu yenu, nao watazaana sana na kuwa wengi mno. Nitawakalisha watu ndani yenu kama ilivyokuwa wakati uliopita, nami nitawafanya mfanikiwe kuliko hapo kwanza. Ndipo mtakapojua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZK.36.12" />Nitawafanya watu, watu wangu Israeli, kutembea juu yenu. Watawamiliki ninyi, nanyi mtakuwa urithi wao, kamwe hamtawaondolea tena watoto wao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EZK.36.13" />“ ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Kwa sababu watu wanakuambia, “Unawala watu na kuliondolea taifa lako watoto wake,”
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.36.14" />kwa hiyo hutakula tena watu wala kulifanya tena taifa lako lisiwe na watoto, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EZK.36.15" />Sitakufanya tena usikie dhihaka za mataifa, wala kudharauliwa na kabila za watu, wala kulifanya taifa lako lianguke, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="EZK.36.16" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia tena, kusema:
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EZK.36.17" />“Mwanadamu, nyumba ya Israeli walipokuwa wakiishi katika nchi yao wenyewe, waliinajisi kwa mwenendo wao na matendo yao. Mwenendo wao mbele zangu ulikuwa kama mwanamke aliye katika hedhi.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EZK.36.18" />Hivyo nilimwaga ghadhabu yangu juu yao kwa sababu walikuwa wamemwaga damu katika nchi na kwa sababu walikuwa wameitia nchi unajisi kwa sanamu zao.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZK.36.19" />Nikawatawanya miongoni mwa mataifa, nao wakaenda huku na huko katika nchi mbalimbali, nikawahukumu sawasawa na mwenendo wao na matendo yao.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZK.36.20" />Tena popote walipokwenda miongoni mwa mataifa walilitia unajisi Jina langu takatifu, kwa kuwa watu walisema kuwahusu, ‘Hawa ndio watu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, lakini imewapasa kuondoka katika nchi yake.’
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EZK.36.21" />Lakini niliwahurumia kwa ajili ya Jina langu takatifu, ambalo nyumba ya Israeli imelitia unajisi miongoni mwa mataifa huko walikokwenda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="EZK.36.22" />“Kwa hiyo iambie nyumba ya Israeli, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Si kwa ajili yako, ee nyumba ya Israeli, kwamba ninafanya mambo haya, bali ni kwa ajili ya Jina langu takatifu, ambalo mmelitia unajisi miongoni mwa mataifa mliyoyaendea.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EZK.36.23" />Nitauonyesha utakatifu wa Jina langu kuu, ambalo limetiwa unajisi miongoni mwa mataifa, jina ambalo limetiwa unajisi miongoni mwao. Ndipo mataifa watakapojua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, nitakapojionyesha mwenyewe kuwa mtakatifu kwa kuwapitia ninyi mbele ya macho yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="EZK.36.24" />“ ‘Kwa kuwa nitawaondoa ninyi toka mataifa, nitawakusanya kutoka nchi zote na kuwarudisha kwenye nchi yenu wenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EZK.36.25" />Nitawanyunyizia maji safi, nanyi mtakuwa safi, nitawatakasa kutoka uchafu wenu wote na kutoka sanamu zenu zote.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EZK.36.26" />Nitawapa moyo mpya na kuweka roho mpya ndani yenu, nitaondoa ndani yenu moyo wenu wa jiwe na kuwapa moyo wa nyama.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EZK.36.27" />Nami nitaweka Roho yangu ndani yenu na kuwafanya ninyi mfuate amri zangu na kuwafanya kuwa waangalifu kuzishika sheria zangu.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EZK.36.28" />Mtaishi katika nchi niliyowapa baba zenu, ninyi mtakuwa watu wangu nami nitakuwa Mungu wenu.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="EZK.36.29" />Nitawaokoa ninyi kutoka unajisi wenu wote. Nitaiita nafaka na kuiongeza iwe nyingi sana nami sitaleta njaa juu yenu.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="EZK.36.30" />Nitaongeza matunda ya miti na mazao ya mashamba, ili kwamba msipate tena aibu miongoni mwa mataifa kwa ajili ya njaa.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="EZK.36.31" />Ndipo mtakapozikumbuka njia zenu za uovu na matendo yenu maovu, nanyi mtajichukia wenyewe kwa ajili ya dhambi zote na matendo yenu ya kuchukiza.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="EZK.36.32" />Ninataka ninyi mjue kwamba sifanyi hili kwa ajili yenu, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi. Oneni aibu na mkatahayari kwa ajili ya mwenendo wenu, ee nyumba ya Israeli!
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="EZK.36.33" />“ ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Siku ile nitakapowasafisha kutoka dhambi zenu zote, nitarudisha watu waishi katika miji yenu na magofu yatajengwa upya.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="EZK.36.34" />Nchi iliyokuwa ukiwa italimwa badala ya kukaa ukiwa machoni mwa wale wote wanaopita ndani yake.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="EZK.36.35" />Watasema, “Hii nchi iliyokuwa imeachwa ukiwa sasa imekuwa kama bustani ya Edeni, miji ile iliyokuwa magofu, ukiwa na kuangamizwa, sasa imejengewa ngome na kukaliwa na watu.”
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="EZK.36.36" />Ndipo mataifa yanayowazunguka yaliyobakia watakapojua kuwa Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> nimejenga tena kile kilichoharibiwa na nimepanda tena kile kilichokuwa ukiwa. Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> nimenena, nami nitalifanya.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="EZK.36.37" />“Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Mara nyingine tena nitasikia maombi ya nyumba ya Israeli na kuwatendea jambo hili: Nitawafanya watu wake kuwa wengi kama kondoo,
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="EZK.36.38" />kuwa wengi kama kundi la kondoo kwa ajili ya dhabihu huko Yerusalemu wakati wa sikukuu zao za wakati ulioamriwa. Hivyo ndivyo miji iliyokuwa magofu itajazwa na makundi ya watu. Ndipo watakapojua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="37" />
<s style="s1">Bonde La Mifupa Mikavu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.37.1" />Mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ulikuwa juu yangu, naye akanitoa nje kwa Roho wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kuniweka katikati ya bonde lililokuwa limejaa mifupa tele.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.37.2" />Akanipitisha pande zote kwenye hiyo mifupa, nami nikaona mifupa mingi sana ndani ya lile bonde, mifupa iliyokuwa imekauka sana.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.37.3" />Akaniuliza, “Mwanadamu, mifupa hii yaweza kuishi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Nikajibu, “Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, wewe peke yako wajua.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="EZK.37.4" />Ndipo akaniambia, “Itabirie mifupa hii na uiambie, ‘Enyi mifupa mikavu, sikieni neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>!
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZK.37.5" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo kwa hii mifupa: Nitatia pumzi<f caller="+"><fr>37:5
</fr><ft>Pumzi pia ina maana ya roho kwa Kiebrania.</ft></f> ndani yenu, nanyi mtaishi.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZK.37.6" />Nitawawekea mishipa, nami nitaifanya nyama ije juu yenu na kuwafunika kwa ngozi. Nitatia pumzi ndani yenu, nanyi mtakuwa hai. Ndipo mtakapojua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EZK.37.7" />Basi nikatabiri kama nilivyoamriwa. Wakati nilipokuwa ninatabiri, kukawa na sauti, sauti ya kugongana, nayo mifupa ikasogeleana, mfupa kwa mfupa mwenziwe.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EZK.37.8" />Nikatazama, mishipa na nyama vikatokea juu ya mifupa na ngozi ikaifunika, lakini hapakuwepo pumzi ndani yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EZK.37.9" />Ndipo aliponiambia, “Utabirie upepo, tabiri, mwanadamu na uuambie, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Njoo kutoka pande nne, ee pumzi, nawe upulizie pumzi ndani ya hawa waliouawa, ili wapate kuishi.’ ”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZK.37.10" />Hivyo nikatabiri kama alivyoniamuru, nayo pumzi ikawaingia, wakawa hai na wakasimama kwa miguu yao, jeshi kubwa mno.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="EZK.37.11" />Ndipo akaniambia: “Mwanadamu, mifupa hii ni nyumba yote ya Israeli. Nao wanasema, ‘Mifupa yetu imekauka na tumaini letu limetoweka, tumekatiliwa mbali.’
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZK.37.12" />Hivyo watabirie na uwaambie: ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Enyi watu wangu, nitayafunua makaburi yenu na kuwatoa ndani yake, nami nitawarudisha tena katika nchi ya Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EZK.37.13" />Ndipo ninyi watu wangu, mtakapojua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nitakapoyafunua makaburi yenu na kuwatoa humo.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.37.14" />Nitatia Roho yangu ndani yenu nanyi mtaishi, nami nitawakalisha katika nchi yenu wenyewe. Ndipo mtakapojua kwamba Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> nimenena, nami nitalitenda, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>!’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Taifa Moja Chini Ya Mfalme Mmoja
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EZK.37.15" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZK.37.16" />“Mwanadamu, chukua fimbo na uandike juu yake, ‘Hii ni kwa ajili ya Yuda na Waisraeli waliofungamana naye.’ Kisha chukua fimbo nyingine, uandike juu yake, ‘Fimbo ya Efraimu, ni kwa ajili ya Yosefu na nyumba yote ya Israeli wanaofungamana naye.’
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EZK.37.17" />Ziunganishe pamoja kuwa fimbo moja ili kwamba ziwe fimbo moja katika mkono wako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="EZK.37.18" />“Watu wako watakapokuuliza, ‘Je, hutatuambia ni nini maana ya jambo hili?’
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZK.37.19" />Waambie, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Nitaichukua fimbo ya Yosefu, iliyoko mikononi mwa Efraimu na ya makabila ya Israeli yanayofungamana naye na kuiunganisha na fimbo ya Yuda, nikizifanya kuwa fimbo moja, nao watakuwa wamoja katika mkono wangu.’
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZK.37.20" />Inua mbele ya macho yao zile fimbo ulizoziandika
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EZK.37.21" />kisha waambie, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Nitawatoa Waisraeli katika mataifa walikokuwa wamekwenda. Nitawakusanya popote walipo na kuwarudisha katika nchi yao wenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZK.37.22" />Nitawafanya kuwa taifa moja katika nchi, katika milima ya Israeli. Patakuwa na mfalme mmoja juu yao wote na kamwe hawatagawanyika tena kuwa mataifa mawili au kugawanyika katika falme mbili.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EZK.37.23" />Hawatajitia tena unajisi kwa sanamu zao na vinyago vyao visivyo na maana wala kwa makosa yao yoyote, kwa maana nitawaokoa kutoka dhambi zao zote zilizowarudisha nyuma, nami nitawatakasa. Wao watakuwa watu wangu, nami nitakuwa Mungu wao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="EZK.37.24" />“ ‘Mtumishi wangu Daudi atakuwa mfalme juu yao, nao wote watakuwa na mchungaji mmoja. Watafuata sheria zangu na kuzishika amri zangu kwa uangalifu.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EZK.37.25" />Wataishi katika nchi niliyompa mtumishi wangu Yakobo, nchi ambamo baba zenu waliishi. Wao na watoto wao na watoto wa watoto wao wataishi humo milele, naye Daudi mtumishi wangu atakuwa mkuu wao milele.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EZK.37.26" />Nitafanya nao Agano la amani, litakuwa Agano la milele. Nitawafanya imara na kuongeza idadi yao, nami nitaweka mahali patakatifu pangu miongoni mwao milele.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EZK.37.27" />Maskani yangu yatakuwa pamoja nao, nitakuwa Mungu wao, nao watakuwa watu wangu.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EZK.37.28" />Ndipo mataifa watakapojua kwamba Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndiye ninayeifanya Israeli kuwa takatifu, wakati mahali patakatifu pangu patakapokuwa miongoni mwao milele.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="38" />
<s style="s1">Unabii Dhidi Ya Gogu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.38.1" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.38.2" />“Mwanadamu, kaza uso wako dhidi ya Gogu, katika nchi ya Magogu, mkuu wa Roshi, Mesheki na Tubali, tabiri dhidi yake
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.38.3" />na useme: ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Ee Gogu, mimi ni kinyume nawe, mtawala mkuu wa Roshi, Mesheki na Tubali.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.38.4" />Nitakugeuza kuelekea ulikotoka na kukutia ndoana kwenye mataya yako na kukutoa nje wewe pamoja na jeshi lako lote, yaani, farasi wako, wapanda farasi wako waliojiandaa tayari kwa vita, pamoja na kundi kubwa la wajeuri wakiwa na ngao na vigao, wote wakipunga panga zao.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZK.38.5" />Uajemi, Kushi<f caller="+"><fr>38:5
</fr><ft>Kushi ni Ethiopia.</ft></f> na Putu watakuwa pamoja nao, wote wakiwa na ngao na kofia za chuma,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZK.38.6" />pia Gomeri pamoja na vikosi vyake vyote, na Beth-Togarma kutoka kaskazini ya mbali pamoja na vikosi vyake vyote, mataifa mengi wakiwa pamoja nawe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EZK.38.7" />“ ‘Jiandae, uwe tayari, wewe na makundi yako yote ya wajeuri yaliyokusanyika pamoja nawe, nawe waamrishe.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EZK.38.8" />Baada ya siku nyingi utaitwa vitani. Katika miaka ijayo, utaivamia nchi ile ambayo imepona kutoka vita, ambayo watu wake walikusanywa kutoka mataifa mengi kuja katika milima ya Israeli, ambayo kwa muda mrefu ilikuwa imeachwa ukiwa. Wameletwa kutoka mataifa na sasa wote wanaishi katika hali ya salama.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZK.38.9" />Wewe na vikosi vyako vyote na mataifa mengi yaliyo pamoja nawe mtapanda juu, mtawazoa kama tufani na kuifunika nchi kama wingu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EZK.38.10" />“ ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Katika siku ile mawazo yataingia moyoni mwako nawe utapanga mipango mibaya.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZK.38.11" />Utasema, “Nitapigana vita na nchi ambayo vijiji vyake havina maboma. Nitawashambulia watu wanaoishi kwa amani na wasiotarajia vita: wote wanaishi bila maboma na bila malango na makomeo.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZK.38.12" />Nitateka mateka na kuchukua nyara mali za wale waliorudi kuishi katika mahame na wale watu waliokusanywa kutoka kwa mataifa, ambao sasa wana mifugo na mali nyingi, wanaoishi katikati ya nchi.”
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EZK.38.13" />Sheba na Dedani pamoja na wafanyabiashara wa Tarshishi na vijiji vyake vyote watakuambia, “Je, umekuja kuteka mateka? Je, umekusanya makundi yako ya wajeuri ili kuchukua nyara mali, kutwaa fedha na dhahabu, kutunyangʼanya mifugo na mali na kuteka nyara nyingi zaidi?” ’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="EZK.38.14" />“Kwa hiyo, mwanadamu, tabiri na umwambie Gogu: ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Katika siku ile, watu wangu Israeli watakapokuwa wanaishi salama, Je, wewe mwenyewe hutalijua hilo?
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EZK.38.15" />Utakuja kutoka kwako huko kaskazini ya mbali, ukiwa pamoja na mataifa mengi, wote wakiwa wamepanda farasi, kundi kubwa, jeshi kuu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZK.38.16" />Utakuja dhidi ya watu wangu Israeli kama wingu lifunikavyo nchi. Siku zijazo, ee Gogu, nitakuleta wewe dhidi ya nchi yangu, ili kwamba mataifa wapate kunijua Mimi nitakapojionyesha mtakatifu kwa kukupitia wewe mbele ya macho yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EZK.38.17" />“ ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Je, wewe si yule niliyenena juu yako katika siku za zamani kwa kupitia kwa watumishi wangu manabii wa Israeli? Wakati ule walitabiri kwa miaka mingi kwamba ningekuleta upigane nao.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EZK.38.18" />Hili ndilo litakalotokea katika siku ile: Gogu atakaposhambulia nchi ya Israeli, hasira yangu kali itaamka, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZK.38.19" />Katika wivu wangu na ghadhabu yangu kali ninasema kuwa wakati ule patakuwepo tetemeko kuu katika nchi ya Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZK.38.20" />Samaki wa baharini, ndege wa angani, wanyama wa kondeni, kila kiumbe kitambaacho ardhini, na watu wote walio juu ya uso wa nchi watatetemeka mbele zangu. Milima itapinduka, majabali yatapasuka na kila ukuta utaanguka chini.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EZK.38.21" />Nitaita upanga vita dhidi ya Gogu juu ya milima yangu yote, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi. Upanga wa kila mtu utakuwa dhidi ya ndugu yake.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZK.38.22" />Nitatekeleza hukumu juu yake kwa tauni na kwa umwagaji wa damu. Nitaifanya mvua ya mafuriko kunyesha, mvua ya mawe na moto wa kiberiti juu yake na juu ya vikosi vyake na juu ya mataifa mengi walio pamoja naye.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EZK.38.23" />Nami hivyo ndivyo nitakavyoonyesha ukuu wangu na utakatifu wangu, nami nitajijulisha mbele ya macho ya mataifa mengi. Ndipo watakapojua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’
<ve />
</p>

<c id="39" />
<s style="s1">Majeshi Ya Gogu Yataangamizwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.39.1" />“Mwanadamu, tabiri dhidi ya Gogu useme: ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Ee Gogu mimi ni kinyume nawe, mtawala mkuu wa Roshi, Mesheki na Tubali.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.39.2" />Nitakugeuza kuelekea ulikotoka na kukuburuta. Nitakuleta kutoka kaskazini ya mbali na kukupeleka wewe dhidi ya milima ya Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.39.3" />Kisha nitaupiga upinde wako kutoka mkono wako wa kushoto na kuifanya mishale ianguke kutoka mkono wako wa kuume.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.39.4" />Utaanguka kwenye milima ya Israeli, wewe pamoja na vikosi vyako vyote na yale mataifa yaliyo pamoja nawe. Nitakutoa uwe chakula cha ndege wa aina zote walao nyama na cha wanyama wa mwituni.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZK.39.5" />Utaanguka katika uwanja, kwa kuwa nimenena, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZK.39.6" />Nitatuma moto juu ya Magogu na kwa wale wanaoishi kwa salama huko pwani, nao watajua kwamba Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EZK.39.7" />“ ‘Nitalifanya Jina langu takatifu lijulikane miongoni mwa watu wangu Israeli. Sitaliacha tena Jina langu takatifu litiwe unajisi, nayo mataifa watajua kuwa Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> ndimi Aliye Mtakatifu wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EZK.39.8" />Hili jambo linakuja! Hakika litatokea, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi. Hii ndiyo siku ile niliyosema habari zake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EZK.39.9" />“ ‘Ndipo wale wanaoishi katika miji ya Israeli watakapotoka na kutumia hizo silaha kuwashia moto na kuziteketeza, yaani, kigao na ngao, pinde na mishale, rungu za vita na mikuki. Kwa miaka saba watavitumia kama kuni.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZK.39.10" />Hawatahitaji kukusanya kuni kutoka mashambani wala kukata kuni kutoka kwenye misitu, kwa sababu watatumia silaha kuwa kuni. Nao watawateka mateka wale waliowateka na kuchukua nyara mali za wale waliochukua mali zao nyara, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="EZK.39.11" />“ ‘Siku ile nitampa Gogu mahali pa kuzikia katika Israeli, katika bonde la wale wasafirio upande wa mashariki kuelekea baharini. Jambo hili litazuia njia ya wasafiri kwa sababu Gogu na makundi yake yote ya wajeuri watazikwa huko. Kwa hiyo litaitwa Bonde la Hamon-Gogu.<f caller="+"><fr>39:11
</fr><ft>Hamon-Gogu maana yake Makundi ya wajeuri wa Gogu.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="EZK.39.12" />“ ‘Kwa miezi saba nyumba ya Israeli itakuwa ikiwazika ili kuisafisha nchi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EZK.39.13" />Watu wote wa nchi watawazika, nayo siku nitakayotukuzwa itakuwa siku ya kumbukumbu kwa ajili yao, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="EZK.39.14" />“ ‘Watu wataajiriwa mara kwa mara kuisafisha nchi. Baadhi yao watapita nchini kote na zaidi yao hao wengine, watawazika wale waliosalia juu ya uso wa nchi. Mwisho wa hiyo miezi saba wataanza upekuzi wao.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EZK.39.15" />Wakati wanapopita nchini kote na mmoja wao akaona mfupa wa mwanadamu, ataweka alama kando yake mpaka wachimba kaburi wawe wameuzika katika Bonde la Hamon-Gogu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZK.39.16" />(Pia mji uitwao Hamona<f caller="+"><fr>39:16
</fr><ft>Hamona maana yake Kundi (la wajeuri).</ft></f> utakuwa humo.) Hivyo ndivyo watakavyoisafisha nchi.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EZK.39.17" />“Mwanadamu, hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Ita kila aina ya ndege na wanyama wote wa mwituni, waambie: ‘Kusanyikeni mje pamoja kutoka pande zote kwa ajili ya dhabihu ninayowaandalia, dhabihu kuu katika milima ya Israeli. Huko mtakula nyama na kunywa damu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EZK.39.18" />Mtakula nyama za watu mashujaa na kunywa damu za wakuu wa dunia kana kwamba ni za kondoo dume na kondoo wake, mbuzi na mafahali, wote walionona kutoka Bashani.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZK.39.19" />Katika dhabihu ninayoandaa kwa ajili yenu, mtakula mafuta mpaka mkinai na kunywa damu mpaka mlewe.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZK.39.20" />Kwenye meza yangu watajishibisha kwa farasi na wapanda farasi, watu mashujaa na askari wa kila aina,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EZK.39.21" />“Nitauonyesha utukufu wangu miongoni mwa mataifa, nayo mataifa yote wataiona adhabu nitakayotoa na mkono wangu nitakaouweka juu yao.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZK.39.22" />Kuanzia siku ile na kuendelea nyumba ya Israeli itajua kuwa Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wao.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EZK.39.23" />Na mataifa watajua kuwa nyumba ya Israeli walikwenda utumwani kwa ajili ya dhambi yao, kwa sababu hawakuwa waaminifu kwangu. Hivyo niliwaficha uso wangu na kuwatia mikononi mwa adui zao, nao wote wakaanguka kwa upanga.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EZK.39.24" />Niliwatendea sawasawa na uchafu wao na makosa yao, nami nikawaficha uso wangu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="EZK.39.25" />“Kwa hiyo hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Sasa nitamrudisha Yakobo kutoka utumwani, nami nitawahurumia watu wote wa Israeli, nami nitakuwa na wivu kwa ajili ya Jina langu takatifu.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EZK.39.26" />Wataisahau aibu yao na jinsi walivyoonyesha kutokuwa waaminifu kwangu mimi wakati waliishi salama katika nchi yao, bila kuwa na mtu yeyote wa kuwatia hofu.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EZK.39.27" />Nitakapokuwa nimewarudisha kutoka mataifa na kuwakusanya kutoka nchi za adui zao, mimi nitajionyesha kuwa mtakatifu kwa kupitia kwao machoni mwa mataifa mengi.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EZK.39.28" />Ndipo watakapojua kwamba Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wao, ingawa niliwapeleka uhamishoni miongoni mwa mataifa, nitawakusanya tena katika nchi yao wenyewe, bila kumwacha yeyote nyuma.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="EZK.39.29" />Sitawaficha tena uso wangu, kwa maana nitamimina Roho wangu juu ya nyumba ya Israeli, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="40" />
<s style="s1">Eneo La Hekalu Jipya
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.40.1" />Katika mwaka wa ishirini na tano wa uhamisho wetu, mwanzoni mwa huo mwaka, siku ya kumi ya mwezi, katika mwaka wa kumi na nne baada ya kuanguka kwa mji, siku hiyo hiyo mkono wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ulikuwa juu yangu, naye akanipeleka huko.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.40.2" />Nikiwa katika maono ya Mungu alinichukua mpaka nchi ya Israeli, naye akaniweka kwenye mlima mrefu sana, ambako upande wa kusini kulikuwepo baadhi ya majengo ambayo yalionekana kama mji.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.40.3" />Akanipeleka huko, nami nikamwona mtu ambaye kuonekana kwake kulikuwa kama kuonekana kwa shaba. Alikuwa amesimama kwenye lango akiwa na kamba ya kitani na ufito wa kupimia mkononi mwake.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.40.4" />Mtu huyo akaniambia, “Mwanadamu, angalia kwa macho yako na usikie kwa masikio yako nawe uzingatie kitu nitakachokuonyesha, kwa kuwa ndiyo sababu umeletwa hapa. Iambie nyumba ya Israeli kila kitu utakachoona.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Lango La Mashariki Kuelekea Ukumbi Wa Nje
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EZK.40.5" />Nikaona ukuta uliozunguka eneo lote la Hekalu. Ule ufito wa kupimia uliokuwa mkononi mwa yule mtu ulikuwa na urefu wa dhiraa ndefu sita,<f caller="+"><fr>40:5
</fr><ft>Dhiraa ndefu 6 ni sawa na mita 3.18.</ft></f> yaani, dhiraa ndefu ni sawa na dhiraa na nyanda nne, akapima ule ukuta. Ukuta huo ulikuwa na unene wa dhiraa ndefu sita na kimo cha dhiraa ndefu sita.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EZK.40.6" />Kisha akaenda kwenye lango linaloelekea mashariki. Akapanda ngazi zake akapima kizingiti cha lango, nacho kilikuwa na kina cha huo ufito.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZK.40.7" />Vyumba vya kupumzikia vya walinzi vilikuwa na urefu wa huo ufito mmoja na upana wa huo ufito, kuta zilizogawa vyumba hivyo vya mapumziko zilikuwa na unene wa dhiraa tano.<f caller="+"><fr>40:7
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 5 ni sawa na mita 2.25.</ft></f> Nacho kizingiti cha lango lililokuwa karibu na ukumbi unaoelekea hekaluni ulikuwa na kina cha huo ufito.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EZK.40.8" />Kisha akapima baraza ya njia ya lango,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZK.40.9" />ambayo ilikuwa na kina cha dhiraa nane<f caller="+"><fr>40:9
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 8 ni sawa na mita 3.6.</ft></f> na miimo yake ilikuwa na unene wa dhiraa mbili.<f caller="+"><fr>40:9
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 2 ni sawa na sentimita 90.</ft></f> Baraza ya lango ilielekea Hekalu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EZK.40.10" />Ndani ya lango la mashariki kulikuwepo vyumba vitatu vya kupumzikia kila upande, vyote vitatu vilikuwa na vipimo vilivyo sawa, nazo nyuso za kuta zilizotenganisha kila upande zilikuwa na vipimo vilivyo sawa.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZK.40.11" />Kisha akapima upana wa ingilio la lango, ilikuwa dhiraa kumi na urefu wake ulikuwa dhiraa kumi na tatu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZK.40.12" />Mbele ya kila chumba cha kupumzikia kulikuwepo ukuta uliokuwa na kimo cha dhiraa moja<f caller="+"><fr>40:12
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 1 ni sawa na sentimita 45.</ft></f> kwenda juu, navyo hivyo vyumba vilikuwa dhiraa sita mraba.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EZK.40.13" />Kisha akapima njia ya lango kuanzia juu ya ukuta wa nyuma wa chumba kimoja cha kupumzikia hadi juu ya ukuta wa nyuma wa chumba upande wa pili; kukawa na nafasi ya dhiraa ishirini na tano kuanzia lango la ukuta mmoja hadi lango la ukuta uliokuwa upande mwingine.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.40.14" />Akapima pia ukumbi, urefu wa dhiraa ishirini<f caller="+"><fr>40:14
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 20 ni sawa na mita 9.</ft></f> na lango linalofuatia hiyo nguzo kila upande wa huo ukumbi.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EZK.40.15" />Umbali kuanzia ingilio la njia ya lango hadi mwisho kabisa wa baraza yake ulikuwa dhiraa hamsini.<f caller="+"><fr>40:15
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 50 ni sawa na mita 22.5.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZK.40.16" />Kulikuwa na vidirisha kwenye hivyo vyumba vya walinzi na nguzo za hivyo vyumba zilikuwa kwenye mzunguko wa hilo lango, vivyo hivyo kulikuwa na madirisha yaliyozunguka kuelekeana na ua na juu ya kila nguzo kulikuwa na mapambo ya miti ya mitende.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ukumbi Wa Nje
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EZK.40.17" />Kisha akanileta katika ukumbi wa nje. Huko nikaona vyumba vingine pamoja na njia iliyokuwa imejengwa kuzunguka ukumbi wote, kulikuwa na vyumba thelathini vimepangana kando ya hiyo njia.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EZK.40.18" />Njia hii iliyojengwa iliambaa na lango, ikiwa na urefu sawa na lango, hii ilikuwa ni njia ya chini.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZK.40.19" />Kisha akapima umbali kutoka ndani ya lango la chini mpaka nje ya ukumbi wa ndani, nao ulikuwa dhiraa mia moja<f caller="+"><fr>40:19
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 100 ni sawa na mita 45.</ft></f> upande wa mashariki na dhiraa mia moja upande wa kaskazini.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Lango La Kaskazini
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EZK.40.20" />Kisha akapima urefu na upana wa lango linaloelekea kaskazini, kukabili ukumbi wa nje.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EZK.40.21" />Vyumba vyake vilikuwa vitatu kila upande, kuta zilizogawanya vyumba na baraza ilikuwa na vipimo sawa na zile kuta za lango la kwanza. Zilikuwa na urefu wa dhiraa hamsini na upana wa dhiraa ishirini na tano.<f caller="+"><fr>40:21
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 25 ni sawa na mita 11.25.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZK.40.22" />Madirisha yake, baraza yake na nakshi yake ya miti ya mitende vilikuwa na vipimo sawasawa na vile vya lango linaloelekea mashariki. Kulikuwa na ngazi saba za kupandia huko, pamoja na baraza yake mkabala nazo.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EZK.40.23" />Kulikuwa na lango kwenye ukumbi wa ndani lililoelekea lile lango la kaskazini, kama vile ilivyokuwa ule upande wa mashariki. Akapima kutoka lango moja hadi lile lililo mkabala nalo, lilikuwa dhiraa mia moja.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Lango La Kusini
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="EZK.40.24" />Ndipo akaniongoza mpaka upande wa kusini, nami nikaona lango linaloelekea kusini. Akaipima miimo yake na baraza yake, navyo vilikuwa na vipimo sawa kama hivyo vingine.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EZK.40.25" />Lango na baraza yake vilikuwa na madirisha membamba pande zote, kama madirisha ya huko kwingine. Ilikuwa na urefu wa dhiraa hamsini na upana wake dhiraa ishirini na tano.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EZK.40.26" />Kulikuwa na ngazi saba za kupandia huko, pamoja na baraza yake mkabala nazo. Ilikuwa na nakshi za miti ya mitende kwenye kuta zilizogawanya vyumba kila upande.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EZK.40.27" />Ukumbi wa ndani pia ulikuwa na lango lililoelekea kusini. Naye akapima kutoka lango hili mpaka kwenye lango la nje upande wa kusini; ilikuwa dhiraa mia moja.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Malango Ya Kuelekea Ukumbi Wa Ndani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="EZK.40.28" />Kisha akanileta mpaka ukumbi wa ndani kwa kupitia lango la kusini, naye akapima lango la kusini, ambalo lilikuwa na vipimo sawa na yale mengine.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="EZK.40.29" />Vyumba vyake, kuta zilizogawanya vyumba na ukumbi wake zilikuwa na vipimo sawasawa na zile nyingine. Hilo lango na baraza yake vilikuwa na madirisha pande zote. Navyo vilikuwa na urefu wa dhiraa hamsini na upana wa dhiraa ishirini na tano.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="EZK.40.30" />(Baraza za malango zilizozunguka ukumbi wa ndani zilikuwa na upana wa dhiraa ishirini na tano na kina cha dhiraa tano.)
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="EZK.40.31" />Baraza yake ilielekeana na ukumbi wa nje, miimo yake ilinakshiwa miti ya mitende, kulikuwa na ngazi nane za kupandia huko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="EZK.40.32" />Kisha akanileta mpaka kwenye ukumbi wa ndani ulioko upande wa mashariki, naye akalipima lango hilo, lilikuwa na vipimo vilivyo sawasawa na yale mengine.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="EZK.40.33" />Vyumba vyake, kuta zake na baraza yake vilikuwa na vipimo vilivyo sawa na vile vingine. Lile lango pamoja na baraza yake vilikuwa na madirisha pande zote. Urefu wake ulikuwa dhiraa hamsini na upana wake dhiraa ishirini na tano.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="EZK.40.34" />Baraza yake ilielekea ukumbi wa nje, miimo yake ilinakshiwa miti ya mitende pande zote. Kulikuwa na ngazi nane za kupandia huko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="EZK.40.35" />Kisha akanileta mpaka kwenye lango la kaskazini na kulipima. Lilikuwa na vipimo sawa na yale mengine,
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="EZK.40.36" />kama vile ilivyokuwa kwa vyumba, kuta zake na baraza yake, tena kulikuwa na madirisha pande zote. Ilikuwa na urefu wa dhiraa hamsini na upana wake dhiraa ishirini na tano.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="EZK.40.37" />Baraza yake ilielekeana na ukumbi wa nje, miimo yake ilinakshiwa miti ya mitende pande zote, kulikuwa na ngazi nane za kupandia huko.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Vyumba Vya Kutayarishia Dhabihu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="EZK.40.38" />Kulikuwa na chumba na mlango karibu na baraza katika kila njia ya ndani ya lango ambamo sadaka za kuteketezwa zilioshwa.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="EZK.40.39" />Kwenye baraza ya lile lango kulikuwepo meza mbili kila upande, ambako sadaka za kuteketezwa, sadaka za dhambi na sadaka za hatia zilichinjiwa.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="EZK.40.40" />Karibu na ukuta wa nje wa baraza ya lile lango karibu na ngazi kwenye ingilio kuelekea kaskazini kulikuwa na meza mbili, nako upande mwingine wa ngazi kulikuwepo na meza mbili.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="EZK.40.41" />Kwa hiyo kulikuwa na meza nne upande mmoja wa lango na nyingine nne upande mwingine, zote zilikuwa meza nane, ambapo dhabihu zilichinjiwa.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="EZK.40.42" />Pia kulikuwa na meza nne za mawe yaliyochongwa kwa ajili ya sadaka za kuteketezwa, kila meza ilikuwa na urefu wa dhiraa moja na nusu,<f caller="+"><fr>40:42
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 1.5 ni sawa na sentimita 67.5.</ft></f> upana wake dhiraa moja na nusu na kimo cha dhiraa moja. Juu ya meza hizo viliwekwa vyombo vya kuchinjia sadaka za kuteketezwa na dhabihu nyingine mbalimbali.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="EZK.40.43" />Kulikuwa na kulabu, urefu wake nyanda nne,<f caller="+"><fr>40:43
</fr><ft>Nyanda 4 ni sawa na sentimita 8.</ft></f> zilikuwa zimeshikizwa ukutani pande zote. Meza zilikuwa kwa ajili ya nyama za sadaka.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Vyumba Kwa Ajili Ya Makuhani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="44" bcv="EZK.40.44" />Nje ya lango la ndani, kwenye ukumbi wa ndani, kulikuwa na vyumba viwili, kimoja upande wa lango la kaskazini nacho kilielekea kusini, kingine upande wa lango la kusini nacho kilielekea kaskazini.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="EZK.40.45" />Akaniambia, “Chumba kinachoelekea upande wa kusini ni kwa ajili ya makuhani ambao wana usimamizi wa hekaluni,
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="EZK.40.46" />nacho chumba kinachoelekea upande wa kaskazini ni kwa ajili ya makuhani wenye usimamizi wa madhabahuni. Hawa ni wana wa Sadoki, ambao ndio Walawi pekee wanaoweza kumkaribia
<nd>Bwana</nd> ili kuhudumu mbele zake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="47" bcv="EZK.40.47" />Ndipo alipopima ukumbi: nao ulikuwa mraba wa dhiraa mia moja urefu na upana. Madhabahu yalikuwa mbele ya Hekalu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Hekalu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="48" bcv="EZK.40.48" />Akanileta mpaka kwenye baraza ya Hekalu naye akaipima miimo ya hiyo baraza, nayo ilikuwa na upana wa dhiraa tatu<f caller="+"><fr>40:48
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 3 ni sawa na mita 1.35.</ft></f> kila upande. Upana wa ingilio ulikuwa dhiraa kumi na nne<f caller="+"><fr>40:48
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 14 ni sawa na mita 6.3.</ft></f> na kuta zake zilikuwa na upana wa dhiraa tatu kila upande.
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="EZK.40.49" />Baraza ilikuwa na dhiraa ishirini kwenda juu na dhiraa kumi na mbili<f caller="+"><fr>40:49
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 12 ni sawa na mita 5.4.</ft></f> kuanzia mbele hadi nyuma. Kulikuwa na ngazi kumi za kupandia huko, pia kulikuwa na nguzo kwa kila upande wa miimo.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="41" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.41.1" />Kisha yule mtu akanileta katika sehemu ya nje ya patakatifu, naye akaipima miimo; upana wake ulikuwa dhiraa sita<f caller="+"><fr>41:1
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 6 ni sawa na mita 2.7.</ft></f> kila upande.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.41.2" />Ingilio lilikuwa la upana wa dhiraa kumi na kuta zilizojitokeza kila upande zilikuwa na upana wa dhiraa tano. Pia akapima sehemu ya nje ya patakatifu, nayo ilikuwa na urefu wa dhiraa arobaini<f caller="+"><fr>41:2
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 40 ni sawa na mita 18.</ft></f> na upana wa dhiraa ishirini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="EZK.41.3" />Kisha akaingia sehemu takatifu ndani ya Hekalu na kupima miimo ya ingilio, kila mmoja ulikuwa na upana wa dhiraa mbili. Ingilio lilikuwa na upana wa dhiraa sita, na kuta zilizotokeza kila upande zilikuwa na upana wa dhiraa saba.<f caller="+"><fr>41:3
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 7 ni sawa na mita 3.15.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.41.4" />Naye akapima urefu wa sehemu takatifu ndani, nao ulikuwa dhiraa ishirini, na upana wake ulikuwa dhiraa ishirini hadi mwisho wa sehemu ya nje ya sehemu takatifu. Akaniambia, “Hapa ndipo Patakatifu pa Patakatifu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EZK.41.5" />Kisha akapima ukuta wa Hekalu, nao ulikuwa na unene wa dhiraa sita, na kila chumba cha pembeni kuzunguka Hekalu kilikuwa na upana wa dhiraa nne.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZK.41.6" />Vyumba vya pembeni vilikuwa na ghorofa tatu, kimoja juu ya kingine, kila ghorofa ilikuwa na vyumba thelathini. Kulikuwa na boriti katika ukuta wote wa Hekalu ili kuimarisha vyumba vya pembeni, kwa hiyo boriti hizo hazikushikamanishwa kwenye ukuta wa Hekalu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZK.41.7" />Vyumba vya pembeni vilivyozunguka Hekalu vilizidi kupanuka kulingana na sakafu zilivyokwenda juu. Ujenzi uliozunguka Hekalu ulijengwa kukwea juu, kwa hiyo vyumba vilipanuka kwa kadiri ya kila kimoja kilivyokwenda juu. Ngazi za kupandia zilianzia sakafu ya chini hadi sakafu ya juu kabisa kwa kupitia sakafu ya kati.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EZK.41.8" />Nikaona pia kuwa Hekalu lilikuwa na kitako kilichoinuliwa pande zote, huu ulikuwa ndio msingi wa vile vyumba vya pembeni ambao ulikuwa na urefu wa ule ufito mmoja wa kupimia, yaani, dhiraa ndefu sita.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZK.41.9" />Ukuta wa nje wa vyumba vya pembeni ulikuwa na unene wa dhiraa tano. Eneo la wazi katikati ya vyumba vya pembeni vya Hekalu
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZK.41.10" />na vyumba vya makuhani lilikuwa na upana wa dhiraa ishirini kuzunguka Hekalu pande zote.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZK.41.11" />Kulikuwa na maingilio kwenye vyumba vya pembeni kutokea eneo lililo wazi, moja upande wa kaskazini na lingine upande wa kusini, nao msingi uliounganisha lile eneo la wazi ulikuwa na upana wa dhiraa tano ukilizunguka lote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="EZK.41.12" />Jengo lililoelekeana na ua wa Hekalu upande wa magharibi lilikuwa na upana wa dhiraa sabini. Ukuta wa jengo hilo ulikuwa na unene wa dhiraa tano, kulizunguka lote, urefu ulikuwa wa dhiraa tisini.<f caller="+"><fr>41:12
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 90 ni sawa na mita 40.5.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EZK.41.13" />Kisha akapima Hekalu, lilikuwa na urefu wa dhiraa mia moja na ua wa Hekalu na jengo pamoja na kuta zake vilikuwa na urefu wa dhiraa mia moja pia.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.41.14" />Upana wa ua wa Hekalu upande wa mashariki, pamoja na upande wa mbele wa Hekalu ulikuwa dhiraa mia moja.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EZK.41.15" />Kisha akapima urefu wa jengo linaloelekeana na ua upande wa nyuma wa Hekalu, pamoja na vyumba vyake kila upande, ilikuwa dhiraa mia moja.
</p>
<p style="p">Sehemu takatifu ya nje, sehemu takatifu ya ndani, pamoja na baraza inayoelekeana na ukumbi,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZK.41.16" />pamoja na vizingiti, madirisha membamba na vyumba vyote vitatu, kila kimoja pamoja na kizingiti vilifunikwa kwa mbao. Sakafu, ukuta mpaka kwenye madirisha na madirisha yenyewe vilifunikwa kwa mbao.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EZK.41.17" />Katika nafasi iliyokuwa juu ya upande wa nje wa ingilio la sehemu takatifu ya ndani, na katika kuta zilizozunguka sehemu takatifu ya ndani na sehemu takatifu ya nje, kwa nafasi zilizo sawa,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EZK.41.18" />kulinakshiwa makerubi na miti ya mitende. Miti ya mitende ilikuwa kati ya kerubi na kerubi. Kila kerubi alikuwa na nyuso mbili:
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZK.41.19" />upande mmoja uso wa mwanadamu kuelekea mti wa mtende na upande mwingine uso wa simba ukielekea mti mwingine wa mtende. Ilinakshiwa kuzunguka Hekalu lote.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZK.41.20" />Kuanzia sakafu mpaka eneo lililo juu ya ingilio, palinakshiwa makerubi na miti ya mitende pamoja na kwenye ukuta wa nje wa patakatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EZK.41.21" />Mahali patakatifu pa nje palikuwa na miimo ya mlango uliokuwa mraba na ule uliokuwa katika Patakatifu Pa Patakatifu ulikuwa unafanana na huo mwingine.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZK.41.22" />Kulikuwa na madhabahu ya mbao kimo chake dhiraa tatu na ilikuwa dhiraa mbili mraba pande zote, tako lake na pande zake zilikuwa za mbao. Yule mtu akaniambia, “Hii ni meza ambayo iko mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EZK.41.23" />Mahali patakatifu pa nje na Patakatifu Pa Patakatifu zilikuwa na milango miwili.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EZK.41.24" />Kila mlango ulikuwa na vipande viwili, vipande viwili vilivyoshikwa na bawaba vyenye kufunguka kwa kila mlango.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="EZK.41.25" />Juu ya hiyo milango ya Patakatifu palinakshiwa makerubi na miti ya mitende kama yale yaliyonakshiwa kwenye kuta, na kulikuwa na ubao ulioningʼinia mbele ya baraza kwa nje.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EZK.41.26" />Katika kuta za pembeni za ukumbi kulikuwa na madirisha membamba yaliyonakshiwa miti ya mitende kila upande. Vyumba vya pembeni vya Hekalu pia vilikuwa vimefunikwa kwa mbao.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="42" />
<s style="s1">Vyumba Vya Makuhani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.42.1" />Ndipo yule mtu akaniongoza kuelekea kaskazini mpaka kwenye ua wa nje na kunileta mpaka kwenye vyumba vinavyoelekeana na ua wa Hekalu na kuelekeana na ukuta wa nje upande wa kaskazini.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.42.2" />Jengo ambalo mlango wake ulielekea kaskazini lilikuwa na urefu wa dhiraa mia moja na upana wa dhiraa hamsini.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.42.3" />Mbele ya zile dhiraa ishirini za ule ua wa ndani unaoelekeana na ile njia ya ua wa nje, kuliinuka vyumba virefu kimoja baada ya kingine vya ghorofa tatu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.42.4" />Mbele ya hivi vyumba kulikuwa na njia ya ndani yenye upana wa dhiraa kumi na urefu wa dhiraa mia moja. Milango yake ilikuwa upande wa kaskazini.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZK.42.5" />Basi vyumba vya juu vilikuwa vyembamba zaidi, kwa kuwa ujia<f caller="+"><fr>42:5
</fr><fq>Ujia
</fq><ft>ina maana ya njia ndani ya nyumba.</ft></f> ulichukua nafasi zaidi ndani yake kuliko katika vyumba vya sakafu ya chini na vya katikati ya jengo.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZK.42.6" />Vyumba katika ghorofa ya tatu havikuwa na nguzo, kama kumbi zilivyokuwa nazo, kwa hiyo eneo la sakafu ya vyumba vya juu lilikuwa ni dogo kuliko la sakafu ya chini na ya kati.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZK.42.7" />Kulikuwa na ukuta wa nje uliokuwa sambamba na vile vyumba na ukumbi wa nje, ulitokeza urefu wa dhiraa hamsini.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EZK.42.8" />Wakati safu ya vyumba katika ua wa nje vilikuwa na urefu wa dhiraa hamsini, vile vyumba vilivyokuwa karibu zaidi na Hekalu vilikuwa na urefu wa dhiraa mia moja.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZK.42.9" />Vyumba vya chini vilikuwa na ingilio upande wa mashariki unapoingia kutoka ukumbi wa nje.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EZK.42.10" />Upande wa kusini kufuata urefu wa ukuta wa ukumbi wa nje, unaopakana na ukumbi wa Hekalu na kuelekeana na ukuta wa nje, kulikuwa na vyumba
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZK.42.11" />vyenye ujia unayopita mbele yake. Hivi vilifanana na vile vyumba vya upande wa kaskazini, vilikuwa na urefu na upana ulio sawa, mahali pa kutokea na vipimo vyake vilikuwa sawa. Kama ilivyokuwa milango ya upande wa kaskazini,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZK.42.12" />ndivyo ilivyokuwa milango ya vyumba vya upande wa kusini. Kulikuwa na ingilio kuanzia mwanzo wa njia ambao ulikuwa sambamba na ukuta wa pili uliokuwa upande wa mashariki, ambako ndiko kwa kuingia vyumbani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EZK.42.13" />Kisha akaniambia, “Vyumba vya upande wa kaskazini na vya upande wa kusini ambavyo vinaelekeana na ukumbi wa Hekalu ni vyumba vya makuhani, mahali ambapo wale makuhani ambao humkaribia
<nd>Bwana</nd> watakula zile sadaka takatifu sana. Huko ndiko watakakoweka zile sadaka takatifu sana, yaani, sadaka za nafaka, sadaka za dhambi na sadaka za hatia, kwa kuwa mahali ni patakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.42.14" />Mara makuhani waingiapo mahali patakatifu, hawaruhusiwi kwenda kwenye ukumbi wa nje mpaka wayaache mavazi ambayo walivaa wakiwa wanahudumu, kwa kuwa hayo mavazi ni matakatifu. Inawapasa kuvaa mavazi mengine kabla hawajakaribia eneo lililo wazi kwa ajili ya watu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EZK.42.15" />Alipomaliza kupima vile vilivyokuwa katika eneo la ndani la Hekalu, akanitoa nje kupitia lango la upande wa mashariki na kupima eneo lote linalozunguka:
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZK.42.16" />Akapima upande wa mashariki kwa ule ufito wa kupimia, nao ulikuwa dhiraa 500<f caller="+"><fr>42:16
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 500 ni sawa na mita 225.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EZK.42.17" />Akapima upande wa kaskazini, nao ulikuwa dhiraa 500 kwa ufito ule wa kupimia.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EZK.42.18" />Tena akapima upande wa kusini, nao ulikuwa dhiraa 500 kwa ufito ule wa kupimia.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZK.42.19" />Kisha akageukia upande wa magharibi na kuupima, ulikuwa dhiraa 500 kwa ufito ule wa kupimia.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZK.42.20" />Hivyo akapima eneo katika pande zote nne. Lilikuwa na ukuta kulizunguka wenye urefu wa dhiraa 500 na upana wa dhiraa 500, uliotenganisha mahali Patakatifu na eneo la watu wote.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="43" />
<s style="s1">Utukufu Warudi Hekaluni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.43.1" />Kisha yule mtu akanileta kwenye lango linaloelekea upande wa mashariki,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.43.2" />nami nikaona utukufu wa Mungu wa Israeli ukija kutoka upande wa mashariki. Sauti yake ilikuwa kama ya ngurumo ya maji yaendayo kasi, nayo nchi ikangʼaa kwa utukufu wake.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.43.3" />Maono niliyoyaona yalikuwa kama maono yale niliyokuwa nimeyaona wakati Mungu alipokuja kuangamiza mji na kama maono niliyokuwa nimeyaona kando ya Mto wa Kebari, nami nikaanguka kifudifudi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.43.4" />Utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ukaingia hekaluni kwa kupitia lango linaloelekea upande wa mashariki.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZK.43.5" />Kisha Roho akanichukua na kunileta katika ule ua wa ndani, nao utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ulilijaza Hekalu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EZK.43.6" />Wakati yule mtu akiwa amesimama kando yangu, nilisikia mtu mmoja akisema nami kutoka ndani ya Hekalu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZK.43.7" />Akasema, “Mwanadamu, hapa ni mahali pa kiti changu cha enzi na mahali pa kuweka nyayo za miguu yangu. Hapa ndipo nitakapoishi miongoni mwa Waisraeli milele. Kamwe nyumba ya Israeli hawatalinajisi tena Jina langu takatifu, yaani, wao wala wafalme wao, kwa ukahaba wao na kwa sanamu zao zisizokuwa na uhai za wafalme wao katika mahali pao pa juu pa kuabudia miungu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EZK.43.8" />Walipoweka kizingiti chao karibu na kizingiti changu na miimo yao ya milango karibu na miimo yangu, pakiwa na ukuta tu kati yangu na wao, walilinajisi Jina langu takatifu kwa matendo yao ya machukizo. Kwa sababu hiyo niliwaangamiza kwa hasira yangu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZK.43.9" />Basi sasa na waweke mbali nami ukahaba wao na sanamu za wafalme wao zisizo na uhai, nami nitakaa miongoni mwao milele.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EZK.43.10" />“Mwanadamu, elezea hilo Hekalu kwa watu wa Israeli, ili wapate kuona aibu kwa ajili ya dhambi zao. Wao na wapime hicho kielelezo.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZK.43.11" />Wakishaona aibu kwa ajili ya yale yote waliyotenda, wafahamishe kielelezo cha hilo Hekalu, yaani mpangilio wake, maingilio yake ya kutoka na kuingia, kielelezo chake chote, na masharti yake yote na sheria zake zote. Yaandike haya mbele yao ili wapate kuwa waaminifu kwa hicho kielelezo chake na kufuata masharti yake yote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="EZK.43.12" />“Hii ndiyo sheria ya Hekalu: Eneo lote linalozunguka Hekalu juu ya mlima litakuwa takatifu kuliko yote. Hii ndiyo sheria ya Hekalu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Madhabahu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EZK.43.13" />“Hivi ndivyo vipimo vya madhabahu kwa dhiraa ndefu, yaani, dhiraa moja na nyanda nne:<f caller="+"><fr>43:13
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 1 na nyanda 4 ni sawa na sentimita 53.</ft></f> Tako lake liwe na kina cha hiyo dhiraa moja na upana wa hiyo dhiraa moja, ikiwa na ukingo wa shibiri moja<f caller="+"><fr>43:13
</fr><ft>Shibiri 1 ni sawa na sentimita 22.5.</ft></f> kuizunguka pembeni. Hiki kitakuwa ndicho kimo cha madhabahu:
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.43.14" />Kimo cha msingi kuanzia usawa wa ardhi mpaka kwenye mfereji sehemu ya chini kimo chake ni dhiraa mbili na upana wake ni dhiraa moja na kuanzia kwenye ukingo mdogo hadi kwenye ukingo mpana kimo chake ni dhiraa nne na upana wake ni dhiraa moja.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EZK.43.15" />Pale pawashwapo moto madhabahuni kimo chake kitakuwa dhiraa nne, na pembe nne zinazoelekeza juu kutoka pale pawashwapo moto.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZK.43.16" />Pale pawashwapo moto pa madhabahu ni mraba, urefu wake ni dhiraa kumi na mbili<f caller="+"><fr>43:16
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 12 ni sawa na mita 5.4.</ft></f> na upana wa dhiraa kumi na mbili.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EZK.43.17" />Pia sehemu ya juu ni mraba, urefu wake dhiraa kumi na nne na upana wa dhiraa kumi na nne, ikiwa na ukingo wa nusu dhiraa na mfereji kuizunguka madhabahu. Ngazi za kupandia madhabahuni zitaelekea upande wa mashariki.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="EZK.43.18" />Kisha akaniambia, “Mwanadamu, hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Haya ndiyo yatakayokuwa masharti ya kutoa dhabihu za kuteketezwa na kunyunyiza damu juu ya madhabahu itakapokuwa imejengwa.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZK.43.19" />Utatoa fahali mchanga kuwa sadaka ya dhambi kwa makuhani, ambao ni Walawi, wa jamaa ya Sadoki, ndio watakaonikaribia kuhudumu mbele zangu, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZK.43.20" />Itakupasa kuchukua baadhi ya hiyo damu ya mnyama huyo na kuiweka juu ya hizo pembe nne za madhabahu na juu ya ncha zake nne za sehemu ya juu kuzunguka ukingo wote, ili kuitakasa madhabahu na kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili yake.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EZK.43.21" />Itakupasa kumchukua huyo fahali mchanga kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi na kumteketeza mahali palipoagizwa katika eneo la Hekalu nje ya mahali Patakatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="EZK.43.22" />“Siku ya pili yake utamtoa beberu asiye na dosari kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi, nayo madhabahu itatakaswa kama ilivyotakaswa kwa yule fahali.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EZK.43.23" />Utakapokuwa umemaliza kazi ya kuitakasa, utamtoa fahali mchanga pamoja na kondoo dume toka kwenye kundi, wote wawe hawana dosari.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EZK.43.24" />Utawatoa mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nao makuhani watanyunyizia chumvi juu yao na kuwatoa kuwa sadaka ya kuteketezwa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="EZK.43.25" />“Kwa siku saba itakupasa kutoa beberu kila siku kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi, pia itakupasa kutoa fahali mchanga na kondoo dume kutoka zizini, wote wawe hawana dosari.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EZK.43.26" />Kwa siku saba itawapasa kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili ya madhabahu na kuitakasa na hivyo ndivyo watakavyoiweka wakfu.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EZK.43.27" />Mwishoni mwa hizi siku saba, kuanzia siku ya nane na kuendelea, itawapasa makuhani kutoa sadaka zenu za kuteketezwa na sadaka za amani juu ya madhabahu. Kisha nitawakubali ninyi, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="44" />
<s style="s1">Mkuu, Walawi, Makuhani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.44.1" />Ndipo yule mtu akanirudisha mpaka kwenye lango la nje la mahali Patakatifu, lile linaloelekea upande wa mashariki, nalo lilikuwa limefungwa.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.44.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia, “Lango hili litabaki limefungwa. Haliruhusiwi kufunguliwa, wala hakuna mtu yeyote anayeruhusiwa kuingilia kwenye lango hili. Litabaki limefungwa kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, ameingia kwa kupitia lango hili.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.44.3" />Yeye aliye mkuu peke yake ndiye anayeweza kukaa penye njia ya hilo lango na kula chakula mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Itampasa aingie kwa njia hiyo ya lango la ukumbini na kutokea njia iyo hiyo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="EZK.44.4" />Kisha yule mtu akanileta kwa njia ya lango la kaskazini mpaka mbele ya Hekalu. Nikatazama nami nikauona utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ukilijaza Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nami nikaanguka kifudifudi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EZK.44.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia, “Mwanadamu, angalia kwa uangalifu, usikilize kwa bidii na uzingatie kila kitu ninachokuambia kuhusu masharti yote yanayohusu Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Uwe mwangalifu kuhusu wale wanaoruhusiwa hekaluni na wale wasioruhusiwa kuingia mahali patakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZK.44.6" />Iambie nyumba ya kuasi ya Israeli, ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Matendo yenu ya machukizo yatosha, ee nyumba ya Israeli!
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZK.44.7" />Zaidi ya matendo yenu yote ya machukizo, mmewaleta wageni wasiotahiriwa mioyo na miili katika patakatifu pangu, mkilinajisi Hekalu langu, huku mkinitolea chakula, mafuta ya wanyama na damu, nanyi mmevunja Agano langu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EZK.44.8" />Badala ya kutimiza wajibu wenu kuhusiana na vitu vyangu vitakatifu, mmeweka watu wengine kuwa viongozi katika patakatifu pangu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZK.44.9" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Hakuna mgeni asiyetahiriwa moyo na mwilini anayeruhusiwa kuingia patakatifu pangu, wala hata wageni wanaoishi miongoni mwa Waisraeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EZK.44.10" />“ ‘Walawi walioniacha wakati Waisraeli walipopotoka wakatoka kwangu na kutangatanga kwa kufuata sanamu zao, watachukua adhabu ya dhambi zao.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZK.44.11" />Wanaweza wakatumika katika mahali patakatifu pangu, wakiwa na uangalizi wa malango ya Hekalu, nao watachinja sadaka za kuteketezwa na dhabihu kwa ajili ya watu na kusimama mbele ya watu ili kuwahudumia.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZK.44.12" />Lakini kwa sababu waliwatumikia watu mbele ya sanamu zao na kuifanya nyumba ya Israeli ianguke kwenye dhambi, kwa hiyo nimeapa kwa mkono ulioinuliwa kwamba ni lazima wachukue matokeo ya dhambi yao, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EZK.44.13" />Hawaruhusiwi kukaribia ili kunitumikia kama makuhani wala kukaribia chochote changu kilicho kitakatifu au sadaka iliyo takatifu kupita zote, bali watachukua aibu ya matendo yao ya kuchukiza.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.44.14" />Lakini nitawaweka katika uangalizi wa Hekalu na kazi zote zile zinazotakiwa kufanyika ndani yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EZK.44.15" />“ ‘Lakini makuhani, ambao ni Walawi na wazao wa Sadoki, ambao walitimiza wajibu wao kwa uaminifu katika patakatifu pangu wakati Waisraeli walipopotoka, watakaribia ili kutumika mbele zangu. Itawapasa wasimame mbele zangu ili kutoa dhabihu za mafuta ya wanyama na damu, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZK.44.16" />Wao peke yao ndio wenye ruhusa ya kuingia mahali patakatifu pangu. Wao peke yao ndio watakaokaribia meza yangu ili kuhudumu mbele zangu na kufanya utumishi wangu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EZK.44.17" />“ ‘Watakapoingia kwenye malango ya ukumbi wa ndani, watavaa nguo za kitani safi, hawaruhusiwi kamwe kuvaa mavazi ya sufu wakati wanapokuwa wakihudumu kwenye malango ya ukumbi wa ndani wala ndani ya Hekalu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EZK.44.18" />Watavaa vilemba vya kitani safi vichwani mwao na nguo za ndani za kitani safi viunoni mwao. Hawatavaa chochote kitakachowafanya kutoa jasho.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZK.44.19" />Watakapotoka ili kuingia katika ukumbi wa nje mahali watu walipo, watavua nguo walizokuwa wakihudumu nazo na wataziacha katika vyumba vitakatifu nao watavaa nguo nyingine, ili kwamba wasije wakaambukiza watu utakatifu kwa njia ya mavazi yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EZK.44.20" />“ ‘Hawatanyoa nywele za vichwa vyao wala kuziacha ziwe ndefu, bali watazipunguza.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EZK.44.21" />Kuhani yeyote asinywe mvinyo aingiapo katika ukumbi wa ndani.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZK.44.22" />Wasioe wanawake wajane wala walioachika, inawapasa kuoa wanawake bikira wenye heshima wa Israeli au wajane wa makuhani.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EZK.44.23" />Watawafundisha watu wangu tofauti kati ya vitu vitakatifu na vitu vya kawaida na kuwaonyesha jinsi ya kupambanua kati ya vitu najisi na vitu safi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="EZK.44.24" />“ ‘Katika magombano yoyote, makuhani watatumika kama mahakimu na kuamua hilo jambo kufuatana na sheria zangu. Watazishika sheria zangu na maagizo yangu katika sikukuu zangu zote zilizoamriwa, nao watatakasa Sabato zangu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="EZK.44.25" />“ ‘Kuhani asijitie unajisi kwa kukaribia maiti, lakini, kama mtu aliyekufa alikuwa baba yake au mama yake, mwana au binti yake, ndugu yake au dada ambaye hajaolewa, basi aweza kujitia unajisi kwa hao.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EZK.44.26" />Baada ya kujitakasa, atakaa hali hiyo kwa muda wa siku saba.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EZK.44.27" />Siku atakapoingia katika ukumbi wa ndani wa mahali patakatifu ili kuhudumu, atatoa sadaka ya dhambi kwa ajili yake mwenyewe, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="EZK.44.28" />“ ‘Mimi nitakuwa ndio urithi pekee walio nao makuhani katika Israeli. Msiwape wao milki, mimi nitakuwa milki yao.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="EZK.44.29" />Wao watakula sadaka za nafaka, sadaka za dhambi na sadaka za hatia na kila kitu kitakachotolewa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> katika Israeli kitakuwa chao.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="EZK.44.30" />Yote yaliyo bora ya malimbuko ya vitu vyote na matoleo yenu maalum vitakuwa vya makuhani. Inawapasa kuwapa malimbuko ya kwanza ya unga wenu ili kwamba baraka ipate kuwa katika nyumba zenu.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="EZK.44.31" />Makuhani hawaruhusiwi kula chochote, ikiwa ni ndege au mnyama, aliyekutwa akiwa amekufa au aliyeraruliwa na wanyama pori.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="45" />
<s style="s1">Mgawanyo Wa Nchi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.45.1" />“ ‘Mtakapogawa nchi kuwa urithi, mtaitoa sehemu ya nchi kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuwa eneo takatifu, urefu wake dhiraa 25,000,<f caller="+"><fr>45:1
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 25,000 ni sawa na kilomita 11.25.</ft></f> upana wake dhiraa 20,000<f caller="+"><fr>45:1
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 20,000 ni sawa na kilomita 9.</ft></f> eneo hili lote litakuwa takatifu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.45.2" />Katika hiyo, itakuwepo sehemu mraba ambayo ni mahali patakatifu kila upande dhiraa 500 ikiwa imezungukwa na eneo la wazi lenye upana wa dhiraa hamsini.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.45.3" />Katika eneo takatifu, pima sehemu yenye urefu wa dhiraa 25,000 na upana wa dhiraa 10,000.<f caller="+"><fr>45:3
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 10,000 ni sawa na kilomita 4.5.</ft></f> Ndani ya hilo eneo kutakuwa mahali patakatifu, Patakatifu pa Patakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.45.4" />Itakuwa sehemu takatifu ya nchi kwa ajili ya makuhani, wale wanaohudumu ndani ya mahali patakatifu na ambao hukaribia ili kuhudumu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Patakuwa mahali pa nyumba zao pamoja na sehemu kwa ajili ya mahali patakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZK.45.5" />Eneo la urefu wa dhiraa 25,000 na upana wa dhiraa 10,000 litakuwa la Walawi wale wanaotumika hekaluni, kama milki yao kwa ajili ya miji ya kuishi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EZK.45.6" />“ ‘Utatoa mji kama mali yao wenye upana wa dhiraa 5,000<f caller="+"><fr>45:6
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 5,000 ni sawa na kilomita 2.25.</ft></f> na urefu wa dhiraa 25,000, karibu na sehemu takatifu, itakuwa mali ya nyumba yote ya Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EZK.45.7" />“ ‘Mkuu anayetawala atakuwa na lile eneo linalopakana na lile eneo lililowekwa wakfu upande huu na upande huu na eneo la mji. Eneo la mji litaenea upande wa magharibi kuanzia upande wa magharibi na upande wa mashariki kuanzia upande wa mashariki, likiendelea kwa urefu kutoka magharibi hadi mpaka wa mashariki sambamba na mojawapo ya sehemu za makabila.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EZK.45.8" />Nchi hii itakuwa milki yake katika Israeli. Nao wakuu wangu hawataonea tena watu wangu bali watairuhusu nyumba ya Israeli kuimiliki nchi kulingana na makabila yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EZK.45.9" />“ ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Yatosha, enyi wakuu wa Israeli! Acheni mbali ukatili wenu na uonevu wenu mkafanye lile lililo haki na sawa. Acheni kuwatoza watu wangu isivyo haki, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZK.45.10" />Tumieni mizani sahihi na vipimo sahihi vya efa<f caller="+"><fr>45:10
</fr><ft>Efa ni kipimo cha ujazo cha kupimia vitu vikavu ambacho ni sawa na omeri 10; efa 1 ni sawa na kilo 22.</ft></f> na bathi.<f caller="+"><fr>45:10
</fr><ft>Bathi ni kipimo cha ujazo cha kupimia vitu vya humiminika ambacho ni sawa na 1/10 ya homeri; homeri 1 ni bathi 10 au efa 10.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZK.45.11" />Efa na bathi viwe sawa, bathi iwe sehemu ya kumi ya homeri na efa iwe sehemu ya kumi ya homeri, homeri itakuwa ndicho kiwango cha kukubalika kwa vyote viwili.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZK.45.12" />Shekeli moja itakuwa gera ishirini.<f caller="+"><fr>45:12
</fr><ft>Gera 20 ni sawa na shekeli 1.</ft></f> Shekeli ishirini, jumlisha na shekeli ishirini na tano, jumlisha na shekeli kumi na tano zitakuwa mina moja.<f caller="+"><fr>45:12
</fr><ft>Mina 1 hapa ni sawa na shekeli 60; mina ya kawaida ilikuwa sawa na shekeli 50.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sadaka Na Siku Takatifu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Kutoka 12:1-20; Walawi 23:33-43)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EZK.45.13" />“ ‘Hili ndilo toleo maalum mtakalotoa: moja ya sita ya efa kutoka kila homeri ya ngano na moja ya sita ya efa kutoka kila homeri ya shayiri.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.45.14" />Sehemu ya mafuta iliyoamriwa, yaliyopimwa kwa bathi, ni sehemu ya kumi ya bathi kutoka kila kori moja<f caller="+"><fr>45:14
</fr><ft>Kori 1 ni sawa na bathi 10 au homeri 1.</ft></f> (ambayo ina bathi kumi au homeri moja.)
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EZK.45.15" />Pia kondoo mmoja atachukuliwa kutoka kwenye kila kundi la kondoo mia mbili kutoka kwenye malisho yaliyonyeshewa vizuri ya Israeli. Hivi vitatumika kwa ajili ya sadaka ya nafaka, sadaka ya kuteketezwa na sadaka za amani ili kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili ya watu, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZK.45.16" />Watu wote wa nchi wataungana pamoja na mkuu anayetawala Israeli ili kutoa hii sadaka maalum.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EZK.45.17" />Huu utakuwa ndio wajibu wa mkuu anayetawala kutoa sadaka ya kuteketezwa, sadaka ya nafaka na sadaka ya kinywaji kwenye sikukuu, Mwezi Mwandamo na Sabato, kwenye sikukuu zote zilizoamriwa za nyumba ya Israeli. Atatoa sadaka za dhambi, sadaka za nafaka, sadaka za kuteketezwa na sadaka za amani ili kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili ya nyumba ya Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="EZK.45.18" />“ ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Katika mwezi wa kwanza, siku ya kwanza ya huo mwezi utamchukua fahali mchanga asiye na dosari na kutakasa mahali patakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZK.45.19" />Kuhani itampasa achukue sehemu ya hiyo damu ya sadaka ya dhambi na kuipaka kwenye miimo ya Hekalu, kwenye pembe nne za juu za ukingo wa hayo madhabahu na juu ya miimo ya lango la ukumbi wa ndani.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZK.45.20" />Itakupasa kufanya vivyo hivyo katika siku ya saba ya mwezi huo kwa ajili ya mtu yeyote ambaye hutenda dhambi bila kukusudia au bila kujua, hivyo utafanya upatanisho kwa ajili ya Hekalu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EZK.45.21" />“ ‘Katika mwezi wa kwanza siku ya kumi na nne utaadhimisha Pasaka. Sikukuu itaendelea kwa siku saba, wakati huo wa hizo siku saba mtakula mikate isiyotiwa chachu.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZK.45.22" />Katika siku hiyo mkuu anayetawala atatoa fahali kuwa sadaka ya dhambi kwa ajili yake mwenyewe na kwa ajili ya watu wote wa nchi.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EZK.45.23" />Kila siku wakati wa hizo siku saba za sikukuu atatoa mafahali saba na kondoo dume saba wasio na dosari kuwa sadaka ya kuteketezwa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> na beberu kwa ajili ya sadaka ya dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EZK.45.24" />Pia atatoa sadaka ya nafaka efa moja kwa kila fahali na efa moja kwa kila kondoo dume, pamoja na hini moja<f caller="+"><fr>45:24
</fr><ft>Hini ni kipimo cha kupimia vitu vya humiminika chenye ujazo wa 1/6 ya bathi, na ni sawa na lita 4.</ft></f> ya mafuta kwa kila efa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="EZK.45.25" />“ ‘Wakati wa hizo siku saba za sikukuu, ambayo huanza katika mwezi wa saba kwenye siku ya kumi na tano, mkuu anayetawala atatoa mahitaji yale yale kwa ajili ya sadaka za dhambi, sadaka za kuteketezwa, sadaka za nafaka na mafuta.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="46" />
<s style="s1">Sheria Nyingine Mbalimbali
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.46.1" />“ ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Lango la ukumbi wa ndani linaloelekea upande wa mashariki litakuwa linafungwa kwa siku sita za juma, ila siku ya Sabato na siku ya Mwezi Mwandamo litafunguliwa.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.46.2" />Mkuu anayetawala ataingia kupitia baraza ya njia ya lango la ukumbi na kusimama karibu na nguzo ya lango. Makuhani watatoa sadaka za mkuu anayetawala za kuteketezwa na sadaka za amani. Mkuu anayetawala atasujudu kwenye kizingiti cha njia ya lango, kisha atatoka nje, lakini lango halitafungwa mpaka jioni.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EZK.46.3" />Siku za Sabato na za Mwezi mwandamo watu wote wa nchi wataabudu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> penye lile ingilio la ile njia.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.46.4" />Sadaka ya kuteketezwa aletazo mkuu anayetawala kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> siku ya Sabato itakuwa ni wana-kondoo sita na kondoo dume mmoja, wote wasiwe na dosari.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZK.46.5" />Sadaka ya nafaka inayotolewa pamoja na huyo kondoo dume itakuwa efa moja na sadaka ya nafaka inayotolewa na hao wana-kondoo itakuwa kiasi apendacho mtu pamoja na hini ya mafuta kwa kila efa.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZK.46.6" />Siku ya mwezi mwandamo atatoa fahali mchanga, wana-kondoo sita na kondoo dume, wote wasiwe na dosari.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZK.46.7" />Atatoa kuwa sadaka ya nafaka efa moja pamoja na fahali mmoja, efa moja na kondoo dume mmoja na pamoja na wana-kondoo kama atakavyo kutoa, pamoja na hini ya mafuta kwa kila efa.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EZK.46.8" />Wakati mkuu anayetawala aingiapo, atapitia kwenye baraza ya njia ya lango, naye atatoka nje kwa njia hiyo hiyo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EZK.46.9" />“ ‘Wakati watu wa nchi wanapokuja mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> katika sikukuu zilizoamriwa, yeyote aingiaye kwa lango la kaskazini kuabudu atatoka nje kwa lango la kusini na yeyote aingiaye kwa lango la kusini atatoka nje kwa lango la kaskazini. Hakuna mtu yeyote atakayerudi kwa kupitia lango lile aliloingilia, lakini kila mmoja atatoka nje kwa lango linalokabili lile aliloingilia.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZK.46.10" />Mkuu anayetawala atakuwa miongoni mwao, akiingia nao ndani wanapoingia, naye atatoka nao nje wanapotoka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="EZK.46.11" />“ ‘Kwenye sikukuu na kwenye sikukuu zilizoamriwa, sadaka ya nafaka itakuwa efa moja pamoja na fahali mmoja, efa moja pamoja na kondoo dume mmoja, pamoja na idadi ya wana-kondoo kama mtu apendavyo kutoa, pamoja na hini ya mafuta kwa kila efa.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZK.46.12" />Mkuu anayetawala anapotoa sadaka ya hiari kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ikiwa ni sadaka ya kuteketezwa au sadaka ya amani, lango linaloelekea mashariki litafunguliwa kwa ajili yake. Atatoa sadaka yake ya kuteketezwa au sadaka yake ya amani kama afanyavyo katika siku ya Sabato. Kisha atatoka nje, naye akiisha kutoka nje, lango litafungwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EZK.46.13" />“ ‘Kila siku utamtoa mwana-kondoo wa mwaka mmoja asiyekuwa na dosari kwa ajili ya sadaka ya kuteketezwa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, utaitoa kila siku asubuhi.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.46.14" />Pia kila siku asubuhi pamoja na hiyo sadaka utatoa sadaka ya nafaka, ikiwa na sehemu ya sita ya efa pamoja na theluthi moja ya hini<f caller="+"><fr>46:14
</fr><ft>Theluthi moja ya hini ni sawa na lita 1.3.</ft></f> ya mafuta ya kuchanganya na ule unga. Utoaji wa sadaka hii ya nafaka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni amri ya daima.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EZK.46.15" />Kwa hiyo mwana-kondoo na sadaka ya nafaka na mafuta vitatolewa kila siku asubuhi kwa ajili ya sadaka ya daima ya kuteketezwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="EZK.46.16" />“ ‘Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: Ikiwa mkuu atawalaye atatoa zawadi kutoka kwenye urithi wake na kumpa mmoja wa wanawe, hiyo zawadi itakuwa pia kwa wazao wake, itakuwa mali yao kwa urithi.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EZK.46.17" />Hata hivyo, kama atatoa zawadi kutoka urithi wake na kumpa mmoja wa watumishi wake, mtumishi anaweza kuiweka mpaka mwaka wa uhuru, kisha itarudishwa kwa mkuu anayetawala. Urithi wake ni wa wanawe peke yao, ni mali yao.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EZK.46.18" />Mkuu anayetawala hana ruhusa kuchukua urithi wowote wa watu na kuwaondoa kwenye mali zao. Mkuu atawalaye atawapa wanawe urithi wao, kutoka kwenye mali zake mwenyewe, ili kwamba pasiwe na mtu wangu yeyote atakayetengwa na urithi wake.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EZK.46.19" />Kisha mtu yule akanileta kwa kupitia kwenye ingilio lililokuwa kando ya lango mpaka kwenye vyumba vitakatifu vinavyoelekea kaskazini, ambavyo ni vya makuhani, naye akanionyesha mahali fulani upande wa mwisho wa magharibi.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZK.46.20" />Akaniambia, “Mahali hapa ndipo makuhani watakapotokosea sadaka ya hatia na sadaka ya dhambi na kuoka sadaka ya nafaka, kuepuka kuzileta katika ukumbi wa nje na kushirikisha utakatifu kwa watu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EZK.46.21" />Baada ya hapo akanileta kwenye ukumbi wa nje na kunizungusha kwenye pembe zake nne, nami nikaona katika kila pembe ya huo ukumbi kulikuwa na ukumbi mwingine.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZK.46.22" />Katika pembe nne za huo ukumbi wa nje kulikuwa na kumbi nyingine, zenye urefu wa dhiraa arobaini na upana wake dhiraa thelathini, ambapo hizo kumbi kwenye hizo pembe nne zilikuwa na vipimo vilivyo sawa.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EZK.46.23" />Mzunguko wa ndani wa hizo kumbi nne ulikuwa na ukingo wa jiwe, zikiwa na sehemu zilizojengwa kwa ajili ya moto kuzunguka chini ya huo ukingo.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EZK.46.24" />Akaniambia, “Hizi ndizo sehemu za kupikia ambazo wale wanaohudumu kwenye Hekalu watatokosea dhabihu za watu.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="47" />
<s style="s1">Mto Kutoka Hekaluni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.47.1" />Yule mtu akanirudisha mpaka kwenye ingilio la Hekalu, nami nikaona maji yakitoka chini ya kizingiti cha Hekalu yakitiririkia upande wa mashariki (kwa maana upande wa mbele wa Hekalu ulielekea mashariki). Maji yalikuwa yakitoka chini upande wa kusini wa Hekalu, kusini mwa madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EZK.47.2" />Ndipo akanitoa nje kupitia lango la kaskazini na kunizungusha mpaka kwenye lango la nje linaloelekea mashariki, nayo maji yalikuwa yakitiririka kutoka upande wa kusini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="EZK.47.3" />Mtu yule alipokwenda upande wa mashariki akiwa na kamba ya kupimia mkononi mwake, akapima dhiraa 1,000<f caller="+"><fr>47:3
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 1,000 ni sawa na mita 450.</ft></f> kisha akanipitisha kwenye hayo maji ambayo yalifika kwenye vifundo vya miguu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EZK.47.4" />Akapima dhiraa 1,000 nyingine na kunipitisha kwenye hayo maji ambayo yalifika magotini. Akapima dhiraa nyingine 1,000 na kunipitisha kwenye hayo maji ambayo yalifika kiunoni.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EZK.47.5" />Akapima tena dhiraa 1,000 nyingine, lakini wakati huu yalikuwa mto ambao sikuweza kuvuka, kwa kuwa maji yalikuwa na kina kirefu ambacho ni cha kuogelea, mto ambao hakuna mtu yeyote ambaye angeweza kuvuka.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EZK.47.6" />Akaniuliza, “Je, mwanadamu, unaona hili?”
</p>
<p style="p">Kisha akanirudisha mpaka kwenye ukingo wa huo mto.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EZK.47.7" />Nilipofika pale, nikaona idadi kubwa ya miti kila upande wa ule mto.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EZK.47.8" />Akaniambia, “Haya maji yanatiririka kuelekea nchi ya mashariki na kushuka mpaka Araba,<f caller="+"><fr>47:8
</fr><ft>Araba hapa ina maana ya Bonde la Yordani.</ft></f> ambapo huingia Baharini. Yanapomwagikia kwenye hiyo Bahari,<f caller="+"><fr>47:8
</fr><ft>Bahari hapa ina maana ya Bahari ya Chumvi.</ft></f> maji yaliyoko humo huponywa na kuwa safi.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EZK.47.9" />Popote mto huu uendapo kila kiumbe hai kinachoyaparamia hayo maji kitaishi, nako kutakuwa na samaki wengi mno, mara maji haya yafikapo huko. Maji hayo yatakuwa hai na kila kitu kitakachoishi kule mto uendako.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZK.47.10" />Wavuvi watasimama kando ya bahari, kuanzia En-Gedi hadi En-Eglaimu huko patakuwa mahali pa kutandaza nyavu za kuvulia samaki. Samaki watakuwa wa aina nyingi, kama samaki wa Bahari Kuu<f caller="+"><fr>47:10
</fr><ft>Bahari Kuu hapa ina maana ya Bahari ya Mediterania.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZK.47.11" />Lakini madimbwi yake na mabwawa yake hayatakuwa na maji yanayofaa kunywa, bali yatabakia kuwa maji ya chumvi.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZK.47.12" />Miti ya matunda ya kila aina itaota kwenye kingo zote mbili za mto huu. Majani yake hayatanyauka wala haitaacha kuwa na matunda katika matawi yake. Kila mwezi kutakuwa na matunda, kwa sababu maji yatokayo patakatifu yanaitiririkia. Matunda yake yatakuwa chakula na majani yake yatakuwa dawa.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mipaka Mipya Ya Nchi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EZK.47.13" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo: “Hii ndiyo mipaka ambayo kwayo mtagawanya hiyo nchi kuwa urithi miongoni mwa hayo makabila kumi na mawili ya Israeli, pamoja na mafungu mawili ya Yosefu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.47.14" />Mtagawa kwa usawa miongoni mwao. Kwa sababu niliapa kwa mkono ulioinuliwa kuwapa baba zenu, nchi hii itakuwa urithi wenu.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EZK.47.15" />“Huu ndio utakuwa mpaka wa hiyo nchi:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1">“Upande wa kaskazini utaanzia Bahari Kuu kwa njia ya Hethloni kupitia Lebo-Hamathi hadi maingilio ya Sedadi.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZK.47.16" />Berotha na Sibraimu (ambao uko kwenye mpaka kati ya Dameski na Hamathi), hadi kufikia Haser-Hatikoni, ambao uko katika mpaka wa Haurani.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EZK.47.17" />Hivyo mpaka utaendelea kuanzia Baharini hadi Hasar-Enoni, ukiambaa na mpaka wa kaskazini wa Dameski, pamoja na mpaka wa Hamathi upande wa kaskazini. Huu utakuwa ndio mpaka wa kaskazini.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="18" bcv="EZK.47.18" />Upande wa mashariki mpaka utapita kati ya Haurani na Dameski, kuambaa Yordani na kati ya Gileadi na nchi ya Israeli, hadi bahari ya mashariki<f caller="+"><fr>47:18
</fr><ft>Bahari ya mashariki hapa ina maana ya Bahari ya Chumvi.</ft></f> na kufika Tamari. Huu utakuwa ndio mpaka wa mashariki.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="19" bcv="EZK.47.19" />Upande wa kusini utaanzia Tamari hadi kufikia maji ya Meriba-Kadeshi, kisha utaambaa na Kijito cha Misri hadi Bahari Kuu. Huu utakuwa ndio mpaka wa kusini.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="20" bcv="EZK.47.20" />Upande wa magharibi, Bahari Kuu itakuwa ndio mpaka hadi kwenye sehemu mkabala na Lebo-Hamathi. Huu utakuwa ndio mpaka wa magharibi.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EZK.47.21" />“Mtagawanya nchi hii miongoni mwenu kufuatana na makabila ya Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZK.47.22" />Mtaigawanya kuwa urithi kwa ajili yenu na kwa ajili ya wageni wanaoishi miongoni mwenu na ambao wana watoto. Wao watakuwa kwenu kama wenyeji wazawa wa Israeli, pamoja na ninyi watagawiwa urithi miongoni mwa makabila ya Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EZK.47.23" />Katika kabila lolote mgeni atakapoishi hapo ndipo mtakapompatia urithi wake,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="48" />
<s style="s1">Mgawanyo Wa Nchi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EZK.48.1" />“Haya ndiyo majina ya makabila na sehemu zao: Kwenye mpaka wa kaskazini, Dani atakuwa na sehemu moja, mpaka huo utafuata barabara ya Hethloni hadi Lebo-Hamathi, Hasar-Enani hata mpaka wa kaskazini wa Dameski karibu na Hamathi utakuwa sehemu ya huo mpaka wake kuanzia upande wa mashariki hadi upande wa magharibi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="EZK.48.2" />“Asheri atakuwa na sehemu moja, itapakana na nchi ya Dani kuanzia mashariki hadi upande wa magharibi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="EZK.48.3" />“Naftali atakuwa na sehemu moja, itapakana na nchi ya Asheri kuanzia mashariki hadi magharibi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="EZK.48.4" />“Manase atakuwa na sehemu moja, itapakana na nchi ya Naftali kuanzia mashariki hadi magharibi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EZK.48.5" />“Efraimu atakuwa na sehemu moja, itapakana na nchi ya Manase kuanzia mashariki hadi magharibi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="EZK.48.6" />“Reubeni atakuwa na sehemu moja, itapakana na nchi ya Efraimu kuanzia mashariki hadi magharibi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EZK.48.7" />“Yuda atakuwa na sehemu moja, itapakana na nchi ya Reubeni kuanzia mashariki hadi magharibi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EZK.48.8" />“Kupakana na nchi ya Yuda kuanzia mashariki mpaka magharibi itakuwa ndiyo sehemu utakayoitoa ili kuwa toleo maalum. Itakuwa na upana wa dhiraa 25,000<f caller="+"><fr>48:8
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 25,000 ni sawa na kilomita 11.25.</ft></f> na urefu wake kuanzia mashariki mpaka magharibi utakuwa ule ule wa sehemu moja ya kabila, mahali patakatifu patakuwa katikati ya eneo hilo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EZK.48.9" />“Hiyo sehemu maalum mtakayotoa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> itakuwa na urefu wa dhiraa 25,000 na upana wa dhiraa 10,000<f caller="+"><fr>48:9
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 10,000 ni sawa na kilomita 4.5.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EZK.48.10" />Hii itakuwa ni sehemu takatifu kwa ajili ya makuhani. Itakuwa na urefu wa dhiraa 25,000 upande wa kaskazini, upana wa dhiraa 10,000 upande wa magharibi, dhiraa 10,000 upande wa mashariki na urefu wa dhiraa 25,000 upande wa kusini. Katikati yake patakuwa mahali patakatifu pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EZK.48.11" />Hii itakuwa kwa ajili ya makuhani waliowekwa wakfu, Wasadoki, waliokuwa waaminifu katika kunitumikia nao hawakupotoka kama Walawi walivyofanya wakati Waisraeli walipopotoka.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EZK.48.12" />Itakuwa toleo maalum kwao kutoka sehemu takatifu ya nchi, yaani, sehemu takatifu sana, inayopakana na nchi ya Walawi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="EZK.48.13" />“Kando ya nchi ya makuhani, Walawi watakuwa na mgawo wa urefu wa dhiraa 25,000 na upana wa dhiraa 10,000. Urefu wake utakuwa jumla dhiraa 25,000 na upana wa dhiraa 10,000.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EZK.48.14" />Hawataruhusiwa kuuza wala kuibadilisha hata mojawapo. Hii ndiyo sehemu nzuri ya nchi kuliko nyingine zote, hivyo haitakuwa mikononi mwa watu wengine, kwa sababu ni takatifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EZK.48.15" />“Eneo linalobaki lenye upana wa dhiraa 5,000<f caller="+"><fr>48:15
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 5,000 ni sawa na kilomita 2.25.</ft></f> na urefu wa dhiraa 25,000, litakuwa kwa ajili ya matumizi ya kawaida ya mji, kwa ajili ya ujenzi wa nyumba na malisho. Mji utakuwa katikati yake
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EZK.48.16" />nao utakuwa na vipimo hivi: upande wa kaskazini dhiraa 4,500,<f caller="+"><fr>48:16
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 4,500 ni sawa na kilomita 2.025.</ft></f> upande wa kusini dhiraa 4,500, upande wa mashariki dhiraa 4,500 na upande wa magharibi dhiraa 4,500.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EZK.48.17" />Sehemu ya malisho kwa ajili ya mji itakuwa na eneo la dhiraa 250<f caller="+"><fr>48:17
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 250 ni sawa na sentimita 112.5.</ft></f> upande wa kaskazini, dhiraa 250 upande wa kusini, dhiraa 250 upande wa mashariki na dhiraa 250 upande wa magharibi.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EZK.48.18" />Eneo linalobaki, linalopakana na sehemu takatifu likiwa na urefu sawa nalo, litakuwa dhiraa 10,000 upande wa mashariki na dhiraa 10,000 upande wa magharibi. Mazao yake yatawapa watumishi wa mji chakula.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EZK.48.19" />Watumishi wa mji wanaolima shamba hili watatoka katika makabila yote ya Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EZK.48.20" />Eneo lote la hiyo sehemu litakuwa mraba, yaani, dhiraa 25,000 kila upande. Kama toleo maalum mtatenga sehemu takatifu, pamoja na milki ya mji.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EZK.48.21" />“Eneo linalobaki pande zote za eneo linalofanya sehemu takatifu na milki ya mji litakuwa mali ya mkuu atawalaye. Eneo hili litaenea upande wa mashariki kuanzia kwenye dhiraa 25,000 za sehemu takatifu hadi mpaka wa mashariki na kuelekea upande wa magharibi kuanzia kwenye dhiraa 25,000 hadi mpaka wa magharibi. Maeneo yote haya mawili yanayoenda sambamba na urefu wa sehemu za makabila yatakuwa ya mkuu anayetawala, na sehemu ile takatifu pamoja na mahali patakatifu pa Hekalu itakuwa katikati yake.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EZK.48.22" />Kwa hiyo milki ya Walawi na milki ya mji vitakuwa katikati ya eneo lile ambalo ni mali ya mkuu anayetawala. Eneo la mkuu anayetawala litakuwa kati ya mpaka wa Yuda na mpaka wa Benyamini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="EZK.48.23" />“Kuhusu makabila yaliyobaki: Benyamini atakuwa na sehemu moja, itakayoanzia upande wa mashariki hadi upande wa magharibi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="EZK.48.24" />“Simeoni atakuwa na sehemu moja, itakayopakana na nchi ya Benyamini kuanzia mashariki hadi magharibi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="EZK.48.25" />“Isakari atakuwa na sehemu moja, itakayopakana na nchi ya Simeoni kuanzia mashariki hadi magharibi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="EZK.48.26" />“Zabuloni atakuwa na sehemu moja, itakayopakana na nchi ya Isakari kuanzia mashariki hadi magharibi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="EZK.48.27" />“Gadi atakuwa na sehemu moja, itakayopakana na nchi ya Zabuloni kuanzia mashariki hadi magharibi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="EZK.48.28" />“Mpaka wa kusini wa Gadi utapita kusini kuanzia Tamari hadi maji ya Meriba-Kadeshi, kisha kupitia upande wa Kijito cha Misri hadi Bahari Kuu.<f caller="+"><fr>48:28
</fr><ft>Bahari Kuu hapa ina maana ya Bahari ya Mediterania.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="EZK.48.29" />“Hii ndiyo nchi mtakayogawanya kuwa urithi kwa makabila ya Israeli, nazo zitakuwa sehemu zao,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Malango Ya Mji
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="EZK.48.30" />“Haya yatakuwa ndiyo malango ya mji ya kutokea: Kuanzia upande wa kaskazini, ambayo urefu wake ni dhiraa 4,500, utakuwa na malango matatu,
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="EZK.48.31" />malango hayo ya mji yatapewa majina ya makabila ya Israeli. Malango hayo matatu ya upande wa kaskazini moja litakuwa lango la Reubeni, lango la Yuda na lango la Lawi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="EZK.48.32" />“Upande wa mashariki, wenye urefu wa dhiraa 4,500, utakuwa na malango matatu: lango la Yosefu, lango la Benyamini na lango la Dani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="EZK.48.33" />“Upande wa kusini, wenye urefu wa dhiraa 4,500, utakuwa na malango matatu: lango la Simeoni, lango la Isakari na lango la Zabuloni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="EZK.48.34" />“Upande wa magharibi, wenye urefu wa dhiraa 4,500, utakuwa na malango matatu: lango la Gadi, lango la Asheri na lango la Naftali.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="EZK.48.35" />“Urefu wote kuzunguka utakuwa dhiraa 18,000.<f caller="+"><fr>48:35
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 18,000 ni sawa na kilomita 8.1.</ft></f>
</p>
<p style="p">“Nalo jina la mji huo kuanzia wakati huo na kuendelea litakuwa:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="pc" style="pc">Bwana yupo hapa.”<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="DAN"><id id="DAN">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Danieli
</h><toc level="1">Danieli
</toc><toc level="2">Danieli
</toc><toc level="3">Dan
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Danieli
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Mafunzo Ya Danieli Huko Babeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DAN.1.1" />Katika mwaka wa tatu wa utawala wa Yehoyakimu mfalme wa Yuda, Nebukadneza mfalme wa Babeli alikuja akazingira Yerusalemu kwa jeshi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DAN.1.2" />Bwana akamtia Yehoyakimu mfalme wa Yuda mkononi mwa Nebukadneza, pamoja na baadhi ya vyombo kutoka Hekalu la Mungu. Hivi akavichukua hadi kwenye hekalu la mungu wake huko Shinari, naye akaviweka nyumbani ya hazina ya mungu wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="DAN.1.3" />Kisha mfalme akamwagiza Ashpenazi, mkuu wa maafisa wa mfalme, kumletea baadhi ya Waisraeli kutoka jamaa ya mfalme na kutoka jamaa kuu,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DAN.1.4" />vijana wanaume wasio na dosari mwilini, wenye sura nzuri, wanaoonyesha kipaji katika kila aina ya elimu, wenye ufahamu mzuri, wepesi kuelewa, na waliofuzu kuhudumu katika jumba la kifalme. Alikuwa awafundishe lugha na maandiko ya Wakaldayo.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DAN.1.5" />Mfalme akawaagizia kiasi cha chakula na divai ya kila siku kutoka meza ya mfalme. Walikuwa wafundishwe kwa miaka mitatu, na hatimaye waingie kwenye utumishi wa mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="DAN.1.6" />Baadhi ya hawa vijana walitoka Yuda: nao ni Danieli, Hanania, Mishaeli na Azaria.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="DAN.1.7" />Mkuu wa maafisa akawapa majina mapya: Danieli akamwita Belteshaza, Hanania akamwita Shadraki, Mishaeli akamwita Meshaki, na Azaria akamwita Abednego.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="DAN.1.8" />Lakini Danieli alikusudia kuwa hatajitia unajisi kwa chakula cha mfalme na divai, naye akamwomba mkuu wa maafisa ruhusa ili asijinajisi kwa njia hii.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="DAN.1.9" />Basi Mungu alikuwa amemfanya huyo mkuu wa maafisa kuonyesha upendeleo na huruma kwa Danieli,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="DAN.1.10" />lakini huyo mkuu wa maafisa akamwambia Danieli, “Ninamwogopa bwana wangu mfalme, aliyeagizia chakula na kinywaji chenu. Kwa nini aone nyuso zenu zikiwa mbaya kuliko za vijana wengine wa rika lenu? Mfalme atakata kichwa changu kwa sababu yenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="DAN.1.11" />Ndipo Danieli akamwambia mlinzi aliyeteuliwa na huyo mkuu wa maafisa kuwasimamia Danieli, Hanania, Mishaeli na Azaria,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DAN.1.12" />“Tafadhali wajaribu watumishi wako kwa siku kumi. Usitupe chochote ila nafaka na mboga za majani<f caller="+"><fr>1:12
</fr><ft>Nafaka na mboga za majani, yaani
</ft><fqa>zeroimu
</fqa><ft>kwa Kiebrania, ina maana ya aina za ngano na shayiri, na jamii ya kunde kama maharagwe, dengu, choroko, n.k.</ft></f> tule, na maji ya kunywa.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="DAN.1.13" />Baadaye ulinganishe sura zetu na vijana wanaokula chakula cha mfalme, ukawatendee watumishi wako kulingana na unachoona.”
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DAN.1.14" />Basi akakubali jambo hili, akawajaribu kwa siku kumi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="DAN.1.15" />Mwisho wa zile siku kumi, walionekana kuwa na afya na kunawiri zaidi kuliko yeyote kati ya wale vijana waliokula chakula cha mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="DAN.1.16" />Hivyo mlinzi wao akaondoa chakula chao na divai yao waliopangiwa kula na kunywa, akawapa nafaka na mboga za majani badala yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="DAN.1.17" />Mungu akawapa hawa vijana wanne maarifa na ufahamu wa kila aina ya maandiko na elimu. Naye Danieli aliweza kufahamu maono na aina zote za ndoto.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="DAN.1.18" />Mwisho wa muda uliowekwa na mfalme kuwaingiza kwake, mkuu wa maafisa akawaleta mbele ya Mfalme Nebukadneza.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="DAN.1.19" />Mfalme akazungumza nao, akaona hakuna aliyelingana na Danieli, Hanania, Mishaeli na Azaria. Hivyo wakaingia katika utumishi wa mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="DAN.1.20" />Katika kila jambo la hekima na ufahamu kuhusu kile mfalme alichowauliza, aliwaona bora mara kumi zaidi kuliko waganga na wasihiri wote katika ufalme wake wote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="DAN.1.21" />Naye Danieli akabaki huko mpaka mwaka wa kwanza wa utawala wa Mfalme Koreshi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Ndoto Ya Nebukadneza
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DAN.2.1" />Katika mwaka wa pili wa utawala wake, Nebukadneza aliota ndoto. Mawazo yake yakasumbuka na hakuweza kulala.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DAN.2.2" />Hivyo mfalme akawaita waganga, wasihiri, wachawi na wanajimu ili wamwambie ndoto yake aliyokuwa ameota. Walipoingia ndani na kusimama mbele ya mfalme,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DAN.2.3" />akawaambia, “Niliota ndoto inayonisumbua, nami nataka nijue maana yake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="DAN.2.4" />Ndipo wanajimu wakamjibu mfalme kwa lugha ya Kiaramu,<f caller="+"><fr>2:4
</fr><ft>Kutoka hapa hadi
</ft><xt>Dan 7:28,</xt><ft> mwandishi aliandika na Kiaramu.</ft></f> “Ee mfalme, uishi milele! Waambie watumishi wako hiyo ndoto, nasi tutaifasiri.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="DAN.2.5" />Mfalme akawajibu wanajimu, “Nimeamua hivi kwa uthabiti: Ikiwa hamtaniambia ndoto yangu ilikuwa ipi na kuifasiri, mtakatwa vipande vipande na nyumba zenu zitafanywa kuwa vifusi.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DAN.2.6" />Lakini mkiniambia ndoto yangu na kuielezea, mtapokea kwangu zawadi, tuzo na heshima kubwa. Basi niambieni ndoto yangu na mnifasirie.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="DAN.2.7" />Wakajibu kwa mara nyingine, “Mfalme na awaambie watumishi wake ndoto yake, nasi tutaifasiri.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="DAN.2.8" />Ndipo mfalme akajibu, “Nina hakika kuwa mnajaribu kupata muda zaidi, kwa sababu mnatambua kuwa nimeamua hivi kwa uthabiti:
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="DAN.2.9" />Ikiwa hamtaniambia ndoto yangu, ipo adhabu moja tu kwenu. Mmefanya shauri kuniambia habari za kunipotosha na mambo maovu, mkitumaini kwamba hali itabadilika. Hivyo basi, niambieni hiyo ndoto, nami nitajua kuwa mwaweza kunifasiria.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="DAN.2.10" />Wanajimu wakamjibu mfalme, “Hakuna mtu duniani ambaye anaweza kufanya analotaka mfalme! Vilevile hakuna mfalme hata awe mkuu na mwenye uweza namna gani, aliyeuliza kitu kama hicho kwa mganga au kwa msihiri, wala kwa mnajimu yeyote.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DAN.2.11" />Anachouliza mfalme ni kigumu mno. Hakuna yeyote awezaye kumfunulia mfalme isipokuwa miungu, nao hawaishi miongoni mwa wanadamu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="DAN.2.12" />Jambo hili lilimkasirisha na kumghadhibisha mfalme mno hata kuagiza kuuawa kwa wenye hekima wote wa Babeli.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="DAN.2.13" />Hivyo amri ikatolewa ya kuwaua wenye hekima, nao watu wakatumwa kuwatafuta Danieli na rafiki zake ili wawaue.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="DAN.2.14" />Wakati Arioko, mkuu wa askari wa walinzi wa mfalme, alikuwa amekwenda kuwaua watu wenye hekima wa Babeli, Danieli akazungumza naye kwa hekima na busara.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="DAN.2.15" />Akamuuliza huyo afisa wa mfalme, “Kwa nini mfalme ametoa amri kali hivyo?” Ndipo Arioko akamweleza Danieli jambo hilo.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="DAN.2.16" />Aliposikia jambo hili, Danieli akamwendea mfalme, akamwomba ampe muda ili aweze kumfasiria ile ndoto.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="DAN.2.17" />Ndipo Danieli akarudi nyumbani kwake na kuwaeleza rafiki zake Hanania, Mishaeli na Azaria jambo hilo.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="DAN.2.18" />Aliwasihi waombe rehema kutoka kwa Mungu wa mbinguni kuhusu siri hii, ili yeye na rafiki zake wasije wakauawa pamoja na wenye hekima wengine wa Babeli.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="DAN.2.19" />Wakati wa usiku lile fumbo lilifunuliwa kwa Danieli katika maono. Ndipo Danieli akamhimidi Mungu wa mbinguni,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="DAN.2.20" />na akasema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Lihimidiwe jina la Mungu milele na milele;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hekima na uweza ni vyake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="DAN.2.21" />Yeye hubadili nyakati na majira;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huwaweka wafalme na kuwaondoa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huwapa hekima wenye hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na maarifa wenye ufahamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="DAN.2.22" />Hufunua siri na mambo yaliyofichika;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anajua yale yaliyo gizani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo nuru hukaa kwake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="DAN.2.23" />Ninakushukuru na kukuhimidi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee Mungu wa baba zangu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Umenipa hekima na uwezo,
</q>
<q style="q1">umenijulisha kile tulichokuomba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umetujulisha ndoto ya mfalme.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Danieli Aifasiri Ndoto
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="DAN.2.24" />Ndipo Danieli akamwendea Arioko, ambaye mfalme alikuwa amemteua kuwaua wenye hekima wa Babeli, akamwambia, “Usiwaue wenye hekima wa Babeli. Nipeleke kwa mfalme, nami nitamfasiria ndoto yake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="DAN.2.25" />Arioko akampeleka Danieli kwa mfalme mara moja na kumwambia, “Nimempata mtu miongoni mwa watu wa uhamisho kutoka Yuda ambaye anaweza kumwambia mfalme maana ya ndoto yake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="DAN.2.26" />Mfalme akamuuliza Danieli (aliyeitwa pia Belteshaza), “Je, unaweza kuniambia nilichoona katika ndoto yangu na kuifasiri?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="DAN.2.27" />Danieli akajibu, “Hakuna mwenye hekima, msihiri, mganga au mwaguzi anayeweza kumweleza mfalme siri aliyouliza,
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="DAN.2.28" />lakini yuko Mungu mbinguni afunuaye siri. Amemwonyesha Mfalme Nebukadneza kitakachotokea siku zijazo. Ndoto yako na maono yaliyopita mawazoni mwako ulipokuwa umelala kitandani mwako ni haya:
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="DAN.2.29" />“Ee mfalme, ulipokuwa umelala kitandani, yalikujia mawazo kuhusu mambo yatakayotokea baadaye, naye mfunuaji wa siri akakuonyesha ni kitu gani kitakachotokea.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="DAN.2.30" />Kwangu mimi, nimefunuliwa siri hii, si kwa sababu nina hekima kubwa kuliko watu wengine wanaoishi, bali ni ili wewe, ee mfalme, upate kujua tafsiri, na ili uweze kuelewa kile kilichopita mawazoni mwako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="DAN.2.31" />“Ee mfalme, ulitazama, na mbele yako ilisimama sanamu kubwa, kubwa mno kupita kiasi, sanamu iliyongʼaa na kutisha kwa kuonekana kwake.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="DAN.2.32" />Kichwa cha ile sanamu kilikuwa kimetengenezwa kwa dhahabu safi, kifua chake na mikono yake vilikuwa vya fedha, tumbo lake na mapaja yake vilikuwa vya shaba,
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="DAN.2.33" />miguu yake ilikuwa ya chuma, na nyayo zake zilikuwa chuma nazo sehemu nyingine zilikuwa udongo wa mfinyanzi uliochomwa.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="DAN.2.34" />Ulipokuwa unaangalia, jiwe lilikatwa, lakini si kwa mikono ya mwanadamu. Lile jiwe liliipiga ile sanamu kwenye nyayo zake za chuma na udongo wa mfinyanzi, na kuivunja.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="DAN.2.35" />Ndipo ile chuma, ule udongo wa mfinyanzi, ile shaba, ile fedha na ile dhahabu vikavunjika vipande vipande kwa wakati mmoja, na vikawa kama makapi katika sakafu ya kupuria nafaka wakati wa kiangazi. Upepo ukavipeperusha bila kuacha hata alama. Lakini lile jiwe lililoipiga ile sanamu likawa mlima mkubwa mno na kuijaza dunia yote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="DAN.2.36" />“Hii ndiyo iliyokuwa ndoto, nasi sasa tutamfasiria mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="DAN.2.37" />Ee mfalme, wewe ni mfalme wa wafalme. Mungu wa mbinguni amekupa wewe utawala, uweza, nguvu na utukufu.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="DAN.2.38" />Mikononi mwako amewaweka wanadamu, wanyama wa kondeni, na ndege wa angani. Popote waishipo amekufanya wewe kuwa mtawala juu yao wote. Wewe ndiye kile kichwa cha dhahabu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="DAN.2.39" />“Baada yako, ufalme mwingine utainuka, ulio dhaifu kuliko wako. Baadaye utafuata ufalme wa tatu, ule wa shaba, nao utatawala juu ya dunia yote.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="DAN.2.40" />Hatimaye, kutakuwako na ufalme wa nne, wenye nguvu kama chuma, kwa maana chuma huvunja na kupondaponda kila kitu; kama vile chuma ivunjavyo vitu vipande vipande, ndivyo ufalme huo utakavyopondaponda na kuvunjavunja nyingine zote.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="DAN.2.41" />Kama vile ulivyoona kuwa kwa sehemu nyayo na vidole vilikuwa vya udongo wa mfinyanzi uliochomwa na kwa sehemu nyingine chuma, hivyo huu utakuwa ufalme uliogawanyika; hata hivyo utakuwa na sehemu zenye nguvu za chuma ndani yake, kama vile ulivyoona chuma imechanganywa na udongo wa mfinyanzi.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="DAN.2.42" />Kama vile vidole vyake vya miguu vilikuwa kwa sehemu chuma na sehemu udongo wa mfinyanzi, hivyo ufalme huo kwa sehemu utakuwa na nguvu na kwa sehemu udhaifu.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="DAN.2.43" />Kama vile ulivyoona chuma kikiwa kimechanganyikana na udongo wa mfinyanzi uliochomwa, ndivyo watu watakavyokuwa mchanganyiko, wala hawatabaki wameungana tena, kama vile chuma kisivyoweza kuchanganyikana na udongo wa mfinyanzi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="44" bcv="DAN.2.44" />“Katika siku za wafalme hao, Mungu wa mbinguni atauweka ufalme ambao kamwe hautaangamizwa, wala hautaachiwa taifa jingine. Utaziponda zile falme zote na kuzikomesha, bali wenyewe utadumu milele.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="DAN.2.45" />Hii ndiyo maana ya maono ya jiwe lililochongwa kutoka mlimani, lakini si kwa mikono ya mwanadamu, lile jiwe ambalo lilivunja chuma, shaba, udongo wa mfinyanzi, fedha na dhahabu vipande vipande.
</p>
<p style="p">“Mungu Mkuu amemwonyesha mfalme kile kitakachotokea wakati ujao. Ndoto hii ni ya kweli na tafsiri yake ni ya kuaminika.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="46" bcv="DAN.2.46" />Ndipo Mfalme Nebukadneza akaanguka kifudifudi mbele ya Danieli kumpa heshima, akaagiza wamtolee Danieli sadaka na uvumba.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="DAN.2.47" />Mfalme akamwambia Danieli, “Hakika Mungu wako ni Mungu wa miungu, na Bwana wa wafalme, na mfunuaji wa siri zote, kwa maana umeweza kufunua siri hii.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="48" bcv="DAN.2.48" />Ndipo mfalme akamweka Danieli nafasi ya juu, na kumpa zawadi nyingi tele. Akamfanya kuwa mtawala wa jimbo lote la Babeli, na kumweka kuwa mkuu wa wenye hekima wote.
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="DAN.2.49" />Zaidi ya hayo, kwa ombi la Danieli, mfalme akawateua Shadraki, Meshaki na Abednego kuwa wasimamizi wa jimbo la Babeli, huku Danieli akibaki katika ukumbi wa mfalme.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Sanamu Ya Dhahabu Na Moto Mkali
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DAN.3.1" />Mfalme Nebukadneza alitengeneza sanamu ya dhahabu, yenye kimo cha dhiraa sitini,<f caller="+"><fr>3:1
</fr><ft>Dhiraa sitini ni sawa na mita 27.</ft></f> na upana wa dhiraa sita,<f caller="+"><fr>3:1
</fr><ft>Dhiraa sita ni sawa na mita 2.7.</ft></f> akaisimamisha kwenye tambarare ya Dura katika jimbo la nchi ya Babeli.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DAN.3.2" />Kisha mfalme akaita wakuu, wasimamizi, watawala, washauri, watunza hazina, waamuzi, mahakimu na maafisa wengine wote wa jimbo kuja kuizindua sanamu ambayo Mfalme Nebukadneza alikuwa ameisimamisha.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DAN.3.3" />Basi wakuu, wasimamizi, watawala, washauri, watunza hazina, waamuzi, mahakimu na maafisa wengine wa jimbo walikusanyika ili kuizindua sanamu ile Mfalme Nebukadneza alikuwa ameisimamisha, nao wakasimama mbele ya hiyo sanamu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="DAN.3.4" />Ndipo mpiga mbiu akatangaza kwa sauti kubwa, “Enyi watu wa kabila zote, mataifa na watu wa kila lugha, hili ndilo mnaloamriwa kulifanya:
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DAN.3.5" />Mara mtakaposikia sauti ya baragumu, filimbi, marimba, zeze, kinubi, zumari na aina zote za sauti za ala za uimbaji, lazima mwanguke chini na kuabudu sanamu ya dhahabu ambayo Mfalme Nebukadneza ameisimamisha.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DAN.3.6" />Mtu yeyote ambaye hataanguka chini na kuiabudu sanamu hiyo, atatupwa saa iyo hiyo ndani ya tanuru iwakayo moto.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="DAN.3.7" />Kwa hiyo, mara waliposikia sauti ya baragumu, filimbi, kinubi, zeze, kinanda na aina zote za ala za uimbaji, watu wa kabila zote, mataifa na watu wa kila lugha wakaanguka chini na kuiabudu ile sanamu ya dhahabu ambayo Mfalme Nebukadneza alikuwa ameisimamisha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="DAN.3.8" />Wakati huo baadhi ya Wakaldayo walijitokeza na kuwashtaki Wayahudi.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="DAN.3.9" />Wakamwambia Mfalme Nebukadneza, “Ee mfalme, uishi milele!
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="DAN.3.10" />Ee mfalme, umetoa amri kwamba kila mmoja atakayesikia sauti ya baragumu, filimbi, kinubi, zeze, kinanda, zumari na aina zote za ala za uimbaji lazima aanguke chini na kuiabudu ile sanamu ya dhahabu,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DAN.3.11" />na kwamba yeyote ambaye hataanguka chini na kuiabudu atatupwa saa iyo hiyo ndani ya tanuru iwakayo moto.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DAN.3.12" />Lakini wako baadhi ya Wayahudi ambao umewaweka juu ya mambo ya jimbo la Babeli: yaani, Shadraki, Meshaki na Abednego, ambao hawakujali wewe, ee mfalme. Hawaitumikii miungu yako wala kuiabudu ile sanamu ya dhahabu uliyoisimamisha.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="DAN.3.13" />Mfalme Nebukadneza, akiwa amekasirika na mwenye ghadhabu kali, akawaita Shadraki, Meshaki na Abednego. Hivyo watu hawa wakaletwa mbele ya mfalme,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DAN.3.14" />naye Nebukadneza akawauliza, “Je, ni kweli kwamba ninyi Shadraki, Meshaki na Abednego hamuitumikii miungu yangu wala kuiabudu sanamu ya dhahabu niliyoisimamisha?
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="DAN.3.15" />Basi wakati mtakaposikia sauti ya baragumu, filimbi, marimba, zeze, kinubi, zumari na aina zote za ala za uimbaji, kama mtakuwa tayari kusujudu na kuiabudu hiyo sanamu niliyoitengeneza, vyema sana. Lakini kama hamtaiabudu, mtatupwa saa iyo hiyo ndani ya tanuru iwakayo moto. Naye ni mungu yupi atakayeweza kuwaokoa ninyi, kutoka mkono wangu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="DAN.3.16" />Shadraki, Meshaki na Abednego wakamjibu mfalme, “Ee Nebukadneza, hatuhitaji kujitetea mbele zako kuhusu jambo hili.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="DAN.3.17" />Ikiwa tutatupwa ndani ya tanuru iwakayo moto, Mungu tunayemtumikia anaweza kutuokoa na moto, naye atatuokoa kutoka mkononi mwako, ee mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="DAN.3.18" />Lakini hata ikiwa hatatuokoa, ee mfalme, tunataka ufahamu kwamba, hatutaitumikia miungu yako wala kuiabudu sanamu ya dhahabu uliyoisimamisha.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="DAN.3.19" />Ndipo Nebukadneza akawa na ghadhabu kali sana kwa Shadraki, Meshaki na Abednego, nayo nia yake ikabadilika kwao. Akaagiza tanuru ichochewe moto mara saba kuliko kawaida yake
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="DAN.3.20" />na kuwaamuru baadhi ya askari wake wenye nguvu zaidi katika jeshi lake kuwafunga Shadraki, Meshaki na Abednego na kuwatupa ndani ya tanuru iwakayo moto.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="DAN.3.21" />Hivyo watu hawa, walifungwa na kutupwa ndani ya tanuru iwakayo moto wakiwa wamevaa majoho yao, suruali, vilemba na nguo zao nyingine.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="DAN.3.22" />Amri ya mfalme ilikuwa ya haraka sana na tanuru ilikuwa na moto mkali kiasi kwamba miali ya moto iliwaua wale askari waliowapeleka Shadraki, Meshaki na Abednego.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="DAN.3.23" />Watu hawa watatu walianguka ndani ya tanuru iwakayo moto wakiwa wamefungwa kwa uthabiti sana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="DAN.3.24" />Ndipo Mfalme Nebukadneza akashangaa, akainuka kwa haraka na kuwauliza washauri wake, “Je, hawakuwa watu watatu ambao tuliwafunga na kuwatupa ndani ya moto?”
</p>
<p style="p">Washauri wakajibu, “Hakika, ee mfalme.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="DAN.3.25" />Mfalme akasema, “Tazama! Naona watu wanne wakitembeatembea ndani ya moto, hawajafungwa wala kudhurika, naye mtu yule wa nne anaonekana kama mwana wa miungu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="DAN.3.26" />Ndipo Nebukadneza akaukaribia mdomo wa ile tanuru iwakayo moto na kupaza sauti, “Shadraki, Meshaki na Abednego, watumishi wa Mungu Aliye Juu Sana, tokeni! Njooni hapa!”
</p>
<p style="p">Ndipo Shadraki, Meshaki na Abednego wakatoka ndani ya moto.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="DAN.3.27" />Nao maliwali, wasimamizi, watawala na washauri wa mfalme wakakusanyika kuwazunguka. Waliona kwamba moto haukudhuru miili yao, wala unywele wa vichwa vyao haukuungua, majoho yao hayakuungua, wala hapakuwepo na harufu ya moto kwenye miili yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="DAN.3.28" />Ndipo Nebukadneza akasema, “Ahimidiwe Mungu wa Shadraki, Meshaki na Abednego, ambaye amemtuma malaika wake na kuwaokoa watumishi wake. Walimtumaini na kukaidi amri ya mfalme, nao wakawa tayari kufa kuliko kutumikia au kuabudu mungu mwingine yeyote isipokuwa Mungu wao.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="DAN.3.29" />Kwa hiyo ninaamuru kwamba watu wa taifa lolote au lugha yoyote watakaosema kitu chochote dhidi ya Mungu wa Shadraki, Meshaki na Abednego wakatwe vipande vipande na nyumba zao zifanywe kuwa malundo ya kokoto, kwa maana hakuna mungu mwingine awezaye kuokoa namna hii.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="DAN.3.30" />Kisha mfalme akawapandisha vyeo Shadraki, Meshaki na Abednego katika jimbo la Babeli.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Ndoto Ya Nebukadneza Ya Mti
</s>
<p sfm="pmo" style="pmo"><v id="1" bcv="DAN.4.1" />Mfalme Nebukadneza,
</p>
<p sfm="pmo" style="pmo">Kwa kabila za watu, mataifa na watu wa kila lugha, wanaoishi katika ulimwengu wote:
</p>
<p sfm="pmo" style="pmo">Mafanikio yawe kwenu sana!
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="2" bcv="DAN.4.2" />Ni furaha yangu kuwaambia kuhusu ishara za miujiza na maajabu ambayo Mungu Aliye Juu Sana amenifanyia.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="DAN.4.3" />Ishara zake ni kuu aje,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na maajabu yake yana nguvu aje!
</q>
<q style="q1">Ufalme wake ni ufalme wa milele;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">enzi yake hudumu kutoka kizazi hadi kizazi.
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="4" bcv="DAN.4.4" />Mimi, Nebukadneza, nilikuwa nyumbani katika jumba langu la kifalme, nikiwa ninaishi kwa raha na hali ya kufanikiwa.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DAN.4.5" />Niliota ndoto iliyoniogopesha. Nilipokuwa nimelala kitandani mwangu, njozi na maono yaliyopita mawazoni mwangu vilinitisha.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DAN.4.6" />Hivyo nikaagiza kwamba watu wote wenye hekima wa Babeli waletwe mbele yangu kunifasiria ndoto yangu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="DAN.4.7" />Walipokuja waganga, wasihiri, wanajimu na waaguzi, niliwaambia ndoto yangu, lakini hawakuweza kunifasiria.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="DAN.4.8" />Mwishoni, Danieli alikuja mbele yangu nikamweleza hiyo ndoto. (Danieli anaitwa Belteshaza, kwa jina la mungu wangu, nayo roho ya miungu mitakatifu inakaa ndani yake.)
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="9" bcv="DAN.4.9" />Nilisema, “Belteshaza, mkuu wa waganga, ninajua kuwa roho ya miungu mitakatifu iko ndani yako, wala hakuna siri iliyo ngumu kwako. Hii ndiyo ndoto yangu, nifasirie.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="DAN.4.10" />Haya ndiyo maono niliyoona nilipokuwa nimelala kitandani mwangu: Nilitazama, na mbele yangu ulisimama mti katikati ya nchi. Ulikuwa mrefu sana.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DAN.4.11" />Mti ule ulikua, ukawa mkubwa na wenye nguvu, nayo ncha yake ikagusa anga; ulionekana mpaka miisho ya dunia.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DAN.4.12" />Majani yake yalikuwa ya kupendeza, matunda yake yalikuwa mengi, na juu yake kulikuwa na chakula kwa ajili ya wote. Chini ya kivuli chake wanyama wa kondeni walipata hifadhi, na ndege wa angani waliishi katika matawi yake. Kila kiumbe kililishwa kutokana na mti huo.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="13" bcv="DAN.4.13" />“Katika maono niliyoyaona nikiwa nimelala kitandani mwangu, nilitazama, na mbele yangu alikuwepo mlinzi, aliye mtakatifu, akishuka kutoka mbinguni.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DAN.4.14" />Akaita kwa sauti kubwa: ‘Kateni mti huu, myafyeke matawi yake; yaondoeni majani yake na kuyatawanya matunda yake. Wanyama na wakimbie kutoka chini yake na ndege waondoke kutoka matawi yake.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="DAN.4.15" />Lakini acheni kisiki chake na mizizi, kikiwa kimefungwa kwa chuma na shaba, kibaki ardhini, kwenye majani ya kondeni.
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“ ‘Mwacheni aloweshwe na umande wa mbinguni, naye aachwe aishi pamoja na wanyama miongoni mwa mimea ya dunia.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="DAN.4.16" />Akili yake na ibadilishwe kutoka ile ya mwanadamu na apewe akili ya mnyama, mpaka nyakati saba zipite juu yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="17" bcv="DAN.4.17" />“ ‘Uamuzi huu umetangazwa na walinzi, hukumu imetangazwa na watakatifu, ili walio hai wajue kuwa Aliye Juu Sana ndiye anayetawala juu ya falme zote za wanadamu, naye humpa yeyote amtakaye na kumtawaza juu yake hata yeye aliye mnyonge sana miongoni mwa wanadamu.’
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="18" bcv="DAN.4.18" />“Hii ndiyo ndoto niliyoipata mimi, Mfalme Nebukadneza. Sasa Belteshaza, niambie maana yake, kwa maana hakuna hata mmoja wa wenye hekima katika ufalme wangu anayeweza kunifasiria. Bali wewe waweza, kwa sababu roho ya miungu mitakatifu imo ndani yako.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Danieli Anafasiri Ndoto
</s>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="19" bcv="DAN.4.19" />Ndipo Danieli (aliyeitwa pia Belteshaza) alipofadhaika sana kwa muda, nayo mawazo yake yakamtia hofu. Basi mfalme akasema, “Belteshaza, usiruhusu ndoto wala maana yake kukutia hofu.”
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">Belteshaza akamjibu, “Bwana wangu, laiti ndoto hii ingehusu adui zako, na maana yake iwahusu watesi wako!
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="DAN.4.20" />Mti uliouona, uliokua ukawa mkubwa na wenye nguvu, nayo ncha yake ikagusa anga na kuonekana duniani kote,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="DAN.4.21" />ukiwa na majani ya kupendeza na matunda mengi, ukitoa chakula kwa wote, na ukiwapa hifadhi wanyama wa kondeni na kuwa mahali pa viota katika matawi yake kwa ajili ya ndege wa angani.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="DAN.4.22" />Ee mfalme, wewe ndiwe ule mti! Umekuwa mkubwa na mwenye nguvu, nao ukuu wako umekua mpaka kufika juu angani, nayo mamlaka yako yameenea mpaka miisho ya dunia.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="23" bcv="DAN.4.23" />“Ee mfalme, wewe ulimwona mlinzi, aliye mtakatifu, akishuka kutoka mbinguni na kusema, ‘Ukateni mti na kuuangamiza, lakini kiacheni kisiki kikiwa kimefungwa kwa chuma na kwa shaba, kwenye majani ya kondeni, wakati mizizi yake inabaki ardhini. Mwacheni aloweshwe na umande wa mbinguni, mwacheni aishi kama wanyama pori mpaka nyakati saba zipite juu yake.’
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="24" bcv="DAN.4.24" />“Ee mfalme, hii ndiyo tafsiri, na hii ni amri ya Aliye Juu Sana aliyoitoa dhidi ya bwana wangu mfalme:
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="DAN.4.25" />Wewe utafukuzwa mbali na wanadamu, nawe utaishi pamoja na wanyama pori; utakula manyasi kama ngʼombe, na kuloana kwa umande wa mbinguni. Nyakati saba zitapita juu yako, mpaka utakapokubali kuwa Yeye Aliye Juu Sana ndiye anayetawala juu ya falme za wanadamu, naye humtawaza yeyote amtakaye.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="DAN.4.26" />Amri ya kuacha kisiki pamoja na mizizi yake inamaanisha kwamba ufalme wako utarejezwa kwako utakapokubali kwamba Mbingu ndizo zitawalazo.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="DAN.4.27" />Kwa hiyo, ee mfalme, uwe radhi kupokea shauri langu: Acha dhambi zako kwa kutenda yaliyo haki, ukaache uovu wako, na uwe na huruma kwa walioonewa. Hivyo itawezekana baada ya hayo, mafanikio yako yakaendelea.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ndoto Inatimia
</s>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="28" bcv="DAN.4.28" />Haya yote yalimpata Mfalme Nebukadneza.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="DAN.4.29" />Miezi kumi na miwili baadaye, mfalme alipokuwa akitembea juu ya paa la jumba la kifalme la Babeli,
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="DAN.4.30" />alisema, “Je, huu si Babeli mji mkuu nilioujenga kama makao ya kifalme, kwa uwezo wangu mkubwa, na kwa ajili ya utukufu wa enzi yangu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="31" bcv="DAN.4.31" />Maneno hayo yalikuwa bado katika midomo yake wakati sauti ilipokuja kutoka mbinguni, ikisema, “Mfalme Nebukadneza, hiki ndicho kilichoamriwa kwa ajili yako: Mamlaka yako ya ufalme yameondolewa kutoka kwako.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="DAN.4.32" />Utafukuzwa mbali na wanadamu, ukaishi pamoja na wanyama pori, na utakula manyasi kama ngʼombe. Nyakati saba zitapita juu yako, mpaka utakapokubali kuwa Yeye Aliye Juu Sana ndiye anayetawala juu ya falme za wanadamu, naye humtawaza yeyote amtakaye.”
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="33" bcv="DAN.4.33" />Papo hapo yale yaliyokuwa yamesemwa kuhusu Nebukadneza yakatimia. Alifukuzwa mbali na wanadamu, akala majani kama ngʼombe. Mwili wake uliloweshwa kwa umande wa mbinguni mpaka nywele zake zikakua kama manyoya ya tai na kucha zake kama makucha ya ndege.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="34" bcv="DAN.4.34" />Mwisho wa huo wakati, mimi Nebukadneza, niliinua macho yangu kuelekea mbinguni, nazo fahamu zangu zikanirudia. Ndipo nikamsifu Yeye Aliye Juu Sana, nikamheshimu na kumhimidi yeye aishiye milele.
</p>
<q style="q1">Utawala wake ni utawala wa milele;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ufalme wake hudumu kutoka kizazi na kizazi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="DAN.4.35" />Mataifa yote ya dunia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yanahesabiwa kuwa si kitu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hufanya kama atakavyo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa majeshi ya mbinguni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa mataifa ya dunia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hakuna anayeweza kuuzuia mkono wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kumwambia, “Umefanya nini wewe?”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="36" bcv="DAN.4.36" />Wakati huo huo fahamu zangu ziliponirudia, nikarudishiwa heshima yangu na fahari yangu kwa ajili ya utukufu wa ufalme wangu. Washauri wangu na wakuu wangu walikuja kunitafuta, nami nikarudishwa kwenye kiti changu cha ufalme hata nikawa mkuu kuliko mwanzoni.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="DAN.4.37" />Basi mimi, Nebukadneza, humhimidi, na humtukuza na kumsifu Mfalme wa mbinguni, kwa sababu kila kitu afanyacho ni haki, na njia zake zote ni adili. Nao waendao kwa kiburi anaweza kuwashusha.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Maandishi Ukutani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DAN.5.1" />Mfalme Belshaza alifanya karamu kubwa kwa ajili ya maelfu ya wakuu wake na akanywa mvinyo pamoja nao.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DAN.5.2" />Wakati Belshaza alipokuwa akinywa mvinyo wake, aliamuru viletwe vile vikombe vya dhahabu na fedha ambavyo Nebukadneza baba yake alikuwa amevichukua kutoka hekaluni huko Yerusalemu, ili mfalme na wakuu wake, wake zake na masuria wake waweze kuvinywea.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DAN.5.3" />Kwa hiyo wakavileta vile vikombe vya dhahabu ambavyo vilikuwa vimechukuliwa kutoka Hekalu la Mungu huko Yerusalemu, naye mfalme na wakuu wake, wake zake na masuria wake wakavinywea.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DAN.5.4" />Walipokuwa wakinywa mvinyo, wakaisifu miungu ya dhahabu na fedha, ya shaba, chuma, miti na mawe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="DAN.5.5" />Ghafula vidole vya mkono wa mwanadamu vilitokea na kuandika juu ya ukuta, karibu na kinara cha taa ndani ya jumba la mfalme. Mfalme akatazama kitanga kilivyokuwa kikiandika.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DAN.5.6" />Uso wa mfalme ukageuka rangi, naye akaogopa sana, kiasi kwamba magoti yake yaligongana na miguu yake ikalegea.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="DAN.5.7" />Mfalme akawaita wasihiri, wanajimu na waganga waletwe, naye akawaambia hawa wenye hekima wa Babeli, “Yeyote asomaye maandishi haya na kuniambia maana yake atavikwa nguo za zambarau, na kuvikwa mkufu wa dhahabu shingoni mwake, naye atafanywa mtawala wa cheo cha tatu katika ufalme.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="DAN.5.8" />Ndipo watu wote wa mfalme wenye hekima wakaingia, lakini hawakuweza kusoma yale maandishi wala kumwambia mfalme maana yake.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="DAN.5.9" />Basi Mfalme Belshaza akazidi kujawa na hofu, na uso wake ukageuka rangi zaidi. Wakuu wake wakapigwa na bumbuazi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="DAN.5.10" />Malkia<f caller="+"><fr>5:10
</fr><ft>Au: Mama yake mfalme.</ft></f> aliposikia sauti za mfalme na wakuu wake, alikuja katika ukumbi wa karamu. Akasema, “Ee mfalme, uishi milele! Usishtuke! Usibadilike rangi kiasi hicho!
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DAN.5.11" />Yuko mtu katika ufalme wako ambaye ana roho ya miungu mitakatifu ndani yake. Wakati wa baba yako, mtu huyo alionekana kuwa na ufahamu, akili na hekima kama ile ya miungu. Mfalme Nebukadneza baba yako, yaani nasema mfalme baba yako, alimweka kuwa mkuu wa waganga, wasihiri, wanajimu na waaguzi.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DAN.5.12" />Mtu huyu Danieli, ambaye mfalme alimwita Belteshaza, alionekana kuwa na akili nyepesi, maarifa na ufahamu, pia uwezo wa kufasiri ndoto, kueleza mafumbo na kutatua matatizo magumu. Mwite Danieli, naye atakuambia maana ya haya maandishi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="DAN.5.13" />Hivyo Danieli akaletwa mbele ya mfalme, naye mfalme akamuuliza, “Je, wewe ndiwe Danieli, mmoja wa watu wa uhamisho walioletwa na mfalme baba yangu kutoka Yuda?
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DAN.5.14" />Nimesikia kwamba roho ya miungu iko ndani yako, na kwamba una ufahamu, akili na hekima ya pekee.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="DAN.5.15" />Watu wenye hekima na wasihiri waliletwa mbele yangu ili kusoma maandishi haya na kuniambia maana yake, lakini hawakuweza kunifafanulia.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="DAN.5.16" />Basi nimesikia kwamba unaweza kutoa tafsiri na kutatua matatizo magumu. Ikiwa unaweza kusoma maandishi haya na kuniambia maana yake, utavikwa nguo za zambarau na mkufu wa dhahabu shingoni mwako, nawe utafanywa mtawala wa tatu katika ufalme.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="DAN.5.17" />Ndipo Danieli akamjibu mfalme, “Waweza kubaki na zawadi zako mwenyewe na kumpa mtu mwingine zawadi zako. Hata hivyo, nitasoma maandishi kwa mfalme na kumwambia maana yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="DAN.5.18" />“Ee mfalme, Mungu Aliye Juu Sana alimpa baba yako Nebukadneza utawala, ukuu, utukufu na fahari.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="DAN.5.19" />Kwa sababu ya nafasi ya juu aliyompa baba yako, kabila zote za watu, mataifa na watu wa kila lugha walimhofu na kumwogopa. Wale ambao mfalme alitaka kuwaua, aliwaua; wale aliotaka kuwaacha hai, aliwaacha hai; wale aliotaka kuwapandisha cheo, aliwapandisha; aliotaka kuwashusha, aliwashusha.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="DAN.5.20" />Lakini moyo wake ulipokuwa na majivuno na kuwa mgumu kwa kiburi, aliondolewa kutoka kwa kiti chake cha ufalme na kuvuliwa utukufu wake.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="DAN.5.21" />Akafukuzwa mbali na wanadamu na kupewa akili ya mnyama, akaishi pamoja na punda-mwitu, akala majani kama ngʼombe, nao mwili wake ukaloweshwa kwa umande wa mbingu, mpaka alipotambua kwamba Mungu Aliye Juu Sana ndiye mtawala juu ya falme za wanadamu na kwamba humtawaza juu yao yeyote amtakaye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="DAN.5.22" />“Lakini wewe mwanawe, ee Belshaza, hukujinyenyekeza, ingawa ulifahamu haya yote.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="DAN.5.23" />Badala yake, umejiinua dhidi ya Bwana wa mbingu. Uliletewa vikombe vya Hekalu lake, nawe na wakuu wako, wake zako na masuria wako mlivitumia kwa kunywea mvinyo. Ukaisifu miungu ya fedha na dhahabu, ya shaba, chuma, miti na mawe, miungu ambayo haiwezi kuona, au kusikia wala kufahamu. Lakini hukumheshimu Mungu ambaye anaushikilia uhai wako na njia zako zote mkononi mwake.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="DAN.5.24" />Kwa hiyo ameutuma mkono ule ulioandika maneno.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="DAN.5.25" />“Haya ndiyo maneno yaliyoandikwa:
</p>
<p sfm="pc" style="pc">mene, mene, tekeli na peresi
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="DAN.5.26" />“Hii ndiyo maana ya maneno haya:
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1">“<tl>Mene</tl>: Mungu amezihesabu siku za utawala wako na kuukomesha.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="27" bcv="DAN.5.27" /><tl>Tekeli</tl>: Wewe umepimwa katika mizani na umeonekana umepungua.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="28" bcv="DAN.5.28" /><tl>Peresi</tl>: Ufalme wako umegawanywa na kupewa Wamedi na Waajemi.”
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="DAN.5.29" />Ndipo kwa amri ya Belshaza, Danieli akavikwa nguo za zambarau na mkufu wa dhahabu shingoni, tena akatangazwa kuwa mtawala wa tatu katika ufalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="DAN.5.30" />Usiku ule ule, Belshaza mfalme wa Wakaldayo akauawa,
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="DAN.5.31" />naye Dario Mmedi akashika ufalme akiwa na miaka sitini na miwili.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Danieli Katika Tundu La Simba
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DAN.6.1" />Ilimpendeza Dario kuteua wakuu 120 kutawala katika ufalme wake wote,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DAN.6.2" />pamoja na wasimamizi watatu juu yao, ambao mmoja wao alikuwa Danieli. Wakuu walitoa hesabu kwa hao wasimamizi ili mfalme asipate hasara.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DAN.6.3" />Basi Danieli alijidhihirisha, miongoni mwa wasimamizi na wakuu kwa sifa zake za kipekee hata mfalme akapanga kumweka juu ya ufalme wote.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DAN.6.4" />Walipofahamu hilo, wakuu na wasimamizi wakajaribu kutafuta sababu za kumshtaki Danieli kuhusu usimamizi wake wa shughuli za serikali, lakini hawakuweza kufanikiwa. Hawakuweza kupata kosa kwake, kwa sababu alikuwa mwaminifu, wala hakupatikana na upotovu au uzembe.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DAN.6.5" />Mwishoni watu hawa walisema, “Kamwe hatutapata msingi wa mashtaka dhidi ya huyu Danieli isipokuwa iwe inahusiana na sheria ya Mungu wake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="DAN.6.6" />Basi wasimamizi na wakuu wakaingia kwa mfalme kama kikundi wakasema, “Ee Mfalme Dario, uishi milele!
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="DAN.6.7" />Wasimamizi wa ufalme, wasaidizi, wakuu, washauri na watawala wote wamekubaliana kwamba mfalme atoe sheria na kukazia amri kuwa yeyote atakayetoa dua kwa mungu au mwanadamu yeyote katika muda huu wa siku thelathini zijazo, isipokuwa kwako wewe, ee mfalme, atupwe ndani ya tundu la simba.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="DAN.6.8" />Sasa, ee mfalme, toa amri na uiandike ili isiweze kubadilishwa: kulingana na sheria za Wamedi na Waajemi, ambazo haziwezi kubatilishwa.”
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="DAN.6.9" />Hivyo Mfalme Dario akaiweka amri hiyo katika maandishi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="DAN.6.10" />Basi Danieli alipofahamu kuwa amri ile imetangazwa, alikwenda nyumbani kwenye chumba chake cha ghorofani ambako madirisha yalifunguka kuelekea Yerusalemu. Akapiga magoti na kuomba mara tatu kwa siku, akimshukuru Mungu wake kama alivyokuwa akifanya mwanzoni.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DAN.6.11" />Ndipo watu hawa wakaenda kama kikundi na kumkuta Danieli akiomba na kumsihi Mungu kwa ajili ya msaada.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DAN.6.12" />Basi wakaenda kwa mfalme na kusema naye kuhusu amri ya mfalme: “Je, hukutangaza amri kwamba kwa muda huu wa siku thelathini zijazo mtu yeyote ambaye atamwomba mungu au mwanadamu yeyote isipokuwa wewe, ee mfalme, angetupwa ndani ya tundu la simba?”
</p>
<p style="p">Mfalme akajibu, “Amri ndivyo ilivyo, kulingana na sheria za Wamedi na Waajemi, ambazo haziwezi kubatilishwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="DAN.6.13" />Ndipo wakamwambia mfalme, “Danieli, ambaye ni mmoja wa mahamisho kutoka Yuda, hakuheshimu, ee mfalme, wala hajali amri uliyoiweka kwa maandishi. Bado anaomba mara tatu kwa siku.”
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DAN.6.14" />Wakati mfalme aliposikia hili, akahuzunika mno. Akakusudia kumwokoa Danieli, hivyo akafanya kila jitihada ya kumwokoa hadi jua likatua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="DAN.6.15" />Ndipo wale watu wakamwendea mfalme kama kikundi na kumwambia, “Ee mfalme, kumbuka kwamba kulingana na sheria ya Wamedi na Waajemi, hakuna amri wala sheria ambayo mfalme ameitoa inayoweza kubadilishwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="DAN.6.16" />Basi mfalme akatoa amri, nao wakamleta Danieli, na wakamtupa ndani ya tundu la simba. Mfalme akamwambia Danieli, “Mungu wako unayemtumikia daima na akuokoe!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="DAN.6.17" />Jiwe likaletwa na kuwekwa kwenye mdomo wa tundu, naye mfalme akalitia muhuri kwa pete yake mwenyewe pamoja na kwa pete za wakuu wake, ili hali ya Danieli isiweze kubadilishwa.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="DAN.6.18" />Kisha mfalme akarudi kwenye jumba lake la kifalme, naye usiku kucha hakula chakula wala kutumia viburudisho alivyoletewa. Lakini hakuweza kulala.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="DAN.6.19" />Asubuhi na mapema, mfalme akaondoka na kuharakisha kwenda kwenye tundu la simba.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="DAN.6.20" />Wakati alipokaribia lile tundu, akamwita Danieli kwa sauti ya uchungu, “Danieli, mtumishi wa Mungu aliye hai! Je, Mungu wako unayemtumikia daima, ameweza kukuokoa kwa simba?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="DAN.6.21" />Danieli akajibu, “Ee mfalme, uishi milele!
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="DAN.6.22" />Mungu wangu alimtuma malaika wake, naye akafunga vinywa vya hawa simba. Hawajanidhuru, kwa sababu nilionekana sina hatia mbele zake. Wala kamwe sijafanya jambo lolote baya mbele yako, ee mfalme.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="DAN.6.23" />Mfalme akafurahi mno, naye akatoa amri Danieli atolewe kutoka kwa lile tundu. Danieli alipotolewa kutoka kwa lile tundu, hakukutwa na jeraha lolote, kwa sababu alikuwa amemtumaini Mungu wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="DAN.6.24" />Kwa amri ya mfalme, wale watu waliokuwa wamemshtaki Danieli kwa uongo waliletwa na kutupwa ndani ya lile tundu la simba, pamoja na wake zao na watoto wao. Nao kabla hawajafika chini kwenye sakafu ya lile tundu, simba wakawakamata na kusaga mifupa yao yote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="DAN.6.25" />Kisha Mfalme Dario akawaandikia kabila zote za watu, mataifa, na watu wa kila lugha katika nchi yote:
</p>
<p sfm="pmo" style="pmo">“Ninyi na mstawi sana!
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="26" bcv="DAN.6.26" />“Natoa amri hii, kwamba katika kila sehemu ya ufalme wangu, lazima watu wamwogope na kumheshimu Mungu wa Danieli.
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kwa maana yeye ni Mungu aliye hai,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye hudumu milele,
</q>
<q style="q1">ufalme wake hautaangamizwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao utawala wake hauna mwisho.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="DAN.6.27" />Huponya na kuokoa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hufanya ishara na maajabu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbinguni na duniani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Amemwokoa Danieli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka nguvu za simba.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="DAN.6.28" />Hivyo Danieli akastawi wakati wa utawala wa Dario, na utawala wa Koreshi Mwajemi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Ndoto Ya Danieli Ya Wanyama Wanne
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DAN.7.1" />Katika mwaka wa kwanza wa utawala wa Belshaza mfalme wa Babeli, Danieli aliota ndoto, nayo maono yakapita mawazoni yake alipokuwa amelala kitandani mwake. Akayaandika mambo aliyoyaona katika ndoto yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="DAN.7.2" />Danieli akasema: “Katika maono yangu usiku nilitazama, na hapo mbele yangu kulikuwepo na upepo kutoka pande nne za mbingu, ukivuruga bahari kuu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DAN.7.3" />Wanyama wanne wakubwa, kila mmoja tofauti na mwenzake, wakajitokeza kutoka bahari.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="DAN.7.4" />“Mnyama wa kwanza alifanana na simba, naye alikuwa na mabawa kama ya tai. Nikatazama mpaka mabawa yake yalipongʼolewa, naye akainuliwa katika nchi, akasimama kwa miguu miwili kama mwanadamu, naye akapewa moyo wa binadamu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="DAN.7.5" />“Hapo mbele yangu kulikuwa na mnyama wa pili, ambaye alionekana kama dubu. Upande wake mmoja ulikuwa umeinuka, na alikuwa na mbavu tatu katika kinywa chake kati ya meno yake. Akaambiwa, ‘Amka, ule nyama mpaka ushibe!’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="DAN.7.6" />“Baada ya huyo, nilitazama, na mbele yangu kulikuwa na mnyama mwingine, aliyefanana na chui. Juu ya mgongo wake alikuwa na mabawa manne kama ya ndege. Mnyama huyu alikuwa na vichwa vinne, naye akapewa mamlaka ya kutawala.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="DAN.7.7" />“Baada ya huyo, katika maono yangu usiku nilitazama, na mbele yangu kulikuwa na mnyama wa nne, mwenye kutisha na kuogofya, tena mwenye nguvu nyingi. Alikuwa na meno makubwa ya chuma; akapondaponda na kuangamiza wahanga wake, na kukanyaga chini ya nyayo zake chochote kilichosalia. Alikuwa tofauti na wanyama wote waliotangulia, naye alikuwa na pembe kumi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="DAN.7.8" />“Wakati nilipokuwa ninafikiri kuhusu pembe hizo, mbele yangu kulikuwa na pembe nyingine, ambayo ni ndogo, iliyojitokeza miongoni mwa zile kumi; pembe tatu za mwanzoni zilingʼolewa ili kuipa nafasi hiyo ndogo. Pembe hii ilikuwa na macho kama ya mwanadamu, na mdomo ulionena kwa majivuno.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="DAN.7.9" />“Nilipoendelea kutazama,
</p>
<q style="q1">“viti vya enzi vikawekwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye Mzee wa Siku akaketi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mavazi yake yalikuwa meupe kama theluji;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nywele za kichwa chake zilikuwa nyeupe kama sufu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kiti chake cha enzi kilikuwa kinawaka kwa miali ya moto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo magurudumu yake yote yalikuwa yanawaka moto.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="DAN.7.10" />Mto wa moto ulikuwa unatiririka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukipita mbele yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Maelfu elfu wakamhudumia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kumi elfu mara kumi elfu wakasimama mbele zake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mahakama ikakaa kuhukumu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vitabu vikafunguliwa.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="DAN.7.11" />“Kisha nikaendelea kutazama kwa sababu ya yale maneno ya majivuno yaliyosemwa na ile pembe. Nikaendelea kuangalia mpaka yule mnyama alipouawa, na mwili wake ukaharibiwa na kutupwa katika ule moto uliowaka.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DAN.7.12" />(Wanyama wengine walikuwa wamevuliwa mamlaka yao, lakini waliruhusiwa kuishi kwa muda fulani.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="DAN.7.13" />“Katika maono yangu ya usiku nilitazama, na mbele yangu nikamwona anayefanana na mwanadamu, akija pamoja na mawingu ya mbinguni. Akamkaribia huyo Mzee wa Siku, na akaongozwa mbele zake.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DAN.7.14" />Akapewa mamlaka, utukufu na ufalme wenye nguvu; nao watu wa kabila zote, mataifa, na watu wa kila lugha wakamwabudu. Utawala wake ni utawala wa milele ambao hautapita, nao ufalme wake ni ule ambao kamwe hautaangamizwa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Tafsiri Ya Ndoto
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="DAN.7.15" />“Mimi, Danieli, nilipata mahangaiko rohoni, nayo maono yale yaliyopita ndani ya mawazo yangu yalinisumbua.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="DAN.7.16" />Nikamkaribia mmoja wa wale waliosimama pale na kumuuliza maana halisi ya haya yote.
</p>
<p style="p">“Basi akaniambia na kunipa tafsiri ya vitu hivi:
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="DAN.7.17" />‘Hao wanyama wanne wakubwa ni falme nne zitakazoinuka duniani.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="DAN.7.18" />Lakini watakatifu wa Yeye Aliye Juu Sana watapokea ufalme na kuumiliki milele: naam, milele na milele.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="DAN.7.19" />“Kisha nilitaka kufahamu maana ya kweli ya mnyama yule wa nne, ambaye alikuwa tofauti na wale wengine wote, tena wa kutisha sana, na meno yake ya chuma na makucha ya shaba: mnyama ambaye alipondaponda na kuangamiza wahanga wake, na kukanyaga chochote kilichosalia.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="DAN.7.20" />Pia mimi nilitaka kujua kuhusu zile pembe kumi juu ya kichwa chake, na pia kuhusu ile pembe nyingine iliyojitokeza, ambayo mbele yake zile tatu za mwanzoni zilianguka, ile pembe ambayo ilionekana kuvutia macho zaidi kuliko zile nyingine, na ambayo ilikuwa na macho na kinywa kilichonena kwa majivuno.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="DAN.7.21" />Nilipoendelea kutazama, pembe hii ilikuwa inapigana vita dhidi ya watakatifu na kuwashinda,
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="DAN.7.22" />mpaka huyo Mzee wa Siku alipokuja na kutamka hukumu kwa kuwapa ushindi watakatifu wa Yeye Aliye Juu Sana, na wakati ukawadia walipoumiliki ufalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="DAN.7.23" />“Alinipa maelezo haya: ‘Mnyama wa nne ni ufalme wa nne ambao utatokea duniani. Utakuwa tofauti na falme nyingine zote, nao utaharibu dunia nzima, ukiikanyaga chini na kuipondaponda.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="DAN.7.24" />Zile pembe kumi ni wafalme kumi watakaotokana na ufalme huu. Baada yao mfalme mwingine atainuka, ambaye atakuwa tofauti na wale waliotangulia, naye atawaangusha wafalme watatu.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="DAN.7.25" />Atanena maneno kinyume cha Yeye Aliye Juu Sana na kuwaonea watakatifu wake, huku akijaribu kubadili majira na sheria. Watakatifu watatiwa chini ya mamlaka yake kwa wakati, nyakati mbili, na nusu wakati.<f caller="+"><fr>7:25
</fr><ft>Wakati, nyakati mbili, na nusu wakati maana yake ni mwaka mmoja, miaka miwili, na nusu mwaka, yaani miaka mitatu na nusu.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="DAN.7.26" />“ ‘Lakini mahakama itakaa kuhukumu, nayo mamlaka yake yataondolewa na kuangamizwa kabisa milele.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="DAN.7.27" />Ndipo ufalme, mamlaka na ukuu wa falme chini ya mbingu yote utakabidhiwa kwa watakatifu, watu wa Yeye Aliye Juu Sana. Ufalme wake utakuwa ufalme wa milele, nao watawala wote watamwabudu na kumtii yeye.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="DAN.7.28" />“Huu ndio mwisho wa jambo lile. Mimi Danieli nilitaabika sana katika mawazo yangu, nao uso wangu ukabadilika, lakini nililiweka jambo hilo moyoni mwangu.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Maono Ya Danieli Ya Kondoo Dume Na Beberu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DAN.8.1" />Katika mwaka wa tatu wa utawala wa Mfalme Belshaza, mimi Danieli, nilipata maono, baada ya maono ambayo yalikuwa yamenitokea mbeleni.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DAN.8.2" />Katika maono yangu, nilijiona nikiwa ndani ya ngome ya Shushani katika jimbo la Elamu. Katika maono nilikuwa kando ya Mto Ulai.<f caller="+"><fr>8:2
</fr><ft>Mto Ulai ni mfereji uliokuwa kati ya Shushani na Elymaisi; sasa unaitwa Mto Karuni.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DAN.8.3" />Nikatazama juu, na hapo mbele yangu kulikuwa na kondoo dume mwenye pembe mbili, akiwa amesimama kando ya mto, nazo pembe zake zilikuwa ndefu. Pembe moja ilikuwa ndefu kuliko hiyo nyingine, lakini iliendelea kukua baadaye.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DAN.8.4" />Nikamtazama yule kondoo dume alivyokuwa akishambulia kuelekea magharibi, kaskazini na kusini. Hakuna mnyama yeyote aliyeweza kusimama dhidi yake, wala hakuna aliyeweza kuokoa kutoka nguvu zake. Alifanya kama atakavyo, naye akawa mkuu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="DAN.8.5" />Nilipokuwa ninatafakari hili, ghafula beberu mwenye pembe moja kubwa sana katikati ya macho yake alikuja kutoka magharibi, akiruka kasi juu ya dunia yote bila kugusa ardhi.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DAN.8.6" />Alikuja akimwelekea yule kondoo dume mwenye pembe mbili niliyemwona akisimama kando ya mto, akamshambulia kwa hasira nyingi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="DAN.8.7" />Nikamwona akimshambulia yule kondoo dume kwa hasira nyingi, akimpiga yule kondoo dume na kuvunja pembe zake mbili. Yule kondoo dume hakuwa na nguvu za kumzuia yule beberu, hivyo akamwangusha yule kondoo dume chini na kumkanyaga, wala hakuna aliyeweza kumwokoa yule kondoo dume kutoka nguvu za huyo beberu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="DAN.8.8" />Yule beberu akawa mkubwa sana, lakini katika kilele cha nguvu zake ile pembe yake ndefu ilivunjika, na mahali pake pakaota pembe nne kubwa kuelekea pande nne za dunia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="DAN.8.9" />Kutoka mojawapo ya zile pembe nne palitokea pembe ndogo ukaongezeka nguvu kuelekea kusini, na kuelekea mashariki, na kuelekea Nchi ya Kupendeza.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="DAN.8.10" />Pembe hiyo ikaendelea kukua hadi kufikia jeshi la mbinguni, nayo ikalitupa baadhi ya jeshi la vitu vya angani hapa chini duniani, na kulikanyaga.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DAN.8.11" />Pembe hiyo ikajikweza ili iwe kama Mkuu wa hilo jeshi; ikamwondolea dhabihu ya kila siku, napo mahali pake patakatifu pakashushwa chini.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DAN.8.12" />Kwa sababu ya uasi, jeshi la watakatifu na dhabihu za kila siku vikatiwa mikononi mwake. Ikafanikiwa katika kila kitu ilichofanya, nayo kweli ikatupwa chini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="DAN.8.13" />Kisha nikamsikia mtakatifu mmoja akizungumza na mtakatifu mwingine, akamwambia, “Je, itachukua muda gani maono haya yatimie: maono kuhusu dhabihu ya kila siku, uasi unaosababisha ukiwa, kutwaliwa kwa mahali patakatifu, na jeshi litakalokanyagwa chini ya nyayo?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="DAN.8.14" />Akaniambia, “Itachukua siku 2,300. Ndipo mahali patakatifu patawekwa wakfu tena.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Tafsiri Ya Maono
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="DAN.8.15" />Mimi Danieli nilipokuwa ninaangalia maono na kujaribu kuelewa, mbele yangu alisimama mmoja aliyefanana na mwanadamu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="DAN.8.16" />Kisha nikasikia sauti ya mwanadamu kutoka Mto Ulai ikiita, “Gabrieli, mwambie mtu huyu maana ya maono haya.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="DAN.8.17" />Alipokuwa akikaribia pale nilipokuwa nimesimama, niliogopa, nikaanguka kifudifudi. Akaniambia, “Mwana wa mwanadamu, fahamu kuwa maono haya yanahusu siku za mwisho.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="DAN.8.18" />Alipokuwa akinena nami, nilikuwa katika usingizi mzito, huku nimelala kifudifudi. Ndipo aliponigusa na kunisimamisha wima.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="DAN.8.19" />Akaniambia, “Nitakuambia yale yatakayotokea baadaye wakati wa ghadhabu, kwa sababu maono haya yanahusu wakati wa mwisho ulioamriwa.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="DAN.8.20" />Kondoo dume mwenye pembe mbili ambaye ulimwona anawakilisha wafalme wa Umedi na Uajemi.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="DAN.8.21" />Yule beberu mwenye nywele nyingi ni mfalme wa Uyunani, nayo ile pembe ndefu katikati ya macho yake ni mfalme wa kwanza.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="DAN.8.22" />Zile pembe nne zilizoota badala ya ile pembe iliyovunjika zinawakilisha falme nne ambazo zitatokea kutoka taifa lake, lakini hakuna hata mmoja utakaokuwa na nguvu kama ule uliovunjika.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="DAN.8.23" />“Katika sehemu ya mwisho ya utawala wao, wakati waasi watakapokuwa waovu kabisa, atainuka mfalme mwenye uso mkali, aliye stadi wa hila.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="DAN.8.24" />Atakuwa na nguvu nyingi, lakini si kwa uwezo wake mwenyewe. Atasababisha uharibifu wa kutisha, na atafanikiwa kwa chochote anachofanya. Atawaangamiza watu maarufu na watu watakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="DAN.8.25" />Atasababisha udanganyifu ustawi, naye atajihesabu mwenyewe kuwa bora. Wakati wajisikiapo kuwa wako salama, atawaangamiza wengi, na kushindana na Mkuu wa wakuu. Lakini ataangamizwa, isipokuwa si kwa uwezo wa mwanadamu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="DAN.8.26" />“Maono kuhusu jioni na asubuhi ambayo umepewa ni kweli, lakini yatie muhuri maono haya, kwa maana yanahusu wakati mrefu ujao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="DAN.8.27" />Mimi Danieli nilikuwa nimechoka sana, na nikalala nikiwa mgonjwa kwa siku kadhaa. Ndipo nikaamka, nikaenda kwenye shughuli za mfalme. Nilifadhaishwa na maono hayo, nami sikuweza kuyaelewa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Maombi Ya Danieli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DAN.9.1" />Katika mwaka wa kwanza wa utawala wa Dario mwana wa Ahasuero (mzaliwa wa Umedi), ambaye alifanywa mtawala juu ya ufalme wa Babeli,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DAN.9.2" />katika mwaka wa kwanza wa utawala wake, mimi Danieli nilielewa kutokana na Maandiko, kulingana na neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> alilopewa nabii Yeremia, kwamba ukiwa wa Yerusalemu ungetimizwa kwa miaka sabini.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DAN.9.3" />Kwa hiyo nikamgeukia
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu na kumsihi katika maombi na dua, katika kufunga, na kuvaa nguo ya gunia na kujipaka majivu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="DAN.9.4" />Nikamwomba
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wangu na kutubu:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Ee Bwana, Mungu mkuu na unayetisha, anayeshika agano lake la upendo kwao wanaompenda na kutii maagizo yake,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DAN.9.5" />tumetenda dhambi na kufanya mabaya. Tumekuwa waovu na tumeasi; tumegeuka mbali na maagizo yako na sheria zako.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DAN.9.6" />Hatukuwasikiliza watumishi wako manabii, ambao kwa jina lako walisema na wafalme wetu, wakuu wetu, baba zetu, na watu wote wa nchi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="7" bcv="DAN.9.7" />“Bwana, wewe ni mwenye haki, lakini siku hii ya leo tumefunikwa na aibu: tukiwa wanaume wa Yuda, na watu wa Yerusalemu, na Israeli yote, wote walio karibu na walio mbali, katika nchi zote ulikotutawanya kwa sababu ya kukosa uaminifu kwako.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="DAN.9.8" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, sisi na wafalme wetu, wakuu wetu na baba zetu tumefunikwa na aibu kwa sababu tumefanya dhambi dhidi yako.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="DAN.9.9" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu ni mwenye rehema na anayesamehe, hata ingawa tumefanya uasi dhidi yake.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="DAN.9.10" />Hatukumtii
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu wala kuzishika sheria alizotupa kupitia kwa watumishi wake manabii.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DAN.9.11" />Israeli yote imekosea sheria yako na kugeuka mbali, nao wamekataa kukutii.
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Kwa hiyo laana na viapo vya hukumu vilivyoandikwa katika Sheria ya Mose, mtumishi wa Mungu, vimemiminwa juu yetu, kwa sababu tumefanya dhambi dhidi yako.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DAN.9.12" />Umetimiza maneno uliyosema dhidi yetu na dhidi ya watawala wetu, kwa kuleta maafa makubwa juu yetu. Chini ya mbingu yote kamwe hapajatendeka kitu kama kile kilichotendeka kwa Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="DAN.9.13" />Kama vile ilivyoandikwa katika sheria ya Mose, misiba hii yote imekuja juu yetu, lakini hatujaomba fadhili kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu kwa kugeuka kutoka dhambi zetu na kuwa wasikivu katika kweli yake.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DAN.9.14" /><nd>Bwana</nd> hakusita kuleta maafa juu yetu, kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu ni mwenye haki katika kila afanyalo; lakini hata hivyo hatujamtii.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="15" bcv="DAN.9.15" />“Sasa, Ee Bwana Mungu wetu, ambaye uliwatoa watu wako Misri kwa mkono wenye nguvu, na ambaye umejifanyia Jina linalodumu mpaka leo, tumetenda dhambi, tumefanya mabaya.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="DAN.9.16" />Ee Bwana, wewe kwa kadiri ya matendo yako ya haki, ondoa hasira yako na ghadhabu yako juu ya Yerusalemu, mji wako, mlima wako mtakatifu. Dhambi zetu na maovu ya baba zetu yameifanya Yerusalemu na watu wako kitu cha kudharauliwa kwa wale wote wanaotuzunguka.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="17" bcv="DAN.9.17" />“Basi Mungu wetu, sasa sikia maombi na dua ya mtumishi wako. Ee Bwana, kwa ajili yako angalia kwa huruma ukiwa wa mahali pako patakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="DAN.9.18" />Ee Mungu, tega sikio na ukasikie; fumbua macho yako ukaone ukiwa wa mji ule wenye Jina lako. Hatukutolei maombi yetu kwa sababu sisi tuna haki, bali kwa sababu ya rehema zako nyingi.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="DAN.9.19" />Ee Bwana, sikiliza! Ee Bwana, samehe! Ee Bwana, sikia na ukatende! Kwa ajili yako, Ee Mungu wangu, usikawie, kwa sababu mji wako na watu wako wanaitwa kwa Jina lako.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Majuma Sabini
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="DAN.9.20" />Basi, nilipokuwa bado nikinena na kuomba, nikiungama dhambi yangu na dhambi ya watu wangu Israeli, na nikifanya maombi yangu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wangu kwa ajili ya mlima wake mtakatifu,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="DAN.9.21" />wakati nilipokuwa bado katika maombi, Gabrieli, yule mtu niliyekuwa nimemwona katika maono hapo awali, alinijia kwa kasi karibu wakati wa kutoa dhabihu ya jioni.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="DAN.9.22" />Akanielimisha na kuniambia, “Danieli, sasa nimekuja kukupa akili na ufahamu.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="DAN.9.23" />Mara ulipoanza kuomba, jibu lilitolewa, ambalo nimekuja kukupasha habari, kwa maana wewe unapendwa sana. Kwa hiyo, tafakari ujumbe huu na uelewe maono haya:
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="DAN.9.24" />“Majuma sabini yameamriwa kwa ajili ya watu wako na kwa ajili ya mji wako mtakatifu, ili kumaliza makosa, kukomesha dhambi, kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili ya uovu, kuleta haki ya milele, kutia muhuri maono na unabii, na pia kumtia mafuta yeye aliye mtakatifu sana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="DAN.9.25" />“Ujue na kuelewa hili: Tangu kutolewa kwa amri ya kuutengeneza na kuujenga upya Yerusalemu mpaka kuja kwa Mpakwa mafuta, aliye mtawala, kutakuwako majuma saba na majuma sitini na mawili. Barabara zitajengwa tena pamoja na mahandaki, lakini katika wakati wa taabu.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="DAN.9.26" />Baada ya majuma sitini na mawili, Mpakwa Mafuta atakatiliwa mbali, wala hatabaki na kitu. Watu wa mtawala atakayekuja watauharibu mji pamoja na mahali patakatifu. Mwisho utakuja kama mafuriko: Vita vitaendelea mpaka mwisho, nao ukiwa umeamriwa.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="DAN.9.27" />Mtawala huyo atathibitisha agano na watu wengi kwa juma moja. Katikati ya juma hilo atakomesha dhabihu na sadaka. Mahali pa dhabihu katika Hekalu atasimamisha chukizo la uharibifu, hadi mwisho ulioamriwa utakapomiminwa juu yake yeye aletaye uharibifu.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="10" />
<s style="s1">Maono Ya Danieli Kuhusu Mtu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DAN.10.1" />Katika mwaka wa tatu wa utawala wa Koreshi mfalme wa Uajemi, Danieli (ambaye aliitwa Belteshaza) alipewa ufunuo. Ujumbe wake ulikuwa kweli, nao ulihusu vita vikubwa. Ufahamu wa ujumbe ulimjia katika maono.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="DAN.10.2" />Wakati huo, mimi Danieli nikaomboleza kwa majuma matatu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DAN.10.3" />Sikula chakula kizuri; nyama wala divai havikugusa midomo yangu; nami sikujipaka mafuta kamwe mpaka majuma matatu yalipotimia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="DAN.10.4" />Kwenye siku ya ishirini na nne ya mwezi wa kwanza, nilipokuwa nimesimama kwenye ukingo wa mto mkubwa Hidekeli,<f caller="+"><fr>10:4
</fr><ft>Hedekeli ndio Mto Tigrisi.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="DAN.10.5" />nikatazama juu, na mbele yangu alikuwepo mtu aliyevaa mavazi ya kitani na mshipi wa dhahabu safi kutoka ufazi kiunoni mwake.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DAN.10.6" />Mwili wake ulikuwa kama kito cha zabarajadi safi, uso wake kama umeme wa radi, macho yake kama mwali wa moto, mikono yake na miguu yake kama mngʼao wa shaba iliyosuguliwa sana, nayo sauti yake kama ya umati mkubwa wa watu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="DAN.10.7" />Mimi Danieli, ni mimi peke yangu niliyeona hayo maono; watu waliokuwa pamoja nami hawakuyaona, lakini waligubikwa na hofu kuu, hata wakakimbia na kujificha.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="DAN.10.8" />Kwa hiyo niliachwa peke yangu, nikikodolea macho maono hayo makubwa; sikubakiwa na nguvu, na rangi ya uso wangu ikabadilika kama aliyekufa, nikakosa nguvu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="DAN.10.9" />Kisha nikamsikia akisema, nami nilipokuwa nikimsikiliza, nikalala kifudifudi, nikapatwa na usingizi mzito.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="DAN.10.10" />Mkono ulinigusa, ukaninyanyua, na kuniweka nikipiga magoti na mikono yangu ikashika chini, huku nikiwa bado ninatetemeka.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="DAN.10.11" />Akasema, “Danieli, wewe mtu upendwaye sana, fikiri kwa makini maneno ninayokwenda kunena nawe sasa; simama wima, kwa maana sasa nimetumwa kwako.” Naye aliponiambia haya, nikasimama nikitetemeka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="DAN.10.12" />Ndipo akaendelea kusema, “Danieli, usiogope. Tangu siku ya kwanza ulipotia moyo wako ili kupata ufahamu na kujinyenyekeza mbele ya Mungu wako, maneno yako yalisikiwa, nami nimekuja ili kujibu maneno yako.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="DAN.10.13" />Lakini mkuu wa ufalme wa Uajemi alinipinga kwa siku ishirini na moja. Ndipo Mikaeli, mmoja wa malaika wakuu, alikuja kunisaidia, kwa sababu nilikuwa nimezuiliwa huko na mfalme wa Uajemi.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="DAN.10.14" />Sasa nimekuja kukuelezea mambo yatakayowatokea watu wako wakati ujao, kwa maana maono hayo yanahusu wakati ambao haujaja bado.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="DAN.10.15" />Alipokuwa akinielezea haya, nilisujudu uso wangu ukiwa umeelekea chini, nikawa bubu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="DAN.10.16" />Ndipo mmoja aliyeonekana kama mwanadamu akanigusa midomo yangu, nami nikafungua kinywa changu, nikaanza kunena. Nikamwambia yule aliyesimama mbele yangu, “Nimepatwa na huzuni kubwa kwa sababu ya maono haya, bwana wangu, nami nimeishiwa nguvu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="DAN.10.17" />Bwana wangu, mimi mtumishi wako nitawezaje kuzungumza na wewe? Nguvu zangu zimeniishia hata ninashindwa kupumua.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="DAN.10.18" />Tena yule aliyeonekana kama mwanadamu akanigusa na kunitia nguvu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="DAN.10.19" />Akasema, “Ee mtu upendwaye sana, usiogope. Amani iwe kwako! Uwe na nguvu sasa; jipe nguvu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Alipozungumza nami, nilipata nguvu, nikasema, “Nena, bwana wangu, kwa kuwa umenipa nguvu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="DAN.10.20" />Kwa hiyo akasema, “Je, unajua kwa nini nimekujia? Sasa hivi nitarudi kupigana dhidi ya mkuu wa Uajemi, nami nikienda, mkuu wa Uyunani atakuja.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="DAN.10.21" />Lakini kwanza nitakuambia kile kilichoandikwa katika Kitabu cha Kweli. (Hakuna hata mmoja anayenisaidia dhidi yao isipokuwa Mikaeli, mkuu wenu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="11" />
<p sfm="nb" style="nb"><v id="1" bcv="DAN.11.1" />Nami katika mwaka wa kwanza wa utawala wa Dario Mmedi, nilisimama kumsaidia na kumlinda.)
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wafalme Wa Kusini Na Wa Kaskazini
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="DAN.11.2" />“Sasa basi, ninakuambia kweli: Wafalme watatu zaidi watatokea Uajemi, kisha atatokea mfalme wa nne, ambaye atakuwa tajiri sana kuliko wengine wote. Wakati atakapokuwa amekwisha kujipatia nguvu kwa utajiri wake, atamchochea kila mmoja dhidi ya ufalme wa Uyunani.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DAN.11.3" />Ndipo mfalme mwenye nguvu atatokea, ambaye atatawala kwa nguvu nyingi na kufanya anavyopenda.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DAN.11.4" />Baada ya kujitokeza, milki yake itavunjwa na kugawanyika katika pande nne za mbinguni. Hautakwenda kwa wazao wake, wala hautakuwa na nguvu alizotumia, kwa sababu milki yake itangʼolewa na kupewa wengine.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="DAN.11.5" />“Mfalme wa Kusini atakuwa na nguvu, lakini mmoja wa majemadari wake atakuwa na nguvu zaidi kuliko mfalme, naye atatawala ufalme wake mwenyewe kwa nguvu nyingi.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DAN.11.6" />Baada ya miaka kadha, wataungana. Binti wa mfalme wa Kusini ataolewa kwa mfalme wa Kaskazini ili kuimarisha mapatano, lakini huyo binti nguvu zake hazitadumu; hata mfalme hatadumu wala nguvu zake. Katika siku hizo atafukuzwa, pamoja na hao wasindikizaji wake wa kifalme, watoto wake, na yeyote aliyemuunga mkono.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="DAN.11.7" />“Mmoja kutoka jamaa ya huyo binti atainuka na kuchukua nafasi yake. Atashambulia majeshi ya mfalme wa Kaskazini na kuingia katika ngome yake; atapigana dhidi yao naye atashinda.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="DAN.11.8" />Tena ataitwaa miungu yao, vinyago vyao vya chuma, na vitu vyao vya thamani vya fedha na dhahabu, na kuvichukua hadi Misri. Kwa miaka kadha atamwacha mfalme wa Kaskazini bila kumsumbua.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="DAN.11.9" />Kisha mfalme wa Kaskazini atashambulia nchi ya mfalme wa Kusini, lakini atarudi nyuma hadi kwenye nchi yake.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="DAN.11.10" />Wana wa mfalme wa Kaskazini watajiandaa kwa vita na kukusanya jeshi kubwa, ambalo litafagia nchi kama mafuriko yasiyozuilika na kuendelea na vita hadi kwenye ngome ya mfalme wa Kusini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="DAN.11.11" />“Kisha mfalme wa Kusini atatoka kwa ghadhabu na kupigana dhidi ya mfalme wa Kaskazini, ambaye ataunda jeshi kubwa, lakini litashindwa.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DAN.11.12" />Wakati jeshi litakapokuwa limechukuliwa, mfalme wa Kusini atajawa na kiburi na atachinja maelfu mengi, hata hivyo hatabaki na ushindi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="DAN.11.13" />Kwa maana mfalme wa Kaskazini atakusanya jeshi jingine kubwa kuliko lile la kwanza; na baada ya miaka kadha, atasonga mbele na jeshi kubwa mno lililoandaliwa vizuri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="DAN.11.14" />“Katika nyakati hizo wengi watainuka dhidi ya mfalme wa Kusini. Watu wenye ghasia miongoni mwa watu wako mwenyewe wataasi ili kutimiza maono, lakini bila mafanikio.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="DAN.11.15" />Ndipo mfalme wa Kaskazini atakuja na kuuzunguka mji kwa majeshi, na kuuteka mji wa ngome. Majeshi ya Kusini yatakosa nguvu za kuyazuia; naam, hata vikosi vyao vya askari vilivyo bora zaidi, havitakuwa na nguvu ya kuwakabili.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="DAN.11.16" />Huyo mvamia nchi atafanya apendavyo; hakuna yeyote atakayeweza kumpinga. Atajiimarisha katika Nchi ya Kupendeza, na atakuwa na uwezo wa kuiangamiza.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="DAN.11.17" />Ataamua kuja na nguvu za ufalme wake wote na kufanya mapatano ya amani na mfalme wa Kusini. Naye atamtoa binti yake aolewe naye ili kuuangusha ufalme, lakini mipango yake haitafanikiwa wala kumsaidia.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="DAN.11.18" />Ndipo atabadili nia yake kupigana na nchi za pwani na ataziteka nyingi, lakini jemadari mmoja atakomesha ufidhuli wake na kurudisha ufidhuli wake juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="DAN.11.19" />Baada ya hili atazigeukia ngome za nchi yake mwenyewe, lakini atajikwaa na kuanguka, wala hataonekana tena.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="DAN.11.20" />“Atakayetawala baada yake atamtuma mtoza ushuru ili kudumisha fahari ya kifalme. Hata hivyo, baada ya miaka michache ataangamizwa, lakini si katika hasira wala katika vita.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="DAN.11.21" />“Atakayetawala baada yake atakuwa mtu wa kudharauliwa ambaye hajapewa heshima ya kifalme. Atauvamia ufalme wakati watu wake wanapojiona wako salama, naye atautwaa kwa hila.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="DAN.11.22" />Ndipo jeshi kubwa litafagiliwa mbele yake; jeshi pamoja na mkuu mmoja wa agano wataangamizwa.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="DAN.11.23" />Baada ya kufanya mapatano naye, atatenda kwa udanganyifu, na akitumia watu wachache tu ataingia madarakani.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="DAN.11.24" />Wakati majimbo yaliyo tajiri sana yanajiona salama, atayavamia, naye atafanikisha kile ambacho baba zake wala babu zake hawakuweza. Atagawa nyara, mateka na utajiri miongoni mwa wafuasi wake. Atafanya hila ya kupindua miji yenye maboma, lakini kwa muda mfupi tu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="DAN.11.25" />“Pamoja na jeshi kubwa atachochea nguvu zake na ushujaa wake dhidi ya mfalme wa Kusini. Mfalme wa Kusini atafanya vita na jeshi lenye nguvu sana, lakini hataweza kusimama kwa sababu ya kwa hila zilizofanywa dhidi yake.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="DAN.11.26" />Wale wanaokula kutoka kwenye ruzuku za mfalme watajaribu kumwangamiza; jeshi lake litafagiliwa mbali, nao wengi watakufa vitani.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="DAN.11.27" />Wafalme hawa wawili, mioyo yao ikiwa imekusudia mabaya, wataketi kwenye meza moja na kudanganyana wao kwa wao, lakini pasipo faida, kwa sababu bado mwisho utakuja katika wakati ulioamriwa.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="DAN.11.28" />Mfalme wa Kaskazini atarudi katika nchi yake na utajiri mwingi, lakini atakuwa ameukaza moyo wake kinyume na agano takatifu. Atachukua hatua dhidi ya hilo agano, kisha atarudi nchi yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="DAN.11.29" />“Wakati ulioamriwa, atavamia tena Kusini, lakini wakati huu matokeo yake yatakuwa tofauti na yale ya wakati wa kwanza.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="DAN.11.30" />Meli za nchi ya Kitimu zitampinga, naye atavunjika moyo. Ndipo atarudi nyuma na kutoa wazi hasira yake dhidi ya agano takatifu. Atarudi na kuonyesha fadhili kwa wale waliachao agano takatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="DAN.11.31" />“Majeshi yake yenye silaha yatainuka ili kunajisi ngome ya Hekalu, na kuondolea mbali sadaka ya kuteketezwa ya kila siku. Ndipo watalisimamisha chukizo la uharibifu lisababishalo ukiwa.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="DAN.11.32" />Kwa udanganyifu atapotosha wale walionajisi agano, lakini watu wanaomjua Mungu wao watampinga kwa uthabiti.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="DAN.11.33" />“Wenye hekima watawafundisha wengi, ingawa kwa kitambo watauawa kwa upanga au kuchomwa moto, au kukamatwa au kufanywa mateka.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="DAN.11.34" />Watakapoanguka, watapokea msaada kidogo, nao wengi ambao si waaminifu wataungana nao.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="DAN.11.35" />Baadhi ya wenye hekima watajikwaa, ili waweze kusafishwa, kutakaswa na kufanywa wasio na waa mpaka wakati wa mwisho, kwa maana bado litakuja kwa wakati ulioamriwa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfalme Ajikwezaye Mwenyewe
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="DAN.11.36" />“Mfalme atafanya apendavyo. Atajikweza na kujitukuza juu ya kila mungu, naye atasema mambo ambayo hayajasikiwa dhidi ya Mungu wa miungu. Atafanikiwa hadi wakati wa ghadhabu utimie, kwa maana kile kilichokusudiwa lazima kitokee.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="DAN.11.37" />Hataonyesha heshima kwa miungu ya baba zake au kwa yule aliyetamaniwa na wanawake, wala hatajali mungu yeyote, bali atajikweza mwenyewe juu yao wote.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="DAN.11.38" />Badala ya kuwajali miungu, ataheshimu mungu wa ngome; mungu ambaye hakujulikana na baba zake ndiye atamheshimu kwa dhahabu na fedha, kwa vito vya thamani na zawadi za thamani kubwa.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="DAN.11.39" />Atashambulia ngome zenye nguvu mno kwa msaada wa mungu wa kigeni naye atawaheshimu sana wale watakaomkubali yeye. Atawafanya watawala juu ya watu wengi, na atagawa nchi kwa gharama.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="DAN.11.40" />“Katika wakati wa mwisho, mfalme wa Kusini atapigana naye vita, naye mfalme wa Kaskazini atamshambulia kwa magari ya vita, askari wapanda farasi, na idadi kubwa ya meli. Atavamia nchi nyingi na kuzikumba nchi hizo kama mafuriko.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="DAN.11.41" />Pia ataivamia Nchi ya Kupendeza. Nchi nyingi zitapinduliwa, bali Edomu, Moabu na viongozi wa Amoni wataokolewa kutoka mkono wake.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="DAN.11.42" />Atapanua mamlaka yake juu ya nchi nyingi; hata Misri haitaepuka.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="DAN.11.43" />Atamiliki hazina za dhahabu, fedha na utajiri wote wa Misri, pamoja na Walibia na Wakushi kwa kujisalimisha.
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="DAN.11.44" />Lakini taarifa kutoka mashariki na kaskazini zitamshtua, naye ataondoka kwa ghadhabu nyingi ili kuangamiza na kuharibu kabisa wengi.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="DAN.11.45" />Atasimika hema zake za ufalme kati ya bahari na mlima mtakatifu wa kupendeza. Hata hivyo, atafikia mwisho wake, wala hakuna yeyote atakayemsaidia.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Nyakati Za Mwisho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="DAN.12.1" />“Katika wakati huo Mikaeli, mtawala mkuu ambaye huwalinda watu wako, atainuka. Kutakuwako wakati wa taabu ambao haujatokea tangu mwanzo wa mataifa hadi wakati huo. Lakini wakati huo, watu wako, kila mmoja ambaye jina lake litakutwa limeandikwa kwenye kitabu, ataokolewa.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="DAN.12.2" />Wengi ambao wamelala kwenye mavumbi wataamka, baadhi yao kwa uzima wa milele, wengine kwa aibu na kudharauliwa milele.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="DAN.12.3" />Wale wenye hekima watangʼaa kama mwanga wa mbingu, nao wale ambao huwaongoza wengi kutenda haki, watangʼaa kama nyota milele na milele.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="DAN.12.4" />Lakini wewe Danieli, yafunge na kuyatia muhuri maneno ya kitabu hiki mpaka wakati wa mwisho. Wengi watakwenda huku na huko, na maarifa yataongezeka.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="DAN.12.5" />Ndipo mimi Danieli nikaangalia, nako mbele yangu walisimama wengine wawili, mmoja katika ukingo huu wa mto, na mwingine ukingo wa pili wa mto.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="DAN.12.6" />Mmoja wao akasema na yule mtu aliyevaa nguo za kitani, aliyekuwa juu ya maji ya mto, “Je, itachukua muda gani kabla mambo haya ya kushangaza hayajatimizwa?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="DAN.12.7" />Kisha mtu yule aliyevaa nguo za kitani, aliyekuwa juu ya maji ya mto, akainua mkono wake wa kuume na mkono wake wa kushoto kuelekea mbinguni, nami nikamsikia akiapa kwa jina lake yeye aishiye milele, akisema, “Itakuwa wakati, nyakati mbili, na nusu wakati.<f caller="+"><fr>12:7
</fr><ft>Wakati, nyakati mbili na nusu wakati maana yake mwaka mmoja, miaka miwili, na nusu mwaka, yaani miaka mitatu na nusu.</ft></f> Nguvu za watu watakatifu zitakapokuwa zimevunjwa kabisa, ndipo mambo haya yote yatakapotimizwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="DAN.12.8" />Nilisikia, lakini sikuelewa. Kwa hiyo nikauliza, “Bwana wangu, matokeo ya haya yote yatakuwa nini?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="DAN.12.9" />Akajibu, “Danieli, enenda zako, kwa sababu maneno haya yamefungwa na kutiwa muhuri mpaka wakati wa mwisho.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="DAN.12.10" />Wengi watatakaswa, na kuondolewa mawaa na kufanywa safi, lakini waovu wataendelea kuwa waovu. Hakuna mmoja wa waovu atakayefahamu, lakini wale wenye hekima watafahamu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="DAN.12.11" />“Tangu wakati ule wa kukomeshwa dhabihu ya kila siku na kusimamishwa kwa chukizo la uharibifu, kutakuwako siku 1,290.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="DAN.12.12" />Amebarikiwa mtu yule atakayevumilia hadi kufikia mwisho wa hizo siku 1,335.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="DAN.12.13" />“Lakini wewe, enenda zako mpaka mwisho. Utapumzika, nawe ndipo mwisho wa hizo siku utafufuka ili kuupokea urithi uliowekewa.”<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="HOS"><id id="HOS">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Hosea
</h><toc level="1">Hosea
</toc><toc level="2">Hosea
</toc><toc level="3">Hos
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Hosea
</p>

<c id="1" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="HOS.1.1" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lililomjia Hosea mwana wa Beeri wakati wa utawala wa Uzia, Yothamu, Ahazi na Hezekia, wafalme wa Yuda, na wakati wa utawala wa Yeroboamu mwana wa Yehoashi, mfalme wa Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<s style="s1">Mke Wa Hosea Na Watoto
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="HOS.1.2" />Wakati
<nd>Bwana</nd> alipoanza kuzungumza kupitia Hosea,
<nd>Bwana</nd> alimwambia, “Nenda ukajitwalie mwanamke wa uzinzi na watoto wa uzinzi, kwa sababu nchi ina hatia ya uzinzi wa kupindukia kwa kumwacha
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="HOS.1.3" />Kwa hiyo alimwoa Gomeri binti Diblaimu, naye akachukua mimba na kumzalia Hosea mwana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="HOS.1.4" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Hosea, “Mwite Yezreeli,<f caller="+"><fr>1:4
</fr><ft>Yezreeli maana yake Mungu hupanda.</ft></f> kwa kuwa kitambo kidogo nitaiadhibu nyumba ya Yehu kwa ajili ya mauaji ya kule Yezreeli, nami nitaukomesha ufalme wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="HOS.1.5" />Katika siku ile nitavunja upinde wa Israeli katika Bonde la Yezreeli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="HOS.1.6" />Gomeri akachukua tena mimba akamzaa binti. Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Hosea, “Mwite Lo-Ruhama,<f caller="+"><fr>1:6
</fr><ft>Lo-Ruhama maana yake Sio mpenzi wangu.</ft></f> kwa maana sitaonyesha tena upendo kwa nyumba ya Israeli, kwamba nisije kabisa nikawasamehe.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="HOS.1.7" />Hata hivyo nitaonyesha upendo kwa nyumba ya Yuda, nami nitawaokoa si kwa upinde, upanga au vita, wala kwa farasi na wapanda farasi, bali kwa njia ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="HOS.1.8" />Baada ya Gomeri kumwachisha Lo-Ruhama kunyonya, Gomeri alipata mwana mwingine.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="HOS.1.9" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, “Mwite Lo-Ami<f caller="+"><fr>1:9
</fr><ft>Lo-Ami maana yake Sio watu wangu.</ft></f> kwa maana ninyi si watu wangu, nami si Mungu wenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="HOS.1.10" />“Hata hivyo Waisraeli watakuwa kama mchanga kando ya bahari, ambao hauwezi kupimika wala kuhesabiwa. Mahali pale walipoambiwa, ‘Ninyi si watu wangu,’ wao wataitwa ‘wana wa Mungu aliye hai.’
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="HOS.1.11" />Watu wa Yuda na watu wa Israeli wataunganishwa tena, nao watamchagua kiongozi mmoja nao watakwea watoke katika nchi, kwa kuwa siku ya Yezreeli itakuwa kuu sana.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="HOS.2.1" />“Waambie ndugu zako, ‘Watu wangu,’ na pia waambie dada zako, ‘Wapendwa wangu.’
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Israeli Aadhibiwa Na Kurudishwa
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="HOS.2.2" />“Mkemeeni mama yenu, mkemeeni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana yeye si mke wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami si mume wake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Aondoe sura ya uzinzi katika uso wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uzinzi kati ya matiti yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="HOS.2.3" />Kama sivyo nitamvua nguo zake awe uchi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumwacha uchi kama siku ile aliyozaliwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitamfanya kama jangwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitamgeuza awe nchi ya kiu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitamuua kwa kiu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="HOS.2.4" />Sitaonyesha upendo wangu kwa watoto wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ni watoto wa uzinzi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="HOS.2.5" />Mama yao amekosa uaminifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na amewachukua mimba katika aibu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Gomeri alisema, ‘Nitawaendea wapenzi wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao hunipa chakula changu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na maji yangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">sufu yangu na kitani yangu, mafuta yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kinywaji changu.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="HOS.2.6" />Kwa hiyo mimi Mungu nitaizuia njia yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa vichaka vya miiba,
</q>
<q style="q1">nitamjengea ukuta ili kwamba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asiweze kutoka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="HOS.2.7" />Gomeri atawafuatia wapenzi wake lakini hatawapata;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atawatafuta lakini hatawapata.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kisha atasema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Nitarudi kwa mume wangu kama kwanza,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana nilikuwa na hali njema zaidi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko sasa.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="HOS.2.8" />Gomeri hajakubali kuwa mimi ndiye
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niliyempa nafaka, divai mpya na mafuta,
</q>
<q style="q1">niliyemwongezea fedha na dhahabu waliyoitumia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kumtumikia Baali.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="HOS.2.9" />“Kwa hiyo nitachukua nafaka yangu wakati itakapokomaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na divai yangu mpya wakati itakapokuwa tayari.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitamnyangʼanya sufu yangu na kitani yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">iliyokusudiwa kufunika uchi wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="HOS.2.10" />Basi sasa nitaufunua ufisadi wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele ya wapenzi wake;
</q>
<q style="q1">hakuna yeyote atakayemtoa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mikononi mwangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="HOS.2.11" />Nitakomesha furaha na macheko yake yote:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikukuu zake za mwaka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikukuu za Miandamo ya Mwezi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku zake za Sabato,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikukuu zake zote zilizoamriwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="HOS.2.12" />Nitaiharibu mizabibu yake na mitini yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambayo alisema yalikuwa malipo yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka kwa wapenzi wake;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitaifanya kuwa kichaka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wanyama pori wataila.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="HOS.2.13" />Nitamwadhibu kwa ajili ya siku
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alizowafukizia uvumba Mabaali;
</q>
<q style="q1">alipojipamba kwa pete
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa vito vya thamani,
</q>
<q style="q1">na kuwaendea wapenzi wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini mimi alinisahau,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="HOS.2.14" />“Kwa hiyo sasa nitamshawishi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitamwongoza hadi jangwani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzungumza naye kwa upole.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="HOS.2.15" />Huko nitamrudishia mashamba yake ya mizabibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitalifanya Bonde la Akori<f caller="+"><fr>2:15
</fr><ft>Akori maana yake ni Taabu.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mlango wa matumaini.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huko ataimba kama alivyofanya katika siku za ujana wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama siku zile alizotoka Misri.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="HOS.2.16" />“Katika siku ile,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“utaniita mimi ‘Mume wangu’;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hutaniita tena mimi ‘Bwana wangu.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="HOS.2.17" />Nitaondoa majina ya Mabaali kutoka midomoni mwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hataomba tena kwa majina yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="HOS.2.18" />Katika siku ile nitafanya Agano kwa ajili yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wanyama wa kondeni, na ndege wa angani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na viumbe vile vitambaavyo ardhini.
</q>
<q style="q1">Upinde, upanga na vita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitaondolea mbali katika nchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kwamba wote waweze kukaa salama.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="HOS.2.19" />Nitakuposa uwe wangu milele;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakuposa kwa uadilifu na haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa upendo na huruma.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="HOS.2.20" />Nitakuposa kwa uaminifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe utamkubali
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="HOS.2.21" />“Katika siku ile nitajibu,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q style="q1">“nitajibu kwa anga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo anga zitajibu kwa nchi;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="HOS.2.22" />nayo nchi itajibu kwa nafaka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">divai mpya na mafuta,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">navyo vitajibu kwa Yezreeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="HOS.2.23" />Nitampanda katika nchi kwa ajili yangu mwenyewe;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitaonyesha pendo langu kwake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yule ambaye nilimwita, ‘Si mpenzi wangu.<f caller="+"><fr>2:23
</fr><ft>Kiebrania ni Lo-Ruhama.</ft></f>’
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitawaambia wale walioitwa, ‘Sio watu wangu,’<f caller="+"><fr>2:23
</fr><ft>Kiebrania ni Lo-Ami.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Ninyi ni watu wangu’;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watasema, ‘Wewe ndiwe Mungu wangu.’ ”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Upatanisho Wa Hosea Na Mkewe
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="HOS.3.1" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia, “Nenda, ukaonyeshe upendo wako kwa mke wako tena, ingawa amependwa na mwingine naye ni mzinzi. Mpende kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> apendavyo Waisraeli, ingawa wanageukia miungu mingine na kupenda mikate mitamu ya zabibu kavu iliyowekwa wakfu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="HOS.3.2" />Basi nilimnunua huyo mwanamke kwa shekeli kumi na tano<f caller="+"><fr>3:2
</fr><ft>Shekeli 15 za fedha ni sawa na gramu 170.</ft></f> za fedha, pia kwa kiasi kama cha homeri moja na nusu<f caller="+"><fr>3:2
</fr><ft>Homeri moja na nusu ni kama lita 330.</ft></f> ya shayiri.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="HOS.3.3" />Kisha nilimwambia, “Utaishi nami kwa siku nyingi, hupaswi kuwa kahaba au kuwa na uhusiano wa karibu na mtu yeyote, nami nitaishi na wewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="HOS.3.4" />Kwa maana Waisraeli wataishi siku nyingi bila kuwa na mfalme wala mkuu, bila kuwa na dhabihu wala mawe matakatifu, bila kisibau wala sanamu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="HOS.3.5" />Baadaye Waisraeli watarudi na kumtafuta
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao na Daudi mfalme wao. Watakuja wakitetemeka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kwa baraka zake katika siku za mwisho.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Shtaka Dhidi Ya Israeli
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="HOS.4.1" />Sikieni neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, enyi Waisraeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> analo shtaka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhidi yenu ninyi mnaoishi katika nchi:
</q>
<q style="q1">“Hakuna uaminifu, hakuna upendo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna kumjua Mungu katika nchi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="HOS.4.2" />Kuna kulaani tu, uongo na uuaji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wizi na uzinzi,
</q>
<q style="q1">bila kuwa na mipaka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao umwagaji damu mmoja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">baada ya mwingine.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="HOS.4.3" />Kwa sababu hii nchi huomboleza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote waishio ndani mwake wanadhoofika,
</q>
<q style="q1">wanyama wa kondeni, ndege wa angani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na samaki wa baharini wanakufa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="HOS.4.4" />“Lakini mtu awaye yote na asilete shtaka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtu yeyote na asimlaumu mwenzake,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana watu wako ni kama wale
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waletao mashtaka dhidi ya kuhani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="HOS.4.5" />Unajikwaa usiku na mchana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao manabii hujikwaa pamoja nawe.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa hiyo nitamwangamiza mama yako:
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="6" bcv="HOS.4.6" />watu wangu wanaangamizwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kukosa maarifa,
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Kwa kuwa wewe umeyakataa maarifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mimi nami nitakukataa wewe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiwe kuhani kwangu mimi;
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa umeacha kuijali sheria ya Mungu wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mimi nami sitawajali watoto wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="HOS.4.7" />Kadiri makuhani walivyoongezeka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo walivyozidi kutenda dhambi dhidi yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walibadilisha utukufu wao kwa kitu cha aibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="HOS.4.8" />Hujilisha dhambi za watu wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kupendezwa na uovu wao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="HOS.4.9" />Hata itakuwa: Kama walivyo watu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo walivyo makuhani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitawaadhibu wote wawili kwa ajili ya njia zao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwalipa kwa matendo yao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="HOS.4.10" />“Watakula lakini hawatashiba;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watajiingiza katika ukahaba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hawataongezeka,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu wamemwacha
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kujiingiza wenyewe
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="11" bcv="HOS.4.11" />katika ukahaba,
</q>
<q style="q1">divai ya zamani na divai mpya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambavyo huondoa ufahamu
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="12" bcv="HOS.4.12" />wa watu wangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hutaka shauri kutoka kwa sanamu ya mti
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao hujibiwa na fimbo ya mti.
</q>
<q style="q1">Roho ya ukahaba imewapotosha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawana uaminifu kwa Mungu wao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="HOS.4.13" />Wanatoa dhabihu juu ya vilele vya milima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na sadaka za kuteketezwa juu ya vilima,
</q>
<q style="q1">chini ya mialoni, milibua na miela,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambako kuna vivuli vizuri.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa hiyo binti zenu wamegeukia ukahaba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wake za wana wenu uzinzi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="HOS.4.14" />“Sitawaadhibu binti zenu wakati
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanapogeukia ukahaba,
</q>
<q style="q1">wala wake za wana wenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanapofanya uzinzi,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu wanaume wenyewe huandamana na malaya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutambikia pamoja na makahaba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wa mahali pa kuabudia miungu:
</q>
<q style="q1">watu wasiokuwa na ufahamu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataangamia!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="HOS.4.15" />“Ingawa umefanya uzinzi, ee Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yuda naye asije akawa na hatia.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Usiende Gilgali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usipande kwenda Beth-Aveni<f caller="+"><fr>4:15
</fr><ft>Beth-Aveni maana yake Nyumba ya Ubatili (au Uovu), jina lingine la Betheli kwa dhihaka.</ft></f>
</q>
<q style="q1">Wala usiape,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Hakika kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> aishivyo!’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="HOS.4.16" />Waisraeli ni wakaidi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mtamba wa ngʼombe ambaye ni mkaidi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ni jinsi gani basi
<nd>Bwana</nd> anaweza kuwachunga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama wana-kondoo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika shamba la majani?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="HOS.4.17" />Efraimu amejiunga na sanamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ondokana naye!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="HOS.4.18" />Hata wakati wamemaliza vileo vyao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaendelea na ukahaba wao,
</q>
<q style="q1">watawala wao hupenda sana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">njia za aibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="HOS.4.19" />Kisulisuli kitawafagilia mbali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na dhabihu zao zitawaletea aibu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Hukumu Dhidi Ya Israeli
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="HOS.5.1" />“Sikieni hili, enyi makuhani!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kuweni wasikivu, enyi Waisraeli!
</q>
<q style="q1">Sikieni, ee nyumba ya mfalme!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hukumu hii ni dhidi yenu:
</q>
<q style="q1">Mmekuwa mtego huko Mispa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wavu uliotandwa juu ya Tabori.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="HOS.5.2" />Waasi wamezidisha sana mauaji.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mimi nitawatiisha wote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="HOS.5.3" />Ninajua yote kuhusu Efraimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Israeli hukufichika kwangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Efraimu, sasa umegeukia ukahaba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Israeli amenajisika.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="HOS.5.4" />“Matendo yao hayawaachii
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kurudi kwa Mungu wao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Roho ya ukahaba imo ndani ya mioyo yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawamkubali
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="HOS.5.5" />Kiburi cha Israeli kinashuhudia dhidi yao;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Waisraeli, hata Efraimu,
</q>
<q style="q1">wanajikwaa katika dhambi zao;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pia Yuda atajikwaa pamoja nao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="HOS.5.6" />Wakati wanapokwenda na makundi yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya kondoo na ngʼombe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kumtafuta
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q style="q1">hawatampata;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye amejiondoa kutoka kwao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="HOS.5.7" />Wao si waaminifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamezaa watoto haramu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Sasa sikukuu zao za Mwandamo wa Mwezi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zitawaangamiza wao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na mashamba yao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="HOS.5.8" />“Pigeni tarumbeta huko Gibea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">baragumu huko Rama.
</q>
<q style="q1">Paza kilio cha vita huko Beth-Aveni,<f caller="+"><fr>5:8
</fr><ft>Beth-Aveni maana yake Nyumba ya Ubatili (au Uovu), jina lingine la Betheli kwa dhihaka.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ongoza, ee Benyamini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="HOS.5.9" />Efraimu ataachwa ukiwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku ya kuadhibiwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Miongoni mwa makabila ya Israeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninatangaza lile ambalo halina budi kutukia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="HOS.5.10" />Viongozi wa Yuda ni kama wale
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaosogeza mawe ya mpaka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitamwaga ghadhabu yangu juu yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mafuriko ya maji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="HOS.5.11" />Efraimu ameonewa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amekanyagwa katika hukumu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa amekusudia kufuatia sanamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="HOS.5.12" />Mimi ni kama nondo kwa Efraimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kama uozo kwa watu wa Yuda.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="HOS.5.13" />“Wakati Efraimu alipoona ugonjwa wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye Yuda vidonda vyake,
</q>
<q style="q1">ndipo Efraimu alipogeukia Ashuru,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuomba msaada kwa mfalme mkuu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini hawezi kukuponya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawezi kukuponya vidonda vyako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="HOS.5.14" />Kwa maana nitakuwa kama simba kwa Efraimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama simba mkubwa kwa Yuda.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitawararua vipande vipande na kuondoka;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitawachukua mbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hakuna wa kuwaokoa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="HOS.5.15" />Kisha nitarudi mahali pangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpaka watakapokubali kosa lao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nao watautafuta uso wangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika taabu yao watanitafuta kwa bidii.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Israeli Asiye Na Toba
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="HOS.6.1" />“Njooni, tumrudie
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ameturarua vipande vipande
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini atatuponya;
</q>
<q style="q1">ametujeruhi lakini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atatufunga majeraha yetu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="HOS.6.2" />Baada ya siku mbili atatufufua;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku ya tatu atatuinua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili tuweze kuishi mbele zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="HOS.6.3" />Tumkubali
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tukaze kumkubali yeye.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kutokea kwake ni hakika kama vile
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuchomoza kwa jua;
</q>
<q style="q1">atatujia kama mvua za masika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama vile mvua za vuli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ziinyweshavyo nchi.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="HOS.6.4" />“Nifanye nini nawe, Efraimu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nifanye nini nawe, Yuda?
</q>
<q style="q1">Upendo wako ni kama ukungu wa asubuhi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama umande wa alfajiri utowekao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="HOS.6.5" />Kwa hiyo ninawakata ninyi vipande vipande
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kutumia manabii wangu;
</q>
<q style="q1">nimewaua ninyi kwa maneno ya kinywa changu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hukumu zangu zinawaka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama umeme juu yenu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="HOS.6.6" />Kwa maana nataka rehema, wala si dhabihu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kumkubali Mungu zaidi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko sadaka za kuteketezwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="HOS.6.7" />Wamevunja Agano kama Adamu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huko hawakuwa waaminifu kwangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="HOS.6.8" />Gileadi ni mji wenye watu waovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umetiwa madoa kwa nyayo za damu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="HOS.6.9" />Kama wanyangʼanyi wamviziavyo mtu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo magenge ya makuhani wafanyavyo;
</q>
<q style="q1">wanaulia watu kwenye njia iendayo Shekemu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakifanya uhalifu wa aibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="HOS.6.10" />Nimeona jambo la kutisha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika nyumba ya Israeli.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huko Efraimu amejitolea kwa ukahaba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Israeli amenajisika.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="HOS.6.11" />“Pia kwa ajili yako, Yuda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mavuno yameamriwa.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Wakati wowote ningerejesha neema ya watu wangu,
<ve />
</q>

<c id="7" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="HOS.7.1" />kila mara nilipotaka kumponya Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhambi za Efraimu zinafichuliwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na maovu ya Samaria yanafunuliwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanafanya udanganyifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wevi huvunja nyumba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maharamia hunyangʼanya barabarani,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="HOS.7.2" />lakini hawafahamu kwamba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninakumbuka matendo yao yote mabaya.
</q>
<q style="q1">Dhambi zao zimewameza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ziko mbele zangu siku zote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="HOS.7.3" />“Wanamfurahisha sana mfalme kwa maovu yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakuu wao kwa uongo wao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="HOS.7.4" />Wote ni wazinzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanawaka kama tanuru
</q>
<q style="q1">ambayo moto wake mwokaji hana haja ya kuuchochea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuanzia kukanda unga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi umekwisha kuumuka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="HOS.7.5" />Katika sikukuu ya mfalme wetu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakuu wanawaka kwa mvinyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye anawaunga mkono wenye mizaha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="HOS.7.6" />Mioyo yao ni kama tanuru,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanamwendea kwa hila.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hasira yao inafoka moshi usiku kucha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wa asubuhi inalipuka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama miali ya moto.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="HOS.7.7" />Wote ni moto kama tanuru;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanawaangamiza watawala wao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wafalme wake wote wanaanguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna yeyote kati yao aniitaye mimi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="HOS.7.8" />“Efraimu anajichanganya na mataifa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Efraimu ni mkate ambao haukuiva.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="HOS.7.9" />Wageni wananyonya nguvu zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hafahamu hilo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nywele zake zina mvi hapa na pale,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hana habari.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="HOS.7.10" />Kiburi cha Israeli kinashuhudia dhidi yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini pamoja na haya yote
</q>
<q style="q1">harudi kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kumtafuta.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="HOS.7.11" />“Efraimu ni kama hua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hudanganywa kwa urahisi na hana akili:
</q>
<q style="q1">mara anaita Misri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mara anageukia Ashuru.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="HOS.7.12" />Wakati watakapokwenda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitatupa wavu wangu juu yao;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitawavuta chini waanguke
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama ndege wa angani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitakaposikia wakikusanyika pamoja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitawanasa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="HOS.7.13" />Ole wao, kwa sababu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamepotoka kutoka kwangu!
</q>
<q style="q1">Maangamizi ni yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu wameniasi!
</q>
<q style="q1">Ninatamani kuwakomboa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini wanasema uongo dhidi yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="HOS.7.14" />Hawanililii mimi kutoka mioyoni mwao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali wanaomboleza vitandani mwao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hukusanyika pamoja kwa ajili ya nafaka na divai mpya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hugeukia mbali nami.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="HOS.7.15" />Niliwafundisha na kuwatia nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini wanapanga mabaya dhidi yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="HOS.7.16" />Hawamgeukii Yeye Aliye Juu Sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wako kama upinde wenye kasoro.
</q>
<q style="q1">Viongozi wao wataanguka kwa upanga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya maneno yao ya jeuri.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa ajili ya hili watadhihakiwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika nchi ya Misri.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Israeli Kuvuna Kisulisuli
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="HOS.8.1" />“Wekeni tarumbeta midomoni mwenu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Tai yuko juu ya nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu watu wamevunja Agano langu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wameasi dhidi ya sheria yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="HOS.8.2" />Israeli ananililia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Ee Mungu wetu, tunakukubali!’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="HOS.8.3" />Lakini Israeli amekataa lile lililo jema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">adui atamfuatia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="HOS.8.4" />Wanaweka wafalme bila idhini yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamechagua wakuu bila kibali changu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa fedha zao na dhahabu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wamejitengenezea sanamu kwa ajili
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya maangamizi yao wenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="HOS.8.5" />Ee Samaria, tupilieni mbali sanamu yenu ya ndama!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hasira yangu inawaka dhidi yao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watakuwa najisi mpaka lini?
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="6" bcv="HOS.8.6" />Zimetoka katika Israeli!
</q>
<q style="q1">Ndama huyu: ametengenezwa na fundi, si Mungu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Atavunjwa vipande vipande,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yule ndama wa Samaria.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="HOS.8.7" />“Wanapanda upepo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuvuna upepo wa kisulisuli.
</q>
<q style="q1">Bua halina suke,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">halitatoa unga.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kama lingetoa nafaka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wageni wangeila yote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="HOS.8.8" />Israeli amemezwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sasa yupo miongoni mwa mataifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama kitu kisicho na thamani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="HOS.8.9" />Kwa kuwa wamepanda kwenda Ashuru
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama punda-mwitu anayetangatanga peke yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Efraimu amejiuza mwenyewe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa wapenzi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="HOS.8.10" />Ingawa wamejiuza wenyewe miongoni mwa mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sasa nitawakusanya pamoja.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wataanza kudhoofika chini ya uonevu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wa mfalme mwenye nguvu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="HOS.8.11" />“Ingawa Efraimu alijenga madhabahu nyingi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya sadaka za dhambi,
</q>
<q style="q1">hizi zimekuwa madhabahu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">za kufanyia dhambi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="HOS.8.12" />Nimeandika kwa ajili yao mambo mengi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuhusu sheria yangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini wameziangalia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama kitu cha kigeni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="HOS.8.13" />Wanatoa dhabihu nilizopewa mimi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wanakula hiyo nyama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> hapendezwi nao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Sasa ataukumbuka uovu wao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuadhibu dhambi zao:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Watarudi Misri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="HOS.8.14" />Israeli amemsahau Muumba wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kujenga majumba ya kifalme,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yuda amejengea miji mingi ngome.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini nitatuma moto kwenye miji yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utakaoteketeza ngome zao.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Adhabu Kwa Israeli
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="HOS.9.1" />Usifurahie, ee Israeli;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usishangilie kama mataifa mengine.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuwa hukuwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwaminifu kwa Mungu wako;
</q>
<q style="q1">umependa ujira wa kahaba kwenye kila sakafu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya kupuria nafaka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="HOS.9.2" />Sakafu za kupuria nafaka na mashinikizo ya kukamulia divai
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">havitalisha watu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">divai mpya itawapungukia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="HOS.9.3" />Hawataishi katika nchi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Efraimu atarudi Misri
</q>
<q style="q1">na atakula chakula
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kilicho najisi huko Ashuru.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="HOS.9.4" />Hawatammiminia
<nd>Bwana</nd> sadaka ya divai
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala dhabihu zao hazitampendeza.
</q>
<q style="q1">Dhabihu kama hizo zitakuwa kwao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mkate wa waombolezaji;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wote wazilao watakuwa najisi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Chakula hiki kitakuwa kwa ajili yao wenyewe;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kisije katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="HOS.9.5" />Mtafanya nini katika siku ya sikukuu zenu zilizoamriwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku za sikukuu za
<nd>Bwana</nd>?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="HOS.9.6" />Hata ikiwa wataokoka maangamizi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Misri atawakusanya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo Memfisi<f caller="+"><fr>9:6
</fr><ft>Memfisi kwa Kiebrania ni Nofu.</ft></f> itawazika.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hazina zao za fedha zitasongwa na michongoma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo miiba itafunika mahema yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="HOS.9.7" />Siku za adhabu zinakuja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku za malipo zimewadia.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Israeli na afahamu hili.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa sababu dhambi zenu ni nyingi sana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uadui wenu ni mkubwa sana,
</q>
<q style="q1">nabii anadhaniwa ni mpumbavu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtu aliyeongozwa na Mungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anaonekana mwendawazimu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="HOS.9.8" />Nabii, pamoja na Mungu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndiye mlinzi juu ya Efraimu,
</q>
<q style="q1">hata hivyo mitego inamngojea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika mapito yake yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uadui katika nyumba ya Mungu wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="HOS.9.9" />Wamezama sana katika rushwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama katika siku za Gibea.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mungu atakumbuka uovu wao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaadhibu kwa ajili ya dhambi zao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="HOS.9.10" />“Nilipompata Israeli, ilikuwa kama
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kupata zabibu jangwani;
</q>
<q style="q1">nilipowaona baba zenu, ilikuwa kama kuona
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">matunda ya kwanza katika mtini.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini walipofika Baal-Peori, walijiweka wakfu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ile sanamu ya aibu,
</q>
<q style="q1">nao wakawa najisi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama kitu kile walichokipenda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="HOS.9.11" />Utukufu wa Efraimu utaruka kama ndege:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna kuzaa, hakuna kuchukua mimba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna kutunga mimba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="HOS.9.12" />Hata wakilea watoto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitamuua kila mmoja.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ole wao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakapowapiga kisogo!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="HOS.9.13" />Nimemwona Efraimu, kama Tiro,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliyeoteshwa mahali pazuri.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini Efraimu wataleta
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watoto wao kwa mchinjaji.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="HOS.9.14" />Wape, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">je, utawapa nini?
</q>
<q style="q1">Wape matumbo ya kuharibu mimba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na matiti yaliyokauka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="HOS.9.15" />“Kwa sababu ya uovu wao wote huko Gilgali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niliwachukia huko.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa sababu ya matendo yao ya dhambi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitawafukuza katika nyumba yangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Sitawapenda tena,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">viongozi wao wote ni waasi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="HOS.9.16" />Efraimu ameharibiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mzizi wao umenyauka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawazai tunda.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hata kama watazaa watoto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitawachinja watoto wao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waliotunzwa vizuri.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="HOS.9.17" />Mungu wangu atawakataa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu hawakumtii;
</q>
<q style="q1">watakuwa watu wa kutangatanga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miongoni mwa mataifa.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="10" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="HOS.10.1" />Israeli alikuwa mzabibu uliostawi sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alijizalia matunda mwenyewe.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kadiri matunda yake yalivyoongezeka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alijenga madhabahu zaidi;
</q>
<q style="q1">kadiri nchi yake ilivyostawi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alipamba mawe yake ya ibada.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="HOS.10.2" />Moyo wao ni mdanganyifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao sasa lazima wachukue hatia yao.
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> atabomoa madhabahu zao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuharibu mawe yao ya ibada.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="HOS.10.3" />Kisha watasema, “Hatuna mfalme
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu hatukumheshimu
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini hata kama tungelikuwa na mfalme,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">angeweza kutufanyia nini?”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="HOS.10.4" />Wanaweka ahadi nyingi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huapa viapo vya uongo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanapofanya mapatano;
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa hiyo mashtaka huchipuka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama magugu ya sumu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika shamba lililolimwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="HOS.10.5" />Watu wanaoishi Samaria huogopa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya sanamu ya ndama ya Beth-Aveni.<f caller="+"><fr>10:5
</fr><ft>Beth-Aveni maana yake Nyumba ya Ubatili (au Uovu), jina lingine la Betheli kwa dhihaka.</ft></f>
</q>
<q style="q1">Watu wake wataiombolezea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vivyo hivyo kuhani wake wa kuabudu sanamu,
</q>
<q style="q1">wale waliokuwa wamefurahia fahari yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu itaondolewa kutoka kwao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenda uhamishoni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="HOS.10.6" />Itachukuliwa kwenda Ashuru
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama ushuru kwa mfalme mkuu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Efraimu atafedheheshwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Israeli ataaibika kwa ajili ya sanamu zake za mti.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="HOS.10.7" />Samaria na mfalme wake wataelea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama kijiti juu ya uso wa maji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="HOS.10.8" />Mahali pa kuabudia sanamu pa uovu<f caller="+"><fr>10:8
</fr><ft>Yaani
</ft><fqa>Aveni
</fqa><ft>kwa Kiebrania, kumaanisha
</ft><fqa>Beth-Aveni</fqa><ft>, jina lingine la Betheli kwa dhihaka.</ft></f> pataharibiwa:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndiyo dhambi ya Israeli.
</q>
<q style="q1">Miiba na mibaruti itaota
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufunika madhabahu zao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kisha wataiambia milima, “Tufunikeni!”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vilima, “Tuangukieni!”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="HOS.10.9" />“Tangu siku za Gibea, mmetenda dhambi, ee Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huko ndiko mlikobaki.
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, vita havikuwapata
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watenda mabaya huko Gibea?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="HOS.10.10" />Wakati nitakapopenda, nitawaadhibu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mataifa yatakusanywa dhidi yao
</q>
<q style="q1">ili kuwaweka katika vifungo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya dhambi zao mbili.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="HOS.10.11" />Efraimu ni mtamba wa ngʼombe aliyefundishwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye hupenda kupura,
</q>
<q style="q1">hivyo nitamfunga nira
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya shingo yake nzuri.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitamwendesha Efraimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Yuda lazima alime,
</q>
<q style="q1">naye Yakobo lazima avunjavunje
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mabonge ya udongo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="HOS.10.12" />Jipandieni wenyewe haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vuneni matunda ya upendo usio na kikomo,
</q>
<q style="q1">vunjeni ardhi yenu isiyolimwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa ni wakati wa kumtafuta
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q style="q1">mpaka atakapokuja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwanyeshea juu yenu haki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="HOS.10.13" />Lakini mmepanda uovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkavuna ubaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mmekula tunda la udanganyifu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa sababu mmetegemea nguvu zenu wenyewe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wingi wa mashujaa wenu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="HOS.10.14" />mngurumo wa vita utainuka dhidi ya watu wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kwamba ngome zako zote zitaharibiwa:
</q>
<q style="q1">kama Shalmani alivyoharibu Beth-Arbeli katika siku ile ya vita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati mama pamoja na watoto wao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walipotupwa kwa nguvu ardhini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="HOS.10.15" />Ndivyo itakavyotokea kwako, ee Betheli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu uovu wako ni mkuu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Siku ile itakapopambazuka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mfalme wa Israeli ataharibiwa kabisa.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="11" />
<s style="s1">Upendo Wa Mungu Kwa Israeli
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="HOS.11.1" />“Wakati Israeli alipokuwa mtoto, nilimpenda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilimwita mwanangu kutoka Misri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="HOS.11.2" />Lakini kadiri nilivyomwita Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndivyo walivyokwenda mbali nami.
</q>
<q style="q1">Walitoa dhabihu kwa Mabaali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufukiza uvumba kwa vinyago.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="HOS.11.3" />Mimi ndiye niliyemfundisha Efraimu kutembea,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikiwashika mikono;
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini hawakutambua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa ni mimi niliyewaponya.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="HOS.11.4" />Niliwaongoza kwa kamba za huruma ya kibinadamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa vifungo vya upendo;
</q>
<q style="q1">niliondoa nira shingoni mwao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nikainama kuwalisha.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="HOS.11.5" />“Je, hawatarudi Misri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo Ashuru haitawatawala
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu wamekataa kutubu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="HOS.11.6" />Panga zitametameta katika miji yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zitaharibu makomeo ya malango yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukomesha mipango yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="HOS.11.7" />Watu wangu wamedhamiria kuniacha.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hata kama wakimwita Yeye Aliye Juu Sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa vyovyote hatawainua.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="HOS.11.8" />“Efraimu, ninawezaje kukuacha?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee Israeli, ninawezaje kukutoa?
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitawezaje kukutendea kama Adma?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nitawezaje kukufanya kama Seboimu?
</q>
<q style="q1">Moyo wangu umegeuka ndani yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huruma zangu zote zimeamshwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="HOS.11.9" />Sitatimiza hasira yangu kali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala sitageuka na kumharibu Efraimu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuwa mimi ndimi Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala si mwanadamu,
</q>
<q style="q1">Aliye Mtakatifu miongoni mwenu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Sitakuja kwa ghadhabu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="HOS.11.10" />Watamfuata
<nd>Bwana</nd>;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atanguruma kama simba.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wakati angurumapo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watoto wake watakuja wakitetemeka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka magharibi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="HOS.11.11" />Watakuja wakitetemeka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama ndege wakitoka Misri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama hua wakitoka Ashuru.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitawakalisha katika nyumba zao,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Dhambi Ya Israeli
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="HOS.11.12" />Efraimu amenizunguka kwa uongo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyumba ya Israeli kwa udanganyifu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Naye Yuda ni mkaidi dhidi ya Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata kinyume cha yule mwaminifu Aliye Mtakatifu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="12" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="HOS.12.1" />Efraimu anajilisha upepo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hufukuzia upepo wa mashariki kutwa nzima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzidisha uongo na jeuri.
</q>
<q style="q1">Anafanya mkataba na Ashuru
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutuma mafuta ya zeituni Misri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="HOS.12.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> analo shtaka dhidi ya Yuda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atamwadhibu Yakobo kwa kadiri ya njia zake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumlipa kwa kadiri ya matendo yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="HOS.12.3" />Yakobo akiwa tumboni alishika kisigino cha kaka yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mwanadamu, alishindana na Mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="HOS.12.4" />Alishindana na malaika na kumshinda;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alilia na kuomba upendeleo wake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Alimkuta huko Betheli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzungumza naye huko:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="HOS.12.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu Mwenye Nguvu Zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> ndilo jina lake!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="HOS.12.6" />Lakini ni lazima urudi kwa Mungu wako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dumisha upendo na haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe umngojee Mungu wako siku zote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="HOS.12.7" />Mfanyabiashara hutumia vipimo vya udanganyifu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hupenda kupunja.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="HOS.12.8" />Efraimu hujisifu akisema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Mimi ni tajiri sana; nimetajirika.
</q>
<q style="q1">Pamoja na utajiri wangu wote hawatakuta ndani yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uovu wowote au dhambi.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="HOS.12.9" />“Mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niliyewaleta kutoka Misri;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitawafanya mkae tena kwenye mahema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama vile katika siku
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">za sikukuu zenu zilizoamriwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="HOS.12.10" />Niliongea na manabii, nikawapa maono mengi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kusema mifano kupitia wao.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="HOS.12.11" />Je, Gileadi si mwovu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Watu wake hawafai kitu!
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, hawatoi dhabihu za mafahali huko Gilgali?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Madhabahu zao zitakuwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama malundo ya mawe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika shamba lililolimwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="HOS.12.12" />Yakobo alikimbilia katika nchi ya Aramu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Israeli alitumika ili apate mke,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili aweze kulipa kwa ajili yake alichunga kondoo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="HOS.12.13" /><nd>Bwana</nd> alimtumia nabii
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kumpandisha Israeli kutoka Misri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa njia ya nabii alimtunza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="HOS.12.14" />Lakini Efraimu amemchochea sana hasira;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Bwana wake ataleta juu yake
</q>
<q style="q1">hatia yake ya kumwaga damu naye atamlipiza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya dharau yake.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="13" />
<s style="s1">Hasira Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Dhidi Ya Israeli
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="HOS.13.1" />Wakati Efraimu alipozungumza, watu walitetemeka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alikuwa ametukuzwa katika Israeli.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini alikuwa na hatia ya kumwabudu Baali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye akafa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="HOS.13.2" />Sasa wanatenda dhambi zaidi na zaidi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanajitengenezea sanamu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutokana na fedha yao,
</q>
<q style="q1">vinyago vilivyotengenezwa kwa uhodari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vyote kazi ya fundi stadi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Inasemekana kuhusu hawa watu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Hutoa dhabihu za binadamu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kubusu sanamu za ndama.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="HOS.13.3" />Kwa hiyo watakuwa kama ukungu wa asubuhi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama umande wa alfajiri utowekao,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama makapi yapeperushwayo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka sakafu ya kupuria nafaka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama moshi utorokao kupitia dirishani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="HOS.13.4" />“Bali mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niliyewaleta ninyi toka Misri.
</q>
<q style="q1">Msimkubali Mungu mwingine ila mimi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna Mwokozi isipokuwa mimi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="HOS.13.5" />Niliwatunza huko jangwani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika nchi yenye joto liunguzalo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="HOS.13.6" />Nilipowalisha, walishiba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waliposhiba, wakajivuna,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kisha wakanisahau mimi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="HOS.13.7" />Kwa hiyo nitakuja juu yao kama simba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama chui nitawavizia kando ya njia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="HOS.13.8" />Kama dubu aliyenyangʼanywa watoto wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitawashambulia na kurarua vifua vyenu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kama simba nitawala;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mnyama pori atawararua vipande vipande.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="HOS.13.9" />“Ee Israeli, umeangamizwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu wewe u kinyume nami,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kinyume na msaidizi wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="HOS.13.10" />Yuko wapi mfalme wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili apate kukuokoa?
</q>
<q style="q1">Wako wapi watawala wako katika miji yako yote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao ulisema kuwahusu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Nipe mfalme na wakuu’?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="HOS.13.11" />Hivyo katika hasira yangu nilikupa mfalme
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na katika ghadhabu yangu nilimwondoa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="HOS.13.12" />Kosa la Efraimu limehifadhiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhambi zake zimewekwa katika kumbukumbu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="HOS.13.13" />Utungu kama wa mwanamke anayejifungua mtoto humjia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini yeye ni mtoto asiyekuwa na hekima;
</q>
<q style="q1">wakati utakapowadia hatatoka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika tumbo la mama yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="HOS.13.14" />“Nitawakomboa watu hawa kutoka nguvu za kaburi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitawakomboa kutoka mautini.
</q>
<q style="q1">Yako wapi, ee mauti, mateso yako?
</q>
<q style="q1">Uko wapi, ee kuzimu, uharibifu wako?
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Sitakuwa na huruma,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="15" bcv="HOS.13.15" />hata ingawa Efraimu atastawi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miongoni mwa ndugu zake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Upepo wa mashariki kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> utakuja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukivuma kutoka jangwani,
</q>
<q style="q1">chemchemi yake haitatoa maji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kisima chake kitakauka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ghala lake litatekwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hazina zake zote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="HOS.13.16" />Watu wa Samaria ni lazima wabebe hatia yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu wameasi dhidi ya Mungu wao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wataanguka kwa upanga;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watoto wao wadogo watatupwa kwa nguvu ardhini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanawake wao walio na mimba watatumbuliwa.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="14" />
<s style="s1">Toba Iletayo Baraka
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="HOS.14.1" />Rudi, ee Israeli, kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Dhambi zako zimekuwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndilo anguko lako!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="HOS.14.2" />Chukueni maneno pamoja nanyi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkamrudie
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mwambieni:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Samehe dhambi zetu zote
</q>
<q style="q1">na utupokee kwa neema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili tuweze kutoa matunda yetu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama sadaka za mafahali.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="HOS.14.3" />Ashuru hawezi kutuokoa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hatutapanda farasi wa vita.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kamwe hatutasema tena ‘Miungu yetu’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kile ambacho mikono yetu wenyewe imetengeneza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa kwako wewe yatima hupata huruma.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="HOS.14.4" />“Nitaponya ukaidi wao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwapenda kwa hiari yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa hasira yangu imeondoka kwao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="HOS.14.5" />Nitakuwa kama umande kwa Israeli;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atachanua kama yungiyungi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kama mwerezi wa Lebanoni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atashusha mizizi yake chini;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="HOS.14.6" />matawi yake yatatanda.
</q>
<q style="q1">Fahari yake itakuwa kama mti wa mzeituni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">harufu yake nzuri kama mwerezi wa Lebanoni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="HOS.14.7" />Watu wataishi tena kwenye kivuli chake.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Atastawi kama nafaka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Atachanua kama mzabibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao umaarufu wake utakuwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama divai itokayo Lebanoni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="HOS.14.8" />Ee Efraimu, nina shughuli gani tena na sanamu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nitamjibu na kumtunza.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mimi ni kama msunobari wenye majani mabichi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuzaa kwako matunda kunatoka kwangu.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="HOS.14.9" />Ni nani mwenye hekima? Atayatambua mambo haya.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani mwenye ufahamu? Huyu atayaelewa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Njia za
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni adili;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wenye haki huenda katika njia hizo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini waasi watajikwaa ndani yake.<ve />
</q>
</book>
<book id="JOL"><id id="JOL">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Yoeli
</h><toc level="1">Yoeli
</toc><toc level="2">Yoeli
</toc><toc level="3">Yoe
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Yoeli
</p>

<c id="1" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JOL.1.1" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> ambalo lilimjia Yoeli mwana wa Pethueli.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<s style="s1">Uvamizi Wa Nzige
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOL.1.2" />Sikilizeni hili, enyi wazee;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikilizeni, ninyi nyote mnaoishi katika nchi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, jambo kama hili lilishawahi kutokea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku zenu au katika siku za babu zenu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOL.1.3" />Waelezeni watoto wenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na watoto wenu wawaambie watoto wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na watoto wao kwa kizazi kitakachofuata.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOL.1.4" />Kilichosazwa na kundi la tunutu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nzige wakubwa wamekula,
</q>
<q style="q1">kilichosazwa na nzige wakubwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">parare wamekula,
</q>
<q style="q1">kilichosazwa na parare
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">madumadu wamekula.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOL.1.5" />Amkeni, enyi walevi, mlie!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Pigeni yowe enyi wanywaji wote wa mvinyo,
</q>
<q style="q1">pigeni yowe kwa sababu ya mvinyo mpya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa mmenyangʼanywa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka midomoni mwenu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOL.1.6" />Taifa limevamia nchi yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lenye nguvu tena lisilo na idadi;
</q>
<q style="q1">lina meno ya simba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">magego ya simba jike.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOL.1.7" />Limeharibu mizabibu yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuangamiza mitini yangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Limebambua magome yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuyatupilia mbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">likayaacha matawi yake yakiwa meupe.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOL.1.8" />Omboleza kama bikira aliyevaa nguo ya gunia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anayehuzunika kwa ajili ya mume wa ujana wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOL.1.9" />Sadaka za nafaka na sadaka za kinywaji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zimekatiliwa mbali kutoka nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">Makuhani wanaomboleza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wanaohudumu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOL.1.10" />Mashamba yameharibiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ardhi imekauka;
</q>
<q style="q1">nafaka imeharibiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mvinyo mpya umekauka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mafuta yamekoma.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOL.1.11" />Kateni tamaa, enyi wakulima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lieni, enyi mlimao mizabibu;
</q>
<q style="q1">huzunikeni kwa ajili ya ngano na shayiri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu mavuno ya shambani yameharibiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOL.1.12" />Mzabibu umekauka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mtini umenyauka;
</q>
<q style="q1">mkomamanga, mtende na mtofaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miti yote shambani, imekauka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hakika furaha yote ya mwanadamu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">imeondoka.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Wito Wa Toba
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOL.1.13" />Vaeni nguo ya gunia, enyi makuhani, muomboleze;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pigeni yowe, enyi mnaohudumu madhabahuni.
</q>
<q style="q1">Njooni, vaeni nguo ya gunia usiku kucha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">enyi mnaohudumu mbele za Mungu wangu;
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa sadaka za nafaka na sadaka za kinywaji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zimezuiliwa kufika katika nyumba ya Mungu wenu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOL.1.14" />Tangazeni saumu takatifu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">liiteni kusanyiko takatifu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Iteni wazee
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wote waishio katika nchi
</q>
<q style="q1">waende katika nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakamlilie
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOL.1.15" />Ole kwa siku hiyo!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa kuwa siku ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> iko karibu;
</q>
<q style="q1">itakuja kama uharibifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka kwa Mwenyezi.<f caller="+"><fr>1:15
</fr><ft>Mwenyezi hapa ina maana ya Shaddai kwa Kiebrania.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOL.1.16" />Je, chakula hakikukatiliwa mbali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele ya macho yetu:
</q>
<q style="q1">furaha na shangwe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka nyumba ya Mungu wetu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOL.1.17" />Mbegu zinakauka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">chini ya mabonge ya udongo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ghala zimeachwa katika uharibifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ghala za nafaka zimebomolewa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana hakuna nafaka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOL.1.18" />Jinsi gani ngʼombe wanavyolia!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Makundi ya mifugo yanahangaika
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu hawana malisho;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata makundi ya kondoo yanateseka.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOL.1.19" />Kwako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, naita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa moto umeteketeza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">malisho ya mbugani
</q>
<q style="q1">na miali ya moto imeunguza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miti yote shambani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOL.1.20" />Hata wanyama wa porini wanakuonea shauku;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vijito vya maji vimekauka,
</q>
<q style="q1">na moto umeteketeza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">malisho yote ya mbugani.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Jeshi La Nzige
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="JOL.2.1" />Pigeni tarumbeta katika Sayuni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pigeni mbiu katika mlima wangu mtakatifu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wote waishio katika nchi na watetemeke,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa siku ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> inakuja. Iko karibu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOL.2.2" />siku ya giza na huzuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku ya mawingu na utusitusi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kama mapambazuko yasambaavyo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">toka upande huu wa milima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata upande mwingine
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jeshi kubwa na lenye nguvu linakuja.
</q>
<q style="q1">Jambo kama hili halijakuwepo tangu zamani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala halitakuwepo tena kamwe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa vizazi vijavyo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOL.2.3" />Mbele yao moto unateketeza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyuma yao miali ya moto
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">inawaka kwa nguvu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mbele yao nchi iko kama bustani ya Edeni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyuma yao ni jangwa lisilofaa:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna kitu kinachowaepuka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JOL.2.4" />Wanaonekana kama farasi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanakwenda mbio
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama askari wapanda farasi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JOL.2.5" />Wanatoa sauti kama magari ya vita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaporukaruka juu ya vilele vya milima,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama mlio wa miali ya moto ilayo mabua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama jeshi kubwa lililojipanga kwa ajili ya vita.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JOL.2.6" />Wanapoonekana, mataifa yanakuwa katika maumivu makuu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila uso unabadilika rangi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JOL.2.7" />Wanashambulia kama wapiganaji wa vita;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanapanda kuta kama askari.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wote wanatembea katika safu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawapotoshi safu zao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JOL.2.8" />Hakuna anayemsukuma mwenzake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila mmoja anakwenda mbele moja kwa moja.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanapita katika vizuizi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bila kuharibu safu zao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOL.2.9" />Wanaenda kasi kuingia mjini;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanakimbia ukutani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanaingia ndani ya nyumba;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuingilia madirishani kama wevi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOL.2.10" />Mbele yao dunia inatikisika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anga linatetemeka,
</q>
<q style="q1">jua na mwezi vinatiwa giza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nyota hazitoi mwanga wake tena.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOL.2.11" /><nd>Bwana</nd> anatoa mshindo wa ngurumo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele ya jeshi lake;
</q>
<q style="q1">majeshi yake hayana idadi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni wenye nguvu nyingi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale ambao hutii agizo lake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Siku ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni kuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni ya kutisha.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ni nani anayeweza kuistahimili?
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Rarueni Mioyo Yenu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOL.2.12" />“Hata sasa,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“nirudieni kwa mioyo yenu yote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kufunga, kwa kulia na kuomboleza.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOL.2.13" />Rarueni mioyo yenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na siyo mavazi yenu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mrudieni
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana yeye ndiye mwenye neema
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mwingi wa huruma,
</q>
<q style="q1">si mwepesi wa hasira, ni mwingi wa upendo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huona huruma, hujizuia kuleta maafa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOL.2.14" />Ni nani ajuaye? Yeye aweza kugeuka na kuwa na huruma
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuacha baraka nyuma yake:
</q>
<q style="q1">sadaka za nafaka na sadaka za vinywaji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOL.2.15" />Pigeni tarumbeta katika Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tangazeni saumu takatifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">liiteni kusanyiko takatifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOL.2.16" />Wakusanyeni watu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wekeni wakfu kusanyiko;
</q>
<q style="q1">waleteni pamoja wazee,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakusanyeni watoto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wanyonyao maziwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Bwana arusi na atoke chumbani mwake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na bibi arusi naye atoke katika chumba chake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOL.2.17" />Makuhani, ambao wanahudumu mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na walie katikati ya ukumbi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wa Hekalu na madhabahu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Waseme, “Wahurumie watu wako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Usifanye urithi wako kitu cha kudharauliwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">neno la dhihaka kati ya mataifa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa nini wasemezane miongoni mwao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Yuko wapi Mungu wao?’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Jibu La
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOL.2.18" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakuwa na wivu kwa ajili ya nchi yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwa na huruma juu ya watu wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOL.2.19" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atawajibu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Ninawapelekea nafaka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mvinyo mpya na mafuta,
</q>
<q style="q1">vya kuwatosha ninyi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi mridhike kabisa;
</q>
<q style="q1">kamwe sitawafanya tena
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kitu cha kudharauliwa na mataifa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOL.2.20" />“Nitafukuza jeshi la kaskazini likae mbali nanyi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nikilisukuma ndani ya jangwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">askari wa safu za mbele wakienda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndani ya bahari ya mashariki
</q>
<q style="q1">na wale wa safu za nyuma
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika bahari ya magharibi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Uvundo wake utapaa juu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">harufu yake itapanda juu.”
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Hakika ametenda mambo makubwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="21" bcv="JOL.2.21" />Usiogope, ee nchi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">furahi na kushangilia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hakika
<nd>Bwana</nd> ametenda mambo makubwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="22" bcv="JOL.2.22" />Msiogope, enyi wanyama pori,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa mbuga za malisho yenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zinarudia ubichi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Miti nayo inazaa matunda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtini na mzabibu inatoa utajiri wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="JOL.2.23" />Furahini, enyi watu wa Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">shangilieni katika
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa amewapa mvua za vuli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kipimo cha haki.
</q>
<q style="q1">Anawapelekea mvua nyingi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mvua ya vuli na ya masika, kama mwanzoni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="JOL.2.24" />Sakafu za kupuria zitajaa nafaka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mapipa yatafurika mvinyo mpya na mafuta.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="JOL.2.25" />“Nitawalipa kwa ajili ya miaka ile iliyoliwa na nzige:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">parare, madumadu na tunutu,
</q>
<q style="q1">jeshi langu kubwa ambalo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nililituma katikati yenu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="JOL.2.26" />Mtakuwa na wingi wa vyakula mpaka mshibe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mtalisifu jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambaye amefanya maajabu kwa ajili yenu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kamwe watu wangu hawataaibishwa tena.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="JOL.2.27" />Ndipo mtakapojua kwamba mimi niko katika Israeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwamba hakuna mwingine;
</q>
<q style="q1">kamwe watu wangu hawataaibika tena.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Siku Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="JOL.2.28" />“Hata itakuwa, baada ya hayo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitamimina Roho wangu juu ya wote wenye mwili.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wana wenu na binti zenu watatabiri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wazee wenu wataota ndoto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vijana wenu wataona maono.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="JOL.2.29" />Hata juu ya watumishi wangu, wanaume kwa wanawake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku zile nitamimina Roho wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="JOL.2.30" />Nami nitaonyesha maajabu katika mbingu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na duniani:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">damu, moto na mawimbi ya moshi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="31" bcv="JOL.2.31" />Jua litageuzwa kuwa giza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mwezi kuwa mwekundu kama damu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kabla ya kuja siku ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ile kuu na ya kutisha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="JOL.2.32" />Na kila mtu atakayeliitia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> ataokolewa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa maana juu ya Mlima Sayuni na katika Yerusalemu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutakuwepo wokovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama
<nd>Bwana</nd> alivyosema,
</q>
<q style="q1">miongoni mwa walionusurika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao
<nd>Bwana</nd> awaita.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Mataifa Yahukumiwa
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="JOL.3.1" />“Katika siku hizo na wakati huo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakaporejesha neema ya Yuda na Yerusalemu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="JOL.3.2" />nitayakusanya mataifa yote na kuyaleta
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika Bonde la Yehoshafati<f caller="+"><fr>3:2
</fr><ft>Yehoshafati maana yake
<nd>Bwana</nd> huhukumu.</ft></f>
</q>
<q style="q1">Hapo nitaingia kwenye hukumu dhidi yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuhusu urithi wangu, watu wangu Israeli,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa waliwatawanya watu wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miongoni mwa mataifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuigawa nchi yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JOL.3.3" />Wanawapigia kura watu wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwauza wavulana ili kupata makahaba;
</q>
<q style="q1">waliwauza wasichana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili wapate kunywa mvinyo.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JOL.3.4" />“Sasa una nini dhidi yangu, ee Tiro na Sidoni, nanyi nchi zote za Ufilisti? Je, mnanilipiza kwa yale niliyoyafanya? Kama mnalipa, mimi nitalipiza juu ya vichwa vyenu kwa kasi na kwa haraka yale mliyoyatenda.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JOL.3.5" />Kwa kuwa mlichukua fedha na dhahabu yangu pia mkabeba hazina zangu nzuri sana mkapeleka kwenye mahekalu yenu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JOL.3.6" />Mliwauza watu wa Yuda na Yerusalemu kwa Wayunani, ili kwamba mpate kuwapeleka mbali na nchi yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JOL.3.7" />“Tazama nitawaamsha kutoka zile sehemu mlizowauza, nami nitawalipiza juu ya vichwa vyenu kile mlichofanya.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JOL.3.8" />Nitawauza wana wenu na binti zenu kwa watu wa Yuda, nao watawauza kwa Waseba, taifa lililo mbali.”
<nd>Bwana</nd> amesema.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JOL.3.9" />Tangazeni hili miongoni mwa mataifa:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Jiandaeni kwa vita!
</q>
<q style="q1">Amsha askari!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wanaume wote wapiganaji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wasogee karibu na kushambulia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="JOL.3.10" />Majembe yenu yafueni yawe panga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na miundu yenu ya kukatia iwe mikuki.
</q>
<q style="q1">Aliye dhaifu na aseme,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Mimi nina nguvu!”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="JOL.3.11" />Njooni haraka, ninyi mataifa yote kutoka pande zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kusanyikeni huko.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Shusha wapiganaji wako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="JOL.3.12" />“Mataifa na yaamshwe;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na yasonge mbele kuelekea Bonde la Yehoshafati,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa nitaketi mahali pale
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuhukumu mataifa yote yaliyoko kila upande.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="JOL.3.13" />Tia mundu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa mavuno yamekomaa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Njooni, mkanyage zabibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa shinikizo la kukamua zabibu limejaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mapipa yanafurika:
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa uovu wao ni mkubwa!”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="JOL.3.14" />Umati mkubwa, umati mkubwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika bonde la uamuzi!
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuwa siku ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni karibu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika bonde la uamuzi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JOL.3.15" />Jua na mwezi vitatiwa giza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nyota hazitatoa mwanga wake tena.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="JOL.3.16" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atanguruma kutoka Sayuni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mshindo wa ngurumo kutoka Yerusalemu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dunia na mbingu vitatikisika.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakuwa kimbilio la watu wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ngome imara kwa ajili ya watu wa Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Baraka Kwa Watu Wa Mungu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="JOL.3.17" />“Ndipo mtakapojua kwamba Mimi,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nakaa Sayuni, mlima wangu mtakatifu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Yerusalemu utakuwa mtakatifu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kamwe wageni hawatavamia tena.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="JOL.3.18" />“Katika siku hiyo milima itadondosha divai mpya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vilima vitatiririka maziwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mabonde yote ya Yuda yatatiririka maji.
</q>
<q style="q1">Chemchemi itatiririka kutoka kwenye nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunywesha Bonde la Shitimu.<f caller="+"><fr>3:18
</fr><ft>Au:
</ft><fqa>Bonde la Migunga</fqa><ft>.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="JOL.3.19" />Lakini Misri itakuwa ukiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Edomu itakuwa jangwa tupu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu ya jeuri waliofanya kwa watu wa Yuda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao katika nchi yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walimwaga damu isiyo na hatia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="JOL.3.20" />Yuda itakaliwa na watu milele
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Yerusalemu itadumu vizazi vyote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="JOL.3.21" />Hatia yao ya damu, ambayo sijasamehe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitasamehe.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="qc" style="qc"><nd>Bwana</nd> anakaa Sayuni!</p>
</book>
<book id="AMO"><id id="AMO">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Amosi
</h><toc level="1">Amosi
</toc><toc level="2">Amosi
</toc><toc level="3">Amo
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Amosi
</p>

<c id="1" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="AMO.1.1" />Maneno ya Amosi, mmoja wa wachunga wanyama wa Tekoa: yale aliyoyaona kuhusu Israeli miaka miwili kabla ya tetemeko la ardhi, wakati Uzia alikuwa mfalme wa Yuda, na Yeroboamu mwana wa Yehoashi alikuwa mfalme wa Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="AMO.1.2" />Alisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“<nd>Bwana</nd> ananguruma toka Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pia ananguruma kutoka Yerusalemu;
</q>
<q style="q1">malisho ya wachunga wanyama yanakauka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kilele cha Karmeli kinanyauka.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Hukumu Juu Ya Majirani Wa Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="AMO.1.3" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kwa dhambi tatu za Dameski,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata kwa dhambi nne, sitaizuia ghadhabu yangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa sababu aliipura Gileadi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa vyombo vya chuma vyenye meno.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="AMO.1.4" />Nitatuma moto juu ya nyumba ya Hazaeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao utateketeza ngome za Ben-Hadadi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="AMO.1.5" />Nitalivunja lango la Dameski;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitamwangamiza mfalme aliyeko katika Bonde la Aveni,<f caller="+"><fr>1:5
</fr><ft>Bonde la Aveni maana yake Bonde la Uovu.</ft></f>
</q>
<q style="q1">na yeye ambaye anaishika fimbo ya utawala katika Beth-Edeni.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Watu wote wa Aramu watakwenda uhamishoni huko Kiri,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="AMO.1.6" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kwa dhambi tatu za Gaza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata kwa dhambi nne, sitaizuia ghadhabu yangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa sababu walichukua mateka jumuiya nzima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwauza kwa Edomu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="AMO.1.7" />nitatuma moto juu ya kuta za Gaza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao utateketeza ngome zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="AMO.1.8" />Nitamwangamiza mfalme wa Ashdodi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na yeye aishikaye fimbo ya utawala katika Ashkeloni.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitaugeuza mkono wangu dhidi ya Ekroni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi Mfilisti wa mwisho atakapokufa,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="AMO.1.9" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kwa dhambi tatu za Tiro,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata kwa dhambi nne, sitaizuia ghadhabu yangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa sababu ameuza jumuiya nzima ya mateka kwa Edomu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutokujali mapatano ya undugu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="AMO.1.10" />Nitatuma moto kwenye kuta za Tiro
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao utateketeza ngome zake.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="AMO.1.11" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kwa dhambi tatu za Edomu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata kwa dhambi nne, sitaizuia ghadhabu yangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa sababu alimfuatia ndugu yake kwa upanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alikataa kuonyesha huruma yoyote,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu hasira yake kali iliendelea kupanda wakati wote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ghadhabu iliwaka bila kuzuiliwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="AMO.1.12" />Nitatuma moto juu ya Temani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao utateketeza ngome za Bosra.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="AMO.1.13" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kwa dhambi tatu za Amoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata kwa dhambi nne, sitaizuia ghadhabu yangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa sababu aliwatumbua wanawake wajawazito wa Gileadi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kuongeza mipaka yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="AMO.1.14" />Nitatuma moto kwenye kuta za Raba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao utateketeza ngome zake
</q>
<q style="q1">katikati ya vilio vya vita katika siku ya mapigano,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katikati ya upepo mkali katika siku ya dhoruba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="AMO.1.15" />Mfalme wake atakwenda uhamishoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye pamoja na maafisa wake,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="2" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="AMO.2.1" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kwa dhambi tatu za Moabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata kwa dhambi nne, sitaizuia ghadhabu yangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa sababu alichoma mifupa ya mfalme wa Edomu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ikawa kama chokaa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="AMO.2.2" />Nitatuma moto juu ya Moabu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao utateketeza ngome za Keriothi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Moabu ataanguka kwa ghasia kubwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katikati ya vilio vya vita na mlio wa tarumbeta.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="AMO.2.3" />Nitamwangamiza mtawala wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaua maafisa wake wote pamoja naye,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="AMO.2.4" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kwa dhambi tatu za Yuda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata kwa dhambi nne, sitaizuia ghadhabu yangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa sababu wameikataa sheria ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hawakuzishika amri zake,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu wamepotoshwa na miungu ya uongo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miungu ambayo babu zao waliifuata.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="AMO.2.5" />Nitatuma moto juu ya Yuda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao utateketeza ngome za Yerusalemu.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Hukumu Juu Ya Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="AMO.2.6" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kwa dhambi tatu za Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata kwa dhambi nne, sitaizuia ghadhabu yangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanawauza wenye haki kwa fedha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na maskini kwa jozi ya viatu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="AMO.2.7" />Wanakanyaga juu ya vichwa vya maskini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama vile juu ya mavumbi ya nchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukataa haki kwa walioonewa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Baba na mwanawe hushiriki msichana mmoja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hivyo hulinajisi Jina langu takatifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="AMO.2.8" />Watu hulala kando ya kila madhabahu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya nguo zilizowekwa rehani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Katika nyumba ya mungu wao hunywa mvinyo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulionunuliwa kwa fedha walizotozwa watu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="AMO.2.9" />“Nilimwangamiza Mwamori mbele yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ingawa alikuwa mrefu kama mierezi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mwenye nguvu kama mialoni.
</q>
<q style="q1">Niliyaangamiza matunda yake juu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mizizi yake chini.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="AMO.2.10" />“Niliwapandisha toka Misri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nikawaongoza miaka arobaini jangwani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niwape nchi ya Waamori.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="AMO.2.11" />Pia niliinua manabii kutoka miongoni mwa wana wenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Wanadhiri kutoka miongoni mwa vijana wenu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, hii si kweli, enyi watu wa Israeli?”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="AMO.2.12" />“Lakini mliwafanya Wanadhiri kunywa mvinyo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaamuru manabii wasitoe unabii.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="AMO.2.13" />“Sasa basi, nitawaponda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama gari lipondavyo wakati limejazwa nafaka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="AMO.2.14" />Mkimbiaji hodari hatanusurika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wenye nguvu wataishiwa nguvu zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na shujaa hataweza kuokoa maisha yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="AMO.2.15" />Mpiga upinde atakimbia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">askari wapiga mbio hawataweza kutoroka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mpanda farasi hataokoa maisha yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="AMO.2.16" />Hata askari walio mashujaa sana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku hiyo watakimbia uchi,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Mashahidi Waitwa Dhidi Ya Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="AMO.3.1" />Sikilizeni neno hili alilosema
<nd>Bwana</nd> dhidi yenu, enyi watu wa Israeli, dhidi ya jamaa nzima niliowapandisha toka Misri:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="AMO.3.2" />“Ni ninyi tu niliowachagua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kati ya jamaa zote za dunia;
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa hiyo nitawaadhibu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya dhambi zenu zote.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="AMO.3.3" />Je, watu wawili hutembea pamoja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wasipokubaliana kufanya hivyo?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="AMO.3.4" />Je, simba hunguruma katika kichaka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati hana mawindo?
</q>
<q style="q1">Aweza kuvuma katika pango
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati ambao hajakamata chochote?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="AMO.3.5" />Je, ndege aweza kuanguka kwenye mtego ulio ardhini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambapo hajategewa chambo?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, mtego unaweza kufyatuka toka ardhini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati ambapo hakuna chochote cha kunasa?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="AMO.3.6" />Je, tarumbeta inapopigwa mjini kujulisha hatari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu hawatetemeki?
</q>
<q style="q1">Mji upatwapo na maafa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">je, si
<nd>Bwana</nd> amesababisha?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="AMO.3.7" />Hakika
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi hatafanya neno lolote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bila kuwafunulia watumishi wake manabii siri yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="AMO.3.8" />Simba amenguruma:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">je, ni nani ambaye hataogopa?
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi ametamka:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">je, ni nani awezaye kukosa kutoa unabii?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="AMO.3.9" />Tangazeni katika ngome za Ashdodi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na katika ngome za Misri:
</q>
<q style="q1">“Kusanyikeni juu ya milima ya Samaria;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">angalieni wingi wa wasiwasi ulio ndani yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uonevu ulio miongoni mwa watu wake.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="AMO.3.10" /><nd>Bwana</nd> asema: “Hawajui kutenda lililo jema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale ambao hujilundikia nyara
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vitu vilivyotekwa katika ngome zao.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="AMO.3.11" />Kwa hiyo hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Adui ataizingira nchi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ataangusha chini ngome zenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuteka nyara maboma yenu.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="AMO.3.12" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kama vile mchungaji aokoavyo kinywani mwa simba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vipande viwili tu vya mfupa wa mguu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kipande cha sikio,
</q>
<q style="q1">hivyo ndivyo Waisraeli watakavyookolewa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wakaao Samaria
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye kingo za vitanda vyao,
</q>
<q style="q1">na katika Dameski
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye viti vyao vya fahari.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="AMO.3.13" />“Sikia hili na ushuhudie dhidi ya nyumba ya Yakobo,” asema Bwana,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="AMO.3.14" />“Siku nitakapomwadhibu Israeli kwa sababu ya dhambi zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitaharibu madhabahu za Betheli;
</q>
<q style="q1">pembe za madhabahu zitakatiliwa mbali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuanguka chini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="AMO.3.15" />Nitabomoa nyumba ya wakati wa masika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na nyumba ya wakati wa kiangazi;
</q>
<q style="q1">nyumba zilizonakshiwa kwa pembe za ndovu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na majumba makubwa ya fahari yatabomolewa,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Israeli Hajarudi Kwa Mungu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="AMO.4.1" />Sikilizeni neno hili, ninyi ngʼombe wa Bashani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mlioko juu ya Mlima Samaria,
</q>
<q style="q1">ninyi wanawake mnaowaonea maskini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwagandamiza wahitaji,
</q>
<q style="q1">na kuwaambia wanaume wenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Tuleteeni vinywaji!”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="AMO.4.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi ameapa kwa utakatifu wake:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Hakika wakati utakuja
</q>
<q style="q1">mtakapochukuliwa na kulabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wanaosalia kwa ndoana za samaki.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="AMO.4.3" />Nanyi mtakwenda moja kwa moja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kupitia mahali palipobomolewa kwenye ukuta,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nanyi mtatupwa nje kuelekea Harmoni,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="AMO.4.4" />“Nendeni Betheli mkatende dhambi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nendeni Gilgali mkazidi kutenda dhambi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Leteni dhabihu zenu kila asubuhi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zaka zenu kila mwaka wa tatu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="AMO.4.5" />Mchome mkate uliotiwa chachu kama sadaka ya shukrani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jisifuni kuhusu sadaka zenu za hiari:
</q>
<q style="q1">jigambeni kwa ajili ya sadaka hizo, enyi Waisraeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa hili ndilo mnalopenda kulitenda,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="AMO.4.6" />“Niliwapa njaa kwenye kila mji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ukosefu wa chakula katika kila mji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata hivyo bado hamjanirudia mimi,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="AMO.4.7" />“Pia niliwazuilia ninyi mvua miezi mitatu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kabla ya kufikia mavuno.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nilinyesha mvua kwenye mji mmoja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini niliizuia mvua isinyeshe mji mwingine.
</q>
<q style="q1">Shamba moja lilipata mvua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na lingine halikupata, nalo likakauka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="AMO.4.8" />Watu walitangatanga mji hata mji kutafuta maji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hawakupata ya kuwatosha kunywa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata hivyo hamjanirudia mimi,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="AMO.4.9" />“Mara nyingi nilizipiga bustani zenu na mashamba ya mizabibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niliyapiga kwa kutu na ukungu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nzige walitafuna tini zenu na miti ya mizeituni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata hivyo hamjanirudia mimi,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="AMO.4.10" />“Niliwapelekea tauni miongoni mwenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama nilivyofanya kule Misri.
</q>
<q style="q1">Niliwaua vijana wenu wa kiume kwa upanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">niliwachukua farasi wenu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nilijaza pua zenu kwa uvundo kutoka kwenye kambi zenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata hivyo hamjanirudia mimi,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="AMO.4.11" />“Niliwaangamiza baadhi yenu kama
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilivyoangamiza Sodoma na Gomora.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mlikuwa kama kijiti kiwakacho kilichonyakuliwa motoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata hivyo hamjanirudia,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="AMO.4.12" />“Kwa hiyo hili ndilo nitakalowafanyia, Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa sababu nitawafanyia hili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jiandaeni kukutana na Mungu wenu, ee Israeli.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="AMO.4.13" />Yeye ambaye hufanya milima, anaumba upepo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufunua mawazo yake kwa mwanadamu,
</q>
<q style="q1">yeye ageuzaye asubuhi kuwa giza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukanyaga mahali pa juu pa nchi:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu Mwenye Nguvu Zote ndilo jina lake.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Maombolezo Na Wito Wa Toba
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="AMO.5.1" />Sikia neno hili, ee nyumba ya Israeli, ombolezo hili ninalifanya kuwahusu ninyi:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="AMO.5.2" />“Bikira Israeli ameanguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kamwe hatainuka tena,
</q>
<q style="q1">ameachwa pweke katika nchi yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna yeyote wa kumwinua.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="AMO.5.3" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Wakati mmoja wa miji yako utakapopeleka watu elfu moja vitani kwa ajili ya Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mia moja tu watarudi;
</q>
<q style="q1">wakati mji utakapopeleka mia moja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kumi tu ndio watarudi hai.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="AMO.5.4" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> asemalo kwa nyumba ya Israeli:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Nitafuteni mpate kuishi;
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="5" bcv="AMO.5.5" />msitafute Betheli,
</q>
<q style="q1">msiende Gilgali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msisafiri kwenda Beer-Sheba.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa maana kwa hakika Gilgali itakwenda uhamishoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Betheli itafanywa kuwa si kitu.”<f caller="+"><fr>5:5
</fr><ft>Yaani
</ft><fqa>Aveni
</fqa><ft>kwa Kiebrania, kumaanisha Beth-Aveni, jina lingine la Betheli kwa dhihaka.</ft></f>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="AMO.5.6" />Mtafuteni
<nd>Bwana</nd> mpate kuishi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au atafagia nyumba ya Yosefu kama moto;
</q>
<q style="q1">utawateketeza, nayo Betheli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haitakuwa na yeyote wa kuuzima.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="AMO.5.7" />Ninyi ambao mnageuza haki kuwa uchungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuiangusha haki chini
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="AMO.5.8" />(yeye ambaye alifanya Kilimia na Orioni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye hugeuza giza kuwa mapambazuko
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mchana kuwa usiku,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambaye huyaita maji ya bahari
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuyamwaga juu ya uso wa nchi:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> ndilo jina lake;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="AMO.5.9" />yeye hufanya maangamizo kwenye ngome
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufanya mji uliozungushiwa ngome kuwa ukiwa),
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="AMO.5.10" />mnamchukia yule akemeaye mahakamani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumdharau yule ambaye husema kweli.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="AMO.5.11" />Mnamgandamiza maskini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumlazimisha awape nafaka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa hiyo, ingawa mmejenga majumba ya mawe ya fahari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hamtaishi ndani yake;
</q>
<q style="q1">ingawa mmepanda mashamba mazuri ya mizabibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hamtakunywa divai yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="AMO.5.12" />Kwa kuwa ninajua hesabu ya makosa yenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ukubwa wa dhambi zenu.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Mmewaonea wenye haki na kupokea rushwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzuia haki ya maskini mahakamani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="AMO.5.13" />Kwa hiyo mtu mwenye busara hunyamaza kimya nyakati kama hizo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa nyakati ni mbaya.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="AMO.5.14" />Tafuteni mema, wala si mabaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili mpate kuishi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu Mwenye Nguvu Zote atakuwa pamoja nanyi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama msemavyo yupo nanyi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="AMO.5.15" />Yachukieni maovu, yapendeni mema;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dumisheni haki mahakamani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Yamkini
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu Mwenye Nguvu Zote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atawahurumia mabaki ya Yosefu.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="AMO.5.16" />Kwa hiyo hili ndilo Bwana,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu Mwenye Nguvu Zote, asemalo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kutakuwepo maombolezo katika barabara zote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vilio vya uchungu katika njia kuu zote.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wakulima wataitwa kuja kulia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na waombolezaji waje kuomboleza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="AMO.5.17" />Kutakuwepo kuomboleza katika mashamba yote ya mizabibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa nitapita katikati yenu,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Siku Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="AMO.5.18" />Ole wenu ninyi mnaoitamani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>!
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa nini mnaitamani siku ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Siku hiyo itakuwa giza, si nuru.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="AMO.5.19" />Itakuwa kama vile mtu aliyemkimbia simba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kumbe akakutana na dubu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama vile mtu aliyeingia nyumbani mwake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuupumzisha mkono wake kwenye ukuta,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kumbe akaumwa na nyoka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="AMO.5.20" />Je, siku ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> haitakuwa giza, na si nuru:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">giza nene, bila mwonzi wa mwanga?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="AMO.5.21" />“Ninachukia, ninazidharau sikukuu zenu za dini;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siwezi kuvumilia makusanyiko yenu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="AMO.5.22" />Hata ingawa mnaniletea sadaka zenu za kuteketezwa na sadaka za nafaka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sitazikubali.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ingawa mnaniletea sadaka nzuri za amani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sitazitambua.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="AMO.5.23" />Niondoleeni kelele za nyimbo zenu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Sitasikiliza sauti za vinubi vyenu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="AMO.5.24" />Lakini acheni haki itiririke kama mto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uadilifu uwe kama kijito kisichokauka!
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="AMO.5.25" />“Je, mliniletea dhabihu na sadaka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa miaka arobaini kule jangwani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ee nyumba ya Israeli?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="AMO.5.26" />Mmeyainua madhabahu ya mfalme wenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Sikuthi mungu wenu mtawala,
</q>
<q style="q1">na Kiuni mungu wenu wa nyota,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao mliwatengeneza wenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="AMO.5.27" />Kwa sababu hiyo nitawapeleka uhamishoni mbali kupita Dameski,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ambaye jina lake ni Mungu Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Ole Kwa Wanaoridhika
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="AMO.6.1" />Ole wenu ninyi mnaostarehe na kuridhika katika Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ninyi mnaojisikia salama juu ya Mlima Samaria,
</q>
<q style="q1">ninyi watu mashuhuri wa taifa lililoendelea kuliko mataifa mengine,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao watu wa Israeli wanawategemea!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="AMO.6.2" />Nendeni Kalne mkaone kutoka huko;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwende hadi Hamathi iliyo kuu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kisha mshuke hadi Gathi ya Wafilisti.
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, wao ni bora kuliko falme zenu mbili?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, nchi yao ni kubwa kuliko yenu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="AMO.6.3" />Mnaiweka mbali siku iliyo mbaya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuleta karibu utawala wa kuogofya.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="AMO.6.4" />Ninyi mnalala juu ya vitanda vilivyofunikwa kwa pembe za ndovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kujinyoosha juu ya viti vya fahari.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mnajilisha kwa wana-kondoo wazuri
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ndama walionenepeshwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="AMO.6.5" />Ninyi mnapiga vinubi kama Daudi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huku mkitunga nyimbo za vinanda mbalimbali.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="AMO.6.6" />Mnakunywa mvinyo kwa bakuli zilizojazwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mnajipaka mafuta mazuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hamhuzuniki kwa maangamizi ya Yosefu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="AMO.6.7" />Kwa hiyo mtakuwa miongoni mwa watu wa kwanza kwenda uhamishoni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">karamu zenu na kustarehe kutakoma.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1"><nd>Bwana</nd> Anachukia Kiburi Cha Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="AMO.6.8" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi ameapa kwa nafsi yake mwenyewe:
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu Mwenye Nguvu Zote asema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Nachukia kiburi cha Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nachukia ngome zake;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitautoa mji wao na kila kitu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kilichomo ndani mwake.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="AMO.6.9" />Kama watu kumi watabaki katika nyumba moja, wao pia watakufa.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="AMO.6.10" />Kama jamaa ambaye atachoma miili akija ili kuitoa nje ya nyumba, na kumuuliza yeyote ambaye bado anajificha humo, “Je, yuko mtu yeyote pamoja nawe?” Naye akisema, “Hapana,” ndipo atakaposema, “Nyamaza kimya! Haturuhusiwi kutaja jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="AMO.6.11" />Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ameamuru,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atabomoa jumba kubwa vipande vipande
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nyumba ndogo vipande vidogo vidogo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="AMO.6.12" />Je, farasi waweza kukimbia kwenye miamba mikali?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, aweza mtu kulima huko kwa maksai?
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini mmegeuza haki kuwa sumu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na matunda ya uadilifu kuwa uchungu:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="AMO.6.13" />ninyi mnaoshangilia kushindwa kwa Lo-Debari
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kusema, “Je, hatukuteka Karnaimu kwa nguvu zetu wenyewe?”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="AMO.6.14" />Maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu Mwenye Nguvu Zote asema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Nitainua taifa dhidi yenu, ee nyumba ya Israeli,
</q>
<q style="q1">nalo litawatesa kuanzia Lebo-Hamathi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi Bonde la Araba.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Maono Ya Kwanza: Nzige
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="AMO.7.1" />Hili ndilo alilonionyesha
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi katika maono: Alikuwa anaandaa makundi ya nzige baada ya kuvunwa fungu la mfalme na wakati ule tu mimea ya pili ilipokuwa ikichipua.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="AMO.7.2" />Wakati nzige walikuwa wamekula mimea yote ya nchi, nililia kwa sauti kuu, “<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, samehe! Je, Yakobo atawezaje kuendelea kuishi? Yeye ni mdogo sana!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="AMO.7.3" />Kwa hiyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaghairi.
</p>
<p style="p">Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, “Hili halitatokea.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maono Ya Pili: Moto
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="AMO.7.4" />Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi alilonionyesha katika maono:
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi alikuwa akiita hukumu ya moto; nao ulikausha vilindi vikuu, ukateketeza nchi.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="AMO.7.5" />Ndipo nikalia, “<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi, nakusihi, zuia! Je, Yakobo atawezaje kuendelea kuishi? Yeye ni mdogo sana!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="AMO.7.6" />Kwa hiyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaghairi.
</p>
<p style="p"><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi akasema, “Hili nalo halitatokea.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maono Ya Tatu: Timazi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="AMO.7.7" />Hili ndilo alilonionyesha katika maono: Bwana alikuwa amesimama karibu na ukuta ambao ulikuwa umejengwa kwa timazi, akiwa na uzi wa timazi mkononi mwake.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="AMO.7.8" />Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaniuliza, “Je, Amosi unaona nini?”
</p>
<p style="p">Nikamjibu, “Uzi wa timazi.”
</p>
<p style="p">Kisha Bwana akasema, “Tazama, ninaweka uzi wa timazi miongoni mwa watu wangu Israeli; sitawahurumia tena.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="AMO.7.9" />“Mahali pa Isaki pa juu pa kuabudia miungu pataangamizwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mahali patakatifu pa Israeli pa kuabudia pataharibiwa;
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa upanga wangu nitainuka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhidi ya nyumba ya Yeroboamu.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Amosi Na Amazia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="AMO.7.10" />Kisha Amazia kuhani wa Betheli akatuma ujumbe kwa Yeroboamu mfalme wa Israeli, akisema: “Amosi analeta fitina juu yako katikati ya Israeli. Nchi haiwezi kuvumilia maneno yake yote.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="AMO.7.11" />Kwa kuwa hili ndilo Amosi analosema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Yeroboamu atakufa kwa upanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa hakika Israeli watakwenda uhamishoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbali na nchi yao.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="AMO.7.12" />Kisha Amazia akamwambia Amosi, “Nenda zako, ewe mwonaji! Urudi katika nchi ya Yuda. Ujipatie riziki yako huko na kutoa unabii wako.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="AMO.7.13" />Usiendelee kutoa unabii katika Betheli, kwa sababu hapa ni mahali pa mfalme pa kuabudia na Hekalu la ufalme huu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="AMO.7.14" />Amosi akamjibu Amazia, “Mimi sikuwa nabii wala mwana wa nabii, lakini nilikuwa mchungaji wa kondoo na mtunza mikuyu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="AMO.7.15" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> akanitoa kutoka kuchunga kondoo na kuniambia, ‘Nenda, ukawatabirie watu wangu Israeli.’
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="AMO.7.16" />Sasa basi, sikieni neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Ninyi mnasema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Usitabiri dhidi ya Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uache kuhubiri dhidi ya nyumba ya Isaki.’
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="AMO.7.17" />“Kwa hiyo hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Mke wako atakuwa kahaba mjini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wana wako na binti zako watauawa kwa upanga.
</q>
<q style="q1">Shamba lako litapimwa na kugawanywa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wewe mwenyewe utafia katika nchi ya kipagani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nayo Israeli kwa hakika itakwenda uhamishoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbali na nchi yao.’ ”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Maono Ya Nne: Kikapu Cha Matunda Yaliyoiva
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="AMO.8.1" />Hili ndilo alilonionyesha
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi katika maono: kikapu cha matunda yaliyoiva.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="AMO.8.2" />Akaniuliza, “Amosi, unaona nini?”
</p>
<p style="p">Nikajibu, “Kikapu chenye matunda yaliyoiva.”
</p>
<p style="p">Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia, “Wakati umewadia kwa watu wangu Israeli; sitawahurumia zaidi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="AMO.8.3" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi asema, “Katika siku ile, nyimbo katika Hekalu zitageuka kuwa maombolezo. Miili mingi, mingi sana: itatupwa kila mahali! Kimya!”
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="AMO.8.4" />Lisikieni hili, ninyi ambao mnawagandamiza wahitaji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaonea maskini wa nchi,
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="5" bcv="AMO.8.5" />mkisema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Ni lini Mwezi Mwandamo utakapopita
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili tupate kuuza nafaka,
</q>
<q style="q1">na Sabato itakwisha lini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili tuweze kuuza ngano?”
</q>
<q style="q1">Mkipunguza vipimo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuongeza bei,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kudanganya kwa mizani zisizo sawa,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="AMO.8.6" />mkiwanunua maskini kwa fedha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wahitaji kwa jozi ya viatu,
</q>
<q style="q1">na mkiuza hata takataka za ngano
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na ngano.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="AMO.8.7" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ameapa kwake mwenyewe, aliye Kiburi cha Yakobo: “Kamwe sitasahau chochote ambacho wamefanya.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="AMO.8.8" />“Je, nchi haitatetemeka kwa ajili ya hili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wote waishio ndani mwake hawataomboleza?
</q>
<q style="q1">Nchi yote itainuka kama Naili;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">itapanda na kushuka kama mto wa Misri.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="AMO.8.9" />“Katika siku ile,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Nitalifanya jua litue alasiri na kuifanya dunia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">iwe giza wakati wa mchana mwangavu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="AMO.8.10" />Nitageuza sikukuu zenu za kidini kuwa maombolezo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuimba kwenu kote kuwe kilio.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitawafanya ninyi nyote mvae nguo ya gunia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kunyoa nywele zenu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitaufanya wakati ule uwe kama wa kuombolezea mwana wa pekee,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mwisho wake kama siku ya uchungu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="AMO.8.11" />“Siku zinakuja,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“wakati nitakapotuma njaa katika nchi yote:
</q>
<q style="q1">si njaa ya chakula wala kiu ya maji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini njaa ya kusikia maneno ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="AMO.8.12" />Wanaume watayumbayumba kutoka bahari hadi bahari
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutangatanga kutoka kaskazini mpaka mashariki,
</q>
<q style="q1">wakitafuta neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hawatalipata.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="AMO.8.13" />“Katika siku ile
</p>
<q style="q1">“wasichana wazuri na vijana wanaume wenye nguvu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watazimia kwa sababu ya kiu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="AMO.8.14" />Wale waapao kwa aibu ya Samaria,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au kusema, ‘Hakika kama miungu yenu iishivyo, ee Dani,’
</q>
<q style="q1">au ‘Hakika kama mungu wa Beer-Sheba aishivyo’:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataanguka, wala hawatasimama tena.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Israeli Kuangamizwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="AMO.9.1" />Nilimwona Bwana akiwa amesimama kando ya madhabahu, naye akasema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Piga vichwa vya nguzo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili vizingiti vitikisike.
</q>
<q style="q1">Viangushe juu ya vichwa vya watu wote;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wale watakaosalia nitawaua kwa upanga.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hakuna awaye yote atakayekimbia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna atakayetoroka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="AMO.9.2" />Wajapojichimbia chini mpaka kwenye vina vya kuzimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka huko mkono wangu utawatoa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wajapopanda juu hadi kwenye mbingu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka huko nitawashusha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="AMO.9.3" />Wajapojificha juu ya kilele cha Karmeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huko nitawawinda na kuwakamata.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wajapojificha kutoka kwenye uso wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika vilindi vya bahari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huko nako nitaamuru joka kuwauma.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="AMO.9.4" />Wajapopelekwa uhamishoni na adui zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huko nako nitaamuru upanga uwaue.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitawakazia macho yangu kwa mabaya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala si kwa mazuri.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="AMO.9.5" />Bwana,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye agusaye dunia nayo ikayeyuka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wote wakaao ndani mwake wakaomboleza:
</q>
<q style="q1">nayo nchi yote huinuka kama Naili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kisha hushuka kama mto wa Misri;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="AMO.9.6" />yeye ambaye hujenga jumba lake la kifalme katika mbingu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuisimika misingi yake juu ya dunia,
</q>
<q style="q1">yeye aitaye maji ya bahari
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuyamwaga juu ya uso wa nchi:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> ndilo jina lake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="AMO.9.7" />“Je, Waisraeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi si sawa kwangu kama Wakushi?”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">“Je, sikuleta Israeli kutoka Misri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wafilisti kutoka Kaftori,<f caller="+"><fr>9:7
</fr><ft>Yaani Krete.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Washamu kutoka Kiri?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="AMO.9.8" />“Hakika macho ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yako juu ya ufalme wenye dhambi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nami nitauangamiza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka kwenye uso wa dunia:
</q>
<q style="q1">hata hivyo sitaiangamiza kabisa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyumba ya Yakobo,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="AMO.9.9" />“Kwa kuwa nitatoa amri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nitaipepeta nyumba ya Israeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miongoni mwa mataifa yote,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama vile nafaka ipepetwavyo katika ungo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hakuna hata punje moja itakayoanguka chini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="AMO.9.10" />Watenda dhambi wote miongoni mwa watu wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watauawa kwa upanga,
</q>
<q style="q1">wale wote wasemao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Maafa hayatatupata wala kutukuta.’
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Kurejezwa Kwa Israeli
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="AMO.9.11" />“Katika siku ile nitaisimamisha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hema ya Daudi iliyoanguka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitakarabati mahali palipobomoka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kujenga upya magofu yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuijenga kama ilivyokuwa awali,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="AMO.9.12" />ili wapate kuyamiliki mabaki ya Edomu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mataifa yote yale yanayobeba Jina langu,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> ambaye atafanya mambo haya.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="AMO.9.13" />“Siku zinakuja,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</p>
<q style="q1">“wakati mvunaji atatanguliwa na mkulima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye mpanzi atatanguliwa na yeye akamuaye zabibu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Divai mpya itadondoka kutoka milimani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutiririka kutoka vilima vyote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="AMO.9.14" />Nitawarejesha tena watu wangu Israeli waliohamishwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataijenga tena miji iliyoachwa magofu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wataishi ndani mwake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watapanda mizabibu na kunywa divai yake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watalima bustani na kula matunda yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="AMO.9.15" />Nitaipanda Israeli katika nchi yao wenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawatangʼolewa tena
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka nchi ambayo nimewapa,”
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu.<ve />
</q>
</book>
<book id="OBA"><id id="OBA">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Obadia
</h><toc level="1">Obadia
</toc><toc level="2">Obadia
</toc><toc level="3">Oba
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Obadia
</p>

<c id="1" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="OBA.1.1" />Maono ya Obadia.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<b style="b" />
<p style="p">Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi kuhusu Edomu:
</p>
<q style="q1">Tumesikia ujumbe kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mjumbe alitumwa kwa mataifa kusema,
</q>
<q style="q1">“Inukeni, twendeni tukapigane vita dhidi yake.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="OBA.1.2" />“Angalieni, nitawafanya wadogo miongoni mwa mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtadharauliwa kabisa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="OBA.1.3" />Kiburi cha moyo wako kimekudanganya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe unayeishi katika majabali ya miamba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufanya makao yako juu,
</q>
<q style="q1">wewe unayejiambia mwenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Ni nani awezaye kunishusha chini?’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="OBA.1.4" />Ingawa unapaa juu kama tai
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kufanya kiota chako kati ya nyota,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakushusha chini kutoka huko,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="OBA.1.5" />“Ikiwa wevi wangekuja kwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ikiwa wanyangʼanyi wangekujia usiku:
</q>
<q style="q1">Lo! Tazama ni maafa kiasi gani yangekuwa yanakungojea:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">je, si wangeiba tu kiasi ambacho wangehitaji?
</q>
<q style="q1">Kama wachuma zabibu wangekuja kwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">je, wasingebakiza zabibu chache?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="OBA.1.6" />Lakini tazama jinsi Esau atakavyotekwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jinsi hazina zake zilizofichwa zitatekwa nyara!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="OBA.1.7" />Wote ulioungana nao watakufukuza hadi mpakani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">rafiki zako watakudanganya na kukushinda,
</q>
<q style="q1">wale wanaokula mkate wako watakutegea mtego,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hutaweza kuugundua.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="OBA.1.8" />“Katika siku hiyo,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“je, sitaangamiza watu wenye hekima wa Edomu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wenye ufahamu katika milima ya Esau?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="OBA.1.9" />Ee Temani, mashujaa wako watatiwa hofu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila mmoja katika milima ya Esau
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ataangushwa chini kwa kuchinjwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="OBA.1.10" />Kwa sababu ya jeuri uliyofanya dhidi ya ndugu yako Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aibu itakufunika;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utaangamizwa milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="OBA.1.11" />Siku ile ulisimama mbali ukiangalia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wageni walipojichukulia utajiri wake
</q>
<q style="q1">na watu wa nchi nyingine walipoingia malango yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakipiga kura kwa ajili ya Yerusalemu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulikuwa kama mmoja wao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="OBA.1.12" />Usingemdharau ndugu yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku ya msiba wake,
</q>
<q style="q1">wala kufurahia juu ya watu wa Yuda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku ya maangamizi yao,
</q>
<q style="q1">wala kujigamba sana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku ya taabu yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="OBA.1.13" />Usingeingia katika malango ya watu wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku ya maafa yao,
</q>
<q style="q1">wala kuwadharau katika janga lao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku ya maafa yao,
</q>
<q style="q1">wala kunyangʼanya mali zao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku ya maafa yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="OBA.1.14" />Usingengoja kwenye njia panda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaua wakimbizi wao,
</q>
<q style="q1">wala kuwatoa watu wake waliosalia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku ya shida yao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="OBA.1.15" />“Siku ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> iko karibu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mataifa yote.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kama ulivyofanya, nawe utafanyiwa vivyo hivyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">matendo yako yatakurudia juu ya kichwa chako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="OBA.1.16" />Kama vile ulivyokunywa juu ya mlima wangu mtakatifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vivyo hivyo mataifa yote watakunywa mfululizo,
</q>
<q style="q1">watakunywa na kunywa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watatoweka kana kwamba hawajawahi kuwepo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="OBA.1.17" />Lakini katika Mlima Sayuni kutakuwepo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wale watakaookoka;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao utakuwa mtakatifu,
</q>
<q style="q1">nayo nyumba ya Yakobo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">itamiliki urithi wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="OBA.1.18" />Nyumba ya Yakobo itakuwa moto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nyumba ya Yosefu itakuwa mwali wa moto;
</q>
<q style="q1">nayo nyumba ya Esau itakuwa bua kavu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wataiwasha moto na kuiteketeza.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hakutakuwa na watakaosalimika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka nyumba ya Esau.”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4"><nd>Bwana</nd> amesema.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="OBA.1.19" />Watu kutoka nchi ya Negebu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataikalia milima ya Esau,
</q>
<q style="q1">na watu kutoka miteremko ya vilima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watamiliki nchi ya Wafilisti.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watayakalia mashamba ya Efraimu na Samaria,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye Benyamini atamiliki Gileadi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="OBA.1.20" />Kundi la Waisraeli walioko uhamishoni Kanaani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watarudi na kumiliki nchi mpaka Sarepta.
</q>
<q style="q1">Walioko uhamishoni Sefaradi kutoka Yerusalemu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watamiliki miji ya Negebu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="OBA.1.21" />Waokoaji watakwea juu ya Mlima Sayuni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutawala milima ya Esau.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nao ufalme utakuwa wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.<ve />
</q>
</book>
<book id="JON"><id id="JON">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Yona
</h><toc level="1">Yona
</toc><toc level="2">Yona
</toc><toc level="3">Yon
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Yona
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Yona Anamkimbia
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JON.1.1" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilimjia Yona mwana wa Amitai:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JON.1.2" />“Nenda katika mji mkubwa wa Ninawi ukahubiri juu yake, kwa sababu uovu wake umekuja juu mbele zangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JON.1.3" />Lakini Yona alimkimbia
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kuelekea Tarshishi. Alishuka mpaka Yafa, ambapo alikuta meli iliyokuwa imepangwa kuelekea bandari ile. Baada ya kulipa nauli, akapanda melini na kuelekea Tarshishi ili kumkimbia
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JON.1.4" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akatuma upepo mkali baharini, nayo dhoruba kali sana ikavuma hata meli ikawa hatarini kuvunjika.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JON.1.5" />Mabaharia wote waliogopa na kila mmoja akamlilia mungu wake mwenyewe. Nao wakatupa mizigo baharini ili meli ipungue uzito.
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini Yona alikuwa ameteremkia chumba cha ndani ya meli, mahali ambapo alilala na kupatwa na usingizi mzito.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JON.1.6" />Nahodha akamwendea na kusema, “Wewe unawezaje kulala? Amka ukamwite mungu wako! Huenda akatuangalia, tusiangamie.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JON.1.7" />Kisha mabaharia wakasemezana wao kwa wao, “Njooni, tupige kura tumtafute anayehusika na maafa haya.” Wakapiga kura, kura ikamwangukia Yona.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JON.1.8" />Kwa hiyo walimuuliza, “Tuambie, ni nani anayehusika kwa kutuletea tatizo hili lote? Unafanya kazi gani? Umetoka wapi? Nchi yako ni ipi? Wewe ni kutoka taifa lipi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JON.1.9" />Akajibu, “Mimi ni Mwebrania, nami namwabudu
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Mbinguni, aliyeumba bahari na nchi kavu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JON.1.10" />Hili liliwaogopesha nao wakamuuliza,
</p>
<p style="p">“Umefanya nini?” (Walijua alikuwa anamkimbia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa sababu alishawaambia hivyo.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JON.1.11" />Bahari ilikuwa inazidi kuchafuka. Kwa hiyo walimuuliza, “Tukutendee nini ili kufanya bahari itulie kwa ajili yetu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JON.1.12" />Akawajibu, “Niinueni mnitupe baharini, nayo itakuwa shwari. Ninajua mawimbi haya makubwa yamewatokea kwa ajili ya kosa langu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JON.1.13" />Badala yake, wale watu walijitahidi kupiga makasia wawezavyo ili wapate kurudi pwani. Lakini hawakuweza, kwa kuwa bahari ilizidi kuchafuka kuliko mwanzo.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JON.1.14" />Ndipo wakamlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, tafadhali usituue kwa kuondoa uhai wa mtu huyu. Usituhesabie hatia kwa kuutoa uhai wa mtu asiyekuwa na hatia, kwa kuwa wewe, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, umefanya kama ilivyokupendeza.”
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JON.1.15" />Kisha walimchukua Yona, wakamtupa baharini nayo bahari iliyokuwa imechafuka ikatulia.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JON.1.16" />Katika jambo hili watu wakamwogopa
<nd>Bwana</nd> sana, wakamtolea
<nd>Bwana</nd> dhabihu na kumwekea nadhiri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JON.1.17" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwandaa nyangumi<f caller="+"><fr>1:17
</fr><ft>Yaani samaki mkubwa sana.</ft></f> kummeza Yona, naye Yona alikuwa ndani ya tumbo la nyangumi kwa siku tatu, usiku na mchana.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Maombi Ya Yona Katika Tumbo La Nyangumi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JON.2.1" />Akiwa ndani ya tumbo la nyangumi, Yona alimwomba
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wake.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JON.2.2" />Akasema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Katika shida yangu nalimwita
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye akanijibu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kutoka kina cha kaburi<f caller="+"><fr>2:2
</fr><ft>Kaburi hapa maana yake ni Kuzimu, kwa Kiebrania ni Sheol.</ft></f> niliomba msaada,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe ukasikiliza kilio changu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="JON.2.3" />Ulinitupa kwenye kilindi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndani kabisa ya moyo wa bahari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mikondo ya maji ilinizunguka,
</q>
<q style="q1">mawimbi yako yote na viwimbi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vilipita juu yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="JON.2.4" />Nikasema, ‘Nimefukuziwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbali na uso wako,
</q>
<q style="q1">hata hivyo nitatazama tena
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuelekea Hekalu lako takatifu.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="JON.2.5" />Maji yaliyonimeza yalinitisha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kilindi kilinizunguka;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwani<f caller="+"><fr>2:5
</fr><ft>Mwani hapa maana yake ni magugu yaotayo kwenye sakafu ya kilindi cha bahari.</ft></f> ulijisokota kichwani pangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="JON.2.6" />Nilizama chini sana mpaka pande za mwisho za milima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">makomeo ya hiyo nchi yalinifungia hata milele.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini uliuleta uhai wangu kutoka shimoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="JON.2.7" />“Wakati uhai wangu ulipokuwa unatoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilikukumbuka wewe,
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q style="q1">nayo maombi yangu yalikufikia wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika Hekalu lako takatifu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="JON.2.8" />“Wale watu wanaongʼangʼana na sanamu zisizofaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hupoteza neema ile ambayo ingekuwa yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="JON.2.9" />Lakini mimi, kwa wimbo wa shukrani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakutolea dhabihu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lile nililowekea nadhiri nitalitimiza.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Wokovu watoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JON.2.10" />Basi
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwamuru yule nyangumi, naye akamtapika Yona katika nchi kavu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Yona Aenda Ninawi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JON.3.1" />Ndipo neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamjia Yona mara ya pili:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JON.3.2" />“Ondoka uende katika mji mkubwa wa Ninawi, ukautangazie ujumbe ninaokupa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JON.3.3" />Yona akalitii neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> naye akaenda Ninawi. Basi Ninawi ulikuwa mji maarufu sana, ilichukua siku tatu kuuzunguka.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JON.3.4" />Siku ya kwanza, Yona aliingia mjini. Akatangaza: “Baada ya siku arobaini Ninawi utaangamizwa.”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JON.3.5" />Watu wa Ninawi wakamwamini Mungu, wakatangaza kufunga, watu wote kuanzia mkubwa sana hadi yule mdogo kabisa, wakavaa nguo za gunia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JON.3.6" />Habari zilipomfikia mfalme wa Ninawi, aliondoka kwenye kiti chake cha enzi, akavua majoho yake ya kifalme, akajifunika nguo ya gunia kisha akaketi chini mavumbini.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JON.3.7" />Ndipo akatoa tangazo katika Ninawi yote:
</p>
<p sfm="pmo" style="pmo">“Kwa amri ya mfalme na wakuu wake:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm">“Msiruhusu mtu yeyote au mnyama, makundi ya ngʼombe au wanyama wengine wafugwao, kuonja kitu chochote, msiwaruhusu kula wala kunywa.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JON.3.8" />Bali wanadamu na wanyama wafunikwe kwa nguo za gunia. Kila mmoja afanye hima kumwomba Mungu. Waziache njia zao mbaya na udhalimu ulio mikononi mwao.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JON.3.9" />Ni nani ajuaye? Huenda Mungu akaghairi kwa huruma yake akaacha hasira yake kali ili tusiangamie.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JON.3.10" />Mungu alipoona walivyofanya na jinsi walivyogeuka kutoka njia zao mbaya, akawa na huruma wala hakuleta maangamizi juu yao kama alivyokuwa ameonya.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Hasira Ya Yona Kwa Ajili Ya Huruma Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JON.4.1" />Lakini Yona alichukizwa sana akakasirika.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JON.4.2" />Akamwomba
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, hili si lile nililolisema nilipokuwa ningali nyumbani? Hii ndiyo sababu niliharikisha kukimbilia Tarshishi. Nikifahamu kuwa wewe ni Mungu mwenye neema na huruma, si mwepesi wa hasira na umejaa upendo, ni Mungu ambaye hughairi katika kupeleka maafa.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JON.4.3" />Sasa, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, niondolee uhai wangu, kwa kuwa ni afadhali mimi nife kuliko kuishi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JON.4.4" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamjibu, “Je unayo haki yoyote kukasirika?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="JON.4.5" />Yona akatoka nje akaketi mahali upande wa mashariki wa mji. Hapo akajitengenezea kibanda, akaketi kwenye kivuli chake na kungojea ni nini kitakachotokea katika mji.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JON.4.6" />Ndipo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu akaweka tayari mzabibu na kuufanya uote, kumpa Yona kivuli kilichomfunika kichwa ili kuondoa taabu yake, naye Yona akafurahi sana kwa ajili ya ule mzabibu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JON.4.7" />Lakini kesho yake asubuhi na mapema Mungu akaamuru buu, autafune mzabibu huo nao ukanyauka.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JON.4.8" />Wakati jua lilipochomoza, Mungu akautuma upepo wa hari wa mashariki, nalo jua likawaka juu ya kichwa cha Yona mpaka akazimia. Akatamani kufa, naye akasema, “Ni afadhali mimi nife kuliko kuishi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JON.4.9" />Lakini Mungu alimwambia Yona, “Je, unayo haki kukasirika kuhusu mzabibu huo?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akasema, “Ndiyo, ninayo haki. Nimekasirika kiasi cha kufa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JON.4.10" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia, “Wewe unakasirika kwa ajili ya mzabibu huu, nawe hukuusababisha kuota wala kuutunza. Uliota usiku mmoja, nao ukafa usiku mmoja.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JON.4.11" />Lakini Ninawi ina zaidi ya watu 120,000 ambao hawawezi kupambanua kulia au kushoto, pamoja na ngʼombe wengi. Je, hainipasi kufikiri juu ya mji ule mkubwa?”<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="MIC"><id id="MIC">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Mika
</h><toc level="1">Mika
</toc><toc level="2">Mika
</toc><toc level="3">Mik
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Mika
</p>

<c id="1" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MIC.1.1" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilimjia Mika, Mmoreshethi, wakati wa utawala wa Yothamu, Ahazi na Hezekia, wafalme wa Yuda; ufunuo aliouona kuhusu Samaria na Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="MIC.1.2" />Sikieni, enyi mataifa, enyi nyote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikilizeni, ee dunia na wote mliomo ndani yake,
</q>
<q style="q1">ili
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi ashuhudie dhidi yenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Bwana kutoka Hekalu lake takatifu.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Hukumu Dhidi Ya Samaria Na Yerusalemu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="MIC.1.3" />Tazama!
<nd>Bwana</nd> anakuja kutoka mahali pake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anashuka na kukanyaga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahali palipoinuka juu pa dunia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="MIC.1.4" />Milima inayeyuka chini yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mabonde yanagawanyika
</q>
<q style="q1">kama nta mbele ya moto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama maji yatiririkayo kasi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye mteremko.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="MIC.1.5" />Yote haya ni kwa sababu ya kosa la Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni kwa sababu ya dhambi za nyumba ya Israeli.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kosa la Yakobo ni lipi?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, sio Samaria?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, mahali pa juu pa Yuda pa kuabudia miungu ni nini?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, sio Yerusalemu?
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="MIC.1.6" />“Kwa hiyo nitaufanya Samaria kuwa lundo la kokoto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahali pa kuotesha mizabibu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitayamwaga mawe yake katika bonde
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuacha wazi misingi yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="MIC.1.7" />Sanamu zake zote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zitavunjwa vipande vipande;
</q>
<q style="q1">zawadi zake zote za Hekalu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zitachomwa kwa moto;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitaharibu vinyago vyake vyote.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuwa alikusanya zawadi zake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutokana na ujira wa kahaba,
</q>
<q style="q1">nazo zitatumika tena
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kulipa mishahara ya kahaba.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Kulia Na Kuomboleza
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="MIC.1.8" />Kwa ajili ya hili nitalia na kuomboleza;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitatembea bila viatu na tena uchi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitabweka kama mbweha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuomboleza kama bundi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="MIC.1.9" />Kwa sababu jeraha lake halitibiki;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">limekuja Yuda.
</q>
<q style="q1">Limefika hasa kwenye lango la watu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata Yerusalemu kwenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="MIC.1.10" />Usiliseme hili huko Gathi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usilie hata kidogo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huko Beth-le-Afra
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">gaagaa mavumbini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="MIC.1.11" />Piteni mkiwa uchi na wenye aibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi mkaao Shafiri.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wale waishio Saanani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawatatoka nje.
</q>
<q style="q1">Beth-Eseli iko katika maombolezo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kinga yake imeondolewa kwako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="MIC.1.12" />Wale waishio Marothi wanagaagaa kwa maumivu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakingoja msaada,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu maangamizi yamekuja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata katika lango la Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="MIC.1.13" />Enyi mkaao Lakishi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">fungeni farasi kwenye magari ya vita.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mlikuwa chanzo cha dhambi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa Binti Sayuni,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa makosa ya Israeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yalikutwa kwako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="MIC.1.14" />Kwa hiyo utaipa Moresheth-Gathi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zawadi za kuagana.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mji wa Akzibu utaonyesha wazi udanganyifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa wafalme wa Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="MIC.1.15" />Nitawaleteeni atakayewashinda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi mnaoishi Maresha.
</q>
<q style="q1">Yeye aliye utukufu wa Israeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atakuja Adulamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="MIC.1.16" />Nyoeni nywele zenu katika kuomboleza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya watoto wenu mnaowafurahia;
</q>
<q style="q1">jifanyieni upara kama tai,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa watawaacha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwenda uhamishoni.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Mipango Ya Mwanadamu Na Ya Mungu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="MIC.2.1" />Ole kwa wale wapangao uovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa wale wafanyao shauri la hila vitandani mwao!
</q>
<q style="q1">Kunapopambazuka wanalitimiza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu uko katika uwezo wao kutekeleza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="MIC.2.2" />Wanatamani mashamba na kuyakamata,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pia nyumba na kuzichukua.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanamlaghai mwanaume nyumba yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwanadamu mwenzake urithi wake.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="MIC.2.3" />Kwa hiyo,
<nd>Bwana</nd> asema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Ninapanga maangamizi dhidi ya watu hawa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambayo hamwezi kujiokoa wenyewe.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hamtatembea tena kwa majivuno,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa utakuwa ni wakati wa maafa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="MIC.2.4" />Siku hiyo watu watawadhihaki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watawafanyia mzaha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa wimbo huu wa maombolezo:
</q>
<q style="q1">‘Tumeangamizwa kabisa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mali ya watu wangu imegawanywa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ameninyangʼanya!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ametoa mashamba yetu kwa wasaliti.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="MIC.2.5" />Kwa hiyo hutakuwa na yeyote katika kusanyiko la
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wa kugawanya mashamba kwa kura.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Manabii Wa Uongo
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="MIC.2.6" />Manabii wao husema, “Usitabiri.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Usitabiri kuhusu vitu hivi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aibu haitatupata.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="MIC.2.7" />Je, ingesemwa, ee nyumba ya Yakobo:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Je, Roho wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> amekasirika?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, yeye hufanya vitu kama hivyo?”
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Je, maneno yangu hayamfanyii mema
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ambaye njia zake ni nyofu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="MIC.2.8" />Siku hizi watu wangu wameinuka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama adui.
</q>
<q style="q1">Unawavua joho la kitajiri wale wanaopita
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pasipo kujali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama watu warudio kutoka vitani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="MIC.2.9" />Unawahamisha wanawake wa watu wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka kwenye nyumba zao za kupendeza.
</q>
<q style="q1">Unaondoa baraka yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa watoto wao milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="MIC.2.10" />Inuka, nenda zako!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa maana hapa sio mahali pako pa kupumzikia,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu pametiwa unajisi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pameharibiwa, wala hapatengenezeki tena.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="MIC.2.11" />Ikiwa mwongo na mdanganyifu atakuja na kusema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Nitawatabiria divai na pombe kwa wingi,’
</q>
<q style="q1">angekuwa ndiye nabii
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anayekubalika na watu hawa!
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Ahadi Ya Ukombozi
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="MIC.2.12" />“Hakika nitawakusanya ninyi nyote, ee Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hakika nitawaleta pamoja mabaki ya Israeli.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitawaleta pamoja kama kondoo ndani ya zizi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama kundi kwenye malisho yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahali hapa patakuwa na msongamano wa watu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="MIC.2.13" />Yeye afunguaye njia atawatangulia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watapita kwenye lango na kutoka nje.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mfalme wao atawatangulia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> atakuwa kiongozi.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Viongozi Na Manabii Wakemewa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MIC.3.1" />Kisha nikasema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Sikilizeni enyi viongozi wa Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">enyi watawala wa nyumba ya Israeli.
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, hampaswi kujua hukumu,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="2" bcv="MIC.3.2" />ninyi mnaochukia mema
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kupenda maovu;
</q>
<q style="q1">ninyi mnaowachuna watu wangu ngozi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuondoa nyama kwenye mifupa yao;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="MIC.3.3" />ninyi mnaokula nyama ya watu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mnaowachuna ngozi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuvunja mifupa yao vipande vipande;
</q>
<q style="q1">mnaowakatakata kama nyama
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya kuwekwa kwenye sufuria
</q>
<q style="q1">na kama nyama
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya kuwekwa kwenye chungu?”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="MIC.3.4" />Kisha watamlilia
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hatawajibu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wakati huo atawaficha uso wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya uovu waliotenda.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="MIC.3.5" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kuhusu manabii wanaowapotosha watu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtu akiwalisha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanatangaza ‘amani’;
</q>
<q style="q1">kama hakufanya hivyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaandaa kupigana vita dhidi yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="MIC.3.6" />Kwa hiyo usiku utawajieni, msiweze kuwa na maono,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na giza, msiweze kubashiri.
</q>
<q style="q1">Jua litawachwea manabii hao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao mchana utakuwa giza kwao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="MIC.3.7" />Waonaji wataaibika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na waaguzi watafedheheka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wote watafunika nyuso zao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu hakuna jibu litokalo kwa Mungu.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="MIC.3.8" />Lakini kuhusu mimi, nimejazwa nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nimejazwa Roho wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haki na uweza,
</q>
<q style="q1">kumtangazia Yakobo kosa lake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Israeli dhambi yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="MIC.3.9" />Sikieni hili, enyi viongozi wa nyumba ya Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">enyi watawala wa nyumba ya Israeli,
</q>
<q style="q1">mnaodharau haki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kupotosha kila lililo sawa;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="MIC.3.10" />mnaojenga Sayuni kwa kumwaga damu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Yerusalemu kwa uovu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="MIC.3.11" />Viongozi wake wanahukumu kwa rushwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na makuhani wake wanafundisha kwa malipo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao manabii wake wanatabiri kwa fedha.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hata hivyo wanamwegemea
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kusema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Je,
<nd>Bwana</nd> si yumo miongoni mwetu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hakuna maafa yatakayotupata.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="MIC.3.12" />Kwa hiyo kwa sababu yenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Sayuni italimwa kama shamba,
</q>
<q style="q1">Yerusalemu itakuwa lundo la kokoto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kilima cha Hekalu
</q>
<q style="q1">kitakuwa kichuguu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kilichofunikwa na vichaka.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Mlima Wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Isaya 2:2-4)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MIC.4.1" />Katika siku za mwisho
</p>
<q style="q1">mlima wa Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> utaimarishwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mlima mkuu miongoni mwa milima yote;
</q>
<q style="q1">utainuliwa juu ya vilima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na watu wa mataifa watamiminika humo.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="MIC.4.2" />Mataifa mengi yatakuja na kusema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Njooni, twendeni mlimani mwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye nyumba ya Mungu wa Yakobo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Atatufundisha njia zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili tuweze kuenenda katika mapito yake.”
</q>
<q style="q1">Sheria itatoka Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> litatoka Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="MIC.4.3" />Atahukumu kati ya mataifa mengi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ataamua migogoro ya mataifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yenye nguvu na yaliyo mbali.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watafua panga zao ziwe majembe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mikuki yao kuwa miundu ya kukata matawi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Taifa halitainua upanga dhidi ya taifa jingine,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawatajifunza vita tena.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="MIC.4.4" />Kila mtu ataketi chini ya mzabibu wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na chini ya mtini wake,
</q>
<q style="q1">wala hakuna mtu atakayewaogopesha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote amesema.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="MIC.4.5" />Mataifa yote yanaweza kutembea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika jina la miungu yao;
</q>
<q style="q1">sisi tutatembea katika jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu wetu milele na milele.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Mpango Wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="MIC.4.6" />“Katika siku hiyo,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</p>
<q style="q1">“nitawakusanya walemavu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitawakusanya walio uhamishoni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wale niliowahuzunisha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="MIC.4.7" />Nitawafanya walemavu kuwa mabaki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale waliofukuzwa kuwa taifa lenye nguvu.
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> atatawala juu yao katika Mlima Sayuni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuanzia siku hiyo na hata milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="MIC.4.8" />Lakini kuhusu wewe, ee mnara wa ulinzi wa kundi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ee ngome ya Binti Sayuni,
</q>
<q style="q1">milki ya awali itarudishwa kwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ufalme utakuja kwa Binti Yerusalemu.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="MIC.4.9" />Kwa nini sasa unalia kwa nguvu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwani huna mfalme?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, mshauri wako amekufa, hata maumivu yakukamate
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama ya mwanamke
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliye na utungu wa kuzaa?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="MIC.4.10" />Gaagaa kwa utungu, ee Binti Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mwanamke mwenye utungu wa kuzaa,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa sasa ni lazima uuache mji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukapige kambi uwanjani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Utakwenda Babeli;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huko utaokolewa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huko
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakukomboa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka mikononi mwa adui zako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="MIC.4.11" />Lakini sasa mataifa mengi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yamekusanyika dhidi yako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanasema, “Mwache anajisiwe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">macho yetu na yatazame Sayuni kwa furaha!”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="MIC.4.12" />Lakini hawayajui
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mawazo ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>;
</q>
<q style="q1">hawauelewi mpango wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye awakusanyaye kama miganda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye sakafu ya kupuria.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="MIC.4.13" />“Inuka upure, ee Binti Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa nitakupa pembe za chuma;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitakupa kwato za shaba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na utavunja vipande vipande mataifa mengi.”
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Utatoa mapato yao waliopata kwa udanganyifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utajiri wao kwa Bwana wa dunia yote.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Mtawala Aliyeahidiwa Kutoka Bethlehemu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="MIC.5.1" />Panga majeshi yako, ee mji wa majeshi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa kuzingirwa kumepangwa dhidi yetu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watampiga mtawala wa Israeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">shavuni kwa fimbo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="MIC.5.2" />“Lakini wewe, Bethlehemu Efrathi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ingawa u mdogo miongoni mwa koo za Yuda,
</q>
<q style="q1">kutoka kwako atatokea kwa ajili yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye atakayekuwa mtawala katika Israeli,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambaye asili yake ni kutoka zamani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka milele.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="MIC.5.3" />Kwa hiyo Israeli utaachwa mpaka wakati
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwanamke aliye na utungu atakapozaa
</q>
<q style="q1">na ndugu zake wengine warudi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kujiunga na Waisraeli.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="MIC.5.4" />Atasimama na kulichunga kundi lake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika nguvu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika utukufu wa jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nao wataishi kwa usalama, kwa kuwa wakati huo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukuu wake utaenea hadi miisho ya dunia.
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="5" bcv="MIC.5.5" />Naye atakuwa amani yao.
</q>
<s style="s1">Ukombozi Na Uharibifu
</s>
<q style="q1">Wakati Mwashuru atakapovamia nchi yetu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kupita katika ngome zetu,
</q>
<q style="q1">tutawainua wachungaji saba dhidi yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata viongozi wanane wa watu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="MIC.5.6" />Wataitawala nchi ya Ashuru kwa upanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nchi ya Nimrodi kwa upanga.
</q>
<q style="q1">Atatuokoa kutoka kwa Mwashuru
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atakapoivamia nchi yetu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuingia katika mipaka yetu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="MIC.5.7" />Mabaki ya Yakobo yatakuwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katikati ya mataifa mengi
</q>
<q style="q1">kama umande kutoka kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama manyunyu juu ya majani,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambayo hayamngoji mtu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kukawia kwa mwanadamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="MIC.5.8" />Mabaki ya Yakobo yatakuwa miongoni mwa mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katikati ya mataifa mengi,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama simba miongoni mwa wanyama wa msituni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mwana simba miongoni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwa makundi ya kondoo,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambaye anaumiza vibaya na kuwararua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila anapopita katikati yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna awezaye kuokoa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="MIC.5.9" />Mkono wako utainuliwa juu kwa ushindi juu ya watesi wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao adui zako wote wataangamizwa.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="MIC.5.10" />“Katika siku ile,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</p>
<q style="q1">“nitaangamiza farasi zenu katikati yenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kubomoa magari yenu ya vita.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="MIC.5.11" />Nitaiangamiza miji ya nchi yenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuziangusha chini ngome zenu zote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="MIC.5.12" />Nitaangamiza uchawi wenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hamtapiga tena ramli.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="MIC.5.13" />Nitaangamiza vinyago vyenu vya kuchonga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mawe yenu ya ibada yatoke katikati yenu;
</q>
<q style="q1">hamtasujudia tena
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kazi ya mikono yenu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="MIC.5.14" />Nitangʼoa nguzo za Ashera katikati yenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kubomoa miji yenu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="MIC.5.15" />Nitalipiza kisasi kwa hasira na ghadhabu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya mataifa ambayo hayajanitii.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Shauri La
<nd>Bwana</nd> Dhidi Ya Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MIC.6.1" />Sikiliza asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Simama, tetea shauri lako mbele ya milima;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vilima na visikie lile unalotaka kusema.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="MIC.6.2" />Sikilizeni, ee milima, mashtaka ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sikilizeni, enyi misingi ya milele ya dunia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> ana shauri dhidi ya watu wake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anatoa mashtaka dhidi ya Israeli.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="MIC.6.3" />“Watu wangu, nimewatendea nini?
</q>
<q style="q1">Nimewalemea kwa jinsi gani? Mnijibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="MIC.6.4" />Nimewatoa kutoka Misri na kuwakomboa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka nchi ya utumwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nilimtuma Mose awaongoze,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pia Aroni na Miriamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="MIC.6.5" />Watu wangu, kumbukeni jinsi Balaki mfalme wa Moabu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alivyofanya shauri
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kile Balaamu mwana wa Beori alichojibu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kumbukeni safari yenu kutoka Shitimu mpaka Gilgali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili mfahamu matendo ya haki ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="MIC.6.6" />Nimjie
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kitu gani na kusujudu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele za Mungu aliyetukuka?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, nije mbele zake na sadaka za kuteketezwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nije na ndama za mwaka mmoja?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="MIC.6.7" />Je,
<nd>Bwana</nd> atafurahishwa na kondoo dume elfu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">au mito elfu kumi ya mafuta?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, nimtoe mzaliwa wangu wa kwanza kwa ajili ya kosa langu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtoto wangu mwenyewe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya dhambi ya nafsi yangu?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="MIC.6.8" />Amekuonyesha yaliyo mema, ee mwanadamu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> anataka nini kwako?
</q>
<q style="q1">Ila kutenda kwa haki na kupenda rehema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwenda kwa unyenyekevu na Mungu wako.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Hatia Na Adhabu Ya Israeli
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="MIC.6.9" />Sikiliza!
<nd>Bwana</nd> anauita mji:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kulicha jina lako ni hekima:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Tii hiyo fimbo na yeye aliyeiamuru.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="MIC.6.10" />Je, bado nisahau, ee nyumba ya uovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hazina yako uliyopata kwa udanganyifu
</q>
<q style="q1">na vipimo vilivyopunguka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambavyo vimelaaniwa?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="MIC.6.11" />Je, naweza kuhukumu kuwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtu mwenye mizani ya udanganyifu hana hatia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliye na mfuko wa mawe ya kupimia ya uongo?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="MIC.6.12" />Matajiri wake ni wajeuri;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wake ni waongo
</q>
<q style="q1">na ndimi zao zinazungumza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa udanganyifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="MIC.6.13" />Kwa hiyo, nimeanza kukuharibu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwaangamiza kwa sababu ya dhambi zenu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="MIC.6.14" />Mtakula lakini hamtashiba;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">matumbo yenu bado yatakuwa matupu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mtaweka akiba lakini hamtaokoa chochote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu mtakachoweka akiba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitatoa kwa upanga.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="MIC.6.15" />Mtapanda lakini hamtavuna;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtakamua zeituni lakini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hamtatumia mafuta yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mtakamua zabibu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hamtakunywa hiyo divai.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="MIC.6.16" />Mmezishika sheria za Omri
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na matendo yote ya nyumba ya Ahabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tena umefuata desturi zao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa hiyo nitakutoa kwa maangamizi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na watu wako kuwa dhihaka;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtachukua dharau za mataifa.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Taabu Ya Israeli
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="MIC.7.1" />Taabu gani hii niliyo nayo!
</q>
<q style="q1">Nimefanana na yule akusanyaye
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">matunda ya kiangazi,
</q>
<q style="q1">aokotaye masazo baada ya kuvunwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">shamba la mizabibu;
</q>
<q style="q1">hakuna kishada chenye matunda ya kula,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna hata ile tini ya mwanzoni ninayoitamani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="MIC.7.2" />Wanaomcha Mungu wameondolewa kutoka nchi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna mtu mnyofu hata mmoja aliyebaki.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watu wote wanavizia kumwaga damu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila mmoja anamwinda ndugu yake kwa wavu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="MIC.7.3" />Mikono yote miwili ni hodari katika kufanya ubaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtawala anadai zawadi,
</q>
<q style="q1">hakimu anapokea rushwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wenye nguvu wanaamuru wanachotaka:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote wanafanya shauri baya pamoja.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="MIC.7.4" />Aliye mwema kupita wote kati yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni kama mchongoma,
</q>
<q style="q1">anayeonekana mnyofu zaidi miongoni mwao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni mbaya kuliko uzio wa miiba.
</q>
<q style="q1">Siku ya walinzi wako imewadia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku atakayokutembelea Mungu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Sasa ni wakati wao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wa kuchanganyikiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="MIC.7.5" />Usimtumaini jirani;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiweke matumaini kwa rafiki.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hata kwa yule alalaye kifuani mwako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uwe mwangalifu kwa maneno yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="MIC.7.6" />Kwa kuwa mwana humdharau baba yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye binti huinuka dhidi ya mama yake,
</q>
<q style="q1">mkwe kuwa kinyume na mama mkwe wake:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">adui wa mtu ni wale wa nyumbani mwake hasa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="MIC.7.7" />Lakini mimi, namtazama
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa matumaini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">namngoja Mungu Mwokozi wangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu wangu atanisikia mimi.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Israeli Atainuka
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="MIC.7.8" />Usifurahie msiba wangu, ee adui yangu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ingawa nimeanguka, nitainuka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Japo ninaketi gizani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> atakuwa nuru yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="MIC.7.9" />Kwa sababu nimetenda dhambi dhidi yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitabeba ghadhabu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q style="q1">mpaka atakaponitetea shauri langu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuithibitisha haki yangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Atanileta nje kwenye mwanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitaiona haki yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="MIC.7.10" />Kisha adui yangu ataliona
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atafunikwa na aibu,
</q>
<q style="q1">yule aliyeniambia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Yu wapi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako?”
</q>
<q style="q1">Macho yangu yataona kuanguka kwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata sasa atakanyagwa chini ya mguu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama tope barabarani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="MIC.7.11" />Siku ya kujenga kuta zako itawadia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku ya kupanua mipaka yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="MIC.7.12" />Siku hiyo watu watakuja kwako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka Ashuru na miji ya Misri,
</q>
<q style="q1">hata kutoka Misri hadi Frati
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutoka bahari hadi bahari
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutoka mlima hadi mlima.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="MIC.7.13" />Dunia itakuwa ukiwa kwa sababu ya wakazi wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu ya matunda ya matendo yao.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Sala Na Sifa
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="MIC.7.14" />Wachunge watu wako kwa fimbo yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kundi la urithi wako,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambalo linaishi peke yake msituni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika nchi ya malisho yenye rutuba.
</q>
<q style="q1">Waache walishe katika Bashani na Gileadi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama ilivyokuwa siku za kale.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="MIC.7.15" />“Kama siku zile mlipotoka Misri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitawaonyesha maajabu yangu.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="MIC.7.16" />Mataifa yataona na kuaibika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waliondolewa nguvu zao zote.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wataweka mikono yao kwenye vinywa vyao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na masikio yao yatakuwa na uziwi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="MIC.7.17" />Wataramba mavumbi kama nyoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama viumbe vitambaavyo juu ya ardhi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watatoka nje ya mapango yao wakitetemeka;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watamgeukia
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu kwa hofu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watakuogopa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="MIC.7.18" />Ni nani Mungu kama wewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye anaachilia dhambi
</q>
<q style="q1">na kusamehe makosa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya mabaki ya urithi wake?
</q>
<q style="q1">Wewe huwi na hasira milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali unafurahia kuonyesha rehema.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="MIC.7.19" />Utatuhurumia tena,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utazikanyaga dhambi zetu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">chini ya nyayo zako,
</q>
<q style="q1">na kutupa maovu yetu yote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika vilindi vya bahari.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="MIC.7.20" />Utakuwa wa kweli kwa Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe utamwonyesha Abrahamu rehema,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama ulivyowaahidi kwa kiapo baba zetu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku za kale.<ve />
</q>
</book>
<book id="NAM"><id id="NAM">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Nahumu
</h><toc level="1">Nahumu
</toc><toc level="2">Nahumu
</toc><toc level="3">Nah
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Nahumu
</p>

<c id="1" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="NAM.1.1" />Neno alilosema Mungu kuhusu Ninawi. Kitabu cha maono cha Nahumu, Mwelkoshi.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<s style="s1">Hasira Ya Mungu Dhidi Ya Ninawi
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="NAM.1.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ni mwenye wivu na Mungu mlipiza kisasi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> hulipiza kisasi na amejaa ghadhabu.
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> hulipiza kisasi juu ya watesi wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye anadumisha ghadhabu yake dhidi ya adui zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="NAM.1.3" /><nd>Bwana</nd> si mwepesi wa hasira naye ni mwenye nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><nd>Bwana</nd> hataacha kuadhibu wenye hatia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Njia yake ipo katika kisulisuli na tufani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mawingu ni vumbi la miguu yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="NAM.1.4" />Anakemea bahari na kuikausha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anafanya mito yote kukauka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Bashani na Karmeli zinanyauka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na maua ya Lebanoni hukauka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="NAM.1.5" />Milima hutikisika mbele yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vilima huyeyuka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nchi hutetemeka mbele yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dunia na wote waishio ndani yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="NAM.1.6" />Ni nani awezaye kuzuia hasira yake yenye uchungu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nani awezaye kuvumilia hasira yake kali?
</q>
<q style="q1">Ghadhabu yake imemiminwa kama moto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na miamba inapasuka mbele zake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="NAM.1.7" /><nd>Bwana</nd> ni Mwema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kimbilio wakati wa taabu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huwatunza wale wanaomtegemea,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="8" bcv="NAM.1.8" />lakini kwa mafuriko makubwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">ataangamiza Ninawi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atafuatilia adui zake hadi gizani.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="NAM.1.9" />Shauri baya lolote wapangalo dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye atalikomesha;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">taabu haitatokea mara ya pili.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="NAM.1.10" />Watasongwa katikati ya miiba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kulewa kwa mvinyo wao.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Watateketezwa kama mabua makavu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="NAM.1.11" />Ee Ninawi, kutoka kwako amejitokeza mmoja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye anapanga shauri baya
</q>
<q style="q1">dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kushauri uovu.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="NAM.1.12" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Ingawa wana muungano nao ni wengi sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watakatiliwa mbali na kuangamia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ingawa nimekutesa wewe, ee Yuda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sitakutesa tena.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="NAM.1.13" />Sasa nitavunja nira zao kutoka shingo yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitazivunjilia mbali pingu zako.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="NAM.1.14" />Hii ndiyo amri
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyoitoa kukuhusu wewe, Ninawi:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Hutakuwa na wazao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watakaoendeleza jina lako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitaharibu sanamu za kuchonga na sanamu za kuyeyusha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambazo zipo katika hekalu la miungu yenu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitaandaa kaburi lako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana wewe ni mwovu kabisa.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="NAM.1.15" />Tazama, huko juu milimani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miguu ya huyo mmoja aletaye habari njema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambaye anatangaza amani!
</q>
<q style="q1">Ee Yuda, sherehekea sikukuu zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nawe utimize nadhiri zako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Waovu hawatakuvamia tena;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataangamizwa kabisa.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Ninawi Kuanguka
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="NAM.2.1" />Mshambuliaji anasogea dhidi yako, Ninawi.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Linda ngome,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">chunga barabara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jitieni nguvu wenyewe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kusanya nguvu zako zote!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="NAM.2.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atarudisha fahari ya Yakobo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama fahari ya Israeli,
</q>
<q style="q1">ingawa waangamizi wamewaacha ukiwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wameharibu mizabibu yao.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="NAM.2.3" />Ngao za askari wake ni nyekundu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mashujaa wamevaa nguo nyekundu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Chuma kwenye magari ya vita chametameta,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku aliyoyaweka tayari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mikuki ya mierezi inametameta.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="NAM.2.4" />Magari ya vita yanafanya msukosuko barabarani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yakikimbia nyuma na mbele uwanjani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Yanaonekana kama mienge ya moto;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yanakwenda kasi kama umeme.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="NAM.2.5" />Anaita vikosi vilivyochaguliwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini bado wanajikwaa njiani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanakimbilia haraka kwenye ukuta wa mji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ile ngao ya kuwakinga imetayarishwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="NAM.2.6" />Malango ya mto yamefunguliwa wazi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na jumba la kifalme limeanguka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="NAM.2.7" />Imeagizwa kwamba mji uchukuliwe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na upelekwe uhamishoni.
</q>
<q style="q1">Vijakazi wake wanaomboleza kama hua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kupigapiga vifua vyao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="NAM.2.8" />Ninawi ni kama dimbwi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo maji yake yanakauka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanalia, “Simama! Simama!”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Lakini hakuna anayegeuka nyuma.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="NAM.2.9" />Chukueni nyara za fedha!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Chukueni nyara za dhahabu!
</q>
<q style="q1">Wingi wake hauna mwisho,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utajiri kutoka hazina zake zote!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="NAM.2.10" />Ameharibiwa, ametekwa nyara, ameachwa uchi!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mioyo inayeyuka, magoti yanalegea,
</q>
<q style="q1">miili inatetemeka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kila uso umebadilika rangi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="NAM.2.11" />Liko wapi sasa pango la simba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahali ambapo waliwalisha watoto wao,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambapo simba dume na simba jike walikwenda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ambapo wana simba walikwenda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bila kuogopa chochote?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="NAM.2.12" />Simba aliua mawindo ya kutosha watoto wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alinyonga mawindo kwa ajili ya mwenzi wake,
</q>
<q style="q1">akijaza makao yake kwa alivyoua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mapango yake kwa mawindo.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="NAM.2.13" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote anatangaza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Mimi ni kinyume na ninyi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Magari yenu ya vita nitayateketeza kwa moto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na upanga utakula wana simba wako.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Sitawaachia mawindo juu ya nchi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Sauti za wajumbe wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hazitasikika tena.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Ole Wa Ninawi
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="NAM.3.1" />Ole wa mji umwagao damu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uliojaa uongo,
</q>
<q style="q1">umejaa nyara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiokosa kuwa na vitu vya kuteka nyara.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="NAM.3.2" />Kelele za mijeledi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vishindo vya magurudumu,
</q>
<q style="q1">farasi waendao mbio
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mshtuo wa magari ya vita!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="NAM.3.3" />Wapanda farasi wanaenda mbio,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">panga zinameremeta,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mikuki inangʼaa!
</q>
<q style="q1">Majeruhi wengi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">malundo ya maiti,
</q>
<q style="q1">idadi kubwa ya miili isiyohesabika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wanajikwaa juu ya mizoga:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="NAM.3.4" />yote haya kwa sababu ya wingi wa tamaa za kahaba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anayeshawishi, bibi wa mambo ya uchawi,
</q>
<q style="q1">anayewatia utumwani mataifa kwa ukahaba wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na pia jamaa za watu kwa ulozi wake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="NAM.3.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote anasema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Mimi ni kinyume na ninyi.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nitafunika uso wako kwa gauni lako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitaonyesha mataifa uchi wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na falme aibu yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="NAM.3.6" />Nitakutupia uchafu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakufanyia dharau
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukufanya kioja.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="NAM.3.7" />Wote wanaokuona watakukimbia na kusema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Ninawi ipo katika kuangamia:
</q>
<q style="q1">ni nani atakayeomboleza kwa ajili yake?’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nitampata wapi yeyote wa kukufariji?”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="NAM.3.8" />Je, wewe ni bora kuliko No-Amoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uliopo katika Mto Naili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uliozungukwa na maji?
</q>
<q style="q1">Mto ulikuwa kinga yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo maji yalikuwa ukuta wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="NAM.3.9" />Kushi<f caller="+"><fr>3:9
</fr><ft>Kushi ni Ethiopia.</ft></f> na Misri walikuwa nguvu zake zisizo na mpaka;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Putu na Libia walikuwa miongoni mwa wale walioungana naye.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="NAM.3.10" />Hata hivyo alichukuliwa mateka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwenda uhamishoni.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watoto wake wachanga walivunjwa vunjwa vipande
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye mwanzo wa kila barabara.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kura zilipigwa kwa watu wake wenye heshima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na watu wake wote wakuu walifungwa kwa minyororo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="NAM.3.11" />Wewe pia utalewa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utakwenda mafichoni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutafuta kimbilio kutoka kwa adui.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="NAM.3.12" />Ngome zako zote ni kama mitini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yenye matunda yake ya kwanza yaliyoiva;
</q>
<q style="q1">wakati inapotikiswa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tini huanguka kwenye kinywa chake alaye.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="NAM.3.13" />Tazama vikosi vyako:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote ni wanawake!
</q>
<q style="q1">Malango ya nchi yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yamekuwa wazi kwa adui zako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">moto umeteketeza mapingo yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="NAM.3.14" />Teka maji kwa ajili ya kuzingirwa kwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">imarisha ulinzi wako,
</q>
<q style="q1">Ufanyie udongo wa mfinyanzi kazi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yakanyage matope,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">karabati tanuru la kuchomea matofali!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="NAM.3.15" />Huko moto utakuteketeza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huko upanga utakuangusha chini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kama vile panzi, watakumaliza.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ongezeka kama panzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ongezeka kama nzige!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="NAM.3.16" />Umeongeza idadi ya wafanyabiashara wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpaka wamekuwa wengi kuliko nyota za angani,
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini kama nzige wanaacha nchi tupu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kisha huruka na kwenda zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="NAM.3.17" />Walinzi wako ni kama nzige,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maafisa wako ni kama makundi ya nzige
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watuao kwenye kuta wakati wa siku ya baridi:
</q>
<q style="q1">lakini wakati jua linapotokea wanaruka kwenda zao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hakuna ajuaye waendako.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="NAM.3.18" />Ee mfalme wa Ashuru, wachungaji wako wanasinzia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakuu wako wanalala chini mavumbini kupumzika.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watu wako wametawanyika juu ya milima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bila kuwa na mtu yeyote wa kuwakusanya.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="NAM.3.19" />Hakuna kitu kinachoweza kuponya jeraha lako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jeraha lako ni la kukuua.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kila anayesikia habari zako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hupiga makofi kwa kuanguka kwako,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa ni nani ambaye hajaguswa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ukatili wako usio na mwisho?<ve />
</q>
</book>
<book id="HAB"><id id="HAB">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Habakuki
</h><toc level="1">Habakuki
</toc><toc level="2">Habakuki
</toc><toc level="3">Hab
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Habakuki
</p>

<c id="1" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="HAB.1.1" />Neno alilopokea nabii Habakuki.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<s style="s1">Lalamiko La Habakuki
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="HAB.1.2" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, hata lini nitakuomba msaada,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini wewe husikilizi?
</q>
<q style="q1">Au kukulilia, “Udhalimu!”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Lakini hutaki kuokoa?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="HAB.1.3" />Kwa nini unanifanya nitazame dhuluma?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa nini unavumilia makosa?
</q>
<q style="q1">Uharibifu na udhalimu viko mbele yangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuna mabishano na mapambano kwa wingi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="HAB.1.4" />Kwa hiyo sheria imepotoshwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo haki haipo kabisa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Waovu wanawazunguka wenye haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiyo haki imepotoshwa.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Jibu La
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="HAB.1.5" />“Yatazame mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uangalie na ushangae kabisa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa sababu katika siku zako nitafanya kitu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambacho hungeamini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata kama ungeambiwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="HAB.1.6" />Nitawainua Wakaldayo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu hao wakatili na wenye haraka,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambao hupita dunia yote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuteka mahali pa kuishi pasipo pao wenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="HAB.1.7" />Ni watu wanoogopwa na wanaotisha;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wenyewe ndio sheria yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na huinua heshima yao wenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="HAB.1.8" />Farasi wao ni wepesi kuliko chui,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wakali kuliko mbwa mwitu wakati wa machweo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Askari wapanda farasi wao huenda mbio;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waendesha farasi wao wanatoka mbali.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanaruka kasi kama tai ili kurarua;
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="9" bcv="HAB.1.9" />wote wanakuja tayari kwa fujo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Makundi yao ya wajeuri yanasonga mbele
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama upepo wa jangwani,
</q>
<q style="q1">na kukusanya wafungwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mchanga.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="HAB.1.10" />Wanawabeza wafalme,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwadhihaki watawala.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wanaicheka miji yote iliyozungushiwa maboma;
</q>
<q style="q1">wanafanya malundo ya udongo na kuiteka hiyo miji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="HAB.1.11" />Kisha wanapita kasi kama upepo na kusonga mbele:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wenye hatia, ambao nguvu zao ndio mungu wao.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Lalamiko La Pili La Habakuki
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="HAB.1.12" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, je, wewe sio wa tangu milele?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu wangu, Uliye Mtakatifu wangu, hatutakufa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, umewachagua wao ili watekeleze hukumu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ee Mwamba, umewaamuru watuadhibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="HAB.1.13" />Macho yako ni safi mno hata yasiweze kuutazama uovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala huwezi kuvumilia makosa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa nini basi unawavumilia wadanganyifu?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa nini unakuwa kimya wakati waovu
</q>
<q style="q1">wanawameza wale wenye haki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko wao wenyewe?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="HAB.1.14" />Umewafanya watu kama samaki baharini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama viumbe wa bahari wasio na mtawala.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="HAB.1.15" />Adui mwovu anawavuta wote kwa ndoana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anawakamata katika wavu wake,
</q>
<q style="q1">anawakusanya katika juya lake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiyo anashangilia na anafurahi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="HAB.1.16" />Kwa hiyo anatoa kafara kwa wavu wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuchoma uvumba kwa juya lake,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa kwa wavu wake anaishi kwa starehe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na anafurahia chakula kizuri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="HAB.1.17" />Je, aendelee kuwatoa walio katika wavu wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akiangamiza mataifa bila huruma?
<ve />
</q>

<c id="2" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="HAB.2.1" />Nitasimama katika zamu yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kujiweka mwenyewe juu ya maboma;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitatazama nione atakaloniambia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ni jibu gani nitakalotoa kuhusu lalamiko hili.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Jibu La
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="HAB.2.2" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akajibu:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Andika ufunuo huu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ukaufanye wazi juu ya vibao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili mpiga mbiu akimbie nao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="HAB.2.3" />Kwa kuwa ufunuo huu unasubiri wakati uliokubalika;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unazungumzia mambo ya mwisho,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kamwe hautakosea.
</q>
<q style="q1">Iwapo utakawia, wewe usubiri;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hakika utakuja na hautachelewa.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="HAB.2.4" />“Tazama, amejaa majivuno;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anavyovitamani si vya unyofu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini mwenye haki ataishi kwa imani yake:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="HAB.2.5" />hakika mvinyo humsaliti;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni mwenye kiburi na hana amani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa sababu ni mlafi kama kuzimu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kama kifo kamwe hatosheki;
</q>
<q style="q1">anajikusanyia mataifa yote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuchukua watu wote mateka.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="HAB.2.6" />“Je, watu wote hawatamsuta kwa dhihaka na kumbeza, wakisema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Ole wake yeye akusanyaye bidhaa zilizoibwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kujifanyia utajiri kwa kutoza kwa nguvu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ataendelea hivi kwa muda gani?’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="HAB.2.7" />Je, wadai wako hawatainuka ghafula?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, hawataamka na kukufanya utetemeke?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kisha utakuwa mhanga kwao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="HAB.2.8" />Kwa kuwa umeteka nyara mataifa mengi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu waliobaki watakuteka nyara wewe.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuwa umemwaga damu ya mtu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umeharibu nchi na miji, na kila mmoja ndani yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="HAB.2.9" />“Ole wake yeye ajengaye milki yake kwa mapato ya udhalimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">awekaye kiota chake juu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili kukimbia makucha ya uharibifu!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="HAB.2.10" />Umefanya shauri la maangamizi ya watu wengi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukiaibisha nyumba yako mwenyewe, na kupotewa na maisha yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="HAB.2.11" />Mawe ya kuta yatapiga kelele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mihimili ya kazi ya mbao itarudisha mwangwi wake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="HAB.2.12" />“Ole wake yeye ajengaye mji kwa kumwaga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">damu na kuusimamisha mji kwa uhalifu!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="HAB.2.13" />Je,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote hakuonyesha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba kazi ya wanadamu ni mafuta tu kwa ajili ya moto,
</q>
<q style="q1">na kwamba mataifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yanajichosha bure?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="HAB.2.14" />Kwa kuwa dunia itajazwa na maarifa ya utukufu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama maji yaifunikavyo bahari.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="HAB.2.15" />“Ole wake yeye awapaye jirani zake kileo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akiimimina kutoka kwenye kiriba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">cha mvinyo mpaka wamelewa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili apate kutazama miili yao iliyo uchi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="HAB.2.16" />Utajazwa na aibu badala ya utukufu.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Sasa ni zamu yako! Kunywa na ujifunue!
</q>
<q style="q1">Kikombe kutoka kwenye mkono wa kuume wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> kinakujia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na aibu itafunika utukufu wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="HAB.2.17" />Ukatili ulioifanyia Lebanoni utakufunika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uharibifu uliowafanyia wanyama utakutisha.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa sababu umemwaga damu ya mtu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umeharibu nchi na miji na kila mmoja aliyeko ndani yake.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="HAB.2.18" />“Sanamu ina thamani gani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwani mwanadamu ndiye alichonga?
</q>
<q style="q1">Ama kinyago kinachofundisha uongo?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa kuwa yeye aliyekitengeneza
</q>
<q style="q1">hutegemea kazi ya mikono yake mwenyewe;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hutengeneza sanamu zisizoweza kuzungumza.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="HAB.2.19" />Ole wake yeye auambiaye mti, ‘Uwe hai!’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Ama asemaye na jiwe lisilo na uhai, ‘Amka!’
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, linaweza kuongoza?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Limefunikwa kwa dhahabu na fedha;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna pumzi ndani yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="HAB.2.20" />Lakini
<nd>Bwana</nd> yuko katika Hekalu lake takatifu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dunia yote na inyamaze mbele yake.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Maombi Ya Habakuki
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="HAB.3.1" />Sala ya nabii Habakuki iliyoimbwa kwa shigionothi.<f caller="+"><fr>3:1
</fr><ft>Ni kifaa cha uimbaji chenye nyuzi; pia maombi kutumia kifaa hiki.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="HAB.3.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd>, nimezisikia sifa zako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami naogopa kwa matendo yako, Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">Fufua kazi yako katikati ya miaka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katikati ya miaka tangaza habari yako;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika ghadhabu kumbuka rehema.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="HAB.3.3" />Mungu alitoka Temani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye Aliye Mtakatifu kutoka Mlima Parani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Utukufu wake ulifunika mbingu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na sifa zake zikaifunika dunia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="HAB.3.4" />Mngʼao wake ulikuwa kama jua lichomozalo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mionzi ilimulika kutoka mkononi mwake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambako nguvu zake zilifichwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="HAB.3.5" />Tauni ilimtangulia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maradhi ya kuambukiza yalifuata nyayo zake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="HAB.3.6" />Alisimama, akaitikisa dunia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alitazama, na kuyafanya mataifa yatetemeke.
</q>
<q style="q1">Milima ya zamani iligeuka mavumbi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vilima vilivyozeeka vikaanguka.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Njia zake ni za milele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="HAB.3.7" />Niliona watu wa Kushani katika dhiki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na makazi ya Midiani katika maumivu makali.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="HAB.3.8" />Ee
<nd>Bwana</nd>, uliikasirikia mito?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Je, ghadhabu yako ilikuwa dhidi ya vijito?
</q>
<q style="q1">Je, ulighadhibikia bahari
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ulipoendesha farasi wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na magari yako ya ushindi?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="HAB.3.9" />Uliufunua upinde wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuita mishale mingi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Uliigawa dunia kwa mito;
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="10" bcv="HAB.3.10" />milima ilikuona ikatetemeka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mafuriko ya maji yakapita huko;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vilindi vilinguruma
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuinua mawimbi yake juu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="HAB.3.11" />Jua na mwezi vilisimama kimya mbinguni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika mngʼao wa mishale yako inayoruka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na katika mngʼao wa mkuki wako umeremetao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="HAB.3.12" />Kwa ghadhabu ulipita juu ya dunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na katika hasira ulikanyaga mataifa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="HAB.3.13" />Ulikuja kuwaokoa watu wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kumwokoa uliyemtia mafuta.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ulimponda kiongozi wa nchi ya uovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukamvua toka kichwani hadi wayo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="HAB.3.14" />Kwa mkuki wake mwenyewe ulitoboa kichwa chake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati mashujaa wake walifurika nje kwa kishindo kututawanya,
</q>
<q style="q1">wakifurahi kama walio karibu kutafuna
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wanyonge waliokuwa mafichoni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="HAB.3.15" />Ulikanyaga bahari kwa farasi wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukisukasuka maji makuu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="HAB.3.16" />Nilisikia na moyo wangu ukagonga kwa nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">midomo yangu ikatetemeka kwa hofu niliposikia sauti;
</q>
<q style="q1">uchakavu ukanyemelea mifupa yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na miguu yangu ikatetemeka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hata hivyo nitasubiri kwa uvumilivu siku ya maafa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuyajilia mataifa yaliyotuvamia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="HAB.3.17" />Ingawa mtini hauchanui maua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hakuna zabibu juu ya mizabibu,
</q>
<q style="q1">ingawaje mzeituni hauzai,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hata mashamba hayatoi chakula,
</q>
<q style="q1">iwapo hakuna kondoo katika banda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala ngʼombe katika zizi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="HAB.3.18" />hata hivyo nitashangilia katika
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitamfurahia Mungu Mwokozi wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="HAB.3.19" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi ni nguvu yangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huifanya miguu yangu kama miguu ya ayala,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huniwezesha kupita juu ya vilima.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">Kwa kiongozi wa uimbaji. Kwa vinanda vyangu vya nyuzi.<ve />
</q>
</book>
<book id="ZEP"><id id="ZEP">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Sefania
</h><toc level="1">Sefania
</toc><toc level="2">Sefania
</toc><toc level="3">Sef
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Sefania
</p>

<c id="1" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ZEP.1.1" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lililomjia Sefania mwana wa Kushi, mwana wa Gedalia, mwana wa Amaria, mwana wa Hezekia, wakati wa utawala wa Yosia mwana wa Amoni mfalme wa Yuda:
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<s style="s1">Onyo La Maangamizi Yanayokuja
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ZEP.1.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> asema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Nitafagia kila kitu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka kwenye uso wa dunia.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ZEP.1.3" />“Nitafagilia mbali watu na wanyama;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitafagilia mbali ndege wa angani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na samaki wa baharini.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wafanyao maovu watapata tu kokoto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitamkatilia mbali mwanadamu atoke katika dunia,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Dhidi Ya Yuda
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ZEP.1.4" />“Nitaiadhibu Yuda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wote wakaao Yerusalemu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kutoka mahali hapa nitakatilia mbali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila mabaki ya Baali,
</q>
<q style="q1">majina ya wapagani na makuhani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waabuduo sanamu:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ZEP.1.5" />wale ambao husujudu juu ya mapaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuabudu jeshi la vitu vya angani,
</q>
<q style="q1">wale ambao husujudu na kuapa kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ambao pia huapa kwa Malkamu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ZEP.1.6" />wale wanaoacha kumfuata
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hawamtafuti
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kutaka shauri lake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ZEP.1.7" />Nyamazeni mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana siku ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> iko karibu.
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> ameandaa dhabihu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amewaweka wakfu wale aliowaalika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ZEP.1.8" />Katika siku ya dhabihu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitawaadhibu wakuu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wana wa mfalme
</q>
<q style="q1">na wale wote wanaovaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nguo za kigeni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ZEP.1.9" />Katika siku hiyo nitaadhibu wote ambao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hukwepa kukanyaga kizingiti,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambao hujaza hekalu la miungu yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa dhuluma na udanganyifu.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ZEP.1.10" /><nd>Bwana</nd> asema, “Katika siku hiyo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kilio kitapanda juu kutoka lango la Samaki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maombolezo kutoka mtaa wa pili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mshindo mkubwa kutoka vilimani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ZEP.1.11" />Ombolezeni, ninyi mnaoishi katika eneo la sokoni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wafanyabiashara wenu wote wameangamizwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">wote ambao wanafanya biashara ya fedha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataangamizwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ZEP.1.12" />Wakati huo nitasaka mji wa Yerusalemu kwa taa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwaadhibu wale ambao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanakaa katika hali ya kuridhika,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambao ni kama divai
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">iliyobaki kwenye machicha,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambao hudhani, ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> hatafanya lolote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jema au baya.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ZEP.1.13" />Utajiri wao utatekwa nyara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyumba zao zitabomolewa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watajenga nyumba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hawataishi ndani yake;
</q>
<q style="q1">watapanda mizabibu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hawatakunywa divai yake.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Siku Kubwa Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ZEP.1.14" />“Siku kubwa ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> iko karibu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">iko karibu na inakuja haraka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Sikilizeni! Kilio katika siku ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kitakuwa kichungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata shujaa atapiga kelele.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ZEP.1.15" />Siku ile ni siku ya ghadhabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku ya fadhaa na dhiki,
</q>
<q style="q1">siku ya uharibifu na ukiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku ya giza na utusitusi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku ya mawingu na giza nene,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ZEP.1.16" />siku ya tarumbeta na mlio wa vita
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhidi ya miji yenye ngome
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na dhidi ya minara mirefu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ZEP.1.17" />Nitawaletea watu dhiki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watatembea kama vipofu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu wametenda dhambi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhidi ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">Damu yao itamwagwa kama vumbi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na matumbo yao kama taka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ZEP.1.18" />Fedha yao wala dhahabu yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hazitaweza kuwaokoa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku hiyo ya ghadhabu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</q>
<q style="q1">Katika moto wa wivu wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dunia yote itateketezwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana ataleta mwisho
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wa wote wanaoishi katika dunia ghafula.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="2" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ZEP.2.1" />Kusanyikeni pamoja, kusanyikeni pamoja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">enyi taifa lisilo na aibu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ZEP.2.2" />kabla ya wakati ulioamriwa haujafika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na siku ile inayopeperusha kama makapi,
</q>
<q style="q1">kabla hasira kali ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> haijaja juu yenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kabla siku ya ghadhabu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haijaja juu yenu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ZEP.2.3" />Mtafuteni
<nd>Bwana</nd>, enyi nyote wanyenyekevu wa nchi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi ambao hufanya lile analoamuru.
</q>
<q style="q1">Tafuteni haki, tafuteni unyenyekevu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">labda mtahifadhiwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku ya hasira ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Dhidi Ya Ufilisti
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ZEP.2.4" />Gaza utaachwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Ashkeloni utaachwa magofu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wakati wa adhuhuri Ashdodi utaachwa mtupu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Ekroni utangʼolewa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ZEP.2.5" />Ole wenu ninyi ambao mnaishi kando ya bahari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">enyi Wakerethi;
</q>
<q style="q1">neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> liko dhidi yenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ee Kanaani, nchi ya Wafilisti.
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Mimi nitawaangamiza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hakuna atakayebaki.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ZEP.2.6" />Nchi kando ya bahari, mahali ambapo wanaishi Wakerethi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">patakuwa mahali pa wachungaji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mazizi ya kondoo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ZEP.2.7" />Itakuwa mali ya mabaki ya nyumba ya Yuda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hapo watapata malisho.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wakati wa jioni watajilaza chini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika nyumba za Ashkeloni.
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao atawatunza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atawarudishia wafungwa wao.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Dhidi Ya Moabu Na Amoni
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ZEP.2.8" />“Nimeyasikia matukano ya Moabu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo dhihaka za Waamoni,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambao waliwatukana watu wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutoa vitisho dhidi ya nchi yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ZEP.2.9" />Hakika, kama niishivyo,”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu wa Israeli,
</q>
<q style="q1">“hakika Moabu itakuwa kama Sodoma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Waamoni kama Gomora:
</q>
<q style="q1">mahali pa magugu na mashimo ya chumvi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nchi ya ukiwa milele.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mabaki ya watu wangu watawateka nyara;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mabaki ya taifa langu watarithi nchi yao.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ZEP.2.10" />Hiki ndicho watarudishiwa kwa ajili ya kiburi chao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kutukana na kudhihaki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ZEP.2.11" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atakuwa wa kuhofisha kwao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atakapoangamiza miungu yote ya nchi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mataifa katika kila pwani yatamwabudu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila moja katika nchi yake.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Dhidi Ya Kushi
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ZEP.2.12" />“Ninyi pia, ee Wakushi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mtauawa kwa upanga wangu.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Dhidi Ya Ashuru
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ZEP.2.13" />Mungu atanyoosha mkono wake dhidi ya kaskazini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuangamiza Waashuru,
</q>
<q style="q1">akiiacha Ninawi ukiwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na pakame kama jangwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ZEP.2.14" />Makundi ya kondoo na ngʼombe yatajilaza pale,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">viumbe vya kila aina.
</q>
<q style="q1">Bundi wa jangwani na bundi waliao kwa sauti nyembamba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataishi juu ya nguzo zake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mwangwi wa kuita kwao utapita madirishani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kifusi kitakuwa milangoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">boriti za mierezi zitaachwa wazi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ZEP.2.15" />Huu ndio mji uliotukuka na kuishi kwa furaha
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakijisikia salama.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ulisema moyoni mwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Mimi ndimi, na wala hapana mwingine ila mimi.”
</q>
<q style="q1">Jinsi gani umekuwa gofu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mahali pa kulala wanyama pori!
</q>
<q style="q1">Wote wanaopita kando yake wanauzomea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutikisa mkono kwa dharau.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Hatima Ya Yerusalemu
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ZEP.3.1" />Ole mji wa wadhalimu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waasi na waliotiwa unajisi!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ZEP.3.2" />Hautii mtu yeyote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haukubali maonyo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Haumtumaini
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haukaribii karibu na Mungu wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ZEP.3.3" />Maafisa wake ni simba wangurumao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watawala wake ni mbwa mwitu wa jioni,
</q>
<q style="q1">ambao hawabakizi chochote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya asubuhi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ZEP.3.4" />Manabii wake ni wenye kiburi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni wadanganyifu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Makuhani wake hunajisi patakatifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuihalifu sheria.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ZEP.3.5" /><nd>Bwana</nd> aliye ndani yake ni mwenye haki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hafanyi kosa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Asubuhi kwa asubuhi hutoa haki yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila kukipambazuka huitimiza,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mtu dhalimu hana aibu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ZEP.3.6" />“Nimeyafutilia mbali mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ngome zao zimebomolewa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nimeziacha barabara ukiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna anayepita humo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Miji yao imeharibiwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna mmoja atakayeachwa:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna hata mmoja.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ZEP.3.7" />Niliuambia huo mji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Hakika utaniogopa na kukubali maonyo!’
</q>
<q style="q1">Ndipo makao yake hayatafutiliwa mbali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala adhabu zangu zote hazitakuja juu yake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini walikuwa bado na shauku
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutenda kwa upotovu katika yote waliyofanya.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ZEP.3.8" /><nd>Bwana</nd> anasema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Kwa hiyo ningojee mimi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku nitakayosimama kuteka nyara.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nimeamua kukusanya mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kukusanya falme
</q>
<q style="q1">na kumimina ghadhabu yangu juu yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hasira yangu kali yote.
</q>
<q style="q1">Dunia yote itateketezwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa moto wa wivu wa hasira yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ZEP.3.9" />“Ndipo nitatakasa midomo ya mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwamba wote waweze kuliitia jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumtumikia kwa pamoja.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ZEP.3.10" />Kutoka ngʼambo ya mito ya Kushi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wangu wanaoniabudu,
</q>
<q style="q1">watu wangu waliotawanyika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataniletea sadaka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ZEP.3.11" />Siku hiyo hutaaibishwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya makosa yote ulionitendea,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu nitawaondoa kutoka mji huu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wote wanaoshangilia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika kiburi chao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kamwe hutajivuna tena
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika kilima changu kitakatifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ZEP.3.12" />Lakini nitakuachia ndani yako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wapole na wanyenyekevu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao wanatumaini jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ZEP.3.13" />Mabaki ya Israeli hayatafanya kosa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawatasema uongo,
</q>
<q style="q1">wala udanganyifu hautakuwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika vinywa vyao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watakula na kulala
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna yeyote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atakayewaogopesha.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ZEP.3.14" />Imba, ee Binti Sayuni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">paza sauti, ee Israeli!
</q>
<q style="q1">Furahi na kushangilia kwa moyo wako wote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ee Binti Yerusalemu!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ZEP.3.15" /><nd>Bwana</nd> amekuondolea adhabu yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amewarudisha nyuma adui zako.
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd>, Mfalme wa Israeli, yu pamoja nawe;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kamwe hutaogopa tena madhara yoyote.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ZEP.3.16" />Katika siku hiyo watauambia Yerusalemu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Usiogope, ee Sayuni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiiache mikono yako ilegee.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ZEP.3.17" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wako yu pamoja nawe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ni mwenye nguvu kuokoa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Atakufurahia kwa furaha kubwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atakutuliza kwa pendo lake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atakufurahia kwa kuimba.”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ZEP.3.18" />“Huzuni katika sikukuu zilizoamriwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitaziondoa kwenu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hizo ni mzigo na fedheha kwenu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ZEP.3.19" />Wakati huo nitawashughulikia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote waliokudhulumu;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitaokoa vilema na kukusanya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale ambao wametawanywa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitawapa sifa na heshima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika kila nchi ambayo waliaibishwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ZEP.3.20" />Wakati huo nitawakusanya;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati huo nitawaleta nyumbani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitawapa sifa na heshima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miongoni mwa mataifa yote ya dunia
</q>
<q style="q1">wakati nitakapowarudishia mateka yenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele ya macho yenu hasa,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.<ve />
</q>
</book>
<book id="HAG"><id id="HAG">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Hagai
</h><toc level="1">Hagai
</toc><toc level="2">Hagai
</toc><toc level="3">Hag
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Hagai
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Wito Wa Kuijenga Nyumba Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="HAG.1.1" />Katika mwaka wa pili wa utawala wa Mfalme Dario wa Uajemi, katika siku ya kwanza ya mwezi wa sita, neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilikuja kupitia kwa nabii Hagai kwenda kwa Zerubabeli mwana wa Shealtieli, mtawala wa Yuda na kwa Yoshua<f caller="+"><fr>1:1
</fr><ft>Yoshua kwa Kiebrania ni Yeshua, maana yake ni Yehova ni wokovu.</ft></f> mwana wa kuhani mkuu Yehosadaki:
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="HAG.1.2" />Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote: “Hawa watu husema, ‘Wakati haujawadia wa kujenga nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="HAG.1.3" />Kisha neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likaja kupitia kwa nabii Hagai:
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="HAG.1.4" />“Je, ni wakati wenu ninyi wa kuishi katika nyumba zenu zilizojengwa vizuri, wakati hii nyumba ikibaki, gofu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="HAG.1.5" />Sasa hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote: “Zitafakarini vyema njia zenu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="HAG.1.6" />Mmepanda vingi, lakini mmevuna haba. Mnakula lakini hamshibi, mnakunywa, lakini hamtosheki. Mnavaa nguo, lakini hamsikii joto. Mnapata mishahara, lakini inatoweka kama imewekwa kwenye mfuko uliotobokatoboka.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="HAG.1.7" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote: “Zitafakarini vyema njia zenu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="HAG.1.8" />Pandeni milimani mkalete miti na kujenga nyumba, ili nipate kuifurahia, na nitukuzwe,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="HAG.1.9" />“Mlitarajia mengi, kumbe, yametokea kidogo. Ulichokileta nyumbani nilikipeperusha. Kwa nini?” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote. “Ni kwa sababu ya nyumba yangu, inayobaki katika hali ya magofu, wakati kila mmoja wenu anajishughulisha na nyumba yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="HAG.1.10" />Kwa hiyo, kwa sababu yenu mbingu zimezuia umande wake na ardhi mavuno yake.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="HAG.1.11" />Niliita ukame mashambani na milimani, kwenye nafaka, mvinyo mpya, mafuta pamoja na chochote kinachozalishwa na ardhi, juu ya watu na ngʼombe, pamoja na kazi za mikono yenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="HAG.1.12" />Kisha Zerubabeli mwana wa Shealtieli, Yoshua kuhani mkuu mwana wa Yehosadaki, pamoja na mabaki yote ya watu wakaitii sauti ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao pamoja na ujumbe wa nabii Hagai, kwa sababu alikuwa ametumwa na
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao. Watu walimwogopa
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="HAG.1.13" />Kisha Hagai, mjumbe wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, akawapa watu ujumbe huu wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>: “Mimi niko pamoja nanyi,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="HAG.1.14" />Kwa hiyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akachochea roho ya Zerubabeli mwana wa Shealtieli, mtawala wa Yuda, na roho ya kuhani mkuu Yoshua mwana wa Yehosadaki, pamoja na roho za mabaki yote ya watu. Walikuja wakaanza kufanya kazi katika nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, Mungu wao,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="HAG.1.15" />katika siku ya ishirini na nne mwezi wa sita, katika mwaka wa pili wa utawala wa Mfalme Dario.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Utukufu Ulioahidiwa Wa Nyumba Mpya
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="HAG.2.1" />Katika siku ya ishirini na moja ya mwezi wa saba, neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilikuja kupitia nabii Hagai, kusema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="HAG.2.2" />“Sema na Zerubabeli mwana wa Shealtieli, mtawala wa Yuda, kuhani mkuu Yoshua mwana wa Yehosadaki, na mabaki ya watu. Uwaulize,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="HAG.2.3" />‘Ni nani miongoni mwenu aliyebaki ambaye aliiona hii nyumba katika utukufu wake wa mwanzo? Sasa inaonekanaje kwenu? Je, haionekani kwenu kama si kitu?
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="HAG.2.4" />Lakini sasa uwe imara, ee Zerubabeli,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>. ‘Kuwa imara, ee kuhani mkuu Yoshua mwana wa Yehosadaki. Mwe imara, enyi watu wote wa nchi,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ‘na mfanye kazi. Kwa kuwa mimi nipo pamoja nanyi,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="HAG.2.5" />‘Hili ndilo nililoagana nanyi mlipotoka katika nchi ya Misri. Pia Roho wangu anadumu katikati yenu. Msiogope.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="HAG.2.6" />“Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote: ‘Baada ya muda kidogo kwa mara nyingine nitazitikisa mbingu na nchi, bahari na nchi kavu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="HAG.2.7" />Nitatikisa mataifa yote, nacho kile kinachotamaniwa na mataifa yote kitakuja, nami nitaujaza utukufu katika nyumba hii,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="HAG.2.8" />‘Fedha ni mali yangu na dhahabu ni mali yangu,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="HAG.2.9" />‘Utukufu wa nyumba hii ya sasa utakuwa mkubwa kuliko utukufu wa ile nyumba ya mwanzoni,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote. ‘Na mahali hapa nitawapa amani,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Baraka Kwa Watu Waliotiwa Unajisi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="HAG.2.10" />Katika siku ya ishirini na nne ya mwezi wa tisa, katika mwaka wa pili wa utawala wa Mfalme Dario, neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilikuja kwa nabii Hagai:
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="HAG.2.11" />“Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote: ‘Ulizeni makuhani jinsi sheria inavyosema:
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="HAG.2.12" />Kama mtu akibeba nyama iliyowekwa wakfu katika pindo la vazi lake, kisha lile pindo likagusa mkate au mchuzi, divai, mafuta au chakula kingine, je, kitu hicho kitakuwa kimewekwa wakfu?’ ”
</p>
<p style="p">Makuhani wakajibu, “La hasha.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="HAG.2.13" />Kisha Hagai akasema, “Je, kama mtu aliyetiwa unajisi kwa kugusa maiti akigusa mojawapo ya vitu hivi, kitu hicho kitakuwa kimetiwa unajisi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Makuhani wakajibu, “Ndiyo, huwa kimenajisiwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="HAG.2.14" />Kisha Hagai akasema, “ ‘Basi ndivyo walivyo machoni pangu hawa watu na taifa hili,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>. ‘Lolote wafanyalo na chochote watoacho hapo ni najisi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="HAG.2.15" />“ ‘Sasa fikirini kwa uangalifu kuanzia leo na kuendelea: tafakarini jinsi mambo yalivyokuwa kabla halijawekwa jiwe moja juu ya lingine katika Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="HAG.2.16" />Wakati mtu alipoendea lundo la nafaka la vipimo ishirini, kulikuwa na vipimo kumi tu. Wakati mtu alipoendea pipa la mvinyo ili kuchota vipimo hamsini, kulikuwa na vipimo ishirini tu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="HAG.2.17" />Kazi zenu zote za mikono nilizipiga kwa ukame, ukungu na mvua ya mawe, lakini hata hivyo, hamkunigeukia mimi,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="HAG.2.18" />‘Tangu leo na kuendelea, kuanzia siku hii ya ishirini na nne ya mwezi wa tisa, tafakarini siku ambayo msingi wa Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd> uliwekwa. Tafakarini:
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="HAG.2.19" />Je, bado kuna mbegu iliyobakia ghalani? Mpaka sasa, hakuna mzabibu au mtini, mkomamanga wala mzeituni uliozaa tunda.
</p>
<p style="p">“ ‘Kuanzia leo na kuendelea, nitawabariki.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Zerubabeli Pete Ya Muhuri Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="HAG.2.20" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamjia Hagai kwa mara ya pili katika siku ya ishirini na nne ya mwezi kusema:
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="HAG.2.21" />“Mwambie Zerubabeli mtawala wa Yuda kwamba nitazitikisa mbingu na nchi.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="HAG.2.22" />Nitapindua viti vya enzi vya falme, na kuziharibu kabisa nguvu za falme za kigeni. Nitapindua magari ya vita pamoja na waendeshaji wake; farasi na wapanda farasi wataanguka, kila mmoja kwa upanga wa ndugu yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="HAG.2.23" />“ ‘Katika siku ile,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, ‘nitakuchukua wewe, mtumishi wangu Zerubabeli mwana wa Shealtieli,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>. ‘Nitakufanya kama pete yangu ya muhuri, kwa kuwa nimekuchagua,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.”<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="ZEC"><id id="ZEC">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Zekaria
</h><toc level="1">Zekaria
</toc><toc level="2">Zekaria
</toc><toc level="3">Zek
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Zekaria
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Wito Wa Kumrudia
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ZEC.1.1" />Katika mwezi wa nane wa mwaka wa pili wa utawala wa Mfalme Dario, neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilimjia nabii Zekaria mwana wa Berekia, mwana wa Ido, kusema:
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="ZEC.1.2" />“<nd>Bwana</nd> aliwakasirikia sana baba zako wa zamani.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ZEC.1.3" />Kwa hiyo waambie watu: Hivi ndivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote asemavyo: ‘Nirudieni mimi,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, ‘nami nitawarudia ninyi,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ZEC.1.4" />Msiwe kama baba zenu, ambao manabii waliotangulia waliwatangazia: Hivi ndivyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote asemavyo: ‘Geukeni, mziache njia zenu mbaya na matendo yenu maovu.’ Lakini hawakunisikiliza wala kufuata maelekezo yangu, asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ZEC.1.5" />Wako wapi baba zako sasa? Nao manabii, je, wanaishi milele?
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ZEC.1.6" />Je, maneno yangu na amri zangu nilizowaagiza manabii watumishi wangu, hayakuwapata baba zenu?”
</p>
<p style="p">“Kisha walitubu na kusema, ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote ametutenda sawasawa na njia zetu na matendo yetu yalivyostahili, kama alivyokusudia kufanya.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maono Ya Kwanza: Mtu Katikati Ya Miti Ya Mihadasi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="ZEC.1.7" />Katika siku ya ishirini na nne ya mwezi wa kumi na moja, yaani mwezi uitwao Shebati, katika mwaka wa pili wa utawala wa Mfalme Dario, neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilimjia nabii Zekaria mwana wa Berekia mwana wa Ido.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="ZEC.1.8" />Wakati wa usiku nilipata maono, mbele yangu alikuwepo mtu akiendesha farasi mwekundu! Alikuwa amesimama katikati ya miti ya mihadasi kwenye bonde. Nyuma yake walikuwepo farasi wekundu, wa kikahawia na weupe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ZEC.1.9" />Nikauliza, “Hivi ni vitu gani bwana wangu?”
</p>
<p style="p">Malaika aliyekuwa akizungumza na mimi akanijibu, “Nitakuonyesha kuwa ni nini.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="ZEC.1.10" />Kisha yule mtu aliyesimama katikati ya miti ya mihadasi akaeleza, “Ni wale ambao
<nd>Bwana</nd> amewatuma waende duniani kote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="ZEC.1.11" />Nao wakatoa taarifa kwa yule malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, aliyekuwa amesimama katikati ya miti ya mihadasi, “Tumepita duniani kote na kukuta ulimwengu wote umepumzika kwa amani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="ZEC.1.12" />Kisha malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akasema, “<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, utazuia mpaka lini rehema kutoka Yerusalemu na miji ya Yuda, ambayo umeikasirikia kwa miaka hii sabini?”
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ZEC.1.13" />Kwa hiyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> akazungumza maneno ya upole na ya kufariji kwa malaika aliyezungumza nami.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="ZEC.1.14" />Kisha malaika yule aliyekuwa akizungumza nami akasema, “Tangaza neno hili: Hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote asemalo: ‘Nina wivu sana kwa ajili ya Yerusalemu na Sayuni,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ZEC.1.15" />lakini nimeyakasirikia sana mataifa yanayojisikia kuwa yako salama. Nilikuwa nimewakasirikia Israeli kidogo tu, lakini mataifa hayo yaliwazidishia maafa.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="ZEC.1.16" />“Kwa hiyo, hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: ‘Nitairudia Yerusalemu kwa rehema na huko nyumba yangu itajengwa tena. Nayo kamba ya kupimia itanyooshwa Yerusalemu,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="ZEC.1.17" />“Endelea kutangaza zaidi kwamba: Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote: ‘Miji yangu itafurika tena ustawi na
<nd>Bwana</nd> atamfariji tena Sayuni na kumchagua Yerusalemu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maono Ya Pili: Pembe Nne Na Mafundi Wanne
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="ZEC.1.18" />Kisha nikatazama juu, na pale mbele yangu nikaona pembe nne!
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ZEC.1.19" />Nikamuuliza yule malaika aliyekuwa akizungumza nami, “Ni nini hivi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akanijibu, “Hizi ni zile pembe zilizowatawanya Yuda, Israeli na Yerusalemu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="ZEC.1.20" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akanionyesha mafundi wanne.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ZEC.1.21" />Nikauliza, “Hawa wanakuja kufanya nini?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akanijibu, “Hizi ndizo pembe zilizowatawanya Yuda ili asiwepo atakayeweza kuinua kichwa chake, lakini mafundi wamekuja kuzitia hofu na kuzitupa chini hizi pembe za mataifa ambayo yaliinua pembe zao dhidi ya nchi ya Yuda na kuwatawanya watu wake.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Maono Ya Tatu: Mtu Mwenye Kamba Ya Kupimia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ZEC.2.1" />Kisha nikatazama juu: pale mbele yangu alikuwepo mtu mwenye kamba ya kupimia mkononi mwake!
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ZEC.2.2" />Nikamuuliza, “Unakwenda wapi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akanijibu, “Kupima Yerusalemu, kupata urefu na upana wake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="ZEC.2.3" />Kisha malaika aliyekuwa akizungumza nami akaondoka, malaika mwingine akaja kukutana naye
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ZEC.2.4" />na kumwambia: “Kimbia, umwambie yule kijana, ‘Yerusalemu utakuwa mji usio na kuta kwa sababu ya wingi wa watu na mifugo iliyomo.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ZEC.2.5" />Mimi mwenyewe nitakuwa ukuta wa moto kuuzunguka,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ‘nami nitakuwa utukufu wake ndani yake.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="ZEC.2.6" />“Njooni! Njooni! Kimbieni mtoke katika nchi ya kaskazini,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, “Kwa kuwa nimewatawanya kwenye pande nne za mbingu,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="ZEC.2.7" />“Njoo, ee Sayuni! Kimbia, wewe ukaaye ndani ya Binti Babeli!”
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ZEC.2.8" />Kwa kuwa hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote: “Baada ya yeye kuniheshimu na kunituma mimi dhidi ya mataifa yaliyokuteka nyara, kwa kuwa yeyote awagusaye ninyi, anaigusa mboni ya jicho lake,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ZEC.2.9" />hakika nitauinua mkono wangu dhidi yao ili watumwa wao wawateke nyara. Ndipo mtakapojua ya kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote amenituma.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="ZEC.2.10" />“Piga kelele na ufurahie, ee Binti Sayuni, kwa maana ninakuja, nami nitaishi miongoni mwenu,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ZEC.2.11" />“Mataifa mengi yataunganishwa na
<nd>Bwana</nd> siku hiyo, nao watakuwa watu wangu. Nitaishi miongoni mwenu nanyi mtajua kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote amenituma kwenu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ZEC.2.12" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atairithi Yuda kama fungu lake katika nchi takatifu na atachagua tena Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ZEC.2.13" />Tulieni mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd>, enyi watu wote, kwa sababu ameinuka kutoka makao yake matakatifu.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Maono Ya Nne: Mavazi Safi Kwa Ajili Ya Kuhani Mkuu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ZEC.3.1" />Kisha akanionyesha Yoshua,<f caller="+"><fr>3:1
</fr><ft>Yoshua kwa Kiebrania ni Yeshua, maana yake ni Yehova ni wokovu.</ft></f> kuhani mkuu, akiwa amesimama mbele ya malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, naye Shetani amesimama upande wake wa kuume ili amshtaki.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ZEC.3.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> akamwambia Shetani, “<nd>Bwana</nd> akukemee Shetani!
<nd>Bwana</nd>, ambaye ameichagua Yerusalemu, akukemee! Je, mtu huyu siyo kijinga kinachowaka kilichonyakuliwa kwenye moto?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="ZEC.3.3" />Wakati huu, Yoshua alikuwa amevaa nguo chafu alipokuwa amesimama mbele ya malaika.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ZEC.3.4" />Malaika akawaambia wale waliokuwa wamesimama mbele yake, “Mvueni hizo nguo zake chafu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Kisha akamwambia Yoshua, “Tazama, nimeiondoa dhambi yako, nami nitakuvika mavazi ya kitajiri.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="ZEC.3.5" />Kisha nikasema, “Mvike kilemba kilicho safi kichwani mwake.” Kwa hiyo wakamvika kilemba safi kichwani na kumvika yale mavazi mengine, wakati malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akiwa amesimama karibu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="ZEC.3.6" />Malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akamwamuru Yoshua:
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ZEC.3.7" />“Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote: ‘Ikiwa utakwenda katika njia zangu na kushika masharti yangu, basi utaitawala nyumba yangu na kuwa na amri juu ya nyua zangu, nami nitakupa nafasi miongoni mwa hawa wasimamao hapa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="ZEC.3.8" />“ ‘Sikiliza, ee Yoshua kuhani mkuu, pamoja na wenzako walioketi mbele yako, ambao ni watu walio ishara ya mambo yatakayokuja: Ninakwenda kumleta mtumishi wangu, Tawi.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ZEC.3.9" />Tazama, jiwe nililoliweka mbele ya Yoshua! Kuna macho saba juu ya jiwe lile moja, nami nitachora maandishi juu yake,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, ‘nami nitaiondoa dhambi ya nchi hii kwa siku moja.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="ZEC.3.10" />“ ‘Katika siku hiyo kila mmoja wenu atamwalika jirani yake akae chini ya mzabibu wake na mtini wake,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Maono Ya Tano: Kinara Cha Taa Cha Dhahabu Na Mizeituni Miwili
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ZEC.4.1" />Kisha malaika aliyezungumza nami akarudi na kuniamsha, kama mtu aamshwavyo kutoka usingizi wake.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ZEC.4.2" />Akaniuliza, “Unaona nini?”
</p>
<p style="p">Nikajibu, “Ninaona kinara cha taa cha dhahabu tupu, nacho kina bakuli juu yake na taa zake saba juu yake, tena iko mirija saba ya kuleta mafuta, kwenye taa zote zilizo juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ZEC.4.3" />Pia kuna mizeituni miwili karibu yake, mmoja upande wa kuume wa bakuli na mwingine upande wa kushoto.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="ZEC.4.4" />Nikamuuliza malaika aliyezungumza nami, “Hivi ni vitu gani, bwana wangu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="ZEC.4.5" />Akanijibu, “Hujui kuwa hivi ni vitu gani?”
</p>
<p style="p">Nikajibu, “Hapana, bwana wangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="ZEC.4.6" />Kisha akaniambia, “Hili ni neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa Zerubabeli: ‘Si kwa uwezo, wala si kwa nguvu, bali ni kwa Roho yangu,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="ZEC.4.7" />“Wewe ni kitu gani, ee mlima mkubwa sana? Mbele ya Zerubabeli wewe utakuwa ardhi tambarare. Kisha ataweka jiwe la juu kabisa la mwisho na watu wakipiga kelele wakisema, ‘Mungu libariki! Mungu libariki!’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="ZEC.4.8" />Kisha neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia:
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ZEC.4.9" />“Mikono ya Zerubabeli iliweka msingi wa Hekalu hili, mikono yake pia italimalizia. Kisha mtajua ya kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote amenituma mimi kwenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="ZEC.4.10" />“Ni nani anayeidharau siku ya mambo madogo? Watu watashangilia watakapoona timazi mkononi mwa Zerubabeli.
</p>
<p style="p">“(Hizi saba ni macho ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ambayo huzunguka duniani kote.)”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="ZEC.4.11" />Kisha nikamuuliza yule malaika, “Hii mizeituni miwili iliyoko upande wa kuume na wa kushoto wa kinara cha taa ni nini?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="ZEC.4.12" />Tena nikamuuliza, “Haya matawi mawili ya mizeituni karibu na hiyo mirija miwili ya dhahabu inayomimina mafuta ya dhahabu ni nini?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="ZEC.4.13" />Akajibu, “Hujui kuwa haya ni nini?”
</p>
<p style="p">Nikamjibu, “Hapana, bwana wangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="ZEC.4.14" />Kwa hiyo akasema, “Hawa ni wawili ambao wamepakwa mafuta ili kumtumikia Bwana wa dunia yote.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Maono Ya Sita: Kitabu Kinachoruka
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ZEC.5.1" />Nikatazama tena: na hapo mbele yangu kulikuwa na kitabu kilichoruka!
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="ZEC.5.2" />Akaniuliza, “Unaona nini?”
</p>
<p style="p">Nikamjibu, “Naona kitabu kinachoruka chenye, urefu wa dhiraa ishirini<f caller="+"><fr>5:2
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 20 ni sawa na mita 9.</ft></f> na upana wa dhiraa kumi.”<f caller="+"><fr>5:2
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 10 ni sawa mita 4.5.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="ZEC.5.3" />Akaniambia, “Hii ni laana inayotoka kwenda juu ya nchi yote, kwa kuwa kufuatana na yale yaliyoandikwa katika upande mmoja, kila mwizi atafukuziwa mbali, pia kufuatana na yaliyo upande wa pili, kila aapaye kwa uongo atafukuziwa mbali.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ZEC.5.4" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote asema, ‘Nitaituma hiyo laana, nayo itaingia katika nyumba ya mwizi na nyumba ya huyo aapaye kwa uongo kwa Jina langu. Itabaki katika nyumba yake na kuiharibu, pamoja na mbao zake na mawe yake.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maono Ya Saba: Mwanamke Ndani Ya Kikapu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="ZEC.5.5" />Kisha yule malaika aliyekuwa akizungumza nami akanijia na kuniambia, “Tazama juu uone ni nini kile kinachojitokeza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="ZEC.5.6" />Nikamuuliza, “Ni kitu gani?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akanijibu, “Ni kikapu cha kupimia.” Kisha akaongeza kusema, “Huu ni uovu wa watu katika nchi nzima.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="ZEC.5.7" />Kisha kifuniko kilichotengenezwa kwa madini ya risasi kilichokuwa kimefunika kile kikapu, kiliinuliwa na ndani ya kile kikapu alikuwako mwanamke ameketi!
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ZEC.5.8" />Akasema, “Huu ni uovu,” tena akamsukumia ndani ya kikapu na kushindilia kifuniko juu ya mdomo wa kikapu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ZEC.5.9" />Kisha nikatazama juu: na pale mbele yangu, walikuwepo wanawake wawili, wakiwa na upepo katika mabawa yao! Walikuwa na mabawa kama ya korongo, nao wakainua kile kikapu na kuruka nacho kati ya mbingu na nchi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="ZEC.5.10" />Nikamuuliza yule malaika aliyekuwa akizungumza nami, “Wanakipeleka wapi hicho kikapu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="ZEC.5.11" />Akanijibu, “Wanakipeleka katika nchi ya Babeli na kujenga nyumba kwa ajili yake. Itakapokuwa tayari, kikapu kitawekwa pale mahali pake.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Maono Ya Nane: Magari Manne Ya Vita
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ZEC.6.1" />Nikatazama juu tena: nikaona mbele yangu magari manne ya vita yakija kutoka kati ya milima miwili, milima ya shaba!
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ZEC.6.2" />Gari la kwanza lilivutwa na farasi wekundu, la pili lilivutwa na farasi weusi,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ZEC.6.3" />la tatu lilivutwa na farasi weupe na gari la nne lilivutwa na farasi wa madoadoa ya kijivu, wote wenye nguvu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ZEC.6.4" />Nikamuuliza malaika aliyekuwa akizungumza nami, “Hawa ni nani bwana wangu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="ZEC.6.5" />Malaika akanijibu, “Hizi ni roho nne za mbinguni zisimamazo mbele ya uwepo wa Bwana wa dunia yote, zinatoka kwenda kufanya kazi yake.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ZEC.6.6" />Gari linalovutwa na farasi weusi linaelekea katika nchi ya kaskazini, la farasi weupe linaelekea magharibi na la farasi wa madoadoa ya kijivu linaelekea kusini.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="ZEC.6.7" />Wakati hao farasi wenye nguvu walipokuwa wakitoka, walikuwa wakijitahidi kwenda duniani kote. Akasema, “Nenda duniani kote!” Kwa hiyo wakaenda duniani kote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="ZEC.6.8" />Kisha akaniita, “Tazama, wale wanaokwenda kuelekea nchi ya kaskazini wamepumzisha Roho yangu katika nchi ya kaskazini.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Taji Kwa Ajili Ya Yoshua
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ZEC.6.9" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ZEC.6.10" />“Chukua fedha na dhahabu kutoka kwa watu waliohamishwa, yaani Heldai, Tobia na Yedaya ambao wamefika kutoka Babeli. Siku iyo hiyo nenda nyumbani kwa Yosia mwana wa Sefania.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ZEC.6.11" />Chukua fedha na dhahabu utengeneze taji, nawe uiweke kichwani mwa kuhani mkuu Yoshua, mwana wa Yehosadaki.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ZEC.6.12" />Umwambie, hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote: ‘Huyu ndiye mtu ambaye jina lake ni Tawi, naye atachipua kutoka mahali pake na kujenga Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ZEC.6.13" />Ni yeye atakayejenga Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, naye atavikwa utukufu na ataketi kumiliki katika kiti cha enzi naye atakuwa kuhani katika kiti chake cha enzi. Hapo patakuwa amani kati ya hao wawili.’
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ZEC.6.14" />Taji itatolewa kwa Heldai, Tobia, Yedaya na Heni mwana wa Sefania kama kumbukumbu ndani ya Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ZEC.6.15" />Wale walio mbali sana watakuja na kusaidia kulijenga Hekalu la
<nd>Bwana</nd>, nanyi mtajua ya kwamba
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote amenituma kwenu. Hili litatokea ikiwa mtamtii
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wenu kwa bidii.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Haki Na Rehema, Sio Kufunga
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ZEC.7.1" />Katika mwaka wa nne wa utawala wa Mfalme Dario, neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> lilimjia Zekaria siku ya nne ya mwezi wa tisa, mwezi wa Kisleu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ZEC.7.2" />Watu wa Betheli walikuwa wamemtuma Shareza na Regem-Meleki pamoja na watu wao, kumsihi
<nd>Bwana</nd>
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ZEC.7.3" />kwa kuwauliza makuhani wa nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote na manabii, “Je, imempasa kuomboleza na kufunga katika mwezi wa tano, kama ambavyo nimekuwa nikifanya kwa miaka mingi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="ZEC.7.4" />Kisha neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote likanijia kusema:
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ZEC.7.5" />“Waulize watu wote wa nchi na makuhani, ‘Je, mlipofunga na kuomboleza katika mwezi wa tano na wa saba kwa miaka sabini iliyopita, mlifunga kweli kwa ajili yangu?
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ZEC.7.6" />Na mlipokuwa mkila na kunywa, je, hamkuwa mnasherehekea kwa ajili ya nafsi zenu?
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ZEC.7.7" />Je, haya sio maneno ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> aliyosema kupitia manabii waliotangulia, wakati Yerusalemu pamoja na miji inayoizunguka ilipokuwa katika hali ya utulivu na ya mafanikio, wakati Negebu na Shefala zikiwa zimekaliwa na watu?’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="ZEC.7.8" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> likamjia tena Zekaria:
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ZEC.7.9" />“Hivi ndivyo asemavyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote: ‘Fanyeni hukumu za haki, onyesheni rehema na huruma ninyi kwa ninyi.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ZEC.7.10" />Msimwonee mjane wala yatima, mgeni wala maskini. Msiwaziane mabaya mioyoni mwenu ninyi kwa ninyi.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="ZEC.7.11" />“Lakini wakakataa kusikiliza, wakanipa kisogo kwa ukaidi na kuziba masikio yao.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ZEC.7.12" />Wakaifanya mioyo yao migumu kama jiwe gumu na hawakuisikiliza sheria au maneno ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote aliyatuma kwa njia ya Roho wake kupitia manabii waliotangulia. Kwa hiyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote alikasirika sana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="ZEC.7.13" />“ ‘Wakati nilipoita, hawakusikiliza, kwa hiyo walipoita, sikusikiliza,’ asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ZEC.7.14" />‘Niliwatawanya kwa upepo wa kisulisuli miongoni mwa mataifa yote, mahali ambapo walikuwa wageni. Nchi ikaachwa ukiwa nyuma yao kiasi kwamba hakuna aliyeweza kuingia au kutoka. Hivi ndivyo walivyoifanya ile nchi iliyokuwa imependeza kuwa ukiwa.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1"><nd>Bwana</nd> Anaahidi Kuibariki Yerusalemu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ZEC.8.1" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote likanijia tena.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ZEC.8.2" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote: “Nina wivu sana kwa ajili ya Sayuni, ninawaka wivu kwa ajili yake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="ZEC.8.3" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd>: “Nitarudi Sayuni na kufanya makao Yerusalemu. Kisha Yerusalemu utaitwa mji wa kweli, mlima wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote utaitwa Mlima Mtakatifu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="ZEC.8.4" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote: “Kwa mara nyingine tena wazee wanaume kwa wanawake walioshiba umri wataketi katika barabara za Yerusalemu, kila mmoja akiwa na mkongojo wake mkononi kwa sababu ya umri wake.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ZEC.8.5" />Barabara za mji zitajaa wavulana na wasichana wanaocheza humo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="ZEC.8.6" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote: “Mambo haya yanaweza kuonekana ya ajabu kwa mabaki ya watu wakati huo, lakini yaweza kuwa ya ajabu kwangu?” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="ZEC.8.7" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote: “Nitawaokoa watu wangu kutoka nchi za mashariki na magharibi.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ZEC.8.8" />Nitawarudisha waje kuishi Yerusalemu, watakuwa watu wangu nami nitakuwa mwaminifu na wa haki kwao kama Mungu wao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ZEC.8.9" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote: “Ninyi ambao sasa mnasikia maneno haya yanayozungumzwa na manabii ambao walikuwepo wakati wa kuwekwa kwa msingi wa nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, mikono yenu na iwe na nguvu ili Hekalu liweze kujengwa.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ZEC.8.10" />Kabla ya wakati huo, hapakuwepo na ujira kwa mtu wala mnyama. Hakuna mtu aliyeweza kufanya shughuli yake kwa usalama kwa sababu ya adui yake, kwa kuwa nilikuwa nimemfanya kila mtu adui wa jirani yake.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ZEC.8.11" />Lakini sasa sitawatendea mabaki ya watu hawa kama nilivyowatenda zamani,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="ZEC.8.12" />“Mbegu itakua vizuri, mzabibu utazaa matunda yake, ardhi itatoa mazao yake, na mbingu zitadondosha umande wake. Vitu hivi vyote nitawapa mabaki ya watu kama urithi wao.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ZEC.8.13" />Jinsi mlivyokuwa kitu cha laana katikati ya mataifa, ee Yuda na Israeli, ndivyo nitakavyowaokoa, nanyi mtakuwa baraka. Msiogope, bali iacheni mikono yenu iwe na nguvu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="ZEC.8.14" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote: “Kama nilivyokuwa nimekusudia kuleta maangamizi juu yenu, wakati baba zenu waliponikasirisha na sikuonyesha huruma,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ZEC.8.15" />“hivyo sasa nimeazimia kufanya mema tena kwa Yerusalemu na Yuda. Msiogope.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ZEC.8.16" />Haya ndiyo mtakayoyafanya: Semeni kweli kila mtu kwa mwenzake, na mtoe hukumu ya kweli na haki kwenye mahakama zenu,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ZEC.8.17" />usipange mabaya dhidi ya jirani yako, wala msipende kuapa kwa uongo. Nayachukia yote haya,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="ZEC.8.18" />Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote likanijia tena.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ZEC.8.19" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote: “Saumu za miezi ya nne, tano, saba na kumi itakuwa sikukuu za furaha na za shangwe kwa Yuda. Kwa hiyo uipende kweli na amani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="ZEC.8.20" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote: “Mataifa mengi na wakazi wa miji mingi watakuja,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ZEC.8.21" />na wenyeji wa mji mmoja watakwenda kwenye mji mwingine na kusema, ‘Twende mara moja na tukamsihi
<nd>Bwana</nd>, na kumtafuta
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote. Mimi mwenyewe ninakwenda.’
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ZEC.8.22" />Pia watu wa kabila nyingi na mataifa yenye nguvu yatakuja Yerusalemu kumtafuta
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote na kumsihi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="ZEC.8.23" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote: “Katika siku hizo watu kumi kutoka lugha zote na mataifa, watangʼangʼania upindo wa joho la Myahudi mmoja na kusema, ‘Twende pamoja nawe kwa sababu tumesikia kwamba Mungu yu pamoja nawe.’ ”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Hukumu Juu Ya Adui Za Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ZEC.9.1" />Neno:
</p>
<q style="q1">Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> liko kinyume na nchi ya Hadraki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Dameski itakuwa mahali pa kupumzika,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa macho ya watu na ya kabila zote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">za Israeli yako kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ZEC.9.2" />pia juu ya Hamathi inayopakana nayo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya Tiro na Sidoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ingawa wana ujuzi mwingi sana.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ZEC.9.3" />Tiro amejijengea ngome imara,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amelundika fedha kama mavumbi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na dhahabu kama taka za mitaani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ZEC.9.4" />Lakini Bwana atamwondolea mali zake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuuangamiza uwezo wake wa baharini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atateketezwa kwa moto.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ZEC.9.5" />Ashkeloni ataona hili na kuogopa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Gaza atagaagaa kwa maumivu makali,
</q>
<q style="q1">pia Ekroni, kwa sababu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">matumaini yake yatanyauka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Gaza atampoteza mfalme wake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Ashkeloni ataachwa pweke.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ZEC.9.6" />Wageni watakalia mji wa Ashdodi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitakatilia mbali kiburi cha Wafilisti.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ZEC.9.7" />Nitaondoa damu vinywani mwao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">chakula kile walichokatazwa kati ya meno yao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mabaki yao yatakuwa mali ya Mungu wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watakuwa viongozi katika Yuda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye Ekroni atakuwa kama Wayebusi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ZEC.9.8" />Lakini nitailinda nyumba yangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhidi ya majeshi ya wanyangʼanyi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kamwe mdhalimu hatashambulia watu wangu tena,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana sasa ninawachunga.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Kuja Kwa Mfalme Wa Sayuni
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ZEC.9.9" />Shangilia sana, ee Binti Sayuni!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Piga kelele, Binti Yerusalemu!
</q>
<q style="q1">Tazama, Mfalme wako anakuja kwako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni mwenye haki, naye ana wokovu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni mpole, naye amepanda punda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwana-punda, mtoto wa punda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ZEC.9.10" />Nitaondoa magari ya vita kutoka Efraimu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na farasi wa vita kutoka Yerusalemu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao upinde wa vita utavunjwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Atatangaza amani kwa mataifa.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Utawala wake utaenea kutoka bahari hadi bahari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutoka Mto Frati hadi mwisho wa dunia.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ZEC.9.11" />Kwako wewe, kwa sababu ya damu ya Agano langu nawe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitawaacha huru wafungwa wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watoke kwenye shimo lisilo na maji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ZEC.9.12" />Rudieni ngome yenu, enyi wafungwa wa tumaini;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata sasa ninatangaza kwamba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitawarejesheeni maradufu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ZEC.9.13" />Nitampinda Yuda kama nipindavyo upinde wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitamfanya Efraimu mshale wangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitawainua wana wako, ee Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhidi ya wana wako, ee Uyunani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukufanya kama upanga wa shujaa wa vita.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1"><nd>Bwana</nd> Atatokea
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="ZEC.9.14" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> atawatokea;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mshale wake utamulika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama umeme wa radi.
</q>
<q style="q1"><nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenyezi atapiga tarumbeta,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atatembea katika tufani za kusini,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="15" bcv="ZEC.9.15" />na
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote atawalinda.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wataangamiza na kushinda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mawe ya kutupa kwa kombeo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watakunywa na kunguruma kama waliolewa mvinyo;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watajaa kama bakuli linalotumika kunyunyizia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye pembe za madhabahu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ZEC.9.16" /><nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao atawaokoa siku hiyo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama kundi la watu wake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watangʼara katika nchi yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama vito vya thamani kwenye taji.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ZEC.9.17" />Jinsi gani watavutia na kuwa wazuri!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nafaka itawastawisha vijana wanaume,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo divai mpya vijana wanawake.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="10" />
<s style="s1"><nd>Bwana</nd> Ataitunza Yuda
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ZEC.10.1" />Mwombeni
<nd>Bwana</nd> mvua wakati wa vuli;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndiye
<nd>Bwana</nd> atengenezaye mawingu ya tufani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Huwapa watu manyunyu ya mvua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pia mimea ya shambani kwa ajili ya kila mtu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ZEC.10.2" />Sanamu huzungumza udanganyifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">waaguzi huona maono ya uongo;
</q>
<q style="q1">husimulia ndoto ambazo si za kweli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanatoa faraja batili.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa hiyo watu wanatangatanga kama kondoo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walioonewa kwa kukosa mchungaji.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ZEC.10.3" />“Hasira yangu inawaka dhidi ya wachungaji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitawaadhibu viongozi;
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atalichunga kundi lake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyumba ya Yuda,
</q>
<q style="q1">naye atawafanya kuwa kama farasi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwenye kiburi akiwa vitani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="ZEC.10.4" />Kutoka Yuda litatokea Jiwe la pembeni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka kwake vitatoka vigingi vya hema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka kwake utatoka upinde wa vita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka kwake atatoka kila mtawala.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="ZEC.10.5" />Kwa pamoja watakuwa kama mashujaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaokanyaga barabara za matope
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wa vita.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> yu pamoja nao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watapigana na kuwashinda wapanda farasi.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="ZEC.10.6" />“Nitaiimarisha nyumba ya Yuda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuiokoa nyumba ya Yosefu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitawarejesha kwa sababu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nina huruma juu yao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watakuwa kama watu ambao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sijawahi kuwakataa
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu mimi ndimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitawajibu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ZEC.10.7" />Waefraimu watakuwa kama mashujaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mioyo yao itafurahi kana kwamba ni kwa divai.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watoto wao wataona na kufurahi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mioyo yao itashangilia katika
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ZEC.10.8" />Nitawaashiria na kuwakusanya ndani.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Hakika nitawakomboa,
</q>
<q style="q1">nao watakuwa wengi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama walivyokuwa mwanzoni.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ZEC.10.9" />Ijapokuwa niliwatawanya miongoni mwa mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata hivyo wakiwa katika nchi za mbali
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watanikumbuka mimi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wao na watoto wao watanusurika katika hatari
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watarudi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ZEC.10.10" />Nitawarudisha kutoka Misri
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwakusanya toka Ashuru.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitawaleta katika nchi ya Gileadi na Lebanoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na hapo hapatakuwa na nafasi ya kuwatosha.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="ZEC.10.11" />Watapita katika bahari ya mateso;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bahari iliyochafuka itatulizwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vilindi vyote vya Mto Naili vitakauka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kiburi cha Ashuru kitashushwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo fimbo ya utawala ya Misri itatoweka.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ZEC.10.12" />Nitawaimarisha katika
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na katika jina lake watatembea,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="11" />
<q style="q1"><v id="1" bcv="ZEC.11.1" />Fungua milango yako, ee Lebanoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili moto uteketeze mierezi yako!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="2" bcv="ZEC.11.2" />Piga yowe, ee mti wa msunobari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa mwerezi umeanguka;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">miti ya fahari imeharibiwa!
</q>
<q style="q1">Piga yowe, enyi mialoni ya Bashani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msitu mnene umefyekwa!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="ZEC.11.3" />Sikiliza yowe la wachungaji;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">malisho yao manono yameangamizwa!
</q>
<q style="q1">Sikia ngurumo za simba;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kichaka kilichostawi sana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">cha Yordani kimeharibiwa!
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Wachungaji Wawili Wa Kondoo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="ZEC.11.4" />Hili ndilo asemalo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wangu: “Lilishe kundi lililokusudiwa kuchinjwa.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ZEC.11.5" />Wanunuzi wake huwachinja na kuondoka pasipo kuadhibiwa. Wale wanaowauza husema, ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> asifiwe, mimi ni tajiri!’ Wachungaji wao wenyewe hawawahurumii.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ZEC.11.6" />Kwa kuwa sitawahurumia tena watu wa nchi,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>. “Nitawakabidhi kila mtu mkononi mwa jirani yake na mfalme wake. Wataitenda jeuri nchi, nami sitawaokoa kutoka mikononi mwao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="ZEC.11.7" />Kwa hiyo nikalilisha kundi lililotiwa alama kwa kuchinjwa, hasa kundi lililoonewa sana. Kisha nikachukua fimbo mbili, moja nikaiita Fadhili na nyingine Umoja, nami nikalilisha kundi.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ZEC.11.8" />Katika mwezi mmoja nikawaondoa wachungaji watatu.
</p>
<p style="p">Kundi la kondoo likanichukia, nami nikachoshwa nao,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ZEC.11.9" />nikasema, “Sitakuwa mchungaji wenu. Waache wanaokufa wafe na wanaoangamia waangamie. Wale waliobakia kila mmoja na ale nyama ya mwenzake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="ZEC.11.10" />Kisha nikachukua fimbo yangu inayoitwa Fadhili nikaivunja, kutangua Agano nililofanya na mataifa yote.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ZEC.11.11" />Likatanguka siku hiyo, kwa hiyo wale waliodhurika katika kundi, waliokuwa wakiniangalia wakajua kuwa hilo lilikuwa neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="ZEC.11.12" />Nikawaambia, “Mkiona kuwa ni vyema, nipeni ujira wangu, la sivyo, basi msinipe.” Kwa hiyo wakanilipa vipande thelathini vya fedha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="ZEC.11.13" />Naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia, “Mtupie mfinyanzi,” hiyo bei nzuri waliyonithaminia! Kwa hiyo nikachukua hivyo vipande thelathini vya fedha na kumtupia huyo mfinyanzi katika nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="ZEC.11.14" />Kisha nikaivunja fimbo yangu ya pili iitwayo Umoja, kuvunja undugu kati ya Yuda na Israeli!
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="ZEC.11.15" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> akaniambia, “Vitwae tena vifaa vya mchungaji mpumbavu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ZEC.11.16" />Kwa maana ninakwenda kumwinua mchungaji juu ya nchi ambaye hatamjali aliyepotea, wala kuwatafuta wale wachanga au kuwaponya waliojeruhiwa, wala kuwalisha wenye afya, lakini atakula nyama ya kondoo wanono na kuzirarua kwato zao.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ZEC.11.17" />“Ole wa mchungaji asiyefaa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anayeliacha kundi!
</q>
<q style="q1">Upanga na uupige mkono wake na jicho lake la kuume!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mkono wake na unyauke kabisa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jicho lake la kuume lipofuke kabisa!”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Maadui Wa Yerusalemu Kuangamizwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ZEC.12.1" />Hili ni neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> kuhusu Israeli.
<nd>Bwana</nd>, yeye azitandaye mbingu, awekaye misingi ya dunia na aiumbaye roho ya mwanadamu ndani yake, asema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ZEC.12.2" />“Nitakwenda kufanya Yerusalemu kuwa kikombe cha kuyumbisha mataifa yote yanayoizunguka. Yuda utazingirwa kwa vita na Yerusalemu pia.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ZEC.12.3" />Katika siku hiyo, wakati mataifa yote ya dunia yatakapokusanyika dhidi yake, nitaufanya Yerusalemu kuwa jabali lisilosogezwa kwa mataifa yote. Wote watakaojaribu kulisogeza watajiumiza wenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ZEC.12.4" />Katika siku hiyo nitampiga kila farasi kwa hofu ya ghafula, naye ampandaye nitampiga kwa uwazimu,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>. “Nitalielekeza jicho langu la ulinzi juu ya nyumba ya Yuda, nami nitawapofusha farasi wote wa mataifa.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ZEC.12.5" />Kisha viongozi wa Yuda watasema mioyoni mwao, ‘Watu wa Yerusalemu wana nguvu kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote ni Mungu wao.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="ZEC.12.6" />“Katika siku hiyo nitawafanya viongozi wa Yuda kuwa kama kigae cha moto ndani ya lundo la kuni, kama mwenge uwakao kati ya miganda. Watateketeza kulia na kushoto mataifa yote yanayowazunguka, lakini Yerusalemu utabaki salama mahali pake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="ZEC.12.7" />“<nd>Bwana</nd> atayaokoa makao ya Yuda kwanza, ili heshima ya nyumba ya Daudi na wakazi wa Yerusalemu isiwe kubwa zaidi kuliko ile ya Yuda.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ZEC.12.8" />Katika siku hiyo,
<nd>Bwana</nd> atawakinga wale waishio Yerusalemu, ili kwamba aliye dhaifu kupita wote miongoni mwao awe kama Daudi, nayo nyumba ya Daudi itakuwa kama Mungu, kama Malaika wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> akiwatangulia.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ZEC.12.9" />Katika siku hiyo nitatoka kuangamiza mataifa yote yatakayoshambulia Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kumwombolezea Yule Aliyechomwa Mkuki
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="ZEC.12.10" />“Nami nitamiminia nyumba ya Daudi na wakazi wa Yerusalemu roho ya neema<f caller="+"><fr>12:10
</fr><ft>Au: Roho wa neema.</ft></f> na maombi. Watanitazama mimi, yule waliyemchoma. Nao watamwombolezea kama mtu anayemwombolezea mwanawe wa pekee na kusikitika kwa uchungu kama anayemsikitikia mzaliwa wake wa kwanza wa kiume.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ZEC.12.11" />Katika siku hiyo kilio kitakuwa kikubwa Yerusalemu, kama kilio cha Hadad-Rimoni katika tambarare ya Megido.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ZEC.12.12" />Nchi itaomboleza, kila ukoo peke yake, nao wake zao peke yao. Ukoo wa nyumba ya Daudi na wake zao, ukoo wa nyumba ya Nathani na wake zao,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ZEC.12.13" />ukoo wa nyumba ya Lawi na wake zao, ukoo wa Shimei na wake zao,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ZEC.12.14" />na koo zote zilizobaki na wake zao.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="13" />
<s style="s1">Kutakaswa Dhambi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ZEC.13.1" />“Katika siku hiyo, chemchemi itafunguliwa kwa nyumba ya Daudi na wakazi wa Yerusalemu, kuwatakasa dhambi na unajisi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="ZEC.13.2" />“Katika siku hiyo, nitayakatilia mbali majina ya sanamu kutoka nchi, nayo hayatakumbukwa tena,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote. “Nitaondoa manabii wao pamoja na roho ya uchafu katika nchi.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ZEC.13.3" />Ikiwa yupo yeyote atakayeendelea kutabiri, baba yake na mama yake waliomzaa watamwambia, ‘Ni lazima ufe, kwa sababu umesema uongo kwa jina la
<nd>Bwana</nd>.’ Atakapotabiri, wazazi wake mwenyewe watampasua tumbo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="ZEC.13.4" />“Katika siku hiyo, kila nabii ataaibika kwa maono ya unabii wake. Hatavaa vazi la kinabii la nywele ili apate kudanganya watu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ZEC.13.5" />Atasema, ‘Mimi sio nabii. Mimi ni mkulima; ardhi imekuwa kazi yangu tangu ujana wangu.’
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ZEC.13.6" />Ikiwa mtu atamuuliza, ‘Majeraha haya yaliyo mwilini mwako ni ya nini?’ Atajibu, ‘Ni majeraha niliyoyapata katika nyumba ya rafiki zangu.’
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mchungaji Apigwa, Nao Kondoo Watawanyika
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ZEC.13.7" />“Amka, ee upanga, dhidi ya mchungaji wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhidi ya mtu aliye karibu nami!”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
</q>
<q style="q1">“Mpige mchungaji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao kondoo watatawanyika,
</q>
<q style="q1">nami nitageuza mkono wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhidi ya walio wadogo,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ZEC.13.8" />katika nchi yote,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“theluthi mbili watapigwa na kuangamia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata hivyo theluthi moja watabaki ndani yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="ZEC.13.9" />Hii theluthi moja nitaileta katika moto;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitawasafisha kama fedha isafishwavyo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwajaribu kama dhahabu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wataliitia Jina langu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitawajibu;
</q>
<q style="q1">nitasema, ‘Hawa ni watu wangu,’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watasema, ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> ni Mungu wetu.’ ”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="14" />
<s style="s1"><nd>Bwana</nd> Yuaja Kutawala
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ZEC.14.1" />Siku ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> inakuja ambayo nyara zilizotekwa kwenu zitagawanywa miongoni mwenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="ZEC.14.2" />Nitayakusanya mataifa yote huko Yerusalemu kupigana dhidi yake, mji utatekwa, nyumba zitavamiwa na kuporwa na wanawake watanajisiwa. Nusu ya mji watakwenda uhamishoni, lakini watakaobaki hawataondolewa kutoka mjini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="ZEC.14.3" />Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> atatoka na kupigana dhidi ya watu wa yale mataifa, kama apiganavyo siku ya vita.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ZEC.14.4" />Siku hiyo miguu yake itasimama juu ya Mlima wa Mizeituni, mashariki mwa Yerusalemu, nao Mlima wa Mizeituni utagawanyika mara mbili kuanzia mashariki hadi magharibi, ukifanya bonde kubwa, nusu ya mlima ukisogea kuelekea kaskazini na nusu kuelekea kusini.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ZEC.14.5" />Nanyi mtakimbia kupitia katika bonde hilo la mlima wangu kwa kuwa litaenea hadi Aseli. Mtakimbia kama mlivyokimbia tetemeko la ardhi katika siku za Uzia mfalme wa Yuda. Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wangu atakuja na watakatifu wote pamoja naye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="ZEC.14.6" />Siku hiyo hakutakuwepo nuru, baridi wala theluji.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ZEC.14.7" />Itakuwa siku ya kipekee, isiyo na mchana wala usiku, siku ijulikanayo na
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Jioni inapofika nuru itakuwepo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="ZEC.14.8" />Siku hiyo, maji yaliyo hai yatatiririka kutoka Yerusalemu, nusu kwenda kwenye bahari ya mashariki,<f caller="+"><fr>14:8
</fr><ft>Yaani Bahari ya Chumvi au Bahari Mfu.</ft></f> na nusu kwenda kwenye bahari ya magharibi<f caller="+"><fr>14:8
</fr><ft>Yaani Bahari ya Mediterania.</ft></f> wakati wa kiangazi na wakati wa masika.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ZEC.14.9" /><nd>Bwana</nd> atakuwa mfalme juu ya dunia yote. Katika siku hiyo atakuwepo
<nd>Bwana</nd> mmoja na jina lake litakuwa jina pekee.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="ZEC.14.10" />Nchi yote kuanzia Geba, kaskazini mwa Yuda, hadi Rimoni, kusini mwa Yerusalemu, itakuwa kama Araba.<f caller="+"><fr>14:10
</fr><ft>Araba maana yake Nchi tambarare.</ft></f> Lakini Yerusalemu utainuliwa juu na kubaki mahali pake, toka Lango la Benyamini hadi mahali pa Lango la Kwanza, mpaka kwenye Lango la Pembeni na kutoka Mnara wa Hananeli hadi kwenye mashinikizo ya divai ya mfalme.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ZEC.14.11" />Utakaliwa na watu, kamwe hautaharibiwa tena, Yerusalemu utakaa salama.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="ZEC.14.12" />Hii ndiyo tauni ambayo
<nd>Bwana</nd> atapiga nayo mataifa yote ambayo yalipigana dhidi ya Yerusalemu: Nyama ya miili yao itaoza wangali wamesimama kwa miguu yao, macho yao yataoza kwenye matundu yake na ndimi zao zitaoza vinywani mwao.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ZEC.14.13" />Katika siku hiyo
<nd>Bwana</nd> atawatia wanaume hofu kuu. Kila mwanaume atakamata mkono wa mwenzake nao watashambuliana.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ZEC.14.14" />Yuda pia atapigana katika Yerusalemu. Utajiri wa mataifa yote yanayoizunguka Yerusalemu utakusanywa, wingi wa dhahabu, fedha na nguo.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ZEC.14.15" />Tauni ya aina iyo hiyo itapiga farasi na nyumbu, ngamia na punda, nao wanyama wote walioko kwenye kambi za adui.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="ZEC.14.16" />Kisha walionusurika katika mataifa yote ambayo yaliushambulia Yerusalemu watakuwa wakipanda Yerusalemu kila mwaka kumwabudu Mfalme,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote na kuadhimisha Sikukuu ya Vibanda.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ZEC.14.17" />Ikiwa taifa lolote la dunia hawatakwenda Yerusalemu kumwabudu Mfalme,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, mvua haitanyesha kwao.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ZEC.14.18" />Ikiwa watu wa Misri nao hawatakwenda kushiriki, hawatapata mvua.
<nd>Bwana</nd> ataleta juu yao tauni ile ambayo itawapiga mataifa yale ambayo hayatakwenda kuadhimisha Sikukuu ya Vibanda.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ZEC.14.19" />Hii itakuwa adhabu ya Misri na adhabu ya mataifa yote yale ambayo hayatakwenda Yerusalemu kuadhimisha Sikukuu ya Vibanda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="ZEC.14.20" />Katika siku hiyo, kengele zilizofungwa kwenye farasi zitaandikwa maneno haya:
<sc>Takatifu kwa Bwana</sc>, navyo vyungu vya kupikia katika nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> vitakuwa kama bakuli takatifu mbele ya madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ZEC.14.21" />Kila chungu kilichoko Yerusalemu na Yuda kitakuwa kitakatifu kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote na wote wanaokuja kutoa dhabihu watachukua baadhi ya vyungu hivyo na kupikia. Katika siku hiyo hatakuwepo tena mfanyabiashara katika nyumba ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="MAL"><id id="MAL">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Malaki
</h><toc level="1">Malaki
</toc><toc level="2">Malaki
</toc><toc level="3">Mal
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Malaki
</p>

<c id="1" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAL.1.1" />Ujumbe: Neno la
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa Israeli kupitia kwa Malaki.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yakobo Alipendwa, Esau Alichukiwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="MAL.1.2" /><nd>Bwana</nd> asema, “Nimewapenda ninyi.”
</p>
<p style="p">“Lakini ninyi mnauliza, ‘Wewe umetupendaje?’ ”
</p>
<p style="p"><nd>Bwana</nd> asema, “Je, Esau hakuwa ndugu yake Yakobo? Hata hivyo nimempenda Yakobo,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="MAL.1.3" />lakini nikamchukia Esau, nami nimeifanya milima yake kuwa ukiwa, na urithi wake nimewapa mbweha wa jangwani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="MAL.1.4" />Edomu anaweza kusema, “Ingawa tumepondapondwa, tutajenga upya magofu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini hili ndilo
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote asemalo: “Wanaweza kujenga, lakini nitabomoa. Wataitwa Nchi Ovu, watu ambao siku zote wapo chini ya ghadhabu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="MAL.1.5" />Mtayaona kwa macho yenu wenyewe na kusema, ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> ni mkuu, hata nje ya mipaka ya Israeli!’
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Dhabihu Zilizo Na Mawaa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="MAL.1.6" />“Mwana humheshimu baba yake, naye mtumishi humheshimu bwana wake. Kama mimi ni baba, iko wapi heshima ninayostahili? Kama mimi ni bwana, iko wapi heshima ninayostahili?” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote. “Ni ninyi, enyi makuhani, mnaolidharau Jina langu.
</p>
<p style="p">“Lakini mnauliza, ‘Tumelidharau Jina lako kwa namna gani?’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="MAL.1.7" />“Mnatoa sadaka chakula kilichotiwa unajisi juu ya madhabahu yangu.
</p>
<p style="p">“Lakini ninyi mnauliza, ‘Tumekutia unajisi kwa namna gani?’
</p>
<p style="p">“Kwa kusema kuwa meza ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni ya kudharauliwa.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="MAL.1.8" />Wakati mletapo dhabihu za wanyama walio vipofu, je, hilo si kosa? Mnapoleta dhabihu zilizo vilema au wanyama wagonjwa, je, hilo si kosa? Jaribuni kuvitoa kwa mtawala wenu! Je, angefurahishwa nanyi? Je, atawakubalia?” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="MAL.1.9" />“Basi mwombeni Mungu awe na neema kwetu. Je, kwa sadaka kama hizo kutoka mikononi mwenu, atawapokea?” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="MAL.1.10" />“Laiti mmoja wenu angalifunga milango ya Hekalu, ili msije mkawasha moto usiokuwa na faida juu ya madhabahu yangu! Sina furaha nanyi,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, “nami sitaikubali sadaka toka mikononi mwenu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="MAL.1.11" />Jina langu litakuwa kuu miongoni mwa mataifa, kuanzia mawio ya jua hata machweo yake. Kila mahali uvumba na sadaka safi zitaletwa kwa Jina langu, kwa sababu Jina langu litakuwa kuu miongoni mwa mataifa,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="MAL.1.12" />“Lakini mnalinajisi Jina langu kwa kusema kuhusu meza ya Bwana, ‘Imetiwa unajisi pamoja na chakula chake. Ni ya kudharauliwa.’
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="MAL.1.13" />Nanyi mnasema, ‘Mzigo gani huu!’ Nanyi mnaidharau kwa kiburi,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
</p>
<p style="p">“Wakati mnapowaleta wanyama mliopokonya kwa nguvu, walio vilema au walio wagonjwa na kuwatoa kama dhabihu, je, niwakubali kutoka mikononi mwenu?” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="MAL.1.14" />“Amelaaniwa yeye adanganyaye, aliye na mnyama wa kiume anayekubalika katika kundi lake na kuweka nadhiri ya kumtoa, lakini akatoa dhabihu ya mnyama aliye na dosari kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>. Kwa kuwa mimi ni Mfalme Mkuu, nalo Jina langu linapaswa kuogopwa miongoni mwa mataifa,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Onyo Kwa Makuhani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAL.2.1" />“Sasa onyo hili ni kwa ajili yenu, enyi makuhani.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MAL.2.2" />Kama hamtasikiliza, na kama hamtaki kuielekeza mioyo yenu kuheshimu Jina langu, nitatuma laana juu yenu, nami nitalaani baraka zenu. Naam, nimekwisha kuzilaani, kwa sababu hamkuielekeza mioyo yenu kuniheshimu mimi,” Asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="MAL.2.3" />“Kwa sababu yenu nitawakatilia mbali wazao wenu. Nitazipaka nyuso zenu mavi, mavi ya dhabihu zenu. Nanyi mtafukuzwa pamoja nazo mtoke mbele zangu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="MAL.2.4" />Nanyi mtajua kuwa nimewapelekea onyo hili ili kwamba Agano langu na Lawi lipate kuendelea,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="MAL.2.5" />“Agano langu lilikuwa pamoja naye, agano la uhai na amani, nami nilimpa yote, ili aniche na kuniheshimu, naye akaniheshimu na kusimama akilicha Jina langu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="MAL.2.6" />Fundisho la kweli lilikuwa kinywani mwake, wala hakuna uongo wowote uliopatikana katika midomo yake. Alitembea nami katika amani na unyofu, naye akawageuza wengi kutoka dhambini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="MAL.2.7" />“Kwa maana yapasa midomo ya kuhani kuhifadhi maarifa. Tena kutoka kinywani mwake watu wangepaswa kutafuta mafundisho, kwa sababu yeye ni mjumbe wa
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="MAL.2.8" />Lakini mmegeuka mkaiacha njia, na kwa mafundisho yenu mmesababisha wengi kujikwaa. Mmevunja agano na Lawi,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="MAL.2.9" />“Kwa hiyo nimewasababisha ninyi kudharauliwa na kufedheheshwa mbele ya watu wote, kwa sababu hamkufuata njia zangu, bali mmeonyesha upendeleo katika mambo ya sheria.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yuda Si Mwaminifu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="MAL.2.10" />Je, sote hatuna Baba mmoja? Hatukuumbwa na Mungu mmoja? Kwa nini basi tunalinajisi Agano la baba zetu kwa kukosa uaminifu kila mmoja kwa mwenzake?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="MAL.2.11" />Yuda amevunja uaminifu. Jambo la kuchukiza limetendeka katika Israeli na katika Yerusalemu: Yuda amepanajisi mahali patakatifu apendapo
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kwa kuoa binti wa mungu mgeni.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="MAL.2.12" />Kwa maana kwa mtu yeyote atendaye jambo hili,
<nd>Bwana</nd> na amkatilie mbali kutoka hema za Yakobo, hata kama huwa anamletea
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote sadaka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="MAL.2.13" />Kitu kingine mnachokifanya: Mnaifurikisha madhabahu ya
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa machozi. Mnalia na kuugua kwa sababu yeye haziangalii tena sadaka zenu wala hazikubali kwa furaha kutoka mikononi mwenu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="MAL.2.14" />Mnauliza, “Kwa nini?” Ni kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> ni shahidi kati yako na mke wa ujana wako, kwa sababu umevunja uaminifu naye, ingawa yeye ni mwenzako, mke wa agano lako la ndoa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="MAL.2.15" />Je,
<nd>Bwana</nd> hakuwafanya wao kuwa mmoja? Katika mwili na katika roho wao ni wa Mungu. Kwa nini wawe mmoja? Kwa sababu Mungu alikuwa akitafuta mzao mwenye kumcha Mungu. Kwa hiyo jihadharini wenyewe katika roho zenu, mtu asivunje uaminifu kwa mke wa ujana wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="MAL.2.16" />“Ninachukia kuachana,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa Israeli, “pia nachukia mtu anayejivika jeuri kama vazi,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa hiyo jihadharini wenyewe katika roho zenu, wala msije mkavunja uaminifu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Siku Ya Hukumu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="MAL.2.17" />Mmemchosha
<nd>Bwana</nd> kwa maneno yenu.
</p>
<p style="p">Nanyi mnauliza, “Tumemchosha kwa namna gani?”
</p>
<p style="p">Mmemchosha kwa kusema, “Wote watendao mabaya ni wema machoni pa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, naye anapendezwa nao” au “Mungu wa haki yuko wapi?”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAL.3.1" />“Angalieni, nitamtuma mjumbe wangu, atakayeiandaa njia mbele yangu. Ndipo ghafula Bwana mnayemtafuta atakuja hekaluni mwake. Mjumbe wa Agano, ambaye mnamwonea shauku, atakuja,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="MAL.3.2" />Lakini ni nani atakayeweza kustahimili hiyo siku ya kuja kwake? Ni nani awezaye kusimama atakapotokea? Kwa kuwa atakuwa kama moto wa mfua fedha au kama sabuni ya afuaye nguo.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="MAL.3.3" />Ataketi kama mfuaji na asafishaye fedha. Atawatakasa Walawi, naye atawasafisha kama dhahabu na fedha. Kisha
<nd>Bwana</nd> atakuwa na watu watakaoleta sadaka katika haki,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="MAL.3.4" />nazo sadaka za Yuda na Yerusalemu zitakubalika kwa
<nd>Bwana</nd>, kama katika siku zilizopita, kama katika miaka ya zamani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="MAL.3.5" />“Basi nitakuja karibu nanyi ili kuhukumu. Nami nitakuwa mwepesi kushuhudia dhidi ya wachawi, wazinzi, waapao kwa uongo, wanaopunja vibarua malipo yao, wanaowaonea wajane na yatima, na wanaowanyima wageni haki, lakini hawaniogopi mimi,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kumwibia Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="MAL.3.6" />“Mimi
<nd>Bwana</nd> sibadiliki. Kwa hiyo ninyi, enyi uzao wa Yakobo, hamjaangamizwa.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="MAL.3.7" />Tangu wakati wa baba zenu mmegeukia mbali na amri zangu nanyi hamkuzishika. Nirudieni mimi, nami nitawarudia ninyi,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
</p>
<p style="p">“Lakini mnauliza, ‘Tutarudi kwa namna gani?’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="MAL.3.8" />“Je, mwanadamu atamwibia Mungu? Hata hivyo mnaniibia mimi.
</p>
<p style="p">“Lakini mnauliza, ‘Tunakuibia kwa namna gani?’
</p>
<p style="p">“Mnaniibia zaka na dhabihu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="MAL.3.9" />Mko chini ya laana, ninyi taifa lote, kwa sababu mnaniibia mimi.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="MAL.3.10" />Leteni zaka kamili ghalani, ili kuwe na chakula katika nyumba yangu. Nijaribuni katika hili,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, “nanyi mwone kama sitawafungulia madirisha ya mbinguni na kuwamwagieni baraka nyingi mpaka mkose nafasi ya kutosha.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="MAL.3.11" />Nami kwa ajili yenu nitamkemea yeye alaye, wala hataharibu mazao ya ardhi yenu, wala mzabibu wenu hautapukutisha matunda yake kabla ya wakati wake,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="MAL.3.12" />“Ndipo mataifa yote yatawaita mliobarikiwa, kwa maana nchi yenu itakuwa ya kupendeza sana,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="MAL.3.13" />“Mmesema vitu vigumu dhidi yangu,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
</p>
<p style="p">“Hata hivyo mnauliza, ‘Tumesema nini dhidi yako?’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="MAL.3.14" />“Mmesema, ‘Ni bure kumtumikia Mungu. Tumepata faida gani kwa kushika maagizo yake na kwenda kama waombolezaji mbele za
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote?
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="MAL.3.15" />Lakini sasa wenye kiburi wanabarikiwa. Hakika watenda mabaya wanastawi, pia hata wale wanaoshindana na Mungu ndio wanaosalimika.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="MAL.3.16" />Ndipo wale waliomcha
<nd>Bwana</nd> wakasemezana wao kwa wao, naye
<nd>Bwana</nd> akasikiliza na akasikia. Kitabu cha kumbukumbu kikaandikwa mbele yake kuhusu wale ambao walimcha
<nd>Bwana</nd> na kuliheshimu jina lake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="MAL.3.17" />“Nao watakuwa watu wangu,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote, “katika siku ile nitakapowafanya watu kuwa hazina yangu. Nitawahurumia, kama vile kwa huruma mtu amhurumiavyo mwanawe anayemtumikia.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="MAL.3.18" />Kwa mara nyingine tena utaona tofauti kati ya wenye haki na waovu, kati ya wale wanaomtumikia Mungu na wale wasiomtumikia.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Siku Ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAL.4.1" />“Hakika siku inakuja, itawaka kama tanuru. Wote wenye kiburi na kila mtenda mabaya watakuwa mabua makavu, na siku ile inayokuja itawawasha moto,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote. “Hakuna mzizi wala tawi litakalosalia kwao.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MAL.4.2" />Bali kwenu ninyi mnaoliheshimu Jina langu, jua la haki litawazukia, lenye kuponya katika mabawa yake. Nanyi mtatoka nje na kurukaruka kama ndama aliyeachiwa kutoka zizini.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="MAL.4.3" />Kisha ninyi mtawakanyaga waovu, nao watakuwa majivu chini ya nyayo za miguu yenu siku ile nitakayofanya mambo haya,” asema
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="MAL.4.4" />“Kumbukeni sheria ya mtumishi wangu Mose, amri na sheria nilizompa huko Horebu kwa ajili ya Israeli wote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="MAL.4.5" />“Tazama, nitawapelekea nabii Eliya kabla ya kuja siku ile iliyo kuu na ya kutisha ya
<nd>Bwana</nd>.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="MAL.4.6" />Ataigeuza mioyo ya baba iwaelekee watoto wao, na mioyo ya watoto iwaelekee baba zao, la sivyo nitakuja na kuipiga nchi kwa laana.”<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="MAT"><id id="MAT">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Mathayo
</h><toc level="1">Mathayo
</toc><toc level="2">Mathayo
</toc><toc level="3">Mt
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Mathayo
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Kumbukumbu Za Ukoo Wa Yesu Kristo
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 3:23-38)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAT.1.1" />Habari za ukoo wa Yesu Kristo mwana wa Daudi, mwana wa Abrahamu:
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="2" bcv="MAT.1.2" />Abrahamu akamzaa Isaki,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Isaki akamzaa Yakobo,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yakobo akawazaa Yuda na ndugu zake,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="3" bcv="MAT.1.3" />Yuda akawazaa Peresi na Zera, ambao mama yao alikuwa Tamari,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Peresi akamzaa Hesroni,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Hesroni akamzaa Aramu,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="4" bcv="MAT.1.4" />Aramu akamzaa Aminadabu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Aminadabu akamzaa Nashoni,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Nashoni akamzaa Salmoni,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="5" bcv="MAT.1.5" />Salmoni akamzaa Boazi, na mama yake Boazi alikuwa Rahabu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Boazi akamzaa Obedi, ambaye mama yake alikuwa Ruthu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Obedi akamzaa Yese,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="6" bcv="MAT.1.6" />Yese akamzaa Daudi ambaye alikuwa mfalme.
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Daudi akamzaa Solomoni, ambaye mama yake ni yule aliyekuwa mke wa Uria.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="7" bcv="MAT.1.7" />Solomoni akamzaa Rehoboamu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Rehoboamu akamzaa Abiya,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Abiya akamzaa Asa,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="8" bcv="MAT.1.8" />Asa akamzaa Yehoshafati,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yehoshafati akamzaa Yoramu,<f caller="+"><fr>1:8
</fr><fq>Yoramu
</fq><ft>ndiye
</ft><fqa>Yehoramu,
</fqa><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Yehova yu juu.</fqa></f>
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yoramu akamzaa Uzia,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="9" bcv="MAT.1.9" />Uzia akamzaa Yothamu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yothamu akamzaa Ahazi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Ahazi akamzaa Hezekia,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="10" bcv="MAT.1.10" />Hezekia akamzaa Manase,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Manase akamzaa Amoni,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Amoni akamzaa Yosia,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="11" bcv="MAT.1.11" />wakati wa uhamisho wa Babeli, Yosia alimzaa Yekonia na ndugu zake.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="12" bcv="MAT.1.12" />Baada ya uhamisho wa Babeli:
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Yekonia alimzaa Shealtieli,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Shealtieli akamzaa Zerubabeli,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="13" bcv="MAT.1.13" />Zerubabeli akamzaa Abiudi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Abiudi akamzaa Eliakimu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Eliakimu akamzaa Azori,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="14" bcv="MAT.1.14" />Azori akamzaa Sadoki,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Sadoki akamzaa Akimu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Akimu akamzaa Eliudi,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="15" bcv="MAT.1.15" />Eliudi akamzaa Eleazari,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Eleazari akamzaa Matani,
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2">Matani akamzaa Yakobo,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" level="2" style="li2"><v id="16" bcv="MAT.1.16" />naye Yakobo akamzaa Yosefu ambaye alikuwa mumewe Maria, mama yake Yesu, aitwaye Kristo.<f caller="+"><fr>1:16
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f>
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="MAT.1.17" />Hivyo, kulikuwepo na jumla ya vizazi kumi na vinne tangu Abrahamu mpaka Daudi, vizazi kumi na vinne tangu Daudi hadi wakati wa uhamisho kwenda utumwani Babeli, na vizazi kumi na vinne tangu wakati wa uhamisho kwenda utumwani Babeli hadi Kristo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuzaliwa Kwa Yesu Kristo
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 2:1-7)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="MAT.1.18" />Basi Kuzaliwa kwake Yesu Kristo kulikuwa hivi: Maria mama yake alikuwa ameposwa na Yosefu, lakini kabla hawajakutana kimwili, Maria alionekana kuwa na mimba kwa uweza wa Roho Mtakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MAT.1.19" />Kwa kuwa Yosefu, mwanaume aliyekuwa amemposa alikuwa mtu mwadilifu, hakutaka kumwaibisha Maria hadharani, aliazimu kumwacha kwa siri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="MAT.1.20" />Lakini mara alipoazimu kufanya jambo hili, malaika wa Bwana akamtokea katika ndoto na kusema, “Yosefu mwana wa Daudi, usiogope kumchukua Maria awe mke wako, kwa maana mimba aliyo nayo ni kwa uweza wa Roho Mtakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="MAT.1.21" />Naye atamzaa mwana, nawe utamwita Jina lake Yesu,<f caller="+"><fr>1:21
</fr><fq>Yesu
</fq><ft>ni
<tl>Iesous</tl> kwa Kiyunani, na kwa Kiebrania ni
</ft><fqa>Yoshua
</fqa><ft>au
</ft><fqa>Yeshua.
</fqa><ft>Maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Yehova ni wokovu.</fqa></f> kwa maana yeye ndiye atakayewaokoa watu wake kutoka dhambi zao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="MAT.1.22" />Haya yote yalitukia ili litimie lile Bwana alilokuwa amenena kupitia nabii, akisema:
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="MAT.1.23" />“Tazama, bikira atachukua mimba, naye atamzaa mwana, nao watamwita Jina lake Imanueli”: maana yake, “Mungu pamoja nasi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="MAT.1.24" />Yosefu alipoamka kutoka usingizini, akafanya kama vile alivyoagizwa na malaika wa Bwana, akamchukua Maria kuwa mke wake.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="MAT.1.25" />Lakini hawakukutana kimwili mpaka Maria alipojifungua mwanawe kifungua mimba akamwita Jina lake Yesu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Wataalamu Wa Nyota Wafika Kumwona Mtoto Yesu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAT.2.1" />Baada ya Yesu kuzaliwa katika mji wa Bethlehemu huko Uyahudi, wakati wa utawala wa Mfalme Herode, wataalamu wa mambo ya nyota kutoka mashariki walifika Yerusalemu
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MAT.2.2" />wakiuliza, “Yuko wapi huyo aliyezaliwa mfalme wa Wayahudi? Kwa maana tumeona nyota yake ikitokea mashariki, nasi tumekuja kumwabudu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="MAT.2.3" />Mfalme Herode aliposikia jambo hili aliingiwa na hofu sana pamoja na watu wote wa Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="MAT.2.4" />Herode akawaita pamoja viongozi wa makuhani na walimu wa sheria, akawauliza ni mahali gani ambapo Kristo<f caller="+"><fr>2:4
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f> angezaliwa.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="MAT.2.5" />Nao wakamwambia, “Katika Bethlehemu ya Uyahudi, kwa maana hivyo ndivyo ilivyoandikwa na nabii:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="MAT.2.6" />“ ‘Nawe, Bethlehemu, katika nchi ya Yuda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe si mdogo miongoni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwa watawala wa Yuda;
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana kutoka kwako atakuja mtawala
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atakayekuwa mchungaji
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wa watu wangu Israeli.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="MAT.2.7" />Ndipo Herode akawaita wale wataalamu wa nyota kwa siri na kutaka kujua kutoka kwao uhakika kamili wa wakati ile nyota ilionekana.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="MAT.2.8" />Kisha akawatuma waende Bethlehemu akiwaambia, “Nendeni mkamtafute kwa bidii huyo mtoto. Nanyi mara mtakapomwona, mniletee habari ili na mimi niweze kwenda kumwabudu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="MAT.2.9" />Baada ya kumsikia mfalme, wale wataalamu wa nyota wakaenda zao, nayo ile nyota waliyoiona mashariki ikawatangulia, nao wakaifuata mpaka iliposimama mahali pale alipokuwa mtoto.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="MAT.2.10" />Walipoiona ile nyota wakajawa na furaha kubwa mno.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="MAT.2.11" />Walipoingia ndani ya ile nyumba, wakamwona mtoto pamoja na Maria mama yake, wakamsujudu na kumwabudu yule mtoto Yesu. Ndipo wakafungua hazina zao, wakamtolea zawadi za dhahabu, uvumba na manemane.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="MAT.2.12" />Nao wakiisha kuonywa katika ndoto wasirudi kwa Herode, wakarudi kwenda katika nchi yao kwa njia nyingine.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yosefu, Maria Na Mtoto Yesu Wakimbilia Misri
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="MAT.2.13" />Walipokwisha kwenda zao, malaika wa Bwana akamtokea Yosefu katika ndoto akamwambia, “Ondoka, mchukue mtoto na mama yake mkimbilie Misri. Kaeni huko mpaka nitakapowaambia, kwa maana Herode anataka kumtafuta huyu mtoto ili amuue.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="MAT.2.14" />Kisha Yosefu akaondoka, akamchukua mtoto pamoja na mama yake wakati wa usiku, nao wakaenda Misri
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="MAT.2.15" />ambako walikaa mpaka Herode alipofariki. Hili lilifanyika ili litimie lile lililonenwa na Bwana kwa kinywa cha nabii kusema: “Nilimwita mwanangu kutoka Misri.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="MAT.2.16" />Herode alipongʼamua kwamba wale wataalamu wa nyota wamemshinda kwa akili, alikasirika sana, naye akatoa amri ya kuwaua watoto wote wa kiume wenye umri wa miaka miwili kurudi chini katika mji wa Bethlehemu na sehemu zote za jirani, kufuatana na ule muda alioambiwa na wale wataalamu wa nyota.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="MAT.2.17" />Ndipo lilipotimia neno lililonenwa na nabii Yeremia.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="MAT.2.18" />“Sauti ilisikika huko Rama,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">maombolezo na kilio kikubwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">Raheli akilia kwa ajili ya wanawe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akikataa kufarijiwa,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu hawako tena.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Kurudi Kutoka Misri
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="MAT.2.19" />Baada ya Herode kufa, malaika wa Bwana akamtokea Yosefu katika ndoto huko Misri
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="MAT.2.20" />na kusema, “Ondoka, mchukue mtoto na mama yake mwende, mrudi katika nchi ya Israeli kwa sababu wale waliokuwa wanatafuta uhai wa mtoto wamekufa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="MAT.2.21" />Basi Yosefu, akaondoka akamchukua mtoto na mama yake wakaenda mpaka nchi ya Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="MAT.2.22" />Lakini aliposikia kwamba Arkelao alikuwa anatawala huko Uyahudi mahali pa Herode baba yake, aliogopa kwenda huko. Naye akiisha kuonywa katika ndoto, akaenda zake sehemu za Galilaya,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="MAT.2.23" />akaenda akaishi katika mji ulioitwa Nazareti. Hivyo likawa limetimia neno lililonenwa na manabii, “Ataitwa Mnazarayo.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Yohana Mbatizaji Atayarisha Njia
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 1:1-8; Luka 3:1-18; Yohana 1:19-28)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAT.3.1" />Siku hizo Yohana Mbatizaji alikuja akihubiri katika nyika ya Uyahudi, akisema,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MAT.3.2" />“Tubuni, kwa maana Ufalme wa Mbinguni umekaribia.”
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="MAT.3.3" />Huyu ndiye yule aliyenenwa habari zake na nabii Isaya aliposema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Sauti ya mtu aliaye huko nyikani,
</q>
<q style="q1">‘Tayarisheni njia kwa ajili ya Bwana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yanyoosheni mapito yake.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="MAT.3.4" />Basi Yohana alivaa mavazi yaliyotengenezwa kwa singa za ngamia, akiwa na mkanda wa ngozi kiunoni mwake. Chakula chake kilikuwa nzige na asali ya mwitu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="MAT.3.5" />Watu walikuwa wakimwendea kutoka Yerusalemu, Uyahudi yote na nchi zote za kandokando ya Mto Yordani.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="MAT.3.6" />Nao wakaziungama dhambi zao, akawabatiza katika Mto Yordani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="MAT.3.7" />Lakini alipowaona Mafarisayo na Masadukayo wengi wakija ili kubatizwa, aliwaambia: “Ninyi watoto wa nyoka! Ni nani aliyewaonya kuikimbia ghadhabu inayokuja?
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="MAT.3.8" />Basi zaeni matunda yastahiliyo toba.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="MAT.3.9" />Wala msidhani mnaweza kusema mioyoni mwenu kuwa, ‘Sisi tunaye Abrahamu, baba yetu.’ Nawaambia kuwa Mungu anaweza kumwinulia Abrahamu watoto kutoka kwa mawe haya.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="MAT.3.10" />Hata sasa shoka limeshawekwa tayari kwenye shina la kila mti, basi kila mti usiozaa matunda mazuri, hukatwa na kutupwa motoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="MAT.3.11" />“Mimi nawabatiza kwa maji kwa ajili ya toba. Lakini nyuma yangu anakuja yeye aliye na uwezo kuliko mimi, ambaye sistahili hata kuvichukua viatu vyake. Yeye atawabatiza kwa Roho Mtakatifu<f caller="+"><fr>3:11
</fr><fq>…kwa Roho Mtakatifu
</fq><ft>hapa ina maana ya
</ft><fqa>katika Roho Mtakatifu.</fqa></f> na kwa moto.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="MAT.3.12" />Pepeto lake liko mkononi mwake, naye atasafisha sakafu yake ya kupuria, na kuikusanya ngano ghalani na kuyateketeza makapi kwa moto usiozimika.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Abatizwa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 1:9-11; Luka 3:21-22)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="MAT.3.13" />Kisha Yesu akaja kutoka Galilaya mpaka Mto Yordani ili Yohana ambatize.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="MAT.3.14" />Lakini Yohana akajitahidi kumzuia, akimwambia, “Mimi ninahitaji kubatizwa na wewe, nawe waja kwangu nikubatize?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="MAT.3.15" />Lakini Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Kubali hivi sasa, kwa maana ndivyo itupasavyo kwa njia hii kuitimiza haki yote.”</wj> Hivyo Yohana akakubali.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="MAT.3.16" />Naye Yesu alipokwisha kubatizwa, mara alipotoka ndani ya maji, ghafula mbingu zikafunguka, akamwona Roho wa Mungu akishuka kama hua na kutulia juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="MAT.3.17" />Nayo sauti kutoka mbinguni ikasema, “Huyu ni Mwanangu mpendwa, ambaye ninapendezwa sana naye.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Kujaribiwa Kwa Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 1:12-13; Luka 4:1-13)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAT.4.1" />Kisha Yesu akaongozwa na Roho Mtakatifu kwenda nyikani ili akajaribiwe na ibilisi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MAT.4.2" />Baada ya kufunga siku arobaini usiku na mchana, hatimaye akaona njaa.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="MAT.4.3" />Mjaribu akamjia na kumwambia, “Ikiwa wewe ndiye Mwana wa Mungu, amuru mawe haya yawe mikate.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="MAT.4.4" />Lakini Yesu akajibu,
<wj>“Imeandikwa: ‘Mtu haishi kwa mkate tu, ila kwa kila neno litokalo katika kinywa cha Mungu.’ ”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="MAT.4.5" />Ndipo ibilisi akamchukua Yesu mpaka mji mtakatifu na kumweka juu ya mnara mrefu wa Hekalu,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="MAT.4.6" />akamwambia, “Kama wewe ndiwe Mwana wa Mungu jitupe chini. Kwa kuwa imeandikwa:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Atakuagizia malaika zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watakuchukua mikononi mwao
</q>
<q style="q1">ili usije ukajikwaa mguu wako katika jiwe.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="MAT.4.7" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Pia imeandikwa: ‘Usimjaribu Bwana Mungu wako.’ ”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="MAT.4.8" />Kwa mara nyingine, ibilisi akamchukua Yesu mpaka kwenye kilele cha mlima mrefu na kumwonyesha falme zote za dunia na fahari zake,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="MAT.4.9" />kisha akamwambia, “Nitakupa hivi vyote kama ukinisujudia na kuniabudu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="MAT.4.10" />Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Ondoka mbele yangu, Shetani! Kwa maana imeandikwa, ‘Mwabudu Bwana Mungu wako, na umtumikie yeye peke yake.’ ”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="MAT.4.11" />Ndipo ibilisi akamwacha, nao malaika wakaja na kumhudumia.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Aanza Kuhubiri
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 1:14-15; Luka 4:14-15)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="MAT.4.12" />Yesu aliposikia kwamba Yohana Mbatizaji alikuwa ametiwa gerezani, alirudi Galilaya.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="MAT.4.13" />Akaondoka Nazareti akaenda kuishi Kapernaumu, mji ulioko karibu na bahari, katika mipaka ya nchi ya Zabuloni na Naftali,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="MAT.4.14" />ili kutimiza unabii wa nabii Isaya, kama alivyosema:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="MAT.4.15" />“Nchi ya Zabuloni na nchi ya Naftali,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye njia ya kuelekea baharini,
</q>
<q style="q1">ngʼambo ya Yordani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Galilaya ya watu wa Mataifa:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="MAT.4.16" />watu wale waliokaa gizani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wameona nuru kuu;
</q>
<q style="q1">nao wale walioishi katika nchi ya uvuli wa mauti,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nuru imewazukia.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="MAT.4.17" />Tangu wakati huo, Yesu alianza kuhubiri akisema:
<wj>“Tubuni, kwa maana Ufalme wa Mbinguni umekaribia.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Awaita Wanafunzi Wake Wa Kwanza
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 1:16-20; Luka 5:1-11)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="MAT.4.18" />Yesu alipokuwa anatembea kando ya Bahari ya Galilaya, aliwaona ndugu wawili, Simoni aitwaye Petro, na Andrea ndugu yake. Walikuwa wakizitupa nyavu zao baharini kwa kuwa wao walikuwa wavuvi.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MAT.4.19" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Njooni, nifuateni nami nitawafanya mwe wavuvi wa watu.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="MAT.4.20" />Mara wakaziacha nyavu zao, wakamfuata.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="MAT.4.21" />Alipoendelea mbele kutoka pale, akawaona ndugu wengine wawili, Yakobo mwana wa Zebedayo na Yohana nduguye, wakiwa wamekaa kwenye mashua pamoja na baba yao Zebedayo, wakizitengeneza nyavu zao. Yesu akawaita.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="MAT.4.22" />Nao mara wakaiacha mashua yao, pamoja na baba yao, wakamfuata.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Ahubiri Na Kuponya Wagonjwa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 6:17-19)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="MAT.4.23" />Yesu akapita katika Galilaya yote, akifundisha katika masinagogi yao, akihubiri habari njema za Ufalme, na akiponya kila ugonjwa na kila aina ya maradhi miongoni mwa watu.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="MAT.4.24" />Kwa hiyo sifa zake zikaenea sehemu zote za Shamu, nao watu wakamletea wote waliokuwa na magonjwa mbalimbali na maumivu, waliopagawa na pepo wachafu, wenye kifafa na waliopooza, naye akawaponya.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="MAT.4.25" />Makutano makubwa ya watu yakawa yanamjia kutoka Galilaya, Dekapoli,<f caller="+"><fr>4:25
</fr><ft>Yaani Miji Kumi.</ft></f> Yerusalemu, Uyahudi na kutoka ngʼambo ya Mto Yordani.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<p sfm="ms" style="ms1">Mahubiri Ya Yesu Kwenye Mlima
</p>
<p sfm="mr" style="mr">(Mathayo 5–7)
</p>
<s style="s1">Sifa Za Aliyebarikiwa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 6:20-23)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAT.5.1" />Basi Yesu alipoona makutano, alipanda mlimani akaketi chini, nao wanafunzi wake wakamjia.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MAT.5.2" />Ndipo akaanza kuwafundisha, akisema:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="MAT.5.3" /><wj>“Heri walio maskini wa roho,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>maana Ufalme wa Mbinguni ni wao.</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="MAT.5.4" /><wj>Heri wale wanaohuzunika,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>maana hao watafarijiwa.</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="MAT.5.5" /><wj>Heri walio wapole,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>maana hao watairithi nchi.</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="MAT.5.6" /><wj>Heri wenye njaa na kiu ya haki,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>maana hao watatoshelezwa.</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="MAT.5.7" /><wj>Heri wenye huruma,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>maana hao watapata rehema.</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="MAT.5.8" /><wj>Heri walio na moyo safi,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>maana hao watamwona Mungu.</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="MAT.5.9" /><wj>Heri walio wapatanishi,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>maana hao wataitwa wana wa Mungu.</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="MAT.5.10" /><wj>Heri wanaoteswa kwa sababu ya haki,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>maana Ufalme wa Mbinguni ni wao.</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="MAT.5.11" /><wj>“Heri ninyi watu watakapowashutumu, na kuwatesa na kunena dhidi yenu mabaya ya aina zote kwa uongo kwa ajili yangu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="MAT.5.12" /><wj>Furahini na kushangilia kwa maana thawabu yenu ni kubwa mbinguni, kwa kuwa hivyo ndivyo walivyowatesa manabii waliokuwa kabla yenu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Chumvi Na Nuru
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 9:50; Luka 14:34-35)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="MAT.5.13" /><wj>“Ninyi ni chumvi ya ulimwengu. Lakini chumvi ikipoteza ladha yake, yawezaje kurudishiwa ladha yake tena? Haifai tena kwa kitu chochote, ila kutupwa nje ikanyagwe na watu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="MAT.5.14" /><wj>“Ninyi ni nuru ya ulimwengu. Mji uliojengwa kilimani hauwezi kufichika.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="MAT.5.15" /><wj>Wala watu hawawashi taa na kuifunika kwa bakuli. Badala yake, huiweka kwenye kinara chake, nayo hutoa mwanga kwa kila mtu aliyemo ndani ya ile nyumba.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="MAT.5.16" /><wj>Vivyo hivyo, nuru yenu iangaze mbele ya watu, ili wapate kuona matendo yenu mema wamtukuze Baba yenu aliye mbinguni.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kutimiza Sheria
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="MAT.5.17" /><wj>“Msidhani kwamba nimekuja kufuta Sheria au Manabii; sikuja kuondoa bali kutimiza.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="MAT.5.18" /><wj>Kwa maana, amin nawaambia, mpaka mbingu na dunia zitakapopita, hakuna hata herufi moja ndogo wala nukta itakayopotea kwa namna yoyote kutoka kwenye Sheria, mpaka kila kitu kiwe kimetimia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MAT.5.19" /><wj>Kwa hiyo, yeyote atakayevunja mojawapo ya amri ndogo kuliko zote ya amri hizi, naye akawafundisha wengine kufanya hivyo, ataitwa mdogo kabisa katika Ufalme wa Mbinguni, lakini yeyote azitendaye na kuzifundisha hizi amri ataitwa mkuu katika Ufalme wa Mbinguni.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="MAT.5.20" /><wj>Kwa maana nawaambia, haki yenu isipozidi haki ya Mafarisayo na walimu wa sheria, kamwe hamtaingia katika Ufalme wa Mbinguni.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuhusu Hasira
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 12:57-59)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="MAT.5.21" /><wj>“Mmesikia walivyoambiwa watu wa zamani kwamba, ‘Usiue. Yeyote atakayeua atapaswa hukumu.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="MAT.5.22" /><wj>Lakini mimi nawaambia kwamba, yeyote atakayemkasirikia ndugu yake, atapaswa hukumu. Tena, yeyote atakayemwambia ndugu yake, ‘Raka,’</wj><f caller="+"><fr>5:22
</fr><ft>Raka ni neno la Kiaramu ambalo maana yake ni dharau au dhihaka ya hali ya juu.</ft></f><wj>atapaswa kujibu kwa Baraza la Wayahudi.</wj><f caller="+"><fr>5:22
</fr><fq>Baraza la Wayahudi
</fq><ft>lilikuwa kundi kuu kabisa la utawala wa Wayahudi lililoundwa na wazee 70 pamoja na kuhani mkuu.</ft></f><wj>Lakini yeyote atakayesema ‘Wewe mpumbavu!’ atapaswa hukumu ya moto wa jehanamu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="MAT.5.23" /><wj>“Kwa hiyo, kama unatoa sadaka yako madhabahuni, ukakumbuka kuwa ndugu yako ana kitu dhidi yako,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="MAT.5.24" /><wj>iache sadaka yako hapo mbele ya madhabahu. Enda kwanza ukapatane na ndugu yako; kisha urudi na ukatoe sadaka yako.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="MAT.5.25" /><wj>“Patana na mshtaki wako upesi wakati uwapo njiani pamoja naye kwenda mahakamani, ili mshtaki wako asije akakutia mikononi mwa hakimu, naye hakimu akakutia mikononi mwa askari, nawe ukatupwa gerezani.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="MAT.5.26" /><wj>Amin, nakuambia, hautatoka humo hadi uwe umelipa senti ya mwisho.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuhusu Uzinzi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="MAT.5.27" /><wj>“Mmesikia kwamba ilinenwa, ‘Usizini.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="MAT.5.28" /><wj>Lakini mimi nawaambia kwamba, yeyote amtazamaye mwanamke kwa kumtamani, amekwisha kuzini naye moyoni mwake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="MAT.5.29" /><wj>Jicho lako la kuume likikusababisha kutenda dhambi, lingʼoe ulitupe mbali. Ni afadhali kwako kupoteza kiungo kimoja cha mwili wako kuliko mwili wako mzima ukatupwa jehanamu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="MAT.5.30" /><wj>Kama mkono wako wa kuume ukikusababisha kutenda dhambi, ukate, uutupe mbali. Ni afadhali kwako kupoteza kiungo kimoja cha mwili wako kuliko mwili wako mzima utupwe jehanamu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuhusu Talaka
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 19:9; Marko 10:11-12; Luka 16:18)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="MAT.5.31" /><wj>“Pia ilinenwa kwamba, ‘Mtu yeyote amwachaye mkewe sharti ampe hati ya talaka.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="MAT.5.32" /><wj>Lakini mimi nawaambia, yeyote amwachaye mkewe isipokuwa kwa kosa la uasherati, amfanya mkewe kuwa mzinzi. Na yeyote amwoaye yule mwanamke aliyeachwa, anazini.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuhusu Kuapa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="MAT.5.33" /><wj>“Tena mmesikia walivyoambiwa watu wa zamani kwamba, ‘Usiape kwa uongo, bali timiza kiapo kile ulichofanya kwa Bwana.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="MAT.5.34" /><wj>Lakini mimi nawaambia, msiape kabisa: iwe kwa mbingu, kwa kuwa ni kiti cha enzi cha Mungu;</wj>
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="MAT.5.35" /><wj>au kwa dunia, kwa kuwa ndipo mahali pake pa kuwekea miguu; au kwa Yerusalemu, kwa kuwa ndio mji wa Mfalme Mkuu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="MAT.5.36" /><wj>Nanyi msiape kwa vichwa vyenu, kwa kuwa hamwezi kuufanya hata unywele mmoja kuwa mweupe au mweusi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="MAT.5.37" /><wj>‘Ndiyo’ yenu iwe ‘Ndiyo,’ na ‘Hapana’ yenu iwe ‘Hapana.’ Lolote zaidi ya hili latoka kwa yule mwovu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuhusu Kulipiza Kisasi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 6:29-30)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="MAT.5.38" /><wj>“Mmesikia kwamba ilinenwa, ‘Jicho kwa jicho na jino kwa jino.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="MAT.5.39" /><wj>Lakini mimi nawaambia, msishindane na mtu mwovu. Lakini kama mtu akikupiga kwenye shavu la kuume, mgeuzie na la pili pia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="MAT.5.40" /><wj>Kama mtu akitaka kukushtaki na kuchukua joho lako, mwachie achukue na koti pia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="MAT.5.41" /><wj>Kama mtu akikulazimisha kwenda maili moja, nenda naye maili mbili.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="MAT.5.42" /><wj>Mpe yeye akuombaye, wala usimgeuzie kisogo yeye atakaye kukukopa.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Upendo Kwa Adui
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 6:27-28, 32-36)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="43" bcv="MAT.5.43" /><wj>“Mmesikia kwamba ilinenwa, ‘Mpende jirani yako na umchukie adui yako.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="MAT.5.44" /><wj>Lakini ninawaambia: Wapendeni adui zenu na waombeeni wanaowatesa ninyi,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="MAT.5.45" /><wj>ili mpate kuwa watoto wa Baba yenu aliye mbinguni. Kwa maana yeye huwaangazia jua lake watu waovu na watu wema, naye huwanyeshea mvua wenye haki na wasio haki.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="MAT.5.46" /><wj>Kama mkiwapenda tu wale wanaowapenda, mtapata thawabu gani? Je, hata watoza ushuru hawafanyi hivyo?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="MAT.5.47" /><wj>Nanyi kama mkiwasalimu ndugu zenu tu, je, mnafanya nini zaidi ya wengine? Je, hata watu wasiomjua Mungu, hawafanyi hivyo?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="MAT.5.48" /><wj>Kwa hiyo kuweni wakamilifu kama Baba yenu wa mbinguni alivyo mkamilifu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Kuwapa Wahitaji
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAT.6.1" /><wj>“Angalieni msitende wema wenu mbele ya watu ili wawaone. Kwa maana mkifanya hivyo, hamna thawabu kutoka kwa Baba yenu aliye mbinguni.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="MAT.6.2" /><wj>“Hivyo mnapowapa wahitaji, msipige panda mbele yenu kama wafanyavyo wanafiki katika masinagogi na mitaani, ili wasifiwe na watu. Amin nawaambia wao wamekwisha kupokea thawabu yao.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="MAT.6.3" /><wj>Lakini ninyi mtoapo sadaka, fanyeni kwa siri, hata mkono wako wa kushoto usijue mkono wako wa kuume unachofanya,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="MAT.6.4" /><wj>ili sadaka yako iwe ni siri. Ndipo Baba yako wa mbinguni, yeye aonaye sirini atakupa thawabu kwa wazi.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuhusu Maombi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 11:2-4)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="MAT.6.5" /><wj>“Nanyi msalipo, msiwe kama wanafiki, maana wao hupenda kusali wakiwa wamesimama katika masinagogi na kando ya barabara ili waonekane na watu. Amin nawaambia, wao wamekwisha kupata thawabu yao.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="MAT.6.6" /><wj>Lakini wewe unaposali, ingia chumbani mwako, funga mlango na umwombe Baba yako aliye sirini. Naye Baba yako aonaye sirini atakupa thawabu yako.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="MAT.6.7" /><wj>Nanyi mnaposali msiseme maneno kama wafanyavyo watu wasiomjua Mungu. Kwa maana wao hudhani kwamba watasikiwa kwa sababu ya wingi wa maneno yao.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="MAT.6.8" /><wj>Msiwe kama wao, kwa sababu Baba yenu anajua kile mnachohitaji kabla hamjamwomba.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="MAT.6.9" /><wj>“Hivi basi, ndivyo iwapasavyo kuomba:</wj>
</p>
<q style="q1"><wj>“ ‘Baba yetu uliye mbinguni,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>Jina lako litukuzwe.</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="MAT.6.10" /><wj>Ufalme wako uje.</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>Mapenzi yako yafanyike</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>hapa duniani kama huko mbinguni.</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="MAT.6.11" /><wj>Utupatie riziki yetu</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>ya kila siku.</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="MAT.6.12" /><wj>Utusamehe deni zetu,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>kama sisi nasi tulivyokwisha</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>kuwasamehe wadeni wetu.</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="MAT.6.13" /><wj>Usitutie majaribuni,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>bali utuokoe kutoka kwa yule mwovu</wj>
</q>
<q style="q1"><wj>[kwa kuwa Ufalme ni wako, na nguvu,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>na utukufu, hata milele. Amen].’</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="14" bcv="MAT.6.14" /><wj>Kwa kuwa kama mkiwasamehe watu wengine wanapowakosea, Baba yenu wa mbinguni atawasamehe ninyi pia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="MAT.6.15" /><wj>Lakini msipowasamehe watu wengine makosa yao, naye Baba yenu hatawasamehe ninyi makosa yenu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuhusu Kufunga
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="MAT.6.16" /><wj>“Mnapofunga, msiwe wenye huzuni kama wafanyavyo wanafiki. Maana wao hukunja nyuso zao ili kuwaonyesha wengine kwamba wamefunga. Amin, amin nawaambia wao wamekwisha kupata thawabu yao kamilifu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="MAT.6.17" /><wj>Lakini mnapofunga, jipakeni mafuta kichwani na kunawa nyuso zenu</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="MAT.6.18" /><wj>ili kufunga kwenu kusionekane na watu wengine ila Baba yenu aketiye mahali pa siri; naye Baba yenu aonaye sirini atawapa thawabu yenu kwa wazi.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Akiba Ya Mbinguni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 12:33-34)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="MAT.6.19" /><wj>“Msijiwekee hazina duniani, mahali ambapo nondo na kutu huharibu, nao wevi huvunja na kuiba.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="MAT.6.20" /><wj>Lakini jiwekeeni hazina mbinguni, mahali ambapo nondo na kutu haviharibu, wala wevi hawavunji na kuiba.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="MAT.6.21" /><wj>Kwa sababu mahali hazina yako ilipo, hapo ndipo pia moyo wako utakapokuwa.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Jicho Ni Taa Ya Mwili
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 11:34-36)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="MAT.6.22" /><wj>“Jicho ni taa ya mwili. Kama jicho lako ni nyofu, mwili wako wote utajaa nuru.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="MAT.6.23" /><wj>Lakini kama jicho lako ni ovu, mwili wako wote utajawa na giza. Kwa hiyo basi, kama nuru iliyomo ndani yako ni giza, hilo ni giza kuu namna gani!</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mungu Na Mali
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 16:13; 12:22-31)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="MAT.6.24" /><wj>“Hakuna mtu awezaye kuwatumikia mabwana wawili. Kwa kuwa atamchukia huyu na kumpenda yule mwingine, au atashikamana sana na huyu na kumdharau yule mwingine. Hamwezi kumtumikia Mungu pamoja na Mali.</wj><f caller="+"><fr>6:24
</fr><ft>Mali (au Utajiri) hapa inatoka neno Mamoni kwa Kiaramu au Mamona kwa Kiyunani.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Msiwe Na Wasiwasi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="MAT.6.25" /><wj>“Kwa hiyo nawaambia, msisumbukie maisha yenu kwamba mtakula nini au mtakunywa nini; au msumbukie miili yenu kwamba mtavaa nini. Je, maisha si zaidi ya chakula, na mwili zaidi ya mavazi?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="MAT.6.26" /><wj>Waangalieni ndege wa angani; wao hawapandi wala hawavuni au kuweka ghalani, lakini Baba yenu wa mbinguni huwalisha. Je, ninyi si wa thamani zaidi kuliko hao ndege?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="MAT.6.27" /><wj>Ni nani miongoni mwenu ambaye kwa kujitaabisha kwake anaweza kujiongezea hata saa moja zaidi katika maisha yake?</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="MAT.6.28" /><wj>“Nanyi kwa nini mnajitaabisha kwa ajili ya mavazi? Fikirini maua ya shambani yameavyo. Hayafanyi kazi wala hayafumi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="MAT.6.29" /><wj>Lakini nawaambia, hata Solomoni katika fahari yake yote hakuvikwa vizuri kama mojawapo ya hayo maua.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="MAT.6.30" /><wj>Basi ikiwa Mungu huyavika hivi majani ya shambani, ambayo leo yapo na kesho yanatupwa motoni, je, hatawavika ninyi vizuri zaidi, enyi wa imani haba?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="MAT.6.31" /><wj>Kwa hiyo msiwe na wasiwasi, mkisema, ‘Tutakula nini?’ au ‘Tutakunywa nini?’ au ‘Tutavaa nini?’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="MAT.6.32" /><wj>Watu wasiomjua Mungu ndio wanaoshindania hayo, lakini Baba yenu wa mbinguni anafahamu kuwa mnahitaji haya yote.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="MAT.6.33" /><wj>Lakini utafuteni kwanza Ufalme wa Mungu na haki yake, na haya yote atawapa pia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="MAT.6.34" /><wj>Kwa hiyo msiwe na wasiwasi kuhusu kesho, kwa sababu kesho itajitaabikia yenyewe. Yatosha kwa siku masumbufu yake.</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Kuwahukumu Wengine
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 6:37-38, 41-42)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAT.7.1" /><wj>“Usihukumu ili usije ukahukumiwa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MAT.7.2" /><wj>Kwa maana jinsi unavyowahukumu wengine, ndivyo utakavyohukumiwa, na kwa kipimo kile upimiacho, ndicho utakachopimiwa.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="MAT.7.3" /><wj>“Mbona unatazama kibanzi kilicho ndani ya jicho la ndugu yako, na wala huoni boriti iliyo ndani ya jicho lako mwenyewe?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="MAT.7.4" /><wj>Au unawezaje kumwambia ndugu yako, ‘Acha nitoe kibanzi kwenye jicho lako,’ wakati kuna boriti kwenye jicho lako mwenyewe?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="MAT.7.5" /><wj>Ewe mnafiki, ondoa boriti ndani ya jicho lako kwanza, ndipo utaweza kuona dhahiri jinsi ya kuondoa kibanzi kilicho ndani ya jicho la ndugu yako.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="MAT.7.6" /><wj>“Msiwape mbwa vitu vilivyo vitakatifu; wala msitupie nguruwe lulu zenu. Kama mkifanya hivyo, watazikanyagakanyaga na kisha watawageukia na kuwararua vipande vipande.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Omba, Tafuta, Bisha
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 11:9-13)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="MAT.7.7" /><wj>“Ombeni nanyi mtapewa; tafuteni nanyi mtapata; bisheni nanyi mtafunguliwa mlango.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="MAT.7.8" /><wj>Kwa kuwa kila aombaye hupewa; naye kila atafutaye hupata; na kila abishaye hufunguliwa mlango.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="MAT.7.9" /><wj>“Au ni nani miongoni mwenu ambaye mwanawe akimwomba mkate atampa jiwe?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="MAT.7.10" /><wj>Au mwanawe akimwomba samaki atampa nyoka?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="MAT.7.11" /><wj>Ikiwa ninyi basi mlio waovu mnajua kuwapa watoto wenu vitu vizuri, si zaidi sana Baba yenu aliye mbinguni atawapa vitu vizuri wale wamwombao?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="MAT.7.12" /><wj>Kwa hiyo chochote mnachotaka mtendewe na watu, ninyi nanyi watendeeni vivyo hivyo. Kwa kuwa hii ndiyo Sheria na Manabii.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Njia Nyembamba Na Njia Pana
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="MAT.7.13" /><wj>“Ingieni kupitia mlango mwembamba, kwa maana lango ni pana na njia ni pana ielekeayo upotevuni, nao ni wengi waingiao kwa kupitia lango hilo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="MAT.7.14" /><wj>Lakini mlango ni mwembamba na njia ni finyu ielekeayo kwenye uzima, nao ni wachache tu waionao.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mti Na Tunda Lake
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 6:43-44)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="MAT.7.15" /><wj>“Jihadharini na manabii wa uongo, wanaowajia wakiwa wamevaa mavazi ya kondoo, lakini ndani ni mbwa mwitu wakali.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="MAT.7.16" /><wj>Mtawatambua kwa matunda yao. Je, watu huchuma zabibu kwenye miiba, au tini kwenye michongoma?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="MAT.7.17" /><wj>Vivyo hivyo, mti mwema huzaa matunda mazuri, na mti mbaya huzaa matunda mabaya.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="MAT.7.18" /><wj>Mti mwema hauwezi kuzaa matunda mabaya, wala mti mbaya hauwezi kuzaa matunda mazuri.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MAT.7.19" /><wj>Kila mti usiozaa matunda mazuri hukatwa na kutupwa motoni.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="MAT.7.20" /><wj>Hivyo, mtawatambua kwa matunda yao.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mwanafunzi Wa Kweli
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 13:25-27)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="MAT.7.21" /><wj>“Si kila mtu aniambiaye, ‘Bwana, Bwana,’ atakayeingia katika Ufalme wa Mbinguni, bali ni yeye afanyaye mapenzi ya Baba yangu aliye mbinguni.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="MAT.7.22" /><wj>Wengi wataniambia siku ile, ‘Bwana, Bwana, hatukutoa unabii kwa jina lako, na kwa jina lako kutoa pepo wachafu na kufanya miujiza mingi?’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="MAT.7.23" /><wj>Ndipo nitakapowaambia wazi, ‘Sikuwajua kamwe. Ondokeni kwangu, ninyi watenda maovu!’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Msikiaji Na Mtendaji
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 6:47-49)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="MAT.7.24" /><wj>“Kwa hiyo kila mtu ayasikiaye haya maneno yangu na kuyatenda, ni kama mtu mwenye busara aliyejenga nyumba yake kwenye mwamba.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="MAT.7.25" /><wj>Mvua ikanyesha, mafuriko yakaja, na upepo ukavuma ukaipiga hiyo nyumba. Lakini haikuanguka; kwa sababu msingi wake ulikuwa kwenye mwamba.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="MAT.7.26" /><wj>Naye kila anayesikia haya maneno yangu wala asiyatende, ni kama mtu mjinga aliyejenga nyumba yake kwenye mchanga.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="MAT.7.27" /><wj>Mvua ikanyesha, mafuriko yakaja, nao upepo ukavuma ukaipiga hiyo nyumba, nayo ikaanguka kwa kishindo kikubwa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="MAT.7.28" />Yesu alipomaliza kusema maneno haya, makutano ya watu wakashangazwa sana na mafundisho yake,
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="MAT.7.29" />kwa sababu alifundisha kama yeye aliye na mamlaka, wala si kama walimu wao wa sheria.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Amtakasa Mwenye Ukoma
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 1:40-45; Luka 5:12-16)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAT.8.1" />Yesu aliposhuka kutoka mlimani, makutano makubwa ya watu yakamfuata.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MAT.8.2" />Mtu mmoja mwenye ukoma akaja na kupiga magoti mbele yake, akasema, “Bwana, kama ukitaka, unaweza kunitakasa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="MAT.8.3" />Yesu akanyoosha mkono wake akamgusa yule mtu, akamwambia,
<wj>“Nataka. Takasika!”</wj> Mara yule mtu akatakasika ukoma wake.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="MAT.8.4" />Kisha Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Hakikisha humwambii mtu yeyote. Lakini nenda ukajionyeshe kwa kuhani, na utoe sadaka aliyoamuru Mose, ili kuwa ushuhuda kwao.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Amponya Mtumishi Wa Jemadari
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 7:1-10)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="MAT.8.5" />Yesu alipoingia Kapernaumu, jemadari mmoja alimjia, kumwomba msaada,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="MAT.8.6" />akisema, “Bwana, mtumishi wangu amelala nyumbani na amepooza, tena ana maumivu makali ya kutisha.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="MAT.8.7" />Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Nitakuja na kumponya.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="MAT.8.8" />Lakini yule jemadari akamwambia, “Bwana, mimi sistahili wewe kuingia chini ya dari yangu. Lakini sema neno tu, naye mtumishi wangu atapona.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="MAT.8.9" />Kwa kuwa mimi mwenyewe ni mtu niliyewekwa chini ya mamlaka, nikiwa na askari chini yangu. Nikimwambia huyu, ‘Nenda,’ yeye huenda; na mwingine nikimwambia, ‘Njoo,’ yeye huja. Nikimwambia mtumishi wangu, ‘Fanya hivi,’ yeye hufanya.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="MAT.8.10" />Yesu aliposikia maneno haya, alishangaa, akawaambia wale waliomfuata,
<wj>“Amin, nawaambia, hata katika Israeli sijapata kuona yeyote mwenye imani kubwa namna hii.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="MAT.8.11" /><wj>Ninawaambia kwamba wengi watatoka mashariki na magharibi, nao wataketi karamuni pamoja na Abrahamu, Isaki na Yakobo katika Ufalme wa Mbinguni.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="MAT.8.12" /><wj>Lakini warithi wa Ufalme watatupwa katika giza la nje, ambako kutakuwako kilio na kusaga meno.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="MAT.8.13" />Kisha Yesu akamwambia yule jemadari,
<wj>“Nenda na iwe kwako sawasawa na imani yako.”</wj> Naye yule mtumishi akapona saa ile ile.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Aponya Wengi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 1:29-34; Luka 4:38-41)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="MAT.8.14" />Yesu alipoingia nyumbani kwa Petro, alimkuta mama mkwe wa Petro amelala kitandani, akiwa ana homa.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="MAT.8.15" />Akamgusa mkono wake na homa ikamwacha, naye akainuka na kuanza kumhudumia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="MAT.8.16" />Jioni ile, wakamletea watu wengi waliopagawa na pepo wachafu, naye akawatoa wale pepo wachafu kwa neno lake, na kuwaponya wagonjwa wote.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="MAT.8.17" />Haya yalifanyika ili litimie lile lililonenwa kwa kinywa cha nabii Isaya kwamba:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Mwenyewe alitwaa udhaifu wetu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na alichukua magonjwa yetu.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Gharama Ya Kumfuata Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 9:57-62)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="MAT.8.18" />Yesu alipoona makutano mengi wamemzunguka, aliwaamuru wanafunzi wake wavuke mpaka ngʼambo ya ziwa.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MAT.8.19" />Kisha mwalimu mmoja wa sheria akamjia Yesu na kumwambia, “Mwalimu, nitakufuata kokote uendako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="MAT.8.20" />Naye Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Mbweha wana mapango, nao ndege wa angani wana viota, lakini Mwana wa Adamu hana mahali pa kulaza kichwa chake.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="MAT.8.21" />Mwanafunzi mwingine akamwambia, “Bwana, niruhusu kwanza nikamzike baba yangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="MAT.8.22" />Lakini Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Nifuate, uwaache wafu wawazike wafu wao.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Atuliza Dhoruba
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 4:35-41; Luka 8:22-25)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="MAT.8.23" />Naye alipoingia kwenye mashua, wanafunzi wake wakamfuata.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="MAT.8.24" />Ghafula, kukainuka dhoruba kali baharini hata mashua ikaanza kufunikwa na mawimbi, lakini Yesu alikuwa amelala usingizi.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="MAT.8.25" />Wanafunzi wake wakamwendea na kumwamsha, wakisema, “Bwana, tuokoe! Tunazama!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="MAT.8.26" />Naye Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Kwa nini mnaogopa, enyi wa imani haba?”</wj> Kisha akaamka na kukemea dhoruba na mawimbi, nako kukawa shwari kabisa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="MAT.8.27" />Wale watu wakashangaa, wakisema, “Ni mtu wa namna gani huyu? Hata upepo na mawimbi vinamtii!”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wawili Wenye Pepo Waponywa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 5:1-20; Luka 8:26-39)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="MAT.8.28" />Walipofika ngʼambo katika nchi ya Wagerasi, watu wawili waliopagawa na pepo wachafu walitoka makaburini nao wakakutana naye. Watu hawa walikuwa wakali mno kiasi kwamba hakuna mtu aliyeweza kupita njia ile.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="MAT.8.29" />Wakapiga kelele, “Una nini nasi, Mwana wa Mungu? Umekuja hapa kututesa kabla ya wakati ulioamriwa?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="MAT.8.30" />Mbali kidogo kutoka pale walipokuwa, kulikuwa na kundi kubwa la nguruwe wakilisha.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="MAT.8.31" />Wale pepo wachafu wakamsihi Yesu, “Ukitutoa humu, turuhusu twende kwenye lile kundi la nguruwe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="MAT.8.32" />Akawaambia,
<wj>“Nendeni!”</wj> Hivyo wakatoka na kuwaingia wale nguruwe, nalo kundi lote likateremka gengeni kwa kasi, likaingia katika ziwa na kufa ndani ya maji.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="MAT.8.33" />Wale watu waliokuwa wakiwachunga hao nguruwe wakakimbia wakaingia mjini, wakaeleza yote kuhusu yale yaliyowatokea wale waliokuwa wamepagawa na pepo wachafu.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="MAT.8.34" />Kisha watu wote wa mji huo wakatoka kwenda kukutana na Yesu. Nao walipomwona wakamsihi aondoke kwenye nchi yao.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Amponya Mtu Aliyepooza
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 2:1-12; Luka 5:17-26)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAT.9.1" />Yesu akaingia kwenye chombo, akavuka na kufika katika mji wa kwao.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MAT.9.2" />Wakati huo huo wakamletea mtu aliyepooza, akiwa amelazwa kwenye mkeka. Yesu alipoiona imani yao, alimwambia yule mtu aliyepooza,
<wj>“Mwanangu, jipe moyo mkuu. Dhambi zako zimesamehewa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="MAT.9.3" />Kwa ajili ya jambo hili, baadhi ya walimu wa sheria wakasema mioyoni mwao, “Huyu mtu anakufuru!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="MAT.9.4" />Lakini Yesu akiyafahamu mawazo yao, akawaambia,
<wj>“Kwa nini mnawaza maovu mioyoni mwenu?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="MAT.9.5" /><wj>Je, ni lipi lililo rahisi zaidi: kusema, ‘Umesamehewa dhambi zako,’ au kusema, ‘Inuka, uende’?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="MAT.9.6" /><wj>Lakini, ili mpate kujua kwamba Mwana wa Adamu anayo mamlaka duniani kusamehe dhambi…”</wj> Ndipo akamwambia yule aliyepooza,
<wj>“Inuka, chukua mkeka wako, uende nyumbani kwako.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="MAT.9.7" />Yule mtu akasimama, akaenda nyumbani kwake.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="MAT.9.8" />Makutano walipoyaona haya, wakajawa na hofu ya Mungu, wakamtukuza Mungu ambaye alikuwa ametoa mamlaka kama haya kwa wanadamu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuitwa Kwa Mathayo
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 2:13-17; Luka 5:27-32)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="MAT.9.9" />Yesu alipokuwa akienda kutoka huko, alimwona mtu mmoja jina lake Mathayo akiwa ameketi forodhani mahali pa kutoza ushuru. Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Nifuate.”</wj> Mathayo akaondoka, akamfuata.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="MAT.9.10" />Yesu alipokuwa akila chakula ndani ya nyumba ya Mathayo, watoza ushuru wengi na “wenye dhambi” wakaja kula pamoja naye na wanafunzi wake.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="MAT.9.11" />Mafarisayo walipoona mambo haya, wakawauliza wanafunzi wake, “Kwa nini Mwalimu wenu anakula pamoja na watoza ushuru na ‘wenye dhambi’?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="MAT.9.12" />Lakini Yesu aliposikia hayo, akawaambia,
<wj>“Watu wenye afya hawahitaji tabibu, lakini wale walio wagonjwa ndio wanaohitaji tabibu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="MAT.9.13" /><wj>Nendeni mkajifunze maana ya maneno haya: ‘Nataka rehema, wala si dhabihu.’ Kwa maana sikuja kuwaita wenye haki, bali wenye dhambi.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Aulizwa Kuhusu Kufunga
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 2:18-22; Luka 5:33-39)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="MAT.9.14" />Wanafunzi wa Yohana Mbatizaji wakaja na kumuuliza Yesu, “Imekuwaje kwamba sisi na Mafarisayo tunafunga, lakini wanafunzi wako hawafungi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="MAT.9.15" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Wageni wa bwana arusi wawezaje kuomboleza wakati angali pamoja nao? Wakati utafika ambapo bwana arusi ataondolewa kwao. Hapo ndipo watakapofunga.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="MAT.9.16" /><wj>“Hakuna mtu anayeshonea kiraka kipya kwenye nguo iliyochakaa, kwa maana kile kiraka kitachanika kutoka kwenye hiyo nguo, nayo hiyo nguo itachanika zaidi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="MAT.9.17" /><wj>Wala watu hawaweki divai mpya kwenye viriba vikuukuu. Kama wakifanya hivyo, viriba vitapasuka nayo divai itamwagika, navyo viriba vitaharibika. Lakini divai mpya huwekwa kwenye viriba vipya, na hivyo divai na viriba huwa salama.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mwanamke Aponywa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 5:21-43; Luka 8:40-56)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="MAT.9.18" />Yesu alipokuwa akiwaambia mambo haya, mara akaingia kiongozi wa sinagogi akapiga magoti mbele yake, akamwambia, “Binti yangu amekufa sasa hivi. Lakini njoo uweke mkono wako juu yake, naye atakuwa hai.”
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MAT.9.19" />Yesu akaondoka akafuatana naye, nao wanafunzi wake pia wakaandamana naye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="MAT.9.20" />Wakati huo huo, mwanamke mmoja, ambaye alikuwa na ugonjwa wa kutokwa damu kwa muda wa miaka kumi na miwili, akaja nyuma ya Yesu, akagusa upindo wa vazi lake,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="MAT.9.21" />kwa maana alisema moyoni mwake, “Kama nikigusa tu vazi lake, nitaponywa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="MAT.9.22" />Yesu akageuka, naye alipomwona akamwambia,
<wj>“Binti, jipe moyo mkuu, imani yako imekuponya.”</wj> Naye yule mwanamke akapona kuanzia saa ile ile.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Amfufua Binti Wa Kiongozi Wa Sinagogi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="MAT.9.23" />Yesu alipofika nyumbani kwa yule kiongozi wa sinagogi na kuwaona waombolezaji wakipiga filimbi za maombolezo na watu wengi wakipiga kelele,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="MAT.9.24" />akawaambia,
<wj>“Ondokeni! Kwa maana binti huyu hakufa, bali amelala.”</wj> Wakamcheka kwa dhihaka.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="MAT.9.25" />Lakini watu walipokwisha kutolewa nje, akaingia mle ndani na kumshika yule binti mkono, naye akaamka.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="MAT.9.26" />Habari hizi zikaenea katika maeneo yale yote.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Awaponya Vipofu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="MAT.9.27" />Yesu alipokuwa akiondoka mahali pale, vipofu wawili wakamfuata wakipiga kelele kwa nguvu na kusema, “Mwana wa Daudi, tuhurumie!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="MAT.9.28" />Alipoingia mle nyumbani wale vipofu wakamjia. Naye Yesu akawauliza,
<wj>“Mnaamini kwamba ninaweza kufanya jambo hili?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Wakamjibu, “Ndiyo, Bwana.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="MAT.9.29" />Ndipo Yesu akagusa macho yao na kusema,
<wj>“Iwe kwenu sawasawa na imani yenu.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="MAT.9.30" />Macho yao yakafunguka. Yesu akawaonya vikali, akisema,
<wj>“Angalieni mtu yeyote asijue kuhusu jambo hili.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="MAT.9.31" />Lakini wao wakaenda na kueneza habari zake katika eneo lile lote.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Amponya Mtu Bubu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="MAT.9.32" />Walipokuwa wanatoka, mtu mmoja aliyekuwa amepagawa na pepo mchafu na ambaye hakuweza kuongea aliletwa kwa Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="MAT.9.33" />Yule pepo mchafu alipotolewa, yule mtu aliyekuwa bubu akaongea. Ule umati wa watu ukastaajabu na kusema, “Jambo kama hili kamwe halijapata kuonekana katika Israeli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="MAT.9.34" />Lakini Mafarisayo wakasema, “Huyo anatoa pepo wachafu kwa uwezo wa mkuu wa pepo wachafu.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Watendakazi Ni Wachache
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="MAT.9.35" />Yesu akazunguka katika miji yote na vijiji vyote, akifundisha katika masinagogi yao, akihubiri habari njema za Ufalme, na akiponya kila ugonjwa na kila aina ya maradhi.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="MAT.9.36" />Alipoona makutano, aliwahurumia kwa sababu walikuwa wanasumbuka bila msaada, kama kondoo wasiokuwa na mchungaji.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="MAT.9.37" />Ndipo akawaambia wanafunzi wake,
<wj>“Mavuno ni mengi lakini watendakazi ni wachache.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="MAT.9.38" /><wj>Kwa hiyo mwombeni Bwana wa mavuno, ili apeleke watendakazi katika shamba lake la mavuno.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="10" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Awatuma Wale Kumi Na Wawili
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 3:13-19; 6:7-13; Luka 6:12-16; 9:1-6)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAT.10.1" />Ndipo Yesu akawaita wanafunzi wake kumi na wawili, naye akawapa mamlaka juu ya pepo wachafu, ili waweze kuwatoa na kuponya kila ugonjwa na maradhi ya kila aina.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="MAT.10.2" />Haya ndiyo majina ya hao mitume kumi na wawili: wa kwanza, Simoni aitwaye Petro, na Andrea nduguye; Yakobo mwana wa Zebedayo, na Yohana nduguye;
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="MAT.10.3" />Filipo, na Bartholomayo; Tomaso, na Mathayo mtoza ushuru; Yakobo mwana wa Alfayo, na Thadayo;
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="MAT.10.4" />Simoni Mkananayo, na Yuda Iskariote aliyemsaliti Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="MAT.10.5" />Hawa kumi na wawili, Yesu aliwatuma akawaagiza:
<wj>“Msiende miongoni mwa watu wa Mataifa, wala msiingie mji wowote wa Wasamaria.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="MAT.10.6" /><wj>Lakini afadhali mshike njia kuwaendea kondoo wa nyumba ya Israeli waliopotea.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="MAT.10.7" /><wj>Wakati mnapokwenda, hubirini mkisema, ‘Ufalme wa Mbinguni umekaribia.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="MAT.10.8" /><wj>Ponyeni wagonjwa, fufueni wafu, takaseni wenye ukoma, toeni pepo wachafu. Mmepata bure, toeni bure.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="MAT.10.9" /><wj>Msichukue dhahabu, wala fedha, wala shaba kwenye vifuko vyenu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="MAT.10.10" /><wj>Msichukue mkoba wa safari, wala kanzu mbili, wala jozi ya pili ya viatu, wala fimbo, kwa maana mtendakazi anastahili posho yake.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="MAT.10.11" /><wj>“Mji wowote au kijiji chochote mtakapoingia, tafuteni humo mtu anayestahili, nanyi kaeni kwake mpaka mtakapoondoka.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="MAT.10.12" /><wj>Mkiingia kwenye nyumba, itakieni amani.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="MAT.10.13" /><wj>Kama nyumba hiyo inastahili, amani yenu na iwe juu yake. La sivyo, amani yenu na iwarudie ninyi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="MAT.10.14" /><wj>Kama mtu yeyote hatawakaribisha ninyi, wala kusikiliza maneno yenu, kungʼuteni mavumbi kutoka kwenye miguu yenu mtakapokuwa mnatoka kwenye nyumba hiyo au mji huo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="MAT.10.15" /><wj>Amin, nawaambia, itakuwa rahisi zaidi kwa miji ya Sodoma na Gomora kustahimili katika hukumu kuliko mji huo.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mateso Yanayokuja
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 13:9-13; Luka 21:12-17)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="MAT.10.16" /><wj>“Tazama, ninawatuma kama kondoo katikati ya mbwa mwitu. Kwa hiyo mwe werevu kama nyoka na wapole kama hua.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="MAT.10.17" /><wj>“Jihadharini na wanadamu; kwa maana watawapeleka katika mabaraza yao na kuwapiga kwenye masinagogi yao.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="MAT.10.18" /><wj>Nanyi mtaburutwa mbele ya watawala na wafalme kwa ajili yangu, ili kuwa ushuhuda kwao na kwa watu wa Mataifa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MAT.10.19" /><wj>Lakini watakapowapeleka humo, msisumbuke kufikiria mtakalosema, kwa maana mtapewa la kusema wakati huo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="MAT.10.20" /><wj>Kwa sababu si ninyi mtakaokuwa mkinena, bali ni Roho wa Baba yenu atakayekuwa akinena kupitia kwenu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="MAT.10.21" /><wj>“Ndugu atamsaliti ndugu yake ili auawe, naye baba atamsaliti mtoto wake. Watoto nao wataasi dhidi ya wazazi wao na kusababisha wauawe.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="MAT.10.22" /><wj>Watu wote watawachukia kwa ajili ya Jina langu. Lakini yule atakayevumilia hadi mwisho ataokolewa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="MAT.10.23" /><wj>Wakiwatesa katika mji mmoja, kimbilieni mji mwingine. Amin, amin nawaambia, hamtamaliza miji yote ya Israeli kabla Mwana wa Adamu kuja.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="MAT.10.24" /><wj>“Mwanafunzi hawezi kumzidi mwalimu wake, wala mtumishi hamzidi bwana wake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="MAT.10.25" /><wj>Yatosha mwanafunzi kuwa kama mwalimu wake, na mtumishi kuwa kama bwana wake. Ikiwa mkuu wa nyumba ameitwa Beelzebuli,</wj><f caller="+"><fr>10:25
</fr><ft>Beelzebuli kwa Kiyunani ni Beelzebubu, yaani mkuu wa pepo wachafu.</ft></f><wj>je, si watawaita zaidi wale wa nyumbani mwake!</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Anayestahili Kuogopwa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 12:2-9)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="MAT.10.26" /><wj>“Kwa hiyo msiwaogope hao, kwa maana hakuna kilichofichika ambacho hakitafunuliwa, wala hakuna siri ambayo haitajulikana.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="MAT.10.27" /><wj>Ninalowaambia gizani, ninyi lisemeni mchana peupe. Na lile mnalosikia likinongʼonwa masikioni mwenu, lihubirini juu ya nyumba.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="MAT.10.28" /><wj>Msiwaogope wale wauao mwili lakini hawawezi kuua roho. Afadhali mwogopeni yeye awezaye kuiangamiza roho na mwili katika jehanamu.</wj><f caller="+"><fr>10:28
</fr><ft>Jehanamu kwa Kiyunani ni Gehena, maana yake ni Kuzimu, yaani motoni.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="MAT.10.29" /><wj>Je, shomoro wawili hawauzwi kwa senti moja tu? Lakini hakuna hata mmoja wao atakayeanguka chini pasipo Baba yenu kujua.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="MAT.10.30" /><wj>Hata nywele za vichwa vyenu zote zimehesabiwa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="MAT.10.31" /><wj>Hivyo msiogope; kwa maana ninyi ni wa thamani kubwa kuliko shomoro wengi.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="MAT.10.32" /><wj>“Kila mtu atakayenikiri mbele ya watu, mimi nami nitamkiri yeye mbele za Baba yangu aliye mbinguni.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="MAT.10.33" /><wj>Lakini yeyote atakayenikana mimi mbele ya watu, mimi nami nitamkana mbele za Baba yangu aliye mbinguni.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sikuleta Amani, Bali Upanga
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 12:51-53; 14:26-27)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="MAT.10.34" /><wj>“Msidhani kwamba nimekuja kuleta amani duniani. Sikuja kuleta amani bali upanga.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="MAT.10.35" /><wj>Kwa maana nimekuja kumfitini</wj>
</p>
<q style="q1"><wj>“ ‘mtu na babaye,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>binti na mamaye,</wj>
</q>
<q style="q1"><wj>mkwe na mama mkwe wake;</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="36" bcv="MAT.10.36" /><wj>nao adui za mtu watakuwa</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>ni wale watu wa nyumbani kwake.’</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="MAT.10.37" /><wj>“Yeyote ampendaye baba yake au mama yake kuliko anavyonipenda mimi, hastahili kuwa wangu. Yeyote ampendaye mwanawe au binti yake kuliko anavyonipenda mimi, hastahili kuwa wangu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="MAT.10.38" /><wj>Tena yeyote asiyeuchukua msalaba wake na kunifuata, hastahili kuwa wangu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="MAT.10.39" /><wj>Kwa maana yeyote anayetaka kuyaokoa maisha yake atayapoteza, lakini yeyote atakayeyapoteza maisha yake kwa ajili yangu atayapata.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Watakaopokea Thawabu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 9:41)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="MAT.10.40" /><wj>“Mtu yeyote atakayewapokea ninyi atakuwa amenipokea mimi, na yeyote atakayenipokea mimi atakuwa amempokea yeye aliyenituma.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="MAT.10.41" /><wj>Mtu yeyote anayempokea nabii kwa kuwa ni nabii atapokea thawabu ya nabii, naye mtu anayempokea mwenye haki kwa kuwa ni mwenye haki atapokea thawabu ya mwenye haki.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="MAT.10.42" /><wj>Kama yeyote akimpa hata kikombe cha maji baridi mmoja wa hawa wadogo kwa kuwa ni mwanafunzi wangu, amin, nawaambia, hataikosa thawabu yake.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="11" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Na Yohana Mbatizaji
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 7:18-35)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAT.11.1" />Baada ya Yesu kumaliza kutoa maagizo kwa wanafunzi wake kumi na wawili, aliondoka hapo akaenda kufundisha na kuhubiri katika miji yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="MAT.11.2" />Yohana aliposikia akiwa gerezani mambo ambayo Kristo<f caller="+"><fr>11:2
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya,
</fqa><ft>yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f> alikuwa akiyafanya, aliwatuma wanafunzi wake
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="MAT.11.3" />ili wakamuulize, “Wewe ndiye yule aliyekuwa aje, au tumngojee mwingine?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="MAT.11.4" />Yesu akajibu,
<wj>“Rudini mkamwambie Yohana yale mnayosikia na kuyaona:</wj>
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="MAT.11.5" /><wj>Vipofu wanapata kuona, viwete wanatembea, wenye ukoma wanatakaswa, viziwi wanasikia, wafu wanafufuliwa, na maskini wanahubiriwa habari njema.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="MAT.11.6" /><wj>Amebarikiwa mtu yule asiyechukizwa na mimi.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="MAT.11.7" />Wale wanafunzi wa Yohana walipokuwa wanaondoka, Yesu akaanza kusema na makutano kuhusu Yohana Mbatizaji. Akawauliza,
<wj>“Mlipokwenda kule nyikani, mlikwenda kuona nini? Je, ni unyasi ukipeperushwa na upepo?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="MAT.11.8" /><wj>Kama sivyo, mlikwenda kuona nini basi? Mtu aliyevaa mavazi ya kifahari? La hasha, watu wanaovaa mavazi ya kifahari wako katika majumba ya wafalme.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="MAT.11.9" /><wj>Basi mlikwenda kuona nini? Mlikwenda kumwona nabii? Naam, nawaambia, yeye ni zaidi ya nabii.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="MAT.11.10" /><wj>Huyu ndiye ambaye habari zake zimeandikwa:</wj>
</p>
<q style="q1"><wj>“ ‘Tazama nitamtuma mjumbe wangu mbele yako,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>atakayetengeneza njia mbele yako.’</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="11" bcv="MAT.11.11" /><wj>Amin, nawaambia, miongoni mwa wale waliozaliwa na wanawake, hajatokea mtu aliye mkuu kuliko Yohana Mbatizaji. Lakini aliye mdogo kabisa katika Ufalme wa Mbinguni ni mkuu kuliko Yohana.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="MAT.11.12" /><wj>Tangu siku za Yohana Mbatizaji hadi sasa, Ufalme wa Mbinguni hupatikana kwa nguvu, nao wenye nguvu wanauteka.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="MAT.11.13" /><wj>Kwa maana manabii wote na Sheria walitabiri mpaka wakati wa Yohana.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="MAT.11.14" /><wj>Ikiwa mko tayari kukubali hilo, yeye ndiye yule Eliya ambaye manabii walikuwa wamesema angekuja.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="MAT.11.15" /><wj>Yeye aliye na masikio, na asikie.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="MAT.11.16" /><wj>“Lakini kizazi hiki nikifananishe na nini? Kinafanana na watoto waliokaa sokoni wakiwaita wenzao na kuwaambia,</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="MAT.11.17" /><wj>“ ‘Tuliwapigia filimbi,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>lakini hamkucheza;</wj>
</q>
<q style="q1"><wj>tuliwaimbia nyimbo za maombolezo,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>lakini hamkuomboleza.’</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="18" bcv="MAT.11.18" /><wj>Kwa maana Yohana Mbatizaji alikuja, alikuwa hali wala hanywi, nao wanasema, ‘Yeye ana pepo mchafu.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MAT.11.19" /><wj>Mwana wa Adamu alikuja akila na kunywa, nao wanasema, ‘Tazameni huyu mlafi na mlevi, rafiki wa watoza ushuru na “wenye dhambi.” ’ Lakini hekima huthibitishwa kuwa kweli kwa matendo yake.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Onyo Kwa Miji Isiyotubu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 10:13-15)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="MAT.11.20" />Ndipo Yesu akaanza kushutumu miji ambamo alifanya miujiza yake mingi kuliko kwingine, kwa maana watu wake hawakutubu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="MAT.11.21" /><wj>“Ole wako, Korazini! Ole wako Bethsaida! Kwa maana kama miujiza iliyofanyika kwenu, ingefanyika Tiro na Sidoni, miji hiyo ingekuwa imetubu zamani kwa kuvaa magunia na kujipaka majivu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="MAT.11.22" /><wj>Lakini nawaambia, itakuwa rahisi zaidi kwa Tiro na Sidoni kustahimili katika siku ya hukumu, kuliko ninyi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="MAT.11.23" /><wj>Nawe Kapernaumu, je, utainuliwa hadi mbinguni? La hasha, utashushwa mpaka kuzimu.</wj><f caller="+"><fr>11:23
</fr><fq>Kuzimu
</fq><ft>ni
</ft><fqa>Mahali pa wafu.</fqa></f><wj>Miujiza iliyofanyika kwako ingefanyika huko Sodoma, mji huo ungalikuwepo hadi leo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="MAT.11.24" /><wj>Lakini nakuambia kwamba, itakuwa rahisi zaidi kwa Sodoma kustahimili katika siku ya hukumu kuliko wewe.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Hakuna Amjuaye Baba Ila Mwana
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 10:21-22)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="MAT.11.25" />Wakati huo Yesu alisema,
<wj>“Nakuhimidi Baba, Bwana wa mbingu na nchi, kwa kuwa umewaficha mambo haya wenye hekima na wenye elimu, nawe ukawafunulia watoto wadogo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="MAT.11.26" /><wj>Naam, Baba, kwa kuwa hivyo ndivyo ilivyokupendeza.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="MAT.11.27" /><wj>“Nimekabidhiwa vitu vyote na Baba yangu: Hakuna mtu amjuaye Mwana ila Baba, wala hakuna amjuaye Baba ila Mwana na yeyote ambaye Mwana anapenda kumfunulia.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Awaita Waliolemewa Na Mizigo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="MAT.11.28" /><wj>“Njooni kwangu, ninyi nyote mnaotaabika na kulemewa na mizigo, nami nitawapumzisha.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="MAT.11.29" /><wj>Jifungeni nira yangu, mjifunze kutoka kwangu, kwa maana mimi ni mpole na mnyenyekevu wa moyo, nanyi mtapata raha nafsini mwenu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="MAT.11.30" /><wj>Kwa maana nira yangu ni laini na mzigo wangu ni mwepesi.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Bwana Wa Sabato
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 2:23-28; Luka 6:1-5)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAT.12.1" />Wakati huo Yesu alipitia kwenye mashamba ya nafaka siku ya Sabato. Wanafunzi wake walikuwa na njaa, nao wakaanza kuvunja masuke ya nafaka na kuyala.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MAT.12.2" />Lakini Mafarisayo walipoona jambo hili, wakamwambia, “Tazama! Wanafunzi wako wanafanya jambo lisilo halali kufanywa siku ya Sabato.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="MAT.12.3" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Je, hamjasoma alichofanya Daudi na wenzake walipokuwa na njaa?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="MAT.12.4" /><wj>Aliingia katika nyumba ya Mungu, akala mikate iliyowekwa wakfu, yeye na wenzake, jambo ambalo halikuwa halali kwao kufanya, isipokuwa makuhani peke yao.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="MAT.12.5" /><wj>Au hamjasoma katika Sheria kwamba siku ya Sabato makuhani huvunja sheria ya Sabato Hekaluni lakini hawahesabiwi kuwa na hatia?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="MAT.12.6" /><wj>Nawaambia wazi kwamba, yeye aliye mkuu kuliko Hekalu yupo hapa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="MAT.12.7" /><wj>Kama mngekuwa mmejua maana ya maneno haya, ‘Nataka rehema, wala si dhabihu,’ msingewalaumu watu wasio na hatia,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="MAT.12.8" /><wj>kwa maana Mwana wa Adamu ndiye Bwana wa Sabato.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Anamponya Mtu Aliyepooza Mkono
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 3:1-6; Luka 6:6-11)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="MAT.12.9" />Yesu akaondoka mahali hapo, akaingia ndani ya sinagogi lao,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="MAT.12.10" />na huko alikuwepo mtu aliyepooza mkono. Wakitafuta sababu ya kumshtaki Yesu, wakamuuliza, “Je, ni halali kuponya siku ya Sabato?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="MAT.12.11" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Ni nani miongoni mwenu, mwenye kondoo wake ambaye huyo kondoo akitumbukia shimoni siku ya Sabato hatamtoa?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="MAT.12.12" /><wj>Mtu ana thamani kubwa kuliko kondoo. Kwa hiyo ni halali kutenda mema siku ya Sabato.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="MAT.12.13" />Ndipo akamwambia yule mtu,
<wj>“Nyoosha mkono wako.”</wj> Akaunyoosha, nao ukaponywa ukawa mzima kama ule mwingine.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="MAT.12.14" />Lakini Mafarisayo wakatoka nje, wakafanya shauri baya juu ya Yesu jinsi watakavyoweza kumuua.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mtumishi Aliyechaguliwa Na Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="MAT.12.15" />Lakini Yesu alipoyatambua mawazo yao, akaondoka mahali hapo. Watu wengi wakamfuata, naye akawaponya wagonjwa wao wote,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="MAT.12.16" />akiwakataza wasiseme yeye ni nani.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="MAT.12.17" />Hii ilikuwa ili litimie lile neno lililonenwa kwa kinywa cha nabii Isaya kusema:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="MAT.12.18" />“Tazama mtumishi wangu niliyemchagua,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mpendwa wangu, ninayependezwa naye.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitaweka Roho wangu juu yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atatangaza haki kwa mataifa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="MAT.12.19" />Hatagombana wala hatapiga kelele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hakuna atakayesikia sauti yake njiani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="MAT.12.20" />Mwanzi uliopondeka hatauvunja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na utambi unaofuka moshi hatauzima,
</q>
<q style="q1">mpaka atakapoifanya haki ishinde.
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="21" bcv="MAT.12.21" />Katika Jina lake mataifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wataweka tumaini lao.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Yesu Na Beelzebuli
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 3:20-30; Luka 11:14-23)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="MAT.12.22" />Kisha wakamletea mtu aliyekuwa amepagawa na pepo mchafu, na alikuwa kipofu na bubu. Yesu akamponya, hata akaweza kusema na kuona.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="MAT.12.23" />Watu wote wakashangaa na kusema, “Je, yawezekana huyu ndiye Mwana wa Daudi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="MAT.12.24" />Lakini Mafarisayo waliposikia jambo hili wakasema, “Mtu huyu anatoa pepo wachafu kwa uwezo wa Beelzebuli,<f caller="+"><fr>12:24
</fr><ft>Beelzebuli au Beelzebubu; pia 12:27.</ft></f> mkuu wa pepo wachafu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="MAT.12.25" />Yesu alijua walichokuwa wakiwaza, hivyo akawaambia,
<wj>“Kila ufalme ukigawanyika dhidi yake wenyewe huangamia. Hali kadhalika kila mji au watu wa nyumba moja waliogawanyika dhidi yao wenyewe hawawezi kusimama.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="MAT.12.26" /><wj>Kama Shetani akimtoa Shetani, atakuwa amegawanyika yeye mwenyewe. Basi ufalme wake utawezaje kusimama?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="MAT.12.27" /><wj>Nami kama natoa pepo wachafu kwa nguvu za Beelzebuli, watu wenu je, wao hutoa pepo wachafu kwa uwezo wa nani? Hivyo basi, wao ndio watakaowahukumu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="MAT.12.28" /><wj>Lakini kama mimi ninatoa pepo wachafu kwa Roho wa Mungu, basi Ufalme wa Mungu umekuja juu yenu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="MAT.12.29" /><wj>“Au tena, mtu awezaje kuingia katika nyumba ya mtu mwenye nguvu na kuteka nyara mali zake asipomfunga kwanza yule mwenye nguvu? Akishamfunga, ndipo hakika anaweza kuteka nyara mali zake.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="MAT.12.30" /><wj>“Mtu asiyekuwa pamoja nami yu kinyume nami, na mtu ambaye hakusanyi pamoja nami, hutawanya.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="MAT.12.31" /><wj>Kwa hiyo nawaambia, kila dhambi na kufuru watu watasamehewa, lakini mtu atakayemkufuru Roho Mtakatifu hatasamehewa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="MAT.12.32" /><wj>Mtu yeyote atakayesema neno dhidi ya Mwana wa Adamu atasamehewa, lakini yeyote anenaye neno dhidi ya Roho Mtakatifu hatasamehewa, iwe katika ulimwengu huu au katika ulimwengu ujao.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mti Na Matunda Yake
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 6:43-45)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="MAT.12.33" /><wj>“Ufanye mti kuwa mzuri, nayo matunda yake yatakuwa mazuri. Au ufanye mti kuwa mbaya, na matunda yake yatakuwa mabaya. Kwa maana mti hutambulika kwa matunda yake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="MAT.12.34" /><wj>Enyi uzao wa nyoka! Mnawezaje kunena mambo mema, wakati ninyi ni waovu? Kwa maana kinywa cha mtu huyanena yale yaliyoujaza moyo wake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="MAT.12.35" /><wj>Mtu mwema hutoa yaliyo mema kutoka hazina ya mambo mema yaliyohifadhiwa ndani yake, naye mtu mwovu hutoa yaliyo maovu kutoka hazina ya mambo maovu yaliyohifadhiwa ndani yake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="MAT.12.36" /><wj>Lakini nawaambia, katika siku ya hukumu watu watatoa hesabu kuhusu kila neno lisilo maana walilonena.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="MAT.12.37" /><wj>Kwa maana kwa maneno yako utahesabiwa haki, na kwa maneno yako utahukumiwa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ishara Ya Yona
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 8:11-12; Luka 11:29-32)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="MAT.12.38" />Kisha baadhi ya Mafarisayo na walimu wa sheria wakamwambia, “Mwalimu, tunataka kuona ishara kutoka kwako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="MAT.12.39" />Lakini yeye akawajibu,
<wj>“Kizazi kiovu na cha uzinzi kinaomba ishara! Lakini hakitapewa ishara yoyote isipokuwa ile ishara ya nabii Yona.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="MAT.12.40" /><wj>Kwa maana kama vile Yona alivyokuwa ndani ya tumbo la nyangumi</wj><f caller="+"><fr>12:40
</fr><ft>Nyangumi ni samaki mkubwa sana.</ft></f><wj>kwa siku tatu, usiku na mchana, vivyo hivyo Mwana wa Adamu atakuwa katika moyo wa nchi siku tatu, usiku na mchana.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="MAT.12.41" /><wj>Siku ya hukumu watu wa Ninawi watasimama pamoja na kizazi hiki na kukihukumu; kwa maana wao walitubu waliposikia mahubiri ya Yona. Na tazama, hapa yupo yeye aliye mkuu kuliko Yona.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="MAT.12.42" /><wj>Malkia wa Kusini atasimama wakati wa hukumu na kukihukumu kizazi hiki. Kwa kuwa yeye alikuja kutoka miisho ya dunia ili kuisikiliza hekima ya Solomoni. Na hapa yupo aliye mkuu kuliko Solomoni.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mafundisho Kuhusu Pepo Mchafu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 11:24-26)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="43" bcv="MAT.12.43" /><wj>“Pepo mchafu amtokapo mtu, hutangatanga katika sehemu zisizo na maji akitafuta mahali pa kupumzika, lakini hapati.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="MAT.12.44" /><wj>Ndipo husema, ‘Nitarudi kwenye nyumba yangu nilikotoka.’ Naye arudipo huikuta ile nyumba ikiwa tupu, imefagiliwa na kupangwa vizuri.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="MAT.12.45" /><wj>Kisha huenda na kuwaleta pepo wachafu wengine saba wabaya kuliko yeye mwenyewe, nao huingia na kukaa humo. Nayo hali ya mwisho ya yule mtu huwa ni mbaya kuliko ile ya kwanza. Ndivyo itakavyokuwa kwa kizazi hiki kiovu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mama Na Ndugu Zake Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 3:31-35; Luka 8:19-21)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="46" bcv="MAT.12.46" />Wakati alikuwa angali anazungumza na makutano, mama yake na ndugu zake wakasimama nje wakitaka kuongea naye.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="MAT.12.47" />Ndipo mtu mmoja akamwambia, “Tazama, mama yako na ndugu zako wamesimama nje, wanataka kuongea na wewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="48" bcv="MAT.12.48" />Lakini yeye akamjibu na kumwambia yule mtu,
<wj>“Mama yangu ni nani, nao ndugu zangu ni nani?”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="MAT.12.49" />Akawanyooshea mkono wanafunzi wake, akasema,
<wj>“Hawa hapa ndio mama yangu na ndugu zangu!</wj>
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="MAT.12.50" /><wj>Kwa maana yeyote afanyaye mapenzi ya Baba yangu wa mbinguni, huyo ndiye ndugu yangu, na dada yangu na mama yangu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="13" />
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Mpanzi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 4:1-9; Luka 8:4-8)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAT.13.1" />Siku iyo hiyo Yesu akatoka nje ya nyumba, akaketi kando ya bahari.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MAT.13.2" />Umati mkubwa mno wa watu ukakusanyika kumzunguka, hata ikabidi aingie katika chombo na kuketi humo, nao watu wote wakawa wamesimama ukingoni mwa bahari.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="MAT.13.3" />Ndipo akawaambia mambo mengi kwa mifano, akisema:
<wj>“Mpanzi alitoka kwenda kupanda mbegu zake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="MAT.13.4" /><wj>Alipokuwa akitawanya mbegu, nyingine zilianguka kando ya njia, nao ndege wakaja na kuzila.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="MAT.13.5" /><wj>Nyingine zilianguka kwenye ardhi yenye mwamba isiyo na udongo wa kutosha. Zikaota haraka, kwa kuwa udongo ulikuwa haba.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="MAT.13.6" /><wj>Lakini jua lilipozidi, mimea ikanyauka na kukauka kwa kuwa mizizi yake haikuwa na kina.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="MAT.13.7" /><wj>Mbegu nyingine zilianguka kwenye miiba, nayo miiba hiyo ikakua, ikaisonga hiyo mimea.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="MAT.13.8" /><wj>Mbegu nyingine zilianguka kwenye udongo mzuri ambapo zilitoa mazao, nyingine mara mia moja, nyingine mara sitini, na nyingine mara thelathini.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="MAT.13.9" /><wj>Mwenye masikio ya kusikia, na asikie.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sababu Ya Kufundisha Kwa Mifano
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 4:10-12; Luka 8:9-10)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="MAT.13.10" />Wanafunzi wake wakamwendea, wakamuuliza, “Kwa nini unasema na watu kwa mifano?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="MAT.13.11" />Akawajibu,
<wj>“Ninyi mmepewa kuzifahamu siri za Ufalme wa Mbinguni, lakini wao hawajapewa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="MAT.13.12" /><wj>Kwa maana yule aliye na kitu atapewa zaidi, naye atakuwa navyo tele. Lakini yule asiye na kitu, hata kile alicho nacho atanyangʼanywa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="MAT.13.13" /><wj>Hii ndiyo sababu nasema nao kwa mifano:</wj>
</p>
<q style="q1"><wj>“Ingawa wanatazama, hawaoni;</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>wanasikiliza, lakini hawasikii, wala hawaelewi.</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="14" bcv="MAT.13.14" /><wj>Kwao unatimia ule unabii wa Isaya aliposema:</wj>
</p>
<q style="q1"><wj>“ ‘Hakika mtasikiliza lakini hamtaelewa;</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>na pia mtatazama lakini hamtaona.</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="MAT.13.15" /><wj>Kwa kuwa mioyo ya watu hawa imekuwa migumu;</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>hawasikii kwa masikio yao,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>na wamefumba macho yao.</wj>
</q>
<q style="q1"><wj>Wasije wakaona kwa macho yao,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>na wakasikiliza kwa masikio yao,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>wakaelewa kwa mioyo yao,</wj>
</q>
<q style="q1"><wj>na kugeuka nami nikawaponya.’</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="16" bcv="MAT.13.16" /><wj>Lakini heri macho yenu kwa sababu yanaona, na heri masikio yenu kwa sababu yanasikia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="MAT.13.17" /><wj>Amin, nawaambia, manabii wengi na wenye haki walitamani kuona yale mnayoyaona lakini hawakuyaona, na walitamani kusikia yale mnayoyasikia lakini hawakuyasikia.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maelezo Ya Mfano Wa Mbegu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 4:13-20; Luka 8:11-15)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="MAT.13.18" /><wj>“Sikilizeni basi maana ya ule mfano wa mpanzi:</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MAT.13.19" /><wj>Mtu yeyote anaposikia neno la Ufalme naye asilielewe, yule mwovu huja na kunyakua kile kilichopandwa moyoni mwake. Hii ndiyo ile mbegu iliyopandwa kando ya njia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="MAT.13.20" /><wj>Ile mbegu iliyopandwa kwenye sehemu yenye mawe ni mtu yule ambaye hulisikia neno na mara hulipokea kwa furaha.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="MAT.13.21" /><wj>Lakini kwa kuwa hana mizizi yenye kina ndani yake, lile neno hudumu kwa muda mfupi tu. Kisha dhiki au mateso yanapoinuka kwa ajili ya lile neno, yeye mara huchukizwa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="MAT.13.22" /><wj>Ile mbegu iliyopandwa katika miiba ni yule mtu alisikiaye neno, lakini masumbufu ya maisha haya na udanganyifu wa mali hulisonga lile neno na kulifanya lisizae matunda.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="MAT.13.23" /><wj>Lakini ile mbegu iliyopandwa kwenye udongo mzuri ni yule mtu ambaye hulisikia neno na kulielewa. Naye hakika huzaa matunda, akizaa mara mia, au mara sitini, au mara thelathini ya mbegu iliyopandwa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Magugu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="MAT.13.24" />Yesu akawaambia mfano mwingine, akasema:
<wj>“Ufalme wa Mbinguni unaweza kufananishwa na mtu aliyepanda mbegu nzuri katika shamba lake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="MAT.13.25" /><wj>Lakini wakati kila mtu alipokuwa amelala, adui yake akaja na kupanda magugu katikati ya ngano, akaenda zake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="MAT.13.26" /><wj>Ngano ilipoota na kutoa masuke, magugu nayo yakatokea.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="MAT.13.27" /><wj>“Watumishi wa yule mwenye shamba wakamjia na kumwambia, ‘Bwana, si tulipanda mbegu nzuri shambani mwako? Basi, magugu yametoka wapi?’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="MAT.13.28" /><wj>“Akawajibu, ‘Adui ndiye alifanya jambo hili.’</wj>
</p>
<p style="p"><wj>“Wale watumishi wakamuuliza, ‘Je, unataka twende tukayangʼoe?’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="MAT.13.29" /><wj>“Lakini akasema, ‘Hapana, msiyangʼoe, kwa maana wakati mkingʼoa magugu mnaweza mkangʼoa na ngano pamoja nayo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="MAT.13.30" /><wj>Acheni ngano na magugu vikue vyote pamoja mpaka wakati wa mavuno. Wakati huo nitawaambia wavunaji wayakusanye magugu kwanza, wayafunge matita matita ili yachomwe moto; kisha wakusanye ngano na kuileta ghalani mwangu.’ ”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Mbegu Ya Haradali
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 4:30-32; Luka 13:18-19)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="MAT.13.31" />Akawaambia mfano mwingine, akasema,
<wj>“Ufalme wa Mbinguni ni kama punje ya haradali, ambayo mtu aliichukua, akaipanda shambani mwake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="MAT.13.32" /><wj>Ingawa mbegu hiyo ni ndogo kuliko mbegu zote, lakini inapokua ni mmea mkubwa kuliko yote ya bustanini, nao huwa mti mkubwa, hadi ndege wa angani wanakuja na kutengeneza viota katika matawi yake.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Chachu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 13:20-21)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="MAT.13.33" />Akawaambia mfano mwingine,
<wj>“Ufalme wa Mbinguni unafanana na chachu ambayo mwanamke aliichukua akaichanganya katika kiasi kikubwa cha unga mpaka wote ukaumuka.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sababu Ya Yesu Kutumia Mifano
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 4:33-34)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="MAT.13.34" />Yesu alinena mambo haya yote kwa makutano kwa mifano. Wala hakuwaambia lolote pasipo mfano.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="MAT.13.35" />Hii ilikuwa ili kutimiza lile lililonenwa kwa kinywa cha nabii aliposema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Nitafungua kinywa changu niseme nao kwa mifano;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitahubiri mambo yaliyofichika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tangu kuumbwa kwa misingi ya ulimwengu.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Ufafanuzi Wa Mfano Wa Magugu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="MAT.13.36" />Kisha Yesu akaagana na makutano, akaingia nyumbani. Wanafunzi wake wakamjia wakamwambia, “Tueleze maana ya ule mfano wa magugu shambani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="MAT.13.37" />Akawaambia,
<wj>“Aliyepanda mbegu nzuri ni Mwana wa Adamu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="MAT.13.38" /><wj>Shamba ni ulimwengu na mbegu nzuri ni wana wa Ufalme. Magugu ni wana wa yule mwovu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="MAT.13.39" /><wj>Yule adui aliyepanda magugu ni ibilisi. Mavuno ni mwisho wa dunia, nao wavunaji ni malaika.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="MAT.13.40" /><wj>“Kama vile magugu yangʼolewavyo na kuchomwa motoni, ndivyo itakavyokuwa wakati wa mwisho wa dunia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="MAT.13.41" /><wj>Mwana wa Adamu atawatuma malaika zake, nao watakusanya kutoka Ufalme wake kila kitu kinachosababisha dhambi na watenda maovu wote.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="MAT.13.42" /><wj>Nao watawatupa katika tanuru la moto ambako kutakuwa na kilio na kusaga meno.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="MAT.13.43" /><wj>Ndipo wenye haki watangʼaa kama jua katika Ufalme wa Baba yao. Yeye aliye na masikio, na asikie.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Hazina Iliyofichwa Na Lulu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="44" bcv="MAT.13.44" /><wj>“Ufalme wa Mbinguni unafanana na hazina iliyofichwa shambani, ambayo mtu mmoja alipoiona akaificha tena. Kisha katika furaha yake, akaenda akauza vyote alivyokuwa navyo, akalinunua lile shamba.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="45" bcv="MAT.13.45" /><wj>“Tena, Ufalme wa Mbinguni unafanana na mfanyabiashara aliyekuwa akitafuta lulu safi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="MAT.13.46" /><wj>Alipoipata lulu moja ya thamani kubwa, alikwenda akauza vyote alivyokuwa navyo akainunua.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Wavu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="47" bcv="MAT.13.47" /><wj>“Tena, Ufalme wa Mbinguni ni kama wavu wa kuvua samaki uliotupwa baharini ukavua samaki wa kila aina.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="MAT.13.48" /><wj>Ulipojaa, wavuvi wakavuta pwani, wakaketi na kukusanya samaki wazuri kuwaweka kwenye vyombo safi, lakini wale samaki wabaya wakawatupa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="MAT.13.49" /><wj>Hivi ndivyo itakavyokuwa wakati wa mwisho wa dunia. Malaika watakuja na kuwatenganisha watu waovu na watu wenye haki.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="MAT.13.50" /><wj>Nao watawatupa hao waovu katika tanuru la moto ambako kutakuwa na kilio na kusaga meno.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="51" bcv="MAT.13.51" />Yesu akauliza,
<wj>“Je, mmeyaelewa haya yote?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Wakamjibu, “Ndiyo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="52" bcv="MAT.13.52" />Akawaambia,
<wj>“Basi kila mwalimu wa sheria aliyefundishwa elimu ya Ufalme wa Mbinguni ni kama mwenye nyumba anayetoa kutoka ghala yake mali mpya na mali ya zamani.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Akataliwa Nazareti
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 6:1-6; Luka 4:16-30)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="53" bcv="MAT.13.53" />Yesu alipomaliza kutoa mifano hii, akaondoka.
<ve />
<v id="54" bcv="MAT.13.54" />Alipofika mji wa kwao, akawafundisha watu katika sinagogi lao. Nao wakastaajabu, wakauliza, “Mtu huyu amepata wapi hekima hii na uwezo huu wa kufanya miujiza?”
<ve />
<v id="55" bcv="MAT.13.55" />“Huyu si yule mwana wa seremala? Mama yake si yeye aitwaye Maria, nao ndugu zake si Yakobo, Yosefu, Simoni na Yuda?
<ve />
<v id="56" bcv="MAT.13.56" />Nao dada zake wote, hawako hapa pamoja nasi? Mtu huyu amepata wapi basi mambo haya yote?”
<ve />
<v id="57" bcv="MAT.13.57" />Wakachukizwa naye.
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Nabii hakosi heshima, isipokuwa katika nchi yake na nyumbani kwake.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="58" bcv="MAT.13.58" />Naye hakufanya miujiza mingi huko kwa sababu ya kutokuamini kwao.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="14" />
<s style="s1">Yohana Mbatizaji Akatwa Kichwa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 6:14-29; Luka 9:7-9)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAT.14.1" />Wakati huo, Mfalme Herode, mtawala wa Galilaya, alisikia habari za Yesu,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MAT.14.2" />akawaambia watumishi wake, “Huyu ni Yohana Mbatizaji; amefufuka kutoka kwa wafu! Hii ndiyo sababu nguvu za kutenda miujiza zinafanya kazi ndani yake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="MAT.14.3" />Herode alikuwa amemkamata Yohana, akamfunga na kumweka gerezani kwa sababu ya Herodia, mke wa Filipo, ndugu yake,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="MAT.14.4" />kwa kuwa Yohana alikuwa amemwambia Herode: “Si halali kwako kuwa na huyo mwanamke.”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="MAT.14.5" />Herode alitaka sana kumuua Yohana, lakini akaogopa watu, kwa maana walimtambua kuwa ni nabii.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="MAT.14.6" />Katika siku ya kuadhimisha sikukuu ya kuzaliwa kwa Herode, binti wa Herodia alicheza mbele ya watu waliohudhuria, akamfurahisha sana Herode,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="MAT.14.7" />kiasi kwamba aliahidi kwa kiapo kumpa huyo binti chochote angeomba.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="MAT.14.8" />Huyo binti, akiwa amechochewa na mama yake, akasema, “Nipe kichwa cha Yohana Mbatizaji kwenye sinia.”
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="MAT.14.9" />Mfalme akasikitika, lakini kwa sababu ya viapo alivyoapa mbele ya wageni, akaamuru kwamba apatiwe ombi lake.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="MAT.14.10" />Hivyo akaagiza Yohana Mbatizaji akatwe kichwa mle gerezani.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="MAT.14.11" />Kichwa chake kikaletwa kwenye sinia, akapewa yule binti, naye akampelekea mama yake.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="MAT.14.12" />Wanafunzi wa Yohana wakaja na kuuchukua mwili wake kwenda kuuzika. Kisha wakaenda wakamwambia Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Alisha Wanaume 5,000
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 6:30-44; Luka 9:10-17; Yohana 6:1-14)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="MAT.14.13" />Yesu aliposikia yaliyokuwa yametukia, aliondoka kwa chombo akaenda mahali pasipo na watu ili awe peke yake. Lakini watu walipopata habari, wakamfuata kwa miguu kupitia nchi kavu kutoka miji.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="MAT.14.14" />Yesu alipofika kando ya bahari, aliona makutano makubwa ya watu, akawahurumia na akawaponya wagonjwa wao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="MAT.14.15" />Ilipofika jioni, wanafunzi wake walienda kwake, wakamwambia, “Mahali hapa ni nyikani, na muda sasa umekwisha. Waage makutano ili waende zao vijijini wakajinunulie chakula.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="MAT.14.16" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Hakuna sababu ya wao kuondoka. Ninyi wapeni chakula.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="MAT.14.17" />Wakamjibu, “Tuna mikate mitano na samaki wawili tu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="MAT.14.18" />Akawaambia,
<wj>“Nileteeni hivyo vitu hapa.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MAT.14.19" />Yesu akaagiza makutano wakae chini kwenye nyasi. Akaichukua ile mikate mitano na wale samaki wawili, akainua macho yake akatazama mbinguni, akavibariki na kuimega ile mikate. Kisha akawapa wanafunzi, nao wanafunzi wakawagawia makutano.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="MAT.14.20" />Wote wakala, wakashiba. Nao wanafunzi wakakusanya vipande vilivyosalia, wakajaza vikapu kumi na viwili.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="MAT.14.21" />Idadi ya watu waliokula walikuwa wanaume wapatao 5,000, bila kuhesabu wanawake na watoto.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Atembea Juu Ya Maji
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 6:45-52; Yohana 6:15-21)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="MAT.14.22" />Mara Yesu akawaambia wanafunzi wake waingie kwenye mashua watangulie kwenda ngʼambo ya bahari, wakati yeye alikuwa akiwaaga wale makutano.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="MAT.14.23" />Baada ya kuwaaga, akaenda zake mlimani peke yake kuomba. Jioni ilipofika, Yesu alikuwa huko peke yake.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="MAT.14.24" />Wakati huo ile mashua ilikuwa mbali kutoka nchi kavu ikisukwasukwa na mawimbi, kwa sababu upepo ulikuwa wa mbisho.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="MAT.14.25" />Wakati wa zamu ya nne ya usiku,<f caller="+"><fr>14:25
</fr><ft>Zamu ya nne ya usiku ni kati ya saa tisa na saa kumi na mbili asubuhi.</ft></f> Yesu akawaendea wanafunzi wake akiwa anatembea juu ya maji.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="MAT.14.26" />Wanafunzi wake walipomwona akitembea juu ya maji, waliingiwa na hofu kuu, wakasema, “Ni mzimu.” Wakapiga yowe kwa kuogopa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="MAT.14.27" />Lakini mara Yesu akasema nao, akawaambia,
<wj>“Jipeni moyo! Ni mimi. Msiogope.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="MAT.14.28" />Petro akamjibu, “Bwana, ikiwa ni wewe, niambie nije kwako nikitembea juu ya maji.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="MAT.14.29" />Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Njoo.”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Basi Petro akatoka kwenye chombo, akatembea juu ya maji kumwelekea Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="MAT.14.30" />Lakini alipoona upepo mkali aliingiwa na hofu, naye akaanza kuzama, huku akipiga kelele, “Bwana, niokoe!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="MAT.14.31" />Mara Yesu akaunyoosha mkono wake na kumshika, akamwambia,
<wj>“Wewe mwenye imani haba, kwa nini uliona shaka?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="MAT.14.32" />Nao walipoingia ndani ya mashua, upepo ukakoma.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="MAT.14.33" />Ndipo wote waliokuwa ndani ya ile mashua wakamwabudu Yesu, wakisema, “Hakika, wewe ndiwe Mwana wa Mungu.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Awaponya Wagonjwa Genesareti
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 6:53-56)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="MAT.14.34" />Walipokwisha kuvuka, wakafika nchi ya Genesareti.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="MAT.14.35" />Watu wa eneo lile walipomtambua Yesu, walipeleka habari sehemu zote za jirani. Watu wakamletea wagonjwa wao wote,
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="MAT.14.36" />wakamsihi awaruhusu wagonjwa waguse tu pindo la vazi lake, nao wote waliomgusa, wakaponywa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="15" />
<s style="s1">Mapokeo Ya Wazee
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 7:1-13)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAT.15.1" />Ndipo baadhi ya Mafarisayo na walimu wa sheria wakamjia Yesu kutoka Yerusalemu na kumuuliza,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MAT.15.2" />“Mbona wanafunzi wako wanakiuka mapokeo ya wazee? Kwa maana wao hawanawi mikono yao kabla ya kula!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="MAT.15.3" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Mbona ninyi mnavunja amri ya Mungu kwa ajili ya mapokeo yenu?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="MAT.15.4" /><wj>Kwa maana Mungu alisema, ‘Waheshimu baba yako na mama yako,’ na, ‘Yeyote amtukanaye baba yake au mama yake, na auawe.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="MAT.15.5" /><wj>Lakini ninyi mwafundisha kwamba mtu akimwambia baba yake au mama yake, ‘Kile ambacho ningeweza kukusaidia kimewekwa wakfu kwa Mungu,’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="MAT.15.6" /><wj>basi hana tena sababu ya kumheshimu baba yake nacho. Basi kwa ajili ya mafundisho yenu mnavunja amri ya Mungu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="MAT.15.7" /><wj>Ninyi wanafiki! Isaya alikuwa sawa alipotabiri juu yenu kwamba:</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="MAT.15.8" /><wj>“ ‘Watu hawa huniheshimu kwa midomo yao,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>lakini mioyo yao iko mbali nami.</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="MAT.15.9" /><wj>Huniabudu bure;</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>nayo mafundisho yao</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>ni maagizo ya wanadamu tu.’ ”</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Vitu Vitiavyo Unajisi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 7:14-23)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="MAT.15.10" />Yesu akaita ule umati wa watu, akawaambia,
<wj>“Sikilizeni na mwelewe:</wj>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="MAT.15.11" /><wj>kinachomfanya mtu kuwa najisi mbele za Mungu si kile kiingiacho kinywani mwake, bali ni kile kitokacho kinywani mwake.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="MAT.15.12" />Kisha wanafunzi wake wakamjia na kumuuliza, “Je, unajua kwamba Mafarisayo walichukizwa sana waliposikia yale uliyosema?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="MAT.15.13" />Akawajibu,
<wj>“Kila pando ambalo Baba yangu wa mbinguni hakulipanda, litangʼolewa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="MAT.15.14" /><wj>Waacheni; wao ni viongozi vipofu, wanaoongoza vipofu. Kama kipofu akimwongoza kipofu mwenzake, wote wawili watatumbukia shimoni.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="MAT.15.15" />Petro akasema, “Tueleze maana ya huu mfano.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="MAT.15.16" />Yesu akawauliza,
<wj>“Je, bado ninyi hamfahamu?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="MAT.15.17" /><wj>Je, hamwelewi kwamba chochote kiingiacho kinywani huenda tumboni, na hatimaye hutolewa nje kikiwa uchafu?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="MAT.15.18" /><wj>Lakini kitokacho kinywani hutoka moyoni, na hiki ndicho kimtiacho mtu unajisi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MAT.15.19" /><wj>Kwa maana ndani ya moyo hutoka mawazo mabaya, uuaji, uzinzi, uasherati, wizi, ushahidi wa uongo na masingizio.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="MAT.15.20" /><wj>Haya ndiyo yamtiayo mtu unajisi; lakini kula bila kunawa mikono hakumtii mtu unajisi.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Imani Ya Mwanamke Mkanaani
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 7:24-30)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="MAT.15.21" />Yesu aliondoka mahali pale, akaenda sehemu za Tiro na Sidoni.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="MAT.15.22" />Mwanamke mmoja Mkanaani aliyeishi sehemu jirani na hizo akaja kwake akilia, akasema, “Nihurumie, Ee Bwana, Mwana wa Daudi! Binti yangu amepagawa na pepo mchafu, na anateseka sana.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="MAT.15.23" />Lakini Yesu hakumjibu neno. Hivyo wanafunzi wake wakamwendea na kumsihi sana, wakisema, “Mwambie aende zake, kwa maana anaendelea kutupigia kelele.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="MAT.15.24" />Yesu akajibu,
<wj>“Nimetumwa tu kwa ajili ya kondoo wa Israeli waliopotea.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="MAT.15.25" />Lakini yule mwanamke akaja, akapiga magoti mbele ya Yesu, akasema, “Bwana, nisaidie!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="MAT.15.26" />Yesu akajibu,
<wj>“Si haki kuchukua chakula cha watoto na kuwatupia mbwa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="MAT.15.27" />Yule mwanamke akajibu, “Ndiyo, Bwana, lakini hata mbwa hula makombo yanayoanguka kutoka kwenye meza za bwana zao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="MAT.15.28" />Ndipo Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Mwanamke, imani yako ni kubwa! Iwe kwako kama unavyotaka.”</wj> Naye binti yake akapona tangu saa ile.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Aponya Watu Wengi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="MAT.15.29" />Yesu akaondoka na kwenda kando ya Bahari ya Galilaya. Kisha akapanda mlimani, akaketi huko.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="MAT.15.30" />Umati mkubwa wa watu ukamjia, wakiwaleta vilema, vipofu, viwete, bubu na wengine wengi, wakawaweka miguuni pake; naye akawaponya.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="MAT.15.31" />Hao watu wakashangaa walipoona bubu wakisema, vilema wakipona, viwete wakitembea na vipofu wakiona, wakamtukuza Mungu wa Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Alisha Watu Elfu Nne
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 8:1-10)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="MAT.15.32" />Kisha Yesu akawaita wanafunzi wake, akawaambia,
<wj>“Ninauhurumia huu umati wa watu, kwa sababu sasa wamekuwa pamoja nami kwa muda wa siku tatu, na hawana chakula chochote. Nami sipendi kuwaaga wakiwa na njaa, wasije wakazimia njiani.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="MAT.15.33" />Wanafunzi wake wakasema, “Tutapata wapi mikate ya kutosha kuwalisha umati huu wa watu mkubwa namna hii, nasi tuko nyikani?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="MAT.15.34" />Yesu akawauliza,
<wj>“Mnayo mikate mingapi?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Wakamjibu, “Tunayo mikate saba na visamaki vichache.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="MAT.15.35" />Yesu akawaambia ule umati wa watu waketi chini.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="MAT.15.36" />Kisha akachukua ile mikate saba na wale samaki, naye akiisha kumshukuru Mungu, akavimega na kuwapa wanafunzi wake, nao wakawapa ule umati wa watu.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="MAT.15.37" />Wote wakala na kushiba. Baadaye wanafunzi wakakusanya vipande vilivyosalia, wakajaza vikapu saba.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="MAT.15.38" />Idadi ya watu walikuwa wanaume 4,000, bila kuhesabu wanawake na watoto.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="MAT.15.39" />Baada ya kuaga ule umati wa watu, Yesu aliingia katika mashua, akaenda sehemu za Magadani.<f caller="+"><fr>15:39
</fr><ft>Magadani ni Magdala, mji wa Galilaya, kama kilomita 16 kusini mwa Kapernaumu.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="16" />
<s style="s1">Mafarisayo Wadai Ishara
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 8:11-13; Luka 12:54-56)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAT.16.1" />Mafarisayo na Masadukayo wakamjia Yesu na kumjaribu kwa kumwomba awaonyeshe ishara kutoka mbinguni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="MAT.16.2" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Ifikapo jioni, mnasema, ‘Hali ya hewa itakuwa nzuri, kwa kuwa anga ni nyekundu.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="MAT.16.3" /><wj>Nanyi wakati wa asubuhi mnasema, ‘Leo kutakuwa na dhoruba, kwa sababu anga ni nyekundu na mawingu yametanda.’ Mnajua jinsi ya kupambanua kule kuonekana kwa anga, lakini hamwezi kupambanua dalili za nyakati.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="MAT.16.4" /><wj>Kizazi kiovu na cha uzinzi kinatafuta ishara, lakini hakitapewa ishara yoyote isipokuwa ishara ya Yona.”</wj> Yesu akawaacha, akaenda zake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Chachu Ya Mafarisayo Na Masadukayo
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 8:14-21)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="MAT.16.5" />Wanafunzi wake walipofika ngʼambo ya bahari, walikuwa wamesahau kuchukua mikate.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="MAT.16.6" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Jihadharini. Jilindeni na chachu ya Mafarisayo na ya Masadukayo.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="MAT.16.7" />Wakajadiliana wao kwa wao, wakisema, “Ni kwa sababu hatukuleta mikate.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="MAT.16.8" />Yesu, akifahamu majadiliano yao, akauliza,
<wj>“Enyi wa imani haba! Mbona mnajadiliana miongoni mwenu kuhusu kutokuwa na mikate?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="MAT.16.9" /><wj>Je, bado hamwelewi? Je, hamkumbuki ile mikate mitano iliyolisha watu 5,000 na idadi ya vikapu vingapi vya mabaki mlivyokusanya?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="MAT.16.10" /><wj>Au ile mikate saba iliyolisha watu 4,000 na idadi ya vikapu vingapi vya mabaki mlivyokusanya?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="MAT.16.11" /><wj>Inakuwaje mnashindwa kuelewa kwamba nilikuwa sisemi nanyi habari za mikate? Jilindeni na chachu ya Mafarisayo na Masadukayo.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="MAT.16.12" />Ndipo wakaelewa kwamba alikuwa hasemi juu ya chachu ya kutengeneza mikate, bali juu ya mafundisho ya Mafarisayo na Masadukayo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Petro Amkiri Yesu Kuwa Ni Mwana Wa Mungu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 8:27-30; Luka 9:18-21)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="MAT.16.13" />Basi Yesu alipofika katika eneo la Kaisaria-Filipi, akawauliza wanafunzi wake,
<wj>“Watu husema kwamba mimi Mwana wa Adamu ni nani?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="MAT.16.14" />Wakamjibu, “Baadhi husema ni Yohana Mbatizaji; wengine husema ni Eliya; na bado wengine husema ni Yeremia au mmojawapo wa manabii.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="MAT.16.15" />Akawauliza,
<wj>“Je, ninyi mnasema mimi ni nani?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="MAT.16.16" />Simoni Petro akamjibu, “Wewe ndiwe Kristo,<f caller="+"><fr>16:16
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f> Mwana wa Mungu aliye hai.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="MAT.16.17" />Naye Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Heri wewe, Simoni Bar-Yona,</wj><f caller="+"><fr>16:17
</fr><ft>Bar-Yona ni neno la Kiaramu, maana yake ni Mwana wa Yona.</ft></f><wj>kwa maana hili halikufunuliwa kwako na mwanadamu, bali na Baba yangu aliye mbinguni.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="MAT.16.18" /><wj>Nami nakuambia, wewe ndiwe Petro na juu ya mwamba huu nitalijenga kanisa langu, hata malango ya Kuzimu hayataweza kulishinda.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MAT.16.19" /><wj>Nitakupa funguo za Ufalme wa mbinguni, na lolote utakalolifunga duniani litakuwa limefungwa Mbinguni, nalo lolote utakalofungua duniani litakuwa limefunguliwa mbinguni.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="MAT.16.20" />Kisha akawakataza wanafunzi wake wasimwambie mtu yeyote kwamba yeye ndiye Kristo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Anatabiri Juu Ya Kifo Chake
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 8:31–9:1; Luka 9:22-27)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="MAT.16.21" />Tangu wakati huo, Yesu alianza kuwaeleza wanafunzi wake kwamba hana budi kwenda Yerusalemu na kupata mateso mengi mikononi mwa wazee, viongozi wa makuhani, na walimu wa sheria, na kwamba itampasa auawe lakini siku ya tatu kufufuliwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="MAT.16.22" />Petro akamchukua kando, akaanza kumkemea akisema, “Haiwezekani, Bwana! Jambo hili kamwe halitakupata!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="MAT.16.23" />Lakini Yesu akageuka na kumwambia Petro,
<wj>“Rudi nyuma yangu, Shetani! Wewe ni kikwazo kwangu. Moyo wako hauwazi yaliyo ya Mungu, bali ya wanadamu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="MAT.16.24" />Ndipo Yesu akawaambia wanafunzi wake,
<wj>“Mtu yeyote akitaka kunifuata, ni lazima ajikane mwenyewe, auchukue msalaba wake, anifuate.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="MAT.16.25" /><wj>Kwa maana yeyote anayetaka kuyaokoa maisha yake atayapoteza, lakini yeyote atakayeyapoteza maisha yake kwa ajili yangu atayapata.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="MAT.16.26" /><wj>Kwa maana, je, itamfaidi nini mtu kuupata ulimwengu wote, lakini akayapoteza maisha yake? Au mtu atatoa nini badala ya nafsi yake?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="MAT.16.27" /><wj>Kwa maana Mwana wa Adamu atakuja katika utukufu wa Baba yake pamoja na malaika zake, naye ndipo atakapomlipa kila mtu kwa kadiri ya matendo yake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="MAT.16.28" /><wj>Nawaambia kweli, baadhi yenu hapa hawataonja mauti kabla ya kumwona Mwana wa Adamu akija katika Ufalme wake.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="17" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Abadilika Sura Mlimani
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 9:2-13; Luka 9:28-36)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAT.17.1" />Siku sita baada ya jambo hili, Yesu akawachukua Petro, Yakobo na Yohana ndugu yake Yakobo, akawapeleka juu ya mlima mrefu peke yao.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MAT.17.2" />Wakiwa huko, Yesu alibadilika sura mbele yao. Uso wake ukangʼaa kama jua na nguo zake zikawa na weupe wa kuumiza macho.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="MAT.17.3" />Ghafula wakawatokea mbele yao Mose na Eliya, wakizungumza na Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="MAT.17.4" />Ndipo Petro akamwambia Yesu, “Bwana, ni vyema sisi tukae hapa. Ukitaka, nitafanya vibanda vitatu: kimoja chako, kingine cha Mose na kingine cha Eliya.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="MAT.17.5" />Petro alipokuwa angali ananena, ghafula wingu lililongʼaa likawafunika, na sauti ikatoka kwenye hilo wingu ikisema, “Huyu ni Mwanangu mpendwa. Ninapendezwa naye sana. Msikieni yeye.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="MAT.17.6" />Wanafunzi waliposikia haya, wakaanguka chini kifudifudi, wakajawa na hofu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="MAT.17.7" />Lakini Yesu akaja na kuwagusa, akawaambia,
<wj>“Inukeni na wala msiogope.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="MAT.17.8" />Walipoinua macho yao, hawakumwona mtu mwingine yeyote isipokuwa Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="MAT.17.9" />Walipokuwa wakishuka kutoka mlimani, Yesu akawaagiza,
<wj>“Msimwambie mtu yeyote mambo mliyoyaona hapa, mpaka Mwana wa Adamu atakapofufuliwa kutoka kwa wafu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="MAT.17.10" />Wale wanafunzi wakamuuliza, “Kwa nini basi walimu wa sheria husema kwamba ni lazima Eliya aje kwanza?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="MAT.17.11" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Ni kweli, Eliya lazima aje kwanza, naye atatengeneza mambo yote.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="MAT.17.12" /><wj>Lakini nawaambia, Eliya amekwisha kuja, nao hawakumtambua, bali walimtendea kila kitu walichotaka. Vivyo hivyo Mwana wa Adamu pia atateswa mikononi mwao.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="MAT.17.13" />Ndipo wale wanafunzi wakaelewa kuwa alikuwa anazungumza nao habari za Yohana Mbatizaji.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Amponya Kijana Mwenye Pepo
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 9:14-29; Luka 9:37-43)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="MAT.17.14" />Walipofika penye umati wa watu, mtu mmoja akamjia Yesu na kupiga magoti mbele yake, akasema,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="MAT.17.15" />“Bwana, mhurumie mwanangu. Yeye ana kifafa na anateseka sana. Mara kwa mara huanguka kwenye moto au kwenye maji.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="MAT.17.16" />Nilimleta kwa wanafunzi wako, lakini hawakuweza kumponya.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="MAT.17.17" />Yesu akajibu,
<wj>“Enyi kizazi kisichoamini na kilichopotoka! Nitakaa nanyi mpaka lini? Nitawavumilia mpaka lini? Mleteni mvulana hapa kwangu.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="MAT.17.18" />Yesu akamkemea yule pepo mchafu, akamtoka yule kijana, naye akapona saa ile ile.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="MAT.17.19" />Kisha wanafunzi wakamwendea Yesu wakiwa peke yao, wakamuuliza, “Kwa nini sisi hatukuweza kumtoa?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="MAT.17.20" />Akawajibu,
<wj>“Kwa sababu ya imani yenu ndogo. Ninawaambia kweli, mkiwa na imani ndogo kama punje ya haradali, mtauambia mlima huu, ‘Ondoka hapa uende pale,’ nao utaondoka. Wala hakutakuwa na jambo lisilowezekana kwenu. [</wj>
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="MAT.17.21" /><wj>Lakini hali kama hii haitoki ila kwa kuomba na kufunga.]”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="MAT.17.22" />Siku moja walipokuwa pamoja huko Galilaya, Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Mwana wa Adamu atasalitiwa na kutiwa mikononi mwa watu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="MAT.17.23" /><wj>Nao watamuua, lakini siku ya tatu atafufuliwa.”</wj> Wanafunzi wakahuzunika sana.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Na Petro Watoa Kodi Ya Hekalu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="MAT.17.24" />Baada ya Yesu na wanafunzi wake kufika Kapernaumu, wakusanya kodi ya Hekalu<f caller="+"><fr>17:24
</fr><ft>Kodi ya Hekalu ilikuwa didrachmas, yaani drakma mbili, ambazo ni sawa na nusu shekeli.</ft></f> wakamjia Petro na kumuuliza, “Je, Mwalimu wenu halipi kodi ya Hekalu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="MAT.17.25" />Petro akajibu, “Ndiyo, yeye hulipa.” Petro aliporudi nyumbani, Yesu akawa wa kwanza kulizungumzia, akamuuliza,
<wj>“Unaonaje Simoni? Wafalme wa dunia hupokea ushuru na kodi kutoka kwa nani? Je, ni kutoka kwa watoto wao au kutoka kwa watu wengine?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="MAT.17.26" />Petro akamjibu, “Kutoka kwa watu wengine.” Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Kwa hiyo watoto wao wamesamehewa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="MAT.17.27" /><wj>Lakini ili tusije tukawaudhi, nenda baharini ukatupe ndoana. Mchukue samaki wa kwanza utakayemvua. Fungua kinywa chake nawe utakuta humo fedha, ichukue ukalipe kodi yako na yangu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="18" />
<s style="s1">Aliye Mkuu Katika Ufalme Wa Mbinguni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 9:33-37; Luka 9:46-48)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAT.18.1" />Wakati huo, wanafunzi wakamjia Yesu na kumuuliza, “Je, nani aliye mkuu kuliko wote katika Ufalme wa Mbinguni?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="MAT.18.2" />Yesu akamwita mtoto mdogo na kumsimamisha katikati yao.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="MAT.18.3" />Naye akasema:
<wj>“Amin, nawaambia, msipookoka na kuwa kama watoto wadogo, kamwe hamtaingia katika Ufalme wa Mbinguni.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="MAT.18.4" /><wj>Kwa hiyo mtu yeyote anyenyekeaye kama huyu mtoto, ndiye aliye mkuu kuliko wote katika Ufalme wa Mbinguni.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="MAT.18.5" /><wj>“Yeyote amkaribishaye mtoto mdogo kama huyu kwa Jina langu, anikaribisha mimi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="MAT.18.6" /><wj>Lakini kama mtu yeyote akimsababisha mmojawapo wa hawa wadogo wanaoniamini kutenda dhambi, ingekuwa bora kwake afungiwe jiwe kubwa la kusagia shingoni mwake, na kutoswa katika kilindi cha bahari.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kujaribiwa Ili Kutenda Dhambi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 9:42-48; Luka 17:1-2)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="MAT.18.7" /><wj>“Ole kwa ulimwengu kwa sababu ya yale mambo yanayosababisha watu kutenda dhambi! Mambo hayo lazima yawepo, lakini ole wake mtu yule ambaye huyasababisha.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="MAT.18.8" /><wj>Ikiwa mkono wako au mguu wako unakusababisha utende dhambi, ukate na uutupe mbali. Ni afadhali kwako kuingia katika uzima ukiwa huna mkono mmoja au mguu mmoja, kuliko kuwa na mikono miwili au miguu miwili, na kutupwa katika moto wa milele.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="MAT.18.9" /><wj>Nalo jicho lako likikusababisha kutenda dhambi, lingʼoe, ulitupe mbali. Ni afadhali kwako kuingia katika uzima ukiwa na jicho moja, kuliko kuwa na macho mawili lakini ukatupwa katika moto wa jehanamu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Kondoo Aliyepotea
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 15:3-7)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="MAT.18.10" /><wj>“Angalia ili usimdharau mmojawapo wa hawa wadogo, kwa maana nawaambia, malaika wao mbinguni daima wanauona uso wa Baba yangu aliye mbinguni. [</wj>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="MAT.18.11" /><wj>Kwa maana Mwana wa Adamu alikuja kuokoa kile kilichopotea.]</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="MAT.18.12" /><wj>“Mwaonaje? Ikiwa mtu ana kondoo mia moja, na mmoja wao akapotea, je, hatawaacha wale tisini na tisa vilimani na kwenda kumtafuta huyo mmoja aliyepotea?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="MAT.18.13" /><wj>Naye akishampata, amin, nawaambia, hufurahi zaidi kwa ajili ya huyo kondoo mmoja kuliko wale tisini na tisa ambao hawakupotea.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="MAT.18.14" /><wj>Vivyo hivyo, Baba yenu wa mbinguni hapendi hata mmojawapo wa hawa wadogo apotee.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ndugu Yako Akikukosea
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="MAT.18.15" /><wj>“Kama ndugu yako akikukosea, nenda ukamwonyeshe kosa lake, kati yenu ninyi wawili peke yenu. Kama akikusikiliza, utakuwa umempata tena ndugu yako.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="MAT.18.16" /><wj>Lakini kama hatakusikiliza, nenda na mtu mwingine mmoja au wawili ili kila neno lithibitishwe kwa ushahidi wa mashahidi wawili au watatu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="MAT.18.17" /><wj>Kama akikataa kuwasikiliza hao, liambie kanisa. Naye kama akikataa hata kulisikiliza kanisa, basi awe kwenu kama mtu asiyeamini au mtoza ushuru.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="MAT.18.18" /><wj>“Amin, nawaambia, lolote mtakalolifunga duniani litakuwa limefungwa mbinguni, na lolote mtakalolifungua duniani litakuwa limefunguliwa mbinguni.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="MAT.18.19" /><wj>“Tena nawaambia, ikiwa wawili wenu watakubaliana duniani kuhusu jambo lolote watakaloomba, watafanyiwa na Baba yangu aliye mbinguni.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="MAT.18.20" /><wj>Kwa kuwa wanapokusanyika pamoja watu wawili au watatu kwa Jina langu, mimi niko papo hapo pamoja nao.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kusamehe
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="MAT.18.21" />Ndipo Petro akamjia Yesu na kumuuliza, “Bwana, ndugu yangu anikosee mara ngapi nami nimsamehe? Je, hata mara saba?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="MAT.18.22" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Sikuambii hata mara saba, bali hata saba mara sabini.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Mtumishi Asiyesamehe
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="MAT.18.23" /><wj>“Kwa hiyo Ufalme wa Mbinguni unaweza kufananishwa na mfalme aliyetaka kufanya hesabu zake za fedha na watumishi wake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="MAT.18.24" /><wj>Alipoanza kufanya hesabu zake, mtu mmoja aliyekuwa anadaiwa talanta</wj><f caller="+"><fr>18:24
</fr><ft>Talanta moja ni sawa na mshahara wa kibarua wa miaka 15.</ft></f><wj>10,000, aliletwa kwake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="MAT.18.25" /><wj>Kwa kuwa alikuwa hawezi kulipa deni hilo, bwana wake akaamuru kwamba auzwe, yeye, mkewe, watoto wake na vyote alivyokuwa navyo, ili lile deni lipate kulipwa.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="MAT.18.26" /><wj>“Yule mtumishi akampigia magoti, akamsihi yule bwana akisema, ‘Naomba univumilie, nami nitakulipa deni lako lote.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="MAT.18.27" /><wj>Yule bwana wa huyo mtumishi akamwonea huruma, akafuta deni lake lote, akamwacha aende zake.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="MAT.18.28" /><wj>“Lakini yule mtumishi alipokuwa anatoka nje, akakutana na mtumishi mwenzake aliyekuwa amemkopesha dinari</wj><f caller="+"><fr>18:28
</fr><ft>Dinari moja ilikuwa kama mshahara wa kibarua wa siku moja.</ft></f><wj>mia moja. Akamkamata, akamkaba koo akimwambia, ‘Nilipe kile ninachokudai!’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="MAT.18.29" /><wj>“Yule mtumishi mwenzake akapiga magoti akamsihi akisema, ‘Naomba univumilie, nami nitakulipa deni lako lote.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="MAT.18.30" /><wj>“Lakini akakataa. Badala yake, alienda akamtupa gerezani hata atakapolipa hilo deni.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="MAT.18.31" /><wj>Watumishi wenzake walipoona haya yaliyotukia wakaudhika sana, nao wakaenda na kumwambia bwana wao kila kitu kilichokuwa kimetukia.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="MAT.18.32" /><wj>“Yule bwana akamwita yule mtumishi akamwambia, ‘Wewe mtumishi mwovu! Mimi nilikusamehe deni lako lote uliponisihi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="MAT.18.33" /><wj>Je, haikukupasa kumhurumia mtumishi mwenzako kama mimi nilivyokuhurumia wewe?’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="MAT.18.34" /><wj>Kwa hasira, yule bwana wake akamtia yule mtumishi mikononi mwa askari wa gereza ili ateswe mpaka atakapolipa yote aliyokuwa anadaiwa.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="MAT.18.35" /><wj>“Hivi ndivyo Baba yangu wa mbinguni atakavyomfanyia kila mmoja wenu ikiwa hatamsamehe ndugu yake kutoka moyoni mwake.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="19" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Afundisha Kuhusu Talaka
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 10:1-12)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAT.19.1" />Yesu alipomaliza kusema maneno haya, aliondoka Galilaya, akaenda sehemu za Uyahudi, ngʼambo ya Mto Yordani.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MAT.19.2" />Umati mkubwa wa watu ukamfuata, naye akawaponya huko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="MAT.19.3" />Baadhi ya Mafarisayo wakamjia ili kumjaribu, wakamuuliza, “Ni halali mtu kumwacha mke wake kwa sababu yoyote?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="MAT.19.4" />Akawajibu,
<wj>“Je, hamkusoma kwamba hapo mwanzo Muumba aliwaumba mwanaume na mwanamke,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="MAT.19.5" /><wj>naye akasema, ‘Kwa sababu hii mwanaume atamwacha baba yake na mama yake, naye ataambatana na mkewe, na hao wawili watakuwa mwili mmoja’?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="MAT.19.6" /><wj>Hivyo si wawili tena, bali mwili mmoja. Kwa hiyo alichokiunganisha Mungu, mwanadamu asikitenganishe.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="MAT.19.7" />Wakamuuliza, “Kwa nini basi Mose aliagiza mtu kumpa mkewe hati ya talaka na kumwacha?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="MAT.19.8" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Mose aliwaruhusu kuwaacha wake zenu kwa sababu ya ugumu wa mioyo yenu. Lakini tangu mwanzo haikuwa hivyo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="MAT.19.9" /><wj>Mimi nawaambia, yeyote amwachaye mkewe isipokuwa kwa sababu ya uasherati naye akaoa mke mwingine, anazini. Naye amwoaye yule mwanamke aliyeachwa pia anazini.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="MAT.19.10" />Wanafunzi wake wakamwambia, “Kama hali ndiyo hii kati ya mume na mke, ni afadhali mtu asioe!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="MAT.19.11" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Si watu wote wanaoweza kupokea neno hili, isipokuwa wale tu waliojaliwa na Mungu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="MAT.19.12" /><wj>Kwa maana wengine ni matowashi kwa sababu wamezaliwa hivyo; wengine wamefanywa matowashi na wanadamu; na wengine wamejifanya matowashi kwa ajili ya Ufalme wa Mbinguni. Yeye awezaye kulipokea neno hili na alipokee.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Awabariki Watoto Wadogo
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 10:13-16; Luka 18:15-17)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="MAT.19.13" />Kisha watoto wadogo wakaletwa kwa Yesu ili aweke mikono yake juu yao na awaombee. Lakini wanafunzi wake wakawakemea wale waliowaleta.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="MAT.19.14" />Yesu akasema,
<wj>“Waacheni watoto wadogo waje kwangu, wala msiwazuie, kwa maana Ufalme wa Mbinguni ni wa wale walio kama hawa.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="MAT.19.15" />Naye akaweka mikono yake juu yao, na akaondoka huko.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kijana Tajiri
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 10:17-31; Luka 18:18-30)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="MAT.19.16" />Mtu mmoja akamjia Yesu na kumuuliza, “Mwalimu mwema, nifanye jambo gani jema ili nipate uzima wa milele?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="MAT.19.17" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Mbona unaniuliza habari ya mema? Aliye mwema ni Mmoja tu. Lakini ukitaka kuingia uzimani, zitii amri.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="MAT.19.18" />Yule mtu akamuuliza, “Amri zipi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Usiue, usizini, usiibe, usishuhudie uongo,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MAT.19.19" /><wj>waheshimu baba yako na mama yako, na umpende jirani yako kama nafsi yako.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="MAT.19.20" />Yule kijana akasema, “Hizi zote nimezishika. Je, bado nimepungukiwa na nini?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="MAT.19.21" />Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Kama ukitaka kuwa mkamilifu, nenda, ukauze vitu vyote ulivyo navyo, na hizo fedha uwape maskini, nawe utakuwa na hazina mbinguni. Kisha njoo, unifuate.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="MAT.19.22" />Yule kijana aliposikia hayo, akaenda zake kwa huzuni, kwa sababu alikuwa na mali nyingi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Hatari Za Utajiri
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="MAT.19.23" />Ndipo Yesu akawaambia wanafunzi wake,
<wj>“Amin, nawaambia, itakuwa vigumu kwa mtu tajiri kuingia katika Ufalme wa Mbinguni.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="MAT.19.24" /><wj>Tena nawaambia, ni rahisi zaidi kwa ngamia kupita kwenye tundu la sindano kuliko mtu tajiri kuingia katika Ufalme wa Mungu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="MAT.19.25" />Wanafunzi wake waliposikia haya, walishangaa sana na kuuliza, “Ni nani basi awezaye kuokoka?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="MAT.19.26" />Lakini Yesu akawatazama, akawaambia,
<wj>“Kwa mwanadamu jambo hili haliwezekani, lakini mambo yote yanawezekana kwa Mungu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="MAT.19.27" />Ndipo Petro akamjibu, “Tazama, sisi tumeacha kila kitu na kukufuata! Tutapata nini basi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="MAT.19.28" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Amin, nawaambia, wakati wa kufanywa upya vitu vyote, Mwana wa Adamu atakapoketi kwenye kiti chake kitukufu cha enzi, ninyi mlionifuata pia mtaketi katika viti vya enzi kumi na viwili, mkiyahukumu makabila kumi na mawili ya Israeli.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="MAT.19.29" /><wj>Kila mtu aliyeacha nyumba, au ndugu zake wa kiume au wa kike, baba au mama, watoto au mashamba kwa ajili yangu, atapokea mara mia zaidi ya hayo, na ataurithi uzima wa milele.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="MAT.19.30" /><wj>Lakini wengi walio wa kwanza watakuwa wa mwisho, na walio wa mwisho watakuwa wa kwanza.</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="20" />
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Wafanyakazi Katika Shamba La Mizabibu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAT.20.1" /><wj>“Kwa maana Ufalme wa Mbinguni unafanana na mtu mwenye shamba aliyetoka alfajiri ili kwenda kuajiri vibarua kufanya kazi katika shamba lake la mizabibu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MAT.20.2" /><wj>Baada ya kukubaliana na hao vibarua kuwalipa ujira wa dinari</wj><f caller="+"><fr>20:2
</fr><ft>Dinari moja ilikuwa kama mshahara wa kibarua wa siku moja.</ft></f><wj>moja kwa siku, akawapeleka kwenye shamba lake la mizabibu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="MAT.20.3" /><wj>“Mnamo saa tatu akatoka tena, akawakuta wengine wamesimama sokoni bila kazi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="MAT.20.4" /><wj>Akawaambia, ‘Ninyi nanyi nendeni mkafanye kazi katika shamba langu la mizabibu, nami nitawalipa chochote kilicho haki yenu.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="MAT.20.5" /><wj>Kwa hiyo wakaenda.</wj>
</p>
<p style="p"><wj>“Akatoka tena mnamo saa sita na pia saa tisa akafanya vivyo hivyo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="MAT.20.6" /><wj>Mnamo saa kumi na moja akatoka tena akawakuta wengine bado wamesimama bila kazi. Akawauliza, ‘Kwa nini mmesimama hapa kutwa nzima pasipo kufanya kazi?’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="MAT.20.7" /><wj>“Wakamjibu, ‘Ni kwa sababu hakuna yeyote aliyetuajiri.’</wj>
</p>
<p style="p"><wj>“Akawaambia, ‘Ninyi nanyi nendeni mkafanye kazi katika shamba langu la mizabibu.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="MAT.20.8" /><wj>“Ilipofika jioni, yule mwenye shamba la mizabibu akamwambia msimamizi, ‘Waite hao vibarua na uwalipe ujira wao, ukianzia na wale walioajiriwa mwisho na kuishia na wale walioajiriwa kwanza.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="MAT.20.9" /><wj>“Wale vibarua walioajiriwa mnamo saa kumi na moja, wakaja na kila mmoja wao akapokea dinari moja.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="MAT.20.10" /><wj>Hivyo wale walioajiriwa kwanza walipofika, walidhani watalipwa zaidi. Lakini kila mmoja wao pia alipokea dinari moja.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="MAT.20.11" /><wj>Walipoipokea, wakaanza kulalamika dhidi ya yule mwenye shamba,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="MAT.20.12" /><wj>wakisema, ‘Hawa watu walioajiriwa mwisho wamefanya kazi kwa muda wa saa moja tu, nawe umewafanya sawa na sisi ambao tumestahimili taabu na joto lote la mchana kutwa?’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="MAT.20.13" /><wj>“Yule mwenye shamba akamjibu mmoja wao, ‘Rafiki, sijakudhulumu. Je, hukukubaliana nami kwa ujira wa kawaida wa dinari moja?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="MAT.20.14" /><wj>Chukua ujira wako na uende. Mimi nimeamua kumlipa huyu mtu aliyeajiriwa mwisho kama nilivyokupa wewe.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="MAT.20.15" /><wj>Je, sina haki yangu kufanya kile nitakacho na mali yangu mwenyewe? Au unaona wivu kwa kuwa nimekuwa mkarimu?’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="MAT.20.16" /><wj>“Vivyo hivyo, wa mwisho watakuwa wa kwanza, na wa kwanza watakuwa wa mwisho.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Atabiri Tena Kuhusu Kifo Chake
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 10:32-34; Luka 18:31-34)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="MAT.20.17" />Basi Yesu alipokuwa anapanda kwenda Yerusalemu, aliwachukua kando wale wanafunzi wake kumi na wawili na kuwaambia,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="MAT.20.18" /><wj>“Tunapanda kwenda Yerusalemu, na Mwana wa Adamu atatiwa mikononi mwa viongozi wa makuhani na walimu wa sheria. Nao watamhukumu kifo</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MAT.20.19" /><wj>na kumtia mikononi mwa watu wa Mataifa ili wamdhihaki na kumpiga mijeledi na kumsulubisha msalabani. Naye atafufuliwa siku ya tatu!”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ombi La Mama Yake Yakobo Na Yohana
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 10:35-45)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="MAT.20.20" />Kisha mama yao wana wa Zebedayo akamjia Yesu pamoja na wanawe, naye akapiga magoti mbele yake, akamwomba Yesu amfanyie jambo fulani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="MAT.20.21" />Yesu akamuuliza,
<wj>“Unataka nini?”</wj> Akajibu, “Tafadhali, wajalie wanangu hawa ili mmoja aketi upande wako wa kuume, na mwingine upande wako wa kushoto katika Ufalme wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="MAT.20.22" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Ninyi hamjui mnaloliomba. Je, mnaweza kukinywea kikombe nitakachonywea mimi?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Wakajibu, “Tunaweza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="MAT.20.23" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Kwa kweli kikombe changu mtakinywea, lakini kuketi upande wangu wa kuume au wa kushoto si langu mimi kuwapa. Nafasi hizo ni za wale ambao wameandaliwa na Baba yangu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="MAT.20.24" />Wale wanafunzi wengine kumi waliposikia haya, waliwakasirikia hao ndugu wawili.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="MAT.20.25" />Lakini Yesu akawaita wote pamoja na kuwaambia,
<wj>“Mnafahamu kuwa watawala wa watu wa Mataifa huwatawala kwa nguvu, nao wenye vyeo huonyesha mamlaka yao.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="MAT.20.26" /><wj>Isiwe hivyo kwenu. Badala yake, yeyote anayetaka kuwa mkuu miongoni mwenu hana budi kuwa mtumishi wenu,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="MAT.20.27" /><wj>naye anayetaka kuwa wa kwanza miongoni mwenu hana budi kuwa mtumwa wenu:</wj>
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="MAT.20.28" /><wj>kama vile ambavyo Mwana wa Adamu hakuja ili kutumikiwa, bali kutumika na kuutoa uhai wake uwe fidia kwa ajili ya wengi.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Awaponya Vipofu Wawili
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 10:46-52; Luka 18:35-43)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="MAT.20.29" />Yesu na wanafunzi wake walipokuwa wakiondoka Yeriko, umati mkubwa wa watu ulimfuata.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="MAT.20.30" />Vipofu wawili walikuwa wameketi kando ya barabara. Waliposikia kwamba Yesu alikuwa anapita, wakapiga kelele wakisema, “Bwana, Mwana wa Daudi, tuhurumie!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="MAT.20.31" />Ule umati wa watu ukawakemea na kuwaambia wanyamaze, lakini wao wakazidi kupaza sauti, wakisema, “Bwana, Mwana wa Daudi, tuhurumie.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="MAT.20.32" />Yesu akasimama na kuwaita, akawauliza,
<wj>“Mnataka niwafanyie nini?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="MAT.20.33" />Wakamjibu, “Bwana, tunataka kuona.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="MAT.20.34" />Yesu akawahurumia na kuwagusa macho yao. Mara macho yao yakapata kuona, nao wakamfuata.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="21" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Anaingia Yerusalemu Kwa Shangwe
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 11:1-11; Luka 19:28-40; Yohana 12:12-19)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAT.21.1" />Walipokaribia Yerusalemu, wakafika Bethfage katika Mlima wa Mizeituni. Ndipo Yesu akawatuma wanafunzi wake wawili,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MAT.21.2" />akawaambia,
<wj>“Nendeni katika kijiji kilichoko mbele yenu, nanyi mtamkuta punda amefungwa hapo, na mwana-punda pamoja naye. Wafungueni na mniletee.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="MAT.21.3" /><wj>Kama mtu yeyote akiwasemesha lolote, mwambieni kwamba Bwana ana haja nao, naye atawaruhusu mwalete mara.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="MAT.21.4" />Haya yalitukia ili litimie lile lililonenwa na nabii, akisema:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="MAT.21.5" />“Mwambieni Binti Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Tazama, mfalme wako anakuja kwako,
</q>
<q style="q1">ni mnyenyekevu, naye amepanda punda,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya mwana-punda, mtoto wa punda.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="MAT.21.6" />Wale wanafunzi wakaenda, wakafanya kama Yesu alivyokuwa amewaagiza.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="MAT.21.7" />Wakamleta yule punda na mwana-punda, nao wakatandika mavazi yao juu ya hao punda, naye Yesu akaketi juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="MAT.21.8" />Umati mkubwa wa watu ukatandaza mavazi yao barabarani, na wengine wakakata matawi kutoka kwenye miti, wakayatandaza barabarani.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="MAT.21.9" />Ule umati wa watu uliomtangulia na ule uliomfuata ukapiga kelele ukisema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Hosana,<f caller="+"><fr>21:9
</fr><ft>Kiebrania kusema Okoa, basi likawa neno la shangwe.</ft></f> Mwana wa Daudi!”
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Amebarikiwa yeye ajaye kwa Jina la Bwana!”
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Hosana juu mbinguni!”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="MAT.21.10" />Yesu alipoingia Yerusalemu, mji wote ukataharuki, watu wakauliza, “Huyu ni nani?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="MAT.21.11" />Ule umati wa watu ukajibu, “Huyu ni Yesu, yule nabii kutoka Nazareti katika Galilaya.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Atakasa Hekalu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 11:15-19; Luka 19:45-48; Yohana 2:13-22)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="MAT.21.12" />Yesu akaingia katika eneo la Hekalu na kuwafukuza wote waliokuwa wakinunua na kuuza vitu Hekaluni. Akazipindua meza za wale waliokuwa wakibadilisha fedha, na pia viti vya wale waliokuwa wakiuza njiwa.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="MAT.21.13" />Akawaambia,
<wj>“Imeandikwa, ‘Nyumba yangu itaitwa nyumba ya sala,’ lakini ninyi mmeifanya kuwa pango la wanyangʼanyi.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="MAT.21.14" />Vipofu na vilema wakamwendea kule Hekaluni, naye akawaponya.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="MAT.21.15" />Lakini viongozi wa makuhani na walimu wa sheria walipoona mambo ya ajabu aliyofanya na kuwasikia watoto wakishangilia katika eneo la Hekalu wakisema, “Hosana Mwana wa Daudi,” walikasirika.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="MAT.21.16" />Wakamuuliza Yesu, “Je, unasikia hayo hawa wanayosema?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akawajibu,
<wj>“Naam; kwani hamkusoma,</wj>
</p>
<q style="q1"><wj>“ ‘Midomoni mwa watoto wachanga na wanyonyao</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>umeamuru sifa’?”</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="MAT.21.17" />Akawaacha, akatoka nje ya mji, akaenda hadi Bethania, akalala huko.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mtini Wanyauka
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 11:12-14, 20-24)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="MAT.21.18" />Asubuhi na mapema, Yesu alipokuwa akirudi mjini, alikuwa na njaa.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MAT.21.19" />Akauona mtini kando ya barabara, naye akaukaribia, lakini hakupata tunda lolote ila majani. Ndipo akauambia,
<wj>“Wewe usizae matunda tena kamwe!”</wj> Papo hapo ule mtini ukanyauka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="MAT.21.20" />Wanafunzi wake walipoona jambo hili, wakashangaa, wakamuuliza, “Imekuwaje mtini huu kunyauka ghafula?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="MAT.21.21" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Amin, nawaambia, kama mkiwa na imani wala msiwe na shaka, si kwamba mtaweza kufanya tu yale yaliyofanyika kwa huu mtini, bali hata mkiuambia huu mlima, ‘Ngʼoka, ukatupwe baharini,’ litafanyika.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="MAT.21.22" /><wj>Yoyote mtakayoyaomba mkisali na mkiamini, mtayapokea.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wahoji Kuhusu Mamlaka Ya Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 11:27-33; Luka 20:1-8)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="MAT.21.23" />Yesu alipoingia Hekaluni, viongozi wa makuhani na wazee wa watu wakamjia alipokuwa anafundisha na kusema, “Unafanya mambo haya kwa mamlaka gani? Na ni nani aliyekupa mamlaka hayo?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="MAT.21.24" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Nami nitawauliza swali moja. Kama mkinijibu, nami nitawaambia ni kwa mamlaka gani ninafanya mambo haya.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="MAT.21.25" /><wj>Ubatizo wa Yohana, ulitoka wapi? Je, ulitoka mbinguni au kwa wanadamu?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Wakahojiana wao kwa wao na kusema, “Tukisema ulitoka mbinguni atatuuliza, ‘Mbona basi hamkumwamini?’
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="MAT.21.26" />Lakini tukisema, ‘Ulitoka kwa wanadamu,’ tunawaogopa hawa watu, maana wote wanamtambua Yohana kuwa ni nabii.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="MAT.21.27" />Kwa hiyo wakamjibu Yesu, “Sisi hatujui.”
</p>
<p style="p">Naye akawaambia,
<wj>“Wala mimi sitawaambia ni kwa mamlaka gani ninatenda mambo haya.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Wana Wawili
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="MAT.21.28" /><wj>“Lakini mwaonaje? Mtu mmoja alikuwa na wana wawili. Akamwendea yule wa kwanza akamwambia, ‘Mwanangu, nenda ukafanye kazi kwenye shamba la mizabibu leo.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="MAT.21.29" /><wj>“Yule mwanawe akamjibu ‘Mimi sitakwenda.’ Baadaye akabadili mawazo yake akaenda.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="MAT.21.30" /><wj>“Kisha yule baba akamwendea yule mwanawe mwingine akamwambia vilevile. Yeye akajibu, ‘Nitakwenda, bwana,’ lakini hakwenda.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="MAT.21.31" /><wj>“Ni yupi kati yao hao wawili aliyetimiza kile alichotaka baba yake?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Wakamjibu, “Ni yule wa kwanza.”
</p>
<p style="p">Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Amin, amin nawaambia, watoza ushuru na makahaba wanawatangulia kuingia katika Ufalme wa Mungu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="MAT.21.32" /><wj>Kwa maana Yohana alikuja kwenu kuwaonyesha njia ya haki, lakini hamkumsadiki, lakini watoza ushuru na makahaba wakamsadiki. Nanyi hata mlipoona hayo, baadaye hamkutubu na kumsadiki.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Wapangaji Waovu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 12:1-12; Luka 20:9-19)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="MAT.21.33" /><wj>“Sikilizeni mfano mwingine: Kulikuwa na mtu mmoja mwenye shamba ambaye alipanda shamba la mizabibu. Akajenga ukuta kulizunguka, akatengeneza shinikizo ndani yake na akajenga mnara wa ulinzi. Kisha akalikodisha hilo shamba la mizabibu kwa wakulima fulani, naye akaondoka, akasafiri kwenda nchi nyingine.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="MAT.21.34" /><wj>Wakati wa mavuno ulipokaribia, akawatuma watumishi wake kwa hao wapangaji ili kukusanya matunda yake.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="MAT.21.35" /><wj>“Wale wapangaji wakawakamata wale watumishi, wakampiga mmoja, wakamuua mwingine, na yule wa tatu wakampiga mawe.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="MAT.21.36" /><wj>Kisha akawatuma kwao watumishi wengine, wengi kuliko wale wa kwanza, nao wale wapangaji wakawatendea vilevile.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="MAT.21.37" /><wj>Mwisho wa yote, akamtuma mwanawe kwao, akisema, ‘Watamheshimu mwanangu.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="MAT.21.38" /><wj>“Lakini wale wapangaji walipomwona mwanawe, wakasemezana wao kwa wao, ‘Huyu ndiye mrithi. Njooni tumuue, ili tuchukue urithi wake.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="MAT.21.39" /><wj>Hivyo wakamchukua, wakamtupa nje ya shamba la mizabibu, wakamuua.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="MAT.21.40" /><wj>“Kwa hiyo, huyo mwenye shamba la mizabibu atakapokuja, atawafanyia nini hao wakulima?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="MAT.21.41" />Wakamjibu, “Kwa huzuni kuu atawaangamiza kabisa hao wadhalimu na kulipangisha shamba lake la mizabibu kwa wakulima wengine ambao watampatia fungu lake la matunda wakati wa mavuno.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="MAT.21.42" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Je, hamjasoma katika Maandiko kwamba:</wj>
</p>
<q style="q1"><wj>“ ‘Jiwe walilolikataa waashi</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>limekuwa jiwe kuu la pembeni.</wj>
</q>
<q style="q1"><wj>Bwana ndiye alitenda jambo hili,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>nalo ni la ajabu machoni petu’?</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="43" bcv="MAT.21.43" /><wj>“Kwa hiyo ninawaambia, Ufalme wa Mungu utaondolewa kwenu na kupewa watu wengine wawezao kuzaa matunda yake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="MAT.21.44" /><wj>Yeye aangukaye juu ya jiwe hili atavunjika vipande vipande, lakini yule litakayemwangukia atasagwa kabisa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="45" bcv="MAT.21.45" />Viongozi wa Makuhani na Mafarisayo waliposikia mifano ya Yesu, walitambua kuwa alikuwa akiwasema wao.
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="MAT.21.46" />Wakatafuta njia ya kumkamata, lakini wakaogopa umati wa watu, kwa kuwa watu walimwona Yesu kuwa ni nabii.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="22" />
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Karamu Ya Arusi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 14:15-24)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAT.22.1" />Yesu akasema nao tena kwa mifano, akawaambia,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MAT.22.2" /><wj>“Ufalme wa Mbinguni unaweza kufananishwa na mfalme mmoja aliyemwandalia mwanawe karamu ya arusi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="MAT.22.3" /><wj>Akawatuma watumishi wake kuwaita wale waliokuwa wamealikwa karamuni, lakini wakakataa kuja.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="MAT.22.4" /><wj>“Kisha akawatuma watumishi wengine akisema, ‘Waambieni wale walioalikwa kwamba nimeandaa chakula. Nimekwisha kuchinja mafahali wangu na vinono, karamu iko tayari. Karibuni kwa karamu ya arusi.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="MAT.22.5" /><wj>“Lakini hawakuzingatia, wakaenda zao: huyu shambani mwake na mwingine kwenye biashara zake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="MAT.22.6" /><wj>Wengine wao wakawakamata wale watumishi wake, wakawatesa na kuwaua.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="MAT.22.7" /><wj>Yule mfalme akakasirika sana, akapeleka jeshi lake likawaangamiza wale wauaji na kuuteketeza mji wao kwa moto.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="MAT.22.8" /><wj>“Kisha akawaambia watumishi wake, ‘Karamu ya arusi imeshakuwa tayari, lakini wale niliowaalika hawakustahili kuja.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="MAT.22.9" /><wj>Kwa hiyo nendeni katika njia panda mkamwalike karamuni yeyote mtakayemwona.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="MAT.22.10" /><wj>Wale watumishi wakaenda barabarani, wakawakusanya watu wote waliowaona, wema na wabaya. Ukumbi wa arusi ukajaa wageni.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="MAT.22.11" /><wj>“Lakini mfalme alipoingia ndani ili kuwaona wageni, akamwona mle mtu mmoja ambaye hakuwa amevaa vazi la arusi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="MAT.22.12" /><wj>Mfalme akamuuliza, ‘Rafiki, uliingiaje humu bila vazi la arusi?’ Yule mtu hakuwa na la kusema.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="MAT.22.13" /><wj>“Ndipo mfalme akawaambia watumishi wake, ‘Mfungeni mikono na miguu mkamtupe nje, kwenye giza. Huko kutakuwa na kilio na kusaga meno.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="MAT.22.14" /><wj>“Kwa maana walioitwa ni wengi, lakini walioteuliwa ni wachache.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kulipa Kodi Kwa Kaisari
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 12:13-17; Luka 20:20-26)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="MAT.22.15" />Ndipo Mafarisayo wakatoka nje wakaandaa mpango wa kumtega Yesu katika maneno yake.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="MAT.22.16" />Wakatuma wanafunzi wao kwake pamoja na Maherode. Nao wakasema, “Mwalimu, tunajua kwamba wewe ni mtu mwadilifu na unafundisha njia ya Mungu katika kweli bila kuyumbishwa na mtu wala kuonyesha upendeleo.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="MAT.22.17" />Tuambie basi, wewe unaonaje? Je, ni halali kulipa kodi kwa Kaisari, au la?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="MAT.22.18" />Lakini Yesu, akijua makusudi yao mabaya, akawaambia,
<wj>“Enyi wanafiki, kwa nini mnajaribu kunitega?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MAT.22.19" /><wj>Nionyesheni hiyo sarafu inayotumika kwa kulipia kodi.”</wj> Wakamletea dinari.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="MAT.22.20" />Naye akawauliza,
<wj>“Sura hii ni ya nani? Na maandishi haya ni ya nani?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="MAT.22.21" />Wakamjibu, “Ni vya Kaisari.”
</p>
<p style="p">Basi Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Mpeni Kaisari kilicho cha Kaisari, naye Mungu mpeni kilicho cha Mungu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="MAT.22.22" />Waliposikia hili, wakashangaa. Hivyo wakamwacha, wakaenda zao.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ndoa Na Ufufuo
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 12:18-27; Luka 20:27-40)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="MAT.22.23" />Siku hiyo hiyo Masadukayo, wale wasemao kwamba hakuna ufufuo wa wafu, wakamjia Yesu na kumuuliza swali, wakisema,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="MAT.22.24" />“Mwalimu, Mose alisema, ‘Kama mtu akifa bila kuwa na watoto, ndugu yake inampasa amwoe huyo mjane ili ampatie watoto huyo nduguye aliyekufa.’
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="MAT.22.25" />Basi palikuwa na ndugu saba miongoni mwetu. Yule wa kwanza akaoa mke, naye akafa, na kwa kuwa hakuwa na watoto, akamwachia nduguye yule mjane.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="MAT.22.26" />Ikatokea vivyo hivyo kwa yule ndugu wa pili, na wa tatu, hadi wote saba.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="MAT.22.27" />Hatimaye, yule mwanamke naye akafa.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="MAT.22.28" />Sasa basi, siku ya ufufuo, yeye atakuwa mke wa nani miongoni mwa wale ndugu saba, kwa kuwa wote walikuwa wamemwoa huyo mwanamke?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="MAT.22.29" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Mwapotoka kwa sababu hamjui Maandiko wala uweza wa Mungu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="MAT.22.30" /><wj>Wakati wa ufufuo, watu hawataoa wala kuolewa, bali watakuwa kama malaika wa mbinguni.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="MAT.22.31" /><wj>Lakini kuhusu ufufuo wa wafu, hamjasoma kile Mungu alichowaambia, kwamba,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="MAT.22.32" /><wj>‘Mimi ni Mungu wa Abrahamu, Mungu wa Isaki, na Mungu wa Yakobo’? Yeye si Mungu wa wafu, bali ni Mungu wa walio hai.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="MAT.22.33" />Ule umati wa watu uliposikia hayo, ulishangaa sana kwa mafundisho yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Amri Kuu Kuliko Zote
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 12:28-34; Luka 10:25-28)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="MAT.22.34" />Mafarisayo waliposikia kwamba Yesu alikuwa amewanyamazisha Masadukayo, Mafarisayo wakakusanyika pamoja.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="MAT.22.35" />Mmoja wao, mtaalamu wa sheria, akamuuliza swali ili kumjaribu, akisema,
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="MAT.22.36" />“Mwalimu, ni amri ipi katika Sheria iliyo kuu kuliko zote?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="MAT.22.37" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“ ‘Mpende Bwana Mungu wako kwa moyo wako wote na kwa roho yako yote na kwa akili zako zote.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="MAT.22.38" /><wj>Hii ndiyo amri iliyo kuu, tena ni ya kwanza.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="MAT.22.39" /><wj>Nayo ya pili ni kama hiyo, nayo ni hii: ‘Mpende jirani yako kama nafsi yako.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="MAT.22.40" /><wj>Amri hizi mbili ndizo msingi wa Sheria na Manabii.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Swali Kuhusu Mwana Wa Daudi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 12:35-37; Luka 20:41-44)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="MAT.22.41" />Wakati Mafarisayo walikuwa wamekusanyika pamoja, Yesu akawauliza,
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="MAT.22.42" /><wj>“Mnaonaje kuhusu Kristo?</wj><f caller="+"><fr>22:42
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f><wj>Yeye ni mwana wa nani?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Wakamjibu, “Yeye ni mwana wa Daudi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="43" bcv="MAT.22.43" />Akawaambia,
<wj>“Inakuwaje basi kwamba Daudi, akinena kwa kuongozwa na Roho, anamwita Kristo ‘Bwana’? Kwa maana asema,</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="44" bcv="MAT.22.44" /><wj>“ ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> alimwambia Bwana wangu:</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>“Keti mkono wangu wa kuume,</wj>
</q>
<q style="q1"><wj>hadi nitakapowaweka adui zako</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>chini ya miguu yako.” ’</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="45" bcv="MAT.22.45" /><wj>Kama basi Daudi anamwita yeye ‘Bwana,’ awezaje kuwa mwanawe?”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="MAT.22.46" />Hakuna mtu aliyeweza kumjibu Yesu neno. Tena tangu siku hiyo hakuna aliyethubutu kumuuliza tena maswali.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="23" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Awashutumu Walimu Wa Sheria Na Mafarisayo
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 12:38-40; Luka 11:39-52; 20:45-47)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAT.23.1" />Kisha Yesu akauambia umati wa watu pamoja na wanafunzi wake:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MAT.23.2" /><wj>“Walimu wa sheria na Mafarisayo wameketi katika kiti cha Mose,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="MAT.23.3" /><wj>hivyo inawapasa kuwatii na kufanya kila kitu wanachowaambia. Lakini msifuate yale wanayotenda, kwa sababu hawatendi yale wanayohubiri.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="MAT.23.4" /><wj>Wao hufunga mizigo mikubwa na kuiweka mabegani mwa watu, lakini wao wenyewe hawako radhi hata kuinua kidole ili kuisogeza.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="MAT.23.5" /><wj>“Wao hutenda mambo yao yote ili waonekane na watu. Hupanua vikasha vyao vyenye maandiko ya sheria na kurefusha matamvua ya mavazi yao.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="MAT.23.6" /><wj>Wanapenda kukalia viti vya heshima katika karamu, na vile viti maalum sana katika masinagogi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="MAT.23.7" /><wj>Hupenda kusalimiwa masokoni na kutaka watu wawaite ‘Rabi.’</wj><f caller="+"><fr>23:7
</fr><ft>Rabi maana yake Bwana, Mwalimu.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="MAT.23.8" /><wj>“Lakini ninyi msiitwe ‘Rabi,’ kwa sababu mnaye Bwana mmoja na ninyi nyote ni ndugu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="MAT.23.9" /><wj>Nanyi msimwite mtu yeyote ‘Baba,’ hapa duniani, kwa maana mnaye Baba mmoja, naye yuko mbinguni.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="MAT.23.10" /><wj>Wala msiitwe ‘Mwalimu,’ kwa maana mnaye mwalimu mmoja tu, ndiye Kristo.</wj><f caller="+"><fr>23:10
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="MAT.23.11" /><wj>Yeye aliye mkuu kuliko ninyi nyote miongoni mwenu atakuwa mtumishi wenu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="MAT.23.12" /><wj>Kwa kuwa yeyote anayejikweza atashushwa, na yeyote anayejinyenyekeza atakwezwa.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="MAT.23.13" /><wj>“Lakini ole wenu, walimu wa sheria na Mafarisayo, enyi wanafiki! Kwa maana mnawafungia watu milango ya Ufalme wa Mbinguni. Ninyi wenyewe hamuingii humo, nao wale wanaotaka kuingia mnawazuia. [</wj>
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="MAT.23.14" /><wj>Ole wenu walimu wa sheria na Mafarisayo, enyi wanafiki! Mnakula katika nyumba za wajane, nanyi kwa kujifanya kuwa wema, mnasali sala ndefu. Kwa hiyo hukumu yenu itakuwa kuu zaidi.]</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="MAT.23.15" /><wj>“Ole wenu walimu wa sheria na Mafarisayo, enyi wanafiki! Ninyi mnasafiri baharini na nchi kavu ili kumfanya mtu mmoja mwongofu, lakini baada ya kumpata, mnamfanya mwana wa jehanamu mara mbili kuliko ninyi!</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="MAT.23.16" /><wj>“Ole wenu, viongozi vipofu! Ninyi mwasema, ‘Mtu akiapa kwa Hekalu, kiapo hicho si kitu; lakini mtu akiapa kwa dhahabu ya Hekalu, amefungwa kwa kiapo chake.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="MAT.23.17" /><wj>Ninyi vipofu wapumbavu! Ni kipi kilicho kikuu zaidi: ni ile dhahabu, au ni lile Hekalu linaloifanya hiyo dhahabu kuwa takatifu?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="MAT.23.18" /><wj>Pia mnasema, ‘Mtu akiapa kwa madhabahu, si kitu; lakini mtu akiapa kwa sadaka iliyo juu ya madhabahu, amefungwa kwa kiapo chake’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MAT.23.19" /><wj>Ninyi vipofu! Ni kipi kikuu zaidi: ni sadaka, au ni madhabahu yanayoifanya hiyo sadaka kuwa takatifu?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="MAT.23.20" /><wj>Kwa hiyo, mtu aapaye kwa madhabahu, huapa kwa hayo madhabahu na vitu vyote vilivyo juu yake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="MAT.23.21" /><wj>Naye mtu aapaye kwa Hekalu, huapa kwa hilo Hekalu na kwa huyo akaaye ndani yake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="MAT.23.22" /><wj>Naye aapaye kwa mbingu, huapa kwa kiti cha enzi cha Mungu na kwa yeye aketiye juu ya kiti hicho.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="MAT.23.23" /><wj>“Ole wenu walimu wa sheria na Mafarisayo, ninyi wanafiki! Kwa maana mnatoa zaka ya mnanaa, bizari na jira, lakini mmeacha mambo makuu zaidi ya sheria, yaani haki, huruma na uaminifu. Iliwapasa kufanya haya makuu ya sheria bila kupuuza hayo matoleo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="MAT.23.24" /><wj>Ninyi viongozi vipofu, mnachuja kiroboto lakini mnameza ngamia!</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="MAT.23.25" /><wj>“Ole wenu, walimu wa sheria na Mafarisayo, ninyi wanafiki! Kwa maana mnasafisha kikombe na sahani kwa nje, lakini ndani mmejaa unyangʼanyi na kutokuwa na kiasi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="MAT.23.26" /><wj>Ewe Farisayo kipofu! Safisha ndani ya kikombe na sahani kwanza, ndipo nje itakuwa safi pia.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="MAT.23.27" /><wj>“Ole wenu, walimu wa sheria na Mafarisayo, ninyi wanafiki! Mnafanana na makaburi yaliyopakwa chokaa, ambayo yanapendeza kwa nje, lakini ndani yamejaa mifupa ya wafu na kila aina ya uchafu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="MAT.23.28" /><wj>Vivyo hivyo, kwa nje ninyi mnaonekana kwa watu kuwa wenye haki, lakini kwa ndani mmejaa unafiki na uovu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="MAT.23.29" /><wj>“Ole wenu, walimu wa sheria na Mafarisayo, ninyi wanafiki! Mnajenga makaburi ya manabii na kuyapamba makaburi ya wenye haki.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="MAT.23.30" /><wj>Nanyi mwasema, ‘Kama tungaliishi wakati wa baba zetu, tusingalikuwa tumeshiriki katika kumwaga damu ya manabii!’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="MAT.23.31" /><wj>Hivyo mnajishuhudia wenyewe kwamba ninyi ni wana wa wale waliowaua manabii.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="MAT.23.32" /><wj>Haya basi, kijazeni kipimo cha dhambi ya baba zenu!</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="MAT.23.33" /><wj>“Ninyi nyoka, ninyi uzao wa nyoka wenye sumu! Mtaiepukaje hukumu ya jehanamu?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="MAT.23.34" /><wj>Kwa sababu hii, tazameni, natuma kwenu manabii na wenye hekima na walimu. Baadhi yao mtawaua na kuwasulubisha, na wengine wao mtawapiga mijeledi katika masinagogi yenu na kuwafuatia kutoka mji mmoja hadi mji mwingine.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="MAT.23.35" /><wj>Hivyo ile damu ya wenye haki wote iliyomwagwa hapa duniani, tangu damu ya Abeli, ambaye alikuwa hana hatia, hadi damu ya Zekaria mwana wa Barakia, mliyemuua kati ya patakatifu na madhabahu, itawajia juu yenu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="MAT.23.36" /><wj>Amin, nawaambia, haya yote yatakuja juu ya kizazi hiki.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Aililia Yerusalemu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 13:34-35)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="MAT.23.37" /><wj>“Ee Yerusalemu, Yerusalemu, uwauaye manabii na kuwapiga mawe wale waliotumwa kwako! Mara ngapi nimetamani kuwakusanya watoto wako pamoja, kama vile kuku akusanyavyo vifaranga wake chini ya mabawa yake, lakini hukutaka!</wj>
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="MAT.23.38" /><wj>Tazama nyumba yenu imeachwa ukiwa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="MAT.23.39" /><wj>Kwa maana nawaambia, hamtaniona tena tangu sasa mpaka mtakaposema, ‘Amebarikiwa yeye ajaye kwa Jina la Bwana.’ ”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="24" />
<s style="s1">Kubomolewa Kwa Hekalu Kwatabiriwa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 13:1-2; Luka 21:5-6)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAT.24.1" />Yesu akatoka Hekaluni na alipokuwa akienda zake, wanafunzi wake wakamwendea ili kumwonyesha majengo ya Hekalu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MAT.24.2" />Ndipo Yesu akawauliza,
<wj>“Je, mnayaona haya yote? Amin, nawaambia, hakuna hata jiwe moja hapa litakalobaki juu ya jingine, bali kila moja litabomolewa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ishara Za Nyakati Za Mwisho
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 13:3-23; Luka 21:7-24)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="MAT.24.3" />Yesu alipokuwa ameketi kwenye Mlima wa Mizeituni, wanafunzi wake wakamjia faraghani, wakamuuliza, “Tuambie, mambo haya yatatukia lini, nayo dalili ya kuja kwako na ya mwisho wa dunia ni gani?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="MAT.24.4" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Jihadharini, mtu yeyote asiwadanganye.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="MAT.24.5" /><wj>Kwa maana wengi watakuja kwa Jina langu, wakidai, ‘Mimi ndiye Kristo,’</wj><f caller="+"><fr>24:5
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f><wj>nao watawadanganya wengi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="MAT.24.6" /><wj>Mtasikia habari za vita na matetesi ya vita. Angalieni msitishike, kwa maana haya hayana budi kutukia. Lakini ule mwisho bado.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="MAT.24.7" /><wj>Taifa litainuka dhidi ya taifa, na ufalme dhidi ya ufalme. Kutakuwa na njaa na mitetemeko ya ardhi sehemu mbalimbali.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="MAT.24.8" /><wj>Haya yote yatakuwa ndio mwanzo wa utungu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="MAT.24.9" /><wj>“Ndipo mtasalitiwa, ili mteswe na kuuawa, nanyi mtachukiwa na mataifa yote kwa ajili yangu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="MAT.24.10" /><wj>Wakati huo, wengi wataacha imani yao, nao watasalitiana kila mmoja na mwenzake na kuchukiana.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="MAT.24.11" /><wj>Watatokea manabii wengi wa uongo, nao watawadanganya watu wengi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="MAT.24.12" /><wj>Kwa sababu ya kuongezeka kwa uovu upendo wa watu wengi utapoa,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="MAT.24.13" /><wj>lakini yule atakayevumilia hadi mwisho ataokolewa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="MAT.24.14" /><wj>Injili ya Ufalme itahubiriwa ulimwenguni kote kuwa ushuhuda kwa mataifa yote. Ndipo mwisho utakapokuja.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="MAT.24.15" /><wj>“Hivyo mtakapoona lile ‘chukizo la uharibifu’ lililonenwa na nabii Danieli limesimama mahali patakatifu (asomaye na afahamu),</wj>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="MAT.24.16" /><wj>basi wale walioko Uyahudi wakimbilie milimani.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="MAT.24.17" /><wj>Yeyote aliye juu ya dari ya nyumba asishuke ili kuchukua chochote kutoka ndani ya nyumba.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="MAT.24.18" /><wj>Aliye shambani asirudi nyumbani kuchukua vazi lake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MAT.24.19" /><wj>Ole wao wenye mimba na wale wanaonyonyesha watoto siku hizo!</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="MAT.24.20" /><wj>Ombeni ili kukimbia kwenu kusiwe wakati wa baridi au siku ya Sabato.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="MAT.24.21" /><wj>Kwa maana wakati huo kutakuwa na dhiki kuu ambayo haijapata kuwako tangu mwanzo wa dunia mpaka sasa: wala haitakuwako tena kamwe.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="MAT.24.22" /><wj>Kama siku hizo zisingefupishwa, hakuna hata mtu mmoja ambaye angeokoka. Lakini kwa ajili ya wateule, siku hizo zitafupizwa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="MAT.24.23" /><wj>Wakati huo kama mtu yeyote akiwaambia, ‘Tazama, Kristo huyu hapa!’ Au, ‘Kristo yuko kule,’ msisadiki.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="MAT.24.24" /><wj>Kwa maana watatokea makristo wa uongo na manabii wa uongo, nao watafanya ishara kubwa na maajabu mengi ili kuwapotosha, ikiwezekana, hata wale wateule hasa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="MAT.24.25" /><wj>Angalieni, nimekwisha kuwaambia mapema.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="MAT.24.26" /><wj>“Kwa hiyo mtu yeyote akiwaambia, ‘Yule kule nyikani,’ msiende huko. Au akisema, ‘Yuko kwenye chumba,’ msisadiki.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="MAT.24.27" /><wj>Kwa maana kama vile umeme utokeavyo mashariki na kuonekana hata magharibi, ndivyo itakavyokuwa kuja kwake Mwana wa Adamu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="MAT.24.28" /><wj>Kwa maana popote ulipo mzoga, huko ndiko wakusanyikapo tai.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuja Kwa Mwana Wa Adamu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 13:24-31; Luka 21:25-33)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="MAT.24.29" /><wj>“Mara baada ya dhiki ya siku zile,</wj>
</p>
<q style="q1"><wj>“ ‘jua litatiwa giza,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>nao mwezi hautatoa nuru yake;</wj>
</q>
<q style="q1"><wj>nazo nyota zitaanguka kutoka angani,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>na nguvu za anga zitatikisika.’</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="MAT.24.30" /><wj>“Ndipo itakapotokea ishara ya Mwana wa Adamu angani, na makabila yote ya dunia yataomboleza. Nao watamwona Mwana wa Adamu akija juu ya mawingu ya angani, katika uwezo na utukufu mkuu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="MAT.24.31" /><wj>Naye atawatuma malaika zake kwa sauti kuu ya tarumbeta, nao watawakusanya wateule wake kutoka pande zote nne za dunia, kutoka mwisho mmoja wa mbingu hadi mwisho mwingine.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="MAT.24.32" /><wj>“Basi jifunzeni somo hili kutokana na mtini: Matawi yake yanapoanza kuchipua na kutoa majani, mnatambua kwamba wakati wa kiangazi umekaribia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="MAT.24.33" /><wj>Vivyo hivyo, myaonapo mambo haya yote, mnatambua kwamba wakati u karibu, hata malangoni.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="MAT.24.34" /><wj>Amin, nawaambia, kizazi hiki hakitapita hadi mambo haya yote yawe yametimia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="MAT.24.35" /><wj>Mbingu na nchi zitapita, lakini maneno yangu hayatapita kamwe.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Hakuna Ajuaye Siku Wala Saa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 13:32-37; Luka 17:26-30, 34-36)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="MAT.24.36" /><wj>“Kwa habari ya siku ile na saa, hakuna ajuaye, hata malaika walio mbinguni wala Mwana, ila Baba peke yake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="MAT.24.37" /><wj>Kama ilivyokuwa wakati wa Noa, ndivyo itakavyokuwa kuja kwake Mwana wa Adamu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="MAT.24.38" /><wj>Kwa maana siku zile kabla ya gharika, watu walikuwa wakila na kunywa, wakioa na kuolewa, mpaka siku ile Noa alipoingia katika safina.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="MAT.24.39" /><wj>Nao hawakujua lolote mpaka gharika ilipokuja ikawakumba wote. Hivyo ndivyo itakavyokuwa atakapokuja Mwana wa Adamu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="MAT.24.40" /><wj>Watu wawili watakuwa shambani, naye mmoja atatwaliwa na mwingine ataachwa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="MAT.24.41" /><wj>Wanawake wawili watakuwa wanasaga pamoja, naye mmoja atatwaliwa na mwingine ataachwa.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="MAT.24.42" /><wj>“Basi kesheni, kwa sababu hamjui ni siku gani atakapokuja Bwana wenu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="MAT.24.43" /><wj>Lakini fahamuni jambo hili: Kama mwenye nyumba angejua ni wakati gani wa usiku ambao mwizi atakuja, angekesha na hangekubali nyumba yake kuvunjwa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="MAT.24.44" /><wj>Kwa hiyo ninyi pia hamna budi kuwa tayari, kwa sababu Mwana wa Adamu atakuja saa msiyotazamia.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Mtumishi Mwaminifu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 12:41-48)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="45" bcv="MAT.24.45" /><wj>“Ni nani basi aliye mtumishi mwaminifu na mwenye busara, ambaye bwana wake amemweka kusimamia watumishi wengine katika nyumba yake, ili awape chakula chao kwa wakati unaofaa?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="MAT.24.46" /><wj>Heri mtumishi yule ambaye bwana wake atakaporudi atamkuta akifanya hivyo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="MAT.24.47" /><wj>Amin, nawaambia, atamweka mtumishi huyo kuwa msimamizi wa mali yake yote.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="MAT.24.48" /><wj>Lakini kama huyo mtumishi ni mwovu, naye akasema moyoni mwake, ‘Bwana wangu atakawia muda mrefu,’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="MAT.24.49" /><wj>kisha akaanza kuwapiga watumishi wenzake, na kula na kunywa pamoja na walevi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="MAT.24.50" /><wj>Basi bwana wa mtumishi huyo atakuja siku asiyodhani na saa asiyoijua.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="MAT.24.51" /><wj>Atamkata vipande vipande na kumweka katika sehemu moja pamoja na wanafiki, mahali ambako kutakuwa ni kulia na kusaga meno.</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="25" />
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Wanawali Kumi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAT.25.1" /><wj>“Wakati huo, Ufalme wa Mbinguni utakuwa kama wanawali kumi waliochukua taa zao na kwenda kumlaki bwana arusi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MAT.25.2" /><wj>Watano wao walikuwa wapumbavu na watano walikuwa wenye busara.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="MAT.25.3" /><wj>Wale wapumbavu walichukua taa zao lakini hawakuchukua mafuta ya akiba,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="MAT.25.4" /><wj>lakini wale wenye busara walichukua taa zao na mafuta ya akiba kwenye vyombo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="MAT.25.5" /><wj>Bwana arusi alipokawia kuja wale wanawali wote wakasinzia na kulala.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="MAT.25.6" /><wj>“Usiku wa manane pakawa na kelele: ‘Tazameni, huyu hapa bwana arusi! Tokeni nje mkamlaki!’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="MAT.25.7" /><wj>“Ndipo wale wanawali wote wakaamka na kuzitengeneza taa zao.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="MAT.25.8" /><wj>Wale wapumbavu wakawaambia wale wenye busara, ‘Tupatieni mafuta yenu kidogo; taa zetu zinazimika.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="MAT.25.9" /><wj>“Lakini wale wenye busara wakawajibu, ‘Sivyo, hayatutoshi sisi na ninyi pia. Afadhali mwende kwa wauzao mkajinunulie mafuta yenu.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="MAT.25.10" /><wj>“Nao walipokuwa wakienda kununua mafuta, bwana arusi akafika. Wale wanawali waliokuwa tayari wakaingia ndani pamoja naye kwenye karamu ya arusi na mlango ukafungwa.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="MAT.25.11" /><wj>“Baadaye wale wanawali wengine nao wakaja, wakaita, ‘Bwana! Bwana! Tufungulie mlango!’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="MAT.25.12" /><wj>“Lakini yeye bwana arusi akawajibu, ‘Amin, amin nawaambia, siwajui ninyi!’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="MAT.25.13" /><wj>“Kwa hiyo kesheni, kwa sababu hamjui siku wala saa.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Watumishi Watatu Na Talanta
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 19:11-27)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="MAT.25.14" /><wj>“Tena, Ufalme wa Mbinguni ni kama mtu aliyetaka kusafiri, naye akawaita watumishi wake na kuweka mali yake kwenye uangalizi wao.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="MAT.25.15" /><wj>Mmoja akampa talanta</wj><f caller="+"><fr>25:15
</fr><ft>Talanta moja ilikuwa sawa na mshahara wa kibarua wa miaka 15.</ft></f><wj>tano, mwingine talanta mbili, na mwingine talanta moja. Kila mmoja alipewa kwa kadiri ya uwezo wake. Kisha yeye akasafiri.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="MAT.25.16" /><wj>Yule aliyepewa talanta tano akaenda mara moja akafanya nazo biashara akapata talanta nyingine tano zaidi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="MAT.25.17" /><wj>Yule aliyepewa talanta mbili akafanya vivyo hivyo, akapata nyingine mbili zaidi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="MAT.25.18" /><wj>Lakini yule mtumishi aliyekuwa amepokea talanta moja, alikwenda akachimba shimo ardhini na kuificha ile fedha ya bwana wake.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="MAT.25.19" /><wj>“Baada ya muda mrefu, yule bwana wa wale watumishi akarudi na kufanya hesabu nao.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="MAT.25.20" /><wj>Yule mtumishi aliyepokea talanta tano akaja, akaleta nyingine tano zaidi. Akasema, ‘Bwana uliweka kwenye uangalizi wangu talanta tano. Tazama, nimepata faida ya talanta tano zaidi.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="MAT.25.21" /><wj>“Bwana wake akamwambia, ‘Umefanya vizuri sana, mtumishi mwema na mwaminifu! Umekuwa mwaminifu kwa vitu vichache; nami nitakuweka kuwa msimamizi wa vitu vingi. Njoo ushiriki katika furaha ya bwana wako!’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="MAT.25.22" /><wj>“Yule mwenye talanta mbili naye akaja. Akasema, ‘Bwana, uliweka kwenye uangalizi wangu talanta mbili. Tazama nimepata hapa talanta mbili zaidi.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="MAT.25.23" /><wj>“Bwana wake akajibu, ‘Umefanya vizuri sana, mtumishi mwema na mwaminifu. Umekuwa mwaminifu kwa vitu vichache; nami nitakuweka kuwa msimamizi wa vitu vingi. Njoo ushiriki katika furaha ya bwana wako!’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="MAT.25.24" /><wj>“Kisha yule mtumishi aliyepokea talanta moja akaja, akasema, ‘Bwana, nilijua kwamba wewe ni mtu mgumu, unayevuna mahali usipopanda na kukusanya mahali usipotawanya mbegu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="MAT.25.25" /><wj>Kwa hiyo niliogopa, nikaenda, nikaificha talanta yako ardhini. Tazama, hii hapa ile iliyo mali yako.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="MAT.25.26" /><wj>“Bwana wake akajibu, ‘Wewe mtumishi mwovu na mvivu! Ulijua kwamba ninavuna mahali nisipopanda na kukusanya mahali nisipotawanya mbegu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="MAT.25.27" /><wj>Vyema basi, ingekupasa kuweka fedha yangu kwa watoa riba, ili nirudipo, nichukue ile iliyo yangu na faida yake.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="MAT.25.28" /><wj>“ ‘Basi mnyangʼanyeni hiyo talanta, mkampe yule mwenye talanta kumi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="MAT.25.29" /><wj>Kwa maana kila mtu aliye na kitu atapewa zaidi, naye atakuwa navyo tele. Lakini yule asiye na kitu, hata kile alicho nacho atanyangʼanywa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="MAT.25.30" /><wj>Nanyi mtupeni huyo mtumishi asiyefaa nje, kwenye giza, mahali ambako kutakuwa na kilio na kusaga meno.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kondoo Na Mbuzi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="MAT.25.31" /><wj>“Mwana wa Adamu atakapokuja katika utukufu wake na malaika wote watakatifu pamoja naye, ndipo atakapoketi juu ya kiti cha enzi cha utukufu wake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="MAT.25.32" /><wj>Mataifa yote watakusanyika mbele zake, naye atawatenga kama mchungaji anavyotenga kondoo na mbuzi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="MAT.25.33" /><wj>Atawaweka kondoo upande wake wa kuume, na mbuzi upande wake wa kushoto.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="MAT.25.34" /><wj>“Ndipo Mfalme atawaambia wale walioko upande wake wa kuume, ‘Njooni, ninyi mliobarikiwa na Baba yangu; urithini Ufalme ulioandaliwa kwa ajili yenu tangu kuumbwa kwa ulimwengu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="MAT.25.35" /><wj>Kwa maana nilikuwa na njaa mkanipa chakula, nilikuwa na kiu mkaninywesha, nilikuwa mgeni mkanikaribisha,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="MAT.25.36" /><wj>nilikuwa uchi mkanivika, nilikuwa mgonjwa mkanitunza, nami nilikuwa kifungoni mkaja kunitembelea.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="MAT.25.37" /><wj>“Ndipo wale wenye haki watakapomjibu, ‘Bwana, ni lini tulikuona ukiwa na njaa tukakulisha, au ukiwa na kiu tukakunywesha?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="MAT.25.38" /><wj>Lini tulikuona ukiwa mgeni tukakukaribisha, au ukiwa uchi tukakuvika?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="MAT.25.39" /><wj>Tena ni lini tulikuona ukiwa mgonjwa tukakutunza, au ukiwa kifungoni tukakutembelea?’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="MAT.25.40" /><wj>“Naye Mfalme atawajibu, ‘Amin nawaambia, kwa jinsi mlivyomtendea mmojawapo wa hawa ndugu zangu walio wadogo, mlinitendea mimi.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="MAT.25.41" /><wj>“Kisha atawaambia wale walio upande wake wa kushoto, ‘Ondokeni kwangu, ninyi mliolaaniwa, nendeni kwenye moto wa milele ulioandaliwa kwa ajili ya ibilisi na malaika zake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="MAT.25.42" /><wj>Kwa maana nilikuwa na njaa hamkunipa chakula, nilikuwa na kiu hamkuninywesha,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="MAT.25.43" /><wj>nilikuwa mgeni nanyi hamkunikaribisha, nilikuwa uchi hamkunivika, nilikuwa mgonjwa hamkunitunza, na nilikuwa gerezani nanyi hamkuja kunitembelea.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="44" bcv="MAT.25.44" /><wj>“Ndipo wao pia watajibu, ‘Bwana ni lini tulikuona ukiwa na njaa au kiu, au ukiwa mgeni au uchi, au ukiwa mgonjwa na kifungoni na hatukukuhudumia?’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="45" bcv="MAT.25.45" /><wj>“Naye atawajibu, ‘Amin nawaambia, kwa jinsi ambavyo hamkumtendea mmojawapo wa hawa ndugu zangu walio wadogo, hamkunitendea mimi.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="46" bcv="MAT.25.46" /><wj>“Ndipo hawa watakapoingia kwenye adhabu ya milele, lakini wale wenye haki wataingia katika uzima wa milele.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="26" />
<s style="s1">Shauri Baya La Kumuua Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 14:1-2; Luka 22:1-2; Yohana 11:45-53)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAT.26.1" />Yesu alipomaliza kusema hayo yote, akawaambia wanafunzi wake,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MAT.26.2" /><wj>“Kama mnavyojua, baada ya siku mbili itakuwa Pasaka, naye Mwana wa Adamu atasalitiwa ili asulubiwe.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="MAT.26.3" />Basi viongozi wa makuhani na wazee wa watu wakakusanyika katika jumba la utawala la kuhani mkuu, jina lake Kayafa.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="MAT.26.4" />Wakafanya shauri ili kumkamata Yesu kwa siri na kumuua.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="MAT.26.5" />Lakini wakasema, “Isiwe wakati wa Sikukuu, kusitokee ghasia miongoni mwa watu.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Anapakwa Mafuta Huko Bethania
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 14:3-9; Yohana 12:1-8)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="MAT.26.6" />Yesu alikuwa Bethania nyumbani mwa Simoni aliyekuwa na ukoma,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="MAT.26.7" />naye mwanamke mmoja akamjia akiwa na chupa ya marhamu yenye manukato ya thamani kubwa; akayamimina kichwani mwa Yesu alipokuwa ameketi mezani kula chakula.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="MAT.26.8" />Lakini wanafunzi wake walipoona hayo wakakasirika, wakasema, “Upotevu huu wote ni wa nini?
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="MAT.26.9" />Manukato haya yangeuzwa kwa bei kubwa, na fedha hizo wakapewa maskini.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="MAT.26.10" />Yesu, akijua jambo hili, akawaambia,
<wj>“Mbona mnamsumbua huyu mwanamke? Yeye amenitendea jambo zuri sana.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="MAT.26.11" /><wj>Maskini mtakuwa nao siku zote, lakini mimi hamtakuwa nami siku zote.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="MAT.26.12" /><wj>Alipomiminia haya manukato kwenye mwili wangu, amefanya hivyo ili kuniandaa kwa ajili ya maziko yangu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="MAT.26.13" /><wj>Amin, nawaambia, mahali popote ulimwenguni ambapo hii Injili itahubiriwa, jambo hili alilolitenda huyu mwanamke litatajwa pia kwa ukumbusho wake.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yuda Akubali Kumsaliti Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 14:10-11; Luka 22:3-6)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="MAT.26.14" />Kisha mmojawapo wa wale kumi na wawili, aitwaye Yuda Iskariote, alikwenda kwa viongozi wa makuhani
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="MAT.26.15" />na kuuliza, “Mtanipa nini nikimtia Yesu mikononi mwenu?” Wakamlipa vipande thelathini vya fedha.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="MAT.26.16" />Tangu wakati huo Yuda akawa anatafuta wakati uliofaa wa kumsaliti Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Ala Pasaka Pamoja Na Wanafunzi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 14:12-21; Luka 22:7-23; Yohana 13:21-30)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="MAT.26.17" />Siku ya kwanza ya Sikukuu ya Mikate Isiyotiwa Chachu, wanafunzi walimjia Yesu wakamuuliza, “Unataka twende wapi ili tukuandalie mahali pa kula Pasaka?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="MAT.26.18" />Akajibu,
<wj>“Nendeni kwa mtu fulani huko mjini, mkamwambie, ‘Mwalimu asema hivi: Saa yangu imekaribia. Nitaiadhimisha Pasaka pamoja na wanafunzi wangu katika nyumba yako.’ ”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MAT.26.19" />Hivyo wanafunzi wakafanya kama vile Yesu alivyokuwa amewaelekeza, nao wakaandaa Pasaka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="MAT.26.20" />Ilipofika jioni, Yesu alikuwa ameketi mezani pamoja na wale wanafunzi wake kumi na wawili.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="MAT.26.21" />Nao walipokuwa wakila, Yesu akasema,
<wj>“Amin, nawaambia, mmoja wenu atanisaliti.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="MAT.26.22" />Wakahuzunika sana, wakaanza kumuuliza mmoja baada ya mwingine, “Je, ni mimi Bwana?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="MAT.26.23" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Yule aliyechovya mkono wake katika bakuli pamoja nami ndiye atakayenisaliti.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="MAT.26.24" /><wj>Mwana wa Adamu anaenda zake kama vile alivyoandikiwa. Lakini ole wake mtu yule amsalitiye Mwana wa Adamu. Ingekuwa heri kwake mtu huyo kama hangezaliwa!”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="MAT.26.25" />Kisha Yuda, yule mwenye kumsaliti, akasema, “Je, ni mimi Rabi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Yesu akajibu,
<wj>“Naam, wewe mwenyewe umesema.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuanzishwa Kwa Meza Ya Bwana
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 14:22-26; Luka 22:14-20; 1 Wakorintho 11:23-25)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="MAT.26.26" />Walipokuwa wanakula, Yesu akachukua mkate, akashukuru, akaumega, na kuwapa wanafunzi wake, akisema,
<wj>“Twaeni, mle; huu ndio mwili wangu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="MAT.26.27" />Kisha akakitwaa kikombe, akashukuru, akawapa, akisema,
<wj>“Nyweni nyote katika kikombe hiki.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="MAT.26.28" /><wj>Hii ndiyo damu yangu ya Agano, imwagikayo kwa ajili ya wengi kwa ondoleo la dhambi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="MAT.26.29" /><wj>Lakini ninawaambia, tangu sasa sitakunywa tena katika uzao huu wa mzabibu, hadi siku ile nitakapounywa mpya pamoja nanyi katika Ufalme wa Baba yangu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="MAT.26.30" />Walipokwisha kuimba wimbo, wakatoka wakaenda Mlima wa Mizeituni.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Atabiri Petro Kumkana
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 14:27-31; Luka 22:31-34; Yohana 13:36-38)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="MAT.26.31" />Kisha Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Usiku huu, ninyi nyote mtaniacha, kwa maana imeandikwa:</wj>
</p>
<q style="q1"><wj>“ ‘Nitampiga mchungaji,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>nao kondoo wa hilo kundi watatawanyika.’</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="32" bcv="MAT.26.32" /><wj>Lakini baada ya kufufuka kwangu, nitawatangulia kwenda Galilaya.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="MAT.26.33" />Petro akajibu, “Hata kama wote watakuacha, kamwe mimi sitakuacha.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="MAT.26.34" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Amin, nakuambia, usiku huu, kabla jogoo hajawika, utanikana mara tatu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="MAT.26.35" />Lakini Petro akasisitiza, “Hata kama itabidi kufa pamoja nawe, sitakukana kamwe.” Nao wanafunzi wale wengine wote wakasema vivyo hivyo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Anaomba Gethsemane
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 14:32-42; Luka 22:39-46)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="MAT.26.36" />Kisha Yesu akaenda pamoja na wanafunzi wake mpaka kwenye bustani iitwayo Gethsemane, akawaambia,
<wj>“Kaeni hapa, nami niende kule nikaombe.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="MAT.26.37" />Akamchukua Petro pamoja na wale wana wawili wa Zebedayo, akaanza kuhuzunika na kufadhaika.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="MAT.26.38" />Kisha Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Moyo wangu umejawa na huzuni kiasi cha kufa. Kaeni hapa na mkeshe pamoja nami.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="MAT.26.39" />Akaenda mbele kidogo, akaanguka kifudifudi, akaomba akisema,
<wj>“Baba yangu, kama inawezekana, kikombe hiki na kiniondokee. Lakini si kama nipendavyo mimi, bali kama upendavyo wewe.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="MAT.26.40" />Kisha akarudi kwa wanafunzi wake, akawakuta wamelala. Akamuuliza Petro,
<wj>“Je, ninyi hamkuweza kukesha pamoja nami hata kwa saa moja?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="MAT.26.41" /><wj>Kesheni na mwombe, msije mkaingia majaribuni. Roho iko radhi, lakini mwili ni mdhaifu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="MAT.26.42" />Akaenda tena mara ya pili na kuomba,
<wj>“Baba yangu, kama haiwezekani kikombe hiki kiniepuke nisikinywe, basi mapenzi yako yafanyike.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="43" bcv="MAT.26.43" />Aliporudi, akawakuta tena wamelala kwa sababu macho yao yalikuwa mazito.
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="MAT.26.44" />Hivyo akawaacha akaenda zake tena mara ya tatu na kuomba akisema maneno yale yale.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="45" bcv="MAT.26.45" />Kisha akarudi kwa wanafunzi wake, akawaambia,
<wj>“Bado mmelala na kupumzika? Tazameni, saa imefika ambapo Mwana wa Adamu anasalitiwa na kutiwa mikononi mwa wenye dhambi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="MAT.26.46" /><wj>Inukeni, twende zetu! Tazameni, msaliti wangu yuaja!”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Akamatwa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 14:43-50; Luka 22:47-53; Yohana 18:3-12)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="47" bcv="MAT.26.47" />Alipokuwa bado anazungumza, Yuda, mmoja wa wale Kumi na Wawili, akafika. Alikuwa amefuatana na umati mkubwa wa watu wenye panga na marungu, waliokuwa wametumwa na viongozi wa makuhani na wazee wa watu.
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="MAT.26.48" />Basi msaliti alikuwa amewapa hao watu ishara, kwamba: “Yule nitakayembusu ndiye. Mkamateni.”
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="MAT.26.49" />Mara Yuda akamjia Yesu na kumsalimu, “Salamu, Rabi!” Akambusu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="50" bcv="MAT.26.50" />Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Rafiki, fanya kile ulichokuja kufanya hapa.”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Kisha wale watu wakasogea mbele, wakamkamata Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="MAT.26.51" />Ghafula mmoja wa wale waliokuwa na Yesu alipoona hivyo, akaushika upanga wake, akauchomoa na kumpiga mtumishi wa kuhani mkuu, akamkata sikio.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="52" bcv="MAT.26.52" />Ndipo Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Rudisha upanga wako mahali pake, kwa maana wote watumiao upanga watakufa kwa upanga.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="MAT.26.53" /><wj>Je, unadhani siwezi kumwomba Baba yangu naye mara moja akaniletea zaidi ya majeshi kumi na mawili ya malaika?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="54" bcv="MAT.26.54" /><wj>Lakini je, yale Maandiko yanayotabiri kwamba ni lazima itendeke hivi yatatimiaje?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="55" bcv="MAT.26.55" />Wakati huo, Yesu akawaambia ule umati wa watu,
<wj>“Je, mmekuja na panga na marungu kunikamata kana kwamba mimi ni mnyangʼanyi? Siku kwa siku niliketi Hekaluni nikifundisha, mbona hamkunikamata?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="56" bcv="MAT.26.56" /><wj>Lakini haya yote yametukia ili maandiko ya manabii yapate kutimia.”</wj> Ndipo wanafunzi wake wote wakamwacha na kukimbia.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Mbele Ya Kuhani Mkuu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 14:53-65; Luka 22:54-71; Yohana 18:13-24)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="57" bcv="MAT.26.57" />Wale waliokuwa wamemkamata Yesu wakampeleka kwa Kayafa, kuhani mkuu, mahali ambapo walimu wa sheria pamoja na wazee walikuwa wamekusanyika.
<ve />
<v id="58" bcv="MAT.26.58" />Lakini Petro akamfuata kwa mbali hadi uani kwa kuhani mkuu. Akaingia ndani, akaketi pamoja na walinzi ili aone litakalotukia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="59" bcv="MAT.26.59" />Viongozi wa makuhani na Baraza la Wayahudi lote wakatafuta ushahidi wa uongo dhidi ya Yesu ili wapate kumuua.
<ve />
<v id="60" bcv="MAT.26.60" />Lakini hawakupata jambo lolote, ingawa mashahidi wengi wa uongo walijitokeza.
</p>
<p style="p">Hatimaye wakajitokeza mashahidi wawili wa uongo
<ve />
<v id="61" bcv="MAT.26.61" />na kusema, “Huyu mtu alisema, ‘Ninaweza kulivunja Hekalu la Mungu na kulijenga tena kwa siku tatu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="62" bcv="MAT.26.62" />Kisha kuhani mkuu akasimama na kumwambia Yesu, “Je, wewe hutajibu? Ni ushahidi gani hawa watu wanauleta dhidi yako?”
<ve />
<v id="63" bcv="MAT.26.63" />Lakini Yesu akakaa kimya.
</p>
<p style="p">Ndipo kuhani mkuu akamwambia, “Nakuapisha mbele za Mungu aliye hai. Tuambie kama wewe ndiwe Kristo,<f caller="+"><fr>26:63
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f> Mwana wa Mungu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="64" bcv="MAT.26.64" />Yesu akajibu,
<wj>“Wewe umenena. Lakini ninawaambia nyote: Siku za baadaye, mtamwona Mwana wa Adamu akiwa ameketi mkono wa kuume wa Mwenye Nguvu, na akija juu ya mawingu ya mbinguni.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="65" bcv="MAT.26.65" />Ndipo kuhani mkuu akararua mavazi yake na kusema, “Amekufuru! Tuna haja gani tena ya mashahidi zaidi? Tazama, sasa ninyi mmesikia hayo makufuru.
<ve />
<v id="66" bcv="MAT.26.66" />Uamuzi wenu ni gani?”
</p>
<p style="p">Wakajibu, “Anastahili kufa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="67" bcv="MAT.26.67" />Kisha wakamtemea mate usoni na wengine wakampiga ngumi. Wengine wakampiga makofi
<ve />
<v id="68" bcv="MAT.26.68" />na kusema, “Tutabirie, wewe Kristo! Ni nani aliyekupiga?”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Petro Amkana Bwana Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 14:66-72; Luka 22:56-62; Yohana 18:15-18, 25-27)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="69" bcv="MAT.26.69" />Wakati huu Petro alikuwa amekaa nje uani. Mtumishi mmoja wa kike akamjia na kumwambia, “Wewe pia ulikuwa pamoja na Yesu wa Galilaya.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="70" bcv="MAT.26.70" />Lakini Petro akakana mbele yao wote akisema, “Sijui hilo usemalo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="71" bcv="MAT.26.71" />Alipotoka nje kufika kwenye lango, mtumishi mwingine wa kike alimwona, akawaambia watu waliokuwepo, “Huyu mtu alikuwa pamoja na Yesu, Mnazareti.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="72" bcv="MAT.26.72" />Akakana tena kwa kiapo akisema, “Mimi simjui huyo!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="73" bcv="MAT.26.73" />Baada ya muda mfupi, wale waliokuwa wamesimama pale wakamwendea Petro, wakamwambia, “Hakika wewe ni mmoja wao, kwa maana usemi wako ni kama wao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="74" bcv="MAT.26.74" />Ndipo Petro akaanza kujilaani na kuwaapia, “Mimi simjui mtu huyo!”
</p>
<p style="p">Papo hapo jogoo akawika.
<ve />
<v id="75" bcv="MAT.26.75" />Ndipo Petro akakumbuka lile neno Yesu alilokuwa amesema:
<wj>“Kabla jogoo hajawika, utanikana mara tatu.”</wj> Naye akaenda nje, akalia kwa majonzi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="27" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Aletwa Mbele Ya Pilato
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 15:1; Luka 23:1-2; Yohana 18:28-32)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAT.27.1" />Asubuhi na mapema, viongozi wa makuhani wote na wazee wa watu wakafanya shauri pamoja dhidi ya Yesu ili kumuua.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MAT.27.2" />Wakamfunga, wakampeleka na kumkabidhi kwa Pilato, ambaye alikuwa mtawala wa Kirumi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yuda Ajinyonga
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Matendo 1:18-19)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="MAT.27.3" />Yuda, ambaye alikuwa amemsaliti Yesu, alipoona kuwa Yesu amehukumiwa, akajuta na akarudisha vile vipande thelathini vya fedha alivyopewa na viongozi wa makuhani na wazee wa watu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="MAT.27.4" />Akasema, “Nimetenda dhambi, kwa maana nimeisaliti damu isiyo na hatia.”
</p>
<p style="p">Wakamjibu, “Hilo latuhusu nini sisi? Ni shauri yako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="MAT.27.5" />Basi Yuda akavitupa vile vipande vya fedha ndani ya Hekalu akaondoka akaenda kujinyonga.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="MAT.27.6" />Wale viongozi wa makuhani wakazichukua zile fedha wakasema, “Si halali kuchanganya fedha hizi na sadaka kwa sababu hizi ni fedha zenye damu.”
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="MAT.27.7" />Kwa hiyo baada ya kushauriana, waliamua kuzitumia kununulia shamba la mfinyanzi, liwe mahali pa kuzikia wageni.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="MAT.27.8" />Hii ndiyo sababu lile shamba likaitwa Shamba la Damu hadi leo.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="MAT.27.9" />Ndipo likatimia lile lililonenwa na nabii Yeremia, kwamba, “Walichukua vile vipande thelathini vya fedha, thamani aliyopangiwa na watu wa Israeli,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="MAT.27.10" />wakanunulia shamba la mfinyanzi, kama vile Bwana alivyoniagiza.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Mbele Ya Pilato
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 15:2-15; Luka 23:3-25; Yohana 18:33–19:16)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="MAT.27.11" />Wakati huo Yesu akiwa amesimama mbele ya mtawala, mtawala akamuuliza, “Wewe ndiye mfalme wa Wayahudi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Yesu akasema,
<wj>“Wewe wasema hivyo.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="MAT.27.12" />Lakini viongozi wa makuhani na wazee walipomshtaki, hakujibu neno.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="MAT.27.13" />Ndipo Pilato akamuuliza, “Je, husikii ni mambo mangapi wanayokushtaki nayo?”
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="MAT.27.14" />Lakini Yesu hakumjibu hata kwa shtaka moja, kiasi kwamba mtawala alishangaa sana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="MAT.27.15" />Basi ilikuwa ni desturi ya mtawala kumfungua mfungwa mmoja aliyechaguliwa na umati wa watu wakati wa sikukuu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="MAT.27.16" />Wakati huo alikuwepo mfungwa mmoja mwenye sifa mbaya, aliyeitwa Baraba.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="MAT.27.17" />Hivyo umati wa watu walipokusanyika, Pilato akawauliza, “Mnataka niwafungulie nani, Baraba au Yesu yeye aitwaye Kristo?”
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="MAT.27.18" />Kwa kuwa alitambua Yesu alikuwa amekabidhiwa kwake kwa ajili ya wivu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="MAT.27.19" />Pilato akiwa ameketi kwenye kiti cha hukumu, mkewe akampelekea ujumbe huu: “Usiwe na jambo lolote juu ya mtu huyu asiye na hatia, kwa kuwa leo nimeteseka sana katika ndoto kwa sababu yake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="MAT.27.20" />Lakini viongozi wa makuhani na wazee wakaushawishi ule umati wa watu kwamba waombe Baraba afunguliwe, naye Yesu auawe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="MAT.27.21" />Mtawala akawauliza tena, “Ni yupi kati ya hawa wawili mnayetaka niwafungulie?”
</p>
<p style="p">Wakajibu, “Baraba.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="MAT.27.22" />Pilato akawaambia, “Basi nifanye nini na huyu Yesu aitwaye Kristo?”
</p>
<p style="p">Wakajibu wote, “Msulubishe!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="MAT.27.23" />Pilato akauliza, “Kwa nini? Amefanya kosa gani?”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini wao wakazidi kupiga kelele, wakisema, “Msulubishe!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="MAT.27.24" />Pilato alipoona kwamba hawezi kufanya lolote, lakini badala yake ghasia zilikuwa zinaanza, akachukua maji, akanawa mikono yake mbele ya ule umati wa watu, akasema, “Sina hatia juu ya damu ya mtu huyu, hili ni jukumu lenu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="MAT.27.25" />Watu wote wakajibu, “Damu yake na iwe juu yetu na juu ya watoto wetu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="MAT.27.26" />Basi akawafungulia Baraba. Lakini baada ya kuamuru Yesu achapwe mijeledi, akamtoa ili asulubishwe.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Askari Wamdhihaki Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 15:16-20; Yohana 19:2-3)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="MAT.27.27" />Kisha askari wa mtawala wakampeleka Yesu kwenye Praitorio<f caller="+"><fr>27:27
</fr><ft>Praitorio maana yake ni makao makuu ya mtawala, jumba la kifalme lililokuwa linakaliwa na Pontio Pilato huko Yerusalemu, palipokuwa na kiti cha hukumu.</ft></f> na wakakusanya kikosi kizima cha askari kumzunguka.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="MAT.27.28" />Wakamvua nguo zake na kumvika vazi la rangi nyekundu, kisha
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="MAT.27.29" />wakasokota taji ya miiba, wakaiweka kichwani pake. Wakamwekea fimbo katika mkono wake wa kuume, na wakapiga magoti mbele zake na kumdhihaki, wakisema, “Salamu, mfalme wa Wayahudi!”
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="MAT.27.30" />Wakamtemea mate, wakachukua ile fimbo wakampiga kichwani tena na tena.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="MAT.27.31" />Baada ya kumdhihaki, wakamvua lile joho, wakamvika tena nguo zake. Kisha wakampeleka ili wakamsulubishe.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Asulubishwa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 15:21-32; Luka 23:26-43; Yohana 19:17-27)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="MAT.27.32" />Walipokuwa wakienda, wakakutana na mtu mmoja kutoka Kirene, jina lake Simoni, nao wakamlazimisha kuubeba ule msalaba.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="MAT.27.33" />Wakafika mahali palipoitwa Golgotha (maana yake ni Mahali pa Fuvu la Kichwa).
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="MAT.27.34" />Hapo wakampa Yesu divai iliyochanganywa na nyongo ili anywe; lakini alipoionja, akakataa kuinywa.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="MAT.27.35" />Walipokwisha kumsulubisha wakagawana mavazi yake kwa kuyapigia kura. [Hili lilifanyika ili litimie lile neno lililonenwa na nabii, “Waligawa nguo zangu miongoni mwao na vazi langu wakalipigia kura.”]
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="MAT.27.36" />Kisha wakaketi, wakamchunga.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="MAT.27.37" />Juu ya kichwa chake, kwenye msalaba, wakaandika shtaka lake hivi:
<sc>Huyu ni Yesu, Mfalme wa Wayahudi</sc>.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="MAT.27.38" />Wanyangʼanyi wawili walisulubiwa pamoja naye, mmoja upande wake wa kuume na mwingine upande wa kushoto.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="MAT.27.39" />Watu waliokuwa wakipita njiani wakamtukana huku wakitikisa vichwa vyao
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="MAT.27.40" />na kusema, “Wewe ambaye utalivunja Hekalu na kulijenga kwa siku tatu, jiokoe mwenyewe basi! Kama wewe ni Mwana wa Mungu, shuka kutoka msalabani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="MAT.27.41" />Vivyo hivyo, viongozi wa makuhani, walimu wa sheria pamoja na wazee wakamdhihaki wakisema,
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="MAT.27.42" />“Aliwaokoa wengine, lakini hawezi kujiokoa mwenyewe! Yeye ni Mfalme wa Israeli! Ashuke sasa kutoka msalabani, nasi tutamwamini.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="MAT.27.43" />Anamwamini Mungu, basi Mungu na amwokoe sasa kama anamtaka, kwa maana alisema, ‘Mimi ni Mwana wa Mungu.’ ”
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="MAT.27.44" />Hata wale wanyangʼanyi waliosulubiwa pamoja naye wakamtukana vivyo hivyo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kifo Cha Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 15:33-41; Luka 23:44-49; Yohana 19:28-30)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="45" bcv="MAT.27.45" />Tangu saa sita hadi saa tisa giza liliifunika nchi yote.
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="MAT.27.46" />Ilipofika saa tisa, Yesu akapaza sauti akalia,
<tl><wj>“Eloi, Eloi, lama sabakthani?”</wj></tl> (maana yake,
<wj>“Mungu wangu, Mungu wangu, mbona umeniacha?”</wj>)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="47" bcv="MAT.27.47" />Baadhi ya watu waliokuwa wamesimama pale waliposikia hayo, wakasema, “Anamwita Eliya.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="48" bcv="MAT.27.48" />Ghafula mmoja wao akaenda mbio na kuleta sifongo, akaichovya kwenye siki, akaiweka kwenye mwanzi na akampa Yesu ili anywe.
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="MAT.27.49" />Wengine wakasema, “Basi mwacheni. Hebu tuone kama Eliya atakuja kumwokoa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="50" bcv="MAT.27.50" />Yesu alipolia tena kwa sauti kuu, akaitoa roho yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="51" bcv="MAT.27.51" />Wakati huo huo pazia la Hekalu likachanika vipande viwili, kuanzia juu hadi chini. Dunia ikatetemeka na miamba ikapasuka.
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="MAT.27.52" />Makaburi yakafunguka na miili ya watakatifu waliokuwa wamekufa ikafufuliwa.
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="MAT.27.53" />Wakatoka makaburini, na baada ya Yesu kufufuka, waliingia kwenye Mji Mtakatifu na kuwatokea watu wengi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="54" bcv="MAT.27.54" />Basi yule jemadari na wale waliokuwa pamoja naye wakimlinda Yesu walipoona lile tetemeko na yale yote yaliyokuwa yametukia, waliogopa, wakasema, “Hakika huyu alikuwa Mwana wa Mungu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="55" bcv="MAT.27.55" />Walikuwako wanawake huko wakiangalia kwa mbali. Hawa walikuwa wamemfuata Yesu tangu Galilaya ili kushughulikia mahitaji yake.
<ve />
<v id="56" bcv="MAT.27.56" />Miongoni mwao walikuwepo Maria Magdalene, na Maria mama yao Yakobo na Yosefu, na mama yao wana wa Zebedayo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maziko Ya Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 15:42-47; Luka 23:50-56; Yohana 19:38-42)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="57" bcv="MAT.27.57" />Ilipofika jioni, alifika mtu mmoja tajiri kutoka Arimathaya aitwaye Yosefu, ambaye pia alikuwa mwanafunzi wa Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="58" bcv="MAT.27.58" />Akamwendea Pilato ili kumwomba mwili wa Yesu. Pilato akaamuru apewe.
<ve />
<v id="59" bcv="MAT.27.59" />Yosefu akauchukua mwili wa Yesu, akaufunga katika kitambaa cha kitani safi,
<ve />
<v id="60" bcv="MAT.27.60" />na kuuweka katika kaburi lake mwenyewe jipya, alilokuwa amelichonga kwenye mwamba. Kisha akavingirisha jiwe kubwa katika ingilio la kaburi, akaenda zake.
<ve />
<v id="61" bcv="MAT.27.61" />Maria Magdalene na yule Maria mwingine walikuwepo mahali pale, wakiwa wameketi mkabala na kaburi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Walinzi Pale Kaburini
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="62" bcv="MAT.27.62" />Kesho yake, yaani siku iliyofuata ile ya Maandalizi ya Sabato, viongozi wa makuhani na Mafarisayo wakamwendea Pilato
<ve />
<v id="63" bcv="MAT.27.63" />na kusema, “Bwana, tumekumbuka kwamba yule mdanganyifu wakati alikuwa bado hai alisema,
<wj>‘Baada ya siku tatu nitafufuka.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="64" bcv="MAT.27.64" />Kwa hiyo uamuru kaburi lilindwe kwa uthabiti mpaka baada ya siku tatu. La sivyo, wanafunzi wake wanaweza kuja kuuiba mwili wake na kuwaambia watu kwamba amefufuliwa kutoka kwa wafu. Udanganyifu huu wa mwisho utakuwa mbaya kuliko ule wa kwanza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="65" bcv="MAT.27.65" />Pilato akawaambia, “Ninyi mnao askari walinzi. Nendeni, liwekeeni ulinzi kadri mwezavyo.”
<ve />
<v id="66" bcv="MAT.27.66" />Kwa hiyo wakaenda na walinzi ili kulilinda kaburi kwa uthabiti, wakatia muhuri kwenye lile jiwe na kuweka ulinzi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="28" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Afufuka
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 16:1-10; Luka 24:1-12; Yohana 20:1-10)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MAT.28.1" />Baada ya Sabato, alfajiri mapema siku ya kwanza ya juma, Maria Magdalene na yule Maria mwingine walikwenda kulitazama kaburi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="MAT.28.2" />Ghafula, pakawa na tetemeko kubwa la ardhi, kwa sababu malaika wa Bwana alishuka kutoka mbinguni, akaenda penye kaburi, akalivingirisha lile jiwe na kulikalia.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="MAT.28.3" />Sura ya huyo malaika ilikuwa kama umeme, na mavazi yake yalikuwa meupe kama theluji.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="MAT.28.4" />Wale walinzi wa kaburi walimwogopa sana, wakatetemeka hata wakawa kama wafu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="MAT.28.5" />Yule malaika akawaambia wale wanawake, “Msiogope, kwa maana ninajua kuwa mnamtafuta Yesu aliyesulubiwa.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="MAT.28.6" />Hayupo hapa, kwa kuwa amefufuka, kama vile alivyosema. Njooni mpatazame mahali alipokuwa amelazwa.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="MAT.28.7" />Kisha nendeni upesi mkawaambie wanafunzi wake kwamba, ‘Amefufuka kutoka kwa wafu, naye awatangulia kwenda Galilaya. Huko ndiko mtamwona. Sasa nimekwisha kuwaambia.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="MAT.28.8" />Hivyo wale wanawake wakaondoka pale kaburini wakiwa wamejawa na hofu, bali wakiwa na furaha nyingi. Wakaenda mbio kuwaeleza wanafunzi wake habari hizo.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="MAT.28.9" />Ghafula, Yesu akakutana nao, akasema,
<wj>“Salamu!”</wj> Wale wanawake wakamkaribia, wakaishika miguu yake, wakamwabudu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="MAT.28.10" />Ndipo Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Msiogope. Nendeni mkawaambie ndugu zangu waende Galilaya, ndiko watakakoniona.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Taarifa Ya Walinzi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="MAT.28.11" />Wakati wale wanawake walikuwa njiani wakienda, baadhi ya wale askari waliokuwa wakilinda kaburi walienda mjini na kuwaeleza viongozi wa makuhani kila kitu kilichokuwa kimetukia.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="MAT.28.12" />Baada ya viongozi wa makuhani kukutana na wazee na kutunga hila, waliwapa wale askari kiasi kikubwa cha fedha
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="MAT.28.13" />wakiwaambia, “Inawapasa mseme, ‘Wanafunzi wake walikuja wakati wa usiku na kumwiba sisi tulipokuwa tumelala.’
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="MAT.28.14" />Kama habari hizi zikimfikia mtawala, sisi tutamwondolea mashaka nanyi hamtapata tatizo lolote.”
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="MAT.28.15" />Kwa hiyo wale askari wakazipokea hizo fedha nao wakafanya kama walivyoelekezwa. Habari hii imeenea miongoni mwa Wayahudi mpaka leo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Awatuma Wanafunzi Wake
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 16:14-18; Luka 24:36-49; Yohana 20:19-23; Matendo 1:6-8)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="MAT.28.16" />Basi wale wanafunzi kumi na mmoja wakaenda hadi Galilaya kwenye ule mlima ambao Yesu alikuwa amewaagiza.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="MAT.28.17" />Walipomwona, wakamwabudu; lakini baadhi yao wakaona shaka.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="MAT.28.18" />Yesu akawajia na kusema,
<wj>“Nimepewa mamlaka yote mbinguni na duniani.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MAT.28.19" /><wj>Kwa sababu hii, enendeni mkawafanye mataifa yote kuwa wanafunzi, mkiwabatiza kwa Jina la Baba na la Mwana na la Roho Mtakatifu,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="MAT.28.20" /><wj>nanyi wafundisheni kuyashika mambo yote niliyowaamuru ninyi. Hakika mimi niko pamoja nanyi siku zote, hadi mwisho wa nyakati.”</wj><ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="MRK"><id id="MRK">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Marko
</h><toc level="1">Marko
</toc><toc level="2">Marko
</toc><toc level="3">Mk
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Marko
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Mahubiri Ya Yohana Mbatizaji
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 3:1-12; Luka 3:1-8; Yohana 1:19-28)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MRK.1.1" />Mwanzo wa Injili ya Yesu Kristo, Mwana wa Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="MRK.1.2" />Kama ilivyoandikwa katika kitabu cha nabii Isaya:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Tazama, nitamtuma mjumbe wangu mbele yako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atakayetengeneza njia mbele yako”:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="MRK.1.3" />“sauti ya mtu aliaye nyikani.
</q>
<q style="q1">‘Itengenezeni njia ya Bwana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yanyoosheni mapito yake.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="4" bcv="MRK.1.4" />Yohana alikuja, akibatiza huko nyikani, akihubiri ubatizo wa toba kwa ajili ya msamaha wa dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="MRK.1.5" />Watu kutoka Uyahudi wote na sehemu zote za Yerusalemu walikuwa wakimwendea. Nao wakaziungama dhambi zao, akawabatiza katika Mto Yordani.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="MRK.1.6" />Yohana alivaa mavazi yaliyotengenezwa kwa singa za ngamia na mkanda wa ngozi kiunoni mwake. Chakula chake kilikuwa nzige na asali ya mwitu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="MRK.1.7" />Naye alihubiri akisema, “Baada yangu atakuja yeye aliye na uwezo kuniliko mimi, ambaye sistahili hata kuinama na kulegeza kamba za viatu vyake.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="MRK.1.8" />Mimi nawabatiza kwa maji, lakini yeye atawabatiza kwa Roho Mtakatifu.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ubatizo Wa Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 3:13-17; Luka 3:21-22)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="MRK.1.9" />Wakati huo Yesu akaja kutoka Nazareti ya Galilaya, naye akabatizwa na Yohana katika Mto Yordani.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="MRK.1.10" />Yesu alipokuwa akitoka ndani ya maji, aliona mbingu zikifunguka na Roho akishuka juu yake kama hua.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="MRK.1.11" />Nayo sauti kutoka mbinguni ikasema, “Wewe ni Mwanangu mpendwa; nami nimependezwa nawe sana.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Majaribu Ya Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 4:1-11; Luka 4:1-13)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="MRK.1.12" />Wakati huo huo, Roho akamwongoza Yesu kwenda nyikani,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="MRK.1.13" />naye akawa huko nyikani kwa muda wa siku arobaini, akijaribiwa na Shetani. Alikaa na wanyama wa mwituni, nao malaika wakamhudumia.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Aanza Kuhubiri
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="MRK.1.14" />Baada ya Yohana kukamatwa na kutiwa gerezani, Yesu aliingia Galilaya akaanza kuhubiri habari njema ya Mungu,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="MRK.1.15" />akisema,
<wj>“Wakati umewadia, Ufalme wa Mungu umekaribia. Tubuni na kuiamini Habari Njema.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Awaita Wanafunzi Wanne
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 4:12-22; Luka 4:14-15; 5:1-11)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="MRK.1.16" />Yesu alipokuwa akitembea kando ya Bahari ya Galilaya, aliwaona Simoni na Andrea nduguye wakizitupa nyavu zao baharini, kwa kuwa wao walikuwa wavuvi.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="MRK.1.17" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Njooni, nifuateni nami nitawafanya mwe wavuvi wa watu.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="MRK.1.18" />Mara wakaacha nyavu zao, wakamfuata.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="MRK.1.19" />Alipokwenda mbele kidogo, akamwona Yakobo mwana wa Zebedayo na Yohana nduguye, wakiwa kwenye mashua yao wakizitengeneza nyavu zao.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="MRK.1.20" />Papo hapo akawaita, nao wakamwacha Zebedayo baba yao kwenye mashua pamoja na watumishi wa kuajiriwa, nao wakamfuata Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Amtoa Pepo Mchafu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 4:31-37)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="MRK.1.21" />Wakaenda mpaka Kapernaumu. Ilipofika siku ya Sabato, mara Yesu akaingia sinagogi, akaanza kufundisha.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="MRK.1.22" />Watu wakashangaa sana kwa mafundisho yake, kwa maana aliwafundisha kama yeye aliye na mamlaka, wala si kama walimu wa sheria.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="MRK.1.23" />Wakati huo huo katika sinagogi lao palikuwa na mtu aliyekuwa amepagawa na pepo mchafu,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="MRK.1.24" />naye akapiga kelele akisema, “Tuna nini nawe, Yesu wa Nazareti? Je, umekuja kutuangamiza? Ninakujua wewe ni nani. Wewe ndiwe Aliye Mtakatifu wa Mungu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="MRK.1.25" />Lakini Yesu akamkemea, akamwambia,
<wj>“Nyamaza kimya! Nawe umtoke!”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="MRK.1.26" />Yule pepo mchafu akamtikisatikisa huyo mtu kwa nguvu, kisha akamtoka akipiga kelele kwa sauti kubwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="MRK.1.27" />Watu wote wakashangaa, hata wakaulizana wao kwa wao, “Haya ni mambo gani? Ni mafundisho mapya, tena yenye mamlaka! Anaamuru hata pepo wachafu, nao wanamtii!”
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="MRK.1.28" />Sifa zake zikaanza kuenea haraka katika eneo lote la karibu na Galilaya.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Amponya Mama Mkwe Wa Simoni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 8:14-15; Luka 4:38-39)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="MRK.1.29" />Mara walipotoka katika sinagogi, walikwenda pamoja na Yakobo na Yohana hadi nyumbani kwa Simoni na Andrea.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="MRK.1.30" />Mama mkwe wa Simoni alikuwa kitandani, ana homa, nao wakamweleza Yesu habari zake.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="MRK.1.31" />Hivyo Yesu akamwendea, akamshika mkono na kumwinua. Kisha homa ikamwacha, naye akaanza kuwahudumia.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Aponya Wengi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 8:16-17; Luka 4:40-41)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="MRK.1.32" />Jioni ile baada ya jua kutua, watu wakamletea Yesu wagonjwa wote na waliopagawa na pepo wachafu.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="MRK.1.33" />Mji wote ukakusanyika mbele ya nyumba hiyo.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="MRK.1.34" />Yesu akawaponya watu wengi waliokuwa na magonjwa ya aina mbalimbali. Akawatoa pepo wachafu wengi, lakini hakuwaacha hao pepo wachafu waseme, kwa sababu walimjua yeye ni nani.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Aenda Galilaya
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 4:42-44)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="MRK.1.35" />Alfajiri na mapema sana kulipokuwa bado kuna giza, Yesu akaamka, akaondoka, akaenda mahali pa faragha ili kuomba.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="MRK.1.36" />Simoni na wenzake wakaenda kumtafuta,
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="MRK.1.37" />nao walipomwona, wakamwambia, “Kila mtu anakutafuta!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="MRK.1.38" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Twendeni mahali pengine kwenye vijiji jirani, ili niweze kuhubiri huko pia, kwa sababu hicho ndicho nilichokuja kukifanya.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="MRK.1.39" />Kwa hiyo akazunguka Galilaya kote, akihubiri katika masinagogi yao na kutoa pepo wachafu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Amtakasa Mwenye Ukoma
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 8:1-4; Luka 5:12-16)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="MRK.1.40" />Mtu mmoja mwenye ukoma alimjia Yesu, akamwomba akipiga magoti, akamwambia, “Ukitaka, waweza kunitakasa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="MRK.1.41" />Yesu, akiwa amejawa na huruma, akanyoosha mkono wake akamgusa, akamwambia,
<wj>“Nataka. Takasika!”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="MRK.1.42" />Mara ukoma ukamtoka, naye akatakasika.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="MRK.1.43" />Baada ya Yesu kumwonya vikali, akamruhusu aende zake
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="MRK.1.44" />akimwambia,
<wj>“Hakikisha humwambii mtu yeyote habari hizi, bali nenda ukajionyeshe kwa kuhani, na ukatoe sadaka alizoagiza Mose kwa utakaso wako, ili kuwa ushuhuda kwao.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="MRK.1.45" />Lakini yule mtu akaenda akaanza kutangaza habari za kuponywa kwake waziwazi. Kwa hiyo, Yesu hakuweza tena kuingia katika miji waziwazi lakini alikaa sehemu zisizo na watu. Hata hivyo watu wakamfuata huko kutoka kila upande.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Amponya Mtu Aliyepooza
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 9:1-8; Luka 5:17-26)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MRK.2.1" />Baada ya siku kadhaa Yesu alirudi Kapernaumu, watu wakasikia kwamba amerudi nyumbani.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MRK.2.2" />Hivyo watu wengi wakakusanyika kiasi kwamba hapakubaki nafasi yoyote hata mlangoni! Naye akawahubiria Neno.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="MRK.2.3" />Ndipo baadhi ya watu wakaja wakamletea Yesu mtu aliyepooza, akiwa amebebwa na watu wanne.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="MRK.2.4" />Kwa kuwa walikuwa hawawezi kumfikisha kwa Yesu kwa ajili ya umati wa watu, walitoboa tundu kwenye paa mahali pale alipokuwa Yesu, wakamshusha yule aliyepooza kwa kitanda alichokuwa amelalia.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="MRK.2.5" />Yesu alipoiona imani yao, alimwambia yule mtu aliyepooza,
<wj>“Mwanangu, dhambi zako zimesamehewa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="MRK.2.6" />Basi baadhi ya walimu wa sheria waliokuwa wameketi huko wakawaza mioyoni mwao,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="MRK.2.7" />“Kwa nini mtu huyu anasema hivi? Huyu anakufuru! Ni nani awezaye kusamehe dhambi isipokuwa Mungu peke yake?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="MRK.2.8" />Mara moja Yesu akatambua rohoni mwake kile walichokuwa wanawaza mioyoni mwao, naye akawaambia,
<wj>“Kwa nini mnawaza hivyo mioyoni mwenu?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="MRK.2.9" /><wj>Je, ni lipi lililo rahisi zaidi: kumwambia huyu aliyepooza, ‘Umesamehewa dhambi zako,’ au kusema, ‘Inuka, uchukue mkeka wako, uende’?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="MRK.2.10" /><wj>Lakini ili mpate kujua ya kwamba Mwana wa Adamu anayo mamlaka duniani kusamehe dhambi…”</wj> Yesu akamwambia yule aliyepooza,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="MRK.2.11" /><wj>“Nakuambia, inuka, chukua mkeka wako, uende nyumbani kwako.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="MRK.2.12" />Yule mtu aliyekuwa amepooza akasimama, akachukua mkeka wake, akatembea machoni pao wote! Jambo hili likawashangaza wote, wakamtukuza Mungu, wakisema, “Hatujapata kuona jambo kama hili kamwe!”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Amwita Lawi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 9:9-13; Luka 5:27-32)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="MRK.2.13" />Yesu akaenda tena kandokando ya Bahari ya Galilaya. Umati mkubwa wa watu ukamfuata, naye akaanza kuwafundisha.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="MRK.2.14" />Alipokuwa akitembea, akamwona Lawi mwana wa Alfayo ameketi forodhani mahali pa kutoza ushuru, akamwambia,
<wj>“Nifuate.”</wj> Lawi akaondoka, akamfuata Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="MRK.2.15" />Yesu alipokuwa akila chakula nyumbani mwa Lawi, watoza ushuru wengi pamoja na “wenye dhambi” walikuwa wakila pamoja naye na wanafunzi wake, kwa maana kulikuwa na watu wengi waliokuwa wakimfuata.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="MRK.2.16" />Baadhi ya walimu wa sheria waliokuwa Mafarisayo walipomwona akila pamoja na watoza ushuru na “wenye dhambi,” wakawauliza wanafunzi wake: “Mbona Yesu anakula pamoja na watoza ushuru na ‘wenye dhambi’?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="MRK.2.17" />Yesu aliposikia haya akawaambia,
<wj>“Watu wenye afya hawahitaji tabibu, bali walio wagonjwa. Sikuja kuwaita wenye haki, bali wenye dhambi.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Aulizwa Kuhusu Kufunga
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 9:14-17; Luka 5:33-39)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="MRK.2.18" />Basi wanafunzi wa Yohana pamoja na Mafarisayo walikuwa wakifunga. Baadhi ya watu wakamjia Yesu na kumuuliza, “Mbona wanafunzi wa Yohana na wa Mafarisayo hufunga lakini wanafunzi wako hawafungi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="MRK.2.19" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Wageni wa bwana arusi wawezaje kufunga wakati angali pamoja nao? Wakati bwana arusi bado yuko pamoja nao, hawawezi kufunga.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="MRK.2.20" /><wj>Lakini wakati utafika ambapo bwana arusi ataondolewa kwao. Siku hiyo ndipo watakapofunga.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="MRK.2.21" /><wj>“Hakuna mtu ashoneaye kiraka cha nguo mpya kwenye nguo iliyochakaa. Akifanya hivyo, kile kiraka kipya kitachanika kutoka ile nguo iliyochakaa, nayo itachanika zaidi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="MRK.2.22" /><wj>Wala hakuna mtu awekaye divai mpya kwenye viriba vikuukuu. Akifanya hivyo, ile divai mpya itavipasua hivyo viriba, nayo hiyo divai itamwagika na viriba vitaharibika. Lakini divai mpya huwekwa kwenye viriba vipya.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Bwana Wa Sabato
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 12:1-8; Luka 6:1-5)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="MRK.2.23" />Siku moja ya Sabato, Yesu pamoja na wanafunzi wake walikuwa wakipita katikati ya mashamba ya nafaka. Walipokuwa wakitembea, wanafunzi wake wakaanza kuvunja masuke.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="MRK.2.24" />Mafarisayo wakamwambia, “Tazama, mbona wanafanya jambo lisilo halali kufanywa siku ya Sabato?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="MRK.2.25" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Je, hamjasoma kamwe alivyofanya Daudi wakati yeye na wenzake walikuwa na njaa, wakahitaji chakula?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="MRK.2.26" /><wj>Daudi aliingia katika nyumba ya Mungu, wakati Abiathari alikuwa kuhani mkuu, akaila ile mikate iliyowekwa wakfu, ambayo ni halali kuliwa na makuhani peke yao. Naye pia akawapa wenzake.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="MRK.2.27" />Kisha Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Sabato ilifanyika kwa ajili ya mwanadamu, lakini si mwanadamu kwa ajili ya Sabato.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="MRK.2.28" /><wj>Hivyo, Mwana wa Adamu ndiye Bwana wa Sabato.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Mtu Aliyepooza Mkono Aponywa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 12:9-14; Luka 6:6-11)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MRK.3.1" />Yesu akaingia tena ndani ya sinagogi, na huko palikuwa na mtu aliyepooza mkono.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MRK.3.2" />Wakawa wanamwangalia waone kama atamponya siku ya Sabato, ili wapate sababu ya kumshtaki.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="MRK.3.3" />Yesu akamwambia yule mwenye mkono uliopooza,
<wj>“Njoo hapa mbele ya watu wote.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="MRK.3.4" />Kisha Yesu akawauliza,
<wj>“Je, ni lipi lililo halali siku ya Sabato: Ni kutenda mema au kutenda mabaya? Ni kuokoa maisha au kuua?”</wj> Lakini wao wakanyamaza kimya.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="MRK.3.5" />Yesu akawatazama pande zote kwa hasira, akahuzunika sana kwa ajili ya ugumu wa mioyo yao. Akamwambia yule mtu mwenye mkono uliopooza,
<wj>“Nyoosha mkono wako.”</wj> Akaunyoosha, nao ukaponywa kabisa!
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="MRK.3.6" />Kisha Mafarisayo wakatoka nje, nao wakaanza kufanya shauri la kumuua Yesu wakiwa na Maherode.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Umati Wa Watu Wamfuata Yesu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="MRK.3.7" />Yesu pamoja na wanafunzi wake wakaondoka huko wakaenda baharini, nao umati mkubwa wa watu kutoka Galilaya ukamfuata.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="MRK.3.8" />Waliposikia mambo yote aliyokuwa akiyafanya, umati mkubwa wa watu ukamjia kutoka Uyahudi, Yerusalemu, Idumaya, na ngʼambo ya Yordani, pamoja na wale wa sehemu za karibu na Tiro na Sidoni.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="MRK.3.9" />Kwa sababu ya umati mkubwa wa watu, aliwaambia wanafunzi wake waweke tayari mashua ndogo kwa ajili yake, ili kuwazuia watu kumsonga.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="MRK.3.10" />Kwa kuwa alikuwa amewaponya wagonjwa wengi, wale wenye magonjwa walikuwa wanasukumana ili wapate kumgusa.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="MRK.3.11" />Kila mara pepo wachafu walipomwona, walianguka chini mbele yake na kupiga kelele wakisema, “Wewe ndiwe Mwana wa Mungu.”
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="MRK.3.12" />Lakini aliwaonya wasimseme yeye ni nani.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Achagua Mitume Kumi Na Wawili
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 10:1-4; Luka 6:12-16)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="MRK.3.13" />Yesu akapanda mlimani na kuwaita wale aliowataka, nao wakamjia.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="MRK.3.14" />Akawachagua kumi na wawili, ambao aliwaita mitume, ili wapate kuwa pamoja naye, na awatume kwenda kuhubiri
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="MRK.3.15" />na kuwa na mamlaka ya kutoa pepo wachafu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="MRK.3.16" />Hawa ndio wale kumi na wawili aliowachagua: Simoni (ambaye alimwita Petro);
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="MRK.3.17" />Yakobo mwana wa Zebedayo, na Yohana nduguye (ambao aliwaita Boanerge, maana yake Wana wa Ngurumo);
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="MRK.3.18" />Andrea, Filipo, Bartholomayo, Mathayo, Tomaso, Yakobo mwana wa Alfayo, Thadayo, Simoni Mkananayo,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MRK.3.19" />na Yuda Iskariote aliyemsaliti Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Na Beelzebuli
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 12:22-32; Luka 11:14-23; 12:10)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="MRK.3.20" />Kisha Yesu aliporudi nyumbani, umati wa watu ukakusanyika tena, kiasi kwamba yeye na wanafunzi wake hawakuweza kula chakula.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="MRK.3.21" />Ndugu zake walipopata habari wakaja ili kumchukua kwa maana watu walikuwa wakisema, “Amerukwa na akili.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="MRK.3.22" />Walimu wa sheria walioteremka kutoka Yerusalemu walisema, “Amepagawa na Beelzebuli!<f caller="+"><fr>3:22
</fr><ft>Beelzebuli kwa Kiyunani ni Beelzebubu, yaani mkuu wa pepo wachafu.</ft></f> Anatoa pepo wachafu kwa kutumia mkuu wa pepo wachafu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="MRK.3.23" />Basi Yesu akawaita na kuzungumza nao kwa mifano akasema:
<wj>“Shetani awezaje kumtoa Shetani?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="MRK.3.24" /><wj>Kama ufalme ukigawanyika dhidi yake wenyewe, ufalme huo hauwezi kusimama.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="MRK.3.25" /><wj>Nayo nyumba kama ikigawanyika dhidi yake yenyewe, nyumba hiyo haiwezi kusimama.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="MRK.3.26" /><wj>Naye Shetani kama akijipinga mwenyewe na awe amegawanyika, hawezi kusimama bali mwisho wake umewadia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="MRK.3.27" /><wj>Hakuna mtu yeyote awezaye kuingia kwenye nyumba ya mtu mwenye nguvu na kuteka nyara mali zake asipomfunga kwanza yule mwenye nguvu. Ndipo ataweza kuteka nyara mali zake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="MRK.3.28" /><wj>Amin, nawaambia, dhambi zote na makufuru yote ya wanadamu watasamehewa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="MRK.3.29" /><wj>Lakini yeyote anayemkufuru Roho Mtakatifu hatasamehewa kamwe, atakuwa na hatia ya dhambi ya milele.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="MRK.3.30" />Yesu alisema hivi kwa sababu walikuwa wanasema, “Ana pepo mchafu.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mama Na Ndugu Zake Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 12:46-50; Luka 8:19-21)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="MRK.3.31" />Kisha wakaja ndugu zake Yesu pamoja na mama yake. Wakasimama nje, wakamtuma mtu kumwita.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="MRK.3.32" />Umati wa watu ulikuwa umeketi kumzunguka, nao wakamwambia, “Mama yako na ndugu zako wako nje, wanakutafuta.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="MRK.3.33" />Akawauliza,
<wj>“Mama yangu na ndugu zangu ni nani?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="MRK.3.34" />Kisha akawatazama wale watu waliokuwa wameketi kumzunguka pande zote, akasema,
<wj>“Hawa ndio mama yangu na ndugu zangu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="MRK.3.35" /><wj>Mtu yeyote anayetenda mapenzi ya Mungu, huyo ndiye ndugu yangu, na dada yangu na mama yangu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Mpanzi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 13:1-9; Luka 8:4-8)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MRK.4.1" />Yesu akaanza kufundisha tena kando ya bahari. Umati wa watu uliokuwa umekusanyika kumzunguka ulikuwa mkubwa, kiasi kwamba ilimbidi Yesu aingie kwenye mashua iliyokuwa baharini na kuketi humo, nao watu wote walikuwa ufuoni mwa bahari.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MRK.4.2" />Akawafundisha mambo mengi kwa mifano, naye katika mafundisho yake akasema:
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="MRK.4.3" /><wj>“Sikilizeni! Mpanzi alitoka kwenda kupanda mbegu zake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="MRK.4.4" /><wj>Alipokuwa akitawanya mbegu, nyingine zilianguka kando ya njia, nao ndege wakaja na kuzila.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="MRK.4.5" /><wj>Nyingine zilianguka kwenye ardhi yenye mwamba isiyo na udongo wa kutosha. Zikaota haraka, kwa kuwa udongo ulikuwa haba.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="MRK.4.6" /><wj>Lakini jua lilipozidi, mimea ikanyauka na kukauka kwa kuwa mizizi yake haikuwa na kina.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="MRK.4.7" /><wj>Mbegu nyingine zilianguka kwenye miiba, nayo miiba hiyo ikakua, ikaisonga hiyo mimea, hivyo haikutoa mazao.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="MRK.4.8" /><wj>Mbegu nyingine zilianguka kwenye udongo mzuri, zikaota vizuri na kukua, zikatoa mazao, moja mara thelathini, nyingine mara sitini, na nyingine mara mia moja.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="MRK.4.9" />Kisha Yesu akasema,
<wj>“Mwenye masikio ya kusikia, na asikie.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sababu Za Mifano
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 13:10-17; Luka 8:9-10)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="MRK.4.10" />Alipokuwa peke yake, watu waliokuwepo naye pamoja na wanafunzi wake kumi na wawili wakamuuliza kuhusu mifano yake.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="MRK.4.11" />Naye akawaambia,
<wj>“Ninyi mmepewa kujua siri ya Ufalme wa Mungu. Lakini kwa wale walioko nje, kila kitu husemwa kwao kwa mifano,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="MRK.4.12" /><wj>ili,</wj>
</p>
<q style="q1"><wj>“ ‘daima waone lakini wasitambue,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>daima wasikie lakini wasielewe;</wj>
</q>
<q style="q1"><wj>wasije wakageuka, wakatubu na kusamehewa!’ ”</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Yesu Afafanua Maana Ya Mfano Wa Mbegu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 13:18-23; Luka 8:11-15)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="MRK.4.13" />Kisha Yesu akawauliza,
<wj>“Hamwelewi maana ya mfano huu? Basi mtaelewaje mifano mingine?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="MRK.4.14" /><wj>Yule mpanzi hupanda neno.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="MRK.4.15" /><wj>Hawa ndio wale walio kando ya njia ambako neno lilipandwa. Walisikiapo neno, Shetani huja mara na kulinyakua lile neno lililopandwa ndani yao.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="MRK.4.16" /><wj>Nazo zile mbegu zilizoanguka kwenye udongo wenye miamba, ni wale wanaolisikia neno, na mara hulipokea kwa furaha.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="MRK.4.17" /><wj>Lakini kwa kuwa hawana mizizi, wao hudumu kwa muda mfupi tu. Kisha dhiki au mateso yanapoinuka kwa ajili ya lile neno, mara wao huiacha imani.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="MRK.4.18" /><wj>Lakini wengine, kama mbegu iliyopandwa kwenye miiba, hulisikia lile neno;</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MRK.4.19" /><wj>lakini masumbufu ya maisha haya, na udanganyifu wa mali na tamaa ya mambo mengine huja na kulisonga lile neno na kulifanya lisizae.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="MRK.4.20" /><wj>Wengine, kama mbegu iliyopandwa kwenye udongo mzuri, hulisikia lile neno, wakalipokea na kuzaa mazao. Wao huzaa mara thelathini, au mara sitini, au mara mia ya mbegu iliyopandwa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Taa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 8:16-18)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="MRK.4.21" />Akawaambia,
<wj>“Je, taa huwashwa na kufunikwa chini ya kikapu au mvunguni mwa kitanda? Je, haiwashwi na kuwekwa juu ya kinara chake?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="MRK.4.22" /><wj>Kwa kuwa hakuna kilichofichika ambacho hakitafunuliwa, wala hakuna jambo lolote la siri ambalo halitaletwa nuruni.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="MRK.4.23" /><wj>Mwenye masikio ya kusikia, na asikie.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="MRK.4.24" />Naye akawaambia,
<wj>“Kuweni waangalifu na yale mnayosikia. Kipimo kile mpimacho, ndicho mtakachopimiwa ninyi, hata na zaidi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="MRK.4.25" /><wj>Kwa maana kila mtu aliye na kitu atapewa zaidi, naye atakuwa navyo tele. Lakini yule asiye na kitu, hata kile alicho nacho atanyangʼanywa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Mbegu Inayoota
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="MRK.4.26" />Pia akawaambia,
<wj>“Ufalme wa Mungu unafanana na mtu apandaye mbegu shambani.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="MRK.4.27" /><wj>Akiisha kuzipanda, usiku na mchana, akiwa amelala au ameamka, mbegu huota na kukua pasipo yeye kujua ikuavyo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="MRK.4.28" /><wj>Udongo huifanya iote kuwa mche, halafu suke, kisha nafaka kamili kwenye suke.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="MRK.4.29" /><wj>Lakini nafaka inapokuwa imekomaa, mara mkulima huingia shambani na mundu wa kuvunia, maana mavuno yamekuwa tayari.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Mbegu Ya Haradali
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 13:31-32, 34; Luka 13:18-19)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="MRK.4.30" />Akawaambia tena,
<wj>“Tuufananishe Ufalme wa Mungu na nini? Au tutumie mfano gani ili kuueleza?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="MRK.4.31" /><wj>Ni kama punje ya haradali, ambayo ni mbegu ndogo sana kuliko mbegu zote zinazopandwa ardhini.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="MRK.4.32" /><wj>Lakini ikishaota, hukua ikawa mmea mkubwa kuliko yote ya bustanini, ikawa na matawi makubwa hata ndege wa angani wanaweza kujenga viota kwenye matawi yake.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="MRK.4.33" />Kwa mifano mingine mingi kama hii Yesu alinena nao neno lake, kwa kadiri walivyoweza kulielewa.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="MRK.4.34" />Hakusema nao neno lolote pasipo mfano. Lakini alipokuwa na wanafunzi wake, aliwafafanulia kila kitu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Atuliza Dhoruba
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 8:23-27; Luka 8:22-25)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="MRK.4.35" />Siku hiyo ilipokaribia jioni, aliwaambia wanafunzi wake,
<wj>“Tuvukeni twende mpaka ngʼambo.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="MRK.4.36" />Wakauacha ule umati wa watu, na wakamchukua vile alivyokuwa kwenye mashua. Palikuwa pia na mashua nyingine nyingi pamoja naye.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="MRK.4.37" />Kukawa na dhoruba kali, nayo mawimbi yakaipiga ile mashua hata ikawa karibu kujaa maji.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="MRK.4.38" />Yesu alikuwa katika shetri, akiwa analala juu ya mto. Wanafunzi wake wakamwamsha, wakamwambia, “Mwalimu, hujali kama tunazama?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="MRK.4.39" />Akaamka, akaukemea ule upepo, akayaambia yale mawimbi,
<wj>“Uwe kimya! Tulia!”</wj> Ule upepo ukatulia, kukawa shwari kabisa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="MRK.4.40" />Yesu akawaambia wanafunzi wake,
<wj>“Kwa nini mnaogopa hivyo? Je, bado hamna imani?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="MRK.4.41" />Nao wakawa wameogopa sana, wakaulizana, “Ni nani huyu ambaye hata upepo na mawimbi vinamtii?”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Amponya Mtu Mwenye Pepo
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 8:28-34; Luka 8:26-39)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MRK.5.1" />Wakafika upande wa pili wa ziwa wakaingia katika nchi ya Wagerasi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MRK.5.2" />Yesu alipotoka kwenye mashua, mara mtu mmoja mwenye pepo mchafu akatoka makaburini akakutana naye.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="MRK.5.3" />Mtu huyu aliishi makaburini, wala hakuna aliyeweza kumzuia hata kwa kumfunga minyororo.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="MRK.5.4" />Kwa kuwa mara kwa mara alikuwa amefungwa minyororo mikononi na miguuni, lakini akaikata hiyo minyororo na kuzivunja zile pingu miguuni mwake. Hapakuwa na mtu yeyote aliyekuwa na nguvu za kumzuia.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="MRK.5.5" />Usiku na mchana alikuwa makaburini na milimani, akipiga kelele na kujikatakata kwa mawe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="MRK.5.6" />Alipomwona Yesu kwa mbali, alimkimbilia, akapiga magoti mbele yake.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="MRK.5.7" />Akapiga kelele kwa nguvu akisema, “Una nini nami, Yesu, Mwana wa Mungu Aliye Juu Sana? Ninakusihi kwa jina la Mungu, usinitese!”
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="MRK.5.8" />Kwa kuwa Yesu alikuwa amemwambia,
<wj>“Mtoke mtu huyu, wewe pepo mchafu!”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="MRK.5.9" />Yesu akamuuliza,
<wj>“Jina lako ni nani?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Akamjibu, “Jina langu ni Legioni,<f caller="+"><fr>5:9
</fr><ft>Legioni maana yake ni Jeshi.</ft></f> kwa kuwa tuko wengi.”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="MRK.5.10" />Akamsihi Yesu sana asiwapeleke nje ya nchi ile.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="MRK.5.11" />Palikuwa na kundi kubwa la nguruwe lililokuwa likilisha karibu kando ya kilima.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="MRK.5.12" />Wale pepo wachafu wakamsihi Yesu wakisema, “Tuamuru twende kwenye wale nguruwe. Turuhusu tuwaingie.”
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="MRK.5.13" />Basi Yesu akawaruhusu, nao wale pepo wachafu wakatoka, wakawaingia hao nguruwe. Lile kundi lilikuwa na nguruwe wapatao 2,000, nao wote wakateremkia gengeni kwa kasi, nao wakatumbukia ziwani na kuzama.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="MRK.5.14" />Wale watu waliokuwa wakichunga hao nguruwe wakakimbilia mjini na vijijini kueleza yaliyotukia. Watu wakatoka kwenda kuona hayo yaliyokuwa yametukia.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="MRK.5.15" />Walipofika kwa Yesu, wakamwona yule mtu aliyekuwa amepagawa na pepo wachafu legioni akiwa ameketi hapo, amevaa nguo na mwenye akili timamu. Wakaogopa.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="MRK.5.16" />Wale walioyaona mambo hayo wakawaeleza watu wengine yaliyomtokea yule mtu aliyekuwa amepagawa na pepo wachafu, na habari za lile kundi la nguruwe pia.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="MRK.5.17" />Basi watu wakaanza kumwomba Yesu aondoke katika nchi yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="MRK.5.18" />Yesu alipokuwa anaingia kwenye mashua, yule mtu aliyekuwa amepagawa na pepo wachafu akamsihi Yesu waende pamoja.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MRK.5.19" />Yesu hakumruhusu, bali alimwambia,
<wj>“Nenda nyumbani kwa jamaa yako ukawaeleze mambo makuu aliyokutendea Bwana, na jinsi alivyokuhurumia.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="MRK.5.20" />Yule mtu akaenda zake, akaanza kutangaza katika Dekapoli mambo makuu Yesu aliyomtendea. Nao watu wote wakastaajabu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mwanamke Aponywa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 9:18-26; Luka 8:40-56)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="MRK.5.21" />Yesu alipokwisha kuvuka tena na kufika ngʼambo, umati mkubwa wa watu ukamzunguka yeye akiwa hapo kando ya bahari.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="MRK.5.22" />Kisha mmoja wa viongozi wa sinagogi aliyeitwa Yairo akafika pale. Naye alipomwona Yesu, akapiga magoti miguuni pake,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="MRK.5.23" />akamsihi akisema, “Binti yangu mdogo ni mgonjwa mahututi. Tafadhali nakusihi, njoo uweke mikono yako juu yake ili apate kupona, naye atakuwa hai.”
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="MRK.5.24" />Hivyo Yesu akaenda pamoja naye.
</p>
<p style="p">Umati mkubwa wa watu ukamfuata, nao watu wakawa wanamsonga.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="MRK.5.25" />Hapo palikuwa na mwanamke aliyekuwa amesumbuliwa na tatizo la kutokwa damu kwa miaka kumi na miwili.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="MRK.5.26" />Mwanamke huyu alikuwa ameteseka sana kwa mikono ya matabibu wengi, na kutumia kila kitu alichokuwa nacho. Lakini badala ya kupona, hali yake ilizidi kuwa mbaya.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="MRK.5.27" />Alikuwa amesikia habari za Yesu, naye akaja kwa nyuma yake kwenye umati wa watu, akaligusa vazi lake,
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="MRK.5.28" />kwa maana alisema moyoni mwake, “Kama nikiweza kuligusa vazi lake tu, nitaponywa.”
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="MRK.5.29" />Mara kutoka damu kwake kukakoma, naye akajisikia mwilini mwake amepona kabisa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="MRK.5.30" />Ghafula Yesu akatambua kuwa nguvu zimemtoka. Akaugeukia ule umati wa watu na kuuliza,
<wj>“Ni nani aliyegusa mavazi yangu?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="MRK.5.31" />Wanafunzi wake wakamjibu, “Unaona jinsi umati wa watu unavyokusonga. Wawezaje kuuliza,
<wj>‘Ni nani aliyenigusa?’</wj> ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="MRK.5.32" />Lakini Yesu akaangalia pande zote ili aone ni nani aliyemgusa.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="MRK.5.33" />Yule mwanamke, akijua kilichomtokea, akaja, akaanguka miguuni pake akitetemeka kwa hofu, akamweleza ukweli wote.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="MRK.5.34" />Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Binti, imani yako imekuponya. Nenda kwa amani, upone kabisa ugonjwa wako.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Amfufua Binti Yairo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="MRK.5.35" />Alipokuwa bado anaongea, watu wakafika kutoka nyumbani kwa Yairo. Wakamwambia, “Binti yako amekufa. Kwa nini kuendelea kumsumbua Mwalimu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="MRK.5.36" />Aliposikia hayo waliyosema, Yesu akamwambia huyo kiongozi wa sinagogi,
<wj>“Usiogope. Amini tu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="MRK.5.37" />Hakumruhusu mtu mwingine yeyote amfuate isipokuwa Petro, Yakobo na Yohana, nduguye Yakobo.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="MRK.5.38" />Walipofika nyumbani kwa yule kiongozi wa sinagogi, Yesu akaona ghasia, watu wakilia na kuomboleza kwa sauti kubwa.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="MRK.5.39" />Alipokwisha kuingia ndani, akawaambia,
<wj>“Kwa nini mnafanya ghasia na kulia? Mtoto hajafa, bali amelala tu.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="MRK.5.40" />Wale watu wakamcheka kwa dharau.
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini yeye akawatoa wote nje, akawachukua baba na mama wa yule mtoto, pamoja na wale wanafunzi aliokuwa nao. Wakaingia ndani mpaka pale alipokuwa yule mtoto.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="MRK.5.41" />Akamshika mtoto mkono, akamwambia,
<tl><wj>“Talitha koum!”</wj></tl><f caller="+"><fr>5:41
</fr><fq>Talitha koum
</fq><ft>ni lugha ya Kiaramu.</ft></f> (maana yake ni,
<wj>“Msichana, nakuambia: amka!”</wj>)
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="MRK.5.42" />Mara yule msichana akasimama, akaanza kutembea (alikuwa na umri wa miaka kumi na miwili). Walipoona haya, wakastaajabu sana.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="MRK.5.43" />Yesu akawaagiza kwa ukali wasimweleze mtu yeyote jambo hilo, naye akawaambia wampe yule msichana chakula.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Nabii Hana Heshima Kwao
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 13:53-58; Luka 4:16-30)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MRK.6.1" />Yesu akaondoka huko na kwenda mji wa kwao, akiwa amefuatana na wanafunzi wake.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MRK.6.2" />Ilipofika siku ya Sabato, akaanza kufundisha katika sinagogi, na wengi waliomsikia wakashangaa.
</p>
<p style="p">Nao wakauliza, “Mtu huyu ameyapata wapi mambo haya yote? Tazama ni hekima ya namna gani hii aliyopewa? Tazama matendo ya miujiza ayafanyayo kwa mikono yake!
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="MRK.6.3" />Huyu si yule seremala, mwana wa Maria? Na ndugu zake si Yakobo, Yose,<f caller="+"><fr>6:3
</fr><ft>Yosefu kwa Kiyunani ni Joses.</ft></f> Yuda na Simoni? Dada zake wote si tuko nao hapa kwetu?” Nao wakachukizwa sana kwa ajili yake, wakakataa kumwamini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="MRK.6.4" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Nabii hakosi heshima isipokuwa katika mji wake mwenyewe, na miongoni mwa jamaa na ndugu zake, na nyumbani kwake.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="MRK.6.5" />Hakufanya miujiza yoyote huko isipokuwa kuweka mikono yake juu ya wagonjwa wachache na kuwaponya.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="MRK.6.6" />Naye akashangazwa sana kwa jinsi wasivyokuwa na imani.
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Awatuma Wale Kumi Na Wawili
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 10:5-15; Luka 9:1-6)
</p>
<p style="p">Kisha Yesu akawa anakwenda kutoka kijiji kimoja hadi kingine akifundisha.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="MRK.6.7" />Akawaita wale kumi na wawili, akawatuma wawili wawili, na kuwapa mamlaka kutoa pepo wachafu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="MRK.6.8" />Akawaagiza akisema,
<wj>“Msichukue chochote kwa ajili ya safari isipokuwa fimbo tu. Msichukue mkate, wala mkoba, wala fedha kwenye mikanda yenu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="MRK.6.9" /><wj>Vaeni viatu, lakini msivae nguo ya ziada.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="MRK.6.10" />Akawaambia,
<wj>“Mkiingia kwenye nyumba yoyote, kaeni humo hadi mtakapoondoka katika mji huo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="MRK.6.11" /><wj>Kama mahali popote hawatawakaribisha wala kuwasikiliza, mtakapoondoka huko, kungʼuteni mavumbi kutoka kwenye miguu yenu ili kuwa ushuhuda dhidi yao.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="MRK.6.12" />Kwa hiyo wakatoka na kuhubiri kwamba inawapasa watu kutubu na kuacha dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="MRK.6.13" />Wakatoa pepo wachafu wengi, wakawapaka wagonjwa wengi mafuta na kuwaponya.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yohana Mbatizaji Akatwa Kichwa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 14:1-12; Luka 9:7-9)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="MRK.6.14" />Mfalme Herode akasikia habari hizi, kwa maana jina la Yesu lilikuwa limejulikana sana. Watu wengine walikuwa wakisema, “Yohana Mbatizaji amefufuliwa kutoka kwa wafu, ndiyo sababu nguvu za kutenda miujiza zinafanya kazi ndani yake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="MRK.6.15" />Wengine wakasema, “Yeye ni Eliya.”
</p>
<p style="p">Nao wengine wakasema, “Yeye ni nabii, kama mmojawapo wa wale manabii wa zamani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="MRK.6.16" />Lakini Herode aliposikia habari hizi, akasema, “Huyo ni Yohana Mbatizaji, niliyemkata kichwa, amefufuliwa kutoka kwa wafu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="MRK.6.17" />Kwa kuwa Herode alikuwa ameagiza kwamba Yohana Mbatizaji akamatwe, afungwe na kutiwa gerezani. Alifanya hivi kwa sababu ya Herodia, mke wa Filipo, ndugu yake, ambaye Herode alikuwa amemwoa.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="MRK.6.18" />Yohana alikuwa amemwambia Herode, “Si halali kwako kuwa na mke wa ndugu yako.”
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MRK.6.19" />Kwa hiyo Herodia alikuwa amemwekea Yohana kinyongo akataka kumuua. Lakini hakuweza,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="MRK.6.20" />kwa sababu Herode alimwogopa Yohana akijua kwamba ni mtu mwenye haki na mtakatifu, hivyo akamlinda. Herode alifadhaika sana alipomsikia Yohana, lakini bado alipenda kumsikiliza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="MRK.6.21" />Mfalme Herode alifanya karamu kubwa wakati wa sikukuu ya kuzaliwa kwake. Akawaalika maafisa wake wakuu, majemadari wa jeshi na watu mashuhuri wa Galilaya. Hatimaye Herodia alipata wasaa aliokuwa akiutafuta.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="MRK.6.22" />Binti yake Herodia alipoingia na kucheza, akamfurahisha Herode pamoja na wageni wake walioalikwa chakulani.
</p>
<p style="p">Mfalme Herode akamwambia yule binti, “Niombe kitu chochote utakacho, nami nitakupa.”
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="MRK.6.23" />Tena akamwahidi kwa kiapo, akamwambia, “Chochote utakachoomba nitakupa, hata kama ni nusu ya ufalme wangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="MRK.6.24" />Yule binti akatoka nje, akaenda kumuuliza mama yake, “Niombe nini?”
</p>
<p style="p">Mama yake akamjibu, “Omba kichwa cha Yohana Mbatizaji.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="MRK.6.25" />Yule binti akarudi haraka kwa mfalme, akamwambia, “Nataka unipe sasa hivi kichwa cha Yohana Mbatizaji kwenye sinia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="MRK.6.26" />Mfalme akasikitika sana, lakini kwa sababu alikuwa ameapa viapo mbele ya wageni wake, hakutaka kumkatalia.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="MRK.6.27" />Mara mfalme akatuma askari mmojawapo wa walinzi wake kukileta kichwa cha Yohana. Akaenda na kumkata Yohana kichwa humo gerezani,
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="MRK.6.28" />akakileta kichwa chake kwenye sinia na kumpa yule msichana, naye yule msichana akampa mama yake.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="MRK.6.29" />Wanafunzi wa Yohana walipopata habari hizi, wakaja na kuuchukua mwili wake, wakauzika kaburini.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Awalisha Wanaume 5,000
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 14:13-21; Luka 9:10-17; Yohana 6:1-14)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="MRK.6.30" />Wale mitume wakakusanyika kwa Yesu na kumpa taarifa ya mambo yote waliyokuwa wamefanya na kufundisha.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="MRK.6.31" />Basi kwa kuwa watu wengi mno walikuwa wakija na kutoka, hata wakawa hawana nafasi ya kula, Yesu akawaambia wanafunzi wake,
<wj>“Twendeni peke yetu mahali pa faragha, mpate kupumzika.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="MRK.6.32" />Hivyo wakaondoka kwa mashua peke yao, wakaenda mahali pasipo na watu.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="MRK.6.33" />Lakini watu wengi waliowaona wakiondoka, wakawatambua, nao wakaenda haraka kwa miguu kutoka miji yote, nao wakatangulia kufika.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="MRK.6.34" />Yesu alipofika kando ya bahari, aliona makutano makubwa ya watu, akawahurumia kwa maana walikuwa kama kondoo wasiokuwa na mchungaji. Kwa hiyo akaanza kuwafundisha mambo mengi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="MRK.6.35" />Mchana ulipokuwa umeendelea sana, wanafunzi wake walienda kwake, wakamwambia, “Mahali hapa ni nyikani, nazo saa zimekwenda sana.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="MRK.6.36" />Waage watu ili waende mashambani na vijijini jirani, wakajinunulie chakula.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="MRK.6.37" />Lakini Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Ninyi wapeni chakula.”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Wakamwambia, “Je, twende tukanunue mikate ya dinari 200<f caller="+"><fr>6:37
</fr><ft>Dinari moja ilikuwa kama mshahara wa kibarua wa siku moja; hivyo dinari 200 ni sawa na mshahara wa siku 200.</ft></f> ili tuwape watu hawa wale?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="MRK.6.38" />Akawauliza,
<wj>“Kuna mikate mingapi? Nendeni mkaangalie.”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Walipokwisha kujua wakarudi, wakamwambia, “Kuna mikate mitano na samaki wawili.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="MRK.6.39" />Kisha Yesu akawaamuru wawaketishe watu makundi makundi kwenye majani,
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="MRK.6.40" />nao wakaketi kwenye makundi ya watu mia mia na wengine hamsini hamsini.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="MRK.6.41" />Yesu akaichukua ile mikate mitano na wale samaki wawili, akainua macho yake akatazama mbinguni, akavibariki na kuimega ile mikate. Kisha akawapa wanafunzi wake ili wawagawie wale watu wote. Pia akawagawia wote wale samaki wawili.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="MRK.6.42" />Watu wote wakala, wakashiba.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="MRK.6.43" />Nao wanafunzi wake wakakusanya vipande vilivyosalia vya mikate na samaki, wakajaza vikapu kumi na viwili.
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="MRK.6.44" />Idadi ya wanaume waliokula walikuwa 5,000.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Atembea Juu Ya Maji
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 14:22-33; Yohana 6:15-21)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="45" bcv="MRK.6.45" />Mara Yesu akawaambia wanafunzi wake waingie kwenye mashua watangulie kwenda Bethsaida, wakati yeye alikuwa akiwaaga wale makutano.
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="MRK.6.46" />Baada ya kuwaaga wale watu, akaenda mlimani kuomba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="47" bcv="MRK.6.47" />Ilipofika jioni, ile mashua ilikuwa imefika katikati ya bahari, na Yesu alikuwa peke yake katika nchi kavu.
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="MRK.6.48" />Akawaona wanafunzi wake wanahangaika na kupiga makasia kwa nguvu, kwa sababu upepo ulikuwa wa mbisho. Wakati wa zamu ya nne ya usiku, Yesu akawaendea wanafunzi wake, akiwa anatembea juu ya maji. Alikuwa karibu kuwapita,
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="MRK.6.49" />lakini walipomwona akitembea juu ya maji, wakadhani ni mzimu. Wakapiga yowe,
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="MRK.6.50" />kwa sababu wote walipomwona waliogopa.
</p>
<p style="p">Mara Yesu akasema nao, akawaambia,
<wj>“Jipeni moyo! Ni mimi. Msiogope!”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="MRK.6.51" />Akapanda ndani ya mashua nao, na ule upepo ukakoma! Wakashangaa kabisa,
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="MRK.6.52" />kwa kuwa walikuwa hawajaelewa kuhusu ile mikate. Mioyo yao ilikuwa migumu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="53" bcv="MRK.6.53" />Walipokwisha kuvuka, wakafika nchi ya Genesareti, wakatia nanga.
<ve />
<v id="54" bcv="MRK.6.54" />Mara waliposhuka kutoka mashua yao, watu wakamtambua Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="55" bcv="MRK.6.55" />Wakaenda katika vijiji vyote upesi, wakawabeba wagonjwa kwenye mikeka ili kuwapeleka mahali popote waliposikia kuwa Yesu yupo.
<ve />
<v id="56" bcv="MRK.6.56" />Kila mahali Yesu alipokwenda, iwe vijijini, mijini au mashambani, watu waliwaweka wagonjwa wao masokoni. Wakamwomba awaruhusu hao wagonjwa waguse japo upindo wa vazi lake. Nao wote waliomgusa waliponywa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Kilicho Safi Na Kilicho Najisi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 15:1-20)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MRK.7.1" />Mafarisayo na baadhi ya walimu wa sheria waliokuwa wametoka Yerusalemu wakakusanyika mbele ya Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MRK.7.2" />Wakawaona baadhi ya wanafunzi wake wakila chakula kwa mikono iliyo najisi, yaani, bila kunawa kama ilivyotakiwa na sheria ya dini ya Wayahudi.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="MRK.7.3" />(Kwa kuwa Mafarisayo na Wayahudi wote hawali chakula pasipo kunawa kwa kufuata desturi za wazee wao.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="MRK.7.4" />Wanapotoka sokoni hawawezi kula pasipo kunawa. Pia kuna desturi nyingine nyingi wanazofuata kama vile jinsi ya kuosha vikombe, vyungu na vyombo vya shaba.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="MRK.7.5" />Kwa hiyo wale Mafarisayo na walimu wa sheria wakamuuliza Yesu, “Mbona wanafunzi wako hawafuati desturi za wazee, na badala yake wanakula kwa mikono najisi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="MRK.7.6" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Nabii Isaya alisema ukweli alipotabiri juu yenu, ninyi wanafiki. Kama ilivyoandikwa:</wj>
</p>
<q style="q1"><wj>“ ‘Watu hawa huniheshimu kwa midomo yao,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>lakini mioyo yao iko mbali nami.</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="MRK.7.7" /><wj>Huniabudu bure,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>nayo mafundisho yao ni maagizo ya wanadamu tu.’</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="8" bcv="MRK.7.8" /><wj>Ninyi mmeziacha amri za Mungu na kushika desturi za watu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="MRK.7.9" />Naye akawaambia,
<wj>“Ninyi mnayo njia nzuri ya kukataa amri za Mungu ili mpate kuyashika mapokeo yenu!</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="MRK.7.10" /><wj>Kwa mfano, Mose alisema, ‘Waheshimu baba yako na mama yako,’ na, ‘Yeyote amtukanaye baba yake au mama yake, na auawe.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="MRK.7.11" /><wj>Lakini ninyi mwafundisha kwamba mtu akimwambia baba yake au mama yake, ‘Kile ambacho ningeweza kukusaidia ni Korbani’ (yaani kimewekwa wakfu kwa Mungu),</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="MRK.7.12" /><wj>basi hawajibiki tena kumsaidia baba yake au mama yake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="MRK.7.13" /><wj>Kwa njia hiyo ninyi mnabatilisha neno la Mungu kwa mapokeo yenu mliyojiwekea. Nanyi mnafanya mambo mengi ya aina hiyo.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="MRK.7.14" />Yesu akaita tena ule umati wa watu, akawaambia,
<wj>“Nisikilizeni, kila mmoja wenu na mwelewe jambo hili.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="MRK.7.15" /><wj>Hakuna kitu kinachomwingia mtu kimtiacho unajisi, lakini kile kimtokacho ndicho kimtiacho unajisi. [</wj>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="MRK.7.16" /><wj>Kama mtu yeyote ana masikio ya kusikia na asikie.]”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="MRK.7.17" />Akiisha kuuacha ule umati wa watu na kuingia ndani, wanafunzi wake wakamuuliza maana ya mfano ule.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="MRK.7.18" />Akawajibu,
<wj>“Je, hata nanyi hamwelewi? Je, hamfahamu kwamba kitu kimwingiacho mtu hakimtii unajisi?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MRK.7.19" /><wj>Mtu akila kitu hakiingii moyoni mwake bali tumboni, na baadaye hutolewa nje ya mwili wake.”</wj> (Kwa kusema hivi, Yesu alivihalalisha vyakula vyote kuwa ni “safi.”)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="MRK.7.20" />Akaendelea kusema,
<wj>“Kile kimtokacho mtu ndicho kimtiacho unajisi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="MRK.7.21" /><wj>Kwa maana kutoka ndani ya moyo wa mtu hutoka mawazo mabaya, uasherati, wizi, uuaji, uzinzi,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="MRK.7.22" /><wj>tamaa mbaya, uovu, udanganyifu, ufisadi, wivu, matukano, kiburi na upumbavu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="MRK.7.23" /><wj>Maovu haya yote hutoka ndani ya mtu, nayo ndiyo yamtiayo mtu unajisi.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Imani Ya Mwanamke Msirofoinike
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 15:21-28)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="MRK.7.24" />Ndipo Yesu akaondoka hapo akaenda sehemu za Tiro. Akaingia katika nyumba moja, naye hakutaka mtu yeyote ajue kwamba yuko humo. Lakini hakuweza kujificha.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="MRK.7.25" />Mara mwanamke mmoja, ambaye binti yake mdogo alikuwa na pepo mchafu, akaja na kumpigia magoti miguuni pake.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="MRK.7.26" />Basi huyo mwanamke alikuwa Myunani, aliyezaliwa Foinike ya Siria.<f caller="+"><fr>7:26
</fr><ft>Kulikuwa na Foinike ya Siria (ndio Shamu) na Foinike ya Libya.</ft></f> Akamsihi Yesu amtoe binti yake huyo pepo mchafu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="MRK.7.27" />Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Waache watoto washibe kwanza, kwa maana si vyema kuchukua chakula cha watoto na kuwatupia mbwa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="MRK.7.28" />Lakini yule mwanamke akamjibu, “Bwana, hata mbwa walio chini ya meza hula makombo ya chakula cha watoto.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="MRK.7.29" />Ndipo Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Kwa sababu ya jibu lako, nenda zako nyumbani; yule pepo mchafu amemtoka binti yako.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="MRK.7.30" />Akaenda zake nyumbani akamkuta binti yake amelala kitandani, yule pepo mchafu akiwa amemtoka.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Amponya Mtu Aliyekuwa Kiziwi Na Bubu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="MRK.7.31" />Kisha Yesu akaondoka sehemu za Tiro, akapita katikati ya Sidoni, hadi Bahari ya Galilaya na kuingia eneo la Dekapoli.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="MRK.7.32" />Huko, watu wakamletea Yesu mtu mmoja kiziwi, ambaye pia alikuwa na kigugumizi, wakamwomba aweke mkono wake juu ya huyo mtu na amponye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="MRK.7.33" />Baadaye Yesu akampeleka yule kiziwi kando mbali na watu, Yesu akatia vidole vyake masikioni mwa yule mtu. Kisha akatema mate na kuugusa ulimi wa yule mtu.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="MRK.7.34" />Ndipo Yesu akatazama mbinguni, akavuta hewa ndani kwa nguvu akamwambia,
<tl><wj>“Efatha!”
</wj></tl> (yaani,
<wj>“Funguka!”</wj>)
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="MRK.7.35" />Mara masikio yake yakafunguka na ulimi wake ukaachiliwa, akaanza kuongea sawasawa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="MRK.7.36" />Yesu akawaamuru wasimwambie mtu yeyote habari hizi. Lakini kadiri alivyowazuia, ndivyo walivyozidi kutangaza kwa bidii.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="MRK.7.37" />Walistaajabu mno. Wakasema, “Amefanya mambo yote vizuri mno! Amewawezesha viziwi wasikie na bubu waseme!”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Alisha Wanaume 4,000
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 15:32-39)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MRK.8.1" />Katika siku hizo, umati mkubwa wa watu ulikusanyika tena. Kwa kuwa walikuwa hawana chakula, Yesu akawaita wanafunzi wake akawaambia,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MRK.8.2" /><wj>“Ninauhurumia huu umati wa watu, kwa sababu sasa wamekuwa nami kwa muda wa siku tatu na hawana chakula.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="MRK.8.3" /><wj>Nikiwaaga waende nyumbani bila kula, watazimia njiani kwa sababu baadhi yao wametoka mbali.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="MRK.8.4" />Wanafunzi wake wakamjibu, “Lakini hapa nyikani tutapata wapi mikate ya kutosha kuwalisha?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="MRK.8.5" />Yesu akawauliza,
<wj>“Mna mikate mingapi?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Wakajibu, “Tuna mikate saba.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="MRK.8.6" />Akawaambia watu waketi chini. Akiisha kuichukua mikate saba na kushukuru, akaimega na kuwapa wanafunzi wake ili wawagawie watu. Wanafunzi wake wakafanya hivyo.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="MRK.8.7" />Walikuwa pia na visamaki vichache, Yesu akavibariki, akawaamuru wanafunzi wake wawagawie watu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="MRK.8.8" />Wale watu walikula na kutosheka. Baadaye wanafunzi wakakusanya vipande vilivyosalia, wakajaza vikapu saba.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="MRK.8.9" />Watu waliokula walikuwa wapata 4,000. Akiisha kuwaaga,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="MRK.8.10" />aliingia kwenye mashua pamoja na wanafunzi wake, akaenda sehemu za Dalmanutha.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mafarisayo Waomba Ishara
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 12:38-42; 16:1-4)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="MRK.8.11" />Mafarisayo wakaja, wakaanza kumhoji Yesu. Ili kumtega, wakamwomba awaonyeshe ishara kutoka mbinguni.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="MRK.8.12" />Akahuzunika moyoni, akawaambia,
<wj>“Kwa nini kizazi hiki kinataka ishara? Amin nawaambieni, hakitapewa ishara yoyote.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="MRK.8.13" />Kisha akawaacha, akarudi kwenye mashua, akavuka hadi ngʼambo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Chachu Ya Mafarisayo Na Ya Herode
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 16:5-12)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="MRK.8.14" />Wanafunzi walikuwa wamesahau kuchukua mikate ya kutosha. Walikuwa na mkate mmoja tu kwenye mashua.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="MRK.8.15" />Yesu akawaonya:
<wj>“Jihadharini na chachu ya Mafarisayo na ya Herode.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="MRK.8.16" />Wakajadiliana wao kwa wao, na kusema, “Anasema hivi kwa sababu hatukuleta mikate.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="MRK.8.17" />Yesu, akifahamu majadiliano yao, akawauliza:
<wj>“Mbona mnajadiliana kuhusu kutokuwa na mikate? Je, bado hamtambui wala hamwelewi? Je, mbona mioyo yenu ni migumu kiasi hicho?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="MRK.8.18" /><wj>Je, mna macho lakini mnashindwa kuona, na mna masikio lakini mnashindwa kusikia? Je, hamkumbuki?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MRK.8.19" /><wj>Nilipoimega ile mikate mitano kuwalisha watu 5,000, mlikusanya vikapu vingapi vilivyojaa vya masazo?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Wakamjibu, “Kumi na viwili.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="MRK.8.20" /><wj>“Je, nilipoimega ile mikate saba kuwalisha watu 4,000, mlikusanya vikapu vingapi vilivyojaa vya masazo?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Wakamjibu, “Saba.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="MRK.8.21" />Ndipo akawauliza,
<wj>“Je, bado hamwelewi?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Amponya Kipofu Huko Bethsaida
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="MRK.8.22" />Wakafika Bethsaida na baadhi ya watu wakamleta mtu mmoja kipofu wakamsihi Yesu amguse.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="MRK.8.23" />Yesu akamshika mkono huyo kipofu akampeleka nje ya kijiji. Baada ya kuyatemea mate macho ya yule kipofu na kumwekea mikono, Yesu akamuuliza,
<wj>“Unaona chochote?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="MRK.8.24" />Yule kipofu akaangalia, akasema, “Ninaona watu, wanaonekana kama miti inayotembea.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="MRK.8.25" />Yesu akamwekea tena mikono machoni. Kisha macho yake yakafunguka, kuona kwake kukarejea naye akaona kila kitu dhahiri.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="MRK.8.26" />Yesu akamuaga aende nyumbani kwake, akimwambia,
<wj>“Hata kijijini usiingie.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Petro Amkiri Yesu Kuwa Ndiye Kristo
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 16:13-20; Luka 9:18-21)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="MRK.8.27" />Yesu na wanafunzi wake wakaondoka kwenda katika vijiji vya Kaisaria-Filipi. Walipokuwa njiani, Yesu akawauliza,
<wj>“Watu husema mimi ni nani?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="MRK.8.28" />Wakamjibu, “Baadhi husema wewe ni Yohana Mbatizaji, wengine husema ni Eliya, na bado wengine husema wewe ni mmojawapo wa manabii.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="MRK.8.29" />Akawauliza,
<wj>“Je, ninyi mnasema mimi ni nani?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Petro akajibu, “Wewe ndiwe Kristo.”<f caller="+"><fr>8:29
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="MRK.8.30" />Yesu akawaonya wasimwambie mtu yeyote habari zake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Atabiri Kifo Chake
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 16:21-28; Luka 9:22-27)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="MRK.8.31" />Ndipo akaanza kuwafundisha wanafunzi wake kuwa Mwana wa Adamu lazima atapata mateso mengi na kukataliwa na wazee, viongozi wa makuhani, na walimu wa sheria, na kwamba itampasa auawe lakini baada ya siku tatu afufuke.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="MRK.8.32" />Aliyasema haya waziwazi, ndipo Petro akamchukua kando na akaanza kumkemea.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="MRK.8.33" />Lakini Yesu alipogeuka na kuwaangalia wanafunzi wake, akamkemea Petro. Akasema,
<wj>“Rudi nyuma yangu, Shetani! Moyo wako hauwazi yaliyo ya Mungu, bali ya wanadamu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="MRK.8.34" />Ndipo akauita ule umati wa watu pamoja na wanafunzi wake, akasema,
<wj>“Mtu yeyote akitaka kunifuata, ni lazima ajikane mwenyewe, auchukue msalaba wake, anifuate.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="MRK.8.35" /><wj>Kwa maana yeyote anayetaka kuyaokoa maisha yake atayapoteza, lakini yeyote atakayeyapoteza maisha yake kwa ajili yangu na kwa ajili ya Injili atayaokoa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="MRK.8.36" /><wj>Je, itamfaidi nini mtu kuupata ulimwengu wote, lakini akayapoteza maisha yake?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="MRK.8.37" /><wj>Au mtu atatoa nini badala ya nafsi yake?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="MRK.8.38" /><wj>Mtu yeyote akinionea aibu mimi na maneno yangu katika kizazi hiki cha uzinzi na dhambi, Mwana wa Adamu naye atamwonea aibu wakati atakapokuja katika utukufu wa Baba yake pamoja na malaika watakatifu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="9" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MRK.9.1" />Yesu akaendelea kuwaambia,
<wj>“Amin, nawaambia, kuna watu waliosimama hapa ambao hawataonja mauti kabla ya kuuona Ufalme wa Mungu ukija kwa nguvu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Ageuka Sura
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 17:1-13; Luka 9:28-36)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="MRK.9.2" />Baada ya siku sita, Yesu akawachukua Petro, Yakobo na Yohana, akawapeleka juu ya mlima mrefu, mahali walipokuwa faraghani. Huko, Yesu akageuka sura mbele yao.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="MRK.9.3" />Mavazi yake yakawa na weupe wa kuzima macho, meupe kuliko ambavyo mtu yeyote duniani angaliweza kuyangʼarisha.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="MRK.9.4" />Mose na Eliya wakawatokea, wakawa wanazungumza na Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="MRK.9.5" />Petro akamwambia Yesu, “Rabi, ni vyema sisi tukae hapa. Turuhusu tujenge vibanda vitatu: kimoja chako, kingine cha Mose na kingine cha Eliya.”
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="MRK.9.6" />Petro hakujua aseme nini kwa maana yeye na wenzake walikuwa wameogopa sana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="MRK.9.7" />Ndipo pakatokea wingu, likawafunika, nayo sauti kutoka lile wingu ikasema, “Huyu ni Mwanangu mpendwa. Msikieni yeye.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="MRK.9.8" />Mara walipotazama huku na huku, hawakuona tena mtu mwingine yeyote pamoja nao isipokuwa Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="MRK.9.9" />Walipokuwa wakishuka kutoka mlimani, Yesu akawakataza wasimwambie mtu yeyote mambo waliyoona, mpaka Mwana wa Adamu atakapokuwa amefufuka kutoka kwa wafu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="MRK.9.10" />Wakalihifadhi jambo hilo wao wenyewe, lakini wakawa wanajiuliza, “Huku kufufuka kwa wafu maana yake nini?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="MRK.9.11" />Wakamuuliza, “Kwa nini walimu wa sheria husema kwamba ni lazima Eliya aje kwanza?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="MRK.9.12" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Ni kweli, Eliya yuaja kwanza ili kutengeneza mambo yote. Mbona basi imeandikwa kwamba Mwana wa Adamu ni lazima ateseke sana na kudharauliwa?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="MRK.9.13" /><wj>Lakini ninawaambia, Eliya amekwisha kuja, nao wakamtendea walivyopenda, kama ilivyoandikwa kumhusu yeye.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mvulana Mwenye Pepo Mchafu Aponywa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 17:14-21; Luka 9:37-43)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="MRK.9.14" />Walipowafikia wale wanafunzi wengine, wakawakuta wamezungukwa na umati mkubwa wa watu na baadhi ya walimu wa sheria wakibishana nao.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="MRK.9.15" />Mara wale watu walipomwona Yesu, wakastaajabu sana, wakamkimbilia ili kumsalimu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="MRK.9.16" />Akawauliza wanafunzi wake,
<wj>“Mnabishana nao kuhusu nini?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="MRK.9.17" />Mtu mmoja miongoni mwa ule umati wa watu akajibu, “Mwalimu, nilimleta kwako mwanangu ambaye ana pepo mchafu anayemfanya asiweze kuongea.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="MRK.9.18" />Kila mara huyo pepo mchafu ampagaapo mwanangu, humwangusha chini na kumfanya atokwe povu mdomoni na kusaga meno, kisha mwili wake hukauka. Niliwaomba wanafunzi wako wamtoe huyo pepo mchafu, lakini hawakuweza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="MRK.9.19" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Enyi kizazi kisicho na imani! Nitakuwa pamoja nanyi mpaka lini? Nitawavumilia mpaka lini? Mleteni mvulana kwangu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="MRK.9.20" />Nao wakamleta yule mvulana. Yule pepo mchafu alipomwona Yesu, mara akamtia yule mvulana kifafa, akaanguka, akagaagaa chini huku akitokwa na povu kinywani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="MRK.9.21" />Yesu akamuuliza baba yake,
<wj>“Mwanao amekuwa katika hali hii tangu lini?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Akamjibu, “Tangu utoto wake.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="MRK.9.22" />Mara kwa mara huyo pepo mchafu amekuwa akimwangusha kwenye moto au kwenye maji ili kumwangamiza. Lakini kama unaweza kufanya jambo lolote, tafadhali tuhurumie utusaidie.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="MRK.9.23" />Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Kama ukiweza kuamini, yote yawezekana kwake yeye aaminiye.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="MRK.9.24" />Mara baba yake yule mvulana akapiga kelele akisema, “Ninaamini. Nisaidie kutokuamini kwangu!”
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="MRK.9.25" />Yesu alipoona kwamba umati wa watu unakusanyika pamoja mbio, akamkemea yule pepo mchafu, akimwambia,
<wj>“Wewe pepo bubu na kiziwi, nakuamuru umtoke, wala usimwingie tena!”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="MRK.9.26" />Yule pepo mchafu akiisha kupiga kelele, akamtia kifafa kwa nguvu, na akamtoka. Yule mvulana alikuwa kama maiti, hivyo watu wengi wakasema, “Amekufa.”
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="MRK.9.27" />Lakini Yesu akamshika mkono, akamwinua, naye akasimama.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="MRK.9.28" />Baada ya Yesu kuingia ndani ya nyumba, wanafunzi wake wakamuuliza wakiwa peke yao, “Mbona sisi hatukuweza kumtoa huyo pepo mchafu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="MRK.9.29" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Hali hii haiwezi kutoka isipokuwa kwa kuomba na kufunga.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Atabiri Tena Kifo Chake Na Ufufuo
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 17:22-23; Luka 9:43-45)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="MRK.9.30" />Wakaondoka huko, wakapitia Galilaya. Yesu hakutaka mtu yeyote afahamu mahali walipo,
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="MRK.9.31" />kwa maana alikuwa anawafundisha wanafunzi wake. Akawaambia,
<wj>“Mwana wa Adamu atasalitiwa na kutiwa mikononi mwa watu. Nao watamuua, lakini siku tatu baada ya kuuawa atafufuka.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="MRK.9.32" />Lakini wao hawakuelewa kile alimaanisha, nao waliogopa kumuuliza maana yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mabishano Kuhusu Aliye Mkuu Zaidi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 18:1-5; Luka 9:46-48)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="MRK.9.33" />Basi wakafika Kapernaumu na baada ya kuingia nyumbani akawauliza,
<wj>“Mlikuwa mnabishana nini kule njiani?”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="MRK.9.34" />Lakini hawakumjibu, kwa sababu njiani walikuwa wakibishana kuhusu nani miongoni mwao alikuwa mkuu zaidi ya wote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="MRK.9.35" />Akaketi chini, akawaita wote kumi na wawili, akawaambia:
<wj>“Kama mtu yeyote akitaka kuwa wa kwanza, hana budi kuwa wa mwisho na mtumishi wa wote.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="MRK.9.36" />Kisha akamchukua mtoto mdogo, akamsimamisha katikati yao. Akamkumbatia, akawaambia,
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="MRK.9.37" /><wj>“Mtu yeyote amkaribishaye mmoja wa hawa watoto wadogo kwa Jina langu, anikaribisha mimi. Naye anikaribishaye mimi, amkaribisha Baba yangu aliyenituma.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yeyote Asiye Kinyume Nasi Yuko Upande Wetu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 9:49-50)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="MRK.9.38" />Yohana akamwambia, “Mwalimu, tumemwona mtu akitoa pepo wachafu kwa jina lako, nasi tukamkataza, kwa sababu yeye si mmoja wetu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="MRK.9.39" />Yesu akasema,
<wj>“Msimkataze, kwa kuwa hakuna yeyote atendaye miujiza kwa Jina langu ambaye baada ya kitambo kidogo aweza kunena lolote baya dhidi yangu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="MRK.9.40" /><wj>Kwa maana yeyote asiye kinyume chetu, yuko upande wetu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="MRK.9.41" /><wj>Amin, nawaambia, yeyote awapaye ninyi kikombe cha maji kwa Jina langu kwa sababu ninyi ni mali ya Kristo, hakika hataikosa thawabu yake.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kusababisha Kutenda Dhambi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 18:6-9; Luka 17:1-2)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="MRK.9.42" /><wj>“Kama mtu yeyote akimsababisha mmojawapo wa wadogo hawa wanaoniamini kutenda dhambi, ingekuwa bora kwake afungiwe jiwe kubwa la kusagia shingoni mwake, na kutoswa baharini.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="MRK.9.43" /><wj>Kama mkono wako ukikusababisha kutenda dhambi, ukate. Ni afadhali kwako kuingia katika uzima ukiwa na mkono mmoja, kuliko kuwa na mikono miwili lakini ukaingia jehanamu, mahali ambako moto hauzimiki. [</wj>
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="MRK.9.44" /><wj>Mahali ambako funza wake hawafi wala moto wake hauzimiki.]</wj>
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="MRK.9.45" /><wj>Kama mguu wako ukikusababisha kutenda dhambi, ukate. Ni afadhali kwako kuingia katika uzima ukiwa kiwete, kuliko kuwa na miguu miwili lakini ukaingia jehanamu. [</wj>
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="MRK.9.46" /><wj>Mahali ambako funza wake hawafi wala moto hauzimiki.]</wj>
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="MRK.9.47" /><wj>Nalo jicho lako likikusababisha kutenda dhambi, lingʼoe. Ni afadhali kwako kuingia katika Ufalme wa Mungu ukiwa na jicho moja, kuliko kuwa na macho mawili lakini ukatupwa jehanamu,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="MRK.9.48" /><wj>mahali ambako</wj>
</p>
<q style="q1"><wj>“ ‘funza wake hawafi,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>wala moto wake hauzimiki.’</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="49" bcv="MRK.9.49" /><wj>Kila mmoja atatiwa chumvi kwa moto.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="50" bcv="MRK.9.50" /><wj>“Chumvi ni nzuri, lakini ikipoteza ladha yake utaifanyaje ili iweze kukolea tena? Mwe na chumvi ndani yenu, mkaishi kwa amani, kila mmoja na mwenzake.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="10" />
<s style="s1">Mafundisho Kuhusu Talaka
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 19:1-12; Luka 16:18)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MRK.10.1" />Yesu akaondoka huko, akavuka Mto Yordani, akaenda sehemu za Uyahudi. Umati mkubwa wa watu ukaenda kwake tena, naye kama ilivyokuwa desturi yake, akawafundisha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="MRK.10.2" />Baadhi ya Mafarisayo wakaja ili kumjaribu kwa kumuuliza, “Je, ni halali mtu kumwacha mke wake?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="MRK.10.3" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Je, Mose aliwaamuru nini?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="MRK.10.4" />Wakajibu, “Mose aliruhusu kwamba mume anaweza kumwandikia mkewe hati ya talaka na kumwacha.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="MRK.10.5" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Mose aliwaandikia sheria hiyo kwa sababu ya ugumu wa mioyo yenu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="MRK.10.6" /><wj>Lakini tangu mwanzo wa uumbaji, ‘Mungu aliwaumba mwanaume na mwanamke.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="MRK.10.7" /><wj>Kwa sababu hii mwanaume atamwacha baba yake na mama yake na kuambatana na mkewe, na hao wawili watakuwa mwili mmoja.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="MRK.10.8" /><wj>Kwa hiyo hawatakuwa wawili tena, bali mwili mmoja.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="MRK.10.9" /><wj>Basi, alichokiunganisha Mungu, mwanadamu asikitenganishe.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="MRK.10.10" />Walipokuwa tena ndani ya nyumba, wanafunzi wake wakamuuliza kuhusu jambo hili.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="MRK.10.11" />Akawajibu,
<wj>“Mtu yeyote amwachaye mkewe na kuoa mke mwingine, anazini naye.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="MRK.10.12" /><wj>Naye mwanamke amwachaye mumewe na kuolewa na mume mwingine, anazini.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Anawabariki Watoto Wadogo
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 19:13-15; Luka 18:15-17)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="MRK.10.13" />Watu walikuwa wakimletea Yesu watoto wadogo ili awaguse, lakini wanafunzi wake wakawakemea.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="MRK.10.14" />Yesu alipoona yaliyokuwa yakitukia, akachukizwa. Akawaambia wanafunzi wake,
<wj>“Waacheni watoto wadogo waje kwangu, wala msiwazuie, kwa maana Ufalme wa Mungu ni wa wale walio kama hawa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="MRK.10.15" /><wj>Amin, nawaambia, mtu yeyote asiyeupokea Ufalme wa Mungu kama mtoto mdogo, hatauingia kamwe.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="MRK.10.16" />Akawachukua watoto mikononi mwake, akawakumbatia, akaweka mikono yake juu yao, akawabariki.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kijana Tajiri
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 19:16-30; Luka 18:18-30)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="MRK.10.17" />Yesu alipokuwa anaondoka, mtu mmoja akamkimbilia, akapiga magoti mbele yake, akamuuliza, “Mwalimu mwema, nifanye nini ili niurithi uzima wa milele?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="MRK.10.18" />Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Mbona unaniita mwema? Hakuna yeyote aliye mwema ila Mungu peke yake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MRK.10.19" /><wj>Unazijua amri: ‘Usiue, usizini, usiibe, usishuhudie uongo, usidanganye, waheshimu baba yako na mama yako.’ ”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="MRK.10.20" />Akamjibu, “Mwalimu, amri hizi zote nimezishika tangu nikiwa mtoto.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="MRK.10.21" />Yesu akamtazama na kumpenda, akamwambia,
<wj>“Umepungukiwa na kitu kimoja. Nenda ukauze kila kitu ulicho nacho uwape maskini hizo fedha, nawe utakuwa na hazina mbinguni. Kisha njoo, unifuate.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="MRK.10.22" />Yule mtu aliposikia hayo, akasikitika sana. Akaondoka kwa huzuni kwa sababu alikuwa na mali nyingi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="MRK.10.23" />Yesu akatazama pande zote, akawaambia wanafunzi wake,
<wj>“Itakuwa vigumu sana kwa wenye mali kuingia katika Ufalme wa Mungu!”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="MRK.10.24" />Wanafunzi wake wakashangazwa sana na maneno hayo. Lakini Yesu akawaambia tena,
<wj>“Wanangu, tazama jinsi ilivyo vigumu kwa wale wanaotumainia mali kuingia katika Ufalme wa Mungu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="MRK.10.25" /><wj>Ni rahisi zaidi kwa ngamia kupita kwenye tundu la sindano kuliko mtu tajiri</wj><f caller="+"><fr>10:25
</fr><ft>Tajiri ina maana wale wanaotumainia mali.</ft></f><wj>kuingia katika Ufalme wa Mungu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="MRK.10.26" />Wanafunzi wake wakashangaa sana. Wakaulizana wao kwa wao, “Ni nani basi awezaye kuokoka?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="MRK.10.27" />Yesu akawatazama, akawaambia,
<wj>“Kwa mwanadamu jambo hili haliwezekani, lakini kwa Mungu sivyo. Mambo yote yanawezekana kwa Mungu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="MRK.10.28" />Ndipo Petro akamjibu, “Tazama, tumeacha kila kitu na kukufuata wewe!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="MRK.10.29" />Yesu akasema,
<wj>“Amin, nawaambia, hakuna mtu yeyote aliyeacha nyumba, ndugu wa kiume au wa kike, au mama au baba, au watoto au mashamba kwa ajili yangu na kwa ajili ya Injili,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="MRK.10.30" /><wj>ambaye hatalipwa mara mia katika ulimwengu huu: nyumba, ndugu wa kiume na wa kike, mama na baba na watoto, mashamba pamoja na mateso, kisha uzima wa milele katika ulimwengu ujao.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="MRK.10.31" /><wj>Lakini wengi walio wa kwanza watakuwa wa mwisho, na wa mwisho watakuwa wa kwanza.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Atabiri Mara Ya Tatu Kufa Na Kufufuka Kwake
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 20:17-19; Luka 18:31-34)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="MRK.10.32" />Walikuwa njiani wakipanda kwenda Yerusalemu, na Yesu alikuwa ametangulia. Wanafunzi wake walishangaa, nao watu waliowafuata walijawa na hofu. Yesu akawachukua tena wale wanafunzi wake kumi na wawili kando na kuwaambia yatakayompata.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="MRK.10.33" />Akasema,
<wj>“Tunapanda kwenda Yerusalemu, na Mwana wa Adamu atasalitiwa kwa viongozi wa makuhani na walimu wa sheria. Wao watamhukumu kifo na kumtia mikononi mwa watu wa Mataifa,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="MRK.10.34" /><wj>ambao watamdhihaki na kumtemea mate, watampiga na kumuua. Siku tatu baadaye atafufuka.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ombi La Yakobo Na Yohana
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 20:20-28)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="MRK.10.35" />Kisha Yakobo na Yohana, wana wa Zebedayo, wakaja kwake na kumwambia, “Mwalimu, tunataka utufanyie lolote tutakalokuomba.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="MRK.10.36" />Naye akawaambia,
<wj>“Je, mwataka niwafanyie jambo gani?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="MRK.10.37" />Wakamwambia, “Tupe kukaa mmoja upande wako wa kuume na mwingine upande wako wa kushoto katika utukufu wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="MRK.10.38" />Lakini Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Ninyi hamjui mnaloliomba. Je, mnaweza kukinywea kikombe ninyweacho mimi, au kubatizwa ubatizo nibatizwao mimi?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="MRK.10.39" />Wakajibu, “Tunaweza.”
</p>
<p style="p">Kisha Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Kikombe nikinyweacho mtakinywea na ubatizo nibatizwao mtabatizwa,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="MRK.10.40" /><wj>lakini kuketi mkono wangu wa kuume au wa kushoto si juu yangu mimi kuwapa. Nafasi hizi ni kwa ajili ya wale walioandaliwa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="MRK.10.41" />Wale wanafunzi wengine kumi waliposikia hayo, wakaanza kuwakasirikia Yakobo na Yohana.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="MRK.10.42" />Lakini Yesu akawaita wote pamoja na kuwaambia,
<wj>“Mnafahamu kuwa wale wanaodhaniwa kuwa watawala wa watu wa Mataifa huwatawala watu kwa nguvu, nao wenye vyeo huonyesha mamlaka yao.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="MRK.10.43" /><wj>Lakini isiwe hivyo kwenu. Badala yake, yeyote anayetaka kuwa mkuu miongoni mwenu hana budi kuwa mtumishi wenu,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="MRK.10.44" /><wj>na yeyote anayetaka kuwa wa kwanza, hana budi kuwa mtumwa wa wote.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="MRK.10.45" /><wj>Kwa kuwa hata Mwana wa Adamu hakuja ili kutumikiwa, bali kutumika na kuutoa uhai wake uwe fidia kwa ajili ya wengi.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Amponya Kipofu Bartimayo
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 20:29-34; Luka 18:35-43)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="46" bcv="MRK.10.46" />Kisha wakafika Yeriko. Yesu alipokuwa akiondoka mjini na wanafunzi wake pamoja na umati mkubwa wa watu, kipofu mmoja, jina lake Bartimayo, mwana wa Timayo, alikuwa ameketi kando ya njia akiomba msaada.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="MRK.10.47" />Aliposikia kuwa ni Yesu wa Nazareti aliyekuwa anapita, akaanza kupaza sauti akisema, “Yesu, Mwana wa Daudi, nihurumie!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="48" bcv="MRK.10.48" />Watu wengi wakamkemea, wakamwambia akae kimya, lakini yeye akazidi kupaza sauti, akisema, “Mwana wa Daudi, nihurumie!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="49" bcv="MRK.10.49" />Yesu akasimama na kusema,
<wj>“Mwiteni.”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Hivyo wakamwita yule mtu kipofu, wakamwambia, “Jipe moyo! Inuka, anakuita.”
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="MRK.10.50" />Akiwa analivua lile joho lake, alisimama na kumwendea Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="51" bcv="MRK.10.51" />Yesu akamuuliza,
<wj>“Unataka nikufanyie nini?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Yule kipofu akajibu, “Mwalimu, nataka kuona.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="52" bcv="MRK.10.52" />Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Nenda zako, imani yako imekuponya.”</wj> Mara akapata kuona, akamfuata Yesu njiani.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="11" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Aingia Yerusalemu Kwa Shangwe
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 21:1-11; Luka 19:28-40; Yohana 12:12-19)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MRK.11.1" />Walipokaribia Yerusalemu, wakafika Bethfage na Bethania katika Mlima wa Mizeituni. Yesu akawatuma wawili wa wanafunzi wake,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MRK.11.2" />akawaambia,
<wj>“Nendeni katika kijiji kilichoko mbele yenu. Na hapo mtakapoingia kijijini, mtamkuta mwana-punda amefungwa hapo, ambaye hajapandwa na mtu bado. Mfungueni, mkamlete hapa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="MRK.11.3" /><wj>Kama mtu yeyote akiwauliza, ‘Mbona mnamfungua?’ Mwambieni, ‘Bwana anamhitaji, na atamrudisha hapa baada ya muda mfupi.’ ”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="MRK.11.4" />Wakaenda, wakamkuta mwana-punda amefungwa kando ya barabara, karibu na mlango wa nyumba.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="MRK.11.5" />Walipokuwa wanamfungua, watu waliokuwa wamesimama karibu wakawauliza, “Mna maana gani mnapomfungua huyo mwana-punda?”
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="MRK.11.6" />Wakawajibu kama vile Yesu alivyokuwa amewaagiza, nao wale watu wakawaruhusu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="MRK.11.7" />Kisha wakamleta huyo mwana-punda kwa Yesu na kutandika mavazi yao juu yake, naye akampanda.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="MRK.11.8" />Watu wengi wakatandaza mavazi yao barabarani, na wengine wakatandaza matawi waliyokuwa wamekata mashambani.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="MRK.11.9" />Kisha wale waliokuwa wametangulia mbele na wale waliokuwa wakifuata nyuma wakapaza sauti, wakisema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Hosana!”<f caller="+"><fr>11:9
</fr><ft>Kiebrania kusema Okoa, basi likawa neno la shangwe.</ft></f>
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Amebarikiwa yeye ajaye kwa Jina la Bwana!”
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="MRK.11.10" />“Umebarikiwa Ufalme unaokuja wa baba yetu Daudi!”
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Hosana kwake yeye aliye juu!”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="MRK.11.11" />Yesu akaingia Yerusalemu na kwenda Hekaluni. Akaangalia kila kitu kilichokuwamo, lakini kwa kuwa ilishakuwa jioni, akaenda zake Bethania pamoja na wale kumi na wawili.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Alaani Mtini Usiozaa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 21:18-19)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="MRK.11.12" />Kesho yake walipokuwa wakitoka Bethania, Yesu alikuwa na njaa.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="MRK.11.13" />Akauona mtini kwa mbali, naye akaenda ili aone kama ulikuwa na matunda. Alipoufikia, akakuta una majani tu, kwa kuwa hayakuwa majira ya tini.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="MRK.11.14" />Akauambia ule mti,
<wj>“Tangu leo mtu yeyote asile kamwe matunda kutoka kwako.”</wj> Wanafunzi wake walimsikia akisema hayo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Atakasa Hekalu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 21:12-17; Luka 19:45-48; Yohana 2:13-22)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="MRK.11.15" />Walipofika Yerusalemu, Yesu akaingia katika eneo la Hekalu, akaanza kuwafukuza wale waliokuwa wakinunua na kuuza humo ndani. Akazipindua meza za wale waliokuwa wakibadilisha fedha, na pia viti vya wale waliokuwa wakiuza njiwa,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="MRK.11.16" />wala hakumruhusu mtu yeyote kuchukua bidhaa kupitia ukumbi wa Hekalu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="MRK.11.17" />Naye alipokuwa akiwafundisha, akasema,
<wj>“Je, haikuandikwa kuwa:</wj>
</p>
<q style="q1"><wj>“ ‘Nyumba yangu itaitwa</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>nyumba ya sala kwa mataifa yote’?</wj>
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><wj>Lakini ninyi mmeifanya kuwa ‘pango la wanyangʼanyi.’ ”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="MRK.11.18" />Viongozi wa makuhani na walimu wa sheria wakapata habari hizi, nao wakaanza kutafuta njia ya kumuua, kwa kuwa walikuwa wakimwogopa, kwa sababu umati wote ulikuwa unashangazwa na mafundisho yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="MRK.11.19" />Ilipofika jioni, Yesu na wanafunzi wake wakatoka nje ya mji.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mtini Ulionyauka
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 21:20-22)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="MRK.11.20" />Asubuhi yake walipokuwa wakipita, wakauona ule mtini umenyauka kutoka juu hadi kwenye mizizi yake.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="MRK.11.21" />Petro akakumbuka na kumwambia Yesu, “Rabi, tazama! Ule mtini ulioulaani umenyauka!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="MRK.11.22" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Mwaminini Mungu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="MRK.11.23" /><wj>Amin, nawaambia, mtu yeyote atakayeuambia mlima huu, ‘Ngʼoka ukatupwe baharini,’ wala asione shaka moyoni mwake, bali aamini kwamba hayo asemayo yametukia, atatimiziwa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="MRK.11.24" /><wj>Kwa sababu hiyo nawaambia, yoyote mtakayoyaomba mkisali, aminini ya kwamba mmeyapokea, nayo yatakuwa yenu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="MRK.11.25" /><wj>Nanyi kila msimamapo kusali, sameheni mkiwa na neno na mtu, ili naye Baba yenu aliye mbinguni awasamehe ninyi makosa yenu. [</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="MRK.11.26" /><wj>Lakini kama ninyi msiposamehe, wala Baba yenu aliye mbinguni hatawasamehe ninyi makosa yenu.]”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Swali Kuhusu Mamlaka Ya Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 21:23-27; Luka 20:1-8)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="MRK.11.27" />Wakafika tena Yerusalemu, na Yesu alipokuwa akitembea Hekaluni, viongozi wa makuhani, walimu wa sheria pamoja na wazee wa watu wakamjia.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="MRK.11.28" />Wakamuuliza, “Unafanya mambo haya kwa mamlaka gani? Na ni nani aliyekupa mamlaka ya kufanya hayo?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="MRK.11.29" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Nitawauliza swali moja. Nijibuni, nami nitawaambia ni kwa mamlaka gani ninafanya mambo haya.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="MRK.11.30" /><wj>Niambieni, je, ubatizo wa Yohana ulitoka mbinguni au kwa wanadamu?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="MRK.11.31" />Wakahojiana wao kwa wao, wakisema, “Kama tukisema, ‘Ulitoka mbinguni,’ atatuuliza, ‘Mbona hamkumwamini?’
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="MRK.11.32" />Lakini tukisema, ‘Ulitoka kwa wanadamu,’…” (Waliwaogopa watu, kwa sababu kila mtu aliamini kwamba Yohana alikuwa nabii wa kweli.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="MRK.11.33" />Kwa hiyo wakamjibu Yesu, “Hatujui.”
</p>
<p style="p">Naye Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Wala mimi sitawaambia ni kwa mamlaka gani ninatenda mambo haya.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Wapangaji Waovu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 21:33-46; Luka 20:9-19)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MRK.12.1" />Yesu akaanza kusema nao kwa mifano, akawaambia:
<wj>“Mtu mmoja alipanda shamba la mizabibu. Akajenga ukuta kulizunguka, akachimba shimo ndani yake kwa ajili ya shinikizo la kusindika divai, na akajenga mnara wa ulinzi. Kisha akalikodisha shamba hilo la mizabibu kwa wakulima fulani, kisha akasafiri kwenda nchi nyingine.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MRK.12.2" /><wj>Wakati wa mavuno ulipofika, mwenye shamba akamtuma mtumishi wake kwa hao wapangaji ili kuchukua sehemu yake ya mavuno ya shamba la mizabibu kutoka kwa hao wapangaji.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="MRK.12.3" /><wj>Lakini wale wakulima walimkamata yule mtumishi, wakampiga, wakamfukuza mikono mitupu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="MRK.12.4" /><wj>Kisha yule mwenye shamba akamtuma mtumishi mwingine kwao; nao wale wakulima wakampiga kichwani na kumfanyia mambo ya aibu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="MRK.12.5" /><wj>Kisha akamtuma mtumishi mwingine, naye huyo wakamuua. Akawatuma wengine wengi; baadhi yao wakawapiga, na wengine wakawaua.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="MRK.12.6" /><wj>“Mwenye shamba alikuwa bado na mmoja wa kumtuma, mwanawe aliyempenda. Hatimaye akamtuma akisema, ‘Watamheshimu mwanangu.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="MRK.12.7" /><wj>“Lakini wale wapangaji wakasemezana pamoja, ‘Huyu ndiye mrithi. Njooni tumuue, nao urithi utakuwa wetu.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="MRK.12.8" /><wj>Hivyo wakamchukua na kumuua, wakamtupa nje ya lile shamba la mizabibu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="MRK.12.9" /><wj>“Sasa basi yule mwenye shamba atafanya nini? Atakuja na kuwaua hao wapangaji, kisha atawapa wapangaji wengine hilo shamba la mizabibu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="MRK.12.10" /><wj>Je, hamjasoma Andiko hili:</wj>
</p>
<q style="q1"><wj>“ ‘Jiwe walilolikataa waashi</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>limekuwa jiwe kuu la pembeni;</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="MRK.12.11" /><wj>Bwana ndiye alitenda jambo hili,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>nalo ni ajabu machoni petu’?”</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="MRK.12.12" />Walipotambua kuwa amesema mfano huo kwa ajili yao, wakataka kumkamata, lakini wakaogopa ule umati wa watu. Wakamwacha, wakaondoka, wakaenda zao.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Swali Kuhusu Kulipa Kodi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 22:15-22; Luka 20:20-26)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="MRK.12.13" />Baadaye wakawatuma baadhi ya Mafarisayo na Maherode ili kwenda kumtega Yesu katika yale anayosema.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="MRK.12.14" />Wakamjia, wakamwambia, “Mwalimu, tunajua kwamba wewe ni mtu mwadilifu. Wewe huyumbishwi na wanadamu, kwa kuwa huna upendeleo. Lakini wewe huifundisha njia ya Mungu katika kweli. Je, ni halali kulipa kodi kwa Kaisari, au la?
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="MRK.12.15" />Je, tulipe kodi au tusilipe?”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini Yesu alijua unafiki wao. Akawauliza
<wj>“Mbona mnajaribu kunitega? Nileteeni hiyo dinari</wj><f caller="+"><fr>12:15
</fr><ft>Dinari moja ilikuwa sawa na mshahara wa kibarua wa siku moja.</ft></f><wj>niione.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="MRK.12.16" />Wakamletea hiyo sarafu. Naye akawauliza,
<wj>“Sura hii ni ya nani? Na maandishi haya ni ya nani?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Wakamjibu, “Ni vya Kaisari.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="MRK.12.17" />Ndipo Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Mpeni Kaisari kilicho cha Kaisari, naye Mungu mpeni kilicho cha Mungu.”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Nao wakamstaajabia sana.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ndoa Wakati Wa Ufufuo
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 22:23-33; Luka 20:27-40)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="MRK.12.18" />Kisha Masadukayo, wale wasemao kuwa hakuna ufufuo wa wafu, wakamjia Yesu,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MRK.12.19" />wakasema, “Mwalimu, Mose alituandikia kuwa kama ndugu wa mtu akifa na kumwacha mkewe bila mtoto, basi huyo mtu inampasa amwoe huyo mjane ili amzalie ndugu yake watoto.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="MRK.12.20" />Basi palikuwepo ndugu saba. Yule wa kwanza akaoa mke, naye akafa pasipo kuwa na mtoto yeyote.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="MRK.12.21" />Wa pili akamwoa yule mjane, lakini naye akafa bila kuacha mtoto yeyote. Ikawa vivyo hivyo kwa yule wa tatu.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="MRK.12.22" />Hakuna hata mmojawapo wa hao ndugu wote saba aliyeacha mtoto. Hatimaye yule mwanamke naye akafa.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="MRK.12.23" />Kwa hiyo wakati wa ufufuo, yeye atakuwa mke wa nani, maana aliolewa na ndugu wote saba?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="MRK.12.24" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Je, hampotoki kwa sababu hamfahamu Maandiko wala uweza wa Mungu?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="MRK.12.25" /><wj>Wafu watakapofufuka, hawataoa wala kuolewa, bali watakuwa kama malaika wa mbinguni.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="MRK.12.26" /><wj>Basi kuhusu wafu kufufuliwa, je hamjasoma katika Kitabu cha Mose jinsi Mungu alivyosema na Mose kutoka kile kichaka akisema, ‘Mimi ni Mungu wa Abrahamu, na Mungu wa Isaki, na Mungu wa Yakobo?’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="MRK.12.27" /><wj>Yeye si Mungu wa wafu, bali ni Mungu wa walio hai. Kwa hiyo mmekosea kabisa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Amri Iliyo Kuu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 22:34-40; Luka 10:25-28)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="MRK.12.28" />Mwalimu mmoja wa sheria akaja, akawasikia wakijadiliana. Akiona kwamba Yesu amewajibu vyema, naye akamuuliza, “Katika amri zote, ni ipi iliyo kuu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="MRK.12.29" />Yesu akajibu,
<wj>“Amri iliyo kuu ndiyo hii: ‘Sikia ee Israeli. Bwana Mungu wetu, Bwana ndiye mmoja.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="MRK.12.30" /><wj>Mpende Bwana Mungu wako kwa moyo wako wote, kwa roho yako yote, kwa akili zako zote, na kwa nguvu zako zote.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="MRK.12.31" /><wj>Ya pili ndiyo hii: ‘Mpende jirani yako kama nafsi yako.’ Hakuna amri nyingine iliyo kuu kuliko hizi.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="MRK.12.32" />Yule mwalimu wa sheria akamwambia Yesu, “Mwalimu, umejibu vyema kwamba Mungu ni mmoja, wala hakuna mwingine ila yeye.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="MRK.12.33" />Kumpenda Mungu kwa moyo wote na kwa akili zote na kwa nguvu zote, na kumpenda jirani kama mtu anavyojipenda mwenyewe ni bora zaidi kuliko kutoa sadaka za kuteketezwa na dhabihu zote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="MRK.12.34" />Yesu alipoona kwamba amejibu kwa busara, akamwambia,
<wj>“Wewe hauko mbali na Ufalme wa Mungu.”</wj> Tangu wakati huo, hakuna mtu yeyote aliyethubutu kumuuliza maswali tena.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kristo Ni Mwana Wa Nani?
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 22:41-46; Luka 20:41-44)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="MRK.12.35" />Yesu alipokuwa akifundisha Hekaluni, akauliza,
<wj>“Imekuwaje walimu wa sheria wanasema kwamba Kristo</wj><f caller="+"><fr>12:35
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f><wj>ni Mwana wa Daudi?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="MRK.12.36" /><wj>Kwa maana Daudi mwenyewe, akinena kwa kuongozwa na Roho Mtakatifu, alisema:</wj>
</p>
<q style="q1"><wj>“ ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> alimwambia Bwana wangu:</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>“Keti mkono wangu wa kuume,</wj>
</q>
<q style="q1"><wj>hadi nitakapowaweka adui zako</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>chini ya miguu yako.” ’</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="37" bcv="MRK.12.37" /><wj>Kwa hiyo Daudi mwenyewe anamwita ‘Bwana.’ Awezaje basi yeye kuwa mwanawe?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Ule umati wote wa watu wakamsikiliza kwa furaha.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Awatahadharisha Watu Kuhusu Walimu Wa Sheria
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 23:1-36; Luka 20:45-47)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="MRK.12.38" />Alipokuwa akifundisha, Yesu alisema,
<wj>“Jihadharini na walimu wa sheria. Wao hupenda kutembea wakiwa wamevaa mavazi marefu, na kusalimiwa kwa heshima masokoni.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="MRK.12.39" /><wj>Pia wao hupenda kukaa kwenye viti vya mbele katika masinagogi, na kupewa nafasi za heshima katika karamu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="MRK.12.40" /><wj>Wao hula nyumba za wajane, na ili waonekane kuwa wema wanasali sala ndefu. Watu kama hawa watapata hukumu iliyo kuu sana.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sadaka Ya Mjane
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 21:1-4)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="MRK.12.41" />Kisha Yesu akaketi mkabala na sehemu ambapo sadaka zilikuwa zinawekwa na kuangalia umati wa watu wakiweka fedha zao kwenye sanduku la hazina ya Hekalu. Matajiri wengi wakaweka kiasi kikubwa cha fedha.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="MRK.12.42" />Lakini mjane mmoja maskini akaja na kuweka sarafu mbili ndogo za shaba zenye thamani ya senti mbili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="43" bcv="MRK.12.43" />Yesu akawaita wanafunzi wake, akawaambia,
<wj>“Amin, nawaambia, huyu mjane maskini ameweka katika sanduku la hazina zaidi ya watu wengine wote.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="MRK.12.44" /><wj>Wengine wote wametoa kutokana na ziada ya mali zao. Lakini huyu mjane ametoa kutokana na umaskini wake, akaweka kila kitu alichokuwa nacho, hata kile alichohitaji ili kuishi.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="13" />
<s style="s1">Dalili Za Siku Za Mwisho
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 24:1-2; Luka 21:5-6)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MRK.13.1" />Yesu alipokuwa akitoka Hekaluni, mmojawapo wa wanafunzi wake akamwambia, “Mwalimu! Tazama jinsi mawe haya yalivyo makubwa, na majengo haya yalivyo mazuri!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="MRK.13.2" />Ndipo Yesu akajibu akasema,
<wj>“Je, unayaona majengo haya yalivyo makubwa? Hakuna hata jiwe moja litakalobaki juu ya jingine, bali yote yatabomolewa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mateso Yatabiriwa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 24:3-14; Luka 21:7-19)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="MRK.13.3" />Yesu alipokuwa ameketi kwenye Mlima wa Mizeituni mkabala na Hekalu, Petro, Yakobo, Yohana na Andrea wakamuuliza faraghani,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="MRK.13.4" />“Tafadhali tuambie, mambo haya yatatukia lini? Nayo dalili ya kuwa hayo yote yanakaribia kutimia itakuwa gani?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="MRK.13.5" />Yesu akawaambia:
<wj>“Jihadharini mtu yeyote asiwadanganye.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="MRK.13.6" /><wj>Wengi watakuja kwa Jina langu wakidai, ‘Mimi ndiye,’ nao watawadanganya wengi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="MRK.13.7" /><wj>Msikiapo habari za vita na uvumi wa vita, msiwe na hofu. Mambo haya hayana budi kutukia, lakini ule mwisho bado.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="MRK.13.8" /><wj>Taifa litainuka dhidi ya taifa na ufalme dhidi ya ufalme. Kutakuwa na mitetemeko sehemu mbalimbali na njaa. Haya yatakuwa ndio mwanzo wa utungu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="MRK.13.9" /><wj>“Lakini ninyi jihadharini. Kwa maana watawapeleka katika mabaraza yao na kupigwa mijeledi katika masinagogi. Mtashtakiwa mbele ya watawala na wafalme kwa ajili yangu, ili kuwa ushuhuda kwao.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="MRK.13.10" /><wj>Nayo habari njema lazima ihubiriwe kwanza kwa mataifa yote kabla ule mwisho haujawadia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="MRK.13.11" /><wj>Mtakapokamatwa na kushtakiwa, msisumbuke awali kuhusu mtakalosema. Semeni tu lolote mtakalopewa wakati huo, kwa kuwa si ninyi mtakaokuwa mkinena, bali ni Roho Mtakatifu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="MRK.13.12" /><wj>“Ndugu atamsaliti ndugu yake ili auawe, naye baba atamsaliti mtoto wake. Watoto nao wataasi dhidi ya wazazi wao na kusababisha wauawe.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="MRK.13.13" /><wj>Watu wote watawachukia kwa ajili ya Jina langu. Lakini yule atakayevumilia hadi mwisho ataokolewa.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Chukizo La Uharibifu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 24:15-28; Luka 21:20-24)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="MRK.13.14" /><wj>“Mtakapoona ‘chukizo la uharibifu’ limesimama mahali pasipolipasa (asomaye na afahamu), basi wale walioko Uyahudi wakimbilie milimani.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="MRK.13.15" /><wj>Yeyote aliye juu ya dari ya nyumba asishuke au kuingia ndani ili kuchukua chochote.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="MRK.13.16" /><wj>Aliye shambani asirudi nyumbani kuchukua vazi lake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="MRK.13.17" /><wj>Ole wao wenye mimba na wale wanaonyonyesha watoto siku hizo!</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="MRK.13.18" /><wj>Ombeni mambo haya yasitokee wakati wa baridi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MRK.13.19" /><wj>Kwa maana siku hizo zitakuwa za dhiki kuu ambayo haijapata kuwako tangu mwanzo, hapo Mungu alipoumba ulimwengu, mpaka leo, na wala haitakuwako tena kamwe.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="MRK.13.20" /><wj>Kama Bwana asingelifupisha siku hizo, kamwe asingeliokoka mtu yeyote. Lakini kwa ajili ya wateule, wale aliowachagua, amezifupisha siku hizo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="MRK.13.21" /><wj>Wakati huo mtu yeyote akiwaambia, ‘Tazama, Kristo</wj><f caller="+"><fr>13:21
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f><wj>huyu hapa!’ au, ‘Tazama, yuko kule,’ msisadiki.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="MRK.13.22" /><wj>Kwa maana watatokea makristo wa uongo na manabii wa uongo, nao watafanya ishara na maajabu ili kuwapotosha, ikiwezekana, hata wale wateule.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="MRK.13.23" /><wj>Hivyo jihadharini. Nimekwisha kuwaambia mambo haya yote mapema kabla hayajatukia.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuja Kwa Mwana Wa Adamu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 24:29-31; Luka 21:25-28)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="MRK.13.24" /><wj>“Lakini katika siku hizo, baada ya hiyo dhiki,</wj>
</p>
<q style="q1"><wj>“ ‘jua litatiwa giza</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>nao mwezi hautatoa nuru yake;</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="MRK.13.25" /><wj>nazo nyota zitaanguka kutoka angani,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>na nguvu za anga zitatikisika.’</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="MRK.13.26" /><wj>“Ndipo watu wote watakapomwona Mwana wa Adamu akija mawinguni kwa nguvu nyingi na utukufu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="MRK.13.27" /><wj>Naye atawatuma malaika wake wawakusanye wateule wake kutoka pande zote nne za dunia, kutoka miisho ya dunia hadi miisho ya mbingu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Somo Kuhusu Mtini
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 24:32-35; Luka 21:29-33)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="MRK.13.28" /><wj>“Basi jifunzeni somo hili kutokana na mtini: Matawi yake yanapoanza kuchipua na kutoa majani, mnatambua kwamba wakati wa kiangazi umekaribia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="MRK.13.29" /><wj>Vivyo hivyo, myaonapo mambo haya yakitukia, mnatambua kwamba wakati u karibu, hata malangoni.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="MRK.13.30" /><wj>Amin, nawaambia, kizazi hiki hakitapita hadi mambo haya yote yawe yametimia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="MRK.13.31" /><wj>Mbingu na nchi zitapita, lakini maneno yangu hayatapita kamwe.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Hakuna Ajuaye Siku Wala Saa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 24:36-44)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="MRK.13.32" /><wj>“Kwa habari ya siku ile na saa hakuna yeyote ajuaye, hata malaika walio mbinguni wala Mwana, ila Baba peke yake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="MRK.13.33" /><wj>Jihadharini! Kesheni! Kwa maana hamjui wakati ule utakapowadia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="MRK.13.34" /><wj>Ni kama mtu anayesafiri. Anaiacha nyumba yake na kuwaachia watumishi wake kuiangalia, kila mtu na kazi yake, kisha akamwamuru yule bawabu aliye mlangoni akeshe.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="MRK.13.35" /><wj>“Basi kesheni kwa sababu hamjui ni lini mwenye nyumba atakaporudi: iwapo ni jioni, au ni usiku wa manane, au alfajiri awikapo jogoo, au mapambazuko.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="MRK.13.36" /><wj>Kama akija ghafula, asije akawakuta mmelala.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="MRK.13.37" /><wj>Lile ninalowaambia ninyi, nawaambia watu wote: ‘Kesheni!’ ”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="14" />
<s style="s1">Shauri La Kumuua Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 26:1-5; Luka 22:1-2; Yohana 11:45-53)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MRK.14.1" />Zilikuwa zimebaki siku mbili tu kabla ya Sikukuu ya Pasaka, na Sikukuu ya Mikate Isiyotiwa Chachu. Viongozi wa makuhani na walimu wa sheria walikuwa wakitafuta njia ya kumkamata Yesu kwa hila na kumuua.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MRK.14.2" />Lakini walisema, “Tusilifanye jambo hili wakati wa Sikukuu, maana watu wanaweza wakafanya ghasia.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Kupakwa Mafuta Huko Bethania
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 26:6-13; Yohana 12:1-8)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="MRK.14.3" />Yesu alikuwa Bethania nyumbani kwa Simoni aliyekuwa na ukoma. Wakati alipokuwa ameketi mezani akila chakula cha jioni, mwanamke mmoja aliingia akiwa na chupa ya marhamu yenye manukato ya nardo<f caller="+"><fr>14:3
</fr><ft>Nardo ni aina ya manukato yaliyotengenezwa kutokana na mimea yenye mizizi inayotoa harufu nzuri.</ft></f> safi ya thamani kubwa. Akaivunja hiyo chupa, akamiminia hayo manukato kichwani mwa Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="MRK.14.4" />Baadhi ya watu waliokuwepo pale walikuwa wakisemezana wao kwa wao, “Upotevu huu wote ni wa nini?
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="MRK.14.5" />Mafuta haya yangeweza kuuzwa kwa zaidi ya dinari<f caller="+"><fr>14:5
</fr><ft>Dinari 300 ni sawa na mshahara wa kibarua wa siku 300.</ft></f> 300, na fedha hizo wakapewa maskini.” Wakamkemea vikali huyo mwanamke.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="MRK.14.6" />Lakini Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Mbona mnamsumbua huyu mwanamke? Mwacheni! Yeye amenitendea jambo zuri sana.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="MRK.14.7" /><wj>Maskini mtakuwa nao siku zote na mnaweza kuwasaidia wakati wowote mnaotaka. Lakini mimi hamtakuwa nami siku zote.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="MRK.14.8" /><wj>Huyu mwanamke amenitendea lile aliloweza. Ameumiminia mwili wangu manukato ili kuniandaa kwa maziko yangu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="MRK.14.9" /><wj>Amin, nawaambia, mahali popote ulimwenguni ambapo Injili itahubiriwa, jambo hili alilolitenda huyu mwanamke litatajwa pia kwa ukumbusho wake.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yuda Akubali Kumsaliti Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 26:14-16; Luka 22:3-6)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="MRK.14.10" />Kisha Yuda Iskariote, mmoja wa wale wanafunzi kumi na wawili, akaenda kwa viongozi wa makuhani ili kumsaliti Yesu kwao.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="MRK.14.11" />Walifurahi sana kusikia jambo hili na wakaahidi kumpa fedha. Hivyo yeye akawa anatafuta wakati uliofaa wa kumsaliti.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Ala Pasaka Na Wanafunzi Wake
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 26:17-25; Luka 22:7-14, 21-23; Yohana 13:21-30)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="MRK.14.12" />Siku ya kwanza ya Sikukuu ya Mikate Isiyotiwa Chachu, siku ambayo kwa desturi mwana-kondoo wa Pasaka huchinjwa, wanafunzi wa Yesu wakamuuliza, “Unataka twende wapi ili tukuandalie mahali pa kula Pasaka?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="MRK.14.13" />Basi akawatuma wawili miongoni mwa wanafunzi wake, akawaambia,
<wj>“Nendeni mjini. Huko mtakutana na mwanaume amebeba mtungi wa maji. Mfuateni.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="MRK.14.14" /><wj>Mwambieni mwenye nyumba ile atakayoingia, ‘Mwalimu anauliza: Kiko wapi chumba changu cha wageni, ambamo mimi na wanafunzi wangu tutakula Pasaka?’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="MRK.14.15" /><wj>Atawaonyesha chumba kikubwa ghorofani, kilichopambwa tena kilicho tayari. Tuandalieni humo.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="MRK.14.16" />Wale wanafunzi wakaondoka na kwenda mjini, nao wakakuta kila kitu kama Yesu alivyowaambia. Hivyo wakaiandaa Pasaka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="MRK.14.17" />Ilipofika jioni, Yesu akaja pamoja na wale wanafunzi wake kumi na wawili.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="MRK.14.18" />Walipoketi mezani wakila, Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Amin, nawaambia, mmoja wenu atanisaliti, mmoja anayekula pamoja nami.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="MRK.14.19" />Wakaanza kuhuzunika na kumuuliza mmoja baada ya mwingine, “Je, ni mimi Bwana?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="MRK.14.20" />Akawajibu,
<wj>“Ni mmoja miongoni mwenu ninyi kumi na wawili, yule anayechovya mkate kwenye bakuli pamoja nami.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="MRK.14.21" /><wj>Mwana wa Adamu anaenda zake kama vile alivyoandikiwa. Lakini ole wake mtu yule amsalitiye Mwana wa Adamu! Ingekuwa heri kwake mtu huyo kama hangezaliwa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuanzishwa Kwa Meza Ya Bwana
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 26:26-30; Luka 22:14-20; 1 Wakorintho 11:23-25)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="MRK.14.22" />Walipokuwa wanakula, Yesu akachukua mkate, akashukuru, akaumega na kuwapa wanafunzi wake, akisema,
<wj>“Twaeni mle; huu ndio mwili wangu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="MRK.14.23" />Kisha akakitwaa kikombe, akashukuru, akawapa, nao wote wakanywa kutoka humo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="MRK.14.24" />Akawaambia,
<wj>“Hii ndiyo damu yangu ya agano, imwagikayo kwa ajili ya wengi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="MRK.14.25" /><wj>Amin, nawaambia, sitakunywa tena katika uzao wa mzabibu, hadi siku ile nitakapounywa mpya katika Ufalme wa Mungu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="MRK.14.26" />Walipokwisha kuimba wimbo, wakatoka wakaenda Mlima wa Mizeituni.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Atabiri Kuwa Petro Atamkana
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 26:31-35; Luka 22:31-34; Yohana 13:36-38)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="MRK.14.27" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Ninyi nyote mtaniacha, kwa maana imeandikwa:</wj>
</p>
<q style="q1"><wj>“ ‘Nitampiga mchungaji,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>nao kondoo watatawanyika.’</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="28" bcv="MRK.14.28" /><wj>Lakini baada ya kufufuka kwangu, nitawatangulia kwenda Galilaya.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="MRK.14.29" />Petro akasema, “Hata kama wengine wote watakuacha, mimi sitakuacha.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="MRK.14.30" />Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Amin, nakuambia; leo, usiku huu, kabla jogoo hajawika mara mbili, wewe mwenyewe utanikana mara tatu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="MRK.14.31" />Lakini Petro akasisitiza zaidi, “Hata kama itabidi kufa pamoja nawe, sitakukana kamwe.” Nao wale wengine wote wakasema vivyo hivyo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Aomba Katika Bustani Ya Gethsemane
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 26:36-46; Luka 22:39-46)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="MRK.14.32" />Wakaenda mahali paitwapo Gethsemane. Yesu akawaambia wanafunzi wake,
<wj>“Kaeni hapa, nami niende nikaombe.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="MRK.14.33" />Kisha akawachukua pamoja naye Petro, Yakobo na Yohana. Akaanza kuhuzunika sana na kutaabika.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="MRK.14.34" />Akawaambia,
<wj>“Moyo wangu umejawa na huzuni kiasi cha kufa. Kaeni hapa na mkeshe.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="MRK.14.35" />Akaenda mbele kidogo, akaanguka kifudifudi, akaomba kwamba kama ingewezekana saa hiyo ya mateso imwondokee.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="MRK.14.36" />Akasema, “<tl><wj>Abba,</wj></tl><f caller="+"><fr>14:36
</fr><fq>Abba
</fq><ft>ni neno la Kiaramu ambalo maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Baba</fqa><ft>; ni mtoto wa kuzaa tu angeweza kulitumia kwa baba yake.</ft></f><wj>Baba, mambo yote yawezekana kwako. Niondolee kikombe hiki. Lakini si kama nipendavyo mimi, bali vile upendavyo wewe.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="MRK.14.37" />Akarudi kwa wanafunzi wake, akawakuta wamelala. Akamwambia Petro,
<wj>“Simoni, umelala? Je, hukuweza kukesha hata kwa saa moja?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="MRK.14.38" /><wj>Kesheni na mwombe, msije mkaingia majaribuni. Roho iko radhi, lakini mwili ni mdhaifu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="MRK.14.39" />Akaenda tena kuomba, akisema maneno yale yale.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="MRK.14.40" />Aliporudi, akawakuta tena wamelala kwa sababu macho yao yalikuwa mazito. Nao hawakujua la kumwambia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="MRK.14.41" />Akaja mara ya tatu, akawaambia,
<wj>“Bado mmelala na kupumzika? Imetosha! Saa imewadia. Tazameni, Mwana wa Adamu anasalitiwa na kutiwa mikononi mwa wenye dhambi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="MRK.14.42" /><wj>Inukeni, twende zetu! Tazameni, msaliti wangu yuaja!”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Akamatwa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 26:47-56; Luka 22:47-53; Yohana 18:3-12)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="43" bcv="MRK.14.43" />Yesu alipokuwa bado anazungumza, Yuda, mmoja wa wale wanafunzi Kumi na Wawili, akatokea. Alikuwa amefuatana na umati wa watu wenye panga na marungu, waliokuwa wametumwa na viongozi wa makuhani, walimu wa sheria, na wazee.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="44" bcv="MRK.14.44" />Basi msaliti alikuwa amewapa hao watu ishara, kwamba: “Yule nitakayembusu ndiye. Mkamateni, mkamchukue chini ya ulinzi.”
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="MRK.14.45" />Mara Yuda akamjia Yesu na kusema, “Rabi.”<f caller="+"><fr>14:45
</fr><ft><tl>Rabi</tl> ni neno la Kiebrania ambalo maana yake ni daktari, mwalimu au bwana. Walikuwa na madaraja matatu: La chini kabisa
<tl>Rab</tl> (bwana), la pili
<tl>Rabi</tl> (bwana wangu), na la juu kabisa
<tl>Raboni</tl> (mkuu wangu, bwana wangu mkuu).</ft></f> Akambusu.
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="MRK.14.46" />Wale watu wakamkamata Yesu, wakamweka chini ya ulinzi.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="MRK.14.47" />Ndipo mmoja wa wale waliokuwa wamesimama karibu aliuchomoa upanga wake na kumpiga mtumishi wa kuhani mkuu, akamkata sikio.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="48" bcv="MRK.14.48" />Kisha Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Mmekuja na panga na marungu kunikamata kana kwamba mimi ni mnyangʼanyi?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="MRK.14.49" /><wj>Siku kwa siku nilikuwa pamoja nanyi nikifundisha Hekaluni, wala hamkunikamata. Lakini Maandiko sharti yatimie.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="MRK.14.50" />Ndipo wanafunzi wake wote wakamwacha, wakakimbia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="51" bcv="MRK.14.51" />Kijana mmoja, ambaye hakuwa amevaa kitu isipokuwa alijitanda nguo ya kitani, alikuwa akimfuata Yesu. Walipomkamata,
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="MRK.14.52" />alikimbia uchi, akaliacha vazi lake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Mbele Ya Baraza La Wayahudi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 26:57-68; Luka 22:54-71; Yohana 18:13-24)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="53" bcv="MRK.14.53" />Wakampeleka Yesu kwa kuhani mkuu, nao viongozi wa makuhani wote, na wazee na walimu wa sheria wote wakakusanyika pamoja.
<ve />
<v id="54" bcv="MRK.14.54" />Petro akamfuata kwa mbali, hadi uani kwa kuhani mkuu. Huko akaketi pamoja na walinzi, akiota moto.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="55" bcv="MRK.14.55" />Viongozi wa makuhani na Baraza la Wayahudi<f caller="+"><fr>14:55
</fr><fq>Baraza la Wayahudi
</fq><ft>hapa ina maana ya
</ft><fqa>Sanhedrin
</fqa><ft>ambalo lilikuwa ndilo baraza la juu kabisa la utawala wa Kiyahudi, lililoundwa na wazee 70 pamoja na kuhani mkuu.</ft></f> lote wakatafuta ushahidi dhidi ya Yesu ili wapate kumuua. Lakini hawakupata jambo lolote.
<ve />
<v id="56" bcv="MRK.14.56" />Wengi walitoa ushahidi wa uongo dhidi yake, lakini maelezo yao hayakukubaliana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="57" bcv="MRK.14.57" />Ndipo wengine wakasimama wakatoa ushahidi wa uongo dhidi yake, wakisema:
<ve />
<v id="58" bcv="MRK.14.58" />“Sisi tulimsikia akisema, ‘Mimi nitalibomoa Hekalu hili lililojengwa na wanadamu, na katika siku tatu nitajenga jingine ambalo halikujengwa na wanadamu.’ ”
<ve />
<v id="59" bcv="MRK.14.59" />Lakini hata hivyo, ushahidi wao haukukubaliana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="60" bcv="MRK.14.60" />Basi kuhani mkuu akasimama mbele yao, akamuuliza Yesu, “Je, wewe hutajibu? Ni ushahidi gani hawa watu wanauleta dhidi yako?”
<ve />
<v id="61" bcv="MRK.14.61" />Lakini Yesu akakaa kimya, hakusema neno lolote.
</p>
<p style="p">Kuhani mkuu akamuuliza tena, “Je, wewe ndiwe Kristo,<f caller="+"><fr>14:61
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f> Mwana wa Mungu Aliyebarikiwa?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="62" bcv="MRK.14.62" />Yesu akajibu,
<wj>“Mimi ndimi. Nanyi mtamwona Mwana wa Adamu akiwa ameketi mkono wa kuume wa Mwenye Nguvu, na akija juu ya mawingu ya mbinguni.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="63" bcv="MRK.14.63" />Kuhani mkuu akararua mavazi yake, akasema, “Tuna haja gani tena ya mashahidi zaidi?
<ve />
<v id="64" bcv="MRK.14.64" />Ninyi mmesikia hayo makufuru. Uamuzi wenu ni gani?”
</p>
<p style="p">Wote wakamhukumu kwamba anastahili kifo.
<ve />
<v id="65" bcv="MRK.14.65" />Kisha baadhi ya watu wakaanza kumtemea mate; wakamfunga kitambaa machoni, wakampiga kwa ngumi na kumwambia, “Tabiri!” Walinzi wakamchukua na kumpiga makofi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Petro Amkana Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 26:69-75; Luka 22:56-62; Yohana 18:15-18, 25-27)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="66" bcv="MRK.14.66" />Petro alipokuwa bado yuko chini kwenye ua wa jumba la kifalme, tazama akaja mmoja wa watumishi wa kike wa kuhani mkuu.
<ve />
<v id="67" bcv="MRK.14.67" />Alipomwona Petro akiota moto, akamtazama sana, akamwambia,
</p>
<p style="p">“Wewe pia ulikuwa pamoja na Yesu, Mnazareti.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="68" bcv="MRK.14.68" />Lakini Petro akakana, akasema, “Sijui wala sielewi unalosema.” Naye akaondoka kuelekea kwenye njia ya kuingilia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="69" bcv="MRK.14.69" />Yule mtumishi wa kike alipomwona mahali pale, akawaambia tena wale waliokuwa wamesimama hapo, “Huyu mtu ni mmoja wao.”
<ve />
<v id="70" bcv="MRK.14.70" />Lakini Petro akakana tena.
</p>
<p style="p">Baada ya muda kidogo wale waliokuwa wamesimama hapo karibu na Petro wakamwambia, “Hakika wewe ni mmoja wao, kwa maana wewe pia ni Mgalilaya!”
<ve />
<v id="71" bcv="MRK.14.71" />Petro akaanza kujilaani na kuwaapia, “Mimi simjui huyu mtu mnayesema habari zake!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="72" bcv="MRK.14.72" />Papo hapo jogoo akawika mara ya pili. Ndipo Petro akakumbuka lile neno Yesu alikuwa amemwambia:
<wj>“Kabla jogoo hajawika mara mbili, utanikana mara tatu.”</wj> Akavunjika moyo, akalia sana.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="15" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Mbele Ya Pilato
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 27:1-14; Luka 23:1-5; Yohana 18:28-38)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MRK.15.1" />Asubuhi na mapema, viongozi wa makuhani, pamoja na wazee, walimu wa sheria na Baraza lote, wakafikia uamuzi. Wakamfunga Yesu, wakamchukua na kumkabidhi kwa Pilato.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="MRK.15.2" />Pilato akamuuliza, “Je, wewe ndiye Mfalme wa Wayahudi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Yesu akajibu,
<wj>“Wewe umesema.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="MRK.15.3" />Viongozi wa makuhani wakamshtaki kwa mambo mengi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="MRK.15.4" />Pilato akamuuliza tena, “Je, huna la kujibu? Tazama ni mashtaka mangapi wanayaleta juu yako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="MRK.15.5" />Lakini Yesu hakujibu lolote, hivyo Pilato akashangaa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Pilato Amtoa Yesu Asulubiwe
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 27:15-26; Luka 23:13-25; Yohana 18:39–19:16)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="MRK.15.6" />Ilikuwa desturi wakati wa Sikukuu ya Pasaka kumfungulia mfungwa yeyote ambaye watu wangemtaka.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="MRK.15.7" />Wakati huo, mtu aliyeitwa Baraba alikuwa amefungwa gerezani pamoja na waasi wengine waliokuwa wametekeleza uuaji wakati wa maasi.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="MRK.15.8" />Ule umati wa watu ukamjia Pilato na kumwomba awafanyie kama ilivyokuwa desturi yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="MRK.15.9" />Pilato akawauliza, “Mnataka niwafungulie huyu Mfalme wa Wayahudi?”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="MRK.15.10" />Kwa maana yeye alitambua kuwa viongozi wa makuhani walikuwa wamemtia Yesu mikononi mwake kwa ajili ya wivu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="MRK.15.11" />Lakini viongozi wa makuhani wakauchochea ule umati wa watu wamwombe awafungulie Baraba badala yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="MRK.15.12" />Pilato akawauliza tena, “Basi mnataka nifanye nini na huyu mtu mnayemwita Mfalme wa Wayahudi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="MRK.15.13" />Wakapiga kelele wakisema, “Msulubishe!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="MRK.15.14" />Pilato akawauliza, “Kwa nini? Amefanya kosa gani?”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini wao wakapiga kelele kwa nguvu zaidi, wakisema, “Msulubishe!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="MRK.15.15" />Pilato, akitaka kuuridhisha ule umati wa watu, akawafungulia Baraba. Naye baada ya kuamuru Yesu achapwe mijeledi, akamtoa ili asulubishwe.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Askari Wamdhihaki Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 27:27-31; Yohana 19:2-3)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="MRK.15.16" />Askari wakampeleka Yesu hadi kwenye ukumbi wa ndani wa jumba la kifalme, ndio Praitorio,<f caller="+"><fr>15:16
</fr><ft>Praitorio maana yake ni makao makuu ya mtawala; ni jumba la kifalme lililokuwa linakaliwa na Pontio Pilato huko Yerusalemu, palipokuwa na kiti cha hukumu.</ft></f> wakakusanya kikosi kizima cha askari.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="MRK.15.17" />Wakamvalisha Yesu joho la zambarau, wakasokota taji ya miiba, wakamvika kichwani.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="MRK.15.18" />Wakaanza kumsalimu kwa dhihaka, “Salamu, mfalme wa Wayahudi!”
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="MRK.15.19" />Wakampiga kwa fimbo ya mwanzi tena na tena kichwani na kumtemea mate. Wakapiga magoti mbele yake, wakamsujudia kwa kumdhihaki.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="MRK.15.20" />Walipokwisha kumdhihaki, wakamvua lile joho la zambarau, wakamvika tena nguo zake. Kisha wakamtoa nje ili wakamsulubishe.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kusulubiwa Kwa Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 27:32-44; Luka 23:26-43; Yohana 19:17-27)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="MRK.15.21" />Mtu mmoja kutoka Kirene, jina lake Simoni, baba yao Aleksanda na Rufo, alikuwa anapita zake kuingia mjini kutoka shamba, nao wakamlazimisha kuubeba ule msalaba.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="MRK.15.22" />Kisha wakampeleka Yesu mpaka mahali palipoitwa Golgotha (maana yake ni Mahali pa Fuvu la Kichwa).
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="MRK.15.23" />Nao wakampa divai iliyochanganywa na manemane, lakini hakuinywa.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="MRK.15.24" />Basi wakamsulubisha, nazo nguo zake wakagawana miongoni mwao kwa kuzipigia kura ili kuamua ni gani kila mtu ataichukua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="MRK.15.25" />Ilikuwa yapata saa tatu asubuhi walipomsulubisha.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="MRK.15.26" />Tangazo likaandikwa la mashtaka dhidi yake lenye maneno haya: “<sc>Mfalme wa Wayahudi</sc>.”
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="MRK.15.27" />Pamoja naye walisulubiwa wanyangʼanyi wawili, mmoja upande wake wa kuume na mwingine upande wa kushoto. [
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="MRK.15.28" />Nayo maandiko yakatimizwa, yale yasemayo, “Alihesabiwa pamoja na watenda dhambi.]”
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="MRK.15.29" />Watu waliokuwa wakipita njiani wakamtukana huku wakitikisa vichwa vyao na kusema, “Aha! Wewe ambaye utalivunja Hekalu na kulijenga kwa siku tatu,
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="MRK.15.30" />basi shuka kutoka msalabani na ujiokoe mwenyewe!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="MRK.15.31" />Vivyo hivyo, viongozi wa makuhani pamoja na walimu wa sheria wakamdhihaki miongoni mwao wakisema, “Aliwaokoa wengine, lakini hawezi kujiokoa mwenyewe!
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="MRK.15.32" />Basi huyu Kristo,<f caller="+"><fr>15:32
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f> huyu Mfalme wa Israeli, ashuke sasa kutoka msalabani, ili tupate kuona na kuamini.” Wale waliosulubiwa pamoja naye pia wakamtukana.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kifo Cha Yesu Msalabani
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 27:45-56; Luka 23:44-49; Yohana 19:28-30)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="MRK.15.33" />Ilipofika saa sita, giza liliifunika nchi yote hadi saa tisa.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="MRK.15.34" />Mnamo saa tisa, Yesu akapaza sauti, akalia,
<tl><wj>“Eloi, Eloi, lama sabakthani?”</wj></tl> (maana yake,
<wj>“Mungu wangu, Mungu wangu, mbona umeniacha?”</wj>)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="MRK.15.35" />Baadhi ya watu waliokuwa wamesimama karibu waliposikia hayo, wakasema, “Msikieni, anamwita Eliya.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="MRK.15.36" />Mtu mmoja akaenda mbio, akachovya sifongo kwenye siki, akaiweka kwenye mwanzi na akampa Yesu ili anywe, akisema, “Basi mwacheni. Hebu tuone kama Eliya atakuja kumshusha kutoka hapo msalabani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="MRK.15.37" />Kisha Yesu akatoa sauti kuu, akakata roho.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="MRK.15.38" />Pazia la Hekalu likachanika vipande viwili kuanzia juu hadi chini.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="MRK.15.39" />Basi yule jemadari aliyekuwa amesimama hapo mbele ya msalaba wa Yesu aliposikia ile sauti yake na kuona jinsi alivyokata roho, akasema, “Hakika mtu huyu alikuwa Mwana wa Mungu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="MRK.15.40" />Walikuwepo pia wanawake waliokuwa wakiangalia kwa mbali. Miongoni mwao walikuwepo Maria Magdalene, na Maria mama yao Yakobo mdogo na Yose, pia na Salome.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="MRK.15.41" />Hawa walifuatana na Yesu na kushughulikia mahitaji yake alipokuwa Galilaya. Pia walikuwepo wanawake wengine wengi waliokuwa wamekuja pamoja naye Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maziko Ya Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 27:57-61; Luka 23:50-56; Yohana 19:38-42)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="MRK.15.42" />Ilipofika jioni, kwa kuwa ilikuwa Siku ya Maandalizi, yaani siku moja kabla ya Sabato,
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="MRK.15.43" />Yosefu wa Arimathaya, mtu aliyeheshimiwa katika Baraza, na ambaye alikuwa anautarajia Ufalme wa Mungu, akamwendea Pilato kwa ujasiri na kumwomba mwili wa Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="MRK.15.44" />Pilato alikuwa akijiuliza kama Yesu alikuwa amekwisha kufa. Hivyo akamwita yule jemadari, akamuuliza iwapo Yesu alikuwa amekwisha kufa.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="MRK.15.45" />Baada ya kupata habari kutoka kwa yule jemadari kwamba kweli amekwisha kufa, Pilato akampa Yosefu ruhusa ya kuuchukua huo mwili.
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="MRK.15.46" />Hivyo Yosefu akanunua kitambaa cha kitani safi, akaushusha mwili kutoka msalabani, akaufunga katika kile kitambaa cha kitani, na kuuweka ndani ya kaburi lililochongwa kwenye mwamba. Kisha akavingirisha jiwe kwenye ingilio la kaburi.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="MRK.15.47" />Maria Magdalene na Maria mamaye Yose walipaona mahali pale alipolazwa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="16" />
<s style="s1">Kufufuka Kwa Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 28:1-8; Luka 24:1-12; Yohana 20:1-10)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="MRK.16.1" />Sabato ilipomalizika, Maria Magdalene, Maria mama yake Yakobo, na Salome walinunua manukato ili wakaupake mwili wa Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="MRK.16.2" />Asubuhi na mapema, siku ya kwanza ya juma, mara tu baada ya kuchomoza jua, walikwenda kaburini.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="MRK.16.3" />Njiani wakawa wanaulizana wao kwa wao, “Ni nani atakayetuvingirishia lile jiwe kutoka kwenye ingilio la kaburi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="MRK.16.4" />Lakini walipotazama, wakaona lile jiwe, ambalo lilikuwa kubwa sana, limekwisha kuvingirishwa kutoka pale penye ingilio la kaburi.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="MRK.16.5" />Walipokuwa wakiingia mle kaburini, wakamwona kijana mmoja aliyevaa joho jeupe akiwa ameketi upande wa kuume, nao wakastaajabu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="MRK.16.6" />Yule malaika akawaambia, “Msistaajabu. Mnamtafuta Yesu, Mnazareti, aliyesulubiwa. Amefufuka! Hayuko hapa. Tazameni mahali walipomlaza.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="MRK.16.7" />Lakini nendeni mkawaambie wanafunzi wake pamoja na Petro, kwamba, ‘Anawatangulia kwenda Galilaya. Huko ndiko mtamwona, kama alivyowaambia.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="MRK.16.8" />Hivyo wakatoka, wakakimbia kutoka mle kaburini wakiwa na hofu kuu na mshangao. Nao hawakumwambia mtu yeyote neno lolote, kwa sababu waliogopa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Anamtokea Maria Magdalene
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 28:9-10; Yohana 20:11-18)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="MRK.16.9" />Yesu alipofufuka alfajiri na mapema siku ya kwanza ya juma alimtokea kwanza Maria Magdalene, yule ambaye alikuwa amemtoa pepo wachafu saba.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="MRK.16.10" />Maria akaenda, naye akawaambia wale waliokuwa wamefuatana na Yesu, waliokuwa wanaomboleza na kulia.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="MRK.16.11" />Lakini waliposikia kwamba Yesu yu hai na kwamba Maria alikuwa amemwona, hawakusadiki.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Awatokea Wanafunzi Wawili
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 24:13-35)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="MRK.16.12" />Baadaye Yesu akawatokea wawili miongoni mwa wanafunzi wake walipokuwa wakienda shambani akiwa katika sura nyingine.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="MRK.16.13" />Nao wakarudi na kuwaambia wenzao. Lakini hawakuwasadiki wao pia.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Awaagiza Wale Wanafunzi Kumi Na Mmoja
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 28:16-20; Luka 24:36-49; Yohana 20:19-23; Matendo 1:6-8)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="MRK.16.14" />Baadaye Yesu akawatokea wale wanafunzi kumi na mmoja walipokuwa wakila chakula. Akawakemea kwa kutoamini kwao na kwa ugumu wa mioyo yao kwa kutosadiki wale waliomwona baada yake kufufuka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="MRK.16.15" />Akawaambia,
<wj>“Enendeni ulimwenguni kote, mkaihubiri Injili kwa kila kiumbe.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="MRK.16.16" /><wj>Yeyote aaminiye na kubatizwa ataokoka. Lakini yeyote asiyeamini atahukumiwa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="MRK.16.17" /><wj>Nazo ishara hizi zitafuatana na wanaoamini: Kwa Jina langu watatoa pepo wachafu; watasema kwa lugha mpya;</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="MRK.16.18" /><wj>watashika nyoka kwa mikono yao; na hata wakinywa kitu chochote cha kuua, hakitawadhuru kamwe; wataweka mikono yao juu ya wagonjwa, nao watapona.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">[Yesu Apaa Kwenda Mbinguni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Luka 24:50-53; Matendo 1:9-11)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="MRK.16.19" />Baada ya Bwana Yesu kusema nao, alichukuliwa juu mbinguni na kuketi mkono wa kuume wa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="MRK.16.20" />Kisha wanafunzi wake wakatoka, wakahubiri kila mahali, naye Bwana akatenda kazi pamoja nao na kulithibitisha neno lake kwa ishara zilizofuatana nalo.]<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="LUK"><id id="LUK">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Luka
</h><toc level="1">Luka
</toc><toc level="2">Luka
</toc><toc level="3">Lk
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Luka
</p>

<c id="1" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LUK.1.1" />Kwa kuwa watu wengi wamekaa ili kuandika habari za mambo yaliyotukia katikati yetu,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LUK.1.2" />kama vile yalivyokabidhiwa kwetu na wale waliokuwa mashahidi walioyaona na watumishi wa Bwana,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LUK.1.3" />mimi nami baada ya kuchunguza kila kitu kwa uangalifu kuanzia mwanzo, niliamua kukuandikia habari za mambo hayo, ewe mtukufu Theofilo,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LUK.1.4" />ili upate kujua ukweli kuhusu yale uliyofundishwa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuzaliwa Kwa Yohana Mbatizaji Kwatabiriwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="LUK.1.5" />Wakati wa Herode mfalme wa Uyahudi, palikuwa na kuhani mmoja jina lake Zekaria, ambaye alikuwa wa ukoo wa kikuhani wa Abiya. Elizabeti mkewe alikuwa pia mzao wa Aroni.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LUK.1.6" />Zekaria na Elizabeti mkewe wote walikuwa watu wanyofu mbele za Mungu, wakizishika amri zote za Bwana na maagizo yote bila lawama.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LUK.1.7" />Lakini walikuwa hawana watoto, kwa sababu Elizabeti alikuwa tasa; nao wote wawili walikuwa wazee sana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="LUK.1.8" />Siku moja ilipokuwa zamu ya kikundi cha Zekaria, yeye akifanya kazi ya ukuhani Hekaluni mbele za Mungu,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="LUK.1.9" />alichaguliwa kwa kura kwa kufuata desturi za ukuhani, kuingia Hekaluni mwa Bwana ili kufukiza uvumba.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LUK.1.10" />Nao wakati wa kufukiza uvumba ulipowadia, wale wote waliokuwa wamekusanyika ili kuabudu walikuwa nje wakiomba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="LUK.1.11" />Ndipo malaika wa Bwana, akiwa amesimama upande wa kuume wa madhabahu ya kufukizia uvumba, akamtokea Zekaria.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LUK.1.12" />Zekaria alipomwona huyo malaika, akafadhaika sana, akajawa na hofu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="LUK.1.13" />Lakini malaika akamwambia, “Usiogope, Zekaria, kwa maana Mungu amesikia maombi yako. Mkeo Elizabeti atakuzalia mtoto wa kiume, nawe utamwita jina lake Yohana.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="LUK.1.14" />Yeye atakuwa furaha na shangwe kwako, nao watu wengi watashangilia kwa sababu ya kuzaliwa kwake.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LUK.1.15" />Kwa kuwa atakuwa mkuu mbele za Bwana, kamwe hataonja mvinyo wala kinywaji chochote cha kulevya, naye atajazwa Roho Mtakatifu hata kabla ya kuzaliwa kwake.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LUK.1.16" />Naye atawageuza wengi wa wana wa Israeli warudi kwa Bwana Mungu wao.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LUK.1.17" />Naye atatangulia mbele za Bwana katika roho na nguvu ya Eliya, ili kuigeuza mioyo ya baba kuwaelekea watoto wao, na wasiotii warejee katika hekima ya wenye haki, ili kuliweka tayari taifa lililoandaliwa kwa ajili ya Bwana.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="LUK.1.18" />Zekaria akamuuliza malaika, “Jambo hilo linawezekanaje? Mimi ni mzee na mke wangu pia ana umri mkubwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="LUK.1.19" />Malaika akamjibu, akamwambia, “Mimi ni Gabrieli, nisimamaye mbele za Mungu, nami nimetumwa kwako ili nikuambie habari hizi njema.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="LUK.1.20" />Basi sasa kwa kuwa hujaamini maneno yangu ambayo yatatimizwa kwa wakati wake, utakuwa bubu hadi siku ile mambo haya yatakapotukia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="LUK.1.21" />Wakati huo watu walikuwa wanamngojea Zekaria nje huku wakishangaa kukawia kwake mle Hekaluni.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="LUK.1.22" />Alipotoka akawa hawezi kusema nao, wao wakatambua kuwa ameona maono ndani ya Hekalu. Lakini kwa kuwa alikuwa bubu, akawa anawaashiria kwa mikono.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="LUK.1.23" />Muda wake wa kuhudumu Hekaluni ulipomalizika, akarudi nyumbani kwake.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="LUK.1.24" />Baada ya muda usio mrefu, Elizabeti mkewe akapata mimba, naye akajitenga kwa miezi mitano.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="LUK.1.25" />Akasema, “Hili ndilo Bwana alilonitendea aliponiangalia kwa upendeleo na kuniondolea aibu yangu mbele ya watu.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuzaliwa Kwa Yesu Kwatabiriwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="LUK.1.26" />Mwezi wa sita baada ya Elizabeti kupata mimba, Mungu alimtuma malaika Gabrieli aende Galilaya katika mji wa Nazareti,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="LUK.1.27" />kwa mwanamwali bikira aliyekuwa ameposwa na mtu mmoja jina lake Yosefu wa nyumba ya Daudi. Jina la huyu mwanamwali bikira ni Maria.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="LUK.1.28" />Naye malaika akaja kwake akamwambia: “Salamu, wewe uliyebarikiwa, Bwana yu pamoja nawe!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="LUK.1.29" />Maria akafadhaishwa sana na maneno haya, akajiuliza moyoni, “Salamu hii ni ya namna gani?”
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LUK.1.30" />Ndipo malaika akamwambia, “Usiogope, Maria, umepata kibali kwa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="LUK.1.31" />Tazama, utachukua mimba, nawe utamzaa mtoto mwanaume na utamwita jina lake Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="LUK.1.32" />Yeye atakuwa mkuu, naye ataitwa Mwana wa Aliye Juu Sana.
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu atampa kiti cha enzi cha Daudi baba yake.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="LUK.1.33" />Ataimiliki nyumba ya Yakobo milele, na ufalme wake hautakuwa na mwisho.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="LUK.1.34" />Maria akamuuliza huyo malaika, “Maadamu mimi ni bikira, jambo hili litawezekanaje?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="LUK.1.35" />Malaika akamjibu, “Roho Mtakatifu atakujilia juu yako, nazo nguvu zake Yeye Aliye Juu Sana zitakufunika kama kivuli. Kwa hiyo mtoto atakayezaliwa atakuwa mtakatifu, naye ataitwa Mwana wa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="LUK.1.36" />Tazama, jamaa yako Elizabeti amechukua mimba katika uzee wake, na huu ni mwezi wake wa sita, yeye aliyeitwa tasa.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="LUK.1.37" />Kwa maana kwa Mungu hakuna lisilowezekana.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="LUK.1.38" />Maria akasema, “Tazama, mimi ni mtumishi wa Bwana. Na iwe kwangu kama ulivyosema.” Kisha malaika akaondoka, akamwacha.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maria Aenda Kumtembelea Elizabeti
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="LUK.1.39" />Wakati huo Maria akajiandaa, akaharakisha kwenda katika mji mmoja kwenye vilima vya Uyahudi.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="LUK.1.40" />Akaingia nyumbani kwa Zekaria na kumsalimu Elizabeti.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="LUK.1.41" />Naye Elizabeti aliposikia salamu ya Maria, mtoto aliyekuwa tumboni mwake akaruka. Elizabeti akajazwa na Roho Mtakatifu,
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="LUK.1.42" />akapaza sauti kwa nguvu akasema, “Umebarikiwa wewe miongoni mwa wanawake, naye mtoto utakayemzaa amebarikiwa.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="LUK.1.43" />Lakini ni kwa nini mimi nimepata upendeleo kiasi hiki, hata mama wa Bwana wangu afike kwangu?
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="LUK.1.44" />Mara tu niliposikia sauti ya salamu yako, mtoto aliyeko tumboni mwangu aliruka kwa furaha.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="LUK.1.45" />Amebarikiwa yeye aliyeamini kwamba lile Bwana alilomwambia litatimizwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wimbo Wa Maria Wa Sifa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="46" bcv="LUK.1.46" />Naye Maria akasema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Moyo wangu wamwadhimisha Bwana,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="47" bcv="LUK.1.47" />nayo roho yangu inamfurahia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mungu Mwokozi wangu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="48" bcv="LUK.1.48" />kwa kuwa ameangalia kwa fadhili
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unyonge wa mtumishi wake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Hakika tangu sasa vizazi vyote vitaniita aliyebarikiwa,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="49" bcv="LUK.1.49" />kwa maana yeye Mwenye Nguvu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amenitendea mambo ya ajabu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jina lake ni takatifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="50" bcv="LUK.1.50" />Rehema zake huwaendea wale wamchao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka kizazi hadi kizazi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="51" bcv="LUK.1.51" />Kwa kuwa ametenda mambo ya ajabu kwa mkono wake;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amewatawanya wale wenye kiburi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ndani ya mioyo yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="52" bcv="LUK.1.52" />Amewashusha watawala toka kwenye viti vyao vya enzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini amewainua wanyenyekevu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="53" bcv="LUK.1.53" />Amewashibisha wenye njaa kwa vitu vizuri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali matajiri amewafukuza mikono mitupu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="54" bcv="LUK.1.54" />Amemsaidia mtumishi wake Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kukumbuka ahadi yake ya kumrehemu
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="55" bcv="LUK.1.55" />Abrahamu na uzao wake milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama alivyowaahidi baba zetu.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="56" bcv="LUK.1.56" />Maria akakaa na Elizabeti karibu miezi mitatu, kisha akarudi nyumbani kwake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuzaliwa Kwa Yohana Mbatizaji
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="57" bcv="LUK.1.57" />Ulipowadia wakati wa Elizabeti kujifungua, alizaa mtoto mwanaume.
<ve />
<v id="58" bcv="LUK.1.58" />Majirani zake na jamii zake wakasikia jinsi Bwana alivyomfanyia rehema kuu, nao wakafurahi pamoja naye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="59" bcv="LUK.1.59" />Siku ya nane wakaja kumtahiri mtoto, wakataka yule mtoto aitwe Zekaria, ambalo ndilo jina la baba yake.
<ve />
<v id="60" bcv="LUK.1.60" />Lakini mama yake akakataa na kusema, “Hapana! Jina lake ataitwa Yohana.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="61" bcv="LUK.1.61" />Wakamwambia, “Hakuna mtu yeyote katika jamaa yako mwenye jina kama hilo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="62" bcv="LUK.1.62" />Basi wakamfanyia Zekaria baba yake ishara ili kujua kwamba yeye angependa kumpa mtoto jina gani.
<ve />
<v id="63" bcv="LUK.1.63" />Akaomba wampe kibao cha kuandikia na kwa mshangao wa kila mtu akaandika: “Jina lake ni Yohana.”
<ve />
<v id="64" bcv="LUK.1.64" />Papo hapo kinywa chake kikafunguliwa na ulimi wake ukaachiwa, akawa anaongea akimsifu Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="65" bcv="LUK.1.65" />Majirani wote wakajawa na hofu ya Mungu, na katika nchi yote ya vilima vya Uyahudi watu walikuwa wakinena juu ya mambo haya yote.
<ve />
<v id="66" bcv="LUK.1.66" />Kila aliyesikia habari hizi alishangaa akauliza, “Je, mtoto huyu atakuwa mtu wa namna gani?” Maana mkono wa Bwana ulikuwa pamoja naye.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Unabii Wa Zekaria
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="67" bcv="LUK.1.67" />Zekaria, baba yake, akajazwa na Roho Mtakatifu, naye akatoa unabii, akisema:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="68" bcv="LUK.1.68" />“Ahimidiwe Bwana, Mungu wa Israeli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa amewajilia watu wake na kuwakomboa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="69" bcv="LUK.1.69" />Naye ametusimamishia pembe<f caller="+"><fr>1:69
</fr><ft>Pembe hapa inamaanisha nguvu.</ft></f> ya wokovu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika nyumba ya Daudi mtumishi wake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="70" bcv="LUK.1.70" />kama alivyonena kwa vinywa vya manabii
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wake watakatifu tangu zamani,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="71" bcv="LUK.1.71" />kwamba atatuokoa kutoka kwa adui zetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kutoka mikononi mwao wote watuchukiao:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="72" bcv="LUK.1.72" />ili kuonyesha rehema kwa baba zetu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kukumbuka Agano lake takatifu,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="73" bcv="LUK.1.73" />kiapo alichomwapia baba yetu Abrahamu:
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="74" bcv="LUK.1.74" />kutuokoa kutoka mikononi mwa adui zetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tupate kumtumikia yeye pasipo hofu
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="75" bcv="LUK.1.75" />katika utakatifu na haki mbele zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku zetu zote.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1"><v id="76" bcv="LUK.1.76" />“Nawe mtoto wangu, utaitwa nabii wa Aliye Juu Sana;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa utamtangulia Bwana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuandaa njia kwa ajili yake,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="77" bcv="LUK.1.77" />kuwajulisha watu wake juu ya wokovu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utakaopatikana kwa kusamehewa dhambi zao,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="78" bcv="LUK.1.78" />kwa ajili ya wingi wa rehema za Mungu wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nuru itokayo juu itatuzukia
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="79" bcv="LUK.1.79" />ili kuwaangazia wale waishio gizani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na katika uvuli wa mauti,
</q>
<q style="q1">kuiongoza miguu yetu katika njia ya amani.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="80" bcv="LUK.1.80" />Yule mtoto akakua na kuongezeka nguvu katika roho; akaishi nyikani hadi siku ile alipojionyesha hadharani kwa Waisraeli.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Kuzaliwa Kwa Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 1:18-25)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LUK.2.1" />Siku zile Kaisari Augusto alitoa amri kwamba watu wote waandikishwe katika ulimwengu wa Kirumi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LUK.2.2" />(Orodha hii ndiyo ya kwanza iliyofanyika wakati Krenio alikuwa mtawala wa Shamu<f caller="+"><fr>2:2
</fr><ft>Shamu inamaanisha Syria.</ft></f>).
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LUK.2.3" />Kila mtu alikwenda kuandikishwa katika mji wake alikozaliwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="LUK.2.4" />Hivyo Yosefu akapanda kutoka mji wa Nazareti ulioko Galilaya kwenda Uyahudi, mpaka Bethlehemu, mji wa Daudi, kwa sababu yeye alikuwa wa ukoo na wa nyumba ya Daudi.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LUK.2.5" />Alikwenda huko kujiandikisha pamoja na Maria, ambaye alikuwa amemposa naye alikuwa mjamzito.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LUK.2.6" />Wakiwa Bethlehemu, wakati wa Maria wa kujifungua ukawa umetimia,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LUK.2.7" />naye akamzaa mwanawe, kifungua mimba. Akamfunika nguo za kitoto na kumlaza katika hori ya kulia ngʼombe, kwa sababu hapakuwa na nafasi katika nyumba ya wageni.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wachungaji Na Malaika
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="LUK.2.8" />Katika eneo lile walikuwako wachungaji waliokuwa wakikaa mashambani, wakilinda makundi yao ya kondoo usiku.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="LUK.2.9" />Ghafula tazama, malaika wa Bwana akawatokea, nao utukufu wa Bwana ukawangʼaria kotekote, wakaingiwa na hofu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LUK.2.10" />Lakini malaika akawaambia: “Msiogope. Kwa maana tazama nawaletea habari njema za furaha itakayokuwa kwa watu wote.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LUK.2.11" />Leo katika mji wa Daudi kwa ajili yenu amezaliwa Mwokozi, ndiye Kristo<f caller="+"><fr>2:11
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f> Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LUK.2.12" />Hii ndiyo itakayokuwa ishara kwenu: Mtamkuta mtoto mchanga amefunikwa nguo za kitoto na kulazwa katika hori ya kulia ngʼombe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="LUK.2.13" />Ghafula pakawa na jeshi kubwa la mbinguni pamoja na huyo malaika wakimsifu Mungu wakisema,
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="LUK.2.14" />“Atukuzwe Mungu juu mbinguni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na duniani iwe amani kwa watu aliowaridhia.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="LUK.2.15" />Hao malaika walipokwisha kuondoka na kwenda zao mbinguni, wale wachungaji wakasemezana wao kwa wao, “Twendeni Bethlehemu tukaone mambo haya ya ajabu yaliyotukia, ambayo Bwana ametuambia habari zake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="LUK.2.16" />Hivyo wakaenda haraka Bethlehemu, wakawakuta Maria na Yosefu na yule mtoto mchanga akiwa amelala katika hori la kulia ngʼombe.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LUK.2.17" />Walipomwona yule mtoto, wakawaeleza yale waliyokuwa wameambiwa kuhusu huyo mtoto.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="LUK.2.18" />Nao wote waliosikia habari hizi wakastaajabia yale waliyoambiwa na wale wachungaji wa kondoo.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="LUK.2.19" />Lakini Maria akayaweka mambo haya yote moyoni mwake na kuyatafakari.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="LUK.2.20" />Wale wachungaji wakarudi, huku wakimtukuza Mungu na kumsifu kwa ajili ya mambo yote waliyokuwa wameambiwa na kuyaona.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="LUK.2.21" />Hata zilipotimia siku nane, ulikuwa ndio wakati wa kumtahiri mtoto, akaitwa Yesu, jina alilokuwa amepewa na malaika kabla hajatungwa mimba.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Apelekwa Hekaluni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="LUK.2.22" />Ulipotimia wakati wa utakaso wake Maria kwa mujibu wa Sheria ya Mose, basi Yosefu na Maria walimpeleka mtoto Yerusalemu, ili kumweka wakfu kwa Bwana
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="LUK.2.23" />(kama ilivyoandikwa katika Sheria ya Bwana, kwamba, “Kila mtoto wa kiume kifungua mimba atawekwa wakfu kwa Bwana”),
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="LUK.2.24" />na pia kutoa dhabihu kulingana na yale yaliyonenwa katika Sheria ya Bwana: “Hua wawili au makinda mawili ya njiwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="LUK.2.25" />Basi alikuwako huko Yerusalemu mtu mmoja jina lake Simeoni, ambaye alikuwa mwenye haki na mcha Mungu, akitarajia faraja ya Israeli, na Roho Mtakatifu alikuwa juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="LUK.2.26" />Roho Mtakatifu alikuwa amemfunulia kuwa hatakufa kabla hajamwona Kristo wa Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="LUK.2.27" />Simeoni, akiwa ameongozwa na Roho Mtakatifu, alikwenda Hekaluni. Wazazi walipomleta mtoto Yesu ili kumfanyia kama ilivyokuwa desturi ya Sheria,
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="LUK.2.28" />ndipo Simeoni akampokea mtoto mikononi mwake na kumsifu Mungu, akisema:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="29" bcv="LUK.2.29" />“Bwana Mwenyezi, kama ulivyoahidi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sasa wamruhusu mtumishi wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aende zake kwa amani.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="30" bcv="LUK.2.30" />Kwa maana macho yangu yameuona wokovu wako,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="31" bcv="LUK.2.31" />ulioweka tayari machoni pa watu wote,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="32" bcv="LUK.2.32" />nuru kwa ajili ya ufunuo kwa watu wa Mataifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa ajili ya utukufu kwa watu wako Israeli.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="LUK.2.33" />Naye Yosefu na mama yake mtoto wakastaajabu kwa yale yaliyokuwa yamesemwa kumhusu huyo mtoto.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="LUK.2.34" />Kisha Simeoni akawabariki, akamwambia Maria mama yake, “Mtoto huyu amewekwa kwa makusudi ya kuanguka na kuinuka kwa wengi katika Israeli. Atakuwa ishara ambayo watu watanena dhidi yake,
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="LUK.2.35" />ili mawazo ya mioyo mingi yadhihirike. Nao upanga utauchoma moyo wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="LUK.2.36" />Tena alikuwako Hekaluni nabii mmoja mwanamke, jina lake Ana binti Fanueli, wa kabila la Asheri. Alikuwa mzee sana; naye alikuwa ameolewa na kuishi na mume kwa miaka saba tu, kisha mumewe akafa.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="LUK.2.37" />Hivyo alikuwa mjane na umri wake ulikuwa miaka themanini na minne. Yeye hakuondoka humo Hekaluni usiku wala mchana, bali alikuwa akimwabudu Mungu, akifunga na kuomba.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="LUK.2.38" />Wakati huo huo, Ana alikuja akaanza kusifu, akimshukuru Mungu na kusema habari za huyo mtoto kwa watu wote waliokuwa wakitarajia ukombozi wa Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="LUK.2.39" />Yosefu na Maria walipokuwa wamekamilisha mambo yote yaliyotakiwa na Sheria ya Bwana, walirudi mjini kwao Nazareti huko Galilaya.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="LUK.2.40" />Naye yule mtoto akakua na kuongezeka nguvu, akiwa amejaa hekima, na neema ya Mungu ilikuwa juu yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kijana Yesu Hekaluni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="LUK.2.41" />Kila mwaka Yosefu na Maria mama yake Yesu walikuwa na desturi ya kwenda Yerusalemu kwa ajili ya Sikukuu ya Pasaka.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="LUK.2.42" />Yesu alipokuwa na umri wa miaka kumi na miwili, walipanda kwenda kwenye Sikukuu hiyo kama ilivyokuwa desturi.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="LUK.2.43" />Baada ya Sikukuu kumalizika, wakati Yosefu na Maria mama yake walipokuwa wakirudi nyumbani, Yesu alibaki Yerusalemu lakini hawakutambua.
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="LUK.2.44" />Wao wakidhani kuwa yuko miongoni mwa wasafiri, walienda mwendo wa kutwa nzima. Ndipo wakaanza kumtafuta miongoni mwa jamaa zao na marafiki.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="LUK.2.45" />Walipomkosa walirudi Yerusalemu ili kumtafuta.
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="LUK.2.46" />Baada ya siku tatu wakamkuta ndani ya Hekalu, akiwa ameketi katikati ya walimu wa sheria, akiwasikiliza na kuwauliza maswali.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="LUK.2.47" />Wote waliomsikia walistaajabishwa na uwezo wake mkubwa wa kuelewa, na majibu aliyoyatoa.
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="LUK.2.48" />Yosefu na Maria mama yake walipomwona walishangaa. Mama yake akamuuliza, “Mwanangu, mbona umetufanyia hivi? Tazama, mimi na baba yako tumekuwa tukikutafuta kwa wasiwasi mkubwa kila mahali.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="49" bcv="LUK.2.49" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Kwa nini kunitafuta? Hamkujua kwamba imenipasa kuwa katika nyumba ya Baba yangu?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="50" bcv="LUK.2.50" />Lakini wao hawakuelewa maana ya lile alilowaambia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="51" bcv="LUK.2.51" />Ndipo akashuka pamoja nao hadi Nazareti, naye alikuwa mtiifu kwao. Lakini mama yake akayaweka moyoni mwake mambo haya yote.
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="LUK.2.52" />Naye Yesu akakua katika hekima na kimo, akimpendeza Mungu na wanadamu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Yohana Mbatizaji Aanza Kuhubiri
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 3:1-12; Marko 1:1-8; Yohana 1:19-28)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LUK.3.1" />Katika mwaka wa kumi na tano wa utawala wa Kaisari Tiberio, Pontio Pilato akiwa mtawala wa Uyahudi, Herode akiwa mfalme wa Galilaya, Filipo ndugu yake akiwa mfalme wa Iturea na nchi ya Trakoniti, na Lisania akiwa mfalme wa Abilene,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LUK.3.2" />nao Anasi na Kayafa wakiwa makuhani wakuu, neno la Mungu likamjia Yohana, mwana wa Zekaria huko jangwani.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LUK.3.3" />Akaenda katika nchi yote kandokando ya Mto Yordani, akihubiri ubatizo wa toba kwa ajili ya msamaha wa dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LUK.3.4" />Kama ilivyoandikwa katika kitabu cha nabii Isaya:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Sauti ya mtu aliaye nyikani,
</q>
<q style="q1">‘Itengenezeni njia ya Bwana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yanyoosheni mapito yake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="LUK.3.5" />Kila bonde litajazwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila mlima na kilima vitashushwa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Njia zilizopinda zitanyooshwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na zilizoparuza zitasawazishwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="LUK.3.6" />Nao watu wote watauona
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wokovu wa Mungu.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="LUK.3.7" />Yohana akauambia ule umati wa watu uliokuwa unakuja ili kubatizwa naye, “Ninyi watoto wa nyoka! Ni nani aliyewaonya kuikimbia ghadhabu inayokuja?
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LUK.3.8" />Basi zaeni matunda yastahiliyo toba. Wala msianze kusema mioyoni mwenu kuwa, ‘Sisi tunaye Abrahamu, baba yetu.’ Kwa maana nawaambia kuwa Mungu anaweza kumwinulia Abrahamu watoto kutoka mawe haya.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="LUK.3.9" />Hata sasa shoka limeshawekwa tayari kwenye shina la kila mti. Basi kila mti usiozaa matunda mazuri hukatwa na kutupwa motoni.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="LUK.3.10" />Ule umati wa watu ukamuuliza, “Inatupasa tufanyeje basi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="LUK.3.11" />Yohana akawaambia, “Aliye na kanzu mbili amgawie asiye nayo, naye aliye na chakula na afanye vivyo hivyo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="LUK.3.12" />Watoza ushuru nao wakaja ili wabatizwe, wakamuuliza, “Bwana na sisi inatupasa tufanyeje?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="LUK.3.13" />Akawaambia, “Msichukue zaidi ya kiwango mlichopangiwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="LUK.3.14" />Askari nao wakamuuliza, “Je, nasi inatupasa tufanye nini?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akawaambia, “Msimdhulumu mtu wala msimshtaki mtu kwa uongo, bali mridhike na mishahara yenu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="LUK.3.15" />Watu walikuwa na matazamio makubwa. Wakawa wanajiuliza mioyoni mwao iwapo Yohana angeweza kuwa ndiye Kristo.<f caller="+"><fr>3:15
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LUK.3.16" />Yohana akawajibu akawaambia, “Mimi nawabatiza kwa maji.<f caller="+"><fr>3:16
</fr><ft>Tafsiri nyingine zinasema ndani ya maji.</ft></f> Lakini atakuja aliye na nguvu kuniliko mimi, ambaye sistahili hata kufungua kamba za viatu vyake. Yeye atawabatiza kwa Roho Mtakatifu na kwa moto.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LUK.3.17" />Pepeto lake liko mkononi, tayari kusafisha sakafu yake ya kupuria na kuikusanya ngano ghalani, lakini makapi atayateketeza kwa moto usiozimika.”
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="LUK.3.18" />Basi, kwa maonyo mengine mengi Yohana aliwasihi na kuwahubiria watu Habari Njema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="LUK.3.19" />Lakini Yohana alipomkemea Mfalme Herode kuhusu uhusiano wake na Herodia, mke wa ndugu yake, na maovu mengine aliyokuwa amefanya,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="LUK.3.20" />Herode aliongezea jambo hili kwa hayo mengine yote: alimfunga Yohana gerezani.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kubatizwa Kwa Bwana Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 3:13-17; Marko 1:9-11)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="LUK.3.21" />Baada ya watu wote kubatizwa, Yesu naye akabatizwa. Naye alipokuwa akiomba, mbingu zilifunguka.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="LUK.3.22" />Roho Mtakatifu akashuka juu yake kwa umbo kama la hua, nayo sauti kutoka mbinguni ikasema: “Wewe ni Mwanangu mpendwa; nami nimependezwa nawe sana.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ukoo Wa Bwana Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 1:1-17)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="LUK.3.23" />Yesu alikuwa na umri wa miaka thelathini alipoanza huduma yake. Alikuwa akidhaniwa kuwa mwana wa Yosefu,
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Yosefu alikuwa mwana wa Eli,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="24" bcv="LUK.3.24" />Eli alikuwa mwana wa Mathati,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Mathati alikuwa mwana wa Lawi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Lawi alikuwa mwana wa Melki,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Melki alikuwa mwana wa Yanai,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Yanai alikuwa mwana wa Yosefu,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="25" bcv="LUK.3.25" />Yosefu alikuwa mwana wa Matathia,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Matathia alikuwa mwana wa Amosi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Amosi alikuwa mwana wa Nahumu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Nahumu alikuwa mwana wa Esli,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Esli alikuwa mwana wa Nagai,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="26" bcv="LUK.3.26" />Nagai alikuwa mwana wa Maathi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Maathi alikuwa mwana wa Matathia,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Matathia alikuwa mwana wa Semeini,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Semeini alikuwa mwana wa Yoseki,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Yoseki alikuwa mwana wa Yoda,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="27" bcv="LUK.3.27" />Yoda alikuwa mwana wa Yoanani,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Yoanani alikuwa mwana wa Resa,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Resa alikuwa mwana wa Zerubabeli,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Zerubabeli alikuwa mwana wa Shealtieli,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Shealtieli alikuwa mwana wa Neri,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="28" bcv="LUK.3.28" />Neri alikuwa mwana wa Melki,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Melki alikuwa mwana wa Adi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Adi alikuwa mwana wa Kosamu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Kosamu alikuwa mwana wa Elmadamu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Elmadamu alikuwa mwana wa Eri,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="29" bcv="LUK.3.29" />Eri alikuwa mwana wa Yoshua,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Yoshua alikuwa mwana wa Eliezeri,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Eliezeri alikuwa mwana wa Yorimu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Yorimu alikuwa mwana wa Mathati,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Mathati alikuwa mwana wa Lawi,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="30" bcv="LUK.3.30" />Lawi alikuwa mwana wa Simeoni,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Simeoni alikuwa mwana wa Yuda,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Yuda alikuwa mwana wa Yosefu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Yosefu alikuwa mwana wa Yonamu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Yonamu alikuwa mwana wa Eliakimu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Eliakimu alikuwa mwana wa Melea,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="31" bcv="LUK.3.31" />Melea alikuwa mwana wa Mena,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Mena alikuwa mwana wa Matatha,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Matatha alikuwa mwana wa Nathani,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Nathani alikuwa mwana wa Daudi,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="32" bcv="LUK.3.32" />Daudi alikuwa mwana wa Yese,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Yese alikuwa mwana wa Obedi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Obedi alikuwa mwana wa Boazi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Boazi alikuwa mwana wa Salmoni,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Salmoni alikuwa mwana wa Nashoni,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="33" bcv="LUK.3.33" />Nashoni alikuwa mwana wa Aminadabu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Aminadabu alikuwa mwana wa Aramu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Aramu alikuwa mwana wa Hesroni,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Hesroni alikuwa mwana wa Peresi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Peresi alikuwa mwana wa Yuda,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="34" bcv="LUK.3.34" />Yuda alikuwa mwana wa Yakobo,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Yakobo alikuwa mwana wa Isaki,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Isaki alikuwa mwana wa Abrahamu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Abrahamu alikuwa mwana wa Tera,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Tera alikuwa mwana wa Nahori,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="35" bcv="LUK.3.35" />Nahori alikuwa mwana wa Serugi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Serugi alikuwa mwana wa Reu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Reu alikuwa mwana wa Pelegi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Pelegi alikuwa mwana wa Eberi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Eberi alikuwa mwana wa Sala,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="36" bcv="LUK.3.36" />Sala alikuwa mwana wa Kenani,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Kenani alikuwa mwana wa Arfaksadi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Arfaksadi alikuwa mwana wa Shemu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Shemu alikuwa mwana wa Noa,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Noa alikuwa mwana wa Lameki,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="37" bcv="LUK.3.37" />Lameki alikuwa mwana wa Methusela,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Methusela alikuwa mwana wa Enoki,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Enoki alikuwa mwana wa Yaredi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Yaredi alikuwa mwana wa Mahalaleli,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Mahalaleli alikuwa mwana wa Kenani,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="38" bcv="LUK.3.38" />Kenani alikuwa mwana wa Enoshi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Enoshi alikuwa mwana wa Sethi,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Sethi alikuwa mwana wa Adamu,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Adamu alikuwa mwana wa Mungu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Ajaribiwa Na Shetani
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 4:1-11; Marko 1:12-13)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LUK.4.1" />Yesu, akiwa amejaa Roho Mtakatifu, akarudi kutoka Yordani. Akaongozwa na Roho Mtakatifu hadi nyikani,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LUK.4.2" />mahali ambako kwa siku arobaini alikuwa akijaribiwa na ibilisi. Kwa siku zote hizo hakula chochote, hivyo baada ya muda huo akaona njaa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="LUK.4.3" />Ibilisi akamwambia, “Ikiwa wewe ni Mwana wa Mungu, amuru jiwe hili liwe mkate.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="LUK.4.4" />Yesu akajibu akamwambia,
<wj>“Imeandikwa: ‘Mtu haishi kwa mkate tu.’ ”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="LUK.4.5" />Ibilisi akampeleka hadi juu ya mlima mrefu akamwonyesha milki zote za dunia kwa mara moja.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LUK.4.6" />Akamwambia, “Nitakupa mamlaka juu ya milki hizi na fahari zake zote, kwa maana zimekabidhiwa mkononi mwangu nami ninaweza kumpa yeyote ninayetaka.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LUK.4.7" />Hivyo ikiwa utanisujudia na kuniabudu, vyote vitakuwa vyako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="LUK.4.8" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Imeandikwa: ‘Mwabudu Bwana Mungu wako na umtumikie yeye peke yake.’ ”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="LUK.4.9" />Kisha ibilisi akampeleka mpaka Yerusalemu, akamweka juu ya mnara mrefu wa Hekalu, akamwambia, “Kama wewe ndiwe Mwana wa Mungu, jitupe chini kutoka hapa,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LUK.4.10" />kwa maana imeandikwa:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Atakuagizia malaika zake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili wakulinde;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="LUK.4.11" />nao watakuchukua mikononi mwao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usije ukajikwaa mguu wako katika jiwe.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="LUK.4.12" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Imesemwa, ‘Usimjaribu Bwana Mungu wako.’ ”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="LUK.4.13" />Ibilisi alipomaliza kila jaribu, akamwacha Yesu mpaka wakati mwingine ufaao.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mwanzo Wa Huduma Ya Galilaya
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 4:12-17; Marko 1:14-15)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="LUK.4.14" />Kisha Yesu akarudi mpaka Galilaya, akiwa amejaa nguvu za Roho Mtakatifu, nazo habari zake zikaenea katika sehemu zote za nchi za kandokando.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LUK.4.15" />Akaanza kufundisha kwenye masinagogi yao, na kila mmoja akamsifu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Akataliwa Nazareti
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 13:53-58; Marko 6:1-6)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="LUK.4.16" />Yesu akaenda Nazareti, alipolelewa, na siku ya Sabato alikwenda katika sinagogi kama ilivyokuwa desturi yake. Akasimama ili asome,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LUK.4.17" />naye akapewa kitabu cha nabii Isaya, akakifungua na kukuta mahali palipoandikwa:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="LUK.4.18" /><wj>“Roho wa Bwana yu juu yangu,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>kwa sababu amenitia mafuta</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>kuwahubiria maskini habari njema.</wj>
</q>
<q style="q1"><wj>Amenituma kuwatangazia wafungwa</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>kufunguliwa kwao,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>na vipofu kupata kuona tena,</wj>
</q>
<q style="q1"><wj>kuwaweka huru wanaoonewa,</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="19" bcv="LUK.4.19" /><wj>na kutangaza mwaka wa Bwana uliokubalika.”</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="LUK.4.20" />Kisha akakifunga kitabu, akamrudishia mtumishi na akaketi. Watu wote waliokuwamo katika sinagogi wakamkazia macho.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="LUK.4.21" />Ndipo akaanza kwa kuwaambia,
<wj>“Leo Andiko hili limetimia mkiwa mnasikia.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="LUK.4.22" />Wote waliokuwako wakamsifu na kuyastaajabia maneno yake yaliyojaa neema, wakaulizana, “Je, huyu si mwana wa Yosefu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="LUK.4.23" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Bila shaka mtatumia mithali hii: ‘Tabibu, jiponye mwenyewe! Mambo yale tuliyosikia kwamba uliyafanya huko Kapernaumu, yafanye na hapa kwenye mji wako.’ ”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="LUK.4.24" />Yesu akasema,
<wj>“Amin, nawaambia, hakuna nabii anayekubalika katika mji wake mwenyewe.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="LUK.4.25" /><wj>Lakini ukweli ni kwamba palikuwa na wajane wengi katika Israeli wakati wa Eliya, mbingu zilipofungwa kwa miaka mitatu na miezi sita pakawa na njaa kuu katika nchi nzima.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="LUK.4.26" /><wj>Hata hivyo Eliya hakutumwa hata kwa mmoja wao, bali kwa mjane mmoja wa Sarepta katika nchi ya Sidoni.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="LUK.4.27" /><wj>Pia palikuwa na wengi wenye ukoma katika Israeli katika siku za nabii Elisha, lakini hakuna hata mmoja wao aliyetakaswa, isipokuwa Naamani mtu wa Shamu.”</wj><f caller="+"><fr>4:27
</fr><ft>Shamu hapa inamaanisha Syria.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="LUK.4.28" />Watu wote katika sinagogi waliposikia maneno haya, wakakasirika sana.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="LUK.4.29" />Wakasimama, wakamtoa nje ya mji, wakamchukua hadi kwenye kilele cha mlima mahali ambapo mji huo ulikuwa umejengwa, ili wamtupe chini kutoka kwenye mteremko mkali.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LUK.4.30" />Lakini yeye akapita papo hapo katikati ya huo umati wa watu akaenda zake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Atoa Pepo Mchafu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 1:21-28)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="LUK.4.31" />Kisha Yesu akashuka kwenda Kapernaumu, mji wa Galilaya, na katika siku ya Sabato akawa anafundisha.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="LUK.4.32" />Wakashangazwa sana na mafundisho yake, maana maneno yake yalikuwa na mamlaka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="LUK.4.33" />Ndani ya sinagogi palikuwa na mtu aliyekuwa amepagawa na pepo mchafu. Naye akapiga kelele kwa nguvu akisema,
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="LUK.4.34" />“Tuache! Tuna nini nawe, Yesu wa Nazareti? Je, umekuja kutuangamiza? Ninakujua wewe ni nani. Wewe ndiwe Aliye Mtakatifu wa Mungu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="LUK.4.35" />Basi Yesu akamkemea yule pepo mchafu, akisema,
<wj>“Nyamaza kimya! Nawe umtoke!”</wj> Yule pepo mchafu akamwangusha yule mtu chini mbele yao wote, akatoka pasipo kumdhuru.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="LUK.4.36" />Watu wote wakashangaa, wakaambiana, “Mafundisho haya ni ya namna gani? Anawaamuru pepo wachafu kwa mamlaka na nguvu, nao wanatoka!”
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="LUK.4.37" />Habari zake zikaanza kuenea kila mahali katika sehemu ile.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Awaponya Wengi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 8:14-17; Marko 1:29-34)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="LUK.4.38" />Yesu akatoka katika sinagogi, akaenda nyumbani kwa Simoni. Basi huko alimkuta mama mkwe wa Simoni akiwa ameshikwa na homa kali, nao wakamwomba Yesu amsaidie.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="LUK.4.39" />Hivyo Yesu akamwinamia na kukemea ile homa, nayo ikamwacha. Akaamka saa ile ile, naye akaanza kuwahudumia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="LUK.4.40" />Jua lilipokuwa linatua, watu wakamletea Yesu watu wote waliokuwa na maradhi mbalimbali, naye akaweka mikono yake juu ya kila mgonjwa, naye akawaponya.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="LUK.4.41" />Pepo wachafu pia wakawatoka watu wengi, nao walipokuwa wakitoka wakapiga kelele, wakisema: “Wewe ni Mwana wa Mungu!” Lakini Yesu akawakemea na kuwazuia wasiseme, kwa maana walimjua kuwa yeye ndiye Kristo.<f caller="+"><fr>4:41
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="LUK.4.42" />Kesho yake, kulipopambazuka, Yesu alikwenda mahali pa faragha. Watu wengi wakawa wanamtafuta kila mahali, nao walipomwona wakajaribu kumzuia asiondoke.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="LUK.4.43" />Lakini yeye akawaambia,
<wj>“Imenipasa kuhubiri habari njema za Ufalme wa Mungu katika miji mingine pia, kwa maana kwa kusudi hili nilitumwa.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="LUK.4.44" />Naye aliendelea kuhubiri katika masinagogi ya Uyahudi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Kuitwa Kwa Wanafunzi Wa Kwanza
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 4:18-22; Marko 1:16-20)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LUK.5.1" />Siku moja Yesu alipokuwa amesimama karibu na Ziwa la Genesareti,<f caller="+"><fr>5:1
</fr><ft>Yaani Bahari ya Galilaya.</ft></f> watu wengi wakiwa wanasongana kumzunguka ili wapate kusikia neno la Mungu,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LUK.5.2" />akaona mashua mbili ukingoni mwa ziwa, zikiwa zimeachwa hapo na wavuvi waliokuwa wanaosha nyavu zao.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LUK.5.3" />Akaingia katika mojawapo ya hizo mashua ambayo ilikuwa ya Simoni, akamwomba aisogeze ndani ya maji kidogo kutoka ufuoni. Kisha akaketi na kufundisha watu akiwa mle ndani ya mashua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="LUK.5.4" />Alipomaliza kunena, akamwambia Simoni,
<wj>“Sasa peleka mashua hadi kilindini kisha mshushe nyavu zenu mkavue samaki.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="LUK.5.5" />Simoni akamjibu, “Bwana, tumefanya kazi ya kuchosha usiku kucha na hatukuvua chochote. Lakini, kwa neno lako nitazishusha nyavu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="LUK.5.6" />Nao walipozishusha nyavu zao, wakavua samaki wengi sana, nyavu zao zikajaa zikaanza kukatika.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LUK.5.7" />Wakawaashiria wavuvi wenzao kwenye ile mashua nyingine ili waje kuwasaidia. Wakaja, wakajaza mashua zote mbili samaki hata zikaanza kuzama.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="LUK.5.8" />Simoni Petro alipoona haya yaliyotukia, alianguka miguuni mwa Yesu na kumwambia, “Bwana, ondoka kwangu. Mimi ni mtu mwenye dhambi!”
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="LUK.5.9" />Kwa kuwa yeye na wavuvi wenzake walikuwa wameshangazwa sana na wingi wa samaki waliokuwa wamepata.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LUK.5.10" />Vivyo hivyo wenzake Simoni, yaani Yakobo na Yohana, wana wa Zebedayo, walishangazwa pia.
</p>
<p style="p">Ndipo Yesu akamwambia Simoni,
<wj>“Usiogope, tangu sasa utakuwa mvuvi wa watu.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LUK.5.11" />Hivyo wakasogeza mashua zao mpaka ufuoni mwa bahari, wakaacha kila kitu na kumfuata.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Amtakasa Mtu Mwenye Ukoma
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 8:1-4; Marko 1:40-45)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="LUK.5.12" />Ikawa siku moja Yesu alipokuwa katika mji fulani, mtu mmoja mwenye ukoma mwili mzima akamjia. Alipomwona Yesu, alianguka chini mpaka uso wake ukagusa ardhi, akamsihi akisema, “Bwana, ukitaka, waweza kunitakasa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="LUK.5.13" />Yesu akanyoosha mkono wake, akamgusa yule mtu, akamwambia,
<wj>“Nataka. Takasika!”</wj> Na mara ukoma wake ukatakasika.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="LUK.5.14" />Yesu akamwagiza akisema,
<wj>“Usimwambie mtu yeyote, bali nenda ukajionyeshe kwa kuhani na ukatoe sadaka alizoagiza Mose kwa utakaso wako, ili kuwa ushuhuda kwao.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="LUK.5.15" />Lakini habari zake Yesu zikazidi sana kuenea kotekote kuliko wakati mwingine wowote. Makutano makubwa ya watu yalikuwa yakikusanyika ili kumsikiliza na kuponywa magonjwa yao.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LUK.5.16" />Lakini mara kwa mara Yesu alijitenga nao ili kwenda mahali pa faragha kuomba.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Amponya Mtu Mwenye Kupooza
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 9:1-8; Marko 2:1-12)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="LUK.5.17" />Siku moja Yesu alipokuwa akifundisha, Mafarisayo na walimu wa sheria, waliokuwa wametoka kila kijiji cha Galilaya na kutoka Uyahudi na Yerusalemu, walikuwa wameketi huko. Nao uweza wa Bwana ulikuwa juu yake kuponya wagonjwa.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="LUK.5.18" />Wakaja watu wamembeba mgonjwa aliyepooza kwenye mkeka. Wakajaribu kumwingiza ndani ili wamweke mbele ya Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="LUK.5.19" />Walipokuwa hawawezi kufanya hivyo kwa sababu ya umati wa watu, wakapanda juu ya paa, wakaondoa baadhi ya matofali, wakamteremsha yule mgonjwa kwa mkeka wake hadi katikati ya ule umati pale mbele ya Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="LUK.5.20" />Yesu alipoiona imani yao, akamwambia yule mgonjwa,
<wj>“Rafiki, dhambi zako zimesamehewa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="LUK.5.21" />Mafarisayo na wale walimu wa sheria wakaanza kuuliza, “Ni nani mtu huyu anayesema maneno ya kukufuru? Ni nani awezaye kusamehe dhambi isipokuwa Mungu peke yake?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="LUK.5.22" />Yesu akijua mawazo yao akawauliza,
<wj>“Kwa nini mnawaza hivyo mioyoni mwenu?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="LUK.5.23" /><wj>Je, ni lipi lililo rahisi zaidi, kumwambia, ‘Umesamehewa dhambi zako,’ au kusema, ‘Inuka, uende’?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="LUK.5.24" /><wj>Lakini ili mpate kujua kwamba Mwana wa Adamu anayo mamlaka duniani kusamehe dhambi…”</wj> Akamwambia yule aliyepooza,
<wj>“Nakuambia, inuka, chukua mkeka wako, uende nyumbani kwako.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="LUK.5.25" />Mara yule mtu aliyekuwa amepooza akasimama mbele yao wote, akachukua mkeka wake, akaenda zake nyumbani, huku akimtukuza Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="LUK.5.26" />Kila mmoja akashangaa na kumtukuza Mungu. Wakajawa na hofu ya Mungu, wakasema, “Leo tumeona mambo ya ajabu.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Amwita Lawi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 9:9-13; Marko 2:13-17)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="LUK.5.27" />Baada ya haya, Yesu alitoka na kumwona mtoza ushuru mmoja jina lake Lawi akiwa amekaa forodhani, mahali pake pa kutoza ushuru. Akamwambia,
<wj>“Nifuate.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="LUK.5.28" />Naye Lawi akaacha kila kitu, akaondoka, akamfuata.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="LUK.5.29" />Kisha Lawi akamfanyia Yesu karamu kubwa nyumbani kwake, nao umati mkubwa wa watoza ushuru na watu wengine walikuwa wakila pamoja nao.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LUK.5.30" />Lakini Mafarisayo na walimu wa sheria waliokuwa wa dhehebu lao wakawalalamikia wanafunzi wa Yesu, wakisema, “Mbona mnakula na kunywa pamoja na watoza ushuru na ‘wenye dhambi’?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="LUK.5.31" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Wenye afya hawahitaji tabibu, bali walio wagonjwa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="LUK.5.32" /><wj>Sikuja kuwaita wenye haki, bali wenye dhambi wapate kutubu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Aulizwa Kuhusu Kufunga
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 9:14-17; Marko 2:18-22)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="LUK.5.33" />Wakamwambia Yesu, “Wanafunzi wa Yohana na wa Mafarisayo mara kwa mara hufunga na kuomba, lakini wanafunzi wako wanaendelea kula na kunywa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="LUK.5.34" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Je, mnaweza kuwafanya wageni wa bwana arusi kufunga wakati yuko pamoja nao?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="LUK.5.35" /><wj>Lakini wakati utafika ambapo bwana arusi ataondolewa kwao. Hapo ndipo watakapofunga.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="LUK.5.36" />Yesu akawapa mfano huu, akawaambia:
<wj>“Hakuna mtu achanaye kiraka kutoka kwenye nguo mpya na kukishonea kwenye nguo iliyochakaa. Akifanya hivyo, atakuwa amechana nguo mpya, na kile kiraka hakitalingana na ile nguo iliyochakaa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="LUK.5.37" /><wj>Hakuna mtu awekaye divai mpya kwenye viriba vikuukuu. Akifanya hivyo, hiyo divai mpya itavipasua hivyo viriba, nayo yote itamwagika.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="LUK.5.38" /><wj>Divai mpya lazima iwekwe kwenye viriba vipya.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="LUK.5.39" /><wj>Wala hakuna mtu anayependelea divai mpya baada ya kunywa divai ya zamani, bali husema, ‘Ile ya zamani ni nzuri zaidi.’ ”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Bwana Wa Sabato
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 12:1-8; Marko 2:23-28)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LUK.6.1" />Ikawa siku moja ya Sabato Yesu alikuwa akipita katika mashamba ya nafaka, nao wanafunzi wake wakaanza kuvunja masuke ya nafaka, wakayafikicha kwa mikono yao na kula punje zake.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LUK.6.2" />Baadhi ya Mafarisayo wakawauliza, “Mbona mnafanya mambo yasiyo halali kufanywa siku ya Sabato?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="LUK.6.3" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Je, ninyi hamjasoma kamwe alivyofanya Daudi wakati yeye na wenzake walikuwa na njaa?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LUK.6.4" /><wj>Aliingia ndani ya nyumba ya Mungu, akaichukua na kuila ile mikate iliyowekwa wakfu, ambayo ni halali kuliwa na makuhani peke yao. Naye pia akawapa wenzake.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LUK.6.5" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Mwana wa Adamu ndiye Bwana wa Sabato.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mtu Aliyepooza Mkono Aponywa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 12:9-14; Marko 3:1-6)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="LUK.6.6" />Ikawa siku nyingine ya Sabato, Yesu aliingia ndani ya sinagogi na akawa anafundisha. Huko palikuwa na mtu ambaye mkono wake wa kuume ulikuwa umepooza.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LUK.6.7" />Mafarisayo na walimu wa sheria walikuwa wakitafuta sababu ya kumshtaki Yesu. Kwa hivyo wakawa wanamwangalia sana ili waone kama ataponya katika siku ya Sabato.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LUK.6.8" />Lakini Yesu alijua mawazo yao, hivyo akamwambia yule mwenye mkono uliopooza,
<wj>“Inuka usimame mbele ya watu wote.”</wj> Hivyo yule mtu akainuka, akasimama mbele yao wote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="LUK.6.9" />Ndipo Yesu akawaambia wale walimu wa sheria na Mafarisayo,
<wj>“Nawauliza ninyi, ni lipi lililo halali siku ya Sabato? Ni kutenda mema au kutenda mabaya? Ni kuokoa maisha au kuyaangamiza?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="LUK.6.10" />Akawatazama watu wote waliokuwepo, kisha akamwambia yule aliyepooza mkono,
<wj>“Nyoosha mkono wako!”</wj> Akaunyoosha na mkono wake ukaponywa kabisa.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LUK.6.11" />Wale wakuu wakakasirika sana, wakashauriana wao kwa wao ni nini watakachomtendea Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Achagua Mitume Kumi Na Wawili
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 10:1-4; Marko 3:13-19)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="LUK.6.12" />Ikawa katika siku hizo Yesu alikwenda mlimani kuomba, akakesha usiku kucha akimwomba Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="LUK.6.13" />Kulipopambazuka, akawaita wanafunzi wake, naye akachagua kumi na wawili, ambao pia aliwaita mitume:
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="LUK.6.14" />Simoni aliyemwita Petro, Andrea nduguye, Yakobo, Yohana, Filipo, Bartholomayo,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LUK.6.15" />Mathayo, Tomaso, Yakobo mwana wa Alfayo, Simoni aliyeitwa Zelote,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LUK.6.16" />Yuda mwana wa Yakobo, na Yuda Iskariote ambaye alikuwa msaliti.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Aponya Wengi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 4:23-25)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="LUK.6.17" />Akashuka pamoja nao, akasimama mahali penye uwanja tambarare. Hapo palikuwa na idadi kubwa ya wanafunzi wake na umati mkubwa wa watu kutoka sehemu zote za Uyahudi, kutoka Yerusalemu, na kutoka pwani ya Tiro na Sidoni.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="LUK.6.18" />Walikuwa wamekuja kumsikiliza na kuponywa magonjwa yao. Wale waliokuwa wakiteswa na pepo wachafu akawaponya.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="LUK.6.19" />Watu wote walikuwa wanajitahidi kumgusa kwa sababu nguvu zilikuwa zikimtoka na kuwaponya wote.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Baraka Na Ole
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 5:1-12)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="LUK.6.20" />Akawatazama wanafunzi wake, akasema:
</p>
<q style="q1"><wj>“Mmebarikiwa ninyi mlio maskini,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>kwa sababu Ufalme wa Mungu ni wenu.</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="LUK.6.21" /><wj>Mmebarikiwa ninyi mlio na njaa sasa,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>kwa sababu mtashibishwa.</wj>
</q>
<q style="q1"><wj>Mmebarikiwa ninyi mnaolia sasa,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>kwa sababu mtacheka.</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="LUK.6.22" /><wj>Mmebarikiwa ninyi, watu watakapowachukia,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>watakapowatenga na kuwatukana</wj>
</q>
<q style="q1"><wj>na kulikataa jina lenu kama neno ovu,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>kwa ajili ya Mwana wa Adamu.</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="LUK.6.23" /><wj>“Furahini na kurukaruka kwa shangwe, kwa sababu thawabu yenu ni kubwa mbinguni, kwa kuwa hivyo ndivyo baba zao walivyowatenda manabii.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="LUK.6.24" /><wj>“Lakini ole wenu ninyi mlio matajiri,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>kwa sababu mmekwisha kupokea faraja yenu.</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="25" bcv="LUK.6.25" /><wj>Ole wenu ninyi mlioshiba sasa,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>maana mtaona njaa.</wj>
</q>
<q style="q1"><wj>Ole wenu ninyi mnaocheka sasa,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>maana mtaomboleza na kulia.</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="LUK.6.26" /><wj>Ole wenu watu watakapowasifu,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>kwani ndivyo baba zao walivyowasifu</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>manabii wa uongo.</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Wapendeni Adui Zenu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 5:38-48)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="LUK.6.27" /><wj>“Lakini nawaambia ninyi mnaonisikia: Wapendeni adui zenu. Watendeeni mema wanaowachukia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="LUK.6.28" /><wj>Wabarikini wale wanaowalaani, waombeeni wale wanaowatendea mabaya.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="LUK.6.29" /><wj>Kama mtu akikupiga shavu moja, mgeuzie na la pili pia. Mtu akikunyangʼanya koti lako, usimzuie kuchukua joho pia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LUK.6.30" /><wj>Mpe kila akuombaye, na kama mtu akichukua mali yako usitake akurudishie.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="LUK.6.31" /><wj>Watendeeni wengine kama ambavyo mngetaka wawatendee ninyi.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="LUK.6.32" /><wj>“Kama mkiwapenda tu wale wanaowapenda, mwapata sifa gani? Hata ‘wenye dhambi’ huwapenda wale wawapendao.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="LUK.6.33" /><wj>Tena mkiwatendea mema wale tu wanaowatendea ninyi mema, mwapata sifa gani? Hata ‘wenye dhambi’ hufanya vivyo hivyo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="LUK.6.34" /><wj>Tena mnapowakopesha wale tu mnaotegemea wawalipe, mwapata sifa gani? Hata ‘wenye dhambi’ huwakopesha ‘wenye dhambi’ wenzao wakitarajia kulipwa mali yao yote.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="LUK.6.35" /><wj>Lakini wapendeni adui zenu, watendeeni mema, wakopesheni bila kutegemea kurudishiwa mlichokopesha. Ndipo thawabu yenu itakapokuwa kubwa, nanyi mtakuwa wana wa Aliye Juu Sana, kwa sababu yeye ni mwema kwa watu wasio na shukrani na kwa wale waovu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="LUK.6.36" /><wj>Kuweni na huruma, kama Baba yenu alivyo na huruma.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuwahukumu Wengine
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 7:1-5)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="LUK.6.37" /><wj>“Msihukumu, nanyi hamtahukumiwa. Msilaumu, nanyi hamtalaumiwa. Sameheni, nanyi mtasamehewa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="LUK.6.38" /><wj>Wapeni watu vitu, nanyi mtapewa. Kipimo cha kujaa na kushindiliwa na kusukwasukwa hata kumwagika, ndicho watu watakachowapa vifuani mwenu. Kwa kuwa kipimo kile mpimacho, ndicho mtakachopimiwa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="LUK.6.39" />Pia akawapa mfano akasema,
<wj>“Je, kipofu aweza kumwongoza kipofu? Je, wote wawili hawatatumbukia shimoni?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="LUK.6.40" /><wj>Mwanafunzi hawezi kumzidi mwalimu wake, ila yule aliyehitimu aweza kuwa kama mwalimu wake.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="LUK.6.41" /><wj>“Mbona unatazama kibanzi kilicho ndani ya jicho la ndugu yako, wala huoni boriti iliyo ndani ya jicho lako mwenyewe?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="LUK.6.42" /><wj>Utawezaje kumwambia ndugu yako, ‘Ndugu yangu, acha nitoe kibanzi kilicho ndani ya jicho lako,’ wakati wewe mwenyewe huoni boriti iliyo ndani ya jicho lako? Ewe mnafiki, ondoa boriti ndani ya jicho lako kwanza, ndipo utaweza kuona dhahiri jinsi ya kuondoa kibanzi kilicho ndani ya jicho la ndugu yako.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mti Na Mazao Yake
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 7:16-20; Marko 12:33-35)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="43" bcv="LUK.6.43" /><wj>“Hakuna mti mzuri uzaao matunda mabaya, wala hakuna mti mbaya uzaao matunda mazuri.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="LUK.6.44" /><wj>Kila mti hujulikana kwa matunda yake. Kwa maana watu hawachumi tini kwenye miiba, wala zabibu kwenye michongoma.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="LUK.6.45" /><wj>Vivyo hivyo mtu mwema hutoa mambo mema kutoka kwenye hazina ya moyo wake, naye mtu mwovu hutoa mambo maovu kutoka kwenye hazina ya moyo wake. Kwa kuwa mtu hunena kwa kinywa chake yale yaliyoujaza moyo wake.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mjenzi Mwenye Busara Na Mjenzi Mpumbavu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 7:24-27)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="46" bcv="LUK.6.46" /><wj>“Kwa nini mnaniita, ‘Bwana, Bwana,’ nanyi hamfanyi ninayowaambia?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="LUK.6.47" /><wj>Nitawaonyesha jinsi alivyo mtu yule anayekuja kwangu na kusikia maneno yangu na kuyatenda.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="LUK.6.48" /><wj>Yeye ni kama mtu aliyejenga nyumba, akachimba chini sana, na kuweka msingi kwenye mwamba. Mafuriko yalipokuja, maji ya ghafula yaliipiga ile nyumba, lakini haikutikisika, kwa sababu ilikuwa imejengwa vizuri.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="LUK.6.49" /><wj>Lakini yeye anayesikia maneno yangu wala asiyatende, ni kama mtu aliyejenga nyumba juu ya ardhi bila kuweka msingi. Mafuriko yalipoikumba nyumba ile, ikaanguka mara na kubomoka kabisa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Amponya Mtumishi Wa Jemadari
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 8:5-13)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LUK.7.1" />Baada ya Yesu kumaliza kusema haya yote watu wakiwa wanamsikiliza, akaingia Kapernaumu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LUK.7.2" />Mtumishi wa jemadari mmoja wa Kirumi, ambaye bwana wake alimthamini sana, alikuwa mgonjwa sana karibu kufa.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LUK.7.3" />Jemadari huyo aliposikia habari za Yesu, aliwatuma wazee wa Kiyahudi kwake, wakamwomba aje kumponya mtumishi wa huyo jemadari.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LUK.7.4" />Wale wazee walipofika kwa Yesu, wakamsihi sana amsaidie yule jemadari wakisema, “Mtu huyu anastahili wewe umfanyie jambo hili,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LUK.7.5" />kwa sababu analipenda taifa letu tena ametujengea sinagogi.”
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LUK.7.6" />Hivyo Yesu akaongozana nao, lakini alipokuwa hayuko mbali na nyumbani, yule jemadari akatuma rafiki zake kumwambia Yesu, “Bwana, usijisumbue, kwani mimi sistahili wewe kuingia chini ya dari yangu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LUK.7.7" />Ndiyo maana sikujiona hata ninastahili kuja kwako wewe. Lakini sema neno tu, naye mtumishi wangu atapona.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LUK.7.8" />Kwa kuwa mimi mwenyewe ni mtu niliyewekwa chini ya mamlaka, nikiwa na askari chini yangu. Nikimwambia huyu, ‘Nenda,’ yeye huenda; na mwingine nikimwambia, ‘Njoo,’ yeye huja. Nikimwambia mtumishi wangu, ‘Fanya hivi,’ yeye hufanya.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="LUK.7.9" />Yesu aliposikia maneno haya, alishangazwa naye sana. Akaugeukia ule umati wa watu uliokuwa unamfuata, akawaambia,
<wj>“Sijaona imani kubwa namna hii hata katika Israeli.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LUK.7.10" />Nao wale watu waliokuwa wametumwa kwa Yesu waliporudi nyumbani walimkuta yule mtumishi amepona.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Amfufua Mwana Wa Mjane
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="LUK.7.11" />Baadaye kidogo, Yesu alikwenda katika mji mmoja ulioitwa Naini. Nao wanafunzi wake na umati mkubwa wa watu walikwenda pamoja naye.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LUK.7.12" />Alipokaribia lango la mji, alikutana na watu waliokuwa wamebeba maiti wakitoka nje ya mji. Huyu aliyekufa alikuwa mwana pekee wa mwanamke mjane. Umati mkubwa wa watu wa mji ule ulikuwa pamoja na huyo mwanamke.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="LUK.7.13" />Bwana Yesu alipomwona yule mjane, moyo wake ulimhurumia, akamwambia,
<wj>“Usilie.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="LUK.7.14" />Kisha akasogea mbele akaligusa lile jeneza na wale waliokuwa wamelibeba wakasimama kimya. Akasema,
<wj>“Kijana, nakuambia inuka.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LUK.7.15" />Yule aliyekuwa amekufa akaketi akaanza kuongea, naye Yesu akamkabidhi kwa mama yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="LUK.7.16" />Watu wote wakajawa na hofu ya Mungu, nao wakamtukuza Mungu wakisema, “Nabii mkuu ametokea miongoni mwetu, Mungu amekuja kuwakomboa watu wake.”
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LUK.7.17" />Habari hizi za mambo aliyoyafanya Yesu zikaenea Uyahudi wote na sehemu zote za jirani.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Na Yohana Mbatizaji
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 11:2-19)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="LUK.7.18" />Wanafunzi wa Yohana Mbatizaji wakamweleza Yohana mambo haya yote. Hivyo Yohana akawaita wanafunzi wake wawili
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="LUK.7.19" />na kuwatuma kwa Bwana ili kumuuliza, “Wewe ndiye yule aliyekuwa aje, au tumngojee mwingine?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="LUK.7.20" />Wale watu walipofika kwa Yesu wakamwambia, “Yohana Mbatizaji ametutuma tukuulize, ‘Wewe ndiye yule aliyekuwa aje, au tumngojee mwingine?’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="LUK.7.21" />Wakati huo huo, Yesu aliwaponya wengi waliokuwa na magonjwa, maradhi na pepo wachafu, na pia akawafungua vipofu wengi macho wakapata kuona.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="LUK.7.22" />Hivyo akawajibu wale wajumbe,
<wj>“Rudini mkamwambie Yohana yote mnayoyaona na kuyasikia: Vipofu wanapata kuona, viwete wanatembea, wenye ukoma wanatakaswa, viziwi wanasikia, wafu wanafufuliwa na maskini wanahubiriwa habari njema.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="LUK.7.23" /><wj>Amebarikiwa mtu yule asiyechukizwa na mimi.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="LUK.7.24" />Wajumbe wa Yohana walipoondoka, Yesu akaanza kusema na makutano kuhusu Yohana Mbatizaji. Akawauliza,
<wj>“Mlipokwenda kule nyikani, mlikwenda kuona nini? Je, ni unyasi ukipeperushwa na upepo?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="LUK.7.25" /><wj>Kama sivyo, mlikwenda kuona nini basi? Mtu aliyevaa mavazi ya kifahari? La hasha, watu wanaovaa mavazi ya kifahari na kuishi maisha ya anasa wako katika majumba ya kifalme.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="LUK.7.26" /><wj>Lakini mlikwenda kuona nini? Mlikwenda kumwona nabii? Naam, nawaambia, yeye ni zaidi ya nabii.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="LUK.7.27" /><wj>Huyu ndiye ambaye habari zake zimeandikwa:</wj>
</p>
<q style="q1"><wj>“ ‘Tazama, nitamtuma mjumbe wangu mbele yako,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>atakayetengeneza njia mbele yako.’</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="28" bcv="LUK.7.28" /><wj>Nawaambia, miongoni mwa wale waliozaliwa na wanawake, hakuna aliye mkuu kuliko Yohana. Lakini yeye aliye mdogo kabisa katika Ufalme wa Mungu ni mkuu kuliko Yohana.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="LUK.7.29" />(Watu wote hata watoza ushuru waliposikia maneno ya Yesu, walikubali kwamba mpango wa Mungu ni haki, maana walikuwa wamebatizwa na Yohana.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LUK.7.30" />Lakini Mafarisayo na wataalamu wa sheria walikataa mpango wa Mungu kwao kwa kutokubali kubatizwa na Yohana.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="LUK.7.31" />Yesu akawauliza,
<wj>“Niwafananishe na nini watu wa kizazi hiki? Wanafanana na nini?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="LUK.7.32" /><wj>Wao ni kama watoto waliokaa sokoni wakiitana wao kwa wao, wakisema:</wj>
</p>
<q style="q1"><wj>“ ‘Tuliwapigia filimbi,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>lakini hamkucheza;</wj>
</q>
<q style="q1"><wj>tuliwaimbia nyimbo za maombolezo,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>lakini hamkulia.’</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="33" bcv="LUK.7.33" /><wj>Kwa maana Yohana Mbatizaji alikuja, alikuwa hali mkate wala hanywi divai, nanyi mkasema, ‘Yeye ana pepo mchafu.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="LUK.7.34" /><wj>Mwana wa Adamu alikuja akila na kunywa, nanyi mnasema: ‘Tazameni huyu mlafi na mlevi, rafiki wa watoza ushuru na “wenye dhambi.” ’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="LUK.7.35" /><wj>Nayo hekima huthibitishwa kuwa kweli na watoto wake wote.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Apakwa Mafuta Na Mwanamke Mwenye Dhambi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="LUK.7.36" />Basi Farisayo mmoja alimwalika Yesu nyumbani kwake kwa chakula. Hivyo Yesu akaenda nyumbani mwa yule Farisayo na kukaa katika nafasi yake mezani.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="LUK.7.37" />Naye mwanamke mmoja kwenye ule mji, ambaye alikuwa mwenye dhambi, alipojua kwamba Yesu alikuwa akila chakula nyumbani kwa yule Farisayo, akaleta chupa ya marhamu yenye manukato.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="LUK.7.38" />Yule mwanamke akasimama nyuma ya miguu ya Yesu akilia. Akailowanisha miguu yake kwa machozi yake, kisha akaifuta kwa nywele zake, akaibusu na kuimiminia manukato.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="LUK.7.39" />Yule Farisayo aliyemwalika Yesu alipoona yanayotendeka, akawaza moyoni mwake, “Kama huyu mtu angekuwa nabii, angejua kwamba ni nani anayemgusa, na kwamba yeye ni mwanamke wa namna gani, na ya kuwa huyu mwanamke ni mwenye dhambi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="LUK.7.40" />Yesu akanena akamwambia,
<wj>“Simoni, nina jambo la kukuambia.”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Simoni akajibu, “Mwalimu, sema.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="LUK.7.41" /><wj>“Palikuwa na mtu mmoja aliyewakopesha watu wawili fedha: Mmoja alidaiwa dinari 500</wj><f caller="+"><fr>7:41
</fr><ft>Dinari 500 ni sawa na mshahara wa kibarua wa siku mia tano.</ft></f><wj>na mwingine dinari hamsini.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="LUK.7.42" /><wj>Wote wawili walipokuwa hawawezi kulipa, aliyafuta madeni yao wote wawili. Sasa ni yupi kati yao atakayempenda yule aliyewasamehe zaidi?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="43" bcv="LUK.7.43" />Simoni akajibu, “Nadhani ni yule aliyesamehewa deni kubwa zaidi.”
</p>
<p style="p">Naye Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Umehukumu kwa usahihi.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="44" bcv="LUK.7.44" />Kisha akamgeukia yule mwanamke, akamwambia Simoni,
<wj>“Je, unamwona mwanamke huyu? Nilipoingia nyumbani mwako, hukunipa maji ya kunawa miguu yangu, lakini huyu ameninawisha miguu kwa machozi yake, na kunifuta kwa nywele zake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="LUK.7.45" /><wj>Hukunisalimu kwa busu, lakini huyu mwanamke hajaacha kuibusu miguu yangu tangu nilipoingia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="LUK.7.46" /><wj>Hukunipaka mafuta kichwani mwangu, lakini yeye ameipaka miguu yangu manukato.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="LUK.7.47" /><wj>Kwa hiyo, nakuambia, dhambi zake zilizokuwa nyingi zimesamehewa, kwani ameonyesha upendo mwingi. Lakini yule aliyesamehewa kidogo, hupenda kidogo.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="48" bcv="LUK.7.48" />Kisha akamwambia yule mwanamke,
<wj>“Dhambi zako zimesamehewa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="49" bcv="LUK.7.49" />Lakini wale waliokuwa wameketi pamoja naye chakulani wakaanza kusemezana wao kwa wao, “Huyu ni nani ambaye hata anasamehe dhambi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="50" bcv="LUK.7.50" />Yesu akamwambia yule mwanamke,
<wj>“Imani yako imekuokoa; nenda kwa amani.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Mpanzi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 13:1-9; Marko 4:1-9)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LUK.8.1" />Baada ya haya Yesu alikwenda, akawa anazunguka katika miji na vijiji akihubiri habari njema za Ufalme wa Mungu. Wale wanafunzi wake kumi na wawili walikuwa pamoja naye,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LUK.8.2" />pia baadhi ya wanawake waliokuwa wametolewa pepo wachafu na kuponywa magonjwa. Miongoni mwao alikuwepo Maria Magdalene, aliyetolewa pepo wachafu saba;
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LUK.8.3" />Yoana mkewe Kuza, msimamizi wa nyumba ya watu wa nyumbani mwa Herode; Susana; na wengine wengi waliokuwa wakimhudumia kwa mali zao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="LUK.8.4" />Umati mkubwa wa watu ulipokuwa ukija kwa Yesu kutoka kila mji, akawaambia mfano huu:
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LUK.8.5" /><wj>“Mpanzi alitoka kwenda kupanda mbegu zake. Alipokuwa akitawanya mbegu, nyingine zilianguka kando ya njia; zikakanyagwa, nao ndege wa angani wakazila.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LUK.8.6" /><wj>Mbegu nyingine zilianguka penye miamba, nazo zilipoota, hiyo mimea ikakauka kwa kukosa unyevu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LUK.8.7" /><wj>Nazo mbegu nyingine zilianguka kwenye miiba, nayo ile miiba ikakua pamoja nazo, na kuisonga hiyo mimea.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LUK.8.8" /><wj>Mbegu nyingine zilianguka kwenye udongo mzuri. Zikaota na kuzaa mara mia moja zaidi ya mbegu alizopanda.”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Baada ya kusema haya, Yesu akapaza sauti, akasema,
<wj>“Mwenye masikio ya kusikia, na asikie.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="LUK.8.9" />Wanafunzi wake wakamuuliza maana ya mfano huo.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LUK.8.10" />Naye akasema,
<wj>“Ninyi mmepewa kufahamu siri za Ufalme wa Mungu, lakini kwa wengine nazungumza kwa mifano, ili,</wj>
</p>
<q style="q1"><wj>“ ‘ingawa wanatazama, wasione;</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>ingawa wanasikiliza, wasielewe.’</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="LUK.8.11" /><wj>“Maana ya mfano huu ni hii: Mbegu ni neno la Mungu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LUK.8.12" /><wj>Zile zilizoanguka kando ya njia ni wale ambao husikia neno, naye ibilisi anakuja na kuliondoa neno kutoka mioyoni mwao, ili wasije wakaamini na kuokoka.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="LUK.8.13" /><wj>Zile mbegu zilizoanguka kwenye mwamba ni wale ambao hulipokea neno kwa furaha wanapolisikia, lakini hawana mizizi. Wanaamini kwa muda mfupi, lakini wakati wa kujaribiwa huiacha imani.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="LUK.8.14" /><wj>Zile mbegu zilizoanguka kwenye miiba ni mfano wa wale wanaosikia, lakini wanapoendelea husongwa na masumbufu ya maisha haya, utajiri na anasa, nao hawakui.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LUK.8.15" /><wj>Lakini zile mbegu zilizoanguka kwenye udongo mzuri ni mfano wa wale ambao hulisikia neno la Mungu na kulishika kwa moyo mnyofu wa utiifu, nao kwa kuvumilia kwingi huzaa matunda.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Taa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 4:21-25)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="LUK.8.16" /><wj>“Hakuna mtu awashaye taa na kuificha ndani ya gudulia au kuiweka mvunguni mwa kitanda. Badala yake, huiweka juu ya kinara, ili wale waingiao ndani waone mwanga.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LUK.8.17" /><wj>Kwa maana hakuna jambo lolote lililofichika ambalo halitafichuliwa, wala lolote lililositirika ambalo halitajulikana na kuwekwa wazi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="LUK.8.18" /><wj>Kwa hiyo, kuweni waangalifu mnavyosikia. Kwa maana yeyote aliye na kitu atapewa zaidi. Lakini yule asiye na kitu, hata kile anachodhani anacho atanyangʼanywa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mama Yake Yesu Na Ndugu Zake
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 12:46-50; Marko 3:31-35)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="LUK.8.19" />Wakati mmoja mama yake Yesu na ndugu zake walikuja kumwona, lakini hawakuweza kumfikia kwa sababu ya msongamano wa watu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="LUK.8.20" />Mtu mmoja akamwambia, “Mama yako na ndugu zako wako nje wanataka kukuona.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="LUK.8.21" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Mama yangu na ndugu zangu ni wale wote wanaolisikia neno la Mungu na kulifanya.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Atuliza Dhoruba
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 8:23-27; Marko 4:35-41)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="LUK.8.22" />Siku moja Yesu alipanda ndani ya mashua pamoja na wanafunzi wake, akawaambia,
<wj>“Tuvukeni twende mpaka ngʼambo ya ziwa.”</wj> Nao wakaondoka.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="LUK.8.23" />Hivyo walipokuwa wakienda, akalala usingizi. Dhoruba kali ikatokea mle ziwani, hata mashua ikawa inajaa maji, nao walikuwa katika hatari kubwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="LUK.8.24" />Wanafunzi wake wakamwendea na kumwamsha, wakisema, “Bwana, Bwana, tunaangamia!”
</p>
<p style="p">Yeye akaamka, akaukemea ule upepo na yale mawimbi; dhoruba ikakoma, nako kukawa shwari.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="LUK.8.25" />Akawauliza wanafunzi wake,
<wj>“Imani yenu iko wapi?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa woga na mshangao wakaulizana, “Huyu ni nani, ambaye anaamuru hata upepo na maji, navyo vikamtii?”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Amponya Mtu Mwenye Pepo Mchafu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 8:28-34; Marko 5:1-20)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="LUK.8.26" />Basi wakafika katika nchi ya Wagerasi, ambayo iko upande wa pili wa ziwa kutoka Galilaya.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="LUK.8.27" />Yesu aliposhuka kutoka mashua na kukanyaga ufuoni, alikutana na mtu mmoja wa mji ule aliyekuwa amepagawa na pepo mchafu, naye kwa muda mrefu alikuwa havai nguo wala kuishi nyumbani, bali aliishi makaburini.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="LUK.8.28" />Alipomwona Yesu, alipiga kelele, akajitupa chini mbele yake na kusema kwa sauti kuu, “Una nini nami, Yesu, Mwana wa Mungu Aliye Juu Sana? Nakuomba, usinitese!”
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="LUK.8.29" />Wakati huo Yesu alikuwa amemwamuru yule pepo mchafu amtoke huyo mtu. Mara nyingi huyo pepo mchafu alimpagaa, na hata alipofungwa kwa minyororo mikono na miguu na kuwekwa chini ya ulinzi, alikata hiyo minyororo na kupelekwa na huyo pepo mchafu kwenda nyikani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="LUK.8.30" />Yesu akamuuliza,
<wj>“Jina lako ni nani?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Akamjibu, “Legioni,”<f caller="+"><fr>8:30
</fr><ft>Legioni maana yake ni Jeshi.</ft></f> kwa kuwa alikuwa ameingiwa na pepo wachafu wengi mno.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="LUK.8.31" />Wale pepo wachafu wakamsihi sana asiwaamuru kwenda katika Shimo.<f caller="+"><fr>8:31
</fr><ft>Shimo hapa ina maana Abyss (shimo lisilo na mwisho), yaani Kuzimu; kwa Kiebrania ni Sheol.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="LUK.8.32" />Palikuwa na kundi kubwa la nguruwe hapo likilisha kando ya kilima. Wale pepo wachafu wakamsihi Yesu awaruhusu wawaingie hao nguruwe, naye akawaruhusu.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="LUK.8.33" />Wale pepo wachafu walipomtoka yule mtu, wakawaingia wale nguruwe, nalo kundi lote likateremkia gengeni kwa kasi, likatumbukia ziwani na kuzama.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="LUK.8.34" />Wale watu waliokuwa wakichunga lile kundi la nguruwe walipoona yaliyotukia, wakakimbia, wakaeneza habari hizi mjini na mashambani.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="LUK.8.35" />Nao watu wakatoka kwenda kujionea wenyewe yaliyotukia. Walipofika hapo alipokuwa Yesu, wakamkuta yule mtu aliyetokwa na pepo wachafu amekaa karibu na Yesu, akiwa amevaa nguo na mwenye akili timamu! Wakaogopa.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="LUK.8.36" />Wale walioyaona mambo hayo wakawaeleza watu wengine jinsi yule mtu aliyekuwa amepagawa na pepo wachafu alivyoponywa.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="LUK.8.37" />Ndipo watu wote wa nchi ile ya Wagerasi wakamwomba Yesu aondoke kwao, kwa sababu walikuwa wamejawa na hofu. Basi akaingia katika mashua, akaondoka zake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="LUK.8.38" />Yule mtu aliyetokwa na pepo wachafu akamsihi Yesu afuatane naye, lakini Yesu akamuaga, akamwambia:
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="LUK.8.39" /><wj>“Rudi nyumbani ukawaeleze mambo makuu Mungu aliyokutendea.”</wj> Kwa hiyo yule mtu akaenda, akatangaza katika mji wote mambo makuu ambayo Yesu alimtendea.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Msichana Afufuliwa, Na Mwanamke Aponywa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 9:18-26; Marko 5:21-43)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="LUK.8.40" />Basi Yesu aliporudi, umati mkubwa wa watu ukampokea kwa furaha, kwani walikuwa wakimngojea.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="LUK.8.41" />Kisha mtu mmoja, jina lake Yairo, aliyekuwa kiongozi wa sinagogi, akaja na kuanguka miguuni mwa Yesu, akimwomba afike nyumbani kwake,
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="LUK.8.42" />kwa kuwa binti yake wa pekee, mwenye umri wa miaka kumi na miwili, alikuwa anakufa.
</p>
<p style="p">Yesu alipokuwa akienda, umati wa watu ukamsonga sana.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="LUK.8.43" />Katika umati huo palikuwa na mwanamke mmoja aliyekuwa na tatizo la kutokwa damu kwa muda wa miaka kumi na miwili. Tena alikuwa amegharimia yote aliyokuwa nayo kwa ajili ya matibabu, wala hakuna yeyote aliyeweza kumponya.
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="LUK.8.44" />Huyo mwanamke akaja kwa nyuma ya Yesu na kugusa upindo wa vazi lake. Mara kutokwa damu kwake kukakoma.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="45" bcv="LUK.8.45" />Yesu akauliza,
<wj>“Ni nani aliyenigusa?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Watu wote walipokana, Petro akasema, “Bwana, huu umati wa watu unakusonga na kukusukuma kila upande.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="46" bcv="LUK.8.46" />Lakini Yesu akasema,
<wj>“Kuna mtu aliyenigusa, kwa maana nimetambua kuwa nguvu zimenitoka.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="47" bcv="LUK.8.47" />Yule mwanamke alipofahamu ya kuwa hawezi kuendelea kujificha, alikuja akitetemeka, akaanguka miguuni mwa Yesu. Akaeleza mbele ya watu wote kwa nini alimgusa na jinsi alivyoponywa mara.
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="LUK.8.48" />Basi Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Binti, imani yako imekuponya. Nenda kwa amani.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="49" bcv="LUK.8.49" />Yesu alipokuwa bado anasema, akaja mtumishi kutoka nyumbani kwa Yairo, yule kiongozi wa sinagogi, kumwambia, “Binti yako amekwisha kufa. Usiendelee kumsumbua Mwalimu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="50" bcv="LUK.8.50" />Yesu aliposikia jambo hili, akamwambia Yairo,
<wj>“Usiogope. Amini tu, naye binti yako atapona.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="51" bcv="LUK.8.51" />Walipofika nyumbani kwa Yairo, hakumruhusu mtu yeyote aingie ndani naye isipokuwa Petro, Yakobo na Yohana, pamoja na baba na mama wa yule binti.
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="LUK.8.52" />Wakati ule ule watu wote walikuwa wakilia na kuomboleza kwa ajili ya huyo binti. Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Acheni kulia. Huyu binti hajafa, ila amelala.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="53" bcv="LUK.8.53" />Wao wakamcheka kwa dharau, wakijua kuwa amekwisha kufa.
<ve />
<v id="54" bcv="LUK.8.54" />Yesu akamshika yule binti mkono na kuita,
<wj>“Binti, amka!”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="55" bcv="LUK.8.55" />Roho yake ikamrudia, naye akainuka mara moja. Akaamuru apewe kitu cha kula.
<ve />
<v id="56" bcv="LUK.8.56" />Wazazi wake wakastaajabu sana, lakini Yesu akawakataza wasimwambie mtu yeyote juu ya yale yaliyotukia.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Awatuma Wale Kumi Na Wawili
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 10:5-15; Marko 6:7-13)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LUK.9.1" />Yesu kisha akawaita wale kumi na wawili pamoja, akawapa mamlaka na uwezo wa kutoa pepo wachafu wote na kuponya magonjwa yote,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LUK.9.2" />kisha akawatuma waende wakahubiri Ufalme wa Mungu na kuponya wagonjwa.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LUK.9.3" />Akawaagiza akisema,
<wj>“Msichukue chochote safarini: sio fimbo, wala mkoba, wala mkate, wala fedha, hata msichukue kanzu ya ziada.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LUK.9.4" /><wj>Katika nyumba yoyote mwingiayo, kaeni humo hadi mtakapoondoka katika mji huo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LUK.9.5" /><wj>Kama watu wasipowakaribisha, mnapoondoka katika mji wao, kungʼuteni mavumbi kutoka kwenye miguu yenu ili kuwa ushuhuda dhidi yao.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LUK.9.6" />Hivyo wale wanafunzi wakaondoka wakaenda kutoka kijiji hadi kijiji, wakihubiri habari njema na kuponya wagonjwa kila mahali.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Herode Afadhaika
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 14:1-12; Marko 6:14-29)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="LUK.9.7" />Basi Mfalme Herode, mtawala wa Galilaya, alisikia habari za yote yaliyotendeka. Naye akafadhaika, kwa kuwa baadhi ya watu walikuwa wakisema Yohana Mbatizaji amefufuliwa kutoka kwa wafu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LUK.9.8" />Wengine wakasema Eliya amewatokea, na wengine wakasema kwamba mmoja wa manabii wa kale amefufuka.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="LUK.9.9" />Herode akasema, “Yohana nilimkata kichwa. Lakini ni nani huyu ambaye ninasikia mambo kama haya kumhusu?” Akatamani sana kumwona.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Awalisha Wanaume 5,000
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 14:13-21; Marko 6:30-44; Yohana 6:1-14)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="LUK.9.10" />Mitume wake waliporudi, wakamweleza Yesu yote waliyofanya. Akawachukua, akaenda nao faraghani mpaka mji uitwao Bethsaida.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LUK.9.11" />Lakini umati wa watu ukafahamu alikokwenda, ukamfuata. Akawakaribisha na kunena nao kuhusu Ufalme wa Mungu na kuwaponya wale wote waliokuwa wanahitaji uponyaji.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="LUK.9.12" />Ilipokaribia jioni, wale mitume kumi na wawili wakaenda kwa Yesu na kumwambia, “Waage makutano ili waende vijijini jirani na mashambani, ili wapate chakula na mahali pa kulala, kwa maana hapa tuko nyikani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="LUK.9.13" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Ninyi wapeni chakula.”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Nao wakajibu, “Hatuna zaidi ya mikate mitano na samaki wawili. Labda twende tukanunue chakula cha kuwatosha watu hawa wote.”
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="LUK.9.14" />Walikuwako wanaume wapatao 5,000.
</p>
<p style="p">Yesu akawaambia wanafunzi wake,
<wj>“Waketisheni katika makundi ya watu hamsini hamsini.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LUK.9.15" />Wanafunzi wakafanya hivyo, wakawaketisha wote.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LUK.9.16" />Yesu akaichukua ile mikate mitano na wale samaki wawili, akatazama mbinguni, akavibariki na kuvimega. Kisha akawapa wanafunzi ili wawagawie watu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LUK.9.17" />Wote wakala, wakashiba. Nao wanafunzi wakakusanya vipande vilivyosalia, wakajaza vikapu kumi na viwili.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Petro Amkiri Yesu Kuwa Ndiye Kristo
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 16:13-19; Marko 8:27-29)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="LUK.9.18" />Wakati mmoja, Yesu alipokuwa akiomba faraghani, nao wanafunzi wake wakiwa pamoja naye, akawauliza,
<wj>“Watu husema mimi ni nani?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="LUK.9.19" />Wakamjibu, “Baadhi husema wewe ni Yohana Mbatizaji, wengine husema ni Eliya, na bado wengine husema kwamba ni mmoja wa manabii wa kale amefufuka kutoka kwa wafu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="LUK.9.20" />Kisha akawauliza,
<wj>“Je, ninyi mnasema mimi ni nani?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Petro akajibu, “Wewe ndiwe Kristo<f caller="+"><fr>9:20
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f> wa Mungu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="LUK.9.21" />Yesu akawakataza wasimwambie mtu yeyote jambo hilo.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="LUK.9.22" />Yesu akasema,
<wj>“Imempasa Mwana wa Adamu kupata mateso mengi na kukataliwa na wazee, viongozi wa makuhani, na walimu wa sheria, na itampasa auawe, lakini siku ya tatu kufufuliwa kutoka mauti.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="LUK.9.23" />Kisha akawaambia wote,
<wj>“Mtu yeyote akitaka kunifuata, ni lazima ajikane mwenyewe, auchukue msalaba wake kila siku, anifuate.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="LUK.9.24" /><wj>Kwa maana yeyote anayetaka kuyaokoa maisha yake atayapoteza, lakini yeyote atakayeyapoteza maisha yake kwa ajili yangu atayaokoa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="LUK.9.25" /><wj>Je, itamfaidi nini mtu kuupata ulimwengu wote, lakini akapoteza au kuangamiza nafsi yake?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="LUK.9.26" /><wj>Mtu yeyote akinionea aibu mimi na maneno yangu, Mwana wa Adamu naye atamwonea aibu atakapokuja katika utukufu wake na katika utukufu wa Baba, pamoja na malaika watakatifu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="LUK.9.27" /><wj>Amin, nawaambia, wako baadhi ya watu waliosimama hapa ambao hawataonja mauti kabla ya kuuona Ufalme wa Mungu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Bwana Yesu Abadilika Sura
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 17:1-8; Marko 9:2-8)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="LUK.9.28" />Yapata siku nane baada ya Yesu kusema hayo, aliwachukua Petro, Yakobo na Yohana, akaenda nao mlimani kuomba.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="LUK.9.29" />Alipokuwa akiomba, sura ya uso wake ikabadilika, nayo mavazi yake yakametameta kama mwanga wa umeme wa radi.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LUK.9.30" />Ghafula wakawaona watu wawili, ndio Mose na Eliya, wakizungumza naye.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="LUK.9.31" />Walionekana katika utukufu wakizungumza na Yesu kuhusu kifo chake ambacho kingetokea huko Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="LUK.9.32" />Petro na wenzake walikuwa wamelala usingizi mzito. Walipoamka, wakaona utukufu wa Yesu na wale watu wawili waliokuwa wamesimama pamoja naye.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="LUK.9.33" />Mose na Eliya walipokuwa wanaondoka, Petro akamwambia Yesu, “Bwana, ni vizuri tukae hapa! Tutajenga vibanda vitatu: kimoja chako, kingine cha Mose na kingine cha Eliya.” Lakini Petro alikuwa hajui asemacho.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="LUK.9.34" />Alipokuwa bado anazungumza, pakatokea wingu, likawafunika, nao wakaogopa walipoingia mle kwenye wingu.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="LUK.9.35" />Sauti ikatoka kwenye lile wingu ikisema, “Huyu ni Mwanangu mpendwa, niliyemchagua. Msikieni yeye.”
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="LUK.9.36" />Baada ya sauti hiyo kusema, walimkuta Yesu akiwa peke yake. Wale wanafunzi wakalihifadhi jambo hili, wala kwa wakati huo hawakumwambia mtu yeyote yale waliyokuwa wameyaona.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuponywa Kwa Kijana Mwenye Pepo Mchafu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 17:1-8; Marko 9:2-8)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="LUK.9.37" />Kesho yake waliposhuka kutoka mlimani, alikutana na umati mkubwa wa watu.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="LUK.9.38" />Mtu mmoja katika ule umati wa watu akapaza sauti, akasema, “Mwalimu, naomba umwangalie mwanangu, kwani ndiye mtoto wangu wa pekee.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="LUK.9.39" />Mara kwa mara pepo mchafu humpagaa na kumfanya apige kelele, kisha humwangusha na kumtia kifafa hata akatokwa na povu kinywani. Huyo pepo mchafu anamtesa sana, na hamwachi ila mara chache.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="LUK.9.40" />Niliwaomba wanafunzi wako wamtoe huyo pepo mchafu, lakini hawakuweza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="LUK.9.41" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Enyi kizazi kisichoamini na kilichopotoka! Nitakaa nanyi na kuwavumilia mpaka lini? Mlete mwanao hapa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="LUK.9.42" />Hata yule mtoto alipokuwa akija, yule pepo mchafu akamwangusha, akamtia kifafa. Lakini Yesu akamkemea yule pepo mchafu amtoke, akamponya yule mtoto, na akamrudisha kwa baba yake.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="LUK.9.43" />Watu wote wakastaajabia uweza mkuu wa Mungu.
</p>
<p style="p">Wakati bado watu walikuwa wanastaajabia hayo yote aliyokuwa akiyafanya Yesu, yeye akawaambia wanafunzi wake:
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="LUK.9.44" /><wj>“Sikilizeni kwa makini haya nitakayowaambia sasa: Mwana wa Adamu atasalitiwa na kutiwa mikononi mwa watu.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="LUK.9.45" />Lakini wao hawakuelewa alimaanisha nini. Maana ya maneno hayo ilifichika kwao, hivyo hawakuyaelewa, nao wakaogopa kumuuliza maana yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ni Nani Atakayekuwa Mkubwa Kuliko Wote
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 18:1-5; Marko 9:33-37)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="46" bcv="LUK.9.46" />Kukazuka mabishano miongoni mwa wanafunzi kuhusu ni nani miongoni mwao atakayekuwa mkuu kuliko wote.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="LUK.9.47" />Lakini Yesu akayatambua mawazo yao, naye akamchukua mtoto mdogo, akamsimamisha kando yake.
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="LUK.9.48" />Kisha akawaambia,
<wj>“Yeyote amkaribishaye mtoto huyu mdogo kwa Jina langu, anikaribisha mimi, na yeyote atakayenikaribisha mimi, atakuwa amemkaribisha yeye aliyenituma. Kwa maana yeye aliye mdogo miongoni mwenu, ndiye aliye mkuu kuliko wote.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="49" bcv="LUK.9.49" />Yohana akasema, “Bwana, tumemwona mtu akitoa pepo wachafu kwa jina lako, nasi tukamzuia, kwa sababu yeye si mmoja wetu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="50" bcv="LUK.9.50" />Yesu akasema,
<wj>“Msimzuie, kwa sababu yeyote ambaye si kinyume nanyi, yu upande wenu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Akataliwa Samaria
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="51" bcv="LUK.9.51" />Wakati ulipokaribia wa yeye kuchukuliwa mbinguni, alikaza uso wake kwenda Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="LUK.9.52" />Akatuma watu wamtangulie, nao wakaenda katika kijiji kimoja cha Samaria kumwandalia kila kitu;
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="LUK.9.53" />lakini watu wa kijiji kile hawakumkaribisha kwa sababu alikuwa anakwenda zake Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="54" bcv="LUK.9.54" />Wanafunzi wake, yaani Yakobo na Yohana, walipoona hayo, wakasema: “Bwana, unataka tuagize moto kutoka mbinguni ili uwaangamize?”
<ve />
<v id="55" bcv="LUK.9.55" />Yesu akageuka na kuwakemea,
<ve />
<v id="56" bcv="LUK.9.56" />nao wakaenda kijiji kingine.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Gharama Ya Kumfuata Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 8:19-22)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="57" bcv="LUK.9.57" />Walipokuwa njiani wakienda, mtu mmoja akamwambia Yesu, “Nitakufuata kokote uendako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="58" bcv="LUK.9.58" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Mbweha wana mapango, nao ndege wa angani wana viota, lakini Mwana wa Adamu hana mahali pa kulaza kichwa chake.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="59" bcv="LUK.9.59" />Yesu akamwambia mtu mwingine,
<wj>“Nifuate.”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Mtu huyo akamjibu, “Bwana, niruhusu kwanza nikamzike baba yangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="60" bcv="LUK.9.60" />Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Waache wafu wawazike wafu wao, bali wewe nenda ukautangaze Ufalme wa Mungu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="61" bcv="LUK.9.61" />Mtu mwingine akamwambia, “Bwana, nitakufuata lakini naomba kwanza nikawaage jamaa yangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="62" bcv="LUK.9.62" />Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Mtu yeyote atiaye mkono wake kulima, kisha akatazama nyuma, hafai kwa Ufalme wa Mungu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="10" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Awatuma Wale Sabini Na Wawili
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LUK.10.1" />Baada ya hayo, Bwana akawachagua wengine sabini na wawili, akawatuma wawili wawili katika kila mji na kila sehemu aliyokusudia kwenda baadaye.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LUK.10.2" />Akawaambia,
<wj>“Mavuno ni mengi, lakini watendakazi ni wachache. Kwa hiyo mwombeni Bwana wa mavuno, ili apeleke watendakazi katika shamba lake la mavuno.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LUK.10.3" /><wj>Haya! nendeni. Ninawatuma kama wana-kondoo katikati ya mbwa mwitu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LUK.10.4" /><wj>Msichukue mkoba, wala mfuko, wala viatu, na msimsalimu mtu yeyote njiani.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="LUK.10.5" /><wj>“Mkiingia katika nyumba yoyote, kwanza semeni, ‘Amani iwe kwenu.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LUK.10.6" /><wj>Kama kuna mtu wa amani humo, basi amani yenu itakuwa juu yake. La sivyo, itawarudia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LUK.10.7" /><wj>Kaeni katika nyumba hiyo, mkila na kunywa kile watakachowapa, kwa sababu kila mtendakazi anastahili malipo yake. Msihamehame kutoka nyumba hadi nyumba.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="LUK.10.8" /><wj>“Mkienda katika mji na watu wake wakawakaribisha, kuleni chochote kiwekwacho mbele yenu,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="LUK.10.9" /><wj>waponyeni wagonjwa waliomo na waambieni: ‘Ufalme wa Mungu umekaribia.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LUK.10.10" /><wj>Lakini mkiingia katika mji, nao hawakuwakaribisha, tokeni mwende katika barabara zake mkaseme:</wj>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LUK.10.11" /><wj>‘Hata mavumbi ya mji wenu yaliyoshikamana na miguu yetu, tunayakungʼuta dhidi yenu. Lakini mjue kwamba Ufalme wa Mungu umekaribia.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LUK.10.12" /><wj>Ninawaambia, itakuwa rahisi zaidi kwa Sodoma kustahimili katika siku ile kuliko mji ule.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Onyo Kwa Miji Isiyotubu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 11:20-24)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="LUK.10.13" /><wj>“Ole wako Korazini! Ole wako Bethsaida! Kwa kuwa kama miujiza iliyofanyika kwenu ingefanyika Tiro na Sidoni, miji hiyo ingekuwa imetubu zamani, kwa kuvaa magunia na kujipaka majivu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="LUK.10.14" /><wj>Lakini itakuwa rahisi zaidi kwa Tiro na Sidoni kustahimili katika siku ya hukumu, kuliko ninyi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LUK.10.15" /><wj>Nawe, Kapernaumu, je, utainuliwa hadi mbinguni? La hasha, utashushwa mpaka kuzimu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="LUK.10.16" /><wj>“Yeye awasikilizaye ninyi anisikiliza mimi; naye awakataaye ninyi amenikataa mimi. Lakini yeye anikataaye mimi amkataa yeye aliyenituma.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="LUK.10.17" />Wale sabini na wawili wakarudi kwa furaha, na kusema, “Bwana, hata pepo wachafu wanatutii kwa jina lako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="LUK.10.18" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Nilimwona Shetani akianguka kutoka mbinguni kama umeme wa radi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="LUK.10.19" /><wj>Tazama nimewapa mamlaka ya kukanyaga nyoka na nge na juu ya nguvu zote za adui; wala hakuna kitu chochote kitakachowadhuru.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="LUK.10.20" /><wj>Basi, msifurahi kwa kuwa pepo wachafu wanawatii, bali furahini kwa kuwa majina yenu yameandikwa mbinguni.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Anashangilia
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 11:25-27; 13:16-17)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="LUK.10.21" />Wakati huo Yesu akashangilia katika Roho Mtakatifu, akasema,
<wj>“Nakuhimidi Baba, Bwana wa mbingu na nchi, kwa kuwa umewaficha mambo haya wenye hekima na wenye elimu, nawe ukawafunulia watoto wadogo. Naam, Baba, kwa kuwa hivyo ndivyo ilivyokupendeza.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="LUK.10.22" /><wj>“Nimekabidhiwa vitu vyote na Baba yangu. Hakuna mtu amjuaye Mwana ni nani ila Baba, wala hakuna amjuaye Baba ni nani ila Mwana na yeyote ambaye Mwana anapenda kumfunulia.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="LUK.10.23" />Basi Yesu akawageukia wanafunzi wake akanena nao faraghani, akawaambia,
<wj>“Heri macho yanayoona yale mambo mnayoyaona.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="LUK.10.24" /><wj>Kwa maana nawaambia, manabii wengi na wafalme walitamani kuona yale mnayoyaona lakini hawakuyaona, na walitamani kusikia yale mnayoyasikia lakini hawakuyasikia.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Msamaria Mwema
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="LUK.10.25" />Wakati huo mtaalamu mmoja wa sheria alisimama ili kumjaribu Yesu, akamuuliza, “Mwalimu, nifanye nini ili niurithi uzima wa milele?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="LUK.10.26" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Imeandikwaje katika Sheria? Kwani unasoma nini humo?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="LUK.10.27" />Akajibu, “ ‘Mpende Bwana Mungu wako kwa moyo wako wote, kwa roho yako yote, kwa nguvu zako zote, na kwa akili zako zote’; tena, ‘Mpende jirani yako kama unavyojipenda mwenyewe.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="LUK.10.28" />Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Umejibu vyema. Fanya hivyo nawe utaishi.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="LUK.10.29" />Lakini yule mtaalamu wa sheria, akitaka kujionyesha kuwa mwenye haki, akamuuliza Yesu, “Jirani yangu ni nani?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="LUK.10.30" />Yesu akamjibu akasema,
<wj>“Mtu mmoja alikuwa akiteremka kutoka Yerusalemu kwenda Yeriko, naye akaangukia mikononi mwa wanyangʼanyi. Wakampiga, wakaondoka, wakamwacha akiwa karibu kufa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="LUK.10.31" /><wj>Kuhani mmoja alikuwa akipitia njia ile, alipomwona huyo mtu, akapita upande mwingine, akamwacha hapo barabarani.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="LUK.10.32" /><wj>Vivyo hivyo, Mlawi mmoja naye alipofika mahali pale, alimwona, akapita upande mwingine, akamwacha hapo barabarani</wj>
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="LUK.10.33" /><wj>Lakini Msamaria mmoja aliyekuwa akisafiri alipomwona, alimhurumia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="LUK.10.34" /><wj>Akaenda alipokuwa na akasafisha majeraha yake kwa divai na mafuta, kisha akayafunga. Ndipo akampandisha kwenye punda wake, akampeleka mpaka kwenye nyumba ya wageni na kumtunza.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="LUK.10.35" /><wj>Kesho yake, yule Msamaria akachukua dinari mbili</wj><f caller="+"><fr>10:35
</fr><ft>Dinari mbili ni sawa na mshahara wa kibarua wa siku mbili.</ft></f><wj>akampa yule mwenye nyumba ya wageni na kusema, ‘Mtunze, nami nirudipo nitakulipa gharama yoyote ya ziada uliyotumia kwa ajili yake.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="LUK.10.36" /><wj>“Ni yupi basi miongoni mwa hawa watatu wewe unadhani ni jirani yake yule mtu aliyeangukia mikononi mwa wanyangʼanyi?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="LUK.10.37" />Yule mtaalamu wa sheria akajibu, “Ni yule aliyemhurumia.”
</p>
<p style="p">Ndipo Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Nenda, ukafanye vivyo hivyo.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Awatembelea Martha Na Maria
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="LUK.10.38" />Ikawa Yesu na wanafunzi wake walipokuwa wakienda Yerusalemu, akaingia kwenye kijiji kimoja ambapo mwanamke mmoja aliyeitwa Martha alimkaribisha nyumbani kwake.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="LUK.10.39" />Martha alikuwa na mdogo wake aliyeitwa Maria, ambaye aliketi chini miguuni mwa Bwana akisikiliza yale aliyokuwa akisema.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="LUK.10.40" />Lakini Martha alikuwa akihangaika na maandalizi yote yaliyokuwa yafanyike. Martha akaja kwa Yesu na kumuuliza, “Bwana, hujali kwamba ndugu yangu ameniachia kazi zote mwenyewe? Basi mwambie anisaidie.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="LUK.10.41" />Lakini Bwana akamjibu,
<wj>“Martha, Martha, mbona unasumbuka na kuhangaika na mengi?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="LUK.10.42" /><wj>Lakini kunahitajika kitu kimoja tu. Maria amechagua kile kilicho bora, wala hakuna mtu atakayemwondolea.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="11" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Afundisha Wanafunzi Wake Kuomba
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 6:9-13; 7:7-11)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LUK.11.1" />Siku moja, Yesu alikuwa mahali fulani akiomba. Alipomaliza kuomba, mmoja wa wanafunzi wake akamwambia, “Bwana, tufundishe kuomba, kama vile Yohana alivyowafundisha wanafunzi wake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="LUK.11.2" />Akawaambia,
<wj>“Mnapoomba, semeni:</wj>
</p>
<q style="q1"><wj>“ ‘Baba yetu (uliye mbinguni),</wj>
</q>
<q style="q1"><wj>jina lako litukuzwe,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>ufalme wako uje.</wj>
</q>
<q style="q1"><wj>(Mapenzi yako yafanyike</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>hapa duniani kama huko mbinguni.)</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="LUK.11.3" /><wj>Utupatie kila siku riziki yetu.</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="LUK.11.4" /><wj>Utusamehe dhambi zetu,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>kwa kuwa na sisi huwasamehe wote wanaotukosea.</wj>
</q>
<q style="q1"><wj>Wala usitutie majaribuni</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>(bali utuokoe kutoka kwa yule mwovu).’ ”</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="LUK.11.5" />Kisha akawaambia,
<wj>“Ni nani miongoni mwenu mwenye rafiki yake, naye akamwendea usiku wa manane na kumwambia, ‘Rafiki, nikopeshe mikate mitatu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LUK.11.6" /><wj>Kwa sababu rafiki yangu amekuja kutoka safarini, nami sina kitu cha kumpa.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="LUK.11.7" /><wj>“Kisha yule aliyeko ndani amjibu, ‘Usinisumbue. Mlango umefungwa, nami na watoto wangu tumelala. Siwezi kuamka nikupe chochote.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LUK.11.8" /><wj>Nawaambia, ingawa huyo mtu hataamka na kumpa hiyo mikate kwa sababu ni rafiki yake, lakini kwa sababu ya kuendelea kwake kuomba, ataamka na kumpa kiasi anachohitaji.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="LUK.11.9" /><wj>“Kwa hiyo nawaambia: Ombeni nanyi mtapewa; tafuteni nanyi mtapata; bisheni nanyi mtafunguliwa mlango.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LUK.11.10" /><wj>Kwa kuwa kila aombaye hupewa; naye kila atafutaye hupata; na kila abishaye hufunguliwa mlango.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="LUK.11.11" /><wj>“Je, kuna yeyote miongoni mwenu ambaye mtoto wake akimwomba samaki, atampa nyoka badala yake?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LUK.11.12" /><wj>Au mtoto akimwomba yai atampa nge?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="LUK.11.13" /><wj>Basi ikiwa ninyi mlio waovu, mnajua kuwapa watoto wenu vitu vizuri, si zaidi sana Baba yenu aliye mbinguni atawapa Roho Mtakatifu wale wamwombao!”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Na Beelzebuli
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 12:22-30; Marko 3:20-27)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="LUK.11.14" />Basi Yesu alikuwa anamtoa pepo mchafu kutoka kwa mtu aliyekuwa bubu. Yule pepo mchafu alipomtoka yule mtu aliyekuwa bubu, akaanza kuongea, nao umati wa watu ukashangaa.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LUK.11.15" />Lakini wengine wakasema, “Anatoa pepo wachafu kwa uwezo wa Beelzebuli,<f caller="+"><fr>11:15
</fr><ft>Beelzebubu au Beelzebuli; ni mkuu wa pepo wachafu; pia 18, 19.</ft></f> yule mkuu wa pepo wachafu wote.”
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LUK.11.16" />Wengine ili kumjaribu wakataka awaonyeshe ishara kutoka mbinguni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="LUK.11.17" />Yesu akajua mawazo yao, naye akawaambia,
<wj>“Kila ufalme ukigawanyika dhidi yake wenyewe huangamia. Nayo nyumba iliyogawanyika dhidi yake yenyewe itaanguka.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="LUK.11.18" /><wj>Kama Shetani amegawanyika mwenyewe, ufalme wake utasimamaje? Nawaambia haya kwa sababu ninyi mnadai ya kuwa mimi ninatoa pepo wachafu kwa uwezo wa Beelzebuli.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="LUK.11.19" /><wj>Kama mimi natoa pepo wachafu kwa nguvu za Beelzebuli, wafuasi wenu nao je, wao hutoa pepo wachafu kwa uwezo wa nani? Hivyo basi, wao ndio watakaowahukumu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="LUK.11.20" /><wj>Lakini kama mimi ninatoa pepo wachafu kwa kidole cha Mungu, basi Ufalme wa Mungu umewajia.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="LUK.11.21" /><wj>“Mtu mwenye nguvu aliyejifunga silaha anapoilinda nyumba yake, mali yake iko salama.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="LUK.11.22" /><wj>Lakini mtu mwenye nguvu zaidi kumliko akimshambulia na kumshinda, yeye humnyangʼanya silaha zake zote alizozitegemea, na kuchukua nyara.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="LUK.11.23" /><wj>“Mtu asiyekuwa pamoja nami yu kinyume nami, na mtu ambaye hakusanyi pamoja nami, hutawanya.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kurudi Kwa Pepo Mchafu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 12:43-45)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="LUK.11.24" /><wj>“Pepo mchafu amtokapo mtu, hutangatanga katika sehemu zisizo na maji akitafuta mahali pa kupumzika, lakini hapati. Ndipo husema, ‘Nitarudi kwenye nyumba yangu nilikotoka.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="LUK.11.25" /><wj>Naye arudipo na kuikuta ile nyumba imefagiliwa na kupangwa vizuri,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="LUK.11.26" /><wj>ndipo huenda na kuchukua pepo wachafu wengine saba wabaya kuliko yeye mwenyewe, nao huingia na kukaa humo. Nayo hali ya mwisho ya yule mtu huwa ni mbaya kuliko ile ya kwanza.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="LUK.11.27" />Ikawa Yesu alipokuwa akisema hayo, mwanamke mmoja katikati ya ule umati wa watu akapaza sauti akasema, “Limebarikiwa tumbo lililokuzaa na matiti uliyonyonya!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="LUK.11.28" />Yesu akajibu,
<wj>“Wamebarikiwa zaidi wale wanaolisikia neno la Mungu na kulitii.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ishara Ya Yona
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 12:38-42)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="LUK.11.29" />Umati wa watu ulipokuwa unazidi kuongezeka, Yesu akaendelea kusema,
<wj>“Hiki ni kizazi kiovu. Kinatafuta ishara, lakini hakitapewa ishara yoyote isipokuwa ile ya Yona.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LUK.11.30" /><wj>Kwa maana kama vile Yona alivyokuwa ishara kwa watu wa Ninawi, ndivyo Mwana wa Adamu atakavyokuwa ishara kwa kizazi hiki.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="LUK.11.31" /><wj>Malkia wa Kusini atasimama wakati wa hukumu na kuwahukumu watu wa kizazi hiki. Kwa kuwa yeye alikuja kutoka miisho ya dunia ili kuisikiliza hekima ya Solomoni. Na hapa yupo aliye mkuu kuliko Solomoni.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="LUK.11.32" /><wj>Siku ya hukumu, watu wa Ninawi watasimama pamoja na kizazi hiki na kukihukumu; kwa maana wao walitubu waliposikia mahubiri ya Yona. Na tazama, hapa yupo yeye aliye mkuu kuliko Yona.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Taa Ya Mwili
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 5:15; 6:22-23)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="LUK.11.33" /><wj>“Hakuna mtu yeyote awashaye taa na kuiweka mahali palipofichika au kuifunikia chini ya bakuli. Badala yake huiweka juu ya kinara chake, ili watu wote wanaoingia waone nuru.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="LUK.11.34" /><wj>Jicho lako ni taa ya mwili wako. Kama jicho lako ni zima, mwili wako wote pia umejaa nuru. Lakini kama jicho ni bovu, mwili wako wote pia umejaa giza.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="LUK.11.35" /><wj>Kwa hiyo, hakikisha kwamba nuru iliyoko ndani yako isiwe giza.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="LUK.11.36" /><wj>Basi ikiwa mwili wako wote umejaa nuru, bila sehemu yake yoyote kuwa gizani, basi utakuwa na nuru kama vile taa ikuangazavyo kwa nuru yake.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Awashutumu Mafarisayo Na Wanasheria
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 23:1-36; Marko 12:38-40)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="LUK.11.37" />Yesu alipomaliza kuzungumza, Farisayo mmoja alimwalika nyumbani mwake kwa chakula. Yesu akaingia na kuketi katika sehemu yake mezani.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="LUK.11.38" />Yule Farisayo akashangaa kwamba Yesu hakunawa kwanza kabla ya kula.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="LUK.11.39" />Ndipo Bwana akamwambia,
<wj>“Sasa, enyi Mafarisayo, mnasafisha kikombe na sahani kwa nje, lakini ndani mmejaa unyangʼanyi na uovu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="LUK.11.40" /><wj>Enyi wapumbavu! Hamjui kuwa yeye aliyetengeneza nje ndiye alitengeneza na ndani pia?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="LUK.11.41" /><wj>Basi toeni sadaka ya vile mlivyo navyo, na tazama, vitu vyote vitakuwa safi kwenu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="LUK.11.42" /><wj>“Lakini ole wenu, Mafarisayo, kwa maana mnampa Mungu zaka za mnanaa, mchicha na kila aina ya mboga, lakini mnapuuza haki na upendo wa Mungu. Iliwapasa kufanya haya ya pili bila kupuuza hayo ya kwanza.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="43" bcv="LUK.11.43" /><wj>“Ole wenu Mafarisayo, kwa sababu ninyi mnapenda kukalia viti vya mbele katika masinagogi, na kusalimiwa kwa heshima masokoni.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="44" bcv="LUK.11.44" /><wj>“Ole wenu, kwa sababu ninyi ni kama makaburi yasiyokuwa na alama, ambayo watu huyakanyaga pasipo kujua.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="45" bcv="LUK.11.45" />Mtaalamu mmoja wa sheria akamjibu, akasema, “Mwalimu, unaposema mambo haya, unatutukana na sisi pia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="46" bcv="LUK.11.46" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Nanyi wataalamu wa sheria, ole wenu, kwa sababu mnawatwika watu mizigo mizito ambayo hawawezi kubeba, wala ninyi wenyewe hamwinui hata kidole kimoja kuwasaidia.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="47" bcv="LUK.11.47" /><wj>“Ole wenu, kwa sababu ninyi mnajenga makaburi ya manabii waliouawa na baba zenu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="LUK.11.48" /><wj>Hivyo ninyi mwashuhudia na mnathibitisha kile baba zenu walichofanya. Wao waliwaua manabii, nanyi mnawajengea makaburi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="LUK.11.49" /><wj>Kwa sababu ya jambo hili, Mungu katika hekima yake alisema, ‘Tazama, nitatuma kwao manabii na mitume, nao watawaua baadhi yao na wengine watawatesa.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="LUK.11.50" /><wj>Kwa hiyo kizazi hiki kitawajibika kwa ajili ya damu ya manabii iliyomwagwa tangu kuwekwa misingi ya ulimwengu,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="LUK.11.51" /><wj>tangu damu ya Abeli mpaka damu ya Zekaria, aliyeuawa kati ya madhabahu na mahali patakatifu. Naam, nawaambia, kizazi hiki kitawajibika kwa haya yote.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="52" bcv="LUK.11.52" /><wj>“Ole wenu ninyi wataalamu wa sheria, kwa sababu mmeuondoa ufunguo wa maarifa. Ninyi wenyewe hamkuingia, na wale waliokuwa wanaingia mkawazuia.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="53" bcv="LUK.11.53" />Yesu alipoondoka huko, walimu wa sheria na Mafarisayo wakaanza kumpinga vikali na kumsonga kwa maswali,
<ve />
<v id="54" bcv="LUK.11.54" />wakivizia kumkamata kwa kitu atakachosema ili wamshtaki.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Maonyo Dhidi Ya Unafiki
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 10:26-33)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LUK.12.1" />Wakati huo, umati mkubwa wa watu maelfu, walipokuwa wamekusanyika hata wakawa wanakanyagana, Yesu akaanza kuzungumza kwanza na wanafunzi wake, akawaambia:
<wj>“Jihadharini na chachu ya Mafarisayo, yaani, unafiki wao.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LUK.12.2" /><wj>Hakuna jambo lolote lililositirika ambalo halitafunuliwa, au lililofichwa ambalo halitajulikana.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LUK.12.3" /><wj>Kwa hiyo, lolote mlilosema gizani litasikiwa nuruni. Na kile mlichonongʼona masikioni mkiwa kwenye vyumba vya ndani, kitatangazwa juu ya paa.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="LUK.12.4" /><wj>“Nawaambieni rafiki zangu, msiwaogope wale wauao mwili, lakini baada ya hilo hawawezi kufanya lolote zaidi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LUK.12.5" /><wj>Lakini nitawaambia nani wa kumwogopa: Mwogopeni yule ambaye baada ya kuua mwili, ana mamlaka ya kuwatupa motoni. Naam, nawaambia, mwogopeni huyo!</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LUK.12.6" /><wj>Mnajua kwamba shomoro watano huuzwa kwa senti mbili? Lakini Mungu hamsahau hata mmoja wao.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LUK.12.7" /><wj>Naam, hata nywele za vichwa vyenu zote zimehesabiwa. Hivyo msiogope, kwa maana ninyi ni wa thamani kubwa kuliko shomoro wengi.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="LUK.12.8" /><wj>“Ninawaambia kwamba yeyote atakayenikiri mbele ya watu, Mwana wa Adamu naye atamkiri mbele za malaika wa Mungu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="LUK.12.9" /><wj>Lakini yeye atakayenikana mimi mbele ya watu, Mwana wa Adamu naye atamkana mbele ya malaika wa Mungu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LUK.12.10" /><wj>Naye kila atakayenena neno baya dhidi ya Mwana wa Adamu atasamehewa, lakini yeyote atakayemkufuru Roho Mtakatifu hatasamehewa.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="LUK.12.11" /><wj>“Watakapowapeleka katika masinagogi, na mbele ya watawala na wenye mamlaka, msiwe na wasiwasi kuhusu namna mtakavyojitetea au mtakavyosema.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LUK.12.12" /><wj>Kwa maana Roho Mtakatifu atawafundisha wakati huo huo mnachopaswa kusema.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Tajiri Mpumbavu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="LUK.12.13" />Mtu mmoja katika umati wa watu akamwambia Yesu, “Mwalimu, mwambie ndugu yangu tugawane naye urithi wetu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="LUK.12.14" />Lakini Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Rafiki, ni nani aliyeniweka mimi kuwa hakimu wenu au msuluhishi juu yenu?”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LUK.12.15" />Ndipo Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Jihadharini! Jilindeni na aina zote za choyo. Kwa maana maisha ya mtu hayatokani na wingi wa mali alizo nazo.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="LUK.12.16" />Kisha akawaambia mfano huu:
<wj>“Shamba la mtu mmoja tajiri lilizaa sana.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LUK.12.17" /><wj>Akawaza moyoni mwake, ‘Nifanye nini? Sina mahali pa kuhifadhi mavuno yangu.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="LUK.12.18" /><wj>“Ndipo huyo tajiri akasema, ‘Nitafanya hivi: Nitabomoa ghala zangu za nafaka na kujenga nyingine kubwa zaidi na huko nitayahifadhi mavuno yangu yote na vitu vyangu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="LUK.12.19" /><wj>Nami nitaiambia nafsi yangu, “Nafsi, unavyo vitu vingi vizuri ulivyojiwekea akiba kwa miaka mingi. Pumzika; kula, unywe, ufurahi.” ’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="LUK.12.20" /><wj>“Lakini Mungu akamwambia, ‘Mpumbavu wewe! Usiku huu uhai wako unatakiwa. Sasa hivyo vitu ulivyojiwekea akiba vitakuwa vya nani?’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="LUK.12.21" /><wj>“Hivyo ndivyo ilivyo kwa wale wanaojiwekea mali lakini hawajitajirishi kwa Mungu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Msiwe Na Wasiwasi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 6:25-34)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="LUK.12.22" />Kisha Yesu akawaambia wanafunzi wake:
<wj>“Kwa hiyo nawaambia, msisumbukie maisha yenu kwamba mtakula nini; au msumbukie miili yenu kwamba mtavaa nini.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="LUK.12.23" /><wj>Maisha ni zaidi ya chakula, na mwili ni zaidi ya mavazi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="LUK.12.24" /><wj>Fikirini ndege! Wao hawapandi wala hawavuni, hawana ghala wala popote pa kuhifadhi nafaka; lakini Mungu huwalisha. Ninyi ni wa thamani zaidi kuliko ndege!</wj>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="LUK.12.25" /><wj>Ni nani miongoni mwenu ambaye kwa kujitaabisha kwake anaweza kujiongezea hata saa moja zaidi katika maisha yake?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="LUK.12.26" /><wj>Kama hamwezi kufanya jambo dogo kama hilo, kwa nini basi kuyasumbukia hayo mengine?</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="LUK.12.27" /><wj>“Angalieni maua jinsi yameavyo: Hayafanyi kazi wala hayafumi. Lakini nawaambia, hata Solomoni katika fahari yake yote hakuvikwa vizuri kama mojawapo ya hayo maua.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="LUK.12.28" /><wj>Basi ikiwa Mungu huyavika hivi majani ya shambani, ambayo leo yapo, na kesho yanatupwa motoni, si atawavika ninyi vizuri zaidi, enyi wa imani haba!</wj>
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="LUK.12.29" /><wj>Wala msisumbuke mioyoni mwenu mtakula nini au mtakunywa nini. Msiwe na wasiwasi juu ya haya.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LUK.12.30" /><wj>Watu wa mataifa ya duniani husumbuka sana kuhusu vitu hivi vyote, lakini Baba yenu anafahamu kuwa mnahitaji haya yote.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="LUK.12.31" /><wj>Bali utafuteni Ufalme wa Mungu, na haya yote atawapa pia.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Utajiri Wa Mbinguni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 6:19-21)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="LUK.12.32" /><wj>“Msiogope enyi kundi dogo, kwa maana Baba yenu ameona vyema kuwapa ninyi Ufalme.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="LUK.12.33" /><wj>Uzeni mali zenu mkawape maskini. Jifanyieni mifuko isiyochakaa, mkajiwekee hazina mbinguni isiyokwisha, mahali ambapo mwizi hakaribii wala nondo haharibu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="LUK.12.34" /><wj>Kwa sababu mahali hazina yako ilipo, hapo ndipo moyo wako utakapokuwa pia.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kukesha
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="LUK.12.35" /><wj>“Kuweni tayari mkiwa mmevikwa kwa ajili ya huduma na taa zenu zikiwa zinawaka,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="LUK.12.36" /><wj>kama watumishi wanaomngojea bwana wao arudi kutoka kwenye karamu ya arusi, ili ajapo na kubisha mlango waweze kumfungulia mara.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="LUK.12.37" /><wj>Heri wale watumishi ambao bwana wao atakapokuja atawakuta wakiwa wanakesha. Amin, nawaambia, atajifunga mkanda wake na kuwaketisha ili wale, naye atakuja na kuwahudumia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="LUK.12.38" /><wj>Itakuwa heri kwa watumwa hao ikiwa bwana wao atakapokuja atawakuta wamekesha hata kama atakuja mnamo usiku wa manane, au karibu na mapambazuko.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="LUK.12.39" /><wj>Lakini fahamuni jambo hili: Kama mwenye nyumba angalijua saa mwizi atakuja, asingaliiacha nyumba yake kuvunjwa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="LUK.12.40" /><wj>Ninyi nanyi hamna budi kuwa tayari, kwa sababu Mwana wa Adamu atakuja saa msiyotazamia.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mtumishi Mwaminifu Na Yule Asiye Mwaminifu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 24:45-51)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="LUK.12.41" />Ndipo Petro akamuuliza, “Bwana, mfano huu unatuambia sisi peke yetu au watu wote?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="LUK.12.42" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Ni yupi basi wakili mwaminifu na mwenye busara, ambaye bwana wake atamfanya msimamizi juu ya watumishi wake wote, ili awape watumishi wengine chakula chao wakati unaofaa?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="LUK.12.43" /><wj>Heri mtumishi yule ambaye bwana wake atakaporudi atamkuta akifanya hivyo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="LUK.12.44" /><wj>Amin nawaambia, atamweka mtumishi huyo kuwa msimamizi wa mali yake yote.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="LUK.12.45" /><wj>Lakini kama yule mtumishi atasema moyoni mwake, ‘Bwana wangu anakawia kurudi,’ kisha akaanza kuwapiga wale watumishi wa kiume na wa kike, na kula na kunywa na kulewa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="LUK.12.46" /><wj>Basi bwana wa mtumishi huyo atakuja siku asiyodhani na saa asiyoijua. Atamkata vipande vipande na kumweka katika sehemu moja pamoja na wale wasioamini.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="47" bcv="LUK.12.47" /><wj>“Yule mtumishi anayefahamu vyema mapenzi ya bwana wake na asijiandae wala kufanya kama apendavyo bwana wake, atapigwa kwa mapigo mengi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="LUK.12.48" /><wj>Lakini yeyote ambaye hakujua naye akafanya yale yastahiliyo kupigwa, atapigwa kidogo. Yeyote aliyepewa vitu vingi, atadaiwa vingi; na yeyote aliyekabidhiwa vingi, kwake vitatakiwa vingi.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Kuleta Mafarakano
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 10:34-36)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="49" bcv="LUK.12.49" /><wj>“Nimekuja kuleta moto duniani; laiti kama ungekuwa tayari umewashwa!</wj>
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="LUK.12.50" /><wj>Lakini ninao ubatizo ambao lazima nibatizwe, nayo dhiki yangu ni kuu mpaka ubatizo huo ukamilike!</wj>
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="LUK.12.51" /><wj>Mnadhani nimekuja kuleta amani duniani? La, nawaambia sivyo, nimekuja kuleta mafarakano.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="LUK.12.52" /><wj>Kuanzia sasa, kutakuwa na watu watano katika nyumba moja, watatu dhidi ya wawili, na wawili dhidi ya watatu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="LUK.12.53" /><wj>Watafarakana baba dhidi ya mwanawe na mwana dhidi ya babaye, mama dhidi ya bintiye na binti dhidi ya mamaye, naye mama mkwe dhidi ya mkwewe na mkwe dhidi ya mama mkwe wake.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kutambua Majira
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 16:2-3)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="54" bcv="LUK.12.54" />Pia Yesu akauambia ule umati wa watu,
<wj>“Mwonapo wingu likitokea magharibi, mara mwasema, ‘Mvua itanyesha,’ nayo hunyesha.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="55" bcv="LUK.12.55" /><wj>Nanyi mwonapo upepo wa kusini ukivuma, ninyi husema, ‘Kutakuwa na joto,’ na huwa hivyo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="56" bcv="LUK.12.56" /><wj>Enyi wanafiki! Mnajua jinsi ya kutambua kuonekana kwa dunia na anga. Inakuwaje basi kwamba mnashindwa kutambua wakati huu wa sasa?</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="57" bcv="LUK.12.57" /><wj>“Kwa nini hamwamui wenyewe lililo haki?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="58" bcv="LUK.12.58" /><wj>Uwapo njiani na mshtaki wako kwenda kwa hakimu, jitahidi kupatana naye mkiwa njiani. La sivyo, atakupeleka kwa hakimu, naye hakimu atakukabidhi kwa afisa, naye afisa atakutupa gerezani.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="59" bcv="LUK.12.59" /><wj>Nakuambia, hautatoka humo hadi uwe umelipa senti ya mwisho.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="13" />
<s style="s1">Tubu, La Sivyo Utaangamia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LUK.13.1" />Wakati huo huo, kulikuwa na watu waliomwambia Yesu habari za Wagalilaya ambao Pilato aliwaua, na damu ya hao watu akaichanganya na dhabihu yao waliyokuwa wanatoa.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LUK.13.2" />Yesu akawauliza,
<wj>“Mnadhani kwamba hawa Wagalilaya ambao walikufa kifo cha namna hiyo walikuwa na dhambi kuwazidi Wagalilaya wengine wote?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LUK.13.3" /><wj>La hasha! Ninyi nanyi msipotubu, mtaangamia vivyo hivyo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LUK.13.4" /><wj>Au wale watu kumi na wanane waliokufa walipoangukiwa na mnara huko Siloamu: mnadhani wao walikuwa waovu kuliko watu wote waliokuwa wanaishi Yerusalemu?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LUK.13.5" /><wj>Nawaambia, la hasha! Ninyi nanyi msipotubu, wote mtaangamia vivyo hivyo.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Mti Usiozaa Matunda
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="LUK.13.6" />Kisha Yesu akawaambia mfano huu:
<wj>“Mtu mmoja alikuwa na mtini uliopandwa katika shamba lake la mizabibu, akaja ili kutafuta tini kwenye mti huo, lakini hakupata hata moja.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LUK.13.7" /><wj>Hivyo akamwambia mtunza shamba: ‘Tazama, kwa muda wa miaka mitatu sasa nimekuwa nikija kutafuta matunda kwenye mtini huu, nami sikupata hata moja. Ukate! Kwa nini uendelee kuharibu ardhi?’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="LUK.13.8" /><wj>“Yule mtunza shamba akamjibu, ‘Bwana, uache tena kwa mwaka mmoja zaidi, nami nitaupalilia na kuuwekea mbolea.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="LUK.13.9" /><wj>Kama ukizaa matunda mwaka ujao, vyema, la sivyo uukate.’ ”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Amponya Mwanamke Kilema Siku Ya Sabato
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="LUK.13.10" />Basi Yesu alikuwa akifundisha katika sinagogi mojawapo siku ya Sabato.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LUK.13.11" />Wakati huo huo akaja mwanamke mmoja aliyekuwa na pepo mchafu, naye alikuwa amepinda mgongo kwa muda wa miaka kumi na minane, wala alikuwa hawezi kunyooka wima.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LUK.13.12" />Yesu alipomwona, akamwita, akamwambia,
<wj>“Mwanamke, uwe huru, umepona ugonjwa wako.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="LUK.13.13" />Yesu alipomwekea mikono yake, mara akasimama wima akaanza kumtukuza Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="LUK.13.14" />Lakini kiongozi wa sinagogi akakasirika kwa sababu Yesu alikuwa ameponya mtu siku ya Sabato. Akaambia ule umati wa watu, “Kuna siku sita ambazo watu wanapaswa kufanya kazi. Katika siku hizo, njooni mponywe, lakini si katika siku ya Sabato.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="LUK.13.15" />Lakini Bwana akamjibu,
<wj>“Enyi wanafiki! Je, kila mmoja wenu hamfungulii ngʼombe wake au punda wake kutoka zizini akampeleka kumnywesha maji siku ya Sabato?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LUK.13.16" /><wj>Je, huyu mwanamke, ambaye ni binti wa Abrahamu, aliyeteswa na Shetani akiwa amemfunga kwa miaka yote hii kumi na minane, hakustahili kufunguliwa kutoka kifungo hicho siku ya Sabato?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="LUK.13.17" />Aliposema haya, wapinzani wake wakaaibika, lakini watu wakafurahi kwa ajili ya mambo ya ajabu aliyoyafanya.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Punje Ya Haradali
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 13:31-32; Marko 4:30-32)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="LUK.13.18" />Kisha Yesu akauliza,
<wj>“Ufalme wa Mungu unafanana na nini? Nitaufananisha na nini?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="LUK.13.19" /><wj>Umefanana na punje ya haradali ambayo mtu aliichukua na kuipanda katika shamba lake. Nayo ikakua, ikawa mti nao ndege wa angani wakatengeneza viota vyao kwenye matawi yake.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Chachu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 13:33)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="LUK.13.20" />Yesu akauliza tena,
<wj>“Nitaufananisha Ufalme wa Mungu na nini?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="LUK.13.21" /><wj>Unafanana na chachu ambayo mwanamke aliichukua akaichanganya katika kiasi kikubwa cha unga mpaka wote ukaumuka.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mlango Mwembamba
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 7:13-14, 21-23)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="LUK.13.22" />Yesu akapita katika miji na vijiji, akifundisha wakati alisafiri kwenda Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="LUK.13.23" />Mtu mmoja akamuuliza, “Bwana, ni watu wachache tu watakaookolewa?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="LUK.13.24" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Jitahidini sana kuingia kupitia mlango mwembamba, kwa maana nawaambia wengi watajaribu kuingia, lakini hawataweza.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="LUK.13.25" /><wj>Wakati mwenye nyumba atakapoondoka na kufunga mlango, mtasimama nje mkibisha mlango na kusema, ‘Bwana! Tufungulie mlango!’</wj>
</p>
<p style="p"><wj>“Lakini yeye atawajibu, ‘Siwajui ninyi, wala mtokako.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="LUK.13.26" /><wj>“Ndipo mtamjibu, ‘Tulikula na kunywa pamoja nawe, tena ulifundisha katika mitaa yetu.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="LUK.13.27" /><wj>“Lakini yeye atawajibu, ‘Siwajui ninyi, wala mtokako. Ondokeni kwangu, ninyi watenda maovu!’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="LUK.13.28" /><wj>“Ndipo kutakuwako kilio na kusaga meno, mtakapowaona Abrahamu, Isaki, Yakobo na manabii wote wakiwa katika Ufalme wa Mungu, lakini ninyi mkiwa mmetupwa nje.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="LUK.13.29" /><wj>Watu watatoka mashariki na magharibi, kaskazini na kusini, nao wataketi kwenye sehemu walizoandaliwa karamuni katika Ufalme wa Mungu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LUK.13.30" /><wj>Tazama, kunao walio wa mwisho watakaokuwa wa kwanza, nao wa kwanza watakaokuwa wa mwisho.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Aomboleza Kwa Ajili Ya Yerusalemu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 23:37-39)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="LUK.13.31" />Wakati huo huo baadhi ya Mafarisayo wakamwendea Yesu na kumwambia, “Ondoka hapa uende mahali pengine kwa maana Herode anataka kukuua.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="LUK.13.32" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Nendeni mkamwambie yule mbweha, ‘Ninafukuza pepo wachafu na kuponya wagonjwa leo na kesho, nami siku ya tatu nitaikamilisha kazi yangu.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="LUK.13.33" /><wj>Sina budi kuendelea na safari yangu leo, kesho na kesho kutwa: kwa maana haiwezekani nabii kufa mahali pengine isipokuwa Yerusalemu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="LUK.13.34" /><wj>“Ee Yerusalemu, Yerusalemu, uwauaye manabii na kuwapiga mawe wale waliotumwa kwako! Mara ngapi nimetamani kuwakusanya watoto wako pamoja, kama vile kuku akusanyavyo vifaranga wake chini ya mabawa yake, lakini hukutaka!</wj>
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="LUK.13.35" /><wj>Tazama nyumba yenu imeachwa ukiwa. Ninawaambia, hamtaniona tena mpaka wakati ule mtakaposema, ‘Amebarikiwa yeye ajaye kwa jina la Bwana.’ ”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="14" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Nyumbani Mwa Farisayo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LUK.14.1" />Ikawa siku moja Yesu alipokuwa amekwenda kula chakula kwa mmoja wa viongozi wa Mafarisayo siku ya Sabato, watu walikuwa wakimchunguza kwa bidii.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LUK.14.2" />Papo hapo mbele yake palikuwa na mtu mmoja mwenye ugonjwa wa kuvimba mwili.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LUK.14.3" />Yesu akawauliza wale Mafarisayo na walimu wa sheria,
<wj>“Je, ni halali kuponya watu siku ya Sabato au la?”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LUK.14.4" />Wakakaa kimya. Hivyo Yesu akamshika yule mgonjwa mkono na kumponya, akamruhusu aende zake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="LUK.14.5" />Kisha akawauliza,
<wj>“Kama mmoja wenu angekuwa na mtoto au ngʼombe wake aliyetumbukia katika kisima siku ya Sabato, je, hamtamvuta mara moja na kumtoa?”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LUK.14.6" />Nao hawakuwa na la kusema.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Unyenyekevu Na Ukarimu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="LUK.14.7" />Alipoona jinsi wageni walivyokuwa wanachagua mahali pa heshima wakati wa kula, akawaambia mfano huu:
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LUK.14.8" /><wj>“Mtu akikualika arusini, usikae mahali pa mgeni wa heshima kwa kuwa inawezekana amealikwa mtu mheshimiwa kuliko wewe.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="LUK.14.9" /><wj>Kama mkifanya hivyo yule aliyewaalika ninyi wawili atakuja na kukuambia, ‘Mpishe huyu mtu kiti chako.’ Ndipo kwa aibu utalazimika kukaa katika nafasi ya chini kabisa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LUK.14.10" /><wj>Badala yake, unapoalikwa, chagua nafasi ya chini, ili yule mwenyeji wako atakapokuona atakuja na kukuambia, ‘Rafiki yangu, nenda kwenye nafasi iliyo bora zaidi.’ Kwa jinsi hii utakuwa umepewa heshima mbele ya wageni wenzako wote.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LUK.14.11" /><wj>Kwa maana kila mtu ajikwezaye atashushwa, naye ajishushaye atakwezwa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="LUK.14.12" />Kisha Yesu akamwambia yule aliyewaalika,
<wj>“Uandaapo karamu ya chakula cha mchana au cha jioni, usialike rafiki zako au ndugu zako au jamaa zako au majirani zako walio matajiri tu. Ukifanya hivyo, wao nao wanaweza kukualika kwao, nawe ukawa umelipwa kile ulichofanya na kupata thawabu yako.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="LUK.14.13" /><wj>Bali ufanyapo karamu, waalike maskini, vilema na vipofu,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="LUK.14.14" /><wj>nawe utabarikiwa kwa sababu hawa hawana uwezo wa kukulipa. Mungu atakulipa wakati wa ufufuo wa wenye haki.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Karamu Kuu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 22:1-10)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="LUK.14.15" />Mmoja wa wale waliokuwa pamoja naye mezani aliposikia hivi akamwambia Yesu, “Amebarikiwa mtu yule atakayekula katika karamu ya Ufalme wa Mungu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="LUK.14.16" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Mtu mmoja alikuwa anaandaa karamu kubwa, akaalika watu wengi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LUK.14.17" /><wj>Wakati wa karamu ulipofika, akamtuma mtumishi wake akawaambie wale walioalikwa, ‘Karibuni, kila kitu ki tayari sasa.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="LUK.14.18" /><wj>“Lakini wote, kila mmoja, wakaanza kutoa udhuru: Wa kwanza akasema, ‘Nimenunua shamba, lazima niende kuliona. Tafadhali niwie radhi.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="LUK.14.19" /><wj>“Mwingine akasema, ‘Ndipo tu nimenunua jozi tano za ngʼombe wa kulimia, nami ninakwenda kuwajaribu, tafadhali niwie radhi.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="LUK.14.20" /><wj>Naye mwingine akasema, ‘Nimeoa mke, kwa hiyo siwezi kuja.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="LUK.14.21" /><wj>“Yule mtumishi akarudi, akampa bwana wake taarifa. Ndipo yule mwenye nyumba akakasirika, akamwagiza yule mtumishi wake, akisema, ‘Nenda upesi kwenye mitaa na vichochoro vya mjini uwalete maskini, vilema, vipofu na viwete.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="LUK.14.22" /><wj>“Yule mtumishi akamwambia, ‘Bwana, yale uliyoniagiza nimefanya, lakini bado ipo nafasi.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="LUK.14.23" /><wj>“Ndipo yule bwana akamwambia mtumishi wake, ‘Nenda kwenye barabara na vijia vilivyoko nje ya mji na uwalazimishe watu waingie ili nyumba yangu ipate kujaa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="LUK.14.24" /><wj>Kwa maana nawaambia, hakuna hata mmoja wa wale walioalikwa atakayeionja karamu yangu.’ ”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Gharama Ya Kuwa Mwanafunzi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 10:37-38)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="LUK.14.25" />Umati mkubwa wa watu ulikuwa ukisafiri pamoja na Yesu, naye akageuka, akawaambia,
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="LUK.14.26" /><wj>“Mtu yeyote anayekuja kwangu hawezi kuwa mwanafunzi wangu kama hatanipenda mimi zaidi ya baba yake na mama yake, mke wake na watoto wake, ndugu zake na dada zake, naam, hata maisha yake mwenyewe.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="LUK.14.27" /><wj>Yeyote asiyeuchukua msalaba wake na kunifuata hawezi kuwa mwanafunzi wangu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="LUK.14.28" /><wj>“Ni nani miongoni mwenu ambaye kama anataka kujenga nyumba, hakai kwanza chini na kufanya makisio ya gharama aone kama ana fedha za kutosha kukamilisha?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="LUK.14.29" /><wj>La sivyo, akiisha kuweka msingi, naye akiwa hana uwezo wa kuikamilisha, wote waionao wataanza kumdhihaki,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LUK.14.30" /><wj>wakisema, ‘Mtu huyu alianza kujenga lakini hakuweza kukamilisha.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="LUK.14.31" /><wj>“Au ni mfalme gani atokaye kwenda kupigana vita na mfalme mwingine, ambaye hakai chini kwanza na kufikiri iwapo akiwa na jeshi la watu 10,000 ataweza kupigana na yule anayekuja na jeshi la watu 20,000?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="LUK.14.32" /><wj>Kama hawezi, basi wakati yule mwingine akiwa bado yuko mbali, yeye hutuma ujumbe wa watu na kuomba masharti ya amani.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="LUK.14.33" /><wj>Vivyo hivyo, yeyote miongoni mwenu ambaye hawezi kuacha vyote alivyo navyo, hawezi kuwa mwanafunzi wangu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Chumvi Isiyofaa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 5:13; Marko 9:50)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="LUK.14.34" /><wj>“Chumvi ni nzuri, lakini chumvi ikiwa imepoteza ladha yake, itafanywaje ili iweze kukolea tena?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="LUK.14.35" /><wj>Haifai ardhi wala kwa lundo la mbolea, bali hutupwa nje.</wj>
</p>
<p style="p"><wj>“Mwenye masikio ya kusikia, na asikie.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="15" />
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Kondoo Aliyepotea
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 18:12-14)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LUK.15.1" />Basi watoza ushuru na wenye dhambi wote walikuwa wanakusanyika ili wapate kumsikiliza Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LUK.15.2" />Lakini Mafarisayo na walimu wa sheria wakanungʼunika wakisema, “Huyu mtu anawakaribisha wenye dhambi na kula nao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="LUK.15.3" />Ndipo Yesu akawaambia mfano huu:
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LUK.15.4" /><wj>“Ikiwa mmoja wenu ana kondoo mia moja, naye akapoteza mmoja wao, je, hawaachi wale tisini na tisa nyikani na kwenda kumtafuta huyo aliyepotea mpaka ampate?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LUK.15.5" /><wj>Naye akishampata, humbeba mabegani mwake kwa furaha</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LUK.15.6" /><wj>na kwenda nyumbani. Kisha huwaita rafiki zake na majirani, na kuwaambia, ‘Furahini pamoja nami; nimempata kondoo wangu aliyepotea.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LUK.15.7" /><wj>Nawaambieni, vivyo hivyo kutakuwa na furaha zaidi mbinguni kwa sababu ya mwenye dhambi mmoja atubuye, kuliko kwa wenye haki tisini na tisa ambao hawana haja ya kutubu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Sarafu Iliyopotea
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="LUK.15.8" /><wj>“Au ikiwa mwanamke ana sarafu za fedha kumi, naye akapoteza moja, je, hawashi taa na kufagia nyumba na kuitafuta kwa bidii mpaka aipate?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="LUK.15.9" /><wj>Naye akiisha kuipata, huwaita rafiki zake na majirani na kuwaambia, ‘Furahini pamoja nami; nimeipata ile sarafu yangu ya fedha iliyopotea.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LUK.15.10" /><wj>Vivyo hivyo, nawaambia, kuna furaha mbele ya malaika wa Mungu juu ya mwenye dhambi mmoja atubuye.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Mwana Mpotevu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="LUK.15.11" />Yesu akaendelea kusema:
<wj>“Kulikuwa na mtu mmoja aliyekuwa na wana wawili.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LUK.15.12" /><wj>Yule mdogo akamwambia baba yake, ‘Baba, nipe urithi wangu.’ Hivyo akawagawia wanawe mali yake.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="LUK.15.13" /><wj>“Baada ya muda mfupi, yule mdogo akakusanya vitu vyote alivyokuwa navyo, akaenda nchi ya mbali, na huko akaitapanya mali yake kwa maisha ya anasa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="LUK.15.14" /><wj>Baada ya kutumia kila kitu alichokuwa nacho, kukawa na njaa kali katika nchi ile yote, naye akawa hana chochote.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LUK.15.15" /><wj>Kwa hiyo akaenda akaajiriwa na mwenyeji mmoja wa nchi ile ambaye alimpeleka shambani kwake kulisha nguruwe.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LUK.15.16" /><wj>Akatamani kujishibisha kwa maganda waliyokula wale nguruwe, wala hakuna mtu aliyempa chochote.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="LUK.15.17" /><wj>“Lakini alipozingatia moyoni mwake, akasema, ‘Ni watumishi wangapi walioajiriwa na baba yangu ambao wana chakula cha kuwatosha na kusaza, bali mimi hapa nakufa kwa njaa!</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="LUK.15.18" /><wj>Nitaondoka na kurudi kwa baba yangu na kumwambia: Baba, nimetenda dhambi mbele za Mungu na mbele yako.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="LUK.15.19" /><wj>Sistahili tena kuitwa mwanao; nifanye kama mmoja wa watumishi wako.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="LUK.15.20" /><wj>Basi akaondoka, akaenda kwa baba yake.</wj>
</p>
<p style="p"><wj>“Lakini alipokuwa bado yuko mbali, baba yake akamwona, moyo wake ukajawa na huruma. Akamkimbilia mwanawe, akamkumbatia na kumbusu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="LUK.15.21" /><wj>“Yule mwana akamwambia baba yake, ‘Baba, nimekosa mbele za Mungu na mbele yako. Sistahili kuitwa mwanao tena.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="LUK.15.22" /><wj>“Lakini baba yake akawaambia watumishi, ‘Leteni upesi joho lililo bora sana, tieni pete kidoleni mwake na viatu miguuni mwake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="LUK.15.23" /><wj>Leteni ndama aliyenona, mkamchinje ili tuwe na karamu, tule na kufurahi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="LUK.15.24" /><wj>Kwa maana huyu mwanangu alikuwa amekufa na sasa yu hai tena; alikuwa amepotea na sasa amepatikana!’ Nao wakaanza kufanya tafrija.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="LUK.15.25" /><wj>“Wakati huo, yule mwana mkubwa alikuwa shambani. Alipokaribia nyumbani, akasikia sauti ya nyimbo na watu wakicheza.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="LUK.15.26" /><wj>Akamwita mmoja wa watumishi na kumuuliza, ‘Kuna nini?’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="LUK.15.27" /><wj>Akamwambia, ‘Ndugu yako amekuja, naye baba yako amemchinjia ndama aliyenona kwa sababu mwanawe amerudi nyumbani akiwa salama na mzima.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="LUK.15.28" /><wj>“Yule mwana mkubwa akakasirika, akakataa kuingia ndani. Basi baba yake akatoka nje na kumsihi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="LUK.15.29" /><wj>Lakini yeye akamjibu baba yake, ‘Tazama! Miaka yote hii nimekutumikia na hata siku moja sijaacha kutii amri zako, lakini hujanipa hata mwana-mbuzi ili nifurahi na rafiki zangu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LUK.15.30" /><wj>Lakini huyu mwanao ambaye ametapanya mali yako kwa makahaba aliporudi nyumbani, wewe umemchinjia ndama aliyenona!’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="LUK.15.31" /><wj>“Baba yake akamjibu, ‘Mwanangu, umekuwa nami siku zote na vyote nilivyo navyo ni vyako.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="LUK.15.32" /><wj>Lakini ilitubidi tufurahi na kushangilia kwa sababu huyu ndugu yako alikuwa amekufa na sasa yu hai; alikuwa amepotea naye amepatikana.’ ”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="16" />
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Msimamizi Mjanja
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LUK.16.1" />Yesu akawaambia wanafunzi wake,
<wj>“Palikuwa na tajiri mmoja na msimamizi wake. Ilisemekana kwamba huyo msimamizi alikuwa anatumia vibaya mali ya tajiri yake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LUK.16.2" /><wj>Hivyo huyo tajiri akamwita na kumuuliza, ‘Ni mambo gani haya ninayoyasikia kukuhusu? Toa taarifa ya usimamizi wako, kwa sababu huwezi kuendelea kuwa msimamizi.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="LUK.16.3" /><wj>“Yule msimamizi akawaza moyoni mwake, ‘Nitafanya nini sasa? Bwana wangu ananiondoa katika kazi yangu. Sina nguvu za kulima, nami ninaona aibu kuombaomba.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LUK.16.4" /><wj>Najua nitakalofanya ili nikiachishwa kazi yangu hapa, watu wanikaribishe nyumbani kwao.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="LUK.16.5" /><wj>“Kwa hiyo akawaita wadeni wote wa bwana wake, mmoja mmoja. Akamuuliza wa kwanza, ‘Deni lako kwa bwana wangu ni kiasi gani?’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="LUK.16.6" /><wj>“Akajibu, ‘Galoni 800</wj><f caller="+"><fr>16:6
</fr><ft>Galoni 800 ni sawa na lita 4,000.</ft></f><wj>za mafuta ya mizeituni.’</wj>
</p>
<p style="p"><wj>“Msimamizi akamwambia, ‘Chukua hati ya deni lako, ibadilishe upesi, uandike galoni 400.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="LUK.16.7" /><wj>“Kisha akamuuliza wa pili, ‘Wewe deni lako ni kiasi gani?’</wj>
</p>
<p style="p"><wj>“Akajibu, ‘Vipimo 1,000</wj><f caller="+"><fr>16:7
</fr><ft>Vipimo 1,000 ni kama magunia 100.</ft></f><wj>vya ngano.’</wj>
</p>
<p style="p"><wj>“Yule msimamizi akamwambia, ‘Chukua hati yako, andika vipimo 800!’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="LUK.16.8" /><wj>“Yule bwana akamsifu yule msimamizi dhalimu kwa jinsi alivyotumia ujanja. Kwa maana watu wa dunia hii wana ujanja zaidi wanapojishughulisha na mambo ya dunia kuliko watu wa nuru.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="LUK.16.9" /><wj>Nawaambia, tumieni mali ya kidunia kujipatia marafiki, ili itakapokwisha, mkaribishwe katika makao ya milele.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="LUK.16.10" /><wj>“Yeyote aliye mwaminifu katika mambo madogo, pia ni mwaminifu hata katika mambo makubwa, naye mtu ambaye si mwaminifu katika mambo madogo pia si mwaminifu katika mambo makubwa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LUK.16.11" /><wj>Ikiwa hamkuwa waaminifu katika mali ya kidunia, ni nani atakayewaaminia mali ya kweli?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LUK.16.12" /><wj>Nanyi kama hamkuwa waaminifu na mali ya mtu mwingine, ni nani atakayewapa iliyo yenu wenyewe?</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="LUK.16.13" /><wj>“Hakuna mtumishi awezaye kuwatumikia mabwana wawili. Kwa kuwa atamchukia huyu na kumpenda yule mwingine, au atashikamana sana na huyu na kumdharau yule mwingine. Hamwezi kumtumikia Mungu pamoja na Mali.”</wj><f caller="+"><fr>16:13
</fr><ft>Mali (au Utajiri) hapa inatoka neno Mamoni kwa Kiaramu au Mamona kwa Kiyunani.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="LUK.16.14" />Mafarisayo, waliokuwa wapenda fedha, waliyasikia hayo yote na wakamcheka kwa dharau.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LUK.16.15" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Ninyi mnajionyesha kuwa wenye haki mbele za wanadamu, lakini Mungu anaijua mioyo yenu. Kwa maana vile vitu ambavyo wanadamu wanavithamini sana, kwa Mungu ni machukizo.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sheria Na Ufalme Wa Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="LUK.16.16" /><wj>“Sheria na Manabii vilihubiriwa mpaka kuja kwa Yohana Mbatizaji. Tangu wakati huo habari njema za Ufalme wa Mungu zinahubiriwa, na kila mmoja hujiingiza kwa nguvu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LUK.16.17" /><wj>Lakini ni rahisi zaidi mbingu na dunia kupita kuliko hata herufi moja kuondoka katika Sheria.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="LUK.16.18" /><wj>“Mtu yeyote amwachaye mkewe na kumwoa mwanamke mwingine anazini, naye mwanaume amwoaye mwanamke aliyetalikiwa anazini.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Tajiri Na Lazaro
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="LUK.16.19" /><wj>“Palikuwa na mtu mmoja tajiri aliyevaa nguo za rangi ya zambarau na kitani safi, ambaye aliishi kwa anasa kila siku.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="LUK.16.20" /><wj>Hapo penye mlango wake aliishi maskini mmoja, jina lake Lazaro, mwenye vidonda mwili mzima.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="LUK.16.21" /><wj>Huyo Lazaro alitamani kujishibisha kwa makombo yaliyoanguka kutoka mezani kwa yule tajiri. Hata mbwa walikuwa wakija na kuramba vidonda vyake.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="LUK.16.22" /><wj>“Wakati ukafika yule maskini akafa, nao malaika wakamchukua akae pamoja na Abrahamu. Yule tajiri naye akafa na akazikwa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="LUK.16.23" /><wj>Kule kuzimu alipokuwa akiteseka, alitazama juu, akamwona Abrahamu kwa mbali, naye Lazaro alikuwa karibu yake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="LUK.16.24" /><wj>Hivyo yule tajiri akamwita, ‘Baba Abrahamu, nihurumie na umtume Lazaro achovye ncha ya kidole chake ndani ya maji aupoze ulimi wangu, kwa sababu nina maumivu makuu kwenye moto huu.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="LUK.16.25" /><wj>“Lakini Abrahamu akamjibu, ‘Mwanangu, kumbuka kwamba wakati wa uhai wako ulipata mambo mazuri, lakini Lazaro alipata mambo mabaya. Lakini sasa anafarijiwa hapa na wewe uko katika maumivu makuu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="LUK.16.26" /><wj>Zaidi ya hayo, kati yetu na ninyi huko kumewekwa shimo kubwa, ili wale wanaotaka kutoka huku kuja huko wasiweze, wala mtu yeyote asiweze kuvuka kutoka huko kuja kwetu.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="LUK.16.27" /><wj>“Akasema, ‘Basi, nakuomba, umtume Lazaro aende nyumbani kwa baba yangu,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="LUK.16.28" /><wj>maana ninao ndugu watano. Awaonye, ili wasije nao wakafika mahali hapa pa mateso.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="LUK.16.29" /><wj>“Abrahamu akamjibu, ‘Ndugu zako wana Maandiko ya Mose na Manabii, wawasikilize hao.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="LUK.16.30" /><wj>“Yule tajiri akasema, ‘Hapana, baba Abrahamu, lakini mtu kutoka kwa wafu akiwaendea, watatubu.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="LUK.16.31" /><wj>“Abrahamu akamwambia, ‘Kama wasipowasikiliza Mose na Manabii, hawataweza kushawishika hata kama mtu akifufuka kutoka kwa wafu.’ ”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="17" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Afundisha Kuhusu Majaribu, Dhambi Na Imani
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 18:6-7, 21-22; Marko 9:42)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LUK.17.1" />Yesu akawaambia wanafunzi wake,
<wj>“Mambo yanayosababisha watu watende dhambi hayana budi kutukia. Lakini ole wake mtu yule anayeyasababisha.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LUK.17.2" /><wj>Ingekuwa heri kama mtu huyo angefungiwa jiwe la kusagia shingoni na kutoswa baharini, kuliko kumsababisha mmojawapo wa hawa wadogo kutenda dhambi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LUK.17.3" /><wj>Kwa hiyo, jilindeni.</wj>
</p>
<p style="p"><wj>“Kama ndugu yako akikukosea mwonye, naye akitubu, msamehe.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LUK.17.4" /><wj>Kama akikukosea mara saba kwa siku moja na mara saba kwa siku moja akaja kwako akisema, ‘Ninatubu,’ msamehe.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Imani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="LUK.17.5" />Mitume wake wakamwambia Bwana, “Tuongezee imani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="LUK.17.6" />Bwana akawajibu,
<wj>“Kama mkiwa na imani ndogo kama punje ya haradali, mngeweza kuuambia mti huu wa mkuyu, ‘Ngʼoka ukaote baharini,’ nao ungewatii.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wajibu Wa Mtumishi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="LUK.17.7" /><wj>“Ikiwa mmoja wenu ana mtumishi anayelima shambani au anayechunga kondoo, je, mtumishi huyo arudipo atamwambia, ‘Karibu hapa keti ule chakula?’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LUK.17.8" /><wj>Je, badala yake, hatamwambia, ‘Niandalie chakula, nile, jifunge unitumikie ninapokula na kunywa; baadaye waweza kula na kunywa?’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="LUK.17.9" /><wj>Je, huyo mtu atamshukuru mtumishi huyo kwa kutimiza yale aliyoamriwa?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LUK.17.10" /><wj>Vivyo hivyo nanyi mkiisha kufanya mliyoagizwa, semeni, ‘Sisi tu watumishi tusiostahili; tumefanya tu yale tuliyopaswa kufanya.’ ”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Atakasa Wakoma Kumi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="LUK.17.11" />Yesu alipokuwa njiani akienda Yerusalemu, alipitia mpakani mwa Samaria na Galilaya.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LUK.17.12" />Alipokuwa akiingia kwenye kijiji kimoja, watu kumi waliokuwa na ukoma wakakutana naye. Wakasimama mbali,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="LUK.17.13" />wakapaza sauti, wakasema, “Yesu, Bwana, tuhurumie!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="LUK.17.14" />Alipowaona akawaambia,
<wj>“Nendeni mkajionyeshe kwa makuhani.”</wj> Nao walipokuwa njiani wakienda, wakatakasika.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="LUK.17.15" />Mmoja wao alipoona kwamba amepona, akarudi kwa Yesu, akimsifu Mungu kwa sauti kuu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LUK.17.16" />Akajitupa miguuni mwa Yesu akamshukuru. Yeye alikuwa Msamaria.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="LUK.17.17" />Yesu akauliza,
<wj>“Je, hawakutakaswa wote kumi? Wako wapi wale wengine tisa?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="LUK.17.18" /><wj>Hakuna hata mmoja aliyeonekana kurudi ili kumshukuru Mungu isipokuwa huyu mgeni?”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="LUK.17.19" />Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Inuka na uende zako, imani yako imekuponya.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuja Kwa Ufalme Wa Mungu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 24:23-28, 37-41)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="LUK.17.20" />Yesu alipoulizwa na Mafarisayo Ufalme wa Mungu utakuja lini, yeye akawajibu,
<wj>“Ufalme wa Mungu hauji kwa kuchunguza kwa bidii,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="LUK.17.21" /><wj>wala watu hawatasema, ‘Huu hapa,’ au ‘Ule kule,’ kwa maana Ufalme wa Mungu umo ndani yenu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="LUK.17.22" />Kisha Yesu akawaambia wanafunzi wake,
<wj>“Wakati utafika ambapo mtatamani kuiona moja ya siku ya Mwana wa Adamu, lakini hamtaiona.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="LUK.17.23" /><wj>Watu watawaambia, ‘Yule kule!’ Au, ‘Huyu hapa!’ Msiwakimbilie.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="LUK.17.24" /><wj>Kwa maana kama vile umeme wa radi umulikavyo katika anga kuanzia mwisho mmoja hadi mwingine, ndivyo atakavyokuwa Mwana wa Adamu katika siku yake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="LUK.17.25" /><wj>Lakini kwanza itampasa kuteseka katika mambo mengi na kukataliwa na kizazi hiki.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="LUK.17.26" /><wj>“Kama ilivyokuwa siku za Noa, ndivyo itakavyokuwa katika siku za Mwana wa Adamu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="LUK.17.27" /><wj>Watu walikuwa wakila na kunywa, wakioa na kuolewa, mpaka siku ile Noa alipoingia katika safina. Ndipo gharika ikaja na kuwaangamiza wote.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="LUK.17.28" /><wj>“Ndivyo ilivyokuwa katika siku za Loti: Watu walikuwa wakila na kunywa, wakinunua na kuuza, wakilima na kujenga.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="LUK.17.29" /><wj>Lakini siku ile Loti alipoondoka Sodoma, ikanyesha mvua ya moto na kiberiti kutoka mbinguni ukawaangamiza wote.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="LUK.17.30" /><wj>“Hivyo ndivyo itakavyokuwa siku ile Mwana wa Adamu atakapofunuliwa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="LUK.17.31" /><wj>Siku hiyo, mtu yeyote aliye juu ya dari ya nyumba yake, hata vitu vyake vikiwa ndani ya hiyo nyumba, asishuke kuvichukua. Vivyo hivyo mtu aliye shambani asirudi nyumbani kuchukua chochote.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="LUK.17.32" /><wj>Mkumbukeni mke wa Loti!</wj>
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="LUK.17.33" /><wj>Mtu yeyote anayejaribu kuyaokoa maisha yake atayapoteza, na yeyote atakayeyapoteza maisha yake atayaokoa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="LUK.17.34" /><wj>Nawaambia, usiku huo watu wawili watakuwa wamelala kitanda kimoja; naye mmoja atatwaliwa na mwingine ataachwa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="LUK.17.35" /><wj>Wanawake wawili watakuwa wanasaga nafaka pamoja; naye mmoja atatwaliwa na mwingine ataachwa. [</wj>
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="LUK.17.36" /><wj>Wanaume wawili watakuwa wanafanya kazi pamoja shambani; mmoja atachukuliwa na mwingine ataachwa.]”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="LUK.17.37" />Kisha wakamuuliza, “Haya yatatukia wapi Bwana?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akawaambia,
<wj>“Pale ulipo mzoga, huko ndiko tai watakapokusanyika.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="18" />
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Mjane Asiyekata Tamaa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LUK.18.1" />Kisha Yesu akawapa wanafunzi wake mfano ili kuwaonyesha kuwa yawapasa kuomba pasipo kukata tamaa.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LUK.18.2" />Akawaambia,
<wj>“Katika mji mmoja alikuwepo hakimu ambaye hakumwogopa Mungu wala kumjali mtu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LUK.18.3" /><wj>Katika mji huo alikuwako mjane mmoja ambaye alikuwa akija kwake mara kwa mara akimwomba, ‘Tafadhali nipatie haki kati yangu na adui yangu.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="LUK.18.4" /><wj>“Kwa muda mrefu yule hakimu alikataa. Lakini hatimaye akasema moyoni mwake, ‘Ijapokuwa simwogopi Mungu wala simjali mwanadamu,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LUK.18.5" /><wj>lakini kwa kuwa huyu mjane ananisumbuasumbua, nitahakikisha amepata haki yake ili asiendelee kunichosha kwa kunijia mara kwa mara!’ ”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="LUK.18.6" />Bwana akasema,
<wj>“Sikilizeni asemavyo huyu hakimu dhalimu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LUK.18.7" /><wj>Je, Mungu hatawatendea haki wateule wake wanaomlilia usiku na mchana? Je, atakawia kuwasaidia?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LUK.18.8" /><wj>Ninawaambia, atawapatia haki upesi. Lakini je, Mwana wa Adamu atakapokuja ataikuta imani duniani?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Farisayo Na Mtoza Ushuru
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="LUK.18.9" />Yesu akatoa mfano huu kwa wale waliojiamini kuwa wao ni wenye haki na kuwadharau wengine:
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LUK.18.10" /><wj>“Watu wawili walikwenda Hekaluni kusali, mmoja wao alikuwa Farisayo na mwingine alikuwa mtoza ushuru.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LUK.18.11" /><wj>Yule Farisayo, akasimama, akasali hivi na kuomba kwake mwenyewe: ‘Mungu, nakushukuru kwa sababu mimi si kama watu wengine ambao ni wanyangʼanyi, wadhalimu, na wazinzi, wala kama huyu mtoza ushuru.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LUK.18.12" /><wj>Mimi nafunga mara mbili kwa juma, na natoa sehemu ya kumi ya mapato yangu.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="LUK.18.13" /><wj>“Lakini yule mtoza ushuru akasimama mbali, wala hakuthubutu hata kuinua uso wake kutazama mbinguni, bali alijipigapiga kifuani na kusema: ‘Mungu, nihurumie, mimi mwenye dhambi.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="LUK.18.14" /><wj>“Nawaambia, huyu mtoza ushuru alirudi nyumbani akiwa amehesabiwa haki mbele za Mungu zaidi ya yule Farisayo. Kwa maana yeyote ajikwezaye atashushwa, na yeyote ajishushaye atakwezwa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Awabariki Watoto Wadogo
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 19:13-15; Marko 10:13-16)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="LUK.18.15" />Pia, watu walikuwa wakimletea Yesu watoto wachanga ili awaguse. Wanafunzi wake walipoona hivyo, wakawakemea.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LUK.18.16" />Lakini Yesu akawaita wale watoto waje kwake, akasema,
<wj>“Waacheni watoto wadogo waje kwangu, wala msiwazuie, kwa maana Ufalme wa Mungu ni wa wale walio kama hawa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LUK.18.17" /><wj>Amin, nawaambia, mtu yeyote asiyeupokea Ufalme wa Mungu kama mtoto mdogo, hatauingia kamwe.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mtawala Tajiri
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 19:16-30; Marko 10:17-31)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="LUK.18.18" />Mtawala mmoja akamuuliza Yesu, “Mwalimu mwema, nifanye nini ili niurithi uzima wa milele?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="LUK.18.19" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Mbona unaniita mwema? Hakuna yeyote aliye mwema ila Mungu peke yake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="LUK.18.20" /><wj>Unazijua amri: ‘Usizini, usiue, usiibe, usishuhudie uongo, waheshimu baba yako na mama yako.’ ”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="LUK.18.21" />Akajibu, “Amri hizi zote nimezishika tangu nikiwa mtoto.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="LUK.18.22" />Yesu aliposikia haya, akamwambia,
<wj>“Bado kuna jambo moja ulilopungukiwa. Nenda ukauze kila kitu ulicho nacho, uwape maskini, nawe utakuwa na hazina mbinguni. Kisha njoo, unifuate.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="LUK.18.23" />Aliposikia jambo hili, alisikitika sana kwa maana alikuwa mtu mwenye mali nyingi.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="LUK.18.24" />Yesu akamtazama, akasema,
<wj>“Tazama jinsi ilivyo vigumu kwa tajiri kuingia katika Ufalme wa Mungu!</wj>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="LUK.18.25" /><wj>Hakika ni rahisi zaidi kwa ngamia kupita kwenye tundu la sindano kuliko mtu tajiri kuingia katika Ufalme wa Mungu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="LUK.18.26" />Wale waliosikia haya wakauliza, “Ni nani basi awezaye kuokoka?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="LUK.18.27" />Yesu akajibu,
<wj>“Yasiyowezekana kwa wanadamu yanawezekana kwa Mungu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="LUK.18.28" />Ndipo Petro akamjibu, “Tazama, tumeacha vyote tulivyokuwa navyo tukakufuata!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="LUK.18.29" />Yesu akajibu,
<wj>“Amin, nawaambia, hakuna hata mtu aliyeacha nyumba yake, au mke, au ndugu, au wazazi au watoto kwa ajili ya Ufalme wa Mungu</wj>
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LUK.18.30" /><wj>ambaye hatapewa mara nyingi zaidi ya hivyo katika maisha haya, na hatimaye kupata uzima wa milele ujao.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Atabiri Kifo Chake Mara Ya Tatu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 20:17-19; Marko 10:32-34)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="LUK.18.31" />Yesu akawachukua wale wanafunzi wake kumi na wawili kando na kuwaambia,
<wj>“Tunapanda kwenda Yerusalemu, na kila kitu kilichoandikwa na manabii kumhusu Mwana wa Adamu kitatimizwa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="LUK.18.32" /><wj>Kwa kuwa atatiwa mikononi mwa watu wasiomjua Mungu, nao watamdhihaki, watamtukana na kumtemea mate, watampiga mijeledi na kumuua.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="LUK.18.33" /><wj>Naye siku ya tatu atafufuka.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="LUK.18.34" />Wanafunzi wake hawakuelewa mambo haya, kwa kuwa maana yake ilikuwa imefichika kwao, nao hawakujua Yesu alikuwa anazungumzia nini.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Amponya Kipofu Karibu Na Yeriko
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 20:29-34; Marko 10:46-52)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="LUK.18.35" />Yesu alipokuwa anakaribia Yeriko, kipofu mmoja alikuwa ameketi kando ya njia akiomba msaada.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="LUK.18.36" />Kipofu huyo aliposikia umati wa watu ukipita, akauliza, “Kuna nini?”
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="LUK.18.37" />Wakamwambia, “Yesu wa Nazareti anapita.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="LUK.18.38" />Akapaza sauti, akasema, “Yesu, Mwana wa Daudi, nihurumie!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="LUK.18.39" />Wale waliokuwa wametangulia mbele wakamkemea, wakamwambia akae kimya. Lakini yeye akapaza sauti zaidi, “Mwana wa Daudi, nihurumie!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="LUK.18.40" />Yesu akasimama, akawaamuru wamlete huyo mtu kwake. Alipokaribia, Yesu akamuuliza,
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="LUK.18.41" /><wj>“Unataka nikufanyie nini?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Akajibu, “Bwana, nataka kuona.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="LUK.18.42" />Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Basi upate kuona. Imani yako imekuponya.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="LUK.18.43" />Akapata kuona saa ile ile, akamfuata Yesu, huku akimsifu Mungu. Watu wote walipoona mambo hayo, nao wakamsifu Mungu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="19" />
<s style="s1">Zakayo Mtoza Ushuru
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LUK.19.1" />Yesu akaingia Yeriko, naye alikuwa anapita katikati ya huo mji.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LUK.19.2" />Tazama, palikuwa na mtu mmoja mkuu wa watoza ushuru naye alikuwa tajiri, jina lake Zakayo.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LUK.19.3" />Yeye alikuwa akijitahidi kumwona Yesu ni mtu wa namna gani. Lakini kutokana na umati mkubwa wa watu hakuweza kwa sababu alikuwa mfupi wa kimo.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LUK.19.4" />Kwa hiyo akatangulia mbio mbele ya umati wa watu akapanda juu ya mkuyu ili amwone Yesu, kwa sababu angeipitia njia ile.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="LUK.19.5" />Yesu alipofika pale chini ya huo mkuyu, akatazama juu, akamwambia,
<wj>“Zakayo, shuka upesi, kwa maana leo nitakuwa mgeni nyumbani kwako!”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LUK.19.6" />Hivyo Zakayo akashuka upesi, akamkaribisha Yesu nyumbani kwake kwa furaha kubwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="LUK.19.7" />Watu wote walipoona hivyo, wakaanza kunungʼunika wakisema, “Amekwenda kuwa mgeni wa ‘mtu mwenye dhambi.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="LUK.19.8" />Lakini Zakayo akasimama na kumwambia Bwana, “Tazama, Bwana! Sasa hivi nusu ya mali yangu ninawapa maskini, nami kama nimemdhulumu mtu yeyote kitu chochote, nitamrudishia mara nne ya hicho kiwango.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="LUK.19.9" />Ndipo Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Leo, wokovu umeingia nyumbani humu, kwa sababu huyu naye ni mwana wa Abrahamu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LUK.19.10" /><wj>Kwa maana Mwana wa Adamu amekuja kutafuta na kuokoa kile kilichopotea.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Fedha
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 25:14-30)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="LUK.19.11" />Walipokuwa wanasikiliza haya, Yesu akaendelea kuwaambia mfano, kwa sababu alikuwa anakaribia Yerusalemu na watu walikuwa wakidhani ya kuwa Ufalme wa Mungu ulikuwa unakuja saa iyo hiyo.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LUK.19.12" />Hivyo akawaambia:
<wj>“Mtu mmoja mwenye cheo kikubwa alisafiri kwenda nchi ya mbali ili akapokee madaraka ya kuwa mfalme, kisha arudi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="LUK.19.13" /><wj>Hivyo akawaita kumi miongoni mwa watumishi wake, na akawapa kila mmoja fungu la fedha. Akawaambia, ‘Fanyeni biashara na fedha hizi mpaka nitakaporudi.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="LUK.19.14" /><wj>“Lakini raiya wa nchi yake walimchukia wakapeleka ujumbe na kusema, ‘Hatutaki huyu mtu awe mfalme wetu.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="LUK.19.15" /><wj>“Hata hivyo alirudi akiwa amekwisha kupokea mamlaka ya ufalme, akawaita wale watumishi wake aliokuwa amewaachia fedha, ili afahamu ni faida kiasi gani kila mmoja wao aliyopata kwa kufanya biashara.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="LUK.19.16" /><wj>“Wa kwanza akaja na kusema, ‘Bwana, kutokana na fedha uliyoniachia, nimepata faida mara kumi zaidi.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="LUK.19.17" /><wj>“Yule bwana akamjibu, ‘Umefanya vizuri mtumishi mwema! Kwa sababu umekuwa mwaminifu katika wajibu mdogo sana, nakupa mamlaka juu ya miji kumi.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="LUK.19.18" /><wj>“Wa pili naye akaja. Akasema, ‘Bwana, fedha yako imeleta faida mara tano zaidi.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="LUK.19.19" /><wj>“Bwana wake akajibu, ‘Nakupa mamlaka juu ya miji mitano.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="LUK.19.20" /><wj>“Kisha akaja yule mtumishi mwingine, akasema, ‘Bwana, hii hapa fedha yako. Niliitunza vizuri kwenye kitambaa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="LUK.19.21" /><wj>Nilikuogopa, kwa sababu wewe ni mtu mgumu. Unachukua ambapo hukuweka kitu, na unavuna mahali ambapo hukupanda kitu.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="LUK.19.22" /><wj>“Bwana wake akamjibu, ‘Nitakuhukumu kwa maneno yako mwenyewe, wewe mtumishi mwovu! Kama ulifahamu kwamba mimi ni mtu mgumu, nichukuaye mahali ambapo sikuweka kitu na kuvuna mahali ambapo sikupanda,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="LUK.19.23" /><wj>kwa nini basi hukuweka fedha zangu kwa watoa riba, ili nitakaporudi nichukue iliyo yangu na riba yake?’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="LUK.19.24" /><wj>“Ndipo akawaambia wale waliokuwa wamesimama karibu, ‘Mnyangʼanyeni fungu lake la fedha, mkampe yule mwenye kumi.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="LUK.19.25" /><wj>“Wakamwambia, ‘Bwana, mbona; tayari anayo mafungu kumi!’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="LUK.19.26" /><wj>“Akawajibu, ‘Nawaambia kwamba kila aliye na kitu, ataongezewa. Lakini yule asiye na kitu, hata alicho nacho atanyangʼanywa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="LUK.19.27" /><wj>Lakini wale adui zangu ambao hawakutaka mimi niwe mfalme juu yao. Waleteni hapa mkawaue mbele yangu.’ ”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Aingia Yerusalemu Kwa Ushindi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 21:1-11; Marko 11:1-11; Yohana 12:12-19)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="LUK.19.28" />Baada ya Yesu kusema haya, alitangulia kupanda kwenda Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="LUK.19.29" />Naye alipokaribia Bethfage na Bethania kwenye mlima uitwao Mlima wa Mizeituni, aliwatuma wanafunzi wake wawili, akawaambia,
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LUK.19.30" /><wj>“Nendeni katika kijiji kilichoko mbele yenu. Na mtakapokuwa mnaingia kijijini, mtamkuta mwana-punda amefungwa hapo, ambaye hajapandwa na mtu bado. Mfungueni, mkamlete hapa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="LUK.19.31" /><wj>Kama mtu akiwauliza, ‘Mbona mnamfungua?’ Mwambieni, ‘Bwana anamhitaji.’ ”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="LUK.19.32" />Wale waliotumwa wakaenda, wakakuta kila kitu kama vile Yesu alivyokuwa amewaambia.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="LUK.19.33" />Walipokuwa wanamfungua yule mwana-punda, wenyewe wakawauliza, “Mbona mnamfungua huyo mwana-punda?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="LUK.19.34" />Wale wanafunzi wakajibu, “Bwana anamhitaji.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="LUK.19.35" />Wakamleta kwa Yesu, nao baada ya kutandika mavazi yao juu ya huyo mwana-punda, wakampandisha Yesu juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="LUK.19.36" />Alipokuwa akienda akiwa amempanda, watu wakatandaza mavazi yao barabarani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="LUK.19.37" />Alipokaribia mahali yanapoanzia materemko ya Mlima wa Mizeituni, umati wote wa wafuasi wake wakaanza kumsifu Mungu kwa furaha kwa sauti kuu kwa ajili ya matendo yote ya miujiza waliyoyaona. Wakasema:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="38" bcv="LUK.19.38" />“Amebarikiwa Mfalme ajaye kwa Jina la Bwana!”
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Amani mbinguni na utukufu huko juu sana.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="LUK.19.39" />Baadhi ya Mafarisayo waliokuwamo miongoni mwa ule umati wa watu wakamwambia, “Mwalimu, waamuru wanafunzi wako wanyamaze.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="LUK.19.40" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Nawaambia ninyi, kama hawa wakinyamaza, mawe yatapiga kelele.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Anaulilia Mji Wa Yerusalemu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="LUK.19.41" />Alipokaribia Yerusalemu na kuuona mji, aliulilia,
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="LUK.19.42" />akisema,
<wj>“Laiti ungalijua hata wewe leo yale ambayo yangeleta amani, lakini sasa yamefichika machoni pako.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="LUK.19.43" /><wj>Hakika siku zinakujia, ambazo adui zako watakuzingira, nao watakuzunguka pande zote na kukuzuilia ndani.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="LUK.19.44" /><wj>Watakuponda chini, wewe na watoto walioko ndani ya kuta zako. Nao hawataacha hata jiwe moja juu ya jingine, kwa sababu hukutambua wakati wa kujiliwa kwako.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Atakasa Hekaluni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 21:12-17; Marko 11:15-19; Yohana 2:13-22)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="45" bcv="LUK.19.45" />Ndipo akaingia eneo la Hekalu, akaanza kuwafukuza wale waliokuwa wakiuza vitu humo.
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="LUK.19.46" />Naye akawaambia,
<wj>“Imeandikwa, ‘Nyumba yangu itakuwa nyumba ya sala,’ lakini ninyi mmeifanya kuwa ‘pango la wanyangʼanyi.’ ”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="47" bcv="LUK.19.47" />Kila siku alikuwa akifundisha Hekaluni. Lakini viongozi wa makuhani, walimu wa sheria na viongozi wa watu walikuwa wakitafuta njia ili kumuua.
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="LUK.19.48" />Lakini hawakupata nafasi kwa sababu watu wote walimfuata wakiyasikiliza maneno yake kwa usikivu mwingi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="20" />
<s style="s1">Swali Kuhusu Mamlaka Ya Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 21:23-27; Marko 11:27-33)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LUK.20.1" />Siku moja, Yesu alipokuwa akifundisha watu Hekaluni na kuhubiri habari njema, viongozi wa makuhani, walimu wa sheria, pamoja na wazee wa watu wakamjia.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LUK.20.2" />Wakamuuliza, “Tuambie, unafanya mambo haya kwa mamlaka gani? Ni nani aliyekupa mamlaka haya?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="LUK.20.3" />Akawajibu,
<wj>“Nami nitawauliza swali.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LUK.20.4" /><wj>Je, ubatizo wa Yohana ulitoka mbinguni au kwa wanadamu?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="LUK.20.5" />Wakahojiana wao kwa wao wakisema, “Kama tukisema, ‘Ulitoka mbinguni,’ atatuuliza, ‘Mbona hamkumwamini?’
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LUK.20.6" />Lakini tukisema, ‘Ulitoka kwa wanadamu,’ watu wote watatupiga mawe, kwa sababu wanaamini kwamba Yohana alikuwa nabii.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="LUK.20.7" />Basi wakajibu, “Hatujui ulikotoka.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="LUK.20.8" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Wala mimi sitawaambia ni kwa mamlaka gani ninatenda mambo haya.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Wapangaji Waovu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 21:33-46; Marko 12:1-12)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="LUK.20.9" />Akaendelea kuwaambia watu mfano huu:
<wj>“Mtu mmoja alipanda shamba la mizabibu, akalikodisha kwa wakulima fulani, kisha akasafiri kwa muda mrefu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LUK.20.10" /><wj>Wakati wa mavuno ulipofika, akamtuma mtumishi wake kwa hao wapangaji ili wampe sehemu ya mavuno ya shamba la mizabibu. Lakini wale wakulima wakampiga, wakamfukuza mikono mitupu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LUK.20.11" /><wj>Akamtuma mtumishi mwingine, huyo naye wakampiga, wakamfanyia mambo ya aibu na kumfukuza.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LUK.20.12" /><wj>Bado akamtuma na mwingine wa tatu, huyu pia wakamjeruhi na kumtupa nje ya shamba.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="LUK.20.13" /><wj>“Basi yule mwenye shamba la mizabibu akasema, ‘Nifanye nini? Nitamtuma mwanangu mpendwa, huenda yeye watamheshimu.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="LUK.20.14" /><wj>“Lakini wale wapangaji walipomwona, wakasemezana wao kwa wao. Wakasema, ‘Huyu ndiye mrithi. Basi na tumuue ili urithi uwe wetu.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LUK.20.15" /><wj>Kwa hiyo wakamtupa nje ya shamba la mizabibu, wakamuua.”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p"><wj>“Sasa basi yule mwenye shamba la mizabibu atawafanyia nini wapangaji hawa?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LUK.20.16" /><wj>Atakuja na kuwaua hao wapangaji, na kuwapa wapangaji wengine hilo shamba la mizabibu.”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Watu waliposikia hayo wakasema, “Mungu apishie mbali jambo hili lisitokee!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="LUK.20.17" />Lakini Yesu akawakazia macho, akasema,
<wj>“Basi ni nini maana ya yale yaliyoandikwa:</wj>
</p>
<q style="q1"><wj>“ ‘Jiwe walilolikataa waashi,</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>limekuwa jiwe kuu la pembeni’?</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="18" bcv="LUK.20.18" /><wj>Kila mtu aangukaye juu ya jiwe hilo atavunjika vipande vipande, lakini yule litakayemwangukia atasagwa kabisa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="LUK.20.19" />Walimu wa sheria na viongozi wa makuhani wakatafuta njia ya kumkamata mara moja, kwa sababu walifahamu kwamba amesema mfano huo kwa ajili yao. Lakini waliwaogopa watu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kumlipa Kaisari Kodi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 22:15-22; Marko 12:13-17)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="LUK.20.20" />Kwa hiyo wakawa wanamchunguza na kutuma wapelelezi waliojifanya kuwa wenye haki ili wapate kumtega kwa maneno asemayo, ili wamtie katika uwezo na mamlaka ya mtawala.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="LUK.20.21" />Hivyo wale wapelelezi wakamuuliza, “Mwalimu, tunajua unasema na kufundisha yaliyo kweli wala humpendelei mtu, bali wafundisha njia ya Mungu katika kweli.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="LUK.20.22" />Je, ni halali sisi kulipa kodi kwa Kaisari, au la?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="LUK.20.23" />Lakini Yesu akatambua hila yao, kwa hiyo akawaambia,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="LUK.20.24" /><wj>“Nionyesheni dinari. Je, sura hii na maandishi haya yaliyoko juu yake ni vya nani?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="LUK.20.25" />Wakamjibu, “Ni vya Kaisari.”
</p>
<p style="p">Akawaambia,
<wj>“Basi mpeni Kaisari kilicho cha Kaisari, naye Mungu mpeni kilicho cha Mungu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="LUK.20.26" />Wakashindwa kumkamata kwa yale aliyokuwa amesema hadharani. Nao wakashangazwa mno na majibu yake, wakanyamaza kimya.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ufufuo Na Ndoa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 22:23-33; Marko 12:18-27)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="LUK.20.27" />Baadhi ya Masadukayo, wale wasemao kwamba hakuna ufufuo wa wafu, wakamjia Yesu na kumuuliza,
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="LUK.20.28" />“Mwalimu, Mose alituandikia kwamba kama ndugu wa mtu akifa na kumwacha mkewe bila mtoto, basi huyo mtu inampasa amwoe huyo mjane ili amzalie ndugu yake watoto.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="LUK.20.29" />Basi palikuwepo ndugu saba. Yule wa kwanza akaoa, akafa bila kuzaa mtoto.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LUK.20.30" />Kisha yule wa pili akamwoa huyo mjane, naye akafa bila mtoto,
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="LUK.20.31" />naye wa tatu pia akamwoa. Vivyo hivyo ndugu wote saba wakawa wamemwoa huyo mwanamke, na wote wakafa pasipo yeyote kupata mtoto.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="LUK.20.32" />Mwishowe, yule mwanamke naye akafa.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="LUK.20.33" />Sasa basi, siku ya ufufuo huyo mwanamke atakuwa mke wa nani, maana aliolewa na ndugu wote saba?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="LUK.20.34" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Katika maisha haya watu huoa na kuolewa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="LUK.20.35" /><wj>Lakini wale ambao wamehesabiwa kwamba wanastahili kupata nafasi katika ulimwengu ule na katika ufufuo wa wafu, hawaoi wala hawaolewi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="LUK.20.36" /><wj>Hawa hawawezi kufa tena, kwa maana wao ni kama malaika. Wao ni watoto wa Mungu, kwa sababu ni watoto wa ufufuo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="LUK.20.37" /><wj>Hata Mose alidhihirisha kuwa wafu wanafufuka, kwa habari ya kile kichaka kilichokuwa kikiwaka moto bila kuteketea, alipomwita Bwana, ‘Mungu wa Abrahamu, Mungu wa Isaki, na Mungu wa Yakobo.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="LUK.20.38" /><wj>Yeye si Mungu wa wafu, bali wa walio hai, kwa kuwa kwake wote ni hai.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="LUK.20.39" />Baadhi ya walimu wa sheria wakasema, “Mwalimu, umesema sawasawa kabisa!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="LUK.20.40" />Baada ya hayo hakuna mtu aliyethubutu kumuuliza maswali tena.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kristo Ni Mwana Wa Nani?
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 22:41-46; Marko 12:35-37)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="LUK.20.41" />Kisha Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Imekuwaje basi wao husema Kristo</wj><f caller="+"><fr>20:41
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f><wj>ni Mwana wa Daudi?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="LUK.20.42" /><wj>Daudi mwenyewe anasema katika Kitabu cha Zaburi:</wj>
</p>
<q style="q1"><wj>“ ‘Bwana alimwambia Bwana wangu:</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>“Keti mkono wangu wa kuume,</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="43" bcv="LUK.20.43" /><wj>hadi nitakapowaweka adui zako</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>chini ya miguu yako.” ’</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="44" bcv="LUK.20.44" /><wj>Ikiwa Daudi anamwita yeye ‘Bwana,’ basi atakuwaje mwanawe?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Awashutumu Walimu Wa Sheria
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 23:1-36; Marko 12:38-40)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="45" bcv="LUK.20.45" />Wakati watu wote walikuwa wanamsikiliza, Yesu akawaambia wanafunzi wake,
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="LUK.20.46" /><wj>“Jihadharini na walimu wa sheria. Wao hupenda kutembea wakiwa wamevaa mavazi marefu, na kusalimiwa kwa heshima masokoni. Hupenda kukaa kwenye viti vya mbele katika masinagogi, na kukaa kwenye nafasi za heshima katika karamu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="LUK.20.47" /><wj>Wao hula nyumba za wajane, na ili waonekane kuwa wema, wanasali sala ndefu. Watu kama hawa watapata hukumu iliyo kuu sana.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="21" />
<s style="s1">Sadaka Ya Mjane
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 12:41-44)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LUK.21.1" />Yesu alipoinua macho yake, aliwaona matajiri wakiweka sadaka zao kwenye sanduku la hazina ya Hekalu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LUK.21.2" />Akamwona pia mjane mmoja maskini akiweka humo sarafu mbili ndogo za shaba.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LUK.21.3" />Yesu akasema,
<wj>“Amin, nawaambia, huyu mjane maskini ameweka humo zaidi ya watu wengine wote.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LUK.21.4" /><wj>Hawa watu wengine wote wametoa sadaka kutokana na wingi wa mali zao. Lakini huyu mjane ametoa kutokana na umaskini wake vyote alivyokuwa navyo, hata kile alichohitaji ili kuishi.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Dalili Za Siku Za Mwisho
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 24:1-2; Marko 13:1-2)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="LUK.21.5" />Baadhi ya wanafunzi wake wakawa wanamwonyesha jinsi Hekalu lilivyopambwa kwa mawe mazuri na kwa vitu vilivyotolewa kuwa sadaka kwa Mungu. Lakini Yesu akawaambia,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LUK.21.6" /><wj>“Kuhusu haya mnayoyaona hapa, wakati utafika ambapo hakuna jiwe moja litakalobaki juu ya jingine, bali kila moja litabomolewa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mateso
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 24:3-14; Marko 13:3-13)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="LUK.21.7" />Wakamuuliza, “Mwalimu, mambo haya yatatukia lini? Ni dalili gani itaonyesha kwamba yanakaribia kutendeka?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="LUK.21.8" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Jihadharini msije mkadanganywa. Maana wengi watakuja kwa Jina langu, wakidai, ‘Mimi ndiye,’ na, ‘Wakati umekaribia.’ Msiwafuate.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="LUK.21.9" /><wj>Lakini msikiapo habari za vita na machafuko, msiogope. Kwa maana hayo ni lazima yatokee kwanza, ila ule mwisho hautakuja wakati huo.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="LUK.21.10" />Kisha akawaambia:
<wj>“Taifa litainuka dhidi ya taifa jingine, na ufalme mmoja dhidi ya ufalme mwingine.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LUK.21.11" /><wj>Kutakuwa na mitetemeko mikubwa ya ardhi, na njaa kali, na magonjwa ya kuambukiza katika sehemu mbalimbali. Pia kutakuwa na matukio ya kutisha na ishara kuu kutoka mbinguni.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="LUK.21.12" /><wj>“Lakini kabla yote hayajatokea, watawakamata ninyi na kuwatesa. Watawatia mikononi mwa wakuu wa masinagogi na kuwafunga magerezani. Nanyi mtapelekwa mbele ya wafalme na watawala kwa ajili ya Jina langu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="LUK.21.13" /><wj>Hii itawapa nafasi ya kushuhudia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="LUK.21.14" /><wj>Lakini kusudieni mioyoni mwenu msisumbuke awali kuhusu mtakalosema mbele ya mashtaka.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LUK.21.15" /><wj>Kwa maana nitawapa maneno na hekima ambayo hakuna hata adui yenu mmoja atakayeweza kushindana nayo wala kuipinga.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LUK.21.16" /><wj>Mtasalitiwa hata na wazazi, ndugu, jamaa na marafiki, na baadhi yenu watawaua.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LUK.21.17" /><wj>Mtachukiwa na watu wote kwa ajili ya Jina langu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="LUK.21.18" /><wj>Lakini hapatakuwa na unywele mmoja wa kichwa chenu utakaoangamia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="LUK.21.19" /><wj>Kwa kuvumilia mtaokoa roho zenu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuharibiwa Kwa Yerusalemu Kwatabiriwa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 24:15-21; Marko 13:14-19)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="LUK.21.20" /><wj>“Mtakapoona mji wa Yerusalemu umezungukwa na majeshi, basi fahamuni kwamba kuharibiwa kwake kumekaribia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="LUK.21.21" /><wj>Wakati huo, wale walio Uyahudi wakimbilie milimani, walio mjini Yerusalemu watoke humo, nao wale walioko mashambani wasiingie mjini.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="LUK.21.22" /><wj>Kwa sababu huu utakuwa ni wakati wa adhabu ili kutimiza yote yaliyoandikwa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="LUK.21.23" /><wj>Ole wao wenye mimba na wale wanaonyonyesha watoto siku hizo! Kutakuwa na dhiki kuu katika nchi na ghadhabu juu ya hawa watu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="LUK.21.24" /><wj>Wataanguka kwa makali ya upanga, na wengine watachukuliwa kuwa mateka katika mataifa yote. Nao mji wa Yerusalemu utakanyagwa na watu wa Mataifa hadi muda wa hao watu wa Mataifa utimie.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuja Kwa Mwana Wa Adamu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 24:29-35; Marko 13:24-31)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="LUK.21.25" /><wj>“Kutakuwa na ishara katika jua, mwezi na nyota. Hapa duniani, mataifa yatakuwa katika dhiki na fadhaa kutokana na ngurumo na misukosuko ya bahari.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="LUK.21.26" /><wj>Watu watazimia roho kutokana na hofu kuu na kuyaona yale mambo yanayotokea duniani, kwa maana nguvu za angani zitatikisika.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="LUK.21.27" /><wj>Wakati huo ndipo watakapomwona Mwana wa Adamu akija mawinguni pamoja na uweza na utukufu mkuu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="LUK.21.28" /><wj>Mambo haya yatakapoanza kutendeka, simameni na mkaviinue vichwa vyenu, kwa sababu ukombozi wenu umekaribia.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="LUK.21.29" />Akawaambia mfano huu:
<wj>“Uangalieni mtini na miti mingine yote.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LUK.21.30" /><wj>Inapochipua majani, ninyi wenyewe mnaweza kuona na kutambua wenyewe ya kuwa wakati wa kiangazi umekaribia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="LUK.21.31" /><wj>Vivyo hivyo, myaonapo mambo haya yakitukia, mnatambua kwamba Ufalme wa Mungu umekaribia.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="LUK.21.32" /><wj>“Amin, nawaambia, kizazi hiki hakitapita hadi mambo haya yote yawe yametimia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="LUK.21.33" /><wj>Mbingu na nchi zitapita, lakini maneno yangu hayatapita kamwe.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Siku Ya Mwisho Itakuja Ghafula
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="LUK.21.34" /><wj>“Jihadharini mioyo yenu isije ikalemewa na anasa, ulevi na fadhaa za maisha haya, nayo siku ile ikawakuta ninyi bila kutazamia kama vile mtego unasavyo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="LUK.21.35" /><wj>Kwa maana kama vile mtego unasavyo, ndivyo siku hiyo itakavyowapata wanadamu wote waishio katika uso wa dunia yote.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="LUK.21.36" /><wj>Kesheni daima na mwombe ili mweze kuokoka na yale yote yatakayotokea na kusimama mbele ya Mwana wa Adamu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="LUK.21.37" />Kila siku Yesu alikuwa akifundisha Hekaluni, na jioni ilipofika, alikwenda zake kwenye Mlima wa Mizeituni na kukaa huko usiku kucha.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="LUK.21.38" />Nao watu wote walikuja asubuhi na mapema Hekaluni ili kumsikiliza.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="22" />
<s style="s1">Yuda Akubali Kumsaliti Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 26:14-16; Marko 14:10-11)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LUK.22.1" />Wakati huu Sikukuu ya Mikate Isiyotiwa Chachu, iitwayo Pasaka, ilikuwa imekaribia.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LUK.22.2" />Viongozi wa makuhani na walimu wa sheria walikuwa wanatafuta njia ya kumuua Yesu, kwa sababu waliwaogopa watu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LUK.22.3" />Shetani akamwingia Yuda, aliyeitwa Iskariote, mmoja wa wale Kumi na Wawili.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LUK.22.4" />Yuda akaenda kwa viongozi wa makuhani na kwa maafisa wa walinzi wa Hekalu, akazungumza nao jinsi ambavyo angeweza kumsaliti Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LUK.22.5" />Wakafurahi na wakakubaliana kumpa fedha.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LUK.22.6" />Naye akakubali, akaanza kutafuta wakati uliofaa wa kumsaliti Yesu kwao, wakati ambapo hakuna umati wa watu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maandalizi Ya Pasaka
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 26:17-25; Marko 14:12-21; Yohana 13:21-30)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="LUK.22.7" />Basi ikawadia siku ya Mikate Isiyotiwa Chachu, siku ambayo mwana-kondoo wa Pasaka huchinjwa.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LUK.22.8" />Hivyo Yesu akawatuma Petro na Yohana, akisema,
<wj>“Nendeni mkatuandalie chakula cha Pasaka ili tuweze kuila.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="LUK.22.9" />Wakamuuliza, “Unataka tukuandalie wapi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="LUK.22.10" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Tazameni, mtakapokuwa mkiingia mjini, mtakutana na mwanaume amebeba mtungi wa maji. Mfuateni mpaka kwenye nyumba atakayoingia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LUK.22.11" /><wj>Nanyi mwambieni mwenye nyumba, ‘Mwalimu anauliza: Kiko wapi chumba cha wageni, ambamo mimi na wanafunzi wangu tutakula Pasaka?’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LUK.22.12" /><wj>Atawaonyesha chumba kikubwa ghorofani, kikiwa kimepambwa vizuri. Andaeni humo.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="LUK.22.13" />Wakaenda, nao wakakuta kila kitu kama Yesu alivyowaambia. Hivyo wakaiandaa Pasaka.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuanzishwa Kwa Meza Ya Bwana
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 26:31-35; Marko 14:27-31; Yohana 13:36-38)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="LUK.22.14" />Wakati ulipowadia, Yesu akaketi mezani pamoja na wale mitume wake.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LUK.22.15" />Kisha akawaambia,
<wj>“Nimetamani sana kuila Pasaka hii pamoja nanyi kabla ya kuteswa kwangu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LUK.22.16" /><wj>Kwa maana, nawaambia, sitaila tena Pasaka mpaka itakapotimizwa katika Ufalme wa Mungu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="LUK.22.17" />Akiisha kukichukua kikombe, akashukuru, akasema,
<wj>“Chukueni hiki mnywe wote.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="LUK.22.18" /><wj>Kwa maana nawaambia tangu sasa sitakunywa tena katika uzao wa mzabibu, hadi Ufalme wa Mungu utakapokuja.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="LUK.22.19" />Kisha akachukua mkate, akashukuru, akaumega, na kuwapa, akisema,
<wj>“Huu ni mwili wangu unaotolewa kwa ajili yenu. Fanyeni hivi kwa ukumbusho wangu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="LUK.22.20" />Vivyo hivyo baada ya kula, akakitwaa kikombe, akisema,
<wj>“Kikombe hiki ni agano jipya katika damu yangu, imwagikayo kwa ajili yenu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="LUK.22.21" /><wj>Lakini mkono wake huyo atakayenisaliti uko hapa mezani pamoja nami.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="LUK.22.22" /><wj>Mwana wa Adamu anaenda zake kama ilivyokusudiwa. Lakini ole wake mtu huyo amsalitiye.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="LUK.22.23" />Wakaanza kuulizana wenyewe ni nani miongoni mwao angeweza kufanya jambo hilo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mabishano Kuhusu Ukuu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="LUK.22.24" />Pia yakazuka mabishano katikati ya wanafunzi kwamba ni nani aliyeonekana kuwa mkuu kuliko wote miongoni mwao.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="LUK.22.25" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Wafalme na watu wa Mataifa huwatawala watu kwa nguvu. Nao wenye mamlaka juu yao hujiita ‘Wafadhili.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="LUK.22.26" /><wj>Lakini ninyi msifanane nao. Bali yeye aliye mkuu kuliko wote miongoni mwenu, inampasa kuwa kama yeye aliye mdogo wa wote, naye atawalaye na awe kama yeye ahudumuye.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="LUK.22.27" /><wj>Kwani ni nani aliye mkuu? Ni yule aketiye mezani au ni yule ahudumuye? Si ni yule aliyekaa mezani? Lakini mimi niko miongoni mwenu kama yule ahudumuye.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="LUK.22.28" /><wj>Ninyi mmekuwa pamoja nami katika majaribu yangu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="LUK.22.29" /><wj>Nami kama Baba yangu alivyonipa ufalme, kadhalika mimi nami ninawapa ninyi,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LUK.22.30" /><wj>ili mpate kula na kunywa mezani pangu katika karamu ya ufalme wangu, na kukaa katika viti vya enzi, mkihukumu makabila kumi na mawili ya Israeli.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Atabiri Kuwa Petro Atamkana
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="LUK.22.31" />Yesu akasema,
<wj>“Simoni, Simoni, sikiliza, Shetani ameomba kuwapepeta ninyi wote kama ngano.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="LUK.22.32" /><wj>Lakini nimekuombea wewe Simoni ili imani yako isishindwe, nawe ukiisha kunirudia, uwaimarishe ndugu zako.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="LUK.22.33" />Petro akajibu, “Bwana, niko tayari kwenda pamoja nawe gerezani na hata kifoni.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="LUK.22.34" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Ninakuambia Petro, kabla jogoo hajawika usiku wa leo, utakana mara tatu kwamba hunijui mimi.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfuko, Mkoba Na Upanga
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="LUK.22.35" />Kisha Yesu akawauliza,
<wj>“Nilipowatuma bila mfuko, wala mkoba, wala viatu, mlipungukiwa na kitu chochote?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Wakajibu, “La, hatukupungukiwa na kitu chochote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="LUK.22.36" />Akawaambia,
<wj>“Lakini sasa, aliye na mfuko na auchukue, na aliye na mkoba vivyo hivyo. Naye asiye na upanga, auze joho lake anunue mmoja.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="LUK.22.37" /><wj>Kwa sababu, nawaambia, andiko hili lazima litimizwe juu yangu, kwamba, ‘Alihesabiwa pamoja na wakosaji’; kwa kweli yaliyoandikwa kunihusu mimi hayana budi kutimizwa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="LUK.22.38" />Wanafunzi wake wakamwambia, “Bwana, tazama hapa kuna panga mbili.”
</p>
<p style="p">Akawajibu,
<wj>“Inatosha.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Aomba Kwenye Mlima Wa Mizeituni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 26:36-46; Marko 14:32-42)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="LUK.22.39" />Yesu akatoka, akaenda kwenye Mlima wa Mizeituni kama ilivyokuwa kawaida yake, nao wanafunzi wake wakamfuata.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="LUK.22.40" />Walipofika huko, akawaambia wanafunzi wake,
<wj>“Ombeni, msije mkaingia majaribuni.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="LUK.22.41" />Akajitenga nao kama umbali wa kutupa jiwe, akapiga magoti, akaomba
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="LUK.22.42" />akisema,
<wj>“Baba, kama ni mapenzi yako, niondolee kikombe hiki. Lakini si kama nipendavyo, bali mapenzi yako yatendeke.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="LUK.22.43" />Malaika kutoka mbinguni akamtokea, akamtia nguvu.
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="LUK.22.44" />Naye akiwa katika maumivu makuu, akaomba kwa bidii, nalo jasho lake likawa kama matone ya damu yakidondoka ardhini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="45" bcv="LUK.22.45" />Baada ya kuomba, akawarudia wanafunzi wake akawakuta wamelala, wakiwa wamechoka kutokana na huzuni.
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="LUK.22.46" />Naye akawauliza,
<wj>“Mbona mmelala? Amkeni, mwombe ili msije mkaingia majaribuni.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Akamatwa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 26:47-56; Marko 14:43-50; Yohana 18:3-11)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="47" bcv="LUK.22.47" />Yesu alipokuwa bado anazungumza, umati mkubwa wa watu ukaja. Uliongozwa na Yuda, ambaye alikuwa mmoja wa wale wanafunzi Kumi na Wawili. Akamkaribia Yesu ili ambusu.
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="LUK.22.48" />Lakini Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Yuda, je, unamsaliti Mwana wa Adamu kwa busu?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="49" bcv="LUK.22.49" />Wafuasi wa Yesu walipoona yale yaliyokuwa yanakaribia kutokea, wakasema, “Bwana, tuwakatekate kwa panga zetu?”
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="LUK.22.50" />Mmoja wao akampiga mtumishi wa kuhani mkuu kwa upanga, akamkata sikio la kuume.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="51" bcv="LUK.22.51" />Lakini Yesu akasema,
<wj>“Acheni!”</wj> Akaligusa lile sikio la yule mtu na kumponya.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="52" bcv="LUK.22.52" />Kisha Yesu akawaambia wale viongozi wa makuhani, maafisa wa walinzi wa Hekalu, pamoja na wazee waliokuwa wamekuja kumkamata,
<wj>“Mmekuja na panga na marungu, kana kwamba mimi ni mnyangʼanyi?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="LUK.22.53" /><wj>Siku kwa siku nilikuwa pamoja nanyi Hekaluni lakini hamkunikamata. Lakini hii ni saa yenu, wakati giza linatawala!”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Petro Amkana Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 26:57-75; Marko 14:53-72; Yohana 18:12-27)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="54" bcv="LUK.22.54" />Kisha wakamkamata Yesu, wakamchukua, wakaenda naye mpaka nyumbani kwa kuhani mkuu. Lakini Petro akafuata kwa mbali.
<ve />
<v id="55" bcv="LUK.22.55" />Walipokwisha kuwasha moto katikati ya ua na kuketi pamoja, Petro naye akaketi pamoja nao.
<ve />
<v id="56" bcv="LUK.22.56" />Mtumishi mmoja wa kike akamwona kwa mwanga wa moto akiwa ameketi pale. Akamtazama sana, akasema, “Huyu mtu pia alikuwa pamoja na Yesu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="57" bcv="LUK.22.57" />Lakini Petro akakana, akasema, “Ewe mwanamke, hata simjui!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="58" bcv="LUK.22.58" />Baadaye kidogo, mtu mwingine alimwona Petro akasema, “Wewe pia ni mmoja wao!” Petro akajibu, “Wewe mtu, mimi sio mmoja wao!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="59" bcv="LUK.22.59" />Baada ya muda wa kama saa moja hivi, mtu mwingine akazidi kusisitiza, “Kwa hakika huyu mtu naye alikuwa pamoja na Yesu, kwa maana yeye pia ni Mgalilaya.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="60" bcv="LUK.22.60" />Petro akajibu, “Wewe mtu, mimi sijui unalosema!” Wakati huo huo, akiwa bado anazungumza, jogoo akawika.
<ve />
<v id="61" bcv="LUK.22.61" />Naye Bwana akageuka, akamtazama Petro. Ndipo Petro akakumbuka lile neno ambalo Bwana alimwambia:
<wj>“Kabla jogoo hajawika leo, utanikana mara tatu.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="62" bcv="LUK.22.62" />Naye akaenda nje, akalia kwa majonzi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Walinzi Wamdhihaki Yesu Na Kumpiga
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 26:67-68; Marko 14:65)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="63" bcv="LUK.22.63" />Watu waliokuwa wanamlinda Yesu wakaanza kumdhihaki na kumpiga.
<ve />
<v id="64" bcv="LUK.22.64" />Wakamfunga kitambaa machoni na kumuuliza, “Tabiri! Tuambie ni nani aliyekupiga?”
<ve />
<v id="65" bcv="LUK.22.65" />Wakaendelea kumtukana kwa matusi mengi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Apelekwa Mbele Ya Baraza
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 26:59-66; Marko 14:55-64; Yohana 18:28-38)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="66" bcv="LUK.22.66" />Kulipopambazuka, baraza la wazee wa watu,<f caller="+"><fr>22:66
</fr><ft>Baraza la wazee hapa ina maana ya Sanhedrin ambalo lilikuwa ndilo Baraza la juu kabisa la utawala wa Kiyahudi, lililoundwa na wazee 70 pamoja na kuhani mkuu.</ft></f> yaani viongozi wa makuhani na walimu wa sheria, wakakutana pamoja, naye Yesu akaletwa mbele yao.
<ve />
<v id="67" bcv="LUK.22.67" />Wakamwambia, “Kama wewe ndiye Kristo,<f caller="+"><fr>22:67
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f> tuambie.”
</p>
<p style="p">Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Hata nikiwaambia hamtaamini.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="68" bcv="LUK.22.68" /><wj>Nami nikiwauliza swali, hamtanijibu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="69" bcv="LUK.22.69" /><wj>Lakini kuanzia sasa, Mwana wa Adamu ataketi mkono wa kuume wa Mungu Mwenye Nguvu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="70" bcv="LUK.22.70" />Wote wakauliza, “Wewe basi ndiwe Mwana wa Mungu?”
</p>
<p style="p">Yeye akawajibu,
<wj>“Ninyi mwasema kwamba mimi ndiye.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="71" bcv="LUK.22.71" />Kisha wakasema, “Tuna haja gani tena ya ushahidi zaidi? Tumesikia wenyewe kutoka kinywani mwake.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="23" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Apelekwa Kwa Pilato
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 27:1-14; Marko 15:1-5; Yohana 18:28-38)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LUK.23.1" />Kisha umati wote wa watu ukainuka na kumpeleka Yesu kwa Pilato.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LUK.23.2" />Nao wakaanza kumshtaki wakisema: “Tumemwona huyu mtu akipotosha taifa letu, akiwazuia watu wasilipe kodi kwa Kaisari na kujiita kuwa yeye ni Kristo,<f caller="+"><fr>23:2
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f> mfalme.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="LUK.23.3" />Basi Pilato akamuuliza Yesu, “Wewe ndiye mfalme wa Wayahudi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Yesu akajibu,
<wj>“Wewe wasema.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="LUK.23.4" />Pilato akawaambia viongozi wa makuhani na watu wote waliokuwepo, “Sioni sababu ya kutosha kumshtaki mtu huyu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="LUK.23.5" />Lakini wao wakakazana kusema, “Anawachochea watu kwa mafundisho yake katika Uyahudi yote, tangu Galilaya alikoanzia, hadi sehemu hii!”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Apelekwa Kwa Herode
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="LUK.23.6" />Pilato aliposikia hayo akauliza, “Huyu mtu ni Mgalilaya?”
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LUK.23.7" />Alipofahamu kwamba Yesu alikuwa chini ya mamlaka ya Herode, akampeleka kwa Herode, ambaye wakati huo alikuwa pia Yerusalemu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="LUK.23.8" />Herode alipomwona Yesu alifurahi sana, kwa sababu kwa muda mrefu alikuwa amesikia mambo mengi kumhusu yeye. Pia alitarajia kumwona akifanya miujiza kadha wa kadha.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="LUK.23.9" />Herode akamuuliza maswali mengi, lakini Yesu hakumjibu lolote.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LUK.23.10" />Wakati huo viongozi wa makuhani na walimu wa sheria walikuwepo wakitoa mashtaka yao kwa nguvu sana.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LUK.23.11" />Herode na askari wake wakamdhihaki Yesu na kumfanyia mzaha. Wakamvika vazi zuri sana, wakamrudisha kwa Pilato.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LUK.23.12" />Siku hiyo, Herode na Pilato wakawa marafiki; kabla ya jambo hili walikuwa na uadui kati yao.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Ahukumiwa Kifo
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 27:15-26; Marko 15:6-15; Yohana 18:39–19:16)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="LUK.23.13" />Basi Pilato akawaita pamoja viongozi wa makuhani, viongozi wengine na watu,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="LUK.23.14" />akawaambia, “Ninyi mlimleta huyu mtu kwangu kana kwamba ni mtu anayewachochea watu ili waasi. Nimemhoji mbele yenu nami nimeona hakuna msingi wowote wa mashtaka yenu dhidi yake.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LUK.23.15" />Wala Herode hakumwona na kosa lolote, ndiyo sababu amemrudisha kwetu. Kama mnavyoona, mtu huyu hakufanya jambo lolote linalostahili kifo.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LUK.23.16" />Kwa hiyo nitaamuru apigwe mijeledi na kumwachia.” [
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="LUK.23.17" />Kwa kuwa ilikuwa lazima kuwafungulia mfungwa mmoja wakati wa Sikukuu.]
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="LUK.23.18" />Ndipo watu wote wakapiga kelele kwa pamoja, “Mwondoe mtu huyo! Tufungulie Baraba!”
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="LUK.23.19" />(Baraba alikuwa amefungwa gerezani kwa sababu ya maasi yaliyokuwa yametokea mjini, na kwa ajili ya uuaji.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="LUK.23.20" />Pilato, akitaka kumwachia Yesu, akasema nao tena.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="LUK.23.21" />Lakini wao wakaendelea kupiga kelele wakisema, “Msulubishe! Msulubishe!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="LUK.23.22" />Kwa mara ya tatu, Pilato akawauliza, “Kwani amefanya kosa gani huyu mtu? Sikuona kwake sababu yoyote inayostahili adhabu ya kifo. Kwa hiyo nitaamuru apigwe mijeledi, na kisha nitamwachia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="LUK.23.23" />Lakini watu wakazidi kupiga kelele kwa nguvu zaidi, wakidai kwamba Yesu asulubiwe. Hivyo, kelele zao zikashinda.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="LUK.23.24" />Kwa hiyo Pilato akatoa hukumu kwamba madai yao yatimizwe.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="LUK.23.25" />Akamfungua yule mtu aliyekuwa amefungwa gerezani kwa kuhusika katika uasi dhidi ya serikali na mauaji. Akamkabidhi Yesu mikononi mwao, wamfanyie watakavyo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kusulubiwa Kwa Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 27:32-44; Marko 15:21-32; Yohana 19:17-27)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="LUK.23.26" />Walipokuwa wakienda naye, wakamkamata mtu mmoja aitwaye Simoni mwenyeji wa Kirene, aliyekuwa anapita zake kuingia mjini kutoka shambani. Wakambebesha msalaba, wakamlazimisha auchukue nyuma ya Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="LUK.23.27" />Idadi kubwa ya watu wakamfuata Yesu, wakiwamo wanawake waliokuwa wakimlilia na kumwombolezea.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="LUK.23.28" />Yesu akawageukia, akawaambia,
<wj>“Enyi binti za Yerusalemu, msinililie mimi bali jililieni ninyi wenyewe na watoto wenu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="LUK.23.29" /><wj>Kwa maana wakati utafika mtakaposema, ‘Wamebarikiwa wanawake tasa, ambao matumbo yao hayakuzaa, wala matiti yao hayakunyonyesha!’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="LUK.23.30" /><wj>Ndipo</wj>
</p>
<q style="q1"><wj>“ ‘wataiambia milima, “Tuangukieni!”</wj>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><wj>na vilima, “Tufunikeni!” ’</wj>
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="31" bcv="LUK.23.31" /><wj>Kwa maana kama wamefanya hivi kwa mti mbichi, kwa mti mkavu itakuwaje?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="LUK.23.32" />Watu wengine wawili wahalifu, walipelekwa pamoja na Yesu ili wakasulubiwe.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="LUK.23.33" />Walipofika mahali paitwapo Fuvu la Kichwa, hapo ndipo walipomsulubisha Yesu pamoja na hao wahalifu, mmoja upande wake wa kuume na mwingine upande wake wa kushoto.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="LUK.23.34" />Yesu akasema,
<wj>“Baba, wasamehe, kwa maana hawajui walitendalo!”</wj> Wakagawana nguo zake kwa kupiga kura.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="LUK.23.35" />Watu wakasimama hapo wakimwangalia, nao viongozi wa Wayahudi wakamdhihaki wakisema, “Aliokoa wengine! Ajiokoe mwenyewe basi, kama yeye ndiye Kristo wa Mungu, Mteule wake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="LUK.23.36" />Askari nao wakaja, wakamdhihaki. Wakamletea siki ili anywe,
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="LUK.23.37" />na wakamwambia, “Kama wewe ni Mfalme wa Wayahudi, jiokoe mwenyewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="LUK.23.38" />Kwenye msalaba juu ya kichwa chake, kulikuwa na maandishi haya:
<sc>Huyu ndiye Mfalme wa Wayahudi</sc>.
</p>
<p style="p">Maandishi haya yalikuwa yameandikwa kwa lugha za Kiyunani, Kilatini na Kiebrania.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="LUK.23.39" />Mmoja wa wale wahalifu waliosulubiwa pamoja naye akamtukana, akasema: “Wewe si ndiye Kristo? Jiokoe mwenyewe na utuokoe na sisi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="LUK.23.40" />Lakini yule mhalifu mwingine akamkemea mwenzake, akasema, “Je, wewe humwogopi Mungu, wakati uko kwenye adhabu iyo hiyo?
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="LUK.23.41" />Sisi tumehukumiwa kwa haki kwa kuwa tunapata tunayostahili kwa ajili ya matendo yetu. Lakini huyu mtu hajafanya kosa lolote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="LUK.23.42" />Kisha akasema, “Yesu, unikumbuke utakapokuja katika Ufalme wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="43" bcv="LUK.23.43" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Amin, nakuambia, leo hii utakuwa pamoja nami Paradiso.”</wj><f caller="+"><fr>23:43
</fr><ft>Paradiso maana yake bustani nzuri, hapa ina maana mahali zinapokwenda roho za wacha Mungu, yaani watakatifu.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kifo Cha Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 27:45-56; Marko 15:33-41; Yohana 19:28-30)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="44" bcv="LUK.23.44" />Ilikuwa kama saa sita mchana, nalo giza likafunika nchi yote hadi saa tisa,
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="LUK.23.45" />kwa sababu jua liliacha kutoa nuru. Pazia la Hekalu likachanika vipande viwili.
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="LUK.23.46" />Yesu akapaza sauti yake akasema,
<wj>“Baba, mikononi mwako naikabidhi roho yangu.”</wj> Baada ya kusema haya, akakata roho.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="47" bcv="LUK.23.47" />Yule jemadari alipoona yaliyotukia, akamsifu Mungu, akasema, “Hakika, mtu huyu alikuwa mwenye haki.”
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="LUK.23.48" />Watu wote waliokuwa wamekusanyika hapo kushuhudia tukio hili walipoyaona hayo, wakapigapiga vifua vyao kwa huzuni na kwenda zao.
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="LUK.23.49" />Lakini wale wote waliomfahamu, pamoja na wale wanawake waliokuwa wamemfuata kutoka Galilaya, walisimama kwa mbali wakiyatazama mambo haya.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maziko Ya Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 27:57-61; Marko 15:42-47; Yohana 19:38-42)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="50" bcv="LUK.23.50" />Basi kulikuwa na mtu mmoja mwema na mwenye haki, jina lake Yosefu. Yeye alikuwa mjumbe wa Baraza la Wayahudi,<f caller="+"><fr>23:50
</fr><fq>Baraza la Wayahudi
</fq><ft>hapa ina maana ya
</ft><fqa>Sanhedrin
</fqa><ft>ambalo lilikuwa ndilo baraza la juu kabisa la utawala wa Kiyahudi, lililoundwa na wazee 70 pamoja na kuhani mkuu.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="LUK.23.51" />lakini yeye hakuwa amekubaliana na maamuzi na vitendo vya viongozi wenzake. Huyu alikuwa mwenyeji wa Arimathaya huko Uyahudi, naye alikuwa anaungojea Ufalme wa Mungu kwa matarajio makubwa.
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="LUK.23.52" />Yosefu alikwenda kwa Pilato, akaomba apewe mwili wa Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="LUK.23.53" />Akaushusha kutoka msalabani, akaufunga katika kitambaa cha kitani safi, na kuuweka katika kaburi lililochongwa kwenye mwamba, ambalo halikuwa limezikiwa mtu mwingine bado.
<ve />
<v id="54" bcv="LUK.23.54" />Ilikuwa Siku ya Maandalizi, nayo Sabato ilikuwa karibu kuanza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="55" bcv="LUK.23.55" />Wale wanawake waliokuwa wamekuja pamoja na Yesu wakimfuata kutoka Galilaya wakamfuata Yosefu, wakaliona kaburi na jinsi mwili wa Yesu ulivyolazwa.
<ve />
<v id="56" bcv="LUK.23.56" />Kisha wakarudi nyumbani, wakaandaa manukato na marhamu ya kuupaka huo mwili. Lakini wakapumzika siku ya Sabato kama ilivyoamriwa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="24" />
<s style="s1">Kufufuka Kwa Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 28:1-10; Marko 16:1-8; Yohana 20:1-10)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="LUK.24.1" />Mnamo siku ya kwanza ya juma, alfajiri na mapema, wale wanawake walichukua yale manukato waliyokuwa wameyaandaa, wakaenda kaburini.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="LUK.24.2" />Wakakuta lile jiwe limevingirishwa kutoka kwenye kaburi,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="LUK.24.3" />lakini walipoingia ndani, hawakuuona mwili wa Bwana Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="LUK.24.4" />Walipokuwa wanashangaa juu ya jambo hili, ghafula watu wawili waliokuwa wamevaa mavazi yanayongʼaa kama umeme wakasimama karibu nao.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="LUK.24.5" />Wale wanawake, wakiwa na hofu, wakainamisha nyuso zao mpaka chini. Lakini wale watu wakawaambia, “Kwa nini mnamtafuta aliye hai miongoni mwa wafu?
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="LUK.24.6" />Hayuko hapa; amefufuka! Kumbukeni alivyowaambia alipokuwa bado yuko pamoja nanyi huko Galilaya kwamba:
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="LUK.24.7" /><wj>‘Ilikuwa lazima Mwana wa Adamu atiwe mikononi mwa watu wenye dhambi na waovu ili asulubiwe, na siku ya tatu afufuke.’</wj> ”
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="LUK.24.8" />Ndipo wakayakumbuka maneno ya Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="LUK.24.9" />Waliporudi kutoka huko kaburini, wakawaeleza wale wanafunzi kumi na mmoja pamoja na wengine wote mambo haya yote.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="LUK.24.10" />Basi Maria Magdalene, Yoana, na Maria mama yake Yakobo, pamoja na wanawake wengine waliofuatana nao ndio waliwaelezea mitume habari hizi.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="LUK.24.11" />Lakini hawakuwasadiki hao wanawake, kwa sababu maneno yao yalionekana kama upuzi.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="LUK.24.12" />Hata hivyo, Petro akainuka na kukimbia kwenda kule kaburini. Alipoinama kuchungulia, akaona vile vitambaa vya kitani, ila hakuona kitu kingine. Naye akaenda zake akijiuliza nini kilichotokea.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Njiani Kwenda Emau
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 16:12-13)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="LUK.24.13" />Ikawa siku iyo hiyo, wanafunzi wawili wa Yesu walikuwa njiani wakienda kijiji kilichoitwa Emau, yapata maili saba<f caller="+"><fr>24:13
</fr><ft>Maili saba ni kama kilomita 11.2.</ft></f> kutoka Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="LUK.24.14" />Walikuwa wakizungumza wao kwa wao kuhusu mambo yote yaliyotukia.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="LUK.24.15" />Walipokuwa wakizungumza na kujadiliana, Yesu mwenyewe akaja akatembea pamoja nao,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="LUK.24.16" />lakini macho yao yakazuiliwa ili wasimtambue.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="LUK.24.17" />Akawauliza,
<wj>“Ni mambo gani haya mnayozungumza wakati mnatembea?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Wakasimama, nyuso zao zikionyesha huzuni.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="LUK.24.18" />Mmoja wao, aliyeitwa Kleopa, akamuuliza, “Je, wewe ndiye peke yako mgeni huku Yerusalemu ambaye hufahamu mambo yaliyotukia humo siku hizi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="LUK.24.19" />Akawauliza,
<wj>“Mambo gani?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Wakamjibu, “Mambo ya Yesu wa Nazareti. Yeye alikuwa nabii, mwenye uwezo mkuu katika maneno yake na matendo yake, mbele za Mungu na mbele ya wanadamu wote.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="LUK.24.20" />Viongozi wa makuhani na viongozi wetu walimtoa ahukumiwe kufa, nao wakamsulubisha.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="LUK.24.21" />Lakini tulikuwa tumetegemea kwamba yeye ndiye angelikomboa Israeli. Zaidi ya hayo, leo ni siku ya tatu tangu mambo haya yatokee.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="LUK.24.22" />Isitoshe, baadhi ya wanawake katika kundi letu wametushtusha. Walikwenda kaburini leo alfajiri,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="LUK.24.23" />lakini hawakuukuta mwili wake. Walirudi wakasema wameona maono ya malaika ambao waliwaambia kwamba Yesu yu hai.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="LUK.24.24" />Kisha baadhi ya wenzetu walikwenda kaburini wakalikuta kama vile wale wanawake walivyokuwa wamesema, lakini yeye hawakumwona.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="LUK.24.25" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Ninyi ni wajinga kiasi gani, nanyi ni wazito mioyoni mwenu kuamini mambo yote yaliyonenwa na manabii!</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="LUK.24.26" /><wj>Je, haikumpasa Kristo</wj><f caller="+"><fr>24:26
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f><wj>kuteswa kwa njia hiyo na kisha aingie katika utukufu wake?”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="LUK.24.27" />Naye akianzia na Sheria ya Mose na Manabii wote, akawafafanulia jinsi Maandiko yalivyosema kumhusu yeye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="LUK.24.28" />Nao walipokaribia kile kijiji walichokuwa wakienda, Yesu akawa kama anaendelea mbele.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="LUK.24.29" />Lakini wao wakamsihi sana akae nao, wakisema, “Kaa hapa nasi, kwa maana sasa ni jioni na usiku unaingia.” Basi akaingia ndani kukaa nao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="LUK.24.30" />Alipokuwa mezani pamoja nao, akachukua mkate, akashukuru, akaumega, akaanza kuwagawia.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="LUK.24.31" />Ndipo macho yao yakafumbuliwa, nao wakamtambua, naye akatoweka machoni pao. Hawakumwona tena.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="LUK.24.32" />Wakaulizana wao kwa wao, “Je, mioyo yetu haikuwakawaka kwa furaha ndani yetu alipokuwa anazungumza nasi njiani na kutufafanulia Maandiko?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="LUK.24.33" />Wakaondoka mara, wakarudi Yerusalemu. Wakawakuta wale wanafunzi kumi na mmoja na wale waliokuwa pamoja nao, wamekusanyika
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="LUK.24.34" />wakisema, “Ni kweli! Bwana amefufuka, naye amemtokea Simoni.”
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="LUK.24.35" />Kisha wale wanafunzi wawili wakaeleza yaliyotukia njiani na jinsi walivyomtambua Yesu alipoumega mkate.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Awatokea Wanafunzi Wake
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 28:16-20; Marko 16:14-18; Yohana 20:19-23; Matendo 1:6-8)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="LUK.24.36" />Walipokuwa bado wanazungumza hayo, Yesu mwenyewe akasimama katikati yao, akasema,
<wj>“Amani iwe nanyi!”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="LUK.24.37" />Wakashtuka na kuogopa wakidhani kwamba wameona mzuka.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="LUK.24.38" />Lakini Yesu akawauliza,
<wj>“Kwa nini mnaogopa? Kwa nini mna shaka mioyoni mwenu?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="LUK.24.39" /><wj>Tazameni mikono yangu na miguu yangu, mwone kuwa ni mimi hasa. Niguseni mwone; kwa maana mzuka hauna nyama na mifupa, kama mnionavyo kuwa navyo.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="LUK.24.40" />Aliposema haya, akawaonyesha mikono na miguu yake.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="LUK.24.41" />Wakashindwa kuamini kwa ajili ya furaha na mshangao waliokuwa nao. Akawauliza,
<wj>“Mna chakula chochote hapa?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="LUK.24.42" />Wakampa kipande cha samaki aliyeokwa,
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="LUK.24.43" />naye akakichukua na kukila mbele yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="44" bcv="LUK.24.44" />Akawaambia,
<wj>“Haya ndiyo yale niliyowaambia nilipokuwa bado niko pamoja nanyi, kwamba yote yaliyoandikwa kunihusu mimi katika Sheria ya Mose, Manabii na Zaburi hayana budi kutimizwa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="45" bcv="LUK.24.45" />Ndipo akafungua fahamu zao ili waweze kuyaelewa Maandiko.
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="LUK.24.46" />Akawaambia,
<wj>“Haya ndiyo yaliyoandikwa: Kristo atateswa na siku ya tatu atafufuka kutoka kwa wafu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="LUK.24.47" /><wj>Toba na msamaha wa dhambi zitatangaziwa mataifa yote kupitia jina lake kuanzia Yerusalemu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="LUK.24.48" /><wj>Ninyi ni mashahidi wa mambo haya.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuahidiwa Kwa Roho Mtakatifu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="49" bcv="LUK.24.49" /><wj>“Tazama nitawatumia ahadi ya Baba yangu; lakini kaeni humu mjini hadi mtakapovikwa uwezo utokao juu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kupaa Kwa Yesu Mbinguni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 16:19-20; Matendo 1:9-11)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="50" bcv="LUK.24.50" />Akiisha kuwaongoza mpaka kwenye viunga vya Bethania, akainua mikono yake juu na kuwabariki.
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="LUK.24.51" />Alipokuwa anawabariki, akawaacha, akachukuliwa mbinguni.
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="LUK.24.52" />Kisha wakamwabudu na kurudi Yerusalemu wakiwa wamejawa na furaha kuu.
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="LUK.24.53" />Nao wakadumu ndani ya Hekalu wakimtukuza Mungu. Amen.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="JHN"><id id="JHN">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Yohana
</h><toc level="1">Yohana
</toc><toc level="2">Yohana
</toc><toc level="3">Yn
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Yohana
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Neno Alifanyika Mwili
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JHN.1.1" />Hapo mwanzo alikuwako Neno, huyo Neno alikuwa pamoja na Mungu, naye Neno alikuwa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JHN.1.2" />Tangu mwanzo huyo Neno alikuwa pamoja na Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JHN.1.3" />Vitu vyote viliumbwa kwa yeye, wala pasipo yeye hakuna chochote kilichoumbwa ambacho kimeumbwa.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JHN.1.4" />Ndani yake ndimo ulimokuwa uzima na huo uzima ulikuwa nuru ya watu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JHN.1.5" />Nuru hungʼaa gizani nalo giza halikuishinda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JHN.1.6" />Alikuja mtu mmoja aliyetumwa kutoka kwa Mungu, jina lake Yohana.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JHN.1.7" />Alikuja kama shahidi apate kuishuhudia hiyo nuru, ili kwa kupitia kwake watu wote waweze kuamini.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JHN.1.8" />Yeye mwenyewe hakuwa ile nuru, bali alikuja kuishuhudia hiyo nuru.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JHN.1.9" />Kwamba nuru halisi, imwangaziayo kila mtu ilikuwa inakuja ulimwenguni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JHN.1.10" />Huyo Neno alikuwako ulimwenguni na ingawa ulimwengu uliumbwa kupitia kwake, haukumtambua.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JHN.1.11" />Alikuja kwa walio wake, lakini wao hawakumpokea.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JHN.1.12" />Bali wote waliompokea, aliwapa uwezo wa kufanyika watoto wa Mungu, ndio wale waliaminio jina lake.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JHN.1.13" />Hawa ndio wasiozaliwa kwa damu, wala kwa mapenzi ya mwili au kwa mapenzi ya mtu, bali kwa mapenzi ya Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JHN.1.14" />Neno alifanyika mwili, akakaa miongoni mwetu, nasi tukauona utukufu wake, utukufu kama wa Mwana pekee atokaye kwa Baba, amejaa neema na kweli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JHN.1.15" />Yohana alishuhudia habari zake, akapaza sauti, akisema, “Huyu ndiye yule niliyewaambia kwamba, ‘Yeye ajaye baada yangu ni mkuu kuniliko mimi, kwa kuwa alikuwepo kabla yangu.’ ”
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JHN.1.16" />Kutokana na ukamilifu wake, sisi sote tumepokea neema juu ya neema.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JHN.1.17" />Kwa kuwa sheria ilitolewa kwa mkono wa Mose, lakini neema na kweli imekuja kupitia Yesu Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JHN.1.18" />Hakuna mtu yeyote aliyemwona Mungu wakati wowote, ila ni Mungu Mwana pekee, aliye kifuani mwa Baba ndiye ambaye amemdhihirisha.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ushuhuda Wa Yohana Mbatizaji
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 3:1-12; Marko 1:1-8; Luka 3:1-18)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JHN.1.19" />Huu ndio ushuhuda wa Yohana wakati Wayahudi walipowatuma makuhani na Walawi kutoka Yerusalemu kumuuliza, “Wewe ni nani?”
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JHN.1.20" />Yohana alikiri waziwazi pasipo kuficha akasema, “Mimi si Kristo.”<f caller="+"><fr>1:20
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="JHN.1.21" />Wakamuuliza, “Wewe ni nani basi? Je, wewe ni Eliya?”
</p>
<p style="p">Yeye akajibu, “Hapana, mimi siye.”
</p>
<p style="p">“Je, wewe ni yule Nabii?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akajibu, “Hapana.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="JHN.1.22" />Ndipo wakasema, “Basi tuambie wewe ni nani ili tupate jibu la kuwapelekea wale waliotutuma. Wewe wasemaje juu yako mwenyewe?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="JHN.1.23" />Akawajibu kwa maneno ya nabii Isaya, akisema, “Mimi ni sauti ya mtu aliaye nyikani, ‘Yanyoosheni mapito ya Bwana.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="JHN.1.24" />Basi walikuwa wametumwa watu kutoka kwa Mafarisayo
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JHN.1.25" />wakamuuliza, “Kama wewe si Kristo, wala si Eliya na wala si yule Nabii, kwa nini basi unabatiza?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="JHN.1.26" />Yohana akawajibu, “Mimi ninabatiza kwa maji,<f caller="+"><fr>1:26
</fr><ft>Hapa tafsiri zingine zinasema ndani ya maji.</ft></f> lakini katikati yenu yupo mtu msiyemjua.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JHN.1.27" />Yeye ajaye baada yangu, sistahili hata kufungua kamba za viatu vyake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="JHN.1.28" />Mambo haya yote yalitukia huko Bethania, ngʼambo ya Mto Yordani, mahali Yohana alipokuwa akibatiza.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Mwana-Kondoo Wa Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="JHN.1.29" />Siku iliyofuata, Yohana alimwona Yesu akimjia akasema, “Tazama, Mwana-Kondoo wa Mungu aichukuaye dhambi ya ulimwengu!
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="JHN.1.30" />Huyu ndiye yule niliyewaambia kwamba, ‘Mtu anakuja baada yangu ambaye ni mkuu kuniliko mimi, kwa kuwa alikuwepo kabla yangu.’
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="JHN.1.31" />Mimi mwenyewe sikumfahamu, lakini sababu ya kuja nikibatiza kwa maji ni ili yeye apate kufunuliwa kwa Israeli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="JHN.1.32" />Kisha Yohana akatoa ushuhuda huu: “Nilimwona Roho akishuka kutoka mbinguni kama hua, akakaa juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="JHN.1.33" />Mimi nisingemtambua, lakini yeye aliyenituma nibatize kwa maji alikuwa ameniambia, ‘Yule mtu utakayemwona Roho akimshukia na kukaa juu yake, huyo ndiye atakayebatiza kwa Roho Mtakatifu.’
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="JHN.1.34" />Mimi mwenyewe nimeona jambo hili na ninashuhudia kuwa huyu ndiye Mwana wa Mungu.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wanafunzi Wa Kwanza Wa Yesu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="JHN.1.35" />Siku iliyofuata, Yohana alikuwa huko tena pamoja na wanafunzi wake wawili.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="JHN.1.36" />Alipomwona Yesu akipita, akasema, “Tazama, Mwana-Kondoo wa Mungu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="JHN.1.37" />Wale wanafunzi wawili walipomsikia Yohana akisema haya, wakamfuata Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="JHN.1.38" />Yesu akageuka, akawaona wakimfuata akawauliza,
<wj>“Mnataka nini?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Wakamwambia, “Rabi,” (maana yake Mwalimu), “Unaishi wapi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="JHN.1.39" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Njooni, nanyi mtapaona!”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Hivyo wakaenda na kupaona mahali alipokuwa anaishi, wakakaa naye siku ile, kwa kuwa ilikuwa yapata saa kumi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="JHN.1.40" />Andrea nduguye Simoni Petro, alikuwa mmoja wa wale wawili waliosikia yale Yohana aliyokuwa amesema, naye ndiye alimfuata Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="JHN.1.41" />Kitu cha kwanza Andrea alichofanya ni kumtafuta Simoni nduguye na kumwambia, “Tumemwona Masiya” (yaani, Kristo).
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="JHN.1.42" />Naye akamleta kwa Yesu.
</p>
<p style="p">Yesu akamwangalia na kusema,
<wj>“Wewe ni Simoni mwana wa Yohana. Utaitwa Kefa”</wj> (ambalo limetafsiriwa Petro<f caller="+"><fr>1:42
</fr><ft>Petro kwa Kiyunani au Kefa kwa Kiaramu; maana yake ni Kipande cha mwamba.</ft></f>).
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Awaita Filipo Na Nathanaeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="43" bcv="JHN.1.43" />Siku iliyofuata Yesu aliamua kwenda Galilaya. Akamkuta Filipo, akamwambia,
<wj>“Nifuate.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="44" bcv="JHN.1.44" />Basi Filipo alikuwa mwenyeji wa Bethsaida, mji alikotoka Andrea na Petro.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="JHN.1.45" />Filipo naye akamkuta Nathanaeli na kumwambia, “Tumemwona yeye ambaye Mose aliandika habari zake katika Sheria na ambaye pia manabii waliandika kumhusu, yaani, Yesu wa Nazareti, mwana wa Yosefu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="46" bcv="JHN.1.46" />Nathanaeli akauliza, “Nazareti! Je, kitu chochote chema chaweza kutoka Nazareti?” Filipo akamwambia, “Njoo uone.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="47" bcv="JHN.1.47" />Yesu alipomwona Nathanaeli anakaribia, akanena habari zake akasema,
<wj>“Tazama huyu ni Mwisraeli kweli kweli; hana hila ndani yake.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="48" bcv="JHN.1.48" />Nathanaeli akamuuliza, “Umenifahamuje?”
</p>
<p style="p">Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Nilikuona ulipokuwa bado uko chini ya mtini, kabla hata Filipo hajakuita.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="49" bcv="JHN.1.49" />Nathanaeli akamwambia, “Rabi, wewe ni Mwana wa Mungu! Wewe ni Mfalme wa Israeli!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="50" bcv="JHN.1.50" />Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Unaamini kwa kuwa nilikuambia nilikuona ulipokuwa bado uko chini ya mtini? Basi utaona mambo makuu zaidi kuliko hilo.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="JHN.1.51" />Ndipo akawaambia,
<wj>“Amin, amin nawaambia, ninyi mtaona mbingu ikifunguka na malaika wa Mungu wakipanda na kushuka juu ya Mwana wa Adamu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Arusi Huko Kana
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JHN.2.1" />Siku ya tatu kulikuwa na arusi katika mji wa Kana ya Galilaya, naye mama yake Yesu alikuwepo pale.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JHN.2.2" />Yesu pamoja na wanafunzi wake walikuwa wamealikwa arusini pia.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JHN.2.3" />Divai ilipokwisha, mama yake Yesu akamwambia, “Wameishiwa na divai.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JHN.2.4" />Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Mwanamke, nina nini nawe? Saa yangu haijawadia.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="JHN.2.5" />Mama yake akawaambia wale watumishi, “Lolote atakalowaambia, fanyeni.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JHN.2.6" />Basi ilikuwepo mitungi sita ya kuhifadhia maji iliyotengenezwa kwa mawe kwa ajili ya kujitakasa kwa desturi ya Kiyahudi; kila mtungi ungeweza kuchukua vipipa viwili au vitatu.<f caller="+"><fr>2:6
</fr><ft>Kipipa kimoja chenye ujazo wa lita 40; hivyo kila mtungi ulikuwa na ujazo wa lita 80 au 120.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JHN.2.7" />Yesu akawaambia wale watumishi,
<wj>“Ijazeni hiyo mitungi maji.”</wj> Nao wakaijaza ile mitungi mpaka juu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JHN.2.8" />Kisha akawaambia,
<wj>“Sasa choteni hayo maji kidogo, mpelekeeni mkuu wa meza.”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Hivyo wakachota, wakampelekea.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JHN.2.9" />Yule mkuu wa meza akayaonja yale maji ambayo yalikuwa yamebadilika kuwa divai. Hakujua divai hiyo ilikotoka ingawa wale watumishi waliochota yale maji wao walifahamu. Basi akamwita bwana arusi kando
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JHN.2.10" />akamwambia, “Watu wote hutoa kwanza divai nzuri, kisha huleta ile divai hafifu wageni wakisha kunywa vya kutosha, lakini wewe umeiweka ile nzuri kupita zote mpaka sasa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JHN.2.11" />Huu, ndio uliokuwa muujiza wa kwanza Yesu aliofanya Kana ya Galilaya. Hivyo Yesu alidhihirisha utukufu wake, nao wanafunzi wake wakamwamini.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Atakasa Hekalu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 21:12-13; Marko 11:15-17; Luka 19:45-46)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JHN.2.12" />Baada ya hayo, Yesu pamoja na mama yake, ndugu zake na wanafunzi wake, walishuka mpaka Kapernaumu, wakakaa huko siku chache.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JHN.2.13" />Ilipokaribia wakati wa Pasaka ya Wayahudi, Yesu alipanda kwenda Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JHN.2.14" />Huko Hekaluni aliwakuta watu wakiuza ngʼombe, kondoo na njiwa, nao wengine walikuwa wameketi mezani wakibadili fedha.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JHN.2.15" />Akatengeneza mjeledi kutokana na kamba, akawafukuza wote kutoka kwenye eneo la Hekalu, pamoja na kondoo na ngʼombe. Akazipindua meza za wale wabadili fedha na kuzimwaga fedha zao.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JHN.2.16" />Akawaambia wale waliokuwa wakiuza njiwa,
<wj>“Waondoeni hapa! Mnathubutuje kuifanya nyumba ya Baba yangu kuwa mahali pa biashara?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JHN.2.17" />Wanafunzi wake wakakumbuka kuwa imeandikwa: “Wivu wa nyumba yako utanila.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="JHN.2.18" />Ndipo Wayahudi wakamuuliza, “Unaweza kutuonyesha ishara gani ili kuthibitisha mamlaka uliyo nayo ya kufanya mambo haya?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JHN.2.19" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Libomoeni hili Hekalu, nami nitalijenga tena kwa siku tatu!”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="JHN.2.20" />Wale Wayahudi wakamjibu, “Hekalu hili lilijengwa kwa muda wa miaka arobaini na sita, nawe wasema utalijenga kwa siku tatu?”
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JHN.2.21" />Lakini yeye Hekalu alilozungumzia ni mwili wake.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JHN.2.22" />Baada ya kufufuliwa kutoka kwa wafu, wanafunzi wake wakakumbuka yale aliyokuwa amesema. Ndipo wakayaamini Maandiko na yale maneno Yesu aliyokuwa amesema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="JHN.2.23" />Ikawa Yesu alipokuwa Yerusalemu kwenye Sikukuu ya Pasaka, watu wengi waliona ishara na miujiza aliyokuwa akifanya, wakaamini katika jina lake.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JHN.2.24" />Lakini Yesu hakujiaminisha kwao kwa sababu aliwajua wanadamu wote.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JHN.2.25" />Hakuhitaji ushuhuda wa mtu yeyote kuhusu mtu, kwa kuwa alijua yote yaliyokuwa moyoni mwa mtu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Nikodemo Amwendea Yesu Usiku
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JHN.3.1" />Basi palikuwa na mtu mmoja Farisayo, jina lake Nikodemo, mmoja wa Baraza la Wayahudi<f caller="+"><fr>3:1
</fr><ft>Baraza la Wayahudi hapa ina maana ya Sanhedrin ambalo lilikuwa ndilo Baraza la juu kabisa la utawala wa Kiyahudi, lililoundwa na wazee 70 pamoja na kuhani mkuu.</ft></f> lililotawala.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JHN.3.2" />Huyu alimjia Yesu usiku akamwambia, “Rabi, tunajua kuwa wewe ni mwalimu uliyetumwa na Mungu, kwa maana hakuna mtu awezaye kufanya miujiza hii uifanyayo wewe, kama Mungu hayuko pamoja naye.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JHN.3.3" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Amin, amin nakuambia, hakuna mtu anayeweza kuuona Ufalme wa Mungu kama hajazaliwa mara ya pili.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JHN.3.4" />Nikodemo akauliza, “Awezaje mtu kuzaliwa wakati akiwa mzee? Hakika hawezi kuingia mara ya pili kwenye tumbo la mama yake ili azaliwe!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="JHN.3.5" />Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Amin, amin nakuambia, hakuna mtu yeyote anayeweza kuingia Ufalme wa Mungu kama hajazaliwa kwa maji na kwa Roho.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JHN.3.6" /><wj>Mwili huzaa mwili, lakini Roho huzaa roho.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JHN.3.7" /><wj>Kwa hiyo usishangae ninapokuambia huna budi ‘kuzaliwa mara ya pili.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JHN.3.8" /><wj>Upepo huvuma popote upendapo. Mvumo wake unausikia lakini huwezi ukafahamu utokako wala uendako. Ndivyo ilivyo kwa kila mtu aliyezaliwa na Roho.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JHN.3.9" />Nikodemo akamuuliza, “Mambo haya yanawezekanaje?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JHN.3.10" />Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Wewe ni mwalimu mashuhuri wa Waisraeli, nawe huelewi mambo haya?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JHN.3.11" /><wj>Amin, amin ninakuambia, sisi tunazungumza lile tunalolijua na tunashuhudia lile tuliloliona. Lakini ninyi watu hamkubali ushuhuda wetu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JHN.3.12" /><wj>Nimewaambia mambo ya duniani, nanyi hamkuniamini, mtaniaminije basi nitakapowaambia mambo ya mbinguni?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JHN.3.13" /><wj>Hakuna mtu yeyote aliyekwenda mbinguni isipokuwa yeye aliyeshuka kutoka mbinguni, yaani, Mwana wa Adamu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JHN.3.14" /><wj>Kama vile Mose alivyomwinua yule nyoka kule jangwani, vivyo hivyo Mwana wa Adamu hana budi kuinuliwa juu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JHN.3.15" /><wj>Ili kila mtu amwaminiye awe na uzima wa milele.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JHN.3.16" /><wj>“Kwa maana jinsi hii Mungu aliupenda ulimwengu hata akamtoa Mwanawe wa pekee, ili kila mtu amwaminiye asipotee, bali awe na uzima wa milele.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JHN.3.17" /><wj>Kwa maana Mungu hakumtuma Mwanawe kuuhukumu ulimwengu, bali kupitia kwake ulimwengu upate kuokolewa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JHN.3.18" /><wj>Yeyote amwaminiye hahukumiwi, lakini asiyeamini amekwisha kuhukumiwa, kwa sababu hakuliamini jina la Mwana pekee wa Mungu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JHN.3.19" /><wj>Hii ndiyo hukumu kwamba: Nuru imekuja ulimwenguni, nao watu wakapenda giza kuliko nuru kwa sababu matendo yao ni maovu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JHN.3.20" /><wj>Kwa kuwa kila atendaye maovu huchukia nuru, wala haji kwenye nuru ili matendo yake maovu yasifichuliwe.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JHN.3.21" /><wj>Lakini yule aishiye kwa ukweli huja kwenye nuru, ili ionekane wazi kwamba matendo yake yametendeka katika Mungu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ushuhuda Wa Yohana Mbatizaji Kuhusu Yesu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="JHN.3.22" />Baada ya haya, Yesu na wanafunzi wake walikwenda katika nchi ya Uyahudi, nao wakakaa huko kwa muda na kubatiza.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JHN.3.23" />Yohana naye alikuwa akibatiza huko Ainoni karibu na Salimu kwa sababu huko kulikuwa na maji tele. Watu wazima wakamjia huko ili kubatizwa.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JHN.3.24" />(Hii ilikuwa kabla Yohana hajatiwa gerezani).
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JHN.3.25" />Mashindano yakazuka kati ya baadhi ya wanafunzi wa Yohana na Myahudi mmoja kuhusu suala la desturi ya kunawa kwa utakaso.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JHN.3.26" />Wakamwendea Yohana wakamwambia, “Rabi, yule mtu aliyekuwa pamoja nawe ngʼambo ya Mto Yordani, yule uliyeshuhudia habari zake, sasa anabatiza na kila mtu anamwendea!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="JHN.3.27" />Yohana akawajibu, “Hakuna mtu yeyote awezaye kupata kitu chochote isipokuwa kile tu alichopewa kutoka mbinguni.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="JHN.3.28" />Ninyi wenyewe ni mashahidi wangu kwamba nilisema, ‘Mimi si Kristo,<f caller="+"><fr>3:28
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f> ila nimetumwa nimtangulie.’
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="JHN.3.29" />Bibi arusi ni wa bwana arusi. Lakini rafiki yake bwana arusi anayesimama karibu naye na kusikiliza kutoka kwake, hufurahi sana aisikiapo sauti ya bwana arusi. Kwa sababu hii furaha yangu imekamilika.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="JHN.3.30" />Yeye hana budi kuwa mkuu zaidi na mimi nizidi kuwa mdogo.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yeye Aliyetoka Mbinguni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="JHN.3.31" />“Yeye ajaye kutoka juu yu juu ya yote, yeye aliye wa duniani ni wa dunia, naye huzungumza mambo ya duniani. Yeye aliyekuja kutoka mbinguni, yu juu ya yote.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="JHN.3.32" />Yeye hushuhudia yale aliyoyaona na kuyasikia, lakini hakuna yeyote anayekubali ushuhuda wake.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="JHN.3.33" />Lakini yeyote anayekubali huo ushuhuda anathibitisha kwamba, Mungu ni kweli.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="JHN.3.34" />Yeye aliyetumwa na Mungu husema maneno ya Mungu, kwa kuwa Mungu humtoa Roho pasipo kipimo.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="JHN.3.35" />Baba anampenda Mwana, naye ametia vitu vyote mikononi mwake.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="JHN.3.36" />Yeyote anayemwamini Mwana ana uzima wa milele, lakini yeye asiyemwamini Mwana hatauona uzima, bali ghadhabu ya Mungu itakuwa juu yake.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Azungumza Na Mwanamke Msamaria
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JHN.4.1" />Mafarisayo wakasikia kwamba Yesu alikuwa anapata na kubatiza wanafunzi wengi zaidi kuliko Yohana,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JHN.4.2" />ingawa kwa kweli si Yesu mwenyewe aliyekuwa akibatiza, ila ni wanafunzi wake.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JHN.4.3" />Bwana alipojua mambo haya, aliondoka Uyahudi akarudi tena Galilaya.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JHN.4.4" />Wakati huo ilimlazimu apitie Samaria.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JHN.4.5" />Akafika kwenye mji mmoja wa Samaria uitwao Sikari, karibu na lile shamba ambalo Yakobo alimpa mwanawe Yosefu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JHN.4.6" />Huko ndiko kulikokuwa na kile kisima cha Yakobo. Naye Yesu alikuwa amechoka kwa kuwa alikuwa ametoka safarini. Akaketi karibu na hicho kisima. Ilikuwa yapata saa sita mchana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JHN.4.7" />Mwanamke mmoja Msamaria akaja kuteka maji, Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Naomba maji ninywe.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JHN.4.8" />(Wakati huo wanafunzi wake walikuwa wamekwenda mjini kununua chakula.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JHN.4.9" />Yule mwanamke Msamaria akamjibu, “Wewe ni Myahudi na mimi ni Msamaria. Yawezekanaje uniombe nikupe maji ya kunywa?” (Wayahudi walikuwa hawashirikiani kabisa na Wasamaria.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JHN.4.10" />Yesu akajibu akamwambia,
<wj>“Kama ungelijua karama ya Mungu, naye ni nani anayekuambia, Nipe maji ninywe, wewe ungelimwomba yeye, naye angelikupa maji yaliyo hai.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JHN.4.11" />Yule mwanamke akamjibu, “Bwana, wewe huna chombo cha kutekea maji na kisima hiki ni kirefu. Hayo maji ya uzima utayapata wapi?
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JHN.4.12" />Kwani wewe ni mkuu kuliko baba yetu Yakobo ambaye alitupatia kisima hiki, ambacho yeye pamoja na watoto wake na mifugo yake walikitumia?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JHN.4.13" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Kila mtu anayekunywa maji ya kisima hiki ataona kiu tena.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JHN.4.14" /><wj>Lakini yeyote anywaye maji nitakayompa hataona kiu kamwe. Maji nitakayompa yatakuwa ndani yake chemchemi ya maji, yakibubujika uzima wa milele.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JHN.4.15" />Yule mwanamke akamwambia, “Bwana, tafadhali nipe maji hayo ili nisipate kiu tena na wala nisije tena hapa kuteka maji!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JHN.4.16" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Nenda ukamwite mumeo, uje naye hapa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JHN.4.17" />Yule mwanamke akajibu, “Sina mume.”
</p>
<p style="p">Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Umesema kweli kuwa huna mume.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JHN.4.18" /><wj>Kwa maana umeshakuwa na wanaume watano na mwanaume unayeishi naye sasa si mume wako! Umesema ukweli.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JHN.4.19" />Yule mwanamke akasema, “Bwana, naona bila shaka wewe ni nabii.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JHN.4.20" />Baba zetu waliabudu kwenye mlima huu, lakini ninyi Wayahudi mnasema ni lazima tukaabudu huko Yerusalemu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="JHN.4.21" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Mwanamke, niamini, wakati unakuja ambapo hamtamwabudu Baba katika mlima huu, wala huko Yerusalemu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JHN.4.22" /><wj>Ninyi Wasamaria mnaabudu msichokijua. Sisi Wayahudi tunamwabudu Mungu tunayemjua kwa sababu wokovu unatoka kwa Wayahudi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JHN.4.23" /><wj>Lakini saa yaja, tena ipo, ambapo wale waabuduo halisi, watamwabudu Baba katika roho na kweli. Watu wanaoabudu namna hii, ndio Baba anawatafuta.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JHN.4.24" /><wj>Mungu ni Roho na wote wanaomwabudu imewapasa kumwabudu katika roho na kweli.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="JHN.4.25" />Yule mwanamke akamwambia, “Ninafahamu kwamba Masiya (aitwaye Kristo) anakuja. Yeye akija, atatueleza mambo yote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="JHN.4.26" />Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Mimi ninayezungumza nawe, ndiye.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="JHN.4.27" />Wakati huo wanafunzi wake wakarudi, wakashangaa sana kumwona akizungumza na mwanamke. Lakini hakuna aliyemuuliza, “Unataka nini kwake?” Au “Kwa nini unazungumza naye?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="JHN.4.28" />Yule mwanamke akaacha mtungi wake, akarudi mjini akawaambia watu,
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="JHN.4.29" />“Njooni mkamwone mtu aliyeniambia kila kitu nilichotenda! Je, yawezekana huyu ndiye Kristo?”<f caller="+"><fr>4:29
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f>
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="JHN.4.30" />Basi wakamiminika watu kutoka mjini wakamwendea Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="JHN.4.31" />Wakati huo wanafunzi wake walikuwa wakimsihi, “Rabi, kula angalau chochote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="JHN.4.32" />Lakini yeye akawajibu,
<wj>“Mimi ninacho chakula ambacho ninyi hamkifahamu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="JHN.4.33" />Basi wanafunzi wakaanza kuulizana, “Kuna mtu ambaye amemletea chakula?”
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="JHN.4.34" />Lakini Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Chakula changu ni kufanya mapenzi ya Mungu ambaye amenituma na kuikamilisha kazi yake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="JHN.4.35" /><wj>Je, ninyi hamsemi, ‘Bado miezi minne tuvune?’ Inueni macho yenu myaangalie mashamba jinsi mazao yalivyo tayari kuvunwa!</wj>
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="JHN.4.36" /><wj>Mvunaji tayari anapokea mshahara wake, naye anakusanya mazao kwa ajili ya uzima wa milele. Ili yeye apandaye na yeye avunaye wafurahi pamoja.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="JHN.4.37" /><wj>Hivyo kule kusema, ‘Mmoja hupanda na mwingine huvuna,’ ni kweli kabisa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="JHN.4.38" /><wj>Niliwatuma mkavune mazao ambayo hamkupanda, wengine walifanya kazi ngumu, nanyi mmevuna faida ya taabu yao.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wasamaria Wengi Waamini
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="JHN.4.39" />Wasamaria wengi katika mji ule wakamwamini Yesu kwa sababu ya ushuhuda wa yule mwanamke alipowaambia kwamba, “Ameniambia kila kitu nilichotenda.”
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="JHN.4.40" />Hivyo wale Wasamaria walipomjia, wakamsihi akae kwao. Naye akakaa huko siku mbili.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="JHN.4.41" />Kwa sababu ya neno lake, watu wengi wakaamini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="JHN.4.42" />Wakamwambia yule mwanamke, “Sasa tunaamini, wala si kwa sababu ya maneno yako tu, bali kwa kuwa tumemsikia sisi wenyewe. Tumejua hakika kweli ya kwamba huyu ndiye Kristo, Mwokozi wa ulimwengu.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Amponya Mwana Wa Afisa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="43" bcv="JHN.4.43" />Baada ya zile siku mbili, Yesu aliondoka kwenda Galilaya.
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="JHN.4.44" />(Basi Yesu mwenyewe alikuwa amesema kwamba nabii hapati heshima katika nchi yake mwenyewe.)
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="JHN.4.45" />Alipofika Galilaya, Wagalilaya walimkaribisha, kwani walikuwa wameona yale aliyoyatenda huko Yerusalemu wakati wa Sikukuu ya Pasaka. Kwa maana wao pia walikuwa wamehudhuria hiyo Sikukuu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="46" bcv="JHN.4.46" />Hivyo Yesu akaja tena mpaka Kana ya Galilaya, kule alikokuwa amebadili maji kuwa divai. Huko kulikuwepo na afisa mmoja wa mfalme, ambaye mwanawe alikuwa mgonjwa huko Kapernaumu.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="JHN.4.47" />Huyo mtu aliposikia kwamba Yesu alikuwa amewasili Galilaya kutoka Uyahudi, alimwendea na kumwomba ili aje kumponya mwanawe, aliyekuwa mgonjwa karibu ya kufa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="48" bcv="JHN.4.48" />Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Ninyi watu msipoona ishara na miujiza kamwe hamtaamini.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="49" bcv="JHN.4.49" />Yule afisa wa mfalme akamwambia, “Bwana, tafadhali shuka kabla mwanangu hajafa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="50" bcv="JHN.4.50" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Enenda zako, mwanao yu hai.”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Yule afisa akaamini yale maneno Yesu aliyomwambia, akaondoka akaenda zake.
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="JHN.4.51" />Alipokuwa bado yuko njiani, akakutana na watumishi wake wakamwambia kwamba mwanawe yu mzima.
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="JHN.4.52" />Akawauliza saa ambayo alianza kupata nafuu. Wakamwambia, “Jana yapata saa saba, homa ilimwacha.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="53" bcv="JHN.4.53" />Ndipo baba wa huyo mtoto akakumbuka kuwa huo ndio wakati ambapo Yesu alikuwa amemwambia,
<wj>“Mwanao yu hai.”</wj> Kwa hiyo yeye pamoja na wote wa nyumbani mwake wakamwamini Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="54" bcv="JHN.4.54" />Hii ilikuwa ishara ya pili ambayo Yesu alifanya aliporudi Galilaya kutoka Uyahudi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Amponya Mtu Kwenye Bwawa La Bethzatha
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JHN.5.1" />Baada ya haya, kulikuwa na Sikukuu ya Wayahudi, naye Yesu akapanda kwenda Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JHN.5.2" />Huko Yerusalemu, karibu na mlango uitwao Mlango wa Kondoo, palikuwa na bwawa moja lililoitwa kwa Kiebrania Bethzatha,<f caller="+"><fr>5:2
</fr><ft>Bethzatha ni neno la Kiebrania ambalo maana yake ni Nyumba ya mizeituni; mahali pengine limetajwa kama Bethesda kwa Kiaramu, yaani Nyumba ya huruma, na pengine kama Bethsaida, yaani Nyumba ya uvuvi.</ft></f> ambalo lilikuwa limezungukwa na kumbi tano.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JHN.5.3" />Hapa palikuwa na idadi kubwa ya wasiojiweza, yaani, vipofu, viwete, na waliopooza [wakingojea maji yatibuliwe.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JHN.5.4" />Kwa maana malaika alikuwa akishuka wakati fulani, akayatibua maji. Yule aliyekuwa wa kwanza kuingia ndani baada ya maji kutibuliwa alipona ugonjwa wowote aliokuwa nao].
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JHN.5.5" />Mtu mmoja alikuwako huko ambaye alikuwa ameugua kwa miaka thelathini na minane.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JHN.5.6" />Yesu alipomwona akiwa amelala hapo, naye akijua kuwa amekuwa hapo kwa muda mrefu, akamwambia,
<wj>“Je, wataka kuponywa?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JHN.5.7" />Yule mgonjwa akamjibu, “Bwana, mimi sina mtu wa kuniingiza bwawani maji yanapotibuliwa. Nami ninapotaka kutumbukia bwawani, mtu mwingine huingia kabla yangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JHN.5.8" />Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Inuka! Chukua mkeka wako na uende.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JHN.5.9" />Mara yule mtu akapona, akachukua mkeka wake, akaanza kutembea.
</p>
<p style="p">Basi siku hiyo ilikuwa siku ya Sabato.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JHN.5.10" />Kwa hiyo Wayahudi wakamwambia yule mtu aliyeponywa, “Leo ni Sabato, si halali wewe kubeba mkeka wako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JHN.5.11" />Yeye akawajibu, “Yule mtu aliyeniponya aliniambia,
<wj>‘Chukua mkeka wako na uende.’</wj> ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JHN.5.12" />Wakamuuliza, “Ni mtu gani huyo aliyekuambia uchukue mkeka wako uende?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JHN.5.13" />Basi yule mtu aliyeponywa hakufahamu ni nani aliyemponya, kwa sababu Yesu alikuwa amejiondoa katika ule umati wa watu uliokuwa hapo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JHN.5.14" />Baadaye Yesu akamkuta yule mtu aliyemponya ndani ya Hekalu na kumwambia,
<wj>“Tazama umeponywa, usitende dhambi tena. La sivyo, lisije likakupata jambo baya zaidi.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JHN.5.15" />Yule mtu akaenda, akawaambia wale Wayahudi kuwa ni Yesu aliyemponya.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Uzima Kupitia Mwana
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JHN.5.16" />Kwa hiyo Wayahudi wakaanza kumsumbua Yesu, kwa sababu alikuwa anafanya mambo kama hayo siku ya Sabato.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JHN.5.17" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Baba yangu anafanya kazi yake daima hata siku hii ya leo, nami pia ninafanya kazi.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JHN.5.18" />Maneno haya yaliwaudhi sana viongozi wa Wayahudi. Wakajaribu kila njia wapate jinsi ya kumuua, kwani si kwamba alivunja Sabato tu, bali alikuwa akimwita Mungu Baba yake, hivyo kujifanya sawa na Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mamlaka Ya Mwana Wa Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JHN.5.19" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Amin, amin nawaambia, Mwana hawezi kufanya jambo lolote peke yake, yeye aweza tu kufanya lile analomwona Baba yake akifanya, kwa maana lolote afanyalo Baba, Mwana pia hufanya vivyo hivyo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JHN.5.20" /><wj>Baba ampenda Mwana na kumwonyesha yale ambayo yeye Baba mwenyewe anayafanya, naye atamwonyesha kazi kuu kuliko hizi ili mpate kushangaa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JHN.5.21" /><wj>Hakika kama vile Baba awafufuavyo wafu na kuwapa uzima, vivyo hivyo Mwana huwapa uzima wale anaopenda.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JHN.5.22" /><wj>Wala Baba hamhukumu mtu yeyote, lakini hukumu yote amempa Mwana,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JHN.5.23" /><wj>ili wote wamheshimu Mwana kama vile wanavyomheshimu Baba. Yeyote asiyemheshimu Mwana, hamheshimu Baba aliyemtuma.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="JHN.5.24" /><wj>“Amin, amin nawaambia, yeyote anayesikia maneno yangu na kumwamini yeye aliyenituma, anao uzima wa milele, naye hatahukumiwa, bali amepita kutoka mautini, na kuingia uzimani.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JHN.5.25" /><wj>Amin, amin nawaambia, saa yaja, nayo saa ipo, wafu watakapoisikia sauti ya Mwana wa Mungu, nao watakaoisikia watakuwa hai.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JHN.5.26" /><wj>Kama vile Baba alivyo na uzima ndani yake, vivyo hivyo amempa Mwana kuwa na uzima ndani yake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JHN.5.27" /><wj>Naye amempa Mwanawe mamlaka ya kuhukumu kwa kuwa yeye ni Mwana wa Adamu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="JHN.5.28" /><wj>“Msishangae kusikia haya, kwa maana saa inakuja ambapo wale walio makaburini wataisikia sauti yake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="JHN.5.29" /><wj>Nao watatoka nje, wale waliotenda mema watafufuka wapate uzima na wale waliotenda maovu, watafufuka wahukumiwe.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Shuhuda Kuhusu Yesu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="JHN.5.30" /><wj>“Mimi siwezi kufanya jambo lolote peke yangu. Ninavyosikia ndivyo ninavyohukumu, nayo hukumu yangu ni ya haki kwa kuwa sitafuti kufanya mapenzi yangu mwenyewe, bali mapenzi yake yeye aliyenituma.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="JHN.5.31" /><wj>“Kama ningejishuhudia mimi mwenyewe, ushuhuda wangu si kweli.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="JHN.5.32" /><wj>Lakini yuko mwingine anishuhudiaye na ninajua kwamba ushuhuda wake ni wa kweli.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="JHN.5.33" /><wj>“Mlituma wajumbe kwa Yohana, naye akashuhudia juu ya kweli.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="JHN.5.34" /><wj>Si kwamba naukubali ushuhuda wa mwanadamu, la, bali ninalitaja hili kusudi ninyi mpate kuokolewa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="JHN.5.35" /><wj>Yohana alikuwa taa iliyowaka na kutoa nuru, nanyi kwa muda mlichagua kuifurahia nuru yake.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="JHN.5.36" /><wj>“Lakini ninao ushuhuda mkuu zaidi kuliko wa Yohana. Kazi zile nizifanyazo, zinashuhudia juu yangu, zile ambazo Baba amenituma nizikamilishe, naam, ishara hizi ninazofanya, zinashuhudia kuwa Baba ndiye alinituma.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="JHN.5.37" /><wj>Naye Baba mwenyewe ameshuhudia juu yangu. Hamjapata kamwe kuisikia sauti yake wala kuona umbo lake,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="JHN.5.38" /><wj>wala hamna neno lake ndani yenu, kwa sababu hamkumwamini yeye aliyetumwa naye.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="JHN.5.39" /><wj>Ninyi mnachunguza Maandiko mkidhani ya kuwa ndani yake mna uzima wa milele, maandiko haya ndiyo yanayonishuhudia Mimi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="JHN.5.40" /><wj>Lakini mnakataa kuja kwangu ili mpate uzima.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="JHN.5.41" /><wj>“Mimi sitafuti kutukuzwa na wanadamu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="JHN.5.42" /><wj>Lakini ninajua kwamba hamna upendo wa Mungu mioyoni mwenu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="JHN.5.43" /><wj>Mimi nimekuja kwa jina la Baba yangu, nanyi hamnipokei, lakini mtu mwingine akija kwa jina lake mwenyewe, mtampokea.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="JHN.5.44" /><wj>Ninyi mwawezaje kuamini ikiwa mnapeana utukufu ninyi kwa ninyi, lakini hamna bidii kupata utukufu utokao kwa Mungu?</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="45" bcv="JHN.5.45" /><wj>“Lakini msidhani kuwa mimi nitawashtaki mbele za Baba, mshtaki wenu ni Mose, ambaye mmemwekea tumaini lenu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="JHN.5.46" /><wj>Kama mngelimwamini Mose, mngeliniamini na mimi kwa maana aliandika habari zangu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="JHN.5.47" /><wj>Lakini ikiwa hamwamini aliyoandika Mose, mtaaminije ninayoyasema?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Alisha Wanaume 5,000
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 14:13-21; Marko 6:30-44; Luka 9:10-17)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JHN.6.1" />Baada ya haya, Yesu alikwenda ngʼambo ya Bahari ya Galilaya, ambayo pia huitwa Bahari ya Tiberia.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JHN.6.2" />Umati mkubwa wa watu uliendelea kumfuata, kwa sababu waliona ishara nyingi za miujiza alizofanya kwa wagonjwa.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JHN.6.3" />Kisha Yesu akapanda mlimani akaketi huko pamoja na wanafunzi wake.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JHN.6.4" />Pasaka ya Wayahudi ilikuwa imekaribia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="JHN.6.5" />Yesu alipotazama na kuuona ule umati mkubwa wa watu ukimjia, akamwambia Filipo,
<wj>“Tutanunua wapi mikate ili watu hawa wale?”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JHN.6.6" />Aliuliza swali hili kumpima, kwa maana alishajua la kufanya.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JHN.6.7" />Filipo akamjibu, “Hata fedha kiasi cha dinari mia mbili,<f caller="+"><fr>6:7
</fr><ft>Dinari 200 ni sawa na mshahara wa kibarua wa siku 200; mshahara wa kibarua ulikuwa dinari moja kwa siku.</ft></f> hazitoshi kununua mikate ya kuwapa watu hawa ili kila mtu apate kidogo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JHN.6.8" />Mmoja wa wanafunzi wake aitwaye Andrea, ndugu yake Simoni Petro, akamwambia,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JHN.6.9" />“Hapa kuna mvulana mmoja mwenye mikate mitano ya shayiri na samaki wawili wadogo. Lakini hivi vitatosha nini kwa umati huu wote?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JHN.6.10" />Yesu akasema,
<wj>“Waketisheni watu chini.”</wj> Palikuwa na majani mengi katika eneo lile, nao watu wakaketi. Palikuwa na wanaume wapatao 5,000.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JHN.6.11" />Ndipo Yesu akachukua ile mikate, akamshukuru Mungu na kuwagawia wale watu waliokuwa wameketi. Akafanya vivyo hivyo na wale samaki. Kila mtu akapata kadiri alivyotaka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JHN.6.12" />Watu wote walipokwisha kula na kushiba, akawaambia wanafunzi wake,
<wj>“Kusanyeni vipande vilivyobaki vya ile mikate, kisipotee chochote.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JHN.6.13" />Hivyo wakavikusanya, wakajaza vikapu kumi na viwili kwa vipande vya ile mikate mitano ya shayiri na samaki wale wawili wadogo vilivyobakishwa na waliokula.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JHN.6.14" />Baada ya watu kuona muujiza ule Yesu aliofanya, walianza kusema, “Hakika huyu ndiye Nabii ajaye ulimwenguni!”
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JHN.6.15" />Yesu akijua kwamba walitaka kuja kumfanya awe mfalme wao, kwa nguvu, akajitenga nao akaenda milimani peke yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Atembea Juu Ya Maji
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 14:22-33; Marko 6:45-52)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JHN.6.16" />Ilipofika jioni, wanafunzi wake waliteremka kwenda baharini.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JHN.6.17" />Wakaingia kwenye mashua, wakaanza kuvuka bahari kwenda Kapernaumu. Wakati huu kulikuwa tayari giza na Yesu alikuwa hajajumuika nao.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JHN.6.18" />Bahari ikachafuka kwa sababu upepo mkali ulikuwa unavuma.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JHN.6.19" />Wanafunzi walipokuwa wamekwenda mwendo wa karibu maili tatu au nne,<f caller="+"><fr>6:19
</fr><ft>Maili tatu au nne ni kama kilomita 5 au 6.</ft></f> walimwona Yesu akitembea juu ya maji akikaribia mashua, nao wakaogopa sana.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JHN.6.20" />Lakini Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Ni mimi. Msiogope.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JHN.6.21" />Ndipo wakamkaribisha kwa furaha ndani ya mashua, na mara wakafika ufuoni walikokuwa wakienda.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Watu Wanamtafuta Yesu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="JHN.6.22" />Siku iliyofuata, wale watu waliokuwa wamebaki ngʼambo waliona kwamba palikuwepo na mashua moja tu na kwamba Yesu hakuwa ameondoka pamoja na wanafunzi wake, ila walikuwa wameondoka peke yao.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JHN.6.23" />Lakini zikaja mashua nyingine kutoka Tiberia zikafika karibu na mahali pale walipokula mikate baada ya Bwana kumshukuru Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JHN.6.24" />Mara wale watu wakatambua kwamba Yesu hakuwepo hapo, wala wanafunzi wake. Wakaingia kwenye mashua hizo, wakaenda Kapernaumu ili kumtafuta Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Ni Mkate Wa Uzima
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="JHN.6.25" />Walipomkuta Yesu ngʼambo ya bahari wakamuuliza, “Rabi, umefika lini huku?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="JHN.6.26" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Amin, amin nawaambia, ninyi hamnitafuti kwa kuwa mliona ishara na miujiza, bali kwa sababu mlikula ile mikate mkashiba.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JHN.6.27" /><wj>Msishughulikie chakula kiharibikacho, bali chakula kidumucho hata uzima wa milele, ambacho Mwana wa Adamu atawapa. Yeye ndiye ambaye Mungu Baba amemtia muhuri.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="JHN.6.28" />Ndipo wakamuuliza, “Tufanye nini ili tupate kuitenda kazi ya Mungu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="JHN.6.29" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Kazi ya Mungu ndiyo hii: Mwaminini yeye aliyetumwa naye.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="JHN.6.30" />Hivyo wakamuuliza, “Utafanya ishara gani ya muujiza, ili tuione tukuamini? Utafanya jambo gani?
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="JHN.6.31" />Baba zetu walikula mana jangwani, kama ilivyoandikwa, ‘Aliwapa mikate kutoka mbinguni ili wale.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="JHN.6.32" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Amin, amin nawaambia, si Mose aliyewapa mikate kutoka mbinguni, bali Baba yangu ndiye anawapa mkate wa kweli kutoka mbinguni.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="JHN.6.33" /><wj>Kwa maana mkate wa Mungu ni yule ashukaye kutoka mbinguni na kuupa ulimwengu uzima.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="JHN.6.34" />Wakamwambia, “Bwana, kuanzia sasa tupatie huo mkate siku zote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="JHN.6.35" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Mimi ndimi mkate wa uzima. Yeye ajaye kwangu, hataona njaa kamwe na yeye aniaminiye, hataona kiu kamwe.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="JHN.6.36" /><wj>Lakini kama nilivyowaambia, mmeniona lakini bado hamwamini.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="JHN.6.37" /><wj>Wale wote anipao Baba watakuja kwangu na yeyote ajaye kwangu, sitamfukuzia nje kamwe.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="JHN.6.38" /><wj>Kwa kuwa nimeshuka kutoka mbinguni si ili kufanya mapenzi yangu, bali mapenzi yake yeye aliyenituma.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="JHN.6.39" /><wj>Haya ndiyo mapenzi yake yeye aliyenituma, kwamba, nisimpoteze hata mmoja wa wale alionipa, bali niwafufue siku ya mwisho.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="JHN.6.40" /><wj>Kwa maana mapenzi ya Baba yangu ni kwamba kila mmoja amtazamaye, Mwana na kumwamini awe na uzima wa milele, nami nitawafufua siku ya mwisho.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="JHN.6.41" />Wayahudi wakaanza kunungʼunika kwa kuwa alisema,
<wj>“Mimi ndimi mkate ulioshuka kutoka mbinguni.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="JHN.6.42" />Wakasema, “Huyu si Yesu, mwana wa Yosefu, ambaye baba yake na mama yake tunawajua? Anawezaje basi sasa kusema,
<wj>‘Nimeshuka kutoka mbinguni’</wj>?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="43" bcv="JHN.6.43" />Hivyo Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Acheni kunungʼunikiana ninyi kwa ninyi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="JHN.6.44" /><wj>Hakuna mtu awezaye kuja kwangu kama asipovutwa na Baba aliyenituma, nami nitamfufua siku ya mwisho.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="JHN.6.45" /><wj>Imeandikwa katika Manabii, ‘Wote watafundishwa na Mungu.’ Yeyote amsikilizaye Baba na kujifunza kutoka kwake, huyo huja kwangu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="JHN.6.46" /><wj>Hakuna mtu yeyote aliyemwona Baba isipokuwa yeye atokaye kwa Mungu, yeye ndiye peke yake aliyemwona Baba.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="JHN.6.47" /><wj>Amin, amin nawaambia, yeye anayeamini anao uzima wa milele.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="JHN.6.48" /><wj>Mimi ni mkate wa uzima.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="JHN.6.49" /><wj>Baba zenu walikula mana jangwani, lakini wakafa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="JHN.6.50" /><wj>Lakini hapa kuna mkate utokao mbinguni, ambao mtu yeyote akiula, hatakufa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="JHN.6.51" /><wj>Mimi ni mkate wa uzima ule uliotoka mbinguni. Mtu yeyote akiula mkate huu, ataishi milele. Mkate huu ni mwili wangu, ambao nitautoa kwa ajili ya uzima wa ulimwengu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="52" bcv="JHN.6.52" />Ndipo Wayahudi wakaanza kuhojiana vikali wao kwa wao wakisema, “Mtu huyu awezaje kutupatia mwili wake tuule?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="53" bcv="JHN.6.53" />Hivyo Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Amin, amin nawaambia, msipoula mwili wa Mwana wa Adamu na kuinywa damu yake, hamna uzima ndani yenu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="54" bcv="JHN.6.54" /><wj>Mtu yeyote aulaye mwili wangu na kunywa damu yangu, anao uzima wa milele. Nami nitamfufua siku ya mwisho.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="55" bcv="JHN.6.55" /><wj>Kwa maana mwili wangu ni chakula cha kweli na damu yangu ni kinywaji cha kweli.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="56" bcv="JHN.6.56" /><wj>Yeyote alaye mwili wangu na kunywa damu yangu, atakaa ndani yangu nami nitakaa ndani yake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="57" bcv="JHN.6.57" /><wj>Kama vile Baba aliye hai alivyonituma mimi, na kama nami ninavyoishi kwa sababu ya Baba, hivyo anilaye mimi ataishi kwa sababu yangu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="58" bcv="JHN.6.58" /><wj>Huu ndio mkate ushukao kutoka mbinguni, si kama ule mkate baba zenu waliokula nao wakafa. Lakini yeye aulaye mkate huu ataishi milele.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="59" bcv="JHN.6.59" />Yesu alisema maneno haya alipokuwa akifundisha katika sinagogi huko Kapernaumu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wafuasi Wengi Wamwacha Yesu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="60" bcv="JHN.6.60" />Wengi wa wafuasi wake waliposikia jambo hili wakasema, “Mafundisho haya ni magumu. Ni nani awezaye kuyapokea?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="61" bcv="JHN.6.61" />Yesu alipojua kwamba wafuasi wake wananungʼunika kuhusu mafundisho yake, akawaambia,
<wj>“Je, jambo hili limewaudhi?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="62" bcv="JHN.6.62" /><wj>Ingekuwaje basi kama mngemwona Mwana wa Adamu akipaa kwenda zake huko alipokuwa kwanza?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="63" bcv="JHN.6.63" /><wj>Roho ndiye atiaye uzima, mwili haufai kitu. Maneno haya niliyowaambia ni Roho tena ni uzima.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="64" bcv="JHN.6.64" /><wj>Lakini baadhi yenu hamwamini.”</wj> Kwa maana Yesu alifahamu tangu mwanzo wale ambao hawangemwamini miongoni mwao na yule ambaye angemsaliti.
<ve />
<v id="65" bcv="JHN.6.65" />Akaendelea kusema,
<wj>“Hii ndiyo sababu niliwaambia kwamba hakuna mtu awezaye kuja kwangu isipokuwa amejaliwa na Baba yangu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="66" bcv="JHN.6.66" />Tangu wakati huo wafuasi wake wengi wakarejea nyuma wakaacha kumfuata.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="67" bcv="JHN.6.67" />Hivyo Yesu akawauliza wale wanafunzi wake kumi na wawili,
<wj>“Je, ninyi pia mnataka kuondoka?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="68" bcv="JHN.6.68" />Simoni Petro akamjibu, “Bwana, tuondoke twende kwa nani? Wewe unayo maneno ya uzima wa milele.
<ve />
<v id="69" bcv="JHN.6.69" />Tunaamini na kujua kuwa wewe ndiwe Aliye Mtakatifu wa Mungu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="70" bcv="JHN.6.70" />Ndipo Yesu akajibu,
<wj>“Je, sikuwachagua ninyi kumi na wawili? Lakini mmoja wenu ni ibilisi.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="71" bcv="JHN.6.71" />(Hapa alikuwa anasema juu ya Yuda, mwana wa Simoni Iskariote. Ingawa alikuwa mmoja wa wale kumi na wawili, ndiye ambaye baadaye angemsaliti Yesu.)
<ve />
</p>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Kutokuamini Kwa Ndugu Zake Yesu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JHN.7.1" />Baada ya mambo haya, Yesu alikwenda sehemu mbalimbali za Galilaya. Hakutaka kwenda Uyahudi kwa sababu Wayahudi huko walitaka kumuua.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JHN.7.2" />Sikukuu ya Vibanda ya Wayahudi ilikuwa imekaribia.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JHN.7.3" />Hivyo ndugu zake Yesu wakamwambia, “Ondoka hapa uende Uyahudi ili wanafunzi Wako wapate kuona miujiza unayofanya.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JHN.7.4" />Mtu anayetaka kujulikana hafanyi mambo yake kwa siri. Kama unafanya mambo haya, jionyeshe kwa ulimwengu.”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JHN.7.5" />Hata ndugu zake mwenyewe hawakumwamini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JHN.7.6" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Wakati wangu bado haujawadia, lakini wakati wenu upo siku zote.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JHN.7.7" /><wj>Ulimwengu hauwezi kuwachukia ninyi, lakini unanichukia mimi kwa sababu ninawashuhudia kwamba matendo yao ni maovu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JHN.7.8" /><wj>Ninyi nendeni kwenye Sikukuu, lakini mimi sitahudhuria Sikukuu hii kwa sababu wakati wangu haujawadia.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JHN.7.9" />Akiisha kusema hayo, akabaki Galilaya.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Kwenye Sikukuu Ya Vibanda
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JHN.7.10" />Lakini ndugu zake walipokwisha kuondoka kwenda kwenye Sikukuu, yeye pia alikwenda lakini kwa siri.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JHN.7.11" />Wayahudi walikuwa wakimtafuta huko kwenye Sikukuu na kuulizana, “Yuko wapi huyu mtu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JHN.7.12" />Kulikuwa na minongʼono iliyoenea kumhusu Yesu katika umati wa watu, wakati wengine wakisema, “Ni mtu mwema.”
</p>
<p style="p">Wengine walikuwa wakisema, “La, yeye anawadanganya watu.”
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JHN.7.13" />Lakini hakuna mtu yeyote aliyemsema waziwazi kumhusu kwa sababu ya kuwaogopa Wayahudi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Afundisha Kwenye Sikukuu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JHN.7.14" />Ilipokaribia katikati ya Sikukuu, Yesu alipanda kwenda Hekaluni na kuanza kufundisha.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JHN.7.15" />Wayahudi wakastaajabia mafundisho yake wakasema, “Mtu huyu amepataje kujua mambo haya bila kufundishwa?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JHN.7.16" />Ndipo Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Mafundisho yangu si yangu mwenyewe, bali yanatoka kwake yeye aliyenituma.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JHN.7.17" /><wj>Mtu yeyote akipenda kufanya mapenzi ya Mungu, atajua kama mafundisho yangu yanatoka kwa Mungu au ninasema kwa ajili yangu mwenyewe.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JHN.7.18" /><wj>Wale wanenao kwa ajili yao wenyewe hufanya hivyo kwa kutaka utukufu wao wenyewe. Lakini yeye atafutaye utukufu wa yule aliyemtuma ni wa kweli, wala hakuna uongo ndani yake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JHN.7.19" /><wj>Je, Mose hakuwapa ninyi sheria? Lakini hakuna hata mmoja wenu anayeishika hiyo sheria. Kwa nini mnataka kuniua?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="JHN.7.20" />Ule umati wa watu ukamjibu, “Wewe una pepo mchafu! Ni nani anayetaka kukuua?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="JHN.7.21" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Nimefanya muujiza mmoja na nyote mkastaajabu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JHN.7.22" /><wj>Lakini kwa kuwa Mose aliwaamuru tohara (ingawa kwa kweli haikutoka kwa Mose bali kwa baba zenu wakuu), mnamtahiri mtoto hata siku ya Sabato.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JHN.7.23" /><wj>Ikiwa mtoto aweza kutahiriwa siku ya Sabato kusudi sheria ya Mose isivunjwe, kwa nini mnanikasirikia kwa kumponya mtu mwili wake wote siku ya Sabato?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JHN.7.24" /><wj>Acheni kuhukumu mambo kwa jinsi mnavyoona tu, bali hukumuni kwa haki.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Je, Yesu Ndiye Kristo?
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="JHN.7.25" />Ndipo baadhi ya watu wa Yerusalemu wakawa wanasema, “Tazameni, huyu si yule mtu wanayetaka kumuua?
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JHN.7.26" />Mbona yuko hapa anazungumza hadharani na wala hawamwambii neno lolote? Je, inawezekana viongozi wanafahamu kuwa huyu ndiye Kristo?<f caller="+"><fr>7:26
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JHN.7.27" />Tunafahamu huyu mtu anakotoka, lakini Kristo atakapokuja, hakuna yeyote atakayejua atokako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="JHN.7.28" />Ndipo Yesu, akaendelea kufundisha Hekaluni, akisema,
<wj>“Ninyi mnanifahamu na kujua nitokako. Mimi sikuja kwa ajili yangu mwenyewe, bali yeye aliyenituma ni wa kweli na ninyi hammjui.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="JHN.7.29" /><wj>Mimi namjua kwa kuwa nimetoka kwake, naye ndiye alinituma.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="JHN.7.30" />Ndipo wakatafuta kumkamata, lakini hakuna mtu yeyote aliyethubutu kumshika kwa sababu saa yake ilikuwa bado haijawadia.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="JHN.7.31" />Nao watu wengi wakamwamini, wakasema, “Je, Kristo atakapokuja, atafanya miujiza mikuu zaidi kuliko aliyoifanya mtu huyu?”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Walinzi Wanatumwa Kumkamata Yesu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="JHN.7.32" />Mafarisayo wakasikia watu wakinongʼona mambo kama hayo kuhusu Yesu, ndipo wao pamoja na viongozi wa makuhani wakatuma walinzi wa Hekalu waende kumkamata.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="JHN.7.33" />Yesu akasema,
<wj>“Mimi bado niko pamoja nanyi kwa kitambo kidogo, kisha nitarudi kwake yeye aliyenituma.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="JHN.7.34" /><wj>Mtanitafuta lakini hamtaniona, nami niliko ninyi hamwezi kuja.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="JHN.7.35" />Wayahudi wakaulizana wao kwa wao, “Huyu mtu anataka kwenda wapi ambako hatuwezi kumfuata? Je, anataka kwenda kwa Wayunani ambako baadhi ya watu wetu wametawanyikia, akawafundishe Wayunani?
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="JHN.7.36" />Yeye ana maana gani anaposema,
<wj>‘Mtanitafuta lakini hamtaniona,’</wj> na,
<wj>‘nami niliko ninyi hamwezi kuja’</wj>?”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mito Ya Maji Ya Uzima
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="JHN.7.37" />Siku ile ya mwisho ya Sikukuu, siku ile kuu, wakati Yesu akiwa amesimama huko, akapaza sauti yake akasema,
<wj>“Kama mtu yeyote anaona kiu na aje kwangu anywe.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="JHN.7.38" /><wj>Yeyote aniaminiye mimi, kama Maandiko yasemavyo, vijito vya maji ya uzima vitatiririka ndani mwake.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="JHN.7.39" />Yesu aliposema haya alimaanisha Roho Mtakatifu ambaye wote waliomwamini wangempokea, kwani mpaka wakati huo, Roho alikuwa hajatolewa, kwa kuwa Yesu alikuwa bado hajatukuzwa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mgawanyiko Miongoni Mwa Watu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="JHN.7.40" />Waliposikia maneno hayo, baadhi ya watu miongoni mwa ule umati wakasema, “Hakika huyu ndiye yule Nabii.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="JHN.7.41" />Wengine wakasema, “Huyu ndiye Kristo!”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini wengine wakauliza, “Je, Kristo kwao ni Galilaya?
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="JHN.7.42" />Je, Maandiko hayasemi kwamba Kristo atakuja kutoka jamaa ya Daudi na kutoka Bethlehemu, mji alioishi Daudi?”
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="JHN.7.43" />Kwa hiyo watu wakagawanyika kwa ajili ya Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="JHN.7.44" />Baadhi yao walitaka kumkamata, lakini hakuna aliyethubutu kumgusa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kutokuamini Kwa Viongozi Wa Wayahudi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="45" bcv="JHN.7.45" />Hatimaye wale walinzi wa Hekalu wakarudi kwa viongozi wa makuhani na Mafarisayo waliokuwa wamewatuma ili kumkamata Yesu, wakaulizwa, “Mbona hamkumkamata?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="46" bcv="JHN.7.46" />Wale walinzi wakajibu, “Kamwe hajanena mtu yeyote kama yeye anenavyo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="47" bcv="JHN.7.47" />Mafarisayo wakajibu, “Je, nanyi pia mmedanganyika?
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="JHN.7.48" />Je, kuna kiongozi yeyote au mmoja wa Mafarisayo ambaye amemwamini?
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="JHN.7.49" />Lakini huu umati wa watu wasiojua Sheria ya Mose, wamelaaniwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="50" bcv="JHN.7.50" />Ndipo Nikodemo, yule aliyekuwa amemwendea Yesu siku moja usiku, ambaye alikuwa mmoja wao akauliza,
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="JHN.7.51" />“Je, sheria zetu zinaturuhusu kumhukumu mtu kabla ya kumsikiliza na kufahamu alilotenda?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="52" bcv="JHN.7.52" />Wakamjibu, “Je, wewe pia unatoka Galilaya? Chunguza nawe utaona kwamba hakuna nabii atokae Galilaya!” [
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="JHN.7.53" />Kisha wakaondoka, kila mtu akarudi nyumbani kwake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Mwanamke Aliyefumaniwa Akizini
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JHN.8.1" />Lakini Yesu akaenda katika Mlima wa Mizeituni.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JHN.8.2" />Alfajiri na mapema Yesu akaja tena Hekaluni, watu wote wakakusanyika, akakaa akaanza kuwafundisha.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JHN.8.3" />Walimu wa sheria na Mafarisayo wakamleta mwanamke mmoja aliyefumaniwa akizini. Wakamsimamisha katikati ya umati wa watu wote.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JHN.8.4" />Wakamwambia Yesu, “Mwalimu, huyu mwanamke amekutwa akizini.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JHN.8.5" />Katika sheria, Mose alituamuru kuwapiga kwa mawe wanawake wa namna hii, mpaka wafe. Sasa wewe wasemaje?”
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JHN.8.6" />Walimuuliza swali hili kama mtego ili wapate sababu ya kumshtaki.
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini Yesu akainama akaanza kuandika ardhini kwa kidole chake.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JHN.8.7" />Walipoendelea kumuulizauliza akainuka, akawaambia,
<wj>“Kama kuna mtu yeyote miongoni mwenu ambaye hana dhambi na awe wa kwanza kumtupia jiwe.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JHN.8.8" />Akainama tena na kuandika ardhini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JHN.8.9" />Waliposikia haya, wakaanza kuondoka mmoja mmoja, wakianzia wazee, hadi Yesu akabaki peke yake na yule mwanamke akiwa amesimama mbele yake.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JHN.8.10" />Yesu akainuka na kumwambia,
<wj>“Wako wapi wale waliokuwa wanakuhukumu kuwa mwenye hatia?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JHN.8.11" />Yule mwanamke akajibu, “Hakuna hata mmoja Bwana.”
</p>
<p style="p">Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Hata mimi sikuhukumu. Nenda zako, kuanzia sasa usitende dhambi tena.”</wj>]
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Nuru Ya Ulimwengu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JHN.8.12" />Kisha Yesu akasema nao tena akawaambia,
<wj>“Mimi ni nuru ya ulimwengu. Mtu yeyote akinifuata hatatembea gizani kamwe, bali atakuwa na nuru ya uzima.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JHN.8.13" />Mafarisayo wakamwambia, “Ushuhuda wako haukubaliki kwa kuwa unajishuhudia mwenyewe.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JHN.8.14" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Hata kama najishuhudia mwenyewe, ushuhuda wangu ni kweli kwa sababu najua nilikotoka na ninakokwenda. Lakini ninyi hamjui nilikotoka wala ninakokwenda.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JHN.8.15" /><wj>Ninyi mnahukumu kwa kufuata vipimo vya kibinadamu, mimi simhukumu mtu yeyote.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JHN.8.16" /><wj>Lakini hata kama nikihukumu, uamuzi wangu ni sahihi kwa sababu sitoi hukumu yangu peke yangu, bali niko pamoja na Baba, aliyenituma.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JHN.8.17" /><wj>Imeandikwa katika Sheria yenu kwamba, ushahidi wa watu wawili ni thabiti.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JHN.8.18" /><wj>Mimi najishuhudia mwenyewe, naye Baba aliyenituma hunishuhudia.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JHN.8.19" />Ndipo wakamuuliza, “Huyo Baba yako yuko wapi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Ninyi hamnifahamu mimi ni nani, wala hammfahamu Baba yangu. Kama mngenifahamu mimi, mngemfahamu na Baba yangu.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JHN.8.20" />Yesu alisema maneno haya alipokuwa akifundisha katika chumba cha hazina Hekaluni. Lakini hakuna mtu aliyemkamata kwa kuwa saa yake ilikuwa haijawadia.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Atabiri Kifo Chake Mwenyewe
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="JHN.8.21" />Yesu akawaambia tena,
<wj>“Ninaenda zangu, nanyi mtanitafuta, lakini mtakufa katika dhambi zenu. Niendako mimi ninyi hamwezi kuja.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="JHN.8.22" />Ndipo wale Wayahudi wakasema, “Je, atajiua? Je, hii ndiyo sababu amesema,
<wj>‘Niendako mimi ninyi hamwezi kuja’</wj>?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="JHN.8.23" />Akawaambia,
<wj>“Ninyi mmetoka chini, mimi nimetoka juu. Ninyi ni wa ulimwengu huu, mimi si wa ulimwengu huu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JHN.8.24" /><wj>Niliwaambia kuwa mtakufa katika dhambi zenu, kwa maana msipoamini ya kwamba ‘Mimi Ndiye,’ mtakufa katika dhambi zenu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="JHN.8.25" />Wakamuuliza, “Wewe ni nani?”
</p>
<p style="p">Naye Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Mimi ndiye yule ambaye nimekuwa nikiwaambia tangu mwanzo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JHN.8.26" /><wj>Nina mambo mengi ya kusema juu yenu na mengi ya kuwahukumu. Lakini yeye aliyenituma ni wa kweli, nami nanena na ulimwengu niliyoyasikia kutoka kwake.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="JHN.8.27" />Hawakuelewa kuwa alikuwa akiwaambia juu ya Baba yake wa Mbinguni.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="JHN.8.28" />Kisha Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Mtakapokwisha kumwinua juu Mwana wa Adamu, ndipo mtakapojua kuwa, ‘Mimi ndiye yule niliyesema na kwamba mimi sitendi jambo lolote peke yangu bali ninasema yale tu ambayo Baba yangu amenifundisha.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="JHN.8.29" /><wj>Yeye aliyenituma yu pamoja nami, hajaniacha, kwa kuwa siku zote nafanya mapenzi yake.’ ”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="JHN.8.30" />Wengi waliomsikia Yesu akisema maneno haya wakamwamini.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wanafunzi Wa Kweli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="JHN.8.31" />Kisha Yesu akawaambia wale Wayahudi waliomwamini,
<wj>“Kama mkidumu katika maneno yangu, mtakuwa wanafunzi wangu kweli kweli.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="JHN.8.32" /><wj>Ndipo mtaijua kweli nayo kweli itawaweka huru.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="JHN.8.33" />Wao wakamjibu, “Sisi tu wazao wa Abrahamu, nasi hatujawa watumwa wa mtu yeyote. Wawezaje kusema kwamba tutawekwa huru?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="JHN.8.34" />Yesu akajibu,
<wj>“Amin, amin nawaambia, kila atendaye dhambi ni mtumwa wa dhambi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="JHN.8.35" /><wj>Mtumwa hakai nyumbani anakotumika siku zote, lakini mwana hukaa nyumbani daima.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="JHN.8.36" /><wj>Hivyo Mwana akiwaweka huru mtakuwa huru kweli kweli.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="JHN.8.37" /><wj>Ninajua ya kuwa ninyi ni wazao wa Abrahamu, lakini mnatafuta wasaa wa kuniua kwa sababu ndani yenu hamna nafasi ya neno langu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="JHN.8.38" /><wj>Ninasema yale niliyoyaona mbele za Baba yangu, nanyi inawapa kufanya yale mliyosikia kutoka kwa baba yenu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Na Abrahamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="JHN.8.39" />Wakajibu, “Baba yetu ni Abrahamu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Kama mngekuwa wazao wa Abrahamu mngefanya mambo yale aliyofanya Abrahamu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="JHN.8.40" /><wj>Lakini sasa ninyi mnatafuta kuniua, mtu ambaye nimewaambia kweli ile niliyosikia kutoka kwa Mungu, Abrahamu hakufanya jambo la namna hii.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="JHN.8.41" /><wj>Ninyi mnafanya mambo afanyayo baba yenu.”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Wakamjibu, “Sisi hatukuzaliwa kwa uzinzi. Tunaye Baba mmoja, Mungu pekee.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="JHN.8.42" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Kama Mungu angekuwa Baba yenu, mngenipenda, kwa maana nilitoka kwa Mungu na sasa niko hapa. Sikuja kwa ajili yangu mwenyewe, ila yeye alinituma.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="JHN.8.43" /><wj>Kwa nini hamwelewi ninayowaambia? Ni kwa sababu hamwezi kusikia nisemacho.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="JHN.8.44" /><wj>Ninyi ni watoto wa baba yenu ibilisi, nanyi mnataka kutimiza matakwa ya baba yenu. Yeye alikuwa muuaji tangu mwanzo, wala hakushikana na kweli maana hamna kweli ndani yake. Asemapo uongo husema yaliyo yake mwenyewe kwa maana yeye ni mwongo na baba wa huo uongo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="JHN.8.45" /><wj>Lakini kwa sababu nimewaambia kweli hamkuniamini!</wj>
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="JHN.8.46" /><wj>Je, kuna yeyote miongoni mwenu awezaye kunithibitisha kuwa mwenye dhambi? Kama nawaambia yaliyo kweli, mbona hamniamini?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="JHN.8.47" /><wj>Yeye atokaye kwa Mungu husikia kile Mungu asemacho. Sababu ya ninyi kutosikia ni kwa kuwa hamtokani na Mungu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maelezo Ya Yesu Kuhusu Yeye Mwenyewe
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="48" bcv="JHN.8.48" />Wayahudi wakamjibu Yesu, “Je, hatuko sahihi tunaposema ya kwamba wewe ni Msamaria na ya kwamba una pepo mchafu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="49" bcv="JHN.8.49" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Mimi sina pepo mchafu, bali ninamheshimu Baba yangu, nanyi mnanidharau.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="JHN.8.50" /><wj>Lakini mimi sitafuti utukufu wangu mwenyewe, bali yuko anayetaka kunitukuza, naye ndiye mwamuzi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="JHN.8.51" /><wj>Amin, amin nawaambia, mtu yeyote akilitii neno langu hataona mauti milele.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="52" bcv="JHN.8.52" />Ndipo Wayahudi wakamwambia, “Sasa tumejua kwamba una pepo mchafu. Ikiwa Abrahamu alikufa na vivyo hivyo manabii, nawe unasema ‘Mtu akitii neno langu hatakufa milele.’
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="JHN.8.53" />Je, wewe ni mkuu kuliko baba yetu Abrahamu ambaye alikufa na manabii ambao nao pia walikufa? Hivi wewe unajifanya kuwa nani?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="54" bcv="JHN.8.54" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Kama nikijitukuza utukufu wangu hauna maana. Baba yangu, huyo ambaye ninyi mnadai kuwa ni Mungu wenu, ndiye anitukuzaye mimi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="55" bcv="JHN.8.55" /><wj>Ingawa hamkumjua, mimi ninamjua. Kama ningesema simjui, ningekuwa mwongo kama ninyi, lakini mimi ninamjua na ninalitii neno lake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="56" bcv="JHN.8.56" /><wj>Baba yenu Abrahamu alishangilia kwamba angaliiona siku yangu, naye akaiona na akafurahi.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="57" bcv="JHN.8.57" />Wayahudi wakamwambia, “Wewe hujatimiza hata miaka hamsini, wewe wasema umemwona Abrahamu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="58" bcv="JHN.8.58" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Amin, amin nawaambia, kabla Abrahamu hajakuwako, ‘Mimi niko.’ ”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="59" bcv="JHN.8.59" />Ndipo wakaokota mawe ili kumpiga, lakini Yesu akajificha, naye akatoka Hekaluni.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Amponya Mtu Aliyezaliwa Kipofu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JHN.9.1" />Yesu alipokuwa akipita, akamwona mtu aliyekuwa kipofu tangu kuzaliwa.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JHN.9.2" />Wanafunzi wake wakamuuliza, “Rabi, ni nani aliyetenda dhambi, ni huyu mtu au wazazi wake hata azaliwe kipofu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JHN.9.3" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Huyu mtu wala wazazi wake hawakutenda dhambi. Alizaliwa kipofu ili kazi za Mungu zidhihirishwe katika maisha yake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JHN.9.4" /><wj>Yanipasa kuzifanya kazi zake yeye aliyenituma wakati bado ni mchana, kwa kuwa usiku waja ambapo hakuna mtu awezaye kufanya kazi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JHN.9.5" /><wj>Wakati niko ulimwenguni, mimi ni nuru ya ulimwengu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JHN.9.6" />Baada ya kusema haya, akatema mate ardhini, akatengeneza tope kwa mate na kumpaka yule mtu kipofu machoni.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JHN.9.7" />Kisha akamwambia,
<wj>“Nenda ukanawe katika bwawa la Siloamu.”</wj> (Siloamu maana yake ni aliyetumwa.) Ndipo yule kipofu akaenda, akanawa, naye akarudi akiwa anaona.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JHN.9.8" />Majirani zake na wale wote waliokuwa wamemwona hapo awali akiombaomba wakaanza kuuliza, “Je, huyu si yule aliyekuwa akiketi akiombaomba?”
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JHN.9.9" />Wengine wakasema, “Ndiye.”
</p>
<p style="p">Wengine wakasema, “Siye, bali wamefanana.”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini yeye akawaambia, “Mimi ndiye.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JHN.9.10" />Wakamuuliza, “Basi macho yako yalifumbuliwaje?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JHN.9.11" />Yeye akawajibu, “Yule mtu aitwaye Yesu alitengeneza tope, akanipaka machoni mwangu, naye akaniambia nenda ukanawe katika Bwawa la Siloamu, ndipo nikanawa nami nikapata kuona!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JHN.9.12" />Wale wakamuuliza, “Yeye huyo mtu yuko wapi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akawajibu, “Sijui.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mafarisayo Wachunguza Kuponywa Kwa Kipofu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JHN.9.13" />Wakamleta kwa Mafarisayo yule mtu aliyekuwa kipofu hapo awali.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JHN.9.14" />Basi siku hiyo Yesu alipotengeneza tope na kuyafungua macho ya huyo mtu ilikuwa Sabato.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JHN.9.15" />Mafarisayo nao wakaanza kumuuliza alivyopata kuponywa. Naye akawaambia, “Alinipaka tope kwenye macho yangu, nikanawa na sasa ninaona.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JHN.9.16" />Baadhi ya Mafarisayo wakasema, “Huyu mtu hatoki kwa Mungu, kwa sababu hashiki Sabato.”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini wengine wakasema, “Awezaje mtu mwenye dhambi kufanya miujiza kama hii?” Wakagawanyika.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JHN.9.17" />Hivyo wakamwambia tena yule mtu aliyekuwa kipofu, “Wewe ndiwe uliyefumbuliwa macho, wasemaje kuhusu mtu huyo?” Maana macho yako ndiyo yaliyofumbuliwa.
</p>
<p style="p">Yeye akawajibu, “Yeye ni nabii.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="JHN.9.18" />Wale Wayahudi hawakuamini ya kuwa mtu huyo alikuwa kipofu, akapata kuona, mpaka walipowaita wazazi wake.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JHN.9.19" />Wakawauliza, “Je, huyu ni mtoto wenu, ambaye mnasema alizaliwa kipofu? Imekuwaje basi sasa anaona?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="JHN.9.20" />Wazazi wake wakajibu, “Tunajua ya kuwa huyu ni mtoto wetu na ya kuwa alizaliwa kipofu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JHN.9.21" />Lakini sisi hatujui ni kwa jinsi gani kwamba sasa anaona, wala hatujui ni nani aliyemfungua macho yake. Muulizeni, yeye ni mtu mzima na anaweza kujieleza mwenyewe.”
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JHN.9.22" />Wazazi wake walisema hivi kwa sababu waliwaogopa Wayahudi kwani walikuwa wamekubaliana kuwa mtu yeyote atakayemkiri Yesu kuwa ndiye Kristo<f caller="+"><fr>9:22
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f> atafukuzwa kutoka sinagogi.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JHN.9.23" />Kwa hiyo wazazi wake wakasema, “Yeye ni mtu mzima. Muulizeni.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="JHN.9.24" />Hivyo kwa mara ya pili wakamwita yule aliyekuwa kipofu, nao wakamwambia, “Mpe Mungu utukufu! Sisi tunafahamu kuwa mtu huyu aliyekuponya ni mwenye dhambi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="JHN.9.25" />Akawajibu, “Mimi sijui kama yeye ni mwenye dhambi. Lakini jambo moja ninalojua, nilikuwa kipofu na sasa ninaona.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="JHN.9.26" />Wakamuuliza, “Alikufanyia nini? Aliyafumbuaje macho yako?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="JHN.9.27" />Akawajibu, “Tayari nimekwisha kuwaambia, nanyi hamtaki kunisikiliza. Mbona mnataka kusikia tena? Je, ninyi nanyi mnataka kuwa wanafunzi wake?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="JHN.9.28" />Ndipo wakamtukana na kusema, “Wewe ndiwe mwanafunzi wake, Sisi ni wanafunzi wa Mose.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="JHN.9.29" />Tunajua kwamba Mungu alisema na Mose, lakini kwa habari ya mtu huyu hatujui atokako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="JHN.9.30" />Yule mtu akawajibu, “Hili ni jambo la ajabu! Hamjui anakotoka, naye amenifungua macho yangu!
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="JHN.9.31" />Tunajua ya kuwa Mungu hawasikilizi wenye dhambi, lakini huwasikiliza wote wanaomcha na kumtii.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="JHN.9.32" />Tangu zamani hatujasikia kwamba mtu amemponya yeyote aliyezaliwa kipofu.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="JHN.9.33" />Kama huyu mtu hakutoka kwa Mungu, asingeweza kufanya lolote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="JHN.9.34" />Wao wakamjibu, “Wewe ulizaliwa katika dhambi kabisa, nawe unajaribu kutufundisha?” Wakamfukuza atoke nje.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Upofu Wa Kiroho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="JHN.9.35" />Yesu aliposikia kuwa wamemfukuzia nje yule mtu aliyemfumbua macho, alimkuta akamuuliza,
<wj>“Je, unamwamini Mwana wa Adamu?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="JHN.9.36" />Yule mtu akamjibu, “Yeye ni nani, Bwana? Niambie ili nipate kumwamini.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="JHN.9.37" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Umekwisha kumwona, naye anayezungumza nawe, ndiye.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="JHN.9.38" />Yule mtu akasema, “Bwana, naamini.” Naye akamwabudu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="JHN.9.39" />Yesu akasema,
<wj>“Nimekuja ulimwenguni humu kwa ajili ya kuhukumu, ili wale walio vipofu wapate kuona, nao wale wanaoona, wawe vipofu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="JHN.9.40" />Baadhi ya Mafarisayo waliokuwa karibu naye wakamsikia na kumwambia, “Je, kweli sisi ni vipofu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="JHN.9.41" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Kama mngekuwa vipofu kweli, msingekuwa na hatia ya dhambi, lakini kwa kuwa mnasema, ‘Tunaona,’ basi mna hatia.</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="10" />
<s style="s1">Mchungaji Mwema
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JHN.10.1" /><wj>“Amin, amin nawaambia, yeye asiyeingia katika zizi la kondoo kwa kupitia kwenye lango, lakini akwea kuingia ndani kwa njia nyingine, ni mwizi na mnyangʼanyi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JHN.10.2" /><wj>Yeye anayeingia kwa kupitia kwenye lango ndiye mchungaji wa kondoo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JHN.10.3" /><wj>Mlinzi humfungulia lango na kondoo huisikia sauti yake. Huwaita kondoo wake kwa majina yao na kuwatoa nje ya zizi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JHN.10.4" /><wj>Akiisha kuwatoa wote nje, hutangulia mbele yao na kondoo humfuata kwa kuwa wanaijua sauti yake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JHN.10.5" /><wj>Lakini kondoo hawatamfuata mgeni bali watamkimbia, kwa sababu hawaijui sauti ya mgeni.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JHN.10.6" />Yesu alitumia mfano huu, lakini wao hawakuelewa hayo aliyokuwa akiwaambia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JHN.10.7" />Kwa hiyo Yesu akasema nao tena akawaambia,
<wj>“Amin, amin nawaambia, mimi ndimi lango la kondoo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JHN.10.8" /><wj>Wote walionitangulia ni wevi na wanyangʼanyi, lakini kondoo hawakuwasikia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JHN.10.9" /><wj>Mimi ndimi lango, yeyote anayeingia zizini kwa kupitia kwangu ataokoka, ataingia na kutoka, naye atapata malisho.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JHN.10.10" /><wj>Mwizi huja ili aibe, kuua na kuangamiza. Mimi nimekuja ili wapate uzima kisha wawe nao tele.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JHN.10.11" /><wj>“Mimi ndimi mchungaji mwema. Mchungaji mwema huutoa uhai wake kwa ajili ya kondoo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JHN.10.12" /><wj>Mtu wa kuajiriwa sio mchungaji mwenye kondoo. Amwonapo mbwa mwitu akija, yeye hukimbia na kuwaacha kondoo. Naye mbwa mwitu hulishambulia kundi na kulitawanya.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JHN.10.13" /><wj>Yeye hukimbia kwa sababu ameajiriwa wala hawajali kondoo.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JHN.10.14" /><wj>“Mimi ndimi mchungaji mwema. Ninawajua kondoo wangu nao kondoo wangu wananijua.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JHN.10.15" /><wj>Kama vile Baba anavyonijua mimi, nami ninavyomjua Baba, nami nautoa uhai wangu kwa ajili ya kondoo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JHN.10.16" /><wj>Ninao kondoo wengine ambao si wa zizi hili, inanipasa kuwaleta, nao wataisikia sauti yangu, hivyo patakuwa na kundi moja na mchungaji mmoja.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JHN.10.17" /><wj>Baba yangu ananipenda kwa kuwa ninautoa uhai wangu ili niupate tena.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JHN.10.18" /><wj>Hakuna mtu aniondoleaye uhai wangu, bali ninautoa kwa hiari yangu mwenyewe. Ninao uwezo wa kuutoa uhai wangu na pia ninao uwezo wa kuutwaa tena. Amri hii nimepewa na Baba yangu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JHN.10.19" />Kwa maneno haya Wayahudi waligawanyika.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JHN.10.20" />Wengi wao wakasema, “Huyu amepagawa na pepo mchafu, naye amechanganyikiwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="JHN.10.21" />Wengine wakasema, “Haya si maneno ya mtu aliyepagawa na pepo mchafu. Je, pepo mchafu aweza kufungua macho ya kipofu?”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Akataliwa Na Wayahudi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="JHN.10.22" />Wakati huo ilikuwa Sikukuu ya Kuwekwa wakfu kwa Hekalu<f caller="+"><fr>10:22
</fr><ft>Sikukuu ya Kuwekwa wakfu kwa Hekalu ni Hanukkah kwa Kiebrania.</ft></f> huko Yerusalemu, nao ulikuwa wakati wa majira ya baridi.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JHN.10.23" />Naye Yesu alikuwa akitembea ndani ya Hekalu katika ukumbi wa Solomoni.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JHN.10.24" />Wayahudi wakamkusanyikia wakamuuliza, “Utatuweka katika hali ya mashaka mpaka lini? Kama wewe ndiye Kristo<f caller="+"><fr>10:24
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f> tuambie waziwazi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="JHN.10.25" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Nimewaambia, lakini hamwamini. Mambo ninayoyatenda kwa jina la Baba yangu yananishuhudia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JHN.10.26" /><wj>Lakini hamwamini, kwa sababu ninyi si wa kundi la kondoo wangu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JHN.10.27" /><wj>Kondoo wangu huisikia sauti yangu nami nawajua, nao hunifuata,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="JHN.10.28" /><wj>nami ninawapa uzima wa milele, hawataangamia kamwe wala hakuna mtu atakayewapokonya kutoka mikono yangu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="JHN.10.29" /><wj>Baba yangu aliyenipa hawa ni mkuu kuliko wote na hakuna awezaye kuwapokonya kutoka mikononi mwake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="JHN.10.30" /><wj>Mimi na Baba yangu tu umoja.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="JHN.10.31" />Kwa mara nyingine Wayahudi wakainua mawe ili wampige nayo,
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="JHN.10.32" />lakini Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Nimewaonyesha miujiza mingi mikubwa kutoka kwa Baba yangu. Ni ipi katika hiyo mnataka kunipiga mawe?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="JHN.10.33" />Wayahudi wakamjibu, “Hatukupigi mawe kwa sababu ya mambo mema uliyotenda, bali ni kwa kuwa umekufuru. Wewe ingawa ni mwanadamu unajifanya kuwa Mungu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="JHN.10.34" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Je, haikuandikwa katika Sheria ya kwamba, ‘Nimesema kuwa, ninyi ni miungu?’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="JHN.10.35" /><wj>Kama aliwaita ‘miungu,’ wale ambao neno la Mungu liliwafikia, nayo Maandiko hayawezi kutanguka,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="JHN.10.36" /><wj>je, mwawezaje kusema kwamba yule ambaye Baba amemweka wakfu na kumtuma ulimwenguni anakufuru, kwa sababu nilisema, ‘Mimi ni Mwana wa Mungu?’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="JHN.10.37" /><wj>Ikiwa sifanyi kazi za Baba yangu, basi msiniamini,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="JHN.10.38" /><wj>lakini ikiwa nazifanya kazi za Mungu, hata kama hamniamini mimi ziaminini hizo kazi, ili mpate kujua na kuelewa kwamba Baba yu ndani yangu, nami ndani yake.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="JHN.10.39" />Ndipo wakajaribu kumkamata kwa mara nyingine, lakini akaponyoka kutoka mikononi mwao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="JHN.10.40" />Akaenda tena ngʼambo ya Mto Yordani mpaka mahali pale ambapo Yohana alikuwa akibatiza hapo awali, naye akakaa huko.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="JHN.10.41" />Watu wengi wakamjia, nao wakawa wakisema, “Yohana hakufanya muujiza wowote, lakini kila jambo alilosema kumhusu huyu mtu ni kweli.”
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="JHN.10.42" />Nao wengi wakamwamini Yesu huko.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="11" />
<s style="s1">Kifo Cha Lazaro
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JHN.11.1" />Basi mtu mmoja jina lake Lazaro alikuwa mgonjwa. Yeye alikuwa akiishi Bethania kijiji cha Maria na Martha dada zake.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JHN.11.2" />Huyu Maria, ambaye Lazaro kaka yake alikuwa mgonjwa, ndiye yule ambaye alimpaka Bwana mafuta na kuifuta miguu yake kwa nywele zake.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JHN.11.3" />Hivyo hawa dada wawili walituma ujumbe kwa Yesu kumwambia, “Bwana, yule umpendaye ni mgonjwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JHN.11.4" />Lakini Yesu aliposikia hayo, akasema,
<wj>“Ugonjwa huu hautaleta mauti bali umetokea ili kudhihirisha utukufu wa Mungu, ili Mwana wa Mungu apate kutukuzwa kutokana na ugonjwa huu.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JHN.11.5" />Pamoja na hivyo, ingawa Yesu aliwapenda Martha, Maria na Lazaro ndugu yao,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JHN.11.6" />baada ya kusikia kwamba Lazaro ni mgonjwa, aliendelea kukawia huko alikokuwa kwa siku mbili zaidi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JHN.11.7" />Ndipo akawaambia wanafunzi wake,
<wj>“Haya, turudi Uyahudi.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JHN.11.8" />Wanafunzi wake wakamwambia, “Rabi, Wayahudi walikuwa wanataka kukupiga mawe, nawe unataka kurudi huko?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JHN.11.9" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Si kuna saa kumi na mbili za mchana katika siku moja? Wala watembeao mchana hawawezi kujikwaa kwa maana wanaona nuru ya ulimwengu huu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JHN.11.10" /><wj>Lakini wale watembeao usiku hujikwaa kwa sababu hakuna nuru ndani yao.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JHN.11.11" />Baada ya kusema haya, Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Rafiki yetu Lazaro amelala, lakini naenda kumwamsha.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JHN.11.12" />Wanafunzi wakamwambia, “Bwana, kama amelala usingizi ataamka.”
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JHN.11.13" />Hata hivyo, Yesu alikuwa anazungumzia kuwa Lazaro amekufa, lakini wanafunzi wake hawakuelewa, walidhani kwamba anasema Lazaro amelala usingizi tu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JHN.11.14" />Kwa hiyo Yesu akawaambia waziwazi,
<wj>“Lazaro amekufa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JHN.11.15" /><wj>Hata hivyo nafurahi kwa kuwa sikuwepo huko kabla ya Lazaro kufa, ili mpate kuamini. Lakini sasa twendeni kwake.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JHN.11.16" />Tomaso aliyeitwa Pacha akawaambia wanafunzi wenzake, “Sisi nasi twendeni tukafe pamoja naye.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Ndiye Ufufuo Na Uzima
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JHN.11.17" />Yesu alipowasili huko alikuta Lazaro amekuwa kaburini siku nne.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JHN.11.18" />Basi Bethania ulikuwa karibu na Yerusalemu umbali wa karibu maili mbili,<f caller="+"><fr>11:18
</fr><ft>Maili mbili ni kama kilomita tatu.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JHN.11.19" />na Wayahudi wengi walikuwa wamekuja kuwafariji Martha na Maria kwa ajili ya kufiwa na ndugu yao.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JHN.11.20" />Martha aliposikia kwamba Yesu anakuja, alitoka kwenda kumlaki, ila Maria alibaki nyumbani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="JHN.11.21" />Martha akamwambia Yesu, “Bwana, kama ungalikuwa hapa, ndugu yangu hangalikufa.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JHN.11.22" />Lakini sasa ninajua kuwa chochote utakachomwomba Mungu, atakupa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="JHN.11.23" />Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Ndugu yako atafufuka.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="JHN.11.24" />Martha akamjibu, “Ninajua ya kuwa atafufuka wakati wa ufufuo wa wafu siku ya mwisho.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="JHN.11.25" />Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Mimi ndiye huo ufufuo na uzima. Yeye aniaminiye mimi, hata akifa atakuwa anaishi</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JHN.11.26" /><wj>na yeyote aishiye na kuniamini hatakufa kabisa hata milele. Je, unasadiki haya?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="JHN.11.27" />Martha akamwambia, “Ndiyo Bwana, ninaamini ya kuwa wewe ndiwe Kristo,<f caller="+"><fr>11:27
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f> Mwana wa Mungu, yeye ajaye ulimwenguni.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Alia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="JHN.11.28" />Baada ya kusema haya Martha alikwenda, akamwita Maria dada yake faraghani na kumwambia, “Mwalimu yuko hapa anakuita.”
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="JHN.11.29" />Maria aliposikia hivyo, akaondoka upesi akaenda mpaka alipokuwa Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="JHN.11.30" />Yesu alikuwa hajaingia kijijini, bali alikuwa bado yuko mahali pale alipokutana na Martha.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="JHN.11.31" />Wale Wayahudi waliokuwa pamoja na Maria nyumbani wakimfariji walipoona ameondoka haraka na kutoka nje, walimfuata wakidhani ya kwamba alikuwa anakwenda kule kaburini kulilia huko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="JHN.11.32" />Maria alipofika mahali pale Yesu alipokuwa, alipiga magoti miguuni Pake na kusema, “Bwana, kama ungalikuwa hapa, ndugu yangu hangalikufa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="JHN.11.33" />Yesu alipomwona Maria akilia na wale Wayahudi waliokuja pamoja naye pia wakilia, Yesu alisikia uchungu moyoni, akafadhaika sana.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="JHN.11.34" />Akauliza,
<wj>“Mmemweka wapi?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Wakamwambia, “Bwana, njoo upaone.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="JHN.11.35" />Yesu akalia machozi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="JHN.11.36" />Ndipo Wayahudi wakasema, “Tazama jinsi alivyompenda Lazaro!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="JHN.11.37" />Lakini wengine wakasema, “Je, yule aliyefungua macho ya kipofu, hakuweza kumfanya na huyu asife?”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Amfufua Lazaro
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="JHN.11.38" />Yesu kwa mara nyingine akiwa amefadhaika sana, akafika penye kaburi. Hilo kaburi lilikuwa pango ambalo jiwe lilikuwa limewekwa kwenye ingilio lake.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="JHN.11.39" />Yesu akasema,
<wj>“Liondoeni hilo jiwe.”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Martha ndugu yake yule aliyekuwa amekufa akasema, “Lakini Bwana, wakati huu atakuwa ananuka kwani amekwisha kuwa kaburini siku nne.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="JHN.11.40" />Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Sikukuambia kwamba kama ukiamini utauona utukufu wa Mungu?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="JHN.11.41" />Kwa hiyo wakaliondoa lile jiwe kutoka kaburini. Yesu akainua macho yake juu akasema,
<wj>“Baba, ninakushukuru kwa kuwa wanisikia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="JHN.11.42" /><wj>Ninajua ya kuwa wewe hunisikia siku zote, lakini nimesema haya kwa ajili ya umati huu uliosimama hapa, ili wapate kuamini ya kuwa wewe umenituma.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="43" bcv="JHN.11.43" />Baada ya kusema haya, Yesu akapaza sauti yake akaita,
<wj>“Lazaro, njoo huku!”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="JHN.11.44" />Yule aliyekuwa amekufa akatoka nje, mikono yake na miguu yake ikiwa imeviringishiwa vitambaa vya kitani na leso usoni pake.
</p>
<p style="p">Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Mfungueni, mwacheni aende zake.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Shauri La Kumuua Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 26:1-5; Marko 14:1-2; Luka 22:1-2)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="45" bcv="JHN.11.45" />Hivyo Wayahudi wengi waliokuwa wamekuja kumfariji Maria, walipoona yale Yesu aliyoyatenda wakamwamini.
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="JHN.11.46" />Lakini baadhi yao wakaenda kwa Mafarisayo na kuwaambia mambo Yesu aliyoyafanya.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="JHN.11.47" />Kwa hiyo viongozi wa makuhani na Mafarisayo wakaita mkutano wa baraza.
</p>
<p style="p">Wakaulizana, “Tufanyeje? Huyu mtu anafanya ishara nyingi.
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="JHN.11.48" />Kama tukimwacha aendelee hivi, kila mtu atamwamini, nao Warumi watakuja na kupaharibu mahali petu patakatifu na taifa letu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="49" bcv="JHN.11.49" />Mmoja wao aliyeitwa Kayafa, ambaye alikuwa kuhani mkuu mwaka huo, akasema, “Ninyi hamjui kitu chochote!
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="JHN.11.50" />Hamjui kwamba ni afadhali mtu mmoja afe kwa ajili ya watu, kuliko taifa lote liangamie?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="51" bcv="JHN.11.51" />Hakusema haya kutokana na mawazo yake mwenyewe bali kama kuhani mkuu mwaka huo, alitabiri kuwa Yesu angelikufa kwa ajili ya taifa la Wayahudi,
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="JHN.11.52" />wala si kwa ajili ya taifa hilo pekee, bali pia kwa ajili ya watoto wa Mungu waliotawanyika, ili kuwaleta pamoja na kuwafanya wawe wamoja.
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="JHN.11.53" />Hivyo tangu siku hiyo wakawa wanafanya mipango ili wamuue Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="54" bcv="JHN.11.54" />Kwa hiyo Yesu akawa hatembei hadharani miongoni mwa Wayahudi, bali alijitenga akaenda sehemu iliyo karibu na jangwa kwenye kijiji kiitwacho Efraimu. Akakaa huko na wanafunzi wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="55" bcv="JHN.11.55" />Basi Pasaka ya Wayahudi ilipokuwa imekaribia, watu wengi walitoka vijijini wakaenda Yerusalemu kabla ya Pasaka ili wakajitakase.
<ve />
<v id="56" bcv="JHN.11.56" />Watu wakawa wanamtafuta Yesu, nao waliposimama kwenye eneo la Hekalu waliulizana, Je, mtu huyu hatakuja kamwe kwenye Sikukuu?
<ve />
<v id="57" bcv="JHN.11.57" />Viongozi wa makuhani na Mafarisayo walikuwa wametoa amri kuwa yeyote atakayejua mahali Yesu aliko, lazima atoe taarifa ili wapate kumkamata.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Maria Ampaka Yesu Mafuta Huko Bethania
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 26:6-13; Marko 14:3-9)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JHN.12.1" />Siku sita kabla ya Pasaka, Yesu alikwenda Bethania mahali ambako Lazaro aliyekuwa amefufuliwa na Yesu alikuwa anaishi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JHN.12.2" />Wakaandaa karamu kwa heshima ya Yesu. Martha akawahudumia wakati Lazaro alikuwa miongoni mwa waliokaa mezani pamoja na Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JHN.12.3" />Kisha Maria akachukua chupa ya painti moja<f caller="+"><fr>12:3
</fr><ft>Painti moja ni kama nusu lita.</ft></f> yenye manukato ya nardo<f caller="+"><fr>12:3
</fr><ft>Nardo ni aina ya mafuta yaliyokuwa yanatengenezwa kutokana na mimea yenye mizizi inayotoa harufu nzuri.</ft></f> safi ya thamani kubwa, akayamimina miguuni mwa Yesu na kuifuta kwa nywele zake. Nyumba nzima ikajaa harufu nzuri ya manukato.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JHN.12.4" />Ndipo Yuda Iskariote mwana wa Simoni, mmoja wa wale wanafunzi ambaye ndiye angemsaliti Yesu, akasema,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JHN.12.5" />“Kwa nini manukato haya hayakuuzwa kwa dinari 300<f caller="+"><fr>12:5
</fr><ft>Dinari 300 ni sawa na mshahara wa kibarua wa siku 300.</ft></f> na fedha hizo wakapewa maskini?”
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JHN.12.6" />Yuda alisema hivi si kwa kuwa aliwajali maskini, bali kwa kuwa alikuwa mwizi, kwani ndiye alikuwa akitunza mfuko wa fedha akawa anaiba kile kilichowekwa humo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JHN.12.7" />Yesu akasema,
<wj>“Mwacheni. Aliyanunua manukato hayo ili ayaweke kwa ajili ya siku ya maziko yangu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JHN.12.8" /><wj>Maskini mtakuwa nao siku zote, lakini mimi hamtakuwa nami siku zote.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Shauri La Kumuua Lazaro
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JHN.12.9" />Umati mkubwa wa Wayahudi walipojua kwamba Yesu alikuwa huko Bethania, walikuja si tu kwa ajili ya Yesu, lakini pia kumwona Lazaro ambaye Yesu alikuwa amemfufua.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JHN.12.10" />Kwa hiyo viongozi wa makuhani wakafanya mpango wa kumuua Lazaro pia,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JHN.12.11" />kwa kuwa kutokana na habari za kufufuliwa kwake Wayahudi wengi walikuwa wanamwendea Yesu na kumwamini.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuingia Kwa Yesu Yerusalemu Kwa Ushindi
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 21:1-11; Marko 1:1-11; Luka 19:28-40)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JHN.12.12" />Siku iliyofuata umati mkubwa uliokuwa umekuja kwenye Sikukuu walisikia kwamba Yesu angekuja Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JHN.12.13" />Basi wakachukua matawi ya mitende, wakatoka kwenda kumlaki, huku wakipaza sauti wakisema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Hosana!”<f caller="+"><fr>12:13
</fr><ft>Kiebrania kusema Okoa, basi likawa neno la shangwe.</ft></f>
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Amebarikiwa yeye ajaye kwa Jina la Bwana!”
</q>
<b style="b" />
<q style="q1">“Amebarikiwa Mfalme wa Israeli!”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="14" bcv="JHN.12.14" />Yesu akamkuta mwana-punda akampanda, kama ilivyoandikwa,
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="JHN.12.15" />“Usiogope, Ewe binti Sayuni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tazama, Mfalme wako anakuja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amepanda mwana-punda!”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JHN.12.16" />Wanafunzi wake Yesu mwanzoni hawakuelewa mambo haya, lakini Yesu alipotukuzwa, ndipo walipokumbuka kuwa mambo haya yalikuwa yameandikwa kwa ajili yake na alitendewa yeye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JHN.12.17" />Wale waliokuwepo wakati Yesu alipomwita Lazaro kutoka kaburini na kumfufua kutoka kwa wafu, waliendelea kushuhudia.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JHN.12.18" />Ni kwa sababu pia walikuwa wamesikia kwamba alikuwa ametenda muujiza huu ndiyo maana umati wa watu ukaenda kumlaki.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JHN.12.19" />Hivyo Mafarisayo walipoona hayo wakaambiana, “Mnaona, hamwezi kufanya lolote. Angalieni, ulimwengu wote unamfuata yeye!”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Anatabiri Kifo Chake
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="JHN.12.20" />Basi palikuwa Wayunani fulani miongoni mwa wale waliokuwa wamekwenda kuabudu wakati wa Sikukuu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JHN.12.21" />Hawa wakamjia Filipo, ambaye alikuwa mwenyeji wa Bethsaida huko Galilaya, wakiwa na ombi. Wakamwambia, “Tungependa kumwona Yesu.”
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JHN.12.22" />Filipo akaenda akamweleza Andrea, nao wote wawili wakamwambia Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="JHN.12.23" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Saa imewadia ya Mwana wa Adamu kutukuzwa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JHN.12.24" /><wj>Amin, amin nawaambia, mbegu ya ngano isipoanguka ardhini na kufa, hubakia kama mbegu peke yake. Lakini ikifa huzaa mbegu nyingi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JHN.12.25" /><wj>Mtu yeyote anayependa maisha yake atayapoteza, naye ayachukiaye maisha yake katika ulimwengu huu atayaokoa hata kwa uzima wa milele.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JHN.12.26" /><wj>Mtu yeyote akinitumikia lazima anifuate, nami mahali nilipo ndipo mtumishi wangu atakapokuwa. Mtu akinitumikia, Baba yangu atamheshimu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="JHN.12.27" /><wj>“Sasa roho yangu imefadhaika sana. Niseme nini? ‘Baba, niokoe katika saa hii.’ Lakini ni kwa kusudi hili nimeufikia wakati huu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="JHN.12.28" /><wj>Baba, litukuze jina lako.”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Ndipo ikaja sauti kutoka mbinguni, “Nimelitukuza, nami nitalitukuza tena.”
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="JHN.12.29" />Ule umati wa watu uliokuwa mahali pale uliisikia nao ukasema, “Hiyo ni sauti ya radi,” wengine wakasema, “Malaika ameongea naye.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="JHN.12.30" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Sauti hii imesikika kwa faida yenu, wala si kwa faida yangu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="JHN.12.31" /><wj>Sasa ni saa ya hukumu kwa ajili ya ulimwengu huu, sasa mkuu wa ulimwengu huu atatupwa nje.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="JHN.12.32" /><wj>Lakini mimi, nikiinuliwa kutoka nchi, nitawavuta watu wote waje kwangu.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="JHN.12.33" />Yesu aliyasema haya akionyesha ni kifo gani atakachokufa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="JHN.12.34" />Ule umati wa watu ukapiga kelele ukasema, “Tumesikia kutoka Sheria kwamba ‘Kristo<f caller="+"><fr>12:34
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f> adumu milele,’ wewe wawezaje kusema,
<wj>‘Mwana wa Adamu hana budi kuinuliwa juu’</wj>? Huyu ‘Mwana wa Adamu’ ni nani?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="JHN.12.35" />Ndipo Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Bado kitambo kidogo nuru ingalipo pamoja nanyi. Enendeni maadamu mna nuru, msije mkakumbwa na giza. Mtu anayetembea gizani hajui anakokwenda.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="JHN.12.36" /><wj>Wekeni tumaini lenu katika nuru hiyo ili mpate kuwa wana wa nuru.”</wj> Baada ya kusema haya, Yesu aliondoka, akajificha wasimwone.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wayahudi Waendelea Kutokuamini
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="JHN.12.37" />Hata baada ya Yesu kufanya miujiza hii yote mbele yao, bado hawakumwamini.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="JHN.12.38" />Hili lilikuwa ili kutimiza lile neno la nabii Isaya lililosema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Bwana, ni nani aliyeamini ujumbe wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mkono wa Bwana umefunuliwa kwa nani?”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="JHN.12.39" />Kwa hivyo hawakuamini, kwa sababu Isaya anasema mahali pengine:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="40" bcv="JHN.12.40" />“Amewafanya vipofu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuifanya mioyo yao kuwa migumu,
</q>
<q style="q1">ili wasiweze kuona kwa macho yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kuelewa kwa mioyo yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wasije wakageuka nami nikawaponya.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="41" bcv="JHN.12.41" />Isaya alisema haya alipoona utukufu wa Yesu na kunena habari zake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="JHN.12.42" />Lakini wengi miongoni mwa viongozi wa Wayahudi walimwamini, lakini kwa sababu ya Mafarisayo hawakukiri waziwazi kwa maana waliogopa kufukuzwa katika masinagogi.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="JHN.12.43" />Wao walipenda sifa za wanadamu kuliko sifa zitokazo kwa Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Amwaminiye Yesu Hatabaki Gizani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="44" bcv="JHN.12.44" />Yesu akapaza sauti akasema,
<wj>“Yeyote aniaminiye, haniamini mimi peke yangu, bali yeye aliyenituma.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="JHN.12.45" /><wj>Yeyote anionaye mimi, amemwona yeye aliyenituma.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="JHN.12.46" /><wj>Mimi nimekuja kama nuru ulimwenguni, ili kwamba kila mtu aniaminiye asibaki gizani.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="47" bcv="JHN.12.47" /><wj>“Mimi simhukumu mtu yeyote anayesikia maneno yangu na asiyatii, kwa maana sikuja kuuhukumu ulimwengu, bali kuuokoa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="JHN.12.48" /><wj>Yuko amhukumuye yeye anikataaye mimi na kutokuyapokea maneno yangu, yaani, yale maneno niliyosema yenyewe yatamhukumu siku ya mwisho.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="JHN.12.49" /><wj>Kwa maana sisemi kwa ajili yangu mwenyewe, bali Baba aliyenituma aliniamuru ni nini cha kusema na jinsi ya kukisema.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="JHN.12.50" /><wj>Nami ninajua amri zake huongoza hadi kwenye uzima wa milele. Hivyo lolote nisemalo, ndilo lile Baba aliloniambia niseme.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="13" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Awanawisha Wanafunzi Wake Miguu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JHN.13.1" />Ilikuwa mara tu kabla ya Sikukuu ya Pasaka. Yesu alijua ya kuwa wakati wake wa kuondoka ulimwenguni ili kurudi kwa Baba umewadia. Alikuwa amewapenda watu wake waliokuwa ulimwenguni, naam, aliwapenda hadi kipimo cha mwisho.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="JHN.13.2" />Wakati alipokuwa akila chakula cha jioni na wanafunzi wake, ibilisi alikuwa amekwisha kutia ndani ya moyo wa Yuda Iskariote, mwana wa Simoni, wazo la kumsaliti Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JHN.13.3" />Yesu akijua ya kwamba Baba ameweka vitu vyote chini ya mamlaka yake na kwamba yeye alitoka kwa Mungu na alikuwa anarudi kwa Mungu,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JHN.13.4" />hivyo aliondoka chakulani, akavua vazi lake la nje, akajifunga kitambaa kiunoni.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JHN.13.5" />Kisha akamimina maji kwenye sinia na kuanza kuwanawisha wanafunzi wake miguu na kuikausha kwa kile kitambaa alichokuwa amejifunga kiunoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JHN.13.6" />Alipomfikia Simoni Petro, Petro akamwambia, “Bwana, je, wewe utaninawisha mimi miguu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JHN.13.7" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Hivi sasa hutambui lile ninalofanya, lakini baadaye utaelewa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JHN.13.8" />Petro akamwambia, “La, wewe hutaninawisha miguu kamwe.”
</p>
<p style="p">Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Kama nisipokunawisha, wewe huna sehemu nami.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JHN.13.9" />Ndipo Simoni Petro akajibu, “Usininawishe miguu peke yake, Bwana, bali pamoja na mikono na kichwa pia!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JHN.13.10" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Mtu aliyekwisha kuoga anahitaji kunawa miguu tu, kwani mwili wake wote ni safi. Ninyi ni safi, ingawa si kila mmoja wenu.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JHN.13.11" />Kwa kuwa yeye alijua ni nani ambaye angemsaliti, ndiyo sababu akasema si kila mmoja aliyekuwa safi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JHN.13.12" />Alipomaliza kuwanawisha miguu yao, alivaa tena mavazi yake, akarudi alikokuwa ameketi, akawauliza,
<wj>“Je, mmeelewa nililowafanyia?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JHN.13.13" /><wj>Ninyi mnaniita mimi ‘Mwalimu’ na ‘Bwana,’ hii ni sawa, maana ndivyo nilivyo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JHN.13.14" /><wj>Kwa hiyo, ikiwa mimi niliye Bwana wenu na Mwalimu wenu nimewanawisha ninyi miguu, pia hamna budi kunawishana miguu ninyi kwa ninyi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JHN.13.15" /><wj>Mimi nimewawekea kielelezo kwamba imewapasa kutenda kama vile nilivyowatendea ninyi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JHN.13.16" /><wj>Amin, amin nawaambia, mtumishi si mkuu kuliko bwana wake, wala aliyetumwa si mkuu kuliko yule aliyemtuma.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JHN.13.17" /><wj>Sasa kwa kuwa mmejua mambo haya, heri yenu ninyi kama mkiyatenda.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="JHN.13.18" /><wj>“Sisemi hivi kuhusu ninyi nyote. Ninawajua wale niliowachagua. Lakini ni ili Andiko lipate kutimia, kwamba, ‘Yeye aliyekula chakula changu, ameinua kisigino chake dhidi yangu.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JHN.13.19" /><wj>“Ninawaambia mambo haya kabla hayajatukia, ili yatakapotukia mpate kuamini ya kuwa Mimi ndiye.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JHN.13.20" /><wj>Amin, amin nawaambia, yeyote anayempokea yule niliyemtuma anipokea mimi, naye anipokeaye mimi ampokea yeye aliyenituma mimi.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Anatabiri Kusalitiwa Kwake
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 26:20-25; Marko 14:17-21; Luka 22:21-23)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="JHN.13.21" />Baada ya kusema haya, Yesu alifadhaika sana moyoni, akasema,
<wj>“Amin, amin nawaambia, mmoja wenu atanisaliti.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="JHN.13.22" />Wanafunzi wake wakatazamana bila kujua kuwa alikuwa anamsema nani.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JHN.13.23" />Mmoja wa wanafunzi wake ambaye Yesu alimpenda sana, alikuwa ameegama kifuani mwa Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JHN.13.24" />Simoni Petro akampungia mkono yule mwanafunzi, akamwambia, “Muulize anamaanisha nani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="JHN.13.25" />Yule mwanafunzi akamwegemea Yesu, akamuuliza, “Bwana, tuambie, ni nani?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="JHN.13.26" />Yesu akajibu,
<wj>“Ni yule nitakayempa hiki kipande cha mkate baada ya kukichovya kwenye bakuli.”</wj> Hivyo baada ya kukichovya kile kipande cha mkate, akampa Yuda Iskariote, mwana wa Simoni.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JHN.13.27" />Mara tu baada ya kukipokea kile kipande cha mkate, Shetani akamwingia.
</p>
<p style="p">Yesu akamwambia Yuda,
<wj>“Lile unalotaka kulitenda litende haraka.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="JHN.13.28" />Hakuna hata mmoja wa wale waliokuwa wameketi naye mezani aliyeelewa kwa nini Yesu alimwambia hivyo.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="JHN.13.29" />Kwa kuwa Yuda alikuwa mtunza fedha, wengine walifikiri Yesu alikuwa amemwambia akanunue vitu vilivyohitajika kwa ajili ya Sikukuu, au kuwapa maskini chochote.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="JHN.13.30" />Mara tu baada ya kupokea ule mkate, Yuda akatoka nje. Wakati huo ulikuwa ni usiku.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Atabiri Petro Kumkana
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 26:31-35; Marko 14:27-31; Luka 22:31-34)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="JHN.13.31" />Baada ya Yuda kutoka nje, Yesu akasema,
<wj>“Sasa Mwana wa Adamu ametukuzwa, naye Mungu ametukuzwa ndani yake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="JHN.13.32" /><wj>Ikiwa Mungu ametukuzwa ndani ya Mwana, Mungu atamtukuza Mwana ndani yake mwenyewe naye atamtukuza mara.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="JHN.13.33" /><wj>“Watoto wangu, mimi bado niko pamoja nanyi kwa kitambo kidogo. Mtanitafuta, na kama vile nilivyowaambia Wayahudi, vivyo hivyo sasa nawaambia na ninyi. Niendako, ninyi hamwezi kuja.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="JHN.13.34" /><wj>“Amri mpya nawapa: Mpendane kama mimi nilivyowapenda ninyi, vivyo hivyo nanyi mpendane.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="JHN.13.35" /><wj>Kama mkipendana ninyi kwa ninyi, kwa njia hii, watu wote watajua kuwa ninyi ni wanafunzi wangu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="JHN.13.36" />Simoni Petro akamuuliza, “Bwana, unakwenda wapi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Ninakokwenda huwezi kunifuata sasa, lakini utanifuata baadaye.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="JHN.13.37" />Petro akamuuliza tena, “Bwana, kwa nini siwezi kukufuata sasa? Mimi niko tayari kuutoa uhai wangu kwa ajili yako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="JHN.13.38" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Je, ni kweli uko tayari kuutoa uhai wako kwa ajili yangu? Amin, amin nakuambia, kabla jogoo hajawika, utanikana mara tatu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="14" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Awatia Moyo Wanafunzi Wake
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JHN.14.1" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Msifadhaike mioyoni mwenu, mnamwamini Mungu, niaminini na mimi pia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JHN.14.2" /><wj>Nyumbani kwa Baba yangu kuna makao mengi. Kama sivyo, ningeliwaambia. Naenda kuwaandalia makao.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JHN.14.3" /><wj>Nami nikienda na kuwaandalia makao, nitarudi tena na kuwachukua mkae pamoja nami, ili mahali nilipo, nanyi mpate kuwepo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JHN.14.4" /><wj>Ninyi mnajua njia ya kufika ninakokwenda.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Ndiye Njia Ya Kwenda Kwa Baba
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="JHN.14.5" />Tomaso akamwambia, “Bwana, sisi hatujui unakokwenda, tutaijuaje njia?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JHN.14.6" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Mimi ndimi njia na kweli na uzima. Mtu hawezi kuja kwa Baba isipokuwa kwa kupitia kwangu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JHN.14.7" /><wj>Kama mngenijua mimi, mngemjua na Baba pia. Tangu sasa, mnamjua Baba yangu, tena mmemwona.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JHN.14.8" />Filipo akamwambia, “Bwana, tuonyeshe Baba yako yatosha.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JHN.14.9" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Filipo, nimekaa nanyi muda huu wote hata usinijue? Mtu yeyote aliyeniona mimi, amemwona Baba. Sasa wawezaje kusema, ‘Tuonyeshe Baba’?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JHN.14.10" /><wj>Je, huamini ya kuwa mimi niko ndani ya Baba, naye Baba yuko ndani yangu? Maneno ninayowaambia siyasemi kwa ajili yangu mwenyewe, bali Baba akaaye ndani yangu ndiye atendaye hizi kazi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JHN.14.11" /><wj>Nisadiki mimi kwamba niko ndani ya Baba na Baba yuko ndani yangu, la sivyo, niaminini kwa sababu ya zile kazi nizitendazo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JHN.14.12" /><wj>Amin, amin nawaambia, yeyote aniaminiye mimi, kazi nizifanyazo yeye atazifanya, naam na kubwa kuliko hizi atazifanya, kwa sababu mimi ninakwenda kwa Baba.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JHN.14.13" /><wj>Nanyi mkiomba lolote kwa Jina langu, hilo nitalifanya, ili Baba apate kutukuzwa katika Mwana.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JHN.14.14" /><wj>Kama mkiniomba lolote kwa Jina langu nitalifanya.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Aahidi Roho Mtakatifu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JHN.14.15" /><wj>“Kama mnanipenda, mtazishika amri zangu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JHN.14.16" /><wj>Nami nitamwomba Baba, naye atawapa Msaidizi mwingine akae nanyi milele.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JHN.14.17" /><wj>Huyo ndiye Roho wa kweli ambaye ulimwengu hauwezi kumpokea, kwa sababu haumwoni wala haumjui. Ninyi mnamjua kwa kuwa yuko pamoja nanyi naye anakaa ndani yenu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JHN.14.18" /><wj>Sitawaacha ninyi yatima, naja kwenu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JHN.14.19" /><wj>Bado kitambo kidogo ulimwengu hautaniona tena, ila ninyi mtaniona, kwa kuwa mimi ni hai, ninyi nanyi mtakuwa hai.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JHN.14.20" /><wj>Wakati huo mtajua ya kuwa mimi niko ndani ya Baba na ninyi mko ndani yangu na mimi niko ndani yenu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JHN.14.21" /><wj>Yeyote mwenye amri zangu na kuzishika ndiye anipendaye, naye anipendaye atapendwa na Baba yangu, nami nitampenda na kujidhihirisha kwake.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="JHN.14.22" />Ndipo Yuda, siyo Iskariote, akamwambia, “Bwana, itakuwaje kwamba utajidhihirisha kwetu na si kwa ulimwengu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="JHN.14.23" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Mtu yeyote akinipenda atalishika neno langu na Baba yangu atampenda, nasi tutakuja kwake na kufanya makao yetu kwake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JHN.14.24" /><wj>Mtu yeyote asiyenipenda hayashiki maneno yangu na maneno niliyowapa si yangu bali ni ya Baba aliyenituma.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="JHN.14.25" /><wj>“Nimewaambia mambo haya yote wakati bado niko pamoja nanyi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JHN.14.26" /><wj>Lakini huyo Msaidizi, yaani, huyo Roho Mtakatifu, ambaye Baba atamtuma kwenu kwa Jina langu, atawafundisha mambo yote na kuwakumbusha yote niliyowaambia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JHN.14.27" /><wj>Amani nawaachia, amani yangu nawapa, amani hii niwapayo si kama ile ulimwengu utoayo. Msifadhaike mioyoni mwenu, wala msiogope.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="JHN.14.28" /><wj>“Mlinisikia nikisema, ‘Ninakwenda zangu, lakini nitarudi tena.’ Kama kweli mngelinipenda mngelifurahi kwa kuwa naenda kwa Baba, kwani Baba ni mkuu kuniliko mimi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="JHN.14.29" /><wj>Nimewaambia mambo haya kabla hayajatukia, ili yatakapotukia mpate kuamini.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="JHN.14.30" /><wj>Sitasema nanyi zaidi, kwa sababu yule mkuu wa ulimwengu huu anakuja, naye hana kitu kwangu,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="JHN.14.31" /><wj>lakini ulimwengu upate kujua kuwa ninampenda Baba, nami hufanya vile Baba alivyoniamuru.</wj>
</p>
<p style="p"><wj>“Haya inukeni; twendeni zetu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="15" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Mzabibu Wa Kweli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JHN.15.1" /><wj>“Mimi ndimi mzabibu wa kweli na Baba yangu ndiye mkulima.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JHN.15.2" /><wj>Kila tawi ndani yangu lisilozaa matunda, Baba yangu hulikata, nalo kila tawi lizaalo, hulisafisha ili lipate kuzaa matunda zaidi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JHN.15.3" /><wj>Ninyi mmekwisha kuwa safi kwa sababu ya lile neno nililonena nanyi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JHN.15.4" /><wj>Kaeni ndani yangu, nami nikae ndani yenu. Kama vile tawi lisivyoweza kuzaa matunda lisipokaa ndani ya mzabibu, vivyo hivyo ninyi msipokaa ndani yangu hamwezi kuzaa matunda.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="JHN.15.5" /><wj>“Mimi ni mzabibu, ninyi ni matawi. Akaaye ndani yangu, nami ndani yake, huyo huzaa sana, maana pasipo mimi ninyi hamwezi kufanya jambo lolote.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JHN.15.6" /><wj>Mtu yeyote asipokaa ndani yangu, hutupwa nje kama tawi na kunyauka. Matawi kama hayo hukusanywa na kutupwa motoni, yakateketea.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JHN.15.7" /><wj>Ninyi mkikaa ndani yangu na maneno yangu yakikaa ndani yenu, ombeni lolote mtakalo, nanyi mtatendewa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JHN.15.8" /><wj>Kwa hiyo Baba yangu hutukuzwa, kwa vile mzaavyo matunda mengi, nanyi mtakuwa wanafunzi wangu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JHN.15.9" /><wj>“Kama vile Baba alivyonipenda mimi, hivyo ndivyo mimi nilivyowapenda ninyi. Basi kaeni katika pendo langu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JHN.15.10" /><wj>Mkizishika amri zangu mtakaa katika pendo langu, kama mimi nilivyozishika amri za Baba yangu na kukaa katika pendo lake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JHN.15.11" /><wj>Nimewaambia mambo haya ili furaha yangu iwe ndani yenu na furaha yenu iwe kamili.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JHN.15.12" /><wj>Amri yangu ndiyo hii: Mpendane kama mimi nilivyowapenda ninyi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JHN.15.13" /><wj>Hakuna mtu mwenye upendo mkuu kuliko huu, mtu kuutoa uhai wake kwa ajili ya rafiki zake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JHN.15.14" /><wj>Ninyi ni rafiki zangu mkifanya ninayowaamuru.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JHN.15.15" /><wj>Siwaiti ninyi watumishi tena, kwa sababu watumishi hawajui bwana wao analofanya, bali nimewaita ninyi rafiki, kwa maana nimewajulisha mambo yote niliyoyasikia kutoka kwa Baba yangu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JHN.15.16" /><wj>Si ninyi mlionichagua, bali mimi ndiye niliyewachagua ninyi na kuwaweka mwende mkazae matunda, na matunda yenu yapate kudumu. Ili nalo lolote mtakalomwomba Baba katika Jina langu, awape ninyi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JHN.15.17" /><wj>Amri yangu ndiyo hii: Mpendane.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ulimwengu Wawachukia Wanafunzi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="JHN.15.18" /><wj>“Kama ulimwengu ukiwachukia ninyi, kumbukeni kwamba ulinichukia mimi kabla yenu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JHN.15.19" /><wj>Kama mngekuwa wa ulimwengu, ulimwengu ungeliwapenda kama vile unavyowapenda walio wake. Kwa sababu ninyi si wa ulimwengu, lakini mimi nimewachagua kutoka ulimwengu, hii ndiyo sababu ulimwengu unawachukia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JHN.15.20" /><wj>Kumbukeni lile neno nililowaambia, ‘Hakuna mtumishi aliye mkuu kuliko bwana wake.’ Kama wamenitesa mimi, nanyi pia watawatesa. Kama wamelishika neno langu, watalishika na neno lenu pia.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JHN.15.21" /><wj>Watawatendea ninyi haya yote kwa ajili ya Jina langu, kwa sababu hawamjui yeye aliyenituma.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JHN.15.22" /><wj>Kama sikuja na kusema nao wasingalikuwa na hatia ya dhambi. Lakini sasa hawana udhuru kwa ajili ya dhambi zao.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JHN.15.23" /><wj>Yeyote anayenichukia mimi, anamchukia pia na Baba yangu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JHN.15.24" /><wj>Kama sikuwa nimefanya miujiza ambayo haijapata kufanywa na mtu mwingine yeyote, wasingalikuwa na hatia ya dhambi. Lakini sasa wameiona miujiza hii na bado wakatuchukia mimi na Baba yangu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JHN.15.25" /><wj>Lakini hii ni kutimiza lile neno lililoandikwa kwenye Sheria kwamba, ‘Walinichukia pasipo sababu.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="JHN.15.26" /><wj>“Lakini atakapokuja huyo Msaidizi nitakayemtuma kwenu kutoka kwa Baba, yaani, huyo Roho wa kweli atokaye kwa Baba, yeye atanishuhudia mimi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JHN.15.27" /><wj>Ninyi nanyi itawapasa kushuhudia kwa sababu mmekuwa pamoja nami tangu mwanzo.</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="16" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JHN.16.1" /><wj>“Nimewaambia mambo haya yote ili msije mkaiacha imani.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JHN.16.2" /><wj>Watawatenga na masinagogi. Naam, saa yaja ambayo mtu yeyote atakayewaua atadhani kwa kufanya hivyo anamtumikia Mungu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JHN.16.3" /><wj>Nao watawatenda haya kwa sababu hawamjui Baba wala mimi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JHN.16.4" /><wj>Lakini nimewaambia ninyi mambo haya, ili saa hiyo ikiwadia mpate kukumbuka ya kuwa nilikuwa nimewaambia. Sikuwaambia mambo haya tangu mwanzo kwa sababu nilikuwa pamoja nanyi.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kazi Ya Roho Mtakatifu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="JHN.16.5" /><wj>“Sasa mimi ninakwenda kwake yeye aliyenituma, lakini hakuna hata aniulizaye, ‘Unakwenda wapi?’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JHN.16.6" /><wj>Kwa sababu nimewaambia mambo haya, mioyo yenu imejawa na huzuni.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JHN.16.7" /><wj>Lakini nawaambia kweli, yafaa mimi niondoke, kwa kuwa nisipoondoka, huyo Msaidizi hatakuja kwenu, lakini nikienda nitamtuma kwenu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JHN.16.8" /><wj>Naye atakapokuja, atauthibitishia ulimwengu kuhusu dhambi, haki na hukumu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JHN.16.9" /><wj>Kwa habari ya dhambi, kwa sababu hawaniamini mimi,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JHN.16.10" /><wj>kwa habari ya haki, kwa sababu ninakwenda kwa Baba, nanyi hamtaniona tena,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JHN.16.11" /><wj>kwa habari ya hukumu, kwa sababu yule mkuu wa ulimwengu huu amekwisha kuhukumiwa.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JHN.16.12" /><wj>“Bado ninayo mambo mengi ya kuwaambia, lakini hamwezi kuyastahimili sasa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JHN.16.13" /><wj>Atakapokuja huyo Roho wa kweli atawaongoza awatie katika kweli yote. Yeye hatanena kwa ajili yake mwenyewe, bali atanena yale yote atakayosikia, naye atawaonyesha mambo yajayo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JHN.16.14" /><wj>Atanitukuza mimi, kwa maana atayachukua yaliyo yangu na kuwajulisha ninyi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JHN.16.15" /><wj>Vyote alivyo navyo Baba ni vyangu. Ndiyo maana nimesema Roho atachukua yaliyo yangu na kuwajulisha ninyi.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JHN.16.16" /><wj>“Bado kitambo kidogo nanyi hamtaniona na tena bado kitambo kidogo nanyi mtaniona.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Huzuni Itageuka Kuwa Furaha
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JHN.16.17" />Baadhi ya wanafunzi wakaulizana, “Ana maana gani asemapo,
<wj>‘Bado kitambo kidogo nanyi hamtaniona na tena bado kitambo kidogo nanyi mtaniona’</wj>? Naye ana maana gani asemapo,
<wj>‘Kwa sababu ninakwenda kwa Baba’</wj>?”
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JHN.16.18" />Wakaendelea kuulizana, “Ana maana gani asemapo,
<wj>‘Kitambo kidogo’</wj>? Hatuelewi hilo analosema.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JHN.16.19" />Yesu akatambua kuwa walitaka kumuuliza juu ya hilo, hivyo akawaambia,
<wj>“Je, mnaulizana nina maana gani niliposema, ‘Bado kitambo kidogo nanyi hamtaniona na tena bado kitambo kidogo nanyi mtaniona’?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JHN.16.20" /><wj>Amin, amin nawaambia, ninyi mtalia na kuomboleza, lakini ulimwengu utafurahi. Ninyi mtahuzunika, lakini huzuni yenu itageuka kuwa furaha.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JHN.16.21" /><wj>Mwanamke anapokuwa na utungu wa kuzaa huwa na maumivu kwa sababu saa yake imewadia. Lakini mtoto akiisha kuzaliwa, yule mwanamke husahau maumivu hayo kwa sababu ya furaha ya kuzaliwa mtoto ulimwenguni.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JHN.16.22" /><wj>Hivyo ninyi mna maumivu sasa, lakini nitawaona tena, nayo mioyo yenu itafurahi na furaha yenu hakuna awaondoleaye.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JHN.16.23" /><wj>Katika siku hiyo hamtaniuliza neno lolote. Amin, amin nawaambia, kama mkimwomba Baba jambo lolote kwa jina langu, yeye atawapa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JHN.16.24" /><wj>Mpaka sasa hamjaomba jambo lolote kwa Jina langu. Ombeni nanyi mtapewa, ili furaha yenu ipate kuwa kamili.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Amani Kwa Wanafunzi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="JHN.16.25" /><wj>“Nimewaambia mambo haya kwa mafumbo. Saa yaja ambapo sitazungumza nanyi tena kwa mafumbo bali nitawaeleza waziwazi kuhusu Baba.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JHN.16.26" /><wj>Siku hiyo mtaomba kwa Jina langu. Wala sitawaambia kwamba nitamwomba Baba kwa ajili yenu,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JHN.16.27" /><wj>kwa maana Baba mwenyewe anawapenda, kwa sababu mmenipenda mimi na mmeamini kwamba nimetoka kwa Mungu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="JHN.16.28" /><wj>Nilitoka kwa Baba na kuja ulimwenguni, sasa naondoka ulimwenguni na kurudi kwa Baba.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="JHN.16.29" />Ndipo wanafunzi wake wakasema, “Sasa unazungumza waziwazi, wala si kwa mafumbo.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="JHN.16.30" />Sasa tumejua kwamba wewe unajua mambo yote, wala hakuna haja ya mtu kukuuliza maswali. Kwa jambo hili tunaamini kwamba ulitoka kwa Mungu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="JHN.16.31" />Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Je, sasa mnaamini?</wj>
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="JHN.16.32" /><wj>Saa inakuja, naam, imekwisha kuwadia, mtakapotawanyika kila mmoja kwenda nyumbani kwake na kuniacha peke yangu. Lakini mimi siko peke yangu kwa sababu Baba yu pamoja nami.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="JHN.16.33" /><wj>Nimewaambia mambo haya, ili mpate kuwa na amani mkiwa ndani yangu. Ulimwenguni mtapata dhiki. Lakini jipeni moyo, kwa maana mimi nimeushinda ulimwengu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="17" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Ajiombea Mwenyewe
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JHN.17.1" />Baada ya Yesu kusema haya, alitazama kuelekea mbinguni akawaombea na kusema:
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><wj>“Baba, saa imewadia. Umtukuze Mwanao, ili Mwanao apate kukutukuza wewe.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JHN.17.2" /><wj>Kwa kuwa umempa mamlaka juu ya wote wenye mwili ili awape uzima wa milele wale uliompa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JHN.17.3" /><wj>Nao uzima wa milele ndio huu, wakujue wewe uliye Mungu wa pekee, wa kweli na Yesu Kristo uliyemtuma.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JHN.17.4" /><wj>Nimekutukuza wewe duniani kwa kuitimiza ile kazi uliyonipa niifanye.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JHN.17.5" /><wj>Hivyo sasa, Baba, unitukuze mbele zako kwa ule utukufu niliokuwa nao pamoja na wewe kabla ulimwengu haujakuwepo.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Awaombea Wanafunzi Wake
</s>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="6" bcv="JHN.17.6" /><wj>“Nimelidhihirisha jina lako kwa wale ulionipa kutoka ulimwengu. Walikuwa wako, nawe ukanipa mimi, nao wamelitii neno lako.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JHN.17.7" /><wj>Sasa wamejua ya kuwa vyote ulivyonipa vimetoka kwako,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JHN.17.8" /><wj>kwa kuwa maneno yale ulionipa nimewapa wao, nao wameyapokea na kujua kwamba kweli nimetoka kwako, nao wameamini kuwa wewe ulinituma.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JHN.17.9" /><wj>Ninawaombea wao. Mimi siuombei ulimwengu, bali nawaombea wale ulionipa kwa sababu wao ni wako.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JHN.17.10" /><wj>Wote walio wangu ni wako na walio wako ni wangu, nami nimetukuzwa ndani yao.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JHN.17.11" /><wj>Mimi sasa simo tena ulimwenguni, lakini wao bado wamo ulimwenguni, nami naja kwako. Baba Mtakatifu, uwalinde kwa uweza wa jina lako ulilonipa, ili wawe na umoja kama sisi tulivyo wamoja.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JHN.17.12" /><wj>Nilipokuwa pamoja nao, niliwalinda, wakawa salama kwa lile jina ulilonipa. Hakuna hata mmoja aliyepotea, isipokuwa yule aliyekusudiwa upotevu, ili Maandiko yapate kutimia.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="13" bcv="JHN.17.13" /><wj>“Lakini sasa naja kwako, nami ninasema mambo haya wakati bado nikiwa ulimwenguni, ili wawe na furaha yangu kamili ndani yao.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JHN.17.14" /><wj>Nimewapa neno lako, nao ulimwengu umewachukia kwa kuwa wao si wa ulimwengu kama mimi nisivyo wa ulimwengu huu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JHN.17.15" /><wj>Siombi kwamba uwaondoe ulimwenguni, bali uwalinde dhidi ya yule mwovu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JHN.17.16" /><wj>Wao si wa ulimwengu huu, kama vile mimi nisivyo wa ulimwengu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JHN.17.17" /><wj>Uwatakase kwa ile kweli, neno lako ndilo kweli.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JHN.17.18" /><wj>Kama vile ulivyonituma mimi ulimwenguni, nami nawatuma vivyo hivyo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JHN.17.19" /><wj>Kwa ajili yao najiweka wakfu ili wao nao wapate kutakaswa katika ile kweli.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Awaombea Wote Wamwaminio
</s>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="20" bcv="JHN.17.20" /><wj>“Siwaombei hawa peke yao, bali nawaombea na wale wote watakaoniamini kupitia neno lao</wj>
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JHN.17.21" /><wj>ili wawe na umoja kama vile wewe Baba ulivyo ndani yangu na mimi nilivyo ndani yako, wao nao wawe ndani yetu, ili ulimwengu upate kuamini ya kuwa wewe ndiye uliyenituma mimi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JHN.17.22" /><wj>Utukufu ule ulionipa nimewapa wao, ili wawe na umoja kama sisi tulivyo wamoja.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JHN.17.23" /><wj>Mimi ndani yako na wewe ndani yangu, ili wawe wamekamilika katika umoja na ulimwengu upate kujua ya kuwa umenituma, nami nimewapenda wao kama unavyonipenda mimi.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="24" bcv="JHN.17.24" /><wj>“Baba, shauku yangu ni kwamba, wale ulionipa wawe pamoja nami pale nilipo, ili waweze kuuona utukufu wangu, yaani, utukufu ule ulionipa kwa kuwa ulinipenda hata kabla ya kuwekwa misingi ya ulimwengu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="25" bcv="JHN.17.25" /><wj>“Baba Mwenye Haki, ingawa ulimwengu haukujui, mimi ninakujua, nao wanajua ya kuwa umenituma.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JHN.17.26" /><wj>Nimefanya jina lako lijulikane kwao nami nitaendelea kufanya lijulikane, ili kwamba upendo ule unaonipenda mimi uwe ndani yao na mimi mwenyewe nipate kuwa ndani yao.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="18" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Akamatwa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 26:47-56; Marko 14:43-50; Luka 22:47-53)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JHN.18.1" />Yesu alipomaliza kuomba, akaondoka na wanafunzi wake wakavuka Bonde la Kidroni. Upande wa pili palikuwa na bustani, yeye na wanafunzi wake wakaingia humo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="JHN.18.2" />Basi Yuda, yule aliyemsaliti alipafahamu mahali hapo kwani Yesu alikuwa akikutana humo na wanafunzi wake mara kwa mara.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JHN.18.3" />Hivyo Yuda akaja bustanini. Aliongoza kikosi cha askari wa Kirumi, na baadhi ya maafisa kutoka kwa viongozi wa makuhani na Mafarisayo. Nao walikuwa wamechukua taa, mienge na silaha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JHN.18.4" />Yesu akijua yale yote yatakayompata, akajitokeza mbele yao akawauliza,
<wj>“Mnamtafuta nani?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="JHN.18.5" />Wao wakamjibu, “Yesu wa Nazareti.”
</p>
<p style="p">Yesu akawajibu,
<wj>“Mimi ndiye.”</wj> Yuda, yule aliyemsaliti alikuwa amesimama pamoja nao.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JHN.18.6" />Yesu alipowaambia,
<wj>“Mimi ndiye,”</wj> walirudi nyuma na kuanguka chini!
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JHN.18.7" />Akawauliza tena,
<wj>“Mnamtafuta nani?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Nao wakamjibu, “Yesu wa Nazareti.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JHN.18.8" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Nimekwisha kuwaambia kuwa, mimi ndiye; kwa hiyo kama mnanitafuta mimi, waacheni hawa watu waende zao.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JHN.18.9" />Hii ilikuwa ili litimie lile neno alilosema,
<wj>“Sikumpoteza hata mmoja miongoni mwa wale ulionipa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JHN.18.10" />Simoni Petro, aliyekuwa na upanga, akaufuta na kumkata sikio la kuume mtumishi wa kuhani mkuu. Jina la mtumishi huyo aliitwa Malko.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JHN.18.11" />Yesu akamwambia Petro,
<wj>“Rudisha upanga wako kwenye ala yake. Je, hainipasi kukinywea kikombe alichonipa Baba?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Mbele Ya Kuhani Mkuu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JHN.18.12" />Hivyo wale askari, wakiwa pamoja na majemadari wao na maafisa wa Wayahudi, wakamkamata Yesu na kumfunga.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JHN.18.13" />Kwanza wakampeleka kwa Anasi, mkwewe Kayafa, aliyekuwa kuhani mkuu mwaka ule.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JHN.18.14" />Kayafa ndiye alikuwa amewashauri Wayahudi kwamba imempasa mtu mmoja kufa kwa ajili ya watu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Petro Anamkana Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 26:69-70; Marko 14:55-64; Luka 22:66-71)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JHN.18.15" />Simoni Petro pamoja na mwanafunzi mwingine walikuwa wakimfuata Yesu. Huyu mwanafunzi mwingine alikuwa anafahamika kwa kuhani mkuu, hivyo aliingia ndani ya ukumbi pamoja na Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JHN.18.16" />Lakini Petro alisimama nje karibu na lango, ndipo yule mwanafunzi mwingine, aliyejulikana na kuhani mkuu, akazungumza na msichana aliyekuwa analinda lango, akamruhusu Petro aingie ndani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JHN.18.17" />Yule msichana akamuuliza Petro, “Je, wewe pia si mmoja wa wanafunzi wa mtu huyu?”
</p>
<p style="p">Petro akajibu, “Sio mimi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="JHN.18.18" />Wale watumishi na askari walikuwa wamesimama wakiota moto wa makaa kwa sababu palikuwa na baridi, Petro naye alikuwa amesimama pamoja nao akiota moto.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuhani Mkuu Amhoji Yesu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JHN.18.19" />Wakati huo kuhani mkuu akawa anamuuliza Yesu kuhusu wanafunzi wake na mafundisho yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="JHN.18.20" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Nimekuwa nikizungumza waziwazi mbele ya watu wote. Siku zote nimefundisha katika masinagogi na Hekaluni, mahali ambapo Wayahudi wote hukusanyika. Sikusema jambo lolote kwa siri.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JHN.18.21" /><wj>Mbona unaniuliza mimi maswali? Waulize wale walionisikia yale niliyowaambia. Wao wanajua niliyosema.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="JHN.18.22" />Alipomaliza kusema hayo, mmoja wa askari aliyekuwa amesimama karibu naye, akampiga Yesu kofi usoni, kisha akasema, “Je, hivyo ndivyo unavyomjibu kuhani mkuu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="JHN.18.23" />Yesu akamjibu akasema,
<wj>“Kama nimesema jambo baya, shuhudia huo ubaya niliousema. Lakini kama nimesema yaliyo kweli, mbona umenipiga?”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JHN.18.24" />Ndipo Anasi akampeleka Yesu kwa kuhani mkuu Kayafa, akiwa bado amefungwa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Petro Amkana Yesu Tena
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 26:71-75; Marko 14:69-72; Luka 22:58-62)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="JHN.18.25" />Wakati huo Simoni Petro alikuwa amesimama akiota moto. Baadhi ya wale waliokuwepo wakamuuliza, “Je, wewe si mmoja wa wanafunzi wake?”
</p>
<p style="p">Petro akakana, akasema, “Sio mimi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="JHN.18.26" />Mmoja wa watumishi wa kuhani mkuu, ndugu yake yule mtu ambaye Petro alikuwa amemkata sikio, akamuuliza, “Je, mimi sikukuona kule bustanini ukiwa na Yesu?”
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JHN.18.27" />Kwa mara nyingine tena Petro akakana, naye jogoo akawika wakati huo huo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Apelekwa Kwa Pilato
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 27:1-2, 11-14; Marko 15:1-5; Luka 23:1-5)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="JHN.18.28" />Ndipo Wayahudi wakamchukua Yesu kutoka kwa Kayafa na kumpeleka kwenye jumba la kifalme la mtawala wa Kirumi.<f caller="+"><fr>18:28
</fr><ft>Jumba la mfalme la mtawala wa Kirumi lilikuwa linaitwa Praitorio.</ft></f> Wakati huo ilikuwa ni alfajiri, ili kuepuka kuwa najisi kwa taratibu za ibada, Wayahudi hawakuingia ndani kwa sababu ya sheria za Kiyahudi. Wangehesabiwa kuwa najisi kama wangeingia nyumbani mwa mtu asiye Myahudi na wasingeruhusiwa kushiriki katika Sikukuu ya Pasaka.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="JHN.18.29" />Hivyo Pilato akatoka nje walikokuwa akawauliza, “Mmeleta mashtaka gani kumhusu mtu huyu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="JHN.18.30" />Wao wakamjibu, “Kama huyu mtu hakuwa mhalifu tusingemleta kwako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="JHN.18.31" />Pilato akawaambia, “Basi mchukueni ninyi mkamhukumu kwa kufuata sheria zenu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Wayahudi wakamjibu, “Sisi haturuhusiwi kutoa hukumu ya kifo kwa mtu yeyote.”
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="JHN.18.32" />Walisema hivyo ili yale maneno aliyosema Yesu kuhusu kifo atakachokufa yapate kutimia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="JHN.18.33" />Kwa hiyo Pilato akaingia ndani ya jumba la kifalme, akamwita Yesu, akamuuliza, “Wewe ndiye mfalme wa Wayahudi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="JHN.18.34" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Je, unauliza swali hili kutokana na mawazo yako mwenyewe, au uliambiwa na watu kunihusu mimi?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="JHN.18.35" />Pilato akamjibu, “Mimi si Myahudi, ama sivyo? Taifa lako mwenyewe na viongozi wa makuhani wamekukabidhi kwangu. Umefanya kosa gani?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="JHN.18.36" />Yesu akajibu,
<wj>“Ufalme wangu si wa ulimwengu huu. Ufalme wangu ungekuwa wa ulimwengu huu, wafuasi wangu wangenipigania ili nisitiwe mikononi mwa Wayahudi. Lakini kama ilivyo, ufalme wangu hautoki hapa ulimwenguni.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="JHN.18.37" />Pilato akamuuliza, “Kwa hiyo wewe ni mfalme?” Yesu akajibu,
<wj>“Wewe wasema kwamba mimi ni mfalme. Kwa kusudi hili nilizaliwa, na kwa ajili ya hili nilikuja ulimwenguni, ili niishuhudie kweli. Mtu yeyote aliye wa kweli husikia sauti yangu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="JHN.18.38" />Pilato akamuuliza Yesu, “Kweli ni nini?” Baada ya kusema haya Pilato akaenda nje tena akawaambia wale viongozi wa Wayahudi waliomshtaki Yesu, “Sioni kosa lolote alilotenda mtu huyu.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="JHN.18.39" />Lakini ninyi mna desturi yenu kwamba wakati wa Pasaka nimwachie huru mfungwa mmoja mnayemtaka. Je, mnataka niwafungulie huyu ‘Mfalme wa Wayahudi’?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="JHN.18.40" />Wao wakapiga kelele wakisema, “Si huyu mtu, bali tufungulie Baraba!” Yule Baraba alikuwa mnyangʼanyi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="19" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Ahukumiwa Kusulubiwa
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 27:15-31; Marko 15:6-20; Luka 23:13-25)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JHN.19.1" />Ndipo Pilato akamtoa Yesu akaamuru apigwe mijeledi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JHN.19.2" />Askari wakasokota taji ya miiba, wakamvika Yesu kichwani. Wakamvalisha joho la zambarau.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JHN.19.3" />Wakawa wanapanda pale alipo tena na tena, wakisema, “Salamu! Mfalme wa Wayahudi!” Huku wakimpiga makofi usoni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JHN.19.4" />Pilato akatoka tena nje akawaambia wale waliokusanyika, “Tazameni, namkabidhi Yesu kwenu kuwajulisha kwamba mimi sikumwona ana hatia.”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JHN.19.5" />Kwa hiyo Yesu akatoka nje akiwa amevaa ile taji ya miiba na lile vazi la zambarau. Pilato akawaambia, “Tazameni, huyu hapa huyo mtu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JHN.19.6" />Wale viongozi wa makuhani na maafisa walipomwona, wakapiga kelele wakisema, “Msulubishe! Msulubishe!”
</p>
<p style="p">Pilato akawaambia, “Mchukueni ninyi mkamsulubishe, mimi sioni hatia juu yake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JHN.19.7" />Wayahudi wakamjibu, “Sisi tunayo sheria na kutokana na sheria hiyo, hana budi kufa kwa sababu yeye alijiita Mwana wa Mungu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JHN.19.8" />Pilato aliposikia haya, akaogopa zaidi.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JHN.19.9" />Akaingia tena ndani ya jumba la kifalme, akamuuliza Yesu, “Wewe umetoka wapi?” Lakini Yesu hakumjibu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JHN.19.10" />Pilato akamwambia, “Wewe unakataa kuongea na mimi? Hujui ya kuwa nina mamlaka ya kukuachia huru au kukusulubisha?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JHN.19.11" />Ndipo Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Wewe hungekuwa na mamlaka yoyote juu yangu kama hungepewa kutoka juu. Kwa hiyo yeye aliyenitia mikononi mwako ana hatia ya dhambi iliyo kubwa zaidi.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JHN.19.12" />Tangu wakati huo, Pilato akajitahidi kutafuta njia ya kumfungua Yesu, lakini Wayahudi wakazidi kupiga kelele wakisema, “Ukimwachia huyu mtu, wewe si rafiki wa Kaisari. Mtu yeyote anayedai kuwa mfalme anampinga Kaisari.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JHN.19.13" />Pilato aliposikia maneno haya akamtoa Yesu nje tena akaketi katika kiti chake cha hukumu, mahali palipoitwa Sakafu ya Jiwe, kwa Kiebrania paliitwa Gabatha<f caller="+"><fr>19:13
</fr><ft>Gabatha ni neno la Kiebrania ambalo maana yake ni Sakafu ya jiwe; ni mahali pa wazi palipoinuliwa ambako palitumika kama mahakama.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JHN.19.14" />Basi ilikuwa siku ya Maandalio ya Pasaka, yapata kama saa sita hivi.
</p>
<p style="p">Pilato akawaambia Wayahudi, “Huyu hapa mfalme wenu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JHN.19.15" />Wao wakapiga kelele, “Mwondoe! Mwondoe! Msulubishe!”
</p>
<p style="p">Pilato akawauliza, “Je, nimsulubishe mfalme wenu?”
</p>
<p style="p">Wale viongozi wa makuhani wakamjibu, “Sisi hatuna mfalme mwingine ila Kaisari.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JHN.19.16" />Ndipo Pilato akamkabidhi Yesu kwao ili wamsulubishe.
</p>
<s style="s1">Kusulubiwa Kwa Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 27:32-44; Marko 15:21-32; Luka 23:26-43)
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa hiyo askari wakamchukua Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JHN.19.17" />Yesu, akiwa ameubeba msalaba wake, akatoka kuelekea mahali palipoitwa Fuvu la Kichwa (kwa Kiebrania ni Golgotha).
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JHN.19.18" />Hapo ndipo walipomsulubisha. Pamoja naye walisulubisha watu wengine wawili, mmoja kila upande wake, naye Yesu katikati.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JHN.19.19" />Pilato akaamuru tangazo liandikwe na liwekwe juu kwenye msalaba wa Yesu, likasema: “<sc>Yesu wa Nazareti, Mfalme wa Wayahudi</sc>.”
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JHN.19.20" />Kwa kuwa mahali hapo Yesu aliposulubiwa palikuwa karibu na mjini, Wayahudi wengi walisoma maandishi haya yaliyokuwa yameandikwa kwa lugha za Kiebrania, Kiyunani na Kilatini.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JHN.19.21" />Viongozi wa makuhani wa Wayahudi wakapinga, wakamwambia Pilato, “Usiandike ‘Mfalme wa Wayahudi,’ bali andika kwamba mtu huyu alisema yeye ni mfalme wa Wayahudi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="JHN.19.22" />Pilato akawajibu, “Nilichokwisha kuandika, nimeandika!”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mavazi Ya Yesu Yagawanywa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="JHN.19.23" />Askari walipokwisha kumsulubisha Yesu, walichukua nguo zake wakazigawa mafungu manne, kila askari fungu lake. Ila walikubaliana wasilichane lile vazi lake kwa maana lilikuwa halina mshono bali limefumwa tangu juu hadi chini.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JHN.19.24" />Wakaambiana, “Tusilichane ila tulipigie kura ili kuamua ni nani atalichukua.”
</p>
<p style="p">Hili lilitukia ili Maandiko yapate kutimizwa yale yaliyosema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Wanagawana nguo zangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vazi langu wanalipigia kura.”
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Hayo ndiyo waliyoyafanya wale askari.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="JHN.19.25" />Wakati huo huo karibu na msalaba wa Yesu walikuwa wamesimama mama yake, na dada wa mamaye, na Maria mke wa Klopa, na Maria Magdalene.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JHN.19.26" />Yesu alipomwona mama yake mahali pale pamoja na yule mwanafunzi aliyempenda wamesimama karibu, akamwambia mama yake,
<wj>“Mwanamke, huyo hapo ndiye mwanao,”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JHN.19.27" />kisha akamwambia yule mwanafunzi,
<wj>“Nawe huyo hapo ndiye mama yako.”</wj> Tangu wakati huo yule mwanafunzi akamchukua mama yake Yesu nyumbani kwake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kifo Cha Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 27:45-56; Marko 15:33-41; Luka 23:44-49)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="JHN.19.28" />Baada ya haya, Yesu hali akijua kuwa mambo yote yamemalizika, alisema ili kutimiza Maandiko,
<wj>“Naona kiu.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="JHN.19.29" />Hapo palikuwa na bakuli lililojaa siki. Kwa hiyo wakachovya sifongo kwenye hiyo siki, wakaiweka kwenye ufito wa mti wa hisopo, wakampelekea mdomoni.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="JHN.19.30" />Baada ya kuionja hiyo siki, Yesu akasema,
<wj>“Imekwisha.”</wj> Akainamisha kichwa chake, akaitoa roho yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Achomwa Mkuki Ubavuni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="JHN.19.31" />Kwa kuwa ilikuwa siku ya Maandalio ya Pasaka, Wayahudi hawakutaka miili ibaki msalabani siku ya Sabato, hasa kwa kuwa hiyo Sabato ingekuwa Sikukuu. Wakamwomba Pilato aamuru miguu ya wale waliosulubiwa ivunjwe ili wafe haraka miili iondolewe kwenye misalaba.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="JHN.19.32" />Kwa hiyo askari wakaenda wakavunja miguu ya mtu wa kwanza aliyesulubiwa pamoja na Yesu na yule mwingine pia.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="JHN.19.33" />Lakini walipomkaribia Yesu, wakaona ya kuwa amekwisha kufa, hivyo hawakuvunja miguu yake.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="JHN.19.34" />Badala yake mmoja wa wale askari akamchoma mkuki ubavuni na mara pakatoka damu na maji.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="JHN.19.35" />Mtu aliyeona mambo hayo ndiye alitoa ushuhuda, nao ushuhuda wake ni kweli. Anajua kuwa anasema kweli, naye anashuhudia ili pia nanyi mpate kuamini.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="JHN.19.36" />Kwa maana mambo haya yalitukia ili Maandiko yapate kutimia, yale yasemayo, “Hakuna hata mfupa wake mmoja utakaovunjwa.”
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="JHN.19.37" />Tena Andiko lingine lasema, “Watamtazama yeye waliyemchoma.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maziko Ya Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 27:57-61; Marko 15:42-47; Luka 23:50-56)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="JHN.19.38" />Baada ya mambo haya, Yosefu wa Arimathaya, aliyekuwa mfuasi wa Yesu, ingawa kwa siri kwa sababu ya kuwaogopa Wayahudi, alimwomba Pilato ruhusa ili kuuchukua mwili wa Yesu. Pilato alimruhusu, hivyo akaja, akauchukua.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="JHN.19.39" />Naye Nikodemo, yule ambaye kwanza alimwendea Yesu usiku, akaja, akaleta mchanganyiko wa manemane na manukato, yenye uzito wa zaidi ya kilo thelathini<f caller="+"><fr>19:39
</fr><ft>Zaidi ya kilo 30; tafsiri nyingine zinasema ratili 100, na nyingine ratili 75, ambazo ni kama kilo 34.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="JHN.19.40" />Wakauchukua mwili wa Yesu, wakaufunga katika sanda ya kitani safi pamoja na yale manukato, kama ilivyokuwa desturi ya Wayahudi.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="JHN.19.41" />Basi palikuwa na bustani karibu na mahali pale aliposulubiwa, na pale ndani ya ile bustani palikuwa na kaburi jipya, ambalo halikuwa limezikiwa mtu bado.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="JHN.19.42" />Kwa hiyo, kwa kuwa ilikuwa siku ya Wayahudi ya Maandalio, nalo kaburi hilo lilikuwa karibu, wakamzika Yesu humo.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="20" />
<s style="s1">Kufufuka Kwa Yesu
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 28:1-8; Marko 16:1-8; Luka 24:1-12)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JHN.20.1" />Alfajiri na mapema siku ya kwanza ya juma, kulipokuwa kungali giza bado, Maria Magdalene alikwenda kaburini na kukuta lile jiwe limeondolewa penye ingilio.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JHN.20.2" />Hivyo akaja akikimbia kwa Simoni Petro pamoja na yule mwanafunzi mwingine ambaye Yesu alimpenda, na kusema, “Wamemwondoa Bwana kaburini, na hatujui walikomweka!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JHN.20.3" />Petro na yule mwanafunzi mwingine wakaondoka mara kuelekea kaburini.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JHN.20.4" />Wote wawili walikuwa wanakimbia, lakini yule mwanafunzi mwingine akakimbia mbio zaidi kuliko Petro, akatangulia kufika kaburini.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JHN.20.5" />Alipofika, akainama na kuchungulia mle kaburini, akaona vile vitambaa vya kitani mle ndani, lakini hakuingia.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JHN.20.6" />Ndipo Simoni Petro akaja, akimfuata nyuma akaenda moja kwa moja hadi ndani ya kaburi. Naye akaona vile vitambaa vya ile sanda vikiwa pale chini
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JHN.20.7" />na kile kitambaa kilichokuwa kichwani mwa Yesu. Kitambaa hicho kilikuwa kimekunjwa mahali pa peke yake, mbali na vile vitambaa vya kitani vya ile sanda.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JHN.20.8" />Kisha yule mwanafunzi aliyetangulia kufika kaburini naye akaingia ndani, akaona, akaamini,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JHN.20.9" />(kwa kuwa mpaka wakati huo walikuwa bado hawajaelewa kutoka Maandiko kwamba ilikuwa lazima Yesu afufuke kutoka kwa wafu).
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JHN.20.10" />Kisha hao wanafunzi wakaondoka wakarudi nyumbani kwao.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Anamtokea Maria Magdalene
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 28:9-10; Marko 16:9-11)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JHN.20.11" />Lakini Maria Magdalene akasimama nje ya kaburi akilia. Alipokuwa akilia, akainama, kuchungulia mle kaburini,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JHN.20.12" />naye akaona malaika wawili wamevaa mavazi meupe, wameketi pale mwili wa Yesu ulipokuwa umelazwa, mmoja upande wa kichwani na mwingine upande wa miguuni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JHN.20.13" />Wakamuuliza Maria, “Mwanamke, mbona unalia?”
</p>
<p style="p">Akawaambia, “Nalia kwa kuwa wamemchukua Bwana wangu na sijui walikomweka.”
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JHN.20.14" />Baada ya kusema hayo, akageuka, akamwona Yesu amesimama, lakini hakumtambua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JHN.20.15" />Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Mwanamke, mbona unalia? Unamtafuta nani?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Maria akidhani ya kuwa aliyekuwa anaongea naye ni mtunza bustani, kwa hiyo akamwambia, “Bwana, kama ni wewe umemchukua, tafadhali nionyeshe ulikomweka, nami nitamchukua.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JHN.20.16" />Yesu akamwita,
<wj>“Maria!”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Ndipo Maria akamgeukia Yesu na kusema naye kwa Kiebrania, “Rabboni!” (maana yake Mwalimu).
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JHN.20.17" />Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Usinishike, kwa maana sijapaa kwenda kwa Baba. Lakini nenda kwa ndugu zangu ukawaambie, ‘Ninapaa kwenda kwa Baba yangu ambaye ni Baba yenu, kwa Mungu wangu ambaye ni Mungu wenu.’ ”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="JHN.20.18" />Kwa hiyo Maria Magdalene akaenda kuwatangazia wanafunzi wa Yesu, akisema, “Nimemwona Bwana!” Naye akawaambia kwamba Yesu alikuwa amemweleza mambo hayo yote.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Awatokea Wanafunzi Wake
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 28:16-20; Marko 16:14-18; Luka 24:36-49)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JHN.20.19" />Ikawa jioni ya ile siku ya kwanza ya juma, wanafunzi wake walikuwa pamoja, milango ikiwa imefungwa kwa kuwaogopa Wayahudi. Naye Yesu aliwatokea, akasimama katikati yao, akasema,
<wj>“Amani iwe nanyi!”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JHN.20.20" />Baada ya kusema haya, akawaonyesha mikono yake na ubavu wake. Wanafunzi wake wakafurahi sana walipomwona Bwana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="JHN.20.21" />Yesu akawaambia tena,
<wj>“Amani iwe nanyi! Kama vile Baba alivyonituma mimi, mimi nami nawatuma ninyi.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JHN.20.22" />Naye alipokwisha kusema haya, akawavuvia, akawaambia,
<wj>“Pokeeni Roho Mtakatifu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JHN.20.23" /><wj>Mkimwondolea mtu yeyote dhambi zake, zitaondolewa, na yeyote msiyemwondolea dhambi zake, hazitaondolewa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Anamtokea Tomaso
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="JHN.20.24" />Lakini Tomaso, aliyeitwa Didimasi, yaani Pacha, mmoja wa wale kumi na wawili, hakuwa pamoja nao Yesu alipokuja.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JHN.20.25" />Hivyo wale wanafunzi wengine wakamwambia, “Tumemwona Bwana.”
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini yeye akawaambia, “Nisipoona zile alama za misumari mikononi mwake, na kuweka kidole changu kwenye hizo alama za misumari na mkono wangu ubavuni mwake, sitaamini.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="JHN.20.26" />Baada ya siku nane, wanafunzi wake walikuwa tena pamoja ndani ya nyumba, naye Tomaso alikuwa pamoja nao. Ndipo Yesu akaja milango ikiwa imefungwa na kusimama katikati yao akasema,
<wj>“Amani iwe nanyi.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JHN.20.27" />Kisha akamwambia Tomaso,
<wj>“Weka kidole chako hapa na uone mikono yangu, nyoosha mkono wako uguse ubavuni mwangu. Usiwe na shaka, bali uamini tu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="JHN.20.28" />Tomaso akamwambia, “Bwana wangu na Mungu wangu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="JHN.20.29" />Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Umeamini kwa kuwa umeniona? Wamebarikiwa wale ambao hawajaona lakini wameamini.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kusudi La Kitabu Hiki
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="JHN.20.30" />Yesu alifanya miujiza mingine mingi mbele za wanafunzi wake, ambayo haikuandikwa katika kitabu hiki.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="JHN.20.31" />Lakini haya yameandikwa ili mweze kuamini ya kuwa Yesu ndiye Kristo,<f caller="+"><fr>20:31
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f> Mwana wa Mungu, na kwa kumwamini mpate uzima katika jina lake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="21" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Awatokea Wanafunzi Saba
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JHN.21.1" />Baada ya haya Yesu akawatokea tena wanafunzi wake kando ya Bahari ya Tiberia.<f caller="+"><fr>21:1
</fr><ft>Yaani Bahari ya Galilaya.</ft></f> Yeye alijionyesha kwao hivi:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JHN.21.2" />Simoni Petro, Tomaso aitwaye Didimasi, yaani Pacha, Nathanaeli wa Kana ya Galilaya, wana wa Zebedayo na wanafunzi wengine wawili walikuwa pamoja.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JHN.21.3" />Simoni Petro akawaambia wenzake, “Mimi naenda kuvua samaki.” Nao wakamwambia, “Tutakwenda pamoja nawe.” Wakatoka, wakaingia ndani ya mashua, lakini usiku ule hawakupata chochote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JHN.21.4" />Mara baada ya kupambazuka, Yesu akasimama ufuoni, lakini wanafunzi hawakumtambua kwamba alikuwa Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="JHN.21.5" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Wanangu, je, mna samaki wowote?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Wakamjibu, “La.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="JHN.21.6" />Akawaambia,
<wj>“Shusheni nyavu upande wa kuume wa mashua yenu nanyi mtapata samaki.”</wj> Wakashusha nyavu na tazama wakapata samaki wengi mno hata wakashindwa kuvutia zile nyavu zilizojaa samaki ndani ya mashua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JHN.21.7" />Yule mwanafunzi aliyependwa na Yesu akamwambia Petro, “Huyu ni Bwana!” Simoni Petro aliposikia haya, akajifunga nguo yake kwa kuwa alikuwa uchi, naye akajitosa baharini.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JHN.21.8" />Wale wanafunzi wengine wakaja kwa ile mashua huku wakikokota ule wavu uliyojaa samaki, maana hawakuwa mbali na nchi kavu, ilikuwa yapata dhiraa 200<f caller="+"><fr>21:8
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 200 ni kama mita 90.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JHN.21.9" />Walipofika ufuoni, wakaona moto wa makaa na samaki wakiokwa juu yake na mikate.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JHN.21.10" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Leteni baadhi ya hao samaki mliovua sasa hivi.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JHN.21.11" />Simoni Petro akapanda kwenye mashua na kuukokota ule wavu pwani. Ulikuwa umejaa samaki wakubwa 153. Ingawa samaki walikuwa wengi kiasi hicho, ule wavu haukuchanika.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JHN.21.12" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Njooni mpate kifungua kinywa.”</wj> Hakuna hata mmoja wa wanafunzi aliyethubutu kumuuliza, “Wewe ni nani?” Kwa sababu walijua ya kuwa ni Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JHN.21.13" />Yesu akaja, akachukua ule mkate, akawapa na vivyo hivyo akawagawia pia wale samaki.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JHN.21.14" />Hii ilikuwa mara ya tatu Yesu kuwatokea wanafunzi wake baada yake kufufuliwa kutoka kwa wafu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Amuuliza Petro Kama Anampenda
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="JHN.21.15" />Walipokwisha kula, Yesu akamuuliza Simoni Petro,
<wj>“Je, Simoni mwana wa Yohana, unanipenda kweli kuliko hawa?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Yeye akamjibu, “Ndiyo Bwana, wewe unajua ya kuwa ninakupenda.”
</p>
<p style="p">Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Lisha wana-kondoo wangu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JHN.21.16" />Yesu akamwambia tena,
<wj>“Simoni, mwana wa Yohana, wanipenda?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Petro akamjibu, “Ndiyo Bwana, wewe unajua ya kuwa ninakupenda.”
</p>
<p style="p">Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Chunga kondoo zangu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JHN.21.17" />Kwa mara ya tatu Yesu akamuuliza Petro,
<wj>“Simoni mwana wa Yohana, unanipenda?”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Petro akahuzunika sana kwa kuwa Yesu alimuuliza mara ya tatu,
<wj>“Unanipenda?”</wj> Akamjibu, “Bwana, wewe unajua yote, unajua ya kuwa ninakupenda.”
</p>
<p style="p">Yesu akamwambia,
<wj>“Lisha kondoo wangu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JHN.21.18" /><wj>Amin, amin nakuambia, ulipokuwa kijana ulivaa na kwenda unakotaka, lakini utakapokuwa mzee utanyoosha mikono yako na mtu mwingine atakuvika na kukupeleka usipotaka kwenda.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JHN.21.19" />Yesu alisema haya ili kuashiria ni kifo cha aina gani Petro atakachomtukuza nacho Mungu. Kisha Yesu akamwambia Petro,
<wj>“Nifuate!”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="JHN.21.20" />Petro akageuka, akamwona yule mwanafunzi aliyependwa na Yesu akiwafuata. (Huyu ndiye yule mwanafunzi aliyeegama kifuani mwa Yesu walipokula naye chakula cha mwisho na kuuliza, “Bwana, ni nani atakayekusaliti?”)
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JHN.21.21" />Petro alipomwona huyo mwanafunzi, akamuuliza Yesu, “Bwana na huyu je?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="JHN.21.22" />Yesu akamjibu,
<wj>“Ikiwa nataka aishi mpaka nitakaporudi, inakuhusu nini? Wewe inakupasa unifuate!”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JHN.21.23" />Kwa sababu ya maneno haya ya Yesu, uvumi ukaenea miongoni mwa ndugu kwamba huyu mwanafunzi hangekufa. Lakini Yesu hakusema kuwa hangekufa. Yeye alisema tu kwamba,
<wj>“Ikiwa nataka aishi mpaka nitakaporudi, inakuhusu nini?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="JHN.21.24" />Huyu ndiye yule mwanafunzi anayeshuhudia mambo haya na ndiye ambaye ameandika habari hizi. Nasi tunajua ya kuwa ushuhuda wake ni kweli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="JHN.21.25" />Lakini kuna mambo mengine mengi ambayo Yesu alifanya. Kama yote yangeliandikwa, nadhani hata ulimwengu wote usingekuwa na nafasi ya kutosha kuweka vitabu vyote ambavyo vingeandikwa. Amen.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="ACT"><id id="ACT">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Matendo Ya Mitume
</h><toc level="1">Matendo Ya Mitume
</toc><toc level="2">Matendo
</toc><toc level="3">Mdo
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Matendo Ya Mitume
</p>

<c id="1" />
<p sfm="ms" style="ms1">Kanisa La Kwanza
</p>
<p sfm="mr" style="mr">(1:1–5:42)
</p>
<s style="s1">Ahadi Ya Roho Mtakatifu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ACT.1.1" />Katika kitabu changu cha kwanza nilikuandikia, mpendwa Theofilo, kuhusu mambo yote Yesu aliyofanya na kufundisha tangu mwanzo,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ACT.1.2" />hadi siku ile alipochukuliwa kwenda mbinguni, baada ya kuwapa maagizo kupitia kwa Roho Mtakatifu wale mitume aliowachagua.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ACT.1.3" />Baada ya mateso yake, alijionyesha kwao na kuwathibitishia kwa njia nyingi kwamba yeye yu hai. Katika muda wa siku arobaini baada ya kufufuka kwake aliwatokea na kunena kuhusu Ufalme wa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ACT.1.4" />Wakati mmoja alipokuwa pamoja nao, aliwapa amri hii,
<wj>“Msitoke Yerusalemu, bali ingojeni ahadi ya Baba, ambayo mmenisikia nikisema habari zake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ACT.1.5" /><wj>Yohana aliwabatiza kwa maji, lakini baada ya siku chache mtabatizwa kwa Roho Mtakatifu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Apaa Mbinguni
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Marko 16:19-20; Luka 24:50-53)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="ACT.1.6" />Mitume walipokuwa wamekusanyika pamoja, wakamuuliza Yesu, “Bwana, je, huu ndio wakati wa kuwarudishia Israeli ufalme?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="ACT.1.7" />Yesu akawaambia,
<wj>“Si juu yenu kujua nyakati na majira ambayo Baba ameyaweka katika mamlaka yake mwenyewe.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ACT.1.8" /><wj>Lakini mtapokea nguvu akiisha kuwajilia juu yenu Roho Mtakatifu, nanyi mtakuwa mashahidi wangu katika Yerusalemu, Uyahudi kote na Samaria, hadi miisho ya dunia.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ACT.1.9" />Baada ya kusema mambo haya, walipokuwa wanatazama, akachukuliwa juu mbinguni mbele ya macho yao na wingu likampokea wasimwone tena.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="ACT.1.10" />Walipokuwa bado wakikaza macho yao kuelekea juu alipokuwa akienda zake Mbinguni, tazama ghafula, wanaume wawili waliovaa mavazi meupe wakasimama karibu nao,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ACT.1.11" />wakasema, “Enyi watu wa Galilaya, mbona mnasimama mkitazama juu angani? Huyu Yesu aliyechukuliwa kutoka kwenu kwenda Mbinguni, atarudi tena jinsi iyo hiyo mlivyomwona akienda zake Mbinguni.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mathiya Achaguliwa Badala Ya Yuda
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 27:3-10)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="ACT.1.12" />Ndipo waliporudi Yerusalemu kutoka Mlima wa Mizeituni, uliokuwa karibu na Yerusalemu, umbali wa mwendo wa Sabato<f caller="+"><fr>1:12
</fr><ft>Mwendo wa Sabato hapa ina maana umbali wa mita 1,100.</ft></f> kutoka mjini.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ACT.1.13" />Walipowasili mjini Yerusalemu, walikwenda ghorofani kwenye chumba walichokuwa wakiishi. Wale waliokuwepo walikuwa: Petro, Yohana, Yakobo, Andrea, Filipo, Tomaso, Bartholomayo, Mathayo, Yakobo mwana wa Alfayo, Simoni Zelote<f caller="+"><fr>1:13
</fr><ft>Zelote hapa ina maana alikuwa mwanachama wa Wazelote, kikundi cha Kiyahudi cha kupinga jeuri ya Warumi.</ft></f> na Yuda mwana wa Yakobo.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ACT.1.14" />Hawa wote waliungana pamoja katika maombi. Pamoja nao walikuwepo wanawake kadha, na Maria mama yake Yesu, pamoja na ndugu zake Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="ACT.1.15" />Katika siku hizo Petro akasimama katikati ya waumini (jumla yao wote walikuwa watu wapatao 120), akasema,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ACT.1.16" />“Ndugu zangu, ilibidi Andiko litimie ambalo Roho Mtakatifu alitabiri kupitia kwa Daudi kumhusu Yuda aliyewaongoza wale waliomkamata Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ACT.1.17" />Yuda alikuwa mmoja wetu, kwa maana na yeye alichaguliwa ashiriki katika huduma hii.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="ACT.1.18" />(Basi Yuda alinunua shamba kwa zile fedha za uovu alizopata; akiwa huko shambani akaanguka, akapasuka na matumbo yote yakatoka nje.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ACT.1.19" />Kila mtu Yerusalemu akasikia habari hizi, kwa hiyo wakapaita mahali hapo kwa lugha yao, Akeldama, yaani Shamba la Damu).
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="ACT.1.20" />“Kama vile ilivyoandikwa katika kitabu cha Zaburi,
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Mahali pake na pawe ukiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala asiwepo yeyote atakayeishi humo,’
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">na,
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Mtu mwingine aichukue nafasi yake ya uongozi.’
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="21" bcv="ACT.1.21" />Kwa hiyo inatubidi tumchague mtu mwingine miongoni mwa wale ambao wamekuwa pamoja nasi wakati wote Bwana Yesu alipoingia na kutoka katikati yenu,
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ACT.1.22" />kuanzia ubatizo wa Yohana mpaka siku aliyochukuliwa kutoka kwetu kwenda Mbinguni. Kwa kuwa mmoja wao inabidi awe shahidi pamoja nasi wa ufufuo wake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="ACT.1.23" />Wakapendekeza majina ya watu wawili: Yosefu, aitwaye Barsaba (ambaye pia alijulikana kama Yusto) na Mathiya.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ACT.1.24" />Kisha wakaomba, wakasema, “Bwana, wewe waujua moyo wa kila mtu. Tuonyeshe ni yupi kati ya hawa wawili uliyemchagua
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="ACT.1.25" />ili achukue nafasi ya huduma ya utume ambayo Yuda aliiacha ili aende mahali pake mwenyewe.”
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="ACT.1.26" />Kisha wakawapigia kura, nayo kura ikamwangukia Mathiya, naye akaongezwa kwenye wale mitume kumi na mmoja.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Kushuka Kwa Roho Mtakatifu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ACT.2.1" />Siku ya Pentekoste ilipowadia, waamini wote walikuwa mahali pamoja.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ACT.2.2" />Ghafula sauti kama mvumo mkubwa wa upepo mkali uliotoka mbinguni ukaijaza nyumba yote walimokuwa wameketi.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ACT.2.3" />Zikatokea ndimi kama za moto zilizogawanyika na kukaa juu ya kila mmoja wao.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ACT.2.4" />Wote wakajazwa na Roho Mtakatifu, wakaanza kunena kwa lugha nyingine, kama Roho alivyowajalia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="ACT.2.5" />Basi walikuwepo Yerusalemu Wayahudi wanaomcha Mungu kutoka kila taifa chini ya mbingu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ACT.2.6" />Waliposikia sauti hii, umati wa watu ulikusanyika pamoja wakistaajabu, kwa sababu kila mmoja wao aliwasikia wakisema kwa lugha yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ACT.2.7" />Wakiwa wameshangaa na kustaajabu wakauliza, “Je, hawa wote wanaozungumza si Wagalilaya?
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ACT.2.8" />Imekuwaje basi kila mmoja wetu anawasikia wakinena kwa lugha yake ya kuzaliwa?
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ACT.2.9" />Wapathi, Wamedi, Waelami, wakazi wa Mesopotamia, Uyahudi, Kapadokia, Ponto na Asia,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ACT.2.10" />Frigia, Pamfilia, Misri na pande za Libya karibu na Kirene na wageni kutoka Rumi,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ACT.2.11" />Wayahudi na waongofu, Wakrete na Waarabu, sote tunawasikia watu hawa wakisema mambo makuu ya ajabu ya Mungu katika lugha zetu wenyewe.”
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ACT.2.12" />Wakiwa wameshangaa na kufadhaika wakaulizana, “Ni nini maana ya mambo haya?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="ACT.2.13" />Lakini wengine wakawadhihaki wakasema, “Hawa wamelewa divai!”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Petro Ahutubia Umati
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="ACT.2.14" />Ndipo Petro akasimama pamoja na wale mitume kumi na mmoja, akainua sauti yake na kuhutubia ule umati wa watu, akasema: “Wayahudi wenzangu na ninyi nyote mkaao Yerusalemu, jueni jambo hili mkanisikilize.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ACT.2.15" />Hakika watu hawa hawakulewa kama mnavyodhania, kwa kuwa sasa ni saa tatu asubuhi!
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ACT.2.16" />La, hili ni jambo lililotabiriwa na nabii Yoeli, akisema:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ACT.2.17" />“ ‘Katika siku za mwisho, asema Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitamimina Roho wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">juu ya wote wenye mwili.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wana wenu na binti zenu watatabiri,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vijana wenu wataona maono,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wazee wenu wataota ndoto.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="ACT.2.18" />Hata juu ya watumishi wangu, wanaume kwa wanawake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika siku zile nitamimina Roho wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watatabiri.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="19" bcv="ACT.2.19" />Nami nitaonyesha maajabu juu mbinguni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ishara chini duniani:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">damu, moto, na mawimbi ya moshi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="ACT.2.20" />Jua litakuwa giza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mwezi utakuwa mwekundu kama damu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kabla ya kuja siku ile kuu ya Bwana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">iliyo tukufu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="21" bcv="ACT.2.21" />Na kila mtu atakayeliitia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jina la Bwana, ataokolewa.’
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="ACT.2.22" />“Enyi Waisraeli, sikilizeni maneno haya nisemayo: Yesu wa Nazareti alikuwa mtu aliyethibitishwa kwenu na Mungu kwa miujiza, maajabu na ishara, ambayo Mungu alitenda miongoni mwenu kupitia kwake, kama ninyi wenyewe mjuavyo.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ACT.2.23" />Huyu mtu akiisha kutolewa kwa shauri la Mungu lililokusudiwa kwa kujua kwake Mungu tangu zamani, ninyi, kwa mikono ya watu wabaya, mlimuua kwa kumgongomea msalabani.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ACT.2.24" />Lakini Mungu alimfufua kutoka kwa wafu akamwondolea uchungu wa mauti, kwa sababu haikuwezekana yeye kushikiliwa na nguvu za mauti.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="ACT.2.25" />Kwa maana Daudi asema kumhusu yeye:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Nalimwona Bwana mbele yangu daima.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa sababu yuko mkono wangu wa kuume,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sitatikisika.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="ACT.2.26" />Kwa hiyo moyo wangu unafurahia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ulimi wangu unashangilia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwili wangu nao utapumzika kwa tumaini.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="ACT.2.27" />Kwa maana hutaniacha kaburini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hutamwacha Aliye Mtakatifu wako kuona uharibifu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="ACT.2.28" />Umenionyesha njia za uzima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utanijaza na furaha mbele zako.’
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="ACT.2.29" />“Ndugu zangu Waisraeli, nataka niwaambie kwa uhakika kwamba baba yetu Daudi alikufa na kuzikwa, nalo kaburi lake lipo hapa mpaka leo.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="ACT.2.30" />Lakini alikuwa nabii na alijua ya kuwa Mungu alikuwa amemwahidi kwa kiapo kwamba angemweka mmoja wa wazao wake penye kiti chake cha enzi.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="ACT.2.31" />Daudi, akiona mambo yaliyoko mbele, akanena juu ya kufufuka kwa Kristo,<f caller="+"><fr>2:31
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f> kwamba hakuachwa kaburini, wala mwili wake haukuona uharibifu.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="ACT.2.32" />Mungu alimfufua huyu Yesu na sisi sote ni mashahidi wa jambo hilo.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="ACT.2.33" />Basi ikiwa yeye ametukuzwa kwa mkono wa kuume wa Mungu, amepokea kutoka kwa Baba ahadi ya Roho Mtakatifu, naye amemimina kile mnachoona sasa na kusikia.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="ACT.2.34" />Kwa kuwa Daudi hakupaa kwenda mbinguni, lakini anasema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘<nd>Bwana</nd> alimwambia Bwana wangu:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Keti mkono wangu wa kuume,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="ACT.2.35" />hadi nitakapowaweka adui zako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">chini ya miguu yako.” ’
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="ACT.2.36" />“Kwa hiyo Israeli wote na wajue jambo hili kwa uhakika kwamba: Mungu amemfanya huyu Yesu, ambaye ninyi mlimsulubisha, kuwa Bwana na Kristo.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Waumini Waongezeka
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="ACT.2.37" />Watu waliposikia maneno haya yakawachoma mioyo yao, wakawauliza Petro na wale mitume wengine, “Ndugu zetu tufanye nini?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="ACT.2.38" />Petro akawajibu, “Tubuni, mkabatizwe kila mmoja wenu kwa jina la Yesu Kristo, ili mpate kusamehewa dhambi zenu, nanyi mtapokea kipawa cha Roho Mtakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="ACT.2.39" />Kwa kuwa ahadi hii ni kwa ajili yenu na watoto wenu, na kwa wote walio mbali, na kila mtu ambaye Bwana Mungu wetu atamwita amjie.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="ACT.2.40" />Petro akawaonya kwa maneno mengine mengi na kuwasihi akisema, “Jiepusheni na kizazi hiki kilichopotoka.”
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="ACT.2.41" />Wale wote waliopokea ujumbe wa Petro kwa furaha wakabatizwa na siku ile waliongezeka watu wapatao 3,000.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ushirika Wa Waumini
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="ACT.2.42" />Nao wakawa wanadumu katika mafundisho ya mitume, katika ushirika, katika kumega mkate na katika kusali.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="ACT.2.43" />Kila mtu akaingiwa na hofu ya Mungu, nayo miujiza mingi na ishara zikafanywa na mitume.
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="ACT.2.44" />Walioamini wote walikuwa mahali pamoja, nao walikuwa na kila kitu shirika.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="ACT.2.45" />Waliuza mali zao na vitu walivyokuwa navyo, kila mtu akagawiwa kadiri ya mahitaji yake.
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="ACT.2.46" />Siku zote kwa moyo mmoja walikutana ndani ya ukumbi wa Hekalu, wakimega mkate nyumba kwa nyumba, wakila chakula chao kwa furaha na moyo mweupe,
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="ACT.2.47" />wakimsifu Mungu na kuwapendeza watu wote. Kila siku Bwana akaliongeza kanisa wale waliokuwa wakiokolewa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Petro Amponya Mlemavu Kwa Jina La Yesu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ACT.3.1" />Siku moja Petro na Yohana walikuwa wanapanda kwenda Hekaluni kusali yapata saa tisa alasiri.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ACT.3.2" />Basi palikuwa na mtu mmoja aliyekuwa kiwete tangu kuzaliwa. Alichukuliwa na kuwekwa kwenye lango la Hekalu liitwalo Zuri, kila siku ili aombe msaada kwa watu wanaoingia Hekaluni.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ACT.3.3" />Huyu mtu alipowaona Petro na Yohana wakikaribia kuingia Hekaluni, akawaomba wampe sadaka.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ACT.3.4" />Wakamkazia macho, kisha Petro akamwambia, “Tutazame sisi.”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ACT.3.5" />Hivyo yule mtu akawatazama, akitazamia kupata kitu kutoka kwao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="ACT.3.6" />Ndipo Petro akamwambia, “Sina fedha wala dhahabu, lakini nilicho nacho ndicho nikupacho. Kwa jina la Yesu Kristo wa Nazareti, tembea!”
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ACT.3.7" />Petro akamshika yule mtu kwa mkono wa kuume akamwinua, mara nyayo zake na vifundo vya miguu yake vikapata nguvu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ACT.3.8" />Akaruka juu na kusimama, akaanza kutembea. Kisha akaingia Hekaluni pamoja na Petro na Yohana, huku akitembea na kurukaruka na kumsifu Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ACT.3.9" />Watu wote walipomwona akitembea na kumsifu Mungu,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ACT.3.10" />wakamtambua kuwa ni yule mtu aliyekuwa akiketi nje ya Hekalu penye lango liitwalo Zuri akiomba msaada, nao wakajawa na mshangao, wakastaajabu juu ya yale yaliyomtukia.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Petro Anashuhudia Kuwa Yesu Anaponya
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="ACT.3.11" />Aliyeponywa alipokuwa akiambatana na Petro na Yohana, watu wote walishangaa mno, wakaja wakiwakimbilia pale ukumbi wa Solomoni.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ACT.3.12" />Petro alipoona watu wamekusanyika akawaambia, “Enyi Waisraeli, kwa nini mnastaajabu kuhusu jambo hili? Mbona mnatukazia macho kwa mshangao kana kwamba ni kwa uwezo wetu au utakatifu wetu tumemfanya mtu huyu kutembea?
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ACT.3.13" />Mungu wa Abrahamu na Isaki na Yakobo, Mungu wa baba zetu amemtukuza Mwanawe Yesu, ambaye ninyi mlimtoa ahukumiwe kifo na mkamkana mbele ya Pilato, ingawa yeye alikuwa ameamua kumwachia aende zake.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ACT.3.14" />Ninyi mlimkataa huyo Mtakatifu na Mwenye Haki mkaomba mpewe yule muuaji.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ACT.3.15" />Hivyo mkamuua aliye chanzo cha uzima, lakini Mungu akamfufua kutoka kwa wafu. Sisi tu mashahidi wa mambo haya.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ACT.3.16" />Kwa imani katika jina la Yesu, huyu mtu mnayemwona na kumfahamu ametiwa nguvu. Ni kwa jina la Yesu na imani itokayo kwake ambayo imemponya kabisa huyu mtu, kama ninyi wote mnavyoona.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="ACT.3.17" />“Sasa ndugu zangu, najua ya kuwa ninyi mlitenda bila kujua, kama walivyofanya viongozi wenu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ACT.3.18" />Lakini kwa njia hii Mungu alitimiza kile ambacho alikuwa ametabiri kwa vinywa vya manabii wake wote, kwamba Kristo<f caller="+"><fr>3:18
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f> atateswa.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ACT.3.19" />Tubuni basi mkamgeukie Mungu, dhambi zenu zifutwe, ili zipate kuja nyakati za kuburudishwa kwa kuwepo kwake Bwana,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ACT.3.20" />naye apate kumtuma Kristo, ambaye ameteuliwa kwa ajili yenu, yaani Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ACT.3.21" />Ilimpasa mbingu zimpokee mpaka wakati wa kufanywa upya kila kitu, kama Mungu alivyoahidi zamani kupitia kwa vinywa vya manabii wake watakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ACT.3.22" />Kwa maana Mose alisema, ‘Bwana Mungu wenu atawainulia nabii kama mimi kutoka miongoni mwa ndugu zenu. Itawapasa kumtii huyo kwa kila jambo atakalowaambia.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ACT.3.23" />Mtu yeyote ambaye hatamsikiliza huyo nabii, atatupiliwa mbali kabisa na watu wake.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="ACT.3.24" />“Naam, manabii wote tangu Samweli na waliokuja baada yake, wote walitabiri kuhusu siku hizi.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="ACT.3.25" />Ninyi ndio wana wa manabii na wa Agano ambalo Mungu alifanya na baba zenu, akimwambia Abrahamu, ‘Kupitia kwa uzao wako, watu wote wa ulimwengu watabarikiwa.’
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="ACT.3.26" />Mungu alipomfufua Yesu Mwanawe, alimtuma kwenu kwanza, ili awabariki kwa kumgeuza kila mmoja wenu kutoka njia yake mbaya.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Petro Na Yohana Mbele Ya Baraza
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ACT.4.1" />Wakati Petro na Yohana walipokuwa wakisema na watu, makuhani, mkuu wa walinzi wa Hekalu na Masadukayo wakawajia,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ACT.4.2" />huku wakiwa wamekasirika sana kwa sababu mitume walikuwa wanawafundisha watu na kuhubiri kwamba kuna ufufuo wa wafu ndani ya Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ACT.4.3" />Wakawakamata Petro na Yohana na kuwatia gerezani mpaka kesho yake kwa kuwa ilikuwa jioni.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ACT.4.4" />Lakini wengi waliosikia lile neno waliamini, idadi yao ilikuwa yapata wanaume 5,000.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="ACT.4.5" />Kesho yake, viongozi wa Kiyahudi, wazee na walimu wa sheria wakakusanyika Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ACT.4.6" />Walikuwepo kuhani mkuu Anasi, Kayafa, Yohana, Iskanda, na wengi wa jamaa ya kuhani mkuu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ACT.4.7" />Baada ya kuwasimamisha Petro na Yohana katikati yao, wakawauliza, “Ni kwa uwezo gani au kwa jina la nani mmefanya jambo hili?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="ACT.4.8" />Petro, akiwa amejaa Roho Mtakatifu, akajibu, “Enyi watawala na wazee wa watu,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ACT.4.9" />kama leo tukihojiwa kwa habari ya mambo mema aliyotendewa yule kiwete na kuulizwa jinsi alivyoponywa,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ACT.4.10" />ijulikane kwenu nyote na kwa watu wote wa Israeli kwamba: Ni kwa jina la Yesu Kristo wa Nazareti, ambaye ninyi mlimsulubisha lakini Mungu akamfufua kutoka kwa wafu, kwa jina hilo mtu huyu anasimama mbele yenu akiwa mzima kabisa.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ACT.4.11" />Huyu ndiye
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘jiwe ambalo ninyi wajenzi mlilikataa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambalo limekuwa jiwe kuu la pembeni.’
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="12" bcv="ACT.4.12" />Wala hakuna wokovu katika mwingine awaye yote, kwa maana hakuna jina jingine chini ya mbingu walilopewa wanadamu litupasalo sisi kuokolewa kwalo.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ujasiri Wa Petro Na Yohana Washangaza Watu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="ACT.4.13" />Wale viongozi na wazee walipoona ujasiri wa Petro na Yohana na kujua ya kuwa walikuwa watu wa kawaida, wasio na elimu, walishangaa sana, wakatambua kwamba hawa watu walikuwa na Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ACT.4.14" />Lakini kwa kuwa walikuwa wanamwona yule kiwete aliyeponywa amesimama pale pamoja nao, hawakuweza kusema lolote kuwapinga.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ACT.4.15" />Wakawaamuru watoke nje ya Baraza la Wayahudi<f caller="+"><fr>4:15
</fr><fq>Baraza la Wayahudi
</fq><ft>hapa ina maana ya
</ft><fqa>Sanhedrin
</fqa><ft>ambalo lilikuwa ndilo baraza la juu kabisa la utawala wa Kiyahudi, lililoundwa na wazee 70 pamoja na kuhani mkuu.</ft></f> wakati wakisemezana jambo hilo wao kwa wao.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ACT.4.16" />Wakaulizana, “Tuwafanyie nini watu hawa? Hatuwezi kukanusha muujiza huu mkubwa walioufanya ambao ni dhahiri kwa kila mtu Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ACT.4.17" />Lakini ili kuzuia jambo hili lisiendelee kuenea zaidi kwa watu, ni lazima tuwaonye watu hawa ili wasiseme tena na mtu yeyote kwa jina la Yesu.”
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ACT.4.18" />Kisha wakawaita tena ndani na kuwaamuru wasiseme wala kufundisha kamwe kwa hili jina la Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Imetupasa Kumtii Mungu Kuliko Wanadamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="ACT.4.19" />Lakini Petro na Yohana wakajibu, “Amueni ninyi wenyewe iwapo ni haki mbele za Mungu kuwatii ninyi kuliko kumtii Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ACT.4.20" />Lakini sisi hatuwezi kuacha kusema yale tuliyoyaona na kuyasikia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="ACT.4.21" />Baada ya vitisho vingi, wakawaacha waende zao. Hawakuona njia yoyote ya kuwaadhibu, kwa sababu ya watu, kwa kuwa watu wote walikuwa wakimsifu Mungu kwa kile kilichokuwa kimetukia.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ACT.4.22" />Kwa kuwa umri wa yule mtu aliyekuwa ameponywa kwa muujiza ulikuwa zaidi ya miaka arobaini.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maombi Ya Waumini
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="ACT.4.23" />Punde Petro na Yohana walipoachiliwa, walirudi kwa waumini wenzao wakawaeleza waliyoambiwa na viongozi wa makuhani na wazee.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ACT.4.24" />Watu waliposikia hayo, wakainua sauti zao, wakamwomba Mungu kwa pamoja, wakisema, “Bwana Mwenyezi, uliyeziumba mbingu na nchi na bahari, na vitu vyote vilivyomo.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="ACT.4.25" />Wewe ulisema kwa Roho Mtakatifu kupitia kwa kinywa cha baba yetu Daudi, mtumishi wako, ukasema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Mbona mataifa wanaghadhibika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kabila za watu zinawaza ubatili?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="ACT.4.26" />Wafalme wa dunia wamejipanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na watawala wanakusanyika pamoja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">dhidi ya Bwana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na dhidi ya Mpakwa Mafuta wake.’
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="27" bcv="ACT.4.27" />Ni kweli Herode na Pontio Pilato pamoja na watu wa Mataifa na Waisraeli, walikusanyika katika mji huu dhidi ya mwanao mtakatifu Yesu uliyemtia mafuta.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="ACT.4.28" />Wao wakafanya yale ambayo uweza wako na mapenzi yako yalikuwa yamekusudia yatokee tangu zamani.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="ACT.4.29" />Sasa, Bwana angalia vitisho vyao na utuwezeshe sisi watumishi wako kulinena neno lako kwa ujasiri mkuu.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="ACT.4.30" />Nyoosha mkono wako ili kuponya wagonjwa na kutenda ishara na miujiza kwa jina la Mwanao mtakatifu Yesu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="ACT.4.31" />Walipokwisha kuomba, mahali walipokuwa wamekutanika pakatikiswa, wote wakajazwa na Roho Mtakatifu, wakanena neno la Mungu kwa ujasiri.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Walioamini Washirikiana Mali Zao
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="ACT.4.32" />Wale walioamini wote walikuwa na moyo mmoja na nia moja. Wala hakuna hata mmoja aliyesema chochote alichokuwa nacho ni mali yake mwenyewe, lakini walishirikiana kila kitu walichokuwa nacho.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="ACT.4.33" />Mitume wakatoa ushuhuda wa kufufuka kwa Bwana Yesu kwa nguvu nyingi na neema ya Mungu ilikuwa juu yao wote.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="ACT.4.34" />Wala hapakuwepo mtu yeyote miongoni mwao aliyekuwa mhitaji, kwa sababu mara kwa mara wale waliokuwa na mashamba na nyumba waliviuza, wakaleta thamani ya vitu vilivyouzwa,
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="ACT.4.35" />wakaiweka miguuni pa mitume, kila mtu akagawiwa kadiri ya mahitaji yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="ACT.4.36" />Yosefu, Mlawi kutoka Kipro, ambaye mitume walimwita Barnaba (maana yake Mwana wa Faraja),
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="ACT.4.37" />aliuza shamba alilokuwa nalo, akaleta hizo fedha alizopata na kuziweka miguuni pa mitume.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Anania Na Safira
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ACT.5.1" />Lakini mtu mmoja jina lake Anania pamoja na mkewe Safira waliuza kiwanja.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ACT.5.2" />Huku mkewe akijua kikamilifu, Anania alificha sehemu ya fedha alizopata, akaleta kiasi kilichobaki na kukiweka miguuni pa mitume.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="ACT.5.3" />Petro akamuuliza, “Anania, mbona Shetani ameujaza moyo wako ili kumwambia uongo Roho Mtakatifu, ukaficha sehemu ya fedha ulizopata kutokana na kiwanja?
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ACT.5.4" />Je, kabla hujauza hicho kiwanja si kilikuwa mali yako? Hata baada ya kukiuza, fedha ulizopata si zilikuwa kwenye uwezo wako? Kwa nini basi umewaza hila hii moyoni mwako kufanya jambo kama hili? Wewe hukumwambia uongo mwanadamu bali Mungu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="ACT.5.5" />Anania aliposikia maneno haya akaanguka chini na kufa. Hofu kuu ikawapata wote waliosikia jambo lililokuwa limetukia.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ACT.5.6" />Vijana wakaja, wakaufunga mwili wake sanda, wakamchukua nje kumzika.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="ACT.5.7" />Saa tatu baadaye mkewe Anania akaingia, naye hana habari ya mambo yaliyotukia.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ACT.5.8" />Petro akamuuliza, “Niambie, je, mliuza kiwanja kwa thamani hii?” Akajibu, “Ndiyo, tuliuza kwa thamani hiyo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ACT.5.9" />Ndipo Petro akamwambia, “Imekuwaje mkakubaliana kumjaribu Roho wa Bwana? Tazama! Nyayo za vijana waliomzika mumeo ziko mlangoni, wewe nawe watakuchukua nje.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="ACT.5.10" />Saa ile ile akaanguka chini miguuni mwake na kufa. Nao wale vijana wakaingia, wakamkuta amekufa, wakamchukua wakamzika kando ya mumewe.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ACT.5.11" />Hofu kuu ikalipata kanisa lote pamoja na watu wote waliosikia juu ya matukio haya.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mitume Waponya Wengi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="ACT.5.12" />Mitume wakafanya ishara nyingi na miujiza miongoni mwa watu. Walioamini wote walikuwa wakikusanyika katika ukumbi wa Solomoni.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ACT.5.13" />Hakuna mtu mwingine aliyethubutu kuambatana nao ijapokuwa waliheshimiwa sana na watu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ACT.5.14" />Hata hivyo, waliomwamini Bwana wakazidi kuongezeka, wanaume na wanawake.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ACT.5.15" />Hata wakawa wanawaleta wagonjwa na kuwalaza kwenye magodoro na kwenye vitanda barabarani ili yamkini Petro akipita kivuli chake kiwaguse baadhi yao.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ACT.5.16" />Pia watu wakakusanyika kutoka miji iliyokuwa karibu na Yerusalemu, wakileta wagonjwa na watu walioteswa na pepo wachafu. Hao wote wakaponywa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mitume Washtakiwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="ACT.5.17" />Kisha kuhani mkuu na wenzake wote waliokuwa pamoja naye, waliokuwa wa kundi la Masadukayo, wakajawa na wivu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ACT.5.18" />Wakawakamata mitume na kuwatia gerezani.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ACT.5.19" />Lakini wakati wa usiku, malaika wa Bwana akaja, akafungua milango ya gereza na akawatoa nje. Akawaambia,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ACT.5.20" />“Nendeni, mkasimame Hekaluni mkawaambie watu maneno yote ya uzima huu mpya.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="ACT.5.21" />Waliposikia haya wakaenda Hekaluni alfajiri wakaendelea kufundisha watu.
</p>
<p style="p">Kuhani mkuu na wale waliokuwa pamoja nao walipowasili, alikusanya baraza na wazee wote wa Israeli wakatuma wale mitume waletwe kutoka gerezani.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ACT.5.22" />Lakini wale walinzi wa Hekalu walipokwenda gerezani hawakuwakuta mitume mle. Kwa hiyo wakarudi na kutoa habari.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ACT.5.23" />Wakasema, “Tumekuta milango ya gereza imefungwa sawasawa na askari wa gereza wamesimama nje ya mlango, lakini tulipofungua milango hakuwepo mtu yeyote ndani.”
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ACT.5.24" />Basi mkuu wa walinzi wa Hekalu na viongozi wa makuhani waliposikia haya, wakafadhaika na kushangaa sana kwa ajili yao kwamba jambo hili litakuwaje.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="ACT.5.25" />Ndipo mtu mmoja akaja akawaambia, “Tazameni watu mliowatia gerezani wako Hekaluni wakiwafundisha watu.”
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="ACT.5.26" />Ndipo yule mkuu wa walinzi wa Hekalu wakaenda pamoja na askari wakawaleta wale mitume, lakini bila ghasia kwa sababu waliogopa kupigwa mawe na watu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="ACT.5.27" />Wakiisha kuwaleta mitume wakawaamuru kusimama mbele ya baraza ili kuhani mkuu awahoji.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="ACT.5.28" />“Tuliwaonya kwa nguvu msifundishe kwa jina hili, lakini ninyi mmeijaza Yerusalemu yote mafundisho yenu na tena mmekusudia kuleta damu ya mtu huyu juu yetu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="ACT.5.29" />Petro na wale mitume wengine wakajibu, “Imetupasa kumtii Mungu kuliko wanadamu.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="ACT.5.30" />Mungu wa baba zetu alimfufua Yesu kutoka kwa wafu, ambaye ninyi mlimuua kwa kumtundika kwenye msalaba.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="ACT.5.31" />Mungu alimtukuza, akamweka mkono wake wa kuume kuwa Kiongozi na Mwokozi ili awape Israeli toba na msamaha wa dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="ACT.5.32" />Nasi tu mashahidi wa mambo haya, vivyo hivyo na Roho Mtakatifu ambaye Mungu amewapa wale wanaomtii.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="ACT.5.33" />Wale wajumbe wa baraza la wazee waliposikia haya, walijawa na ghadhabu, wakataka kuwaua mitume.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="ACT.5.34" />Lakini Farisayo mmoja, jina lake Gamalieli, aliyekuwa mwalimu wa sheria, aliyeheshimiwa na watu wote, akasimama mbele ya baraza akaamuru mitume watolewe nje kwa muda.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="ACT.5.35" />Ndipo alipowaambia wajumbe wa baraza, “Enyi watu wa Israeli, fikirini kwa uangalifu mnayotaka kuwatendea watu hawa.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="ACT.5.36" />Kwa maana wakati uliopita, aliinuka mtu mmoja jina lake Theuda, alijidai kuwa yeye ni mtu maarufu, akapata wafuasi wapatao 400 walioambatana naye. Lakini aliuawa, na wafuasi wake wote wakatawanyika, wakawa si kitu.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="ACT.5.37" />Baada yake, alitokea Yuda Mgalilaya wakati wa kuorodhesha watu, naye akaongoza kundi la watu kuasi. Yeye pia aliuawa, nao wafuasi wake wakatawanyika.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="ACT.5.38" />Kwa hiyo, kwa habari ya jambo hili nawashauri, jiepusheni na watu hawa. Waacheni waende zao! Kwa maana kama kusudi lao na shughuli yao imetokana na mwanadamu, haitafanikiwa.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="ACT.5.39" />Lakini ikiwa imetoka kwa Mungu, hamtaweza kuwazuia watu hawa. Badala yake mtajikuta mnapigana na Mungu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="ACT.5.40" />Wakapokea ushauri wa Gamalieli. Wakawaita mitume ndani, wakaamuru wachapwe mijeledi, kisha wakawaagiza wasinene tena kwa jina la Yesu, wakawaachia waende zao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="41" bcv="ACT.5.41" />Nao mitume wakatoka nje ya baraza, wakiwa wamejaa furaha kwa sababu wamehesabiwa kustahili kupata aibu kwa ajili ya jina la Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="ACT.5.42" />Kila siku, Hekaluni na nyumba kwa nyumba, hawakuacha kufundisha na kuhubiri habari njema kwamba Yesu ndiye Kristo.<f caller="+"><fr>5:42
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<p sfm="ms" style="ms1">Mateso Na Kuenea Kwa Injili
</p>
<p sfm="mr" style="mr">(6:1–9:31)
</p>
<s style="s1">Saba Wachaguliwa Kuhudumu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ACT.6.1" />Basi ikawa katika siku hizo, wakati idadi ya wanafunzi ilipokuwa ikiongezeka sana, palitokea manungʼuniko kati ya Wayahudi wa Kiyunani, dhidi ya Waebrania kwa sababu wajane wao walisahaulika katika mgawanyo wa chakula wa kila siku.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ACT.6.2" />Wale mitume kumi na wawili wakakusanya wanafunzi wote pamoja wakasema, “Haitakuwa vyema sisi kuacha huduma ya neno la Mungu ili kuhudumu mezani.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ACT.6.3" />Kwa hiyo ndugu, chagueni watu saba miongoni mwenu, watu wenye sifa njema, waliojawa na Roho Mtakatifu na hekima, ambao tunaweza kuwakabidhi kazi hii,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ACT.6.4" />nasi tutatumia muda wetu kuomba na huduma ya neno.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="ACT.6.5" />Yale waliyosema yakawapendeza watu wote, nao wakamchagua Stefano (mtu aliyejawa na imani na Roho Mtakatifu) pamoja na Filipo, Prokoro, Nikanori, Timoni, Parmena na Nikolao, mwongofu kutoka Antiokia.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ACT.6.6" />Wakawaleta watu hawa mbele ya mitume, nao wakawaombea na kuwawekea mikono juu yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="ACT.6.7" />Neno la Mungu likazidi kuenea. Idadi ya wanafunzi ikazidi kuongezeka sana katika Yerusalemu hata makuhani wengi wakaitii ile imani.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kukamatwa Kwa Stefano
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="ACT.6.8" />Stefano, akiwa amejaa neema na nguvu za Mungu, alifanya ishara na miujiza mikubwa miongoni mwa watu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ACT.6.9" />Hata hivyo, ukainuka upinzani wa watu wa Sinagogi la Watu Huru (kama lilivyokuwa linaitwa), la Wayahudi wa Kirene na wa Iskanderia, na wengine kutoka Kilikia na Asia. Watu hawa wakaanza kupingana na Stefano.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ACT.6.10" />Lakini hawakuweza kushindana na hekima yake wala huyo Roho ambaye alisema kwake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="ACT.6.11" />Ndipo kwa siri wakawashawishi watu fulani waseme, “Tumemsikia Stefano akisema maneno ya kufuru dhidi ya Mose na dhidi ya Mungu.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Stefano Afikishwa Mbele Ya Baraza
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="ACT.6.12" />Wakawachochea watu, wazee na walimu wa Sheria, nao wakamkamata Stefano wakamfikisha mbele ya baraza.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ACT.6.13" />Wakaweka mashahidi wa uongo ambao walishuhudia wakisema, “Mtu huyu kamwe haachi kusema dhidi ya mahali hapa patakatifu na dhidi ya Sheria.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ACT.6.14" />Kwa maana tumemsikia akisema kwamba Yesu wa Nazareti atapaharibu mahali patakatifu na kubadili desturi zote tulizopewa na Mose.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="ACT.6.15" />Watu wote waliokuwa wameketi katika baraza wakimkazia macho Stefano, wakaona uso wake unangʼaa kama uso wa malaika.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Hotuba Ya Stefano
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ACT.7.1" />Ndipo kuhani mkuu akamuuliza Stefano, “Je, mashtaka haya ni ya kweli?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="ACT.7.2" />Stefano akajibu, “Ndugu zangu na baba zangu, nisikilizeni! Mungu wa utukufu alimtokea baba yetu Abrahamu, alipokuwa bado yuko Mesopotamia, kabla hajaishi Harani,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ACT.7.3" />akamwambia, ‘Ondoka kutoka nchi yako na kutoka kwa jamii yako, uende hadi nchi nitakayokuonyesha.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="ACT.7.4" />“Hivyo aliondoka katika nchi ya Wakaldayo akaenda kukaa Harani. Baada ya kifo cha baba yake, Mungu akamtoa huko akamleta katika nchi hii ambayo mnaishi sasa.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ACT.7.5" />Mungu hakumpa urithi wowote katika nchi hii, hakumpa hata mahali pa kuweka wayo mmoja. Bali Mungu alimwahidi kuwa yeye na uzao wake baada yake wangeirithi hii nchi, ingawa wakati huo Abrahamu hakuwa na mtoto.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ACT.7.6" />Mungu akasema naye hivi: ‘Wazao wako watakuwa wageni kwenye nchi ambayo si yao, nao watafanywa watumwa na kuteswa kwa miaka mia nne.’
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ACT.7.7" />Mungu akasema, ‘Lakini mimi nitaliadhibu taifa watakalolitumikia kama watumwa, na baadaye watatoka katika nchi hiyo na wataniabudu mahali hapa.’
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ACT.7.8" />Ndipo akampa Abrahamu Agano la tohara. Naye Abrahamu akamzaa Isaki na kumtahiri siku ya nane. Baadaye Isaki akamzaa Yakobo, naye Yakobo akawazaa wale wazee wetu kumi na wawili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ACT.7.9" />“Kwa sababu wazee wetu walimwonea wivu Yosefu ndugu yao, walimuuza kama mtumwa huko Misri. Lakini Mungu alikuwa pamoja naye.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ACT.7.10" />Akamwokoa kutoka mateso yote yaliyompata, tena akampa kibali na hekima aliposimama mbele ya Farao, mfalme wa Misri, ambaye alimweka kuwa mtawala juu ya Misri na juu ya jumba lote la kifalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="ACT.7.11" />“Basi kukawa na njaa katika nchi yote ya Misri na Kanaani, ikasababisha dhiki kubwa, nao baba zetu wakawa hawana chakula.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ACT.7.12" />Lakini Yakobo aliposikia kwamba kuna nafaka huko Misri, aliwatuma baba zetu, wakaenda huko kwa mara yao ya kwanza.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ACT.7.13" />Walipokwenda mara ya pili, Yosefu alijitambulisha kwa ndugu zake, nao ndugu zake Yosefu wakajulishwa kwa Farao.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ACT.7.14" />Ndipo Yosefu akawatuma kumleta Yakobo baba yake pamoja na jamaa yake yote, jumla yao walikuwa watu sabini na watano.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ACT.7.15" />Hivyo Yakobo akaenda Misri ambako yeye na baba zetu walifia.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ACT.7.16" />Miili yao ilirudishwa Shekemu na kuzikwa katika kaburi ambalo Abrahamu alinunua kutoka kwa wana wa Hamori kwa kiasi fulani cha fedha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="ACT.7.17" />“Lakini wakati ulipokuwa unakaribia wa kutimizwa kwa ile ahadi ambayo Mungu alikuwa amempa Abrahamu, watu wetu walizidi kuongezeka sana huko Misri.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ACT.7.18" />Ndipo mfalme mwingine ambaye hakujua lolote kuhusu Yosefu akatawala Misri.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ACT.7.19" />Huyu mfalme akawatendea watu wetu hila na kuwatesa baba zetu kwa kuwalazimisha wawatupe watoto wao wachanga ili wafe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="ACT.7.20" />“Wakati huo Mose alizaliwa, naye hakuwa mtoto wa kawaida. Akalelewa nyumbani kwa baba yake kwa muda wa miezi mitatu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ACT.7.21" />Waliposhindwa kumficha zaidi, wakamweka nje mtoni na binti Farao akamchukua akamtunza kama mtoto wake mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ACT.7.22" />Mose akafundishwa hekima yote ya Wamisri, akawa mtu hodari kwa maneno na matendo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="ACT.7.23" />“Mose alipokuwa na umri wa miaka arobaini aliamua kuwatembelea ndugu zake Waisraeli.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ACT.7.24" />Aliona mmoja wao akidhulumiwa na Mmisri, akamtetea yule aliyeonewa, akampiga yule Mmisri akamuua kulipiza kisasi.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="ACT.7.25" />Mose alidhani kuwa ndugu zake wangetambua kwamba Mungu anamtumia ili kuwaokoa, lakini wao hawakuelewa.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="ACT.7.26" />Siku iliyofuata Mose aliwakuta Waisraeli wawili wakigombana, akajaribu kuwapatanisha kwa kuwaambia, ‘Enyi watu, ninyi ni ndugu, mbona mnataka kudhulumiana?’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="ACT.7.27" />“Lakini yule mtu aliyekuwa akimdhulumu mwenzake akamsukuma Mose kando, akamuuliza, ‘Ni nani aliyekufanya mtawala na mwamuzi juu yetu?
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="ACT.7.28" />Je, unataka kuniua kama ulivyomuua yule Mmisri jana?’
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="ACT.7.29" />Mose aliposikia maneno haya, alikimbilia huko Midiani alikokaa kama mgeni, naye akapata watoto wawili wa kiume.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="ACT.7.30" />“Basi baada ya miaka arobaini kupita, malaika wa Mungu akamtokea Mose jangwani karibu na Mlima Sinai katika kichaka kilichokuwa kinawaka moto.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="ACT.7.31" />Alipoona mambo haya, alishangaa yale maono. Aliposogea ili aangalie kwa karibu, akaisikia sauti ya Bwana, ikisema:
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="ACT.7.32" />‘Mimi ndimi Mungu wa baba zako, Mungu wa Abrahamu, Isaki na Yakobo.’ Mose alitetemeka kwa hofu na hakuthubutu kutazama.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="ACT.7.33" />“Ndipo Bwana akamwambia, ‘Vua viatu vyako kwa maana mahali unaposimama ni patakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="ACT.7.34" />Hakika nimeona mateso ya watu wangu huko Misri. Nimesikia kilio chao cha uchungu, nami nimeshuka ili niwaokoe. Basi sasa njoo, nami nitakutuma Misri.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="ACT.7.35" />“Huyu ndiye Mose yule waliyemkataa wakisema, ‘Ni nani aliyekufanya mtawala na mwamuzi juu yetu?’ Alikuwa ametumwa na Mungu mwenyewe kuwa mtawala na mkombozi wao, kwa njia ya yule malaika aliyemtokea katika kile kichaka.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="ACT.7.36" />Aliwaongoza wana wa Israeli kutoka Misri, baada ya kufanya ishara na maajabu mengi huko Misri, katika Bahari ya Shamu,<f caller="+"><fr>7:36
</fr><ft>Yaani Bahari ya Mafunjo.</ft></f> na katika jangwa kwa muda wa miaka arobaini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="ACT.7.37" />“Huyu ndiye yule Mose aliyewaambia Waisraeli, ‘Mungu atawainulia nabii kama mimi kutoka miongoni mwa ndugu zenu wenyewe.’
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="ACT.7.38" />Huyu ndiye yule Mose aliyekuwa katika kusanyiko huko jangwani, ambaye malaika alisema naye pamoja na baba zetu kwenye Mlima Sinai, naye akapokea maneno yaliyo hai ili atupatie.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="ACT.7.39" />“Lakini baba zetu walikataa kumtii Mose, badala yake wakamkataa na kuielekeza mioyo yao Misri tena.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="ACT.7.40" />Wakamwambia Aroni, ‘Tufanyie miungu watakaotuongoza, kwa maana mtu huyu Mose aliyetutoa nchi ya Misri, hatujui yaliyompata.’
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="ACT.7.41" />Huu ni ule wakati walitengeneza sanamu katika umbo la ndama, wakailetea sadaka kufanya maadhimisho kwa ajili ya kile kitu walichokitengeneza kwa mikono yao wenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="ACT.7.42" />Ndipo Mungu akageuka, akawaacha waabudu jeshi lote la mbinguni, kama ilivyoandikwa katika Kitabu cha Manabii:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Je, mliniletea dhabihu na sadaka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa miaka arobaini kule jangwani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ee nyumba ya Israeli?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="43" bcv="ACT.7.43" />La, ninyi mliinua madhabahu ya Moleki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nyota ya mungu wenu Refani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vinyago mlivyotengeneza ili kuviabudu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa hiyo nitawapeleka mbali’ kuliko Babeli.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="44" bcv="ACT.7.44" />“Baba zetu walikuwa na lile Hema la Ushuhuda huko jangwani. Lilikuwa limetengenezwa kama Mungu alivyokuwa amemwelekeza Mose, kulingana na kielelezo alichoona.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="ACT.7.45" />Baba zetu wakiisha kulipokea hema kwa kupokezana wakiongozwa na Yoshua katika milki ya nchi kutoka kwa yale mataifa ambayo Mungu aliyafukuza mbele yao, nalo likadumu katika nchi mpaka wakati wa Daudi,
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="ACT.7.46" />ambaye alipata kibali kwa Mungu, naye akaomba kwamba ampatie Mungu wa Yakobo maskani.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="ACT.7.47" />Lakini alikuwa Solomoni ndiye alimjengea Mungu nyumba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="48" bcv="ACT.7.48" />“Hata hivyo, Yeye Aliye Juu Sana hakai kwenye nyumba zilizojengwa kwa mikono ya wanadamu. Kama nabii alivyosema:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="49" bcv="ACT.7.49" />“ ‘Mbingu ni kiti changu cha enzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo dunia ni mahali pa kuweka miguu yangu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mtanijengea nyumba ya namna gani?
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema Bwana.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Au mahali pangu pa kupumzikia patakuwa wapi?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="50" bcv="ACT.7.50" />Je, mkono wangu haukufanya vitu hivi vyote?’
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="51" bcv="ACT.7.51" />“Enyi watu wenye shingo ngumu, msiotahiriwa mioyo wala masikio, daima hamwachi kumpinga Roho Mtakatifu, kama walivyofanya baba zenu.
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="ACT.7.52" />Je, kuna nabii gani ambaye baba zenu hawakumtesa? Waliwaua wale waliotabiri habari za kuja kwake yule Mwenye Haki. Nanyi sasa mmekuwa wasaliti wake na wauaji.
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="ACT.7.53" />Ninyi ndio mlipokea sheria zilizoletwa kwenu na malaika, lakini hamkuzitii.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Stefano Apigwa Mawe
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="54" bcv="ACT.7.54" />Waliposikia haya wakaghadhibika, wakamsagia meno.
<ve />
<v id="55" bcv="ACT.7.55" />Lakini yeye Stefano, akiwa amejaa Roho Mtakatifu, alikaza macho mbinguni, akaona utukufu wa Mungu, na Yesu akiwa amesimama mkono wa kuume wa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="56" bcv="ACT.7.56" />Akasema, “Tazameni! Naona mbingu zimefunguka, na Mwana wa Adamu amesimama upande wa kuume wa Mungu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="57" bcv="ACT.7.57" />Lakini wao wakapiga kelele kwa sauti kubwa, wakaziba masikio yao, wakamrukia kwa nia moja.
<ve />
<v id="58" bcv="ACT.7.58" />Wakamtupa nje ya mji, wakampiga kwa mawe. Nao mashahidi wakaweka mavazi yao miguuni mwa kijana mmoja ambaye jina lake aliitwa Sauli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="59" bcv="ACT.7.59" />Walipokuwa wakimpiga mawe, Stefano aliomba, “Bwana Yesu, pokea roho yangu.”
<ve />
<v id="60" bcv="ACT.7.60" />Kisha akapiga magoti, akalia kwa sauti kubwa akasema, “Bwana usiwahesabie dhambi hii.” Baada ya kusema hayo, akalala.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ACT.8.1" />Naye Sauli alikuwepo pale, akiridhia kuuawa kwa Stefano.
</p>
<s style="s1">Kanisa Lateswa Na Kutawanyika
</s>
<p style="p">Siku ile kukatukia mateso makuu dhidi ya kanisa huko Yerusalemu, waumini wote isipokuwa mitume wakatawanyika, wakakimbilia Uyahudi na Samaria.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ACT.8.2" />Watu wacha Mungu wakamzika Stefano na kumwombolezea sana.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ACT.8.3" />Lakini kwa habari ya Sauli alikuwa analiharibu kanisa, akiingia nyumba kwa nyumba, akiwaburuta wanawake na wanaume na kuwatupa gerezani.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Filipo Ahubiri Injili Samaria
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="ACT.8.4" />Kwa hiyo wale waliotawanyika wakalihubiri neno la Mungu kila mahali walipokwenda.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ACT.8.5" />Filipo akateremkia mji mmoja wa Samaria akawahubiria habari za Kristo<f caller="+"><fr>8:5
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ACT.8.6" />Watu walipomsikia Filipo na kuona ishara na miujiza aliyofanya, wakasikiliza kwa bidii yale aliyosema.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ACT.8.7" />Pepo wachafu wakawa wakiwatoka watu wengi huku wakipiga kelele na wengi waliopooza na viwete wakaponywa.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ACT.8.8" />Hivyo pakawa na furaha kuu katika mji huo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Simoni Mchawi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ACT.8.9" />Basi mtu mmoja jina lake Simoni alikuwa amefanya uchawi kwa muda mrefu katika mji huo akiwashangaza watu wote wa Samaria. Alijitapa kwamba yeye ni mtu mkuu,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ACT.8.10" />nao watu wote wakubwa kwa wadogo wakamsikiliza na kumaka, wakisema “Mtu huyu ndiye uweza wa Mungu ujulikanao kama ‘Uweza Mkuu.’ ”
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ACT.8.11" />Wakamfuata kwa sababu kwa muda mrefu alikuwa amewashangaza kwa uchawi wake.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ACT.8.12" />Lakini watu walipomwamini Filipo alipohubiri habari njema za Ufalme wa Mungu na jina la Yesu Kristo, wakabatizwa wanaume na wanawake.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ACT.8.13" />Simoni naye akaamini na akabatizwa. Akamfuata Filipo kila mahali, akistaajabishwa na ishara kuu na miujiza aliyoiona.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="ACT.8.14" />Basi mitume waliokuwa Yerusalemu waliposikia kuwa Samaria wamelipokea neno la Mungu, wakawatuma Petro na Yohana waende huko.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ACT.8.15" />Nao walipofika wakawaombea ili wampokee Roho Mtakatifu,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ACT.8.16" />kwa sababu Roho Mtakatifu alikuwa bado hajawashukia hata mmoja ila wamebatizwa tu katika jina la Bwana Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ACT.8.17" />Ndipo Petro na Yohana wakaweka mikono yao juu ya wale waliobatizwa, nao wakapokea Roho Mtakatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="ACT.8.18" />Simoni alipoona kuwa watu wanapokea Roho Mtakatifu mitume walipoweka mikono juu yao, akataka kuwapa fedha
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ACT.8.19" />akisema, “Nipeni na mimi uwezo huu ili kila mtu nitakayeweka mikono yangu juu yake apate kupokea Roho Mtakatifu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="ACT.8.20" />Petro akamjibu, “Fedha yako na iangamie pamoja nawe, kwa sababu ulidhani unaweza kununua karama ya Mungu kwa fedha!
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ACT.8.21" />Wewe huna sehemu wala fungu katika huduma hii kwa kuwa moyo wako si mnyofu mbele za Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ACT.8.22" />Kwa hiyo tubu kwa uovu huu wako na umwombe Bwana. Yamkini aweza kukusamehe mawazo uliyo nayo moyoni mwako.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ACT.8.23" />Kwa maana ninaona kwamba wewe umejawa na uchungu na ni mfungwa wa dhambi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="ACT.8.24" />Ndipo Simoni akajibu, “Niombeeni kwa Bwana, ili hayo mliyosema lolote yasinitukie.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="ACT.8.25" />Nao walipokwisha kutoa ushuhuda na kuhubiri neno la Bwana, wakarudi Yerusalemu wakihubiri Injili katika vijiji vingi vya Samaria.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Filipo Na Towashi Wa Kushi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="ACT.8.26" />Basi malaika wa Bwana akamwambia Filipo, “Nenda upande wa kusini kwenye ile barabara itokayo Yerusalemu kuelekea Gaza ambayo ni jangwa.”
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="ACT.8.27" />Hivyo akaondoka. Akiwa njiani akakutana na towashi wa Kushi, aliyekuwa afisa mkuu, mwenye mamlaka juu ya hazina zote za Kandake, Malkia wa Kushi. Huyu towashi alikuwa amekwenda Yerusalemu ili kuabudu,
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="ACT.8.28" />naye akiwa njiani kurudi nyumbani alikuwa ameketi garini mwake akisoma kitabu cha nabii Isaya.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="ACT.8.29" />Roho Mtakatifu akamwambia Filipo, “Nenda kwenye lile gari ukae karibu nalo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="ACT.8.30" />Ndipo Filipo akakimbilia lile gari na kumsikia yule mtu anasoma kitabu cha nabii Isaya. Filipo akamuuliza, “Je, unaelewa hayo usomayo?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="ACT.8.31" />Yule towashi akasema, “Nitawezaje kuelewa mtu asiponifafanulia?” Hivyo akamkaribisha Filipo ili apande na kuketi pamoja naye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="ACT.8.32" />Huyu towashi alikuwa anasoma fungu hili la Maandiko:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Aliongozwa kama kondoo aendaye machinjoni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama mwana-kondoo anyamazavyo
</q>
<q style="q1">mbele yake yule amkataye manyoya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hivyo hakufungua kinywa chake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="ACT.8.33" />Katika kufedheheshwa kwake alinyimwa haki yake.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nani awezaye kueleza juu ya kizazi chake?
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa maana maisha yake yaliondolewa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka duniani.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="ACT.8.34" />Yule towashi akamuuliza Filipo, “Tafadhali niambie, nabii huyu anena habari zake mwenyewe au habari za mtu mwingine?”
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="ACT.8.35" />Ndipo Filipo akaanza kutumia fungu lile la Maandiko, akamweleza habari njema za Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="ACT.8.36" />Walipokuwa wakiendelea na safari wakafika mahali palipokuwa na maji, yule towashi akamuuliza Filipo, “Tazama, hapa kuna maji. Kitu gani kitanizuia nisibatizwe?” [
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="ACT.8.37" />Filipo akamwambia, “Kama ukiamini kwa moyo wako wote unaweza kubatizwa.” Akajibu, “Naamini kuwa Yesu Kristo ni Mwana wa Mungu.”]
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="ACT.8.38" />Naye akaamuru lile gari lisimamishwe. Wakateremka kwenye maji wote wawili, yule towashi na Filipo, naye Filipo akambatiza.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="ACT.8.39" />Nao walipopanda kutoka kwenye maji, ghafula Roho wa Bwana akamnyakua Filipo, naye towashi hakumwona tena, lakini akaenda zake akifurahi.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="ACT.8.40" />Filipo akajikuta yuko Azoto, akasafiri akihubiri Injili katika miji yote mpaka alipofika Kaisaria.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Kuokoka Kwa Sauli
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Matendo 22:6-16; 26:12-18)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ACT.9.1" />Wakati ule ule, Sauli alikuwa bado anazidisha vitisho vya kuua wanafunzi wa Bwana, akamwendea kuhani mkuu,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ACT.9.2" />naye akamwomba kuhani mkuu ampe barua za kwenda kwenye masinagogi huko Dameski, ili akimkuta mtu yeyote wa Njia Ile, akiwa mwanaume au mwanamke, aweze kuwafunga na kuwaleta Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ACT.9.3" />Basi akiwa katika safari yake, alipokaribia Dameski, ghafula nuru kutoka mbinguni ikamwangaza kotekote.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ACT.9.4" />Akaanguka chini, akasikia sauti ikimwambia,
<wj>“Sauli, Sauli, mbona unanitesa?”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="ACT.9.5" />Sauli akajibu, “U nani wewe, Bwana?”
</p>
<p style="p">Ile sauti ikajibu,
<wj>“Mimi ni Yesu unayemtesa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ACT.9.6" /><wj>Sasa inuka uingie mjini, nawe utaambiwa yakupasayo kutenda.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="ACT.9.7" />Watu waliokuwa wakisafiri pamoja na Sauli wakasimama bila kuwa na la kusema, kwa sababu walisikia sauti lakini hawakumwona aliyekuwa akizungumza.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ACT.9.8" />Sauli akainuka kutoka pale chini na alipojaribu kufungua macho yake hakuweza kuona kitu chochote. Basi wakamshika mkono wakamwongoza mpaka Dameski.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ACT.9.9" />Naye kwa muda wa siku tatu alikuwa kipofu naye hakula wala kunywa chochote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="ACT.9.10" />Huko Dameski alikuwepo mwanafunzi mmoja jina lake Anania. Bwana alimwita katika maono,
<wj>“Anania!”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Akajibu, “Mimi hapa Bwana.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="ACT.9.11" />Bwana akamwambia,
<wj>“Ondoka uende katika barabara iitwayo Nyofu ukaulize katika nyumba ya Yuda mtu kutoka Tarso, jina lake Sauli, kwa maana wakati huu anaomba,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ACT.9.12" /><wj>katika maono amemwona mtu aitwaye Anania akija na kuweka mikono juu yake ili apate kuona tena.”
</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="ACT.9.13" />Anania akajibu, “Bwana, nimesikia kutoka kwa watu wengi habari nyingi kuhusu mtu huyu na madhara yote aliyowatendea watakatifu wako huko Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ACT.9.14" />Naye amekuja hapa Dameski akiwa na mamlaka kutoka kwa viongozi wa makuhani ili awakamate wote wanaotaja jina lako.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="ACT.9.15" />Lakini Bwana akamwambia Anania,
<wj>“Nenda! Mtu huyu ni chombo changu kiteule nilichokichagua, apate kulichukua Jina langu kwa watu wa Mataifa na wafalme wao na mbele ya watu wa Israeli.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ACT.9.16" /><wj>Nami nitamwonyesha jinsi impasavyo kuteseka kwa ajili ya Jina langu.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="ACT.9.17" />Kisha Anania akaenda kwenye ile nyumba, akaingia ndani. Akaweka mikono yake juu ya Sauli akasema, “Ndugu Sauli, Bwana Yesu aliyekutokea njiani amenituma kwako ili upate kuona tena na ujazwe Roho Mtakatifu.”
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ACT.9.18" />Ghafula vitu kama magamba vikaanguka chini, kutoka machoni mwa Sauli, akapata kuona tena. Akasimama, akabatizwa.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ACT.9.19" />Baada ya kula chakula, akapata nguvu tena. Sauli akakaa siku kadhaa pamoja na wanafunzi huko Dameski.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sauli Ahubiri Dameski
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="ACT.9.20" />Papo hapo akaanza kuhubiri kwenye masinagogi kwamba “Yesu Kristo ni Mwana wa Mungu”
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ACT.9.21" />Watu wote waliomsikia Sauli walishangaa na kuuliza, “Huyu si yule mtu aliyesababisha maangamizi makuu huko Yerusalemu miongoni mwa watu waliolitaja jina hili? Naye si amekuja hapa kwa kusudi la kuwakamata na kuwapeleka wakiwa wafungwa mbele ya viongozi wa makuhani?”
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ACT.9.22" />Sauli akazidi kuwa hodari na kuwashangaza Wayahudi walioishi Dameski kwa kuthibitisha kuwa Yesu ndiye Kristo.<f caller="+"><fr>9:22
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="ACT.9.23" />Baada ya siku nyingi kupita, Wayahudi wakafanya shauri kumuua Sauli.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ACT.9.24" />Lakini shauri lao likajulikana kwa Sauli. Wayahudi wakawa wanalinda malango yote ya mji, usiku na mchana ili wapate kumuua.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="ACT.9.25" />Lakini wafuasi wake wakamchukua usiku wakamshusha akiwa ndani ya kapu kupitia mahali penye nafasi ukutani.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sauli Huko Yerusalemu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="ACT.9.26" />Sauli alipofika Yerusalemu akajaribu kujiunga na wanafunzi lakini wote walimwogopa, kwa maana hawakuamini kwamba kweli naye alikuwa mwanafunzi.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="ACT.9.27" />Lakini Barnaba akamchukua, akampeleka kwa wale mitume. Akawaeleza jinsi Sauli akiwa njiani alivyomwona Bwana, jinsi Bwana alivyosema naye na jinsi alivyohubiri kwa ujasiri kwa jina la Yesu huko Dameski.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="ACT.9.28" />Kwa hiyo Sauli akakaa nao akitembea kwa uhuru kila mahali huko Yerusalemu, akihubiri kwa ujasiri katika jina la Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="ACT.9.29" />Alinena na kuhojiana na Wayahudi wenye asili ya Kiyunani lakini wao walijaribu kumuua.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="ACT.9.30" />Wale ndugu walipopata habari wakampeleka hadi Kaisaria, wakamsafirisha kwenda Tarso.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="ACT.9.31" />Ndipo kanisa katika Uyahudi wote, Galilaya na Samaria likafurahia wakati wa amani. Likatiwa nguvu, na kwa faraja ya Roho Mtakatifu, idadi yake ikazidi kuongezeka, na likaendelea kudumu katika kumcha Bwana.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="ms" style="ms1">Matendo Ya Petro
</p>
<p sfm="mr" style="mr">(9:32–12:25)
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuponywa Kwa Ainea
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="ACT.9.32" />Petro alipokuwa akisafiri sehemu mbalimbali, alikwenda kuwatembelea watakatifu walioishi huko Lida.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="ACT.9.33" />Huko alimkuta mtu mmoja aitwaye Ainea, ambaye alikuwa amepooza na kwa muda wa miaka minane alikuwa hajaondoka kitandani.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="ACT.9.34" />Petro akamwambia, “Ainea, Yesu Kristo anakuponya, inuka utandike kitanda chako.” Mara Ainea akainuka.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="ACT.9.35" />Watu wote wa Lida na Sharoni walipomwona Ainea akitembea wakamgeukia Bwana.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Petro Amfufua Dorkasi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="ACT.9.36" />Huko Yafa palikuwa na mwanafunzi jina lake Tabitha (ambalo kwa Kiyunani ni Dorkasi<f caller="+"><fr>9:36
</fr><ft>Tabitha kwa Kiaramu na Dorkasi kwa Kiaramu yote yamaanisha Paa.</ft></f>). Huyu alikuwa mkarimu sana, akitenda mema na kuwasaidia maskini.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="ACT.9.37" />Wakati huo akaugua, akafa na wakiisha kuuosha mwili wake wakauweka katika chumba cha ghorofani.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="ACT.9.38" />Kwa kuwa Yafa hapakuwa mbali sana na Lida, wanafunzi waliposikia kwamba Petro yuko huko waliwatuma watu wawili kwake ili kumwomba, “Tafadhali njoo huku pasipo kukawia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="ACT.9.39" />Kwa hiyo Petro akainuka akaenda nao, naye alipowasili, wakampeleka hadi kwenye chumba cha ghorofani alipokuwa amelazwa. Wajane wengi walisimama karibu naye wakilia na kuonyesha majoho na nguo nyingine ambazo Dorkasi alikuwa amewashonea alipokuwa pamoja nao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="ACT.9.40" />Petro akawatoa wote nje ya kile chumba, kisha akapiga magoti akaomba, akaugeukia ule mwili akasema, “Tabitha, inuka.” Akafumbua macho yake na alipomwona Petro, akaketi.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="ACT.9.41" />Petro akamshika mkono akamwinua, ndipo akawaita wale watakatifu na wajane akamkabidhi kwao akiwa hai.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="ACT.9.42" />Habari hizi zikajulikana sehemu zote za Yafa na watu wengi wakamwamini Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="ACT.9.43" />Petro akakaa Yafa kwa siku nyingi akiishi na Simoni mtengenezaji ngozi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="10" />
<s style="s1">Kornelio Amwita Petro
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ACT.10.1" />Katika mji wa Kaisaria palikuwa na mtu jina lake Kornelio, ambaye alikuwa jemadari wa kile kilichojulikana kama kikosi cha Kiitalia.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ACT.10.2" />Yeye alikuwa mcha Mungu pamoja na wote wa nyumbani mwake. Aliwapa watu sadaka nyingi na kumwomba Mungu daima.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ACT.10.3" />Siku moja alasiri, yapata saa tisa, aliona maono waziwazi, malaika wa Mungu akimjia na kumwambia, “Kornelio!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="ACT.10.4" />Kornelio akamkazia macho kwa hofu akasema, “Kuna nini, Bwana?”
</p>
<p style="p">Malaika akamwambia, “Sala zako na sadaka zako kwa maskini zimefika juu na kuwa ukumbusho mbele za Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ACT.10.5" />Sasa tuma watu waende Yafa wakamwite mtu mmoja jina lake Simoni aitwaye Petro.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ACT.10.6" />Yeye anaishi na Simoni mtengenezaji ngozi ambaye nyumba yake iko kando ya bahari.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="ACT.10.7" />Yule malaika aliyekuwa akizungumza naye alipoondoka, Kornelio akawaita watumishi wake wawili pamoja na askari mmoja mcha Mungu aliyekuwa miongoni mwa wale waliomtumikia.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ACT.10.8" />Akawaambia mambo yote yaliyotukia, kisha akawatuma waende Yafa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maono Ya Petro
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ACT.10.9" />Siku ya pili yake, walipokuwa wameukaribia mji, wakati wa adhuhuri, Petro alipanda juu ya nyumba kuomba.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ACT.10.10" />Alipokuwa akiomba akahisi njaa, akatamani kupata chakula. Lakini wakati walikuwa wakiandaa chakula, akalala usingizi mzito sana.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ACT.10.11" />Akaona mbingu zimefunguka na kitu kama nguo kubwa kikishushwa duniani kwa ncha zake nne.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ACT.10.12" />Ndani yake walikuwepo aina zote za wanyama wenye miguu minne, nao watambaao nchini, na ndege wa angani.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ACT.10.13" />Ndipo sauti ikamwambia
<wj>“Petro, ondoka, uchinje na ule.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="ACT.10.14" />Petro akajibu, “La hasha Bwana! Sijawahi kamwe kula kitu chochote kilicho najisi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="ACT.10.15" />Ile sauti ikasema naye mara ya pili,
<wj>“Usikiite najisi kitu chochote Mungu alichokitakasa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="ACT.10.16" />Jambo hili lilitokea mara tatu na ghafula ile nguo ikarudishwa mbinguni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="ACT.10.17" />Wakati Petro akiwa bado anajiuliza kuhusu maana ya maono haya, wale watu waliokuwa wametumwa na Kornelio wakaipata nyumba ya Simoni mtengenezaji wa ngozi wakawa wamesimama mbele ya lango.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ACT.10.18" />Wakabisha hodi na kuuliza kama Simoni aliyeitwa Petro alikuwa anaishi hapo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="ACT.10.19" />Wakati Petro akiwa anafikiria juu ya yale maono, Roho Mtakatifu akamwambia, “Simoni, wako watu watatu wanaokutafuta.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ACT.10.20" />Inuka na ushuke, usisite kwenda nao kwa kuwa mimi nimewatuma.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="ACT.10.21" />Petro akashuka na kuwaambia wale watu waliokuwa wametumwa kutoka kwa Kornelio, “Mimi ndiye mnayenitafuta. Mmekuja kwa sababu gani?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="ACT.10.22" />Wale watu wakamjibu, “Tumetumwa na Kornelio yule jemadari. Yeye ni mtu mwema anayemcha Mungu, na anaheshimiwa na Wayahudi wote. Yeye ameagizwa na malaika mtakatifu akukaribishe nyumbani kwake, ili asikilize maneno utakayomwambia.”
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ACT.10.23" />Basi Petro akawakaribisha wakafuatana naye ndani, akawapa pa kulala. Kesho yake akaondoka pamoja nao, na baadhi ya ndugu kutoka Yafa wakafuatana naye.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Petro Nyumbani Mwa Kornelio
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="ACT.10.24" />Siku iliyofuata wakawasili Kaisaria. Kornelio alikuwa akiwangoja pamoja na jamaa yake na marafiki zake wa karibu.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="ACT.10.25" />Petro alipokuwa akiingia ndani, Kornelio alikuja kumlaki, akaanguka miguuni pake kwa heshima.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="ACT.10.26" />Lakini Petro akamwinua akamwambia, “Simama, mimi ni mwanadamu tu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="ACT.10.27" />Petro alipokuwa akizungumza naye akaingia ndani na kukuta watu wengi wamekusanyika.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="ACT.10.28" />Akawaambia, “Mnajua kabisa kwamba ni kinyume cha sheria yetu Myahudi kuchangamana na mtu wa Mataifa au kumtembelea. Lakini Mungu amenionyesha kwamba nisimwite mtu yeyote kuwa najisi au asiye safi.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="ACT.10.29" />Ndiyo sababu ulipotuma niitwe nilikuja bila kupinga lolote. Basi sasa naomba unieleze kwa nini umeniita?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="ACT.10.30" />Kornelio akajibu, “Siku nne zilizopita, nilikuwa nyumbani nikisali saa kama hii, saa tisa alasiri. Ghafula mtu aliyevaa nguo zilizongʼaa akasimama mbele yangu,
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="ACT.10.31" />akasema, ‘Kornelio, maombi yako yamesikiwa na sadaka zako kwa maskini zimekumbukwa mbele za Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="ACT.10.32" />Basi tuma watu waende Yafa wakaulize mtu mmoja Simoni aitwaye Petro, yeye ni mgeni katika nyumba ya Simoni mtengenezaji ngozi, ambaye nyumba yake iko kando ya bahari.’
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="ACT.10.33" />Nilituma watu kwako mara moja, nawe umefanya vyema kuja. Basi sasa sisi sote tuko hapa mbele za Mungu kuyasikiliza yote ambayo Bwana amekuamuru kutuambia.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Hotuba Ya Petro
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="34" bcv="ACT.10.34" />Ndipo Petro akafungua kinywa chake akasema, “Mungu hana upendeleo,
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="ACT.10.35" />Lakini katika kila taifa, kila mtu amchaye na kutenda yaliyo haki hukubaliwa naye.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="ACT.10.36" />Ninyi mnajua ule ujumbe uliotumwa kwa Israeli, ukitangaza habari njema za amani kwa Yesu Kristo. Yeye ni Bwana wa wote.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="ACT.10.37" />Mnajua yale yaliyotukia katika Uyahudi wote kuanzia Galilaya baada ya mahubiri ya Yohana Mbatizaji:
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="ACT.10.38" />Jinsi Mungu alivyomtia Yesu wa Nazareti mafuta katika Roho Mtakatifu na jinsi alivyokwenda huku na huko akitenda mema na kuponya wote waliokuwa wameonewa na nguvu za ibilisi, kwa sababu Mungu alikuwa pamoja naye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="ACT.10.39" />“Sisi ni mashahidi wa mambo yote aliyoyafanya katika Uyahudi na Yerusalemu. Wakamuua kwa kumtundika msalabani.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="ACT.10.40" />Lakini Mungu alimfufua kutoka kwa wafu siku ya tatu na akamwezesha kuonekana na watu.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="ACT.10.41" />Hakuonekana kwa watu wote, lakini kwetu sisi tuliochaguliwa na Mungu kuwa mashahidi, ambao tulikula na kunywa naye baada ya kufufuka kwake kutoka kwa wafu.
<ve />
<v id="42" bcv="ACT.10.42" />Naye alituamuru kuhubiri kwa watu wote na kushuhudia kwamba ndiye alitiwa mafuta na Mungu kuwa hakimu wa walio hai na wafu.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="ACT.10.43" />Manabii wote walishuhudia juu yake kwamba kila mtu amwaminiye hupokea msamaha wa dhambi katika Jina lake.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Watu Wa Mataifa Wapokea Roho Mtakatifu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="44" bcv="ACT.10.44" />Wakati Petro alikuwa akisema maneno haya, Roho Mtakatifu aliwashukia wote waliokuwa wakisikiliza ule ujumbe.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="ACT.10.45" />Wale wa tohara walioamini waliokuja na Petro walishangaa kwa kuona kuwa kipawa cha Roho Mtakatifu kimemwagwa juu ya watu wa Mataifa.
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="ACT.10.46" />Kwa kuwa waliwasikia wakinena kwa lugha mpya na kumwadhimisha Mungu.
</p>
<p style="p">Ndipo Petro akasema,
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="ACT.10.47" />“Je, kuna mtu yeyote anayeweza kuzuia watu hawa wasibatizwe kwa maji? Wamempokea Roho Mtakatifu kama sisi tulivyompokea.”
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="ACT.10.48" />Kwa hiyo akaamuru wabatizwe kwa jina la Yesu Kristo. Wakamsihi Petro akae nao kwa siku chache.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="11" />
<s style="s1">Petro Aeleza Alivyotumwa Kwa Watu Wa Mataifa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ACT.11.1" />Mitume na ndugu walioamini waliokuwa huko Uyahudi wakasikia kuwa watu wa Mataifa nao wamepokea neno la Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ACT.11.2" />Hivyo Petro alipopanda Yerusalemu, wale wa tohara waliokuwa wameamini wakamshutumu,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ACT.11.3" />wakisema, “Ulikwenda kwa watu wasiotahiriwa na kula pamoja nao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="ACT.11.4" />Ndipo Petro akaanza kuwaeleza kuhusu mambo yote yalivyotokea hatua kwa hatua akisema,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ACT.11.5" />“Nilikuwa katika mji wa Yafa nikiomba, nami nikapitiwa na usingizi wa ghafula, nikaona maono. Kulikuwa na kitu kama nguo kubwa ikishuka kutoka mbinguni, ikishushwa kwa ncha zake nne, nayo ikanikaribia.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ACT.11.6" />Nilipoangalia ndani yake kwa karibu niliona wanyama wenye miguu minne wa nchini, wanyama wa mwitu, watambaao na ndege wa angani.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ACT.11.7" />Ndipo nikasikia sauti ikiniambia,
<wj>‘Petro, ondoka uchinje na ule.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="ACT.11.8" />“Nikajibu, ‘La hasha Bwana! Kitu chochote kilicho najisi hakijaingia kinywani mwangu.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ACT.11.9" />“Sauti ikasema kutoka mbinguni mara ya pili,
<wj>‘Usikiite najisi kitu chochote Mungu alichokitakasa.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ACT.11.10" />Jambo hili lilitokea mara tatu, ndipo kile kitu kikavutwa tena mbinguni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="ACT.11.11" />“Wakati ule ule watu watatu, waliokuwa wametumwa kutoka Kaisaria waliwasili katika nyumba niliyokuwa nikikaa.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ACT.11.12" />Roho Mtakatifu akaniambia niende nao bila kuwa na ubaguzi kati yao na sisi. Hawa ndugu sita pia walifuatana nami, nasi tukaingia nyumbani mwa huyo Kornelio.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ACT.11.13" />Akatuambia jinsi alivyoona malaika aliyekuwa amesimama katika nyumba yake na kusema, ‘Tuma watu waende Yafa wakamlete Simoni aitwaye Petro.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ACT.11.14" />Yeye atakupa ujumbe ambao kwa huo wewe na wa nyumbani mwako wote mtaokoka.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="ACT.11.15" />“Nami nilipoanza kusema, Roho Mtakatifu akashuka juu yao kama vile alivyotushukia sisi hapo mwanzo.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ACT.11.16" />Nami nikakumbuka neno la Bwana alivyosema,
<wj>‘Yohana alibatiza kwa maji, lakini ninyi mtabatizwa katika Roho Mtakatifu.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ACT.11.17" />Basi ikiwa Mungu aliwapa hawa watu kipawa kile kile alichotupa sisi tuliomwamini Bwana Yesu Kristo, mimi ni nani hata nifikirie kuwa ningeweza kumpinga Mungu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="ACT.11.18" />Waliposikia haya hawakuwa na la kupinga zaidi. Nao wakamwadhimisha Mungu wakisema, “Basi, Mungu amewapa hata watu wa Mataifa toba iletayo uzima wa milele.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kanisa La Antiokia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="ACT.11.19" />Basi wale waliotawanyika kwa ajili ya mateso yaliyotokana na kifo cha Stefano, wakasafiri hadi Foinike na Kipro na Antiokia. Nao hawakuhubiri lile Neno kwa mtu yeyote isipokuwa Wayahudi.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ACT.11.20" />Lakini baadhi yao walikuwepo watu wa Kipro na Kirene, ambao walipokuja Antiokia walinena na Wayunani pia wakiwahubiria habari njema za Bwana Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ACT.11.21" />Mkono wa Bwana ulikuwa pamoja nao, nayo idadi kubwa ya watu wakaamini na kumgeukia Bwana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="ACT.11.22" />Habari hizi zilipofika masikioni mwa kanisa huko Yerusalemu, wakamtuma Barnaba aende Antiokia.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ACT.11.23" />Alipofika na kuona madhihirisho ya neema ya Mungu, akafurahi na kuwatia moyo waendelee kuwa waaminifu kwa Bwana kwa mioyo yao yote.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ACT.11.24" />Barnaba alikuwa mtu mwema, aliyejaa Roho Mtakatifu, mwenye imani, nayo idadi kubwa ya watu wakaongezeka kwa Bwana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="ACT.11.25" />Kisha Barnaba akaenda Tarso kumtafuta Sauli,
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="ACT.11.26" />naye alipompata akamleta Antiokia. Hivyo kwa mwaka mzima Barnaba na Sauli wakakutana na kanisa na kufundisha idadi kubwa ya watu. Ilikuwa ni katika kanisa la Antiokia kwa mara ya kwanza wanafunzi waliitwa Wakristo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="ACT.11.27" />Wakati huo manabii walishuka toka Yerusalemu hadi Antiokia.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="ACT.11.28" />Mmoja wao, jina lake Agabo, akasimama akatabiri kwa uweza wa Roho Mtakatifu kwamba njaa kubwa itaenea ulimwengu mzima. Njaa hiyo ilitokea wakati wa utawala wa Klaudio.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="ACT.11.29" />Mitume wakaamua kwamba kila mtu, kulingana na uwezo alio nao, atoe msaada kwa ajili ya ndugu wanaoishi Uyahudi.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="ACT.11.30" />Wakafanya hivyo, misaada yao ikapelekwa kwa wazee kwa mikono ya Barnaba na Sauli.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Yakobo Auawa, Petro Atiwa Gerezani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ACT.12.1" />Wakati huo huo Mfalme Herode Agripa aliwakamata baadhi ya watu wa kanisa.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ACT.12.2" />Akaamuru Yakobo, ndugu yake Yohana, auawe kwa upanga.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ACT.12.3" />Alipoona jambo hilo limewapendeza Wayahudi, akaendelea, akamkamata pia Petro. Hii ilitokea wakati wa Sikukuu ya Mikate Isiyotiwa Chachu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ACT.12.4" />Baada ya kumkamata alimtia gerezani, chini ya ulinzi wa vikundi vinne vya askari, vyenye askari wanne kila kimoja. Herode alikuwa amekusudia kumtoa na kumfanyia mashtaka mbele ya watu baada ya Pasaka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="ACT.12.5" />Kwa hiyo Petro akawekwa gerezani, lakini kanisa lilikuwa likimwombea kwa Mungu kwa bidii.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="ACT.12.6" />Usiku ule kabla ya siku ambayo Herode Agripa alikuwa amekusudia kumtoa na kumfanyia mashtaka, Petro alikuwa amelala kati ya askari wawili, akiwa amefungwa kwa minyororo miwili. Nao walinzi wa zamu walikuwa wakilinda penye lango la gereza.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ACT.12.7" />Ghafula malaika wa Bwana akatokea na nuru ikamulika mle ndani ya gereza. Yule malaika akampiga Petro ubavuni na kumwamsha, akisema, “Ondoka upesi!” Mara ile minyororo ikaanguka kutoka mikononi mwa Petro.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="ACT.12.8" />Yule malaika akamwambia, “Vaa nguo zako na viatu vyako.” Petro akafanya hivyo. Kisha akamwambia, “Jifunge vazi lako na unifuate.”
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ACT.12.9" />Petro akatoka mle gerezani akiwa amefuatana na yule malaika. Hakujua wakati huo kuwa yaliyokuwa yakitukia yalikuwa kweli. Alidhani kuwa anaona maono.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ACT.12.10" />Wakapita lindo la kwanza na la pili, ndipo wakafika kwenye lango la chuma linaloelekea mjini. Lango likawafungukia lenyewe, nao wakapita hapo wakatoka nje. Baada ya kutembea umbali wa mtaa mmoja, ghafula yule malaika akamwacha Petro.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="ACT.12.11" />Ndipo Petro akarudiwa na fahamu, akasema, “Sasa ninajua bila shaka yoyote kuwa Bwana amemtuma malaika wake na kuniokoa kutoka makucha ya Herode Agripa na kutoka matazamio yote ya Wayahudi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="ACT.12.12" />Mara Petro alipotambua hili alikwenda nyumbani kwa Maria, mama yake Yohana aliyeitwa pia Marko, ambako watu wengi walikuwa wamekutana kwa maombi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ACT.12.13" />Petro alipobisha hodi kwenye lango la nje, mtumishi wa kike jina lake Roda, akaja kumfungulia.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ACT.12.14" />Alipoitambua sauti ya Petro, alifurahi mno akarudi bila kufungua na kuwaeleza kwamba, “Petro yuko langoni!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="ACT.12.15" />Wakamwambia yule mtumishi wa kike, “Umerukwa na akili.” Alipozidi kusisitiza kuwa ni kweli, wakasema, “Lazima awe ni malaika wake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="ACT.12.16" />Lakini Petro aliendelea kugonga langoni, nao walipofungua lango na kumwona Petro, walistaajabu sana.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ACT.12.17" />Yeye akawaashiria kwa mkono wake wanyamaze kimya, akawaeleza jinsi Bwana alivyomtoa gerezani. Naye akaongeza kusema, “Waelezeni Yakobo na ndugu wengine habari hizi.” Kisha akaondoka akaenda sehemu nyingine.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="ACT.12.18" />Kulipokucha kukawa na fadhaa kubwa miongoni mwa wale askari kuhusu yaliyomtukia Petro.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ACT.12.19" />Baada ya Herode kuamuru atafutwe kila mahali na bila kumpata, aliwahoji wale askari walinzi kisha akatoa amri wauawe. Basi Herode Agripa akatoka Uyahudi akaenda Kaisaria, akakaa huko kwa muda.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kifo Cha Herode Agripa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="ACT.12.20" />Basi Herode Agripa alikuwa amekasirishwa sana na watu wa Tiro na Sidoni. Hivyo watu wa miji hiyo miwili wakaungana pamoja wakatafuta kukutana naye. Wakiisha kuungwa mkono na Blasto, mtumishi maalum wa Mfalme Herode Agripa aliyeaminika, wakaomba mapatano ya amani maana nchi zao zilitegemea nchi ya huyo mfalme kwa mahitaji yao ya chakula.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="ACT.12.21" />Katika siku iliyochaguliwa Herode Agripa akavaa mavazi yake ya kifalme, akaketi kwenye kiti chake cha enzi na kuwahutubia watu.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ACT.12.22" />Watu waliokuwa wamekusanyika wakapiga kelele, wakisema, “Hii si sauti ya mwanadamu, bali ni ya Mungu.”
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ACT.12.23" />Ghafula, kwa kuwa Herode hakumpa Mungu utukufu, malaika wa Bwana akampiga, naye akaliwa na chango, akafa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="ACT.12.24" />Lakini neno la Mungu likaendelea mbele na kuenea, nao wengi wakaambatana nalo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="ACT.12.25" />Barnaba na Sauli walipomaliza ile huduma yao iliyowapeleka, wakarudi Yerusalemu wakiwa pamoja na Yohana aitwaye Marko.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="13" />
<p sfm="ms" style="ms1">Safari Ya Kwanza Ya Paulo Kueneza Injili
</p>
<p sfm="mr" style="mr">(13:1–14:28)
</p>
<s style="s1">Barnaba Na Sauli Wanatumwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ACT.13.1" />Katika kanisa huko Antiokia ya Shamu walikuwako manabii na walimu, yaani: Barnaba, Simeoni aitwaye Nigeri, Lukio Mkirene, Manaeni aliyekuwa amelelewa pamoja na Mfalme Herode Agripa, na Sauli.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ACT.13.2" />Walipokuwa wakimwabudu Bwana na kufunga, Roho Mtakatifu akasema, “Nitengeeni Sauli na Barnaba kwa kazi ile maalum niliyowaitia.”
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ACT.13.3" />Ndipo baada ya kufunga na kuomba, wakawawekea mikono yao na wakawatuma waende zao.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Barnaba Na Sauli Waenda Kipro
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="ACT.13.4" />Hivyo, wakiwa wametumwa na Roho Mtakatifu, wakashuka kwenda Seleukia na kutoka huko wakasafiri baharini mpaka kisiwa cha Kipro.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ACT.13.5" />Walipowasili katika mji wa Salami, wakahubiri neno la Mungu katika sinagogi la Wayahudi. Pia walikuwa na Yohana Marko kuwa msaidizi wao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="ACT.13.6" />Walipokwisha kupita katika nchi zote hizo wakafika Pafo, ambapo walikutana na Myahudi mmoja mchawi aliyekuwa nabii wa uongo, jina lake Bar-Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ACT.13.7" />Mtu huyu alikuwa pamoja na Sergio Paulo, mtu mwenye hekima aliyekuwa msaidizi wa mwakilishi wa mtawala wa kile kisiwa. Sergio Paulo akawaita Sauli na Barnaba akitaka kusikia neno la Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ACT.13.8" />Lakini Elima yule mchawi (hii ndiyo maana ya jina lake), aliwapinga Barnaba na Sauli na kujaribu kumpotosha yule mkuu wa kile kisiwa aiache imani.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ACT.13.9" />Ndipo Sauli, ambaye pia aliitwa Paulo, akiwa amejawa na Roho Mtakatifu, akamkazia macho Elima huyo mchawi,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ACT.13.10" />akamwambia, “Ewe mwana wa ibilisi, wewe ni adui wa kila kilicho haki! Umejaa kila aina ya udanganyifu na ulaghai. Je, hutaacha kuzipotosha njia za Bwana zilizonyooka?
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ACT.13.11" />Nawe sasa sikiliza, mkono wa Bwana u dhidi yako. Utakuwa kipofu, wala hutaona jua kwa muda.”
</p>
<p style="p">Mara ukungu na giza vikamfunika, naye akaenda huku na huko akitafuta mtu wa kumshika mkono ili amwonyeshe njia.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ACT.13.12" />Yule mkuu wa kile kisiwa alipoona yaliyotukia, akaamini kwa sababu alistaajabishwa na mafundisho kuhusu Bwana.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Na Barnaba Huko Antiokia Ya Pisidia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="ACT.13.13" />Kisha Paulo na wenzake wakasafiri toka Pafo wakafika Perga huko Pamfilia. Lakini, Yohana Marko akawaacha huko, akarejea Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ACT.13.14" />Kutoka Perga wakaendelea hadi Antiokia ya Pisidia. Siku ya Sabato wakaingia ndani ya sinagogi, wakaketi.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ACT.13.15" />Baada ya Sheria ya Mose na Kitabu cha Manabii kusomwa, viongozi wa sinagogi wakawatumia ujumbe wakisema, “Ndugu, kama mna neno la kuwafariji watu hawa, tafadhali lisemeni.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="ACT.13.16" />Paulo akasimama, akawapungia mkono na kusema: “Enyi wanaume wa Israeli na ninyi nyote mnaomcha Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ACT.13.17" />Mungu wa watu hawa wa Israeli aliwachagua baba zetu, akawafanya kustawi walipokuwa huko Misri, kwa uwezo mwingi akawaongoza na kuwatoa katika nchi ile.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ACT.13.18" />Kwa muda wa miaka arobaini alivumilia matendo yao walipokuwa jangwani.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ACT.13.19" />Naye baada ya kuyaangamiza mataifa saba waliokuwa wakiishi katika nchi ya Kanaani, akawapa Waisraeli nchi yao iwe urithi wao.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ACT.13.20" />Haya yote yalichukua kama muda wa miaka 450.
</p>
<p style="p">“Baada ya haya, Mungu akawapa waamuzi mpaka wakati wa nabii Samweli.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ACT.13.21" />Ndipo watu wakaomba wapewe mfalme, naye Mungu akawapa Sauli mwana wa Kishi wa kabila la Benyamini, aliyetawala kwa miaka arobaini.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ACT.13.22" />Baada ya kumwondoa Sauli katika ufalme, akawainulia Daudi kuwa mfalme wao. Mungu pia alimshuhudia, akisema, ‘Nimemwona Daudi mwana wa Yese, mtu anayeupendeza moyo wangu, atakayetimiza mapenzi yangu yote.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="ACT.13.23" />“Kutoka uzao wa mtu huyu, Mungu amewaletea Israeli Mwokozi Yesu, kama alivyoahidi.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ACT.13.24" />Kabla ya kuja kwa Yesu, Yohana alihubiri toba na ubatizo kwa watu wote wa Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="ACT.13.25" />Yohana alipokuwa anakamilisha kazi yake, alisema: ‘Ninyi mnadhani mimi ni nani? Mimi si yeye. La hasha, lakini yeye yuaja baada yangu, ambaye mimi sistahili kufungua kamba za viatu vya miguu yake.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="ACT.13.26" />“Ndugu zangu, wana wa Abrahamu, nanyi watu wa Mataifa mnaomcha Mungu, ujumbe huu wa wokovu umeletwa kwetu.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="ACT.13.27" />Kwa sababu wakaao Yerusalemu na viongozi wao hawakumtambua wala kuelewa maneno ya manabii yasomwayo kila Sabato, bali waliyatimiza maneno hayo kwa kumhukumu yeye.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="ACT.13.28" />Ijapokuwa hawakupata sababu yoyote ya kumhukumu kifo, walimwomba Pilato aamuru auawe.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="ACT.13.29" />Walipokwisha kufanya yale yote yaliyoandikwa kumhusu, walimshusha kutoka msalabani na kumzika kaburini.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="ACT.13.30" />Lakini Mungu alimfufua kutoka kwa wafu.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="ACT.13.31" />Naye kwa siku nyingi akawatokea wale waliokuwa pamoja naye kuanzia Galilaya hadi Yerusalemu. Nao sasa wamekuwa mashahidi wake kwa watu wetu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="ACT.13.32" />“Nasi tunawaletea habari njema, kwamba yale Mungu aliyowaahidi baba zetu
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="ACT.13.33" />sasa ameyatimiza kwetu sisi watoto wao, kwa kumfufua Yesu, kama ilivyoandikwa katika Zaburi ya pili:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Wewe ni Mwanangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">leo mimi nimekuzaa.’
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="34" bcv="ACT.13.34" />Kwa kuwa Mungu alimfufua kutoka kwa wafu asioze kamwe, alitamka maneno haya:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Nitakupa wewe baraka takatifu zilizo za hakika
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nilizomwahidi Daudi.’
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="35" bcv="ACT.13.35" />Kama ilivyosemwa mahali pengine katika Zaburi,
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Hutamwacha Aliye Mtakatifu wako kuona uharibifu.’
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="ACT.13.36" />“Kwa maana Daudi akiisha kulitumikia kusudi la Mungu katika kizazi chake, alilala; akazikwa pamoja na baba zake na mwili wake ukaoza.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="ACT.13.37" />Lakini yule ambaye Mungu alimfufua kutoka kwa wafu hakuona uharibifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="ACT.13.38" />“Kwa hiyo ndugu zangu, nataka ninyi mjue kwamba kwa kupitia huyu Yesu msamaha wa dhambi unatangazwa kwenu.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="ACT.13.39" />Kwa kupitia yeye, kila mtu amwaminiye anahesabiwa haki kwa kila kitu ambacho asingeweza kuhesabiwa haki kwa sheria ya Mose.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="ACT.13.40" />Kwa hiyo jihadharini ili yale waliyosema manabii yasiwapate:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="41" bcv="ACT.13.41" />“ ‘Angalieni, enyi wenye dhihaka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkastaajabu, mkaangamie,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana nitatenda jambo wakati wenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambalo hamtasadiki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata kama mtu akiwaambia.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="ACT.13.42" />Paulo na Barnaba walipokuwa wakitoka nje ya sinagogi, watu wakawaomba wazungumze tena mambo hayo Sabato iliyofuata.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="ACT.13.43" />Baada ya kusanyiko la Sinagogi kutawanyika, wengi wa Wayahudi na waongofu wa dini ya Kiyahudi wakawafuata Paulo na Barnaba, wakazungumza nao na kuwahimiza wadumu katika neema ya Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="44" bcv="ACT.13.44" />Sabato iliyofuata, karibu watu wote wa mji walikuja kusikiliza neno la Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="ACT.13.45" />Lakini Wayahudi walipoona ule umati mkubwa wa watu walijawa na wivu, wakayakanusha maneno Paulo aliyokuwa akisema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="46" bcv="ACT.13.46" />Ndipo Paulo na Barnaba wakawajibu kwa ujasiri, wakisema, “Ilitupasa kunena nanyi neno la Mungu kwanza. Lakini kwa kuwa mmelikataa, mkajihukumu wenyewe kuwa hamstahili uzima wa milele, sasa tunawageukia watu wa Mataifa.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="ACT.13.47" />Kwa maana hili ndilo Bwana alilotuamuru:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Nimewafanya ninyi kuwa nuru kwa watu wa Mataifa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili mpate kuuleta wokovu hadi miisho ya dunia.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="48" bcv="ACT.13.48" />Watu wa Mataifa waliposikia haya wakafurahi na kulitukuza neno la Bwana; nao wote waliokuwa wamekusudiwa uzima wa milele wakaamini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="49" bcv="ACT.13.49" />Neno la Bwana likaenea katika eneo lile lote.
<ve />
<v id="50" bcv="ACT.13.50" />Lakini Wayahudi wakawachochea wanawake wenye kumcha Mungu, wenye vyeo pamoja na watu maarufu katika mji, wakachochea mateso dhidi ya Paulo na Barnaba na kuwafukuza kutoka eneo hilo.
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="ACT.13.51" />Hivyo Paulo na Barnaba wakakungʼuta mavumbi ya miguu yao ili kuwapinga, nao wakaenda Ikonio.
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="ACT.13.52" />Wanafunzi wakajawa na furaha na Roho Mtakatifu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="14" />
<s style="s1">Paulo Na Barnaba Huko Ikonio
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ACT.14.1" />Huko Ikonio Paulo na Barnaba waliingia pamoja katika sinagogi la Wayahudi kama ilivyokuwa desturi yao. Huko wakahubiri kwa uwezo mkubwa kiasi kwamba Wayahudi pamoja na watu wa Mataifa wakaamini.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ACT.14.2" />Lakini wale Wayahudi waliokataa kuamini, wakawachochea watu wa Mataifa, wakatia chuki ndani ya mioyo yao dhidi ya wale walioamini.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ACT.14.3" />Hivyo Paulo na Barnaba wakakaa huko kwa muda wa kutosha wakihubiri kwa ujasiri juu ya Bwana, ambaye alithibitisha ujumbe wa neema yake kwa kuwawezesha kufanya ishara na miujiza.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ACT.14.4" />Lakini watu wa mji ule waligawanyika, wengine wakakubaliana na Wayahudi na wengine na mitume.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ACT.14.5" />Watu wa Mataifa na Wayahudi wakajiunga na baadhi ya viongozi, wakafanya mpango wa kuwatendea mitume mabaya na kuwapiga mawe.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ACT.14.6" />Lakini mitume walipopata habari hizi wakakimbilia Listra na Derbe, miji ya Likaonia na sehemu zilizopakana nayo.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ACT.14.7" />Huko wakaendelea kuhubiri habari njema.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Na Barnaba Huko Listra
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="ACT.14.8" />Katika mji wa Listra, alikuwako kiwete, ambaye alikuwa amelemaa tangu kuzaliwa na hakuwa ametembea kamwe.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ACT.14.9" />Alimsikiliza Paulo alipokuwa akihubiri. Paulo alipomtazama akaona ana imani ya kuponywa.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ACT.14.10" />Paulo akapaza sauti, “Simama kwa miguu yako!” Mara yule mtu akasimama upesi akaanza kutembea!
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="ACT.14.11" />Ule umati wa watu ulipoona yaliyokuwa yamefanywa na Paulo, wakapiga kelele kwa lugha yao ya Kilikaonia wakasema, “Miungu imetushukia katika umbo la binadamu!”
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ACT.14.12" />Wakamwita Barnaba Zeu na Paulo wakamwita Herme kwa kuwa ndiye alikuwa msemaji mkuu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ACT.14.13" />Kuhani wa Zeu, ambaye hekalu lake lilikuwa nje kidogo tu ya mji, akaleta mafahali na mashada ya maua penye lango la mji kwa sababu yeye na ule umati wa watu walitaka kuwatolea dhabihu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="ACT.14.14" />Lakini mitume Paulo na Barnaba waliposikia haya, wakararua nguo zao, wakawaendea wale watu kwa haraka, wakawapigia kelele, wakisema,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ACT.14.15" />“Enyi watu, kwa nini mnafanya mambo haya? Sisi ni wanadamu tu kama ninyi! Tunawaletea habari njema, tukiwaambia kwamba mgeuke mtoke katika mambo haya yasiyofaa, mmwelekee Mungu aliye hai, aliyeziumba mbingu na nchi na bahari na vitu vyote vilivyomo.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ACT.14.16" />Zamani aliwaachia mataifa waishi walivyotaka.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ACT.14.17" />Lakini hakuacha kuwaonyesha watu uwepo wake: Ameonyesha wema kwa kuwanyeshea mvua toka mbinguni na kuwapa mazao kwa majira yake, naye amewapa chakula tele na kuijaza mioyo yenu na furaha.”
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ACT.14.18" />Hata kwa maneno haya yote, ilikuwa vigumu kuuzuia ule umati wa watu kuwatolea dhabihu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="ACT.14.19" />Ndipo wakaja baadhi ya Wayahudi kutoka Antiokia na Ikonio wakawashawishi wale watu, wakampiga Paulo kwa mawe, wakamburuta hadi nje ya mji, wakidhani amekufa.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ACT.14.20" />Lakini baada ya wanafunzi kukusanyika akainuka na kurudi mjini. Kesho yake yeye na Barnaba wakaondoka kwenda Derbe.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Na Barnaba Warudi Antiokia Huko Syria
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="ACT.14.21" />Wakahubiri habari njema katika mji huo na kupata wanafunzi wengi. Kisha wakarudi Listra, Ikonio na Antiokia,
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ACT.14.22" />wakiwaimarisha wanafunzi na kuwatia moyo waendelee kudumu katika imani. Wakawaonya wakisema, “Imetupasa kuingia katika Ufalme wa Mungu kwa kupitia katika taabu nyingi.”
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ACT.14.23" />Nao baada ya kuwateua wazee katika kila kanisa, kwa kufunga na kuomba wakawakabidhi kwa Bwana waliyemwamini.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ACT.14.24" />Kisha wakapitia Pisidia wakafika Pamfilia.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="ACT.14.25" />Baada ya kuhubiri neno la Mungu huko Perga, wakateremkia Atalia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="ACT.14.26" />Kutoka Atalia wakasafiri baharini wakarudi Antiokia, ambako walikuwa wamesifiwa kwa ajili ya neema ya Mungu kutokana na ile huduma waliyokuwa wameikamilisha.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="ACT.14.27" />Walipowasili Antiokia wakaliita kanisa pamoja na kutoa taarifa ya yale yote Mungu aliyokuwa ametenda kupitia kwao na jinsi alivyokuwa amefungua mlango wa imani kwa ajili ya watu wa Mataifa.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="ACT.14.28" />Nao wakakaa huko pamoja na wanafunzi kwa muda mrefu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="15" />
<s style="s1">Baraza La Yerusalemu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ACT.15.1" />Baadhi ya watu wakashuka Antiokia kutoka Uyahudi, nao wakawa wanawafundisha wandugu: “Msipotahiriwa kufuatana na desturi aliyofundisha Mose, hamwezi kuokoka.”
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ACT.15.2" />Baada ya Paulo na Barnaba kutokubaliana nao kukawa na mabishano makali, Paulo na Barnaba na baadhi ya wengine miongoni mwao wakachaguliwa kwenda Yerusalemu ili kujadiliana jambo hili na mitume na wazee.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ACT.15.3" />Hivyo wakasafirishwa na kanisa, wakiwa njiani wakapitia nchi ya Foinike na Samaria, wakawaeleza jinsi watu wa Mataifa walivyookoka. Habari hizi zikaleta furaha kubwa kwa ndugu wote.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ACT.15.4" />Walipofika Yerusalemu, walipokelewa na kanisa na mitume pamoja na wazee, ndipo Paulo na Barnaba wakawaarifu kila kitu Mungu alichokuwa amefanya kupitia kwao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="ACT.15.5" />Ndipo baadhi ya walioamini wa madhehebu ya Mafarisayo wakasimama na kusema, “Hao watu wa Mataifa lazima watahiriwe na waagizwe kutii sheria ya Mose.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="ACT.15.6" />Mitume na wazee wakakutana pamoja ili kufikiri jambo hili.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ACT.15.7" />Baada ya majadiliano mengi, Petro akasimama na kusema, “Ndugu zangu, mnajua kwamba siku za kwanza Mungu alinichagua ili kwa midomo yangu watu wa Mataifa wapate kusikia ujumbe wa Injili na kuamini.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ACT.15.8" />Mungu, yeye ajuaye mioyo, alionyesha kwamba anawakubali kwa kuwapa Roho Mtakatifu kama vile alivyotupa sisi.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ACT.15.9" />Mungu hakutofautisha kati yetu na wao, bali alitakasa mioyo yao kwa imani.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ACT.15.10" />Sasa basi, mbona mnataka kumjaribu Mungu kwa kuweka kongwa shingoni mwa wanafunzi ambalo baba zetu wala sisi hatukuweza kulibeba?
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ACT.15.11" />Lakini sisi tunaamini ya kuwa tunaokolewa kwa neema ya Bwana Yesu Kristo, kama wao wanavyookolewa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="ACT.15.12" />Kusanyiko lote likakaa kimya, wakawasikiliza Paulo na Barnaba wakieleza jinsi Mungu alivyowatumia kutenda ishara na maajabu kwa watu wa Mataifa.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ACT.15.13" />Walipomaliza kunena, Yakobo akasema, “Ndugu zangu, nisikilizeni.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ACT.15.14" />Simoni amekwisha kutueleza jinsi Mungu, kwa mara ya kwanza alivyoonyesha kuhusika kwa kujichagulia watu kutoka watu wa Mataifa kwa ajili ya Jina lake.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ACT.15.15" />Maneno ya manabii yanakubaliana na jambo hili, kama ilivyoandikwa:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="ACT.15.16" />“ ‘Baada ya mambo haya nitarudi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitajenga upya
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nyumba ya Daudi iliyoanguka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitajenga tena magofu yake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuisimamisha,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ACT.15.17" />ili wanadamu wengine wote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wapate kumtafuta Bwana,
</q>
<q style="q1">hata wale watu wa Mataifa wote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao wanaitwa kwa Jina langu,
</q>
<q style="q1">asema Bwana, afanyaye mambo haya’
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="18" bcv="ACT.15.18" />ambayo yamejulikana tangu zamani.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="ACT.15.19" />“Kwa hivyo uamuzi wangu ni kwamba, tusiwataabishe watu wa Mataifa wanaomgeukia Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ACT.15.20" />Badala yake, tuwaandikie kwamba wajiepushe na vyakula vilivyonajisiwa kwa kutolewa sanamu, wajiepushe na uasherati, au kula mnyama aliyenyongwa, na damu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ACT.15.21" />Kwa maana katika kila mji kwa vizazi vilivyopita, Mose amekuwa na wale wanaotangaza sheria yake kwa kuwa imekuwa ikisomwa kwa sauti kubwa katika masinagogi kila Sabato.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Barua Kwa Waumini Wa Mataifa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="ACT.15.22" />Mitume na wazee pamoja na kanisa lote, wakaamua kuwachagua baadhi ya watu wao na kuwatuma Antiokia pamoja na Paulo na Barnaba. Wakamchagua Yuda aitwaye Barsaba pamoja na Sila, watu wawili waliokuwa viongozi miongoni mwa ndugu.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ACT.15.23" />Wakatumwa na barua ifuatayo:
</p>
<p sfm="pmo" style="pmo">Sisi mitume na wazee, ndugu zenu,
</p>
<p sfm="pmo" style="pmo">Kwa ndugu Mataifa mlioamini mlioko Antiokia, Shamu na Kilikia:
</p>
<p sfm="pmo" style="pmo">Salamu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="24" bcv="ACT.15.24" />Tumesikia kwamba kuna baadhi ya watu waliokuja huko kutoka kwetu bila ruhusa yetu na kuwasumbua, wakiyataabisha mawazo yenu.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="ACT.15.25" />Hivyo tumekubaliana wote kuwachagua baadhi ya watu na kuwatuma kwenu pamoja na wapendwa wetu Barnaba na Paulo,
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="ACT.15.26" />watu ambao wamehatarisha maisha yao kwa ajili ya jina la Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="ACT.15.27" />Kwa hiyo tunawatuma Yuda na Sila, kuthibitisha kwa maneno ya mdomo mambo haya tunayowaandikia.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="ACT.15.28" />Kwa maana imempendeza Roho Mtakatifu na sisi tusiwatwike mzigo wowote mkubwa zaidi ya mambo haya yafuatayo ambayo ni ya lazima:
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="ACT.15.29" />Kwamba mjiepushe na vyakula vilivyotolewa sadaka kwa sanamu, na damu, au kula nyama ya mnyama aliyenyongwa, na mjiepushe na uasherati. Mkiyaepuka mambo haya, mtakuwa mmefanya vyema.
</p>
<p sfm="pmc" style="pmc">Kwaherini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="ACT.15.30" />Hivyo wakaagwa, wakashuka kwenda Antiokia. Baada ya kulikusanya kanisa pamoja, wakawapa ile barua.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="ACT.15.31" />Nao hao watu wakiisha kuisoma, wakafurahishwa sana kwa ujumbe wake wa kutia moyo.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="ACT.15.32" />Yuda na Sila, ambao wenyewe walikuwa manabii, wakanena maneno mengi ya kuwatia moyo na kuwajenga katika imani wale ndugu walioamini.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="ACT.15.33" />Baada ya kukaa huko Antiokia kwa muda, wakaagwa kwa amani na wale ndugu ili waende kwa wale waliowatuma. [
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="ACT.15.34" />Lakini Sila bado akaendelea kukaa huko.]
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="ACT.15.35" />Lakini Paulo na Barnaba walibaki Antiokia ambako wao pamoja na wengine wengi walifundisha na kuhubiri neno la Bwana.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="ms" style="ms1">Safari Ya Pili Ya Paulo Kueneza Injili
</p>
<p sfm="mr" style="mr">(15:36–18:22)
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Na Barnaba Wagawanyika
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="ACT.15.36" />Baada ya muda, Paulo akamwambia Barnaba, “Turudi tukawatembelee ndugu katika miji yote tuliyohubiri neno la Bwana tuone jinsi wanavyoendelea.”
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="ACT.15.37" />Barnaba alitaka wamchukue Yohana aitwaye Marko waende naye.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="ACT.15.38" />Lakini Paulo aliona si vyema kwa sababu aliwahi kuwaacha walipokuwa huko Pamfilia, hakutaka kuendelea kufanya kazi naye.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="ACT.15.39" />Pakatokea ubishi mkali kati ya Paulo na Barnaba kuhusu jambo hili, hivyo wakagawanyika. Barnaba akamchukua Yohana Marko wakasafiri baharini kwenda Kipro.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="ACT.15.40" />Lakini Paulo akamchagua Sila na akaondoka baada ya ndugu kuwatakia neema ya Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="ACT.15.41" />Akapitia Shamu na Kilikia, akiimarisha makanisa ya huko.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="16" />
<s style="s1">Timotheo Aungana Na Paulo Na Sila
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ACT.16.1" />Paulo akafika Derbe na kisha Listra, ambako kulikuwa na mwanafunzi mmoja jina lake Timotheo, ambaye mama yake alikuwa Myahudi aliyeamini, lakini baba yake alikuwa Myunani.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ACT.16.2" />Alikuwa amesifiwa sana na wale ndugu waliokuwa wameamini huko Listra na Ikonio
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ACT.16.3" />Paulo alitaka Timotheo afuatane naye, hivyo akamchukua na kumtahiri kwa sababu ya Wayahudi waliokuwa wanaishi eneo lile kwa maana wote walimjua baba yake ni Myunani.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ACT.16.4" />Walipokuwa wakienda mji kwa mji, wakawa wanawapa maamuzi yaliyotolewa na mitume na wazee huko Yerusalemu ili wayafuate.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ACT.16.5" />Hivyo makanisa yakawa imara katika imani na kuongezeka kiidadi kila siku.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="ACT.16.6" />Paulo pamoja na wenzake wakasafiri sehemu za Frigia na Galatia, kwa kuwa Roho Mtakatifu hakuwaruhusu kulihubiri neno huko Asia.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ACT.16.7" />Walipofika mpaka wa Misia, wakajaribu kuingia Bithinia lakini Roho wa Yesu hakuwaruhusu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ACT.16.8" />Kwa hiyo wakapita Misia, wakafika Troa.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ACT.16.9" />Wakati wa usiku Paulo akaona maono, mtu wa Makedonia amesimama akimsihi, “Vuka uje huku Makedonia utusaidie.”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ACT.16.10" />Baada ya Paulo kuona maono haya, tulijiandaa kwa haraka kuondoka kwenda Makedonia tukiwa tumesadiki kuwa Mungu alikuwa ametuita kuhubiri habari njema huko.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuokoka Kwa Lidia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="ACT.16.11" />Tukasafiri kwa njia ya bahari kutoka Troa na kwenda moja kwa moja hadi Samothrake, kesho yake tukafika Neapoli.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ACT.16.12" />Kutoka huko tukasafiri hadi Filipi, mji mkuu wa jimbo hilo la Makedonia, uliokuwa koloni ya Warumi. Nasi tukakaa huko siku kadhaa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="ACT.16.13" />Siku ya Sabato tukaenda nje ya lango la mji kando ya mto, mahali ambapo tulitarajia tungepata mahali pa kufanyia maombi. Tukaketi, tukaanza kuongea na baadhi ya wanawake waliokuwa wamekusanyika huko.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ACT.16.14" />Mmoja wa wale wanawake waliotusikiliza aliitwa Lidia, mfanyabiashara wa nguo za zambarau, mwenyeji wa mji wa Thiatira, aliyekuwa mcha Mungu. Bwana akaufungua moyo wake akaupokea ujumbe wa Paulo.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ACT.16.15" />Basi alipokwisha kubatizwa yeye na watu wa nyumba yake, alitukaribisha nyumbani kwake akisema, “Kama mmeona kweli mimi nimemwamini Bwana, karibuni mkae nyumbani mwangu.” Naye akatushawishi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Na Sila Watiwa Gerezani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="ACT.16.16" />Siku moja, tulipokuwa tukienda mahali pa kusali, tulikutana na mtumwa mmoja wa kike ambaye alikuwa na pepo wa uaguzi. Naye alikuwa amewapa mabwana zake mapato makubwa ya fedha kwa ubashiri.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ACT.16.17" />Huyu msichana alikuwa akimfuata Paulo na sisi akipiga kelele, “Watu hawa ni watumishi wa Mungu Aliye Juu Sana, wao wanawatangazieni njia ya wokovu.”
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ACT.16.18" />Akaendelea kufanya hivi kwa siku nyingi, lakini Paulo akiwa ameudhika sana, akageuka na kumwambia yule pepo mchafu, “Ninakuamuru katika jina la Yesu Kristo, umtoke!” Yule pepo mchafu akamtoka saa ile ile.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="ACT.16.19" />Basi mabwana wa yule mtumwa wa kike walipoona kuwa tumaini lao la kuendelea kujipatia fedha limetoweka, wakawakamata Paulo na Sila wakawaburuta mpaka sokoni mbele ya viongozi wa mji.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ACT.16.20" />Baada ya kuwafikisha mbele ya mahakimu wakawashtaki wakisema, “Hawa watu wanaleta ghasia katika mji wetu, nao ni Wayahudi.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ACT.16.21" />Wanafundisha desturi ambazo sisi raiya wa Kirumi hatuwezi kuzikubali au kuzitimiza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="ACT.16.22" />Umati wa watu waliokuwepo wakajiunga katika kuwashambulia Paulo na Sila na wale mahakimu wakaamuru wavuliwe nguo zao na wachapwe viboko.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ACT.16.23" />Baada ya kuwachapa sana, wakawatupa gerezani na kumwagiza mkuu wa gereza awalinde kikamilifu.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ACT.16.24" />Kufuata maelekezo haya, yule mkuu wa gereza akawaweka katika chumba cha ndani sana mle gerezani, na akawafunga miguu yao kwa minyororo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="ACT.16.25" />Ilipokaribia usiku wa manane, Paulo na Sila walikuwa wakiomba na kuimba nyimbo za kumsifu Mungu, nao wafungwa wengine walikuwa wakiwasikiliza.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="ACT.16.26" />Ghafula pakatokea tetemeko kubwa la ardhi, hata msingi wa gereza ukatikisika. Mara milango ya gereza ikafunguka na ile minyororo iliyowafunga kila mmoja ikafunguka.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="ACT.16.27" />Yule mkuu wa gereza alipoamka na kuona milango ya gereza iko wazi, akachomoa upanga wake akataka kujiua, akidhani ya kuwa wafungwa wote wametoroka.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="ACT.16.28" />Lakini Paulo akapiga kelele kwa sauti kubwa, akasema, “Usijidhuru kwa maana sisi sote tuko hapa!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="ACT.16.29" />Yule askari wa gereza akaagiza taa ziletwe, akaingia ndani ya kile chumba cha gereza, akapiga magoti akitetemeka mbele ya Paulo na Sila.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="ACT.16.30" />Kisha akawaleta nje akisema, “Bwana zangu, nifanye nini nipate kuokoka?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="ACT.16.31" />Wakamjibu, “Mwamini Bwana Yesu Kristo, nawe utaokoka, pamoja na watu wa nyumbani mwako.”
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="ACT.16.32" />Wakamwambia neno la Bwana yeye pamoja na wote waliokuwako nyumbani mwake.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="ACT.16.33" />Wakati ule ule, yule mkuu wa gereza akawachukua, akawaosha majeraha yao, kisha akabatizwa yeye pamoja na wote waliokuwa nyumbani mwake bila kuchelewa.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="ACT.16.34" />Akawapandisha nyumbani mwake akawaandalia chakula, yeye pamoja na nyumba yake yote wakafurahi sana kwa kuwa sasa walikuwa wamemwamini Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="ACT.16.35" />Kulipopambazuka wale mahakimu wakawatuma maafisa wao kwa mkuu wa gereza wakiwa na agizo linalosema, “Wafungue wale watu, waache waende zao.”
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="ACT.16.36" />Mkuu wa gereza akamwambia Paulo “Mahakimu wameagiza niwaache huru, kwa hiyo tokeni na mwende zenu kwa amani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="ACT.16.37" />Lakini Paulo akawaambia wale maafisa, “Wametupiga hadharani bila kutufanyia mashtaka na kutuhoji, nao wakatutupa gerezani, hata ingawa sisi ni raiya wa Rumi. Nao sasa wanataka kututoa gerezani kwa siri? Hapana! Wao na waje wenyewe watutoe humu gerezani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="38" bcv="ACT.16.38" />Wale maafisa wakarudi na kuwaambia wale mahakimu maneno haya, wakaogopa sana walipofahamu kuwa Paulo na Sila ni raiya wa Rumi.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="ACT.16.39" />Kwa hiyo wakaja wakawaomba msamaha, wakawatoa gerezani, wakawaomba waondoke katika ule mji.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="ACT.16.40" />Baada ya Paulo na Sila kutoka gerezani walikwenda nyumbani kwa Lidia, ambapo walikutana na wale ndugu walioamini, wakawatia moyo, ndipo wakaondoka.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="17" />
<s style="s1">Ghasia Huko Thesalonike
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ACT.17.1" />Wakasafiri kupitia Amfipoli na Apolonia wakafika Thesalonike, ambako kulikuwa na sinagogi la Wayahudi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ACT.17.2" />Kama desturi yake, Paulo aliingia ndani ya sinagogi, na kwa muda wa Sabato tatu akawa anahojiana nao kutoka kwenye Maandiko,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ACT.17.3" />akidhihirisha wazi na kuthibitisha kwamba ilikuwa lazima Kristo<f caller="+"><fr>17:3
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f> ateswe na afufuke kutoka kwa wafu. Akasema, “Huyu Yesu ninayewaambia habari zake, ndiye Kristo.”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ACT.17.4" />Baadhi ya Wayahudi wakasadiki, wakaungana na Paulo na Sila, wakiwepo idadi kubwa ya Wayunani waliomcha Mungu na wanawake wengi mashuhuri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="ACT.17.5" />Lakini Wayahudi ambao hawakuwa wameamini wakawa na wivu, wakawakodi watu waovu kutoka sokoni, wakakutanisha umati wa watu, wakaanzisha ghasia mjini. Wakaenda mbio nyumbani kwa Yasoni wakiwatafuta Paulo na Sila ili kuwaleta nje penye ule umati wa watu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ACT.17.6" />Lakini walipowakosa wakamburuta Yasoni na ndugu wengine mbele ya maafisa wa mji, wakipiga kelele: “Watu hawa ni wale walioupindua ulimwengu wamekuja huku,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ACT.17.7" />naye Yasoni amewakaribisha nyumbani mwake. Hawa wote wanaasi amri za Kaisari wakisema yuko mfalme mwingine aitwaye Yesu.”
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ACT.17.8" />Waliposikia haya, ule umati wa watu na maafisa wa mji wakaongeza ghasia.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ACT.17.9" />Nao baada ya kuchukua dhamana kwa ajili ya Yasoni na wenzake wakawaacha waende zao.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Na Sila Huko Beroya
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="ACT.17.10" />Usiku ule ule, wale ndugu walioamini wakawapeleka Paulo na Sila waende zao Beroya. Walipowasili huko wakaenda kwenye sinagogi la Wayahudi.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ACT.17.11" />Hawa Waberoya walikuwa waungwana zaidi kuliko wale wa Thesalonike, kwa kuwa waliupokea ule ujumbe kwa shauku kubwa na kuyachunguza Maandiko kila siku ili kuona kama yale Paulo aliyosema yalikuwa kweli.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ACT.17.12" />Wayahudi wengi wakaamini pamoja na wanawake na wanaume wa Kiyunani wa tabaka la juu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="ACT.17.13" />Lakini wale Wayahudi wa Thesalonike waliposikia kuwa Paulo anahubiri neno la Mungu huko Beroya, wakaenda huko ili kuwashawishi watu na kuwachochea.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ACT.17.14" />Mara hiyo, wale ndugu wakamsafirisha Paulo hadi pwani, lakini Sila na Timotheo wakabaki Beroya.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ACT.17.15" />Wale waliomsindikiza Paulo wakaenda naye mpaka Athene, kisha wakarudi Beroya wakiwa na maagizo kutoka kwa Paulo kuhusu Sila na Timotheo kwamba wamfuate upesi iwezekanavyo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Huko Athene
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="ACT.17.16" />Paulo alipokuwa akiwasubiri huko Athene, alisumbuka sana moyoni mwake kuona vile mji huo ulivyojaa sanamu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ACT.17.17" />Hivyo akahojiana kwenye sinagogi na Wayahudi pamoja na Wayunani waliomcha Mungu, na pia sokoni kila siku na watu aliopatana nao huko.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ACT.17.18" />Kisha baadhi ya Waepikureo na Wastoiko wenye falsafa wakakutana naye. Baadhi yao wakasema, “Je, huyu mpayukaji anajaribu kusema nini?” Wengine wakasema, “Inaonekana anasema habari za miungu ya kigeni.” Walisema haya kwa sababu Paulo alikuwa anahubiri habari njema kuhusu Yesu na ufufuo wa wafu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ACT.17.19" />Hivyo wakamchukua na kumleta kwenye mkutano wa Areopago, walikomwambia, “Je, tunaweza kujua mafundisho haya mapya unayofundisha ni nini?
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ACT.17.20" />Wewe unaleta mambo mapya masikioni mwetu, hivyo tungetaka kujua maana yake ni nini.”
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ACT.17.21" />(Waathene na wageni wote walioishi humo hawakutumia muda wao kufanya chochote kingine isipokuwa kueleza au kusikia mambo mapya).
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="ACT.17.22" />Ndipo Paulo akasimama katikati ya Areopago akasema, “Enyi watu wa Athene! Ninaona kwamba katika kila jambo ninyi ni watu wa dini sana.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ACT.17.23" />Kwa kuwa nilipokuwa nikitembea mjini na kuangalia kwa bidii vitu vyenu vya kuabudiwa, niliona huko madhabahu moja iliyoandikwa:
<sc>Kwa Mungu Asiyejulikana</sc>. Basi sasa kile ambacho mmekuwa mkikiabudu kama kisichojulikana, ndicho ninachowahubiria.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="ACT.17.24" />“Mungu aliyeumba dunia na vyote vilivyomo ndani yake, yeye ndiye Bwana wa mbingu na nchi, hakai katika mahekalu yaliyojengwa kwa mikono ya wanadamu.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="ACT.17.25" />Wala hatumikiwi na mikono ya wanadamu kana kwamba anahitaji chochote, kwa sababu yeye mwenyewe ndiye awapaye watu wote uhai na pumzi na vitu vyote.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="ACT.17.26" />Kutoka kwa mtu mmoja, yeye aliumba mataifa yote ya wanadamu ili waikalie dunia yote, naye akaweka nyakati za kuishi.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="ACT.17.27" />Mungu alifanya hivyo ili wanadamu wamtafute na huenda wakamfikia ingawa kwa kupapasapapasa ijapokuwa kwa kweli hakai mbali na kila mmoja wetu.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="ACT.17.28" />‘Kwa kuwa katika yeye tunaishi, tunatembea na kuwa na uzima wetu.’ Kama baadhi ya watunga mashairi wenu walivyosema, ‘Sisi ni watoto wake.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="ACT.17.29" />“Kwa kuwa sisi ni watoto wa Mungu, haitupasi kudhani kuwa uungu ni kama sanamu ya dhahabu au ya fedha au ya jiwe, mfano uliotengenezwa kwa ubunifu na ustadi wa mwanadamu.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="ACT.17.30" />Zamani wakati wa ujinga, Mungu alijifanya kama haoni, lakini sasa anawaamuru watu wote kila mahali watubu.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="ACT.17.31" />Kwa kuwa ameweka siku ambayo atauhukumu ulimwengu kwa haki akimtumia mtu aliyemchagua. Amewahakikishia watu wote mambo haya kwa kumfufua Kristo kutoka kwa wafu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="ACT.17.32" />Waliposikia habari za ufufuo wa wafu, baadhi yao wakadhihaki, lakini wengine wakasema, “Tunataka kukusikia tena ukizungumza juu ya jambo hili.”
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="ACT.17.33" />Kwa hiyo Paulo akaondoka katikati yao.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="ACT.17.34" />Lakini baadhi yao wakaungana naye wakaamini. Kati yao alikuwepo Dionisio, Mwareopago na mwanamke mmoja aliyeitwa Damari na wengine wengi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="18" />
<s style="s1">Paulo Huko Korintho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ACT.18.1" />Baada ya haya, Paulo akaondoka Athene akaenda Korintho.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ACT.18.2" />Huko akakutana na Myahudi mmoja jina lake Akila, mwenyeji wa Ponto, ambaye alikuwa amewasili karibuni kutoka Italia pamoja na mkewe Prisila, kwa sababu Klaudio alikuwa ameamuru Wayahudi wote waondoke Rumi. Paulo akaenda kuwaona,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ACT.18.3" />naye kwa kuwa alikuwa mtengeneza mahema kama wao, akakaa na kufanya kazi pamoja nao.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ACT.18.4" />Kila Sabato Paulo alikuwa akihojiana nao katika sinagogi, akijitahidi kuwashawishi Wayahudi na Wayunani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="ACT.18.5" />Sila na Timotheo walipowasili kutoka Makedonia, walimkuta Paulo akiwa amejitolea muda wake wote katika kuhubiri, akiwashuhudia Wayahudi kwamba Yesu ndiye Kristo<f caller="+"><fr>18:5
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ACT.18.6" />Wayahudi walipompinga Paulo na kukufuru, yeye aliyakungʼuta mavazi yake, akawaambia, “Damu yenu na iwe juu ya vichwa vyenu! Mimi sina hatia, nimetimiza wajibu wangu. Kuanzia sasa nitawaendea watu wa Mataifa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="ACT.18.7" />Kisha akaondoka mle kwenye sinagogi, akaenda nyumbani kwa mtu mmoja jina lake Tito Yusto, aliyekuwa mcha Mungu. Nyumba yake ilikuwa karibu na sinagogi.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ACT.18.8" />Kiongozi wa hilo sinagogi, aliyeitwa Krispo, akamwamini Bwana, yeye pamoja na watu wote wa nyumbani mwake. Nao Wakorintho wengi waliomsikia Paulo pia wakaamini na kubatizwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ACT.18.9" />Usiku mmoja Bwana akamwambia Paulo katika maono,
<wj>“Usiogope, lakini endelea kusema wala usinyamaze,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ACT.18.10" /><wj>kwa maana mimi niko pamoja nawe, wala hakuna mtu atakayeweza kukushambulia ili kukudhuru, kwa kuwa ninao watu wengi katika mji huu ambao ni watu wangu.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ACT.18.11" />Hivyo Paulo akakaa huko kwa muda wa mwaka mmoja na nusu, akiwafundisha neno la Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="ACT.18.12" />Lakini wakati Galio alipokuwa msaidizi wa mwakilishi wa mtawala huko Akaya, Wayahudi waliungana kumshambulia Paulo, wakamkamata na kumpeleka mahakamani.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ACT.18.13" />Wakamshtaki wakisema, “Mtu huyu anawashawishi watu wamwabudu Mungu kinyume cha sheria.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="ACT.18.14" />Paulo alipotaka kujitetea, Galio akawaambia Wayahudi, “Kama ninyi Wayahudi mlikuwa mkilalamika kuhusu makosa makubwa ya uhalifu ingekuwa haki kwangu kuwasikiliza.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ACT.18.15" />Lakini kwa kuwa linahusu maneno, majina na sheria yenu, amueni ninyi wenyewe. Mimi sitakuwa mwamuzi wa mambo haya.”
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ACT.18.16" />Akawafukuza kutoka mahakamani.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ACT.18.17" />Ndipo wote wakamkamata Sosthene kiongozi wa sinagogi, wakampiga mbele ya mahakama, lakini Galio hakujali kitendo chao hata kidogo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Arudi Antiokia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="ACT.18.18" />Baada ya kukaa Korintho kwa muda, Paulo akaagana na wale ndugu walioamini, akasafiri kwa njia ya bahari kwenda Shamu akiwa amefuatana na Prisila na Akila. Walipofika Kenkrea, Paulo alinyoa nywele zake kwa kuwa alikuwa ameweka nadhiri.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ACT.18.19" />Walipofika Efeso, Paulo aliwaacha Prisila na Akila huko, lakini yeye akaingia kwenye sinagogi akawa anajadiliana na Wayahudi.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ACT.18.20" />Walipomwomba akae nao kwa muda mrefu zaidi hakukubali.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ACT.18.21" />Lakini alipokuwa akiondoka, akaahidi, “Nitarudi kama Mungu akipenda.” Kisha akasafiri kwa njia ya bahari kutoka Efeso.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ACT.18.22" />Alitia nanga Kaisaria, akaenda Yerusalemu na kulisalimu kanisa, kisha akaenda Antiokia.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="ms" style="ms1">Safari Ya Tatu Ya Paulo Kueneza Injili
</p>
<p sfm="mr" style="mr">(18:23–21:16)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="ACT.18.23" />Baada ya kukaa huko kwa muda, akaondoka na kwenda sehemu moja hadi nyingine huko Galatia na Frigia, akiwaimarisha wanafunzi wote.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Huduma Ya Apolo Huko Efeso Na Korintho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="ACT.18.24" />Basi akaja Efeso Myahudi mmoja, jina lake Apolo, mwenyeji wa Iskanderia. Yeye alikuwa na elimu kubwa, pia alikuwa hodari katika Maandiko.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="ACT.18.25" />Alikuwa amefundishwa katika njia ya Bwana, naye alikuwa na bidii katika roho, akafundisha kwa usahihi juu ya Yesu, ingawa alijua tu ubatizo wa Yohana.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="ACT.18.26" />Apolo alianza kunena kwa ujasiri mkubwa katika sinagogi. Lakini Prisila na Akila walipomsikia, walimchukua kando na kumweleza njia ya Mungu kwa ufasaha zaidi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="ACT.18.27" />Naye Apolo alipotaka kwenda Akaya, ndugu wa Efeso walimtia moyo, wakawaandikia wanafunzi huko ili wamkaribishe. Alipofika huko, aliwasaidia sana wale ambao, kwa neema ya Mungu, walikuwa wameamini.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="ACT.18.28" />Kwa uwezo mkubwa aliwakanusha hadharani Wayahudi waliokuwa wakipinga, akionyesha kwa njia ya Maandiko kwamba Yesu ndiye Kristo.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="19" />
<s style="s1">Paulo Huko Efeso
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ACT.19.1" />Apolo alipokuwa huko Korintho, Paulo alisafiri sehemu za bara, akafika Efeso. Huko akawakuta wanafunzi kadhaa,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ACT.19.2" />akawauliza, “Je, mlipokea Roho Mtakatifu mlipoamini?”
</p>
<p style="p">Wakajibu, “Hapana, hata hatukusikia kuwa kuna Roho Mtakatifu.”
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ACT.19.3" />Ndipo Paulo akawauliza, “Je, mlibatizwa kwa ubatizo gani?” Wakajibu, “Kwa ubatizo wa Yohana.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="ACT.19.4" />Paulo akasema, “Ubatizo wa Yohana ulikuwa wa toba, aliwaambia watu wamwamini yeye atakayekuja baada yake, yaani, Yesu.”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ACT.19.5" />Waliposikia haya, wakabatizwa katika jina la Bwana Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ACT.19.6" />Paulo alipoweka mikono yake juu yao, Roho Mtakatifu akawashukia, nao wakanena kwa lugha mpya na kutabiri.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ACT.19.7" />Walikuwa kama wanaume kumi na wawili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="ACT.19.8" />Paulo akaingia katika sinagogi na kunena humo kwa ujasiri kwa muda wa miezi mitatu, akijadiliana na watu na kuwashawishi katika mambo ya Ufalme wa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ACT.19.9" />Lakini baadhi yao walikaidi. Walikataa kuamini, na wakakashifu ujumbe wake mbele ya umati wa watu. Basi Paulo aliachana nao. Akawachukua wanafunzi naye, akahojiana nao kila siku katika darasa la Tirano.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ACT.19.10" />Jambo hili likaendelea kwa muda wa miaka miwili, kiasi kwamba Wayahudi na Wayunani wote walioishi huko Asia wakawa wamesikia neno la Bwana.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wana Wa Skewa Wajaribu Kutoa Pepo Mchafu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="ACT.19.11" />Mungu akafanya miujiza mingi isiyo ya kawaida kwa mkono wa Paulo,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ACT.19.12" />hivi kwamba leso au vitambaa vilivyokuwa vimegusa mwili wa Paulo viliwekwa juu ya wagonjwa, nao wakapona magonjwa yao, na pepo wachafu wakawatoka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="ACT.19.13" />Basi baadhi ya Wayahudi wenye kutangatanga huku na huko wakitoa pepo wachafu wakajaribu kutumia jina la Bwana Yesu wale wenye pepo wakisema, “Kwa jina la Yesu, yule anayehubiriwa na Paulo, nakuamuru utoke.”
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ACT.19.14" />Wana saba wa Skewa, Myahudi aliyekuwa kiongozi wa makuhani, walikuwa wanafanya hivyo.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ACT.19.15" />Lakini pepo mchafu akawajibu, “Yesu namjua na Paulo pia namjua, lakini ninyi ni nani?”
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ACT.19.16" />Kisha yule mtu aliyekuwa na pepo mchafu akawarukia, akawashambulia vikali, akawashinda nguvu wote, wakatoka ndani ya ile nyumba wakikimbia wakiwa uchi na wenye majeraha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="ACT.19.17" />Habari hii ikajulikana kwa Wayahudi wote na Wayunani waliokaa Efeso, hofu ikawajaa wote, nalo jina la Bwana Yesu likaheshimiwa sana.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ACT.19.18" />Wengi wa wale waliokuwa wameamini wakati huu wakaja na kutubu waziwazi kuhusu matendo yao maovu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ACT.19.19" />Idadi kubwa ya wale waliofanya mambo ya uganga wakaleta vitabu vyao na kuviteketeza kwa moto hadharani. Walipofanya hesabu ya thamani ya vitabu vilivyoteketezwa ilikuwa drakma 50,000<f caller="+"><fr>19:19
</fr><ft>Drakma ilikuwa ni sarafu ya fedha, thamani yake ni sawa na mshahara wa kibarua wa siku moja.</ft></f> za fedha.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ACT.19.20" />Hivyo neno la Bwana likaenea sana na kuwa na nguvu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="ACT.19.21" />Baada ya mambo haya kutukia, Paulo akakusudia rohoni kwenda Yerusalemu kupitia Makedonia na Akaya. Akasema, “Baada ya kufika huko, yanipasa pia kwenda Rumi.”
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ACT.19.22" />Hivyo akatuma wasaidizi wake wawili, Timotheo na Erasto, waende Makedonia, wakati yeye mwenyewe alibaki kwa muda kidogo huko Asia.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ghasia Huko Efeso
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="ACT.19.23" />Wakati huo huo pakatokea dhiki kubwa kwa sababu ya Njia ile ya Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ACT.19.24" />Mtu mmoja jina lake Demetrio mfua fedha aliyekuwa akitengeneza vinyago vya fedha vya Artemi na kuwapatia mafundi wake biashara kubwa,
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="ACT.19.25" />aliwaita pamoja watu wengine waliofanya kazi ya ufundi kama yake na kusema, “Enyi watu, mnajua ya kuwa utajiri wetu unatokana na biashara hii!
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="ACT.19.26" />Pia ninyi mmeona na kusikia jinsi ambavyo si huku Efeso peke yake lakini ni karibu Asia yote, huyu Paulo amewashawishi na kuvuta idadi kubwa ya watu kwa kusema kuwa miungu iliyotengenezwa na watu si miungu.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="ACT.19.27" />Kwa hiyo kuna hatari si kwa kazi yetu kudharauliwa tu, bali pia hata hekalu la mungu mke Artemi, aliye mkuu, anayeabudiwa Asia yote na ulimwengu wote, litakuwa limepokonywa fahari yake ya kiungu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="ACT.19.28" />Waliposikia maneno haya, wakaghadhibika, wakaanza kupiga kelele, “Artemi wa Waefeso ni mkuu!”
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="ACT.19.29" />Mara mji wote ukajaa ghasia. Wakawakamata Gayo na Aristarko, watu wa Makedonia waliokuwa wakisafiri pamoja na Paulo, na watu wakakimbilia katika ukumbi wa michezo kama mtu mmoja.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="ACT.19.30" />Paulo akataka kuingia katikati ya umati huo, lakini wanafunzi hawakumruhusu.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="ACT.19.31" />Hata baadhi ya viongozi wa sehemu ile, waliokuwa rafiki zake Paulo, wakatuma watu wakitamani asiingie katika ule ukumbi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="ACT.19.32" />Ule umati ulikuwa na taharuki. Wengine walikuwa wakipiga kelele, hawa wakisema hili na wengine lile. Idadi kubwa ya watu hawakujua hata ni kwa nini walikuwa wamekusanyika huko.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="ACT.19.33" />Wayahudi wakamsukumia Aleksanda mbele na baadhi ya watu kwenye ule umati wakampa maelekezo. Akawaashiria kwa mkono ili watulie aweze kujitetea mbele ya watu.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="ACT.19.34" />Lakini walipotambua kwamba alikuwa Myahudi, wote wakapiga kelele kwa sauti moja kwa karibu muda wa saa mbili, wakisema, “Artemi wa Efeso ni mkuu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="ACT.19.35" />Baadaye karani wa mji akaunyamazisha ule umati wa watu na kusema, “Enyi watu wa Efeso, je, ulimwengu wote haujui ya kuwa mji wa Efeso ndio unaotunza hekalu la Artemi aliye mkuu na ile sanamu yake iliyoanguka kutoka mbinguni?
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="ACT.19.36" />Kwa hiyo, kwa kuwa mambo haya hayakanushiki, inawapasa mnyamaze na wala msifanye lolote kwa haraka.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="ACT.19.37" />Kwa kuwa mmewaleta hawa watu hapa, ingawa hawajaiba hekaluni wala kumkufuru huyu mungu wetu wa kike.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="ACT.19.38" />Basi, ikiwa Demetrio na mafundi wenzake wana jambo zito dhidi ya mtu yeyote, mahakama ziko wazi na wasaidizi wa mwakilishi wa mtawala. Wanaweza kufungua mashtaka.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="ACT.19.39" />Lakini kama kuna jambo jingine lolote zaidi mnalotaka kulileta, itabidi lisuluhishwe katika kusanyiko halali.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="ACT.19.40" />Kama ilivyo sasa, tuko hatarini kushtakiwa kwa kufanya ghasia kwa sababu ya tukio la leo. Kwa kuwa hakuna sababu tutakayoweza kutoa kuhalalisha msukosuko huu.”
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="ACT.19.41" />Baada ya kusema haya akavunja mkutano.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="20" />
<s style="s1">Paulo Apita Makedonia Na Uyunani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ACT.20.1" />Baada ya zile ghasia kumalizika, Paulo aliwaita wanafunzi pamoja akawatia moyo, akawaaga, akaanza safari kwenda Makedonia.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ACT.20.2" />Alipita katika sehemu zile, akinena na watu maneno mengi ya kuwatia moyo. Ndipo hatimaye akawasili Uyunani,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ACT.20.3" />ambako alikaa kwa muda wa miezi mitatu. Alipokuwa anakaribia kuanza safari kwa njia ya bahari kwenda Shamu, kwa sababu Wayahudi walikuwa wamefanya shauri baya dhidi yake, aliamua kurudi kupitia njia ya Makedonia.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ACT.20.4" />Paulo alikuwa amefuatana na Sopatro mwana wa Piro, Mberoya, Aristarko na Sekundo kutoka Thesalonike na Gayo, mtu wa Derbe, Timotheo pamoja na Tikiko na Trofimo kutoka sehemu ya Asia.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ACT.20.5" />Hawa watu walitutangulia wakaenda kutungojea Troa.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ACT.20.6" />Lakini sisi tukasafiri kwa njia ya bahari kwa siku tano kutoka Filipi baada ya siku za Sikukuu ya Mikate Isiyotiwa Chachu, nasi tukaungana na wengine huko Troa, ambako tulikaa kwa siku saba.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Eutiko Afufuliwa Huko Troa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="ACT.20.7" />Siku ya kwanza ya juma tulikutana pamoja kwa ajili ya kumega mkate. Paulo akaongea na watu, naye kwa kuwa alikuwa amekusudia kuondoka kesho yake, aliendelea kuongea mpaka usiku wa manane.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ACT.20.8" />Kwenye chumba cha ghorofani walimokuwa wamekutania kulikuwa na taa nyingi.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ACT.20.9" />Kijana mmoja jina lake Eutiko, alikuwa amekaa dirishani, wakati Paulo alipokuwa akihubiri kwa muda mrefu, alipatwa na usingizi mzito, akaanguka kutoka ghorofa ya tatu, wakamwinua akiwa amekufa.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ACT.20.10" />Paulo akashuka chini, akajitupa juu yake na kumkumbatia, akasema, “Msishtuke, uzima wake bado umo ndani yake.”
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ACT.20.11" />Kisha Paulo akapanda tena ghorofani, akamega mkate na kula. Baada ya kuongea mpaka mapambazuko, akaondoka.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ACT.20.12" />Watu wakamrudisha yule kijana nyumbani akiwa hai nao wakafarijika sana.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Awaaga Wazee Wa Efeso
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="ACT.20.13" />Tukatangulia melini tukasafiri mpaka Aso ambako tungempakia Paulo. Alikuwa amepanga hivyo kwa maana alitaka kufika kwa miguu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ACT.20.14" />Alipotukuta huko Aso, tulimpakia melini, tukasafiri wote mpaka Mitilene.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ACT.20.15" />Kutoka huko tuliendelea kwa njia ya bahari, na kesho yake tukafika mahali panapokabili Kio. Siku iliyofuata tukavuka kwenda Samo, na kesho yake tukawasili Mileto.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ACT.20.16" />Paulo alikuwa ameamua tusipitie Efeso ili asitumie muda mwingi huko sehemu za Asia, kwa sababu alikuwa anatamani kama ikiwezekana kufika Yerusalemu kabla ya siku ya Pentekoste.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="ACT.20.17" />Paulo akiwa Mileto, alituma mjumbe kwenda Efeso kuwaita wazee wa kanisa waje wakutane naye.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ACT.20.18" />Walipofika akawaambia, “Ninyi wenyewe mnajua jinsi nilivyoishi katikati yenu muda wote tangu siku ya kwanza nilipokanyaga hapa Asia.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ACT.20.19" />Nilimtumikia Bwana kwa unyenyekevu wote na kwa machozi nikivumilia taabu na mapingamizi yaliyonipata kutokana na hila za Wayahudi.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ACT.20.20" />Mnajua kwamba sikusita kuhubiri jambo lolote ambalo lingekuwa la kuwafaa ninyi, lakini nilifundisha hadharani na nyumba kwa nyumba.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ACT.20.21" />Nimewashuhudia Wayahudi na Wayunani kwamba inawapasa kumgeukia Mungu kwa kutubu dhambi na kumwamini Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="ACT.20.22" />“Nami sasa nimesukumwa na Roho, ninakwenda Yerusalemu wala sijui ni nini kitakachonipata huko.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ACT.20.23" />Ila ninachojua tu ni kwamba Roho Mtakatifu amenionya kuwa vifungo na mateso vinaningoja.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ACT.20.24" />Lakini siyahesabu maisha yangu kuwa ya thamani kwangu, kama kuyamaliza mashindano na kukamilisha ile kazi Bwana Yesu aliyonipa, yaani, kazi ya kuishuhudia Injili ya neema ya Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="ACT.20.25" />“Nami sasa najua ya kuwa hakuna hata mmoja miongoni mwenu ambaye nimemhubiria Ufalme wa Mungu katika kwenda kwangu huku na huko, atakayeniona uso tena.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="ACT.20.26" />Kwa hiyo nawatangazia leo, sina hatia ya damu ya mtu awaye yote.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="ACT.20.27" />Kwa kuwa sikusita kuwatangazia mapenzi yote ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="ACT.20.28" />Jilindeni nafsi zenu na mlilinde lile kundi lote ambalo Roho Mtakatifu amewaweka ninyi kuwa waangalizi wake. Lichungeni kanisa lake Mungu alilolinunua kwa damu yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="ACT.20.29" />Najua kwamba baada yangu kuondoka, mbwa mwitu wakali watakuja katikati yenu ambao hawatalihurumia kundi.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="ACT.20.30" />Hata kutoka miongoni mwenu watainuka watu na kuupotosha ukweli ili wawavute wanafunzi wawafuate.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="ACT.20.31" />Hivyo jilindeni! Kumbukeni kwamba kwa miaka mitatu sikuacha kamwe kuwaonya kila mmoja kwa machozi usiku na mchana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="ACT.20.32" />“Sasa nawakabidhi kwa Mungu na kwa neno la neema yake, linaloweza kuwajenga na kuwapa ninyi urithi miongoni mwa wote ambao wametakaswa.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="ACT.20.33" />Sikutamani fedha wala dhahabu wala vazi la mtu yeyote.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="ACT.20.34" />Ninyi wenyewe mnajua kwamba mikono yangu hii imetumika kwa mahitaji yangu na ya wale waliokuwa pamoja nami.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="ACT.20.35" />Katika kila jambo nimewaonyesha kwamba kwa njia hii ya kufanya kazi kwa bidii imetupasa kuwasaidia wadhaifu, mkikumbuka maneno ya Bwana Yesu mwenyewe jinsi alivyosema,
<wj>‘Ni heri kutoa kuliko kupokea.’</wj> ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="ACT.20.36" />Paulo alipomaliza kusema haya akapiga magoti pamoja nao wote akaomba.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="ACT.20.37" />Wote wakalia, wakamkumbatia Paulo na kumbusu,
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="ACT.20.38" />Kilichowahuzunisha zaidi ni kwa sababu ya yale maneno aliyosema kwamba kamwe hawatauona uso wake tena. Wakaenda naye mpaka kwenye meli.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="21" />
<s style="s1">Paulo Aenda Yerusalemu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ACT.21.1" />Tulipokwisha kujitenga nao, tukaanza safari kwa njia ya bahari moja kwa moja mpaka Kosi. Siku ya pili yake tukafika Rodo na kutoka huko tukaenda Patara.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ACT.21.2" />Hapo tukapata meli iliyokuwa inavuka kwenda Foinike tukapanda tukasafiri nayo.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ACT.21.3" />Tulipokiona kisiwa cha Kipro, tukakizunguka tukakiacha upande wetu wa kushoto, tukasafiri mpaka Shamu, tukatia nanga katika bandari ya Tiro ambapo meli yetu ilikuwa ipakue shehena yake.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ACT.21.4" />Baada ya kuwatafuta wanafunzi wa huko, tukakaa nao kwa siku saba. Wale wanafunzi wakiongozwa na Roho wakamwambia Paulo asiende Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ACT.21.5" />Lakini muda wetu ulipokwisha, tukaondoka tukaendelea na safari yetu. Wale wanafunzi pamoja na wake zao na watoto wakatusindikiza hadi nje ya mji. Wote tukapiga magoti pale pwani tukaomba.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ACT.21.6" />Baada ya kuagana, tukapanda melini, nao wakarudi majumbani mwao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="ACT.21.7" />Tukaendelea na safari yetu toka Tiro tukafika Tolemai, tukawasalimu ndugu wa huko, tukakaa nao kwa siku moja.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ACT.21.8" />Siku iliyofuata tukaondoka, tukafika Kaisaria. Huko tukaenda nyumbani kwa mwinjilisti mmoja jina lake Filipo, aliyekuwa mmoja wa wale Saba, tukakaa kwake.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ACT.21.9" />Filipo alikuwa na binti wanne mabikira waliokuwa wanatoa unabii.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="ACT.21.10" />Baada ya kukaa kwa siku kadhaa, akateremka nabii mmoja kutoka Uyahudi jina lake Agabo.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ACT.21.11" />Alipotufikia akachukua mshipi wa Paulo akajifunga, akautumia kufunga mikono na miguu yake mwenyewe akasema, “Roho Mtakatifu anasema: ‘Hivi ndivyo Wayahudi wa Yerusalemu watakavyomfunga mwenye mshipi huu na kumkabidhi kwa watu wa Mataifa.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="ACT.21.12" />Tuliposikia maneno haya sisi na ndugu wengine tukamsihi Paulo asiende Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ACT.21.13" />Lakini Paulo akajibu, “Kwa nini mnalia na kunivunja moyo? Mimi niko tayari si kufungwa tu, bali hata kufa huko Yerusalemu kwa ajili ya jina la Bwana Yesu.”
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ACT.21.14" />Alipokuwa hashawishiki, tukaacha kumsihi, tukasema, “Mapenzi ya Bwana na yatendeke.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="ACT.21.15" />Baada ya haya, tukajiandaa, tukaondoka kwenda Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ACT.21.16" />Baadhi ya wanafunzi kutoka Kaisaria wakafuatana nasi na kutupeleka nyumbani kwa Mnasoni, ambaye tungekaa kwake. Yeye alikuwa mtu wa Kipro, mmoja wa wanafunzi wa zamani.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="ms" style="ms1">Kukamatwa Kwa Paulo, Na Safari Yake Kwenda Rumi
</p>
<p sfm="mr" style="mr">(21:17–28:31)
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Awasili Yerusalemu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="ACT.21.17" />Tulipofika Yerusalemu ndugu wakatukaribisha kwa furaha.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ACT.21.18" />Kesho yake Paulo pamoja na wengine wetu tulikwenda kumwona Yakobo, na wazee wote walikuwepo.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ACT.21.19" />Baada ya kuwasalimu, Paulo akatoa taarifa kamili ya mambo yote ambayo Mungu alikuwa amefanya miongoni mwa watu wa Mataifa kupitia huduma yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="ACT.21.20" />Baada ya kusikia mambo haya wakamwadhimisha Mungu. Ndipo wakamwambia Paulo, “Ndugu, unaona kulivyo na maelfu ya Wayahudi walioamini, nao wote wana juhudi kwa ajili ya sheria.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ACT.21.21" />Lakini wameambiwa habari zako kwamba unafundisha Wayahudi wote waishio miongoni mwa watu wa Mataifa kumkataa Mose, na kwamba unawaambia wasiwatahiri watoto wao wala kufuata desturi zetu.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ACT.21.22" />Sasa tufanyeje? Bila shaka watasikia kwamba umekuja Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ACT.21.23" />Kwa hiyo fanya lile tunalokuambia. Tunao watu wanne hapa ambao wameweka nadhiri.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ACT.21.24" />Jiunge na watu hawa, mfanye utaratibu wa ibada ya kujitakasa pamoja nao, na ulipe gharama ili wanyoe nywele zao. Kwa njia hii kila mtu atafahamu ya kuwa mambo waliyosikia si ya kweli na kwamba wewe unaishika sheria.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="ACT.21.25" />Lakini kuhusu wale watu wa Mataifa walioamini, tumewaandikia uamuzi wetu: kwamba wajitenge na vyakula vilivyotolewa sadaka kwa sanamu, na damu, au kula nyama ya mnyama aliyenyongwa, na wajiepushe na uasherati.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="ACT.21.26" />Ndipo kesho yake Paulo akawachukua wale watu na akajitakasa pamoja nao. Akaingia ndani ya hekalu ili atoe taarifa ya tarehe ambayo siku zao za utakaso zingemalizika na sadaka ingetolewa kwa ajili ya kila mmoja wao.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Akamatwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="ACT.21.27" />Zile siku saba zilipokaribia kumalizika, baadhi ya Wayahudi kutoka sehemu za Asia waliokuwa wamemwona Paulo ndani ya Hekalu, wakachochea umati wote wa watu, nao wakamkamata.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="ACT.21.28" />Wakapiga kelele wakisema, “Waisraeli wenzetu, tusaidieni! Huyu ndiye yule mtu anayefundisha kila mtu na kila mahali, kinyume na watu wetu, sheria zetu na hata Hekalu hili. Zaidi ya hayo amewaleta Wayunani ndani ya Hekalu na kupanajisi mahali hapa patakatifu.”
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="ACT.21.29" />(Walikuwa wamemwona Trofimo, mwenyeji wa Efeso, akiwa mjini pamoja na Paulo wakadhani kuwa Paulo alikuwa amemwingiza Hekaluni.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="ACT.21.30" />Mji wote ukataharuki, watu wakaja wakikimbia kutoka pande zote wakamkamata Paulo, wakamburuta kutoka Hekaluni. Milango ya Hekalu ikafungwa.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="ACT.21.31" />Walipokuwa wakitaka kumuua, habari zikamfikia jemadari wa jeshi la askari wa Kirumi kwamba mji wa Yerusalemu wote ulikuwa katika machafuko.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="ACT.21.32" />Mara yule jemadari akachukua maafisa wengine wa jeshi pamoja na askari wakakimbilia kwenye ile ghasia, wale watu waliokuwa wakifanya ghasia walipomwona yule jemadari na askari wakija, wakaacha kumpiga Paulo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="ACT.21.33" />Yule jemadari akaja, akamkamata Paulo akaamuru afungwe kwa minyororo miwili. Akauliza yeye ni nani, na alikuwa amefanya nini.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="ACT.21.34" />Baadhi ya watu katika ule umati wakapiga kelele, hawa wakisema hili na wengine lile. Yule jemadari alipoona kuwa hawezi kupata hakika ya habari kwa sababu ya zile kelele, akaamuru Paulo apelekwe katika ngome ya jeshi.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="ACT.21.35" />Paulo alipofika penye ngazi, ilibidi askari wambebe juu juu kwa sababu fujo za ule umati wa watu zilikuwa kubwa.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="ACT.21.36" />Umati wa watu ulikuwa ukifuata ukiendelea kupiga kelele ukisema, “Mwondoe huyu!”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Anajitetea
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="37" bcv="ACT.21.37" />Mara tu Paulo alipokaribia kuingizwa kwenye ngome ya jeshi, akamwambia yule jemadari, “Je, naweza kukuambia jambo moja?”
</p>
<p style="p">Yule jemadari akamjibu, “Je, unajua Kiyunani?
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="ACT.21.38" />Je, wewe si yule Mmisri ambaye siku hizi za karibuni alianzisha uasi akaongoza kundi la magaidi 4,000 wenye silaha jangwani?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="ACT.21.39" />Paulo akajibu, “Mimi ni Myahudi, mzaliwa wa Tarso, huko Kilikia, raiya wa mji maarufu. Tafadhali niruhusu nizungumze na hawa watu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="40" bcv="ACT.21.40" />Akiisha kupata ruhusa ya yule jemadari, Paulo akasimama penye ngazi akawapungia watu mkono ili wanyamaze. Wote waliponyamaza kimya, Paulo akazungumza nao kwa lugha ya Kiebrania, akasema:
<ve />
</p>

<c id="22" />
<s style="s1">Ushuhuda Wa Paulo Kwa Wayahudi Wa Yerusalemu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ACT.22.1" />“Ndugu zangu na baba zangu, sikilizeni utetezi wangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="ACT.22.2" />Waliposikia akisema kwa lugha ya Kiebrania, wakanyamaza kimya kabisa.
</p>
<p style="p">Ndipo Paulo akasema,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ACT.22.3" />“Mimi ni Myahudi, niliyezaliwa Tarso huko Kilikia, lakini nimelelewa katika mji huu. Miguuni mwa Gamalieli, nilifundishwa kikamilifu katika sheria ya baba zetu, na nikawa mwenye juhudi kwa ajili ya Mungu kama kila mmoja wenu alivyo leo.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ACT.22.4" />Niliwatesa watu wa Njia hii hadi kufa, nikiwakamata waume kwa wake na kuwatupa gerezani,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ACT.22.5" />kama kuhani mkuu na baraza zima la wazee wanavyoweza kushuhudia kunihusu. Hata nilipokea barua kutoka kwao kwenda kwa ndugu wale wa Dameski, nami nikaenda huko ili kuwaleta watu hawa Yerusalemu kama wafungwa ili waadhibiwe.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Aeleza Juu Ya Kuokoka Kwake
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Matendo 9:1-19; 26:12-18)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="ACT.22.6" />“Nilipokuwa njiani kuelekea Dameski, yapata saa sita mchana, ghafula nuru kubwa kutoka mbinguni ikanimulika kotekote.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ACT.22.7" />Nikaanguka chini, nikasikia sauti ikiniambia,
<wj>‘Sauli, Sauli! Mbona unanitesa?’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="ACT.22.8" />“Nikajibu, ‘Wewe ni nani Bwana?’
</p>
<p style="p">“Naye akaniambia,
<wj>‘Mimi ni Yesu wa Nazareti unayemtesa.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ACT.22.9" />Basi wale watu waliokuwa pamoja nami waliiona ile nuru, lakini hawakuisikia sauti ya yule aliyekuwa akisema nami.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="ACT.22.10" />“Nikauliza, ‘Nifanye nini Bwana?’
</p>
<p style="p">“Naye Bwana akaniambia,
<wj>‘Inuka uingie Dameski, huko utaambiwa yote yakupasayo kufanya.’</wj>
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ACT.22.11" />Kwa kuwa nilikuwa siwezi kuona kwa ajili ya mngʼao wa ile nuru, wenzangu wakanishika mkono wakaniongoza kuingia Dameski.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="ACT.22.12" />“Mtu mmoja mcha Mungu, jina lake Anania, alikuja kuniona. Alizishika sana sheria zetu, na aliheshimiwa sana na Wayahudi waliokuwa wakiishi huko Dameski.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ACT.22.13" />Akasimama karibu nami, akasema, ‘Ndugu Sauli, pata kuona tena!’ Saa ile ile nikapata kuona tena, nami nikaweza kumwona.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="ACT.22.14" />“Akasema, ‘Mungu wa baba zetu amekuchagua wewe ili ujue mapenzi yake, umwone yeye Aliye Mwenye Haki na upate kusikia maneno kutoka kinywani mwake.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ACT.22.15" />Kwa kuwa utakuwa shahidi wake kwa watu kuhusu kile ulichokiona na kukisikia.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ACT.22.16" />Sasa basi, mbona unakawia? Inuka, ukabatizwe na dhambi zako zikasafishwe, ukiliita Jina lake.’
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Atumwa Kwa Watu Wa Mataifa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="ACT.22.17" />“Baada ya kurudi Yerusalemu, nilipokuwa ninaomba Hekaluni, nilipitiwa na usingizi wa ghafula
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ACT.22.18" />nikamwona Bwana akiniambia,
<wj>‘Harakisha utoke Yerusalemu upesi, maana hawataukubali ushuhuda wako kunihusu mimi.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="ACT.22.19" />“Nami nikasema, ‘Bwana, wao wenyewe wanajua jinsi nilivyokwenda kwenye kila sinagogi ili kuwatupa gerezani na kuwapiga wale waliokuamini.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ACT.22.20" />Wakati damu ya shahidi wako Stefano ilipomwagwa, mimi mwenyewe nilikuwa nimesimama kando, nikikubaliana na kitendo hicho na kutunza mavazi ya wale waliomuua.’
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="ACT.22.21" />“Ndipo Bwana akaniambia,
<wj>‘Nenda, kwa maana nitakutuma mbali, kwa watu wa Mataifa.’</wj> ”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Na Jemadari Wa Kirumi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="ACT.22.22" />Ule umati wa watu wakamsikiliza Paulo mpaka aliposema neno hilo, ndipo wakapaza sauti zao na kupiga kelele wakisema, “Mwondoeni duniani, hafai kuishi!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="ACT.22.23" />Walipokuwa wakipiga kelele na kutoa mavazi yao huku wakirusha mavumbi juu hewani,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ACT.22.24" />yule jemadari akaamuru Paulo aingizwe kwenye ngome. Akaelekeza kwamba achapwe viboko na aulizwe ili kujua kwa nini watu walikuwa wanampigia kelele namna hiyo.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="ACT.22.25" />Lakini walipokwisha kumfunga kwa kamba za ngozi ili wamchape viboko, Paulo akamwambia kiongozi wa askari aliyekuwa amesimama pale karibu naye, “Je, ni halali kwenu kwa mujibu wa sheria kumchapa mtu ambaye ni raiya wa Rumi hata kabla hajapatikana na hatia?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="ACT.22.26" />Yule kiongozi aliposikia maneno haya, alimwendea yule jemadari na kumwambia, “Unataka kufanya nini? Kwa maana huyu mtu ni raiya wa Rumi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="ACT.22.27" />Yule jemadari akaja akamuuliza Paulo, “Niambie, wewe ni raiya wa Rumi?”
</p>
<p style="p">Paulo akajibu, “Naam, hakika ndiyo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="ACT.22.28" />Ndipo yule jemadari akasema, “Mimi ilinigharimu kiasi kikubwa cha fedha kupata uraia wangu.”
</p>
<p style="p">Paulo akasema “Lakini mimi ni raiya wa Rumi kwa kuzaliwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="ACT.22.29" />Mara wale waliokuwa wanataka kumhoji wakajiondoa haraka, naye yule jemadari akaingiwa na hofu alipotambua ya kuwa amemfunga Paulo, ambaye ni raia wa Rumi, kwa minyororo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Apelekwa Mbele Ya Baraza
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="ACT.22.30" />Kesho yake, kwa kuwa yule jemadari alitaka kujua hakika kwa nini Paulo alikuwa anashutumiwa na Wayahudi, alimfungua, na akawaagiza viongozi wa makuhani na baraza lote likutane. Kisha akamleta Paulo, akamsimamisha mbele yao.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="23" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ACT.23.1" />Paulo akawakazia macho wale wajumbe wa baraza, akasema, “Ndugu zangu, nimetimiza wajibu wangu kwa Mungu kwa dhamiri safi kabisa hadi leo.”
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ACT.23.2" />Kwa ajili ya jambo hili kuhani mkuu Anania akaamuru wale waliokuwa karibu na Paulo wampige kofi kinywani.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ACT.23.3" />Ndipo Paulo akamwambia, “Mungu atakupiga wewe, ewe ukuta uliopakwa chokaa! Wewe umeketi hapo ili kunihukumu kwa mujibu wa sheria, lakini wewe mwenyewe unakiuka sheria kwa kuamuru kwamba nipigwe kinyume cha sheria!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="ACT.23.4" />Wale watu waliokuwa wamesimama karibu na Paulo wakamwambia, “Je, wewe wathubutu kumtukana kuhani mkuu wa Mungu?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="ACT.23.5" />Paulo akajibu, “Ndugu zangu, sikujua kwamba yeye alikuwa kuhani mkuu. Kwa maana imeandikwa, ‘Usimnenee mabaya kiongozi wa watu wako.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="ACT.23.6" />Paulo alipotambua ya kuwa baadhi yao walikuwa Masadukayo na wengine ni Mafarisayo, akapaza sauti kwenye baraza, “Ndugu zangu, mimi ni Farisayo, mwana Farisayo. Hapa nimeshtakiwa kuhusu tumaini langu katika ufufuo wa wafu.”
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ACT.23.7" />Aliposema haya, farakano likaanza kati ya Mafarisayo na Masadukayo na baraza lote likagawanyika.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ACT.23.8" />(Kwa maana Masadukayo wanasema kwamba hakuna ufufuo, wala hakuna malaika au roho, lakini Mafarisayo wanaamini haya yote.)
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ACT.23.9" />Kukawa na ghasia kubwa, nao baadhi ya walimu wa sheria ambao ni Mafarisayo, wakasimama wakapinga kwa nguvu wakisema, “Hatuoni kosa lolote la mtu huyu! Huenda ikawa roho au malaika amezungumza naye”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ACT.23.10" />Ugomvi ukawa mkubwa kiasi kwamba yule jemadari akahofu kuwa wangemrarua Paulo vipande vipande, akaamuru vikosi vya askari vishuke na kumwondoa Paulo katikati yao kwa nguvu na kumleta ndani ya ngome ya jeshi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="ACT.23.11" />Usiku uliofuata, Bwana akasimama karibu naye akamwambia,
<wj>“Jipe moyo! Kama vile ulivyonishuhudia hapa Yerusalemu, hivyo imekupasa kunishuhudia huko Rumi pia.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Hila Za Kumuua Paulo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="ACT.23.12" />Kulipopambazuka Wayahudi wakafanya shauri pamoja na kujifunga kwa kiapo kwamba hawatakula wala kunywa mpaka wawe wamemuua Paulo.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ACT.23.13" />Waliofanya mpango huo walikuwa zaidi ya watu arobaini.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ACT.23.14" />Wakawaendea viongozi wa makuhani na wazee na kusema, “Tumejifunga pamoja kwa kiapo kwamba hatutakula wala kunywa mpaka tuwe tumemuua Paulo.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ACT.23.15" />Hivyo basi, wewe pamoja na baraza, inawapasa mkamjulishe jemadari ili amteremshe Paulo kwenu, mjifanye kama mnataka kufanya uchunguzi wa kina zaidi wa shauri lake. Nasi tuko tayari kumuua kabla hajafika hapa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="ACT.23.16" />Lakini mtoto wa dada yake Paulo aliposikia juu ya shauri hilo baya, alikwenda kule kwenye ngome ya askari na kumweleza Paulo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="ACT.23.17" />Ndipo Paulo akamwita mmoja wa viongozi wa askari, akamwambia, “Mpeleke huyu kijana kwa jemadari, analo jambo la kumweleza.”
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ACT.23.18" />Hivyo yule kiongozi wa askari akampeleka yule kijana kwa jemadari, akamwambia, “Paulo yule mfungwa aliniita na kuniomba nimlete huyu kijana kwako, kwa sababu ana neno la kukueleza.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="ACT.23.19" />Yule jemadari akamshika yule kijana mkono, akampeleka kando na kumuuliza, “Unataka kuniambia nini?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="ACT.23.20" />Yule kijana akasema, “Wayahudi wamekubaliana wakuombe umpeleke Paulo kwenye baraza lao kesho kwa kisingizio kwamba wanataka kufanya uchunguzi wa kina wa shauri lake.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ACT.23.21" />Lakini usishawishiwe nao kwa maana zaidi ya watu arobaini wanamvizia. Wamejifunga kwa kiapo kwamba hawatakula wala kunywa mpaka wawe wamemuua Paulo. Sasa wako tayari, wanangoja idhini yako kwa ajili ya ombi lao.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="ACT.23.22" />Yule jemadari akamruhusu yule kijana aende na akamwonya, akisema, “Usimwambie mtu yeyote kwamba umenieleza habari hizi.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Ahamishiwa Kaisaria
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="ACT.23.23" />Kisha yule jemadari akawaita viongozi wake wawili wa askari akawaambia, “Jiandaeni kuondoka saa tatu usiku huu kuelekea Kaisaria pamoja na askari 200, wapanda farasi sabini na watu 200 wenye mikuki.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ACT.23.24" />Pia tayarisheni na farasi watakaotumiwa na Paulo, mkampeleke salama kwa mtawala Feliksi.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="ACT.23.25" />Kisha akaandika barua kwa Feliksi kama ifuatavyo:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pmo" style="pmo"><v id="26" bcv="ACT.23.26" />Klaudio Lisia,
</p>
<p sfm="pmo" style="pmo">Kwa Mtawala, Mtukufu Feliksi:
</p>
<p sfm="pmo" style="pmo">Salamu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="27" bcv="ACT.23.27" />Mtu huyu alikamatwa na Wayahudi wakakaribia kumuua, lakini nikaja na vikosi vyangu vya askari nikamwokoa, kwa kuwa nilipata habari kwamba yeye ni raiya wa Rumi.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="ACT.23.28" />Nilitaka kujua kwa nini walikuwa wanamshutumu, hivyo nikamleta mbele ya baraza lao.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="ACT.23.29" />Ndipo nikaona kuwa alikuwa anashutumiwa kwa mambo yanayohusu sheria yao, lakini hakuwa ameshtakiwa kwa jambo lolote linalostahili kifo au kifungo.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="ACT.23.30" />Nilipoarifiwa kuwa kulikuwa na shauri baya dhidi ya mtu huyu, nilimtuma kwako mara moja. Niliwaagiza washtaki wake pia waeleze mashtaka yao dhidi yake mbele yako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="ACT.23.31" />Hivyo askari, kwa kufuata maelekezo waliyopewa, wakamchukua Paulo wakati wa usiku na kumleta mpaka Antipatri.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="ACT.23.32" />Kesho yake wakawaacha wale wapanda farasi waendelee na safari wakiwa na Paulo, wao wakarudi kwenye ngome ya askari.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="ACT.23.33" />Askari walipofika Kaisaria, walimpa mtawala ile barua, na kumkabidhi Paulo kwake.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="ACT.23.34" />Mtawala alipokwisha kuisoma ile barua alimuuliza Paulo alikuwa mtu wa jimbo gani. Alipojua kuwa anatoka Kilikia,
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="ACT.23.35" />alisema, “Nitasikiliza shauri lako washtaki wako watakapofika hapa.” Kisha akaamuru Paulo awekwe chini ya ulinzi kwenye jumba la kifalme la Herode.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="24" />
<s style="s1">Mbele Ya Feliksi Huko Kaisaria
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ACT.24.1" />Baada ya siku tano, kuhani mkuu Anania akashuka akiwa amefuatana na baadhi ya wazee pamoja na mwanasheria mmoja aitwaye Tertulo, nao wakaleta mashtaka yao dhidi ya Paulo mbele ya mtawala.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ACT.24.2" />Paulo alipoitwa aingie ndani, Tertulo akaanza kutoa mashtaka akisema, “Mtukufu Feliksi, kwa muda mrefu tumefurahia amani na matengenezo mengi mazuri yamefanywa kwa ajili ya watu hawa kwa sababu ya upeo wako wa kuona mambo ya mbele.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ACT.24.3" />Wakati wote na kila mahali, kwa namna yoyote, mtukufu sana Feliksi, tumeyapokea mambo haya yote kwa shukrani nyingi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ACT.24.4" />Lakini nisije nikakuchosha zaidi, ningekuomba kwa hisani yako utusikilize kwa kifupi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="ACT.24.5" />“Tumemwona mtu huyu kuwa ni msumbufu, anayechochea ghasia miongoni mwa Wayahudi duniani pote. Yeye ndiye kiongozi wa dhehebu la Wanazarayo,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ACT.24.6" />na hata amejaribu kulinajisi Hekalu, hivyo tukamkamata; [tukataka kumhukumu kufuatana na sheria zetu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ACT.24.7" />Lakini jemadari Lisia alitujia na nguvu nyingi, akamwondoa mikononi mwetu,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ACT.24.8" />akiwaamuru washtaki wake waje mbele yako: ili] kwa kumchunguza wewe mwenyewe unaweza kujua kutoka kwake mambo yote tunayomshtaki kwayo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ACT.24.9" />Pia wale Wayahudi wakaunga mkono wakithibitisha kuwa mashtaka yote haya ni kweli.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Ajitetea Mbele Ya Feliksi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="ACT.24.10" />Mtawala Feliksi alipompungia Paulo mkono ili ajitetee, yeye akajibu, “Najua kwamba wewe umekuwa hakimu katika taifa hili kwa miaka mingi, hivyo natoa utetezi wangu kwa furaha.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ACT.24.11" />Unaweza kuhakikisha kwa urahisi kuwa hazijapita zaidi ya siku kumi na mbili tangu nilipopanda kwenda Yerusalemu kuabudu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ACT.24.12" />Hawa wanaonishtaki hawakunikuta nikibishana na mtu yeyote Hekaluni au kuchochea umati wa watu katika sinagogi au mahali pengine popote mjini.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ACT.24.13" />Wala hawawezi kabisa kukuthibitishia mashtaka haya wanayonishtaki kwayo.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ACT.24.14" />Lakini, ninakubali kwamba mimi namwabudu Mungu wa baba zetu, mfuasi wa Njia, ile ambayo wao wanaiita dhehebu. Ninaamini kila kitu kinachokubaliana na Sheria na kile kilichoandikwa katika Manabii,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ACT.24.15" />nami ninalo tumaini kwa Mungu, ambalo hata wao wenyewe wanalikubali kwamba kutakuwa na ufufuo wa wafu, kwa wenye haki na wasio na haki.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ACT.24.16" />Kwa hiyo ninajitahidi siku zote kuwa na dhamiri safi mbele za Mungu na mbele za wanadamu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="ACT.24.17" />“Basi, baada ya kutokuwepo kwa miaka mingi nilikuja Yerusalemu ili kuwaletea watu wangu msaada kwa ajili ya maskini na kutoa dhabihu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ACT.24.18" />Nilikuwa nimeshatakaswa kwa taratibu za kiibada waliponikuta Hekaluni nikifanya mambo haya. Hapakuwa na umati wa watu, pamoja nami wala aliyehusika kwenye fujo yoyote.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ACT.24.19" />Lakini kulikuwa na baadhi ya Wayahudi kutoka Asia, ambao wangelazimika wawepo hapa mbele yako ili watoe mashtaka kama wanalo jambo lolote dhidi yangu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ACT.24.20" />Au, watu hawa walioko hapa waseme ni uhalifu gani walioniona nao waliponisimamisha mbele ya baraza,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ACT.24.21" />isipokuwa ni kuhusu jambo hili moja nililopiga kelele mbele yao kwamba, ‘Mimi nashtakiwa mbele yenu leo kwa sababu ya ufufuo wa wafu.’ ”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="ACT.24.22" />Basi Feliksi ambaye alikuwa anafahamu vizuri habari za Njia ile, akaahirisha shauri lile kwa maelezo yake akisema, “Wakati jemadari Lisia atakapoteremka huku, nitaamua shauri lako.”
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ACT.24.23" />Ndipo akaamuru kiongozi wa askari amweke chini ya ulinzi lakini ampe uhuru na kuwaruhusu rafiki zake wamhudumie.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="ACT.24.24" />Baada ya siku kadhaa, Feliksi alikuja pamoja na Drusila mkewe, ambaye alikuwa Myahudi. Alituma aitiwe Paulo, naye akamsikiliza alipokuwa akinena juu ya imani katika Kristo Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="ACT.24.25" />Naye Paulo alipokuwa akinena juu ya haki, kuwa na kiasi na juu ya hukumu ijayo, Feliksi aliingiwa na hofu na kusema, “Hiyo yatosha sasa! Waweza kuondoka. Nitakapokuwa na wasaa nitakuita.”
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="ACT.24.26" />Wakati huo Feliksi alitazamia kwamba Paulo angempa rushwa. Hivyo akawa anamwita mara kwa mara na kuzungumza naye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="ACT.24.27" />Baada ya miaka miwili kupita, Porkio Festo akaingia kwenye utawala mahali pa Feliksi, lakini kwa kuwa Feliksi alitaka kuwapendeza Wayahudi, akamwacha Paulo gerezani.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="25" />
<s style="s1">Paulo Mbele Ya Festo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ACT.25.1" />Siku tatu baada ya Festo kuwasili Kaisaria kuchukua wajibu wake mpya, alipanda kwenda Yerusalemu,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ACT.25.2" />ambako viongozi wa makuhani na viongozi wa Wayahudi walikuja mbele yake na kuleta mashtaka yao dhidi ya Paulo.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ACT.25.3" />Wakamsihi sana Festo, kama upendeleo kwao, aamuru Paulo ahamishiwe Yerusalemu, kwa kuwa walikuwa wanaandaa kumvizia ili wamuue akiwa njiani.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ACT.25.4" />Festo akawajibu, “Paulo amezuiliwa huko Kaisaria, nami mwenyewe ninakwenda huko hivi karibuni.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ACT.25.5" />Baadhi ya viongozi wenu wafuatane nami na kutoa mashtaka dhidi ya mtu huyo huko, kama amekosa jambo lolote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="ACT.25.6" />Baada ya Festo kukaa miongoni mwao kwa karibu siku nane au kumi, akashuka kwenda Kaisaria na siku iliyofuata akaitisha mahakama, akaketi penye kiti chake cha hukumu, akaamuru Paulo aletwe mbele yake.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ACT.25.7" />Paulo alipotokea, wale Wayahudi waliokuwa wameteremka toka Yerusalemu wakasimama wakiwa wamemzunguka, wakileta mashtaka mengi mazito dhidi yake ambayo hawakuweza kuyathibitisha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="ACT.25.8" />Ndipo Paulo akajitetea, akasema, “Mimi sikufanya jambo lolote kinyume cha sheria ya Wayahudi au dhidi ya Hekalu au kinyume cha Kaisari.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ACT.25.9" />Festo, akitaka kuwapendeza Wayahudi, akamuuliza Paulo, “Je, ungependa kwenda Yerusalemu na kukabili mashtaka mbele yangu huko?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="ACT.25.10" />Paulo akasema, “Mimi sasa nimesimama mbele ya mahakama ya Kaisari, ambako ndiko ninakostahili kushtakiwa. Kama vile wewe mwenyewe ujuavyo vyema kabisa sijawatendea Wayahudi kosa lolote.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ACT.25.11" />Basi kama mimi nina hatia ya kutenda kosa lolote linalostahili kifo, sikatai kufa. Lakini kama mashtaka yaliyoletwa dhidi yangu na hawa Wayahudi si kweli, hakuna yeyote aliye na haki ya kunikabidhi mikononi mwao. Naomba rufaa kwa Kaisari!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="ACT.25.12" />Baada ya Festo kufanya shauri pamoja na baraza lake, akatangaza, “Wewe umeomba rufaa kwa Kaisari, nako kwa Kaisari utakwenda!”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Festo Aomba Ushauri Kwa Agripa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="ACT.25.13" />Baada ya siku kadhaa Mfalme Agripa na Bernike wakapanda kuja Kaisaria kumsalimu Festo.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ACT.25.14" />Kwa kuwa walikuwa wakae huko Kaisaria kwa siku nyingi, Festo alijadili shauri la Paulo na mfalme, akisema, “Kuna mtu mmoja hapa ambaye Feliksi alimwacha gerezani.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ACT.25.15" />Nilipokuwa huko Yerusalemu, viongozi wa makuhani na wazee wa Wayahudi walinijulisha habari zake na wakaomba hukumu dhidi yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="ACT.25.16" />“Lakini mimi nikawaambia kwamba si desturi ya Kirumi kumtoa mtu yeyote auawe kabla mshtakiwa kuonana uso kwa uso na washtaki wake, naye awe amepewa nafasi ya kujitetea kuhusu mashtaka anayoshutumiwa.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ACT.25.17" />Hivyo walipokutana hapa, sikukawia, kesho yake niliitisha baraza, nikaketi penye kiti changu cha hukumu, nikaagiza huyo mtu aletwe.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ACT.25.18" />Washtaki wake waliposimama, hawakushtaki kwa uhalifu wowote niliokuwa ninatarajia.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ACT.25.19" />Badala yake walikuwa na vipengele fulani vya kutokukubaliana naye kuhusu dini yao na juu ya mtu mmoja aitwaye Yesu, ambaye alikufa, lakini yeye Paulo alidai kwamba yu hai.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ACT.25.20" />Kwa kuwa sikujua jinsi ya kupeleleza jambo hili, nilimuuliza kama angependa kwenda Yerusalemu na kuhojiwa huko kuhusu mashtaka haya.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ACT.25.21" />Lakini Paulo alipoomba afadhiliwe ili rufaa yake isikilizwe na Mfalme Agusto, nilimwamuru alindwe mpaka nitakapoweza kumpeleka kwa Kaisari.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="ACT.25.22" />Ndipo Agripa akamwambia Festo, “Ningependa kumsikiliza mtu huyo mimi mwenyewe.”
</p>
<p style="p">Yeye akajibu, “Kesho utamsikia.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Aletwa Mbele Ya Agripa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="ACT.25.23" />Siku iliyofuata Agripa na Bernike walifika kwa fahari kubwa wakaingia katika ukumbi wa mahakama, pamoja na majemadari wa jeshi na watu mashuhuri wa mji. Ndipo kwa amri ya Festo, Paulo akaletwa ndani.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ACT.25.24" />Festo akasema, “Mfalme Agripa, nanyi nyote mlio hapa pamoja nasi, mnamwona mtu huyu! Jumuiya yote ya Kiyahudi wamenilalamikia kuhusu mtu huyu huko Yerusalemu na hapa Kaisaria, wakipiga kelele kwamba haimpasi kuendelea kuishi.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="ACT.25.25" />Sikuona kwamba ametenda jambo lolote linalostahili kifo, ila kwa kuwa alikuwa ameomba rufaa yake kwa mfalme, niliamua kumpeleka Rumi.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="ACT.25.26" />Lakini mimi sina kitu maalum cha kumwandikia Bwana Mtukufu kumhusu mtu huyu. Kwa hiyo nimemleta mbele yenu ninyi nyote, hasa mbele yako, Mfalme Agripa, ili kutokana na matokeo ya uchunguzi huu, niweze kupata kitu cha kuandika.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="ACT.25.27" />Kwa kuwa naona hakuna sababu ya kumpeleka mfungwa bila kuainisha mashtaka dhidi yake.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="26" />
<s style="s1">Paulo Ajitetea Mbele Ya Agripa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ACT.26.1" />Ndipo Agripa akamwambia Paulo, “Unayo ruhusa kujitetea.”
</p>
<p style="p">Hivyo Paulo akawaashiria kwa mkono wake, akaanza kujitetea, akasema:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ACT.26.2" />“Mfalme Agripa, najiona kuwa na heri kusimama mbele yako leo ninapojitetea kuhusu mashtaka yote ya Wayahudi,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ACT.26.3" />hasa kwa sababu unajua vyema desturi zote za Kiyahudi na ya kuwa wewe unajua kwa undani mila na masuala ya mabishano. Kwa hiyo, nakusihi unisikilize kwa uvumilivu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="ACT.26.4" />“Wayahudi wote wanajua jinsi nilivyoishi tangu nilipokuwa mtoto, kuanzia mwanzo wa maisha yangu katika nchi yangu na pia huko Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ACT.26.5" />Wao wamefahamu kwa muda mrefu na wanaweza kushuhudia kama wakipenda, ya kwamba kutokana na misimamo mikali sana ya dhehebu letu kwenye dini yetu, niliishi nikiwa Farisayo.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ACT.26.6" />Nami sasa ni kwa sababu ya tumaini langu katika kile ambacho Mungu aliwaahidi baba zetu, ninashtakiwa leo.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ACT.26.7" />Hii ndiyo ahadi ambayo makabila yetu kumi na mawili yanatarajia kuiona ikitimizwa wanapomtumikia Mungu kwa bidii usiku na mchana. Ee mfalme, ninashtakiwa na Wayahudi kwa ajili ya tumaini hili.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ACT.26.8" />Kwa nini yeyote miongoni mwenu afikiri kwamba ni jambo lisilosadikika Mungu kufufua wafu?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ACT.26.9" />“Mimi pia nilikuwa nimeshawishika kwamba imenipasa kufanya yote yale yaliyowezekana kupinga Jina la Yesu wa Nazareti.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ACT.26.10" />Nami hayo ndiyo niliyoyafanya huko Yerusalemu. Kwa mamlaka ya viongozi wa makuhani, niliwatia wengi wa watakatifu gerezani na walipokuwa wakiuawa, nilipiga kura yangu kuunga mkono.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ACT.26.11" />Mara nyingi nilikwenda kutoka sinagogi moja hadi ingine nikiamuru waadhibiwe, nami nilijaribu kuwalazimisha wakufuru. Katika shauku yangu dhidi yao, hata nilikwenda miji ya kigeni ili kuwatesa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Aeleza Kuhusu Kuokoka Kwake
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Matendo 9:1-19; 22:6-16)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="ACT.26.12" />“Siku moja nilipokuwa katika mojawapo ya safari hizi nikiwa ninakwenda Dameski, nilikuwa na mamlaka na agizo kutoka kwa kiongozi wa makuhani.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ACT.26.13" />Ilikuwa yapata adhuhuri, ee mfalme, nilipokuwa njiani, niliona nuru kutoka mbinguni kali kuliko jua, ikingʼaa kunizunguka pande zote mimi na wale niliokuwa pamoja nao.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ACT.26.14" />Wote tulipokuwa tumeanguka chini, nikasikia sauti ikisema nami kwa lugha ya Kiebrania,
<wj>‘Sauli, Sauli, mbona unanitesa? Ni vigumu kwako kuupiga teke mchokoo.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="ACT.26.15" />“Nikauliza, ‘Ni nani wewe, Bwana?’
</p>
<p style="p">“Naye Bwana akajibu,
<wj>‘Ni Mimi Yesu unayemtesa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ACT.26.16" /><wj>Sasa inuka usimame kwa miguu yako. Nimekutokea ili nikuteue uwe mtumishi na shahidi wa mambo ambayo umeyaona, na yale nitakayokuonyesha.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ACT.26.17" /><wj>Nitakuokoa kutoka kwa watu wako na watu wa Mataifa ambao ninakutuma kwao,</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ACT.26.18" /><wj>uyafumbue macho yao ili wageuke kutoka gizani waingie nuruni, na kutoka kwenye nguvu za Shetani wamgeukie Mungu, ili wapate msamaha wa dhambi na sehemu miongoni mwa wale waliotakaswa kwa kuniamini mimi.’</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="ACT.26.19" />“Hivyo basi, Mfalme Agripa, sikuacha kuyatii yale maono yaliyotoka mbinguni,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ACT.26.20" />bali niliyatangaza kwanza kwa wale wa Dameski, kisha Yerusalemu na katika vijiji vyote vya Uyahudi na pia kwa watu wa Mataifa, kwamba inawapasa kutubu na kumgeukia Mungu na kuthibitisha toba yao kwa matendo yao.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ACT.26.21" />Ni kwa sababu hii Wayahudi walinikamata nilipokuwa Hekaluni, wakataka kuniua.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ACT.26.22" />Hadi leo nimepata msaada kutoka kwa Mungu, na hivyo nasimama hapa nikishuhudia kwa wakubwa na wadogo. Sisemi chochote zaidi ya yale ambayo manabii na Mose walisema yatatukia:
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ACT.26.23" />kwamba Kristo<f caller="+"><fr>26:23
</fr><fq>Kristo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Masiya</fqa><ft>, yaani
</ft><fqa>Aliyetiwa mafuta.</fqa></f> atateswa, na kwamba yeye atakuwa wa kwanza kufufuka kutoka kwa wafu, na atatangaza nuru kwa watu wake na kwa watu wa Mataifa.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Aeleza Juu Ya Kuhubiri Kwake
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="ACT.26.24" />Paulo alipokuwa akifanya utetezi huu, Festo akasema kwa sauti kubwa, “Paulo, wewe umerukwa na akili! Kusoma kwingi kunakufanya uwe kichaa!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="ACT.26.25" />Lakini Paulo akajibu, “Mimi sijarukwa na akili, mtukufu sana Festo, bali nanena kweli nikiwa na akili zangu timamu.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="ACT.26.26" />Naam, Mfalme anajua kuhusu mambo haya yote, nami nasema naye kwa uhuru. Kwa sababu nina hakika kwamba hakuna hata mojawapo ya mambo haya asilolijua, kwa kuwa hayakufanyika mafichoni.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="ACT.26.27" />Mfalme Agripa, je, unaamini manabii? Najua kuwa unaamini.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="ACT.26.28" />Agripa akamwambia Paulo, “Je, unanishawishi kwa haraka namna hii niwe Mkristo?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="ACT.26.29" />Paulo akasema, “Ikiwa ni kwa haraka au la, namwomba Mungu, si wewe peke yako bali pia wale wote wanaonisikiliza leo, wawe kama mimi nilivyo, kasoro minyororo hii.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="ACT.26.30" />Baada ya kusema hayo, mfalme akainuka pamoja na mtawala na Bernike na wale waliokuwa wameketi pamoja nao.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="ACT.26.31" />Walipokuwa wakiondoka, wakaambiana, “Mtu huyu hafanyi jambo lolote linalostahili kufa au kufungwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="ACT.26.32" />Agripa akamwambia Festo, “Mtu huyu angeachwa huru kama hangekuwa amekata rufaa kwa Kaisari.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="27" />
<s style="s1">Paulo Asafiri Kwenda Rumi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ACT.27.1" />Ilipoamuliwa kwamba tungesafiri kwa njia ya bahari kwenda Italia, Paulo na wafungwa wengine wakakabidhiwa kwa kiongozi mmoja wa askari aliyeitwa Juliasi, aliyekuwa wa Kikosi cha Walinzi wa Kaisari.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ACT.27.2" />Tulipanda meli iliyotoka Adramitio, iliyokuwa inakaribia kusafiri kwenda kwenye bandari zilizopo pwani ya Asia, tukaanza safari yetu tukiwa pamoja na Aristarko, Mmakedonia kutoka Thesalonike.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="ACT.27.3" />Kesho yake tukatia nanga Sidoni, naye Juliasi akamfanyia wema Paulo, akamruhusu aende kwa rafiki zake ili wamtimizie mahitaji yake.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ACT.27.4" />Kutoka huko tukaingia baharini tena na tukapita upande wa chini wa kisiwa cha Kipro kwa sababu upepo ulikuwa wa mbisho.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ACT.27.5" />Baada ya sisi kuvuka bahari iliyoko upande wa Kilikia na Pamfilia, tukafika Mira huko Likia.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ACT.27.6" />Huko yule kiongozi wa askari akapata meli ya Iskanderia ikielekea Italia, akatupandisha humo.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ACT.27.7" />Tukasafiri polepole kwa siku nyingi na kwa shida, hatimaye tukafika karibu na Nido. Kwa kuwa upepo wa mbisho ulituzuia tusiweze kushika mwelekeo tuliokusudia, tukapita chini ya Krete mkabala na Salmone.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ACT.27.8" />Tukaambaa na pwani kwa shida, tukafika sehemu iitwayo Bandari Nzuri, karibu na mji wa Lasea.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ACT.27.9" />Muda mwingi ulikuwa umepotea na kusafiri baharini kulikuwa hatari kwa sababu wakati huu ulikuwa baada ya siku za kufunga. Hivyo Paulo akawaonya akasema,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ACT.27.10" />“Mabwana, naona kuwa hii safari ni yenye maafa na ya kuleta hasara kubwa kwa meli na shehena, pia kwa maisha yetu.”
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ACT.27.11" />Lakini badala ya yule kiongozi wa askari kusikiliza yale Paulo aliyosema, akafuata zaidi ushauri wa nahodha na mwenye meli.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ACT.27.12" />Kwa kuwa ile bandari ilikuwa haifai kukaa wakati wa majira ya baridi, wengi wakashauri kwamba tuendelee na safari wakitarajia kufika Foinike na kukaa huko kwa majira ya baridi. Hii ilikuwa bandari iliyoko katika kisiwa cha Krete ikikabili upande wa kusini-magharibi na kaskazini-magharibi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Dhoruba Baharini
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="ACT.27.13" />Upepo mtulivu ulipoanza kuvuma toka kusini, wakadhani kuwa wangeweza kufikia lengo lao, hivyo wakangʼoa nanga na kusafiri wakipita kandokando ya pwani ya kisiwa cha Krete.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ACT.27.14" />Lakini baada ya muda mfupi ikavuma tufani kubwa iitwayo “Eurakilo” toka kisiwa cha Krete.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ACT.27.15" />Meli ikapigwa na dhoruba na haikuweza kushindana na ule upepo, tukarudishwa baharini upepo ulikokuwa unaelekea.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ACT.27.16" />Hatimaye tukisafiri kupita chini ya kisiwa kidogo kiitwacho Kauda, ambapo kwa kuwa tulikuwa tumekingiwa upepo na hicho kisiwa, tuliweza kwa shida kuifunga mashua ya kuokolea watu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ACT.27.17" />Watu walipokwisha kuivuta mashua hiyo na kuiingiza katika meli, waliifunga kwa kamba chini ya meli yenyewe ili kuzishikanisha pamoja. Wakiogopa kupelekwa kwenye mchanga karibu na pwani ya Sirti, wakashusha matanga wakaiacha meli isukumwe na huo upepo.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ACT.27.18" />Tulikuwa tunapigwa na dhoruba kwa nguvu, kiasi kwamba kesho yake walianza kutupa shehena toka melini.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ACT.27.19" />Siku ya tatu, wakatupa vyombo vya meli baharini kwa mikono yao wenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ACT.27.20" />Kulipokuwa hakuna kuonekana kwa jua wala nyota kwa siku nyingi, nayo dhoruba ikiwa inaendelea kuwa kali, hatimaye tulikata kabisa tamaa ya kuokoka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="ACT.27.21" />Baada ya watu kukaa siku nyingi bila kula chakula, Paulo akasimama katikati yao akasema, “Enyi watu, iliwapasa kunisikiliza na kuacha kusafiri baharini kutoka Krete, ndipo ninyi mngekuwa mmejinusuru na uharibifu huu na hasara hii.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ACT.27.22" />Sasa ninawasihi sana, jipeni moyo mkuu kwa kuwa hakuna hata mmoja wenu atakayepoteza maisha yake, ila meli itaangamia.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ACT.27.23" />Jana usiku, malaika wa Mungu yule ambaye mimi ni wake na ambaye ninamwabudu alisimama karibu nami,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ACT.27.24" />naye akasema, ‘Paulo usiogope, kwa kuwa ni lazima usimame mbele ya Kaisari, naye Mungu amekupa kwa neema uhai wa wote wanaosafiri pamoja nawe.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="ACT.27.25" />Hivyo jipeni moyo, enyi watu, kwa kuwa ninamwamini Mungu kwamba yatakuwa kama vile alivyoniambia.’
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="ACT.27.26" />Lakini hata hivyo meli yetu itakwama kwenye kisiwa fulani.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maangamizi Ya Meli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="ACT.27.27" />Usiku wa kumi na nne ulipofika, tulikuwa bado tunasukumwa na upepo katika Bahari ya Adria. Ilipokuwa yapata usiku wa manane, mabaharia wakahisi kwamba walikuwa wanakaribia nchi kavu.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="ACT.27.28" />Kwa hiyo wakapima kina cha maji na kukuta kilikuwa pima ishirini,<f caller="+"><fr>27:28
</fr><ft>Pima 20 ni kama mita 40.</ft></f> baada ya kuendelea mbele kidogo wakapima tena wakapata kina cha pima kumi na tano.<f caller="+"><fr>27:28
</fr><ft>Pima 15 ni kama mita 30.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="ACT.27.29" />Wakiogopa kwamba meli yetu ingegonga kwenye miamba, wakashusha nanga nne za nyuma ya meli, wakawa wanaomba kupambazuke.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="ACT.27.30" />Katika jaribio la kutoroka kutoka kwenye meli, mabaharia wakashusha mashua ya kuokolea watu baharini, wakijifanya kwamba wanakwenda kushusha nanga za omo.<f caller="+"><fr>27:30
</fr><ft>Omo hapa maana yake ni sehemu ya mbele ya meli, yaani gubeti.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="ACT.27.31" />Ndipo Paulo akamwambia yule jemadari na askari, “Hawa watu wasipobaki katika meli, hamtaweza kuokoka.”
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="ACT.27.32" />Hivyo basi wale askari wakakata kamba zilizoshikilia ile mashua ya kuokolea watu kwenye meli, wakaiacha ianguke humo baharini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="ACT.27.33" />Kabla ya mapambazuko, Paulo akawasihi watu wote wale chakula akisema, “Leo ni siku ya kumi na nne mmekuwa katika wasiwasi mkiwa mmefunga na bila kula chochote.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="ACT.27.34" />Kwa hiyo nawasihi mle chakula, kwa maana itawasaidia ili mweze kuishi. Kwa kuwa hakuna hata mmoja wenu atakayepoteza unywele hata mmoja kutoka kichwani mwake.”
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="ACT.27.35" />Baada ya kusema maneno haya, Paulo akachukua mkate, akamshukuru Mungu mbele yao wote, akaumega akaanza kula.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="ACT.27.36" />Ndipo wote wakatiwa moyo, wakaanza kula chakula.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="ACT.27.37" />Ndani ya meli tulikuwa jumla ya watu 276.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="ACT.27.38" />Baada ya watu wote kula chakula cha kutosha, wakapunguza uzito wa meli kwa kutupa ngano baharini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="ACT.27.39" />Kulipopambazuka, mabaharia hawakuitambua ile nchi, lakini waliona ghuba yenye ufuko wa mchanga, ambako waliamua kuipweleza meli kama ingewezekana.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="ACT.27.40" />Kwa hiyo wakatupa nanga zote na kuziacha baharini, na wakati huo huo wakalegeza kamba zilizokuwa zikishikilia usukani wa meli. Kisha wakatweka tanga la mbele lishike upepo na kuisukuma meli kuelekea pwani.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="ACT.27.41" />Lakini wakafika mahali ambapo bahari mbili zinakutana, wakaipweleza meli ufuoni, omo ikakwama sana, ikawa haiwezi kuondolewa, lakini sehemu ya shetri<f caller="+"><fr>27:41
</fr><ft>Shetri ni sehemu ya nyuma ya meli ambayo pia huitwa tezi.</ft></f> ikavunjika vipande vipande kwa kule kupiga kwa mawimbi yenye nguvu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="ACT.27.42" />Wale askari wakapanga kuwaua wale wafungwa ili kuzuia hata mmoja wao asiogelee na kutoroka.
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="ACT.27.43" />Lakini yule jemadari alitaka kuokoa maisha ya Paulo, basi akawazuia askari wasitekeleze mpango wao. Akaamuru wale wanaoweza kuogelea wajitupe baharini kwanza, waogelee mpaka nchi kavu.
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="ACT.27.44" />Waliosalia wangefika nchi kavu kwa kutumia mbao au vipande vya meli iliyovunjika, hivyo ikatimia kwamba wote wakaokoka na kufika nchi kavu salama.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="28" />
<s style="s1">Paulo Kisiwani Malta
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ACT.28.1" />Baada ya kufika nchi kavu salama, ndipo tukafahamu kwamba jina la kile kisiwa ni Malta.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ACT.28.2" />Wenyeji wa kile kisiwa wakatufanyia ukarimu usio wa kawaida. Waliwasha moto na kutukaribisha sisi sote kwa sababu mvua ilikuwa inanyesha na kulikuwa na baridi.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ACT.28.3" />Paulo alikuwa amekusanya mzigo wa kuni na alipokuwa anaweka kwenye moto kwa ajili ya joto, nyoka mwenye sumu akatoka humo na kujisokotea mkononi mwake.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ACT.28.4" />Wale wenyeji wa kile kisiwa walipomwona yule nyoka akiningʼinia mkononi mwa Paulo, wakaambiana, “Huyu mtu lazima awe ni muuaji, ingawa ameokoka kutoka baharini, haki haijamwacha aishi.”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ACT.28.5" />Lakini Paulo akamkungʼutia yule nyoka ndani ya moto wala yeye hakupata madhara yoyote.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ACT.28.6" />Watu walikuwa wanangoja avimbe au aanguke ghafula na kufa. Lakini baada ya kungoja kwa muda mrefu na kuona kwamba hakuna chochote kisicho cha kawaida kilichomtokea, wakabadili mawazo yao na kuanza kusema kwamba yeye ni mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="ACT.28.7" />Basi karibu na sehemu ile, palikuwa na shamba kubwa la mtu mmoja kiongozi wa kile kisiwa, aliyeitwa Publio. Alitupokea na akatuhudumia kwa ukarimu mkubwa kwa muda wa siku tatu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ACT.28.8" />Baba yake Publio alikuwa mgonjwa kitandani, akiwa anaumwa homa na kuhara damu. Paulo akaingia ndani ili kumwona na baada ya maombi, akaweka mikono juu yake na kumponya.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ACT.28.9" />Jambo hili lilipotukia, watu wote wa kisiwa kile waliokuwa wagonjwa wakaja, nao wakaponywa.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ACT.28.10" />Wakatupa heshima nyingi, nasi tulipokuwa tayari kusafiri kwa njia ya bahari, wakapakia melini vitu vyote tulivyokuwa tunavihitaji.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Awasili Rumi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="ACT.28.11" />Miezi mitatu baadaye tukaanza safari kwa meli iliyokuwa imetia nanga kwenye kisiwa hicho kwa ajili ya majira ya baridi. Hii ilikuwa meli ya Iskanderia yenye alama ya miungu pacha waitwao Kasta na Poluksi.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ACT.28.12" />Kituo chetu cha kwanza kilikuwa Sirakusa na tukakaa huko siku tatu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ACT.28.13" />Kisha tukangʼoa nanga, tukafika Regio. Siku iliyofuata, upepo mkali wa kusi ukavuma, na siku ya pili yake tukafika Puteoli.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ACT.28.14" />Huko tukawakuta ndugu, nasi tukakaribishwa tukae nao kwa siku saba. Hivyo tukaendelea na safari mpaka Rumi.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ACT.28.15" />Ndugu wa huko Rumi waliposikia habari zetu, walikuja mpaka Soko la Apio na mahali paitwapo Mikahawa Mitatu kutulaki. Paulo alipowaona, alimshukuru Mungu akatiwa moyo.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ACT.28.16" />Tulipofika Rumi, Paulo aliruhusiwa kuishi peke yake akiwa na askari wa kumlinda.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Ahubiri Rumi Chini Ya Ulinzi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="ACT.28.17" />Siku tatu baadaye Paulo akawaita pamoja viongozi wa Kiyahudi. Walipokwisha kukusanyika akawaambia, “Ndugu zangu, ingawa sikufanya jambo lolote dhidi ya watu wetu au dhidi ya desturi za baba zetu, lakini nilikamatwa huko Yerusalemu nikakabidhiwa kwa Warumi.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ACT.28.18" />Wao walipokwisha kunihoji, wakataka kuniachia huru kwa sababu hawakuona kosa lolote nililolifanya linalostahili adhabu ya kifo.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ACT.28.19" />Lakini Wayahudi walipopinga uamuzi huo, nililazimika kukata rufaa kwa Kaisari, ingawa sikuwa na lalamiko lolote juu ya taifa langu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ACT.28.20" />Basi hii ndiyo sababu nimewatumania, ili niseme nanyi. Kwa kuwa ni kwa ajili ya tumaini la Israeli nimefungwa kwa minyororo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="ACT.28.21" />Wakamjibu, “Hatujapokea barua zozote kutoka Uyahudi zinazokuhusu, wala hapana ndugu yeyote aliyekuja hapa ambaye ametoa taarifa au kuzungumza jambo lolote baya juu yako.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ACT.28.22" />Lakini tungependa kusikia kutoka kwako unalofikiri kwa sababu tunajua kwamba kila mahali watu wanazungumza mabaya kuhusu jamii hii.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="ACT.28.23" />Baada ya kupanga siku ya kuonana naye, watu wengi wakaja kuanzia asubuhi hadi jioni akawaeleza na kutangaza kuhusu Ufalme wa Mungu akijaribu kuwahadithia juu ya Yesu kutoka Sheria ya Mose na kutoka Manabii.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ACT.28.24" />Baadhi wakasadiki yale aliyosema, lakini wengine hawakuamini.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="ACT.28.25" />Hivyo hawakukubaliana, nao walipokuwa wanaondoka, Paulo akatoa kauli moja zaidi: “Roho Mtakatifu alinena kweli na baba zenu aliposema mambo yale yaliyomhusu Bwana Yesu kwa kinywa cha nabii Isaya kwamba:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="26" bcv="ACT.28.26" />“ ‘Nenda kwa watu hawa na useme,
</q>
<q style="q1">“Hakika mtasikiliza lakini hamtaelewa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na pia mtatazama, lakini hamtaona.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="ACT.28.27" />Kwa kuwa mioyo ya watu hawa imekuwa migumu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hawasikii kwa masikio yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wamefumba macho yao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wasije wakaona kwa macho yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wakasikiliza kwa masikio yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakaelewa kwa mioyo yao,
</q>
<q style="q1">na kugeuka nami nikawaponya.’
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="ACT.28.28" />“Basi na ijulikane kwenu kwamba, huu wokovu wa Mungu umepelekwa kwa watu wa Mataifa, nao watasikiliza.” [
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="ACT.28.29" />Naye akiisha kusema maneno haya, Wayahudi wakaondoka wakiwa na hoja nyingi miongoni mwao.]
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="ACT.28.30" />Kwa miaka miwili mizima Paulo alikaa huko kwa nyumba aliyokuwa amepanga. Akawakaribisha wote waliokwenda kumwona.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="ACT.28.31" />Akahubiri Ufalme wa Mungu na kufundisha mambo yale yaliyomhusu Bwana Yesu Kristo, kwa ujasiri wote na bila kizuizi chochote.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="ROM"><id id="ROM">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Warumi
</h><toc level="1">Warumi
</toc><toc level="2">Warumi
</toc><toc level="3">Rum
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Warumi
</p>

<c id="1" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ROM.1.1" />Paulo, mtumishi wa Kristo Yesu, aliyeitwa kuwa mtume na kutengwa kwa ajili ya Injili ya Mungu,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ROM.1.2" />Injili ambayo Mungu alitangulia kuiahidi kwa vinywa vya manabii wake katika Maandiko Matakatifu,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ROM.1.3" />yaani, Injili inayomhusu Mwanawe, yeye ambaye kwa uzao wa mwili alikuwa mzao wa Daudi,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ROM.1.4" />na ambaye kwa uwezo wa Roho wa utakatifu alidhihirishwa kuwa Mwana wa Mungu kwa ufufuo wake kutoka kwa wafu, yaani, Yesu Kristo, Bwana wetu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ROM.1.5" />Kwa kupitia kwake na kwa ajili ya Jina lake, tumepokea neema na utume ili kuwaita watu miongoni mwa watu wa mataifa yote, waje kwenye utii utokanao na imani.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ROM.1.6" />Ninyi nyote pia mko miongoni mwa watu walioitwa ili mpate kuwa mali ya Yesu Kristo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="ROM.1.7" />Kwa wote walioko Rumi wapendwao na Mungu na kuitwa kuwa watakatifu:
</p>
<p style="p">Neema na amani itokayo kwa Mungu Baba yetu na kwa Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo iwe nanyi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maombi Na Shukrani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="ROM.1.8" />Kwanza kabisa, namshukuru Mungu wangu kwa njia ya Yesu Kristo kwa ajili yenu nyote, kwa sababu imani yenu inatangazwa duniani kote.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ROM.1.9" />Kwa maana Mungu ninayemtumikia kwa moyo wangu wote katika kuhubiri Injili ya Mwanawe, ni shahidi wangu jinsi ninavyowakumbuka
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ROM.1.10" />katika maombi yangu siku zote, nami ninaomba kwamba hatimaye sasa kwa mapenzi ya Mungu, njia ipate kufunguliwa kwa ajili yangu ili nije kwenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="ROM.1.11" />Ninatamani sana kuwaona ili nipate kuweka juu yenu karama za rohoni ili mwe imara,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ROM.1.12" />au zaidi, ninyi pamoja nami tuweze kutiana moyo katika imani sisi kwa sisi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ROM.1.13" />Ndugu zangu, napenda mfahamu kwamba mara nyingi nimekusudia kuja kwenu (ingawa mpaka sasa nimezuiliwa), ili nipate kuvuna mavuno miongoni mwenu kama nilivyovuna miongoni mwa wengine ambao ni watu wa Mataifa wasiomjua Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="ROM.1.14" />Mimi ni mdeni kwa Wayunani na kwa wasio Wayunani, kwa wenye hekima na kwa wasio na hekima.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ROM.1.15" />Ndiyo sababu ninatamani sana kuihubiri Injili kwenu pia ninyi mlioko Rumi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="ROM.1.16" />Mimi siionei haya Injili ya Kristo kwa maana ni uweza wa Mungu uletao wokovu kwa kila aaminiye, kwanza kwa Myahudi na kwa Myunani pia.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ROM.1.17" />Kwa maana katika Injili haki itokayo kwa Mungu imedhihirishwa, haki ile iliyo kwa njia ya imani hadi imani. Kama ilivyoandikwa: “Mwenye haki ataishi kwa imani.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ghadhabu Ya Mungu Kwa Wanadamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="ROM.1.18" />Ghadhabu ya Mungu imedhihirishwa kutoka mbinguni dhidi ya uasi wote na uovu wa wanadamu ambao huipinga kweli kwa uovu wao,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ROM.1.19" />kwa maana yote yanayoweza kujulikana kumhusu Mungu ni dhahiri kwao, kwa sababu Mungu mwenyewe ameyadhihirisha kwao.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ROM.1.20" />Kwa maana tangu kuumbwa kwa ulimwengu, asili ya Mungu asiyeonekana kwa macho, yaani, uweza wake wa milele na asili yake ya Uungu, imeonekana waziwazi, ikitambuliwa kutokana na yale aliyoyafanya ili wanadamu wasiwe na udhuru.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="ROM.1.21" />Kwa maana ingawa walimjua Mungu, hawakumtukuza yeye kama ndiye Mungu wala hawakumshukuru, bali fikira zao zimekuwa batili na mioyo yao ya ujinga ikatiwa giza.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ROM.1.22" />Ingawa walijidai kuwa wenye hekima, wakawa wajinga
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ROM.1.23" />na kubadili utukufu wa Mungu aishiye milele kwa sanamu zilizofanywa zifanane na mwanadamu ambaye hufa, na mfano wa ndege, wanyama na viumbe vitambaavyo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="ROM.1.24" />Kwa hiyo, Mungu akawaacha wazifuate tamaa mbaya za mioyo yao katika uasherati, hata wakavunjiana heshima miili yao wao kwa wao.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="ROM.1.25" />Kwa sababu waliibadili kweli ya Mungu kuwa uongo, wakaabudu na kutumikia kiumbe badala ya Muumba, ahimidiwaye milele! Amen.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="ROM.1.26" />Kwa sababu hii, Mungu aliwaacha wavunjiane heshima kwa kufuata tamaa zao za aibu. Hata wanawake wao wakabadili matumizi ya asili ya miili yao wakaitumia isivyokusudiwa.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="ROM.1.27" />Vivyo hivyo wanaume pia wakiacha matumizi ya asili ya wanawake wakawakiana tamaa wao kwa wao. Wanaume wakafanyiana matendo ya aibu na wanaume wengine nao wakapata katika maisha yao adhabu iliyowastahili kwa ajili ya upotovu wao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="ROM.1.28" />Nao kwa kuwa hawakuona umuhimu wa kudumisha ufahamu wa Mungu, yeye akawaachilia wafuate akili za upotovu, watende mambo yale yasiyostahili kutendwa.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="ROM.1.29" />Wakiwa wamejawa na udhalimu wa kila namna, uasherati, uovu, tamaa mbaya na hila. Wamejawa na husuda, uuaji, ugomvi, udanganyifu, hadaa na nia mbaya. Wao pia ni wasengenyaji,
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="ROM.1.30" />wasingiziaji, wanaomchukia Mungu, wajeuri, wenye kiburi na majivuno, wenye hila, wasiotii wazazi wao,
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="ROM.1.31" />wajinga, wasioamini, wasio na huruma na wakatili.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="ROM.1.32" />Ingawa wanafahamu sheria ya haki ya Mungu kwamba watu wanaofanya mambo kama hayo wanastahili mauti, si kwamba wanaendelea kutenda hayo tu, bali pia wanakubaliana na wale wanaoyatenda.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Hukumu Ya Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ROM.2.1" />Kwa hiyo huna udhuru wowote, wewe utoaye hukumu kwa mwingine, kwa maana katika jambo lolote unalowahukumu wengine, unajihukumu wewe mwenyewe kwa sababu wewe unayehukumu unafanya mambo hayo hayo.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ROM.2.2" />Basi tunajua kwamba hukumu ya Mungu dhidi ya wale wafanyao mambo kama hayo ni ya kweli.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ROM.2.3" />Hivyo wewe mwanadamu, utoapo hukumu juu yao na bado unafanya mambo yale yale, unadhani utaepuka hukumu ya Mungu?
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ROM.2.4" />Au waudharau wingi wa wema, ustahimili na uvumilivu wake, bila kujua kuwa wema wa Mungu wakuelekeza kwenye toba?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="ROM.2.5" />Lakini kwa sababu ya ukaidi wenu na mioyo yenu isiyotaka kutubu, mnajiwekea akiba ya ghadhabu dhidi yenu wenyewe kwa siku ile ya ghadhabu ya Mungu, wakati hukumu yake ya haki itakapodhihirishwa.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ROM.2.6" />Kwa maana Mungu atamlipa kila mtu sawasawa na matendo yake.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ROM.2.7" />Wale ambao kwa kuvumilia katika kutenda mema hutafuta utukufu, heshima na maisha yasiyoharibika, Mungu atawapa uzima wa milele.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ROM.2.8" />Lakini kwa wale watafutao mambo yao wenyewe na wale wanaokataa kweli na kuzifuata njia mbaya, kutakuwa na ghadhabu na hasira ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ROM.2.9" />Kutakuwa na taabu na dhiki kwa kila mmoja atendaye maovu, Myahudi kwanza na mtu wa Mataifa pia,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ROM.2.10" />bali utukufu, heshima na amani kwa ajili ya kila mmoja atendaye mema, kwa Myahudi kwanza, kisha kwa mtu wa Mataifa.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ROM.2.11" />Kwa maana Mungu hana upendeleo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="ROM.2.12" />Watu wote waliotenda dhambi pasipo sheria wataangamia pasipo sheria, nao wote wale waliotenda dhambi chini ya sheria watahukumiwa kwa sheria.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ROM.2.13" />Kwa maana si wale wanaoisikia sheria ambao ni wenye haki mbele za Mungu, bali ni wale wanaoitii sheria ndio watakaohesabiwa haki.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ROM.2.14" />(Naam, wakati wa watu wa Mataifa, ambao hawana sheria, wanapofanya kwa asili mambo yatakiwayo na sheria, wao ni sheria kwa nafsi zao wenyewe, hata ingawa hawana sheria.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ROM.2.15" />Wao wanaonyesha kwamba lile linalotakiwa na sheria limeandikwa kwenye mioyo yao, ambayo pia dhamiri zao zikiwashuhudia, nayo mawazo yao yenye kupingana yatawashtaki au kuwatetea.)
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ROM.2.16" />Hili litatukia siku hiyo Mungu atakapozihukumu siri za wanadamu kwa njia ya Yesu Kristo, kama isemavyo Injili yangu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wayahudi Na Sheria
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="ROM.2.17" />Tazama, wewe ukiwa unaitwa Myahudi na kuitegemea sheria na kujisifia uhusiano wako na Mungu,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ROM.2.18" />kama unajua mapenzi ya Mungu na kukubali lililo bora kwa sababu umefundishwa na hiyo sheria,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ROM.2.19" />kama unatambua kuwa wewe ni kiongozi wa vipofu, na mwanga kwa wale walio gizani,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ROM.2.20" />mkufunzi wa wajinga na mwalimu wa watoto wachanga, kwa kuwa una maarifa ya kweli katika hiyo sheria,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ROM.2.21" />basi wewe, uwafundishaye wengine, mbona hujifunzi mwenyewe? Wewe uhubiriye kwamba mtu asiibe, wewe mwenyewe waiba?
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ROM.2.22" />Wewe usemaye mtu asizini, wewe mwenyewe wazini? Wewe uchukiaye miungu ya sanamu, wafanya jambo la kumchukiza katika mahekalu?
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ROM.2.23" />Wewe ujivuniaye sheria, wamwaibisha Mungu kwa kuvunja sheria?
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ROM.2.24" />Kama ilivyoandikwa, “Kwa ajili yenu ninyi, Jina la Mungu linatukanwa miongoni mwa watu wa Mataifa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="ROM.2.25" />Kutahiriwa kuna thamani ikiwa unatii sheria, lakini kama unavunja sheria, kutahiriwa kwako kumekuwa kutokutahiriwa.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="ROM.2.26" />Hivyo, ikiwa wale wasiotahiriwa wanatimiza mambo ambayo sheria inataka, je, kutokutahiriwa kwao hakutahesabiwa kuwa sawa na kutahiriwa?
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="ROM.2.27" />Ndipo wale ambao hawakutahiriwa kimwili lakini wanaitii sheria watawahukumu ninyi, ambao ingawa mmetahiriwa na kuijua sana sheria ya Mungu iliyoandikwa, lakini mwaivunja.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="ROM.2.28" />Kwa maana mtu si Myahudi kwa vile alivyo kwa nje, wala tohara ya kweli si kitu cha nje au cha kimwili.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="ROM.2.29" />Lakini mtu ni Myahudi alivyo ndani, nayo tohara ya kweli ni jambo la moyoni, ni la Roho, wala si la sheria iliyoandikwa. Mtu wa namna hiyo hapokei sifa kutoka kwa wanadamu bali kwa Mungu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Uaminifu Wa Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ROM.3.1" />Basi kuna faida gani kuwa Myahudi? Au kuna thamani gani katika tohara?
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ROM.3.2" />Kuna faida kubwa kwa kila namna! Kwanza kabisa, Wayahudi wamekabidhiwa lile Neno halisi la Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ROM.3.3" />Ingekuwaje kama wengine hawakuwa na imani? Je, kutokuamini kwao kungebatilisha uaminifu wa Mungu?
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ROM.3.4" />La hasha! Mungu na aonekane mwenye haki, na kila mwanadamu kuwa mwongo, kama ilivyoandikwa:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Ili uthibitike kuwa wa kweli unaponena,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ukashinde utoapo hukumu.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="ROM.3.5" />Ikiwa uovu wetu unathibitisha haki ya Mungu waziwazi, tuseme nini basi? Je, Mungu kuileta ghadhabu yake juu yetu ni kwamba yeye si mwenye haki? (Nanena kibinadamu.)
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ROM.3.6" />La hasha! Kama hivyo ndivyo ilivyo, Mungu angehukumuje ulimwengu?
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ROM.3.7" />Mtu aweza kuuliza, “Kama uongo wangu unasaidia kuonyesha kweli ya Mungu na kuzidisha utukufu wake, kwa nini basi mimi nahukumiwa kuwa mwenye dhambi?”
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ROM.3.8" />Nasi kwa nini tusiseme, kama wengine wanavyotusingizia kuwa tunasema, “Tutende maovu ili mema yapate kuja?” Wao wanastahili hukumu yao.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wote Wametenda Dhambi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ROM.3.9" />Tusemeje basi? Je, sisi ni bora kuwaliko wao? La hasha! Kwa maana tumekwisha kuhakikisha kwa vyovyote kwamba Wayahudi na watu wa Mataifa wote wako chini ya nguvu ya dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ROM.3.10" />Kama ilivyoandikwa:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Hakuna mwenye haki, hakuna hata mmoja.
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="11" bcv="ROM.3.11" />Hakuna hata mmoja mwenye ufahamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuna hata mmoja amtafutaye Mungu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="ROM.3.12" />Wote wamepotoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wote wameoza pamoja;
</q>
<q style="q1">hakuna atendaye mema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, hakuna hata mmoja.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="ROM.3.13" />“Makoo yao ni makaburi wazi;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ndimi zao wao hufanya udanganyifu.”
</q>
<q style="q1">“Sumu ya nyoka iko midomoni mwao.”
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="14" bcv="ROM.3.14" />“Vinywa vyao vimejaa laana na uchungu.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="15" bcv="ROM.3.15" />“Miguu yao ina haraka kumwaga damu;
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="16" bcv="ROM.3.16" />maangamizi na taabu viko katika njia zao,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="ROM.3.17" />wala njia ya amani hawaijui.”
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="18" bcv="ROM.3.18" />“Hakuna hofu ya Mungu machoni pao.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="ROM.3.19" />Basi tunajua ya kwamba chochote sheria inachosema, inawaambia wale walio chini ya sheria ili kila kinywa kinyamazishwe na ulimwengu wote uwajibike kwa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ROM.3.20" />Kwa hiyo hakuna binadamu hata mmoja atakayehesabiwa haki mbele za Mungu kwa matendo ya sheria, kwa maana sheria hutufanya tuitambue dhambi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Haki Kwa Njia Ya Imani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="ROM.3.21" />Lakini sasa, haki itokayo kwa Mungu imedhihirishwa pasipo sheria, ambayo Sheria na Manabii wanaishuhudia.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ROM.3.22" />Haki hii itokayo kwa Mungu hupatikana kwa Yesu Kristo kwa wote wamwaminio. Kwa maana hapo hakuna tofauti,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ROM.3.23" />kwa kuwa wote wametenda dhambi na kupungukiwa na utukufu wa Mungu,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ROM.3.24" />wanahesabiwa haki bure kwa neema yake kwa njia ya ukombozi ulio katika Kristo Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="ROM.3.25" />Yeye ambaye Mungu alimtoa awe dhabihu ya upatanisho kwa njia ya imani katika damu yake. Alifanya hivi ili kuonyesha haki yake, kwa sababu kwa ustahimili wake aliziachilia zile dhambi zilizotangulia kufanywa.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="ROM.3.26" />Alifanya hivyo ili kuonyesha haki yake wakati huu, ili yeye awe mwenye haki na mwenye kumhesabia haki yule anayemwamini Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Umuhimu Wa Kuwa Na Imani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="ROM.3.27" />Basi, kujivuna kuko wapi? Kumewekwa mbali. Kwa sheria gani? Je, ni kwa ile ya matendo? La hasha, bali kwa ile sheria ya imani.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="ROM.3.28" />Kwa maana twaona kwamba mwanadamu huhesabiwa haki kwa njia ya imani wala si kwa matendo ya sheria.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="ROM.3.29" />Je, Mungu ni Mungu wa Wayahudi peke yao? Je, yeye si Mungu wa watu wa Mataifa pia? Naam, yeye ni Mungu wa watu wa Mataifa pia.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="ROM.3.30" />Basi kwa kuwa tuna Mungu mmoja tu, atawahesabia haki wale waliotahiriwa kwa imani na wale wasiotahiriwa kwa imani iyo hiyo.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="ROM.3.31" />Je, basi ni kwamba tunaibatilisha sheria kwa imani hii? La, hasha! Badala yake tunaithibitisha sheria.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Abrahamu Alihesabiwa Haki Kwa Imani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ROM.4.1" />Tuseme nini basi, kuhusu Abrahamu baba yetu kwa jinsi ya mwili: yeye alipataje kujua jambo hili?
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ROM.4.2" />Kwa maana ikiwa Abrahamu alihesabiwa haki kwa matendo, basi, anacho kitu cha kujivunia, lakini si mbele za Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ROM.4.3" />Kwa maana Maandiko yasemaje? “Abrahamu alimwamini Mungu na ikahesabiwa kwake kuwa haki.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="ROM.4.4" />Basi mtu afanyapo kazi, mshahara wake hauhesabiwi kwake kuwa ni zawadi, bali ni haki yake anayostahili.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ROM.4.5" />Lakini kwa mtu ambaye hafanyi kazi na anamtumaini Mungu, yeye ambaye huwahesabia waovu haki, imani yake inahesabiwa kuwa haki.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ROM.4.6" />Daudi pia alisema vivyo hivyo aliponena juu ya baraka za mtu ambaye Mungu humhesabia haki pasipo matendo:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="ROM.4.7" />“Wamebarikiwa wale
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao wamesamehewa makosa yao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ambao dhambi zao zimefunikwa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="ROM.4.8" />Heri mtu yule
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Bwana hamhesabii dhambi zake.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Haki Kabla Ya Tohara
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ROM.4.9" />Je, huku kubarikiwa ni kwa wale waliotahiriwa peke yao, au pia na kwa wale wasiotahiriwa? Tunasema, “Imani ya Abrahamu ilihesabiwa kwake kuwa haki.”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ROM.4.10" />Je, ni lini basi ilipohesabiwa kwake kuwa haki? Je, ilikuwa kabla au baada ya kutahiriwa kwake? Haikuwa baada, ila kabla hajatahiriwa.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ROM.4.11" />Alipewa ishara ya tohara kuwa muhuri wa haki aliyokuwa nayo kwa imani hata alipokuwa bado hajatahiriwa. Kusudi lilikuwa kumfanya baba wa wote wale waaminio pasipo kutahiriwa na ambao wamehesabiwa haki.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ROM.4.12" />Vivyo hivyo awe baba wa wale waliotahiriwa ambao si kwamba wametahiriwa tu, bali pia wanafuata mfano wa imani ambayo Baba yetu Abrahamu alikuwa nayo kabla ya kutahiriwa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ahadi Ya Mungu Hufahamika Kwa Imani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="ROM.4.13" />Kwa maana ile ahadi kwamba angeurithi ulimwengu haikuja kwa Abrahamu au kwa wazao wake kwa njia ya sheria bali kwa njia ya haki ipatikanayo kwa imani.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ROM.4.14" />Kwa maana ikiwa wale waishio kwa sheria ndio warithi, imani haina thamani na ahadi haifai kitu,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ROM.4.15" />kwa sababu sheria huleta ghadhabu. Mahali ambapo hakuna sheria hakuna makosa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="ROM.4.16" />Kwa hiyo, ahadi huja kwa njia ya imani, ili iwe ni kwa neema, na itolewe kwa wazao wa Abrahamu, si kwa wale walio wa sheria peke yao, bali pia kwa wale walio wa imani ya Abrahamu. Yeye ndiye baba yetu sisi sote.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ROM.4.17" />Kama ilivyoandikwa: “Nimekufanya wewe kuwa baba wa mataifa mengi.” Yeye ni baba yetu mbele za Mungu, ambaye yeye alimwamini, yule Mungu anaye fufua waliokufa, na kuvitaja vile vitu ambavyo haviko kana kwamba vimekwisha kuwako.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Imani Ya Abrahamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="ROM.4.18" />Akitarajia yasiyoweza kutarajiwa, Abrahamu akaamini, akawa baba wa mataifa mengi, kama alivyoahidiwa kwamba, “Uzao wako utakuwa mwingi mno.”
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ROM.4.19" />Abrahamu hakuwa dhaifu katika imani hata alipofikiri juu ya mwili wake, ambao ulikuwa kama uliokufa, kwani umri wake ulikuwa unakaribia miaka mia moja, au alipofikiri juu ya ufu wa tumbo la Sara.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ROM.4.20" />Lakini Abrahamu hakusitasita kwa kutokuamini ahadi ya Mungu, bali alitiwa nguvu katika imani yake na kumpa Mungu utukufu,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ROM.4.21" />akiwa na hakika kabisa kwamba Mungu alikuwa na uwezo wa kutimiza lile aliloahidi.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ROM.4.22" />Hii ndio sababu, “ilihesabiwa kwake kuwa haki.”
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ROM.4.23" />Maneno haya “ilihesabiwa kwake kuwa haki,” hayakuandikwa kwa ajili yake peke yake,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ROM.4.24" />bali kwa ajili yetu sisi pia ambao Mungu atatupa haki, sisi tunaomwamini yeye aliyemfufua Yesu Bwana wetu kutoka kwa wafu.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="ROM.4.25" />Alitolewa afe kwa ajili ya dhambi zetu, naye alifufuliwa kutoka mauti ili tuhesabiwe haki.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Matokeo Ya Kuhesabiwa Haki
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ROM.5.1" />Kwa hiyo, kwa kuwa tumekwisha kuhesabiwa haki kwa imani, tuna amani na Mungu kwa njia ya Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ROM.5.2" />ambaye kwa kupitia kwake tumepata kwa njia ya imani kuifikia neema hii ambayo ndani yake sasa tunasimama, nasi twafurahia katika tumaini letu la kushiriki utukufu wa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ROM.5.3" />Si hivyo tu, bali twafurahi pia katika mateso, kwa sababu tunajua kuwa mateso huleta saburi,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ROM.5.4" />nayo saburi huleta uthabiti wa moyo, na uthabiti wa moyo huleta tumaini,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ROM.5.5" />wala tumaini halitukatishi tamaa, kwa sababu Mungu amekwisha kumimina pendo lake mioyoni mwetu kwa njia ya Roho Mtakatifu ambaye ametupatia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="ROM.5.6" />Kwa maana hata tulipokuwa dhaifu, wakati ulipowadia, Kristo alikufa kwa ajili yetu sisi wenye dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ROM.5.7" />Hakika, ni vigumu mtu yeyote kufa kwa ajili ya mwenye haki, ingawa inawezekana mtu akathubutu kufa kwa ajili ya mtu mwema.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ROM.5.8" />Lakini Mungu anaudhihirisha upendo wake kwetu kwamba: Tulipokuwa tungali wenye dhambi, Kristo alikufa kwa ajili yetu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ROM.5.9" />Basi, kwa kuwa sasa tumehesabiwa haki kwa damu yake, si zaidi sana tutaokolewa kutoka ghadhabu ya Mungu kupitia kwake!
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ROM.5.10" />Kwa kuwa kama tulipokuwa adui wa Mungu tulipatanishwa naye kwa njia ya kifo cha Mwanawe, si zaidi sana tukiisha kupatanishwa, tutaokolewa kwa uzima wake.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ROM.5.11" />Lakini zaidi ya hayo, pia tunafurahi katika Mungu kwa njia ya Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo, ambaye kupitia kwake tumepata upatanisho.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Adamu Alileta Kifo, Yesu Ameleta Uzima
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="ROM.5.12" />Kwa hiyo kama vile dhambi ilivyoingia ulimwenguni kupitia kwa mtu mmoja, na kupitia dhambi hii mauti ikawafikia watu wote, kwa sababu wote wamefanya dhambi:
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ROM.5.13" />kwa maana kabla sheria haijatolewa, dhambi ilikuwepo ulimwenguni. Lakini dhambi haihesabiwi wakati hakuna sheria.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ROM.5.14" />Hata hivyo, tangu wakati wa Adamu hadi wakati wa Mose, mauti ilitawala watu wote, hata wale ambao hawakutenda dhambi kwa kuvunja amri, kama alivyofanya Adamu, ambaye alikuwa mfano wa yule atakayekuja.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="ROM.5.15" />Lakini ile karama iliyotolewa haikuwa kama lile kosa. Kwa maana ikiwa watu wengi walikufa kwa sababu ya kosa la mtu mmoja, zaidi sana neema ya Mungu na ile karama iliyokuja kwa neema ya mtu mmoja, yaani, Yesu Kristo, imezidi kuwa nyingi kwa ajili ya wengi.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ROM.5.16" />Tena, ile karama ya Mungu si kama matokeo ya ile dhambi. Hukumu ilikuja kwa njia ya mtu mmoja, ikaleta adhabu, bali karama ya neema ya Mungu ilikuja kwa njia ya makosa mengi, ikaleta kuhesabiwa haki.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ROM.5.17" />Kwa maana ikiwa kutokana na kosa la mtu mmoja, mauti ilitawala kupitia huyo mtu mmoja, zaidi sana wale wanaopokea wingi wa neema ya Mungu na karama yake ya kuhesabiwa haki, watatawala katika uzima kwa njia ya huyo mtu mmoja, yaani, Yesu Kristo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="ROM.5.18" />Kwa hiyo, kama vile kosa la mtu mmoja lilivyoleta adhabu kwa watu wote, vivyo hivyo pia kwa tendo la haki la mtu mmoja lilileta kuhesabiwa haki ambako huleta uzima kwa wote.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ROM.5.19" />Kwa maana kama vile kwa kutokutii kwa yule mtu mmoja wengi walifanywa wenye dhambi, vivyo hivyo kwa kutii kwa mtu mmoja wengi watafanywa wenye haki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="ROM.5.20" />Zaidi ya hayo, sheria ilikuja, ili uvunjaji wa sheria uongezeke. Lakini dhambi ilipoongezeka, neema iliongezeka zaidi,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ROM.5.21" />ili kwamba kama vile dhambi ilivyotawala kwa njia ya mauti, vivyo hivyo neema iweze kutawala kwa njia ya kuhesabiwa haki hata kuleta uzima wa milele katika Yesu Kristo Bwana wetu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Kufa Na Kufufuka Pamoja Na Kristo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ROM.6.1" />Tuseme nini basi? Je, tuendelee kutenda dhambi ili neema ipate kuongezeka?
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ROM.6.2" />La hasha! Sisi tulioifia dhambi, tutawezaje kuendelea kuishi tena katika dhambi?
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ROM.6.3" />Au hamjui ya kuwa sisi sote tuliobatizwa katika Kristo Yesu tulibatizwa katika mauti yake?
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ROM.6.4" />Kwa hiyo tulizikwa pamoja naye kwa njia ya ubatizo katika mauti, ili kama vile Kristo alivyofufuliwa kutoka kwa wafu kwa utukufu wa Baba, vivyo hivyo sisi nasi pia tupate kuenenda katika upya wa uzima.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="ROM.6.5" />Kwa maana ikiwa tumeungana naye katika mauti yake, bila shaka tutaungana naye katika ufufuo wake.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ROM.6.6" />Kwa maana twajua kwamba utu wetu wa kale ulisulubiwa pamoja naye ili ule mwili wa dhambi upate kuangamizwa, nasi tusiendelee kuwa tena watumwa wa dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ROM.6.7" />Kwa maana mtu yeyote aliyekufa amehesabiwa haki mbali na dhambi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="ROM.6.8" />Basi ikiwa tulikufa pamoja na Kristo, tunaamini kwamba pia tutaishi pamoja naye.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ROM.6.9" />Kwa maana tunajua kwamba Kristo, kwa sababu alifufuliwa kutoka kwa wafu, hawezi kufa tena; mauti haina tena mamlaka juu yake.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ROM.6.10" />Kifo alichokufa, aliifia dhambi mara moja tu, lakini uzima alio nao anamwishia Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="ROM.6.11" />Vivyo hivyo, jihesabuni wafu katika dhambi lakini mlio hai kwa Mungu katika Kristo Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ROM.6.12" />Kwa hiyo, msiruhusu dhambi itawale ndani ya miili yenu, ipatikanayo na kufa, ili kuwafanya mzitii tamaa mbaya.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ROM.6.13" />Wala msivitoe viungo vya miili yenu vitumike kama vyombo vya uovu vya kutenda dhambi, bali jitoeni kwa Mungu, kama watu waliotolewa kutoka mautini kuingia uzimani. Nanyi vitoeni viungo vya miili yenu kwake kama vyombo vya haki.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ROM.6.14" />Kwa maana dhambi haitakuwa na mamlaka juu yenu, kwa sababu hampo chini ya sheria, bali chini ya neema.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Watumwa Wa Haki
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="ROM.6.15" />Ni nini basi? Je, tutende dhambi kwa kuwa hatuko chini ya sheria bali chini ya neema? La, hasha!
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ROM.6.16" />Je, hamjui kwamba mnapojitoa kwa mtu yeyote kama watumwa watiifu, ninyi ni watumwa wa yule mnayemtii, aidha watumwa wa dhambi, ambayo matokeo yake ni mauti, au watumwa wa utii ambao matokeo yake ni haki?
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ROM.6.17" />Lakini Mungu ashukuriwe kwa kuwa ninyi ambao kwanza mlikuwa watumwa wa dhambi, mmekuwa watii kutoka moyoni kwa mafundisho mliyopewa.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ROM.6.18" />Nanyi, mkiisha kuwekwa huru mbali na dhambi, mmekuwa watumwa wa haki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="ROM.6.19" />Ninasema kwa namna ya kibinadamu kwa sababu ya udhaifu wenu wa hali ya asili. Kama vile mlivyokuwa mkivitoa viungo vya miili yenu kama watumwa wa mambo machafu na uovu uliokuwa ukiongezeka zaidi, hivyo sasa vitoeni viungo vyenu kama watumwa wa haki inayowaelekeza mpate kutakaswa.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ROM.6.20" />Mlipokuwa watumwa wa dhambi, mlikuwa hamtawaliwi na haki.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ROM.6.21" />Lakini mlipata faida gani kwa mambo hayo ambayo sasa mnayaonea aibu? Mwisho wa mambo hayo ni mauti.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ROM.6.22" />Lakini sasa kwa kuwa mmewekwa huru mbali na dhambi na mmekuwa watumwa wa Mungu, faida mnayopata ni utakatifu, ambao mwisho wake ni uzima wa milele.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ROM.6.23" />Kwa maana mshahara wa dhambi ni mauti, bali karama ya Mungu ni uzima wa milele katika Kristo Yesu Bwana wetu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Hatufungwi Tena Na Sheria
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ROM.7.1" />Ndugu zangu (sasa ninasema na wale wanaoijua sheria), je, hamjui ya kwamba sheria ina mamlaka tu juu ya mtu wakati akiwa hai?
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ROM.7.2" />Kwa mfano, mwanamke aliyeolewa amefungwa kwa mumewe wakati akiwa hai, lakini yule mume akifa, yule mwanamke amefunguliwa kutoka sheria ya ndoa.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ROM.7.3" />Hivyo basi, kama huyo mwanamke ataolewa na mwanaume mwingine wakati mumewe akiwa bado yuko hai, ataitwa mzinzi. Lakini kama mumewe akifa, mwanamke huyo hafungwi tena na sheria ya ndoa, naye akiolewa na mtu mwingine haitwi mzinzi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="ROM.7.4" />Vivyo hivyo, ndugu zangu, ninyi mmeifia sheria kwa njia ya mwili wa Kristo, ili mweze kuwa mali ya mwingine, yeye ambaye alifufuliwa kutoka kwa wafu, ili tupate kuzaa matunda kwa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ROM.7.5" />Kwa maana tulipokuwa tunatawaliwa na asili ya dhambi, tamaa za dhambi zilizochochewa na sheria zilikuwa zikitenda kazi katika miili yetu, hivyo tulizaa matunda ya mauti.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ROM.7.6" />Lakini sasa, kwa kufia kile kilichokuwa kimetufunga kwanza, tumewekwa huru kutokana na sheria ili tutumike katika njia mpya ya Roho, wala si katika njia ya zamani ya sheria iliyoandikwa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sheria Na Dhambi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="ROM.7.7" />Tuseme nini basi? Kwamba sheria ni dhambi? La, hasha! Lakini, isingekuwa kwa sababu ya sheria, nisingalijua dhambi. Nisingalijua kutamani ni nini kama sheria haikusema, “Usitamani.”
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ROM.7.8" />Lakini dhambi kwa kupata nafasi katika amri, hii ikazaa ndani yangu kila aina ya tamaa. Kwa maana pasipo sheria, dhambi imekufa.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ROM.7.9" />Wakati fulani nilikuwa hai pasipo sheria, lakini amri ilipokuja, dhambi ikawa hai, nami nikafa.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ROM.7.10" />Nikaona kwamba ile amri iliyokusudiwa kuleta uzima, ilileta mauti.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ROM.7.11" />Kwa maana dhambi kwa kupata nafasi katika amri, ilinidanganya, na kupitia katika hiyo amri, ikaniua.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ROM.7.12" />Hivyo basi, sheria yenyewe ni takatifu, na amri ni takatifu na ya haki, tena ni njema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="ROM.7.13" />Je, kile kilicho chema basi kilikuwa mauti kwangu? La, hasha! Lakini ili dhambi itambuliwe kuwa ni dhambi, ilileta mauti ndani yangu kupitia kile kilichokuwa chema, ili kwa njia ya amri dhambi izidi kuwa mbaya kupita kiasi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mgongano Wa Ndani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="ROM.7.14" />Kwa maana tunajua kwamba sheria ni ya kiroho, lakini mimi ni wa kimwili nikiwa nimeuzwa kwenye utumwa wa dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ROM.7.15" />Sielewi nitendalo, kwa maana lile ninalotaka kulitenda, silitendi, lakini ninatenda lile ninalolichukia.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ROM.7.16" />Basi kama ninatenda lile nisilotaka kutenda, ni kwamba ninakubali kuwa sheria ni njema.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ROM.7.17" />Lakini, kwa kweli si mimi tena nitendaye lile nisilotaka bali ni ile dhambi ikaayo ndani yangu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ROM.7.18" />Kwa maana ninafahamu kwamba hakuna jema lolote likaalo ndani yangu, yaani, katika asili yangu ya dhambi. Kwa kuwa nina shauku ya kutenda lililo jema, lakini siwezi kulitenda.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ROM.7.19" />Sitendi lile jema nitakalo kutenda, bali lile baya nisilolitaka, ndilo nitendalo.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ROM.7.20" />Basi kama ninatenda lile nisilotaka kutenda, si mimi tena nifanyaye hivyo, bali ni ile dhambi ikaayo ndani yangu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="ROM.7.21" />Hivyo naiona sheria ikitenda kazi. Ninapotaka kutenda jema, jambo baya liko papo hapo.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="ROM.7.22" />Kwa maana katika utu wangu wa ndani naifurahia sheria ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ROM.7.23" />Lakini ninaona kuna sheria nyingine inayotenda kazi katika viungo vya mwili wangu inayopigana vita dhidi ya ile sheria ya akili yangu. Sheria hii inanifanya mateka wa ile sheria ya dhambi inayofanya kazi katika viungo vya mwili wangu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="ROM.7.24" />Ole wangu mimi maskini! Ni nani atakayeniokoa na mwili huu wa mauti?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="ROM.7.25" />Ashukuriwe Mungu kwa njia ya Yesu Kristo Bwana wetu! Hivyo basi, mimi mwenyewe kwa akili zangu ni mtumwa wa sheria ya Mungu, lakini katika asili ya dhambi ni mtumwa wa sheria ya dhambi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Maisha Katika Roho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ROM.8.1" />Kwa hiyo, sasa hakuna hukumu ya adhabu kwa wale walio ndani ya Kristo Yesu, wale ambao hawaenendi kwa kuufuata mwili bali kwa kufuata Roho.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ROM.8.2" />Kwa sababu sheria ya Roho wa uzima katika Kristo Yesu imeniweka huru mbali na sheria ya dhambi na mauti.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ROM.8.3" />Kwa maana kile ambacho sheria haikuwa na uwezo wa kufanya, kwa vile ilivyokuwa dhaifu katika mwili, Mungu kwa kumtuma Mwanawe mwenyewe kwa mfano wa mwanadamu mwenye mwili ulio wa dhambi na kwa ajili ya dhambi, yeye aliihukumu dhambi katika mwili,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ROM.8.4" />ili kwamba haki ipatikanayo kwa sheria itimizwe ndani yetu sisi, ambao hatuenendi kwa kuufuata mwili bali kwa kufuata Roho.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="ROM.8.5" />Kwa maana wale wanaoishi kwa kuufuata mwili huziweka nia zao katika vitu vya mwili, lakini wale wanaoishi kwa kufuata Roho, huziweka nia zao katika mambo ya Roho.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ROM.8.6" />Kwa maana kuwa na nia ya mwili ni mauti, bali kuwa na nia inayoongozwa na Roho ni uzima na amani.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ROM.8.7" />Kwa kuwa ile nia ya mwili ni uadui na Mungu, kwa maana haiitii sheria ya Mungu, wala haiwezi kuitii.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ROM.8.8" />Wale wanaotawaliwa na mwili, hawawezi kumpendeza Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ROM.8.9" />Lakini ninyi, hamtawaliwi na mwili, bali na Roho, ikiwa Roho wa Mungu anakaa ndani yenu. Mtu yeyote ambaye hana Roho wa Kristo, yeye si wa Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ROM.8.10" />Lakini kama Kristo anakaa ndani yenu, miili yenu imekufa kwa sababu ya dhambi, lakini roho zenu zi hai kwa sababu ya haki.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ROM.8.11" />Nanyi ikiwa Roho wa Mungu aliyemfufua Yesu kutoka kwa wafu anakaa ndani yenu, yeye aliyemfufua Kristo Yesu kutoka kwa wafu ataihuisha pia miili yenu ambayo hufa, kwa njia ya Roho wake akaaye ndani yenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="ROM.8.12" />Kwa hiyo ndugu zangu, sisi tu wadeni, si wa mwili, ili tuishi kwa kuufuata mwili,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ROM.8.13" />kwa maana mkiishi kwa kuufuata mwili, mtakufa, lakini kama mkiyaua matendo ya mwili kwa Roho, mtaishi.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ROM.8.14" />Kwa kuwa wote wanaoongozwa na Roho wa Mungu, hao ndio watoto wa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ROM.8.15" />Kwa maana hamkupokea roho ya utumwa iwaleteayo tena hofu, bali mlipokea roho ya kufanywa wana, ambaye kwa yeye twalia, “Abba,<f caller="+"><fr>8:15
</fr><ft>Abba ni neno la Kiaramu ambalo maana yake ni Baba; ni neno ambalo lingetumiwa na mtoto kwa yule ambaye amemzaa.</ft></f> yaani, Baba,”
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ROM.8.16" />Roho mwenyewe hushuhudia pamoja na roho zetu ya kwamba sisi tu watoto wa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ROM.8.17" />Hivyo, ikiwa sisi ni watoto, basi tu warithi, warithi wa Mungu, warithio pamoja na Kristo, naam, tukiteswa pamoja naye tupate pia kutukuzwa pamoja naye.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Utukufu Ujao
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="ROM.8.18" />Nayahesabu mateso yetu ya wakati huu kuwa si kitu kulinganisha na utukufu utakaodhihirishwa kwetu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ROM.8.19" />Kwa maana viumbe vyote vinangoja kwa shauku kudhihirishwa kwa watoto wa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ROM.8.20" />Kwa kuwa viumbe vyote viliwekwa chini ya ubatili, si kwa chaguo lao, bali kwa mapenzi yake yeye aliyevitiisha katika tumaini,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ROM.8.21" />ili kwamba viumbe vyote vipate kuwekwa huru kutoka kwa utumwa wa kuharibika na kupewa uhuru wa utukufu wa watoto wa Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="ROM.8.22" />Kwa maana twajua ya kuwa hata sasa viumbe vyote vimekuwa vikilia kwa maumivu kama utungu wa mwanamke wakati wa kuzaa.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ROM.8.23" />Wala si hivyo viumbe peke yao, bali hata sisi ambao ndio matunda ya kwanza ya Roho, kwa ndani tunalia kwa uchungu tukisubiri kwa shauku kufanywa wana wa Mungu, yaani, ukombozi wa miili yetu.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ROM.8.24" />Kwa kuwa tuliokolewa kwa tumaini hili. Lakini kama kinachotumainiwa kikionekana hakiwi tumaini tena. Je, kuna mtu anayetumaini kupata kitu alicho nacho tayari?
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="ROM.8.25" />Lakini tunapotumaini kupata kitu ambacho hatuna, basi twakingojea kwa saburi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="ROM.8.26" />Vivyo hivyo, Roho hutusaidia katika udhaifu wetu, kwa sababu hatujui kuomba ipasavyo. Lakini Roho mwenyewe hutuombea kwa uchungu usioweza kutamkwa.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="ROM.8.27" />Naye Mungu aichunguzaye mioyo, anaijua nia ya Roho, kwa sababu Roho huwaombea watakatifu sawasawa na mapenzi ya Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Tunashinda Na Zaidi Ya Kushinda
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="ROM.8.28" />Nasi tunajua ya kuwa katika mambo yote Mungu hutenda kazi pamoja na wote wampendao, katika kuwapatia mema, yaani, wale walioitwa kwa kusudi lake.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="ROM.8.29" />Maana wale Mungu aliowajua tangu mwanzo, pia aliwachagua tangu mwanzo, wapate kufanana na mfano wa Mwanawe, ili yeye awe mzaliwa wa kwanza miongoni mwa ndugu wengi.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="ROM.8.30" />Nao wale Mungu aliotangulia kuwachagua, akawaita, wale aliowaita pia akawahesabia haki, nao wale aliowahesabia haki, pia akawatukuza.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Upendo Wa Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="ROM.8.31" />Tuseme nini basi kuhusu haya? Ikiwa Mungu yuko upande wetu, ni nani awezaye kuwa kinyume chetu?
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="ROM.8.32" />Ikiwa Mungu hakumhurumia Mwanawe, bali alimtoa kwa ajili yetu sote, atakosaje basi kutupatia vitu vyote kwa ukarimu pamoja naye?
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="ROM.8.33" />Ni nani atakayewashtaki wale ambao Mungu amewateua? Ni Mungu mwenyewe ndiye mwenye kuwahesabia haki.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="ROM.8.34" />Ni nani basi atakayewahukumia adhabu? Kristo Yesu aliyekufa, naam, zaidi ya hayo, aliyefufuliwa kutoka kwa wafu, yuko mkono wa kuume wa Mungu, naye pia anatuombea.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="ROM.8.35" />Ni nani atakayetutenga na upendo wa Kristo? Je, ni shida au taabu au mateso au njaa au uchi au hatari au upanga?
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="ROM.8.36" />Kama ilivyoandikwa:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kwa ajili yako tunauawa mchana kutwa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tumehesabiwa kama kondoo wa kuchinjwa.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="37" bcv="ROM.8.37" />Lakini katika mambo haya yote tunashinda, naam na zaidi ya kushinda, kwa yeye aliyetupenda.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="ROM.8.38" />Kwa maana nimekwisha kujua kwa hakika ya kuwa sio mauti, wala uzima, wala malaika, wala wenye mamlaka, wala yaliyopo, wala yatakayokuja, wala wenye uwezo,
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="ROM.8.39" />wala yaliyo juu, wala yaliyo chini, wala kiumbe kingine chochote zitaweza kututenga na upendo wa Mungu ulio katika Kristo Yesu, Bwana wetu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Kuteuliwa Kwa Israeli Na Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ROM.9.1" />Ninasema kweli katika Kristo, wala sisemi uongo, dhamiri yangu inanishuhudia katika Roho Mtakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ROM.9.2" />Nina huzuni kuu na uchungu usiokoma moyoni mwangu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ROM.9.3" />Kwa maana ningetamani hata mimi nilaaniwe na kutengwa na Kristo kwa ajili ya ndugu zangu hasa, wale walio wa kabila langu kwa jinsi ya mwili,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ROM.9.4" />yaani, watu wa Israeli, ambao ndio wenye kule kufanywa wana, ule utukufu wa Mungu, yale maagano, kule kupokea sheria, ibada ya kwenye Hekalu na zile ahadi.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ROM.9.5" />Wao ni wa uzao wa mababa wakuu wa kwanza, ambao kutoka kwao Kristo alikuja kwa jinsi ya mwili kama mwanadamu, yeye ambaye ni Mungu aliye juu ya vyote, mwenye kuhimidiwa milele! Amen.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="ROM.9.6" />Si kwamba Neno la Mungu limeshindwa. Kwa maana si kila Mwisraeli ambaye ni wa uzao utokanao na Israeli ni Mwisraeli halisi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ROM.9.7" />Wala hawakuwi wazao wa Abrahamu kwa sababu wao ni watoto wake, lakini: “Uzao wako utahesabiwa kupitia kwake Isaki.”
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ROM.9.8" />Hii ina maana kwamba, si watoto waliozaliwa kimwili walio watoto wa Mungu, bali ni watoto wa ahadi wanaohesabiwa kuwa uzao wa Abrahamu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ROM.9.9" />Kwa maana ahadi yenyewe ilisema, “Nitakurudia tena wakati kama huu, naye Sara atapata mtoto wa kiume.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="ROM.9.10" />Wala si hivyo tu, bali pia watoto aliowazaa Rebeka walikuwa na baba huyo huyo mmoja, yaani, baba yetu Isaki.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ROM.9.11" />Lakini, hata kabla hao mapacha hawajazaliwa au kufanya jambo lolote jema au baya, ili kwamba kusudi la Mungu la kuchagua lipate kusimama,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ROM.9.12" />si kwa matendo, bali kwa yeye mwenye kuita, Rebeka aliambiwa, “Yule mkubwa atamtumikia yule mdogo.”
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ROM.9.13" />Kama vile ilivyoandikwa, “Nimempenda Yakobo, lakini nimemchukia Esau.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mungu Hana Upendeleo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="ROM.9.14" />Tuseme nini basi? Je, Mungu ni dhalimu? La, hasha!
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ROM.9.15" />Kwa maana Mungu alimwambia Mose,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Nitamrehemu yeye nimrehemuye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na pia nitamhurumia yeye nimhurumiaye.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="16" bcv="ROM.9.16" />Kwa hiyo haitegemei kutaka kwa mwanadamu au jitihada, bali hutegemea huruma ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ROM.9.17" />Kwa maana Maandiko yamwambia Farao, “Nilikuinua kwa kusudi hili hasa, ili nipate kuonyesha uweza wangu juu yako, na ili Jina langu lipate kutangazwa duniani yote.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="ROM.9.18" />Kwa hiyo basi, Mungu humhurumia yeye atakaye kumhurumia na humfanya mgumu yeye atakaye kumfanya mgumu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="ROM.9.19" />Basi mtaniambia, “Kama ni hivyo, kwa nini basi bado Mungu anatulaumu? Kwa maana ni nani awezaye kupinga mapenzi yake?”
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ROM.9.20" />Lakini, ewe mwanadamu, u nani wewe ushindane na Mungu? “Je, kilichoumbwa chaweza kumwambia yeye aliyekiumba, ‘Kwa nini umeniumba hivi?’ ”
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ROM.9.21" />Je, mfinyanzi hana haki ya kufinyanga kutoka bonge moja vyombo vya udongo, vingine kwa matumizi ya heshima na vingine kwa matumizi ya kawaida?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="ROM.9.22" />Iweje basi, kama Mungu kwa kutaka kuonyesha ghadhabu yake na kufanya uweza wake ujulikane, amevumilia kwa uvumilivu mwingi vile vyombo vya ghadhabu vilivyoandaliwa kwa uharibifu?
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ROM.9.23" />Iweje basi, kama yeye alitenda hivi ili kufanya wingi wa utukufu wake ujulikane kwa vile vyombo vya rehema yake, alivyotangulia kuvitengeneza kwa ajili ya utukufu wake,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ROM.9.24" />yaani pamoja na sisi, ambao pia alituita, si kutoka kwa Wayahudi peke yao, bali pia kutoka kwa watu wa Mataifa?
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yote Yalitabiriwa Katika Maandiko
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="ROM.9.25" />Kama vile Mungu asemavyo katika Hosea:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Nitawaita ‘watu wangu’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale ambao si watu wangu;
</q>
<q style="q1">nami nitamwita ‘mpenzi wangu’
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye ambaye si mpenzi wangu,”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="26" bcv="ROM.9.26" />tena,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Itakuwa hasa mahali pale walipoambiwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Ninyi si watu wangu,’
</q>
<q style="q1">wao wataitwa ‘wana wa Mungu aliye hai.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="ROM.9.27" />Isaya anapiga kelele kuhusu Israeli:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Ingawa idadi ya wana wa Israeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni wengi kama mchanga wa pwani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni mabaki yao tu watakaookolewa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="28" bcv="ROM.9.28" />Kwa kuwa Bwana ataitekeleza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hukumu yake duniani kwa haraka
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa ukamilifu.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="ROM.9.29" />Ni kama vile alivyotabiri Isaya akisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kama Bwana Mwenye Nguvu Zote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">asingelituachia uzao,
</q>
<q style="q1">tungelikuwa kama Sodoma,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tungelifanana na Gomora.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Kutokuamini Kwa Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="ROM.9.30" />Kwa hiyo tuseme nini basi? Kwamba watu wa Mataifa ambao hawakutafuta haki, wamepata haki ile iliyo kwa njia ya imani.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="ROM.9.31" />Lakini Israeli, ambao walijitahidi kupata haki kwa njia ya sheria, hawakuipata.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="ROM.9.32" />Kwa nini? Kwa sababu hawakuitafuta kwa njia ya imani bali kwa njia ya matendo. Wakajikwaa kwenye lile “jiwe la kukwaza.”
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="ROM.9.33" />Kama ilivyoandikwa:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Tazama naweka katika Sayuni jiwe la kukwaza watu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mwamba wa kuwaangusha.
</q>
<q style="q1">Yeyote atakayemwamini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hataaibika kamwe.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="10" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ROM.10.1" />Ndugu zangu, shauku ya moyo wangu na maombi yangu kwa Mungu ni kwa ajili ya Waisraeli, kwamba waokolewe.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ROM.10.2" />Kwa maana ninaweza nikashuhudia wazi kwamba wao wana juhudi kubwa kwa ajili ya Mungu, lakini juhudi yao haina maarifa.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ROM.10.3" />Kwa kuwa hawakuijua haki itokayo kwa Mungu, wakatafuta kuweka haki yao wenyewe, hawakujitia chini ya haki ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ROM.10.4" />Kwa maana Kristo ni ukomo wa sheria ili kuwe na haki kwa kila mtu aaminiye.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wokovu Ni Kwa Ajili Ya Wote
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="ROM.10.5" />Mose anaandika kuhusu haki ile itokanayo na sheria, kwamba, “Mtu atendaye matendo hayo ataishi kwa hayo.”
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ROM.10.6" />Lakini ile haki itokanayo na imani husema hivi: “Usiseme moyoni mwako, ‘Ni nani atakayepanda mbinguni?’ ” (yaani ili kumleta Kristo chini)
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ROM.10.7" />“au ‘Ni nani atashuka kwenda kuzimu?’ ” (yaani ili kumleta Kristo kutoka kwa wafu.)
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ROM.10.8" />Lakini andiko lasemaje? “Lile neno liko karibu nawe, liko kinywani mwako na moyoni mwako,” yaani, lile neno la imani tunalolihubiri.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ROM.10.9" />Kwa sababu kama ukikiri kwa kinywa chako kwamba “Yesu ni Bwana,” na kuamini moyoni mwako kwamba Mungu alimfufua kutoka kwa wafu, utaokoka.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ROM.10.10" />Kwa maana kwa moyo mtu huamini na hivyo kuhesabiwa haki, tena kwa kinywa mtu hukiri na hivyo kupata wokovu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ROM.10.11" />Kama yasemavyo Maandiko, “Yeyote amwaminiye hataaibika kamwe.”
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ROM.10.12" />Kwa maana hakuna tofauti kati ya Myahudi na Myunani, yeye ni Bwana wa wote, mwenye utajiri kwa wote wamwitao.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ROM.10.13" />Kwa maana, “Kila mtu atakayeliitia Jina la Bwana, ataokolewa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="ROM.10.14" />Lakini watamwitaje yeye ambaye hawajamwamini? Nao watawezaje kumwamini yeye ambaye hawajamsikia? Tena watamsikiaje bila mtu kuwahubiria?
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ROM.10.15" />Nao watahubirije wasipopelekwa? Kama ilivyoandikwa, “Tazama jinsi ilivyo mizuri miguu yao wale wanaohubiri habari njema!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="ROM.10.16" />Lakini si wote waliotii Habari Njema. Kwa maana Isaya asema, “Bwana, ni nani aliyeamini ujumbe wetu?”
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ROM.10.17" />Basi, imani chanzo chake ni kusikia, na kusikia huja kwa neno la Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ROM.10.18" />Lakini nauliza: Je, wao hawakusikia? Naam, wamesikia, kwa maana:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Sauti yao imeenea duniani pote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo maneno yao yameenea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hadi miisho ya ulimwengu.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="19" bcv="ROM.10.19" />Nami nauliza tena: Je, Waisraeli hawakuelewa? Kwanza, Mose asema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Nitawafanya mwe na wivu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa watu wale ambao si taifa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitawakasirisha kwa taifa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lile lisilo na ufahamu.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="20" bcv="ROM.10.20" />Naye Isaya kwa ujasiri mwingi anasema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Nimeonekana na watu wale ambao hawakunitafuta.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Nilijifunua kwa watu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale ambao hawakunitafuta.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="21" bcv="ROM.10.21" />Lakini kuhusu Israeli anasema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Mchana kutwa nimewanyooshea
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watu wakaidi na wasiotii mikono yangu.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="11" />
<s style="s1">Mabaki Ya Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ROM.11.1" />Basi nauliza: Je, Mungu amewakataa watu wake? La, hasha! Mimi mwenyewe ni Mwisraeli, tena uzao wa Abrahamu kutoka kabila la Benyamini.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ROM.11.2" />Mungu hajawakataa watu wake, ambao yeye aliwajua tangu mwanzo. Je, hamjui yale Maandiko yasemayo kuhusu Eliya, jinsi alivyomlalamikia Mungu kuhusu Israeli?
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ROM.11.3" />Alisema, “Bwana, wamewaua manabii wako na kuzibomoa madhabahu zako, nimebaki mimi peke yangu, nao wanataka kuniua?”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ROM.11.4" />Je, Mungu alimjibuje? “Nimejibakizia watu elfu saba ambao hawajapiga magoti kumwabudu Baali.”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ROM.11.5" />Vivyo hivyo pia, sasa wapo mabaki waliochaguliwa kwa neema ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ROM.11.6" />Lakini ikiwa wamechaguliwa kwa neema, si tena kwa msingi wa matendo. Kama ingekuwa kwa matendo, neema isingekuwa neema tena.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="ROM.11.7" />Tuseme nini basi? Kile kitu ambacho Israeli alikitafuta kwa bidii hakukipata. Lakini waliochaguliwa walikipata. Waliobaki walifanywa wagumu,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ROM.11.8" />kama ilivyoandikwa:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Mungu aliwapa bumbuazi la mioyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">macho ili wasiweze kuona,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na masikio ili wasiweze kusikia,
</q>
<q style="q1">hadi leo.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="9" bcv="ROM.11.9" />Naye Daudi anasema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Karamu zao na ziwe tanzi na mtego wa kuwanasa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kitu cha kuwakwaza waanguke, na adhabu kwao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="ROM.11.10" />Macho yao yatiwe giza ili wasiweze kuona,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo migongo yao iinamishwe daima.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Matawi Yaliyopandikizwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="ROM.11.11" />Hivyo nauliza tena: Je, Waisraeli walijikwaa ili waanguke na kuangamia kabisa? La, hasha! Lakini kwa sababu ya makosa yao, wokovu umewafikia watu wa Mataifa, ili kuwafanya Waisraeli waone wivu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ROM.11.12" />Basi ikiwa kukosa kwao kumekuwa utajiri mkubwa kwa ulimwengu, tena kama kuangamia kwao kumeleta utajiri kwa watu wa Mataifa, kurudishwa kwao kutaleta utajiri mkuu zaidi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="ROM.11.13" />Sasa ninasema nanyi watu wa Mataifa. Maadamu mimi ni mtume kwa watu wa Mataifa, naitukuza huduma yangu
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ROM.11.14" />ili kuwafanya watu wangu waone wivu na hivyo kuwaokoa baadhi yao.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ROM.11.15" />Kwa kuwa ikiwa kukataliwa kwao ni kupatanishwa kwa ulimwengu, kukubaliwa kwao si kutakuwa ni uhai baada ya kufa?
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ROM.11.16" />Kama sehemu ya donge la unga uliotolewa kuwa limbuko ni mtakatifu, basi unga wote ni mtakatifu, nalo shina kama ni takatifu, vivyo hivyo na matawi nayo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="ROM.11.17" />Lakini kama baadhi ya matawi yalikatwa, nawe chipukizi la mzeituni mwitu ukapandikizwa mahali pao ili kushiriki unono pamoja na matawi mengine kutoka shina la mzeituni,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ROM.11.18" />basi usijivune juu ya hayo matawi. Kama ukijivuna, kumbuka jambo hili: si wewe unayelishikilia shina, bali ni shina linalokushikilia wewe.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ROM.11.19" />Basi utasema, “Matawi yale yalikatwa ili nipate kupandikizwa katika hilo shina.”
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ROM.11.20" />Hii ni kweli. Matawi hayo yalikatwa kwa sababu ya kutokuamini kwake, lakini wewe umesimama tu kwa sababu ya imani. Kwa hiyo usijivune, bali simama kwa kuogopa.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ROM.11.21" />Kwa maana kama Mungu hakuyahurumia matawi ya asili, wala hatakuhurumia wewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="ROM.11.22" />Angalia basi wema na ukali wa Mungu: Kwa wale walioanguka, ukali, bali kwako wewe wema wa Mungu, kama utadumu katika wema wake. La sivyo, nawe utakatiliwa mbali.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ROM.11.23" />Wao nao wasipodumu katika kutokuamini kwao, watapandikizwa tena kwenye shina, kwa maana Mungu anao uwezo wa kuwapandikiza tena kwenye hilo shina.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ROM.11.24" />Ikiwa wewe ulikatwa kutoka kile ambacho kwa asili ni mzeituni mwitu na kupandikizwa kinyume cha asili kwenye mzeituni uliopandwa, si rahisi zaidi matawi haya ya asili kupandikizwa tena kwenye shina lake la mzeituni!
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Israeli Wote Wataokolewa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="ROM.11.25" />Ndugu zangu, ili msije mkajidai kuwa wenye hekima kuliko mlivyo, nataka mfahamu siri hii: Ugumu umewapata Israeli kwa sehemu hadi idadi ya watu wa Mataifa watakaoingia itimie.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="ROM.11.26" />Hivyo Israeli wote wataokolewa. Kama ilivyoandikwa:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Mkombozi atakuja kutoka Sayuni;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ataondoa kutokumcha Mungu katika Yakobo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="27" bcv="ROM.11.27" />Hili ndilo agano langu nao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakapoziondoa dhambi zao.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="ROM.11.28" />Kwa habari ya Injili, wao ni adui wa Mungu kwa ajili yenu, lakini kuhusu kule kuteuliwa kwao ni wapendwa, kwa ajili ya mababa zao wa zamani,
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="ROM.11.29" />kwa maana akishawapa watu karama, Mungu haziondoi, wala wito wake.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="ROM.11.30" />Kama vile ninyi wakati fulani mlivyokuwa waasi kwa Mungu lakini sasa mmepata rehema kwa sababu ya kutokutii kwao,
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="ROM.11.31" />hivyo nao Waisraeli wamekuwa waasi ili kwamba wao nao sasa waweze kupata rehema kwa ajili ya rehema za Mungu kwenu.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="ROM.11.32" />Kwa maana Mungu amewafunga wanadamu wote kwenye kuasi ili apate kuwarehemu wote.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wimbo Wa Shukrani
</s>
<q style="q1"><v id="33" bcv="ROM.11.33" />Tazama jinsi kilivyo kina cha utajiri
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wa hekima na maarifa ya Mungu!
</q>
<q style="q1">Tazama jinsi ambavyo hukumu zake hazichunguziki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ambavyo njia zake zisivyotafutikana!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="34" bcv="ROM.11.34" />“Ni nani aliyeyafahamu mawazo ya Bwana?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Au ni nani ambaye amekuwa mshauri wake?”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="35" bcv="ROM.11.35" />“Au ni nani aliyempa chochote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili arudishiwe?”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="36" bcv="ROM.11.36" />Kwa maana vitu vyote vyatoka kwake, viko kwake na kwa ajili yake.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Utukufu ni wake milele! Amen.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Maisha Mapya Katika Kristo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ROM.12.1" />Kwa hiyo, ndugu zangu, nawasihi kwa rehema zake Mungu, itoeni miili yenu iwe dhabihu iliyo hai, takatifu na inayompendeza Mungu, hii ndiyo ibada yenu yenye maana.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ROM.12.2" />Msifuatishe tena mfano wa ulimwengu huu, bali mgeuzwe kwa kufanywa upya nia zenu. Ndipo mtaweza kuonja na kuhakikisha ni nini mapenzi ya Mungu yaliyo mema, yanayopendeza machoni pake na ukamilifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="ROM.12.3" />Kwa ajili ya neema niliyopewa nawaambia kila mmoja miongoni mwenu, asijidhanie kuwa bora kuliko impasavyo, bali afikiri kwa busara kwa kulingana na kipimo cha imani Mungu aliyompa.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ROM.12.4" />Kama vile katika mwili mmoja tulivyo na viungo vingi, navyo viungo vyote havina kazi moja,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ROM.12.5" />vivyo hivyo na sisi tulio wengi, tu mwili mmoja katika Kristo, nasi kila mmoja ni kiungo cha mwenzake.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ROM.12.6" />Tuna karama zilizotofautiana kila mmoja kutokana na neema tuliyopewa. Kama ni unabii na tutoe unabii kwa kadiri ya imani.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ROM.12.7" />Kama ni kuhudumu na tuhudumu, mwenye kufundisha na afundishe,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ROM.12.8" />kama ni kutia moyo na atie moyo, kama ni kuchangia kwa ajili ya mahitaji ya wengine na atoe kwa ukarimu, kama ni uongozi na aongoze kwa bidii, kama ni kuhurumia wengine na afanye hivyo kwa furaha.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Alama Za Mkristo Wa Kweli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ROM.12.9" />Upendo lazima usiwe na unafiki. Chukieni lililo ovu, shikamaneni na lililo jema.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ROM.12.10" />Pendaneni ninyi kwa ninyi kwa upendo wa ndugu. Waheshimuni na kuwatanguliza wengine.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ROM.12.11" />Msiwe wavivu, bali mwe na bidii katika roho mkimtumikia Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ROM.12.12" />Kuweni na furaha katika tumaini, katika dhiki kuweni na saburi, dumuni katika maombi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ROM.12.13" />Changieni katika mahitaji ya watakatifu, wakaribisheni wageni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="ROM.12.14" />Wabarikini wale wanaowatesa, barikini wala msilaani.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ROM.12.15" />Furahini pamoja na wenye kufurahi, lieni pamoja na wale waliao.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ROM.12.16" />Kaeni kwa amani ninyi kwa ninyi. Msijivune, bali mwe tayari kushirikiana na wanyonge. Wala msiwe watu wenye kujivuna kwamba mnajua kila kitu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="ROM.12.17" />Msimlipe mtu yeyote ovu kwa ovu. Jitahidini ili mtende yaliyo mema machoni pa watu wote.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ROM.12.18" />Kama ikiwezekana, kwa upande wenu kaeni kwa amani na watu wote.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ROM.12.19" />Wapendwa, msilipize kisasi, bali ipisheni ghadhabu ya Mungu, maana imeandikwa: “Ni juu yangu kulipiza kisasi, nitalipiza,” asema Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ROM.12.20" />Badala yake:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kama adui yako ana njaa, mlishe;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama ana kiu, mpe kinywaji.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kufanya hivyo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">unaweka makaa ya moto yanayowaka kichwani pake.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="21" bcv="ROM.12.21" />Usishindwe na ubaya, bali uushinde ubaya kwa wema.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="13" />
<s style="s1">Kutii Mamlaka
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ROM.13.1" />Kila mtu na atii mamlaka inayotawala, kwa maana hakuna mamlaka isiyotoka kwa Mungu, nazo mamlaka zilizopo zimewekwa na Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ROM.13.2" />Kwa hiyo yeye anayeasi dhidi ya mamlaka inayotawala anaasi dhidi ya kile kilichowekwa na Mungu, nao wale wafanyao hivyo watajiletea hukumu juu yao wenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ROM.13.3" />Kwa kuwa watawala hawawatishi watu wale wanaotenda mema bali wale wanaotenda mabaya. Je, wataka usimwogope mwenye mamlaka? Basi tenda lile lililo jema naye atakusifu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ROM.13.4" />Kwa maana mwenye mamlaka ni mtumishi wa Mungu kwa ajili ya mema. Lakini kama ukitenda mabaya, basi ogopa, kwa kuwa hauinui upanga bila sababu. Yeye ni mtumishi wa Mungu, mjumbe wa Mungu wa kutekeleza adhabu juu ya watenda mabaya.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="ROM.13.5" />Kwa hiyo ni lazima kutii wenye mamlaka, si kwa sababu ya kuogopa adhabu iwezayo kutolewa, bali pia kwa ajili ya dhamiri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="ROM.13.6" />Kwa sababu hii mnalipa kodi, kwa maana watawala ni watumishi wa Mungu, ambao hutumia muda wao wote kutawala.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ROM.13.7" />Mlipeni kila mtu kile mnachodaiwa. Kama mnadaiwa kodi lipeni kodi, kama ni ushuru, lipeni ushuru, astahiliye hofu, mhofu, astahiliye heshima, mheshimu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kupendana Kila Mmoja Na Mwingine
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="ROM.13.8" />Msidaiwe kitu na mtu yeyote, isipokuwa kupendana, kwa maana yeye ampendaye mwenzake, ameitimiza sheria.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ROM.13.9" />Kwa kuwa amri hizi zisemazo, “Usizini,” “Usiue,” “Usiibe,” “Usitamani,” na amri nyingine zote, zinajumlishwa katika amri hii moja: “Mpende jirani yako kama nafsi yako.”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ROM.13.10" />Upendo haumfanyii jirani jambo baya. Kwa hiyo upendo ndio utimilifu wa sheria.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="ROM.13.11" />Nanyi fanyeni hivi, mkiutambua wakati tulio nao. Saa ya kuamka kutoka usingizini imewadia, kwa maana sasa wokovu wetu umekaribia zaidi kuliko hapo kwanza tulipoamini.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="ROM.13.12" />Usiku umeendelea sana, mapambazuko yamekaribia. Kwa hiyo tuyaweke kando matendo ya giza na tuvae silaha za nuru.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="ROM.13.13" />Basi na tuenende kwa adabu kama inavyopasa wakati wa mchana, si kwa kufanya karamu za ulafi na ulevi, si kwa ufisadi na uasherati, si kwa ugomvi na wivu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ROM.13.14" />Bali jivikeni Bwana Yesu Kristo, wala msifikiri jinsi mtakavyotimiza tamaa za miili yenu yenye asili ya dhambi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="14" />
<s style="s1">Msiwahukumu Wengine
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ROM.14.1" />Mkaribisheni yeye ambaye imani yake ni dhaifu, lakini si kwa kugombana na kubishana juu ya mawazo yake.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ROM.14.2" />Mtu mmoja imani yake inamruhusu kula kila kitu, lakini mwingine ambaye imani yake ni dhaifu, hula mboga tu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ROM.14.3" />Yeye alaye kila kitu asimdharau yeye asiyekula. Wala yeye asiyekula kila kitu asimhukumu yule alaye kila kitu, kwa maana Mungu amemkubali.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ROM.14.4" />Wewe ni nani hata umhukumu mtumishi wa mtu mwingine? Kwa bwana wake tu anasimama au kuanguka. Naye atasimama kwa sababu Bwana anaweza kumsimamisha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="ROM.14.5" />Mtu mmoja anaitukuza siku fulani kuwa ni bora kuliko nyingine, na mwingine anaona kuwa siku zote ni sawa. Basi kila mmoja awe na hakika na yale anayoamini.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ROM.14.6" />Yeye anayehesabu siku moja kuwa takatifu kuliko nyingine, hufanya hivyo kwa kumheshimu Bwana. Naye alaye nyama hula kwa Bwana, kwa maana humshukuru Mungu, naye akataaye kula nyama hufanya hivyo kwa Bwana na humshukuru Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="ROM.14.7" />Kwa kuwa hakuna hata mmoja wetu anayeishi kwa ajili yake mwenyewe, wala hakuna hata mmoja wetu afaye kwa ajili yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ROM.14.8" />Kama tunaishi, tunaishi kwa Bwana, nasi pia tukifa tunakufa kwa Bwana. Kwa hiyo basi, kama tukiishi au kama tukifa, sisi ni mali ya Bwana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="ROM.14.9" />Kwani kwa sababu hii hasa, Kristo alikufa na akawa hai tena kusudi apate kuwa Bwana wa wote, yaani, waliokufa na walio hai.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="ROM.14.10" />Basi kwa nini wewe wamhukumu ndugu yako? Au kwa nini wewe unamdharau ndugu yako? Kwa kuwa sote tutasimama mbele ya kiti cha Mungu cha hukumu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="ROM.14.11" />Kwa kuwa imeandikwa:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Kama vile niishivyo,’ asema Bwana,
</q>
<q style="q1">‘kila goti litapigwa mbele zangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kila ulimi utakiri kwa Mungu.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="12" bcv="ROM.14.12" />Hivyo basi kila mmoja wetu atatoa habari zake mwenyewe kwa Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Usimfanye Ndugu Yako Ajikwae
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="ROM.14.13" />Kwa hiyo tusiendelee kuhukumiana: Badala yake mtu asiweke kamwe kikwazo au kizuizi katika njia ya ndugu mwingine.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="ROM.14.14" />Ninajua tena nimehakikishiwa sana katika Bwana Yesu kwamba hakuna kitu chochote ambacho ni najisi kwa asili yake. Lakini kama mtu anakiona kitu kuwa ni najisi, basi kwake huyo kitu hicho ni najisi.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ROM.14.15" />Kama ndugu yako anahuzunishwa kwa sababu ya kile unachokula, basi huenendi tena katika upendo. Usiruhusu kile unachokula kiwe sababu ya kumwangamiza ndugu yako ambaye Kristo alikufa kwa ajili yake.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ROM.14.16" />Usiruhusu kile ambacho unakiona kuwa chema kisemwe kuwa ni kiovu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="ROM.14.17" />Kwa maana Ufalme wa Mungu si kula na kunywa, bali ni haki, amani na furaha katika Roho Mtakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ROM.14.18" />Kwa sababu mtu yeyote anayemtumikia Kristo kwa jinsi hii, anampendeza Mungu na kukubaliwa na wanadamu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="ROM.14.19" />Kwa hiyo na tufanye bidii kutafuta yale yaletayo amani na kujengana sisi kwa sisi.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ROM.14.20" />Usiiharibu kazi ya Mungu kwa ajili ya chakula. Hakika vyakula vyote ni safi, lakini ni kosa kula kitu chochote kinachomsababisha ndugu yako ajikwae.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ROM.14.21" />Ni afadhali kutokula nyama wala kunywa divai au kufanya jambo lingine lolote litakalomsababisha ndugu yako ajikwae.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="ROM.14.22" />Je, wewe unayo imani? Ile imani uliyo nayo, uwe nayo nafsini mwako mbele za Mungu. Heri mtu yule asiye na sababu ya kujihukumu nafsi yake kwa ajili ya kile anachokifanya.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="ROM.14.23" />Lakini kama mtu ana shaka kuhusu kile anachokula, amehukumiwa, kwa sababu hakula kwa imani. Kwa kuwa chochote kinachofanywa pasipo imani ni dhambi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="15" />
<s style="s1">Usijipendeze Mwenyewe, Bali Wapendeze Wengine
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ROM.15.1" />Sisi tulio na nguvu, hatuna budi kuchukuliana na kushindwa kwa wale walio dhaifu wala si kujipendeza nafsi zetu wenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ROM.15.2" />Kila mmoja wetu inampasa kumpendeza jirani yake kwa mambo mema, ili kumjenga katika imani.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="ROM.15.3" />Kwa maana hata Kristo hakujipendeza mwenyewe, bali kama ilivyoandikwa: “Matukano yao wale wanaokutukana wewe yalinipata mimi.”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ROM.15.4" />Kwa maana kila kitu kilichoandikwa zamani, kiliandikwa kutufundisha, ili kwamba kwa saburi na faraja tunayopata katika Maandiko tuwe na tumaini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="ROM.15.5" />Mungu atoaye saburi na faraja, awajalie ninyi roho ya umoja miongoni mwenu mnapomfuata Kristo Yesu,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="ROM.15.6" />ili kwa moyo mmoja mpate kumtukuza Mungu aliye Baba wa Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Injili Sawa Kwa Wayahudi Na Kwa Watu Wa Mataifa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="ROM.15.7" />Karibishaneni ninyi kwa ninyi kama Kristo alivyowakaribisha ninyi ili kumletea Mungu utukufu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="ROM.15.8" />Kwa maana nawaambia kwamba, Kristo amekuwa mtumishi kwa wale waliotahiriwa ili kuonyesha kweli ya Mungu na kuthibitisha zile ahadi walizopewa baba zetu wa zamani,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="ROM.15.9" />pia ili watu wa Mataifa wamtukuze Mungu kwa rehema zake. Kama ilivyoandikwa:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kwa hiyo nitakutukuza katikati ya watu wa Mataifa;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitaliimbia sifa jina lako.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="10" bcv="ROM.15.10" />Tena yasema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Enyi watu wa Mataifa, furahini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pamoja na watu wa Mungu.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="11" bcv="ROM.15.11" />Tena,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Msifuni Bwana, ninyi watu wa Mataifa wote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumwimbia sifa, enyi watu wote.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="12" bcv="ROM.15.12" />Tena Isaya anasema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Shina la Yese litachipuka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye atakayeinuka ili kutawala juu ya mataifa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Watu wa Mataifa watamtumaini.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="ROM.15.13" />Mungu wa tumaini awajaze ninyi furaha yote na amani katika kumwamini, ili mpate kujawa na tumaini tele kwa nguvu ya Roho Mtakatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Mhudumu Wa Watu Wa Mataifa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="ROM.15.14" />Ndugu zangu, mimi mwenyewe ninasadiki kwamba mmejaa wema na ufahamu wote, tena mnaweza kufundishana ninyi kwa ninyi.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="ROM.15.15" />Nimewaandikia kwa ujasiri vipengele kadha wa kadha katika waraka huu kama kuwakumbusha tena kwa habari ya ile neema Mungu aliyonipa,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="ROM.15.16" />ili kuwa mhudumu wa Kristo Yesu kwa watu wa Mataifa nikiwa na huduma ya kikuhani ya kutangaza Injili ya Mungu, ili watu wa Mataifa wapate kuwa dhabihu inayokubaliwa na Mungu, iliyotakaswa na Roho Mtakatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="ROM.15.17" />Kwa hiyo ninajisifu katika Kristo Yesu, kwenye utumishi wangu kwa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ROM.15.18" />Kwa maana sitathubutu kusema kitu chochote zaidi ya kile ambacho Kristo amefanya kwa kunitumia mimi katika kuwaongoza watu wa Mataifa wamtii Mungu kwa yale niliyosema na kufanya,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ROM.15.19" />kwa nguvu za ishara na miujiza, kwa uweza wa Roho wa Mungu, hivyo kuanzia Yerusalemu hadi maeneo yote ya kandokando yake mpaka Iliriko, nimekwisha kuihubiri Injili ya Kristo kwa ukamilifu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="ROM.15.20" />Hivyo ni nia yangu kuhubiri Habari Njema, si pale ambapo Kristo amekwisha kujulikana, ili nisije nikajenga juu ya msingi wa mtu mwingine.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="ROM.15.21" />Lakini kama ilivyoandikwa:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Wale ambao hawajahubiriwa habari zake wataona,
</q>
<q style="q1">nao wale ambao hawajazisikia watafahamu.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="22" bcv="ROM.15.22" />Hii ndiyo sababu nimezuiliwa mara nyingi nisiweze kuja kwenu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Apanga Kwenda Rumi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="ROM.15.23" />Lakini sasa kwa kuwa hakuna nafasi zaidi kwa ajili yangu katika sehemu hii, ninatamani kuja kwenu kama ambavyo nimekuwa na shauku kwa miaka mingi.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ROM.15.24" />Nimekusudia kufanya hivyo nitakapokuwa njiani kwenda Hispania. Natarajia kuwaona katika safari yangu na kusafirishwa nanyi mpaka huko, baada ya kufurahia ushirika wenu kwa kitambo kidogo.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="ROM.15.25" />Sasa, niko njiani kuelekea Yerusalemu kwa ajili ya kuwahudumia watakatifu huko.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="ROM.15.26" />Kwa kuwa imewapendeza watu wa Makedonia na Akaya kufanya changizo kwa ajili ya maskini walioko miongoni mwa watakatifu huko Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="ROM.15.27" />Imewapendeza kufanya hivyo, naam, kwani ni wadeni wao. Kwa maana ikiwa watu wa Mataifa wameshiriki baraka za rohoni za Wayahudi, wao ni wadeni wa Wayahudi, ili Wayahudi nao washiriki baraka zao za mambo ya mwilini.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="ROM.15.28" />Kwa hiyo baada ya kukamilisha kazi hii na kuhakikisha kuwa wamepokea kila kitu kilichokusanywa, nitapitia kwenu nikiwa njiani kwenda Hispania.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="ROM.15.29" />Ninajua kwamba nitakapokuja kwenu, nitakuja na wingi wa baraka za Kristo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="ROM.15.30" />Basi, ndugu zangu, nawasihi kwa Jina la Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo na kwa upendo wa Roho Mtakatifu, kujiunga nami katika taabu zangu mkiniombea kwa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="ROM.15.31" />Ombeni ili nipate kuokolewa mikononi mwa wale wasioamini walioko Uyahudi, na kwamba utumishi wangu upate kukubaliwa na watakatifu wa huko Yerusalemu,
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="ROM.15.32" />ili kwa mapenzi ya Mungu niweze kuja kwenu kwa furaha, nami niburudishwe pamoja nanyi.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="ROM.15.33" />Mungu wa amani na awe pamoja nanyi nyote. Amen.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="16" />
<s style="s1">Salamu Kwa Watu Binafsi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="ROM.16.1" />Napenda kumtambulisha kwenu dada yetu Foibe, mtumishi katika kanisa la Kenkrea.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="ROM.16.2" />Naomba mpokeeni katika Bwana ipasavyo watakatifu na kumpa msaada wowote atakaohitaji kutoka kwenu, kwa maana yeye amekuwa msaada kwa watu wengi, mimi nikiwa miongoni mwao.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="3" bcv="ROM.16.3" />Wasalimuni Prisila<f caller="+"><fr>16:3
</fr><ft>Prisila kwa Kiyunani ni Priska, hivyo tafsiri nyingine zimemuita Priska.</ft></f> na Akila, watumishi wenzangu katika Kristo Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="ROM.16.4" />Wao walihatarisha maisha yao kwa ajili yangu; wala si mimi tu ninayewashukuru bali pia makanisa yote ya watu wa Mataifa.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="5" bcv="ROM.16.5" />Lisalimuni pia kanisa linalokutana nyumbani mwao.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Msalimuni rafiki yangu mpendwa Epaineto, aliyekuwa mtu wa kwanza kumwamini Kristo huko Asia.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="6" bcv="ROM.16.6" />Msalimuni Maria, aliyefanya kazi kwa bidii kwa ajili yenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="7" bcv="ROM.16.7" />Wasalimuni Androniko na Yunia, jamaa zangu ambao wamekuwa gerezani pamoja nami. Wao ni maarufu miongoni mwa mitume, nao walikuwa katika Kristo kabla yangu.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="8" bcv="ROM.16.8" />Msalimuni Ampliato, yeye nimpendaye katika Bwana.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="9" bcv="ROM.16.9" />Msalimuni Urbano, mtendakazi mwenzetu katika Kristo, pamoja na rafiki yangu mpendwa Stakisi.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="10" bcv="ROM.16.10" />Msalimuni Apele aliyejaribiwa na akaithibitisha imani yake katika Kristo.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Wasalimuni wote walio nyumbani mwa Aristobulo.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="11" bcv="ROM.16.11" />Msalimuni ndugu yangu Herodioni.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Wasalimuni wote walio nyumbani mwa Narkisi walio katika Bwana.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="12" bcv="ROM.16.12" />Wasalimuni Trifaina na Trifosa, wale wanawake wanaofanya kazi kwa bidii katika Bwana.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Msalimuni rafiki yangu mpendwa Persisi, mwanamke mwingine aliyefanya kazi kwa bidii katika Bwana.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="13" bcv="ROM.16.13" />Msalimuni Rufo, mteule katika Bwana, pamoja na mama yake, ambaye amekuwa mama kwangu pia.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="14" bcv="ROM.16.14" />Wasalimuni Asinkrito, Flegoni, Herme, Patroba, Herma na ndugu wote walio pamoja nao.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="15" bcv="ROM.16.15" />Wasalimuni Filologo, Yulia, Nerea na dada yake, na Olimpa na watakatifu wote walio pamoja nao.
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="16" bcv="ROM.16.16" />Salimianeni ninyi kwa ninyi kwa busu takatifu.
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">Makanisa yote ya Kristo yanawasalimu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maelekezo Ya Mwisho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="ROM.16.17" />Ndugu zangu, nawasihi mjihadhari na kujiepusha na wale watu waletao matengano na kuweka vikwazo mbele yenu dhidi ya mafundisho mliyojifunza.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="ROM.16.18" />Kwa maana watu kama hao hawamtumikii Bwana Kristo, bali wanatumikia tamaa zao wenyewe. Kwa kutumia maneno laini na ya kubembeleza, hupotosha mioyo ya watu wajinga.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="ROM.16.19" />Kila mtu amesikia juu ya utii wenu, nami nimejawa na furaha tele kwa ajili yenu. Lakini nataka mwe na hekima katika mambo mema na bila hatia katika mambo maovu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="ROM.16.20" />Mungu wa amani atamponda Shetani chini ya miguu yenu upesi.
</p>
<p style="p">Neema ya Bwana wetu Yesu iwe nanyi. Amen.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="ROM.16.21" />Timotheo, mtendakazi mwenzangu anawasalimu. Vivyo hivyo Lukio, Yasoni, na Sosipatro, ndugu zangu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="ROM.16.22" />Mimi, Tertio, niliye mwandishi wa waraka huu, nawasalimu katika Bwana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="ROM.16.23" />Gayo, ambaye ni mwenyeji wangu na wa kanisa lote, anawasalimu.
</p>
<p style="p">Erasto, mweka hazina wa mji huu, pamoja na Kwarto ndugu yetu pia wanawasalimu.
</p>
<p style="p">[
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="ROM.16.24" />Neema ya Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo iwe pamoja nanyi nyote. Amen.]
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maneno Ya Mwisho Ya Kumsifu Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="ROM.16.25" />Sasa atukuzwe yeye awezaye kuwafanya ninyi imara kwa Injili yangu na kuhubiriwa kwa Yesu Kristo, kutokana na kufunuliwa siri zilizofichika tangu zamani za kale.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="ROM.16.26" />Lakini sasa siri hiyo imefunuliwa na kujulikana kupitia maandiko ya kinabii kutokana na amri ya Mungu wa milele, ili mataifa yote yaweze kumwamini na kumtii
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="ROM.16.27" />Mungu aliye pekee, mwenye hekima, ambaye kwa njia ya Yesu Kristo utukufu ni wake milele na milele! Amen.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="1CO"><id id="1CO">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>1 Wakorintho
</h><toc level="1">1 Wakorintho
</toc><toc level="2">1 Wakorintho
</toc><toc level="3">1Kor
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">1 Wakorintho
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Salamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CO.1.1" />Paulo, niliyeitwa kwa mapenzi ya Mungu kuwa mtume wa Kristo Yesu, na Sosthene ndugu yetu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="1CO.1.2" />Kwa kanisa la Mungu lililoko Korintho, kwa wale waliotakaswa katika Kristo Yesu na walioitwa kuwa watakatifu, pamoja na wale wote ambao kila mahali wanaliitia Jina la Kristo Yesu Bwana wetu, aliye Bwana wao na wetu pia:
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1CO.1.3" />Neema na amani itokayo kwa Mungu Baba yetu na kwa Bwana Yesu Kristo iwe nanyi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Shukrani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1CO.1.4" />Ninamshukuru Mungu siku zote kwa ajili yenu kwa sababu ya neema yake mliyopewa katika Kristo Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1CO.1.5" />Kwa kuwa katika Kristo mmetajirishwa kwa kila hali, katika kusema kwenu na katika maarifa yenu yote,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1CO.1.6" />kwa sababu ushuhuda wetu kumhusu Kristo ulithibitishwa ndani yenu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1CO.1.7" />Kwa hiyo hamkupungukiwa na karama yoyote ya kiroho wakati mnangoja kwa shauku kudhihirishwa kwa Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1CO.1.8" />Atawafanya imara mpaka mwisho, ili msiwe na hatia siku ile ya Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1CO.1.9" />Mungu ambaye mmeitwa naye ili mwe na ushirika na Mwanawe Yesu Kristo, Bwana wetu ni mwaminifu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mgawanyiko Ndani Ya Kanisa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1CO.1.10" />Nawasihi ndugu zangu, katika Jina la Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo, kwamba mpatane nia zenu ninyi kwa ninyi, ili pasiwepo na matengano katikati yenu na kwamba mwe na umoja kikamilifu katika nia na katika kusudi.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1CO.1.11" />Ndugu zangu, nimepata habari kutoka kwa baadhi ya watu wa nyumbani mwa Kloe kwamba kuna magomvi katikati yenu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1CO.1.12" />Maana yangu ni kwamba: Mmoja wenu husema, “Mimi ni wa Paulo”; mwingine, “Mimi ni wa Apolo”; mwingine, “Mimi ni wa Kefa,”<f caller="+"><fr>1:12
</fr><ft>Yaani Petro.</ft></f> na mwingine, “Mimi ni wa Kristo.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1CO.1.13" />Je, Kristo amegawanyika? Je, Paulo ndiye alisulubishwa kwa ajili yenu? Je, mlibatizwa kwa jina la Paulo?
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1CO.1.14" />Nashukuru kwamba sikumbatiza mtu yeyote isipokuwa Krispo na Gayo.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1CO.1.15" />Kwa hiyo hakuna mtu yeyote anayeweza kusema kwamba alibatizwa kwa jina langu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1CO.1.16" />(Naam, niliwabatiza pia watu wa nyumbani mwa Stefana. Lakini zaidi ya hao sijui kama nilimbatiza mtu mwingine yeyote.)
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1CO.1.17" />Kwa maana Kristo hakunituma ili kubatiza bali kuhubiri Injili; sio kwa maneno ya hekima ya kibinadamu, ili msalaba wa Kristo usije ukakosa nguvu yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kristo Ni Hekima Na Nguvu Ya Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1CO.1.18" />Kwa maana ujumbe wa msalaba kwa wale wanaopotea ni upuzi, lakini kwetu sisi tunaookolewa ni nguvu ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1CO.1.19" />Kwa maana imeandikwa:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Nitaiharibu hekima ya wenye hekima,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kubatilisha akili ya wenye akili.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="1CO.1.20" />Yuko wapi mwenye hekima? Yuko wapi msomi? Yuko wapi mwanafalsafa wa nyakati hizi? Je, Mungu hakufanya hekima ya ulimwengu huu kuwa upumbavu?
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1CO.1.21" />Kwa kuwa katika hekima ya Mungu, ulimwengu kwa hekima yake haukumjua yeye, ilimpendeza Mungu kuwaokoa wale walioamini kwa upuzi wa lile neno lililohubiriwa.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1CO.1.22" />Wayahudi wanadai ishara za miujiza na Wayunani wanatafuta hekima.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1CO.1.23" />Lakini sisi tunamhubiri Kristo aliyesulubiwa: yeye kwa Wayahudi ni kikwazo na kwa Wayunani ni upuzi.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1CO.1.24" />Lakini kwa wale ambao Mungu amewaita, Wayahudi na pia Wayunani, Kristo ndiye nguvu ya Mungu na pia hekima ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1CO.1.25" />Kwa maana upumbavu wa Mungu una hekima zaidi kuliko hekima ya wanadamu, nao udhaifu wa Mungu una nguvu kuliko nguvu ya wanadamu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="1CO.1.26" />Ndugu zangu, kumbukeni mlivyokuwa mlipoitwa. Kwa kipimo cha kibinadamu, si wengi wenu mliokuwa na hekima. Si wengi mliokuwa na ushawishi, si wengi mliozaliwa katika jamaa zenye vyeo.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1CO.1.27" />Lakini Mungu alivichagua vitu vipumbavu vya ulimwengu ili awaaibishe wenye hekima, Mungu alivichagua vitu dhaifu vya ulimwengu ili awaaibishe wenye nguvu.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1CO.1.28" />Alivichagua vitu vya chini na vinavyodharauliwa vya dunia hii, vitu ambavyo haviko, ili avibatilishe vile vilivyoko,
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="1CO.1.29" />ili mtu yeyote asijisifu mbele zake.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1CO.1.30" />Bali kwa yeye ninyi mmepata kuwa katika Kristo Yesu, aliyefanyika kwetu hekima itokayo kwa Mungu, yaani haki, na utakatifu na ukombozi.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="1CO.1.31" />Hivyo, kama ilivyoandikwa: “Yeye ajisifuye na ajisifu katika Bwana.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Kumtangaza Kristo Aliyesulubiwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CO.2.1" />Ndugu zangu nilipokuja kwenu, sikuja na maneno ya ushawishi wala hekima ya hali ya juu nilipowahubiria siri ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CO.2.2" />Kwa kuwa niliamua kutokujua kitu chochote wakati nikiwa nanyi isipokuwa Yesu Kristo aliyesulubiwa.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1CO.2.3" />Mimi nilikuja kwenu nikiwa dhaifu na mwenye hofu na kwa kutetemeka sana.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1CO.2.4" />Kuhubiri kwangu na ujumbe wangu haukuwa kwa hekima na maneno ya ushawishi bali kwa madhihirisho ya nguvu za Roho
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1CO.2.5" />ili imani yenu isiwe imejengwa katika hekima ya wanadamu bali katika nguvu za Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Hekima Ya Kweli Itokayo Kwa Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1CO.2.6" />Lakini miongoni mwa watu waliokomaa twanena hekima, wala si hekima ya ulimwengu huu au ya watawala wa dunia hii wanaobatilika.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1CO.2.7" />Sisi tunanena hekima ya Mungu ambayo ni siri, tena iliyofichika, ambayo Mungu aliikusudia kabla ya ulimwengu kuwepo, kwa ajili ya utukufu wetu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1CO.2.8" />Hakuna hata mtawala mmoja wa nyakati hizi aliyeelewa jambo hili. Kwa maana kama wangelielewa, wasingemsulubisha Bwana wa utukufu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1CO.2.9" />Lakini ni kama ilivyoandikwa:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Hakuna jicho limepata kuona,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala sikio limepata kusikia,
</q>
<q style="q1">wala hayakuingia moyoni wowote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yale Mungu amewaandalia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wale wampendao”:
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="10" bcv="1CO.2.10" />Lakini mambo haya Mungu ametufunulia kwa Roho wake.
</p>
<p style="p">Roho huchunguza kila kitu, hata mambo ya ndani sana ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1CO.2.11" />Kwa maana ni nani anayejua mawazo ya mtu isipokuwa roho iliyo ndani ya huyo mtu? Vivyo hivyo hakuna mtu ajuaye mawazo ya Mungu isipokuwa Roho wa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1CO.2.12" />Basi hatukupokea roho ya dunia bali Roho atokaye kwa Mungu, ili tuweze kuelewa kile kipawa ambacho Mungu ametupatia bure.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1CO.2.13" />Haya ndiyo tusemayo, si kwa maneno tuliyofundishwa kwa hekima ya wanadamu bali kwa maneno tuliyofundishwa na Roho, tukifafanua kweli za kiroho kwa maneno ya kiroho.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1CO.2.14" />Mtu ambaye hana Roho hawezi kupokea mambo yatokayo kwa Roho wa Mungu, kwa kuwa ni upuzi kwake, naye hawezi kuyaelewa kwa sababu hayo yanaeleweka tu kwa upambanuzi wa rohoni.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1CO.2.15" />Mtu wa kiroho hubainisha mambo yote, lakini yeye mwenyewe habainishwi na mtu yeyote.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="1CO.2.16" />“Kwa maana ni nani aliyefahamu mawazo ya Bwana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili apate kumfundisha?”
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Lakini sisi tunayo mawazo ya Kristo.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Kuhusu Mgawanyiko Katika Kanisa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CO.3.1" />Ndugu zangu, mimi sikuweza kusema nanyi kama watu wa kiroho, bali kama watu wa mwilini, kama watoto wachanga katika Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CO.3.2" />Naliwanywesha maziwa, wala si chakula kigumu, kwa kuwa hamkuwa tayari kwa hicho chakula. Naam, hata sasa hamko tayari.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1CO.3.3" />Ninyi bado ni watu wa mwilini. Kwa kuwa bado kuna wivu na magombano miongoni mwenu, je, ninyi si watu wa mwilini? Je, si mwaendelea kama watu wa kawaida?
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1CO.3.4" />Kwa maana mmoja anaposema, “Mimi ni wa Paulo,” na mwingine, “Mimi ni wa Apolo,” je, ninyi si wanadamu wa kawaida?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1CO.3.5" />Kwani, Apolo ni nani? Naye Paulo ni nani? Ni watumishi tu ambao kupitia wao mliamini, kama vile Bwana alivyompa kila mtu huduma yake.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1CO.3.6" />Mimi nilipanda mbegu, Apolo akatia maji, lakini Mungu ndiye aliikuza.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1CO.3.7" />Hivyo mwenye kupanda na mwenye kutia maji si kitu, bali Mungu peke yake ambaye huifanya ikue.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1CO.3.8" />Apandaye mbegu ana lengo sawa na yule atiaye maji na kila mmoja atalipwa kulingana na kazi yake.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1CO.3.9" />Kwa kuwa sisi tu watendakazi pamoja na Mungu. Ninyi ni shamba la Mungu, jengo la Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1CO.3.10" />Kwa neema Mungu aliyonipa, niliweka msingi kama mjenzi stadi na mtu mwingine anajenga juu yake. Lakini kila mmoja inampasa awe mwangalifu jinsi anavyojenga.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1CO.3.11" />Kwa maana hakuna mtu yeyote awezaye kuweka msingi mwingine wowote isipokuwa ule uliokwisha kuwekwa, ambao ni Yesu Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1CO.3.12" />Kama mtu yeyote akijenga juu ya msingi huu kwa kutumia dhahabu, fedha, vito vya thamani, miti, majani au nyasi,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1CO.3.13" />kazi yake itaonekana ilivyo, kwa kuwa Siku ile itaidhihirisha. Itadhihirishwa kwa moto, nao moto utapima ubora wa kazi ya kila mtu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1CO.3.14" />Kama kile alichojenga kitabaki, atapokea thawabu yake.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1CO.3.15" />Kama kazi kitateketea, atapata hasara, ila yeye mwenyewe ataokolewa, lakini tu kama mtu aliyenusurika kwenye moto.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="1CO.3.16" />Je, hamjui ya kwamba ninyi wenyewe ni hekalu la Mungu na kwamba Roho wa Mungu anakaa ndani yenu?
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1CO.3.17" />Kama mtu yeyote akiliharibu hekalu la Mungu, Mungu atamwangamiza; kwa maana hekalu la Mungu ni takatifu, na ninyi ndiyo hilo hekalu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1CO.3.18" />Msijidanganye. Kama mtu yeyote miongoni mwenu akidhani kuwa ana hekima kwa viwango vya dunia hii, inampasa awe mjinga ili apate kuwa na hekima.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1CO.3.19" />Kwa maana hekima ya ulimwengu huu ni upuzi mbele za Mungu. Kama ilivyoandikwa: “Mungu huwanasa wenye hekima katika hila yao,”
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1CO.3.20" />tena, “Bwana anajua kwamba mawazo ya wenye hekima ni ubatili.”
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1CO.3.21" />Hivyo basi, mtu asijivune kuhusu wanadamu! Vitu vyote ni vyenu,
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1CO.3.22" />ikiwa ni Paulo au Apolo au Kefa<f caller="+"><fr>3:22
</fr><ft>Yaani Petro.</ft></f> au dunia au uzima au mauti, au wakati uliopo au wakati ujao, haya yote ni yenu
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1CO.3.23" />na ninyi ni wa Kristo, naye Kristo ni wa Mungu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Mawakili Wa Siri Za Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CO.4.1" />Basi, watu na watuhesabu sisi kuwa tu watumishi wa Kristo na mawakili wa siri za Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CO.4.2" />Tena, litakiwalo ni mawakili waonekane kuwa waaminifu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1CO.4.3" />Lakini kwangu mimi ni jambo dogo sana kwamba nihukumiwe na ninyi au na mahakama yoyote ya kibinadamu. Naam, hata mimi mwenyewe sijihukumu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1CO.4.4" />Dhamiri yangu ni safi, lakini hilo halinihesabii kuwa asiye na hatia. Bwana ndiye anihukumuye.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1CO.4.5" />Kwa hiyo msihukumu jambo lolote kabla ya wakati wake. Ngojeni mpaka Bwana atakapokuja. Yeye atayaleta nuruni mambo yale yaliyofichwa gizani, na kuweka wazi nia za mioyo ya wanadamu. Wakati huo kila mmoja atapokea sifa anayostahili kutoka kwa Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1CO.4.6" />Basi ndugu zangu, mambo haya nimeyafanya kwangu binafsi na Apolo kwa faida yenu, ili mweze kujifunza kutoka kwetu maana ya ule usemi usemao, “Msivuke zaidi ya yale yaliyoandikwa.” Hivyo hamtajivunia mtu fulani na kumdharau mwingine.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1CO.4.7" />Kwa maana ni nani aliyewafanya kuwa tofauti na wengine? Ni nini mlicho nacho ambacho hamkupokea? Nanyi kama mlipokea, kwa nini mnajivuna kama vile hamkupokea?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1CO.4.8" />Sasa tayari mnayo yale yote mnayohitaji! Tayari mmekwisha kuwa matajiri! Mmekuwa wafalme, tena bila sisi! Laiti mngekuwa wafalme kweli ili na sisi tupate kuwa wafalme pamoja nanyi!
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1CO.4.9" />Kwa maana ninaona kwamba Mungu ametuweka sisi mitume katika nafasi ya mwisho kabisa, kama watu waliohukumiwa kufa kwenye uwanja wa tamasha, kwa sababu tumefanywa kuwa maonyesho kwa ulimwengu wote, kwa malaika na kwa wanadamu pia.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1CO.4.10" />Kwa ajili ya Kristo sisi ni wajinga, lakini ninyi mna hekima sana ndani ya Kristo. Sisi tu dhaifu, lakini ninyi mna nguvu. Tunadharauliwa, lakini ninyi mnaheshimiwa.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1CO.4.11" />Mpaka saa hii tuna njaa na kiu, tu uchi, tumepigwa na hatuna makao.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1CO.4.12" />Tunafanya kazi kwa bidii kwa mikono yetu wenyewe. Tunapolaaniwa, tunabariki, tunapoteswa, tunastahimili,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1CO.4.13" />tunaposingiziwa, tunajibu kwa upole. Mpaka sasa tumekuwa kama takataka ya dunia na uchafu wa ulimwengu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1CO.4.14" />Siwaandikii mambo haya ili kuwaaibisha, bali ili kuwaonya, kama wanangu wapendwa.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1CO.4.15" />Hata kama mnao walimu 10,000 katika Kristo, lakini hamna baba wengi. Mimi nilikuwa baba yenu katika Kristo Yesu kwa kuwaletea Injili.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1CO.4.16" />Basi nawasihi igeni mfano wangu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1CO.4.17" />Kwa sababu hii ninamtuma Timotheo, mwanangu mpendwa na mwaminifu katika Bwana. Yeye atawakumbusha kuhusu njia za maisha yangu katika Kristo Yesu, ambayo yanakubaliana na mafundisho yangu ninayofundisha katika kila kanisa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1CO.4.18" />Baadhi yenu mmekuwa na jeuri mkidhani kuwa sitafika kwenu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1CO.4.19" />Lakini kama Bwana akipenda, nitafika kwenu mapema, nami nitapenda kujua, si tu kile wanachosema hawa watu jeuri, bali pia kujua nguvu yao.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1CO.4.20" />Kwa kuwa Ufalme wa Mungu si maneno matupu tu bali ni nguvu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1CO.4.21" />Ninyi amueni. Je, nije kwenu na fimbo, au nije kwa upendo na kwa roho ya upole?
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Mwasherati Atengwe
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CO.5.1" />Yamkini habari imeenea ya kuwa miongoni mwenu kuna uzinzi ambao haujatokea hata miongoni mwa watu wasiomjua Mungu: Kwamba mtu anaishi na mke wa baba yake.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CO.5.2" />Nanyi mwajivuna! Je, haiwapasi kuhuzunika na kumtenga na ushirika wenu mtu huyo aliyefanya mambo hayo?
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1CO.5.3" />Hata kama siko pamoja nanyi katika mwili, niko nanyi katika roho. Nami nimekwisha kumhukumu mtu huyo aliyetenda jambo hili, kama vile ningekuwepo.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1CO.5.4" />Mnapokutana katika Jina la Bwana wetu Yesu nami nikiwepo pamoja nanyi katika roho na uweza wa Bwana Yesu ukiwepo,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1CO.5.5" />mkabidhini mtu huyu kwa Shetani, ili mwili wake uharibiwe, ili roho yake iokolewe katika siku ya Bwana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1CO.5.6" />Majivuno yenu si mazuri. Je, hamjui ya kwamba chachu kidogo huchachusha donge zima la unga?
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1CO.5.7" />Ondoeni chachu ya kale ili mpate kuwa donge jipya lisilotiwa chachu, kama vile mlivyo. Kwa maana Kristo, Mwana-Kondoo wetu wa Pasaka amekwisha tolewa kuwa dhabihu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1CO.5.8" />Kwa hiyo, tusiiadhimishe sikukuu hii, kwa chachu ya zamani, chachu ya nia mbaya na uovu, bali kwa mkate usiotiwa chachu, ndio weupe wa moyo na kweli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1CO.5.9" />Niliwaandikia katika waraka wangu kuwa msishirikiane na wazinzi.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1CO.5.10" />Sina maana kwamba msishirikiane na wazinzi wa ulimwengu huu, au wenye tamaa mbaya, wanyangʼanyi au waabudu sanamu. Kwa kufanya hivyo ingewalazimu mtoke ulimwenguni humu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1CO.5.11" />Lakini sasa nawaandikia kwamba msishirikiane na mtu yeyote anayejiita ndugu, hali akiwa ni mzinzi, au mwenye tamaa mbaya, mwabudu sanamu au msingiziaji, mlevi au mdhalimu. Mtu kama huyo hata msile naye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1CO.5.12" />Yanihusu nini kuwahukumu wale watu walio nje ya kanisa? Je, si mnapaswa kuwahukumu hao walio ndani?
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1CO.5.13" />Mungu atawahukumu hao walio nje. “Ninyi mwondoeni huyo mtu mwovu miongoni mwenu.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Kushtakiana Miongoni Mwa Waumini
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CO.6.1" />Kama mtu yeyote wa kwenu ana ugomvi na mwenzake, anathubutuje kuupeleka kwa wasiomcha Mungu ili kuamuliwa badala ya kuupeleka kwa watakatifu?
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CO.6.2" />Je, hamjui kwamba watakatifu watauhukumu ulimwengu? Nanyi kama mtauhukumu ulimwengu, je, hamwezi kuamua mambo madogo madogo?
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1CO.6.3" />Hamjui kwamba tutawahukumu malaika? Je, si zaidi mambo ya maisha haya?
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1CO.6.4" />Kwa hiyo kama kuna ugomvi miongoni mwenu kuhusu mambo kama haya, chagueni kuwa waamuzi, watu ambao wanaonekana hata sio wa heshima katika kanisa.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1CO.6.5" />Nasema hivi ili mwone aibu. Je, inawezekana kuwa miongoni mwenu hakuna mtu mwenye hekima ya kutosha kuamua ugomvi kati ya waaminio?
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1CO.6.6" />Badala yake ndugu mmoja anampeleka mwenzake mahakamani, tena mbele ya watu wasioamini!
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1CO.6.7" />Huko kuwa na mashtaka miongoni mwenu ina maana kwamba tayari ni kushindwa kabisa. Kwa nini msikubali kutendewa mabaya? Kwa nini msikubali kunyangʼanywa?
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1CO.6.8" />Badala yake, ninyi wenyewe mwadanganya na kutenda mabaya, tena mwawatendea ndugu zenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1CO.6.9" />Je, hamjui kwamba wasio haki hawataurithi Ufalme wa Mungu? Msidanganyike: Waasherati, wala waabudu sanamu, wala wazinzi, wala wahanithi, wala walawiti,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1CO.6.10" />wala wezi, wala wenye tamaa mbaya, wala walevi, wala wanaodhihaki, wala wanyangʼanyi hawataurithi Ufalme wa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1CO.6.11" />Baadhi yenu mlikuwa kama hao. Lakini mlioshwa, mlitakaswa, mlihesabiwa haki kwa jina la Bwana Yesu Kristo na katika Roho wa Mungu wetu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Dhambi Za Zinaa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1CO.6.12" />“Vitu vyote ni halali kwangu”: lakini si vitu vyote vyenye faida. “Vitu vyote ni halali kwangu”: lakini sitatawaliwa na kitu chochote.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1CO.6.13" />“Chakula ni cha tumbo, na tumbo ni la chakula”: lakini Mungu ataviangamiza vyote viwili. Mwili haukuumbwa kwa ajili ya zinaa bali kwa ajili ya Bwana na Bwana kwa ajili ya mwili.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1CO.6.14" />Naye Mungu aliyemfufua Bwana kutoka kwa wafu atatufufua sisi pia kwa uweza wake.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1CO.6.15" />Je, hamjui kwamba miili yenu ni viungo vya Kristo mwenyewe? Je, nichukue viungo vya mwili wa Kristo na kuviunganisha na mwili wa kahaba? La hasha!
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1CO.6.16" />Hamjui kwamba aliyeungwa na kahaba anakuwa mwili mmoja naye? Kwa kuwa imenenwa, “Hao wawili watakuwa mwili mmoja.”
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1CO.6.17" />Lakini mtu aliyeungwa na Bwana anakuwa roho moja naye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1CO.6.18" />Ikimbieni zinaa. Dhambi zingine zote atendazo mtu ziko nje ya mwili wake, lakini yeye aziniye hutenda dhambi ndani ya mwili wake mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1CO.6.19" />Je, hamjui ya kwamba miili yenu ni hekalu la Roho Mtakatifu akaaye ndani yenu, ambaye mmepewa na Mungu? Ninyi si mali yenu wenyewe,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1CO.6.20" />kwa maana mmenunuliwa kwa gharama. Kwa hiyo mtukuzeni Mungu katika miili yenu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Kuhusu Ndoa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CO.7.1" />Basi kuhusu mambo yale mliyoyaandika: Ni vyema mwanaume asimguse mwanamke.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CO.7.2" />Lakini ili kuepuka zinaa, kila mwanaume na awe na mke wake mwenyewe na kila mwanamke awe na mume wake mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1CO.7.3" />Mume atimize wajibu wake wa ndoa kwa mkewe, naye vivyo hivyo mke kwa mumewe.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1CO.7.4" />Mwanamke hana mamlaka juu ya mwili wake bali mumewe, wala mume hana mamlaka juu ya mwili wake bali mkewe.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1CO.7.5" />Msinyimane, isipokuwa mmekubaliana kufanya hivyo kwa muda fulani ili mweze kujitoa kwa maombi, kisha mrudiane tena ili Shetani asije akapata nafasi ya kuwajaribu kwa sababu ya kutokuwa na kiasi.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1CO.7.6" />Nasema haya kama ushauri na si amri.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1CO.7.7" />Laiti watu wangekuwa kama mimi nilivyo. Lakini kila mtu amepewa kipawa chake kutoka kwa Mungu, mmoja ana kipawa cha namna hii na mwingine ana cha namna ile.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1CO.7.8" />Kwa wale wasiooa na kwa wajane, nasema hivi, ingekuwa vizuri wasioe.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1CO.7.9" />Lakini kama hawawezi kujizuia, basi waoe na kuolewa, kwa maana ni afadhali kuoa au kuolewa kuliko kuwaka tamaa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1CO.7.10" />Kwa wale waliooana nawapa amri (si mimi ila ni Bwana): Mke asitengane na mumewe.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1CO.7.11" />Lakini akitengana, ni lazima akae bila kuolewa, ama sivyo apatane tena na mumewe. Wala mume asimpe mkewe talaka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1CO.7.12" />Lakini kwa wengine nasema (si Bwana ila ni mimi): Kama ndugu ana mke asiyeamini, naye huyo mke anakubali kuishi pamoja naye, basi asimwache.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1CO.7.13" />Naye mwanamke aaminiye kama ameolewa na mwanaume asiyeamini na huyo mume anakubali kuishi naye, basi huyo mwanamke asimwache.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1CO.7.14" />Kwa maana huyo mume asiyeamini anatakaswa kupitia mkewe, naye mke asiyeamini anatakaswa kupitia mumewe anayeamini. Kama isingalikuwa hivyo watoto wenu wangalikuwa si safi, lakini ilivyo sasa wao ni watakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1CO.7.15" />Lakini kama yule asiyeamini akijitenga, basi afanye hivyo. Katika hali kama hiyo mwanamke au mwanaume aaminiye hafungwi, kwa sababu Mungu ametuita tuishi kwa amani.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1CO.7.16" />Wewe mke, unajuaje kama utamwokoa mumeo? Au wewe mume unajuaje kama utamwokoa mkeo?
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuishi Kama Alivyoagiza Bwana
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1CO.7.17" />Lakini kila mtu na aishi maisha aliyopangiwa na Bwana, yale Mungu aliyomwitia. Hii ni sheria ninayoiweka kwa makanisa yote.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1CO.7.18" />Je, mtu alikuwa tayari ametahiriwa alipoitwa? Asijifanye asiyetahiriwa. Je, mtu alikuwa hajatahiriwa alipoitwa? Asitahiriwe.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1CO.7.19" />Kutahiriwa si kitu, na kutokutahiriwa si kitu. Lakini kuzitii amri za Mungu ndilo jambo muhimu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1CO.7.20" />Basi kila mmoja wenu na abaki katika hali aliyoitwa nayo.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1CO.7.21" />Je, wewe ulipoitwa ulikuwa mtumwa? Jambo hilo lisikusumbue. Ingawaje unaweza kupata uhuru, tumia nafasi uliyo nayo sasa kuliko wakati mwingine wowote.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1CO.7.22" />Kwa maana yeyote aliyeitwa katika Bwana akiwa mtumwa yeye ni mtu huru kwa Bwana, kama vile yeyote aliyekuwa huru alipoitwa yeye ni mtumwa wa Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1CO.7.23" />Mlinunuliwa kwa gharama; msiwe watumwa wa wanadamu.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1CO.7.24" />Ndugu zangu, kama kila mtu alivyoitwa, akae katika wito wake alioitiwa na Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wajane Na Wasioolewa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="1CO.7.25" />Basi, kuhusu wale walio bikira, mimi sina amri kutoka kwa Bwana, lakini mimi natoa shauri kama mtu ambaye ni mwaminifu kwa rehema za Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="1CO.7.26" />Kwa sababu ya shida iliyoko kwa sasa, naona ni vyema mkibaki kama mlivyo.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1CO.7.27" />Je, umeolewa? Basi usitake talaka. Je, hujaoa? Usitafute mke.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1CO.7.28" />Lakini kama ukioa, hujatenda dhambi; na kama bikira akiolewa, hajatenda dhambi. Lakini wale wanaooa watakabiliana na matatizo mengi katika maisha haya, nami nataka kuwazuilia hayo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="1CO.7.29" />Lakini ndugu zangu, nina maana kwamba muda uliobaki ni mfupi. Tangu sasa wale waliooa waishi kama wasio na wake;
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1CO.7.30" />nao wanaoomboleza, kama ambao hawaombolezi; wenye furaha kama wasiokuwa nayo; wale wanaonunua, kama vile vitu walivyonunua si mali yao;
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="1CO.7.31" />nao wale wanaoshughulika na vitu vya dunia hii, kama ambao hawahusiki navyo. Kwa maana dunia hii kama tunavyoiona sasa inapita.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="1CO.7.32" />Ningetaka msiwe na masumbufu. Mwanaume ambaye hajaoa anajishughulisha na mambo ya Bwana, jinsi ya kumpendeza Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="1CO.7.33" />Lakini mwanaume aliyeoa anajishughulisha na mambo ya dunia, jinsi ya kumfurahisha mkewe,
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="1CO.7.34" />na mawazo yake yamegawanyika. Mwanamke asiyeolewa hujishughulisha na mambo ya Bwana: lengo lake ni awe mtakatifu kimwili na kiroho. Lakini yule aliyeolewa hujishughulisha na mambo ya dunia, jinsi atakavyoweza kumfurahisha mumewe.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="1CO.7.35" />Ninasema haya kwa faida yenu wenyewe, sio ili kuwawekea vizuizi bali mpate kuishi kwa jinsi ilivyo vyema bila kuvutwa pengine katika kujitoa kwenu kwa Bwana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="1CO.7.36" />Kama mtu yeyote anadhani kwamba hamtendei ilivyo sawa mwanamwali ambaye amemposa, naye akiwa umri wake unazidi kuendelea na mtu huyo anajisikia kwamba inampasa kuoa, afanye kama atakavyo. Yeye hatendi dhambi. Yawapasa waoane.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="1CO.7.37" />Lakini mwanaume ambaye ameamua moyoni mwake kutooa bila kulazimishwa na mtu yeyote, bali anaweza kuzitawala tamaa zake kutomwoa huyo mwanamwali, basi anafanya ipasavyo.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="1CO.7.38" />Hivyo basi, mwanaume amwoaye mwanamwali afanya vyema, lakini yeye asiyemwoa afanya vyema zaidi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="1CO.7.39" />Mwanamke aliyeolewa amefungwa na sheria maadamu mumewe yu hai. Lakini mumewe akifa, basi mwanamke huyo yuko huru kuolewa na mume mwingine ampendaye, lakini lazima awe katika Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="1CO.7.40" />Lakini kwa maoni yangu, angekuwa na furaha zaidi akibaki alivyo. Nami nadhani pia nina Roho wa Mungu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Chakula Kilichotolewa Sadaka Kwa Sanamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CO.8.1" />Sasa kuhusu chakula kilichotolewa sadaka kwa sanamu, tunajua kwamba “sisi sote tuna ujuzi.” Lakini ujuzi hujivuna, bali upendo hujenga.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CO.8.2" />Mtu yeyote anayedhani kwamba anajua kitu, bado hajui kama impasavyo kujua.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1CO.8.3" />Lakini mtu ampendaye Mungu, hujulikana naye Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1CO.8.4" />Hivyo basi, kuhusu kula chakula kilichotolewa sadaka kwa sanamu: Tunajua kwamba “Sanamu si kitu chochote kabisa duniani,” na kwamba “Kuna Mungu mmoja tu.”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1CO.8.5" />Kwa kuwa hata kama wapo hao wanaoitwa miungu, kama wakiwa mbinguni au duniani (kama ilivyo kweli wapo “miungu” wengi na “mabwana” wengi),
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1CO.8.6" />kwetu sisi yuko Mungu mmoja, aliye Baba, ambaye vitu vyote vyatoka kwake na kwa ajili yake sisi twaishi; na kuna Bwana mmoja tu, Yesu Kristo, ambaye kwa yeye vitu vyote vimekuwepo na kwa yeye tunaishi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1CO.8.7" />Lakini si wote wanaojua jambo hili. Baadhi ya watu bado wamezoea sanamu kuwa halisi hivi kwamba wanapokula chakula kama hicho wanadhani kimetolewa sadaka kwa sanamu na kwa kuwa dhamiri zao ni dhaifu, dhamiri yao inanajisika.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1CO.8.8" />Lakini chakula hakituleti karibu na Mungu, wala hatupotezi chochote tusipokula, wala hatuongezi chochote kama tukila.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1CO.8.9" />Lakini angalieni jinsi mnavyotumia uhuru wenu usije ukawa kikwazo kwao walio dhaifu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1CO.8.10" />Kwa maana kama mtu yeyote mwenye dhamiri dhaifu akiwaona ninyi wenye ujuzi huu mkila katika hekalu la sanamu, je, si atatiwa moyo kula chakula kilichotolewa sadaka kwa sanamu?
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1CO.8.11" />Kwa njia hiyo, huyo ndugu mwenye dhamiri dhaifu, ambaye Kristo alikufa kwa ajili yake, ataangamia kwa sababu ya ujuzi wenu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1CO.8.12" />Mnapotenda dhambi dhidi ya ndugu zenu kwa njia hii na kujeruhi dhamiri zao zilizo dhaifu, mnamkosea Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1CO.8.13" />Kwa hiyo, kama kile ninachokula kitamfanya ndugu yangu aanguke katika dhambi, sitakula nyama kamwe, nisije nikamfanya ndugu yangu aanguke.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Haki Za Mtume
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CO.9.1" />Je, mimi si huru? Je, mimi si mtume? Je, mimi sikumwona Yesu, Bwana wetu? Je, ninyi si matunda ya kazi yangu katika Bwana?
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CO.9.2" />Hata kama mimi si mtume kwa wengine, hakika mimi ni mtume kwenu, kwa maana ninyi ni mhuri wa utume wangu katika Bwana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1CO.9.3" />Huu ndio utetezi wangu kwa hao wanaokaa kunihukumu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1CO.9.4" />Je, hatuna haki ya kula na kunywa?
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1CO.9.5" />Je, hatuna haki ya kusafiri na mke anayeamini, kama wanavyofanya mitume wengine na ndugu zake Bwana na Kefa?<f caller="+"><fr>9:5
</fr><ft>Yaani Petro.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1CO.9.6" />Au ni mimi na Barnaba tu inatubidi kufanya kazi ili tuweze kupata mahitaji yetu?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1CO.9.7" />Ni askari yupi aendaye vitani kwa gharama zake mwenyewe? Ni nani apandaye shamba la mizabibu na asile matunda yake? Ni nani achungaye kundi na asipate maziwa yake.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1CO.9.8" />Je, nasema mambo haya katika mtazamo wa kibinadamu tu? Je, sheria haisemi vivyo hivyo?
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1CO.9.9" />Kwa maana imeandikwa katika Sheria ya Mose: “Usimfunge maksai kinywa apurapo nafaka.” Je, Mungu hapa anahusika na ngʼombe?
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1CO.9.10" />Je, Mungu hasemi haya hasa kwa ajili yetu? Hakika yameandikwa kwa ajili yetu, kwa sababu mtu anapolima na mpuraji akapura nafaka, wote wanapaswa kufanya hivyo wakiwa na tumaini la kushiriki mavuno.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1CO.9.11" />Je, ikiwa sisi tulipanda mbegu ya kiroho miongoni mwenu, itakuwa ni jambo kubwa iwapo tutavuna vitu vya mwili kutoka kwenu?
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1CO.9.12" />Kama wengine wana haki ya kupata msaada kutoka kwenu, isingepasa tuwe na haki hiyo hata zaidi?
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini sisi hatukutumia haki hii. Kinyume chake, tunavumilia kila kitu ili tusije tukazuia Injili ya Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1CO.9.13" />Je, hamjui kwamba, watu wafanyao kazi hekaluni hupata chakula chao kutoka hekaluni, nao wale wahudumiao madhabahuni hushiriki kile kitolewacho madhabahuni?
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1CO.9.14" />Vivyo hivyo, Bwana ameamuru kwamba wale wanaohubiri Injili wapate riziki yao kutokana na Injili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1CO.9.15" />Lakini sijatumia hata mojawapo ya haki hizi. Nami siandiki haya nikitumaini kwamba mtanifanyia mambo hayo. Heri nife kuliko mtu yeyote kuninyima huku kujisifu kwangu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1CO.9.16" />Lakini ninapohubiri Injili siwezi kujisifu maana ninalazimika kuhubiri. Ole wangu nisipoihubiri Injili!
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1CO.9.17" />Nikihubiri kwa hiari, ninayo thawabu. Lakini kama si kwa hiari, basi ninachofanya ni kutekeleza tu uwakili niliowekewa.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1CO.9.18" />Basi je, thawabu yangu ni nini? Thawabu yangu ni hii: Ya kwamba katika kuhubiri Injili niitoe bila gharama, bila kutumia kwa utimilifu uwezo wangu nilio nao katika Injili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1CO.9.19" />Ingawa mimi ni huru, wala si mtumwa wa mtu yeyote, nimejifanya kuwa mtumwa wa kila mtu, ili niweze kuwavuta wengi kadri iwezekanavyo.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1CO.9.20" />Kwa Wayahudi, nilikuwa kama Myahudi, ili niwapate Wayahudi. Kwa watu wale walio chini ya sheria, nilikuwa kama aliye chini ya sheria (ingawa mimi siko chini ya sheria), ili niweze kuwapata wale walio chini ya sheria.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1CO.9.21" />Kwa watu wasio na sheria nilikuwa kama asiye na sheria (ingawa siko huru mbali na sheria ya Mungu, bali niko chini ya sheria ya Kristo), ili niweze kuwapata wale wasio na sheria.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1CO.9.22" />Kwa walio dhaifu nilikuwa dhaifu, ili niweze kuwapata walio dhaifu. Nimekuwa mtu wa hali zote kwa watu wote ili kwa njia yoyote niweze kuwaokoa baadhi yao.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1CO.9.23" />Nafanya haya yote kwa ajili ya Injili, ili nipate kushiriki baraka zake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="1CO.9.24" />Je, hamjui kwamba katika mashindano ya mbio wote wanaoshindana hukimbia, lakini ni mmoja wao tu apewaye tuzo? Kwa hiyo kimbieni katika mashindano kwa jinsi ambavyo mtapata tuzo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="1CO.9.25" />Kila mmoja anayeshiriki katika mashindano hufanya mazoezi makali. Wao hufanya hivyo ili wapokee taji isiyodumu, lakini sisi tunafanya hivyo ili kupata taji idumuyo milele.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="1CO.9.26" />Kwa hiyo mimi sikimbii kama mtu akimbiaye bila lengo, sipigani kama mtu anayepiga hewa,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1CO.9.27" />la, bali nautesa mwili wangu na kuutumikisha ili nikiisha kuwahubiria wengine, mimi nisiwe mtu wa kukataliwa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="10" />
<s style="s1">Onyo Kutoka Historia Ya Waisraeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CO.10.1" />Ndugu zangu, sitaki mkose kufahamu ukweli huu kwamba baba zetu walikuwa wote chini ya wingu na kwamba wote walipita katikati ya bahari.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CO.10.2" />Wote wakabatizwa kuwa wa Mose ndani ya lile wingu na ndani ya ile bahari.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1CO.10.3" />Wote walikula chakula kile kile cha roho,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1CO.10.4" />na wote wakanywa kile kile kinywaji cha roho, kwa maana walikunywa kutoka ule mwamba wa roho uliofuatana nao, nao ule mwamba ulikuwa Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1CO.10.5" />Lakini Mungu hakupendezwa na wengi wao, kwa hiyo miili yao ilitapakaa jangwani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1CO.10.6" />Basi mambo haya yalitokea kama mifano ili kutuzuia tusiweke mioyo yetu katika mambo maovu kama wao walivyofanya.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1CO.10.7" />Msiwe waabudu sanamu, kama baadhi yao walivyokuwa, kama ilivyoandikwa, “Watu waliketi chini kula na kunywa, kisha wakainuka kucheza na kufanya sherehe za kipagani.”
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1CO.10.8" />Wala tusifanye uzinzi kama baadhi yao walivyofanya, wakafa watu 23,000 kwa siku moja.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1CO.10.9" />Wala tusimjaribu Kristo, kama baadhi yao walivyofanya, wakafa kwa kuumwa na nyoka.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1CO.10.10" />Msinungʼunike kama baadhi yao walivyofanya, wakaangamizwa na mharabu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1CO.10.11" />Mambo haya yote yaliwapata wao ili yawe mifano kwa wengine, nayo yaliandikwa ili yatuonye sisi ambao mwisho wa nyakati umetufikia.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1CO.10.12" />Hivyo, yeye ajidhaniaye amesimama, aangalie asianguke.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1CO.10.13" />Hakuna jaribu lolote lililowapata ambalo si la kawaida kwa wanadamu. Naye Mungu ni mwaminifu; hataruhusu mjaribiwe kupita mnavyoweza. Lakini mnapojaribiwa atawapa njia ya kutokea ili mweze kustahimili.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Karamu Za Sanamu Na Meza Ya Bwana
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1CO.10.14" />Kwa hiyo wapenzi wangu, zikimbieni ibada za sanamu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1CO.10.15" />Nasema watu wenye ufahamu, amueni wenyewe kuhusu haya niyasemayo.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1CO.10.16" />Je, kikombe cha baraka ambacho tunakibariki, si ushirika katika damu ya Kristo? Mkate tuumegao, si ushirika wa mwili wa Kristo?
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1CO.10.17" />Kwa kuwa mkate ni mmoja, sisi tulio wengi tu mwili mmoja, kwa kuwa wote twashiriki mkate mmoja.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1CO.10.18" />Waangalieni watu wa Israeli: Je, wale wote walao dhabihu si ni wale watendao kazi madhabahuni?
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1CO.10.19" />Je, nina maana kwamba kafara iliyotolewa kwa sanamu ni kitu chenye maana yoyote? Au kwamba sanamu ni kitu chenye maana yoyote?
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1CO.10.20" />La hasha! Lakini kafara za watu wasiomjua Mungu hutolewa kwa mashetani, wala si kwa Mungu. Nami sitaki ninyi mwe na ushirika na mashetani.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1CO.10.21" />Hamwezi kunywa katika kikombe cha Bwana na cha mashetani pia. Hamwezi kuwa na sehemu katika meza ya Bwana na katika meza ya mashetani pia.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1CO.10.22" />Je, tunataka kuamsha wivu wa Bwana? Je, sisi tuna nguvu kuliko yeye?
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Fanyeni Yote Kwa Utukufu Wa Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1CO.10.23" />“Vitu vyote ni halali,” lakini si vitu vyote vilivyo na faida. “Vitu vyote ni halali,” lakini si vyote vinavyojenga.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1CO.10.24" />Mtu yeyote asitafute yaliyo yake mwenyewe, bali kila mtu atafute yale yanayowafaa wengine.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="1CO.10.25" />Kuleni chochote kinachouzwa sokoni, bila kuuliza swali lolote kwa ajili ya dhamiri.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="1CO.10.26" />Kwa maana, “Dunia na vyote vilivyomo ni mali ya Bwana.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="1CO.10.27" />Kama ukikaribishwa chakula na mtu asiyeamini nawe ukikubali kwenda, kula kila kitu kitakachowekwa mbele yako bila kuuliza maswali kwa ajili ya dhamiri.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1CO.10.28" />Lakini kama mtu yeyote akikuambia, “Hiki kimetolewa kafara kwa sanamu,” basi usikile kwa ajili ya huyo aliyekuambia na kwa ajili ya dhamiri.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="1CO.10.29" />Nina maana dhamiri ya huyo aliyekuambia, wala si kwa ajili ya dhamiri yako. Lakini kwa nini uhuru wangu uhukumiwe na dhamiri ya mtu mwingine?
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1CO.10.30" />Kama nikila kwa shukrani, kwa nini nashutumiwa kwa kile ambacho kwa hicho ninamshukuru Mungu?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="1CO.10.31" />Basi, lolote mfanyalo, kama ni kula au kunywa, fanyeni yote kwa utukufu wa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="1CO.10.32" />Msiwe kikwazo kwa mtu yeyote, wawe Wayahudi au Wayunani, au kwa kanisa la Mungu,
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="1CO.10.33" />kama hata mimi ninavyojaribu kumpendeza kila mtu kwa kila namna. Kwa maana sitafuti mema kwa ajili yangu mwenyewe bali kwa ajili ya wengi, ili waweze kuokolewa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="11" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CO.11.1" />Igeni mfano wangu, kama ninavyouiga mfano wa Kristo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Utaratibu Katika Kuabudu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="1CO.11.2" />Ninawasifu kwa kuwa mnanikumbuka katika kila jambo na kwa kushika mafundisho niliyowapa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1CO.11.3" />Napenda mfahamu kwamba kichwa cha kila mwanaume ni Kristo, na kichwa cha mwanamke ni mwanaume, nacho kichwa cha Kristo ni Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1CO.11.4" />Kila mwanaume anayeomba au kutoa unabii akiwa amefunika kichwa chake, anakiaibisha kichwa chake.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1CO.11.5" />Naye kila mwanamke anayeomba au kutoa unabii pasipo kufunika kichwa chake, anakiaibisha kichwa chake, kwani ni sawa na yeye aliyenyoa nywele.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1CO.11.6" />Kama mwanamke hatajifunika kichwa chake, basi inampasa kunyoa nywele zake. Lakini kama ni aibu kwa mwanamke kukata au kunyoa nywele zake, basi afunike kichwa chake.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1CO.11.7" />Haimpasi mwanaume kufunika kichwa chake kwa kuwa yeye ni mfano wa Mungu na utukufu wa Mungu, lakini mwanamke ni utukufu wa mwanaume.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1CO.11.8" />Kwa maana mwanaume hakutoka kwa mwanamke, bali mwanamke alitoka kwa mwanaume.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1CO.11.9" />Wala mwanaume hakuumbwa kwa ajili ya mwanamke, bali mwanamke kwa ajili ya mwanaume.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1CO.11.10" />Kwa sababu hii na kwa sababu ya malaika, inampasa mwanamke awe na ishara ya mamlaka juu yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1CO.11.11" />Lakini katika Bwana, mwanamke hajitegemei pasipo mwanaume na mwanaume hajitegemei pasipo mwanamke.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1CO.11.12" />Kama vile mwanamke alivyoumbwa kutoka kwa mwanaume, vivyo hivyo mwanaume huzaliwa na mwanamke. Lakini vitu vyote vyatoka kwa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1CO.11.13" />Hukumuni ninyi wenyewe: Je, inafaa kwa mwanamke kumwomba Mungu bila kufunika kichwa chake?
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1CO.11.14" />Je, maumbile ya asili hayatufundishi kuwa ni aibu kwa mwanaume kuwa na nywele ndefu?
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1CO.11.15" />Lakini mwanamke akiwa na nywele ndefu ni utukufu kwake? Kwa maana mwanamke amepewa nywele ndefu ili kumfunika.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1CO.11.16" />Kama mtu anataka kubishana juu ya jambo hili, sisi wala makanisa ya Mungu hatutambui desturi nyingine.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Matumizi Mabaya Ya Meza Ya Bwana
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1CO.11.17" />Basi katika maagizo yafuatayo, siwezi kuwasifu, kwa sababu mkutanikapo si kwa ajili ya faida bali kwa hasara.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1CO.11.18" />Kwanza, mnapokutana kama kanisa, nasikia kwamba kuna mgawanyiko miongoni mwenu, nami kwa kiasi fulani nasadiki kuwa ndivyo ilivyo.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1CO.11.19" />Bila shaka lazima pawe na tofauti miongoni mwenu ili kuonyesha ni nani anayekubaliwa na Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1CO.11.20" />Mkutanikapo pamoja si chakula cha Bwana mnachokula,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1CO.11.21" />kwa kuwa mnapokula, kila mmoja wenu anakula bila kuwangoja wengine. Mmoja hukaa njaa na mwingine analewa.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1CO.11.22" />Je, hamna nyumbani kwenu ambako mnaweza kula na kunywa? Au mnalidharau kanisa la Mungu na kuwadhalilisha wale wasio na kitu? Niwaambie nini? Je, niwasifu juu ya jambo hili? La, hasha!
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuanzishwa Kwa Meza Ya Bwana
</s>
<p sfm="r" style="r">(Mathayo 26:26-29; Marko 14:22-25; Luka 22:14-20)
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1CO.11.23" />Kwa maana mimi nilipokea kutoka kwa Bwana yale niliyowapa ninyi, kwamba Bwana Yesu, usiku ule aliposalitiwa, alitwaa mkate,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1CO.11.24" />naye akiisha kushukuru, akaumega, akasema,
<wj>“Huu ndio mwili wangu, uliotolewa kwa ajili yenu. Fanyeni hivi kwa ukumbusho wangu.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1CO.11.25" />Vivyo hivyo baada ya kula, akakitwaa kikombe, akisema,
<wj>“Kikombe hiki ni agano jipya katika damu yangu. Fanyeni hivi kila mnywapo, kwa ukumbusho wangu.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="1CO.11.26" />Maana kila mlapo mkate huu na kunywea kikombe hiki, mnatangaza mauti ya Bwana mpaka ajapo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kushiriki Meza Ya Bwana Isivyostahili
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="1CO.11.27" />Kwa hiyo, mtu yeyote alaye mkate huo au kukinywea kikombe hicho cha Bwana isivyostahili, atakuwa na hatia ya dhambi juu ya mwili na damu ya Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1CO.11.28" />Inampasa mtu ajichunguze mwenyewe, kabla ya kula mkate na kukinywea kikombe.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="1CO.11.29" />Kwa maana mtu yeyote alaye na kunywa pasipo kuutambua mwili wa Bwana, hula na kunywa hukumu juu yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1CO.11.30" />Hii ndiyo sababu wengi miongoni mwenu ni wagonjwa na dhaifu na wengine wenu hata wamekufa.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="1CO.11.31" />Lakini kama tungejichunguza wenyewe tusingehukumiwa.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="1CO.11.32" />Tunapohukumiwa na Bwana, tunaadibishwa ili tusije tukahukumiwa pamoja na ulimwengu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="33" bcv="1CO.11.33" />Kwa hiyo, ndugu zangu, mkutanikapo pamoja ili kula, mngojane.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="1CO.11.34" />Kama mtu akiwa na njaa, ale nyumbani kwake ili mkutanapo pamoja msije mkahukumiwa.
</p>
<p style="p">Nami nitakapokuja nitawapa maelekezo zaidi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Karama Za Rohoni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CO.12.1" />Basi ndugu zangu, kuhusu karama za rohoni, sitaki mkose kufahamu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CO.12.2" />Mnajua kwamba mlipokuwa watu wasiomjua Mungu, kwa njia moja au ingine mlishawishika na kupotoshwa mkielekezwa kwa sanamu zisizonena.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1CO.12.3" />Kwa hiyo nawaambieni ya kuwa hakuna mtu anayeongozwa na Roho wa Mungu anayeweza kusema, “Yesu na alaaniwe.” Pia hakuna mtu awezaye kusema, “Yesu ni Bwana,” isipokuwa ameongozwa na Roho Mtakatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1CO.12.4" />Kuna aina mbalimbali za karama, lakini Roho ni yule yule.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1CO.12.5" />Kuna huduma za aina mbalimbali, lakini Bwana ni yule yule.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1CO.12.6" />Kisha kuna tofauti za kutenda kazi, lakini ni Mungu yule yule atendaye kazi zote kwa watu wote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1CO.12.7" />Basi kila mmoja hupewa ufunuo wa Roho kwa faida ya wote.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1CO.12.8" />Maana mtu mmoja kwa Roho hupewa neno la hekima na mwingine neno la maarifa kwa Roho huyo huyo.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1CO.12.9" />Mtu mwingine imani kwa huyo Roho na mwingine karama za kuponya kwa huyo Roho mmoja.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1CO.12.10" />Kwa mwingine matendo ya miujiza, kwa mwingine unabii kwa mwingine kupambanua roho, kwa mwingine aina mbalimbali za lugha, na kwa mwingine bado, tafsiri za lugha.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1CO.12.11" />Haya yote hufanywa na huyo huyo Roho mmoja, Roho naye humgawia kila mtu, kama apendavyo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mwili Mmoja, Wenye Viungo Vingi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1CO.12.12" />Kama vile mwili ulivyo mmoja nao una viungo vingi, navyo viungo vyote vya mwili ingawa ni vingi, ni mwili mmoja, vivyo hivyo na Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1CO.12.13" />Kwa maana katika Roho mmoja wote tulibatizwa katika mwili mmoja, kama ni Wayahudi au Wayunani, kama ni watumwa au watu huru, nasi sote tulinyweshwa Roho mmoja.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1CO.12.14" />Basi mwili si kiungo kimoja, bali ni viungo vingi.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1CO.12.15" />Kama mguu ungesema, “Kwa kuwa mimi si mkono basi mimi si wa mwili,” hiyo isingefanya huo mguu usiwe sehemu ya mwili.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1CO.12.16" />Na kama sikio lingesema, “Kwa kuwa mimi si jicho, basi mimi si wa mwili,” hiyo isingefanya hilo sikio lisiwe sehemu ya mwili.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1CO.12.17" />Kama mwili wote ungelikuwa jicho, kusikia kungekuwa wapi? Au kama mwili wote ungelikuwa sikio, kunusa kungekuwa wapi?
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1CO.12.18" />Lakini kama ilivyo, Mungu ameweka viungo katika mwili, kila kimoja kama alivyopenda.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1CO.12.19" />Kama vyote vingekuwa kiungo kimoja, mwili ungekuwa wapi?
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1CO.12.20" />Kama ulivyo, una viungo vingi, lakini mwili ni mmoja.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="1CO.12.21" />Jicho haliwezi kuuambia mkono, “Sina haja nawe!” Wala kichwa hakiwezi kuiambia miguu, “Sina haja na ninyi!”
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1CO.12.22" />Lakini badala yake, vile viungo vya mwili vinavyoonekana kuwa dhaifu, ndivyo ambavyo ni vya muhimu sana.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1CO.12.23" />Navyo vile viungo tunavyoviona havina heshima, ndivyo tunavipa heshima maalum. Vile viungo vya mwili ambavyo havina uzuri, tunavipa heshima ya pekee;
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1CO.12.24" />wakati vile viungo vyenye uzuri havihitaji utunzaji wa pekee. Lakini Mungu ameviweka pamoja viungo vya mwili na akavipa heshima zaidi vile vilivyopungukiwa,
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1CO.12.25" />ili pasiwe na mafarakano katika mwili, bali viungo vyote vihudumiane kwa usawa kila kimoja na mwenzake.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="1CO.12.26" />Kama kiungo kimoja kikiumia, viungo vyote huumia pamoja nacho, kama kiungo kimoja kikipewa heshima, viungo vyote hufurahi pamoja nacho.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="1CO.12.27" />Sasa ninyi ni mwili wa Kristo na kila mmoja wenu ni sehemu ya huo mwili.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1CO.12.28" />Mungu ameweka katika kanisa, kwanza mitume, pili manabii, tatu walimu, kisha watenda miujiza, pia karama za kuponya, karama za kusaidiana, karama za uongozi, aina mbalimbali za lugha.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="1CO.12.29" />Je, wote ni mitume? Je, wote ni manabii? Je, wote ni walimu? Je, wote wanatenda miujiza?
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1CO.12.30" />Je, wote wana karama ya kuponya? Je, wote hunena kwa lugha mpya? Je, wote wanatafsiri?
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="1CO.12.31" />Basi tamanini sana karama zilizo kuu.
</p>
<p style="p">Nami nitawaonyesha njia iliyo bora zaidi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="13" />
<s style="s1">Karama Ya Upendo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CO.13.1" />Hata kama nitasema kwa lugha za wanadamu na za malaika, kama sina upendo, nimekuwa kengele inayolialia au toazi livumalo.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CO.13.2" />Ningekuwa na karama ya unabii na kujua siri zote na maarifa yote, hata kama nina imani kiasi cha kuweza kuhamisha milima, kama sina upendo, mimi si kitu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1CO.13.3" />Kama nikitoa mali yote niliyo nayo na kama nikijitolea mwili wangu uchomwe moto, kama sina upendo, hainifaidi kitu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1CO.13.4" />Upendo huvumilia, upendo hufadhili, upendo hauoni wivu, hauna majivuno, hauna kiburi.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1CO.13.5" />Haukosi kuwa na adabu, hautafuti mambo yake, haukasiriki upesi, hauweki kumbukumbu ya mabaya.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1CO.13.6" />Upendo haufurahii mabaya bali hufurahi pamoja na kweli.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1CO.13.7" />Upendo huvumilia yote, huamini yote, hutumaini yote, hustahimili yote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1CO.13.8" />Upendo haushindwi kamwe. Lakini ukiwepo unabii, utakoma; zikiwepo lugha, zitakoma; yakiwepo maarifa, yatapita.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1CO.13.9" />Kwa maana tunafahamu kwa sehemu na tunatoa unabii kwa sehemu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1CO.13.10" />Lakini ukamilifu ukija, yale yasiyo kamili hutoweka.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1CO.13.11" />Nilipokuwa mtoto, nilisema kama mtoto, niliwaza kama mtoto, nilifikiri kama mtoto. Nilipokuwa mtu mzima niliacha mambo ya kitoto.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1CO.13.12" />Kwa maana sasa tunaona taswira kama kwa kioo, lakini wakati huo tutaona wazi. Sasa nafahamu kwa sehemu, wakati huo nitafahamu kikamilifu, kama vile mimi ninavyofahamika kikamilifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1CO.13.13" />Basi sasa, yanadumu mambo haya matatu: Imani, tumaini na upendo. Lakini lililo kuu miongoni mwa haya matatu ni upendo.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="14" />
<s style="s1">Karama Za Unabii Na Lugha
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CO.14.1" />Fuateni upendo na kutaka sana karama za roho, hasa karama ya unabii.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CO.14.2" />Kwa maana mtu yeyote anayesema kwa lugha, hasemi na wanadamu bali anasema na Mungu. Kwa kuwa hakuna mtu yeyote anayemwelewa, kwani anasema mambo ya siri kwa roho.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1CO.14.3" />Lakini anayetoa unabii anasema na watu akiwajenga, kuwatia moyo na kuwafariji.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1CO.14.4" />Anenaye kwa lugha hujijenga mwenyewe, bali atoaye unabii hulijenga kanisa.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1CO.14.5" />Ningependa kila mmoja wenu anene kwa lugha lakini ningependa zaidi nyote mtoe unabii. Kwa kuwa yeye atoaye unabii ni mkuu kuliko anenaye kwa lugha, isipokuwa atafsiri, ili kanisa lipate kujengwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1CO.14.6" />Sasa ndugu zangu, kama nikija kwenu nikasema kwa lugha mpya nitawafaidia nini kama sikuwaletea ufunuo au neno la maarifa au unabii au mafundisho?
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1CO.14.7" />Hata vitu visivyo na uhai vitoapo sauti, kama vile filimbi au kinubi, mtu atajuaje ni wimbo gani unaoimbwa kusipokuwa na tofauti ya upigaji?
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1CO.14.8" />Tena kama tarumbeta haitoi sauti inayoeleweka, ni nani atakayejiandaa kwa ajili ya vita?
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1CO.14.9" />Vivyo hivyo na ninyi, kama mkinena maneno yasiyoeleweka katika akili, mtu atajuaje mnalosema? Kwa maana mtakuwa mnasema hewani tu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1CO.14.10" />Bila shaka ziko sauti nyingi ulimwenguni, wala hakuna isiyo na maana.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1CO.14.11" />Basi kama sielewi maana ya hiyo sauti, nitakuwa mgeni kwa yule msemaji, naye atakuwa mgeni kwangu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1CO.14.12" />Vivyo hivyo na ninyi. Kwa kuwa mnatamani kuwa na karama za rohoni, jitahidini kuzidi sana katika karama kwa ajili ya kulijenga kanisa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1CO.14.13" />Kwa sababu hii, yeye anenaye kwa lugha na aombe kwamba apate kutafsiri kile anachonena.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1CO.14.14" />Kwa maana nikiomba kwa lugha, roho yangu inaomba, lakini akili yangu haina matunda.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1CO.14.15" />Nifanyeje basi? Nitaomba kwa roho, na pia nitaomba kwa akili yangu. Nitaimba kwa roho na nitaimba kwa akili yangu pia.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1CO.14.16" />Ikiwa unabariki kwa roho, mtu mwingine atakayejikuta miongoni mwa hao wasiojua, atawezaje kusema “Amen” katika kushukuru kwako, wakati haelewi unachosema?
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1CO.14.17" />Mnaweza kuwa mnatoa shukrani kweli, sawa, lakini huyo mtu mwingine hajengeki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1CO.14.18" />Namshukuru Mungu kwamba mimi nanena kwa lugha kuliko ninyi nyote.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1CO.14.19" />Lakini ndani ya kanisa ni afadhali niseme maneno matano ya kueleweka ili niwafundishe wengine kuliko kusema maneno 10,000 kwa lugha.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="1CO.14.20" />Ndugu zangu, msiwe kama watoto katika kufikiri kwenu, afadhali kuhusu uovu mwe kama watoto wachanga, lakini katika kufikiri kwenu, mwe watu wazima.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1CO.14.21" />Katika Sheria imeandikwa kwamba:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kupitia kwa watu wenye lugha ngʼeni
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kupitia midomo ya wageni,
</q>
<q style="q1">nitasema na watu hawa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini hata hivyo hawatanisikiliza,”
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema Bwana.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="1CO.14.22" />Basi kunena kwa lugha ni ishara, si kwa watu waaminio, bali kwa wasioamini, wakati unabii si kwa ajili ya wasioamini, bali kwa ajili ya waaminio.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1CO.14.23" />Kwa hiyo kama kanisa lote likikutana na kila mmoja akanena kwa lugha, kisha wakaingia wageni wasioelewa wasioamini, je, hawatasema kwamba wote mna wazimu?
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1CO.14.24" />Lakini kama mtu asiyeamini au asiyeelewa akiingia wakati kila mtu anatoa unabii, ataaminishwa na watu wote kuwa yeye ni mwenye dhambi na kuhukumiwa na wote,
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1CO.14.25" />nazo siri za moyo wake zitawekwa wazi. Kwa hiyo ataanguka chini na kumwabudu Mungu akikiri, “Kweli Mungu yuko katikati yenu!”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kumwabudu Mungu Kwa Utaratibu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="1CO.14.26" />Basi tuseme nini ndugu zangu? Mnapokutana pamoja, kila mmoja ana wimbo, au neno la mafundisho, au ufunuo, lugha mpya au atatafsiri. Mambo yote yatendeke kwa ajili ya kulijenga kanisa.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1CO.14.27" />Kama mtu yeyote akinena kwa lugha, basi waseme watu wawili au watatu si zaidi, mmoja baada ya mwingine na lazima awepo mtu wa kutafsiri.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1CO.14.28" />Lakini kama hakuna mtu wa kutafsiri, hao watu na wanyamaze kimya kanisani na wanene na nafsi zao wenyewe na Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="1CO.14.29" />Manabii wawili au watatu wanene na wengine wapime yale yasemwayo.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1CO.14.30" />Kama mtu yeyote aliyeketi karibu, akipata ufunuo, basi yule wa kwanza na anyamaze.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="1CO.14.31" />Kwa maana wote mnaweza kutoa unabii, mmoja baada ya mwingine, ili kila mtu apate kufundishwa na kutiwa moyo.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="1CO.14.32" />Roho za manabii huwatii manabii.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="1CO.14.33" />Kwa maana Mungu si Mungu wa machafuko bali ni Mungu wa amani.
</p>
<p style="p">Kama ilivyo katika makusanyiko yote ya watakatifu,
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="1CO.14.34" />wanawake wanapaswa kuwa kimya kanisani. Hawaruhusiwi kusema, bali wanyenyekee kama sheria isemavyo.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="1CO.14.35" />Kama wakitaka kuuliza kuhusu jambo lolote, wawaulize waume zao nyumbani. Kwa maana ni aibu kwa mwanamke kuzungumza kanisani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="36" bcv="1CO.14.36" />Je, neno la Mungu lilianzia kwenu? Au ni ninyi tu ambao neno la Mungu limewafikia?
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="1CO.14.37" />Kama mtu yeyote akidhani kwamba yeye ni nabii, au ana karama za rohoni, basi na akubali kwamba haya ninayoandika ni maagizo kutoka kwa Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="1CO.14.38" />Kama mtu akipuuza jambo hili yeye mwenyewe atapuuzwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="1CO.14.39" />Kwa hiyo ndugu zangu, takeni sana kutoa unabii na msikataze watu kusema kwa lugha.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="1CO.14.40" />Lakini kila kitu kitendeke kwa heshima na kwa utaratibu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="15" />
<s style="s1">Kufufuka Kwa Kristo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CO.15.1" />Basi ndugu zangu nataka niwakumbushe kuhusu Injili niliyowahubiria, mkaipokea na ambayo katika hiyo mmesimama.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CO.15.2" />Kwa Injili hii mnaokolewa mkishikilia kwa uthabiti neno nililowahubiria ninyi. La sivyo, mmeamini katika ubatili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1CO.15.3" />Kwa maana yale niliyopokea ndiyo niliyowapa ninyi, kama yenye umuhimu wa kwanza: Kwamba Kristo alikufa kwa ajili ya dhambi zetu, kama yasemavyo Maandiko,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1CO.15.4" />ya kuwa alizikwa na alifufuliwa siku ya tatu, kama yasemavyo Maandiko,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1CO.15.5" />na kwamba alimtokea Kefa,<f caller="+"><fr>15:5
</fr><ft>Yaani Petro.</ft></f> kisha akawatokea wale kumi na wawili.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1CO.15.6" />Baadaye akawatokea wale ndugu waumini zaidi ya 500 kwa pamoja, ambao wengi wao bado wako hai, ingawa wengine wamelala.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1CO.15.7" />Ndipo akamtokea Yakobo na kisha mitume wote.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1CO.15.8" />Mwisho wa wote, akanitokea mimi pia, ambaye ni kama aliyezaliwa si kwa wakati wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1CO.15.9" />Kwa maana mimi ndiye mdogo kuliko mitume wote, nisiyestahili kuitwa mtume, kwa sababu nililitesa kanisa la Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1CO.15.10" />Lakini kwa neema ya Mungu nimekuwa hivi nilivyo na neema yake kwangu haikuwa kitu bure. Bali nilizidi sana kufanya kazi kuliko mitume wote, lakini haikuwa mimi, bali ni ile neema ya Mungu iliyokuwa pamoja nami.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1CO.15.11" />Hivyo basi, kama ilikuwa mimi au wao, hili ndilo tunalohubiri, na hili ndilo mliloamini.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ufufuo Wa Wafu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1CO.15.12" />Basi kama tumehubiri ya kwamba Kristo alifufuliwa kutoka kwa wafu, mbona baadhi yenu mnasema hakuna ufufuo wa wafu?
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1CO.15.13" />Lakini kama hakuna ufufuo wa wafu, basi hata Kristo hakufufuliwa.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1CO.15.14" />Tena ikiwa Kristo hakufufuliwa kutoka kwa wafu, kuhubiri kwetu kumekuwa ni bure na imani yenu ni batili.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1CO.15.15" />Zaidi ya hayo, twaonekana kuwa mashahidi wa uongo kuhusu Mungu, kwa sababu tumeshuhudia kumhusu Mungu kwamba alimfufua Kristo kutoka kwa wafu, lakini hilo haliwezi kuwa kweli kama wafu hawafufuliwi.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1CO.15.16" />Kwa kuwa kama wafu hawafufuliwi, basi hata Kristo hajafufuka.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1CO.15.17" />Tena kama Kristo hajafufuliwa, imani yenu ni batili; nanyi bado mko katika dhambi zenu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1CO.15.18" />Hivyo basi, wote waliolala katika Kristo wamepotea.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1CO.15.19" />Ikiwa tumaini letu ndani ya Kristo ni kwa ajili ya maisha haya tu, sisi tunastahili kuhurumiwa kuliko watu wote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="1CO.15.20" />Lakini kweli Kristo amefufuliwa kutoka kwa wafu, tunda la kwanza la wale wote waliolala.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1CO.15.21" />Kwa maana kama vile mauti ilivyokuja kwa njia ya mtu mmoja, vivyo hivyo, ufufuo wa wafu umekuja kwa njia ya mtu mmoja.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1CO.15.22" />Kwa maana kama vile katika Adamu watu wote wanakufa, vivyo hivyo katika Kristo wote watafanywa hai.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1CO.15.23" />Lakini kila mmoja kwa wakati wake: Kristo, tunda la kwanza kisha, wale walio wake, wakati atakapokuja.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1CO.15.24" />Ndipo mwisho utafika, wakati atakapomkabidhi Mungu Baba ufalme, akiisha angamiza kila utawala na kila mamlaka na nguvu.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1CO.15.25" />Kwa maana lazima Kristo atawale mpaka awe amewaweka adui zake wote chini ya miguu yake.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="1CO.15.26" />Adui wa mwisho atakayeangamizwa ni mauti.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1CO.15.27" />Kwa maana Mungu “ameweka vitu vyote chini ya miguu yake.” Lakini isemapo kwamba “vitu vyote” vimewekwa chini yake, ni wazi kwamba Mungu aliyetiisha vitu vyote chini ya Kristo hayumo miongoni mwa hivyo vilivyotiishwa.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="1CO.15.28" />Atakapokuwa amekwisha kuyafanya haya, ndipo Mwana mwenyewe atatiishwa chini yake yeye aliyetiisha vitu vyote, ili Mungu awe yote katika yote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="1CO.15.29" />Basi kama hakuna ufufuo, watafanyaje wale wabatizwao kwa ajili ya wafu? Kama wafu hawafufuliwi kamwe, mbona watu wanabatizwa kwa ajili yao?
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="1CO.15.30" />Nasi kwa upande wetu kwa nini tunajihatarisha kila saa?
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="1CO.15.31" />Kama majivuno yangu kwa ajili yenu katika Kristo Yesu Bwana wetu ni kweli, ndugu zangu, ninakufa kila siku.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="1CO.15.32" />Kama kwa sababu za kibinadamu tu nilipigana na wanyama wakali huko Efeso, ningekuwa nimepata faida gani? Kama wafu hawafufuliwi,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Tuleni na kunywa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kuwa kesho tutakufa.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="33" bcv="1CO.15.33" />Msidanganyike: “Ushirika na watu wabaya huharibu tabia njema.”
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="1CO.15.34" />Zindukeni mwe na akili kama iwapasavyo, wala msitende dhambi tena; kwa maana watu wengine hawamjui Mungu. Nasema mambo haya ili mwone aibu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mwili Wa Ufufuo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="1CO.15.35" />Lakini mtu anaweza kuuliza, “Wafu wafufuliwaje? Watakuwa na mwili wa namna gani?”
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="1CO.15.36" />Ninyi wapumbavu kiasi gani? Mpandacho hakiwi hai kama hakikufa.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="1CO.15.37" />Mpandapo, hampandi mwili ule utakao kuwa, bali mwapanda mbegu tu, pengine ya ngano au ya kitu kingine.
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="1CO.15.38" />Lakini Mungu huipa mbegu umbo kama alivyokusudia mwenyewe na kila aina ya mbegu huipa umbo lake.
<ve />
<v id="39" bcv="1CO.15.39" />Kwa maana nyama zote si za aina moja. Binadamu wana nyama ya aina moja, wanyama wana aina nyingine, kadhalika ndege na samaki wana nyama tofauti.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="1CO.15.40" />Pia kuna miili ya mbinguni na miili ya duniani, lakini fahari wa ile miili ya mbinguni ni wa aina moja na fahari wa ile miili ya duniani ni wa aina nyingine.
<ve />
<v id="41" bcv="1CO.15.41" />Jua lina fahari ya aina moja, mwezi nao una fahari yake na nyota pia, nazo nyota hutofautiana katika fahari.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="42" bcv="1CO.15.42" />Hivyo ndivyo itakavyokuwa wakati wa ufufuo wa wafu. Ule mwili wa kuharibika uliopandwa, utafufuliwa usioharibika,
<ve />
<v id="43" bcv="1CO.15.43" />unapandwa katika aibu, unafufuliwa katika utukufu, unapandwa katika udhaifu, unafufuliwa katika nguvu,
<ve />
<v id="44" bcv="1CO.15.44" />unapandwa mwili wa asili, unafufuliwa mwili wa kiroho.
</p>
<p style="p">Kama kuna mwili wa asili, basi kuna mwili wa kiroho pia.
<ve />
<v id="45" bcv="1CO.15.45" />Kwa hiyo imeandikwa, “Mtu wa kwanza Adamu alifanyika kiumbe hai”; Adamu wa mwisho, yeye ni roho iletayo uzima.
<ve />
<v id="46" bcv="1CO.15.46" />Lakini si ule wa kiroho uliotangulia, bali ni ule wa asili, kisha ule wa kiroho.
<ve />
<v id="47" bcv="1CO.15.47" />Mtu wa kwanza aliumbwa kwa mavumbi ya ardhini, mtu wa pili alitoka mbinguni.
<ve />
<v id="48" bcv="1CO.15.48" />Kama vile alivyokuwa yule wa ardhini, ndivyo walivyo wale walio wa ardhini; na kwa vile alivyo mtu yule aliyetoka mbinguni, ndivyo walivyo wale walio wa mbinguni.
<ve />
<v id="49" bcv="1CO.15.49" />Kama vile tulivyochukua mfano wa mtu wa ardhini, ndivyo tutakavyochukua mfano wa yule mtu aliyetoka mbinguni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="50" bcv="1CO.15.50" />Ndugu zangu nisemalo ni hili: nyama na damu haviwezi kuurithi ufalme wa Mungu, wala kuharibika kurithi kutokuharibika.
<ve />
<v id="51" bcv="1CO.15.51" />Sikilizeni, nawaambia siri: Sote hatutalala, lakini sote tutabadilishwa
<ve />
<v id="52" bcv="1CO.15.52" />ghafula, kufumba na kufumbua, parapanda ya mwisho itakapolia. Kwa kuwa parapanda italia, nao wafu watafufuliwa na miili isiyoharibika, nasi tutabadilishwa.
<ve />
<v id="53" bcv="1CO.15.53" />Kwa maana mwili huu wa kuharibika lazima uvae kutokuharibika, nao huu wa kufa lazima uvae kutokufa.
<ve />
<v id="54" bcv="1CO.15.54" />Kwa hiyo, mwili huu wa kuharibika utakapovaa kutokuharibika, nao huu mwili wa kufa utakapovaa kutokufa, ndipo lile neno lililoandikwa litakapotimia: “Mauti imemezwa kwa kushinda.”
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="55" bcv="1CO.15.55" />“Kuko wapi, ee mauti, kushinda kwako?
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Uko wapi, ee mauti, uchungu wako?”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="56" bcv="1CO.15.56" />Uchungu wa mauti ni dhambi na nguvu ya dhambi ni sheria.
<ve />
<v id="57" bcv="1CO.15.57" />Lakini ashukuriwe Mungu, yeye atupaye ushindi kwa njia ya Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="58" bcv="1CO.15.58" />Kwa hiyo, ndugu zangu wapenzi, simameni imara, msitikisike, mzidi sana katika kuitenda kazi ya Bwana, kwa maana mnajua ya kuwa, kazi yenu katika Bwana si bure.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="16" />
<s style="s1">Changizo Kwa Ajili Ya Watakatifu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1CO.16.1" />Basi kuhusu changizo kwa ajili ya watakatifu: Kama nilivyoyaagiza makanisa ya Galatia, fanyeni vivyo hivyo.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1CO.16.2" />Siku ya kwanza ya kila juma, kila mmoja wenu atenge kiasi cha fedha, kulingana na mapato yake na fedha hizo aziweke akiba, ili nitakapokuja pasiwe na lazima ya kufanya mchango.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1CO.16.3" />Kwa hiyo nitakapowasili, nitawapa wale mtakaowachagua barua za kuwatambulisha, ili kuwatuma wapeleke zawadi zenu huko Yerusalemu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1CO.16.4" />Kama ikionekana ni vyema na mimi niende, basi hao watu watafuatana nami.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mahitaji Binafsi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1CO.16.5" />Baada ya kupitia Makedonia nitakuja kwenu, maana ninakusudia kupitia Makedonia.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1CO.16.6" />Huenda nitakaa nanyi kwa muda, au hata kukaa nanyi kipindi chote cha baridi, ili mweze kunisaidia katika safari yangu, popote niendapo.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1CO.16.7" />Kwa maana sitaki niwaone sasa na kupita tu; natarajia kuwa nanyi kwa muda wa kutosha, kama Bwana akipenda.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1CO.16.8" />Lakini nitakaa Efeso mpaka wakati wa Pentekoste,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1CO.16.9" />kwa maana mlango mkubwa umefunguliwa kwangu kufanya kazi yenye matunda, nako huko kuna adui wengi wanaonipinga.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1CO.16.10" />Ikiwa Timotheo atakuja kwenu, hakikisheni kwamba hana hofu yoyote akiwa nanyi, kwa sababu anafanya kazi ya Bwana, kama mimi nifanyavyo.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1CO.16.11" />Basi asiwepo mtu atakayekataa kumpokea. Msafirisheni kwa amani ili aweze kunijia tena. Namtarajia pamoja na ndugu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1CO.16.12" />Basi kwa habari za ndugu yetu Apolo, nimemsihi kwa bidii aje kwenu pamoja na hao ndugu. Ingawa alikuwa hapendi kabisa kuja sasa, lakini atakuja apatapo nafasi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maneno Ya Mwisho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1CO.16.13" />Kesheni, simameni imara katika imani, fanyeni kiume, kuweni mashujaa kuweni hodari.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1CO.16.14" />Fanyeni kila kitu katika upendo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1CO.16.15" />Ninyi mnajua kwamba watu wa nyumbani mwa Stefana ndio waliokuwa wa kwanza kuamini katika Akaya, nao wamejitoa kwa ajili ya kuwahudumia watakatifu. Ndugu nawasihi,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1CO.16.16" />mjitie katika kuwahudumia watu kama hawa na kila mmoja aingiaye kwenye kazi na kuifanya kwa bidii.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1CO.16.17" />Nilifurahi wakati Stefana, Fortunato na Akaiko walipofika, kwa sababu wamenipatia yale niliyopungukiwa kutoka kwenu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1CO.16.18" />Kwa kuwa waliiburudisha roho yangu na zenu pia. Watu kama hawa wanastahili kutambuliwa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Salamu Za Mwisho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1CO.16.19" />Makanisa ya Asia yanawasalimu. Akila na Prisila,<f caller="+"><fr>16:19
</fr><ft>Prisila kwa Kiyunani ni Priska, hivyo tafsiri nyingine zimemuita Priska.</ft></f> pamoja na kanisa lililoko nyumbani kwao wanawasalimu sana katika Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1CO.16.20" />Ndugu wote walioko hapa wanawasalimu. Salimianeni kwa busu takatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="1CO.16.21" />Mimi, Paulo, naandika salamu hizi kwa mkono wangu mwenyewe.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="1CO.16.22" />Kama mtu yeyote hampendi Bwana Yesu Kristo, na alaaniwe. Bwana wetu, njoo.<f caller="+"><fr>16:22
</fr><ft>Kwa Kiaramu ni
<tl>Marana tha</tl>.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1CO.16.23" />Neema ya Bwana Yesu iwe nanyi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="1CO.16.24" />Upendo wangu uwe nanyi nyote katika Kristo Yesu. Amen.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="2CO"><id id="2CO">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>2 Wakorintho
</h><toc level="1">2 Wakorintho
</toc><toc level="2">2 Wakorintho
</toc><toc level="3">2Kor
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">2 Wakorintho
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Salamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CO.1.1" />Barua hii ni kutoka kwangu mimi Paulo, mtume wa Kristo Yesu kwa mapenzi ya Mungu, na Timotheo ndugu yetu,
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa kanisa la Mungu lililoko Korintho, pamoja na watakatifu wote walioko Akaya yote:
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="2CO.1.2" />Neema na amani itokayo kwa Mungu Baba yetu na kwa Bwana Yesu Kristo iwe nanyi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mungu Wa Faraja Yote
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2CO.1.3" />Ahimidiwe Mungu na Baba wa Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo, Baba wa huruma na Mungu wa faraja yote.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CO.1.4" />Yeye hutufariji katika taabu zetu, ili tuweze kuwafariji walio katika taabu yoyote kwa faraja ambayo sisi wenyewe tumepokea kutoka kwa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CO.1.5" />Kama vile mateso ya Kristo yanavyozidi ndani ya maisha yetu, hivyo ndivyo faraja yetu inavyofurika kwa njia ya Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CO.1.6" />Kama tunataabika, ni kwa ajili ya faraja na wokovu wenu; kama tukifarijiwa, ni kwa ajili ya faraja yenu, iwaleteayo saburi ya mateso yale yale yanayotupata.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2CO.1.7" />Nalo tumaini letu kwenu ni thabiti, kwa sababu tunajua kwamba kama vile mnavyoshiriki mateso yetu, ndivyo pia mnavyoshiriki katika faraja yetu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2CO.1.8" />Ndugu wapendwa, hatutaki mkose kujua kuhusu zile taabu tulizopata huko Asia. Kwa maana tulilemewa na mizigo sana, kiasi cha kushindwa kuvumilia, hata tulikata tamaa ya kuishi.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CO.1.9" />Kwa kweli, mioyoni mwetu tulihisi tumekabiliwa na hukumu ya kifo, ili tusijitegemee sisi wenyewe bali tumtegemee Mungu afufuaye wafu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CO.1.10" />Yeye aliyetuokoa kwenye hatari kubwa ya kifo na atatuokoa tena. Kwake yeye tumeweka tumaini letu kwamba ataendelea kutuokoa.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2CO.1.11" />Kama vile mlivyoungana kusaidiana nasi katika maombi, hivyo wengi watatoa shukrani kwa niaba yetu kwa ajili ya baraka za neema tulizopata kwa majibu ya maombi ya wengi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Aahirisha Ziara
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2CO.1.12" />Basi haya ndiyo majivuno yetu: Dhamiri yetu inatushuhudia kwamba tumeenenda katika ulimwengu na hasa katika uhusiano wetu na ninyi, katika utakatifu na uaminifu utokao kwa Mungu. Hatukufanya hivyo kwa hekima ya kidunia bali kwa neema ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2CO.1.13" />Kwa maana hatuwaandikii mambo ambayo hamwezi kusoma au kuyaelewa. Natumaini kwamba,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CO.1.14" />kama vile mlivyotuelewa kwa sehemu, mtakuja kuelewa kwa ukamilifu ili mweze kujivuna kwa ajili yetu, kama na sisi tutakavyojivuna kwa ajili yenu katika siku ya Bwana Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2CO.1.15" />Kwa kuwa nilikuwa na uhakika wa mambo haya, nilitaka nije kwenu kwanza, ili mpate faida mara mbili.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2CO.1.16" />Nilipanga kuwatembelea nikiwa safarini kwenda Makedonia na kurudi tena kwenu nikitoka Makedonia, ili mnisafirishe katika safari yangu ya kwenda Uyahudi.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CO.1.17" />Nilipopanga jambo hili, je, nilikuwa kigeugeu? Au ninafanya mipango yangu kwa hali ya mwili, ili niseme, “Ndiyo, ndiyo” na “Siyo, siyo” wakati huo huo?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2CO.1.18" />Hakika kama Mungu alivyo mwaminifu, maneno yetu kwenu hayajawa “Ndiyo na Siyo.”
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2CO.1.19" />Kwa kuwa Yesu Kristo, Mwana wa Mungu, ambaye tulimhubiri kwenu: Mimi, Silvano<f caller="+"><fr>1:19
</fr><ft>Yaani Sila.</ft></f> na Timotheo, hakuwa “Ndiyo” na “Siyo,” bali kwake yeye siku zote ni “Ndiyo.”
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2CO.1.20" />Kwa maana ahadi zote za Mungu zilizo katika Kristo ni “Ndiyo.” Kwa sababu hii ni kwake yeye tunasema “Amen” kwa utukufu wa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2CO.1.21" />Basi ni Mungu atufanyaye sisi pamoja nanyi kusimama imara katika Kristo. Ametutia mafuta
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="2CO.1.22" />kwa kututia muhuri wake na kutupa Roho wake mioyoni mwetu kuwa rehani kwa ajili ya kututhibitishia kile kijacho.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="2CO.1.23" />Mungu ni shahidi wangu kwamba ilikuwa ni kwa ajili ya kuwahurumia ninyi sikurudi Korintho.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="2CO.1.24" />Si kwamba tunatawala imani yenu, bali twatenda kazi pamoja nanyi kwa ajili ya furaha yenu, kwa sababu ni kwa imani mwasimama imara.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CO.2.1" />Hivyo nilikusudia moyoni mwangu nisifanye ziara nyingine yenye kuwaumiza ninyi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CO.2.2" />Kwa kuwa kama nikiwahuzunisha ninyi, ni nani aliyebaki wa kunifurahisha isipokuwa ninyi ambao nimewahuzunisha?
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CO.2.3" />Niliandika hivyo kama nilivyofanya, ili nikija nisihuzunishwe na wale watu ambao wangenifanya nifurahi. Nina uhakika na ninyi nyote, kwamba wote mngeshiriki furaha yangu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CO.2.4" />Kwa maana niliwaandikia kutokana na dhiki kubwa na kutaabika sana kwa moyo wangu tena kwa machozi mengi, shabaha yangu si ili niwasababishe mhuzunike bali kuwaonyesha kina cha upendo wangu kwenu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Msamaha Kwa Mwenye Dhambi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2CO.2.5" />Lakini ikiwa mtu yeyote amesababisha huzuni, kwa kiasi fulani hakunihuzunisha mimi kama vile alivyowahuzunisha ninyi nyote, ili nisiwe mkali kupita kiasi.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CO.2.6" />Adhabu hii aliyopewa na wengi inamtosha.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2CO.2.7" />Basi sasa badala yake, inawapasa kumsamehe na kumfariji, ili asigubikwe na huzuni kupita kiasi.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2CO.2.8" />Kwa hiyo, nawasihi, mpate kuuthibitisha tena upendo wenu kwa ajili yake.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CO.2.9" />Sababu ya kuwaandikia ni kuona kama mngeweza kushinda hilo jaribio na kutii katika kila jambo.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CO.2.10" />Kama ninyi mkimsamehe mtu yeyote, mimi pia nimemsamehe. Kile nilichosamehe, kama kulikuwa na kitu chochote cha kusamehe, nimekwisha kusamehe mbele ya Kristo kwa ajili yenu,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2CO.2.11" />ili Shetani asitushinde. Kwa maana hatuachi kuzijua hila zake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wasiwasi Wa Paulo Huko Troa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2CO.2.12" />Basi nilipofika Troa kuhubiri Injili ya Kristo na kukuta kwamba Bwana alikuwa amenifungulia mlango,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2CO.2.13" />bado nilikuwa sina utulivu akilini mwangu kwa sababu sikumkuta ndugu yangu Tito huko. Hivyo niliagana nao nikaenda Makedonia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2CO.2.14" />Lakini Mungu ashukuriwe, yeye ambaye siku zote hutufanya tuandamane kwa ushindi tukiwa ndani ya Kristo. Naye kupitia kwetu hueneza kila mahali harufu nzuri ya kumjua yeye.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2CO.2.15" />Kwa maana sisi kwa Mungu ni harufu nzuri ya manukato ya Kristo miongoni mwa wale wanaookolewa na kwa wale wanaopotea.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2CO.2.16" />Kwa wale wanaopotea, sisi ni harufu ya mauti iletayo mauti; lakini kwa wale wanaookolewa, sisi ni harufu nzuri iletayo uzima. Ni nani awezaye mambo hayo?
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CO.2.17" />Tofauti na watu wengine wengi, sisi hatufanyi biashara na Neno la Mungu kwa ajili ya kupata faida. Kinyume chake, katika Kristo tunalisema Neno la Mungu kwa unyoofu, kama watu tuliotumwa kutoka kwa Mungu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Wahudumu Wa Agano Jipya
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CO.3.1" />Je, tunaanza tena kujisifu wenyewe? Au tunahitaji kupata barua za utambulisho kwenu au kutoka kwenu, kama watu wengine?
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CO.3.2" />Ninyi wenyewe ndio barua yetu iliyoandikwa katika mioyo yetu, inayojulikana na kusomwa na kila mtu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CO.3.3" />Nanyi mwadhihirisha wazi kwamba ninyi ni barua itokayo kwa Kristo, matokeo ya huduma yetu, ambayo haikuandikwa kwa wino bali kwa Roho wa Mungu aliye hai, si katika vibao vya mawe, bali katika vibao ambavyo ni mioyo ya wanadamu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2CO.3.4" />Hili ndilo tumaini tulilo nalo mbele za Mungu kwa njia ya Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CO.3.5" />Si kwamba sisi tunafikiri kuwa tunaweza kufanya jambo lolote wenyewe, lakini nguvu yetu inatoka kwa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CO.3.6" />Ndiye alituwezesha sisi kuwa wahudumu wa Agano Jipya: si wa andiko, bali wa Roho; kwa kuwa andiko huua bali Roho hutia uzima.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Utukufu Wa Agano Jipya
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2CO.3.7" />Basi ikiwa ile huduma iliyoleta mauti, iliyoandikwa kwa herufi juu ya jiwe ilikuja kwa utukufu, hata Waisraeli wakawa hawawezi kuutazama uso wa Mose kwa sababu ya ule utukufu wake ingawa ulikuwa ni wa kufifia,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2CO.3.8" />je, huduma ya Roho haitakuwa na utukufu zaidi?
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CO.3.9" />Ikiwa huduma ile inayowahukumu wanadamu ina utukufu, je, ile huduma iletayo haki haitakuwa ya utukufu zaidi?
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CO.3.10" />Kwa maana kile kilichokuwa na utukufu sasa hakina utukufu ukilinganisha na huu utukufu unaozidi wa Agano Jipya.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2CO.3.11" />Ikiwa kile kilichokuwa kinafifia kilikuja kwa utukufu, je, si zaidi utukufu wa kile kinachodumu?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2CO.3.12" />Kwa hiyo, kwa kuwa tunalo tumaini hili, tuna ujasiri sana.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2CO.3.13" />Sisi si kama Mose, ambaye ilimpasa kuweka utaji ili kufunika uso wake ili Waisraeli wasiuone ule mngʼao uliokuwa juu yake hadi ulipofifia na hatimaye kutoweka.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CO.3.14" />Lakini akili zao zilipumbazwa, kwa maana mpaka leo utaji ule ule hufunika wakati Agano la Kale linasomwa. Huo utaji haujaondolewa, kwa maana ni katika Kristo peke yake unaondolewa.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2CO.3.15" />Hata leo Sheria ya Mose inaposomwa, utaji hufunika mioyo yao.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2CO.3.16" />Lakini wakati wowote mtu anapomgeukia Bwana, utaji unaondolewa.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CO.3.17" />Basi Bwana ndiye Roho. Mahali alipo Roho wa Bwana hapo pana uhuru.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2CO.3.18" />Nasi sote, tukiwa na nyuso zisizotiwa utaji tunadhihirisha utukufu wa Bwana, kama kwenye kioo. Nasi tunabadilishwa ili tufanane naye, toka utukufu hadi utukufu mkuu zaidi, utokao kwa Bwana, ambaye ndiye Roho.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Hazina Ya Mbinguni Katika Vyombo Vya Udongo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CO.4.1" />Kwa hiyo, kwa kuwa tuna huduma hii kwa rehema za Mungu, hatukati tamaa.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CO.4.2" />Tumekataa mambo ya siri na ya aibu, wala hatufuati njia za udanganyifu, tukichanganya Neno la Mungu na uongo. Kinyume cha hayo, tunadhihirisha kweli waziwazi na kujitambulisha wenyewe kwenye dhamiri ya kila mtu mbele za Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CO.4.3" />Hata nayo Injili yetu kama imetiwa utaji, ni kwa wale tu wanaopotea.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CO.4.4" />Kwa habari yao, mungu wa dunia hii amepofusha akili za wasioamini, ili wasione nuru ya Injili ya utukufu wa Kristo, aliye sura ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CO.4.5" />Kwa maana hatujihubiri sisi wenyewe ila tunamhubiri Yesu Kristo kuwa ni Bwana na sisi ni watumishi wenu kwa ajili ya Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CO.4.6" />Kwa kuwa Mungu, yeye aliyesema, “Nuru na ingʼae gizani,” ameifanya nuru yake ingʼae mioyoni mwetu ili kutupatia nuru ya maarifa ya utukufu wa Mungu katika uso wa Kristo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2CO.4.7" />Lakini tunayo hazina hii katika vyombo vya udongo, ili ijulikane wazi kwamba uwezo huu wa ajabu unatoka kwa Mungu wala si kwetu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2CO.4.8" />Twataabika kila upande lakini hatuangamizwi; twaona wasiwasi lakini hatukati tamaa;
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CO.4.9" />twateswa lakini hatuachwi; twatupwa chini lakini hatupondwi.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CO.4.10" />Siku zote twachukua katika mwili kufa kwake Yesu ili kwamba uzima wa Yesu uweze kudhihirika katika miili yetu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2CO.4.11" />Kwa maana sisi tulio hai siku zote tumetolewa tufe kwa ajili ya Yesu, ili kwamba uzima wake upate kudhihirishwa katika mwili wetu upatikanao na mauti.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2CO.4.12" />Hivyo basi, mauti inatenda kazi ndani yetu, bali uzima unatenda kazi ndani yenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2CO.4.13" />Imeandikwa, “Niliamini, kwa hiyo nimesema.” Kwa roho yule yule wa imani pia tuliamini na hivyo tunasema,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CO.4.14" />kwa sababu tunajua kwamba yeye aliyemfufua Bwana Yesu kutoka kwa wafu, atatufufua sisi pia pamoja na Yesu na kutuleta sisi pamoja nanyi mbele zake.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2CO.4.15" />Haya yote ni kwa faida yenu, ili kwamba neema ile inavyowafikia watu wengi zaidi na zaidi, ipate kusababisha shukrani nyingi kwa utukufu wa Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2CO.4.16" />Kwa hiyo, hatukati tamaa. Ingawa utu wetu wa nje unachakaa, utu wetu wa ndani unafanywa upya siku kwa siku.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CO.4.17" />Kwa maana dhiki yetu nyepesi iliyo ya kitambo inatutayarisha kwa ajili ya utukufu wa milele unaozidi kuwa mwingi kupita kiasi,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2CO.4.18" />kwa sababu hatuangalii yale yanayoweza kuonekana bali yale yasiyoweza kuonekana. Kwa maana yale yanayoweza kuonekana ni ya kitambo tu, bali yale yasiyoweza kuonekana ni ya milele.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Makao Yetu Ya Mbinguni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CO.5.1" />Kwa maana twajua kama hema yetu ya dunia tunayoishi ikiharibiwa, tunalo jengo kutoka kwa Mungu, nyumba iliyo ya milele kule mbinguni, isiyojengwa kwa mikono ya wanadamu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CO.5.2" />Katika hema hii twalia kwa uchungu, tukitamani kuvikwa makao yetu ya mbinguni,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CO.5.3" />kwa kuwa tukiisha kuvikwa hatutaonekana tena kuwa uchi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CO.5.4" />Kwa kuwa tukiwa bado katika hema hii twalia kwa uchungu na kulemewa, kwa sababu hatutaki kuvuliwa bali kuvikwa makao yetu ya mbinguni ili kwamba kile kipatikanacho na mauti kimezwe na uzima.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CO.5.5" />Basi Mungu ndiye alitufanya kwa ajili ya jambo lilo hilo naye ametupa Roho Mtakatifu kuwa amana, akituhakikishia ahadi ya kile kijacho.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2CO.5.6" />Kwa hiyo siku zote tunalo tumaini, hata ingawa tunajua kwamba wakati tukiwa katika mwili huu, tuko mbali na Bwana,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2CO.5.7" />kwa maana twaenenda kwa imani wala si kwa kuona.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2CO.5.8" />Naam, tunalo tumaini na ingekuwa bora zaidi kuuacha mwili huu na kwenda kukaa na Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CO.5.9" />Kwa hiyo, kama tuko katika mwili huu au tuko mbali nao, lengo letu ni kumpendeza Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CO.5.10" />Kwa kuwa sisi sote tutasimama mbele ya kiti cha hukumu cha Kristo, ili kila mmoja apate kulipwa kwa ajili ya yale ambayo yametendwa katika mwili wake, yakiwa mema au mabaya.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Huduma Ya Upatanisho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2CO.5.11" />Basi, kwa kuwa tunajua kumcha Bwana, tunajitahidi kuwavuta wengine. Lakini Mungu anatufahamu dhahiri, nami natumaini kwamba tu dhahiri katika dhamiri zenu pia.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2CO.5.12" />Sio kwamba tunajaribu kujistahilisha kwenu tena, lakini tunataka kuwapa nafasi ili mwone fahari juu yetu mweze kuwajibu hao wanaoona fahari juu ya mambo yanayoonekana badala ya mambo yaliyo moyoni.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2CO.5.13" />Kama tumerukwa na akili, ni kwa ajili ya Mungu; kama tuna akili timamu, ni kwa ajili yenu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CO.5.14" />Kwa kuwa upendo wa Kristo unatutia nguvu, kwa sababu tunasadiki kuwa mmoja alikufa kwa ajili ya wote, kwa hiyo wote walikufa.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2CO.5.15" />Naye alikufa kwa ajili ya watu wote, ili kwamba wote wanaoishi wasiishi tena kwa ajili ya nafsi zao wenyewe, bali kwa ajili yake yeye aliyekufa na kufufuliwa tena kwa ajili yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2CO.5.16" />Hivyo tangu sasa hatumwangalii mtu yeyote kwa mtazamo wa kibinadamu. Ingawa wakati fulani tulimwangalia Kristo kwa namna ya kibinadamu, hatumwangalii tena hivyo.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CO.5.17" />Kwa hiyo kama mtu akiwa ndani ya Kristo, amekuwa kiumbe kipya; ya kale yamepita, tazama, yamekuwa mapya.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2CO.5.18" />Haya yote yanatokana na Mungu, ambaye ametupatanisha sisi na nafsi yake kwa njia ya Yesu Kristo na kutupata sisi huduma ya upatanisho:
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2CO.5.19" />Kwamba Mungu alikuwa ndani ya Kristo akiupatanisha ulimwengu na nafsi yake mwenyewe, akiwa hawahesabii watu dhambi zao. Naye ametukabidhi sisi ujumbe huu wa upatanisho.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2CO.5.20" />Kwa hiyo sisi ni mabalozi wa Kristo, kana kwamba Mungu anawasihi kupitia kwa vinywa vyetu. Nasi twawaomba sana ninyi kwa niaba ya Kristo, mpatanishwe na Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2CO.5.21" />Kwa maana Mungu alimfanya yeye asiyekuwa na dhambi kuwa dhambi kwa ajili yetu, ili sisi tupate kufanywa haki ya Mungu kwake yeye.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CO.6.1" />Kama watendakazi pamoja na Mungu, tunawasihi msipokee neema ya Mungu bure.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CO.6.2" />Kwa maana asema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Wakati wangu uliokubalika nilikusikia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">siku ya wokovu nilikusaidia.”
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Tazama, wakati uliokubalika ndio huu, siku ya wokovu ndiyo sasa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Taabu Za Paulo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2CO.6.3" />Hatuweki kitu cha kukwaza katika njia ya mtu yeyote, ili huduma yetu isionekane kuwa na lawama.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CO.6.4" />Bali kama watumishi wa Mungu tuonyeshe kwa kila njia: katika saburi nyingi; katika dhiki, katika misiba, na katika shida;
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CO.6.5" />katika kupigwa, katika kufungwa gerezani na katika ghasia; katika kazi ngumu, katika kukesha na katika kufunga;
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CO.6.6" />katika utakatifu, katika ufahamu, katika uvumilivu, na katika utu wema; katika Roho Mtakatifu na upendo wa kweli;
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2CO.6.7" />katika maneno ya kweli na katika nguvu za Mungu, kwa silaha za haki za mkono wa kuume na za mkono wa kushoto;
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2CO.6.8" />katika utukufu na katika kudharauliwa; katika sifa mbaya na katika sifa nzuri; tukiwa kama wadanganyaji, lakini tukiwa wakweli;
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CO.6.9" />tukiwa maarufu, lakini tukihesabiwa kama tusiojulikana; tukiwa kama wanaokufa, lakini tunaishi; tukipigwa, lakini hatuuawi;
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CO.6.10" />tukiwa kama wenye huzuni, lakini siku zote tukifurahi; tukionekana maskini, lakini tukitajirisha wengi; tukiwa kama wasio na kitu, lakini tuna vitu vyote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2CO.6.11" />Tumesema nanyi wazi, enyi Wakorintho na kuwafungulieni mioyo yetu wazi kabisa.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2CO.6.12" />Sisi hatujizuii kuwapenda, bali ninyi mmeuzuia upendo wenu kwetu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2CO.6.13" />Sasa nasema, kama na watoto wangu: Ninyi pia ifungueni mioyo yenu kabisa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Msifungiwe Nira Pamoja Na Wasioamini
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2CO.6.14" />Msifungiwe nira pamoja na watu wasioamini, kwa jinsi isivyo sawasawa, kwa maana pana uhusiano gani kati ya haki na uovu? Au kuna ushirika gani kati ya nuru na giza?
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2CO.6.15" />Kuna mapatano gani kati ya Kristo na Beliari?<f caller="+"><fr>6:15
</fr><ft>Beliari hapa ina maana ya uovu, kutokumcha Mungu.</ft></f> Yeye aaminiye ana sehemu gani na yeye asiyeamini?
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2CO.6.16" />Kuna mapatano gani kati ya Hekalu la Mungu na sanamu? Kwa kuwa sisi tu Hekalu la Mungu aliye hai. Kama Mungu alivyosema: “Nitakaa pamoja nao na kutembea katikati yao, nami nitakuwa Mungu wao, nao watakuwa watu wangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="2CO.6.17" />“Kwa hiyo tokeni miongoni mwao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mkatengwe nao,
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema Bwana.
</q>
<q style="q1">Msiguse kitu chochote kilicho najisi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nitawakaribisha.”
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="2CO.6.18" />“Mimi nitakuwa Baba kwenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nanyi mtakuwa wanangu na binti zangu,
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema Bwana Mwenyezi.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="7" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CO.7.1" />Wapenzi, kwa kuwa tunazo ahadi hizi, basi na tujitakase nafsi zetu kutokana na kila kitu kitiacho mwili na roho unajisi, tukitimiza utakatifu kwa kumcha Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Furaha Ya Paulo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="2CO.7.2" />Tupatieni nafasi mioyoni mwenu. Hatujamkosea mtu yeyote, hatujampotosha mtu yeyote, wala hatujamdhulumu mtu yeyote.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CO.7.3" />Sisemi haya ili kuwahukumu, kwa kuwa nilisema mwanzo, kwamba ninyi mko mioyoni mwetu hata kwa kufa pamoja au kuishi pamoja.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CO.7.4" />Mara nyingi najivuna kwa ajili yenu; naona fahari juu yenu. Nimejawa na faraja. Nina furaha kupita kiasi katika mateso yetu yote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2CO.7.5" />Kwa maana hata tulipoingia Makedonia, miili yetu haikuwa na raha. Tulisumbuliwa kila upande, kwa nje kulikuwa na mapigano na mioyoni mwetu tulikuwa na hofu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CO.7.6" />Bali Mungu, yeye awafarijie wenye huzuni, alitufariji kwa kufika kwake Tito.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2CO.7.7" />Lakini si kule kuja kwa Tito tu, bali pia kwa faraja mliyompa. Alitueleza jinsi mlivyonionea shauku, huzuni yenu kubwa na juhudi yenu kwa ajili yangu, ili kwamba furaha yangu ipate kuwa kubwa kuliko wakati wowote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2CO.7.8" />Hata kama niliwahuzunisha kwa barua yangu, sijutii. Ingawa nilijuta kwa muda mfupi, kwa kuwa najua kwamba barua yangu iliwaumiza, lakini ni kwa kitambo tu,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CO.7.9" />lakini sasa nina furaha, si kwa sababu mlihuzunika, bali kwa kuwa huzuni hiyo iliwafanya mtubu. Kwa maana mlihuzunishwa kama Mungu alivyokusudia watu wahuzunike na hivyo sisi hatukuwadhuru kwa njia yoyote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2CO.7.10" />Kwa maana huzuni ya kimungu huleta toba iletayo wokovu na wala haina majuto. Lakini huzuni ya kidunia husababisha mauti.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2CO.7.11" />Tazameni jinsi huzuni hii ya kimungu ilivyoleta faida ndani yenu: bidii mliyo nayo, juhudi mliyofanya kujitetea, uchungu wenu, hofu yenu, upendo wenu, shauku yenu na jinsi mlivyokuwa tayari kutoa adhabu inayostahili. Kwa kila njia mmejithibitisha kuwa safi katika jambo hilo.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2CO.7.12" />Hivyo ingawa niliwaandikia, haikuwa kwa sababu ya huyo aliyekosa au huyo aliyekosewa. Lakini nilitaka ninyi wenyewe mwone, mbele za Mungu, jinsi mlivyojitoa kwa ajili yetu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2CO.7.13" />Kwa ajili ya haya tumefarijika.
</p>
<p style="p">Zaidi ya kule sisi kutiwa moyo, tulifurahi sana kumwona Tito alivyo na furaha, kwa sababu roho yake imeburudishwa na ninyi nyote.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CO.7.14" />Nilikuwa nimewasifu ninyi kwake, nanyi hamkuniaibisha. Lakini kila kitu tulichowaambia ninyi, kilikuwa kweli, hivyo kule kujisifu kwetu kwa Tito kuwahusu ninyi kumethibitishwa kuwa kweli pia.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2CO.7.15" />Upendo wake kwenu unaongezeka sana anapokumbuka jinsi mlivyokuwa watiifu, na kumpokea kwa hofu na kutetemeka.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2CO.7.16" />Nafurahi kwamba ninaweza kuwatumaini ninyi kabisa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Kutoa Kwa Ukarimu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CO.8.1" />Basi sasa ndugu, nataka ninyi mjue kuhusu ile neema ambayo Mungu amewapa makanisa ya Makedonia.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CO.8.2" />Pamoja na majaribu makali na taabu walizopata, furaha waliyokuwa nayo ilikuwa kubwa, ingawa walikuwa maskini kupindukia, kwa upande wao walifurika kwa wingi wa ukarimu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CO.8.3" />Kwa maana nashuhudia kwamba wao walitoa kwa kadiri wawezavyo, hata na zaidi ya uwezo wao, kwa hiari yao wenyewe,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CO.8.4" />wakitusihi kwa bidii wapewe fursa ya kushiriki katika huduma hii ya kuwasaidia watakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CO.8.5" />Wala hawakufanya tulivyotazamia, bali walijitoa wao wenyewe kwa Bwana kwanza na ndipo wakajitoa kwa ajili yetu, kufuatana na mapenzi ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CO.8.6" />Kwa hiyo tulimsihi Tito, kwa kuwa ndiye alianzisha jambo hili, akamilishe tendo hili la neema kwa upande wenu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2CO.8.7" />Lakini kama vile mlivyo mbele sana katika yote: Katika imani, katika usemi, katika maarifa, katika uaminifu wote na katika upendo wenu kwetu sisi, vivyo hivyo tunataka pia mzidi katika neema hii ya kutoa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2CO.8.8" />Siwaamrishi, lakini nataka kujaribu unyofu wa upendo wenu kwa kuulinganisha na bidii ya wengine.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CO.8.9" />Kwa maana mnajua neema ya Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo, kwamba ingawa alikuwa tajiri, kwa ajili yenu alikubali kuwa maskini, ili kwa umaskini wake ninyi mpate kuwa matajiri.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2CO.8.10" />Ushauri wangu kuhusu lile lililo bora kwenu juu ya jambo hili ni huu: Mwaka uliopita ninyi mlikuwa wa kwanza si tu kutoa lakini pia mlikuwa na shauku ya kufanya hivyo.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2CO.8.11" />Sasa ikamilisheni kazi hii kwa shauku kama mlivyoanza, jitoleeni kulingana na uwezo wenu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2CO.8.12" />Kwa kuwa kama nia ya kutoa ipo, kitolewacho kinakubalika kulingana na kile mtu alicho nacho, wala si kwa kile ambacho hana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2CO.8.13" />Nia yetu si kwamba wengine wasaidike wakati ninyi mnateseka, bali pawe na uwiano.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CO.8.14" />Kwa wakati huu, wingi wa vitu mlivyo navyo usaidie kutosheleza mahitaji yao, ili wakati wao watakapokuwa na wingi wa vitu, nao wapate kutosheleza mahitaji yenu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2CO.8.15" />Ndipo patakuwa na usawa, kama ilivyoandikwa: “Aliyekusanya zaidi hakuwa na ziada, wala aliyekusanya kidogo hakupungukiwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Tito Atumwa Korintho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2CO.8.16" />Ninamshukuru Mungu ambaye amemtia Tito moyo wa kuwajali ninyi kama mimi ninavyowajali.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CO.8.17" />Si kwamba Tito amekubali tu ombi letu, bali anakuja kwenu akiwa na shauku kuliko wakati mwingine, tena kwa hiari yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2CO.8.18" />Nasi tunamtuma pamoja naye ndugu ambaye anasifiwa na makanisa yote kwa huduma yake ya kuhubiri Injili.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2CO.8.19" />Zaidi ya hayo, alichaguliwa na makanisa ili asafiri pamoja nasi tulipokuwa tunapeleka matoleo ya ukarimu, kwa ajili ya utukufu wa Bwana mwenyewe, na ili kuonyesha hisani yetu kuwasaidia.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2CO.8.20" />Tunataka kuepuka lawama yoyote kuhusu jinsi tunavyosimamia matoleo haya ya ukarimu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2CO.8.21" />Kwa kuwa tunakusudia kufanya kile kilicho haki si machoni mwa Bwana peke yake, bali pia machoni mwa watu wengine.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2CO.8.22" />Pamoja nao, tunamtuma ndugu yetu ambaye mara kwa mara ametuthibitishia kwa njia nyingi kwamba ana shauku, naam, zaidi sana sasa kwa sababu analo tumaini kuu kwenu.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="2CO.8.23" />Kwa habari ya Tito, yeye ni mwenzangu na mtendakazi pamoja nami miongoni mwenu. Kwa habari za ndugu zetu, wao ni wawakilishi wa makanisa, na utukufu kwa Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="2CO.8.24" />Kwa hiyo waonyesheni wazi hawa ndugu uthibitisho wa upendo wenu na sababu inayotufanya tujivune kwa ajili yenu, mbele ya makanisa, ili yapate kuona.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Wasaidieni Wakristo Wenzenu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CO.9.1" />Hakuna haja yangu kuwaandikia kuhusu huduma hii itolewayo kwa ajili ya watakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CO.9.2" />Kwa kuwa ninajua mlivyo na shauku ya kusaidia, nami nimekuwa nikijivuna kwa ajili ya jambo hilo kwa watu wa Makedonia, nikiwaambia kuwa ninyi wa Akaya mmekuwa tayari kutoa tangu mwaka jana na shauku yenu imewachochea wengi wao katika kutoa.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CO.9.3" />Lakini sasa nawatuma hawa ndugu ili kujivuna kwetu kuhusu mchango wenu kusiwe maneno matupu, bali mpate kuwa tayari kama nilivyosema mngekuwa tayari.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CO.9.4" />Kwa maana kama nikija na Mmakedonia yeyote na kuwakuta hamjawa tayari, tutaona aibu kusema chochote juu yenu katika matoleo.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CO.9.5" />Kwa hivyo niliona ni muhimu niwahimize hawa ndugu watangulie kuja huko kwenu kabla yangu, wafanye mipango ya hayo matoleo ya ukarimu mliyokuwa mmeahidi, ili yawe tayari kama matoleo ya hiari wala si kama ya kutozwa kwa nguvu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kupanda Kwa Ukarimu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2CO.9.6" />Kumbukeni kwamba: Yeyote apandaye kwa uchache pia atavuna kwa uchache, naye apandaye kwa ukarimu pia atavuna kwa ukarimu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2CO.9.7" />Kila mtu atoe kama anavyokusudia moyoni mwake, si kwa uchoyo au kwa kulazimishwa, kwa maana Mungu humpenda yeye atoaye kwa moyo mkunjufu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2CO.9.8" />Naye Mungu aweza kuwapa kila baraka kwa wingi, ili katika mambo yote kila wakati, mwe na kila kitu mnachohitaji, ili mweze kushiriki kwa wingi katika kila kazi njema.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CO.9.9" />Kama ilivyoandikwa:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Ametawanya vipawa vyake kwa ukarimu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akawapa maskini;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">haki yake hudumu milele.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="10" bcv="2CO.9.10" />Yeye ampaye mpanzi mbegu kwa ajili ya kupanda na mkate kuwa chakula, atawapa na kuzizidisha mbegu zenu za kupanda na kuongeza mavuno ya haki yenu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2CO.9.11" />Mtatajirishwa kwa kila namna ili mpate kuwa wakarimu kila wakati, na kupitia kwetu, ukarimu wenu utamletea Mungu shukrani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2CO.9.12" />Huduma hii mnayofanya si tu kwa ajili ya kukidhi mahitaji ya watakatifu, bali huzidi sana kwa shukrani nyingi apewazo Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2CO.9.13" />Kwa sababu ya huduma ambayo mmejithibitisha wenyewe, watu watamtukuza Mungu kwa ajili ya utiifu ufuatanao na ukiri wenu wa Injili ya Kristo, na kwa ukarimu wenu wa kushiriki pamoja nao na pia wengine wote.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CO.9.14" />Nao katika maombi yao kwenu mioyo yao itawaonea shauku kwa sababu ya neema ipitayo kiasi mliyopewa na Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2CO.9.15" />Ashukuriwe Mungu kwa karama yake isiyoelezeka.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="10" />
<s style="s1">Paulo Atetea Huduma Yake
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CO.10.1" />Basi, mimi Paulo ninawasihi kwa unyenyekevu na upole wa Kristo, mimi niliye “mwoga” ninapokuwa pamoja nanyi ana kwa ana, lakini mwenye ujasiri nikiwa mbali nanyi!
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CO.10.2" />Nawaomba nitakapokuja kwenu nisiwe na ujasiri dhidi ya watu fulani, kama ninavyotazamia kwa wale wanaodhani kwamba tunaishi kwa kufuata namna ya ulimwengu huu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CO.10.3" />Ingawa tunaishi duniani, hatupigani vita kama ulimwengu ufanyavyo.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CO.10.4" />Silaha za vita vyetu si za mwili, bali zina uwezo katika Mungu hata kuangusha ngome,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CO.10.5" />tukiangusha mawazo na kila kitu kilichoinuka, kijiinuacho juu ya elimu ya Mungu, na tukiteka nyara kila fikira ipate kumtii Kristo,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CO.10.6" />tena tukiwa tayari kuadhibu kila tendo la kutotii, kutii kwenu kutakapokamilika.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2CO.10.7" />Angalieni yale yaliyo machoni penu. Kama mtu yeyote anaamini kuwa yeye ni mali ya Kristo, basi kumbuka kuwa kama ulivyo wa Kristo, vivyo hivyo na sisi ndivyo tulivyo.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2CO.10.8" />Basi hata kama nikijisifu zaidi kidogo kuhusu mamlaka tuliyo nayo, ambayo Bwana alitupa ili kuwajenga wala si kuwabomoa, mimi sitaionea haya.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CO.10.9" />Sitaki nionekane kama ninayejaribu kuwatisha kwa nyaraka zangu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CO.10.10" />Kwa maana wanasema, “Nyaraka zake ni nzito na zenye nguvu, lakini ana kwa ana ni dhaifu na kuzungumza kwake ni kwa kudharauliwa.”
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2CO.10.11" />Watu kama hao wajue ya kuwa, yale tusemayo kwa barua tukiwa hatupo pamoja nanyi, ndivyo tulivyo na ndivyo tutakavyofanya tutakapokuwa pamoja nanyi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2CO.10.12" />Hatuthubutu kujiweka kwenye kundi moja au kujilinganisha na hao wanaojitukuza wenyewe kuwa wao ni wa maana sana. Wanapojipima na kujilinganisha wenyewe kwa wenyewe, wanaonyesha ya kuwa hawana busara.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2CO.10.13" />Lakini sisi hatujajivuna kupita kiasi, bali majivuno yetu yatakuwa katika mipaka ile Mungu aliyotuwekea, mipaka ambayo inawafikia hata ninyi.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CO.10.14" />Kwa maana hatukuwa tunavuka mipaka katika kujisifu kwetu, kama vile ambavyo ingekuwa kama hatukuwa tumekuja kwenu. Kwa maana sisi ndio tuliokuwa wa kwanza kuja kwenu na Injili ya Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2CO.10.15" />Wala hatuvuki mipaka kwa kujisifu kwetu kwa ajili ya kazi iliyofanywa na watu wengine. Tumaini letu ni kwamba imani yenu inavyozidi kukua, eneo letu la utendaji miongoni mwenu litapanuka zaidi,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2CO.10.16" />ili tuweze kuhubiri Injili sehemu zilizo mbali na maeneo yenu. Kwa maana hatutaki kujisifu kwa ajili ya kazi ambayo imekwisha kufanyika tayari katika eneo la mtu mwingine.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CO.10.17" />Lakini, “Yeye ajisifuye na ajisifu katika Bwana.”
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2CO.10.18" />Kwa maana si yeye ajisifuye mwenyewe akubaliwaye, bali yeye ambaye Bwana humsifu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="11" />
<s style="s1">Paulo Na Mitume Wa Uongo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CO.11.1" />Laiti mngenivumilia kidogo katika upumbavu wangu! Naam, nivumilieni kidogo.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CO.11.2" />Ninawaonea wivu, wivu wa Kimungu, kwa kuwa mimi niliwaposea mume mmoja, ili niwalete kwa Kristo kama mabikira safi.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CO.11.3" />Lakini nina hofu kuwa, kama vile Eva alivyodanganywa kwa ujanja wa yule nyoka, mawazo yenu yasije yakapotoshwa, mkauacha unyofu na usafi wa upendo wenu kwa Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CO.11.4" />Kwa sababu kama mtu akija na kuwahubiria Yesu mwingine ambaye si yule tuliyemhubiri, au kama mkipokea roho mwingine ambaye si yule mliyempokea, au Injili tofauti na ile mliyoikubali, ninyi mnaitii kwa urahisi.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CO.11.5" />Lakini sidhani ya kuwa mimi ni dhalili sana kuliko hao “mitume wakuu.”
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CO.11.6" />Inawezekana mimi nikawa si mnenaji hodari, lakini ni hodari katika elimu. Jambo hili tumelifanya liwe dhahiri kwenu kwa njia zote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2CO.11.7" />Je, nilitenda dhambi kwa kujishusha ili kuwainua ninyi kwa kuwahubiria Injili ya Mungu pasipo malipo?
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2CO.11.8" />Niliyanyangʼanya makanisa mengine kwa kupokea misaada kutoka kwao ili niweze kuwahudumia ninyi.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CO.11.9" />Nami nilipokuwa pamoja nanyi, nikipungukiwa na chochote, sikuwa mzigo kwa mtu yeyote, kwa maana ndugu waliotoka Makedonia walinipatia mahitaji yangu. Kwa hiyo nilijizuia kuwa mzigo kwenu kwa njia yoyote, nami nitaendelea kujizuia.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CO.11.10" />Kwa hakika kama vile kweli ya Kristo ilivyo ndani yangu, hakuna mtu yeyote katika Akaya nzima atakayenizuia kujivunia jambo hili.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2CO.11.11" />Kwa nini? Je, ni kwa sababu siwapendi? Mungu anajua ya kuwa nawapenda!
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2CO.11.12" />Nami nitaendelea kufanya lile ninalofanya sasa ili nisiwape nafasi wale ambao wanatafuta nafasi ya kuhesabiwa kuwa sawa na sisi katika mambo wanayojisifia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2CO.11.13" />Watu kama hao ni mitume wa uongo, ni wafanyakazi wadanganyifu, wanaojigeuza waonekane kama mitume wa Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2CO.11.14" />Wala hii si ajabu, kwa kuwa hata Shetani mwenyewe hujigeuza aonekane kama malaika wa nuru.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2CO.11.15" />Kwa hiyo basi si ajabu, kama watumishi wa Shetani nao hujigeuza ili waonekane kama watumishi wa haki. Mwisho wao utakuwa sawa na matendo yao yanavyostahili.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Anajivunia Mateso Yake
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2CO.11.16" />Nasema tena, mtu yeyote asidhani kwamba mimi ni mjinga. Lakini hata kama mkinidhania hivyo, basi nipokeeni kama mjinga ili nipate kujisifu kidogo.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CO.11.17" />Ninayosema kuhusiana na huku kujisifu kwa kujiamini, sisemi kama vile ambavyo Bwana angesema, bali kama mjinga.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2CO.11.18" />Kwa kuwa wengi wanajisifu kama vile ulimwengu ufanyavyo, mimi nami nitajisifu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2CO.11.19" />Ninyi mwachukuliana na wajinga kwa sababu mna hekima sana!
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2CO.11.20" />Kweli ni kwamba mnachukuliana na mtu akiwatia utumwani au akiwatumia kwa ajili ya kupata faida au akiwanyangʼanya au akijitukuza mwenyewe au akiwadanganya.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2CO.11.21" />Kwa aibu inanipasa niseme kwamba sisi tulikuwa dhaifu sana kwa jambo hilo!
</p>
<p style="p">Lakini chochote ambacho mtu mwingine yeyote angethubutu kujisifia, nanena kama mjinga, nami nathubutu kujisifu juu ya hilo.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="2CO.11.22" />Je, wao ni Waebrania? Mimi pia ni Mwebrania. Je, wao ni Waisraeli? Mimi pia ni Mwisraeli. Je, wao ni wazao wa Abrahamu? Mimi pia ni mzao wa Abrahamu.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="2CO.11.23" />Je, wao ni watumishi wa Kristo? (Nanena kiwazimu.) Mimi ni zaidi yao. Nimefanya kazi kwa bidii kuwaliko wao, nimefungwa gerezani mara kwa mara, nimechapwa mijeledi sana, na nimekabiliwa na mauti mara nyingi.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="2CO.11.24" />Mara tano nimechapwa na Wayahudi viboko arobaini kasoro kimoja.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2CO.11.25" />Mara tatu nilichapwa kwa fimbo, mara moja nilipigwa kwa mawe, mara tatu nimevunjikiwa na meli, nimekaa kilindini usiku kucha na mchana kutwa,
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="2CO.11.26" />katika safari za mara kwa mara. Nimekabiliwa na hatari za kwenye mito, hatari za wanyangʼanyi, hatari kutoka kwa watu wangu mwenyewe, hatari kutoka kwa watu wa Mataifa; hatari mijini, hatari nyikani, hatari baharini; na hatari kutoka kwa ndugu wa uongo.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="2CO.11.27" />Nimekuwa katika kazi ngumu na taabu, katika kukesha mara nyingi; ninajua kukaa njaa na kuona kiu; nimefunga kula chakula mara nyingi; nimehisi baridi na kuwa uchi.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="2CO.11.28" />Zaidi ya hayo yote, nakabiliwa na mzigo wa wajibu wangu kwa makanisa yote.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="2CO.11.29" />Je, ni nani aliye mdhaifu, nami nisijisikie mdhaifu? Je, nani aliyekwazwa, nami nisiudhike?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="2CO.11.30" />Kama ni lazima nijisifu, basi nitajisifia yale mambo yanayoonyesha udhaifu wangu.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="2CO.11.31" />Mungu na Baba wa Bwana Yesu, yeye ambaye anahimidiwa milele, anajua ya kuwa mimi sisemi uongo.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="2CO.11.32" />Huko Dameski, mtawala aliyekuwa chini ya Mfalme Areta aliulinda mji wa Dameski ili kunikamata.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="2CO.11.33" />Lakini nilishushwa kwa kapu kubwa kupitia katika dirisha ukutani, nikatoroka kutoka mikononi mwake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Maono Ya Paulo Na Mwiba Aliokuwa Nao
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CO.12.1" />Yanipasa nijisifu, ingawa haifaidi kitu. Nitaenda kwenye maono na ufunuo kutoka kwa Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CO.12.2" />Namjua mtu mmoja katika Kristo ambaye miaka kumi na minne iliyopita alichukuliwa juu hadi mbingu ya tatu. Kama ni katika mwili au nje ya mwili, sijui, Mungu ajua.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CO.12.3" />Nami najua ya kwamba mtu huyu, kwamba ni katika mwili au nje ya mwili mimi sijui, lakini Mungu ajua,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CO.12.4" />alinyakuliwa hadi Paradiso.<f caller="+"><fr>12:4
</fr><ft>Paradiso hapa ina maana mbinguni.</ft></f> Huko alisikia mambo yasiyoelezeka, mambo ambayo binadamu hana ruhusa ya kuyasimulia.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2CO.12.5" />Nitajisifu kwa ajili ya mtu kama huyo, lakini sitajisifu kuhusu mimi mwenyewe ila mimi nitajisifia udhaifu wangu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CO.12.6" />Hata kama ningependa kujisifu, sitakuwa mjinga, kwa maana nitakuwa nasema kweli. Lakini najizuia, ili mtu yeyote asije akaniona mimi kuwa bora zaidi kuliko ninavyoonekana katika yale ninayotenda na kusema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2CO.12.7" />Ili kunizuia nisijivune kwa sababu ya ufunuo huu mkuu, nilipewa mwiba katika mwili wangu, mjumbe wa Shetani, ili anitese.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2CO.12.8" />Kwa habari ya jambo hili nilimsihi Bwana mara tatu aniondolee mwiba huu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CO.12.9" />Lakini aliniambia,
<wj>“Neema yangu inakutosha, kwa kuwa uweza wangu hukamilika katika udhaifu.”</wj> Kwa hiyo nitajisifu kwa furaha zaidi kuhusu udhaifu wangu, ili uweza wa Kristo ukae juu yangu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CO.12.10" />Hii ndiyo sababu, kwa ajili ya Kristo, nafurahia udhaifu, katika kutukanwa, katika taabu, katika mateso na katika shida, kwa maana ninapokuwa dhaifu, ndipo nina nguvu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wasiwasi Wa Paulo Kwa Wakorintho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2CO.12.11" />Nimekuwa mjinga, lakini ninyi mmenilazimisha niwe hivyo. Kwa kuwa ilinipasa kusifiwa na ninyi, kwa sababu mimi si dhalili kuliko wale “mitume walio bora,” ingawa mimi si kitu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2CO.12.12" />Mambo yanayomtambulisha mtume wa kweli, yaani, ishara, miujiza na maajabu, yalifanywa miongoni mwenu kwa saburi nyingi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2CO.12.13" />Je, ninyi ni kitu gani mlichopungukiwa kuliko makanisa mengine, ila tu kwamba mimi sikuwa mzigo kwenu? Nisameheni kwa kosa hili!
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2CO.12.14" />Sasa niko tayari kuja kwenu kwa mara hii ya tatu, nami sitawalemea, kwa sababu sitahitaji chochote chenu, ila ninawahitaji ninyi, kwa kuwa hata hivyo watoto hawaweki akiba kwa ajili ya wazazi wao, bali wazazi huweka akiba kwa ajili ya watoto wao.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2CO.12.15" />Hivyo nitafurahi kutumia kila kitu nilicho nacho kwa ajili yenu, hata mwili wangu pia. Hata ingawa inaonekana ninavyozidi kuwapenda, ndivyo upendo wenu kwangu unavyopungua.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2CO.12.16" />Iwe iwavyo, kwa vyovyote vile mimi sikuwalemea. Lakini kwa mimi kuwa mwerevu naliwapata.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2CO.12.17" />Je, nilijipatia faida kwa kumtumia mtu yeyote niliyemtuma kwenu?
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2CO.12.18" />Nilimshawishi Tito aje kwenu, nami nilimtuma pamoja na ndugu yetu. Je, Tito aliwatumia ninyi ili kujipatia faida? Je, hatuenendi kwa roho moja, na hatuchukui hatua zile zile?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2CO.12.19" />Je, mmekuwa mkifikiri kwamba sisi tunajaribu kujitetea mbele yenu? Sisi tumekuwa tukinena mbele za Mungu kama wale walio katika Kristo. Na chochote tufanyacho, ndugu wapendwa, ni kwa ajili ya kuwatia nguvu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2CO.12.20" />Kwa kuwa nina hofu ya kwamba nitakapokuja naweza kuwakuta nisivyotaka, nanyi mkanikuta msivyotaka. Nina hofu kwamba panaweza kuwa na ugomvi, wivu, ghadhabu, fitina, masingizio, masengenyo, majivuno na machafuko.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2CO.12.21" />Nina hofu kwamba nitakapokuja tena kwenu, Mungu wangu atanidhili mbele yenu, nami nitasikitishwa na wengi waliotenda dhambi mbeleni, na wala hawajatubu kwa uchafu wao, uasherati, na ufisadi walioushiriki.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="13" />
<s style="s1">Maonyo Ya Mwisho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2CO.13.1" />Hii ndiyo mara ya tatu mimi kuja kwenu. “Shtaka lolote lazima lithibitishwe na mashahidi wawili au watatu.”
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2CO.13.2" />Nimekwisha kuwaonya nilipokuwa pamoja nanyi mara ya pili. Sasa narudia wakati sipo, kwamba nikija tena sitawahurumia wale waliokuwa wametenda dhambi hapo awali na wengine wote,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2CO.13.3" />kwa kuwa mnadai uthibitisho kwamba Kristo anazungumza kwa kunitumia mimi. Yeye si dhaifu katika kushughulika nanyi, bali ana nguvu kati yenu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2CO.13.4" />Kwa kuwa alisulubiwa katika udhaifu, lakini anaishi kwa nguvu za Mungu. Vivyo hivyo, sisi tu dhaifu kupitia kwake, lakini katika kuwashughulikia ninyi tutaishi pamoja naye kwa nguvu za Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2CO.13.5" />Jichunguzeni wenyewe mwone kama mnaishi katika imani. Jipimeni wenyewe. Je, hamtambui ya kuwa Yesu Kristo yumo ndani yenu? Kama sivyo, basi, mmeshindwa kufikia kipimo hicho!
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2CO.13.6" />Natumaini mtaona kuwa sisi hatukushindwa.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2CO.13.7" />Lakini tunamwomba Mungu msije mkatenda kosa lolote, si ili sisi tuonekane kuwa tumeshinda hilo jaribio, bali ili ninyi mtende lililo haki, hata kama tutaonekana kuwa tumeshindwa.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2CO.13.8" />Kwa maana hatuwezi kufanya lolote kinyume na kweli, bali kuithibitisha kweli tu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2CO.13.9" />Tunafurahi wakati wowote sisi tunapokuwa dhaifu, lakini ninyi mkawa na nguvu. Nayo maombi yetu ni kwamba mpate kuwa wakamilifu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2CO.13.10" />Hii ndiyo sababu nawaandikia mambo haya wakati sipo, ili nikija nisiwe mkali katika kutumia mamlaka yangu, mamlaka Bwana aliyonipa ya kuwajenga ninyi wala si ya kuwabomoa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Salamu Za Mwisho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2CO.13.11" />Hatimaye, ndugu zangu, kwaherini. Kuweni wakamilifu, mkafarijike, kuweni wa nia moja, kaeni kwa amani. Naye Mungu wa upendo na amani atakuwa pamoja nanyi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2CO.13.12" />Salimianeni ninyi kwa ninyi kwa busu takatifu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2CO.13.13" />Watakatifu wote wanawasalimu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2CO.13.14" />Neema ya Bwana Yesu Kristo, na upendo wa Mungu, na ushirika wa Roho Mtakatifu ukae nanyi nyote. Amen.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="GAL"><id id="GAL">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Wagalatia
</h><toc level="1">Wagalatia
</toc><toc level="2">Wagalatia
</toc><toc level="3">Gal
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Wagalatia
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Salamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GAL.1.1" />Paulo mtume: si mtume wa wanadamu wala aliyetumwa na mwanadamu, bali na Yesu Kristo na Mungu Baba aliyemfufua Yesu kutoka kwa wafu;
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GAL.1.2" />na ndugu wote walio pamoja nami:
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa makanisa ya Galatia:
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="GAL.1.3" />Neema iwe nanyi na amani itokayo kwa Mungu Baba yetu na kwa Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GAL.1.4" />aliyejitoa kwa ajili ya dhambi zetu ili apate kutuokoa katika ulimwengu huu wa sasa ulio mbaya, sawasawa na mapenzi yake yeye aliye Mungu na Baba yetu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GAL.1.5" />Utukufu una yeye milele na milele. Amen.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Hakuna Injili Nyingine
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GAL.1.6" />Nashangaa kwamba mnamwacha upesi hivyo yeye aliyewaita kwa neema ya Kristo na kuifuata Injili nyingine,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GAL.1.7" />ambayo kwa kweli si Injili kamwe, ila kwa dhahiri kuna watu wanaowachanganya na wanaotaka kuipotosha Injili ya Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="GAL.1.8" />Lakini hata ikiwa sisi au malaika atokaye mbinguni akihubiri Injili nyingine tofauti na ile tuliyowahubiria sisi, basi mtu huyo alaaniwe milele!
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GAL.1.9" />Kama vile tulivyokwisha kusema kabla, sasa nasema tena, ikiwa mtu yeyote atawahubiria Injili kinyume na ile mliyoipokea na alaaniwe milele!
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="GAL.1.10" />Je, sasa mimi ninatafuta kukubaliwa na wanadamu au kukubaliwa na Mungu? Au nataka kuwapendeza wanadamu? Kama ningekuwa bado najaribu kuwapendeza wanadamu, nisingekuwa mtumishi wa Kristo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Ameitwa Na Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="GAL.1.11" />Ndugu zangu, nataka mjue kwamba Injili niliyowahubiria haikutokana na wanadamu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GAL.1.12" />Kwa maana mimi sikuipokea hiyo Injili kutoka kwa mwanadamu, wala sikufundishwa na mtu, bali niliipata kwa ufunuo kutoka kwa Yesu Kristo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="GAL.1.13" />Ninyi mmekwisha kusikia juu ya maisha yangu ya zamani nilipokuwa katika dini ya Kiyahudi, jinsi nilivyolitesa kanisa la Mungu kwa nguvu na kujaribu kuliangamiza.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GAL.1.14" />Nami niliendelea sana katika dini ya Kiyahudi kuliko Wayahudi wengi wa rika yangu maana nilijitahidi sana katika desturi za baba zangu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GAL.1.15" />Lakini ilipompendeza Mungu, aliyenitenga tangu tumboni mwa mama yangu na kuniita kwa neema yake,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GAL.1.16" />alimdhihirisha Mwanawe kwangu, ili nipate kumhubiri miongoni mwa watu wa Mataifa. Mimi sikushauriana na mwanadamu yeyote,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="GAL.1.17" />wala sikupanda kwenda Yerusalemu kuwaona hao waliokuwa mitume kabla yangu, bali nilikwenda mara moja Arabuni na kisha nikarudi Dameski.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="GAL.1.18" />Kisha baada ya miaka mitatu nilipanda kwenda Yerusalemu kuonana na Kefa<f caller="+"><fr>1:18
</fr><ft>Yaani Petro.</ft></f> na nilikaa naye siku kumi na tano.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="GAL.1.19" />Lakini sikumwona mtume mwingine yeyote isipokuwa Yakobo, ndugu yake Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GAL.1.20" />Nawahakikishia mbele za Mungu kuwa ninayowaandikia si uongo.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GAL.1.21" />Baadaye nilikwenda sehemu za Syria<f caller="+"><fr>1:21
</fr><ft>Syria hapa ina maana ya Shamu.</ft></f> na Kilikia.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="GAL.1.22" />Lakini mimi binafsi sikujulikana kwa makanisa ya huko Uyahudi yaliyo katika Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="GAL.1.23" />Wao walisikia habari tu kwamba, “Mtu yule ambaye hapo kwanza alikuwa akitutesa sasa anahubiri imani ile ile aliyokuwa akijaribu kuiangamiza.”
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="GAL.1.24" />Nao wakamtukuza Mungu kwa sababu yangu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Paulo Akubaliwa Na Mitume
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GAL.2.1" />Kisha, baada ya miaka kumi na minne, nilipanda tena kwenda Yerusalemu pamoja na Barnaba, nikamchukua na Tito ili awe pamoja nami.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GAL.2.2" />Nilikwenda kwa sababu nilikuwa nimefunuliwa na Mungu, ili nikawaeleze kwa faragha wale walioonekana kuwa viongozi, ile Injili ninayoihubiri kwa watu wa Mataifa. Nilifanya hivyo kwa kuhofia kwamba nisije nikawa nilikuwa ninakimbia au nilikimbia bure.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GAL.2.3" />Lakini hata Tito ambaye alikuwa Myunani, hakulazimika kutahiriwa.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GAL.2.4" />Lakini kwa sababu ya ndugu wa uongo ambao walijiingiza kwa siri katikati yetu ili kupeleleza uhuru wetu tulio nao katika Kristo Yesu, wapate kututia utumwani,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GAL.2.5" />hatukukubaliana nao hata dakika moja, ili kwamba ukweli wa Injili ubaki nanyi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GAL.2.6" />Kwa habari ya wale waliokuwa wakubaliwe kuwa viongozi (kwangu mimi sikujali vyeo vyao, maana Mungu hana upendeleo), wale watu hawakuniongezea chochote.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GAL.2.7" />Badala yake walitambua kwamba nilikuwa nimekabidhiwa kazi ya kuhubiri Injili kwa watu wa Mataifa, kama vile Petro alivyokabidhiwa kuhubiri Injili kwa Wayahudi.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="GAL.2.8" />Kwa maana, Mungu aliyekuwa akitenda kazi katika huduma ya Petro kama mtume kwa Wayahudi, ndiye pia aliyekuwa anatenda kazi katika huduma yangu kama mtume kwa watu wa Mataifa.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GAL.2.9" />Basi, Yakobo, Kefa<f caller="+"><fr>2:9
</fr><ft>Yaani Petro, pia mstari 11, 14.</ft></f> na Yohana, walioonekana kama nguzo za kanisa, walitupa mkono wa shirika, mimi na Barnaba walipotambua ile neema niliyopewa. Wakakubali kwamba sisi twende kwa watu wa Mataifa na wao waende kwa Wayahudi.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GAL.2.10" />Walichotuomba ni kwamba tuendelee kuwakumbuka maskini, jambo ambalo ndilo nililokuwa na shauku ya kulifanya.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Ampinga Petro Huko Antiokia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="GAL.2.11" />Lakini Petro alipofika Antiokia, mimi nilimpinga ana kwa ana kwa sababu alikuwa amekosea kwa wazi.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GAL.2.12" />Kabla baadhi ya watu waliotoka kwa Yakobo hawajafika, alikuwa akila pamoja na watu wa Mataifa. Lakini hao watu walipofika alianza kujiondoa na kujitenga na watu wa Mataifa kwa sababu aliwaogopa wale wa kundi la tohara.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GAL.2.13" />Pia Wayahudi wengine waliungana naye katika unafiki huu, hata Barnaba naye akapotoshwa na unafiki wao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="GAL.2.14" />Nilipoona kwamba hawatendi sawasawa na kweli ya Injili, nilimwambia Petro mbele ya wote, “Wewe ni Myahudi, nawe unaishi kama mtu wa Mataifa na wala si kama Myahudi. Imekuwaje basi, mnawalazimisha watu wa Mataifa kufuata desturi za Kiyahudi?
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wayahudi Na Watu Wa Mataifa Wanaokolewa Kwa Imani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="GAL.2.15" />“Sisi wenyewe ni Wayahudi kwa kuzaliwa na si watu wenye dhambi kama watu wa Mataifa,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GAL.2.16" />bado tunajua ya kwamba mtu hahesabiwi haki kwa matendo ya sheria bali kwa njia ya imani katika Yesu Kristo. Hivyo sisi pia, tumemwamini Kristo Yesu ili tupate kuhesabiwa haki kwa njia ya imani katika Kristo, wala si kwa matendo ya sheria, kwa sababu kwa kushika sheria hakuna hata mtu mmoja atakayehesabiwa haki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="GAL.2.17" />“Lakini tukitafuta kuhesabiwa haki katika Kristo, inakuwa dhahiri kwamba sisi ni wenye dhambi. Je, ina maana kwamba Kristo amekuwa mtumishi wa dhambi? La hasha!
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GAL.2.18" />Lakini ikiwa mimi ninajenga tena kile ambacho nimekwisha kukibomoa, basi ninaonyesha kwamba mimi ni mkosaji.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="GAL.2.19" />Kwa maana mimi kwa njia ya sheria, nimeifia sheria ili nipate kuishi kwa ajili ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GAL.2.20" />Nimesulubiwa pamoja na Kristo, wala si mimi tena ninayeishi, bali Kristo ndiye aishiye ndani yangu. Uhai nilio nao sasa katika mwili, ninaishi kwa imani ya Mwana wa Mungu, aliyenipenda na kujitoa kwa ajili yangu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GAL.2.21" />Siibatilishi neema ya Mungu, kwa maana kama haki ingeweza kupatikana kwa njia ya sheria, basi Kristo alikufa bure!”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Imani Au Kushika Sheria?
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GAL.3.1" />Ninyi Wagalatia wajinga! Ni nani aliyewaroga? Yesu Kristo aliwekwa wazi mbele yenu kwamba amesulubiwa.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GAL.3.2" />Nataka nijifunze neno moja kutoka kwenu: Je, mlipokea Roho wa Mungu kwa kushika sheria, au kwa kuyaamini yale mliyosikia?
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GAL.3.3" />Je, ninyi ni wajinga kiasi hicho? Baada ya kuanza kwa Roho, je, sasa mwataka kumalizia katika mwili?
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GAL.3.4" />Je, mlipata mateso kiasi hicho bure? Ni kama kweli yalikuwa bure!
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GAL.3.5" />Je, Mungu huwapa Roho wake na kufanya miujiza katikati yenu kwa sababu mnatii sheria, au kwa sababu mnaamini kile mlichosikia?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="GAL.3.6" />Kama vile “Abrahamu alimwamini Mungu na ikahesabiwa kwake kuwa haki.”
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GAL.3.7" />Fahamuni basi kwamba wale walio na imani, hao ndio watoto wa Abrahamu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="GAL.3.8" />Maandiko yakitabiri kwamba Mungu angewahesabia haki watu wa Mataifa kwa imani, alitangulia kumtangazia Abrahamu Injili akisema kwamba, “Kwa kupitia kwako mataifa yote yatabarikiwa.”
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GAL.3.9" />Kwa sababu hii, wale wote wanaoamini wanabarikiwa pamoja na Abrahamu, mtu wa imani.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sheria Na Laana
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="GAL.3.10" />Kwa maana wote wanaotumainia matendo ya sheria wako chini ya laana, kwa kuwa imeandikwa, “Alaaniwe kila mtu asiyeshikilia kutii mambo yote yaliyoandikwa katika Kitabu cha Sheria.”
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GAL.3.11" />Basi ni dhahiri kwamba hakuna mtu anayehesabiwa haki mbele za Mungu kwa kushikilia sheria, kwa maana, “Mwenye haki ataishi kwa imani.”
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GAL.3.12" />Lakini sheria haitegemei imani. Kinyume chake, “Mtu atendaye matendo hayo ataishi kwa hayo.”
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GAL.3.13" />Kristo alitukomboa kutoka laana ya sheria kwa kufanyika laana kwa ajili yetu, kwa maana imeandikwa, “Amelaaniwa yeye aangikwaye juu ya mti.”
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GAL.3.14" />Alitukomboa ili kwamba baraka aliyopewa Abrahamu ipate kuwafikia watu wa Mataifa kwa njia ya Kristo Yesu, ili kwa imani tupate kupokea ile ahadi ya Roho.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sheria Na Ahadi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="GAL.3.15" />Ndugu zangu, nataka nitoe mfano kutoka maisha ya kila siku. Kama vile hakuna mtu awezaye kutangua au kuongeza kitu katika agano la mtu ambalo limekwisha kuthibitishwa, vivyo hivyo kwa hali kama hii.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GAL.3.16" />Ahadi zilinenwa kwa Abrahamu na kwa mzao wake. Maandiko hayasemi “kwa wazao,” likimaanisha watu wengi, bali “kwa mzao wako,” yaani mtu mmoja, ndiye Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="GAL.3.17" />Ninachotaka kusema ni kwamba, sheria, ambayo ilitolewa miaka 430 baadaye, haitangui Agano lililothibitishwa na Mungu ili kuibatilisha ahadi ile.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GAL.3.18" />Kwa maana kama urithi hupatikana kwa sheria, basi hautegemei tena ahadi, lakini Mungu kwa neema yake alimpa Abrahamu urithi kwa njia ya ahadi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kusudi La Sheria
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="GAL.3.19" />Kwa nini basi iwepo sheria? Sheria iliwekwa kwa sababu ya makosa mpaka atakapokuja yule Mzao wa Abrahamu, ambaye alitajwa katika ile ahadi. Sheria iliamriwa na malaika kwa mkono wa mpatanishi.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GAL.3.20" />Basi mpatanishi huhusisha zaidi ya upande mmoja, lakini Mungu ni mmoja.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="GAL.3.21" />Je basi, sheria inapingana na ahadi za Mungu? La hasha! Kwa maana kama sheria iliyotolewa ingeweza kuwapa watu uzima, basi haki ingepatikana kwa njia ya sheria.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="GAL.3.22" />Lakini Maandiko yamefanya vitu vyote vifungwe chini ya nguvu ya dhambi, ili yale yaliyoahidiwa kwa njia ya imani katika Yesu Kristo yapate kupewa wale wanaoamini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="GAL.3.23" />Kabla imani hii haijaja tulikuwa tumewekwa chini ya sheria, tumefungwa mpaka ile imani ifunuliwe.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="GAL.3.24" />Hivyo, sheria ilikuwa kiongozi kutufikisha kwa Kristo, ili tupate kuhesabiwa haki kwa imani.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="GAL.3.25" />Lakini sasa kwa kuwa ile imani imekuja, hatusimamiwi tena na sheria.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Watoto Wa Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="GAL.3.26" />Kwa maana ninyi nyote mmekuwa watoto wa Mungu katika Kristo Yesu kwa njia ya imani.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="GAL.3.27" />Kwa maana wote mliobatizwa ndani ya Kristo, mmemvaa Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="GAL.3.28" />Wala hakuna tena Myahudi au Myunani, mtumwa au mtu huru, mwanaume wala mwanamke, maana nyote mmekuwa wamoja ndani ya Kristo Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="GAL.3.29" />Nanyi mkiwa ni mali ya Kristo, basi ninyi ni wa uzao wa Abrahamu na warithi sawasawa na ile ahadi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GAL.4.1" />Lile nisemalo ni kwamba wakati wote mrithi bado ni mtoto, hana tofauti na mtumwa, ingawa ndiye mmiliki wa mali yote.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GAL.4.2" />Yeye huwa yuko chini ya uangalizi wa walezi na wadhamini mpaka ufike wakati uliowekwa na baba yake.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GAL.4.3" />Vivyo hivyo na sisi, tulipokuwa bado watoto wadogo, tulikuwa utumwani chini ya taratibu za kawaida za ulimwengu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GAL.4.4" />Lakini ulipowadia utimilifu wa wakati, Mungu alimtuma Mwanawe, ambaye alizaliwa na mwanamke, akazaliwa chini ya sheria,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GAL.4.5" />kusudi awakomboe wale waliokuwa chini ya sheria, ili tupate kupokea zile haki kamili za kufanywa watoto wa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="GAL.4.6" />Kwa sababu ninyi ni watoto wa Mungu, Mungu amemtuma Roho wa Mwanawe mioyoni mwetu, anayelia, “Abba,<f caller="+"><fr>4:6
</fr><ft>Abba ni neno la Kiaramu ambalo maana yake ni Baba; lingeweza kutumiwa tu na mtoto wa kuzaa.</ft></f> Baba.”
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="GAL.4.7" />Kwa hiyo, wewe si mtumwa tena, bali ni mtoto, kwa kuwa wewe ni mtoto, Mungu amekufanya wewe pia kuwa mrithi kwa kupitia Kristo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Awashawishi Wagalatia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="GAL.4.8" />Zamani, mlipokuwa hammjui Mungu, mlikuwa watumwa wa viumbe ambavyo kwa asili si Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GAL.4.9" />Lakini sasa kwa kuwa mmemjua Mungu, au zaidi mmejulikana na Mungu, inakuwaje mnarejea tena katika zile kanuni za kwanza zenye udhaifu na upungufu? Mnataka ziwafanye tena watumwa?
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GAL.4.10" />Mnaadhimisha siku maalum, miezi, nyakati na miaka!
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GAL.4.11" />Nina hofu juu yenu, kwamba kazi niliyofanya kwa ajili yenu inaweza kuwa nimejitaabisha bure.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="GAL.4.12" />Ndugu zangu, nawasihi mwe kama mimi, kwa sababu mimi nimekuwa kama ninyi. Hamkunitendea jambo lolote baya.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GAL.4.13" />Ninyi mwajua kwamba ni kwa ajili ya udhaifu wangu niliwahubiria Injili.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GAL.4.14" />Ingawa hali yangu iliwatia majaribuni, hamkunidharau wala kunidhihaki, bali mlinikaribisha kama malaika wa Mungu, kama vile Kristo Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GAL.4.15" />Ile hali ya furaha mliyokuwa nayo imekwenda wapi? Naweza kushuhudia kwamba, kama ingewezekana mngengʼoa macho yenu na kunipa mimi.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GAL.4.16" />Je, sasa nimekuwa adui yenu kwa kuwaambia kweli?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="GAL.4.17" />Hao wana shauku ya kuwapata lakini si kwa kusudi zuri. Wanachotaka ni kuwatenga mbali nasi, ili ninyi mpate kuwaonea wao shauku.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GAL.4.18" />Ni vizuri wakati wote kuwa na shauku kwa ajili ya kusudi zuri, si wakati nikiwa pamoja nanyi tu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="GAL.4.19" />Watoto wangu wapendwa, ambao kwa mara nyingine ninawaonea utungu, ninatamani kwamba Kristo aumbike ndani yenu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GAL.4.20" />Natamani kama ningekuwa pamoja nanyi sasa, pengine ningebadilisha sauti yangu. Kwa maana nina wasiwasi kwa ajili yenu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Hagari Na Sara
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="GAL.4.21" />Niambieni, ninyi mnaotaka kuwa chini ya sheria, je, hamjui sheria inavyosema?
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="GAL.4.22" />Kwa maana imeandikwa kwamba Abrahamu alikuwa na wana wawili, mmoja wa mwanamke mtumwa na wa pili wa mwanamke huru.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="GAL.4.23" />Lakini, mtoto wa mwanamke mtumwa alizaliwa kwa mapenzi ya mwili, na yule mwingine wa mwanamke huru alizaliwa kutokana na ahadi ya Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="GAL.4.24" />Mambo haya yanaweza kuchukuliwa kama mfano. Kwa maana hao wanawake wawili ni mfano wa maagano mawili: Agano la kwanza, ni lile lililofanyika katika Mlima Sinai, lizaalo watoto wa utumwa. Hili ndilo huyo Hagari.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="GAL.4.25" />Basi Hagari anawakilisha Mlima Sinai ulioko Arabuni, na unafanana na Yerusalemu ya sasa ambayo iko utumwani pamoja na watoto wake.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="GAL.4.26" />Lakini Yerusalemu wa juu ni huru, nayo ndiye mama yetu.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="GAL.4.27" />Kwa maana imeandikwa:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Furahi, ewe mwanamke tasa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe usiyezaa;
</q>
<q style="q1">paza sauti, na kuimba kwa furaha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe usiyepatwa na utungu wa kuzaa;
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana watoto wa mwanamke aliyeachwa ukiwa ni wengi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuliko wa mwanamke mwenye mume.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="GAL.4.28" />Basi, sisi ndugu zangu, ni kama Isaki, tu watoto wa ahadi.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="GAL.4.29" />Lakini, kama vile ilivyokuwa siku zile yule aliyezaliwa kwa mwili alivyomchokoza yule aliyezaliwa kwa Roho, ndivyo ilivyo hata sasa.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="GAL.4.30" />Lakini Maandiko yasemaje? “Mwondoe mwanamke mtumwa pamoja na mwanawe, kwa sababu mwana wa mwanamke mtumwa kamwe hatarithi pamoja na mwana wa aliye huru.”
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="GAL.4.31" />Kwa hiyo ndugu zangu, sisi si watoto wa mwanamke mtumwa, bali wa yule aliye huru.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Uhuru Ndani Ya Kristo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GAL.5.1" />Kristo alitupa uhuru, akataka tubaki huru. Hivyo simameni imara wala msikubali tena kulemewa na kongwa la utumwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="GAL.5.2" />Sikilizeni! Mimi, Paulo, nawaambieni kwamba kama mkikubali kutahiriwa, basi Kristo hatawafaidia chochote.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GAL.5.3" />Namshuhudia tena kila mtu anayekubali kutahiriwa kwamba inampasa kushika sheria yote.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GAL.5.4" />Ninyi mnaotafuta kuhesabiwa haki kwa njia ya sheria mmetengwa na Kristo, mko mbali na neema ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GAL.5.5" />Kwa maana, kwa njia ya Roho kwa imani, tunangojea kwa shauku tumaini la haki.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="GAL.5.6" />Kwa maana ndani ya Kristo Yesu, kutahiriwa au kutokutahiriwa hakuleti tofauti, bali lililo muhimu ni imani itendayo kazi kwa njia ya upendo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="GAL.5.7" />Mlikuwa mkipiga mbio vizuri. Ni nani aliyewazuia msiitii kweli?
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="GAL.5.8" />Ushawishi wa namna hiyo haukutokana na yule anayewaita.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GAL.5.9" />“Chachu kidogo huchachua donge zima.”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GAL.5.10" />Nina hakika katika Bwana kwamba hamtakuwa na msimamo mwingine. Mtu anayewachanganya anastahili adhabu, hata awe nani.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="GAL.5.11" />Lakini ndugu zangu, kama mimi bado ninahubiri kuhusu kutahiriwa, kwa nini bado ninateswa? Katika hiyo hali basi, kwazo la msalaba limeondolewa.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="GAL.5.12" />Laiti hao wanaowavuruga wangejihasi wao wenyewe!
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="GAL.5.13" />Ndugu zangu, ninyi mliitwa ili mwe huru, hivyo msitumie uhuru wenu kama fursa ya kufuata tamaa za mwili, bali tumikianeni ninyi kwa ninyi kwa upendo.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GAL.5.14" />Kwa maana sheria yote hukamilika katika amri moja: “Mpende jirani yako kama nafsi yako.”
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GAL.5.15" />Kama mkiumana na kutafunana, angalieni, msije mkaangamizana.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maisha Ya Kiroho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="GAL.5.16" />Kwa hiyo nasema, enendeni kwa Roho, wala hamtazitimiza kamwe tamaa za mwili.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="GAL.5.17" />Kwa maana mwili hutamani yale yaliyo kinyume na Roho, naye Roho hutamani yale yaliyo kinyume na mwili. Roho na mwili hupingana na kwa sababu hiyo hamwezi kufanya mnayotaka.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="GAL.5.18" />Lakini kama mkiongozwa na Roho, hamko chini ya sheria.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="GAL.5.19" />Basi matendo ya mwili ni dhahiri nayo ni haya: Uasherati, uchafu, ufisadi,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="GAL.5.20" />kuabudu sanamu, uchawi, uadui, ugomvi, wivu, hasira, fitina, faraka, uzushi,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="GAL.5.21" />husuda, ulevi, ulafi na mambo mengine yanayofanana na hayo. Nawaonya, kama nilivyokwisha kuwaonya kabla, kwamba watu watendao mambo kama hayo, hawataurithi Ufalme wa Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="GAL.5.22" />Lakini tunda la Roho ni upendo, furaha, amani, uvumilivu, utu wema, fadhili, uaminifu,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="GAL.5.23" />upole na kiasi. Katika mambo kama haya hakuna sheria.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="GAL.5.24" />Wote walio wa Kristo Yesu wameusulubisha mwili na shauku zake pamoja na tamaa zake.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="GAL.5.25" />Kwa kuwa tunaishi kwa Roho, basi, tuenende kwa Roho.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="GAL.5.26" />Tusijisifu bure, tukichokozana na kuoneana wivu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Chukulianeni Mizigo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="GAL.6.1" />Ndugu zangu, ikiwa mtu ameghafilika akatenda dhambi, basi ninyi mlio wa rohoni, mrejesheni upya mtu huyo kwa roho ya upole. Lakini jihadharini, ili ninyi wenyewe msije mkajaribiwa.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="GAL.6.2" />Chukulianeni mizigo ninyi kwa ninyi, nanyi kwa njia hii mtatimiza sheria ya Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="GAL.6.3" />Kama mtu yeyote akijiona kuwa yeye ni bora na kumbe sivyo, basi mtu huyo anajidanganya mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="GAL.6.4" />Lakini kila mtu na aipime kazi yake mwenyewe, ndipo aweze kujisifu, bila kujilinganisha na mtu mwingine.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="GAL.6.5" />Kwa maana, kila mtu atauchukua mzigo wake mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="GAL.6.6" />Basi, yeye afundishwaye katika neno na amshirikishe mwalimu wake mema yote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="GAL.6.7" />Msidanganyike, Mungu hadhihakiwi. Kwa kuwa kile apandacho mtu ndicho atakachovuna.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="GAL.6.8" />Apandaye kwa mwili, katika mwili wake atavuna uharibifu, lakini yeye apandaye katika Roho, katika Roho atavuna uzima wa milele.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="GAL.6.9" />Hivyo, tusichoke katika kutenda mema, kwa kuwa tutavuna kwa wakati wake tusipokata tamaa.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="GAL.6.10" />Kwa hiyo, kadiri tupatavyo nafasi na tuwatendee watu wote mema, hasa wale wa jamaa ya waaminio.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Si Kutahiriwa Bali Kuwa Kiumbe Kipya
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="GAL.6.11" />Angalieni herufi kubwa nitumiazo ninapowaandikia kwa mkono wangu mwenyewe!
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="GAL.6.12" />Wale wanaotaka kuonekana wazuri kwa mambo ya mwili wanataka wawalazimishe kutahiriwa. Sababu pekee ya kufanya hivyo ni kuepuka kuteswa kwa ajili ya msalaba wa Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="GAL.6.13" />Hata wale waliotahiriwa wenyewe hawaitii sheria, lakini wanataka ninyi mtahiriwe ili wapate kujivuna kwa habari ya miili yenu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="GAL.6.14" />Mungu apishie mbali nisije nikajivunia kitu chochote isipokuwa msalaba wa Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo, ambaye kwa yeye ulimwengu umesulubiwa kwangu, nami nimesulubiwa kwa ulimwengu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="GAL.6.15" />Kwa maana katika Kristo Yesu, kutahiriwa au kutokutahiriwa si kitu, bali kule kuwa kiumbe kipya ni kila kitu!
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="GAL.6.16" />Amani na rehema viwe na wote wanaofuata kanuni hii, na juu ya Israeli wa Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="GAL.6.17" />Hatimaye, tangu sasa mtu yeyote asinitaabishe, kwa maana nachukua katika mwili wangu chapa zake Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="GAL.6.18" />Ndugu zangu, neema ya Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo iwe pamoja na roho zenu. Amen.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="EPH"><id id="EPH">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Waefeso
</h><toc level="1">Waefeso
</toc><toc level="2">Waefeso
</toc><toc level="3">Efe
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Waefeso
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Salamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EPH.1.1" />Paulo, mtume wa Kristo Yesu, kwa mapenzi ya Mungu:
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa watakatifu walioko Efeso, walio waaminifu katika Kristo Yesu:
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="EPH.1.2" />Neema na amani itokayo kwa Mungu Baba yetu na kwa Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo iwe nanyi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Baraka Za Kiroho Katika Kristo Yesu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="EPH.1.3" />Ahimidiwe Mungu na Baba wa Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo, aliyetubariki sisi kwa baraka zote za rohoni, katika ulimwengu wa roho ndani ya Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EPH.1.4" />Kwa maana alituchagua katika yeye kabla ya kuumbwa ulimwengu ili tuwe watakatifu na bila lawama mbele zake. Kwa upendo
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EPH.1.5" />alitangulia kutuchagua tuwe wanawe kwa njia ya Yesu Kristo kwa furaha yake na mapenzi yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EPH.1.6" />Kwa hiyo tunamsifu Mungu kwa huruma zake kuu alizotumiminia sisi katika Mwanawe Mpendwa.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EPH.1.7" />Ndani yake tunao ukombozi kwa njia ya damu yake, yaani, msamaha wa dhambi, sawasawa na wingi wa neema yake
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EPH.1.8" />aliyotumiminia kwa wingi, kwa hekima yote na maarifa yote.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EPH.1.9" />Naye alitujulisha siri ya mapenzi yake sawasawa na uradhi wa mapenzi yake, ambayo alikusudia katika Kristo,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EPH.1.10" />ili yapate kutimizwa wakati mkamilifu utakapowadia, yaani, kuvitia vitu vyote vya mbinguni na vya duniani pamoja, chini ya kiongozi mmoja, ndiye Kristo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="EPH.1.11" />Katika Kristo sisi nasi tumepata urithi, tukisha kuchaguliwa sawasawa na kusudi la Mungu, yeye ambaye hufanya mambo yote kulingana na kusudi la mapenzi yake,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EPH.1.12" />ili kwamba, sisi tuliokuwa wa kwanza kuweka tumaini katika Kristo, tupate kuishi kwa sifa ya utukufu wake.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EPH.1.13" />Ninyi pia mliingia ndani ya Kristo mliposikia Neno la kweli, Injili ya wokovu wenu. Mkiisha kuamini, ndani yake mlitiwa muhuri, yaani, Roho Mtakatifu mliyeahidiwa,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EPH.1.14" />yeye ambaye ni amana yetu akituhakikishia urithi wetu hadi ukombozi wa wale walio milki ya Mungu kwa sifa ya utukufu wake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Shukrani Na Maombi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EPH.1.15" />Kwa sababu hii, tangu niliposikia juu ya imani yenu katika Bwana Yesu na upendo wenu kwa watakatifu wote,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EPH.1.16" />sijaacha kumshukuru Mungu kwa ajili yenu, nikiwakumbuka katika maombi yangu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EPH.1.17" />Nazidi kumwomba Mungu wa Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo, Baba wa utukufu, awajalieni ninyi roho ya hekima na ya ufunuo, ili mpate kumjua zaidi.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EPH.1.18" />Ninaomba pia kwamba macho ya mioyo yenu yatiwe nuru ili mpate kujua tumaini mliloitiwa, utajiri wa urithi wa utukufu wake kwa watakatifu
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EPH.1.19" />na uweza wake mkuu usiolinganishwa kwa ajili yetu sisi tuaminio. Uweza huo unaofanya kazi ndani yetu, ni sawa na ile nguvu kuu mno
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EPH.1.20" />aliyoitumia katika Kristo alipomfufua kutoka kwa wafu, na akamketisha mkono wake wa kuume huko mbinguni,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EPH.1.21" />juu sana kuliko falme zote na mamlaka, enzi na milki, na juu ya kila jina litajwalo, si katika ulimwengu huu tu, bali katika ule ujao pia.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EPH.1.22" />Naye Mungu ameweka vitu vyote viwe chini ya miguu yake na amemfanya yeye awe kichwa cha vitu vyote kwa ajili ya Kanisa,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EPH.1.23" />ambalo ndilo mwili wake, ukamilifu wake yeye aliye yote katika yote.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Tumefanywa Kuwa Hai Ndani Ya Kristo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EPH.2.1" />Kwa habari zenu, mlikuwa wafu katika makosa na dhambi zenu,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EPH.2.2" />ambazo mlizitenda mlipofuatisha namna ya ulimwengu huu na za yule mtawala wa ufalme wa anga, yule roho atendaye kazi sasa ndani ya wale wasiotii.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EPH.2.3" />Sisi sote pia tuliishi katikati yao hapo zamani, tukitimiza tamaa za asili yetu ya dhambi na kufuata tamaa zake na mawazo yake. Nasi kwa asili tulikuwa wana wa ghadhabu, kama mtu mwingine yeyote.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EPH.2.4" />Lakini Mungu kwa upendo wake mwingi kwetu sisi, ambaye ni mwingi wa rehema,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EPH.2.5" />hata tulipokuwa wafu kwa ajili ya makosa yetu, alitufanya tuwe hai pamoja na Kristo Yesu, yaani, mmeokolewa kwa neema.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EPH.2.6" />Mungu alitufufua pamoja na Kristo na kutuketisha pamoja naye katika ulimwengu wa roho katika Kristo Yesu,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EPH.2.7" />ili katika ule ulimwengu ujao apate kuonyesha wingi wa neema yake isiyopimika, iliyodhihirishwa kwetu kwa wema wake ndani ya Kristo Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EPH.2.8" />Kwa maana mmeokolewa kwa neema, kwa njia ya imani, wala si kwa matendo yenu mema. Hii ni zawadi kutoka kwa Mungu,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EPH.2.9" />si kwa matendo, ili mtu yeyote asije akajisifu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EPH.2.10" />Kwa maana sisi ni kazi ya mikono ya Mungu, tulioumbwa katika Kristo Yesu, ili tupate kutenda matendo mema, ambayo Mungu alitangulia kuyaandaa tupate kuishi katika hayo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wamoja Katika Kristo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="EPH.2.11" />Kwa hiyo kumbukeni kwamba ninyi ambao hapo awali mlikuwa watu wa Mataifa kwa kuzaliwa na kuitwa “wasiotahiriwa” na wale wanaojiita “waliotahiriwa” (yaani tohara ifanyikayo katika mwili kwa mikono ya wanadamu),
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EPH.2.12" />kumbukeni kwamba wakati ule mlikuwa mbali na Kristo, mkiwa mmetengwa kutoka jumuiya ya Israeli, na mkiwa wageni katika yale maagano ya ahadi, nanyi mkiwa hamna tumaini wala Mungu duniani.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EPH.2.13" />Lakini sasa katika Kristo Yesu, ninyi ambao hapo kwanza mlikuwa mbali na Mungu, sasa mmeletwa karibu kwa njia ya damu ya Kristo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="EPH.2.14" />Kwa maana yeye mwenyewe ndiye amani yetu, aliyetufanya sisi tuliokuwa wawili, yaani, Wayahudi na watu wa Mataifa, tuwe wamoja kwa kuvunja kizuizi na kubomoa ule ukuta wa uadui uliokuwa kati yetu,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EPH.2.15" />kwa kuibatilisha ile sheria pamoja na amri zake na maagizo yake alipoutoa mwili wake, ili apate kufanya ndani yake mtu mmoja mpya badala ya hao wawili, hivyo akifanya amani,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EPH.2.16" />naye katika mwili huu mmoja awapatanishe wote wawili na Mungu kupitia msalaba, ili kwa huo msalaba akaangamiza uadui wao.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EPH.2.17" />Alikuja na kuhubiri amani kwenu ninyi mliokuwa mbali na pia akahubiri amani kwao waliokuwa karibu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EPH.2.18" />Kwa maana kwa kupitia kwake, sisi sote tunaweza kumkaribia Baba katika Roho mmoja.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EPH.2.19" />Hivyo basi, ninyi sasa si wageni tena wala wapitaji, bali mmekuwa wenyeji pamoja na watakatifu na pia jamaa wa nyumbani mwake Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EPH.2.20" />Mmejengwa juu ya msingi wa mitume na manabii, naye Kristo Yesu mwenyewe ndiye jiwe kuu la pembeni.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EPH.2.21" />Ndani yake jengo lote limeshikamanishwa pamoja na kusimamishwa ili kuwa Hekalu takatifu katika Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EPH.2.22" />Katika yeye ninyi nanyi mnajengwa pamoja ili mpate kuwa makao ambayo Mungu anaishi ndani yake kwa njia ya Roho wake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Huduma Ya Paulo Kwa Watu Wa Mataifa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EPH.3.1" />Kwa sababu hii, mimi Paulo, mfungwa wa Kristo Yesu kwa ajili yenu ninyi watu wa Mataifa:
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="EPH.3.2" />Kwa hakika mmekwisha kusikia kuhusu ile huduma ya neema ya Mungu niliyopewa kwa ajili yenu,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EPH.3.3" />yaani, ile siri iliodhihirishwa kwangu kwa njia ya ufunuo, kama nilivyotangulia kuandika kwa kifupi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EPH.3.4" />Kwa kusoma haya, basi mtaweza kuelewa ufahamu wangu katika siri ya Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EPH.3.5" />Siri hii haikudhihirishwa kwa wanadamu katika vizazi vingine kama vile sasa ilivyodhihirishwa na Roho kwa mitume na manabii watakatifu wa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EPH.3.6" />Siri hii ni kwamba, kwa njia ya Injili, watu wa Mataifa ni warithi pamoja na Israeli, viungo vya mwili mmoja na washiriki pamoja wa ahadi katika Kristo Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EPH.3.7" />Nimekuwa mtumishi wa Injili hii kwa kipawa cha neema ya Mungu niliyopewa kwa nguvu yake itendayo kazi.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EPH.3.8" />Ingawa mimi ni mdogo kuliko aliye mdogo kabisa miongoni mwa watakatifu wote, nilipewa neema hii: ili niwahubirie watu wa Mataifa kuhusu utajiri usiopimika ulio ndani ya Kristo,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EPH.3.9" />na kuweka wazi kwa kila mtu siri hii iliyokuwa imefichwa tangu zamani katika Mungu, aliyeumba vitu vyote.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EPH.3.10" />Ili sasa kwa njia ya Kanisa, hekima yote ya Mungu ipate kujulikana kwa watawala na wenye mamlaka katika ulimwengu wa roho,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EPH.3.11" />sawasawa na kusudi lake la milele katika Kristo Yesu Bwana wetu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EPH.3.12" />Ndani yake na kwa njia ya imani katika yeye twaweza kumkaribia Mungu kwa uhuru na kwa ujasiri.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EPH.3.13" />Kwa hiyo, nawaomba msikate tamaa kwa sababu ya mateso yangu kwa ajili yenu, hayo ni utukufu wenu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maombi Ya Paulo Kwa Waefeso
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="EPH.3.14" />Kwa sababu hii nampigia Baba magoti,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EPH.3.15" />ambaye ubaba wote wa kila jamaa za mbinguni na za duniani unatokana naye.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EPH.3.16" />Namwomba Mungu awaimarishe kwa kuwatia nguvu mioyo yenu kwa njia ya Roho wake kwa kadiri ya utajiri wa utukufu wake,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EPH.3.17" />ili kwamba, Kristo apate kukaa mioyoni mwenu kwa njia ya imani. Nami ninaomba kwamba ninyi mkiwa wenye mizizi tena imara katika msingi wa upendo,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EPH.3.18" />mwe na uwezo wa kufahamu pamoja na watakatifu wote jinsi ulivyo upana, urefu, kimo na kina upendo wa Kristo,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EPH.3.19" />na kujua upendo huu unaopita fahamu, ili mpate kujazwa na kufikia kipimo cha ukamilifu wote wa Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EPH.3.20" />Basi kwa yeye awezaye kutenda mambo ya ajabu yasiyopimika kuliko yote tuyaombayo au tuyawazayo, kwa kadiri ya uweza wake ule utendao kazi ndani yetu,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EPH.3.21" />yeye atukuzwe katika kanisa na katika Kristo Yesu kwa vizazi vyote, milele na milele. Amen.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Umoja Katika Mwili Wa Kristo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EPH.4.1" />Basi, mimi niliye mfungwa wa Bwana, nawasihi mwenende kama inavyostahili wito wenu mlioitiwa.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EPH.4.2" />Kwa unyenyekevu wote na upole, mkiwa wavumilivu, mkichukuliana kwa upendo.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EPH.4.3" />Jitahidini kudumisha umoja wa Roho katika kifungo cha amani.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EPH.4.4" />Kuna mwili mmoja na Roho mmoja, kama vile mlivyoitwa katika tumaini moja.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EPH.4.5" />Tena kuna Bwana mmoja, imani moja, ubatizo mmoja,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EPH.4.6" />Mungu mmoja ambaye ni Baba wa wote, aliye juu ya yote, katika yote na ndani ya yote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="EPH.4.7" />Lakini kila mmoja wetu amepewa neema kwa kadiri ya kipimo cha kipawa cha Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EPH.4.8" />Kwa hiyo husema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Alipopaa juu zaidi,
<f caller="+"><fr>4:8
</fr><ft>Juu zaidi hapa ina maana mbingu za mbingu.</ft></f>
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliteka mateka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akawapa wanadamu vipawa.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="9" bcv="EPH.4.9" />(Asemapo “alipaa juu,” maana yake nini isipokuwa ni kusema pia kwamba Kristo alishuka pande za chini sana za dunia?<f caller="+"><fr>4:9
</fr><ft>Pande za chini sana za dunia hapa maana yake Sheol kwa Kiebrania, yaani Kuzimu.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EPH.4.10" />Yeye aliyeshuka ndiye alipaa juu zaidi kupita mbingu zote, ili apate kuujaza ulimwengu wote.)
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EPH.4.11" />Ndiye aliweka wengine kuwa mitume, wengine kuwa manabii, wengine kuwa wainjilisti, wengine kuwa wachungaji na walimu,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EPH.4.12" />kwa kusudi la kuwakamilisha watakatifu kwa ajili ya kazi za huduma, ili kwamba mwili wa Kristo upate kujengwa
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EPH.4.13" />mpaka sote tutakapoufikia umoja katika imani na katika kumjua sana Mwana wa Mungu na kuwa watu wazima kwa kufikia kimo cha ukamilifu wa Kristo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="EPH.4.14" />Ili tusiwe tena watoto wachanga, tukitupwatupwa huku na huku na kuchukuliwa na kila upepo wa mafundisho kwa hila za watu, kwa ujanja, kwa kufuata njia zao za udanganyifu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EPH.4.15" />Badala yake, tukiambiana kweli kwa upendo, katika mambo yote tukue, hata tumfikie yeye aliye kichwa, yaani, Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EPH.4.16" />Kutoka kwake, mwili wote ukiwa umeungamanishwa na kushikamanishwa pamoja kwa msaada wa kila kiungo, hukua na kujijenga wenyewe katika upendo, wakati kila kiungo kinafanya kazi yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maisha Ya Zamani Na Maisha Mapya
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="EPH.4.17" />Hivyo nawaambia hivi, nami nasisitiza katika Bwana kwamba, msiishi tena kama watu wa Mataifa waishivyo, katika ubatili wa mawazo yao.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EPH.4.18" />Watu hao akili zao zimetiwa giza na wametengwa mbali na uzima wa Mungu kwa sababu ya ujinga wao kutokana na ugumu wa mioyo yao.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EPH.4.19" />Wakiisha kufa ganzi, wamejitia katika mambo ya ufisadi na kupendelea kila aina ya uchafu, wakiendelea kutamani zaidi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="EPH.4.20" />Lakini ninyi, hivyo sivyo mlivyojifunza Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="EPH.4.21" />Kama hivyo ndivyo ilivyo, ninyi mmemsikia, tena mmefundishwa naye, vile kweli ilivyo katika Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EPH.4.22" />Mlifundishwa kuuvua mwenendo wenu wa zamani, utu wenu wa kale, ulioharibiwa na tamaa zake za udanganyifu,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EPH.4.23" />ili mfanywe upya roho na nia zenu,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EPH.4.24" />mkajivike utu mpya, ulioumbwa sawasawa na mfano wa Mungu katika haki yote na utakatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kanuni Za Maisha Mapya
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="EPH.4.25" />Kwa hiyo kila mmoja wenu avue uongo na kuambiana kweli mtu na jirani yake, kwa maana sisi sote tu viungo vya mwili mmoja.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EPH.4.26" />Mkikasirika, msitende dhambi, wala jua lisichwe mkiwa bado mmekasirika,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EPH.4.27" />wala msimpe ibilisi nafasi.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EPH.4.28" />Yeye ambaye amekuwa akiiba, asiibe tena, lakini lazima ajishughulishe, afanye kitu kifaacho kwa mikono yake mwenyewe, ili awe na kitu cha kuwagawia wahitaji.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="EPH.4.29" />Maneno mabaya yasitoke vinywani mwenu, bali yale yafaayo kwa ajili ya kuwajenga wengine kulingana na mahitaji yao, ili yawafae wale wasikiao.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="EPH.4.30" />Wala msimhuzunishe Roho Mtakatifu wa Mungu, ambaye kwake mlitiwa muhuri kwa ajili ya siku ya ukombozi.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="EPH.4.31" />Ondoeni kabisa uchungu, ghadhabu, hasira, makelele na masingizio pamoja na kila aina ya uovu.
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="EPH.4.32" />Kuweni wafadhili na wenye kuhurumiana ninyi kwa ninyi, mkisameheana, kama vile naye Mungu katika Kristo alivyowasamehe ninyi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Kuenenda Nuruni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EPH.5.1" />Kwa hiyo, mfuateni Mungu kama watoto wapendwao,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EPH.5.2" />mkiishi maisha ya upendo, kama vile Kristo alivyotupenda sisi akajitoa kwa ajili yetu kuwa sadaka yenye harufu nzuri na dhabihu kwa Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="EPH.5.3" />Lakini uasherati, usitajwe miongoni mwenu, wala uchafu wa aina yoyote, wala tamaa, kwa sababu mambo haya hayastahili miongoni mwa watakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="EPH.5.4" />Wala pasiwepo mazungumzo machafu ya aibu, au maneno ya upuzi au mzaha, ambayo hayafai, badala yake mshukuruni Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="EPH.5.5" />Kwa habari ya mambo haya mjue hakika kwamba: Msherati, wala mtu mwovu, wala mwenye tamaa mbaya, mtu kama huyo ni mwabudu sanamu, kamwe hataurithi Ufalme wa Kristo na wa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EPH.5.6" />Mtu yeyote na asiwadanganye kwa maneno matupu, kwa kuwa hasira ya Mungu huwaka kwa sababu ya mambo kama haya juu ya wale wasiomtii.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EPH.5.7" />Kwa hiyo, msishirikiane nao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="EPH.5.8" />Kwa maana zamani ninyi mlikuwa giza, lakini sasa ninyi ni nuru katika Bwana. Enendeni kama watoto wa nuru
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="EPH.5.9" />(kwa kuwa tunda la nuru hupatikana katika wema wote, haki na kweli),
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="EPH.5.10" />nanyi tafuteni yale yanayompendeza Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EPH.5.11" />Msishiriki matendo ya giza yasiyofaa, bali yafichueni.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EPH.5.12" />Kwa maana ni aibu hata kutaja mambo yale ambayo wasiotii wanayafanya sirini.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EPH.5.13" />Lakini kila kitu kilichowekwa nuruni, huonekana,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EPH.5.14" />kwa kuwa nuru ndiyo hufanya kila kitu kionekane. Hii ndiyo sababu imesemekana:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Amka, wewe uliyelala,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ufufuke kutoka kwa wafu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye Kristo atakuangazia.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="EPH.5.15" />Kwa hiyo angalieni sana jinsi mnavyoenenda, si kama watu wasio na hekima, bali kama wenye hekima,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EPH.5.16" />mkiukomboa wakati, kwa sababu nyakati hizi ni za uovu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EPH.5.17" />Kwa hiyo msiwe wajinga, bali mpate kujua nini mapenzi ya Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EPH.5.18" />Pia msilewe kwa mvinyo, ambamo ndani yake mna upotovu, bali mjazwe Roho.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="EPH.5.19" />Msemezane ninyi kwa ninyi kwa zaburi, nyimbo na tenzi za rohoni, mkimwimbia na kumsifu Bwana mioyoni mwenu,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EPH.5.20" />siku zote mkimshukuru Mungu Baba kwa kila jambo katika Jina la Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EPH.5.21" />Nyenyekeaneni ninyi kwa ninyi kwa heshima kwa ajili ya Kristo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mafundisho Kuhusu Wake Na Waume
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="EPH.5.22" />Ninyi wake, watiini waume zenu kama kumtii Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="EPH.5.23" />Kwa maana mume ni kichwa cha mkewe kama vile Kristo alivyo kichwa cha Kanisa, ambalo ni mwili wake, naye Kristo ni Mwokozi wake.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EPH.5.24" />Basi, kama vile Kanisa linavyomtii Kristo, vivyo hivyo na wake nao imewapasa kuwatii waume zao kwa kila jambo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="EPH.5.25" />Ninyi waume, wapendeni wake zenu, kama vile Kristo alivyolipenda Kanisa akajitoa kwa ajili yake
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="EPH.5.26" />kusudi alifanye takatifu, akilitakasa kwa kuliosha kwa maji katika Neno lake,
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="EPH.5.27" />apate kujiletea Kanisa tukufu lisilo na doa wala kunyanzi au waa lolote, bali takatifu na lisilo na hatia.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="EPH.5.28" />Vivyo hivyo imewapasa waume kuwapenda wake zao kama miili yao wenyewe. Ampendaye mkewe hujipenda mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="EPH.5.29" />Hakuna mtu anayeuchukia mwili wake mwenyewe, bali huulisha na kuutunza vizuri, kama Kristo anavyolitunza Kanisa lake.
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="EPH.5.30" />Sisi tu viungo vya mwili wake.
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="EPH.5.31" />“Kwa sababu hii, mwanaume atamwacha baba yake na mama yake, naye ataambatana na mkewe, na hao wawili watakuwa mwili mmoja.”
<ve />
<v id="32" bcv="EPH.5.32" />Siri hii ni kubwa, bali mimi nanena kuhusu Kristo na Kanisa.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="EPH.5.33" />Hata hivyo, kila mmoja wenu ampende mkewe kama anavyoipenda nafsi yake mwenyewe, naye mke lazima amheshimu mumewe.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Mafundisho Kuhusu Watoto Na Wazazi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="EPH.6.1" />Enyi watoto, watiini wazazi wenu katika Bwana, kwa kuwa hili ni jema.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="EPH.6.2" />“Waheshimu baba yako na mama yako,” hii ndio amri ya kwanza yenye ahadi,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="EPH.6.3" />“upate baraka na uishi siku nyingi duniani.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="EPH.6.4" />Ninyi akina baba, msiwachokoze watoto wenu, bali waleeni kwa nidhamu na mafundisho ya Bwana.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mafundisho Kuhusu Watumwa Na Mabwana
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="EPH.6.5" />Ninyi watumwa, watiini hao walio mabwana zenu hapa duniani kwa heshima na kwa kutetemeka na kwa moyo mmoja, kama vile mnavyomtii Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="EPH.6.6" />Watiini, si tu wakati wakiwaona ili mpate upendeleo wao, bali mtumike kama watumwa wa Kristo, mkifanya mapenzi ya Mungu kwa moyo.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="EPH.6.7" />Tumikeni kwa moyo wote, kama vile mnamtumikia Bwana na si wanadamu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="EPH.6.8" />Mkijua kwamba Bwana atampa kila mtu thawabu kwa lolote jema alilotenda, kama yeye ni mtumwa au ni mtu huru.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="EPH.6.9" />Nanyi mabwana, watendeeni watumwa wenu kwa jinsi iyo hiyo. Msiwatishe, kwa kuwa mnajua ya kwamba yeye aliye Bwana wenu na Bwana wao yuko mbinguni, naye hana upendeleo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Silaha Za Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="EPH.6.10" />Hatimaye, mzidi kuwa hodari katika Bwana na katika uweza wa nguvu zake.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="EPH.6.11" />Vaeni silaha zote za Mungu ili kwamba mweze kuzipinga hila za ibilisi.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="EPH.6.12" />Kwa maana kushindana kwetu si juu ya nyama na damu, bali dhidi ya falme, mamlaka, dhidi ya wakuu wa giza na majeshi ya pepo wabaya katika ulimwengu wa roho.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="EPH.6.13" />Kwa hiyo vaeni silaha zote za Mungu ili mweze kushindana siku ya uovu itakapokuja nanyi mkiisha kufanya yote, simameni imara.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="EPH.6.14" />Kwa hiyo simameni imara mkiwa mmejifunga kweli kiunoni na kuvaa dirii ya haki kifuani,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="EPH.6.15" />nayo miguu yenu ifungiwe utayari tuupatao kwa Injili ya amani.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="EPH.6.16" />Zaidi ya haya yote, twaeni ngao ya imani, ambayo kwa hiyo mtaweza kuizima mishale yote yenye moto ya yule mwovu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="EPH.6.17" />Vaeni chapeo ya wokovu na mchukue upanga wa Roho, ambao ni Neno la Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="EPH.6.18" />Mkiomba kwa Roho siku zote katika sala zote na maombi, mkikesha kila wakati mkiwaombea watakatifu wote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="EPH.6.19" />Niombeeni na mimi pia, ili kila nifunguapo kinywa changu, nipewe maneno ya kusema, niweze kutangaza siri ya Injili kwa ujasiri,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="EPH.6.20" />ambayo mimi ni balozi wake katika vifungo. Ombeni ili nipate kuhubiri kwa ujasiri kama inipasavyo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Salamu Za Mwisho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="EPH.6.21" />Tikiko, aliye ndugu mpendwa na mtumishi mwaminifu katika Bwana, atawaambia kila kitu, ili pia mpate kujua hali yangu na kile ninachofanya sasa.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="EPH.6.22" />Ninamtuma kwenu kwa ajili ya kusudi hili hasa, ili mpate kujua hali yetu, na awatie moyo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="EPH.6.23" />Amani iwe kwa ndugu, na pendo pamoja na imani kutoka kwa Mungu Baba na Bwana Yesu Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="EPH.6.24" />Neema iwe na wote wampendao Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo kwa upendo wa dhati. Amen.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="PHP"><id id="PHP">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Wafilipi
</h><toc level="1">Wafilipi
</toc><toc level="2">Wafilipi
</toc><toc level="3">Flp
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Wafilipi
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Salamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="PHP.1.1" />Waraka wa Paulo na Timotheo, watumishi wa Kristo Yesu:
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa watakatifu wote katika Kristo Yesu walioko Filipi, pamoja na waangalizi na mashemasi:
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="PHP.1.2" />Neema na amani itokayo kwa Mungu Baba yetu na kwa Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo iwe nanyi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Shukrani Na Maombi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="PHP.1.3" />Ninamshukuru Mungu wangu kila niwakumbukapo ninyi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="PHP.1.4" />Katika maombi yangu yote daima nimekuwa nikiwaombea ninyi nyote kwa furaha,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="PHP.1.5" />kwa sababu ya kushiriki kwenu katika kueneza Injili, tangu siku ya kwanza hadi leo.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="PHP.1.6" />Nina hakika kwamba yeye aliyeianza kazi njema mioyoni mwenu, ataiendeleza na kuikamilisha hata siku ya Kristo Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="PHP.1.7" />Ni haki na ni wajibu wangu kufikiri hivi juu yenu nyote, kwa sababu ninyi mko moyoni mwangu. Ikiwa nimefungwa au nikiwa ninaitetea na kuithibitisha Injili, ninyi nyote mnashiriki neema ya Mungu pamoja nami.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="PHP.1.8" />Mungu ni shahidi wangu jinsi ninavyowaonea shauku ninyi nyote kwa huruma ya Kristo Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="PHP.1.9" />Haya ndiyo maombi yangu: kwamba upendo wenu uongezeke zaidi na zaidi katika maarifa na ufahamu wote,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="PHP.1.10" />ili mpate kutambua yale yaliyo mema, mkawe safi, wasio na hatia hadi siku ya Kristo,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="PHP.1.11" />mkiwa mmejawa na matunda ya haki yapatikanayo kwa njia ya Yesu Kristo, kwa utukufu na sifa za Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kufungwa Kwa Paulo Kwaieneza Injili
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="PHP.1.12" />Basi, ndugu zangu, nataka mjue kwamba mambo yale yaliyonipata kwa kweli yamesaidia sana kueneza Injili.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="PHP.1.13" />Matokeo yake ni kwamba imejulikana wazi kwa walinzi wote wa jumba la kifalme na kwa wengine wote kuwa nimefungwa kwa ajili ya Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="PHP.1.14" />Kwa sababu ya vifungo vyangu, ndugu wengi katika Bwana wametiwa moyo kuhubiri neno la Mungu kwa ujasiri zaidi na bila woga.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="PHP.1.15" />Ni kweli kwamba wengine wanamhubiri Kristo kutokana na wivu na kwa kutaka kushindana, lakini wengine wanamhubiri Kristo kwa nia njema.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="PHP.1.16" />Hawa wa mwisho wanamhubiri Kristo kwa moyo wa upendo, wakifahamu kwamba nimo humu gerezani kwa ajili ya kuitetea Injili.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="PHP.1.17" />Hao wa kwanza wanamtangaza Kristo kutokana na tamaa zao wenyewe wala si kwa moyo mweupe, bali wanakusudia kuongeza mateso yangu katika huku kufungwa kwangu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="PHP.1.18" />Lakini inadhuru nini? Jambo la muhimu ni kwamba kwa kila njia, ikiwa ni kwa nia mbaya au njema, Kristo anahubiriwa. Nami kwa ajili ya jambo hilo ninafurahi.
</p>
<p style="p">Naam, nami nitaendelea kufurahi,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="PHP.1.19" />kwa maana ninajua kwamba kwa maombi yenu na kwa msaada unaotolewa na Roho wa Yesu Kristo, yale yaliyonipata mimi yatageuka kuwa wokovu wangu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="PHP.1.20" />Ninatarajia kwa shauku kubwa na kutumaini kwamba sitaaibika kwa njia yoyote, bali nitakuwa na ujasiri wa kutosha ili sasa kama wakati mwingine wowote, Kristo atukuzwe katika mwili wangu, ikiwa ni kwa kuishi au kwa kufa.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="PHP.1.21" />Kwa maana kwangu mimi, kuishi ni Kristo, na kufa ni faida.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="PHP.1.22" />Kama nitaendelea kuishi katika mwili, kwangu hili ni kwa ajili ya matunda ya kazi. Lakini sijui nichague lipi? Mimi sijui!
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="PHP.1.23" />Ninavutwa kati ya mambo mawili: Ninatamani kuondoka nikakae pamoja na Kristo, jambo hilo ni bora zaidi.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="PHP.1.24" />Lakini kwa sababu yenu ni muhimu zaidi mimi nikiendelea kuishi katika mwili.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="PHP.1.25" />Kwa kuwa nina matumaini haya, ninajua kwamba nitaendelea kuwepo na kuwa pamoja nanyi nyote, ili mpate kukua na kuwa na furaha katika imani.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="PHP.1.26" />Ili kwamba furaha yenu iwe nyingi katika Kristo Yesu kwa ajili yangu kwa kule kuja kwangu kwenu tena.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuenenda Ipasavyo Injili
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="PHP.1.27" />Lakini lolote litakalotukia, mwenende kama ipasavyo Injili ya Kristo, ili kwamba nikija na kuwaona au ikiwa sipo, nipate kusikia haya juu yenu: Kuwa mnasimama imara katika roho moja, mkiishindania imani ya Injili kwa umoja,
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="PHP.1.28" />wala msitishwe na wale wanaowapinga. Hii ni ishara kwao kuwa wataangamia, lakini ninyi mtaokolewa, na hii ni kazi ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="PHP.1.29" />Kwa maana mmepewa kwa ajili ya Kristo, si kumwamini tu, bali pia kuteswa kwa ajili yake,
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="PHP.1.30" />kwa kuwa mnashiriki mashindano yale yale mliyoyaona nikiwa nayo na ambayo hata sasa mnasikia kuwa bado ninayo.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Kuiga Unyenyekevu Wa Kristo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="PHP.2.1" />Kama kukiwa na jambo lolote la kutia moyo katika kuunganishwa na Kristo, kukiwa faraja yoyote katika upendo wake, kukiwa na ushirika wowote na Roho, kukiwa na wema wowote na huruma,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="PHP.2.2" />basi ikamilisheni furaha yangu kwa kuwa na nia moja, mkiwa na upendo huo moja, mkiwa wa roho na kusudi moja.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="PHP.2.3" />Msitende jambo lolote kwa nia ya kujitukuza wala kujivuna, bali kwa unyenyekevu kila mtu amhesabu mwingine bora kuliko nafsi yake.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="PHP.2.4" />Kila mmoja wenu asiangalie faida yake mwenyewe tu, bali pia ajishughulishe kwa faida ya wengine.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="PHP.2.5" />Kuweni na nia ile ile aliyokuwa nayo Kristo Yesu:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="PHP.2.6" />Yeye, ingawa alikuwa na asili ya Mungu hasa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hakuona kule kuwa sawa na Mungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwa kitu cha kushikilia,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="PHP.2.7" />bali alijifanya si kitu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akachukua hali hasa na mtumwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye akazaliwa katika umbo la mwanadamu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="PHP.2.8" />Naye akiwa na umbo la mwanadamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">alijinyenyekeza, akatii hata mauti:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naam, mauti ya msalaba!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="PHP.2.9" />Kwa hiyo, Mungu alimtukuza juu sana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumpa Jina lililo kuu kuliko kila jina,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="PHP.2.10" />ili kwa Jina la Yesu, kila goti lipigwe,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">la vitu vya mbinguni, na vya duniani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vya chini ya nchi,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="PHP.2.11" />na kila ulimi ukiri ya kwamba
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><sc>Yesu Kristo ni Bwana</sc>,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa utukufu wa Mungu Baba.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Ngʼaeni Kama Mianga Katika Ulimwengu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="PHP.2.12" />Kwa hiyo, wapenzi wangu, kama vile ambavyo mmekuwa mkitii siku zote, si tu wakati nikiwa pamoja nanyi, bali sasa zaidi sana nisipokuwepo, utimizeni wokovu wenu kwa kuogopa na kutetemeka,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="PHP.2.13" />kwa maana Mungu ndiye atendaye kazi ndani yenu, kutaka kwenu na kutenda kwenu kwa kulitimiza kusudi lake jema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="PHP.2.14" />Fanyeni mambo yote bila kunungʼunika wala kushindana,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="PHP.2.15" />ili msiwe na lawama wala hatia, bali mwe wana wa Mungu wasio na kasoro katika kizazi chenye ukaidi na kilichopotoka, ambacho ndani yake ninyi mnangʼaa kama mianga ulimwenguni.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="PHP.2.16" />Mkilishika neno la uzima, ili nipate kuona fahari siku ya Kristo kwamba sikupiga mbio wala kujitaabisha bure.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="PHP.2.17" />Lakini hata kama nikimiminwa kama sadaka ya kinywaji kwenye dhabihu na huduma itokayo katika imani yenu, mimi ninafurahi na kushangilia pamoja nanyi nyote.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="PHP.2.18" />Vivyo hivyo, ninyi nanyi imewapasa kufurahi na kushangilia pamoja nami.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Amsifu Timotheo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="PHP.2.19" />Natumaini katika Bwana Yesu kumtuma Timotheo hivi karibuni aje kwenu, ili nipate kufarijika moyo nitakapopata habari zenu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="PHP.2.20" />Sina mtu mwingine kama yeye, ambaye ataangalia hali yenu kwa halisi.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="PHP.2.21" />Kwa maana kila mmoja anajishughulisha zaidi na mambo yake mwenyewe wala si yale ya Yesu Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="PHP.2.22" />Lakini ninyi wenyewe mnajua jinsi Timotheo alivyojithibitisha mwenyewe, kwa maana ametumika pamoja nami kwa kazi ya Injili, kama vile mwana kwa baba yake.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="PHP.2.23" />Kwa hiyo, ninatumaini kumtuma kwenu upesi mara nitakapojua mambo yangu yatakavyokuwa.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="PHP.2.24" />Nami mwenyewe ninatumaini katika Bwana kwamba nitakuja kwenu hivi karibuni.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Amsifu Epafrodito
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="PHP.2.25" />Lakini nadhani ni muhimu kumtuma tena kwenu Epafrodito, ndugu yangu na mtendakazi pamoja nami, aliye askari mwenzangu, ambaye pia ni mjumbe wenu mliyemtuma ili ashughulike na mahitaji yangu.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="PHP.2.26" />Kwa maana amekuwa akiwaonea sana shauku ninyi nyote, akiwa na wasiwasi kwa kuwa mlisikia kwamba alikuwa mgonjwa.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="PHP.2.27" />Kweli alikuwa mgonjwa, tena karibu ya kufa. Lakini Mungu alimhurumia, wala si yeye tu, bali hata na mimi alinihurumia, nisipatwe na huzuni juu ya huzuni.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="PHP.2.28" />Kwa hiyo mimi ninafanya bidii kumtuma kwenu ili mtakapomwona kwa mara nyingine, mpate kufurahi, nami wasiwasi wangu upungue.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="PHP.2.29" />Kwa hiyo mpokeeni katika Bwana kwa furaha kubwa, nanyi wapeni heshima watu kama hawa,
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="PHP.2.30" />kwa sababu alikaribia kufa kwa ajili ya kazi ya Kristo, akihatarisha maisha yake ili aweze kunihudumia vile ninyi hamkuweza.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Hakuna Tumaini Katika Mwili
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="PHP.3.1" />Hatimaye, ndugu zangu, furahini katika Bwana! Mimi kuwaandikia mambo yale yale hakuniudhi, kwa maana ni kinga kwa ajili yenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="PHP.3.2" />Jihadharini na mbwa, wale watenda maovu, jihadharini na wale wajikatao miili yao, wasemao ili kuokoka ni lazima kutahiriwa.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="PHP.3.3" />Kwa maana sisi ndio tulio tohara, sisi tumwabuduo Mungu katika Roho, tunaona fahari katika Kristo Yesu, ambao hatuweki tumaini letu katika mwili,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="PHP.3.4" />ingawa mimi mwenyewe ninazo sababu za kuutumainia mwili.
</p>
<p style="p">Kama mtu yeyote akidhani anazo sababu za kuutumainia mwili, mimi zaidi.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="PHP.3.5" />Nilitahiriwa siku ya nane, mimi ni Mwisraeli wa kabila la Benyamini, Mwebrania wa Waebrania. Kwa habari ya sheria, ni Farisayo,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="PHP.3.6" />kwa habari ya juhudi, nilikuwa nalitesa kanisa, kuhusu haki ipatikanayo kwa sheria, mimi nilikuwa sina hatia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="PHP.3.7" />Lakini mambo yale yaliyokuwa faida kwangu, sasa nayahesabu kuwa hasara kwa ajili ya Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="PHP.3.8" />Zaidi ya hayo, nayahesabu mambo yote kuwa hasara tupu nikiyalinganisha na faida kubwa ipitayo kiasi cha kumjua Kristo Yesu Bwana wangu, ambaye kwa ajili yake nimepata hasara ya mambo yote, nikiyahesabu kuwa kama mavi ili nimpate Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="PHP.3.9" />Nami nionekane mbele zake bila kuwa na haki yangu mwenyewe ipatikanayo kwa sheria, bali ile ipatikanayo kwa imani katika Kristo, haki ile itokayo kwa Mungu kwa njia ya imani.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="PHP.3.10" />Nataka nimjue Kristo na uweza wa kufufuka kwake na ushirika wa mateso yake, ili nifanane naye katika mauti yake,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="PHP.3.11" />ili kwa njia yoyote niweze kufikia ufufuo wa wafu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kukaza Mwendo Ili Kufikia Lengo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="PHP.3.12" />Si kwamba nimekwisha kufikia, au kwamba nimekwisha kuwa mkamilifu, la hasha! Bali nakaza mwendo ili nipate kile ambacho kwa ajili yake, nimeshikwa na Kristo Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="PHP.3.13" />Ndugu zangu, sijihesabu kuwa nimekwisha kushika. Lakini ninafanya jambo moja: Ninasahau mambo yale yaliyopita, nakaza mwendo kufikia yale yaliyo mbele.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="PHP.3.14" />Nakaza mwendo nifikie ile alama ya ushindi iliyowekwa ili nipate tuzo ya mwito mkuu wa Mungu ambao nimeitiwa huko juu mbinguni katika Kristo Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="PHP.3.15" />Hivyo sisi sote tuliokuwa kiroho tuwaze jambo hili, hata mkiwaza mengine katika jambo lolote, Mungu ataliweka wazi hilo nalo.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="PHP.3.16" />Lakini na tushike sana lile ambalo tumekwisha kulifikia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="PHP.3.17" />Ndugu zangu, kwa pamoja fuateni mfano wangu na kuwatazama wale wanaofuata kielelezo tulichowawekea.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="PHP.3.18" />Kwa maana, kama nilivyokwisha kuwaambia mara nyingi kabla, nami sasa nasema tena hata kwa machozi, watu wengi wanaishi kama adui wa msalaba wa Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="PHP.3.19" />Mwisho wa watu hao ni maangamizi, Mungu wao ni tumbo, na utukufu wao ni aibu, na mawazo yao yamo katika mambo ya dunia.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="PHP.3.20" />Lakini uenyeji wetu uko mbinguni. Nasi tunamngoja kwa shauku Mwokozi kutoka huko, yaani, Bwana Yesu Kristo,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="PHP.3.21" />atakayeubadili mwili wetu wa unyonge, ili upate kufanana na mwili wake wa utukufu, kwa uweza ule ambao kwa huo aweza hata kuvitiisha vitu vyote chini yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="PHP.4.1" />Kwa hiyo, ndugu zangu, ninaowapenda na ambao ninawaonea shauku, ninyi mlio furaha yangu na taji yangu, hivi ndivyo iwapasavyo kusimama imara katika Bwana, ninyi wapenzi wangu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mausia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="PHP.4.2" />Nawasihi Euodia na Sintike wawe na nia moja katika Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="PHP.4.3" />Naam, nakusihi wewe pia, mwenzangu mwaminifu, uwasaidie hawa wanawake, kwa sababu walijitaabisha katika kazi ya Injili pamoja nami bega kwa bega, wakiwa pamoja na Klementi na watendakazi wenzangu ambao majina yao yameandikwa katika kitabu cha uzima.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="PHP.4.4" />Furahini katika Bwana siku zote, tena nasema furahini!
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="PHP.4.5" />Upole wenu na ujulikane na watu wote. Bwana yu karibu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="PHP.4.6" />Msijisumbue kwa jambo lolote, bali katika kila jambo kwa kuomba na kusihi pamoja na kushukuru, haja zenu na zijulikane na Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="PHP.4.7" />Nayo amani ya Mungu, inayopita fahamu zote, itailinda mioyo yenu na nia zenu katika Kristo Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="PHP.4.8" />Hatimaye, ndugu zangu, mambo yote yaliyo ya kweli, yoyote yaliyo na sifa njema, yoyote yaliyo ya haki, yoyote yaliyo safi, yoyote ya kupendeza, yoyote yenye staha, ukiwepo uzuri wowote, pakiwepo chochote kinachostahili kusifiwa, tafakarini mambo hayo.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="PHP.4.9" />Mambo yote mliyojifunza au kuyapokea au kuyasikia kutoka kwangu, au kuyaona kwangu, yatendeni hayo. Naye Mungu wa amani atakuwa pamoja nanyi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Shukrani Kwa Matoleo Yenu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="PHP.4.10" />Nina furaha kubwa katika Bwana kwamba hatimaye mmeanza upya kushughulika tena na maisha yangu. Kweli mmekuwa mkinifikiria lakini mlikuwa hamjapata nafasi ya kufanya hivyo.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="PHP.4.11" />Sisemi hivyo kwa vile nina mahitaji, la! Kwa maana nimejifunza kuridhika katika hali yoyote.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="PHP.4.12" />Ninajua kupungukiwa, pia ninajua kuwa na vingi. Nimejifunza siri ya kuridhika katika kila hali, wakati wa kushiba na wakati wa kuona njaa, wakati wa kuwa na vingi na wakati wa kupungukiwa.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="PHP.4.13" />Naweza kuyafanya mambo yote katika yeye anitiaye nguvu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="PHP.4.14" />Lakini, mlifanya vyema kushiriki nami katika taabu zangu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="PHP.4.15" />Zaidi ya hayo, ninyi Wafilipi mnajua kwamba siku za kwanza nilipoanza kuhubiri Injili, nilipoondoka Makedonia, hakuna kanisa jingine lililoshiriki nami katika masuala ya kutoa na kupokea isipokuwa ninyi.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="PHP.4.16" />Kwa maana hata nilipokuwa huko Thesalonike, mliniletea msaada kwa ajili ya mahitaji yangu zaidi ya mara moja.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="PHP.4.17" />Si kwamba natafuta sana yale matoleo, bali natafuta sana ile faida itakayozidi sana kwa upande wenu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="PHP.4.18" />Nimelipwa kikamilifu hata na zaidi; nimetoshelezwa kabisa sasa, kwa kuwa nimepokea kutoka kwa Epafrodito vile vitu mlivyonitumia, sadaka yenye harufu nzuri, dhabihu inayokubalika na ya kumpendeza Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="PHP.4.19" />Naye Mungu wangu atawajaza ninyi na kila mnachohitaji kwa kadiri ya utajiri wake katika utukufu ndani ya Kristo Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="PHP.4.20" />Mungu wetu aliye Baba yetu apewe utukufu milele na milele. Amen.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Salamu Za Mwisho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="PHP.4.21" />Msalimuni kila mtakatifu katika Kristo Yesu. Ndugu walioko pamoja nami wanawasalimu.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="PHP.4.22" />Watakatifu wote wanawasalimu, hasa wale watu wa nyumbani mwa Kaisari.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="PHP.4.23" />Neema ya Bwana Yesu Kristo iwe pamoja na roho zenu. Amen.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="COL"><id id="COL">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Wakolosai
</h><toc level="1">Wakolosai
</toc><toc level="2">Wakolosai
</toc><toc level="3">Kol
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Wakolosai
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Salamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="COL.1.1" />Paulo, mtume wa Kristo Yesu, kwa mapenzi ya Mungu, na Timotheo ndugu yetu:
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="COL.1.2" />Kwa ndugu watakatifu na waaminifu katika Kristo, waishio Kolosai:
</p>
<p style="p">Neema na amani zitokazo kwa Mungu Baba yetu ziwe nanyi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Shukrani Na Maombi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="COL.1.3" />Siku zote tunamshukuru Mungu, Baba wa Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo, tunapowaombea ninyi,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="COL.1.4" />kwa sababu tumesikia kuhusu imani yenu katika Kristo Yesu, na upendo wenu mlio nao kwa watakatifu wote:
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="COL.1.5" />imani na upendo ule utokao katika tumaini mlilowekewa akiba mbinguni, na ambalo mmesikia habari zake katika neno la kweli, yaani, ile Injili
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="COL.1.6" />iliyowafikia ninyi. Duniani kote Injili hii inazaa matunda na kuenea kama ilivyokuwa kwenu tangu siku ile mlipoisikia na kuielewa neema ya Mungu katika kweli yote.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="COL.1.7" />Mlijifunza habari zake kutoka kwa Epafra, mtumishi mwenzetu mpendwa, yeye aliye mhudumu mwaminifu wa Kristo kwa ajili yenu,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="COL.1.8" />ambaye pia ametuambia kuhusu upendo wenu katika Roho.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="COL.1.9" />Kwa sababu hii, tangu siku ile tuliposikia habari zenu, hatujakoma kuomba kwa ajili yenu na kumsihi Mungu awajaze ninyi maarifa ya mapenzi yake katika hekima yote ya kiroho na ufahamu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="COL.1.10" />Nasi tunaomba haya ili mpate kuishi maisha yanayostahili mbele za Bwana, na mpate kumpendeza kwa kila namna: mkizaa matunda kwa kila kazi njema, mkikua katika kumjua Mungu,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="COL.1.11" />mkiwa mmetiwa nguvu kwa uwezo wote kwa kadiri ya nguvu yake yenye utukufu, ili mpate kuwa na wingi wa saburi na uvumilivu. Nanyi kwa furaha
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="COL.1.12" />mkimshukuru Baba, ambaye amewastahilisha kushiriki katika urithi wa watakatifu katika ufalme wa nuru.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="COL.1.13" />Kwa maana ametuokoa kutoka ufalme wa giza na kutuingiza katika ufalme wa Mwana wake mpendwa,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="COL.1.14" />ambaye katika yeye tunao ukombozi, yaani msamaha wa dhambi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ukuu Wa Kristo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="COL.1.15" />Yeye ni mfano wa Mungu asiyeonekana, mzaliwa wa kwanza wa viumbe vyote.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="COL.1.16" />Kwake yeye vitu vyote vilivyoko mbinguni na juu ya nchi viliumbwa: vitu vinavyoonekana na visivyoonekana, viwe ni viti vya enzi au falme, au wenye mamlaka au watawala; vitu vyote viliumbwa na yeye na kwa ajili yake.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="COL.1.17" />Yeye alikuwepo kabla ya vitu vyote, na katika yeye vitu vyote vinashikamana pamoja.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="COL.1.18" />Yeye ndiye kichwa cha mwili, yaani kanisa, naye ndiye mwanzo na mzaliwa wa kwanza kutoka kwa wafu, ili yeye awe mkuu katika vitu vyote.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="COL.1.19" />Kwa kuwa ilimpendeza Mungu kwamba utimilifu wake wote ukae ndani yake,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="COL.1.20" />na kwa njia yake aweze kuvipatanisha vitu vyote na yeye mwenyewe, viwe ni vitu vilivyo duniani au vilivyo mbinguni, kwa kufanya amani kwa damu yake, iliyomwagika msalabani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="COL.1.21" />Hapo kwanza mlikuwa mmetengana na Mungu, na mlikuwa adui zake katika nia zenu kwa sababu ya mienendo yenu mibaya.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="COL.1.22" />Lakini sasa Mungu amewapatanisha ninyi kwa njia ya mwili wa Kristo kupitia mauti, ili awalete mbele zake mkiwa watakatifu, bila dosari wala lawama,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="COL.1.23" />ikiwa mnaendelea katika imani yenu mkiwa imara na thabiti, pasipo kuliacha tumaini lililoahidiwa katika Injili. Hii ndiyo ile Injili mliyoisikia, ambayo imehubiriwa kwa kila kiumbe chini ya mbingu, na ambayo mimi Paulo nimekuwa mtumwa wake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Taabu Ya Paulo Kwa Ajili Ya Kanisa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="COL.1.24" />Sasa nafurahia kule kuteseka kwangu kwa ajili yenu, na katika mwili wangu ninatimiliza yale yaliyopungua katika mateso ya Kristo kwa ajili ya mwili wake, ambao ni kanisa.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="COL.1.25" />Mimi nimekuwa mtumishi wa kanisa kwa wajibu alionipa Mungu ili kuwaletea ninyi Neno la Mungu kwa ukamilifu:
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="COL.1.26" />Hii ni siri iliyokuwa imefichika tangu zamani na kwa vizazi vingi, lakini sasa imefunuliwa kwa watakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="COL.1.27" />Kwao, Mungu amechagua kujulisha miongoni mwa watu wa Mataifa utukufu wa utajiri wa siri hii, ambayo ni Kristo ndani yenu, tumaini la utukufu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="COL.1.28" />Yeye ndiye tunayemtangaza, tukimwonya kila mtu na kumfundisha kila mtu kwa hekima yote ili tuweze kumleta kila mmoja akiwa amekamilika katika Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="COL.1.29" />Kwa ajili ya jambo hili, ninajitaabisha, nikijitahidi kwa kadiri ya nguvu zake ambazo hutenda kazi ndani yangu kwa uweza mwingi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="COL.2.1" />Nataka mjue jinsi ninavyojitaabisha kwa ajili yenu na kwa ajili ya wale walioko Laodikia, na pia kwa ajili ya wote ambao hawajapata kuniona mimi binafsi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="COL.2.2" />Kusudi langu ni watiwe moyo na kuunganishwa katika upendo, ili wapate ule utajiri wa ufahamu mkamilifu, ili waijue siri ya Mungu, yaani, Kristo mwenyewe,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="COL.2.3" />ambaye ndani yake kumefichwa hazina zote za hekima na maarifa.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="COL.2.4" />Nawaambia mambo haya ili mtu yeyote asiwadanganye kwa maneno ya kuwashawishi.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="COL.2.5" />Kwa kuwa ingawa mimi siko pamoja nanyi kimwili, lakini niko pamoja nanyi kiroho, nami nafurahi kuuona utaratibu wenu na jinsi uthabiti wa imani yenu katika Kristo ulivyo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ukamilifu Wa Maisha Katika Kristo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="COL.2.6" />Hivyo basi, kama vile mlivyompokea Kristo Yesu kuwa Bwana, endeleeni kukaa ndani yake,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="COL.2.7" />mkiwa na mizizi, na mmejengwa ndani yake, mkiimarishwa katika imani kama mlivyofundishwa, na kufurika kwa wingi wa shukrani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="COL.2.8" />Angalieni mtu yeyote asiwafanye ninyi mateka kwa elimu batili na madanganyo matupu yanayotegemea mapokeo ya wanadamu na mafundisho ya ulimwengu badala ya Kristo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="COL.2.9" />Maana ukamilifu wote wa Uungu umo ndani ya Kristo katika umbile la mwili wa kibinadamu,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="COL.2.10" />nanyi mmepewa ukamilifu ndani ya Kristo, ambaye ndiye mkuu juu ya kila enzi na kila mamlaka.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="COL.2.11" />Katika Kristo pia mlitahiriwa kwa kutengwa mbali na asili ya dhambi, si kwa tohara inayofanywa kwa mikono ya wanadamu, bali kwa ile tohara iliyofanywa na Kristo,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="COL.2.12" />mkiwa mmezikwa pamoja naye katika ubatizo, na kufufuliwa pamoja naye kwa njia ya imani yenu katika uweza wa Mungu, aliyemfufua kutoka kwa wafu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="COL.2.13" />Mlipokuwa wafu katika dhambi zenu na kutokutahiriwa katika asili yenu ya dhambi, Mungu aliwafanya mwe hai pamoja na Kristo. Alitusamehe dhambi zetu zote,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="COL.2.14" />akiisha kuifuta ile hati yenye mashtaka yaliyokuwa yanatukabili, pamoja na maagizo yake. Aliiondoa isiwepo tena, akiigongomea kwenye msalaba wake.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="COL.2.15" />Mungu akiisha kuzivua enzi na mamlaka, alizifanya kuwa kitu cha fedheha hadharani kwa kuziburura kwa ujasiri, akizishinda katika msalaba wa Kristo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="COL.2.16" />Kwa hiyo mtu asiwahukumu ninyi kuhusu vyakula au vinywaji, au kuhusu kuadhimisha sikukuu za dini, au Sikukuu za Mwezi Mwandamo au siku ya Sabato.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="COL.2.17" />Hizi zilikuwa kivuli cha mambo ambayo yangekuja, lakini ile iliyo halisi imo ndani ya Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="COL.2.18" />Mtu yeyote asiwaondolee thawabu yenu kwa kusisitiza kunyenyekea kwake na kuabudu malaika. Mtu kama huyo hudumu katika maono yake, akijivuna bila sababu katika mawazo ya kibinadamu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="COL.2.19" />Yeye amepoteza ushirikiano na Kichwa, ambaye kutoka kwake mwili wote unalishwa na kushikamanishwa pamoja kwa viungo na mishipa, nao hukua kwa ukuaji utokao kwa Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maonyo Dhidi Ya Walimu Wa Uongo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="COL.2.20" />Kwa kuwa mlikufa pamoja na Kristo, mkayaacha yale mafundisho ya msingi ya ulimwengu huu, kwa nini bado mnaishi kama ninyi ni wa ulimwengu? Kwa nini mnajitia chini ya amri:
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="COL.2.21" />“Msishike! Msionje! Msiguse!”?
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="COL.2.22" />Haya yote mwisho wake ni kuharibika yanapotumiwa, kwa sababu msingi wake ni katika maagizo na mafundisho ya wanadamu.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="COL.2.23" />Kwa kweli amri kama hizo huonekana kama zina hekima, katika namna za ibada walizojitungia wenyewe, na unyenyekevu wa uongo na kuutawala mwili kwa ukali, lakini hayafai kitu katika kuzuia tamaa za mwili.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Kanuni Za Kuishi Maisha Matakatifu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="COL.3.1" />Basi, kwa kuwa mmefufuliwa pamoja na Kristo, yatafuteni yaliyo juu, Kristo alikoketi mkono wa kuume wa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="COL.3.2" />Yafikirini mambo yaliyo juu, wala si ya duniani.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="COL.3.3" />Kwa maana ninyi mlikufa, nao uhai wenu sasa umefichwa pamoja na Kristo katika Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="COL.3.4" />Wakati Kristo, aliye uzima wenu, atakapotokea, ndipo nanyi mtakapotokea pamoja naye katika utukufu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="COL.3.5" />Kwa hiyo, ueni kabisa chochote kilicho ndani yenu cha asili ya kidunia: yaani uasherati, uchafu, tamaa mbaya, mawazo mabaya na ulafi, ambayo ndiyo ibada ya sanamu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="COL.3.6" />Kwa sababu ya mambo haya, ghadhabu ya Mungu inakuja.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="COL.3.7" />Ninyi pia zamani mlienenda katika mambo haya mlipoishi maisha hayo.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="COL.3.8" />Lakini sasa yawekeni mbali nanyi mambo kama haya yote: yaani hasira, ghadhabu, uovu, masingizio na lugha chafu kutoka midomoni mwenu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="COL.3.9" />Msiambiane uongo, kwa maana mmevua kabisa utu wenu wa kale pamoja na matendo yake,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="COL.3.10" />nanyi mmevaa utu mpya, unaofanywa upya katika ufahamu sawasawa na mfano wa Muumba wake.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="COL.3.11" />Hapa hakuna Myunani wala Myahudi, aliyetahiriwa wala asiyetahiriwa, asiyestaarabika wala aliyestaarabika, mtumwa wala mtu huru, bali Kristo ni yote, na ndani ya wote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="COL.3.12" />Kwa hiyo, kwa kuwa ninyi mmekuwa wateule wa Mungu, watakatifu wapendwao sana, jivikeni moyo wa huruma, utu wema, unyenyekevu, upole na uvumilivu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="COL.3.13" />Vumilianeni na kusameheana mtu akiwa na lalamiko lolote dhidi ya mwenzake. Sameheaneni kama vile Bwana alivyowasamehe ninyi.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="COL.3.14" />Zaidi ya maadili haya yote jivikeni upendo, ambao ndio unaofunga kila kitu pamoja katika umoja mkamilifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="COL.3.15" />Amani ya Kristo na itawale mioyoni mwenu, kwa kuwa ninyi kama viungo vya mwili mmoja mmeitiwa amani. Tena kuweni watu wa shukrani.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="COL.3.16" />Neno la Kristo na likae kwa wingi ndani yenu, mkifundishana na kuonyana katika hekima yote, mkimwimbia Mungu zaburi, nyimbo na tenzi za rohoni, huku mkiwa na shukrani mioyoni mwenu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="COL.3.17" />Lolote mfanyalo, ikiwa ni kwa neno au kwa tendo, fanyeni yote katika jina la Bwana Yesu, mkimshukuru Mungu Baba katika yeye.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kanuni Katika Madaraka Ya Nyumbani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="COL.3.18" />Ninyi wake, watiini waume zenu, kama inavyostahili katika Bwana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="COL.3.19" />Ninyi waume, wapendeni wake zenu, wala msiwe na uchungu dhidi yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="COL.3.20" />Enyi watoto, watiini wazazi wenu katika mambo yote, kwa maana hivi ndivyo inavyompendeza Bwana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="COL.3.21" />Ninyi akina baba, msiwachokoze watoto wenu, wasije wakakata tamaa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="COL.3.22" />Ninyi watumwa, watiini mabwana zenu wa hapa duniani katika mambo yote. Fanyeni hivyo si wakiwepo tu, wala si kwa kutafuta upendeleo wao, bali kwa moyo mnyofu na kumcha Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="COL.3.23" />Lolote mfanyalo, fanyeni kwa moyo kama watu wanaomtumikia Bwana, na si wanadamu,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="COL.3.24" />kwa kuwa mnajua kwamba mtapokea urithi wenu kutoka kwa Bwana ukiwa thawabu yenu. Ni Bwana Yesu Kristo mnayemtumikia.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="COL.3.25" />Yeyote atendaye mabaya atalipwa kwa ajili ya mabaya yake, wala hakuna upendeleo.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="COL.4.1" />Ninyi mabwana, watendeeni watumwa wenu yaliyo haki na yanayostahili, mkitambua ya kwamba ninyi pia mnaye Bwana mbinguni.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maagizo Zaidi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="COL.4.2" />Dumuni sana katika maombi, mkikesha katika hayo pamoja na kushukuru.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="COL.4.3" />Pia tuombeeni na sisi ili Mungu atufungulie mlango wa kunena, ili tupate kuitangaza siri ya Kristo, ambayo kwa ajili yake pia mimi nimefungwa.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="COL.4.4" />Ombeni ili nipate kuitangaza Injili kwa udhahiri kama ipasavyo kunena.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="COL.4.5" />Enendeni kwa hekima mbele yao walio nje, mkiukomboa wakati.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="COL.4.6" />Maneno yenu yawe yamejaa neema siku zote, yanayofaa, ili mjue jinsi iwapasavyo na inavyofaa kumjibu kila mtu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Salamu Za Mwisho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="COL.4.7" />Tikiko atawaambia habari zangu zote. Yeye ni ndugu mpendwa, mtendakazi mwaminifu na mtumishi mwenzangu katika Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="COL.4.8" />Nimemtuma kwenu kwa madhumuni haya ili mpate kufahamu hali yetu, na pia awatie moyo.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="COL.4.9" />Anakuja pamoja na Onesimo, ndugu yetu mpendwa na mwaminifu, ambaye ni mmoja wenu. Watawaambia mambo yote yanayotendeka hapa kwetu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="COL.4.10" />Aristarko aliye mfungwa pamoja nami anawasalimu, vivyo hivyo Marko, binamu yake Barnaba. (Mmeshapata maagizo yanayomhusu; akija kwenu, mpokeeni.)
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="COL.4.11" />Yesu, yeye aitwaye Yusto, pia anawasalimu. Hawa peke yao ndio Wayahudi miongoni mwa watendakazi wenzangu kwa ajili ya Ufalme wa Mungu, nao wamekuwa faraja kwangu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="COL.4.12" />Epafra, ambaye ni mmoja wenu na mtumishi wa Kristo Yesu, anawasalimu. Yeye siku zote anawaombea kwa bidii kwamba msimame imara katika mapenzi yote ya Mungu, mkiwa wakamilifu na thabiti.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="COL.4.13" />Ninashuhudia kumhusu kwamba anafanya kazi kwa bidii kwa ajili yenu, na kwa ajili ya ndugu wa Laodikia na wale wa Hierapoli.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="COL.4.14" />Rafiki yetu mpenzi Luka yule tabibu, pamoja na Dema, wanawasalimu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="COL.4.15" />Wasalimuni ndugu wote wa Laodikia, na pia Nimfa, pamoja na kanisa linalokutana katika nyumba yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="COL.4.16" />Baada ya barua hii kusomwa kwenu, hakikisheni kwamba inasomwa pia katika kanisa la Walaodikia. Nanyi pia msome barua inayotoka Laodikia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="COL.4.17" />Mwambieni Arkipo hivi: “Hakikisha kuwa unakamilisha ile huduma uliyopokea katika Bwana.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="COL.4.18" />Mimi, Paulo, naandika salamu hizi kwa mkono wangu mwenyewe. Kumbukeni minyororo yangu. Neema iwe nanyi. Amen.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="1TH"><id id="1TH">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>1 Wathesalonike
</h><toc level="1">1 Wathesalonike
</toc><toc level="2">1 Wathesalonike
</toc><toc level="3">1The
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">1 Wathesalonike
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Salamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1TH.1.1" />Paulo, Silvano<f caller="+"><fr>1:1
</fr><ft>Yaani Sila.</ft></f> na Timotheo:
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa kanisa la Wathesalonike, ninyi mlio ndani ya Mungu Baba yetu na ndani ya Bwana Yesu Kristo:
</p>
<p style="p">Neema iwe kwenu na amani.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Shukrani Kwa Ajili Ya Imani Ya Wathesalonike
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="1TH.1.2" />Siku zote tunamshukuru Mungu kwa ajili yenu ninyi nyote, tukiwataja kwenye maombi yetu daima.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1TH.1.3" />Tunaikumbuka daima kazi yenu ya imani mbele za Mungu aliye Baba yetu, taabu yenu katika upendo na saburi yenu ya tumaini katika Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1TH.1.4" />Ndugu zetu mpendwao na Mungu, kwa kuwa tunajua kwamba Mungu amewachagua,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1TH.1.5" />kwa sababu ujumbe wetu wa Injili haukuja kwenu kwa maneno matupu bali pia ulidhihirishwa katika nguvu na katika Roho Mtakatifu, tena ukiwa na uthibitisho kamili, kama vile ninyi wenyewe mnavyojua jinsi tulivyoenenda katikati yenu kwa ajili yenu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1TH.1.6" />Nanyi mkawa wafuasi wetu na wa Bwana, ingawa mlipata mateso mengi, mlilipokea lile Neno kwa furaha katika Roho Mtakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1TH.1.7" />Hivyo ninyi mkawa kielelezo kwa waumini wote katika Makedonia na Akaya.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1TH.1.8" />Kwa maana kutoka kwenu neno la Bwana limesikika, si katika Makedonia na Akaya tu, bali pia imani yenu katika Mungu imejulikana kila mahali kiasi kwamba hatuna haja ya kusema lolote kwa habari yake.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1TH.1.9" />Kwa maana watu wa maeneo hayo wenyewe wanaeleza jinsi mlivyotupokea na jinsi mlivyomgeukia Mungu mkaacha sanamu, ili kumtumikia Mungu aliye hai na wa kweli
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1TH.1.10" />na ili kumngojea Mwanawe kutoka mbinguni, ambaye Mungu alimfufua kutoka kwa wafu: yaani, Yesu, yeye aliyetuokoa kutoka ghadhabu inayokuja.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Huduma Ya Paulo Huko Thesalonike
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1TH.2.1" />Ndugu zangu, kwa kuwa ninyi wenyewe mnajua ya kwamba kuja kwetu kwenu hakukuwa bure,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1TH.2.2" />kama vile mjuavyo, tulikuwa tumeteswa na kutukanwa huko Filipi, lakini hata hivyo, kwa msaada wa Mungu wetu, tulikuwa na ujasiri wa kuwaambia Injili ya Mungu ingawa kulikuwa na upinzani mkubwa.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1TH.2.3" />Kwa maana himizo letu halikutokana na hila wala nia mbaya au udanganyifu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1TH.2.4" />Kinyume chake, tulinena kama watu tuliokubaliwa na Mungu tukakabidhiwa Injili. Sisi hatujaribu kuwapendeza wanadamu bali kumpendeza Mungu, yeye ayachunguzaye mawazo ya ndani sana ya mioyo yetu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1TH.2.5" />Kama mjuavyo, hatukuja kwenu kwa maneno ya kujipendekeza au maneno yasiyo ya kweli ili kuficha tamaa mbaya: Mungu ndiye shahidi yetu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1TH.2.6" />Wala hatukuwa tunatafuta sifa kutoka kwa wanadamu, wala kutoka kwenu au kwa mtu mwingine awaye yote.
</p>
<p style="p">Kama mitume wa Kristo tungaliweza kuwa mzigo kwenu,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1TH.2.7" />lakini tulikuwa wapole katikati yenu, kama mama anayewatunza watoto wake wadogo.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1TH.2.8" />Tuliwapenda sana kiasi kwamba tulifurahia kushirikiana nanyi, si Injili ya Mungu tu, bali hata maisha yetu, kwa sababu mlikuwa wa thamani mno kwetu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1TH.2.9" />Ndugu zetu, mnakumbuka juhudi yetu na taabu yetu. Tulifanya kazi usiku na mchana, ili tusimlemee mtu yeyote wa kwenu wakati tulipokuwa tunawahubiria Injili ya Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1TH.2.10" />Ninyi wenyewe ni mashahidi na Mungu pia, jinsi tulivyokuwa watakatifu, wenye haki na wasio na lawama miongoni mwenu ninyi mlioamini.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1TH.2.11" />Maana mnajua kwamba tuliwatendea kila mmoja wenu kama vile baba awatendeavyo watoto wake.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1TH.2.12" />Tuliwatia moyo, tuliwafariji na kuwahimiza kuishi maisha yampendezayo Mungu, anayewaita katika Ufalme na utukufu wake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1TH.2.13" />Nasi pia tunamshukuru Mungu bila kukoma kwa sababu mlipolipokea neno la Mungu mlilosikia kutoka kwetu, hamkulipokea kama neno la wanadamu, bali mlilipokea kama lilivyo hasa, neno la Mungu, litendalo kazi ndani yenu ninyi mnaoamini.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1TH.2.14" />Kwa maana ninyi ndugu zetu, mlifanyika wafuasi wa makanisa ya Mungu yaliyoko ndani ya Kristo Yesu katika Uyahudi. Mlipata mateso yale yale kutoka kwa watu wenu wenyewe kama vile makanisa hayo yalivyoteswa na Wayahudi,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1TH.2.15" />wale waliomuua Bwana Yesu na manabii, nasi wakatufukuza pia. Watu hao walimchukiza Mungu na tena ni adui wa watu wote,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1TH.2.16" />wakijitahidi kutuzuia tusizungumze na watu wa Mataifa ili kwamba wapate kuokolewa. Kwa njia hii wanazidi kujilundikia dhambi zao hadi kikomo. Lakini hatimaye ghadhabu ya Mungu imewafikia.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Atamani Kuwaona Wathesalonike
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1TH.2.17" />Lakini ndugu zetu, tulipotenganishwa nanyi kwa kitambo kidogo (ingawa kutengana huko kulikuwa kwa mwili tu, si kwa moyo), tulizidi kuwa na shauku kubwa kuwaona uso kwa uso.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1TH.2.18" />Maana tulitaka kuja kwenu, hasa mimi Paulo, nilitaka kuja tena na tena, lakini Shetani akatuzuia.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1TH.2.19" />Kwa maana tumaini letu ni nini, au furaha yetu au taji yetu ya kujisifia mbele za Bwana Yesu Kristo wakati wa kuja kwake? Je, si ni ninyi?
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1TH.2.20" />Naam, ninyi ndio fahari yetu na furaha yetu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Timotheo Atumwa Kwenda Thesalonike
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1TH.3.1" />Kwa hivyo tulipokuwa hatuwezi kuvumilia zaidi, tuliamua tubaki Athene peke yetu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1TH.3.2" />Tukamtuma Timotheo ambaye ni ndugu yetu na mtumishi mwenzetu wa Mungu katika kuieneza Injili ya Kristo, aje kuwaimarisha na kuwatia moyo katika imani yenu,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1TH.3.3" />ili mtu yeyote asifadhaishwe na mateso haya. Mnajua vyema kwamba tumewekewa hayo mateso.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1TH.3.4" />Kwa kweli, tulipokuwa pamoja nanyi tuliwaambia mara kwa mara kwamba tutateswa na imekuwa hivyo kama mjuavyo.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1TH.3.5" />Kwa sababu hii nilipokuwa siwezi kuvumilia zaidi, nilimtuma mtu ili nipate habari za imani yenu. Niliogopa kwamba kwa njia fulani yule mjaribu asiwe amewajaribu, nasi tukawa tumejitaabisha bure.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Taarifa Ya Timotheo Ya Kutia Moyo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1TH.3.6" />Lakini sasa Timotheo ndiyo tu amerejea kwetu kutoka kwenu na ameleta habari njema kuhusu imani yenu na upendo wenu. Ametuambia kwamba siku zote mnatukumbuka kwa wema na kwamba mna shauku ya kutuona kama vile sisi tulivyo na shauku ya kuwaona ninyi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1TH.3.7" />Kwa hiyo, ndugu zetu, katika dhiki na mateso yetu yote tumefarijika kwa sababu ya imani yenu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1TH.3.8" />Sasa kwa kuwa hakika tunaishi, kwa kuwa ninyi mmesimama imara katika Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1TH.3.9" />Je, tutawezaje kumshukuru Mungu kiasi cha kutosha kwa ajili yenu, kutokana na furaha tuliyo nayo mbele za Mungu wetu kwa sababu yenu?
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1TH.3.10" />Usiku na mchana tunaomba kwa bidii ili tupate kuwaona tena na kujaza kile kilichopungua katika imani yenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1TH.3.11" />Basi Mungu wetu na Baba yetu mwenyewe na Bwana wetu Yesu atengeneze njia ya sisi kuja kwenu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1TH.3.12" />Bwana na auongeze upendo wenu na kuuzidisha kati yenu na kwa wengine wote, kama vile tulivyo na upendo mwingi kwenu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1TH.3.13" />Tunamwomba Mungu aimarishe mioyo yenu ili msiwe na lawama katika utakatifu mbele za Mungu wetu aliye Baba yetu wakati wa kuja kwake Bwana Yesu pamoja na watakatifu wote.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Maisha Yanayompendeza Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1TH.4.1" />Hatimaye, ndugu, tuliwaomba na kuwasihi katika Bwana Yesu kwamba, kama mlivyojifunza kutoka kwetu jinsi iwapasavyo kuishi ili kumpendeza Mungu, kama vile mnavyoishi, imewapasa mzidi sana kufanya hivyo.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1TH.4.2" />Kwa kuwa mnajua ni maagizo gani tuliyowapa kwa mamlaka ya Bwana Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1TH.4.3" />Mapenzi ya Mungu ni kwamba ninyi mtakaswe, ili kwamba mjiepushe na zinaa,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1TH.4.4" />ili kwamba kila mmoja wenu ajifunze kuutawala mwili wake mwenyewe katika utakatifu na heshima,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1TH.4.5" />si kwa tamaa mbaya kama watu wa Mataifa wasiomjua Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1TH.4.6" />Katika jambo hili mtu asimkosee ndugu yake wala kumlaghai. Kwa kuwa Bwana ni mlipiza kisasi katika mambo haya yote, kama vile tulivyokwisha kuwaambia mapema na kuwaonya vikali.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1TH.4.7" />Kwa maana Mungu hakutuitia uchafu, bali utakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1TH.4.8" />Kwa hiyo, mtu yeyote anayekataa mafundisho haya hamkatai mwanadamu, bali anamkataa Mungu anayewapa ninyi Roho wake Mtakatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1TH.4.9" />Sasa kuhusu upendo wa ndugu hamna haja mtu yeyote kuwaandikia, kwa maana ninyi wenyewe mmefundishwa na Mungu kupendana.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1TH.4.10" />Nanyi kwa kweli mnawapenda ndugu wote katika Makedonia nzima. Lakini ndugu, tunawasihi mzidi sana kuwapenda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1TH.4.11" />Jitahidini kuishi maisha ya utulivu, kila mtu akijishughulisha na mambo yake mwenyewe na kufanya kazi kwa mikono yake, kama vile tulivyowaagiza,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1TH.4.12" />ili maisha yenu ya kila siku yajipatie heshima kutoka kwa watu walio nje, ili msimtegemee mtu yeyote.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuja Kwake Bwana
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1TH.4.13" />Lakini ndugu, hatutaki mkose kujua kuhusu wale waliolala mauti, ili msihuzunike kama watu wengine wasiokuwa na tumaini.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1TH.4.14" />Kwa kuwa tunaamini kwamba Yesu alikufa na kufufuka, na kwa hivyo, Mungu kwa njia ya Yesu atawafufua pamoja naye wale waliolala mautini ndani yake.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1TH.4.15" />Kulingana na neno la Bwana mwenyewe, tunawaambia kwamba sisi ambao bado tuko hai, tuliobaki hadi kuja kwake Bwana, hakika hatutawatangulia waliolala mauti.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1TH.4.16" />Kwa maana Bwana mwenyewe atashuka kutoka mbinguni, akitoa amri kwa sauti kuu, pamoja na sauti ya malaika mkuu, na sauti ya tarumbeta ya Mungu. Nao waliokufa wakiwa katika Kristo watafufuka kwanza.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1TH.4.17" />Baada ya hilo sisi tulio hai, tuliosalia, tutanyakuliwa pamoja nao katika mawingu ili kumlaki Bwana hewani, hivyo tutakuwa pamoja na Bwana milele.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1TH.4.18" />Kwa hiyo farijianeni kwa maneno haya.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Kuweni Tayari Kwa Siku Ya Bwana
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1TH.5.1" />Basi, ndugu, kwa habari ya nyakati na majira hatuna haja ya kuwaandikia,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1TH.5.2" />kwa kuwa mnajua vyema kwamba siku ya Bwana itakuja kama mwizi ajapo usiku.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1TH.5.3" />Wakati watu wanaposema, “Kuna amani na salama,” maangamizi huwajia ghafula, kama vile utungu umjiavyo mwanamke mwenye mimba; nao hakika hawatatoroka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1TH.5.4" />Bali ninyi, ndugu, hampo gizani hata siku ile iwakute ghafula kama mwizi.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1TH.5.5" />Ninyi nyote ni wana wa nuru na wana wa mchana. Sisi si wana wa giza wala wa usiku.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1TH.5.6" />Kwa hiyo basi, tusilale kama watu wengine walalavyo, bali tukeshe na kuwa na kiasi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1TH.5.7" />Kwa kuwa wote walalao hulala usiku na wale walewao hulewa usiku.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1TH.5.8" />Lakini kwa kuwa sisi ni wana wa mchana, basi tuwe na kiasi, tukijivika imani na upendo kama dirii kifuani na tumaini letu la wokovu kama chapeo.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1TH.5.9" />Kwa maana Mungu hakutuita ili tupate ghadhabu bali tupate wokovu kwa njia ya Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1TH.5.10" />Yeye alikufa kwa ajili yetu ili hata kama tuko macho au tumelala, tupate kuishi pamoja naye.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1TH.5.11" />Kwa hiyo farijianeni na kujengana, kama vile mnavyofanya sasa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maagizo Ya Mwisho, Salamu Na Kuwatakia Heri
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1TH.5.12" />Sasa tunawaomba, ndugu, waheshimuni wale wanaofanya kazi kwa bidii miongoni mwenu, wale ambao wana mamlaka juu yenu katika Bwana na ambao wanawaonya.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1TH.5.13" />Waheshimuni sana katika upendo kwa ajili ya kazi zao. Ishini kwa amani ninyi kwa ninyi.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1TH.5.14" />Nasi twawasihi, ndugu, waonyeni walio wavivu, watieni moyo waoga, wasaidieni wanyonge na kuwavumilia watu wote.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1TH.5.15" />Angalieni kuwa mtu asimlipe mwenzake maovu kwa maovu, bali siku zote tafuteni kutendeana mema ninyi kwa ninyi na kwa watu wote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="1TH.5.16" />Furahini siku zote;
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1TH.5.17" />ombeni bila kukoma;
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1TH.5.18" />shukuruni kwa kila jambo, kwa maana haya ndiyo mapenzi ya Mungu kwa ajili yenu katika Kristo Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1TH.5.19" />Msiuzime moto wa Roho Mtakatifu;
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1TH.5.20" />msiyadharau maneno ya unabii.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1TH.5.21" />Jaribuni kila kitu. Yashikeni yaliyo mema.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1TH.5.22" />Jiepusheni na uovu wa kila namna.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1TH.5.23" />Mungu mwenyewe, Mungu wa amani, awatakase ninyi kabisa. Nanyi mhifadhiwe roho zenu, nafsi zenu na miili yenu, bila kuwa na lawama katika Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1TH.5.24" />Yeye aliyewaita ni mwaminifu naye atafanya hayo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="1TH.5.25" />Ndugu, tuombeeni.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="1TH.5.26" />Wasalimuni ndugu wote kwa busu takatifu.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1TH.5.27" />Nawaagizeni mbele za Bwana mhakikishe kuwa ndugu wote wanasomewa barua hii.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="1TH.5.28" />Neema ya Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo iwe nanyi. Amen.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="2TH"><id id="2TH">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>2 Wathesalonike
</h><toc level="1">2 Wathesalonike
</toc><toc level="2">2 Wathesalonike
</toc><toc level="3">2The
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">2 Wathesalonike
</p>

<c id="1" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2TH.1.1" />Paulo, Silvano<f caller="+"><fr>1:1
</fr><ft>Yaani Sila.</ft></f> na Timotheo:
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa kanisa la Wathesalonike mlio katika Mungu Baba yetu na Bwana Yesu Kristo:
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="2TH.1.2" />Neema na amani itokayo kwa Mungu Baba na Bwana Yesu Kristo iwe nanyi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Shukrani Na Maombi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2TH.1.3" />Ndugu, imetubidi kumshukuru Mungu kwa ajili yenu siku zote, kama ulivyo wajibu wetu, kwa sababu imani yenu inakua zaidi na zaidi na upendo wa kila mmoja wenu alio nao kwa mwenzake unazidi kuongezeka.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2TH.1.4" />Ndiyo sababu miongoni mwa makanisa ya Mungu, tunajivuna kuhusu saburi yenu na imani mliyo nayo katika mateso yote na dhiki mnazostahimili.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2TH.1.5" />Haya yote ni uthibitisho kwamba hukumu ya Mungu ni ya haki, na kwa sababu hiyo ninyi mtahesabiwa kwamba mnastahili kuwa wa Ufalme wa Mungu, mnaoteswa kwa ajili wake.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2TH.1.6" />Mungu ni mwenye haki: yeye atawalipa mateso wale wawatesao ninyi
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2TH.1.7" />na kuwapa ninyi mnaoteseka raha pamoja na sisi, wakati Bwana Yesu atakapodhihirishwa kutoka mbinguni katika mwali wa moto pamoja na malaika wake wenye nguvu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2TH.1.8" />Atawaadhibu wale wasiomjua Mungu na ambao hawakuitii Injili ya Bwana wetu Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2TH.1.9" />Wataadhibiwa kwa uangamivu wa milele na kutengwa na uso wa Bwana na utukufu wa uweza wake,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2TH.1.10" />siku hiyo atakapokuja kutukuzwa katika watakatifu wake na kustaajabiwa miongoni mwa wote walioamini. Ninyi pia mtakuwa miongoni mwa hawa kwa sababu mliamini ushuhuda wetu kwenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2TH.1.11" />Kwa sababu hii, tunawaombea ninyi bila kukoma, ili Mungu apate kuwahesabu kuwa mnastahili wito wake na kwamba kwa uwezo wake apate kutimiza kila kusudi lenu jema na kila tendo linaloongozwa na imani yenu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2TH.1.12" />Tunaomba hivi ili Jina la Bwana wetu Yesu lipate kutukuzwa ndani yenu, nanyi ndani yake, kulingana na neema ya Mungu wetu na Bwana Yesu Kristo.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Yule Mtu Wa Kuasi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2TH.2.1" />Ndugu, kuhusu kuja kwake Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo na kukusanyika kwetu pamoja mbele zake, tunawasihi,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2TH.2.2" />msiyumbishwe kwa urahisi wala msitiwe wasiwasi na roho wala neno au barua inayosemekana kuwa imetoka kwetu, isemayo kwamba siku ya Bwana imekwisha kuwako.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2TH.2.3" />Mtu yeyote na asiwadanganye kwa namna yoyote kwa maana siku ile haitakuja mpaka uasi utokee kwanza, na yule mtu wa kuasi adhihirishwe, yule ambaye amehukumiwa kuangamizwa kabisa.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2TH.2.4" />Yeye atapingana na kujitukuza juu ya kila kitu kiitwacho Mungu au kinachoabudiwa, ili kujiweka juu katika Hekalu la Mungu, akijitangaza mwenyewe kuwa ndiye Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2TH.2.5" />Je, hamkumbuki ya kwamba nilipokuwa pamoja nanyi niliwaambia mambo haya?
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2TH.2.6" />Nanyi sasa mnajua kinachomzuia, ili apate kudhihirishwa wakati wake utakapowadia.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2TH.2.7" />Maana ile nguvu ya siri ya uasi tayari inatenda kazi, lakini yule anayeizuia ataendelea kufanya hivyo mpaka atakapoondolewa.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2TH.2.8" />Hapo ndipo yule mwasi atafunuliwa, ambaye Bwana Yesu atamteketeza kwa pumzi ya kinywa chake na kumwangamiza kabisa kwa utukufu wa kuja kwake.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2TH.2.9" />Kuja kwa yule mwasi kutaonekana kana kwamba ni kutenda kazi kwake Shetani ambaye hutumia nguvu zote, ishara, maajabu ya uongo,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2TH.2.10" />na kila aina ya uovu kwa wale wanaoangamia kwa sababu walikataa kuipenda kweli wapate kuokolewa.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2TH.2.11" />Kwa sababu hii, Mungu ameruhusu watawaliwe na nguvu ya udanganyifu, ili waendelee kuamini uongo,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2TH.2.12" />na wahukumiwe wote ambao hawakuiamini ile kweli, bali wamefurahia uovu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Simameni Imara
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2TH.2.13" />Lakini imetupasa sisi kumshukuru Mungu daima kwa ajili yenu, ndugu mpendwao na Bwana, kwa sababu Mungu aliwachagua ninyi tangu mwanzo ili mwokolewe kwa kutakaswa na Roho kwa kuiamini kweli.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2TH.2.14" />Kwa kusudi hili Mungu aliwaita kwa njia ya kuhubiri kwetu Injili, ili mpate kushiriki katika utukufu wa Bwana Yesu Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2TH.2.15" />Hivyo basi, ndugu wapendwa, simameni imara na myashike sana yale mafundisho tuliyowapa ikiwa ni kwa maneno ya kinywa au kwa barua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2TH.2.16" />Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo mwenyewe na Mungu Baba yetu, aliyetupenda na kwa neema yake akatupatia faraja ya milele na tumaini jema,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2TH.2.17" />awafariji mioyo yenu na kuwaimarisha katika kila neno na tendo jema.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Hitaji La Maombi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2TH.3.1" />Hatimaye, ndugu, tuombeeni ili Neno la Bwana lipate kuenea kwa haraka na kuheshimiwa kila mahali, kama vile ilivyokuwa kwenu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2TH.3.2" />Ombeni pia ili tupate kuokolewa kutokana na watu waovu na wabaya, kwa maana si wote wanaoamini.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2TH.3.3" />Lakini Bwana ni mwaminifu, naye atawaimarisha ninyi na kuwalinda kutokana na yule mwovu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2TH.3.4" />Nasi tuna tumaini katika Bwana ya kuwa mnafanya na mtaendelea kufanya yale tuliyowaagiza.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2TH.3.5" />Bwana aiongoze mioyo yenu katika upendo wa Mungu na katika saburi ya Kristo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Onyo Dhidi Ya Uvivu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2TH.3.6" />Ndugu, tunawaagiza katika Jina la Bwana Yesu Kristo, jitengeni na kila ndugu ambaye ni mvivu na ambaye haishi kufuatana na maagizo tuliyowapa.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2TH.3.7" />Maana ninyi wenyewe mnajua jinsi iwapasavyo kufuata mfano wetu. Sisi hatukuwa wavivu tulipokuwa pamoja nanyi,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2TH.3.8" />wala hatukula chakula cha mtu yeyote pasipo kukilipia. Badala yake tulifanya kazi kwa bidii usiku na mchana, ili tusimlemee mtu yeyote miongoni mwenu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2TH.3.9" />Tulifanya hivi, si kwa sababu hatukuwa na haki ya kupata msaada kama huo, bali ndio sisi wenyewe tuwe kielelezo.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2TH.3.10" />Kwa maana hata tulipokuwa pamoja nanyi, tuliwapa amri kwamba: “Mtu yeyote asiyetaka kufanya kazi, hata kula asile.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2TH.3.11" />Kwa kuwa tunasikia kwamba baadhi ya watu miongoni mwenu ni wavivu. Hawafanyi kazi bali hujishughulisha na mambo ya wengine.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2TH.3.12" />Basi watu kama hao tunawaagiza na kuwahimiza katika Bwana Yesu Kristo, kwamba wafanye kazi kwa utulivu kwa ajili ya chakula chao wenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2TH.3.13" />Kwa upande wenu, ndugu, ninyi kamwe msichoke katika kutenda mema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2TH.3.14" />Ikiwa mtu yeyote hayatii maagizo yetu yaliyoko katika barua hii, mwangalieni sana mtu huyo. Msishirikiane naye, ili apate kuona aibu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2TH.3.15" />Lakini msimhesabu kuwa adui, bali mwonyeni kama ndugu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Salamu Za Mwisho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2TH.3.16" />Basi, Bwana wa amani mwenyewe awapeni amani nyakati zote na kwa kila njia. Bwana awe nanyi nyote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2TH.3.17" />Mimi, Paulo, ninaandika salamu hizi kwa mkono wangu mwenyewe. Hii ndio alama ya utambulisho katika barua zangu zote. Hivi ndivyo niandikavyo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="2TH.3.18" />Neema ya Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo iwe nanyi nyote. Amen.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="1TI"><id id="1TI">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>1 Timotheo
</h><toc level="1">1 Timotheo
</toc><toc level="2">1 Timotheo
</toc><toc level="3">1Tim
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">1 Timotheo
</p>

<c id="1" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1TI.1.1" />Paulo, mtume wa Kristo Yesu kwa amri ya Mungu Mwokozi wetu na ya Kristo Yesu tumaini letu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="1TI.1.2" />Kwa Timotheo, mwanangu halisi katika imani:
</p>
<p style="p">Neema, rehema na amani itokayo kwa Mungu Baba na kwa Kristo Yesu Bwana wetu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maonyo Dhidi Ya Walimu Wa Uongo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1TI.1.3" />Kama nilivyokusihi wakati nilipokwenda Makedonia, endelea kubaki Efeso, ili kwamba upate kuwaagiza watu wasiendelee kufundisha mafundisho ya uongo
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1TI.1.4" />wala wasitoe muda wao kwa hadithi za kubuniwa na orodha za majina ya vizazi visivyo na mwisho, ambazo huchochea mabishano badala ya mpango wa Mungu utokanao na imani.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1TI.1.5" />Kusudi la maagizo haya ni upendo utokao katika moyo safi, dhamiri njema na imani ya kweli.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1TI.1.6" />Watu wengine wamepotoka kutoka haya na kugeukia majadiliano yasiyo na maana kwa kuwa,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1TI.1.7" />wanataka kuwa walimu wa sheria, lakini hawajui mambo yale wanayosema wala hayo wanayoyatumainia kwa uthabiti.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1TI.1.8" />Tunajua kwamba sheria ni njema ikiwa inatumika kwa halali kama ilivyokusudiwa.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1TI.1.9" />Lakini tunajua ya kuwa sheria si kwa ajili ya wenye haki, bali kwa ajili ya wavunja sheria na waasi, kwa ajili ya wasiomcha Mungu na wenye dhambi, wasio watakatifu na wanaokufuru; kwa wale wawauao baba zao au mama zao, kwa wauaji,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1TI.1.10" />kwa wazinzi na wahanithi, kwa wale wauzao watu, na kwa waongo na waapao kwa uongo, na kwa chochote kingine kilicho kinyume na mafundisho ya kweli,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1TI.1.11" />ambayo yanakubaliana na Injili ya utukufu wa Mungu anayehimidiwa, ambayo mimi nimewekewa amana.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Neema Ya Mungu Kwa Paulo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1TI.1.12" />Namshukuru Kristo Yesu Bwana wetu, aliyenitia nguvu, kwa sababu aliniona mwaminifu, akaniteua kwa kazi yake.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1TI.1.13" />Ingawa wakati fulani nilikuwa mwenye kukufuru, mtesaji na mwenye jeuri, lakini nilipata rehema kwa sababu nilitenda hivyo kwa kutojua na kutoamini kwangu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1TI.1.14" />Neema ya Bwana wetu ilimiminwa juu yangu kwa wingi, ikiambatana na imani na upendo ulio katika Kristo Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1TI.1.15" />Msemo huu ni wa kweli na unaostahili kukubalika, usemao kwamba: Kristo Yesu alikuja ulimwenguni kuokoa wenye dhambi, ambao mimi ndiye niliye mbaya kuliko wote.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1TI.1.16" />Lakini kwa sababu hiyo nilipata rehema, ili katika mimi, niliyekuwa mwenye dhambi kuliko wote, Kristo Yesu apate kuonyesha uvumilivu wake usio na kikomo, ili niwe kielelezo kwa wale watakaomwamini na wapate uzima wa milele.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1TI.1.17" />Basi Mfalme wa milele, asiye na mwisho, asiyeonekana, aliye Mungu pekee, apewe heshima na utukufu milele na milele. Amen.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1TI.1.18" />Mwanangu Timotheo, ninakupa agizo hili, kwa kadiri ya maneno ya unabii yaliyosemwa kukuhusu, ili kwa kuyafuata upate kupigana vita vizuri,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1TI.1.19" />ukiishikilia imani na dhamiri njema, ambazo wengine wamevikataa, na hivyo wakaangamia kwa habari ya imani yao.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1TI.1.20" />Miongoni mwao wako Himenayo na Aleksanda, ambao nimemkabidhi Shetani ili wafundishwe wasije wakakufuru.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Maagizo Kuhusu Kuabudu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1TI.2.1" />Awali ya yote, nasihi kwamba dua, sala, maombezi na shukrani zifanyike kwa ajili ya watu wote:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1TI.2.2" />kwa ajili ya wafalme na wale wote wenye mamlaka, ili tupate kuishi kwa amani na utulivu, katika uchaji wote wa Mungu na utakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1TI.2.3" />Jambo hili ni jema, tena linapendeza machoni pa Mungu Mwokozi wetu,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1TI.2.4" />anayetaka watu wote waokolewe na wafikie kuijua kweli.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1TI.2.5" />Kwa maana kuna Mungu mmoja na mpatanishi mmoja kati ya Mungu na wanadamu, yaani mwanadamu Kristo Yesu,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1TI.2.6" />aliyejitoa mwenyewe kuwa fidia kwa ajili ya wanadamu wote: jambo hili lilishuhudiwa kwa wakati wake ufaao.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1TI.2.7" />Nami kwa kusudi hili nimewekwa niwe mhubiri na mtume (nasema kweli katika Kristo wala sisemi uongo), mwalimu wa watu wa Mataifa katika imani na kweli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1TI.2.8" />Nataka kila mahali wanaume wasali wakiinua mikono mitakatifu pasipo hasira wala kugombana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1TI.2.9" />Vivyo hivyo nataka wanawake wajipambe kwa adabu na kwa heshima katika mavazi yanayostahili, si kwa kusuka nywele, kuvalia dhahabu, lulu au mavazi ya gharama kubwa,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1TI.2.10" />bali kwa matendo mazuri kama iwapasavyo wanawake wanaokiri kuwa wanamcha Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1TI.2.11" />Mwanamke na ajifunze kwa utulivu na kwa utiifu wote.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1TI.2.12" />Simpi mwanamke ruhusa ya kufundisha au kuwa na mamlaka juu ya mwanaume. Mwanamke inampasa kukaa kimya.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1TI.2.13" />Kwa maana Adamu aliumbwa kwanza, kisha Eva.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1TI.2.14" />Wala si Adamu aliyedanganywa, bali ni mwanamke aliyedanganywa akawa mkosaji.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1TI.2.15" />Lakini mwanamke ataokolewa kwa kuzaa kwake, kama wakiendelea kudumu katika imani, upendo na utakatifu, pamoja na kuwa na kiasi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Sifa Za Waangalizi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1TI.3.1" />Hili ni neno la kuaminiwa, kwamba mtu akitamani kazi ya uangalizi, atamani kazi nzuri.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1TI.3.2" />Basi, imempasa mwangalizi awe mtu asiye na lawama, mume wa mke mmoja, mwenye kiasi, anayejitawala, anayeheshimika, mkarimu, ajuaye kufundisha,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1TI.3.3" />asiwe mlevi, wala mkali bali awe mpole, asiwe mgomvi wala mpenda fedha.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1TI.3.4" />Lazima aweze kuisimamia nyumba yake mwenyewe vizuri na kuhakikisha kwamba watoto wake wanamtii na kuwa na heshima kwa kila njia.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1TI.3.5" />(Kwa maana kama mtu hajui jinsi ya kusimamia nyumba yake mwenyewe, atawezaje kuliangalia kanisa la Mungu?)
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1TI.3.6" />Asiwe mtu aliyeokoka karibuni asije akajivuna na kuangukia kwenye hukumu ile ile ya ibilisi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1TI.3.7" />Inampasa pia awe na sifa njema kwa watu walio nje, ili asije akalaumiwa na kuanguka kwenye mtego wa ibilisi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Sifa Za Mashemasi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1TI.3.8" />Vivyo hivyo, mashemasi nao wawe watu wanaostahili heshima, wasiwe wenye kauli mbili au wenye kujifurahisha kwa mvinyo, wala wanaotamani faida isiyo halali.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1TI.3.9" />Inawapasa kushikamana sana na ile siri ya imani kwa dhamiri safi.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1TI.3.10" />Ni lazima wapimwe kwanza; kisha kama hakuna neno dhidi yao, basi na waruhusiwe kuhudumu kama mashemasi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1TI.3.11" />Vivyo hivyo, wake zao wawe wanawake wanaostahili heshima, wasio wasingiziaji, bali wawe na kiasi na waaminifu katika kila jambo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1TI.3.12" />Shemasi awe mume wa mke mmoja na inampasa aweze kusimamia watoto wake na watu wa nyumbani mwake vyema.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1TI.3.13" />Wale ambao wamehudumu vyema katika huduma ya ushemasi hujipatia msimamo bora na ujasiri mkubwa katika imani yao ndani ya Kristo Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="1TI.3.14" />Ingawa ninatarajia kuja kwako hivi karibuni, ninakuandikia maagizo haya sasa ili kwamba,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1TI.3.15" />kama nikikawia, utajua jinsi iwapasavyo watu kuenenda katika nyumba ya Mungu, ambayo ndiyo kanisa la Mungu aliye hai, lililo nguzo na msingi wa kweli.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1TI.3.16" />Bila shaka yoyote, siri ya utauwa ni kubwa:
</p>
<q style="q1">Alidhihirishwa katika mwili wa kibinadamu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akathibitishwa kuwa na haki katika Roho,
</q>
<q style="q1">akaonekana na malaika,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akahubiriwa miongoni mwa mataifa,
</q>
<q style="q1">akaaminiwa ulimwenguni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">akachukuliwa juu katika utukufu.
<ve />
</q>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Maagizo Kwa Timotheo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1TI.4.1" />Roho asema waziwazi kwamba katika siku za mwisho baadhi ya watu wataiacha imani na kufuata roho zidanganyazo na mafundisho ya mashetani.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1TI.4.2" />Mafundisho kama hayo huja kupitia kwa waongo ambao ni wanafiki, hali dhamiri zao zikiungua kwa kuchomwa moto.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1TI.4.3" />Wao huwakataza watu wasioe na kuwaagiza wajiepushe na vyakula fulani, ambavyo Mungu aliviumba ili vipokewe kwa shukrani na wale wanaoamini na kuijua kweli.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1TI.4.4" />Kwa maana kila kitu alichokiumba Mungu ni chema, wala hakuna kitu chochote cha kukataliwa kama kikipokewa kwa shukrani,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1TI.4.5" />kwa sababu kimetakaswa kwa neno la Mungu na kwa kuomba.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mtumishi Mwema Wa Yesu Kristo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1TI.4.6" />Kama ukiwakumbusha ndugu mambo haya, utakuwa mtumishi mwema wa Kristo Yesu, uliyelelewa katika kweli ya imani na yale mafundisho mazuri uliyoyafuata.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1TI.4.7" />Usijishughulishe kamwe na hadithi za kipagani na masimulizi ya uongo ya wanawake wazee; badala yake, jizoeze kuwa mtauwa.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1TI.4.8" />Kwa maana mazoezi ya mwili yana faida kwa sehemu, lakini utauwa una faida katika mambo yote, yaani, unayo ahadi ya uzima wa sasa na ya ule ujao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1TI.4.9" />Hili ni neno la kuaminiwa tena lastahili kukubaliwa kabisa,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1TI.4.10" />(nasi kwa ajili ya hili tunajitaabisha na kujitahidi), kwamba tumeweka tumaini letu kwa Mungu aliye hai, ambaye ni Mwokozi wa watu wote, hasa wale waaminio.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1TI.4.11" />Mambo haya yaagize na kuyafundisha.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1TI.4.12" />Mtu yeyote asikudharau kwa kuwa wewe ni kijana, bali uwe kielelezo kizuri kwa waumini katika usemi, mwenendo, upendo, imani na usafi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1TI.4.13" />Fanya bidii kusoma Maandiko hadharani, kuhubiri na kufundisha, mpaka nitakapokuja.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1TI.4.14" />Usiache kutumia kipawa kilicho ndani yako, ambacho ulipewa kwa neno la unabii wakati wazee walikuwekea mikono.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1TI.4.15" />Uwe na bidii katika mambo haya; ujitolee kwa ajili ya mambo haya kikamilifu, ili kila mtu aone kuendelea kwako.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1TI.4.16" />Jilinde sana nafsi yako na mafundisho yako. Dumu katika hayo, kwa maana kwa kufanya hivyo, utajiokoa wewe mwenyewe pamoja na wale wanaokusikia.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Maagizo Kuhusu Wajane, Wazee Na Watumwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1TI.5.1" />Usimkemee mzee kwa ukali bali umshawishi kama vile angekuwa ni baba yako. Uwatendee vijana kama vile ndugu zako;
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1TI.5.2" />nao wanawake wazee uwatendee kama mama zako, na wanawake vijana kama dada zako, katika usafi wote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1TI.5.3" />Waheshimu wanawake wajane ambao ni wajane kweli kweli.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1TI.5.4" />Kama mjane ana watoto ama wajukuu, hawa inawapasa awali ya yote wajifunze kutimiza wajibu wao wa kumcha Mungu katika matendo kwa kuwatunza wale wa jamaa zao wenyewe, na hivyo wawarudishie wema waliowatendea wazazi wao, kwa kuwa hivi ndivyo impendezavyo Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1TI.5.5" />Mwanamke ambaye ni mjane kweli kweli, yaani, yeye aliyebaki peke yake huweka tumaini lake kwa Mungu naye hudumu katika maombi usiku na mchana akimwomba Mungu ili amsaidie.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1TI.5.6" />Lakini mjane aishiye kwa anasa amekufa, ingawa anaishi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1TI.5.7" />Wape watu maagizo haya pia, ili asiwepo yeyote wa kulaumiwa.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1TI.5.8" />Kama mtu hawatunzi wale wa jamaa yake, hasa wale wa nyumbani mwake mwenyewe, ameikana imani, tena ni mbaya kuliko yeye asiyeamini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1TI.5.9" />Mjane yeyote asiwekwe kwenye orodha ya wajane isipokuwa awe ametimiza umri wa miaka sitini, na ambaye alikuwa mke wa mume mmoja,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1TI.5.10" />awe ameshuhudiwa kwa matendo yake mema, aliyewalea watoto wake vizuri, aliye mkarimu, aliyewanawisha watakatifu miguu, aliyewasaidia wenye shida na aliyejitolea kwa ajili ya matendo mema ya kila namna.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1TI.5.11" />Lakini kwa habari za wajane vijana usiwaweke kwenye orodha hiyo, maana tamaa zao za kimaumbile zikizidi kule kujitoa kwao kwa Kristo, watataka kuolewa tena.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1TI.5.12" />Nao kwa njia hiyo watajiletea hukumu kwa kukiuka ahadi yao ya kwanza.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1TI.5.13" />Zaidi ya hayo, wajane kama hao huwa na tabia ya uvivu wakizurura nyumba kwa nyumba, wala hawawi wavivu tu, bali pia huwa wasengenyaji, wajiingizao katika mambo yasiyowahusu na kusema mambo yasiyowapasa kusema.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1TI.5.14" />Hivyo nawashauri wajane vijana waolewe, wazae watoto na wasimamie nyumba zao, wasije wakampa adui nafasi ya kutushutumu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1TI.5.15" />Kwa maana kwa kweli wajane wengine wamepotoka ili kumfuata Shetani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="1TI.5.16" />Lakini kama mwanamke yeyote aaminiye ana wajane katika jamaa yake, inampasa awasaidie wala si kuwaacha wakililemea kanisa, ili kanisa liweze kuwasaidia wale ambao ni wajane kweli kweli.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wazee Wa Kanisa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1TI.5.17" />Wazee wa kanisa wanaoongoza shughuli za kanisa vizuri wanastahili heshima mara mbili, hasa wale ambao kazi yao ni kuhubiri na kufundisha.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1TI.5.18" />Kwa maana Maandiko husema, “Usimfunge maksai kinywa apurapo nafaka,” tena, “Mfanyakazi anastahili mshahara wake.”
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1TI.5.19" />Usiendekeze mashtaka dhidi ya mzee isipokuwa yawe yameletwa na mashahidi wawili au watatu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1TI.5.20" />Wale wanaodumu katika dhambi uwakemee hadharani, ili wengine wapate kuogopa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="1TI.5.21" />Ninakuagiza mbele za Mungu na mbele za Kristo Yesu na mbele za malaika wateule, shika maagizo haya pasipo ubaguzi wala upendeleo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="1TI.5.22" />Usiwe na haraka kumwekea mtu mikono wala usishiriki dhambi za watu wengine. Jilinde nafsi yako uwe safi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="1TI.5.23" />Acha kunywa maji peke yake, tumia divai kidogo kwa sababu ya tumbo lako na maumivu yako ya mara kwa mara.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="1TI.5.24" />Dhambi za watu wengine ni dhahiri nazo zinawatangulia kwenda hukumuni; na dhambi za watu wengine zinawafuata nyuma yao.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1TI.5.25" />Vivyo hivyo, matendo mema yako dhahiri, na hata yale ambayo si mema hayawezi kufichika.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Watumwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1TI.6.1" />Wale wote walio chini ya kongwa la utumwa inawapasa kuwahesabu mabwana zao kuwa wanastahili heshima yote, ili jina la Mungu lisitukanwe wala mafundisho yetu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1TI.6.2" />Wale watumwa ambao wana mabwana waaminio, haiwapasi kupunguza heshima yao kwa sababu wao ni ndugu. Badala yake, wawatumikie hata vizuri zaidi, kwa sababu wale wanaonufaika na huduma yao ni waaminio, ambao ni wapenzi wao. Fundisha mambo haya na uwahimize kuyafuata.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mafundisho Ya Uongo Na Utajiri Wa Kweli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1TI.6.3" />Ikiwa mtu yeyote atafundisha mafundisho mapotovu wala hakubaliani na mafundisho manyofu ya Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo na yale ya utauwa,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1TI.6.4" />huyo amejivuna wala hajui kitu chochote. Yeye amejaa tamaa ya mabishano na ugomvi kuhusu maneno ambavyo matokeo yake ni wivu na mapigano, maneno ya ukorofi, shuku mbaya,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1TI.6.5" />na kuzozana kusikokoma kati ya watu walioharibika akili zao, walioikosa kweli, na ambao hudhani kwamba utauwa ni njia ya kupata faida.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1TI.6.6" />Lakini utauwa na kuridhika ni faida kubwa.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1TI.6.7" />Kwa kuwa hatukuja humu duniani na kitu chochote, wala hatuwezi kutoka humu na kitu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1TI.6.8" />Lakini kama tuna chakula na mavazi, tutaridhika navyo.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1TI.6.9" />Lakini wale watu wanaotamani kuwa na mali kwa haraka huanguka kwenye majaribu, na wamenaswa na tamaa nyingi za kipumbavu zenye kudhuru, zinazowazamisha watu katika uharibifu na maangamizi.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1TI.6.10" />Kwa maana kupenda fedha ndiyo shina moja la maovu ya kila namna. Baadhi ya watu wakitamani fedha, wameiacha imani na kujichoma wenyewe kwa maumivu mengi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Vitu Vizuri Vya Imani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1TI.6.11" />Lakini wewe, mtu wa Mungu, yakimbie mambo haya yote. Fuata haki, utauwa, imani, upendo, saburi na upole.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1TI.6.12" />Pigana vile vita vizuri vya imani. Shika uzima wa milele ambao ndio ulioitiwa ulipokiri ule ukiri mzuri mbele ya mashahidi wengi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1TI.6.13" />Nakuagiza mbele za Mungu avipaye vitu vyote uhai, na mbele za Kristo Yesu ambaye alipokuwa anashuhudia mbele ya Pontio Pilato alikiri ukiri mzuri,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1TI.6.14" />uishike amri hii bila dosari wala lawama mpaka kuja kwake Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1TI.6.15" />ambaye Mungu atamleta kwa wakati wake mwenyewe: yeye ahimidiwaye, aliye peke yake Mtawala, Mfalme wa wafalme, na Bwana wa mabwana,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1TI.6.16" />yeye peke yake ambaye hapatikani na mauti, na anakaa katika nuru isiyoweza kukaribiwa, ambaye hakuna mwanadamu aliyemwona wala awezaye kumwona. Heshima na uweza una yeye milele. Amen.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1TI.6.17" />Waagize wale ambao ni matajiri wa ulimwengu huu waache kujivuna, wala wasiweke tumaini lao katika mali ambayo si ya hakika, bali waweke tumaini lao katika Mungu ambaye hutupatia vitu vyote kwa wingi ili tuvifurahie.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1TI.6.18" />Waagize watende mema, wawe matajiri katika matendo mema, pia wawe wakarimu na walio tayari kushiriki mali zao na wengine.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1TI.6.19" />Kwa njia hii watajiwekea hazina kama msingi kwa ajili ya wakati ujao na hivyo watajipatia uzima, yaani, ule uzima ambao ni wa kweli.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maelekezo Ya Binafsi Na Maombi Ya Baraka
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="1TI.6.20" />Timotheo, linda kile kilichowekwa amana kwako. Epuka majadiliano yasiyo ya utauwa na mabishano ambayo kwa uongo huitwa elimu,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1TI.6.21" />ambayo wengine kwa kujidai kuwa nayo wameiacha imani.
</p>
<p style="p">Neema iwe nanyi. Amen.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="2TI"><id id="2TI">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>2 Timotheo
</h><toc level="1">2 Timotheo
</toc><toc level="2">2 Timotheo
</toc><toc level="3">2Tim
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">2 Timotheo
</p>

<c id="1" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2TI.1.1" />Paulo mtume wa Kristo Yesu kwa mapenzi ya Mungu, kulingana na ile ahadi ya uzima uliomo ndani ya Kristo Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="2TI.1.2" />Kwa Timotheo, mwanangu mpendwa:
</p>
<p style="p">Neema, rehema na amani itokayo kwa Mungu Baba, na kwa Kristo Yesu Bwana wetu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Shukrani Na Kutiwa Moyo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2TI.1.3" />Ninamshukuru Mungu, ninayemtumikia kwa dhamiri safi, kama walivyofanya baba zangu, ninapokukumbuka usiku na mchana katika maombi yangu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2TI.1.4" />Nikiyakumbuka machozi yako, ninatamani sana kukuona ili nipate kujawa na furaha.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2TI.1.5" />Nimekuwa nikiikumbuka imani yako ya kweli, waliokuwa nayo bibi yako Loisi na mama yako Eunike na ambayo mimi ninasadiki sasa wewe pia unayo.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2TI.1.6" />Kwa sababu hii nakukumbusha uchochee ile karama ya Mungu, iliyowekwa ndani yako nilipokuwekea mikono yangu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2TI.1.7" />Maana Mungu hakutupa roho ya woga, bali roho ya nguvu, ya upendo na ya moyo wa kiasi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2TI.1.8" />Kwa hiyo usione haya kushuhudia kuhusu Bwana wetu, wala usinionee haya mimi niliye mfungwa kwa ajili yake. Bali uishiriki pamoja nami taabu ya Injili, kwa kadiri ya nguvu ya Mungu,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2TI.1.9" />ambaye alituokoa na kutuita katika mwito mtakatifu: si kwa kadiri ya matendo yetu mema bali kwa sababu ya kusudi lake mwenyewe na neema yake. Neema hii tulipewa katika Kristo Yesu tangu milele.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2TI.1.10" />Lakini sasa imefunuliwa kwa kudhihirishwa kwake Mwokozi wetu, Kristo Yesu, ambaye amebatilisha mauti na kuleta uzima na kutokufa kwa njia ya Injili.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2TI.1.11" />Nami nimewekwa kuwa mhubiri, mtume na mwalimu wa Injili hii.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2TI.1.12" />Hii ndiyo sababu ninateseka namna hii, lakini sioni haya kwa maana ninamjua yeye niliyemwamini, na kusadiki ya kuwa anaweza kukilinda kile nilichokiweka amana kwake hadi siku ile.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2TI.1.13" />Shika kwa uthabiti kielelezo cha mafundisho yenye uzima yale uliyoyasikia kwangu, pamoja na imani na upendo katika Kristo Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2TI.1.14" />Ilinde ile amana uliyokabidhiwa kwa Roho Mtakatifu akaaye ndani yetu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="2TI.1.15" />Unajua ya kuwa watu wote katika Asia wameniacha, miongoni mwao wamo Filego na Hermogene.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2TI.1.16" />Bwana akawahurumie watu wa nyumbani mwa Onesiforo, kwa sababu aliniburudisha mara kwa mara wala hakuionea aibu minyororo yangu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2TI.1.17" />Badala yake, alipokuwa Rumi, alinitafuta kwa bidii mpaka akanipata.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2TI.1.18" />Bwana na amjalie kupata rehema zake siku ile! Nawe unajua vyema jinsi alivyonisaidia huko Efeso.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Askari Mwema Wa Kristo Yesu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2TI.2.1" />Basi, wewe mwanangu, uwe hodari katika neema iliyo ndani ya Kristo Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2TI.2.2" />Nayo mambo yale uliyonisikia nikiyasema mbele ya mashahidi wengi, uwakabidhi watu waaminifu watakaoweza kuwafundisha watu wengine vilevile.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2TI.2.3" />Vumilia taabu pamoja nasi kama askari mwema wa Kristo Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2TI.2.4" />Hakuna askari yeyote ambaye akiwa vitani hujishughulisha na mambo ya kawaida ya maisha haya kwa sababu nia yake ni kumpendeza yule aliyemwandika awe askari.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2TI.2.5" />Vivyo hivyo, yeye ashindanaye katika michezo hawezi kupewa tuzo ya ushindi asiposhindana kulingana na kanuni za mashindano.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2TI.2.6" />Mkulima mwenye bidii ya kazi ndiye anayestahili kuwa wa kwanza kupata fungu la mavuno.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2TI.2.7" />Fikiri sana kuhusu haya nisemayo, kwa maana Bwana atakupa ufahamu katika mambo hayo yote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2TI.2.8" />Mkumbuke Yesu Kristo, aliyefufuliwa kutoka kwa wafu, yeye aliye wa uzao wa Daudi. Hii ndiyo Injili yangu,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2TI.2.9" />ambayo kwayo ninateseka hata kufikia hatua ya kufungwa minyororo kama mhalifu. Lakini neno la Mungu halifungwi.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2TI.2.10" />Kwa hiyo ninavumilia mambo yote kwa ajili ya wateule wa Mungu, kusudi wao nao wapate wokovu ulio katika Kristo Yesu, pamoja na utukufu wa milele.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2TI.2.11" />Hili ni neno la kuaminiwa:
</p>
<q style="q1">Kwa maana kama tumekufa pamoja naye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tutaishi pia pamoja naye.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="2TI.2.12" />Kama tukistahimili,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">pia tutatawala pamoja naye.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kama tukimkana yeye,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atatukana sisi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="2TI.2.13" />Kama tusipoamini,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye hudumu kuwa mwaminifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana hawezi kujikana mwenyewe.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Mfanyakazi Aliyekubaliwa Na Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2TI.2.14" />Endelea kuwakumbusha mambo haya ukiwaonya mbele za Bwana waache kushindana kwa maneno ambayo hayana faida yoyote bali huwaangamiza tu wale wanaoyasikia.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2TI.2.15" />Jitahidi kujionyesha kwa Mungu kuwa umekubaliwa naye, mtendakazi asiye na sababu ya kuona aibu, ukilitumia kwa usahihi neno la kweli.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2TI.2.16" />Jiepushe na maneno mabaya, yasiyo na maana, yasiyo ya utauwa, kwa maana hayo huzidi kuwatosa watu katika kukosa heshima kwa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2TI.2.17" />Mafundisho yao yataenea kama kidonda kisichopona. Miongoni mwao wamo Himenayo na Fileto
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2TI.2.18" />ambao wameiacha kweli, wakisema kwamba ufufuo wa wafu umekwisha kuwako, nao huharibu imani ya baadhi ya watu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2TI.2.19" />Lakini msingi wa Mungu ulio imara umesimama, ukiwa na muhuri wenye maandishi haya: “Bwana anawajua walio wake”; tena, “Kila alitajaye jina la Bwana, na auache uovu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="2TI.2.20" />Katika nyumba kubwa si kwamba kuna vyombo vya dhahabu na fedha tu, bali pia vimo vyombo vya miti na vya udongo; vingine kwa matumizi maalum, na vingine kwa matumizi ya kawaida.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2TI.2.21" />Basi ikiwa mtu amejitakasa na kujitenga na hayo niliyoyataja, atakuwa chombo maalum, kilichotengwa na ambacho kinamfaa mwenye nyumba, kimeandaliwa tayari kwa kila kazi njema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2TI.2.22" />Zikimbie tamaa mbaya za ujana, ufuate haki, imani, upendo na amani pamoja na wale wamwitao Bwana kwa moyo safi.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="2TI.2.23" />Jiepushe na mabishano ya kipumbavu na yasiyo na maana, kwa kuwa wajua ya kwamba hayo huzaa magomvi.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="2TI.2.24" />Tena haimpasi mtumishi wa Bwana kuwa mgomvi, bali inampasa awe mwema kwa kila mtu, awezaye kufundisha, tena mvumilivu.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="2TI.2.25" />Inampasa kuwaonya kwa upole wale wanaopingana naye, kwa matumaini kwamba Mungu atawajalia kutubu na kuijua kweli,
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="2TI.2.26" />ili fahamu zao ziwarudie tena, nao waponyoke katika mtego wa ibilisi ambaye amewateka wapate kufanya mapenzi yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Hatari Za Siku Za Mwisho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2TI.3.1" />Lakini yakupasa ufahamu jambo hili, kwamba siku za mwisho kutakuwa na nyakati za hatari.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2TI.3.2" />Kwa maana watu watakuwa wenye kujipenda wenyewe, wenye kupenda fedha, wenye kujisifu, wenye kiburi, wenye kumkufuru Mungu, wasiotii wazazi wao, wasio na shukrani, wasio watakatifu,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2TI.3.3" />wasio na upendo, wasiopenda kupatanishwa, wasingiziaji, wasiozuia tamaa zao, wakatili, wasiopenda mema,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2TI.3.4" />wasaliti, wakaidi, waliojaa majivuno, wapendao anasa zaidi kuliko kumpenda Mungu:
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2TI.3.5" />wakiwa na mfano wa utauwa kwa nje, lakini wakizikana nguvu za Mungu. Jiepushe na watu wa namna hiyo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2TI.3.6" />Miongoni mwao wamo wale wajiingizao katika nyumba za watu na kuwachukua mateka wanawake wajinga, waliolemewa na dhambi zao na kuyumbishwa na aina zote za tamaa mbaya.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2TI.3.7" />Wakijifunza siku zote lakini kamwe wasiweze kufikia ujuzi wa kweli.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2TI.3.8" />Kama vile Yane na Yambre walivyopingana na Mose, vivyo hivyo watu hawa hupingana na ile kweli. Hawa ni watu wenye akili zilizopotoka, ambao wamekataliwa kwa mambo ya imani.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2TI.3.9" />Lakini hawataendelea sana, kwa sababu upumbavu wao utakuwa dhahiri kwa watu wote, kama ulivyokuwa dhahiri upumbavu wa hao watu wawili.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Paulo Amwagiza Timotheo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2TI.3.10" />Lakini wewe umeyajua mafundisho yangu, mwenendo, makusudi, imani, uvumilivu, upendo, ustahimilivu,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2TI.3.11" />mateso na taabu, yaani mambo yote yaliyonipata huko Antiokia, Ikonio na Listra, mateso yote niliyostahimili, lakini Bwana aliniokoa katika hayo yote.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2TI.3.12" />Naam, yeyote anayetaka kuishi maisha ya utauwa ndani ya Kristo Yesu atateswa.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2TI.3.13" />Lakini watu waovu na wadanganyaji watazidi kuwa waovu, wakidanganya na kudanganyika.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2TI.3.14" />Bali wewe, udumu katika yale uliyojifunza na kuyaamini kwa uthabiti, ukitambua ya kuwa ulijifunza hayo kutoka kwa nani,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2TI.3.15" />na jinsi ambavyo tangu utoto umeyajua Maandiko matakatifu, ambayo yanaweza kukuhekimisha upate wokovu kwa njia ya imani katika Kristo Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2TI.3.16" />Kila Andiko limevuviwa na Mungu na lafaa kwa mafundisho, kwa kuwaonya watu makosa yao, kwa kuwaongoza na kwa kuwafundisha katika haki,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2TI.3.17" />ili mtu wa Mungu awe amekamilishwa, apate kutenda kila kazi njema.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Maagizo Ya Mwisho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2TI.4.1" />Nakuagiza mbele za Mungu na mbele za Kristo Yesu, atakayewahukumu watu walio hai na waliokufa wakati wa kuja kwake na ufalme wake, kwamba:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2TI.4.2" />Hubiri Neno; kuwa tayari wakati ufaao na wakati usiofaa; karipia, kemea na utie moyo kwa uvumilivu wote na kwa mafundisho mazuri.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2TI.4.3" />Maana wakati utakuja watu watakapokataa kuyakubali mafundisho yenye uzima. Badala yake, ili kutimiza tamaa zao wenyewe, watajikusanyia idadi kubwa ya walimu wapate kuwaambia yale ambayo masikio yao yanayowasha yanatamani kuyasikia.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2TI.4.4" />Watakataa kusikiliza kweli na kuzigeukia hadithi za uongo.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2TI.4.5" />Kwa habari yako wewe, vumilia mateso, fanya kazi ya mhubiri wa Injili, timiza wajibu wote wa huduma yako.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="2TI.4.6" />Kwa maana mimi sasa ni tayari kumiminwa kama sadaka ya kinywaji, nayo saa yangu ya kuondoka imetimia.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2TI.4.7" />Nimevipiga vita vizuri, mashindano nimeyamaliza, imani nimeilinda.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2TI.4.8" />Sasa nimewekewa taji ya haki ambayo Bwana, mwamuzi wa haki, atanitunukia siku ile: wala si mimi tu, bali pia wote ambao wamengoja kwa shauku kudhihirishwa kwake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maelekezo Ya Binafsi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="2TI.4.9" />Jitahidi kuja kwangu upesi
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2TI.4.10" />kwa sababu Dema, kwa kuupenda ulimwengu, ameniacha na amekwenda Thesalonike. Kreske amekwenda Galatia na Tito amekwenda Dalmatia.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2TI.4.11" />Ni Luka peke yake aliye hapa pamoja nami. Mtafute Marko uje naye kwa sababu ananifaa sana katika huduma yangu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2TI.4.12" />Nimemtuma Tikiko huko Efeso.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2TI.4.13" />Utakapokuja, niletee lile joho nililoliacha kwa Karpo huko Troa na vile vitabu vyangu, hasa vile vya ngozi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2TI.4.14" />Aleksanda yule mfua chuma alinitendea ubaya mkubwa. Bwana atamlipa kwa ajili ya yale aliyotenda.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2TI.4.15" />Wewe pia ujihadhari naye kwa sababu aliyapinga sana maneno yetu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2TI.4.16" />Katika utetezi wangu wa mara ya kwanza, hakuna hata mmoja aliyeniunga mkono, bali kila mmoja aliniacha. Namwomba Mungu wasihesabiwe hatia kwa jambo hilo.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2TI.4.17" />Lakini Bwana alisimama upande wangu akanitia nguvu, ili kupitia kwangu lile Neno lihubiriwe kwa ukamilifu, watu wote Mataifa wapate kulisikia. Mimi niliokolewa kutoka kinywa cha simba.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2TI.4.18" />Bwana ataniokoa katika kila shambulio baya na kunileta salama katika Ufalme wake wa mbinguni. Atukuzwe yeye milele na milele. Amen.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Salamu Za Mwisho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2TI.4.19" />Wasalimu Prisila<f caller="+"><fr>4:19
</fr><ft>Prisila kwa Kiyunani ni Priska, hivyo tafsiri nyingine zimemuita Priska.</ft></f> na Akila, na wote wa nyumbani kwa Onesiforo.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2TI.4.20" />Erasto alibaki Korintho. Nami nikamwacha Trofimo huko Mileto akiwa mgonjwa.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2TI.4.21" />Jitahidi ufike huku kabla ya majira ya baridi. Eubulo anakusalimu, vivyo hivyo Pude, Lino, Klaudia na ndugu wote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="2TI.4.22" />Bwana awe pamoja na roho yako. Neema iwe pamoja nanyi. Amen.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="TIT"><id id="TIT">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Tito
</h><toc level="1">Tito
</toc><toc level="2">Tito
</toc><toc level="3">Tit
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Tito
</p>

<c id="1" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="TIT.1.1" />Paulo, mtumishi wa Mungu na mtume wa Yesu Kristo kwa ajili ya imani ya wateule wa Mungu na kuijua kweli iletayo utauwa:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="TIT.1.2" />imani na ujuzi ulioko katika tumaini la uzima wa milele, ambao Mungu, asiyesema uongo, aliahidi hata kabla ya kuwekwa misingi ya ulimwengu,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="TIT.1.3" />naye kwa wakati wake aliouweka alilidhihirisha neno lake kwa njia ya mahubiri ambayo mimi nimewekewa amana kwa amri ya Mungu Mwokozi wetu:
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="TIT.1.4" />Kwa Tito, mwanangu hasa katika imani tunayoshiriki sote:
</p>
<p style="p">Neema iwe kwako na amani itokayo kwa Mungu Baba na kwa Kristo Yesu Mwokozi wetu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kazi Ya Tito Huko Krete
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="TIT.1.5" />Sababu ya mimi kukuacha huko Krete ni ili uweke utaratibu mambo yale yaliyosalia na kuwaweka wazee wa kanisa katika kila mji, kama nilivyokuagiza.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="TIT.1.6" />Mzee wa kanisa asiwe na lawama, awe mume wa mke mmoja, mtu ambaye watoto wake ni waaminio na wala hawashtakiwi kwa ufisadi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="TIT.1.7" />Kwa kuwa mwangalizi, kama wakili wa Mungu, imempasa kuwa mtu asiye na lawama, asiwe mwenye majivuno au mwepesi wa hasira, wala mlevi, wala asiwe mtu mwenye tamaa ya mapato yasiyo ya halali.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="TIT.1.8" />Bali awe mkarimu, anayependa mema, mwenye kiasi, mwenye haki, mwadilifu, mnyofu, mtakatifu na mwenye kuitawala nafsi yake.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="TIT.1.9" />Inampasa alishike kwa uthabiti lile neno la imani kama lilivyofundishwa, kusudi aweze kuwaonya wengine kwa mafundisho manyofu na kuwakanusha wale wanaopingana nayo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Walimu Wa Uongo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="TIT.1.10" />Kwa maana wako wengi wasiotii, wenye maneno yasiyo na maana, hasa wale wa kikundi cha tohara.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="TIT.1.11" />Hao ni lazima wanyamazishwe, kwa sababu wanaharibu watu wa nyumba nzima wakifundisha mambo yasiyowapasa kufundisha. Wanafanya hivyo kwa ajili ya kujipatia mapato ya udanganyifu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="TIT.1.12" />Hata mmojawapo wa manabii wao mwenyewe amesema, “Wakrete ni waongo siku zote, wanyama wabaya, walafi, wavivu.”
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="TIT.1.13" />Ushuhuda huu ni kweli. Kwa hiyo, uwakemee kwa ukali wapate kuwa wazima katika imani,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="TIT.1.14" />ili wasiendelee kuangalia hadithi za Kiyahudi au maagizo ya wale watu wanaoikataa kweli.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="TIT.1.15" />Kwa wale walio safi, kila kitu ni safi kwao. Lakini kwa wale waliopotoka na wasioamini, hakuna chochote kilicho safi. Kwa kweli nia zao na dhamiri zao zimepotoka.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="TIT.1.16" />Wanadai kumjua Mungu, lakini kwa matendo yao wanamkana. Hao watu ni chukizo, wasiotii, wasiofaa kwa jambo lolote jema.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Fundisha Mafundisho Manyofu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="TIT.2.1" />Inakupasa kufundisha itikadi sahihi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="TIT.2.2" />Wafundishe wazee kuwa na kiasi, wastahivu, wenye busara na wanyofu katika imani, upendo na saburi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="TIT.2.3" />Vivyo hivyo, wafundishe wanawake wazee kuwa na mwenendo wa utakatifu, wala wasiwe wasingiziaji au walevi, bali wafundishe yale yaliyo mema,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="TIT.2.4" />ili waweze kuwafundisha wanawake vijana kuwa na kiasi, wawapende waume zao na kuwapenda watoto wao,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="TIT.2.5" />wawe waaminifu, watakatifu, wakitunza vyema nyumba zao, wema, watiifu kwa waume zao, ili mtu yeyote asije akalikufuru neno la Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="TIT.2.6" />Vivyo hivyo, himiza vijana wawe na kiasi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="TIT.2.7" />Katika kila jambo uwe kielelezo kwa kutenda mema. Katika mafundisho yako uonyeshe uadilifu, utaratibu,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="TIT.2.8" />na usemi sahihi usio na lawama, ili wanaokupinga watahayari, wakose neno lolote baya la kusema juu yetu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="TIT.2.9" />Wafundishe watumwa kuwatii mabwana zao katika kila jambo, wakijitahidi kuwapendeza wala wasijibizane nao,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="TIT.2.10" />wala wasiwaibie, bali waonyeshe kuwa wanaweza kuaminika kabisa, ili kwa kila namna wayafanye mafundisho ya Mungu Mwokozi wetu yawe ya kuvutia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="TIT.2.11" />Kwa maana neema ya Mungu ambayo inawaokoa wanadamu wote imefunuliwa.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="TIT.2.12" />Nayo yatufundisha kukataa ubaya na tamaa za kidunia, ili tupate kuishi maisha ya kiasi, ya haki na ya utaua katika ulimwengu huu wa sasa,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="TIT.2.13" />huku tukilitazamia tumaini lenye baraka na ufunuo wa utukufu wa Mungu wetu Mkuu, aliye Mwokozi wetu Yesu Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="TIT.2.14" />Ndiye alijitoa nafsi yake kwa ajili yetu, ili atukomboe kutoka uovu wote na kujisafishia watu kuwa mali yake Mwenyewe, yaani, wale walio na juhudi katika kutenda mema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="TIT.2.15" />Basi wewe fundisha mambo haya. Onya na kukaripia kwa mamlaka yote. Mtu yeyote asikudharau.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Kutenda Mema
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="TIT.3.1" />Wakumbushe watu kuwanyenyekea watawala na kuwatii wenye mamlaka, wawe tayari kutenda kila lililo jema.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="TIT.3.2" />Wasimnenee mtu yeyote mabaya, wasiwe wagomvi, bali wawe wapole, wakionyesha unyenyekevu kwa watu wote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="TIT.3.3" />Maana sisi wenyewe wakati fulani tulikuwa wajinga, wasiotii, tukiwa watumwa wa tamaa mbaya na anasa za kila aina. Tuliishi katika uovu na wivu, tukichukiwa na kuchukiana sisi kwa sisi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="TIT.3.4" />Lakini wema na upendo wa Mungu Mwokozi wetu ulipofunuliwa,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="TIT.3.5" />alituokoa, si kwa sababu ya matendo ya haki tuliyotenda, bali kwa sababu ya rehema zake. Alituokoa kwa kutuosha kwa kuzaliwa mara ya pili na kwa kufanywa wapya kwa njia ya Roho Mtakatifu,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="TIT.3.6" />ambaye Mungu alitumiminia kwa wingi kwa njia ya Yesu Kristo Mwokozi wetu,
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="TIT.3.7" />ili kwamba, tukiisha kuhesabiwa haki kwa neema yake, tupate kuwa warithi tukiwa na tumaini la uzima wa milele.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="TIT.3.8" />Hili ni neno la kuaminiwa. Nami nataka uyasisitize mambo haya, ili wale ambao wamemwamini Mungu wapate kuwa waangalifu kujitoa kwa ajili ya kutenda mema wakati wote. Mambo haya ni mazuri tena ya manufaa kwa kila mtu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="TIT.3.9" />Lakini jiepushe na maswali ya kipuzi, mambo ya koo, mabishano na ugomvi kuhusu sheria, kwa sababu hayana faida, tena ni ubatili.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="TIT.3.10" />Mtu anayesababisha mafarakano, mwonye mara ya kwanza, kisha mwonye mara ya pili. Baada ya hapo, usihusike naye tena.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="TIT.3.11" />Kwa kuwa unajua kwamba mtu kama huyo amepotoka na tena ni mwenye dhambi. Yeye amejihukumu mwenyewe.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maneno Ya Mwisho Na Kumtamkia Baraka
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="TIT.3.12" />Mara nitakapomtuma Artema au Tikiko kwako, jitahidi kuja unione huko Nikopoli, kwa sababu nimeamua kukaa huko wakati wa majira ya baridi.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="TIT.3.13" />Fanya kila uwezalo uwasafirishe Zena yule mwanasheria na Apolo na uhakikishe kwamba wana kila kitu wanachohitaji katika safari yao.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="TIT.3.14" />Watu wetu hawana budi kujifunza kutenda mema, ili waweze kuyakimu mahitaji ya kila siku, wasije wakaishi maisha yasiyokuwa na matunda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="TIT.3.15" />Wote walio pamoja nami wanakusalimu. Wasalimu wale wanaotupenda katika imani.
</p>
<p style="p">Neema iwe nanyi nyote. Amen.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="PHM"><id id="PHM">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Filemoni
</h><toc level="1">Filemoni
</toc><toc level="2">Filemoni
</toc><toc level="3">Flm
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Filemoni
</p>

<c id="1" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="PHM.1.1" />Paulo, mfungwa wa Kristo Yesu, pamoja na Timotheo ndugu yetu:
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa Filemoni rafiki yetu mpendwa na mtendakazi mwenzetu,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="PHM.1.2" />kwa dada yetu mpendwa Afia, kwa Arkipo askari mwenzetu na kwa kanisa lile likutanalo nyumbani mwako:
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="PHM.1.3" />Neema iwe nanyi na amani itokayo kwa Mungu Baba yetu na Bwana Yesu Kristo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Shukrani Na Maombi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="PHM.1.4" />Siku zote ninamshukuru Mungu ninapokukumbuka katika maombi yangu,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="PHM.1.5" />kwa sababu ninasikia juu ya imani yako katika Bwana Yesu na upendo wako kwa watakatifu wote.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="PHM.1.6" />Naomba utiwe nguvu katika kuishuhudia imani yako, ili upate kuwa na ufahamu mkamilifu juu ya kila kitu chema tulicho nacho ndani ya Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="PHM.1.7" />Upendo wako umenifurahisha mno na kunitia moyo, kwa sababu wewe ndugu, umeiburudisha mioyo ya watakatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maombi Ya Paulo Ya Kumtetea Onesimo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="PHM.1.8" />Hata hivyo, ingawa katika Kristo ningeweza kuwa na ujasiri na kukuagiza yale yakupasayo kutenda,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="PHM.1.9" />lakini ninakuomba kwa upendo, mimi Paulo, mzee na pia sasa nikiwa mfungwa wa Kristo Yesu,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="PHM.1.10" />nakuomba kwa ajili ya mwanangu Onesimo,<f caller="+"><fr>1:10
</fr><fq>Onesimo
</fq><ft>maana yake ni
</ft><fqa>Wa manufaa.
</fqa></f> aliyefanyika mwanangu nilipokuwa kwenye minyororo.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="PHM.1.11" />Mwanzoni alikuwa hakufai, lakini sasa anakufaa sana wewe na mimi pia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="PHM.1.12" />Namtuma kwako, yeye aliye moyo wangu hasa.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="PHM.1.13" />Ningependa nikae naye ili ashike nafasi yako ya kunisaidia wakati huu nikiwa kifungoni kwa ajili ya Injili.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="PHM.1.14" />Lakini sikutaka kufanya lolote bila idhini yako, ili wema wowote uufanyao usiwe wa lazima, bali wa hiari.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="PHM.1.15" />Huenda sababu ya yeye kutengwa nawe kwa kitambo kidogo ni ili uwe naye daima.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="PHM.1.16" />Si kama mtumwa, bali bora kuliko mtumwa, kama ndugu mpendwa. Yeye ni mpendwa sana kwangu na hata kwako zaidi, yeye kama mwanadamu na kama ndugu katika Bwana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="PHM.1.17" />Hivyo kama unanihesabu mimi kuwa mshirika wako, mkaribishe kama vile ungenikaribisha mimi mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="PHM.1.18" />Kama amekukosea lolote au kama unamdai chochote, nidai mimi.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="PHM.1.19" />Ni mimi Paulo, ninayeandika waraka huu kwa mkono wangu mwenyewe. Nitakulipa. Sitaji kwamba nakudai hata nafsi yako.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="PHM.1.20" />Ndugu yangu, natamani nipate faida kwako katika Bwana, uuburudishe moyo wangu katika Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="PHM.1.21" />Nikiwa na hakika ya utii wako, nakuandikia, nikijua kwamba utafanya hata zaidi ya yale ninayokuomba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="PHM.1.22" />Jambo moja zaidi: Niandalie chumba cha wageni, kwa kuwa nataraji kurudishwa kwenu kama jibu la maombi yenu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Salamu Za Mwisho Na Dua Ya Kuwatakia Heri
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="PHM.1.23" />Epafra, aliye mfungwa mwenzangu katika Kristo Yesu, anakusalimu.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="PHM.1.24" />Vivyo hivyo Marko, Aristarko, Dema na Luka, watendakazi wenzangu wanakusalimu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="PHM.1.25" />Neema ya Bwana Yesu Kristo iwe pamoja na roho zenu. Amen.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="HEB"><id id="HEB">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Waebrania
</h><toc level="1">Waebrania
</toc><toc level="2">Waebrania
</toc><toc level="3">Ebr
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Waebrania
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Mwana Ni Mkuu Kuliko Malaika
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="HEB.1.1" />Zamani Mungu alisema na baba zetu kwa njia ya manabii mara nyingi na kwa njia mbalimbali,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="HEB.1.2" />lakini katika siku hizi za mwisho anasema nasi kwa njia ya Mwanawe, ambaye amemweka kuwa mrithi wa vitu vyote, na ambaye kupitia kwake aliuumba ulimwengu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="HEB.1.3" />Mwana ni mngʼao wa utukufu wa Mungu na mfano halisi wa nafsi yake, akivihifadhi vitu vyote kwa neno lake lenye uweza. Akiisha kufanya utakaso kwa ajili ya dhambi, aliketi mkono wa kuume wa Aliye Mkuu huko mbinguni.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="HEB.1.4" />Kwa hiyo alifanyika bora kuliko malaika, kama jina alilorithi lilivyo bora kuliko lao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="HEB.1.5" />Kwa maana ni malaika yupi ambaye wakati wowote Mungu alipata kumwambia,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Wewe ni Mwanangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">leo mimi nimekuzaa?”
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Au tena,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Mimi nitakuwa Baba yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atakuwa Mwanangu?”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="6" bcv="HEB.1.6" />Tena, Mungu amletapo mzaliwa wake wa kwanza ulimwenguni, anasema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Malaika wote wa Mungu na wamsujudu.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="7" bcv="HEB.1.7" />Anenapo kuhusu malaika asema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Huwafanya malaika wake kuwa pepo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">watumishi wake kuwa miali ya moto.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="8" bcv="HEB.1.8" />Lakini kwa habari za Mwana asema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kiti chako cha enzi, Ee Mungu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kitadumu milele na milele,
</q>
<q style="q1">nayo haki itakuwa fimbo ya utawala
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya ufalme wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="HEB.1.9" />Umependa haki na kuchukia uovu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa hiyo Mungu, Mungu wako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">amekuweka juu ya wenzako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa kukupaka mafuta ya furaha.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="10" bcv="HEB.1.10" />Pia asema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Hapo mwanzo, Ee Bwana, uliweka misingi ya dunia,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo mbingu ni kazi ya mikono yako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="HEB.1.11" />Hizo zitatoweka, lakini wewe utadumu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zote zitachakaa kama vazi.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="HEB.1.12" />Utazikungʼutakungʼuta kama joho,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nazo zitachakaa kama vazi.
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini wewe hubadiliki,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nayo miaka yako haikomi kamwe.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="13" bcv="HEB.1.13" />Je, ni kwa malaika yupi ambaye Mungu amepata kumwambia wakati wowote,
</p>
<q level="2" style="q2">“Keti mkono wangu wa kuume,
</q>
<q style="q1">hadi nitakapowaweka adui zako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">chini ya miguu yako”?
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="14" bcv="HEB.1.14" />Je, malaika wote si roho watumikao, waliotumwa kuwahudumia wale watakaourithi wokovu?
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Wokovu Mkuu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="HEB.2.1" />Kwa hiyo, imetupasa kuwa waangalifu sana kuhusu kile tulichosikia, ili tusije tukakiacha.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="HEB.2.2" />Kwa kuwa kama ujumbe ulionenwa na malaika ulikuwa imara, na kila uasi na kutokutii kulipata adhabu ya haki,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="HEB.2.3" />je, sisi tutapaje kupona kama tusipojali wokovu mkuu namna hii? Wokovu huu, ambao mwanzo ulitangazwa na Bwana, ulithibitishwa kwetu na wale waliomsikia.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="HEB.2.4" />Pia Mungu aliushuhudia kwa ishara, maajabu na kwa miujiza mbalimbali, na karama za Roho Mtakatifu alizozigawa kulingana na mapenzi yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Alifananishwa Na Ndugu Zake
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="HEB.2.5" />Mungu hakuuweka ulimwengu ujao ambao tunanena habari zake chini ya malaika.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="HEB.2.6" />Lakini kuna mahali mtu fulani ameshuhudia akisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Mwanadamu ni kitu gani hata unamfikiria,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">binadamu ni nani hata unamjali?
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="HEB.2.7" />Umemfanya chini kidogo kuliko malaika;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ukamvika taji ya utukufu na heshima,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="8" bcv="HEB.2.8" />nawe umeweka vitu vyote chini ya miguu yake.”
</q>
<p style="p">Kwa kuweka vitu vyote chini yake, Mungu hakuacha kitu chochote ambacho hakukiweka chini ya mwanadamu. Lakini kwa sasa, hatuoni kwamba kila kitu kiko chini yake.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="HEB.2.9" />Lakini twamwona Yesu, aliyefanywa chini kidogo kuliko malaika, sasa akiwa amevikwa taji ya utukufu na heshima kwa sababu alistahimili mauti, ili kwamba kwa neema ya Mungu apate kuonja mauti kwa ajili ya kila mtu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="HEB.2.10" />Ili kuwaleta wana wengi katika utukufu, ilifaa kwamba Mungu, ambaye ni kwa ajili yake na kupitia kwake kila kitu kimekuwepo, amkamilishe mwanzilishi wa wokovu wao kwa njia ya mateso.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="HEB.2.11" />Yeye awafanyaye watu kuwa watakatifu, pamoja na hao ambao hufanywa watakatifu, wote hutoka katika jamaa moja. Hivyo Yesu haoni aibu kuwaita ndugu zake.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="HEB.2.12" />Yeye husema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Nitalitangaza jina lako kwa ndugu zangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mbele ya kusanyiko nitaimba sifa zako.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="13" bcv="HEB.2.13" />Tena,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Nitaweka tumaini langu kwake.”
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Tena anasema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Niko hapa, pamoja na watoto ambao Mungu amenipa.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="HEB.2.14" />Basi kwa kuwa watoto wana nyama na damu, yeye pia alishiriki katika ubinadamu wao, ili kwa kifo chake, apate kumwangamiza huyo mwenye nguvu za mauti, yaani ibilisi,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="HEB.2.15" />na kuwaweka huru wale waliokuwa utumwani maisha yao yote kwa sababu ya kuogopa mauti.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="HEB.2.16" />Kwa kuwa ni dhahiri kwamba hakuja kusaidia malaika, bali uzao wa Abrahamu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="HEB.2.17" />Kwa sababu hii ilibidi afanane na ndugu zake kwa kila hali, ili apate kuwa Kuhani Mkuu mwenye huruma na mwaminifu katika kumtumikia Mungu, ili pia apate kufanya upatanisho kwa ajili ya dhambi za watu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="HEB.2.18" />Kwa kuwa yeye mwenyewe aliteswa alipojaribiwa, aweza kuwasaidia wale wanaojaribiwa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Yesu Ni Mkuu Kuliko Mose
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="HEB.3.1" />Kwa hiyo ndugu watakatifu, mnaoshiriki mwito wa mbinguni, mtafakarini Yesu, mtume na Kuhani Mkuu wa ukiri wetu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="HEB.3.2" />Alikuwa mwaminifu kwa yeye aliyemweka, kama vile Mose alivyokuwa mwaminifu katika nyumba yote ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="HEB.3.3" />Yesu ameonekana anastahili heshima kubwa kuliko Mose, kama vile mjenzi wa nyumba alivyo wa heshima kubwa kuliko nyumba yenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="HEB.3.4" />Kwa kuwa kila nyumba hujengwa na mtu fulani, lakini Mungu ni mjenzi wa kila kitu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="HEB.3.5" />Basi Mose kama mtumishi alikuwa mwaminifu katika nyumba yote ya Mungu, akishuhudia kwa yale ambayo yangetamkwa baadaye.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="HEB.3.6" />Lakini Kristo ni mwaminifu kama Mwana katika nyumba ya Mungu. Sisi ndio nyumba yake, kama tutashikilia sana ujasiri wetu na tumaini tunalojivunia.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Onyo Dhidi Ya Kutokuamini
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="HEB.3.7" />Kwa hiyo, kama Roho Mtakatifu asemavyo:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Leo, kama mkiisikia sauti yake,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="8" bcv="HEB.3.8" />msiifanye mioyo yenu migumu,
</q>
<q style="q1">kama mlivyofanya katika uasi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati ule wa kujaribiwa jangwani,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="HEB.3.9" />ambapo baba zenu walinijaribu na kunipima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ingawa kwa miaka arobaini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walikuwa wameyaona matendo yangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="HEB.3.10" />Hiyo ndiyo sababu nilikasirikia kizazi kile,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nikasema, ‘Siku zote mioyo yao imepotoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao hawajazijua njia zangu.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="HEB.3.11" />Hivyo nikatangaza kwa kiapo katika hasira yangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Kamwe hawataingia rahani mwangu.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="HEB.3.12" />Ndugu zangu, angalieni, asiwepo miongoni mwenu mtu mwenye moyo mwovu usioamini, unaojitenga na Mungu aliye hai.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="HEB.3.13" />Lakini mtiane moyo mtu na mwenzake kila siku, maadamu iitwapo Leo, ili asiwepo hata mmoja wenu mwenye kufanywa mgumu kwa udanganyifu wa dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="HEB.3.14" />Kwa kuwa tumekuwa washiriki wa Kristo, kama tukishikamana tu kwa uthabiti na tumaini letu la kwanza hadi mwisho.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="HEB.3.15" />Kama ilivyonenwa:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Leo, kama mkiisikia sauti yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msiifanye mioyo yenu migumu
</q>
<q style="q1">kama mlivyofanya wakati wa kuasi.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="HEB.3.16" />Basi ni nani waliosikia lakini bado wakaasi? Je, si wale wote waliotoka Misri wakiongozwa na Mose?
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="HEB.3.17" />Lakini ni nani aliowakasirikia miaka arobaini? Je, si wale waliofanya dhambi ambao miili yao ilianguka jangwani?
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="HEB.3.18" />Ni nani hao ambao Mungu aliapa kuwa kamwe hawataingia rahani mwake isipokuwa ni wale waliokataa kutii?
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="HEB.3.19" />Hivyo tunaona kwamba hawakuweza kuingia kwa sababu ya kutokuamini kwao.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Pumziko Aliloahidi Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="HEB.4.1" />Kwa hiyo, kwa kuwa bado ahadi ya kuingia rahani iko wazi, tujihadhari ili hata mmoja wenu asije akaikosa.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="HEB.4.2" />Kwa maana sisi pia tumesikia Injili iliyohubiriwa kwetu, kama nao walivyosikia; lakini ujumbe ule waliousikia haukuwa na maana kwao, kwa sababu wale waliousikia hawakuuchanganya na imani.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="HEB.4.3" />Sasa sisi ambao tumeamini tunaingia katika ile raha, kama vile Mungu alivyosema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kwa hiyo nikaapa katika hasira yangu,
</q>
<q style="q1">‘Kamwe hawataingia rahani mwangu.’ ”
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Lakini kazi yake ilikamilika tangu kuumbwa kwa ulimwengu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="HEB.4.4" />Kwa maana mahali fulani amezungumza kuhusu siku ya saba, akisema: “Katika siku ya saba Mungu alipumzika kutoka kazi zake zote.”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="HEB.4.5" />Tena hapo juu asema, “Kamwe hawataingia rahani mwangu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="HEB.4.6" />Kwa hiyo inabaki kuwa wazi kwa wengine kuingia, nao wale wa kwanza waliopokea Injili walishindwa kuingia kwa sababu ya kutokutii.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="HEB.4.7" />Kwa hiyo Mungu ameweka siku nyingine, akaiita Leo, akisema kwa kinywa cha Daudi baadaye sana, kwa maneno yaliyotangulia kunenwa:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Leo, kama mkiisikia sauti yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">msiifanye mioyo yenu migumu.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="8" bcv="HEB.4.8" />Kwa maana kama Yoshua alikuwa amewapa raha, Mungu hangesema tena baadaye kuhusu siku nyingine.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="HEB.4.9" />Kwa hiyo basi, imebaki raha ya Sabato kwa ajili ya watu wa Mungu;
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="HEB.4.10" />kwa kuwa kila mmoja aingiaye katika raha ya Mungu pia hupumzika kutoka kazi zake mwenyewe, kama vile Mungu alivyopumzika kutoka kazi zake.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="HEB.4.11" />Basi, na tufanye bidii kuingia katika raha hiyo, ili kwamba asiwepo yeyote atakayeanguka kwa kufuata mfano wao wa kutokutii.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="HEB.4.12" />Kwa maana Neno la Mungu li hai tena lina nguvu. Lina makali kuliko upanga wowote wenye makali kuwili, hivyo linachoma hata kuzigawanya nafsi na roho, viungo na mafuta yaliyo ndani yake; tena li jepesi kuyatambua mawazo na makusudi ya moyo.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="HEB.4.13" />Wala hakuna kiumbe chochote kilichofichika machoni pa Mungu. Kila kitu kimefunuliwa na kiko wazi machoni pake yeye ambaye kwake ni lazima tutatoa hesabu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Kristo Kuhani Mkuu Kuliko Wote
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="HEB.4.14" />Kwa kuwa tunaye Kuhani Mkuu kuliko wote ambaye ameingia mbinguni, Yesu Mwana wa Mungu, basi na tushikamane sana kwa uthabiti na ule ukiri wa imani yetu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="HEB.4.15" />Kwa kuwa hatuna Kuhani Mkuu asiyeweza kuchukuliana na sisi katika udhaifu wetu, lakini tunaye mmoja ambaye alijaribiwa kwa kila namna, kama vile sisi tujaribiwavyo: lakini yeye hakutenda dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="HEB.4.16" />Basi na tukikaribie kiti cha rehema kwa ujasiri, ili tupewe rehema na kupata neema ya kutusaidia wakati wa mahitaji.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="HEB.5.1" />Kwa maana kila kuhani mkuu anayechaguliwa miongoni mwa wanadamu anawekwa kuwawakilisha kwa mambo yanayomhusu Mungu, ili apate kutoa matoleo na dhabihu kwa ajili ya dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="HEB.5.2" />Kwa kuwa yeye mwenyewe ni dhaifu, aweza kuwachukulia kwa upole wale wasiojua na kupotoka.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="HEB.5.3" />Hii ndiyo sababu inampasa kutoa dhabihu kwa ajili ya dhambi zake mwenyewe na vivyo hivyo kwa ajili ya dhambi za watu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="HEB.5.4" />Hakuna anayejitwalia heshima hii mwenyewe; ni lazima aitwe na Mungu, kama vile Aroni alivyoitwa.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="HEB.5.5" />Pia Kristo hakujitwalia utukufu yeye mwenyewe wa kuwa Kuhani Mkuu, bali Mungu alimwambia,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Wewe ni Mwanangu;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">leo mimi nimekuzaa.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="6" bcv="HEB.5.6" />Pia mahali pengine asema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Wewe ni kuhani milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mfano wa Melkizedeki.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="HEB.5.7" />Katika siku za maisha ya Yesu hapa duniani, alimtolea maombi na dua pamoja na kulia sana na machozi, yeye awezaye kumwokoa na mauti, naye Mungu akamsikia kwa sababu ya kutii kwake kwa unyenyekevu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="HEB.5.8" />Ingawa alikuwa Mwana, alijifunza utiifu kutokana na mateso aliyoyapata,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="HEB.5.9" />na akiisha kukamilishwa, akawa chanzo cha wokovu wa milele kwa wote wanaomtii.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="HEB.5.10" />Naye amewekwa na Mungu kuwa Kuhani Mkuu kwa mfano wa Melkizedeki.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wito Wa Kukua Kiroho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="HEB.5.11" />Tunayo mengi ya kusema kuhusu habari ya ukuhani huu, lakini ni vigumu kuyaeleza, kwa sababu ninyi ni wazito wa kuelewa.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="HEB.5.12" />Kwa hakika, ingawa mpaka wakati huu ingewapasa kuwa walimu, bado mnahitaji mtu wa kuwafundisha tena hatua za awali za kweli ya Neno la Mungu. Mnahitaji maziwa, wala si chakula kigumu!
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="HEB.5.13" />Kwa maana yeyote aishiye kwa kunywa maziwa bado yeye ni mtoto mchanga, hana ujuzi katika mafundisho kuhusu neno la haki.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="HEB.5.14" />Lakini chakula kigumu ni kwa ajili ya watu wazima, ambao kwa kujizoeza wamejifunza kupambanua kati ya mema na mabaya.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Hatari Ya Kuanguka
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="HEB.6.1" />Kwa hiyo, tukiachana na mafundisho yale ya awali kuhusu Kristo na tukisonga mbele ili tufikie utimilifu, sio kuweka tena msingi wa mafundisho ya kuzitubia kazi zisizo na uhai na imani katika Mungu,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="HEB.6.2" />mafundisho kuhusu aina za ubatizo, kuwekea watu mikono, ufufuo wa wafu, na hukumu ya milele.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="HEB.6.3" />Mungu akitujalia tutafanya hivyo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="HEB.6.4" />Kwa kuwa ni vigumu kwa wale ambao wakati fulani walishapata nuru, ambao walishaonja kipawa cha mbinguni, ambao wamekwisha kushiriki katika Roho Mtakatifu,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="HEB.6.5" />ambao wameonja uzuri wa Neno la Mungu na nguvu za wakati ujao,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="HEB.6.6" />kisha wakianguka, kuwarejesha tena katika toba. Kwa kuwa wanamsulubisha Mwana wa Mungu mara ya pili na kumdhalilisha hadharani, nayo ikawa hasara kwao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="HEB.6.7" />Ardhi ile ipokeayo mvua inyeshayo juu yake mara kwa mara hutoa mazao yanayowanufaisha wale ambao kwa ajili yao yalimwa, nayo nchi hiyo hupokea baraka kutoka kwa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="HEB.6.8" />Lakini ardhi ikizaa miiba na mibaruti, haina thamani na iko hatarini ya kulaaniwa. Mwisho wake ni kuchomwa moto.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="HEB.6.9" />Ingawa tunasema hivi, ndugu zangu wapendwa, kwa upande wenu tuna hakika ya mambo mema zaidi, mambo yale yahusuyo wokovu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="HEB.6.10" />Mungu si mdhalimu: yeye hataisahau kazi yenu na upendo ule mlioonyesha kwa ajili yake katika kuwahudumia watakatifu na hata sasa mnaendelea kuwahudumia.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="HEB.6.11" />Nasi twataka kila mmoja wenu aonyeshe bidii iyo hiyo ili mpate kujua uhakika kamili wa lile tumaini mpaka mwisho,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="HEB.6.12" />ili msije mkawa wavivu, bali mpate kuwaiga wale ambao kwa imani na saburi hurithi zile ahadi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Uhakika Wa Ahadi Ya Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="HEB.6.13" />Mungu alipompa Abrahamu ahadi yake, kwa kuwa hakuwepo mwingine aliyekuwa mkuu kuliko yeye ambaye angeweza kuapa kwa jina lake, aliapa kwa nafsi yake,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="HEB.6.14" />akisema, “Hakika nitakubariki na kukupa wazao wengi.”
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="HEB.6.15" />Abrahamu naye, baada ya kungoja kwa saburi, alipokea kile kilichoahidiwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="HEB.6.16" />Wanadamu huapa kwa yeye aliye mkuu kuwaliko, nacho kiapo hicho huthibitisha kile kilichosemwa na hivyo humaliza mabishano yote.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="HEB.6.17" />Mungu alipotaka kuonyesha kwa udhahiri zaidi ile asili ya kutokubadilika kwa ahadi yake kwa warithi wa ahadi, aliithitibisha kwa kiapo.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="HEB.6.18" />Mungu alifanya hivyo ili kwa vitu viwili visivyobadilika, yaani ahadi yake na kiapo chake, ambavyo kwavyo Mungu hawezi kusema uongo, sisi ambao tumemkimbilia ili tulishike lile tumaini lililowekwa mbele yetu tuwe na faraja thabiti.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="HEB.6.19" />Tunalo tumaini hili kama nanga ya roho iliyo imara na thabiti. Tumaini hili huingia katika sehemu takatifu iliyopo nyuma ya pazia,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="HEB.6.20" />mahali ambapo Yesu mtangulizi wetu aliingia kwa niaba yetu. Yeye amekuwa Kuhani Mkuu milele, kwa mfano wa Melkizedeki.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Kuhani Melkizedeki
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="HEB.7.1" />Kwa kuwa huyu Melkizedeki alikuwa mfalme wa Salemu na kuhani wa Mungu Aliye Juu Sana. Alipokutana na Abrahamu akirudi kutoka kuwashinda hao wafalme, Melkizedeki alimbariki,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="HEB.7.2" />naye Abrahamu alimpa sehemu ya kumi<f caller="+"><fr>7:2
</fr><ft>Sehemu ya kumi mahali pengine huitwa fungu la kumi au zaka; sehemu ya kumi ya pato hutolewa kwa Mungu.</ft></f> ya kila kitu. Kwanza, jina hilo Melkizedeki maana yake ni “mfalme wa haki.” Na pia “mfalme wa Salemu” maana yake ni “mfalme wa amani.”
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="HEB.7.3" />Hana Baba wala mama, hana ukoo, hana mwanzo wala mwisho wa siku zake. Kama Mwana wa Mungu, yeye adumu akiwa kuhani milele.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="HEB.7.4" />Tazama jinsi alivyokuwa mkuu: Hata Abrahamu, baba yetu mkuu, alimpa sehemu ya kumi ya nyara zake.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="HEB.7.5" />Basi sheria inawaagiza wana wa Lawi ambao hufanyika makuhani kupokea sehemu ya kumi kutoka kwa watu ambao ni ndugu zao, ingawa ndugu zao ni wazao wa Abrahamu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="HEB.7.6" />Huyu Melkizedeki, ingawa hakufuatia ukoo wake kutoka kwa Lawi, lakini alipokea sehemu ya kumi kutoka kwa Abrahamu na kumbariki yeye aliyekuwa na zile ahadi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="HEB.7.7" />Wala hakuna shaka kwamba mdogo hubarikiwa na aliye mkuu kumliko yeye.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="HEB.7.8" />Kwa upande mmoja, sehemu ya kumi hupokelewa na wale ambao hupatikana na kufa; lakini kwa upande mwingine hupokelewa na yeye ambaye hushuhudiwa kuwa yu hai.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="HEB.7.9" />Mtu anaweza hata kusema kwamba Lawi, ambaye hupokea sehemu ya kumi, alitoa hiyo sehemu ya kumi kupitia kwa Abrahamu,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="HEB.7.10" />kwa sababu Melkizedeki alipokutana na Abrahamu, Lawi alikuwa bado katika viuno vya baba yake wa zamani.<f caller="+"><fr>7:10
</fr><ft>Yaani, alikuwa hajazaliwa.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Yesu Mfano Wa Melkizedeki
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="HEB.7.11" />Kama ukamilifu ungeweza kupatikana kwa njia ya ukuhani wa Walawi (kwa kuwa katika msingi huo, sheria ilitolewa kwa watu), kwa nini basi imekuwepo haja ya kuja kuhani mwingine: kuhani kwa mfano wa Melkizedeki, wala si kwa mfano wa Aroni?
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="HEB.7.12" />Kwa kuwa yanapotokea mabadiliko ya ukuhani, pia lazima yawepo mabadiliko ya sheria.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="HEB.7.13" />Yeye ambaye mambo haya yanasemwa alikuwa wa kabila lingine, na hakuna mtu wa kabila hilo aliyewahi kuhudumu katika madhabahu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="HEB.7.14" />Kwa maana ni dhahiri kwamba Bwana wetu alitoka katika uzao wa Yuda, tena kuhusu kabila hilo Mose hakusema lolote kwa habari za makuhani.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="HEB.7.15" />Tena hayo tuliyosema yako wazi zaidi kama akitokea kuhani mwingine kama Melkizedeki,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="HEB.7.16" />yeye ambaye amefanyika kuhani si kwa misingi ya sheria kama ilivyokuwa kwa baba zake, bali kwa misingi ya uwezo wa uzima usioharibika.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="HEB.7.17" />Kwa maana imeshuhudiwa kwamba:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Wewe ni kuhani milele,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa mfano wa Melkizedeki.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="HEB.7.18" />Kwa upande mmoja, ile amri ya mwanzo isiyofaa na dhaifu imebatilishwa
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="HEB.7.19" />(kwa maana sheria haikufanya kitu chochote kuwa kikamilifu). Kwa upande mwingine, tumeletewa tumaini lililo bora zaidi ambalo linatuleta karibu na Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="HEB.7.20" />Nalo tumaini hilo halikutolewa pasipo kiapo! Wengine walikuwa makuhani pasipo kiapo chochote,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="HEB.7.21" />lakini Yesu alifanywa kuhani kwa kiapo wakati Mungu alimwambia:
</p>
<q style="q1">“<nd>Bwana</nd> ameapa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye hatabadilisha mawazo yake:
</q>
<q style="q1">‘Wewe ni kuhani milele.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="22" bcv="HEB.7.22" />Kwa ajili ya kiapo hiki, Yesu amekuwa mdhamini wa agano lililo bora zaidi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="HEB.7.23" />Basi pamekuwepo na makuhani wengi wa aina hiyo, kwa kuwa kifo kiliwazuia kuendelea na huduma yao ya ukuhani.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="HEB.7.24" />Lakini kwa sababu Yesu anaishi milele, anao ukuhani wa kudumu.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="HEB.7.25" />Kwa hiyo anaweza kuwaokoa kabisa wale wanaomjia Mungu kupitia kwake, kwa sababu yeye adumu daima kuomba kwa ajili yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="HEB.7.26" />Kwa kuwa ilitupasa tuwe na Kuhani Mkuu wa namna hii, yaani, aliye mtakatifu, asiye na lawama, asiye na dosari, aliyetengwa na wenye dhambi na kuinuliwa juu ya mbingu.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="HEB.7.27" />Yeye hahitaji kutoa dhabihu siku kwa siku kwa ajili ya dhambi, kwanza kwa ajili ya dhambi zake mwenyewe, kisha kwa ajili ya dhambi za watu kama wale makuhani wakuu wengine. Yeye alitoa dhabihu kwa ajili ya dhambi zao mara moja tu, alipojitoa mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="HEB.7.28" />Kwa kuwa sheria huwaweka makuhani wakuu watu ambao ni dhaifu; lakini lile neno la kiapo, lililokuja baada ya sheria, lilimweka Mwana, ambaye amefanywa kuwa mkamilifu milele.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Kuhani Mkuu Wa Agano Jipya
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="HEB.8.1" />Basi jambo tunalotaka kulisema ni hili: Tunaye Kuhani Mkuu ambaye ameketi mkono wa kuume wa kiti cha enzi cha Aliye Mkuu mbinguni,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="HEB.8.2" />yeye ahudumuye katika patakatifu, hema la kweli lililowekwa na Bwana, wala si na mwanadamu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="HEB.8.3" />Kila kuhani mkuu huwekwa ili atoe sadaka na dhabihu. Vivyo hivyo, ilikuwa jambo muhimu kwa huyu Kuhani naye awe na kitu cha kutoa.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="HEB.8.4" />Kama angekuwa duniani, hangekuwa kuhani, kwa sababu tayari wapo watu watoao sadaka kama ilivyoelekezwa na sheria.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="HEB.8.5" />Wanahudumu katika patakatifu palipo mfano na kivuli cha mambo ya mbinguni. Hii ndiyo sababu Mose alionywa alipokaribia kujenga hema, akiambiwa: “Hakikisha kuwa unavitengeneza vitu vyote kwa mfano ulioonyeshwa kule mlimani.”
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="HEB.8.6" />Lakini huduma aliyopewa Yesu ni bora zaidi kuliko yao, kama vile agano ambalo yeye ni mpatanishi wake lilivyo bora zaidi kuliko lile la zamani, nalo limewekwa misingi wa ahadi zilizo bora zaidi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="HEB.8.7" />Kwa maana kama hapakuwa na kasoro katika lile agano la kwanza, pasingekuwa na haja ya kutafuta nafasi kwa ajili ya jingine.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="HEB.8.8" />Lakini Mungu aliona kosa kwa watu, naye akasema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Siku zinakuja, asema Bwana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nitakapofanya agano jipya
</q>
<q style="q1">na nyumba ya Israeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na nyumba ya Yuda.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="9" bcv="HEB.8.9" />Agano langu halitakuwa kama lile
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nililofanya na baba zao
</q>
<q style="q1">nilipowashika mkono
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kuwaongoza watoke nchi ya Misri,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu hawakuendelea kuwa waaminifu katika agano langu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nami nikawaacha,
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">asema Bwana.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="HEB.8.10" />Hili ndilo agano nitakalofanya na nyumba ya Israeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">baada ya siku zile, asema Bwana.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitaziweka sheria zangu katika nia zao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuziandika mioyoni mwao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitakuwa Mungu wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watakuwa watu wangu.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="HEB.8.11" />Mtu hatamfundisha tena jirani yake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala mtu kumfundisha ndugu yake akisema, ‘Mjue Bwana,’
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu wote watanijua mimi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">tangu aliye mdogo kabisa kwao, hadi aliye mkuu sana.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="HEB.8.12" />Kwa sababu nitasamehe uovu wao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala sitazikumbuka dhambi zao tena!”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="HEB.8.13" />Kwa kuliita agano hili “jipya,” Mungu amefanya lile agano la kwanza kuwa kuukuu; nacho kitu kinachoanza kuchakaa na kuwa kikuukuu kiko karibu kutoweka.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Ibada Katika Hema La Kidunia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="HEB.9.1" />Basi agano lile la kwanza lilikuwa na kanuni zake za kuabudu na pia patakatifu pake pa kidunia.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="HEB.9.2" />Hema ilitengenezwa. Katika sehemu yake ya kwanza kulikuwa na kinara cha taa, meza na mikate iliyowekwa wakfu; hii sehemu iliitwa Mahali Patakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="HEB.9.3" />Nyuma ya pazia la pili, palikuwa na sehemu iliyoitwa Patakatifu pa Patakatifu,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="HEB.9.4" />ambapo palikuwa na yale madhabahu ya dhahabu ya kufukizia uvumba, na lile Sanduku la Agano lililofunikwa kwa dhahabu. Sanduku hili lilikuwa na gudulia la dhahabu lenye mana, ile fimbo ya Aroni iliyochipuka, na vile vibao vya mawe vya Agano.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="HEB.9.5" />Juu ya lile Sanduku kulikuwa na makerubi ya Utukufu yakitilia kivuli kile kifuniko ambacho ndicho kiti cha rehema. Lakini hatuwezi kueleza vitu hivi kwa undani sasa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="HEB.9.6" />Basi vitu hivi vilipokuwa vimepangwa, makuhani waliingia daima katika sehemu ya kwanza ya hema ili kufanya taratibu zao za ibada.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="HEB.9.7" />Lakini ni kuhani mkuu peke yake aliyeingia ndani ya sehemu ya pili ya hema. Tena hii ilikuwa mara moja tu kwa mwaka, na hakuingia kamwe bila damu, ambayo alitoa kwa ajili yake mwenyewe na kwa ajili ya dhambi za watu walizotenda bila kukusudia.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="HEB.9.8" />Kwa njia hii, Roho Mtakatifu alikuwa anaonyesha kwamba, maadamu ile hema ya kwanza ilikuwa bado imesimama, njia ya kuingia Patakatifu pa Patakafifu ilikuwa bado haijafunguliwa.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="HEB.9.9" />Huu ulikuwa mfano kwa ajili ya wakati wa sasa, kuonyesha kwamba sadaka na dhabihu zilizokuwa zikitolewa hazikuweza kusafisha dhamiri ya mtu anayeabudu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="HEB.9.10" />Lakini hizi zilishughulika tu na vyakula na vinywaji, pamoja na taratibu mbalimbali za kunawa kwa nje, kanuni kwa ajili ya mwili zilizowekwa hadi wakati utimie wa matengenezo mapya.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Damu Ya Kristo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="HEB.9.11" />Kristo alipokuja akiwa Kuhani Mkuu wa mambo mema ambayo tayari yameshawasili, alipitia kwenye hema iliyo kuu zaidi na bora zaidi, ambayo haikutengenezwa kwa mikono ya binadamu, hii ni kusema, ambayo si sehemu ya uumbaji huu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="HEB.9.12" />Hakuingia kwa njia ya damu ya mbuzi na ya ndama; lakini aliingia Patakatifu pa Patakatifu mara moja tu kwa damu yake mwenyewe, akiisha kupata ukombozi wa milele.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="HEB.9.13" />Damu ya mbuzi na ya mafahali, na majivu ya mitamba walivyonyunyiziwa wale waliokuwa najisi kwa taratibu za kiibada viliwatakasa, hata kuwaondolea uchafu wa nje.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="HEB.9.14" />Basi ni zaidi aje damu ya Kristo, ambaye kwa Roho wa milele alijitoa nafsi yake kwa Mungu kuwa sadaka isiyo na waa, itatusafisha dhamiri zetu kutokana na matendo yaletayo mauti, ili tupate kumtumikia Mungu aliye hai!
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="HEB.9.15" />Kwa sababu hii Kristo ni mpatanishi wa agano jipya, ili kwamba wale walioitwa waweze kupokea ile ahadi ya urithi wa milele: kwa vile yeye alikufa awe ukombozi wao kutoka kwa dhambi walizozitenda chini ya agano la kwanza.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="HEB.9.16" />Kwa habari ya wosia,<f caller="+"><fr>9:16
</fr><ft>Wosia hapa kwa neno la Kiyunani ni agano.</ft></f> ni muhimu kuthibitisha kifo cha yule aliyeutoa,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="HEB.9.17" />kwa sababu wosia huwa na nguvu tu wakati mtu ameshakufa; kamwe hauwezi kutumika wakati yule aliyeuandika bado yuko hai.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="HEB.9.18" />Hii ndiyo sababu hata lile agano la kwanza halikuweza kutekelezwa pasipo damu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="HEB.9.19" />Mose alipotangaza kila amri kwa watu wote, alichukua damu ya ndama na ya mbuzi, pamoja na maji, sufu nyekundu na matawi ya mti wa hisopo, akanyunyizia kile kitabu na watu wote.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="HEB.9.20" />Alisema, “Hii ndiyo damu ya agano, ambalo Mungu amewaamuru kulitii.”
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="HEB.9.21" />Vivyo hivyo alinyunyizia damu hiyo kwenye ile hema pamoja na kila kifaa kilichotumika ndani yake kwa taratibu za ibada.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="HEB.9.22" />Kwa kweli sheria hudai kwamba, karibu kila kitu kitakaswe kwa damu, wala pasipo kumwaga damu, hakuna msamaha wa dhambi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="HEB.9.23" />Kwa hiyo, ilikuwa muhimu kwa nakala za vitu vile vya mbinguni vitakaswe kwa dhabihu hizi, lakini vitu halisi vya mbinguni vilihitaji dhabihu bora kuliko hizi.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="HEB.9.24" />Kwa maana Kristo hakuingia kwenye patakatifu palipofanywa kwa mikono ya mwanadamu, ambao ni mfano wa kile kilicho halisi. Yeye aliingia mbinguni penyewe, ili sasa aonekane mbele za Mungu kwa ajili yetu.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="HEB.9.25" />Wala hakuingia mbinguni ili apate kujitoa mwenyewe mara kwa mara, kama vile kuhani mkuu aingiavyo Patakatifu pa Patakatifu kila mwaka kwa damu ambayo si yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="HEB.9.26" />Ingekuwa hivyo, ingempasa Kristo kuteswa mara nyingi tangu kuumbwa kwa ulimwengu. Lakini sasa ametokea mara moja tu katika mwisho wa nyakati aiondoe dhambi kwa kujitoa mwenyewe kuwa dhabihu.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="HEB.9.27" />Kama vile mwanadamu alivyowekewa kufa mara moja tu na baada ya kufa akabili hukumu,
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="HEB.9.28" />vivyo hivyo Kristo alitolewa mara moja tu kuwa dhabihu ili azichukue dhambi za watu wengi. Naye atakuja mara ya pili, sio kuchukua dhambi, bali kuwaletea wokovu wale wanaomngoja kwa shauku.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="10" />
<s style="s1">Dhabihu Ya Kristo Ni Mara Moja Tu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="HEB.10.1" />Sheria ni kivuli tu cha mambo mema yajayo, wala si uhalisi wa mambo yenyewe. Kwa sababu hii, haiwezekani kamwe kwa njia ya dhabihu zitolewazo mwaka hadi mwaka kuwakamilisha wale wanaokaribia ili kuabudu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="HEB.10.2" />Kama dhabihu hizo zingeweza kuwakamilisha, hazingeendelea kutolewa tena. Kwa kuwa hao waabuduo wangekuwa wametakaswa mara moja tu, wala wasingejiona tena kuwa na dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="HEB.10.3" />Lakini zile dhabihu zilikuwa ukumbusho wa dhambi kila mwaka,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="HEB.10.4" />kwa sababu haiwezekani damu ya mafahali na mbuzi kuondoa dhambi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="HEB.10.5" />Kwa hiyo, Kristo alipokuja duniani, alisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Dhabihu na sadaka hukuzitaka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">bali mwili uliniandalia;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="HEB.10.6" />sadaka za kuteketezwa na za dhambi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hukupendezwa nazo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="HEB.10.7" />Ndipo niliposema, ‘Mimi hapa, nimekuja,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">imeandikwa kunihusu katika kitabu:
</q>
<q style="q1">Nimekuja kuyafanya mapenzi yako, Ee Mungu.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="8" bcv="HEB.10.8" />Kwanza alisema, “Dhabihu na sadaka, sadaka za kuteketezwa na za dhambi hukuzitaka, wala hukupendezwa nazo” (ingawa sheria iliagiza zitolewe).
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="HEB.10.9" />Kisha akasema “Mimi hapa, nimekuja kuyafanya mapenzi yako.” Aondoa lile Agano la kwanza ili kuimarisha la pili.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="HEB.10.10" />Katika mapenzi hayo sisi tumetakaswa na kufanywa watakatifu kwa njia ya sadaka ya mwili wa Yesu Kristo alioutoa mara moja tu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="HEB.10.11" />Kila kuhani husimama siku kwa siku akifanya huduma yake ya ibada, na kutoa tena na tena dhabihu zile zile ambazo haziwezi kamwe kuondoa dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="HEB.10.12" />Lakini huyu kuhani akiisha kutoa dhabihu moja kwa ajili ya dhambi kwa wakati wote, aliketi mkono wa kuume wa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="HEB.10.13" />Tangu wakati huo anangoja mpaka adui zake wawekwe chini ya miguu yake,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="HEB.10.14" />kwa sababu kwa dhabihu moja amewafanya kuwa wakamilifu milele wale wote wanaotakaswa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="HEB.10.15" />Pia Roho Mtakatifu anatushuhudia kuhusu jambo hili. Kwanza anasema:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="HEB.10.16" />“Hili ndilo Agano nitakalofanya nao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">baada ya siku hizo, asema Bwana.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nitaziweka sheria zangu mioyoni mwao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuziandika katika nia zao.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="17" bcv="HEB.10.17" />Kisha aongeza kusema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Dhambi zao na kutokutii kwao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sitakumbuka tena.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="18" bcv="HEB.10.18" />Basi haya yakiisha kusamehewa, hakuna tena dhabihu yoyote inayotolewa kwa ajili ya dhambi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wito Wa Kuvumilia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="HEB.10.19" />Kwa hiyo, ndugu zangu, kwa kuwa tunao ujasiri wa kupaingia Patakatifu pa Patakatifu kwa damu ya Yesu,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="HEB.10.20" />kwa njia mpya iliyo hai tuliyofunguliwa kwa ajili yetu kupitia kwenye lile pazia, yaani, mwili wake,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="HEB.10.21" />basi kwa kuwa tunaye Kuhani Mkuu juu ya nyumba ya Mungu,
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="HEB.10.22" />sisi na tumkaribie Mungu kwa moyo mnyofu kwa imani timilifu, mioyo yetu ikiwa imenyunyizwa damu ya Kristo na kuwa safi kutokana na dhamiri mbaya nayo miili yetu ikiwa imeoshwa kwa maji safi.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="HEB.10.23" />Tushike kwa uthabiti lile tumaini la ukiri wetu bila kuyumbayumba, kwa maana yeye aliyeahidi ni mwaminifu.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="HEB.10.24" />Tuangaliane na kuhimizana sisi kwa sisi katika upendo na katika kutenda mema.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="HEB.10.25" />Wala tusiache kukutana pamoja, kama wengine walivyo na desturi, bali tuhimizane sisi kwa sisi kadiri tuonavyo Siku ile inakaribia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="HEB.10.26" />Kama tukiendelea kutenda dhambi kwa makusudi baada ya kupokea ufahamu wa ile kweli, haibaki tena dhabihu kwa ajili ya dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="HEB.10.27" />Lakini kinachobaki ni kungoja kwa hofu hukumu ya moto uwakao, utakaowaangamiza adui za Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="HEB.10.28" />Yeyote aliyeikataa sheria ya Mose alikufa pasipo huruma kwa ushahidi wa watu wawili au watatu.
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="HEB.10.29" />Je, mnadhani ni adhabu kali kiasi gani anayostahili kupewa mtu aliyemkanyaga Mwana wa Mungu chini ya nyayo zake, yeye aliyeifanya damu ya Agano iliyomtakasa kuwa kitu najisi na kumtendea maovu Roho wa neema?
<ve />
<v id="30" bcv="HEB.10.30" />Kwa kuwa tunamjua yeye aliyesema, “Ni juu yangu kulipiza kisasi; nitalipiza.” Tena asema, “Bwana atawahukumu watu wake.”
<ve />
<v id="31" bcv="HEB.10.31" />Ni jambo la kutisha kuanguka mikononi mwa Mungu aliye hai.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="HEB.10.32" />Kumbukeni siku zile za kwanza, ambazo mkiisha kutiwa nuru mlistahimili mashindano makali ya maumivu.
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="HEB.10.33" />Wakati mwingine mlitukanwa na kuteswa hadharani; wakati mwingine mlikuwa radhi kuungana na wale waliofanyiwa hivyo.
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="HEB.10.34" />Mliwahurumia wale waliokuwa kifungoni, mkikubali kwa furaha kunyangʼanywa mali zenu kwa maana mlijua kwamba mnayo mali iliyo bora zaidi idumuyo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="35" bcv="HEB.10.35" />Kwa hiyo msiutupe ujasiri wenu, kwa maana una thawabu kubwa mno.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="HEB.10.36" />Inawapasa kuvumilia ili mkiisha kufanya mapenzi ya Mungu mpate kile alichoahidi.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="HEB.10.37" />Kwa kuwa bado kitambo kidogo tu,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Yeye ajaye atakuja wala hatakawia.
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="38" bcv="HEB.10.38" />Lakini mwenye haki wangu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ataishi kwa imani.
</q>
<q style="q1">Naye kama akisitasita,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">sina furaha naye.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="39" bcv="HEB.10.39" />Lakini sisi hatumo miongoni mwa hao wanaositasita na kuangamia, bali tuko miongoni mwa hao wenye imani na hivyo tunaokolewa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="11" />
<s style="s1">Maana Ya Imani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="HEB.11.1" />Basi imani ni kuwa na hakika ya mambo yatarajiwayo, na udhahiri wa mambo yasiyoonekana.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="HEB.11.2" />Maana baba zetu wa kale walipongezwa kwa haya.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="HEB.11.3" />Kwa imani tunafahamu kwamba ulimwengu uliumbwa kwa neno la Mungu, vitu vyote vinavyoonekana havikuumbwa kutoka kwa vitu vinavyoonekana.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Abeli, Enoki Na Noa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="HEB.11.4" />Kwa imani Abeli alimtolea Mungu dhabihu bora zaidi kuliko Kaini. Kwa imani alishuhudiwa kuwa mwenye haki, Mungu mwenyewe akazishuhudia sadaka zake. Kwa imani bado ananena ingawa amekufa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="HEB.11.5" />Kwa imani Enoki alitwaliwa kutoka maisha haya, kiasi kwamba hakuonja mauti. Hakuonekana, kwa sababu Mungu alikuwa amemchukua. Kwa kuwa kabla hajatwaliwa alikuwa ameshuhudiwa kuwa ni mtu aliyempendeza Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="HEB.11.6" />Lakini pasipo imani haiwezekani kumpendeza Mungu, kwa maana yeyote anayemjia Mungu lazima aamini kwamba yeye yuko na ya kuwa huwapa thawabu wale wamtafutao kwa bidii.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="HEB.11.7" />Kwa imani, Noa alipoonywa na Mungu kuhusu mambo ambayo hayajaonekana bado, kwa kumcha Mungu alitengeneza safina ili kuokoa jamaa yake. Kwa imani yake aliuhukumu ulimwengu na akawa mrithi wa haki ipatikanayo kwa imani.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Imani Ya Abrahamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="HEB.11.8" />Kwa imani Abrahamu, alipoitwa aende mahali ambapo Mungu angempa baadaye kuwa urithi, alitii na akaenda, ingawa hakujua anakokwenda.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="HEB.11.9" />Kwa imani alifanya maskani yake katika nchi ya ahadi kama mgeni katika nchi ya kigeni; aliishi katika mahema, kama Isaki na Yakobo walivyofanya, waliokuwa pia warithi pamoja naye wa ahadi ile ile.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="HEB.11.10" />Kwa maana alikuwa akiutazamia mji wenye misingi ya kudumu ambao mwenye kuubuni na kuujenga ni Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="HEB.11.11" />Kwa imani Abrahamu, ingawa alikuwa mzee wa umri, naye Sara mwenyewe aliyekuwa tasa, alipokea uwezo wa kuwa baba kwa sababu alimhesabu Mungu aliyemwahidi kuwa mwaminifu na kwamba angetimiza ahadi yake.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="HEB.11.12" />Hivyo kutokana na huyu huyu ambaye alikuwa sawa na mfu, wakazaliwa wazao wengi kama nyota za mbinguni na kama mchanga wa pwani usiohesabika.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="HEB.11.13" />Watu hawa wote wakafa katika imani bila kuzipokea zile ahadi, lakini waliziona kwa mbali na kuzishangilia. Nao walikubali kwamba walikuwa wageni na wasiokuwa na maskani hapa duniani.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="HEB.11.14" />Watu wasemao mambo kama haya, wanaonyesha wazi kwamba wanatafuta nchi yao wenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="HEB.11.15" />Kwa kweli kama wangekuwa wanafikiri kuhusu nchi waliyoiacha, wangalipata nafasi ya kurudi huko.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="HEB.11.16" />Lakini badala yake walitamani nchi iliyo bora zaidi, yaani nchi ya mbinguni. Kwa hiyo Mungu haoni aibu kuitwa Mungu wao, kwa kuwa amekwisha kuandaa mji kwa ajili yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="HEB.11.17" />Kwa imani Abrahamu, alipojaribiwa na Mungu, alimtoa Isaki kuwa dhabihu. Yeye aliyekuwa amezipokea ahadi za Mungu alikuwa tayari kumtoa mwanawe, aliyekuwa mwanawe pekee awe dhabihu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="HEB.11.18" />Ingawa Mungu alikuwa amemwambia Abrahamu, “Uzao wako utahesabiwa kupitia kwa Isaki,”
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="HEB.11.19" />Abrahamu alihesabu kuwa Mungu angaliweza kumfufua Isaki kutoka kwa wafu. Na kwa kusema kwa mfano, alimpata tena Isaki kutoka kwa wafu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="HEB.11.20" />Kwa imani Isaki alimbariki Yakobo na Esau kuhusu maisha yao ya baadaye.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="HEB.11.21" />Kwa imani Yakobo alipokuwa anakufa, alimbariki kila mmoja wa mtoto wa Yosefu, akamwabudu Mungu akiwa ameegemea juu ya kichwa cha fimbo yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="HEB.11.22" />Kwa imani, Yosefu alipokaribia mwisho wa maisha yake, alinena habari za kutoka kwa wana wa Israeli huko Misri na akatoa maagizo kuhusu mifupa yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Imani Ya Mose
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="HEB.11.23" />Kwa imani, wazazi wa Mose walimficha kwa miezi mitatu baada ya kuzaliwa, kwa sababu waliona kuwa si mtoto wa kawaida, wala hawakuiogopa amri ya mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="HEB.11.24" />Kwa imani, Mose alipokuwa mtu mzima, alikataa kuitwa mwana wa binti Farao.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="HEB.11.25" />Akachagua kupata mateso pamoja na watu wa Mungu kuliko kujifurahisha kwa anasa za dhambi kwa kitambo kidogo tu.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="HEB.11.26" />Aliona kushutumiwa kwa ajili ya Kristo ni utajiri mkubwa zaidi kuliko hazina za Misri, maana alikuwa anatazamia kupata thawabu baadaye.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="HEB.11.27" />Kwa imani Mose aliondoka Misri bila kuogopa ghadhabu ya mfalme. Alivumilia kwa sababu alimwona yeye asiyeonekana kwa macho.
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="HEB.11.28" />Kwa imani akaadhimisha Pasaka na kunyunyiza damu, ili yule mwenye kuwaangamiza wazaliwa wa kwanza asiwaguse wazaliwa wa Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Imani Ya Mashujaa Wengine Wa Israeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="HEB.11.29" />Kwa imani, watu walivuka Bahari ya Shamu<f caller="+"><fr>11:29
</fr><ft>Yaani Bahari ya Mafunjo.</ft></f> kama vile juu ya nchi kavu; lakini Wamisri walipojaribu kufanya hivyo, walitoswa ndani ya maji.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="30" bcv="HEB.11.30" />Kwa imani kuta za Yeriko zilianguka, baada ya watu kuzizunguka kwa siku saba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="31" bcv="HEB.11.31" />Kwa imani, Rahabu, yule kahaba, hakuangamizwa pamoja na wale waliomwasi Mungu, kwa kuwa aliwakaribisha wale wapelelezi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="32" bcv="HEB.11.32" />Basi niseme nini zaidi? Sina wakati wa kusema habari za Gideoni, Baraka, Samsoni, Yeftha, Daudi, Samweli na manabii,
<ve />
<v id="33" bcv="HEB.11.33" />ambao kwa imani walishinda milki za wafalme, walitekeleza haki, na wakapokea ahadi za Mungu; walifunga vinywa vya simba,
<ve />
<v id="34" bcv="HEB.11.34" />wakazima makali ya miali ya moto, na wakaepuka kuuawa kwa upanga; udhaifu wao uligeuka kuwa nguvu; pia walikuwa hodari vitani na kuyafukuza majeshi ya wageni.
<ve />
<v id="35" bcv="HEB.11.35" />Wanawake walipokea watu wao waliokuwa wamekufa, wakafufuliwa. Lakini wengine waliteswa, nao wakakataa kufunguliwa, ili wapate ufufuo ulio bora zaidi.
<ve />
<v id="36" bcv="HEB.11.36" />Wengine walidhihakiwa na kupigwa, hata walifungwa minyororo na kutiwa gerezani.
<ve />
<v id="37" bcv="HEB.11.37" />Walipigwa kwa mawe; walipasuliwa vipande viwili kwa msumeno; waliuawa kwa upanga. Walizungukazunguka wakiwa wamevaa ngozi za kondoo na mbuzi, wakiwa maskini, wakiteswa na kutendwa mabaya,
<ve />
<v id="38" bcv="HEB.11.38" />watu ambao ulimwengu haukustahili kuwa nao. Walizunguka majangwani na milimani, katika mapango na katika mahandaki ardhini.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="39" bcv="HEB.11.39" />Hawa wote walishuhudiwa vyema kwa sababu ya imani yao, lakini hakuna hata mmoja wao aliyepokea yale yaliyoahidiwa.
<ve />
<v id="40" bcv="HEB.11.40" />Kwa kuwa Mungu alikuwa ametangulia kutuwekea kitu kilicho bora zaidi ili wao wasikamilishwe pasipo sisi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Mungu Huwaadibisha Wanawe
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="HEB.12.1" />Kwa sababu hii, kwa kuwa tumezungukwa na wingu kubwa namna hii la mashahidi, basi na tuweke kando kila kitu kinachotuzuia na ile dhambi inayotuzinga kwa urahisi, nasi tupige mbio kwa saburi katika yale mashindano yaliyowekwa kwa ajili yetu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="HEB.12.2" />Basi na tumtazame sana Yesu mwanzilishi na mkamilishaji wa imani yetu, yeye ambaye kwa ajili ya furaha iliyowekwa mbele yake alistahimili msalaba, bila kujali aibu ya huo msalaba, naye ameketi mkono wa kuume wa kiti cha enzi cha Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="HEB.12.3" />Mtafakarini sana yeye aliyestahimili upinzani mkuu namna hii kutoka kwa watu wenye dhambi, ili kwamba msije mkachoka na kukata tamaa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="HEB.12.4" />Katika kushindana kwenu dhidi ya dhambi, bado hamjapigana kiasi cha kumwaga damu yenu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="HEB.12.5" />Nanyi mmesahau yale maneno ya kuwaonya yanayowataja ninyi kuwa wana, yakisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Mwanangu, usidharau adhabu ya Bwana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala usikate tamaa akikukemea,
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="HEB.12.6" />kwa sababu Bwana huwaadibisha wale awapendao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na humwadhibu kila mmoja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">anayemkubali kuwa mwana.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="HEB.12.7" />Vumilieni taabu kwa ajili ya kufunzwa adabu. Mungu anawatendea ninyi kama watoto wake, kwa maana ni mtoto yupi asiyeadibishwa na mzazi wake?
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="HEB.12.8" />Kama hakuna kuadibishwa (ambalo ni fungu la watoto wote), basi ninyi ni watoto wa haramu wala si watoto halali.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="HEB.12.9" />Tena, sisi sote tunao baba wa kimwili, waliotuadibisha nasi tukawaheshimu kwa ajili ya hilo. Je, si inatupasa kujinyenyekeza zaidi kwa Baba wa roho zetu ili tuishi?
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="HEB.12.10" />Baba zetu walituadibisha kwa kitambo kidogo kama wao wenyewe walivyoona vyema, lakini Mungu hutuadibisha kwa faida yetu ili tupate kushiriki utakatifu wake.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="HEB.12.11" />Kuadibishwa wakati wowote hakuonekani kuwa kitu cha kufurahisha bali chenye maumivu kinapotekelezwa. Lakini baadaye huzaa matunda ya haki na amani kwa wale waliofunzwa nayo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="HEB.12.12" />Kwa hiyo, itieni nguvu mikono yenu iliyo dhaifu na magoti yenu yaliyolegea.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="HEB.12.13" />Sawazisheni mapito ya miguu yenu, ili kitu kilicho kiwete kisidhoofishwe bali kiponywe.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Onyo Dhidi Ya Kuikataa Neema Ya Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="HEB.12.14" />Tafuteni kwa bidii kuwa na amani na watu wote na huo utakatifu, ambao bila kuwa nao hakuna mtu atakayemwona Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="HEB.12.15" />Angalieni sana mtu yeyote asiikose neema ya Mungu na kwamba shina la uchungu lisije likachipuka na kuwasumbua na watu wengi wakatiwa unajisi kwa hilo.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="HEB.12.16" />Angalieni miongoni mwenu asiwepo mwasherati au mtu asiyemcha Mungu kama Esau, ambaye kwa ajili ya mlo mmoja aliuza haki ya uzaliwa wake wa kwanza.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="HEB.12.17" />Baadaye kama mnavyofahamu, alipotaka kurithi ile baraka, alikataliwa, maana hakupata nafasi ya kutubu, ingawa aliitafuta kwa machozi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="HEB.12.18" />Hamjaufikia mlima ule uwezao kuguswa na ambao unawaka moto; wala kwenye giza, utusitusi na dhoruba;
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="HEB.12.19" />kwenye mlio wa tarumbeta, au kwenye sauti isemayo maneno ya kutisha kiasi ambacho wale walioisikia waliomba wasiambiwe neno jingine zaidi,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="HEB.12.20" />kwa sababu hawangeweza kustahimili neno lile lililoamriwa: “Hata kama mnyama atagusa mlima huu, atapigwa mawe.”
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="HEB.12.21" />Waliyoyaona yalikuwa ya kutisha kiasi kwamba Mose alisema, “Ninatetemeka kwa hofu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="HEB.12.22" />Lakini ninyi mmekuja Mlima Sayuni, Yerusalemu ya mbinguni, mji wa Mungu aliye hai. Mmekuja penye kusanyiko kubwa la malaika maelfu kwa maelfu wasiohesabika wanaoshangilia,
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="HEB.12.23" />kwenye kanisa la wazaliwa wa kwanza wa Mungu, ambao majina yao yameandikwa mbinguni. Mmekuja kwa Mungu, mhukumu wa watu wote, kwenye roho za wenye haki waliokamilishwa,
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="HEB.12.24" />kwa Yesu mpatanishi wa agano jipya, na kwa damu iliyonyunyizwa, ile inenayo mambo mema kuliko damu ya Abeli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="HEB.12.25" />Angalieni, msije mkamkataa yeye anenaye. Ikiwa wao hawakuepuka adhabu walipomkataa yeye aliyewaonya hapa duniani, sisi je, tutaokokaje tusipomsikiliza yeye anayetuonya kutoka mbinguni?
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="HEB.12.26" />Wakati ule sauti yake ilitetemesha dunia, lakini sasa ameahidi, “Kwa mara moja tena nitatetemesha si nchi tu bali na mbingu pia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="27" bcv="HEB.12.27" />Maneno haya “kwa mara moja tena” yanaonyesha kuondoshwa kwa vile vitu vinavyoweza kutetemeshwa, yaani vile vitu vilivyoumbwa, kwa kusudi vile tu visivyoweza kutetemeshwa vibaki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="HEB.12.28" />Kwa hiyo, kwa kuwa tunapokea ufalme ambao hauwezi kutetemeshwa, basi na tuwe na shukrani, na hivyo tumwabudu Mungu kwa namna inayompendeza, kwa unyenyekevu na uchaji,
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="HEB.12.29" />kwa kuwa “Mungu wetu ni moto ulao.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="13" />
<s style="s1">Huduma Inayompendeza Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="HEB.13.1" />Endeleeni kupendana kama ndugu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="HEB.13.2" />Msisahau kuwakaribisha wageni, kwa kuwa kwa kufanya hivyo, watu wengine waliwakaribisha malaika pasipo kujua.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="HEB.13.3" />Wakumbukeni wale waliofungwa gerezani kana kwamba ninyi mmefungwa pamoja nao. Pia wakumbukeni wale wanaotendewa vibaya, kana kwamba ni ninyi wenyewe mnateswa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="HEB.13.4" />Ndoa na iheshimiwe na watu wote, nayo malazi yawe safi, kwa kuwa Mungu atawahukumu wazinzi na waasherati wote.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="HEB.13.5" />Yalindeni maisha yenu msiwe na tabia ya kupenda fedha, bali mridhike na vile mlivyo navyo, kwa sababu Mungu amesema,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Kamwe sitakuacha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala sitakupungukia.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="6" bcv="HEB.13.6" />Kwa hiyo tunaweza kusema kwa ujasiri,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Bwana ni msaada wangu; sitaogopa.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mwanadamu anaweza kunitenda nini?”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="HEB.13.7" />Wakumbukeni viongozi wenu, wale waliowaambia neno la Mungu. Angalieni matokeo ya mwenendo wa maisha yao mkaiige imani yao.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="HEB.13.8" />Yesu Kristo ni yeye yule jana, leo na hata milele.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="HEB.13.9" />Msichukuliwe na kila aina ya mafundisho ya kigeni. Ni vyema mioyo yenu iimarishwe kwa neema, wala si kwa sheria kuhusu utaratibu wa vyakula, ambavyo havina faida kwa wale wanaozishika hizo sheria.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="HEB.13.10" />Sisi tunayo madhabahu ambayo wale wanaohudumu katika hema hawana haki ya kula vile vitu vilivyowekwa juu yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="HEB.13.11" />Kuhani mkuu huchukua damu ya wanyama na kuiingiza Patakatifu pa Patakatifu, kama sadaka ya dhambi, lakini miili ya hao wanyama huteketezwa nje ya kambi.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="HEB.13.12" />Vivyo hivyo, Yesu naye aliteswa nje ya lango la mji ili awatakase watu kwa damu yake mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="HEB.13.13" />Kwa hiyo, basi na tumwendee nje ya kambi, tukiichukua aibu aliyobeba.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="HEB.13.14" />Kwa kuwa hapa hatuna mji udumuo, bali tunautafuta ule ujao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="HEB.13.15" />Basi kwa njia ya Yesu, tuzidi kumtolea Mungu dhabihu ya sifa, yaani matunda ya midomo inayolikiri Jina lake.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="HEB.13.16" />Na msiache kutenda mema na kushirikiana vile vitu mlivyo navyo, kwa kuwa dhabihu kama hizo ndizo zinazompendeza Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="HEB.13.17" />Watiini viongozi wenu na kujinyenyekeza chini ya mamlaka yao. Kwa maana wao wanakesha kwa ajili yenu kama watu watakaopaswa kutoa hesabu. Watiini ili wafanye kazi yao kwa furaha, wala si kama mzigo, maana hiyo haitakuwa na faida kwenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="HEB.13.18" />Tuombeeni. Tuna hakika kuwa tunayo dhamiri safi na shauku ya kuishi kwa uadilifu kwa kila njia.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="HEB.13.19" />Ninawasihi zaidi mniombee ili nipate kurudishwa kwenu upesi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maombi Ya Kuwatakia Baraka
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="HEB.13.20" />Basi Mungu wa amani, ambaye kwa damu ya Agano la milele alimleta tena kutoka kwa wafu Bwana wetu Yesu, yule Mchungaji Mkuu wa kondoo,
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="HEB.13.21" />awafanye ninyi wakamilifu mkiwa mmekamilishwa katika kila jambo jema ili mpate kutenda mapenzi yake, naye atende ndani yetu kile kinachompendeza machoni Pake, kwa njia ya Yesu Kristo, ambaye utukufu una yeye milele na milele. Amen.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maneno Ya Mwisho Na Salamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="HEB.13.22" />Ndugu zangu, nawasihi mchukuliane na maneno yangu ya maonyo, kwa kuwa nimewaandikia waraka mfupi tu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="23" bcv="HEB.13.23" />Nataka ninyi mjue kwamba ndugu yetu Timotheo amefunguliwa kutoka gerezani. Akifika mapema, nitakuja pamoja naye kuwaona.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="HEB.13.24" />Wasalimuni viongozi wenu wote na watakatifu wote. Wale wa kutoka Italia wanawasalimu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="HEB.13.25" />Neema iwe nanyi nyote. Amen.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="JAS"><id id="JAS">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Yakobo
</h><toc level="1">Yakobo
</toc><toc level="2">Yakobo
</toc><toc level="3">Yak
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Yakobo
</p>

<c id="1" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JAS.1.1" />Yakobo, mtumwa wa Mungu na wa Bwana Yesu Kristo:
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa makabila kumi na mawili yaliyotawanyika ulimwenguni:
</p>
<p style="p">Salamu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Imani Na Hekima
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="JAS.1.2" />Ndugu zangu, hesabuni kuwa ni furaha tupu mnapopatwa na majaribu mbalimbali,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JAS.1.3" />kwa sababu mnajua ya kuwa kujaribiwa kwa imani yenu huleta saburi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JAS.1.4" />Saburi na iwe na kazi timilifu, ili mpate kuwa wakamilifu, mmekamilishwa, bila kupungukiwa na kitu chochote.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JAS.1.5" />Kama mtu yeyote miongoni mwenu amepungukiwa na hekima na amwombe Mungu, yeye awapaye watu wote kwa ukarimu wala hana kinyongo, naye atapewa.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JAS.1.6" />Lakini anapoomba, lazima aamini wala asiwe na shaka, kwa sababu mtu aliye na shaka ni kama wimbi la bahari, lililochukuliwa na upepo na kutupwa huku na huku.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JAS.1.7" />Mtu kama huyo asidhani ya kuwa atapata kitu chochote kutoka kwa Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JAS.1.8" />Yeye ni mtu mwenye nia mbili, mwenye kusitasita katika njia zake zote.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Umaskini Na Utajiri
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JAS.1.9" />Ndugu asiye na cheo kikubwa yampasa ajivunie hali hiyo maana ametukuzwa.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JAS.1.10" />Lakini yeye aliye tajiri afurahi kwa kuwa ameshushwa, kwa sababu atatoweka kama ua la shambani.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JAS.1.11" />Kwa maana jua kali lenye kuchoma huchomoza na kuliunguza, likayakausha majani, na ua lake likapukutika, nao uzuri wake huharibika. Vivyo hivyo tajiri naye atanyauka akiwa anaendelea na shughuli zake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kujaribiwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JAS.1.12" />Heri mtu anayevumilia wakati wa majaribu, kwa sababu akiisha kushinda hilo jaribio atapewa taji la uzima Mungu alilowaahidia wale wampendao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JAS.1.13" />Mtu anapojaribiwa asiseme, “Ninajaribiwa na Mungu.” Kwa maana Mungu hawezi kujaribiwa na maovu wala yeye hamjaribu mtu yeyote.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JAS.1.14" />Lakini kila mtu hujaribiwa wakati anapovutwa na kudanganywa na tamaa zake mwenyewe zilizo mbaya.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JAS.1.15" />Basi ile tamaa mbaya ikishachukua mimba, huzaa dhambi, nayo ile dhambi ikikomaa, huzaa mauti.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="JAS.1.16" />Ndugu zangu wapendwa, msidanganyike.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JAS.1.17" />Kila kitolewacho kilicho chema na kilicho kamili, hutoka juu, na hushuka kutoka kwa Baba wa mianga, ambaye kwake hakuna kubadilika, wala kivuli cha kugeukageuka.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JAS.1.18" />Kwa mapenzi yake mwenyewe alituzaa kwa neno la kweli, kusudi tuwe kama mazao ya kwanza katika viumbe vyake vyote.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kusikia Na Kutenda
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JAS.1.19" />Ndugu zangu wapendwa, fahamuni jambo hili: Kila mtu awe mwepesi wa kusikiliza, lakini asiwe mwepesi wa kusema wala wa kukasirika.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JAS.1.20" />Kwa maana hasira ya mwanadamu haitendi haki ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JAS.1.21" />Kwa hiyo, ondoleeni mbali uchafu wote na uovu ambao umezidi kuwa mwingi, mkalipokee kwa unyenyekevu lile Neno lililopandwa ndani yenu ambalo laweza kuokoa nafsi zenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="JAS.1.22" />Basi kuweni watendaji wa Neno wala msiwe wasikiaji tu, huku mkijidanganya nafsi zenu.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JAS.1.23" />Kwa maana kama mtu ni msikiaji tu wa Neno wala hatendi kile linachosema, yeye ni kama mtu ajitazamaye uso wake kwenye kioo
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JAS.1.24" />na baada ya kujiona alivyo, huenda zake na mara husahau jinsi alivyo.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JAS.1.25" />Lakini yeye anayeangalia kwa bidii katika sheria kamilifu, ile iletayo uhuru, naye akaendelea kufanya hivyo bila kusahau alichosikia, bali akalitenda, atabarikiwa katika kile anachofanya.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="JAS.1.26" />Kama mtu akidhani ya kuwa anayo dini lakini hauzuii ulimi wake kwa hatamu, hujidanganya moyoni mwake, wala dini yake mtu huyo haifai kitu.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="JAS.1.27" />Dini iliyo safi, isiyo na uchafu, inayokubalika mbele za Mungu Baba yetu, ndiyo hii: Kuwasaidia yatima na wajane katika dhiki zao na kujilinda usitiwe madoa na dunia.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Onyo Kuhusu Upendeleo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JAS.2.1" />Ndugu zangu, kama waaminio katika imani ya Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo, Bwana wa utukufu, msiwe na upendeleo kwa watu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JAS.2.2" />Kwa maana kama akija mtu katika kusanyiko lenu akiwa amevaa pete ya dhahabu na mavazi mazuri, pia akaingia mtu maskini mwenye mavazi yaliyochakaa,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JAS.2.3" />nanyi mkampa heshima yule aliyevaa mavazi mazuri na kumwambia, “Keti hapa mahali pazuri,” lakini yule maskini mkamwambia, “Wewe simama pale,” au “Keti hapa sakafuni karibu na miguu yangu,”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JAS.2.4" />je, hamjawabagua na kuwa mahakimu mioyoni mwenu mkihukumu kwa mawazo yenu maovu?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="JAS.2.5" />Ndugu zangu, sikilizeni: Je, Mungu hakuwachagua wale walio maskini machoni pa ulimwengu kuwa matajiri katika imani na kuurithi Ufalme aliowaahidi wale wampendao?
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JAS.2.6" />Lakini ninyi mmemdharau yule aliye maskini. Je, hao matajiri si ndio wanaowadhulumu na kuwaburuta mahakamani?
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JAS.2.7" />Je, si wao wanaolikufuru Jina lile lililo bora sana mliloitiwa?
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JAS.2.8" />Kama kweli mnaitimiza ile sheria ya kifalme inayopatikana katika Maandiko isemayo, “Mpende jirani yako kama unavyoipenda nafsi yako,” mnafanya vyema.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JAS.2.9" />Lakini kama mnakuwa na upendeleo kwa watu, mnatenda dhambi, na sheria inawahukumu kuwa ninyi ni wakosaji.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JAS.2.10" />Kwa maana mtu yeyote anayeishika sheria yote lakini akajikwaa katika kipengele kimoja tu, ana hatia ya kuivunja sheria yote.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JAS.2.11" />Kwa sababu yeye aliyesema, “Usizini,” alisema pia, “Usiue.” Basi kama huzini lakini unaua, umekuwa mvunjaji wa sheria.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JAS.2.12" />Hivyo semeni na kutenda kama watu watakaohukumiwa kwa sheria ile iletayo uhuru.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JAS.2.13" />Kwa kuwa hukumu bila huruma itatolewa kwa mtu yeyote asiyekuwa na huruma. Huruma huishinda hukumu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Imani Na Matendo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JAS.2.14" />Ndugu zangu, yafaa nini ikiwa mtu atadai kuwa anayo imani lakini hana matendo? Je, imani kama hiyo yaweza kumwokoa?
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JAS.2.15" />Ikiwa ndugu yako au dada hana mavazi wala chakula,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JAS.2.16" />mmoja wenu akamwambia, “Enenda zako kwa amani, ukaote moto na kushiba,” pasipo kumpatia yale mahitaji ya mwili aliyopungukiwa, yafaa nini?
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JAS.2.17" />Vivyo hivyo, imani peke yake kama haikuambatana na matendo, imekufa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="JAS.2.18" />Lakini mtu mwingine atasema, “Wewe unayo imani; mimi ninayo matendo.”
</p>
<p style="p">Nionyeshe imani yako pasipo matendo nami nitakuonyesha imani yangu kwa matendo.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JAS.2.19" />Unaamini kwamba kuna Mungu mmoja. Vyema! Hata mashetani yanaamini hivyo na kutetemeka.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="JAS.2.20" />Ewe mpumbavu! Je, wataka kujua kwamba imani bila matendo haifai kitu?
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JAS.2.21" />Je, Abrahamu baba yetu hakuhesabiwa haki kwa kile alichotenda, alipomtoa mwanawe Isaki madhabahuni?
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="JAS.2.22" />Unaona jinsi ambavyo imani yake na matendo yake vilikuwa vinatenda kazi pamoja, nayo imani yake ikakamilishwa na kile alichotenda.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JAS.2.23" />Kwa njia hiyo yakatimizwa yale Maandiko yasemayo, “Abrahamu alimwamini Mungu na ikahesabiwa kwake kuwa haki,” naye akaitwa rafiki wa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="JAS.2.24" />Mnaona ya kwamba mtu huhesabiwa haki kwa yale anayotenda wala si kwa imani peke yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="25" bcv="JAS.2.25" />Vivyo hivyo, hata Rahabu, yule kahaba, hakuhesabiwa haki kwa yale aliyotenda alipowapokea wale wapelelezi na kuwaambia waende njia nyingine?
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="JAS.2.26" />Kama vile ambavyo mwili pasipo roho umekufa, kadhalika nayo imani pasipo matendo imekufa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Kuufuga Ulimi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JAS.3.1" />Ndugu zangu, msiwe walimu wengi, kwa maana mnafahamu kwamba sisi tufundishao tutahukumiwa vikali zaidi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JAS.3.2" />Sisi sote tunajikwaa katika mambo mengi. Ikiwa mtu yeyote hakosei kamwe katika yale anayosema, yeye ni mkamilifu, naye anaweza kuuzuia pia na mwili wake wote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JAS.3.3" />Tunapotia lijamu kwenye vinywa vya farasi ili kuwafanya watutii, tunaweza kuigeuza miili yao yote.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JAS.3.4" />Au angalia pia meli, ingawa ni kubwa sana, nazo huchukuliwa na upepo mkali, lakini hugeuzwa kwa usukani mdogo sana, kokote anakotaka nahodha.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JAS.3.5" />Vivyo hivyo ulimi ni kiungo kidogo sana katika mwili, lakini hujivuna majivuno makuu. Fikirini jinsi moto mdogo unavyoweza kuteketeza msitu mkubwa!
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JAS.3.6" />Ulimi pia ni moto, ndio ulimwengu wa uovu kati ya viungo vya mwili. Ulimi huutia mwili wote wa mtu unajisi na kuuwasha moto mfumo mzima wa maisha yake, nao wenyewe huchomwa moto wa jehanamu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JAS.3.7" />Kwa maana kila aina ya wanyama, ndege, wanyama watambaao na viumbe vya baharini vinafugika na vimefugwa na binadamu,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JAS.3.8" />lakini hakuna mtu awezaye kuufuga ulimi. Ni uovu usiotulia, umejaa sumu iletayo mauti.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="JAS.3.9" />Kwa ulimi tunamhimidi Bwana, yaani Baba yetu, na kwa huo twawalaani watu walioumbwa kwa mfano wa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JAS.3.10" />Katika kinywa kile kile hutoka baraka na laana. Ndugu zangu, haistahili kuwa hivyo.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JAS.3.11" />Je, chemchemi yaweza kutoa katika tundu moja maji matamu na maji ya chumvi?
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JAS.3.12" />Je, ndugu zangu, mtini waweza kuzaa zeituni, au mzabibu kuzaa tini? Wala chemchemi ya maji ya chumvi haiwezi kutoa maji matamu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Aina Mbili Za Hekima
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JAS.3.13" />Ni nani aliye na hekima na ufahamu miongoni mwenu? Basi na aionyeshe hiyo kwa maisha yake mema na kwa matendo yake yaliyotendwa kwa unyenyekevu utokanao na hekima.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JAS.3.14" />Lakini ikiwa mna wivu na ni wenye chuki na ugomvi mioyoni mwenu, msijisifu kwa ajili ya hayo wala msiikatae kweli.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JAS.3.15" />Hekima ya namna hiyo haishuki kutoka mbinguni, bali ni ya kidunia, isiyo ya kiroho, na ya kishetani.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JAS.3.16" />Kwa maana panapokuwa na wivu na ubinafsi, ndipo penye machafuko na uovu wa kila namna.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JAS.3.17" />Lakini hekima itokayo mbinguni kwanza ni safi, kisha inapenda amani, tena ni ya upole, iliyo tayari kusikiliza wengine kwa unyenyekevu, iliyojaa huruma na matunda mema, isiyopendelea mtu, tena isiyokuwa na unafiki.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JAS.3.18" />Mavuno ya haki hupandwa katika amani na wale wafanyao amani.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Jinyenyekezeni Kwa Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JAS.4.1" />Ni kitu gani kinachosababisha mapigano na ugomvi miongoni mwenu? Je, haya hayatokani na tamaa zenu zinazoshindana ndani yenu?
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JAS.4.2" />Mnatamani lakini hampati, kwa hiyo mwaua. Mwatamani kupata lakini hampati vile mnavyotaka, kwa hiyo mnajitia katika magomvi na mapigano. Mmepungukiwa kwa sababu hammwombi Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JAS.4.3" />Mnapoomba hampati kwa sababu mnaomba kwa nia mbaya, ili mpate kuvitumia hivyo mtakavyopata kwa tamaa zenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="JAS.4.4" />Ninyi wanaume na wanawake wazinzi, hamjui ya kwamba urafiki na dunia ni uadui na Mungu? Kwa hiyo mtu yeyote anayetaka kuwa rafiki wa dunia hufanyika adui wa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JAS.4.5" />Au mwadhani kwamba Andiko lasema bure kuwa huyo Roho ambaye Mungu amemweka ndani yetu hututamani kiasi cha kuona wivu?
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JAS.4.6" />Lakini yeye hutupatia neema zaidi. Hii ndiyo sababu Andiko husema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Mungu huwapinga wenye kiburi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini huwapa wanyenyekevu neema.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JAS.4.7" />Basi mtiini Mungu. Mpingeni ibilisi, naye atawakimbia.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JAS.4.8" />Mkaribieni Mungu, naye atawakaribia ninyi. Itakaseni mikono yenu ninyi wenye dhambi, na kuisafisha mioyo yenu ninyi wenye nia mbili.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JAS.4.9" />Huzunikeni, ombolezeni na kulia. Kicheko chenu na kigeuzwe kuwa kuomboleza, na furaha yenu kuwa huzuni.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JAS.4.10" />Jinyenyekezeni mbele za Bwana, naye atawainua.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Onyo Kuhusu Kuhukumu Wengine
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JAS.4.11" />Ndugu, msineneane mabaya ninyi kwa ninyi. Mtu yeyote anayesema mabaya dhidi ya ndugu yake au kumhukumu anasema dhidi ya sheria na kuihukumu. Unapoihukumu sheria, basi huishiki sheria bali umekuwa hakimu wa kuihukumu hiyo sheria.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="JAS.4.12" />Yuko Mtoa sheria mmoja tu na yeye peke yake ndiye Hakimu, ndiye awezaye kuokoa au kuangamiza. Lakini wewe ni nani hata umhukumu jirani yako?
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kujivuna Kwa Ajili Ya Kesho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JAS.4.13" />Basi sikilizeni ninyi msemao, “Leo au kesho tutakwenda katika mji huu ama ule tukae humo mwaka mmoja, tufanye biashara na kupata faida.”
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JAS.4.14" />Lakini hamjui hata litakalotukia kesho. Maisha yenu ni nini? Ninyi ni ukungu ambao huonekana kwa kitambo kidogo kisha hutoweka.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JAS.4.15" />Badala yake, inawapasa kusema, “Kama Bwana akipenda, tutaishi na kufanya hili ama lile.”
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JAS.4.16" />Kama ilivyo sasa, mnajisifu na kujigamba. Kujisifu kwa namna hiyo ni uovu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="JAS.4.17" />Basi mtu yeyote anayejua jema limpasalo kutenda, lakini asilitende, mtu huyo anatenda dhambi.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Onyo Kwa Matajiri
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JAS.5.1" />Basi sikilizeni, ninyi matajiri, lieni na kuomboleza kwa ajili ya hali mbaya sana inayowajia.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="JAS.5.2" />Utajiri wenu umeoza na mavazi yenu yameliwa na nondo.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="JAS.5.3" />Dhahabu yenu na fedha yenu vimeliwa na kutu. Kutu yake itashuhudia dhidi yenu nayo itaila miili yenu kama vile moto. Mmejiwekea hazina kwa ajili ya siku za mwisho.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JAS.5.4" />Angalieni! Ule ujira wa vibarua waliolima mashamba yenu mliouzuia kwa hila unapiga kelele dhidi yenu na vilio vya wavunaji vimefika masikioni mwa Bwana Mwenye Nguvu Zote.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="JAS.5.5" />Mmeishi duniani kwa anasa na kwa starehe, mmejinenepesha tayari kwa siku ya kuchinjwa.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JAS.5.6" />Mmewahukumu na kuwaua watu wenye haki, waliokuwa hawapingani nanyi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Uvumilivu Katika Mateso
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="JAS.5.7" />Kwa hiyo, ndugu zangu, vumilieni hadi kuja kwake Bwana. Angalieni jinsi mkulima angojavyo ardhi itoe mavuno yake yaliyo ya thamani na jinsi anavyovumilia kwa ajili ya kupata mvua za kwanza na za mwisho.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="JAS.5.8" />Ninyi nanyi vumilieni, tena simameni imara, kwa sababu kuja kwa Bwana kumekaribia.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JAS.5.9" />Ndugu zangu, msinungʼunikiane msije mkahukumiwa. Hakimu amesimama mlangoni!
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="JAS.5.10" />Ndugu zangu, waangalieni manabii walionena kwa Jina la Bwana, ili kuwa mfano wa uvumilivu katika kukabiliana na mateso.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="JAS.5.11" />Kama mnavyojua, tunawahesabu kuwa wabarikiwa wale waliovumilia. Mmesikia habari za uvumilivu wake Ayubu na mmeona kile ambacho hatimaye Bwana alimtendea. Bwana ni mwingi wa huruma, na amejaa rehema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JAS.5.12" />Zaidi ya yote, ndugu zangu, msiape, iwe kwa mbingu au kwa dunia, au kwa kitu kingine chochote. “Ndiyo” yenu na iwe ndiyo, na “Hapana” yenu iwe hapana, la sivyo mtahukumiwa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maombi Ya Imani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="JAS.5.13" />Je, mtu yeyote miongoni mwenu amepatwa na taabu? Basi inampasa aombe. Je, kuna yeyote mwenye furaha? Basi na aimbe nyimbo za kusifu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="JAS.5.14" />Je, kuna yeyote miongoni mwenu aliye mgonjwa? Basi inampasa awaite wazee wa kanisa wamwombee na kumpaka mafuta kwa Jina la Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JAS.5.15" />Kule kuomba kwa imani kutamwokoa huyo mgonjwa, naye Bwana atamwinua na kama ametenda dhambi, atasamehewa.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JAS.5.16" />Kwa hiyo ungamianeni dhambi zenu ninyi kwa ninyi na kuombeana ili mpate kuponywa. Maombi ya mwenye haki yana nguvu tena yanafaa sana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JAS.5.17" />Eliya alikuwa mwanadamu kama sisi. Akaomba kwa bidii kwamba mvua isinyeshe, nayo haikunyesha juu ya nchi kwa muda wa miaka mitatu na miezi sita.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JAS.5.18" />Kisha akaomba tena, nazo mbingu zikatoa mvua nayo ardhi ikatoa mazao yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="JAS.5.19" />Ndugu zangu, yeyote miongoni mwenu akipotoka na kuicha kweli, naye akarejezwa na mtu mwingine,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="JAS.5.20" />hamna budi kujua kwamba yeyote amrejezaye mwenye dhambi kutoka upotovu wake, ataiokoa roho ya huyo mwenye dhambi kutoka mauti na kusitiri wingi wa dhambi.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="1PE"><id id="1PE">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>1 Petro
</h><toc level="1">1 Petro
</toc><toc level="2">1 Petro
</toc><toc level="3">1Pet
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">1 Petro
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Salamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1PE.1.1" />Petro, mtume wa Yesu Kristo:
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa wateule wa Mungu, wageni katika ulimwengu, waliotawanyika kote katika Ponto, Galatia, Kapadokia, Asia na Bithinia.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1PE.1.2" />Ni ninyi ambao mlichaguliwa tangu mwanzo na Mungu Baba kulingana na alivyotangulia kuwajua, kupitia kwa kazi ya utakaso wa Roho, katika utiifu kwa Yesu Kristo na kunyunyiziwa damu yake:
</p>
<p style="p">Neema na amani ziwe kwenu kwa wingi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Tumaini Lenye Uzima
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1PE.1.3" />Ahimidiwe Mungu, Baba wa Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo! Kwa rehema zake kuu ametuzaa sisi mara ya pili katika tumaini lenye uzima kupitia kwa kufufuka kwa Yesu Kristo kutoka kwa wafu,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1PE.1.4" />ili tuupate urithi usioharibika, usio na uchafu, ule usionyauka: uliotunzwa mbinguni kwa ajili yenu,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1PE.1.5" />ninyi ambao mnalindwa na nguvu za Mungu kwa njia ya imani, hadi uje ule wokovu ulio tayari kufunuliwa nyakati za mwisho.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1PE.1.6" />Katika hili mnafurahi sana, ingawa sasa kwa kitambo kidogo mmehuzunishwa kwa majaribu ya namna nyingi.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1PE.1.7" />Haya yamewajia ili kwamba imani yenu, iliyo ya thamani kuliko dhahabu ipoteayo, ingawa hujaribiwa kwa moto, ionekane kuwa halisi na imalizie katika sifa, utukufu na heshima wakati Yesu Kristo atadhihirishwa.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1PE.1.8" />Ingawa hamjamwona, mnampenda; tena ingawa sasa hammwoni, mnamwamini na kujawa na furaha isiyoneneka yenye utukufu usioelezeka.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1PE.1.9" />Maana mnaupokea wokovu wa roho zenu, ambao ndio lengo la imani yenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1PE.1.10" />Kwa habari ya wokovu huu, wale manabii waliosema kuhusu neema ambayo ingewajia ninyi, walitafuta kwa bidii na kwa uangalifu mkubwa,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1PE.1.11" />wakijaribu kujua ni wakati upi na katika mazingira gani ambayo Roho wa Kristo aliyekuwa ndani yao alionyesha, alipotabiri kuhusu mateso ya Kristo na utukufu ule ambao ungefuata.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1PE.1.12" />Walidhihirishiwa kwamba walikuwa hawajihudumii wao wenyewe, bali waliwahudumia ninyi, waliponena kuhusu mambo hayo, ambayo sasa yamehubiriwa kwenu na wale waliowahubiria ninyi Injili kwa Roho Mtakatifu aliyetumwa kutoka mbinguni. Hata malaika wanatamani kuyafahamu mambo haya.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mwito Wa Kuishi Maisha Matakatifu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1PE.1.13" />Kwa hiyo, tayarisheni nia zenu kwa kazi; mwe na kiasi, mkitumainia kikamilifu ile neema mtakayopewa Yesu Kristo atakapodhihirishwa.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1PE.1.14" />Kama watoto watiifu, msifuate tamaa zenu mbaya wakati mlipoishi kwa ujinga.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1PE.1.15" />Bali kama yeye aliyewaita alivyo mtakatifu, nanyi kuweni watakatifu katika mwenendo wenu wote.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1PE.1.16" />Kwa maana imeandikwa: “Kuweni watakatifu, kwa kuwa mimi ni mtakatifu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1PE.1.17" />Kwa sababu mnamwita Baba ahukumuye kila mtu kulingana na matendo yake pasipo upendeleo, enendeni kwa hofu ya kumcha Mungu wakati wenu wa kukaa hapa duniani kama wageni.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1PE.1.18" />Kwa maana mnafahamu kwamba mlikombolewa kutoka mwenendo wenu usiofaa ambao mliurithi kutoka kwa baba zenu, si kwa vitu viharibikavyo kama fedha na dhahabu,
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1PE.1.19" />bali kwa damu ya thamani ya Kristo, yule Mwana-Kondoo asiye na dosari wala doa.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1PE.1.20" />Yeye alichaguliwa kabla ya kuwekwa kwa misingi ya ulimwengu, lakini akadhihirishwa katika siku hizi za mwisho kwa ajili yenu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1PE.1.21" />Kupitia kwake mmemwamini Mungu, aliyemfufua kutoka kwa wafu na akampa utukufu, ili imani yenu na tumaini lenu ziwe kwa Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="1PE.1.22" />Basi kwa kuwa mmejitakasa nafsi zenu kwa kuitii ile kweli hata mkawa na upendo wa ndugu usio na unafiki, basi pendaneni kwa dhati kutoka moyoni.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1PE.1.23" />Kwa maana mmezaliwa upya, si kwa mbegu ile iharibikayo, bali kwa ile isiyoharibika, kupitia kwa neno la Mungu lililo hai na linalodumu milele.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1PE.1.24" />Maana,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Wanadamu wote ni kama majani,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao utukufu wao ni kama maua ya kondeni;
</q>
<q style="q1">majani hunyauka na maua huanguka,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="25" bcv="1PE.1.25" />lakini neno la Bwana ladumu milele.”
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Hili ndilo neno lililohubiriwa kwenu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Jiwe Lililo Hai Na Watu Waliochaguliwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1PE.2.1" />Kwa hiyo, wekeni mbali nanyi uovu wote na udanganyifu wote, unafiki, wivu na masingizio ya kila namna.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1PE.2.2" />Kama watoto wachanga, waliozaliwa sasa, yatamanini maziwa ya kiroho yasiyochanganywa na kitu kingine chochote, ili kwa hayo mpate kukua katika wokovu,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1PE.2.3" />ikiwa kweli mmeonja ya kwamba Bwana ni mwema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1PE.2.4" />Mnapokuja kwake, yeye aliye Jiwe lililo hai, lililokataliwa na wanadamu bali kwa Mungu ni teule na la thamani kwake,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1PE.2.5" />ninyi nanyi, kama mawe yaliyo hai, mnajengwa kuwa nyumba ya kiroho, ili mpate kuwa ukuhani mtakatifu, mkitoa dhabihu za kiroho zinazokubaliwa na Mungu kwa njia ya Yesu Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1PE.2.6" />Kwa maana imeandikwa katika Maandiko:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Tazama, naweka katika Sayuni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">jiwe la pembeni teule lenye thamani,
</q>
<q style="q1">na yeyote atakayemwamini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hataaibika kamwe.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="7" bcv="1PE.2.7" />Kwenu ninyi mnaoamini, jiwe hili ni la thamani. Lakini kwao wasioamini,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Jiwe walilolikataa waashi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">limekuwa jiwe kuu la pembeni,”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="8" bcv="1PE.2.8" />tena,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Jiwe lenye kuwafanya watu wajikwae,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mwamba wa kuwaangusha.”
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Wanajikwaa kwa sababu hawakulitii lile neno, kama walivyowekewa tangu zamani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1PE.2.9" />Lakini ninyi ni taifa teule, ukuhani wa kifalme, taifa takatifu, watu walio milki ya Mungu, mlioitwa ili kutangaza sifa zake yeye aliyewaita kutoka gizani mkaingie katika nuru yake ya ajabu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1PE.2.10" />Mwanzo ninyi mlikuwa si taifa, lakini sasa ninyi ni taifa la Mungu. Mwanzo mlikuwa hamjapata rehema, lakini sasa mmepata rehema.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1PE.2.11" />Wapenzi, ninawasihi, mkiwa kama wageni na wapitaji hapa ulimwenguni, epukeni tamaa mbaya za mwili ambazo hupigana vita na roho zenu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1PE.2.12" />Kuweni na mwenendo mzuri mbele ya watu wasiomjua Mungu, ili kama wanawasingizia kuwa watenda mabaya, wayaone matendo yenu mema nao wamtukuze Mungu siku atakapokuja kwetu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuwatii Wenye Mamlaka
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1PE.2.13" />Kwa ajili ya Bwana, tiini kila mamlaka iliyowekwa na wanadamu: Kwa mfalme kwani ndiye aliye na mamlaka ya juu zaidi,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1PE.2.14" />au kwa maafisa aliowaweka, kwa kuwa mfalme amewatuma ili kuwaadhibu wale wanaokosa, na kuwapongeza wale watendao mema.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1PE.2.15" />Kwa maana ni mapenzi ya Mungu kwamba kwa kutenda mema mnyamazishe maneno ya kijinga ya watu wapumbavu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1PE.2.16" />Ishini kama watu huru, lakini msitumie uhuru wenu kama kisingizio cha kutenda uovu, bali ishini kama watumishi wa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1PE.2.17" />Mheshimuni kila mtu ipasavyo: Wapendeni jamaa ya ndugu waumini, mcheni Mungu, mpeni heshima mfalme.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1PE.2.18" />Ninyi watumwa, watiini mabwana zenu kwa heshima yote, si wale mabwana walio wema na wapole peke yao, bali pia wale walio wakali.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1PE.2.19" />Kwa maana ni jambo la sifa kama mtu akivumilia anapoteswa kwa uonevu kwa ajili ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1PE.2.20" />Kwani ni faida gani kwa mtu kustahimili anapopigwa kwa sababu ya makosa yake? Lakini kama mkiteswa kwa sababu ya kutenda mema, nanyi mkastahimili, hili ni jambo la kusifiwa mbele za Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mfano Wa Mateso Ya Kristo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="1PE.2.21" />Ninyi mliitwa kwa ajili ya haya, kwa sababu Kristo naye aliteswa kwa ajili yenu, akiwaachia kielelezo, ili mzifuate nyayo zake.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="1PE.2.22" />“Yeye hakutenda dhambi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hila haikuonekana kinywani mwake.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="23" bcv="1PE.2.23" />Yeye alipotukanwa, hakurudisha matukano; alipoteswa, hakutishia, bali alijikabidhi kwa yeye ahukumuye kwa haki.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1PE.2.24" />Yeye mwenyewe alizichukua dhambi zetu katika mwili wake juu ya mti, ili tufe kwa mambo ya dhambi, bali tupate kuishi katika haki. Kwa kupigwa kwake, ninyi mmeponywa.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1PE.2.25" />Kwa maana mlikuwa mmepotea kama kondoo, lakini sasa mmerudi kwa Mchungaji na Mwangalizi wa roho zenu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Mafundisho Kwa Wake Na Waume
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1PE.3.1" />Kadhalika enyi wake, watiini waume zenu, ili kama kunao wasioamini lile neno, wapate kuvutwa na mwenendo wa wake zao pasipo neno,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1PE.3.2" />kwa kuuona utakatifu na uchaji wa Mungu katika maisha yenu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1PE.3.3" />Kujipamba kwenu kusiwe kwa nje tu, kama vile kusuka nywele, kuvalia vitu vilivyofanyizwa kwa dhahabu na kwa mavazi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1PE.3.4" />Badala yake, kujipamba kwenu kuwe katika utu wenu wa moyoni, yaani uzuri usioharibika wa roho ya upole na utulivu, ambayo ni ya thamani sana machoni pa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1PE.3.5" />Kwa kuwa hivi ndivyo walivyokuwa wakijipamba wanawake watakatifu wa zamani, waliomtumaini Mungu. Wao walikuwa ni watiifu kwa waume zao,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1PE.3.6" />kama Sara alivyomtii mumewe Abrahamu, hata akamwita bwana. Ninyi ni watoto wa Sara kama mkitenda yaliyo mema, bila kuogopa jambo lolote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1PE.3.7" />Vivyo hivyo ninyi waume, kaeni na wake zenu kwa akili, nanyi wapeni heshima mkitambua ya kuwa wao ni wenzi walio dhaifu, na kama warithi pamoja nanyi wa kipawa cha neema cha uzima, ili kusiwepo na chochote cha kuzuia maombi yenu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuteseka Kwa Kutenda Mema
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1PE.3.8" />Hatimaye, ninyi nyote kuweni na nia moja, wenye kuhurumiana, mkipendana kama ndugu, na mwe wasikitivu na wanyenyekevu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1PE.3.9" />Msilipe ovu kwa ovu, au jeuri kwa jeuri, bali barikini, kwa maana hili ndilo mliloitiwa ili mpate kurithi baraka.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1PE.3.10" />Kwa maana,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Yeyote apendaye uzima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuona siku njema,
</q>
<q style="q1">basi auzuie ulimi wake usinene mabaya,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na midomo yake isiseme hila.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="1PE.3.11" />Mtu huyo lazima aache uovu, akatende mema;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lazima aitafute amani na kuifuatilia sana.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="1PE.3.12" />Kwa maana macho ya Bwana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">huwaelekea wenye haki,
</q>
<q style="q1">na masikio yake yako makini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kusikiliza maombi yao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Bali uso wa Bwana uko kinyume
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na watendao maovu.”
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Kuvumilia Mateso
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1PE.3.13" />Basi, ni nani atakayewadhuru mkiwa wenye juhudi katika kutenda mema?
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1PE.3.14" />Lakini mmebarikiwa hata kama ikiwalazimu kuteseka kwa ajili ya haki. “Msiogope vitisho vyao, wala msiwe na wasiwasi.”
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1PE.3.15" />Bali mtakaseni Kristo kuwa Bwana mioyoni mwenu. Siku zote mwe tayari kumjibu mtu yeyote atakayewauliza kuhusu sababu ya tumaini lililomo ndani yenu. Lakini fanyeni hivyo kwa upole na kwa heshima,
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1PE.3.16" />mkizitunza dhamiri zenu ziwe safi, ili wale wasemao mabaya dhidi ya mwenendo wenu mzuri katika Kristo waaibike kwa ajili ya masingizio yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="1PE.3.17" />Kwa maana ni afadhali kupata mateso kwa ajili ya kutenda mema, kama kuteseka huko ndiyo mapenzi ya Mungu, kuliko kuteseka kwa kutenda maovu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1PE.3.18" />Kwa kuwa Kristo naye aliteswa mara moja tu kwa ajili ya dhambi, mwenye haki kwa ajili ya wasio haki, ili awalete ninyi kwa Mungu. Mwili wake ukauawa, lakini akafanywa hai katika Roho.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1PE.3.19" />Baada ya kufanywa hai, alikwenda na kuzihubiria roho zilizokuwa kifungoni:
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1PE.3.20" />roho hizo ambazo zamani hazikutii, wakati ule uvumilivu wa Mungu ulipokuwa ukingoja katika siku za Noa, wakati wa kujenga safina, ambamo watu wachache tu, yaani watu wanane, waliokolewa ili wasiangamie kwa gharika.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1PE.3.21" />Nayo maji hayo ni kielelezo cha ubatizo ambao sasa unawaokoa ninyi pia: si kwa kuondoa uchafu kwenye mwili, bali kama ahadi ya dhamiri safi kwa Mungu, kwa njia ya ufufuo wa Yesu Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1PE.3.22" />Yeye ameingia mbinguni na amekaa mkono wa kuume wa Mungu; nao malaika, mamlaka na nguvu zote wametiishwa chini yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Kuishi Kwa Ajili Ya Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1PE.4.1" />Kwa hiyo, kwa kuwa Kristo aliteswa katika mwili wake, ninyi nanyi jivikeni nia iyo hiyo kwa maana mtu aliyekwisha kuteswa katika mwili ameachana na dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1PE.4.2" />Kwa hivyo, haishi maisha yake yaliyobaki ya kuishi hapa duniani kwa tamaa mbaya za wanadamu, bali anaishi kwa mapenzi ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1PE.4.3" />Maana wakati uliopita mmekwisha kutumia muda wa kutosha katika maisha yenu mkifanya yale ambayo wapagani hupenda kutenda: wakiishi katika uasherati, tamaa mbaya, ulevi, karamu za ulafi, vileo, ngoma mbaya, na ibada chukizo za sanamu.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1PE.4.4" />Wao hushangaa kwamba ninyi hamjiingizi pamoja nao katika huo wingi wa maisha ya ufisadi, nao huwatukana ninyi.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1PE.4.5" />Lakini itawapasa wao kutoa hesabu mbele zake yeye aliye tayari kuwahukumu walio hai na waliokufa.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1PE.4.6" />Kwa kuwa hii ndiyo sababu Injili ilihubiriwa hata kwa wale waliokufa, ili wahukumiwe sawasawa na wanadamu wengine katika mwili, lakini katika roho waishi kulingana na Mungu aishivyo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1PE.4.7" />Mwisho wa mambo yote umekaribia. Kwa hiyo kuweni na akili tulivu na kiasi, mkikesha katika kuomba.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1PE.4.8" />Zaidi ya yote, dumuni katika upendo kwa maana upendo husitiri wingi wa dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1PE.4.9" />Kuweni wakarimu kila mtu na mwenzake pasipo manungʼuniko.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1PE.4.10" />Kila mmoja na atumie kipawa chochote alichopewa kuwahudumia wengine, kama mawakili waaminifu wa neema mbalimbali za Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1PE.4.11" />Yeyote asemaye hana budi kusema kama mtu asemaye maneno ya Mungu mwenyewe. Yeyote ahudumuye hana budi kuhudumu kwa nguvu zile anazopewa na Mungu, ili Mungu apate kutukuzwa katika mambo yote kwa njia ya Yesu Kristo. Utukufu na uweza una yeye milele na milele. Amen.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuteseka Kwa Kuwa Mkristo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1PE.4.12" />Wapenzi, msione ajabu kwa yale mateso yanayotukia miongoni mwenu, kana kwamba ni kitu kigeni kinachowapata.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1PE.4.13" />Bali furahini kuwa mnashiriki katika mateso ya Kristo, ili mpate kufurahi zaidi wakati utukufu wake utakapofunuliwa.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1PE.4.14" />Kama mkitukanwa kwa ajili ya jina la Kristo, mmebarikiwa, kwa sababu Roho wa utukufu na wa Mungu anakaa juu yenu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1PE.4.15" />Lakini asiwepo mtu yeyote miongoni mwenu anayeteswa kwa kuwa ni muuaji, au mwizi, au mhalifu wa aina yoyote, au anayejishughulisha na mambo ya watu wengine.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1PE.4.16" />Lakini kama ukiteseka kwa kuwa Mkristo, usihesabu jambo hilo kuwa ni aibu, bali mtukuze Mungu kwa sababu umeitwa kwa jina hilo.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1PE.4.17" />Kwa maana wakati umewadia wa hukumu kuanzia katika nyumba ya Mungu. Basi kama ikianzia kwetu sisi, mwisho wa hao wasiotii Injili ya Mungu utakuwaje?
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1PE.4.18" />Basi,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Ikiwa ni vigumu kwa mwenye haki kuokoka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">itakuwaje kwa mtu asiyemcha Mungu na mwenye dhambi?”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1PE.4.19" />Kwa hiyo, wale wanaoteswa kulingana na mapenzi ya Mungu, wajikabidhi kwa Muumba wao aliye mwaminifu, huku wakizidi kutenda mema.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Kulichunga Kundi La Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1PE.5.1" />Kwa wazee waliomo miongoni mwenu, nawasihi mimi nikiwa mzee mwenzenu, shahidi wa mateso ya Kristo, na mshiriki katika utukufu utakaofunuliwa:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1PE.5.2" />lichungeni kundi la Mungu mlilokabidhiwa, mkitumika kama waangalizi, si kwa kulazimishwa bali kwa hiari, kama Mungu anavyowataka mwe; si kwa tamaa ya fedha, bali mlio na bidii katika kutumika.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1PE.5.3" />Msijifanye mabwana juu ya wale walio chini ya uangalizi wenu, bali kuweni vielelezo kwa hilo kundi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1PE.5.4" />Naye Mchungaji Mkuu atakapodhihirishwa, mtapokea taji ya utukufu isiyoharibika.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1PE.5.5" />Vivyo hivyo, ninyi mlio vijana watiini wazee. Nanyi nyote imewapasa kujivika unyenyekevu kila mtu kwa mwenzake, kwa kuwa,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Mungu huwapinga wenye kiburi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">lakini huwapa wanyenyekevu neema.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="6" bcv="1PE.5.6" />Basi, nyenyekeeni chini ya mkono wa Mungu ulio hodari, ili awakweze kwa wakati wake.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1PE.5.7" />Mtwikeni yeye fadhaa zenu zote, kwa maana yeye hujishughulisha sana na mambo yenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1PE.5.8" />Mwe na kiasi na kukesha, maana adui yenu ibilisi huzungukazunguka kama simba angurumaye akitafuta mtu ili apate kummeza.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1PE.5.9" />Mpingeni, mkiwa thabiti katika imani, mkijua ya kwamba mateso kama hayo yanawapata ndugu zenu pote duniani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="1PE.5.10" />Nanyi mkiisha kuteswa kwa kitambo kidogo, Mungu wa neema yote, aliyewaita kuingia katika utukufu wake wa milele ndani ya Kristo, yeye mwenyewe atawarejesha na kuwatia nguvu, akiwaimarisha na kuwathibitisha.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1PE.5.11" />Uweza una yeye milele na milele. Amen.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Salamu Za Mwisho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="1PE.5.12" />Kwa msaada wa Silvano,<f caller="+"><fr>5:12
</fr><ft>Yaani Sila.</ft></f> ambaye ninamhesabu kuwa ndugu mwaminifu, nimewaandikia waraka huu mfupi ili kuwatia moyo, na kushuhudia kwamba hii ni neema halisi ya Mungu. Simameni imara katika neema hiyo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1PE.5.13" />Kanisa lililoko Babeli, lililochaguliwa pamoja nanyi, wanawasalimu; vivyo hivyo mwanangu Marko anawasalimu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1PE.5.14" />Salimianeni kwa busu la upendo.
</p>
<p style="p">Amani iwe nanyi nyote mlio katika Kristo.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="2PE"><id id="2PE">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>2 Petro
</h><toc level="1">2 Petro
</toc><toc level="2">2 Petro
</toc><toc level="3">2Pet
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">2 Petro
</p>

<c id="1" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2PE.1.1" />Simoni Petro, mtumishi na mtume wa Yesu Kristo:
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa wale ambao kwa njia ya haki ya Mungu na Mwokozi wetu Yesu Kristo mmepokea imani iliyo na thamani kama yetu:
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="2PE.1.2" />Neema na amani iwe kwenu kwa wingi katika kumjua Mungu na Yesu Bwana wetu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wito Wa Mkristo Na Uteule
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2PE.1.3" />Uweza wake wa uungu umetupatia mambo yote tunayohitaji kwa ajili ya uzima na uchaji wa Mungu, kwa kumjua yeye aliyetuita kwa utukufu wake na wema wake mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2PE.1.4" />Kwa sababu hiyo, ametukirimia ahadi zake kuu na za thamani kupitia mambo haya, ili kupitia hayo mpate kuwa washiriki wa asili ya uungu, na kuokoka kutoka upotovu ulioko duniani unaosababishwa na tamaa mbaya.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="2PE.1.5" />Kwa sababu hii hasa, jitahidini sana katika imani yenu kuongeza wema; na katika wema, maarifa;
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2PE.1.6" />katika maarifa, kiasi; katika kiasi, saburi; katika saburi, utauwa;<f caller="+"><fr>1:6
</fr><ft>Maana yake kumcha Mungu.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2PE.1.7" />katika utauwa, upendano wa ndugu; na katika upendano wa ndugu, upendo.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2PE.1.8" />Kwa maana haya yakiwa ndani yenu kwa wingi na kuzidi kuongezeka, yanawasaidia msikose bidii wala kutozaa matunda katika kumjua Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2PE.1.9" />Lakini mtu yeyote asipokuwa na mambo haya haoni mbali, na ni kipofu, naye amesahau kule kutakaswa kutoka dhambi zake za zamani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2PE.1.10" />Kwa hiyo, ndugu zangu, fanyeni bidii zaidi kuuthibitisha wito wenu na uteule wenu. Kwa maana mkifanya hivyo, hamtajikwaa kamwe,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2PE.1.11" />na mtajaliwa kwa ukarimu mwingi kuingia katika ufalme wa milele wa Bwana na Mwokozi wetu Yesu Kristo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Unabii Wa Maandiko
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2PE.1.12" />Hivyo nitawakumbusha mambo haya siku zote, hata ingawa mnayajua na mmethibitishwa katika kweli mliyo nayo.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2PE.1.13" />Naona ni vyema kuwakumbusha mambo haya wakati wote niwapo katika hema hili ambalo ni mwili wangu,
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2PE.1.14" />kwa sababu najua ya kwamba hivi karibuni nitaliweka kando, kama vile Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo alivyoliweka wazi kwangu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2PE.1.15" />Nami nitafanya kila juhudi kuona kwamba baada ya kuondoka kwangu mtaweza kuyakumbuka mambo haya siku zote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="2PE.1.16" />Tulipowafahamisha juu ya uweza na kuja kwa Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo, hatukufuata hadithi zilizotungwa kwa werevu, bali tulishuhudia kwa macho yetu ukuu wake.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="2PE.1.17" />Alipewa heshima na utukufu kutoka kwa Mungu Baba, sauti ilipomjia katika Utukufu Mkuu, ikisema, “Huyu ni Mwanangu mpendwa. Ninapendezwa naye sana.”
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2PE.1.18" />Sisi wenyewe tuliisikia sauti hii ambayo ilitoka mbinguni, wakati tulipokuwa pamoja naye kwenye ule mlima mtakatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="2PE.1.19" />Nasi tunalo pia neno la hakika zaidi la unabii, ambalo mtafanya vyema mkiliangalia kwa bidii, kama vile nuru inavyongʼaa gizani, hadi kupambazuka na nyota ya asubuhi izuke mioyoni mwenu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2PE.1.20" />Zaidi ya yote, yawapasa mjue kwamba hakuna unabii katika Maandiko uliofasiriwa kama alivyopenda nabii mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2PE.1.21" />Kwa maana unabii haukuja kamwe kwa mapenzi ya mwanadamu, bali watu walinena yaliyotoka kwa Mungu wakiongozwa na Roho Mtakatifu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Walimu Wa Uongo Na Uangamivu Wao
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2PE.2.1" />Lakini pia waliinuka manabii wa uongo miongoni mwa watu, kama vile watakavyokuwako walimu wa uongo miongoni mwenu. Wataingiza mafundisho yasiyopatana na kweli kwa siri, hata kumkana Bwana wa pekee aliyewanunua, na hivyo kujiletea wenyewe maangamizi ya haraka.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2PE.2.2" />Hata hivyo, wengi watafuata njia zao za ufisadi, na kwa ajili yao njia ya kweli itatukanwa.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="2PE.2.3" />Nao katika tamaa zao mbaya, walimu hawa watajipatia faida kwenu kwa hadithi walizotunga wenyewe. Lakini hukumu imekwisha kutangazwa dhidi yao tangu zamani, wala uangamivu wao haujalala usingizi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2PE.2.4" />Kwa maana, kama Mungu hakuwasamehe malaika walipotenda dhambi, bali aliwatupa kuzimu<f caller="+"><fr>2:4
</fr><ft>Kuzimu hapa linalotokana na neno Tartarus la Kiyunani; maana yake ni kule ndani sana katika mahali pa mateso kwa watu waliopotea.</ft></f> katika vifungo vya giza wakae humo mpaka ije hukumu;
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2PE.2.5" />kama hakuusamehe ulimwengu wa kale alipoleta gharika juu ya watu wale wasiomcha Mungu, bali akamhifadhi Noa, mhubiri wa haki, pamoja na watu wengine saba;
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2PE.2.6" />kama aliihukumu miji ya Sodoma na Gomora kwa kuiteketeza kwa moto ikawa majivu, na kuifanya kuwa kielelezo kwa yale yatakayowapata wale wasiomcha Mungu;
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2PE.2.7" />na kama alimwokoa Loti, mtu mwenye haki, ambaye alihuzunishwa na maisha machafu ya watu wapotovu
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2PE.2.8" />(kwa sababu yale matendo mapotovu aliyoyaona na kuyasikia huyo mtu mwenye haki alipoishi miongoni mwao yalimhuzunisha siku baada ya siku):
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2PE.2.9" />ikiwa hivyo ndivyo, basi Bwana anajua jinsi ya kuwaokoa wamchao Mungu kutoka majaribu, na kuwaweka waasi katika adhabu hadi siku ya hukumu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2PE.2.10" />Hii ni hakika hasa kwa wale wanaofuata tamaa mbaya za mwili na kudharau mamlaka.
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa ushupavu na kwa kiburi, watu hawa hawaogopi kunena mabaya dhidi ya viumbe vya mbinguni.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2PE.2.11" />Lakini hata malaika, ingawa wana nguvu na uwezo zaidi, hawaleti mashtaka mabaya dhidi ya viumbe kama hao mbele za Bwana.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2PE.2.12" />Lakini watu hawa hukufuru katika mambo wasiyoyafahamu. Wao ni kama wanyama wasio na akili, viumbe wanaotawaliwa na hisia za mwili, waliozaliwa ili wakamatwe na kuchinjwa. Hawa nao kama wanyama wataangamizwa pia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2PE.2.13" />Watalipwa madhara kwa ajili ya madhara waliyowatendea wengine. Huhesabu kuwa ni fahari kufanya karamu za ulevi na ulafi mchana peupe. Wao ni mawaa na dosari, wakijifurahisha katika anasa zao wanaposhiriki katika karamu zenu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="2PE.2.14" />Wakiwa na macho yaliyojaa uzinzi, kamwe hawaachi kutenda dhambi. Huwashawishi wale wasio imara. Wao ni hodari kwa kutamani; ni wana wa laana!
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2PE.2.15" />Wameiacha njia iliyonyooka, wakapotoka na kuifuata njia ya Balaamu mwana wa Beori aliyependa mshahara wa uovu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2PE.2.16" />Lakini kwa ajili ya uovu wake, alikemewa na punda, mnyama asiyejua kusema, akaongea akitumia sauti ya mwanadamu na kuzuia wazimu wa huyo nabii.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2PE.2.17" />Watu hawa ni chemchemi zisizo na maji, na ukungu upeperushwao na tufani. Giza nene limewekwa tayari kwa ajili yao.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2PE.2.18" />Kwa maana wao hunena maneno makuu mno ya kiburi cha bure, na kwa kuvutia tamaa mbaya za asili ya mwili, huwashawishi watu ambao ndipo tu wamejiondoa miongoni mwa wale wanaoishi katika ufisadi.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="2PE.2.19" />Huwaahidi uhuru hao waliowanasa, wakati wao wenyewe ni watumwa wa ufisadi: kwa maana mtu ni mtumwa wa kitu chochote kinachomtawala.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="2PE.2.20" />Kama wameukimbia upotovu wa dunia kwa kumjua Bwana wetu na Mwokozi Yesu Kristo, kisha wakanaswa tena humo na kushindwa, hali yao ya mwisho ni mbaya zaidi kuliko ile ya kwanza.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="2PE.2.21" />Ingelikuwa afadhali kwao kama wasingeliijua kamwe njia ya haki, kuliko kuijua kisha wakaiacha ile amri takatifu waliyokabidhiwa.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="2PE.2.22" />Imetukia kwao sawasawa na ile mithali ya kweli isemayo: “Mbwa huyarudia matapiko yake mwenyewe,” tena, “Nguruwe aliyeoshwa hurudi kugaagaa matopeni.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Ahadi Ya Kuja Kwa Bwana
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2PE.3.1" />Wapenzi, huu ndio waraka wangu wa pili ninaowaandikia. Katika nyaraka hizi mbili ninajaribu kuziamsha nia zenu safi kwa mawazo makamilifu.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2PE.3.2" />Nataka ninyi mkumbuke maneno yaliyosemwa zamani na manabii watakatifu na ile amri ya Bwana na Mwokozi mliyopewa kupitia kwa mitume wenu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2PE.3.3" />Kwanza kabisa, ni lazima mfahamu ya kwamba siku za mwisho watakuja watu wenye dhihaka, wakidhihaki na kuzifuata tamaa zao mbaya.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="2PE.3.4" />Watasema, “Iko wapi ile ahadi ya kuja kwake? Tangu baba zetu walipofariki, kila kitu kinaendelea kama kilivyokuwa tangu mwanzo wa kuumbwa.”
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2PE.3.5" />Lakini wao kwa makusudi hupuuza ukweli huu, ya kwamba kwa neno la Mungu mbingu zilikuwepo tangu zamani, nayo dunia ilifanyizwa kutoka ndani ya maji na kwa maji.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2PE.3.6" />Ulimwengu wa wakati ule uligharikishwa kwa hayo maji na kuangamizwa.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="2PE.3.7" />Lakini kwa neno lilo hilo, mbingu za sasa na dunia zimewekwa akiba kwa ajili ya moto, zikihifadhiwa hadi siku ile ya hukumu na ya kuangamizwa kwa watu wasiomcha Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="2PE.3.8" />Lakini wapenzi, msisahau neno hili: kwamba kwa Bwana, siku moja ni kama miaka elfu, na miaka elfu ni kama siku moja.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2PE.3.9" />Bwana hakawii kuitimiza ahadi yake, kama watu wengine wanavyokudhani kukawia. Badala yake, yeye anawavumilia ninyi, maana hataki mtu yeyote aangamie, bali kila mtu afikilie toba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="2PE.3.10" />Lakini siku ya Bwana itakuja kama mwizi. Ndipo mbingu zitatoweka kwa kishindo kikuu; navyo vitu vya asili vitateketezwa kwa moto, nayo dunia na kila kitu kilichomo ndani yake kitaunguzwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="2PE.3.11" />Kwa kuwa vitu vyote vitaharibiwa namna hii, je, ninyi imewapasa kuwa watu wa namna gani? Inawapasa kuishi maisha matakatifu na ya kumcha Mungu,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="2PE.3.12" />mkingojea na kuhimiza kuja kwa hiyo siku ya Mungu. Siku hiyo italeta mbingu kuchomwa moto na kutoweka, na vitu vya asili vitayeyuka kwa moto.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="2PE.3.13" />Lakini kufuatana na ahadi yake, sisi tunatazamia mbingu mpya na dunia mpya, ambayo haki hukaa ndani yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="2PE.3.14" />Kwa sababu hii, wapenzi, kwa kuwa mnatazamia mambo haya, fanyeni bidii ili awakute katika amani, bila mawaa wala dosari.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="2PE.3.15" />Hesabuni uvumilivu wa Bwana kuwa ni wokovu, kama vile ndugu yetu mpenzi Paulo alivyowaandikia kwa hekima ile aliyopewa na Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="2PE.3.16" />Huandika vivyo hivyo katika nyaraka zake zote, akizungumzia ndani yake mambo haya. Katika nyaraka zake kuna mambo mengine ambayo ni vigumu kuyaelewa, ambayo watu wajinga na wasio thabiti huyapotosha kwa maangamizi yao wenyewe, kama wapotoshavyo pia Maandiko mengine.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="2PE.3.17" />Basi, ninyi wapenzi, kwa kuwa mmekwisha kujua mambo haya, jilindeni msije mkachukuliwa na kosa la watu hao waasi na kuanguka kutoka kwenye uthabiti wenu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="2PE.3.18" />Bali kueni katika neema na katika kumjua Bwana na Mwokozi wetu Yesu Kristo. Utukufu una yeye sasa na milele! Amen.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="1JN"><id id="1JN">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>1 Yohana
</h><toc level="1">1 Yohana
</toc><toc level="2">1 Yohana
</toc><toc level="3">1Yn
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">1 Yohana
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Neno La Uzima
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1JN.1.1" />Tunawajulisha lile lililokuwepo tangu mwanzo, lile tulilosikia, ambalo tumeliona kwa macho yetu, ambalo tumelitazama na kuligusa kwa mikono yetu, kuhusu Neno la uzima.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1JN.1.2" />Uzima huo ulidhihirishwa; nasi tumeuona na kuushuhudia, nasi twawatangazia uzima wa milele, ambao ulikuwa pamoja na Baba, nao ukadhihirishwa kwetu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1JN.1.3" />Twawatangazia lile tuliloliona na kulisikia, ili nanyi mwe na ushirika nasi. Na ushirika wetu hasa ni pamoja na Baba na Mwanawe, Yesu Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1JN.1.4" />Tunaandika mambo haya ili furaha yetu ipate kuwa timilifu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kutembea Nuruni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="1JN.1.5" />Huu ndio ujumbe tuliosikia kutoka kwake na kuwatangazia ninyi: kwamba Mungu ni nuru na ndani yake hamna giza lolote.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1JN.1.6" />Kama tukisema kwamba twashirikiana naye huku tukienenda gizani, twasema uongo, wala hatutendi lililo kweli.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1JN.1.7" />Lakini tukienenda nuruni, kama yeye alivyo nuruni, twashirikiana sisi kwa sisi na damu yake Yesu, Mwana wake, yatusafisha dhambi yote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="1JN.1.8" />Kama tukisema kwamba hatuna dhambi, twajidanganya wenyewe wala kweli haimo ndani yetu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1JN.1.9" />Kama tukiziungama dhambi zetu, yeye ni mwaminifu na wa haki, atatusamehe dhambi zetu na kutusafisha kutoka kwenye udhalimu wote.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1JN.1.10" />Kama tukisema hatukutenda dhambi, twamfanya yeye kuwa mwongo na neno lake halimo ndani yetu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Kristo Mwombezi Wetu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1JN.2.1" />Watoto wangu wapendwa, nawaandikia haya ili msitende dhambi. Lakini kama mtu yeyote akitenda dhambi, tunaye Mwombezi kwa Baba: ndiye Yesu Kristo, Mwenye Haki.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1JN.2.2" />Yeye ndiye dhabihu ya upatanisho kwa ajili ya dhambi zetu, wala si kwa ajili ya dhambi zetu tu, bali pia kwa ajili ya dhambi za ulimwengu wote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="1JN.2.3" />Basi katika hili twajua ya kuwa tumemjua, tukizishika amri zake.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1JN.2.4" />Mtu yeyote asemaye kuwa, “Ninamjua,” lakini hazishiki amri zake, ni mwongo, wala ndani ya mtu huyo hamna kweli.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1JN.2.5" />Lakini mtu yeyote anayelitii neno lake, upendo wa Mungu umekamilika ndani yake kweli kweli. Katika hili twajua kuwa tumo ndani yake.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1JN.2.6" />Yeyote anayesema anakaa ndani yake hana budi kuenenda kama Yesu alivyoenenda.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Amri Mpya
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1JN.2.7" />Wapendwa, siwaandikii ninyi amri mpya bali ile ya zamani, ambayo mmekuwa nayo tangu mwanzo. Amri hii ya zamani ni lile neno mlilosikia.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1JN.2.8" />Lakini nawaandikia amri mpya, yaani, lile neno lililo kweli ndani yake na ndani yenu, kwa sababu giza linapita na ile nuru ya kweli tayari inangʼaa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="1JN.2.9" />Yeyote anayesema yumo nuruni lakini anamchukia ndugu yake bado yuko gizani.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1JN.2.10" />Yeye ampendaye ndugu yake anakaa nuruni, wala hakuna kitu chochote ndani yake cha kumkwaza.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1JN.2.11" />Lakini yeyote amchukiaye ndugu yake, yuko gizani na anaenenda gizani, wala hajui anakokwenda, kwa sababu giza limempofusha macho.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="1JN.2.12" />Nawaandikia ninyi, watoto wadogo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu dhambi zenu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">zimesamehewa kwa ajili ya Jina lake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="13" bcv="1JN.2.13" />Nawaandikia ninyi, akina baba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu mmemjua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye aliye tangu mwanzo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nawaandikia ninyi vijana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu mmemshinda yule mwovu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nawaandikia ninyi watoto wadogo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu mmemjua Baba.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="14" bcv="1JN.2.14" />Nawaandikia ninyi akina baba,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu mmemjua
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye aliye tangu mwanzo.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nawaandikia ninyi vijana,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu mna nguvu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na neno la Mungu linakaa ndani yenu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nanyi mmemshinda yule mwovu.
<ve />
</q>
<s style="s1">Msiupende Ulimwengu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="1JN.2.15" />Msiupende ulimwengu wala mambo yaliyo ulimwenguni. Kama mtu yeyote akiupenda ulimwengu, upendo wa Baba haumo ndani yake.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1JN.2.16" />Kwa maana kila kitu kilichomo ulimwenguni, yaani tamaa ya mwili, tamaa ya macho na kiburi cha uzima, havitokani na Baba bali hutokana na ulimwengu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1JN.2.17" />Nao ulimwengu unapita, pamoja na tamaa zake, bali yeye afanyaye mapenzi ya Mungu adumu milele.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Onyo Dhidi Ya Wapinga Kristo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1JN.2.18" />Watoto wadogo, huu ni wakati wa mwisho! Kama mlivyosikia kwamba mpinga Kristo anakuja, hivyo basi wapinga Kristo wengi wamekwisha kuja. Kutokana na hili twajua kwamba huu ni wakati wa mwisho.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1JN.2.19" />Walitoka kwetu, lakini hawakuwa wa kwetu hasa. Kwa maana kama wangelikuwa wa kwetu, wangelikaa pamoja nasi, lakini kutoka kwao kulionyesha kwamba hakuna hata mmoja wao aliyekuwa wa kwetu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="1JN.2.20" />Lakini ninyi mmetiwa mafuta na yeye Aliye Mtakatifu, nanyi nyote mnaijua kweli.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1JN.2.21" />Siwaandikii kwa sababu hamuijui kweli, bali kwa sababu mnaijua, nanyi mnajua hakuna uongo utokao katika kweli.
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1JN.2.22" />Je, mwongo ni nani? Mwongo ni mtu yule asemaye kwamba Yesu si Kristo. Mtu wa namna hiyo ndiye mpinga Kristo, yaani, yeye humkana Baba na Mwana.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1JN.2.23" />Hakuna yeyote amkanaye Mwana aliye na Baba. Yeyote anayemkubali Mwana anaye na Baba pia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="1JN.2.24" />Hakikisheni kwamba lile mlilosikia tangu mwanzo linakaa ndani yenu. Kama lile mlilosikia tangu mwanzo linakaa ndani yenu, ninyi nanyi mtakaa ndani ya Mwana na ndani ya Baba.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="1JN.2.25" />Hii ndiyo ahadi yake kwetu, yaani, uzima wa milele.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="26" bcv="1JN.2.26" />Nawaandikia mambo haya kuhusu wale watu ambao wanajaribu kuwapotosha.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="1JN.2.27" />Nanyi, upako mlioupata kutoka kwake unakaa ndani yenu, wala ninyi hamna haja ya mtu yeyote kuwafundisha. Lakini kama vile upako wake unavyowafundisha kuhusu mambo yote nayo ni kweli wala si uongo, basi kama ulivyowafundisha kaeni ndani yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Watoto Wa Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="28" bcv="1JN.2.28" />Sasa basi, watoto wapendwa, kaeni ndani yake, ili atakapofunuliwa, tuwe na ujasiri, wala tusiaibike mbele zake wakati wa kuja kwake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="29" bcv="1JN.2.29" />Kama mkijua kuwa yeye ni mwenye haki, mwajua kwamba kila atendaye haki amezaliwa naye.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1JN.3.1" />Tazameni ni pendo kuu namna gani alilotupa Baba, kwamba sisi tuitwe wana wa Mungu! Na ndivyo tulivyo. Kwa sababu hii ulimwengu haututambui, kwa kuwa haukumtambua yeye.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1JN.3.2" />Wapendwa, sasa tu wana wa Mungu, lakini bado haijadhihirika tutakavyokuwa, lakini twajua ya kwamba yeye atakapodhihirishwa, tutafanana naye, kwa maana tutamwona kama alivyo.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1JN.3.3" />Kila mmoja mwenye matumaini haya ndani yake hujitakasa, kama vile yeye alivyo mtakatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1JN.3.4" />Kila mtu atendaye dhambi afanya uasi, kwa kuwa dhambi ni uasi.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1JN.3.5" />Lakini mwajua ya kuwa yeye alidhihirishwa ili aziondoe dhambi, wala ndani yake hamna dhambi.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1JN.3.6" />Kila mtu akaaye ndani yake hatendi dhambi. Kila mtu atendaye dhambi hakumwona yeye wala hakumtambua.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1JN.3.7" />Watoto wapendwa, mtu yeyote asiwadanganye. Kila mtu atendaye haki ana haki, kama yeye alivyo na haki.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1JN.3.8" />Yeye atendaye dhambi ni wa ibilisi, kwa sababu ibilisi amekuwa akitenda dhambi tangu mwanzo. Kwa kusudi hili Mwana wa Mungu alidhihirishwa, ili aziangamize kazi za ibilisi.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1JN.3.9" />Yeyote aliyezaliwa na Mungu hatendi dhambi, kwa sababu uzao wa Mungu wakaa ndani yake, wala hawezi kutenda dhambi kwa sababu amezaliwa na Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1JN.3.10" />Kwa jinsi hii tunaweza kujua dhahiri watoto wa Mungu na pia watoto wa ibilisi. Yeyote asiyetenda haki hatokani na Mungu, wala yeye asiyempenda ndugu yake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mpendane Ninyi Kwa Ninyi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="1JN.3.11" />Hili ndilo neno mlilolisikia tangu mwanzo: Kwamba imetupasa tupendane sisi kwa sisi.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1JN.3.12" />Msiwe kama Kaini aliyekuwa wa yule mwovu akamuua ndugu yake. Basi kwa nini alimuua? Ni kwa sababu matendo yake Kaini yalikuwa mabaya na ya ndugu yake yalikuwa ya haki.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="1JN.3.13" />Ndugu zangu, ninyi msistaajabu kama ulimwengu ukiwachukia.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1JN.3.14" />Sisi tunajua ya kwamba tumepita mautini kuingia uzimani, kwa sababu tunawapenda ndugu. Kila asiyempenda ndugu yake akaa mautini.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1JN.3.15" />Yeyote amchukiaye ndugu yake ni muuaji, nanyi mwajua ya kwamba muuaji hana uzima wa milele ndani yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="1JN.3.16" />Kwa namna hii twaweza kulijua pendo la Mungu: Kwa sababu Yesu Kristo aliutoa uhai wake kwa ajili yetu. Nasi imetupasa kuutoa uhai kwa ajili ya hao ndugu.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1JN.3.17" />Ikiwa mtu anavyo vitu vya ulimwengu huu na akamwona ndugu yake ni mhitaji lakini asimhurumie, upendo wa Mungu wakaaje ndani ya mtu huyo?
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1JN.3.18" />Watoto wapendwa, tusipende kwa maneno au kwa ulimi bali kwa tendo na kweli.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1JN.3.19" />Basi hivi ndivyo tutakavyoweza kujua ya kuwa sisi tu wa kweli na hivyo twaithibitisha mioyo yetu mbele za Mungu
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1JN.3.20" />kila mara mioyo yetu inapotuhukumu. Kwa maana Mungu ni mkuu kuliko mioyo yetu, naye anajua kila kitu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="1JN.3.21" />Wapendwa, kama mioyo yetu haituhukumu, tunao ujasiri mbele za Mungu,
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="1JN.3.22" />lolote tuombalo, twalipokea kutoka kwake, kwa sababu tumezitii amri zake na kutenda yale yanayompendeza.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="1JN.3.23" />Hii ndiyo amri yake: kwamba tuliamini Jina la Mwanawe, Yesu Kristo, na kupendana sisi kwa sisi kama yeye alivyotuamuru.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="1JN.3.24" />Wale wote wanaozishika amri zake hukaa ndani yake na yeye ndani yao. Hivi ndivyo tunavyojua kwamba anakaa ndani yetu. Nasi twajua hili kwa njia ya Roho yule aliyetupa.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Zijaribuni Hizo Roho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1JN.4.1" />Wapendwa, msiamini kila roho, bali zijaribuni hizo roho mwone kama zimetoka kwa Mungu, kwa sababu manabii wengi wa uongo wametokea ulimwenguni.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1JN.4.2" />Hivi ndivyo mnavyoweza kutambua Roho wa Mungu: Kila roho inayokubali kwamba Yesu Kristo amekuja katika mwili yatoka kwa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1JN.4.3" />Lakini kila roho ambayo haimkubali Yesu haitoki kwa Mungu. Hii ndiyo roho ya mpinga Kristo, ambayo mmesikia kwamba inakuja na sasa tayari iko ulimwenguni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="1JN.4.4" />Watoto wapendwa, ninyi mmetokana na Mungu, nanyi mmewashinda kwa sababu yeye aliye ndani yenu ni mkuu kuliko yeye aliye katika ulimwengu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1JN.4.5" />Wao wanatokana na ulimwengu na kwa hiyo hunena yaliyo ya ulimwengu, hivyo ulimwengu huwasikiliza.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="1JN.4.6" />Sisi twatokana na Mungu na yeyote anayemjua Mungu hutusikiliza, lakini asiyetokana na Mungu hatusikilizi. Hivi ndivyo tunavyoweza kutambua Roho wa Kweli na roho ya upotovu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mungu Ni Pendo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="1JN.4.7" />Wapendwa, tupendane, kwa kuwa pendo latoka kwa Mungu. Kila apendaye amezaliwa na Mungu, naye anamjua Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1JN.4.8" />Yeye asiyependa hamjui Mungu, kwa sababu Mungu ni pendo.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1JN.4.9" />Hivi ndivyo Mungu alivyoonyesha pendo lake kwetu: Mungu alimtuma Mwanawe wa pekee ulimwenguni, ili tupate uzima kupitia kwake.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1JN.4.10" />Hili ndilo pendo: si kwamba tulimpenda Mungu, bali yeye alitupenda, akamtuma Mwanawe, ili yeye awe dhabihu ya upatanisho kwa ajili ya dhambi zetu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1JN.4.11" />Marafiki wapendwa, kama Mungu alivyotupenda sisi, imetupasa na sisi kupendana.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1JN.4.12" />Hakuna mtu yeyote aliyemwona Mungu wakati wowote. Lakini tukipendana, Mungu anakaa ndani yetu, na pendo lake limekamilika ndani yetu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1JN.4.13" />Tunajua kwamba twakaa ndani yake na yeye ndani yetu, kwa sababu ametupa sisi sehemu ya Roho wake.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1JN.4.14" />Nasi tumeona na kushuhudia kwamba Baba amemtuma Mwanawe ili awe Mwokozi wa ulimwengu.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1JN.4.15" />Kila akiriye kwamba Yesu ni Mwana wa Mungu, basi Mungu hukaa ndani yake, naye ndani ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="1JN.4.16" />Hivyo nasi twajua na kulitumainia pendo la Mungu alilo nalo kwa ajili yetu.
</p>
<p style="p">Mungu ni Upendo. Kila akaaye katika upendo hukaa ndani ya Mungu na Mungu hukaa ndani yake.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1JN.4.17" />Kwa njia hii, pendo hukamilishwa miongoni mwetu ili tupate kuwa na ujasiri katika siku ya hukumu, kwa sababu kama alivyo ndivyo tulivyo sisi katika ulimwengu huu.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="1JN.4.18" />Katika pendo hakuna hofu. Lakini pendo lililo kamili huitupa nje hofu, kwa sababu hofu inahusika na adhabu. Kila mwenye hofu hakukamilika katika pendo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="1JN.4.19" />Twampenda yeye kwa sababu yeye alitupenda kwanza.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1JN.4.20" />Ikiwa mtu atasema, “Nampenda Mungu,” lakini anamchukia ndugu yake, yeye ni mwongo. Kwa maana kila mtu asiyempenda ndugu yake ambaye anamwona, atampendaje Mungu asiyemuona?
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="1JN.4.21" />Naye ametupa amri hii: Yeyote anayempenda Mungu lazima pia ampende ndugu yake.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Imani Katika Mwana Wa Mungu Huushinda Ulimwengu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="1JN.5.1" />Kila mtu anayeamini kwamba Yesu ndiye Kristo amezaliwa na Mungu, na yeyote ampendaye Baba humpenda pia mtoto aliyezaliwa naye.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="1JN.5.2" />Hivi ndivyo tunavyojua kwamba tunawapenda watoto wa Mungu, kwa kumpenda Mungu na kuzitii amri zake.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="1JN.5.3" />Huku ndiko kumpenda Mungu, yaani, kuzitii amri zake. Nazo amri zake si nzito.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="1JN.5.4" />Kwa maana kila aliyezaliwa na Mungu huushinda ulimwengu. Huku ndiko kushinda kuushindako ulimwengu, yaani, hiyo imani yetu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="1JN.5.5" />Ni nani yule aushindaye ulimwengu? Ni yule tu aaminiye kwamba Yesu ni Mwana wa Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ushuhuda Kuhusu Mwana Wa Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="1JN.5.6" />Huyu ndiye alikuja kwa maji na damu, yaani, Yesu Kristo. Hakuja kwa maji peke yake, bali kwa maji na damu. Naye Roho ndiye ashuhudiaye, kwa sababu Roho ndiye kweli.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="1JN.5.7" />Kwa maana wako watatu washuhudiao[ mbinguni: hao ni Baba, Neno na Roho Mtakatifu. Hawa watatu ni umoja.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="1JN.5.8" />Pia wako mashahidi watatu duniani]: Roho, Maji na Damu; hawa watatu wanakubaliana katika umoja.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="1JN.5.9" />Kama tunaukubali ushuhuda wa wanadamu, basi ushuhuda wa Mungu ni mkuu zaidi, kwa kuwa huu ndio ushuhuda wa Mungu kwamba amemshuhudia Mwanawe.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="1JN.5.10" />Kila mtu amwaminiye Mwana wa Mungu anao huu ushuhuda moyoni mwake. Kila mtu asiyemwamini Mungu amemfanya yeye kuwa mwongo, kwa sababu hakuamini ushuhuda Mungu alioutoa kuhusu Mwanawe.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="1JN.5.11" />Huu ndio ushuhuda: kwamba Mungu ametupa uzima wa milele, nao huo uzima umo katika Mwanawe.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="1JN.5.12" />Aliye naye Mwana wa Mungu anao uzima, yeye asiye na Mwana wa Mungu hana uzima.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maneno Ya Mwisho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="1JN.5.13" />Nawaandikia mambo haya ninyi mnaoliamini Jina la Mwana wa Mungu ili mpate kujua ya kuwa mnao uzima wa milele.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="1JN.5.14" />Huu ndio ujasiri tulio nao tunapomkaribia Mungu, kwamba kama tukiomba kitu sawasawa na mapenzi yake, atusikia.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="1JN.5.15" />Nasi kama tunajua atusikia, lolote tuombalo, tunajua ya kwamba tumekwisha kupata zile haja tulizomwomba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="1JN.5.16" />Kama mtu akimwona ndugu yake akitenda dhambi isiyo ya mauti, inampasa aombe, naye Mungu atampa uzima mtu huyo. Ninamaanisha wale ambao dhambi yao si ya mauti. Iko dhambi ya mauti, sisemi kwamba utaomba kwa ajili ya hiyo.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="1JN.5.17" />Jambo lolote lisilo la haki ni dhambi, lakini iko dhambi isiyo ya mauti.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="1JN.5.18" />Tunajua ya kuwa yeye aliyezaliwa na Mungu hatendi dhambi, bali aliyezaliwa na Mungu hujilinda, wala yule mwovu hawezi kumdhuru.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="1JN.5.19" />Sisi twajua kuwa tu watoto wa Mungu na ya kwamba ulimwengu wote uko chini ya utawala wa yule mwovu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="1JN.5.20" />Nasi pia twajua ya kwamba Mwana wa Mungu amekuja, naye ametupa sisi ufahamu ili tupate kumjua yeye aliye Kweli. Nasi tumo ndani yake yeye aliye Kweli, yaani, ndani ya Yesu Kristo Mwanawe. Yeye ndiye Mungu wa kweli na uzima wa milele.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="1JN.5.21" />Watoto wapendwa, jilindeni nafsi zenu kutokana na sanamu. Amen.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="2JN"><id id="2JN">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>2 Yohana
</h><toc level="1">2 Yohana
</toc><toc level="2">2 Yohana
</toc><toc level="3">2Yn
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">2 Yohana
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Salamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="2JN.1.1" />Mzee:
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa bibi mteule na watoto wake, niwapendao katika kweli, wala si mimi tu, bali na wale wote waijuayo kweli:
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="2JN.1.2" />kwa sababu ya ile kweli ikaayo ndani yetu na ambayo itaendelea kukaa nasi milele:
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="2JN.1.3" />Neema, rehema na amani itokayo kwa Mungu Baba na kwa Yesu Kristo, Mwanawe Baba, itakuwa pamoja nasi katika kweli na upendo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kweli Na Upendo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="2JN.1.4" />Imenipa furaha kuu kuona baadhi ya watoto wako wanaenenda katika kweli, kama vile Baba alivyotuagiza.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="2JN.1.5" />Sasa, bibi mpendwa, si kwamba ninakuandikia amri mpya, bali ile tuliyokuwa nayo tangu mwanzo. Tupendane kila mmoja na mwenzake.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="2JN.1.6" />Hili ndilo pendo, kwamba tuenende sawasawa na amri zake. Hii ndiyo amri yake kama vile mlivyosikia tangu mwanzo, kwamba mwenende katika upendo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="2JN.1.7" />Wadanganyifu wengi, wasiokubali kwamba Yesu Kristo amekuja katika mwili, wametokea ulimwenguni. Mtu wa namna hiyo ni mdanganyifu na mpinga Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="2JN.1.8" />Jihadharini msije mkapoteza kile mlichokitenda, bali mpate kupewa thawabu kamilifu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="2JN.1.9" />Mtu yeyote asiyedumu katika mafundisho ya Kristo, bali akayaacha, yeye hana Mungu. Yeyote anayedumu katika mafundisho ana Baba na Mwana pia.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="2JN.1.10" />Msimpokee mtu yeyote anayewajia ambaye hawaletei mafundisho haya, wala msimkaribishe nyumbani mwenu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="2JN.1.11" />Yeyote amkaribishaye mtu wa namna hiyo anashiriki katika matendo maovu ya mtu huyo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Salamu Za Mwisho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="2JN.1.12" />Ninayo mengi ya kuwaandikia, lakini sitaki kutumia karatasi na wino. Badala yake, nataraji kuja kwenu na kuongea nanyi ana kwa ana, ili furaha yetu ipate kuwa timilifu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="2JN.1.13" />Watoto wa dada yako mteule wanakusalimu. Amen.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="3JN"><id id="3JN">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>3 Yohana
</h><toc level="1">3 Yohana
</toc><toc level="2">3 Yohana
</toc><toc level="3">3Yn
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">3 Yohana
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Salamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="3JN.1.1" />Mzee:
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa Gayo rafiki yangu, nimpendaye katika kweli.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Gayo Anasifiwa Kwa Ajili Ya Ukarimu Wake
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="3JN.1.2" />Mpendwa, naomba ufanikiwe katika mambo yote na kuwa na afya njema kama vile roho yako ifanikiwavyo.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="3JN.1.3" />Ilinifurahisha sana baadhi ya ndugu walipokuja na kutueleza juu ya uaminifu wako katika kweli na jinsi unavyoendelea kuenenda katika hiyo kweli.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="3JN.1.4" />Sina furaha kubwa kuliko hii, kusikia kwamba watoto wangu wanaenenda katika kweli.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="3JN.1.5" />Rafiki mpendwa, wewe ni mwaminifu kwa yale unayowatendea ndugu, ingawa wao ni wageni kwako.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="3JN.1.6" />Wameshuhudia kuhusu upendo wako mbele ya kanisa. Utafanya vyema ukiwasafirisha kama inavyostahili kwa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="3JN.1.7" />Ilikuwa ni kwa ajili ya hilo Jina waliondoka, bila kukubali kupokea msaada wowote kutoka kwa watu wasioamini.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="3JN.1.8" />Kwa hiyo imetupasa sisi kuonyesha ukarimu kwa watu kama hao ili tuweze kutenda kazi pamoja kwa ajili ya kweli.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Deotrefe
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="3JN.1.9" />Nililiandikia kanisa, lakini Deotrefe, yeye apendaye kujifanya wa kwanza, hakubali mamlaka yetu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="3JN.1.10" />Hivyo kama nikija, nitakumbuka matendo yake atendayo, akitusingizia kwa maneno ya hila. Wala hatosheki na hayo anayotusingizia, bali pia hukataa kuwakaribisha ndugu, na hata huwazuia wale walio tayari kufanya hivyo na kuwafukuza watoke kanisani.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Demetrio
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="3JN.1.11" />Rafiki mpendwa, usiige lile lililo baya bali lile lililo jema. Yeyote atendaye mema atoka kwa Mungu, bali atendaye mabaya hajamwona Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="3JN.1.12" />Kila mtu ameshuhudia mema kuhusu Demetrio, vivyo hivyo hata na hiyo kweli yenyewe. Sisi pia twashuhudia mema juu yake, nanyi mwajua kwamba ushuhuda wetu ni kweli.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Salamu Za Mwisho
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="3JN.1.13" />Ninayo mambo mengi ya kukuandikia, lakini sipendi kuandika kwa kalamu na wino.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="3JN.1.14" />Badala yake, nataraji kukuona upesi, nasi tutaongea pamoja ana kwa ana.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="3JN.1.15" />Amani iwe kwako. Rafiki zetu walioko hapa wanakusalimu. Wasalimu hao rafiki zetu walioko huko, kila mmoja kwa jina lake.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="JUD"><id id="JUD">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Yuda
</h><toc level="1">Yuda
</toc><toc level="2">Yuda
</toc><toc level="3">Yud
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Yuda
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Salamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="JUD.1.1" />Yuda, mtumwa wa Yesu Kristo na nduguye Yakobo:
</p>
<p style="p">Kwa wale walioitwa, wapendwa katika Mungu Baba na kuhifadhiwa salama ndani ya Yesu Kristo:
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="JUD.1.2" />Rehema, amani na upendo viwe kwenu kwa wingi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Dhambi Na Hukumu Ya Watu Wasiomcha Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="JUD.1.3" />Wapendwa, ingawa nilikuwa ninatamani sana kuwaandikia kuhusu wokovu ambao tunaushiriki sisi sote, niliona imenipasa kuwaandikia na kuwasihi kwamba mwitetee imani iliyokabidhiwa watakatifu kwa nafasi moja itoshayo.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="JUD.1.4" />Kwa kuwa kuna watu waliojipenyeza kwa siri katikati yenu, watu walioandikiwa tangu zamani hukumu hii, waovu, wapotoshao neema ya Mungu wetu kuwa ufisadi wakimkana yeye aliye Bwana wetu wa pekee, Bwana Yesu Kristo.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Hukumu Kwa Walimu Wa Uongo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="JUD.1.5" />Ingawa mmekwisha kujua haya yote, nataka niwakumbushe kuwa Bwana akiisha kuwaokoa watu wake kutoka nchi ya Misri, baadaye aliwaangamiza wale ambao hawakuamini.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="JUD.1.6" />Nao malaika ambao hawakulinda nafasi zao, lakini wakayaacha makao yao, hawa amewaweka katika giza, wakiwa wamefungwa kwa minyororo ya milele kwa ajili ya hukumu Siku ile kuu.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="JUD.1.7" />Vivyo hivyo, Sodoma na Gomora na pia ile miji iliyokuwa kandokando, ambayo kwa jinsi moja na hao, walijifurahisha kwa uasherati na kufuata tamaa za mwili zisizo za asili, waliwekwa wawe mfano kwa kuadhibiwa katika moto wa milele.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="JUD.1.8" />Vivyo hivyo, hawa waotao ndoto huutia mwili unajisi, hukataa kuwa chini ya mamlaka na kunena mabaya juu ya wenye mamlaka.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="JUD.1.9" />Lakini hata malaika mkuu Mikaeli alipokuwa anashindana na ibilisi juu ya mwili wa Mose, hakuthubutu kumlaumu, bali alimwambia, “Bwana na akukemee!”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="JUD.1.10" />Lakini watu hawa hunena mabaya dhidi ya mambo wasiyoyafahamu. Na katika mambo yale wanayoyafahamu kwa hisia kama wanyama wasio na akili, hayo ndiyo hasa yanayowaharibu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="JUD.1.11" />Ole wao! Kwa kuwa wanaifuata njia ya Kaini, wamekimbilia faida katika kosa la Balaamu na kuangamia katika uasi wa Kora.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="JUD.1.12" />Watu hawa ni dosari katika karamu zenu za upendo, wakila pamoja nanyi bila hofu, wakijilisha pasipo hofu. Wao ni mawingu yasiyokuwa na maji, yakichukuliwa na upepo, miti isiyo na matunda wakati wa mapukutiko, ambayo hunyauka, iliyokufa mara mbili na kungʼolewa kabisa.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="JUD.1.13" />Wao ni mawimbi makali ya bahari, yakitoa povu la aibu yao wenyewe, ni nyota zipoteazo, ambao weusi wa giza ndio akiba waliowekewa milele.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="JUD.1.14" />Enoki, mtu wa saba kuanzia Adamu alitoa unabii kuhusu watu hawa, akisema: “Tazama, Bwana anakuja pamoja na maelfu kwa maelfu ya watakatifu wake,
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="JUD.1.15" />ili kumhukumu kila mmoja na kuwapatiliza wote wasiomcha Mungu kwa matendo yao yote ya uasi waliyoyatenda, pamoja na maneno yote ya kuchukiza ambayo wenye dhambi wamesema dhidi yake.”
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="JUD.1.16" />Watu hawa ni wenye kunungʼunika na wenye kutafuta makosa; wao hufuata tamaa zao mbaya, hujisifu kwa maneno makuu kuhusu wao wenyewe na kuwasifu mno watu wenye vyeo kwa ajili ya kujipatia faida.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maonyo Na Mausia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="JUD.1.17" />Lakini ninyi wapenzi, kumbukeni yale mitume wa Bwana Yesu Kristo waliyonena zamani.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="JUD.1.18" />Kwa kuwa waliwaambia, “Siku za mwisho kutakuwa na watu wenye kudhihaki, watakaofuata tamaa zao wenyewe za upotovu.”
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="JUD.1.19" />Hawa ndio watu wanaowagawa ninyi, wafuatao tamaa zao za asili, wala hawana Roho.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="JUD.1.20" />Lakini ninyi wapendwa, jijengeni katika imani yenu iliyo takatifu sana tena ombeni katika Roho Mtakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="JUD.1.21" />Jilindeni katika upendo wa Mungu mkitazamia kwa furaha rehema ya Bwana wetu Yesu Kristo ili awalete katika uzima wa milele.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="JUD.1.22" />Wahurumieni walio na mashaka;
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="JUD.1.23" />wengine waokoeni kwa kuwanyakua kutoka kwenye moto; nao wengine wahurumieni mkiwa na hofu, mkichukia hata vazi lenye mawaa na kutiwa unajisi na mwili.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Dua Ya Kutakia Heri
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="24" bcv="JUD.1.24" />Kwake yeye awezaye kuwalinda ninyi msianguke na kuwaleta mbele za utukufu wake mkuu bila dosari na kwa furaha ipitayo kiasi:
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="JUD.1.25" />kwake yeye Mungu pekee Mwokozi wetu, kwa Yesu Kristo Bwana wetu, utukufu, ukuu, uweza na mamlaka ni vyake tangu milele, sasa na hata milele! Amen.<ve />
</p>
</book>
<book id="REV"><id id="REV">- Biblica® Open Kiswahili Contemporary Version 2015
</id><h>Ufunuo
</h><toc level="1">Ufunuo
</toc><toc level="2">Ufunuo
</toc><toc level="3">Ufu
</toc><p sfm="mt" style="mt1">Ufunuo
</p>

<c id="1" />
<s style="s1">Utangulizi Na Salamu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="REV.1.1" />Ufunuo wa Yesu Kristo aliopewa na Mungu ili awaonyeshe watumishi wake mambo ambayo ni lazima yatukie hivi karibuni. Alijulisha mambo haya kwa kumtuma malaika wake kwa Yohana mtumishi wake,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="REV.1.2" />ambaye anashuhudia kuhusu kila kitu alichokiona, yaani, Neno la Mungu na ushuhuda wa Yesu Kristo.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="REV.1.3" />Amebarikiwa yeye asomaye maneno ya unabii huu, na wamebarikiwa wale wanaoyasikia na kuyatia moyoni yale yaliyoandikwa humo, kwa sababu wakati umekaribia.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Salamu Kwa Makanisa Saba
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="REV.1.4" />Yohana, kwa makanisa saba yaliyoko Asia:
</p>
<p style="p">Neema na amani iwe kwenu kutoka kwake aliyeko, aliyekuwako na atakayekuja, na kutoka kwa wale roho saba walioko mbele ya kiti chake cha enzi,
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="REV.1.5" />na kutoka kwa Yesu Kristo ambaye ni yule shahidi mwaminifu, mzaliwa wa kwanza kutoka kwa wafu, mtawala wa wafalme wa dunia.
</p>
<p style="p">Kwake yeye anayetupenda na ambaye ametuweka huru kutoka dhambi zetu kwa damu yake,
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="REV.1.6" />akatufanya sisi kuwa ufalme na makuhani, tumtumikie Mungu wake ambaye ni Baba yake. Utukufu na uwezo ni vyake milele na milele! Amen.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="REV.1.7" />Tazama! Anakuja na mawingu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kila jicho litamwona,
</q>
<q style="q1">hata wale waliomchoma;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na makabila yote duniani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yataomboleza kwa sababu yake.
</q>
<q level="4" style="q4">Naam, ndivyo itakavyokuwa! Amen.
<ve />
</q>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="REV.1.8" />“Mimi ni Alfa na Omega,” asema Bwana Mungu, “aliyeko, aliyekuwako na atakayekuja, Mwenyezi.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Maono Ya Kristo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="REV.1.9" />Mimi, Yohana, ndugu yenu ninayeshiriki pamoja nanyi mateso katika Yesu na katika ufalme na uvumilivu katika saburi, nilikuwa katika kisiwa cha Patmo kwa ajili ya neno la Mungu na ushuhuda wa Yesu.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="REV.1.10" />Katika siku ya Bwana, nilikuwa katika Roho na nikasikia sauti kubwa kama ya baragumu nyuma yangu
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="REV.1.11" />ikisema,
<wj>“Andika kwenye kitabu haya yote unayoyaona, kisha uyapeleke kwa makanisa saba, yaani: Efeso, Smirna, Pergamo, Thiatira, Sardi, Filadelfia na Laodikia.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="REV.1.12" />Ndipo nikageuka ili nione ni sauti ya nani iliyokuwa ikisema nami. Nami nilipogeuka, nikaona vinara saba vya taa vya dhahabu,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="REV.1.13" />na katikati ya vile vinara vya taa, alikuwamo mtu kama Mwana wa Adamu, akiwa amevaa joho refu, na mkanda wa dhahabu ukiwa umefungwa kifuani mwake.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="REV.1.14" />Kichwa chake na nywele zake zilikuwa nyeupe kama sufu, nyeupe kama theluji, nayo macho yake yalikuwa kama mwali wa moto.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="REV.1.15" />Nyayo zake zilikuwa kama shaba inayongʼaa, katika tanuru ya moto, nayo sauti yake ilikuwa kama mugurumo ya maji mengi.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="REV.1.16" />Katika mkono wake wa kuume alishika nyota saba, na kinywani mwake ulitoka upanga mkali wenye makali kuwili. Uso wake ulikuwa kama jua likingʼaa kwa nguvu zake zote.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="REV.1.17" />Nilipomwona, nilianguka miguuni pake kama aliyekufa. Ndipo akauweka mkono wake wa kuume juu yangu na kusema:
<wj>“Usiogope, Mimi ndiye wa Kwanza na wa Mwisho.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="REV.1.18" /><wj>Mimi ni Yeye Aliye Hai, niliyekuwa nimekufa, na tazama, ni hai milele na milele! Nami ninazo funguo za mauti na kuzimu.</wj><f caller="+"><fr>1:18
</fr><ft>Kuzimu linalotokana na neno Hades la Kiyunani au Sheol kwa Kiebrania; maana yake ni mahali pa mateso kwa watu waliopotea.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="REV.1.19" /><wj>“Basi andika mambo uliyoyaona, yaliyopo na yale yatakayotukia baada ya haya.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="REV.1.20" /><wj>Kuhusu siri ya zile nyota saba ulizoziona katika mkono wangu wa kuume na vile vinara saba vya taa vya dhahabu ni hii: Zile nyota saba ni malaika wa yale makanisa saba, navyo vile vinara saba ni hayo makanisa saba.</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="2" />
<s style="s1">Kwa Kanisa Lililoko Efeso
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="REV.2.1" /><wj>“Kwa malaika wa kanisa lililoko Efeso andika:</wj>
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><wj>“Haya ndiyo maneno ya yule aliyezishika zile nyota saba katika mkono wake wa kuume na ambaye hutembea kati ya vile vinara saba vya taa vya dhahabu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="REV.2.2" /><wj>Nayajua matendo yako, bidii yako na saburi yako. Najua kuwa huwezi kuvumiliana na watu waovu na ya kwamba umewajaribu wale wanaojifanya kuwa mitume na kumbe sio, nawe umewatambua kuwa ni waongo.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="REV.2.3" /><wj>Umevumilia na kustahimili taabu kwa ajili ya Jina langu, wala hukuchoka.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="4" bcv="REV.2.4" /><wj>“Lakini nina neno dhidi yako: Umeuacha upendo wako wa kwanza.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="REV.2.5" /><wj>Kumbuka basi ni wapi ulikoangukia! Tubu na ukafanye matendo yale ya kwanza. Kama usipotubu, nitakuja kwako na kukiondoa kinara chako cha taa kutoka mahali pake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="REV.2.6" /><wj>Lakini una jambo hili kwa upande wako: Unayachukia matendo ya Wanikolai, ambayo nami pia nayachukia.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="7" bcv="REV.2.7" /><wj>“Yeye aliye na sikio na asikie yale ambayo Roho ayaambia makanisa. Yeye ashindaye, nitampa haki ya kula matunda toka kwa mti wa uzima, ambao uko katika paradiso</wj><f caller="+"><fr>2:7
</fr><ft>Paradiso hapa ina maana ya Bustani, yaani shamba dogo la miti izaayo matunda.</ft></f><wj>ya Mungu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kwa Kanisa Lililoko Smirna
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="REV.2.8" /><wj>“Kwa malaika wa kanisa lililoko Smirna andika:</wj>
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><wj>“Haya ndiyo maneno yake yeye aliye wa Kwanza na wa Mwisho, aliyekufa kisha akafufuka.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="REV.2.9" /><wj>Naijua dhiki yako na umaskini wako, lakini wewe ni tajiri! Nayajua masingizio ya wale wasemao kuwa ni Wayahudi lakini sio, bali wao ni sinagogi la Shetani.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="REV.2.10" /><wj>Usiogope mateso yatakayokupata. Nakuambia ibilisi atawatia baadhi yenu gerezani ili kuwajaribu, nanyi mtapata dhiki kwa muda wa siku kumi. Uwe mwaminifu hata kufa, nami nitakupa taji ya uzima.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="11" bcv="REV.2.11" /><wj>“Yeye aliye na sikio na asikie yale ambayo Roho ayaambia makanisa. Yeye ashindaye hatadhuriwa kamwe na mauti ya pili.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kwa Kanisa Lililoko Pergamo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="REV.2.12" /><wj>“Kwa malaika wa Kanisa lililoko Pergamo andika:</wj>
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><wj>“Haya ndiyo maneno yake yeye aliye na upanga mkali wenye makali kuwili.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="REV.2.13" /><wj>Ninajua unakoishi, ni kule ambako Shetani ana kiti chake cha enzi. Lakini umelishika Jina langu. Wala hukuikana imani yako kwangu hata katika siku za shahidi wangu mwaminifu Antipa, ambaye aliuawa katika mji mkuu wenu, ambako ndiko anakoishi Shetani.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="14" bcv="REV.2.14" /><wj>“Hata hivyo, nina mambo machache dhidi yako: Unao watu wafuatao mafundisho ya Balaamu, yule aliyemfundisha Balaki kuwashawishi Waisraeli watende dhambi kwa kula vitu vilivyotolewa kafara kwa sanamu na kufanya uasherati.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="REV.2.15" /><wj>Vivyo hivyo unao wale wayashikayo mafundisho ya Wanikolai.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="REV.2.16" /><wj>Basi tubu! Ama sivyo, nitakuja kwako upesi na kupigana na watu hao kwa upanga wa kinywa changu.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="17" bcv="REV.2.17" /><wj>“Yeye aliye na sikio na asikie yale ambayo Roho ayaambia makanisa. Yeye ashindaye nitampa baadhi ya ile mana iliyofichwa. Nitampa pia jiwe jeupe ambalo juu yake limeandikwa jina jipya asilolijua mtu, isipokuwa yule anayelipokea.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kwa Kanisa Lililoko Thiatira
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="REV.2.18" /><wj>“Kwa malaika wa kanisa lililoko Thiatira andika:</wj>
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><wj>“Haya ndiyo maneno ya Mwana wa Mungu, ambaye macho yake ni kama mwali wa moto na ambaye miguu yake ni kama shaba iliyosuguliwa sana.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="REV.2.19" /><wj>Nayajua matendo yako, upendo wako na imani yako, huduma na saburi yako na kwamba matendo yako ya sasa yamezidi yale ya kwanza.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="20" bcv="REV.2.20" /><wj>“Hata hivyo, nina neno dhidi yako: Unamvumilia yule mwanamke Yezebeli ambaye anajiita nabii, lakini anawafundisha na kuwapotosha watumishi wangu ili wafanye uasherati na kula vyakula vilivyotolewa kafara kwa sanamu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="REV.2.21" /><wj>Nimempa muda ili atubu kwa ajili ya uasherati wake, lakini hataki.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="REV.2.22" /><wj>Kwa hiyo nitamtupa kwenye kitanda cha mateso, na nitawafanya hao wanaozini naye kupata mateso makali wasipotubia njia zake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="REV.2.23" /><wj>Nami nitawaua watoto wake. Nayo makanisa yote yatajua kwamba Mimi ndiye nichunguzaye mioyo na nia, na kwamba nitamlipa kila mmoja wenu kwa kadiri ya matendo yake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="REV.2.24" /><wj>Basi nawaambia ninyi wengine mlioko Thiatira, ninyi ambao hamyafuati mafundisho ya Yezebeli, wala hamkujifunza hayo yanayoitwa mambo ya ndani sana ya Shetani (sitaweka mzigo mwingine wowote juu yenu):</wj>
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="REV.2.25" /><wj>Lakini shikeni sana mlicho nacho, mpaka nitakapokuja.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="26" bcv="REV.2.26" /><wj>“Atakayeshinda na kutenda mapenzi yangu mpaka mwisho, nitampa mamlaka juu ya mataifa:</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="qm" style="qm1"><v id="27" bcv="REV.2.27" /><wj>“ ‘Atawatawala kwa fimbo ya chuma,</wj>
</p>
<p sfm="qm" level="2" style="qm2"><wj>atawavunja vipande vipande</wj>
</p>
<p sfm="qm" level="2" style="qm2"><wj>kama chombo cha udongo’:</wj>
</p>
<p sfm="mi" style="mi"><wj>kama vile mimi nilivyopokea mamlaka kutoka kwa Baba yangu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="28" bcv="REV.2.28" /><wj>Nami nitampa pia ile nyota ya asubuhi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="29" bcv="REV.2.29" /><wj>Yeye aliye na sikio na asikie yale ambayo Roho ayaambia makanisa.</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="3" />
<s style="s1">Kwa Kanisa Lililoko Sardi
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="REV.3.1" /><wj>“Kwa malaika wa kanisa lililoko Sardi andika:</wj>
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><wj>“Haya ndiyo maneno ya aliye na zile Roho saba</wj><f caller="+"><fr>3:1
</fr><ft>Roho saba za Mungu hapa inamaanisha Roho wa Mungu katika ukamilifu wa utendaji wake.</ft></f><wj>za Mungu na zile nyota saba. Nayajua matendo yako, kwamba una sifa ya kuwa hai, lakini umekufa.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="REV.3.2" /><wj>Amka! Nawe uyaimarishe yale yaliyosalia na yaliyo karibu kufa, kwa maana sikuona kwamba kazi zako zimekamilika machoni pa Mungu wangu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="REV.3.3" /><wj>Kumbuka basi yale uliyoyapokea na kuyasikia, yatii na ukatubu. Lakini usipoamka, nitakuja kama mwizi wala hutajua saa nitakayokuja kwako.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="4" bcv="REV.3.4" /><wj>“Lakini bado una watu wachache katika Sardi ambao hawajayachafua mavazi yao. Wao wataenda pamoja nami, wakiwa wamevaa mavazi meupe, kwa maana wanastahili.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="REV.3.5" /><wj>Yeye ashindaye atavikwa vazi jeupe kama wao. Sitafuta jina lake kutoka kitabu cha uzima, bali nitalikiri jina lake mbele za Baba yangu na mbele za malaika wake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="REV.3.6" /><wj>Yeye aliye na sikio na asikie yale ambayo Roho ayaambia makanisa.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kwa Kanisa Lililoko Filadelfia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="REV.3.7" /><wj>“Kwa malaika wa kanisa lililoko Filadelfia andika:</wj>
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><wj>“Haya ndiyo maneno yake yeye aliye mtakatifu na wa kweli, yeye aliye na ufunguo wa Daudi. Anachokifungua hakuna awezaye kukifunga, wala anachokifunga hakuna awezaye kukifungua.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="REV.3.8" /><wj>Nayajua matendo yako. Tazama, nimeweka mbele yako mlango uliofunguliwa, wala hakuna awezaye kuufunga. Ninajua kwamba una nguvu kidogo lakini umelishika neno langu wala hukulikana Jina langu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="REV.3.9" /><wj>Nitawafanya wale wa sinagogi la Shetani, wale ambao husema kuwa ni Wayahudi lakini sio, bali ni waongo, nitawafanya waje wapige magoti miguuni pako, na wakiri ya kwamba nimekupenda.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="REV.3.10" /><wj>Kwa kuwa umeshika amri yangu ya kuvumilia katika saburi, nitakulinda katika saa ya kujaribiwa inayokuja ulimwenguni pote, ili kuwajaribu wote wakaao duniani.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="11" bcv="REV.3.11" /><wj>“Ninakuja upesi. Shika sana ulicho nacho, ili mtu asije akaichukua taji yako.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="REV.3.12" /><wj>Yeye ashindaye nitamfanya kuwa nguzo katika hekalu la Mungu wangu, wala hatatoka humo kamwe. Nitaandika juu yake Jina la Mungu wangu na jina la mji mkubwa wa Mungu wangu, Yerusalemu mpya, ambao unashuka kutoka mbinguni kwa Mungu wangu. Nami pia nitaandika juu yake Jina langu jipya.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="REV.3.13" /><wj>Yeye aliye na sikio na asikie yale ambayo Roho ayaambia makanisa.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kwa Kanisa Lililoko Laodikia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="REV.3.14" /><wj>“Kwa malaika wa kanisa lililoko Laodikia andika:</wj>
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><wj>“Haya ndiyo maneno yake yeye aliye Amen, shahidi mwaminifu na wa kweli, mtawala wa uumbaji wote wa Mungu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="REV.3.15" /><wj>Nayajua matendo yako, ya kwamba wewe si baridi wala si moto. Afadhali ungelikuwa moja au lingine.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="REV.3.16" /><wj>Hivyo kwa kuwa u vuguvugu, si baridi wala moto, nitakutapika utoke kinywani mwangu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="REV.3.17" /><wj>Kwa maana unasema: ‘Mimi ni tajiri, nimejilimbikizia mali, wala sihitaji kitu chochote.’ Lakini hutambui ya kwamba wewe ni mnyonge, wa kuhurumiwa, maskini, kipofu, tena uliye uchi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="REV.3.18" /><wj>Nakushauri ununue kutoka kwangu dhahabu iliyosafishwa kwa moto, ili upate kuwa tajiri, na mavazi meupe ili uyavae upate kuficha aibu ya uchi wako, na mafuta ya kupaka macho yako ili upate kuona.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="19" bcv="REV.3.19" /><wj>“Wale niwapendao, ninawakemea na kuwaadibisha. Hivyo uwe na bidii ukatubu.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="REV.3.20" /><wj>Tazama! Nasimama mlangoni nabisha. Kama mtu yeyote akisikia sauti yangu na kufungua mlango, nitaingia ndani na kula pamoja naye, naye pamoja nami.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="pm" style="pm"><v id="21" bcv="REV.3.21" /><wj>“Yeye ashindaye nitampa haki ya kuketi pamoja nami kwenye kiti changu cha enzi, kama vile mimi nilivyoshinda na nikaketi pamoja na Baba yangu kwenye kiti chake cha enzi.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="22" bcv="REV.3.22" /><wj>Yeye aliye na sikio na asikie yale ambayo Roho ayaambia makanisa.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="4" />
<s style="s1">Kiti Cha Enzi Kilichoko Mbinguni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="REV.4.1" />Baada ya mambo hayo nilitazama, nami nikaona mbele yangu mlango uliokuwa wazi mbinguni. Nayo ile sauti niliyokuwa nimeisikia hapo mwanzo ikisema nami kama tarumbeta ikasema,
<wj>“Njoo, huku, nami nitakuonyesha yale ambayo hayana budi kutokea baada ya haya.”</wj>
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="REV.4.2" />Ghafula nilikuwa katika Roho, na hapo mbele yangu kilikuwepo kiti cha enzi mbinguni, kikiwa kimekaliwa na mtu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="REV.4.3" />Aliyekuwa amekikalia alikuwa anaonekana kama yaspi na akiki. Kukizunguka kile kiti cha enzi palikuwa na upinde wa mvua ulioonekana kama zumaridi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="REV.4.4" />Kukizunguka hicho kiti cha enzi palikuwa na viti vingine vya enzi ishirini na vinne, na juu ya hivyo viti walikuwa wameketi wazee ishirini na wanne. Walivaa mavazi meupe, na walikuwa na taji za dhahabu vichwani mwao.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="REV.4.5" />Kwenye kile kiti cha enzi palikuwa panatoka miali ya umeme wa radi, ngurumo na sauti za radi. Mbele ya kiti cha enzi, taa saba zilikuwa zinawaka. Hizi ndizo roho saba<f caller="+"><fr>4:5
</fr><ft>Roho saba za Mungu hapa inamaanisha Roho wa Mungu katika ukamilifu wa utendaji wake.</ft></f> za Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="REV.4.6" />Pia mbele ya kiti cha enzi palikuwa na kile kilichoonekana kama bahari ya kioo, iliyokuwa angavu kama bilauri.
</p>
<p style="p">Katikati, kukizunguka kile kiti cha enzi, kulikuwa na viumbe wanne wenye uhai, wakiwa wamejawa na macho mbele na nyuma.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="REV.4.7" />Kiumbe wa kwanza mwenye uhai alikuwa kama simba, wa pili alikuwa kama ngʼombe dume, wa tatu alikuwa na uso kama wa mwanadamu, na wa nne alikuwa kama tai anayeruka.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="REV.4.8" />Kila mmoja wa hawa viumbe wanne wenye uhai alikuwa na mabawa sita, na kujawa na macho pande zote hadi chini ya mabawa. Usiku na mchana hawaachi kusema:
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="qc" style="qc">“Mtakatifu, Mtakatifu, Mtakatifu,
</p>
<p sfm="qc" style="qc">ni
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu Mwenyezi,
</p>
<p sfm="qc" style="qc">aliyekuwako, aliyeko na atakayekuja.”
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="9" bcv="REV.4.9" />Kila mara viumbe hao wanne wenye uhai wanapomtukuza, kumheshimu na kumshukuru yeye aketiye kwenye kile kiti cha enzi, tena aishiye milele na milele,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="REV.4.10" />wale wazee ishirini na wanne huanguka mbele zake aketiye kwenye kiti cha enzi na kumwabudu yeye aliye hai milele na milele. Huziweka taji zao mbele ya kiti cha enzi, wakisema:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="REV.4.11" />“Bwana wetu na Mungu wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe unastahili kupokea utukufu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na heshima na uweza,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa maana ndiwe uliyeviumba vitu vyote,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa mapenzi yako viliumbwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na vimekuwako.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="5" />
<s style="s1">Kitabu Na Mwana-Kondoo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="REV.5.1" />Kisha nikaona katika mkono wake wa kuume wa yule aliyeketi kwenye kile kiti cha enzi, kitabu kilichoandikwa ndani na upande wa nje, kikiwa kimefungwa kwa lakiri saba.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="REV.5.2" />Nami nikamwona malaika mwenye nguvu akitangaza kwa sauti kuu, akisema, “Ni nani anayestahili kuzivunja hizo lakiri na kukifungua kitabu?”
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="REV.5.3" />Lakini hapakuwa na yeyote mbinguni wala duniani au chini ya dunia aliyeweza kukifungua hicho kitabu wala hata kutazama ndani yake.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="REV.5.4" />Nikalia sana sana kwa sababu hakuonekana yeyote anayestahili kukifungua hicho kitabu wala kutazama ndani yake.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="REV.5.5" />Kisha, mmoja wa wale wazee akaniambia, “Usilie! Tazama, Simba wa kabila la Yuda, wa Uzao wa Daudi, ameshinda. Yeye ndiye anayeweza kukifungua hicho kitabu na kuvunja hizo lakiri zake saba.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="REV.5.6" />Ndipo nikaona katikati ya kile kiti cha enzi na wale viumbe wenye uhai wanne na miongoni mwa wale wazee, Mwana-Kondoo amesimama, akiwa kama amechinjwa. Alikuwa na pembe saba na macho saba, ambazo ndizo zile Roho saba<f caller="+"><fr>5:6
</fr><ft>Roho saba za Mungu hapa inamaanisha Roho wa Mungu katika ukamilifu wa utendaji wake.</ft></f> za Mungu zilizotumwa duniani pote.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="REV.5.7" />Huyo Mwana-Kondoo akaja na kukitwaa kile kitabu kutoka kwenye mkono wa kuume wa yule aliyeketi kwenye kile kiti cha enzi.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="REV.5.8" />Alipokwisha kukitwaa kile kitabu, wale viumbe wenye uhai wanne pamoja na wale wazee ishirini na wanne wakaanguka mbele ya yule Mwana-Kondoo. Kila mmoja wao alikuwa na kinubi, nao walikuwa wameshika mabakuli ya dhahabu yaliyojaa uvumba, ambayo ni maombi ya watakatifu.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="REV.5.9" />Nao wakaimba wimbo mpya, wakisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Wewe unastahili kukitwaa kitabu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuzivunja lakiri zake,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa sababu ulichinjwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa damu yako ukamnunulia Mungu watu
</q>
<q style="q1">kutoka kila kabila, kila lugha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kila jamaa na kila taifa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="REV.5.10" />Wewe umewafanya hawa wawe ufalme na makuhani
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wa kumtumikia Mungu wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao watatawala duniani.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="REV.5.11" />Kisha nikatazama, nikasikia sauti za malaika wengi wakiwa wamekizunguka kile kiti cha enzi, pamoja na wale viumbe wenye uhai wanne na wale wazee ishirini na wanne. Idadi yao ilikuwa kumi elfu mara kumi elfu na maelfu ya maelfu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="REV.5.12" />Nao waliimba kwa sauti kuu, wakisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Anastahili Mwana-Kondoo, yeye aliyechinjwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kupokea uweza na utajiri na hekima na nguvu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na heshima na utukufu na sifa!”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="REV.5.13" />Kisha nikasikia kila kiumbe mbinguni na duniani, chini ya nchi na baharini na vyote vilivyomo ndani yake vikiimba:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Sifa na heshima na utukufu na uweza
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni vyake yeye aketiye juu ya hicho kiti cha enzi
</q>
<q style="q1">na kwa Mwana-Kondoo,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">milele na milele!”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="14" bcv="REV.5.14" />Wale viumbe wenye uhai wanne wakasema, “Amen!” Nao wale wazee ishirini na wanne wakaanguka kifudifudi wakaabudu.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="6" />
<s style="s1">Mwana-Kondoo Avunja Lakiri Saba
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="REV.6.1" />Kisha nikaangalia wakati Mwana-Kondoo akivunja ile lakiri ya kwanza miongoni mwa zile saba. Ndipo nikasikia mmoja wa wale viumbe wanne wenye uhai akisema kwa sauti kama ya radi: “Njoo!”
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="REV.6.2" />Nikatazama, na hapo mbele yangu alikuwepo farasi mweupe! Yeye aliyempanda alikuwa na upinde, naye akapewa taji, akampanda akatoka akiwa kama mshindi aelekeaye katika kushinda.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="REV.6.3" />Alipoivunja ile lakiri ya pili, nikamsikia yule kiumbe wa pili mwenye uhai akisema, “Njoo!”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="REV.6.4" />Ndipo akatokea farasi mwingine mwekundu sana. Yeye aliyempanda akapewa uwezo wa kuondoa amani duniani na kuwafanya watu wauane. Yeye akapewa upanga mkubwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="REV.6.5" />Mwana-kondoo alipoivunja ile lakiri ya tatu, nikamsikia yule kiumbe wa tatu mwenye uhai akisema, “Njoo!” Nikatazama, na mbele yangu alikuwepo farasi mweusi! Yeye aliyempanda alikuwa na mizani mkononi mwake.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="REV.6.6" />Ndipo nikasikia kile kilichokuwa kama sauti katikati ya wale viumbe wanne wenye uhai ikisema, “Kipimo kimoja<f caller="+"><fr>6:6
</fr><ft>Ni kama lita moja.</ft></f> cha ngano kwa mshahara wa kibarua wa siku moja,<f caller="+"><fr>6:6
</fr><ft>Sawa na dinari moja.</ft></f> na vipimo vitatu vya shayiri kwa mshahara wa kibarua cha siku moja. Lakini usiharibu mafuta wala divai!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="REV.6.7" />Alipovunja ile lakiri ya nne, nikasikia sauti ya yule kiumbe wa nne mwenye uhai ikisema, “Njoo!”
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="REV.6.8" />Nikatazama, na hapo mbele yangu alikuwepo farasi mwenye rangi ya kijivujivu! Yeye aliyempanda aliitwa Mauti, naye Kuzimu<f caller="+"><fr>6:8
</fr><ft>Kuzimu linalotokana na neno Hades la Kiyunani au Sheol kwa Kiebrania.</ft></f> alikuwa akimfuata nyuma yake kwa karibu. Wakapewa mamlaka juu ya robo ya dunia, kuua kwa upanga, njaa, tauni na kwa wanyama wakali wa dunia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="REV.6.9" />Mwana-kondoo alipoivunja ile lakiri ya tano, nikaona chini ya madhabahu, roho za wale waliochinjwa kwa ajili ya neno la Mungu na kwa ajili ya ushuhuda walioutunza.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="REV.6.10" />Wakalia kwa sauti kuu, wakisema, “Hata lini, Ee Bwana Mwenyezi, uliye mtakatifu na mwaminifu, hutawahukumu na kulipiza kisasi juu ya watu waishio duniani kwa ajili ya damu yetu?”
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="REV.6.11" />Kisha kila mmoja wao akapewa joho jeupe na wakaambiwa wangoje kwa muda kidogo zaidi, mpaka idadi ya ndugu zao na watumishi wenzao watakaouawa kama wao walivyouawa, itakapotimia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="REV.6.12" />Nikatazama akiivunja ile lakiri ya sita. Pakatokea tetemeko kuu la nchi, na jua likawa jeusi kama nguo ya gunia iliyotengenezwa kwa singa za mbuzi, na mwezi wote ukawa mwekundu kama damu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="REV.6.13" />Nyota zilizo angani zikaanguka ardhini kama vile matunda ya mtini yasiyokomaa yaangukavyo wakati mti wake unapotikiswa na upepo mkali.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="REV.6.14" />Anga ikatoweka kama vile karatasi isokotwavyo, na kila mlima na kila kisiwa kikaondolewa mahali pake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="REV.6.15" />Ndipo wafalme wa dunia, wakuu wote, majemadari, matajiri, wenye nguvu na kila mtu, mtumwa na mtu huru, wakajificha katika mapango na kwenye miamba ya milima.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="REV.6.16" />Wakaiita milima na miamba wakisema, “Tuangukieni, mkatufiche na uso wake yeye aketiye kwenye kiti cha enzi, na mkatuepushe na ghadhabu ya Mwana-Kondoo!
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="REV.6.17" />Kwa maana siku ile kuu ya ghadhabu yao imewadia. Je, ni nani awezaye kustahimili?”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="7" />
<s style="s1">Waisraeli 144,000 Watiwa Muhuri
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="REV.7.1" />Baada ya hili nikaona malaika wanne wakiwa wamesimama katika pembe nne za dunia, wakizuia hizo pepo nne za dunia, ili kwamba pasiwe na upepo utakaovuma juu ya nchi au juu ya bahari au juu ya mti wowote.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="REV.7.2" />Nikaona malaika mwingine akipanda kutoka mawio ya jua akiwa na muhuri wa Mungu aliye hai. Akawaita kwa sauti kubwa wale malaika wanne waliokuwa wamepewa mamlaka ya kuidhuru nchi na bahari, akisema,
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="REV.7.3" />“Msiidhuru nchi wala bahari, wala miti, hadi tuwe tumetia muhuri kwenye vipaji vya nyuso za watumishi wa Mungu wetu.”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="REV.7.4" />Ndipo nikasikia idadi ya wale waliotiwa muhuri: yaani 144,000 kutoka makabila yote ya Israeli.
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="5" bcv="REV.7.5" />Kutoka kabila la Yuda 12,000 walitiwa muhuri,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kabila la Reubeni 12,000,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kabila la Gadi 12,000,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="6" bcv="REV.7.6" />kutoka kabila la Asheri 12,000,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kabila la Naftali 12,000,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kabila la Manase 12,000,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="7" bcv="REV.7.7" />kutoka kabila la Simeoni 12,000,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kabila la Lawi 12,000,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kabila la Isakari 12,000,
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1"><v id="8" bcv="REV.7.8" />kutoka kabila la Zabuloni 12,000,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">kutoka kabila la Yosefu 12,000,
</p>
<p sfm="li" style="li1">na kutoka kabila la Benyamini 12,000.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Umati Mkubwa Wa Watu Kutoka Mataifa Yote
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="REV.7.9" />Baada ya hili nikatazama na hapo mbele yangu palikuwa na umati mkubwa wa watu ambao hakuna yeyote awezaye kuuhesabu, kutoka kila taifa, kila kabila, kila jamaa na kila lugha, wamesimama mbele ya kile kiti cha enzi na mbele ya Mwana-Kondoo. Walikuwa wamevaa mavazi meupe na wakiwa wameshika matawi ya mitende mikononi mwao.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="REV.7.10" />Nao walikuwa wakipiga kelele kwa sauti kubwa wakisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Wokovu una Mungu wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yeye aketiye kwenye kiti cha enzi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na Mwana-Kondoo!”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="11" bcv="REV.7.11" />Malaika wote walikuwa wamesimama kukizunguka kile kiti cha enzi na wale wazee ishirini na wanne na wale viumbe wanne wenye uhai. Wakaanguka kifudifudi mbele ya hicho kiti cha enzi na kumwabudu Mungu,
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="REV.7.12" />wakisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Amen!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Sifa na utukufu
</q>
<q style="q1">na hekima na shukrani na heshima
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na uweza na nguvu
</q>
<q style="q1">viwe kwa Mungu wetu milele na milele.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Amen!”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="REV.7.13" />Kisha mmoja wa wale wazee ishirini na wanne akaniuliza, “Ni nani hawa waliovaa mavazi meupe, nao wametoka wapi?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="REV.7.14" />Nikamjibu, “Bwana, wewe wajua.”
</p>
<p style="p">Naye akasema, “Hawa ni wale waliotoka katika ile dhiki kuu, nao wamefua mavazi yao katika damu ya Mwana-Kondoo na kuyafanya meupe kabisa.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="REV.7.15" />Kwa hiyo,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Wako mbele ya kiti cha enzi cha Mungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumtumikia usiku na mchana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">katika hekalu lake;
</q>
<q style="q1">naye aketiye katika kile kiti cha enzi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atatanda hema yake juu yao.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="REV.7.16" />Kamwe hawataona njaa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala kiu tena.
</q>
<q style="q1">Jua halitawapiga
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala joto lolote liunguzalo.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="REV.7.17" />Kwa maana Mwana-Kondoo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliyeko katikati ya kile kiti cha enzi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atakuwa Mchungaji wao;
</q>
<q style="q1">naye atawaongoza kwenda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwenye chemchemi za maji yaliyo hai.
</q>
<q style="q1">Naye Mungu atafuta kila chozi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kutoka macho yao.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="8" />
<s style="s1">Lakiri Ya Saba Na Chetezo Cha Dhahabu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="REV.8.1" />Mwana-Kondoo alipoivunja ile lakiri ya saba, pakawa kimya mbinguni kwa muda wa nusu saa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="REV.8.2" />Nami nikawaona wale malaika saba wanaosimama mbele za Mungu, nao wakapewa tarumbeta saba.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="REV.8.3" />Malaika mwingine aliyekuwa na chetezo cha dhahabu, akaja na kusimama mbele ya madhabahu. Akapewa uvumba mwingi ili autoe pamoja na maombi ya watakatifu wote, juu ya yale madhabahu ya dhahabu yaliyo mbele ya kile kiti cha enzi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="REV.8.4" />Ule moshi wa uvumba pamoja na yale maombi ya watakatifu, vikapanda juu mbele za Mungu, kutoka mkononi mwa huyo malaika.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="REV.8.5" />Kisha yule malaika akachukua kile chetezo, akakijaza moto kutoka kwa yale madhabahu, akautupa juu ya dunia. Pakatokea sauti za radi, ngurumo, umeme wa radi na tetemeko la ardhi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Tarumbeta Ya Kwanza
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="REV.8.6" />Basi wale malaika saba waliokuwa na zile tarumbeta saba wakajiandaa kuzipiga.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="REV.8.7" />Malaika wa kwanza akaipiga tarumbeta yake, pakatokea mvua ya mawe na moto uliochanganyika na damu, navyo vikatupwa kwa nguvu juu ya nchi. Na theluthi ya dunia ikateketea, theluthi ya miti ikateketea, na nyasi yote mbichi ikateketea.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Tarumbeta Ya Pili
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="REV.8.8" />Malaika wa pili akaipiga tarumbeta yake na kitu kama mlima mkubwa unaowaka moto kikatupwa baharini. Theluthi ya bahari ikawa damu,
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="REV.8.9" />theluthi ya viumbe vyenye uhai viishivyo baharini vikafa na theluthi ya meli zikaharibiwa.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Tarumbeta Ya Tatu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="REV.8.10" />Malaika wa tatu akaipiga tarumbeta yake, na nyota kubwa iliyokuwa ikiwaka kama taa ikaanguka toka angani, ikaangukia theluthi ya mito na chemchemi za maji.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="REV.8.11" />Nyota hiyo inaitwa Uchungu. Theluthi ya maji yakawa machungu na watu wengi wakafa kutokana na maji hayo kwa maana yalikuwa machungu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Tarumbeta Ya Nne
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="REV.8.12" />Kisha malaika wa nne akaipiga tarumbeta yake, na theluthi ya jua, theluthi ya mwezi na theluthi ya nyota zikapigwa. Kwa hiyo theluthi moja ya mwanga ikawa giza. Theluthi ya mchana ikawa haina mwanga na pia theluthi ya usiku.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="REV.8.13" />Nilipokuwa tena nikitazama, nikamsikia tai mmoja akipiga kelele kwa sauti kuu wakati akiruka katikati ya mbingu, akisema, “Ole! Ole! Ole wa watu waishio duniani, kwa sababu ya tarumbeta ambazo malaika hao wengine watatu wanakaribia kuzipiga!”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="9" />
<s style="s1">Tarumbeta Ya Tano
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="REV.9.1" />Malaika wa tano akaipiga tarumbeta yake, nami nikaona nyota iliyokuwa imeanguka toka angani hadi ardhini. Nyota hiyo ilipewa ufunguo wa lile Shimo.<f caller="+"><fr>9:1
</fr><ft>Yaani Abyss kwa Kiyunani; maana yake ni Kuzimu, yaani makao ya pepo wachafu.</ft></f>
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="REV.9.2" />Alipolifungua hilo Shimo, moshi ukapanda kutoka humo kama moshi wa tanuru kubwa sana. Jua na anga vikatiwa giza na ule moshi uliotoka katika hilo Shimo.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="REV.9.3" />Ndipo katika ule moshi wakatoka nzige wakaenda juu ya nchi, nao wakapewa nguvu kama zile za nge wa duniani.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="REV.9.4" />Wakaambiwa wasidhuru nyasi ya nchi, wala mmea wala mti wowote, bali wawadhuru tu wale watu ambao hawana muhuri wa Mungu kwenye vipaji vya nyuso zao.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="REV.9.5" />Wakaruhusiwa kuwatesa kwa muda wa miezi mitano, lakini wasiwaue. Uchungu wa kuuma kwao ulikuwa kama ule wa mtu aumwapo na nge.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="REV.9.6" />Katika siku hizo watu watatafuta kifo lakini hawatakiona, watatamani kufa, lakini kifo kitawakimbia.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="REV.9.7" />Wale nzige walikuwa na umbo kama la farasi waliotayarishwa kwa ajili ya vita. Kwenye vichwa vyao kulikuwa na kitu kama taji za dhahabu na nyuso zao zilikuwa kama za binadamu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="REV.9.8" />Walikuwa na nywele kama za wanawake, na meno yao yalikuwa kama ya simba.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="REV.9.9" />Walikuwa na dirii kama za chuma, na sauti za mabawa yao zilikuwa kama ngurumo za farasi wengi na magari mengi yakikimbilia vitani.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="REV.9.10" />Walikuwa na mikia yenye miiba ya kuumia kama nge. Nguvu yao ya kutesa watu kwa huo muda wa miezi mitano ilikuwa katika hiyo mikia yao.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="REV.9.11" />Walikuwa na mfalme wao, ambaye ni malaika wa lile Shimo, ambaye jina lake kwa Kiebrania ni Abadoni, na kwa Kiyunani ni Apolioni.<f caller="+"><fr>9:11
</fr><ft>Abadoni au Apolioni maana yake ni Mharabu, yaani Yule aharibuye.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="REV.9.12" />Ole ya kwanza imepita, bado nyingine mbili zinakuja.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Tarumbeta Ya Sita
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="REV.9.13" />Malaika wa sita akaipiga tarumbeta yake, nami nikasikia sauti ikitoka katika zile pembe za madhabahu ya dhahabu iliyoko mbele za Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="REV.9.14" />Ile sauti ikamwambia yule malaika wa sita mwenye tarumbeta, “Wafungulie wale malaika wanne waliofungwa kwenye ule mto mkubwa Frati.”
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="REV.9.15" />Basi wale malaika wanne, waliokuwa wamewekwa tayari kwa ajili ya saa hiyo, na siku hiyo, na mwezi huo, na mwaka huo ili wawaue theluthi ya wanadamu wakafunguliwa.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="REV.9.16" />Idadi ya majeshi wapanda farasi ilikuwa 200,000,000. Nilisikia idadi yao.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="REV.9.17" />Hivi ndivyo nilivyowaona hao farasi na wapanda farasi katika maono yangu: Wapanda farasi walivaa dirii vifuani zenye rangi nyekundu sana kama ya moto na yakuti samawi na kiberiti. Vichwa vya hao farasi vilikuwa kama vichwa vya simba, na moto, moshi na kiberiti vilitoka vinywani mwao.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="REV.9.18" />Theluthi ya wanadamu wakauawa kwa mapigo hayo matatu, yaani, huo moto, moshi na kiberiti, vilivyotoka kwenye vinywa vya hao farasi.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="REV.9.19" />Nguvu za hao farasi zilikuwa katika vinywa vyao na kwenye mikia yao, kwa sababu mikia yao ilikuwa kama nyoka, yenye vichwa ambayo waliitumia kudhuru.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="REV.9.20" />Wanadamu waliosalia, ambao hawakuuawa katika mapigo hayo, bado walikataa kutubia kazi za mikono yao na hawakuacha kuabudu mashetani na sanamu za dhahabu, za fedha, za shaba, za mawe na za miti, ambazo haziwezi kuona, kusikia wala kutembea.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="REV.9.21" />Wala hawakutubu na kuacha matendo yao ya uuaji, uchawi, uasherati wala wizi wao.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="10" />
<s style="s1">Malaika Mwenye Kitabu Kidogo
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="REV.10.1" />Kisha nikamwona malaika mwingine mwenye nguvu akishuka kutoka mbinguni. Alikuwa amevikwa wingu na upinde wa mvua juu ya kichwa chake. Uso wake ulingʼaa kama jua na miguu yake ilikuwa kama nguzo za moto.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="REV.10.2" />Mkononi mwake alikuwa ameshika kijitabu kilichokuwa kimefunguliwa. Akauweka mguu wake wa kuume juu ya bahari na mguu wake wa kushoto akauweka juu ya nchi kavu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="REV.10.3" />Naye akapiga kelele kwa sauti kuu kama simba anayenguruma. Alipopiga kelele, zile radi saba zikatoa ngurumo zake.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="REV.10.4" />Nazo zile radi saba zilipotoa ngurumo, nilitaka kuanza kuandika, lakini nikasikia sauti kutoka mbinguni ikisema, “Yatie muhuri hayo yaliyosemwa na hizo radi saba na usiyaandike.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="REV.10.5" />Kisha yule malaika niliyekuwa nimemwona akiwa amesimama juu ya bahari na juu ya nchi akainua mkono wake wa kuume kuelekea mbinguni.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="REV.10.6" />Naye akaapa kwa Yule aishiye milele na milele, aliyeumba mbingu na vyote vilivyomo, dunia na vyote viijazavyo, pamoja na bahari na vyote vilivyomo ndani yake, akasema, “Hakuna kungoja tena!
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="REV.10.7" />Lakini katika siku zile ambazo huyo malaika wa saba atakapokaribia kuipiga hiyo tarumbeta yake, siri ya Mungu itatimizwa, kama vile alivyowatangazia watumishi wake manabii.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="REV.10.8" />Ndipo ile sauti niliyokuwa nimeisikia kutoka mbinguni ikasema nami tena ikaniambia, “Nenda, chukua kile kitabu kilichofunguliwa kilichoko mkononi mwa yule malaika aliyesimama juu ya bahari na juu ya nchi kavu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="REV.10.9" />Basi nikamwendea nikamwomba yule malaika anipe kile kitabu kidogo. Akaniambia, “Chukua na ukile. Kitakuwa kichungu tumboni mwako, lakini kinywani mwako kitakuwa kitamu kama asali.”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="REV.10.10" />Hivyo nikakichukua kile kitabu kidogo kutoka mkononi mwa yule malaika nikakila. Kilikuwa kitamu kama asali kinywani mwangu, lakini baada ya kukila, tumbo langu likatiwa uchungu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="REV.10.11" />Kisha nikaambiwa, “Imekupasa kutoa unabii tena kuhusu makabila mengi, mataifa, lugha na wafalme.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="11" />
<s style="s1">Mashahidi Wawili
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="REV.11.1" />Ndipo nikapewa mwanzi uliokuwa kama ufito wa kupimia, nikaambiwa, “Nenda ukapime hekalu la Mungu pamoja na madhabahu, nawe uwahesabu wale waabuduo humo.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="REV.11.2" />Lakini usiupime ua wa nje wa Hekalu, uache, kwa sababu ua huo wamepewa watu wa Mataifa. Hao wataukanyagakanyaga mji mtakatifu kwa muda wa miezi arobaini na miwili.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="REV.11.3" />Nami nitawapa mashahidi wangu wawili uwezo, nao watoe unabii kwa muda wa siku 1,260, wakiwa wamevaa nguo za gunia.”
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="REV.11.4" />Hawa ndio ile mizeituni miwili na vile vinara viwili vya taa visimamavyo mbele za Bwana Mungu wa dunia yote.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="REV.11.5" />Kama mtu yeyote akitaka kuwadhuru, moto hutoka vinywani mwao na kuwateketeza adui zao. Hivi ndivyo impasavyo kufa mtu yeyote atakayetaka kuwadhuru.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="REV.11.6" />Watu hawa wanao uwezo wa kufunga anga ili mvua isinyeshe wakati wote watakapokuwa wanatoa unabii wao. Nao watakuwa na uwezo wa kuyabadili maji kuwa damu na kuipiga dunia kwa kila aina ya mapigo mara kwa mara kama watakavyo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="REV.11.7" />Basi watakapokuwa wamemaliza ushuhuda wao, yule mnyama atokaye katika lile Shimo atapigana nao vita, atawashinda na kuwaua.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="REV.11.8" />Maiti zao zitabaki katika barabara ya mji mkubwa,<f caller="+"><fr>11:8
</fr><ft>Mji mkubwa hapa inamaanisha Yerusalemu ambako Bwana wao alisulubiwa.</ft></f> ambao kwa fumbo unaitwa Sodoma na Misri,<f caller="+"><fr>11:8
</fr><ft>Sodoma na Misri hapa inamaanisha Yerusalemu, kwa sababu mataifa watafanya uovu mwingi wa kila aina katika kipindi hicho cha miaka mitatu na nusu.</ft></f> ambapo pia Bwana wao alisulubiwa.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="REV.11.9" />Kwa muda wa siku tatu na nusu, watu wa kila kabila, jamaa, lugha na taifa wataziangalia hizo maiti zao na hawataruhusu wazikwe.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="REV.11.10" />Watu waishio duniani watazitazama kwa furaha maiti za hao manabii wawili na kushangilia kwa kupeana zawadi kwa sababu hao manabii waliwatesa watu waishio duniani.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="REV.11.11" />Lakini baada ya zile siku tatu na nusu, pumzi ya uhai kutoka kwa Mungu ikawaingia, nao wakasimama kwa miguu yao na wote waliowaona wakaingiwa na hofu kuu.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="REV.11.12" />Kisha wale manabii wawili wakasikia sauti kuu kutoka mbinguni ikiwaambia, “Njooni huku juu!” Nao wakapaa mbinguni katika wingu, wakati adui zao wakiwa wanawatazama.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="REV.11.13" />Saa iyo hiyo, kukatokea tetemeko kubwa la nchi na sehemu ya kumi ya mji ikaanguka. Watu elfu saba wakauawa katika tetemeko hilo, nao walionusurika wakaogopa sana, wakamtukuza Mungu wa mbinguni.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="REV.11.14" />Ole ya pili imekwisha kupita, tazama ole ya tatu inakuja upesi.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Tarumbeta Ya Saba
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="REV.11.15" />Yule malaika wa saba akaipiga tarumbeta yake, pakawa na sauti kubwa mbinguni iliyosema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Ufalme wa ulimwengu umekuwa ufalme wa Bwana wetu na wa Kristo wake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye atatawala milele na milele.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="16" bcv="REV.11.16" />Nao wale wazee ishirini na wanne, waliokuwa wameketi mbele za Mungu, kwenye viti vyao vya enzi, wakaanguka kifudifudi, wakamwabudu Mungu,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="REV.11.17" />wakisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Tunakushukuru,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu Mwenyezi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uliyeko na uliyekuwako,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa umetwaa uweza wako mkuu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na ukaanza kutawala.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="18" bcv="REV.11.18" />Mataifa walikasirika nao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakati wa ghadhabu yako umewadia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wakati umewadia wa kuwahukumu waliokufa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuwapa thawabu watumishi wako manabii
</q>
<q style="q1">na watakatifu wako pamoja na wale wote
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wanaoliheshimu Jina lako,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wakubwa kwa wadogo:
</q>
<q style="q1">na kuwaangamiza wale wanaoiangamiza dunia.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="REV.11.19" />Ndipo hekalu la Mungu lililoko mbinguni likafunguliwa, na sanduku la agano lake likaonekana humo ndani. Kukatokea mianga ya umeme wa radi, ngurumo, sauti za radi, tetemeko la nchi na mvua kubwa ya mawe.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="12" />
<s style="s1">Mwanamke Na Joka
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="REV.12.1" />Kukaonekana ishara kuu mbinguni: Palikuwa na mwanamke aliyevikwa jua, na mwezi ukiwa chini ya miguu yake, na taji ya nyota kumi na mbili ilikuwa kichwani mwake.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="REV.12.2" />Alikuwa na mimba naye akilia kwa uchungu kwa kuwa alikuwa anakaribia kuzaa.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="REV.12.3" />Kisha ishara nyingine ikaonekana mbinguni: Likaonekana joka kubwa jekundu lenye vichwa saba na pembe kumi na taji saba katika vichwa vyake.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="REV.12.4" />Mkia wake ukakokota theluthi ya nyota zote angani na kuziangusha katika nchi. Ndipo lile joka likasimama mbele ya yule mwanamke aliyekuwa karibu kuzaa ili lipate kumla huyo mtoto mara tu atakapozaliwa.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="REV.12.5" />Yule mwanamke akazaa mtoto mwanaume, atakayeyatawala mataifa yote kwa fimbo yake ya utawala ya chuma. Lakini huyo mtoto akanyakuliwa na kupelekwa kwa Mungu kwenye kiti chake cha enzi.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="REV.12.6" />Yule mwanamke akakimbilia jangwani, ambako Mungu alikuwa amemtayarishia mahali ili apate kutunzwa huko kwa muda wa siku 1,260.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Malaika Mikaeli Amshinda Yule Joka
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="REV.12.7" />Basi palikuwa na vita mbinguni: Mikaeli na malaika zake wakapigana na hilo joka, nalo joka pamoja na malaika zake likapigana nao.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="REV.12.8" />Lakini joka na malaika zake wakashindwa, na hapakuwa tena na nafasi yao huko mbinguni.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="REV.12.9" />Lile joka kuu likatupwa chini, yule nyoka wa zamani aitwaye ibilisi au Shetani, aupotoshaye ulimwengu wote. Akatupwa chini duniani, yeye pamoja na malaika zake.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Ushindi Mbinguni Watangazwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="REV.12.10" />Kisha nikasikia sauti kuu mbinguni, ikisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Sasa wokovu na uweza na Ufalme wa Mungu wetu umekuja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na mamlaka ya Kristo wake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuwa ametupwa chini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mshtaki wa ndugu zetu,
</q>
<q style="q1">anayewashtaki mbele za Mungu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">usiku na mchana.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="11" bcv="REV.12.11" />Nao wakamshinda
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa damu ya Mwana-Kondoo
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kwa neno la ushuhuda wao.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wala wao hawakuyapenda maisha yao
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hata kufa.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="12" bcv="REV.12.12" />Kwa hiyo, furahini ninyi mbingu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wote wakaao humo!
</q>
<q style="q1">Lakini ole wenu nchi na bahari,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana huyo ibilisi ameshuka kwenu,
</q>
<q style="q1">akiwa amejaa ghadhabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu anajua ya kuwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">muda wake ni mfupi!”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="REV.12.13" />Lile joka lilipoona kuwa limetupwa chini duniani, lilimfuatilia yule mwanamke aliyekuwa amezaa mtoto mwanaume.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="REV.12.14" />Lakini huyo mwanamke akapewa mabawa mawili ya tai mkubwa, kusudi aweze kuruka mpaka mahali palipotayarishwa kwa ajili yake huko jangwani, ambako atatunzwa kwa wakati na nyakati na nusu,<f caller="+"><fr>12:14
</fr><ft>Maana yake ni miaka mitatu na nusu.</ft></f> ya wakati ambako yule joka hawezi kufika.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="REV.12.15" />Ndipo lile joka likamwaga maji kama mto kutoka kinywani mwake, ili kumfikia huyo mwanamke na kumkumba kama mafuriko.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="REV.12.16" />Lakini nchi ikamsaidia huyo mwanamke kwa kufungua kinywa na kuumeza huo mto ambao huyo joka alikuwa ameutoa kinywani mwake.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="REV.12.17" />Kisha lile joka likapatwa na hasira kali kwa ajili ya huyo mwanamke na likaondoka ili kupigana vita na watoto waliosalia wa huyo mwanamke, yaani, wale wanaozitii amri za Mungu na kuushika ushuhuda wa Yesu Kristo. Lile joka likasimama kwenye mchanga wa bahari.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="13" />
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="REV.13.1" />Yule joka akajikita katika mchanga ulioko ufuoni mwa bahari.
</p>
<s style="s1">Mnyama Kutoka Baharini
</s>
<p style="p">Nami nikamwona mnyama akitoka ndani ya bahari. Mnyama huyo alikuwa na pembe kumi na vichwa saba, akiwa na taji kumi kwenye hizo pembe zake, na juu ya kila kichwa kulikuwa na jina la kukufuru.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="REV.13.2" />Mnyama yule niliyemwona alifanana na chui, lakini miguu yake ilikuwa kama ya dubu na kichwa chake kama cha simba. Lile joka likampa huyo mnyama nguvu zake, kiti chake cha enzi na mamlaka makubwa.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="REV.13.3" />Kimojawapo ya vichwa vya huyo mnyama kilikuwa kama kilichokwisha kupata jeraha la mauti, lakini jeraha hilo la mauti likapona. Ulimwengu wote ukashangaa ukamfuata huyo mnyama.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="REV.13.4" />Watu wakaliabudu lile joka kwa sababu lilikuwa limempa huyo mnyama mamlaka yake, pia wakamwabudu huyo mnyama na kuuliza, “Ni nani aliye kama huyu mnyama? Ni nani awezaye kupigana vita naye?”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="REV.13.5" />Huyo mnyama akapewa kusema maneno ya kiburi na kukufuru na kutumia mamlaka yake kwa muda wa miezi arobaini na miwili.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="REV.13.6" />Akafungua kinywa chake ili kumkufuru Mungu, akilitukana Jina lake na mahali aishipo na wale wakaao mbinguni.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="REV.13.7" />Pia akaruhusiwa kufanya vita na watakatifu na kuwashinda. Akapewa uwezo juu ya watu wa kila kabila, jamaa, lugha na taifa.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="REV.13.8" />Nao watu wote waishio duniani watamwabudu huyo mnyama, yaani, wale wote ambao majina yao hayakuandikwa kwenye kitabu cha uzima cha Mwana-Kondoo aliyechinjwa tangu kuumbwa kwa ulimwengu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="REV.13.9" />Yeye aliye na sikio na asikie.
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="10" bcv="REV.13.10" />Ikiwa mtu ni wa kuchukuliwa mateka,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atachukuliwa mateka.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ikiwa mtu ni wa kuuawa kwa upanga,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">atauawa kwa upanga.
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">Hapa ndipo penye wito wa subira na imani ya watakatifu.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mnyama Kutoka Dunia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="REV.13.11" />Kisha nikamwona mnyama mwingine, akipanda juu kutoka dunia. Alikuwa na pembe mbili kama mwana-kondoo, lakini akanena kama joka.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="REV.13.12" />Akatumia mamlaka yote ya yule mnyama wa kwanza kwa niaba yake, naye akawafanya wote wakaao duniani kumwabudu yule mnyama wa kwanza, ambaye jeraha lake la mauti lilipona.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="REV.13.13" />Naye akafanya ishara kuu na za ajabu, hata kusababisha moto kushuka toka mbinguni kuja duniani watu wakiona waziwazi.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="REV.13.14" />Kwa sababu ya zile ishara alizokuwa amepewa uwezo wa kuzifanya kwa niaba ya yule mnyama wa kwanza, akawadanganya wakaao duniani. Akawaamuru wasimamishe sanamu kwa heshima ya yule mnyama aliyekuwa amejeruhiwa kwa upanga lakini akaishi.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="REV.13.15" />Akapewa uwezo wa kuipa pumzi ile sanamu ya yule mnyama wa kwanza, ili iweze kusema na kuwasababisha wale wote waliokataa kuiabudu hiyo sanamu kuuawa.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="REV.13.16" />Pia alimlazimisha kila mmoja, mdogo na mkubwa, tajiri na maskini, mtu huru na mtumwa, atiwe chapa kwenye mkono wake wa kuume au kwenye kipaji chake cha uso,
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="REV.13.17" />ili kwamba mtu yeyote asiweze kununua wala kuuza isipokuwa amekuwa na hiyo chapa, ambayo ni jina la huyo mnyama au tarakimu za jina lake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="REV.13.18" />Hapa ndipo penye hekima. Yeye aliye na ufahamu na ahesabu tarakimu za huyo mnyama, kwa maana ni tarakimu za kibinadamu. Tarakimu zake ni 666.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="14" />
<s style="s1">Mwana-Kondoo Na Wale 144,000
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="REV.14.1" />Kisha nikatazama na hapo mbele yangu alikuwepo Mwana-Kondoo, akiwa amesimama juu ya Mlima Sayuni. Pamoja naye walikuwa wale 144,000 wenye Jina la Mwana-Kondoo na Jina la Baba yake likiwa limeandikwa kwenye vipaji vya nyuso zao.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="REV.14.2" />Nami nikasikia sauti kutoka mbinguni kama sauti ya maji mengi yaendayo kwa kasi na sauti kama ngurumo ya radi. Sauti hiyo niliyoisikia ilikuwa kama sauti ya wapiga vinubi wakipiga vinubi vyao.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="REV.14.3" />Nao wakaimba wimbo mpya mbele ya hicho kiti cha enzi na mbele ya wale viumbe wanne wenye uhai na wale wazee. Hakuna mtu yeyote aliyeweza kujifunza wimbo huo isipokuwa hao 144,000 waliokuwa wamekombolewa kutoka duniani.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="REV.14.4" />Hawa ndio wale ambao hawakujitia unajisi kwa wanawake, kwa kuwa wao ni bikira. Wao humfuata Mwana-Kondoo kila aendako. Hawa wamekombolewa kutoka miongoni mwa wanadamu wakawa malimbuko kwa Mungu na kwa Mwana-Kondoo.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="REV.14.5" />Vinywani mwao hapakuonekana uongo, wala hawakuwa na hatia yoyote.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Malaika Watatu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="REV.14.6" />Kisha nikamwona malaika mwingine akiruka juu angani, naye alikuwa na Injili ya milele ya kuwatangazia wale waishio duniani, yaani, kwa kila taifa, kabila, lugha na jamaa.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="REV.14.7" />Akasema kwa sauti kubwa, “Mcheni Mungu na kumpa utukufu, kwa maana saa ya hukumu yake imewadia. Mwabuduni yeye aliyeziumba mbingu, dunia, bahari na chemchemi za maji.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="REV.14.8" />Malaika wa pili akafuata akisema, “Umeanguka! Umeanguka Babeli Mkuu, ule uliyafanya mataifa yote kulewa kwa mvinyo wa ghadhabu ya uasherati wake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="REV.14.9" />Malaika wa tatu akawafuata hao wawili akisema kwa sauti kubwa, “Kama mtu yeyote anamwabudu huyo mnyama na sanamu yake na kutiwa chapa yake kwenye kipaji chake cha uso au kwenye mkono wake,
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="REV.14.10" />yeye pia atakunywa mvinyo wa hasira kali ya Mungu ambayo imemiminwa katika kikombe cha ghadhabu yake pasipo kuchanganywa na maji. Naye atateswa kwa moto uwakao na kiberiti mbele ya malaika watakatifu na mbele za Mwana-Kondoo.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="REV.14.11" />Nao moshi wa mateso yao hupanda juu milele na milele. Hakuna mapumziko, mchana wala usiku, kwa wale wamwabuduo huyo mnyama na sanamu yake, au kwa yeyote anayepokea chapa ya jina lake.”
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="REV.14.12" />Hapa ndipo penye wito wa subira na uvumilivu wa watakatifu; wale wanaozishika amri za Mungu na kudumu katika uaminifu kwa Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="13" bcv="REV.14.13" />Kisha nikasikia sauti kutoka mbinguni ikisema, “Andika: Wamebarikiwa wafu wafao katika Bwana tangu sasa.”
</p>
<p style="p">“Naam,” asema Roho, “watapumzika kutoka taabu zao, kwa kuwa matendo yao yatawafuata.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuvuna Mavuno Ya Dunia
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="REV.14.14" />Nikatazama, hapo mbele yangu palikuwa na wingu jeupe, na aliyekuwa ameketi juu ya hilo wingu alikuwa “kama Mwana wa Adamu” mwenye taji ya dhahabu kichwani mwake na mundu mkali mkononi mwake.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="REV.14.15" />Kisha malaika mwingine akaja kutoka hekaluni naye akamwita kwa sauti kubwa yule aliyekuwa ameketi juu ya lile wingu akasema, “Chukua mundu wako ukavune kwa kuwa wakati wa mavuno umewadia, kwa maana mavuno ya dunia yamekomaa.”
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="REV.14.16" />Hivyo yule aliyekuwa ameketi juu ya lile wingu akauzungusha mundu wake duniani, nayo dunia ikavunwa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="REV.14.17" />Malaika mwingine akatoka katika hekalu lililoko mbinguni, naye pia alikuwa na mundu mkali.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="REV.14.18" />Kisha malaika mwingine, aliyekuwa na mamlaka juu ya moto, akatoka kwenye madhabahu, naye akamwita yule malaika mwenye mundu mkali kwa sauti kubwa, akisema, “Chukua mundu wako mkali ukakusanye vichala vya mizabibu ya dunia, maana zabibu zake zimeiva.”
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="REV.14.19" />Hivyo yule malaika akauzungusha mundu wake duniani na kukusanya zabibu za dunia na kuzitupa kwenye shinikizo kubwa la ghadhabu ya Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="REV.14.20" />Lile shinikizo likakanyagwa nje ya mji, nayo damu ikatiririka kama mafuriko kutoka hilo shinikizo kufikia kimo cha hatamu za farasi,<f caller="+"><fr>14:20
</fr><ft>Kimo cha hatamu za farasi ni kama mita moja na nusu.</ft></f> kwa umbali wa maili 200.<f caller="+"><fr>14:20
</fr><ft>Maili 200 ni sawa na kilomita 320.</ft></f>
<ve />
</p>

<c id="15" />
<s style="s1">Malaika Saba Na Mapigo Saba
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="REV.15.1" />Ndipo nikaona ishara nyingine kubwa ya ajabu mbinguni: malaika saba wenye yale mapigo saba ya mwisho, kwa sababu kwa mapigo hayo ghadhabu ya Mungu ilikuwa imekamilika.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="REV.15.2" />Nikaona kile kilichoonekana kama bahari ya kioo iliyochanganyikana na moto. Kando ya hiyo bahari, walikuwa wamesimama wale watu waliomshinda yule mnyama na sanamu yake pamoja na tarakimu ya jina lake. Mikononi mwao walikuwa wameshika vinubi walivyopewa na Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="REV.15.3" />Nao wakaimba wimbo wa Mose, mtumishi wa Mungu, na wimbo wa Mwana-Kondoo, wakisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu Mwenyezi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">matendo yako ni makuu na ya ajabu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Njia zako wewe ni za haki na za kweli,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mfalme wa nyakati zote!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="4" bcv="REV.15.4" />Ni nani ambaye hatakuogopa wewe Bwana
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kulitukuza jina lako?
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuwa wewe peke yako ndiwe mtakatifu.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mataifa yote yatakuja
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kuabudu mbele zako,
</q>
<q style="q1">kwa kuwa matendo yako ya haki
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">yamedhihirishwa.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="REV.15.5" />Baada ya haya nikatazama, nalo hekalu, la hema la Ushuhuda, lilikuwa limefunguliwa mbinguni.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="REV.15.6" />Ndani ya lile hekalu wakatoka malaika saba wakiwa na mapigo saba. Walikuwa wamevaa nguo safi za kitani ingʼaayo na kufungwa mikanda ya dhahabu vifuani mwao.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="REV.15.7" />Ndipo mmoja wa wale viumbe wanne wenye uhai akawapa wale malaika saba mabakuli saba ya dhahabu yaliyojaa ghadhabu ya Mungu, yeye aishiye milele na milele.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="REV.15.8" />Nalo lile hekalu lilijawa na moshi uliotokana na utukufu wa Mungu na uweza wake, wala hakuna yeyote aliyeweza kuingia mle hekaluni mpaka yale mapigo saba ya wale malaika saba yalipomalizika.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="16" />
<s style="s1">Mabakuli Saba Ya Ghadhabu Ya Mungu
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="REV.16.1" />Kisha nikasikia sauti kubwa kutoka mle Hekaluni ikiwaambia wale malaika saba, “Nendeni, mkayamwage duniani hayo mabakuli saba ya ghadhabu ya Mungu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="2" bcv="REV.16.2" />Malaika wa kwanza akaenda akalimwaga hilo bakuli lake juu ya nchi. Majipu mabaya yenye maumivu makali yakawapata wale watu wote waliokuwa na chapa ya yule mnyama na walioabudu sanamu yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="REV.16.3" />Malaika wa pili akalimwaga bakuli lake baharini, nayo ikabadilika kuwa damu kama ya mtu aliyekufa na kila kiumbe hai kilichokuwa ndani ya bahari kikafa.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="REV.16.4" />Malaika wa tatu akalimwaga bakuli lake katika mito na chemchemi za maji, nazo zikawa damu.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="REV.16.5" />Ndipo nikamsikia malaika msimamizi wa maji akisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Wewe una haki katika hukumu hizi ulizotoa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wewe uliyeko, uliyekuwako, Uliye Mtakatifu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa sababu umehukumu hivyo;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="REV.16.6" />kwa kuwa walimwaga damu ya watakatifu wako
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na manabii wako,
</q>
<q style="q1">nawe umewapa damu wanywe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama walivyostahili.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="7" bcv="REV.16.7" />Nikasikia madhabahu ikiitikia,
</p>
<q style="q1">“Naam,
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu Mwenyezi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hukumu zako ni kweli na haki.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="REV.16.8" />Malaika wa nne akamimina bakuli lake kwenye jua, nalo likapewa nguvu za kuwaunguza watu kwa moto.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="REV.16.9" />Watu wakaunguzwa na hilo joto kali, wakalaani Jina la Mungu, aliyekuwa na uwezo juu ya mapigo haya, tena wakakataa kutubu na kumtukuza Mungu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="REV.16.10" />Malaika wa tano akamimina bakuli lake kwenye kiti cha enzi cha yule mnyama, nao ufalme wake ukagubikwa na giza. Watu wakatafuna ndimi zao kwa ajili ya maumivu,
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="REV.16.11" />wakamlaani Mungu wa mbinguni kwa sababu ya maumivu na majeraha yao, wala hawakutubu kwa ajili ya matendo yao maovu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="REV.16.12" />Malaika wa sita akamimina bakuli lake kwenye mto mkubwa Frati, maji yake yakakauka ili kutayarisha njia kwa ajili ya wafalme watokao Mashariki.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="REV.16.13" />Kisha nikaona roho wachafu watatu waliofanana na vyura wakitoka katika kinywa cha lile joka na katika kinywa cha yule mnyama na katika kinywa cha yule nabii wa uongo.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="REV.16.14" />Hizo ndizo roho za pepo wachafu zitendazo miujiza. Nazo huwaendea wafalme wa ulimwengu wote na kuwakusanya tayari kwa ajili ya vita katika siku ile kuu ya Mungu Mwenyezi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="REV.16.15" /><wj>“Tazama, naja kama mwizi! Amebarikiwa yeye akeshaye na kuziweka tayari nguo zake ili asiende uchi na kuonekana aibu yake.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="REV.16.16" />Ndipo wakawakusanya wafalme pamoja mahali paitwapo Armagedoni<f caller="+"><fr>16:16
</fr><ft>Armagedoni au Har-Magedoni ina maana Mlima Megido, mahali pa kinabii ambapo wafalme wote wa dunia watakusanyika kwa vita katika siku ya Mungu Mwenyezi.</ft></f> kwa Kiebrania.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="REV.16.17" />Malaika wa saba akamimina bakuli lake angani na sauti kubwa ikatoka mle hekaluni katika kile kiti cha enzi, ikisema, “Imekwisha kuwa!”
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="REV.16.18" />Kukawa na mianga ya umeme wa radi, ngurumo, radi na tetemeko kubwa la ardhi. Hapajawa kamwe na tetemeko la ardhi kama hilo tangu mwanadamu awepo duniani, hivyo lilikuwa tetemeko kubwa ajabu.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="REV.16.19" />Ule mji mkubwa ukagawanyika katika sehemu tatu, nayo miji ya mataifa ikaanguka. Mungu akaukumbuka Babeli Mkuu na kumpa kikombe kilichojaa mvinyo wa ghadhabu ya hasira yake.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="REV.16.20" />Kila kisiwa kikatoweka wala milima haikuonekana.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="REV.16.21" />Mvua kubwa ya mawe yenye uzito wa talanta moja<f caller="+"><fr>16:21
</fr><ft>Talanta moja ni kama kilo 34.</ft></f> ikashuka kutoka mbinguni, ikawaangukia wanadamu. Nao wanadamu wakamlaani Mungu kwa ajili ya hayo mapigo ya mvua ya mawe, kwa sababu pigo hilo lilikuwa la kutisha.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="17" />
<s style="s1">Kahaba Mkuu Na Mnyama
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="REV.17.1" />Mmoja wa wale malaika saba waliokuwa na yale mabakuli saba akaja akaniambia, “Njoo, nitakuonyesha adhabu ya yule kahaba mkuu, aketiye juu ya maji mengi.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="REV.17.2" />Yule ambaye wafalme wa dunia walizini naye na watu wakaao duniani walilewa kwa mvinyo wa uzinzi wake.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="3" bcv="REV.17.3" />Kisha yule malaika akanichukua katika Roho akanipeleka jangwani. Huko nikamwona mwanamke mmoja ameketi juu ya mnyama mwekundu aliyejaa majina ya kumkufuru Mungu mwili mzima. Mnyama huyo alikuwa na vichwa saba na pembe kumi.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="REV.17.4" />Huyo mwanamke alikuwa amevaa mavazi ya rangi ya zambarau na nyekundu, akimetameta kwa dhahabu, vito vya thamani na lulu. Mkononi mwake alikuwa ameshika kikombe cha dhahabu kilichojaa mambo ya machukizo na uchafu wa uzinzi wake.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="REV.17.5" />Kwenye kipaji chake cha uso palikuwa pameandikwa jina:
</p>
<p sfm="pc" style="pc">“Siri,
</p>
<p sfm="pc" style="pc">Babeli Mkuu,
</p>
<p sfm="pc" style="pc">Mama wa makahaba
</p>
<p sfm="pc" style="pc">na wa machukizo ya dunia.”
<ve />
</p>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="6" bcv="REV.17.6" />Nikaona kuwa huyo mwanamke alikuwa amelewa kwa damu ya watakatifu, yaani, damu ya wale watu waliouawa kwa ushuhuda wa Yesu.
</p>
<p style="p">Nilipomwona huyo mwanamke, nilistaajabu sana.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="REV.17.7" />Ndipo yule malaika akaniambia, “Kwa nini unastaajabu? Nitakufafanulia siri ya huyo mwanamke na huyo mnyama aliyempanda, mwenye vichwa saba na pembe kumi.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="REV.17.8" />Huyo mnyama ambaye ulimwona, wakati fulani alikuwepo, lakini sasa hayupo, naye atapanda kutoka lile Shimo na kwenda kwenye maangamizo yake. Watu waishio duniani ambao majina yao hayakuandikwa kwenye kitabu cha uzima tangu kuumbwa kwa ulimwengu watastaajabu kumwona huyo mnyama, kwa maana alikuwepo wakati fulani, na sasa hayupo, lakini atakuwepo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="REV.17.9" />“Hapa ndipo penye wito wa akili pamoja na hekima. Vile vichwa saba ni vilima saba ambavyo huyo mwanamke amevikalia.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="REV.17.10" />Pia hivyo vichwa saba ni wafalme saba ambao miongoni mwao watano wamekwisha kuanguka, yupo mwingine hajaja bado, lakini atakapokuja, atalazimika kukaa kwa muda mfupi.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="REV.17.11" />Yule mnyama aliyekuwepo wakati fulani na ambaye sasa hayupo, yeye ni mfalme wa nane. Ni miongoni mwa wale saba, naye anakwenda kwenye maangamizi yake.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="REV.17.12" />“Zile pembe kumi ulizoziona ni wafalme kumi ambao bado hawajapokea ufalme, lakini watapokea mamlaka kuwa wafalme kwa saa moja pamoja na yule mnyama.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="REV.17.13" />Hawa wana nia moja, nao watamwachia yule mnyama nguvu zao na mamlaka yao.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="REV.17.14" />Watafanya vita na Mwana-Kondoo, lakini Mwana-Kondoo atawashinda kwa sababu yeye ni Bwana wa mabwana na Mfalme wa wafalme. Yeye atakuwa pamoja na watu wake walioitwa ambao ni wateule wake na wafuasi wake waaminifu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="REV.17.15" />Kisha yule malaika akaniambia, “Yale maji uliyoyaona yule kahaba akiwa ameketi juu yake ni jamaa, makutano, mataifa na lugha.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="REV.17.16" />Zile pembe kumi ulizoziona, pamoja na huyo mnyama, watamchukia huyo kahaba, watamfilisi na kumwacha uchi, watamla nyama yake na kumteketeza kwa moto.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="REV.17.17" />Kwa maana Mungu ameweka mioyoni mwao kutimiza kusudi lake kwa kukubali kumpa yule mnyama mamlaka yao ya utawala mpaka maneno ya Mungu yatakapotimia.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="REV.17.18" />Yule mwanamke uliyemwona ni ule mji mkubwa unaotawala juu ya wafalme wa dunia.”
<ve />
</p>

<c id="18" />
<s style="s1">Kuanguka Kwa Babeli
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="REV.18.1" />Baada ya haya nikaona malaika mwingine akishuka kutoka mbinguni, akiwa na mamlaka makuu na dunia ikamulikiwa na mngʼao wake.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="REV.18.2" />Naye akalia kwa nguvu kwa sauti kubwa, akisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Umeanguka! Umeanguka Babeli Mkuu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Umekuwa makao ya mashetani
</q>
<q style="q1">na makazi ya kila pepo mchafu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">makazi ya kila ndege na kila mnyama achukizaye.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="3" bcv="REV.18.3" />Kwa maana mataifa yote yamekunywa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mvinyo wa ghadhabu ya uasherati wake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Nao wafalme wa dunia wamefanya uzinzi nao,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">nao wafanyabiashara wa dunia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wametajirika kutokana na wingi wa utajiri wake.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="REV.18.4" />Kisha nikasikia sauti nyingine kutoka mbinguni ikisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Tokeni katikati yake, enyi watu wangu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili msije mkashiriki dhambi zake,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ili msije mkapatwa na pigo lake lolote;
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="5" bcv="REV.18.5" />kwa kuwa dhambi zake zimelundikana hadi mbinguni,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">naye Mungu ameukumbuka uhalifu wake.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="6" bcv="REV.18.6" />Mtendee kama yeye alivyotenda;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">umlipe mara mbili kwa ajili ya yale aliyotenda.
</q>
<q style="q1">Katika kikombe chake mchanganyie
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mara mbili ya kile alichochanganya.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="REV.18.7" />Mpatie mateso na huzuni nyingi sawa na
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utukufu na anasa alizojipatia.
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa kuwa moyoni mwake hujivuna, akisema,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">‘Mimi ninatawala kama malkia;
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mimi si mjane, wala sitaona huzuni kamwe.’
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="REV.18.8" />Kwa hiyo mapigo yatampata kwa siku moja:
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mauti, maombolezo na njaa.
</q>
<q style="q1">Naye atateketezwa kwa moto,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu amhukumuye ana nguvu.
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="REV.18.9" />“Wafalme wa dunia waliozini naye na kushiriki anasa zake watakapoona moshi wa kuungua kwake, watamlilia na kumwombolezea.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="REV.18.10" />Kwa hofu kubwa ya mateso yake, watasimama mbali na kulia na wakisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Ole! Ole, ee mji mkubwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ee Babeli mji wenye nguvu!
</q>
<q style="q1">Hukumu yako imekuja katika saa moja!’
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="REV.18.11" />“Wafanyabiashara wa dunia watalia na kumwomboleza kwa sababu hakuna anunuaye bidhaa zao tena:
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="REV.18.12" />Bidhaa za dhahabu, za fedha, za vito vya thamani na vya lulu, kitani safi, nguo za rangi ya zambarau, hariri, nguo nyekundu, aina zote za miti ya udi, na vifaa vyote vya pembe za ndovu, vifaa vyote vya miti yenye thamani kuliko yote, shaba, chuma na marmar,
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="REV.18.13" />bidhaa za mdalasini, vikolezi, za uvumba, manemane, na uvumba wenye harufu nzuri, za divai, na mafuta ya zeituni, za unga mzuri na ngano; ngʼombe na kondoo; farasi na magari; na miili na roho za wanadamu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="REV.18.14" />“Watasema, ‘Yale matunda ambayo roho yako iliyatamani yamekoma. Utajiri wako wote na fahari yako vimetoweka, wala haviwezi kupatikana tena kamwe!’
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="REV.18.15" />Wale wafanyabiashara waliotajirika kwa bidhaa hizo kutoka kwake watasimama mbali naye kwa hofu kubwa ya mateso yanayompata. Watalia na kuomboleza wakipiga kelele wakisema:
<ve />
</p>
<q style="q1"><v id="16" bcv="REV.18.16" />“ ‘Ole! Ole, ee mji mkubwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">uliyekuwa umevikwa mavazi ya kitani safi,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ya rangi ya zambarau na nyekundu,
</q>
<q style="q1">ukimetameta kwa dhahabu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">vito vya thamani na lulu!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="17" bcv="REV.18.17" />Katika muda wa saa moja utajiri wote mkubwa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kama huu umeangamia!’
</q>
<p style="p">“Kila nahodha, na wote wasafirio kwa meli, na wote wapatao kipato chao kutokana na bahari, watasimama mbali.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="REV.18.18" />Watakapouona moshi wa kuungua kwake watalia wakisema, ‘Je, kulipata kuwako mji mkubwa kama huu?’
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="REV.18.19" />Nao watajirushia mavumbi vichwani mwao, huku wakilia na kuomboleza, wakisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“ ‘Ole! Ole, ee mji mkubwa,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mji ambao wote wenye meli baharini
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">walitajirika kupitia kwa mali zake!
</q>
<q style="q1">Katika saa moja tu ameangamizwa!
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="20" bcv="REV.18.20" />Furahia kwa ajili yake, ee mbingu!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Furahini watakatifu, mitume na manabii!
</q>
<q style="q1">Mungu amemhukumu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa vile alivyowatendea ninyi.’ ”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="REV.18.21" />Kisha malaika mmoja mwenye nguvu akainua jiwe kubwa kama la kusagia akalitupa baharini akisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Hivyo ndivyo mji mkubwa Babeli
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">utakavyotupwa chini kwa nguvu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wala hautaonekana tena.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="22" bcv="REV.18.22" />Nyimbo za wapiga vinubi na waimbaji,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wapiga filimbi na wapiga tarumbeta
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kamwe hazitasikika tena ndani yako.
</q>
<q style="q1">Ndani yako kamwe hataonekana tena fundi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">mwenye ujuzi wa aina yoyote.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wala sauti ya jiwe la kusagia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kamwe haitasikika tena.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="23" bcv="REV.18.23" />Mwanga wa taa
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">hautaangaza ndani yako tena.
</q>
<q style="q1">Sauti ya bwana arusi na bibi arusi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kamwe haitasikika ndani yako tena.
</q>
<q style="q1">Wafanyabiashara wako walikuwa watu maarufu wa dunia.
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Mataifa yote yalipotoshwa kwa uchawi wako.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="24" bcv="REV.18.24" />Ndani yake ilionekana damu ya manabii na ya watakatifu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na wote waliouawa duniani.”
<ve />
</q>

<c id="19" />
<s style="s1">Shangwe Huko Mbinguni
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="REV.19.1" />Baada ya haya nikasikia sauti kama ya umati mkubwa mbinguni wakipiga kelele wakisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Haleluya!
</q>
<q style="q1">Wokovu na utukufu na uweza ni vya Mungu wetu,
<ve />
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2"><v id="2" bcv="REV.19.2" />kwa maana hukumu zake
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ni za kweli na za haki.
</q>
<q style="q1">Amemhukumu yule kahaba mkuu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">aliyeuharibu ulimwengu kwa uzinzi wake.
</q>
<q style="q1">Mungu amemlipiza kisasi
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">kwa ajili ya damu ya watumishi wake.”
<ve />
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m"><v id="3" bcv="REV.19.3" />Wakasema tena kwa nguvu:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Haleluya!
</q>
<q style="q1">Moshi wake huyo kahaba unapanda juu
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">milele na milele.”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="REV.19.4" />Wale wazee ishirini na wanne pamoja na wale viumbe wanne wenye uhai wakaanguka kifudifudi, wakamwabudu Mungu, aliyekuwa ameketi kwenye kile kiti cha enzi. Wakasema kwa sauti kuu:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Amen, Haleluya!”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="REV.19.5" />Kisha sauti ikatoka katika kile kiti cha enzi, ikisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Msifuni Mungu wetu,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">ninyi watumishi wake wote,
</q>
<q style="q1">ninyi nyote mnaomcha,
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">wadogo kwa wakubwa!”
<ve />
</q>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="REV.19.6" />Kisha nikasikia sauti kama ya umati mkubwa, kama sauti ya maji mengi yaendayo kasi na kama ngurumo kubwa ya radi wakipiga kelele wakisema:
</p>
<q style="q1">“Haleluya!
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">Kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu wetu Mwenyezi anatawala.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="7" bcv="REV.19.7" />Tufurahi, tushangilie
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na kumpa utukufu!
</q>
<q style="q1">Kwa maana arusi ya Mwana-Kondoo imewadia
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">na bibi arusi wake amejiweka tayari.
<ve />
</q>
<q style="q1"><v id="8" bcv="REV.19.8" />Akapewa kitani safi, nyeupe
</q>
<q level="2" style="q2">inayongʼaa, ili avae.”
</q>
<p sfm="m" style="m">(Hiyo kitani safi inawakilisha matendo ya haki ya watakatifu.)
<ve />
</p>
<b style="b" />
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="REV.19.9" />Ndipo malaika akaniambia, “Andika: ‘Wamebarikiwa wale walioalikwa kwenye karamu ya arusi ya Mwana-Kondoo!’ ” Naye akaongeza kusema, “Haya ndiyo maneno ya kweli ya Mungu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="REV.19.10" />Ndipo nikaanguka kifudifudi miguuni pake ili kumwabudu, lakini yeye akaniambia, “Usifanye hivyo! Mimi pia ni mtumishi mwenzako pamoja na ndugu zako walio na ushuhuda wa Yesu. Mwabudu Mungu! Maana ushuhuda wa Yesu ndio roho ya unabii.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Aliyepanda Farasi Mweupe
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="REV.19.11" />Kisha nikaona mbingu imefunguka na hapo mbele yangu akiwepo farasi mweupe, ambaye yeye aliyempanda aliitwa Mwaminifu na Kweli. Yeye huhukumu kwa haki na kufanya vita.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="REV.19.12" />Macho yake ni kama miali ya moto na juu ya kichwa chake kuna taji nyingi. Ana jina lililoandikwa ambalo hakuna mtu yeyote anayelijua isipokuwa yeye mwenyewe.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="REV.19.13" />Amevaa joho lililochoviwa katika damu, na Jina lake ni “Neno la Mungu.”
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="REV.19.14" />Majeshi ya mbinguni walikuwa wakimfuata, wakiwa wamepanda farasi weupe, hali wamevaa mavazi ya kitani safi, nyeupe na nzuri.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="REV.19.15" />Kinywani mwake hutoka upanga mkali ambao kwa huo atayaangusha mataifa. “Atayatawala kwa fimbo yake ya utawala ya chuma.” Hulikanyaga shinikizo la mvinyo wa ghadhabu ya Mungu Mwenyezi.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="REV.19.16" />Kwenye joho lake na paja lake pameandikwa jina hili:
</p>
<p sfm="pc" style="pc">Mfalme wa wafalme, na Bwana wa mabwana.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Mnyama Na Majeshi Yake Yashindwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="REV.19.17" />Nami nikamwona malaika amesimama ndani kwenye jua, akaita ndege wote warukao angani kwa sauti kuu, “Njooni, kusanyikeni kwa ajili ya karamu kubwa ya Mungu,
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="REV.19.18" />ili mpate kula nyama ya wafalme na ya majemadari, ya mashujaa, ya farasi na ya wapanda farasi, nyama ya wanadamu, wote walio huru na watumwa, wadogo na wakubwa.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="19" bcv="REV.19.19" />Kisha nikamwona yule mnyama na wafalme wa dunia pamoja na majeshi yao wakiwa wamekusanyika pamoja ili kufanya vita dhidi ya yule aliyempanda farasi pamoja na jeshi lake.
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="REV.19.20" />Lakini yule mnyama akakamatwa pamoja na huyo nabii wa uongo ambaye alikuwa amefanya ishara kwa niaba ya huyo mnyama, ambaye kwa ishara hizi aliwadanganya wale waliopokea chapa ya huyo mnyama na kuiabudu sanamu yake. Hawa wawili wakatupwa wakiwa hai ndani ya ziwa la moto liwakalo kwa kiberiti.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="REV.19.21" />Wale waliosalia waliuawa kwa upanga uliotoka kinywani mwa yule aliyekuwa amempanda farasi nao ndege wote wakajishibisha kwa nyama yao.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="20" />
<s style="s1">Utawala Wa Miaka Elfu Moja
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="REV.20.1" />Kisha nikaona malaika akishuka kutoka mbinguni, akiwa ameshika ufunguo wa lile Shimo na mnyororo mkubwa mkononi mwake.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="REV.20.2" />Akalishika lile joka, yule nyoka wa zamani, ambaye ndiye ibilisi au Shetani, naye akamfunga kwa muda wa miaka 1,000.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="REV.20.3" />Akamtupa katika lile Shimo, akamfunga humo na kulitia lakiri, ili kumzuia asiendelee kudanganya mataifa mpaka hiyo miaka 1,000 itimie. Baada ya hayo lazima afunguliwe kwa muda mfupi.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="4" bcv="REV.20.4" />Kisha nikaona viti vya enzi vilivyokuwa vimekaliwa na hao waliopewa mamlaka ya kuhukumu, na nikaona roho za wale waliokatwa vichwa kwa sababu ya ushuhuda wa Yesu na kwa sababu ya neno la Mungu. Hawakuwa wamemsujudu huyo mnyama wala sanamu yake wala hawakupokea ile chapa yake kwenye vipaji vya nyuso zao au kwenye mikono yao. Wakawa hai na kutawala pamoja na Kristo miaka 1,000.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="REV.20.5" />(Wafu waliosalia hawakufufuka mpaka ilipotimia hiyo miaka 1,000.) Huu ndio ufufuo wa kwanza.
<ve />
<v id="6" bcv="REV.20.6" />Waliobarikiwa na walio watakatifu ni wale walio na sehemu katika ufufuo wa kwanza. Hao mauti ya pili haina nguvu juu yao, bali watakuwa makuhani wa Mungu na wa Kristo, nao watatawala pamoja naye kwa muda wa miaka 1,000.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Kuhukumiwa Kwa Shetani
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="REV.20.7" />Hiyo miaka 1,000 itakapotimia, Shetani atafunguliwa kutoka kifungoni mwake,
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="REV.20.8" />naye atatoka ili kuyadanganya mataifa yaliyopo katika pembe nne za dunia, yaani, Gogu na Magogu apate kuwakusanya tayari kwa vita. Idadi yao ni kama mchanga ulioko pwani.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="REV.20.9" />Nao walitembea katika eneo lote la dunia, wakaizunguka kambi ya watakatifu na ule mji unaopendwa. Lakini moto ukashuka kutoka mbinguni na kuwateketeza.
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="REV.20.10" />Naye ibilisi aliyewadanganya akatupwa katika ziwa la moto na kiberiti walikokuwa wametupwa yule mnyama na yule nabii wa uongo. Watateswa humo usiku na mchana, milele na milele.
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Wafu Wanahukumiwa
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="11" bcv="REV.20.11" />Kisha nikaona kiti kikubwa cheupe cha enzi pamoja na yeye aliyeketi juu yake. Dunia na mbingu zikaukimbia uso wake wala mahali pao hapakuonekana.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="REV.20.12" />Nami nikawaona wafu wakubwa na wadogo, wakiwa wamesimama mbele ya hicho kiti cha enzi na vitabu vikafunguliwa. Pia kitabu kingine kikafunguliwa ambacho ni kitabu cha uzima. Hao wafu wakahukumiwa sawasawa na matendo yao kama yalivyoandikwa ndani ya hivyo vitabu.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="REV.20.13" />Bahari ikawatoa wafu waliokuwamo ndani yake, nayo mauti na Kuzimu zikawatoa wafu waliokuwamo ndani yake. Kila mtu akahukumiwa kulingana na yale aliyoyatenda.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="REV.20.14" />Kisha mauti na Kuzimu zikatupwa katika ziwa la moto. Hii ndio mauti ya pili, yaani, hilo ziwa la moto.
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="REV.20.15" />Iwapo mtu jina lake halikuonekana katika kile kitabu cha uzima, alitupwa ndani ya lile ziwa la moto.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="21" />
<s style="s1">Mbingu Mpya Na Nchi Mpya
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="REV.21.1" />Kisha nikaona mbingu mpya na nchi mpya, kwa maana mbingu za kwanza na nchi ya kwanza vimekwisha kupita, wala hapakuwepo na bahari tena.
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="REV.21.2" />Nikaona Mji Mtakatifu, Yerusalemu mpya, ukishuka kutoka mbinguni kwa Mungu, ukiwa umeandaliwa kama bibi arusi aliyepambwa kwa ajili ya mumewe.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="REV.21.3" />Nami nikasikia sauti kubwa kutoka kile kiti cha enzi ikisema, “Sasa makao ya Mungu ni pamoja na wanadamu, naye atakaa pamoja nao. Yeye atakuwa Mungu wao nao watakuwa watu wake, naye Mungu mwenyewe atakuwa pamoja nao.
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="REV.21.4" />Atafuta kila chozi kutoka macho yao. Mauti haitakuwepo tena, wala maombolezo, wala kilio, wala maumivu, kwa maana mambo ya kwanza yamekwisha kupita.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="5" bcv="REV.21.5" />Naye yule aliyeketi juu ya kile kiti cha enzi akasema, “Tazama, nayafanya mambo yote kuwa mapya!” Kisha akasema, “Andika haya, maana maneno haya ni ya kuaminika tena ni kweli.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="REV.21.6" />Akaniambia, “Imekwisha kuwa. Mimi ni Alfa na Omega, Mwanzo na Mwisho. Yeye aonaye kiu nitampa kunywa kutoka chemchemi ya maji ya uzima bila gharama yoyote.
<ve />
<v id="7" bcv="REV.21.7" />Yeye ashindaye atayarithi haya yote, nami nitakuwa Mungu wake, naye atakuwa mwanangu.
<ve />
<v id="8" bcv="REV.21.8" />Lakini waoga, wasioamini, wachafu, wauaji, wazinzi, wachawi, waabudu sanamu, pamoja na waongo wote, mahali pao ni katika lile ziwa liwakalo moto na kiberiti. Hii ndiyo mauti ya pili.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="9" bcv="REV.21.9" />Mmoja wa wale malaika saba waliokuwa na yale mabakuli saba ya hayo mapigo saba ya mwisho akaja akaniambia, “Njoo, nami nitakuonyesha bibi arusi, yaani, mke wa Mwana-Kondoo.”
<ve />
<v id="10" bcv="REV.21.10" />Naye akanichukua katika Roho hadi kwenye mlima mkubwa na mrefu, akanionyesha ule Mji Mtakatifu, Yerusalemu, ukishuka kutoka mbinguni kwa Mungu.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="REV.21.11" />Ulikuwa ukingʼaa kwa utukufu wa Mungu kama kito chenye thamani sana, kama yaspi, safi kama kioo.
<ve />
<v id="12" bcv="REV.21.12" />Ulikuwa na ukuta mkubwa, mrefu wenye malango kumi na mawili, pakiwa na malaika kumi na wawili kwenye hayo malango. Kwenye malango hayo yaliandikwa majina ya yale makabila kumi na mawili ya Israeli.
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="REV.21.13" />Kulikuwa na malango matatu upande wa mashariki, matatu upande wa kaskazini, matatu upande wa kusini na matatu upande wa magharibi.
<ve />
<v id="14" bcv="REV.21.14" />Ukuta wa huo mji ulikuwa na misingi kumi na miwili, na juu yake yaliandikwa majina ya wale mitume kumi na wawili wa Mwana-Kondoo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="15" bcv="REV.21.15" />Huyo malaika aliyesema nami alikuwa na ufito wa dhahabu wa kupimia huo mji, malango yake na kuta zake.
<ve />
<v id="16" bcv="REV.21.16" />Mji huo ulikuwa mraba, urefu wake ulikuwa sawa na upana wake. Akaupima huo mji kwa huo ufito akakuta una kama kilomita 2,200;<f caller="+"><fr>21:16
</fr><ft>Kilomita 2,200 hapa ni sawa na maili 1,200.</ft></f> urefu wake na upana wake na kwenda juu kwake vilikuwa sawa.
<ve />
<v id="17" bcv="REV.21.17" />Akaupima ukuta wake, ulikuwa na unene wa dhiraa 144<f caller="+"><fr>21:17
</fr><ft>Dhiraa 144 ni karibu mita 65.</ft></f> kwa kipimo cha kibinadamu ambacho huyo malaika alikuwa akikitumia.
<ve />
<v id="18" bcv="REV.21.18" />Ukuta huo ulijengwa kwa yaspi hali mji wenyewe ulijengwa kwa dhahabu safi, ikingʼaa kama kioo.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="REV.21.19" />Misingi ya kuta za mji huo zilipambwa kwa kila aina ya kito cha thamani. Msingi wa kwanza ulikuwa wa yaspi, wa pili yakuti samawi, wa tatu kalkedoni, wa nne zumaridi,
<ve />
<v id="20" bcv="REV.21.20" />wa tano sardoniki, wa sita akiki, wa saba krisolitho, wa nane zabarajadi, wa tisa yakuti manjano, wa kumi krisopraso, wa kumi na moja hiakintho, wa kumi na mbili amethisto.
<ve />
<v id="21" bcv="REV.21.21" />Yale malango kumi na mbili yalikuwa ni lulu kumi na mbili, kila lango lilikuwa limetengenezwa kwa lulu moja. Barabara kuu ya mji huo ilikuwa ya dhahabu safi ingʼaayo kama kioo.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="22" bcv="REV.21.22" />Sikuona Hekalu ndani ya huo mji kwa sababu
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu Mwenyezi na Mwana-Kondoo ndio hekalu lake.
<ve />
<v id="23" bcv="REV.21.23" />Ule mji hauhitaji jua wala mwezi kuuangazia, kwa sababu utukufu wa Mungu ndio nuru yake na Mwana-Kondoo ndiye taa yake.
<ve />
<v id="24" bcv="REV.21.24" />Mataifa yatatembea yakiangaziwa na nuru yake na wafalme wa duniani wataleta fahari yao ndani yake.
<ve />
<v id="25" bcv="REV.21.25" />Malango yake hayatafungwa kamwe, kwa maana hakutakuwa na usiku humo.
<ve />
<v id="26" bcv="REV.21.26" />Utukufu na heshima za mataifa zitaletwa humo.
<ve />
<v id="27" bcv="REV.21.27" />Lakini kitu kichafu hakitaingia humo kamwe, wala mtu yeyote atendaye mambo ya aibu au ya udanganyifu. Bali watakaoingia humo ni wale tu ambao majina yao yameandikwa katika kitabu cha uzima cha Mwana-Kondoo.
<ve />
</p>

<c id="22" />
<s style="s1">Mto Wa Maji Ya Uzima
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="1" bcv="REV.22.1" />Kisha yule malaika akanionyesha mto wa maji ya uzima, maangavu kama kioo yakitiririka kutoka kwenye kile kiti cha enzi cha Mungu na cha Mwana-Kondoo,
<ve />
<v id="2" bcv="REV.22.2" />kupitia katikati ya barabara kuu ya huo mji. Kwenye kila upande wa huo mto kulikuwa na mti wa uzima utoao matunda ya aina kumi na mbili, ukizaa matunda yake kila mwezi. Nayo majani ya mti huo ni kwa ajili ya uponyaji wa mataifa.
<ve />
<v id="3" bcv="REV.22.3" />Katika mji huo hakutakuwa tena na laana, bali kiti cha enzi cha Mungu na cha Mwana-Kondoo kitakuwamo humo na watumishi wake watamtumikia,
<ve />
<v id="4" bcv="REV.22.4" />nao watamwona uso wake na Jina lake litakuwa kwenye vipaji vya nyuso zao.
<ve />
<v id="5" bcv="REV.22.5" />Usiku hautakuwako tena, wala hawatahitaji mwanga wa taa au wa jua, kwa maana
<nd>Bwana</nd> Mungu atakuwa nuru yao, nao watatawala milele na milele.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="6" bcv="REV.22.6" />Kisha yule malaika akaniambia, “Maneno haya ni ya kuaminika na kweli.
<nd>Bwana</nd>, Mungu wa roho za manabii, alimtuma malaika wake kuwaonyesha watumishi wake yale ambayo hayana budi kutukia upesi.”
<ve />
</p>
<s style="s1">Bwana Yesu Anakuja
</s>
<p style="p"><v id="7" bcv="REV.22.7" /><wj>“Tazama, naja upesi! Amebarikiwa yeye ayashikaye maneno ya unabii wa kitabu hiki.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="8" bcv="REV.22.8" />Mimi, Yohana, ndiye niliyesikia na kuyaona mambo haya. Nami nilipokwisha kuyasikia na kuyaona, nilianguka chini nikasujudu miguuni pa yule malaika aliyekuwa akinionyesha mambo hayo.
<ve />
<v id="9" bcv="REV.22.9" />Lakini yeye akaniambia, “Usifanye hivyo! Mimi ni mtumishi pamoja nawe na ndugu zako manabii na wote wanaoyashika maneno ya kitabu hiki. Msujudie Mungu!”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="10" bcv="REV.22.10" />Kisha akaniambia, “Usiyafunge maneno ya unabii yaliyomo katika kitabu hiki, kwa sababu wakati umekaribia.
<ve />
<v id="11" bcv="REV.22.11" />Atendaye mabaya na aendelee kutenda mabaya, aliye mchafu na aendelee kuwa mchafu, yeye atendaye haki na aendelee kutenda haki, na yeye aliye mtakatifu na aendelee kuwa mtakatifu.”
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="12" bcv="REV.22.12" /><wj>“Tazama, naja upesi! Thawabu yangu i mkononi mwangu, nami nitampa kila mtu sawasawa na alivyotenda.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="13" bcv="REV.22.13" /><wj>Mimi ni Alfa na Omega, wa Kwanza na wa Mwisho, Mwanzo na Mwisho.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="14" bcv="REV.22.14" /><wj>“Wamebarikiwa wale wafuao mavazi yao, ili wapate haki ya kuuendea huo mti wa uzima na kuuingia huo mji kupitia kwenye malango yake.</wj>
<ve />
<v id="15" bcv="REV.22.15" /><wj>Huko nje wako mbwa, wachawi, wazinzi, wauaji, waabudu sanamu, na kila mtu apendaye udanganyifu na kuufanya.</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="16" bcv="REV.22.16" /><wj>“Mimi, Yesu, nimemtuma malaika wangu kushuhudia mambo haya kwa ajili ya makanisa. Mimi ndimi Shina na Mzao wa Daudi, ile Nyota ya Asubuhi ingʼaayo.”</wj>
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="17" bcv="REV.22.17" />Roho na bibi arusi wanasema, “Njoo!” Naye asikiaye na aseme, “Njoo!” Yeyote mwenye kiu na aje, na kila anayetaka na anywe maji ya uzima bure.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="18" bcv="REV.22.18" />Namwonya kila mtu asikiaye maneno ya unabii wa kitabu hiki: Mtu yeyote akiongeza humo chochote, Mungu atamwongezea mapigo yaliyoandikwa katika kitabu hiki.
<ve />
<v id="19" bcv="REV.22.19" />Kama mtu yeyote akipunguza humo chochote katika maneno ya unabii wa kitabu hiki, Mungu atamwondolea sehemu yake katika ule mti wa uzima na katika ule mji mtakatifu, ambao habari zake zimeandikwa katika kitabu hiki.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="20" bcv="REV.22.20" />Yeye anayeshuhudia mambo haya asema,
<wj>“Hakika, naja upesi!”</wj>
</p>
<p style="p">Amen. Njoo, Bwana Yesu.
<ve />
</p>
<p style="p"><v id="21" bcv="REV.22.21" />Neema ya Bwana Yesu iwe na watakatifu wote. Amen.<ve />
</p>
</book></usfx>